UNIXHRSITV OF CALIFORNIA. 
 
 
 
 THi; SM>SS COLLECTION (F THH SEMITIC LIBKARV 
 OP THE UXIVERSITV OF CALIF(>KMA. 
 
 
 GIFT Ol' 
 
 LOUIS SLOSS. 
 
 February, 1897. 
 
 Acct^ssiou No. o9obo . Class No. 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
HEBREW AND ENGLISH 
 
 LEXICON 
 
 THE OLD TESTAMENT, 
 
 INCLUDING THE 
 
 BIBLICAL CHALDEE. 
 
 FEOM THE LATIN OF 
 
 WILLIAM GESENIUS, 
 
 LATE PROFESSOR OP THEOLOGY IN THE UNIVEBSITT OP HALLH-WITTEMBERO. 
 
 EDWAED EOBINSON, 
 
 Professor in the Unio^Jt^ata^jjal Serainary, New-Tork. 
 
 FOURTH EDITION, 
 
 WITH CORRECTIONS AND LARGE ADDITIONS, PARTLY FURNISHED BY THE AUTHOR IN 
 MANUSCRIPT, AND PARTLY CONDENSED FROM HIS LARGER THESAURUS. 
 
 BOSTON: 
 PUBLISHED BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER, 
 
 47 Washington-street. 
 
 1850. 
 

 Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1S19, by 
 
 CROCKER AND BREWSTER, 
 
 /% 
 In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts. 
 
 JOHN F. TROW, PRINTIB, 
 
 49, 51, & 63 Aim-street, Ne-w-Tork. 
 
PREFACE 
 
 TO THE EDITION OF 1844. 
 
 BY THE TRANSLATOR. 
 
 William Gesenius, the author of this work, died at Halle, October 
 23d, 1842, aged 56 years 8| months. His Hfe was devoted to the illus- 
 tration of the Hebrew language ; first, its Lexicography, and then its 
 Grammar and the interpretation of the Sacred Writings. 
 
 The works of Gesenius in the department of Hebrew Lexicography 
 have been the following, arranged chronologically. 
 
 Hehrdisch-deutsches Handworterhuch des Alien Testaments, 2 vols, 
 8vo. Leipz. 1810-12. The first volume was published at the age of 
 twenty-four, in the same year in which the Author became Professor of 
 Theology at Halle. Translated and published in England by Christopher 
 Leo : A Hebrew Lexicon, etc. 2 vols. 4to. Cambr. 1825. 
 
 Neues Hehrdisch-deutsches Handworterhuch, einer fur Schulen um- 
 gearheiteter Auszug, etc. 8vo. Leipz. 1815. Translated and published 
 in this country by J. W. Gibbs : A Hehrew and English Lexicon of the 
 Old Testament, etc. 8vo. Andover 1824. 
 
 Hehrdisches und Chalddisches Handworterhuch iiher das Alte Testa- 
 ment, 8vo. Leipz. 1823. A new and improved edition of the preceding, 
 introduced by a valuable Essay on the Sources of Hebrew Lexicography. 
 This essay was translated and printed in the Biblical Repository, 1833, 
 p. 1 sq. 
 
 The same work, 3d edit. Leipz. 1828. This edition received many 
 improvements, especially in the Particles. 
 
 Of each of the editions of the above Manual three thousand copies 
 were printed. 
 
 Thesaurus philologicus criticus Linguce Hebrcece et ChaldcecB Veteris 
 Testamenti, Tom. I. Fascic. 1. Lips. 1829. The printing was completed 
 two years earlier ; and this number was presented to Niemeyer, to whom 
 it was dedicated, on the day of his Juhilceum, in April 1827. 
 
 Lexicon Manuale Hehraicum et Chaldaicum in V. T. Libras, 8vo. 
 Lips. 1833. 
 
 ,^ Hehrdisches und Chalddisches Handworterhuch, etc. Leipz. 1834. 
 A new edition of the German M^n^aL .informed to the preceding Latin 
 edition. (>.->OUO 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 Thesaurus philologicus, etc. Tom. I. Fascic. 2. Lips. 1835. Tom. II. 
 Fascic. 1. ib. 1839. Fascic. 2. ib. 1840. Tom. III. Fascic. 1. ib. 1842. 
 This last Part includes the root ^yw and its derivatives ; and here the 
 Author's labours terminated. The completion of this great work, in 
 another Part, was intrusted by Gesenius at his death to his friend and 
 colleague Roediger. 
 
 The above works are all distinguished by that accurate and thorough 
 research, and by a skilful and judicious use of the materials collected, 
 which placed the Author in the first rank of modern philologists. In 
 them was first exhibited a complete specimen of what may be termed 
 the historico-logical method of lexicography ; which first investigates 
 the primary and native signification of a word, and then deduces from 
 it in logical order the subordinate meanings and shades of sense, as 
 found in various constructions and in the usage of different ages and 
 writers ; which, in short, presents a logical and historical view of each 
 word in all its varieties of signification and construction. This is doubt- 
 less the only true method ; and it was ably followed out* by Passow in 
 his admirable Greek Lexicon. 
 
 Of all the labours of Gesenius above enumerated, it will be seen that, 
 with the exception of the present work, only the two earliest have been 
 translated into English. 
 
 The work of which the present volume is a translation, was com- 
 menced in the year 1827 ; and was at first intended to be nothing more 
 than a Latin version of the German edition of 1828, for the use of foreign 
 students unacquainted with the German tongue. But about this time, 
 the views of comparative philology, especially in respect to the Indo- 
 European languages, developed by Bopp and Grimm in various works, 
 and applied to the Hebrew and its kindred tongues by Hupfeld, Ewald, 
 and others, appear to have given a new direction, or rather a new im- 
 pulse, to the studies of Gesenius ; and these pursuits, together with 
 ofiicial duties, caused a suspension of the Thesaurus, and also protracted 
 the completion of the Latin Manual until the close of 1832. At the 
 same time the character of the latter was greatly changed ; and it 
 became a new and independent work, drawn chiefly from the materials 
 collected for the Thesaurus under the influence of these more extended 
 views. 
 
 The work thus exhibited a great advance upon the previous labours 
 of the Author ; both in the wider range of scientific principles, and in 
 the skill and tact of their practical application. The main point of dis- 
 tinction was, and is, a more careful and thorough investigation of the 
 primary signification of the Hebrew roots ; the reference of whole fami- 
 lies of triliteral roots to single biliteral ones, which are mostly onomato- 
 pceetic ; and the illustration of these latter from the analogy of the 
 Indo-European tongues, viz. the Sanscrit, Zend, Persian, Greek, Latin, 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Gothic, Glerman, English, and other kindred dialects. Here it is found, 
 that the Hebrew and the Semitic dialects generally, in their primary- 
 elements, (not in their grammatical structure,) approach much nearer to 
 the great family of Eastern and Western languages, than has usually 
 been supposed. From a similar comparison of other languages is also 
 given a more full and complete exposition of the power and use of the 
 Hebrew particles and pronouns. From all these sources, the Author 
 was able, both in the Latin Manual and especially in the later Parts 
 of the Thesaurus, not indeed to obtain a new basis for Hebrew 
 Grammar and Lexicography, but certainly to enlarge and strengthen 
 the old one by new courses of solid materials and a new and firmer 
 cement. 
 
 The same remarks apply to the tenth edition of the Author's smaller 
 Hebrew Grammar, published in 1831 ; and reprinted in the eleventh 
 and twelfth editions, in 1834 and 1839, without great change. The 
 thirteenth edition, bearing extensive marks of further progress, was pub- 
 lished in 1842. 
 
 To Gesenius unquestionably belongs the high merit of having given 
 an impulse and interest to the cultivation of Hebrew Literature, far 
 beyond any thing which has been felt since the days of the Buxtorfs. 
 At the commencement of his labours, Hebrew learning in Germany, as 
 elsewhere, was at a very low ebb. In the autumn of 1829, the writer 
 was present at the opening of his course of Lectures on the Book of 
 Grenesis. He then stated, as illustrating the progress of this branch of 
 literature, that he was now about to lecture on that book for the tenth 
 time in course ; that when twenty years before he had commenced his 
 career in Halle with the same course, the number of his hearers was but 
 fourteen ; and that he had then felt gratified, inasmuch as his colleague, 
 the celebrated Vater, had lectured on the same book the preceding year 
 to a class of only seven. This statement was made to a class of more 
 than five hundred hearers. But among the thousands who had been his 
 pupils, many of whom were now devoting their lives to Hebrew and 
 Oriental learning ; and also among others who had been led on by his 
 example and instructed by his labours ; it would have been strange 
 indeed, had there arisen none to penetrate further than he into some of 
 the various departments and recesses of Hebrew philology. And it is 
 perhaps, at the present day, a singular merit in Gesenius, that he was 
 among the first to admit and adopt, with full acknowledgment, every 
 valuable suggestion, from whatever quarter it might come ; and also 
 every result which would bear examination, however contrary it might 
 be to his own previous views. The following sentence is doubtless a 
 fq^ir and candid exposition of his creed and practice on this point : 
 " Unwearied personal observation and an impartial examination of the 
 researches of others ; the grateful admission and adoption of every real 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 advance and illustration of science ; but also a manly foresight and 
 caution, which does not with eager levity adopt every novelty thrown 
 out in haste and from the love of innovation ; all these must go hand 
 in hand, wherever scientific truth is to be successfully promoted."* To 
 the sincerity of this language the following pages bear ample testimony, 
 as do all his later works, in the frequent references and acknowledgments 
 to the works of Winer, Ewald, and others. 
 
 If therefore it be true, that others have in various respects made 
 advances upon the earlier works of Gesenius, it may be said without 
 hesitation, that these advances bear no proportion to those which he has 
 made upon himself, in the present work as compared with former editions 
 of his Manual, and in the later numbers of the Thesaurus as compared 
 with the first. 
 
 The master of a wide and useful movement in the human mind has 
 now been removed from the sphere of his labours ; but those labours 
 and their fruits will long live after him. Let the present state of the 
 study and interpretation of the Bible, and especially of the Old Testament, 
 be compared Avith what it was thirty years ago, when Gesenius com- 
 menced his career, and it will be seen that in no department of theo- 
 logical or philological learning has the advance been more rapid and 
 great. The study of the Hebrew Scriptures is no longer an isolated 
 pursuit, repulsive from the want of scientific helps, and the jargon of 
 unmeaning technical terms. Indeed, it may be safely affirmed, that, at 
 the present day, the lexicography and grammar of the Old Testament 
 stand upon a higher step of scientific philology, than do those of the 
 New.t 
 
 Out of Germany and Denmark, the influence of this movement in 
 behalf of the Hebrew has been perhaps most perceptible in this western 
 hemisphere. The good sense and ardour of Prof Stuart early led him 
 to adopt the philological principles and results of Gesenius, and to apply 
 them zealously and successfully in the wide field of his own labour. 
 His Hebrew Grammar, first published in 1821, was founded on those 
 principles ; and the successive issue of six editions testifies to the spirit 
 awakened, and the results produced, by his efforts in this department of 
 theology. This was followed in 1824 by Prof. Gibbs' translation of the 
 Hebrew and German Manual of Gesenius, which removed many of the 
 difficulties still remaining in the way of the student. The publication 
 of Halm's Hebrew Bible in 1831, and the Latin Manual of Gesenius in 
 1833, furnished great additional facilities ; and large numbers of both 
 these works were constantly imported. The translation of tiiis Manual 
 by the writer first appeared in 1836, in an edition of three thousand 
 
 Pref. to Heb. Gram. edit. 11, p. 7. 
 
 t For a fuller account of the life, character, and labours of Gesenius, the reader is referred to 
 the EiBLioTHECA Sacra, 1843, p. 361 sq. 
 
PREFACE. yil 
 
 copies ; which were all sold at the end of six years. Meanwhile the 
 public received the excellent Hebrew Grammar of Dr. Nordheimer in 
 two volumes, 1839-41, of which the first volume has been reprinted ; 
 and likewise Prof. Conant's translation of Gesenius' Elementary Hebrew 
 Grammar, Bost. 1839, Lond. 1840. 
 
 When it became necessary in 1841 to prepare a new edition of the 
 present work, Gesenius wrote proposing to furnish his own corrections 
 and additions, made during an interval of several years while carrying 
 at least four fasciculi of his Thesaurus through the press. Thb arrange- 
 ment was entered into ; and the corrected copy of the first 384 pages of 
 the Latin Manual, extending to the end of the letter Heth (n), was trans- 
 mitted in April 1842. It was a transcript of his own copy prepared for 
 a new edition of the same work, which he expected to put to press near 
 the close of the same year. The portion sent covers nearly the wlu)le 
 of the first two fasciculi of the Thesaurus, which were completed in 1827 
 and 1835 ; and comprises all his emendations to those two earliest parts 
 of his great work. With these his own revision of the Manual ceased. 
 The remainder of the copy was received after his death. It contained, 
 however, for the most part, only short hints and references, noted down 
 by the Author for future use ; but not wrought out by him and incor- 
 porated into the work. The labour therefore devolved upon the Trans- 
 lator of carrying out the remainder of the Lexicon in the same spirit, by 
 conforming it to the latest views of the Author as exhibited in the 
 Thesaurus. Under these circumstances it is a gratifying fact, that the 
 Author was spared to revise just those earliest portions of the work which 
 stood most in need of correction, and as to which there is yet no printed 
 record of his latest views ; while in the remaining portion, the Translator 
 had only to follow those Parts of the Thesaurus which had recently 
 appeared, and of course required comparatively very little correction. 
 His effort was to make the new edition a condensed copy of that great 
 work ; and perhaps the conformity is most complete in those portions 
 not revised by the Author himself. A large number of the articles, 
 especially the most important, had to be entirely rewritten. 
 
 The Translator has added nothing of his own ; except an occasional 
 remark or reference, always with his signature. Nothing more seemed 
 to be necessary ; since the work , is purely philological, and rarely pre- 
 sents an allusion to theological views. In respect to new expositions of 
 various passages, which the Author had formerly been led to propose, it 
 was his own remark, that the older he grew the more he was inclined 
 to return in very many cases to the long-received methods of interpreta- 
 tion. The later numbers of his Thesaurus, as also the following pages, 
 furnish abundant testimony to the sincerity of this declaration. 
 
PEETACE 
 
 TO THE THIRD EDITION, 
 
 The sale of a second impression of three thousand copies of the 
 Lexicon, in less than five years, rendered necessary early measures for 
 the preparation of a new edition. As the Author now rests from his 
 labours ; and his colleague Roediger, to whom he intrusted the comple- 
 tion of his Thesaurus, was understood to have nearly finished the manu- 
 script ; it seemed advisable to conform the present Lexicon every where 
 to the latest views expressed in the Thesaurus and the accompanying 
 corrections, and then give to the Avork a permanent form. Measures were 
 accordingly taken to insure the reception of the sheets from the German 
 publisher at the earliest moment ; and the process of stereotyping the 
 pages was begun and continued, until interrupted by the delay of the 
 Thesaurus in Germany. It appears from the latest intelligence, that 
 although the concluding fasciculus of that work is completed in manu- 
 script, yet the printing and publication are likely to be delayed many 
 months, both for the sake of final revision, and in consequence of the 
 deranged state of public affairs and the general stagnation of business. 
 
 Meanwhile, the former edition of this Translation being entirely ex- 
 hausted, the publishers, in order to meet the pressing demand, determined 
 to strike off" a limited impression from the plates so far as finished, and 
 the rest from types. Accordingly, the present volume is thus printed 
 from the plates as far as to p. 1032 inclusive, with the exception of pp. 
 623-634. This portion, having been thoroughly revised, is now perma- 
 nent ; and exhibits the latest views of Gesenius, as contained in the 
 Thesaurus or transmitted to the Translator in manuscript just before the 
 Author's decease. The remaining portion has also been carefully revised 
 and compared with the later writings of the Author ; but can receive its 
 permanent form only when the publication of the Thesaurus shall have 
 been completed. 
 
 It is not too much to say, that the present volume, even now, exhibits 
 the only full summary of the latest labours and results of Gesenius in 
 the department of Hebrew Lexicography. No other work yet published, 
 of whatever pretensions, bears a like close relation to the Thesaurus and 
 to the later views and corrections of its Author. 
 
 In this final revision, the Translator has made numerous corrections, 
 and has occasionally added new information from later sources ; but 
 
PREFACE. IX 
 
 always preceded by a bracket, and followed by the letter R. The most 
 important change of this kind is in the article !i3 . Great care has been 
 taken to secure the utmost correctness. The sheets have been read 
 once by my friend and associate Mr. W. W. Turner, the extent and 
 accuracy of whose learning as a Hebrew scholar and general philologist 
 are well known ; and the last proofs have always passed under my own 
 eye and been laboriously compared throughout with the originals. The 
 scriptural references will be found at least to be more correct than those 
 of the Thesaurus or the Latin Manual. Very many corrections in the 
 work itself, and much of the minute filing, have been contributed by 
 Mr. Turner ; and occasionally a remark added at his suggestion is dis- 
 tinguished by the letter T. 
 
 NOTE TO THE FOUKTH EDITION. 
 
 When the third edition of this work was published, nearly two years 
 ago, it was hoped that the Thesaurus of Gesenius would be completed 
 without much delay ; so that the whole of the present volume might be 
 conformed to it, and issued in a permanent shape. This hope has not 
 been fulfilled ; it being understood that no progress has been made 
 in the printing of the Thesaurus during the interval. The latter portion 
 of the volume is therefore again printed in letter-press, as before, with 
 some minor corrections. 
 
 E. ROBINSON. 
 
 Union Theological Seminary, 
 NeiD- York, Nov. 1850. 
 
FOR THE STUDENT. 
 
 The following are the full Titles of works by the Author (and one by the 
 Translator) often referred to in the following pages : 
 
 Thesaur. 
 
 Lehrgb. or Lgb. 
 Heb. Gr. 
 
 Gesch. der Heb. Spr. 
 Comment, on Is. 
 
 Monumm. Fhoen. 
 Bibl. Sea, in Palest. 
 
 Thesaurus Philologicus criticus Linguce HebrtB<B et Chaldcem V, T. 
 See Pref. p. iii, iv. 
 
 Lehrgeh&ude der Hebrdischen Sprache, Leipz. 1817. 
 
 Hebrdische Grammatik, 14th edition, revised by Roediger, Leipz. 
 1845. English, with the same divisions, Hebrew Grammar, etc. 
 by M. Stuart, Andover, 1847 ; also by T. J. Conant, New-York, 
 1847. 
 
 Geschichte der Hebrdischen Sprache und Schrift, Leipz. 1815. 
 
 Der Prophet Jesaia, ubersetzt und mit einem Commentar begleitet, 
 4 Theile, Leipz. 1820-21. The first Part, containing the Trans- 
 lation, was reprinted separately in 1829. 
 
 ScripturcB Linguaque Phaenicice Monumenta quotquot supersunt, 
 4to. Lips. 1837. 
 
 Biblical Researches in Palestine, Mount Sinai, and Arabia Petreea, 
 hy E. Robinson and E. Smith. 3 vols. Boston, 1841. Lond. 1841. 
 The references to this work were made by Gesenius in all those 
 parts of the Thesaurus and Manual prepared by him after its 
 publication. In the other parts they have been added by the 
 Translator. 
 
 For Addenda, see p. 1120. 
 
'* ./N. 
 
 LEXICON. 
 
 ^ 
 
 The name Aleph, like those of the 
 other letters, is of Phenician origin, and 
 signifies o.r, bullock, i. q. Heb. C]^i* . So 
 Plutarch. Q,ua;st. Sympos. IX. 2 : Aleph 
 is put before the other letters 3iu joig 
 fpolrixag oito) xaXuy rov (ioiiv. The 
 name is derived from the form of this 
 letter in the most ancient alphabet, re- 
 presenting the rude outline of a bullock's 
 head, still found in the remains of the 
 Phenician dialect: /Ri J^*^' Aa a 
 numeral it denotes unity or 1 ; and with 
 two points above (St), 1000. 
 
 Of all the Hebrew gutturals Aleph 
 has the softest pronunciation, being ut- 
 tered with a slight breathing from the 
 throat or rather lungs, like the Greek 
 epiritus lenis, and the French h in habit, 
 homme, which we are apt to neglect, 
 because we cannot give them correctly. 
 And since by a sort of common usage in 
 languages, especially in those of the 
 Semitic family, (comp. Ewald in Heb. 
 Gram. 31.) the stronger and harsher 
 letters in the course of time become by 
 degrees softened and give place to 
 smoother ones, we hence see why in 
 Arameean, in the later Hebrew, and in 
 Arabic, the stronger gutturals n and S 
 are softened into fi*. E. g. h'4'^T\f}, 
 
 V^L^^; ^^rP'n, '^^l, ^'^.P,^; 1i-^ 
 
 Jer. 52, 15 for "(1"^ multitude, etc. 
 But, vice versa, X sometimes passes 
 over into Si and 5 ; and in general, 
 these letters, being very similar in pro- 
 nunciation, are very oft^en interchanged 
 with one another. Comp. Tf -i in the 
 later Hebrew for the common "n^'X ; 3l3^< 
 ear of grain, comp. Syr. I^aaoi flower ; 
 rtxs and nns, nxb and nnb ; also OJS 
 and BSS to be sad ; 1>iX and TlS to turn 
 (both of them also in Ethiopic) ; i>Sta and 
 I 
 
 b?a to pollute ; SStn and 25n to abhor ; 
 N^a and yna to suck in, to drink ; DXno 
 suddenly, from yrjo a moment, etc. 
 
 Wlaere Aleph is to be still more soft- 
 ened, it passes over into the quiescents 1 
 and ', as "inx and in'j to make one ; ti^Jj 
 *a1uI to learn; DX"), D'^n, buffalo; lia 
 for "ixa a well. Hence it comes, that 
 many verbs S<a accord in signification 
 with verbs is , comp. Heb. Gr. 76. 2 ; 
 e. g. lanx and v:^'^ ; ttJsx , Syr. y-iJ , to be 
 sick. 
 
 In respect to the forms of words it may 
 be noted: a) That X without a vowel at 
 the beginning of a word is often dropped 
 by aphffiresis, as ^3n3X, isns, we ; "i^X, 
 later 'li , who, which, what ; *inx and in 
 one, Ez. 33, 30; Q'^-iion fo/ ni-i!iDxn 
 Ecc. 4, 14 ; comp. Lehrgeb. p. 135, 136. 
 b) But also at the beginning of words, a 
 prosthetic X is often prefixed, comp. 
 Lehrgeb. p. 139. See cn-'aas , n-iDax , 
 nsiiasax, V'S"!'?'*- This is done chiefly, 
 where a word otherwise begins with two 
 consonants separated in pronunciation 
 only by a movable Sheva, as 5ilT , JiitX, 
 the arm; VauJX Aram, biao grape (in 
 which both forms occur) ; also r]''"'B!!* for 
 ni"iQ progeny; Cliax for !:i'"ia the fist; 
 Ijnx for i;?) a gift ;' "iTax for ats false. 
 Comp. Gr. x^^? and ex^^ig yesterday, 
 and also similar examples in the transi- 
 tion from Latin to French, as spiritus, 
 esprit; status, etat. In the Syriac man- 
 ner X is also added before the letter *^ ; 
 as '^'^ and ''ttjix Jesse, 1 Chr. 2, 12. 
 
 *3^ m. constr. ''ax,c. suffl T'asj, 
 J^-'ax, cs'^ax, l pers. ''ax (from ax); 
 Plur. niax , constr. max , c. suff". "^nax , 
 C3"Tnhx, crax and on-^nax, father. 
 It is a primitive word, see note ; and is 
 common to all the Semitic dialects, Arab. 
 
nM 
 
 2 
 
 nM 
 
 i^t, constr. ot, _j|, Utj Chald. and 
 
 Syr. Stast, t^f. 
 
 1, In a proper sense, Gen. 19, 31 sq. 
 44, 19. 20. al. ssepiss. But the word 
 father often has a wider sense ; see 
 Fessehi Adv. Sacra VI. 6. E. g. 
 ' 2. i. q. forefather, ancestor, 1 K. 15, 11. 
 2 K. 14, 3. 15, 38. 16, 2. al. E. g. a grand- 
 father. Gen. 28, 13. 31, 42. 32, 10. 37, 35; 
 a great-grandfather, Num. 18, 1. 2. 1 K. 
 15, 11. 24. al. Is. 43, 27 X'Jn "pUJX'in T^-^tix 
 collect, thy first forefathers sinned. 
 Very frequent in Plur. niax fathers, 
 i. e. forefathers, Gen. 15, 15. Ps. 45, 17. 
 For the phrase ni2X-^5< ^1^^?.) see un- 
 der ClOiJ. 
 
 3. i. q. the founder, author, i. e. first 
 ancestor of a tribe or nation. Gen. 10, 21. 
 17, 4. 5. 19, 37. 36, 9. 43. Josh. 24, 3. 
 Here we may refer Gen. 4, 21 the fa- 
 ther of all such as handle the harp and 
 the pipe, i. e. the founder of the family 
 of musicians, the inventor of the art of 
 music. 
 
 4. Of the author or maker of any 
 thing, espec. a creator ; Job 38, 28 hath 
 the rain a father 7 i. e. creator. In this 
 sense God is called the father of men, 
 their Creator, Is. 63, 16. 64, 7. Deut. 32, 
 6 ; comp. Jer. 2, 27. Here too may be 
 referred Job 34, 36 ni'S jna'^ "^as , Vulg. 
 vd pater, probetur Jobus, i. e. m,y Father, 
 let Job be tried ; but the sense is lan- 
 guid. Others not unaptly make "'SX i. q. 
 liast wo! 
 
 The above tropical senses come from 
 the notion of source, origin; others are 
 drawn from the idea of paternal love and 
 care, the honour due to a father, etc. E.g. 
 
 5. i. q. a nursing father, benefactor, as 
 doing good and providing for others in 
 the manner of a father. Job 29, 16 I was 
 a father to the poor. Ps. 68, 6 a father 
 to the fatfierless. Is. 22, 21 a father to 
 the inhabitants of Jerusalem, spoken of 
 Eliakim the prefect of the palace. Is. 
 9, 5 "15 ''^if. tlie everlasting father oi his 
 people, i. e. the Messiah ; comp. pater 
 patriae among the Romans. By the 
 same metaphor God is called ihcfatlier 
 of the righteous and of kings, and these 
 also are called his sons, 2 Sara. 7, 14. 
 1 Chr. 17, 13. 22, 10. Ps. 89, 57. 28. 
 
 6. For a master, teacher^ from the idea 
 
 of paternal instruction, 1 Sam. 10, 12. 
 Hence priests and prophets, as teachers 
 sent with divine authority, are saluted 
 with the title o father, out of respect 
 and honotr, even by kings, 2 K. 2, 12. 5, 
 13. 6, 21. 13, 14. (comp. 8, 9.) Judg. 17, 10 
 be unto me a father and a priest. 18, 19. 
 So the Rabbins are called niax fathers y 
 much as we use the honorary appellation 
 of fathers of the church, the holy father 
 i. e. the pope. 
 
 7. Spec, father of the king, in a similar 
 sense, i. e. his chief adviser and prime 
 minister, whom the modern orientals call 
 Vizier. Gen. 45, 8 nsisb ax^ la^'i^jil 
 and hath made me a father to Pharaoh. 
 So Haman is said to be Stintgog nuTi^Q 
 to Artaxerxes, Sept. Esth. 3, 13; comp. 
 1 Mace. 11, 32. Comp. also Turkish 
 vioLJi AtAbe\ father-prince, and Lala 
 father, spoken of the Vizier ; see Ja- 
 blonsky Opusc. ed. te Water, T. I. p. 206. 
 Barhebrsei Chron. Syr. p. 219. I. 15. 
 Some of the ancient interpreters uli- 
 derstand the same by the word T^t!^!* 
 Gen. 41, 43; explaining it father of the 
 king,or of the land, kingdom; so Luther. 
 
 8. As expressing intimate relationship, 
 close alliance. Job 17, 14 ''riX'il? nnub 
 npix lax to the grave J said, thou art 
 my father ; and in the other hemistich, 
 to the worm, thou art my mother and 
 my sister; comp. Ps. 88, 19. 
 
 9. In Arab, and Ethiopic, the name 
 father is also put trop. for possessor, and 
 is spoken of one who excels in any thing, 
 and is distinguished for it, e. g. |*Lui jjI 
 father of odours, i. e. an odoriferous tree. 
 So in Heb. only in pr. names, e. g. 
 mbl^ax father of peace, i. e. pacific. 
 
 Note. The grammatical form of this 
 noun may be said to follow the analogy 
 of verbs rtb, as if for Mas, Lehrg. 118. 
 Still it is no doubt primitive ; since 
 both ax father and DX mother imitate 
 the simplest labial sounds of the infant; 
 as also nanag (TTannu^o)), papa, pappus, 
 avus, Turk. Uu. Besides the usual 
 form of the constr. ''ax there is also 
 an ancient form ax, or also ax, (like 1|^, 
 03*1^,) found only in compound proper 
 names, as onnax, Dib\;iax, "in^ax; al- 
 though even in these the form ''ax is also 
 often employed, as Tj^a-^a^, 'ijS'^ax. 
 
IM 
 
 3 
 
 HM 
 
 Once in Gen. 17,4. 5, the form a stands 
 alone, in order to render the etymology 
 of Bfi'^ax more distinct and obvious. 
 
 a Chald. m.c. suff. 1 pers. "^a^ ; TjISK , 
 iniSX ; plur. 'nax , the letter n being 
 inserted (comp. tt^ii), father, i. q. Heb. 
 3K , Dan. 2, 23. Ezra 4, 15. 5, 12. Perh. 
 for grandfather, Dan. 5, 2. 
 
 3S m. (r. 22J<) greenness, green, ver- 
 dure, of a plant. Job 8, 12 iaxa ^SViS 
 while yet in its greenness, i. e. yet green 
 and flourishing. Cant. 6, 11 bnsn "^ax 
 the greens (green things) of the valley ; 
 Vulg. poma, after the Chaldee usage. 
 
 2* 
 Arab. u>! green fodder. 
 
 a Chald. (r. 22J)/rMi, c. suff. ina3, 
 the Dag. forte being resolved into Nun, 
 Dan. 4, 9. 11. 18. In Targg. often for '"iB . 
 
 * ^3^ in Heb. not used ; Chald. Pa. 
 336* to bear fruit, espec. early ripe, pre- 
 cocious fruit. Syr. v.Tnqi to blossom. In 
 Arab, and Heb. it seems to have signifi- 
 ed to be green, verdant, to sprout, etc. see 
 the deriv. ax greenness, a*'3J< green ear. 
 The primary idea would seem to be that 
 of protruding, sprouting with impetus, 
 comp. Engl, to burst forth, to shoot. 
 Germ, treiben, whence -S pr. young 
 shoots ; so as to have affinity with the 
 roots nsij , ax"^ > ^-l^* 5 which express de- 
 sire, eager impulse ; see anx . 
 
 ^^^?^ Abagtha, Pers. pr. n. of a eu- 
 nuch of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. It seems to 
 be i. q. Knss , and may be explained from 
 the Sanscr. bagad&ta ' a fortuna datus' ; 
 from baga fortune, the sun. (Bohlen.) 
 
 * ''^^ fut. ISb^i , and at the end of a 
 clause *iaK^. 
 
 1. Prop, to lose oneself, to be lost, to 
 icander about, espec. of a sheep wander- 
 
 ing from the flock and lost ; Arab. Jul to 
 flee away wild into the desert, to lose 
 oneself in the waste. So "lak nv} a sheep 
 lost and wandering, Ps. 119, 176 ; comp. 
 Jer. 50, 6. Ez. 34, 4. 16. Of men. Is. 
 27, 13 "i^iss ,r'nxa O'^nakn who are lost 
 in the land of Assyria, i. e. wander as 
 exiles. Deut. 26, 5 nax "^a-ix a wander- 
 ing Syrian. Also of things, e. g. of 
 streams which lose themselves in the 
 
 desert, Job 6, 18. Metaph. of wisdom 
 become extinct, Is. 29, 14. Hence 
 
 2. to perish, to be destroyed; Syr. 
 Samar. id. The Arabic in this sense 
 
 has the kindr. t>U . Spoken of persons 
 and other living things as perishing, Ps. 
 37, 20. Job 4, 11 ; sometimes with b?a 
 Y^.i<n Deut. 4, 26. 11, 17. Josh. 23, 13. 16" 
 Also of a land or houses which are laid 
 waste, Jer. 9, 11. Am. 3, 15. Metaph. of 
 hope, desires, vows, as failing, being dis- 
 appointed, Ps. 9, 19. 112, 10. Prov. 10,28. 
 1 1, 7. Ez. 12, 22. Constr. with b of pers. 
 1 Sam. 9, 3. 20 ; seq. '^"0 Deut. 22, 3. Job 
 11, 20 onsTa nax oiso their refuge per- 
 isheth. Jer. 25^ 35. Ps. 142. 5. Ez. 7, 26 
 D'^ajr-'TTa nssi '(n'sn laxn nyln the law 
 shall perish from the priest and counsel 
 from the aged, i. e. shall forsake them, 
 comp. Jer. 18, 18. 49, 7. Hence Deut. 
 32, 28 niS5 las 'ia a nation whose 
 counsel is perished, void of counsel, Vulg. 
 consilii expers. Jer. 4, 9 T^^Bti ab nas^ 
 the heart of the king shall perish, i. e. for 
 fear and terror. Job 8, 13 Cjsn nifsM 
 laxn and [so] shall the hope of the im- 
 pious man perish. Ps. 9, 19. 112, 10. 
 Prov. 10, 28. 
 
 3. to be ready to perish, i. e. to be 
 wretched, miserable. Part, lax one 
 wretched, miserable, unfortunate. Job 
 29, 13. 31, 19. Prov. 31, 6. 
 
 PiEL'iax 1. fo Zose, pr. to let be lost, 
 to give up as lost, Ecc. 3, 6. 
 
 2. to make wander, to scatter a flock, 
 Jer. 23, 1. 
 
 3. to cause to perish, to destroy ; Ecc. 
 7, 7 njPjTa a^rx lax^ a gift destroyeth 
 i. e. corrupteth the mind. Seq. "yO , to de- 
 stroy out of any thing, Jer. 51, 55. Spec, 
 a) Of things, to destroy, to lay waste, 2 K. 
 19, 18. Num. 33, 52. Deut. 12, 2. ]in na 
 to waste one's substance, Prov. 29, 3. b) 
 Of men, to destroy, to kill, to put to death, 
 Esth. 3, 9. 13. 2 K. 11, 1. 13, 7. 
 
 Hi PH. '''axn i. q. Pi. to destroy, to cut 
 off, as men and nations, Deut. 7, 10. 8, 20 ; 
 sometimes with the addition of C5n a'^iso 
 Lev. 23, 30 ; B-iaTari rnni? Deut.V, 24 ; 
 also of a land, to lay waste, Zeph. 2, 5 ; 
 of hope. Job 14, 19. Very rarely the 
 quiescent S in 1 pers. fut. is dropped, as 
 nniax for nniass Jer. 46, 8. 
 
 Deriv. naj< '("lax . 
 
iza^ 
 
 4^' 
 
 iSi 
 
 *15^ Chald. fut. 'lax;:, to perish. Jer. 
 10, 11.' 
 
 Aph. "J3in, fut. T^ifTi, inf: tTiain, fo 
 destroy, to cut off. Daii. 2, 12. 18^ 24. 
 HoPH. *i?in, after the Heb. manner, 
 Dan, 7, 11. 
 
 ^?^ m. 1. one wretched, unfortu- 
 nate ; see r. *i2X no. 3. 
 
 2. Participial noun, destruction, Num. 
 24, 20. 24. See Lehrg. p. 488. 
 
 ^'7^^ ^ (Tseri impure) 1. a thing 
 lost, something missing, Ex. 22, 8. Lev. 
 5, 22. 23. 
 
 2. i. q. "ji'^SX p/ace o/" destructicni, 
 abyss, i. e. Sheol, Hades, Prov. 27, 20 
 Chethibh. 
 
 'J'WDS?. m. 1. destruction, Job 31, 12. 
 
 2. ^^ace of destruction, abyss, nearly 
 eynon. with bixir , Job 26, 6. 28, 22. Prov. 
 15, 11. 
 
 'j'lli? m. verbal of Piel for 'j'i35< , hence 
 without Dag. lene in 1, destruction, 
 slaughter, Esth. 9, 5. 
 
 I'lllij constr. 'j'i2N id. destruction 
 death, Esth. 8, 6. ' ^ 
 
 * ^^^ fut. n2X'' , pr. to breathe after, 
 to desire ; comp. the kindred roots H1X , 
 nx^, nsn, also snx, aan, Lat. aveo.^ 
 Hence 
 
 1. to be willing; inclined, disposed ; to 
 will, always with a negative partic. ex- 
 cept Is. 1, 19. Job 39, 9. Constr. c. infin. 
 either simpl. Deut. 2, 30. 10, 10. 25, 7. Is. 
 30, 9; or with b, which however be- 
 longs rather to prose, Lev. 26. 21. 2 Sam. 
 13, 14. 16. Exod. 10, 27 crk-dib nax xb 
 he would not let them go. Job 39, 9 
 Tj-ias cn "5i<^n will the buffalo be will- 
 ing to serve thee 7 Ako c. ace. Prov. 1, 
 25 ; absol. Is. 1, 19 cnrrrii ssxn ox if 
 ye be willing and obedient, lit. if ye con- 
 sent and obey ; see in bx^ Hiph. no. 2. 
 Prov, 1, 10. With dat. of pers. to be 
 villing towards any one. willing-mind- 
 ed, <o obey (often with synon. b IfOli), 
 Ps. 81, 12. Deut. 13j 9. Prov. 1, 30. " 
 
 2. to drsire, i. e. to want, to need, a 
 eignif fonnd in the derivatives ''iSJ*, 
 
 Note. In Arabic this vcrl) lian the 
 sense to be unwilling, to rifuife. to loathe, 
 corresponding to Heb. nsK Kb . But this 
 
 must not be regarded as a contrary sig- 
 nification ; since the idea of inclining, 
 which in Heb. implies towards any one, 
 expressing good will. Germ. Zuneigung, 
 is in Arabic merely referred to the oppo- 
 site direction, i. e. from or against any 
 one, expressing ill vfi\\,GeTm.Abneigung, 
 
 1. e. aversion, loathing; whence ,ejUo 
 
 stinking swamp-water, pr. loathsome, 
 s ^f. 
 
 S*Ljf a reed growing in marshes, bul- 
 rush ; comp. cax , "(i^lS , 
 
 Deriv. nrs , and those under no. 2. 
 
 ^?^ m. reed, bulrush, papyrus, i. q. 
 
 Arab. S^ul, collect. gDt, see r. nnx 
 note ; although the Heb. word might 
 come from the notion of a reed with its 
 top inclined, bowed down, comp. Is. 
 58, 5. Once Job 9, 26 nrx ni'sx skiffs 
 of reed, i. e. boats or skiffs made of the 
 papyrus of the Nile, in common use 
 among the Egyptians and Ethiopians, 
 and famous for their lightness and swift- "^ 
 ness ; see Comment, on Is. 18, 2. Others 
 translate ships of desire, i. e. hasting 
 with eager desire to the haven, Symm. 
 vttval annSoicaig. The reading na'^X, 
 which is exhibited in 44 Mss. is doubt- 
 less to be pronounced '^^'^^^ ' ^^^ ^^ ^ 
 explained of hostile or robber-ships, 
 which likewise sail swiftly ; this gives a 
 very good parallelism to the eagle in the 
 other hemistich pouncing upon his prey. 
 So the Syr. The same sense would also 
 be expressed by the common reading, if 
 for tlax it were written n2S . 
 
 ''1-2!! m. (r. M2N no. 2) want, poverty, 
 wretchedness, once Prov. 23. 29 ; aft(T the 
 form biap , prob. for tlie sake of paro- 
 nomasia with the words "'is and "'"in, 
 comp. Lehrg. p. 374 note r, and Is. 15, 
 4. 17, 1. 59, 13. So Abulwalid, whom 
 we do not hesitate to follow. Kimchi, 
 who is followed by most interpreters, 
 makes it an exclamation of pain. O! wo! 
 like "^"ix and "'in. Comp. Gr. /5oT, 
 Arist. Pac. 1066. 
 
 0^285 m. (r. C2X) by Syrinsui for 
 Diax , whence constr. CS3X Is. 1, 3 ; plur. 
 CpiSX ; a .ttall, stable, born, where cat- 
 tle are fed Job 39, 9 ; and fodder stored 
 Prov. 14, 4. The signif .ttall is also ap- 
 propriate in Is. 1,3 ; where however Sept. 
 
na 
 
 Sb 
 
 ^3K 
 
 and Vulg. render preBsepe, i. e. crib, 
 manger, which both here and in Job 
 1. c. is not IcBs apt and probable. Comp. 
 
 Arab. ^A, Chald. ^n!i!t, stall and crib. 
 
 So 013X is also used in the Talmud. 
 
 '^T^ a root of doubtful signif perh. 
 i. q. T(35< , ^Bf^ , to turn, to turn about. 
 Hence 
 
 nnn f. once, Ez. 21, 20 snn rnsH 
 a turning of the sword, i. e. a sword 
 turning itself, perh. glittering, i. q. 2^n 
 pscnn^ Gen. 3, 24. But more proba- 
 bly it should here read : S'ln rnsa tlie 
 slaughter of the sword ; and this con- 
 jecture is supported by the Sept. atpnyta 
 i^ofi(paiag, Chald. XS'^n "'^tijs , and the 
 words of the text whicli follow, ah ! it is 
 made bright, it is sharpened for slaugh- 
 ter, naob ; comp. v. 14. 15. The Greek 
 words aqxiyiov, acpny^, are elsewhere 
 often put for the Heb. nn'j , nnsa , nhiJ . 
 
 O'ln'^ranS (r. naa, by transp. for 
 ttaa , gr.A^ to cook) m. plur. melons, 
 
 Num. 11, 5. Corresponding is Arab. 
 6 - - 
 
 ^ ^y^"^ by transp. for ^jjuJs from J^lo 
 
 to cook, to ripen ; like Gr. ninwv melon, 
 squash, from ninxta, comp. ilJiS . The 
 Hebrews prefixed the prosthetic X . 
 From the above Arabic word comes the 
 Spanish budiecas, French pasteques. 
 
 ''IS? pr. n. f. Abi, the mother of Heze- 
 kiah. 2 K. 18, 2. In the parallel passage 
 2 Chr. 29, 1, she is called more fully and 
 correctly n*ax , which is also read in 
 some copies in 2 K. 1. c. 
 
 jinbr^nS (father of strength, i. e. 
 strong, from r. ^.../JLa praevaluit) Abi- 
 albon, pr. n. of one of David's officers, 
 2 Sam. 23, 31 ; called also bstiax 1 Chr. 
 11,32. 
 
 bS'^Si? (father of strength, i. e. 
 strong) Abiel, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 11, 32, 
 see "I'iabs-'asit . b) The grandfather of 
 king Saul, 1 Sam. 9, 1. 14, 51. In the 
 genealogical table in 1 Chr. 8, 33. 9. 39, 
 Ner is said to have been the grandfather 
 of Saul ; but according to 2 Sam. 14, 5, 
 he was his uncle. The true descent was 
 as follows : 
 
 1* 
 
 Abiel 
 
 A 
 
 Kish Ner 
 
 I I 
 
 Saul Abncr. 
 
 ?1DK''3S (father of gathering, i. e. 
 gatherer.) Abiasaph, pr. n. of a Levite 
 of the family of Korah, Ex. 6, 24 ; called 
 also no-^ax 1 Chr. 6, 8. 22. 9, 19. 
 
 ^''^SJ m. (r. aax) an ear of grain, a 
 green ear, Lev. 2, 14. Ex. 9, 31 nnism 
 a.^a!<(3) the barley was in the ear; 
 comp. for the syntax Cant. 2, 13. ninH 
 a'^axn the month Abib, i. e. of green 
 ears, afterwards called 'iD^S Nisan, be- 
 ginning with the new moon of April, or, 
 according to the Rabbins, of March ; 
 the first month of the Heb. year, Ex. 
 13, 4. 23, 15. Deut. 16, 1. 
 
 '??'^-?^ (whose father is exultation) 
 Abigail, pr. n. f a) The wife ofNabal 
 and afterwards of David, 1 Sam. 25, 3. 14 ; 
 called also by contr. ^r?** v. 32. 2 Sam. 
 
 of- ^of- 
 
 3, 3 Cheth. Comp. Arab, lit for ijMjf 
 what ? b) A sister of David, 1 Chr. 2, 
 16 ; called also bs-^ax 2 Sam. 17, 25. 
 
 n*^^^ (father of the judge) Abidan, 
 pr. n. of a phylarch or chief of the tribe 
 of Benjamin in the time of the exodus, 
 Num. 1, 11. 2, 22. 
 
 i^'7''^^ (father of knowledge, i. e. 
 knowing, wise) Abidah. pr. n. of a son of 
 Midian, Gen. 25. 4. 
 
 "'f^^ (i. q. in*3X whose faiher is 
 Jehovah) pr. n. Abijah. 
 
 1. Masc. a) The second son of Sam- 
 uel, 1 Sam. 8, 2. b) 1 Chr. 7, 8. c) 
 
 1 K. 14, 1. d) 1 Chr. 24, 10. Neh. 10, 8. 
 e) i. q. It^^ax king of Judah, see the 
 next article. 
 
 2. Fem. a) I Chr. 2, 24. b) See in 
 ^ax. 
 
 in^Sl^ (whose father is Jehovah) 
 also "^^^^ (id.) pr. n. Abijah, king of 
 Judah, son and successor of Rehoboam, 
 
 2 Chr. 13, 1 sq. In the books of Kings 
 always written 3jax Abijam, 1 K. 14, 
 31. 15, 1. 7. 8, i. e. father of the sea, vir 
 maritimus. 
 
^ni^ 
 
 6 
 
 ''Ml' 
 
 MlSl^'ii^ (to whom He, i. e. God, is 
 father) pr. n. Abihu, a eon of Aaron, 
 slain by fire from Grod for offering un- 
 lawful sacrifice. Lev. 10, 1 sq. 
 
 "l^tTiSblt (whose father is Judah, i. q. 
 nnsirri las^) Abihud, pr. n. m. 1 Cfir. 8, 3. 
 
 b;>n'iai5 (perh. for ^?n-3) Abihail, 
 pr. n. f. a) Tlie wife of Rehoboam, 2 
 Chr. 11, 18. b) 1 Chr. 2, 29. 
 
 'ji'iriS adj. (r. nax no. 2) 1. needy, 
 poor, Deut. 15, 4. 7. 11. Sons of the 
 needy, i. e. the needy, the poor, Ps. 72, 
 4 J see "|2 no. 8. 
 
 2. poor, i. e. afflicted, distressed, 
 vxretched, often coupled with synon. ''SS . 
 Ps. 40, 18 '|i'^3i') "i:^ "'SXI and I am poor 
 and afflicted.' io, 6. 81, 1. 109, 22. Spec. 
 like ''i^ , spoken of one who suffers un- 
 justly, with the accessory idea of humble 
 and pious feeling ; whence in Am. 2, 6 
 ]p''^5t and ')i''SX are joined. Also of a 
 whole people subjected to suffering and 
 calamity, e. g. the Israelites in exile, Is. 
 41, 17 ; comp. 25, 4. In the same sense 
 the sect of the Ebionites adopted this 
 name, as being ol Tixmxul tw nrfvfiun, av 
 ivTiv i] ^uaiXda iwv ov^avwv Matt. 5, 3. 
 
 nil^^i? f pr. desire, appetite, lust, from 
 r.nax no. 1 ; then the caper-berry, which 
 is said to be a provocative of appetite and 
 lust, Plut. aua?st. Symp. 6. 2. Plin. H. 
 N. 13. 23. ib. 20. 15. Once Ecc. 12, 5. 
 So Sept. Vulg. Syr. The Rabbins use 
 the plur. I'^S'i'^SX not only for caper-ber- 
 ries, but also tor the small fruits orberries 
 of other trees, as the myrtle, olive, etc. 
 
 5'^H'^SK (father of might, i. q. mighty) 
 Abihail, pr. n. m. a) Num. 3, 35. b) 
 1 Chr. 5, 14. c) The father of Esther, 
 Bsth. 2, 15. 9, 29. 
 
 S'lti'^SJ* (fiither of goodness) Abiiub, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21. 
 
 btS'^Iiyi [vfhoBe father is the dew) Abi- 
 tal, pr. n. of one of David's wives, 2 Sam. 
 3,4. 
 
 b^'S'^nX m. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 22, 
 Abimael, pr. n. of one of the descendants 
 of Joktan in Arabia, prob. the father or 
 founder of an Arabian tribe called bxQ, 
 a trace of which Bochart (Phalcg 2. 24) 
 
 finds in Theophrast. Hist. Plant. 9. 4 ; 
 where the name Malt prob. refers to 
 the same wandering tribe in the vicinity 
 of the modern Mecca, which Strabo calla 
 MiLvaioi, MincBi. 
 
 ?jb'a''lS? (father of the king, or father 
 king) in pause T)^a*i2S< , Abimelech,j>T.n. 
 a) Of several kings in the land of the Phi- 
 listines at different periods of time. Gen. 
 20, 2 sq. 21, 22 sq. 26, 1 sq. Ps. 34, 1, The 
 same king who in Ps. 1. c. is called Abi- 
 melech, in 1 Sam. 21, 11 bears the name 
 of tt5">3 Achish; and hence the former 
 might seem to be a common title of these 
 kings,like the sLw i^[ji Padishah (Pater 
 Rex) of the Persian kings, and (o^Lii 
 Atdlik (father, pr. paternity) of the 
 Khans of Bucharia. b) A son of Gideon, 
 Judg. 8, 31 sq. 9, 1 sq. 2 Sam. 11, 21. 
 
 c) 1 Chr. 18, 16, where the true reading 
 is prob. Tj^.^.'^nit , as in 2 Sam. 8, 17. 
 
 ^7?"^^^: (father of nobleness, or noble 
 father) Abinadab, pr. n. m. a) A son 
 of Jesse, 1 Sam. 16, 8. 17, 13. b) A son 
 of Saul, 1 Sam. 31, 2. c) 1 Sam. 7, 1. 
 
 d) 1 K. 4, 11. 
 
 Q?-"^?^ (father of pleasantness or 
 grace) Abinoam, pr. n. of the father of 
 Barak, Judg. 4, 6. 5, 1 . 
 
 '^r'^^i^ (father of a light) Abiner, pr. 
 n. m. 1 Sam. 14, 50. Elsewhere lanx 
 Abner, q. v. 
 
 "lT:?inK (father of help, like Germ. 
 Adolf, from Atta father and Holf help) 
 Abiezer, pr. n. m. a) A son of Gilead, 
 Josh. 17, 2 ; also meton. of his descend- 
 ants, Judg. 6, 34. 8, 2. Patronym. is 
 ""iT^rj ""^N the Abi-ezrite Judg. 6, 11. 24. 
 8, 32. An abridged form is ^.tS''i< lezer, 
 Num. 26, 30 ; and the patronym. ''itS" 
 ib. b) One of David's warriors, 2 Sam. 
 23, 27. 1 Chr. 11, 28. 27, 12. 
 
 1*'3l!j m. subst. (r. ^2S) ove strong, 
 mighty, only in the formula 2p5^ '^'^^^,, 
 bxnia'i "i-^nx, the mighty One of Jacob, of 
 Israel, spoken of God, Gen. 49, 24. Is. 1,24. 
 
 "l''3S adj. (r. "las) 1. strong, mighty, 
 spoken of persons, and oflen as subst. 
 one strong, a mighty one, Judg. 5, 
 22. Lam. 1, 15. Jer. 46, 15. Ps. 76, 6 
 ab '"D'^SK the strong of heart, stout- 
 hearted. Poetically xai Hoxiv put : a) 
 
aK 
 
 bni^ 
 
 Forabullock, Pa. 22, 13 1^3 ''n-'ax strong 
 onu of liashan, i. e. bulls of Bashan. 
 60, 13. Metaph. for princes Ps. G8, 31. 
 b) For a horse, only in Jeremiah, as 8, 
 16. 47, 3. 50, 11. Corap. Heb. Gram. 
 104. 2, note. 
 
 2. pow.erful, potent, noble, Job 24, 22. 
 34, 20. cn'iax nnb food of nobles or 
 princes, i. e. of superior quality, rich 
 and delicate, Ps. 78, 25; comp. Judg. 
 5, 25. n-'Snn n-^ax chief of the herds- 
 men 1 Sam. 21, 8. 
 
 3. ab I'lax stout of heart, i. e. obsti- 
 nate, wilful, perverse^ Is. 46, 12. Corap. 
 -^ ptn. 
 
 D'1'^3i|{ (father of altitude) Abiram, 
 pr. n. m'. a) Num. 16, 1. 12. 26, 19. 
 b) 1 K. 16, 34. 
 
 51D"'3St (Either of error) Abishag, 
 pr. n. of a concubine of David, 1 K. 1, 3. 
 2, 17. 
 
 yiC^aj* (father of wellare) Abishua, 
 pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 4. b) 6, 4. 5. 50. 
 Ezra 7, 5. 
 
 nWinX (father of the wall) Abishur, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 28. 29. 
 
 itDinyi (father of a gift, see "^TC) Abi- 
 shai, pr. n. of a son of David's sister 
 and one of his chief officers, the brother 
 of Joab, 1 Sam. 26, 6 sq. 2 Sam. 2, 18. 
 24 ; sometimes also written ''laax 2 Sam. 
 10, 10. 
 
 DlbO'^li? (father of peace) Abisha- 
 lom, pr. n. of the father-in-law of Reho- 
 boam, 1 K. 15, 2. 10. But in 2 Chr. 11, 
 20. 21, it is written Oibt^ax. 
 
 "Itl^SiJ (father of abundance, for 
 in^ait) Abiathar, pr. n. of a son of Ahi- 
 melech the priest, and a faithful friend 
 of David, by whom he was made high- 
 priest along with Zadok, but was de- 
 posed by Solomon, 1 Sam. 22, 20 sq. 
 23, 6. 30, 7. 2 Sam. 15, 24. For 2 Sam. 
 8,17, seer)^^"'ni<. 
 
 ^5^ prob. to roll, to roll up or wind, 
 
 to entangle. Kindr. roots are T^ia , vJU , 
 to entangle, to be entangled, intricate, 
 ^33 to well or boil up, as a fountain, Tjao 
 to interweave, to braid ; also the harsher 
 ^?n ' *i^l ) to turn. Once 
 HiTHP. to roll itself together^ to he 
 
 rolled up, spoken of nraoke roUinif up- 
 wards in a dense column ; Is. 9, 17 
 laJs nwa waxn*! o<Art^ (the thickets) 
 shaJl roll upwards as the mounting up 
 of smoke; comp. Syr.Vulg. Syr. fS\2\ 
 is explained by the grammarians as i. q. 
 to be proud, to walk proudly, perh. pr. 
 'to roll oneself forwards,' in the manner 
 of a corpulent man. 
 
 ! ^?s^ fut. iasifj, to mourn, seq. 
 bs over any thing Hos. 10, 5. Am. 8, 8. 
 Arab. Syr. id. The primary idea seems 
 to be, to be languid, to go with the head 
 hanging down, as do mourners ; comp. 
 the kindr. roots bsx, bax, also nba, 
 paa , bB5 , all which are from the bilite- 
 ral stock bal,fal, and include the idea of 
 falling, sinking ; corap. atpaXXm, failo, 
 Germ, fallen, Engl, to fall. It is trans- 
 ferred also frora the dress and manner 
 of mourners to the voice and to himen- 
 tation, see bax. Poet, of inanimate 
 things. Am. 1, 2 n-'S-in-ri'iKS iibax the 
 pastures of the shepherds mourn. Is. 24, 
 4. 7 "jsa nbbisx tDiT^Fi bax tlie new wine 
 (i. e. the grapes) moumeth, the vine Ian- 
 guisheth. 33, 9. 
 
 Hi PH. b^axn to cause to mourn, to 
 make lament, Ez. 31, 15 ; of inanimate 
 things, Lam. 2, 8. 
 
 HiTHP. pr. to show oneself as mourn- 
 ing, hence to mouim. i. q. Kal, but chief- 
 ly in prose, while Kal is more usual in 
 poetry. Gen. 37, 34. Ex. 33, 4 ; with bx 
 or bs of pers. 1 Sam. 15, 35. 2 Sam. 
 13, 37. 
 
 Deriv. bax I, bax, 
 
 *II.bn5<, Arab, jol and Jol to be 
 
 moist, wet, sc. with the moisture of 
 grass ; hence Syr. Vlal grass. Kindr. 
 
 is '??; Jo, to water, ba'j to flow. 
 Hence bax II. 
 
 ^' ^?^ adj. (r. bax I.) mmiming, 
 
 Gen. 37, 35. Lam. 1, 4 nibax 'p*5t 'S-j^ 
 the ways of Zion are mourning, i. e. 
 they mourn. Constr. ba^t Ps. 35, 14. 
 
 Plur. constr. "^bax Is. 61, a with Tsere 
 
 s * 
 impure; comp. Arab. Jujf. 
 
 II. 55^ m. (r. bax II,) prob. a grassy 
 
 place, pasture, meadow, Arab, Jul fresh 
 
and long grass, sea-weed. So 1 Sam. 
 6, 18, unless instead of rtSan y>ax it 
 Bhould read J^biari ')2S which the con- 
 text in V. 14. 15, seems to demand, and 
 which is expressed by Sept. and Syr. It 
 is frequent in geographical pr. names : 
 
 a) nsStt-n'^a bas Abel Beth-Maachah 
 i. e. situated near Beth-Maachah q. v. 
 [now called Ahil el-Kamh, a town on the 
 west side of the valley leading from 
 Merj 'AyAn to the plain of the Huleh, 
 west of Paneas and Dan ; see Biblioth. 
 Sac. 1846, p. 213 sq. R.] 2 Sam. 20, 
 14. 15. 1 K. 15, 20. 2 K. 15, 29. Else- 
 where e-ia-bsit Abel-maim 2 Chr. 16, 4:, 
 comp. 1 K. 15, 20. Also simpl. bajj 
 2 Sam. 20, 18. 
 
 b) n"^:sTrr! ^?5* Abel-shittim (acacia- 
 meadow) Num. 33, 49 ; a place in the 
 plains of Moab, prob. the same which in 
 Num. 25, 1. Mic. 6, 5, is called simpl, 
 
 c) D''0'i3 bax Abel-keramim, (mea- 
 dow of vineyards) Judg. 11, 33 ; a village 
 of the Ammonites, according to Euse- 
 bius still rich in vineyards in his day. 
 
 d) nbima bax (meadow of dancing) 
 Abel-meholah, a village of Issachar, not 
 far irom Scythopolis, the birth-place of 
 the prophet Elisha, Judg. 7, 22. 1 K. 4, 
 12. 19, 16. 
 
 e) Cii-iSTs bax Gen. 50, 11 (meadow 
 of the Egyptians) Abel-Mizraim, name 
 of an area or threshing-floor near the 
 Jordan. Here prob. we should read 
 with other points, and pronounce bax 
 a';i'n:i73 , i. e. mourning of the Egyptians ; 
 see the context. 
 
 b2 m. (r. bax I,) c. suff. ''bax, 
 mourning, lamentation, Esth. 4, 3. 9, 22 ; 
 espec. for the dead. Gen. 27, 41. bax 
 l"n^ mourning for an only son. Am. 8, 
 10. Jer. 6, 26. Mic. 1,8 n5S>:] nisas bax'j 
 a mourning as of ostriches, which make 
 a wailing cry. b bax rtb to make a 
 mourning for any one, Gen. 50, 10. 
 
 513iK adv. 1) Affirmative, in the earlier 
 Hebrew, truly, certainly, indeed, Gen. 
 42, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 5. 2 K. 4, 14. Also 
 with a corrective sense, nay inded,nay 
 rather, immo vera. Gen. 17,19. 1 K. 1,43. 
 It corresponds to the Arabic corrective 
 
 partic. Jo but indeed, but more, nay 
 
 rather ; and is derived from r. Siba , pr. 
 i. q. Heb. ba , so that its primary force 
 seems to lie in denying the contrary. 
 The X is prosthetic. 
 
 2. In later writers, adversative, hut, 
 hut yet, nevertheless, Dan. 10, 7. 21. 
 
 Ezral0,13. 2Chr.l,4. 19,3. Arab. JS 
 but. Other particles of this kind, which 
 are both affirmative and adversative, are 
 '^'5) l?"*' Comp. Lat, ferwm, rero. 
 ^3i* see ba^x, 
 
 jrv obsol. root, prob. to build, 
 comp. nja to build, and I^SX to prop, to 
 support, to found, whence "j^X artisEun, 
 rixnay. Hence 
 
 . 15^ , in pause lax , c. suff". isax ; plur, 
 S''iax, constr, "Sax ; comm. gend. most- 
 ly fem. and so even Job 28, 2 ; but m. 
 1 Sam. 17, 40. 
 
 1. a stone, of any kind, whether rough 
 or polished, large or small. Collect. 
 stones, Gen. 11, 3. Spoken of a founda- 
 tion stone. Is. 28, 16 ; of vessels of stone 
 Ex. 7, 19. Syr. U^] id, but rare. Eth. 
 
 Ji-fl? . Metaph. 1 Sam. 25, 37 and he 
 became stone, i.e. stiff, rigid like stone. 
 axrj ab the heart of stone, i. e. hard, ob- 
 dura'te, Ez. 11, 19. 36, 26; also of firm 
 undaunted courage Job 41, 16. Tna "jax 
 collect, hailstones Is. 30, 30 ; whence 
 Josh. 10, 11 nibna tJ-^jax large hail- 
 stones, called just afterwards *T^2r; "^aax . 
 
 2. Spec, a precious stone, gem, Ex. 
 28, 9 sq. 35, 27 ; more fully }'Bn 'lax 
 Is. 54, 12 ; in "jax Prov. 17, 8 ; ',ax 
 iT^i?'^ Ez. 28, 13 ; which last is also said 
 of finer kinds of stones for building, as 
 marble, 1 K. 10, 2. 11. 
 
 3. stone-ore, ore. Job 28, 2. Comp. 
 
 Arabic dual ^Lj'^^ the two stones, 
 
 ores, i. e. gold and silver. 
 
 4. a rock. Gen. 49, 24 bx^to"; lax the 
 rock of Israel, i. e. Jehovah ; comp. "113K. 
 
 5. a weight of a balance, even when 
 not made of stone ; since anciently, as 
 at the present day, the Orientals often 
 made use of stones for weights ; comp. 
 Engl, stone for a weight of 14 pounds, 
 Germ. Stein, "jaxj "jax diverse weights, 
 Deut. 25, 13. o'-^a "'sax weights of the 
 bag, i. e. carried about in a bag, Prov. 
 
16, 11. Zech. 5, 8 n-jBnjn last the leaden 
 veight. 4, 10 b'^'isn iax .Also a plum- 
 met^ Is. 34, 11 Ae shall stretch nut upon it 
 the line of icasteness ina ^?3!<'l and the 
 plummet (^desolation, i. e. as il'iill tilings 
 are to be destroyed by line and rule ; as 
 t to the sense, comp. Am. 7, 8. 
 
 6. Sometimes a stone serves as a de- 
 signation in geographical names, e. g. 
 i) '^IZ 'i?^. (''toiie of help) Eben-ezer, set 
 up by Samuel at Mizpeh, 1 Sam. 4, 1. 
 5, 1. 7, 12. b) ^jxn lax (stone of de- 
 parture) 1 Sam. 20, 19 ; comp. nbriT . 
 
 135$ Chald. St. eraphat. KSax , id. Dan. 
 2, 31. 35. 
 
 n:2S 2 K. 5, 12 in Chethibh for nsrs 
 q. V. Comp. in lett. 3. 
 
 li^^ i. q. lax , a stone, only in Dual 
 tjaax pr. pair of stones, and spoken : 
 
 1. Of a polter^s wheel. Jer. 18, 3 
 a-ijaxn-bs naxbia n^s v\tr} behold he 
 (the potter) xcrought a work upon the 
 wheel. It appears to have consisted of 
 two stones, one above and the other 
 below, and is so depicted on Egyptian 
 
 == 
 monuments : 1 I 
 
 See Rosellini 
 
 Monum. Civil. Tab. L. Wilkinson's 
 Manners and Cust. of the Anc. Egypt. III. 
 p. 164. Originally, and also for potters 
 working in the open air, it seems to have 
 been made of stone ; afterwards of wood. 
 A wooden wheel of this kind is called in 
 the Talmud '("lO , pr. trunk, stem, then 
 cippus, then a potter's wheel made of a 
 tru;ik, and also a cart-wheel made in like 
 manner. Hence, from the resemblance, 
 it comes to signify 
 
 2. a low seat, stool, on which the work- 
 man sat ; made, it would seem, of a block 
 of wood and frequently represented on 
 Egyptian monuments. A seat of this 
 kind was doubtless used by the midwife 
 while assisting a woman in labour lying 
 on a bed. So Ex. 1, 16 when ye do the 
 office of a midwife to tlie Hebrew women 
 xnn "iS-zx =-::axn-5S iri-^x-i^ then shall 
 ye see (while yet) upon the stool, wJiether 
 ii be a boy. etc. The midwife is di- 
 rected, at the very moment of birth, 
 while she yet sits on her stool and no 
 one else has seen or touched the infant, 
 to ascertain its sex by the sight or ra- 
 
 PBMf 
 
 ther touch, and, if it be a male, to kill it ; 
 as she could easily do by the pressure 
 of her hand or finger, unknown to the 
 parents. 
 
 DSnSS m. (for B53, Aleph prosthct.) c. 
 sufT. ?i'J3a!< ; plur. C^liSax ; a belt, gir- 
 dle, worn by the priests, Ex. 28, 4. 39. 40. 
 Lev. 16, 4 ; also by other persons of rank, 
 Is. 22, 21. Comp. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 2. 
 Chald. 13B , X-iJiiS , N-iJ^BX , a belt. This 
 word both in Heb. and Chald. is derived 
 from the Persian, where JJ!j (Sanscr. 
 bandlia, Germ, and Engl, band) denotes 
 any thing that binds, and also a girdle. 
 
 ^.r^^ pr.n.m. (father of a light) Abner, 
 Saul's commander in chief. 1 Sam. 14, 51. 
 17, 55. 57. 20, 25. Sometimes called 
 "la-iax q. V. 1 Sam. 14, 50. Sept. yl(iivv7jg. 
 
 * CSiJ as in Chald. and Talmud, to 
 fodder, to feed largely, to fatten ; pr. 
 prob. to stamp in, comp. kindr. 012 , and 
 hence to stuff, to cram ; comp. Gr. rgi- 
 (jpWj pr. i. q. JiY/vvfii. Only in Part. pass. 
 Prov. 15, 17 ; of geese, 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]. 
 
 Deriv. Diax, D^ax^. 
 
 rii^ayiiX plur. fem. blains, pustules, 
 rising in the skin, Ex. 9, 9. 10. It is a 
 verbal from Chald. r. S^a, Pilp. 52Sa, 
 to boil up, to swell up ; hence Syr. 
 |A SnnSn pustules. The Heb. pre- 
 fixes St prosthetic. Comp. S^ia, S33. 
 
 y ^^5 obsol. root, perh. i. q. y^<^ , to 
 be white ; whence Chald. KSax tin. 
 Hence the two following : 
 
 T^^ Abez, pr. n. of a city in the tribe 
 of Issachar, perh. so called from tin, Josh. 
 19, 20. 
 
 jilX (perh. of tin) Ibzan, pr. n. of a 
 judge of Israel, Judg. 12, 8. 10. R. y 35* . 
 
 r'^T "ot used in Kal, prob. to pound, 
 to beat small, to bray, from the force of 
 the onomatopoetic syllables pa, ~a. IB, 
 p3, which like pi, "T, (see pp^. '^z'^l:) 
 express the idea of pounding, beating 
 small; comp. iira to distil. pC, 533, 
 liSS , also nriyi). nriyvvia. Germ, pochen, 
 boken, espec. Erz pochen. Hence pax 
 dust, npax . 
 
 NiPH.'pas: Gen. 32, 25.26; denom. 
 from pax dust, recipr. pr. to dust each 
 other sc. by wrestling, and hence to wres- 
 
tie, eeq. fiS. So in Greek, naXaitiv, 
 avunaXa'uiv^ avyxoviova&ai, from jikAjj, 
 xong. This rather unusual word seems 
 to have been chosen by the writer here, 
 by way of allusion to the torrent p3^ v. 
 23. 
 
 P?^ m. dust, spec, such as is fine and 
 light, comp. in r. p3N ; easily driven by 
 the wind. Is. 5, 24 ; or raised by horses 
 in running, Ez. 26, 10. Hence distin- 
 guished from *1S thick and heavy dust, 
 Deut. 28, 24. Poet, the dust of God^s 
 feet, for the clouds, as if trodden of God, 
 Nah. 1, 3. Comp. pn^J. 
 
 ^p^^ f. id. whence bail "pSH powder 
 of the merchant, i. e. aromatic, Cant. 3, 6. 
 
 '~^? 1. pr. to strive upwards, to 
 mount, to soar, see Hiph. and the deriv. 
 '^'2^ and nnnx . Perhaps kindr. with -i2S , 
 *I25 , comp. Pers. -it eber, vjiig, super, all 
 which express the idea of above, over, 
 passing over, transcending ; see in IDS . 
 
 2. Trop. of any force or ivsgysia, to be 
 strong, mighty, see deriv. "I'^ax , ^"^ax . 
 
 Hiph. to mount upwards in flight, to 
 soar, as the hawk, Job 39, 26. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 
 
 *^5^ m. a wingfeather, pinion, as the 
 instrument of flying, soaring, e. g. of the 
 eagle. Is. 40, 21 ; the dove, Ps. 55, 7. Dis- 
 tinguished from the wing itself^ Ez. 17, 3. 
 
 nn3K f. id. Job 39, 16 [13]. Ps. 68, 14. 
 Poet, ascribed to God, Deut. 32, 11. Ps. 
 91,4. 
 
 t^f^"^^^ pr. n. Abraham, the founder 
 of the Jewish nation, eon of Terah, born 
 in Mesopotamia, which he left to wander 
 through the land of Canaan with his 
 flocks in the nomadic manner ; see Gen. 
 c. 12-25. In the book of Genesis as for 
 as to c. 17, 5. he is called D'lrK ' father 
 of altitude,' Abrain. But in that place, 
 where a numerous posterity is promised 
 him, by a slight change of name he is 
 called BS^^SX 'father of a multitude,' 
 
 (comp. Arab. (\J^) a great number, 
 multitude,) or as the context explains it 
 B^i* "liw nx .So on-^ax -^rfs^ the God 
 of Abraham, i. e. Jehovah, 2 Chr. 30, 6. 
 Ps. 47, 10. cnn^x y>i the seed of Abra- 
 ham, i. e. the Israelites, Ps. 105, 6. Is. 
 
 41, 8. In the same sense simpl. Brt'iSK 
 Mic. 7, 20. 
 
 m"!?"?^ a word cried by the heralds 
 before the chariot of Joseph, Gen. 41, 43. 
 Were it a Hebrew word, it might be 
 infin. abaol. Hiph. from r. T\2^ , for the 
 regular Ti';]2n, (comp. C^S^'N for n*3'lJrT 
 Jer. 25, 3.) here supplying the place of 
 the imperat. i. q. bow the knee ; Vulg. 
 clamante proecone, ut omnes coram eo 
 genua fecterent ; and so Abulwalid and 
 Kimchi; comp. Lehrg. p. 319. More 
 prob. the word is of Egyptian origin, but 
 changed and inflected by the Heb. writer 
 so that, although foreign, it might yet 
 have a Heb. sound, and be referred to a 
 Heb. etymology; comp. on, Ht^a, ni."'1Q . 
 The true form of the Egyptian word 
 which lies hid in Tj';i2i<, is prob. either 
 iCfpeK afrek, i. e. let every one bow 
 hiinself in an opt. sense ; so Jablonsky 
 Opusc. ed. te Water Tom. I. p. 4. Copt. 
 Vers. John 8, 8 ; or better ^neOGK or 
 ^npeK, aperek, aprek, i. e. bow the 
 head, Rossii Etymologise ^gypt. s. v. 
 See also in 35* no. 7. 
 
 ''TOnS see ''T?j"'2K. 
 
 D15tJDi5 (father of peace, i. e. pacific) 
 Absalom, pr. n. a) The third son of Da- 
 vid, by Maacah, 2 Sam. 3, 3, celebrated 
 for his rebellion against his father ; for 
 an account of his life and death, see 2 
 Sam. c. 13-18. As to the sepulchre near 
 Jerusalem which in modern times has 
 borne his name, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 I. p. 519, 520. b) i. q. Qibia-'2X q. v. 
 
 * l!<5SJl obsol. root, Arab. \^\ to flee. 
 Hence 
 
 K?i$ (fugitive) Agee, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 
 23, 11. 
 
 * yj^ obsol. root, Arab. _f to bum, 
 
 to fame, as fire. Hence the two foil, 
 pr. names. 
 
 WK and W (Num. 24, 7) Agag, pr. n. 
 of Amnlekitish kings. Num. 24, 7. 1 Sam. 
 15, 8. 9. 20. 32. 
 
 "'^J^ Agagitc, gentile n. of Haman, 
 Esth. 3, 1. 10. 8, 3. 5. Josephus explains 
 it by !^/uAijx/rj3f, Ant. 11. 6. 5. 
 
'5v obaol. root, Chald. to bind, to tie, 
 corap. "isx, IRS, and the remark under 
 r. n^a . In Arabic some of its derivatives 
 are used trop. of arched work, edifices 
 of arched and firmly compacted struc- 
 ture, in reference to the firm coherence 
 of all their parts ; comp. Tnx and n^lH 
 no. 4. Hence 
 
 T^^X f 1. a band, knot, naia nitjax 
 bands of the yoke, Is. 58, 6. 
 
 2. a bundle, bunch, tied together, e. g. 
 of hyssop, Ex. 12, 22. 
 
 3. a band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 2, 25. 
 Comp. ^an. 
 
 4. an arch, vault, e. g. of the heavens, 
 Am. 9, 6. Comp. Germ. Gat, Gaden, 
 story of a building, from the verb gaden, 
 gatten, which implies a binding ; see 
 Adelung Lex. h. vv. 
 
 T15S m. a nut, Cant. 6, 11. Syr. and 
 
 Arab. S^ , i^a^, Pers. \^ . The 
 Heb. word seemg derived from the Per- 
 sian, prefixing X prosthetic. Corap. in 
 lett. X. 
 
 "I'.^iJ Agur, pr. n. of a wise man, the 
 son of Jakeh, rtp?^ , to whom the 30th 
 chapter of Proverbs is ascribed, v. 1. If 
 the name be symbolical, like Koheleth, 
 it may denote an assembler, one of the 
 assembly, sc. of wise men, i. q. nsDX ^53 
 Ecc. 12, 11. R. -lax. 
 
 rr^ISi? f a small coin, piece of money, 
 penny, so called from the idea of collect- 
 ing, from r. "iJX ; as Lat. slips in the 
 phrase stipem colligere. 1 Sam. 2, 36. 
 In the Maltese idiom, agar denotes the 
 same. [Or perh. pr. hire, wages, from r. 
 nsx no. 2, comp. Syr. I^r^) Is. 23, 18 ; 
 then money, 1 Sara. 2, 36, where too Syr. 
 1^i--mI . T.] Sept. Vulg. o^olog, num- 
 mus. Rabb. rina q. v. 
 
 ^ri^J obsol. root, pr. to flow together, 
 to be collected, as water, kindr. with r. 
 ^ba, which is also used of the rolling 
 
 waves; comp. in "iSX. Arab. Jk^l Conj. 
 II, to make flow together, hence to collect 
 
 water ; Je^Uo standing water, a pond, 
 reservoir ; comp. also "tax . Hence 
 
 ^^^ , Job 38, 28 bo 'bax tht reservoirs 
 
 11 ftti 
 
 of the dew, i. e. in the heavens ; comp. in 
 v. 22 the storehouses of the snow and 
 hail. Vulg. Chald. Syr. give it by drops 
 of the dew, q. d. globules, comp. bbs j.but 
 the former is better. 
 
 Q!*^^^ (two ponds) Is. 15, 8 Eglaim, 
 pr. n. of a village in the territory of Moab, 
 the 'Ayulhi(i of Eusebius, called by Jo- 
 sephus yZ/wAAa, Ant. 14. 1. 4. 
 
 ^rlrj obsol. root ; in Arabic : 
 
 1. Mid. A, to burn, to be hot, comp. 
 u-qn, cnv Hence lioax no, 1. 
 
 2. Mid. E, to be warm, spoiled, dead, 
 as water ; hence cax and ll^ax no. 2. 
 
 3. Mid. E, to loathe, to abhor, and 
 Chald. C5X to be pained, sad, to grieve ; 
 hence oax . 
 
 D?i5 m. (r. cax no. 2) absol. Is. 35, 7 ; 
 constr. 41, 18. Ps. 107, 35 ; plur. a-^aax, 
 constr. "^aax . 
 
 1. stagnant water, a pool, marsh, Is. 
 35, 7. 41, 18. 42, 15. Ps. 114, 8. Spec, of 
 the pools of stagnant water left by the 
 Nile after its inundation, Ex. 7, 19. 
 8,1. 
 
 2. i. q. 'i^JX , a reed, cane, Jer. 51, 32, 
 with which fortifications (stockades, pa- 
 lisades) were constructed. Hence R. 
 Jonah explains it strong-holds; corap. 
 
 9- -* 
 
 K^ry} the marshy lair of the lion, then 
 
 a refuge, strong-hold. 
 
 D55J adj. once in plur. constr. dsa "^aa^ 
 sad, sorroxcful in mind, Is. 19, 10. R. 
 nax no. 3. 
 
 lilSJi?, "jia^S, m. (r. nax) l. a caldron, 
 heated kettle, Job. 41, 12 [20]. Others 
 translate the words "paaxi n^iSJ 1in3 
 as a boiling pot and a (burning) reed. 
 See the root no. 1. 
 
 2. a reed, bulrush, growing in marsh- 
 es, from cax marsh, and the ending "jT, 
 Is. 58, 5. For Is. 9, 13. 19, 15, comp. 
 MBS . Hence 
 
 3. a rope made of reeds, a rush-cord^ 
 like Gr. axolvoq. Job 40, 26 [41, 2]. 
 Corap. Plin. H. N. 19. 2. 
 
 - ^ * 
 
 "j-jlij obsol. root; Arab, j.^l i. q. 
 
 ^.a*., (see 'a^) to tread with the feet, 
 to stamp, to beat ; then to wash clothes, to 
 full, as a washer or fuller by treading 
 them in a trough. Hence 
 
"jAi? m. pr. a trough for washing gar- 
 ments, Aoi'Tj;^, from root "iSJ q. v. then 
 any laver, basin, boid ; constr. 'SX Cant. 
 7, 3! Plur. ni:J5< Is. 22^ 24. Ex. 24, 6. 
 
 Arab, and Syr. HJLs^l, M-^l, i<i- 
 
 Cfi^N m. plur. (r. C|Sa) a word found 
 only in Ezekiel, hosts, armies, Ez. 12, 14. 
 17, 21. 38, 6. 9. 39, 4. It corresponds to 
 the Chald. t]5i<, P|5, wing; hence pr. 
 icings of an army, comp. D'^SSS Is. 8, 8. 
 The Arabic and Chaldee have the same 
 trop. use of the word wings ; comp. 
 Comment, on Is. 1. c. 
 
 * ^^^ fut. ^ax^ 1. to gather, to col- 
 lect, e. g. the harvest, Deut. 28, 39. Prov. 
 6, 8. 10, 5. Comp. -i^5 no. 3, and -i^-j ; 
 also Gr. aysiQoi. The primary idea seems 
 to be that of scraping together, comp. 
 1'^a . By softening the letter "i we have 
 h^i< and b^5, which denote the rolling 
 and flowing together of water. 
 
 2. In the kindred dialects it has the 
 eignif. to gain, to make profit, from the 
 idea of scraping together ; and hence to 
 hire for wages ; see ^'isix. 
 
 Deriv. rnsx, tTnijX, pr. n. n^iix, and 
 according to most b::"iix . 
 
 S'labj! Chald. Stat, emphat. Xn-^SX , a 
 letter, epistle, i. q. Heb. rr^iiX q- v. Ezra 
 4,8.11.5,6. 
 
 ?li"ljS5 m. (for Cll'ia , Aleph. prosthet. 
 from r. C)"]J no. 2) the fist, Ex. 21, 18. Is. 
 68, 4. So Sept. and Vulg. in both pas- 
 sages ; the Rabbins also use this word 
 in the same sense. 
 
 b;3'nii5 m. Ezra 1, 9 !:]DS, ^M "^Vj-iax 
 Sept. Vulg. Syr. basins, chargers of gold, 
 of silver. In the Jerus. Talmud this 
 word is said to be compounded from "ilX 
 to collect, and n^M a lamb, and basins 
 are so called, because the blood of lambs 
 is collected in them. But there is here 
 no mention of blood. It seems rather a 
 qiiadriliteral formed with N prosthet. and 
 denoting slaughter-basin, for ba"ia , bas , 
 see under letter 1 ; and this is prob. i. q. 
 iB|5, bug, (comp. Zab. bua for iap,) 
 
 ffom V4V.0 to slaughter, JlIls to cut the 
 throat. Some also hold it to be i. q. Gr. 
 noiQTaXog, xu()jttXXog, which in the Sept. 
 signifies a basket, fruit-basket, whence 
 
 IS Tli^ 
 
 Arab. sXlsyS , Rabb. ii'^a'i;? , Sjt. 
 f^a^-^t^; and it might perhaps in Ezra 
 
 I. c. be understood of baskets of the first- 
 fruits. But this Greek word itself seems 
 rather of Semitic origin, from the verb 
 i'la to plait. 
 
 ^t'l^ f plur. ninsx, a word of the 
 later Hebrew, a letter, epistle, espec. 
 spoken of royal letters and edicts, writ- 
 ten by public authority and transmitted 
 by a public courier, uyyaqog, to those to 
 whom they were directed, 2 Chr. 30, 1. 
 The word comes most prob. from an 
 obsol. form "i&X , which denoted one 
 hired, spec, a letter-carrier, courier, from 
 r. ^5X no. 2 ; and was adopted by the 
 Greeks under the form uyyaqog, see 
 Lex. N. T. h. V. Neh. 2, 7. 8. 9. 6, 5. 
 17, 19. Esth. 9, 26. 29. Lorsbach, in 
 Staudlin's Beytr. V. p. 20, supposes it to 
 be derived from the Persian ; comp. mod. 
 Pers. . JonUoI engdriden, to paint, to 
 write, whence s^ljot ^ng'<2reA, any writ- 
 ing. 
 
 1^ m. vapour, mist, rising from the 
 earth and forming clouds, so called be- 
 cause it sut^ounds the earth like a veil 
 or covering, from r. ^^ix no. 1. This 
 etymology is also supported by the Ara- 
 bic, in which oUt (from r. ot mid. Ye, 
 to surround, comp. in IIX no. 1) is any 
 thing which protects and strengthens, 
 as a bulwark, bark, a veil, also the atmo- 
 sphere. Corresponding is also Chald. 
 1\N{ vapour. Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27. 
 
 riili5 see niTix . 
 
 J^ by transpos. i. q. SS'n q. v. to 
 pine away, to languish. Found only in 
 
 Hi PH. causat. inf a-'ixb for a-^isnb 
 1 Sam. 2, 33. Comp. espec. Deut, 28', 
 63. 
 
 ^SSl'IX (peril, miracle of God, from 
 
 0? 
 LJ(3I miracle) Adbeel, pr. n. of a son of 
 
 Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13. 
 
 *"'!^^ obsol. root, Arab. t>f i. q- tXtf 
 to befall any one, as misfortune ; whence 
 
 Sf 
 
 4>1 misfortune. Hence i^X and 
 
 T!7^ Adad, pr. n. of an Edoniite, 1 K. 
 
 II, 17 ; called also Tin Hadad, v. 14. 
 
m 
 
 13 
 
 * n'lfij obeol. root, prob. i. q. nt and 
 WSJ to pass. Hence 17*3^ 
 
 i'n^ pr. n. Iddo, Ezra 8, 17. R. Tii< . 
 
 Q'i^^? sec ons*. 
 
 jil^ m. (r. nx q. v.) with suff. and in 
 plur. defect, ''anst, B'^a^iX ; with pref. 
 'snxa , '^?^S<3 , ''J^xb ; master^ lord, do- 
 minus. Spoken a) Of an owner, pos- 
 sessor, 1 K. 16,21 oicner of mount Shom- 
 ron, i. e. Samaria. Hence of the owner 
 and master of slaves. Gen. 24, 14. 27. 39, 
 2. 7 ; of kings as the lords of their sub- 
 jects. Is. 26, 13 ; of a husband as lord of 
 the wife, Gen. 18, 12, corap. bsa and Gr. 
 MVQiog ywaixog, Germ. Ehehernr. Also 
 of God as the owner and governor of 
 the world, Josh. 3, 13 'J'nsjn-bs Tinjt, 
 Lord of the whole earth ; hence called 
 *oi iloxi]V linxn Ex. 23, 17, and with- 
 out art. iSnx 'Ps. 114, 7; comp. "'px 
 in next art. b) Of a ruler, governor, 
 Gren. 45, 8. So "'pst my lord! an honor- 
 ary title of address to nobles and others 
 to whom honour and reverence are due ; 
 e. g. to a father Gen. 31, 35, a brother 
 Num. 12, 11, to a royal consort 1 K. 1, 
 17. 18 ; espec. to kings and princes, as 
 tl^in ""P^, 2 Sara. 14, 9. 1 K. 3, 17. In 
 respectfully addressing a person, the 
 Hebrews, instead of the second personal 
 pron. thou, were accustomed to say my 
 lord, and instead of the first person, thy 
 sercant, thy handmaid, Gen. 33, 8. 13, 14. 
 15. 44, 7. 9. 19 l-^nss-n!* bxia 'Snx my 
 lord asked his servants, i. e. thou didst 
 ask us. In a style of still stronger adu- 
 lation, this mode of speaking is also used 
 in the case of an absent person, as Gen. 
 32,4. 
 
 Plur. d-'sHs masters, lords, Is. 26, 13 
 with a verb plural ; and so c. suff. ">-, ""aHx 
 i. e. my lords Gen. 19, 2. 18. Elsewhere 
 the plural forms B'^sHx, "^Sns, c. suff. 
 ^"'-r , ^^ , B^"! ) etc. are always plur. 
 excellenticB, and of the same signif. as 
 the sing. Gen. 39, 2 sq. Hence joined 
 with an adj. in the sing, number, as Is. 
 19, 4 nir;^ D"'?^*^ a hard muster, cruel 
 lord. Gen. 42, 30. 33 y^Ti ""n.Nt lord 
 of the land. ^"^s^S thy master 2 K. 2, 3. 
 5. 16. Ps. 45, 12 ; rjnx his m^xster Gen. 
 24, 9. 39, 2. 3. 40, 7. Job 3, 19. Dcut. 10, 
 17 B'^sistn liHst Lffrd of lards, i. e. Je- 
 
 hovah. Fa. 136, 3. Spoken of idols, 
 Zeph. 1, 9; comp. b?a. 
 
 Note. This word is wanting in all 
 the kindred dialects, except the Pheni- 
 cian, where it is applied to princes, 
 kings, and gods, see Monumenta Phoenic. 
 p. 346 (comp. "Adav, "Adavii, Hesych. 
 xvgiog); and perhaps the Chaldean, 
 where a vestige of it seems to be pre- 
 served in the pr. n. *)*jxba . 
 
 ''5'IS^ Lord, the Lord, spoken every 
 where xai i^oxriv of God, chiefly (in the 
 Pentat. always) where God is submis- 
 sively and reverently addressed ; as in 
 the formulas ''pS "^a Ex. 4, 10. 13. Josh. 
 7, 8 ; 'inx XSit Neh. 1, 11, comp. Gen, 15, 
 2. 18, 30^32! Ex. 34, 9. etc. Then also 
 where God is spoken of, 1 K. 13, 10. 22, 
 6. 2 K. 7, 6. 19, 23. Is. 6, 8. 8, 7. Fre- 
 quently other divine names are added ; 
 as Jnirri 'jnx (which the Masorites write 
 ""!":; T?) Is. 40, 10. Jer. 2,22; ''m 
 a^rrbxrj Dan. 9, 13. As to the ending' -^ 
 grammarians differ in opinion. Many 
 regard it as a plural form put for the 
 sing, as spoken of the divine majesty 
 (pluralis excelUnticB), i. q. C-^nx, the 
 Kamets being put for Pattah to distin- 
 guish it from "^315* my lords; see Gram. 
 86. 1. c. 106. 2. 6. Others consider 
 i. q. "'"T) and make it strictly a suffix 
 plural ; so that "'J'lX is pr. my lords, 
 then as plur. excell. my Lord, and at 
 last, the force of the suffix being by de- 
 grees neglected, Lord, the Lord, Kv 
 Qiog. Comp. Syr. v.jio and Fr. Mon- 
 sieur. This latter view seems prefer- 
 able, for the following reasons : a) Th 
 words of Ps. 35, 23 ''31X1 '^nPX . 16, 2. 
 b) The ancient usage of the Pentat. 
 where it is for the Voc. my Lord ! c) A 
 similar usage in possessive pronouns, 
 afterwards neglected, in the Phenician 
 names of gods, as ''ahx "Admvig, "^nbsa 
 Baalxig, for which see Monum. Phoenic. 
 p. 400. Heb. Gr. 119. 6. n. 4. d) 'ns 
 never has the article, and so nouns with 
 a suffix. To all this it might be an- 
 swered : ) That "^anx is plural. But 
 in one place only is it coupled with a 
 plural. Gen. 19, 2 ; in the two remaining 
 passages it is singular, my Lord ! Gen. 
 18, 3. 19, 18. /S) That God twice calls 
 himself "'anx , Is. 8, 7. Job 28, 28. But 
 
nj^ 
 
 14 
 
 m 
 
 this arose from the superstitious practice 
 of the Jews, who never pronounce "^jn"^ 
 in the sacred text, but always substitute 
 for it ''31N in reading ; whence in writers 
 of a later age this latter word was some- 
 times received into the text itself; Dan. 
 9, 3. 7. 8. 9, 15. 16. 19. See in tip'] . 
 
 '3?'^'^'^^ (two mounds or tumuli) Ado- 
 raim, pr. n. of a city of Judah, 2 Chr. 11, 
 9. Comp. "Adaga, Jwqu, Jos. Ant. 8. 10. 
 1. ib. 14. 5. 3. Now |ji> />ra, a village 
 W. of Hebron; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 III. p. 2 sq. 
 
 B'^i'li? see ta'n''5Ss<. 
 
 l?*!^ Chald. adv. of time, at that time, 
 thereupon, then, i. q. Heb. lij, itx, q. v. 
 Dan. 2, 15. 17. 19. T^ixa pr. in that 
 time, thereupon, immediately, Dan. 2, 14. 
 35. 3, 13. 19. 21. 26. l-^nx "j^ from then, 
 since that time, Ezra 5, 16, i. q. Hebr. 
 ma. 
 
 I'^'lii adj. (r. tin) 1. large, great, 
 mighty, e. g. mighty waves Ps. 93, 4 ; of 
 a large ship Is. 33, 21. 
 
 2. mighty, powerful, of kings Ps. 136, 18 ; 
 of nations Ez. 32, 18; of gods 1 Sam. 4, 8. 
 
 3. a chief a prince, plur. chiefs, nobles, 
 pnnces, 2 Chr. 23, 20. Neh. 10, 30. ^Eb 
 d'^'ii'nx a princely bowl i. e. precious, 
 Judg. 5, 25. 'iXsrn ''n'^'^X chiefs of the 
 flock i. q. shepherds, n"^sS, Jer. 25, 34 sq. 
 
 4. splendid, glorious, Ps. 8, 2. 
 
 5. Trop. of moral qualities, noble, ex- 
 cellent, excelling in piety and virtue. 
 Ps. 16, 3 the saints who are in the earth, 
 as *>ssr:-i33 '^'''njtl and the excellent 
 [of the earth] all my delight is in them, 
 i. e. I delight in them alone. 
 
 ^^f*!^ Persian, Adaliah, pr. n. of a 
 eon of Haman, Esth. 9, 8. 
 
 * D jNl to be red, ruddy; Arab. mid. 
 E and O, and Ethiop. id. also to be beau- 
 tiful. Once in Kal, Lam. 4, 7 their prin- 
 ces .. . are whiter than milk, CxS l^*]^ 
 B'^J'^JBTD they are more ruddy in body than 
 corals. Whiteness and ruddiness belong 
 to the description of youthful beauty ; 
 hence it is not correct to refer *io'iH in 
 this passage to the idea of dazzling 
 whiteness, as Bochart has done in Hie- 
 roz. II. p. 688, and Ludolf in Comm. 
 ad Hist, .^thiop. p. 206 ; although the 
 
 Romans do indeed use purpureas of any 
 shining whiteness, Hor. Od. 4. 1. 10 ; 
 comp. Voss ad Virg. Georg. p. 750. But 
 these writers would hardly have fallen 
 into this opinion, had they not been 
 anxious to make out for fi''2''3Q the signi- 
 fication o( pearls. 
 
 PuAL Part, fnxa made red, dyed red, 
 Nah. 2, 4. Ex. 25^ 5. 35, 7. 23. 
 
 Hi PH. to be red, pr. to make oneself 
 red, to redden, Is. 1, 18. 
 
 HiTHPA. to be red, e. g. wine in a cup, 
 to blush, to sparkle, Prov. 23, 31. 
 
 Deriv. Dnx in'ijj ; comp. also d^ . 
 
 0*^^ m. 1. aman, a human being, male 
 or female, pr. one red, ruddy, as it would 
 seem. The Arabs distinguish two races of 
 men ; the one red, ruddy, orperhr. copper- 
 coloured, which we call white; the other 
 black. This word has neither construct 
 nor plural form, but is very often collect, 
 for men, mankind, the human race. Gen. 
 1, 26. 27. 6, 1. Ps. 68, 19. 76, 11. Job 20, 
 29; U'l^-h'D all men 3oh 21, 33. Some- 
 times put in the gen. after adjectives, 
 as Dlij *'3'i"'Ir'* tlt^ poor of men, among 
 men, i. e. poor men. Is. 29, 19, comp. 
 Hos. 13, 2 ; so with 3 intervening, as 
 cnsa n'l'iSSi Prov. 23, 28. Spec, a) For 
 other men, the rest of mankind, opp. to 
 those in question, Jer. 32, 20 bxiia'^a 
 d'lijai in Israel and among other men. 
 Jud'g. 16, 7. 18, 28. Ps. 73, 5. Is. 43, 4. 
 b) Of common men, men of low degree, 
 opp. to those of higher rank and better 
 character; so D'iNS Zi/ce (common) Tnen, 
 Job 31, 33. Hos^ 6,' 7. Ps. 82, 7. So in 
 antith. with "^X men of high degree, 
 nobles. Is. 2, 9. 5, 15 ; d-i-ib Ps. 82, 7, 
 comp. Is. 29, 21 ; and in Plur. V'^H ''33 
 Ps. 49, 3. Prov. 8, 4. c) Of slaves,' like 
 irs3 , Num. 16, 32. d) Of soldiers, like 
 Engl, men. Is. 22, 6. Comp. ^-is no. 1. 1. 
 
 2. a man, not a woman, i. q. ttJ''S*. 
 Ecc. 7, 28 one man [worthy of the name] 
 among a thousand have I found, but a 
 woman among them all have I not found. 
 
 3. any man, any one, Lev. 1, 2. "With 
 a negative, no man, no one. Job 32, 21. 
 Comp. tJ'^X no. 3. 
 
 4. Adam, pr. n. a) Of the first man. 
 Gen. 2, 7 sq. At least in these passages 
 d'lJJ assumes the nature of a proper 
 name in a certain degree, designating 
 
D1 
 
 the man as the only one of his kind ; 
 comp. ^??n Baal, the lord xaz i^ox. 
 Jbton Satan. Lehrg. p. 653, 654. Hence 
 Sept. Udufi, Vulg. Adam, b) Of a city 
 near the Jordan, Josh. 3, 16. 
 
 5. onx-ja , with art. n-iKn-^a , son of 
 man, poet, for man, Num. 23, 19. Ps. 8, 
 
 6. 80, 18. Job 16, 21. 25, 6. 35, 8 ; so 
 very often in Ezekiel, where the prophet 
 is addressed from God, D'^H"")? son of 
 man, i. e. mortal ! Ez. 2, 1. 3. 3, 1. 3. 4. 
 10. 4, 16. 8, 5. 6. 8. Often also in Plur. 
 B^X 'Sa sons of m^n, i. e. men, Deut. 
 32, 8. Ps. 11, 4. al. and with art. "'Sa 
 BXsn 1 Sam. 26, 19. 1 K. 8, 39. Ps. 145", 
 12. Ecc. 1, 13. Comp. Syr. t^fS> son 
 of man, for man. 
 
 D'IS and D^^^ adj. f "'3>5', plur. 
 a-^BlX ; after the form Vji'p^ , nlb'jps , which 
 is common in noting colours, see Lehrg. 
 120. no. 21 ; red, rvddy, e. g. of a gar- 
 ment sprinkled with blood Is. 63, 2 ; of 
 ruddy cheeks Cant. 5, 10 ; of a chesnut 
 or bay-coloured horse Zech. 1, 8. 6, 2 ; 
 of a red heifer Num. 19, 2 ; of the red- 
 dish colour of lentiles Gen. 25, 30. 
 Subst. red, redness Is. 63, 2. 
 
 D iS pr. n. Edam. 1. The son of Isaac 
 and elder twin-brother of Jacob, Gen. 
 25, 25 ; more freq. called Esau, ibS . 
 
 2. Collect, for the Edomites, the pos- 
 terity of Edom or Esau, and likewise for 
 their country, Idumea. Of the nation 
 Num. 20, 20 ; more folly niS ^33 Ps. 137, 
 
 7, and poet. oHs na daughter of Edom 
 Lam. 4, 21. 22. "of the country, taHx yv*. 
 Gen. 36, 16. 21. 31 ; nhx Amos 1, 6 ; and 
 chit JTib Gen. 32, 3 [4]. Judg. 5, 4. 
 Where it stands alone, it is masc. when 
 spoken of the people, Num. 20, 20 ; but 
 fem. when it denotes the country, Jer. 
 49, 17. The country of the Edomites, 
 Idumea, was the mountainous tract be- 
 tween the Dead sea and the Elanitic 
 gulf of the Red sea, afterwards called 
 Gebalene, rf^aXtjW], now JLv^ JebAl. 
 
 The gentile n. is "'Six Edomite, Idu- 
 mean, Deut. 23, 8; plur. oi^inx 2 K. 
 16, 6 Keri. Fem, n-^tthx , plur. ni'anjt 
 Edomitish women 1 K. 11, 1. 
 
 '^'^^ a gem of a red colour, perh. ruby, 
 garnet, Ex. 28, 17. 39, 10. Ez. 28, 13. 
 Sept. Vulg. adgdiov, sardius. 
 
 Dlia'IX , f n'nia'n , plur. f MiaWiK, 
 adj. reddish, e. g. spots in leprous per- 
 sons, which are described as riaab 
 nia'np'ix white and somewhat reddish, 
 Lev' 13,^19 sq. 14, 37. R. Dnx . 
 
 W\ f. 1. earth, Ex. 20, 24. So 
 called from its reddish colour ; see Crcd- 
 ner on Joel p. 125 sq. Spec, the earth, 
 ground, land, as tilled. Gen. 4, 2. 47, 19. 
 22. 23. Ps. 105, 35. Is. 28, 24. nanx tt)''K 
 a husbandman Gen. 9, 20 ; Ha'iN anx a 
 lover of the ground, i. e. of husbandry, 
 2 Chr. 26, 10. Spoken of the produce 
 of the earth. Is. 1, 7. 
 
 2. a land, region, country. Gen. 28, 15. 
 nini naix land of Jehovah, i. e. Canaan, 
 Is. 14, 2. Plur. rianx lands, countries, 
 once Ps. 49, 12. q. d. in all lajids. 
 
 3. tfie earth, orbis terree. Gen. 4, 11. 
 
 6, 1. 7, 4. 
 
 4. Adamah, pr. n. of a city in Naph- 
 tali. Josh. 19, 36. 
 
 ^^7^ Admah, pr. n. of a city de- 
 stroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah, 
 Gen. 10, 19. 14, 2. 8. Deut. 29, 22. Hos. 
 11,8. 
 
 ^V\xn^_ and ^ycn)^ adj. (after the form 
 'Jb'ij?) red, i. e. red-haired, e. g. Esau, 
 Gen. 25, 25 ; David, 1 Sam. 16, 12. 17, 
 42. Sept. nvqqaxrig, Vulg. rufus. 
 
 ^"'^y^, (pr. human) Adami, pr. n. of a 
 city of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 33. 
 
 ''tt'lS 6ee in Dnx . 
 
 i^ri'Q'li? Admatha, pr. n. of a Persian 
 nobleman, Esth. 1, 14. 
 
 IJv obsol. root. 1. i. q. ")W , Arab. 
 ^\i^ mid. Waw, to be low, humble, infe- 
 rior. Hence '"iK . 
 
 2. Transit, i. q. y^ , to judge, to com- 
 mand, to domineer. Hence "jiTlit domi- 
 nus, lord, and "ijix the Lord ; also 
 
 I'li? Addan, pr. n. of a man who re- 
 turned under Zerubbabel to Jerusalem, 
 Ezra 2, 59 ; in the parall. passage Neh. 
 
 7, 61 written ','inx . 
 
 n^ m. plur. n'^S'iX , constr. ''J'lX , a 
 foundation, e. g. of a column, base, pedes- 
 tal, Cant. 5, 15. Ex. 26. 19 sq. 27, 10 sq. 
 36, 38 ; of a building. Job 38, 6. R. yrst 
 no. 1. 
 
5n&5 
 
 i^ 
 
 ^m 
 
 ^yi^ see after linisj . 
 
 pn-'iS'lX (lord of Bezek) Adoni-Be- 
 zek, name or title of a king of the Ca- 
 naanitish city Bezek, Judg. 1, 5. 6. 7. 
 
 p'l^-^nX (lord of justice) Adoni- 
 zedek, pr. n. of a Canaanitish king of 
 Jerusalem, Josh. 10, 1. 3. 
 
 'I'^f ?'1^ (my lord is Jehovah) Adoni- 
 jah, pr. n. m. a) A son of David, who 
 attempted to usurp the succession, 1 K. 
 1, 8 sq. Called also n^aSx v. 5. 2 Sam. 
 3, 4. b) 2 Chr. 17, 8." c) Neh. 10, 17. 
 In Ezra 2, 13 the same person is called 
 t3j3''3"ix Adonikam, i. e. lord of the ene- 
 my. Comp. Ezra 8, 13. Neh. 7, 18. 
 
 QjJ'^S'lX see ^n^jHj* c. 
 
 DT3^i< (lord of altitude) Adoniram, 
 pr. n. of a man who had charge of the 
 public works under David and Solomon, 
 1 K. 4, 6. By an unusual contraction, 
 called D-iilX Adoram, 2 Sam. 20, 24. 
 1 K. 12, 18 ; also Dnnq 2 Chr. 10, 18. 
 
 _ V ii^ Kal not used, pr. to be large, 
 great, ample, see deriv. "i^X, P'^l'nx ; 
 
 comp. jOl to have the hernia, pr. to be 
 swollen ; J^l swollen, inflated, e. g. 
 the belly. Kindr. is ^"ifi . Trop. to be 
 great, splendid, power/id; see in T''!JX. 
 
 NiPH. to be made great, to be magni- 
 fied, glorious. Part. Ex. 15, 6 nin'i 'r\^.^ri') 
 hisa '^"i'JX? thy right hand, Jehovah, is 
 magnified in might, is made glorious in 
 strength. The Yod in "'^'HNS is para- 
 gogic. 
 
 Hi PH. to magnify, to make honourable. 
 Is. 42, 21. 
 
 Deriv. -i'ni< , n-i'nx , n-^^x , and the com- 
 pounds T'"!!|'?1^, , '^k^'^1^ 
 
 "^^^t Adar, the twelfth Hebrew month, 
 from the new moon of March to that of 
 April ; or according to the Rabbins, 
 from the new moon of February to that 
 of March. Esth. 3, 7. 13. 8, 12. 9, 1. 15. 
 17.19.21. Gr. '^^Jp, 1 Mace. 7, 43. Syr. 
 
 jjr, Arab, jtjf, j|St, and jjof, the 
 sixth month of the Syro-Macedonians. 
 
 Perh. from Pers. 6! fire. 
 ^7^ Chald. id. Ezra 6, 15. 
 
 ^^5? see "i^wS-'nsn . 
 
 *^7^ m. pr. largeness, amplitude j 
 hence 
 
 1. a wide cloak, mantle, i. q, ir^nXj 
 Mic. 2, 8. 
 
 2. greatness, splendour, whence Zech. 
 11, 13 'i)5'jn "i"!!^ splendour of the price, 
 i. e. the splendid price, ironically. 
 
 "^"^^ Chald. (r. "I'lJ II ) area, threshing- 
 fioor, pr. a wide open place, Dan. 2, 35. 
 
 Syr. |?|, Arab. \JoI. Hence some 
 
 refer it to Arab. Jo excidit granum ; 
 
 but in Arab. \ Jul the nd seems to be 
 for dd. ^ 
 
 V^]^*}!^. Chald. plur. m. chief-judges, 
 Dan. 3, 2. 3. Compounded from nnx i. q. 
 "TiX greatness, comp. 1'^'nx no. 3; and 
 'p'it| judges, comp. "its , 
 
 i^'7T"?7^ Chald. adv. Ezra 7, 2. 3 right- 
 ly, diligently, careftdly, Vulg. diligenter. 
 Prob. it is a Persian word, perh. i. q. Pers. 
 
 c c > 
 \ciM*i\i^ recte, vere, probe. 
 
 V^y^^: m. only in Plur. fi''33"i'iK 
 1 Chr. 29. 7. Ezra 8, 27, i. q. ')1>23'i^'," 
 daric, a Persian coin of pure gold, com- 
 mon also among the Jews while they 
 were under the Persian dominion. The 
 K is prosthetic ; comp. in Mishna 'jiS'TT 
 and SjT. jJoArf j? . The etymology is 
 not certain, although we can hardly 
 doubt that the word is kindred to the pr. 
 n. Z?aW?<s.llSl^"i'i. Others make it either: 
 a) Dimin. from T^"*! , daric, dnQirjXTjg, if 
 the common reading is correct in Strabo 
 XVI. p. 5874 ; or b) A compound from 
 Mt> king (Darius) and ^j^i^ appear- 
 ance, figure. The daric was equal in 
 value to the Attic jfpi'ffoi'?, which, ac- 
 cording to our mode of reckoning, was 
 worth nearly 1^ German ducats, or 
 about three Spanish dollars ; see Boeckh 
 Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 23. The coin 
 usually bears the image of an archer 
 with a tiara. Darics of gold and silver 
 are extant in the Museums of Paris and 
 Vienna. See Eckhel Doctr. Num. P. I. 
 Vol. III. p. 551. 
 
 ?|bT3'1'1X (rontr. for r^.-ajn nnx splen- 
 dour of the king) Adrammelech, pr. n. 
 a) An idol of the Sepharvites or Sip- 
 
"n 
 
 17 
 
 m 
 
 parenes brought from Mesopotamia to 
 Samaria, 2 K. 17, 31. b) A son of Sen- 
 nacherib king of Assyria, who aided in 
 slaying his father, Is. 37, 38. 2 K. 19, 37. 
 
 y"^*}^ Chald. i. q. ^"^"^^ , th arm, with 
 tt prosthetic, Ezra 4, 23. Hebr. iiT , 
 In the Targums with Patah yT\i<.- 
 Hence 
 
 ''y^'lS (strong, mighty) Edrei, pr. n. 
 a) The former metropolis of Bashan, 
 situated in the territory of Manasseh, 
 Num. 21, 33. Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 12, 4. 
 Called by Eusebius 'AdQnu, by Ptolemy 
 IdSfja, by Arabian geographers csV 
 Zer'a, now Lft^4> Der'ft. [According to 
 Euseb. and the Peut. Tables, it lay 24 
 Rom. miles from Bozrah on the way to 
 Capitolias and Gadara. See Reland 
 Palffistina p. 547. Bibl. Res. in Pal. III. 
 App. p. 152. R.] b) A city in Naph- 
 tali. Josh. 19, 37. 
 
 ^Tli^ 1. Fem. of adj. l-'^Xj/arg-e, 
 grecU, mighty, (comp. a"^ba , f. nzi^d ,) 
 Ez. 17, 8 r^.?.5< *Ea a large vine, i. e. full 
 of branches and leaves. Comp. 'T'^K 
 no. 1. 
 
 2. Subst. atpide cloak, mantle, pallium, 
 1 K. 19, 13. 19. 2 K. 2, 13. 14. Jon. 3, 6. 
 nssid r'n'nx a Babylonish mantle Josh. 7, 
 21, i. e. variegated with figures, having 
 the figures of men and animals interwo- 
 ven in colours ; comp. Plin. H. N. 8. 48. 
 So ISO T\yi}< a hairy mantle, shaggy 
 with hair, or (according to some) of fur, 
 Gen. 25, 25. Zech. 13, 4. 
 
 3. splendour, glory, Zech. 11, 3. 
 
 "Cli^ i, q, iiSl'^ , to thresh, once inf 
 absol. Is. 28, 28 siSiTiiTj lainx threshing 
 Tie threshes it. 
 
 * -^I^ and ^Hi^ fut. snx;: and ^nx'^, 
 1 pers. anx Prov. 8, 17 and nnx Hos. 14, 
 5 ; inf. sH^ Ecc. 3, 8, also ^'yn]i< q. v. 
 
 1. to breathe after, to long for, to de- 
 sire, c. ace. Ps. 4. 4. 40, 17. 70, 5 ; seq. 
 "^3 Ps. 116, 1. This sense of breathing 
 after belongs to the syllables an , an , 
 and with the letters softened ax , IX ; 
 
 , * - 
 
 comp. the roots saJi ; aan , ,_;w^ to de- 
 sire, to love ; niX and nax to desire, to 
 be willing. 
 
 2. to love, in which signif. it is kindr. 
 
 2* 
 
 with aas , ayanoua. With ace. Gen. 37, 
 3. 4. Deut. 4, 37 ; rarely c. b Lev. 19, 18. 
 34. 1 K. 5, 15 ; c. a Ecc. 5, 9. 1 Sam. 20, 
 17 ianx iOBJ nanx he loved him as he 
 loved his oum soul. Part, anx a friend, 
 loving and beloved, intimate, different 
 from S"D a companion, Prov. 18, 24. Esth. 
 5, 10. 14. Is. 41, 8 'anx onnax ynt the 
 seed of Abraham my friend. 
 
 3. to love to do any thing, to delight 
 in doing, seq. infin. c. !> , Hos. 12, 8 p4)sb 
 anx he loveth to oppress. Is. 56, 10. Jer. 
 14", '10. 
 
 NiPH. part, anxa lovely, amiable, wor- 
 thy of love, 2 Sani. 1, 23. 
 
 Pi EL part, anxtt 1. a friend, Zech. 
 13, 6. 
 
 2. a lover, but only in a bad sense, a 
 paramour, debauchee, Ez. 16, 33 sq. 23, 
 5 sq. i. e. metaph. for an idolater. 
 
 Deriv. the three following. 
 
 ^^^ , only in plur. C^anx. 1. loves, 
 spec, in a bad sense, amours, trop. of 
 intercourse and alliances with foreign 
 nations, Hos. 8, 9. 
 
 2. delight, loveliness. Prov. 5, 19 n^*X 
 D'^anx a lovely hind. 
 
 3r?i5 m. love, in sing, once meton. for 
 lovers, paramours, Hos. 9, 10. Sept. 
 01 TjyaTtTjfikfoi. Plur. O'^anx loves, spec. 
 amours, Prov. 7, 18. 
 
 nnns n i. inf fem. of the verb anx , 
 with h pref Is. 56, 6 nin-i ois-nx nanxl? 
 to love the name of Jehovah. Deut. 10, 
 15. 11, 13. 22. Josh. 22, 5. 23, 11. With 
 a 1 K. 10, 9 bx'^i'^-rx nin'^^ nanxa in 
 Jehovah's loving Israel, i. e. because he 
 loved Israel. In the same sense with 
 pref 3 Hos. 3, 1, and "t? Deut. 7, 8 ranxiS^ 
 narx n^in"^ because Jehovah loved you^P'^ 
 
 2. love, espec. between the sexes, CsSS*.' 
 2, 4. 5, 8. 8, 6. 7 ; of God towards-'tifgiP 
 Hos. 3, 1 ; of friends towards each'trther, 
 1 Sam. 18, 3. " ^mm 
 
 3. lore, delight, concr. on%e6>CT^ 
 fem. Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. So p4ite^r.^^3 
 where others eis adv. lovely. "/ \ -"^^ 
 
 'G^ obsol. root, i. q. 1t3Ri<isiMtop 
 united. Hence "iinx amfcnrf .jjji .jai^ 
 
 in Ohad, pr. n. of ^.^^^f^takS 
 Gen. 46, 10. -o'^ .02 ,81 .al .nih 
 
 .-^^ . -o" ''>t -P-i "'I'H 
 
 ',' mterj. yxjpe^jQg gfie^ 
 
Ti^ 
 
 18 
 
 bnik 
 
 row, and imitating the sound or cry, ah ! 
 
 > * 
 alas ! comp. Arab. t, sH, whence the 
 
 f --- * 
 
 verbs si and s! to grieve, lament, like 
 
 Germ, ach, achzen. Mostly in the con- 
 nection nin^ ijhx Pinx aA, / Lord God, 
 Josh. 7, 7. Judg. 6, 22 ;' or ^nst ttnx 2 K. 
 6, 5. 15. Alone, 2 K. 3, 10 ; c. dat! Joel 
 1,15. 
 
 "TinX (union, r. IfJSj) Ehud, pr. n. m. 
 a) A judge of Israel, Judg. 3, 15 sq. 4, 1. 
 Sept. Uflid. b) 1 Chr. 7, 10. 
 
 ^jri^ Ahava, pr. n. ofa river between 
 Babylon and Jerusalem, Ezra 8, 21. 31. 
 The same is probably meant in v. 15, 
 where we may render: the river that 
 runneth to the Ahava. It is hardly 
 doubtful, that the word signifies pr. wa- 
 ter, aqua ; comp. Sanscr. ajp, Pers. ah, 
 Goth, ahva, Lat. aqua. It is hard to 
 Bay what river is meant ; possibly the 
 Euphrates, which was called xai i^oxriv 
 the river; comp. "^nsn . 
 
 "'H^. Hos. 13, 10, i. q. n*X , \n5 , where 7 
 Elsewhere TiX is always 1 pers. fut. 
 apoc. from r. n^n to be ; and not improb. 
 it is here an error of transcription arising 
 out of V. 7. 14, instead of nX . The 
 words are sisx ?i3b?? "'Hit where then is 
 thy king ? the two words xiBX "Tjx be- 
 ing closely joined, as elsewhere NiEN "'J* . 
 Ewald regards this word (Gr. 444) as 
 compounded from 8* (i. q. rt) and T} i. e. 
 Jiic, here ; comp. Ethiop. UP ibi, *HP 
 -hie, hue. So too Hupfeld. 
 
 * JJliJ perh. i. q. Vs'n , J^ 1 . to shine, 
 to glitter, from the mutual relation of 
 verbs KB and s's ; see Hiph. Hence 
 ^nk tent, from the shining, glittering 
 appearance. 
 
 2. Denom. from bnk tent, to tent, to 
 move one^s tent, in the manner of no- 
 mades, now pitching their tents in one 
 place and then removing to another. 
 Gen. 13, 12. 18 Dn=N ^nxl , Sept. ino- 
 axTjvdaag 'APqafi, Vulg. movens tabema- 
 culum suum. 
 
 Pi EL, fut. bnX'J contr.bn^ , i. q. Kal no. 
 2, to pitch one^s tent, in the nomadic man- 
 ner, Is. 13, 20. Comp. ti\-q for CjixTa . 
 
 Hiph. i. q. Kal no. 1, to shine, pr. to 
 give light. Job 25, 6 "Jibi n-n^-i? ^n 
 
 ^^ns^ lo ! even the moon, it shineth not, 
 i. e. is not bright, pure, in the sight of 
 God. Jerome : ecce ! luna etiam non 
 splendet. Sept. oix inKpavvxti, 
 The deriv. follow. 
 
 ^n'fi^ c. suff. "ibriij, ?j^n (oholka), 
 with He parag. nbnx ; ' Plur. U>\r^k 
 Syriasm for Ci"!3nx Lehrg. p. 152, 572 ; 
 with pref Q"'^nxa Judg. 8, 11. Jer. 35, 7. 
 10: constr. ''bnV, c. sufF. T^btiX, T^ht^k, 
 
 1. a tent, tabernacle, Gen. 9, 27. al. 
 ISia bfik tabernacle of the congregation 
 or of assembly, comm. tabernacle of the 
 covenant, i. e. the movable and portable 
 sanctuary of the Israelites in the desert, 
 described Ex. c. 26, comp. c. 36 ; also 
 called simply ^f]i<r\ 1. K. 1, 39. As to 
 the distinction in the tabernacle,between 
 bnS< and "iS^Ja , the former (}f}k) denoted 
 the exterior covering, consisting of 
 twelve curtains of goats' hair, which was 
 placed over the proper dwelling ("BUJa) 
 i. e. the twelve interior curtains or hang- 
 ings which lay upon the frame-work; 
 see Ex. 26, 1. 7. 36, 8. 14. 19. 
 
 2. a dwelling, habitation, house, Is. 
 16, 5 "ii'n bnk the habitation of David. 
 1 K. 8,' 66. Jer. 4, 20. Lam. 2, 4. Poet. 
 Ps. 132, 3 'n-'a bnka stax Cit / will not 
 enter the dwelling of my house. 
 
 3. Spec, the temple, Ez. 41, 1. 
 
 4. Ohel, pr. n. ofa son of Zerubbabel, 
 1 Chr. 3, 20. 
 
 nbriS Oholah, Aholah, pr. n. of a 
 harlot, used by Ezekiel as the symbol 
 of Samaria, Ez. 23, 4 sq. Put for winx 
 (Mappik) i. e. she has her tent, her own 
 tabernacle, temple. 
 
 nibnx see in c^^^;?!. 
 
 nij'ibinfij (tent of his father) Aholiah, 
 pr. n. of an artificer, Ex. 31, 6. 35, 34. 
 
 Til'ibrW Oholibah, Aholibah, pr. n. of 
 a harlot, used by Ezekiel as the symbol 
 of the idolatrous kingdom of Judah, Ez. 
 23, 4 sq. lit. my tabernacle is in her, na 
 
 for na. Comp. n^C^'l- 
 
 nttn''brW (tent of the height) Aholi- 
 bamah, pr. n. of a wife of Esau, Gen. 36, 
 2. 14 ; also of an Edomitieh tribe, v. 14. 
 
 Q''bn Num. 24, 6. Prov. 7, 17, and 
 trftnS Pe. 45, 9. Cant. 4, 14, Plur. a epe- 
 
^n 
 
 19 
 
 niK 
 
 joies of odoriferous tree growing in India, 
 called by the Greeks uyaXXoxoy, later 
 ivlaXotj, in modern times ligiium aloes, 
 also li'^num paradisi, and lignum aquike, 
 ExccEcaria Agallocha Linn. See Diosc. 
 lib. 1. 21. The Heb. as well as the Greek 
 name is derived from the Indian name 
 of the tree, Sanscr. agaru and aguru (the 
 r being soflened into i), also agarukam. 
 See Celsius in Hierobot. T. I. p. 135- 
 170. Gilderaeister de rebus Indicis, Fasc. 
 I. p. 65, 66. The Portuguese also would 
 seem to have heard the name under the 
 form agulu or the like ; since they call 
 this wood aquiliB lignum. 
 
 ^U^ a doubtful root ; hence perhaps 
 
 I'l^n^ pr. n. m. (perh. i. q. liiH moun- 
 taineer, comp. Arab, ijj)'-*) -^^^o^j the 
 elder brother of Moses, Ex. 6, 20. 7, 7 ; 
 and the first high-priest, Ex. c. 29. Lev. 
 C.8. 'jlirtx 'sa sons of Aaron Josh. 21, 
 
 4. 10. 13; poet, linnx n'^a house of 
 Aaron Ps. 115, 10. 12. 118, 3, put for the 
 priests in general. So Aaron for any 
 high-priest Ps. 133, 2. 
 
 *^ , constr. iK , a noim after the form 
 IS, 1j?, from r. MIX to will, to desire. 
 
 1. Subst. will, desire, appetite, once 
 Prov. 31, 4 Cheth. "iso I'x ni3T"i^!| nor 
 for princes the desire of strong drink. 
 Keri 13 "'st (to say) where is strong 
 drink 7 
 
 2. free-will, choice, and hence constr. 
 iK as a Conjunction, implying the power 
 of freely choosing this or that, or, eitlier; 
 
 comp. Lat. vel, apoc. ve, from velle. 
 
 g. 
 
 Arab. A . Deut. 13, 2 riBia ix niit the 
 sign or the wonder. Job 3, 15. 2. K. 2, 
 16 n-ix^an nnxa ix ti-^^riri nnxa upon 
 some mountain or into some valley. Re- 
 peated i. q. sive sive, whether or, Lev. 
 
 5, 1 n^ ix nsjn is< whether he hath seen 
 or known. Ex. 21, 31. Sometimes it is 
 intensive, i. q. or rather, 1 Sam. 29, 3 
 who hath been with me now these many 
 days, Q'^SOi nt ix or rather these years. 
 
 So Arab. J , which they explain by Ja . 
 Sometimes also ellipt. for ''S < or (be 
 it) that, or (it must be) thai, with fut. sub- 
 junct. where we may properly render 
 or else, unless perhaps. (Comp. Arab. 
 
 f c. fot. nasb, ellipt. for ^\ !, which 
 
 is explained by \\ j\ unless.) Is. 27, 5 
 I woidd bum them all together, pTn;j int 
 ''?Si2a or else let them lay hold of my 
 refuge, i. e. unless they take hold etc. 
 Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 21, 15 [10]. Hence 
 
 3. As a conditional particle, pr. if one 
 choose, i. q. if if perhaps, but if Sept. 
 idv, comp. Lat. sive, in which lies also 
 
 of 
 
 the si conditional. So Arab, .f is often 
 explained by the Grammarians by j%t. 
 With fut. 1 Sam. 20, 10 who shall tell me 
 n'^|5 rpatj ?13?!"na ix if thy father an- 
 swer thee any thing harshly ? Sept. idy, 
 Vulg. si forte. (Winer attributes to this 
 passage more than the context will bear, 
 in endeavouring to make out a disjunc- 
 tive sense, ad Sim. Lex. p. 26.) Ex. 21, 
 36 xin naa -i-i^j "^a snia ix but if it be 
 known, that the ox wets wont to push, 
 Sept. iuv 8s, Vulg. sin autem. Lev. 4, 
 23. 28. 2 Sam. 18, 13. Without a verb. 
 Gen. 24, 55 let the maiden abide with us 
 "libs I'x D''a^ some days, if perhaps ten,' 
 q. d. ten days if she choose j Sept. tjfugag 
 oifTil 8ixa, Vulg. dies saltem decern. In 
 this example the primary sense o^ choice 
 remains ; nor can it be well explained : 
 midtos dies, aid saltem decern. 
 
 bX1 (prob. will of God, from 1i<, "ix, 
 r. nix) Uel, pr. n. Ezra 10, 34. 
 
 * mi< or 2^5^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 
 
 o!t for ojl . 
 
 1. to come back, to return; also to 
 come to one's senses, resipiscere, whence 
 
 s ,f . . 
 
 oul resipiscens. 
 
 2. to go dofwn, to set, e. g. the sun. 
 
 3. to come by night, espec. in order to 
 
 9 .a? 
 get water. Conj. V, VIII, id. ^L>f a 
 
 water-carrier, aquarixis. Hence in He- 
 brew: 
 
 31fi5 , plur. maix masc. comp. for the 
 gender of the plur. Job 32, 19. 
 
 1. a leathern bottle, pr. a water-skin, 
 for CEirrying water, see r. aifit no. 3. 
 Spoken of skins for wine, Job 1. c. fiiaxa 
 Sira*^ CiJJ'J'!!! Ulce new bottles which Imrst, 
 i. e. like skins full of new wine. 
 
 2. vtxQOfittVTig or vixvoftoeyns, i. e. a 
 
aiK 
 
 SO 
 
 nii^ 
 
 necromancer, sorcerer, a conjtirer who 
 professes to call up the dead by meEins 
 of incantations and magic formulas, in 
 order that they may give response as to 
 doubtful or future things ; comp. 1 Sam. 
 28, 7. Is. 8, 19. 29, 3. Deut. 18, 11. 2 K. 
 21, 6. 2 Chr. 33, 6. Plur. niak Lev. 19, 
 31. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 3. 9. Is. 8, 19. 19, 3. 
 Spec, put a) For the divining spiritjthe 
 foreboding demon, python, supposed to be 
 present in the body of such a conjurer; 
 comp. Acts 16, 16. So Lev. 20, 27 ttJ-^X 
 Six cnn n;:n'i 13 nisx ix a man or a 
 woman in whom is the spirit of divina- 
 tion, Eng. ' familiar spirit.' 1 Sam. 28, 8 
 ais<a -')> i<3"iJDt3j5 divine unto me by the 
 foreboding spirit ; whence such a sorce- 
 ress is called SIX nbl?3 PiUJx a woman in 
 whom is a divining spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 7. 8. 
 b) For the dead, the shade or spirit 
 evoked. Is. 29,4 r\?.V f '5'$'? ^l'^*^ ^^ri) and 
 thy voice shall be like a shade out of the 
 ground. The LXX usually render niak 
 by fyyaarglfivd-oi, ventriloquists, and 
 correctly; since among the ancients this 
 power of ventriloquism was often mis- 
 used for the purposes of magic. As to 
 the connection between these two signifi- 
 cations of! bottle and necromancer, it prob. 
 arose from regarding the conjurer, while 
 possessed by the demon, as a bottle, i. e. 
 vessel, case, in which the demon was 
 contained. Hence 
 
 rilSIN (water-skins) Oboth, pr. n. of a 
 station of the Israelites in the desert. 
 Num. 21,10. 34, 43. It must be sought 
 in the desert on the eastern skirts of 
 Idumea, not far from Moab. 
 
 is'^aiX 1 Chr. 27, 30, Obil, pr. n. of an 
 Ishmaclite. who had charge of the cam- 
 els of David. It signifies pr. chief of the 
 
 camels, like Arab. JGf and Juol from 
 
 Jot camel. The form ^''aitt is for isaix , 
 as rpain for ^ain Ps. 16, 5. 
 
 b^M^ and '5^) ^- i^- ^^1) a stream, 
 river, only in Dan. 8, 2. 3. 6. 
 
 * 1^fc< and TWI obsol. root. 1. to bend, 
 
 to inflect, Arab. 4>| mid. Waw; thenfo 
 turn, to turn about or orer, to stir, see 
 Bubst, 11K , nillK J also to put around, 
 
 to surround, see IS . Corresponding is 
 Heb. 'IW. Hence 
 
 2. to load, to burden, to press down with 
 
 9 ^ 
 weight; whence Jo| heavy, burden- 
 
 some, 4>.t a load, weight, 65HJ0 mis- 
 fortunes, evils, calamities, by which one 
 is weighed down ; see 1''8J . 
 
 3. i. q. 4>|t for Jol, to be strong, ro- 
 
 bust ; Conj. II, to strengthen, to aid, Jof 
 
 and 4>! strength, might, force ; whence 
 Heb. ikia . Comp. iTi2J|3 and other verbs 
 which also connect the notions of weight 
 and strength. 
 
 Tli^ m. pr. a wooden poker, with which 
 a fire is stirred, see r. 'TIS no 1 ; hence 
 any burnt wood, a f re-brand, Zech. 3, 2. 
 Am. 4, 11. Is. 7, 4. Syr. and Chald. id. 
 Others make it i. q. t>jA wood. 
 
 rmii? plur. pr. turnings, turns, see r. 
 IIS no. 1 ; then circumstances, reasons, 
 
 .-^ 
 
 causes of things. Comp. ^.^.j-**/ cause, 
 
 from r. aa& to turn about; JL^ way, 
 
 manner, cause, from JL&., ilH, to turn 
 oneself; Germ, um for wegen; ^^53 be- 
 cause of, from b^a . Found only in the 
 formula niiix-bs'i. q. na'n b?, 'nan b?, 
 for the causes, i. e. on account of, be- 
 cause of, propter. Gen. 21, 11. 25. 26, 32. 
 Ex. 18, 8 ; c. suff. ''Pinit b? on my ac- 
 count. Josh. 14, 6. "iQix nins-bs b? 
 for all these causes that, for this very 
 cause that, Jer. 3, 8. In some editt. is 
 found 2 Sam. 13, 16 nils bx, which 
 has arisen from combining two readings, 
 niiiH-bx and Piiiis b?. 
 
 1 . n^i not used in Kal, pr. to bend, 
 to inflect ; comp. kindr. MJS . Hence 
 
 1. to turn aside, to take lodging, to 
 
 lodge, to dwell ; i.q. Arab. (Cjl Conj. I, 
 
 II; (^Uo a lodging, dwelling. See 
 deriv. "'S . 
 
 2. i. q. Arab. (<| to incline, to have a 
 bent, i. e. to desire, to long far, to wish ; 
 see Pi. Hithpa. euid comp. ytin . Kindr. 
 
 roots are ^las, Lat. aveo, Arab. ^5*^) 
 Sanscr. aw, to desire. '' 
 
nii^ 
 
 21 
 
 )m 
 
 PiBL. fijK i. q. Kal no. 2, to desire, to 
 long for, ascribed mostly to the soul, tJ}B3 . 
 Prov. 21, 10 5*1 nnjK yuin ttiBS /^e om/ 
 of the wicked desireth evil. Deut. 12, 20. 
 
 14, 26. Job 23, 13. 33, 20. 1 S;un. 2, 16. 
 2 Sam. 3, 21. Mic. 7, 1. Without ttJB; 
 
 ^Ps. 132, 13. 14. I8. 26, 9 ?;^n^?x ';^B3 
 rib'^ia my soul even / desire thee in the 
 night; comp. ^C^S? for /, with 1 pers. 
 Gen. 44, 32. 
 
 HiTHPA. njsrn , fut. apoc. lijn^Prov. 
 23, 3. 6, i. q. Pi. but pr. to desire for one- 
 self to long; absol. 1 Chr. 11, 17; q. 
 ace. Deut. 5, 18. Jer. 17, 16 ; c. dat. Prov. 
 23, 3. 6. nixn TOxnn to lo7ig a longing, 
 i. e. to long for with eagerness, to lust 
 after, Num. 11, 4. Ps. 106, 14. Hithpael 
 differs also from Piel, in that it is never 
 joined with tt5E3, which is the common 
 usage with Piel. 
 
 Deriv. IX constr. ix, mK, ''isj, ''X I, 
 
 I I . mij obsol. root, onomatopoetic, 
 
 to cry, to howl, vlidare ; so Arab. i^yS- 
 to howl, as a dog, wolf) jackal ; see the 
 deriv. ''ix, "^K, 
 
 III. n*K^ in Kal. not used, prob. 
 to sign, to mark, to describe with a mark ; 
 kindr. with njtn and nin . Comp. nax . 
 
 TT TT XT Y r ' 
 
 nix 1, 2X0 , to desire. Hence 
 
 HiTHPA. id. Num. 34, 10 D3b Dn'^^xnn 
 ye shall mark otdfor yourselves a border, 
 etc. comp. V. 7. 8, where in the same 
 connection is read fut. Q3b ^xnpi . Sept. 
 and Syr. in all three passages, xaTUfis- 
 TQiiatTs, ^qJLomZZ, ye shall measure out, 
 
 determine. Hence also niX for P5X, a 
 sign. 
 
 _ f^?S? f (r. n^^x I. 2 ) 1. desire, long- 
 ing, e. g. after food, with 'rsg, Deut. 12, 
 
 15. 20. 21. 18, 6 ; of sexual desire, Jer. 
 2, 24. Comp. in njx I. Pi. 
 
 2. desire, pleastire, will, with lass, 
 1 Sam. 23, 20 ; simpl. Hos. 10, 10. 
 
 ''?185 (prob. i. q. '^x , "'W , strong, ro- 
 bust) Uzai, pr. n. m. Neh.^3, 25. 
 
 ^r^ Gen. 10, 27, pr. n. Uzal, a de- 
 scendant of Joktan, here taken in a geo- 
 graphical sense for a city and district of 
 the Joktanidae in Arabia, prob. the same 
 afterwards called Sanaa, the metropolis 
 
 of the kingdom of Yemen ; see Bochart 
 Phaleg. II. 21. J. D. Michaelis Spicil. 
 Geogr. Heb. ext. T. II. p. 164 sq. Rut- 
 ger's Hist. Jemane, p. 217. 
 
 '''il^ (desire or dwelling, i. q. ''X) Evi, 
 pr. n. of a king of Midian, Num. 31, 8. 
 Josh. 13, 31. 
 
 'iX (r. n;x II ) 1. Subst. wailing, 
 lamentation. Prov. 23, 29 "^Vih 'ix "tab 
 ''iax who hath wailing, who Jiath want 7 
 
 2. Interj. wo ! a) Of sorrow, griefj 
 c. dat. wo to me ! etc. 1 Sam. 4, 8. la. 
 3, 9. 6, 5 ; rarely c. ace. Ez. 24, 6. 8 ; 
 absol. Num. 24, 23. b) Of threatening, 
 imprecation, Num. 21, 29. Kindr. is ^in . 
 
 n^i^ i. q. 'IX, c. dat. Ps. 120, 5. 
 
 ^1^ m. (r. b;3s) plur. t:'ib"'')X 1. fool- 
 ish, as adj. b-'ix ttS-ix Prov. 29, 9. Hos. 
 
 9, 7. More freq. subst. a foolish man, a 
 fool, Job 5, 2. Is. 19, 11. 35, 8. Prov. 7, 22. 
 
 10, 14. 11, 29. 14, 3. 15, 5. 0pp. to a 
 prudent man (nrs) Prov. 12, 16 ; to a 
 wise man (D3Hj Prov. 10, 14. 
 
 2. Impl, impious, wicked, Job 5, 3. 
 
 ''?^'!'^ id. with adj. ending, foolish, 
 Zech. 11, 15. 
 
 ^nhtt b-'IK Evil-Merodach, pr. n. of 
 a king of Babylon, who set at liberty 
 Jehoiachin king of Judah after he had 
 been long detained in prison by Nebu- 
 chadnezzar, 2 K. 25, 27. Jer. 52, 31. He 
 succeeded Nebuchadnezzar, and reigned 
 two years, according to Berosus in Jos. 
 c. Ap. 1. 20. As to the signification of 
 the name, Ti'iits q. v. is the name of a 
 Babylonish idol, and b^lx is in Heh. fool- 
 ish. But we may take it for granted 
 that some other name of Assyrian or 
 Persian origin lies concealed under this, 
 which the Jews thus wrested into the 
 analogy of their own tongue ; pleasing 
 themselves perhaps with the idea of 
 calling the hostile and gentile king in 
 scorn MerodacKs fool, i. e. his foolish 
 worshipper. 
 
 '_!? with Vav movable, obsol. root, 
 i. q. bx;;i . bxi , to be foolish, pr. to be 
 turned away, perverse, comp. kindr. biS, 
 and also bnx . Hence b';'X , "b-'^X , fool- 
 ish, Pbjx folly. 
 
 ^^^ and ' *? a root not used in 
 
bi>^ 
 
 22 
 
 the verl), but of wide extent in the 
 derivatives. 
 
 1. Pr. to roll, to twist, to twirl, as in 
 kindr. bw, i^n, W, b\^; comp. slUco, 
 tiXvci), I'lXa, and see below under r. b^a . 
 Hence ^"^S a ram, from his twisted 
 horns ; also V)>lX belly. 
 
 2. Trop. to be strong, stout, powerful ; 
 for the connection comp. in bin and b'^n . 
 Hence bx the Strong One, God ; n^x 
 terebinth, q. d. the strong tree ; 'libj* 
 an oak, Lat. robur ; also b^X , r.'ib'J^ , 
 strength, aid. 
 
 3. Trop. to be first, foremost, chief, 
 from the notion of strength and power ; 
 
 so Arab. J.| to be foremost, to come out 
 
 first, J.I first, primus, (pr. princeps, like 
 jittSx"! ,) comp. Heb. bx; .Hence nibsix , 
 n''l5''X , the mighty, the chief; C^\'< the 
 front part, q. v. b"^X no. 2, and B^-'X , a 
 projection on a building ; n^.!j'* no. 3, the 
 first place, rank. 
 
 y^f^ m. 1. the belly, body, pr. a roll, 
 roller, from the round form ; r. Vi^iX no. 1. 
 
 Ps. 73, 4. Arab. JlT, Jl. 
 
 2. Plur. the mighty, tlie powerful, the 
 chief 2 K. 24, 15 Cheth. ^-nsjn ^h^a. 
 the chief of the land. The Keri has the 
 more usual form '^b'^X . R. b*S no. 3. 
 
 I. ''bis compounded from IX constr. 
 ist , and 'b i. q. ^^ , xb , xb , not ; comp. 
 'box, ''biib, 
 
 1. if not, unless, once Num. 22, 33 
 Sai *^:ST3 yin^J ''bis wwZess s^ had turn- 
 ed from me, surely now I had slain thee. 
 Sept. (l ffq. Aben Ezra well ""bib . 
 *2. whether not. Is. 47, 12 ; and hence 
 elly)t. [who knows] whether not, i. e. per- 
 haps, peradventure, expressing doubt, 
 fear, Gen. 24, 5. 27, 12. Josh. 9, 7 ; and 
 also hope. Gen. 16, 2. Am. 5, 15. Hos. 
 8, 7 the stalk shall yield no meal, ''blX 
 ^nsb37 0^'it nbS"^ [or if] perhaps it 
 yield, strangers shall devour it. Jer. 21, 2. 
 
 In like manner Arab. JJu and Jlc 
 perhaps, is pr. whetlier not, ellipt. As to 
 
 its origin, for j^f , and its various forms 
 and use, see De Sacy Gramm. Arabe 1. 
 867, and note. More nearly corre- 
 sponding arc the Tnlraudic particles xati 
 and Kisbitj pr. whether not, annon, then 
 
 whether perhaps, if perhaps, fortasse ; 
 e. g. Pirke Aboth 2, 4 ' ne dicas : cum 
 otiosus fuero, discam, fortasse (sra) non 
 eris otiosus.' Berach 2, 1. 9. Also CSTS 
 what if? perhaps, which is put for Heb. 
 ^bix Is. 47, 12. 
 
 II. ''b'liS pr, n. Ulai, Eulceus, a river 
 flowing by Susa in Persia, and emptying 
 itself into the united stream of the Eu- 
 phrates and Tigris, called by the Greeks 
 Choaspes, now Kerah. Dan. 8, 2. See 
 Hdot. 5. 49. Plin. H. N. 6. 27 or 31. 
 R. K. Porter's Travels, Vol. II. p. 412, 
 and Map. 
 
 Qbli<, Dbs|t, (Kamets impure,) Plur. 
 D''bx, (r. bix no. 3,) pr. the anterior 
 part, front ; hence 
 
 1. vestibule, porch, portico, 1 K. 7, 6 
 sq. Ez. 40, 7 sq. Spec, of the vestibule 
 or porch erected on the eastern front of 
 the temple of Solomon, Gr. o nqovaog, 
 1 K. 6, 3. Joel 2, 17 ; more fully nbix 
 nin'i 2 Chr. 15, 8. 29, 17. The altitude 
 of this porch is said (2 Chr. 3, 4) to have 
 been 120 cubits, while the height of the 
 temple itself was only 30 cubits, and its 
 length 60 cubits, 1 K. 6, 2. This would 
 give to the porch the form of a tower, 
 unless there is here an error in the text. 
 Perhaps for ci-i5Si nxa we may read 
 with Meyer and others D'''nffi miast 
 twenty cubits. 
 
 2. Adv. pr. in front, and therefore op- 
 posite, on the contrary ; hence trop. as a 
 strong adversative particle, but, but yet, 
 nay but, nevertheless, ov fir,v aXXn, as 
 Sept. well. Job 2, 5. 5, 8. 13, 3. Often 
 also cblXI , Sept. ov fiT|v 5i aXXti, Gen. 
 48, 19.' Ek. 9, 16. Job 1, 11. 12, 7. 33, 1. 
 Where two adversative propositions 
 stand one after the other, the Hebrews 
 repeat the adversative particle, as in 
 Engl. e. g. cbix^ obix Job 13, 3. 4. 
 Comp. "^ri "'3. Once in Job 17, 10 
 it is written nbx , where some Mss. 
 falsely read cbx'. It may be worth 
 inquiry, whether this particle also, as 
 well as ""bix , may not be compounded 
 from W i. q. ix an, whether, mid ab i. q. 
 
 jlio^ , IJ, not, in the ellipt. sense, [who 
 knows] whether not, i. q. bttt perhaps. 
 This conjecture would seem to be 
 supported by the Syriac word } Sn^ o| , 
 
which according to the ancient Syrian 
 lexicographers signifies 'annon,fortas8e,' 
 3. Ulam, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 16. 
 b) 8, 39. 40. 
 
 fl^?S? n (r. b]it) 1. folly, very often 
 'in Proverbs, as 5^,23. 12, 23. 13, 16. 14, 
 17. 18. 29. 15, 2. 14. 21. 
 
 2. Impl. impiety, wickedness, comp. 
 nb25 . Ps. 38, 6. 69, 6. 
 
 3. Perh. Ihe first place, high rank, 
 power, from r. h^H no. 3. Prov. 14, 24 
 rbix 2''^"'D3 rbix the precedence of fools 
 is folly, i. e. high honour is to them only 
 a source of foolish actions. There would 
 seem to be here a paronomasia or play 
 upon the twofold signification of r^.^iX . 
 
 *TQ*1S (perh. eloquent, talkative, Syr. 
 Uolfi) , r. "i^i<) Omar, pr. n. m. Gen. 
 36, 11. 
 
 p> obsol. root. 1. Pr. to be no- 
 thing, not to be, i. e. having a negative 
 power, like S13 and kindred forms, as 
 
 ULJ- JL^, to hinder, S3T3, ixa ; the 
 same power which in most languages 
 is expressed by the letter n; comp. 
 Sanscr. na, no, an and a privative ; 
 Pers. aj, Li ; Zend, and Copt, an; Gr. 
 vtj in vrjuio,; VTjfxfQTi^g, and liyev ; Lat. ne, 
 nemo, non, also in priv. prefixed to ad- 
 jectives ; Germ, nie, nein, and vulgar 
 ne, also ohne and un prefixed to adjec- 
 tives ; Engl, no, nay, not, and un, in 
 privative ; also Greek uvaivofiai. Less 
 frequently the negative power is ex- 
 pressed by the kindred letters m, comp. 
 Sanscr. ma, Gr. fir} ; and I, comp. xS , 
 Kb, Kb, ^b, ^h, bx, bbx. Hence l^X, 
 *p5< nothing, not, 'IX nothingness. 
 
 From the idea of nothing come the 
 following tropical senses : 
 
 2. to be vain, empty, fruitless ; and 
 hence to be false, worthless, wicked, see 
 l^s no. 1, 2, 3. Comp. in Engl. ' to be 
 nothing worth,' 'there is nothing in 
 him ;' Lat. ' homo nequam.' 
 
 3. to be deficient in strength, debilitat- 
 ed, exhausted. Arab, ^f mid. Ye, to be 
 
 of 
 
 weak, exhausted ; ^^\ weariness, trou- 
 ble, sorrow. Hence )!!< no. 4, Ci'^sxn 
 labours. 
 
 4. to be light, easy, facile; since 
 
 thmgs light and easy are to us "pM , 
 Engl, as nothing. Comp. "Jin to be light, 
 easy. Hence "jiK I, faculty (facility) of 
 doing any thing, ability, power. 
 
 I^ij m. (r. 'iix no. 1) c. sufT. !^3i, 
 03iK Jer. 4, 14. Ps. 94, 23. Plur. o"''3ix 
 Prov. 11, 7. 
 
 1. nothingness, vanity, also a vain and 
 empty thing, Is. 41, 29. Zech. 10, 2. 
 Spec, of the nothingness of idols and of 
 every thing pertaining to idolatry (comp. 
 ban) 1 Sam. 15, 23; and so put for an 
 idol, idols. Is. 66, 3. Hence in Hosea 
 the city bxT'^a house of God, as being 
 given to idolatry, is scornfiilly called 
 'i^X-n-^a hmise of idols, Hos. 4, 15. 10, 5. 
 Here too are to be referred : a) P5pa 
 "i.ix plain ofAven (idols), Amos 1, 5, i. e. a 
 certain valley in the vicinity of Damas- 
 cus, perh. Heliopolis of Syria, b) '^X 
 Aven for '"iX i. e. Heliopolis of Egj-pt 
 Ez. 30, 17 ; but with the notion of an 
 idolatrous city. Spec. 
 
 2. nothingness of words, i. e. false- 
 hood, deceit, Ps. 36, 4. Prov. 17, 4. 
 
 3. nothingness as to worth, naughti- 
 ness, wickedness, iniquity, comp. r. "jlX 
 no. 2. Num. 23, 21. Job 36, 21. Is. 1, 13. 
 jlX "n^, "(IX ^'r^ii , wicked men. Job 22, 
 15. 34, 36. "i^iX 'br's workers of iniquity, 
 evil doers, 31, 's. 34, 8. 22. Plur. C^six 
 Prov. 11, 7, prob. for l^X "^i^sx, as in 
 Sept. Chald. Syr. Arab.' ' 
 
 4. toil, trouble, evil, calamity, i. q. ba5. 
 Ps. 55, 4 they cast calamity upon me. 
 Prov. 22, 8 he that soweth iniquity shall 
 reap evil, calamity. Ps. 90, 10. Job 15, 
 35. Hab. 3, 7. Spec, sorrow, pain. Gen. 
 35, 18 'SiX'ia Ben-oni, i. e. son of nhj 
 sorrow, csix Dnb bread of sorrojcs 
 i. e. the food of mourners, which was 
 reckoned unclean, Hos. 9, 4 ; comp. 
 Deut. 26, 14. 
 
 Note. As "i^jK with suffixes coincides 
 as to form with 'p'x , care must be taken 
 not to confound the two words. 
 
 I. "Jli^ m. (r. "jlX no. 4) faculty, ability; 
 hence 
 
 1. strength, power, Job 18, 7. 12. 40, 16. 
 Spec, of manly vigour, power of procrea- 
 tion, -jixn n-'OSx'i the first-fruits or first- 
 ling of one's strength, the first-born. Gen. 
 49, 3. Deut. 21, 17. Ps. 105, 36. Plur. 
 n^S-JX Is. 40, 26. 29. Ps. 78, 51. 
 
2. wealth, substance, Hos. 12, 9. Job 
 20, 10. 
 
 3. On, pr. n. m. Num. 16, 1. 
 
 III. "jiX Gen. 41, 50 and 1^5 41, 45. 46, 
 20, O??, the domestic pr. n. of an ancient 
 Egyptian city, in Ez. 30, 17 written LI'* 
 q. V. no. 1. b. Called also by the He- 
 brews, prob. as a translation of the 
 Egyptian name, liJttia rr^a Beth-shemesh, 
 i. e. house of the sun, Jer. 43, 13 ; by 
 the Greeks Heliopolis, city of the sun ; 
 by the Arabs imx^^ iih*^ 'Ain Shems, 
 1. e. fountain of the sun. Coptic LUll 
 which signified light, and spec, tfie sun, 
 as there seems hardly a doubt ; comp. 
 
 OTejJl, OejJl, OTCUmi, light, lumi- 
 nary ; see Peyron Lex. p. 273. The city 
 stood on the eastern side of the Nile, a 
 few miles north of Memphis ; and was 
 celebrated for the worship and temple 
 of the sun, and for its obelisks, one of 
 which remains to the present day ; 
 Diod. Sic. I. 85. Hdot. 2, 59. Near the 
 ruins of the ancient city is a fountain 
 Btill called ^Ain Shems, in the adjacent 
 modern village of Matariyeh. Comp. 
 Descr. de I'Egypte, Antiq. V. PI. 26, 27. 
 Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 36, 37. 
 
 i2iS5 (strong, for "jiSIX) Ono, pr. n. of 
 a city in Benjamin, Ezra 2, 33. Neh. 7, 
 37. 11, 35. 1 Chr. 8, 12; with a valley 
 or plain of like name, Neh. 6, 2. 
 
 t^i^Sii? f. plur. 2 Chr. 8, 18 Cheth. for 
 Pil'SX ships, with Vav as mater lectionis 
 redundant. 
 
 QpIS^ (strong, stout) Onam, pr. n. m. 
 a) Gen, 36, 23. b) 1 Chr. 2, 26. 
 
 '}5'^fi? (id.) Onan, pr. n. of a son of 
 Judah, Gen. 38, 9. 46, 12. Num. 26, 19. 
 
 TS1S Uphaz, pr. n. of a gold country, 
 Jer. 10, 9. Dan. 10, 5. It seems to be 
 corrupted out of I'^Bix ; since the letters 
 "1 and t are also elsewhere interchanged, 
 comp. pja and p^a lightning, ys^ and 
 jj^ to boast. 
 
 n^fiiX , -|Bi , T'fcS , pr. n. Ophir, 
 a celebrated region, abounding in gold, 
 which the seamen of Solomon in com- 
 pany with the Phenicians were accus- 
 tomed to visit, taking their departure 
 from the ports of the Elanitic gull^ and 
 
 bringing back every three years gold, 
 precious stones, and sandal-wood, also 
 silver, ivory, apes, and peacocks ; 1 K. 9, 
 28. 10, 11. 2 Chr. 8, 18. 9, 10 ; espec. 1 K. 
 
 10, 22, where Ophir is to be understood, 
 although not expressly mentioned. The 
 gold of Ophir is frequently mentioned 
 in the O. T. as Job 28, 16. Ps. 45, 10. Is. 
 13, 12. 1 Chr. 29, 4; once also "iiBIK 
 itself is put for gold of Ophir Job 22, 24. 
 
 As to the geographical situation of 
 Ophir, there is the greatest diversity 
 of opinion among commentators. Yet 
 among modern interpreters, the best 
 hesitate only between two regions, viz. 
 India, and some part of Arabia. That 
 Ophir is to be sought in India, was the 
 opinion of Josephus (Ant. 8. 6. 4), and 
 among the moderns, of Vitringa, Reland, 
 and others ; and this view is supported 
 by the following arguments : a) The 
 countries of India abound in the arti- 
 cles of traffic above mentioned; and se- 
 veral of these, as ivory and sandal-wood, 
 are found only in India ; also the words 
 for apes and peacocks correspond en- 
 tirely with the Indian words for the same 
 on the coast of Malabar, and are doubt- 
 less derived from these latter ; see Clip, 
 d''*S)Pi . b) The LXX have everywhere 
 (except once in Gen. 10, 29) for "I'^ois 
 put 2ov(f>lQ, 2^ov(piiQ, 2(x)(flq, 2wq)f Iq, 2(a- 
 (fUQa, SfacprtQu. But COCIJO ; according 
 to the ancient Coptic lexicographers, 
 (whose authority, however, is not very 
 great,) is the name for India, c) There 
 exists in India a district from the name 
 of which both the names Ophir and So- 
 phir may be readily explained, viz. 2ov- 
 naqa, the Ovnnaga of Arrian, (Sanscr. 
 Uppara upper,) situated in the hither 
 Chersonesus where is now the celebrated 
 emporium of Goa, and mentioned by 
 Ptolemy, Ammianus, and Abulfeda. 
 Of not less weight are the arguments 
 brought in favour of Arabia; which 
 view is supported among the moderns 
 by Michaelis (Spicil. II. p. 184 sq.) Gos- 
 selin, Vincent, Bredow (Histor. Unters. 
 
 11. p. 253), T. C. Tychsen, Seetzen in 
 Zach's Monatl. Corresp. XIX. p. 331 sq. 
 and others. It is said : a) That Ophir, 
 in Gen. 10, 29, is enumerated among 
 other regions inhabited by the descend- 
 
'.X 
 
 25 
 
 ni 
 
 ttto of Joktiin ; all of which, so f.u- <is 
 known to us, urc to be sought in the 
 southern part of Arabia, and especially 
 between Saluea and Ilavilah, both of 
 which are rich in gold ; although it can- 
 not be denied that Ophir, even if more 
 remote and situated in India, might have 
 ben referred, in this genealogical list of 
 nations, to the colonies of the Joktanidae. 
 b) Of the articles of tralHc above men- 
 tioned, only certain ones, indeed, as gems 
 and apes, are now found in Arabia ; and 
 in modern times no gold whatever is 
 found there. But that formerly certain 
 districts at least of Arabia abounded in 
 gold, and that too native and u7tv(}og, is 
 testified not only by the writers of the 
 O. T. e. g. Num. 31, 22. 50. Judg. 8, 24. 
 26. Ps. '72, 15 ; but also by Diod. Sic. 2. 
 50. ib. 3. 44, 47, (comp. in T^flS .) by 
 Agatharchides ap. Phot. Cod. 250, by 
 Artemidorus ap. Strab. 16. 4. 22, and by 
 Pliny H. N. 6. 28, 32. The authority of 
 all these witnesses cannot well be im- 
 peached ; since the mines may have been 
 exhausted or wholly neglected, as in 
 Spain ; or the globules of native gold 
 formerly found in the sand may have 
 failed, c) Ophir is expressly mentioned 
 as an island of Arabia by Eupolemus ap. 
 Euseb. Pra?p. Evang. IX. 30 ; and at the 
 present day there exists a place called 
 el- Ophir in the district of Oman, a few 
 miles from the city Sohar towards the 
 interior. 
 
 However it may be as to the respec- 
 tive merits of these two hypotheses, (for 
 Ave cannot here exhaust tlie discussion,) 
 they arc both far more probable than 
 that which assigns Ophir to the eastern 
 coast of Africa, making it to comprise 
 Nigritia and the Sofala of Arabian 
 writers, now Zanguebar and Mozam- 
 bique, where there is a gold district call- 
 ed Fura ; an opinion held by Grotius, 
 Huet, D'Anville, Bruce, Schulthess, and 
 others. 
 
 jSis? m. (r. ISX) constr. "jEiit, plur. 
 B''32'ix, a wheel, Ex. 14, 25. al. Prov. 
 20, 26 "iSix nn-^bs ac^i and tumeth over 
 them the wheel sc. of the threshing- 
 sledge, i. e. he crushes them in pieces ; 
 see in W"^ . 
 
 Y^J^ 1. iopress on, to urge, to hcLsten 
 3 
 
 any one, E.x:. 5, 13. Comp. Chald. 'fl^ . 
 Kindr. l)olh in sound and signif. are the 
 roots "f'^X, *f'n^) Y^^i comp. niiiia. 
 
 2. Intrans, to urge oneseltj tnkaaten, to 
 make haste. Josh. 10, 13. Prov. 19, 2. 28, 
 20.- With 'yO , to hasten from, i.q. to with- 
 draw oneself Jer. 17, 16 nsno Tiax x!. 
 M"''?.'^^, for nsn niTiiQ, I have not with- 
 drawn myself from being a pastor (pro- 
 phet) after thee. 
 
 3. to press close, i. e. to he strait 
 narrow, Josh. 17, 15. 
 
 Hi PH. i. q. Kal no. 1, to press on t^ 
 urge, to hasten ary one; c. inf et ^, 
 Is. 22, 4 ; with a of pers. Gen. 19, 15. " 
 
 *lr?1S5 m. constr. n2eijt,plur. ni-iri-'x. 
 R. -12X. 
 
 1. Pr. what is laid up, a store, stock, 
 e. g. of fi^uits, produce, provision, 2 Chr. 
 11, 11. 1 Chr. 27, 27; espec. of gold, 
 silver, and other precious things, treas- 
 ure, e. g. of the treasures of the temple 
 1 K. 7, 51 ; of the king 14, 26. 15, 18. 
 "isix IT^a treasure-house, treasury, Neh. 
 lO', 39. 
 
 2. i. q. i^ix 'a a store-house, gamerj 
 Joel 1.17; a treasury 2 Chr. 32, 27. 
 
 ''5s to he or become light, to shine, to 
 be bright, Gen. 44, 3 ; also of the eyes 
 of a fainting person when he recovers 
 1 Sam. 14, 27. 29. Praet. impers. niX it 
 is light 1 Sam. 29, 10. Imperat. ""nixf. 
 Is. 60, 1 shine, he bright, i. e. be sur- 
 rounded and resplendent with light. 
 
 NiPH. 11X3 , fut. nix;] , i. q. Kal, 2 Sam. 
 2.32. Job33,'30 Tixb for Tixnb to become 
 light, to be mcule light, to dawn. Part. 
 iiX3 , bright, splendid, glorious, Ps. 76, 5. 
 
 Hi PH. T'xn 1. to lighten, to make 
 light, to illuminate, c. accus. Ps. 77, 19, 
 97, 4. 105, 39. a) 's ^3"'5 nixn to enlight- 
 en the eyes ofany one, which before were 
 dark, dim, i. e. to recall him as it were to 
 life, Ps. 13, 4 ; hence to refresh, to glad- 
 den, Prov. 29, 13. Ps. 19, 9. Ezra 9, 8. 
 Comp. Ecclus. 31, 17. b)_'B "iSB i"^xrj to 
 light up one's countenance, to cause it' 
 to shine, i. e. to cheer, to enliven. Ecc. 8, 1. 
 Comp. synon. "inj II. So of one's own 
 countenance, T'JS T'Xn to cav.<;e his 
 face to shine, spoken, espec. ot" God as 
 regarding men with a serene and propi- 
 tious countenance, Ps. 80, 4. 8. 20 ; c. 
 ^ Num. 6, 2 ; b? Ps. 31, 17; a Ps. 119, 
 
135; h 118,27; rx Ps.67,2. Once omit- 
 ting D^:3 Ps. 118, 27. c) Trop. to en- 
 lighten, i. e. to impart loiowledge and 
 wisdom, Ps. 119, 130, 
 
 2. to give light, to shine, ahsol. Gen. 1, 
 ^15; c. dat. Ex. 13, 21. Is. 60, 19. 
 
 3. to light, i. e. to kindle, to set on fire. 
 Mai. 1, 10. Is. 27, 11. Comp. n^ix fire! 
 
 Arab. ,i to kindle. 
 
 Deriv. IVS , nsix , ny,n , pr. names ""isiX 
 ^r!^-;!iX, also "lix's, n'n5:3j t'X"!. 
 
 ^lii* m. (once f. Job 36, 32; see Lehrg. 
 p. 546) light, Gen. 1, 3. 4. 5. Job 3, 9. 
 12, 25. The ditf. between it and "lis-a 
 is apparent fi-om Gen. 1, 3 comp. v. 14. 16, 
 i. e. "lis is light as universally diffused, 
 e. g. the light ofday and of the sun, while 
 liXTS is pr. a light, luminary, which gives 
 light, and therefore admits the plural, 
 which lis does not, except in one exam- 
 ple Ps. 136, 7, where ai-^is is poetically 
 put for C^-isr. Spec, a) day-light, 
 morning-light, dawn, Neh. 8, 3 liSil-jiQ 
 Si'rt r"'in^ "iyfrom day-light until noon. 
 Job 24, 14 -lix^ with the light, at dawn. 
 b) light of the sun, also the sun itself! Job 
 31, 26. 37, 21. Hab. 3, 4. Is. 18, 4 ; comp. 
 qitiog for the sun Odyss. 3. 335. Also light 
 ofday, the day, Ecc. 12, 2. C^y'r-i lis 
 light of the nicked, i. e. their day-time, 
 put for the night. Job 38. 15. c) i. q. 
 light?iing, Job 36, 32 "lis ns3 c^ss-bs 
 he covereth his hands with light, i. e. 
 lightning, q. d. his hands are red with 
 lightning. Job 37, 3. 11. 15. A)thelight 
 of life, life. Job 3, 16. 20 ; more fully "lis 
 B"^*n Ps. 56, 14. e) Metaph. light as 
 the emblem o^acelfare, prosperity, hap- 
 piness ; eitlier so that the proper sense 
 of light is retained, Job 22, 28. Is. 9, 1 ; 
 or trop. for prosperity itseltj Job 30, 26. 
 Ps. 97, 11. In Is. 10, 17 Jehovah is called 
 the light of Israfil, as the author and 
 Bource of prosperity and happiness to 
 them ; comp. 60, 1. 3. f ) light for Icnow- 
 ledge, instruction, doctrine, Is. 49, 6 "liS 
 C:7ia a light of the Gentiles, i. e. an cn- 
 lightener, teacher. 51, 4. 2, 5 let w.? walk 
 in the light of Jehovah, see v. 3. Comp. 
 Prov. 6, 23ybr tlie commandment (of God) 
 t* a lamp, and the law ia light, g) lis 
 0*^30 light of the countenance, i.e. a Berene 
 and cheeriiil countenance, Job 29, 24 
 
 I'lX 
 
 (comp. Ps. 104, 15). Prov. 16, 15 ^:s -lisa 
 T|^^ in the light of the king^s countenance, 
 i. e. when his countenance is cheerful and 
 pleasant. Ps. 4, 7. 44, 4. 
 
 "^^i* m. 1. i. q. lis , light, and hence in 
 Plur. D'^'i^S a) lights, i. e. region of light, 
 the East, Orient, Is. 24. 15. Comp. Hom. 
 n(joc: i/bt iiihov if, 11. 12. 239. Od. 9. 26. 
 b) lights, metaph. for revelations, revela- 
 tion, spoken of the sacred lot of the He- 
 brews, Urim, Num. 27, 21. 1 Sam. 28, 6; 
 oftener more fldly csnni cnsn Urim 
 and Thiimmim. light and tndh, i.e. reve- 
 lation and truth, Ex. 28, 30. Lev. 8, 8 ; 
 once ci-iST c-^rn Deut. 33, 8. Sept. well, 
 Si'ilbmiq xul uh]i)iiu, Luth. Licht und 
 Recht. These sacred lots, which the 
 high-priest alone might consult in mat- 
 ters of great moment, were worn in his 
 breast-plate, as appears from Ex. 28, 30, 
 where -S *|P2 is topid into ; comp. Deut. 
 23, 25. Num.' 4, 10. Ex. 25, 21. What 
 they were, was already matter of dispute 
 in the time of Philo and Josephus. The 
 latter supposed that the augury was 
 taken from the twelve gems which deco- 
 rated the exterior of the breast-plate, 
 and from their degree of splendour; Jos. 
 Ant. 3. 8. 9. But Philo teaches that the 
 Urim and Thumraim were two small 
 images inserted between the double 
 folds of the breast-plate, one of which 
 symbolically represented revelation, and 
 the other tndh; Tom. II. p. 152. ed, 
 Mangey. In this case, the Hebrews 
 perhaps imitated a similar custom of the 
 Egyptians, among whom the supreme 
 judge wore suspended from his neck a 
 small image of sapphire, as the symbol 
 of /ra//i ; see Diod. Sic. 1. 48. 75. iElian. 
 V. H. 14. 34. 
 
 2. light of fire, Is. 50, 11 tlis -!5S3. 
 Hence for f re itself i. e. flame, blaze, Is. 
 44, 16. 47, 14. Ez. 5, 2. Comp. lis ' 
 Hiph. no. 3. 
 
 3. Ur, pr. n. a) Of Abraham's native 
 city, more fully c^irs -,ss Ur of the 
 Chaldecs, Gen. 11, 28. 31. 15, 7. Neh. 9, 8. 
 A trace of it seems to have remained in 
 the Persian fortress Ur, situated between 
 Nesibis and the Tigris according to Ara- 
 mian. 25. 8. But dr as an appellative 
 may perhaps have signified a fortress, 
 cattle; so at least Pers. k.t castle, 
 
Zend and Sanscr. vara, fortification, 
 comp. Sanscr. pnra a fortified city, after 
 the analogy ofpunar, Pracrit. unar, etc. 
 See F. Denary in the Berliner Jahrbb. 
 1841. p. 146 sq. b) m. 1 Chr. 11, 35. 
 
 nniX n 1 . light, Ps. 1 39, 12 ; metaph. 
 of welfare, happiness, Esth. 8, 16. 
 
 2. Plur. niiix gj-eeiis, green herbs, 2 K. 
 4, 39. The idea of 6rtV/i/ess, splendour, 
 is often transferred in the Semitic 
 tongues to verdure and flowers ; comp. 
 I's:, Arab. ^f*jf lights and flowers. 
 Comp. also Samarit. iH'' Gen. 1, 11. 12, 
 for Xtt5"5 herb. So Is. 26, 19 m'-nx ba "^S 
 viY^ f^^ ** '^^ f^^"' o/" herbs is thy dew, 
 i. e. God's quickening influence will raise 
 the dead to life, as the dew of heaven 
 refreshes plants. Comp. Ecclus. 46, 12. 
 49, 10. Others render dew of light, i. e. 
 of life, the vivifying dew, comp. nix d. 
 
 fll"^!?* by transp. for m>nx q. v. stalls, 
 cribs, 2 Chr. 32, 28. 
 
 '''!^^* (fiery, or perh. an abridged form 
 for rj*nt|j<) t'ri, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 31, 2. 
 b) Ezra 10, 24. c) 1 K. 4, 19. 
 
 ^''">'!i5 (flame of God) Uriel pr. n. ra. 
 a) 1 Chr. 6, 9. 15, 5. 21. b) 2 Chr. 13, 2. 
 
 nnnX (flame of Jehovah) Uriah, pr. 
 n. m. a) A Hittite, the husband of Bath- 
 ?heba, treacherously slain by order of 
 David, 2 Sam. 11, 3. b) A priest in the 
 time of Ahaz and Isaiah, Is. 8, 2. 2 K. 
 16, 10. 
 
 tH^'I^S (id.) Urijah. pr. n. of a prophet 
 slain by order of Jehoiakim, Jer.26, 20 sq, 
 ^ 32=1S see rd-ixnn under IC-'X. 
 
 * t^lK or ln^J< a root not used in Kal. 
 
 NiPH. nix:, fnt. 1 plur. nixa, 3 plur. 
 snix'' . to consent. 2 K. 12, 9 ; with dat. of 
 pers. to consent unto any one, to gratify 
 him, Gen. 34, 15. 22. 23. In Arabic this 
 
 sense is found under the form ^\ i. q. 
 nrx to come, Conj. Ill ^\ , Hob. nnix , 
 whence seems to have arisen the new 
 root rix ; unless by changing the points, 
 instead of rixj , ?,rix;: , we prefer to read 
 nix:, inix"!!. which forms may then be 
 referred to Poel ofr. nnx, 
 
 1. ^l*l^5 ^ p]yr rir'x , comm. gend. comp. 
 Bing. Gen. 9, 12. Ex. 4, 8 ; plur. Ex. 4, 9. 
 
 27 m 
 
 Josh. 24, 17. Contr. for riX from nix III, 
 comp. jI or j| sign, for *j,| from 
 
 1. a sign, Chald. nx, Syr. \l\, plur. 
 f ioi| . Ex. 12, 13. Josh. 2, 12. Gen. 1, 14 
 e-^nji-ai;!! ninxb rni and they shall be 
 for signs and for seasons, i. e. by Hen- 
 diadys, for signs of seasons. Then 
 
 2. an ensign, flag, military standard, 
 espec. of each single tribe. Num. 2, 2 sq. 
 diflferent fi-om bs'i the banner of three 
 tribes together. 
 
 3. a sign of something past, a token, 
 memorial, Ex. 13, 9. 16. Deut. 6, 8. 
 Hence a memorial, monument, Is. 55, 13. 
 Ez. 14, 8. 
 
 4. a sign of something future, qp por- 
 tent, omen, itniog rov fidUovTog Rom. 5, 
 14, i. q. rtV2 . Is. 8, 18 lo ! I and tlie 
 children whom Jehovah hath given me 
 are signs and portents in Israel from the 
 Lord of hosts, i. e. through the names 
 divinely given us, which are all of good 
 omen, (viz. rt^si^*: salvation of Jehovah ; 
 bxVBS God with us, 7, 14. 8, 8 ; Shear- 
 Jashub 7, 3.) God has made us types of 
 future things to prefigure future deliver- 
 ance and prosperity. Comp. 20, 3. Ez. 
 4,3. 
 
 5. a sign or token of any thing in itself 
 not visible or discernible ; e. g. the token 
 of a covenant, as circumcision. Gen. 17, 
 11 ; the sabbath, Ex. 31, 13. Hence 
 a token, argument, proof Job 21, 29; 
 comp. Lat. signum Cic. de Invent. 1. 34, 
 Gr. xfxiiriQiov, nr,fiHov, Sept. Job 21. 29. 
 So of the prophetic sign or token of the 
 truth of a prophecy, viz. when God or 
 the prophet as his interpreter foretells 
 some minor event, the fulfilment of which 
 serves as a sign or proof of the future 
 fulfilment of the whole prophecy ; Ex. 
 3, 12. Deut. 13, 2. 3. 1 Sam. 2, 27-34. 10, 
 7-9. 2 K. 19, 29. 20. 8. 9. Is. 7, 11-14. 38, 
 7. 22. Jer. 44, 29. 30 ; comp. Mark 13, 4. 
 Luke 1, 18. 2, 12. Comm". on Is. 7. 10. 1 1. 
 Finally, a wonder, prodigy, miracle, 
 as a sign of the divine power, i. q. rsi^, 
 Deut. 4. 34. 6. 22. 7, 19. 29, 2. 34, IL 
 
 II. niS or riS only c. suflT. "^nix , r,nx , 
 etc. i. q. rx I, pron. demonstr. commonly 
 as sign of the accus. 
 
 TN demonstr. part, originally of place, 
 
i575< 
 
 28 
 
 bti^ 
 
 in that place, there, kindred with f\1, 
 
 Arab. t>1 ecce ! Then 
 
 1. Part, demonstr. of time, at that time, 
 then, Chald. ']';i'iN . Spoken : a) Of time 
 past, Arab. j>[, Gen. 12, 6. Josh. 10, 12. 
 
 14, 11. With prt. 1 K. 8, 12. 2 Chr. 
 6, 1. 8, 12. 17 ; also with flit, in praeter 
 sense, Josh. 1. c. Ex. 15, 1. Deut. 4, 41. 
 Comp. Lehrg. p. 773. b) Of a future 
 time, then, thereupon, after that ; with 
 ifat. in fut. sense, Ps. 96, 12 ^ziy^ tn then 
 ;shall they rejoice. Sometimes also with 
 prset. in a future sense, where a future 
 precedes, Judg. 5, 11. Ex. 15, 15. 
 
 2. Part, illat. then, for thence, there- 
 fore, on that account, Jer. 22, 15. Ps. 
 40, 8. 69, 5. 
 
 3. With pref. tN72 and TX-)^, pr./rom 
 that time, from then ; hence a) Adv. 
 
 from ancient times, of old, long since, 
 ' 2 Sam. 15, 34. Is. 16, 13. 44, 8. 45, 21. 
 48, 3. 5. 7. b) Prep, and Conj. ^om the 
 time, from when, since, Fr. depuis, des- 
 lors, c. inf: Ex. 4, 10 ?]n3-T tX52 since 
 thou hast spoken. Josh. 14, 10. With 
 subst. Ruth 2, 7 "ip>n txp from the time 
 of morning, since morning. Ps. 76, 8 
 ?iDX tNT2yrom tlie time of thy anger, i. e. 
 when once thou art angry. As Conj. 
 -with a finite verb, pr. for "iCX txi? .from 
 tlie time that, since, Ex. 5, 23 "'rxa TX^ 
 nsnQ bx since I came unto Pharaoh. 
 Gen.' 39J' 5. 
 
 Note. Fuller forms from tX are "'TX 
 q. V. and Chald. "j'^'iX . The latter seems 
 10 have come (by softening the letters) 
 from T*n ) Vl^'^. 1 here, also there ; so 
 that its ending appears to be plural, 
 while in fact it is not so ; comp. ';"'']? for 
 *ri~ns . See. for these particles and their 
 etymology, Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. d. 
 Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 434. 
 
 * ^J^ and nji^ Chald. to light, to 
 
 kindle; comp. Arab. \\ to be hot, to light 
 a fire. Part. pass, njx by Syriasm for 
 mx Dan. 3, 22; inf. Xtt? for Xtx^a, c. 
 
 suff. V\y^ 3, 19. 
 
 Iv obsol. root, whence S'iTX q. v. 
 '3T^5 pr. n. m- Ezhai, 1 Chr. 11, 37. 
 
 * "I^ Chald. i. q. Vtx to go away, to 
 depart. B'or the interchange of d unJ 
 
 I, comp. SuxQvov, lacryma, and see under 
 lett. \> no. 2. Hence Dan. 2, 5. 8 xr^:3 
 X^TX "^STa tlie word has gone out from me, 
 i. e. what I have said is ratified and can- 
 not be recalled ; comp. 9, 23. Is. 45, 23. 
 The Heb. intpp. as Saadias and Tanchum 
 of Jerus. have long ago well compared 
 the Talm.udic phrase ninj-::b xmx aUit 
 in sentaitiam suam, i. e. to follow one's 
 opinion. As to the grammatical form, 
 XHTX is part. fem. from masc. IJX, after 
 the form '51 X, "bzi-p . 
 
 SITS m. (by Syriasm fbr3"Wx,) vaam- 
 nog, hyssop, much used by the Hebrews 
 in their sacred purifications and sprink- 
 lings, Ex. 12, 22. Lev. 14, 4. 6. 21. 49. 
 Ps. 51, 9. 1 K. 5, 13. Like the names 
 of many other oriental plants, that of 
 hyssop also seems to have come to the 
 Greeks from the oriental languages. 
 Under this name the Hebrews appear to 
 have comprised not only the common 
 hyssop of the shops, but also other aro- 
 matic plants, espec. mint, wild marjoram, 
 etc. Some derive it from 3TX . which 
 
 a ^ 
 they regard as i. q. vj\ to be hairy, 
 
 shaggy ; but the plants above ntuned 
 
 hardly admit this epithet. 
 
 "liTS m. by Syriasm for ^T'tx . R. 
 
 -itx, 
 
 i. a girdle, belt, Is. 5, 27. Jer. 13, 1 sq. 
 2. a hand, bond, chain, Job 12, 18. 
 
 Yulg. funis. 
 
 *^t^. i. q- TX , adv. at that time, then, 
 thereupon, Ps. 124, 3. 4. 5. Similar is 
 Chald. '''IX . See in TX , note. 
 
 rnSTS? f (verbal of Hiph. from r. ->2t 
 in the sense of sacrificing Is. 66, 3 ; comp. 
 Hiph. no. 1. b,) a memorial, a remem- 
 brance-offering, Sept. fivr,n(.ainov. Vulg. 
 memoriale. This name was given to 
 that portion of the vegetable oblation 
 (nn;r:) which was burnt with frankin- 
 cense upon the altar; the sweet odour 
 of which ascending to heaven, was sup- 
 posed to commend the person sacrificing 
 to the remembrance and favour of God. 
 Lev. 2. 2. 9. 16. 5. 12. Num. 5. 26. In 
 Lev. 24, 7 the frankincense sprinkled 
 upon the shcw-bread, is also called 
 
 * ^I^J fut. ^Tx^, , whence "^l^^n for 
 
itlin Jer. 2, 36 ; prob. to roll, to roll 
 together; hence 
 
 1. to .fpin. from the rolling or twist- 
 ing of the thread. So Tiilnuid. btx, 
 whence nx^TX weaver, Arab. Jyt Conj. 
 
 I) IV, JjX something spun, Syr. and 
 
 Chald. '^>:k, its, id. comp. kindr. Vt: to 
 spin, to flow, both from the idea of rdlling. 
 See Pual. 
 
 2. Intrans. to roll off, i. e. to go away, 
 to depart, espec. quickly, suddenly ; 
 comp. Germ, sich trollen, Engl, to troll, 
 Gr. vibi to spin, and Mid. viofiiu to go 
 away, to flee. So in Chald. and Syr. 
 Comp. Arab. Jyc to put away, to re- 
 move. Prov. 20, 14 where c. dat. pleon. 
 ii, like ib 7\ir]. Jer. 2, 36. Metaph. 
 to he gone, to fail, as water Job 14, 11 ; 
 food 1 Sam. 9, 7 ; power Deut. 32, 36. 
 
 Pual Part, bjixia something spun, 
 thread, yarn, Ez. 27, 19. 
 Deriv. bTx . 
 
 ^TiC Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2. 1. to go 
 away, to depart, Dan. 6, 19. So also in 
 Syr. and Samar. 
 
 2. to go any where, to take a journey, 
 Ezra 4, 23. 5, 8. 15. 
 
 5TS departure, see in "jax no. 6. b. 
 
 ' (I^J in Kal not used, pr. accord- 
 ing to the probable conjecture of Simo- 
 nis, to be sharp, acute, pointed; whence 
 *|Tk the ear, (which espec. in animals 
 might be so called from its pointed 
 shape,) and "ITS, cstx arms, pointed 
 weapons. Comp. axorj, uxovoi, and xjj, 
 acies, actio. Kindr. is perh. "SS q. v. 
 
 Hi PH. 'p!i<n denom. Irom "Tk, q. d. to 
 make ears, i. e. to point or prick up the 
 ears, iv(x)Ti^((T&(u, a Greek word peculiar 
 
 J.* 
 to the Sept. version, Arab. JjOl id. 
 
 Hence, to give ear, to hear, to listen, ab- 
 sol. Is. 1, 2 ; c. accus. Gen. 4, 23. Job 33. 
 1 ; b Job 34, 2 ; bx Ps. 77, 2 ; bs Prov! 
 17, 4 ; 15 Num. 23, 18, both of person 
 and thing. Spec, of God, to hear and 
 answer, Ps. 5, 2. 17, 1. 39, 13. 54, 4. Job 
 9, 16; of men, to hear and obey, c. dat. 
 Neh. 9, 30. Ex. 15, 26. Put. 1 pers. ^''X 
 for -i-^IXX Job 32, 11 ; Part, 'pto for ^tXTO 
 Prov. 17, 4. 
 Deriv. see in Kal, and the four after It x. 
 3* 
 
 29 pTfi^ 
 
 11. "i^JJ, i. q. Arab. /j)5i '" '^^^g^^ 
 to poise; whence o^STXia balances. 
 Found only in 
 
 Pi EL, *,tx to weigh, trop. to ponder, to 
 consider, Ecc. 12, 9, where it is fol- 
 lowed by synon. i^n . Rabbin. "(Tx to 
 be weighed, proved. 
 
 "jT^ m. (r. 'TX I ) furniture, implement^ 
 pr. weapon, arms, comp. Chald. 'pIIX 
 arms, and see r. "iTX I. Deut. 23, 14 and 
 thou sha.lt have a little spade ?i3TX hy 
 among thy furniture ; where many Mss. 
 read 7j"':tx bs among thy implements, 
 which is preferable. The same sense 
 of both utensil and weapon exists in 
 the word "'bs. 
 
 )f^ f. dual t37:TX (used also for plur.) 
 constr. ''JTX, the ear, from r. ',TX I. 
 
 Arab, ^jjf, ^31, Ethiop. tilVi , 
 Chald. nix, Xjnnx, contr. X2!iX; Syr. 
 )j>| . JJ>1 . Comp. Gr. oiv, Lat. audio. 
 Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23. al. Phrases of 
 which this word makes part, see under 
 the verbs nbs, n:;: Hiph. nns, nns. 
 So "'3'5S3 "'i'X? "".zy] to .speak in the ears 
 of any one, i. e.. before any one, in his 
 presence and hearing. Gen. 20, 8. 23, 
 16. 44, 18. Ex. 10, 2. So Is. 5, 9 \3Txa 
 nin"! in mine ears (said) Jehovah, comp. 
 22, 14. 'b ^.iTxa cr:: to'*put or lay up in 
 the ears of any one, i. e. to rehearse so 
 that one may hear with the ear and 
 lay up in his mind, Ex. 17, 14. S^W 
 i"'3TX3 to hear with one's ears, emphat. 
 Vs. 44, 2. Job 28, 22. 
 
 nnSTO liTS (ear of Sherah, or She- 
 rah's corner) Uzzen-S/ierah, pr. n. of 
 a small city founded by Sherah the 
 daughter of Ephraim, 1 Chr. 7, 24. 
 
 "Tl3r\~ni2TN (pr. ears i. e. summits of 
 Tabor) Aznoth-Tabor, pr. n. of a city in 
 Naphtali, Josh. 19, 34. 
 
 ''PT^ (auritus) Ozni, pr. n. m. of a son 
 of the patriarch Gad, Num. 26, 16. 
 
 "C?T^ (whom Jehovah hears) pr. n. 
 m. Azaniah, Neh. 10, 10. 
 
 CJ^T^ m. plur. (r. p:j) manacles, 
 chains for the hands, Jer. 40, 1. 4 ; i. q. 
 C'^;?'! with Aleph prosthetic, which some 
 Mss. omit in v. 1. 
 
^7>5 
 
 30 
 
 m 
 
 * "15? fot. -.tX^. Jer. 1, 17, c. suff. ^sntx^ 
 Job 30, 18, to gird, to bind around; 
 also to gird oneself, to he girded. Arab. 
 
 x\( to be strong, robust, but doubtful 
 whether also pr. to be girded; Conj. II 
 to gird. Conj. Ill to strengthen, to aid. 
 Kindred roots, which all have the force 
 o!" hiiiding around or together, girding, 
 surrounding, are ""5X, "i-iX [-^S*], "^3?, 
 n-j?. -,T?; nan, -nn, nnj. Spoken: 
 a) Of a garment with which one is 
 girded, c. ace. of pers. Job 30, 18. b) 
 With ace. of the member girded. Job 38, 
 3 ^"'^'^n ^?"~J? gird tip 71010 thy loins. 
 40. 2. Jer.'l, 17. c) With ace. of the 
 girdle or garment with which one is 
 girded, only trop. 1 Sam. 2. 4 b^n ^-iTX 
 they gird on strength. 
 
 NiPH. part. -iTXD girded Ps. 65, 7. 
 
 Pi EL to gird, with ace. of pers. and 
 also of the girdle, Ps. 18, 33. 40 '^i'^'NlriT 
 T\'Cnhi2h \^n thou hast girded me with 
 strength for the battle. 30, 12 '^S'^'XFi] 
 nnr'J thou hast girded [or surrounded] 
 me icith gladness. Is. 50, 11 r'ip"'T "'tj-li*^ 
 girded i. e. armed with burning wea- 
 pons. For the construction of such 
 verbs with two accusatives, see Lehrg. 
 219. 1. Heb. Gr. 136. 1. 
 
 HiTHPA. to gird oneself, e. g. for bat- 
 tle, to arm oiieself Is. 8, 9 ; c. ace. trop. 
 Ps. 93, 1. 
 
 Deriv. Tits . 
 
 ^ilTX i. q. sini, the arm, (Aleph 
 prosthet. see p. 1,) Jer. 32, 21. Job 31, 
 22. 
 
 JT^I^ m. for n-^t with Aleph pros- 
 thetic. R. n^T no. 2. c. 
 
 1. a native tree, growing in its own 
 soil, not transplanted, Ps. 37, 35. 
 Hence 
 
 2. Of persons, a native, one born in 
 the country, not a foreigner, Lev. 16, 
 29, 18, 26. al. 
 
 T'"?!^ patronym. an EzrahiLe, one 
 of the descendants of Ezrah, T^TX ; 
 spoken of Ethan. 1 K. 5. 11 [4, 31].' Ps. 
 89, 1 ; also of Heman Ps. 88, 1. In 
 I Chr. 2, 6 both these are said to be 
 descendants of Zerah, nnt , the eon of 
 Judah ; so that we may regard nnts as 
 another form of the same name, ibutid 
 only in the patronymic. 
 
 1. ' '^ constr. "^riN, c. sufT. Tis (my 
 brother), ^pnx, c="ns ; Plur. c^nx 
 (Dag. impl.) constr. Tix , c. suff. "fnx, 
 cr'^ns, c. suff. 3 pers. T^nx for i"nx , 
 comp. Lehrg. p. 602. 
 
 1. a brother, undoubtedly a primitive 
 
 word, Arab. ^|, st. constr. 5^'; <^i j 
 
 Li.t; Syr. W, Chald. nx. It follows 
 partly the analogy of verbs l^b , and 
 partly that of verbs J" ; comp. Lehrg. 
 118. Spoken in a less exact sense of 
 half-brothers, e. g. those born to the 
 same father, but of different mothers, 
 Gen. 42. 15. 43, 3. Judg. 9, 21 ; or vice 
 versa those born of the same mother, but 
 by different fathers, Judg. 8, 19. These, 
 where there is need of greater dcfinite- 
 ness, are called -X"'|3, nx ,2, Gen. 
 49, 8. 43, 29. Sometimes emphat. 
 of full brethren, by both the father's 
 and mother's side. Gen. 42, 4. 44, 20. 
 Comp. Gen. 49. 5 c-nx 'ib^ "il'^^'y Simeon 
 and Levi are true brethren, i. e. not only 
 by birth but also in disposition. The 
 word brother is employed by the He- 
 brews in other and wider senses, e. g. 
 
 2. a relative, kinsman, in any degree 
 of blood. Gen. 14. 16 Lot his brother, pr. 
 his brother's son. 13, 8. 29, 12. 15. 
 
 3. one of the same tribe, contribidis, 
 2 Sam. 19, 13 ; e. g. of the Levites, Num. 
 8, 26. 16, 10. Neh. 3, 1. 
 
 4. a fellow-countryman, pnpidaris, 
 Judg. 14, 3. Ex. 2, 11. 4, 18. Spoken also 
 even of kindred nations, e. g. of the 
 Edomites and Hebrews, Gen. 9, 25. 16, 
 12. 25, 18. Num. 20. 14. 
 
 5. an ally, confederate, spoken of allied 
 nations, as the Tyrians and Hebrews 
 Am. 1,9; or those of the same religion 
 Is. 66, 20. 
 
 0. a friend, associate ; so of the friends 
 of Job 6. 15. and perh. akso 19. 13 ; of 
 Solomon, whom Hiram calls his brother, 
 1 K. 19, 13. Comp. Neh. 5, 10. 14. 
 
 7. any one of the same nature, afcl- 
 low-man, i. q. S'^, Lev. 19, 17. Hence 
 preceded by ttS'^x, 07ie the other; Gen. 
 13, 11 rnx by 13 r-'S ^t^b] and they 
 separated themselves one from the other. 
 26, 31. This formula is applied also to 
 inanimate things of the same kind in the 
 masculine gender, just as ninx "IKX 
 
njs< 
 
 31 
 
 T.K 
 
 are used in the same sense for things 
 
 feminine, e. g. Ex. 25, 20 uJ^X on-^SBI 
 rnx-bx and their faces (i. e. of the 
 Cherubim, shall look) one towards an- 
 other. 37, 9. 
 
 8. Trop. as expressing likeness of dis- 
 position, habits, etc. Job 30, 29 I am a 
 brother to jackals, i. e. I cry and howl 
 like them. Prov. 18, 9. 
 ' Deriv. rinx, nnnx, and pr. n. axnx, 
 janx, ^la^nXj'-'nx Vbhtix. 
 
 * II. njj intcrj. expressing grief^ com- 
 plaint, onomatopoetic, ah ! alas ! c. dat. 
 Ez. 6, 11. 21, 20. Hence the Arabic verb 
 
 ^L^l to cry ah, ah, ah! repeatedly; 
 
 see below in nnx . 
 
 S 
 III. ns f Arab, ^t , a large pot, a 
 
 portable furnace or stove, in which fire 
 was kept in the king's winter-apartment, 
 Jer. 36. 22. 23. At the present day the 
 Orientals sometimes make use of such 
 pots or furnaces instead of fireplaces, for 
 warming rooms ; they are called in Per- 
 sian and Turkish, Jo tannilr. They 
 
 have the form of a large pitcher ; and 
 are placed in a cavity sunk in the middle 
 of the apartment. When the fire has 
 burnt down, a frame like a table is 
 placed over the pot, and the whole is 
 then covered with a carpet ; and those 
 who wish to warm themselves sit upon 
 the floor and thrvist their feet and legs 
 and even the lower part of their bodies 
 imder the carpet. R. nns II. 
 
 Hi? Chald. a brotlier ; plur. c. suff. 
 rp J^s Ezra 7, 18. 
 
 Hii only in plur. cnx , pr. bowlings, 
 shrieks ; hence howling animals, doleful 
 creatures, (comp. ''X II,) prob. howlets, 
 owls, Is. 13, 21. The word is onomato- 
 poetic, like Lat. ulula. Germ. Uhii, 
 Schubut, Fr. hibou. See nx II, and 
 r. nns. 
 
 SSjns? (father's brother) .4/ia6. pr. n. m. 
 a) A king of Israel r. 918897 B. C. 
 noted for his uxoriousness and idolatry, 
 1 K. 16, 28.-22, 40. b) Jer. 29, 21. 
 
 "jSnS (brother of the wise, or for IjnX 
 brotherly) Ahban, pr. n. of a man of the 
 tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 29. 
 
 in Si a verb derived from the numeral 
 ^^^< , not used in Kal, its place being 
 there supplied by ^^^ to make one, to 
 unite. 
 
 HiTHPA. to unite oneself, to collect one- 
 self. Ez. 21,21 'inxnn pr. unite thyself 
 [three-edged sword.] i. e. ravage with 
 all thy force united ; or, as the parallel- 
 ism permits, collect thyself i. e. attend ! 
 The suggestion of C. B. Michaelis is not 
 to be contemned, who regards the four 
 first words of the verse as spoken in the 
 character of a military chief: " Conjunge 
 te, dextrorsum ! [aciem] strue, sinis- 
 trorsum !" i. e. Fall together, right ! to 
 your post, left ! 
 
 * ''v'^ constr. inx (and so before '(O 
 Lev. 13, 2 ; before' nbs Gen. 32, 23 ; 
 also Gen. 48, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 22. Zech. 
 11,7,) fem. nrix for nnnx, in pause 
 rnx ; a cardinal numeral having the force 
 
 IT V ' ^ 
 
 of an adjective, one ; unus, a, um. Arab. 
 
 Jl&.!, f ^^^^\ , Eth. AfhJ?. ahadu, 
 Chald. and Syr. in, ,_. The same 
 radical letters are found in the Pehlvi 
 arlvek one ; and except the third rad. 
 Daleth, in Sanscr. eka. and Pehlvi j'eA:. 
 Gen. 42, 13 fin. Ex. 11, 1. Deut. 1, 23. 
 32, 30. Josh. 12, 9 sq. Spec, also 
 
 1. one, i. q. the same. Gen. 40, 5. Job 
 31, 15. 
 
 2. As ordinal, the first, primus, a. um,, 
 but only in enumerating the days of the 
 month. Ezra 10, 16. 17 onnb nnx ai"'3 
 on the first day of the month, ili^nb "ins^a 
 on the first of the month Gen. 8, 5. 13 ; 
 comp. fiia iMv aaiSjii'aojv Acts 20. 7. In 
 enumerating years the construction is 
 rnx rs'l^, as sometimes in Engl, the 
 year one. two, etc. for the first year, Dan. 
 9, 1. 2. Ezra 1, 1. In other passages, aa 
 Gen. 1, 5. 2, 11, *ins retains its common 
 signif as a cardinal, and the numbers 
 follow each other as in Engl, one.secondj 
 third ; Lat. unus, alter^ tertius, Sueton. 
 
 ^ Octav. 101. 
 
 3. some one, any one, Lev. 13. 2. Deut. 
 12, 14. 2 Sam. 7, 7. nyn inx one of the 
 people, Gen. 26, 10. ' 1 Sam. 26, 15. 
 nnx -px, X3, no one. Num. 16, 15. 1 K. 
 8, 5(3. Ps. 14, 3. Hence often 
 
 4. i. q. the indef art. a, an, one, espec. 
 in the later Hebrew. 1 K. 20, 13 K-^aa 
 
rs^ 
 
 32 
 
 inn 
 
 jnx a prophet, a certain prophet, Trpoqpij- 
 TTig'zig. Dan. 8, 3 nnx b-'^iK a ram. 1 K. 
 19, 4. Also where nnx precedes ; e. g. 
 ttini? inx aholyone, a certain angel, tig 
 uyytXog, Dan. 8, 13. Sometimes also in 
 the earlier books, as Ex. 29, 3. 1 Sam. 
 1, 1 ; seq. gen. as niisn ^nx one of the 
 cisterns, i. e. a cistern, Gen. 37, 20 ; comp. 
 Job 2, 10. 
 
 5. one only of its kind, i. q. oiUy, alone, 
 eoZe, Job 23, 13. Ez.7,5. Cant. 6, 9. Arab. 
 
 s s 
 
 (X^U unique, incomparable, cXa^* id. 
 
 A. Schultens ad Job 1. c. et 9, 5. 
 
 6. Repeated, "inx inx, one ano- 
 ther, units alter, Ex. 17, 12. 18. 3. Also 
 thrice, 1 Sam. 10, 3. 13, 17. 18. In like 
 manner distributively, Num. 13, 2 ttJ"'S< 
 *ins iy"^s inx one man to a tribe shall ye 
 send, i. e. a man for every tribe. 34, 18. 
 
 7. Ins3 as one, i. e. together, at once, 
 Ezra 2, 64 ins3 ^n;3f3~'^3 the whole con- 
 gregation together. 3,9.6,20. Eccl. 11,6 
 inssi Wi'Sai both together, both alike. 
 Also together, in company, Is. 65, 25. 
 In the same sense is used "in5< ^"5<3 
 Judg. 20, 8. 1 Sam. 11, 7. Chald. snns'. 
 
 8. Fem. rnx ellipt. for rnx C70 one 
 time, once, 2 K. 6, 10. Ps. 62, 12. 
 
 9. rnxs a) i.q. rnx no. 8. Num.10, 
 4. b) at once, i. e. suddenly, Prov. 28, 18. 
 c) i.q. ^nxs together, altogether, Jer.lO, 8. 
 
 10. "irx iHxb one after another, one by 
 one, Is. 27, 12 ; " and so Ecc. 7, 27 rnx 
 rnxlji. 
 
 Note. In the difficult and vexed pas- 
 sage Is. 66, 17, the common signification 
 is to be retained : those who sanctify and 
 purify themselves in or for the [idol-] 
 groves nnx ^nx after one, i. e. following 
 and imitating the one priest who directed 
 the sacred ceremonies. Comp. Com- 
 ment, on Is. 1. c. 
 
 Pluh. C'l'inx 1. the same. Gen. 11, 1. 
 Comp. Lat. uni, e.g. 'unis moribus vivere' 
 Cic. pro Flacco 26. Terent. Eun. 2. 3. 75. 
 
 2. joined in one, nnifed, Ez. 37, 17 
 tJinnxb rnn and they (the two sticks) 
 shall become one. 
 
 3. some, a few, Gen. 27, 44. 29, 20. 
 Deriv. the verb THSt , also pr. n. liriN . 
 
 IHS (MilC'l) an Egyptian word signify- 
 ing nuirsli-grass, reeds, Indrushes, sedge, 
 every thing green which grows in wet 
 
 grounds. Gen. 41. 2. 18. Job 8, 11. The 
 word was adopted not only into the He- 
 brew, but also into the Greek idiom of 
 Alexandria, where it is written it/i, uxti, 
 see Sept. Gen. 41, 2. 18. Is. 19, 7 ; like- 
 wise in Ecclus. 40, 16, the author ofwhich 
 lived in Egypt. Jerome in his Comment. 
 on Is. 1. c. says : " quum ab eruditis 
 quserarem, quid hie sermo significaret, 
 audivi ab ^Egyptiis hoc nomine lingua 
 eorum omne quod inpalude virens nasci- 
 ir<rappellari." The Coptic translator has 
 retained the same word, Avriting for the 
 Gr. w^a of the Sejjt. nJ-J^J Comp. 
 the same in Num. 11, 5. Kindred are 
 ^Ke, OKG) bulrush, reed. See De 
 Rossii Etymol. ^gypt. p. 24. Jablonski 
 Opusc. ed. te Water T. I. p. 45. T. II. p. 
 160. Peyron Lex. p. 16. 
 
 "l^nj? (forliinx union, from 'inx) Ehud, 
 pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 6 ; 
 called in the parallel passage Gen. 46, 
 21 "nx. 
 
 ^^tl!!? f declaration of one's mind, Job 
 13, 17. It is a verbal of Hiph. from r. 
 n|!n , used in Hebrew only in Piel, but in 
 Chaldee also in Hiph. 
 
 ninS f brotherhood, Zech. 11, 14. 
 Denom. from nx q. v. 
 
 nini? Ahoah pr. n. 1 Chr. 8, 4, for which 
 V. 7 n^nx . Patronymic 'n'nx Ahohite, 
 2 Sam'. 23, 9. 28. 
 
 ^^^t!^ Chald. a declaration, showing, 
 explanation, Dan. 5, 12. Strictly inf. 
 Aph. from n^n. 
 
 '''Qin55 (brother of water, i. e. dwelling 
 near it) Ahumai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 2. 
 
 >inS5 m. (r. *in!!{) 1. the hinder part, 
 
 G > \ 
 
 back-side, rear. Arab. -&.f id. Hence 
 a) ninx^yrom behind, i. e. behind, in the 
 rear. opp. n':Da, 2 Sam. 19,9. Arab. 
 
 ^&.| Jv*. b) ^"inxb backward, back, 
 
 Ps. 114, 3. 5 ; with averted face, Jer. 7, 
 24. c) "linxa backward, bark. Prov. 
 29, 11 a fool uttereth all his anger. C3n^ 
 ninair'' nlnxa but a wise man kecpeth 
 it back, q. d. drives it backward, so that 
 it comes back to himself, d) "ilriK in ace. 
 
 as Adverb, Arab, f ^i^f , behind, on the 
 
rs< 
 
 33 
 
 TMR 
 
 back-side, opp. to cpo and C"ip. . Ez. 
 2, 10 and it (tlid roll) was written D^:d 
 "linxi in front and on the back, i. e. witli- 
 ia and without. 1 Chr. 19, 10. Ps. 139. 5. 
 Also hackicard, Gen. 49, 17 iasn bo'] 
 "linx aiid his rider falleth backward. 
 Jer. 15, 6. Often pleonast. after verbs 
 of turning or going away, i. e. of turning 
 back, Ps. 9, 4. 56^ 10. 2 Sara. 1, 22. Ps. 
 35, 4. 40. 15 ; and so others, e) Plur. 
 Cnhx the hinder parts, the back sides, 
 Ex. 33, 23. 26, 12. 1 K. 7, 25. Ez. 8, 16. 
 
 2. the west, the western quarter ; since 
 the Hebrew, in speaking of the points of 
 the compass, always regarded himself as 
 looking towards the east. Job 23, 7. 8. 
 Is. 9, 11 linx-a n^nr^E^ and the Philis- 
 tines behind, i. e. in the west. Comp. 
 Ci^:, r^";, |^''n, Vj<?:b ; also C. B. Mi- 
 chajlis Diss, de locorum diii'erentia rati- 
 one anticee, posticae, dextrse, sinistrae, 
 Halffi 1735 ; reprinted in Pott's Sylloge 
 Commentt. V. p. 80 sq. 8. The Hin- 
 dus, Mogols, and Irish, follow the same 
 method. 
 
 3. after-time, the future, Tinxb here- 
 after, Is. 41, 23. 42, 23. 
 
 ninj? f. (for n;nsj5, from masc. WK, 
 which in Arab, and Chald. is i. q. 'Tix) 
 plur. c. suff. Ti^riinx Ez. 16, 55 from a 
 sing, nnx, also Tini^nx Ez. 16, 52 irom 
 a sing. iT^n?) which comes from masc. 
 *>ns ; comp'. Lehrg. p. 602. 
 
 Q of f 
 
 1. a sister, Arab. ic^S-l, Syr. |i.j for 
 fiJ.) , Chald. rnx , id. Pr. a sister of 
 
 full blood, i. e. of both the same father 
 and mother ; but spoken also less accu- 
 rately of a half-sister, e. g. one born to 
 the same father but of a different mother, 
 hfionuTQlu. Gen. 20, 12. 2 Sam. 13, 2. 5 ; 
 or one born of the same mother by a 
 different father, ofto/nriTfjiu, Lev. 18. 9. 
 11. 20, 17. The word sister is also em- 
 ployed by the Hebrews in other and 
 wider senses ; e. g. 
 
 2. a relative, kinswoman, Job 42. 11. 
 So Gen. 24. 60, where the mother and 
 brother say to Rebecca, rix "SPhx thou 
 art our sister. 
 
 3. a countrywoman, one of the same 
 tribe or country, popularis, Num. 25, 18. 
 
 4. an ally, a confederate city or state, 
 Ez. 16. 46. 23. 31. 
 
 5. Af\er niSX, one the other, spoken 
 also of inanimate things of the fem. gen- 
 der. Ex. 26 Zfive curtains were coupled 
 nnhx-bx ncx one to another, v. 5. 6. 17. 
 Ez. 1, 9.3, 13. 
 
 6. Metaph. sister is said of any thing 
 with which we are intimately connect- 
 ed ; Prov. 7, 4 say unto wisdom. Thou 
 art my sister. Job 17, 14. Comp. other 
 words expressing relationship, espec. -X 
 no. 8. nx no. 8. 
 
 7. As a term of endearment addressed 
 to a spouse, Cant. 4, 9 sq. Comp. TibuII. 
 3. 1. 26. 
 
 * Tni< fut. THfii'i , rarely Tnx;; 1 K. 6, 
 10. Ecc. 7, 18. 
 
 1. to lay hold of, to take, to seize, espec. 
 
 with the hand. Arab. tX^t , Chald. and 
 Syr. inx, ,_if. Constr. with ace. of 
 pers. or thing, Ps. 56, 1. Judg. 12, 6 ; 
 often also c. a , Ex. 4, 4. Job 23. 1 1. 2 Sam. 
 20; 9 and the right hand of Joab took 
 holdofAmasa's beard. Metaph. ascrib- 
 ed also to terror, fear, (like Xu^fiuvtiv,) 
 Ex. 15, 14 Pttibs '2a"' tnx h^n terror 
 hath taken hold on the inhabitants of 
 Philistia. v. 15. Ps. 48, 7. But also vice 
 versa one is said as in Engl, to take 
 fright, i. q. to be affrighted ; Job 18. 20 
 "iSb ilTHS C''3"^'7|5 the ancient ones took 
 fright, were affrighted, for : ' terror seiz- 
 ed upon them.' 21, 6. Is. 13, 8 n^n-^S 
 ntnxi c-'bnril they (the Babylonians) 
 take hold of pangs and sorro^cs, for : 
 ' pangs and sorrows seize upon them.' 
 
 2. to take, to catch, e. g. in hunting, 
 fishing, Cant. 2, 15. 
 
 3. to hol^, to holdfast that which one 
 has taken hold of c. ace. 1 Chr. 13, 9. 
 2 Chr. 25, 5 ; a Gen. 25, 26. Metaph. 
 c. ace. Job 17, 9, comp. xQmiia Rev. 2, 
 25; c. a Job 23, 11. Part. pa.ss. with 
 active signif Cant. 3, 8 ann-imx hold- 
 ing the sword. Comp. on this deponent 
 use of passive participles, Lehrg. p. 309, 
 310. Heb. Gram. 49. n. 2 ; also comp. 
 for this same verb Syr. ^Lm] holding, 
 Ethiop. Ti-J-lH ehuz, taken, held, also 
 holding. 
 
 4. to hold or fasten together, to join, 
 and in Pass, to be joined, to adhere. 
 Many verbs of taking and holding thus 
 pass over to the notion of joining and 
 
tm 
 
 adhering, these ideas being closely al- 
 lied ; comp. ^ab and npb in Hithpa. and 
 ixofiiu tirog to hold or depend from any- 
 thing, f'/ofisvog joined with any thing ; 
 also al^m, whence Lat. hcereo. Ez. 41, 
 6 r-ian 'T'pa a'^iwx si'^n'! ^'^) that they 
 might not be joined to the wall of the 
 temple, i. e. inserted in it. 1 K. 6, 6. 
 Hence 
 
 5. to make fast, to shut, e.g. to bar, 
 
 Neh. 7, 3. So Syr. ^f- 
 
 6. to join together timber, to cover 
 with timber, beams, boards, etc. conta- 
 hulare. 1 K. 6, 10 and he covered th^ 
 hoiise with cedar-wood. Comp. tosn 
 Hab. 2, 19. 
 
 7. to take out or away, sc. from a larger 
 number ; whence Part. pass, taken out, 
 taken, sc. from a lot or portion, (like sy- 
 non. isb? .) Num. 31, 30 and from the 
 half which belongs to the children of Is- 
 rael, shall thou take one [part] "i^ T^nx 
 C^li'^nn taken from fifty, v. 47. 1 Chr. 
 24, 6 mx Tnxn ">u"bxl? nnx ins aK'n"*? 
 ^cn"^Kb (where it should twice read 
 with many Mss. fWN ins) one family 
 being taken for Eleazar, and one being 
 taken for Ithamar, i. e. in drawing lots 
 they drew first a lot for a family of Elea- 
 zar, and then one for a family of Itha- 
 mar. 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 2, Ecc. 9, 12. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 3, Gen. 22, 13. 
 Ecc. 9, 12. 
 
 3. to make oneself possessor of any 
 thing, to take or have possession. Gen. 
 34, 10. 47, 27. Josh. 22. 9. 19. Comp. 
 Syr. f^f to possess, and deriv. Mjns. 
 
 Pi EL to shut up. as Kal n&. 5. Job 
 26, 9 shutting up the face of his throne, 
 i. e. veiling his throne with clouds. 
 
 HoPH. to be joined, fastened, to any 
 thing, pass, of Kal no. 4. 2 Chr. 9, 18. 
 
 Deriv. the six following. 
 
 THS (possessing, possessor) Ahaz. pr. 
 n. m. a) A king of Judah. contemporary 
 with Isaiah, Hosea, and Micah, r. 744 
 728 B. C. noted for his weakness of 
 character and idolatry, 2 K. 16, 1 sq. 2 
 Chr. 28. 16 sq. Is. 7. l' sq. 38, 8. Sept. 
 'JxK ^) 1 Clir. 8, 35. 9, 42. 
 
 yrrnijl r (r. inx Nlph. no. 3) posses- 
 gion, espec. the posfleesion of land, 
 fields, etc. Lev. 27, 24 rnx ib irxb 
 
 34 ^n5< 
 
 ^'iNrt to whom possession of the land be- 
 longed, i. e. who had been its owner, 
 v. 16. 21. 22. lap? rmx possession of a 
 sepidchre, i. e. a sepulchre belonging to 
 a family, their own, Gen. 23, 4. 9. 20. 
 49, 30. In the connection 'rhr,^ rxrvA 
 Num. 27, 7, and njns nbna 35,' 2. Spo- 
 ken of slaves Lev. 25, 45. 46. 
 
 "'THN Ahzai, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 13 ; for 
 which 1 Chr. 9, 12 n-,mv Prob. it 
 should read in both passages ii^friK, 
 which see. 
 
 n^rnS and ^'"prnS (whom Jehovah 
 holds) pr. n. Ahaziah. a) A king of Is- 
 rael, the son of Ahab and Jezebel, 897 
 895 B. C. 1 K. 22, 40. 2 K. 1, 2. Sept. 
 'O/o^lug. b) A king of Judah, the son 
 and successor of Joram, 884 B. C. 2 K. 
 8, 24. 9, 16. 
 
 Djnx (their possession) Ahuzzam, 
 pr. n. of one of the descendants of Ju- 
 dah, 1 Chr. 4, 6. 
 
 r-jnX (possession) Ahuzzaih. pr. n. of 
 a Philistine, the friend of king Abime- 
 lech. Gen. 26, 26. 
 
 * iM a root not in use. I. Arab. 
 _-L^f onomatop. from the sound rix 
 
 interj. to cry ah, ah, ah ! repeatedly ; 
 
 in Heb. perh. to sigh, to groan, to howl, 
 
 whence CTiJ*. 
 
 II. In Arabic also to be warm, hot, to 
 
 glow, sc. with anger, as in the words 
 
 s .- ^ s 1 -- ^ 
 
 _,Lafctj .L^t ; whence perhaps may 
 
 be derived Heb. ns , -j^' , a pot, furnace. 
 
 Better however to derive the signif fur- 
 
 nace from r. _| to flame, to burn, as fire, 
 
 ^ Os f 
 
 Conj. II to kindle, it2.| heat, etc. See 
 lett. 5 . 
 
 '1^^^{ see ninx. 
 
 ''ns? (perh. apoc. from 1;HS) Ahi, pr. 
 n. m. a) 1 Chr. 5, 15. b) 7," 34. 
 
 "^nS see I'lnx. 
 
 DS'^nX (for rJt-'nH father's brother, 
 uncle) Ahiam^ pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 33. 
 1 Chr. 11, 35. 
 
 '^V'n^, Chald. i. q. Heb. ri'^^n with 
 Alcph. prostUet. a riddle, enigma, Dan. 
 5,12. R. nin. 
 
IX 
 
 35 
 
 brw 
 
 n^ns (hrothcr i. e. friend of Jehovah) 
 AhiaJi, pr. n. ra. a) A priest in the time 
 of Siiul, 1 Sam. 14, 3. 18. b) 1 Chr. 
 8,7. c) 11,36. d)lK.4,2. e) 1 Chr. 
 26, 20. f ) 2, 25. g) 1 K. 15, 27. 33. 
 h) Neh. 10, 27. i) A prophet dwelling 
 at Siiiloh in the time of .Icroboam, 1 K. 
 11, 29. 12, 15; for which W^rix 14, 6. IS. 
 2 Chr. 10, 15. 
 
 ^l^rrriS (brother i. e. friend of the 
 Jews, for nin-j "^nx) Ahihud, pr. n. m. 
 Num. 34, 27. ' 
 
 'i'^nX (brotherly) Ahio, pr. n. m. a) 
 2 Sam. 6, 3. 4. b) 1 Chr. 8, 14. c) 
 1 Chr. 8, 31. 9, 37. 
 
 *Tn''ns? (brother i. e. friend of union) 
 Ahihud, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 7. 
 
 S'113'^nX (brother i. e. friend of good- 
 ness) Ahitub. pr. n. m. a) 1 Sam. 14. 3. 
 22, 9. b) 2 Sam. 8, 17. c) 1 Chr. 5, 37. 
 Neh. 11, 11. 
 
 n^bTIS (brother of one born, for "Tix 
 "11^7) Ahilud. pr. n. of the father of Je- 
 hosiiaphat, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24. 1 K.4,2. 
 
 0''nS5 see nk. 
 
 tTi'a"'nii (brother of death) Ahimoth, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 10 [25] ; for which in 
 the parallel passages stands rn"? . 
 
 5jb^inS (brother of the king) Ahi- 
 melec, , pr. n. m. a) A priest dwelling 
 at Nob. lather of Abiathar. and the inti- 
 mate friend of David, 1 Sam. 21, 2. 22, 9. 
 Ps. 52, 2 ; and on this account put to 
 death by Saul. Different from hira ap- 
 parently is b) Ahimelcch the son of 
 Abiathar, one of the two high priests in 
 the time of David, 2 Sam. 8. 17. 1 Chr. 
 24, 3. 6. 31. But Korb, in Winer's 
 Theol. Journal IV. p. 295, very plausi- 
 bly conjectures that in 2 Sam. 8. 17 in- 
 stead of ' Ahimelech the son of Abia- 
 thar,' it ought to read Abiathar the son 
 of Ahimelech ; from which error he 
 supposes the reading in 1 Chron, 1. c. to 
 have flowed. 
 
 'J'Q'^nK (brother of a gift) Ahiman, 
 pr. n. m. a) One of the Anakim Num. 
 13, 22. Joih. 15, 14. Judg. 1, 10. b) 
 1 Chr. 9, 17. 
 
 T?^''^'^ (brother of anger) Ahimaaz, 
 pr. n. m. a) A Sam. 14, 50. b) A son 
 
 of Zadok the high-priest in the time of 
 David, 2 Sam. 15, 27. 36, 17. 17, 20. 18, 19 
 sq. The same person seems intended 
 in 1 K. 4, 15. 
 
 1^'7^ (brotherly) Ahian, pr. n. m. 
 
 1 Chr. 7, 19. 
 
 3'7r'^r'^ (liberal or noble brother) 
 Ahinatlah, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 14. 
 
 D?-T'^ (brother of pleasantness) 
 Ahinoam, pr. n. fem. a) 1 Sam. 14, 50. 
 b) 1 Sam. 25, 43. 27, 3. 30, 5. 2 Sam. 2,2. 
 3,2. 
 
 ?f73D'^n^ (brother of support or help) 
 Ahisamak, pr. n. m. Ex. 31, 6. 35, 34, 
 
 nryTIX (brother of help) Ahiezer, 
 pr. n. m. a) A phylarch or head of 
 the tribe of Dan, Num. 1, 12. 2, 25. 7, 66. 
 b) 1 Chr. 12, 3. 
 
 Qj^'^r'^ (brother of the enemy) Ahi- 
 kam, pr. n. of the father of Gedaliah, 
 w^hom the Chaldeans made governor in 
 Judea, 2 K. 25, 22. Jer. 39, 14. 40, 5 sq. 
 
 0'^"'^? (brother of the high) Ahiram, 
 pr. n. m. Num. 26, 38. Patronyra. ''- 
 ibid. 
 
 ^"^n^ (brother of evil) Ahira, pr. n. 
 m. of a phylarch or head of the tribe of 
 Naphtali. Num. 1. 15. 2, 29. 7, 78. 83. 
 10, 27. 
 
 nnTT'^nX (brother of the dawn) Ahi- 
 shahar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 10. 
 
 "^^''n^ (brother of the singer, or for 
 "^'^f """- brother of the upright) yi^tsAar, 
 pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 6. 
 
 bch-^nx (brother of folly) Ahithophel, 
 pr. n. of an early friend of David, who 
 conspired with Absalom against him, 
 
 2 Sam. c. 15-17. 
 
 ^i^^ (fatness, fertility) Ahlab, pr. n. 
 of a place in the tribe of Asher, Judg. 1, 
 31. R. a^n. 
 
 ^bm Ps. 119, 5, and '^^Hi? 2 K. 5, 3, a 
 particle of wishing, O that ! would God! 
 with fut. Ps. 1. c. without verb 2 K. I. c. 
 It is commonly derived from r. nbn Pi. 
 CJS fkn to stroke one's face, to caress, 
 to court. But not improb. it may be 
 compounded from nx and "^ i. q. ^b . 
 
 ''^n^ (O that !) Ahlai, pr. n. m. and f. 
 1 Chr. 2, 31 ; comp. 11, 41. 
 
br.^ 
 
 36 
 
 "tn^ 
 
 n^bribi f. Ex. 28,, 19, the name of a 
 gem, Sept. Viilg. KjusiVt'o-toc, amethyst ; 
 but .Tosephus gives it by a/uTrfi, agate, 
 though there seems to be some confusion 
 in the order of his words. The form is 
 that of a verbal of Hiph. from r. cbn to 
 dream; perhaps because it was worn as 
 an amulet to induce dreams. A similar 
 superstition is also the ground of the 
 name u^i&vaTog, this stone being re- 
 garded as a charm against drunkenness. 
 Comp. Braun de Vestitu saccrdot. Heb. 
 II. 16. 
 
 Xn'SHN Ezra 6, 2, Adnnetha, i. e. 
 Ecbatana, the ancient metropolis of 
 Media, the summer residence of the Per- 
 sian kings. The ancient orthography 
 of this name is traced by Lassen (Ind. 
 Biblioth. III. 3C) in the Sanscr. agi'a- 
 dhana. i. e. InnoviuaiK ; the Sanscr. p 
 passing over sometimes into a guttural 
 and sometimes into s. The correspond- 
 ing modern name is Ispahan. 
 
 iSCnX pr. n. m. Ahasbai, 2 Sam. 23, 
 34. From !^;;2 ncnx I take refuge in 
 Jehovah. 
 
 'J^ to be after, behind ; to stay be- 
 hind , hence, to stay, to (Jjdwj. to remain, 
 in Kal once, 1 pers. fut. inxn Gen. 32,5. 
 
 Arab. _i>.t Conj. II, to defer, to delay. 
 Syr. Aph. and Shaph. t-"o| and ^o^ 
 id. 
 
 PiEL ^ns, plur. ^inx for ^i-inx Judg. 
 5, 28, fut. -nx'n . 
 
 1. to delay, to retard, to hinder any 
 one, Gen. 24. 56 ; to delay, to defer any 
 thing Ex. 22. 28. Also ellipt. Deut. 7, 
 10 he will not rfe/oy ^(punishment) to 
 him who halcth him. 
 
 2. Intrans. i. q. Kal, to stay, to delay, 
 to linger. Judg. 4, 28 why linger the 
 paces of his chariots 7 Ps. 40. I'd ~^5< 
 "inxn delay not. 70, 6. Gen. 34, 19. 
 
 3. to stay long, to tarry late in or by 
 any thing, with bs . Prov. 23, 30 Dinns^ 
 'i?!"! ^? ''i'/'^o tarry long at the whu, i. e. 
 who drink till late in the night. Comp. 
 Is. 5, 11, Ps. 127, 2. 
 
 Deriv. "inx n-'snhK, and -linx. 
 
 "ini!? (Dag. forte im])l.) f n-inx, Plur. 
 t)'nn{<, ri-inx, from an ob.sol. sing, "im 
 with Kamets pure. 
 
 1. Adj. pr. after, hinder, following 
 spec, next following, next, second, (comp. 
 sccundus a sequendo.) Gen. 17, 21 !^-"i'2 
 riHxn m the next year, the following 
 year. 1 K. 3, 22. Hence genr. another, 
 otlier ; alius, alia, aliud ; Gen. 4. 25. 8, 
 
 10. 12. 29, 19. al. sa;p. Arab. '^\ id. 
 Syr. ^t-A_, jir-'lj plur. Pi^)_, Chald. 
 ^nx. So t:i"in!!< Din'sx other gods, 
 le. 'idols, Deut. 6,' 14. 7, l. Jer. 1, 16. 
 7, 18. al. siBp. Sing, "inx Vs Ex. 34, 14 ; 
 without bx id. Is. 42. 8 "nIj "ipixb '^ni^Di 
 "nx and viy glor-y nnll I not give unto 
 another god. 4S, 11. Ps. 16,4 -nx (-rx) 
 !|~rj*a who hasten to another god, i. e. 
 away from the true God after idols. 
 
 2. Aher, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 12. 
 
 iri!? pr. after, the after part, hinder 
 part, extremity. Hence 
 
 1. Adv. a) Of place, behind, in the 
 back-ground. Gen. 22, 13 ^nx b-^x nsni 
 T^j^l^a T|^&3 Tnx3 and lo ! a ram in the 
 back-grojcnd, caught in a thicket by his 
 horns. Abraham did not see the ram 
 behind, himself, as the Vulgate renders, 
 and as it is usually taken ; but in the 
 distant part, the back-ground, of what 
 lay before his e^s. [Yet he may 
 naturally be supposed to have looked 
 round on hearing the angel's voice. T.] 
 Nor is it necessary to refid "^nx, with 
 the Samar. Sept. Syr. and 42 Mss. b) 
 Adv. of time, afterwards, then, Gen. 10, 
 IS. 18, 5. 24, 55. 30, 21. al. 
 
 2. Prep, a) Of place, behind. Cant. 
 2, 9. Ex. 3, 1 behind the desert, back of 
 it. i. e. on the west of the desert, see in 
 "linx no. 2. Also after, as 's ".nx r^Ti 
 to go after, to follow any one, Gen. 37, 17. 
 Job 31, 7. "^nxis prjpgn. pr. from after, 
 Ps. 78, 71 ix'^sn n'sr ^nxia from after 
 the ewes he brought him, i. e. from fol- 
 lowing the ewes, from being a shep- 
 herd, b) Prep, of time, after. Gen. 9, 
 28. So nixrj O'^-iS'nr! nnx after these 
 things, I. e. afterwards, a formula of 
 transition, Gen. 15, 1. 22, 1. With infin. 
 after that, after, Num. 6, 19. ',3 int? 
 pr. cifter so, i. e. after it had so hap- 
 pened, aftencards, Lev. 14, 36. Deut. 
 21, 13. 
 
 3. Conj. I^X "inx after that, Ez. 40, 1 ; 
 and without nix. Lev. 14, 43. Job 42, 7. 
 
Note. Instead of the sing, "inx , the 
 plur. '^nx is lUr more frequently used ; 
 see below. With sulfixcs the plur. form 
 is always used. 
 
 Pi.UH. D'^nnx , only in constr. "''Iin!*, c. 
 euir. "'"^inx, DS-innx, on'^-inx. etc. 
 
 1. Subst. the, hindnr partu, 2 Sam. 2, 
 23 n-'snn ''^nxa with the hinder end of 
 the spear. 
 
 2. Prep, a) Of place, behind, Judg. 
 18, 12 where it ia i. q. on the west of, see 
 in ninx no. 2. More fVeq. after, behind 
 any one, Lev. 26, 33. 1 Sara. 14, 37. 
 2 K. 19, 21. Dn-'':;nx ("I'Jx) those who 
 go after them, their flatterers, parasites, 
 Ps. 49, 14. Hence, with verbs of going, 
 to follow ; also 'b ^'^HJt rr^n to be after, 
 to go after any one, i. q. to follow, to be 
 on one's side, Ex. 23, 2. 2 Sam. 2, 10. 
 Comp. 1 K. 1, 7. Prov. 28, 23 ons n'^aiia 
 KSTS"^ ",n "^nrtit he that rebuketh a man 
 after m/'. (i. e. after my precepts) shall 
 find faroiir. b) Of time, after, Gen. 
 16. 13. 17, 8. With inf. after thai, after, 
 Gen. 5, 4. 
 
 3. Conj. "I'r** ''"!'^^ (^fi'^r that, Deut. 
 24, 4. Josii. 9, 16. 23, 1 ; rarely with ^dx 
 omitted. Lev. 25, 48. Once nrxs -^nnx 
 Josh. 2. 7. 
 
 4. *3"''')'!'.S< pr. after so, after it had so 
 happened, i. e. aftericards, Gen. 6, 4. 
 15, 14. 23, 19. 25, 26. al. Comp. Syr. 
 siLs:, and _aoi iLs . With I'lJN added 
 it becomes a conjunction, i. q. iiax '^tlH'?? 
 cifter that, like Lat. posteaquam for post- 
 quam, Deut. 24, 4. 2 Sam. 24, 10. In the 
 later Hebrew we find also rxt "^"inx 
 after this, afterwards, Job 42, 16. Ezra 
 9, 10. Comp. Chald. njT -"nnx Dan. 2, 
 29. 45. 
 
 5. With other prepositions : 
 
 a) 'initia , once "^^nx ",p 1 Chr. 17, 7, 
 "pr. from after, from behind, from going 
 or following after ; chiefly used of those 
 who abandon a person or party whom 
 they have before followed, Num. 14, 43. 
 Deut. 7, 4. 2 Sam. 20, 2. Also at or on 
 the back, behind, after, (comp. 'a no. 3. 
 h,) Josh. 8, 2. Ex. 14, 19. Jer. 9, 21. 
 Of time, after, Ecc. 10, 14; and in Neh. 
 4, 7 ^ "'"l)'!!'*^ , in the same sense. Hence 
 *)3 "^nnx^ pr. after so, i. e. afterwards, 
 2"Sam'.'3, 28. 15, 1. 
 
 b) "^nns-bx after^ with verbs of mo- 
 
 4 
 
 37 ^nfc^ 
 
 tion. 2 K. 9, 18 '^'inx-bst sb turn thee 
 after me, behind me, 2 Sam. 5, 23. 
 
 p) '"l^nix"^? i. q. ""IT^^, Ez. 41, 15. 
 Comp. b3 no. 3. b. 
 
 ^nS Chald. plur. constr. ''"^nx, after^ 
 Dan. 2, 29 ; but by Hebraism. The 
 pure Chaldee preposit. is "in2 . 
 
 linnx, fem. i^j'inx, from nnx with 
 the adj. ending ',i. 
 
 1. hinder, hindermost, latter, opp. to 
 foremost, fi)rmer, (Tioxn ,) Gen. 33, 2. 
 Ex. 4, 8. Deut. 24, 3. Ti^nxn n^n the 
 hinder sea, i. e. western, the Mediterra- 
 nean, Deut. 11, 24. 34, 2. Joel 2, 20. 
 
 2. after, later, following, as ")'i"<ns< "n'n 
 Ps. 48, 14. liinx oi"' after time, future, 
 Prov. 31, 25. Is. 30, 8. Plur. n-^annx 
 those after, posterity. Job 18, 20. 
 
 3. the last, latest, Neh. 8, 18. Is. 44, 6 
 / [Jehovah] am the first, and I the last. 
 Job 19, 25. Fem. n:nn>5 adv. last, the 
 last, Dan. 11, 29. Also njinsa Deut. 
 13, 10. 1 K. 17, 13, and njnnx^" Num. 2, 
 31. Ecc. 1, 11, at last, last. 
 
 ^y)^ (for nx^nx, after the brother,) 
 Aharah, pr. n. 1 Chr. 8, 1. 
 
 'H^n^ (behind the breast-work sc 
 born) Aharhel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 8. 
 
 ^y^^ Chald. constr. see "inx Chald. 
 
 ^'y}^ Chald. adj. fem. another, alia, 
 Dan. 2, 39. 7, 5. 6 ; for the common- 
 n'^inx , the n of the fem. gender being- 
 dropped by apocope, like "''^'X'n for 
 n'^^'x-i , ^-zh-q for niD?:? . 
 
 r*:^"^ Chald. adj. (fr. in ^n^) Dan.. 
 4; 5 "i"'";}ns"ns pr. at the last, at last, at 
 length ; the "is being pleonastic, see 1? 
 Chald. A. 2. keri T^niJ . 
 
 ^''iriS? f (r. "inx) 1. the last or 
 extreme part, uttermost part, Ps. 139, 9. 
 Oftener of time : a) the end of a pe- 
 riod, Deut. 11, 12; the end, event of any 
 course oi things, latter state, final lot, 
 Job 8, 7. 42, 12. Prov. 5,4 frnia ttni'inx 
 her end is bitter, i. e. the final lot of 
 those whom the adultress seduces ; 
 comp. 23, 32. Sometimes of a happy 
 end or result, Prov. 23, 18. 24, 14. b) 
 after-tim, the future, espec. in the pro- 
 phetic formula D'^oj-l n''"!n^3 in future 
 time, in the last days, Is. 2, 2. Gen. 49, 1. 
 Mic. 4, 1. Num. 2^ 14. Dan. 10, 14. 
 
ir5< 
 
 38 
 
 rji^ 
 
 2. Concr. those who come after ^ de- 
 scendants, posterity. Ps. 109, 13. Am. 4, 
 2. 9, 1. Dan. 11, 4. 
 
 n^-inj? Chald. f: i. q. Heb. n^nnsi no. 
 1. b. Dan. 2, 28. 
 
 Tvt?^ Chald. adj. another, alius, Dan. 
 2,11.' 
 
 PT^S'nnj? adv. (r. "inx) backwards. 
 Gen. 9, 23. 1 Sam. 4, 18.' Comp. -.inj| . 
 
 D^rS^.^tnN m. plur. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9. 
 9, 3. Ezra 8. 36, satraps, the governors 
 or viceroys of the large provinces among 
 the ancient Persians, poBsessing both 
 civil and military power, and being in 
 the provinces the representatives of the 
 sovereign, whose state and splendour 
 they also rivalled. Single parts or sub- 
 divisions of these provinces were under 
 procurators or prelects, nins ; the sa- 
 traps governed only whole pro^nnces. 
 See Brisson de regio Pers. principatu 1. 
 168. Heeren Ideen T. I. p. 489 sq. ed. 
 4. The genuine form of this name, 
 which has lately been found in the 
 inscriptions of ancient India, isksatrapa 
 i. e. warrior of the host ; see Benfey in 
 Gott. Gel. Anz. 1839. p. 805 sq. Lassen 
 Zeitschr. f d. Morgenl. III. p. 161. To 
 this harsher form corresponds the Greek 
 i'iuiQunriq, ilaid^qimriQ, (Boeckh Corp. 
 Inscr. no. 2691. c,) whence arose by 
 degrees the softer auiQunr,(;. The "(- is 
 appended. Comp. D^J'nrirrjs . 
 
 j^SS-l^CnS!! Chald. m.plur. i. q. Heb. 
 Dan. 3, 2. 3. 27. 6, 2. 3. 
 
 *J'i"^!]T^r!J!? Ahnsuenis, the Hebrew 
 form of the name Xerxes, as it would 
 seem. It is found Esth. 1, 1, and oflen 
 in this book ; also Ezra 4, 6. where the 
 order of time would require it to be un- 
 derstood of Canibyses ; and further in 
 Dan. 9, 1, where it stands for Astyages, 
 the father of Darius the Mede. The true 
 native orthography of the name Xerxes 
 has recently been brought to light from 
 the cuneiform inscriptions ; where it is 
 written kh-sh-y-A-r-sh-A, which seems 
 to correspond to the modern Persian 
 sLaiu^jcw i. e. lion-king ; since it is cer- 
 tain that for the softer pronunciation of 
 8 and sh, as uttered by the modern Per- 
 sians, the ancient Persians had far harsh- 
 
 er sounds, as in the words khshayathiya 
 i. q. Shah king, khshatrap i. q. Satrap. 
 From this ancient harsher form, the 
 Hebrews, by prefixing their prosthetic 
 Aleph, made iri-'.rw'ns Ahashverosh, and 
 the Greeks it(*^ryc. See St. Martin in 
 Journal Asiatique III. p. 85. Champol- 
 lion Precis du Systeme hieroglyphique, 
 Tableau general. Tab. 7. 2. p. 24. Las- 
 sen iib. d. Keilschrift p. 165 ; also in Zeit- 
 schr. f Kunde des Morgenl. VI. p. 124 sq. 
 
 tJlt^ns Esth. 10, 1 in Chethib, for 
 
 ''"iriffinX (prob. mule-driver, a name 
 of Persian origin, see next art.) pr. n. m. 
 Ahashiari, 1 Chr. 4, 6. 
 
 n^'S'nrnCriN pinr. m. mides.PeTs. jljLwwf 
 estdr, JuA/t ester, a mule, Sanscr. afwa- 
 iara. Esth. 8, 10. where it is rendered 
 definite by the addition sons of mares. 
 The "- is appended, as in D^sS'i'nuJnK . 
 
 iT75? see nnx. 
 
 tSX subst. m. (r. t:Ej<) 1. a gentU 
 sound, m.urmwr, whisper, and plur. dsx 
 concr. viittterers, whisperers, i. e. vrxQo- 
 /<'7fi?, necromancers, ventriloquists, im- 
 itating artifi'cially the supposed murmur 
 or thin voice of the shades or manes, Is. 
 19,3. See under nix . 
 
 2. a going softly, gentle motion ; 
 whence often adverbially, CX, BX^. 2S^ , 
 softly, gently, slowly, e. g. of the still slow 
 g-ait of a mourner, 1 K. 21, 27 ; of wafer 
 gently flowing, Is. 8, 6. So "^KSfb pr. in 
 my slow gait, sloicly, at my convenience, 
 Gen. 33, 14. Also of the manner of act- 
 ing and speaking ; 2 Sam. 18, 5 "^1? liX^ 
 "iJib (deal) gently with the yonvg man 
 for my .mke ! Job 15, 11 r(BV BN^ -i2ni 
 a7nl words gently (spoken) towards thee. 
 
 ' _ V ^ o^ "o* ^^ "'^^ j Arab, to be 
 fast, frm; Conj. II, to make last, to 
 confirm. Hence 
 
 Tt^X m. the southern bu ckthom, Chris fs 
 thorn, Ifhammis palinms Linn, so called 
 from the firmness of its roots, Jndg. 9, 14. 
 
 15. Ps. 58, 10. Arab. JiJte! , i. q. the more 
 
 usual ^jX. 
 
 I'ltJN m. (by Syriasm for ^lOX, r. losj) 
 thread, yam, of linen or cotton ; in Chald. 
 
t2i:i< 
 
 39 
 
 * 
 
 mnew, string. Oiice Prov. 7, 16 tapes- 
 try, coverings, of Egyptian yam, which 
 was distinguished for its tirmness ao^l 
 beauty. Comp. Celsii Hierob. I. 89^. 
 A. Schultena compares Gr. od^ovt], 6&6- 
 viov, linen cloth. 
 
 * I3t35< a root not in use. 1. i. q. ic\ 
 to utter a gentle sound, to murmur, 
 spoken of the sighing of the camel when 
 weary; also of the rumbling of the 
 bowels when one is hungry, t^v^hv. 
 See Comment, on Is. 19, 3. 
 
 2. to go softly, gently, see OH no. 2. 
 
 * Dt3i< to shut, to close, to stop, e. g. 
 the mouth, the ears, Prov. 17, 28. 21, 13. 
 ni^sax nisibn Ez. 40, 16. 41, 16. 26, 
 windows closed, sc. with bars or lattices, 
 which being let into the walls or beams 
 could not be opened and shut at pleas- 
 ure. Sept. #t'p/5f,- SixtvotTiti, Symm. 
 rolixai. Comp. 1 K. 6, 4. Kindr. is Arab. 
 
 to cover a window with a curtain- 
 
 jU?t 
 
 Hi PH. id. Ps. 53, 5. 
 
 * 'tm^ obsol. root, perh. to bind, to bind 
 
 together, kindr. with t:::X. Arab. ^j-ot 
 tent-cords. Hence "ox. 
 
 * 1t2>5 fut. las'!, to shut, to close, 
 once Ps. 69, 16. Arab. _iot to shut 
 in. to enclose. Kindred roots are "i^i< , 
 "isn, "IS3 . Hence the two following: 
 
 IlSX (shut up, bound, perh. dumb) 
 Ater, pr. n. m. a) Ezra 2, 16. Neh. 7, 
 21. b) Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. 
 
 IClSl m. adj. (r. "i^x) shut up, bound, 
 i. e. impeded. Judg. 3. 15. 20. 16 -i2:x 
 iS'^a^ "I'] impeded as to his right hand, 
 i. e. who cannot use the right hand free- 
 ly, and hence i. q. left-handed. Arab. 
 
 Jot Conj. V, to be impeded ; comp. 
 
 JJCc. to bind, to tie, transferred also to 
 the tongue, like Engl, tongue-tied. 
 
 ^ , constr. "'St I. Interrog. adverb, 
 where? c. suff. f^S^J? where art thou? 
 Gen. 3. 9. i'X tp/iere is he? Ex. 2 20. 
 tsjx where are they? Is. 19, 12. More 
 freq. with He parag. M^X q. v. This 
 particle seems to have arisen by drop- 
 ping the Nun from "S II. (q. v. in '"iNTa 
 whence ?) and this again seems to have 
 
 been originally the same as the nega- 
 tive 178< I ; just as many other negative 
 words have also passed over to an in- 
 terrogative power ; comp.Lat. ne. Germ. 
 nicht ioa.hr? Engl, not so? Hence i*!* 
 pr. hn is not there, not present, i. q. ISJ^!* , 
 comp. Job 14, 10 ; and interrog. i ha Jiot 
 there ? q. d. where is he? In this way 
 ';'X no. I and II become closely related. 
 Comp. Hcb. Gram. 150. no. 1 ult. In 
 
 Arabic ic( has passed over into an in- 
 
 terrog. pron. i/J^o ? f. abf ; and the same 
 also is Eth. A^. Comp. Germ, wo? 
 Kngl.who? 
 
 2. As a mere sign of interrogation, put 
 before adverbs and pronouns in order to 
 give them an interrogative power ; just 
 as "I'lJx gives them a relative sense. 
 Comp. Germ, wovon ? for von welchem? 
 Engl, wherefore ? i. q-for what ? Hence 
 a) HT ""X , which? what ? but always with 
 reference to place (except in Ecc. 11, 
 6), 1 K. 13, 12 r^t!7 "H"!!!?! HT IK what way 
 went he? (Or perh. i. q. Lat. ubi vice? 
 quorsum vies? see under M|rT3 "'X in lett. 
 b.) 2 K. 3, 8. 2 Chr. 18, 23. Job 38, 24. 
 Also without interrogation, Jer. 6, 16. 
 Ecc. 11, 6. Elsewhere i. q. where? 
 (from r\1 here.) Job 28, 12. Esth. 7, 5. 
 Sometimes written in one word, ^.'f^X, 
 q. V. b) n|rTD 'S from what ? whence ? 
 (from riro thence.) Gen. 16, 8. 1 Sam. 
 
 30, 13. Jon. 1, 8 nnx ns n:^ ''X from 
 what people art thou ? 2 Sam. 15, 2 "'X 
 nrix I"'? n^-^ from what city art thou? 
 strictly Lat. 'undenara populi? undenam 
 urbis ?' as Plaut. unde gentium ? Odyss. 
 1. 170 no&fr mSnm: c) rSTb "H where- 
 fore ? why? from rsfb therefore, Jer. 5,7. 
 
 Note. With certain other particles 
 ^X is joined more closely, so as to coa- 
 lesce with them into one word, as 'T^'^X , 
 ns-^it , n'2"St , n'S'^iC , q. v. The same use 
 of this particle is found in Syr. >.3 ft .*| 
 in what way? how? jJtSi*] whence? 
 llll who? Chald. (^i-'S who then? nn^X 
 id. Eth. A^* where ? how ? In Prov. 
 
 31, 4 Keri i3'i "'X a'^I^-iVi, render: nor 
 for princes [to .say], Where is strong 
 drink? See in ix no. 1. 
 
 I. ''Jit contr. for "'^X . (as '3 for ^'i'S . -^"i 
 for '^"i , comp. Lehrg. p. 510.) m. perhaps 
 
^ 
 
 40 
 
 tl^i< 
 
 fern. Is. 23, 2 ; plur. n-^fSt, once 'p'^S? Ez. 
 
 26, 18. R. mx I. 
 
 1 . Pr. habitable ground, dry land, opp. 
 to water, the sea, rivers ; see the root 
 no. 1. Is. 42, 15 D"'*i<b ni-inj '^RTSir /wjV^ 
 ??iaA;e the rivers dry lands ; comp. 43, 19. 
 50, 2. Hence 
 
 2. terra maritima, land adjacent to 
 the sea, sea-coast, whether on the shore 
 of the main land, or an island ; like the 
 East-Indian Dcipa. which sig^nifies both 
 oast and island. Spec, a) tlie coast, 
 the sea-const, Is. 20, 6. 23, 2. 6. Ez. 27, 
 7 nir-'^j* i_^S the coast ofElishah, i. e. of 
 Peloponnesus or Greece, b) an island, 
 Jer. 47 ,4 "ins? "^x the isle of Caphtor, i. e. 
 Crete. d'^Pid'-'^X the isles of Chittim, Ez. 
 
 27, 6. Jer. 2, 10 ; comp. Esth. 10, 1, where 
 tfir] i_*X are put in antith. with the main 
 land, continent, c) Plur. d'^'^X very o^an 
 for coasts, maritime regions, espec. be- 
 yond sea, as in Jer. 25, 22 is added by- 
 way of epexegesis C^n "i33?3 "i^J< ''S<^J . 
 Hence genr. of coasts and islands far 
 remote, Is. 24, 15. 40, 15. 41, 1. 5. 42, 4. 
 10. 12. 49, 1. 51, 5; espec. those of the 
 Mediterranean Ps. 72, 10. Dan. 11, 18, 
 which also are called more definitely 
 c^!!! "'!* Is- 11; 11, and n'^'^'^T^ "^^N Gen. 
 10, 5. Zeph. 2, 11. In Ez. 27,' 15 the 
 Indian Archipelago is to be understood. 
 
 II. ''X contr. for '^'iX (r. n^^N II, see in 
 ''it I ) pr. <z howling, wailing cry. Hence 
 
 1. Concr. tJie howler, i. e. the jackal, 
 
 Arab, j^.t ^^\, piur. (^.1 ^iij'-Xj, son, 
 
 daughters of howling, Pers. JULui, 
 whence Germ. Schakal, Engl, jackal. 
 So called from its nocturnal cry or howl, 
 which resembles the scream of a child. 
 Damiri ap. Bochart. Hieroz. I. p. 843. 
 Found only in plur. C^X, Is. 13, 22. 34, 
 14. 
 
 2. Interj. i. q. *'ij< ah ! alas ! \co ! c. 
 dat. Ecc. 10, 16. 4, 10 "ib 'X , which seve- 
 ral editt. read in one word, i'?"'i< wo to 
 him ! 
 
 III. "'K adv.no^, non, found Job 22, 30, 
 and in thepr. names 'Ti-S"'^N( inglorious) 
 Ichabod 1 Sam. 4, 21, and brrx Jeze- 
 bel. It is much more freq. in Rabbinic, 
 espec. MR prefixed to adjecfive forms 
 with a privative signification, like Engl. 
 in, un, in the same usage ; and also in 
 
 Ethiopic, where i5i. is prefixed also to 
 verbs. It is doubtless an abridged form 
 from "("ix , see r. "iX , T^X ; like the Greek 
 and Sanscr. a priv. from an. 
 
 TlM"*'i? (inglorious) Ichabod, pr. n. 
 1 Sam'. 4, 21. See in ^X III. 
 
 -1_K to be an adversary, enemy, to 
 any one ; (o persecute, to hate. The 
 primary idea is prob. to be sought in 
 breathing, blowing, puffing at or upon 
 any one, which is often referred to anger 
 and hatred, Germ, anschnauben. Kin- 
 dred is snx, in which the idea of ftreaZ^- 
 hig after pas'ses over into that of desire 
 and love. The finite verb occurs only 
 once, Ex. 23, 22 ; but very freq. is Part, 
 :3;^iX as subst. an adversary, enemy. Gen. 
 22, 17. 49, 8. al. Sometimes it retains 
 the construction of a participle, 1 Sam. 
 18, 29 I'l'^TX ni^iX an enemy to Davids 
 Fem. rn^ix collect efiwmies, Mic. 7, 
 8. 10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 477. 
 Deriv. Si'X, and 
 
 nn''i5 f. (contr. for t^3^^;, as !t:'^N for 
 n^l^x) enmity, hostility, Gen. 3, 15. Num. 
 35',2i. 
 
 T^i? m. pr. a load, burden, by which 
 one is oppressed, crushed ; from r. "IIX 
 no. 2. Hence 
 
 1. misfortune, calamity, Ps. 18, 19. Job 
 21, 30. 
 
 2. destrttction, ruin, Job 18. 12. 21, 17. 
 30, 12. bx I"*!* destruction fram Gody 
 Job 31, 23." 
 
 ^'^^ f (for tr^ix , r. n;s 11 ) pr. cry, cla- 
 mour; hence 
 
 1. As the name of a clamorous bird 
 of prey, unclean. Lev. 11, 14. Deut. 14, 
 13 ; also keen-sighted, Job 28, 7. S(jpt. 
 and Vulg. sometimes vulture, sometimes 
 kite. The opinion of Bochart is not im- 
 probable. Hieroz. 11. p. 193 sq. that it is 
 the species of//co/J called by the Arabs 
 -}J> yio/u. i. e.falco epsalon. called also 
 smirle, e.merillon, Engl, merlin. Or 
 perhaps the Heb. Avord is a general term 
 for hawk, falcon, etc. whence in Lev. 
 and Dent. 11. cc. is added W5"'r^ . 
 
 2. Ajah. pr. n. m. a) Gen. 36, 24. 
 b) 2 Sam. 3, 7. 21, 8. 
 
 ^l!'^ i- q- ''* where? with n- parng. 
 as nsn from in, Gen. 3, 9. 18, 9. al. Also 
 
VK 41 
 
 without interrogation, Job 15, 23 he wan- 
 dereth about for bread, njx where-ever 
 it muy be. 
 
 S1"i|l pr. n. Job, an Arab of Uz or 
 Ausitis, distinguished for wealth and 
 also for piety and virtue, but tried of God 
 witli the heaviest cahimities. Besides 
 the boolt of Job, he is also mentioned in 
 
 Ez. 14, 14. 20. Sept. "lo\5, Arab. C>^\- 
 
 Tile name signifies pr. one perseciiled, 
 
 from r. -"5$, as TijJ"; one born, from th^ ; 
 
 and refers to the calamities by which 
 
 he was afflicted. Others render it: serio 
 
 G s* 
 resipiscens, i. q. Arab. v_*Lt , from r. 2ix, 
 
 ij|, to return, to convert, comp. Cor. 
 Sur. 38. 40-44 ; but see against this, 
 Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 81. col. 1. 
 
 '?P^ f. (pr. non-cohabited, i. e. uXo- 
 2fo^ Plat. p. 249. B, Lat. iniacta, chaste, 
 comp. Agnes ; an appropriate female 
 name, and not to be estimated from the 
 character and conduct of A hab's queen ;) 
 Jezebel, Isabella, pr. n. of a notorious 
 woman, the daughter of Ethbaal king 
 of Tyre, and wifeof Ahab king of Israel, 
 infamous for her idolatry and cruel per- 
 secution of the prophets. 1 K. 16, 31. 
 18, 4. 13. 21, 5 sq. 2 K. 9, 7 sq. 
 
 npi? where 7 Job 38, 19. 24. Com- 
 pounded from the interrog. part. ''X , "'X 
 q. V. no. 2, and nt here. 
 
 ^""i? hoxo 7 apoc. from nD^x , Gen. 26, 
 9. Without interrogation, Ruth 3, 18. 
 2 K. 17, 28. Often as an exclamation 
 of pain or grief, how 1 Ps. 73, 19. Is. 14, 
 4. Ecc. 2, 16. 
 
 ^3"'^? from "iX no. 2, and n3 i. q. nb 
 so, here. 
 
 1 . hov) 7 in what way ? Deut. 1, 12. 
 Without interrogation, Deut. 12, 30. 
 
 2. where 7 Cant. 1,7. 
 
 3. Often as an exclamation of pain or 
 grief how ! like TfX, Is. 1, 21. Lam. 1, 1. 
 
 ro'^i? (id.) where, not interrogative, 
 once 2 K. 6, 13, where Keri has is'^x id. 
 
 nDS^St (Milel) how 7 Cant. 5, 3. Esth. 
 8, 6. From "^X and n=3 i. q. ns, ns, so. 
 
 ^''S? seer. ^ix. 
 
 'I'i? m. \. a ram, so called from his 
 twisted horns, q. d. rolled up ; see r. ^^X . 
 4* 
 
 Gen. 15, 9. Plur. o-'^-'X Ex. 25, 5, and 
 O^lrX Job 42, 8. Hence intens, b;x q. v. 
 2. A term of architecture, referring, 
 as it would seem, to a projection in a la- 
 teral wall, serving as a post or column, 
 i. e. a pilaster ; either from r. bix no, 3. 
 or like Lat. aries, cap-enliis. Germ. liock, 
 used for a buttress. 1 K. 6. 31. Ez. 41, 
 3. Plur. c^b^x. Ez. 41. 1. 40. 10. 14. 10. 
 3S; comp. V. 26. 31. 34. 37. The ancient 
 versions render it sometimes posts, some- 
 times columns. See Boettcher's Proben 
 alttestamtl. Schrifterkl. p. 302. 
 
 "^^^ m. a stag, hart, male deer, Deut. 
 12, 15. 14, 5. Is^ 35, 6. Plur. z^r Cant. 
 2. 9. 17. Always masc. but in Ps. 42, 2 
 joined with a fern, in the manner of 
 comm. gend. thus denoting a hind, which 
 elsewhere has the specific name "V^X, 
 
 rb*x . Chald. and Syr. id. Arab. J^J 
 wild goat, mountain-goat, chamois. Etli! 
 JPA , by which orthography the affinity 
 of the roots b^x and bin is distinctly con- 
 firmed. As to the etymology. bx is a 
 sort of inten.sive of h'ii . therefore pr. a 
 large ram or buck, and nb^x a large sJie- 
 goat or the like. Indeed the Hebrews 
 would seem to have called all the va- 
 rious species of deer and antelopes, which 
 in part are furnished with twisted horns 
 like the ram. by the general name of 
 large rams or wild ram^ ; just as the 
 Germans call the same animals Berg- 
 ziegen, wilde Ziegen, and the Latins 
 caprecB, from their general resemblance 
 to a goat, capra. Sept. every where 
 ikafpoi. 
 
 b^ 
 
 m. strength, might, once Ps. 88, 5. 
 
 R. b^x no. 2. 
 
 ^"'S? m. (r. bnx) plur. t:''b''X , pr. strong, 
 stout, mighty. 
 
 1. Plur. tlie mighty, the powerful, the 
 nobles of a state, city. Ex. 15. 15. Ez. 17, 
 13. 2 K. 24, 15 Keri.' 
 
 2. a strong, stout, mighty tree, like 8^vg, 
 spec, the oak, terebinth, and sometimes 
 also the palm, i. q. nbx , '(-ibx , which is 
 more usual. Sing, once Gen. 14, 6 in 
 the pr. n. ,'nxs b-^x . Sept. xfqi^iv&o; lijg 
 fhuQuv. Plur. n-ib-'X, c^bx Is. 1. 29. 57 
 5.61,3. 
 
 ^^^^ f a hind, female deer, and perh. 
 also caprea, wild she-goat, these two ani- 
 
h'^ 
 
 m 
 
 :\s 
 
 mals being hardly distinguished in the 
 common usage of the Hebrew. Gen. 49, 
 21. Plur. nib*x constr. nb^x 2 Sam. 22, 
 34. Cant. 2, 7. See in masc. i:x . 
 
 "jl^^S (from b*s, q. d. Deerfteld, from 
 the number o^ deer,) Ajalon. pr. n. a) 
 A Levitical city in the tribe of Dan, 
 Josh. 10, 12. 19, 42. 21, 24. Judg. 1, 35. 
 See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 63. b) 
 A city in Zebulun, Judg. 12, 12. 
 
 V^'^^ (an oak, see I"!'!*) Elon, pr. n. 
 
 1. A city in Dan, Josh. 19, 43. 1 K. 
 4,9. 
 
 2. Of several men : a) Gen. 26. 34. 
 36, 2. b) Gen. 46. 14. c) Judg. 12, 11. 
 
 ril5'i&? (trees, a grove, perh. palm- 
 grove, see under nbx) 1 K. 9, 26. 2 K. 
 16, 6, also rb'iN (for nb-^x Lehrg. p. 467, 
 and that collect, ibr rib-N) Dent. 2, 8. 
 2 K. 14, 22. 16, 6 bis, Eloth, Elath, pr. n. 
 of a city of Idumea on the eastern gulf 
 of the Red Sea, which is called from it 
 Sinus ^lanites, or Elanitic Gulf The 
 Edomites being subdued. 2 Sam. 8, 14, 
 David took possession of it, and after 
 him Solomon, whose fleet sailed hence 
 to Ophir, 1 K. 9, 26. It was again recov- 
 ered by the Idumeans ; and once more 
 subdued by Uzziah king of Judah, 2 K. 
 14, 22 ; but Rezin king of Syria took it 
 at length from the Jews, who seem never 
 again to have recovered it, 2 K. 16, 6. 
 Josephus calls it J^llarr}, Ptolemy "jAava, 
 Pliny ^lava H. N. 6. 32 or 38. See 
 Relandi Pala^st. p. 217, 554 sq. Le 
 auien Oriens Christ. T. III. p. 758. By 
 
 Arabian writers it is called SJo! Aileh, 
 Ailat. The ruins of the former city are 
 Btill visible near to the fortress of 'Aka- 
 bah, on the N. W. Ruppell's Reisen, 
 p. 248 Bcq. FrankC 1829. Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. I. p. 241 sq. 
 
 f^^^^^ f. i. q. b^S* pr. strength^ viight, 
 then help, Ps, 22, 20. R. bix no. 2. 
 
 th^'if; plur. Q''^b"'i< and ni^^K. an ar- 
 chitectural term, which tlie Sept. Vulg. 
 and Targums make i. q. cbflx pnrcJi; 
 from which however it is manifestly 
 distinguifihed, Ez. 40, 7 sq. The niBb-^it 
 were carried round an edifice, and arc 
 usually mentioned along with the O'^^'^x ; 
 
 see Ez. 40, 16. 22. 26. 29. Comp. Boett- 
 cher Proben. p. 319, 
 
 ^r''^ (trees, perh. palm-trees) Elim, 
 pr. n. of a station of the Israelites in the 
 desert, the second after leaving Egypt, 
 with twelve fountains and seventy palm- 
 trees, Ex. 15. 27. 16, 1. Num. 33.9. With 
 He loc. nrb-x Ex. 15, 27. Geographers 
 rightly assume the place of Elim in the 
 Wady Ghurundel, a valley of that re- 
 gion ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 100, 
 105. 
 
 1^'^S? Chald. m. a tree, Dan. 4, 7. 8 sq. 
 Syr. i-lii^*| id. It corresponds to Heb. 
 "T^X ; but the Chaldee word is used in a 
 wider sense. 
 
 J^'?"^^ see in rlbi^. 
 
 ^?^i? f. i. q. n^*x (fo which it is also 
 St. constr.) a hind, as a term of endear- 
 ment towards a female, Prov. 5, 19. 
 More difficult of explanation is it in the 
 inscription oi Ps. 22 ""ncn rijl'N-br upon 
 (according to) the hind, of the dawn. 
 These words seem to be the name of 
 some other poem or song, to the measure 
 of which this Psalm was to be sung or 
 chanted ; comp. rr]5 2 Sam. 1, 18. The 
 phrase hind of the dawn prob. stands for 
 the morning sun scattering his first ravs 
 upon the earth ; just as the Arabian po- 
 ets call the rising siin the gazelle, com- 
 paring his rays with the horns of that 
 animal ; comp. '"^p. lett. e. See Schultens 
 ad Job. p. 1193 ; ad Har. Cons. V. p. 163. 
 
 * C]j;J< obsol. root, Chald. and Tal- 
 mud. C'S , to terrify. The primary idea 
 seems to be to strike dumb; comp. r. 
 CTsn , cnri ; perh. also 0^5 q. v. Hence 
 the two following: 
 
 D'^'K adj. f nB;5<, terrihlejormidahle, 
 Hab. 1, 7. Cant. 6. 4. 10. 
 
 fTH"^!* and H12X f (for rtr';s) terror, 
 dread. Dent. 32, 25. With genit. of that 
 which inspires terror ; Prov. 20, 2 va^Hf. 
 T(^^ the dread, of a king, whicii one feels 
 before him. Job 33, 7 "^ra-'N the terror of 
 vie, i. e. wliich I inspire. With He parag. 
 nna^x Ex. 15, 16. Plur. rvj-'X Ps. 55, 5. . 
 
 Pi.rn. D'^r'^N 1. terrm-s, Ps. 88, 16. 
 
 2. jV/o/.? Jer. 50, 38, so called from the 
 terror with which they inspire their 
 worshippers. Comp. nsbca . 
 
"K 43 
 
 3. Emim, pr. n. of an ancient people 
 who originally inhabited the land of 
 Moab, Gen. 14, 5. Deut. 2, 11. 
 
 "l"*^ obsol. root, i. q. "iix q. v. Hence 
 
 ! T?^ constr. ')''>||, pr. subst. nothing; 
 nothingness. Is. 40, 23 |7xb o-'rp "jrjn 
 who bringeth princes to nothing. Hence 
 adverbially: 
 
 1. nothing, nought, usually including 
 the id6a of the subst. verb to be, e. g. 
 
 1 K. 8, 9 csaxn ninb 'sa p-i liixa "px 
 nothing was in tlie ark saiie the two ta- 
 bles of stone. Ps. 19, 7. Ex. 22, 2. So 
 
 2 Sam. 19, 7 c^")a?.5 ^^ya r,b -j-^x 7jo?<g-/i 
 fo </iee are princes aiul servants. 
 
 2. no, not, including the idea of the 
 Bubst. verb, there is not, was not ; tliere 
 are not, were not, etc. i. q. V^ xb , Arab. 
 
 J^, Aram. :^^, n^b, n^^, AiTlZ 
 Num. 14, 42 cs3"ip2 niiT^ 'ps 13 for 
 Jehovah is not among you. .Tudg. 21, 25 
 t tliose duT/s b!i<nir7a -;bt; -j-ix there waj? 
 no king in Israel. Gen. 37, 29 C]Di^ I^X 
 "liaa Joseph was not in the cistern. Ps. 
 10, 4. Ex. 12, 30. Lev. 13, 31. In the 
 same phrases where O") is said affirma- 
 tively. "fX is also used negatively, as 
 '^^1 bsb mn Gen. 31, 29, and 13-17 bsb r^ 
 Neh. 5, 5. Further : a) Where' the sub- 
 ject of a sentence is a personal pronoun, 
 this latter is often appended as a suffix 
 to the word "pX ; e. g. 'JS^x / am iiot, 
 etc. Tj3'^s thou art not, etc. ~.3''X , ir3'X , 
 nrs'^X .' Dsrx , nrx ; and also with plur. 
 form (as if from B'^^X), 'i'2"3'^X, i^J'^X 
 Ps. 59, 14. 73, 5. b) "The substantive 
 verb being implied in this negative par- 
 ticle, as above, the latter is almost al- 
 ways joined with a participle ; e. g. Dan. 
 8, 5 behold, a he-goat came from the west 
 over the face of the whole earth, 533 "j'^xi 
 ynxa and touched not the ground, i. q. 
 553 X^. Esth. 3, 8. 7, 4. Ezra 3, 13. Ex. 
 5, 16 in? "px ',an straw there is none giv- 
 en, i. q. '{Hi xb. It often in this way 
 forms a periphrasis for no one, none, ne- 
 mo, Josh. 6, 1 xa -pxi xsii -j-^x none went 
 out, and, none came in. Lev. 26 6. Is. 5 
 29. Rarely joined with a finite verb. 
 Ex. 3. 2. Ecc.8, 11. Jer. 38, 5 T]ban j-^x 13 
 *^?^ C2.!^x bD-r for the king cannot do 
 any thing against you. Job 35, 15 ; and 
 80 with the particle UJ], Ps. 135, 17 -j^x 
 
 Dn'^Ba lyn td;; nor is there any breath in 
 their month. In both these passages tib 
 would be more correct. In like manner 
 the modern Arabs write iw*^ for if. 
 c) "^b i^X there is not to me, i. e. / have 
 not, I had not, etc. Lev. 11, 10. 1 Sam. 
 
 1, 2. So Arab. ^ [j**^ Before an 
 infin. it is often i. q. non licet, it is not 
 lawfid, not permitted, like ohx 'iaxiv for 
 oirx tifOT/y, and Arab. ^^ i^\S'est mihi 
 for licet mihi. Cor. 4, 94. ib. 10, 100, So 
 Esth. 4, 2 xiab 'px it is not lawful to en- 
 ter, none might enter. Ruth 4, 4. Ps. 40, 6 
 T^'^bx T("i5 "px there is nothing to compare 
 unto thee, i. e. nothing which can rightly 
 be compared, where T(i5 is poetic for 
 rpyb. d) Joined with various words: 
 d-'X -px there is no man, Gen. 31. 50. E.x, 
 
 2, 12. -inn fX Ex. 5, 11, and ms!iXT3 ,-'X 
 1 K. 18, 43, there is not any thing, ba *px 
 there is nothing at all, Ecc. 1, 9. 
 
 3. As 1^7 is sometimes i. q. to be pre- 
 sent, to be here or at hand, so "i"^!* is not 
 to be present, not to be here or at hand, 
 etc. Fr. il n''y a pas. Num. 21. 5 j'^X ''S 
 '2"''? T'X^ cnb for there is no bread here, 
 nor water. 1 Sam. 9, 4. 10, 14 and we 
 saw "i^x "a that they were nowhere. Gen, 
 2, 5. Num. 20, 5. Gen. 5, 24 of Enoch : 
 n-Tibx irx npb ^a iss-'Xi , l K. 20, 40 
 13.3-x xirti lo I he was not, i. e. he was 
 gone. So of death, Ps. 39, 14. 
 
 4. Sometimes it may be rendered 
 without, i. q. j"'xa ; but the examples 
 strictly fall back under no. 2 ; e. g. Joel 
 1, 6 strong and xvithout number, pr. ' and 
 there is no number.' Deut. 32. 4. 
 
 5. With prefixes : a) "pxa pr. in not, 
 in there not being, in defect of: a) i. q. 
 'when there was not,' Prov. 8, 24 T'xa 
 ni'ainn when there were no deeps, i. e. be- 
 fore the floods were yet created ; comp. 
 tsn-ja . /5) Often i. q. xba , withoiU. Ez. 
 38, li n^ln l-^xa without a wall. Pro v. 
 5, 23. 11, 14, 
 
 b) "i^xa as nothing, nothing wanting, 
 i. e. almost, well-nigh, Ps. 73. 2. Comp. 
 L:5"a little wanting, i. e. almost; see 
 
 c) 'pxb a) For ^X ili:5<b to whom 
 there is no, nothing, Is. 40, 29. Neh. 8, 
 10, /5) For m"in xbb so that there should 
 be no, etc. Ezra 9, 14. 
 
 d) I'^X'q pr, from there being no, i, q 
 
5< 
 
 44 
 
 i2rj< 
 
 'p!*, but intensive, none, not one; see on 
 this idiom in '{^ 1. b. 2. Jer. 10, 6. 7. 30, 
 7. So rri^ )'iC2 i. q. sdi'i ',"ii<, Is. 5, 9. 
 6, 11. 50, 2. 
 
 Note. The absol. form "|";x stands 
 only at the end of a clause ; while 
 the constr. 'f X everywhere depends on 
 something following ; e. g. Num. 20, 5 
 '(^x C^TS there is no water, for which 
 might also be said c'^'a "px . 
 
 II. 'J'?i? adv. of interrog. where ? Arab. 
 
 of 
 
 /Twi ; found only with '{0 prefixed, 'i"'X^ 
 whence ? Gen. 29, 4. Nali. 3, 7. al Ori- 
 ginally this was the same with the 
 negat. 'I'^'X I, and passed over into the 
 interrogative sense ; hence by apoc. "'X , 
 ^X, -^x III. See in "^X no. 1. Heb. 
 Gram. 150. 1. fin. 
 
 "pJ* 1 Sam. 21, 9, i. q. 'j'^X, but inter- 
 rogatively for VXin . 
 
 ^T^'^S see "'1"'^2X. 
 
 ^'X , rarely ^25? ^ f. an ephah, a 
 measure of grain, containing three seahs, 
 nxp, or ten omers, irir, Ex. 16, 36. 
 According to Josephus, Ant. 8. 2. 9, the 
 ephah contained 72 sextarii, equal to the 
 Attic (liquid) metretes, or 1993.95 Paris 
 cubic inches, about 1 ^ bush. English ; 
 Bee Boeckh Metrolog. Untersuch. pp. 
 259, 278. This is also confirmed by 
 other testimony ; so that there is doubt- 
 less an error in another passage of Jose- 
 phus, Ant. 15. 9. 2, where the ephah 
 seems to be equal to 96 sextarii, or the 
 Attic mcdimnus. 1 Sam. 17, 17. Zech. 
 6, 6 sq. Judg. 6, 19. Ruth 2, 17. Also 
 riB"Xi nE"^x a double ephah, one just, 
 the other false, Prov. 20, 10. Deut. 25, 
 14. Am. 8, 5. The origin of this word 
 is to be sought in the Egyptian lan- 
 guage ; where the Heb. ns'^x corre- 
 sponds to OOSni measure, spec, of corn, 
 modius, from r. OtJIIj HH, to number; 
 whence Sept. olql. Arab. -o , an Egyp- 
 tian measure. See Rudiger in Allg. 
 Encyclop. art. Epha. Thes. Ling. Heb. 
 in Append. 
 
 riD^S (from ''X and tva here) where ? 
 Is. 49. 21. Ruth 2, 19 ; hmP ? what kind 
 of? Judg. 8, 18. In an indirect inquiry, 
 Jer. 36, 19. 
 
 ^i'^S'lX i. q. x'EX , q. V. 
 
 "^'^, c. sufF. 'C'^X, "noix, t^^"'X; 
 Plur. C^ffl'X only thrice, Ps. 141, 4. Prov. 
 8, 4. Is. 53, 3 ; instead of which the com- 
 mon usage has substituted C^r:x (from 
 obsol. sing. ai:x), constr. "^^j'^X , c. suff 
 '''^"?^ tfi"'B:x ; also as periphrastic plur. 
 Qj'^x ':2,'comp. no. 6. 
 
 1. a 7nan. Spec, a) a male, opp. to 
 a female ; Gen. 4, 1 / have gotten a man 
 with the Lord, i. e. a man-child. 1 Sam. 
 1, 11. So even of brutes, Gen. 7, 2 ; 
 comp. 1, 27. 6, 19. So Lat. vir of beasts, 
 Virg. Eclog. 7, 7. b) a husband, opp. 
 to a wife, Ruth 1, 11. Gen. 3. 6. 29, 32. 
 34. With sufT. l:'^"l'5X our men, i. e. our 
 husbands, Jer. 44. 19. So Gr mr,^ II. 
 IS. 291 ; Lat. vir Hor. Sat. 1. 2. 127. c) 
 As opp. to an old man, one of manly age, 
 vigour, 1 Sam. 2, 33. d) Emphat. of 
 manliness, warlike valour, comp. Hithpa. 
 below. 1 Sam. 4, 9 C'crx^ rni *P;nrn 
 be strong, and be ye men ! 1 K. 2. 2. 
 Comp. Horn. II. 5. 529. e) a man, mor- 
 tal opp. to God, Job 9, 32. 12. 10. Is. 31, 
 8 ; espcc. in plur. Gen. 32, 29. Is. 7, 13. 
 Comp. Horn, ^mtj;^ m8()MV le ^em' re. 
 Opp. to beasts, Ex. 11, 7. Gen. 49, 6. 
 f ) Joined in apposition with other sub- 
 stantives, as Dino 'X a man a eunuch 
 i. e. a eunuch Jer. 38, 7 ; 'n's ex a 
 priest Lev. 21, 9; espec. with gentile 
 names, e. g. "'"irS tti-^x a Hebrew Gen. 
 39. 14. Comp. Gr. livdQfg FaXihiioi, uv- 
 diff^ 'liTQttriXlTui, Acts 1, 11. 3. 12. g) 
 With genit. of a city, land, people, it de- 
 notes a citizen, inhabitant, etc. e. g. ttJ'X 
 Vx'b"; a man of Israel, i. e. Israelite ; 
 ix'nc': "idsx 1 Sam. 7, 11 ; .Tniin-i n^-jx 
 2 Sam. 19, 42 ; also n-^yn "^ttjjx Gen. 24, 
 13. In this signif the sing. lli"'X is mo-sitly 
 
 ?ut collectively, as iiXTri tb"'X for ''irJsx 
 X-nb: Josh. 9, 6. 7. 10,' 24. Judg. 7. a s', 
 22. al. h) With genit. of a king, leader, 
 military chief, master, etc. the men of 
 any one, for his companions. foUmrers, 
 soldiers, his people, 1 Sam. 23. 3. 12. 24, 
 5. 8. 28, 1. Once perhaps spoken of 
 relatives and near friends, like Syr. 
 ,!i^ -JaS] , e. g. Ez. 24, 17. 22. where 
 e''tti:x cnb fhe bread of men. is the food 
 which rehitivoR and friiMids wore ncous- 
 tomed to send to mourners, i) So too 
 D-^rrlsx DtK and with art, t3\T^xn ta-^x . 
 
 1 '.-IT*' 
 
*K 
 
 45 
 
 tVJl 
 
 man of God, i. q. servant and minister 
 of God ; ppoken of ungels Juiig. 13, 6. 8 ; 
 of prophets 1 Sam. 2, 27 ; of Moses 
 Deut. 33, 1 ; of David 2 Chr. 8, 14. k) 
 "With genit. of an attribute, quality, vir- 
 tue, vice, etc. It denotes one possess- 
 ing that attribute or quality ; and In 
 this way the Hebrews form a peri- 
 phrasis for an adjective ; e. g. "^Nh a3''x 
 a man of form. 1. c. handsome ; C's'^ ttJ'^x 
 a man of blood, bloody ; -sb "^uiDX intel- 
 ligent, see in zb no. 1. e ; c^f\ "'iU:!? men 
 of name, famous. Gen. 6, 4 ; comp. UJ'^s 
 nonxn a husbandman, Gen. 9, 20. ij 
 Collect, for men, i. e. soldiers, troops, Is. 
 21, 9. Comp. ons Is. 22, 6. m) OS-'X 
 marks' also a man of rank, a great man, 
 noble, as opp. to D"ix a man of low con- 
 dition ; sec in C"ix no. 1. b. n) As joined 
 with numerals, we find after numerals 
 below ten n"'!t):x, as n'^ajjx n'r;a3 Gen. 
 18, 2 ; between ten and twenty some- 
 times 'X , Num. 1, 44 ; and above twen- 
 ty always ttJ-^X, 1 Sam. 14, 14. 22, 2. 18. 
 al. seep. 
 
 2. With nj* or "i, OTie another ; see 
 MS and sn . 
 
 3. Put for any man, i. e. one. some one, 
 any one, Gen. 13. 16. Ex. 16, 29. Cant. 
 8, 7. So Syr. ^.aJ) for itc, e. g. )>t9a. 
 ^aJ) a certain Jew. Plur. CCSX men, 
 certain men. like Syr. ' ^'^\ , 1 K. 20, 
 17. Jer. 37, 10. 
 
 4. each, every one. 1 K. 20, 20 !|3?1 
 "iC^X d"is< and they slew every one his 
 man.* d-ixn "X this and that man, each 
 and every one, Ps. 87, 5. Esth. 1, 8. 
 Once like Vs prefixed to another subst. 
 Gen. 15, 10 inrn rxn;?b i-nn"cj"'j< 'n'l 
 a7id laid each part of each (animal) one 
 over again.<!t the other, where Tir2~UJ"'S< 
 is i. q. lir2-53, but tlie sacred writer 
 puts tti^X foi Vb in order to correspond 
 with the following insn. So too "'X 
 Wx Gen. 9, 5. " 
 
 5. Impers. like Germ, man, Fr. on, 
 Engl. one. plur. men. e. g. one says, men 
 say, etc. 1 Sam. 9. 9 ns bxnr'^a c:th 
 13"'X nrx formerly in Israel men said 
 thus, i. q. it was said. 
 
 6. (IJ'^X "ija sons of men. as a peri- 
 phrastic plur. for men simply, Ps. 4, 3 ; 
 like cnx "-z^ , see n^ix no. 5. Sometimes 
 emphat. for the noble, the high, opp. to 
 
 onx "53. Ps. 49, 3. Prov. 8, 4 ; see no. I. 
 m, and D'lX no. 1. b. 
 
 Note. As to the etymology, we hold 
 ti^X to be a primitive word ; yet soft- 
 ened from the harsher form ti:x (Cix) 
 q. v. whence also niEX for ni:x, and 
 plur. B'^^JX . In like manner the Arabic 
 
 has ijLuof and jjLwof . 
 
 Deriv. "ptljix, pr. n. Tintli-^x, ntia-ti'^X, 
 also 
 
 f^i^ denom. verb, only in Hithpal. 
 ttStUixrn to show oneself a man, ctfdgi- 
 ^fff&ai ; Is. 46, 8 niirxrin show your- 
 selves men, be men, i. e. be wise, cast 
 away the childish trifles of idolaters. 
 Chald. irif^xnn and ii%'xrn id. 
 
 nO3"T0'^iC (man of shame, i. e. sham- 
 ing himself perh. bashful,) pr. n. Ishbo- 
 sheth, the son of Saul, who for two years 
 after the death of his father and brothers 
 reigned over eleven tribes in opposition 
 to David. 2 Sam. c. 2-4. 
 
 ^inO^S? (man of glory) Ishhod^ pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 7, 18, 
 
 'jiti'^Sl m. (dimin. from ttJ"'X) 1. a 
 little man, manikin, homunculus, and 
 with "i"^? the little man of the eye, i. e. the 
 pupil, apple of the eye, in which, as in 
 a mirror, a person sees his own image 
 reflected in miniature. Deut. 32, 10. 
 Prov. 7, 2. This pleasing image is 
 found in several languages ; e. g. Arab. 
 
 juAxJI pjLwwo* homunculus oculi, Gr. 
 
 xoojj, xoQuaiov, xooaaldiuv, Lat. pupa, 
 pupula, pupilla, Pers. d) Jwo ; see more 
 in Thesaur. p. 86. More fully Ps. 17, 8 
 '?? 5^? p'^'^'* i- 6. the pupil, daughter of 
 the eye ; see in rs no. 7. 
 2. Metaph. the middle, the midst of 
 
 any thing, like Arab, ajo apple of the 
 eye, for the midst, the summit. Hence 
 Prov. 7, 9 ill the eye-ball (pupil) of the 
 night, i. e. at midnight. 20, 20 in the very 
 eye-ball of darkness, i. e. in the midst of 
 darkness ; where in Keri is read n "il^xa 
 in the darkness of night. 
 
 "''^X Chald. for ''? Jesse, 1 Chr. 2, 
 13. 
 
 jiniiJ; for frx m. Ez. 40, 15 Keri, 
 an entrance, from r. r".rx i, q. xia to 
 
ri^i^ 46 
 
 come, to enter. In Chethibh the letter 
 Yod is transposed so as to read 'pnx'^. 
 
 ''^'''^ Chald. i. q. Heb. a);; there is, 
 
 from which it is derived. Arab. ijIIjI, 
 but only in a few phrases ; Syr. hZ,\ , in 
 Targg. n^X , Talmud. Nn\^t .Dan. 5, 11 
 ^(^^''-^^2 ^25 in'iN there is a man in thy 
 kingdom. 2, 28. 30. 3, 25. With a nega- 
 tive partic. "^n^N ah Dan. 2, 10. 11. 3, 29. 
 With plur. Dan. 3, 12. In order to ex- 
 press the various persons of the substan- 
 tive verb to be, pronouns are suffixed, 
 mostly in the plural : ^nin'^N he is Dan. 
 2, 11 ; Njn^x we are 3, 18 ; Ti'^n'^x thou 
 art 2,26; Ti^-'n'^X ye are3,U.^ These 
 forms construed with a participle, consti- 
 tute a periphrasis for the finite verb, e. g. 
 Dan. 3. 18 "pnbs NJn^s nh we worship 
 not. Where it stands absolutely, it is 
 sometimes to be rendered there is, there 
 exists, il y a, Dan. 2, 10. 11. With dat 
 i "'n'X there is to any one, he has, Ezra 
 4,16. 
 
 ''r!!''^ pr. n. see ''ri>t . 
 
 ^^'f^^i? (for 5X ^nx, God with me) 
 pr. n. m. Ithiel, Prov. 30, 1. Ithiel and 
 Ucal seem to have been children or dis- 
 ciples of Agur, to whom he addressed 
 his maxims. 
 
 *T0ri''i5 (palm-coast) Ithamar, pr. n. 
 of the youngest son of Aaron, Ex. 6, 23. 
 28, 1. 
 
 IC"'^, also IfiS Job 33, 19, for 'jn'; 
 with Aleph prosthet. from r. "in^j to be 
 perennial, constant. 
 
 1. percnnity, perpetuity, spoken espec. 
 of water. Ex. 14, 27 the sea returned 
 'i-'?'^?^ to its perpetuity i. e. to its perpet- 
 ual, ceaseless flow. Num. 24. 21 "r'^x 
 '^5'^"'^ V^V't^'ify (perpetual) is thy habi- 
 tation. Joined in the genit. with other 
 nouns : ns ,n'^X n'"iti3 perennial streams 
 P. 74, 15; 'in"'X fTi3 perennial pasture 
 i.e. ever verdant, Jer. 49, 19. 50, 44; 
 *n^K ^nj a pere7inial brook, ever flowing, 
 never faihng Dcut. 21, 4. Am. 5, 24 ; and 
 BO without bnj, 1 K. 8, 2 c"3n"^xn ni^ 
 the month of jlouing brooks. (lK<'where 
 called Tisri. the seventh niontli of the 
 Heb. year, from the new moon of October 
 to the new moon of November. Prov. 
 13, 15 the uay of tranegreesora 'jn'^K is a 
 
 ^ 
 
 perennial stream, full of water, by which 
 one may easily be borne away and over- 
 whelmed. Job 33, 19 "inx i''rs5 :n'i'Ti 
 and the strife in his bones is perpetuity] 
 perpetual. 
 
 2. firmness, strength. Gen. 49, 24 Sirn 
 i^^l^ '\^^^'^_ his bow abides in strength, 
 i. e. is strong, firm. Jer. 5, 15 'jn-'X ^1a 
 a people of strength, i. e. strong, mighty. 
 Plur. Ci'^:n\x the strong, the mighty, Yulg. 
 optimates, Job 12, 19. 
 
 3. Ethan, pr. n. an Ezrahite, (see 
 'n':!'? ,) a wise man 1 K. 5, 11 ; to whom 
 Ps. 89 is attributed in the inscription. 
 
 ^i? 1- Part, of affirmation, 7/ea, ttre- 
 ly, certainly, without doubt. Kindr. are 
 ''2', "|3, 'i=J$, seeHupfeldinZeitschr.f d. 
 Morgenl. II. 143. Gen. 44, 28 Cina TiX 
 tri'^ surely he is torn in pieces. Judg. 3, 
 24. 1 K. 22, 32. 2 K. 24, 3. Ps. 58, 12. Job 
 18, 21. Hence 
 
 2. Adv. of restriction, limitation, only, 
 merely. Ex. 10. 17 cren r^x onlythisonce. 
 Lev. 11.21 iibrxn nrrj< rjx onlythesemay 
 ye eat. Ps. 37. 8 be thou not angry (which 
 is) only for doing evil, i. e. anger is the 
 frequent source of evil. Prov. 14, 23 
 empty talk licnttb "r^x (tendeth) only to 
 penury. 11.24. 21,'5. Spec, a) Before 
 adjectives, where only is equiv. to wholly, 
 altogether. Deut. 16, 15 H-b ~x r'^'^m 
 and thou shalt be only joyfid. i. c. shalt 
 wholly rejoice. Is. 16,7 C"ixr3 r,x wholly 
 contrite. 19. 11. b) Before substantives, 
 only, nothing btit, where we may render 
 it alo7}e, merely. Ps. 139, 11 Tlr^n r,x the 
 darkness alone, i.e. nothing but the dark- 
 ness. Ps. 39, 13 b?n Tjx nothing but 
 vanity, merely vanity, c) Before ad- 
 verbs and verbs, only. i. q. wholly, comp. 
 above in lett. a. Ps. 73, 13 p"^i "^X only in 
 rain, i. c. wholly in vain. 1 Sam. 25. 21. 
 Job 19. 13 "^rriD nt r^x -SJ-i^ mine ac- 
 quaintance are wholly estranged froin me. 
 Jiidg. 20. 39. Job 23. 6. Comp. Ex. 12, 15 
 (irx-^n ci'2 r|X wholly the first day, i. e. 
 the very first day, on no other but the 
 first day. i 
 
 3. As a particle of exception, only, hut, 
 Gen. 20. 12 "'fiX r2 xb r^x only not 
 (fjoroiovxl.) thp daufrhtcr of my mother, 
 i.e. but not. Lev. 11, 4. Num. 26, 55. 
 Deut. 18, 20. Josh. 3, 4. 
 
 4. Of time, only now, i. c. jtist now, 
 
n2s 
 
 47 
 
 bx 
 
 scarcely. Gen. 27, 30 apJ-^ KU^ 5<s"; r(i< 
 fe<a WX lias? and Jacob teas scarce 
 
 gone out w/ie7i Esau his brother came 
 
 in. Judg. 7, 19. So Lat. tantum quod, 
 Cic. ad Fam. 8. 23, ^Uantum quod ex 
 Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litterai 
 redditiE sint." Vellei. 2. 117. 
 
 * "1?^ obsol. root, i. q. T|?S , IJX , to 
 hind; tlien to strengthen^ to fortify a 
 city. Hence 
 
 nSS? (fortress, castle) Acccul, pr. n. of 
 a city built by Nimrod, Gen. 10, 10. Sept. 
 *u49/ttd, comp. pas'!! and P'^^.")^ . The 
 Targums and Jerome understand Nesi- 
 bis a city of Mesopotamia. 
 
 2J?i? (for aT3 , Aleph. prosthet. r. 2T3) 
 pr. fal-sehood, deceit, but every where 
 concr. for STss bns a deceitful brook, a 
 failing torrent, soon drying up and dis- 
 appointing the hope of the traveller, 
 Jer. 15. IS. Mic. 1, 14. 0pp. "in-'S a per- 
 ennial stream. Comp. Lat. fundus men- 
 dax Hor. Carm. 3. L 30. 
 
 n''TDS? (i. q. -T=x) Achzib, pr. n. a) 
 A city on the sea-coast of Asher, be- 
 tween Acco and Tyre, Gr. Ecdippa. now 
 called ez-Zib. Josh. 19, 29. Judg. 1, 31. 
 b) A city in tlie tribe of Judah, Josh. 
 15, 44. Mic. 1, 14. Comp. a-^TS and naTS . 
 
 "^19^ "^- (^- "^l-?) W- violence, but every 
 where as concr. violent. Lam. 4, 3. Job 
 30, 21. Of poison, violent, deadly, Deut. 
 32, 33. Once in a good sense for bold, 
 brave, Job 41, 2. Hence 
 
 """^T?^ fierce, cruel, Prov. 5, 9. Jer. 6, 
 23. Also cruel, terrible; Prov. 17, 11 a 
 terrible messenger, who brings fatal tid- 
 ings, as of a sentence of death. Is. 13, 9. 
 Jer. 30, 14. 
 
 M'^ntSK f. (from -^-itax with the end- 
 ing TO, see Heb. Gram. 85.6,) ferce- 
 ness, cruelty, of wrath Prov. 27, 4. 
 
 *^T^^- f- ^ eating, a meal, 1 K. 19. 8. 
 
 tJ^DSj (r. laax) Achish, pr. n. of a king 
 of the Philistines in Gath. 1 Sam. 21, 11. 
 27, 2. 1 K. 2, 39. 
 
 * ^5^ inf constr. bbif, , with pref Vziih , 
 
 iba, c. suff. r,b3X, ib25<; fut. i>3!!<"i, in 
 
 pause bsx^, once ibs-n Ez. 42, 5. 
 1. to eat, to eat up, to devour; absol. 
 
 Deut. 27, 7. 1 Sam. 9, 13; ofkener with 
 ncc. of food ; rarely h Lam. 4, 5 ; a Ex. 
 12, 43-45. Lev. 22, il ; -,13 Lev. 7, 21. 
 25, 22. Num. 15, 19, comp. la&lnv nrog. 
 Spoken not only very frequently of 
 men, but also of beasts. Is. 1 1, 7 ; whence 
 hznn the eater, in Samson's riddle 
 Judg. 14, 14, is the lion, comp. Arab. 
 
 J|y^^lt . The following phrases are to be 
 
 noted : a.) to eat of a land, afield, a vine, 
 i. e. to eat the fruit of them. Gen. 3, 17. 
 Is. 1, 7. 36, 16, comp. 37, 30. b) to de- 
 vour sacrifices, spoken of idols in allusion 
 to the lectisternia, Deut. 32 38. Ez. 16,20, 
 c) cn^ bsij to eat bread, i. q. to take food, 
 1 K. 21, 7.' Ps. 102, 5 ; witli xb , not to 
 take food, to fast, 1 Sam. 28, 20. 30, 12. 
 Also, to take a meed, to dine or sup. to 
 feast, Gen. 31, 54. 43, 16. Jer. 41, 1. 52, 33 ; 
 comp. tpnynv u/jtov Luke 14, 1. Some- 
 times cnb b:x is simply i. q. to lire, Am. 
 7, 12. d) ni.Ti i5Eb bDJj to eat before 
 Jehovah, spoken of the sacrificial feasts 
 held in the temple, Deut. 12, 7. 18. 14,23. 
 Ex. 18, 12. e) to eat tlicjle.'ih of any one, 
 Ps. 27, 2, spoken of fierce and cruel ene- 
 mies, thirsting for one's blood. Differ- 
 ent is f ) to eat one^s ownflesh, Eccl. 4, 5, 
 spoken of the fool devoured by envy. 
 Comp. Hom. II. 6. 202 ov &v^ov KuriUbn'. 
 g) c???? , D?n bsx , to eat up or devour a 
 people, the poor, spoken of rulers or no- 
 bles who consume the wealth of a peo- 
 ple by oppression and extortion, Ps. 14, 4. 
 Prov. 30, 14. Hab. 3, 15. Comp. 5j;uo,5o- 
 Qot; jSttadsvg II. 1. 231. So also to devour 
 thejiesli of a people id. Mic. 3. 3. Else- 
 where to eat, to devour, is i. q. to consume 
 in war, by slaughter, Hos. 7, 7. Is. 9, 11. 
 Deut. 7, 16. Jer. 10, 25. 30, 16. 50, 7. 17, 
 51, 34. Comp. Judith 5, 24. h) to eat 
 or devour the words of any one, i. e. to 
 receive them greedily, to listen eagerly; 
 Gr. vpn/flv ^rjfiatn, dicta devorare. Plaut. 
 Asin. 3. 3. 59. So Jer. 15, 16 ^xai35 
 obaitl ?]''^3'7 thy words were brought to 
 me, and I did eat them, i. e. devoured 
 them eagerly, made them wholly mine. 
 (Comp. ad Carm. Samarit.4. 16.) Hence 
 is to be explained the vision of the roll 
 or volume given to the prophet to be 
 devoured, Ez. 2, 8. 3, 1 sq, comp. Rev. 
 10, 9. 10. 
 2, to devour, to consume, ofleD spoken 
 
h 
 
 48 
 
 ^5S 
 
 of inanimate things, e. g. fire, Num. 16, 
 35. 21, 28. 26, 10. Job 1, 16. al. With 3 
 Zech. 11, 1 ; comp. -ignis edax, Virg. 
 .^n. 2. 758 ; 'n:txvT<xg nvQ iuxfiiL II. 23. 
 182. Al!?o of the sword, 2 Sara. 2, 26. 
 18, 8. Deut. 32, 42 ; of famine and pesti- 
 lence Ez. 7, 15 ; of deadly disease Job 
 18, 13 ; of the wrath of God Ex. 15, 7 ; 
 of a curse Is. 24, 6 ; of heat and cold 
 Gen. 31, 40; of ardent zeal Ps. 69, 10. 
 
 3. i. q. to enjoy any thing, e. g. good, 
 good-fortune, c. 3 Job 21, 25 ; the iruits 
 of good or bad actions, sensual pleasures, 
 Prov. 30. 20 ; comp. 9, 17. So Lat. vesci 
 voluptatibus Cic. Fin. 5. 20. 
 
 4. Peril, to taste, to have the sense of 
 taste, Deut. 4, 28. 
 
 5. to eat off, i. e. to take from, to di- 
 minish. Ez. 42, 5 the upper chambers 
 itere shorter, nsn'D C^p^nx Jibai'i ^'Z for 
 the galleries took away from them, i. e. 
 crccupied part of the space. 
 
 Ni PH. b=x: , fut. bss;: , to he eaten, Ex. 
 12, 46. 13. 3. 7 ; also of what may he eat- 
 en, to be fit ibr food. Gen. 6, 21. Metaph. 
 to he devoTered by fire, Zech. 9, 4. ^^^ 
 
 PiEL Vsx i. q. Kal, like Arab, jjj, 
 to eat up, to coiisurae. Job 20, 26 "nb=Nn 
 trx a fire consumes him, for inVsxn . 
 The Dagesh forte extruded is com- 
 pensated by the long vowel Kamets ; 
 though some Mss. read ^inbsxn. See 
 Lchrg. 72. n. 2. p. 251. 
 
 PuAL to he consumed, with fire Neh. 
 2, 3. 13 ; by the sword Is. 1, 20. 
 
 Hi PH. ^"^?tr!; ftit. ^"'SX^, once 1 pers. 
 V-'aiK Hos. 11, 4 ; inf b-'sn for biaxn Ez. 
 21, 33 ; pr. to make eat up or consume, 
 e. g. the sword Ez. 21, 33. Spec, to 
 give to eat, to feed with any thing, with 
 two ace. of pers. and thing, Ex. 16, 32. 
 Num. 11, 18. Deut. 8, 16. Is. 49, 26; 
 with -(O of food, P.S. 81, 17. 
 
 Deriv. the four following, and nb'^sx, 
 ^xa, rbsxT?, n^2xi?, nVso. 
 
 ^?Si> Chald. fut. bax;; , i. q. Hob. to eat, 
 to devour. "'T '^nijfjp brx pr. to cat the 
 . pieces of any one, to eat him tip piece- 
 meal, metaph. for to slander, to acatse 
 falsely, to inform against^ Dan. 3, 8. 6, 
 25. So in Targg. T^y? ^25< for Hcb. 
 ia-n , b-ian r^ht^ . Syr. t^^ Vaf for Gr. 
 dta/Jdlku Luke 16, 1 ; whence part. 
 
 1,^1- diabolus, Arab. i^^Vi f^ Jk5^ id. 
 See also in Chald. 'f^p.. 
 
 '3S5 m. c. euff. 'i^r'J 1- ^ eating, 
 devouring, i. e. act of eating, Ex. 12, 4 
 ibrx "^S^ d"'X every one according to his 
 eating. 16, 16. 18. 21. Job 20, 21. 
 
 2. food, spec, a) grain, fruits, pro- 
 duce, provision. Gen. 14. 11. 41. 35 sq. 
 42, 7 sq. 43, 2 sq. 44, 1. b) prey, meat, 
 of wild animals, Job 9, 26. 39, 3. 32. [38, 
 41. 39, 29.] 
 
 bDX or b2S: pr. n. m. Ucal, Prov. 30, 1 ; 
 see in bx'^n-'X. 
 
 nbDSJ f. (r. bDN) food, Gen. 1, 29. 6, 
 21 ; so of the Tneat or prey of animals 
 Jer. 12, 9 ; food i. e. fuel of fire Ez. 15, 
 4.6. 
 
 1?^ adv. pr. inf absol. Hiph. from r. 
 *|13, for "i=r,, )^::n ; firmly. Josh. 3, 17. 
 4,3. Chald. rsn, 'sn. Others, i. q. 
 JS with X prosthetic. 
 
 1. Strongly affirming, surely! tndy! 
 of a certain truth ! Gen. 28, 16. Ex. 2, 
 14. Jer. 8, 8. 
 
 2. Adversat. but, yet, Ps. 31, 23. Is. 49, 
 4. 53, 4. 
 
 Vjd^ 1- to load up a beast of bur- 
 den, pr. prob. to bend, to make bow down 
 under a load, kindr. with Cjas q. v. Arab. 
 
 Off 
 
 II, to bind fast the pack-saddle ; 
 IV, to put on the pack-saddle. See de- 
 riv. "rx. Hence 
 
 2. to impel to labour, to urge on, like 
 Syr. s^f. Once Prov. 16, 26 :i3X "^3 
 WQ i-^hy for his mouth urges him on, 
 i. e. his himgcr drives him to labour. 
 The construction with bs is to be ex- 
 plained from the primary signif. of lay- 
 ing on a load. 
 
 vjii? ra. a load, burden; hence me- 
 taph. weight, dignity, authority, like 
 nias. Job 33, 7 laa": i<h r^-'hs "^csxi and 
 my dignity shall not weigh heavy upon 
 thee. So Chald. Syr. But Sept. ; x^^Q 
 fiov, and so Kimchi, regarding ?^^^. i. q. 
 CIS in the similar passage Job 13, 21. 
 The former sense is to be preferred. 
 
 * ^iS'rJ a root not in use, i. q. Arab. 
 
 oi Conj. V, to dig, espec. the earth j 
 
^3 
 
 4S 
 
 b 
 
 whence S\ . >3 ! , a pit, litch. Kindr. 
 roots are nns, 1^3, n^ip, -ijrj. Hence 
 
 "13S m. a digger, husbandman, Jer. 
 51, 23. Am. 5, 16. Plur. C'nSS, c. suff. 
 CS-nsx 2 Chr. 26, 10. Joel 1, 11. Is. 61, 5. 
 Chald. id. Syr. and Zab. ^^si . Arab. 
 
 AS\. Peril, from the same stock may 
 come Gr. </(<oV, Lat. ager, Goth, a/rr, 
 Germ. Acker, whence Engl. OAyre is a 
 measure of land. 
 
 * uJ-i^ a root not in use, Syr. h^\ to 
 he angary. Hence 'D'^SS . 
 
 5|tDDS5 (fiiscination, r. ritiS) Achshaph, 
 pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Asher, 
 Josh. 12, 20. 19, 25. 
 
 ! ^5 a negative word, like the 
 kindr. sib , ^ , -^b , xb , "^b . 
 
 1. Subst. nothing, naught. Job 24, 25 
 who will bring my speech to nought ? 
 
 2. Conj. in the sense of prohibiting, 
 dehoriing, deprecating, i. e. of wishing 
 that not, that something may not be done. 
 Joined always with the future, viz. with 
 fut. apoc. where this exists, and with 1 
 pers. paragog. Ex. 16, 29 ti'^X ssi^-bx let 
 no man go out. 1 Sam. 26, 20. In 2 pers. 
 Gen. 22, 12 r,"!^ nbcn-bx stretch not 
 forth thine hand. Jixn'^n'bi* /ear ye not 
 43, 23. Jer. 7, 4. In 1 pers. Ps. 25, 2 
 nt^i2X~bs let me not be ashamed, i. e. 
 God grant that I may not be put to 
 shame. Rarely is it separated from the 
 verb, Ps. 6, 2 "^inisin r,Bxa-bj< not in 
 thine anger reprove me. Also in impre- 
 cation. Gen. 49, 4 nnin-bs* excel thou 
 not! thou shalt have no privilege. In 
 entreaties X3 is added. Gen. 13, 8 Nj-bx 
 Tin let there not be now, I pray thee. 
 18, 3. 30. 32. The partic. sib construed 
 with the fut. is a direct and absolute 
 negative ; 'S ne forte, lest perhaps, im- 
 plies milder dissuasion. But a) A s the 
 flit. apoc. which properly expresses an 
 optative, subjunctive, or imperative idea, 
 is also put poetically for the simple fu- 
 ture (Heb. Gr. 126. 2), so bx with 
 the fut is put not only prohibitively, 
 but sometimes also poetically for the 
 simple idea of time future. So S<^.;;"bj 
 pr. a command, let him not see, ne vi- 
 deat, but poet, for simple fut. fie will 
 
 not gee, non videbit, Job 20, 17 ; comp. for 
 a similar use of the imperat. Heb. Gr. 
 127. 1. So .Hn;:"b mil not keep 
 silence Ps. 50, 3, comp. 41, 3. 2 K. 6, 27 
 nirri "r^s-^uii'^-bs Jehovah will not save 
 thee. Job 5, 22 xnTl-bx thou sfuilt (wilt) 
 not fear, there will be nothing to fear. 
 
 b) The verb is sometimes omitted, 
 whether it has preceded or not. Am. 5, 
 14 seek good sn bNl and not (seek) evil. 
 2 Sam. 1, 21 ns-'b? "1^15 bxi btt-bx no 
 dew and no rain (descend) npon you! 
 
 c) Absol. nay! not so! like fiy] for (it] 
 joiiTo yitTjiai (Aristoph. Acharn. 458) ; 
 as Gen. 19, 18 ''Sitx KJ"^^ ^^^ *^ "^'"'j 
 my lord ! Ruth 1, 13 "^nija bx not so, my 
 daughters ! i. e. let it not be. 
 
 3. Interrog. like Gr. fir}, i. q. Lat. 
 mim, whether, presupposing a negative 
 answer; see Passow Lex. /u?/ lett. C. 
 Buttm. Gr. Gram. 148. 5. Once, 1 Sam. 
 27, 10 ni^n cnadD-bx ye have then not 
 made any incursion in these days? The 
 reply is : No, for on every side dwell the 
 Hebrews, my countrymen. 
 
 Deriv. perh. b"^bit, since the assumed 
 root bbx I, is quite doubtful. 
 
 51:5 Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 3, but found 
 only in the biblical Chaldee, Dan. 2, 24. 
 4, 16. 5, 10. 
 
 II. -'^ the Arabic article, i. q. Heb. 
 bn, prefixed to a few Hebrew words in the 
 O. T. which are either of Arabic origin,, 
 or at least have been received through 
 the Arabic into the Hebrew ; see ttS'SJ^bx, 
 D-'spbx , Tiiribx , C>ipbx . Kindred is the 
 demonstr. pron. plur. bx , nbx , q. v. 
 
 I- ^S? m. 1. Particip. of the verb- 
 b>iX , b'X , no. 2. strong, mighty, a mighty- 
 one, hero, champion; comp. b"is< no. 1. 
 (See note.) Sing. Ez. 31, 11 D-^ia bx 
 the mighty one, hero, among the nations, 
 i. e. Nebuchadnezzar ; Sept. agxav i&roiv. 
 (Many Mss. read ff^is b'^x, and so espec. 
 Babylonish copies.) Is. 9, 5 maa bx the 
 mighty hero, i. e. the Messiah. Is. 10, 21 
 of God. Kindred to this is the phrase 
 in Plur. Ez. 32, 21 B''-ii35 "'bx (23 Mss. 
 '^b'^x) pr. the mighty among the heroes, 
 i. e. the mightiest heroes, comp. Lehrg. 
 p. 678. So Job 41, 17 D-'bx , where many 
 Mss. and editions read D''b^^ 
 
 2. strength, might, power, comp. bx''2K 
 
b.s; 
 
 50 
 
 Sr*- 
 
 So in the phrase '^'i^ hi<h 'r^ it is in the 
 power of my hand, in my power, e. g. 
 Gen. 31, 29 ns^ 03535 r\it'jh i-i; b^h tti;] . 
 Prov. 3, 27. Mie. 2, 1 ; also negatively, 
 Deut. 28, 32 ?("!; bxb 'i^N nothing is in 
 the power of thy hand, thou canst avail 
 nothing. Neh. 5, 5. The ^ here indi- 
 cates state or condition. Some, with a 
 very slight perception of the nature of 
 this phrase, understand bs of God, and 
 render: my hand is for God, i. e. instead 
 of God, comp. Job 12, 6. Hab. 1, 11 ; also 
 Virg. ^n. 10. 773 De.vtra mihi Deus, 
 etc. Those passages are indeed paral- 
 lel among themselves ; but have nothing 
 to do with this phrase. See in rti^s . 
 
 3. God, the Mighty One, the Almighty. 
 In order to illustrate how far the Hebrew 
 usage in respect to the names of God, as 
 ^i<, D^Y:=?<, nin-i, n'l, is synonymous, 
 we note here the following in respect to 
 this word : a) In prose, when spoken of 
 God y.ttz fio/t'iv, it never stands alone, 
 but always either with an attribute, as 
 "O"'^? bx, -^r bx, xsp bx,-n is ; or with 
 another name of God, as b^'nir" "'n'sx PS 
 Gen. 33, 20 ; rpss ^^?s bxn Gen. 46, 3 
 rrini c^ribn bs Josh. '22. 22. Ps. 50, 1, 
 where it may be rendered, God of gods, 
 Jehovah, comp. Dan. 11, 36 C^bx bx ; or 
 lastly with the genitive of a place or 
 person of which God is called the God, 
 as bx-n-^5 bx Gen. 31, 13. b) Far more 
 frequently it is the poetic name lor God, 
 and stands in poetry very often alone, 
 sometimes with the art. bxrt. Ps. 18, 31. 
 33. 48. 68, 21. Job 8, 3. cVlt takes the 
 suff. of 1 pers. "'bs my God ! Ps. 18, 3. 
 22, 2. 11. The other suffixes are never 
 found with it ; and for thy God. his God, 
 etc. is always said ~pln'bi<, i"''7bx. d)It 
 is also a general name for a divinity, and 
 is thus used of idols ; either alone Is. 44, 
 10. 15; or with an epithet, as "iHX bx an- 
 other god Ex. 34, 14, "IT bx a strange 
 god Ps. 81, 10. 
 
 To God is said in Scripture to belong 
 whatever is excellent, distinguished, 
 superior in its kind; since the ancients 
 were accustomed to refer all excellence 
 directly to the deity as its immediate 
 author. Hence bK "'nx Ps. 80, 11 cedars 
 qf God, i. e. the loftiest, most beautiful, 
 as if planted by Jehovah ; comp. "^SS 
 r;jn'; ?. 104, 16, ninn |a Gen. 13, lo! 
 
 So bx ''"n-ifi moitntains of God Ps. 36, 7. 
 Comp. ulc dla, 87u yirxxidalfiMv. See in 
 ta-^n-bx no. 6. 
 
 Plur. cbx 1. mighty ones, heroes ; 
 see above in Sing. no. 1. 
 
 2. gods, in a wider sense, spoken oi 
 Jehovah and also heathen gods, Ex. 15, 
 11, comp. 18, 11. Dan. 11, 36 c"^bx bx 
 God of gods, i. e. the supreme God. Also 
 c-ibx ^33 Ps.29, 1. 89,7, smsofthe gods, 
 by an idiom of Heb. and Syriac syntax, 
 poet, for sons of God, i. e. angels. 
 
 Note. Following the example of most 
 etymologists, we have above referred bx 
 to the root b^ix ; but to speak more accu- 
 rately, bx would seem, rather to be a 
 primitive word, yet adapted in a certain 
 measure to an etymology from b^ix, so 
 that to the mind of the Hebrew it always 
 presented the idea of strength and power. 
 However this may be, we may note in 
 respect to Semitic usage : a) That from 
 
 s s S 
 
 the word bx (Arab. Jot, j|, and Jl) 
 as from a root or stem, are formed several 
 other derivative words, e. g. nbx to invoke 
 
 ^ \^ 
 God, espec. in an oath ; <^bx , xj| , to wor- 
 
 ship God; also ttibx, nbx, sNIf, God; 
 comp. auci to be a father, )Zavs| fathers, 
 from wc] . b) That in Hebrew, besides 
 bx , which follows the analogy of verbs 
 "IS, there are two other forms follow- 
 ing the analogy o'i verbs rtb, viz. 
 bx, 'bx, which are usual in pr. names, 
 
 comp. 
 
 cp-^bx, a-itJ'ibx, ribTa''bx, etc.- 
 
 Among the Phenicians, ^llji, 'lloi;, was 
 iised 7tuTf'^oxi,v of Saturn; see Monurti. 
 Phcenic. p. 406. 
 
 II. 3N pron. plur. i. q. fn^X these, Lat. 
 hi, hce, here, found only in the Pentateuch 
 and in 1 Chr. 20, 8. Kindred is the form 
 
 of the art. bn, Arab. Jf. 
 
 ^'*' '^, only in constr, ^^, almost al- 
 ways with Makkeph, (without Makk. 
 2 Sam. 8, 7. 1 K. 7, 34,) rarely and poet. 
 in Plur. constr. ''bx Job 3, 22. 5. 2Q. 
 
 15, 22. 29, 19, (comp. Arab. Jf ,) plur. c. 
 suff. 'bx, r^-^bx, rbx, sirbx. Ds-bx, 
 dn-'bx and Dfnbx, once on"<bx Ez. 31. 14, 
 poet, 'in'^bx Ps. 2, 5 ; pr. a subst. implying 
 motion and direction to or towards a 
 
M 
 
 51 
 
 ^ 
 
 place, but in common usage always 
 passing over into a preposition. 
 
 A) Prep, fiignifying in general to tend 
 or verge to or towards a place, whether 
 one reaches and so enters that place, or 
 not ; whether spoken of motion or direc- 
 tion of the body, or of the mind, thoughts, 
 attention, etc. i. q. to, into, towards; Lat. 
 ad, versus, in; Germ, zu, gen; Greek 
 n^oi, tig. It differs from b , which is 
 abridged from it, chiefly in being more 
 commonly used in the physical and pro- 
 per sense ; see under b. Spec. 
 
 1. Of motion to a place, to, unto, io- 
 vsards ; cspec. with verbs of going, "bfi , 
 ia, niaS Gen. 8, 9, in'; 2 K. 1, 15, nbs 
 Deut. 17, 8, 7^ Gen. 24 29, snj? Ex. U, 
 20 ; of placing, casting. 1 Sam. 6, 1 1. Lev. 
 1, 16. Is. 5, 14 ; also of giving, delivering 
 over, Ex. 25, 16. 21 ; of selling, Joel 4, 8 ; 
 and with other like verbs, where the Lat. 
 and Germ, use the dative, the French 
 and Engl, d, to. Sometimes in construc- 
 tio prregnans, as bx n:T to commit whore- 
 dom (by going in) unto, Num. 25, 1. Ez. 
 16, 29 ; bx 'C'n to seek an oracle (in 
 turning) unto any one Is. 8. 19. 0pp. is 
 ',, as n^jsn-bx nsi3n,i3 /rom end to 
 end Ex. 26^28; ns-bx nsa Ezra 9, 11. 
 Of time, Qi''"bx ni'O from day to day. 
 Num. 30, 15. 1 Chr. 9, 25. 
 
 2. Of a turning or direction to or to- 
 wards any thing, e. g. a) Of the body, 
 as after verbs of turning. Is. 38. 2 ; of 
 looking, beholding, Gen. 4, 4. 5. Ex. 3. 6 ; 
 of speaking, 19, 9 ; of commanding, 
 Num. 36, 13. b) Of the mind, as after 
 verbs of desiring, Lam. 4, 17 ; of expect- 
 ing, Hos. 12, 7 ; of accustoming oneself, 
 Jer. 10. 2. 
 
 3. Where the motion or direction is 
 hostile, against, contra, like nc, n()6s, 
 oftener ini. Gen. 4, 8 b^n-bx -t"]^ ci^^n 
 1T|X a7id Cain rose up against Abel his 
 brother. Is. 3, 8 '^'^ bx cn/bbriai csit^b 
 their tongue and their doings were 
 against Jehovah. 2. 4. Josh. 10, 6. Judg. 
 12, 3. 20, 30. Hence after a verb of con- 
 tending, fighting, Hos. 12, 5. Espec. be- 
 longs here the phrase ca'ibx ''rin lo ! I 
 am against you^ (Targ. ecce mitto iram 
 meam contra cos.) Ez. 13, 8. 21, 8. 34. 10. 
 Jer. 50, 31. 51, 25. Nah. 2. 14; which also 
 very rarely is taken in the opp. sense, 
 lo! 1 am for you, Ez. 36, 9. So too bx 
 
 is taken in a sense of favour, taitarda] 
 2 Chr. 16, 9 rbx cb^J ossb their heart 
 is upright toward him. 2 Sam. 3, 8. 
 Comp. Ex. 14, 5. 
 
 4. Denoting also the reaching or at- 
 taining to any term, limit, object, even to, 
 usque ad, i.q. IS. Jer. 51,9 hi^jiulgment 
 (punishment) reachelh C^JSTsn'bN even 
 unto heaven. W^B'bx even unto his mouth 
 Job 40, 23. Metapli. Hos. 9, 1 rejoice 
 not, Israel, b"'a"bx even unto joy. Job 3, 
 22. To these latter examples may not 
 unaptly be applied the remark of the 
 Arabian Grammarians, that ^t includes 
 what is of the same kind, but excludes 
 what is of a different kind ; see Cent. 
 Reg. p. 44, 45. Here belongs also the 
 use of bx : a) As denoting measure, 
 e. g. nBX"bx Gen. 6, 16, even to a cubit, 
 a cubit long ; comp. Gr. tig iviavrov till 
 the completion of a year, a year long ; 
 fig T^iiiiv r/fifQtxv, Bast. Ep. Grit. p. 12.13. 
 Schaef Ellips. p. 108. b) Compounded, 
 j^-bx even oitt of. Job 5, 5 B-^sao-bxi 
 1in|37 and taketh it even out of tlie thorns, 
 i. e. thorn-hedges which enclose fields, 
 etc. Comp. the like use of b Deut. 24, 
 5 ; also IS Judg. 4, 16. In Arabic we 
 
 may compare \^ utique ex. Cor. 26, 
 
 41, pr. adeo ex. Indeed J seems to 
 have been derived from this signification 
 ofbx. 
 
 5. As implying the entering or passing 
 into a term, limit, object, into, fig, i. q. 
 the fuller '^'in-bx. Deut. 23,25 "i"?b3-bx 
 pn xb thou shall not put (grapes) into 
 thy vessel, n^rirt'bx Xi2 to come into the 
 ark Gen. 6, 18. 7, 1. 8, 9 ; n-^an-bx into 
 the house Gen. 19, 3. 2 Sam. 5, 8 ; on-bx 
 (to cast) into the sea Jon. 1, 5 ; '}'|)xn~bx 
 into the landDcui. 11,29. Hence.where 
 spoken of a number or multitude, it may 
 be rendered among, i. q. the fuller 'i''2"bx . 
 Jer. 4, 3 sow not C^Sip'bx among thorns. 
 1 Sam. 10. 22 lo. lie hath hid himself 
 D'bsn'bx among the baggage. 
 
 6. As we have seen above (no. 1) 
 that bx is used to denote giving, so also 
 it expresses an adding, superadding, 
 (comp. bx Ci-^O-in 1 K. 10, 7.) to, i. e. in 
 addition to, together with, besides; comp. 
 Gr. fJil loltTi besides these, and Arab. 
 Jt for *jo Cor. 4, 2. Cent. Reg. p. 43. 
 
b 
 
 52 
 
 bM 
 
 Lev. 18, 18 nor shall thou take a wife 
 nninx-bx to her sister. Lam. 3, 41 N^3 
 bx-bx CiBS-bx siJSab let us lift up our 
 heart with our hands unto God ; Sept. 
 inX ;^i?wi', Arab, mji . After a verb of 
 
 joining together, Dan. 11, 23. But the 
 prep, hy is more frequent in this sense. 
 
 7. Metaph. of regarding, having re- 
 spect to any thing ; hence a) in respect 
 to, as to, Ex. 14, 5 ; comp. Gr. tig (liv 
 -lavta. b) on account of, because of, 
 propter. Ez. 44, 7 Da-^niriSitn-bs-bN be- 
 i:ause of all your abominations ; comp. 
 V. 6 where in the same connection is 
 read '{o , and v. 11 where it is 2 . 2 Sam. 
 21, 1. 1 K. 14, 5. 21, 22. So Vx naa to 
 weep on account of for any one, 2 Sam. 
 1, 24; bx pniu, bH cnsn Judg. 21, 6. 
 c) about, concerning, of, after verbs of 
 speaking, narrating, as 'I'SN Gen. 20, 2, 
 IS'n Jer. 40, 16, ISO Ps. 69, 27 ; also of 
 hearing Ez. 19, 4, bx ns:i7:a3 tidings 
 about any thing 1 Sam. 4, 19. (Comp. in 
 N. T. t? Acts 2, 25. Eph. 5, 32.) See 
 also 1 Sam. 1, 27 ""rib^enn n.trt irsn-bx 
 for {concerning) this child I prayed ; 
 where bx marks also the end or object 
 of the prayer. 
 
 8. Metaph. also of a rule or norm, ac- 
 cording to, secundum ; as "^Q'bx accord- 
 ing to the commandment Josh. 15, 13. 
 17, 4 ; "jiSS'bx according to the certainty, 
 for certain, 1 Sam. 26, 4 ; nibTlsn-bx ad 
 tibias Ps. 5, 1. 80, 1. So too after verbs 
 of likeness, as "^'9'^, ^^P?, q- v. 
 
 9. When put before prepositions de- 
 noting rest in a place, bx gives to them 
 the signif of motion or direction to, to- 
 wards that place ; b y^ms without, out 
 of doors, but b "j/iiriTS'bx to wiihoxit.forth 
 without Lev. 4, 12, comp. foris and fo- 
 ras ; "ps between, 'p3"bx in between Ez. 
 10, 2. 31, 10. Comp. '^":inx-b5<, n-'aia-bx, 
 ^ 25:^"bx Josh. 15, 3, n2j-bx, rnn-bx. 
 
 B) Less frequently and in a less accu- 
 rate use of language, but yet in many 
 certain and definite examples, bx as 
 Prep, is used also of rest or delay at, on, 
 in a place to which one has come ; comp. 
 b lett. B, and also Gr. ik. ig, for ^v, as ^g 
 dofiovg fiivHV Soph. Aj. 80, oi'xuSe /jivfiv, 
 see PasHow Gr. Lex. ^v no. 6. Bern hardy 
 Gr. Synt. p. 215, 216. So in common 
 Engl, to home, to bed ; Germ, zu Hause, 
 
 zu Leipzig ; comp. vice versa also )'U at 
 a place, no. 3. h. In all this, however, 
 the idea of motion is not wholly lost, 
 viz. a motion which preceded. Hence 
 spec. 
 
 1. at, by, near, )r:h^r^-hi< SIS'; to sit 
 at table. Germ, zzi Tische sitzen, 1 K. 
 13, 20 ; comp. eg ^Qorovg IXovto Od. 4. 51. 
 Jer. 41, 12 n"'3'i c^^s-bx irx ^ix::^"*! tliey 
 found him by the great waters near Gi- 
 beon, comp. 2 Sam. 2, 13. BIbl. Res. in 
 Palest, n. p. 136, 138. 1 Sam. 17, 3 the 
 Philistines stood by a mountain on this 
 side ; where the same sense would be 
 given by "inn",'a , see '^_ no. 3. h. "bi$ 
 nr23 at the hill Josh. 5. 3. Ez. 7, 18 
 n^ia D"';5-bs-bx shame shall be on all 
 faces ; comp. just after, Ctn"icx'n"b23 . 
 Here does not belong Gen. 24, 11 T|"i2?T 
 C'la '-,X3-bx...c^^?2jrf, which Winer 
 inaccurately renders : bibendum dedit 
 ad puteum aqiice, but which strictly sig- 
 nifies, ' he made them kneel down to the 
 well of water,' a verb of motion. 
 
 2. in, at, as in the phrase of Sophoc. 
 ig (JojUoi'c fts'vtiv. Deut. 16, 6 ~bx~cx "'S 
 noBfi-rx nam Da...c'ipfin but in the 
 place which Jehovah shall choose . . . there 
 shalt thou sacrifce the passover. (Sa- 
 mar. Cod. fiip^a.) Ps. 5. 8. 1 K. 8, 30 
 t:';int-n-bx ?^n32J O'ipa-bx s^irn nnxi 
 hear thou in thy dwelling-place in hea- 
 ven. Here by a slight change it might 
 be : ' let our prayers come up into hea- 
 ven ;' but as the words now stand, bx 
 follows a verb of rest. Gen. 6, 6 32isr*5 
 iab~bx it grieved him at his heart, he 
 felt grief in his heart ; not, as Winer 
 renders, ' it grieved him to his heart ;* 
 since 3S?rfi as being intrans. does not 
 express the idea of penetrating into the 
 mind. Hence also 
 
 3. bx as sometimes put before parti- 
 cles denoting rest in a place, does not 
 always change the sense ; comp. above 
 in A. 9. 1 Sam. 21, 5 nnn-bx bn cnb ,>! 
 ''"i^ tliere is no common bread under my 
 hand. blB-bx for b!\?3 q. v. 
 
 Note. Other significations have been 
 ascribed to bx . which are f()reign to its 
 true power; e. g. with, appealing to 
 Num. 25, 1. Josh. 11, 18, see in A. 1, 3, 
 but comp. in no. 6 ; also by, with, Jer. 
 33, 4, etc. 
 
sbi^ 
 
 63 
 
 S^^J* (terebinth, i. q. nVx) Ela, pr. n. 
 m. 1 K. I. 18. 
 
 'a^bs m. i. q. 2i"'2> ice, xgrnrak- 
 log, whence i''=abx "'SZX pr. stotics of 
 ice, i. e. hail-stoties, hail, Ex. 13, U. 13. 
 38, 22. The word perhaps is rather 
 
 > f 
 
 Arabic than Hebrew, viz. (j-^^l , which 
 
 the Camoos p. 742 explains by tXxiLit 
 i. e. concretum, spec, congelatum. See 
 in bx II. 
 
 D"'Ta^abx see Q^aiabx . 
 
 : - \ - 
 
 *T^bS (whom God lovcth, Theophilus) 
 Eldarl, pr. n. m. Num. 11, 26. 27. 
 
 ^^'l'?^ (whom God calls, see fi^"^) 
 Eldaah, pr. n. of a son of Midian, Gen. 
 25,4. 
 
 * n5!!jl a root not in use, Arab. Jt 
 to worship God, to adm-e ; mid. Kesra 
 to he astonished, affrighted. See note 
 under bx I ; corap. Ptibx . 
 
 ON I. pr. to he round, rotund ; 
 hence to he thick, fat, gross ; kindr. with 
 r. ilS , comp. espec. blit abdomen, belly, 
 
 Ps. 73, 4. Arab. ^ to have thick but- 
 tocks, of a man ; to have a fat tail, of a 
 sheep. Hence n^^X . 
 
 II. Denom. from Vx I, where see note ; 
 pr. to call on God, to invoke God ; hence 
 ^& _,^% 
 
 1. to swear, Arab. ^| for^'t Conj. IV, 
 V, pr. to call on God as a witness, to af- 
 firm by God. 1 K. 8. 31. 
 
 2. to curse, Judg. 17, 2. Hos. 4, 2. 
 
 3. to lament, to wail, pr. to call on God 
 for mercy, like Engl. ' God have mercy !' 
 Joel 1, 8. 
 
 Note. It may perhaps be worth in- 
 quiry, whether this root be not strictly 
 onomatopoetic, like V?^ , bbx ; and then 
 the signification which we have here put 
 last (no. 3), would be the primary one. 
 
 HiPH. to cause to swear, to bind hy an 
 oath, c. ace. 1 K. 8, 31. 2 Chr. 6, 22. 
 1 Sam. 14, 24. Put. apoc. bx'"] irom 
 rtx-i for nbx^ 1 Sam. I. c. 
 
 beriv. n^!< and nbxn . 
 
 ^^SJ f. Kamets impure, from tiVx no. 
 II, for n^XX , which again is for i^xbx , 
 
 ni^X, Arab, slit, see Lehrg, p. 509. 
 ^ 6* 
 
 1. an oath. nVixa xia to come into or 
 under an oath, i. c. to take an oath, Neh. 
 10, 30 ; hence n^X3 X'sn to put to an 
 oath Ez. 17, 13. So ""Pbx my oath, l e. 
 sworn to me. Gen. 24, 41. 
 
 2. an oatk of covenant, a sworn cove- 
 nant, Gen. 26, 28. Deut. 29, 11. 14. Ez. 
 16, 59. 
 
 3. an imprecation, curse, cvecration, 
 Num. 5, 21. Is. 24, 6. nbx-nr=tti an oath 
 of cursing, i. e. joined with curses. Num. 
 
 5, 21. nbxb n^n to he for an execration 
 Jer. 44, 12. '42' 18. Plur. nibx curses, 
 execrations. Num. 5, 23. Deut. 29, 11. 
 
 n^i? f. an oak, Josh. 24, 26, i. q. li^X . 
 R. bbx III. 
 
 nbs? C (r. Vi^X) i. q. Is^X no. 2, a strong 
 hardy tree, spec, a terebinth, PLslacia 
 Terehinthus Linn, a tree common in 
 Palestine, long-lived, and therefore often 
 employed for landmarks and in designa- 
 ting places, Gen. 35, 4. Judg. 6, 11. 19. 
 According to Pliny (16. 12) it is an ever- 
 green ; but this is contrary to the fact. 
 The ancient versions render it sometimes 
 a terebinth, and sometimes an oak ; see 
 more in Thesaur. p. 50, 51. Hence the 
 word would seem to have been taken in 
 a broader signification, for any large and 
 durable tree, like Gr. Sqiq. The modern 
 name is J^ hutm ; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. III. p. 15. 
 
 f^5S? Chald. m. emphat. Xrtbx, i. q. 
 Heb. nilsx a god, generally Dan. 3, 28. 
 
 6, 8. 13 ; Stat, emphat. spec, of Jehovah 
 Dan. 2, 20. 3, 32. With a prefix, n^xi) 
 2, 19; but also with suffix contr. tnnbxa 
 Dan. 6, 24. Plur. ,^^?x gods Dan. 2,'ll" 
 5, 4. 11. 23. 'pnbx la a son of the gods 
 Dan. 3, 25. 
 
 ^1^ pron. demonstr. plur. coram. ^A^se. 
 Lat. hi, hce, hcec, employed in common 
 usage as the plural of nT this. The 
 simple form is bx q. v, which is less 
 frequent ; the ending n ,, has a de- 
 monstrative power, comp. t^in . Arab. 
 
 i;t, J!, !^J, fem. ^^t, Ethiop. ?iA- 
 
 hi, 'h A. hae, Chald. r^X -It refers both 
 to what follows. Gen. 2, 4. 6, 9. 11, 10; 
 and also to what precedes. Gen. 9, 19. 
 10, 20. 29.^ 31. Usually put after the 
 noun, as '"i|xn nin^-n Gen. 15. 1 : rare- 
 
nb 
 
 54 
 
 lb 
 
 ly before the noun, where it is dfiy.xtxbK, 
 Ps. 73, 12. Comp. til. Sometimes it 
 is thrice repeated, Is. 49, 12. Like MT it 
 refers also to space, nibx~n3 i. q. nT 13 
 Lev. 26, 18. Some suppose n^J< to be 
 used also for the Sing, as 2 Chron. 3, 3. 
 Ez. 46, 24. Ezra 1. 9 ; but these passages 
 are uncertain. See on this pron. Hup- 
 feld in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. XL 161. 
 
 tibi^^ , D-'n'bN , see Ribx . 
 
 1^5$ Chald. see, lo, behold! i. q. ^i-^N 
 q. V. Dan. 2, 31. 4, 7. 7, 8. Comp. under 
 lett. b . 
 
 ^!5i? if^ although, a particle of the later 
 Hebrew, Ecc. 6, 6. Esth. 7, 4. Syr. 
 olikl . According to Hupfeld (Zeitschr. 
 f d. Morgenl. II. 130) it is i. q. ^h with 
 the demonstr. 'jX prefixed. 
 
 rt155? m. a god, God, with pref. and 
 suff. rj'sxb Dan. 11, 38, inVxb Hab. 1, 11. 
 
 Arab, s^lt , Jt , c. art. aJJt the true 
 God, Syr. i<Ti^, Chald. tnbx. In uni- 
 son with Aramaean usage, the form of 
 the singular is employed only in the 
 poetic style and later Hebrew ; while 
 the pluralis majestaticus v. excellentice, 
 C^'^X , is the common and very frequent 
 form. 
 
 Sing. 1. a god, i. e. any god, Dan. 
 11, 37. 38. 39.. 2 Chr. 32, 15. Neh. 9, 17. 
 So in the proverbial phrase, Hab. 1, 
 11 in^xb inb ^IT this his strength is his 
 god, spoken of a self-confident person 
 who contemns God, and trusts to the 
 strength of his own hand and sword. 
 Comp. Job 12, 6 in;!! nibx xian -I'rx 
 who carries his god in his hand, i. e. his 
 sword, weapons. Comp. Virg. JEn. 10. 
 773 Dextra mihi deiLS, et telum . . . Nunc 
 adsint. 
 
 2. More comm. God, the true God xat 
 
 i^oxrtv, for rribxn , xXll , Dcut. 32, 15. 
 Ps. 50, 22 ; and often in the book of Job. 
 Constr. with an adj. sing. Dcut. I.e. and 
 plur. Job 35, 10. 
 
 Pi.uR. '^^'^ with pref. contr. Cirj'bxa, 
 tt'^n'bxB , D"'n''bxb . 
 
 A) In a plural sense : 1. god^<<, deities, 
 in general, true or false. tr'\:sro inbx 
 the gods of Hie Egyptians Ex. 12, 12. 
 nsin Thvt. strange ov foreign gods Gen. 
 
 35, 2.4. Deut. 29, 18. o"^riri fi-rrbx new 
 gods 32, 17. Sometimes in the language 
 of common life, both Jehovah and idols 
 are included under this common appel- 
 lation ; as Ps. 86, 8 among the gods 
 there is none like unto thee, O Lord! 
 Ex. 18, 11. 22, 19. But elsewhere the 
 attribute of deity is expressly denied to 
 idols, and ascribed to Jehovah alone, as 
 Is. 44, 6 besides me there is no god. 45, 
 5. 14. 21. 46, 9. Idols are even called 
 C^nbx-Nb no-gods 2 Chr. 13, 9. 
 
 2. Once of kings, i. q. Dinbx "^aa, Ps. 
 82, 1 ; espec. v. 6. 
 
 Note. Many interpreters, both an- 
 cient and modern, assign also to CTi'bx 
 the signif angels, see Ps. 8, 6 ibique 
 Sept. et Chald. 82, 1. 97, 7. 138, 1 ; and 
 also judges, Ex. 21, 6. 22, 7. 8. For an 
 examination and refutation of this opin- 
 ion, see Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 95. 
 
 B) In the sense of the Sing, spoken 
 o^ one God ; see on this pluralis niajes- 
 tatis s. excellentice, Lehrg. p. 663, 664. 
 Heb. Gram. 106. 2. b. Construed with 
 verbs (Gen. 1, 1. 3 sq.) and adjectives 
 singular, as -^n DTi-bx 2 K. 19," 4. 16 ; 
 pia D^nbx Ps. 7, 10. 57, 3. 78, 56. 
 Construed with a verb plural only in 
 certain formulas, retained possibly from 
 the usage of polytheism, in which D'Ti'bx 
 may perhaps be translated in the plvaral 
 and understood of the higher powers 
 or intelligences. Gen. 20, 13 "^nx iiynn 
 cn^?* q- d. the gods caused me to wan- 
 der. 35, 7. Ex. 22, 8. 32, 4. 8. 2 Sam. 7, 
 23. 1 K. 19, 2. Ps. 58, 12. Comp. Com- 
 ment, de Pent. Sam. p. 58. Hence 
 
 1. any god, deity. Deut. 32. 39 there 
 is no god besides me. Ps. 14. 1. So 
 where the divine nature is opp. to the 
 human, Ez. 28, 2. Ps. 8, 6 thou hast made 
 him but Utile less than a god; comp. 
 Heb. 2, 7. 
 
 2. an idol-god, god of the heathen. 
 Ex. 32, 1 make us a god, i. e. an idol. 
 1 Sam. 5, 7 Dagon our god. 2 K. 1, 2. 
 3. 6. 10. So of a goddess, IK. 11, 5. 
 
 3. the God of any one, is the god 
 whom one worships, his domestic and 
 tutelary god, d^ihg fnixo'tfiioc. Jon. 1, 5 
 they cried ei'ery one unto his god. Ruth 
 1, 16. Gen. 17, 7. 8. 28, 21. So the God 
 of Israel is Jehovah, hence very often 
 called bxnb-i 'rrbx Ex. 5, 1. Pa. 41, 14 ; 
 
Ibx 65 
 
 ap3|? 'n'^sj Pb. 20, 2. 46, 8 ; and connect- 
 ed 'H'^x njni Ps. 18. 29, 'T'n'^x "jn"; in 
 Deuteronomy more tlmn 200 times. 
 
 4. More rarely followed by a genit. 
 expressing that over which the deity 
 presides, or which lie has created ; e, g. 
 ynxrjT DiT2'i'n ^^^x Gen. 24, 3; "'n'^x 
 nixasn the God of hosts, L e. of the 
 celestial hosts, Am. 3, 13. So with an 
 attribute of God, as "{O'A "'nbx the God 
 of truth Is. 65, 16. 
 
 5. Q^'"7'^i< is put for a godlike shape, 
 apparition, spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 13, where 
 the sorceress says to Saul, F see a god- 
 like form ascending otd of the earth. 
 
 6. With the art. D-^nlaxn, GOD, xai 
 
 ilo/i,y, the one true God; Arab. aJU! in 
 
 the well known formula iJUi ^t sJt ^ 
 
 'there is no god but God.' Comp. Ps. 
 77, 14. Dcut. 4, 35 ^^^^?<^ xin ni.Ti -^3 
 for Jehovah he is (lie true God. 1 K. 18, 
 21 if Jehovah be God, follow him; if 
 Baal, follow him. v. 37. Deut. 7, 9. 
 Hence DTi'ssn very freq. for Jehovah, 
 Gen. 5, 22. 6^ 9. 11. 17, 18. 20, 6. 17. al. 
 sflepiss. But the same is also D'^n'^x 
 without the art. Josh. 22, 34; and this 
 is very often used both in prose and in 
 poetry for i^)^"^, , with scarcely any dis- 
 tinction ; either so that both names are 
 employed together, or the use of one or 
 the other depends on the nature of the 
 formula and a certain usus loquendi, or on 
 the taste and usage of particular writers. 
 Thus we find constantly Q'^n'^X ^53, and 
 on the other hand tiin'i n"'ir-Q , hin'^^ DX3 ; 
 while in other instances the usage is pro- 
 miscuous, as nini ^3^ and D'^nbxri las 
 Dan. 9, 11 ; ninV nn and cn'ss nh 
 Gen. 1, 2. 41, 'ss! Ex. 31, 3. On the 
 special usage of different writers, see 
 the remarks in Thesaur. p. 97, 98, 
 
 To God is said in the Scriptures to 
 belong whatever is excellent, distin- 
 guished, pre-eminent in its kind, or 
 which bears an august or divine appear- 
 ance, TO &iiov ; since this was regarded 
 by the ancients as especially^roceeding 
 from, or created of God; e. g. the moun- 
 tain of God Ps. 68, 16 ; river of God Ps. 
 65, 10 ; B'^n'jx rnn terror of God, i. e, 
 suddenly inspired by him, q. d. panic ter- 
 ror, Gen. 35, 5. I Sam. 14, 15 ; o^n^JX dx 
 
 'M 
 
 fre of God, lightning, Job 1, 16. Comp. bsj 
 p. 50. col. 1. Similar is the force of the 
 phrase D'^nbx^ of or through God, like 
 Gr. Toi &fuf after adjectives ; Jon. 3, 3 1"'^ 
 D^rpxb nbna a city great through God, 
 
 divinely great ; and so Acts 7, 20 ufnuoq 
 
 c 
 Tw ^e(j>. Comp. Arab. xJU pr. & Deo, 
 
 divinitus, egregie, Har. Cons. IV. p. 38 
 ed. De Sacy. 
 
 For the phrases O'^n'bx id-^X , nTr^X-ja , 
 see under UJ^X, "(3, etc. 
 
 Note. Some interpreters also sup- 
 pose cn'^x to be spoken of owe king, for 
 D^n'^x"*,a, (see as to the plural in A. 2 
 above) and they appeal chiefly to Ps. 
 45, 7, where they translate : ntn'bx :]X03 
 151 obis thy throne, O God, (i. e. 6 King 
 divine.) is for ever and ever. But this 
 is to be construed as by ellipsis for: 
 D'^nSx XB3 "jXes thy throne shall be a 
 throne divine, i. e. established and pros- 
 pered of God, according to a very com- 
 mon rule of language, Lehrg. 233. 6. 
 [The rule here referred to is not ap- 
 plicable ; and there is no philological 
 ground whatever for taking D'^n'bx in 
 any other than its simple and direct 
 sense : Thy throne, O God, is for ever 
 and ever. R. 
 
 b^bSt m. 1. i. q. b^bx nought, vain, 
 Jer. 14, 14 Cheth. 
 
 2. Elul, the sixth Hebrew month, from 
 the new moon of September to that of 
 October, Neh. 6, 15. Syr. yoL-f, Arab. 
 
 JjJLjI . The etymology is unknown. 
 
 V^i^ m. 1. i. q. n^>? an oak. Gen. 35, 
 8. Ez. 27, 6. R. bbx'llt. 
 2. Allon, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 37. 
 
 jibs m. (r. bix) 1. Any strong, dura- 
 ble tree, spec, an oak. Gen. 12, 6. 13, 18. 
 14, 13. 18, 1. Deut. 11, 30. al. So the 
 ancient interpreters unanimously. Cel- 
 sius in Hierob. T. I. p. 34 sq. endeavours 
 to show that "(ibx, like nbx . is the tere- 
 binth ; but see our remarks to the con- 
 trary in Thesaur. p. 50. 51. Sometimes 
 single oaks are distinguished by pr. 
 names, e. g. the magicians'' oak Judg. 9, 
 37 ; oak of Tabor 1 Sam. 10, 3 ; also in 
 Plur. oaks of Mamre Gen. 13, 18. 14, 13 j 
 oaks ofMoreh Deut. 11, 30. 
 
 2. Elon, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 14. 
 
ti< 
 
 56 
 
 t|^?^ adj. m. (r. tri^s) 1. familiar, 
 intimate, a friend, Prov. 16, 28. 17, 9. 
 Mic. 7, 5. Di-s:n Cjii^s friend of one's 
 youth, i. e. a husband, Jer. 3, 4 ; comp. 
 n Jer. 3, 20. 
 
 2. -wonted, i. e. tame, gentle. Jer. 11, 19 
 and I was ri'ifex ^^r? ^i^ea tamed lamb. 
 
 3. aw o.r, bidlock, i. q. Cl^x no. 1, so 
 called as tamed and accustomed to 
 the yoke ; in gender it is mascidine 
 epiccEne, so that under the mascuUne the 
 female of the ox-kind is also included ; 
 Ps. 144. 14 C-'isO^ !i:"S!|^. 
 
 4. head of a family or tribe, tpvluQ^o?, 
 U chief, chieftain, prince ; espec. of the 
 chiefs of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 15 sq. 
 1 Chr. 1, 51 sq. More rarely of the 
 Jews, Zech. 9, 7. 12, 5. 6. Also genr. of 
 chiefs, leaders, Jer. 13, 21. 
 
 0^5X (Talmud.f?<r6a hominu7n)Alush, 
 pr. n. of a station of the Israelites, Num. 
 33, 13. 
 
 ^rJf^ (whom God hath given, Oeo 
 dwQog, Theodore) Elzabad, pr. n. m. 
 a) 1 Chr. 26, 7. b) 12, 12. 
 
 ' ^t^ in Kal not used ; Arab. Conj. 
 
 VIII AwLXjI to become acid, sour, as 
 milk, w 
 
 NiPH. nbxs trop. to be corrupt, in a 
 moral sense. Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4. Job 15, 16. 
 
 If*?: ^ (whom God bestowed) Elha- 
 nan, pr. n. of one of David's warriors, 
 who according to 2 Sam. 21, 19 slew 
 Goliath ; see under pr. n. "^rnb . The 
 one mentioned 2 Sara. 23, 24 does not 
 eeem to be a different person. 
 
 V Sif 'V^, (to whom God is father) Eliab, 
 pr. n. m. a) A phylarch or chief of 
 Zebulun, Num. 1, 9. 2, 7. b) Num. 16, 
 ]. 12. 26, 8. c) A brother of David, 
 1 Sam. 16, 6. 17, 13. 28. d) 1 Chr. 16, 4. 
 
 '^''^^ (to whom God is strength) 
 Eliel, pr. n. m. a) Of two of David's 
 warriors, 1 Chr. 11, 46. 47. 12, 11. b) 
 A phylarch of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 5, 24. 
 c) A phylarch of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 
 20. d) ib. v. 22. e) 15, 9. 11. f ) 2 
 Chr. 31, 13. 
 
 nriX''b (to whom God cometh) Eli- 
 athah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 4 ; in v. 27 
 written nn'bx . 
 
 ni'^bX (whom God loveth) Elidad, 
 pr. n. of a phylarch of Benjamin, Num. 
 34, 21. 
 
 5''7^r'? (whom God knoweth, i. e. 
 careth for) Eliada, pr. n. m. a) A son 
 of David, 2 Sam. 5, 16, for which 1 Chr. 
 14, 7 yi-jbra . b) 1 K. 1 1, 23. c) 2 Chr. 
 17, 17.""" 
 
 "Ci'^ (r. Jnbx I ) i. q. Arab. &1II the 
 fat tail of the common species of oriental 
 sheep, oris laticaudia Linn, the smallest 
 of which according to Golius, himself an 
 eye-witness, weigh ten or twelve pounds, 
 p. 146. Comp. Hdot. 3. 113. Diod. Sic. 
 2. 54 ; and other writers quoted by Bo- 
 chart in Hieroz. P. I. p. 494 sq. See 
 Russell Nat. Hist, of Aleppo II. p. 147. 
 Ex. 29, 22. Lev. 7, 3. 8, 25. 9, 19. 3, 9 
 the whole tail let him take off near the 
 back-bone. 
 
 ^i^^ and ^"I'bs (my God is Jehovah) 
 Elijah, Ellas, pr. n. m. a) A celebrated 
 prophet, the chief of the prophets in 
 the kingdom of Israel during the reign 
 of Ahab, distinguished by many mira- 
 cles, and received up into heaven, 2 K. 
 2, 6 sq. But comp. 2 Chr. 21, 12. The 
 Jews expected him to reappear before 
 the coming of the Messiah, Mai. 3, 23 
 [4, 5]. b) 1 Chr. 8, 27. c) Ezra 10, 
 21.26. 
 
 ^~'^?^, (whose God is He, i. e. Jehovah) 
 Elihu, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26, 7. b) 
 1 Chr. 27, 18. c) i. q. ^^'n'b^^ lett. a, 
 
 ^^"'"^r^ (id.) Elihu, pr. n. m. a) 
 The son of ^arachel the Buzite, a friend 
 of Job and the fourth disputant against 
 him. Job c. 32-35. Sometimes written 
 iin-^N Job 32, 4. 35, 1. b) 1 Sam. 1, 1. 
 c) 1 Chr. 12, 20. 
 
 ''p3?in|'-'S (towards Jehovah are my 
 eyes) Elihoenai, pr. n. m. a) Ezra 8, 
 4. b) 1 Chr. 26, 3. 
 
 *'P?'^'^7^ (id.) Elioenat, pr. n. m. a) 
 1 Chr. 3. 23. b) 4, 36. c) 7, 8. d) 
 Ezra 10. 22. e) 10, 27. 
 
 NZni^bX (whom God hideth) Eliahba. 
 pr. n. of one of David's warriors, 2 Sam. 
 23, 32. 
 
 tl"?n"'5S (God his recompense, from 
 Oy^ Conj. Ill to recompense,) Eliho- 
 rej)h, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 3. 
 
b 
 
 67 
 
 bK 
 
 y^K (r. Vbs I ) 1. Adj. q/" nothing, 
 nought, enipfij, vain, 1 Chr. 16, 26. Pe. 
 96, 5. Plur. the nought, i. e. idols, Lev. 
 19, 4. 26, 1. Comp. Van . 
 
 2. Subst. nougfU, vanity. Job 13, 4 
 b'^bx ''XEi physicians of nought, nothing 
 worth, i. e. empty comfbrterB ; comp. 
 Zech. 11. 17. 
 
 ?I^^''^S (God his king) Elimelech, 
 pr. n. of Ruth's father-in-law, Ruth 1, 2. 
 2,1. 
 
 Y?^ and "J^i? Chald. pron. demonstr. 
 phir. comm. these, Lat. hi, Jub, hcec, i. q. 
 Heb. n|s . Dan. 2, 44. 6, 7. 
 
 ri9;'bx (whom God hath added) Elia- 
 saph. pr. n. m. a) A chief of the tribe 
 of Gad, Num. 1, 14. 2, 14. b) 3, 24. 
 
 "IJ?^'?^ (God his help) Eliezer, pr. n. 
 m. a) A man of Damascus, whom Abra- 
 ham before the birth of Isaac had intend- 
 ed tor his heir. Gen. 15, 2. According 
 to V. 3 he was a servant born in his house, 
 vema. b) A son of Moses, Ex. 18, 4. 
 c)lChr.7.8. d)27, 16. e) 15,24. f) 
 2 Chr. 20, 37. g) Ezra 8, 16. 10, 18. h) 
 10, 23. i) 10, 31. 
 
 T?''^^ (perh. contr. from T?''''^!i<) 
 Elienai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 20. 
 
 D^"*^^ (i. q. Cij-'V^, ^T^^) Eliam, 
 pr. n. m. a) The father of Bathsheba, 
 2 Sam. 11, 3; for which 1 Chr. 3, 5 b''a?. 
 
 b) 2 Sam. 23, 34. 
 
 f5''5X (God his strength) EHphaz, 
 pr. n. m. a) A son of Esau, Gen. 36, 4 
 eq. b) A friend of Job and one of the 
 disputants against him. Job 2, 11. 4, 1. 
 15, 1. al. 
 
 bB-^bS (whom God judgeth, from bbs) 
 Eliphal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 35. 
 
 'I'^^Pr^ (whom Grod makes distin- 
 guished) EUpheleh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 
 18, 21. 
 
 ^??'^'r'^ (God his deliverance) Eliphe- 
 let, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3. 6. 14, 7 ; for 
 which 14, 5 a^sBlix . b) 2 Sam. 23, 34. 
 
 c) 1 Chr. 8, 39. ' d) Ezra 8, 13. e) 
 10, 33. 
 
 n^Jt^bs (God his rock) Elizur, pr. n. 
 m. Num. 1, 5. 2, 10. 7, 30. 35. 10, 18. 
 
 ]B2''bs (whom God protects) Eliza- 
 fhan, pr. n. m. a) Num. 3, 30 ; for 
 
 which IBS^X E.X. 6, 22. Lev. 10, 4. b) 
 
 Nimi. 34, 25. 
 
 ^i?'''?^ pr- n. m. Elika, 2 Sam. 23, 25. 
 The etymology is unknown. 
 
 D'^pr'?^ (whom God hath set up) Eli- 
 akim, pr. n. m. a) A prefect of the pa- 
 lace under king Hezekiah, 2 K. 18, 18. 
 19, 2. Is. 22, 20. 36, 3. b) A son of king 
 Josiah, set upon the throne by Necho 
 king of Egypt, who also changed his 
 name to O^p^'in*^ (whom Jehovah hath 
 set up) Jehoiakim, 2 K. 23, 34. 24, 1. 
 Jer. 1, 3. 1 Chr. 3, 15. c) Neh. 12, 41. 
 
 yi iP'^bX (God her oath, q. d. worship- 
 per of God, comp. Is. 19, 18,) pr. n. f. 
 Elisheha, Elisabeth, Ex. 6, 23. Sept. 
 'jLliaa^ix, as Luke 1, 7. 
 
 ^^"^b^ EUshah, pr. n. of a region situ- 
 ated on the Mediterranean, whence pur- 
 ple was brought to Tyre, Gen. 10, 4. Ez. 
 27, 7. Most prob. Elis, a district of the 
 Peloponnesus, (comp. Cod. Samar. in 
 which it is written la^bx without n,) the 
 name of which seems to have been em- 
 ployed by the Hebrews as an appellation 
 for the whole Peloponnesus ; as not un- 
 frequently whole countries, espec. if re- 
 mote, are designated by the names of 
 single provinces ; comp. "(J") . The pur- 
 pura, or shell-fish producing the purple 
 dye, was found not only in Laconia (Hor. 
 Od. 2. 18. 7), but also in the gulf of Co- 
 rinth and the islands of the ^gean sea; 
 comp. Bochart Phaleg III. 4. Others 
 understand by rTi5^bx , Hellas ; see Mi- 
 chaelis Spicil. Geogr. Hebr. T. I. p. 78. 
 
 y^TB^bX (God his salvation) Elishua, 
 pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam. 5, 15. 
 1 Chr. 14, 5. 
 
 n"';ibx (whom God restoreth) Elia- 
 shib, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 24. b) 1 Chr. 
 24, 12. Ezra 10, 6. c) Neh. 3, 1. 20. 12, 
 10. d) e) Ezra 10, 24. 27. 36. 
 
 yi2TDibK (whom God heareth) Eli- 
 shaina, pr. n. m. a) 2 Sam. 5, 16. b) 
 Num. 1, 10. 2, 18. c) 2 K. 25, 25. Jer. 
 41, 1. d) 1 Chr. 2, 41. e) 2 Chr. 17, 8. 
 
 yC'^bs (for STSI ''bx God his salva- 
 tion) pr. n. m. Elisha, a celebrated 
 prophet, the disciple as well as the com- 
 panion and successor of Elijali, and dis- 
 tinguished by many miracles. He flour 
 
^bi^ 
 
 58 
 
 ished in the kingdom of the ten tribes, in 
 the ninth century B. C. 2 K. c. 2-13. In 
 N. T. 'EkKjuttloq Luke 4, 27. 
 
 t2&10''bX (whom God judgeth) Elisha- 
 phat, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 23, 1. 
 
 rtlT^bx see nriXi^JX. 
 
 T T t: t t t: 
 
 ^^fi? Chald. pron. plur. these, i.q. Heb. 
 M|s. Dan. 3, 12. 13. 21. 22. Ezra 4, 21. 
 5, 9. al. In T(- lurks the suff. 2 pers. 
 (tibi), as in r\^, T^'n, Arab. ij|3. 
 
 * -'^v ^ verb not in use, to be no- 
 thing, to be empty, vain; comp. under 
 flit no. 1. It is comm. derived from the 
 particle ^X I, merely in order to form 
 i'^bx , but is quite doubtful ; see in ^X fin. 
 
 11. ?2^ lo wail, to howl, onomatop. 
 
 i. q. b^^ , and Arab. Jt Camoos p. 1391. 
 Comp. Gr. ukaXo.'Qiw. Hence "'^^X . 
 
 *III. bbSJ kindr. with ^^S, nbx I, 
 pr. to roll, then to be round, swelling, 
 thick; whence n^X, ')i^X, an oak, thick 
 tree. 
 
 ''5555 interj. expressing grief^ wo! 
 alas ! Gr. iXeliv, only with ""^ , Job 10, 
 15. Mic. 7, 1. R. h\v^ II. 
 
 u5n in Kal not used. 1. to bind, to 
 tie, see Piel and nabs . 
 
 2. Pass, to be bound sc. as to the tongiie, 
 i. e. to be mute, dumb ; see Niph. and the 
 nouns D^X, t|x, "'Jbbx. Comp. Engl. 
 tongue-tied, Gr. dta/ibg rijg yXunjai]? Mark 
 7,^5, also <jPt/uot(T 5^at, Pers. ^^wLwO ijwV 
 to bind the tongue, i.q. to be silent dumb. 
 
 3. to be lo7iely, forsaken, widowed, since 
 solitary persons remain silent, mute ; 
 comp. Arab. *Xj to be mute, also to be 
 tmmarried. Hence are derived )'^\^, 
 
 Niph. 1. to be mute, dumb, Ps. 31, 19. 
 39. 3. 10. Is. 53. 7. 
 2. to be silent, to keep silence. Ez. 33, 22. 
 Pfel. to bind Bheaves, Gen. 37, 7. 
 Deriv. eee in Kal. no. 1, 2, 3. 
 
 0^^ m. dumbness, silence. Ps. 58, 2 
 '}!|'^2"TPi pnjt cbx CJ'Ixn do ye indeed 
 decree dumb justice? i. c. do you really 
 at length decree justice, wliich po long 
 has seemed dumb ? So commonly ; but 
 it. may be worth inquiry, whether C^X 
 
 should not be dropped, having arisen 
 perhaps from a careless repetition of 
 DiT3X . This being dropped there arises 
 the sense which the parallelism requires : 
 do ye indeed decree justice ? Maurer 
 gives to cbx the signif oi' league, law, 
 
 from the sense of binding; as JJic 
 league, from ^jTS ligavit. Ps. 56, 1 rzi" 
 C^phn c^x the silent dove among stran- 
 gers, (i. e. perh. the people of Israel in 
 exile, comp. lin Ps. 74, 19.) prob. the 
 inscription of a song or poem, to the tune 
 or measure of which Ps. 50 was to be 
 sung. Comp. the remarks under nb*X . 
 
 D?i? m. adj. mute, dumb, pr. tongue- 
 tied, see r. cbx no. 2. Ex.4, 11. Is. 35, 6. 
 Ps. 38, 14. Plur. C"is|x Is. 56, 10. 
 
 obit porch, see cb^ix . Once t:|x but 
 Job 17, 10 in some editions ; see in cbix 
 no. 2. 
 
 D''5^b55 m. plur. 1 K. 10, 11. 12, and 
 by transpos. D'^IS^ilbs 2 Chr. 2, 7. 9, 10. 
 11, almug-trees, a kind o? precious wood, 
 brought along with gold and precious 
 stones in the time of Solomon from 
 Ophir, and employed for ornamenting the 
 temple and palace, and for making mu- 
 sical instruments ; according to 2 Chr. 
 2. 7 growing also on Lebanon. It seems 
 to correspond to Sanscr. micaia simpl. 
 mica (so Bohlen), with the Arab. 
 
 art. Jt, lignum SantaJinum, Pterocar- 
 piis Santaliorus Linn, red sandal- 
 wood, still used in India and Persia for 
 costly utensils and instruments. Or it 
 may be compared with the Malabar 
 word malajaga, a name of the same 
 wood ; ."o Hoffmann. See Celsii Hiero- 
 bot. I. p. 171 sq. Many of tlie Rab- 
 bins understand corals, and so the singu- 
 lar aic^X is used in the Talmud ; but 
 these are not7roofZ, a'^S? ; although were 
 the Talmudic usage ancient, this wood 
 might have been so named from its 
 resemblance to coral, q. d. coral-wood. 
 Kimclii : (^juil , i.q. ^''^xna Brazil-wood. 
 
 '^"'SbN f. plur. fi-y and ri , a bundle, 
 sheaf, ^of grain, Gen. 37, 7. Ps. 126, 6. 
 R. cbx no 1. 
 
 "Tfrdl^ Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1. 20, Al- 
 modad, pr. n. of n son of Joktnn, i. e. of a 
 
people and district of southern Arabia. 
 Assuming an ancient error in transcrip- 
 tion, T for 1, i.e. T^iTsbx, we niigiit 
 compare Morad, otwo or otwo ,fAJ, 
 
 the name of a tribe inhabiting a moun- 
 tainous region in Arabia Felix, near to 
 Zabid. 
 
 IfbiajK (perh. king's oak, for rlbx 
 ^Ijon) Atammelech, pr. n. of a place in 
 the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 26. 
 
 Tr^^ m. adj. forsaken, widowed, Jer. 
 51, 5. R. nbjj no. 3. 
 
 "J'Q-'X m. widowhood, trop. of a state 
 deprived of its king. Is. 47, 9. R. nbx 
 no. 3. 
 
 1. HITSiS f. a widow, Arab. jLL^nI , 
 Syr. fiJilitfir. Gen. 38. 11. Ex. 22, 
 21. al. Metaph. ofa state deprived of 
 its king, Is. 47, 8 ; comp. v. 9 and 54, 4. 
 R. cbs no. 3. 
 
 II. nispbx f. piur. Is. 13, 22, pa/aces, 
 
 i. q. rii^-ix. which latter is read in 
 some Mss. The letter n is here softened 
 into b, as is very often done ; comp. in 
 ',1^ns. Others retain the idea of a 
 widow, and understand trop. desolate 
 palaces. 
 
 n^SiabX piur. Ci"'n!i3ri!5X widowhood 
 Gen. 38, 15. Metaph. of the condition 
 of the Israelites in exile, Is. 54, 34. R. 
 Cbx no. 3. 
 
 -ja^S^ m. a certain one. some one, 6 
 Suva, pr. one kept silent, whose name is 
 not mentioned, from r. cVs no. 2. Al- 
 ways preceded by ';b3 q. v. 
 
 1^5? Chald. 1. q. ^-^bs these, q. v. 
 Cl?:'555 (God his delight) Elnaam, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46. 
 
 ICJr^ (whom God hath given, comp. 
 'iWi"', q. d. Theodore, Diodate) Ehia- 
 ihan, pr. n. m. a) The grandflather 
 of king Jehoiakim, 2 K. 24, 8 ; perhaps 
 the same mentioned Jer. 26, 22. 36 12. 
 ,- 25. b) Three Levites in the time of 
 Ezra, Ezra 8, 16. 
 
 "^D^i? Gen. 14, 1. 9, Ellasar, pr. n. of 
 a country or district in the vicinity, as it 
 would seem, of Babylonia and Elymais ; 
 since it is read between "lya'JJ and fib-^s . 
 
 69 jqbH 
 
 Symm. and Vulg. Pontits. Targ. Hie- 
 ros. I'tSxbn Is. 37, 12. But the Assyro- 
 Babylonish name of its king, Tjl^"^K, 
 would seem to indicate some province 
 of Persia or Assyria ; comp. Dan. 2, 14. 
 
 ^,^ (whom God applauds, from 
 *1!1S, comp. Job 29, 11,) Elad, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 7, 21. 
 
 rriybS (whom Grod puts on, i. e. fills 
 with himself, comp. t^b Job 20, 14,) 
 Eladah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 20. 
 
 ''T'l^ybSj in some Mss. "^Trbx (pr. God 
 is my praises, i. e. the object of my 
 praise) Eluzai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 5. 
 
 "^J^f ^ (whom God helpeth) Eleazar, 
 pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 23. 25. 28, 1. Lev. 
 
 10, 6 sq. Num. 3, 2. 4. 32. Deut. 10, 6. 
 Josh. 14, 1. al. b) 2 Sam. 23, 9. 1 Chr. 
 
 11, 12. c) 1 Sam. 7, 1. d) 1 Chr. 23, 
 21. 24, 28. e) Ezra 8, 33, comp. Neh. 
 
 12, 42. f) Ezra 10, 25. Sept. 'lii-id- 
 ^ag. From 'Lltii^agog was atterwards 
 made by contraction the name ylu^u^o^. 
 
 ^?^ and J^^y^S? (whither God as- 
 cends) Elealeh. pr. n. ofa town or large 
 village in the tribe of Reuben, near 
 Heshbon, where there are still ruins 
 called JLxJf el-Al. See Burckhardt's 
 Travels in Syria etc. p. 365. Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. II. p. 278. Num. 32, 3. 37. Is. 
 15, 14. 16, 9. 
 
 ^'^^f ^ (whom God made, i. e. cre- 
 ated. Job 32, 10,) Eleasah, pr. n. m. 
 a) 1 Chr. 2, 39. b) ib, 8, 37. 9, 43- 
 c) Jer. 29, 3. 
 
 * V|^^ or tp.^ fut. tibs:: Prov. 22, 25, 
 
 Arab. v^| ; to join together, to asso^ 
 
 date, Arab. Conj. I, III. IV; whence 
 ribi< a thousand, a family. Kindred 
 senses are : to he accustojued, wonted^ 
 to learn, Prov. 22, 25. Syr. Chald. id. 
 Hence ri^^x , tbx ox. R. 
 
 Pi EL to cause to learn, to teach, like 
 Syr. <.^1^) , with two ace. of pers. uid 
 thing. Job 15, 5. 33, 33; with ace. of 
 pers. only, Job 35, 11, where Part. S^g 
 for iiaS^K^ , comp. qSvi . 
 
 Hi PH. denom. from C]bs, to bring forth 
 
 Arab. uaJI mille 
 
 thousands, Ps. 144, 13, 
 fecit. 
 
5|^^ 1. an ox or cow, as tame and 
 wonted to the yoke ; comm. gend. 
 like Gr. ^ovg, Lat. bos, Germ. Rind, 
 Engl, beeve ; see Pjikx no. 3. Only in 
 plur. Csbx oxeti Ps. 8, 8. Prov. 14, 4 ; 
 fem. ki7ie Deut. 7, 13. 28, 4. The sin- 
 gular is found only in the name of the 
 first letter of the alphabet, Aleph, Alpha. 
 
 2. a thousand, Arab. ^\, Syr. )-a!i.l 
 id. but Eth. /iA^^ a myriad, ten thou- 
 sand. Perh. pr. 'conjunction of num- 
 bers.' The nouns enumerated for the 
 most part follow the numeral word ; 
 some in the singular, as \y'^X Judg. 15, 
 16 ; others in the plural, 2 Sam. 10, 18. 
 1 K. 10, 26. Deut. 1, 11; and others 
 again promiscuously, as "i33 1 Chr. 19, 
 6, and C'^ss 29, 7. Rarely and only in 
 the later Hebrew does the noun pre- 
 cede, 1 Chr. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 1, 6. Comp. 
 Lehrg. p. 695. 697, 699. The construc- 
 tion is different in the phrase vlD3! rjbx a 
 thousand (shekels) of silver, for which 
 see Lehrg. p. 700. Not unfrequently it 
 is put for a large round number. Job 9, 
 3. 33, 23. Ps. 50, 10. Dual n-iBK< two 
 thousand Judg. 20, 45. 1 Chr. 5, 21. 
 Plur. C-iESN thousands, e. g. nisbs rirbia 
 Ex. 38, 26. Put also for an indefinitely 
 large round number, f^ssn *'sbs thou- 
 sands of myriads Gen. 24. 60. 
 
 3. a family, i. q. nnSTi;^ q. v. as the 
 subdivision of a tribe (UTa, naia) Judg. 
 6, 15. 1 Sam. 10, 19. 23, 23. Spoken of 
 a city. Bethlehem, as the residence of 
 such a family, Mic. 5, 1. 
 
 4. Eleph, pr. n. of a city of Benjamin 
 Josh. 18, 28. 
 
 5]^^ 5 S'l^^. } Chald. a thousand, Dan. 
 5, 1.' 7, 10. ' 
 
 tsbBbit see a^B^'bi<. 
 
 5??f^ (God his wages, comp. ^50, 
 ni?!? , wages) Elpaal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 8,'ll. 12. 18. 
 
 * Y^^ in Kal not used, i. q. yiK q. v. 
 
 Pi EL yTi< to urge, to press any one, 
 Judg. 16, 16. More frequent in Syriac 
 and Zabian. 
 
 Jtsbx see BS'^Vk. 
 
 DIp^S i. q. Arab. **)! , with the art. 
 retained, the people, populace; see in 
 
 60 r!^ 
 
 ^5* II. Prov. 30, 31 i52 Ciip^x ri^a a 
 king with whom is the people, i. e. who is 
 surrounded by his people, in the midst of 
 his people. See Pococke ad Spec. Hist. 
 
 Arabum p. 207. Arab. ^^' people seems 
 to come from the idea ot living ; comp. 
 Samar. Dip to live, Heb. C^ip^ what lives, 
 and nn people, from n^ri to live. Sept. 
 drifiTiyoQbiv iv tdvti. The Heb. intpp, 
 regard Oipbx as a compound from bx 
 part, of negation, and c^p to rise up, 
 (comp. r;].T3-bx Prov. 12, 28.) and trans- 
 late : a king against whom there is no 
 rising up, i. e. who cannot be resisted. 
 But this does not accord with the con- 
 text. 
 
 ^tP ! ^ (whom God created) Elkanah, 
 pr. n. m. a) 1 Sam. I, 1 sq. 2, 11. 20. 
 b) Ex. 6, 24. c) 2 Chr. 28, 7. d) 1 
 Chr. 12, 6. e) 1 Chr. 6, 8. 10. 11. 20. 
 21. 15, 23. 
 
 ''Pf^ gentile n. Elkoshite, spoken 
 of Nahum the prophet, Nah. 1, 1. Sept. 
 and Vulg. without o, 'jj^kxeffalog, Elce- 
 saius. As to a place Elkosh there are 
 two opinions ; one, that of the ancient 
 fathers, makes it a town of Palestine 
 and spec, of Galilee, see Hieron. Procem. 
 ad Nahum ; the other, that of the ori- 
 ental Jews, regards it as the village 
 (jijJiJt el-Kush, near Mosul. Both are 
 very doubtful; see Thesaur. p. 1211. B. 
 
 nbinbsj (perh. God its race or pos- 
 terity) Eltolad, pr. n. of a place in Ju- 
 dah, Josh. 15, 30. 19, 4. See ibin. 
 
 S*pnb and n]?pbi (God its fear) 
 Eltekeh, pr. n. of a Levitical city in the 
 tribe of Dan, Josh. 19, 44. 21, 23. 
 
 Ippbi^ (God its foundation) Eltekon, 
 pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, 
 Josh. 15, 59. 
 
 * Di< f: constr. Dtf| , c. suflT. ''BX ; plur. 
 
 1. a mother, Arab. ^\ and ^\ , Eth. 
 7i<P, Aram. NfiS*, M, Sam. "^^A, 
 id. E. g. CNJ 'S.H father and mother, pa- 
 rents, Judg. 14, 16. Ps. 27, 10. Esth. 2, 7. 
 'BK"*,? the son of my mother, my womb- 
 brother. Gen. 43, 29. Poet. ''BX ^}2 i. q. 
 my brethren, genr. Gen. 27, 29. Cant. 1, 
 6. With less exactness mother is also 
 
t3H 
 
 61 
 
 Qi( 
 
 put for a step-mother Gen. 37, 10 ; comp. 
 35, 16 sq. the hitter being more accu- 
 rately called ax ni^x Lev. 18, 11. But 
 niotlier has ollcn a wider sense, e. g. 
 
 2. i. q. a grandmother 2 K. 15, 10 ; 
 also of any female ancestor, Gen. 3, 20. 
 
 3. Metaph. for a benefactress, Judg.* 
 5,7. 
 
 4. As expressing intimate relation- 
 ship, close alliance, Job 17, 14; see in 
 ax no. 8. 
 
 5. Of a nation or people, as opp. to the 
 children i. e. individuals born of it, Is. 50, 
 1. Jer. 50, 12. Ez. 19, 2. Hos. 2, 4. 4, 5. 
 
 6. Tj-i'nn zii, the mother of the way, i. e. 
 bitium, place where a way divides, pr. 
 the source, beginning, head of the way, 
 Ez. 21,26 [21], i.q. n-ian^n '513 ttJxn ibid. 
 
 Arab. ft root, beginning of a thing ; but 
 
 S "* i^ 
 
 ^Jj Ja-'f (! the highway. 
 
 7. i. q. nax , mother-city, metropolis, 
 i. e. any large and important city, al- 
 though not the capital. 2 Sam. 20, 19 
 ixnia'a cx^ I'^S a city, even a mother in 
 Israel. So on the Phenician coins of 
 
 Tyre and Sidon; comp. Arab, a! me- 
 tropolis ; also Gr. fi^TrjQ Callim. Fragm. 
 112, and mater Flor. 3. 7. 18. Ammian. 
 17. 13. 
 
 8. Metaph. of the earth, as the com- 
 mon mother of all, Job 1, 20. 
 
 Note. This word is without doubt 
 primitive ; and like ax (see p. 2. n.) im- 
 itates the earliest sounds of the lisp- 
 ing infant; comp. Gr. ftdfifia, uaftftt], 
 fxafjfiala, fiaia, Sanscr. md, ambA. Copt. 
 mau. Germ. Engl. Fr. Mama, Germ. 
 Amme. Deriv. fem. is naS , used only 
 in tropical significations. In Arabic 
 
 a*- 
 there is a denom. verb |t to be a moth- 
 er ; then, to be related, to set an exam- 
 ple, to teach. 
 
 * D^ mostly with Makkeph, a particle 
 demonstrative, interrogative, and condi- 
 tional ; the various significations of which 
 are distinguished in the more copious 
 
 Arabic by various forms, as -.f, ^f, 
 (1)' 1)' ' Lvj' 5 while on the other hand 
 
 the Elliiopic and SyrTac also have only 
 one, Ji^, S- Traces of this particle 
 exist also in the occidental languages ; 
 as in Gr. ^v, lo, if, Lat en, Germ, wenn, 
 wann. 
 
 A) The primary power seems to be 
 demonstrative, lo ! behold ! (kindr. 'n , Gr. 
 
 ^v, Lat. en,) Arab. ^\ truly, certainly, 
 %\ id. see De Sacy Gramm. Arabe L 
 
 889, J*!)! lo ! as in the phrase j%t *^L^ 
 he came and lo ! Comp. Hupfeld in 
 Zeitschr. f d. Morgenl. II. p. 130. Hos. 
 12, 12 'OX nrba ex lo! Gilead is^ wicked- 
 ness, i. e. wholly wicked ; where the 
 other member has TjX . Job 17, 13 BX 
 ini3 bix r\^X^i<lo.' I waitfor Sfieol.my 
 house, vs. 16. Prov. 3, 34. Preceded by 
 ii in the same sense, Jer. 31, 20. There 
 are some who deny the demonstrative 
 power of this particle in these passages, 
 and claim for it here the usual condi- 
 tional sense. But granting that it might 
 be here so explained, still analogy shows 
 that the former is the primitive and na- 
 tive power of the word. Hence 
 
 B) Adv. of interrogation, comp. )f} 
 II. 3, and the remarks there made ; also 
 
 bn, n, t, interrogative, from htj, Jt> 
 demonstrative. 
 
 1. In a direct interrogation, Lat. num? 
 
 an 1 corresp. with Arab. aS. IK. 1, 27.. 
 Is. 29, 16. Job 39, 13. 31, 5. 16. 24. 25. 29. 
 33. From the whole of Job c. 31 is seen* 
 the close connection between this inter-^ 
 rogative power of OX and its conditional 
 sense in lett. C, since between sentences^ 
 beginning with DX interrog. are interpos- 
 ed others beginning with DX conditional 
 followed by an apodosis ; see v. 7. 9. 13. 
 19. 20. 21. 25. Far more frequent in dis- 
 junctive forms of interrogation, where 
 H precedes, utrum an 7 whethei or ?' 
 
 Arab. \ \- Josh. 5, 13 'DX ntix sisbn 
 13'^'nsb art thou for us, or for our ene- 
 mies? 1 K. 22, 15 h'rin DX -^2n shall 
 we go ... or shall we not go ? The same 
 is DX1 II Gen. 17, 17. Job 21, 6 ; and 
 DX1 jrixn 34. 17. 40, 8. 9. The two are 
 also used together in a question with 
 two clauses, though not disjunctive, as 
 DX n Gen. 37, 8, DXI -d 
 
 tnsriVERSITY 
 
D5< 
 
 62 
 
 t 
 
 where two questions follow each otlier 
 with a less degree of coherence, rt is re- 
 peated, 1 Sam. 23, 11. See Heb. Gr. 
 150. 2. 
 
 2. In indirect interrogation, whether, 
 ^if, after verbs of inquiring, examining, 
 doubting, Cant. 7, 13. 2 K. 1 , 2. So in a 
 double and disjunctive question, CX n 
 Gen. 27, 21. Num. 13, 20. The phrase 
 CX r'li"! "^72 Esth. 4, 14, who knoweth 
 whether, corresponds to the Lat. nescio 
 an, i. q. perhaps. 
 
 C) Conj. 1. Mostly conditional, if, 
 Gr. il, Lat. si, q. d. supposing that, etc. 
 comp. 'rt lo, num ? if; Syr. |oi lo, if In 
 this signif correspond Arab. /j| , Sam. 
 ^A, ijA, Eth. "hep. FoWed, 
 according to the sense, by the przeter, 
 Esth. 5, 8 n iD"iya '{n ""nxsTa Zi< if I 
 have found favour in the eyes of the king. 
 Gen. 43, 9. 18, 3 ; and lut. Judg. 4. 8 ex 
 ipisbnT IBS ^z^'P^if thou wilt go with me, 
 I will' go. Gen. 13, 16. 28, 20. Job 8, 4 
 sq. 11, 10 ; more rarely by a particip. 
 Judg. 9, 15. 11, 9 ; by the infin. for a 
 finite verb. Job 9. 27 ; also without a 
 verb, Job 8, 6. 9, 19. This particle dif- 
 fers from >lb, in that tx implies a true 
 and real condition, where the fact is left 
 uncertain, whether a thing exists or will 
 exist, is or will be done, 'si fecisti, si 
 facturus es ;' while ^ib implies that a thing 
 does not exist, is not or will not be done, 
 or is at least very uncertain and impro- 
 bable, ' si faceres, si fecisses,' Gr. u f/^j'. 
 See ^ , emd also for the like distinction 
 
 and yi De Sacy Gramm, 
 Arabe I. 885. By an ingenious and 
 delicate usage, CX is every where put 
 in conditional curses and imprecations, 
 where we might perhaps expect lb ; e. g. 
 Ps. 7, 4-6 b^s tt5;) ex rxT "'n-'bs ex 
 Cl^n"! . . ."'Pib^a ex ! 'EDS if Ihave^done 
 this, if there he iniquity in my hands, if 
 I have done evil to my friend, ...let the 
 enemy persecute me, etc. The Psalmist 
 here denies, (if we look at his object,) 
 that he had done such things ; but, as if 
 on trial, he leaves this point undecided, 
 or even assumes the truth of the allega- 
 tion, and then invoking the severest 
 punishment upon himself, he thus adds 
 great emphasis to the imprecation. 
 
 Comp. Ps. 44, 21. 73, 15. 137, 5. 6. Job 
 31, 7 sq. Other examples, where more 
 accurately ^b would be put instead of 
 ex , are : Ps. 50, 12 2?"!i< esi; if I were 
 hungry. Hos. 9, 12. Yet CX is here 
 not incorrect ; since its usage has a 
 wide extent. Spec, a) Condition or 
 supposition is modestly or timidly ex- 
 pressed by X5"BX, see in X3. b)ex ex 
 disjunctive, if if, i. q. whether or, Gr. 
 sl'ji-tl'is, ittv is-iuv ra, Lat. sive-sire ; 
 comp. si si Gell. 2. 28. So Ex. 19, 13 
 ttJ-X-cx nrns-ex whether it be beast or 
 man. 2 Sam. 15, 21. Lev. 3, 1. Dcut. 18, 
 3 ; also preceded by a negative, neither 
 nor, 2 K. 3, 14. The same is ex") cx 
 Gen. 31, 52. Josh. 24, 15. Ecc. 11, 3. 12, 
 
 14. Arab, jj^^ j^)! and UI^-UL 
 c) By an ellipsis of the formula of an 
 oath, ex becomes in some connections 
 a negative particle. The full form 
 is read in 1 Sam. 3, 17 God do so to thee, 
 and more also, if thou, etc. 24, 7. 2 Sam. 
 3. 35. Hence by ellipsis, espec. in oaths ; 
 2 Sam. 11, 11 by thy life, [let God do so 
 to me, and more] nTn ns'nn-rx >^VTi< est 
 if I do this thing, i. e. I will not do this 
 thing. 20, 20. 1 K. 1, 51 ; also in obtes- 
 tations. Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. Neh. 13, 25 ; 
 rarely elsewhere, and chiefly in poetry, 
 Is. 22, 14. 62, 8. Judg. 5, 8. Prov. 27, 24, 
 where the other member has xb. In 
 the same manner the Arabs use "J, 
 
 more folly \\ Uo, for not. 
 
 2. As concessive, though, although ; 
 
 Arab, lo' v ^^' *"'' *"*' '*"*' Followed 
 by the pr8eter,to express the idea ' though 
 I arh,' Job 9, 15. 29 ; more usually by 
 the fut. expressing the idea ' though I 
 were,' Is. 1, 18. 10, 22. Ps. 139, 8. Job 
 20, 6 ; but comp. Job 9, 20. Also with 
 a verbal noun, Nah. 1, 11. 
 
 3. As a particle of wishing, oh if ! 
 woidd that ! oh that ! il yaq . Comp. 
 ^b. With fut. Ps. 08, 14. 81, 9. 95, 7. 
 139, 19. An anacoluthon occurs in 
 Gen. 23, 13 "'SsrttJ !ib nnx ex wmdd thai 
 thou oh that thou wouldst hear me. 
 
 4. It passes over also into a particle 
 of time, when, pr. ?/; comp. Germ, wenn 
 and wann. Followed by the prater, 
 which is often to be rendered by the 
 pluperfect or by tlxe fot. exactum ; Is 
 
ri5< 
 
 63 
 
 TV2i^ 
 
 24, 13 "I'^sa n^S SX when the vintage is 
 doiie, pr. if it shall have been ended. 
 Ara. 7, 2 bbjjb nbs est rr^ni and it came 
 to pass wh.en they hail finished eating. 
 Is. 4, 4 V''2t-ri33 rxs rx ""inx yrn dx 
 when the iMrd shall have washed away 
 the filth of the daughters of Zion. Gen. 
 38, 9. Ps. 63, 7. Job 8, 4. 17, 13. So also 
 in connection with other particles, as "S 
 OS until when, until, Gen. 24, 19 ; *I5 
 nji -itrix 28, 15. Num. 32 17. Is. 6, 11. 
 5. Rarely for wheti causal, i. e. since, 
 
 of 
 
 Arab. ^\ . Gen. 47, 18 we will not hide 
 
 it from my lard, that bx . . . ClDSn Cn BX 
 "nxd: xb ^3"ix when (since) all our mo- 
 ney is spent . . . there is nothing left for 
 my lord, etc. Is. 53, 10. 
 
 D) In composition with other parti- 
 cles: 
 
 1. Dxn , twice in the beginning of an 
 interrogation, i. q. xbri , put affirmative- 
 ly, is not 7 nonne ? i. q. lo ! Num. 17, 28 
 [13]. Job 6, 13. 
 
 2. sib-DX a) is not 1 nonne 7 pre- 
 ceded by xbrj. Is. 10. 9. b) if not, un- 
 less, Ps. 7, 13. Gen. 24, 8. Hence after 
 formulas of oaths it appears as a strong 
 affirmation and asseveration ; comp. 
 above in C. 1. c. Num. 14, 28. Josh. 14, 
 9. Is. 14, 24 ; also in obtestations. Job 1, 
 11. 2, 5. 17, 2. 22, 20. 30, 25. Is. 5, 9. c) 
 After a negative partic. in the sense of 
 but. Gen. 24, 37. 38. Comp. d (j.^, nisi, 
 Chald. xibx from xb-DX. 
 
 * *^'t^ f subst. plur. n-in^x , the letter 
 n being inserted, comp. Chald. ""^^X , and 
 Lehrg. p. 530 ; a maid-sercant, hand.- 
 maid, female slave. Hence Tjr^x thy 
 handmaid, for /, spoken even by a free 
 woman in addressing her superiors, Judg. 
 19, 9. 1 Sam. 1, 11. 16. 25, 24 sq. 2 Sam. 
 14. 15. Comp. in "(inx . Also nr;x-;3 son 
 of a handmaid, i. e. a servant, slave. Ex. 
 23, 12. Ps. 116,-16. Hence is derived 
 
 the Arab. Ixl to be a handmaid. The 
 word n^X is prob. primitive ; least of all 
 
 is it to be referred to a root rrsx, ^uf , 
 inito pacto indixit. 
 
 TliSi pr. i. q. cx, but everywhere 
 metaph. the beginning, head, foundation 
 of any thing. Spec. 
 
 1. mo^A^r of the arm, i.e. the fore-arm, 
 
 below the elbow, cubitus, Deut. 3, 11. 
 Hence 
 
 2. a cubit, ulna, a measure of length ; 
 comp. Lat. cubitus, vlna, Or. nr^vi apd 
 
 8.-. 
 
 nvytiiv, Arab, c f j> , Egypt, mahi. The 
 
 mode of enumerating cubits is as fol- 
 lows : a"'rBX two cubits Ex. 25, 10. 17 ; 
 niax UJb\a 27, 1, and so on up to ten 
 cubits ; in the later Hebrew '-ab',d niax 
 2 Chr. 6, 13. With numbers above ten, 
 in the earlier Hebrew HBX Ci\ST:ri Gen. 
 6, 15, in the later niax D"^iS^n Ez.42,2, 
 or n-'nirs niax 2 Chr. 3, 4. Further, it 
 is joined with numerals of every kind, 
 both in the early and later Hebrew, by 
 means of a , as naxa s?"ix lit. four by 
 the cubit, i.e. four cubits ; HBXa iiX'D a 
 hundred cubits Ex. 27, 9. 18. '36, 15! 38, 
 9. The common cubit of the Hebrews 
 (2 Chr. 3, 3) was reckoned at 6 palms, or 
 18 inches ; though some without good 
 reason make it only 4 palma, or 12 inches. 
 A larger cubit of seven palms, iTiTanti- 
 laiffToq, is mentioned Ez. 40, 5. 43, 13, 
 which agrees with the royal cubit of the 
 Babylonians (Hdot. 1. 178) and Egyp- 
 tians ; see Boeckh Metrol. Untersuch. 
 pp. 212 sq. 265 sq. Metaph. Jer. 51. 13 
 thine end is come, the measure of thy 
 rapine, i. e. the time when God will 
 set bounds and measure to thy iniqui- 
 tous gain. 
 
 3. i. q. C!jk no. 7, a m.etropolis. 2 Sam. 
 8, 1 and David took the bridle (bit) of 
 the metropolis out of the hand of the Phi- 
 listines, i. e. he subdued the metropolis 
 of the Philistines. Comp. the Arabic 
 proverb : I give thee not my bridle, i. e. do 
 not subject myself to thee ; see Schult. 
 ad Job. 30, 11. and Hariri Cons. IV. p. 24. 
 See also Gesch. der Hebr. Sprache p. 41. 
 
 4. a fonndalion. Is. 6, 4 ciESn pirx 
 the foundations of the thresholds. Comp. 
 
 vijLol r Cjl-Axf , roots, beginnings. 
 
 5. Ammah, pr. n. of a liill, 2 Sam. 2, 24. 
 
 max Chald. f. plur. 1T2X, a cubit, 
 ulna, Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6, 3. Syr. jloT, 
 fiOsof, plur. ,^f. 
 
 TQX i. q. rr^'X q. v. terror. 
 
 maS5 f. (r. n~x) a people, nation, 
 
 tribe, Arab. jLof a people, Aram. XPrx 
 
n53K 
 
 64 
 
 :^ 
 
 ]i^o] id. Found only in Plur. Wax 
 Gen. 25, 16. Num. 25, 15 ; also n-'SS Ps. 
 117, 1. Syr. fzaii^f. 
 
 !"t^5< Chald. f. id. Dan. 3, 29. Plur. 
 pfix, emphat.N^BJt, Dan. 3, 4. 7. 5, 19. 
 7, 14. Ezra 4, 10. 
 
 1. 'Jl^iJ m. 1. a7i architect, builder, 
 opifex, (r. "i^sx no. 1. b.) i. q. liSN q. v. 
 Prov. 8. 30 spoken of the hypostatic wis- 
 dom of God as the architect of the world. 
 The word seems not to have admitted 
 tthe form of the fem. gender, any more 
 than the Lat. artifex, opifex, whence 
 Plin. II. 1 artifex omnium riatura. 
 Cluinct.^. 15 rhetorica persuadendi opi- 
 Jex. Others understand son or foster- 
 child, from r. '^X no. 1. a. 
 
 2. Amon, pr. n. a) The son and 
 successor of Manasseh, king of Judah, 
 r. 644-642 B. C. 2 K. 21, 18-26. 2 Chr. 
 33, 20 sq. b) 1 K. 22, 26. c) Neh. 7, 
 59, for which Ezra 2, 57 '^ax . 
 
 II. "jTOJ^ i. q. "liTan, a mtdtiiude of 
 people, Jer. 52, 15. R. n52rj . 
 
 III. "jTOiJ Amon, pr. n. of the supreme 
 god of the Egyptians, worshipped at 
 Thebes with great pomp. Jer. 46, 25, see 
 '('iax X5 ; called by the Greeks "Ayfiarr, 
 Ammon, and compared by them to Jupi- 
 ter, see Hdot. 2. 42. Diod. Sic. 1. 13. 
 On Egyptian monuments he is usually 
 depicted with a human body and the 
 head of a ram ; and the name is there 
 written Amn, more fully Amn-Re i. e. 
 Amon-Sun ; see the figures as given in 
 Thesaur. p. 115. Comp. also Kosegar- 
 ten de Scriptura vett. .^gyptiorum, p. 
 59 sq. Wilkinson's Mann, and Gust, of 
 the Anc. Egyptians, Second Ser. I. p. 
 243 sq. 
 
 'JI'DiC m. (r. (Cij) by Syriasm for lirK, 
 faithfidness, Jiilelity, Deut. 32, 20. 
 Plur. trvmvi id. Prov. 20, 6 ts-'jsirx ffiix 
 a man of fidelity, faithful. 
 
 nj^^X f (r. "(rx) 1. firmness, sta- 
 
 hility. Ex. 17. 12 nr.ax 1111 'nil and 
 
 Ms (Moses') hands were firm, steady, 
 
 lit. firmness. _. 
 
 -? 
 
 2. spcurity, Is. 33, 6. Arab, j^wofj 
 
 ^Ul,id. 
 
 3. faithfulness, fidelity, espec. in ful- 
 
 filling one's promises ; so of God, Deut. 
 32, 4. Ps. 36, 6. 40, 11 ; of men, Plur. 
 T^i:K^ Prov. 28; 20. Also faith, trust, 
 confidence of men towards God, Hab. 2, 
 4. Ps. 37, 3 ; see in ns-i no. 2. 
 
 f'y^^ (strong) pr. n. Amoz, the father 
 of the prophet Isaiah, Is. 1, 1. 2, 1. 13, 1. 
 20, 2. 
 
 ^iy^ Ami pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 57. It 
 seems to be a corrupted form for 'jiait 
 
 Neh. 7, 59. 
 
 D'^'aX see D'^a'^x. 
 
 'j1D''13i5 (faithful) Aminon, pr. n. i. q. 
 li;^^ , a son of David, 2 Sam. 13, 20. 
 
 '{^''Bi? m. (r. yax) adj. strong, mighty^ 
 Job 9, 4. 19 ; more fully as joined with 
 n"3 , Nah. 2, 2. Abstr. strength, might,. 
 fs. 40, 26. 
 
 ly^i^ m. (r. 'inij q. v, no. 1, and 
 Hithp.) the top, summit, e. g. of a tree, 
 Is. 17, 6 T^ax dxia in the highest top. 
 Also of a mountain Is. 17, 9 ; see under 
 art. n^iiTS . 
 
 ^i2)s or ^ rv ^^ languish, to droop, 
 pr. to hang the head, kindr. with bsx 
 q. V. In Kal part. pass, of a drooping 
 heart, Ez. 16, 30. 
 
 PuL. ?'^'ax only in poetry. 1. to lan- 
 guish, to droop, as of plants, Is24, 7 ; 
 hence of fields Is. 16, 8. Nah. 1, 4; 
 of a sick person Ps. 6, 3, where ^bax 
 seems to be for ^^axx ; so Maurer. 
 
 2. to motim, to lament, Is. 19, 8 ; so 
 of a land laid waste Is. 24, 4. 33, 9 ; of 
 walls thrown down Lam. 2, 8. Hence 
 in prose 
 
 bb')2^5 m. languid, feeble, Neh. 3, 34. 
 
 * D'^iJ obsol. root, perh. i. q. caa, 
 Da 5 q. V, to join together, to collect, to 
 
 congregate. Arab. * I to be near, relat- 
 ed. Hence the noun nax i. q. fis a 
 people, and 
 
 D'OS Amam pr. n. of a place or city in 
 the southern part of the tribe of Judah, 
 Josh. 15, 26. 
 
 *^'l'!s^ 1. pr. to prop, to stay, 
 to support, a) Spec, with the arm. 
 to bear or carry a child, Num. 11, 12. 
 Lam. 4, 5. Part, "jax, natdnyoiyog, a 
 
nurnng-fatJier, one who carries a child 
 on his arm and takes care of it. Num. 
 
 1. c. Is. 49, 23 ; also a foster-father, Esth. 
 
 2, 7. 2 K. 10, 1. 5. Comp. bsbs , Arab. 
 l^Lo sustentavit, ahiit. Fem. rsrk a 
 nurse, Ruth 4, 16. 2 Sam. 4, 4. 'b) to 
 found, to build up, kindr. with nsB , lajj ; 
 hence "ittij, ^i'^x, architect, njisx a pil- 
 lar, prop. 
 
 2. Intrans. to stay oneself, to be stayed 
 tip, supported ; hence to be firm, stable, 
 such as one may safely lean upon, me- 
 taph. to be faithful. Part. pass. B-^Jiilsx the 
 faithfid, niaioi, Ps. 12, 2. 31, 24. Comp. 
 
 tJ!iG Is. 26, 3. Arab, ^f to be faith- 
 
 ^ ,* 
 fill, jj^t to lean upon and trust in any 
 
 one, ^iyA to trust, to be secure. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be supported, i. e. to be 
 home in the arms as a child, Is. 60, 4. 
 Comp. Kal no. 1. 
 
 2. to be founded, i. e. to be firm, sta- 
 ble, sure, e. g. of a house 1 Sam. 2, 35. 
 25, 28. 2 Sam. 7, 16. 1 K. 11. 3S; of a 
 firm place, where a nail holds fast. Is. 
 22. 23. 25 ; of a firm and stable condition 
 7, 9. 
 
 3. to be durable, lasting, permanent, 
 e. g. of waters which never fail (opp. 
 aj2i<) Is. 33, 16. Jer. 15, 18 ; of diseases 
 Deut. 28, 59 ; of a covenant Ps. 89, 29. 
 
 4. Metaph. to be faithful, trustworthy, 
 sure, such as one can lean upon ; so of 
 a servant 1 Sam. 22, 14. Num. 12, 7 ; a 
 messenger Prov. 25, 13 ; a witness Jer. 
 42, 5. Is. 8,2; of God Deut. 7, 9. Is. 49, 7. 
 Hos. 12, 1. Ps. 78, 8 ss-nx n:ri xb 
 "inn his spirit was not faithful towards 
 God. Part. yoHi faithfid, upright, Prov. 
 11, 13. 27, 6 =nx irsB ^-^z^ii: faithful 
 are the wounds of a friend, i. e. his se- 
 vere rebukes proceed from fidelity and 
 sincerity. Also of a man of tried wis- 
 dom. Job 12, 20. 
 
 5. to be sure, certain, true, Hos. 5, 9 ; 
 of the word of God Ps. 19, 8. Also to be 
 found true, to be verified, confirmed, 
 Gen. 42, 20. 1 K. 8, 26. 
 
 HiPH. '("'^ill^l 1. to stay upon, to build 
 upon; pr. Is. 28, 16 he that buildeth 
 thereon shall notfiee away. Usually 
 
 2. Metaph. to tinist, to confide in, like 
 
 Arab, 'wiol c. u . Job 4, 18 i-^iisa '.n 
 *^ 6*"" 
 
 j^ax^ fcib lo ! he putteth no trugt in his 
 servants. 15. 15. 39, 12. Ps. 78, 22. 32. 119, 
 66. nin-'a T'?^!! to trmt in Jehovah Gen. 
 15, 6 ; I'^jna 'n tib to have no tnmt in 
 one's life, i. e. to fear for one's life, Deut. 
 28, 66 ; c. ace. et inf. Judg. 11, 20. 
 
 3. to believe, to receive as true, absol. 
 Is. 7, 9 ; oftener with h of pers. and thing, 
 Gen. 45, 26. Ex. 4, l! 8. 9. Prov. 14, lb. 
 Ps. 106, 24 ; ^3 Ex. 4, 5. Job 9, 16. Also 
 with infin. Job 15, 22 he beliereth (hopeth) 
 not to escape out of darkness i. e. terror. 
 
 4. Perh. intrans. to stand firm, still. 
 Job 39, 24 he standeth not still, when the 
 voice of the trumpet sc. is heard. Comp. 
 Virg. Georg. 3. 83. According to a com- 
 mon idiom of speech, it might also be ex- 
 plained : ' He so longs for the battle that 
 he scarce believes or trusts his ears for 
 joy,' etc. Comp. Job 9, 16. 29, 24. 
 
 Deriv. px c:"ax , *,i^x , 'M^n , rivrorn 
 
 II. yc^ HiPH. rrxn 
 
 i. q. denom. 
 
 pain to turn to the right hand, Is. 30, 21. 
 
 1''?^ Chald. Aph. ',13''n to trust, c. 3 
 Dan. 6, 24 ; like Syr. ,_c la^oi . Part, 
 pass, '(q^ryo faithful, trustworthy, Dan. 
 6, 5. 2, 45, Syr.,-Li.oiio. 
 
 "P?^ m. an architect, artist, workman, 
 Cant. 7, 2; see r. "jrij no. 1. b. Syr. 
 l^ol , Chald. l-oix , id. To this Ara- 
 maean form inclines the orthography IBX 
 omman, which Kimchi and Judah Ben 
 Karish read in their Mss. 
 
 1''?^ (r. "jax no. 2) 1. Adj. verbal/rw; 
 * 
 metaph. faithfid; Arab, .j^^ Syr. 
 
 )> tV] . Abstr. i. (\. faithfulness, fidelity ; 
 as "ii^X "^"bN the God of faithfulness Is. 
 65, 16. Comp. Rev. 3, 14. 
 
 2. Adv. amen, i. e. verily, truly, cer- 
 tainly, Jer. 28, 6. '{oy^) "(oyt Ps. 41, 14. 
 72, 19. 89, 53. Its proper place is, where 
 one person confirms the words of another, 
 and adds his wish for success to the 
 other's vows and predictions, amen, so be 
 it. Sept. well, yivono. 1 K. 1. 36. Jer. 
 11,5. Num. 5, 22. Deut. 27, 15 sq. Neh. 
 5, 13. 8, 6. 1 Chr. 16, 36. 
 
 I'QS^ m. (r. *|UX) faithfulness, verity, 
 Is. 25, 1. 
 
\'2i!^ 
 
 m 
 
 "^2^ 
 
 ^r''?^ f. (r. ''cx) 1. a covenant, pr. a 
 confirmation, surety, Neh. 10, 1. Arab. 
 
 2. Something fixed, appointed, i. e. 
 an allou-ance, portion, i. q. ph, Neh. 
 11, 23 ; spoken of a daily allowance for 
 the subsistence of the singers. 
 
 3. Amanah, pr. n. of a perennial stream 
 (comp. Is. 33, 16) which rises in Anti- 
 Lebanon, and waters the territories of 
 Damascus, 2 K. 5, 12. Hence also that 
 part of Anti-Lebanon bore the same 
 name, Cant. 4, 8. The Greek name was 
 Chysorrhoas ; now el-Barada. 
 
 ni'Oi? f. pr. supporting ; hence a pillar, 
 column, plur. m:rN.n 2 K. 18, 16. R. '{ot^. 
 
 nr'GS f (r. "iix) 1. a hringing-up, 
 tutelage, Esth. 2, 20. 
 
 2. verity, only as adv. verily, truly, in- 
 deed, Josh. 7, 20. Gen. 20, 12. 
 
 'J1*'52X (faithful) Amnon pr. n. m. a) 
 The eldest son of David, by Ahinoam, 
 slain by his brother Absalom, 2 Sam. 3, 
 2. 13, 1-39 ; once Ti3'*ai< q. v. b) 1 CHr. 
 4, 20. 
 
 02121$ adv. (from ',ttX with the adv. 
 ending C_ ,) verily, truly, indeed, Job 9, 2. 
 19, 4. 5. Is. 37, 18. 'S c:w true that, 
 at is true that, Job 12, 2. Ruth 3, 12. 
 
 Dp'aX id. Gen. 18, 13. Num. 22, 37. 
 
 *Y'^^ fut. f^S?., to be alert, active, 
 Jirm; kindr. with yoH, C>^n, to be 
 sharp, eager. Hence of the feet, to be 
 strong in the feet, to be swift-footed, comp. 
 Piel no. 1, V''2S, and the Arabic usage. 
 Trop. of activity and alertness of mind, 
 a firm and undaunted spirit, 2 Chr. 13. 
 18 ; opp. ?:3 and ?"i3 to have the knees 
 fiink, to befecble-minded. With '{O to 
 be stronger than, to prevail over any 
 one. Gen. 25, 23. Ps. 18, 18. 142, 7. ptn 
 yrxi be strong and of good courage, i.e. 
 brave and undaunted, Deut. 31, 7. 23. 
 
 f- 
 
 Josh, 1, 6-18. Arab. (ja^\ to be active, 
 
 s ,f 
 fleet, of a horse ; whence \jOyJ} i. q. 
 
 ytK, a fleet horse. 
 
 Piel T'SK I. to make fiTtn, to strength- 
 en, pr. sinking knees, faltering feet, Job 
 4, 4. Ih. 35, 3. Trop. to render alert, to 
 encourage, Deut. 3, 28. Job 16, 5. 
 
 2. to strengthen, to make strong. Is. 41, 
 10. Ps. 89, 22. 2 Chr. 11, 17. Prov.' 31, 17. 
 24, 5. 
 
 3. to restore, to repair a building, i. q. 
 pm , 2 Chr. 24, 13. Also to found, to set 
 fast, Prov. 8, 28. 
 
 4. to strengthen, i. e. to harden the 
 heart, to make obstinate, Deut. 2, 30. 
 15, 7. 2 Chr. 36, 13. 
 
 5. to set fast, i. e. to appoint, to choose. 
 Ps. 80. 18 whom thou haM chosen far 
 thyself, comp. v. 16. Is. 44, 14. 
 
 HiPH. intrans. to be alert, of good cour- 
 age, undaunted, Ps. 27, 14. 31, 25. 
 
 HiTHPA. 1. to be alert, active, c. infin. 
 to do any thing with alacrity, eagerly, 
 1 K. 12, 18. 2 Chr. 10, 18. 
 
 2. to make oneself strong, of conspira- 
 tors, 2 Chr. 13, 7. 
 
 3. to make oneself firm, i. e. to resolve 
 firmly, to be resolute. Ruth 1, 18. Comp. 
 
 Deriv. f'^BS, yrxia, and the five fol- 
 lowing : 
 
 V"OX plur. fiiS^S, active, spirited, 
 fleet, of horses Zech. 6, 3. It is read 
 also in v. 7, where the context demands 
 
 8 * 6 >^ 
 
 fis'is red. Arab. (JOjI and itOjjf ac- 
 tive, fleet, of a horse. ^ 
 
 f ''2^5 m. strength. Job 17, 9. 
 
 ni12ll5 f strength, protection, i. q. Ti?o , 
 Zech. 12, 5. R. fax. 
 
 ''^''r^ (strong) Amzi, pr. n. m. a) 
 1 Chr. 6, 31. b) Neh. 11, 12. 
 
 n^S'OS (whom Jehovah strengthens) 
 Amaziah, pr. n. m. a) A king of Judah, 
 son of Joash and father of Uzziah, r. 
 838-811 B. C. 2 K. 12, 22. 14, 1 sq. 2 Chr. 
 25, 1 sq. Written also in^sr^N; 2 K. 14, 
 1. 9. 11. b) A priest of the golden calf 
 at Bethel, hostile to Amos, Amos 7,10 sq. 
 c) 1 Chr. 4, 34. d) 6, 30. 
 
 * "^'2^. inf absol. ^"iiss, constr. IfeX, 
 c. pref -itX3 Deut. 4, 10, itx3 Josh. 6. 8, 
 but always itsb contracted ; fut. "irfci"', 
 nrx'T . with conj. accent. "i^X'^ , with 
 Alcph dropped r^wci'' Ps. 139. 20. 
 
 1. to say. very freq. The primary 
 idea is to l)ear forth, to bring out to light, 
 and hence to utter, to say ; comp. Xtoj, 
 K33 , i;3 , and Gr. (ftifil. Hence Hithpa. 
 q. v. also "i'^H top, summit, and "'"^'b^ 
 
Ta 
 
 67 
 
 im 
 
 pr. mountaineer. It differs from ta'i to 
 apeak, in that "^an is put absolutely, 
 while "lojj is followed by the words 
 spoken; e.g. Lev. 1,2 iixya") 'ja-bxnan 
 Dn''^ i?""?!*^ fipeak unto tlie children of 
 Israel, and say unto them, etc. 18, 2. 23, 
 
 2. 10 ; or also Ex. 6, 10 "bx nin-i nan^ii 
 ibsb nd'a and Jehovah spake unto Moses, 
 saying-, i. e. in these words. 13, 1. Also 
 c. accus. Jer. 14, 17 Tx cn-'bx nn^xn 
 '^?'l "^-^n <^'w^ ^^?i s/ia/< say unto them 
 this word. Gen. 44, 16 niaxs-nTa what 
 shall we say? 41, 54 rjOi'' 1T25< -idi<3 
 according as Joseph haxl said. 22, 3 
 to the place n*'n"bx ib lox nrx which 
 God had said unto him. Rarely with 
 'S, Job 36, 10. In a few doubtful ex- 
 amples, and only in the later Hebrew, 
 "lOX seems to be put absol. for la^ ; e. g. 
 2 Chr.2, 10 -bx nb'j*] ansa n^nn nrxi? 
 niabttJ and Hnram said (spake) by letter, 
 and sent it to Solomon ; but here the very 
 words follow, so that the clause and sent 
 it to Solomon is parenthetic, and "itSX""] 
 refers to the words of the letter. 2 Chr. 
 32, 24 ib -nsx'] and he (God) said unto 
 him, i. e. spake to him ; but here we may 
 also render : and he promised him, since 
 after verbs of speakino-, showing, etc. the 
 object it is very often omitted ; see Lehrg. 
 p. 734. This remark also throws light 
 upon the vexed passage in Gen. 4, 8 : and 
 Cain said (it) unto Abel his brother (i. e. 
 he told him that which God had said to 
 him in V. 7), but it came to pass when they 
 were in the field, etc. Samar. and Sept. 
 insert m'rn nabs, Siil&apiv ti^ to 
 nediov. 
 
 The person to whom one says any 
 thing, is put with bs 2 K. 22, 8 ; bx 
 Gen. 3, 16. 13, 14 ; and b Gen. 3, 17. 20', 
 
 5. 6. But both these latter particles, 
 although more rarely, serve to mark the 
 person of, concerning whom one speaks, 
 
 6. g. b.x 2 K. 19, 32. Jer. 22, 18. 27, 19 ; 
 b. Gen.' 20, 13 "b "n^x say of me. Ps. 3, 
 
 3. 71, 10. Judg. 9, 54. The person of 
 whom is also put in the ace. Gen. 43, 27 
 your father, the old man cniTSX -i^'x 
 whom ye said, i. e. spoke of. v. 29. Num. 
 14, 31. Deut. 1, 39. Ps. 139, 20. 
 
 Spec, a) to say to or of any thing 
 this or that, i. q. to call it so or so, to 
 term, to name, Is. 5, 20. 8, 12. Ecc. 2, 2. 
 Part. pass. IWX called, named, Mic. 2, 7. 
 
 Comp. Niph. no. 2. b) to say is some' 
 times i. q. to exhort, Job 36, 10 ; to pro- 
 mise, 2 Chr. 32, 24 ; to tell, to declare^ 
 Ex. 19, 25; and hence to declare c. ace. 
 i. q. to proclaim, to laud, Ps. 40, 11. 
 Is. 3, 10. Such examples are for the 
 most part readily determined by the 
 context. 
 
 2. iaba "nax Gen. 17, 17. Ps. 10, 6. 11. 
 
 14, 1. Is. 47, 8, (Arab. JU ^^ Jli, 
 
 Sj^ ^^ J\j,) also iaabb -irx Hos. 7, 2, 
 
 iab-bx Gen. 8, 21, and simpl. niax , to say 
 in or to one's heart or self, i. q. to think, 
 to suppose, to wish, to purpose j see in 
 ab no. 1. f. Comp. i^^^, ^2^'^., Arab. 
 
 JIS* , Gr. tptjpi in Homer and the tragic 
 writers. For.ster relates that among 
 some of the savages of the Pacific ocean 
 they use the phrase to speak in the belly 
 for to think. I Sam. 20, 4. Gen. 44. 28 
 ami I thought, Surely he is torn in pieces. 
 Ex. 2, 14 -iiax nnx "^SJ-iribn thinkest thou 
 to kill me 7 Sept. pi] mtXnv ftt <jv &tlfig ; 
 2 Sam. 21, 16, Sept. duronzo. 1 K. 5, 5 
 [19]. 1 Sam. 20, 4. Ab.sol. Ps. 4, 5 com^ 
 mune with your own heart upon your 
 bed. So simpl. lax Ps. 16, 2. 31, 15. 
 116, 11. etc. ' ^ 
 
 3. toco?raman(i, like Arab. _>ot, chiefly 
 in the later or silver age of the Heb. 
 tongue; c.inf etb, Esth. l,17X''3nb -iBX 
 ^ndlTX he commanded to bring in Vash- 
 ti. 4, 13. 9, 14. Also followed by 1 and 
 a finite verb, Neh. 13. 9 sntn::':] "b^i<3 
 then I commanded and they purified. 2 
 Chr. 24, 8 inx )iix !ir3^] r)bBn -i-ax";; 
 the king commanded and they made a 
 chest. 1 Chr. 21, 7. Ps. 105, 31. 34. Jon. 
 2, 11. Job 9, 7. (In Chaldee we find the 
 former construction Dan. 2, 46. 3, 13 ; 
 and the latter Dan. 5. 29. The same is 
 common in Syriac, Samaritan, Arabic.) 
 Elsewhere also with ace. of thing, 2 Chr. 
 29, 24 for the king had commanded this 
 burnt-offering for all Israel, i. e. had ap- 
 pointed, instituted. 1 K. 11. 18 "nsx anb 
 ib and commanded (to give) him victuals. 
 Job 22, 29. With dat, of pers. 2 Sam. 
 16, 11. Comp. hat. jubere legem, faedus. 
 
 Niph. ^nx?, fut. icx;i and "lOSJ". 
 1. to be said, with b and bx of pers. 
 Num. 23, 23. Ez. 13, 12. Also impers. 
 
1?ii5 
 
 68 
 
 *e5^ 
 
 it is said, they say, Gen. 10, 9. 22, 14. 
 Num. 21, 14. 
 
 2. ^ '^V.^'2 to be said to any one, sc. 
 this or that, i. e. to be so called, to be 
 named, Is. 4, 3. 19, 18. 61, 6. 62, 4. Hos. 
 2,1. 
 
 Hi PH. *i*^^i<n to make say, to cause to 
 promise. Deut. 26, 17 thou hast this day 
 tnadc Jehovah say or promise, 18 and 
 Jehovah hath made thee promise, i. e. ye 
 have mutually promised, have mutually 
 accepted and ratified the conditions of 
 each other. 
 
 HiTHPA. ">fisr.fl to lift up oneself, to 
 boast oneself Ps. 94, 4. Comp. Kal no. 1. 
 
 Deriv. "nax bsi-ax , also t'sx , naxia. 
 
 "TJaSi Chald. 3 fem. n-i^X for rinttx 
 Dan. 5, 10 ; fiit. -ii2X^ , inf. "i^XB and "isa 
 Ezra 5, 11 ; part, nax; i. q. Hebr. 
 
 1. to say, with dat. of pers. Dan. 2, 25 ; 
 ace. of thing, Dan. 7. 1 ; also followed 
 by the words spoken. Dan. 2, 24, or even 
 written, Dan. 7, 2. See our remarks on 
 the oriental usus loquendi in Luke 1, 63, 
 in the London Class. Journ, no. 54. p. 
 240. Plur. 'i'^'^^X pr. they are saying, 
 i. q. they say, put for the Pass, it is said, 
 proclaimed ; Dan. 3, 4 X^B^S "i"'")^!< '|13^ 
 to you it is proclaimed, O people, etc. 
 Theod. kiynai. On the idiom see Lehrg. 
 p. 798. 
 
 2. to command, see the examples in 
 Heb. "IBS Kal. no. 3. 
 
 Deriv. xr33. 
 
 "1^^ in sing, only c. suff. iittX Job 20, 
 29 ; plur. ="^-iS< , constr. innx .' For the 
 sing, absol. the form "ink is used. 
 
 1. a word, discourse, what is said, i. q. 
 *12^ ; but, with the exception of Josh. 
 24. 27, only in the poetic style. Espec. 
 of the words of God, bx-inax Num. 24, 
 4. 16. rrx inisx Prov. 22, 21 ; c?3 i"iBX 
 15, 26. Ps. 19, 15. Prov. 6, 2. al. Gen."49, 
 21 Naphlali is nn^i)ttJ nb'x a slender 
 hind, "Bt5 "''DBH '(r'fi giving forth words 
 of grace, i. e. pleasant, persuasive ; prob. 
 to be referred to some poetic or oratorical 
 talent of this tribe, otherwise unknown. 
 If it be objected, that words cannot be 
 ascribed to a hind, we may reply that 
 jrsn refers to Naphtali and not to nb*8< 
 hind ; and hence there is no necessity 
 lor the ctjnjccture of Bochart, following 
 the Sept. that it should read n^"^K and 
 
 ."'nrx. For this use of the art. ft, see 
 Heb.' Gr. 107. init. 
 
 2. a command. Job 20, 29 ilBX n^n_ 
 bXB lit. the lot of his command from God, 
 i. e. his appointed lot from God. Comp. 
 "iBX no. 3. 
 
 "TSfi? Chald. m. plur. 'p'lax, a lamb, 
 Ezra 6, 9. 17. 7, 17. Syr. f-^] , Arab. ' 
 
 ^\^, Sjjof , a lamb. The root is ^] 
 
 Conj. I, IV, to make much, to multiply, 
 
 vc| to be much, multiplied ; hence pr. 
 
 progeny of the flock. Or it may also be 
 'progeny of the flock' from the idea of 
 bringing forth, see in r. "inij no. 1. 
 
 "^'SSi (talkative) Immer, pr. n. m. a) 
 Jer. 20, 1. b) Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61. 
 
 "^''r^ i. q. "lOX ; the forms of which it 
 borrows in the plural ; a poetic word. 
 
 1. a word, discourse, Ps. 19, 4. 
 
 2. Spec, a song, hymn, i'nog, Ps. 19, 3 ; 
 a song of triumph, epinicium, Ps. 68, 12. 
 
 3. a promise, trom God, Ps. 77, 9. In 
 a punitive sense, threat, Hab. 3, 9. 
 
 4. a matter, thing, like "ili'n , Job 22, 
 
 28. Arab. Jcf id. 
 
 nn'QX f. (r. IBS) plur. ninrx, i. q. 
 "irx , nrk , and like them only poetic ; a 
 ward, discourse, mostly of God, Ps. 18, 
 31. 119, 38. 50. 103. 140 ; also a song, 
 hymn. Gen. 4, 23. Deut. 32, 2. Ps. 17, 6. 
 
 H'n'aX f id. Lam. 2, 17. 
 
 ''"'''2^ according to the probable con- 
 jecture of Simonis pr. mountaineer, from 
 an obsol. "its height, mountain, see un- 
 der r. "iwS no. 1 ; hence as gentile n. an 
 Amorite, collect, the Amoritcs, Sept. 
 'jfiOQ^tuoi. a Canaanitish people, appa- 
 rently the largest and most powerful of 
 all, and whose name is sometimes taken 
 in a wide sense so as to include all the 
 other Canaanitish tribes ; Gen. 15, 16. 
 48, 22. Am. 2, 9. 10. Deut. 1, 20. A part 
 of them dwelt in the mountainous tract 
 which afterwards belonged to the tribe 
 of Judnh, and were subject to five kings, 
 Gen. 14, 7. 13. Num. 13, 29. Another 
 part held the country beyond Jordan 
 north of the Arnon as fiir as to the Jab- 
 bok and even beyond this stream, Num. 
 21, 13. 24. 32, 39. These were subject 
 
T^ 
 
 69 
 
 to two kings, viz. of Heshbon and Ba- 
 shan or Biitanea, Deut. 4, 47. Josh. 2, 10. 
 
 'I'aX (eloquent) Imri, pr. n. m. a) 
 
 1 ciir. 9, 4. b) Neh. 3, 2. 
 
 n^'^'QX (whom Jehovah said, i. e. pro- 
 mised, q. d. Theophrastus) Amariah, pr. 
 n. m. a) 1 Chr. 5, 33 [6, Z]. b) 1 Chr. 
 5, 37 [6, llj. Ezra 7, 3. Comp. Winiax 
 a. c) Neh. 10, 4. 12, 2. 13. d) Ezra 
 10, 42. e) Neh. 11,4. f) Zeph. 1, 1. 
 g) See =in;")T?5< b. 
 
 'l'^^''''?^ (id.) Amariah, pr. n. m. a) 
 
 2 Chn 19, 11. b) 1 Chr. 24, 23, written 
 also n-'i-ax 23, 19. c) 2 Chr. 31, 15. 
 
 5B"1X1S Amraphel, pr. n. of a king of 
 Shinar, i. e. Babylonia, in the time of 
 Abraham, Gen. 14, 1. 9. It seems to be 
 Sanscr. amampdla, keeper of the gods ; 
 comp. Sardaiiapaius, Sanscr. sridhana- 
 p&la, keeper of the treasures ; so Boh- 
 len and F. Benary. 
 
 ttS for filJ< from r. M^, LUo, 
 vcsperi fecit ; comp. T|~X from ns'lj . 
 
 1. Pr. the past night, as adv. yester- 
 night, last night, Gen. 19, 34. 31, 29. 42. 
 Also yesterday, i. q. bi^Pi , 2 K. 9, 26. It 
 implies strictly the last part of the pre- 
 ceding natural day, (not the civil,) i. e. 
 the evening and night of yesterday, and 
 is then transferred so as to denote even- 
 ing and night in general ; just as the 
 words which signify to-morrow, are also 
 often referred to morning in general. Of 
 yesterday we remember the close ; of to- 
 morrow the beginning is more impressed 
 
 cf 
 
 on our mind. See Arab. (j*ye1 adv. yes- 
 
 s of 
 
 terday, (j^uoi subst. yesterday, comp. 
 
 Lwwuo vesperi fecit; and for to-morrow, 
 Bee Heb. *ij?i2 morning and morrmo, like 
 Germ. Morgen; Gr. av^iov to-morrow, 
 
 from avga morning air; Arab, stjc^ 
 
 5 - # ^ 
 
 morning, Jet morrow, f Jut to-morrow. 
 Hence 
 
 2. night, darkness, genr. Job 30, 3 they 
 Jlee nsiaisn nxid liBX into the night or 
 darkness of desolate wastes, the pathless 
 desert being strikingly compared by the 
 Orientals to night and darkness ; see Jer. 
 2, 6. 31, and Is. 42, 16. Others : yesterday 
 of desolation, i. e. places long since deso- 
 
 lated ; but against this it may be urged, 
 
 0.* 
 
 that (WMjoi, according to Arabian gram- 
 marians, is spoken only of time just past. 
 
 naX f (for r.:S!t , r. yqn) c. sufT. 'Fi^x , 
 'in'qx . 
 
 1. firmness, stability^ perpetuity, Ps. 
 19, 10, parall. "rrb rni2"J. Is. 39, 8 cftii 
 rnxi peace and stability, i. e. firm and 
 stable peace, by tV din dvdlv, comp. no. 
 2. Also sureness, certainty; Josh. 2, 12 
 nax nist a token of sureness, i. e. sure 
 and certain. 
 
 2. faithfulness, fidelity^ truth, i. e. firm- 
 ness and constancy in oneself^ in keeping 
 and executing one's promises, etc. As- 
 cribed to a people Is. 59, 14. 15 ; to a 
 king Ps. 45, 5 ; to God Ps. 30, 10. 71, 22. 
 91, 4. Very freq. joined with lorj , Ps. 
 25, 10. 40, 11. 57, 4. 11. 108, 5. 'l'38, 2, 
 all which passages, by iv dia dvolv, are 
 to be understood of the faithful and con- 
 stant goodness of God. So TOn ntoS 
 ns riaxi to deal kindly and truly with 
 any one, to show him sincere kindness, 
 Gen. 24, 49. 47, 29. Josh. 2, 14. 2 Sam. 
 2, 6. 15, 20. 
 
 3. truth, as opp. to falsehood, Gen. 42, 
 16. Deut. 22, 20. 2 Sam. 7, 28. O-'-iax 
 n^x words which are truth Prov. 22,21. 
 Ascribed to the word of God Ps. 119, 
 142 ; to prophecies Jer. 26, 15 ; to the 
 servant of Grod Is. 42, 3. Hence noX 
 nin*;! the truth of Jehocah, often put for 
 his true doctrine, the true religion, Ps. 
 25, 5. 26, 3. 86, 11. 
 
 4. good faith, uprightness, integrity. 
 Ex. 18, 21 5SS 'X3b nr:i< 'd55< men of 
 integrity, not eager for gain. Neh. 7, 2. 
 Judg. 9, 16. 19. Opp. ran Prov. 8, 7. 
 Spec, of a judge, uprightness, justice; 
 Ps. 19, 10 the judgments of Jehovah are 
 upright, just. Is. 16, 5. Prov. 29, 14. 
 Also sincerity, opp. to hypocrisy, Josh. 
 24, 14. 1 Sam. 12,24. 1 K.2,4. Is. 10,20. 
 
 nnrnaS? f. (r. nna to expand) plur. 
 constr. ninrnax , a sack, Gen. 42, 27 sq. 
 43, 18. 21. 22." 
 
 ''n'aS (true, veracious) Amittai, pr. n. 
 of the father of the prophet Jonah, 2 K. 
 14. 25. Jon. 1, 1. 
 
 i:r\ia Chald. f. (for n^-) strong, 
 mighty, Dan. 7, 7. R. ina q. v. 
 
 JJ* interrog. adv. contr. from. "i^X II, pr. 
 
1 
 
 70 
 
 n5i< 
 
 where? I^a whence! 2 K. 5, 25 Cheth. 
 Then, where ? whither ? 1 Sam. 10, 14. 
 Also of time, '(H~*i5 until when? how 
 long? Jobs, 2. 
 
 Hence npij , with M local ; but Milra 
 Deut. 1, 28. Ps. 139, 7. 
 
 1. whither? also without interrogation 
 Josh. 2, 5. Neh. 2, 16. Praign. Is. 10, 3 
 C3*7'i33 ''3'Sn njx whither will ye (carry 
 and) leave your wealth ? 
 
 2. where ? Ruth 2, 19. 
 
 3. Of time, n3K"l5 until when ? how 
 long? Ex. 16, 28. Ps. 13, 2. Job 18, 2 
 'p^^ib iS2p ',!iaiiyn njx-i? how long ere 
 ye make an end of words ? 
 
 4. Without interrogation, njXI nsx 
 hither and thither, any wldther, 1 K. 2, 
 36. 42. 
 
 "Ji^ i. q. '|ix Heliopolis, q. v. 
 
 i^pij! Chald. pron. 1 pers. /, Dan. 2, 8 ; 
 oftener riDX 2, 23. 3, 25. 4, 6. As genit. 
 Dan. 7, 15. ' 
 
 i^J$ Milel (read Anna, not onna) in- 
 ter], of entreaty, compounded from PTi< 
 and S3 , pr. ah now ! ah I pray thee ! 
 With an imperat. Gen. 50, 17 ; or fut. 
 apoc. as Opt. Neh. 1, 5 ; elsewhere ab- 
 sol. Ex. 32, 31. Dan. 4, 4. Written also 
 4n2X Milel, 2 K. 20, 3. Is. 38, 3. Jon. 1, 14. 
 
 * 1. npX (for r??s, Arab. &S|) i. q. 
 M5X , pDX , ISX , onomutopoetic, to sigh, to 
 groan. Is. 3, 26. 19, 8. Hence the noun 
 i^SX, Gr. uvla (^uvtua, uvid^o)), and 
 
 11. ijJs in Kal not used, to ap- 
 proach, to come to meet, to be present. 
 
 'f ^ 
 
 Arab. ^1 to be in good time, jf fit 
 
 time. Conj. V, X, to delay, to be pa- 
 tient, pr. to take time. IV, to retain. 
 
 PiEi, to cause to meet, to let fall in 
 with, spoken of God, Ex. 21, 13. 
 
 PuAL pr. to be made to meet, i. q. to 
 be brought upon, to befall, e. g. evil, ca- 
 lamity, sent from God, Prov. 12, 21. Ps. 
 91. 10. 
 
 HiTHPA. to seek occasion against any 
 one, c.b 2 K. 5, 7. 
 
 Deriv. '3X, n*3X, rx II (for rpK), 
 nsxn, n3xh7 
 
 ^3* whither? when? see 'tj. 
 
 fljl* Chald. /, Bee WK. 
 
 . ''2^ see in XS5J . 
 
 13Sf| we, pron. i. q. ISl^SS, once Jer. 24, 
 6 Cheth. This unusual form, which is 
 found also in Rabbinic, is derived from 
 "SS , as iisnsx from i33N ; and from it 
 come the suffixes 13, >13 , !13 . In Keri 
 is read the common 13n3it, but most 
 prob. 13K is the genuine reading. 
 
 "J^Si? Chald. pers. pron. 3 plur. i. q. 
 Heb. dn , they, Dan. 2, 44. Fem. 'psx they, 
 7, 17, and in this passage strictly for 
 sunt, they are. The more regular fem. 
 form would seem to be 'j'^Ji* ; but '("^JX 
 stands in all the editions, so e. g. Ex. 
 1, 19 Onk. The form "iSX comes from 
 >-i35<, and I'^SX or 'pSX from -(iisx, the 
 demonstrative syllable "S {ecce !) being 
 prefixed. So also in the Talmud, insx 
 i. q. S>in . See under "^sbN , note. In the 
 Targums also "|1Sf7j fem. "j'^sn- ^Y^- 
 ^01 and lloi . 
 
 tJ13^ m. 1. a man, (see below in 
 t'SN ,) i. q. D'JN , but only in poetic style. 
 Rarely in the sense of the singular, Ps. 
 
 55, 14. Job 5, 17 ; more usually collect, 
 for the whole human race, man. Job 7, 
 17. 15. 14. Ps. 8, 5. The same is ^i3i<-",a 
 Ps. 144, 3. Spec, a) Of a multitude, 
 the common people, vulgus ; hence Is. 8, 
 
 1 Ci'lX I2"jn2 pr. with a man's stylus, i.e. 
 with common letters, not artificial, so 
 that the common people may read with- 
 out difficulty ; see Comment, on Is. 1. c. 
 and Rev. 13, 18. 21, 17; also xmt av&^ut- 
 nov Gal. 3, 15. b) wicked men, Ps. 9, 20. 
 
 56, 2. 66, 12. Comp. cnx no. 1. 
 
 2. Enos, pr. n. of a son of Seth and 
 grandson of Adam, Gen. 4, 26. 5, 6. 9. 
 
 "iK> in Kal not used, kindr. with the 
 roots n:x I, p3S , pxj . 
 
 NrPH. to sigh, to groan, pr. to bemoan 
 oneself, Fr. se plaindre, Ex. 2. 23, Joel 
 1, 18. Aram. Ethpa. id. With br Ez, 
 21, 12, 1 Ex. 2. 23, of that on account 
 of which one groans. Hence 
 
 ^'^P^ f plur. riinjx , a sighing, sigh, 
 groaning. Ps. 31, 11.' Lam. 1, 22. Is; 21, 
 
 2 nrn3X"b3 all the sighing on account 
 of her i. e. Babylon. 35, Iftk^l, 11. 
 
 ^-'7?^ pers. pron. 1 plur.romm. ire, the 
 common form ; whence by apheercsis 
 
rm 71 
 
 Hjn? . Arab. ^ . Gen. 13, 8. 29, 4. 
 42,' 31. etc. See "=b5<, note. 
 
 KSnrX , n:n: , eimld. id. Dan. 3, 16. 
 17. Ezra 4, 16. 
 
 ''3S!t, with distinct, accent ""JX, pers. 
 pron. 1 pers. sing, of botli genders, /, i. q. 
 ^abst q. V. Pleon. joined with the 1 pers. 
 of verbs, espec. in the books of the silver 
 age of the Hebrew, as ''JX Tinax Ecc. 
 2, 1. 11. 12. 15. 18. 20. 3, 17. 4, 1. 2. 4. 7. 
 7, 25. Mostly in the nominative case ; 
 and put for tlie obUque cases only where 
 these already precede, Heb. Gramm. 
 119. 3. Sometimes it includes the idea 
 of the subst. verb, i. q. lam, Gen. 15, 7. 
 24, 24. See ''=35$ , note. 
 
 ''Sit comm. a ship, or rather collect. 
 ships, a fleet, navy. Arab. Sul , plur. 
 Suj| and Ji\l\ , a vessel, espec. for wa- 
 ter, a bucket, urn, pitcher, so called from 
 the idea of retaining and containing, 
 comp. -it Conj. IV. Comp. in Engl. 
 
 vessel for ship ; also Gr. yavlo? a milk- 
 pail, and yni'Xoq ship, Hdot. 3. 136 ; axn- 
 <jptV milk-pail and ship; Heb. nan and 
 KOJ 'bs Is. 18, 2. So 1 K. 9, 26. 27. 
 10, 11 where it is joined with a verb 
 masc. V. 22. Is. 33, 21, in both passages 
 with a fem. In all these passages it 
 seems to be a collective, to which the 
 corresponding noun of unity is n'SX, 
 afler the analogy of the Arabic nomina 
 
 vicis et singulaHlatis, as 2(jLo one stalk 
 
 S 
 
 of straw, f^yj^ straw, see De Sacy 
 
 Gramm. Arabe I. 577 ; whence also 
 '3X wants the plural. The author of 
 Chronicles by way of explanation has 
 twice put for it the plur. m'SX ; see 1 K. 
 9, 26, comp. 2 Chr. 8, 18 ; i K. 10, 22, 
 comp. 2 Chr. 9, 21. Vulg. always clas- 
 eis, Syr. ships. 
 
 ^^^ f noun of unity corresponding 
 ^ to collect. '3X , a ship, Prov. 30, 19. Jon. 
 1, 3. 5. Plur. Gen. 49, 13. Judg. 5, 17. 
 nniO ni'SX merchant-ships Prov. 31, 14. 
 tS-'iri-jn ni'3X.-#Aips of Tarshish Is. 23, 
 \\ spoken genr. of any large merchant- 
 ihips (see in tti'^'^nr)) 2 Chr. 9, 21. Ps. 
 
 5: 
 
 48^ 8. Is. 2, 16. ni^SX '1^38< ship-men, 
 siulors, 1 K. 9, 27. 
 
 n^3S| f. sighing, vuntming, Is, 29, 2. 
 R. n:x I. 
 
 lay'SSf; (sighing of the people) pr. n. 
 m. Aniain, 1 Chr. 7, 19. 
 
 * ^31^ m. lead, Lat. plumbum, i. q. 
 tTiBJ ; hence for a plumb-line, plummet, 
 Ami. 7, 7 T|3! rain a wall of the plumb- 
 line, i. e. built by rule, plumb, v. 8 I will 
 lay tfie plumb-line to my people Israel, 
 i. e. I will destroy utterly as if by rule 
 and measure ; comp. Is. 34, 11. 2 K. 21, 
 13. This word appears to be primitive ; 
 
 at least the Arabic verb viLi! to be gross, 
 unwieldy, dull, is prob. a denom. derived 
 from lead. pr. to be leaden. Correspond- 
 ing is Arab, viljl , Syr. \^ . Eth. by 
 transp. fTijft, also Armen, ui&urij. 
 anak, which comprehends both black 
 and white lead. 
 
 ''^-ij (Milra), in Pause with a change 
 of tone ^33'x (Mil6l), 1 pers. pron. of both 
 genders, /, i. q. ''SX . This is the pri- 
 mary and fuller form, and is in general 
 more rare than the shorter one ; yet in 
 the Pentateuch it is more frequent, while 
 in some of the later books, as the Chroni- 
 cles and Ecclesiastes, it wholly disap- 
 pears. The Phenicians have the same 
 form written "3X , see Inscr. Citiens. 2, 1. 
 3, 1, in Monumenta Phoeniciae ; the an- 
 cient Egyptians and Copts also have 
 it written ANoK, ANoG ; while Aram. 
 
 Uf, St3>{, Arab. Ul,Eth. Al, accord 
 more nearly with the form "'SS . 
 
 Note. The striking resemblance of 
 the Hebrew personal pronouns to those 
 of the ancient Egyptian language, ap- 
 pears from the following table ; in which 
 the capital letters are those found in the 
 ancient writing, and the small vowels 
 are inserted from the Coptic. 
 
 Pron. sep. Suffix. 
 
 1. ANoK A, I 
 
 2. m. eNToK K 
 
 2. /. eNTO T 
 
 3. m. eNToP P 
 3. /. eNToS S 
 
:&^ 
 
 72 
 
 1H' 
 
 Plur.l. ANaN N 
 
 2. eNTOTeN TeN 
 
 3. eNTSeN SeN 
 
 This table shows clearly the follow- 
 ing points : a) All the Egyptian sepa- 
 rate pronouns are compounded, by pre- 
 fixing to the proper kernel of'the pronoun 
 the prosthetic syllable an, ant, ent,\vhich 
 must have had a demonstrative mean- 
 ing, and served to give more body and 
 force to the pronominal word, b) This 
 prosthetic syllable, at least an, is found 
 in the Hebrew pronouns of the first and 
 second persons : 1. an-oki, an-i. 2. an- 
 ta (sometimes an-ka), f. an-ti, an-t. 
 Plur. 1. an-ahhnu. 2. an-iem, an-ten. 
 The third pers. has it not in biblical 
 Hebrew ; but the Talmud frequently 
 has injN Ae, ipse; Plur. "IjX for "nsx. 
 c) The demonstr. prosthetic syllable an, 
 in, ('|X.) has a clear analogy to the 
 Heb. demonstr. 'fH , ecce ! lo ! and may 
 originally not have been prefixed to the 
 third person in Hebrew, because this 
 could not be pointed at as present. But 
 we clearly find the same syllable in the 
 Nun epentheticum (so called) inserted in 
 the suffixes of verbs future ; and there 
 is therefore scarcely a doubt, that this 
 Nim belongs strictly to the pronoun. 
 For a fuller exhibition of the pronouns. 
 Bee Heb. Gram. pp. 293, 294, edit. 13. 
 Leipz. 1842. 
 
 * 1^^ in Kal not used, Chald. 'JX to 
 be grieved, to be sad, to mourn. Arab. 
 
 fif 
 
 jMi to groan, to sigh. 
 
 HiTHPo. 'i.iis^rn pr. ' to show oneself 
 sad;' hence to complain, to murmur. 
 Lam. 3, 39 ; with the notion of impiety, 
 Num. 11, 1. 
 
 p3cS to urge, to press, to compel; 
 kindr. are ybx, yf[i<, q. v. Once Esth. 
 1, 8 OSix "N none did compel sc. the 
 guests to drink. This root is frequent 
 in the Targums for Heb. bn , y:i'\ , pty . 
 Syr. Ethpe. aajfi) to be compelled; 
 Pa. vJLl) for dxftid!^o(iai Wisd. 14, 19. 
 
 03X Chald. id. Dan. 4, 6 [9] in-^B 
 '^ 05K"S<^ no secret presseth upon thee, 
 troubleth thee. 
 
 * CjS!^ fut. CiSK-i, to breathe; also to 
 breathe hard through the nostrils, to 
 
 snort ; found in the verb only trop. to be 
 angry, comp. H'^sn Ps. 10, 5. Constr. 
 absol. Ps. 2, 12. 60, 3. 79, 5 ; or with 3 
 of the object, Is. 12, 1. 1 K. 8, 46. Ps. 85, 
 6. Found only in the loftier and poetic 
 style ; in prose the more common form is 
 HiTHPA. pr. to show oneself angry, 
 hence to be angry, i. q. Kal, c. a Deut. 
 
 1, 37. 4, 21. 9, 8. 20. 
 Deriv. r,N II. 
 
 vl?i? Chald. only in plur. c. suff*. ""iniBJS , 
 i. q. Heb. C^BX, the face, visage, Dan. 
 
 2. 46. 3, 19. In the Targums we more 
 frequently find the contracted form 'pSX , 
 with a plural termination, Targ. Gen. 
 32, 30. Deut. 1, 17. 34, 10. Cant. 1, 11. 
 A Dual "I'^SX is not found in Chaldee. 
 
 ^^y!?. f name of an unclean bird, 
 to which are ascribed several species 
 (nprb) Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18. Sept. 
 Xug(xd(}i6t, i. e. a bird haunting clefts and 
 chasms in the banks of rivers, perh. sand- 
 piper. Bochart in Hieroz. II. 335 sq. 
 renders it with the Rabbins angry bird, 
 
 s a> 
 and understands the bird ^^\ i. e. the 
 
 wrathful, a species of eagle ; which 
 would also accord with the Heb. etymo- 
 logy from r;?!!* . Among the more irasci- 
 ble birds is also the parrot, and so both 
 the Arabic versions. 
 
 Pi^ 1. Pr. Lat. angi, to choke, 
 to be in anguish ; hence of cries extort- 
 ed by pain and anguish, to shriek, to 
 sob, to groan, Germ. Angstgeschrey, 
 Jer. 51, 52. Ez. 26, 15. Kindred are the 
 roots P?n, p;5, and words depending 
 from them, as uyxh uruyxi], angere, an- 
 g7istus. Germ, enge, Angst, Engl, an- 
 guish, anxious ; and more softened nsx, 
 nsx for nsK. Chald. p3X, Syr. waJ], id. 
 2. From the idea of choking (see 
 p3n) comes also the signif of collar, 
 p3S , and to adorn with a collar, see p3S j 
 
 hence also the neck, (o-JLc. From its 
 slender neck, a she-goat or kid is called 
 in Arab. ijU-fc q. d. long-neck, in 
 Heb. perhajKs anciently p55 , p3X, comp. 
 
 (^Jx to have a slender neck. From 
 the goat, is derived the word for roe, i. e. 
 ipx ; comp. Lat. caprea from capra. 
 NiPH. i. q. Kal no. 1, Ez. 9. 4. 24, 17 
 
p!5< ' 73 
 
 n^ pJNrt sob in silence, i. e. forbear to | 
 cry out. Hence 
 
 ^}^_ f. coiistr. rpJX 1. a shriek, 
 cry, mourning, Mai, 2, 13; of captives Ps. 
 79, 1 1. 102, 21 ; of the wretched Ps. 12, 6. 
 
 2. Lev. 11, 30, a species of reptile, 
 prob. of the lizard genus, having its 
 name from the moaning cry uttered by 
 some species of lizards. Sept. and Vulg. 
 mils aratteus or shrew-moxise. See Bo- 
 chart Hieroz. I. 1068 sq. 
 
 ffiwSJ i. q. tt5, Syr. Jil, (comp. Gr. 
 voaoq,) to be sick, ill at ease; found only 
 in Part pass. aJlsx, f niB-isx^, ill. des- 
 perate, incurable, fatal, of a disease or 
 wound, Jer. 15, 18. Mic. 1, 9. Job 34, 6. 
 Trop.of grief Is. 17, 11, like nbin, nbn?; 
 of a day of calamity Jer. 17, 16 j of a 
 malignant disposition Jer. 17, 9. 
 
 NiPH. to be very sick, 2 Sam. 12, 15. 
 
 * Iji'M . . 
 *'.;':> ra. a primitive word, not used 
 
 in the sing. pr. a man, vir, and then man 
 in general, homo. Instead of it the He- 
 brews used the contracted and softened 
 form d-'X a man, comp. Gr. tig for IVc, 
 gen. evog,- and also the prolonged form 
 KJ"i3X homo. From this primary form 
 comes fern, nis.s for rtdsx a woman, and 
 plur. D^Cjx men. The signif. of sick- 
 ness and disease, which lies in the root 
 '^^i* , is derived from another source, the 
 primary syllable liJ: ; and has no con- 
 nection with this substantive root. 
 
 ?N Chald. and ttJ3X Dan. 2, 10, stat. 
 emphat. X'.:;:^ Dan. 2, 38. and saSjx 5,21, 
 also Xirisx 4, 13 Cheth. manrhomo, 
 and collect, men, mankind, Dan. 4, 29. 
 30. So in ffiJX ^2 i. q. a-jx-js son of man, 
 i. e. man. homo; Dan. 7, 13 lo! aJSS -123 
 om like the son of man came wYth the 
 clouds of heaven, i. e. the king of the fifth 
 empire, the Messiah. From this passage 
 in Daniel was derived the appellation of 
 the Messiah which in the times of our 
 Saviour was the most common of all, 
 viz. Son of man. Besides the N. t! 
 traces of it are found also in the apocry- 
 phal Book of Enoch, written about the 
 time of Christ's birth, but before the 
 death of Herod the Great. See c. 46, ed. 
 Oxon. Plur. XtUJX \Da Dan. 2, 38. 5, 21. 
 Plur. CttSajt after the Heb. form, Dan 
 4, U 
 
 7 
 
 f^P>: Chald. i. q. Heb. Mnx q. v. 
 Pron. 2 pers. Sing, m. thou, Dan. 2, 29. 
 31. 37. 38. 3, 10. 5, 13. 18. 22. 23. 6^ 17. 
 21 Cheth, This form is a Hebraism 
 peculiar to the biblical Chaldee, instead 
 of the usual wx, nx, comm. gend. and 
 for that reason not acknowledged by the 
 Masorites, who everywhere regard n i8 
 redundant, and substitute in Keri WX. 
 JinSX Chald. ye, pron. 2 pers. plur. 
 Dan. 2, 8. In the Targg. id. also "(tnx. 
 
 ^9^ (prob. physician) Asa, pr. n. m. 
 a) A king of Judah, son of Abijam and 
 grandson of Rehoboam, who died after 
 a reign oi: 41 years, 914 B. C. 1 K. 15, 9 
 sq. 2 Chr. c. 14-16. b) 1 Chr. 9, 16. 
 
 "-'^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. ^61, 
 (t and D being interchanged, see under 
 T.) to be hurt, injured, and trans, to hurt, 
 harm, injure. Hence "jiOX and XQX . 
 
 ^'lOX m. (r. ^^o) pr. a vessel for hold- 
 ing ointment, an oil-Jlask, 2 K. 4, 2. 
 
 rCJJ ni. (r. ntjx) hurt, harm, mischief, 
 done to any one, Gen. 42, 4. 38. Ex. 21, 
 22. 23. 
 
 110^? m. (r. 1D5J) plur. D'^'ISOX, a 
 band, bond. Ecc. 7, 26. "n^iDxri n^a Jer. 
 37, 15 the house ofbmids, i. e. prison. 
 
 "11055 Chald. id. Dan. 4, 12. Ezra 7, 26:. 
 
 f]''?^ m. (r. CiGX) collection, ingather- 
 ing of fruits, Ez. 23, 16. 34, 22. Formed 
 after the analogy of the like nouns "i''::p , 
 
 T^Ci? m. (r. -ittx) plur. tDi-iibiit , one 
 bound, a captive, prisoner, Job 3, 18. Ps. 
 68, 7. It differs from ^IIDX, in that the 
 latter retains the force of a participle, 
 while "i-iDx is a substantive ; see Gen. 
 39, 20. 
 
 T'Si? m. (r. ^tsx) 1. id. Is. 10, 4. 24, 
 22. 42, 7. 
 
 2. Assir, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 24. 1 Chr, 
 6,7. b) 1 Chr. 6, 8. 22. 
 
 "?v> obsol. root, i. q. t3!ib, tailJ^, to 
 put, to set, to lay up; comp. Aram. 1DX, 
 T^l , (^3 and 3 being- interchanged,) to 
 heap up, to lay up, whence }jjc)' and 
 (Zaa.*i8j a heaping up, provision, K^3&X 
 store-houses. Hence 
 
^Cti^ 
 
 74 
 
 Viw 
 
 Si( 
 
 D^'^D^ plur. store-houses, Deut. 28, 8. 
 Prov. 3, 10. In the East these are often 
 under ground, and are now called Mat- 
 miirAt, to K y^iojo . 
 
 t| ("tv obsol. and doubtful root, Aram. 
 to lay up, to hoard, see in COS. Hence 
 
 njCX pr. n. m. Asnah. Ezra 2, 50. It 
 is an appellative, signifying either store- 
 hoicse, or thorn-hush i. q. Chald. H5DS , 
 Heb. nJO. 
 
 "^^?^^ Asnappar, Sept. ^Aaatracpug, 
 Vulg. Assenaphar, pr. n. of an Assyrian 
 king or satrap, who is said to have led 
 out colonies into Palestine, Ezra 4, 10. 
 Bohlen compares Sanscr. Sen&pa, leader 
 of an army ; see also 3i"in30 . 
 
 ^?P^ Asenaih, Egyptian pr. n. of the 
 daughter of Potiphar priest of Heliopo- 
 lis, the wife of Joseph, Gen. 41, 45. 46, 
 20, The LXX. whose authority is con- 
 siderable in Egyptian pr. names, write it 
 'AtTsvid^, Ms. Alex. 'Aafrvi&, which may 
 be written in Egyptian thus, <5.C-JiejT 
 she is of Neith, i. e. belongs to Neith the 
 Minerva of the Egyptians (^C she 
 is) ; like Asisi, ^C-HCG she is of Isis, 
 i. e. devoted to her. A different expla- 
 nation is given by Jablonsky in Opusc. 
 II. 209. Panth. .^gypt. I. 56. For the 
 goddess Neith, see Jablonsky 1. c. and 
 Champollion Pantheon Egyptien no. 6. 
 
 * r^?^, imper. tbx, MSpX Num. 11, 
 16, plur. JlSOX Ps. 50J 5; fut. ?|bs;i, in 
 plur, et c. suff. ^SpX"^, "'?EOX'], rarely 
 with 6t quiescent or dropped C|D'', ~0''i , 
 t;.Gk 1 Sam. 15, 6. 2 Sam. 6, 1. Ps. 104,'2'9. 
 Pr. to scrape, to scrape together, kindr. 
 with the verbs Cl^iO (whence H31D 
 whirlwind), ^BD, also CiD^, and the 
 harsher rion q. v. Hence 
 
 1. to collect, to gather, as fruits Ex. 23, 
 10; ears of grain Ruth 2, 7; money 2 K, 
 22, 4. Also to gather together, to assem- 
 ble men, a people, nations, Ex. 3, 16. 
 Num. 21, 16. 2 Sam, 12, 28. Conetr, 
 with ace. to which is sometimes added 
 ix of pers. or place to or at which ; Gen. 
 42, 17 -lattJia-S}* Bns Sibx*^ awl he ga- 
 thered them together into prison, i. e. put 
 them all together in priaon. 1 Sam. 14, 
 
 52. 2 Sam. 11, 27. Gen. 6. 21 ; also !=? 
 2 K. 22, 20. Hence 
 
 2. to gather to oneself, to take, to receive, 
 espec. to one's hospitality and protection, 
 Deut. 22, 2. Josh. 20, 4. rs-isa 's qO! 
 2 K. 5, 3 sq. to receive one from leprosy, 
 i. e. to restore a leprous person, so that 
 he is again received into the society and 
 intercourse of others. 
 
 3. to gather up, i. e. to contract, to 
 draw up or back, to withdraw. Gen. 49, 
 33 he gathered up his feet into the bed. 
 1 Sam. 14, 19 :|7.; C)bs withdraw thy 
 hand, i. e. desist. Joel 2, 10 the stars 
 drti: ^ips icithdraw their brightness, i, e. 
 shine no more. Hence 
 
 4. to take back or away, espec. that 
 which one has formerly given. Ps. 104, 
 29 ('i"i"t7 cn^-i v[Oh thou takest away 
 their breath, they die. Job 34, 14. Gen. 
 30, 23 ''nQ-in-rN on'^K rjox God hath 
 taken away my reproach. Is. 4, 1. 10, 14. 
 
 5. to take out of the way, to destroy, 
 Judg. 18, 25. 1 Sam. 15, 6 rav r^EOS -(S 
 lest I destroy thee with them. E z. 34, 29 
 DS'i "^SIDN taken away by famine, con- 
 sumed. Jer. 8, 13. Zeph. 1, 2. Comp. 
 the roots "^20, t^^^ . 
 
 6. to bring rip the rear, to be a rear- 
 ward, agmen claudere, as coJIectLng and 
 bringing together the stragglers. Is, 58, 
 8. Comp. Pi. no. 3. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be collected, gathered to- 
 gether, assembled, with hit. of place, Lev. 
 26, 25 ; ^ 2 Chr. 30, 3 ; ^?' 2 Sam. 17, 11 ; 
 though more commonly b? in this phrase 
 signifies against. Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 35, 15. 
 Also is?--!? r,CN3 Gen. 49, 29, lininx-^s* 
 Judg. 2, 10, and sirapl. CiDSJ Num." 20, 
 26, to be gathered to one^s people, fathers, 
 etc. i. e. to depart into Sheol, Hades, 
 where the Hebrews supposed all their 
 ancestors to be congregated. The being 
 gatiiered to one's people or fathers, is ex- 
 pressly distinguished both irom death and 
 from burial, Gen. 25, 8. 35, 29. 2 K. 22, 20. 
 Different are those passages in wliich 
 CiO?*!? denotes the gathering of the dead 
 slain in battle for the pui-pose of burial, 
 Jer. 8, 2. Ez. 29, 5. Job 27, 19. 
 
 2. to be received, comp, in Kal no. 2, 
 e. g. a leprous person, i. q. to be restored, 
 as healed, Num. 12, 14. Reflex, of a 
 sword, Jer. 47, 6 put up thyself into thy 
 scabbard. 
 
C1C 
 
 3. to be taken away/jto depart, to perish, 
 Is. 16, 10. 60, 20. Jcr. 48, 33. Hos. 4, 3. 
 
 PiEL 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to collect, to 
 gather, Is. 62, 9. 
 
 2. to receive in hospitality, Jiulg. 19. 18. 
 
 3. i. q. Kal no. 6, to bring up t/ie rear, 
 to be a rear-ward, Num. 10, 25. Josh. 6, 
 9. 13. Is. 52, 12. 
 
 PuAL pass, of Piel no. 1, to be collected, 
 gathered together, Is, 24, 22. 33, 4. 
 
 HiTHPA. to gather themselves together, 
 to be assembled, Deut 33, 5. 
 
 Deriv. C)"^!* , and the six here follow- 
 ing. 
 
 5|C8J (collector) Asaph, pr. n. m. a) 
 A Levite, the chief of David's singers, 
 
 1 Chr. 16, 4. 5 ; in a later age celebrated 
 also as a poet and prophet, 2 Chr. 29. 30 ; 
 to whom twelve Psalms (50, 73-83) are 
 ascribed in their titles ; and whose pos- 
 terity, r;DX '33 , in the times of Ezra and 
 Nehemiahstilloccupied themselves with 
 sacred poetry and song. 1 Chr. 25, 1. 
 
 2 Chr. 20, 14. 29, 13. Ezra 2, 41. 3, 10. 
 Neh. 7, 44. 11, 22. b) 2 K. 18, 18. Is. 
 36, 3. c) Neh. 2, 8. 
 
 vjbS (after the form tiSit) only in Plur. 
 D''BDX collections, i. e. stores, store-hou- 
 ses, 1 Chr. 26, 15. 17. D"^":5T2n iDOX the 
 store-chambers of the gates, Neh. 12, 25. 
 
 t|9^ collection, ingathering, harvest, 
 espec. of fruits, Is. 32, 10. 33, 4. Mic. 7, 1. 
 
 ^^DS| f a gathering together, assem- 
 blage. Is. 24, 22 pleon. nSDX ilEBX they 
 are gathered together with a gath.eHng, 
 i. e. in one gathering, all at once. 
 
 ^BDii f. only in Plur. niSDX, assem- 
 blies, congregations, espec. of wise and 
 learned men to dispute on divine things. 
 Ecc. 12. 11 niBDX ^br3 masters of assem- 
 blies, i. e. members, associates of such 
 assemblies, i. q. a''7::n in the other clause. 
 In Arabic &/oLaj! v>LsP| ; though the 
 Arabian consessus. i:i3LoULo , are a dif- 
 ferent thing from these Jewish assem- 
 blies. [Others : masters of collections, 
 i. e. compilers, composers of books ; so 
 Kimchi. T. 
 
 Q'^Ewi^t see C;b!<. 
 
 vlCtDS m. pr. collected, adj. dimin. 
 used in contempt for a mi.T^d multiliide, 
 rabble, vagabonds, scraped together from 
 
 75 it 
 
 every quarter and following the Israel- 
 ites in their exodus : with art. tiOBCJXn 
 Num. 11, 4, Aleph being quiescent. 
 The same is called in Ex. 12, 38 an an J. 
 
 2nBC (Mil^l) Chald. adv. diligently, 
 carefully, speedily, Ezra 5, 8. 6, 8. 12. 13, 
 7, 17. 21. 26. Sept. iniSi^iov, irttfifXdtc, 
 iioifioji, Vulg. stmliose, diligenter. The 
 etymology is doubtless to be sought in 
 the Persian language, comp. Sf^tnnx ; but 
 in respect to the root and signification 
 there is little certainty. Bohlen, Symb. 
 p. 21, regards it as from joLj^i \\ from 
 
 wisdom, i. e. wisely, diligently. Kose- 
 garten prefers with Castell to compare 
 i^y-f^ and ,^yjuuk>\ , wholly, perfectly. 
 
 XnSDJ^ Pers. Aspatha, pr. n. of a eon 
 of Haman, Esth. 9, 7. Prob, Sanscr, 
 Asvaddta, Pers. 54>tjuu*,f, 'ab equo 
 datus/ (i. e. by Bramah'under the form 
 of a horse,) comp, Gr. 'Aanadijg. So 
 Benfey, Pott 
 
 **^?^ fiit. ibx^ and nbx^, c. suff. 
 
 1. to bind, to make fast, to bind to any 
 thing, kindr. with "itx and other roots of 
 binding, which see in art. nix. Chald. 
 
 nox, Syr. iJsl Arab, ^l, Eth. AftZ, 
 and AUJ^ id. E. g. an animal, Gen. 
 49, 11 ; a victim, Ps. 118, 27 ; a sword 
 upon the thigh, Neh. 4, 12 ; a person 
 with cords, Ez. 3, 25. Hence 
 
 2. to bind, to put in bonds. Gen. 42, 24 ; 
 espec. in fetters, chains, Ps. 149, 8. Jer. 
 40, 1. 2 K. 25, 7. Part. lilDX one bound, 
 a captive, prisoner, Ps. 146, 7 ; metaph. 
 of a captive to woman's love, Cant. 7. 6. 
 
 3. to put in pmson, to hold in confine- 
 ment, although not bound. 2 K. 17, 4v23, 
 33. Part, "i^ox a prisoner. Gen. 40. 3. 5. 
 Is. 49, 9. ninsiDsn n-^Si the house of pri- 
 soners, i. e, prison, Judg. 16, 21, 25 ; contr. 
 
 B-^-n-ion n"'aEcc.4,14. Arab. Ill id. lit 
 captivity. 
 
 4. to make fast animals to a cart or 
 vehicle, i. e. to harness, to yoke. 1 Sam. 
 6, 7 nVsTS rT-isn-rx cn^ioxn aiid yoke 
 the kine to the cart. v. 1 0. AKso with ace. 
 of the vehicle, to harness a chariot, Gen. 
 46. 29 ; or absol. 1 K. 18, 44 "inj "bx har- 
 ness thy chariot and go down. 2 K. 9, 21. 
 
1& 
 
 76 
 
 t^: 
 
 5. Pr. to bind on, to join ; hence "ibX 
 nrri^SitnTX to join battle, to begin the 
 fight, 1 K. 20, 14. 2 Chr. 13, 3. 
 
 6. iCSD-bs -IBS "^rsi^ to bind a binding 
 (interdict) vpon oneself, i. e. to bind one- 
 self by a vow of abstinence from the use 
 of any thing otherwise lawful, Num. 30, 
 3 sq. Different from *i"i3 ^"i! to vow a 
 vow, which implies something to be per- 
 formed. Chald. 1&J to prohibit, to for- 
 bid, Syr. lj-*o jjff] to bind and loose, to 
 prohibit and permit. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be bound, Judg. 16, 6. 13. 
 :2. to be kept in prison. Gen. 42, 16. 19. 
 PcAL to be made captive in war, Is. 
 22.3. 
 
 Deriv. the two following, and "^IDX, 
 
 "^9^ ^rid '^'^^ - P''- ^ binding, pro- 
 hibition, interdict ; hence a vow of absti- 
 nence. Num. 30, 3 sq. See in r. "Ci< no. 
 6. The absol. state is every where "i&X , 
 but c. suff. tn^CX, plur. rj'''?OS<, Num. 
 30,6.8. 15. 
 
 "^9^ Chald. a prohibition, interdict, 
 Dan. 6, 8 sq. 
 
 "jlin'ICK pr. n. Esar-haddon, a king 
 of Assyria, the son and successor of 
 Sennacherib, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38. Ezra 
 4, 2. Before his father's death, he had 
 been made viceroy over the province of 
 Babylonia, with regal honours. See 
 Berosus in Eusebii Chron. Arm. T. I. p. 
 42, 43, where he is called 'Aaogdav, as 
 also in Sept. 2 K. et Is. 1. c. elsewhere 
 ^'(xxiQSuv, ^uxiQ^ovog Tob. 1, 21. This 
 name was perh. in ancient Assyrian 
 -equivalent to Athro-ddna, Pers. xifj \3t 
 ' gift of fire,' which comes near to Asor- 
 .dan. Bohlen. 
 
 "^nCS Esther, Pers. pr. n. of a Jewish 
 virgin, before called Hadassah, "iS^i!! j 
 Esth. 2, 7, who became the wife of 
 Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and queen of Per- 
 sia. The etymology is correctly given 
 in Targ. sec. ad Esth. 2, 7, as i. q. Pers. 
 SsUIaw sitdreh, star, also good fortune, 
 happiness, Zend, stara, Sanscr. sirl nom. 
 stA for stdr ; whence in the occidental 
 languages. Gr. aairiQ, Lat. aster, Germ. 
 Stem, Engl. star. See Lassen Ind. 
 Biblioth. III. 18. In Syr. put for the 
 8tar of Venus, (see Bar Bahlul Ms.) and 
 
 we recognise the same Persian name in 
 the Heb. n'n'ncs. for which see in its 
 place. This name therefore was parti- 
 cularly appropriate to the character and 
 circumstances of Esther. 
 
 i?S? Chald. St. emphat. N5N, wood, 
 Ezra 5, 8. 6, 4. 11. Dan. 5, 4. 'ft is soft- 
 ened from Heb. ys , the S being changed 
 into X, and y into 5. See under the 
 letters X , S , s . 
 
 1. V|S? Partic. denoting : 1. addition, 
 accession, espec. of something greater 
 and more important, pr. yea more, be- 
 sides, even, adeo. Kindr. with riB, is, 
 iN ; Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. d. Morg. II. 
 p. 143. Corresp. are Syr. ws] , Chald. C]!* . 
 Arab.o. Job 15,4 nxn*;! isn nm-fix 
 yea more, thou dost bring to nought the 
 fear of God. 14, 3. 34, 12. So with a 
 partic. of interrogation, rjXii is it even ? 
 shall even ? followed by QX1 , e. g. Job 
 34, 17. 40, 8. Am. 2, 11. Before a pro- 
 noun repeated for emphasis, Prov. 22, 19 
 tifiX ?iJ< t'ptns'iifi I inake known to thee, 
 even to thee. Hence i. q. Lat. nedum, 
 much more, by impl. much less, how 
 much less, (more fully "^S PjX , which see 
 in its order below, no. 2,) Job 4, 18. 19. 
 So "^3 "X separ. miu^h less when, if. Job 
 9, 14 issrx 'sbx 'S r]N how much less if 
 I should answer him? 35, 14. Ez. 15, 5. 
 
 2. Simpl. marking accession in gene- 
 ral, also. Lev. 26, 16. 28. 2 Sam. 20, 14. 
 Ps. 93, 1. 108, 2. Job 32, 10. al. Often 
 riXI and also. Lev. 26, 39. Deut 15, 17 ; 
 once even Ca"C;i<'i , like Lat. etiani quo- 
 qiie. Lev. 26, 44. Twice or thrice re- 
 peated. Is. 40, 24. 41, 26. Often put 
 poetically and with emphasis for the 
 more common and, aha; comp. Arab. 
 
 O. Is. 48, 12. 13 / also am the last ; 
 my hand aho hath founded the eartli, 
 i. q. and I... and my hiuid, etc. 26, 8. 
 33, 2. 41, 10. 
 
 3. By ellipsis of the conditional parti- 
 cle, i. q. CX px ereji if although. Job 
 19, 4 'n-'Sd D:^K-r,Kn although indeed I 
 have erred. Syr. .1 c], and contr. 
 _s| .- Also even tliough, when yet ; Ps. 
 44, 10 we praise God all tlw day Clt< 
 isr'^bzn;) Finn although thou hast cast us 
 off" and put us to shame. 68, 17. 
 
: 
 
 n 
 
 1E 
 
 515* Chald. also, Dan. 6, 23. 
 
 **? ^^ 1. pr. yea more, that; but 
 also, but even. Ez. 23, 40 yea further- 
 more, that ye did send for men from 
 far. Hab. 2, 5. Gen. 3, 1 nox "^s r,x 
 D^n'bx, put for 'S 5|Xn, w it even so, 
 that God hath said ? Hence 
 
 2. Lat. nedum, pr. much more, how 
 much more, when preceded by an affirm- 
 ative, 1 Sam. 14. 30. 2 Sam. 4, 11 ; where 
 a negative precedes, how much less. 
 Job 25, 6. Sometimes with "^ji omit- 
 ted, id. 
 
 II. 51* m. (for tr3S , r. ClJX) c. suff. 
 'BX, iDX, dual o^BX, pr. ' a breathing- 
 place,' the member with which we 
 breathe ; hence g^^ 
 
 1. the nose, Arab, k^ijt, Eth. A^-4i, 
 id. Spoken of men Num. 11, 20, and of 
 animals Job 40, 24 ; anthrojwp. of God, 
 Ps. 18, 9. v|X r\zi pride, see r.z'i . Also 
 C;x nil breath or blast of llie 7iose, spoken 
 of the hard breathing of an angry per- 
 son, Job 4, 9. Hence 
 
 2. anger , which shoAvs itself in hard 
 breathing. CjX b?S Prov. 22, 24, and 
 tiX d'^X 29, 22, an angry man. Very 
 often of the anger of God, Deut. 32, 22. 
 29, 19. Job 36, 13. 
 
 Dual D-^BX 1. Pr. 'the two breathing- 
 holes,' i. e. the nostrils, Gen. 2, 7. 
 
 2. anger, chiefly in the phrases Tp.i< 
 C^BX slow to anger, patient, and isp 
 d'^BX short i. e. quick of anger, impa- 
 tient ; see in TpS , "isfs . 
 
 3. Meton. the face, countenance, Syr. 
 tsf, Chald. VB?i<- Gen. 3, 19. Fre- 
 quent in the phrase to bow oneself o^BX 
 njtnx the face to the ground, Gen. 19, 1. 
 42,6. nn "^Exb before David 1 Sam. 
 25, 23, for the common "'JEb. 
 
 4. two persons, as if dual from Sing. 
 CJX in the signif. of face, persmi ; comp. 
 nqoawnov, C"^2B , and Syr. \Jz\ . 1 Sam. 
 1, 5 B^BX rnx nsia a portion of two per- 
 sons, i. e. a double portion. See more 
 fully in Thesaur. p. 127. Others, he 
 gave to Hannah one portion in anger, 
 1. e. with sadness, in a sad and sorrow- 
 ful spirit; words signifying anger being 
 sometimes transferred to express the 
 idea of grief, sadness. 
 
 5. Appaim, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 30. 31. 
 
 7* 
 
 '?;^ flit. "iBx;;, to girdon^toputon, 
 sc. the high-priest's ephod, niBX, Ex.29, 
 5. Lev. 8, 7. 
 Deriv. tlie two following, and TiEK . 
 
 "I^l* (i. q. TiBX ephod.) pr. n. m. 
 Ephod, Num. 34, 23. 
 
 fT^S f. 1. Inf. of r. 1BX, a girding 
 on, putting on, sc. of the ephod, Ex. 
 28,8. 
 
 2. a covering, overlaying of a statue 
 with gold, plating, Is. 30, 22, i. q. ''^DS. 
 Idols of wood were often thus overlaid 
 with plates of gold or silver, mglxqvaa, 
 jifqiufjyvQu, Ep. Jer. 6, 34. 
 
 n?^ i- q- Syr. \!z^'^ a palace; Dan. 
 1 1, 45 insx "ibn X his palace-like tabema- 
 
 cles. It is i. q. Arab, ^jjo a high 
 tower, castle, fortress, with Aleph. pros- 
 thetic followed by Dag. forte ; comp. 
 ,r-BX , also D^ , Chald. Cix , C-iX , blood; 
 "i? , ISX . '5^ ) a garden. R. )-iQ q. v. 
 
 ^f^, imp. lEX for !|X Ex. 16, 23; 
 fut. nsx"^, once sinEhl 1 Sam. 28,24; to 
 cook, spec, to bake, e. g. bread or cakes 
 in an oven. Chald. Syr. id. Arab. 
 
 ^^^, whence ^^ajuo oven, furnace. In 
 
 the occidental languages comp. Gr. I'y/w, 
 omtxM, nimut, Lat. epulcB, epnlari. 
 Gen. 19, 3. Lev. 26, 26. Is. 44, 15. 19. 
 With two ace. of the material and of 
 that which is prepared from it ; Lev. 24, 5 
 ni^n nnbs ens rtri< n-'sx:! and bake 
 [of] it twelve cakes; comp. Lehrg. 219. 
 Part. riEX a baker Gen. 40, 1. D-^Exn nfej 
 chief of the. bakers, chief-baker, an officer 
 of the Egyptian court, Gen. 40, 2 sq. 
 The same dignity exists among the 
 Mo go Is. 
 
 NiPH. to be cooked, baked. Lev. 6, 10. 
 7, 9. Plur. i^3"'Bxri Lev. 23, 17. 
 
 Deriv. MEXB, CS'^Bn. 
 
 "'Sex an ephah, see nS'^X. 
 
 IBi? and i^ISi?, Aleph paragog. like 
 i3"i , Xia"^ ; pr. here, hie. and of time, 
 now; but always a particle postposi- 
 tive, which gives emphasis to the pre- 
 ceding word, like the Greek enclitics 
 noTs, noK, nov, Lat. tandem. It is sub- 
 joined : a) To interrogative pronouns. 
 
tsx 
 
 T8 
 
 b 
 
 and adverbs, Engl, nmo, Gen. 27, 33. 
 Ex. 33, 16 XiES naa wherein now? 
 Is. 22, 1 N-iEX T\\~^'q what aileth thee 
 now? Job 17. 15 xisx n*X where now? 
 Judg. 9, 38. Is. 19, 12. ' Gen. 27, 37 nzbl 
 "JS ^^3ri< n^ xiEX and what now shall I 
 do for thee, my son? b) To negative 
 and affirmative particles or words. Job 
 9, 24 iEN xb ns if not now (God), i. e. if 
 it be not God, Avho is it 1 24, 25. The 
 contrary is found Gen. 43, 11 "isx '|3 DX 
 if so noiD. c) In exhortations and wishes. 
 Job 19, 6 ifiBX *1ST know now, know there- 
 fore, Sept. yvmsovv. 19, 23. 2 K. 10, 10. 
 Prov. 6, 3. Corresponding is Chakl. "(is 
 indeed, truly, now, etc. see Buxtorf 
 Lex. 1706. The primary force of isx 
 is demonstrative, as in is , ns , here ; 
 with S prefixed, which is also demon- 
 strative, like xrr ecce ! Comp. Rabb. 
 ttsirriii, "'nix, sn"'X, i. q. xin, xin. See 
 Hupfeld in Zeitschr. fiir d. Morg. II. p. 
 128, 137. This iSit nov enclitic, and the 
 interrogative MS"'i< nov, are kindred. 
 
 TiSS m. (by Syriasm for Tien) 
 onstr. also liSJJ^ 1 Sam. 2, 18. Syr. f,<i^ 
 from the Heb. R. 'JEX . 
 
 1. an ephod, a garment of the high 
 priest, worn over the tunic and outer 
 garment or pallium, b-isa liss Ex. 28, 
 31. 29, 5 ; without sleeves, and divided 
 below the armpits into two parts or 
 halves, of which one was in front cover- 
 ing the breast and belly, and the other 
 behind covering the back. These were 
 joined above on the shoulders by clasps 
 or buckles of gold and precious stones, 
 .and reached down to the middle of the 
 thighs ; they were also made fust by a 
 belt around the body, TiBxn 3'^n; see 
 Ex. 28, 6-12. Besides the high-priest, 
 the ephod was sometimes worn also by 
 other persons ; e. g. by David as lead- 
 ing the sacred choir and dance 2 Sam. 
 '6. 14 ; by Samuel as the high-priest's 
 minister 1 Sam. 2, 18. 28 ; and also by 
 ome priests of lower rank. As to the 
 material, the ephod of the high-priest 
 was of gold, purple, scarlet, and byssus ; 
 that worn by others was usually of linen. 
 
 2. an image, staiue of an idol, comp. 
 fv^ts. no. 2. Judg. 8, 27 ; prob. also in 
 Judg. 17, 5. 18, 17-20. Hoe. 3, 4. 
 
 3. Ephod, pr. n. m. Num. 34, 23. 
 
 H"'^^ (refreshed, from an obsoL root 
 nsx i. q. rns, U, to breathe, to blow,) 
 pr. n. m. Aphiah. 1 Sam. 9, 1. 
 
 5''J$ adj. (r. >EX) late, slow of growth, 
 long in ripening, spoken of fruit and 
 grain, Ex. 9, 32. Pr. weak, tender, see 
 the root no. 2. 
 
 p-'SDi? or P^'&X, m. (r. pEX) constr. 
 p-iES. plur. "'p^'EX. 
 
 1. a pipe, tube, from the idea of hold- 
 ing, containing, see r. pBS no. 1. Job 
 40, 18 ndsnj ^p-'EX tubes of brass. 
 Spec, a) a channel, bed of a brook or 
 stream, Is. 8, 7. Ez. 32, 6 ; also for the 
 bottom of the sea, 2 Sam. 22, 16. b) a 
 brook, torrent, Ps. 42, 2. 126, 4. Joel 1, 20. 
 D-'bnj piEX a valley-brook, Job 6, 15. 
 Hence c) a valley itself^ as watered by 
 a stream or torrent, i. q. bn3 , Arab. i<t>( 
 wAdy, Ez. 6, 3. 34, 13. 35, 8. 36, 4. 6. 
 
 2. Adj. strong, mighty, see r. pES no. 
 2. Job 41, 7 [15] CSaia '^p-'SX the strong 
 of shields, i. e. the strong shields or 
 scales of the crocodile. 12, 21 he looseth 
 the girdle of the mighty; parall. C"2"''i3. 
 Ewald ad Cant. 5, 12. ascribes to this 
 word the notion o^ swiftness; but arbi- 
 trarily. 
 
 p''S5|| see in pSN no. 1. 
 
 TiSi? see T^six . 
 
 "^^y a root not used in Hebrew ; 
 
 Arab. Jjf is: 
 
 1. Pr. to go down, to set, as the sun ; 
 comp. the kindr. roots b^N, ^33, ^3; 
 hence to be dark, obscure. 
 
 2. to fail, to be weak, tender ; spec, of 
 plants, to be late, of slow growth. 
 
 Deriv. from no. 1, bEX, ht'n, nbfiK, 
 bBNT3, n;^!5BX^ ; from no. 2 )>''tii. 
 
 ^B^ dark, e. g. the day, Am. 5, 20. 
 
 5B55 m. darkness, gloom, espec. thick 
 darkness, a poetic word, Job 3, 6. 10, 22. 
 28, 3. 30, 26. Trop. for misfortune, ca- 
 lamity. Job 23, 17 ; also of a place of am- 
 bush, Ps. 11, 2. 
 
 nbest f. (r. bBX) darkness, thick dark- 
 ness, Ex. 10,22! Comp. bE>. Trop. 
 for misfortune, calamity. Is. 8, 22. Plur. 
 nibcx Is. 59. 9. 
 
bbfiS (judgment, r. 1>^B) Ephlal, pr. 
 n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 37. 
 
 * 1?'?? obsol. root, prob. to turn, to re- 
 volve, like njD . Hence "BiK a wheel, and 
 
 IBS m. time, season, from the idea of 
 turning, revolving, see r. "(BX ; comp. 
 Tin, riBiipn, nt(jlo8og, and other words 
 which denote a year, many of which 
 * signify pr. a circle, as annus, whence an- 
 nulus a ring, Gr. iviavxog. Hence Prov. 
 25, 11 r3EX"br "an -isn a word spoken 
 in its times, i. e. in due season, timely. 
 (On the form rjEX for 1-3EX see Lehrg. 
 p. 575.) So among the ancient intpp. 
 yymm. Vulg. Abulvvalid, who rightly 
 
 compares Arab. ^mLs' time. Or, if we 
 may take *|Sk as i. q. ",Bix a wheel, the 
 phrase l''!EX~b5 might be rendered upon 
 its wheels, as a proverbial expression 
 implying quickness, celerity in replying. 
 So Syr. V^ and U.^, ''^-^j * 
 rota, i. e. quickly, rapidly. 
 
 ^^y to cease, to fail, to have an 
 end. Gen. 47, 15. 16. Ps. 77, 9. Is. 16, 4. 
 Kindred perh. is 0533. Hence 
 
 CSX pr. cessation, a coming- to an 
 end; hence 
 
 A) Subst. m. 1. an end, extremity. 
 yix ""DBS the ends of the earth, poet, and 
 hyperbol. for th^ remotest regions, Ps. 
 2," 8. 22, 28. al. 
 
 2. Dual o'^DBX pr. the e.rtremities i. e. 
 soles o^ the feet; e. g. Ez. 47, 3 C^OES ''la 
 waters of the soles, i. e. not deep, not 
 rising above the soles. Comp. DQ. 
 Chald. Syr. Vulg. ankles. 
 
 B) Adv. 1. no more, no further, i. q. 
 n-is rx. Is. 5, 8. 54, 15. Am. 6, 10. Deut. 
 32, 36. Also, none besides. Is. 45, 6. 46, 
 9. Once with liy 2 Sam. 9, 3 ; and so 
 with Yod parag. lis 'OBX Is. 47, 8. 10. 
 Zeph. 2, 15 Ti5 "'CBX'i ''3X / am, and 
 there is none besides. With prep. DEN2 
 i. q. lis -fxa, with no more; Job 7. 6 
 "^^kP? ^P.^^ '"^tl^ "no more of hope, i. e. 
 without hope. Prov. 14, 28. Also for 
 'j-'xa Dan. 8, 25. 
 
 2. nothing, nought, Is. 41, 12. 29, tiEsa 
 for nothing, i. e. without cause. Is. 52, 4. 
 tJEXTS of or from nothing, i. e. something 
 from nothing. Is. 40, 17; see y>2 1. b. 3. 
 
 3. Adv. of restriction, limitation, no- 
 
 79 iPt 
 
 thing but, only, Num. 22, 35 comp. v. 20. 
 23, 13. 
 
 4, Conj. "'B OBS< pr. only that, i. q. 
 nevertheless, but yet, Num. 13, 28. Deut. 
 
 15, 4. Am. 9, 8. 
 
 O^TST CBK Ephcs-Dammim, pr. n. of 
 a place in the tribe of Judah, 1 Sam. 17, 
 1 ; for which 1 Chr. 11, 13 D-^on-DD. 
 
 JPBX found only once, and prob. a 
 wrong reading for D?.X ; spoken of the 
 nothingness of idols. Is. 41, 24 03^50 
 STEXtJ, where the other clause has 
 "l^Xia. Some of the Rabbins regard 
 JEX as being i. q. !^SES< riper ; and ren- 
 der, your work is worse than vipers ; but 
 wholly against the context, in which 
 idols are said to be altogether nought. 
 Better therefore with Vulg. Chald. 
 Saad. to replace CBXa, which is read in 
 the similar passages Is. 40, 17. 41, 12. 
 29 ; and is also very frequent in these 
 chapters. 
 
 n^SS comm. (f Is, 59, 5) a viper, 
 adder, any poisonous serpent, Joel 20, 
 
 16. Is. 30, 6. 59, 5. Arab, ^jiit . R. 
 nsD q. v. 
 
 ^1- T i- I- ^5'?) '^ surround, to en- 
 compass, but only poetic, c. ace. Ps. 18, 5. 
 116, 3. 2 Sam. 22, 5. Jon. 2, 6; b? Pa. 
 40, 13. It is not contracted in flexion, 
 whence siESX, "'S^BESJ. 
 
 \^hy in Kal not used. 1. to hold, to 
 contain, i, q. ptn , P'^tnn Hipli. no. 1. b ; 
 see P^BS no. 1, and Hithpa. 
 
 2. to be firm, strong, see p^BX no. 2 ; the 
 idea o( holding, espec. o? holding firmly, 
 being often transferred to strength. Arab. 
 
 jUJl to overcome, to conquer ; liii to 
 excel (pr. to prevail, to be strong) in 
 
 liberality, in eloquence, etc. (3J1 ex- 
 cellent, pre-eminent. 
 
 Hithpa. to contain oneself, i. e. to with- 
 hold or refrain oneself from giving way 
 e. g. to affection Gen. 43, 31. 45, 1 ; to 
 grief Is. 42, 14; to anger Esth. 5, 10; to 
 conscience 1 Sam. 13, 12. So Gen. 45, 1 
 and Joseph coidd not refrain himself. Is. 
 63, 15 ipcxnn 'bx ^'^n"!! thy compas- 
 sion toward me refraineth itself. 1 Slam. 
 13, 12 of Saul, I forced myself and offered 
 
pSi5 
 
 a bumt-qffering, i. e. did violence to my 
 conscience, since I knew that this was 
 forbidden. 
 
 Deriv. the two following and p'^BS . 
 
 P?^ (strength, a fortress, strong city) 
 pr. n. Aphek. 
 
 1. A city in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 
 13, 4. 19, 30 ; also called p-^BS Judg. 1, 
 31. This can hardly be any other than 
 Apheca, a city of Mount Lebanon near 
 the sources of the river Adonis, cele- 
 brated for a temple of Venus ; the ruins 
 are still called Afka, and are situated 
 between Byblus and Heliopolis or Baal- 
 bec. See Burckhardt's Travels in Syria 
 etc. p. 25, or p. 70 Germ, and p. 493 note. 
 
 2. A city near which Benhadad was 
 defeated by the Israelites, 1 K. 20, 26 sq. 
 To this corresponds the Apheca of Euse- 
 bius, situated east of the sea of Galilee 
 near Hippus, Onom. s. v. !^<jpfx. It is 
 called also by Arabian writers (o-Aif 
 and liAi Feik ; and is described by 
 Seetzen and Burckhardt under this 
 name ; see Travels in Syria etc. p. 279. 
 
 3. A city in the tribe of Issachar near 
 Jezreel, famous for several battles with 
 the Philistines, 1 Sam. 4, 1. 29, 1 ; comp. 
 28. 4. Either this or the Aphek in no. 1 
 was the residence of a Canaanitish king. 
 Josh. 12. 18. 
 
 ^^?^ (strong place) Aphekah, pr. n. 
 of a city in the mountains of Judah, 
 Josh. 15, 53. 
 
 *^ a root of doubtful signification, 
 kindred with "1B5 ; prob. 
 
 I. to cover, i. q. -Aft ; whence "iSs a 
 covering. 
 
 II. to be whitish, Arab. _flx ; whence 
 
 1SX ashes ; unless this comes perhaps 
 from the idea of grinding, pulverizing, 
 ^BX i. q. "ino . Comp. IBS , nes , 
 
 "IBS m. (r. "lEX) ashes, Num. 19, 9. 10. 
 2 Sam. 13, 19. Used chiefly in reference 
 to mourning. Jer. 6. 26. Lam. 3, 16; 
 where also belong the phrases, Ps. 102, 
 10 / have eaten ashes like bread, and 
 Esth. 4, 1 "EXJ p'q tt}?V5 he put on 
 tackcloth and ashes, comp. 4, 3. Is. 58, 5. 
 So in paronomasia, "^BStJ "lES dust and 
 ashes, Job 30, 19, 42, 6. Mctaph. of any 
 thing Ughl, worthless, fallacious, Job 
 
 80 ^su^ 
 
 13, 12 '^B^5 ''Va^ viaxims of ashes, i. e. 
 empty, fallacious. Is. 44, 20 lEX nsil 
 feeding on ashes i. e. grasping after thera 
 as driven by the wind, i. q. elsewhere 
 n^in nsn to feed upon the wind, see in 
 nr'n no. 3. For the difference between 
 lE-X and ITrn, see in 'jTr'n. 
 
 "^5^ m. (r, "^BX) a covering for the 
 head, head-band, turban, 1 K. 20, 38. 41. 
 Sept. Tiknfzitiv. Chald. and Abulwalid, 
 by the help of their respective lan- 
 guages, employ for it almost the same 
 word, the former nnssa, the latter 
 
 i y iJtj c i. e. cap, helmet. The same 
 
 word exists in Syriac, fpSV> i. e. the 
 turban or tiara of the priests and bish- 
 ops. Others make it by transpos. i. q. 
 INS ornament of the head. 
 
 IHIESJ m. the young of birds, a brood, 
 
 Arab. /^>i, comp. nn"^S. Deut. 22, 6. 
 Ps. 84^4. R. nne to break forth, to 
 sprout, as plants ; in Arab, also of the 
 . young of animals. 
 
 'JI'^'IBK m. a sedan, Utter, a portable 
 couch or palanquin, once Cant. 3, 9, i, q. 
 t^'^'O in V. 7, Sept. tpognov litter, comp. 
 Athen. 5. 5; Yulg.ferculum. Talmud. 
 "iii-iSSS and XIJ-i^B bed; and so also Syr. 
 )_.?as. The root is n-iQ, Chald. S"iQ 
 to be borne along, to run, comp. JTiQ no. 
 2, Gr. qisQa, Lat. fero; like curriis from 
 ctirrendo, tqo/o? from rQs;;tiv, (fOQtiov 
 fercidum from fptoiiv ferre. 
 
 OrfP'? (perh. double land, twin-land, 
 comp. c"^n^^) pr. n. Ephraim. 
 
 1. The youngest son of Joseph, and 
 founder of the tribe of Ephraim, ''53 
 d^-nEN Num. 10, 22, and simpl. C^'^EX 
 Josh. 16, 10 ; the territory of which lay 
 almost in the middle of the Holy Land, 
 Josh. 16, 5 sq. In this tract was ^rt 
 D^'nBX mount Ephraim, or the mountains 
 of' Ephraim, Josh. 19, 50. 20, 7. 21, 21. 
 Judg. 2. 9. 3. 27. Diflerent is the forest 
 of Ephraim 2 Sam. 18, 6, which ac- 
 cording to the context is to be sought 
 beyond the Jordan, conjp. 17, 24-29; 
 prob. so called from the slaughter of 
 the Ephraimites, Judg. 12, 1 sq. 2 Sam. 
 13, 23 D-i^BS 05 at Ephraim, i. e. in the 
 territory of Ephraim. 
 
'S.S 
 
 81 
 
 bsil 
 
 2. The kingdom of Ephraim, i. e. of 
 
 the ten tribes, or Samaria, so called be- 
 cause the tribe of Ephraiin was the most 
 important, and also because the liimily 
 of Jeroboam the first king was of that 
 tribe, 1 K. 11, 26. So espec. in the pro- 
 phetical books, Is. 9, 8. 17, 3. 28, 3. Hos. 
 4, 17. 5, 3 sq. 9, 3 sq. Is. 7, 2 Sijria resi- 
 eth D"^".B!< by ttpon Ephraiin, i. e. the 
 Syrians are encamped in the territory 
 of Ephraim. When the land of Ephraim 
 is meant, it is fem. Hos. 5, 9 ; when the 
 people, masc. Is. 7, 8. Comp. '^f^'JEX no. 2. 
 
 ^1^97'^^ Chald. plur. Apharsites, pr. 
 n. of a people from which a colony was 
 sent to Samaria, Ezra 4, 9. Hiller under- 
 stands the Parrliasii, a tribe of eastern 
 Media ; better the Persians themselves, 
 see in D"!D . The Aleph is prosthetic, 
 as in the two names here following. 
 
 ."^DD-iBi6 Ezra 5, 6, and SI^SnonB^ 
 Ezra 4, 9, Chald. plur. Apharsachites, 
 ApharsathchUes. pr. n. of two Assyrian 
 tribes otherwise unknown ; unless per- 
 haps they are to be regarded as one and 
 the same. Not improb. the ParcEtaceni, 
 between Persia and Media ; comp. Hdot. 
 1. 101. 
 
 r^^Bi? Gen. 48, 7, oftener 
 
 nnnSX with He parag. Gen. 35, 16. 
 19. Ruth 4, 11, (land, region.) pr. n. 
 Ephrath, Ephratah. 
 
 1. A city in Judah. called also Bethle- 
 hem, Gen. 48, 7 ; more fully Dethlehem- 
 Ephratah, Mic. 5, 1. 
 
 2. i. q. s'^nE.y Ephraim, Ps. 132, 6. 
 Comp. Ti-^as no. 2. 
 
 3. As pr.'n. f 1 Chr. 2, 19. 50. 4, 4. 
 
 Tl'^S^ m. 1. an Ephrathite, a Beth- 
 lehemite, 1 Sam. 17, 12. Plur. DTi-iBit 
 Ruth 1,2. 
 
 2. i. q. an Ephraimite, Judg. 12, 5. 
 1 K. 11, 26 ; perh. 1 Sam. 1, 1. Comp. 
 in ni;';iax no. 2. 
 
 OnES Chald. adv. perh. in the end, 
 at last, from the Pers. *| Jo end, at last, 
 comp. Pehlv. Afdom end. Once Ezra 4, 
 13 pTsnn n-'zh-q crexn and so at last 
 bring- dainasre to the kings ; comp. v. 15. 
 22, where Cnsx is wanting. Sept. chsxi 
 *a\ toDto, Peshito s*oi y^\o . Aben Ezra 
 and others, by conjecture from the con- 
 
 text, render it revenue (of the kings) ; so 
 the English version. 
 
 ~^ a doubtful root, perh. i. q. 2^? , 
 to work, to toil. Hence 
 
 r^^^ Ezbon, pr. n. m. a) A eon of 
 Gad, Gen. 46, 16 ; called also "MX q. v, 
 b) 1 Chr. 7, 7 ; but comp. 8, 3. 
 
 yaS f. (r. sax I ) c. suff. 'SaXN, plur. 
 ni-SJtX ; for ?2S, Aleph. prosthet. 
 
 1. ajinger, Ex. 31, 18 ; espec. the fore- 
 finger, which is more usually dipped in 
 any thing, comp. r. Jas. Lev. 4, 6 sq. 
 14, 16. Ex. 8, 15 stin a'^nbx yass* this is 
 the finger of God, i. e. this is done by the 
 power of God himself Plur. the fingers, 
 for the hand, Ps. 8, 4. 144, 1. As a mea- 
 sure, e. g. four fingers thick, Jer. 52, 21. 
 
 6^ f V 
 
 Chald. id. Arab. /x^l, Syr. ''!>-s;, 
 espec. of the fore-finger. 
 
 2. With n^ban , pr. finger of the feet, 
 i. e. a toe, 2 Sam. 21, 20. Chald. Syr. 
 Arab. id. 
 
 yaSiC Chald. f id. plur. 'p^'lVi fingers, 
 Dan. 5, 5 ; toes, Dan. 2, 41. 42. 
 
 b'^SS m. (r. iiSX) 1. a side, i. q. ^SX. 
 Is. 41, 9 ynxn '^'SX the sides of the 
 earth, i. e. the extremities, remotest 
 countries, as elsewhere 7*!!5<'7 m'SJSj 
 ]'";!^\f TS*^!!- In the other clause it 
 is V^xfi nisj? . g ^ 
 
 2. Adj. i. q. Arab. Juyol pr. deep- 
 rooted, striking its roots deep and firmly 
 into the earth ; hence metaph. ' sprung 
 from an ancient and noble .stock,' noble, 
 Ex. 24, 11. See, for both the Heb. and 
 Arabic words, under r. b^x no. 1. In 
 Engl, the corresponding metaphor is 
 drawn from the stock or trunk. 
 
 i'^Sit m. (r. 'SX) a juncture, joint ; 
 hence plur. D-^n;; rib-'sx , "'b-'ax joints 
 of the hands, i. q. the knuckles, Jer. 38, 12. 
 Ez. 41, 8. The same are to be under- 
 stood in Ez. 13, 18, where the sewing 
 of cushions 'lor all the joints of the 
 hands ' is put hyperbolically to express 
 the extreme luxurj^ofthe females; since 
 usually cushions are placed at most only 
 under the elbow. 
 
 -'i^? 1. i. q. Arab. J-^ifl. , to join, to 
 connect ; whence b'lSX joint, bsx , b'^XX 
 
b: 
 
 a^ 
 
 no. 1, the side, near by. Arab, Ji..*o t root, 
 as that which joins a tree to the ground, 
 
 t 'f 
 Juo! to take root deeply, pr. to be firmly 
 
 joined to the ground ; raetaph. to be of 
 
 an ancient and noble stock, comp. ^""liX 
 
 no. 2. 
 
 2. Denom. from ^SX , pr. to put aside, 
 to separate, comp. ^5 ; hence with '(Q to 
 take from or of any thing, Num. 11, 17 ; 
 to keep back from, to refuse, Ecc. 2, 10. 
 With b , to reserve for any one. Gen. 27, 
 36 ; comp. ^"^3^ and DTJ c. b . 
 
 NiPH. to be drawn in, contracted, Ez. 
 42, 6. 
 
 Hi PH. ftit. ^X*5 , i. q. Kal no. 2. Num. 
 11,25. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 1. 
 
 '?^ (noble) Azel, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 
 8, 37. 9, 43 ; in Pause b^X 8, 38. 9, 44. 
 b) A place near Jerusalem on the east 
 of the Mount of Olives, (in Pause i'SX.) 
 Zech. 14, 5. Perh. appellat. side or root 
 
 6 o* 
 of a mountain, i. q. Jwot. 
 
 ^^ m. (r. ^2N) c. suff. "^bl^iSt 1. a 
 side, i. q. ^''SX no. 1, so called from join- 
 ing, see r. bsx no. 1. 1 Sam. 20, 41 
 aSiH b'3,i<'0 from the south side, from the 
 south, 'b ^X^ from one^s side, 1 K. 3, 
 20 ; also i. q. at the side of. by, Ez. 40, 7 ; 
 comp. "i^: no. 3. More freq. as 
 
 2. Prep, at the side ofi.e. by, near. 
 Gen. 41, 3. Lev. 1, 16. 6, 3. 10, 12. 1 Sam. 
 5, 2. 20, 19. Joined also with verbs of 
 motion to a place, Gen. 39. 10. 2 Chr. 
 28, 15. 
 
 'I'^^f?^. (whom Jehovah reserved) 
 Azaliah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 34, 8. 
 
 ^^V '^'^ uncertain root, perh. i. q. 
 W5, to be strong. Hence 
 
 D28 Ozem, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 15. 
 b) ib. 2, 25. 
 
 rnySK f. i. q. JTiSX with Aleph pros- 
 thet. pr. step-chain, ankle-chain, i. q. 
 myu no. 2. q. V. Hence, without refer- 
 rence to the etymology, an arm-band, 
 bracelet, Num. 31, 50. 2 Sam. 1, 10. 
 
 "^^^ to lay up, to store, to treasure 
 up. 2 K. 20. 17. Is. 39, 6. Am. 3, 10. 
 The primary idea ia that of shitttirifr up, 
 enclosing, restraining ; comp. the kindr. 
 
 roots *isn, 1SS, also ^tij, *10X, and 
 
 Arab. _ci| to shut up, to restrain, kindr. 
 with which are -*! and ^'^ 
 
 NiPH. pass. Is. 23, 18. 
 
 HiPH. ' to cause to store up or treasure 
 up,' i. e. to set one over the store-house or 
 treasury, to make treasurer ; Neh. 13, 13 
 niisix by rrnsixj and Imade treasurers 
 over the treasuries, 
 
 Deriv. "isix, and 
 
 "^^^ (treasure) Ezer, pr. n. m. Gen. 
 36, 21. 30. 
 
 "I3ti5 see isix. 
 
 T T 
 
 '^'7)?^ m. a species of gem, precious 
 stone ; prob. as the name would indicate, 
 a flaming, sparkling gem, from r. TUp to 
 kindle. Once Is. 54, 12. 
 
 Ipi? m. (r. p3it) a roe, roe-buck, Lat. 
 caprea, capreolus, from p5X or ppx i. q. 
 Arab. ^vlJi-fc she-goat, and Talmud. 
 ^if^ a goat, with the ending "i i. q. 'p' ; 
 just as Lat. caprea is from copra. Deut. 
 14, 5. See more under r. p3X no. 2. 
 Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 900 sq. 
 
 ^i5 see TiX light, and "ik"^ . 
 
 S^"^!?? (perh. i. q. '''ix lion) Ara, pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 7, 38. 
 
 bsnS prob. i. q. ^X'^'X lion of God, 
 hero. Hence 
 
 a) ^^5<"ii< (of heroic birth, son of a 
 hero) Areli, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 16. Num. 
 26, 17. 
 
 b) Also the difficult word 2^X-ix Is. 
 33, 7, their hero, or rather collect, their 
 heroes, i. e. those of Israel, Engl. Vers. 
 their valiant 07ies ; in which interpreta- 
 tion no change is required in the form, 
 except dropping the Dagesh from the 
 letter h, i. e. c^X'ix. The common 
 reading with Dagesh has doubtless 
 arisen from another interpretation an- 
 ciently received, in which Dbx~X was 
 regarded as contracted from c^~nx"ix, 
 cr^>-nN-iX , Symm. et Theod. iSov oq&ri- 
 aofiiu ftirou", Jerome ecce videutes ; see 
 also Cliald. Syr. Sec Comment, on 
 Is. I. c. and Thes. Heb. pp. 146, 1248. 
 
 * -^"^ flit. aiX"! 1. to knot, to knit, 
 to ivierlace, Lat. ncctere ; whence ?1S"^^| 
 net- work, lattice. Kindr. is a"iy to min- 
 
anx 
 
 5n 
 
 fie, Arab. ^**jf to tie a knot, II id. 
 '? 
 &jf a knot. 
 
 2. /o /ie tn watV, to /i in ambush. Arab. 
 W\' to be cunning, astute, III to a^X 
 
 cunningly, pr. intricately. Verbs of 
 knitting or weaving, also of twisting, 
 spinning, sewing, are often transferred 
 to wiles and plots, opp. to upright and 
 open dealing; comp. iJ!}Q, "iias, Gr. 
 iokov V. firjTiv vcpalytiv, xaxu v. doXov 
 ^anjiiv, iiectere inshlias v. scelera, suere 
 dolos, Germ. TVug spinnen^ Engl, to 
 weave plots. Constr. c. b Ps. 59, 4. 
 Prov. 24, 15. Josh. 8. 4 ; ace. Prov. 12, 
 6; b? Judg. 9, 34. Elsewhere also to 
 watch, to reconnoitre in ambush. Judg. 9, 
 32. 21, 20; c. inf et b Prov. 1. c.Ps. 
 10, 9. Part. 2-iiX , anixn , a lier-in-wail, 
 often collect, liers-in-wait, an ambiish, 
 a band of soldiers placed in ambush. 
 Josh. 8, 14. 19. 21. Judg. 20, 33 sq. Hence 
 with plur. Judg. 20, 37. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kill, c. is 2 Chr. 20, 22 ; 
 absol. Judg. 9, 25. 
 
 HrPH. to lay wait, to set an ambush. 
 fut. 3-1^1 for n-iwS^l , 1 Sam. 15. 5. 
 
 Deriv. nnx, anx, nanx, nanx, aisja, 
 and pr. names anx, bxanx. 
 
 ^I^ij (ambush) Arab, pr. n. of a city 
 in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 52. 
 Hence prob. the gentile n. "laix Arbite 
 2 Sam. 23, 35. 
 
 ^"^^ m. 1. a lying'in-wait, ambush, 
 of wild beasts, Job 38, 40. 
 
 2. Place of lying-in-wait, covert, lair 
 of wild beasts, Job 37, 8. 
 
 S'^i^ m. c. sufT. 'ia'JX, wait, insidious 
 attempts, plots ; Jer. 9, 7 Qir^ "i^lpa!! 
 isnx and in his breast he layeth his 
 wait, his plots. 
 
 'i^S-lS seebxanx n-^a in n^a no. 12. d. 
 
 5^17^ m. (r. nan) a locust, Ex. 10, 4 
 sq. Lev. 11, 22. Joel 1, 4. Ps. 78, 46. 
 Spoken also of a particular species, prob. 
 the grylhis gregarius or common migra- 
 tory locust. Lev. 11, 22. Joel 1, 4. On 
 the various species of locusts, see Bo- 
 chaxt Hieroz. II. 447. 
 
 T^'^liJ f. i. q. a-^it , Plur. constr. n-ianij ; 
 only Is. 25, 11 nianx ns -imxa b'^aian 
 
 IT T -:- J 
 
 I'^'i^ God will humble his (Moab's) 
 pride with the plots of his hamls, i. e. 
 the plots which his own hands have 
 woven, in allusion to the prinuiry mean- 
 ing of the root; see in r. anx no. 1, 2. 
 
 nanfiC C (r. anx) once in Sing. Hob 
 13, 3; elsewhere only Plur. niaix. 
 
 1. net-work, laced wqrk; hence a lat- 
 tice, a window, sc. as closed by a lattice 
 and not with glass, Hos. 13, 3. Ecc. 12, 3. 
 
 2. a dove-house, dove-cote, aa shut in 
 with lattice- work. Is. 60, 8. 
 
 3. a chimney, or hole lor the smoke 
 covered with lattice-work, Hos. 13, 3. 
 Comp. Voss ad Virg. Greorg. 2. 242. 
 
 4. o'^53'i"n r^iz'^n the windows of /leaven, 
 1. e. sltiices.Jlood-gates, which are opened 
 to let fall the rain, Gen. 7. 11. 8, 2. 2 K. 
 7, 19. Is. 24, 18. Mai. 3, 10. 
 
 5. n'a'nx. Aruboth, pr. n. of a place, 
 prob. in the tribe of Judah, 1 K. 4, 10. 
 
 y^"}^ f. and nyans? constr. nsanx m. 
 See Heb. Gram. 95. 1. 
 
 1. Card. num./o?t7', for 53*1 with Aleph 
 prosthet. which is wanting in the deriva- 
 tives, as in 53-1 , '^lan , 53"! , etc. With 
 sufF. apranx they four Ez. 1, 8. 10. 
 Dual n";in?a-ix fourfold, quadruple, 2 
 Sam. 12, 6.' Plur. D-^sa-iX forty Gen. 8, 
 6. The number forty, like seven and 
 seventy, is sometimes used by the Ori- 
 entals as a common and indefinite round 
 number; e. g. Gen. 7, 17. Jon. 3. 4. Ez. 
 4, 6. etc. Comp. Chil mindr, tlie forty 
 towers, spoken of the ruins of Persepolis ; 
 see more in Lehrg. p. 700. Thes. Heb. 
 p. 1258. 
 
 2. Arba, pr. n. of a giant of the race 
 of the Anakim, Josh. 14, 15. 15, 13. 21, 
 11. Comp. rsnx n;inp . 
 
 ^3^5? and '^?3'}i< Chald. i. q. Heb- 
 four, Dan. 3, 25. 7, 2. 3. 6. 17. 
 
 * ^^^ fut. anxi Is. 59, 5, ^a-ixn Judg. 
 16, 13. 
 
 1. to plait, to braid, Judg. 16, 13, 
 Kindr. are anb , "r.iia . 
 
 - T ' '1 - r 
 
 2. to weave, e. g. of the spider, whence 
 Gr. oQttxvri, Is. 59, 5. Part. Jnix weav- 
 ing Is. 19, 9; and subst. a weaver Ex. 
 28, 32. Is. 38, 12. n^anx niso a leaver's 
 beam, jugum tentorium, 1 Sam. 17, 7. 
 
 ^"^^ m. 1. any thing plaited, a braidf 
 Judg. 16, 14. R. 3"]X no. 1. 
 
^5^ 
 
 84 
 
 Wmtt 
 
 2. a weaver's shuttle. Job 7, 6 '^'\^ "'^^ 
 i"iS""'JT3 my days are swifter than a 
 weaver^s shuttle ; comp. 9, 25. 
 
 35*1^5 (for s;"! heap of stones, from r. 
 -^"^ i. q. can) Argob, pr. n. 
 
 1. A region beyond Jordan, containing 
 sixty cities, anciently subject to Og l<ing 
 of Bashan, Deut.2, 4. 13. I K. 4, 13. [A 
 vestige of it remains in the fortress and 
 city 'jP^/5m beyond Jordan, Joseph. 
 Ant. 13. 15. 5 ; mentioned also by Euse- 
 bius as 'ii'^/ (read 'Jj^gyix^u). fifteen Ro- 
 man miles west of Gcrasa. Now ^^A-i^K 
 /?<2/t6,with ruins ; see Bibl. Res. III. App. 
 p. 166. Buckingh. Arab. Tr. p. 12. R. 
 
 2. A man, 2 K. 15, 25. 
 
 '}ia'nS Chald. purple, i. q. |'95"}X , Dan. 
 
 5, 7. 16. 29 ; also once by Chaldaism 
 
 2 Chr. 2, 6. Arab. J^ l^jl , Syr. iJa^^jf . 
 For the root see under TCJ")^ , note. 
 
 W'li? m. a box, chest, coffer, hanging 
 from the side of a cart or wain, 1 Sam. 
 
 6, 8. 11. 15. The form is for tin with 
 Aleph prosthet. from r. Tin to be moved, 
 
 ehalien ; whence also Arab. 8^l^^ a sack 
 
 of stones suspended from a camel by way 
 of equipoise. 
 
 1135 "IK m. 1. purple, reddish purple, 
 a precious colour obtained from certain 
 species of shell-fish or muscles found on 
 the coasts of the Mediterranean, Gr. 
 7To(>cpi()n, Lat. purpura, 1 Mace. 4, 23. 
 Flin. H. N. 9. 60 sq. So Ez. 27, 7. 16. 
 'j''Si~iX 152 a purple cloth or coreidng. 
 Num. 4, 13. Different is the cerulean 
 purple, r^sn q. v. Comp. under the 
 word ^i^j'^^X, and Bochart Hicroz. II. 
 740 sq. Braun de Vestitu sacerdo- 
 tum p. 201 sq. Amati de restitutione 
 Purjwrarum, edit. 3. Cesenae 1784. Hee- 
 ren Hist. Werke XI. p. 84. 
 
 2. Any thing dyed with purple, pur- 
 ple cloths, Ex. c. 25. 26. 27. Ez. 27, 16. 
 Prov. 31, 22. Jer. 10, 9. 
 
 Note. The etymology of this word, 
 and of the kindred "(Jft'js?, has been 
 traced with great probability by F. 
 Bennry in the Sanscrit ; Berl. Jahrbb. 
 1841. p. 141. The form 'I'aa'iK is Sanscr. 
 rdgaman, and "ija^!^ is Sanscr. rAgavan, 
 ' tinged with a red colour ;' from vAga 
 
 red colour, with the formative syllable 
 mat, vat, see Wilson's Sanscr. Diet. p. 
 700. a. RAgaman and rAgavan are put 
 in the nom. the primary forms being 
 rdgamat, rdgavat. 
 
 '_ V obsol. root, perh. i. q. T^rj , ^"iS , 
 to Jiee. Hence the pr. names liiX and 
 the two following : 
 
 '^'!'^ pr. n. Ard, a grandson of Benja- 
 min Num. 26, 40, or a son Gen. 46, 21. 
 The gentile n. is '''nnx Num. 1. c. 
 
 pT^K (fugitive) Ardon, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr! 2, 18. 
 
 1 , ' V V 1 ^0 pluck, to pull, to pluck 
 off, to gather, e. g. leaves, Cant. 5, 1. 
 grapes from a vine Ps. 80, 13. Ethiop. 
 AZ,P to pluck off, to gather, e. g. fruits, 
 herbs ; and hZ^Z^ to harvest. 
 
 2. to feed by pulling, cropping, in the 
 manner of flocks and herds. Hence 
 ni'nx and <^^"|X a crib, manger, rack, 
 from which animals pull or crop their 
 fodder; ''"iX lion, pr. one pulling m 
 pieces; ri^j^x a hare, pr. cropping the 
 grass. So other animals have their 
 names from the idea of plucking, crop- 
 ping, as ''la, -i-iya, Dn,b''Dn, cr^o, Arab. 
 
 G.J - 
 
 *J.*-&. lamb, from i*_5w.&. to pluck. 
 
 3. to gather, to collect, see Ethiop. 
 above ; hence 'j'i"is . 
 
 Deriv. see in no. 2, 3. 
 
 11. ('^JJ i. q. Arab. ;^xf, ^J, to 
 
 bum, to inflame, \\ to kindle ; kindr. 
 with Heb. nin, "Tin, and the occidental 
 areo, ardeo, uro. Hence ^X'^nst no. 2, 
 hearth or altar of God. 
 
 ^^^i> Chald. also 1^i< q. v. lo ! behold! 
 Dan. 7, 6. 7. 13. Not found in other 
 Chaldaic books; but kindred with it are 
 in Chald. and Talmud, '^nn lo, "''nx lo, 
 then for, because, (like Chald. "(H lo, 
 if) and BIIN because; also Samar. N^n 
 lo, then for, because. This demonstra- 
 tive force exists elsewhere likewise both j 
 in the syllables h, \>n, (see ^n, b^|, 
 nix, K^n, nxbn, Arab, j!,) and also 
 in IS, in, (comp. |iffi, ^\f^, i<50, 
 here, in this place,) so that it is hard to 
 Bay. which form is the more ancient and 
 
*l-l 
 
 85 
 
 nj* 
 
 primitive. Commonly ^"X is lielJ to be 
 by transposition irom ixn see ye. 
 
 ^y)"^ (for i^n Aleph. prosthet. prob. 
 wandering, place of fugitives, from r. 
 1in q. V.) An'ad, Aradiis, a Phenician 
 city situated on a small island nt;ar the 
 coast, founded according to Strabo by 
 fugitives from Sidon, Strab. 16. 2. 13; 
 see the etymology above. Ez. 27, 8. 
 11. The Arabian geographers write it 
 i>|. liuicdd, which is now the name of 
 tlie island. See Rosennmller Bibl. Ge- 
 ogr. II. i. p, 6 sq. W. M. Thomson in 
 Miss. Her. 1841, p. 98. The gentile n. 
 is -^niix Armdite Gen. 10, 18. 1 Chr. 1, 
 
 T I - J ' 
 
 16. 
 
 IT^S (perh. i. q. "J"i^5 wild-ass) Arod, 
 pr. n. m. Num. 26. 17. '^Gentile n. 'jiix 
 Aroclile Gen. 46, 16. R. "inx . 
 
 nin and n;>nS f. after the form 
 ncsn", Plur. absol."n"TiX 2 Chr. 32, 28, 
 (by Syriasm for nii';ix, as C^fi'x for 
 ta-'Vjx ,) plur. constr. ninx 1 K. 4,26 [5, 
 6] and rrn.y 2 Chr. 9, 25.^ R. rrist I. 
 
 1. a crib, manger, rack, whence cattle 
 in a stall pidl out their fodder, see the root 
 nnx I. 2 ; hence for stall, stable, 2 Chr. 
 
 32, 28. Arab, ^^tj stall, ^J\ crib. By 
 
 transpos. nii'is 2 Chr. 32, 28. 
 
 2. a stall of horses, i. e. a certain 
 number which usually stood in one stall, 
 or were harnessed to one vehicle ; per- 
 haps tico, as this was the number har- 
 nessed to a chariot, Engl, a pair, span, 
 team. 1 K. 4, 16 [5, 6] and Solomon had 
 niOiiO p''',-ix qbx oiyanx forty thousand 
 stalls [pairs?] of horses. 
 
 T^'IS adj. (denom. from T'n5<) of cedar, 
 cedrinus, Ezra 27, 24. Others explain 
 it frm, stable ; comp. r. f^N . 
 
 ns^lS? and "^^"^^ f. in some copies 
 also n3'i5< , but against the Masora. see 
 J. H. Michaclis ad Jer. 30, 17. R. "rj-ix . 
 
 \. a long bandage, applied by a physi- 
 cian in order to heal a wound, see the 
 root no. 1. E. g. b nsiinx nnbs the band- 
 age is applied to any one, i. e. his wound 
 is healed. Jer. 8, 22. Neh. 4, 1 [7]. 2 Chr. 
 24, 13 ; also in Hiph. b nD!i-!< nbsn to 
 apply the bandage to any one, i. e. to 
 heal his wound, Jer. 30, 17. 33, 6. Every- 
 where metaph. of the restoration of 
 
 8 
 
 the state Jer. I.e. or the repairing of the 
 walls 2 Chr. Neh. 11. cc. Hence 
 2. a healing, health; trop. welfare, 
 
 prosperity. Is. 58, 8. Arab. 'iSii\\ heal- 
 ing of a wound. 
 
 rroilSt Ai^imah, pr. n. of a city near 
 Neapolis, Judg. 19, 41 ; perh. the same 
 with nia!|-i 2 K. 23, 36. 
 
 D'^'ainX 2 K. 16, 6 Cheth. a corrup- 
 tion for D^isinK , which is read in Keri j 
 see m c"ix . 
 
 I'l'^iJ and l"'^ comm. gend. (m. 1 Sam. 
 6, 8. f. 4, 17. 2 Chr. 8, 11,) an ark, 
 chest, in which things to be preserved 
 are collected, from r. iTjX I. 3. Arab. 
 
 i^\y and (on' ^ wooden chest, espec. 
 a cotHn. Spoken of a money-chest 2 K. 
 12, 10. 11 ; of a mummy-case or coffin 
 Gen. 50, 26 ; but most frequently of the 
 sacred ark, in which the two tables of 
 the law were deposited, called more fully 
 ninyn )i-^v. the ark of the law Ex. 25. 22. 
 26, 33'; nin-i n^na inx Deut. 10, 8. 31, 
 9. 25 ; r-i-ian -(i-ix' Josh. 3, 6. 4, 9 ; liiX 
 nin"^ 1 Sam. 5, 3. 4. 6, 8 sq. 
 
 f^r'!''^^ 2 Sam. 24, 20 sq. Araunah, 
 pr. n. of a Jebusite, written in v. 16 
 Cheth. nj-iix , in v. 18 Cheth. n^j-ix ; in. 
 1 Chr. 21' 18 sq. IJ'iS Oman. 
 
 T^iJ a root not in use, Arab. \ J tbi 
 contract oneself to shrink together, hence 
 
 to be compact, firm ; \\f firm, stable, vJ 
 
 a tree firmly rooted. Hence A. Schul- 
 tens and many after him derive Part, 
 pass. T^i-iX madefast,firm,Ez. 27, 24. But 
 most of the ancient versions h^re render 
 D*ipx made of cedar, cedrini, as a 
 denom. from TlX, after the form \3sin3 
 brazen, see Lehrg. p. 512 ; and to these 
 we do not hesitate to accede. Hence 
 n'nia for Ti-ixis, and 
 
 riJ* m. plur. cnx,- constr. ''nN, a 
 cedar, so called from the firmness of its 
 roots, which is common to all trees of 
 the pine genus, Theoph. Hist. Plant. 2. 7. 
 It is the cedrus coniferi, or pinus cedrus, 
 known as tlie cedar of Lebanon, a tree 
 uncommonly tall. Is. 2, 13. 37, 24, Am. 
 2, 9; and wide-spreading Ez. 31, 3;. 
 formerly very frequent on Mount Leba- 
 
T^i^ 
 
 86 
 
 ^S 
 
 non Ps. 29, 5. 92, 13. 104, 16, but now 
 greatly reduced in number; Bibl. Res. in 
 Pal. III. p. 440. The wood is odorifer- 
 ous, without knots, and exceedingly dura- 
 ble ; and was therefore much used in the 
 -temple and the royal palaces for orna- 
 mental work, and espec. for the wainscot 
 and ceiling. Hence put for cedar-work, 
 
 So* 
 
 wainscoting. 1 K. 6, 18. Arab. vJ , which 
 is still in use among the inhabitants of 
 Lebanon; Ethiop. ACrl, Aram. SJ")N, 
 \}v . There is therefore no ground for 
 understanding T'^X to be the pine, and 
 not the cedar, according to Celsius in 
 Hierob. I. 106 sq. - 
 
 ^l"?^ f- denom. from T"iit, cedar- 
 work, e. g. wainscoting, Zeph. 2, 14. 
 The fem. has the force of a collective, 
 as in nss wood, Lehrg. 477. 
 
 1 ' L V ^'^ ?^-: ^^ fcalk, to be on the 
 way, as finite verb once Job 34, 8. Chald. 
 irns id. Similar is Gr. %QXo^ai, and 
 softer forms from the same stock are 
 M-rj) Tj'''^- Pfirt. n'lJX a wayfarer, tra- 
 veller, Judg. 19, 17. 2 Sam. 12, 4. Jer. 
 14, 8. Plur. Jer. 9, 1. Fem. nrj-iK col- 
 lect, a company of travellers, espec. of 
 merchants, a caracan, avroSiu, Gen. 37, 
 25. Is. 21. 13. See Lehrg. p. 477. Comp. 
 
 Deriv. nnsj nn^i^- 
 
 1 J . I ijfis to decree, to appoint, i. q. 
 p|5ll, whence nn-isi. q. pin. something 
 appointed, fixed. Corresponding is Arab. 
 
 "f- S : 
 
 to appomt a time; whence xi^sl a 
 set time, era, epoch, -^ J to date a letter, 
 Ao jLi* a chronicle, annals. Perh. kindr. 
 
 with r. 'Tj'jS q. v. 
 
 n"!!? (perh. for n^X wayfaring) Ardh, 
 pr. n. m. a) Ezra 2, 5. Neh. 7, 10. b) 1 
 Chr. 7, 39. 
 
 Try^ , plur. Pin-ns , constr. Pinnx ; c. 
 suff. 'rh-isj , rppn-K, cr'nnx. in place 
 of which sometimes inMss. and editions 
 'rnnk , rprh-jit , enrr^x , see J. H.Mich, 
 ad Job 13, 27 ; coram, gend. e. g. masc. 
 Prov. 2, 15, comp. Job 6, 18. 19; fem. 
 Prov. 15, 19 ; a poetic word, a way, 
 path, road, i. q. r^-n . Chald. nnk, Syr. 
 
 U'>o\ . Samar. VS/TIA id. Gen. 49, 
 17. Judg. 5. 6. Ps. 19, 6. c"^3ai rin-ix the 
 paths of the seas Ps. 8, 9, comp. iys^u 
 xihv&u Horn. II. 1. 312. D^'n nns the 
 path of life i. e. to life or happiness Prov. 
 5, 6. Hence : a) Metaph. way i. e. 
 manner of life and conduct, i. q. "?. So 
 "'P.'^ ^'Z^ false way, i. e. false and deceit- 
 ful conduct, life, Ps. 119, 104. ninnx 
 nirrj the ways of Jehovah, i. e. a way of 
 life pleasing to God, Ps. 25. 4. 119, 15. Is. 
 2. 3. The idea of a way is often pre- 
 served, as Prov. 4, 14. 8, 20. b) i. q. 
 mode, manner, Gen. 38, 11 niT}^ bnn 
 c-^CSS n-iit nyab it ceased to he with 
 Sarah after the manner of wmnen, by 
 euphemism for the menses, comp. 31, 35. 
 c) The ways or patlis of any one, i. q. hia 
 condition, lot. Job ^, 13. Prov. 1, 19. 
 Comp. in Engl. ' the way it goes with 
 him.' d) Poet, nnk is put for a way- 
 farer, traveller, Job 31, 32. Plur. ninnx 
 Nrn the travellers of Tema, the cara- 
 vans. Job 6, 19. 
 
 n^ji^ Chald. plur. c. suff. Tirn-ix 
 nnn'iX, i. q. H&hr.ways, i. e. metaph. 
 counsels of God, Dan. 4, 34 ; affairs, 
 destinies of any one, Dan. 5, 23. 
 
 nn^iS f. company of travellers, cara- 
 van } see under r. JTiX I. 
 
 ^0^^ ^- ij- '"'1*5 II ) an appointed por- 
 tion of food or provision, an allowance, 
 delivered out daily or at fixed times, 2 K. 
 25, 30. Jer. 52, 34. Hence genr. a por- 
 tion of food, meal, Prov. 15, 17. Jer. 40, 5. 
 
 ''"IJ* m. plur. C^nsi 1 K. 10, 20, else- 
 where ni-inst 1 K. 10, 19. 2 Chr. 9, 18. 
 19, a lion, q. d. the puller in pieces, the 
 render (see r. rr^x I. 2). Num. 24, 9. 1 
 Sam. 17, 34 eq. 2 Sam. 23, 20. al. -i-B3 
 riins a young lion J adg. 14,5; nT^-^x ^la 
 a lion^s whelp Jer. 51, 38. Trop. as the 
 emblem of strength andvalocr, Num. 23, 
 25 ; of fierceness and cruelty, Prov. 28, 
 15. See Bochart Hicroz. I. 715 sq. 
 Syr. )lf . 
 
 '^'''?^ m. compounded from ''1S< and 
 
 L lion of God, i. e. lion-like champion, 
 hero. a) Collect. 2 Sam. 23, 20 'Jtri 
 axiis ^{{"""is^ two lion-like champions of 
 Moab; see^K'isj and ''^ 1 Chr. 11, 22. 
 
^-i 87 
 
 Comp. Arab. iJjt S^\ and JJt c;>4^ 
 
 Won q/" Corf, an epithet of heroic war- 
 riors ; also Pcrs. IJl^ -jui Shin kJwda 
 lion of God. Spoken of Jerusalem, Is. 
 29, 1. 2, q. d. cUy of heroes, which should 
 never be subdued ; though others refer 
 this passage to no. 2. Hence b) As 
 pr. n. m. Ariel, Ezra 8, 16. 
 
 II. hearth i. e. altar of God, comp. 
 i^\ hearth, fire-place, from r. Sr^S II ; 
 spoken of the altar of burnt-otTerings, Ez. 
 43, 15. 16. 
 
 '''!T'^"IS( Aridai, Pers. pr. n. of the ninth 
 son of Haman. Esth. 9, 9. Comp. !//pt- 
 duios i. e. the strong, from Pers. art, ard. 
 Perh. from Airyadao 'digna dans' 
 (Benfey), or Arydday 'donum Arise' 
 (Bohlen). Comp. the next article. 
 
 Sril'^'lS Aridatha, pr. n. of the sixth 
 eon of Haman, Esth. 9, 8. The etymo- 
 logy like the preceding article. 
 
 '^!?'!'^ i. q. "'"^X , with n- parag. comp. 
 tix and n^X ; more frequent than "'"iX, 
 but used only in the sing.alion, Gen. 49, 
 9. Deut. 33, 22. Judg. 14, 8. al. Spoken of 
 a powerful and cruel enemy. Is. 15, 9. 
 Jer. 4, 7. Is. 21, 8 n:;-is if^i^^l and he 
 cried as a lion. Comp. Rev. 10, 3. 
 
 '^!?'? Chald. id. Dan. 7, 4. Plur. 
 emphat. xrj^inx Dan. 6, 8. 
 
 n'^'^i^ see rti-.x , 
 
 ?fT^"\j!{ Anoch, an Assyrio-Chald. pr. 
 n. a) A king of EUasar Gen. 14, 1. 9 ; 
 comp. Judith 1, 6. b) A captain of the 
 royal guard at the court of Babylon, 
 Dan. 2, 14. Sanscr. Aryaka veneran- 
 dus ; Bohlen. 
 
 ''?'^'^^, Arisai, Pers. pr. n. of a son of 
 Haman, Esth. 9, 9. Sanscr. Arydsdya 
 sagitta Arias ; Bohlen. 
 
 '!_ V 1- pr. trans, to make long, to 
 prolong, to extend in a straight line ; 
 kindr. with T\'^^, where see. Hence 
 
 n3!i-ix a long bandage. Comp. Syr. 
 
 f. 
 
 yf'ff to prolong, Arab, li^l to defer, to 
 delay. 
 
 2. Intrans. fut. TpS'^ . plur. is^X": , to 
 be lo^ng, prolonged ; Syr. Arab. Samar. 
 id. Aph. Ti'^'^'X, >^c| . to prolong. Ez. 
 
 31, 5. Gen. 26, 8 DO iVi8* 3 'nil 
 Diojn and it came to pass when the time 
 there was long to him, i. e. when he had 
 lived there a long time. Ez. 12, 22. 
 
 Hipn. Tj^^HH 1. to make long, to pro- 
 long, Ps. 129, 3 ; to extend or thrnst out 
 the tongue. Is. 57, 4. 'd ''a'^ '^'^'}^'^ to 
 prolong the days of tiny one, lo grant him 
 long life, 1 K. 3, 14 ; also ra^ 'n to pro- 
 long one's own days, to live long, to be 
 long lived, Deut. 4, 26. 40. 5, 30. 17, 20. 
 22, 7. Is. 53, 10 ; and without a-'a;; Prov. 
 28, 2. Ecc. 7, 15. 8. 12. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be made long, 1 K. 8, 8. 
 Espec. of time, as l"''a^ iis'^'iNn his days 
 are 7nade long, i. q. to live long, Ex. 20, 
 12. Deut. 5, 16. 6, 2. 25, 15. Comp. no. 1. 
 
 3. to retard, to delay, to defer, as "^^Xfi 
 "ilSfit to defer one^s anger, i. e. to be pa- 
 tient, ^ittxQo&vfxog, Is. 48, 9. Prov. 19, 11. 
 So too iOB3 r("'")X!7. id. Job 6, 11. Comp. 
 ^"^BJ? tilN in ?;njj . ' 
 
 4. to remain long, to tarry, Num. 9, 
 19. 22. 
 
 Deriv. M3i"i>!| , and those here follow- 
 ing. 
 
 ^"^^ Chald. i. q. Hebr. to make long j 
 also toft, to adapt. Part. TpiX^f, jneet, 
 
 Ezra 4, 14. Talmud, id. Arab. cJ>l ap- 
 tissimus, dignissimus. 
 
 ^'!?J$ adj. found only in constr. Tp.S<. 
 
 1. long, Ez. 17, 3 i3xn rj-jx having 
 long pinions or wing-feathers. 
 
 2. tardy, slow, in the phrases tii"i Tpx 
 slow of spirit Ecc. 7, 8, and O'^SX 'Tj'ix 
 sloic of anger,'patient. finxQo&vfiog, Prov. 
 
 15, 18. 16, 32. Ex. 34, 6. Num. 14, 18. 
 Comp. Syr. |-o? Ir*-^ patient, Arab. 
 Jj-b mO long, i. e. long-suffering, longa- 
 nimis. Once Cl^BX ""IX is to finxQo&v- 
 por, patience, Jer. 15, 13. 0pp. Hli "i^p . 
 
 ^lij adj. f. fi3"i!<, ?077g-, e.g. of space, 
 Job 11, 9 ; of tinie, 2 Sam. 3. 1. 
 
 5?")^ (length) Erech, pr. n. of a city 
 of Babylonia, Gen. 10, 10. Among the 
 ancient interpreters, Pseudo-Jon. Targ. 
 of Jerus. Jerome, and Ephrem under- 
 stand Edessa ; but Bochart, Phaleg IV. 
 
 16. more correctly regards it as Areca or 
 Arecca. situated on the cxjnfines of Baby- 
 lonia and Susiana ; comp. Ammian. 23. 
 21. 
 
'^'^^ m. c. sufT. 'iS'^l*, length, Gen. 6, 
 15. Ex. 26, 2 sq. 27,' 'l sq. D152;; r|';ii< 
 length of days, long life, Ps. 21, 5. 91, 16. 
 Cd'^jd;; r^nxb as long as I live Ps. 23, 6. 
 i^"??? Tp.jt patience Prov. 25, 15. 
 
 1 ^?'?^ Chald. fem. length, a lengthen- 
 ' ing, spoken of time, Dan. 4, 24. 7, 12. 
 
 JlD'lb* see rtsnx. 
 
 nS'TS'lK Chald. fem. the knee, Dan. 5, 
 6. In the Targums ailD'n, !!t3n, the 
 prosthetic Aleph being dropped. See 
 in r. asn . 
 
 i^SnS Chald. plur. St::;?'!^, gentile n. 
 , Arche cites Ezra 4, 9 ; from the city Tii^i 
 
 Gen. 10, 10. 
 
 ''S'^K gentile n. Archite, an inhabitant 
 of a city or district T|'15< situated in the 
 territory of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 2, differ- 
 ent from the city of like name in Baby- 
 Ionia. 2 Sam. 15, 32. 16, 16. 
 
 ^_V 3. root not in use, i. q. C^ii, 
 
 tn'i , Dnn , ens , dK-i , to be high j comp. 
 
 Arab. ^v. intumuit, extulit se. Hence 
 
 "jio'ix, and 
 
 Q"^^ constr. ts'nx pr. n. Aram, pr. high 
 region, q. d. Highlands, opp. '^23 Lcno- 
 lands. 
 
 1. Aramcsa, the Arameeans, i. e. Syria, 
 the Syrians, constr. with a verb masc. 
 sing. 2 Sam. 10, 14. 15. 18. 1 K. 20, 26 ; 
 plur. 2 Sam. 10, 17. 19. 1 K. 20, 20 ; 
 rarely with sing. fem. Is. 7, 2. To the 
 
 Greeks also this ancient and domestic 
 name of Syria was not wholly unknown ; 
 
 :see Horn. II. 2. 783. Hesiod. Theog. 304. 
 Strabo 13. 4. 6. ib. 16. 4. 27. The name 
 Aranuea however was of wider extent 
 than Si/ria, and comprehended also 
 Mesopotamia ; although Pliny and Mela 
 ascribe to Syria the same and even a 
 greater extent ; Plin. H. N. 5. 15. 12. 
 Mela 1. 11. Where it stands alone, 
 B'lK , it is for the most part to be under- 
 stood of Western Syria, or Syria strictly 
 so called, Judg. 3, 10. 1 K. 10, 29. 11, 25. 
 15, 18 ; espec. the territory of and around 
 Damascus, Is. 7, 1. 8. Am. 1, 5 ; which 
 is more definitely called pttJa? nnx Syria 
 of Damascus 2 Sam. 8, 5. Where Me- 
 Bopotiimia is meant, the expression is 
 D'?'?'!!? O"!]^ Syria of the two rivers Gen. 
 
 88 
 
 f^ 
 
 24, 10. Deut. 23, 5. Judg. 3, 8 ; or H? 
 n";N Padan Aram, Plain of Syiia. Gen. 
 
 25, 20. 28, 2. 5. 6. 7 ; and ellipt. -(^Q Gen. 
 46, 7 ; rarely simply D-nx Num. 23, 7, 
 where however it is made definite by a 
 description ; comp. ''a'^S? . The king- 
 doms of Western Syria in the time of 
 David, (not of Mesopotamia, as is often 
 supposed.) were the following: fi:^i: cnit 
 Aram Zobah, see iinis ; 2hn r."3 cnx 
 Aram Beth Rehoh, see inn h"ia in n7a 
 no. 12. pp ; ^12579 Dnst Aram Maacah, 
 see <i2y^ ; and also others ; but these all 
 became afterwards subject to the kings 
 of Damascus, 1 K. 20, 1. Comp. gentile 
 n. ''a'lix, "^"^s. 
 
 2. Aram, pr. n. m. a) A son of Ke- 
 muel and grandson of Nahor, Gen. 22, 
 21. He seems to have given his name 
 to the region of Syna. Comp. D'l, 
 b) 1 Chr. 7, 34. 
 
 'jTa'lK m. (r.dnx) plur. constr. m'jo'ix, 
 a fortress, castle, palace, so called from 
 its height, Is. 32, 14. Prov. 18, 19. al. 
 Also ry^.^n n""? '(i'a'ix the fortress of the 
 king''s house, the innermost part, as the 
 highest and strongest, q. d. the citadel^ 
 1 K. 16, IS. 2 K. 15, 25. J. D. Michaelis 
 (Suppl. 128) and after him most modern 
 interpreters here translate it the women's 
 
 apartment, comparing Arab. *| i. q. 
 
 (tys^ conclavia. Gol. p. 78, and (v^ 
 Haram ; but there is no trace of this in 
 the ancient interpreters, nor is there any 
 reason for departing from the simple ex- 
 planation above given. Spoken of the 
 citadel of a hostile metropolis, Is. 25, 2. 
 
 '^'anS i. q. 'B'nN, fem. T'^^anx, adv. 
 Aramaice, in Aramcean or Syriac, Dan. 
 2,4. Ezra 4, 7. Is. 36, 11. 
 
 'i'52'ni? gentile n. an Aramtean, Syri- 
 an, I. e. an inhabitant either of Western 
 Syria 2 K. 5, 20 ; or also of Mesopota- 
 mia, Gen. 25, 20. 28,5- 31, 20. 24. Fem. 
 nja-^x 1 Chr. 7, 14. Plur. D^B-iN 2 K. 
 8, 29 ; and by aphroresis D^sa'in for 
 tD^B-^sn 2 Chr. 22, 5. 
 
 *i2bn (q. d. Palatinus, from I'i^'JX) 
 pr. n. m. Armoni, 2 Sam. 21, 8. 
 
 1!^^ a root not in use ; Arab, /jjl ? to 
 be active, nimble ; whence pM wild goat. 
 Hence 
 
? 
 
 89 
 
 pfil 
 
 T^* (wi^<i S^^) A^'> P*"- " ^ ^ 
 Horit'c. Gen. 36, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 42. 
 
 P see ^isj. 
 
 T^K in. 1. <A pine, pinua, Is. 44, 14- 
 In the Talmud of Babyl. (Pnni fol. 96. 1) 
 are joined n^iST^si c^3^i< c^nx 'S^. 
 Sept. niivg, Vulg. pimis.So called, 
 because when agitated by the wind it 
 emits a tremulous sound; from r. "(3'^, 
 i. e. '("IX contr. for lanjj , as yp for |5-jn , 
 ^nt from t^an . See I'l'n . 
 
 2. Oren, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 2, 25. 
 
 nS31>S f. epicoen. a hare, Lev. 11, 6. 
 
 Deut. 14,7. Arab. ^^ , Syr. |!aJ)f id. 
 Sec Bochart Hieroz. I. 994 sq. who re- 
 gards this quadriliteral as compounded 
 from nnjj to crop, and "STi produce, fruit. 
 
 'ji:';iX and l^nS (for Ti:-) a noise, 
 murmur ; concr. a noisy or murmuring 
 stream.) Anion, pr. n. of a torrent (^n?) 
 with a valley of like name, running from 
 the eastward into the Dead Sea, an- 
 ciently the northern boundary of Moab 
 and the southern of the Ammonites; 
 now called ,^^^\ el-Mojeb. Num.21, 
 13 sq. 22, 36! Duut. 2, 24. 36. 3, 8 sq. 
 4, 48. Is. 16, 2. al. See Burckhardt's 
 Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372. Also 
 Comment, on Is. 16, 2. Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 204. 
 
 n^3")fif: see njinx. 
 
 IJ^X (active, nimble, see r. I'^X) Ar- 
 nan, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 21. 
 
 IpniS (id.) Oman, pr. n. of a Jebusite, 
 on the site of whose threshing-floor 
 Solomon built the temple. 1 Chr. 2, 15. 
 2 Chr. 3, 1. Comp. njnnx. 
 
 !r) Chald. St. emph. its^ix . 1. the 
 earth, i. q. Heb. 7'7.5t, S and :i being in- 
 terchanged, see under S . Dan. 2, 35. 39. 
 3, 31. al. 
 
 2. the ground, and as adv. /mc, be- 
 low. Dan. 2. 39 after thee shall arise 
 another kingdom T^S^a srnst hncer than 
 thee, inferior to thee. Corap. Chald. 
 'SnK, '^XS'^X, low; r-^ib^a for ^nxbia 
 at the lowest part, below. Hence 
 
 rr^l^nS Chald. f. the ground, the low- 
 est part, bottom of a pit, Dan. 6, 25. 
 
 IB^S (prop, support, i. e. a strong 
 city ; for ^fy from r. nsn ,) Arpad, pr. 
 8* 
 
 n. of a city and region of Syria, not fer 
 from the city Haraath, with which it 
 is often coupled, governed by its own 
 kings, and to be distinguished from 
 njns* q. v. 2 K. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 10, 9. 
 Jer. 49, 23. [More prob. the same with 
 T'lS Arvad, i. e. the iwland Ruwftd, with 
 its territory on the adjacent coast; 
 which was contiguous to that of Ha- 
 math. The interchange of B and 1 
 (like a and 1) is not unnatural. R. 
 
 ITTDSIS Arjihaxad, pr. n. of the third 
 son of Shera, and denoting at the same 
 time a people or region of country, 
 Gen. 10, 22. 24. 11, 10-13. The con- 
 jecture of Bochart is not improbable 
 (Phaleg. 2. 4), that it is the province 
 'ytQ^njin/lTig, Arrapachitis, in northern 
 Assyria near Armenia (Ptol. 6. 1), the 
 primitive country of the Chaldeans ; see 
 Comment, on Is. 23, 13. Josephus. Ant. 
 
 1. 6. 4, ^Ai)(faiu8ifS; 8s Toig vvv Xakdut- 
 ovg xalovfiivovg 'Aocpaludxiovg (avofinatv. 
 Bohlen ad Gen. 1. c. compares Sanscr. 
 AryapakshatA ' (a land) by the side of 
 Asia ;' comp. Borussia i. q. Po-rus, near 
 the Russians. 
 
 \ _V ^ root of uncertain sigoif. Arab. 
 
 \]0\\ low, inferior ; but this is derived 
 rather from the prirhary idea earth. 
 
 7'}'$ cbmm. gend. (rarely masc. Gen. 
 13, 6.' Ps. 104, 6. Is. 9, 18; or when 
 the earth is put for its inhabitants. Is. 
 26, 18. 66, 8,) c. suff. ''2inw> , c. art. I'^wXti , 
 
 Go* 
 
 He loc. f^^'JX, the earth, Arab. ^Jj 
 Chald. xsnx , Syr. |:^?f . Spec. 
 
 1. the earth, orbis terranim, opp. to 
 the heavens; 7"!Xni D?^''^"^l Gen. 1, 1. 
 
 2, 1. 4, and n->^'i^ y-nx Gen. 2, 4, the 
 heavens and the earth, the whole uni- 
 verse. Synecd. for the inhabitants of 
 the earth, Gen. 9, 19. 11, 1. 19, 31. 
 
 2. the earth, land, opp. to the sea, 
 Gen. 1, 28. 
 
 3. a laiid, country, Ex. 3, 8. 13, 5. 
 Gen. 21. 32 t3"'riqba yyt. Ruth 1, 7 yiit 
 rrisin^ . So the land of any one is either 
 the country subject to him. as the land 
 of Sihon Neh. 9, 22 ; or consecrated to 
 any one Jer. 2, 7. 16, 18 ; or in which 
 one dwells Deut. 19, 2. 10. 28, 12 ; or was 
 born, q. d. one's father-land Gen. 24, 4. 
 
:s:nx 
 
 wlB 
 
 ffi"li5 
 
 30, 25. Num. 10, 9. Is. 8, 9. Comp. yi] 
 Tivog Acts 7, 3; and the words D5, T^S, 
 t;"'X . Absol. l^nx and 7?.5<n often de- 
 note Palestine xax t^oxiv Joel 1, 2 ; and 
 so in the formula yix "i^c , uin;; , Ps. 37, 
 9. 11. 22. 29. 44, 4. Prov. 2, 21. 'lO, 30. 
 Synecd. for the inhabitants of a land, 
 Is. 26, 18 ; spec, of Avicked inhabitants 
 Is. 11, 4; conmp. Ci;x no. 1. b. 
 
 4. land-i i. e. a piece of land, a field, 
 Gen. 23, 15. Ex. 23, 10. Of the fields 
 or country around a city. Josh. 8, 1. 
 
 5. the ground, with He local ^S"iX 
 (Milel) to the ground, as n^nx wna'i 
 Gen. 33, 3. 37, 10. Hence poet, forrep- 
 tiles. as crawling upon the ground, i. q. 
 y^ixn tr-i , as Job 12, 8 "f"?.'<^ ^^'^. speak 
 to the gTOund, i. e. to the reptiles crawl- 
 ing thereon ; followed by ' the fishes of 
 the sea ;' comp. Gen. 9, 2. 1 K. 5, 13. 
 
 6. earth, i. e. the element, earthy par- 
 ticles, sco7-i(B of metals. Ps. 12, 7 silver 
 purified in a work-shop Y^.^ ^^ ^^ ^^^ 
 earth, i. e. from its dross, scoriee. 
 
 Plur. riijJ'^.S lands, countries, regions. 
 Gen. 26, 3. 4.' So ni:i'nsn the lands, 
 often espec. in the later Hebrew put y.aT 
 .i^oxiv for heathen lands, foreign coun- 
 tries, comp. C'^x , ^"^y* ; e.g. r^i^^^n ^^s 
 ,the nations of the (heathen) lands 2 Chr. 
 :13, 9. 17, 10. ni-^"ixn nirbTs?: the king- 
 ,do7ns of the (gentile) lands 1 Chr. 29, 30. 
 .2 Chr. 12, 8. 17, 10. The origin of this 
 lusus loquendi is apparent from the fol- 
 -lowing passages in Ezekiel, 5, 6. 11, 17. 
 12, 15. 20, 23. 22, 15. 20, 32. 22, 4. 
 
 Note. He paragogic in n^"ix is for 
 the most part local : but sometimes also 
 it is merely a poetic form, so that f^S"^:* 
 does not differ from yiX , e. g. Job 34, 13. 
 37, 12. Is. 8, 23; comp.' nb^b for b^b. 
 'Hence 
 
 SS")^ (earth) Arza, pr. n. m. 1 K. 
 16, 9. ' 
 
 p'^5?! Chald. stat. emphat. Ni^-ix , i. q. 
 :Krnx, the earth, the letter S being 
 changed into the harsher p, Jer. 10, 11. 
 Preq. in the Targums. 
 
 * T^ fut. ".H;;, imp. l-i-ix Judg. 5, 23, 
 with He parag.lT^K Num. 22, 6, to curse; 
 
 cs ^ 
 
 corrcpponding is Arab. -JC to abhor, to 
 detcRt; and still more nearly Gr. (, 
 Jiffuofiui. Constr. c. ace. Num. 22, 6. 
 
 23, 7. Mai. 2, 2. Judg. 5, 23. Job 3, 8 
 Di"' "^"^JiX cursers of the day, i. e. a 
 class of magicians who were thought 
 to render particular days unfortunate 
 by their imprecations. Gen. 3, 14 cursed 
 art thou from every beast, i. e. all beasts 
 shall avoid thee as infamous and ac- 
 cursed. Deut. 27, 15 sq. 28, 16 sq. 
 
 NiPH. pass. Part. 0"^"iN5 Mai. 3, 9. 
 
 PiEL "inx, part, "i'^ntd 1. i. q. Kal, 
 to curse. Gen. 5, 29. 
 
 2. to cause a curse. Num. 5, 22 D'^fiil 
 D'i"i~iX7:n the waters causing a curse, i. e. 
 which cause destruction to the adulterous 
 and perjured woman who drinks them. 
 
 Hopn. fvit. "iSI'ipass. to be cm^sedjNum. 
 22, 6. 
 
 Deriv. nns^a, 
 
 "^"^"^^ pr. n. Ararat, a region or pro- 
 vince near the middle of Armenia, be- 
 tween the Araxes and the lakes Van 
 and Oroomiah, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38; 
 still called by the Armenians Ararat, 
 uiniuniuui ; vipon whose mountains, 
 wiTN ''^ri, the ark of Noah rested. Gen. 
 8, 4. It is sometimes taken in a wider 
 sense for Armenia itself, Jer. 51, 27. 
 That it is the name of a region, and not 
 strictly of a mountain, is affirmed also 
 by Moses Chorenensis ; see Schroeder 
 Thes. Ling. Arm. p. 55. Mosis Choren. 
 Hist. Arm. ed. Whiston, p. 289, 308, 358, 
 361. For an account of this region, see 
 Morier's Second Journey, p. 312. R. K. 
 Porters Travels Vol. I. p. 178 sq. Smith 
 and Dwight's Researches in Armenia., 
 Vol. II. p. 73 sq. The root is Sanscr. 
 Anjararta, ' terra sancta ;' Bohlen, Ben- 
 fey, etc. 
 
 '^^'^ in Kal not used, but as is 
 noted by Miuiger ad Hos. 2, 21, pr. i. q. 
 b^S ) ipr^ ) ^^ cjcct, to build, whence 
 il5"i5 a bed or couch, with a canopy. 
 
 s - 
 Thence also (v-j-t a bed-fellow, lius- 
 
 > ^ 
 band or wife, iv-^Y^ one betrothed. 
 
 Hence 
 
 PiEL to';)X to betroth a woman, pr. to 
 make her a spouse ; c. ncc. niX b*lJ 
 Dcut. 20, 7. 28, 30 ; and nrs ib ionx 
 Hos. 2. 21. 22. 2 Sam. 3, 14. The price 
 paid for a wife is put with 2 2 Sam. !. c. 
 
 PuAL tonk, fem. in Pause rii^;;i<, tohe 
 
betrothed, Ex. 22, 15. Deut. 22, 28. Part. 
 nbnki2 Deut. 22, 23. 25.27. Chald. onst 
 Pe. and Pa. id. 
 
 * ^^''J' obsol. root, i. q. Arab. ji. 
 to desire, to long for. Hence 
 
 PnD")X f. desire, longing, Ps. 21, 3. 
 Sept. dir,aig, Vulg. voluntas. 
 
 ' nttJTnnnX Ezra 4, 8. 11. 23. 6, 14, 
 
 snotcnnnx 7, 1. 7, snwcnmx 4^ 7^ 
 
 Artaxerxes, pr. n. of several Persian 
 kings ; in Greek written 'jlQ^u^iqitfi, by 
 the Armenians uinuiuxol^u Ardaslies, 
 by the modern Persians -A^t>|, 
 ^uiJCc>J, Ardeshir ; by the ancient 
 
 Persians, in the inscriptions of Nakshi- 
 Rustam in Niebuhr's Reisebeschr. II. 
 tab. 27, according to De Sacy, nnrnnx 
 Artakhshetr, Artakhshatra ; whence by 
 interchanging the letters r and s, and by 
 transposition, arose the form Artakh- 
 sharla and the Heb. Artakhshast, Ar- 
 takh^haula, as above. Comp. Lassen in 
 Zeitsclir. f. d. Kunde des Morgenl. VI. 
 p. 160. 
 
 This name is compounded from the 
 eyllable art. strong, mighty, (comp. the 
 pr. names 'AgTo^tiorjg, 'Aqza^i't^rig, 'A(JTa- 
 (pigvijc,) and inTrn , which in the ancient 
 usage denoted king, like the Zend and 
 Sanscr. ksatra. Nor yet is Herodotus 
 to be taxed with error in rendering it 
 mighty icarrior (6. 98), comp. ksatra 
 ' soldier ;' since kings also were warriors. 
 See Lassen Keilschrifl p. 36. 
 
 Two kings of this name are mentioned 
 in the O. Test, a) Pseudo-Smerdes 
 Ezra 4, 7. 8. 23 comp. 24, who not improb. 
 took the name of Artaxerxes on his 
 accession, b) Artaxerxes Longhna- 
 nus. in whose seventh year Ezra led out 
 a colony into Palestine, Ezra 7, 1. 7. 11. 
 12. 21. 8. 1 ; and from the twentieth to 
 the thirty-second year of whose reign 
 Nehemiah was governor of Judea, Neh. 
 2, 1. 5, 14. 13, 6. See more fully in 
 Thesaur. p. 155, 156. 
 
 ^~^? obsol. root, prob. i. q. lOX to 
 bind. Hence the two following : 
 
 '^'}''?^ (whom Gfod hath bound sc. by 
 a vow) pr. n. m. Asareel, 1 Chr. 4, 16. 
 
 1SK 
 
 bi{'''7TDJ!< (vow of God) pr. n. m. As- 
 riel. Num. 26, 31. Josh. 17, 2. 1 Chr. 
 7, 14. Patronym. is "'Vxnbx AarielUe, 
 Num. I. c. 
 
 * ^i< c. suff. "iisx Job 18, 5, cattSH U. 
 50, 11, comm. gend. (rarely masc. Job 
 20, 26. Ps. 104, 4. Jer. 48, 45 ; comp. on 
 the gender of words signifying Jire, 
 Lehrg. p. 546 note,)^re, comp. Chald. 
 Kli'X, NriuJs, fire, fever, Syr. \L^] fe- 
 
 ver, Ethiop. "KA^ fire, Arab. tUMjut, 
 
 which however is rarely used. The 
 branches of this very ancient stock are 
 widely spread throughout the languages 
 of Asia and Europe ; comp. Sanscr. ush 
 
 to burn, Pehlv. and Pers. iiioi , perh. 
 Lat. restus, Germ, heitzen, heiss. Spec. 
 
 1. the Jire of God, often for the lightning, 
 1 K. 18, 38. 2 K. 1, 10. 12. 14. Job 1, 16 ; 
 
 comp. Ex. 9, 23 and Pers. ^L^ami yi^Ji* 
 Trop. for the anger and wrath of God, 
 (comp. Virg. ^n. 2. 575 exarsere ignes 
 aniino, subit ira, etc.) Deut. 32, 22 
 ^BS3 nn'ip irx a fre is kindled in mine 
 anger. Jer. 4,'4. 15, 14. 21, 12. Lam. 2, 
 4. Ez. 22, 21. In like manner^re is put 
 for ardour in men, q. d. burning zeal or 
 passion, Jer. 20, 9. Ps. 39, 3. 4. 
 
 2. Poet, fire for war, e. g. to be con- 
 sumed by fire, i. q. to be consumed, wasted 
 by war, Num. 21, 28. Jer. 48, 45. Judg. 
 9, 15. 20. Is. 10, 16. 26, 11. Ps. 21, 10. 
 So 113X nnj5 to kindle a, fre, metaph. to 
 kindle a war, to excite the tumult of war, 
 Is. 50, 11. The same figure is frequent 
 in the Arabian poets ; comp. Comment, 
 on Is. 7, 4. 
 
 3. Trop. for destruction, ruin, of any 
 kind, both of men and things. Job 15, 34. 
 20, 26. 22, 20. 31, 12. Is. 1, 31. 30, 30. 
 33, 11. 14. 
 
 4. heat, scorching, of the sun. Joel 1, 
 19, 20. 2, 3. 5. 
 
 5. a flashing, brightness, splendour, e.g. 
 of armsNah. 2, 5. 3X '"'i'l^ stones of fire, 
 glittering gems, Ez. 28, 14. 16; comp. 
 Stat. Theb. 2. 276 arcano florentes igne 
 smaragdi. 
 
 Deriv. Si^^X, q. v. 
 
 TC Chald. St. emphat. K1X, id. Dan. 
 7, 11. 
 
ffii^ 
 
 Tlti^ 
 
 ^^ i. q. tu;;, there is, there are, 2 
 
 U^' 
 
 Sam. 14, 19. Mic. 6, 10. Arab. 
 Chald. n-^X, 'P'S. 
 
 tJi5 (dsh) Chald. plur. I'^ffiij , founda- 
 tions. Ezra. -ir, 12. 5, 16. R. laiax. Arab. 
 
 ^~V obsol. root, perh. i. q. \,^/^U 
 ^^,,/Jm.^,, S^Jn, to mingle, to compute. 
 Hence 
 
 b3TDS (for bxsdx sententiaDei) Ash- 
 bel, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, Gen. 46, 
 21. 1 Chr. 8, 1. Hence patronym. "^^aaJJ? 
 Ashhclite Num. 26, 38. 
 
 jaOS (i. q. -(isaJn) pr. n. m. Eshban, 
 Gen. 36, 26. 
 
 yST^Ji? (I adjure) pr. n. m. Ashbea, 
 1 Chr.' 4, 21. 
 
 bySTDJ^ Eshbaal, pr. n. of a son of 
 Saul, 1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39 ; i. q. nttJa-lU^K 
 p. 45. 
 
 ^^ obsol. root, i. q. Chald. and 
 Syr. T^iJX, f^] , to pour, to pour out, 
 Hence the two following : 
 
 "1?^ m. an outpouring. Num. 21, 15 
 C^nsn "laJs i. e. places where the tor- 
 rents from the mountains are poured out, 
 or flow down, into the valleys and plains 
 below, q. d. ravines. 
 
 "0^^ ^ id. outpouring of torrents, a 
 low place or ravine at the foot of a moun- 
 tain where a torrent flows down, Josh. 
 10,40.12,8. naosn ni^aJit the ravines 
 of Pisgah, for the foot or base of the 
 mountain, Deut. 3, 17. 4, 49. Josh. 
 
 12, 2. 3. Comp. ^L^ foot of a mountain 
 or hill, from ^**< to pour out. 
 
 *li'^ffiS (strong-hold, castle, for "inoS 
 from *TiO) pr. n. Ashdod, Gr. '^^coroc, one 
 of the five principal cities of the Philis- 
 tines, (assigned to the tribe of Judah 
 Josh. 15, 47,) Josh. 11.22. 15,46. 1 Sam. 
 6, 1. Is. 20, 1. It was a key of Pales- 
 tine towards Egypt ; comp. Is. 1. c. and 
 Hdot. 2. 157. A village still stands upon 
 its site, called Esdud ; see Rosenm. 
 Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 374 sq. Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. II. p. 368. The gentile n. ia 
 ''ji'iid!*, fern, n''^, and this latter adver- 
 
 bially, in the dialect of Ashdod, Neh. 13, 
 24. 
 
 "^"^Jj obsol. root, i. q. Arab. U,| for 
 
 1. to prop, to support, i. q. UJ ais . 
 
 2. Metaph. to heal, to cure. 
 Deriv. nitux and pr. n. .TCX"^. 
 
 riT^S fem. i. q. ttix , fre, as in Chald. 
 Jer. 6, 29 Cheth. n-iEi? firrxia by their 
 fire the lead (is consumed). Keri nn UJSia 
 consumed by fire. 
 
 m^S? m. constr. nt;N , plur. constr. ''1SX , 
 a sacrifice, offering, so called from the 
 fire (>iJs) which consumes it, as nvqd 
 from ni'Q, q. d. the sacred fuel lo be burn- 
 ed before God, with t\ parag. like "''IX , 
 ''^!!"1'* ; "r!) ^"-P:- Spoken of every kind 
 of sacrifice and oftering, and once even 
 of those not burned. Lev. 24. 7. 9. Most 
 freq. in certain ritual formulas, as n^'X 
 niiT'b rin"'3 ri"''i a sacrifice of sweet odour 
 2into Jehovah Lev. 1. 9. 13. 17. 2, 2. 9. 3, 5. 
 r\'^n''h ncx nrr: n^nb Ex. 29, 41. Lev. 
 8, 21 ; eliipt. nin-b n'iix a sacrifice to 
 Jehovah sc. of sweet odour Lev. 2, 16. 
 Ex. 29, 18. 25. Plur. njn-; -^'i-x sacrifices 
 of Jehovah, i. e. offered to him. Lev. 2, 
 3, 10. 
 
 niES (for PiTijix, fem. of the form 
 tJJx), constr. r-ix (fem. of the form tt5''X, 
 for rtti/'x) which is sometimes also put 
 for the absol. Deut. 21, 11. 1 Sam. 28, 7. 
 Ps. 58, 9; c. suff". ''ricx, ?;na:x, in^x, 
 etc. once ^Fi'iJX Ps. 128, 3 ; Plur. orice 
 ni^'X Ez. 23, 44, elsewhere always DittJ: 
 (for C^aDX by aphseresis, from sing. 
 nuJ3X), constr. 11^3, c. suff. iCJ, T^^UJ, 
 
 1. a woman.female, of any age or con- 
 dition, married or unmarried. Cant. 1, 8 
 O'lCSa HE*r; O thou fairest among wo- 
 men! 5, 9. 6, 1. Gen. 31, 35 "h Didj r\^-r\ 
 the way of women is upon me, i. e. I have 
 what is usual with women, the menses. 
 2 Sam. 1, 26 thy love to me was. . .pass- 
 ing tlie lore of women. Job 42. 15. Of 
 unmarried females Gen. 24, 5. Is. 4, 1. 
 Spec, a) As the name of the sc.v, and 
 thus applied to animals, a female, Gen. 
 7, 2 ; so hat. femina, Frenchfevielle, Or. 
 yvvrj in Aristotle. See t'^li no. 1. a. 
 With the artic. collect, women, the fe- 
 male sex, Ecc. 7, 26. b) a wife, opp. 
 
m 
 
 r*rx 
 
 to a husband, Gen. 24, 3. 4. 25, 1. 26, 34. 
 
 28, 1. 34, 4 sq. T^-<ZH. ndx thy father's 
 V)ife, i. e. thi/ step-mother, Lev. 18, 8. 11. 
 Comp. 1 Cor. 5, 1. Frequent in the 
 phrase HBJxb ib Pij^b to take to oneself a 
 woinan/<ir a wife, Gen. 4. 19. 6, 2. Spo- 
 ken also of a concubine, Gen. 30, 4 ; of 
 one betrothed, Gen. 29, 21. c) As a 
 term of reproach for a maniwho is weak, 
 cowardly, effeminate, Is./l9, 16. 3, 12. 
 Jer. 51, 30. Nah. 3, 13. \Comp. Horn. 
 'Axniidiq ovx it 'A/mol. Virg. ^n. 9. 
 C17. d) Joined in apposition with va- 
 rious nouns, e. g. njiT n;i-i< a harlot Josh. 
 2, 1 ; ttJab-'S nirx a concubine Judg. 19, 1 ; 
 f^J^V'"? iT'i'x a widow 1 K. 7, 14; !Ti\s 
 riK''^: Judg. 4, 4 ; r^^bxYr^ 'x Lev. 24, 10. 
 e) With genit of an attribute, instead 
 of an adjective, e. g. b^n rds a capable 
 woman Ruth 3, 11 ; D-'i^'i's' rajx a con- 
 tentions woman Pror. 27,'i5; c-^j^rT ruix 
 a prostitute Hos. 1, 2. f ) Empliat. of a 
 true woman, such as she should be, 
 Ecc. 7, 28 ; see D^x no. 2, comp. in bx^b^ 
 FiO. 1, and the saying of Diogenes,' 'I 
 seek a man.' 
 
 2. Followed by ninx or nii^i , one, an- 
 other ; altera, altera ; see under these 
 words. 
 
 3. every one, Ex. 3, 22. Am. 4, 3. 
 Note. In Chaldee the word for wo;mn 
 
 is Kns, sL emph. Nrnx, xnnjx. plur. 
 r-:i. Syr. fwl^l", plur. 1^. "Arab. 
 
 syj^, yj, plur. 'iy^, ^\y^, 
 - ' " ' . ^"f ^ *^ 
 
 U5,J"***^ ' ^^^^ i^'^' woman, plur. c>jf . 
 Ethiop. h'itl^ anest (not ajiset) which 
 also is put for plur. women, 
 
 ^^^^i^ see rriffix . 
 
 1^i? m. (r. p_ii) darkness, obscurity, 
 only Prov. 20. 20 Keri r^'rn -.^ajxa ; in 
 Cheth. r^rn -isj.xa. The Targ? gives 
 the like orthography in Chaldee, ri\>{ 
 
 'imX or 11i5 m. only c. suff. Tirrx 
 plur. c. suff. -ii-i'^x . R. -,^j< "' ' 
 
 1. a step, going, Prov. I4' 15. Ps. 40, 
 3. Metaph. in reference to virtue and 
 piety, e. g. to follow the steps of Jeho- 
 vah. Job 23, 11 ; also one's steps are 
 eaid to slide and fall, Ps. 37, 31. 73. 2. 
 Comp. nrs . - ! 
 
 2. i. q. -iVi-xn, a species of cedar, 
 
 Arab. Sherbin. Ez. 27, 6 l^-^J rjiJig 
 D^'l'^x-na thy benches (or decks) ih'e'y 
 make (f ivory, the daughter of the Sher- 
 bin-cedars, i. e. ivory inlaid in cedar 
 wood, bordered with it; comp. Virg 
 ^n. 10.136. Seein-i^nrxn. 
 
 " f 
 
 1^1i< (r. -il^S) l.i.q.^^^^, a step, 
 constr. with a fem. Job 31, 7. 
 
 2. Rarely nex 1 Chr. 5, 6, with He 
 local nnm-x Gen. 25, 18, pr. n. Assyria, 
 Hos. 9, 3. 10, 6. Zech. 10, 10 ; more fully 
 nVi-x |r-,i< Is. 7^ 18. Also the Assyrians, 
 constr. c. masc. Is. 19, 23. 23. 13. 30, 31. 
 31, 8. Ps. 83, 9. Hos. 14, 4. In the cunei- 
 form inscriptions it is written Asurd ; 
 see Lassen iiber d. Persepol. Keilschr. 
 p. 71-79. The name Assyria is va- 
 riously employed by the Hebrews, e. g. 
 a) Assyria proper, in the ancient sense, 
 Gen. 10, 11. 22, seems to have compre- 
 hended nearly the same countries which 
 Ptolemy (6. 1) assigns to Assyria proper, 
 viz. those lying east of the Tigris, be- 
 tween Armenia, Susiana, and Media, 
 and espec. Adiabene. b) Usually it 
 stands for the Assyrian empire, which 
 comprehended also Babylonia and Me- 
 sopotamia, Is. 10, 9. 10, comp. Comment, 
 on Is. 39, 1 ; and extended to the Euphra- 
 tes, Is. 7, 20, which river therefore is put 
 as the emblem of the Assyrian empire 
 Is. 8, 7. So too the name Assyria com- 
 prehends also Babylonia in Hdot. 1. 102, 
 106. Strabo 16 init. Arrian Exped. Alex. 
 7. 7. 6. Once also in the O. Test, the 
 provinces beyond the Tigris seem to be 
 left out of view, and the Tigris is thus 
 said to flow on the east of Assyria, r.-q'-ip^ 
 -^it^i, Gen. 2, 14. c) After the over- 
 throw of the Assyrian empire, the name 
 "ilt'x Assyria continued to be sometimes 
 used of the countries over which that 
 empire had formerly extended, and of the 
 new kingdoms which had then taken its 
 place, e. g. of Babylonia 2 K. 23. 29. Jer. 
 2, 18 (comp. Is. 8, 8). -Lam. 5. 6 ; also 
 Judith 1, 5. 2, 1. 5, 1 ; of Persia Ezra 6, 
 22, where Darius is called -irix rfei2 . 
 Hitzig attempts to show that -^isx is put 
 also for Syria. Is. 19, 23. Ps. 83, 9. (Begr. 
 d. Kritik p. 98. Jes. p. 235.) But his argu- 
 ments are not convincing. 
 
 ''nWi? plur. d^>iri-x Asshnrim. pr. n. 
 of an Arabian tribe Gen. 25, 3 j perh. the 
 
rrir^ 
 
 same which is called in 2 Sam. 2, 9 
 ">n!iil5x , to be sought in the vicinity of 
 Gilead. 
 
 *1^mD5? (perh. blackness, black, r.inaJ) 
 pr. n. m. Ashur, 1 Chr. 2, 24. 4, 5. 
 
 n|<Oi< f. (r. nciit no. 1) a support, col- 
 wmn /Plur. c. suff. n'^ni'^lJJX Jer. 50, 15 
 Keri, Sept. enul^Hg vcvtrjg, Vulg. better 
 
 fundamenta ejus. Comp. Arab. &a^' 
 
 column. In Cheth. is rj-^n^siTlSx from 
 aformn^lttSs. 
 
 i5'a''tp^. Ashima, the domestic idol of 
 the city of Hamath, 2 K. 17, 30. The 
 name is of uncertain etymology ; most 
 prob. it stands in connection with Pers. 
 ^U^f osumAn heaven, Zend, agmdnd. 
 
 n'l'^TCifl see Tri^_i<. 
 
 TD'^TDSJ m. (r. SDtOS) afoundation. Arab. 
 yjjLlf, (jlj jj|j j^Ij U*"^'* Found 
 
 only in plur. n'^d'^aJiit foundations, i. e. 
 ruins of buildings destroyed to the foun- 
 dations, so that those alone remain. 
 (Comp. D")Oi^ Is. 58, 12 of ruins.) Is. 
 16, 7 riD'iri"i''|D ''ii;"'^:;"^ the ruins of Kir- 
 hareseth, i. e. of the city Kerak. In Jer. 
 48, 31, where there is an imitation of 
 this passage in Isaiah, is read "CSX 
 iU'in-TT? tJie men ofKir-heres ; but there 
 is no need of supposing an exact corre- 
 spondence in such passages. Later 
 writers employed the words of earlier 
 prophets only so far as they were appli- 
 cable to their purposes ; and sometimes 
 added explanations, or even changed 
 them, e. g. substituting for difficult or 
 perhaps obsolete words others more easy 
 and in current use. See Gesch. der 
 Heb. Spr. p. 37 eq. and Comment, on Is, 
 I.e. 
 
 ntC-^lCS f. 2 Sam. 16, 19. 1 Chr. 16. 3 ; 
 Plur.' C''ai''ffiS< Hos. 3, 1, and n'ittS-'t'X 
 Cant. 2. 5. a cake, cakes, Lat. liha, spec, 
 such as were prepared from dried grapes 
 or raisins, pressed or compacted into a 
 certain form, from r. llittJx ; so 'id^uix 
 d''255 raisin-cakes Hos. 1. c. They are 
 mentioned as delicacies with wluch the 
 weary and languid are refreshed. 2 Sam. 
 1 Chr.Cant.ll.ee. and were also offered to 
 idoU in sacrifice, Hos. 1. c. They differ- 
 
 94 ym 
 
 ed from p*iB!!t i. e. grapes dried, but not 
 compacted into the form of cakes ; and 
 also from nbS'n i. e. figs pressed into 
 cakes. The etymology is doubtless to 
 be sought in the idea of pressing toge- 
 ther ; (see the root, and comp. 'J? a 
 cake, from '^^^ to make firm, also n'^ln"^B3 
 from nss to spread out ;) and not in that 
 of fire, ^^X , as if cakes prepared with fire. 
 The same word occurs in Pseudo-Jon. 
 Ex. 16, 31, where '^l^^tiA^ is for Heb. 
 nin^BS ; also in the Mishna, Nedarim 
 6. 10, where D'^lT'^TrN denotes a kind of 
 food prepared from lentiles, prob. cakes 
 made from boiled lentiles. 
 
 tftDS m. a testicle, Lev. 21, 20. Syr. 
 ^IXJ and Ethiop. 5ifi^^ id. The 
 
 form is for n^^CJS from r. n2'>a, (as irrs, 
 
 ^jJa, from Ll^,) Ethiop. A^P to in- 
 dicate, to inform, whence A IR index, 
 informer. So in Lat. testis, testiculus. 
 
 bbiJJii plur. niVsTTX and ribsicx as if 
 from rVs^'s, comp. ")i^"ii< ; masc. Num. 
 13, 23. ' 
 
 1. a hunch, cluster, pr. the stem, or 
 stalk of a cluster, Lat. racemus ; spoken 
 of berries or flowers hanging in clusters 
 like grapes, e. g. of dates. Cant. 7, 8 ; of 
 the flowers of the henna, alhenna, Cant. 
 1, 14 ; but chiefly of the vine, either fully 
 with issn 7, 9; a''::? Num. 13, 23. 24; 
 or absoi. Is. 65, 8. Mic. 7, 1. Once Gen. 
 40, 10 Vacs is distinguished from "35, 
 and denotes the stem, racemus. strictly 
 so called, e. g. c-njs n^r'^^rs ^b-'ran , 
 i. e. and its stems (the cluster-stems of 
 the vine) ripened the grapes, the berries, 
 i. e. shot forth ripe grapes. Correspfind- 
 
 ing is Arab. JIXjI- JIXa^, palm- 
 branch, Ethiop. Ail'OA.agrape.avine, 
 whence the verb AYlA to bear grapes ; 
 Syr. and Chald. l^a^. K^i^O , a grape, 
 cluster. Among all this variety of or- 
 thography, the etymology is doubtful. 
 Perhaps Vs^-S may be (or Vs':;i^, from 
 briU, JjCi, to bind, to braid, to plait, 
 q. d. a braid, of grapes ; comp. 355. 
 
 2. Eshcol pr. n. a) Of a valley 
 abounding in vines, in the southern part 
 of Palestine, Num. 13, 23. 21. 32, 9. 
 
^-^ 
 
 ^m 95 
 
 Deut. 1, 24. See Bibl. Rea. in PalcBt. 
 1. p. 316. b) Of a man, Gen. 14, 13.24. 
 
 T;3T^X Ashkenaz, pr. n. of a people 
 and region in northern Asia, sprung 
 from the Cimmerians (""DS) Gen. 10, 3, 
 and situated in tiie vicinity of Armenia 
 Jer. 51, 27 ; unless perhaps it was a pro- 
 vince of that country itself A similar 
 form is tJOtCX . The modern Jews un- 
 derstand by it Germany, and even call 
 this country by the Heb. name ; a rare 
 specimen of ignorance in geographical 
 matters. 
 
 "13^ m. for "12^, Aleph prosthet. a 
 gift, present, Ez. 27," 15. Ps 72, 10. R. 
 13d II, i. q. i;i3, to hire, to reward. 
 
 obsol. root, Arab. 
 
 
 and 
 
 Jol i. q. Jwol to strike deep root, to be 
 
 deeply rooted, aJof a root, stock, origin. 
 Hence 
 
 bT5 (Kimchi b5<) i. q. Arab. JJf , 
 a tamarisk, myrica, Tamarix orientalis 
 Linn. 1 Sam. 22, 6 brsn rnn umler the 
 tamarisk-tree. 31, 13, the parall. passage 
 to which in 1 Ciir. 10, 12 ha.s t^bxn nnn 
 under a terebinth or tree generally. 
 Then perh. any large tree, (like nbx , 
 'ibx ,) and collect, trees, a wood, grove, 
 Gen. 21, 33. An accurate description of 
 the tree Jlj! is given by J E. Faber, in 
 Fab. and Reiskii Opusc. med. ex mo- 
 numm. Arabum. p. 137 ; see also R. K. 
 Porter's Ti^ivels II. p. 311. 
 
 * Q"^^ Lev. 5, 19. Num. 5, 7, also 
 tSoii^ Lev. 4, 13. 5, 2. 3. 4. 17 ; fut. D^S<:| . 
 
 1. to fail in duty, to transgress, to 
 be guilty, Engl. Vers, to trespass. Arab. 
 
 aJI id. *jt catisat. reum judicavit, ..Lj! 
 and j,UM fault, guilt, a mulct, comp. 
 Ethiop. fh\iJ<p fault, guilt, A/hlU<P 
 malefecit. The primary idea seems to 
 be that of negligence espec. in one's gait, 
 
 whence ^] a camel of slow gait, falter- 
 ing, weary. Comp. xiin, nsttJ. Lev. 
 
 4, 13. 22. 27. 5, 2. 3. 4.' 17. Jer. 50, 7. 
 The person towards whom one fails in 
 duty is put with )> Num. 5, 7. Lev. 5, 19 ; 
 that in which one is guilty, with b Lev. 
 
 5, 5, with a Hos. 13, 1. Ez. 22^ 4. 
 
 Others, in several passages, render Btilf 
 to acknowledge oneself guilty, as IIos. 5, 
 15. Zech. 11, 5. Lev. 4, 22. But there 
 seems no good reason to depart from the 
 common acceptation of O'ix , since we 
 need only render in Hos. 1. c. until 
 they sjiffer punishment, as in no. 2 ; in 
 Zech. 1. c. and are not punished; in 
 Lev. 1. c. when a rvler hath sinned 
 through ignorance . . . then he is guilty, 
 ha.s contracted guilt; here BOX is i. q. 
 1515 J<t33 in c. 5. 1. 17. 
 
 2. to bear one's guilt, i. e. its conse- 
 quences, to suffer punishvtent, to he pun- 
 ished, Ps. 34, 22. 23. Is. 24, 6. Jer. 2, 3. 
 
 3. i. q. DTT^ and cis'r , to be laid waste, 
 destroyed, spoken of altars Ez. 6, G. 
 Comp. Syr. ^fiVi* a] a desert. 
 
 NiPH. to be punished ; hence to be de- 
 stroyed, to perish, e. g. flocks, Joel 1, 18, 
 
 Hi ph. to punish, and hence to destroy, 
 Ps. 5, 11. 
 
 Deriv. the three following. 
 
 DT^fiJ m. c. suff, ia'rx, plur. c. suff. 
 T'OOiX. 
 
 1. fault, blame, guilt, which one con- 
 tracts, Gen. 26, 10. Jer. 51, 5. Hence 
 
 2. Meton. trespass, i. e. the thing 
 through which guilt is contracted, 
 Num. 5, 7. 8. 
 
 3. a sacrifice for fault or guilt, Engl. 
 Vers, a trespass-offering, 1 Sam. 6, 3 sq. 
 2 K. 12, 17. Is. 53, 10. Ez. 40, 39. In the 
 Mosaic law these sacrifices for fault or 
 trespass-offerings (cr'-ax) are carefully 
 distinguished from sacrifices for sin or 
 sin-offerings (rlxan). Not only were 
 the rites and ceremonies of each differ- 
 ent ; (see Lev. 5, 1-26, or 1-19 and 6, 1- 
 7 ; 7, 1-7, comp. 4, 1-35. 6, 17-23 or 24- 
 30 ;) but the different victims pertaining 
 to each were sometimes conjoined in one 
 and the same offering, (as Lev. 14, 10 sq. 
 Num. 6, 12 sq. comp. Lev. 5, 7-10,) and 
 the particular faults or sjns are carefully 
 enumerated by the lawgiver, which were 
 to be expiated by this or that rite ; see 
 Lev. c. 5. 14, 12. 24. 19, 20-22. Num. 6, 
 11. 12. Still, the precise point of distinc- 
 tion between the two kinds of faults or 
 sins, has hitherto been sought in vain 
 See Jos. Ant. 3. 9. 3. Philo de Victimis 
 2. p. 247. ed. Mang. Rosenm. ad Lev. 5, 
 6. Carpzov. Antiquit. S. cod. p. 707 sq. 
 
Q'ij^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 "rx 
 
 D'OiJ m. adj. verbal 1. in fault, guilty. 
 Gen. 42, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 13. 
 
 2. bringing a trespass-offering, Ezra 
 10, 19. 
 
 niarS? f 1. Inf. of the verb CCN (like 
 inShX. nx'i'i ), a being in fault, trespass- 
 ing ; Lev. 5, 26 [6, 7] niuy;^ ndx Vso 
 Pt3 nrcxb o/" all that he hath done in 
 trespassing therein, i. e. every thing in 
 vs^hich he is in fault. Lev. 4, 3 r^rxb 
 CsTi i. e. so that the people incur 
 guilt. 
 
 2. a fault, blame, guilt, Engl. Vers. 
 trespass, 1 Chr. 21, 3. 2 Chr. 24, 18. 28, 
 13. Am. 8, 14 "il-i^aiili nruix the guilt of 
 Samaria, i. e. its idols. Plur. nirrx 
 2 Chr. 28, 10. Ps. 69, 6. 
 
 3. the bringing of a trespass-offering, 
 see in CT^'x no. 3. Lev. 5, 24 [6, 5] Q'i-'a 
 "in^iTrN in the day when he bringelh his 
 trespass-offering. Comp. Dt'X no. 2. 
 
 ni^'aiTfi? see n-n:irx . 
 
 D'^i'STCX m. plur. i. q. 0"^?^^, Aleph 
 prosthet. pr. fatness ; hence fat felds, 
 fertile fields (comp. Gen. 27, 28) ; Is. 59J 
 10 n-^PES D-'jrdxa in fertile fields we 
 are as the dead. The Rabbins and Je- 
 rome render it darkness, comp. Lam. 3. 
 6; but see Comment, on Is. 1. c. 
 
 nntnr< , nn^^irx , f (r. na;a ,) con- 
 
 str, n-^r':;!:* (once absol. Judg. 7, 19), 
 Plur. Piii^ttix , a watch, (pvlax-q, a part 
 of the night, so called from the military 
 watches. Among the ancient Hebrews 
 there were only three night-watches ; 
 the first or rinrCN Ci<n Lam. 2, 19 ; 
 the middle Judg. 7, 19; and the third 
 -iirar; r.-^zt^ Ex. 14, 24. 1 Sam. 11, 11. 
 Later and in the times of the N. T. there 
 were four, after the Roman manner. 
 
 j'^ obsol. root, perh. I. to be hard, 
 firm, strong ; Chald. (ittJi* , 'prx , hard, 
 
 '.f 
 
 Btrong ; comp. 'fCS , Arab, i^wuf , hard, 
 
 strong, robust. 
 
 II. to be dark, obscure, see )>\i^H . 
 
 S^jffiiJ m. a lattice, i. e. a latticed 
 window, through which the cool breeze 
 passes, Judg. 5, 28, Prov. 7, 6. R. 331^ 
 q.v. 
 
 t15t5fc< (the Btrong, fortified) Ashnah, 
 pr. n. of two cities in the tribe of Juduh, 
 Josh. 15, 33. 43. 
 
 1^^^ (prop, support) Eshean, pr. n. 
 of a city in Judah. Josh. 15, 52. R. '^vtii . 
 
 ^|_^? obsolete root, Syr. ^2,.) to 
 use incantation, enchantment. Simonis 
 places the primary power in the notion 
 of covering, hiding ; whence Syr. to use 
 incantation, pr. to practise hidden arts, 
 comp. uxb and K^b ; also neuix a quiver, 
 so called a recondendo. Kindred with 
 the signif of incantation is C;ai3, 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 v]ffiN Heb. and Chald. an enchanter, 
 magician, Dan. 2, 10. Plur. Heb. C'BT^X 
 Dan. 1, 20. 2, 2 ; Chald. T^'<^.^ , emphat. 
 N^EttJX (fi-om a Sing. t:tt;N)"ban. 2, 27. 
 4, 4. 5, 7. 11. 15. Syr. isaJ] enchanter. 
 
 TiBT^K f c. suff. ipQttJX , a gtn'rer, perh. 
 so called as covering and concealing 
 the arrows, see r. C^lBX. Is. 22, 6. 49, 2. 
 Jer. 5, 16. Ps. 127, 5. 'job 39, 23. Lam. 
 3. 13 "iPEtdX "^sa the sons of his quiver, 
 his arrows. 
 
 'J':^^^ Ashpenaz, pr. n. of a chief 
 eunuch in the court of Nebuchadnezzar, 
 Dan. 1, 3. Roediger well compares Pers. 
 (^.XM/t, Sanscr. agvas, horse, and n/isA 
 nose ; pr. ' nose of the horse.' A simi- 
 lar form is TJSttJX. 
 
 "IBTCN an obscure word, found only 
 twice,' 2 Sam. 6, 19. 1 Chr. 16, 3; where 
 Vulg. assatura bubulcB camis, deriving 
 it absurdly enough from ttJX fire and "1D 
 bullock. Engl. Vers, a good piece of 
 flesh. But there can be little doubt 
 that it was a certain measure of wine 
 or drink, a measure, cup, for "iEtl5 with 
 Aleph. prosthet. from r. *iE\y no. 3, i. q. 
 Ethiop. il^L, to measure, whence 
 ^flZ.C a measure, cyathus, see Lu- 
 dolph Lex. ^Ethiop. p. 187 ; comp. kindr. 
 "iBO to number. An approach to the 
 truth was made by L. de Dieu, who, 
 following the same etymology, under- 
 stands a portion of the sacrifice measured 
 out. 
 
 nCCSt m. a dunghill, fimetum, for . 
 PBtlS (Neh. 3, 13) with Aleph. prosthet. 
 from r. Pttti to put, to place, peril, also to 
 heap up, comp. H'^iO. So PBttixn 1?tti 
 Neh. 2, 13. 3, 14. 12, 31, contr. Ktibn -iStO 
 3, 13, the dunghill-gatc, dung-gate, in 
 
ps^ 
 
 Jerusalem, see in "i?^. Trop. put as 
 tlie emblem of deep iiiuJ.squiilid pwerty; 
 1 Sam. 2. 8 he raiscth up the poor out 
 of the dust, Ti'^nst W'"!'^ ris'^x^ he Ufteth 
 up the needy from the dunghill. Ps. 1 13, 7. 
 
 Corap. Arab, ju dung, mire, put for the 
 
 deepest poverty. Plur. ninD'^BX, from 
 a lost Sing, nnssax or ris'iix . Lam. 4, 5 
 they embrace dinigltilh. i. e. lie in the 
 duvst, wallow in filth. Comp. the simi- 
 lar phrases ' to embrace the rock' Job 
 24, 8 ; ' to lick the dust,' etc. 
 
 Note. The signify dunghill, which 
 J. D. Michaelis needlessly calls in ques- 
 tion, Suppl. p. 137, is expressed by all the 
 ancient version-s with once voice ; and the 
 same is found also in the Mishna, where 
 occurs the Sing. i"iB"JX dunghill, Chetu- 
 both 7. 5. Baba Mezia 5. 7 ; and Plur. 
 nTB'JX of dunghills in the fields, She- 
 biith 3. 1-3. According to this first form, 
 we might suppose the word to be de- 
 rived from the root TiOX, but whence 
 then would come the Plur. ninaiUX ? 
 Most prob. however this Sing, belongs 
 to a later age and arose from an error of 
 etymology by which the earlier nB'ix , 
 was regarded as a Plur. Comp. n?2X , 
 plur. nin:aN, and thence Chald. Sing. 
 
 T : - 
 
 "Jl^lpiCX (perh. migration, from r. Vp!^ 
 Aram, to migrate, comp. rtU^s) pr. n. 
 Ashkehn, Askelon, a maritime city of the 
 Philistines, Judg. 1, 18. 14, 19. 1 Sam. 6, 
 17. 2 Sam. 1, 20. Arab. ^j^LiLu*^ 'As- 
 keldn. which name is still retained by 
 the village which stands among the 
 ruins of the ancient city. The gentile 
 n. is 'Siispax Josh. 13, 3. 
 
 * *"^-J or "'"?^, see the pr. n. isajj. 
 
 1. Pr. to be straight, right, i. q. "id^ no. 
 2. espec. of a way, and then also of what is 
 upright, erect ; whence comes the signif. 
 to be firm, strong, in the Talmud. 
 
 2. to go straight forward, and genr. to 
 go on, to advance, Pro v. 9, 6. 
 
 3. to go well, to prosper, to be happy; 
 comp. the kindr. verbs i^ no. 1, "iai3, 
 
 Pi EL 'Tisst to cause to go straight, to 
 gmde right, Prov. 23, 19. Is. 1, 17 nisx 
 y ion lead right the oppressor^ i. e. guide 
 9 
 
 97' ^m .. 
 
 him into the right path. Or it may 
 here be taken as the Act. of Pual no. 2; 
 and then we may render with the an- 
 cient versions: ^mita&t uSixovfttvov, 
 Vulg. subcenite oppresso, Eng. Vers. 
 relieve tfie oppressed. [More exactly: 
 right the oppressed. R.] Part. "itBXia 
 genr. leader, guide, Is. 3, 12. 9, 15. 
 
 2. Intrans. to go on, to advance, i. q. 
 Kal. no. 2. Prov. 4, 14. 
 
 3. to pronounce happy, to call blessed. 
 Gen. 30, 13. Ps. 72, 17. Prov. 31, 28. Cant'. 
 6, 9. Job 29, 11. 
 
 Pual iisx and "ittJix 1. to be led, 
 guided. Is. 9, 15. 
 
 2. to be made happy, to be blessed, Ps. 
 41, 3. Prov. 3, 18. 
 
 Deriv. "iscx, rrnttJx, ^aix, iidx, isiaJ^, 
 -.iiTi'x , -iviixn , X3-ni;x . 
 
 ItDS (happy, blessed, comp. Gen. 30, 
 13) Aslier, pr. n. a) A son of Jacob 
 by Zilpah, Gen. 30, 13. 35, 26 ; the foun- 
 der of the tribe of like name Num. 1, 40. 
 41, the territory of which lay in the north- 
 ern part of Palestine and is described 
 Josh. 19, 24-31. The gentile n. is ''n^rx 
 Asherite Judg. 1, 32. b) A city east- 
 ward from Shechem, Josh. 17, 7. 
 
 ""^^ A) Pron. relat. of all genders 
 and numbers, like Engl, who, which ; 
 also that, what. In the later Hebrew 
 and Rabbinic is found the abbreviated! 
 form . !l) , which was elsewhere used; 
 only among the Phenicians ; in the other- 
 kindred dialects the relative has forms- 
 derived from the demonstrative nj, as 
 
 Chald. ^-n , -n, Syr. ?, Samar. T, Arab.. 
 (^ jJt i- q- "^J^r! , Ethiop. H who, comp.. 
 n he, this ; see Thesaur. p. 165. The 
 various uses of the relative belong strict-' 
 ly to Syntax ; and we give here only 
 the following : 
 
 1. Before the relative, the pron. for he, 
 she, it, or their plurals, is often omitted, 
 e. g. Num. 22, 6 ixn -HIJXI and he whom 
 thoti ciirsest. Ruth 2, 2. Ex. 4, 12. Josh. 
 2, 10. The same pron. is also to be sup- 
 plied wherever prepositions are prefixed 
 to the relative ; e. g. iwJxb to him who 
 Gen. 43, 16, to them who 47, 24 : I'^.X-nx 
 him who, that which; "'tt^X'D from or of 
 those which Is. 47, 13. Sometimes the 
 pron. implied refers to place, eus ItBX'Vst 
 
Tii^ 
 
 98 
 
 "VSiK 
 
 to that place which Ex. 32, 34 ; "li^N? in 
 that place which, i. e. where, Ruth 1, 17. 
 Lehrg. 198. 
 
 2. Often ^CX is merely a sign of rela- 
 tion, which serves to give to substantives, 
 adverbs, and pronouns, a relative sense ; 
 as "lei^TX "iTTX^ which dust Gen. 13, 16 ; 
 n-!'^.Tri<'-ici< which f eld 49, 30;_cd-naJx 
 where, from cb there ; C'i"^ "liDX whence, 
 from C'i'^a thence; i^ ^ffix to whom, from 
 lb to him; ia -I'i^x in wfwmj siSS^ "iist 
 front whom ; iDttib TuJn whose tongue Deut. 
 28, 49, etc. Indeed this is the usual mode 
 in which the Hebrews express the ob- 
 lique cases of the relative, Lehrg. p. 743 ; 
 with a very few exceptions not as yet 
 noted by any one, that I am aware of 
 viz. -H^.xa Is! 47, 12. for cna n6x (Targl 
 ','1.-13'^, Syr. .octjS-j); and 'iQJX dS 
 Gen. 31, 32, for iss ntlix with whom. 
 
 3. "b ^OX serves to circumscribe the 
 genitive, like the Talmudic bi^, espec. 
 where several genitives depend on one 
 governing noun, and in the later Hebrew; 
 e. g. 1 Sam. 21, 8 b^x'i'p -lilix aishn T^ax 
 the chief of SauPs lierdsnien. Cant. 1, 1 
 nfVib -lUix c-^n-'t'n n-ia the Song of 
 songs of Solomon, i. e. Solomon's Song 
 of songs. See Lehrg. p. 672, 673. 
 
 4. In the later Hebrew itUX is some- 
 times redundant, like the Aram. '^'=T , "i ; 
 e. g. Esth. 1, 12 i:;3 ntus r^;^ -ir^t 
 D'^Qilsn ; see v. 13, where "ilix is omit- 
 ted; comp. 2 Sam. 7, 14. 9, 8. See in 
 art. 'n. 
 
 B) It passes over also into a relat. 
 Conjunction, like Heb. '^'3, Aram, '^'n, j 
 
 Ethiop. H, Gr. on, Lat. qtiod, Germ. 
 dass, Engl. that. Its various uses, in 
 which it has a great resemblance to ""S, 
 may be reduced to the following : 
 
 1. that, quod, after verbs of seeing, 
 hearing, knowing, Ex. 11, 7; of finding 
 Ecc. 7, 29; of speaking Esth. 3, 4; con- 
 fessing Lev. 5, 5 ; swearing 1 K. 22, 16, 
 etc. Also after nouns of like power, Is. 
 38, 7. Ecc. 5, 4. The manner in which 
 the neut. of the relative passes over into 
 this power, is exemplified in the follow- 
 ing passages : Josh. 2, 10 -"ittSx rs !i:s^u5 
 Cl1D-a^ ^B-n^t nin"^^ t'^Z^n we have heard 
 that which (how) Jehovah dried up tlie 
 voters of the Red eea. 1 Sam. 24, 11. 19. 
 
 2 Sam. 11, 20. 2 K. 8, 12. Deut. 29, 15, 
 Is. 38, 7 this shall be to thee a sign, that, 
 etc. Comp. no. 9. 
 
 2. that, in order that, ut. denoting end, 
 purpose, aim, before the Fut. Deut. 4, 40 
 and ye shall diligently keep his statutes 
 which f command you this day, ~'4^^_ I'i'X 
 rpnrix T',"':nb!i r,b that it may be well with 
 thee and with thy children. 6, 3. Ruth 3, 
 1. Gen. 11, 7. 2 K. 9, 37. Ps. 14^1, 12. 
 Also alter a verb of asking. Dan. 1, 18. 
 More lully "iirs )S'q'b in order that, see 
 in -(STg ; once "i^.*^""^ Ez. 36, 27. Neg. 
 Nb ittJs iJiat not, lest, Ecc. 7, 21. Esth. 
 1, 19. '2. 10. 
 
 3. Causal, becajise that, because, be- 
 fore a Prajt. Gen. 30, 18. 31, 49. 34, 27. 
 Josh. 4, 7. 22, 31. 1 K. 15, 5. Ecc. 4, 9. 
 8, 11. Rarely before a Fut. referring 
 to something still uncertain, 1 K. 8. 33 ; 
 comp. 2 Chr. 6, 24, Avhere in the same 
 connection is "^3 . More luIIy "iCX rnn , 
 "I? "i?^) see no. 9. Like '^'3 it is also 
 put at the beginning of an answer as- 
 signing a reason where one lias been 
 demanded ; 1 Sam. 15, 19 wherefrre then 
 didst thou not obey tlie voice of the Lord, 
 bid didst fly upon the spoil . . . ? 20 And 
 Said said unto Samuel, because that 
 (-icx) / have obeyed the voice of the 
 Lord, . . , and have brought Agag . . . 
 and have xitterly destroyed the Amalek- 
 ites, i. e. because, in doing as I have 
 done, I have obeyed (I think) the di- 
 vine command. Vulg. 'imo audivi vo- 
 cem domini.' Sometimes it may be 
 more conveniently rendered for, Deut. 
 3, 24; so Sept. Sjt. Vulg. Here loo 
 belongs rrab lajx Dan. 1, 30 (comp. 
 H'S^ir Ciint. 1, 7). pr. /or wherefore? for 
 why ? and hence i. q. ne, lest, Syr. )^^< 
 See under na D. 3. b. 
 
 T 
 
 4. Conditional, if that, if, Lev. 4, 22;, 
 comp. ex in vv. 3.27. Deut. 11,27, comp, 
 cx V. 28. Deut. 18, 22. 1 K. 8, 31 (comp. 
 2 Chr. 6, 22). 2 Chr. 6, 29. Before a 
 Fut. Gen. 30, 38. Is. 31, 4. Josh. 4, 21. 
 Rarely it is concessive, if that, i. q. al- 
 though, Ecc. 8, 12. 
 
 5. Of time, wJien. ot, pr. 'ihe time 
 that ;' before the Pnet. Deut. 11, 6 wJien 
 the earth opened her mouth. 1 K. 8, 9. 
 Ps. 139, ] 5. 2 Chr. 35, 20 ^njCJ^-^ j-'arr ifflK 
 n^an'DK when Josiah had repaired the 
 
^"j: 
 
 99 
 
 ^zi^ 
 
 temple. Comp. Syr. ? Mark 11, 3. Matt. 
 26, 54. 28, 1. 
 
 6. Of place, wltere, ov, pr. ' the place 
 that,' for OO ncj*. Num. 20, 13. Ps. 95, 
 9. Is. 64, 10. ^Iso'for nod idx whither, 
 vhithersoever, Num. 13,27. Ps. 84, 4. Is. 
 65, 11. Comp. Syr. ? Heb. 3, 9 for ov. 
 
 7. i. q. "i^X?, as, like a^, in protasis 
 Ex. 14, 13, Sept. ov tq6tiov. 1 K. 8, 24. 
 Followed by *,? Jer. 33, 22. Also in 
 tchat way, how; Job 37, 17 knowest thou 
 can 'fj^lja isx how thy garments he- 
 come warm 7 
 
 8. As a sign of the apodosis, pr. ' then 
 18 it that,' etc. i. q. tlien, like "^3 no. 5, 
 where see. With -X preceding, Is. 8, 20 
 *ir:3 ib |''>5 irx nvn n3"n3 !;-i^x"> stb ojt 
 if they speak not thus, then shall there he 
 to them no dawn. Like "'S and ^ (Lehrg. 
 p. 723) it is put where a nominative ab- 
 solute precedes ; 2 Sam. 2, 4 tlie men of 
 Jahesh-Gilcad b^s-r-nx f<-a2 n^x tlten 
 they buried Saul. Also with other cases 
 absolute, espec. those marking time and 
 place; Zech. 8, 23 Trx nann n-^a*? 
 Ip^TH^ ;n those days, then sliall ten men 
 take hold, etc. Deut. 1, 31 I'ix lanas 
 l^'^XT in the desert, there thou hast seen ; 
 corap. 2 Sam. 14, 15 "'nxs "nus nns'i and 
 now, so am I come. Chald. 'n '(53 . 
 This usage of the particle "illJX is denied 
 by Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 650 ; but in so 
 doing he seems to have overlooked the 
 fact, that the Heb. and Aram, particles 
 3, f, ''^, all have the like origin and 
 signification. 
 
 9. Prepositions to which "^CX is sub- 
 joined are converted into conjunctions; 
 comp. '3. E. g. nrx inx after that ; 
 "irx 13 until that, even to; "i':ixx3 l;b 
 a-ride from that, except, Esth. 4. 11 ; 
 Ifflx -ir^b in order that; "^CX nnrn, 
 n-rjt 11373, 1CX bs, lajx i:;n ^y, -,51 
 hrx, lexTS, irx 'sr, iqx "'Jss'o, 2;rs 
 lOJt . on account of that, hecause ; comp. 
 Lehrg. p. 636. Once irx is put first, 
 *,3 b3 I'jix Job 34,27, i.'q. icJs$, -,3 by 
 and '2 by "^3 on this account that, because. 
 
 C) With prefixes. 
 
 1. liTXa a) Pr. in what place, where, 
 wheresoever. Ruth 1. 17. Judg. 5. 27. 17, 
 9; followed by cd thfre. Job 39. 30. 
 More fully C'r-iix2 Gen. 21. 17, and 
 c;a I'rx oip-aa 2 Sam 15, 21 The 
 
 same sense may be retained in 1 Sam. 
 23, 13. 2 K. 8, 1, where it is commonly 
 rendered whitfier, whithersoever, as if for 
 nad ittist . b) in that, hecause, i. q. Syr. 
 yi , Gen. 39, 9. 23. Ecc. 8, 4. c) b lOKa 
 on account of, hecause of, propter, where 
 it takes the nature of a preposition, 
 Jon. 1, 8. Contracted b;;5a ib. 1, 7. 12. 
 Both forms correspond to Syr. '^^.o 
 propter. 
 
 2. i':3x3 see after 3 . 
 
 3. i^XB pr. from that, i. e. since, be- 
 cause. Is. 43, 4. 
 
 1T?X m. (r. ioh) happiness, blessed- 
 ness, Ibund only in plur. constr. "^ittJX, 
 where it takes the nature and force of 
 an interjection ; as tti-^xn 'idx lit. O the 
 happiness of the man, i. e. Happy the 
 man ! Ps. 1, 1. 2, 12. 32, 1.2. 33, 12. So by 
 an ellipsis of the relative, Ps. 65, 5 "'ITSX 
 irian happy he whom thou choosest. 
 With sutT. ^'?>"2< happy art thou! 
 Deut. 33, 29 ; Tf I'ljx for Ti'^ii'X Ecc. 10, 
 17, 1''11CX Prov. 14, 21, and WiCX for 
 ^n-iicx Prov. 29, 18, C3->iiaj< Is. 32, 20. 
 For the shorter plural form of Segholate 
 nouns, e. g. ^^'}p^it for ^"7.^x, see in 
 Lehrg. p. 575, 576. In the present word 
 this shorter form pertains to its use in 
 exclamation. Comp. the Gr. and Lat. 
 exclamatory phrases, iQitr^axvi^ioq, rgia- 
 6X^10?, TQi(Tfv8uifion', terque qucUerque 
 bealus ; Germ, vvel Glilck ! 
 
 IT^S id. c. euflf. et pref "^l^xa pr. with 
 my happiness, i. q. happy ant /. Gen. 
 30, 13. 
 
 "'j''??"^^^ Milel (upright towards God) 
 Asharclah, pr. n. of a Levite and singer, 
 1 Chr. 25, 2 ; in v. 14 written nbxiHJ': . 
 
 ^\}t^, f rarely rn^rs^ Mic. 5, 13. 
 Deut. 7, 5 ; Plur. n-'ids and n'-t-rx. 
 
 1. Asherah, a goddess of the Heb. 
 idolaters, to whom they made statues, 
 images. (rsbsTa .) 1 K. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 15, 
 16 ; and whom they often worshipped 
 together with Baal, as at other times 
 Baal and Astarte (Judg. 2, 13. 10, 6. 
 1 Sam. 7, 4. 12, 10). 1 K. 18. 19 prophets 
 of Baal . .. prophets of A.'iherah. 2 K.23, 
 4 of Baal, of Asherah. and of all the liost 
 of hearen. Judg. 3, 7 and served "HiJ 
 niirxn-rxi cb^an Baals and Ashe' 
 rah.s, comp. 2 K.'lV, 16. 21, 3. 2 Chr. 33 
 
^i2Ji< 
 
 100 
 
 rSBK 
 
 3. Judg. 6, 25. Once, where in the same 
 context mention is made of fr^ttJx 2 K. 
 23, 6. 14. 15, and also of n? v. 13, 
 the latter seems to pertain to the idola- 
 trous worship of the Sidonians, and the 
 former to that of the Hebrews. 
 
 2. a statue, image, of Asherah, made 
 of wood, a wooden pillar, of great size, 
 Judg. 6. 25-27 ; which on account of 
 its height was fixed or planted in the 
 ground, Deut. 16, 21. An Asherah or 
 : statue of this sort stood near the altar of 
 . Baal at Samaria from the time of Ahab, 
 
 1 K. 16, 32. 33. 2 K. 10. 26. 17, 16 ; on 
 the high place of Bethel, 2 K. 23, 15 ; at 
 
 ' Ophra, Judg. 6, 25 ; and even in the 
 temple at Jerusalem from Manasseh 
 until Josiah, 2 K. 21, 3. 7. 23. 6. Plur. 
 
 C'lttSN , Asherahs, pillars, columns, often 
 
 coupled with the cippi or stone pillars 
 (nias^) consecrated to Baal, 1 K. 14, 
 23. 2 K. 17, 10. 23, 14. 2 Chr. 14, 2. 
 Mic. 5, 12. 13. Ex. 34, 13. Deut. 7, 5. 12, 
 3; with Qibra Judg. 3, 7; with D"^3Bn 
 Is. 17, 8. 27, 9.' 2 Chr. 34, 4. 7 ; and with 
 other species of idols, Deut. 7, 5. 12. 3. 
 
 2 Chr. 31, 1. 33, 9. That these pillars 
 were of wood appears especially from 
 the fact, that whenever they are de- 
 stroyed they are always said to be cut 
 
 down and burned, Ex. 34, 13. Judg. 6, 25. 
 2 K. 23, 6. 15. etc. 
 
 Note. Of the ancient versions some 
 render this word Astarte, others a wood- 
 en pillar, others a tree. Sept. very fre- 
 quently uXaog, Vulg. lucus, (Engl, a 
 grove,) by which they seem to have 
 understood a sacred tree ; but see 2 K. 
 17, 10. In the Mishna too it is explained 
 by "I3?5 'ib'^K ' a tree that is worshipped.' 
 The primary signification of the word 
 may pertain either to the goddess, her 
 nature and qualities ; or to the statue or 
 figure of the goddess. The latter has 
 recently been maintained by Movers in 
 a learned dissertation on this word (Phoe- 
 nizier I. p. 560 sq. Bonn 1840) ; accord- 
 ing to whom nncJx is pr. right, upright, 
 then a pillar, and at last a female divi- 
 nity of the Canaanites worshipped under 
 the figure of an upright pillar, often as 
 the partner {av(i^wfioc) of Baal in his 
 altars, but difierent from Astarte ; comp. 
 the epithet of Diana, '0(}dut, 'O{idoiaia. 
 The former idea was adopted by mc, 
 
 (Thesaur. s. h. v. et in Append.) referring 
 nnffiN to the nature and qualities of the 
 goddess herself; though I admit, that 
 the proper and primary signification of 
 the word was afterwards neglected and 
 obliterated, as is not uncommon. Ac- 
 cording to this view fT^^i>i is pr. For- 
 tune, happiness, (comp. "tjs no. 3, "ittJX 
 Gen. 30, 13, espec. ''jr^;) ^^^d hence 
 became an attribute of Astarte. or Venus 
 as Fortuna datrix, which was made 
 great account of among the Hebrew 
 idolaters ; see the arts. *I3 , "'Jt: . To 
 this we may add, that the Romans too 
 regarded Venus as the giver of good 
 fortune and a happy lot ; comp. the 
 expressions : Venerem jacere Suet, ve- 
 nereum jactus Cic. et al. And I am still 
 induced to regard this view with favour, 
 by the analogy of other similar names 
 derived obviously fi-om the nature and 
 qualities of heathen gods, and very 
 rarely if ever from the form of their sta- 
 tues or images ; e. g. B'^^^s , ni"ip,!lJ5 , 
 Q'^SBn. It is however quite possible 
 that, the proper signification of iT^^UX , 
 C^TwX, being afterwards neglected, 
 these words might come to be used of 
 rude pillars and Avooden statues ; just as 
 the Gr. 'j^Qfiiji; was used of any human 
 statue which terminated below the 
 breast in a square column, although it 
 might represent any thing or every thing 
 but Mercury. 
 
 NI^ll^X Chald. a wall, so called as 
 being upright, see r. "itrx no. 1. Ezra 
 5, 3. For the form, see in njca . 
 
 "iTlTN obsol. root, pr. to cram or 
 press together, to make compact, either 
 by treading, stamping, or in any other 
 
 ^ OS* 
 
 way ; comp. Arab, viot to tread, to 
 stamp, to subdue. Kindr. isyss to press, 
 to urge ; also yis and the roots there 
 adduced. Hence no'^ttJs a pressed cake 
 of dried grapes ; ^''CS a foundation, so. 
 as made firm by stamping ; also Arab. 
 
 ^w*f Conj. II, to found, to make firm; 
 comp. HlTN to prop. 
 
 Note. Hitlip. liii'iKnn see under r. 
 ti-'X p. 45. 
 
 t^T?^ see htt'x. 
 
trsin, 
 
 rtl 
 
 ff 
 
 bitntDS (peril, recessus, as if Inf. from 
 Syr. Vl^^f to recede, to withdraw, 1 
 Tim. 5, 11) Eshlaol, pr. n. of a city 
 belonging to the tribe of Dan, situated 
 in the plain of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
 15, 33. 19, 41. Judg. 13, 25. 16, 31. Eu- 
 Bcbius places it fifteen Roman miles 
 north of Eleutheropolis on tlie way to Ni- 
 copolis. Gentile n. "'^xnrx 1 Chr. 2, 53. 
 
 ni'^nipX Chald. rebellion Ezra 4, 15. 
 ]9 ; verbal of Conj. Ithpa. from r. nniij 
 to strive, q. v. 
 
 jimDit (womanish, uxorious, from 
 Mfix) pn n. m. Eahtun, 1 Chr. 14, 11. 12. 
 
 nbnizJs Josh. 15, 50, and yi^aPT^Jx 
 
 (obedience, as if Inf of Arab. Conj. VIII, 
 from r. ^"0^) Eshtemoh, Eshtemva, pr. n. 
 of a Levitical city in the mountains of 
 Judah, Josh. 21, 14. 1 Sam. 30, 28. 1 Chr. 
 4, 17. 19. 6, 42. Still called Semii'a, a 
 large village south of Hebron ; Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. II. p. 194, 627. 
 
 nS Chald. comm. gend. i. q. Heb. nix , 
 a sign, portent, synonym. Pi^n . Dan. 3, 
 32,33.6,28. R. nvx. 
 
 Pi? i. q. nnx thoit^ q. v. 
 
 riS? , with distinctive accent nijt , pers. 
 pron. 2 pers. fem. thou, often. The form 
 is apocopated from the fuller Tix , where 
 see. Sometimes joined with a masc. 
 Ez. 28, 14. Deut. 5, 24. 
 
 * I. ril<^ with Makk. TSt, c. suff. 
 "'nk, T;rx, in Pause "nrix, iPX, nnx, 
 sirnbt . (all which are just as often writ- 
 ten fully.) DSnX , rarely DDnix Josh. 23, 
 15, tr^, "inx," njrx Ex. 35, 26, more 
 rarely'cnnx Gen.'32, 1, Dnnix Ez. 23, 45, 
 jnnix V. 47. 
 
 1. Pron. demonstr. avxog, ipse, self, this 
 same. This primary demonstr. power 
 appears less in the early Hebrew ; but 
 would seem to have been preserved in 
 the language of common life, and~after- 
 wards to have emerged and become 
 current in the later books, as also in 
 Rabbinic and Syriac. Josh. 22. 17 is it 
 too little for its "i?9 VS'i^X this same ini- 
 quity of Peor? Hagg. 2, 17 'V^ ttis'i* TX 
 yet ye yourselves turned not to me. Dan. 
 9, 13 OS is vrritten in the law of Moses 
 sa-'bs nsa rx?n nsnpj-Vs nx all this 
 same evil is come upon us, e. g. as an- 
 9* 
 
 nounccd in Lev. c. 26 and Dcut. c. 2S. 
 Jer. 38, 10 ttJttn-rx fljb n=r5 -nix rx '^ -^n 
 i. e. the same who gave us this life. 2 
 K. 6, 5 as one was felling a beam,, the 
 IRON (M"'?'^"^'?) f'^ll' i^o the water, 
 where the word iron is at least to be 
 pronounced with a certain emphasis. 
 Neh. 9, 19. 1 Sam. 17, 34 s^n-pxi ''n.xn sta 
 there came the lion and namely the bear; 
 or perh. with the bear him.self comp. uvrfj 
 ai'v (fOQfiiyyi Horn. II. 9. 194. Others, 
 and with the bear. Here belong also in 
 the O. T. the following : a) The refexive 
 use of rx. as irx euvtov, crj< iuvTovs. 
 Ez. 34, 2 wo to the sliepherds rr^ -ncx 
 nns cj'n who do feed themselves, i. q. 
 C'I'e?. v. 8. 10. Jer. 7, 19. Num. 6, 13. 
 b) In Ezekiel it is read four times with- 
 out a noun following, being put for avto, 
 this, it, itself ; while every where else, 
 in a relaxed sense (see no. 2), it requires 
 a noun or suffix ; so Ez. 43. 7 cipa rx 
 "^ST riES c-ipia rsi ""xca thi-i (i'ro) is 
 the place of my throne and this the place 
 of the soles of my feet. Ez. 47, 17. 18. 
 19 ; comp. v. 20, where rx; is read in 
 the same context.* Comp. the Rabbi- 
 nic Ibrmula. CT'n inxa avt7j rfj ri{ii(jn on 
 the same day, that very day ; nmso 
 nycn in the same hour, that very hour ; 
 also Syr. oiiL^ ^^, comp. acp kavrov, a 
 se ipso. 
 
 Note. Some have questioned the 
 above use of this particle, choosing ra- 
 ther to refer the passages cited, and 
 others like them, to its use with an ac- 
 cusative ; but with little success. See 
 Maurer's Comm. II. p. 608. The origin 
 of the word, which is treated of below, is 
 not contrary to the above view; but 
 rather favours it. 
 
 2. By degrees rs lost much of its pri- 
 mitive force ; so that as set before nouns 
 and pronouns already definite, it came 
 to add little of demonstrative power ; 
 e. g. is^n rN , like Engl, the thing itself, 
 the same thing, often put redundantly 
 for simpl. this thing, the thing. As to 
 
 * Some have suspected the reading in v. 17. 
 18. 19 ; and have proposed to substitute PKT, 
 as in V. 20. But the similar passage in c. 43, 7, 
 where nsh could not well be substituted, sap- 
 ports the common reading. Maurer suppHes : 
 lo 1 the place, etc. Sept. iojoaza; xov ro/zov 
 X. X. i.. 
 
ri 
 
 102 
 
 r 
 
 case, it is put : a) Rarely before the 
 nomiimiive, e. g. 2 Sam. 11, 25 sni^-bx 
 f^?0 ">='=|r!"!"N. ~)^;"'?a let not this thing 
 displease thee, i Sam. 20, 13. Neh. 9, 
 32. Not to mention, further, the exam- 
 ples where rx is coupled with a passive 
 verb, as Gen. 4, 18 "in-^y-rN T\''-^)> l^J'!'] 
 and tliere was born unto JEnoch had, ; 
 for which construction see Heb. Gr. 
 140, 1. a. For the examples, see 
 Lehrg. p. 682-685. Maurer Comment. 
 . on Hagg. 2, 5. b) Very freq. and chiefly, 
 before the object of a proposition, when 
 definite ; comp. the pronouns witoc, ipse, 
 which espec. in the oblique cases uviov, 
 ai'iui, aviuv, ipsum, ipsi, lose in a degree 
 their demonstrative power. Hence it 
 passes over into a particle designating 
 a determinate object; so that Heb. "rx 
 f^riiri, which would be pr. i. q. avjov 
 tbv ovQavov, becomes in common usage 
 i. q. TOJ' oi'^mov, like Gr. uhiiiV Xgyaii'lSa 
 II. 1. 143, without emphasis for A''^t'r77//5M/ 
 also ?^inN pr. nvjov at, afavrov, and then 
 simpl. as. In this manner rN is put very 
 frequently before substantives made de- ^ 
 finite by the article, as rxn c^Ti^n nx 
 VJJjn Gen. 1, 1, comp. D'^cdS y-iN 2, 4 ; 
 ^or by a genitive or suffixes added, Esth. 
 :9, 14. Ruth 2, 15; also before proper 
 ; names, Jon. 2, 1. In all these construc- 
 'tions it is far more frequent in prose than 
 iin poetry. Very rarely is nx put before 
 nouns not made definite ; Ex. 2, 1. 21, 
 28. 2 Sam. 18, 18. Prov. 13, 21. Ecc. 3, 15. 
 JVoTE. The origin of this particle is 
 still uncertain. Corresponding to it in 
 the Semitic languages are Chald. tn^, 
 :Syr. iw , ipse ; but these are of rare oc- 
 ' currence. Kindred are Ethiop. enta who 
 (pr. demonstr. like all relatives), Egypt. 
 ent who ; and espec. the demonstr. syl- 
 lable ent., which in the Egyptian lan- 
 ,guage is prefixed to the personal pro- 
 nouns, as ent-oten ye, ent-sen they, ent-of 
 he. Here the simple and genuine forms 
 are oten, sen, of. The form ent-sen cor- 
 responds entirely to the Heb. Cihns, 
 '^inpiK , and ent-of to the Heb. iPN ; yet 
 all these forms express the nomina- 
 tive. See the Table in "'six, note. Heb. 
 'Gr. p. 293. edit, 13. From ent comes 
 'both r (as nn from rjn) and nix ; 
 comp. Sanscr. ctat, Gr. uvj-6g. Others 
 
 refer rx , n'^'s , to the Aram, n'^x , in-^x , 
 i. q. ^2 ; so Hupfeld. On the demonstr, 
 power of the letter n, see Hupfeld in 
 Zeitschr. f d. Morgenl. II. p. 135. 
 
 11. ni? J with Makk. TX , c. suff. "'Fix , 
 T,tnx, in pause and fern. Tirx Gen. 6, 
 18 comp. 20, 18, inx, !i:nx, cirix Gen. 
 9, 9. 11, CFiJt; more rarely and chiefly 
 in the books of Joshua, Kings, Jer. and 
 Ezek. r,rx, nrk, crk, where it might 
 seem to be confounded with rx as sign 
 of the accus. Strictly a Subst. denoting 
 nearness, vicinity, prob. for r:x from r. 
 n:x II, to approach, as r^3 from nbs . 
 In common usage it passed over into a 
 Preposition, of like force with CS q. v. 
 
 1. with, apud, i. e. at, by, near, of 
 nearness and vicinity, comp. DS . Gen. 
 19, 33. Lev. 19, 13. Job 2, 13. 1 K. 9, 26 
 Ezion-geber ribiXTX lUix which is 
 near by Elothj comp. Judg. 4, 11. TX 
 's "i^S with i. e. in the presence of any 
 one, i. q. "^rsb, see in nDD . Unusual 
 is Gen. 30, 29, thou knowest what thy 
 flock f I as become ""Fix with me, i. e. under 
 my care as their shepherd ; comp. 39, 6 
 lie took care for nothing inx with him, 
 i. e. so long as he had Joseph for his 
 oixovopog. V. 8. Spec, a) As implying 
 possession, like Lat. penes, comp. Gr. t 
 na' f(ioi, Arab, ^jlxj ^\S, espec. of 
 what one has in mind ; Job 12, 3 '^'O'rx 
 ri|x i^S "ps who knoweth not such things? 
 14, 5 the number of his months is tcith 
 thee, i. e. in thy mind, is determined by 
 thee ; comp. C5 no. 2. c. b) Rarely of 
 motion to or towards a place, (like nit(j<'t 
 c. ace. and vulg. apud te Inscr. Grut.) 
 2 Sam. 15, 23. Ps. 67, 2 f|2Pf< rSD tX^ , 
 i. q. iS'^bs. Ps. 4, 7. c) i. q. besides, 
 prcBter, (comp. naga rninu praoter ista,) 
 Ex. 1, 14. 1 K. 11, 1. 25. d) Ellipt. for 
 nxia Gen. 49, 25, where )-q is implied 
 from the preceding context. e) In 
 some phrases and examples rx might 
 seem to stand more laxly for in ; as in 
 Lat. apud villam, apud forum, apud 
 Hierosolyma Suet. Vesp. 93 ; apud Pa- 
 iBBstinam Eutr. 7, 13; see Handii Tur- 
 sell. p. 414, 415. But still, in all such 
 cases, the notion of nearness can and 
 ought to be retained ; c. g. 1 Sam. 7, 16 
 and he judged /s7-ac/nibxn rirpT:-bs-nN 
 at all these places; tiie tribunals in 
 
n 
 
 103 
 
 nr 
 
 which justice was administered being in 
 the gates ofthe cities, and therefore at or 
 hy the cities. 1 K. 9, 25 it^x inx "i-''jpnT 
 *>"* ''SBb and Solomon burned incense at 
 that uhiir which was before Jehovafi ; 
 comp. Suet. Aug. 35, 'ut thure et mero 
 supplicaret aptid aram ejus dei etc' 
 andDeut. 16,6 nam ctd . . . oipan-bx . 
 Sacrifices were offered strictly a< the al- 
 tar, and in 1 K. 1. c. this phrase is employ- 
 ed as if the usual one for offering incense. 
 
 2. with, cuin^ comp. CS no. 1 ; pr. of 
 accompanying, society, etc. Gen. 6, 13. 
 43, 16. Judg. 1, 16. Jer. 51, 59 ; of affi- 
 nity 1 K. 3. 1 ; of a covenant Gen. 15, 
 18; of help, aid, Gen. 4, 1 I have gotten 
 a 7M7i-child niiTj-nx with Jehovah, i. e. 
 with his help, through his aid. Jer. 1, 8. 
 15, 20. Also, to speak with any one 1 K. 
 8, 15 ; to figiit or wage war with any one, 
 where rx can also be rendered against, 
 Gen. 14, 9. 1 Chr. 20, 5. Prov. 23, 11. 
 nirvi-rs 7)^nnn to walk with God, q. d. 
 as the companion of God, to live a life 
 pleasing to God, Gen. 5, 24. *iqn nil's 
 'B~nx to do kindness i. e. to act kindly 
 with any one, Zcch. 7, 9. Deut. 1, 30 ; 
 comp. Ruth. 2, 20. 2 Sam. 16, 17. 
 
 For PXT? see after '{O . 
 
 Note. Noldius in his Concord, has 
 everywhere confounded the two words, 
 rx I and II. 
 
 III. ns c. suff. irx 1 Sam. 13, 20 ; 
 Plur. n-inx ib. v. 21, and D"^ns< Is. 2, 4. 
 Mic. 4, 3. Joel 4, 10 ; an agricultural 
 instrument of iron, having an edge and 
 requiring to be sometimes sharpened, 
 (1 Sam. 1. c.) according to most of the 
 ancient intpp. a plough-share or coulter, 
 though in 1 Sam. 1. c. it is joined with 
 Mttjnri'a plough-share ; according to 
 Symm. and the Rabbins, a mattock. 
 The LXX in Sam. 1. c. use the more 
 general word axsvog ; comp. Arab. 
 
 vdJLJi household-stuff, flocks and herds, 
 
 utensils. Better perhaps to regard rx 
 
 as contr. for rrix (as rs for rriS from 
 
 ' "s ^* " " g * 
 
 fTi5) i. q. Arab, stjt instrument, icO! 
 
 apparatus, instrument, espec. of war, 
 
 from r. !Ti5 I j! to help, also to be fur- 
 nished with instruments, apparatus ; 
 and then this general word is prob. put 
 
 for some particular kind of instrument, 
 perhaps for the coulter of a plough; see 
 the pjis.sages above cited from Isaiah 
 and Micah. 
 
 jysril* (with Baal, i. c. enjoying the 
 favour and help of Baal) Ethbaal, 
 pr. n. of a king of Sidon 1 K. 16. 31. Jo- 
 sephus calls him '/i^d/5aAo?, Jjiifut^uloc, 
 (bs3 inx ,) Ant. 8. 13. 1, 2. c. Apion. 1, 18. 
 
 * nn^ Deut. 33. 2, and ^^l^ Is. 21, 
 12, plur. !i3nJ Jer. 3, 22 for I3xrx ; Fut. 
 "r^x;; Job 3'7' 22, plur. ^^r1 JoV 16, 22, 
 contr. and defect, nnsri Mic. 4, 8, XPJT 
 Deut. 33, 21 and nx'^] for nnx*] Is. 41, 
 25; Imper. il^rx for rrx Is. 21, 12. 56, 
 9. 12 ; most of which forms imitate the 
 Aramaean. 
 
 1. to come, poetic instead of Xia. 
 
 Chald. xnx, Syr. fzf, Arab. lji|, in 
 
 these languages the common prose 
 forms. Constr. with \ of pers. to whom 
 one comes Jer. 3, 22. and i? Mic. 4, 8. 
 Part. plur. fem. ni*rn'xn things to come 
 i. e. future. Is. 41, 23. 44,' 7. 45, 11. Arab. 
 
 \ip\ for ^t future. 
 
 2. to come upon any one, to happen to 
 him, e. g. evil. Job 3, 25, i. q. \ji\ c. ace. 
 
 3. to go, to pass away, Job 16, 22. 
 Vulg. transeunt. 
 
 HiPH. to bring, i. q. X'lnn. Prspt. plur. 
 il-^nn for =l'^rxn is. 21, 14; also the 
 same form for Imper. Jer. 12, 9. 
 
 Deriv. |ir^"'X. 
 
 nns? Chald. Dan. 7, 22, inf. xn Dan. 
 3, 2; i. q. Hebr. to come, with \>'S of pers. 
 Ezra 4, 12. 5, 3. 
 
 Aph. 'n'^n, inf. n^n'^n , by Hebraism, 
 to cause to come, to bring, e. g. persons 
 Dan. 6, 17. 25 ; things Dan. 5, 2. 23. Syr. 
 
 HoPH. borrowed from the Hebrew, 
 but anomalous, "^n'^M , 3 fem, r^PTi Dan. 
 6, 18, plur. I'^n-'n 3, 13. to be brought. 
 
 rinS pers. pron. 2 pers. m. thou. 
 With distinctive accent nrix (Mildl) 
 Gen. 3, 11, 4, 11. 27, 32; without n five 
 times in Cheth. PiX 1 Sam. 24, 19. Ps. 
 6, 4. Ecc. 7, 22. Job 1, 10. Neh. 9, 6. 
 In oblique cases : of thee, thine, 1 K. 21, 
 19; thee Prov. 22, 19; see Heb. Gr. 
 119. 3. Lehrg.p.727. Instead of the n 
 
irii^ 
 
 104 
 
 sm 
 
 doubled, the Arabic and Ethiopic have 
 
 nt, ojf , f. ciAJf , \Tilg. ^Jii\ , h'i't , f. 
 hi'il ; the Syriac has Nun. occult, 0| 
 f. vA^) ; and the same letter appears also 
 in the Egyptian eNToK, f. eNTO ; all 
 which are compounded of the demonstr. 
 syllable en and the simple pronouns ta, 
 ti, tok, corap. Tndo-europ. tu. See in 
 *'=bs, note. Heb. Gr. p. 293. edit. 13. 
 
 Jinjj f. (r. "jnx) a she-ass, so called 
 
 6 , ^f 
 
 from its slow gait; Arab. ^^Li\ she-ass, 
 both domestic and wild, Aram. S^Ji^x, 
 Jjif id. Num. 22, 23 sq. i:hx "'DS son 
 of his ass i. e. his ass's colt. Gen. 49, 11. 
 Plur. ri:r.x Gen. 12, 16. 32, 16. 
 
 ^W5C Chald. comm. gend. a furnace, 
 i. q. Syr. {Joif, Dan. 3, 6. 11. 15 sq. 
 The form "nx is for *,!i:ns , from r. "jjo 
 to smoke ; like p^l for p'pll . 
 
 p^nX Ez. 41, 15 Cheth. for p-'PiX q. v. 
 
 ''niiJ i. q. PX pers. pron. 2 pars. sing, 
 fem. thou. T?his form is rare in th# 
 O. Test, occurring only seven times in 
 Cheth. 1 K. 14, 2. 2 K. 4, 16. 23. 8, 1. 
 Judg. 17, 2. Jer. 4, 30. Ez. 36, 13 ; the 
 Yod being everywhere dropped through 
 the uxQtala of the Masorites, and tnx 
 substituted, so that in the text itself the 
 apparent form is "^FiX . Still, there can 
 be no doubt but that this ("^RX) is a 
 genuine form, (comp. Arab. ,eAJf and 
 Syr. >*J1 ,) and even the more ancient 
 and i)rimary form, which the negligent 
 pronunciation of common life afterwards 
 abridged into nx . Yod at the end of 
 words is a mark of the feminine, as in 
 
 "^^^ (perh. near, from TN nearness, 
 and the ending ''-,) Itfai, pr. n. m. 
 a) A Gittite. one of David's military 
 chiefs, 2 Sam. 15, 19. 22. 18, 2. b) A 
 Renjamite 2 Sam. 23, 29; also written 
 'n-'X 1 Chr. 11, 31. 
 
 p^r m. Ez. 41, 15 Keri, v. 16. 42, 3, 
 5, a tfTm of architecture signifying in- 
 crement, projection of a story or portico, 
 an offset^ terrace, gallery. It is a verbal 
 Iliph. from pn; Hiph. to tear away, to 
 ad off. So Bottchcr recently, Proben p. 
 350 J but so too Abulwalid long before, 
 
 i. q. Juufli augment, increment, etc. see 
 his words quoted in Thesaur. Append. 
 s. h. V. 
 
 DPS? pers. pron. 2 pers. plur. m. ye, 
 joined less accurately with a fem. Ez. 
 
 13, 20. Arab. jwCij , Aram, liinsx . 
 
 DJ^i? Ex. 13, 20. Num. 33, 6, Etham, 
 pr. n. of a place on the confines of Egypt 
 and the Arabian desert; from which also 
 the adjacent part of the desert as far as 
 to Marah had the same name. Num. 33, 
 8. Sept. 'O&w^- Jablonsky supposes it 
 to be i. q. Egyptian ^TlOJtl i. e. bound- 
 ary of the sea; Opusc. ed. te Water II. 
 p. 157. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 80. 
 
 bilans? l Sam. 4, 7. 14, 21. 19, 7. 
 2 Sam. 5, 2. Ps. 90, 4 ; b^^njS Mic. 2, 8. 
 Is. 30, 33 ; once bilinS 1 Sam. 10, 11 ; 
 Adv. 
 
 1. aforetime, of old, spoken of time 
 long past, xMic. 2, 8. Is. 30, 33. 
 
 2. yesterday; so in all the other pas- 
 sages above cited. 
 
 Note. There exists likewise a form 
 birn q. V. Also Syr. VL.if, Chald. 
 IsiTirN, 'i^onx. The form seems com- 
 pounded from rx with, at, and bio i. q. 
 CSS, fore-part, front; hence of time, 
 antea, aforetime. 
 
 "inj^ obsol. root, Arab. Jo| i. q. jG't 
 to take short steps, to go slowly; Conj. 
 
 IV to Slop, to stand still j comp. *jf to 
 delay. Hence 'jinx a she-ass. 
 
 jriSJ in some Mss. and editions for 
 'n'^X perennity, perpetuity, Mic. 6, 2, 
 Job 33, 19. Seein-^x. 
 
 ypj^ pers. pron. 2 pers. plur. fem. ye ; 
 only once Ez. 34, 31, where some Mss. 
 read "nx . Elsewhere with He parag. 
 riDns?, but only Gen. 31, 6. Ez. 13, 11. 
 34, 17 ; also Ez. 13, 20 nrnx after the 
 analogy of the forms Viisn , r^ir\ . Nun 
 added at the end of words is a sign of 
 multitude, espcc. in the fem. comp. ")''-, 
 
 n:ri8< f a gift, reward, spec, as given 
 lo a'liarlot, Hos. 2, 14 [12]. R. njin. 
 
 "ijriS (giving, munificent, from njn^j) 
 J5/Ant, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 26 [41]. 
 
snx 
 
 105 
 
 i;riS Ez. 16, 34. 41, and Tr^'. m. (for 
 ",3n, Aleph. prosthet. from r. njn,) c. 
 8uH". ""rsrix . 
 
 1. a gift, hire, e. g. of a harlot, absol. 
 Ez. 16, 31. 34 ; and with n:iT added 
 Deut. 23, 19. Metaph. of fruits and pro- 
 duce of the fields, regarded by idolaters 
 as gifts from the idols, Hos. 9, 1. Mic. 1, 
 7 ; comp. Is. 23, 17. 18. 
 
 2. Elhnan, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 4, 7. 
 
 * ""[^^ Chald. subst. m. c. suff. nnnx . 
 
 1. a place, Dan. 2, 35. Ezra 5, 15. 6, 5. 
 7. In the Targums freq. Syr. et Samar. 
 \hA id. Hence ''^ inx tlie place wJiere 
 
 Ezra 6, 3, i. q. where, a pleonasm very 
 common in Aramnean, Syr. > '^A', comp. 
 
 lox oipa , in Dipis . 
 '"'' ' G". o-rf 
 
 2. Perh. track, i. q. Arab, jl , Jjf , 
 
 Eihiop. AftC. Hence irxs tor nnxa 
 Dan. 7, 6. 7, after, i. q. J| (^ . J| Jji , 
 
 pr. in the track; with aff. T^'^ra after 
 thee Dan. 2, 39. Syr. and Samar. 
 
 D"^"?^^ (places, regions) Atharim, pr. 
 n. of a place in the south of Palestine. 
 Num. 21, 1 n'^'^nxvj T]!!^. by the way of 
 Atharim. 
 
 Beth. ^"^3 , the second letter of the 
 Hebrew alphabet ; as a numeral denot- 
 ing 2. The Hebrew name is contracted 
 from n";!? , house, tent, to which the ear- 
 liest form of this letter seems to have 
 borne a resemblance. See Heb. Gr. p. 
 291. edit. 13. Monumm. Phoen. p. 21. 
 
 It passes over into the other labials, 
 e. g. a) Into B, as "iT3 and "its to dis- 
 perse; S]?a and ''s.j^ to cleave; ^na 
 Aram. VTns,13]i^, iron; 15Q and ^.o 
 to be weak, b) Rarely into 1 , as a'nan , 
 <-coi, great; also into 1 quiescent, as 
 n'r"ra for "a'l5"na ; comp. in the occi- 
 dental languages ^oaxa vescor, pascor ; 
 ^u8ui vado. c) Into a , the sounds of 
 these two letters being very nearly re- 
 lated in the mouth of an oriental ; e. g. 
 N-'-ia and X-^n^a fat ; r^xn^ and T]"ii<^a 
 pr. n. of a Babylonish idol ; "jna ^^y^ to 
 try ; 'T2t ^i time ; "nat -3\ to prune a 
 vine ; ",ia-'n and ,i^i'n pr. n. of a stream ; 
 dnsp i. q. an3i3 a writing, poem; Arab. 
 
 SXj for iJCo Mecca. Comp. /JAi'ttm for 
 fiiXiiTw from [dU mel, honey ; scamnum, 
 scahellum; marmor, Fr. marbre, Engl. 
 marble, etc. 
 
 ^, before monosyllables sometimes a 
 (see Heb. Gr. 100), c. suff. "'a ; T^a^, 
 rarely n=a Ps. 141, 8. in Pause and fem. 
 
 ^3; ia, na; a ; ==a, -,=3; cna, na, 
 
 f. 1^3; Arab, lo, rarely i-j; Ethiop. 
 fl ; rarely -fl ; Syr. ^ ; a prefix Prepo- 
 sition, for the origin of which see the 
 note at the end of the article ; primarily 
 denoting the being and remaining in a 
 place, Gr. iv, Lat. in ; then transferred 
 to the ideas of nearness and society or 
 accompaniment, at, by, with ; and coupled 
 also with verbs of motion. 
 
 A) Pr. in, Lat. in c. abl. Gr. iv. Spec. 
 
 1. in, pr. of the being t/i a place, 
 (which might be more fully and pre- 
 cisely expressed by T)"ip2 . a'^pa ,) as 
 lira in the city, n';'a3 in the house, "liaa 
 in the pit, y^Jja in the land or province, 
 "iilJxa in (the place) which, i. q. where. 
 Here belong also the following: a) 
 The formulas ''5'^?3 in the eyes (pr. in 
 the sight of the eyes), 'ifxa, "'SBa ; 
 comp. iv o(f &aXfioig Horn. II. 2. 587, in 
 ocnlis Q,. Curt. 9. 4. b) The idiom 
 a '^n'C ' to drink in a cup,' as in Engl. i. e. 
 to drink what is in a cup, for ' to drink out 
 of a cup,' Gen. 44, 5. Am. 6, 6, comp. 
 Chald. Dan. 5, 2. So Gr. tv xQvaia, if 
 TTOTTjoiotg niveiy Xen. Anab. 6. 1.4. Fr. 
 ' boire d<ins une tasse,' ' puiser dans une 
 fontaine,.' The Euialogy of these other 
 languages speaks decidedly against the 
 explanation of Fasi, that the vessel is 
 here to be conceived of as an instru- 
 ment, q. d. to drink with a cup. 
 
106 
 
 2. As denoting the being in the midst 
 of a number or multitude, in, among ; 
 Lam. 1, 3 B'^'isa among the nations. 
 Gen. 23, 18 in^S *isq ''Ha-bsa ainong 
 all tJiat went in at the gate of his city, 
 i. q. in their presence, before them. 
 Spec, a) When a person or thing is 
 one individual or part from among a 
 large number. Cant. 1, 8 Ci"HliS2 nsn O 
 thou fair (fairest) among women. 2 Sam. 
 
 15, 31 Ahithophel is among the conspira- 
 tors, i. e. one of them. Ps. 118, 7 MJ'T) 
 ^nTJa Jehovah is among my helpers, i. e. 
 is my helper. Ps. 54,6. 99, 6. Judg. 11, 
 35. (Comp. eV (TO<po7g fivai.) Ps. 139, 16 
 my days were predestined ctia inx itb^ 
 and there was not yet one among them, 
 i.e. of them. 1 Sam. 11, 11 075 Da ^tco 
 among them, of them. Ex. 14, 28. Lev. 
 
 16, 36. Deut. 1, 35. Hence : b) After 
 several verbs, when they relate only to 
 a part of a large number ; e. g. a nsti 
 to smite among i. e. of them, a part of 
 them, 2 Sam. 23, 10 ; diff. from nsn c. 
 accus. to smite them, a vy\ Ps. 78, 31. 
 Comp. a bDX , a nnia , to eat of to drink, 
 of Prov. 9J 5. ' c) Gfen. 7, 21 and all 
 Jlesh (animals) died . . . fiTinaan r|i"3 
 y"iirn-bs21 rina!l pr. which was among 
 the birds, and among the cattle, and 
 among tlie wild beasts, etc. i. e. even all 
 the birds, the cattle, and the wild beasts, 
 etc. 8, 17. 9, 2. 10. Ho.s. 4, 3. 
 
 3- As referring to the bounds, limits, 
 by which any thing is circumscribed, in, 
 within, intra, e. g. rpn?'i;a within thy 
 gales Ex. 20, 10. "^ni^ha within my 
 walls Is. 56, 5. 
 
 4. Of high objects, epoken of being 
 upon them, in, on, upon ; as a^ha in or 
 on Hareb 1 K. 8, 9. ir*ln bnxa on the 
 taberricu-le Num. 14, 10. Deut. 31, 15. 
 t:*>p^a upon horses Is. 66, 20. So Gr. 
 if Toi o()u, IV iTiTioig. 
 
 5. Trop. of a being or happening in 
 time, in, within ; as r'^rixna in the be- 
 ginning Gen. 1, 1. XTin nj'i'a in that 
 year Judg. 10, 8. t:"^3 tlibuia in three 
 years, i. e. within three years, Is. 16, 14. 
 Comp. nnaa, "iiJa, So of being in any 
 situation, condition ; as cibna in peace 
 1 Sam. 29, 7. So in later H('bre-.v even 
 before adverbs, as *|3a . nba ; hoc "S , t^S . 
 
 6. Trop. of the mode or manner, the 
 norm or rule, in, after ; comp. iv k-'i t()6- 
 
 nco, iv Tw vofib^, Lat. 'hunc in modum,' 
 Heb. bs no. 1. a. ?. Thus T("!!ia in (af- 
 ter) the manner of Am. 4, 10. Is. 10, 24. 
 26 ; and, after the same analogy, la'ia in 
 (after) the commandment of nsya Ty^jn 
 B'^SC") to walk in (live after) the coun- 
 sel of the vricked Ps. 1, 1. Gen. 1, 26 
 sisn'ia'iD 'iS'a^sa in mtr image after 
 our likeness, v. 27. 5, 1. 3 Adam begat a 
 son i2^:i3 'in!|73'ia. The original form 
 is here conceived of as the rule or 
 standard, within which the copy is 
 kept. Hence, without further addition, 
 a takes the signif in, after, according to, 
 secundum; as Gen. 21, 12 sn;?'^ P^V-^, 
 ^11 'i^ i''^ (after) Isaac shall thy seed be 
 named ; comp. ^? ^"^i^? 5 xaXela&ai inl 
 rivog. Also in the manner of, as, like 
 as; comp. in Greek inl ^Vj^og in the 
 manner of beasts, like beasts, Arab. 
 LaaOvaJI ^^ 'in homine.' i. e. in the man- 
 ner "of men. So Job 34, 36 because of 
 his answers ",;iX "^i^"?^? in the mamier of 
 wicked men ; Sept. mantq ol uif^ovsg. 
 Two Mss. here read 12 ; and others 
 translate, ' among wicked men,' contra- 
 ry to the context. Is. 44, 4 and they 
 (the Israelites) shall spring up 'paa 
 I'^sn AS among grass, i. e. joyously and 
 luxuriantly ; parall. as (3) willows by 
 the water-courses ; Sept. w?, and several 
 Mss, and editions read 3 . (It would be 
 absurd to translate : 'the Israelites shall 
 spring up in anumg the grass?) Ps. 37, 
 20 lbs "jirya iba they (the wicked) shall 
 vanish axmy as the smoke; parall. as (3) 
 the beauty of the pastures. Against the 
 sense : they vanish array in smoke, we 
 have here the parall. passage, Ps. 102, 
 4 "^r;; "'^^'^ ''^3 '"y '^'^y* ^^^ consumed 
 as smoke, parall. it^i^iS. Zech. 10, 5, 
 parall, 3 . Hos. 10, 15 as tlie moming- 
 dawn (int'a) shall the king of Israel be 
 cut off. Others, to-morrow, i. e. speedi- 
 ly. The remarks of Ewald and others 
 against this signif of 3 arc not eatislac- 
 tory. (Ewald Gr, p, 607. Winer's Lex. 
 p. 109. Fasi in Jahn's Jahrb, I. p. 183 
 aq.) As has been shown, it is not only 
 susceptible of entire explanation and 
 has the clearest analogies in several 
 languagps ; but also in several of the 
 passages above cited, (which those 
 writers do not notice or else interpret 
 
107 
 
 contrary to the context and in a forced 
 manner,) it is necessary, and was there- 
 fore adopted in the ancient versions and 
 even by copyi:Jta. who sometimes wrote 
 3 as an explanatory gloss. 
 
 7. A Her verbs of motion, in the several 
 relations of no. 1-4, in, into, t,-. So with 
 verbs signil'. to go in, Gen. 19, 8. 31, 33 ; 
 to send, Lev. 16, 22. Deut. 7, 20 ; to 
 place, put, lay, 'ponere in loco,' Gen. 27, 
 17. Also, into and through any thing, 
 so as to come out on the other side ; 
 Deut. 15, 17 thou shalt take an awl and 
 thrxist it nb'nan i:Tsa through his ear and 
 into the door ; corap. 1 Sam. 18, 11. 19, 
 10. So too in, among, Deut. 4. 27. 1 K. 
 11. 2 ; on, upon, 1 K. 2, 44 Jehocah shall 
 return thy wickedness ?jdx"i3 upon thine 
 own head. Lev. 20, 9. Coinp. a T)"]'^ to 
 tread upoti ; 2 naa metaph. to put trust 
 upon or 171. 
 
 B) The other main signification is, 
 at, bij, with, expressing nearness ; used 
 also in several tropical senses, and put 
 after verbs of motion. 
 
 1. Pr. at, by, near, on j "|i?3 at a 
 fountain 1 Sara. 29, 1 ; 123 "iHsa by the 
 river Chebar, Chaboras, Ez. 10, 15 (Gr. 
 iv noxafib) by the river) ; C"]^\S3 on the 
 sky, iv ovqavM, Prov. 30, 19. Here be- 
 long also : a) The phrases, ni"'a Di"i 
 day by day, every day, q. d. so that one 
 day touches the other; ^"ins iTin month 
 by month 1 Chr. 27, 1 ; nsra nyj year 
 by year Lev. 25. 33. b) Tlie formula 
 2 ?3':J3 to swear by any one, i. e. appeal- 
 ing to him and invoking his name, Gen. 
 21, 23. 22, 16. So to curse by any one, 
 1 Sam. 17, 43. Arab. iJLJb by God. 
 Here a may indeed be referred to no. 4 
 below, as expressing that to or towards 
 which one turns in taking an oath ; 
 comp. in Engl. ' I swear to God.' 
 
 2. Closely connected with the pre- 
 ceding is the signif idth ; spoken : 
 a) Of accompaniment. Num. 20, 20 53 
 123 with 7nuch people. Is. 8, 16 ''lEbs 
 with my disciples, i. e. they taking part. 
 Jer. 11, 19 i^n^2 ys the tree with its 
 fruit. Hence St^3 , 'pXB , '^^22 , without. 
 Hence too a) Verbs of coming followed 
 by 3 denote a coming with something, 
 i. q. to brings see X"i2, in'], B-np, ifjs ; 
 comp. Lehrg. p. 818. De Sacy Gramm. 
 
 Arabe I. p. 47. edit. 2. /S) As it is said, 
 Ps. 55, 19 they come with many against 
 7ne, and DeuL 28, 62 ye sfuill be lift with 
 few, i. e. few of you shall renuiin; so 
 also it is Stiid, IS'um. 13, 23 tlu-.y bafe. it 
 (tlie cluster) upon a staff D'^Jlia with 
 two, i, e. by two at a time, Vulg. dwo 
 viri. b) Of help, aid, with, by; Ps. 
 18, 30 with thee (r|3) i. e. with thy help 
 I have run upon a troop. 44, 10 thou (O 
 God) goest not forth with our armies. 
 14, 5. 60, 14. Is. 26, 13, c) Of the in- 
 strument ; as 2ina with the sword Josh- 
 10, 11 ; Cibsia with tliefeet Ez. 34, 11 ; 
 "jiiaa Xifs to cry with the throat, i. e. 
 aloud, with full voice. Is. 58, 1 ; to bum 
 with Jirc, iax2. Lev. 8, 32; ndia i::2, 
 nc'sa, by the hand of Moses. 6y Moses; 
 a 13S to serve with any one, i. e. to im- 
 pose labour or service upon him, Lev. 
 25, 29 ; see in 13S . Sometimes also of 
 the material, regarded as an instrument, 
 tvith, of, out of. Ex. 38, 8 A made the 
 laver . . . with (out of) the mirrors. 
 1 K. 7, 14 to work all works rianja 
 with copper, i. e. out of copper, or as in 
 Engl, in copper. Lev. 13, 52. 2 Chr. 9, 
 18. In like manner of the cause, author; 
 as, to punish with hunger Lam. 2, 19; to 
 prophesy by Baal Jer. 23, 13 ; and also 
 of the efficient cause or agent after 
 passive verbs, Num. 36, 2. Is. 45, 17. 
 
 d) With a noun of quality 3 forms a 
 periphrasis for an adjective ; as Ps. 29, 4 
 the voice of Jehocah is (n'3'2) with power, 
 i. e. powerful. Also for adverbs ; "ilTEna 
 vrith haste, hastily, Ex. 12, 11. SijJiari 
 understandingly, wisely, Prov. 3, 19. 
 
 e) rxT'baa with all thi^, i. e. for, in 
 spite of all this, Is. 9, 11. 16. 20. 10, 4. 
 47, 9. The 3 here denotes something aa 
 done with, along with, other acts ; hence 
 pr. ' though all this has occurred or will 
 occur, yet along with it this other will 
 also take place.' 
 
 3. Spoken of price, wages, exchange, 
 for, at, (derived from the local signifT 
 at, by, comp. loco,) Deut. 19. 21 Il5s3 
 TTBsa life for life. Gen. 29, 18 ^5^23 /or 
 thy daughter. Is. 7, 23 a thousand vines 
 af (2) a thousand shekels, i. e. worth so 
 much. 2 Sam. 23, 17 onidBSS with jeo- 
 pardy of their lives. 
 
 4. As implying motion quite <o a place 
 
108 
 
 or thing, to, unto, upon; different from 
 ^X towards a place, which does not imply 
 that the object is actually reached; this 
 latter idea being still more definitely 
 expressed by "i? even to, usque ad. Gen. 
 11. 4 a tower C^i^Ti'n *iu:x"i whose top may 
 reach unto heaxen , comp. Jer. 51, 9 with 
 l)X . IK. 16, 11 "i"^!?? 'C'P^^'O mingens ad 
 parietem. upon (against) the wall ; see in 
 jrn^ With 2 in this sense are con- 
 strued a large number of verbs, which 
 denote motion to or upon any thing, and 
 in Latin are compounded with in or ad ; 
 as 2 P'^fin, -. fijij, to lay hold upon; 
 3 S55 to touch iipon; 2 rSQ to rush ripon ; 
 
 2 p2':j to cleave to, or hang upon; 3 N^)? 
 to call to or upon; also a "155 to chide 
 at ; 2 bxir , 2 ^^"iT , to ask or seek at, etc. 
 Especially : a) After verbs of sense ; as 
 
 3 nxn , 2 nm , to look upon or at ; 2 r^U 
 to hear or listen to; 2 n^'in to smell to 
 or ai; sometimes too with the accessory 
 idea of sympathy, usually complacent, 
 rarely painful, as Gen. 21, 16 nx-iN-bx 
 lb"n r/ira / cannot look upon the death 
 of the child. 29, 32. 1 Sam. 1, 11. Lehrg. 
 p. 814. b) In a hostile sense upon, i. e. 
 against; as ^32 iTj his hand is iipon 
 (against) every man Gen. 16, 12. 2 Sam. 
 24, 17 ; 2 nnVj to fight against; 2 nn72 , 
 2 br^ , 2 i;2 , to rebel or be fliithless 
 against any one ; 2 rx (Tin anger is 
 kindled against. 
 
 5. Implying a reference or respect to 
 any thing, e. g. a) in respect to, as to, 
 1 K. 5, 22 [8]. b)/or, i. e.for the sake 
 of, because of; Gen. 18, 28 n^L'rna he- 
 cause offve. Ex. 10, 12. 2 K. 14, 6. 
 Jon. 1, 14. c) about, concerming, after 
 verbs of rejoicing, see M^'i^, ^''3, y\^ ; 
 speaking (f or about, see IZ'^ ; testify- 
 ing, see n:3? . 
 
 C) Particular consideration is demand- 
 ed by that peculiar idiom of the He- 
 brew and Arabic called Beth pleonastic, 
 S<>L> jJ! U , or also Beth essentice. In 
 
 Arabic, where it is far more frequent, it 
 is commonly put before the predicate, 
 espec. where this is a participle or ad- 
 jective, and in negative or interrogative 
 sentences ; rarely is it prefixed to a 
 Bubfitantive, Hamas, ap. Schult. ad Prov. 
 3, 26 ; never to the subject. This use 
 of it therefore approaches near to that 
 
 of the Accusative after the substantive 
 verb in Arabic ; so that one might say 
 promiscuously, JoLiJ }sjj] Lo, and 
 ^LsLft aJUf Lo, God is not remiss; 
 where the former construction may be 
 explained, ' God (acts) not as 7^ remiss ;' 
 Fr. en, e. g. * vivre en honnete homme.' 
 In the same manner most of the ex- 
 amples in the O. Test, may be explain- 
 ed ; and thus this use of 3 approaches 
 near to its use in comparison, see in A. 
 no. 6. Ex. 6, 3 I appeared unto Abraham 
 I'nd bs3 as God Almighty, q. d. in the 
 character of God Almighty. Is. 40, 
 10 ptri3 Ni3'j ''j^x n:n h .' the Lord will 
 come as a strong one. Ex. 32, 22 thou 
 knowest thepeople x^n s'na i3 that they are 
 evil ; Vulg. pro7ius ad malum, bent on 
 evil. Ecc. 7, 14 3i>l:3 iiz'!^ t^3rJ Cii3 in 
 the day of joy be thoit joyful, pr. conduct 
 thyself a.9 joyful. Prov. 3. 26 n^n'i njn'i 
 Tibo33 Jehovah shall he thy hope. Ps. 
 68, 5 irffi n^3 his name is Jah. (Targ. 
 Jon. tr''ip, P^ . Sept. Syr. Vulg. omit 3 ; 
 comp. Josii. 47, 4. 48, 2.) Is. 26, 4 R;|3 "^3 
 t\'\r\'i for Jah (i. e. eternal, unchange- 
 able) is Jehovah. Some of these and 
 other passages may indeed be differently 
 explained ; but it is in vain to deny the 
 existence of the idiom itself in Hebrew, 
 as has been done by Ewald, Heb. 
 Gramm. p. 607 ; and after him by Wi- 
 ner, Lex. p. 109. Still it is not less cer- 
 tain, that many examples which have 
 been referred to this idiom, do not belong 
 under it ; but are to be otherwise ex- 
 plained. So Hos. 13, 9 "^3 ^^a^;"". ^\^f)p. 
 rptsa 'a, where Vulg. perditio tua, Is- 
 rael, tantummodo in me aua^ilium timm ; 
 but, comparing c. 7, 13, it should be so 
 explained : This hath destroyed thee, O 
 Israel, that (thou art) against me thy 
 helper. 1 K. 13, 34 render : and for this 
 cause (ti-rn 13^3) the house of Jeroboam 
 fell into sin. In three examples, all in 
 the later Hebrew, 3 seems clearly to be 
 prefixed to the subject ; e. g. Ezra 3, 3 
 Dfi"^^?! ni2''X3 "13, unless this is a min- 
 gling of two constructions, 6?!''^^ ^''rT^ ' 
 and cn nc-xa . l Chr. 9, 3i3 tj'^i-^ i3 
 naxbas on'^bs nb-jbi, where yet wo 
 might render, ' it was incumbent on them 
 to be in the work.'' 7, 23 nn-in nsna 'a 
 in'^aa because evil was in his house, i. e. 
 
109 
 
 nx3 
 
 calamity. Perh:\ps this is a solecism of 
 the liittT age of tlie Hebrew. 
 
 D) With the Infinitive a forms a pe- 
 riphrasis for the Lat. gerund, Engl, in 
 with pres. particip. as pnas in ridendo, 
 Engl, in laughing-, Prov. 14, 13. More 
 commonly it may be better expressed in 
 Engl, by an adverb or conjunction with 
 a finite verb ; e. g. a) while, when, i. q. 
 in that, of time, comp. in A. no. 5. Num. 
 35, 19 iS"i"aE3 when lie lighleth upon 
 him. Prov. 30, 32. Cant. 5, G. Esth. 2, 8. 
 
 b) when, after, with a past tense, of time 
 completed, comp. in A. no. 5; the infin. 
 here having tlie force of the praeter. 
 Gen. 33, IS onx "jng^ isha ^/te /^g had 
 come from Mesopotamia, atler he came, 
 etc. 2, 4. Ex. 3, 12. Is. 20, 1. Job 42, 10. 
 
 c) though, even if, comp. in B. 2. e. Ps. 
 46, 3 Yi^ I'^'afia though the earth be 
 changed. Is. 1, 15. d) because, comp. 
 in B. 5 ; oayra because they hadforsaken, 
 2 Chr. 28, 6. ' 
 
 Note. The opinion of the ancient 
 Grammarians is not improbable, that a 
 was originally apocopated from n"'a, "^a , 
 in the house, within, in ; as "b from bi< , a 
 from "(^ . This view may be supported 
 on the following grounds : a) The 
 Chald. ''a, Syr. -^s, not only signifies 
 house, but also has the power of the par- 
 ticle a in, not unfrequently in the Tar- 
 gums, as Cant. 1, 9. 2, 15. b) Even now 
 in the East the word ouo house, in geo- 
 graphical names, is often abridged into 
 ^ , Li , v> ; as ^mLwvajO Beis&n for Heb. 
 jSTii r^a Beth-sliean ; )Loo for c^jo 
 \\jo\ ; see note on Burckhardt's Travels 
 in Syria, I. p. 491. Germ. c) An ex- 
 ample of the same abbreviation occurs in 
 the O. Test, itself in the form rTinttJ^a for 
 f^"JP?^? r^"'? the house of Astarte ; comp. 
 Debeten in Euseb. and Jerome, for Beth 
 Beten. d) The Persian exhibits a Uke 
 analogy ; in which are promiscuously 
 
 employed the separate forms xj in, LS 
 
 with, and the inseparable (,> . Comp. 
 
 Arab, ^j prob. for ^, and also other 
 
 words not less violently abbreviated, 
 
 as "ja , see a below ; and s<'^a whence 
 
 tssn s-'j, nan la, Chald. Dsna, Arab. 
 
 *- " 
 
 p* ^'* , Gr. yiewa. 
 
 10 
 
 3 Chald. in, i. q. Heb. e. g. in heaven, 
 in a dream, Dan. 2, 19. 28, comp. Heb. A. 
 1 ; to drink in vessels Dan. 5, 2. comp. 
 A. 1. b ; to be given into one's hand 
 Dan. 11, 11, comp. A. 7 ; with the had 
 Dan. 2, 34, comp. B. 2. c. 
 
 ^ in proper names appears as a con- 
 traction for "(3 son; as in "js'ia i. q, ii5'l~'(a 
 son of stabbing ; see also i>n^a, 0"^!?'?) 
 sd-ia, CiVra. See Schol. ad Hanuisa 
 ed. PVcitag, p. 3. Iloediger de Libb. Hist, 
 interp. Arab. p. 20, 21. 
 
 "^i53 f. an entrance, entry, Ez. 8, 5. 
 R. Kia to enter. 
 t5l5?3 Chald. adj. bad, wicked, Ezra 
 
 4, 12. R. uJxa . 
 
 f. 
 
 '*5t in Kal not used, Arab. X^ to 
 dig, e. g. a well, ditch. Kindred roots 
 are "i^a, *Tna, also "^XB, hat. forare, 
 Germ, bohren, Engl, to bore. Comp. 
 1X3. 1X3, Ii3. 
 
 PiEL 1. to dig in, to grave, e. g. letters 
 on stone, to inscribe, c. ^? Deut. 27, 8. 
 Hab. 2, 2. 
 
 2. to expound, to declare, pr. to dig 
 out, to dig out and explain, Deut 1, 5. 
 
 Deriv. nia, "'IS, nni"i3 or "^niia, and' 
 those here following. 
 
 Ii?2 f plur. ni-!xa, constr. Mixa, 
 Gen. i4. 10. 
 1. a well, Arab, -aj, Syr. )j)Jo, Vr^r 
 
 id. Gen. 24, 11. 20. 26, 19. 20. 21. al. 
 Often more fully n^o nxa Gen. 21, 19, 
 D-^'H nig 1X3 26, 19. Different from 
 a fountain (T]?) on the surface of the 
 ground or flowing from a rock ; al- 
 though a well (1X3) may also be called 
 ix. fountain (")"??), as Gen. 16, 7 comp. v. 
 14. 24, 11. 13. 16. Spoken of pits of 
 bitumen Gen. 14, 10. 
 
 2. a pit, Ps. 54, 24. 69, 16. 
 
 3. Beer, pr. n. a) A station of the 
 Israelites in the confines of Moab. Num. 
 21, 16-18 ; prob. the same place which 
 in Is. 15. 8 is called more fully Q"^l?x ixa 
 Beer-elim, i. e. well of heroes. b) A 
 place in Palestine, Judg. 9, 21. Perh. 
 521^ "1X3, so Studer ; more prob. the 
 place now called el-Bireh in the plain of 
 Judah ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. H. p. 
 132. 
 
 D'^bs? "iXa , see ixa no. 3. a. 
 
nna-' 
 
 no 
 
 ':;.^!i 
 
 ''ijin '^nb nsa (well of life of vision, 
 i. e. a vision of God, comp. Judg. 6, 22 
 sq.) Beer-lahai-rol. pr. n. of a well on the 
 southern borders of Palestine, Gen. 16, 
 14. 24. 62. 25, 11. The etymology above 
 given is that of the sacred writer. Gen. 
 16, 14. By neglecting the vowels, one 
 might also conjecture it to be for "iX3 
 ^Kn inb well of the jaw-bone (or rock) of 
 vision, i. e. well of the conspicuous rock, 
 comp. Judg. 15, 19 ; or also ' well of the 
 
 far seen region,' comp. Arab. jLo\Lc- 
 jaw-bone, region. 
 
 5'STO nS3 (well of the oath, i. q. "^X? 
 ns^rui', according to Gen. 21, 31. 26, 33) 
 Beer-sheba, pr. n. of an ancient city on 
 the southern border of Palestine, 2 Sam. 
 24, 7 ; whence the phrase, in describing 
 the limits of Palestine: rsaj 'S^-nS "]-n?2 
 from Dan to Beer-sheba Judg. 20, 1 ; 
 and of the kingdom of Judah : -2;;^ 
 ~2"iJ 1X2 -ns from Geba to Beer-sheba 
 2 K. 23; 8. Still called Bir es-Seba\ 
 with two deep wells ; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. I. p. 300-3. 
 
 N'lXS (well, fountain) pr. n. m. Bee- 
 ra, I Chr. 7, 37. 
 
 iinSS (id.) pr. n. m. Beerah, 1 Chr. 
 5, 6.' 
 
 tmtJS (wells) Beeroth, pr. n. of a 
 city of tiie Gibeonitcs Josh. 9, 17, after- 
 wards belonging to the tribe of Benja- 
 min, Josh. 18, 25. 2 Sam. 4, 2. After 
 the exile it was still in existence and 
 inhabited, Ezra 2, 25. Neh. 7, 29. Now 
 el-Bireh on the great road north of Jeru- 
 salem ; Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 132. 
 Gentile n. T'"^5<2 2 Sara. 4, 2. 23, 37 ; 
 and contr. ''ria 1 Chr. 11. 39. Comp. 
 in "^ri-a. 
 
 "J]??;: '>Z'3. ni-ia , Wells of the sons 
 of Jaakan. pr. n. of a station of the Isra- 
 elites in the desert, Deut. 10, 6. In the 
 parallel passage Num. 33, 31 ellipt. "^33 
 py^ . See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 583. 
 
 *'"IS3 (q. d, fontanus) Beeri, pr. n. m. 
 a) The father of Hosea, Hos. 1, 1. b) 
 Gen. 26, 34. 
 
 "1a (by Syriasm for >S<3) i. q. "lia, 
 which is the more usual form, a cistern, 
 2 Sam. 23, 15. 10. 20, Cheth. where Keri 
 
 has "ni3, as also 1 Chr. 11, 17. 18, 22; 
 comp. Gcsch. der Heb. Sprache, p. 40, 
 not. 46. Plur. ni-N2 Jer. 2, 13. 
 
 * 'kTSf^^ fut. ^Kn": 1. to have a bad 
 smell, to stink. Ex. 7, 18. 21. 8, 10. 16, 
 20. Comp. aiwSa . 
 
 2. i. q. Chald. to be bad, wicked, to be 
 
 of a bad disposition ; see UJ^xa, D-'ttSsa, 
 
 - i^ ' 
 rrrxa. and Hiph. no. 3. Arab. (j^%J to 
 
 be bold, audacious, pr. to be bad ; com]). 
 
 Germ. bOse. Among Orientals the idea 
 
 of bad smell is often transferred to a bad 
 
 disposition ; just as a good smell is put 
 
 for a good and pleasant disposition ; 
 
 comp. cba to have a good smell, to be 
 
 fragrant, and Syr. >~infs to be pleasant j 
 
 31u) to be good, and Arab. (oLb to have 
 a good smell. 
 
 NiPH. to be made to stink ; metaph. to 
 become loathsome, hatefid, with a and rs 
 (nx) of pers. 1 Sam. 13, 4. 2 Sam. 10, 
 6.' 16, 21. Comp. Engl, 'to be in good 
 or bad odour.' 
 
 Hiph. 1, to cause to sti?ik, Ecc. 10, 1. 
 Metaph. to make loathsome, hatefid, with 
 a of pers. Gen. 34, 30. More fully Ex. 5. 
 21 ^3n"i")-rx cnajsan ye have made our 
 odonr bad, i. e. ye have made us loath- 
 some, objects of hatred. 
 
 2. Intrans. to stink, pr. to make a stink ; 
 Ex. 16, 24. Ps. 38, 6. Metaph. to be loath- 
 some, hateful, c. a 1 Sam. 27, 12. 
 
 3. to act badly, wickedly, like Syr. 
 ^jk-jlcf . Prov. 13, 5 a righteous man 
 hateth false words, 'I'^on^l ttJ-'Sa'i jri^T 
 but the wicked man acteth wickedly, and 
 causeth shame, sc. by his falsehoods. 
 
 HiTHPA. i. q. Niph. c. c 1 Chr. 19, 6. 
 Deriv. those here following. 
 
 t'Sa Chald. to be bad.evil, with bs to 
 displease, Dan. 6, 15. 
 Deriv. ttjsiita. 
 
 tUX3 (l)ef)sh) m. a stink, stench, Amos 
 4,10; c. sutr. iis<a, oi^'Na, Joel 2, 20. 
 Is. 34, 3. 
 
 ntJSa f a had plant, weed, Job 31, 40. 
 
 Q-^CNa only in Plur. Is. 5, 2. 4. bad 
 grapes, unripe and sour, labrusca:, Fr. 
 lambnisques, i. e. wild grajyes, worthless, 
 as Jerome and Jarchi well. Kimchi 
 
nxn 
 
 111 
 
 i:cl 
 
 ccxas n-'SSJ, Saad. n'^sn n-'SSS, Aqu. 
 vunqiui, Symm. uxiX^. The same use 
 of the word is found in the Mishna, Maa- 
 Beroth I. 2 ; wh!re for n'^anx is to be 
 read n"'ft3J<a, as appears from the gloss 
 of Tanchum of Jerusalem. Sec a full 
 discussion in Coram, on Is. I. p. 230. II. 
 p. 364 ; where it is shown that the 
 sense o{^ aconitum or wolfs bane, mnnk's 
 hood, so commonly received among mo- 
 dern interpreters, rests upon a mere error 
 of Celsius, Hierobot. II. p. 199. 
 
 "^^^ Chald. after, see jn art. inx. 
 
 ni33 f (Kameta impure, for fisa?, 
 h2it23 , r. -33 ) pr. a hollow, hole ; and 
 
 hence a gate, door, like Arab, v >U 
 In Hebrew found only in the phrase 
 '^S rsa the gate of the eye, i. e. the pupil, 
 which is literally the door to the inte- 
 rior of the eye, Zech. 2, 12 [8]. Cor- 
 responding is ]XiA? )^-s-s Chald. fi<t^^a, 
 KSa . Another etymology which I for- 
 merly followed, has perhaps no less 
 probability ; namely, that naa may be 
 
 for nxSxa i. q. ajo hoy, piiellns, Syr. 
 
 M^ i ^^ , from the onomatop. UU nan- 
 na^Hv i and then this is transferred to 
 the pupil of the eye, like )"iU"'X q. v. 
 
 133 pr. n. m. Behai, Ezra 2, 11. 8, 11. 
 Neh. 7, 16. Pehlvi hab signifies father. 
 
 >^3 Babel, i. e. confusion, hv ^3^S 
 from r. V^a. Gen. 11,9; comp. Syr. jLajs 
 confusion of speech, stammering ; and 
 for the dropping of the second letter 
 comp. riE-uiia for nsaS'J Lehrg. 134, 869. 
 Others regard it as i. q. Arab. Jo i >U 
 gate i. e. court of Bel ; comp. the Sub- 
 lime Porte. Babel, Babylon, is the name 
 of the most ancient and celebrated city 
 of Asia, the metropolis of Babylonia, 
 Gen. 10, 10. 2 K. 17, 24. 20, 12 sq. Mic. 4, 
 
 10. al. It was situated in lat. 32 32' on 
 both banks of the Euphrates. Its ruins 
 are still visible near the small city Hil- 
 
 lah, JL^, and have recently been ex- 
 plored and described with great accura- 
 cy and learning. See Hdot. 1. 178, 183. 
 Strabo 16. 1. 6. R. K. Porter's Travels 
 
 11. p. 283 sq. C. J. Rich Memoirs on the 
 Ruins of Babylon. Ritter's Erdkunde 
 
 Th. XI. pp. 865-925. Bcrl. 1844. The 
 name of the city is also applied to the 
 province Babylonia, Ps. 87, 4, 137, 1. 
 Is. 14, 4 ; whence often baa T^bia the king 
 of Babylonia, a title ascribed also to 
 the kings of Persia, as to Cyrus, Ezra 
 5,13; and Artaxerxes, Neh. 13,6. Comp. 
 
 ibaa Chald. plur. emphat. Kll^aa Ba- 
 bylonians, Ezra 4, 9. 
 
 ^ a Persian word signifying food, 
 Pers. sU , in Arab. _lj , comp. cpuynv, 
 
 and the Phryg. ftexog bread Hdot. 2. 2. 
 Found in the compound sans q. v. and 
 also in Ez.25,7 Cheth. c^iaS sab T|-'nn5 
 / will give thee for food to the nations. 
 Here the Keri has tab /or a spoil, which 
 also the ancient versions express ; and 
 this is likewise supported by the similar 
 passages in Jer. 15, 13. 17, 3, and espec. 
 Ez. 26, 5. 34, 28. The reading aab is 
 therefore prob. a mere error of transcrip- 
 tion, like na for MT in Ez. 47, 13. 
 
 * n^l| fut. naa-i , once irc-i Mai. 2, 10; 
 pr. to cover, whence 153 a covering, gar- 
 ment. Hence 
 
 1. to act covertly, deceiffidly ; to deal 
 falsely, faithlessly, treacherously. Verbs 
 of covering, concealing, are often thus 
 transferred to deceit and treachery ; 
 comp. ijjJ to cover, to clothe, to dis- 
 semble ; Samar. '*''^3i to defraud, c. a 
 Ex. 21, 8 ; "a;? xi' to cover, to hide 
 
 oneself, whence ~ap ; also to defraud ; 
 comp, bso, bj'n, and Jk.=-J, JjLi.. 
 Constr. absol. 1 Sam. 14, 33. Job 6, 15; 
 oftener with a of pers. (comp. a B. 4.) 
 q. d. to treachcrcnisly desert any one 
 Judg. 9, 23. Lam. 1, 2 ; espec. towards a 
 friend Lara. I. c. a spouse Ex. 21, 8 ; God 
 Hos. 5, 7. 6, 7. Rarely with )ri Jer. 3, 20 ; 
 ace. Ps. 73, 15 "nisn Tj-^sa -lin n:n lo, 
 I shnuld deal falsely with the generation 
 of thy children. Part.-il'ia. plur. B"''i33, 
 treacherous dealers sc. towards God, the 
 ungodly, wicked, Sept. nnonvo^ioi, trans- 
 gressors. Prov. 2, 22. 11, 3. 6. 13, 2. 15. 
 Ps. 25. 3. 59, 6. Jer. 9. 1. Part. plur. 
 fern. r"inas treacheries Zeph. 3, 4. 
 
 2. to oj)press, to pillage, to spoil, i. q. 
 hn. pr?; c. a, Is. 21, 2 xia na-iin 
 Tiiai Tii'^ni the spoiler spoileth and the 
 
i:;:3 
 
 112 
 
 i^l2 
 
 waster wasteth. 24, 16 ll?!] iinsa fi'^'ija 
 siisa 0*^153 ^/t* spoilers spoil, 7jea, the 
 spoilers spoil the spoiling. 33, 1. With 
 the idea of impudence^ shamelessness, 
 Hab. 2, 5. 
 Deriv. the three following. 
 
 I^a in pause ^52 , c. sufF. 1^53 , i"J52i , 
 as if from ^53 , the T without Dag. lene, 
 contrary to the rule, Lehrg. p. 94 ; Plur. 
 Di"i52, iT-ia, once v^'^niisa Ps. 45, 9 j m. 
 once fem. Lev. 6, 20. 
 
 1. a covering, cloth, in which any thing 
 is wrapped, Num. 4, 6-13 ; also for a bed, 
 a coverlet, 1 Sam. 19, 13. 1 K. 1, 1, 
 
 2. a garment, robe, usually the outer 
 garment of the Oriental, Gen. 39, 12. 13. 
 15. 41, 42; espec. costly, 1 K. 22, 10. 
 2 Chr. 18, 9. iian Nb^ his lap-full 2 K. 
 4, 39. Sept. IfiuTiov, utoXi^. 
 
 3. faithlessness, treachery, Jer. 12, 1. 
 
 4. a spoiling, rapine, Is. 24, 16. 
 
 tTTT^jl see in '^5a no. 1, fin. 
 
 "TlS^ adj. (Kamets impure, Lehrg. 
 120. 3) f 'TJ'i^^ ) faithless, treacherous, 
 Jer. 3, 7. 10.' R. n;.2. 
 
 '^'^'^^ Bigvai, pr. n. of a man of rank 
 who returned with Zerubbabel from the 
 exile, Ezra 2, 2. 14. 8, 14. Neh. 7, 19. 
 Perh. Chald. 'S52 husbandman, Syr. 
 ji_b garden, which passed over also into 
 the Persian cLj bdgh, garden. Or i. q. 
 Pers. Buyaiog Hdot. 3. 128 ; according 
 to Bohlen, Sanscr. bhagi, bhagasan, 
 happy. 
 
 ^C?^ (perh. garden, gardener, see 
 ''5?r ) liigtha, pr. n. of a eunuch in the 
 court of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. For another 
 etymology see xnaax. 
 
 1^3 (i,l.) Bigthan, id. Esth. 2, 21 ; 
 also XJnsa Esth. 6, 2. Comp. Pers. 
 nnd Sanscr. bhagaddna ' gift of for- 
 tune ;' Bohlen. 
 
 I. "13 m. pr. separation, thing sepa- 
 rated, from. r. Tia I. Hence 
 
 1. apart, Ex. 30, 34 naa na part for 
 part, i. e. like parts, equal portions. Plur. 
 C'na spec, parts of the body, the mem- 
 bers, limbs. Job 18, 13. 41, 4 ; of a tree, 
 the hrancli^s (comp. Gr. xcuAw) Ez. 17. 6. 
 19, 14 ; hence stares, bars, poleA, for 
 bearing any thing, Ex. 25, 13 sq. Num. 
 
 4, 6 sq. Metaph. bars of a city, its 
 princes, chiefs, Hoa. 11, 6. Sing, with 
 prefix, ^ab a) Adv. apart, separately^ 
 by oneself. Ex. 26, 9 five curtains by 
 themselves C^ab), six curtains by them- 
 selves (lab). 36, 16. In this sense a 
 suffix is often added : Gen. 21, 28 and 
 Abraham set seven ewe-lambs "n??b by 
 themselves. 30, 4fl. 32,17. 43,'32.'aL 
 b) Oftener Tab c. suff. is i. q. alone ; so- 
 lus, a, urn ; Gre'n. 2, 18 tTsn ni"'fi ai'J-xb 
 i^ab it is not good for man to be alone, 
 pr. man's being in his separation, "^abx 
 i^ab / alone Num. 11, 14 ; tj-iab nnj< 
 Ex.' 18, 14; i^ab aps'i Gen. "32, 25; 
 BTab D-^Dnari Gen. 44,' 20. Also after 
 oblique cases, as Dat. "("nab r^b towards 
 thee alone Ps. 51, 6 ; Genit. Ps. 71, 16 
 r^'j^ab "niDT^ lit. the righteousness of 
 thee, of thee alone, i. e. thy righteous- 
 ness, thine only, c) Adv. of restriction, 
 limitation, only, in the later Hebraism, 
 Ecc. 7, 29. Is. 26, 13. d) With ',13 it 
 passes over into a Prep, apart from, be- 
 sides ; Ex. 12. 37 besides children. Num. 
 29, 39. Josh. 17, 5 ; with b? Ezra 1, 6. 
 The same is Ta^?3 Gen. 26, 1. Num. 17, 
 14; c. sufT. "i^afe^ besides him Deut. 4, 
 35 ; niax na^5a besides that which Num. 
 6, 21. ' 
 
 2. Spec, a thread, collect, thread, yam, 
 espec. of linen, comp. "^CX ; hence linen, 
 i. e. fine white linen, Ex. 28, 42. 39, 28. 
 Lev. 6, 3. Plur. ts'iTa linen garments Ez. 
 
 9, 2 sq. Dan. 10, 5. Arab, yi byssus. 
 
 II. 'I? m. plur. cna, from r. ina JL 
 
 1. empty talk, lies, rain boasting, Job 
 11, 3. Is. 16, 6. Jer. 48, 30. 
 
 2. i. q. D'^'na ''ll'SX, liars, boasters, spo- 
 ken of conjurers and false prophets. Is. 
 44, 25. Jer. 50, 36. 
 
 N^^ 1. to form, to fashion, spoken 
 of a potter ; and this sense is preserved 
 in the Zabian }|>o. 
 
 2. to devise, to invent, to feign, with 
 ia^T3 1 K. 12. 33 where Sept. well fnXu- 
 anro. Neh. 6, 8. Part. c. suff. 0NT2 by 
 Syriaem for CXTS Neh. 1. c Arab. 
 
 tjo to begin; IV, to produce something 
 new, to devise and do first ; comp. ctXj 
 I, IV, to feign. 
 
nn 
 
 113 
 
 bia 
 
 I. j3 1. pr. to durjoin, to divide, 
 
 to separate, like Arab. Ju. The notion 
 of cutting or tearing iipart, and hence of 
 dividing, lies in the primary syllable 13, 
 as likewise with various modifications in 
 the kindred and liarder syllables ra, 
 IB , rc ; conip. bn3 . pi2 ; PPS , bra , 
 np3, pna ; tid, nno ; rno. nno, nro, 
 ynB,"rD. Kindred also are the sylla- 
 bles Ts, y^, yt; for which see under 
 
 na , 5sa . 
 
 2. fo separate OTieself, to be alone, 
 solitary. Part, ilia a/one, solilanj, Ps. 
 102, 8. Hos. 8, 9. Is. 14, 31. 
 
 Deriv. 13 I, and iia . 
 
 - J T T 
 
 II 'Jy i- q. SIj3 q. v. PuTtoXoynv, 
 blaterare, to babble, i. e. to talk idly. 
 Talmud. a::a, '^'B'.sq .Hence is II. 
 
 17t fo- separation, i. q. 13 I. Hence 
 in Ace. as adv. separately, i. e. solitary, 
 aJom, Lev. 13, 46. Is. 27, 10 ni^sa i"^5 
 113 t/ie strong city is left solitaT~y, i. e. 
 desolate. Deut. 32, 12 isnr ina nin". 
 Jehovah alone did lead him. Also iia? 
 pr. in separation, i. q. solitary, alone, 
 Num. 23, 9. Ps. 4, 9. Mic. 7, 14. 
 
 ^*^3 (separation, part.) Bedad, pr. n. 
 m. Gen. 36, 35. 
 
 'I'ISl see ''5 . 
 
 H^^S (prob. i. q. n^i3? servant of Je- 
 hovah, see ")13) Bedeiah, pr. n. m. Ezra 
 10, 35. ' ' 
 
 '"^l^ m. (r. ^13) stannum of the an- 
 cients, i. e. 
 
 1. alloy of lead, tin, or other inferior 
 metals, combined with silver in the ore 
 and separated from it by smelting, dross; 
 Pliny phimbnm nigrum, H. N. 34. 16. 
 Is. 1, 25 Ti'^bina-bs nn-cx I will remove 
 all thy alloy, i. e. all thy impure and 
 spurious parts. Comp. a"'q b. 
 
 2. tin, plumbum album. Num. 31, 22. 
 Ez. 22, 18. 20. 27, 12. 
 
 -"2^ in Kal not used, kindr. ^^3, 
 JoCj, to separate. 
 
 HiPH. I. to separate, to divide, Lev. 
 1, 17 ; e. g. two places by a curtain or 
 wall, Ex. 26, 33. Ez. 42, 20 ; or things 
 mixed together, Gen. 1, 4. Part. ^"'1212 
 dividing, a divider, Gen. 1, 6. For 
 the construction see no. 2. 
 
 10* 
 
 2. Trop. of the mind, to discern be- 
 tween dillerent things, to distinguish. 
 Lev. 10, 9. 10 ye shall drink neither wine 
 nor strong drink . . . that ye may discern 
 between tchat is Ivoly and unholy. 11, 47. 
 20, 25. In both these significations (no. 
 1, 2) constr. c, ^ai *r3 Gen. 1, 4. 7. 
 Ex. 26, 33 ; '(-^a!? yz Is" 59, 2 ; V -pS 
 Gen. 1,6."' 
 
 3. to separate from others, to select, to 
 choose out, in a good sense ; with "ja 
 Num. 8, 14. 16, 9. Lev. 20, 24. 26 ; also 
 with b of that to or for which one is des- 
 tined, 1 K. 8, 53. Without p Deut. 4, 
 41. 10, 8. 1 Chr. 25, 1 ; absol. Deut. 19, 
 7. Ez. 39, 14. 
 
 4. to separate out, to shut otd, e. g. a 
 mixed multitude from a people, with '{0 
 Neh. 13, 3, bsa Is. 56, 3. With nrnb 
 Deut. 29, 20. " 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 3, to be 
 separated, to separate oneself, Avith "(^ 
 Ezra 6, 21. 9, 1. 10, 11. Also to be se- 
 lected, chosen out, Ezra 10, 16; with b to 
 or for any thing, 1 Chr. 23, 13. 
 
 2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 4, to be separated, 
 shui out, Ezra 10, 8. 
 
 3. Pr. to separate oneself fivm a. -p\a.ce, 
 i. e. to go away, to depart, with "j^ of 
 place, Num. 16, 21 ; with bx of pers. to 
 whom one departs, 1 Chr. 12, 8. 
 
 Deriv. b^is, nibia?:, perhaps ribi3, 
 also 
 
 '"721 m. a part, piece, e. g. of an ear, 
 ,Tk , Am. 3, 12. 
 
 n5"3 a costly article of merchandise, 
 mentioned along with gold and precious 
 stones Gen. 2, 12, and described as re- 
 sembling the Arabian manna Num. 11, 
 7 ; which latter consisted of white grains 
 and scales, and is elsewhere compared 
 to hoar-frost, see Ex. 16, 14. Num. 1. c. 
 though according to Burckhardt, the 
 colour of the present manna is a dirty 
 yellow ; Travels in Syria, etc. p. 599 sq. 
 Most of the ancient interpreters, e. g. 
 Aqu. Symm. Theodot. Vulg. Josephus 
 (Ant. 3. 1. 6), understand (SdilXtov betel- 
 Hum, a whitish gum or resin which distils 
 from a tree growing in Arabia, India, 
 and Babylonia ; pellucid, approaching 
 to the colour of frankincense, and with 
 grains like frankincense, but larger ; Plin. 
 H. N. 12, 9 01 19. With this accord 
 
nn 
 
 114 
 
 bti2 
 
 the variolas names fiudiXxov, ^Solxov 
 (whicli latter rests on conjecture, see 
 Diosc. 1. 71 or 80), ^8iUM, ^diXhot: 
 On the other hand, bdellium is not of so 
 costly a nature as to be properly ranked 
 among gold and gems ; or as that the 
 region of Havilah should become cele- 
 brated for producing it. Hence, the 
 opinion of the Rabbins is not to be con- 
 temned, which also Bochart has learn- 
 edly supported (Hieroz. II. 674-683), 
 viz. tliat nb"i3 signifies a pearl, collect. 
 pearls, which are found in great num- 
 bers on the shores of the Persian Gulf 
 and of India, and which may not unaptly 
 be compared with the grains of manna. 
 Bochart also gives the etymology, as 
 being quadril. nb"i2 from r. ^"^S, i. q. 
 something selected, precious, and hence 
 
 a pearl, 
 
 a pearl; comp. Arab. JoJ 
 from r. i^yi i. q. bT2 , '' 
 
 "l"^ Bedan, pr. n. a) A judge of Is- 
 rael, 1 Sam. 12, 11; not found written 
 with these letters in the book of Judges. 
 Sept. and Syr. read pna ; the Targ. ex- 
 plains it by "I'^'l? a Danite ; see S for '3 
 rp. 109. But Tja is doubtless i. q. f-na? 
 . Judg. 12, 13, 15 ; the S being dropped, 
 as was often the case among the Pheni- 
 cians in the word ^J.'S ; e. g. '(B'i'X~3 for 
 j^'i-N nas, -iriTNia Bodostor for ins 
 nrci^. See Monumm. Phcenic. pp. 174, 
 175. b) 1 Chr. 7, 17. 
 
 HJ^ 1. to sunder, to make a 
 breach ; whence p"!3 . Comp. under 
 r. Tj2 I. 
 
 2. Denom. from plS , to repair breach- 
 es, and genr. to repair, to rebuild, 2 Chr. 
 34, 10. Syr. >-d,^ and SfS id. 
 
 p'75 m. c. suff. Tipia, a breach, gap, 
 chink, in a building 2 K. 12, 6. 7. 8. 9; 
 in a ship Ez. 27, 9. 27. 
 
 ^j;^3 Bidkar, pr. n. of one of Jehu's 
 captains, 2 K. 9.25. The form is contr. 
 for "pi"*|S son of stabbing, i. e. stubber ; 
 see 3 p. 109. 
 
 * ^1'^ Chald. Pa. 113 , to scatter Dan. 
 4, 11; i.q. Heb. its, ^D. 
 
 ''^'^ obfiol. root, prob. to be clean, 
 pure ; lie nee in Arabic trop. oi neatness, 
 
 elegance, whence L|^ to be neat, bright, 
 beautiful ; but also of emptiness, whence 
 
 g'< to be empty, waste, of a house. 
 Hence 
 
 'ins m. (for iria, a Segolate form) 
 emptiness, voidness, concr. empty, void ; 
 found thrice in paronomasia with IJiFi 
 Gen. 1, 2. Jer. 4, 23. Is. 34, 11. 
 
 ^Jt obsol. root, either i. q. Arab, 
 o^ to lie, to feign ; or i. q. Aram. :3n3 , 
 Heb. bl^, pr. to be white, shining; 
 Redslob. Hence 
 
 '^'!35 Esth. 1, 6, a species of marble 
 used lor pavements ; Sept. Vulg. afia- 
 
 s ^ 
 Quyonrfi, smaj-agdites. Arab. ::; g < , ac- 
 cording to the Camoos p. 176, is a spe- 
 cies of stone, either perh. white marble, 
 or imitation marble ; so called as feigning 
 the appearance of marble; comp. r. :;n3 . 
 
 ^binS Chald. f. haste, Ezra 4, 23. 
 
 ^'^ns adj. bright, shining, of the sun 
 Job 37, 21. R. in3. 
 
 ^nil or ^D^ in Kal not used, io 
 tremble, to be in trepidation ; comp. by 
 transp. n^3. and Ethiop. OUZ,Z^ to in- 
 spire terror, h and "i being interchanged. 
 NiPH. 1. to tremble, to shake, e. g. of 
 the bones Ps. 6, 3 ; the hands Ez. 7, 27 j 
 trop. of the soul, Ps. 6, 4. Hence 
 
 2. to be in trepidation, to be amazed, 
 confounded, to be .struck with terror, 
 consternation; Ex. 15,15. 1 Sam. 28, 21. 
 2 Sam. 4, 1. Ps. 48, 6. Ez. 26. 18 ; with 
 ^:bt3 Gen. 45, 3. Job 23, 15. Ecc. 8, 3. 
 Including also the idea of despondency. 
 Job 4, 5. Is. 21, 3. 
 
 3. to flee in trepidation, in consterna- 
 tion, Judg. 20, 41. Hence genr. to hfisten 
 to or after any tiling, c. b Prov. 28, 22 
 (^s-yn ir-'N ,'inb bn33 the man of eril eye 
 hasteth after riches, i. e. anxiously socks 
 to be rich. Ecc. 8, 3 -^n V3B"a btisFi-bx 
 be not hasty to go out of his sight, i. e. 
 depart not arrogantly, perversely. 
 
 4. to perish suddenly, as with fright, 
 to be destroyed; Ps. 104, 29 thou hidest 
 thy face, ^i-n^? theij perish at onve, sc. 
 thy creatures. So Ps. 90, 7, as required 
 
bn2 
 
 115 
 
 5rD 
 
 by the parallelism. Comp. ^^fjS Part, 
 feni. n^ns? subst. sudden desti-uction 
 Zeph. 1, 18; comp. ns-^n:. 
 
 PiEL I. to cause to tremble, to terri- 
 fy, to confound, to strike with terror and 
 consternation, Ps. 2, 5. 83, 16. Dan. 11, 
 44. Job 22, 10. Hence to cause to de- 
 spond, Ezra 4, 4 Keri. 
 ^ 2. to hasten, to quicken, Esth. 2, 9. 
 Hence with inf. c. b , i. q. "ina , to hasten 
 to do any thing, i. e. to do it hastily, 
 rashly, Ecc. 5, 1. 7, 9. 
 
 PuAL to he hastened, quickened. Prov. 
 20, 21 Keri, rbnho nbn? a possession 
 hastily gotten, i. e. acquired with anx- 
 ious haste. Hence part, bn'ma hastened, 
 quickened, Esth. 8, 14, 
 
 HiPH. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1. Job 23, 16. 
 
 2. i. q. Pi. no. 2. Esth. 6, 14. 
 
 3. Caus. of Kal no. 3, to drive out in 
 haste, to thrust out, 2 Chr. 26, 20. 
 
 5n2l Chald. in Pe. not used. 
 
 Ith pe. Inf nbnann subst. haste, speed, 
 with pref 2 adv. in haste, quickly, Dan. 
 2, 25. 3, 24! 6. 20. 
 
 Pa. to terrify, to put in trepidation, 
 Da'rT 4, 2. 16. 7, 15. Ithpa. pass. Dan. 
 5,9. 
 ' Deriv. sibTja . 
 
 5^^n3 f. (r. bns) terror, Lev. 26, 16. 
 Plur. Jer. 15, 8. With the art. terror, 
 xT i^ozr,v, i. e. sudden destruction, Is.. 
 65, 23. Ps. 78, 33. 
 
 ^*Jt^ a root not in use, pr. to shut, 
 to close, spec, the mouth, hence to be 
 mute, dumb. Arab. ^^ IV to shut, X 
 to be mute, dumb. The like significa- 
 tion is found in many roots ending with 
 the letter D, and denoting sounds pro- 
 duced with the mouth shut ; as crrn . 
 6^5$, Bb2. d^^^, c^'n, CISC, comp. Lat 
 Jiem, Gr. fivoj. Other roots ending with 
 the same letter designate murmuring, 
 whisperingr humming sounds, which 
 likewise are produced with the mouth 
 closed; as onj, cx3. man, cna, Arab. 
 | g t ^ ? /??*><, fremo, (SQiftdo/uat, ^o, 
 Germ, brummen, Engl, to hum. 
 
 ^''?ri^ f. constr. r^n3 , c. suff. ipirna , 
 *]P^fTls (as if from nrna) ; piur. niona , 
 constr. nirna; a beast, pr. a dumb 
 beast, from r. cna ; spoken usually of 
 
 the larger land quadrupeds, opp. to 
 birds and reptiles ; but see in Piur. no. 
 
 2. Arab. k^J^. Gen. 6, 7. 20. 7,2. 
 
 8. 23. 8, 20. Ex. 9, 25. Lev. 11, 2. Prov. 
 
 30, 30 nrnaa n-iaa t^b the Hon, a mighty 
 one among the beasts. Spec. 
 
 1. Collect, domestic beasts, cattle, Lat. 
 pecus; opp. "^"ixn r.^n Gen. 1, 24, rvm 
 nn^n 2, 20. 3. 14,' n^nn 7, 14. 21. Lev' 
 
 25, 7, i. e. beasts of the field, wild beasts. 
 The word HrnS includes both ^KS and 
 n;?3. Gen. 47', 18. Lev. 1, 2. Elsewhere 
 
 2. beasts of burden, as asses, camels, 
 opp. nsjria , Gen. 34, 23. 36. 6. Num. 32, 
 
 26. 2 K.'3, 17. Comp. Is. 30. 6. 46, 1. 
 
 3. Poet, also for beasts of the field, 
 wild beasts ; so in plur. ni^na Deut. 32, 
 24. Hab. 2, 17 ; espec. wilh ^"xn Deut. 
 28, 26. Is, 18, 6, iTi\Bn, ^nb 1 Sam. 17, 
 44. Joel 1, 20, ns;: Mic. 5, 7! 
 
 Plur. nirna 1. beasts, quadrupeds, 
 see above. 
 
 2. Plur. majest. joined with sing, masc. 
 Behemoth, i. e. the great beast, huge quad- 
 ruped, by which name is designated the 
 hippopotamus, Job 40, 15. So Bochart, 
 Hieroz. II. p. 754 sq. Ludolt; Hist. 
 .(Ethiop. I. 11. Others wrongly under- 
 stand the elephant ; asDrusius, Grotius, 
 Schultens, J. D. Michaelis ad h. 1. Scho- 
 der in Hieroz, Spec, I. p. 2 sq. Proba- 
 bly under the form ni^na there lies 
 concealed some Egj-ptian name for the 
 hippopotamus, so modified as to put on 
 the appearance of a Semitic word; see 
 in r02i<. Thus n-e^e-JULCUOVT 
 P-ehe-mout would signify the water-ox; 
 by which epithet (bomarino) the Italians 
 al.so designate the hippopotamus ; see 
 Jablonsky Opusc. ed, te Water. 1. 52. It 
 is true that this word so compounded is 
 not now found in the remains of the Cop- 
 tic language ; but the objection urged 
 (Lee's Heb. Lex. p. 74), that it is formed 
 contrary to the laws of language, is not 
 valid. It is said indeed that ehe (ox) is 
 of the fem. gender, and that tiie word for 
 water is mou, not mout. But ehe is of 
 the comm. gender md is frequently 
 used as masculine, see Peyron p, 46; 
 and the t in mout may be an article 
 postpositive, see Lepsius Lettre k Ro- 
 sellini p. 63. 
 
m 
 
 116 
 
 Kta 
 
 fj"? obeol. root, prob. i. q. fi>l^, 
 |V-g-3 Conj. IV, to shut up, to cover. 
 Hence the two following : 
 
 IT}^ m. tJie thumb when followed by 
 *l^ , so called as shutting and covering 
 the hand; also the great toe when fol- 
 lowed by ban ; so Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23 
 sq. 14, 14. 17.' 25. 28. Plur. constr. nisina 
 Judg. Ij 6. 7, from a lost sing, "jins . Arab. 
 
 l*L^T , and in vulgar Arab, j^^ id. 
 
 jriS (thumb) Bohan, pr. n. of a son 
 of Reuben ; from whom also comes the 
 name '(ri3"'(3X Stone of Bohan, a place 
 on the confines of Judah and Benjamin. 
 Josh. 15, 6. 18, 17. 
 
 I""-'*? obsol. root ; Syr. ^^ai^j to be 
 white, spec, with leprosy ; Chald. pf^3J< 
 to be bright, shining, p"'na bright, shin- 
 ing. Comp. ~iH2. Hence 
 
 ^T\2. m. vitiligo alba, white scurf, 
 
 vnorphexo, an efflorescence on the skin, 
 
 not uncommon in the East, consisting 
 
 of spots of a palish white, ^^'i^'^, niina 
 
 niD^b, resembling the leprosy, but 
 
 harmless, and neither contagious nor 
 
 s . 
 hereditary. Lev. 13. 39. Arab. ^^J-^ 
 
 ap. Avic. See more in Thes. p. 183. 
 
 'J-7 obsol. root, Arab. _aj to shine, 
 to be bright, trop. to be conspicuou.s. 
 Ethiop. nCU to be light, bright, 11 C^ 
 light, flCVl a light, luminary. The 
 primary idea lies in being tremulous, 
 glittering, glancing; comp. bna. Hence 
 "i*^na and 
 
 ^^"^0^ f plur. ni^irtS, a brightness, 
 i, e. a spot in the skin, for the most part 
 white. Wlien such a spot is lower than 
 the rest of the skin, and has in it white 
 hairs, it is a symptom of the oriental 
 leprosy, Lev. 13, 2-4. 18-23. 24-28. 
 Otherwise it is harmless, whether it be 
 a scar, or arise from a burning, or from 
 the morphew, pn2 , ib. v. 38. 39. Jahn 
 wrongly supposes the word n'iria to be 
 the name of a particular disease, the 
 Xu'XTi of Hippocrates; Archseol. I. 215. 
 Dilfcrerit is pnia boliak q. v. the name of 
 a pjirticular disease consisting of whitish 
 spots. 
 
 * N1S praet. K3 , once a Mil^l for 
 sa 1 Sam. 25. 8; imp. Nia, s<a , twice 
 .1X2 Milel 1 Sam. 20, 21. 1 K. 13, 7 ; inf 
 N-ia, once nx2 Milra 1 K. 14, 12; fut. 
 Nia'; , Na*i , once ia^i 1 K. 12, 12 Cheth, 
 with He parag. and sufF. sometimes 
 irreg. nrsan Deut. 33, 16, ^rxian Job 
 22, 21, ''rKan, Keri rsian l' Sam. 25, 
 34 ; see Index at the end of the volume. 
 
 1. to go or come in, to enter; Ethiop. 
 fl^/i id. Arab. *Lj to return. Kin- 
 dred is so coeundi sensu. Correspond- 
 ing are Sanscr. va to go, Gr. /Jaw, 
 whence ^uivoj, vado, see signif no. 3, 
 which although less frequent is perhaps 
 the primary one. 0pp. NS^ Josh. 6, 1. 
 1 K. 15, 17. The place into which one 
 goes, as a house, city, country, ship, is 
 put with a Gen. 19, 8. Deut. 23, 25. 26 ; 
 bit Gen. 6,'l8. 7, 1. 19, 3; b Esth. 6, 4 ; 
 with He local Gen. 12, 11. 14; and poet, 
 c. ace. Ps. 100, 4. Lam. 1, 10, comp. Lat. 
 ' ingredi urbem :' whence Gen. 23, 10. 18 
 i^'^s "i^'lU "^xa those entering the gates 
 of his city. Prov. 2, 19. The person to 
 whom one enters, is put with bx Gen. 6, 
 20. 7, 13 ; with a , to enter into e. g. one's 
 body, Ez. 2, 2'nn "^a siini the spirit 
 entered into me (comp. fjtvog urdgag 
 iai^Xfjai II. 17. 157). 2 K. 18, 21. 
 Spec, a) nii'X'bx xla to go in unto a 
 woman, an euphemism for sexual inter- 
 course, Gen. 6, 4. 16, 2. 30, 3 ; rarely 
 
 with by Gen. 19, 31. Arab. f.\^ and slj 
 id. b) to go Or come into the house of a 
 husband, spoken of a bride. Josh. 15, 18. 
 Judg. 1, 14; with bx Dan. 11, 6. Comp. 
 Hiph. no. 1. c) CS ::Ett3^a xia to enter 
 into judgment with anyone, i. e. to bring 
 before a tribunal, to arraign, Is. 3, 14. 
 Job 22, 4. Ps. 143, 2. d) X131 PXS to 
 go out and come in, to go out and in, spo- 
 ken of one's daily walk and life, 1 Sam. 
 29, 6. Deut. 28. 6. Ps. 121, 8. Diflerent 
 is to go out and come in before the peo- 
 ple, i. e. to lead out a people to war, 
 spoken of a military leader, commander, 
 Num. 27, 17. 1 Sam. 18, 16. 2 Chr. 1, 
 10 ; also without cyn "^Stb Josh. 14, 11. 
 1 K. 3. 7 ; comp. Deiit. 31, 2 of Moses. 
 Comp. Hiph. e) 3 Xi'a to enter in ipith 
 any one, i. o. to hare ivteirourse withy 
 Josh. 23, 7. 12. Hence nbxa xia , ct c. 
 
xia 
 
 117 
 
 N"a 
 
 ace. n^SJ, to enter into an oath, see 
 nbx ; n"'"i::a info a covenant, see n^na ; 
 "lioB to enter into the secret counsels 
 of any one, to become his confederate, 
 Gen. 49, 6. With bx, Gen. 15, 15 
 i-'niawS-bx stia to go unto one's fathers, 
 i. q. to be gathered to one's fathers, to 
 enter into Sheol ; sec Cjox Niph. f ) to 
 enter upon an office, duty, ] Chr. 27, 1. 
 0pp. xx^ 2 K. 11, 9, g) to enter sc. 
 into his chamber Ps. 19,6, spoken of the 
 sun, i. q. to go down, to set, Sept. dv<a. 
 Gen. 15, 12. 17. 28, 11. al. 0pp. MS^ . 
 h) to come in, spoken of the annual pro- 
 duce of the earth, to be brought in, to be 
 gathered. Lev. 25, 22 ; hence of profits, 
 revenues, to come in, to be rendered, 
 1 K. 10, 14. 2 Chr. 9, 13. Comp. ni<n . 
 0pp. its';) to go out, to be expended. 
 
 2. to come, very often in O. T. 0pp. 
 ^bn, Gen. 16, 8. 1 Sam. 20, 21. 22. Ecc. 
 5, 15. With bx of pers. or place Gen. 
 37, 23 ; bs Ex. IS, 23 ; 1? 2 Sam. 16, 5 ; 
 \ 1 Sam. 9, 12. Is. 49, 18 ; also ace. and 
 hence Lam. 1, 4 1?1^ ""XS those coming 
 to the/estical. Often of inanimate things. 
 Gen. 43, 23. Job 37, 9. 38, 11 ; espec. of 
 time, Jer. 7, 32. Ecc. 2, 16; whence 
 f^xan the coming days, adv. in the time 
 to come, Is. 27, 6 ; comp. nnx . Spec, 
 a) a Xia to come with any thing, i. e. to 
 bring it, to offer, see 3 B. 2. 1 K. 13, ] . 
 Ps. 66, 13. Ecc. 5, 2 ana mbnn xa "^a 
 TJ?^ f^ ^ dream brings much ado, i. e. 
 many and empty matters. Ps. 71, 16 
 'jHx n-iasa xiax J will come with the 
 mighty deeds of the Lord, i. e. I will re- 
 count and celebrate them ; parall. "T^aTX . 
 
 Comp. Pers. ^<^\y\ to bear and to nar- 
 rate ; also Lat. fenmt. b) xab T? lit. 
 even unto the coming, until one ccmie, 
 Judg. 3, 3, and ellipt. xab Num. 13, 21. 
 34. 8. for even unto, usque ad, in geogra- 
 phical descriptions. The same is ?iX2-i 
 until thou comest Gen.l9. 22 ; n2X2 . Tjxa , 
 id. Gen. 10, 19. 30, 13. 10. c) With "? ' 
 to come to a place or person Ex. 22, 8 ; and 
 metaph. to reach or attain imto anyone, 
 he equal to, 2 Sam. 23, 19; bx 2 Sam. 
 
 23,23. Arab. tLs to be equal, like ; comp. 
 Germ, gleichkommen. d) to come upon 
 any one, to fall upon unexpectedly; 
 e.g. of an enemy, to attack, Gen. 34, 27. 
 
 1 Sam. 12, 12. Job 15, 21 ; of calamity 
 Job 20, 22. In prose for the most part 
 constr. c. bs Gen. 1 Sam. 11. cc. bx Gen. 
 32, 8; in pwetry with ace. and b Job 
 3, 25. Is. 47, 9. Rarely spoken of good, 
 something desired, c. b? Josh. 23, 15 ; 
 ace. Job 22, 21. Ps. 119, 41. 77. Arab. 
 
 ul c. ace. to eome upon any one, to fall 
 upon, e) i. q. to come to pass, to be 
 fulfilled, ctccomplished, e. g. of desire, 
 Prov. 13, 12 ; espec. of prophecies 1 Sara. 
 9, 6. Dcut. 13, 2. 18, 22. Judg. 13, 12 ; of 
 a sign given by a prophet, 1 Sam. 10,7. 
 0pp. baa, anttS. f) nioida xia to come 
 with their names, i. e. to be enumerated 
 by name, 1 Chr. 4, 38. 
 
 3. Rarely simpl. to go, i. q. T)bfi, the 
 place whither being usually expressed. 
 Gen. 37, 30 xa "'JX^ n:x whitlier shall I 
 go ? whither turn myself. Gen. 45, 17. 
 Jon. 1,3 he found a ship tl5"'nn nx3 
 going to Tarshish. Is. 7, 24. 22, 15. Num. 
 32, 6. Job 2, 11. With dat. pleon. ?)b 
 1 Sam. 22, 5. Metaph. to walk, to live, 
 i. q. r\?r\ , T[sr\nn ; so with nx and D 
 with any one, i. e. to have intercourse 
 with, to associate with, Ps. 26, 4. Prov. 
 22, 24. 
 
 HiPH. x-^an, 2 pers. nxan, c. suff. 
 ^inxan Ps. 66, 11, c^nxaq Ez. 23, 22; 
 more freq. "^jrixian , ?;inx''ar! , o'^nx'^a!! ; 
 plur. cnxan Lev.' 23, 10, and nnxiati 
 1 Sam. 16, 17 ; inf. X^an , once "lan Ruth 
 3, 15, with pref. X-^anb , twice X^ab 2 Chr. 
 31, 10. Jer. 39, 7 ; fut. x^a^ , xa^] , with 
 X dropped "ax 1 K. 21, 29 ; causat. of 
 Kal in most of its significations. 
 
 1. to cause to come in, i. e. to lead or 
 bring in, e. g. into a house Gen. 43, 17 ; 
 a ship Gen. 6, 19 ; a land Ex. 6, 8. Spec, 
 a) to bring home a wife Judg. 12, 9, see 
 in Kal no. 1. b. b) liQ'^'?^ '^"'rT! to bring 
 into judgment, i. e. before a tribunal, 
 Job 14. 3. Ecc. 11, 9, see in Kal no. 1. c. 
 c) X-'ani X"'S'iri to lead out and in a peo- 
 ple i. e. <o and/rom war. spoken of a king 
 or other military leader, Num. 27, 17. 
 1 Chr. 11, 2; see in Kal no. 1. d. d) 
 Also to cause the sun to go down, to set, 
 Am. 8, 9 ; see Kal no. 1. g. e) Spoken 
 of inanimate things, e. g. to bring in 
 fruits, produce, i. q. to bring home, to 
 gather, 2 Sam. 9, 10 ; to bring or bear 
 in, Sept. H(X(pi^a, Gen. 27, 10. Lev. 4, 5. 
 
sin 
 
 118 
 
 tf0 
 
 16. to put in,to insert, e. g. the hand in- 
 to the bosom Ex. 4, 6 ; staves or poles 
 into rings Ex. 25, 14. 26, 11. 
 
 2. to bring to any one, to lead up, pr. 
 of persons or animals; with ^S or h to 
 any one, Gen. 2, 19. 22. 43, 9. 44, 32 to 
 let come, i. e. to call for, to admit, Esth. 
 5, 10. 12. Also of things inanimate : a) 
 to bring to any one. Gen. 27, 10. 30, 14. 
 31, 39. 33, 11. 2 Chr. 9, 10. Gen. 37, 2 
 cn^ax-bx nsn nns'n-rx xa*] he brought 
 to their father an evil report concerning 
 them, b) i. q. to offer, e. g. a present 
 1 Sam. 9, 7. 25, 27 ; a sacrifice Gen. 4, 4. 
 c) With b'S to bring upon one any evil, 
 destruction, e. g. the deluge Gen. 6, 17 ; 
 calamity Jer. 4, 6. 5, 15. More rarely 
 with h Jer. 15, 8, and bx 32, 42. d) to 
 bring to pass, tofuJfl, to accomplish, e. g. 
 one's words, purpose, a prophecy, Is. 37, 
 26. 46, 11. Jer. 39, 16. Comp. Kal no. 2. e. 
 
 3. to bring with oneself, to bear, to 
 carry away, 2 Chr. 36, 7. Dan. 1, 2. 
 Sept. (X7ioq;Q(a. Hence a) Simpl. to 
 bear, to carry, i. q. Xb5 . Job 12, 6 who 
 carries his god in his hand, see in i^lVx 
 no. 1, p. 54. Ps. 74, 5 t^^?^^ S<^=^3 
 niti'n*n|? . . . as one who beareth upward 
 axes, i. e. lifteth up, as a wood-cutter. 
 b) to bring back, to let return ; comp. 
 Arab. cLj to return, IV to let return. 
 Deut. 33, 7 hear, Jehovah, the voice of 
 Jndah, '^rs'^an ifiS-^x;) and bring him 
 back unto his jyeople. c) to bring away 
 any thing, i. e. to get, to acquire, comp. 
 Arab. ..G c. ^^ . Ps. 90, 12 ^ih Sf^zji 
 nrsn timt we may acquire a lieart of 
 wisdfjvi, a wise heart. 
 
 HopH. X2>in 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 1, 
 to be led or brought in, Gen. 43, 18. Ps. 
 45, 15 ; (0 be brought in, Lev. 10. 18. 2 K. 
 12, 10 sq. to be put in, inserted, Ex. 27, 7. 
 
 2. Pa.'^s. of Hiph. no. 2, to be brought 
 or led to any one, Lev. 13, 2. 9. 14, 2 ; 
 to be brought to any one. Gen. 33, 11. 
 
 Deriv. nxa , xiais , also xaia , nxran . 
 
 S'il a root usually assumed for the 
 forms 1*1-5 and niia ; which belong rather 
 to r. 2~3 q. v. 
 
 T'Q fut. tll^, to despise, to contemn; 
 kindr. is nja. The primary idea is i. q. 
 b13 q. v. to tread under foot, which also 
 IB put for contempt, comp. Prov. 27, 7. 
 ConKtr, c, ace, Prov. 1, 7 ; oftener c. b 
 
 Prov. 11, 12. 13, 13. 14, 21. 23, 9. Cant. 8, 
 1.7. Prov. 6, 30 235b W^-^ xb men do not 
 despise a thief i. e. do not overlook his 
 crime and let him go unpunished ; comp. 
 30, 17. In Zech. 4, 10 Ta is read in prset. 
 3 pers. for t2 , as if from ITS . 
 Deriv. the two following : 
 
 T^3 m. 1. contempt. Job 12, 5. 31, 34. 
 
 2. Buz, pr. n. a) The second son of 
 Nahor Gen. 22, 21 ; also as the name of 
 a people and district of Arabia Deserta 
 Jer. 25, 23. Gentile n. is "'T^a Buzite, 
 Job 32, 2. b) 1 Chr. 5, 14. ' 
 
 HT'^Ja f. contempt, meton. one con- 
 temned, collect, despised ones Neh. 3, 36 
 [4, 4]. 
 
 "^T^S (pr. a Buzite, see in ra no. 2. a.) 
 pr. n. Buzi, a priest, the father of the 
 prophet Ezekiel, Ez. 1, 3. 
 
 ^'^'^ Bavai, pr. n. m. of Persian origin, 
 i. q. "laa , Neh. 3, 18. 
 
 5|'in not used in Kal, prob. to roll up, 
 to involve, to entangle, and hence to per- 
 
 plex ; comp. "32*, v-Ut and t]Srj to turn, 
 
 to turn about, Arab. (iJLS to be confused 
 and perplexed, e. g. a business, viAo to 
 entangle oneself in evil. 
 
 NiPH. Tjia; , Part. plur. ^=23 Ex. 14, 
 Z; to be perplexed, disquieted, Esth. 3, 
 15; to wander in perplexity, in perturba- 
 tion, Joel 1, 18. Ex. 1. c. 
 
 Deriv. rtD^aa . 
 
 ^^S m. (for bna": , r. ba;;) 1. Pr. rain, 
 see the root no. 1 ; hence as the name 
 of the eighth Hebrew month. Bid. i. e. 
 rainy month, from the new-moon of No- 
 vember to that of December, 1 K. 6, 38. 
 
 2. produce, increase, i. q. nxnan , Job 
 40, 20. Hence Is. 44, 19 fS bsia stock or 
 trunk of wood, as in Chaldee. 
 
 * D^S obsol. root, prob. to be high, 
 whence nra high place, q. v. This 
 root is not found in the other Semitic 
 dialects, (yet see Syr. jials 1 Sam. 10, 
 23 Pcsh.) but obvious traces of it are 
 extant in the languages of tlie Indo- 
 european family ; ns Pers. *U top of any 
 thing, roof; ^ift6g altar, tumulus, and 
 ftoiivoc hill ; pomus. of tall trees ; and in 
 the Teutonic tongues /?07, Boom, Baitm. 
 
p= 
 
 119 
 
 113 
 
 * "jlSl ^vith its deriv. see in T'S) . 
 
 njll (discretion) pr. n. m. Bunah, 
 1 Chr. 2, 25. 
 ''lia see 'ja. 
 
 CmIH ft. 0i3;j, <o freai rfotpra. fo 
 trample umler foot. e. g. in neglect and 
 contempt, Prov. 27, 7. Also to trample. 
 in, pieces, to stamp upon enemies, i. e. 
 Utterly to subdue them, Is. 14. 25. 63, 6. 
 Ps. 44, 6. 60. 14. Part. D"'Di3 Zech. 10, 
 5. The idea of^ treacling is expressed in 
 many languages by the syllable pat va- 
 riously inflected ; e. g. Sanscr. pati way, 
 pad, pada. foot, path to go ; Zend pethd, 
 pAte, a path, (Pers. Lj foot.) Gr. natog, 
 hajBw, and novg for no8g, gen. no86g, 
 Lat. pes, pedis, also petere, Low Germ. 
 padden, pedden, i. q. nainv, Pfad, Engl, 
 path, also to pad, to pat ; in Hob. t being 
 changed to a sibilant, pas, bos. In the 
 kindred sense ofstampitig in, cnimming, 
 is 02X ; in that oi despising, T^2, nja, 
 like Gr. nazioi II. 4. 157. Corap. also 
 
 PiL. OOia to tread down a place, land, 
 i. e. to lay waste, with the accessory 
 idea of pollution, profanation, Jer. 12, 
 10. Is. 63, 18. Comp. xmanaziiv i. q. 
 /JsIStiIovv 1 Mace. 3, ,45. 51. Rev. 11, 2; 
 also O^T . 
 
 HoPH. part. Dlalia trodden under foot, 
 e. g. a corpse. Is. 14, 19. 
 
 HiTHPAL. DD"i2nrt to be cast forth to 
 be trodden under foot, Ez. 16, 6. 22. 
 Comp. DS'inn . 
 
 Deriv. rtOii^^ , noian , and pr. n. Oin'^ . 
 
 ?^^ a root not in use, which with 
 kindr. nsa , 533 . signifies to swell, and is 
 then variously applied, e.g. to water as 
 boiling up, gushing forth ; to ulcers and 
 pustules as breaking forth, rising in the 
 ekin. Eence rssssx, 
 
 \ : : 
 
 y^S obsol. root, i. q. Arab. x^\^ 
 mid. Ye, to he white, c. ace. to surpass 
 in whiteness ; II to make white ; IX 
 and XI to be of a white colour ; whence 
 
 (joajT white, bright. Kindr. are Chald. 
 yax, -jras, y-^sa, stannum, tin; also 
 tiia . Comp. also Pers. 5 tij, white, 
 
 bright. Germ, weiss, High Germ, biess. 
 Hence ns'^2 egg, and 
 
 ffi m. hyssua, also cloth of hyssus, so 
 called from its whiteness; see r. V1J 
 and Rev. 19, 8. 14 , comp. also further in 
 Thesaur. p 190. Spoken of the finest 
 and most precious stuffs, as worn by 
 kings I Chr. 15, 27, by priests 2 Chr. 5, 
 12, and by other persons of high rank or 
 honour Esth. 1, 6. 8, 15. The word is 
 of Aramaean origin, and is therefore used 
 spec, of the Syrian byssus Ez. 27. 16, 
 which seems to be there distinguished 
 from the Egyptian byssus or ttJ ib. v. 
 7. Elsewhere it seems not to ditTer 
 from lad, and is ollen put for it in the 
 later Hebrew, 1 Chr. 4. 21. 2 Chr. 3, 14; 
 comp. Ex. 26, 31. So f^oa and Chald. 
 712 in O. and N. T. for Heb. ttSt^ and 
 Gr. ^vaaoq. After long inquiry and dis- 
 pute, whether the cloths of byssus were 
 of linen or cotton, (see Celsii Hierobot. 
 II. 167 sq. Forster de Bysso antiquor. 
 Lond. 1776.) recent minute investiga- 
 tions at London with the aid of the 
 microscope have decided the contro- 
 versy so far as relates to cloths found 
 around Egyptian mummies, and shown 
 that the threads are linen. See Wil- 
 kinson's Manners and Cust. of the Anc. 
 Egyptians, III. p. 115. 
 
 7?*^^ (shining, glittering, from ija^ 
 to shine) Dozez, pr. n. of a rock near 
 Gibeah, 1 Sam. 14, 4. 
 
 r^ i- q. PE^5 to empty ; hence 
 n;5!aa , and 
 
 ^'^''O. f. emptiness, i. e. desolation, de- 
 vastation, comp. p;53 . Once Nah. 2, 11 
 <if?n372l n;r>a2 intens. for uttermost deso- 
 lation, like nxiaas) nsiii, narrs-i n^ia'j. 
 fix)m the roots xi;ij, aaa. 
 
 ' - T 
 
 ^y^ pr. a herdsman, keeper of cat- 
 tle, denom. from "i|^3 q. v. In a wider 
 sense also of a shepherd. Am. 7. 14, 
 comp. v. 15. Vulg. armentariiis, which 
 is like comprehensive ; comp. Virg. 
 Georg. 3. 344. 
 
 I. Tia and ^3 m. (for ii<2 , -ik3 , r. 
 iX2,)plur. nin2. g^^^ 
 
 1. a pit, Arab. S^jJ, 1 Sam. 13, 6. 
 1 Chr. 11, 22. ^ 
 
 2. Spec, a cistern. Gen. 37, 20 sq. 
 D*^3isr! niia cisterns hewn, so. in the 
 rock, Deut. 6, 11. Cisterns when with 
 
^13 
 
 120 
 
 n 
 
 out water were often used as prisons, 
 Zech. 9, 11. Jer. 38, 6 sq. Hence 
 
 3. i. q. a prison, dungeon. Is. 24, 22 ; 
 more fully -lisn n"^S Jer. 37, 16. Ex. 
 12, 29. 
 
 4. a sepulchre, the grave ; freq. in the 
 phrase "ii2"''n'ni^ those rcho go down to 
 the sepidchre, i. e. the dead, Ps. 28, 1. 30, 
 4. 88, 5. Is. 38, 18. 14, 19 -'Sax-bx ''inii 
 ll's who go down to the stones of the sepul- 
 chre, i. e. those laid in costlier sepulchres 
 hewn in the rock, "ila "i? eren to the se- 
 pidchre Pro v. 28, 17. Is. 14, 15 nin-^rSnT 
 the recesses of the sepidchre. 
 
 II. lis alkali, see 1*3 II. 
 
 'n*l!Il j. q. -I'^a , ^0 search out, to exa- 
 mine, to prove, once Ecc. 9, 1 inf. "13^; 
 comp. 3, 18 D";!3^. 
 
 * "JJIHI . prget. dia , *ipitt)3 ; part. plur. 
 t3''iri3; fut. iiJiav 
 
 1. <o fee ashamed, to feel shame. So 
 
 Chald. Syr. Tina , Zai^ ; comp. also 
 
 ^ ^ ^ ) ^ 
 Arab. vo-gJ ) o-J to be astonished, 
 
 amazed, struck dumb ; Lat. pudere, pu- 
 dor. The primary idea seems not to lie 
 in blushing, but in paleness and terror, 
 thus kindr. with y 13 and rs'2 . [Or rather 
 perh. to be hot, to glow, and then to blush, 
 comp. ttia;i . T.] Ezra 8. 22 bkllSb "^'003 
 I was ashamed to ask. 9, 6. Once fol- 
 lowed by a finite verb, Job 19. 3 ^ittJan-sb 
 *'V!|"i3f7n ye are not ashamed, ye stun me, 
 i. e. shameless ye stun me. With '"O of 
 that of which one is ashamed, Ez. 36, 32 ; 
 comp. 43, 10. 11. Hence 
 
 2. Spec, to be disappointed in one's 
 hope or expectation, which is often con- 
 joined with blushing and shame, Jer. 
 14, 3. Job 6, 20. Ascribed to enemies 
 and wicked men who are put to flight 
 after vain attempts, Ps. 6, 11. 25, 3. 31, 
 18. 35, 4. Also to persons oppressed 
 with sudden calamity, Jer. 15, 9. 20, 11 ; 
 to husbandmen disappointed of their 
 harvest, Jer. 14, 4 ; comp. Is. 19, 9, and 
 ti'^ain . On the contrary, it is said those 
 who tnist in God shall never he ashamed, 
 disappointed, Ps. 22, 6. 25, 2. 3. With 
 ja of that which disappoints the hope, 
 Jer. 2, 36. 
 
 3. Trop. of the mind, i. q. to he con- 
 fused, perplexed, troubled ; comp. Arab. 
 
 r (? > . So espec. in the phrase Il5l3 IS ; 
 Judg. 3; 25 they waited oJia ir until 
 they were ashamed, i. e. perplexed, trou- 
 bled. 2 K. 2, 17. 
 
 4. Once apparently spoken of that 
 which disappoints the hopes of any one ; 
 comp. naJ3. Hos. 13, 15 ii"ip ttiia;; his 
 fountain shall be ashamed, i. e. shall dry 
 up. comp. Jer. 14, 3 ; followed by a'nri". 
 But more prob. IJia^ is here equivalent 
 to ttJ3i'^ . 
 
 Note. This verb is frequent in po- 
 etry, and rare in prose ; see in no. 2, 4. 
 Kal is not found in the Pentateuch ; see 
 Hithpal. 
 
 PiL. OT1J3 to delay, pr. to shame or 
 disappoint a person waiting ; constr. c. 
 inf et \ Ex. 32, 1. Judg. 5, 28. Comp. 
 tt)i3 -IS Judg. 3, 25. 
 
 HiPH. <U"'3n, 2 pers. nittiian. 
 
 1. to shame, to put to shame, to frus- 
 trate evil designs, i. q. to disappoint, 
 Ps. 14, 6; so of God, Ps. 44, 8. 119, 31. 
 116. 
 
 2. to bring to shame, to disgrace, Pro v. 
 29, 15. 
 
 3. Intrans. to do shameful things, to act 
 shamefully ; comp. 3'il2''n , snn , Part. 
 ^'a^ shameful, base, wicked, opp. b'^SiUQ , 
 Prov. 10, 5. 14, 35. 17, 2. The idea' of 
 wickedness includes also folly ; and else- 
 where words signifying folly (b"i03, 
 iibas) are transferred to wickedness. 
 Fem. na:"ia"3 Prov. 12, 4, opp. h-r\ rtjA . 
 
 Note. Another form of Hiphil, ttj'^ain, 
 see under the root ttSa'^ . 
 
 Hithpal. to be asJiamed, Gen. 2, 25. 
 This seems to have been the prose form ; 
 comp. in baxnfi, CiJSrn. 
 
 Deriv. njttia, nttia , n-^ohaa , and 
 
 nC^ f. sMme, Ps. 89, 46. Ez. 7, 18. 
 Obad. 10. Mic. 7, 10. 
 
 Tva Chald. to pass the night, Dan. 
 6, 19. In Targg. often for "yiST Syr. 
 wO id. also to sojourn, to remain ; Arab. 
 
 oLj mid. Ye, Ethiop. fl>T, to pass the 
 night, to remain. Hence is commonly 
 derived the word n^a house ; but see in 
 
 n'l'a. 
 
 T3 m. (r. tta) c. suff. W3 , prey, spoil, 
 booty, spoken of men and beasts carried 
 away in war, (elsewhere "'315 , np^ ,) 
 
Kin 
 
 121 
 
 inn 
 
 and also of goods or property plundered 
 by un enemy ; Num. 14, 3. Jer. 15, 13. 
 49,32. ta tTa, see in tT3. Very fre- 
 quently in the phrase T2^ n^n to become 
 a prey, to he carried off as spoil, Num. 
 14, 31. Deut. 1, 39. Is. 42, 22 ; some- 
 times c. dat. Ez. 26, 5. 34, 28. Also 
 T^b 'rj to gipe for prey, as spoil, Jer. 17, 
 3."Ez.'25, 7 Keri. 
 
 ^J^ M?ti Ifyofi, Is. 18, 2 a people . . . 
 iunx D'^inj flxta naJx whose land rivens 
 rend, i. e. break up into parts, 1XT3 i. q. 
 ina ; or perh. divide 7ip, 1X^3 i. q. 1"T3 fr. 
 Chald. 5T3 to cleave. The aUnsion is 
 to Ethiopia ; see Coram, on Is. I. c. 
 
 'J^ i.q. t^a, to despise, to contemn ; 
 pr. to tread under foot, see T^ia, 013, 
 Constr. c. ace. Num. 15, 31. Ps. 22, 25. 
 102, 18 ; more rarely with b 2 Sam. 6, 16, 
 and (suitably to the primary idea) bs 
 Neh. 2, 19. Opp. *i33 1 Sam. 2, 30. Also 
 Prov. 19, 16 i"'2'^'? n.T'ia he that despiseth 
 ifis ways, i. e. overlooks them, lives heed- 
 lessly. Esth.3,6 1^ n^ujb vj'ss la^i atid 
 he despised to lay hands on Mordecai 
 alone, i. e. this was too little. Ps. 73, 20. 
 
 NiPH. part. nT33 despised, contemned, 
 Is. 53, 3. Ps. 15, 4. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal, Esth. 1, 17. 
 
 Deriv. '(i-'JB, pr.n. n^rn-T3, nT3:o3, also 
 
 ^T3 verbal adj. of the intrans. or pass, 
 form, despised, contemned. Is. 49. 7 "nT3 
 tl5S2 despised of men, i. q. CS "^Ita Ps. 22. 7. 
 
 f^jS i. q. Ta (r. na) prey, booty, found 
 only in the later Hebrew ; comp. Aram. 
 U}^- 2 Chr. 14, 13. 28, 14. Ezra, 9, 7. 
 Neh. 3, 36. Esth. 9, 10 sq. Dan. 11, 24. 
 33. Ollen joined with the synon. Vs'Q 
 and ""aa . 
 
 *"I^)plur. W3, !i:n3, once iTa; inf. 
 T3, fut. Th^ ; to prey upon, to spoil, i. e. to 
 
 size as prey, to plnnder. Arab, "o Conj. 
 I, VIII. Aram. T^a , }L , id. The primary 
 notion seems to be that of pulling in 
 pieces, scattering ; comp. the kindred 
 roots XJ2 , pT2 , "ita . Hence Chald. TSTS 
 to squander, to dissipate, from which is 
 commonly derived 03133 gift, q. v. 
 Construed : a) Absol. Num. 31, 53. 
 1 Sam. 14, 36. b) With ace. of the 
 prey, to seize as prey, to carry off as 
 11 
 
 spoil. Gen. 34, 29. Num. 31, 9. Deut. 2, 
 35. 3, 7. ta TTa to prey th't jrrey. i. e. to 
 take the prey. Is. 10, 6. 33, 23 ; bb^ TTi 
 id. 2 Chr. 28, 8. c) With ace. of a city' 
 country, persons. Gen. 34, 27. Ez. 39,10. 
 2 K. 7, 16. 2 Chr. 14, 13. Is. 42. 22. 
 
 NiPH. tas, plur. 1?a3, inf. and fut. Tian, 
 Tia*; , to be spoiled, plundered, pass, of Kal 
 lett. c. Amos 3, 11. Is. 24, 3. 
 
 PuAL. id. Jer. 50, 37. 
 
 Deriv. 13, ma. 
 
 "Jl^^a m. (r. ni2) contempt, Esth. 1, 18. 
 
 f^^riT'Ti (contempt of Jehovah) Biz- 
 jothjah, pr. n. of a place in the south of 
 Judah, Josh. 15, 28. 
 
 |<I-f obsol. root, prob. to scatter, to 
 
 y 
 
 disperse, like Syr. wCj^. The Arab, 
 ^"o is to spit, to sow seed ; also to rise, 
 as the sun, pr. to scatter his rays ; in 
 which sense of radiating, coruscating, it 
 would seem t-o be kindr. with P";j2 ; for 
 the interchange of T and ", see under "i. 
 Hence 
 
 pj^ m. 7ra| Xfyofi. Ez. 1, 11. i. q. pn3 ^ 
 lightning, Jiash of lightning. So all the 
 ancient versions ; also Abulwalid and 
 Kimchi. 
 
 pT3 (lightning) Bezek, pr. n. of a Ca- 
 naanitish city, whose king was Adoni- 
 bezek, Judg. 1, 4 sq. 1 Sam. 11, 8. As. 
 to its site, see Studer on Judg. 1. c. 
 
 'I^ to scatter, to disperse, to dissi- 
 pate, i.q. "ita, Dan. 11, 24. Arab, yo 
 Conj. II, and nJu, to sow seed; comp. 
 Aram. "Tia . 
 
 PiEL. to scatter enemies, to put to flight, 
 Ps. 68, 31. 
 
 ^^T^ Biztha, pr. n.of a eunuch in the 
 court of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. Perh. i. q. 
 Pers. xXamJ beste ligatus sc. membro, i. e. 
 spado. 
 
 1"in3 m. verbal adj. i, q. "nSi , a trier oi 
 metals, assayer, Jer. 6, 27. R. ina . 
 
 j^rtS m. (Dag. impl.) a v;atch-tower, 
 tower, built by a besieging array, Is. 23, 
 13 Keri. R. ',n2 no. 2. 
 
 "l^na m. plur. e-'-ilPia , constr. "''^ina , 
 (after the form b'liit^ ^ Dag. f. impl. to 
 distinguish it from D'^ninS ,) a yoiUh^ 
 
ir::3 
 
 122 
 
 ira 
 
 ycrang man, pr. a chosen youth, i. e. 
 choice, one in the prime of manhood, etc. 
 See part. "i^n2 in r. "^ns no. 2. Or per- 
 haps the signif. may be derived from the 
 
 kindr. *i?3 no. 3, whence Arab. _Xj vir- 
 gin. E. g. Judg. 14. 10. 1 Sam. 8, 16. 
 It denotes pr. a young man of ripe vi- 
 gour, but unmarried, Ruth 3, 10. Is. 62, 
 5 ; often joined with in'^^rS Deut. 32, 25. 
 Lam. 1, 18. 2, 21. al. Spec, yomig men 
 for young warriors, Is. 9, 16. 31, 8. Jer. 
 18, 21. 49, 26. 51. 3. Am. 4, 10. Comp. 
 raib^ and Vzta . 
 
 riil^na see cinna . 
 
 "W^ Is. 23, 13 Cheth. see -,^2. 
 
 THS m. (r. ~f]S) verbal adj. chosen, 
 elect, iy-lsxToi;, found only in the phrase 
 nirri n-^na the chosen of Jehovah, spoken 
 of Saul, 2'Sam. 21, 6 ; of Moses, Ps. 106, 
 23 ; of the people of Israel. Is. 43. 20. 45, 
 4, parall. f^i^'l nns ; of pious men and 
 prophets, or of the Messiah, Is. 42, 1. 
 Plur. of the righteous Is. 65, 9. 15. 22. 
 Ps. 105, 43. 
 
 * btj^ I. i. q. ^52 no. 3, with 2 , to 
 loathe, to abhor ; comp. Syr. ]\ tw o hav- 
 ing nausea, sick at the stomach. Zech. 
 11, 8 "'a nVt)? ^'j^S? tlieir soul abhorred 
 vie. This signification may be drawn 
 either from the kindr. 2 bS2, or also 
 from "712 and 2 "in2 in the sense of re- 
 jecting. 
 
 II. i. q. Arab. J^ to be greedy, avari- 
 cious. Hence Pdal Prov. 20, 21 Cheth. 
 t^Tyyo ti'bVi': wealth greedily gotten. See 
 Schult. Animadv. ad h. 1. The ancient 
 versions express the sense of the Keri 
 rbnro . 
 
 * "ij!^ fut. 'iHa"^ 1. to try, to prove, to 
 put to the test, espec. metals, like the 
 sjmon. C11S ; Jer. 9, 6. Zech. 13, 9. Ps. 
 66, 10. Metaph. Job 23, 10 nnj? ^53n2 
 KSX let him try we, /shall come forth as 
 gold ; also neglecting the primary force, 
 Job 12, 11 "(nari T\^ vM ^^^ (^ofh not 
 the ear try words 7 34, 3. a) Ol'ten of 
 God as trying the hearts or minds of 
 men, Ps. 7, 10. 17, 3. Prov. 17, 3. Ps. 81, 
 8 ; espec. by sending calamities upon 
 them, Job 7, 18. b) Of men as proving 
 or tempting God, i. q. n? , i. e. by doubt, 
 
 unbelief, Mai. 3, 10. 15. Ps. 95, 9. 
 Chald. "1112, Syr. ^ ^ n , to try, to exa- 
 mine. The Arabic in this sense has 
 fjY^ Conj. I, VIII, (_> and ^ being 
 interchanged ; pr. to rub, to rub upon, 
 and hence to try metals, sc. by rubbing 
 them upon the lapis Lydius or touch- 
 stone, Gr. ^danyog. 
 
 2. to keep a look-out, to watch ; whence 
 "(ina , "1^2 , watch-tower. 
 
 NiPH. to be tried, proved. Gen. 42. 15. 
 16. Job 34. 36. 
 
 PuAL inis id. Ez. 21, 18 )ry2 "3 for it 
 is tried, i. e. trial is made, comp. Schnur- 
 rer ad h. 1. Sept, oit didtxaiujixi. Others 
 take "n2 as a noun, for trial sc. is made. 
 
 Deriv. the two following, and |in2 , 
 |W2,rn2. 
 
 1^^ m. a watch-tower, tower, see the 
 root no. 2. Is. 32, 14 "inr;! btS the hill 
 (Ophel) and the tower upon it ; prob. the 
 tower upon the hill Ophel mentioned in 
 Neh. 3, 26. 27. 
 
 jnia m. trial, proof. Is. 28, 16 iri3 I^X 
 a tried stone, i. e. proved and found suit- 
 able for a foundation-stone. Ez. 21, 18, 
 see in r. *fH2 Pu. 
 
 * '^'j-^ ftit. ^ns^ 1. to prove, i. q. to 
 try, to examine; like Syr. j_ifcO,i.q.Hebr. 
 ',n2 . We place this signification first, 
 although it is rare and mostly found only 
 in the later Hebrew ; since trial must 
 precede choice. The primary idea is 
 either that of rubbing upon the lapis 
 Lydius or touch-stone, so as then to be 
 i. q. "1112 q. v. or else it lies in cutting in 
 pieces and scrutinizing, comp. i-fl^, "i|5^ 
 no. 1. Corresponding are Gr. Tifiooto, 
 Lat. per/or, whence cxperior, comperior, 
 periciilum, peritus. Is. 48, 10 r,"'ri'in3 
 'SS "i!ir2 / Jiave proved thee in thefur^ 
 nace of affliction. Job 34, 4. 2 Chr. 34, 
 6, where the Chethibh is to be thus read : 
 Gn"ri2 in2 he proved their houses, i. e. 
 examined the houses of the idolaters. 
 
 2. to ap])rove, i. q. to chno.^e. to select. 
 Comp. Arab, -is? VIII to choose out the 
 
 best, to take the best part; Si^; Svi^> 
 
 thing selected, chosen. Job 9, 14. 15, 5. 
 29. 25. Often c. dat. "ib to choose for one- 
 self Gen. 13, 11. Ex. 17, 9. Josh. 24, 15. 
 
*ira 
 
 123 
 
 TOn 
 
 The thing chos'n is put in the accus. 
 860 the examples already quoted ; also 
 more freq. with a , (comp. a B. 4,) Deut. 
 7, 6. 14, 2. 18, 5. Num. 16, 5. 17, 20. 
 1 Sam. 10. 24. 16, 8. 9. al. Once with 
 bs as marking desire, see bs no. 4, Job 
 36, 21 ; also '(la implying preference, Ps. 
 84, 11. Part. nW2, plur. constr. '"^ina 
 1 Sam. 26, 2. a) chosen, select, Ex. 14, 
 7. b) choice, excellent, Cant. 5, 15. 
 
 3. to choose, I ({.to like, to delight in, to 
 desire ; c. ace. Gen. 6, 2. Is. 1, 29. 2 Sam. 
 15, 15 'sHx "inaynax bbs according to 
 all that my lord shall please. Pro v. 1, 29. 
 3, 31 ; 3 Is. 14. 1 bx^'^J^'S Ti5 in=1 and 
 he will yet delight in Israel. Zcch. 1, 17. 
 3, 2 ; b 1 Sam. 20, 30, where yet many 
 Mes. read 3 . Once praegn. with bs of 
 pers. 2 Sam. 19, 39 "'^3 nnan-na.x bin 
 Tjfe-nbrx whatsoever thou shall desire to 
 lay %ipon me, that I will dx)for thee. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to he chosen, i. e. to be wor- 
 thy of choice, with "t: to he hetter, rather 
 to be chosen, Jer. 8, 3. Part, nnaa cho- 
 sen, choice, excellent, "^nas t]03 choice 
 silrer Prov. 10, 20. 8, 10.' 19 ; with )-o 
 choicer than, rather to be chosen, better, 
 Prov. 16, 16. 22. 1. 
 
 2. With b, to be chosen by any one, 
 i. 6. to be acceptable, pleasing to him, 
 Prov. 21, 3. 
 
 PcAL to be chosen, selected, only Ecc. 
 9. 4 Chethibh. 
 
 Deriv. "iTia, -i^n3 , M'lWa , ^TinrD, 
 "iin3"2, pr. n. "ina^, and the two here 
 following : 
 
 D'^ina (young men's village) Bahit- 
 rim, a small town of Benjamin, beyond 
 the Mount of Olives ; Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
 lest. II. 103. n. 3.-2 Sam. 3, 16. 16, 5. 
 17, 18. 19, 17. 1 K. 2, 8. Hence Simonis 
 derives the gentile n. "'^iiina Baharur 
 mite 1 Chr. 11, 33 ; and with the letters 
 transposed "'an"; 3 2 Sam. 23, 31. 
 
 D'^"inS (after the form csp"!) m. plur. 
 Num. 11. 28, and nin^na Ecc. 11, 9. 12. 
 1, youth, youthful age. Comp. "i^n3 . 
 
 * i5t:S and !^^r: i- q- "^"13 H. /?tto- 
 Xoyfiv, hlaterare. to babble, i. e. to talk 
 idly, unadvisedly, onomatop. like the 
 Greek, Latin, and English words. Part. 
 nana an idle talker, babbler. Prov. 12, 18. 
 
 PiEL id. Lev. 5, 4. Ps. 106, 33. In 
 
 both these passages o'^nEtoa is added 
 intensively, see Q^nEb in nB'iU no. 1. 
 Deriv. xaaia. 
 
 * J' '^?'^ 1- to trust, to confide, to 
 place hope and confidence in any one. 
 Chald. and Samar. id. but rare. Arab. 
 ^Jaj to throw one down upon his back, 
 
 to throw in his face ; whence Heb. 2 n:ia 
 perh. pr. ' to cast oneself or one's cares 
 upon any one ;' comp. b? bba Ps. 22, 9. 
 With 3 Prov. 11, 28. Ps. 28, 7 ; b? 2 
 K. 18, 20. 21. 24 ; bx Ps. 4, 6. 31, 7. 
 With dat. plcon. Jer. 7, 4 WJan-bx 
 "VMyi '''!!^^"b5< cpb tritst not for your- 
 selves in lying words, v. 8. 2 K. 18, 21. 
 Rarely in this sense absol. Job 6, 20 ; 
 but often 
 
 2. Absol. to he confident, i. e. to be se- 
 cure, without fear, Judg. 18, 7. 10. 27. 
 Jer. 12, 5. Job 40, 23 '(T)'^ n'^a^"'? "^^'^"^ 
 !|lT^Q"bx he feareth not, though Jordan 
 break forth over his mouth, i. q. Engl, 
 over his head. Prov. 11, 15 Csph K3iZJ 
 ri^3 he that hatcth suretyship is sure, 
 i. e. secure, has nothing to fear. Opp. 
 ?'i"'!! ^J"!. Further: a) In a good sense, 
 of the trust and security of the righteous, 
 Is. 12, 2. Prov. 28, 1. Job 11, 18. b) In 
 a bad sense, of those who place trust 
 and confidence in the things of this 
 world, and have no fear of God nor of 
 his punishments. Is. 32, 9. 10. 11. Prov. 
 14, 16. Comp. "JIXO , nVa , nibir .Part. 
 nil -3 trusting, confiding, in an active 
 signif. Is. 26, 3 rrisa :;2 "^3 for he is 
 trusting in thee. Ps. 112, 7. 
 
 HiPH. fut. apoc. n:23^ 1. to cause to 
 tnist, to persuade to trust, with bx and 
 bs , Is. 36, 15. Jer. 28, 15. 29, 31. 
 
 2. Absol. to make secure, without fear, 
 Ps. 22. 10. 
 
 Deriv. n::3. nn::3 . *,'int33, m'nisa, 
 nzja^a. 
 
 * II. i''''55^ transp, i. q. naa. A-j-b, 
 
 to cook, to ripen; whence n"^?-< a me- 
 lon, where see more. 
 
 rit22 m. (r. n::3 I) 1. trust, confidence, 
 as adv. confidently, boldly, Gen. 34, 25. 
 
 2. security, fearlessness, Is. 32, 17. 
 Elsewhere dhvay:? n^ab and n:23 adv. 
 a) in security, without danger, i. e. se- 
 curely, safely ; so n:;ab ar^, Piaa 3'^r, 
 
nt:a 
 
 124 
 
 nD2 "jSlU , to dwell securely, safely, 1 Sam. 
 12, 11. Lev. 25, 18. 19. 26, 5. Deut. 33, 12. 
 b) securely, i. e. without fear, Mic. 2, 8 ; 
 also as implying too great security, 
 want of care and caution, Judg. 8, 11. 
 
 3. Betah, pr. n. of a city of Syria, 
 :'ich in brass, situated in the territory of 
 Hadadezer, 2 Sam. 8, 8. In the parall. 
 jassage 1 Chr. 18, 8 written nnais . 
 
 ntltS^ f trust, confidence, Is. 30, 15. 
 
 jiriDla m. trust, confidence, Is. 36, 4 ; 
 .hope Ecc. 9, 4. R. n::a I. 
 
 n in 123 f plur. Job 12, 6, security, 
 .tranquillity. R. naa I. 
 
 ^ _T to ^^ vacant, comp. 't^S ; 
 'espec. to be free from labour ; hence, to 
 cease, to rest from, Ecc. 12, 3. Arab. 
 
 ,JJaj and Ethiop. fllHA to be empty, 
 vain; more rarely, to cease. 
 
 btJa Chald. id. Ezra 4, 24. 
 Pa. to cause to cease, to hinder, to for- 
 bid, Ezra 4, 21. 23. 5, 5. 6, 8. 
 
 * "it3^ obsol. root, pr. to be vacant, 
 empty, holloed, i. q. 1=^2, JiaJ. Hence 
 the three following: 
 
 "i^^ c. EufF. "^soa, fem. as being a 
 female member, see no. 2 ; comp. Arab. 
 
 l>~^^ and Lat. cunnus, both of which Eire 
 lem. for the same reason. 
 
 1. the belly, so called as being empty, 
 hollow ; comp. Gr. Ktvimv, }.aym\ xoiUu. 
 
 Arab. ij-iaJ id. ij Jo body, mostly dead 
 body, Etliiop. [\}V'i dead body. Spoken 
 of the external belly, both of man Cant. 
 7, 3, and of beast Job 40, 16. Mostly of 
 the internal belly, as the receptacle of 
 food, Prov. 13, 25. 18, 20. Job 20, 20. 
 Ecc. 11, 5. Ez. 3, 3. Also as the place 
 of the foetus, and hence 
 
 2. the womb. Gen. 25, 23. 24. TJ2fl")^ 
 Judg. 13, 5. 7, ",U2'P Is. 48, 8. 49, 1, and 
 more fully ''BX ",a3^: Pa. 22, 10. Judg. 
 16, 17, from the womb, i. e. as soon as 
 born ; liypcrbol. i. q. from the tenderest 
 years Job 31, 18. V^S -^iVi fruit of the 
 womb, i. e. offspring, progeny. Gen. 30, 2. 
 Dent. 7, 13. Ih. 13, 18. Mic. 6. 7, always 
 spoken of cliiidron already born, and not 
 of the foRtus; also with gen. of the father, 
 Mic. 1. c. Spoken of one child, ''3tta ia 
 
 son of my womb Prov. 31, 2, where the 
 suffix refers to the mother ; but in Job 
 3, 10 "^2:33 my womb is for my mother^s 
 womb. Also in Job 19, 17 "'Jaa "'33 the 
 sons of my womb seem not to be the sons 
 of Job, for these had perished, 1, 19 comp. 
 29, 5; but prob. his uterine brothers, 
 u8iX(fol, comp. Ps. 69, 9. 
 
 3. Trop. the inmost part, i. q. 2"nj3 . 
 So bixttJ ,::3 the womb of Sheol, its deep- 
 est recesses, Jon. 2, 3. Espec. the inmost 
 part of man, where he thinks and feels, 
 like the heart, breast, reins, etc. Job 15, 
 35. 32, 18. Prov. 22, 18. ia? ""T}^ cham- 
 bers of the belly, depths of the heart, 
 Prov. 18, 8. 20, 27. 30. 26, 22. Hab. 3, 
 16 "^5133 fa'iFil a7id my bowels trembled. 
 Comp. xodiu Ecclus. 51, 21. John 7, 38. 
 
 4. belly of a column, proiuberancej 
 1 K. 7, 20. 
 
 5. Beten, pr. n. of a place in Asher, 
 
 Josh. 19, 25. Peril, valley, i. q. ^^iaJ> 
 y.oiXug. 
 
 C^rP^ plur. Gen. 43, 11, pistacia-nuts, 
 pistachios, a kind of nuts of an oblong' 
 shape, so called from their form, which is 
 flat on one side and round or bellied on the 
 other. They grow on a tree resembling^ 
 the terebinth, Pistacia vera of Linn, 
 which is found in Syria, Plin. H. N. 13. 
 
 10. The kindred dialects have not this 
 
 . ^ i 
 
 word; but).la^j '*';:; !13, jjbj Butm, 
 
 signify terebinth, i. e. Pistacia terebin- 
 thus of Linn, a tree often confounded 
 with the pistacia. 
 
 D''3t2S (pistacias) Betonim. pr. n. of a 
 place in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 26. 
 
 ""^ (for "^ya , r. nya , as ba for bsa) 
 
 entreaty, prayer, in common use in ac- 
 cus. as a particle of entreaty, or rather 
 of asking leave ; everywhere joined 
 with ^3'^^{ , "'pN , pr. with entreaty, i. q. 
 Engl, with have, by permission. Gen. 44, 
 18 "^nx 'JKva lan ^nas Nj-ia"]"! 'px 'a 
 with leave, my lord, i. e. I beseech thcti, 
 let now thy .lervnnt speak one word, in 
 my hmVs ears. Ex. 4, 10. 13. Num. 12, 
 
 11. Josh. 7, 8. Judg.6,13.15. 13,8. 1 Sam. 
 1, 26. 1 K. 3, 17. 26. Also when sevenil 
 speak. Gen. 43, 20 "^^^ "^jns "'S iirxn 
 iJl I3nn^ and they said. With leave, my 
 lord, we came down indeed, etc. Of the 
 
T^ 
 
 126 
 
 p 
 
 ancient versions, Sept. well diofini, 
 dfouf^a, Yu\g. nbsecro, oramtts, Targg. 
 iiraa, Syr. aS^'o Judg. 13, 8 cum roga- 
 tione, rogando ; all which correspond 
 exactly to the Heb. "'a, and confirm 
 the etymology here proposed. Other 
 opinions see reviewed in Thes, p. 222. 
 
 * "^ pnet. nrisa Ps. 139, 2, also T^a 
 Dan. 10, 1, 'nra Dan. 9. 2 ; inf. and imp. 
 ^3 ; fut. j'^a^ . apoc. and conv. 3'; , laj] , 
 see note under Hiphil ; pr. to separate, 
 to distinguish; comp. *)'^a, 'pa. and 
 
 Arab. Jjlj mid. Ye intrans. to be sepa- 
 rate, distinct; mefcph. Conj, I, V, X, to 
 be distinct, manifest, easily discerned. 
 Hence tn discern, to mark, to imderstand, 
 all wliich depend on the power of sepa- 
 rating, distinguishing, discriminating; 
 comp. xqiviii Lat. cerno, intelligo for 
 inter-ligo. Germ, merken comp. Marke, 
 1S2 , i;?2 , etc. Spec. 
 
 1. to perceive, to discern, e. g. a) 
 With the eyes, i. q. to see, c. ace. Prov. 
 7, 7; 2 Neh. 13, 7 ; b Job 9, 11. 23, 8. 
 b) With the ears, i. q. to hear. Job 23. 5. 
 Prov. 29, 19. c) By the touch, i. q. to 
 feel, of inanimate things, Ps. 58. 10. 
 
 2. As implying will, purpose, to mark, 
 to attend, to give heed to ; c. ace. Dan. 9, 
 
 2. 10, 1. Ps. 5, 2. 94, 7. Deut. 32, 7. Prov. 
 23, 1 ; with 3 . which seems peculiar to 
 the later Hebrew, comp. in no. 1 above, 
 Ezra 8. 15. Dan. 9, 2. 23; bit Ps. 28, 5; 
 b 73, 17. Job 14, 21. Deut. 32, 29. Is. 32, 
 4; bs Dan. 11, 30. 37 ; absol. Ps. 94, 7. 
 
 3. to discern mentally, to understand ; 
 Dan. 12, 8 *p3X sibl TlS^iy I heard, hut 
 lunderstood not. Is. 6, 9 ; with "'S 1 Sam. 
 
 3, 8. 2 Sam. 12, 19. Is. 43. 10. 
 
 4. To have understood, i. e. to know, 
 to be acquainted with, c. ace. Ps. 19, 13. 
 Job 38. 20 ; b Ps. 139. 2. -JS^T? "iiS to 
 know the right Job 32, 9. Prov. 28, 5. 
 irs'n_ '"^a Prov. 29, 7, comp. nra -n-j . 
 
 5 Absol. to hare understanding, to be 
 intelligent, wise. Job 42, 3. 18, 2 he wise, 
 ihenicill we speak. Hos. 4, 14. Partplur. 
 B"'3a the wise, the prudent, Jer. 49, 7. 
 
 NiPH. '133 to be intelligent, discreet, 
 knowing. Is. 10.13. Part, "i"!!; asparticip. 
 adj. intelligent, discreet, knowing, often 
 joined with B3n wise. Gen. 41, 33. 39. 
 Deut. 1, 13. 4, 6. Is. 5, 21 ; opp. to words 
 
 11* 
 
 signifying folly, Prov. 10, 13. 14, 33 1^3} 
 *i3'n knotoing nf speech, eloquent, 1 Sam. 
 16,'l8. 
 
 PiL. IJia i. q. Kal no. 2. Deut. 32, 10 
 !in3"iai iinraab"^ he compassed him about 
 and gave heed to him. 
 
 Hipn. "i'^an, inf ^an, imp, *|an, part. 
 I'^aia ; Kee note below. 
 
 1. Pr. causat. e. g. a) Causat. of Kal 
 no. 3, to cause to understand, i. e. to de- 
 clare, to explain, Dan. 8, 16. 27. Neh. 8, 8 
 K^psa i:-'3^?i. b) Causat. of Kal no. 4, 
 to teach, to instruct, with ace. of pars. 
 Neh. 8. 9. Ps. 119, 34. 73. 130. Is. 40, 14 ; 
 also with ace. of thing added, Ps. 119, 27 
 '^33''an T^'^nipB T^-n teach me tlie way of 
 thy precepts. Prov. 8, 5. Elsewhere also 
 with ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Job 
 6,24. Dan.11,33; and with ace. of pers. 
 and dat. of thing, Neh. 8. 7. Spoken 
 also of one who reveals future events, 
 Dan. 10, 14. c) Causat. of Kal no. 5, 
 to give understanding, to make intelli- 
 gent, Job 32. 8. 
 
 2. Like Kal. e. g. a) i. q. Kal no. 1, 
 to perceive, e. g. a rumour, report. Is. 28, 
 19. b) i. q. Kal no. 2, to mark, to give 
 heed, to attend to any thing, with a Dan. 
 
 9, 23. 10, 11. Neh. 8, 12 ; bx Ps. 33, 15; 
 absol. Dan. 8, 5. 17. c) i. q. Kal no. 3, 
 to discern mentally, to understand, 1 K. 
 3, 9. d) i. q. Kal no. 4, to know, to be 
 acquainted icith. Job 28, 23. Mic. 4, 12. 
 f^?!J r^n Dan. 1, 4. Prov. 1, 2, to be 
 knowing, skilled in any thing, c. a 
 Dan. 1, 17; ace. Dan. 8, 23. Prov. 1, 6; 
 absol. Is. 29, 16. e) i. q. Kal no. 5, to 
 have understanding, to he wise, Is. 57, 1. 
 Part. pa'Q wise, intelligent, Prov. 8, 9. 17, 
 
 10, 24. 28, 7. 11. 
 
 Note. In the examples adduced under 
 no. 2, are found only the Praeter, Infin. 
 Imper. and Participle ; which forms alone 
 can with certainty be referred to this 
 conjugation. The forms of the Fut. 
 "l"'3'^ , "ja^ , etc. we have assigned to Kal ; 
 and only a few examples are found where 
 they have a causative power, e. g. Is. 
 28. 9. 40, 14. Job 32. 8. 
 
 HiTHPAL. l^'arn 1. pr. to show one- 
 self attentive, and hence for the most 
 part i. q. Kal no. 2. to mark, to attend, 
 to consider ; absol. Jer. 2, 10. 9, 16. Job 
 
 11, 11 ; c. bx 1 K. 3, 21. Is. 14, 16; bs 
 Job 31, 1. Ps. 37, 10 ; 15 Job 32, 12. 38, 
 
ri 
 
 126 
 
 r^ 
 
 18 ; 3 Jer. 30, 24. Job 30, 20 ; also, the 
 force of the conjugation passing over to 
 a transitive sense, c. ace. Job 37, 14. 
 Hence 
 
 2. to perceive, e. g. with the ears, i. q. 
 to hear. c. ace. Job 26, 14. 
 
 3. to have understanding, to he intelli- 
 gent, tcise, pr. to show oneself intelligent, 
 Ps. 119, 100. 
 
 Deriv. ",-:3, 'pa, nrs, -(iisti, ni^cri, 
 
 and pr. n. "pri^ . 
 1^3 constr. 'pa pr. subst. i. q. Arab. 
 
 6 o- . . 
 
 j^wo separation, interval, space inter- 
 posed, see Dual below ; found only in 
 the constr. state 'f?, ril2''2, and with 
 suffixes 'r 3, -;^3, ira; alsoplur. rpra, 
 rr3, !i:";-3, cr-^ra. and^irrirs, crnrs. 
 In these forms it passes over into a Pre- 
 position. 
 
 1. between, betwixt, Lat. inter, Arab. 
 
 TwAj . C"^n>^ '^3 between brethren Prov. 
 6, 19 ; CTiitJ -pa betwixt the bushes Job 
 30,7; 07?"^? 'f'^^_ between the eyes. i.e.Mj)on 
 the forehead, see )1^ no. 1. d. '^3 "h^n 
 between the Ulai, i. e. among its windings 
 and branches, Dan. 8. 16. Plur. riir3 id. 
 Ez. 10. 7. After verbs of motion, i. q. "bx 
 ')"' 3 , Judg.5, 27. In repetitions, between 
 and, intei e<. we find "paii "p3 Gen. 26, 
 28. Ex. 11, 7. Josh. 22, 25 ; more rarely 
 "b 'pa (pr. interval even to) Gen. 1, 6. 
 Lev. 20, 25. Deut. 17, 8 ; ","'3b -pa jg. 
 59, 2 ; ^1 T? Joel 2, 17. Where it is 
 thus put after verbs of seeing, under- 
 standing, teaching, and the like, it gives 
 them the sense : to see, understand, 
 teach the difference between ; Mai. 3, 18 
 "SV-h p""n:j -pS Sn-'X'i!! ye shall discei-n 
 . the difference between the righteous and 
 the wicked; comp. b ')''2 y'l'^ 2 Sam. 
 19, 36. Jon. 4, 11 ; V Tr TV}. 1 K. 3, 
 9 ; \ Tli '^T^ Ez. 44, 23. 
 
 2. within, Lat. intra. Job 24, 11 'pS 
 tn'-i^OJ within their walls. Prov. 26, 13 
 r'ian-.n "pa within the streets, i. q. in the 
 streets ; comp. Zech. 13, 6. Of time, 
 Neh. 5, 18 within ten days ; comp. Arab. 
 
 3. Sometimes Is 'pS, and T^aii "j^a , 
 are put di.^ijnnctively, i. q. whothe) or, 
 sire sire. 2Chr. 14. lO-pa -lirb r^-^j -px 
 r.'s "("Kb 3"! it is nothing with thee to help, 
 ^ichet/ur the strong or tlie weak ; pr. with 
 
 thee, O God, is no distinction in helping, 
 between the strong and the weak. The 
 source of this idiom may be seen from 
 Lev. 27, 12 and the priest shall value it 
 (the beast) J""] '{^'z^ 3i:3 'pa whether it 
 be good or bad, pr. deciding between the 
 good and the bad. Sept. fix? v.alr;, ti'xs 
 aauQu. 2 Sam. 19, 36. So in Rabbinic, 
 'pa 'pa whether or, as so. 
 4. With other prepositions : 
 
 a) 'pIii"~N pr. into-between, inainongst, 
 i. e. between, after verbs of motion, Lat. 
 inter, c. ace. Ez. 31, 10. 14 ; also rira-bx 
 10, 2. 
 
 b) *pa-b3 id. between, after a verb of 
 motion, Ez. 19, 11. * 
 
 c) )"3,'2 from between, Fr. d'entre ; 
 Zech. 6, 1 there came oiit fmir chariots 
 Cinri ''3tiJ ''{''\'0 from between two moun- 
 tains. Ps. 104, \2 which sin g'C'^if.^'S "pao 
 from between the branches, amid the foli- 
 age. Jer. 48, 45 'pn^D l^a?: ellipt./rom 
 the midst of the kingdom of Sihon. So 
 ^ic-:'^ Tr.'^ ffoni between the feet, by 
 euphem. for from the womb ; Deut. 28, 
 57 the after-birth rj'^^.^i"^ "Pr."^ ^V^'^ 
 that Cometh out from her womb ; comp. 
 Hom. II. 19. 110 o? xsv in %^aTi JO}ds 
 Ttiat) fitja TioaiTi yvvaixog. Also meton. 
 i. q.from the seed, offspring, posterity of 
 any one ; Gen. 49, 10 the sceptre shall 
 not depart ... '\'^\^'^ )''^^'a from his seed. 
 Itisthusequivalenttol''J'53l2, irja '^'isa, 
 iyi^a . Sept. ty. Tbtv fir^Qbiv uvtov, comp. 
 Gen. 46. 26. Where two things are 
 mentioned //wn. between which any thing 
 comes, I'S^ is repeated, 'pa's!! "paa 
 2 K. 16, 14. Ez. 47, 18. 
 
 d) h r^'i'^aa between, in between, i, q. 
 rira,'Ez. 10, 2. 6. 7. 
 
 e) 'paa in between Is. 44, 4 ; see a A. 6. 
 Dual CJa the interval between two 
 
 armies, ra fifjul/fttn Eurip. Plium. 1285; 
 whence Di:an d"^N 1 Sam. 17. 4. 23, a 
 go-between, ^ifaiirfi, i. e. a champion, who 
 decides between the two in single com- 
 bat, as Goliah. 
 
 ^5 Chald. between, Dan. 7, 5. 8. 
 
 np3 f (r. *pa) 1. understanding., 
 i. e. the act, Is. 33, 19 a people of a fo- 
 reign tongue, nj'ia 'px which Ihou under- 
 standest not. Dan. 8, 15. 9, 22. 10, 1. 
 
 2. understanding, i. e. the faculty of 
 insight, intelligence, Prov. 4, 5. 7. 8, 14. 
 
rn 
 
 127 
 
 t3 
 
 9, 6. 10. 16, 16. Job 28, 12. 20. ns'^a 51'; 
 io know unclerstanding, i. e. to be or be- 
 come intelligent, Job 38, 4. Prov. 4, 1. 
 Is. 29, 24. Plur. n"i:''3 D? a people of 
 umlerstamliiig^, intelligent, Is. 27, 11. 
 Spec, of skill in any art or science, 2 
 Chr. 2. 12. 1 Chr. 12, 32 D-^nrb nrn ^s'l^ 
 i. e. skilled to judge of the times ; comp. 
 Esth. 1, 13. 
 
 npa Chald. f. i. q. Heb. no. 2, Dan. 
 2,21. 
 
 n2^3 f an egg, so called from its 
 
 <' 
 whiteness, see r. yia . Arab. &.ojo > 
 
 Syr. ]^i-J3. In Sing, not found. Plur. 
 
 CS-a with adj. f. n'=T5 BiS-'3 eg-^-s /fi/"<, 
 
 forsaken, Is. 10, 14. Deut. 22, 6. Job 39, 
 
 14. Is. 59, 5. 
 
 "I^a a well, i. q. "1X3 , Jer. 1, 7 Keri. 
 Comp. Arab. _aj . 
 
 TVVjI f. a word of the later Hebrew. 
 
 1. a fortress, castle, fortified palace ; 
 see Chald. and Syr. below. If it be of 
 Semitic origin, it may be for fTn"'" 
 strong, fortified ; or, as some prefer, for 
 JTn"'33 , from Ethiop. iiXL, to sit, whence 
 
 ^iflC seat, tribunal, and ^^xJuo seat, 
 
 tribunal, metropolis, q. d. royal seat. 
 Perhaps however it is of Pers. origin ; 
 comp. Pers. .jLs haru, fortress, wall, 
 castle, Sanscr. pura, puri, pur, Gr. nvfj- 
 yoq and iSuQig. Very often in the phrase 
 nn'^sn '{Sx6 Shushan the palace, not 
 only of the royal palace or citadel. Neh. 
 1, 1. Esth. 1, 2. 2, 3. 8. 3, 15. Dan. 8, 2 ; 
 but also of the whole adjacent city, Esth. 
 1, 5. 2, 5. 8, 14. 9, 6. 11. 12 ; comp. Ezra 
 6, 2. This city is elsewhere more defi- 
 nitely called y^'^^ "''"O) Esth. 3, 15. 8, 
 15. Where it refers to Jerusalem, the 
 fortress of the temple is meant, prob. the 
 same called Buoig and afterwards Anto- 
 nia, Neh. 2. 8. Comp. Jos. Ant. 15. 1 1. 4. 
 Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 632. 
 
 2. the temple, 1 Chr. 29, 1. 19. 
 
 TH^^ Chald. f. emphat n"i'i3 id. a 
 fortress, castle, palace, Ezra 6, 2. Syr. 
 
 t\'^':y^ f. twice in Plur. n'i'3n''3 far- 
 tresses, castles, 2 Chr. 17, 12. 27, 4. 
 
 Comp. on the nature of this ending 
 Lehrg. p. 516 note. 
 
 f1?? m. but fem. Prov. 2, 18 ? conrtr. 
 n-^a, with He parag. nr-ja Gen. 19, 10, 
 constr. nn-<2 43, 17 ; Plur. n-^ra bdttim, 
 c. suff. ts'^na, es'^na, cn-'na, foV n-inna 
 
 from a lost Sing, nra, comp. Syr. ^^ 
 Lehrg. 604. 
 
 1. a house, domus, Arab. ^^:.*^, Syr. 
 ]2u.kS, Ethiop. At, Phenic. defective 
 pa, see Monumm. Phcen. p. 348. It is 
 commonly referred to the root P12 to 
 pass the night, to remain. But it may 
 be worth inquiry, whether r'^a , r'^a, ia 
 not rather for the harder form nja from 
 r. nja, as dofioi, domus, from difio). As 
 to the form, we may then compare ^"^H 
 q. V. for 5X, tt53X ; D-'a purse, for 033 ; 
 013 cup, for 033 ; Gr. fig {'evog) for fV?, 
 Lat. unus; fig prep, for ivg, see Schmidt 
 de Praepopitt. Gr. p. 7; tvcpd^flg for rv~ 
 (pd^irg ; Itdovg for odurg, Lat. dens. Adopt- 
 ing this conjecture, r^iS might then be 
 regarded as a secondary verb from the 
 noun r"^? ; and the plur. cna as for 
 0"n3a from a sing. n3a i. q. r:a, after 
 the form C"^3aa , csan , see Lehrg. 
 p. 575. E. g. n73r]""|3 son of the house 
 Gen. 15, 3. Ecc. 2, 7; also r-^a T^b-i 
 one bom in the house Gen. 17, 12. 27. 
 Jer. 2, 14, i. e. vema, a home-born ser- 
 va7it or slave, whose fidelity was there- 
 fore greater. So r^^H ^? "'^^^ (^^^ over 
 the house, i. e. in private houses the oixo- 
 vo^og, steward, dispenser, a servant who 
 had charge of the household affairs and 
 of the other servants. Gen. 43. 16. 44, 1; 
 see also below in no. 3. it:n "ina houses 
 of claij Job 4, 19, spoken of the human 
 body as frail and mortal ; comp. 2 Cor. 
 5, 1 , and the commentators. The house 
 of God is put once for the whole world, 
 Ps. 36, 9. The constr. n"a in ace. often 
 stands for n''32 in the house of any one. 
 Gen. 24, 23. 38, 11, also genr. in the 
 house ; and nn'^ari into the house Gen. 
 24, 32. Spec." 
 
 2. A movable house or dwelling, a 
 tent, tabernacle, Arab, ox?. Gen. 27, 
 15. 33, 17 ; of tabernacles consecrated to 
 idols 2 K. 23. 7, comp. n^a no. 3, 4. So 
 nirri, c\"ibj<n rr^a , of the tabernacle of 
 the covenant, Ex. 23, 19. Josh. 6, 24 
 
n^n 
 
 128 
 
 n*^! 
 
 Judg. 18, 31. 1 Sam. 1, 7. 24. 3, 15. 2 Sam. 
 12. 20. Ps. 5, 8. In other places n-^a and 
 br}i< are opposed, 2 Sam. 7, 6. 
 
 3. House of a king, a palace, castle, 
 citadel; fully Ti^Erj r^2 2 Sam. 11,2. 9. 
 IK. 9, 1.10. 14,' 26. 15,18; r^zh^zri n^2 
 Esth. 1, 9. Also xT fto/riv n^^ri , whence 
 r"^??! bs "itis one over the palace, i. e. the 
 prefect of the palace, one of the king's 
 attendants and ministers, to whom the 
 key of the palace or royal castle was 
 committed. Is. 22.22; who also had charge 
 over all the household affairs of the king, 
 much like the mod. Marechal du palais, 
 Marshal of the Court, 1 K. 4, 6. 2 K. 10, 5. 
 15, 5. Is. 22, 15, comp. Dan. 2, 49. In later 
 Hebrew called r';'2n sn Esth. 1,8; comp. 
 in no. 1. Further, l"'n n"*:! the house i. e. 
 palace of David, Is. 22, 22 ; nisJ-iQ n-^a 
 the palace of Pharaoh Gen. 12, 15. 
 Sometimes also of single parts of the 
 royal palace or castle, yet consisting of an 
 entire house, e. g. C"'d:ri r."'2 the harem 
 Esth. 2, 3. 9. nnruir n-'3 2 Sam. 20, 3. 
 
 4. House of God, i. e. a temple; spoken 
 of idol-temples, Is. 37, 38. 44, 13. 1 Sam. 
 5, 2. 5. Oftener of the temple of Je- 
 hovah at Jerusalem, called '^)<^'] rria 
 O-^nKsn n-^2, l K. 6, 5. 37. 7, 12. 'is.' 66, 1^ 
 and often. Comp. above in no. 1. 
 
 5. House of the dead, i. e. a sepidchre, 
 espec. one costly, sumptuous. Is. 14, 18 ; 
 comp. '|3 w"^ Is. 22, 16. More fully called 
 also cbirtn n"'2 the eternal house, long 
 home, Ecc. 12, 5. 
 
 6. a dwelling, habitation, place of any 
 kind : a) Of men. e. g. Sheol, orcus, 
 Job 17, 13. crn n-^3 collect, houses of 
 the people, i. e. of the citizen,?, Jer. 39,8, 
 i. q. cVri-i'i 'na 52. 13. cina?.; r-^a house 
 of servants, i.e. Avorkhouse, prison, spoken 
 of Egypt, Ex. 20, 2. b) Of animals. Job 
 39, 6. Ps. 84, 4. 104, 17 ; comp. Virg. Ge. 
 2. 209 antiquasque domos avium. n''3 
 UJ^SSS" tlie spider^s house, her web, Arab. 
 Ki:i,.jSiXxj\ v:>jO, Jobs. 14 ; house of the 
 moth Job 27, 18. c) place, space, recep- 
 tacle for any thing ; (1JE3 ''na perfume- 
 boxes, smelling-bottles, Is. 3. 20. C'na 
 Cn^nab . t"'na^ , places for the bars, Ex. 
 2G, 29. 36, 34. 37, 14. 38, 5. 1 K. 18, 32 and 
 he made a trench y^t Cirxo H'^as about 
 the space (capacity) of two measures of 
 teed. D'^asx Pi'' a place of stones, 1. e. 
 
 stony place in the soil. Job 8, 17. Neh. 
 2, 3. Ez. 41, 9 n-^ab ^cx nir^s n-^a the 
 space of the side-chambers of the temple. 
 
 7. In the house, i. e. the inside, inkier 
 part, within, (opp. y W out of doors, with- 
 out.) nr-ia Ex. 28, 26, r'^ajs Gen. 6, 14. 
 Ex. 25, Vl. 37, 2, and nr-^aia l K. 6, 15, 
 inside, inward, within, opp. y^ny^ ; comp. 
 ')12 no. 3. h. So b n^a Ez. 1, 27, h n^aa 
 1 K. 6, 16, b n-'a^b Num. 18. 7, within a 
 certain space, b n-^a^-bx to within, Lat. 
 intra c. accus. 2 K. 11, 15. Comp. bx 
 A. 9. From this signification comes the 
 Chald, ""a in, whence also we have above 
 derived the prefix 2 ; see p. 109, note. 
 
 8. Trop. of persons living together, a 
 house, i. q. household, family, comp. Arab. 
 
 JjCf ; 1. e. including the wife, children, 
 and all domestics. Gen. 7, 1. 12, 17. 35, 2. 
 36, 6. 42, 19. So the king''s household, i. q. 
 his court, courtiers, Is. 22, 18. nynss rr^a 
 i. q. nirns "''la? Gen. 50, 4. Hence 
 
 9. Of those descended from one's 
 household, house, for descendants, pos- 
 terity, lineage, race, i. q. ci:a sons, child- 
 ren (hence joined with a Plur. Is. 2. 5), 
 Gen. 18, 19. ''lb n^a i. q. 'ib 'la Ex. 
 2, 1. r-ci-i n-^a josh. 11, 17 ; bxyqi' n^a , 
 rrinrrn n-^a , Tin rr^a house of David, his 
 descendants, I'Sam. 20, 16. Is. 7, 2. 13. ol- 
 y.og Ju/ild Luke 1 , 27. Like 'Sa used also 
 trop. as "'Pirnb^ n-a l. q. ''PirnbTs ^^ja , 
 pr. my house of war, i. e. my adversaries, 
 enemies, 2 Chr. 35, 21 ; "^q r-^a a stub- 
 born house, people, Ez. 2, 5; and vice 
 versa nj.Ti n'^a the house or family of 
 God, i. q. Israel, Num. 12, 7. Hos. 8, 1 ; as 
 oixoc S^toii 1 Tim. 3. 15. In other phrases 
 the figure of a house is more distinctly 
 preserved : Ruth 4, 11 Leah and Rachel 
 did build, the house of Israel, i. e. founded 
 the race of Israel, b r.'^'n nja to build up 
 a house to anyone, i. e. to give him pos- 
 terity; spoken of one who marries his 
 brother's widow (i. q. b CttJ c^p^T}) Deut. 
 25, 9 ; of God 1 Sam. 2, 35. 25, 28." 2 Sam. 
 7, 27. The same is b n^a nii'T 2 Sam. 
 7, 11, Ex. 1,21. 
 
 10. Trop. also of the things contained 
 in one's house, goods, substance, wealth; 
 Esth. 8, 1 "irn n^a , Sept. vau i7i(/j;^t 
 y/jur, comp. v. 2. 7. Gen. 15, 2. Ex. 1,21. 
 So Gr. oixtn, olxog, 
 
 11. asj n*'? , fr.father^s house Gen. 24, 
 
n^a 
 
 129 
 
 tr^ 
 
 2^', father's household 31, 30. In the 
 enuincmtion or census of the Hebrew 
 tribes, C^ascJ, riaia, they are divided 
 into families, mnottJo ; and these again 
 are subdivided into households, ancestral 
 liousea, niaxn n*^2 1 Chr.7,40. In this 
 signification the Plural, instead of "'nS 
 ax , takes the form niaxn n"^2 , as is com- 
 mon in Syriac ; see in bsi"* note. Heb. 
 Gram. 106. 3. c. Num. 1, 2 number tlie 
 children of Israel cnisx T\^z\ arnattJiab 
 after their families ami after t/ieir houses 
 of fathers, v. 18. 20. 22. 24. 26 sq. 2, 2 sq. 
 Over these households, or houses of 
 fiithers, were crnrx n-'S 'Oxn Ex. 6, 14, 
 tniax n-isb D-^dsn 4 Chr. 5, 24 ; often 
 by ellipsis niixn 'iLKn Num. 31, 26. 
 Josh. 14. 1. or niaxn ^nlr 1 Chr. 29, 6, 
 niixn ^X"'ir3 2 Chr. 5, 2, i. e. heads, 
 chiefs, princes of households, patriarchs. 
 12. Very often, espec. in later writers, 
 tr^a is put before the pr. names of cities 
 and places, sometimes necessarily, as 
 forming part of the name ; at other times 
 more loosely, so that it can also be omit- 
 ted; see below in the letters, e, h, i, 1, 
 V, X. So Syr. i-kO, comp. Germ, hausen 
 in Nordhaitsen, Muhlhausen. Such are 
 the following : 
 
 a) "i^X n""? (house of nothingness i. e. 
 of idols, see "i"]!* no. 1.) Beth-aven, a city 
 in Benjamin, eastward from Bethel Josh. 
 7, 2. 1 Sam. 13, 5 ; with a desert of like 
 name Josh. 18, 12. The Talmudists have 
 confounded this city with the adjacent 
 Beth-El, (lett. b.) which also is some- 
 times called by the prophets in contempt 
 t^"'^"'i ; see 'ijx . 
 
 b) bx n-'S (house of God) DetlirEl, 
 Bethel, a very ancient city of the Ca- 
 naanites, afterwards belonging to Ben- 
 jamin, in the time of Joshua still called 
 ^^h Josh. 18, 13, comp. Gen. 28, 19and nb ; 
 though once (Josh. 16, 2) it is more defi- 
 nitely called by both names. It lay upon 
 high ground, 1 Sam. 13, 2. Josh. 16, 1, 
 comp. Gen. 35, 1 ; and was for a long 
 time the station of the sacred tabernacle, 
 Judg. 20, 18. 26. 27. 21, 2. 1 Sam. 10, 3. 
 Afterwards one of the calves of Jeroboam 
 was set up here, 1 K. 12, 28 sq. Comp. 
 j'X n-2 and "i^x . Its ruins are still seen 
 near the high road north of Jerusalem, 
 and are now called Beitin; see Bibl. 
 
 Res, in Palest. II. p. 125-30. For the 
 origin of the name, see Gen. 28, 10 sq. 
 35. 1 sq. 9 sq. The gentile n. is n**? 
 ^bsn Bethelite 1 K. 16, 34. 
 
 c) 'Sxn n"^? (house of firm root, i. e. 
 fixed dwelling) Beth-ezel, a town of Ju- 
 dea probably, Mic. 1, 11; where there 
 is an allusion to this etymology. 
 
 d) ^XSiX ri'^a (house of Goil's am- 
 bush) Beih-arbel Hos. 10, 14 ; prob. i. q. 
 'AQ^r,Xa in Galilee 1 Mace. 9, 2, situated 
 between Sepphoris and Tiberias, Jos. 
 Ant. 12. 11. 1. ib. 14. 15. 4. de Vit. 60. 
 Now Irbid, a site of ruins, with a singu- 
 lar fortified cavern in the vicinity ; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 281, 282. 
 
 e) )^yq bra nia Josh. 13, 17, elsewhere 
 j-iya bsa Num. 32, 38, and 'pra n-"? 
 (house of habitation) Jer. 48. 23. Beth- 
 Baal-Meon, a place or town assigned to 
 the tribe ofReuben, but which soon came 
 into the power of the Moabites. Its ruins, 
 still called jmjXjuo MVun, are mentioned 
 by Burckhardt, Travels in Syria, p. 365. 
 The same place seems meant by pa 
 (for -(ira) Num. 32, 3. 
 
 f ) ^X'la rr^a (house of my creation) 
 Beth-birei, a city belonging to the tribe 
 of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4. 31 ; perh. corrupted 
 from nxab n-^a Josh. 19, 6. 
 
 g) rria n'^a Judg. 7, 24, Beth-bara, 
 a place near the Jordan, prob. for IT^a 
 trnas (house of passage) ; comp. Hrj&a- 
 fiitQu John 1, 28 in many Mss. 
 
 h) ~''}i n'^a (house of the wall) Beth- 
 gader, a place in the tribe of Judah, 1 
 Chr. 2. 51, i. q. rri-ia q. v. 
 
 i) b:,ba n-'a Neh.'l2, 29, Beth-Gilgal, 
 i. q. bsba q. v. 
 
 k) inna n-^a (house of the weaned) 
 Bethrgamul, a city of Moab. Jer. 48. 23. 
 
 1) c'^nba'n n'^Si. Jer. 48, 22. see n-^nba^ . 
 
 m) "jW n^a (temple of Dagon) i7efA- 
 Dagon, a city : a) of Judah, Josh. 15 
 41 ; /3) of Asher, Josh. 19, 27. Comp. 
 mod. Beit Dejan. 
 
 n) nnn n'^a (house of the height, q.d. 
 mountain-house) Beth-haram, Josh. 13 
 27. a city of Gad. called -or. r'\ Num. 
 32. 36. afterwards Julias and Livias ; see 
 Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 1. Jerome Onomast. s. v. 
 Betharam. 
 
 o) nbsn n"^?. (partridge-house) Beth- 
 hoglah, a place in Benjamin on the con- 
 
tVSk 
 
 130 
 
 n^3 
 
 fines of Judah, Josh. 15, 6. 18, 19. 21. 
 The ancient name is still preserved in 
 ^Ain Hajla near Jericho ; Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 268. 
 
 p) -(Sn n-'S (house of grace) Beth- 
 hanayi, a place belonging to Judah or 
 Dan, 1 K. 4, 9. 
 
 q) "li-ih rr^S (house of the hollow) 
 Beth-horon, the name of two towns be- 
 longing to the tribe of Ephraim, called 
 Upper and Lower Beth-horon ; both of 
 which lay in the western part of the ter- 
 ritory of that tribe. Josh. 16, 5. 21, 22 ; 
 and the latter near the western extremity 
 of Benjamin, Josh. 16, 3. 18, 13. Twice 
 Beth-horon simply is mentioned, Josh. 
 10, 11. 2 Chr. 25, 13 ; where at least in 
 Josh. 1. c. the Lower Beth-horon is to be 
 understood. These two towns still bear 
 their ancient names ; that on the moun- 
 tain being Beit 'Ur el-Foka (the upper), 
 and the other in the valley being Beit 
 ''Ur et-Tahta (the lower). Between 
 them is a long, steep, difficult ascent or 
 pass ; Jos. 1. c. 1 Mace. 3, 16, 24. The 
 two towns and the pass lie on the present 
 camel-road between Ramleh and Jeru- 
 ealera. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
 69 sq. 
 
 r) nS^'^tli^n n'^S (house of desolations) 
 Beth-jeshimoth;& town in Reuben near 
 the Jordan. Num. 33, 49. Josh. 12, 3. 13, 
 20. It afterwards became subject to 
 Moab, Ez. 25, 9. 
 
 s) 13 r-2 (house of pasture) Beth- 
 car, 1 Sam. 7; 11, perh. a guard-house 
 or garrison of the Philistines in the ter- 
 ritory of Judah. 
 
 t) n-isn n-'a (house of the vineyard) 
 Beth-hakkerem. Jer. 6, 1. Neh. 3, 14, a 
 town of Judah situated on a hill between 
 Jerusalem and Tekoa, according to Je- 
 rome on Jer. 1. c. 
 
 u) P"is<rb r'^^ i. q. nixib q. v. 
 
 v) n'^E5^ r-^a. seenncs. 
 
 w) cnb n"2 (house of bread) BetJi- 
 lehem, m;isc. Mic. 5, 1. ) A city of 
 Judah, more fully nnw; cnb n->a Judg. 
 17, 7. 9. Ruth M. 2 ; also nnnrx cnb n^a_ 
 Mic. 5, 1. since Ephratah was anciently 
 the name not only of the city itsolf. Gen. 
 35, 19, but also apparently of the cir- 
 cumjacent region. It was the seat of 
 the family of David (Ruth 1. c.) and the 
 birth-place of the Saviour ; and is henco 
 
 still celebrated under the same name, 
 ^L v:;;uO Beit Lahm, lying six Roman 
 miles distant from Jerusalem, west of 
 south. The gentile n. is ^nrfsi^ n">a 
 Bethlehemite 1 Sam. 16, I. 18.' 17, 58. 
 /5) A city in the tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 
 19, 15. 
 
 x) sti^a IT'S, see xifeo. 
 
 y) 'jis^. rT'a , see lett. e. 
 
 z) nssja n'^a (house of Maachah) 
 Beth-AIaachah, a place situated in or 
 near Merj 'Ayun, not far from Mount 
 Hermon, 2 Sam. 20, 14. See in ir^a jjax 
 
 aa) pl^'^'sn fi'^S (house of remoteness) 
 Beth-merhak. a place near the brook 
 Kidron, 2 Sam. 15. 17. 
 
 bb) niaa-iari n^a (house of chariots) 
 Beth-marcahoth, a place belonging to the 
 tribe of Simeon, Josh. 19, 5. 1 Chr. 4, 31. 
 
 cc) rnr3 n'^a (house of limpid and 
 sweet waters, see r. "iri II ) Num. 32, 36. 
 Josh. 13, 27, and nnsD Num. 32. 3, Beth- 
 nimrah. a city in the tribe of Gad. called 
 Bri&ra(iql? in the time of Eusebius, now 
 Nimrin; Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 279. 
 The waters in the vicinity are called 
 D'^'^o 'a Is. 15, 6. 
 
 dd) ""IS ri^a (house of pleasantness) 
 Beth-eden, a city of Syria, the residence 
 of a king, Amos 1, 5. Prob. the same 
 called by the Greeks llitgudfiaog, Ptolem. 
 5. 15. [and mentioned with labruda now 
 Yebrud on the eastern slope of Anti- 
 Lebanon north of Damascus. Cellar. 
 II. p. 374. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. 
 p. 171. R. 
 
 ee) r.1'7'!? I^"*^. Neh. 7, 28, and simpL 
 nn^TS \h. 12. 29. Ezra 2, 24, a village in 
 Judah or Benjamin, Beth-azmaveth. 
 
 ff ) pi^yn n"a (house of the valley) 
 Beth-emek, a place belonging to the 
 tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 27. 
 
 gg) nias n"a (house of response, perh. 
 of echo) Beth-amth, a place in Judah, 
 Josh. 15. 59. Perhaps mod. Beit ^Ainitn; 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 186. 
 
 hh) r:s n-a (id.) Beth-anath, a place 
 in Naphtali. .Tosh. 19, 38. Judg. 1, 33. 
 
 ii) ^'^'S^Ti npr tra (house of the shep- 
 
 herds' hamlet, comp. Arab. 4XAC ham- 
 let, farm) a place near Samaria, 2 K. 
 10, 12 ; without o-'S^n v. 14. 
 kk) nans n"a, with art na^sn n*'* 
 
n^ 
 
 131 
 
 TO3 
 
 (house of the desert) Beili-arabah, a 
 place on the confines of Jiulah and Ben- 
 jamin. Josh. 15, 6. 18, 22 ; without n-'S 
 Josh. 18, 18. 
 
 11) abo n"*? (house of escape) Beth- 
 pelet. a place in the south of Judah, Josh. 
 15, 27. 
 
 mm) "liSB rr^a (temple of Peor, i. e. 
 of Baal-Peor, see ^i?D) Belh-Peor, a 
 city of Moab assigned to Reuben, noted 
 for the worship of Baal-Peor, Deut. 
 3, 29. 34, 6. Josh. 13, 20. 
 
 nn) yil'i ir^Si (house of dispersion) 
 Beth-pazzez, a place in Issachar, Josh. 
 19, 21. 
 
 oo) "lis n-^a (house of the rock) Beth- 
 zur, a city in the mounUiins of Judah 
 between Jerusalem and Hebron, Josh. 
 15, 58 ; fortified by Rehoboam 2 Chr. 
 11, 7 ; and again also by the Maccabees, 
 1 Mace. 14. 33. [The spot is now called 
 Beit S&r and ed-Dirweh ; see Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. I. p. 320. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843. 
 p. 56. R. 
 
 pp) ann n^S (house or region of the 
 street) Beih-rehob Judg. IS, 28. 2 Sam. 
 
 10, 6 ; also shn Rehoh, (unless perhaps 
 one denotes a district, and the other a 
 city.) a city or district on the northern 
 borders of Palestine Num. 13. 21, situ- 
 ated among the valleys of Lebanon not 
 far from the sources of the Jordan. The 
 adjacent part of Syria is called rr^a D";ix 
 ann 2 Sam. 10, 6 ; nni cnx v. 8. [Prob! 
 the region of Wady et-Teira west of 
 Mount Hermon, and perh. including also 
 Merj 'Ayun. R. 
 
 qq) -iSjr ni2 (house of quiet) Josh. 17, 
 
 11. 16. contr. -(Sj n-2 1 Sam. 31. 10. 12, 
 and ;? r^''2i 2 Sara. 21, 12, Beth-shean, 
 Beth-shan, a city in the tribe of Manas- 
 eeh. but long subject to the Canaanites 
 and Philistines ; situated on this side the 
 Jordan, and afterwards called Scythopo- 
 lis, Sept. Judg. 1, 27. Rabb. "(D'^a . Now 
 called (jL**jO Beisdn ; see Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. III. p. 174. 
 
 rr) !TJ"i"n n^a (acacia-house) Beth- 
 shittah, a place near the Jordan between 
 Beth-shan and Abel-meholah, Judg. 7 
 22. Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 219, 
 
 ss) ttj':td n-^a (house of the sun) Bet?i- 
 shemesh. the name of several cities : 
 o) A Levitical city Josh. 21, 16, situated 
 
 in Judah on the confines of Dan and 
 Philietin, Josh, 15, 10, 1 Sam. 6, 12 sq. 
 2 Chr. 28, 18 ; large and populous, 1 Sam. 
 6, 19. 1 K. 4, 9. 2 K. 14, 11. Constr. c. 
 plur. 1 Sam. 6, 13, where it is to be un- 
 derstood of the inhabitants. It ruins 
 are still visible, called M/n Shems ; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 18. The 
 gentile n. is "^iTOffin iT'a Bethshemite 1 
 Sam. 6, 14. 18. ' /J) In Naphtali, Josh. 
 19, 38. Judg. 1. 33. y) In Issachar, Josh. 
 19, 22. 8) i. q. "(ix, i, e, Heliopolis in 
 EgjTit. Jer. 43, 13, Comp. 'px . 
 
 tt) nnen n">a (house of apples) Betfv- 
 tappiiah. a place in Judah, Josh. 15, 53. 
 Now called TeffHh ; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 428. 
 
 fl^S Chald. m. st. emphat. Kn^a , HT^"^^ , 
 constr. n'^a , c. suff. Pin^a , plur. "pria , 
 i. q. Hebr. a hmise, Dan. 2, 5. xalsT? n^a 
 Ezra 6, 4, irbr n"^a Dan. 4, 27, fioiise of 
 the king, palace. Nrtbx rr^a house of 
 God, temple, Ezra 5, 2 sq. also simpl. 
 Kn-^a id, V, 3. 9. 11. 
 
 'JJ^'^3 m. constr. "jn'^a, a great house, 
 palace, Esth. 1, 5. 7, 7. 8. 
 
 *^5 T obsol. root, i. q. ^i^a, to drop, 
 
 distil; hence to weep. Arab. Uo to 
 pour milk by drops. Hence 
 
 i^23 1. weeping, lamentation, Arab. 
 
 sLXj, xUj . So xsan p^? tJie rale of 
 Baca i. e. of weeping, valley of lamenta- 
 tion, pr. n. of a valley in Palestine, prob. 
 gloomy and sterile ; hence the allusion in 
 Ps. 84. 7 Jin^r.iiri -,^s"!a K=an prra "iias 
 passing through the valley of Baca (of 
 lamentation) they make it fountains, i. e. 
 it becomes so to the pilgrims. 
 
 2. Plur. D^><2a 2 Sam. 5, 23. 24. 1 Chr. 
 14, 13. 14, the name of a certain tree, so 
 called from its weeping i. e. distilling, 
 q. d. weepers. According to Celsius, 
 Hierobot. I. p. 335-340, i. q. the Arab. 
 
 sIXj, similar to the balsam-tree, and 
 distilling white tears of a pungent acrid 
 taste. 
 
 't'^ fut. MSa^ J convers. Ty^'^'y , i. q. 
 xaa, to drop, to distil, to flow in drops, 
 see ""sa . Spec, to weep, and in this sense 
 common to all the kindred languages 
 and dialects, Ex. '*^ ^"i ^^| 30. 
 
 TT"N"TVlcr>aT'r'ir V 
 
SI 
 
 132 
 
 "153 
 
 2 Sam. 19. 2 ; often of a people making 
 lamentation under public calamities, 
 Num. 11, 10. 25, 6; also of the sorrow 
 of a penitent, Ezra 10, 1. With ace. to 
 weep for any one, to mourn, to lament j 
 espec. for one dead, Gen. 23, 2. 37, 35. 
 50, 3; also with bs of pers. or thing 
 wept for. Lam. 1, 15. Judg. 11, 37; bs 
 2 Sam. 1, 24. Ez. 27, 31, and h Jer. 22, 
 10. Job 30, 25. Further nra c". by is to 
 come weeping to any one. Num. 11, 13. 
 Judg. 14, 16 ; also to iceep upon any one, 
 i. e. in his embrace. Gen. 45, 15. 50, 1. 
 
 PiEL to weep for one dead, to mourn, 
 c. ace. Jer. 31, 15. Ez. 8, 14. 
 
 Deriv. n=3, ni-a, "'33, n^ra. 
 
 nD3 m. a weeping, Ezra 10, 1. R.tiaa. 
 
 1132 m. (r. *i3a) 1. the first-horn, 
 firstling, both of man Gen. 25, 13. 35, 
 23; and of beast Ex. 11, 5. 12, 29. 13, 
 15. It denotes the eldest son on the 
 fathers side. Gen. 49, 3. The first-born 
 son enjoyed many rights and privileges, 
 eee M~.i=2 no. 2 ; hence 
 
 2. Metaph. i. q. the first, the chief of 
 its kind, whatever is most distinguished, 
 pre--eminent. Job 18, 13 r;;^ 1133 the 
 first-horn of death, i. e. the cliief among 
 deadly diseases, the most terrible dis- 
 ease. By the common Heb. idiom dis- 
 ease is aptly termed the son of death, 
 as being its precursor and attendant; 
 so the Arabs call fevers iu-M-M c^LXj 
 the daughters of fate or of death ; and the 
 most fatal and terrible disease is here 
 figuratively described as the first-hom 
 among many brethren. Is. 14. 30 "'"[^'isa 
 t"^n the first-horn of the poor, the very 
 poorest, the most wretched, q. d. the 
 chief among the sons of the poor; or 
 the first-born (next descendants) of the 
 present wretched and oppressed genera- 
 tion ; see Comment, on Is. 1. c. 
 
 Note. As Fern, the form 'r^'^ss q- v. 
 is in use, i. e. first-born daughter. 
 
 1^5221 eing. Is. 28, 4 according to the 
 Masora, see in nn^aa ; elsewhere only 
 in plur. C^nisa , C-iSa , the first-fruits^ 
 spoken of fruit and grain, the first 
 which is gathered from the trees or 
 fields. Num. 13, 20; espec. of the first- 
 fi-uits offered to God Lev. 2, 14. 23, 17. 
 Nch. 10, 36. Sometimes n'^irixi. is add- 
 ed, Ex. 23, 19. 34, 26. O"'-?"" t:nb 
 
 hread of the first-fruits, made of the first 
 new grain. Lev. 23, 20. C-inJisari c^ 
 day of the first-fruits, the festival of 
 Pentecost, Num. 28, 26. 
 
 rniD3, n-nba, f. (r. -^aa) i. Adj. 
 
 first-horn, firstling ; Plur. ni"iza the 
 first-horn cti'spring, of men Neh. 10, 37; 
 of beasts Gen. 4, 4. Deut. 12, 6. 17. 14, 23. 
 2. Subst. earlier birth, seniority, opp. 
 nn-^r^ , Gen. 43, 33. fr^aan CEtJJ^ right 
 of primogeniture, birthright, Deut. 21, 
 17. Ellipt. for the same, .Tniaa Gen. 
 25, 31. 34. 27, 36. 
 
 STl^SS f. (r. ^aa) the first-ripe fig, 
 early fig, regarded as a delicacy Mic. 7, 
 1. Hos. 9, 10. In Is. 28, 4 it is better to 
 read with several Mss. rr^'sa with n 
 quiescent, instead of W^^aa with the 
 Masora and editions ; the suffix is pro- 
 saic. In Mauritania the early fig is 
 still called SLi , S;^W j hoccOre, Span. 
 alhacora. 
 
 rn^.33 id. Plur. ni-iiaan "^axn Jer. 
 24, 2. 
 
 r)"1"i23 (first-birth, first-born) Becho- 
 rath, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 9, 1. 
 
 t1^33 f (r. <^aa) a weeping, mourning. 
 Gen. 35, 8 n^aa -ii^X oak of weeping. 
 
 ''SS m. in Pause ''aa, c. sufi". '''^aa. 
 R. naa. 
 
 1. weeping, lamentation. Gen. 45, 2. 
 Is. 15, 3. 22, 4. al. bins ''aa naa to 
 weep a great weeping, to make great 
 lamentation, 2 Sam. 13, 36. 
 
 2. a weeping, dropping, trickling of 
 water in mines, Job 28, 11. Comp.^ere 
 for rorare, stillare, Lucret. 1. 350, Gr. 
 duy-QVOv, and nr-'n, 
 
 D'^33 (the weeping) Bochim, pr. n. of 
 a place near Gilgal, Judg. 2, 1. 5. 
 
 n^'^DS adj. fem. tlie first-bom daugh- 
 ter, Gen. 19. 31. 29, 26. 1 Sam. 14, 49. 
 It corresponds to "liaa . 
 
 rr^DS f. a weeping, mourning. Gen. 
 50,4. R. naa. 
 
 * "^5^ in Kal not used, pr. to cleave, 
 to open, to burst forth, i. q. kindr. *ipa ; 
 hence to be first, to come or do first ; also 
 to be early, seasonable; to do early, teor 
 sonably. Referred 
 
 1. To the day, whence ^Xj to rise 
 
"iDn 
 
 133 
 
 Kbn 
 
 early, to do any thing early, 8*^ early 
 
 time, morning; comp. kindr. ""isa. 
 
 2. To tlio year and its produce ; hence 
 cniixa first-fruits, nn32 early fig, 
 
 S*jJo early fruit 
 3. To the time of life, espec. birth ; 
 
 hence "iisa , n"n^a2 , first-born, Jo and 
 
 8Jo a virgin, a woman who has her 
 
 first child, "is? , Jo , young camel. 
 
 PiKL 1. to bear early fruity as a tree, 
 Ez. 47, 12. Comp. Kal no. 2. 
 
 2. to make or constitute as first-born, 
 to give the birthright to any one, Deut. 
 21, 16. 
 
 PoAL fo be be treated as a firstling, to 
 be devoted as a firstling sc. to God, Lev. 
 27, 26. 
 
 HrpH. part. f. 0^^3313 one bearing h^r 
 first child, Jer. 4, 31. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 2, 3. 
 
 "^33 m. (r. "sa no. 3) a young camel, 
 already fit for riding and light bur- 
 dens: comp. "1^3 and bss. Plur. constr. 
 'Hsa Is. 60 6. Corresponding is Arab. 
 
 Jo young camel, which they describe 
 as denoting the same age as JtoJf ado- 
 lescens in man. See Bochart. Hieroz. I. 
 p. 82 sq. See also more in Comment. 
 on Is. 1. c. and in Thes. p. 206. 
 
 '^?'l (i- <1- "^5? young camel) Becher, 
 pr. n. m. a) A son of Ephraim, Num. 
 26. 35. Gentile n. "'133 ibid, b) A son 
 of Benjamin, Gen. 46, 21. 
 
 ^"^^^ f. a young she-camel, in heat 
 Jer. 2, 23. See -=3. 
 
 rr^sa see fi'^isa. 
 
 ^1D3 (i. q. xin -iDh the first-born is 
 he) Bocheru, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 38. 9, 44. 
 
 '"133 (youthful) Bichri, pr. n. m. 
 
 2 Sara. 20, 1. 
 
 ba (r. n^a no. 3) 1. nothing, Ps. 17, 
 
 3 Iry thou me, X^^Fi ^a thou shalt find 
 nothing sc. of evil ; unless like Sept. and 
 Vulg. we connect "'ni'sT KSiari ^2 , thou 
 shalt not find my evil thoughts, i. e. those 
 which perh. lurk within me. 
 
 2. Adv. not, no, i. q. Ut^ , but poetic ; 
 with praet Ps. 10, 11. 21, 3; with fut. 
 12 
 
 Ps. 10, 4. 6. 49, 13. Prov. 10, 30. Is, 26, 
 24. Also not yet, i, q. scarcely, Is. 40, 
 24. comp. 2 K. 20, 4. Once for baa i. q. 
 xba , Ps. 32, 9 be not as horses . . , to be 
 held in with bit and bridle ^"'bx 31"'P ba 
 lit in not coming near to thee, i. e. be- 
 cause otherwise they avoid thee. Put 
 for is not, non est, tlie verb being omit- 
 ted, Ps. 16, 3 Tj-'bs ba 'nai'j. 
 
 3. Conj. that not, lest, Lat. ne, i. q. 
 bx , c. fut. Ps. 10, 18. 78, 44. Is. 14, 21. 
 
 ^3 Chald. ra. the heart Dan. 6, 15. 
 
 Syr. Us) heart, mind, Arab. JU id. for 
 
 ^_^o from nba, ij^ III to care for; pr. 
 
 care, hence the mind aa caring, full of 
 care. 
 
 ^3 contr. from bja i. q. bsa , Bel, Be- 
 lus, the chief domestic god of the Baby- 
 lonians, worsliipped in the celebrated 
 tower of Babylon, Is. 46, 1. Jer. 50, 2. 
 51, 44 ; also Sept. Dan. c. 14. Greek 
 and Roman writers compare him with 
 Jupiter, Diod. Sic. 2. 8, 9. Plin. H. N. 
 37. 10. Cic. de Nat Deor. 3. 16. Here 
 however we are not to understand Jupi- 
 ter as the father of the gods, of whom 
 the Orientals were ignorant ; but, in ac- 
 cordance with the peculiar mythology of 
 the Babylonians, which was wholly con- 
 nected with the worship of the stars, it 
 stands for the planet Jupiter, Stella Jovis,. 
 Cic. de Nat. Deor. 2. 20. This planet 
 was regarded as a good genius, the 
 author and guardian of all good fortune 
 and felicity, hence called by the Arabs 
 -AJ ^l| JutjwwJt Fortuna major ; and, 
 
 together with the planet Venus, (see 
 nnirx, rn'ryrs ,) was the object of wor-^ 
 ship to the Semitic nations. Comp; ^3, 
 'J'a , and see bsa no. 5. Hence the fre- 
 quency of this name in the compound pr. 
 names of Chaldee men, aa "iSxtuba, 
 n^xttJ-jba, J?eZesys, 5e/i6?w, etc. 
 
 * ^^ Chald. i. q. Heb. nba. Pa. to 
 afflict, to vex, Dan. 7, 25. Comp. Heb. 
 Pi. no. 2. 
 
 pSiba (contr. fi-om Ti^tbya i. e. Bel is 
 his lord, worshipper of, Bel) Baladan^ 
 pr. n. of the father of king Merodach- 
 Baladan, 2 K. 20, 12,. Is. 39, 1. 
 
:b2 
 
 134 
 
 ^a 
 
 S:;-3' in Kal not used, Arab. ^^ to 
 
 be bright, to shine forth, as the dawn ; 
 V, to be cheerful, to smile. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to cause to shine forth, me- 
 taph. Amos 5, 9 Ti"-?5 TJ: i'^^nrsfi icho 
 causeth desolation to shine forth upon the 
 mighty, i. e. who bringeth it suddenly 
 upon them ; the figure being taken from 
 the swift and sudden diffusion of the 
 dawning light ; comp. Joel 2. 2. 
 2. to make cheerful, to enliven one- 
 self, i. e. to be or become cheerful, joyful, 
 glad, Ps. 39, 14. Job 9, 27. 10, 20. 
 
 Deriv. rr'^'^ba^ , and 
 
 ^^f"? (cheerfulness) Bilgah, pr. n. m. 
 Neh. 12, 5. 18; written in Neh. 10, 9 -^r-ba. 
 
 *^'^f2 pr. n. (prob. i. q. Tib ';3 son o^ 
 strife, quarreller, from r. "i^b q. v. see in 
 2 p. 109.) Bildad, the Shuhite. the friend 
 of Job and the second disputant with 
 him. Job 2, 11. 8, 1. 18, 1. 25, 1. 
 
 ''i^ in Kal not used, prob. i. q. brra, 
 to tremble, to be in trepidation; comp, 
 
 Arab. xJj to be feeble, bashful, pr. timid. 
 
 PiEL P]i2 to terrify, to frighten; hence 
 to cause to despond, Ezra 4, 4 Cheth. 
 In Keri is read the more usual d'^b?i373 . 
 Syr. sai i quadril. to temfy. 
 
 Deriv. nriiS, and pr. names nnba, 
 
 * ^^i^ fut. nba^ , to fall, to fall away, 
 to fail; like b33, biX, where see. 
 Spec. 
 
 1. Of garments, to fall aitay, to decay, 
 e.g. to be worn out. to wax old; wnth brt; , 
 Deut. 8, 4 thy raiment ?("b^^ ^^^i? ^^ 
 did not fall from thee, did not wax old 
 or wear out. 29, 4; absol. Josh. 9, 13. 
 Neh. 9, 21. Trop. oC the heavens and 
 earth as growing old and perishing like 
 a garment, Is. 50, 9. 51, 6, Ps. 102, 27. 
 
 Arab. ,J>^ to be worn out, as a garment. 
 
 2. Of persons labouring under disease, 
 old age, cares, to fall away, to waste 
 away, fail ; comp. Gr. nuXaiog, and with 
 another flexion fiiXo) to care. Job 13, 28 
 nba-i ai3-o 6<in|i and he {dfixjixu^; for /) 
 as a rott-en thing fallelh away, in cori- 
 umed. Gen. 18, 12. Ps. 32, 3. Comp, 
 
 ^Lj to care, to be consumed with cares, 
 ,^o consumed with cares, JLj, ]j[^, the 
 heart, mind, as affected with cares, see 
 Chald. hz . Ethiop. HAP to be or grow 
 old. Hence 
 
 3. to fail wholly, to be reduced to no- 
 thing; whence ba, "^ba, ''Piba, nothing, 
 not. 
 
 PiEL 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, Lam. 
 3, 4. Hence genr. to consume. Ps. 49, 15, 
 Is. 65, 22. Spoken of time, like Lat. 
 tempus terere, Gr. i(ji(ifiv ^lor, Engl. 
 to wear out the time, i. q. to spend, to 
 pass. Job 21, 13 cn-:c'i aisja ^^a^i they 
 spend their days in prosperity. Hence 
 
 2. to afflict, to vex, 1 Chr. 17, 9. Arab. 
 
 (^ IV. id. %%^ and &lij sorrow, 
 
 affliction, calamity. Comp. Chald. xba , 
 
 Deriv. bax, ba, ba, nba, "iba, -ii. 
 "nba, C\xib2, r.-^ban, and the com- 
 pounds bs^ba, I'lrba, naiba. 
 
 "'?5 Pi*- n- see in Mriba lett. b. 
 
 ^v? ^^j- ^- '^^?; decayed, worn out, 
 old, e. g. garments, sacks, bottles, shoes, 
 Josh. 9. 4. 5. Trop. of an adulteress, 
 n^SXJ nba worn out with adulteries, ef- 
 /e<e,"Ez. 23, 43. R. nba. 
 
 ^^^5 f sing, once Is. 17, 14; often 
 in Plur. R. rtba . 
 
 1. terror, terrors, Job 18, 11. 24, 17, 
 27, 20. 18, 14 nin^a r^y^ the king of 
 terrors ; see m "i?s Hiph. 
 
 2. sudden destruction, comp. nbna 
 no. 2. Ps. 73, 19 nin|a",T3 ^sn they 
 perish with sudden destruction. Ez. 26, 
 21 "r?;! "in5< nin^, Sept. ane^iXudv 
 as dftiaoi, xnl oi/ inao^itg tii, Vulg. in 
 nihilum redigam te. 27, 36. 28, 19. 
 
 ^C?"^ (perh. bashfulness, see fiVa in 
 Kal) Bilhah. pr. n. a) The hand- 
 maid oi Rachel, the mother of Dan and 
 Naphtali by Jacob, Gen. 30. 3 sq. 35, 22. 
 b) A place belonging to the tribe of 
 Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 29; written also nba 
 Joslj. 19, 3; sometimes nbya q. v. 
 
 I*^!^ (peril, bashful, modest) Bilhan, 
 pr. n. m. a) Gen. 36, 27. b) 1 Chr. 
 7, 10. 
 
 I52l Chald. iribtite of some kind, 
 prob. a tax on articles consumed, excise. 
 
Ezra 4, 13. 20. 7, 24. Coipp. also KSba . 
 R. rta . 
 
 i^1^3 m. (r. fi^a) only in plur. constr. 
 Kiba Jer. 38, 12, 'and contr. "'jba v. 1 1, 
 old clothes, rags. The latter form (pron. 
 belo-vi) is Irom a sing, iba lor iVsa ; but 
 in some Msa. (see J. H. Michaelis) is read 
 'IJiba, and in editt. ^'i^^, i^^t^r tlie form 
 ^ia , Dia , from a sing, ''iba of the form 
 
 nsrSOIpba (Bel's prince, i. e. whom 
 Bel favours, compounded from ba, tsha 
 an ending which in Zend marks the 
 genitive, and tsar i. q. nb prince) Belle- 
 thazzar, an Assyrio-Babylonish name 
 given to Daniel at the court of Nebu- 
 chadnezzar, Dan. 1, 7. 2, 26. 4, 5. 6. 15. 
 16. 10, 1. 
 
 ^3 subst. (r. nba) 1. consumption, 
 
 destruction, Is. 38, 17. Arab. ,Jo id. 
 
 2. failure, nought, nothing ; iience as 
 Adv. of negation, i. q. i<b , joined %vith 
 verbs and nouns ; Gen. 31, 20. Hos. 7, 8. 
 8, 7. Is. 14, 6. 32, 10. Sometimes "'ba is 
 so closely joined with a subst. as to coa- 
 lesce with it into one idea, like Engl, in, 
 un ; e. g. ni^ "ba no-nai)ie, i. e. a bad 
 name, infamy, Job 30, 8. 
 
 3. For 'baa with no, i. e. without, only 
 in poetry; Job 8, 11 D"^?? "'ba without wa- 
 ter. 24, 10. 31, 39. 33, 9. 34^ 6. Ps. 59, 5. 
 
 4. With prepositions : a) "'baa pr. in 
 defect ot' with no, i. e. without, i. q. siba . 
 So rST ^baa without knowledge. Job So, 
 16 ; also i. q. unknowingly, unawares, 
 Deut. 4, 42. 19, 4 ; une.vpectedly, Job 36, 
 12. Comp. in no. 2. 
 
 b) 'bab id. comp.b lett. B. 3. Job 38, 41 
 b= X-'bab without food. 41, 25. Is. 5, 14. 
 
 c) "^ba^ pr. from defect of^ from not, 
 i. e. ) because not, c. infin. Deut. 9, 
 28 r<'vn'i nbb-i ^Va^a because Jehovah 
 was not able, lit. from Jehovah's not 
 being able. Is. 5, 13. With particip. 
 because no one, none ; Lam. 1, 4 "^ba^ 
 ir-ia ixa became no one came to the 
 solemn festival. Sometimes pleon. "^baia 
 r, 2 K. 1, 3. 6. 16. Ex. 14, 11. Syr! 
 ? >-*^i-o ,^ ands i \n ^Jio because not. 
 /5) so that not; Job 18. 15 ibnxa '{3'Cir\ 
 ib 'baia terror shall dwell in his tent, so 
 that it shall be no longer his, i. e. terror 
 shall take possession of the tent of the 
 
 135 
 
 **^ 
 
 wicked, and drive him out of it. Job 6, 6. 
 Deut. 28, 55. With particip. so that no 
 one ; aid*' 'ba^ so that no one dwells there, 
 so that there is no inhabitant, Jer. 2, 15. 
 9, 10; comp. Ez. 14, 15. With "nxJit 
 forming a Conj. and with pleon. K3, 
 Ecc. 3, 11 D-nxn xaia^-sib ntS!* 'bai: so 
 so that man cannot find met, etc. 
 
 d) ''ba ns pr. until failure, i. e. as long 
 as, quamdiu, Ps. 72, 7. Mai. 3, 10. 
 
 e) ""ba'bs 6ecate Tiof, with Praet. Gen. 
 31, 20. 
 
 b V^ m. (r. bba) pr. mixed, a mixture ; 
 spec, meslin, mixed provender, hat. far- 
 rago, made up of various kinds of grain, 
 as wheat, barley, vetches, and the like, 
 all mixed together, and thus sown or 
 given to cattle. Job 6, 5. 24, 6. That 
 grain is to be understood, is apparent 
 from Is. 30, 24. See Varro de Re Rust. 
 1. 31. Plin. H. N. 18. 15 or 41. 
 
 ^V-'^ compounded from ""ba and tia , 
 i. q. nT:!ixi3 Kb, not any thing, nothing, 
 Job 26*7. ' So at least Sept. Vulg. Syr. 
 Chald. The Rabbins refer it to r. nba, 
 and explain it by bridle, band. 
 
 '^-fr^ compounded from ''ba not, with- 
 out, and b?5 use, profit; comp. b"5in 
 
 po 
 to be of use, profit, and Arab. Jcc. and 
 s ^ 
 
 J^ i. q. uAJ>-<i noble, prince. Not 
 
 from "^ba and b'l? yoke, q. d. impatient 
 of the yoke, obstinate, rebellious, as pro- 
 posed by Fischer. Prolus. de Verss. Gr. 
 p. 93. Pr. improfitableness, worthless- 
 ness, nothingness, yielding no profit or 
 good fruit ; comp. Arab. JoUb -jLfc 
 useless, without fruit, bad. See note 
 below. Hence 
 
 1. worthlessness, badness, wickedness, 
 as bs^ba ta-x a worthless man, i. e. wick- 
 ed, abandoned, 1 Sam. 25, 25. 30, 22. 
 b?ba =7x Prov. 6, 12, and br*b3--,a 
 1 Sam. 25', 17, id. Plur. often brnba'-'aa 
 1 Sam. 2. 12, and bs^ba.^Ja CCSX, 'dsx 
 b?^'-a ''.:a Deut. 13, 14. Judg. 19, 22. 20, 
 13. bs'bz ra a wicked woman 1 Sam. 
 1. 16. b^^ba -ia"n an evil thing, wicked, 
 Ps. 41, 9. 101, 3 ; comp. Deut. 15. 9 -iD 
 br^ba r^a^b c5 -,a"i ri^rt'! ^^'^^ ^^'"e be a 
 wicked thought in thy heart. 
 
 2. destruction. Nah. 1. 11 b?*b3 yyi-^ 
 purposing destruction. Ps. 18, 5 "'bris 
 
bba 
 
 136 
 
 S^ 
 
 iSiinsn'i "btj^":^ jloods of destruction ter- 
 rified me ; Sept. x^f^f^oi^^oi uvofiia? i. e. 
 torrents of iniquity, q. d. of wicked men, 
 enemies. Some of the moderns render 
 it incorrectly: torrents of the netlier- 
 world or Sheol. 
 
 3. EUipt. for >?!Via CJiX a wicked man, 
 see no. 1. 2 Sam. 23,' 6. Job 34, 18. Also 
 a destroyer Nah. 2, 1 ; see no. 2. 
 
 Note. Hence was derived in later 
 .usage and in N. T. the pr. n. BtUaX or 
 :BtXiaQ, Belial, i. q. 6 novriqoc, Satan. 
 The Engl. Vers, also often gives bs^^ 
 in the O. T. as a pr. n. Belial ; but in- 
 correctly. See Thesaur. p. 210. 
 
 55^ 1. to pour over, to oint, to wet 
 
 all over ; comp. Arab, Jjj to wet, to 
 moisten, i"?^ to flow, VlQ , bslsB , Val^ 
 to sprinkle. In Heb. only of oil ; Part, 
 pass. ")^'i;2 h^h'2 poured over with oil, 
 6. g. oblations Lev. 2, 4. 5. 7, 10. 12. 
 14, 21. Num. 7, 13. 19. Intrans. of per- 
 sons, to be poured over with oil, to be an- 
 ointed; Ps. 92, 11 "isn ",^.iyn 'ni^a lam 
 anointed with fresh oil. Comp. the deriv. 
 Jj^batu and b^^an . 
 
 2. to pour together, Gr. avyxim, i. e. 
 trop. to mingle, to confound, espec. lan- 
 guage. Gen. 11, 7 Dttj nbas'i JTins nan 
 Onsb come, let us go down and confound 
 their lips i. e. speech, which is further 
 explained, so that they may not under- 
 stand one another^s speech. The form 
 nbaj is for nVaj ; see V. 9, and Lehrg. 
 p.'372. Heb. Gr.' 66. 11. Comp. b"^ba . 
 Arab. Jw*-Lj to be confounded, as speech, 
 ^j..*AJ^It J^aJ-o confusion of languages ; 
 Conj. II, to stammer. 
 
 3. to smear, to soil, to stain ; comp. 
 b^h^, \ q\i, cited in Kal. So in the 
 deriv. ban, b^i^an. Comp. Chald. cba 
 to mingle, also to stain. 
 
 4. Dcnom. from b'^bS provender, to 
 give provender to beasts, to fodder. Judg. 
 19, 21 n'^'iianb baji , Vulg. et pabrdum 
 asinis prcebuit. 
 
 Hi PH. fut. plur. 1 pers. ba!] Is. 64, 5 as 
 to form ; but the signification is from r. 
 baa , we fade, we wither, prob. for Hiph. 
 1 fut. baS^ ; see Index. 
 
 HiTHPO. to mix oneself to be mixed, 
 with 2 Hos. 7, 8. 
 
 Deriv. b^ba, bain, bsiban, b^bai^, and 
 pr. n. baa. 
 
 ^2^ to bind together, to shut fast, to 
 stop, spec, the mouth with a bit or muz- 
 zle, Ps. 32, 9. Syr. >a!i^ id. Ethpe. 
 to be shut, e. g. one's mouth, i. q. to be 
 dumb, ^Sfi\n a muzzle. In iorm and 
 signif. t;ba is kindr. with tbx ; see on 
 roots ending in d , under cna . 
 
 ^2*^ (denom. from yiwJo . flAfl, fig, 
 in Ethiop. also sycamore-fig.) to ctdti- 
 vatefigs or sycamorefgs, to gather fgs ; 
 comp. avY.u'QtLT and unoavv.a'Quy. Am. 
 7, 14 drpsa obia, Sept. technically 
 xvl'Qav avaafiivft, Vulg. vellicans sycami- 
 na, i. e. one who nips sycamore-figs, a 
 process by which they were ripened. 
 Theophr. Hist. PI. 4, 2 nsmeiv or 8vva- 
 Tai av fit] inixvKJ&fi' aXX t;(ovTfg. ovv/ag^ 
 aid7j()ag inixvi^vviv a 8 Ixv inixvia^^y 
 TEjaQjula nimtiai. Plin. H. N. 13. 7. 
 14. Bochart Hieroz. L 384 sq. 
 
 ^2^ fut. yba"^ 1. t& swallow, to de- 
 vour, with the idea of eagerness, greedi- 
 
 ness. Arab. -L? ^^^ quadril. *Jt-Lj id. 
 Ethiop. flAO to eat, to eat vip. Kindr. 
 roots are ?^b, ^.aiii^, and many others 
 beginning with yb. Spoken of persons 
 eating any thing greedily. Is. 28, 4 ; of 
 animals, Ex. 7, 12. Jon. 2, 1. Jer. 51, 34. 
 Gen. 41, 7. 24. In a proverbial expres- 
 sion, Job 7, 19 nor let me alone *'5b^-^? 
 ''|3"i till r can swallow my spittle, i. e. not 
 for a moment, as in Engl. ' till I can fetch 
 
 1 'f 
 a breath.' So in Arabic ^-i^5^ ^AjiAji 
 
 let me swallow my spittle, i. e. give me a 
 moment's time, Har. Consess. 15. p. 142. 
 ed. De Sacy. See more in Schult. ad 
 
 Job 1. c. In like manner Pers. ^^t a 
 swallowing of spittle, for delay. Comp. 
 Pi. no. 1. 
 
 2. Mctaph. fC) tocomnimcJodestroy, 
 yet so that the figure of swallowing up, 
 devouring, is preserved, e. g. to demur 
 substance, wealth, Job 20, 18 ; comp. ' de- 
 voratam pecuniam evomcre ' Cic. Pis. 37. 
 Prov. 1, 12 let us swallow them up alive 
 as Sheol, i. e. consume, destroy Ihem. Ps. 
 124, 3. Comp. b=S< no. 1. g. b) Ascrib- 
 
yb2 
 
 137 
 
 ujba 
 
 6d to inanimate things, e. g. a chaem of 
 the earth Num. 16, 30 sq. the sea Ps. 69, 
 16 ; comp. Ex. 15, 12. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Pi. no. 2, to be swaUoxced 
 up, destroyed^ lost, Hos. 8, 8. Spec, of 
 drunkards, Is. 28, 7 l^'n *jT3 :i5b33 they 
 are swallowed up of wine, i. e. overcome, 
 broken down. Comp. obn, "jn, "las. 
 The Syriac Vers, retains the same word, 
 fi^aOM _Lo n S\ oZ) ; the Arabic in the 
 same phrase uses the verb iJLj . 
 
 PiEL 1. i. q. Kal, to swallow ; once 
 ellipt. Num. 4, 20 nor shaJl they go in 
 to look at the holy things 5^33 for a 
 swallowing sc. of spittle, i. e. not for a 
 single moment ; comp. in Kal. no. 1. 
 Sept. well i^iijtiva. Metaph. "i^X ?ka to 
 devour iniquity, to fill oneself witli wick- 
 edness, Prov. 19, 28 ; comp. nnaj Job 15, 
 16. 
 
 2. to destroy, spec, a) to give over to 
 destruction, to ruin. Job 2, 3. 10, 8. Is. 49, 
 19. H;ib. 1, 13. b) to destroy utterly, to 
 exterminate, Ps. 21, 10. 35, 25; c. '"O 
 Job 8, 18. c) to lay waste a country 
 2 Sam. 20, 19. 20. Lam. 2, 8 ; also to 
 waste, to spend property, Prov. 21, 20 ; 
 to destroy counsel, i. e. to disappoint, to 
 render vain, Is. 19, 3, comp. Ps. 55. 10 ; 
 to destroy one's way, i. e. to lead him 
 into destruction. Is. 3, 12. 
 
 Pdal pass, of Pi. no. 2. to he destroyed, 
 to perish. Is. 9, 15. Impers. c. i, de- 
 struction is prepared for any one, 2 Sam. 
 17, 16. 
 
 HiTHPA. id. to vanish away, Ps. 107, 
 27. Hence 
 
 *S>?^ m. c. sufT. "'sbn 1. a swallow, 
 thing swallowed, devoured, Jer. 51, 44. 
 
 2. destruction, Ps. 52, 6. 
 
 3. Beta, pr. n. of a city ne.ar the south- 
 ern extremity of the Dead Sea, called 
 also t5S (the small) Zoar, Gen. 14, 2. 8 ; 
 comp. 19, 20 sq. 
 
 4. Bela, pr. n. m. a) A king of Edom 
 Gen. 36, 32. b) Gen. 46, 21. c) 1 
 Chr. 5, 8. 
 
 ''l^lpa c. suff. ''15^3, 'i'^S^a, com- 
 pounded from ^2 not, non, and 15, ins, 
 to, even to. 
 
 1. Pr. not unto, nothing to or for. a 
 particle of deprecating or declining any 
 thing. Gen. 14. 24 ^b^x icx pi insba 
 
 B'^iyrn nothing for me, I ask nothing for 
 myself, only tluii which the young men 
 have eaten, etc. 41, 16 OTibx "'is^ 
 nsiB ciiill5-rx n:?^ iti not for me, God 
 will answer as to the welfare of Pharaoh. 
 
 2. without. Gen. 41, 44 without thee, 
 i. e. without thy knowledge and assent, 
 shall no man lift up his hand, etc. 
 
 3. besides, Is. 45, 6. EUipi. for ''l?)^ 
 1CX besides that which; Job 34, 32 
 ^nin nnx nmx "^isba (if I have sin- 
 ned) besides what I see, show thou it me. 
 Syr. f\\n, ^ .sSn, id. 
 
 '''??f? id. only with prefix "j^, i. e. 
 
 1. without. Is. 36, 10 am I now come 
 up without the Lord against this land? 
 i. e. without his will and permission. Jer. 
 44, 19. Comp. 'issa no. 2. 
 
 2. besides, Ps. 18," 32. Num. 5, 20. Is. 
 43, 11. 
 
 D^p3 (compounded from 'sa anddS, 
 peril, non-popularis, i. q. a foreigner, 
 stranger) pr. n. 
 
 1. Balaam, a false prophet. Num. c. 
 22-24. Deut. 23, 5. 6. Josh. 13, 22. 24, 9. 
 Mic. 6, 5. Sept. liuXm'tfi. 
 
 2. Bileam, a city of Manasseh beyond 
 Jordan, 1 Chr. 6. 55 [70] ; elsewhere 
 called c?!::;': (c? n^i^) Ibleam q. v. 
 
 P?^ to empty out, to make empty, 
 waste, i. q. p;?2 , and like it onomato- 
 poetic. imitating the sound of emptying 
 out a bottle. Is. 24, 1. Comp. Arab. 
 
 (^J-o I, IV, to open a bottle. 
 
 PuAL part. f. n;?x3T2 emptied out, i. e. 
 wasted, desert, Nah.'2, 11. Hence 
 
 Pf^ (emptier, spoiler) Balak, pr. n. 
 of a king of Moab in the time of Moses, 
 Num. 22, 2 sq. Josh. 24, 9. Judg. 11, 25. 
 Mic. 6; 5. 
 
 ^^i<^r3 Dan. 5, 1. 2. 9. 22. 29. 30. 8, 
 1, and n^T^J?bs 7, 1, Belshazzar, pr. n. 
 of the last of the Chaldean kings, whom 
 the book of Daniel speaks of as the son 
 of Nebuchadnezzar. 5, 2. 11. 13. 18. 22; 
 comp. Bar. 1, 11. 12. Sept. BulTt'yaag. 
 The last king of the Babylonians is 
 called by Herodotus A(tlivyr,ro:, 1. 188; 
 by Berosus in Jos. c. Ap. 1. 20. NuSov- 
 vTfSo?. It seems to be i. q. IStXSl^o^a q. v 
 
t))2 
 
 138 
 
 "22 
 
 (i. q. '"iirb-'iS son of the tongue, 
 i. 6. eloquent, see in a p, 109) Bilshan, 
 pr. n. of a man of rank who returned 
 with Zerubbabel from the exile, Ezra 2, 
 2. Neh. 7, 7. 
 
 f^rr? or f^r"? a subst. not in use, from 
 r.nba, after the form ros from i^DS, 
 Lehrg. p. 507; pr. vothing, a reducing 
 to nothing, i. q. b2 , "'^a . Hence, in the 
 construct state with Yod paragogic. 
 comes the form : 
 
 "^PfS 1. Adv. of negation, i. q. X^, 
 not, i Sam. 20, 26. 
 
 2. Prep. for. Ti^aa, i. q. xba , without 
 Is. I'l^ ; e.rcept, besidesSwhere a nega- 
 tive precedes, Gen. 21, 26. Ex. 22, 19. 
 Num. 11, 6. 32, 12. With suff. "^n^a be- 
 sides me Hos. 13, 4. Is. 10, 4. ^tnba besides 
 thee 1 Sam. 2, 2. In Is. 1. c. render : with- 
 out me (forsaken by me) they shall sink 
 down under the prisoners, and shall fall 
 beneath the slain, i. e. part of them as 
 captives, exhausted with hunger, thirst, 
 and toil, shall sink down under the feet 
 of their companions, conip. <^'^5'^ "pa 
 Judg. 5, 27 ; and part of them slain in 
 tattle shall be covered with the corpses 
 Df their fellows. 
 
 3. Conj. for ^ilix "^Pilsa besides that 
 Dan. 11, 18 ; except that, unless, Gen. 43, 
 .'3 ye shall not see my face D^Tix "^nba 
 tsaPix concept your brother be with you. 
 More fully CX "^nba unless if, unless it be 
 that, Amos 3, 4 ; also simply unless, save, 
 Judg. 7, 14. Gen. 47, 18. 
 
 4. With other prepositions: a) ''tn^aVi 
 c. Inf pr. to not, in that not, Judg. 8, 1. 
 The Hebrews use this particle whenever 
 the infin. with b ('tip^) is to be put 
 negatively (b-Jfs "'Fi^ab), and it may 
 .usually be rendered so as not to do so 
 ind so. in not doing so and so, etc. Ex. 
 8, 25 [29J. 9, 17 ; e. g. after verbs of re- 
 eisting, Jer. 16. 12; of forgetting, Deut. 
 S, 11 ; of hindering. Num. 9, 7. Also, o 
 that not, lest, Gen. 38, 9. With ace. and 
 inf. after verbs of commanding, Gen. 3, 
 11; of consenting, 2 K. 12, 9. Once 
 -pleonast. b ''Fibab 2 K. 23, 10. Thrice 
 ''pbab ifi followed by a finite verb for 
 IVSK "^nbab , Jer. 23. 14. 27, 18. Ez. 13, 3. 
 
 b) Tiba^ from not, i. e. because not, 
 with Inf Num. 14, 16 j before a verbal 
 Aoun Ez. 16, 28. 
 
 c) "^Piba 1!? tmtil not, until none, with 
 Praet. Num.21. 35. Deut. 3, 3. Josh. 8, 22. 
 10, 33 ; hence i. q. so long as, quanidiu, 
 Job 14, 12. Comp. ^ba IS . 
 
 rraS Kamets impure, (r. cna ,) plur. 
 Pi?3a , constr. id. and "'n'i^a Deut. 32, 13. 
 Is. 58, 14. Mic. 1, 3 Chethibh, but in 
 Keri ""rij^^ , and so in the text Job 9, 8. 
 Is. 14, 14. Amos 4, 13, see note ; c. suff. 
 'nira, etc. 
 
 1. a high place, height, a general word 
 comprehending mountains and hills, see 
 the root; 2 Sam. 1. 19. 25. "lyi pica 
 mountains with forests, Jer. 26, 18. Mic. 
 3, 12. Ez. 36, 2, comp. v. 1 T'r'^N riaa 
 the heights of Arnon, i. e. through which 
 that river flows. Num. 21, 28. 
 
 2. a fastness, strong-hold, an inac- 
 cessible retreat; comp. Lat. arx, Germ. 
 Burg. Ps. 18,34 "'S'lirs:: -"niTsa-b? he set 
 me upon my fastnesses, i. e. put me in 
 safety from the enemy. Hab. 3, 19. 
 Whoever possesses the fastnesses of a 
 country has also secure possession 
 of the whole land ; hence the poetical 
 phrase : j^is -rca-b? rp'^ he walketh 
 upon the fastnesses of the earth, spoken 
 of God as the Lord and governor of the 
 world, Amos 4, 13. Mic. 1, 3. Deut. 33, 
 29. Trop. B^-^rra-b? Job 9, 8 upcm the 
 fastnesses of the sea ; as""'rra-by Is. 14, 
 14 above the fastnesses of the clouds ; all 
 spoken in like mannerof God. Alsoa'^3'^11 
 Yyi ""r^Jrl"^? Deut. 32, 13. Is. 58, 14.' 
 
 3. The Hebrews, like most other an- 
 cient nations, supposed that sacred rites 
 performed on high places were particu- 
 larly acceptable to the Deity; see Com- 
 ment, on Is. 65, 7, and Vol. II. p. 316. 
 Hence they were accustomed to offer 
 sacrifices upon mountains and hills, both 
 to idols and to God himself, 1 Sam. 9, 12 
 sq. 1 Chr. 13, 29 sq. 1 K. 3, 4. 2 K. 12, 
 2. 4. Is. 56, 7 ; and also to build there 
 chapels, fanes, tabernacles, riran 'pia 
 1 K. 13, 32. 2 K. 17, 29 ; with their 
 priests and other ministers of tlie sacred 
 rites, niran -^rna l K. 12, 32. 2 K. 17, 32. 
 And so tenacious of this ancient custom 
 were not only the ten tribes, (see the 
 passages above cited) but also all the 
 Jews, that even after the building of 
 Solomon's temple, notwithstanding the 
 express law in Deut. c. 12, they conti- 
 
n?jn 
 
 139 
 
 nued to erect such chapels on the moun- 
 tains around Jerusalem, and to offer 
 aacrificea in them ; and even those kings 
 who in other respects strictly observed 
 the law of Moses, until Josiah, did not 
 abolish these unlawful sacrifices among 
 the people, nor themselves desist from 
 them ; 2 K. 12, 14. 14, 4. 15,4. 35 ; comp. 
 2 Chr. 20, 33. 15, 17. 2 K. 23, 8. 9. 19. 
 Ez. 6, 3. 20, 29. Lev. 26, 30. Even 
 Solomon himself sacrificed in chapels of 
 this sort, 1 K. 3, 2. 3, comp. 11, 7. See 
 the author's discussion respecting these 
 high places in Pref to Gramberg's Reli- 
 gionsideen des A. T. Vol. I. p. xiv, etc. 
 
 4. Very often m:a is i. q. ri^^'^^n n-^? 
 hotisc of the high-place, i. e. a hill-chapel, 
 erected to God or to idols upon a moun- 
 tain or hill, see in no. 3. 1 K. 11. 7. 14. 
 23. 2 K. 17, 9. 21, 3. 23, 15. Trans- 
 ferred also to any chapel or fane, e. g. in 
 the valley of Hinnom, Jer. 7, 31 ; comp. 
 Ethiop. .^flC mountain, also cloister. 
 Prob. these chapels or fanes were some- 
 times tents or tabernacles, decked with 
 curtains, Ez. 16. 16; comp. 2 K. 23, 7. 
 Am. 5, 26. Such tabernacles were in 
 use among the Carthaginians, and also 
 among the ancient Slavi; Diod. 20. 25. 
 Mone in Creuzer's Symbol. 5. 176. 
 
 5. Rarely a sepulchral mound, tumw- 
 lus, Gr. ^oifiog, Ez. 43, 7 ; comp. v. 8 and 
 the intpp. on Is. 53. 9. where also this 
 signification is applicable. 
 
 Note. The form of the Plur. constr. 
 "niiaa, in which there is a double plural 
 ending, has its counterpart in 'ni'lJX'i 
 1 Sam. 26. 12 ; comp. Lehrg. p. 541.' The 
 Masorites reject this form, and substitute 
 for it T! Jt^ This latter many pronounce 
 bA-inthe ; but i , as being immutable, 
 could not thus be shortened into Hateph- 
 Kamets. More correctly therefore it is 
 pronounced bo-mPthe, for ''n'23 , from a 
 sing, nra after the form niua, the n 
 being retained in the plural, as in rbn, 
 P.irb'n . But disregarding this judgment 
 of the Masorites, it should prob. every 
 where be read "'niTaa , "^nta . 
 
 '\l''?-? (son of circumcision, i. e. cir- 
 cumcised, for bnis'^a , see in "2 p. 109) 
 Bimhal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 33. 
 
 Itta see I'a. 
 
 m>aa (heights) Bamoth, Num. 21, 19, 
 more fully bs2 piisa (heights of Baal) 
 22, 41. Josh. 13, 17, pr. n. of a town in 
 Moab on the river Amon. 
 
 1? (for nsa from r. njS no. 3 ) constr. 
 ""(3 , and 80 before the prefixes S , 3 , b , 
 without Makkeph ; rarely '(3 Prov. 30, 1. 
 Deut. 25, 2. Jon. 4, 10, and always be- 
 fore the pr. n. ")13 ; once "'^a (like ^3X) 
 Gen. 49, 11, and 133 Num. 24,' 3. 15. Plur. 
 D"'33 as if from a Sing. ")3 ; constr. "'Sa . 
 
 1. a son. Arab, ^^f , plur. /jj^' 
 constr. yXj , ^JLj ; in the Phenician re- 
 mains very often "ja; Aram. sing. 13, 
 Ij-s, from K'13 to beget, but with plur. 
 "fSS, "33, } tin. Spoken xaz f'^o^rjv of 
 a king^s son Is. 9, 5 ; comp. Tj^^'l? Ps. 
 72, 1. Plur. C^SB sons sometimes for 
 children of both sexes, Gen. 3, 16. 21, 7. 
 30, 1. 31, 17. 32, 12. Deut. 4, 10 ; though 
 this idea is more frequently put fully, 
 so)is and daughters risai csa Gen. 5, 4. 
 7. 10. 13. 11, 11 sq. In 'the Sing, there 
 is also a trace of comm. gend. in "i:T"*(a 
 (more correctly "i3T "3) a man-child Jer. 
 20, 15 ; comp. vlog uq^t]v Rev. 12, 5. 
 Poet, sons of the Greeks for the Greeks 
 themselves Joel 4, 6, like vitq ^Jymwv ; 
 also sons of the Ethiopians i. q. Ethiop- 
 ians Am. 9, 7; comp. n"'"i33 I'nb'i i. q. 
 strangers Is. 2, 6, *i"^a5< "'Sa i. q. the poor 
 Ps. 72, 4, Gr. 8vaxriV(av ntndfi II. 21. 151. 
 This mode of speaking every where im- 
 plies a like condition of the father and 
 son. 
 
 The word son, like those of father and 
 brother (see ax, ns), is employed by 
 the Hebrews in various other and wider 
 senses, e. g. 
 
 2. a grandson, like 3X a grandfather, 
 Gen. 29, 5. Ezra 5, 1 ; comp. Zech. 1, 1. 
 More definitely a grandson is called 
 :^:a",a Judg. 9, 22. Plur. n-i^a grand- 
 sons Gen. 32, 1 [31, 55}. 31. 28; though 
 where greater accuracy is used grand- 
 sons are Ct^Ued csa "^ia, Ex. 34, 7. Prov. 
 13, 22. 17, 6. Plur. also for children, 
 i. e. descendants, posterity, as bx'^''P7 ^5^ 
 children of Israel, Israelites ; irj'n"} 133 , 
 "''lb "ija, the children of Judah, of Levi, 
 i. e. Jews, Levites ; "i'i'2? T3a Ammonites, 
 nrj -^sa Hittites, bKSnia'i 'SS Ishmaelites. 
 
T^ 
 
 140 
 
 IS 
 
 In the same sense is said ^*|'jia'J ri'^3, 
 n'i!in'i n-^a, see rr^a no. 9; also''b"' ai'^x 
 see ai"'S< no. 1. g. 
 
 3. As a name of age, i. q. a hoy^ youth, 
 like Gr. iiuig, comp. n2 no. 3. Cant. 2, 3. 
 Prov. 7, 7. 
 
 4. Put for a subject, vassal, yielding 
 obedience to a king or lord, as to a father, 
 2 K. 16, 7. Hence metaph.sono/'fZea^A 
 i. e. one condemned to death, q. d. deliv- 
 ered over to the power of death, 1 Sam. 
 20, 31. 2 Sam. 12,5; a son of stripes, i. e. 
 condemned to be beaten, Deut. 25, 2. 
 Comp. vioi; ytivvrjg Matt. 23, 15 ; vlog 
 trjg ikiKxAdaq John 17, 12. 
 
 5. afosler-son, educated as a son, Ex. 
 2, 10, comp. Acts 7, 21. Also a pupil, 
 disciple, since teachers were regarded 
 and obeyed as in the place of parents, 
 and were also addressed by the title of 
 father, see in ax no. 6. Hence "^53 
 CX'^asn the sons i. e. disciples of the pro- 
 phets, spoken of the schools of prophets, 
 1 K. 20, 35. 2 K. 2, 3. 5. 7. 4, 38. al. 
 comp. Am. 7, 14. So among the Per- 
 sians the sons of the magi are their disci- 
 ples ; comp. among the Greeks uaQbtv 
 viol, ^Tjic^wP vtoi, nuidsg povaiHwv, tpilo- 
 aoifon', for lutqoI, /dovaixol, etc. Syr. 
 .^yfi ^Xs sons i. e. disciples of Bar- 
 desanes. Hence also in the book of 
 Proverbs, the poet (teacher) addresses 
 the reader as his son, Prov. 2, 1. 3, 1. 
 21. 4, 10. 20. 5, 1. 6, 1. 7, 1 ; comp. r? 
 Ps. 45. 11. 
 
 6. With a genit. of place, 13 denotes a 
 zai/reofthat place, one born and brought 
 up there ; e. g. sons of Zion, Zionites, Ps. 
 149,2; sons (f Babylon, Babylonians, Ez. 
 23, 15. 17 ; sons of the East, Arabians, see 
 C"i|5 no. 2 ; sons of the province Ezra 2, 1 ; 
 tons of a strange land Gen. 17, 12 ; son 
 of the house, i. e. a home-born slave, 
 verna, see ri^a no. 1 ; son of my womb, 
 i. e. born of the same womb, see in "iKa 
 no. 2. This arises from the more gene- 
 ral idiom, by which whatever is done in 
 any place or time is ascribed to that 
 place or time itself, see ts. 3, 26. 8, 23. 
 Job 3, 3, etc. So too countries or cities 
 are regarded as mothers of tlie indivi- 
 dual inhabitants, see CK no 5 ; and also 
 nations or a people, os fathers ; whence 
 is said likewise ^aJ? "^i^, the wiis of my 
 
 people, i. e. my countrymen, my tribe's- 
 men, see cy ; and csn "^23 are the com- 
 mon people Jer. 17, 19. 26, 23. Spoken 
 of animals, Deut. 32, 14 rams, the sons 
 of Bashan. Trop. also of things con- 
 tained in anyplace, as sons of the quiver^ 
 i. e. arrows. Lam. 3, 13. 
 
 7. With a genit. of time, it denotes a 
 person or thing born or appearing in that 
 time, or which has existed during that 
 time. So the son of one''s old age, i. e. 
 begotten in old age. Gen. 37, 3 ; the son of 
 one's youth, i. e. begotten in his father's 
 youth, Ps. 127, 4 ; sons of bereavement, 
 born of a mother bereaved, i. e. in exile. 
 Is. 49, 20. Also the son of five hundred 
 years, i. e. five hundred years old, Gen. 
 5, 32 ; a lamb ri2d~"|a the son of a year, 
 a yearling. Ex. 12, 5; of the ricinus, .Ton. 
 4, 10 nax nb";b-ja!i n^'^ nb';'y-,2'ij which 
 came up in a night and perished in a 
 night. Poet, son of the morning for the 
 morning star, Lat. Lucifer, Is. 14, 12. 
 
 8. With a genit. of a quality good or 
 bad, or of a condition in life, '3 denotes a 
 man possessing that quality or brought 
 up in that condition ; e. g. ^';'n~'i2 son of 
 strength or of the host, i.e. a warrior, hero, 
 see in b^n ; also !:rba-;2 son of ic-ick- 
 edness, a wicked man, ribiy ja id. "^33 
 yntu sons of pride, poet, of wild beasts ; 
 ':>'",3 i. q. i:y afflicted Prov. 31, 5 ; son 
 of possession i. e. possessor, heir. Gen. 15, 
 2 ; sons of suretyship i. e. hostages. 2 K. 
 14, 14. Comp. vlog t^? U7iti&ii(xg Eph. 
 2,2; Tsxvu vnuxof,g 1 Pet. 1. 14. In other 
 figurative and poetical expressions of 
 this kind, which are also frequent in the 
 kindred languages, (see Gol. Lex. Arab, 
 art. ^^1, Castell and Buxtorf art. "i3, 
 Jones de Poesi Asiat. p. 128 sq.) that is 
 said to be the son of any thing, which is 
 similar to that thing, as sons of the light- 
 ning for birds of prey which fly swift as 
 the lightning Job 5, 7; or which is de- 
 pendent on it, as sons of the bow i. q. 
 arrows Job 41, 20; or which is in any 
 close connection with it. as sons of oil i. e. 
 anointed Zech. 4. 14 ; son of oil or fatness 
 i. e. fat, fertile, Is. 5, 1. Comp. ax , ttJ^N , 
 
 9. Sons of God. an appellation given 
 in the O. T. a) To angels. Gen. 6, 2 sq. 
 Job 1, 6. 2, 1. 38, 7. Ps. 29 1. 89, 7 ; either 
 
:n 
 
 1141 
 
 n 
 
 as constituting the hosts and minlBtere of 
 God, see S35C ; or because of their greater 
 resemblance to the divine nature, al- 
 though a body is ascribed to tliem in 
 Gen. 1. c. b) To kings, not only of the 
 Hebrews, but sometimes also to those 
 of foreign nations, comp. Ps. 89, 28 ; as 
 being the vicegerents of God on earth, 
 taught and aided by a divine spirit, 
 1 Sam. 10, 6. 9. 11, 6. 16, 13. 14. Is. 11, 
 1.2; on this account called also by the 
 Greek poets Jw/evng (iacrdiitg. Ps. 2, 7 
 Jehorah said unto me, Thou art my son 
 this day fuwe I begotten thee, i. e. con- 
 stituted thee king, comp. Jer. 2, 27. Ps. 
 82, 6. 7 I fuice said, Ye are gods, (O ye 
 kings.) and all of you sans of the Must 
 High ; but ye shall die like common men, 
 etc. Ps. 89, 28. 2 Sam. 7, 14. c) To 
 righteous men, the pious worshippers of 
 God, saints, Ps. 73, 15. Prov. 14, 26. 
 Deut. 14. 1. Spec, to the Israelites, al- 
 though often ungrateful children. Is. 1, 
 2. 30, 1. 9. 43, 6. Hos. 2, 1. Jer. 3, 14. 19. 
 In Sing. Israel is called the son of God 
 Hos. 11, 1 ; and also the first-born and 
 beloved son, Ex. 4, 22. 23, comp. Jer. 31, 
 20. 
 
 10. Spoken of the young of animals, as 
 iXS-ija sons of the flock, lambs, Ps. 114, 
 4 ; iahx "^la the son of his ojss, i. q. his foal, 
 ii"^!?, Gen. 49, 11 ; sons of the dove, i. e. 
 young doves. Lev. 12, 6; sons of the 
 raven i. e. young ravens, Ps. 147, 9. 
 
 11. Poet, son of a tree seems put for a 
 shoot, branch, bough, (com]p. p3T^ , nj?3i'i ,) 
 Gen. 49, 22 Cici-> nn's "|2 Joseph is the 
 son of a frnilful tree ; here "|3 (or perh. 
 more correctly "'la) seems to be in the 
 constr. state, and n'lS to be i. q. Ti'^'~\'B Is. 
 17; 6. i. e.f mi t-bearing, fruitful, sc. tree ; 
 see in r. nno no. 1. a. '(na-jSi Is. 21, 10, 
 see in 'iia. 
 
 12. Ben, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15. 18. Other 
 compound pr. names are the following : 
 
 a) ''?"i>5"'2. (son of my sorrow) Ben-oni, 
 a name given by his mother to Benja- 
 min. Gen. 33, 18. 
 
 b) iinia (son or worshipper of Ha- 
 dad or Adod, the chief divinity of the 
 Syrians, comp. Macrob. Saturnal. 1. 23, 
 and pr. n. "'.!>'7ir!) Ben-Hadad, pr. n. 
 of three kings of Syria of Damascus. 
 The first of them waged war with Baa- 
 sha king (4" the ten tribes, 1 K. 15, 20 sq. 
 
 2 Chr. 16, 2 sq. The second was the sob 
 of the preceding and contemporary with 
 Ahab (I K. 20, 34); he twice besieged 
 Samaria, and became more famous than 
 his father, 1 K. 20, 1 sq. 2 K. 24, 6 sq. 8, 7. 
 The third was the son of Hazael, and 
 lost most of the provinces acquired by 
 his predecessors, 2 K. c. 13. The pa- 
 laces of Ben-hadad, i. e. of Damascus, 
 Jer. 49, 27. Am. 1, 4. 
 
 c) nnif'ia BeU'Zoheth, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 4, 20. See nnit . 
 
 d) ^"'"'l^ (son of strength, warrior) 
 Ben-luiil, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 17, 7. 
 
 e) *ijn~")a (son of one gracious) Ben^ 
 hanan, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20. 
 
 f ) 'j''a^~']a (son of the right hand, i. e. 
 of good fortune, see in art. )"''?^3a, also 
 "pov) Benjamin, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 
 7, 10. b) Ezra 10, 32. Neh. 3, 23. 
 Where the patriarch Benjamin is meant^ 
 this name is always written as one word, 
 ^^^sa q. V. except once in 1 Sam. 9, 1 
 Cheth. 
 
 g) p'ia"''3a (sons of lightning) Bene- 
 berak, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of 
 Dan, Josh. 19, 45. 
 
 h) 'li'?'^ 'sa see '"> 'a m'nxa. 
 
 IS Chald. id. found only in Plur. |'^33, 
 "^33 , the place of the Sing, being filled 
 by' "la . E. g. xnsiba 153 so)is of exile, 
 i. e. exiles, captives, Dan. 2, 25. V'?'^^ ''^^ 
 young bullocks, Ezra 6, 9. Syr. j^ , plur. 
 
 :? Chald. c. suff. ^^2 Ezra 5, 11, 
 infin. N3a^b Ezra 5, 2. 17, n^saab 5, 9, 
 N33b 5, 3. 13, i. q. Hebr. nja,' to build, 
 Dan. 4, 27. 
 
 Ithpe. pass. Ezra 4, 13, 21 ; with ace. 
 of material Ezra 5, 8. 
 
 **y^ fut. n3ai,conv. "ja^i, and six 
 times n3a*i , nsasi . 
 
 1. to build, to erect, to construct, as a 
 house, temple, city, walls, fortifications 
 Ez. 4, 2 ; an altar Gen,^8, 20 ; chapels or 
 tabernacles Jer. 7, 31 ; the frame-work of 
 ships Ez. 27, 5 ; once apparently of lay- 
 ing the foundation of an edifice 1 K. 6, 1, 
 comp. 2 Chr. 3, 1 where it is nisab bn^] . 
 Arab. Laj, Aram, lis, Ksa, id. Comp. 
 lax and "iiax. The material vnth, of, 
 from which any thing is built, is mostly 
 put in the ace. 1 K. 18, 32 "nx nsa-si 
 
rwi 
 
 142 
 
 
 
 nst^a fi'^r^^Hf^ ciiid he built the stones 
 (into) an altar, i. e. with or of them ; 
 comp. Lehrg. p. 813. Ex. 20, 22. Deut. 
 27,6. 1 K. 15,22. More rarely with 3 1 K. 
 15, 22 fin. Construed also : a) With 
 ace. of place on which one builds, to build 
 tip or over, 1 K. 6, 15. 16, 24. b) With 
 ace. of person, where it is i. q. to build a 
 house for any one. i. e. to give him a fixed 
 abode, and trop. to make him prosperous 
 (for another sense of this formula see no. 
 3) ; Jer. 24, 6 / will bring them again 
 into this land, c^nrosii o'nnx xbn o''n"'2a!i 
 tJiFiS iibi and I will build them and not 
 j)uU down, and I will plant them and not 
 pluck up, i. e. I will give them a fixed 
 abode and make them prosperous. 31, 4. 
 S3, 7. 42, 10. Ps. 28, 5. Arab. Lo bene- 
 ficiis auxit aliquem. c) With 3 , to build 
 on any thing, to be occupied in building, 
 Neh. 4, 4. IL Zech. 6, 15. With hv, to 
 huildagainst anyone, to obstruct ; Lam. 
 3, 5 God hath builded against me, ob- 
 structed me, shut up my way on every 
 side so that I cannot get out ; comp. "I'la 
 V. 7. 9. Trop. to construct, i. e. to form, 
 to make, with ^ , into a woman Gen. 2, 22. 
 
 2. to build up, to rebuild, to restore, 
 e. g. a house or city in ruins, Amos 9, 
 
 14. Ps. 122, 3 O Jerusalem thou restored! 
 Ul, 2. Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34. 2 K. 14, 
 22. Comp. r^is-^n nja under art. fisin 
 no. 2. So of the fortifications of a city, 
 1 K. 15, 17. 
 
 3. h n"^3 njs to build a house to or for 
 any one, i. q. to give him offspring, pos- 
 terity ; see n'^S no. 9, and Niph. no. 3. 
 By a common oriental metaphor, house 
 is transferred to a family, and children ; 
 and whoever begets children, is said to 
 build a house. Hence 'S son comes 
 from the idea of building, i. e. of beget- 
 ting. The same metaphor is elegantly 
 carried out in Plaut. Mostell. 1. 2. 37. 
 
 Niph. 1 . Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be built, 
 Num. 13, 22. Deut. 13, 17; with ace. of 
 material 1 K. 6. 7. Persons are said to 
 be built up, when they are placed in a 
 fixed abode and rendered prosperous, 
 see in Kal no. 1. b. Jer. 12, 16. Mai. 3, 
 
 15. Job 22. 23. A different metaphor 
 see in no. 3. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be rebuilt, re- 
 stored, U. 44, 28. 
 
 3. A woman is said to be built up when 
 her house (family) is built up, i. e. when 
 offspring is given her ; see in Kal no. 3. 
 Gen. 16, 2 nSH^ nsax "^Vsis perhaps I 
 may be built up through her, i. e. obtain 
 children by her. 30, 3. 
 
 Deriv. ,3 . ra, n;;32, 'I'^ss , njaio , ri-^Jan, 
 to which may be added many pr. names, 
 as ''iisa, 'ja, 1S2, ni:a, -iniis, nan*', 
 i>s<3ai, nijai, "^sa^a, 
 
 ''^SSl (a building) Binnui, pr. n. m. 
 freq. after the exile : a) Neh. 7, 15 ; 
 written "^sa Ezra 2, 10. b) Ezra 10, 
 30. 38. c) Ezra 8, 33. d) Neh. 3, 24. 
 10, 10. 12, 8. 
 
 f^1"5 daughters, see ra . 
 
 "'23 (built) Bani, pr. n. m. a) One 
 of David's warriors 2 Sam. 23, 36. b) 
 1 Chr. 6, 31. c) 1 Chr. 9, 4 Keri. d) 
 Neh. 3, 17. 9, 4. 5. 10, 14. 11, 22. e) See 
 -^2 a. f ) Ezra 10, 29. 34. 38. Neh. 8, 
 7. 10, 15. 
 
 ^^^ (built, a verbal of Pual) Bunni, 
 pr. n.' m. Neh. 9, 4. 10, 16. Different is 
 'i^S Bunni, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 15. 
 
 *'^'^r'^ (whom Jehovah hath built up, 
 see ri:3 no, 1. b,) Benaiah, pr. n. m. a) 
 1 Chr'. 4, 36. b) 2 Chr. 20, 14. c) Ezra 
 10, 25. 30. 35. 43. d) See next art. c. e. 
 
 ^'^^r^ pr. n. m. Benaiah (i. q. i^^!') 
 a) 1 Chr. 15, 24. 16, 5. b) 1 Chr. 27734. 
 c) 2 Sam. 8, 18. 23, 20. 22 ; written also 
 rrjra 20, 23. d) 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 16, 5. 
 e)" 2 Sam. 23, 30 ; written also n^sa 
 1 Chr. 11, 31. 27. 14. f) 2 Chr. 31, 13. 
 g) Ez. 11, 1. 13. 
 
 n^:S f a building, Ez. 41, 13. R. 
 nja. Comp. ,^:3. 
 
 'j">'!a^!3 (son of the right hand i. e. of 
 good fortune, q. d. Felix, see "j'^c^ no. 4,) 
 pr. n. Benjamin, Sept. Btvut^iv, the 
 patriarch, youngest son of Jacob and 
 Rachel, and founder of the tribe of like 
 name, r;'?3 "^23 Num. 1, 36, 'a na 
 Josh. 21, 4. 17, and simpl. 'r^^JS m. Judg. 
 20, 39. 40. Their territory, '^^'^^ V^K 
 Jer. 1, 1, lay nearly in the middle oCPalcs- 
 tine on this side Jordan, and is described 
 Josh. 18, 21 sq. A certain warlike dis- 
 position in this tribe is alluded to in Gen. 
 49, 27. The r^>:= "^5^ Sa^^ "f I^''"p- 
 min was on the northern side of Jerusa- 
 
143 
 
 rf2, 
 
 lera, Jer. 37, 13. 38, 7. Zech. 14, 10 ; prob. 
 the same Ci'\lled elsewhere the gate of 
 Ephraim. 2 K. 14, 13. Neh.8, 16. When- 
 ever this imme designates the patriarch 
 Benjamin, it is written in one word ; see 
 in T'^^'ia p. 141. The gentile n. is writ- 
 ten separately, "'3''0']"'ia (comp. Lehrg. 
 p. 515) 1 Sam. 9, 21.'P8. 7, 1, Ben- 
 jaminite, lienjamite ; with the art. ""|2 
 'r';n (like 'fflT^'in n-'s) Judg. 3, 15". 
 2 Sam. 16, 11. Plur. '^s^B-; '33 Judg. 
 19, 16. Ellipt. 'S'^o^ ir-is Ibr ",3 \rii< 
 >?;, 1 Sara. 9, 1. 2 Sam. 20. 1 also 
 
 '^Y^l 7")^ 1 Sam. 9, 4, like Arab. ^>Xj 
 Bekrite for Abubekrite, from Jo v?!- 
 1^221 m. (r. nja) 1. a building, edi- 
 fice, Ez. 41, 12. Syr. |Vi1n a build- 
 
 ,^o> 
 
 ing, Arab. ^LuJ id. 
 
 2. a ira//. Ez. 40, 5. 
 
 I^'SS Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1, Ezra 5, 4. 
 
 13'^33 (our son, from the Segolate form 
 "aa Gen. 49, 11) Beninti, pr. n. m. Neh. 
 lb,' 14 [13]. 
 
 rr-r Chald. to be angry, indignant, 
 Dan. 2. 12. Often in the Targuras. 
 
 ^^r^ (according to Simonis i. q. FiJaJ 
 a gushing forth, fountain) Binea, pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 9, 43; also n?:3 ib. 8, 37. 
 
 ^t'^^^r' {^^ the intimacy of Jehovah, 
 Bee ^io) Besodeiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 6. 
 
 ''?? pr. n. m. Besai, Ezra 2, 49. Neh. 
 7, 52. Perh. Sanscr. bigaya victory, also 
 pr. n. So Bohlen. 
 
 ^*ET ^ spurious root, see Dia Hithp. 
 
 'i'7 a root not used in Hebrew, 
 prob. to he sour, i. q. "ixb q. v. whence 
 
 Arab. ^.jmO to do any ihing too soon ; 
 
 also to look sour, to make a sour face. 
 Hence 
 
 103 c. suff. i-ioa Job 15, 33, and 
 
 10*^ m. collect, unripe grapes, sour 
 grapes. Is. 18, 5. Jer. 31, 29, 30. Ez. 18, 
 2. Different from n'^cxa q. v. labruscee, 
 wild-grapes. Sept-o^/qpaJ. Chald. Kno^ia 
 id. Syr. ]fMi sour grapes. 
 
 ^^3 Chald. see after nsa . 
 
 "l^ a root not used in Hebrew; 
 
 Arab. Juu to be distant, absent, re- 
 mote ; IV, to remove ; Ethiop. pr. to be 
 other, different, and hence Prsut. A, trans. 
 nUiR to change, to exchange, 't'flOJ? 
 to be made other, different, flOJ?' and 
 QO.^ other, another, different Among 
 the Hebrews it would seem to have de- 
 noted : to be without (opp. to within), to 
 be near, close by. Hence 
 
 *1?3 and 1?3, c. suff. "-^sa et 'jnsa 
 Ps. 139, 11, T^nra in Pause Tj-ija, in?a, 
 !i3-ira, once 'iJ^'ira Amos 9, 10, csnra, 
 Ciya ; primarily a Subst. but in usage 
 always a Prepo.sition denoting in general 
 the being without an object (opp. to 
 within), but near to it ; and then spec, 
 the two following more definite relations 
 of place. 
 
 1 . about, round about, which latter idea 
 is expressed more definitely by a'^ao . 
 
 a) Genr. see for both particles (tya 
 and a-'ao) Job 1, 10 lira riD';? nnx xbn 
 aias73 ib i^jx-ba -isai irca if a^ hast 
 thou not made an hedge about him, and 
 about his house, and about all that lie 
 hath, on ever-y side ? Lam. 3, 7 ""ira ti3 
 he hath made a wall round about me. 
 Ps. 139, 11 "irnsa nix nb-^bi even the night 
 is light about me. Hence a) With 
 verbs of shutting up, (pr. shutting up 
 aro?M?dorw/)o?iany one.)a8Cn'; isa tJO 
 1 Sam. 1, 6, and cnn 1?a ns^' Gen. 20", 
 
 18, to shut up the womb, i. e. to render a wo- 
 man unfruitful. Poet. CJ-^asisn nsa crn 
 God sealeth up the stars Job 9, 7. For 
 'a nsa njo and i"tsa 15D, see no. 2. 
 (5) With words implying protection ; Ps. 
 3, 4 ''133 ja'a a shield round about me. 
 Zech. 12, 8. /) Put, like the Gr. v^bq, 
 for all that one does^br, on account of, 
 in behalf of any one ; e. g. to pray /or 
 any one 1 Sam. 7, 9, see bbarn ; to 
 bring a sin-offering for. Job 42. 8, see 
 IQ2 . So of consulting an oracle Is. 8, 
 
 19, Jer. 21, 2 ; bribing a judge Job 6. 22 ; 
 and of other like ideas, Ez. 22, 30. 2 Sam. 
 10, 12. 2 Chr. 19, 12. Ps. 138, 8. In Prov. 
 
 20, 16 to take a pledge /or any one, for 
 whom one becomes security. Then 
 without a verb. Job 2, 4 liS 153 lis skin 
 for skin. Prov. 6, 26 IS njir'nt's 153 
 onb ^^'sfor a whore one comes to a piece 
 
;'S 
 
 144 
 
 ofbread^ i. e. he who yields to her, hves 
 for her and comes to want. 
 
 b) In a passive relation as surrounded 
 round about by any thing, i. e. in or 
 through the midst of^ amid, among, 
 through ; like ufi(fl in the phrases afi(fl 
 icXudoig, ufjql dQV/joXc, u^q.1 tivqI aiijiTui 
 rginoda, see Matthias Gr. Gramm. 
 583. b. Joel 2. 8 >ibD7 rib^n nsS in the 
 midst of the weapons (missiles) do they 
 fall J comp. TKfimljiitiv xivl to rush into 
 the midst of any thing. Very often in 
 the phrase "P^nri 1?2 through a window, 
 with a verb of looking, Gen. 26, 8. Prov. 
 7, 6 ; of passing in or out, Josh. 2, 15. 
 1 Sam 19, 12. Joel 2, 9 ; of falling, 2 K. 
 1^ 2. ^'ix 1^"2 surrounded with dark- 
 ness Job 22, 13. Is. 32, 14 mound and 
 watch-tower shall be amid caverns, i. e. 
 surrounded by them. Amos 9, 10 xb 
 ni-nn ^rns'3 n-''np?ni ui-'an the evil will 
 not draw near nor come among zis. 
 
 c) As expressing indefinite nearness, 
 like Gr. nf^l, Engl, about, i. e. by, near. 
 1 Sam. 4. 18 ^rirn 1^ ^Vl by the side of 
 the gate ; comp. ^?Tl'n i;:-bj< 2 Sam. 18, 
 4. Here ";] 1;'2 is pr. ' about the side,' 
 i.a. at luind, near by. 
 
 2. behind, after; Arab. Juu, JoU) 
 after, spoken of time. This signif con- 
 nects itself directly with no. 1. a. b ; for 
 whoever is surrounded by certain limits 
 or objects, e. g. a wall, is behind the 
 same ; see 2 Sam. 20, 21. Cant. 4, 1. Job 
 22, 13. This sense is also clear and 
 necessary (though questioned by FSsi) 
 in Judg. 3, 23 then Ehud went forth 
 through the porch and shut the door of 
 the chamber (i'lia) after him. Here it 
 is impossible to translate i'lya ""50*1, he 
 shut himself in ; for Ehud shut up the 
 murdered king in the chamber, and he 
 himself fled ; nor can insa be referred to 
 Eglon, who is not mentioned in this con- 
 nection'. [But see the Note below.] In 
 the Bfime manner we may best construe 
 the phrases 'b n?3 rbrjn ijo , 'd Trii -lao , 
 to shut to (the door) after one who enters 
 a place, Gen. 7, 16. 2 K. 4, 4. 5 ; and 
 inri ^ats, inra rt-nn njo, to shut to af- 
 ter oneself on entering a place or room, 
 Judg. 9, 51. 2 K. 4, 33. Is. 26, 20. It is 
 true, in both these cases, so far as the 
 sense is concerned, we might translate, 
 
 to shut in any one or oneself pr. to shut 
 in round about, as in no. 1. a. / but 
 against this is the construction with rh'i , 
 since we cannot speak of shutting a door 
 round about any one, inasmuch as the 
 door does not surround the person. 
 Judg. 3, 22 the fat closed nnbn Tra be- 
 hind the blade. Cant. 4, 1 "v^^s^b "i??^ 
 behiiul thy veil, h 'li'S^ being i. q. X"2. 
 V. 3. 6, 7. 2 Sam. 20, 21 his head shall 
 be thrown to thee n7:iPiri ira pr. behind 
 the wall, i. e. from behind the wall, where 
 the thrower stood ; others, around the 
 wall, i. e. over it, since the thing thrown 
 describes a curve over the wall. So in 
 Job 22, 13 bs'iN -IS 3 might be rendered : 
 behind the darkness ; see in no. 1. b. 
 
 Note. See on this particle Ewald's 
 Gramm. p. 613 ; Fasi in Jahn's Neue 
 Jahrbiicher I. p. 187-9. Against the 
 latter we have here endeavoured to vin- 
 dicate the sense : behind, after ; which 
 the former also at a later period ac- 
 knowledged, Schulgramm. 550. [But 
 it is not easy to see why the passage 
 chiefly relied upon above, Judg. 3, 23, 
 may not be rendered as in the English 
 version : and shut the door il^^a upon 
 him sc. Eglon, who is distinctly referred 
 to, both in the preceding and following 
 verse ; and to shut a door upon one in 
 this way, is to shut him up in an en- 
 closed space, and in so far to shut up 
 around him, as in no. 1. a. u. So too of 
 the other similar phrases above cited. 
 Further, in Judg. 3, 22 we may say, the 
 fat closed around the blade ; in Cant. 4, 
 1 the doves' eyes are in the m,idst of the 
 veil, surrounded by it, or else seen 
 through it ; while in 2 Sam. 20, 21 it is 
 more easy to conceive that the head 
 may have been thrown through a win- 
 dow or hole in the wall, tht\n to adopt 
 the explanation given above. Tliere 
 seems, therefore, to be no necessity for 
 the sense no. 2 ; since all the passages 
 may be satisfactorily explained by the 
 diflerent shades of the meaning no, 1. 
 R. 
 
 *n;j3 fut. nsa^ 1. to make swell, 
 to cause to boil, as water ; Is. 64, 1 Cia 
 tJX nsan as the fire caiiseth the water to 
 
 boil. Corresponding is Arab. Ub spoken 
 
i<7a 
 
 145 
 
 bra 
 
 of a lumor or swelling Chald. K2 to 
 boil. For the kiiidrcd roots yi2 , 533, 
 see uiuk-r J^ia . From the idea of swell- 
 ing iind heat comes in Arab, the signif. 
 of absorhing, and also of ardently desir- 
 ing, longing ; hence likewise in Hebrew : 
 
 2. to seek, to ask, to inquire, Is. 21, 12 
 bis. Aram. KS2 , |ls . 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be 
 swollen, tumid, and hence to swell out. to 
 be prominent. Is. 30, 12 0523 bob yiZS 
 nssbs nrina as a breach ready to fall, 
 auielling out in a high wall. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be sought out, 
 searched, Obad. 6. 
 
 Deriv. "'SS , and ""S for '^S2 . 
 
 K^a Chald. fut. KJa") 1. to seek, to 
 search after, c. ace. Dan. 2, 13. 6, 5. In 
 the Targums often for Heb. ^'^3l . 
 
 2. to ask. to petition, to entreat of any 
 one, c. -{0 Dan. 2, 16, tnp^^ 6, 12, tnp^^ 'k 
 2, 18. fly2 J<r2 to ask a petition Dan. 6, 
 8. Hence 
 
 'TS^S Chald. f a petition, request, Dan. 
 6, 8. 14. 
 
 "Iiya (a torch, lamp, r. *iy3) Beor, pr. 
 n. a) The father of Balaam, Num. 22, 
 5. Deut. 23, 5. Sept. IhbiQ, Baimg. 2 
 Pet. 2, 15 Boa6g. b) The father of Be- 
 la king of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 32. 
 1 Chr. 1, 43. 
 
 D'lri^ya m. plur. (r. n52) terrors, Ps. 
 88, 17. Job 6, 4. 
 
 '?^ obsol root, Arab, -jjb alacer, 
 agilis fuit. Hence -^ 
 
 T?a (alacrity) Boaz, pr. n. a) A 
 Bethlehemite who married Ruth, Ruth 
 2, 1 sq. b) A column set up before the 
 temple of Solomon, so called either from 
 the architect, or, if it was perhaps an 
 avd&i,ixa, from the name of the donor. 1 
 K. 7, 21. 2 Chr. 3, 17. See too Movers, 
 Phcenizier I. p. 293. 
 
 * '^?^ fut. -JSa*^ 1. to tread down, to 
 trample under foot. Chald. Pe. et. Pa. 
 id. Syr. l^^kOA a treading down, leap- 
 ing ; comp. further under r. Di2 . Me- 
 taph. to contemn, to neglect, (comp. Prov. 
 27, 7.) 1 Sam. 2, 29 "^nsTa !i::r2n nab 
 ''n'l^^ iffix innjoasi why trample ye upon 
 my sacrifice and upon mine offering 
 
 13 
 
 which I have commanded! i. e. in con- 
 tempt. Sept. ^ni^Xftpug, Vulg. ' quare 
 calce abjecistis victimam meam et mu- 
 nera mea? ' 
 
 2. to kick, as an ox ; trop. of obsti- 
 nacy and rebellion against God, Deut. 
 32, 15. 
 
 ''5'a m. (r. nsa , comp. Chald, KT3)en- 
 <rea/j/. prayer.' Job 30, 24 nbi:5"; "'53 Kb 
 "i^ yea, prayer is nought, when God 
 stretcheth forth his hand, nor in his 
 (God's) destruction doth tlieir cry avail. 
 The 2 in '^52 is doubtless a radical let- 
 ter ; and hence by contr. "'2 q, v. 
 
 T'ya m. (r. "152) cattle, beasts, so called 
 from feeding, grazing ; comp. fT^X no. 2. 
 Only in Sing, collect, like ,Lat. pecus, 
 -oris, of every species of cattle, large 
 and small, Ex. 22, 4. Num. 20, 4. 8. 11. 
 Ps. 78, 48. Spec, of beasts of burden, 
 Gen. 45, 17. Syr. iV^ with Ribbui 
 
 as a mark of the plural, Arab, yxxi id. 
 
 ^^^ fut. bsn*^ 1. to be lord or ma- 
 ter over any thing, to have dominion oveVy. 
 to possess. Ethiop. flCA to possess 
 much, to be rich, OD'A. rich. Is. 26^ 
 13 r,r!b!iT cnx !i:!ibS3 lords besides thee 
 have had dominion over us. With b 
 1 Chr. 4, 22. Hence 
 
 2. to become the husband of any one, 
 to marry a wife, like Arab. dULo to rule, 
 
 to marry, Arab. JJu, Syr. '^ Sa id. 
 Deut. 21, 13. 24, 1. Mai. 2, 11. Is. 62, 5, 
 Part. act. ~';'b?2 in Plur. majest. thy hus- 
 band, thy lord. Is. 54, 5. Part. pass. f. 
 nbws Is. 54, 1, and b52 rb^irs one mar- 
 ried, married to a husband, Gen. 20, 3. 
 Deut. 22, 22. Metaph. of a land deso- 
 lated, but again filled with inhabitants, 
 Is. 62, 4. 
 
 3. 2 bra prob. to disdain, to reject. 
 Jer. 3, 14 ''sbx 13 , . . D-^aaiuJ cja wid' 
 D33 ''Plbys turn ye, O rebellious chil- 
 dren , , . for I have rejected you. 31, 32 
 they did break my covenants ''33X1 
 03 "'Pibsa and I rejected them. Sept. 
 xn/M Tifiilriaa avTuv, comp. Heb. 8, 9. 
 So Syr. Abulwalid, and other ancient in- 
 terpreters. See Pococke ad Port. Mosis 
 
 p. 5-10, and comp. Arab. Jaj c. (.j to 
 
bs^n 
 
 146 
 
 b?! 
 
 fear, to disdain. In c. 31 the common 
 eignif! might perhaps be adopted, q. d. 
 although I ("'sbs'i) vas their lord. But 
 this sense is not so easy ; and besides, 
 the signif. of disdaining is not foreign 
 from the primary meaning of the verb. 
 In Arabic there are also other verbs, in 
 which the sigoif of subduing, being 
 high, having dominion, is transferred 
 also to that o'l looking down upon, despis- 
 ing, contemning, as iwwjI to subdue, 
 c. (o to despise ; 13"*-^ V, to be 
 high ; Conj. I, to look down upon, to 
 contemn. 
 
 NiPH. to hare a husband, to be mar- 
 ried, Prov. 30, 23. Metaph. Is. 62, 4. 
 
 Deriv. b?S n:;bs2 , rh'J^ . 
 
 b;?3 c. sufl'. ''hv'2. , n'3 ; Plur. n-'^ss , 
 constr. "'Vi:^ , c. sutf. 3 sing, l-'b^a Ex. 
 21, 29. 34. 36. 22, 10-14. Ecc. 5.' 12, and 
 n-ipsa Job 31, 39. Ecc. 7, 12, sometimes 
 for Sing, like VJ^X his lord, comp. Lehrg. 
 663; butc. suff. 3 plur. ^n-'^ra Esth, 1, 
 17, 20, as plural. 
 
 1. lord, master, possessor, owner. Fre- 
 quent in the Phenician dialect ; see 
 Monuraen. Phoen. p. 348. Aram. !=?2, 
 
 , - ?" 
 
 ?Sa, Vl^, id. Arab. JjLi in the dia- 
 lect of Yemen lord, master, elsewhere a 
 husband; Ethiop. 00 A.. Comp. also 
 Sanscr. pdla lord. Spoken of the mas- 
 ter and owner of a house, Ex. 22, 7. 
 Judg. 19, 22 ; of land Job 31, 39 ; of cat- 
 tle Ex. 21. 28. Is. 1, 3 ; of money lent, 
 i. e. a creditor Deut. 15. 2. Spoken of 
 the head of a family Lev. 21, 4 ; also 
 D'^ia "^bss the lords of the nations Is. 16, 
 8, spoken of the Assyrians as the con- 
 querors of nations ; or according to 
 others, of their princes. 
 
 2. a husband, Arab. Syr. Chald. id. 
 Comp. Sanscr. pati lord, also husband. 
 Ex. 21, 22. 2 Sam. 11,26 ncs Is?? hus- 
 band of a itrife, i. e. married Ex. 21, 3. 
 ts'^'inrj ^52 husband of mie^s youth, i. e. 
 to whom one was married in youth, 
 Joel 1, 8, i. q. xovQldtog noan; II. 5. 414. 
 
 3. Plur. with gen. oi a city, lords o^ a 
 city, i. q. inhabitants, citizens, in'^n'i i^sa 
 Josh. 24. 11, C3a5 Judg. 9, 2 sq. tti?"; --bsa 
 nS5a 2 Sam. 2i, 12, who also are called 
 in 2 Sam. 2, 4. 5 'a '"' "'tijx . Some mod- 
 em interpreters undeitrtand chiefs, no- 
 
 bles, princes, misled perhaps by the 
 words in Judg. 9, 51 D"'ttJim c^fflrxn bsj 
 "("^Sm 1552 5=1 , where also Sept. TravTsq 
 
 01 lyovfifvoi iTjg noXiwg. Better, all the 
 men and icomen, even all ike inhabitants 
 of the city, the latter expression compre- 
 hending the two former ; Engl. Vers. 
 and all they of the city. 
 
 4. With genit. of thing, lord or pos- 
 sessor of a thing, i. e. one having thai 
 thing, one to whom that attribute or 
 quality belongs ; thus often forming a 
 periphrasis for an adjective ; comp. Oi'^it 
 no. 1. k. 3X no. 9. E. g. D?:^;?^! ^?2 b")!* 
 a ram having tico horns, aries bicornis, 
 Dan. 8, 6, 20 ; n'^sjan hv2 tlie winged one, 
 poet, for a bird Ecc. 10. 20 ; nrb b:a ili-'X 
 a hairy man 2 K. 1, 8 ; rlTO^nn !:S;a the 
 dreamer, one who has dreams. Gen. 37, 
 19; D"'";i3'n bS3 one who has a law-suit, 
 controversy, Ex. 24, 14, comp. "'^Sttiia '3 
 my adversary Is. 50, 8. So too possessor 
 of my covenant, of my oath, i. e. joined 
 in covenant with me, confederate. Gen, 
 14, 13. Neh. 6, 18; 'pffiln Vs2 master of 
 the tongue, i. e. a charmer, enchanter, 
 Ecc. 10, 11 ; ffiE3 hv'z given to appetite, 
 greedy, Prov. 23, 2, comp. 29, 22 ; also 
 the receiver of a bribe Prov. 17, 8. Prov. 
 16, 22 i-^hvi ^a c-i^n nipra a fountain 
 of life is understanding to its possessor, 
 i. e. to him who hath it is endued with 
 it. 1, 19. 17, 8. Ecc. 8, 8 y(^n 'ch-q-} b 
 T^^SSTX nor shall wickedness delivei^ its 
 possessor, i. e. him who is given to it, 
 the wicked man. 7, 12. Prov. 3, 27 
 i-^b^'Sa 2rj-r37:tn-?i< withhold no good 
 from its lord, from him to whom it is due, 
 to whom it pertains, i. e. from the needy. 
 
 5. With the Art. b?3n , and pref b?23 , 
 bsab , Baal, i. e. the Lord, xkt iloxr,r, 
 as the name of a chief domestic and 
 tutelary god of the Phenicians, and par- 
 ticularly of the Tyrians ; worshipped 
 also by the Hebrews espec. at Samaria 
 with great pomp, along with Astarte ; 
 Bee in M^ttJN , r'irnuis . Judg. 6, 25 eq. 
 
 2 K. 10, IS sq. Hence b?2n n-^a the tem- 
 ple of Baal 1 K. 16, 32 ; bsari ''X"'a3 the 
 prophets of Baal, 1 K. 18, 22. 25 ; 'lS<J 
 bsan the remnant of Baal, i. e. of his 
 worshippers, Zeph. 1, 4. Plur. D'^bsari 
 Baalim, i. e. images of Baal, Judg. 2, 11. 
 3, 7. 8, 33. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 7, 4. 12, 10. aL 
 
Mr 
 
 147 
 
 b?n 
 
 Of the currency and extent of this wor- 
 ship among the Phcnicians and Cartha- 
 ginians, vvc have one proolamong others 
 in the frequency of the name Baal in 
 compound pr. names of Phenician men, 
 as bsanx q. v. Jerombalns (^?3T)), 
 and also of Carthaginians, as Hannibal 
 (bsasn grace of Baal), Hasdrubal 
 (bsznts help of Baal), Muthumballes 
 (bssino man of Baal), etc. Among 
 the Babylonians the same god was 
 called in the Aramaean manner ia Bel, 
 Belus, for bsa, see ba. Among the Ty- 
 rians themselves the full name of this 
 divinity appears to have been r.'^^^h'Q 
 su ^a (Inscr. Melit. biling.) i. e. Malke- 
 reth lord of Tyre ; where again r^"!I?^^ 
 is for r^i? ~^o kin<^ of the city. The 
 Greeks, on account perhaps of some 
 similarity of emblems, constantly gave 
 him the name of Hercules, Hercules 
 Tyrius, and compared him with Jupiter; 
 see Inscr. laudat. See more in Ersch and 
 Gruber's Encyclop. Vol. VIII. p. 397 sq, 
 under the articles Baal, Bel, Belus. 
 Munter, Religion der Babylonier p. 16 
 eq. Movers Phcenizier I. p. 169 sq. 
 These writers suppose that under this 
 name the sun was worshipped ; but I 
 have elsewhere endeavoured by various 
 arguments to show that not the sun, but 
 the planet Jupiter, Stella Jovis, as the 
 guardian and giver of good fortune, was 
 the object of this worship. See Com- 
 ment, on Is. Vol. II. p. 335 .sq. Encyclop. 
 1. c. p. 398 sq. and so Rosenmuller in his 
 Bibl. Alterthumskunde I. ii. p. 11. Yet I 
 would not deny, that bS2 with certain 
 attributes, as ",:an bra (see 'j^n), is also 
 referred to the sun. In some cities 
 where the worship of Baal was preva- 
 lent, a special epithet was added to the 
 name, e. g. a) ni-i2 bra Baal-berith, 
 i. e. lord or guardian of covenants, wor- 
 shipped by the Shechemites, Judg. 8, 
 33. 9. 4, comp. v. 46 ; q. d. Zfh: bfjxiog. 
 Dens fdius ; or. according to Movers 1. c. 
 'Baal in covenant with the idolaters of 
 Israel.' b) aiat bra . Baal-zehub, wor- 
 shipped by the Philistines at Ekron 2 K. 
 1, 2 ; q. d. fly-Baal, fly-destroyer, like 
 the Zivg'Anofivtos of Elis, Pausan. 5. 14. 
 2; and the Myiagr-us deus of the Ro- 
 mans. Solin. Polyhist. c. 1. c) "iWE bra 
 ofthe Moabites. see "lire. 
 
 6. As denoting the possessor o^^ thing 
 it is trop. also applied to a place which 
 has or contains any thing, i. e. a place 
 at or in which any thing is or is found, 
 equivalent to r'^'a no. 6. So in the pr. 
 names of cities and places : , 
 
 a) bra Baal, 1 Chr. 4, 33, perh. the 
 same place elsewhere called ixa nbra 
 Baalath-beer (having a well) in the 
 borders of the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 
 19,8. 
 
 b) *ia bsa Baal- Gad, so called from 
 the worship of Gad i. e. Fortune, at the 
 foot of Hermon near the sources of the 
 Jordan, prob. i. q. '("ionn bra in lett. e. 
 Josh. 11, 17. 13, 5. By some it is er- 
 roneously supposed to be the same with 
 the celebrated Ba'albek or Heliopolis ; 
 see Thesaur. p. 225. 
 
 c) "jiiirt bra Baal-hamon (place of 
 multitude, or i. q. ""OX bra sacred to 
 Jupiter Amraon) a place near which 
 Solomon had a vineyard, Cant. 8, 11. A 
 town BiXafida/ (Sept. Bakufitav) situated 
 in Samaria is mentioned Judith 8, 3. 
 
 d) ii:in bra (having a village or 
 hamlet) Baal-hazor, a town or village 
 near the territory of Ephraim, 2 Sara. 
 13, 23 ; perh. i. q. "lisn Neh. 11, 33, in 
 the tribe of Benjamin, q. v. 
 
 e) ")i^"!n bra Baal-JJermon, a town 
 and an adjacent height near Mount 
 Hermon, 1 Chr. 5, 23. Judg. 3, 3. Comp. 
 lett. b. 
 
 f) '(ira bra Baal-meon (place of 
 dwelling), see ',i?T2 bra n-^a p. 129. 
 
 g) d"':!';B bra (place of breaches, de- 
 feats) Baal-perazim, a place or village 
 near the valley of Rephaim, 2 Sam. 5, 
 20. 1 Chr. 14, 11 ; comp. Is. 28, 21. 
 
 h) "lis^ bra (place of Typhon, or sa- 
 cred to Typhon) Baal-Zephon, a place 
 in Egypt near the head of the Red Sea, 
 Ex. 14, 2. 9. Num. 33, 7. The name 
 accords well with the site of this place, 
 near the desert tracts between the Nile 
 and the Red Sea. which were held to be 
 the abode of Typhon. the evil genius of 
 the Egyptians. See Creuzer in Cora- 
 mentt. Herodoteis I. 22. Symbolik I. 
 317 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81. 
 
 i) nii'ba bra Baal-shalisha 2 K. 4, 42, 
 the name of a place prob. situated in the 
 district ncb'i, near the mountains of 
 Ephraim; comp. 1 Sam. 9, 4. 
 
bn 
 
 148 
 
 n' 
 
 k) I^W ^53 Baal-tamar (place of 
 palm-trees) Judg. 20, 33. 
 
 1) nniin'i 'bra (cives Judae) 2 Sam. 6, 
 2, a city elsewhere called also i^^?3 
 (civitas) Baalah and Kirjath-jearim, 
 comp. 1 Chr. 13, 6. See nbra no. 2. a. 
 
 7. As pr. n. of several men, e. g. 
 
 a) ^53 Baal a) 1 Chr. 5, 5. /5) 8, 
 30. 9, 36. 
 
 b) "jjn bS3 (lord of grace) Baal-ha- 
 man, pr. n. a) A king of Edom Gen. 
 36, 38. 1 Chr. 1. 49. /5) A royal prefect 
 or overseer, 1 Chr. 27, 28, 
 
 ^?3 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. b?3, lord ; 
 tfor D?l: bS3 see Dsa . From this form 
 comes by contraction ^3 q. v. 
 
 ^^^^ f (corresp. to b?3) 1. a mistress, 
 tr^^ri nbrs 1 K. 17, 17. Metaph. mis- 
 tress of any thing, i. e. possessing or 
 endued with any thing, as SiXT^rs a 
 -woman having a divining spirit, see 
 aix ; D'^sajs pbya mistress of sorceries, 
 ;a sorceress, Nah. 3, 4. 
 
 2. Collect, civitas, i. q. 0*^^53 cives, in- 
 habitants, see b?? no. 3 ; as ns daughter, 
 for ta'123 . So I explain n^53 Baalah as 
 the pr. n. of towns or cities, viz. a) One 
 in the northern part of the tribe of Ju- 
 dah. Josh. 15, 9. 1 Chr. 13, 6 ; called also 
 riT'in'i ibsa (cives Judae) see b?? no. 6. 
 lett. i; tii-iS"^ P^jnR q. v. and bSBTTii-ip. 
 It seems likewise to have given name to 
 a mountain Baalah Josh. 15, 11, lying 
 in the same region, but nearer the sea. 
 b) Another city was situated in the 
 .southern part of the same tribe. Josh. 15, 
 .29; and seems to be the same which 
 elsewhere is called n^3 Josh. 19, 3, and 
 TiT\h^ 1 Chr. 4, 29, and was assigned to 
 .Simeon, c) See in bs3 no. 6. a. 
 
 PiVyS (civitates, see f^^SS no. 2) Bea- 
 iloth, pr. n. of a town in the southern part 
 of Judah. Josh. 15, 24; different from 
 n^S? in V. 9. 29. 
 
 yi^^ya (whom the Lord knows and 
 cares for, comp. S'n'^'in'j) Beeliada, pr. 
 n. of a son of David, 1 Clir. 14, 7 ; called 
 in 2 Sam. 5, 16 rn^^sj i. e. whom God 
 knows, q. v. 
 
 n^bya (whose lord is Jehovah) Bea- 
 liah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 5. 
 
 C"'^?? (i. q. 0"'l3y,a son of exultation, 
 Bee in 3 p. 109) Baalim, pr. n. of a king of 
 
 the Ammonites, Jer. 40, 14. Some Mss. 
 read B'^^sa ; and so Josephus Ant. 10, 
 9.2. 
 
 nb?S (civitas i. q. n^ra no. 2, after 
 the form nnoT, H'nTy) Baalath, a city of 
 the tribe of Dan, Josh. 19. 44; rebuilt or 
 fortified by Solomon, 1 K. 9, 18. 2 Chr. 
 
 8,6. 
 
 ^S?3"nb?a see in ^S3 no. 6. a- 
 
 jS^Sl see in IT)? no. 12. e. 
 
 S2S?!3 (i. q. t<3S"'|2 son of affliction, see 
 in 3 p. 109) Baana, pr. n. m. a) 1 K. 
 4, 12. b) ib. V. 16. c) Neh. 3, 4. 
 
 M255 (id.) Baanah, pr. n. m. a) 2 
 Sam. 4, 2. b) 2 Sam. 23, 29. 1 Chr. 11, 
 30. c) Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 7, 7. 10, 28. 
 
 * *'?'7 fut. "i^S"? 1 . to feed upon, to eat 
 up, to consume; see Pi. and Hiph. no. 1, 
 also "I'lya cattle, so called from feeding. 
 Syr. i-ljo to glean, li-i^a-s a gleanmg. 
 
 2. Spec, to consume with fire, to hum 
 up; comp. ^3!$ no. 2. Chald. "ir3 to 
 burn, Pa. to kindle. Ps. S3, 15 iS3n CX3 
 "15^ as a fire bumeth a forest. Mostly 
 with 3, to set fire to, to bum up; Job 1, 
 16 the fire of God is fallen from heaven 
 D"i*i?23n -(SSa "i53ni and hath burned up 
 the flocks and the servants. Num. 11, 1. 
 3. Ps. 106, 18. Is. 42, 25. Jer. 44, 6. Lam. 
 
 2. 3. Also to cause to burn, to kindle, 
 Is. 30, 33. Elsewhere intrans. a) to 
 be consumed with fire, to be burned, Ex. 
 
 3, 3. Is. 1, 31. 9, 17. b) to burn, as fire 
 Jer. 20, 9; pitch Is. 34, 9; coals Ez. 1, 
 13; trop. of anger Is. 30, 27. Ps. 79, 5. 
 89, 47. c) to be set on fire, kindled. 
 Hos. 7,i as an oven n?.ko frnsia kindled 
 by the baker. Also to kindle up, to in- 
 fiame, as coals Ps. 18, 9 ; metaph. an- 
 ger, Pa. 2, 12. Esth. 1, 12. 
 
 3. Denom. from "I'^Ja cattle, to be 
 brutish, Jer. 10, 8. Part. D-'nrls brutish 
 men Ps. 94, 8 ; savage E/.. 21, 36. 
 
 NiPH. to be or become, brutish, Jer. 10, 
 14. 21. 51, 17. Is. 19, 11 nn533 r^^v the 
 counsel is become brutish. 
 
 PiKL "irs. inf constr. "irB, fut. nrav 
 
 1. to feed upon, to eat up, to consume, 
 e.g. a field, vineyard, Is. 3, 14. 5,5; 
 with 3 Ex. 22, 4 [5]. 
 
 2. i.' q. Kul no. 2, to cause to burn, to 
 kindle, e. g. fire Ex. 35, 3 ; wood Lev. 6, 
 
n^n 
 
 149 
 
 bja 
 
 6 f 12]. Also to hum. to consume, Nnli. 
 10, 35. Is. 44, 15. 40, 16 ; a <l5s< ^53 to 
 get fire to any thing. Ez. 39, 9. 10. 
 
 3. to take or put away, to remove, to 
 destroy. 1 K. 22, 47 and the remnant of 
 the Sinlomites ^^nxn'^O isa he put away 
 Old of the land. Deut. 26, 13. 14. 2 Sam. 
 4, 1 1. 2 K. 23, 24. 2 Clir. la 3. A usual 
 formula in Deuteronomy, implying the 
 punishment of death, is: rnn mS2^ 
 ja'i;ro thou shalt put away the evil per- 
 son from the midst of thee, Deut. 13, 6. 
 17, 7. 19, 19. 21, 21. 22,21.24. 24,7; or 
 ixTr'B 17, 12. 22, 22 ; comp. Judg. 20, 
 13. (For synon. formuhis in Exodu.s, 
 Levit and Numbers, sec r. n^3 Niph.) 
 Is. 6, 13 although a tenth part remain in 
 the land, iszb nr.";ini r\zt^ yet shall this 
 be again destroyed. Num. 24, 22 n;;n'i 
 *P;? 153b the Kenites shall be driven out, 
 destroyed. Is. 4, 4 when Jehovah shall 
 hare washed away th^ filth of the daugh- 
 ters of Zion . . . "152 n!i-ir^ as'ii^a ro-ia 
 with a spirit of judgment and a spirit 
 of destroying, i. e. judging and destroy- 
 ing the wicked by his Spirit, his divine 
 energy or power. Construed also with 
 "'^nx, implying pursuit and destruction 
 from behind, 1 K. 14. 10 "''^nx Ti-iy^i 
 '^?n "i??! ""^.5<3 c?2"n;;-n''a"ad iwill 
 take away the house of Jeroboam, as one 
 taketh away dung. 21, 21. 
 
 PuAL to be kindled, to bum, of a fur- 
 nace or stove, Jer. 36, 22. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to feed upon, to eat up, i. q. 
 Pi. no. 1, Ex. 22, 4 [5]. 
 
 2. i. q. Pi. no. 2. to cause to burn, to 
 kindle, Ex. 22, 5 [6] ; also to burn up, to 
 consume, c. ace. Ez. 5, 2. Judg. 15, 5. 
 With ttJxa 2 Chr. 28. 3. 2 tijx T'san to 
 set fire to any thing Judg. 15, 5 init. 
 
 3. i. q. Pi. no. 3. to take or put away, 
 to destroy, with innx 1 K. 16, 3. 
 
 Deriv. the three following, also "I'^SS , 
 srnsan, and pr. n. nir2 . 
 
 "1?3 m. pr. brutishness, stupidity, only 
 as concr. brutish, stupid, like cattle ; 
 spoken of men, Ps. 49, 11. 73, 22. Prov. 
 12, 1. 30, 2. Comp. r. "isa no. 3. and 
 Niph. 
 
 Sni^a (brutish) Baara. pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 
 8. 8 ; written in v. 9 'ii'rn , by a manifest 
 error. 
 
 TI)?3 f. a burning, fire^ conflagration, 
 13* 
 
 espec. of produce in the field, Ex. 22, 5 
 [6j. Comp. r. ira no. 2. 
 
 ^?i??^3 (for n;;a5a work of Jehovah) 
 liaaseiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 25 [40]. 
 Comp. under lett. 3. 
 
 * *^?^ obsol. root, Chald. tflsa i. q. 
 rxa , to be bad, offensive. Hence 
 
 NTT^a Baaslia. pr. n. of a king of Is- 
 rael, r. 952-930 B. C. 1 K. 15, 16 sq. c. 
 16. 2 Chr. 16, 1 sq. Jer. 41, 9. 
 
 nnniS^a (i. q. rrnnic? n-^a house of 
 Astarte, see in 3 note, lett. c, p. 109) 
 Bee.<shterah, pr. n. of a Levitical city 
 in the tribe of Manasseh beyond Jor- 
 dan, Josh. 21, 27 ; called in 1 Chr. 6, 
 56 ri-in-r? . 
 
 * f^?^ or ^>:^ in Kal not used. Syr. 
 i^^ikS to fear, to be terrified. 
 
 PiEL nr2 fut. PSa-^ 1. to make afraid, 
 to terrify, only poetic, Ps. 18. 5. Job 3. 5. 6, 
 4. 7, 14. 9. 34. 13, 11.21. 15, 24. Is. 21, 4. 
 
 2. to come upon suddenly, to seize sud- 
 denly. 1 Sam. 16, 14 rxTS nrn n-in ^nnsa 
 n^n-j an evil spirit from Jehovah came 
 
 upon him suddenly, v. 15. Arab. oiXj 
 to come suddenly, to happen unexpect- 
 edly; III, to attack unexpectedly; 'iJXJu 
 suddenly. 
 
 Niph. to be afraid, terrified, Dan. 8, 
 17 ; with "^SM 1 Chr. 21, 30. Esth. 7, 6. 
 
 Deriv. C^n^ra and 
 
 ^K^^ l- terror Jer. 8, 15. 14, 19. 
 
 f^ m. (r. 7s ^) mire, mud, in which 
 one sticks fast, Jer. 38, 22. 
 
 '*^'^ f. (r. 7S3) a mnrsh.fen, Job 8, 
 11. 40, 21. Plur.'c. suff. rnxS2 by an 
 incorrect orthography for l'^ni2I2 , Ez, 
 47, 11. 
 
 ''?? (prob. i. q. ''DS q. v.) Bezai, pr. 
 n. m. Ezra 2, 17. Neh. 7, 23. 10, 19. 
 
 T^23 m. (r. "iS2 no. 1) 1. a vintage, 
 Lev. 26, 5. Is. 24^13. 32. 10. Jer. 48, 32. 
 
 2. Adj. inaccessible, lofty, steep, i. q. 
 *i!i:i2 , spoken of a forest Zech. 11, 2 
 Keri. Comp. r. ^^3 no. 2. 
 
 ^"^3, not in use, i. q. bsB, Arab. 
 
 jJcL) , to strip, to peel ; kindr. is 1X3 , 
 comp. in Kta , nsQ . Hence nibxa and 
 
b:iz 
 
 150 
 
 ^sxs 
 
 ?23 only plur. t"'b:i3 , onions, Num. 
 11, 5. Syr. P'^, Ethiop. Il/IA., Arab. 
 
 Joaj,i(l. Comp. quadril. rbsan. 
 
 ^^r^r' (in the shadow of God, i. e. in 
 his protection) Bezaleel, pr. n. m. a) 
 Ex. 31, 2. 35, 30. b) Ezra 10, 30. 
 
 ni^^fcS (a stripping, nakedness) Baz- 
 btth, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 52 ; in Neh. 7, 54 
 written n^bsa Bazlith. 
 
 ^^^ fut. "ii2'^ 1. ?o CM< in pieces, 
 to break or dash in pieces. Cliald. yS3 
 to cut in pieces, to divide, as bread ; Syr. 
 
 y 
 
 '^^ to break, Arab. v^; to cut, to 
 
 cleave asunder, to cut off, *-OJ , Sji-tdJ s 
 
 a part, piece. Kindr. is rr^D to wound ; 
 comp. in "i^S . Amos 9, 1 smite the capi- 
 tals of the columns t^3 aJSiS cy^^^ and 
 dash them in pieces upon the heads of 
 all; C2.'S2 for nrS2. Intrans. to be 
 wounded ; Joel 2, 8 of locusts, they rush 
 among the weapons, i"^r? *^-' ^^^V ^^^ 
 not iijounded; others less well, they break 
 not off their course. Comp. in ^S2 no. 
 1. b. 
 
 2. to tear in pieces, i. q. to plunder, to 
 :spoil, pr. of enemies Hab. 2, 9. Ps. 10, 3. 
 Trop. in the formula 5^3 ys2 to spoil the 
 spoil, to get unlawful gain, to be greedy 
 after gain, spoken of those who rob and 
 defraud others by extortion and oppres- 
 sion, Germ. Geld schneiden. Part, ss'2 
 y?2 Prov. 1, 19. 15, 27. Jer. 6, 13. 8, 10. 
 Jnfi' Ez. 22, 27. Comp. bta, and A. 
 Schult. 0pp. min. p. 61. 
 
 PiEL. SS3 fut. yss-; 1. to cut off; Is. 
 38, 12 'sraa'i n^np he (God) ciitteth me 
 off from the thrum, a metaphor drawn 
 from a weaver, who, when his web is 
 finished, cuts it off from the thrum by 
 which it was fastened to the beam. Job 
 6,9. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to plunder, to defraud 
 any one, Ez. 22, 12. 
 
 3. to bring to an end, to finish, to com- 
 plete, e. g. the temple Zech. 4, 9. Of 
 God, who executes his judgment upon 
 the wicked Is. 10, 12 ; or fulfb his pro- 
 mise Lam. 2, 17. Hence 
 
 y?S m. in pause S2ia , c. suff. Tiyaf3 . 
 1. spoil, plunder, prey, see the root no. 
 
 2 ; pr. of enemies Judg. 5, 19. Jer. 51, 13, 
 Mic. 4, 13. Trop. of the rapine and 
 extortion of kings and nobles who de- 
 spoil a people, Jer. 22, 17. Ez. 22, 13. 
 Hence 
 
 2. unjust gain, lucre, e. g. fiom bribes 
 1 Sam. 8, 3. Is. 33, 15 ; or by other un- 
 lawful means, Is. 57, 17. Also Ex. 18, 
 21. Prov. 28, 16. Is. 56, 11. Ez. 33, 31. 
 
 3. gain in general, proft ; rss"n^ 
 what profit ? Gen. 37, 26. Job. 22, 3. Ps. 
 30, 10. 
 
 1 "^~ obsol. root, Arab. \jLi to flow 
 
 ^. <" 
 
 gradually, to trickle, e. g. water, \jo.^a^ , 
 
 -I - ' ? - 
 
 aLaLo-5) JUaji^oj, little water. Hence 
 
 )'-^^ to swell ; hence spoken of the 
 foot as unshod, to become callous, to have 
 callous spots or tumors, Deut. 8, 4. Neh. 
 9. 21. Sept. in Deut. well, hv}.(u&r,aav. 
 Hence 
 
 pr?2l m. dough, so called from its swell- 
 ing, rising ; but spoken also of that not 
 yet fermented, Ex. 12, 34. 39. 2 Sam. 13, 
 8. Jer. 7, 18. 
 
 np^3 (stony region, high, Arab. 
 
 JLaj) Bozkath, pr. n. of a place in 
 Judali, Josh. 15, 39. 2 K. 22, 1. Josephus 
 Uoay.i&, Ant. 10. 4. 1. 
 
 ^^^ 1. to cut off. Syr. Pa. to short- 
 en, to diminish, )h,s^ diminished, small, 
 low. Kindred roots are ^^2, ys3 ; see 
 on the primary power of the syllables ta, 
 j'a, ys , under the roots nS , n^S ; comp. 
 also under TiS I. 1. Spoken mostly of 
 the vintage of grapes, e. g. to gather 
 grapes, to hold a vintage, c. ace. Lev. 
 25, 5. 11 ; of a vineyard Deut. 24, 21. 
 Judg. 9, 27. Part. "isi2 a vintager, grape- 
 gatherer, Jer. 6, 9 ; Plur. C^n^ji vinta- 
 gers, metaph. of enemies preparing de- 
 struction, Jer. 49, 9. Obad. 5 ; comp. 
 >'^S2. Metaph. Ps. 76. 13 nn "ii31 
 D'^'i'^s: he cntteth off the spirit of princes, 
 q. d. cuts down their pride, breaks their 
 spirit. 
 
 2. to cut offacce-is, i. q. to restrain, to 
 prevent, see Niph. and H'^sa ; also to 
 make inaccessible. Hence Part. pass. 
 niaS inaccessible, 'walled, spoken oi" high 
 
'.2n 
 
 161 
 
 T3 
 
 walls Dent. 1, 28. 28, 62. Is. 2, 15 ; of a 
 lofty imperviouB forest Zech. 11, 2Ke- 
 ri ; of fortified cities, strong, Num. 13, 
 28. Deut. 3, 5. Josh. 14, 12. 2 Sam. 20, 6. 
 Is. 25, 2. Deut. 1, 28. Metaph. difficult 
 to be understood, Jer. 33, 3. 
 
 3. to cut ofit, to break or dig out, e. g. 
 metals, sec laa. 
 
 NiPH. pas.'?, of Kal no. 2, to be cut 
 off or restrained from any one, <o be 
 inaccpssible, difficidt ; c. "j^ , Gen. 11, 
 6 ni'jyb nan -laJN bs cnx: -laa^ xb no- 
 thing toill be restrained from them, will 
 be too hard for them, which they may 
 purpose to do. Job 42, 2. 
 
 Pi EL i. q. Kal no. 2, to make inaccessible, 
 e. g. a fortification, Jer. 51, 53. Also sim- 
 ply to fortify, to rebuild a wall. Is. 22, 10. 
 
 Deriv. i^2 nn'aa , also T'sa , "isst? . 
 
 "ISS Job 36, 19, i. q. "iS2 q. v. no. 1. 
 
 "^23 m. 1. ore of gold and silver, 
 precious metals, in the rude state, as cut 
 or dug out of the mines, from r. "is 3 in 
 the sense of cutting or breaking Ps. 76, 
 
 So 
 
 13; like Arab. _aj native gold or silver, 
 not yet subjected to the fire and hammer, 
 8-o noun of unity, i. q. a piece or par- 
 ticle of such gold, from -o i. q. 13123 II, 
 to break ; VIII, to be cut off, broken off; 
 comp. Germ, brechen as a technical 
 word in mining. Job 22, 24 "lE^'bs r"U 
 1S2 cast upon the earth the precious o?'e, 
 parall. with gold of Ophir in the other 
 hemistich. Plur. v. 25 ^"""ISS 'Trai n^ni 
 and the Almighty shall be thy precious 
 ores, parall. with riESin viD3. So 
 also "isa, in pause laa Job 36, 19, id. 
 This satisfactory explanation of an ob- 
 scure word we owe to Abulwalid ; see 
 more in Thesaur. p. 230. Winer ad 
 Sim. Lex. prefers the signif a piece, par- 
 ticle of native gold or silver, from the 
 
 notion of cutting off, comparing iyj^ 
 
 piece of gold. But the notion of piece, 
 particle, in this word, does not come from 
 the root, but from the circumstance that 
 
 S' o . 6 ^ r 
 
 8 j^ is a noun of unity. So from ^_;J63 
 gold, comes j^i> a particle or bit of 
 gold ; firom ^^v-o straw, JLo a bit of 
 
 straw, chaff; although these feminine 
 forms do not always thus imply a part or 
 particle. 
 
 2. ' Dezer, pr. n. a) A Levitical city 
 of refuge in the tribe of Reuben, Deut. 
 4, 43. Josh. 20, 8. 21, 36. Vulg. Bosor. 
 b) m. 1 Chr. 7, 37. 
 
 nnX3 f 1. a fold, sheep-fold, Mic. 2, 
 12 ; so called from the idea of restrain- 
 ing, see r. "iS3 no. 2 ; comp. X^s^ from 
 ixba , Chald. xn-i^Sia an enclosure, stalL 
 
 2. Pr. a fortress, strong-hold, i. q. 
 *saT3 ; hence pr. n. Bozrah, one of the 
 chief cities of the Edomites, Is. 34, 6. 63, 
 1. Jer. 49, 13. 22. Am. 1,12; comp. Gen. 
 36, 33. There can scarcely be a doubt 
 that it was the same with el-Busaireh 
 
 (Svjud^'t dimin. from ^y'Ti^ Busrah), 
 a village and castle in Arabia Petraea 
 south-east of the Dead Sea ; see Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. II. p. 570. I formerly held 
 that Bozrah of the Edomites was identi- 
 cal with Bozrah of Auranitis or Haurftn; 
 see Comm. ad Is. 1. c. Burckhardt's 
 Travels in Syria etc. p. 226 sq. Yet 
 I cannot but assent to the reasons virged 
 to the contrary by Raumer, Hitzig, and 
 Robinson I. c. 
 
 jn^S m. a fortress, strong-hold, Zech. 
 9, 12. R. -122 no. 2. 
 
 nnka f (r. -isa no. 2) a cutting off of 
 rain, drought, Jer. 17, 8 ; Sept. a.3iioxia. 
 Plur. ni-iaa Jer. 14, I ; comp. Lehrg. p. 
 600. Some refer hither the word i^^sa 
 Ps. 9, 10. 10, 1 ; but a is there a prefix. 
 
 p13pa m. (r. p;52) 1. a bottle, so 
 called from the gurgling or bubbling 
 sound made in emptying; 1 K. 14. 3. Jer. 
 19, 1. 10. Syr. l\<^i^^, and Gr. /9o>- 
 (ivXoq, Pofi^vXri, also from the sound. 
 Comp. Maltese bakbyka, under r. Pi^a. 
 
 2. Bakbuk, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh. 
 7,53. 
 
 ^^t?^!?^ (emptying i. e. wasting of 
 Jehovah) Bakbukiah, "pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 
 17. 12. 9. 25. 
 
 1j53j53 (perh. i. q. *rt P^pl wasting 
 of the mount) Bakbakkar, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 9, 15. 
 
 ''jJS . i. q. nn^pa , Bukki. pr. n. m. a) 
 Num.' 34, 22. 'b/ 1 Chr. 5, 31 [6, 5]. 6 
 36 [51]. 
 
^pn 
 
 152 
 
 Tpi 
 
 'in^jjS (wasting from Jehovah) Buk- 
 kiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 13. 
 
 ;?ijya m. plur. C'^S'ipa , clefts,Jbsures, 
 breaches, Am. 6, 11.' Is.' 22, 9. R. ri^a . 
 
 * S'g_^ fut. Si^S-i , inf. c. sufT. CSpa . 
 
 1. ^0 cleave asunder, to rend, to divide. 
 Kindred are Sj^e , Syr. ''s^-os . The sig- 
 nification of cleaving and opening, as 
 proceeding from a blow or violence (see 
 P2K, n=^) and inherent in the syllables 
 pi. pS , is found also in the kindred roots 
 nps. "pa, "32. Spec, to cZeare wood 
 Ecc. 10, 9; to divide the sea, spoken of 
 God, Ex. 14, 16 ; to rip up women with 
 child Am. 1, 13 ; to rend or wound the 
 shoulder Ez. 29, 7. Of a city, to rend 
 its walls, to break open, to take by 
 storm, to subdue ; 2 Chr. 32, 1 ncx^n 
 T'h'A crpa^ and thought to subdue these 
 cities to' himself . 21, 17. With 3, to 
 cleave into or through any thing, to 
 break through, 2 Sam. 23, 16. 1 Chr. 11, 
 18. 
 
 2. to cleave, to lay open any thing shut, 
 80 that what is enclosed may be set free 
 and break forth. Is. 48, 21 he clave tlie 
 rock, the v-aters gushed forth. Judg. 15, 
 19. Prajgn. and constr. with ace. of the 
 thing bursting forth ; Ps. 74, 15 n?pa 
 ^jjj IT^^ ^hou didst cleave (and make 
 burst forth) fountains and torrents. 
 Comp. Niphal. Pi. no. 3, and Gr. Qrjrvai 
 duxQva, nr,yac, to shed tears, to send 
 forth fountains. 
 
 3. to cleave eggs, spoken of a fowl, 
 i. e. to hatch, Is. 34. 15. 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to 6e cleft 
 asunder ; intrans. to be divided, to open 
 itself e. g. the earth Num. 16, 31. Zech. 
 14, 4. Also to be rent, ruptured, Job 26, 
 8. 32, 19. 2 Chr. 25, 12 ; to be broken in 
 upon, to be taken by storm, as a city 2 K. 
 25, 4. Jer. 52, 7. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no 2, to be opened, as 
 fountains Gen. 7, 11. Spoken also of 
 waters which break forth, Is. 35, 6. Prov. 
 3, 20; so the light Is. 58, 8. Comp. 
 synon. "OB, ">p3, "i=a, in which the 
 idea of deaving, rending, is also trans- 
 ferred to Ihe thing bursting forth. 
 
 3. Pass, of Kal no. 3. to bt hatched, to 
 break forth from an egg, as tlie viper's 
 brood Is. 59, 5. 
 
 4. to be rent, hyperbol. for to be sJiaken, 
 to tremble, e. g. the earth, 1 K. 1, 40. 
 
 PiEL yp3 , fut. 5pa"n 1. i. q. Kal no. 
 1, to cleave, as wood Gen. 22, 3, a rock 
 Ps. 78, 15 ; to rip up women with child, 
 2 K. 8, 12. 15, 16. 
 
 2. to rend, to tear in pieces, as wild 
 beasts, i. q. q-^'J , Hos. 13, 8. 2 K. 2, 24. 
 
 3. i. q. Kal no. 2, to open, to cause to 
 break forth, e. g. waters from a rock Job 
 28; 10 ; torrents Hab. 3, 9, comp. in Kal 
 Ps. 74, 15 ; a wind Ez. 13, 11. 13. 
 
 4. i. q. Kal no. 3, to hatch eggs. Is. 59, 5. 
 PuAL 5pa to be cleft, rent, Josh. 9, 4; 
 
 to be ripped up Hos. 14, 1 [13, 16] ; of a 
 city, i. q. Niph. to be broken into, to be 
 taken by storm, Ez. 26, 10. 
 
 HiPH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to rend or 
 break open a city. i. e. to take it by storm, 
 to subdue, Is. 7, 6. 
 
 2. With bx , to cleave or break through 
 to any one, 2 K. 3, 26. Comp. in Kal 
 no. 1 ult. 
 
 HoPH. ?p3n pass, of Hiph. no. 1, to 
 be broken open, taken, as a city, Jer. 
 39,2. 
 
 HiTHPA. to be cleft, rent, Josh. 9, 13. 
 Mic. 1, 4. 
 
 Deriv. ?'p3 , and the three here fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 2?^la m. a part, half ; spec, half a 
 shekel. Gen. 24, 22. Ex. 38, 26. 
 
 iyj?a Chald. Dan. 3, 1, i. q. Heb. 
 
 nspa. 
 
 nyj^ai, f (r. ypa) plur. nirps, a val- 
 ley, pr. a cleft of the mountains ; opp. 
 to mountains Deut. 8. 7. 11, 11. Ps. 104, 
 8 ; to hills Is. 41, 18. Often also for a 
 low plain, a wide plain, level country, 
 Sept. nfSlov, e. g. that in which Babylon 
 was situated, Gen. 11, 2 ; comp. Ez. 3, 
 23. 37, 1. 2. "P'Ji^n rspa valley or jdain 
 of Lebanon, lying at the foot of Hermon 
 and Anti-Lebanon around the sources 
 of the Jordan, Josh. 11, 17. 12,7; not 
 the valley between Lebanon and Anti- 
 Lebanon, the CoRlesyria of Strnbo, 
 and el-nakd'a cUJI of the Arabs. 
 Other plains take their names from ad- 
 jacent cities, as ,i'nrTa ryp3 2 Chr. 35, 
 22 ; inn-i 'a Deut. 34, 3 ; IJiJ rrps Am. 
 1, 5; see in T'^ao, "(iK no. 1. a. Syr. 
 
 tLitla, Arab. fuM, iuUJ and 'ixAi id. 
 
153 
 
 ipIS 
 
 Pli-^ 1. to pour out, to empty, ec. a 
 
 veseel, bottle, see piSJ^^a . Arab, (^aaj 
 onomatopootic from the sound of a bot- 
 tle in being emptied ; iiite Pcjs. JjlLc 
 gtUgul, Engl, to gurgle, to bubble. In 
 the Maltese dialect, bakbak is to boil, as 
 water, like Arab. fuJU, /V^ ' ^^^^^i 
 a bubble in water ; bakb'^ka, bekbi/ka, a 
 bottle. Comp. also ria, rasa, pia. 
 Trop. a) to empty of inhabitants, to de- 
 populate a land Is. 24, 1 ; to spoil, to pil- 
 lage a peo{)le, Nab. 2, 3. b) Jcr. 19, 7 
 rTiin*! rss-rx 'rpa / will empty out, 
 pour out, the counsel of Judah, i. e. will 
 make them without counsel. Comp. 
 Niph. Is. 19, 3. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be poured out, i. q. to 
 spread wide, spoken of luxuriant growth 
 and foliage. Hos. 10, 1 pp3 -jsa a 
 spreading vine; Sept. afinsXog tvxXrj- 
 ftaiovau, Vnlg. frondosa. 
 
 Niph. pas. infinit. pian. fut. pia^. 
 
 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1. a, Is. 24, 3. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 1. b. Is. 19, 3 
 ia^n;?*? c^naa nin nfjns the spirit of 
 Egypt shall be emptied out from within 
 him, i. e. Egypt shall be wholly deprived 
 of spirit, understanding. The form np23 
 is for n;33D , see Lehrg. p. 372. 
 
 Po. ppia i. q. Kal 1. a, to empty a 
 land, to dfpopidate, Jer. 51, 2. 
 
 Deriv. p^iapa , and pr. names JT^papa , 
 ''132,!in:pa,pa:. '"'' 
 
 'li^ in Kal not used, pr. i. q. Arab. 
 
 -ftj to cleave, to divide, to lay open, 
 
 kindr, with r. 133 . The notion of cleav- 
 ing, laying open, is in this root transfer- 
 red to signify : 
 
 1. to cleave the soil, to plough, Lat. 
 arare, comp. ttJnn, nns, ma. Hence 
 1)33 armentum qs. aramentum, cattle. 
 
 2. to burst forth, to break forth, as 
 light, see rpa Kal and Niph. no. 3. 
 Hence "ipia morning. 
 
 3. to search into, to inquire ; Syr. 
 jJio to search, to examine, iVao and 
 Ij-oas search, inquisition. Also in the 
 sense to look at. to inspect ; so in 
 
 PiEL ijsa 1. to search, to inspect 
 carefully, to take note of any thing, with 
 \ Lev. 13, 36; ) 'C^ (cornp. -pa no. 1) 
 
 Lev. 27, 33. With a, to look a/ with 
 plea.sure, to behold with a-iminition, to 
 admire, Ps. 27. 4. Comp, a B. 4. a. 
 
 2. to look after, to take care of, c. ace. 
 Ez. 34, 11. 12. 
 
 3. to look at mentally, to consider, to 
 think upon, 2 K. 16, 15. Prov. 20, 25. 
 
 4. to take note of any one, to animad- 
 vert, i. e. to punish ; comp. nlpa . 
 
 The derivatives all follow. 
 
 "^t"-? Chald. in Pe. not used. 
 
 Pa. -ipa, plur. ii;3a, fut. ipa-;, inf. 
 f^^i^^ ; ^'^ earc/i. to inquire, to examine^ 
 Ezra 4, 15. 19. 6, 1 ; c. bs 7, 14. 
 
 Ithpa. pass. Ezra 5, 17. 
 
 1)5? comm. gend. m. Ex. 21, 37 ; f. 
 Job 1, 14. 
 
 1. a becve, Lat. bos, male or female, 
 ox or cow, so called as used for plough- 
 ing ; see r. "ipa no. 1. So according to 
 Varro de L. L. 4. 19, Lat. armentum for 
 
 aramentum ; and Arab. _flj , according 
 
 to Damiri so called as cleaving the 
 ground with a plough ; see Bochart 
 Hieroz. I. 280 ; or according to Ewald 
 from the cloven hoofs, Gramra. 358. 
 Plur. Am. 6, 12. Neh. 10, 37. 2 Chr. 4, 3. 
 Elsewhere always 
 
 2. Collect, oxen, cattle, herd of neat 
 
 cattle, Arab. Jb id. and noun of unity 
 
 5 Ju an ox. Syr. fjjirs a herd, pr. of 
 oxen, but in a wider sense also of other 
 herds and flocks. Comp. ip'ia, So '(XX 
 "ipai sheep and oxen, flocks and fierds, 
 Gen. 12, 16. 13, 5. 20, 14. Deut. 32, 14 
 "ipa Pson milk of kine. It is joined : 
 a) With numerals, opp. "itdJ an ox, etc. 
 comp. nb and "iXS. Ex. 21, 37 [22, 1] if 
 a man steal an ox (ti).. .-ips nffirn 
 niisn rnn c^aii flve oxen shall he re- 
 store for tlie one. Num. 7, 3 ibs ''3ttJ 
 ipa , V. 17 n-ija) ipa . b) With verbs 
 and adjectives plural-; 2 Sam. 6, 6 "3 
 "ipan ^li'Q^ for the oxen were restive. 1 
 K. 5. 3. Also with fem. where kine are 
 understood. Job 1, 14. Gen. 33, 13. 
 ipa--,a ba? a young calf Lev. 9, 2; rbss 
 "ipa Is. 7, 21, and simpl. ""i^a"'.? Gen! 
 18, 7. 8, a calf Of the figures of oxen, 
 1 K. 7, 29. 
 Hence the denom. ipia. 
 
1P=1 
 
 154 
 
 ffipn 
 
 *^^3 m. plur. f *i|5a 1. morning, the 
 dawn, or even before light, Ruth 3, 14 ; 
 pr. day-break, from the breaking forth of 
 the light ; see r. "^iDS no. 2. Arab. 
 
 Jo, SvJo id. comp. r. "i52 no. 1. So 
 
 -i;?2 nix iAe morning light 2 Sam. 23, 4. 
 Ace. as adv. tu the morning, early, (like 
 
 Arab. I>Xj.) Ps. 5, 4; oflener ^'p^% 
 early Gen. 19, 27, and poet. n;^2b Ps. 30, 
 6. 59, 17 ; which elsewhere is also "iS 
 ni^ia Deut. 16, 4. Ps. 130, 6. Distribu- 
 tively "^pas ^p>2 Ex. 16, 21. 30, 7. 36, 
 3. Lev. 6, 5 ; n;^2^ np2b 1 Chr. 9, 27 ; 
 0^n;?S^ Ps. 73, 14. 101,' 8. Is. 33, 2. Lam. 
 3, 23 ta-^nj^a?: Job 7, 18 ; all signifying 
 every morning. Metaph. moiming, q. d. 
 dawn of prosperity, happiness. Job 11, 17. 
 2. Spec, the next morning, Ex. 29, 34. 
 Lev. 19, 13. 22, 30. Num. 9. 12, Judg. 
 6, 31 i;r2n-n3 r-q^"^ ib a-i'i;; -icx he that 
 'trill plead for him,, let him be pxd to death 
 before morning ; Vulg. antcquam lux 
 craslina veniat, Sept. toiq n^oji'. Hence 
 the morrow, i. q. "inTS (comp. C^.s), and 
 as Adv. to-morrow, Ex. 16, 7. Num. 16, 5 
 (comp. V. 16) ; i. q, -i|?3a 1 Sam. 19, 2. 
 Also for early, soon, speedily, Ps. 5, 4 
 init. 90, 14. 143, 8 ; nprsb id. Ps. 49, 15. 
 
 "0)?^ f. (Kamets impure, pr. Inf. 
 Aram, in Pael) a looking after, care, Ez. 
 34, 12. R. n|?2 Pi. no. 2. 
 
 tr^pS f. animadversion, i. e. punish^ 
 ment, chastisement. Lev. 19, 20. R. "i|?a 
 Pi. no. 4. 
 
 " ^^^ in Kal not used, to seek, to 
 search, (see Pi.) corresponding to Arab. 
 '^^<\ s Chald. tliH2, to inquire into, to 
 scrutinize, which is kindr. with i^'En. 
 The primary idea seems to be that of 
 iotiching. feeling out; Syr. | 4^^ a touch- 
 ing ; comp. lisia to feel out, tJTT)? to seek 
 pr. by feeling. 
 
 PiEL t'lTa 1. to seek, to search for, to 
 inquire after ; absol. 2 K. 2. 17 ; ace. of 
 pers. or thing Gen. 37, 15. 16. 1 Sam. 
 10, 14. With b, to search or inquire 
 into any thing. Job 10, 6; different is 
 Gen. 43. 30 ri::^ Cita'ji he sought where 
 to weep. i. e. a place where. Sometimes 
 c. dat. commodi ib, 1 Sam. 28, 7. Lam. 
 I, 19 ; heuce, with this dat. to seek out 
 
 for oneself, i. q. to choose, 1 Sam. 13, 14. 
 Is. 40, 20; comp. Ez. 22, 30. Spec, a) 
 to seek the face, presence, of a king, i. e. 
 to go to him, to wish to see him, 1 K. 
 10, 24 ; also to supplicate his favour, 
 Prov. 29, 26. b) to seek the face of Je- 
 hovah, pr. to turn unto him. to draw near 
 to him, espec. with prayer and supplica- 
 tion, 2 Sam. 12, 16. Ps. 24, 6. 27, 8. 105, 
 4 ; or <o inquire of him, to seek a re- 
 sponse, 2 Sam. 21, 1 ; or in order to ap- 
 pease his anger, Hos. 5, 15. The same 
 is : c) ninvrx ^isa Ex. 33, 7. 2 Chr. 
 20, 4. 0pp. N:i73 to find God, i. e. to be 
 heard by him, Deut. 4, 29. Is. 65, 1. 
 nirT^ 'lirP?^ ^^^y "^^^^ ^^^^ Jehovah, his 
 worshippers, Ps. 40, 17. 69, 7. 105, 3. Is. 
 51, 1. Comp. ttJn^ no. 2. 
 
 2. to seek, to strive after, to try to gain, 
 e. g. the priesthood Nmn. 16, 10, false- 
 hood Ps. 4. 3, love Prov. 17. 9 ; rarely 
 with h Prov. 18, 1. So 'e lliS3 ffljss to 
 seek the life of any one, to plot against 
 him, Ex. 4, 19. 1 Sam. 20, 1. 22, 2~'3. 23, 
 15. 2 Sam. 4, 8. 16, 11 ; once in a good 
 sense, to seek to preserve one^s life, Prov. 
 29, 10 ; comp. Cjb 'iinri Ps. 142, 5. Also 
 'B rsn t;;?3 to seek the hurt of any one, 
 to strive to do him harm or to destroy 
 him, 1 Sam. 24, 10. Ps. 71, 13. 24. rj;5a 
 hi< nsn id. 1 Sam. 25, 26. With inf c. 
 b to seek to do any thing, e. g. 1 Sam. 
 io, 2 "(n-'rrib "^nx bfisai u;;33^ Saul my 
 father seeketh to kill thee. Ex. 2, 15. 4, 
 24 ; inf: simpl. Jer. 26, 21. 
 
 3. to require, to demand, Neh. 5, 18 ; 
 c. ',^ Ps. 104, 21 ; 1!^ Gen. 31, 39. 43, 9. 
 Is. 1, 12. Spec, 'b 11:^ 'b c-n ir;5S to re- 
 quire the blood of any one at the hand of 
 or from any one, i. e. to exact or inflict 
 punishment for bloodshed, 2 Sam. 4. 11. 
 Ez. 3, 18. 20. 33, 8 ; without cn 1 Sam. 
 20, 16. 
 
 4. to seek from any one, i. e. to ask, to 
 request, with '|t: of pers. Ezra 8, 21. Dan. 
 1, 8 ; also ace. of thing Esth. 2, 15. With 
 bs to entreat for any one, to supplicate 
 for, Esth. 4, 8. 7, 7. 
 
 5. to inquire of any one, to interrogate^ 
 c. *,:? Dan. 1, 20. 
 
 PiTAL to be sougU Ez. 26, 21. Jer. 50, 
 20. Esth. 2, 23. Hence 
 
 mC||i3 f. (Kamets impure) request, 
 entreaty, Esth. 5, 3. 7. 8. Ezra 7, 6. 
 
^a 
 
 155 
 
 ira 
 
 I. "3 m. c. suff. "^S , a son, from the 
 idea of begetting, being born, sec r. S'na 
 no. 3, and Niph. no. 2 ; the common 
 word for son in the Chaldee, but in He- 
 brew only poetic. Twice, Prov. 31, 2. 
 Ps. 2, 12 na npis? kisn the son sc. of Jeho- 
 vah, the king ; comp. v. 7, and ^a Is. 9, 
 5. Others here take ia in the sense of 
 chosen or pure (from I'^a. see 12 no. II), 
 and supjwse the king to be saluted by 
 the title of //e chosen, the pure, i. q. "("^na 
 Hirrj ; but tliis is less satisfactory. 
 
 II. "Q f. nna , adj. from r. n-ia . 
 
 1. chosen, beloved. Cant. 6, 9 fC^n rrnS 
 Mri*i^i^b she is the beloved of her mother, 
 her mother's delight. 
 
 2. pure, clear. Cant. 6. 10 fair as the 
 V70on. n^H3 rrna clear as the sun, i. e. of 
 purest brightness. Metaph. in a moral 
 sense : aab -'a pnre in heart, Ps. 24, 4. 
 73, 1. See r. "na no. 3. b. 
 
 3. clean, i. e. empty, of a stall or barn, 
 Prov. 14. 4. 
 
 III. 13 m. Am. 5, 11. 8, 6. Ps. 72, 16; 
 elsewhere "13 , subst. R. "na , 
 
 1. com. grain, pr. that which has been 
 cleansed, winnowed, (comp. Jer. 4, 11,) 
 and is stored up in garners or sold, Gen. 
 41, 35. 49. Prov. 11, 26. Joel 2. 24. Once 
 of grain standing in the fields, Ps. 65, 
 
 my 
 
 14. Arab, o wheat ; corresponding is 
 also Lat. far, whence farina. 
 
 2. the open fields, country, Job 39, 4. 
 See Chald. "la II. 
 
 I. "^ Chald. m. c. suff. Pina Dan. 5, 
 22. Plur. ''33, see in la p. 139". 
 
 1. a son. Dan. 6. 1. lin^N~ia son of 
 the gods Dan. 3, 25. 
 
 2. a grandson, descendant, Ezra 5, 1 ; 
 comp. Zech. 1, 1. 
 
 11. *13 Chald. m. emph. X'la, the open 
 field, campus, pr. campus punts Liv. 24. 
 14 ; i. e. the open country without woods 
 or villages, Dan. 2, 38. 4, 18. 22. 29. 
 
 Arab, -j, xjo campus, the open 
 fields, desert, Syr. Ij-s id. 
 
 13 see D'l'ia . 
 
 I- "13 a pit, see "lia . 
 
 II. "la ra. (r. ina) once "liS Job 9, 30. 
 1. cleanness, pureness, mostly with 
 
 D-i-i;; Ps. 18, 21. 25, or D-iB? Job 9, 30. 22, 
 30, i. e. cleanness of hands, metaph. for 
 innocence. Once 13 simpi. in the same 
 sense, 2 Sam. 22, 25. 
 
 2. That which cleanses, salt of lye, 
 vegetable salt, alkali, e. g. potash or soda, 
 i. q. pina q. V. Job 9, 30, The ancienta 
 made use of alkali, both as mingled with 
 oil instead of soap for wa.shing, Job 9, 30 ; 
 and also in smelting metals to make them 
 melt and flow more readily and purely, 
 Is. 1, 25. 
 
 * ^^-^ fut. Kna-i 1. pr. to cut, to cut 
 out, to carve, to form by cutting or carv- 
 ing, see Piel. Arab, f o final Ye and 
 fut. /. to cut out, to cut or pare down, to 
 plane and polish. For the notion of 
 breaking, cutting, separating, which is 
 inherent in the radical syllable IB , see 
 under l^a . The same belongs also to 
 the softer syllable ia ; comp. "T^a , ma , 
 irna, rna; ina to scatter, T^na pr.^to 
 break ; also ~an , ^\ . 
 
 2. to form, to create, to produce. Comp. 
 
 ^ .^ to smooth, to polish, then to form, 
 to create ; also Germ, schajfen, Dan. 
 skabe, which is of the same stock with 
 Germ, schaben, Belg. schaeven, Eng. to 
 
 shave. Arab. |o id. ^vLj creator. Syr. 
 
 Chald. ]\si, ^pa, x-na id, Spoken of 
 the creation of the heavens and the earth 
 Gen. 1,1; of men Gen. 1, 27. 5, 1. 2. 6, 7 ; 
 spec, of Israel Is. 43, 1. 15. Jer. 31, 22 
 y-nxa nc-in nin"! xna Jeliorah hath 
 created a new thing in the earth, a wo- 
 man shall protect a man; comp. Num. 
 6. 30. Is. 65, 18 d-iVjiii^-rN stn'a 13:1-1 
 i"Tb"'a behold, I create Jerusalem a re- 
 joicing, i. e. cause her to rejoice. Part. 
 "("^T^ in Plur. majest. thy creator Ecc, 
 12, 1. In Gen. 2, 3 is read: nibyb xna 
 which he created in making, i. e. which 
 he made in creating. As to the construc- 
 tion, comp. the formulas mbrb ^"''nsrj, 
 nibsb yy\ . 
 
 3. to beget, to bring forth, whence 
 "la son ; see Niph. no. 2. Chald. Itlipe. 
 genitus est. 
 
 4. to feed, to eat, to grow fat, from th 
 idea of cutting up food; hence Hiph. t 
 fatten, and adj. Xina fattened, fat. Comp, 
 
i^^.n 
 
 166 
 
 ins 
 
 h'na no. 2. Kindred roots are |j to be 
 filled with food, (<I and ^^I to be fat, 
 
 K-na to be well-led, X-^-in i.q. x-'-ia fat- 
 tened, fdt, and Gr. /5^oa) (^(iijSQaay.w), 
 whence ^oQa, Lat. vorare. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be created Gen. 2, 4. 5, 2 ; 
 <o 6e made, done, Ex. 34, 10. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 3, to be bom Ez. 21, 
 35 [30]. 28, 13. Ps. 104, 30. 
 
 PiEL N'^3 1. to cut, to cut doxcn, e. g. 
 :with a sword Ex. 23, 47 ; wood, a forest 
 with an axe, Josh. 17, 15 get thee up to 
 the forest Cttj Tjb rxnan and there cut 
 thee down room ; Vulg. well, ibique suc- 
 cide tibi spatia ; so v. 18 but the moun- 
 tain shall be thine, I'riX'nSfl NmI "ij^ ^s 
 for it is a forest, and thou shall cut it 
 down. 
 
 S. to form, to fashion, to make, i. q. 
 ^s;,Ez. 21, 24[19]. 
 
 IIiPH. causat. of Kal no. 4, to feed, to 
 fatten, to make fat, 1 Sam. 2, 29. 
 
 Deriv. "i2 I, x^-ia . ni<i"i2 . and pr. n. 
 
 S"ia , ""iJina , see 'i<'n2-n'^2 p. 129. 
 
 n'^r^ m'j^'''-? Berodach Daladan, 
 pr. n. of a king of Babylon, 2 K. 20, 12 ; 
 called also Merodach Baladan Is. 39, 1. 
 This latter orthography seems to be 
 more ancient, and accords better with 
 the etymology ; see in T)']5<"'''3 . 
 
 ^^^"^^ (whom Jehovah created) Be- 
 raiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21. 
 
 Q'^'?S'l3 m. plur/oi/^Z.?, which are said 
 to be fattened for the table of Solomon, 
 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]. Kimchi understands 
 capons; but more prob. with the Tar- 
 gum of Jerus. geese, so called from the 
 pureness and whiteness of their plu- 
 mage ; from r. ""^S no. 3. 
 
 IjS. pr. to strew, to scatter, to sprin- 
 kle, corap. ^"^S and 1*12, J^jd; hence 
 to scatter hail, to hail. Is. 32, 19. Eth. 
 
 X14^> Syr. f?i.s hail ; Arab. Jo hail ; 
 
 5o to be cold, to hail ; but the signif, 
 
 of cold is secondary, and derived from 
 that of hail. 
 Deriv. inaTia. 
 
 T^^ m. hail, Ex. 9, 18 sq. 10. 5 sq. 
 Ps. 18, 13. 14. 78, 47. 48. Tin ^32X hail- 
 stones, i. q. hail ; see 'jax . 
 
 ^'13 adj. (r. nns) plur. C'^'^i'ns, pr. 
 strewed or sprinkled with spots, spotted, 
 piebald, spoken of goats Gen. 31, 10. 12; 
 of horses Zech. 6, 3. 8. So Lat. sparsua 
 albo pelles, Virg. Eel. 2. 41. It differa 
 from lp: in Gen. 1. c. in that the lat- 
 ter denotes smaller spots, speckled. 
 
 Arab. O^j and SOo paity-coloured gar- 
 ment; by transp. Jo* Conj. II, to be 
 spotted, piebald, spoken of sheep. Syr. 
 Pc'jJs a leopard, panther, so called from 
 his spots ; and from this source have 
 doubtless come also Gr. and Lat. nuQdoe, 
 j)ardn^. From the above Arabic word 
 comes the Fr. broder, Engl, to braider. 
 
 T^3 (hail) Bered. pr. n. a) A place 
 in the desert of Shur, Gen. 16, 14 ; comp. 
 V. 7. b) m. 1 Chr. 7, 20. 
 
 * 11^3, fut. nnai 1. i. q. kindr. X^3, 
 
 to cut, to cut asunder; comp. Arab. t*j 
 final Waw, to cut out or off, also N'^S no. 
 1. Hence FT^ia covenant, so called from 
 cutting in two or dividing the victims. 
 
 2. to eat, i, q. X'^a no. 4, from the idea 
 of cutting up food; like ^Tw no. 3, and 
 many verbs of cutting in Arabic, see 
 Thesaur. p. 238. Comp. /5(jow, ^i/i()(a- 
 ay.bu2 Sam. 12, 17 Onb nn2, i. q. isij 
 snb, see brx no. 1. c. 2 Sam. 13, 6. lol 
 
 3. to select, to choose out, likewise from 
 the idea of cutting out and separating, 
 see "ina no. 2. 1 Sam. 17, 8 lli-^x cab ^na 
 choose you out a man. 
 
 PiEL inf nina i. q. Kal no. 2. Lam. 
 4, 10. 
 
 HiPH. causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
 eat, to give to eat, with two ace. 2 Sam. 
 3, 35. 13, 5. 
 
 Deriv. "^na , fr^na , niia , ni-i3 . 
 
 tj^'ia (blessed, Benedict) Baruch, pr. 
 n. a) The friend and companion of the 
 prophet Jeremiah, to whom the apocry- 
 phal book of the same name is ascribed, 
 Jer. 32, 12-16. 36, 4 sq. 43, 3-6. 45, 1. 2. 
 b) Neh. 3, 20. 10, 7. c) Neh. 11, 5. 
 
 D'^'oi'lSl m. plur. Ez. 27, 24, variegated 
 Bluffs, damask cloths, in which threads 
 
T3 
 
 157 
 
 ma 
 
 of various coloura arc woven together 
 in figures, etc. conip. r. D'la no. 2. So 
 Kiinchi correctly. Arab. f^,j-i a thread 
 
 or cord of two colours, t>*^ stuff woveiv 
 of such threads. 
 
 113 m. plur. D^UJi"!a 1. a cypress, 
 a tall and fruit or cone-bearing tree, Is. 
 55, 13. Hos. 14, 9 ; constituting along 
 with the cedar, with which it is often 
 joined, the glory of Lebanon, Is. 14, 8. 
 37, 24. 60, 13. Zech. 11, 2 comp. v, 1. 
 Its wood, like that of the cedar, was em- 
 ployed for the floors and ceilings of the 
 temple, 1 K. 5, 22. 24. 6, 15. 34. 2 Chr. 
 2, 7. 3, 5 ; also for the decks and sheath- 
 ing of ships Ez. 27, 5 ; for spears Nah. 
 2, 4 ; and for musical instruments 2 Sam. 
 6, 5. Once by Syriasm called ni"i3 
 Cant. 1, 17. That the cypress and not 
 the fir-tree is to be understood, is apparent 
 from the nature of the case, as well as 
 from the autliority of ancient interpret- 
 ers ; although this name may perhaps 
 also have comprehended other trees of 
 the pine genus ; see more in Thesaur. 
 p. 246. As to its etymology, the name 
 seems to come from the idea of cutting 
 up into boards, planks, etc. see r. llJna. 
 [The cypress is not now indicrenous on 
 Lebanon, while the species of pine 
 known as the Pinus bruttia is found in 
 large tracts ; Schubert Reise ins Mor- 
 genl. in. p. 347, 353. Hence, if an in- 
 ference may be drawn from the present 
 Flora to that of ancient times, the 
 TlJiia was probably not the cypress, but 
 the pine. R. 
 
 2. Any thing made of cypress [or 
 pine], e. g. a) a lance Nah. 2, 4. b) a 
 musical instrument^ 2 Sara. 6, 5. 
 
 ttr^ m. plur. D'^niia a cypress [or 
 pine\ i. q. OJiia q. v. a form tending to 
 Aramaism, Cant. 1, 17. R. pna. 
 
 miia f /ood, Ps. 69, 22. R. nna no. 2. 
 
 nni-13 Ez. 47, 16, and '^TTTa 2 Sam. 
 8, 8, (my wells, for "^niisa .) Berofha.h, 
 Berothai, pr. n. of a city rich in brass, 
 formerly subject to the kings of Zobah, 
 and situated in the northern extremity 
 of Palestine. Some suppose it to be i. q. 
 Berytus, Beirut, a maritune city of Phe- 
 nicia; but from Ez. I. c. it would seem 
 14 
 
 not to have been situated on the coast, 
 but rather in the neighbourhood of Ha- 
 math. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. 
 p. 292. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 441 
 sq. In the parallel passage 1 Chr. 18, 8 
 it is '|13 q. V. 
 
 T^^ obsol. root, Chald. and Talmud. 
 to traiisfix, to pierce ; also NTna a hole, 
 wound, made by piercing. Hence quad- 
 rilit. bT~ia and niT^a in next art. 
 
 tr}V)iL (perh. rn iKa well of olives) 
 Birzaith, pr. n. prob. fem. 1 Chr. 7, 31 
 Keri. But Chethibh has flitna (holes, 
 wounds, r. T'na) Birzoth. 
 
 'T7^ - Deut. 19, 5, iron, a quadril. 
 from Chald. Tna to transfix, with b add- 
 ed; comp. b^ia from B"i3, bs"^n from 
 ym . Chald. bna and bns? , Syr. P'^ji. 
 Gen. 4, 22. Ez. 27, 12. 19. etc. Often 
 put as the symbol of hardness and firm- 
 ness, as ^T^a aaic a sceptre of iron, for 
 stern dominion Ps. 2, 9. Is. 48, 4 T^a 
 Tjans bna a sinew of iron is thy neck, in 
 allusion to the perverse obstinacy of a 
 people. Spec, an iron, i. e. an iron tool, 
 Deut. 27, 5. Josh. 8. 31 : an axe 2 K, 6,, 
 5. Is. 10, 34 ; irons, iron fetters Ps. 105, 18, 
 fully bna I'^na 149, 8. 
 
 ''5T'!'? (iron, of iron, unless perh. we 
 compare Talmud. st^tiS herdsman,. 
 *l''b"'1"i3 princes,) Barzillai, pr. n. a)i 
 A Gileadite distinguished for his hos- 
 pitality and liberality towards David, 
 2 Sam. 17, 27. 19 32-39. 1 K. 2, 7. b> 
 A IVIfehoIathite, father of Adriel, 2 Sam. 
 21, 8. c) Ezra 2, 61. 
 
 ''_-? fut. rina*! l. to pass through, 
 to reach across, as a bar or bolt ; prob. 
 pr. to cut through, to break through ; 
 comp. T|"!!a, and for the signif of cutting 
 and breaking which belongs to verbs 
 beginning with "^S, ^B, see above in 
 xna. Ex. 36, 33 and he made the mid- 
 dle bar n^jsn-ja DiffiTjsn 'T^lra n'-ia^ 
 ns^n-^X to pass through the middle of 
 the boards from one end to the other. 
 Comp. Hiph. no. 1, and ri'^'na a bar, bolt. 
 Hence 
 
 2. to break away, to fee; Arab. -o 
 
 to depart, to slip away, to escape into a de- 
 sert place, ^->v? ^j^} the son of flight, 
 
n^n 
 
 158 
 
 'ni 
 
 a gazelle. Absol. Gen. 31.22.27. 1 Sam. 
 
 19, 18 ; ace. of place whither, 1 Sam. 
 27, 4; also ) Neh. 13, 10, 5X Num. 24, 
 
 11 ; with "j^ of" place whence 1 Sam. 
 
 20, 1. The person from whom one flies 
 is preceded by ''i^^ Gen. 16, 8. 35, 1. 7, 
 "SBI^ Jon. 1, 3, )-q Is. 48, 20, T^-q frmn 
 one^s hand i. e. his power Job 27, 22, 
 ^N53 from with ] K. 11, 23. It differs 
 from -^^n to escape, e. g. 1 Sam. 19, 
 
 12 :3^:a*5 nn:*;; ri^.'T a??r/ fe departed, 
 and fed, and escaped. To the imperat. 
 is sometimes added the dat. t]l3"n"j2 q.d. 
 in Engl, get thee away, fee, Gen. 27, 43. 
 Num. 24, 11. Am. 7, 12. Comp. Fr. 
 s^enfuir. 
 
 Note. In one passage, Ex. 14, 5, 
 Michaelis and others assign to JTia the 
 
 signif. of Arab. _wi fo turn the left side 
 
 or to the left. But this is needless ; for 
 it might well be said of a people, whom 
 Pharaoh had expected to return after 
 three days, but who were now prepa- 
 ring to pass into Arabia, that they fed. 
 
 HiPH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, Ex. 26, 28. 
 
 2. to make fee, to put to fight, Job 41, 
 20. Also to chase away, Neh. 13, 28. 
 
 Deriv. m'72, nnsa, and 
 
 nia Is. 27, 1. Job 26, 13, and T')'^ 
 plur. n-'tt'i-ia Is. 43, 14; for ni^a, after 
 the form p"'"^ . 
 
 1. One who flies, afiigitive. Is. 43, 14. 
 Also feeirig, the feet, as a poetical epi- 
 thet for the serpent, Is. 27, 1 ; likewise a 
 constellation Job 26, 13. 
 
 2. Bariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 22. 
 
 I'jpri'ia see inte'^'^na. 
 
 *^*ia adj. (r. nna) f n;'i2,/a^, i. q. 
 '^'ia, comp. the root no.' 2. Ez. 34, 20 
 n^'na lib a fat sheep, where perh. it 
 should read n-i3. or with three Mss. 
 njjins. In Jpb 37. u 3S ri-^-ia;! ina qs, 
 many interpreters following the Chaldee 
 and Rabbins explain "^la by pureness, 
 spec, clearness, serenity of the heavens, 
 (Targ. xniiT'na,) and then render the 
 whole clause: also serenity dispelleth the 
 cloud. But the interpretation given be- 
 low in art. IT^a is more satisfactory. 
 
 ^nS (i. q. 'nxa q. d. fontanus) Um, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 36. 
 
 W"}!! a.d'y fatted, fat, see r. rj2 no. 4 ; 
 
 of men Judg. 3, 17. Dan. 1, 15 ; of kine 
 Gen. 41, 2. 4. 18. 20 ; of ears of grain ib. 
 V. 5. 7, comp. abn ; of food Hab. 1, 16. 
 Fcm. nx-^nan collect, the failings, the fat 
 ftock or herd, Zech. 11, 16. Ez. 34, 3. 
 
 15<'>'l!il f. (r. S*"^^) a creation, thing 
 created or performed of God, espec. new 
 and unlieard of. Num. 16, 30. Comp. 
 Jer. 31, 22. 
 
 n^-!3 f food, 2 Sam. 13, 5. 7. 10. R. 
 
 rrna no. 2. 
 
 n'^"'^ see rra. 
 
 r}''"l3 m. plur. ^''rji'j^, from r. JTia 
 no. 1. 
 
 1. a bar, cross-bar, which passed from 
 one side of the tabernacle to the other 
 through rings attached to each board, 
 and thus held the boards together; so 
 called from passiiig thrmigh, as Lat. 
 transirum for transitrum. Ex. 26, 26 sq, 
 35, 11. 36, 31 sq. Num. 3, 36. 4, 31. 
 
 2. a bar, bolt, for fastening a gate or 
 door, Judg. 16, 3. Neh. 3, 3 sq. al. In 
 Jon. 2, 7 the bars of the earth are the 
 bars of the gate which leads into the 
 deep recesses of the earth, i.e. into Sheol, 
 i. q. bixiu ''na Job 17, 16. Metaph. bars, 
 bolts, for princes, as aiding lo protect and 
 defend a state (comp. 12 Hos. 11, 6) ; Is. 
 15, 5 1SS "IS rj"'ni"ia his princes dee unto 
 Zoar. Jerome, vectes ejus. Yet perhaps 
 such an ellipsis of the verb to fee is here 
 too harsh, especially as there has been 
 no previous mention o^ flight ; and I 
 would prefer therefore with Chald. Saad. 
 Kimchi, to render ir^ni-ia his fugitives ; 
 whether we read it in"'n''"ia, or derive 
 ii'^n'^'ia from '^"'"^3 with Kamets pure, 
 after the form nittis . 
 
 Q-^ia (put for n'l'iNa, wells) Bcrim, 
 pr. name of a place or district in the 
 north of Palestine, 2 Sam. 20, 14. R. 
 
 ny'^"l2 (gift, donation, r. S*^^) Beriah, 
 pr. n. m. a) A son of Ephraim; 1 Chr. 
 7, 23 and he called hi^ name Beriah 
 in'^aa nn^fi n5"ia 'a because a gift was 
 unto his house ; so at least Michaelis 
 Suppl. 224. Better it would seem : be- 
 cause evil, calamity, was tmto his hm/se ; 
 ns'ia being for nsn with Beth pleonastic, 
 see a lett. C ; comp. v. 21. 22. Sept. oTt 
 iv xaxdlg fyirtto h> Otxut ftov. Vulg. eo 
 quod in malls domus ejus ortus essct. b) 
 
^'2 
 
 <1$9 
 
 T>3 
 
 Gen. 46, 17. c) 1 Chr. 8, 13. d) 1 Chr. 
 23, 10. Patronym. from b, '^S'^'ia Bn- 
 riite Num. 26, 44. 
 
 ^''"^^ n (r. JT^S) 1. a covenant, league, 
 usually referred to the cutting in pieces oi 
 the victims which were sacrificed on con- 
 cluding a solemn covenant, and between 
 the parts of which the contracting parties 
 were accustomed to pass ; see in r. n"]3 
 and Gen. 15, 9 sq. But the idea sug- 
 gested by Lee (Heb. Lex. h. v.) deserves 
 attention, viz. that riina is strictly no- 
 thing more than an eating together, han- 
 qicet, from !Tn2 no. 2 ; since among Ori- 
 entals to eat together is almost the same 
 as to make a covenant of friendship. 
 The Hebrews too were accustomed to 
 eat together when entering into a cove- 
 nant, see Gen. 31, 54 ; and in this way 
 we obtain an explanation of nh-q n'^'ia 
 covenant (an eating ?) of salt, see rib^ , 
 Spoken of a league between nations 
 or tribes Josh. 9, 6 sq. or between private 
 persons and friends 1 Sara. 18. 3. 23, 18 ; 
 of the matrimonial covenant Mai. 2, 14. 
 'b n-'-in 'bya Gen. 14, 13, and 'CSX 
 S n'^in Obad. 7, possessors or men of a 
 covenant, i. e. confederate with any one. 
 n-i-ia bx Judg. 9, 46, i. q. n'-na hs2 v. 4, 
 god or guardian of covenants ; see in hsz 
 no. 5. a. The verbs employed to express 
 the making and sanctioning of a cove- 
 nant, are : nna, C^pn, ',P5, o^b 2 Sam. 
 23, 5, a !tia,ana3Deut.29,ll,allwhich 
 see in their order. Those which denote 
 its violation, are : "iSn , hhn , aT5 , a lisrj. 
 The cox-enant of any one is the covenant 
 made by or with him. Lev. 26, 45. Deut. 
 4, 31 ; nSn'^ n'>'ia the covenant entered 
 into with Jehovah Deut. 4, 23. 29, 24. al. 
 Spec, and very freq. spoken of the cove- 
 nant instituted between God and Abra- 
 ham Gen. c. 15, c. 17 ; confirmed with 
 Moses Ex. 24, 7. 8. 34, 27. Deut. 5, 2 ; to 
 be renewed and ennobled in after times 
 through the intervention of prophets 
 and the Messiah, Is. 42, 6. 49, 8. Mai. 3 
 1 ; comp. Jer. 31, 33. The land pro- 
 mised and given to the people of Israel 
 by this covenant is called r-^'^an y-ix 
 the covenant land Ez. 30, 5 ; and the 
 people itself ttJ'i'p n'^na the hoi i/ covenant 
 (people) Dan. 11, 28. 30. n-^-ian r.i(b-2 
 
 the messenger of the (new) covenant^ 
 fdealiijg, i. e. the Messiah, Mai. 3, 1. 
 
 2. Elsewhere it signifies also the corir 
 dition of God^s covenant with Israel, viz. 
 a) the covenant promise of God, Is. 59, 
 21. b) Oftener the precepts of God 
 which are to be observed by Israel, the 
 divine law, i. q. nnin. Hence nrmb 
 n--i2n Deut. 9, 9. 15 ; riirri n-'-na li-ij* 
 and n-^ian -ji-ijit the ark of tJie covenant 
 or law, i. e. in which the tables of the law 
 were preserved ; see 'li-iK . So "'tan 
 ninan tlie words of the covenant or law 
 Jer. il, 2-8. 34, 18. Ex. 34, 28 rr^nan ^-lan 
 O"'"??'^''? ^^^?, the words of the covenant 
 or law, the ten commandnmnts. "iBO 
 IT'nan the book of the law, spoken both 
 ofits earliest beginnings, Ex. 24,7; and 
 also of the whole collection of laws, 2 K. 
 23, 2. 21. 2 Chr. 34, 30. For a covenant 
 of salt, see in n^ia. 
 
 3. EUipt. a.) I. (\.T^'^']'2.X\'^^hT2 the mes- 
 senger of the (new) covA'.nant, its interpre- 
 ter, fiiditij:;, i. e. the introducer of a new 
 law and new dispensation, the Messiah, 
 Is. 42, 6. 49, 8 ; comp. Mai. 3, 1. b) i. q. 
 rr^na nix the sign of the covenant, i. e. cir- 
 cumcision, Gen. 17, 10. 13; comp. v. 11. 
 
 fl'^"'3 f pr. that which cleanses, any 
 thing used for cleansing and scouring ; 
 from "lis q. v. with the fern. adj. ending 
 ri-. Spec, salt of lye, vegetable salt, 
 alkali, (that from minerals is called 
 ir? q. V.) obtained from the ashes of 
 various plants of a saltish or alkaline 
 
 nature, Arab. ,^Llcof, j^LLiJ^, JU, 
 Salsola Kali Linn. The ancients made 
 use of this along with oil lor washing 
 and scouring garments instead of soap, 
 Jer. 2, 22 ; and also in refining metals, 
 Mai. 3, 2. See more on the various 
 names and uses of these plants, in Bo- 
 chart Hieroz. II. p. 43 sq. Celsius Hi- 
 erob. I. 449 sq. C. B. Michaeiis Epist. 
 ad'Fr. HolTmannum de herba Borith, 
 HaliB 1728. J. Beckmann Beytrage zur 
 Geschichte d. Erfindd. IV. p. 10 sq. 
 
 M-T f^t- m'^^'? 1- to bend the knee, 
 to kneel; Arab, (^o, Ethiop. fl^^, 
 Syr. '^j-s, id. The primary notion is 
 that of breaking down. comp. p'^Q ; and 
 for the connection of these two ideas, 
 
T^ 
 
 160 
 
 pi 
 
 see under S'^^, 5?3. 2 Chr. 6, 13 rp^T^ 
 1'i3'iS"bs and he kneeled down Jipon his 
 knees ; comp. Dan. 6, 11. Ps. 95. 6 Oh 
 coOTe...iiU5 nirri ijsb ri:'iS3 let us 
 kneel before Jehovah our maker. See 
 Hiph. and Tp.2 knee. 
 
 2. to invoke God, to bless ; often in Piel, 
 but in Kal only Part. pass. T|^"i3 adored, 
 blessed, Sept. siXoyrjfiivog, BvloyrjTog. 
 The fuller detail in respect to T\'^~^ is 
 given in Piel. The forms Tp"ia (inf 
 absol. for ^i'na after the form XiSj^ ] -lis;)) 
 Josh. 24, 10. and ^is-ia Gen. 28, 6. 1 Sam. 
 13, 10. 2 Sam. 8, 10." 1 Chr. 18, 10, are 
 more correctly referred to Piel. 
 
 NiPH. reflex, i. q. Hithpa. to bless one- 
 self, Gen. 12, 3. 18, 18. 28, 14. See folly 
 in Hithpa. 
 
 Piel rp?, once T)":? Num. 23, 20 ; fut. 
 ^"na"!, Tina"^], with a distinctive accent 
 
 1. Spoken in respect to God, to invoke, 
 to bless God, i. e. to celebrate, to praise, to 
 ad-ore, which is done with bended knees ; 
 Bee 2 Chr. 6, 13. Ps. 95, 6. Dan. 6, 11, etc. 
 Arab. t^vJ Conj. V, to bless, to praise ; 
 
 VI, God is praised with reverential mind. 
 Constr. c. ace. (like yovimfxtiv lira 
 Matt. 17. 14.) Ps. 104, 1. 26, 12. 34, 2. 63, 
 5. 66, 8. 103. 1. 2. 104, 35 ; rarely c. h 
 1 Chr. 29, 20. So Part, passive of Kalj 
 O'in'bx 'rjl-,3 , nin-i 'a , blessed be Jehovah, 
 i. e. praised, adored, Ex. 18, 10. 1 Sam. 
 25, 32. 39. Ps. 28, 6. 31, 22. 41, 14. Job 
 2, 9 rsi fn'bx -r^ia bless God and die, 
 i. e. bless and praise God as thou wilt, 
 yet thou must now die ; thy piety towards 
 God is in vain. The language is that of 
 an impious woman. For this use of two 
 imperatives, one of which is concessive, 
 while the other affirms, promises, threat- 
 ens, see Heb. Gram. 127. 2. b. More 
 fully Min'^ CIS Tj"!!? to bless tJie. name of 
 Jehovah Ps. 96, 2. and nin'i naia r,n2 
 (like '1 noa N-nj?) Deut. 10, 8. 21, 5. 
 Once of the invocation of idols Is. 66, 3 ; 
 also of self-praise, Ps. 49, 19. 
 
 2. Of men towards men, to bless, pr. to 
 invoke blessingR upon any one in the 
 nameofGod,nin"i ni^a P8."]29.8. 1 Chr. 
 
 16, 2. Arab. (^L , Ethiop. Q^^ , id. 
 Gen. 27, 27. 28. Spoken of the vows 
 and prayers of a dying parent in behalf 
 of his family, his last blessing. Gen 
 
 27, 4. 7. 10. 48, 9 ; of a priest for a pea- 
 pie. Lev. 9, 22. 23. Num. 6, 23 ; of one 
 or more tribes for others, Deut. 27, 12. 
 Constr. usually with ace. rarely h Neh. 
 11, 2. Once of the consecration of a 
 sacrifice, 1 Sam. 9, l3. 
 
 3. God too is said to bless men and 
 other created things. Gen. 1, 22. 9, 1. 
 Often implying also the effect of the di- 
 vine favour and blessing, i. q. to prosper ^ 
 to make prosperous ; Gen. 12, 2 ?^3'iaN]i 
 ?]ra: nb^Jitl I will bless thee, and I will 
 make thy name great, v. 3. 17, 16. 22, 17. 
 24, 1. 30, 27. Constr. with two ace. of 
 pers. and of that in or with which one 
 is blessed of God, Deut. 12, 7. 15, 14 ; or 
 a of thing. Gen. 24, 1. Ps, 29, 1 1 . Where 
 a blessing is invoked upon any one from 
 God, the formula is : njni^ nns T^lia 
 blessed be thou of Jehovah 1 Sam. 15, 13 ; 
 nin-'b N^n ti^a Ruth 2, 20; comp. Gen. 
 14, 19. Judg. 17, 2. nirr7 ti^^a blessed 
 of Jehovah Gen. 24, 31.^26, 29. Num. 24, 
 9. God is also said to bless inanimate 
 things, i. q. to cause them to prosper, 
 thrive, be abundant, Ex. 23, 25. Job 1, 
 10. Ps. 65, 11. 132, 15. Prov.3, 33. So 
 of the consecration of the Sabbath, Gen. 
 2,3. 
 
 4. Of men, to bless, i. q. to salute, to 
 greet, implying the wish or invocation 
 of every good, 1 Sam. 15, 13 ; comp. 
 slQrjvr,vfilv,Arab.\iXjkX- ^"^^mJ^. (This 
 of course is more emphatic than the mode 
 of salutation which merely asks after 
 one's welfare, b Dibcb bxiB , see Cibui.) 
 Prov. 27, 14. 2 K. 4,' 29. I'Sam. 25, 14, 
 comp. V. 6. Spoken of a person who 
 comes to any one. Gen. 47, 7. 2 Sam. 6, 
 20 ; of one who departs and bids fare- 
 well, Gen. 47, 10. 1 K. 8, 66 ; also of 
 those present who salute a person on 
 coming, 1 Sam. 13, 10 ; or bid farewell 
 to those departing. Gen. 24. 60. 28, 1. 
 Josh. 22, 6. 7. 
 
 5. In the sense of invoking evil, i. q. 
 to curse, to invoke a curse from God, to 
 wish destruction to any one ; comp. Job 
 31, 30. This is one of the class of inter- 
 mediate verbs, verba media, like Arab. 
 JwajI; Ethiop. n^iVl, to bless and to 
 curse ; J^ VIII, to supplicnle, also to 
 wish one ill ; see more in Thesaur. p. 
 241. Spoken strictly only of men. bu 
 
T- 
 
 transferred also to curses and impious 
 words uttered against God, 1 K. 21, 10. 
 Ps. 10, 3. Job 1, 5. 11. 2, 5. Some inter- 
 preters, as Scliultens, are not fully satis- 
 fied that the sense of cursing belongs to 
 this verb ; tliey tlierefore derive li-om 
 the idea of bidding farewell (see no. 4) 
 a signif. to deny, to renounce, which they 
 apply in the passages above cited ; 
 comp. Gr. ^wt^ttr *'', ;jf/(iv q>gii!^fiv 
 rivii But the signif of cursing is sup- 
 ported both by the words in 1 K. 21, 10, 
 and by the analogy of the kindred lan- 
 guages as above exliibited. 
 
 PuAL Tj"^*2 , part. Tj'jbTa , 1. Pass, of Pi. 
 no. I. to be blessed^ i. e. adored, praised, 
 8C. God, Job 1, 21. 
 
 2. Pass, of Pi. no. 3, to be blessed, i. e. 
 prospered of God, with ""Q of the thing 
 icith which ; Deut. 33. 13 nin^ r>z-pXi 
 'l5l C^OTSn nsaa 1S-1X blessed of Jehovah 
 be his land with the precious gifts of 
 fieacen, etc. Comp. '^ Tj^iiS i. e. T(l~3 
 niiT^b . The prep. "|12 has here the same 
 force as elsewhere after verbs of abun- 
 dance, Ex. 16, 32. 
 
 HiPH. Tj^isn causat. of Kal no. 1. to 
 make kneel down, e. g. camels, in order 
 to rest and drink, Gen. 24, 11. Arab. 
 
 (i)p| id. Eth. A'flZ.Yl, Syr. yj^l id. 
 See nana , also "n-iax p. 10. 
 
 HiTHPA. T^'iarn reflex, of Pi. no. 2, to 
 bless oneself, Deut. 29, 18. Constr. with 
 a : a) Of God as invoked in blessing 
 oneself comp. ^^ Cw3 ""^3. Is. 65, 16 
 ,^x -Ti'sxa "'^3^7 ^nxa "'i^anan he that 
 blesseth himself in the land, shall bless 
 himself in (by) the true God. Jer. 4, 2. 
 b) Of a person or people whose happi- 
 ness one invokes for himself comp. Gen. 
 48, 20. Ps. 72, 17 spoken of the king 
 there celebrated: niia-ba ia ^s'lan'i 
 siniisx"^ in (by) him shall all nations 
 bless themselces, they shall call him 
 blessed. In a similar manner is to be 
 explained the formula occurring with 
 slight variation five times in the book of 
 Genesis: f'-jxn ^ys^'h^ r,r-iTa isnanni 
 and in thy seed shall all the nations of 
 the earth bless themselves, i. e. they shall 
 invoke for themselves the lot of Israel, 
 Gen. 22, 18. 26, 4, comp. 28, 14 where 
 Niph. is read for Hithpael ; also 12, 3. 
 18, 18, where for r,SlTa is read Tja , ia . 
 14* ' 
 
 161 yo 
 
 So Jarchi, Le Clerc, and others. But 
 many interpreters, as I also formerly, 
 prefer to follow the Sept. and Chald. 
 (comp. Gal. 3, 8.) and explain this pas- 
 sively : and in thy seed shall all the 
 nations of the earth be blessed, i.e. pros- 
 pered, be brought by them to the know- 
 ledge and worship of the true God. See 
 Jalm Archa?ol. II. ii. 163 note. But the 
 analogy of the other examples in which 
 a Tpa, a r^'narn, are read, favour the 
 other interpretation. 
 
 The derivatives follow, except the pr. 
 names Tjiia , in^a-na-j ; comp. Tpax . 
 
 X]"^ Chald. 1. i. q. Heb. no. 1, to 
 fall upon tlie knees, to kneel down, sc. in 
 prayer to God Dan. 6, 11. 
 
 2. to bless; Part. pass. T\'^'^3 i. q. Heb. 
 r,iia . Dan. 3, 28. 
 
 Pa. Tp3 for comm. T^}^^ , to bless Grod, 
 to praise, to adore, with h Dan. 2, 19. 4 
 31. Part. pass. Dan. 2, 20. 
 
 ^"13 a knee, once in sing. Is. 45, 23. 
 Syr. -^oj^, jJsiao, Ethiop. -flC^l) id. 
 Chald. transp. xaianx . 
 
 Dual Q'^a"ia , constr. ''3'ia , knees, the 
 knees, spoken not only of two but also 
 of many, for the plural. C^anz-ba all 
 knees, every knee, Ez. 7, 17. 21, 12. V]-Q 
 C^ana waters reaching to the knees Ez. 
 47; 4. c';'ana is npon the knees, upon the 
 lap, where new-born children are re- 
 ceived by the parents or nurses. Gen. 30, 
 3. 50, 23. Job 3, 12 ; where also children 
 are fondled by their parents, Is. 66, 12. 
 
 T}^ Chald. id. Dan. 6, 11. 
 
 ?SD'13 (whom God hath blessed) 
 Barachel, pr. n. of the father of Elihu, 
 Job 32, 2. 6. 
 
 HDna f. once na'na Gen. 27, 38, constr. 
 nana . c. suff. TD-ia ; plur. riisna . R. 
 T^naT 
 
 1. a blessing, benediction, as of a dy-. 
 ing parent. Gen. 27, 12 sq. 33, 11. P?"]? 
 n"'"iw"^ the blessing of the upright Prov. 
 11, 11. rt'yn'] nana the benediction of Je- 
 hovah, the divine blessing, the source of 
 prosperity and happiness of every kind, 
 Gen. 35, 9. Ps. 3, 9. Is. 44, 3 ; so also 
 riD-ia simpl. Is. 19, 24. Joel 2, 14 ; some- 
 times with genit. of liim whom God thus 
 blesses. Gen. 28, 4 crj-jax nana the 
 
^^^2 
 
 162 
 
 p^n 
 
 blessing of Abraham, i. e. with which 
 God has blessed him. 49, 26 "^nin nis-iS 
 13 the blessings of the everlasting moun- 
 tains, i. 6. with which God has blessed 
 them. With gen. in another sense, Prov. 
 
 24. 25 i'^a r^Sia benediction of good. 
 Piur. nij'^S blessings from God, Prov. 
 10, 6. 28, 2 ; but oftener benefits, favours, 
 gifts, sent from God, Ps. 84, 7. Gen. 49, 
 
 25. Com}). Is. 65. 8 destroy it not (the 
 cluster) 13 HDnn ""S ybr a blessing is in 
 it, i. e. a git\ from God. 
 
 2. Concr. i. q. an object of blessing, 
 one blessed of God, one prosperous and 
 happy. Gen. 12,2 na-.S n^nv Ps. 21, 
 7 lys ni:-i3 li^n'^ain thori dost make him 
 most blessed forever. Collect. Zech.8, 13. 
 
 3. a gift, present, as signifying kind- 
 ness and good-will, usually offered with 
 congratulations and good wishes, Gen. 
 33, 11. 1 Sam. 25, 27. 30, 26. 2 K. 5, 15. 
 na'na irss the liberal soul, i. e. a munifi- 
 cent man, Prov. 11, 25. Syr. j-sjo^, 
 
 Eth. nz.^^ , id. 
 
 4. i. q. ni^d , peace, 2 K. 18, 31 ''t^H rss 
 <i3'n3 make ye peace with me. Is. 36, 16. 
 
 5. Berachah, pr. n. a) A valley in 
 the desert near Tekoa, 2 Chr. 20, 26. 
 -"Still called Wady Bereikut, near the 
 "village Bereikut; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, 
 J). 43. b) m. 1 Chr. 12,3. 
 
 ^^"ll'^ f. constr. n?";)^ , a pond, pool, 
 jr. at which camels kneel down to drink ; 
 
 see r. Tj'^a Hiph. Arab. xSi^ the basin 
 
 of a fountain or other like reservoir for 
 water, Span, alberca. 2 Sam. 2, 13. 4, 
 12. Cant. 7, 5 ; fully C^a n=n2 Nah. 2, 9. 
 Ecc. 2, 6. There were two pools of this 
 kind on the western side of Jerusalem, 
 one at the head of the valley of Hinnom, 
 and the other lower down in the same 
 valley, intended to preserve the waters 
 -of the rainy season and perhaps those 
 of Gihon ; viz. the upper pool Is. 7, 3, 
 called also the old pool Is. 22. 11 ; and 
 the lower pool Is. 22, 9. See Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. I. p. 483-87. 
 
 '^^3'^5 (whom Jchovali hath blessed, 
 lor ri^3")S) Berechiah, Bararhiah, pr. n. 
 in. a) A son of Zerubbabel 1 Chr. 3, 
 20. b) ib. 9, 16. c) Neh. 3, 4. 30. 
 d) See "tn-^aia a. 
 
 ^^^t'"!}^ (id.) Berechiah, Barachiah, 
 pr. n. m. a) The father of the prophet 
 Zechariah, Zech. 1, 7 ; but in v. 1 n^3-;2 . 
 b) 1 Chr. 3, 24. c) 2 Chr. 28, 12.' ' '' '' 
 
 ^-7 a root not used in the verb, 
 pr. onomatopoetic, i. q. ^(jf^m, ^^Lftuofiai, 
 Lat. fremo. Germ, brummen, summen, 
 Engl, to hum, to buzz. In Arabic it is 
 spoken: 
 
 1. Of the noise and murmuring of mo- 
 rose and discontented men, to murmur, 
 to grumble; whence in 1 Pet. 4, 9 for 
 Gr. yoyyviTfiog the Arabic version has 
 
 ^-o; comp. also jo to be disdainful, 
 
 proud, pr. to be peevish, morose. 
 
 2. Of the sound made in spinning 
 and twisting a thread, to hum, to buzz ; 
 and hence *o Conj. II, IV, to twist 
 
 threads together, e. g. of different col- 
 ours. Hence Heb. t3"i73i"iS . 
 
 3. Like other verbs of twisting and 
 binding, (see bw, pin,) this is also 
 transferred to the idea of firmness, 
 
 strength, as |*o to make firmj comp. 
 Lat. firmus. Hence perhaps 
 
 D'^3 Chald. pr. adv. of affirmation, 
 yea, truly, certainly, as in the Targums 
 and Syr. icj^ ; but in the O. T. it is 
 every where adversative, brtt, yet, never- 
 theless. Dan. 2, 28. 4, 12. 5, 17. Ezra 5, 
 13. Comp. bax no. 2. The possible 
 derivation of this word from r. C^a is 
 denied by some ; who however do not 
 suggest any other. Kindred perhaps 
 with Chald. W-iX ; see lix , sibs. 
 
 ysns see s:"^! lan;?. 
 
 ^'_T obsol. root, Arab, co to ex- 
 cel; Conj. V, to g-ive spontaneously. 
 Hence pr. n. "iS"'':a . 
 
 TOna 1 Chr. 7, 23, see in ny-^na , 
 
 ^P'ln (for sn-'ia, see a p. 109) Bera, 
 pr. n. of a king of Sodom, Gen. 14, 2. 
 
 P_^ to lighti'n. to send forth light- 
 ning, as God, once Ps. 144, 6. Arab. 
 
 ^o, Syr. Jej^ id. Ethiop. CiZ,^ 
 fulsit, A-flZ^* fulminavit. 
 Deriv. ts"!:!?-!?, rij^'^a, and 
 
pn 163 
 
 P'Ti m. 1. lightning, S3rr. Arab. 
 
 TQ 
 
 Ge^ 
 
 \j>fS, (JijJ, id. Dan. 10, 6. Collect. 
 lightnings, Ps. 144, 6. 2 Sam. 22, 15. 
 Ezra 1, 13. Plur. n-^p^a Job 38, 35. 
 Ps. 18, 15. 77, 19. al. "'Trop. of the 
 brightness or glittering of a sword, Ez. 
 21, 15. 33. Deut. 32, 41 ^2-jn pna the 
 lightning of my sword i. e. my glittering 
 Bword. Null. 3, 3. Hab. 3, 11 ; comp. 
 Zech. 9, 14. Hence 
 
 2. Poet, for a glittering sword, Job 
 20, 25. 
 
 3. Barak, pr. n. of a leader of the Is- 
 raelites, who with the aid of Deborah, 
 obtained a great victory over the Ca- 
 naanites, Judg. 4, 6 sq. 5, 1. 12. 15. 
 He is called Barak i. e. thunderbolt, 
 Lat. fulmcn (Cic. pro Balb. 15), as 
 among the Carthaginians Hamilcar 
 was called Barcas. 
 
 p"l3, see p'^a-'Ja, p. 141. g. 
 
 ^V}^ (painter, for Oipn-ja, see 2 
 p. 109 ; from Arab. yiJj\ to paint with 
 colours ; or from the quadril. yiiJO id.) 
 Barkos, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55. 
 
 Q''?I?75 ra. plur. i. q. tJ-^ania, thresh- 
 ing sledges, tribida, see in a-^iTS. Judo-. 
 8> 7. 16. The bottom or the rollers were 
 set with jagged iron or stone, prob. flint- 
 stone so common in Palestine, Gr. nvgl- 
 ng fire-stone ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 III. p. 143. This name is perhaps de- 
 rived from an obsol. form "jj^na lighten- 
 ing, giving out light, which prob. 
 denoted flint, Jirestone, nv(nng ; comp. 
 
 jLj stony ground, perh, pr. abounding 
 in flint-stone, as is the case with a great 
 part of Palestine and Arabia. Hence 
 Sing. ''3;?'ia a threshing-sledge of flint, 
 Plur. CJi^-ia . 
 
 np'^a f. Ex. 28, 17, and hj^na (Lehrcr. 
 p. 467) Ez. 28, 13, a species of gem, ^o 
 called from its glittering, sparkling, from 
 r. p-ia . Sept. Vulg. and Josephus ren- 
 der it smaragdus, emerald, which Braun 
 also advocates, de Vest. Sacerdott. p. 
 517 sq. appealing to the Greek form (id- 
 ^aydoc, cfinQaydog, which seems to come 
 from the Heb. word. And not unaptly ; 
 since also Gr. fiagayi^, afiuqayri, with 
 their derivatives, which have the signif: 
 
 o^ noise, thunder, correspond also to the 
 Heb. p-ia ; while fioQaydoi, as the name 
 of a gem, would come from the notion of 
 brightness, sparkling, which is primary 
 in this root. 
 
 "1^^ , praet. 1 pers. ^nina Ez. 20, 38, 
 inf c. Hufl^. nna Ecc. 3, 18 after the form 
 "jlj from T)?^. Kindr. are K-^a, irna. 
 
 1. to separate, to sever out. Ez. 20, 38 
 D-'-inan t5T3 'niia I will separate from 
 
 among you the rebellious. Arab. _j 
 Conj. VIII, to stand separate from others. 
 
 2. to select, to choose out, comp. rrna 
 no. 3. Part. pass, "ina , selected, chosen] 
 1 Chr. 9, 22 a-i-isiiib' cni'.an c^s all 
 those chosen for porters, as porters. 16, 
 41. Also select, chosen, choice, 1 Chr. 7, 
 40 ; animals Neh. 5, 18. 
 
 3. to separate and remove filth, impu- 
 rity, i. q. to cleanse, to purge, to purify, 
 e. g. a) An arrow from rust, to polish, 
 to make bright and sharp. Is. 49, 2. See 
 Hiph. Arab, to to cut or pare down, 
 to point a weapon, b) In a moral sense, 
 of words and actions, to cleanse, to pu- 
 rify. Part. pass. Zeph. 3, 9 'r\y['>-^ nsb 
 a pure lip, i. e. language. Adv. Job 33^, 
 3 ^bfeia nina "^nEb rsni and what Iknmo, 
 my lips shall utter purely, i. e. with sin- 
 cerity, without falsehood. Ps. 19, 9 
 the commandment of Jehovah is pure 
 i. e. true, just, holy. Comp. Niph. 
 
 Pi. Hithpa. Arab. Is mid. E, to be 
 just, true, Jj just, true. Syr. fjlj^s 
 pure, neat, simple, fzcj-.^ purity. In 
 the literal signification it corresponds 
 with Lat. punis, Engl, pure. Germ, bar, 
 Engl, bare; and trop. with Lat. verus, 
 Germ. wahr. 
 
 4. to search out, to e.vamine, to prove, 
 which is done by separating and distin- 
 guishing, comp. -ip2 no. 3. Ecc. 3, 18 
 C^a^; corresp. to inf ib Ecc. 9, 1. 
 
 See "lis. Arab. 
 
 05.-- O . 
 
 ^xJLwi scrutatus est 
 
 veritatem, AS mid. Waw, exploravit. 
 
 5. to be clean, clear, i. e. empty, see 
 adj. -13 II. no. 3, and Chald. ia II. 
 
 Niph. "laj reflex, to purify oneself, to 
 be clean, sc. for the performance of a sa- 
 cred office, Is. 52, 11. Part, las pure 
 
WCl 
 
 164 
 
 ^n 
 
 i. e. upright, pious, Ps. 18, 27. 2 Sam. 
 22, 27. See Kal no. 3. b. 
 
 PiEL to cleanse, to purify, morally, 
 Dan. 11, 35. 
 
 HiPH. to cleanse, to clean, e. g. arrows, 
 to make bright and sharp Jer. 51, 11, see 
 Kal no. 3. a. Also grain in the thresh- 
 ing-floor, Jer. 4, 11. 
 
 HiTHPA. 1. to purify oneself sc. from 
 the filth of idolatry and sin, to be purified, 
 to reform, Dan. 12, 10; comp. 11, 35. 
 
 2. to show oneself pure, i. e. ju^t, up- 
 right, benignant, spoken of God, comp. 
 in Kal no. 3. b. Ps. 18, 27 ^33 C5> 
 TiSnn v;ith the pure thou wilt show 
 thyself pure. The form "isnn 2 Sam. 
 22. 27. i.s for "T^srn in Ps. 1. c. see Lehrg. 
 p. 374. 
 
 Deriv. ns II, "^a, n-'-i2, c^-isna. 
 
 * '*^'2^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab, 
 tyo to cut, to cut in, see under r. X"J3 ; 
 
 ^ 5 o > 
 
 whence Arab. iCvJ axe. Hence lUinS 
 cypress or pine, q. v. 
 
 yirna (i. q. Sicn-ja son of wicked- 
 ness, see n p. 109.) Birsha, pr. n. of a 
 king of Gomorrah Gen. 14, 2. 
 
 * ri]^^ obsol. root, prob, to cut, to hew; 
 see tUt!^ . Hence ni"2 cypress or pine. 
 
 iVttJa (cool, cold, comp. Arab. -*mJ V, 
 to be cool, e. g. water,) every where 
 with art. irran q. d. the cold, Desor, pr. 
 n. of a torrent emptying itself into the 
 Mediterranean near Gaza, 1 Sam. 30, 9. 
 10. 21. 
 
 nnniua and ft^m f (r. ^iaa) i. giad 
 
 tidings, good news, 2 Sam. 18, 22. 25. 
 2 K. 7, 9 ; once with nai:: added, 2 Sam. 
 18, 27^ 
 2. reward for good tidings, 2 Sam. 4,10. 
 
 * DlTIi obsol. root, to have a good 
 smell, to be fragrant. Chald. et Syr. 
 tsoa. >cJic, id. but oftener genr. to be 
 svxet, pleasant. Comp. ttJita. 
 
 Deriv. the pr. names oiaa'^ , 6to3a ; 
 also the three following : 
 
 Dtoa or Oi?^ (Kamets impure) m. 
 balsam, balsam-plani, frequent in the 
 gardens of the Hebrews, Cant. 5, 1. 
 
 Arab. -Lio a fragrant shrub, similar 
 to the balsam-plant; also with Lam 
 
 inserted quadril. [LwuJo, ^^Lw^Jj, 
 ^alaupog, balsam, balsam-plant or tree. 
 Chald. and Talmud. l^Dia, also 'i"i^D"^B Jt 
 I being changed into r. 
 
 nm and Di?a m. both in Ex. 30, 23. 
 
 1. aromatic odour, fragrance, espec. 
 as diffused by spices ; Syr. )Sff,fnT5 spice 
 Is. 3, 24. tba-jrip spicy cinnamon, 
 aromatic, Ex. 1. c. Plur. Cant. 4, 16. 
 
 2. spice itself, spicery, 1 K. 10, 10. 
 Ex. 35, 28. Ez. 27, 22. Plur. D^^sra 
 spices, aromatics, Ex. 25, 6. 35, 8. "''in 
 D'^rira mountains bearing spices, spice 
 mountains, Cant. 8. 14. 
 
 3. i. q. era, balsam-plant, Cant. 5, 
 13. 6, 2. 
 
 tTGlClS (fragrant) Basemath, pr. n. f. 
 a) A wife of Esau, spoken of as a Hittite 
 Gen. 26, 34, and also as a daughter of 
 Ishmael Gen. 36, 3. 4. 13. b) A daugh- 
 ter of Solomon, 1 K. 4, 15. 
 
 "1^3 in Kal not used, Arab. _^ 
 
 to be cheerful, joyful, espec. on account 
 of good news ; mid. A and Conj. II. to 
 cheer by good news, with ace. of pers. and 
 \^ of thing. The primary idea seems 
 to be that of fairness, beauty, perh. T~ud- 
 diness or brightness, see Cix ; whence 
 
 6 ^ 
 
 -a^mO fair, beautiful ; since the coun- 
 tenance is made fairer by cheerfulness 
 and joy ; (comp. aili good, fair, joyful ; 
 "^rib cheek, from r. nnb to be fair ;) 
 as vice versa it is deformed by stern- 
 
 s -: - ?.-:- 
 
 ness and anger. Hence /-*io ; SvXmJ 
 the human skin, "ib3 flesh, in both which 
 is the seat of beauty. 
 
 PiEL "t^a 1. pr. to cheer with glad 
 tidings, i. e. to bring glad tidings, good 
 news, to announce (good news) to any 
 one, with ace. of pers. 2 Sam. 18, 19 
 '151 'S r,b5sn-ri< MTyZJax ixs-n:i!!'^5< let 
 me now run and bring the king tidings, 
 etc. Ps. 68, 12 an sas nin-^arn (fe- 
 males) annotmced the glad tidings to 
 the mighty host. 1 Sam. 31, 9. Is. 40, 9. 
 Absol. 2 Sam. 4, 10 i-^jisa i'ZJa'C3 n;;ri 
 he tliought to have brought gooil tidings. 
 Also with ace. of the thing announced. 
 Is. 60, 6. Ps. 40, 10. Part. -iU5aa mea- 
 senger of good tidings Is. 40, 9 ; eep. of 
 
"iTDn 
 
 165 
 
 blDS 
 
 peace 52, 7, of victory 1 Sam. 31, 9. Ps. 
 68, 12. 
 
 2. Rarely in a more general eense of 
 any messenger, to bear tidings, 2 Sara. 
 18, 20. 26 ; even of evil, 1 Sam. 4, 17. 
 Hence twice more definitely 313 n'lSa 
 1 K. 1, 42. Is. 52, 7. 
 
 HiTHPA. to receive good tidings, 2 Sam. 
 18, 31. Arab. Conj. I, mid. E, and Conj. 
 IV, VIII, X. 
 
 Deriv. nniba , and 
 
 "ITCS m. once plur. Q'^-iba Prov. 14, 30. 
 
 1. Jlesh ; for the etymology see in r. 
 
 "iba KaU Syr. fjJiir), Chald. itnpa and 
 
 K-iba . id. 
 
 ^^ 9. 
 
 Arab. ..^io and s. 
 
 ^-vio and Swio the 
 skin, but metaph. the human race, which 
 comes Jrom the idea of flesh. Spoken : 
 a) Of the flesh of the living body, both 
 of men and beasts. Gen. 41, 2. 19. Job 
 33, 21. 15. Once, it would seem, for the 
 skin. (comp. Arab.) Ps. 102.6 'T3S3 npz"^ 
 ''"irab 7ny bones cleave to my skin, as 
 denoting extreme emaciation, b) Of 
 the flesh of cattle for eating, meat, Ex. 
 16, 12. Lev. 7, 19. Num. 11, 4. 13. So 
 Job 31. 31 in praise of his hospitality: 
 sab? xb "iiba-!? ,pi'i ^q where is one wlw 
 is not satiated with his meat ? i. e. his 
 feasts. Also 
 
 2. Meton.Jlesh, i. q. the body, the whole 
 body, opp. bBJ , Is. 10, 18. Job 14, 22. 
 Prov. 14, 30 XEnia ab d-iba "^'n the life 
 of the body is a quiet heart. Sometimes 
 with the accessory notion of frailty and 
 proneness to sin. (comp. Matt. 26, 41,) 
 Ecc. 2. 3. 5, 5. 
 
 3. Spoken of all living creatures; as 
 "iba-ba all Jiesh, i. e. all animate be- 
 ings, men and animals. Gen. 6. 13. 17. 
 19. 7, 15. 16. 21. 8, 17; all animals Gen. 
 8, 17. Spec, all wen, the human race, 
 mankind, Gen. 6, 12. Ps. 65, 3. 145, 21. 
 Is. 40. 5, 6. Very often as opp. to God 
 and the divine Spirit, (cn'sx nn-i . niinn ,) 
 with the accessory notion ofWeakness, 
 frailty, mortality. Gen. 6, 3. Job 10, 4 
 M^ '^^ T?r! J^ast thou eyes of fesh ? 
 i. e. mortal eyes, dull, not clear-sighted. 
 Is. 31, 3 the Egyptians are men. and not 
 gods; nn sbl nba cn-'Dro their horses 
 are Jiesh. and not spirit, i. e. not endowed 
 with a divine spirit. Ps. 56, 5. 78. 39. 
 Jer. 17, 5 ; comp. 2 Cor. 10, i. In N. T. 
 
 (TMpS xul itifxa are in like manner opp. to 
 God and his Spirit, Matt. 16, 17. Gal. 
 1, 16. 
 
 4. "'"ibai ''OSS , my bone and my Jiesh, 
 i. e. my relative, blood-relation, Gen. 29, 
 
 14. Judg. 9, 2. 2 Sam. 5, 1. 19, 13. 14; 
 comp. Gen. 2, 23. Also simpl. '^'iba id. 
 Gen. 37, 27 xm wnba ^rnx 'a . Spoken 
 of any other person, a fellow-mortal, Is. 
 58, 7. Comp. -ixb . 
 
 5. By euphemism i. q. pudenda viri, 
 comp. Gr. amfjia, Gen. 17, 11 sq. Lev. 
 
 15, 2. 3. 7. 19. Also mns nba Jiesh of 
 nakedness Ex. 28, 42. 
 
 *ltOa Chald. i. q. YLeb. Jiesh, Dan. 7, 5 ; 
 in Stat, emphat. N'lba , spoken of man- 
 kind, mortals, Dan. 2, 11. xnba'ba all 
 Jiesh, all living creatures, men and ani- 
 mals. Dan. 4, 9 [12]. 
 
 nnioa see ni'iba. 
 
 T 1 T I 
 
 ^"^-^ or ^'^^ to be cooked, ripen- 
 ed, i. e. 
 
 1. By fire, to be boiled, seethed, Ez. 
 24,5. 
 
 2. In the sun's heat, to ripen, to be 
 ripe, e. g. a harvest, Joel 4, 13 [3, 1.3j. 
 
 Syr. Via, Chald. bba, Eth. fljftA to 
 be cooked, to be ripe. In the same man- 
 ner the ideas of cooking and ripening 
 are united in other verbs ; as in Arab, 
 j^Jo , Pers. M>iA^ and ^^vX^ bukhten 
 
 and pukhten, to which nearly corre- 
 sponds Germ, backen, Engl, to bake; 
 Gr. ninxa, niaaa, Lat. coquitur uva, 
 vindemia, Virg. Georg. 2. 522, i. q. 
 Germ, die Traube kocht. 
 
 PiEL causat. of Kal no. 1, to cook, i. e 
 to seethe, to boil, espec. flesh. Ex. 16, 23. 
 29. 31. 1 K. 19, 21 ; other kinds of food, 
 Num. 11, 8. 2 Sam. 13, 8. 2 K. 4, 38. 
 6, 29. 
 
 PnAL pass, of Pi. Ex. 12, 9. Lev. 6, 21. 
 
 HiPH. causat. of Kal no. 2, to ripen, 
 to bring to maturity^ Gen. 40. 10 ; see 
 under Vsbx. 
 
 Deriv. nibisaa and 
 
 ^SJa m. Ex. 12, 9, nbtja f Num. 6, 
 19, the boiled, the sodden. 
 
 D^T!J3 (for C^b"'|2 son of peace, see 
 in a p. 109) Bishlam, pr. n. of a Persian 
 officer in Palestine Ezra 4, 7 
 
w^ 
 
 166 
 
 rd 
 
 1*5^ not used in Hebrew ; Arab. 
 
 aJub light and level soil, soft sand. 
 Hence pr. n. *|li233 and 
 
 1^? (light sandy soil) often with art. 
 I'^an, Bashan. pr. n. of the northern 
 part of the country beyond Jordan ; 
 bounded on the northwest by the region 
 adjacent to Mount Hermon 1 Chr. 5, 
 23; on the south by the Jabbok and 
 mountains of Gilead ; and extending on 
 the east as far as to Salchah (Siilkhad) 
 Deut. 3, 10. 13. Josh. 12, 4. It was 
 taken by the Israelites from Og, king of 
 the Amorites ; and given with a part 
 of Gilead to the half tribe of Manasseh, 
 Num. 21, 33. 32, 33. It is often cele- 
 brated for its groves of oaks, Is. 2, 13. 
 Ez. 27, 6. Zech. 11, 2; and for its rich 
 pastures and fat cattle and flocks, Deut. 
 32, 14. Ps. 22, 13. Am. 4, 1. Ez. 39, 18. 
 [Though comparatively a level region, 
 yet there are high mountains in its 
 southwestern part, Ps. 68, 16. R.] 
 Chald. ',:n^, 15^3., Syr. .^iie. Or. in 
 Josephus and Ptolemy Buravala, Bata- 
 ntxa, Arab. HjyuuJt el-Bethenyeh ; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 158. 
 n. 5. 
 
 n2a f. (r. iai2) shame, Hos. 10, 6. 
 Nouns ending in the syllable ri3 , it3 , 
 appended to the root, are found also in 
 Chaldee, see art. X3"itt:!!t ; and more fre- 
 quently in Ethiopic, see Ludolf Gram, 
 .ffithiop. p. 90. It is analogous to the 
 ending ")-. 
 
 * ^^T once read in Po. DttJia for 
 OOia to tread down, to trample upon, c. 
 br Am. 5, 11. For the interchange of 
 O and a5 , see under lett. . 
 
 T25T?3 a spurious root, whence some 
 derive the form UitBia Pil. of the verb 
 
 tiia , q. V. 
 
 riTOa f (r. t}-i2) c. suff. "^rnrJa , enttJa . 
 
 1. shame, confusion, often with CJD 
 added, where Engl. Vers, confusion of 
 face, Jer. 7, 19. Ps. 44, 16. Dan. 9, 7. 8. 
 So r^ra 'rab Job 8, 22. Ps. 35, 26, and 
 rda n'as Ps.' 109, 29, to he clothed with 
 shame, to be covered with confnsion. 
 
 2. shame, i. e. disgrace, ignominy, Is. 
 
 54,4. 61, 7. Hab. 2, 10. Mic. 1, 11 nj"!? 
 Mra in nakedness and shame ; others : 
 having thy shame (pudenda) naked. 
 
 3. an idol, which only disappoints the 
 hopes of its worshippers, and puts them 
 to shame and disgrace, Jer. 3, 24. 11, 3. 
 Hos. 9, 10. 
 
 I. f'S f (contr. from rsa for rsa , r. 
 nja) c. suff. ""Pia from rsaVpiur. ni:a, 
 constr. n'ja as fr. a Sing, insa, comp. 
 0*^33 sons. 
 
 So 
 
 1. a daughter. Arab, ui^, plur. 
 
 <:j\11 ; Syr. Ui^, plur. fiO^ ; Chald. 
 ra and NFi'H a, constr. n-na, c. suff. t^n-ia , 
 plur. nja. So cxxn n'i3a the daughters 
 of men, women, opp. to the sons of God, 
 Gen. 6, 2. 4. Cant. 7, 2 [1] ainj-ra O 
 princess daughter, a term of courteous 
 address to a high-born maiden. So the 
 queen herself is addressed as nS , Ps. 45, 
 11 ; comp. "|a no. 4. 
 
 The word ra daughter, like '3, is. 
 employed also by the Hebrews in wider 
 senses: 
 
 2. a grand-daughter, and genr. a fe- 
 male descendant. So ^N'^b'^ ri;2 daugh- 
 ters of Israel for the Hebrew women, 
 Judg. 11, 40; 1533 ni3a daughters of 
 Canaan, the Canaanitish women, espec. 
 maidens, Gen. 28, 8 ; and so with the 
 name of a particular people, m33 
 c^ri'dbsn 2 Sam. 1, 20; "las nira my 
 countrywomen Ez. 13, 17. So also ni33 
 iTiirri Ps. 48, 12, where some incorrectly 
 understand the towns of J udah ; since the 
 small places around a city are called the 
 daughters of that city, and not of the 
 district. In this passage the daughters 
 i. e. women of Judah (no. 5) are put in 
 antith. with Zion, i. e. the sons or men of 
 Zion, and thus both together according 
 to the laws of parallelism designate the 
 inhabitants of Zion and the rest of Ju- 
 dah of both sexes. Comp. Is. 4, 4. 
 
 3. a maiden, young woman, comp. "i? 
 no. 3 ; Gr. &vyinri(j, Fr. file. Gen. 30", 
 13. Cant. 2, 2. 6, 9. Judg. 12. 9. Is. 32, 9. 
 Poet. Cirsn na daughter of women, a 
 maiden, Dan. 11, 17. 
 
 4. an adopted daughter, foster-daugh- 
 ter, Esth. 2, 7. 15. Also afevmle pupil, 
 disciple, comp. 'i? no. 5; here in refer- 
 ence to a god, \.(i. female worshipper. 
 
rn 
 
 167 
 
 nnn 
 
 Mai. 2, 11 "^35 ^*?"n2 the daughter of a 
 ufrange god. 
 
 5. With a genit. of jilace, espec. of a 
 city or country, r2 denotes a natire of 
 that place, one born and broujjht up 
 there, a female inhiibitant, espec. of 
 youthful age ; e. g. n^b^^ni-j n:a Cant. 
 2, 7. 3, 5. 5, 8. 16 ; V'X niaa' Is. 3,' 16. 17. 
 4, 4 ; 7"ixn niia Gen. 34, 1. By a pe- 
 culiar idiom of the Hebrew and Syriac 
 tongues, the word r2 daughter, like 
 other feminines (comp. Lehrg. p. 477. 
 Heb. Gram. 105. 3. d,) is used by the 
 poets as a collective, for ^32 sons; comp. 
 nna n2 Mic. 4, 14 for "ins ^52 2 Chr. 25, 
 13 ; and then the daughter of a city, 
 country, people, is put poetically for its 
 inhabitants. E. g. is-n2 for "is "^sa the 
 T^/rians Ps. 45, 13 ; D-^bdii-J-n"; Is. 37, 
 22 ; V>2c-n2 Is. 16, 1. 52,'2. Jer. 4, 31 ; 
 cnx-r2 Lam. 4, 22 ; O^nstB-na Jer. 46, 
 ll.'lO, 24; :3-'ffl-in-n2 Is. 23, 10; "^as-P? 
 i. q. "^BS ''ra my countrymen Is. 22, 4. 
 Jer. 4, 11. 9, 6. So also in Syriac, 
 yo<n^\ ZfSi the daughter of Abraham, 
 for tiie sons or descendants of Abraham, 
 the Hebrews ; see Comment, on Is. 1, 8. 
 Hence has arisen the n^ouuiTionouu so 
 common to the Hebrew poets, by which 
 the whole body of inhabitants in a place 
 is personified as a female, (Is. 23, 12 sq. 
 47, 1 sq. 54. 1 sq. Lam. 1, 1 sq.) and thus 
 the daughter of a land is also said to be 
 a virgin, as "lin^sTia pbin2 i. e. thou 
 virgin, daughter of Sidon, st. constr. in- 
 stead of apposition, Is. 23, 12 ; bss-pa 'a 
 Is. 47, 1, nnrin-j-n? 'a Lam. ' 1, 15, 
 D'^ns-i-na 'a Jer. 46, 11. "'Jay-na 'a Jer. 
 14, 17. But as the name of a people is 
 often transferred to designate its land, 
 and vice versa, (Lehrg. p. 469, ) so this use 
 of r\2 , which strictly designates inhabi- 
 tants, is transferred by the poets to the 
 city or country itself Thus '|iS-r2 
 i. q. the city Jerusalem Is. 1, 8. 10. 32 ; 
 i>a2-r2_ Ps. 137, 8 ; and so we find even 
 ba2-r2 nabi"' inhabitant of the daugh- 
 ter of Babylon, i. e. inhabitants, dwellers 
 in Babylon, Zech. 2, 11. Jer. 46,19. 48.18. 
 
 6. With genit. of time, as denoting a 
 female who has lived during that time ; 
 e. g. njifl D-iscn-n2 the daughter of 
 ninety years, i. e. ninety years old, Gen. 
 17, 17. Comp. -ja no. 7, 
 
 7. Trop. the daughter of any thing is 
 that which is dependent on, connected 
 with, or distinguished for that thing; 
 comp. 'i? no. 8. Thus the daughters of 
 a city are the small towns and villages 
 lying around it and dependent on its 
 jurisdiction. Num. 21, 25. 32. 32, 42. Josh. 
 17, 11. Judg. 11, 26. So T??-r2 daugh- 
 ter of the eye, i. e. the pupil, Ps. 17, 8, 
 see in ")'i"ii"'X; also "T^t'n rrisa the daughters 
 of song, songstresses, Ecc. 12, 4; PS 
 ^?!^ a wicked woman, 1 Sam. 1, 16 ; 
 D'^niuxTa (ivory) the daughter of cedar- 
 wood, i. e. inlaid in cedar, Ez. 27, 6. 
 
 8. Once of animals, in the phrase ~r3 
 njS'^ , joLjlJI oub , daughters of the 
 ostrich, i. q. tiie ostrich, see under nasi . 
 Comp. *|a no. 10. 
 
 9. Poet, daughters of a tree, for its 
 bonghf, branches ; Gen. 49, 22 nn?^ nisa 
 "ii'j "^53 its daughters mount over the 
 wall, i. e. the branches of the fruitful 
 tree to which Joseph is compared ; see 
 nsx, 
 
 10. In a few feminine proper names : 
 ^) c-'Sn-na (daughter of many) Zfa/A- 
 
 rahbim, pr. n. of a gate in Heshbon, 
 Cant. 7, 5 [4]. 
 
 b) "ao-ra (daughter of the oath) 
 Bath-sheba, pr. n. oi" the wife of Uriah, 
 defiled by David, and then taken as his 
 wife after the murder of her husband ; 
 known also as the mother of Solomon. 
 2 Sam. c. 11, c. 12. 1 K. 1, 15 sq. Called 
 also ?!itt5-ra Bath-shua, 1 Chr. 3. 5. 
 
 c) '^l'^-. (daughter i. e. worshipper 
 of Jehovah) Bithiah, pr. n. f 1 Chr. 4, 18. 
 
 11. ri2 (r. nn2 no. 1) plur. n-^na, 
 comm. gend. m. Ez. 45, 10. f Is. 5. 10 ; 
 bath, a measure of liquids, as of wine 
 and oil, equal to the ephah (fis'^x q. v.) 
 in dry measure, i. e. about 8^ gallons. 
 Ten baths made one homer (T^n, see 
 Ez. 45, 11. 14), 1 K. 7, 26. 38. 2 Chr. 2, 
 9. 4, 5. Ez. 45, 10 sq. Is. 5, 10. 
 
 Jn3 Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. II. Plur. 
 Jipia Ezra 7, 22. 
 
 riri3 f. (r. rin2 no. 2) desolation ; Is. 
 7; 19 m'n2n i^nj the desolate valleys, de- 
 serts. Or perh. abrupt valleys, precipi- 
 tous, craggy; comp. "il:!2 cut off, abrupt, 
 precipitous, and ^ayug from griyvvfii. But 
 the former sense is preferable. Comp. 
 
-nn 
 
 168 
 
 inn 
 
 ^^^ f. (r. ITTIS no. 2) desolation ; spo- 
 ken of a vineyard Is. 5, 6 rira *inniw|x 
 q. A.T\hz >inin''tt5j< / wi7/ make it a deso- 
 lation^ pr. a cutting off, consumption ; 
 Vulg. ponam earn, desertam. The gram- 
 marians have not been consistent in re- 
 Bpect to this and the preceding Ibrm 
 nna ; they ought both to have been 
 pointed with the same vowels. 
 
 55{^r;? Bethuel, pr. n. 1. Of a man, 
 (i. q. bKW^ man of God.) the father of 
 Laban andRebecca, Gen. 22, 22. 23. 24, 
 15. 24. 47. 50. 25, 20. 28, 2. 5.' 
 
 2. Of a phice, (from \jii i. q. riia , pr. 
 abode of God.) belonging to the tribe of 
 Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 30 ; written by con- 
 traction ^^na in Josh. 19, 4. In the 
 same list of citice; in Josh. 15, 30, we find 
 instead of it b 03 , See Reland Palags- 
 tina p. 152, 153. 
 
 b^na see in bx^ina no. 2. 
 
 t'"^"? ^ (r- ^J!!? q. v.) 1. a virgin, 
 
 pure and unspotted ; Arab. JjJO , Syr. 
 |3o2lD, id. Gen. 24, 16 n^lna . . . -i?|ni 
 PiS'i';' xb w"'X'i cf??d ^Ae maiden . . . was a 
 virgin, neither had any man known her. 
 2 Sam. 13. 2. 18. nb^na n-\yi a maiden 
 who is a. virgin, intacta, Deut. 22. 23. 28. 
 Judg. 19, 24^ 21, 12. 1 K. 1, 2. Hence 
 also 
 
 2. a virgin just married, a young 
 
 spouse, Joel 1, 8. Sept. vvfxcfi^. So Lat. 
 
 Virgo Virg. Eel. 6. 47. JEn. 1. 493; 
 
 s s. 
 ptiella Georg. 4. 458 ; also Arab. Jo 
 
 virgin. 
 
 3. By a nQoffomonoiia common to the 
 Hebrews, in which cities or countries 
 are personified as females, the same are 
 also called virgins, see the examples 
 cited in ns no. 5. So too where na is 
 omitted, simpl. bxnb"^ nbiira virgin of 
 Israel, i. e. the Israelitish people, Jer. 18, 
 13. 31, 4. 21 . Am. 5. 2. Chald. Vers, 
 correctly bx'i w"^"] XFid'^sa ccetus Israelis. 
 Hence 
 
 Dy^ria m. plur. 1. virginity. Lev. 
 21, 13 n;?-; n'^bsinaa nrs ^^n^ he shall 
 take a wife in her virginity, who is a 
 virgin. Judg. 11, 37. Ez. 23, 3 ''^^ 
 ^n'^b'tna tlieir virgin breasts. 
 
 2. signs, tokens of virginity, (comp. 
 
 n'^'ja no. 3. b, sign of a covenant,) i. e. 
 the bed-clothes stained with blood on the 
 wedding-night. Deut. 22, 14 sq. Comp. 
 Leo Afric. p. 325. Niebuhr's Descript. 
 of Arabia p. 35 sq. Germ. Michaelis 
 Mosaisches Recht II. 92. 
 
 n^ipS see na I. no. 10. c. > 
 
 D"^ri3 plur. houses, see tT^a . 
 
 ''~^: whence nb^i-a virgin. Arab. 
 JjJ is to separate, i. q. bna ; hence 
 ri^ira is one separated and secluded 
 from intercourse with men. But it may 
 be worth inquiry, whether bra is not 
 i. q. bca to ripen; whence nb:ina one 
 ripe, mature. Comp. nnbsJ . 
 
 |'^3i in Kal not used ; once in Piel 
 Ez. 16, 40 cnianna ri^pnai and thy 
 shall cut (hew) thee in pieces xcith their 
 swords ; Sept. xaruatpix^ovai at, Vulg. 
 
 trucidabunt te. Arab, vil^ to cleave 
 asunder, to cut in pieces, to cut off; 
 Ethiop. [{'VHl to break. 
 
 'L-^ to cut in two or in pieces, to 
 divide, as victims in sacrifice, so in 
 
 Kal and Piel, Gen. 15, 10. Arab. JCj 
 to cut off, to break off. Kindred roots 
 are -kj) JCo, laB, ^ns. 
 Deriv. "ina , "(i-ina . 
 
 "ira Chald. after, for inxa ; see art. 
 T}S p. 105. 
 
 ina m. (r. ina) c. suff. Iina, plur. 
 constr. "'Iina. 
 
 1. a piece, part of a victim as cut up. 
 Gen. 15, 10. Jer. 34, 19. 
 
 2. section, i. e. the being cut up ; spo- 
 ken of a region cut up or divided by 
 mountains and valleys, rugged, craggy, 
 precipitous, comp. 'J'i'ina. Cant. 2, 17 
 "ina"''nn~b5, Sept. inl oqi] xoiXafiaxtav, 
 i. e. mountains cut up with valleys. 
 
 jTlfia m. (r. "in^) \}t. section, i. e. a re- 
 gion cut up with mountains and valleys ; 
 or better, a valley cutting into mountains, 
 i. q. a craggy valley, mountain gorge, 
 defile, xolXwfia, like ^nydg from ^tjyvvo}. 
 2 Sam. 2, 29. Comp. it^i no. 2. Others 
 take it as the pr. n. of some particular 
 valley or region ; but this would make 
 little diflference, since even then it must 
 
Mra 
 
 169 
 
 "WO 
 
 have been derived from the nature of 
 the place. 
 
 * nna obsol. root, Arab, vlo I, IV, to 
 cut, to cut oir, to break otf, comp. under 
 
 9 ^^ 
 
 r. fia I ; v;:^IJb something broken off, 
 finished, destroyed, aUj and iXju] whol- 
 
 ly, entirely. In Hebrew it seems to 
 have signified : 
 
 1. to cut or mark out, to define, and 
 hence to vieasure ; whence na II, as a 
 measure of liquids. 
 
 2. to cut o/f any thing, to make an end 
 of, to lay wholly waste, i, q. ri|3 ; whence 
 nna, nna. 
 
 Gimel, bTa"'*, the third letter of the 
 Hebrew alphabet ; as a numeral denot- 
 ing 3. Its name differs only in form 
 from bra camel ; and its figure in Pheni- 
 cian inscriptions (A, \,) bears acer- 
 tain resemblance to the camel's hump 
 or neck ; see Monumen. Phoen. p. 22. 
 
 As the softest of the palatal letters 
 (pa'^a) except Yod, it is often inter- 
 changed: a) With the harder palatals 
 S and p, both in the Hebrew itself, 
 and in the corresponding forms of the 
 
 > 
 kindred dialects; e. g. tS'^'ia, (jtX^, 
 
 9 ^ 
 
 (j*otW) a heap of sheaves; r>"''ia, 
 
 lw*i-a3, oOwa5, sulphur; 'i?^ and *|3S 
 
 to cover, to protect ; tsa and 033 , yJOj 
 to collect, to heap up ; bsn and b?") to run 
 
 up and down , s^aa , gjuS , calix of flow- 
 
 ers ; *Tia, Jl^ and Jo to cut; "'pi^, 
 *^y,3, \f-^, an almond-tree. 
 
 b) More rarely with the gutturals ; as 
 
 5 , e.g. ?a3 , Chald. 5a3 , jas , to burst 
 
 forth: nna, Arab. ,^wC to provoke ; also n , 
 
 6. g. H"^^'?) (-5r) young of birds; 
 comp. MHiJ. 
 
 ^53 m. adj. for nxa (r. nxa) elated, i. e. 
 haughty, proud, Is. 16, 6. 
 
 *nX3 fut. hxa-i, a poetic word. 
 
 1. to lift ttp oneself, to rise, to increase, 
 e. g. of rising waters Ez. 47, 5 ; of a 
 plant growing Job 8, 11. Job 10, 16 
 'nViPi bn'i"3 nxs-^l and if it lift up itself 
 (sc. my head) thou huniest me as a lion. 
 15 
 
 2. Metaph. to be exalted, majestic, 
 glorious, spoken of God. Ex. 15. 1. 21. 
 Hence in the derivatives also : 
 
 3. to be eminent, excellent, splendid; 
 see deriv. *|"ix* no. 2. 
 
 4. to be elated, i. e. haughty, proud; 
 see deriv. nxa no. 2, njxa and '(''^J no. 3. 
 
 Syr. Pa. ) )^ to decorate, to make 
 splendid, magnificent ; Eihpa. to boast 
 oneself; JU., l-^Ul decorated, elegant, 
 magnificent. In the signif of pride it 
 corresponds with Gr. yaio). 
 
 Deriv. xa. ma I, and those here fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 nst5 adj. 1. lifted up, high, lofly^ 
 Is. 2, 12. Job 40, 11. 12 nK5-b3 nx* 
 !iiib"'Bffln'] look upon every high thing, 
 and bring it low. 
 
 2. elated, i. e. proud, haughty, Jer. 43", 
 29. Plur. D-^xa the proud, often with the- 
 accessory notion of impiety, ungodli- 
 ness; as elsewhere gentleness and hu- 
 mility include also the idea of piety, see 
 13?. Ps. 94, 2. 140, 6. Prov. 15, 25. 16, 
 19. Sept. vntqr,(pavoi; v^giaTal. 
 
 ^^3 f pride, haughtiness, Prov. 8, 13^ 
 
 7S^S?5 (majesty of God) Geuel "pr.n. 
 m. Num. 13, 15. 
 
 ^^^5 f (r. ns{a) pr. elevation, exalta- 
 tion; hence 
 
 1. majesty, glory, as of Grod, Deut33 
 26. Ps. 68, 35. 
 
 2. ornament, excellency, splendour, 
 Job 41, 7. Deut. 33, 29. 
 
 3. pride, haughtiness ; Ps. 73, 6 "jib 
 nisa i?3np3S therefore pride surroundeth 
 them like a neck-chain, i. e. clothes their 
 neck, as being the seat of pride. Ps. 3J, 
 
1.S3 
 
 170 
 
 b^^ 
 
 24. Prov. U, 3. Is. 9, 8. 13. 3. 11. 16. 6. 
 
 25, 11. Trop. of the sea, Ps. 46, 4 the 
 mountains tremble through its pride, i. e. 
 its proud swelling or heaving. 
 
 D^'b^Na m. plur. (r. bS5, after the form 
 D'^pnttJs, ca'ip,) redemptions, redemp- 
 tion ; Is. 63, 4 'b^isa r:tij the year of viy 
 redemption, i. e. in which I Avill redeem 
 my people. So Sept. Vulg. Syr. Usu- 
 ally : the year of my redeemed. 
 
 1*1X5 m. (r. nxr.) constr. "|'ix5, once 
 plur. n"^3isa Ez. 16, 56; pr. elevation, 
 exaltation; hence 
 
 1. majesty, grandeur, e. g. of God. Ex. 
 
 15, 7. Is. 2, 10. 19. 21. 24. 14 ^bsix ^1 -pxsa 
 they shout for the majesty of Jehovah. 
 Job 37, 4 iJiJta '?!? the voice of his ma- 
 jesty, i. e. thunder. 40, 10 "pSJ NJ'n'ns 
 Fisil deck thyself nov: with majesty and 
 grandeur. Mic. 5, 3. 
 
 2. ornament, excellence, splendour. Is. 
 4, 2. 60, 15 I will make thee obis '(iita a 
 perpetual excellency, glory . 13,19 r^xsri 
 B'^'niS ""isa the glorious oi^ament of the 
 Chaldeans, i. e. the city of Babylon. 
 14, 11. Ps.47,5 -p?;;? ')"iM5 the excellency, 
 ornament, of Jacob, q. d. the pride of Ja- 
 cob, the Holy Land ; also of Grod, Am. 8, 
 7- 'r}i1'^ ''^^?' ^^^ excellency, pride, of 
 Jordan, poet, for its green and shady 
 banks, clothed with willows, tamarisks, 
 and cane, in which lions make their cov- 
 ert, Jer. 12, 5. 49, 19. 50, 44. Zech. 11, 3. 
 Comp. Jerome on Zech. 1. c. Relandi 
 Palaestina p. 274. 
 
 3. i. q. >"'^N no. 3, pride, haughtiness ; 
 Prov. 16, 1 8 pride goeth before a fall. 
 D'ps'2 "i'isa the haughtiness of Jacob Am. 
 6, 8." Nah. 2, 3. Job 35, 12. Is. 13, 11. 
 
 16, 6. Hos. 5, 5. Ascribed also to waves. 
 Job 38, 11; see in njsa no. 3. Comp. 
 niX5 no. 4. 
 
 n^S3 f. (r. nsa) Teere impure. 
 
 1. a lifting up, any thing high. Is. 
 9, 17 ItiJs r^ixa a column of smoke. 
 
 2. majesty of God. Ps. 3, 1. 
 
 o. ornament, excellency, splendour, Is. 
 28, 1. 3. Concr. Is. 12, 5. 
 
 4. haught.ines8,pride, Ps. 17, 10. Trop. 
 of the sea, Ps. 89, 10 ; comp. in njs<a no. 3. 
 
 'ji"'K5 adj. (r. ns<a) proud, haughty, 
 Pi. 123, 4 Cheth. In Keri D^ar ''xa the 
 proud oppressors. 
 
 ni''5 valUys, 8ee8t^4. 
 
 * I. ^)^ fut. bxa-i 1. to redeem, to 
 ransom, e. g. a field or larm sold, by 
 paying back the price. Lev. 25, 25. Ruth 
 4, 4. 6 ; any thing consecrated to God, 
 Lev. 27, 13. 15. 19. 20. 31 ; a slave Lev. 
 25, 48. 49. Part, bxa redeemer, one who 
 redeems a field, Lev. 25, 26. Trop. and 
 very often spoken of God as redeem- 
 ing and delivering men and espec, 
 Israel, e. g. from the bondage of Egypt 
 Ex. 6. 6; fi-om the Babylonian exile Is. 
 43, 1. 44, 22. 48, 20. 49, 7. al. Constr. with 
 10 Ps. 72. 14 ; -i^B Ps. 106. 10. Part. pass. 
 C-^bxa, njn'^ '^sa, the redeemed of Jeho- 
 xah'.U. 35, 9. 5l' 10. Part. act. Job 19, 25 
 Ti "bxa ^P}^"]"' "^JS I know that myredeem- 
 erliveth.i.e. God himself who will deliver 
 me from these calamities. Job 3, 5 in 
 curses upon his natal day : Tyi^p inb^iTj 
 rrc\m''- let darkness and death-shade re- 
 deem it for themselves, i. e. recover it, 
 again take possession of it. 
 
 2. With C^ , to redeem blood, i. e. to 
 avenge bloodshed, to demand or inflict 
 punishment lor blood ; found only in Part. 
 cnn bxa the avenger of blood. Num. 35, 
 19 sq. Deut. 19, 6. 12. Josh. 20, 3. 2 Sam. 
 14, 11 ; without C^n id. Num. 3-5, 12. 
 
 3. As the right of redemption (no. 1) 
 and the duty of blood-revenge (no. 2) be- 
 longed to the nearest relative, hence bs3 
 denotes a blood relative, kinsman. Num. 
 5,8. Lev. 25, 25. Ruth 3, 12. With the 
 art. bsan the Gael, the next of kin, near-' 
 est kinsman, Ruth 4, 1. 6. 8; comp. 3, 9. 
 12. The one next after him is called 
 bxa^ Ruth 2, 20, comp. 4, 4. Plur. tr\^i 
 blood-relatives, kinsmen, 1 K. 16, 11. 
 So to Heb. 1X13 i. e. Hood-relative, cor- 
 
 s . -: 
 
 responds Arab. -sU) avenger o^ blood, 
 
 and ^^I a friend, kinsman, also a pro- 
 tector, avenger. 
 
 4. Since also by the Mosaic law, 
 when a man died without children, it 
 was the duty of the next of kin to marry 
 his widow and niise up children in his 
 name, (see cn^, 03"^,) the verb bita was 
 also transferred to denote this riglit and 
 duty of relationship, and is then denom. 
 from bxa . E. g. Ruth 3, 13, where Boaz 
 says: ybn'^ 6<b-DK"i bxr 2ia r,b3'i-D! 
 ''Da^ T^'^nbsa^ "^^J55^ if he vnll perform 
 
b3 
 
 171 
 
 unto thee the kinamari's part (i. e. m firry 
 thee), well ; let him do the klnsmati's 
 part; but if fie will not, . . . then I will 
 do the kinsinarCa part to thee, i. e. will 
 marry thee. Comp.,Tob. 3, 17. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1, to he redeemed, 
 ransomed, e. g. a field or farm Lev. 25, 
 30 ; things consecrated Lev. 27, 20. 27. 
 28. 33 ; a slave Lev. 25, 54. Reflex, to 
 redeem oneself hcv. 25, 49. 
 
 Deriv. nisj , n"b^xj , and pr. n. ixa*' . 
 
 11. 5S3j a verb of the later He- 
 brew, in Kal not used, to be defiled, pol- 
 luted, unclean, i. q. Chald. bsi , bsa , 
 Ithpe. bsanx to be polluted. 
 
 PiEL bxa to defile, to pollute, Mai. 1,7. 
 
 PuAL 1. to be poUated. Part. bxJia 
 polluted, unclean, of food Mai. 1, 7. 12. 
 
 2. to be pronounced unclean, i. e. to 
 be removed as polluted from the priest- 
 hood. Ezra 2, 02. Neh. 7, 64. Comp. Syr. 
 V.--J to cast away, to reject, and ^55 
 Hiph. 
 
 NtpH. bxss Zeph. 3, 1, and bx55 Is. 59, 
 
 3. Lam. 4. 14, to be defied, polluted. 
 The latter form is similar to the Arabic 
 
 ^ fei- 
 
 passive Conj. VII JuJuf. 
 
 Hiph. to soil, to stain, as a garment 
 with blood, Is. 63, 3. The form "TibsSit 
 for 'Fibxsri is by Syriasm. 
 
 HiTHPA. to defle oneself e. g. with 
 unclean food, Dan. 1, 8. Hence 
 
 ^i53 plur. constr. "'bxa , deflement, 
 pollution, Neh. 13, 29. 
 
 T '^^ f- (r- bxa I ) 1. redemption, re- 
 purchase of a field or farm, Lev. 25. 24. 
 Ruth 4. 7. Hence a) i. q. ri^ht of re- 
 demption. fiiUy nVxsn bettt: Jer. 32, 7, 
 comp. V. 8 and see nni^a . Lev. 25. 29. 
 31. 48. cbis rixa perpetual right of 
 redemption, in perpetuity, Lev. 25, 32. 
 b) With gen. of pers. a field to be re- 
 deemed by any one as next of kin, Ruth 
 
 4, 6. c) price, of redemption, Lev. 25, 
 26. 51. 52. 
 
 2. relationship, kindred. Ez. 11, 15 
 ^nbxa ""dDX thy relatives, thy kindred. 
 Seer.'bsaL 3. 
 
 33 m. (r. saa no. 1) c. aufl". *a . plur. 
 B'^Sa and rrsa , see no. 5. 6 ; pr. some- 
 thing gibbous, convex, arched; hence 
 
 1. the hcuk, e. g. of animals Ez 10, 
 12 ; also of men, Ps. 129, 3 %^^n 'aa b? 
 D''tt5in the ploughers plouglied upon my 
 back, i. e. they made deep furrows on 
 ray back with their blows. 
 
 2. the boss of a shield or buckler, i. e. 
 the exterior convex part; comp. Arab. 
 
 o ^ 
 
 ^f^ shield, and Fr. bouclier from bou- 
 
 cle. So in the proverbial expression. Job 
 15, 26 i-inia ""a? 'ara . . . "fbii yn^ fie 
 runneth upon him . . . with tlie thick 
 bosses of his bticklers, a metaphor drawn 
 from soldiers who join their shields to- 
 gether and so rush upon the enemy. 
 Comp. Schult. ad 1, c. Har. Cons. 23, p. 
 231. 40, p. 454, ed. de Sacy. Hence 
 
 3. a brdwark, intrenchment, strong- 
 hold. Job 13. 12 nD-^aa ".Tsn ""aa buhcarks 
 of clay are your bulwarks ; here spoken 
 of weak and futile arguments behind 
 which his opponents intrench them- 
 selves ; comp. Is. 41, 21. So Arab, i? ^^ 
 back, also for bulwark. 
 
 4. a vault, fornix, spec, of a brothel, 
 arched cell, in which harlots prostituted 
 themselves, Ez. 16, 24. 31, 39. Sept. 
 oi'xrjfia jro^i'txor, Ttogviiov. So Lat. for- 
 nix Juven. 3. 156. 
 
 5. the rim of a wheel, the circum- 
 ference, felloes. Plur. n-^aa l K. 7, 33 ; 
 niaa Ez. 1, 18. 
 
 6. an eye-brow. q. d. arch of the eye, 
 
 Plur. n>!2a Lev. 14, 9. Arab. &x=k the 
 bone which the eye-brow covers. 
 
 7. the back, i. e. upper part, top of an 
 altar, Ez. 43, 13. Sept. to v*i)oq xoii &v- 
 aiaviriijiov. So Gr. vaixog for the surface 
 of the sea, of the land. etc. The same 
 is naTan aa Ex. 30. 3. 37, 26; so that 
 one might doubt whether it ought not to 
 be so read in Ez. 1. c. 
 
 S5 Chald. i. q. Heb. the back; plur. 
 for sing, like Gr. ju vuiu, Dan. 7, 6 
 Cheth. it had four wings R'^aa by upon 
 its back ; Keri "33 . ^epi. indvo) avTijg, 
 Theod. vnf^uro) uiiij;, Vulg. super se. 
 
 -3 plur. n'^aa 2 K. 25, 12 Cheth. see 
 r. ana no. 3. 
 
 1. !13 m. (r. a"a) 1. a board, from 
 the idea of cutting; plur. a-'aa 1 K. 6, 9. 
 
 2. a well, cistern ; plur. S'^aa Jer. 14, 
 3. 2 K. 3, 16. 
 
172 
 
 nnji 
 
 II. ^ (for fiaa , r. i^^S) a locust, plur. 
 tJ'^Sa Is. 33, 4. Sept. ax^idsg. 
 
 33 G-'o&, pr. n. see sia. 
 
 35 Chald. (r. naa no. 2) emph. N25 , a 
 pit, den, in which lions were kept, Dan. 6, 
 8 eq. In Targg. for Heb. "lia. Syr. 
 
 }^a^, llitfo^, Arab, v.^^^? ^^h. l-fl, 
 id. 
 
 ^75 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. U.^ final 
 "Waw and Ye, to gather together, to col- 
 lect, e. g. waters into a reservoir, tribute ; 
 
 lXs IV. to gather together, to collect. 
 Hence 
 
 ^3^ m. 1. a reservoir, cistern, Is. 
 30, U. Vulg. fovea. 
 
 2. a rharsh, pool, Ez. 47, 11. 
 
 ^-r ^ verb of twofold signification, 
 one its own, the other derived. 
 
 1. Pr. to he curved, hollow, or also to 
 be gibbous, convex^ in the manner of an 
 arch, vault ; hence aa q. v. something 
 gibbous, the back, etc. The same pri- 
 mary idea lies also in the kindred roots, 
 as "lia . nia , w^hence 1? , ia ; CjBa whence 
 ')? ; ?)!ia whence nsia ; also in tiS3 
 "where see more, and ME3 ; 22p3, i^Ls, 
 and even Cli^H. Corresponding are also 
 Lat. gibbus, Engl, gibbous, Germ. Gie- 
 bel, Gipfel. Comp. also the roots ^T2^, 
 .naa , ',aa , yaa . 
 
 2. The other signif. is borrowed from 
 
 c ^ 
 aw J aa^, to cut in, to dig; Arab. v_>:^ 
 
 "to cut, to cut or hew out ; comp. Vw>L&- 
 
 mid. Waw and Ye id. Conj. VIII, to dig 
 
 a well. Hence Chald. aa a well or pit. 
 
 *, ^^ f^^ 
 
 '7' obsol. root, i. q Arab. Lk^ to 
 
 <Come forth out of the ground, to creep 
 
 forth, as a serpent from his hole ; whence 
 
 i" * I - 
 
 V^L^ for jtfJv^ a locust, so called as 
 
 issuing from the earth when hatched; 
 comp. Eth. A^fl'n, the great locust, 
 from -iajJ) to emerge from the ^yater. 
 Comp. Piin. H. N. 11. 29 or 35. Borhurt 
 Hieroz. II. p. 443. Hence aa II, aia I. 
 
 * "^?5 inf. rr'aa , once nna^ Zeph. 
 3, 11; flit. RSi", 3 plur. fcm. irregular 
 
 nj-^naari Ez. 16, 50. 
 1. to be high, lofty, tall; comp. in a^S 
 
 no. 1. E. g. a tree Ez. 19, 11 ; the 
 heavens Ps. 103, 11 ; a man . Sam. 
 10, 23. 
 
 2. to be elevated, exalted, to a higher 
 degree of dignity, and glory, Is. 52, 13. 
 Job 36, 7. 
 
 3. "iab naa one's heart lifts itself up, is 
 lifted up, elated : a) In a good sense, 
 i. q. to take courage, 2 Chr. 17, 6 ?i3a*5 
 nin"^ ''?"i']a ia^ and his heart was en- 
 couraged in the ways of Jehovah, b) In 
 a bad sense, to be lifted up in pride, to be 
 proud, haughty, Ps. 131, 1. Prov. 18, 12. 
 2 Chr. 26, 16. Hence 
 
 4. Of a person himself to be proud, 
 haughty, Is. 3, 16. Jer. 13, 15. 
 
 HiPH. (^"^aart to make high, to exalt, 
 Ez. 17, 24. 2i, 31 [26]. Prov. 17, 19 
 inrs M'^aa^ who maketh his gate high, 
 Jer. 49, 16 Tjsp irra tt'^aan-^a though 
 thou makest thy nest high like the eagle, 
 i. e. buildest thy castles upon the highest 
 cliffs ; comp. Obad. 4, where Tjlp? is omit- 
 ted. Adverbially with an infin. Ps. 113, 5 
 nauib iniaarn pr. who maketh high to 
 dwell, i. e. who dwelleth on high. Job 
 5, 7 tflS liT^aa^ tJiey fly on high, soar 
 aloft ; so with 'r|W impl. Job 39, 27 [30]. 
 Also followed by a finite verb, Is. 7, 11. 
 
 Deriv. the four following, and pr. n. 
 
 nnsr. 
 
 135 i. q. naa adj. high, lofty, proud, 
 only in constr. D"'?"'? waa Ps. 101, 5 ; waa 
 ab Prov. 16, 5 ; nil naa Ecc. 7, 8. 
 
 rlh^ adj. once -ifiSI Ps. 138, 6 ; constr. 
 tnbs 1 Sam. 16, 7, comp. Piaa ; f. nnaa . 
 
 1. high, lofty, tall, e. g. a tree Ez. 17, 
 24 ; a tower Is. 2, 15 ; a mountain Gen. 
 7, 19. Is. 57, 7 ; a man 1 Sam. 9, 2. 
 Trop. powerful Ecc. 5, 7. Subst. height, 
 talliicss, 1 Sam. 16, 7. 
 
 2. proud, haughty. Is. 5, 15. 1 Sam. 2, 3. 
 
 ^33 m. c. sufT. inaa 1. height, alti- 
 tude, as of trees, buildings, etc. Ez. 1, 18. 
 40, 42. 1 Sam. 17. 4. Am. 2, 9. Job 22, 12 
 ci:^; nra n-isx-xVn is not God in the 
 height of heaven? i. e. in tlie lofty hea- 
 vens. Plur. conf-tr. Job 11, 8 C^r^fl %nan 
 b?Bn-n^ as the heights ofhearm are the 
 mysteries of divine wisdom, what canst 
 thou do 7 
 
 2. nwjrsly, grandeur, Job 40, 10. 
 
 3. pride, haughtiness, Jer. 48, 29 ; more 
 
S3 
 
 173 
 
 isa 
 
 fully 2^ R2J 2Chr.26,16; nin nsa Prov. 
 16, 18 ; qx naa Pa. 10, 4. Tliis latter 
 expression is also very frequent in Ara- 
 bic, see Thesaur. p. 257. 
 
 ITinsa f. (r. naa) pride, haughtiness, 
 Is. 2, li. 17. 
 
 ^133 m. (r. baa) c. suff. '^1=3, '^35, 
 plur. cs^a , 
 
 1. a hound, limit, border, as of a field, 
 district, country ; pr. a cord or litie by 
 which a limit is measured out ; see r. 
 iaa no. 1. Deut. 19, 14. 27, 17. Prov. 
 22,' 23. Judg. 11, 18. c; bnaa western 
 border Num. 34, 3. 6. Spoken of the 
 bounds of the sea, Ps. 104,9. The idiom 
 b^aJS Num. 34, 6 etc. see in i copul. no. 
 
 1. f! 
 
 2. The space included within certain 
 borders, territory, country, district, like 
 Engl, bounds, limits. Gen. 10, 19 biaa 
 *'5?;sn the bounds, territory, of the Ca- 
 naanites. C^-iSia ^siaa-bs the wlwle. 
 bounds, land, of' Egypt Kx. 10, 14. 19. 
 bxnr^ biaa-ba i Sam. 11, 3. 7 ; 'aa l>^aa 
 j-ias Num. '21,'24. al. Plur. boimds, ter- 
 ritories, Jer. 15, 13. Is. 60, 18. 2 K. 15, 16. 
 Ez. 27, 4 thy borders, territories, are in 
 the midst of the sea, spoken of Tyre. 
 
 3. a margin, edge, e. g. of an altar, 
 Ez. 43, 13. 17. 
 
 T^"^? f (r. bas) a border, margin. Is. 
 28, 25 inbaa n^sai and spelt in the bor- 
 der of it, sc. oi the field. Plur. nibwa , 
 mbaa , borders, bounds, as of a field, Job 
 24, 2 ; of regions, countries. Num. 34, 2. 
 12 ; of nations, Deut. 32, 8. 
 
 niaa, nina. adj. (r. naa) i. strong, 
 
 mighty, valiant ; spoken of a hunter. Gen. 
 
 10, 9 ; mostly of an impetuous warrior, 
 champion, hero, 2 Sam. 17, 10. Ps. 33, 
 16. 45. 4. "liaa ~r.^. a mighty king, im- 
 petuous, i. e. Alexander the Great, Dan. 
 
 11, 3. i-iaa bx the mighty hero Is. 9, 5. 
 10, 21. comp. Ez. 32, 11. Gen. 6, 4 nizr} 
 CTi-n "^rrx cbira laix c-''^,aar! these were 
 the mighty m^n^ heroes, who of old were 
 men of renown. Prov. 30, 30 the lion is 
 mighty among the beasts. Also genr. a 
 icarrior, Jer. 51, 30. Ps. 120, 4. 127, 4; 
 b'n iiaa a mighty man ofralour, valiant 
 warrior. Judg. 6, 12. 11, 1. 1 Sam. 9, 1 ; 
 plur. cj-^b^n "^niai l Chr. 7. 5. 11. 40. So 
 of God, Ps. 24, 8 nini -liaa-i n?s nin-^ 
 
 15* ' ' 
 
 rrcnbia "lias Jehovah strong and mighiy, 
 Jehorah mighty in battle. Deut. 10, 17. 
 Jer. 32, 18. Neh. 9, 32. Ironically, Is. 5, 
 22 "rp-zb b'^n-^rax ,"2 r';n-:jb oinraa rn 
 ~i;iii wo unto those mighty to drink vyine, 
 the valiant to mingle strong drink ; see 
 Comment, on Is. 28, 1. Trop. spoken 
 also of ability, activity, in the transac- 
 tion of business, etc. b^^n liaa strong 
 in ability, i. e. active, capable, enter- 
 prising, 1 K. 11, 28. Neh. 11. 14; 
 also of wealth, h^n "liaa mighty in 
 wealth, of great substance, Ruth 2, 1. 
 1 Sam. 9, 1. 2 K. 15, 20 ; oC power, Gen. 
 10, 8. Hence 
 
 2. Like Engl, warrior, put for a leader 
 in war, war-chief Is. 3, 2 d"'t<'i "iiaa 
 Pionbia the war-chief and the soldier ; 
 comp. Ez. 39. 20. The same is prob. to be 
 understood of those who are called "'"^aa 
 i^.n 2 Sam. 23. 8. 1 K. 1, 8. ] Chr. 11,26. 
 29, 24. Genr. of any chief, prefect ; 1 
 Chr. 9, 26 n"i-,>ii-n iniaa the chiefs of the 
 porters. 
 
 3. In a bad sense, violent, an oppress- 
 
 Q, a ^ 
 or, tyrant, Ps. 52, 3. So Arab. Lv^.. 
 
 4. Poet, a man. i. q. ">aa . 2 Sam. 22, 
 26. In the parall. Ps. IS, 26 is "laa . 
 
 nnnna f. ( r. -laa ) l. strength. Ecc. 
 9, 16 ri"iaaT3 'T'J^n naia wisdom is bet- 
 ter than strength. 10, 17 O happy land ! 
 whose princes eat in due season 
 "in'i'a xbl iiniaaa for strength and not 
 for drunkenness, i. e. in order to strength- 
 en the body. Plur. Ps. 90, 10 our years 
 are seventy years ii^^ WitV nii^aaa cxn 
 a7id if by reason of strength they be eighty 
 years, etc. Job 41, 4 [12]. 
 
 2. Spec, valour, strength, might, sc. 
 for war. Judg. 8, 21. Is. 36, 5 ; ascribed 
 also to the horse. Job 39, 19. Once trop. 
 of the bold and intrepid spirit of a pro- 
 phet, Mic. 3, 8. Sometimes as concr. 
 might, for mighty deeds ; 1 K. 15, 23 and 
 the rest of all the acts of Asa "in'i^taa'bsi 
 rtw? -irx-bsi and all his mighty deeds, 
 ami all thai' he did, etc. 16, 27. 22, 46. 
 Also concr. for C'^'iiaa mighty men, he- 
 roes. Is. 3, 25. 
 
 3. power, might, Is. 30, 15 ; espec. of 
 God, Ps. 21, 14. 54. 3. 66, 7. 71, 18. 89, 
 14. Plur. i^ini niiiaa mighty acts, won- 
 ders of Jehovah, Deut. 3, 24. Ps. 106 2. 
 Job 26, 14. 
 
in:; 
 
 174 
 
 bi:i 
 
 4. victory, Ex. 32, 18 ; comp. the verb 
 in Ex. 17, 11. 
 
 nn^2il Chald. emph. Kri*^!i3a , power, 
 might, ofOod, Dan. 2, 20. 
 
 "^ ^~5 i- 1- "^^^ ) ^^ ^^ '" ^^^ ->' spec, of 
 stature and of the forehead. So Chald. 
 
 J^'ias one who is too tall ; Arab. 2U^f 
 one who has a high broad forehead, Lat. 
 
 fronto. aLaJj2>- forehead. Hence the two 
 following : 
 
 nS5 m. adj. one who has the forehead 
 too high., fronto. since nouns of the form 
 V^ap denote blemishes of the body ; 
 hence, bald in front, forehead-bald, Lev. 
 13, 41. Sept. ava(falavjoi;. 0pp. Xy^il 
 I. 6. bald behind. 
 
 filnSS f (r. ri25) baldness in front, a 
 bald forehead, Lev. 13, 42. 43. Trop. 
 bareness, a threadbare spot on the outer 
 or right side of cloth, Lev. 13, 55. 0pp. 
 rn'^f? baldness behind, also a threadbare 
 spot on the wrong side of cloth. 
 
 ''S^ (i. q. Syr. ) *ri^. tax-gatherer) 
 djlahbai, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 8. 
 
 Q"^D5 (cisterns Jer. 14, 3, or locusts Is. 
 33, 4) Gebim, pr. n. of a small place a short 
 (distance north of Jerusalem, Is. 10, 31. 
 
 JlS'^Sa f (r. -j^a no. 3) curdled milk, 
 cheese. Job 10, 10. Arab, ^^y^ IV to 
 K^urdle milk ; V, to be curdled, coagu- 
 lated; (J-ajsk, ^_^^-*jik, Ethiop. ^13^5 
 iSyr. li^a^ cheese. 
 
 ?'^^5 m. ( r. 525 ) 1. a cnp, goblet, 
 bowl, of a large size, Gen. 44, 2 sq. So 
 a bawl or goblet of wine Jer. 35. 5. distin- 
 guished from the mOS or smaller cups 
 into which the wine was poured from 
 the larger goblet. 
 
 2. ci'p, cali.v of flowers, as an orna- 
 ment of the sacred candelabra, Ex. 25, 
 
 31 sq. 37, 17. 19. Comp. Arab. Sjuo calix 
 of flowers, and Hob. n?af? cup, calix. 
 
 *l''Da m. (r. "'Sa) a master, lord, from 
 the notion of might and power, Gen. 27, 
 29.37. 
 
 }Tl*'35 f (fem. of preced.) a mistress, 
 every where for a queen, e. g. the king's 
 
 consort, IK. 11,19. 2 K. 10, 13; the king's 
 mother! 1 K. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 15, 16. 
 
 TO'^^a m. (r. lasa) pr. ice, see aJ"'2r>Vx. 
 Trop. for crystal, which resembles ice, 
 and was in flict supposed to be ice, Plin. 
 H. N. 37. 2 ; comp. Gr. xiJixnulkog and 
 Eth. 'h'fM ! flZ,^ hail-stones, also crys- 
 tal. Once, Job 28, 18. 
 
 '' ^ 1- to twist, to wreathe, as a 
 cord or rope, wreathen work ; kindr. ^^n, 
 
 ?S3, comp. also (>*. a rope. Hence 
 T>^z> , ni25?3 wreathen work ; also b^iaa 
 pr. a cord, line, with which boundaries 
 are measured, and then for a bound or 
 limit itself; comp. Lat. ^to'.9 mxHi funis, 
 Engl, line i. q. cord and boundary. Then 
 from the signif. boundary comes Arab. 
 
 Juls>. mountain, chain of mountains, as 
 the natural boundary of countries; comp. 
 oQOi and oQog, and Heb. bsa , bsa . 
 
 2. Denom. from ^123 , to bound, to limit, 
 e. g. a) As a boundary, Josh. 18, 20 
 inis-Visa'^ 1!!')!^!" and Jordan shall be 
 its boundary. b) With ace. of bound- 
 ary, to set, to determine ; Deut. 19, 14 
 thoit shall not remove thy neighbour'' s 
 boundary, DiyiJNl 1^23 "icx which they 
 of old time have established. 
 
 3. With 2 , to border upon, also denom. 
 from b^2a . Zech. 9, 2. 
 
 Hi PH. to set bounds around any thing. 
 Ex. 19, 23 "irjrj'nx i2an .set bounds 
 around tJie mountain, v. 12 "nx r.baani 
 Dsn and set bounds to the people round 
 about. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 1. 
 
 -^ (i- q. (J-**^ Jebel, mountain, see 
 r. b2a no. 1.) debal, pr. n. of a Phenician 
 city between Tripolis and Beirut, situ- 
 ated on a hill, and inhabited by seamen 
 and builders. Ez. 27, 9 ; comp. 1 K. 5, 32 
 [18]. Strabo XVI. p. 755 Casaub. It 
 was called by the Greeks JJi'jSloc, see 
 Strab. Ptol. Steph. Byz. rarely li!,nog. 
 The Arabs still call it Jux2> Jebeil, 
 i. e. little mountain. Gentiie n. '^b25 
 Giblile, plur. cbaa 1 K. 5, 32 [18]. 
 
 '25 m. (mountain, see in r. l52a no. 1,) 
 Gebal Ps. 83, S, i. e. Gebalene. pr. n. of 
 the mountainous tract inliabited by the 
 Edomites, extending from the Dead Sea 
 
bns 
 
 175 
 
 yn:; 
 
 southwards to Petra, and still called by 
 the Arabs JLa&. Jebdl. In Judith 3, 1 
 Lat. Vers, and also in the writings of the 
 Crusaders, it is called Syria Sobal; by 
 Josephus, Euseb. and Steph. Byz. I'o^o- 
 Xixiq, rt^uXi,rrf, lulSaXa. See Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. II. p. 552. 
 
 ^33 see bwa. 
 \ > I 
 
 ri1533 f. (r. baa) wreaihen work, twist- 
 ed like cords, see the root Kal no. 1. Ex. 
 28, 22 and thou sluilt make upon the 
 breast-plate 2nT nhs nbso nbaa ni'j-itt) 
 iin:: wreathed chains (i. e. like cords), 
 braided or laced work of pure gold ; 
 Sept. well x^oaiToi'g avfinfnkfyfiivovg. 
 Ex. 39, 15. The same thing is expressed 
 in Ex. 23, 14, and two chains of pure gold, 
 r"33 nisy-g cnx nb?n ribasB wreathed 
 (like cords) shalt thou make them, braid- 
 ed work; Sept. xaTafifftiyfieva (tV uv- 
 &tai). Most prob. we are to understand 
 small chains made of gold threads or 
 wire twisted or braided together like 
 cords ; and then ray nb?T3 is added by 
 way of epexegesis. 
 
 j 3 not used in Heb. 1. to be gib- 
 bous, curved, see under aaa no. 1 ; so of 
 the body, see "jaa ; of a mountain, see 
 CJsaa ; of the eye-brow, arch of the eye, 
 see Syr. and Chald. NJ-'aa . 
 
 2. Trop. of the body, to shrink together 
 
 from fear, terror, Arab, ^y^ and ^\j^ 
 to be timid, fearful ; Act. to terrify. 
 
 3. Of milk, to curdle, to coagulate ; 
 comp. Germ, die Milch erschrickt, i. e. 
 curdles. Hence H3"^aa curdled milk, 
 cheese. 
 
 1213 m. adj. gibbous, hunch-backed, 
 Lev. 21, 20. R. "jaa no. 1. 
 
 D''33na m. plur. (r. "jaa no. 1) heights, 
 summits, q. d. humps, hummocks of a 
 mountain. Ps.68, 16"|Oa~inn-'3;aa-"in O 
 mount of summits, mount of Bashan; 
 and V. 17 D-iSJaa C^nn by apposit. ye 
 mountains, summits, i. e. abounding 
 in summits. Comp. Talm. n"'3i3aa 
 crown of the head, summit ; Syr. ) ' ^ 
 summit of a mountain, arch of the eye- 
 
 brow ; Arab. xJul:^ rough uneven coun- 
 try ; also a cemetery, so called from the 
 sepulchral mounds, tumuli. 
 
 ^?f not found in the verb, kindr. 
 
 with the roots aaa q. v. naa , naa , etc. 
 and signifying to be high, like a moun- 
 tain, hill ; and spec, to be arched, can,' 
 vex, round, like a cup, the top of the 
 head, etc. see J-'aa , bjaa , nsasa . Comp. 
 
 S , 
 Arab. ^^^ head chief^ Gr. xKfuXri, Lat. 
 caput, capo, all which flow from the same 
 primary source. 
 
 Deriv. S-'aa , nsaiia , and the six here 
 following. 
 
 i^?a (hill) Geba, Gaba, pr. n. of a 
 Levitical city in Benjamin, Josh. 18, 24. 
 21, 17 ; situated on the northern border 
 of the kingdom of Judah, 2 K. 23, 8. Zech. 
 14, 10. More fully T^a^sa saa 1 Sam. 
 13, 16. 1 K. 15, 22. it was' near io 
 Gibeah (nraa no. 2. a), towards the 
 northeast, Is! 10, 29. Jo.sh. 18, 24. 28. 
 From these passages too it is evident 
 that Geba and Gibeah could not have 
 been the same place ; although in Judg. 
 20, 10. 33, 533 is inaccurately put for 
 nsaa ; comp. the context. [Now /t-K^- 
 
 Jeb'a; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 11. p. 
 113, 114. Biblioth. Sac. 1844. p. 598 sq. 
 R. 
 
 i5^35 (hill) Gibea, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 2, 49. 
 
 nyna f (r. yaa) plur. nraa l. a hill, 
 2 Sam. 2,25. Is. 40,12. 41.15. Cant. 2, 8. al. 
 nbiy rraa everlasting hills, i.e. ever the 
 same from the creation until now. Gen. 
 49, 26. Job 15, 7 nbbin plyaa ':zh wast 
 thou brought forth before the hills? Prov. 
 8, 25. nin-i nsaa the hill of Jehovah, i. e. 
 Zion, Ez. 34, 26, comp. Is. 31,4. Many 
 of the hills in Palestine were distinguish- 
 ed by pr. names ; as nax, 3';;a, ns'an. 
 
 2. Meton. a city on a hill; comp. the 
 termination dunum in the early names of 
 cities in Germany, France, and Britain, 
 which in Celtic signifies a hill, as Au- 
 gustodunu7n, C?esa.r odunum. hugdunum, 
 etc. Hence as pr. n. Gibeah : 
 
 a) "i-^B^ia ryaa i Sam. 13, 2. 15, ""sa 'a 
 'pa-^sa 2 Sam. 23, 29, Gibeah of Benja- 
 min; likewise called b^X'J rraa Gibeah 
 of Saul 1 Sam. 11, 4; cn'sxr; nyaa 
 1 Sam. 10, 5, comp. 10 ; also xai i^ox^v 
 nyaan Gibeah, Hos. 5, 8. 9, 9. 10, 9; 
 nsaa l Sam. 10, 26, ryaa Josh. 18, 28 ; 
 
525 
 
 176 
 
 ^n:s 
 
 a city of Benjamin, the birthplace of 
 Saul, noted for the atrocious crime com- 
 mitted by its inhabitants Judg. 19, 12 sq. 
 20, 4 sq. Liiic Bethel it seems to have 
 been reckoned among the ancient sanc- 
 tuaries of Palestine, 1 Sam. 10, 5. 6. [It 
 lay on and around a high and sharp hill, 
 now called Thileil el-Fiil, about three 
 miles north of Jerusalem, near the great 
 road ; see Biblioth. Sac, 1844, p. 598 sq. 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 144, 317. Jo- 
 seph. B. J. 5. 2. 1. R.] Gentile n. insaa 
 Gibeathite 1 Chr. 12, 3. 
 
 b) Ons'^S r535 Gibeahof Phinehas, in 
 the mountains of Ephraira, Josh. 24, 33. 
 
 c) "535 Glbeah, a place in the tribe 
 of Judah, Josh. 15, 57. Now called 
 Xxojfc Jeb'ah, a village southwest of 
 Jerusalem near the foot of the moun- 
 tains ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 327. 
 
 j^yna (hill-city, i. e. built on a hill,) 
 Gibeon, a large city of the Hivites Josh. 
 10. 2. 11, 19, afterwards belonging to 
 Benjamin Josh. 18, 25. 21, 17 ; to be dis- 
 tinguished from the neighbouring cities 
 Geba r:a , and Gibeah rwas , lying west- 
 ward of both, and northwest of Jerusa- 
 lem; now called v_>as-I el- Jib ; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 135-9. In the 
 reigns of David and Solomon the sacred 
 tabernacle was stationed here, 1 K. 3, 4. 
 5. 9, 2. Gentile n. ''sraa Gibeonite, 2 
 Sam. 21; 1 sq. 
 
 bysa quadril. m. the calix or corolla 
 of flowers, i. q. 5"Ca cali.v with \> added, 
 which sometimes seems to have the force 
 of a diminutive, comp. ^'2"'?) ^P.'j from 
 a-^n . Once spoken of flax. Ex. 9, 31 for 
 the barley was in the ear ^535 nnttiBHl 
 and thejlaa: in the calix, i. e. in flower. 
 It is used also in the Mishna for the calix 
 or corolla in the flowers of hyssop or ori- 
 ganum, which exhibits almost the ap- 
 pearance of cars of grain, e. g. Para 11. 
 7,9. ib. 12. 2.3; where the more learn- 
 ed Rabbins have long ago explained it 
 correctly. See more in Thesaur. p. 261. 
 
 fiyaa see in nsaa no. 2. a. 
 
 * n5 nnd "^r^S 2 Sam. 1, 23, fut. IM'^ , 
 to he or Income strong, misrhty. to prevail, 
 The primary idea is that of binding^ 
 
 Jdndr, with ^ja ; like Arab. "lli. I. VII, 
 
 VIII to bind up something broken, to 
 make firm and solid, which is also re- 
 ferred to strength and power, as in Conj, 
 V, to be strong, strengthened, confirmed ; 
 Syr. t-=iv'<^l i-'S^i^'^l to show oneself 
 strong. Ethiop. ^'fl^r to labour, to do, 
 which seems derived from the idea of 
 force and strength. Kindred is also "133, 
 -A^ Absol. of an enemy Ex. 17, 11 ; 
 
 of waters rising and increasing. Gen. 7, 
 18. 19. 20. 24 ; of wealth Job 21, 7. With 
 '"0 to be stronger than anyone, 2 Sam. 1, 
 23 ; also with bs , Gen. 49, 26. 
 
 Pi EL to make strong, to strengthen, 
 Zech. 10, 6. 12. Ecc. 10, 10 nasi cb^n 
 he puts to more strength. 
 
 Hi PH. 1. to make strong, to confirm. 
 Dan. 9, 27 f^anb r'^'^a n-^arin he shall 
 make a firm covenant with many. 
 
 2. Intrans. to prevail, pr. to exercise 
 strength, comp. synon. y'^cxfi , p*''tnn) 
 and Lat. rohurfacere Hirt. Bell.Afr. 85. 
 Ital./ar /orze. Ps. 12. 5 ">'^a53 IJSttJbb 
 with our tongue will we prevail. Comp. 
 Is. 28, 15. 
 
 HiTHPA. 1. to show oneself strong, to 
 prevail, with h'J Is. 42, 13. 
 
 2. to conduct oneself proudly, insolently, 
 i'^Ql'Qtiv, Job 36, 9 ; with bx against any 
 one. Job 15, 25. Arab. V, to be proud, 
 
 0, s^ 
 contumacious, \\j^ proud, contuma- 
 cious. 
 
 Deriv. "n'aa , JTiiiaa , *;-'aa , tT;"^2iJ , and 
 those here following. 
 
 "^51 m. plur, C'^'^sa 1. a man, so 
 called from his strength, i. q. tU"^X ; foxmd 
 only in poetry except a few examples, 
 Deut. 22. 5. 1 Chr. 24, 4. 26, 12, comp. 
 D"'na5b ; but the usual word in Aramaean, 
 -\aa , -^s-^, fj-a^. Ps. 34, 9 -laan "ncyt. 
 iaTion^. happy the man who tnisteth in 
 him. 52J 9. 94, 12. al. n^naab . D'^nasb , 
 man by man. Josh. 7, 14. 17. 1 Chr. 23^ 3. 
 Spec, a) 0pp. to woman, a man. male, 
 Deut. 22. 5. Jer. 30,6. 31. 22 ; and so even 
 of a man-child ']Ufit born. Job 3. 3 the night 
 wlien it was said laa nnn a man-child is 
 conceived. Comp. "ix 1. a. b) 0pp. 
 to a wife, a husband, Prov. 6, 34. c) 
 Somelimefi put for manly vigour, might. 
 Is. 22, 17 behold Jehovah ivill cast thee 
 oui *i3J Hbijba wiUi a manly cast, L e. 
 
nns 
 
 177 
 
 tt 
 
 mij?hty, violent. Job 38, 3. 40,7. Ps.88,5. 
 Coinp. tJ'X 1. d. (1) a man, mortal, 
 opp. to God, comp. Ci-'X 1. e. Job 4, 17. 
 
 10, 5. 14, 10. 14. e) a soldier, warrior, 
 comp. d-^X 1. 1. Judg. 5, 30; coinp. Jer. 
 41, 16 n^nbfl ^tiSrx cnaj . 
 
 2. i. q. ttJ^X no. 4. each, every one. Joel 
 2, 8 ytdhi2 "irbpTsa "laa they shall go every 
 one in his path. Lam. 3, 39 in the sec- 
 ond hemistich. 
 
 3. Geber, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 19, comp. 13. 
 
 "133 i. q, 133 , a man, a form imitating 
 the Chaldee, Ps. 18, 26. In the parallel 
 passage 2 Sara. 22, 26 is niaa . 
 
 ^33 Chald. id. a man, Dan. 2, 25. 5, 
 
 1 1 . Plur. "pias , K'laa (as if from x-iaa), 
 men^ Dan. 3, 8 sq. 6, 6 sq. 
 
 "133 Chald. m. i. q. liaa , plur. constr. 
 
 1 . a mighty man, hero, warrior, Dan. 
 3,20. 
 
 2. Gihhar, jjr. n. of a place, Ezra 2, 
 20 ; apparently for ")i52a , comp. Neh. 
 7, 25. 
 
 na see liaa . 
 
 'S?''"'35 (man of God) Gabriel, one of 
 the archangels, Dan. 8, 16. 9, 21. Comp. 
 Luke 1, 19. 
 
 mna f (for nn-^ra from masc. Ii2a) 
 c. sufT. Ti'iaa , a mistress, opp. to a 
 maid-servant,' Gen. 16, 4. 8. 9. 2 K. 5, 3. 
 Prov. 30, 23. Pis'^^ia n-iaa mistress of 
 kingdoms Is. 47, 5. 7. 
 
 ""^ not found in the verb, i. q. 
 
 Arab, (j*-*^ and yf%. ^o freeze, to 
 congeal; whence d'^aabx and llJ'^sa. 
 But Chald. C33 is <o collect, to gather ; 
 hence pr. n. tli^sj'a . 
 
 jinaa (a height, hill, r. 335 , comp. 
 Chald. xraa) Gibbethon. pr. n. of a city 
 of the Philistines in the territory of 
 Dan, Josh. 19, 44. 21, 23. 1 K. 15, 27. 
 It is called by Eusebius ra^a&uiv rdjv 
 *Ai.lo(pvX(ar, by Josephus ra^a&w. 
 
 *^ m. constr. SJ , c. snff. "inj , with He 
 parag. naa Josh. 2, 6, plur. riai. 
 
 1. a roof the flat roof of an oriental 
 house, Josh. 2, 6. 8. 1 Sam. 9, 25. 26. 
 Prov. 21. 9. al. Spoken of the roof of 
 a tower Judg. 9, 51 ; of a temple Judg. 
 16, 27. 
 
 2. the top, upper part of an altar, Ex. 
 
 30, 3. 37, 26. 
 
 Note, The suggestion of Bedslob is 
 not improbable, that 36 may be for >3>, 
 
 aja, and this from *)a33 ; as nti'no from 
 nnisn^ ; 1^3, (Jji^ from 13-13 ; loXyo- 
 
 yo&u Arab. H-^j^*;^ from nbjba , It 
 
 can also be for na , na , from tlie root 
 
 a ^ S 
 
 ^1^ , whence ^"^ a plain, level 8ui> 
 
 face ; comp. Ala roof^ from a^Im,! to 
 expand. ^ ^ 
 
 ia m. (r. Tia) 1. coriander, the seed, 
 so called from the little furrows or stripes 
 on the grains, see r. iia no. 1. Ex. 16, 
 
 31. Num. 11, 7. Sept. Vulg. xoqiov, xoqI- 
 avov, coriandrum ; and so the other ori- 
 ental interpreters, except the Chald. and 
 Samar. This is also supported by the 
 Carthaginian usage ; comp. Dioscorid. 
 3. 64 Alyvntioi oxiov, Idtf^oi (i. e. the 
 Carthaginians) yolS. 
 
 2. i. q. ^a no. 1, fortune, with the art. 
 spec, the god Fortune, Gad, worshipped 
 by the Babylonians and the Jewish ex- 
 iles. Is. 65, 11. He is elsewhere called 
 also Baal, Bel, b?2, ^3, i. e. the planet 
 Jupiter, Stella Jovis, which was regard- 
 ed throughout the east as the genius 
 and giver of good fortune, and is hence 
 called by the Arabs ^^.y ^t ()<XMjj\bona 
 fortuna m,ajor ; see more in art. ba . In 
 the other hemistich in Is. 1. c. is also 
 mentioned ^313 , prob. the planet Venus, 
 which is called in the east bona fortuna 
 minor, see in "^373 . See more fully on 
 these superstitions in Comment, on Is. 
 II. p. 283 sq. 335 sq. Sept. well Tvxn> 
 Vulg. Fortuna. Comp. ia bya p. 147. 
 
 *^a m. 1. fortune, i. q. "13 no. 2, comp. 
 r. ^I'la no. 3. Arab. Jk^ and Syr. 1,-^ 
 id. jL:>. to be fortunate, to be rich, 
 
 jLjJea^ fortunate. Gen. 30, 11 Cheth. 
 
 'laa. Sept. (V ri'xj], in fortune, fortunate- 
 ly. Vulg. feliciter sc. hoc mihi accidit. 
 Keri 13 xa fortune cometh. 
 
 2. Gad. pr. n. a) A son of Jacob, 
 the name being prob. derived from good 
 fortune, Gen. 30, 11 ; although another 
 
mr; 
 
 178 
 
 Tfll 
 
 signification is alluded to in Gen. 49, 19. 
 He was the head of the tribe of like name, 
 whose territory lay in the mountains of 
 Gilead, Deut. 3, 12. 16, between that of 
 Manasseh and Reuben, Josh. 13. 24-28 ; 
 comp. Num. 32, 34. 35. 36. Ez. 48, 27. 
 28. lari ^n: the torrent ofGad^ i. e. the 
 Jabbok, not the Arnon, 2 Sam. 24, 5. 
 Gentile n. is "^"ra Gadite, (diff. from '''na ,) 
 mostly collect. *^l5fi the Gadites Deut. 
 3, 12. Josh. 22, 1. ' b) A prophe twho 
 lived in the time of David, 1 Sam. 22, 5. 
 2 Sam. 24, 11 sq. 
 
 'Jina'ia Chald. see below in "i2ta . 
 
 ~^7^ quadril. Ethiop. guadguada 
 to beat, pulsare ; to thunder. Hence 
 
 '15'15 (perh. thunder) G'idg-ad, whence 
 15'ian "in Hor-hagidgad Num. 33, 32, 
 pr. n. of a station of the Israelites in the 
 desert, i. q. fTiana Gudgodah Deut. 10, 7. 
 
 ma^ra see in na-ia , 
 
 *J^ fut. *ia^ 1. to cut or hew, to cut 
 in, to make incisions, see Hithpo. Arab. 
 
 iX;> to prune a vine, to cut cloth from 
 the loom ; comp. Chald. *Tia . Kindred 
 roots are JTia , ""la . This primary sig- 
 nification of cutting, hewing, is possessed 
 by the syllable "11 in common with the 
 Bibilated U, see TTa ; from which indeed 
 it has arisen by dropping the sibilation; 
 and both of them are only softened forms 
 from the harder syllables "J^p , f p , DD . 
 yn, tn, and dropping the sibilation cp, 
 *Tp, tsn, *in, to all which belong the 
 same idea of cutting ; see the roots Tta, 
 yrp^, y^n, l-n;?, Tin. in the Indo- 
 European languages, comp. Lat. ccedo, 
 tcindo, Gr. o-^f/ ^w for a/idb), Pers. ^^ Ju,^. 
 
 to cut, to cleave, ^t^y^ i. q. Engl, to 
 cut. Hence 
 
 2. to penetrate, i. e. to break in upon 
 any one, to press or crowd upon, i. q. 
 n?ta ; c. ir, Ps. 94, 21. Hence "ilia and 
 Hithpo. no. 2. 
 
 3. From the notion of rutting ofif, de- 
 ciding, comes also the Bignlf.ol'lot.fate, 
 fortune, comp. "itfi no. 2 ; wlience Heb. 
 ifl , na , fortune. 
 
 Hithpo. 1. to cut oneself, to make 
 incisions in the skin or flesh ; e. g. in 
 mourning Jer. IG, 6. 41, 5. 47, 5; or as 
 
 a part of idol worship, Deut. 14, 1. 1 K, 
 
 18, 28. 
 
 2. Reflex, of Kal no. 2, to press or 
 crowd themselves together, sc. great num- 
 bers into one place, Jer. 5, 7. Mic. 4, 14. 
 
 Deriv. la, ia, i^na, and pr. n. ^"^J, 
 iix'i'na, WSTS. 
 
 'TIS Chald. to cut or hew, to cut down, 
 e. g. a tree, Imper. 1'na Dan. 4, 11. 20. 
 Comp. Heb. 'J'la no. 1. 
 
 JT^a see rrna nsn. 
 
 '^'^ obsol. root, prob. to cut, to cut 
 off, and hence to pluck, to crop, to tear 
 off; comp. kindr. Tia. Hence "'"la a 
 kid, so called from cropping ; also 
 
 T7? or ST^^ f. plur. constr. Mia, 
 hanks of a river, Josh. 3, 15. 4, 18. Is. 8,7; 
 so called as cut and torn away by the 
 stream, comp. r. tTia . Comp. ^j'^a , also 
 
 ?iin, xiL^, shore, from C;sn to rub or 
 
 wash away; jQj;^ bank, from ivJ^ 
 
 s f - 
 to cut away, whence also *J-^ a kid ; 
 
 comp. Gr. tixx^, tt^'jj, from uytifii; ^r,- 
 yixiv, ^nxla, from ^t'yvviii. Chald. K^^ia 
 a wall, stone wall ; also bank, shore, q. d. 
 
 wall of the sea. Arab. jLa- shore, coast, 
 also from the notion of cutting. 
 
 ^^1? m. plur. 51'iina and ninna . 
 
 1. an incision, cutting, from r. i^a no. 
 1 ; e. g. in the skin Jer. 48, 37; in the 
 soil, a furrow, Ps. 65, 11, 
 
 2. a troop, band of warriors, (pr. a 
 cutting in.) so called from the figure as 
 intended to cut or break in upon the 
 enemy, like Lat. acies ; used mostly of 
 light-armed troops engaged in plunder- 
 ing and predatory incursions. Gen. 49, 
 19in.''a'J "iina ia Gad, troops shall press 
 tipon him. i. e. bands of wandering Arabs 
 from the neighbouring desert. 2 K. 5, 2 
 fi-^'ina !iss; c-ix the Syi-ians had made 
 an excursion in bands. 1 Sam. 30. 8. 15. 
 23. 2 Sam. 3, 22. n^nsn 'sa the sons of 
 the troop, i. e. soldiers. 2 Chr. 25, 13 ; poet. 
 ins ra Mic. 4. 14. Of a band of robbers 
 Hos. 7, 1. 1 K. 11, 24. nin-i "^"isna th^ 
 bands of Jehovah, his armies of angels, 
 Job 25, 3 ; also hosts of calamities in- 
 flicted by him. Job 19, 12. Syr. f?l a 
 troop, band of soldiers. 
 
rra 
 
 179 
 
 )m 
 
 bina m. adj. (r. b'ls) rarely defect. 
 bl3 Gen. 1. U) ; coiistr. bina , bia , thrice 
 in kcri "bna Ps. 145, 8. Na'h. 1,'3. Prov. 
 19, 19 ; fern, nbina , nbHa . 
 
 1. great, in magnitude and extent, 
 iiisn c*n Num. 34, 6 ; Viian cnxn 
 D'^pjra a large (tall) ma/i among the 
 Anakim Josh. 14, 15 ; in number and 
 multitude, as bna '"ia Gen. 12, 2 ; in 
 intensity, as joy Neh. 8, 12, mourning 
 Gen. 50, 10 ; in weight, importance. 
 Gen. 39, 9. Joel 2, 11. Also Gen. 29, 7 
 bili DiTi ^i^ it is yet great (high) day, 
 i. e. much of the day yet remains ; comp. 
 French gi-aml jour, Germ, hoch am 
 Tage. Sept. til itTTivrifiifianoXki'j. Subst. 
 tjyiiT bni the greatness of thine arm Ex. 
 15, 16. Plur. ribna great things, mighty 
 deeds, espec. of God. Job 5, 9. 9, 10. 37, 
 5. Spec, a) Of greater age, 7JoiM ?a- 
 jor. elder, eldest ; Gen. 10, 21 PE7. Ttx 
 ^y^^T^ the elder brother of Japhet. 27, 1 
 bHan i:a his eldest son. v. 15. 42. b) 
 great in power, dignity, rank, wealth, 
 powcrfd, high, noble. Ex. 11, 3. 2 K. 5, 1. 
 Job 1, 3. binan "inzn the high priest 
 Hag. 1, 1. 12. 14. Plur. cbha the great, 
 i. e. men of rank and power, Prov. 18, 
 16 ; 1-^sn "bha 2 K. 10, 6. 11. 
 
 2. haughty, proud, insolent, comp. bia 
 Hiph. Hithpa. no. 2. Ps. 12, 4 "ittJb 
 rib"ia ri'^a'iTa <A^ tongue speaking proud 
 things, i. e. insolent, impious. Comp. 
 Dan. 7, 8. 11. 20. 11. 36. Rev. 13, 5; 
 also Gr. fiiya tlnilv Od. 16. 243. ib. 22. 
 288. 
 
 nb^ia or n^^Til , see nibna . 
 
 51^'ia only in Plur. o-'E^'na Is. 43, 28. 
 Zeph. 2, 8, and niswa Is. 51, 7, reproach- 
 es, revilings. R. cina . 
 
 nt^na f id. Ez. 5, 15. 
 
 '''7^ 1. a Gadite, patronyra. from ^a ; 
 Bee ia no. 2. a. 
 
 2. bac/t, pr. n. m. 2 K. 15, 14. 
 
 *'?5 (fortunate, from na, la) Gaddi, 
 pr. n. m. Num. 13, 11. 
 
 ''71 m. (r. nna) a /nd, so called from 
 its cropping the herbage, see the root. 
 
 Arab. (^J^ id. SJ^Xs^ a she-kid. 
 Gen. 38, 23. Ex. 23, 19. Deut. 14, 21 ; 
 more fully C^J 'na a kid of the goats 
 
 Gen. 38, 17. 20. Plur. D'^'^'is 1 Sam. 10, 
 3 ; CTS "^y^i Gen. 27, 9. 16.' 
 
 '^^"7? (lortune of God, i. e. sent from 
 God) Gaddiel, pr. n. m. Num. 13, 10. 
 
 ^T)^ or n^na r (r. ma) bank of a 
 river; Plur. ''"'ni'^'ia or I'^ni'na 1 Chr. 
 12, 15 Cheth. In Ken rnii^', see nn* 
 subst. 
 
 n^'ia f a she-kid, plur. ni*na Cant. 1, 
 8. Comp. "^na . 
 
 ^^"ta m. only in plur. cb"**!* . pr. twiMed 
 threads, see r. bna no. 1. Chald. xb-'na 
 a thread, cord, Syr. Poj-^ plaited locke, 
 
 9 
 
 Arab. Jo Jc&- a rein or halter of braided 
 
 thongs. Hence 
 
 1. fringe, tassels, i. q. rs'^S, worn by 
 the Israelites on the corners of the outer 
 garment, Deut. 22, 12. 
 
 2. festoons, on the capitals of columns, 
 1 K. 7, 17. 
 
 tC'^ia m. (r. dna) 1. a lieap of 
 sheaves in the field, a shock or stack of 
 grain, Ex. 22, 5. Judg. 15, 5. Job 5, 26. 
 Syr. Chald. i^r\, X'^"'"?? id. Arab, 
 espec. among the Moors, (j*jj^, 
 
 (jwcXs*., comp. ^jA-Jk^ to heap up. 
 2. a tom6, tumulus, sepulchral mound, 
 
 Job 21, 32. Comp. Arab. c^Jc:*. sepul- 
 chre. 
 
 * 5*15 1. to twist, to twist together, 
 to bind together, like Arab. J Jc=>- to turn, 
 to twist a cord, Chald. bna , Syr. \,-,, to 
 twist, to twine ; hence Heb. cb^ia 
 twisted threads q. v. This primary 
 signification is in the kindred dialecta 
 transferred, on the one hand to wrestling, 
 
 whence J5L^ to wrestle, also Ethiop. 
 iJf A to wrestle, to contend ; and on the 
 other to strength and force, like oth,er 
 verbs of twisting and binding, as b^n, 
 
 ban, ^33, lia;? ; whence JjL^ strength, 
 might. And from this again comes the 
 intrans. signification alone current in 
 Hebrew, viz. 
 
 2. to be or become great, to grow ; once 
 praet. E, bna , Job 31, 18 ; fut. always 
 b'5?'! . (A trace of transitive power hes 
 
bi^ 
 
 180 
 
 na 
 
 in the pr. n. ii'i^'ia q. v.) Gen. 21, 8. 
 25, 27. 38, 14. Ex. 2, 10. 11. Job 31, 18 
 -iij^ '':\'?A he grew up to (with) me as 
 with a father, i. e. the orphan, the suff. 
 being here for the dative. Trop. of 
 wealth and power; Gen. 26, 13 bns-^s is 
 ^6tia wnii'Z Ae became very great, i. e. very 
 wealthy. 24, 35. 48, 19. 41, 40 only in the 
 throne will I be greater than thou, i. e. 
 ae possessing royal dignity. 
 
 3. to be great in value, i. e. to be greatly 
 valued, to be highly prized, 1 Sam. 26, 
 24 ; comp. v. 21. Also to 6e magnijied, 
 i. e. praised, extolled ; Ps. 35, 27 ^"[i" 
 nifi^ let Jehovah be magnified. 40, 17. 
 70, 5. 2 Sam. 7, 26. 
 
 PiEL b-^a Josh. 4, 14. Esth. 3, 1 ; at 
 the end of a clause b'?i5 Is. 49, 21 ; comp. 
 Lehrg. 93. n. 1. Heb. Gram. 51. n. 1. 
 
 1. to make gi^eat, to cause to grow, to 
 let grow, i. q. to nourish, to train ; e. g. 
 the hair Num. 6, 5 ; so the rain nourish- 
 es plants, trees, i. e. causes them to grow, 
 Is. 44, 14. Ez. 31, 4 ; to bring up children 
 2 K. 10, 6. Is. 1, 2. 23, 4. Trop. to make 
 great, paicerful, Josh. 3, 7. Esth. 3, 1. 5, 
 
 11. 10, 2. Gen. 12, 2. 
 
 2. Trans, of Kal no. 2. to value greatly, 
 to prize highly. Job 7, 17 what is man 
 li-^'SSn "2 that thou shoiddst so greatly 
 prize him 1 Hence to magnify, i. e. to 
 praise, to extol, Ps. 69, 31 ; with ^ 34, 4. 
 
 PuAL pass, of Pi. no. 1, to be brought 
 tip, trained up, Part. Ps. 144, 12. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to make great, to increase, 
 Gen. 19, 19. Is. 9, 2. 28, 29. nibs^ ^^-ri^n 
 pr. to make great in doing, i. e. to do 
 great things, wonders, spoken of God, 
 Joel 2, 21, and with p'ibsb impl. 1 Sam. 
 
 12, 24 ; see also below. So with the 
 ellipsis of a different infin. 1 Sam. 20, 41 
 and they both wept Ti'n ^'nsn-ns (sc. 
 ni:sb) until David wept greatly, vehe- 
 mently. The like construction is also 
 taken in a bad sense : !ia b'^'nsfi Obad. 
 12, n^S b^ri;,n Ez. 35, 13, pr.'to make 
 great the mouth, i. q. to speak great 
 things, i. e. proudly, insolently. Also 
 riiarb ^"^"nJii to do proud things, to act 
 proudly, insolently, Joel 2, 20 ; and 
 simpl. b-'^an Lam. 1, 9. Zeph. 2, 8 ; with 
 i? Ps. 35, 26. 38, 17. 55, 13. Job 19, 5. 
 Jer. 4S, 26. 42. Comp. naa Hithpa. 
 
 2. to make high, to lift up, Ps. 41, 10. 
 Hithpa. 1. to ahov) oneself great and 
 
 powerful, to magnify oneself, of God, Ez. 
 38, 23. 
 
 2. to magnify oneself in a bad sense, 
 i. e. to act proudly, insolently, c. bs Is. 
 10, 15. Dan. 11, 36, 37. 
 
 Deriv. bina, c'lb'^na , W^-o, and pr. 
 n. 'n^b'^a':, bnaa or iJiiaiaV The rest 
 here follow. 
 
 ^1^ m. part, or verbal adj. becoming 
 great, growing up, 1 Sam. 2, 26. Gen. 
 26, 13 ; great Ez. 16, 26. 
 
 513 m. c. suff. ibna , once ibia Ps. 150, 
 
 2. R. bna. 
 
 1. greatness, magnitude, Ez. 31, 7. 
 
 2. greatness, i. e. majesty, magnificence, 
 as of a king Ez. 31, 2. 18 ; of God, Deut. 
 
 3, 24. 5. 21. 
 
 3. 22b bna greatness of heart, i. e. pride, 
 insolence, Is. 9, 8. 10, 12. 
 
 '"il^ (perh. too great, giant, after the 
 form of adjectives expressing blemishes 
 of the body, as f]?5, lllk;, rii^^) Giddel, 
 pr. n. m. a) Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 49. 
 b) Ezra 2, 56. Neh. 7, 58. 
 
 ^^5 see bina. 
 
 n^'l^ f (r. bna) five times f}^nia or 
 nb^*ia (the copies differ, see J. H. Mich, 
 ad 2 Sam. 7, 23. 1 Chr. 17, 19) a word 
 of the later Hebrew. 
 
 1. greatness, concr. great things, 
 mighty deeds, espec. of God. 2 Sam. 7, 
 23. 1 Chr. 17, 19. Plur. nife-ia 1 Chr. 
 
 17, 19. 21, also Ps. 145, 6 Chethibh. 
 
 2. greatness, i.e. majesty, magnificence, 
 of God Ps. 145, 3 5 of a king, Esth. 1, 4. 
 Ps. 71, 21. 
 
 ^T s*^? (whom Jehovah hath made 
 great or powerful, see r. b^a no. 2) Gedor 
 liah, pr. n. m. a) Of the governor of 
 Judea appointed by Nebuchadnezzar, 
 2 K. 25, 22 sq. Jer. 40, 5 sq. 41, 1 sq. 
 called also lii^bna 39, 14. b) Ezra 10, 
 
 18. c) Zeph. \\ l! 
 
 ^'^^P'j^ (id.) Gedaliah, pr. n. m. a) 
 Jer. 38, 1. b) 1 Chr. 25, 3. 9. c) See 
 n-'b-ta lett. a. 
 
 T ( - 1 
 
 ''Pi'ia Oiddalti, pr. n. of n son of He- 
 man, 1 Chr. 25, 4. 29. R. b"]a Pi. 
 
 * ^^5 fut. 51517 \. to cvi or hew down 
 to cut off, to fell trees, eee Pual. Trop. 
 of persons slain, Is. 10, 33. Arab. 
 
na 
 
 181 
 
 "na 
 
 C(X^ to cut oiT the hands, nose, ears, 
 
 pJ<^\ mutilated. Kindr. is IPTJi ; see 
 more under Tia . Once of the beard aa 
 cutotTin mourning, Is. 15,2 n:jna li^J"i3 
 evertj beard is cut off, mutilated. In the 
 corresponding passage Jer. 48, 37 is read 
 n5^*<a clipped, which some 80 Mss. have 
 also adopted in Is. 1, c. though without 
 good reason ; since Jeremiah, in the man- 
 ner of later writers, substitutes a more 
 common word in the place of one less 
 usual. See Comm. on Is. 1. c. comp. 
 Qesch. d. hebr. Sprache p. 37 ; see also 
 above under ti^tOX p. 94. 
 
 2. to cut or break asunder, as a staff, 
 Zech. 11, 10. 14. Trop. God is said to 
 break the arm of any one 1 Sam. 2, 31, 
 or the horn of any one Lam. 2, 3 (comp. 
 Ps. 75, 11), i, q. to break his power, to 
 take away his stength. So also in 
 Arabic. 
 
 NiPH. to be cut off or down, Judg. 21, 6. 
 Is. 14, 12. 22, 25. Also to be broken, e. g. 
 horns Is. 48. 25, statues Ez. 6, 6. 
 
 PiEL y^3 . with distinct, accent S'^i , to 
 cut or break asunder, to break in pieces, 
 as bars, bolts. Is. 45, 2 ; horns, Ps. 75, 11 ; 
 idols, images, Deut. 7, 5. 12, 3. 
 
 PuAL to be cut down, as a tree Is. 9, 9. 
 
 The derivatives all follow. 
 
 V^^'l^ (perh. tree-feller, i. e. impetuous 
 warrior, comp. Is. 10 33) Gideon, pr. n. 
 of a warrior and judge of Israel, who de- 
 livered the nation from the bondage of 
 Midian, Judg. c. 6-8. Sept. rtdicoi'. 
 
 Q^'lil (a cutting down) Gidom, pr. n. 
 of a place in the tribe of Benjamin, Judg. 
 20, 45. 
 
 ''fi'7^ (id. after the form las-i';') Gid- 
 eoni, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 11. 2, 22. 
 
 ^p3 pr. i. q. Arab, o J^ to cut off, 
 comp. under ina ; trop. to me cutting 
 words, verbis proscindere. Hence 
 
 PiEL Cna to reproach, to revile; Arab. 
 Conj. II, Syr. Pa. id. So as to men, see 
 fBl^a ; mostly of God, to blaspheme, 
 2 K. 19, 6. 22. Is. 37, 6. 23. Ps. 44, 17. 
 So also by actions, by presumptuous 
 anji voltmtary sins, with which men mock 
 and contemn JehoTuh, Num. 15, 30. Ez. 
 20, 27. 
 
 Deriv. nasi'ia, B'^uwa. 
 16 
 
 U5 to wall, to wall in or around, 
 also to build a wall. Arab. \(X^ id. 
 The primary idea is that of gurrounding; 
 enclosing, e. g. with a wall, hedge, etc. 
 comp. the kindr. roots nsn, inn, etc. 
 and see under "iTX p. 30. Comp. also 
 "'^'Jj "^^3- The same stock of roots is 
 widely diffused likewise in the occidental 
 languages, designating now that which 
 encloses, and now the space enclosed. 
 Compare in later Lat. cadarum, Ital. 
 catarata, Germ. Gaiter, Gitter; oftcner 
 with the letter r transposed, aa Gr. /op- 
 Tos, Lat hortus, cors, chors, cohors, Germ. 
 Garten, Engl. g-arJen, also Germ. Gard, 
 i. e. a fortified enclosure, fortress, as in 
 the pr. n. Stuttgard, etc. Slavic gorod 
 i. e. fortified city, comp. Russ. Novogorod, 
 Engl, yard, etc. etc. Part, o-^nna ma- 
 sons, Germ. Maurer, 2 K. 12, 13. ' Trop. 
 ^) '? "^1^ ""l^ to build a wall around any 
 one, i. e. to protect, to defend, Ez. 13, 5, 
 comp. 22, 30. b) 'b 153 "ina to wall up 
 around any one, i. e. to obstruct his way, 
 shut him up, Lara. 3, 7. 9. Job 19j 8. 
 Hos. 2, 8. 
 
 The derivatives all follow. 
 
 ^1^ comm. gend. m. Ez. 42, 7 ; f. Ps, 
 62,4. 
 
 1. a wall Ez. 13, 5 ; spec, wall of a 
 vineyard Num. 22, 24. Is. 5, 5. 
 
 2. a walled place, enclosure, Ezra 9, 9. 
 
 s g .- 8 ^ 
 Arah.siXs^, \ltXa>., a wall of a house- 
 
 , s " ^ 
 
 or enclosure, /JJ*^ place walled in.. 
 
 ''!!5 m. 1. i. q. "iia , a wall of a court;, 
 garden, etc. twice in constr. state, Prov. 
 24, 31. Ez. 42, 10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 565. 
 
 2. Geder, pr. n. of a Canaanitish city, 
 the residence of a king, Josh. 12, 13 ; per- 
 haps the same with mia . 
 
 T - I 
 
 ^^3 (wall) Gedor, pr. n. a) A place 
 in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 58. 
 Now called Jedur on the brow of the 
 mountains; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
 p. 338. b) m. 1 Chr. 8, 31. 9, 37. 
 
 ^^ j5 f. (r, -iia) constr. niia ; plur. 
 niiia, constr. niiia, c. suff. T'nH'ia Ps. 
 89, 4i. 
 
 1. a wall, as of a city Ps. 89, 41 j oP- 
 tener of a vineyard Jer. 49, 3. Nah. 3, 
 
IIIJ 
 
 17. It differs from a hedge, o-Vr^a Is. 
 5, 5. ' ' 
 
 2. a place walled in, enclosure ; hence 
 
 i. q. Arab, sojes*, a fold for flocks and 
 
 ^^cattle, i. e. a stall in the open fields, open 
 above and surrounded with a wall ; liilly 
 jNS m-ina sheep-folds Num. 32, 16. 24, 
 36. For such folds, comp. Hom. Od. 9. 
 185. 
 
 3. With art. iTn-isri, Gederah. pr. n. of 
 a city in the plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 36 ; 
 perh. the same elsewhere called I'li n'^3. 
 Comp. Pun. inj i. e. Gades in Spain, see 
 Monumm. Phcen. p. 304 sq. also Fudtigu 
 a city of Persea, I'uda^rjvog Matt. 8, 28. 
 al. The gentile n. is "'nn'ia Gederathite 
 IChr. 12, 4. 
 
 f^'T^'l^ (folds) Josh. 15, 41, and with 
 art. ri-nsn 2 Chr. 28, 18, Gederoth, also 
 a town in Judah. R. Tia . 
 
 Q!^f!'T'1i* (two folds, comp. ti'^nsffl^a) 
 Gederothaim, pr. n. of a town in the plain 
 of Judah, Josh. 15, 36. R. -il5 . 
 
 *'"I'15 gentile n. Gederite, from "n'^a 
 n-ia, or from l-ia q. v. 1 Chr. 27, 28. 
 
 *^ J? i- q- Chald. ttJ"!? , to heap up. 
 Hence ^^13 q. v. 
 
 n5 Ez. 47, 13, a corrupt reading for 
 MT , which stands in v. 15, and is also ex- 
 pressed in the Sept. Vulg. Chald. and 
 Engl. Vers. So also in 14 Mss. See un- 
 der 53 . 
 
 "t T P*"- '^ thrust away, to remove, 
 so. the bandage or dressing from a wound, 
 i. q. to cure. Hos. 5, 13 cs^a nna^-sbi 
 "Tita nor remove from you the sore, 
 i. e. the king of Assyria could not cure 
 the wounds of the Jewish state ; as in 
 the other clause. Syr. fcru^to go away 
 to flee ; Aph. to give rest, to relieve, to 
 
 deliver; Arab. xs to repulse. The 
 Rabbin.s explain rirta by SB1 . Hence 
 
 !1H5 f pr. ' removal of the dressings,' 
 L e. a healing, cure of a wound. Prov. 
 17, 22 T\r)t a''!?'';; rrq-a sb a joyful heart 
 maketh a happy aire; comp. 16, 24, 
 
 Sept. IVtXTHV JlOltl. 
 
 ^nS to bow oneself dovm, to prostrate 
 oneself } spokeo of Elisha as about 
 
 to raise the dead child, 2 K. 4. 34. 35 
 v^S "ns^T and he bowed himself upon 
 him.. Also 1 K. 18, 42 ns-ii< -.snj'ni and 
 he bowed himself to the ground. This 
 signif is demanded by the context, and 
 is also unanimously expressed by all 
 the ancient versions and interpreters j 
 except Chald. and Arab, in 2 K. The 
 Syriac has the same word under the 
 form ,ai_^ Ethpe. with which corre- 
 sponds Chald. "jna ; the letters "r and "} 
 being frequently interchanged ; see ex- 
 amples under lett. 3. 
 
 13 m. (r. nja I ) c. suff. "^W, the back; 
 only in tlie phrase iw "^'^rx T{fy^<] to 
 cast behind one's back, i. e. to neglect, 
 to contemn, 1 K. 14, 9. Ez. 23, 35. Neh. 
 9,26. Comp. rpV^n- So the Arabic 
 
 15 Chald. m.constr. "ia and X'ra, c. suff. 
 i^^ia , TO3 : the middle, midst, see r. fTia 
 
 I. Syr. a-^J id- Arab. jjs*. the inside of 
 
 a house, \%=^ within. Hence a) 133, 
 
 Xiaa, i. q. I^ira; in the midst of, or 
 simpl. in ; as X'^'13 133 in the f re Dan. 3, 
 25. 4, 7. 7, 15. Vl33' in it Ezra 4, 15. 
 Ezra 6, 2 !^3i-i3"n W33 3'^n3 "(y} and in it 
 (the roll) iras a record thus written. 5, 7. 
 b) ^izh> into the midst of, i. q. into, Dan. 
 3, 6. 11. 15. c) S<ia">a frmn the midst 
 of, Dan. 3, 26. 
 
 15 for nia m. (r. nia, ae ',3 for nss) 
 constr. 13 , c. suff. "'ia , Tjia . 
 
 1. the back, Prov. 10, 13. 19, 29. 26, 3. 
 Is. 50, 6. 51, 23. 13 'ins ^'^t;n Is. 38, 
 17, see in ia. 
 
 2. Trop. the middle, midst ; pr. the 
 belly, see r. nia . Job 30, 5 W'Ji'^ i?-*!^ 
 they are driven forth from the midst of 
 men, from among men. 
 
 Si5 see 13 Chald. 
 
 * ^^3 1. i. q. i^t:>- mid. Waw and 
 Ye, to cleave, to cut ; whence aa a board, 
 plank. Hence 
 
 2. to dig a well, like Arab. Conj. VIII. 
 See 33 I. 2. 
 
 3. i. q. 33^ , to plough, to cleave the 
 ground with a plough. Hence 2 K. 25, 
 12 Cheth. n-^na (csa) ploughers; in 
 Keri D-^aSli . 
 
ni3 
 
 183 
 
 m 
 
 I. SSa m. (r. nas q. v.) a locust, Nah. 
 3, 17. Plur. or collect. "213 and "^sa 
 (for o-'=ia, Heb. Gram. 86. 1. c) 
 Am. 7, 1. Nah. 3, 17 "'ana ail locust of 
 loctisis, denoting swarms of locusts. 
 Chald. Kaia , xaia , ""aia , plur. "^xaia . 
 
 II. y^i and 33 pit, cistern, (r. a^a no. 
 2,) Gob, pr. n. of a place otherwise un- 
 known, where David fought with the 
 Philistines, 2 Sam. 21, 18. 19 ; in 1 Chr. 
 20, 4 in. 
 
 ^13 Go^, pr. n. a) The king of 
 the land Magog, aiJarj ynx, Ez. 38, 
 2. 3. 14. 16. 18. 39,' i. u] also of 
 Meshech and Tubal, Ez. 38, 2. 3 ; who is 
 described by the prophet Ezekiel as 
 about to come with a vast army from 
 the extreme north, 38, 15. 39, 2, after 
 the exile, 38, 8. 12, in order to invade the 
 Holy Land; where, however, he is to 
 perish. See ai-a .In Rev. 20, 8 Fwy, 
 like Magog, seems to be the name of a 
 region, and not of a king; as also in 
 Arabic, _^Lj . b) A Reubenite, 1 
 Chr. 5, 4^ 
 
 '^^ i. q. T'la no. 2, to press or crowd 
 upon any one, to invade, Gen. 49, 19. 
 Hab. 3, 16. 
 
 \if and L'^ a root not in use, hav- 
 ing the same general force as aaa , i. e. 
 to be rising, gibbous, like a back or belly. 
 The derivatives follow partly the ana- 
 logy of verbs s's , as ia , ''V^ ; and partly 
 that of verbs nb, as ia for nia, nja, 
 n*ia ; and have partly the signif. of 
 hack, see "? ; and also that of bellij, see 
 ia no. 2. From the belly comes then 
 the word for body, see nia, nia ; and 
 this idea is then transferred to the 
 signif. of a people, see ''ia . 
 
 I. nia f. contr. fornjxa, fromr. nsa- 
 
 1. a lifting up. exaltation. Job 22. 29 
 nia "i^XW ^b-^Ern -^si -when men humble 
 themselves, thou dost commanxl exalta- 
 tion, i. e. the humble and meek thou 
 dost exalt. Others: when they (thy 
 ways, V. 28) are cast down, then thou 
 thalt say, e.ralta(ion, i. e. thou shalt 
 soon pass from the lowest to the most 
 prosperous condition. 
 
 2. haughtiness, pride, Jer. 13, 17. Job 
 33, 17. 
 
 II. Jnia f. i. q. ^i,the body, Job 20, 25. 
 See in r. Mja. 
 
 fl^a Chald. pride^ Dan. 4, 34. 
 
 T^3 kindr. with TTJ, pr. to cut in 
 pieces, to cut through ; hence 
 
 1. to pass through, to pass over or 
 
 away, i. q. Arab. vLa. mid. Waw, Syr. 
 \^, to pass away, to fail. Ps. 90, 10 
 r.Ei'2] O'^n \v"^'Stfor it (life) soonpasseth 
 over, and wejly away. 
 
 2. Caueat. to cause to pass through or 
 over, to bring over. Num. 11, 31 there 
 went forth a wind from Jehovah, Ta*5 
 C*r]"",Ta C^lbb and brought up quails 
 from the sea; Sept. iitni^uaiv, Vulg. 
 detulit ; Heb. intpp. and cut them off 
 from the sea, corap. Tta . [Also to bring 
 or take out, e. g. an infant from the 
 mother's womb ; Ps. 71, 6 "'fiX ^rars 
 'pa nnx thou didst take me out of my 
 mother''s bowels, where Tia is a less usual 
 form of the participle, Lehrg. p. 402; 
 comp. part, "nia Ps. 22, 10, and see in 
 Vpi> no. 2. But see also r. <^ta no. 2. R. 
 
 ^Tia m. (r. bta II ) a young bird, e. g, 
 a dove or pigeon Gen. 15, 9 ; an eaglet 
 Deut. 32, 11. So called from its peeping, 
 
 see the root. Arab. uSj-^ the young 
 of doves and other birds of the same 
 genus ; Syr. transp. %^\ 
 
 jTia (r. nta , as ibia from nba , perh. 
 quarry,) Gozan, Gauzanitis, a region of 
 Mesopotamia subject to the Assyrians 
 2 K. 19. 12. Is. 37. 12, situated on the 
 river Chaboras 2 K. 17, 6. 18, 11. 1 Chr. 
 5, 26 ; whither a part of the ten tribes 
 were carried away by Shalmaneser 2 K. 
 17. 6 ; Gr. ruv^m-ljic, Ptolem. 5, 18. Cel- 
 larius II. p. 603. In 1 Chr. 5, 26 indeed, 
 in the words xini liani rhnh cxia^i 
 "ijia "tnsi, the Chaboras is separated 
 from the river of Gozan by the word 
 sini interposed ; so that these might 
 seem to be different streams. But this 
 is prob. to be attributed to a laxness of 
 construction in the writer. 
 
 1*3 see n'^a . 
 
 "'"ia m. (r. n'^a) c. stiff. 1 pers. once 
 ^ia Zeph. 2, 9 ; plur. B^ia , constr. ';;'ia , 
 
^i:s 
 
 184 
 
 'jBPQt 
 
 sometimes in Cheth. C'^a Ps. 79, 10. 
 Gen. 25, 23. 
 
 1. a people, nation, pr. it would seem, 
 body, corpus, see the root; and then 
 transferred to a body politic or whole 
 people ; comp. Lat. ' corpus reipublicee, 
 populi, civitatis' in Cicero and Livy. It 
 is a general word, spoken of nations 
 universally, and also of the Israelites, 
 notwithstanding the doubts of some 
 interpreters ; e. g. Is. 1, 4. 9, 2. 26, 2. 49, 
 7. Gen. 35, 11. 12, 2. Ps. 33, 12. The 
 Plur. Ciia is spoken spec, agnations other 
 than Israel, foreign nations, Neh. 5, 8. 
 Comp. CiX no. 1. a, espec. Jer. 32, 20 ; 
 also nis'ni< p. 90. Often with the ac- 
 cessory notion of hostile and barbarous, 
 Ps. 2, i. 8. 9, 6. 16. 20. 21. 10, 16. 59, 6. 
 9. 79, 6. 10. 106, 47 ; comp. D'^'iT . Or also 
 as profane, aliens from the true God, 
 i. e. Gentiles, heathen, (see below,) Jer. 
 31, 10. Ez. 23, 30. 30, 11. Ps. 135, 15.al. 
 C^iaf] b"!!:! the circle of the Gentiles, Gali- 
 lee of nations, see b^ba . So D^ian "''X 
 islesofthe Gentiles, comp. "^X . Collect, "^la 
 for O'^ia Is. 14, 32. Sometimes opp. to D? , 
 Dyrt, which the Israelites usually ap- 
 plied to themselves; Is. 42, 6 n'^'^S^ ~\'^^^ 
 D'^ia "lixb DS I will set thee as a covenant 
 for the people and a light to the Gen- 
 tiles, i. e. a teacher, enlightener, comp. 
 V. 1. 49, 6. Deut. 26, 18. 19. 32, 43. 
 Very rarely found with a genit. or 
 euflf. nin-j "lia, "lia Zeph. 2, 9; usually 
 nin"! D? ,' ""a? , ias . The LXX com- 
 monly render nS by Xaog, "^ia by t&vog, 
 Vulg. gens; whence also in N. T. tk 
 Bdrr) opp. o Xuog &ioi) 'Igqixti). Luke 2, 32. 
 
 2. Poet, of flights or troops of animals, 
 Joel 1, 6. Zeph. 2, 14. Comp. C? Prov. 
 30, 25. 26 ; Gr. i&vta xrjvwv, yf^mvofv, 
 fiviawv, fiiXiaauoxv, xoIqmv, Hom. II. 2. 87, 
 458, 469. Od. 14. 73 ; equorum gentes 
 Virg. Geor. 4. 430. 
 
 3. Sometimes D'^ia Gentiles approach- 
 es nearly to the nature of a proper name. 
 Josh. 12. 23 babab c-^ia T)ba the king of the 
 Gentiles at Gilgal. wluire apparently, as 
 afterwards in Galilee, Gentiles had set- 
 tled down among the Hebrews. In Gen. 
 14, 1 it is uncertain where the O'^ia are 
 to be Bouglit who joined in the war 
 against Rodom ; Le Clerc understands 
 the people of Gralilee, comparing b'^ba 
 Dlian Is. 8,23; perhaps comparing Gen. 
 
 10, 5 we might understand nations of the 
 West. Not unaptly Interp. anon, (iaai^ 
 Xtvg JIa(i(pvXlag. 
 
 n^ia f. (r. nia) 1. the body, pr. the 
 belly, as Syr. ^-'0-^5J^ trunk. Ez. 1, 11. 
 23. Dan. 10, 6. Gen. 47, 18 there is no- 
 thing left, . . . wna'js? n^^a-n 'Ftba 
 but our bodies and our lands. Neh. 9, 37 
 iisnrnnn^ c^b'^^^ ''sn^^a-bs they have 
 dominion over our bodies and over our 
 cattle. 
 
 2. dead body, corpse, carcass, of men 
 
 1 Sam. 31, 10. 12. Nah. 3, 3; of animals 
 Judg. 14, 8. 9. 
 
 ^^5 see b-'a . 
 
 ^515 f. 1. Part. act. fern, of the verb 
 nba no. 2; collect, exiles, company of ex- 
 iles, captives, (comp. sing, iibia an exile 
 
 2 Sam. 15, 19,) Ezra 1, 11. 9, 4. Jer. 28, 
 6. Ez. 1, 1. 3, 11. 15. 11, 24. 25. al. 
 Spoken also of those who have been 
 in exile and returned, Ezra 10, 8. 
 
 Arab. iuL&. and iuJL^ exiles. 
 
 2. Abstr. e.Tnle, captivity, emigration. 
 1 Chr. 5, 22 nbian-i? until the exile. 
 fibian "lbs equipment for exile, vessels 
 or baggage for wandering, Ez. 12, 7. 
 rtbias T(bn to go into exile, captivity, Jer. 
 29, 16. al. nbiarj *i:3 exiles, captives, also 
 those who have been in captivity, Ezra 4, 
 1. 6, 19. 8, 35. 
 
 )}'^^ (exile) Golan, pr. n. of a city of 
 Bashan, afterwards belonging to Manas- 
 seh, and assigned as a city of refuge to 
 the Levites. Deut. 4, 43. Josh. 20, 8. 21, 
 27 (where Cheth libl). 1 Chr. 6, 56. 
 Josephus mentions both the citj', which 
 lie calls ruvhtrrj, B. J. 1. 4. 4, 8 ; and the 
 adjacent region, rnvlavaig, Ant. 8. 2. 3. 
 ib. 8. 13. 4 ; which latter he sometimes 
 distinguishes from Bashan and places 
 west of it on the Upper Jordan and Sea 
 of Galilee, though elsewhere he includes 
 it under Bashan. Its modern name is 
 Jauldn. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. 
 pp. 308, 312. App. 149, 162. 
 
 T^'E^a m. (r. yci) a pit, once Ecc. 10, 
 8. Syr. f^o^^ id. CImld. KS^W, 
 KSrsiB, the letter a being interchanged 
 with 3. The root yti has in Syr. and 
 Chald. the sign if. to dig. 
 
p 
 
 185 
 
 TO 
 
 Sam. 31, 12. 
 belly, &Axg>- 
 
 "1^3 a root not used ; Syr. ,o-,^colour, 
 Chald. "i5J to colour, to dye. Hence 
 
 ^S^a (coloured, dyed) Guni, pr. n. m. 
 a) Gen. 46, 24 ; whence also patronym. 
 of the same form, for "^'Siia , Gitnite, Num. 
 26, 48. b) 1 Chr. 5, 15. 
 
 *^} inf. ?i and 515, fut. yiS":, to 
 breathe out one'a life, to expire, to die, 
 Gen. 6, 17. 7, 21. Num. 17, 27 ; mostly 
 poet. Job 3, 11. 10, 18. 13, 19. 14, 10. 27, 
 5. al. Sometimes with rsia Gen. 25, 8. 
 
 * "i^S i. q. Arab. oL^ to be hollow, 
 see in aaa no. 1 ; Conj. V, id. also to be, 
 or be hid. within any thing ; Conj. II, 
 to shut, to close a door or gate. pr. to 
 cause any thing to be or be hid within. 
 
 HiPH. to shiU, e. g. a door, Neh. 7, 3. 
 Hence 
 
 nBl3 f a body, i.e. dead body, corpse, 
 8o called from its hoUowness, 1 Chr. 10, 
 12 ; i. q. MJia in the parall. passage 1 
 
 Arab. 0j^ a hollow, the 
 
 dead body. Rabb. t]ia 
 
 body, person. 
 
 I. "3 i. q. Arab. jL^ pr. to ttirn 
 aside from the way, like i^i" ; then, to turn 
 aside to any person or place, sc. in order 
 to lodge or remain ; and hence in com- 
 mon usage : 
 
 1. to sojourn, to dwell for a time, i. e. 
 as a stranger or guest ; e. g. of single 
 persons Gen. 12, 10. 19, 9. 20, 1. Judg. 
 17, 7 ; also of a people Ex. 6, 4. Ps. 105, 
 23. Ezra 1, 4. Poet, of beasts, Is. 11, 6. 
 With 3 of the land in which one sojourns 
 Gen. 21, 23. 26, 3. 47, 4. The person or 
 people with whom one sojourns is put 
 with cs Gen. 32, 5 ; rx Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 
 19, 33 ; 2 Is. 16. 4 ; but poet, also in the 
 accus. Ps. 120, 5 T\^j^ "F}"!"''? "'^"n^'ix 
 ICO is me that I sojourn with Meshech, the 
 Moschi. Judg. 5. 17 ri'sx -ms-^ n-ah -ni 
 and Dan, why abides he at the ships ? 
 i. e. why dwells he listless on the coast 
 of the sea ? as aptly Sept. Vulg. Luth. 
 Job 19, 15 ''n^n "^^i the srrjourners in my 
 house, i. e. my servants, parall. with 
 maids in the other hemistich. Ex. 3, 22 
 nn'^a nna the sojourner in her house, 
 Sept. (Tvaxijvog, Vulg. hospita ejus ; 
 16* 
 
 others understand neighhnurs, from the 
 
 Arabic usage. Is. 33. 14 ttSx b isia^ 'a 
 obis "inpn^ lib nsiaiia n^tz'vi who among 
 tis shall dwell with devouring^ fire 7 who 
 among ns shall inhabit everlasting burn- 
 ings 7 the language of sinners trembling 
 for themselves in sight ofdestruction and 
 overthrow from God, v. 12, 13. bnka ">!|3 
 irin*' to dwell in the tabernacle of Jeho- 
 vah, i. e. to frequent the temple, to be as 
 it were the guest of Jehovah, and by 
 impl. under his care and protection, Ps. 
 15, 1. 61, 5, comp. 39, 13 ; also c. ace. 
 Ps. 5. 5 5^ M-iji xb nor shall the wicked 
 dwell with thee ; parall. God hath no 
 pleasure in wickedness. Arab, \\j^ 
 Conj. Ill, to remain in a temple out of a 
 sense of religious duty, also to receive 
 
 under one's protection ; itJJI \L^ guest 
 
 of God, i. e. one who has sojourned in 
 the sacred city. Part, na a stranger, 
 foreigner, to be distinguished from the 
 verbal noun ia ; whence Lev. 17, 12 
 cssnrs lan "lan the stranger that so- 
 joumeth among you. 18, 26. 19, 34. 
 Fem. n-na Ex. 3, 22. Plur. n^-ia stran- 
 gers, nomadee, Is. 5, 17. Job 28, 4 in 
 the description of a mine, CSp bnj ynB 
 "la he breaketh a channel, shaft, from 
 where men dwell, i. e. from the surface of 
 the ground as the abode of man ; here 
 ^a C5T3 is for the fuller Ci'lJ ">a 1a;^{ ds^ 
 i. q. afterwards ^'iSH"? . So with R. Levi 
 would I interpret this passage. 
 
 2. to fear, to be afraid, like ^5^ and 
 
 wSfc. , from the primary idea of turning 
 
 Old of the way ; since he who is timid 
 and in fear of any one, yields the way 
 to him, gets out of his way. With '(^ , 
 (comp. 'i^ no. 3. b,) Job 41, 17 ; ^JBO 
 Num. 22, 3. Deut. 1, 17. 9, 19. 18, 22. 
 1 Sam. 18, 15; once with ace. of the 
 thing feared Deut, 32. 27 ; with b of that 
 for which one fears Hos, 10, 5. Of fear 
 or reverence towards God, Ps. 22, 24. 
 33,8. 
 
 3. to gather themselves together, to be 
 gathered together, a signification which 
 it has in common with kindr. "^ax , "1*^3 , 
 q. V. pr, to scrape together ; see more in 
 Thesaur, p. 274, where this meaning is 
 vindicated against J. D. Michael is. Ps. 
 56, 7 W'^Bli;; n^ia^ they gather themselves 
 
nin 
 
 186 
 
 ats 
 
 together^ they hide themselves, i. e. in 
 troops they lurk in ambush. With b? 
 and rx against any one, Ps. 59. 4. Is. 
 54, 15. See Hithpal. Once, it would 
 seem, trans, i. q. Chald. and Syr. 5'^5 , 
 wj^; Ps. 140, 3 nianbTa !|-.^ they ga- 
 ther together wars, i. e. multiply wars, 
 strifes. 
 
 Hithpal. "T^isrH ]. i. q. Kal no. 1, 
 to sojourn, 1 K. 17, 20. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to gather themselves 
 together. Hos. 7, 14 wiiT;.! '|5vi? 
 "'a 1~1D^ ^"^'y^^'^^. ff^ com and wine they 
 assemble themselves, they rebel (turn 
 away) against me, i. e. they assemble to 
 supplicate idols in behalf of the fertility 
 of their fields. For insriT: Jer. 30, 23, 
 see under "1*^5 . 
 
 Deriv. ia, n-^a , wia, liaia, 'A'yo, 
 niia^ . r\'->rj.->2 , rrnaaa , pr. n. "ina"* . 
 
 11. "3 J a different root, perh. to 
 suck J whence "iia , "lia , a suckling, the 
 sucking whelp of a lion. Comp. I'^S, 
 Ethiop. ij^Sk , a young ass ; bis a suck- 
 ing child ; )\*S a young animal. 
 
 'I'l^ m. (r. "i!ia II) a whelp, sc. of a 
 lion, plur. ni^nx I'na Jer. 51, 38 ; liniia 
 Nah. 2, 13. ' ' " 
 
 "113 m. (r. 1ia II ) plur. t!'"i>ia 1. a 
 whelp, cub, so called as still a suckling ; 
 see the root. Spec, of a lion's whelp, 
 Ez. 19, 2. 3, 5. n;:-!!* lia Gen. 49, 9. 
 Deut. 33, 22. Different from "i^BS i. e. a 
 young lion already weaned and begin- 
 ning to seek prey for itself Once of 
 the whelp of the jackal ("n) Lam. 4. 3. 
 
 So .- So Qa > 
 
 Arab. .^, jyfi^j v^ whelp of the lion 
 
 and of the dog. Syr. lja^, . 
 
 2. Pr. n. "iia"nb?^ (ascent of the whelp 
 or whelps) Maaleh-gur, a place near 
 Ibleam, 2 K. 9, 27. 
 
 bya "1ia (sojourn of Baal) Gur-Baal, 
 pr. n. of a place in Arabia, prob. so called 
 from a temple of Baal, 2 Chr. 26, 7. 
 
 b^iia m. (r. b';^) plur. ribn-ia, pr. a 
 small stone, calculus, *i.T,Qoq, as used in 
 casting lots ; hence 
 
 1. a lot. Lev. 16, 8 sq. To express 
 the casting of lota the verbH used are 
 
 which see ; for the lot as cast, ^5 Jon, 
 1, 7. Ez. 24. 6 ; of the lot as shaken from 
 the urn is said bs b'lij nbs Lev. 6, 9, 
 and h b-iia Ns;' Num.' 33, M. Josh. 19. 
 1 sq. That as to which the lot is con- 
 sulted is put with bs Ps. 22, 19, bx Joel 
 4,3. 
 
 2. lot, that which falls to one by lot, 
 espec. a portion, inheritance. Judg. 1, 3 
 ibnia2 "^FX nb? come up with me into 
 my lot, my portion. Is. 57, 6. Ps. 125, 3. 
 Metaph. lot, portion, destiny, as assigned 
 to men from God, Ps. 16, 5. Dan. 12, 13 
 "(c^5^ '^^iT? (ind arise to thy lot in the 
 end of days, in the Messiah's kingdom ; 
 comp. Rev. 20, 6. 
 
 u^"i> , 'C5 ^ a clod, lump of earth or 
 dust; once Job 7, 5 Keri nsn ^-lira aiab 
 1E^ tti^a-i (Cheth. ai-^a) my body is clothed 
 with worms and lumps of dust i. e. they 
 cover it, referring to the ashy skin of a sick 
 person, which, as being also rough and 
 scaly, has in a measure the appearance 
 of being sprinkled over with lumps of 
 dust. Sept. ^uXaxig yijc, Vulg. sordes 
 pidveris. The Talnmdists also use this 
 word for a clod, or mass like a clod, 
 Mishna Tehor. 3. 2. ib. 5. 1. See 
 more in Thes. p. 276. From it they then 
 derive the denom. lUCarn to wrestle, 
 pr. to raise the dust in wrestling ; see 
 p3N3. The etymology is very ob- 
 scure. Simonis regards Cla and ^''i as 
 
 put for iri;3 , laiJS , from r. J^ to be 
 
 unclean, filthy, whence iuwU:^ filth. 
 Better perh. to assume a root ilJ^ia i. q. 
 fj**^ ; whence also pr. n. 'jlD'^a . 
 
 T5 m. (r. TTa) plur. cstr. ''ja 1. a shear- 
 ing, meton. wool shorn, a fleece. Deut. 
 18, 4 :]:xa ta r-tt:xn the frst of the 
 fleece of thy sheep. Job 31, 20. Comp. 
 ma. 
 
 2. a mowing, e. g. a mown meadow, 
 Ps. 72, 6. Am. 7, 1 r,bsn -Ja the king's 
 mowing.^, relerring periiaps to some right 
 of the Israelitish kings to exact the ear- 
 liest grass. 
 
 "^afa m. Ezra 1, 8, a treasurer, the 
 keeper of the royal treasures among the 
 Persians; see in r. t33 . Piin-. Cimld. 
 T^'iata Ezra?. 21; anddroj)pirig the pibi- 
 lation r?2'ifl Dan. 3, 2. 3. Corresponding 
 
ntri 
 
 187 
 
 yOt 
 
 Jy^<f, all which are compounded from 
 ta , T3a , and the Pers. syllable ^L , . , 
 (like Germ, bar in ehrbar, achlbar,) 
 which seems to denote possession. 
 
 nT3 pr. to ait, like tta q. v. Spec. 
 
 1. to cut stone, to hew, to form by cut- 
 ting or hewing; whence n^Ta. Syr. '^'j-^ 
 to cut oft', to shear 
 
 2. Metaph. to divide out to any one, to 
 mete out. to assign as a portion ; comp. 
 Gr. !/' from tifivtiv. Espec. like 
 eynon. boa , spoken of benefits, kindness 
 bestowed- Ps. 71, 6 "^na nnx 'ax ^svfo 
 from my mother's womb thou hast meted 
 out to me in kindness, i. e. hast been my 
 benefactor. [Better from r. tna no. 2, 
 
 where see. R.] Arab. ty&. to retri- 
 bute, to repay, sty^ retribution, pun- 
 ishment, reward. 
 Deriv. n"Ta . and pr. n. riTa , "jTia. 
 
 fTTS f (r. Tta) i. q. Ta no. 1, a fleece, 
 Judg. 6, 39. 40; more fully "iTSsn PJa 
 
 V. 37. Arab. y&.. 
 
 nVa (r. nra , after the form n^a , rrb-'aS , 
 perh. quarry) Gizoh, pr. n. of a place 
 otherwise unknown, whence is derived 
 the gentile n. "'rta Gizanite,! Chr. 11,34. 
 Comp. 'Jb'^a from npa , 'Sb'^ttS from n'^-'ttJ . 
 
 ''jITil see preced. art. 
 
 '15 to cut, e. g. grass, to mow, see 
 
 ta no. 2. Spec, to shear a flock, Gen. 31, 19. 
 
 38, 12. 1 Sam. 25, 4. 7. Also of the hair, 
 
 to shave the head in mourning Job 1, 20. 
 
 e ^ 
 Mic. 1, 16. Syr. Chald. and Arab. ya*. 
 
 id. Kindred roots, all having the pri- 
 mary idea of cutting, are fit a, Qta, ?n, 
 ^ta , "iT3 , and transp. fia ; see under 
 ys;?, ^'sn, Tia, inn. The form Ta*n 
 Num. 11, 31, see under the root na . 
 
 NiPH. nas, plur. Miaj, fo be shorn, to 
 be shaven, spoken of enemies, i. e. to be 
 cut off. slain, Nah. 1, 12. Comp. as to 
 the metaphor, Is. 7, 20. 
 
 Deriv. ia, nja, and 
 
 TT5 (shearer) Gazez, pr. n. of two 
 men, 1 Chr. 2, 46. 
 
 fT'T3 f (r. nta) a cutting; hewing of 
 stone ; hence n'^tr. "'sax /letcn atones^ 
 espec. squared, IK. 5, 31 ; and simpl. 
 n^Ta id. Is. 9, 9. 1 K. 6, 36. 7, 9. 11. 12. 
 Ex.' 20, 22. 
 
 *I. ?T5 fut. Vw-i, kindr. with ITJ. 
 
 1. fo sfWp off, as skin from the flesh, 
 
 to flay, Mic. 3, 2. Arab. J*:> of a beast 
 
 of burden, to be galled, wounded, flayed. 
 Hence 
 
 2. to pluck off or away, to tear away, 
 to take by force, like Syr. transp. }>^-u 
 
 a) By open violence, 2 Sam. 23, 21 Vts'T 
 insan n^^o n-'snri-rx he plucked the 
 spear out of the Egyptian's hand. 1 Chr. 
 
 11, 23. Job 24, 9 they tear the orphan 
 from the mother's breast. Gen. 31, 31 / 
 feared lest thou wouldst take by force thy 
 daughters from me. Deut. 28, 31. Of 
 the carrying off of women, Judg. 21, 23. 
 Trop. Job 24, 19 "'^a-'a nhn'j cn-sa n;x 
 jbtc drought and heat carry of the snow- 
 waters, i. e. absorb them, dry them up. 
 
 b) Oftener by fraud or injustice of any 
 kind, e. g. the property or possessions of 
 others, to seize upon, to take by force, 
 Job 20, 19. 24, 2. Mic. 2, 2. Espec. of 
 the rich and powerful who seize upon 
 the possessions of the poor by fraud and 
 violence. Lev. 5, 23. Jer. 21, 12. 22, 3. 
 
 3. With ace. of pers. to strip, to spoil, 
 to rob any one, Judg. 9, 25. Ps. 35, 10. 
 Also by fraud and injustice, i. q. P^, 
 Lev. 19, 13. Prov. 22. 22. 28, 24. Part, 
 pass. bnTa Deut. 28, 29. 
 
 NiPH. pass, to be taken away, e. g. 
 sleep, Prov. 4, 16. 
 
 IJ . ^Ti obsol. root. i. q. Arab. Jy&> 
 to peep, as a young bird. Hence btia . 
 
 '?5 m. robbery, concr. any thing taken 
 by violence, plunder, Lev. 5. 21. Is. 61, 8. 
 K!3 bTs Ez. 22, 29. R. bra I. 
 
 '?? m. (r. bta I ) a spoiling, violence, 
 violation, Ez. 18, 18. Ecc. 5, 7. 
 
 5^^?5 f (r. bta I) constr. pbta Is. 3, 14, 
 a spoiling, violence ; nbn bia Ez. 18, 7. 
 
 12. "'srn nbra the spoil of the poor, 
 i. e. goods taken from them by violence 
 and injustice, Is. 3, 14. 
 
OQ, 
 
 11 
 
 it:; 
 
 HI^ obsol. root, to cut off, like 
 
 Arab. *tXs- and (yc* 
 
 whence 
 
 Jesm, the cutting off of a syllable ; comp. 
 under r. tla. In Heb. trop. to crop, to 
 eat off, to devour, like kindr. DOS, OO'^'S, 
 comp. i^i no. 3. Hence 
 
 QJS m. a locust not yet winged, bru- 
 chus, Joel 1. 4. 2, 25. Am. 4, 9. Targ. 
 KbriT a creeping locust ; Syr. t-j n Ai V 
 (exuens, detrahens) a locust without 
 wings ; Sept. xdfmt}, Vulg. eruca. See 
 Credner axl Joel. 1. c. 
 
 DJ5 (devouring) Gazzam, pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 2, 48. Neh. 7, 51. 
 
 * 3^1^ obsol. root, i. q. T}^ no. 1, ifo cm 
 down a tree. Comp. c Jkjs. Conj. II, and 
 eye*. I, II, to cut off; VIII, to cut wood 
 from a tree. Hence 
 
 2??5 m. c. suff. ii'ta , the trunk of a tree 
 cut down, the stump. Job 14, 8. Then, 
 genr. a trunk, stock, stem, Is. 11, 1 ; also 
 of a tree just planted and taking root. Is. 
 
 s ? 
 40,24. Arab. ctX. trunk of the palm, 
 
 Syr. 1^1=-* a trunk, espec. a slender 
 trunk. 
 
 * "^15 fut. ^U*' see no. 3, and "iTa*i see 
 no. 4. 
 
 1. to cut, to cut in two, to divide, 1 K. 
 
 3, 25. 26. Ps. 136, 13. Arab.'^G^ to cut 
 off, Syr. j}-^ to cut away or around. 
 Comp. under the roots tta , "fii . Kindr. 
 are also "is;?, "its, -m*j, and by transp. 
 
 2. to cut down trees, wood, 2 K. 6, 4. 
 See "T^K^^ , and *(tna axe, from kindr. 
 fifi . ' ' 
 
 3. to eat, to devour, from the notion of 
 cutting up food, see X'na no. 4, and STia 
 no. 2. So Fut. O. Is. 9,' 19, trop. of war 
 and slaughter, parall. with bsx. Arab. 
 
 \^ to eat quickly, to slaughter, to kill. 
 
 4. Trop. to cut off, i. e. to decide, tode- 
 terminc, to decree, fut. A, Job 22, 28. So 
 Chald. Syr. "ITS, i^^. Comp. nnTa. 
 
 5. Intrann. to be cut off, to fail. Hah. 
 3, 17 ^KX ntefflia "na though the flock 
 
 fail from the fold ; Sept. f^elmsv ngo- 
 jSaia. Arab. y^ spec, of failing water. 
 NiPH. 1. pass, of Kal no. 4, to be de- 
 creed, Esth. 2, 1. 
 
 2. to be cut off, i. e. separated, excluded, 
 2 Chr. 26, 21 nin"; n"^a^ -itSJ "^S for he 
 was cut off, excluded, from the hoitse of 
 Jehovah. Is. 53, 8 C^'^n "J^-iXTa "i]a3 ""^for 
 he was cut off from the land of the living. 
 Ps. 88,6. 
 
 3. to be cut off, i. q. to perish. Lam. 3, 
 54 ; c. dat. pleon. Ez. 37, 11 wb fisnu: we 
 
 G 
 
 perish. Arab. 'i\y^ calamity, destruc- 
 tion. 
 
 The derivatives follow, except fTitSis . 
 
 >?a Chald. 1. i. q. Heb. no. 1, to cut. 
 to cut off ; see Ithpe. 
 
 2. i. q. Heb. no. 4, to decide, to deter- 
 mine, to decree, spec, of fate, destiny. 
 Part. plur. 'Cy.^ pr. deciders, determiners, 
 put fortlie Chaldeanastrologers. diviners, 
 who by casting nativities from the place 
 of the stars at one's birth, and by various 
 arts of computing and divining, foretold 
 the fortunes and destinies of individuals, 
 (numeri Babylonii Hor. Carm. 1. 11. 2,) 
 Dan. 2, 27. 4, 4. 5, 7. 11. Comp. Chald. 
 K'n'^Ta decree, in Rabbinic spoken of the 
 divine decree, fate ; *|l"ila the art of cast- 
 ing nativities, astrology ; on which see 
 Comment, on Is. II. p. 349. 
 
 Ithpe. to cut off or out, 3 prset. fem. 
 f^'!5T?'f^!'* Dan. 2, 45; and in the Heb. 
 manner ri^Tann v. 34. 
 
 *1T3 m. (r. "ita) 1. apiece, par^, plur. 
 D'^ita pieces of victims Gen. 15, 17; 
 parts of the sea as divided Ps. 136, 13. 
 
 2. Gezer, (prob. a steep place, preci- 
 pice,) pr. n. a) A city anciently the 
 seat of a Canaanitish king Josh. 10, 33. 
 12, 12 ; situated on the western border 
 of Ephraim and assigned to the Levites 
 Josh. 16, 3. 21, 21 ; although the ancient 
 inhabitants were not expelled. Josh. 16, 
 10. Jiulg. 1, 29. It was destroyed by the 
 Egyptians, and again rebuilt by Solo- 
 mon, 1 K. 9, 15 sq. b) A place else- 
 where called =a Gob, 1 Chr. 20, 4; 
 comp. 1 Sam. 21, 18. 
 
 rnra r once Lev. 16, 22 n-ita V^.8<-bi$ 
 into a desert land or tract. Tlie same 
 is expressed in v. 10. 21. 22 fin. by 
 nnanBn . Sept. tit yJjr ajiaTov, Vulg. in 
 
it: 
 
 189 
 
 WOt 
 
 terrain solilanam. Lit. into a land eaten 
 off, cropped, naked, without herbage, 
 
 sec r, "lU no. 3. So Arab. \ys>-^ )r^> 
 
 see Camoos p. 699. Syr. b>-^ sterile. 
 
 J^"?!? Chald. f. constr. ron , a decree, 
 sentence of God, of angels, Dan. 4, U. 21. 
 Often in the Targums. Comp. r. ita no. 
 
 4, and Syr. l-^t->-\' 
 
 n^T3 f. (r. ita) 1. cut, i. e. form, 
 Jigure of a man, the body ; comp. 2Sp. 
 from 3^)3 and Fr. taille. Lara. 4, 7. 
 
 Corresponding is Arab. \y&. . 
 
 2. Pr. a place cut oft' a separate place, 
 prob. an area, enclosure, court, in the 
 middle of which the temple was built, 
 Ez. 41, 12-15. 42, 1. 10. 13. 
 
 ^nta 1 Sam. 27, 8 Keri (Cheth. ''nj) 
 Gezrites, pr. n. of a people attacked by 
 David while sojourning among the Phi- 
 listines; prob. the inhabitants of the 
 city Gezer, ija . 
 
 jITO m. (r. *,na) the belly of reptiles, 
 so called from its bent or curved form, 
 Lev. 11, 42; of a serpent Gen. 3, 14. 
 Comp. Germ. Bauch from beugen, bilcken. 
 
 ''Tm 2 K. 4, 31. 5, 25, oftener ''Tri'^5 
 (valley ofvision) Gehazi, pr. n. of the ser- 
 vant of Elisha, 2 K. 4, 12. 14. 25 sq. 5, 
 20 sq. 
 
 * V n 
 -'L't obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 
 
 |v3^ (^ and "o being interchanged) to 
 
 light a f re, to kindle; mid. Daram. to 
 
 G ^ 
 hum, tojlame, whence (V^St a great fire 
 
 burning fiercely, Gehenna ; from the 
 primary root en, Dn. Hence 
 
 ri^O^ <" plur- =''Vn?. 5 constr. ibn? (f 
 Ez. 1, 13) a coaZ, a burning coal, difT. 
 from ons a black coal Pro v. 26, 21. So 
 Job 41. 13. Prov. 6, 28. Is. 44. 19; more 
 fully dx 'bna Lev. 16, 12. Poet, coals 
 for lightnings, 2 Sam. 22. 9. 13. Hence 
 put for punishments to be sent from God, 
 Ps. 140, 11. Coals upon the head, a pro- 
 verbial expression denoting something 
 exceedingly troublesome, which causes 
 tlie severest pains and torments ; so 
 Prov. 25, 21 if thine enemy be hungry, 
 give him bread to eat; and if he be 
 
 thirsty, give him water to drink; 12 fot 
 80 thou shalt heap coals of fire on hit 
 head, i. e. thou wilt overwhelm him with 
 shame and remorse for his enmity to- 
 wards thee ; comp. Rom. 12. 20. In like 
 manner the Arabs speak of coals of the 
 heart, fire of tlie liver, to denote burning 
 care, anxiety, remor.se, and siiame. See 
 the author's remarks on this expression 
 in RosenmuUer's Repert. I. p. 140, and 
 in the Lond. Class. Journ. no. LIV. p. 
 244. Further, a coal, as being kept in 
 order to preserve fire, is put for the last 
 hope or scion of a race or family, like 
 Gr. ^ujtvgov, 2 Sam. 14, 7. 
 
 ^U^ i. q. Arab. |v3^ to hum, to 
 flame, see bna . Hence 
 
 DT?? Gaham, pr. n. of a son of Nahor, 
 
 Gen. 22, 24 ; perh. appellat. i. q. *3t! 
 having flaming eyes. 
 
 * "nS i. q. Chald. "jfia , Syr. ^ou^ to 
 incline, to bend. Hence "jina . 
 
 'L'^T^ obsol. root, Arab. -^ to hide 
 
 oneself, to lurk, _3t: lurking-place. 
 Hence 
 
 "15^3 (lurking-place) Gahar, pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 49. 
 
 "'S see X-^^a . 
 
 * Ui'ii or 5^''Ii to flow together, as wa- 
 ter. Hence 
 
 S;*? rarely i?''? Zech. 14, 4, and K**! 
 Is. 40, 4, without Aleph ""S ; constr. X''3 
 and ''a ; Plur. pr. mx-^a (nix:;a) 2 K. 2, 
 16. Ez. 6, 3 Chethib, but oftener transp. 
 m>xa , c. sufi: TJ'^niifa Ez. 35, 8 ; comm. 
 gend. (m. Zech. 14, 5. f v. 4,) a valley, 
 so called as the place where waters flow 
 together ; then a level region, low plain; 
 
 Arab. }ys>- valley, level tract, io^ 
 
 2UjL=k> ! Kjl> , place where waters flow 
 
 together, valley, depressed tract. It 
 differs from bna , which signifies a valley 
 watered by a brook or torrent ; also from 
 nsj^a and p^5, which denote plains of 
 greater extent ; see Relandi Palaest. 348 
 sq. Hence it is spoken only of certain 
 particular valleys ; just as others are 
 called hm , nrpa , pas . Thus 
 a) csn-)^ ji-^a, ''a ,' Jer. 7, 32. 19, 2. 6. 
 
Ta 
 
 190 
 
 
 cjin 'sa 'a 2 K. 23, 10 Cheth. tssn "^a 
 Josh. 15, 8, valley of Hinnom, of the sons 
 of Hinnom, etc. on the south and west 
 of Jerusalem, through which passed the 
 southern boundary of Benjamin and the 
 northern of Judah, Josh. 15,8. 18, 16. It 
 was noted for the human sacrifices here 
 offered to Moloch, 2 K. Jer. 11. cc. and 
 was also called nSFl and teat i^o/'^v 
 K*ian Jer. 2, 23. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 I.'p. 382, 402 sq. 
 
 b) D-^iann "^a , with Art. t3*'ttjnnn ^a , 
 valley of craftsmen (see ^"^.n) near Je- 
 rusalem, with a village of like name, 
 1 Chr. 4, 14. Neh. 11, 35. 
 
 c) bx-nnS'i "^a (valley which God 
 liath opened) the valley of Jiphthah-el in 
 the northern part of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 
 14. 27. 
 
 d) nbi2 N-^a 2 Sam. 8, 13. Ps. 60, 2, the 
 valley of salt, [prob. the very remarka- 
 ble Valley of Salt a few miles southeast 
 of Aleppo ; see Russell's Nat. Hist, of 
 Aleppo I. p. 55. Maundrell p. 213. 
 Another valley of salt, nbaf] ''a , is men- 
 tioned 2 K. 14, 7, in the vicinity of the 
 Dead Sea ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
 p. 483. R. 
 
 e) C'nSJ'n ''a th valley of the passen- 
 gers, east of the seaof Galilee, Ez. 39, 11. 
 
 f) C^sbsn "^a the valley of Zeboim i. e. 
 hyenas, in the tribe of Benjamin, 1 Sam. 
 13, 18. 
 
 g) nr^S:i X'^a the valley of Zephathah 
 in the plain of Judah, 2 Chr. 14, 9 [10]. 
 Comp. the mod. es-Sdfeh, Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 345. 
 
 h) ifia , with Art. fif^art , the valley, a 
 place in Mount Pisgah, opposite to Beth- 
 peor in the land of Moab, a station of 
 the Israelites. Num. 21, 20. Deut. 3, 29. 
 4, 46. 
 
 ~ i* a root not in use, signifying to 
 bind, to tie togetlier, to couple, like Arab. 
 <>l3* mid. Ye Conj. II, to bind, to fetter, 
 
 cXxi a bond, fetter, thong ; and with a 
 guttural prefixed ipS, nrx, JJ^f , nax, 
 perh. inx, tntj. In the occidental lan- 
 guages comp. the roots f^aden, gatten, 
 i. e. to couple, whence Germ. Gatte,Gat- 
 tung, Kette, Lat. catena, etc. Hence 
 
 *T^5 m. a nerre, sinew, tendon, Chald. 
 Vtrr\, Syr. f,!^. Gen. 32, 33. Plur. 
 
 Ez. 37, 8. Job 10, 11. 40, 17. Trop. 
 Is. 48, 4 of a stiff-necked people: ^^s 
 ;||"iS ^na a sinew of iron is thy neck. 
 
 * tj''5 and t^'iS Mic. 4, 10, fut. n^i^, 
 conv. naji 
 
 1. to break or burst forth, spoken of a 
 fountain or stream of waters, Job 40, 23 ; 
 of an infant breaking forth from the 
 womb. Job 38, 8 ; of a warrior rushing 
 forth to battle, Ez. 32, 2. Syr. >-^to 
 break forth, as water or as an infant. 
 Chald. id. and espec. to break forth to 
 battle. 
 
 2. Trans, to cause to break forth, to 
 bring or draw forth ; e. g. an infant from 
 the mother's womb, Ps. 22, 10 nnN-^S 
 Itjao ipia for thou didst bring me forth 
 out of the womb, where na is a less usual 
 form of the participle, comp. Lehrg. p. 
 402. So of a mother, to bring forth, 
 Mic. 4, 10. 
 
 HiPH. to break forth, to rush forth 
 from a place of ambush, Part. H'^a^ Judg. 
 20, 33. 
 
 Deriv. 'jirfia . 
 
 'n^^ or r?'5 Chald. Aph. to break 
 forth, to rush forth, e. g. the winds, as 
 if to battle, Dan. 7, 2. See the Heb. 
 root no. 1. 
 
 n'^A (breaking forth sc. of a fountain) 
 Gialti, pr. n. of a place near Gibeon, 
 2 Sam. 2, 24. 
 
 "Jirr^^ pr. a stream, river, so called as 
 breaking forth from fountains ; comp. 
 Job 40, 23. Corresponding is Arab. 
 
 jmL^^ and j^fc^Sk; which is used 
 
 by the Arabs before the names of several 
 large Asiatic streams, as the Ganges, 
 the Araxes, etc. In Heb. it is a pr. n. 
 Gihon, e. g. 
 
 1. A fountain with a stream and pools 
 on the west and southwest of Jerusalem, 
 1 K. 1, 33. 38. 2 Chr. 32, 30. 33, 14. See 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 512. 
 
 2. The second of the four rrvere of 
 Paradise, which is said to flow around 
 the land of Cxsh. Gen 2, 13. Some 
 follow here the Arabic u.sage of the word 
 
 ,.,<^,'->- mentioned ahovw, and under- 
 stand the Araaes; thus taking ttiis in a 
 sense different from the usual one. On 
 
191 
 
 A 
 
 the other hand, the constant teBtimony 
 of tlie ancients is in favour of the Nile, 
 aa Sept. Jer. 2, 18. Ecclua. 24, 37. Jo- 
 seph. Ant. I. 1. 3. On this supposition, 
 prob. the Ethiopian Nile is to be under- 
 stood, wluch may be truly said to Jiow 
 around Ethiopia. See Thesaur. p. 281 sq. 
 
 "'in'^a see "'tna. 
 
 ^a rarely blS or blS Prov. 23, 25 
 Cheth. fut. b^5^ , apoc. hi"^ ; pr. to move 
 in a circle^ to revolce, whence deriv. b'^i , 
 
 corap. Vba ; also like Arab. JL^ mid. 
 Waw, to dance in a circle, comp. ^s^in 
 and wn . Hence 
 
 1. to extdt, to rejoice, poetic. Job 3, 22 
 
 5''l~'^^x CPjTa'iSn joyful even unto rejoic- 
 ing, pr. unto leaping lor joy. Is. 49, 13. 
 65, 18 ; witii a of pers. or thing in which 
 one rejoices, Ps. 9. 15. 13. 6. 21, 2. 31, 8. 
 149, 2 ; also hs Zeph. 3, 17. nin-ia b-^a 
 to rejoice in Jehovah, espec. in his good- 
 ness and mercies. Is. 29, 19. 41, 16. Joel 
 2, 23. Ps. 35, 9. 89, 17. Trop. joy is also 
 ascribed to inanimate things, Ps. 96, 11. 
 Is. 35, 1. 
 
 2. to tremble, to fear, which comes 
 from the leaping or palpitation of the 
 heart, see Job 37, 1. Ps. 29. 6 ; comp. the 
 roots Ssri and b^n . So Gr. oq/jIiiu xhq- 
 ditt qioi^o) ^schyl. Choeph. 164, 1022; 
 1] x(t(j5ia nuklet, nuXXsi q>6^o>, Seidl. ad 
 Eurip. Electr. 433 ; Lat. cor salit Plaut. 
 So vice versa inD implies a trembling 
 for joy. Is. 60, 5. Jer. 33, 9. Hence Ps. 
 2, 11 STisna sib-^a /ear with trembling-; 
 others, rejoice with trembling, as no. 1. 
 Hos. 10, 5 for the people shall moiirn aver 
 it (the calf) sib-;^ iibj rn^sn and its 
 priests shall tremble for it. 
 
 The derivatives follow. 
 
 ^f? see ^':5''ax . 
 
 5''3 m. 1. pr. a circle, circuit ; hence 
 an age, eevum, and meton. men of an age, 
 generation, i. q. "lin , comp. -iSk . Dan. 1, 
 10 t33b^53 n-ax C^nb-jn the youths of your 
 
 age. Arab. Jju^ or Joa i. q. ^i-n, 
 
 ysvta. In the Talmud "'b'^a -ja is one 
 born in the same hour and under the 
 same star with me. 
 
 2. exultation, rejoicing, gladness, Hos. 
 9, 1. Is. 16, 10. Jer. 48, 33. 
 
 nb'^a f. i. q. b'^a no. 2, exultation, re- 
 joicing, gladness, Ps. 65, 13. Is. 35, 3 
 "(Sni rb^a rejoicing and shouting, i. e. st. 
 constr. for the absol. 
 
 ''3'b''a see in n^a . 
 
 '""i* obsol. root, Arab. u>. mid. Ye, 
 prob. to boil up, to effervesce, whence 
 
 _jL^ a boiling of the breast, from an- 
 ger, hunger, thirst. Corresponding is 
 Germ, gdhren, in some dialects gohren, 
 giehren. Hence 
 
 ^\ or "^a m. lime, so called from its 
 effervescing when slacked, Is. 27, 9. 
 
 9 ^ S. c5 ^ 
 
 Arab. ^.^^ and \Lx&. unslacked lime. 
 
 "T^a Chald. emphat. 6<n"^a id. Dan. 5, 5. 
 Comp. Targ. Is. 27, 9. Am! 2, 1. 
 
 T^a a sojourner, stranger, i. q, 13 q. v. 
 2 Chr. 2, 16. R. n!)a I. 
 
 'a see TBia. 
 
 'JTB'^a (filthy, see tj^a) CesAan, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 2, 47. 
 
 53 m. (r. bba) plur. D'l^a 1. a heap 
 of stones. Job 8, 17 ; mostly with C'Sax 
 added. Josh. 7, 26. Often of ruins Is. 
 25. 2. Plur. heaps, ruins, Jer. 9, 10 Tinjl 
 i^ab O'lbttjlT^-pi* and I will make Jeru- 
 salem heaps, ruins. 51, 37. 
 
 2. a fountain, spring, so called from 
 the rolling or welling up of the waters, 
 Cant. 4, 12. See bba Niph. no. 1. Plur. 
 rolling waves, billows, Ps. 42, 8. 89, 10. 
 107, 25. 29. Syr. \L^ a wave, billow. 
 
 ^a m. a bowl, reservoir for oil upon the 
 sacred candelabra, so called from its 
 round form. i. q. nba no. 2. Zech. 4, 2. 
 R. bba to roll 
 
 55^3 see nba. 
 ^2? obsol. root, softened from S'la , 
 
 to scratch, to scrape, to shave ; kindr. 
 
 Arab. t_q.l'^ to scrape, to abrade, (^-^^ 
 to shear wool. Hence 
 
 if a m. o barber, Ez. 5, 1. Syr. 1 
 a razor. 
 
 yaba (boiling fountain, from ba and 
 5"'a ebullition, see r. 513) Gilboa, pr. n. 
 of a mountain or mountainous tract in 
 

 
 192 
 
 rM 
 
 the tribe of Issachar, where Saul was 
 defeated and slain by the Philistines. 
 1 Sam. 28, 4. 31, 1. 2 Sam. 1, 6. 21. 
 From the etymology it would seem to be 
 strictly the name of a fountain (^Titba- 
 nia ?) or of a village near a fountain ; 
 whence it was prob. transferred to the 
 neighbouring mountain. A village called 
 Ff^ove (r. I\).(iovi) is mentioned by Eu- 
 sebius ; and the same exists upon the 
 mountain at the present day as Jelhon ; 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 157, 170. 
 
 ^?^4 m.(r.bba)plur. fbh 1. awheel, 
 e. g. of a chariot, etc. Is. 5, 28. Ez. 10, 
 2. 6. 23, 24. 26, 10 ; of a well, for draw- 
 ing water, Ecc. 12, 6. 
 
 2. a whirlwind, Ps. 77, 19. Ez. 10, 13. 
 Syr. ]"\,,\.^. Hence 
 
 3. chajf, stubble, any thing driven 
 round before a whirlwind. Ps. 83, 14 
 i^W i^n'OJ 'ri'bx O my God, make them 
 as the chaff, etc. Is. 17, 13 "'SeI? br.l>;3 
 nciD like stubble before the whirl- 
 wind ; parall. y'a. Aram. U-^,N^a, 
 chaff, dust, or the like, which is driven 
 
 round by the Avind ; Arab, jks- id. 
 ^3^5 Chald. a wheel, Dan. 7, 9. 
 
 baja m. (r. bV^) 1. a wheel, Is. 28, 28. 
 
 2. With the art. l^^^an (circle, or ac- 
 cording to Josh. 5, 9 a rolling away) 
 Gilgal. 
 
 a) A place situated between Jericho 
 and the Jordan, Josh. 4, 19. 20. 9, 6. 10, 
 C. 7. 14, 6. 15, 7 ; where Samuel and 
 Saul offered sacrifices, 1 Sam. 10, 8. 11, 
 14. 15. 13, 4-9. 15, 21. 33 ; and where 
 the prophets dwelt, 2 K. 4, 38, although 
 idols were also worshipped there, Judg. 
 3, 19. Hos. 4, 15. 9, 15. Am. 5, 5. More 
 fully babsn n^a Neh. 12, 29. Gr. iVd- 
 yala, 1 Mace. 9, 2. No trace of the 
 name or site of Gilgal now remains ; 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 287. 
 
 b) [A place or region near the western 
 coast of Palestine, Deut. 11, 30. Josh. 12, 
 23. Euseb. and Jerome speak here of a 
 Galgula. and the modern name Jiljuleh 
 is still found ; Bibl. Rea. in Palest. III. 
 p. 47. R. 
 
 nbabU f. (r. h\i) a skull, cranium, eo 
 called from its round form, 2 K. 9, 35. 
 Also used like Lat. cofta, Engl, head^ 
 
 poll, where the individuals of a tribe or 
 people are enumerated or mentioned, aa 
 Ex. 16, 16 rbabyb ^^s an omer the 
 head, i. e. for each person. Num. 1, 2 
 cr^a!:^!? "i:j"b3 all the males according 
 to their polls, i. e. singly, man by man. 
 v. 18. 20. 22. Comp. irxn Judg. 5, 20. 
 Among the Rabbins rbj^5f] ",03 is 
 'poll-money,' a poll-tax. Syr. ]i^Q~^ 
 id. Lamed being dropped in the first 
 
 syllable ; Arab. ?L:gs.'^ , id. where the 
 second Lamed is dropped, comp. Foi.- 
 yo&u Matt. 27, 33. 
 
 '^^ obsol. root, signifying prob. to 
 be smooth, polished. Kindr. are l^n ,^\'^, 
 q. V. Hence 
 
 '^^3 m. c. suff. "^"^hi, , the skin, i. e. the 
 human skin, as smooth and naked, Job 
 
 Go p ., 
 
 16, 15. Arab. jJl^, Syr. Ir^ id. 
 
 * ^^| fut. ribs'! conv. b5*1, pr. to be 
 naked, and trans, to make naked ; kindr. 
 with r. nba to be naked, bald, whence 
 with a softer pronunciation Jnba , nba . 
 It is applied espec. to the ear as unco- 
 vered by removing the hair, or to the 
 face when the veil is removed. Comp. 
 Arab. ^Vr^ to put off a garment, to put 
 off a veil and so uncover the face ; me- 
 taph. to disclose any thing. Hence in 
 Hebrew : 
 
 1. to make naked, to -uncover ; and 
 then to disclose, to reveal; espec. in 
 the phrase B "iTX fiba to make bare or 
 tmcover the ear of any one by removing 
 the overhanging locks, as is often done 
 in whispering a secret to another ; hence 
 to tell to any one, to disclose, to show. 
 
 1 Sam. 20, 2 my father doeth nothing . . . 
 'STX-nx nba") {<h^ but that he telleth me. 
 V.' 12. 13. 9,' 15.' 22, 8. 17. Also in a 
 slightly different sense spoken of God, 
 Job 36, 10 he openeth their ear to disci- 
 pline, to instruction, i. e. causes them to 
 hear. v. 15. 36, 16. Hence trop. lio nba 
 to reveal a secret. Am. 3, 7. Prov. 20, 19. 
 Also 1BD nba to unfold or open a 
 book, to unroll a volume. Jer. 32, 11. 14. 
 
 2. to make bare a land of its inhabit- 
 ants, i. e. to migrate, to emigrate, (Arab. 
 iLsfcand JL>. id.) either voluntarily a8 
 
 2 Sam. 15, 19 ; or involuntarily, 1. e. to be 
 
nba 
 
 193 
 
 4b 
 
 earried away captive, to go into captivity 
 or exile, 2 K. 17, 23. 21, U. 25, 21. Am. 
 1, 5. 6. 7. al. Spoken ofinaniinate tilings, 
 Is. 21, 1 1 Ififjny of the land in banished, 
 gone. Job 20, 28. Prov. 27, 25. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be uncovered, made na- 
 ked ; Is. 47. 3 thy nakedness shall be 
 uncovered. Ez. 13, U. 16, 36. 23, 29. 
 Also of removing a veil, Jer. 13. 22. 
 
 2. to be revealed, i. e. a) Of men and 
 God. in discover oneself, to appear, as if 
 a veil were removed, i. q. nx"ij , with bx 
 Gen. 35, 7. 1 Sam. 14, 8. 11 ; comp. Is. 53, 
 1, where c. bs. b) to be discovered, 
 manifested, to come to light, spoken of 
 what before was concealed. Is. 49, 9. 
 Hos. 7, 1. c) to be uncovered, with b 
 andbx. Is. 23, 1. 1 Sam. 3, 7. 
 
 3. to be carried away, removed, pass. 
 ofHiph. Is. 38, 12. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal. but oftener in the literal 
 and primary signification. 
 
 1. to make naked, to uncover, e. g. the 
 feet Ruth 3, 4. 7 ; the foundations of 
 a building Mic. 1, 6, Also with ace. of the 
 veil or covering removed, Is. 22,8. 47,2. 
 Nah. 3, 5. Job 41, 5. Spec, a) nh 
 Ti*s< r]"iS to uncover the nakedness of a 
 v;oman, i. e. to have carnal intercourse 
 with her, Lev. 18, 8 sq. 20, 17 sq. So 
 to uncover the nakedness of a man is to 
 have unlawful intercourse with his wife, 
 Lev. 20, 11. 20. 21, as is explained by 
 Lev. IS, 8 ; and in the same sense is used 
 the phrase to uncover one's skirt or cover- 
 let, Deut. 23, 1. 27, 20. b) God is said 
 to uncover the eyes of any one, i. e. to 
 open the eyes, to discover secret things 
 to mortal eyes, Num.22. 31. Ps. 119, 18. 
 O^?"'? ^lia opened as to the eyes, having 
 the eyes open, spoken of a prophet. Num. 
 24, 4. 16. 
 
 2. Metaph. to reveal any thing hidden. 
 Job 20, 27; a secret Prov. 11, 13 ; to be- 
 tray a fugitive Is. 16. 3 ; to lay open, id' 
 make knoxvn, e. g. God his attributes Ps. 
 98, 2. Jer. 33. 6. So 'i bs n^s is i. q. n^a 
 'l bs "iirxTX to uncover that which is 
 ttpon any thing, to remove the veil from 
 upon it. Lam. 2, 14. 4, 22. 
 
 PoAL to be uncovered, made naked. 
 Nah. 2, 8 nn'sa she is made naked, i. e. 
 ignominiously, spoken of Nineveh. 
 
 HiPH. nban and nban , fut conv. Va'i , 
 17 
 
 to carry away captive, to carry into exile, 
 
 1 K. 1.5,29. 17,6. 11. 18, 11. al. 
 HoPH. pass. ofHiph. Esth. 2, 6. al. 
 HiTHP. 1. to uncover oneself, Geo. 9, 
 
 21. 
 
 2. to disclose or reveal oneself, e. g. the 
 heart, Prov. 18, 2. 
 
 Deriv. nbij, mba, ji-'b, and pr. n. 
 ^bia, r^ba, 'ba^. 
 
 nba. Sba, Chald. to reveal, Dan. 2, 
 22. 2S! 29.' ' 
 
 A PH. after the Heb. manner "'ban, i. q. 
 Heb. Hiph. to carry away captive, to 
 cause to migrate, Ezra 4, 10. 5, 12. 
 
 ^53 i. q. nbia q. v. exile, migration. 
 
 rs'^a (after the form lia'^P, rfb-'tt) ; 
 exile, r. nba .) Giloh, pr. n. of a city in 
 the mountains of Judah, Jo.sh. 15, 51. 
 
 2 Sam. 15, 12. Gentile n. "'ab-'a Gilon- 
 ite 2 Sam. 1. c. from a form ')'ib"'a, as 
 ^ab-iti from nh-'td. 
 
 ^^5 f (r. bba) 1, a fountain, spring, 
 i. q. ba no. 2. Plur. Josh. 15, 19. Judg^ 
 1, 1.5. ' 
 
 2. a bowl, reservoir, so called from its; 
 round form ; spoken of the reservoir for 
 oil above the sacred candelabra, Zech. 
 4, 3, comp. V. 2, where is masc. b$ 
 Trop. Ecc. 12, 6 in describing old age- 
 and death: 7^03^ ban pn-iysb laJx it 
 3^^"5 ^^^ T^^'^' before the silver cord be- 
 loosed, and the golden bowl be broken,. 
 i. e. lamp-bowl, oil-cup. 
 
 3. a ball or globe, as an ornament on 
 the tops or capitals of columns, 1 K. 7, 
 41. 2 Chr. 4, 12. 13. 
 
 4. r^^s nib and n-^nnn 'a, Gulloth,. 
 Upper and Lower, pr. n. of two towns, 
 not fir from Hebron, Judg. 1, 15. In the 
 parall. passage Josh. 15, 19 it is n'iis 'l 
 and ri'nnn 'a . 
 
 Wh^))i m. plur. (r. bba note, lett. b) 
 pr. trunks, logs, blocks, which are rolled; 
 hence in derision, idols. Lev. 26, 30. 
 Deut. 29, 16. al. So in various phrases, 
 as cb'ibn "^nnx Tjbn to go after idols, 
 1 K. 21. 26 ; cblban nns to serve or wor- 
 ship idols 2 K. 17, 12. 21, 21 ; o^r? ^' 
 'an-bx to lift up the eyes unto idols Ez. 
 18, 12. Often joined with other con- 
 temptuous names of idols, as ta'^X^ttS 
 Deut. 29, 17, niasin Ez. 16, 36, D''b''b 
 30, 13 ; also very freq. in expressions to 
 
Ib3 
 
 194 
 
 *^ 
 
 Avhich idol-worship is reprobated, as 
 
 c^?"b;:: n^w? to pvllule oneself with idols 
 Ez. 20.'7 ; V'^r^ss ^"]ns njT 6, 9 ; "riN r,x: 
 c-bsi'san 23, 37 ; etc' 
 
 dibs m. (r. cbr.) a covering, mantle, 
 pallium, in which one is v.-rapped, Ez. 
 27,21. Chald. cbs, x^-'bs, id. Hence 
 Gr. ;^A^i;s, ;(hnL, y^Kairu. 
 
 "jiba Josh. 21, 27 Cheth. i. q. ',V:5 q. v. 
 niba r once I^^3 Obad. 20, with Ka- 
 mets impure. R. nba . 
 
 1. a carrying away, captivity, exile, 
 2 K. 25, 27. Jer. 52, 31. Ez. 1, 2. 33, 21. 
 
 2. Collect, captives, e.viles. nniiTj raba 
 //je e.^-tVes ifJudah, Jer. 24, 5. 28, 4. 29, 
 22. 40. 1. nin'^ rnbj spoken of Israel 
 living in exile Is. 45, 13. 
 
 Ti'^i'S Chald. f. emph. i<rn^3 . captivity, 
 e.rile. X'^'J ^33 ^Ae e^j7e5 Dan. 2, 25. 5, 
 13. Ezra 6, 16. Syr. f^a^. 
 
 ' '5^ in Kal not used, pr, to be 
 smooth, and hence to be bare, naked, 
 comp. n^a ; spec, to be bald, Arab. 
 
 e^ 
 
 to have a bald forehead. This 
 
 is a softened root from the harsher nn;? ; 
 comp. by transpos. phn . In the western 
 languages correspond calvus, Slavic 
 goly. holy, Germ, kahl; also gelu, glades. 
 
 PiEL to make bare, bald; hence to 
 shave the head, Num.6, 9. Deut. 21, 12; 
 a person 1 Chr. 19, 4. Also to shave off, 
 to cid off the hair, see Pual ; the beard 
 2 Sam. 10, 4. Once intrans. to shave 
 oneself, the hair and beard. Gen. 41. 
 14. Metaph. to shave a land, i. e. to lay 
 it w^aste with fire and sword. Is, 7, 20. 
 Chald. n^a to shave, to shear, n^a shave- 
 ling, spoken by the Rabbins of monks, 
 like Boh era. holy. 
 
 Pual to be shaven, shorn, Judg, 16, 
 17. 22, 
 
 HiTHPA, \. to shave oneself, Lev, 13, 33. 
 
 2. to shave or cut off from oneself, c. 
 ace. Num. 6, 19, Comp. Lehrg. p, 284. d. 
 
 "ji'^^am. (r. n^, after the form ir^S, 
 ^'i'^m, Ti"*!??) o table, tablet, o^ wood, 
 Btone, or metal, on which to write or 
 Inscribe anything, i, q. TV^, bo called 
 as being smooth, bare, naked, or empty; 
 MS the root. Is. 8, 1. Li Talmudic 
 
 ')i"''~5 is the empty margin of a page or 
 volume, roll. 
 
 Plur. ciji^a Is, 3, 23, mirrors, i, e. 
 tablets or plates, lamincB, of polished 
 metal, which were used by the Hebrew 
 women as mirrors, Ex. 38. 8. Job 37, 18 ; 
 and which were carried about by them 
 in the manner of other nations, being 
 mostly of a round form and furnished 
 with a handle ; see Comment, on Is. 1. c. 
 So Chald. Vulg. Kimchi in Comment. 
 Abarbenel, Jarchi. On the other hand, 
 the LXX and Kimchi in Lex. under- 
 stand transparent garments, Siucfuvi) 
 udaxonxd, as ii' making naked the body ; 
 comp, Schroeder de Vestitu mul, Heb. 
 p, 311, 312, 
 
 '"'-^a m. (r. ^\0 1. Adj. rolling, tinm- 
 ing, e. g. the leaves of a folding door, 
 1 K. 6, 34. Comp. Ez. 41, 24. 
 
 2, Subst. a ring, Esth. 1, 6. Cant. 5, 14 
 tt3iB'iri3 C'K^TSTa snt ""b-^ba ^'^'}1 his 
 hands are as gold rings set with gems of 
 Tarshish, i. e. the fingers when curved 
 are like gold rings, and the nails dyed 
 with henna or the like resemble gems. 
 
 3. a circle, circuit, region, i. q. ~33 . 
 Spec. C^ian b^bj Is. 8, 23 ' the circle of the 
 Gentiles,' i. e, Galilee; and xmi' iio/fiv, 
 b^VvH Josh. 20, 7, 21, 32 ; nb^bsn (He 
 parag.) 2 K, 15, 29 ; b^ban />x'l K. 9, 
 11, i, e. the district with twenty small 
 cities, in the tribe of Naphtali. around the 
 city Kedesh (thrice called b'lbja I37.iv)) 
 inhabited mostly by Gentiles, espec. by 
 the neighbouring Phenicians. Sept, ^ 
 l\t).t).nift, Galilee. 
 
 "'^''r^ f i- q- ^"'^a no, 3, a circle, cir- 
 cuit, region, cnttjbsn n'!b"'ba the cir- 
 cles or districts of the Philistines Josh, 
 13,2; Pbba nib-iba Joel 4, 4; laXdnlu 
 UlXocfvXun' 1 Mace, 5, 15, "i^l^n nib-'ba 
 i, q. '(^ITD "^S^! th^ circuit or borders of 
 the Jordan, el-Gh&r, Josh. 22, 10. 11. 
 The same region seems to be meant in 
 Ez, 47, 8. 
 
 W'^i (fountains) Gallim, pr, n. of a 
 city of Benjamin, lying north of Jerusa- 
 lem, 1 Sam", 25. 44, Is, 10, 30, 
 
 r^-'pa (exile, an exile) Goliath, a Phi- 
 listine giant, slain by David in single 
 combat, 1 Sam, 17, 4. 23. 21, 10, 22, 10; 
 comp. Ecclas, 42, 5. On 1 Chr. 20. & 
 see under art. ''on^. 
 
bba 
 
 195 
 
 b!*' 
 
 * bbS J 1 pcrs. 'n-ih , but 3 plur. ibba 
 Gen. 29, 3. 8 ; imp. Vi , bia , once ba Ps, 
 119,22 ; ^o roll, e. g. a stone Gen. 29, 3. 
 8. Metaph. with b?^ to roll off or awaij 
 from any one, e. g. reproach Josh. 5, 9. 
 Pe. 119, 22 ; with bx and bs to roll from 
 oneself to or j^jo/i another, Ps. 37, 5 bia 
 ?jS"i^ niiT'-bj ro// or devolve thy way 
 ujHm Jehovah, i. e. commit all thy alluirs 
 to him. Prov*. 16, 3 ^''CJ^TJ "J^r;"^^ ba 
 commit unto Jehovah thy works, deeds. 
 EUipt. Ps. 22, 9, where the poet intro- 
 duces his enemies as deriding his confi- 
 dence in God and saying: nini"bx ba 
 inaba^ [^roll all upon Jehovah, rely upon 
 him; let him deliver him; comp. a like 
 change of person in v. 27. R.] Or, ba 
 may be infin. put for the finite verb, he 
 roUeth etc. 
 
 Note. The genuine force of this 
 widely extended root, which imitates the 
 sound of a globe, ball, or other round 
 body rolling rapidly forwards, is ex- 
 pressed by the Germ, rollen, Engl, to 
 roll, each onomatopoetic like the Hebrew 
 word. Hence in the derivatives it is re- 
 ferred : a) To things round, rolling, re- 
 volving, as baba wheel, also a whirlwind, 
 b^ba a ring, nhia a roll, volume, nbaba 
 a skull, bba , bba ball of dung, ba, nba a 
 bowl, reservoir. b) To things heavy, 
 which are rolled along, and not carried ; 
 whence ba a heap of stones, C^bl^ 
 logs, blocks, put for idols ; bba weight, a 
 
 large stone ; Arab. JuL^ a heavy busi- 
 ness, c) Also spoken of rolling waves, 
 like Germ, quellen, Engl, to well, whence 
 ba , n-iba , i. q. Germ. Wellen, Engl.-at;es, 
 billows. From this most fertile mono- 
 syllabic stock have also flowed the 
 triliteral roots bas. Arab. J^f, bas, 
 whence i^bas wagon, wain ; and as in- 
 creased at the end, cba to roll or wrap 
 up, Ciba, cba, Lat. glomus, glomeravii, 
 globus, Germ. Klumpen. Engl, clump. 
 Other kindred roots in the Hebrew it- 
 self are : b^a to move in a circle ; and, 
 changing the palatal to a guttural, bnn, 
 bTi , b!iJ< , b-x . q. V. Beside these, there 
 is also a multitude of shoots branchino- 
 oflf into the occidental languages, e.^pec. 
 the Greek; comp. xikitxt, xilXo) (Valck. 
 ad Hdot. 7. 155). xvktu, xvh'ydoj (oba), 
 
 xolloif), x6lkai%g, xoXlil, xvlXog (comp. 
 xotAo*;), x6kXv(ja a round cake ("^SS) ; 
 also, the palatal being dropped or tnms- 
 ferred to the end, tklot, iikto, fiieo), nkvin, 
 I'iry, ovXog, iovlof, ihyyoi, ili^ and tXiaaw, 
 etc. Lat. volvo, later Lat. callus i. q. Fr. 
 gallet, caillou (ba), Germ. Galle, O'Olle 
 i. q. Q,uelle, quellen, wallen, w&lzen, ono- 
 mat. kullem, Swed. kida, low Germ. 
 Kaul, whence Kugel. Where any thing 
 is rolled along or revolves on a rough, 
 stony, gravelly soil, so as to cause a 
 harsh, grating, scraping sound, this is 
 expressed by similar roots made harsh 
 by the letter n* as bna, nna, ins, the 
 branches of which are no less widely 
 diffused. 
 
 NiPH. baj, plur. 3 pers. siBj, fut. ba^. 
 
 1. to be rolled, to roll along, as billows, 
 Am. 5, 24. 
 
 2. to be rolled together, as a scroll, e. g. 
 the heavens. Is. 34, 4. 
 
 HiPH. fut. conv. ba*5, to roll, to roll 
 away a stone, Gen. 29, 10. 
 
 PoAL, to be rolled, e. g. in blood, to be 
 stained with blood. Is. 9, 4. 
 
 HiTHPo. id. 2 Sam. 20, 12. With b? 
 to roll oneself upon any one, i. e. to rush 
 or fall upon him. Gen. 43, 18. 
 
 PiLP. baba i. q. Kal no. 1, to roll, to roll 
 down, Jer. 51,25. 
 
 HiTHPALP. babann to roll oneself down 
 upon an enemy, i. e. to rush or fall upon. 
 Job 30, 14. 
 
 Deriv. see in Note above. 
 ^^3 m. 1. dung, ordure, so called from 
 its globular form, i. q. bba ; see r. bba 
 
 Si. J 
 
 note, lett. a. 1 K. 14, 10. Arab. xJLs*- 
 the round dung of camels, sheep, etc. 
 
 2. a circumstance, cause, reason. Germ. 
 Umstand ; comp. as to this turn of the 
 etymology. ns3 . rinix . Hence bbas as 
 Prep.c.sutr. "3352. Crbbaa. on afco??fo/j 
 because of Gen.' 12, 13. 30, 27. Deut. 15, 
 10. 18, 12. Jer. 11, 17. Mic. 3, 12. Cor- 
 responding is Arab. viJJ^L&. ^^ and 
 viLLLsvt ^^w>o with Elif prosthet. 
 
 3. Galal, pr. n. m. perh. weighty, 
 
 - ^*- 
 worthy, like Arab. Je^t. a) 1 Chr. 
 
 9, 15. b) ib. V. 16. Neh. 11, 17. 
 
 5f5 Chald. m. pr. a rolling, then 
 weight, magnitude, see r. bba note. lelt. 
 
to 
 
 196 
 
 m 
 
 b. Ezra 5, 8 and 6, 4 b^3 'ns* ^ea^ or 
 heavy stones^ hewn stones, which must 
 be rolled along, not carried. So Tal- 
 mud. ft<b^a without px, spoken of a 
 large stone, Buxt. Lex. p. 433. 
 
 ^55 m. i. q. ^^5 no. 1, dung, ordure of 
 men ; in Sing, once, Job 20, 7 n^:^ iVbis 
 n3X"^, Chald. and Vulg. well, sicut ster- 
 cus suum in atemum peribit. Comp. for 
 this degrading figure of destruction, 1 K. 
 14, 10. Plur. cibba balls of dutig, dung, 
 Zeph. 1, 17 ; spec, human ordure Ez. 4, I 
 12. 15. 
 
 ''^^.^ (perh. dungy) Gilalai, pr. n. m. 
 Neh.'l2, 36. 
 
 * D^^ fut. B'PS'i , to roll or iprap toge- 
 ther, to' fold, once 2 K. 2, 8. See r. ^bi 
 Kal and note. 
 
 Deriv. ciba, and 
 
 D^3 m. pr. any thing rolled or wrap- 
 ped together ; hence an unformed mass, 
 substance, not yet wrought, the parts of 
 which are not yet unfolded nor devel- 
 oped ; spoken of the embryo foetus, Ps. 
 139, 16. Often in the Talmud for any 
 thing not yet wrought, elaborated, per- 
 fected, see Chelim 12. 6 ; also trop. of 
 an unformed unlettered man, Pirke 
 Aboth. 5. 7. 
 
 * T^-?3 quadril. not in use, formed 
 from tX*^ and jJL=>. , both which roots 
 signify to be hard. Hence 
 
 TWba adj. quadrilit. hard, Arab, 
 
 O^Xs*- ; hence sterile, barren, as a hard 
 stony soil, comp. oifQ^og, sterilis ; then 
 of a woman, Is. 49, 21. Poet, of a night 
 in which none are born, Job 3, 7. Trop. 
 lean, famished, emaciated with hunger, 
 .Job 15, 34. 30, 3. 
 
 * 3'2? in Kal not used, Arab. Conj. 
 Ill, to quarrel with any one, espec. in a 
 game of dice, drinking, or in dividing an 
 inheritance. So in Hebrew : 
 
 HiTHPA. to become angry, to be irri- 
 tated, to grow warm, bc. in strife. Prov. 
 20, 3 it is an honour to a man to cease 
 from strife, siftP"? ^''"?<"^=1' ''"' *"^^''y 
 fool herometh angry. With a of thing or 
 cause, Prov. 18. 1. Spoken also of strife 
 itself af) growing warm, Prov. 17, 14. 
 
 '*^'i obsol. quadrilit. comp. Arab. 
 
 jJulL^K hard, rough. Hence 
 
 *;;?>5 Gilead, pr. d. 1. Of several 
 men : a) A son of Machir and grand- 
 son of Manasseh, Num. 26, 29. 30. 
 Patronym. "^"i?^? Gileadite, Judg. 11, 1. 
 12. 4. b) Judg.' 14, 1. 2. c) 1 Chr. 5, 14. 
 2. With the art. "ir^rSn , Gilead, Gilea- 
 ditis, (pr. hard, stony region, or i. q. "iibi 
 hill of witness,) a district of Palestine be- 
 yond Jordan, strictly comprehending the 
 mountainous region south of the river 
 Jabbok, Gen. 31, 21-48. Cant. 4, 1 ; with 
 a city of like name, Hos. 6, 8, comp. Sept. 
 Judg. 12, 7, apparently the same with 
 ny^j nlT2n . Here is the highest part of 
 the mountains east of the Jordan ; and 
 one ridge is still named Jebel JePdd or 
 JeVnd, from two rained towns so called 
 upon it ; see Burckhardt's Travels in 
 Syria, etc. p. 348. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 II. p. 243, 306. III. App. p. 167. But the 
 name Gilead was also employed in a 
 wider sense, so as to include the whole 
 mountainous tract between the Anion 
 and Bashan, inhabited by the tribes of 
 Gad, Reuben, and part of Manasseh, 
 now called UlLJI and (j^-L^ J*-*^ > 
 i. e. el-Belka and Jebel ^Ajlun, Num. 32j 
 26. 29. 39. Deot. 3, 12. Josh. 12, 2. 5. 13, 
 10. 11. 30. Am. 3, 13. Hence put for 
 the territory of the tribes of Gad and 
 Reuben Ps. 60, 9. 108, 9 ; for the tribe 
 ofGad Judg.5, 17, comp. 5, 16; although 
 too this usage is not constant, and in 1 
 Sam. 13, 7 the land of Gad and Gilead 
 are joined. Once it comprehends also 
 Bashan, and extends to the northern 
 extremity of Palestine, Deut. 34, 1. 
 
 '^?'?^ (i- e. IS ba heap of witness) 
 Galeed, pr. n. Gen. 31, 47. 48. 
 
 * ^bS i. q. Arab. ^J*J^ to sit down, 
 to lie down. Cant. 4, 1. 6, 5 thy locks 
 are as a flock of goats Tsba ^n^ itebsttJ 
 which lie down upon Mount Gilead. i. e. 
 upon its side, as if hanging/rom it, see 
 ) no. 3. h. Jerome Cant. 4. 1 qwe ascen- 
 deruiit. Sept. Compl ut. Cant. 6.5 uyit)r,trar. 
 Comp. (j-JLs- Conj. II, to ascend. 
 
 riba see riba . 
 
 W Conj. (r. Bpj) 1. Implying con- 
 junction, together, at once; so in th 
 
K'2:> 
 
 197 
 
 rzy 
 
 phrases CSid ca two together, both, Gen. 
 27, 45. Prov.'n, 15. 20, 10. 12 ; Vs ca all 
 together, i. e. every one, cuncti, 2 Sam. 
 
 19, 31. Pa. 25, 3 ; nn^ =a Ps. 133, 1. 
 
 2. Implyingjicccssion, also,etiain. Gen. 
 3, 6. 22. 7, 3. 19, 21. 35. 30, 15. 35, 17. al. 
 It is commonly put before the word to 
 which it refers ; but where a word is re- 
 peated for the sake of emphasis, its place 
 is before the latter, e. g. with pronouns 
 X-^n ca X-'n she. she hirself also, Gen. 
 
 20, f) ; xnn c; rE2 in his mouth also, 
 2 Sam. 17, 5. Prov. 23, 15. Gen. 27, 34, 
 comp. Lehrg. 191. Heb. Gr. 119,3. 
 With verbs, Gen. 46, 4 c? r,^?x "'sbxi 
 n'bs and I will also come up with thee. 
 31, 15. 1 Sam. 1, 6. Sometimes at the 
 beginning of a clause it refers not to the 
 next word, but to another more remote, 
 Prov. 20, 11. Repeated ca =a also 
 also, i. q. both and, Gen. 24, 25. 43, 8. 
 Ex. 12, 31. Jer. 51, 12 ; thrice repeated 
 Is. 48, 8 ; C51 oa Gen. 24, 44. 
 
 3. Intensive, even, see ^X no. 1 ; Prov. 
 14, 20. 17, 26. Joel 3, 2. With a nega- 
 tive particle, not ecen, not so mttch as, 
 Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4. 2 Sam. 17, 12. 13. comp. 
 n? 0. 3. So =51 Gen. 6, 4. Often it 
 serves merely to give emphasis to the 
 '' "owing word, and frequently cannot 
 be rendered into English, q. d. yea, in- 
 deed, 1 Sam. 24, 12 nxT C5 nx'] see, yea 
 see ! Gen. 29, 30 and he loved Rachel 
 more than Leah, where it shows merely 
 that the word Rachel is emphatic. Gen. 
 16, 13 'x'-i "innx ^p'lxn c'sn nan do I 
 then here see (live) after the vision, sc. 
 of God ? i. e. in this ^'^nce.just here, and 
 not elsewhere. Job 2, 10 what! shall 
 we receive good at the hand of God. and 
 not etc. Hos. 9. 12 far wo to them ! 
 Gen. 42, 22. Job 13, 16. 16, 19. Is. 66, 4. 
 nr,r s; yea now, now then, Gen. 44, 10. 
 
 4. Adversative, even so, yet, neverthe- 
 less. Ez. 16, 28 yea thou hast played 
 the harlot with them, nsrb x'^ C5^ and 
 even so (yet) thou art not satisfied. Ps. 
 129. 2. Ecc. 4, 16. Hence "^S ca even 
 when, even if, although. Is. 1, 15; and 
 without ^^ id. Is. 49, 15. Ps. 95, 9. OS "3 
 id. Ecc. 4, 14. 
 
 ^^^ in Kai not used, to absorb, to 
 drink up, to swallow, i. q. Chald. 
 
 PiEL poet, of the horse swallowing as 
 17* 
 
 it were the ground in Iiis eagerness and 
 fleetness. Job 39, 24 "/'X-XW^ he sw(d- 
 loweth the ground, q. d. he runs away 
 with it. The same meUiphor is common 
 in Arabic in the verb ^ g I to drink, to 
 take a draught, as ijOn^I *.^I ; see 
 Schultens ad h. 1. and Bochurt Hieroz. 
 I. p. 142-148. 
 
 Hi PH. to let swallow, to give to drink, 
 Gen. 24, 17. Hence , 
 
 i*^3 m. a bulrush, spec. t?ie Egyptian 
 papyrus, papyrus nilotica, paper-reed, 
 so called from its porous nature as ab- 
 sorbing moisture ; comp. bibula papyrus 
 Lucan^ 4. 136. Job 8, 11. Is. 35, 7. The 
 Egyptians made from it garments, shoes, 
 baskets, vessels of various kinds, and 
 especially boats or skiffs, Plin. H. N. 13. 
 21-26. So Ex. 2, 3 xrh rsn an ark or 
 skiff of papyrus. Is. 18, 2. 
 
 * T*"^" ^ ^ ^ 
 
 ' -f a root not m use. Arab. cXtJS*. 
 
 to cut off, to amputate ; Ethiop. I^X , 
 transp. cna, >C|-. Hence is derived 
 *i^a a cut, i. e. a rod, staff, and then . 
 cubit. The same verb is transferred to 
 brave warriors, who cut down the enem^ 
 
 like trees ; whence Arab. Jl^ and Syr. 
 Aph. to be bold, brave, fierce, of a soldier. 
 Hence 
 
 ^5 m. (r. lies q. v.) pr. a cut, i. e. a 
 staff, rod, as being cut from a tree ; Zab. 
 ll-Iio?Q^ a staff, rod, the letter l being 
 inserted, and T and *i interchanged ; 
 Chald. xrisnns. Then a cubit, the 
 measure of a cubit, Judg. 3, 16. Syr. 
 f^a^^ cubit, i^hzl^^ 'r^K' '^ 
 
 ^Vm'^ m. plur. Ez. 27, 11 brave sol- 
 diers, fierce warriors, Jerome bellatores. 
 This word has given rise to endless 
 conjectures among interpreters ; see 
 Thesaur. p. 292. 
 
 5^123 (weaned) Gamid, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 24, 17. Comp. S'ira n-3 . 
 
 ^flSS m, (r. ^^a) 1. act, work, deed, 
 whether good or evil, (\. A. desert ; more 
 fully =":!; b^::3 Judg. 9, 16. Prov. 12, 14. 
 Is. 3, 1 1 ; in a good sense, benefit, Ps. 
 103, 2. Hence \ ib-iTia c^rn to render 
 to any one his desert, to repay his doings, 
 works; Ps.28.4cnb Db--2a srn. Prov. 
 
rz^ 
 
 198 
 
 rij 
 
 12, 14 ; c. 'b? Ps. 94, 2. So h *:sr5 C^;S 
 id. Ps. 137, 8. Prov. 19, 17;"c. Vr Joel 
 4,4. 
 
 2. recompense, retribution, Is. 35, 4. 
 
 nb^'25 f. (r. brs) 1. i. q. h^-Z!, no. 1, 
 Is. 59. 18 ; some copies read plur. nibas . 
 2. i. q. b!i-25 no. 2, 2 Sam. 19, 37. 
 
 r^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. 1^5 to cut 
 
 off; whence Arab. Va*^ acute-minded, 
 
 sagacious, and w ^^ sycamore, from 
 the idea of cutting, see cba. Hence 
 
 ITttS (for "("iT^a , place fertile in syca- 
 mores) Gim.zo, pr. n. of a place in the 
 plain of Judea, 2 Chr. 28, 18. Now 
 Jimzv, a village east of Lydda ; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 56, 57. 
 
 ''-^ fut. Pt57 I. 1. to do, show, or 
 cause to any one, sc. good or evil, to deal 
 well or ill with him, with two ace. of 
 pers. and of thing (comp. Gr. tv, xwxai? 
 jiQuntiv Tivu). 1 Sam. 24, 18 "'iribT:^ nnx 
 n^iliri thou hast done me good, hast dealt 
 well with me. Gen. 50, 15 all the evil 
 
 Srif, !i:l3?:a I'ix ichich we did unto him. 
 V. 17. PrJv. 3, 30. 31, 12. Is. 63, 7. With 
 
 'b of pers. Is. 3, 9^5^ cnb ^ibrs they have 
 brought evil upon themselves. Ps. 137, 8 
 b ribrsiij r,V^ra thy deed which thaii 
 
 'hast done to us. 
 
 2. to do good to any one, to benefit; 
 Prov. 11. 17 i-E3 bra he doeth good unto 
 himself. With'b? Ps. 13, 6. 116, 7. 119. 
 17. 142, 8. 
 
 3. to reward, to render, to recompense 
 to any one good or evil ; c. ace. Ps. 18, 21 
 
 'P'ISS nin-i "^rbTSS"! the Lord rewarded 
 me according to my righteousness. With 
 b? 2 Chr. 20, 11. Ps. 103, 10; \ Deut. 
 32, 6, unless by a diff. division of the 
 words nin-i bn is here ace. of person. 
 Deriv. bnra , nbiira , bi^n, and pr. n. 
 
 II. 1. to toean a child. Is. 28, 9 where 
 sVjip is added. Is. 11, 8. 1 K. 11, 20 
 Hos. 1, 8. Hence pr. n. bira. 
 
 2. to ripen fruit, to make ripe, Num. 
 17, 23. Inlrane. to ripen, to become 
 ripe. Is. 18, 5. 
 
 Nipii. pass, of no. II. 1, Gen. 21, 8, 
 1 Sam. 1, 22. 
 
 Note. The primary signification of 
 
 this verb, and the origin and connection 
 of the other senses, are illustrated by A. 
 Schultens (ad Prov. 3, 30) by comparing 
 Arab, ij^^ pr. to cover with fomenta- 
 tions so as to produce warmth and heat, 
 to cherish ; which idea of warming and 
 cherishing he supposes is then trans- 
 ferred : a) To the ripening of fruit ; 
 b) To a child as weaned ; c) To be- 
 nefits done to any one, by which we as 
 it were cherish him ; and also even to 
 evils which we bring npon any one. But 
 the verb J-*x^ can refer only to the sig- 
 nifications in no. II ; while for those in 
 no. I, we may compare br5 , Arab. J^ ^r j 
 to labour, to do. 
 
 v735 plur. fi''^T3a , comm. gend. a car 
 mel, male or female. Gen. 32, 16. al. 
 Ttiis word is found in all the Semitic 
 languages ; also not only in Greek 
 and Latin, but likewise in Egyptian, 
 
 2S:^.JUL0T?\ J (TljULOvA, and in San- 
 scrit under the form kramela, krame- 
 laka. If the origin of the word is to be 
 sought in the Semitic languages, bsa 
 is prob. bearer, carrier, from b?3a i. q. 
 Ara|). J-*i* to be^r. 
 nboa see nbl^a .. 
 
 ''?'Q5 (camel-driver, or camel-rider) 
 Gemalli. pr. n. m. Num. 13, 12. 
 
 "^"^r''?? (reward or benefit of God) 
 Gamaliel, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 10. 2, 20. 7,55. 
 
 ^r'i a root not used, i. q. D^5 q. v. 
 to congregate, to conjoin, to heap up; 
 
 comp. Arab, j^^ to heap up, to increase, 
 also intrans. to be heaped up, to be 
 much.-^Hencc oa and nsa^ . 
 
 j( r^ a root not used in Hebrew, to 
 dig, see 'j'aia . 
 
 '=^ fut. "^ta") 1. to bring to an 
 end, to complete, to perfect. Ps. 57, 3 bx 
 "ov -ira God who will complete for m^, 
 i. e. will do all for me, will maintain my 
 cause ; c. lya Ps. 138, 8. 
 
 2. Intrans. to come to an end, to cease, 
 to fail, Ps. 7. 10. 12, 2. 77. 9. In the 
 Aramjpan dialects this verb is very fre- 
 quent in both significations. 
 
 TC]! Chald. id. Part. pass, -''ra . per- 
 fect, complete, finished, in skill or learn- 
 ing, Ezra 7, 12. 
 
i-aa 
 
 199 
 
 TDa 
 
 ^133 Gotner. pr. n. 1. A northern 
 people sprung from Jaj)hcth, Gen. 10, 2 ; 
 from which Togarmah or the Arme- 
 nians are said to be descended. Gen. 
 10, 3 ; and who are mentioned along 
 with Togarmah in the armies of Gog, 
 Ez. 38, 6. Most prob. we are to under- 
 stand the Ciinmenans, Kififiifjioi, inha- 
 biting the Chersonesus of Taurica and 
 the adjacent regions as far as the mouths 
 of the Tanais and the Ister, and cele- 
 brated for their incursions into Asia Mi- 
 nor in the sixth century before Christ; 
 see Herodot. I. 6, 15, 103. IV. 1, 11, 12. 
 The Arabs call this people by transpos. 
 IJ, whence the modern Kriin, Crimea, 
 
 i. e. the Taurican Chersonesus ; also 
 *viu| -^ the Cimmerian sea, for the 
 
 Euxine. Wahl compares Gamir. the 
 
 Armenian name for Cappadocia; Altes 
 
 and neues Asien I. p. 274. 
 
 2. The wife of the prophet Hosea, a 
 
 .- 
 harlot, Hos. 1, 3. Perh. appell. i. 1 ty 
 
 coals. . 
 
 I ^?7^5 (whom Jehovah has perfect- 
 ed) Gemariah, pr. n.jn. JtJt, 29, 3. 
 
 '^^r'?^? (id.) Gemariah, pr. . of a 
 man of rank in the time- of Jeremiah, 
 Jer. 36, 10-12. ' 
 
 ]S c. suff. ''JS (r. ':i) comm. gend. (f 
 Gen. 2. 15.) a garden, espec. a park, 
 orchard, place planted with trees ; pr. 
 a place surrounded and protected by a 
 fence or wall ; Gen. 2, 8 sq. p'^'^J'i ',^ a 
 garden of herbs, plants, Deut. 11, 10. 
 1 K. 21, 2. -jan n-'S a garden-house 2 K. 
 9, 27. or perh. pr. n. of a place, "("is 'ja 
 the garden of Eden, planted of God, Gen. 
 3,24. Joel 2,3; also called n^Tbs -,5 Ez. 
 28, 13. 31, 8. 9; and nin^ -,a Gen. 13, 10. 
 is. 51. 3. A garden enclosed, shut up, as 
 the emblem of a chaste female, Cant. 4, 
 12. Plur. csa Cant. 4, 13. 6, 2. 
 
 * -33 fut. =357 1. to steal, to take 
 by stealth, secretly. This verb would 
 seem strictly to be a denom. from Arab. 
 
 v..>A3fc side, latus. Chald. 25 . and hence 
 to signifj^ pr. to put aside privily ; comp. 
 Sanscr. pdrfvaka thief from parfva 
 Bide ; and so Arab. \^m^ has several 
 fiignifications drawn from the idea of 
 
 side, as fregit latus, dxtxit a latere. la 
 Heb. with ace. of thing, Gen. 31, 19. 30. 
 32 ; ace. of pers, 2 Sam. 19, 42. Deut. 
 
 24, 7. Job 21, 18 noio inaja y'^V^ "f' * 
 chaff which the storm steaielh (carrieth) 
 away. 17, 20. Part. pass. fem. with Yod 
 parag. 'Pinsa Gen. 31, 39. 
 
 2. to deceive, like Gr. xltmtiy. Gen. 
 31, 27 ""nx sian;; and didst deceive me. 
 Espec. with 3b , pr. to deceive the heart 
 or mind of any one, as nXininv voov 
 Hom. II. 14. 217. Gen. 31, 20 =p3i siss'l 
 "it, -="^'5 o.nd Jacob deceived Laban. 
 v. 26. See L. de Dieu ad Gen. I. c. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of no. 1, Ex. 22, 11. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal. 1. to steal, Jer. 23, 30. 
 
 2. With ab , to deceive, 2 Sam. 15, 6. 
 
 PuAL pass. i. q. to steal intrans. Job 4, 
 12 asa"! nan 'bx an oracle stole secretly 
 upon me. In^. absol. a:a Gen. 40, 15. 
 
 HiTHPA. to do by stealth, with inf and 
 b, 2 Sam. 19, 4 x^inn oi'a crn ajan^i 
 l-'~n Niab and the people that day gat 
 them by stealth into the city. Syr. 
 '"-^ ' ^1 y. to steal oneself away. 
 
 Deriv. the three following: 
 
 -f3 m. a thief, Ex. 22, 1. 6, 7. 
 
 ^^.?5 f a theft, thing stolen, Ex, 22, 3. 
 
 fl?J5 (theft) Genubath, pr. n. m. 1 K. 
 11,20. 
 
 "35 fem. of ',5 , a garden, park. Job 8, 
 16 ; Plur. nisa Am. 4, 9. 9, 14 ; a grove, 
 where idolatrous rites were performed, 
 Is. 1, 29. 65, 3. 66. 17. R. '^li . 
 
 nra f id. chiefly in the later Hebrew, 
 Esth. 1, 5. 7, 7. 8. Cant. 6, 11. R. -jja, 
 
 T33 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. \J^ and 
 Chald. TSa , to hide, to hoard, to lay up 
 in store. Kindred roots are t333 , -yiS, 
 \jujS, 1J?3, and transp. oaa, ",20, '\0T\^ 
 wy^ . Hence 
 
 n'^T?3 plur. constr. "^Tra 1. treasures, 
 Esth. 3. 9. 4, 7. 
 
 2. chests, treasure-chests, in which 
 precious goods or wares are stored, Ez. 
 27, 24. 
 
 T'tf-' Chald. plur. m. treasures, Ezra 
 6. 1. x"T3a n'^a house of treasures, treas- 
 ury, Ezra 5, 17. 7, 20. Comp. nan . 
 
 =fl?5 m. plur. Q"3!3a , treasury of the 
 temple, 1 Chr. 28, 11.' The ending T\-, 
 
p 
 
 200 
 
 TT?:* 
 
 T^, occurs also in other Chaldee words, 
 as r^^ , Ti^st ; Lehrg. p. 516. R. T35 . 
 
 )r^ to cover, 
 
 to cover over, i. q. 
 
 Arab, i^ws^ ; kindr. '(53 , )l'S . Trop. to 
 j)ro/ec<. everywhere of God as protecting 
 men, c. ^5, like other verbs of covering, 
 see ^5 no. 2. b. 2 K. 20, ti iisn-^s "inissi 
 rsTrt a7id I will protect this city. Is. 37, 
 35. 38, 6 ; c. bs 2 K. 19, 34. Inf. absol. 
 ,i:a Is! 31, 5. 
 
 Hi PH. fut. ",5^ i. q. Kal, c. hs Is. 31, 5. 
 Zech. 9, 15; with n?3 Zech. 12, 8, see 
 152 no. 1 . a. 
 
 Deriv. ',a , nsa, nw, ',5^3, n::^, and 
 pr. n. rra , "I'lnsa . 
 
 "JlrsS (gardener) Ginnethon, pr. n. m. 
 Neh. 10, 7. 12, 6. In v. 4 is the corrupted 
 reading "^irsa . 
 
 '^^ fo tow, as an ox or cow, an ono- 
 matopoetic root, 1 Sam. 6, 12. Job 6, 5. 
 Talm. id. Syr. P^to cry out, to exclaim. 
 Corresponding is Gr. yotm, Sanscr. and 
 Zend, gau-s, Pers. Ai, ASkau. gait, ox 
 or cow, Lat. ceva cow, Columel. 6. 24 
 fin. Teut. Ko, Kuh, Engl, cow, so 
 called from their lowing. See Grimm's 
 Deutsche Gramm. III. p. 327. Hence 
 
 W3 (lowing) Goah, with He local 
 nrrj, Goath, pr. n. of a place near 
 Jerusalem, Jer. 31, 39. 
 
 -^^^ to abhor, to reject with loath- 
 ing, to cast away. Chald. Ithpe. to be 
 polluted, impure, unclean, see bxa II ; 
 wlience too the signif of loathing, ab- 
 horring may be derived, i. q. to hold as 
 polluted, unclean, comp. criT . Often in 
 the plirase nx "'UiE? n^?a my soul abhors 
 any thing. Lev. 26, U.'lS. 30. 43 ; c. a 
 Jer. 14, 19 ; also without tt\ Lev. 26, 44. 
 Ez. 16, 45. 
 
 NiPH. to he cast away. 2 Sam. 1, 21 
 C'^'iiaa *|5'0 ^"53 Cd ^"3 for there was cast 
 away the .'shield of the mighty ; Vulg. ibi 
 enim al/jectns est clypeus heroum; Sept. 
 
 Hipn. i. q. Kal, Job 21, 10 niS i-iio 
 isa^ K^"^ his cow breedeth and casteth not, 
 i. e. doc8 not suffer abortion ; Vulg. bos 
 eontm concepit,et nan ahortirit ; and ro 
 Aqu. Symm. Sept. But Saadias, Kim- 
 
 chi, and others, his hidl gendereth 'pr 
 lets pass in, sc. membrum genitale) and 
 suffereth not to cast his seed. See in 
 "135 Pi. Hence the two following : 
 
 '?5 (loathing) Gaal, pr. n. m. Judg. 
 
 9, 26. 28. 30. 
 
 ^?a a loathing. Ez. 16, 5 T{4.^} b?53 
 with loathing of thy soul, i. e. so that thou 
 didst loathe thyself, i. q. T\^2.;a3 . Not, as 
 some suppose, with loathing of thy life. 
 
 i^ fut. i?a'^ , to rebuke, to reprove^ 
 to chide, e. g. as a father his son, c. 3 
 Gen. 37, 10 r3X 13 -i?a*1 and his father 
 rebuked him. Ruth. 2, 16. Jer. 29, 27. 
 Syr. jiL id. Ethiop. "JOZ, to cry out. 
 
 Kindred is Arab. jLs. to low, to ask with 
 a loud voice, to supplicate with wailing 
 and lamentation. Often spoken of God 
 as rebuking his enemies, constr. with 3 or 
 accus. Is. 17, 13. 54, 9. Ps. 9, 6. 68, 31. 
 119; 21. Espec. as thereby restraining 
 and deterring them from their wicked 
 purposes; Zech. 3,2 -(ZJ'^an TjS njITi ira^ 
 the Lord rebttke thee, Satan ! i. e. restrain 
 thee, deter thee. Mai. 3. 11 c=5 Ti-ira 
 V:n3 / icill rebuke (restrain) for your 
 sakes the devourer, i. e. voracious and 
 hurtful, animals. 2, 3 -PX c=b "iri ''2:n 
 r'^Tn behold, J will rebuke your seed, i. e. 
 will restrain it from coming into your 
 garners, will deny you the usual harvest. 
 Spoken also of the sea as dried up at 
 God's rebuke, Ps. 106, 9. Nah. 1, 4. 
 Deriv. r'^rJ^ and 
 
 rny3 f. constr. trnsa . rebuke, reproof 
 Prov.l3, 1. 17, 10. Ecc. 7, 5. Is. 30, 17. 
 Spoken of the rebuke of God upon his 
 enemies, by which they are destroyed, 
 Ps. 76, 7. 80, 17 ; also as causing the 
 sea to become dry, Ps. 104, 7. Is. 50, 2. 
 
 ''^^'i pr. to push, to thrust, to shake 
 by a sudden impulse. Syr. ..a S ^to push 
 with the horns, to butt ; and in the pas- 
 sive conjugations, to be ,'ihaken. to be 
 moved, violently to and fro. to ([uuke. So 
 Heb. once in Kal, Ps. 18. 8 ir>-^r}-. aJram 
 y^xn then the earth shook and trembled. 
 In the parall. passage 2 Sam. 22, 8 Keri, 
 Hithpael is read, which is more frequent 
 in this signification; while in Ps. I.e. 
 the writer seems to have employed Kal 
 
201 
 
 ii 
 
 intrans. ibr the eakc of paronomasia in 
 the words ttJssn, uSjnn. 
 
 PuAL cjyii ' ill. Job 34, 20 cs sicrin 
 ^"las^l the people shall be moved and 
 pass away, i. e. shuii be troubled, shall 
 reel and perish. 
 
 HiTHPA. to be moved, shaken, to quake, 
 of the earth Ps. 18, 8 and 2 Sam. 22, 8 fin. 
 Of waves, to be agitated, to toss them- 
 selves. Jer. 5, 22. 46, 7. 8. 
 
 HiTHPO. to stagger, to reel, as one 
 drunken, Jer. 25, 16. Hence 
 
 TOya (a shaking, earthquake) Gaash, 
 pr. n. of a hill among the mountains of 
 Ephraim, Josh. 24, 30. Judg. 2,9. Hence 
 ^?5 "^^r!? the valleys of Gaash, around 
 that hill, 2 Sam. 23, 30. 1 Chr. 11, 32. 
 
 DP?a (i. q. Arab, f^^^xs^ one puny 
 and thin) Gatam pr. n. m. of a son of 
 Eliphaz, Gen. 36. 11. 16. 
 
 SH m. (r. rjBa) 1. the back, i. q. 33; 
 hence ''Da bs upon the back of. i. q. simpl. 
 upon, like Ciiald. "^33 bs , Prov. 9. 3. 
 
 2. the body; hence ioaa pr. with his 
 body, i. e. by himself alone, without 
 wife and children, Ex. 21, 3. 4. Sept. 
 povog. 
 
 Sia Chald. aicing-, plur. 'pBa Dan. 7, 4. 
 6. Syr. i&l, comp. Heb. c-'sax. It 
 seems to come from Heb. riJS, whence 
 C]33 , C|3a , and thence Cja . 
 
 \rti a root ncrt used, i. q. 'iSa to 
 be bent, curved, arched; hence Arab. 
 6 9 ^ 
 ^2^A^ the eye-lashes, also a young and 
 
 pendulous shoot, vine-branch, so called 
 from its bending. See more on this 
 root in Thesaur. p. 298. Hence 
 
 JB?, c. sufT. ':sa. plur. c^asa . comm. 
 gender, (rarely m. Hos. 10, 1. 2 K. 4, 39,) 
 a young and pendulous shoot ; hence a 
 plant having such shoots, espec. a vine, 
 grape-vine (comp. salir i.q. ?AtJ, pr. a rod, 
 switch), which where greater accuracy 
 is required, as in laws, is called fully -jBa 
 l":?!! Num. 6. 4. Judg. 13, 14. Rarefy 
 spoken of other .similar plants, as nnb |Ba 
 2 K. 4. 39 a wild vine, bearing wild cu- 
 cumbers. Most freq. it denotes simpl. 
 vine, i. e. grape-vine. Gen. 40, 9. Is. 7. 23. 
 24,7. 32, 12. Judg. 9. 13 sq. A noble 
 vine is put as an emblem of men of no- 
 
 ble and generous disposition, Jer. 2, 21, 
 comp. Is. 5, 2 ; and vice versa a strange 
 vine, a vine of Sodom, stands for men of 
 ignoble and degenerate character, Jer. 
 2, 21. Deut. 32, 32. With the latter 
 comp. also the apples of Sodom, Joseph. 
 B. J. 4. 8. 4. 
 
 Vjiit obsol. root, i. q. 35a , to be curv- 
 ed, gibbous, convex. Hence Cja , B"p5X . 
 
 '*^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. n3 and 
 jJlc. to cover, to cover over. Hence the 
 two following : 
 
 "^^a once Gen. 6, 14. pr. pitch, i. q. IBS ; 
 hence lEJ "'SS pr. pitch-wood, resinous 
 wood, such as the wood of the pine,fir, 
 cypress, cedar, and other trees of like 
 kind, which are used in ship-building ; 
 see n'^nsa . Among modern interpret- 
 ers, Bochart in Phaleg. I. 4, and Celsius 
 in Hierob. 1. 328, not unaptly understand 
 the cypress-tree, xvntigiaaog, aipressu^ ; 
 appealing not without reason to the 
 similar letters and sound. 
 
 fT^">E)5 f. (r. -^Ba) prob. pr. pitch, but 
 transferred also to other combustible 
 substances, spec, brimstone, sulphur. 
 Gen. 19, 24. Deut. 29, 22. Is. 30, 33. 34, 
 9. Job 18. 15. Syr. fiUj-aa and liJj^, 
 
 Arab. iOvx5' whence y^j-o to smear 
 
 with sulphur; Chald. Xn'^n&a, XD'^nSiia, 
 xn-^nssis, id. 
 
 "15 , f nna , plur. n'^'ia , Part, of r. -i^a I. 
 
 I, q. V. p. 185. 
 
 la m. (r. "iia I) a sojourner, stranger^ 
 a man living out of his own country, 
 Gen. 15, 13. Ex. 2, 22. 18, 3. 22, 20. al. 
 Often joined with the synon. 35)10 a 
 stranger (comp. Michaelis in Mos. Recht 
 
 II. 38) Gen. 23, 4 ; opp. n-iTX a native 
 Ex. 12, 19. With suff. T^naV iia, thy or 
 his sojourner, stranger, i. e. living in 
 thy or his land, (not ia thy house,) Ex. 
 20, 10. Deut. 5, 14. 24, 14. 31, 12. 
 
 "la lime, see l"'a . 
 
 "^a lion's whelp, see iia. 
 
 ^'i'^ (i. q. JTia a grain) Gera pr. n. 
 a) A son of Benjamin Gen. 46, 21. b) 
 Judg. 3. 15. c) 1 Chr. 8, 7. d) 8, 3. 5. 
 e) 2 Sara. 16, 5. 
 
nti 
 
 202 
 
 rrG 
 
 ^-x ol>sol. root, pr. to scratch, to 
 scrape, a signif. found also in several 
 other verbs beginning with "15, imitating 
 the sound of scratching, scraping ; see 
 nna , cna , -jna , sna . nna ; and transferred 
 also afterwards to the idea of roughness, 
 
 see fTia , bna . Arab. <w>yafc to be scab- 
 
 by, mangy, <*-Jy:^ the scab, mange, Syr. 
 Ji^i leprosy ; comp. Germ. Kriitze, 
 kratzan, Engl, with sibilant to scratch, 
 the scratches, scurf, scurvy. Hence S"na , 
 
 pr. n. ana . 
 
 3^^ m. scab, scurf, scurvy, perh. of a 
 malignant kind, Deut. 28, 27 ; concr. 
 scabbed, scurvy, 'Ley. 2\, 20. 22.22. Sept. 
 yjaQOL uygla, Vulg. scabies jugis. 
 
 2!?^ (scabby) Gareb, pr. n. a) One 
 of David's chief warriors. 2 Sam. 23, 38. 
 1 Chr. 11, 40. b) A hill near Jerusa- 
 lem, Jer. 31, 39. 
 
 '^5'1|, m. (r. "i-ns no. 5) plur. Di'ia'ia, 
 a berry, from its round and rolling 
 hrm, Is. 17, 6. In the Mishna id. 
 
 S i 
 
 Arab. ^y=s>.. 
 
 flil^na plur. f (r. n-na no. 3) the throat, 
 gullet, (comp. Lat. gurges. Germ. Gur- 
 gel, Engl, gargle.) i. q. 'jiia ; spoken 
 every where of the external throat, 
 neck, Prov. 1, 9. 3, 3. 22. 6, 21. A Sing. 
 ri"a"ia is read in the Mishna, Cholin 2. 4. 
 ib. 3. 3. 
 
 * '257^ obsol. quadril. Chald. SPittSa'ia 
 clay, loam, lump of earth, Syr. ll^*^^, 
 Arab. (j*fc&.*j^ black mud. Hence 
 
 *'^'^? (dwelling in clayey or loamy 
 Boil) a Girgashile, collect. Girgashites, 
 a Canaanitish tribe, whose residence is 
 not distinctly specified in the O. Test 
 Gen. 10, 16. 15, 21. Josh. 24, 11. Sept. 
 and Josephus Ant. 1. 6. 2 I'fQyKnuoc. 
 Euseb. in Onom. 8. v. r^qyttati affirms 
 that they dwelt beyond Jordan. 
 
 C^ in Kal not upod. Arab. Aram. 
 Tna to grate, to scrape, to scratch, 
 onomatopoetic ; comp. ann, D^n, ttJ^n, 
 
 and from the occidental languages, gra/- 
 
 tare, gratter, to grate, to scratch, kratzen. 
 Comp. in 3'ia . 
 
 HiTHPA. to scrape oneself, e. g. with a 
 shell or sherd to allay an itching. Job 2, 8. 
 
 '7't in Kal not used, pr. to be rough, 
 from the notion of grating, scraping, 
 comp. roots beginning with ia ; spec, of 
 roughness of the throat, i. q. "na no. 3 ; 
 whence "liia throat. Thence transferred 
 to harshness, moroseness, proneness to 
 anger, Arab. (^ j^ to give way to anger, 
 IV to provoke, e. g. a dog ; Aram. '^'15 , 
 >*i-^, wi-vx to uTitate. Comp. Germ. 
 kratzig, griesgrdmig, spoken of a morose 
 person. 
 
 PiEL. iT^S to e.Tcite, to stir up strife. 
 Prov. 15, 18 '|ilo rrir nrn t'^i^ a wrath- 
 ful man stirreth up strife. 28, 25. 29, 22. 
 
 HiTHPA. pr. to excite oneself, to be 
 stirred up to anger, strife, battle, etc. 
 Hence 
 
 1. to be irritated, angry. Prov. 28, 4 
 CS ii-isn'i nn-in ^-irii they who keep the 
 law are angry with them sc. the wicked. 
 Dan. 11, 10 init. 
 
 2. to contend with, to make war upon ; 
 c. 3, Deut. 2, 5. 19 C2 -isnn-'bs'i nor 
 contend with them. ; so with SrsHbTS added, 
 to contend with in battle, v. 9. 24. n"ijrri 
 nirr^n to contend with Jehovah, to wage 
 war against him. Jer. 50, 24. 2 K. 14, 10 
 nr'in Tijnn nab wherefore sho7ihlest 
 thou contend with calamity, q. d. excite 
 it to battle. Absol. Dan. 11. 10 nnspi 
 n"?r~i5 and shall wage war even to his 
 fortress, v. 25 n^nhrs^b ny^r.-; he shall 
 be stirred up to battle, i. e. shall rouse 
 himself to war. 
 
 Deriv. Tina, n^sm. 
 
 ^"v? f (r. nna no. 4) 1. niminalion ; 
 hence the cud, the food which ruminating 
 animals bring up and chew over again, 
 
 .^ . . , 
 
 Arab. 8v^. Of a ruminating animal 
 
 is said : Tns nbrn to bring up the cud, 
 i. q. to chew the cud. Lev. 11. 3 sq. Deut. 
 14, 6. 7 ; also nna -i-,a Lev. 11, 7. 
 
 2. a grain, berry, i. q. "la^s ; used as 
 the smallest weight and coin of the He- 
 brews, a gerah. equivalent to tiie twen- 
 tieth part of a shekel, Ex. 30, 13. Lev. 
 27. 25. Num. 3, 47. 18. 16. Sept. Vulg. 
 v/iolog, obolm. So called cither from a 
 
r: 
 
 203 
 
 iro 
 
 granule of lead (as Gr. o^^Xoq accord- 
 ing to Aristotle is from the figure of a 
 Bpit or needle, Chald. XSia a little stone, 
 obelus) ; or because in weighing small 
 things the Hebrews used grains or ker- 
 nels either of barley (comp. Engl. 
 barleycorn), or perhaps the seeds of 
 the carob tree, ceratonia sitiqria, like 
 the Greeks and Romans. But it must 
 be remembered, that the Mosaic gerah, 
 which is 13,0 Paris grains, is equal to 4 
 or 5 beans of the carob, and according to 
 the Rabbins to 16 grains of barley. Of 
 
 a like origin are Arab. kA:^ grain, ber- 
 
 ?' *" ' .1 
 
 ry, and 'Li^^y^ carob bean, Pers. ^SJIJ 
 
 (^Snvi'txr,) i. q. sjLj|>, xjto. all of which 
 refer also to eraaU weights. 
 
 11^5 m. (r. nna) constr. 'i'^i , che throat, 
 BO called as giving forth rough, harsh, 
 hoarse sounds ; see the root, also "^"^^ no. 3. 
 PiiS"^?, comp. Ps. 69, 4. Spoken of as the 
 instrument of speech, Ps. 115.7. 149,6. 5, 
 10 c:"ia niPD 'a;? their throat is an open 
 eepulchre, i. e. they utter smooth speech- 
 es, while like an open sepulchre they 
 meditate destruction. Is. 58, 1 IT^SS xnp 
 cryAcith the throat, i. e. with open throat, 
 aloud, with full voice coming from the 
 throat and breast ; while vice versa one 
 who speaks low uses only the lips and 
 tongue. 1 Sam. 1, 13. Of the external 
 throat, the neck; Is. 3, 16 "ilia nrs-o? 
 icith outstretched throat or neck, i. e. toss- 
 ing back the head. Ez. 16, 11. 
 
 ni'15 f. place of sojourning, habitation, 
 encampment, Jer. 41. 17. R. n^ia 1. 1. 
 
 '_^ in Kal not used, i. q. "iT3 q. v. 
 Arab. \js>- to cut, to cut off, to separate ; 
 
 also to devour, whence Samar. ^/Tl'^^ 
 locust. Comp. in 'Ta . 
 
 NiPH. i. q. i!a Niph. no. 2. Ps. 31, 23 
 
 tl-^rs nj:i3 TinSS I am ctit off from be- 
 fore thine eyes, excluded from thy sight 
 or presence ; comp. "itaj Ps. 88, 6. But 
 14 Mss. in Ps. 31 read also Tntss . 
 The derivatives follow. 
 
 "tna or ''7"15 (after the form "^na, 
 
 dwelling in a shorn or desert land, 
 
 So ^ 
 tomp. Arab. Vy^ sterile land.) Cnrzite 
 
 or Gerizite, pr. n. of a tribe in the vicinity 
 
 of the Philistines, attacked and stibdued 
 by David, 1 Sam. 27, 8 Chethibh. In 
 Keri ^"^n q. v. 
 
 D"'-T"\a, always O-'na in Mmtnt Ge- 
 rizim. one of the mountains of Ephraim, 
 situated over against Mount Ebal. Deut, 
 11, 29. 27, 12. Josh. 8, 33 ; and over She- 
 chem Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44 ; on which after 
 tha exile a temple was built by the Sa- 
 maritans as the seat of their national 
 worship; see Joseph. Ant. 11. 7. 2. ib. 
 11. 8. 2, 4, 6. On the reading of the 
 Samar. Codex Deut. 27, 4, see the au- 
 thor's Comment, de Pent. Sam. p. 61. 
 As to the etymology, c^^ia in seems to 
 be pr. Mount of the Gerizites. see ^13 ; 
 so called prob. from some colony or set- 
 tlement of that people which anciently 
 dwelt there ; just as the Amalekites their 
 neighbours also gave name to another 
 mountain in the same tribe, "'p^Tsyn "^n 
 Judg. 12, 15. Now called Jebel et-Titr, 
 overhanging Nftbulus ; see Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. III. p. 97 sq. 
 
 IT^? m- (r. ^1\) an a.re, for cutting or 
 chopping wood, Deut. 19, 5. 20, 19. Is. 
 10, 15 ; lor hewing stone, 1 K. 6, 7. Kin- 
 
 dred words are ,jSvJ) U)P-' C^^)j^' 
 -\w5, |*-?)y5, an axe. 
 
 ^.y obsol. root, softened from *lia , 
 (as bin from iin to burn,) pr. to be 
 rough, espec. of a rough, gravelly, gritty 
 soil, in which the foot partially sinks 
 
 s ^ 
 with a grating sound ; comp. Arab. Jy^ 
 
 a gravelly place, J>^ gravel, grit. 
 Hence Heb. bl-ia pr. a small stone, lapil- 
 lus, then lot, Gr. transp, Kytr/Pog, Lat. 
 
 GLaRea ; also Arab. Jv^ to be stony, 
 gravelly, Camoos p. 1412, derived from 
 
 9 
 
 the noun J>^ q. v. above. 
 Deri v. blia and 
 
 T 
 
 '"^3 rough, m.orose, stem, comp. Germ. 
 grollig, grillig, from the same stock. 
 Prov. 19, 19 Cheth. n":n-bn2 stem in 
 anger, i. e. rough, harsh, angry. All 
 the versions express the Keri non iia , 
 which however is too feeble. 
 
 ^y^ see bl-ia . 
 
tr:^ 
 
 204 
 
 roi 
 
 ^_? pr. to cut of or away, as Syr. 
 
 ^ - ^ 
 
 >ci.^, and Arab, (j^- Once in Kal, 
 
 c. dat. to cut off for any thing, i. q. to 
 reserve, to keep, to lay up. Zeph. 3. 3 
 "ipja^ ii^"^! t<b f^ey Zay up nothing for 
 the mo7Tuw ; Sept. well oix iuMnovjo, 
 Vulg. 7mn relinquebant ad mane. Comp. 
 \ baij Gen. 27, 36 ; also *ya. Koran 
 11.87. '^ 
 
 PiEL D"ia denom. from cna, to gnaw, 
 crush, craunch bones. Num. 24, 8 ^e 
 eAa/f devour the nations his enemies, 
 t'lS'j cri"'r,'ii2^?T and shall craunch their 
 hones. Hence trop. Ez. 23, 34 thou shall 
 drink and suck it out (the cup) tnt 
 'snSFi fiib'nn a7id thou shall craunch the 
 sherds thereof, i. e. hyperbol. thou shalt 
 lick it out clean, lest a single drop be 
 left therein. 
 
 C^l m. 1. a bone, i. q. ca>, but rarer 
 and only poetic, Prov. 17. 22. 25, 15. 
 Plur.Job40,18. Syr.Chald.>c^, jj^j^, 
 
 Hr-ia, Sam. "^^1^ id. Arab, f La^ the 
 
 body. The letters r and s being inter- 
 changed, kindred words are Chald. CCJ , 
 
 So 
 
 |Vm*^, and even DSS itself. 
 
 2. ^tlie body, as in Arabic. Gen. 49, 14 
 O'na "lien an ass of body, well-bodied, 
 i. e. strong, stout; Vulg. asinus fortis. 
 
 Go 
 
 So also Arab. ty^ body is used of a 
 beast of burden, e. g. (>* (j*v9 ^ horse 
 of body, large bodied, .j-s* jLjv a 
 strong ass. The same is expressed by 
 a special adj. |V^y^> 
 
 3. the very bone, substance, of any 
 thing, i. q. self, ipse, like Z'lV . 2 K. 9. 
 13 then torjk every man his garment and 
 spread them under him, (Jehu) C^j"!:*; 
 piVran 7q)on the steps themselves, the 
 very steps. 
 
 D'na Chald. a hone, Dan. 6, 25. 
 
 '^'^^ (bony) Garmi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 4, 19.' 
 
 ")J* obsol. root, Arab, /jr^ ^^ make 
 smooth, level, to wipe or streep off; kindr. 
 With C^a and other roots beginning with 
 . Hence 
 
 T}'^ m. (but fern. Jer. 51, 33) c. suff. 
 'S^a, He parag. njns Mic. 4, 12 ; Plur. 
 ri5-^: Joel 2, 24, constr. p-ir-is Hos. 9, 1 ; 
 a place made level, an area. Arab. 
 
 9c- 9 - 9-0 
 
 a) Of the area or open place around 
 the gates of cities, called also :hn. 1 K. 
 22, 10. 2 Chr. 18, 9. b) Mostly of the 
 area on which grain is trodden out or 
 threshed in the open field, a threshing- 
 fioor, Ruth 3, 2 sq. Judg. 6, 37. al. nssi^Pi 
 ("JJ the produce of the ihreshingfloor, 
 i.e. grain, Num. 18, 30. ns'ia id. Is. 21, 
 10 ''jn;",^ my son (grain) of the thresh- 
 ingffoor, i. e. my country, my people ! 
 now broken and trodden down, as grain 
 upon a threshing-floor; parall. "^nuilTS 
 my threshing. Comp. Mic. 4, 12. 13. 
 Meton. for the grain itsell^ Job 39, 12. 
 
 ^^^ pr. to break in pieces by scrap- 
 ing, grating, i-ubbing ; and genr, to 
 grate, to break in coarse pieces, to 
 crush ; comp. ~2'n . S3'^ . So Syr. ^r^^ 
 Arab, ^j^, comp. Heb. ons", whence 
 no'^nT grits, groats, Germ. Gries, Griltze. 
 In 6. T. once intrans. Ps. 119. 20 noia 
 ^^sr? 'Ce? my soul is broken, crvshed, 
 for longing. 
 
 HiPH. to break in pieces, to cj^f-sh. Lam. 
 3, 16 \:d y:jri3 Dn::;l he hath broken my 
 teeth with gravel-stoiies, trop. for a state 
 of calamity and wretchedness. See be- 
 low in \a7.a . 
 
 ^-'T fut. S'lS'i, pr. to scratch, to 
 scrape, like many verbs beginning with 
 15, see in a'na , "inj . Hence 
 
 1. to scrape off, to shave off the beard, 
 like Syr. '^.^j Jer. 48, 37 ; also Is. 15, 2 
 in some Mss. see under 5'ia . Corre- 
 sponding is Gr. xfi()(it, Germ, schceren, 
 Eng. to shear. Then 
 
 2. Genr. to take away, to detract, to 
 withhold; kindr. />Jpoc, and intrans. ca- 
 reo. Jer. 26, 2 "i^n ynan bx thou shalt 
 not withhold aught therefrom; with "T? 
 Job 36, 7. Often "; sn; is i. q. to take i 
 away (aught)yrcM any thing, the accus. 
 of the part taken away being omitted, 
 comp. opp. Sri'^Oin no. 2. Deut. 4, 2. 13, 
 1. Ex. 5, 8. 19. Ecc. 3, 14. Hence c. ace. 
 to diminish, pr. to take away or with- 
 
ra 
 
 205 
 
 hold from. Ex. 21, 10. Ez. 16, 27. Job 15, 
 
 4 Vx '':b^ nn"^b ^isni ami withholdcst 
 praijer (inlonition) hrforeGod. With bj< 
 to take to or for oneself, i. e. to reserve, to 
 keep, tn lay up for oneself, comp. D'la . 
 Job 15. 8 hast thou listened in the council 
 ofJehorah, nrsn T^-'bx V^rA and dost 
 thou reserve all wisdom to thyself? Simi- 
 lar is the Arabic usage, in which Cy^ 
 is to absorb, to drink in. '^ 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal no. 2, to take to oneself 
 to attract : Job 36, 27 caBa: ;ir 'S 
 trhen (God) altracteth, draweth upwards, 
 the drops of water. 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be 
 taken away, withheld; construed so that 
 the thing to be taken away is either ex- 
 pressly mentioned, Num. 27, 4. 36, 3 ; or 
 else it is implied, *|T3 5^35 it (something) 
 is taken away from a thing, i. q. to be 
 diminished. Num. 36, 3 fin. Ex. 5, 11. 
 Lev. 27. 18. Hence 
 
 2, to be put back, to be made less of 
 Num. 9. 7. 
 
 Deriv. n'ir'na'a . 
 
 H_^' 1. to snatch or hurry away, to 
 drag off, to pluck off; comp. Engl, to 
 g^rab, to gripe. There is something 
 onomatopoetic in this root, both in the 
 letters 15, which include the notion of 
 scraping, grating, see under r. 2-i5 ; and 
 also in the syllable S)"!, comp. Lat. rape- 
 re, Germ, raffen. Arab. 0*.. to scrape 
 away, to clear off. e. g.mire with a shovel ; 
 Conj. II, to carry off, to wear away, as a 
 
 stream a part 01 its bank ; Ov:^ > >^>-^ > 
 a shore eaten away by a stream. Ethiop, 
 iZ^'^i a drag-net, which sweeps all be- 
 fore it. Chald. and Talmud, to sweep ; 
 ^y- >^r^of water sweeping away what- 
 ever it meets. Once in O. T. Judg. 5. 21 
 OE'ia V^"'?; '^3 the river Kishon swept 
 them airay ; Sept. iUavqtv, Vu!g. traxit 
 cadavera earum. 
 
 2. to grasp, to gripe, whence Cliias* 
 the fist. See also '"'E'^.573 . 
 
 L^' an onomatopoetic root, express- 
 ing the idea of grating, scraping, drag- 
 ging, satcing, and other similar rough 
 and harsh sounds, such as are produced 
 in the throat ; comp. Gr. vttiQoi, auQou), 
 ^tvqta, Lat sario, sarrio, serro, verro, gar- 
 
 18 
 
 
 rio, Germ, zerren, scharren^ scMren, 
 sclietiern, kehren, Eng. to grate, to scrape^ 
 to scour, to drag, to saw ; comp. also ^ax 
 no. 1, -T5 . Spec. 
 
 1. to drag or sweep away, Ilab. 1, 15. 
 Prov. 21, 7. See Hithpo. Syr. and 
 Arab. id. 
 
 2. to saw, to cut with a saw ; whence 
 iT^Sia a saw. See Poal. In Syr. and 
 Arab, this signif. belongs to the kindred 
 form 133 . 
 
 3. Lat. gargarizare, to gargle, to gur- 
 gle, to give forth harsh or gurgling sounds 
 
 from the throat. Comp. Arab, ^ys^, 
 
 -C^, which denote various guttural or 
 
 gurgling sounds as made either by a 
 liquid or by the voice ; also Germ, schlur- 
 fen. schnarren, schnarchen. gurgeln, Gr. 
 yaoyi*(ji"C*", Fr. gargariser, Eng. to gur- 
 gle, to guggle, to gulp. Hence ni^a'ia ; 
 comp. "pia throat. 
 
 4. to ruminate, to chew the cud ; pr. to 
 bring up again through the gullet, sc. the 
 food in order to chew it over ; which is 
 usually attended with a gurgling noise. 
 So fut. la-; Lev. 11, 7. Arab, la^ W 
 and VIII ; Syr. ^^a-^-^f. This form -1x7- 
 may be either in Kal by Chaldaism, or 
 in Niphal; as also the Syriac and Ara- 
 bic languages express this idea by pas- 
 sive or reflexive forms, pr. to ruminate- 
 with oneself. 
 
 5. Sometimes this verb remits some- 
 thing of its roughness of signification, 
 and expresses the softer sound to roll, 
 which elsewhere pertains to the kindr. 
 Vsa. So Ethiop. Ki1Q.1l, to roll one- 
 self Syr. ]2i..^j^ i. q. ] ^ . N^\ ^ a cha^ 
 riot, and in O. T. "iJ^a for ^jba a berry, 
 which latter form is read in the Talmud. 
 Comp. I'^S, i?"^?, and Lat. currere. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be dragged or scraped 
 together, collected, spoken of wealth, 
 riches ; comp. kmdr. "last, which also ia 
 used of wealth scraped together and 
 collected trom every quarter. Sodoubt- 
 less Part. plur. m'laa after the Chaldee ' 
 form Job 20, 28, i. e. gathered riches, i. q. 
 bin"^ in the other hemistich. The whole 
 verse may then be rendered : The in- 
 crease of his house shall depart, his 
 riches shall depart in the day of his anger. 
 
in: 
 
 206 
 
 nD: 
 
 2. to ruminate, see in Kal no. 4. 
 
 PoAL to be sawed, to be cut with a 
 saw 1 K. 7, 9. Comp. Kal no. 2. 
 
 HiTHPO. i. q. Kal no. 1, spoken of a 
 whirlwind sweeping all before it, Jer. 
 30, 23. 
 
 Deriv. frii , ni-'S'^J, n-jTS , -i-^-isd q. v. 
 
 "("^S (according to Simonis, a sojourn, 
 lodging-place, from r. "ii5 i. q. TiS , comp. 
 Gen. 20, 1 ; perh. also Avater-pots, Arab. 
 
 '*.&.) Gerar, pr. n. of a city, anciently 
 
 the residence of a Philistine king, and 
 in the time of the patriarchs subject to 
 king Abimelech, Gen. 20, 1. 26, 1. bn: 
 "ina valley of Gerar Gen. 26, 17. 
 
 ^-^ i. q. 0*15 q. v. Hence 
 
 ''^^ c. sufT. ''w"ia , something crushed, 
 broken, pounded. Lev. 2, 14. 16. 
 
 ^-^ pr. to drive, to thrust, to carry 
 off or away, as in Chald. Spec. 
 
 1. to drive or cast out, to expel, as a 
 people from a land, Ex. 34. 11 ; but this 
 eignif is more usual in Piel. Spoken of 
 inanimate things. Is. 57, 20 the wicked 
 are like the troubled sea when it cannot 
 rest, '^"^'^1 rsi. v^'Ta to-ij';;! whose wa- 
 ters cast up mire and dirt, mud. Also 
 to put away a wife, to divorce; Part, 
 pass. nii"^"i5 one put away, divorced, Lev. 
 21, 7. 14. 22, 13. Num. 30, 10. Ez. 44, 22. 
 
 2. to plunder, to pillage, to spoil, Ez. 
 36, 5 i=b .-nttJ-iSTa "?i:b to spoil it (the 
 land) as a prey, booty ; here 'iJ'^i^ is 
 infin. after the Aramaean form. 
 
 3. to drive out, i. e. to put forth fruit, 
 Bee ttJ"?.?. 
 
 4. to dnve to pasture, e. g. cattle, see 
 
 Piel C"]! to drive or ca^it out, to expel, 
 with ace. of pers. Gen. 3, 24. 4, 14. 21, 
 10 ; also '"0 of place whence, Ex. 11, 1. 
 Judg. 11, 7. 't ''pB-o ir-ia to drive out 
 from, before any one, so as to make room 
 for any one, e. g. God the Canaanites 
 before Israel, Ex. 23, 29. 31. Judg. 2, 3. 
 
 PiTAL ):! pass, of Piel, Ex. 12, 39. 
 
 Ni PH. 1. to be driven or cast out, Jon. 
 2,5. 
 
 2. to be carried off, swept away, by the 
 violence of waters. Am. 8, 8 Mf??i^i naj-nw 
 O'^'^Sia l'is<''S it shall be incept away and 
 drovmed as with the flood of Egypt. 
 
 3. to be driven, agitated, tossed, ^. g, 
 the sea. Is. 57, 20 an:? z^ the tossed sea, 
 troubled. 
 
 Deriv. 0'^5'2 and those here following. 
 
 T^'^S m. pr. what is put forth, protrud- 
 ed ; henc6^o(/?<ce, product. Deut. 33, 14 
 CT}"!"] uJ";i the produce, products of the 
 months, that which each month produces 
 from the earth. Comp. r. ttJns no. 3. 
 
 mS'13 f; a driving out, expidsion ; spec, 
 of a person from his possessions, extor- 
 tion, exaction, Ez. 45, 9. R. tlins . 
 
 plDn^ (expulsion) pr. n. Gershon, a 
 son of Levi and the founder of the Leri- 
 tical family of the Gershonites Gen. 46, 
 
 II. Ex. 6, 16. Num. 3, 17 sq. Once Cic-ia 
 q. V. lett. b. Hence patronym. ''I'^IS, a 
 Gershanite, and co\\ect.Gershon,tes,Kam. 
 3, 23. 26, 57. 
 
 DTS'13 (expulsion i. q. "'ittS'ia) pr, n. 
 Gershom. a) A son of Moses and Zip- 
 porah, Ex. 2, 22. 18, 3. In the first of 
 these passages there is an allusion to 
 the etymology of the name, as if it were 
 for cib 13 i. q. do "la a sojourner there 
 
 (comp. *j'i-q. ct^); and hence the LXX, 
 in order the more clearly to express this 
 etymology, write it rijQauft. b) A son of 
 Levi, 1 Chr. 6, 1 ; elsewhere called "(ioia 
 q. V. c) Judg. 18, 30. d) Ezra 8, 2. ' 
 
 i-iiDil (a bridge, Arab. ^m*^, Syr. 
 
 )i A* ,. ) pr. n. Geghur, a district o'l Syria 
 subject to king Tolmai, whose daughter 
 David married, 2 Sam. 3, 3. 13, 37. 15, 8. 
 From 1 Chr. 2, 23, we may gather that 
 GeshuT is to be sought in the neigh- 
 bourhood of Gilead, and that its inha- 
 bitants are not to be distinguished from 
 the n"<n!HDa ; see the next article. 
 
 ''"^WS Geshurite, a gentile name 
 a) Of a people dwelling at the foot of 
 Mount Hermon, near Maachah, on the 
 north of Bashan and Argob ; included 
 indeed within the boundaries of the Holy 
 Land, but not subject to the Hebrews 
 Deut. 3, 14. Josh. 12, 5. 13, 13. 1 Chr. 2. 
 23 ; comp. "isittSs . [Perh. near the pre- 
 sent bridge in that quarter over the Jcm^ 
 dan, called Jisr llenAt Ya^k6b ; see 
 Burckh. Syr. p. 315. Bib!. Res. in Palest. 
 
 III. p. 301. R. b) Of a people ia the 
 
d'>3i 
 
 207 
 
 r 
 
 neighbourhood of the Philistines, Josh. 
 13, 2. 1 Sam. 27, 8. 
 
 * D35 in Kal not used, to rain, espec. 
 with violence, to pour. 
 
 Pdal Ez. 22, 24 ; see in OOa. 
 
 Hi PH. to cause to rain, Jer. 14, 22. 
 Hence the two following : 
 
 UIDi m. plur. O^ooia , constr. ''Otia . 
 
 1. rain, i. e. violent rain, heavy shower, 
 dift". from "^'O, which denotes rain in 
 general. Hence D'Sa "la^ nhower of rain 
 Zech. 10, 1 ; also -i-jt3 era Job 37, 6. The 
 same is apparent from the epithets, as 
 b'ha CO J 1 K. 18, 45, rfJioS 'a Ez. 13, 11. 
 13.' 
 
 2. Geshem, pr. n. m. Neh. 2, 19. 6, 1. 2 ; 
 written also noa Gashmu Neh. 6, 6. 
 
 DOa c. sufF. ncaJa Ez. 22, 24, rain. 
 But it is better to write without Mappik, 
 n:3ra for n;a Pual of ctlia , is rained 
 ffpoK, Vulg. compluta est. R. Da. 
 
 oca Chald. c. suff. nottba, Tinai^a, 
 ^^ body, Dan. 4, 30. 5, 21. Syr. ioL*.^, 
 
 ii>fl.*Q-^. Arab. ^ J^ ^ and ^l.^ ^~^ id. 
 See in ona . 
 
 TOTDS Gashmu, pr. n. see in Dl^a no. 2. 
 
 "JTCa pr. n. Goshen. 1. A region of 
 Egypt where the Hebrews dwelt from 
 the time of Jacob until Moses, i.e. during 
 four hundred and thirty years, Gen. 45, 
 10. 46, 28. 34. 47, 27. 50, 8. Ex. 9, 26. 
 As the name of this region is mentioned 
 by none of the Greek geographers, in- 
 terpreters and modern geographers have 
 differed widely in respect to its site. 
 But it seems well ascertained, that Gro- 
 ehen was the name given to that part of 
 Lower Egypt lying east of the Pelusian 
 branch of the Nile, between Heiiopolis 
 and the extremity of the Sinus Heroupo- 
 litanus or Gulf of Suez. This opinion 
 is supported: a) By several passages 
 of the O. Test, which indicate the same 
 not obscurely ; e. g. Gen. 46, 29. Ex. 13, 
 17. 1 Chr. 7, 21. b) By the authority 
 of the LXX, who render '|CS3 by rHjifi 
 ^AQn^Laq Gen. 45, 10, and 'Hqowiv nolig 
 iv Yfi 'Pufisaajj 46, 28. Other opinions 
 are reviewed in Thesaur. p. 307. See 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest, p. 76 sq. 
 
 2. A city with the neighbouring dis- 
 
 trict in the mountains of Judah Josh. 10, 
 41. 11, 16. 15, 51. 
 
 ^I'i^ obsol. root, Syr. > t>a ^ to 
 stroke, to caress, tojlalter. Hence 
 
 SBTD3 (caress, flattery) Gishpa, pr. n. 
 m. Neil. 11, 21. 
 
 ^?5 obsol. root, Arab. r***c^ to 
 bridge, to build a bridge, pr. to join, 
 comp. ~td;3 ; also to be bold, daring ; 
 since the building of a bridge, espec. in 
 war or over a rapid stream, requires 
 boldness and energy. Syr. i-*^ "^- 
 Hence n^ltJa. 
 
 ^'^3, only in Piel, to feel, i. e. to 
 seek by feeling, to grope for, c. ace. Is. 
 
 59, 10. Arab, fj**^ , Aram, wjl-^ and 
 i-AiM id. but mostly trop. to examine, to 
 explore. Kindr. is tt5c;3. 
 
 f^ f. (contr. from P3a , after the form 
 P53, PS; for Viip^, r. '"(a^) plur. PTTia. 
 
 1 . apre.is, wine-press, or rather trougli, 
 vat. in which the grapes were trodden 
 with the feet, and from which the juice 
 flowed off into a lower vat placed near, 
 rjr"!, vnolr,viov. Joel 4, 13. Pa "^"n to 
 tread the wine-press Neh. 13, 15. Lam. 
 
 1, 15. 
 
 2. Gath, pr. n. of one of the chief cities 
 of the Philistines, the birth-place of Goli- 
 ath. Josh. 13. 2. 1 Sam. 6, 17. 21, 11. 1 K. 
 
 2, 39. 40. Hence patronym. "ina GittHe. 
 
 3. "sn na (wine-press of the well) 
 Gath-hepher, a cityof Zebulun. with He 
 loc. nan nna Josh. 19, 13; the birth- 
 I>lace of the prophet Jonah, 2 K. 14. 25. 
 
 4. '"iB"! r.a (press of the pomegranate) 
 Gath-rimmon, a city of the tribe of Dan, 
 Josh. 19, 45. 
 
 ''na Gittite, gentile n. from Pa no. 2, 
 2 Sam. 6, 10. 11. 15, 18. For PTia see 
 in its place. 
 
 '^^P^a (two wine-presses) Gittaim, pr. 
 n. of a city in Benjamin, Neh. 11, 33. 
 
 IT^Pa . a stringed instrument of music, 
 Ps. 8. 1. 81, 1. 84, 1. So called from Pa, 
 P3a for P;?? (r. "(ij) ' music of stringed 
 instruments ;' hence similar to, if not 
 identical with n:"i: q. v. See Redslob 
 
"in:s 
 
 208 
 
 an 
 
 de voc. n'^na , Lips. 1831. 8. The usual | 'IW Qen. 10, 23, Gether, pr. n. of an 
 derivation from na a city or wine-press ! Aramaean region, otherwise wholly un- 
 is less probable. 1 known. 
 
 Daleth, nb'n , the fourth letter of the 
 Hebrew alphabet ; as a numeral denot- 
 ing 4. The name signifies a door, and 
 the most ancient form of the letter (//) 
 obviously imitated the triangular door 
 of a tent. 
 
 In sound Daleth is kindred : a) To the 
 harder dentals, as 13 , n , with which it is 
 often interchanged; see 22'n, 233, Cisa; 
 ^na, bna, JkjCj; p'ia,pr!3. Rarely it 
 passes over also into "b , see Itx , and 
 lett. h no. 2. b) To the sibilant t , see 
 below under lett. t . 
 
 fi^T Chald. i. q. Heb. fiT and rxt , this, 
 fem. and neut. hcBC, hoc ; elsewhere 7('n , 
 rtJ'n , Dan. 4, 27. 5, 5 X^l? xn this upon 
 that, together. In the Targg. written 
 with n demonstrat. K'ln, X'jn ; Syr. fjai. 
 
 -^fi^T to melt away; hence to pine 
 away, to languish. This signif of melt- 
 ing or pining away is widely extended 
 in the kindred verbs, as a'lX , xan , a>i'n . 
 
 riVj, Syr. wsoj, Arab. 016. LjI j ; 
 and is variously transferred, both to the 
 languor of sickness and old age, and to 
 the weakness of terror. Spoken of the 
 eye as pining away for grief Ps. 88, 10. 
 see ttJirr, nba; of the spirit, tt:B3, Jer. 
 31, 25 ; of a'person Jer. 31, 12. 
 Deriv. the two following : 
 
 ^^"^ f terror, dread, from the idea 
 of melting away, becoming weak, comp. 
 eOB Niph. Job. 41, 14, 22. 
 
 'jinX'1 m. (r. axn) constr. "iiSH?, a 
 pining, languor, faintness of spirit, 11563 , 
 Deut. 28, 65. Comp. Jer. 31, 25. 
 
 SiJ'n i. q. a'l, a fish, Neh. 13, 16. Since 
 Kamete in this word (signifying a 
 fish, and not a fisherman) is pure, as 
 coming from Ma"! , the letter K which the 
 Maaora notes as being omitted in very 
 
 many Mss. is here a mater lectionis re- 
 dundans, as in n''3xb 2 Sam. 11, 1. 
 
 **? V fut. ax"!"^ , to be anxious, tofeary 
 to be afraid, not found in the kindred 
 dialects. Absol. Jer. 17, S; c. ace. Jer. 
 38, 19. Is. 57, 11 ; ',13 Jer. 42, iq. Also 
 with b of pers. for whom one fears 
 1 Sam. 9, 5. 10, 2 ; and ')^ of that from 
 or on account of which one fears, Ps. 
 38, 19. 
 
 Deriv. the two following : 
 
 ^^"^ (fearful) Doeg, pr. n.of an Edom- 
 ite, the chief of Saul's herdsmen, 1 Sam. 
 21, 8. 22, 9. Ps. 52. 2. In Chethibh 
 1 Sam. 22, 18. 22, it is written ayi'n, after 
 the Syrian pronunciation. 
 
 ~?^'7 ^ i- q- '^SX'n , fear, dread, anx- 
 iety, Ez. 4, 16. i2Vl8. 19. Prov. 12, 25. 
 Ascribed also to the sea as agitated, Jer. 
 49, 23. R. ax^ . 
 
 '^V ^u^- '^'^l'?? apoc. and conv. 
 Nn*!! Ps. 18, 11, tojiy, to dart Sanscr. dt 
 id. Spoken of the rapid flight of birds 
 of prey, Deut. 28, 49. Jer. 48, 40. 49, 22. 
 Trop. of the Deity, Ps. 18, 11 "b? S<'i1 
 nnn 'BJB a7id did Jly upon the icings of 
 the wind.~For 2 K. 17, 21, see rrnj I. 
 Deriv. n*'n and 
 
 ^ij'7 f only Lev. 11, 14, a species of 
 ravenous bird, having a rapid flight, 
 Sept. yH'' Vulg. milvus. Comp. Bochart 
 Hieroz. II. p. 191. In the parail. passage 
 Deut. 14, 13 is read nx"^, by an error of 
 the copyists. 
 
 bxn 
 
 nbxn'i , 
 
 'Ifi^'l see "nn no. 3. 
 
 31 and STl masc. cpicosn. (r. 33^) a 
 bear, so called from its slow gait ; 1 Sam. 
 17, 34. 36. 37. 2 Sam. 17. 8. Prov. 17, 12. 
 Hos. 13. 8 bsST^ 3^ a bear fw reared of 
 hei- whelps. Plur. D^M bears, she- bears, 
 
SI 
 
 209 
 
 bm 
 
 2 , 
 2 K. 2, 24. Arab. i^J , iu J , bear, she- 
 bear. 
 
 a^ Chald. id. Dan. 7, 5. 
 
 ^?V ** TO*'* "ot in use, i. q. Arab. 
 Uj to rest, to be quiet, kindr. with r. 
 ait^ q. V. A vestige of this root appears 
 in the pr. n. 8<3"'^? Medeba, i. e. waters 
 of quiet. Hence 
 
 i^S'T m. rest, quiet, i. e. a condition 
 of rest; once Deut. 33, 25 TjxaT T^.1^, 
 as thy (lays, so shall thy rest be, i. e. as 
 long as thy life endures, so long shall 
 thy condition of rest continue, i. e. thy 
 prosperity. Vulg. seiiectus tua ; but old 
 age cannot well be put in antithesis 
 with life. 
 
 -^"Tri Arab. (jk> 1. pr. fo go soft- 
 ly and slowly, to creep along, an ono- 
 matopoetic root like Germ, tappen, Fr. 
 tapper, comp. Engl, to tap, to step. 
 Similar is "Ba . spoken of a light and 
 quick gait, which we express by the 
 verb to trip, Germ. dim. trippeln; comp. 
 also 2r3 whence ^T^J, Gr. <nfi^m. In 
 the signif. oi treading the Semitic lan- 
 guages have by transp. pat, see under 
 r. D^ia. Hence 3^ a bear. 
 
 2. to creep about, as a slanderer, tale- 
 bearer ; then i. q. to slander, to dispar- 
 age, whence na^ ; comp. ^5'^ and 7|bri 
 
 ^''^?- 
 
 3. Of liquids, to jioxo softly, e. g. wine 
 Cant. 7, 10 ; for which passage see in 
 art. ycJ'^ adj. 
 
 rQ'^ f. (r. 22^ no. 2 ) slander, evil re- 
 port, e. g. nan Sf'Sin to bring out an evil 
 report, to spread a slander. Num. 14, 36. 
 Prov. 10, 18. The genitive which fol- 
 lows is either active, i. e. of the slander- 
 er, as Ps. 31, 14 B"'2'] ran "^nsiQ'r ^s for 
 I hear the slander of many. Jer. 20, 10; 
 or also passive, i. e. of the person slan- 
 dered, as Num. 13, 32. 14, 37. Gen. 37, 
 2. Prov. 25, 10 aicn xb T;ria"ii and let 
 thine infamy (ill report) turn not away, 
 
 s > - 
 i. e. not depart from thee. Arab, <_}j> 
 
 a secret detractor, one who spreads slan- 
 ders. Syr. )^a4 report, rumor, and .^f 
 to spread a report. Chald. naa re- 
 proach, contumely. 
 
 18* 
 
 nnin-l n (r. nr^ no. 2 ) l.abee, Is. 7, 
 
 18; plur. D^nh-rj Judg. 14, 18. Ps. 118, 
 
 r' . 
 Zio^j a bee, wasp. Arab. 
 
 9 
 
 -jj collect, a swarm of bees, wasps, 
 
 comp. Lat. e.vamen, qs. exagimen, ab 
 
 exagendo; like agmen, qs. agimen, ab 
 
 agendo ; comp. r. "a^ no. 2. But in 
 
 Heb. this word is a noun of unity from 
 
 s 
 an obsol. form "iia^ i. q, -Jt>. 
 
 2. Deborah, pr. n. f. a) A prophet- 
 ess, Judg. 4, 4. 5. 5, 1. b) Rebecca's 
 nurse. Gen. 35, 8. 
 
 ''^7 Chald, to sacrifice, to offer 
 sacrifice, i. q. Heb. nat . Ezra 6, 3. 
 Hence nan? altar, and 
 
 nn^l Chald. plur. "pna-^ , a sacrifice, 
 Ezra 6, 3. 
 
 D'^pi-'nT m. plur. 2 K. 6, 25 Keri, 
 doves' dung, a softer expression for "'"in 
 D"^:!^, which stands in Chethibh ; pr. 
 the flowing, flux of doves, from the verb 
 xan , na'n , i. q, axn , a^i-n , to flow. Comp. 
 ^iVfta yuaigoc, diuq^oiu, flux, diarrhoea. 
 
 "^"^y^ m. (r. na'n no. 3 ) 1. the inner 
 sanctuary, adytum, of the Mosaic taber- 
 nacle and of Solomon's temple, also 
 called n-'On;?. ainp holy of holies, 1 K. 6, 
 5, 19-22, S' 6, 8.' 2 Chr. 3, 16. 4, 20, 5, 7. 
 9, Aquil, Symm. xQiifi(XTi(TTi]Qiov, Vulg. 
 oraculum, from na'n to speak ; but more 
 prob. it is pr. pars poslica, the hinder 
 part, i. e. the western side ; see in ninx 
 no. 2. See Iken, in Dissert, philol. theol. 
 P. I. p. 214. 
 
 2. Debir, pr. n. a) A royal city o( 
 the Canaanites Josh. 12, 13 ; afterwards 
 within the limits of Judah, lying on the 
 mountains not far from Hebron, Josh. 
 11, 21. 15, 49; and assigned to the 
 priests 21, 14. Called also ">B0 n;i-ip q. v. 
 
 b) A town of the Gadites, Josh. 13, 26. 
 
 c) A king of the Eglonites, Josh. 10, 3. 
 
 M~:' Chald. obsol. root, prob. i. q. 
 pan (o cleave, to adliere ; trans, to join 
 together; see T^an:. 
 
 ^5v ^0 press together, espec. into a 
 round mass ; kindr. baT . Hence Arab. 
 
 JUJ , x-oj ball of dung (comp. bba), 
 
bin 
 
 210 
 
 nan 
 
 buccella rotunda. Hence 
 
 Tby^ f. constr. rb^n, plur. C'^r.'ri , 
 round cakes of dried figs pressed toge- 
 ther into a mass. 1 Sam. 25, 18. 1 Chr. 
 12, 40 ; with c-'rxn added 2 K. 20, 7. 
 Gr. nalu&i], from Aram, xnlsr'n. l^^i^s?, 
 dropping the Daleth. See Celsii Hie- 
 robot. T. II. p. 377-79. 
 
 Toy^ Ez. 6, 14. doubtless a corruption 
 of the text for nbzn Riblah, a city in 
 the northern part of Palestine, q. v. 
 
 D^b2~ (double-cake?) Diblaim, -pr.n. 
 of the father-in-law of Hosea. Hos. 1, 3. 
 
 D'l'lj-'lll'l (twin cakes, prob. so called 
 from the shape of the city) Diblaihaiyn 
 Num. 33, 46, and CirbrTi r.'^a Jer. 48, 
 22, pr. n. of a city of Moab. Jerome in 
 Onomast. sub v. Jassa: " et usque hodie 
 ostenditur inter Medabam et Deblatai.'''' 
 
 * p^M and 'py^, fut. pa'T^, inf nf?;'n . 
 
 1. to cleave^ to adhere, spec, with firm- 
 ness as with glue, to be glued, to stick 
 
 fast. Arab. (5j5, Syr. wo-c?, id. Con- 
 strued c. S Job 19, 20, bx Jer. 13, 11, b 
 Ps. 102, 6.' Lam. 4. 4 "bs psi'^ )ith p'^i 
 isn the tongue of the suckling cleaveth to 
 his palate, for thirst, dryness. Ps. 22, 16. 
 The same expression is also used of one 
 who is silent from reverence and awe, 
 .Job 29, 10. Ps. 137, 6; comp. Hiph. Ez. 
 -3, 26. Also Deut. 13, 18 let nothing 
 cleave to your hands, i. e. take nothing 
 covertly. Job 31, 7. Trop. to cleave to 
 a person, i. e. to follow, to adhere to him, 
 Ruth 2, 8. 21 ; c. 3 v. 23. Hence to be 
 attached or devoted to any one, to hang 
 upon, to love him, Gr. xoklua&ai, jivl, 
 ,e. g. a wife, a king, God, with 3 and h 
 Deut. 10. 20. 11, 22. 2 Sam. 20, 2. 1 K. 
 11, 2. Josh. 23, 12. Gen. 2, 24. 34. 3; 
 with "^nnx . Ps. 63, 9 ^"?.'^^ ''^^z "i^"!5 
 my sold cleaveth unto thee, is wholly 
 devoted unto thee. 
 
 2. to attach oneself to any thing, i. e. 
 to come upon, to overtake, to befall, with 
 ace. or 3 or ')n Gen. 19, 19. Deut. 28, 
 60. Jer. '42, 16 Da-'nns pB'i'^ caJ there 
 ^{famine) shall overtake you, befall you. 
 
 Comp. Hiph. no. 3. Synon. Avith a"^\en 
 no. 1, see in 3b3 . 
 
 PuAL pass, to be glued together, to 
 cleave fast together, to cleave, Job 38, 38. 
 41, 9. 
 
 Hiph. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
 cause to cleave, to make adhere, Ez. 3, 
 26. 29, 4. Jer. 13, 11. 
 
 2. to follow close, to pursue, with ace. 
 Judg. 18, 22. 2 Sam. 1, 6; with "'^nx, 
 Judg. 20, 45 1'^'^nx ip'^s']?] a^id they 
 pursued hard after him. 1 Sam. 14, 22. 
 31,2. 
 
 3. to overtake, comp. Kal no. 2. Gen. 
 31, 23. Judg. 20, 42. Also causat. to let 
 overtake, to cause to come upon, Deut. 
 28, 21. 
 
 HoPH. to be made to adhere, i. e. to 
 cleave fast, Ps. 22, 16. 
 
 The derivatives all follow. 
 
 py^ Chald. id. Dan. 2, 43. 
 
 I^S"! verbal adj. cleaving, adhering, 
 2 K. 3, 3. Prov. 18, 24. 
 
 p?"^ m. I. a soldering, welding of 
 metals, Is. 41, 7. 
 
 2. Plur. C^p:^ 1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr. 18, 
 33, prob. joints of a coat of mail ; so 
 Chald. Others understand armpits, 
 comp. Chald. -'J'? "^p^n^D Jer. 38, 12 Targ. 
 
 T mostly to speak ; a root of va- 
 rious significations, some of which in 
 Heb. are found only in derivatives, al- 
 though in the kindred languages they 
 still appear in the verb itself E. g. 
 
 1. to set in a row, to range in order ; 
 comp. TC_v . Hence 
 
 2. to lead, to guide, to drive, spec, 
 flocks and herds to pasture, see "'3^. 
 T^"'^, '2'i'2 ; also to govern, to rule a 
 people, Chald. and Syr. ^3'n , i-b>, to lead, 
 
 to rule, Arab. o<5 ; further, to reduce 
 to order, to subdue, see Hiph. and comp. 
 
 5 o 
 
 Arab. -3v> swarm of bees, e.ramen, q. d. 
 
 flock or herd of bees, also rini':*| a bee, 
 q. V. Hence as a shepherd who guides 
 or dri res his flock i\\so follows it, there 
 arises also the sense : 
 
 3. to follow, to be behind, like Arab. 
 
 -jfc>, whence yjt> the hinder part, -jfO 
 
131 
 
 211 
 
 in 
 
 hindmost, last ; Heb. V3^ inner sanctu- 
 ary of the temple. Hence also 
 
 4. to apjrroachfrom behind, i. e. to way- 
 lay, to plot against, to destroy, comp. 3pS . 
 
 Hence "i3^ > /-?*^ > destruction, death, pes- 
 tilence. 
 
 6. From the primary idea of ranging 
 in order, connecting, comes also the 
 roost freq. significution of this verb, to 
 speak, pr. to set in order words ; comp. 
 sertno and dissero a serendo, and Gr. 
 tl'ifu to connect and to speak. In Kal 
 found in Part. act. na'i Ex. 6, 29. Num. 
 32, 27. 36, 5. Ps. 5. 7. 15, 2. 28, 3. al. Part, 
 pass. 13^ Prov. 25. 11. Inf c. sufT. Tjl^'n 
 Ps. 51, 6. Far more freq. is 
 
 PiEL la'n at the end of a clause, else- 
 where lan ; fut. lan-j . 
 
 1 . to speak, diff. from Tax to say (q. v. 
 no. 1), as also Germ, reden and sagen, 
 Gr. laXilv and Uynv, Lat. loqui and di- 
 cere, Aram. hk'O and iBX . Construed : 
 a) Absol.e.g. Job 11,5 is-i nibx "ni-'Ta 
 Oh that God would speak. 33, 2. Num. 
 12, 2. Ez. 3. 18. al. Sometimes emphat. 
 i. q. to speak well, eloquently. Ex. 4. 14 
 K!in nan^ naT ^a 'psn; . Jer. 1, 6. Often 
 with "i^x added, see examples under 
 1-2X no. \. b) With the ace. of that 
 which one speaks, utters, as PIS "ia"n , 
 aja , KltD , -'pffl , to speak or utter justice, 
 deceit, falsehood, etc. Ps. 101, 7. Is. 45, 
 19. 59. 3. Dan. 11, 27. "la^ na'n to talk 
 a talking, i. e. much and idly. Is. 58, 13. 
 Cna'n la'n to speak words, i. q. Lat. 
 verba dedil, Hos. 10, 3. Ex. 6, 29 "bx na-^ 
 i^ilsx nan 'Ji); "iiijx-sa rx nrns spmA: 
 <Ao M;jto Pharaoh all that I speak unto 
 thee. 24, 7 niss nin-) nanidx ba a/Z 
 i^< Jehovah hath spoken will we do. 
 Jer. 1. 17. Dan. 10, 11. Jon. 3, 2. c) 
 Rarely, it is immediately followed by 
 the words spoken, and ~txb is to be 
 mentally supplied. Gen. 41, 17. Ex. 32. 7 
 -r)b n-i-a-bx nin-^^ -^an^i and Jehovah 
 spake unto Moses, Go, etc. 1 K. 21, 5. 
 2 K. 1, 7. 9. Ez. 40, 4. Dan. 2, 4. 
 
 The person to or with whom one 
 speaks, is put mostly after the particles 
 bK Gen. 8, 15. 19, 14. 1 K. 21. 6 ; and b 
 Jiidg. 14, 7 ; but also after D5 Gen. 3l', 
 29. beut. 5, 4; rx (nx) Gen. 23, 8. 42, 
 30 ; bs Jer. 6, 10 ; 'Sob Ex. 6, 12. Also 
 a "la^ to speak to or with^ is used of God 
 
 as making a revelation, communication, 
 an oracle ; Zech. 1, 9 "^a "lann rxban 
 the angel who spake with me. v. 14. 2, 
 2. 7. 4, 1. 4. 55. Hab. 2, 1. Jer. 31. 20. 
 Num. 12, 6. 8. Once c. ace. to speak to, 
 to address, Gen. 37, 4, comp, Xiynv iira. 
 To speak of any person or tiling is put 
 with ace. as Xiyiiv jivu. Ruth 4, 1 bxan 
 T53~ia'7 "ii;5x "laJJ the kinsman came l/y, 
 of whom lioaz spake. Gen. 19, 21. 23, 
 16 ; with a, 1 Sam. 19, 3 rja nanx '3.S1 
 ^ax'bx and I will speak of thee to my 
 fatlier\v. 4) , bx Job 42, 7 ; b? 1 K. 2, 
 19, tlie latter espec. of what God speaks 
 or promises to any one (see below in 
 lett. a) 1 K. 2, 4. Dan. 9, 12. Jer. 25, 13. 
 42, 19. To speak against any one, with 
 br (pr. to assail with reproaches) Ps. 
 109, 20. Jer. 29, 32. Deut. 13, 6 ; with a 
 (.see a B. 4. b) Num. 21, 7 nin-a wnan 
 Tj3l we have spoken against Jehovah and 
 against tliee. Job 19, 18. Ps. 50. 20. 78, 
 19. But a "^a'n is also to speak through 
 or by any one, to use one as an interpre- 
 ter (see a B. 2. c) Num. 12, 2. 2 Sam. 
 23, 2. 1 K. 22, 28. 
 
 Spec, to speak is also used in various 
 senses according to the context : a) 
 i. q. to promise, Deut. 19, 8. Jon. 3, 10 ; 
 with ace. of thing Deut. 6, 3 ; with bx 
 and bs of pers. see above ; also of evil, 
 to threaten, Ex. 32, 14. Jer. 25, 13. b) 
 i. q. to command, to prescribe, comp. "lOX 
 no. 3 ; with bx Ex. 1, 17. 23, 22 ; to warn, 
 to admonish, 1 Sam. 25, 17. c) to utter 
 a song. i. q. to sing, Judg. 5. 12 ; comp. 
 Arab. JUs and Gr. tJiog i. q. song. d) 
 to speak for a woman, i. e. to ask her in 
 marriage, with b Judg. 14, 7 ; a 1 Sam. 
 25, 39. Comp. Arab. _ t^^ and Pual. 
 Further to be noted are also the fol- 
 lowing phrases : e) 's ab-bs "la^ to 
 speak to one^s heart, i. e. to speak kindly 
 with any one, espec. to comfort, to con- 
 sole ; comp. Gr. naQuuv&io/xat, Lat. al- 
 loquium. Gen. 34. 3. 50, 21. Rutii 2, 13. 
 2 Sam. 19. 8. 2 Chr. 30, 22. 32, 6. f) 
 iab"b5 , -bx ia^ to speak to one's own 
 heart, with oneself, Gen. 24. 45. 1 Sam. 
 1, 13 nab-bs rian^ she spoke in her 
 heart. Also iab ns , laba , Ecc. 1, 16. 2, 
 15. Ps. 15, 2. g) bs naia, a-ia -latr, of 
 God, to speak good concerning any one, 
 to promise good. Num. 10, 29, 1 Sam. 
 
nm 
 
 212 
 
 nai 
 
 25, 30. Jer. 18, 20. Also ^? ns"! ia'7 ^o 
 speak evil concerning any one, to deter- 
 mine evil, 1 K. 22, 23. Jer. 11, 17. 19, 15. 
 
 26, 19. 35, 14; with bx 36, 31. In a 
 somewhat different sense, Esth. 7, 9 
 M^'?'"^''?" 2l'a lan -itN 'S^-ia iMordecai, 
 who had spoken good for the king, i. e. 
 given him good information, corap. 6, 2. 
 h) bx, rs ria-ia na'i to A-pmA; kindly 
 with any one, 2 K. 25, 28. Jer. 12, 6 ; 
 also OS Dibir la*:; to speak peace with 
 any one, i. e. kindly, friendly, Ps. 28, 3 ; 
 rx Jer. 9, 7 ; with bx to speak peace 
 unto. i. e. to announce or promise welfare, 
 happiness, Pe. 8.5, 9 ; c. 3 Ps. 122, 8 
 Tja did XS-n'ia'ix i. e. I will now pray 
 for thy peace, prosperity ; c. h Esth. 10, 
 3 1'?"!"^^ cibd -la^ and spake for the 
 peace, jnosperity, of all his race. So 
 absol. Ps. 35, 20. i) PX ::sr^ "la'n to 
 speak a judgment i. e. to pronounce sen- 
 tence upon ; see in liOdiD. 
 
 Note. In former editions, like A. 
 Schultens (0pp. mm. p. 124. al.) I have 
 ascribed further to the verb ~a'n in Pi. 
 the significations to waylay, to plot 
 against, also to destroy; corap. "la'n and 
 Arab. 04> c. ^Jk- motitus est in ali- 
 quem. But the three passages usually 
 cited, do not necessarily make out this 
 sense. Thus Gen. 34, 13 I'^an';'] and they 
 spake so, i. e. nianra deceitfully, as before. 
 Ps. 127, 5 they shall not be ashamed when 
 they shall talk wiUi the enemies within 
 the gate, i. e. when they combat with 
 enemies ; corresponding to the Gr. phrase 
 vvlXaXtlv Tivi Is. 7, 5 Alex, and Engl. ' to 
 have something to say to any one,' sc. 
 in fight ; comp. also Heb. nx'^ro 2 K. 
 14, 8, and see Comra. in Jcs. I. p. 280. 
 More difficult is 2 Chr. 22, 10 and Alha- 
 liah arose r.zh-a^n snT-^a-rx la"]!:!] , in 
 parall. 2 K."li, 1 laxn;] ; here Sept. 
 unuXtai, Vulg. interfecit. But it can be 
 rendered : and she talked with them i. e. 
 made war upon them, comp. Ps. 127, 5 ; 
 or it may be cllipt. for c^aoria "naipil 
 '3~rx i. 6. jrronounced sentence upon 
 them,. 
 
 PcAL pass. Ps. 87, 3 "^^a "nanio niiaa? 
 glorious things are spoken of thee, i. e. 
 decreed of God. Cant. 8, 8 "lai'ti oi'a 
 Jna when she shall be spoken frr, i. e. 
 asked in marriage. See in Piel. lett. d. 
 
 NiPH. recipr. of Piel, to speakone with 
 
 another, to converse, Mai. 3, 16; c. 3 Ez. 
 33, 30. Ps. 119, 23; b? Mai. 3, 13. ' 
 
 HiPH. to subdue, see in Kal no. 2. Pa. 
 18,48 "'nnn n-'S? "ian;^T who subdueththe 
 nations under me. Ps. 47, 4. 
 
 HiTHP. 1. Pass. part. fern. rria'ft'Q, 
 what one has spoken. So with Jarchi 
 would I interpret Deut.33.3 r|inSa'n^ x'jaT 
 they{lsrciG\)receive what thou hastspoken, 
 i. e. thy words, precepts. 
 
 2. Recipr. to speak with, to converse 
 with, Part, nana Num. 7, 89. 2 Sam. 14, 
 13. Ez. 2,2. 
 
 The derivatives follow, except fTiia'n , 
 -I'^a'n , nan^ . 
 
 "^^"l m. 1. a word, verbum, lo/og, 
 2 K. 18, 36. Job 2, 13. Gen. 44, 18. Col- 
 lect, words, speech, discourse, Job 15, 3. 
 C^rsb la'n lip-talk, vain words, Is. 36, 
 5. "I'n "(ias skilled in discourse, fluent. 
 1 Sam.'ie, 18. Often in plur. Gen. 29, 13 
 r^kv^ri n-na'nn-ia all these words. 34,18. 
 Ex. 4, 28.' 'l8, 19.' 19, 7. 8. 20, 1. 24, 3. al. 
 cna" bra. tti"^X, a man of words, fluent, 
 eloquent. Ex. 4, 10. 24, 14. Spec, a) 
 a promise, 1 K. 2, 4. 8, 20. 12, J 6. Ps. 33, 
 4. 56, 5 ; comp. Gr. t* Am- tJiog, Engl. ' to 
 give one's word.' b) precept, command,, 
 mandate, comp. r. "la'n Pi. lett. b. ""'a'n 
 ris^B a royal mandate, Esth. 1, 19. Josh. 
 1, 13. 1 Sam. 17. 29 X^n -an xbn was there 
 not a command? Is. 8, 10. Ex. 34.28 rncs 
 C^na^n the ten commandments, the deca- 
 logue. 1 Chr. 26, 32. 2 Chr. 2$, 15. c) 
 a saying, sentence, maxim, as of a wise 
 man ; Plur. Ecc. 1, 1 r^np -na'n. Prov.4, 
 4. 20. 30, 1. 31, 1 ; espec. an oracle, effa- 
 tum of the deity. Num. 23. 5. 10 ; comp. 
 cTToc, koyoi:. So bx ni"n"i "ia*i "n'^'l and the 
 word, oracle, of Jehovah came to any one, 
 Jer. 1, 4. 11. 2, 1. 13, 8. Ez. 3, 16. 6, 1. 
 7, 1. 11, 14 ; c. b? 1 Chr. 22, 8. Job 4, 12 
 api "la'n ^b'X a word, oracle, stole upon 
 me, i. e. a divine communication. Col- 
 lect, oracles, Hos. 1, 1. Mic. 1. 1. Joel 1, 1. 
 
 d) counsel, advice given, 2 Sam. 17, 6. 
 
 e) report, rumor, I K. 10. 6. With genit 
 the report of any thing is what is to be 
 reported of that thing, what is to be said 
 of it ; Job 41,4 [12] I will not conceal . . . 
 nin^aa ^a'l the report of Im strength, i. e. 
 what is to be said concerning his strength. 
 1 K. 9, 15. Deut 15, 2. 19, 4. Or we might 
 
^-1 
 
 213 
 
 cn 
 
 also render, the measitr-e, manner of his 
 ttrength, comp. n"jr?i no. 1. 
 
 2. thiiifr^ mailer, affair, business ; pr. 
 thing spoken of, subject of diBcourse ; 
 coinp. lo/oi in Pasfiow, A. no. 11, iioi, 
 ^ijfiu from ^f'oj, Germ. Sacfie from sagen. 
 Tlie same sigiiif. word and thing are 
 united in Arum. n^Q, )J^^^^, &arD, 
 
 9 * ' ^ 
 
 Arab, wc! and ^r^*^ E. g. rwn nnnn 
 
 /Ai> thing. Gen. 20, 10. 21, 11. 26; "bs 
 nsxn C-'-ir'nn all these things Gen. 20, 8. 
 mn 'irt|3'Gen. 18, 25. 32, 20. 44, 7, and 
 nixn 0^-1=^3 24, 28. 39, 17. 19, i. e. in 
 this manner, so. nixn n''-i3'nn nnx 
 (LXX (iiiu ju ^t'ifiuTtt TuiiTa) after these 
 things, afterwards, Gen. 15, 1. 22, 1. 39. 
 7. nf 3a5 ^nnn the things of Solomon, i. e. 
 his acts', deeds, 1 K. 11, 41. CO'n >'\^1 
 daily affairs, i. e. course of events, 
 chronicles, 1 Chr. 27. 24. Esth. 6, 1. Also 
 Ci"' lan daily mailer, hence iai-'a ci'^ ir^ 
 the daily task in its day, i. e. day by day, 
 every day, Ex. 5, 13. 19. 16, 4. Lev. 23, 
 37. 1 K. 8, 59 ; oi^a oi"' -^ana 2 Chr. 
 8, 13, and i^ra oii' "^anb v. 14. 31, 16. 
 Often pleonast. like Gr. ;?'o/,w. 1 Sam. 
 10, 2 m'shxrj ^-latj-rx jj-'ajj tUBS /Ay 
 father hath left the matter of the asses, 
 i. e. has done thinking of the asses. Ps. 
 65, 4 'S^ 1-iaa ni2i5 ""nan iniquities 
 prevail over me. Ps. 105, 27. 145, 5. 
 Hence 
 
 a) cause, in a fo;*ensic sense, suit at 
 law. Ex. 18, 16 -la'n cnb n^n^-^S v/^/iey 
 Aare a cause, suit. v. 22. 22, 8. "bs"bs 
 2f5^?~"'r'^ "I every suit of trespass, fraud, 
 etc. 24, 14 S'^'ja'n bsa oh* icAo /las causes. 
 Fully -wBa:^ "ia':|' 2 Chr. 19, 6. 
 
 b) something, any thing, Gen. 18. 14. 
 ^an rx. lan xb, nothing; 1 Sam. 20, 21 
 lain T"}* //lere w nothing sc. to fear. Judg. 
 18, 7. 28 CiJJ-aS =r!b-"r^ "^=7^ af^ they 
 had nothing to do with other men. "lan-ba 
 every thing Num. 31. 23. Deut. 17, I. 
 K^'J ia':j any unclean thing Lev. 5, 2. 
 ^Vi ^"^1^. "y thing filthy Deut. 23, 15. 
 24, 1. sn la'JT cfj/ thing,harm, 2 K. 4, 41. 
 Also Plur. ni3i:3 C'^'^^^ 2 Chr. 12, 12. 
 
 3. a cause, reason, Josh. 5, 4. Hence 
 ^a^ bs because of, for the sake of Gen. 
 12, '17. 20, 11. 43, 18. Ps. 45, 5; ^na^ bs 
 id. Deut. 4, 21. Jer. 7,22. 14. 1. naV bs 
 1)6x before a verb, because that, because, 
 
 Deut. 22, 24. 23, 5. 2 Sam. 13, 22. Comp. 
 rr^a-rj no. 3. 
 
 "I^'l m. plur. C'^i^ Hos. 13, 14, pr. 
 
 destruction, dealh, like Arab. -Jfc>, see 
 
 r. la'n no. 4. Hence plague, pestilence, 
 comp. r^-O; often with the art. lann 
 (Heb. Gr. 107. n. 1) Lev. 26, 25. Deut". 
 28, 21. 2 Sam. 24, 13. 1 K. 8, 37 ; mur- 
 rain among beasts Ex. 3, 9. Sept. 
 mostly &uratog, comp. Ecelus. 39, 29. 
 
 "^^T m. (r. "la'n no. 2 ) i. q. "lan^ , a 
 pasture, whither flocks and herds are 
 driven ; Mic. 2, 12. Is. 5, 17. Syr. f^c? 
 
 j> * Go ^ 
 
 and \-fS9, Arab. -i4> field, tilled field. 
 
 nina^ plur. f. (r. -la'^ no. 2) pr. drifts^ 
 i. e. floats, rafts, as driven by the sea, 
 1 K. 5, 23 [9]. Sept. o/f<5mi. 
 
 ^t*?"? or fl'^5'^ a form assumed in 
 Deut. 33, 3. But see r. na"! Hithp. no. 1. 
 
 '^'^'^'1 f- i. q. 'ia'5 , but mostly in the 
 later Hebrew. 
 
 1. thing, i. e. manner, mode, see in 131 
 no. 1 fin. Ps. 110, 4 thoic art a prieM for 
 ever p'lS-'Sib^ "^r''^^'^"^? after tlie man- 
 ner of Melchizedek ; here the '' is para- 
 gogic, see Lehrg. 127. 2. 
 
 2. i. q. "la'n no. 2. a, cause, suit at law, 
 Job 5, 8. 
 
 3. i. q. "lai no. 3, cause, reason; hence 
 ^'H^'^. '? because of Ecc. 3, 18. 8, 2. bs 
 r'^aTi /or this cause that, to the end 
 that, Ecc. 7, 14. 
 
 ^7"?'^^ Chald. f a cause, reason. Dan. 
 2. 30 ""n-nnat; b? /or f^is caze f^ to 
 the end that. 
 
 '''^?^ (perh. eloquent) Dibri, pr. n. ra. 
 Lev. 24, 11. 
 
 tT\yi Josh. 21, 28 ; with art. n-nann 19, 
 12 ; Daberath, pr. n. of a town in Issa- 
 char ; prob. now Deburieh at the foot of 
 Mount Tabor ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 III. p. 210. 
 
 *^~T ^ root not in use. prob. i. q. 
 ditf)ta, Lat. depso, to knead, to make soft 
 by kneading, working over. etc. Kindr. 
 are I'n , lb, perh. rsa to be fat. 
 Hence the two following. 
 
 TC^'l m. c. suff. "^'^ai , honey, so called 
 as being glutinous, like a kneaded mass ; 
 
irni 
 
 214 
 
 *sn 
 
 Arab. (jmJ<>, Syr. |-*^?, id. Maltese 
 
 difet yellow, i. e. honey-coloured. There 
 is noiv in the Semitic languages no verb 
 from which this noun can be derived ; in 
 Greek however there is derived from 
 this word the verb ti&aipbXTao) to make 
 homy, Od. 13. 106. Spec. 
 
 1. honey of bees, Lev. 2, 11. 1 Sam. 14, 
 26- 27. 29. 43. Pro v. 16, 24. 24, 13. al. 
 Spoken of wild honey, i.e. from wild bees, 
 Deut. 32, 13. Ps. 81, 17 Tisiaiux ITiS'n "i^SO 
 with honey from the rocks I will satisfy 
 thee. 
 
 2. honey of grapes, syrup, i. e. the 
 newly expressed juice of grapes, must, 
 boiled down to the half or third part, Gr. 
 ttpt^fia, LaL sapa, defnUum, Ital. musto 
 cotto. At the present day this syrup is 
 in common use in Palestine under the 
 Arabic name o**J4> dibs, and is export- 
 ed espec. from the district of Hebron into 
 Egypt ; see Russell's Nat.Hist. of Aleppo, 
 I. p. 82. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. pp. 442, 
 453. Gen. 43, 11. Ez. 27, 17. Often 
 joined with milk, as the spontaneous pro- 
 ducts of nature ; and hence the frequent 
 phrase : a land fowing with milk and 
 homy, Ex. 3, 8. 17. 13, 5. 33, 3. Lev. 20, 
 24. Num. 13, 27. Honey and milk are 
 put also for pleasant discourse, Cant. 4, 
 IL 
 
 ^T??*!? f- 1. the hump of a camel. Is. 
 30,6. This signif is sufficiently certain 
 from the context, and is expressed by the 
 Chald. Syr. Vulg. but the etymology 
 has long exercised the ingenuity of in- 
 terpreters. Perhaps so called from the 
 softness of the flesh or fat of which the 
 hump is composed ; it being a mere mass 
 of fat, soft and yielding to the touch ; 
 comp. r. UJi^ . See Burckh. Notes on 
 the Bedouins II. p. 82 sq. 
 
 2. Dabbasheth, pr. n. of a place, Josh. 
 19. 11. 
 
 y^ m. (r. f^J^) afsh, so called as mul- 
 tiplying abundantly (comp. "(la), Jon. 2, 
 1. 11. Plur. C'S'n, constr. "'J'n . Gen. 9, 2. 
 Num. 11, 22. 1 K. 5, 13. Hence comes 
 the denom. verb VtH tofsh. The form 
 5X^ see in its order. 
 
 ^"^ constr. rJ^ , fcm. of the preceding, 
 afsh, Deut. 4, 18. Jon. 2, 2 ; mostly col- 
 
 lect, ^ft., (comp. MD10,) Gen. 1, 26. 28. 
 Ex. 7, 18. 21. Num. 11, 5. Ez. 29, 4. 5. 
 
 '5*^ W- ^^ cover, Arab. L&.J ; then 
 to cover over by numbers, to multiply, to 
 be increased; once Gen. 48, 16. 
 Deriv. :'n , na^ , ', w . 
 
 V'^'^ (pr. little fish ; then in endear- 
 ment and worship, ' dear little fish ;' 
 comp. on this use of diminutives in sa- 
 cred things, J. Grimm's Deutsche Gram. 
 III. p. 665.) Dagon, pr. n. of an idol of 
 the Philistines worshipped at Gaza and 
 Ashdod, Judg. 16, 23 sq. 1 Sam. 5, 1 ; 
 having a human head and arms, but the 
 rest of the body like a fish ; see 1 Sam. 
 5, 2 sq. espec. v. 4. Judg. 16, 23. 1 Chr. 
 10, 10; comp. 1 Mace. 10, 83. 11, 4. 
 Similar was the figure of Derceto, wor- 
 shipped at Askelon under the like form 
 of a fish; comp. Diod. Sic. 2. 4, mi/tj; 8s 
 
 TO ^iv 7l()0(TU7lOV ;(Bl yWOUXOC, 10 8k tiXlo 
 
 aoiptx nvev ix&vog. See on the worship 
 of fishes in this region, Selden de Diis 
 Syris II. 3. Creuzer Symbol. II. 12. 
 Movers Phoenizier I. p. 590. 
 
 ^i!V perh. i. q. Arab. jL2k(> , to cover, 
 to cover over; then also to act covertly, 
 to deceive, comp. 153. Hence bl'^i a 
 flag, banner, standard, pr. a covering, 
 lijce Germ. Fahne from Ti^yo?, pannvs. 
 The signif of glittering, shining, which 
 I formerly ascribed to this root, with 
 Nanninga Diss. Lugd. II. 916, and 
 Muntinghe ad Ps. 20, 6, now seems to me 
 hardly susceptible of proof From the 
 noun tl'n is then again derived the de- 
 nom. sense of bj'n , to set up a banner, to 
 erect a standard ; Ps. 20, 6 irn'Vx nira 
 bJ'i'iJ in honour of our God will we set 
 up our banners ; comp. tlie formulas 
 >^ era "i"'STn, and ''^ cfflS S'n;r. Sept. 
 fjfyitkvvOr,<j6/jfda, reading or conjectur- 
 ing b*iJ5. Muntinghe (I. c.) from his 
 etymological conjecture, gloriahimur^ 
 eandtabimus. Part. pass, bl:'^ lifted upas 
 a banner, i. e. conspicuous, distinguished, 
 spoken of a noble youth. Cant. 5 10. 
 
 NiPH. to befurni.thcd with banners; 
 Cant. 6. 4. 10 ribj^SS ns-X tervihh' as an 
 army with banners ; Symrn. o'v luy^ma 
 nitffffi/ioXoiv. The virgin is here repre 
 sented as victorious nnd triumphant over 
 hearts. Comp. the similar figure drawn 
 
b5-i 
 
 215 
 
 Dm 
 
 from an army in c. 2, 4; the same is 
 yery common in Arabian poets. 
 
 ^5"^ m. (r.^sn) c. eutT. ihr;, plur. C^a'n , 
 constr. ''\^^, , ti Jictg, banner, standard^ 
 i. e. of a larger kind, serving for throe 
 tribes together; the smaller flags being 
 called nirx . Num. I, 52. 2, 2. 3. 10. 18. 
 25. 10, 14. 55. Cant. 2. 4 nanx 'br ihm 
 and his banner over vie is love. 
 
 |f^ obsol. root, to cover, i. q. nw ; 
 then, /o multiply, to increase. Hence 
 
 f?*!? m. constr. P'n , com, grain, pr. aa 
 covering the ground, increase ; Gen. 27, 
 23. 37. Num. 18, 27. Deut. 28, 51. Me- 
 ton. for bread Lam. 2, 12. Samar. 'fii, 
 pan, 'lanx, id. 
 
 *"'5'?, like Chald. lan, to brood, to sit 
 upon, as a bird her eggs or young. Jer. 
 17, 11 ib;| xbi -^an x-ip Me partridge 
 titteth on eggs she hath not laid, so is he 
 that gathereth riches and not by right. 
 Sept. niodi^ (rvvriynytv m oix hfxfv. In 
 Is. 34, 15 spoken of a serpent brooding 
 its young, not eggs. Vulg. in each pas- 
 sage well, fovere, The rash assertions 
 of J. D. Michffilis in respect to this root, 
 have been well refuted by Rosenmuller, 
 ad Bocharti Hieroz. II. 632 sq. 
 
 ' J 1. q. n\3 , in , q. V. breast, pap, 
 found only in the Dual, constr. ^nn . c. 
 fluflf. ninn . breasts, paps, Ez. 23, 3. 8. 21. 
 Prov. 5,' 19. 
 
 'V'^ to go slowly, softly. Talmud. 
 JTnn to lead slowly, gently, e. g. a child. 
 HiTHp. r\'rnr[ for nnnrn, Is. 38, 15 
 niSttJ-ba nn'rix / yyiU ^go softly all my 
 years, i. e. submissively, comp. OX "n^n 
 1 K. 21, 27 ; q. d. I will walk humbl'y and 
 submissively all my life, I will never 
 cease to mourn. Hence spoken of a 
 slow and solemn procession, Ps. 42 5 
 tt^nbx n^a -\-s nnnx / went with them 
 (in slow procession) to the house of God; 
 here the suffix D- is for cnb, and this 
 dative is to be referred to the circum- 
 stance, that the poet as leader of the choir 
 prob. led the way /or the procession. 
 
 n^ Dedan. pr. n. 1. A people with 
 a region of like name, descended from 
 Raamah, Gen. 10, 7. Ez. 27, 15. Raa- 
 mah, Hiasn , Sept. 'Piypa, is to be sought 
 
 on the shore of the Persian Gulf (see 
 rTarn no. 2), and so also Dedan ; in 
 which, with Bochart (Plial. IV. 6) and 
 J. D. Micheelis. we recognise jMt>f4> 
 DAden, an island of the Persian Gulf, 
 called by the Syrians ^r**? ; see Asse- 
 mani Biblioth. Orient. III. ii. p. 560, 564, 
 744. Most of the islands of this gulf 
 were anciently occupied by colonies of 
 the Phenicians ; see Heeren's Ideen I. 
 2. p. 227, 419. 
 
 2. A people of northern Arabia, de- 
 scended from Keturah, Gen. 25, 3, adja- 
 cent to the Edomites Jer. 49, 8. 25, 23. 
 'Ez. 25, 13 ; and also following traffic. Is. 
 21, 13. According to Eusebius and 
 Jerome, they dwelt not far from the city 
 Phseno ; prob. a colony of the Ibrmer 
 (no. 1), or vice versa. 
 
 D'^?7^ ni. plur. Dodanim Gen. 10, 4, 
 pr. n. of a people descended from Javan, 
 i. e. from the Greeks. It is usually re- 
 ferred to tlie inhabitants of Dwlona in 
 Epirus ; but possibly D"'2'in may be for 
 C^anntt i, e. Dardani, the Trojans. For 
 "1 thus softened into a vowel, see Mo- 
 numm. Phcenic. p. 432. Still we must 
 not overlook the reading csni Roda- 
 nim, the Rhodians, which is expressed 
 by the Samar. Sept. and by the Heb. 
 text itself in 1 Chr. 1, 7. See in c^an'"!. 
 
 SH"! Chald. m. emph. Stan'rj, ^^T^y\, 
 gold. \. q. Heb. nnj, Dan. 2' 32. 3, 1. 5. 
 7. Hence nnnnia . 
 
 ^yri Chald. or in Cheth. NIH^, m. 
 plur. DaJii, Dehavites, pr. n. of a people 
 from which a colony was led out into 
 Samaria, Ezra 4, 9. Most prob. the /iiioi 
 Hdot. 1. 125. (i. e. perh.pa^-ani, villagers, 
 from Pers. 8i> deh, dih, a village.) a Per- 
 sian tribe near the Caspian Sea, some- 
 times enumerated with the Scythians, 
 Strab. XI. p. 580. Piin. H. N. VI. 17. 
 
 "JV if' Kal not Used, prob. to he 
 dumb, to be struck dumb, like nrra, an 
 idea which is also kindred to stupor, 
 astonishment, aa in Q^'^, R^n. Arab. 
 *J*(i> is to come upon suddenly, pr. to 
 confound, to amaze, ivaJ&J stupified, 
 
 s 0^ 
 stupid, *jJft4> sudden calamity, pr. 
 
 astounding, stupifying. 
 
"^TTl 
 
 216 
 
 W 
 
 NiPH. part, cnnj struck dumb, aslo- 
 nished, by sudden calamity, Jer. 14, 9. 
 
 'J? i. q. 11" , pr. to move in a cir- 
 cle, and espec. swiftly ; comp. also "i'^'^ . 
 Hence 
 
 1. to move swiftly, to press on rapidly, 
 to course, spoken of a horse and his rider, 
 Nah. 3, 2 ; pr. to run, course, prance in 
 a circle, as is usual with horses in break- 
 ing and exercise. See the noun nnn^i , 
 
 2. to revolve in a circle; then to en- 
 dure., to last. Hence in'in; also 
 
 ^^'j'!! f. rapid course of a horse, Judg. 
 5, 22. See Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 97. 
 
 2'T^ i. q. S'H q. v. a hear. 
 
 ^^ i. q. SS'lj q. V. to pine away, to 
 languish. Not used in Kal. 
 
 HiPH. causat. to cause to pine away, 
 to consume. Lev. 26, 16. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. I'lS^'n . 
 
 -^^ and -< V a secondary root, de- 
 nom. from ."fl , to fish . Jer. 16, 16 C15'''7i 
 and they shall fsh them. 
 
 Deriv. nv'n , a^'^ and 5J'^ fisher. 
 
 y^^^ m. a fsher, a fisherman, Kz. 4:7, 
 10 and Jer. 16. 16 Cheth. 
 
 JT^^"^ f (r.j>*'!\)ajishi}ig.fsherij; hence 
 na*^ r\i'':'^t)Jishing-hooks. harpoons. Am, 
 4, 2 he will take you away tvith hooks, 
 tii>i':f riT^DS ".r^'^'^n^i" and your pos- 
 terity with fshing-hooks, a figure ttiken 
 from animals which are tamed by put- 
 ting hooks and rings in their noses; 
 comp. Is. 37, 29. Why fshing-hooks are 
 here mentioned, may be understood from 
 Ez. 29, 4. Job 40, 26 ; comp. Oedmann 
 Verm. Sammll. aus d. Naturkunde V. 5. 
 The larger fishes when taken were again 
 let down into the water, suspended by a 
 ring or hook in their nostrils. 
 
 * ^^'^ obsol. root, 1. i. q. ntlT, T'T, to 
 boil, as water ; hence ii^ a pot. 
 
 2. Trop. of the mind, to be moved, 
 agitated, Syr. jc? ; espec. to love, i. q. 
 
 n^, Oy Hence "ni-n love, rTii'n,n'ix'i!i^, 
 and pr. names iin , Tnbx , iTi>i , i-ii-n^ 
 
 Ti"! ra. c. BuflT. defect, inn , ^n?i , etc. 
 
 1. love, chiefly as between the sexes, 
 only in Plur. Q'^nn , loves, caresses, endear- 
 menit, Cant. 1, 2. 4. 4. 10. Ez. 16, 8v 23, 
 
 17 C"^in -SCO bed of love. Prov. 7, 18 
 cnn n"il3 tizb come, let tis drink our fill 
 of love. 
 
 2. Concr. object of love, one beloved 
 
 2^ S S 
 
 comp. J5 \.^j^j '-m^^^j love and one 
 
 beloved, a lover, friend ; rs'nio acquaint- 
 ance, also an acquaintance ; Engl, my 
 love, my first love, etc. Cant. 1, 13. 14. 
 16. 2, 3. 8. 9. 10. 16. 17. 
 
 3. afHend, Is. 5, 1. Spec, an uncle, the 
 father's brother, Syr. ]> xx' tlo;^;-^ called 
 the friend of the family, as also Chald. 
 N3"'2n friend, then uncle ; comp. KPi2"'2n 
 mother-in-law. Germ, and Eng. Freiind, 
 fiiend, for a relative, Lat. amita aunt, 
 qs. amata. Lev. 10, 4. 20, 20. 1 Sam. 10, 
 14. 15, 16. Esth. 2, 1.5. Jer. 32, 7. 8. 9 ; 
 in V. 12 it seems to be put for nin-)a 
 uncle's son. 
 
 ^^'^ m. 1. a boiler, pot, see r. n^in no. 
 
 I. Job 41, 11. ISam. 2, 14. Plur. Dinin 
 2 Chr. 35, 13. Syr. I??) a large pot, 
 l?c? kettle, Samar. n^n pots. 
 
 2. a basket, Jer. 24, 2. Ps. 81, 7. Plur. 
 B^n!-,n 2 K. 10, 7. 
 
 ^;'^, also 'T^'l'n in Chron. Ezra, 
 Nehem. Zech. and rarely in the earlier 
 books, Hos. 3, 5. Am. 6, 5. 9, 11. (beloved, 
 verbal adj. from nin i. q. n^in no. 2.) 
 David, pr. n. of the eon of Jesse, the 
 second king of the Israelites, r. 1055- 
 1015 B. C. renowned for his warhke 
 achievements as well as for his sacred 
 songs. The account of his life is chiefly 
 contained in the books of Samuel, Irom 
 1 Sam. c. 16 to the end of the second 
 book ; also 1 Chr. c. 12-30. By meton. 
 David is put for n'in""3 spoken of the 
 Messiah, the son of David, Ez. 34, 23. 24. 
 37.24; elsewhere also i. q. Tin "^la, Hos. 
 3, 5. n^n n-iS the city of David i. e. Zion, 
 1 K. 3, I. 8, i. 9, 24. Is. 22, 9 nin r^g 
 the Jiouse of David, i. e. the palace or cita- 
 del of his race, Is. 22, 22 ; elsewhere his fa- 
 mily, posterity, Is. 7, 2. 13. Jer. 21, 12. 
 
 STli"! f. aunt, father's sister, Ex. 6, 20; 
 also an uncle's wife, Lev. 18, 14. 20, 20. 
 
 iTi"! (for ^inin amatory) Dodo, pr. n. 
 m. a) 1 Chr. 11, 12. 2 Sam. 23, 9 Keri. 
 b) Judg. 20, 1. c) 2 Sam. 23, 24. 1 Chr 
 
 II, 26. 
 
TH 
 
 217 
 
 Dfn 
 
 in^'lil (for in^'i'i'51 love of Jehovah) 
 Dodiivah, pr. n. m.' 2 Chr. 20, 37. 
 
 '''I'i'n 2 Sam. 23, 9 Cheth. See iTi^ a. 
 
 '''7'n adj. with Chald. ending 't i. q. 
 -, from r. nil. In Sing, not used; 
 piur. n-'Nn^'n, 
 
 1. Pr. boiling ; hence a boiler, pot, i. q. 
 *11^ no. 1 ; then a basket, Jer. 24, 1. 
 
 2. Inring, amatory, from r. *l1'n no. 2 ; 
 piur. lore-apples, Gen. 30, 14 sq. i. e. the 
 apples of the mandnigora, Atrcrpa man- 
 dragora Linn, a plant similar to the 
 belladoima, with a root like a beet, white 
 and reddish fragrant blossoms Cant. 7, 
 
 14, and with yellow apples also fragrant, 
 which ripen from May to July. To these 
 apples the Orientals to this day ascribe 
 the jwwer of exciting to venery ; comp. 
 Gen. 1. c. See Dioscorid. 4. 76, MayS^a- 
 yoonf . . . ot di KiQxniav xalomi, intidr) 
 
 doxfl tj ol^n (fiXiQwv (ivai noiTjrixi] 
 
 x lino' aiiTu (^(fvlXn) fiTjXu, oioig (sor- 
 bis) f^q)C(jij, (>>J(QU, tviudi), iv oU xt xag- 
 it6<;, wiTJiffj uttIov. Schulz Leitungen 
 des HOchsten, V. p. 197. D'Herbelot 
 Biblioth. Oriental, p. 17. Sept. fiijhx [lav- 
 iayoQwv. Chald. fnns'^ which denotes 
 the same ; comp. Arab. ^^>aj , and see 
 
 Sprengel Hist. Rei herbariae I. p. 215, 
 ed. 2. Tuch Comm. in Gen. 1. c. 
 
 ^^ i. q. awj q. V. to he languid, faint, 
 
 unwell, Arab. i^%<^ and *.\o for tjO j 
 
 spoken espec. of women in their monthly 
 courses. Lev. 12, 2 the uncleanness of 
 her being sick, i. e. of her courses, comp. 
 
 15, 33. 
 
 2. to be sick at lieart, sad; see ni'^ 
 no. 2. 
 
 Deriv. n^'n. ^'\'rt, 'J":?, M^'iia . 
 
 *^v7 ^- "^^^j ^^J- 1- Ictnguid, faint, 
 sick, spec, of women in the menses, Lev. 
 15, 33 nr^:3 n;n . 20, 18. Hence r^n 
 ls.^0, 22 a menstruous cloth, i. e. polluted 
 with menstrual blood. 
 
 2. sick at heart, sad, Lam. 5, 17 ; af- 
 flicted, unhappy. Lam. 1, 13. Syr. ]o? 
 to grieve, to be unhappy ; Aph. to af- 
 fliot, to make unhappy. |-kO afflicted, 
 
 wretched; poo? affliction, misery. 
 
 19 
 
 J^^ in Kal not used, i. q. nnt , WJ , 
 
 to thrust aioay, to cast off; Arab. mAi^ 
 
 to render abject ; also intrans. to be ab- 
 ject, vile ; VI, to project. 
 
 Hi PH. n'''in l. to thrust away, to cast 
 out, Jer. 51, 34. 
 
 2. to wash away, to cleanse, e. g. an 
 altar, 2 Chr. 4, 6. Ez. 40, 38 ; blood- 
 guiltiness Is. 4, 4. 
 
 ''?'? m. (r. nj^ , after the form bp;) 
 constr. ^yn . 
 
 1. languor, sickness, Ps. 41, 4. 
 
 2. Spokenof any thing sickening, i. e. 
 insipid, loatJisome, exciting loathing, 
 nausea. Job 6, 6 can that which is un- 
 seasoned be eaten without salt? or is 
 there flavour in the tasteless herb 7 (7) 
 My soul refusethto touch, '''snb "^nns i^iaT^ 
 tJiese are as the loathsomeness of my 
 food; i.e. heavy calamity is described 
 under the figure of insipid and loath- 
 some food (comp. in rrni^n), in accord- 
 ance with the common OrienUil figure 
 by which one is said to eat or ia^te of 
 any thing, i. q. to experience it ; comp. 
 nniaa bax Job 21, 25, ytvea^ai ^avuiov, 
 Syr. ].Iai* >o:^ . 
 
 '^^'^ m. (after the form h'^^) faint, sick 
 at heart, Is. 1, 5. Jer. 8, 18. Lam. 1, 22- 
 R. n^-n . 
 
 Tl'n see in-n. 
 
 ^" i. q. "3'^ , to pound, to beat nv. 
 a mortar, to bray, Num. 11, 8. Chald. 
 
 T^in, Arab. ii)l5,id. 
 Deriv. n3"ia a mortar. 
 
 T I 
 
 nS-^D^I f. Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18,. 
 a species of unclean bird, according 
 to Sept. Vulg. Saad. the hoopoe, Lat. 
 upupa ; according to the Targum. 
 gallus montanus, mountain-cock, a spe- 
 cies of large grouse, Tctrao urogallus. 
 Perh. compounded from T^i'^ , ^ilo4>., gal- 
 lus, and SB'^S, one 3 being dropped. 
 The ending n- is for n , see Heb. Gr. 
 77. n. 2. 
 
 * D^'n obsol. root, i. q. tran no. V,tohe 
 
 dumb, silent, still. Arab. ^U to be still, 
 quiet, to remain ; II, to quiet, to allay. 
 Hence the three following nounsn 
 
^n 
 
 218 
 
 trr 
 
 niS'fl f. 1. silence, land of silence, 
 poet, for Sheol, the region of the dead, 
 Ps. 94, 17. 1 15, 17. 
 
 2. Dumah, pr. n. of a tribe and district 
 of Ishmaehtes in Arabia, Gen. 25, 14. Is. 
 21, 11. Prob. the same called at this 
 day JjoLs-t x-Cjt^ Stony Dumah, and 
 iLueLciJI XjOti^ Sijrian Dumah. situated 
 on the confines of the Syrian desert and 
 Arabia, with a fortified castle, marked 
 on D'Anville's map under lat. 29, 30', 
 long. 58 ; the /Jovfini&n, of Ptolemy. 
 See Abulfeda ed. Paris, p. 82. Edrisi par 
 Jaubert I. p. 355. Niebuhr Arabien p. 344. 
 
 n^'Q'I'vI f. 1. Adj. fern, (from an obsol. 
 masc. ^Sl'n) silent, mute; Ps. 62, 2 "bx 
 ^tasJ njt3!i"n C^nsx viy soul is silent unto 
 God, i. e. trusts in him. R. c^fn . 
 
 2. Subst. silence, and adv. silently, Ps. 
 39, 3; quiet, remis.sion of pain, Ps. 22, 
 3 ; trust, confidence in God, Ps. 65, 2 
 nbnn n^^sT r,b to thee (belongeth) confi- 
 dence and -praise. 
 
 D'Q^'^ (r. C*'^) 1. Subst. dumbness, si- 
 lence, Hab. 2, 19 Disn -(SS the dumb 
 stone, silent, lifele.ss. Or it could be 
 taken here adverbially, comp. CiH . 
 
 2. Adv. silently, in silence, Is. 47, 5. 
 Lam. 3, 26 it is good tttat one wait nrsni 
 even in silence, quietly. 
 
 pteia^'n pr. n. 2 K. 16, 10, a rare form 
 in Hebrew, but usual in Syriac for 
 piasi'1 or p'v!';'^'!! ; Damascus. 
 
 * 'yl*^ or "j^TI prob. i. q- Jj!5 "lid. Waw 
 
 intrans. to be low, depressed, humble; 
 whence perh. "p'n trans, to subject to 
 oneself, to rule, to judge. Kindred is 
 Tl^ 1- ^- whence "lilX lord, master. 
 Once Gen. 6, 3 s^isb MX^ "^nn lin^-sb 
 my spirit shall not be made low in man 
 for ever, i. e. the higher and divine na- 
 ture shall not for ever be humiliated in 
 the lower, shall not ever descend from 
 heaven and dwell in flesh upon the 
 earth ; comp. v. 1. 2. Others here take 
 yn as i. q. "f 'n , thus : my spirit shall not 
 rule in man for ever. Most of the an- 
 cient versions give to *|il^ the sense of 
 remaining and dwelling; Sept. oh fiij 
 Xttjafiilvrj TO nvttifia ftov x. t. X. Vulg. 
 non permanebit ; Syr. Arab, shall not 
 dwell. This is best adapted to the con- 
 
 text ; whether they regarded the spirit 
 as the lading and therefore indwelling 
 principle in man, or perhaps read ",ib"' ; 
 comp. "jilb /.livM Judg. 19. 9. 
 
 1^"^ Job 19, 29 Keri, i. q. "pti Cheth. 
 judgmeiit. 
 
 551'^ Ps. 97. 5, and 5?"''^ m. waa^, Ps. 
 22, 15. 68, 3. Mich. 1, 4. R. i:"^ q. v. 
 
 y ^ '* to leap, to skip, to dance ; Job 
 41, 14 [22] n^Nti ynn ':'^:E5:i brfore him 
 dancelh terror. So the trepidation of 
 terror is compared to skipping, dancing, 
 in Ps. 29, 6. Corresponding is Arab. 
 ijotiJ mid. Waw and Ye, see Schult. ad 
 1. c. Syr. ,0? in N. T. for uaiqiur, Chald. 
 yi"^ , whence X^""^ caprea, Lacon. blQa. 
 Kindred roots are ia"'n, lU'l'^. 
 
 H^'' obsol. root, Chald. and Syr. to 
 look around, to keep a look-out. Chald. 
 'P'^ Dan. 2, 35, see in r. pjr':; . Hence 
 
 '^^ 1. i. q. Arab. JtS to move round 
 
 Go- 
 
 in a circle, to go round; whence . (.> and 
 
 S G 
 
 sot J circle, orb, ^\o round. Kindr. 
 
 roots are "'^'fj, "Tr^, i''^. ^''n, and the 
 dental being changed to a sibilant "llT , 
 "1^0, "i^HB , all which express the idea of 
 going round, turning oneself surround- 
 ing, variously modified. Hence "il'n no. 
 1, and Ti'^ . 
 
 2. to remain, to dwell, like Chald. i""^. 
 Ps. 84, 11. This sense comes perhaps 
 from the circumstance that the primitive 
 dwellings were usually erected in a cir- 
 cle (Simonis) ; or better, the signif of 
 moving round, turning oneself^ is trans- 
 ferred to the idea of mo\nng about in 
 a place, Lat. versari; comp. "iia, n^s. 
 
 Tl'^ Chald. to dwell, Dan.4, 9. 18. Part. 
 'i-'-^W, Keri 'cy^'^l Dan. 2, 38. 3,31. 6,26. 
 De'riv. "iia, ^ino, mniio, Tnn. 
 
 "" m. 1. a circle, Arab. *.J. Is. 
 29, 3 "t'l'vs as a circle, 1. e. round about. 
 
 2. a ball, Is. 22, 18. 
 
 3. a round pile oC wood or bones for 
 burning, Ez. 24, 5 ; comp. nnnio v. 9. 
 
 "iTn and ^'^ m. 1. an age, genera^ 
 lion of men, q. d. the revolving period or 
 circle of the years of human life, from r. 
 
til 
 
 219 
 
 ttfW 
 
 ITJ no. 1. Comp. Arab. SxU lime, from 
 \S to go round ; also other words sig- 
 nifying time, see under *)BX. Corre- 
 
 spondiiig to the letter is -J6J time, age, 
 middle Waw and He being interchan- 
 ged, see lett. n . Ecc. 1, 4 nini r,V^ "''^^ 
 Ka one generation godh, and another 
 generation cometh. Dcut 23, 3. 4. 9 
 nb-'bttS ni^ , 'I'^ios ll'n , the third, the tenth 
 gtrter'ation. Job ''42, 16. Judg. 2, 10 -i"n 
 "inx another generation. Num. 32, 13 
 ""i'nn-b3 cms witil all the generation 
 was con.tumed. 1"i|i t^ generation and 
 generation, every generation, many gen- 
 erations, all ages, for ever, Ps. 61, 7. Joel 
 2, 2 "i"ii i"i '3aJ~iS to the years of many 
 generations, all future time. Ps. 45, 18 
 "vinj li'n'bDa through all geiierations, all 
 coming ages. So 1^ i"ib unto all gene- 
 rations, all future ages, Ex. 3, 15. Joel 
 4, 20 ; nn; nnb Ps. 10, 6. 33, 11. 49, 12 ; 
 simpl. linb id.' Ps. 22, 31. 71, 18. in IS 
 ini 100, 5. Is. 13, 20 ; 1^ l=ia Ex. 17, 16 
 Elsewhere also of past ages or genera- 
 tions, Deut. 32, 7. Is. 58, 12. 60, 15 ; nna 
 niPs.90, 1. Comp. Plur. below. With 
 genit. or suff. the generation of any one, 
 i. e. the men of his age, his contempora- 
 ries. Is. 53, 8. Gen. 6, 9 ir^n n-ian 
 I'lnima Noah was upright among his 
 generation. The Hebrews, as we do, 
 seem commonly to have reckoned the 
 duration of a generartion at from thirty 
 to forty years, comp. Job 42, 16 ; but in 
 the times of the patriarchs it was reck- 
 oned at a hundred years, see Gen. 15, 16, 
 comp. V. 13 and Ex. 12, 40. So among 
 the Romans the word seculum originally 
 signified an age or generaiioa of men, and 
 was later transferred to denote a centur 
 ry ; see Censorin. de Die natali c. 17. 
 Dropping the notion of an age, lin sig- 
 nifies also a race, class of men, e. g. of 
 the righteous Ps. 14, 5. 24, 6. 73, 15. 
 112, 2 ; of the wicked Deut. 32, 5 nn 
 ?Pibns>l isS a deceitful and perverse ge- 
 neration, race. v. 20. Jer. 7, 29 "imss in 
 the generation of his wrath, i. e. against 
 which Gt)d is angry. 
 
 Pldr. with two forms in this sense, 
 B"^ni'n and m-n, both masc. Job 42, 16. 
 The former occurs thrice in the phrase 
 D**"!!^ "^il ages of ages, generations of 
 
 generationg, signifying perpetuity, eter- 
 nity, everlasting, Ps. 72, 5. 102, 25. is. 51, 
 8. The latter is very frequent for future 
 ages, generations to come, posterity; 
 Lev. 23, 43 DDinSn sisn;! -js-Db. 22, 3. 
 Num. 9, 10 D3"'ri-inb ist cDb (f you or 
 ymtr posterity . 15, 14. Espcc. in the 
 legislative formula csTi^nHb cbis Pjsn a 
 perpetual law for your posterity. Lev. 3, 
 17. 23, 14. 31. 41 ; comp. Gen. 17, 7. 9. 
 12. Ex. 12, 14. 17. 10, 32. 33. g 
 
 2. a dwelling, habitation, Arab. JJ- 
 Is. 38, 12. Ps. 49, 20 T^niax nin the dwell- 
 ing of his fathers, i. e. their sepulchre. 
 
 3. Dor, pr. n. of the city of a Canaan- 
 itish king, Judg. 1, 27 ; written also "ixi 
 Josh. 17, 11 ; more fully "li'n nS5 (height 
 of Dor) Josh. 12, 23 ; "ixn pes IK. 4, 11 ; 
 -iNn mej l K. 12. 2 ; Gr. ^oi^'w, T Jotfju. 
 7) Jijj^a. It belonged to Manasseh ; but 
 lay in the territory of Issachar, on the 
 coast, near Mount Carmel. Now Tan- 
 tura. See Reland Palaest. p. 738 sq. 
 Prokesch Reise p. 27. 
 
 S^ll Chald. pr. n. Dura, a town, it 
 would seem, in Babylonia. Dan. 3, 1 
 xnii-n PSpa the plain or valley- of Dura ; 
 comp. 'in'n'i nspa, j'i'ns^ r^spa. Inter- 
 preters usually compare Dura a city 
 mentioned by Ammian. Marcell. 25. 6. 
 situated on the Tigris ; or another of like 
 name in Polyb. 5, 48, on the Euphrates 
 near the mouth of the Chaboras. 
 
 *OT, m Mic. 4, 13, and 12J^"n 
 Deut. 25, 4, softened from ^n'J q. v. 
 
 1. to beat, to bruise in pieces, espec. by 
 treading; comp. Engl, to dash. Hence 
 to tread, to trample, to crush, Job 39, 15. 
 Hab. 3, 12 ; enemies, Mic. 4, 13. 2 K. 
 13,7. 
 
 2. to tread oid grain, to thresh, by 
 driving cattle round upon the grain, Jer. 
 50, 11. Hos. 10, 11. Spoken also of per- 
 sons who thus thresh with cattle ; 1 Chr. 
 21, 20 S-ian CJT -J-^XT and Oman was 
 threshing (treading out) xrheat. Trop. 
 of a cruel punishment inflicted by the 
 Hebrews upon captives, by crushing 
 them with threshing-drays like grain on 
 the threshing-floor. Am. 1, 3. Arab. 
 
 (j*/ik> to trample the earth, to trample 
 upon enemies, to tread out grain. Syr. 
 <-A,9 id. Comp. C'lX. 
 
irn 
 
 220 
 
 NiPH. tJilJ , inf. constr. til'mn , pass, of 
 Kal no. 1. is. 25, 10. 
 
 HoPH. pass, of Kal no. 2. Is, 28, 27. 
 Deriv. UJ'^'n, 'liuj'i'n, nTSia, 
 
 tJ'l'n Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 1, Dan. 7, 23. 
 "^^ ^0 thrust, to push or knock 
 doton, to overthrow. Arab. L^.(> id. also 
 de coilu, like ^_iwO and other verbs o{^ 
 thrusting, pushing, see nin/n . Syr. and 
 'Chald. ll?,xm, id. The idea of thrust- 
 ing, pushing, knocking, impelling, is 
 found in many verbs of which the pri- 
 mary syllable is m, as n*'n, nn'n, Cjn'n, 
 
 <^Lj*9 ; comp. similar families of roots 
 under Tj=^ and pj5n. Ps. 35, 5. 118, 13 
 Vssb "'SC'^ni i^^"^ thou hast thrust me thai 
 I shmldfall. 140, 5. 62, 4 n^^n^in >Tia 
 a waiZ thrust down, overthrown. 
 
 NiPH. pass. 'of Kal, to be thrust down. 
 Prov. 14, 32 the wicked is thrust down in 
 his wickedness, i. e. rushes to destruc- 
 tion, perishes. Comp. in'n'^ from nn'n, 
 Jer. 23, 12. But Part. plur. constr. 
 "n'lS , aa ^i^bf '''1'!? ) is more jroperly 
 referred to r. Ti'ii q. v. 
 
 PuAL prfEt. in^; to be thrust down, 
 wade to fall, Ps. 36, 13. 
 
 Deriv. Ti'n, nrp^-a, and 
 
 ^^ri'^ Chald. f plur. )'^Tyn , a concubine, 
 
 from r. ^H'^, Arab. L^5 and L^6 /6e- 
 gt7/emraTO. Dan. 6, 19 brsn-Nb ,jn'i1 
 Tiia^iS anrf his concubines he did not 
 let come before him. Theodot. and Syr. 
 render it food, but arbitrarily. The 
 Rabbins, instruments of music, spec, 
 those which are struck. 
 
 ^-T J- q- '^'7'^) to thrust; whence 
 fut. Niph. irn-i Jer. 23, 12. But by 
 simply writing it in^'^ , it may be re- 
 ferred to nn'n . 
 
 "n*! m. (r. HH'n) in Pause Ti'fj, a 
 thrust, push, so as to fall ; hence a fall, 
 falling, P8.56, 14. 116,8. 
 
 '''jV Chald. to fear, to be afraid, 
 i. q. Heb. bnj, pr. to creep along hesi- 
 tatingly and timidly. Corresponding is 
 Sjrr. Vi? to fear, Arab. Jki*.t> to flee, to 
 get away, pr. to steal away, to withdraw 
 covertly. Constr. c. 0*113 1X3 (comp. K"}"; 
 
 ""SBi!:) Dan. 5, 19. Part, b'^nn fearful 
 terrible, Dan. 2, 31. 7, 7. 
 Pa. hrn to terrify, Dan. 4, 2. 
 
 * "(LJi? J^ot in use, Arab. . .w^i> fo 
 smoke, and trop. of a smoky, tawny 
 colour. Hence probably 
 
 irn m. Arab. ,j-&.4>, Ez. 4, 9, the 
 holms dochna of Linn, a species o^ mil- 
 let of which several kinds are cultivated 
 in Italy, Syria, and Egypt, and used 
 partly as green fodder, and partly for 
 the grain ; which is of a dark smokif 
 colour, and is employed for bread, pot- 
 tage, etc. The ancient versions render 
 it milium, i. q. Panicum Italicum Linn, 
 panic-grass ; see Celsii Hierob. 1. 453 sq. 
 
 VfJ^ to thrust, to impel, to urge, see 
 under r. ^tn. Part. pass, impelled^ 
 hastened, Esth. 3, 15. 8, 14. 
 
 Niph. Cin^iD to urge oneself, to hasten^ 
 2 Chr. 26, 20. Esth. 6, 12. 
 
 Deriv. nisri'io . 
 
 P'_V 'o thriist, to push, to press upon, 
 as is done in a great crowd, Joel 2, 8. 
 Arab. (S.^4> to repulse, to drive away, 
 (J.(ta.t> rejected. Aram. *--?, pn^ 
 i. q. Heb. Comp. Gr. dtbixu. Part. pTVn 
 oppressor of a people, Judg. 2, 18. 
 
 ^^ , constr. ''n , c. suff. ">:? , r,*'n , C*^ . 
 
 1. Subst. sufficiency, quantum stifficit^ 
 enough J and hence as Adv. enough. 
 The form is as if from a verb '^^'^ i. q. 
 
 S - o^ 
 
 n^'n (like Ti , ^.a. from .g^) which ac- 
 cording to Simonis is equivalent to 
 
 Arab. (^Ji to be much. Or one might 
 also conjecture that "''n is put for "^Xij ; but 
 this is quite uncertain. Esth. 1, 18 "''131 
 ClSpi "(i'^ja and there will be enough of 
 contempt and strife. Mai. 3, 10 / will 
 pour you out a blessing ^1 ''ba 1? until 
 there is not enough, i. e. until my abun- 
 dance shall be exhausted ; hence, as 
 this can never be, the sense is : per- 
 petually, for ever ; comp. Ps. 72, 6. The 
 genitive or suffix which follows mostly 
 designates the person or thing to or for 
 whom any thing is sufficient. Prov. 25, 
 16 r,"n wfiat is sufficient for thee, pr. thy 
 quantum sufficit. Ex. 36. 7 C^^ sufficient 
 for them. Obad. 5. Jer. 49, 9. Lev. 5, 7 
 
221 
 
 Pto ''I enough for a lamb, i. e. to buy a 
 lamb ; not as Simoiiis renders, quot siiffi- 
 ciunt ad agnnm cnmedendum. 12, 8. 25, 
 26 irixj '"IS inoiiixh to redeem it. Ncli. 
 5, 8 133 "*|3 qufintum in nobis erat, after 
 our ability. Rarely the genit. denotes 
 that of which there is enough ; Prov. 
 27,27 CW abn -^-q enough of goat's milk. 
 2. To the construct ""^ , the preposi*- 
 tions T). '"a, S. are often prefixed, \^!m 
 which it then forms new compound pre- 
 positions; in all of which, however, the 
 notion of sufficiency and abundance is 
 more or less preserved. 
 
 a) ''13 according to the abundance 
 of i. q. according to, as. Judg. 6, 5 they 
 came up 3ib na^S "^na as the loaist for 
 multitude. Deut. 25, 2 irr^n "^na ac- 
 cording to hisfaidt. 
 
 b) "^^^ i'J- according to the abundance 
 or multitude of. comp. "jia no. 2. g. Hence 
 with inf. as often as, whenever ; 1 Sara. 
 IS, 30 cnss 1 1'p 'rt'15 aw/ it came to pass, 
 as often as they went oiU, made an excur- 
 sion ; comp. 1, 7. 1 K. 14, 28 xia 'n-a ''n'i'i 
 ^^^^7 (I'td it was so, as often as the king 
 went, etc. Is. 28, 19. Jer. 31, 20. 2 K. 4, 8. 
 Also before a finite verb, where suppl. 
 itix. Jer. 20, 8 "lans -^^a as'often as I 
 speak. In like manner before a noun, 
 where there is an ellipsis, as TT'ih "in-Q 
 ittjnna Is. 66, 23, i. e. as often as the new- 
 moon Cometh in its iiew-moon. i. q. in its 
 time, every month ; and so nj'^r ^^'^ '^'^'^ 
 from year to year, every year, 1 Sam. 
 7, 16. Zech. 14, 16. 
 
 c) ''V^ ) according to the abun- 
 dance or midtitude of, i. q. i-ia and "^"a 
 comp. a A. 6 ; hence as often as, Job 39, 
 25 "lEid -^na as often as the trumpet sc. is 
 sounded. /?) to sufficiency for any one, 
 (comp. a B. 4,) i. e. until he have enough, 
 i. q./or any one. usually where there is 
 mention of food ; Nah. 2, 13 rni-15 -^na 
 for his whelps, comp. in the other hemi- 
 stich ^^rxa-sb. H;ib. 2. 13 the nations 
 labour t^ '^la/or the fire (i. e. they only 
 become food/or the fire), yea, the nations 
 labour p-^n "}z for nothing, in vain. Jer. 
 51, 58, where the same words are read. 
 
 ^ Chald. A) Pron. relat. who, which, 
 
 what, that ; qui. qua, quod ; \. q. Heb. 
 
 'tis* . This form of the relative comes 
 
 from the demonstr. MT, Arab. .6, ic6, 
 
 19*'^ 
 
 which latter is often rendered lord, mas- 
 ter, possessor; e. g. ,j>ju JiJt .3 posses- 
 sor of two horns, bicornis ; but still it is 
 nothing more than a pronoun, and in 
 the Tayitic dialect is used f<)r tlie relat. 
 ^jJ(- So plur. y^l and J | com- 
 monly lords, masters, but pr. i. q. il|, 
 n|x , qui; comp. anj 't; . Hence in Syri- 
 ac and Chald. the apocopated prefix ^ . 
 On the use of the.Chaldee relative the 
 following is to be noted : 
 
 1. It is often put for he who, that 
 which, Dan. 2, 23 ; more fully "'1 no 2, 
 28. 43. Comp. "I'iix no. 1. 
 
 2. Often it is merely a sign of rela- 
 tion, comp. "i-^x no. 2. nan ^n where 
 Ez. 6, 1. V'""!7^ '^ whose dwelling 
 Dan. 2, 11. nJ<'''''n Dan. 7, 17. 
 
 3. Also as a .sign of the Genitive, comp. 
 i;x no. 3; e. g. xaba -^t n-j4':3 the 
 king's captain, pr. who was of the king, 
 Dan. 2, 15. The preceding subsL is thxis 
 put either in stat. emphat. as Dan. 1. c. or 
 in the constr. ~ "'n in: Dajn. 7, 10; or 
 c. suff. pleon. nrjsx 1^ R-s*:;^ /zame of 
 God, c(*np. Engl. 'God his nanic,' Dan. 
 2,20; wSi^n-n-i ^t, 'tir^^^'jp_J.rop^ accusa- 
 tions of the Jews 3, 8. 'So with a genit. 
 of material, Dan. 2, 32 ai; ann '^'n naxi 
 /lis head was of fine gold. Ezra 6, 4. 
 
 4. In the verbose manner of the Chal- 
 dee, it is sometimes redundant before the 
 prepositions a. "iia ; e.g. obdinia ^n sba^n 
 the temple (tchich is) in Jerusalem Dan. 
 5, 2. '1123 in xni-'a ^Ae palace {which 
 is) in Media Ez. 6, 2. Dan. 6, 14 ; espec. 
 Dan. 2, 34, comp. Esth. 1, 12 with v. 15. 
 
 B) It also passes over into a relat. 
 Conjunction, like Heb. n\ax lett. B, and 
 then signifies: 
 
 1. that, Dan. 2. 23 ; because that, since, 
 4. 15. in ^^ Dan. 2. 9. i. q. Heb. nx ^3, 
 but ij ; Theodot. well euv ovv. 
 
 2. that, so that, ut, Dan. 2, 16. 47. 
 
 3. Put before words directly quoted or 
 spoken, like "3 . oti. Dan. 2. 25 and said 
 unto him, na^ rna'in -n I have found a 
 man, etc. v. 37. 5, 7. 6, 6. 14. 
 
 C) With Prefixes. 1. "''13 i.q. *iCit3, 
 as soon as, when, comp. I'^x? no. 3. 
 Dan. 3,7. 5,20. 6, 11. 15. 
 
 2. "'^""^ from what time, after, Dan. 
 4, 23. Ez. 5. 12. 
 3) 'ri'5;3,-^3, see in bajs no. 2. 
 
222 
 
 T^ 
 
 ^\l| '''^ (of gold, i. e. a place rich in 
 gold, comp. under Chald. "^^ no. 1) Di- 
 zahab, pr. n. of a place in the desert of 
 Sinai, apparently so called from the 
 presence of gold, Deut. 1, 1. Now called 
 Dahab, on the western shore of the 
 Elanitic gulf, abounding in palms ; see 
 Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 
 523. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 217 and 
 Map. II. p. tJOO. n. Sept. KajuxQvata, 
 comp. Euseb. et Hieron. in Onom. h. v. 
 
 T^^"^? (a pining, wasting, r. -1'n) pr. 
 n. Dibon. 
 
 1. A city in the borders of Moab, on 
 the northern bank of the Arnon, rebuilt 
 by the Gadites Num. 32, 34 ; hence call- 
 ed Dibo?i-Gad, Num. 33, 45; afterwards 
 assigned to Reuben, Josh. 13. 9. 17 ; and 
 at last again occupied by the Moabites, 
 Is. 15, 2. Jer. 48, 18. 22. At the present 
 day it is called Dhibdn ; see Burck- 
 hardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372. 
 Once by an interchange of the letters "O 
 and 3 it is written "(i^^'^ . for the sake of 
 harmonizing with the word Cn , Is. 15, 9. 
 
 2. A city in the tribe of Judah, Neh. 
 .11, 25; also written nji^i^ Josh. 15, 22. 
 
 y**^ to fish, see Vf^ . Hence 
 
 5^"^ m. a fislier, fisherman, Is. 19, 8 
 and Jer. 16, 16 Keri. 
 
 1^^ a root not in use and doubtful ; 
 
 I. Perh. i. q. Chald. nntj to be dark, 
 dusky ; hence i'^'n ink. 
 
 II. to be enough, sufficient, much ; see 
 "^ 
 
 W f Deut. 14, 13. Is. 34, 15, a bird 
 ofpreij, inhabiting ruins. Bochart under- 
 stands the black vulture, comparing i^"^ . 
 Better, the kite or falcon, so called from 
 its swift flight; deriving n*^ from r. ns'J , 
 the fic when doubled being changed into 
 " , as Syr. '^I-a , Pa. Vaa . Vulg. milvus. 
 
 i'''7 m. (r. n^'n , after the form llsa) 
 ink, Jer. 36, 18. Aram, xnrn, fzcL?^ 
 
 .Arab. ij!t> ink-stand. 
 
 'jiiai'l, n3ilQ'''n, see -.iS"^^ no. 1, 2. 
 
 * 1''? fut. pn'J , prat. 1^ . 1. to mlc, to . 
 .govern ; pr. as it would seem, to subju^ 
 .gate, to subject to oneself, causat. af r. 
 "^n q. V. as if for 'j'^'in . Constr. c. ace. 
 
 1 Sam. 2, 10. Zech. 3, 7 then shalt thou 
 rule my house. Gen. 6, 3, see in r. ""^ . 
 
 2. to judge, i. q. tiS , but more fre- 
 quent in poetic style. The ideas of ruling 
 and judging are closely allied not only 
 in Oriental practice and polity, but also 
 in their languages; comp. ^20. also 
 
 ^!5 and *JC&.. Gen.49,16 i5:s -p"!; '(-n 
 
 Dan shall judge his people. Often of 
 God as judging the nations. Ps. 7, 9. 9, 9, 
 50, 4. 72, 2. 96, 10. Is. 3, 13. Spec, to 
 judge any one is i. q. a) to condemn, to 
 punish the guilty, Gr. yaTux^iriiv, Gen. 
 15, 14. Job 36, 31 ; c. 2 Ps. 110. 6. b) 
 to protect the cause of any one, to defend 
 his right, to see that he obtains justice ; 
 spoken of a just judge, espec. of God. 
 Prov. 31, 9 )'i^=N: 'IS -pTj defend the cause 
 of the poor and needy. Gen. 30, 6 "'Jl'n 
 cn'bs God hath judged me, hath pro- 
 tected my cause. Ps. 54, 3 Tjr.TsiSJa? 
 "'33"''ir and in thy might defend me. i. e. 
 protect and avenge me. More fully Jer. 
 5, 28. 22, 16 V>2i<^ ^P''\"^. 'rl hejudgeth 
 the cause of the poor and needy. 30, 13. 
 
 3. With CS , to contend with any one, 
 pr. before a judge, as in Niph. Ecc. 6, 10. 
 
 NiPH. "("nD recipr. to co7itend together, 
 pr. before a judge, to strive togetJier, 
 
 2 Sam. 19, 10. Comp. synom. wDllia. 
 Arab. (vX!&. to judge ; III, IV to strive 
 together. 
 
 Deriv. '1"^ , "jila , n^na , t^^^^r: , and pr. 
 n. 'Ciy. , 'il'O , bx*5'n ; also those'here fol- 
 lowing: 
 
 X^'^ and 'i^'l Chald. id. part. Ezra 7, 25. 
 
 r"? m. 1. judgment, Fs. 76, 9. 'pT KM 
 judgment-seat, tribunal, Prov. 20, 8. 
 Spec, a) a judgment-seat, tribunal, 
 Is. 10, 2. b) a cause, right, which is 
 brought for judgment ; Deut. 17, 8 "j"'? 
 Tl^. 'C'l between cause and cause, i. e. 
 between the rights of the parties. Prov. 
 29, 7. p-i ntv Ps. 140, 13, i. q. '^'H. ',^ 
 to judge or protect the cause of any one. 
 c) wrong, guilt, as being judged ; Job 
 36, 17 and fittest thou up the guilt of the 
 wicked, g^iilt and, punishment lake hold 
 on each otJier. d) sentence of a judge, 
 Ps. 76, 9. e) right, jmlicr ; F.M\\. 1, 13 
 y'^^ m 15^^-il^ all who knew law and 
 justice. 
 
r 
 
 223 
 
 VOl 
 
 2. controversy^ strife, Prov. 22, 10 ; see 
 r. y^, no. 3, and Niph. 
 
 y^, Chalil. m. \. judgment, and meton. 
 
 a 
 tribunal, i. e. tfie judges ; comp. ijlyJO 
 
 DitcAn, the highest tribunal. Dan. 7, 10 
 
 an'J S3^^ the judges were seated, v. 26. 
 
 2. jtislice. right, righteousness, Dan. 4, 
 31 "p^ nrnnjj his ways are righteotis- 
 ness. i. e. just, upright. Dan. 7, 22 X3"''i'! 
 T'Si^bs ^W^n;?b sn^ and until justice was 
 rendered to the saints of the Most High. 
 
 3. jmnishment, Ezra 7, 26. 
 
 'I^'l m. (r. y^) 1. a ;'<Zg-e, 1 Sam. 
 24, 16. 
 
 2. a defender, advocate, Ps. 68, 6. 
 Chald. Ezra 7, 25. 
 
 ni^l (judged, acquitted) Z?tnaA,pr. n. 
 of the daughter of Jacob, Gen. 30, 21. 
 34, 1 sq, 
 
 ^!??''? Chald. m. plur. Dinaites, pr. n. 
 of an Assyrian people transferred to Sa- 
 maria, Ezra 4, 9. 
 
 riB"^^ 1 Chr. 1, 6, a various reading 
 for rc'^T in the parallel passage Gen. 
 10, 3. But many Mss, have rB''i also 
 in 1 Chr. 1. c. and so Sept. and Vulg. 
 Riphat. See re*'") . 
 
 P!''n m. (r. pW Chald. and Syr. q. v.) 
 pr. a watch-tower, specula ; then genr. 
 a tower, erected by besiegers to over- 
 look and harass a city ; i. q. "jna and Syr. 
 |!ec?. Mostly collect. 2 K. 25, 1. Jer. 
 52, 4. Ez. 4, 2. 17, 17. 21, 27. 26, 8. 
 Freq. pl^T nja; once 'i )T\i Ez. 26, 8. 
 J. D. Michael is understands a wall or 
 line of circumvallation, Sept. in 2 K. 
 ntQirttxog, and this I have formerly fol- 
 lowed ; but see Rosenm. ad Ez. 4, 2, 
 and also Barhebr. p. 206, ' exstruxit tur- 
 rim f-eoj-:^ ad speculandura.' 
 
 ''^"^ i. q. e5-"n q. v. to tread out grain, 
 to thresh. Hence 
 
 IC"^"! m. threshing-time, Lev. 26, 5. 
 
 IW"! m. 1. A species of antelope, 
 so called from its leaping, springino- ; 
 from r. tl5'.^ pr. to tread, but prob. also 
 i. q. yin to leap, to spring, whence 
 Aram. XS'^'n, )^j caprea,pygarg; comp. 
 Bochart Hieroz. 11. p. 270, ibique Ro- 
 
 senm. Deut 14, 5. Sept. nvyaQyog, 
 Engl. Vers, pygarg, Syr. and Targ, 
 >alj, Arabs (both) t^^yi\; all which 
 words denote a species of antelope, ga- 
 zelle, etc. 
 
 2. Dishon, pr. n. a) A son of Seir, 
 also of a region of Idumea bearing his 
 name, Gen. 36, 21. 30. 1 Chr. 1, 38. b) 
 A grandson of Seir, Gen. 36, 25. 1 Chr. 
 1,41. 
 
 ^"^ m. adj. (r. Tj?^) crushed, broken; 
 hence dejected, afflicted, opjrressed, un- 
 happy, Ps. 9, 10. 10, 18. 74, 21. Once 
 apparently in an active signification, i. q. 
 crushing, i. e. chastising ; so with Luther 
 and Geier I understand Prov. 26, 28 
 T^ST Nj"::'^ npia y.xoh a lying tongue (per- 
 son) haleth tliem thai chastise it. Ver- 
 bal adjectives of the forms ~^ , 7yi , and 
 also of the form ba;5 from which these 
 are contracted, are indeed for the most 
 part intransitive, and are derived from 
 intransitive verbs, as en, b'n, 3n, and 
 many others ; yet there is nothing in the 
 nature of the case, why a form of this 
 sort derived from a transitive verb, such 
 as is T(?''J , should not also have a transi- 
 tive sense, T)2'n contr. Ty\ , ~'\! . i. q. 7|?"i ; 
 and that in some instances this is the 
 fact, is shown by the words "i::"^ , *,73!< . 
 Sept. well as to the sense, ylMiau ifttvd'rig 
 ftian ulri&fiav. The other clause favours 
 the same sense, a flattering mouth work- 
 eth ruin. Those who prefer to take 
 it intransitively, may render : a lying 
 tongue hateth those crushed by it, q. d. 
 its victims. 
 
 ^"n Chald. m. this, hie, Ezra 5, 16. 17. 
 6, 7. 8 ; and ^'^ fem. this, hcec, Ezra 4, 
 15. 16. 19. 5, 8. Corresponding is Arab. 
 
 ^iljj; and both have arisen from the 
 simple demonstrative t j (ht), with the 
 pleonastic suffix of the second person, 
 
 liJI j pr. hie tibi, elsewhere dU j ; and 
 
 where one speaks with several, XJQ}^ 
 
 hie vobis. In the Targums for Heb. f\t 
 
 are put T0_ , rf^ , "'S''-! , ''?1'^ 
 
 K>^~ i. q. n2^ , to be broken in 
 pieces, beaten small, crushed, in Kal not 
 used. Comp. TJ?'^. 
 
iUTi 
 
 224 
 
 r^n 
 
 PiEL X2'n 1. to break in pieces, to 
 crush. Ps. 72. 4 ptais X?1"'') Ae breaketh 
 in pieces the oppressor. 89, 11. 143, 3. 
 Job 6, 9 ''3X3'!"'T ^ii'X is'^'! and would 
 that God might crush me ! destroy me. 
 4, 19 those dwelling in houses of clay . . . 
 they are crushed (lit. they crush them) 
 as by the moth, in the manner of the 
 moth. Infin. NSii as noun, a bruising, 
 bruise, wound, Is. 53, 10 ixS'n ysn nin-i 
 'bnri it pleased Jehovah, he made sick 
 his wound, i. e. it pleased Jehovah to 
 wound him severely, incurably ; the con- 
 struction is affvidsTog. Others: it pleased 
 Jehovah that disease should cmtsh him ; 
 'bnn for '^nn ; so Hitzig. Metaph. 
 Job 19, 2 C"'^^a "^ijnxsnni and (how 
 long) break me in pieces with words ? 
 
 2. to crush under foot, to trample upon, 
 Lam. 3, 34. Hence to oppress, e. g. the 
 needy, Is. 3, 15. Ps. 94, 5 ; espec. in the 
 fbrura, in court, Prov. 22, 22. 
 
 NiPH. part, broken in spirit, contrite, 
 humble, Is. 57, 15. 
 
 PcAL X.tobe broken, crushed, bruised ; 
 e. g. the arm, Job 22, 9; with plagues, 
 calamities, Is. 53, 5. 
 
 2. to be broken in spirit, afflicted, 
 humbled. Is. 19, 10; with penitence, con- 
 trite, Jer. 44, 10. 
 
 HiTHP. fut. XS'n'^ , pass, of Pi. no. 1, 
 Job 5, 4. 34, 25.' Hence 
 
 5^3'^ adj. intensive from r. N^'^ , after 
 the form b'j;? . 
 
 1. broken very small, beaten fine ; 
 hence as Subst. poet, for dust. Ps. 90, 3 
 6ts^~"i? Tri:x sen thou tumest man to 
 dust. 
 
 2. broken in spirit, contrite, humble. Is. 
 57, 15. Ps. 34, 19. 
 
 '^^ i. q. n:^ . to be broken in pieces, 
 crushed; in Kal once, Ps. 10, 10 Cheth. 
 tva^ nsn*) ami he is cruslied, he sinks 
 down. Keri ns*]";! id. 
 
 PiEL to break in pieces, to crush; Ps. 
 44. 20. 51, 10 n"'2'n r-i-c^fr n:^;pi that the 
 bones thou hast Jrroken nuiy rejoice, i. e. 
 broken with the consciousness of guilt. 
 
 NiPH. to be broken, CTUshed, Ps. 38, 
 fl; trop. of the raind, heart, Ps. 51, 19 
 nsisi 13U.'3 ab a broken and contrite 
 heart. 
 
 Deriv. 'ag . 
 
 "3"^ f. (r. T)?"^) a crushing ; Deut. 23, 
 2 n~'il y^^S wounded or mutilated by 
 crushing, sc. the testicles. The allusion 
 is to a peculiar kind of emasculation, still 
 practised in the East, as we have learn- 
 ed from Greek physicians; it consists in 
 softening the testicles of very young 
 boys in warm water, and then rubbing 
 and pressing them till they disappear. 
 The Greeks call a eunuch of this kind 
 ^hxSlug, as Sept. h. 1. Vulg. well, eu- 
 nuchus attritis testiculis. 
 
 "^P^l m. (r. ^^'^) a crushing, dashing, 
 beating together of waves ; hence a 
 raging, roaring noise. Ps. 93, 3 IStS^ 
 Cr'n ri'ri: the fioods lift up their roar- 
 ing, parall. zhip . Arab. \Si^ to beat, to 
 thrust ; VI to beat together, to collide ; 
 comp. ii)t*> VI to press upon each other 
 
 in the tumult of battle, ^o.^> tumult, 
 conflict. 
 
 *^5t obsol. root, Arab, ijj, ifo beat 
 small, to break in pieces, to crush, i. q. 
 sr'n, ns'n, -(''^ , Chald. "==! Hence 
 t|'n . T\2'!\ . Comp. pp'n and the remarks 
 under nn':j . In the western languages 
 comp. Gr. duxo), duxvat. 
 
 )? V Chald. this, hie, i. q. T\^ . Dan. 2 
 31. 7, 20. 
 
 * ^r'i' Chald. i. q. Heb. i:t , to re- 
 member; whence "P^^ti, "I'^^'n, and 
 
 '^?'7 Chald. plur. '""la^ , a ram, Ezra 
 6, 9. 17. 7, 17. It signifies pr. a male, 
 i. q. Heb. "ist ; but is put spec, for a mule 
 sheep, ram, like Gr. ug^r,v male, m^J/v, 
 u^Tjc, aries, a ram. 
 
 li^^"! Chald. m.(r.na^)emph.n3'ia^, 
 a record, register, in which any thing is 
 noted for remembrance, Ezra 6, 2. 
 
 'Jt'^'^ Chald. m, id. Ezra 4, 15 lEO 
 N*3"^a'n the book of the records, i. e. the 
 public records of tlie kingdom kept by the 
 king's secretary or recorder. Heb. ">''3?]'5 
 Syr; Pi-sc? record, memoir, e. g. me- 
 moirs of the martyrs. 
 
 ^"^ m. (lor nb"n , r. nb-n) ronstr. b-n , pr. 
 something hanging, swinging; hence 
 valve of a door, a door, as hanging sus- 
 pended and moving to and fro. Once, 
 metaph. door of the lips for the moutb 
 
225 
 
 bbi 
 
 Ps. 141, 3 ; corap. Mic. 7, 5, and nvltu 
 ajofiaioi Eurip. Hippol. 882. The fern. 
 pb?[ door is far more frequent, q. v. 
 
 51 m. (r. VyrC) in pause ^ , plur. n^V^ , 
 toealf.feeble, powerless. 2 Sam. 3, 1 Va- 
 ^ vid vaxed stronger and stronger, P'^ai 
 cini n"'3bh b^Sii and the house of Said 
 %Daa:ed weaker and weaker, i. e. conti- 
 nually weaker. Spec, a) lean, thin, 
 2 Sam. 13, 4 b^ nas nnx rn-q why art 
 thou so lean? emaciated. Once plur. 
 fern, rib^ of kinc, Gen. 41,19. b) weak, 
 low, poor, of low estate, Ex. 23, 3. Lev. 
 14, 21. 1 Sam. 2, 8. Ruth 3, 10. Ps. 41, 
 2. 72, 13. Prov. 10, 15. Is. 14, 30. al. saep, 
 
 -i^ to leap, to spring, in Kal once 
 Zeph. 1, 9. 
 
 Pi EL id. Is. 35, 6 n&Q *)!3 a^n-^ tsj 
 tlien shall the lame man leap as the 
 hart; with bs Cant. 2, 8; ace. Ps. 18, 
 30 n^ti-aHx Tibxa with my God have I 
 leaped walls. 
 
 T^7 1- i- q- ^r*^ ) ^0 hang down, to 
 be pendidotis ; comp. Arab. ^^ Conj. 
 V, spoken of pendulous boughs, and Eth. 
 ^AU) to wave, to hang down. See 
 n''^^ .For the form si-'b'n Prov. 26, 7, 
 Bee under bb'n . 
 
 2. to let hang down, i. e. to let down a 
 bucket or pitcher into a well, to draw 
 water, Ex. 2, 16. 19. Arab. ^O and Jo, 
 Syr. P> id. Metaph. Prov. 20, 5 coun- 
 sel in the heart of man is deep water, 
 nihy^ n;!i:n aj'^xi but a mun of under- 
 standing will draw it out. 
 
 PiEL to draw out., pr. from a well ; 
 metaph. to deliver, to set free. Ps. 30, 2 
 "an^n "S :;':T3-ii.N| I will extol thee, for 
 thou hast delivered me. 
 
 Deriv. b^ . nb'n , rb/n , "'byi , Vjrj ^ n"'!?^ , 
 and pr. n. nV:*i , in^J'n . ' " 
 
 <n^^ i. q. rtn a door, see in b^ . Is. 26, 
 20 Keri. Hence Dual D^nV^ , see under 
 ^\'^. 
 
 ^I'l f. (r. b^n) pr. something Aangang- 
 down, pliant^ slender. Spec. 
 
 1. thread, spoken of the threads or 
 thrums which tied the web to the weav- 
 er's beam. Is. 33. 12 ':rS3'^ nH^ from 
 the thrum he cuttelh me off', an image of 
 death drawn from the weaver, who when 
 
 his work ia finished cuts it out of the 
 loom. Chald. b^b^ filamentum. 
 
 2. hair, locks, hanging down, Cant 7, 
 6. Vulg. coma capitis. 
 
 3. slenderness, i. e. weakness, lovmesa, 
 poverty; concr. the poor, 2 K. 24, 14. 
 25, 12. Plur. orn mii? id. Jer. 52, 15. 
 and 77.i<'"J 'i v. 16. 
 
 * nb'n to trouble water with-the feet, 
 to make turbid, Ez. 32, 2. 13. Syr. - "^ 
 id. 
 
 ''?'7 m. (r. fb'n) a bucket, any vessel 
 for drawing water, Is. 40, 15. Arab.y J. 
 
 ''r''^ m. (r. nb-n) id. Num. 24, 7 n^a bn 
 l^b^B f/ie waters stream from his buck- 
 ets, i. e. his posterity will be numerous; 
 a metaphor drawn from water as flow- 
 ing from a bucket, and applied to the 
 semen virile ; comp. bj^, Je$f , and Is. 
 48, 1. In the other hemistich D-^aa isnt 
 D-^an . The form l^b^ {d6l-]/dv) is from 
 Dual n">^b^ the two buckets (as was 
 usual), Metheg being retained in the 
 penultima. 
 
 '^?r'7 (whom Jehovah hath freed) 
 Delaiah. pr. n. m. a) Neh. 6, 10. b) 
 1 Chr. 3, 24. c) Ezra 2, 60. Neh. 7, 
 62. The Phenicians had the pr. n. //s- 
 XaiaaxuQxoq. as read in Jos. c. Ap. 1 , 18, 
 i. e. mnirs -^bT 'freed by Astarte.' 
 
 '''^T . ^ (id.) Delaiah, pr. n. m. a) Jer. 
 36, 12. 25. b) 1 Chr. 24, 18. 
 
 ^? V? f (feeble, pining with desire) 
 Delilah, pr. n. of a Philistine woman 
 whom Samson loved, Judg. 16, 4-18. 
 
 f^"'^'7 f. (r. nb^) only plur. ni^b^ 
 (Kamets impure), boughs, branches, so 
 called as hanging down, waving ; Jer. 
 11, 16. Ez. 17, 6. 23. 31, 7. 9. 12. Syr. 
 
 \h:i:^9 id. 
 
 * 5b^, prat. 3 plur. sibb^ Is. 19, 6, ^ht 
 Job 28, 4, and si-^bn Prov. 26' 7 (see in no. 
 1), Ipers. "ni^Ps. 116,6. 
 
 1. to luing down, to be pendulous, to 
 swing, to wave ; e. g. as a bucket let 
 do wn in a well, the slender and pendulous 
 branches of the palm, willow, etc. which 
 wave to and fro. Kindr. is nb'n , also bbr , 
 uy\ , bbn and bnbn q. v. Comp. in the 
 Indo-European tongues, Sanscr. tilla to 
 
yh 
 
 226 
 
 Twl 
 
 go, to be moved, Gr. aaXtvco, (raldaao}, 
 au'/.og, to wave, to fluctuate, etc. To the 
 Bame family may be also referred V'ln, 
 JJa^ , JJa& 5 in all which the primary 
 notion is that of hanging down, laxness, 
 languor. In Job 28, 4 spoken of miners 
 letting themgelves down into the pits or 
 shafts: ^Vi "CiiH-Q 1^^ tliei/ hang dawn 
 Jar fi'om men, they swing to and fro. 
 Here too I would refer Prov. 26, 7 T'b'n 
 fiiliitjp isa bd?:!i ns? ^'I'i^^ the legs 
 hang down from a lame man (sc. as a 
 useless weight), and so is a sententious 
 saying in the mouth of fools. In this 
 passage if we read "^"h^ (with Patah), it 
 may be for l^n ; so several Rabbins, and 
 comp. lCi-'";'n Ezra 10, 16 for tlii'n'n, qoti- 
 Xov folium, allot; alius, and vice versa 
 Jilia, file. But it is easier with R. Ju- 
 dah, R. Jonah; and several Mss. to read 
 s"^^ i. q. ibn , from r, n^'n . 
 
 2. to be slack, languid, feeble, weak. 
 Spoken a) Of shallow and languid 
 waters ; Is. 19, 6 nis^ ''nk'^ Jisniil sibbn 
 the streams of Egypt languish and are 
 dried up ; comp. ' flumen languidum ' 
 Hor. Od. 2. 14, 17, ' aqua languida ' Liv. 
 1. 4. b) Of persons, to be brought low., 
 to be afflicted, oppressed, Ps. 79, 8. 116, 
 6. 142, 7. c) Of the eye, to languish, 
 to pine with desire, Is. 38, 14 "^a"^? !>W 
 
 NiPH. pass, of no. 2, to be enfeebled, to 
 be brought low, of a people, Judg. 6, 6. 
 Is. 17, 4. 
 
 Deriv. b"?, n^n, and pr. n. t^Y\^,. 
 
 ^^ obsol. root, Arab, to thrust out 
 the tongue ; Chald. rsb'n a gourd, perh. 
 oblong, tongue-shaped. Hence 
 
 T^r? (goord-field) Dilean, pr. n. of a 
 city in Judah. Josh. 15, 38. 
 
 P^" fut. tCs'l'} 1. to drop, to drip, 
 to distil ; spoken of a house, Ecc. 10, 18 
 P^sn CJ'^'T' the house droppeth, i. e. leaks, 
 lets the rain drop through the roof. 
 
 2. to sfied toars. to weep, as the eye, 
 Job 16, 20 "^rr ne^^ f^'^x-bs my eye 
 weej)th unto God. Ps. 1 1 9. 28 '<Vti ncbrj 
 my soul weepeth ; comp. tt^ES no. 3. Aram, 
 id. Arab. v_AJt> to go slowly, to creep 
 along ; VII, to be poured out, to flow ; 
 comp. as'n . Hence 
 
 ^^rl m. a dropping, dripping, from a 
 roof; Prov. 19, 13. 27, 15. 
 
 V^i^ pr. n. of a son of Haman, Dal- 
 phon, Esth. 9, 7. 
 
 * P2? fut. pb^-i 1. to bum, to fame, 
 Aram, ua^? id. Ps. 7, 14 C^pbV? iisn 
 bye"^ he maketh his arrows faming, i. e. 
 shooteth burning arrows. With 3 to 
 inflame, to kindle, Obad. 18. 
 
 2. Trop. in various senses : a) Of 
 love, ardent friendship, to bum. Prov. 
 26, 23 Cij^b^ ^"^f^S^ burning lips, i. e. 
 discourse professing ardent atiection, 
 burning love. b) Of burning anxiety, 
 to bum with anguish, oflen compared to 
 heat; Ps. 10. 2 through the pride of the 
 wicked ""as p\'^1 doth the poor man burn, 
 is troubled, anxious ; comp. Is. 13, 8. Ps. 
 39,4. c) Of burning persecution, whence 
 "''!!'!!!? pb"^ to bum after any one, to pur- 
 sue hotly, Germ, nachfeuemi. Gen. 31, 
 36 "^nnx npbn -O that thou so hotly pur- 
 suest after me. 1 Sam. 17, 53. With 
 ace. id. Lam. 4, 19 -irpbTi n-i-nnn-bs they 
 pursued us hotly upon the mountains. 
 
 Hi PH. to make burn, to kindle. Ez. 24, 
 10. Trop. to inflame, e. g. as wine. Is. 
 5, 11 Cj^'^b":;;' '{^"^ wine inflames them. 
 
 Deriv. rjr^'n . 
 
 p^^ Chald. to bum, Dan. 7, 9. 
 
 ^'^?'^ f (r. pb'n) inflammation, fever, 
 Deut. 28, 22. 
 
 f^?'!? f (r. f^^'n) comp. the masc. unal 
 If/ofi. b'n ; pr. valve of a door, so called 
 as hanging and swinging ; then a door, 
 as hanging and turning on hinges Prov. 
 26. 14 ; as shut and opened Gen. 19, 10. 
 2 K. 4, 4. 9, 3 ; as knocked at, beaten, 
 Judg. 19, 22. Diflf. from nno, which 
 denotes a door-way or opening for a 
 door. Where a double or folding door 
 is meant, the Dual (q. v.) is lor the most 
 part employed ; but the Sing, al.'jo some- 
 times includes both valves ; e. g. 1 K. 6, 
 34 c^b-'ba rnsn rb^n c^rbs ':a the 
 two leaves of the one door were folding, 
 turning. In Ez. 41. 24 rbrt \i( hixly put 
 both for the single valve and also for the 
 whole door : cn-iJ t^irb"nb riTb-n fpir^ 
 'najn rnx nbib 'cina 'r-irbn r-iapiD 
 pnnsb Pirbn two Irares wrre to each 
 door, two turning leaves, two to the one 
 
en 
 
 227 
 
 tisn 
 
 door and two to the other door. Spoken 
 of the lid of n chest. 2 K. 12, 10. Me- 
 taph. Cant. 8, 9 if he be a d(jor sc. our 
 sister, i. e. if she make herself easy of 
 access to suitors. 
 
 Dual e^rib^ constr. 'nb'3 (pr. from a 
 form T^'^) folding doors. Lat. fores, es- 
 pec. large, as of a city, gates. Deut. 3, 5. 
 1 Sam. 23. 7. Is. 45. 1. Jer. 49, 31. Me- 
 ta.\)[\. doors of heaeen. through which the 
 rain flown down, (elsewhere niaiX.) Ps. 
 78, 23. Job 3, 10 TJa 'nb':i t/ui doors 
 of my (mother's) woinb. 41, 6 rjB "'nb^ 
 the doors of his face, i. e. the jaws of the 
 crocodile. 38, 8 or shut up the sea with 
 doors, comp. v. 10. 
 
 Plitr. nirb^ constr. n"irb^ f. but in 
 Neh. 13, 19 niasc. 
 
 1. doors, i. e. leaves of a folding door 
 or gate, 1 K. 6, 31. Ez. 41, 24 ; see Sing. 
 Hence 
 
 2. a door. gate. Ju<lg. 3. 23-25. 19, 27. 
 Ez. 26. 2 c"B?f7 nirbij nnao? broken is 
 the gale of the nations, i. e. Jerusalem. 
 
 3. the columns of a book or roll, so 
 called as resembling a door in their 
 form, as in Lat. from their likeness to a 
 column, Jer. 36, 23. Others, chapters 
 of a book, like Rabb. 'nrttj. 
 
 0'7 m. constr. Cn , c. sufli'. la-n , C3531 
 Gen. 9, 5. 
 
 1. blood ; prob. forr Dnx , r. cnx to be 
 red ; whence Talmud, nnx , n^x , xr'n'^x , 
 Punic edom accordjng to Augustine 
 
 on Ps. 136. Arab. |4>, rareiy ^J, 
 
 whence a new verb .-^3 to bleed, to 
 
 let blood ; II, to wound. So on bs b^x 
 to eat (flesh) with the blood, 1 Sam. 14, 
 32. 55. Ez. 33, 25 ; this was contrary to 
 the Mosaic law. Lev. 17, 11. Deut. 12, 
 23. 'ps nn innocent blood 2 K. 21, 16. 
 Ps. 106, 38 ; spoken likewise of an inno- 
 cent person, Ps. 94, 21 "S'^ttJ*;; "'pj dt^ 
 and condemn innocent blood; also "^ps n'n 
 blood of the innocent Deut. 19. 10. 13. 27, 
 25. Jer. 19, 4. 22. 17. 
 
 2. Trop. blood, tor bloodshed, murder, 
 Lev. 19, 16. Also for the guilt of mur- 
 der, blood-guiltiness, Gen. 37, 26. Lev. 17, 
 4. Deut. 17, 8 wfs nn-,ia. Num. 35, 27 
 ^"7 ''^ V* ^ i* "o< guilty of blood, no 
 blood-guiltiness is upon him. 
 
 3. 6ioodo/'gTa/)e, poet. foricine, which 
 
 in Palestine is red, Gen. 49, 11. DcuL 
 32. 14. Comp. aifia Ttji oiaipvi^t EccliM. 
 39, 26. 
 
 Pluh. C'S'i bloods, i. e. drops of blood, 
 but put like the sing. 
 
 1. blood, espec. as shed. Gen. 4, 10. 
 Is. 9, 4. Hos. 1, 4. Ps. 106, 38. 
 
 2. bloodshed, blood-guiltiness ; ttJ^s^ 
 D'^O'n a man of blood, bloody man, Ps. 5, 
 7. 26, 9. 55, 24. cs'j pia, nij , house or 
 city of blood, i. e. guilty of bloodshed, 2 
 Sam. 21, 1. Ez. 22, 2. 24, 6. ia fB'n 
 Lev. 20, 9. Ez. 18, 13, and 03 Dn"'??^ 
 Lev. 20; 11 sq. his blood be upon him, 
 their blood be upon them, i. e. they are 
 guilty of their own blood. 
 
 Note. To Cn is once usually ascribed 
 the signif likeness, similitude, i. q. ria^, 
 in Ez. 19; 10 ^"ona -isw :;bx thy mother 
 is like a vine after thy likejiess, than 
 which nothing can be more languid, 
 especially as there tbllows : planted by 
 the waters. Most prob. we ought to read 
 with Calmet : Tp'rs ^CJS like a vine of 
 thy vineyard. 
 
 * I. n"-'n, Aram. XTsn, lie?, to be or 
 become like, similar, to resemble, c. h Ps. 
 102, 7. 144, 4. Cant. 2, 9. 7, 8 ; bx 'Ez. 
 31. 8. With dat. pleonast. Cant. 2, 17 
 ^asb 'lin Vjb-nr^ be thou, my beloved^ 
 like a roe. 8, 14. 
 
 NiPH. to become like, to resemble, c. 
 ace. Ez. 32, 2. 
 
 Pi EL nr'n 1. to liken, to compare, c. 
 bx Is. 40. 18. 25 ; b 46, 5. Cant. 1. 9. Lam. 
 2, 13 Ti^-na-ix na what shall I liken unto 
 thee 7 Hence to use similitudes, paru' 
 bles. i. q. h'S-o, biTT:. Hos. 12, 11 n^a 
 nanx o-'X-'arn by the prophets . . . Ihar^ 
 used similitudes ; so in accordance with 
 the context. Others, / have destroyed, 
 i. e. announced destruction. 
 
 2. to liken in one^s mind, i. q. Engl, to 
 deem, to think. Ps. 50, 21 "ni'^n n^an 
 Tjira ^"^jn^. thou thoughtest me to be like 
 thyself Esth. 4, 13. Is. 10, 7. 
 
 3. to think, i. e. to purpose, to meditate^ 
 sc. to do any thing ; Num. 33, 56. Judg. 
 20. 5 iinb sia'n ""rix they thought to have 
 slain me. Is. 14, 24. 2 Sam. 21, 5 C-'Xn 
 nsb msi -iiajy wfea ^VHthemanwhocon" 
 sumed us and who meditated against us 
 Bc. destruction. 
 
 4. to think upon, to remember. Ps. 4^ 
 
^T 
 
 228 
 
 rm 
 
 10 r,'iDn nit-i"l:s< w-^b-^t tee remember, O 
 God, thy laving-kindness. 
 
 HiTHPA. fut. 1 pers. ns'nx Is. 14, 14, to 
 make oneself like, to become like, with b. 
 
 Deriv. n*!^'^. ')'i"'TO'n. 
 
 Note, This signif. of likeness seems 
 to be the appropriate and primary one 
 In this verb ; but it has still another, 
 borrowed fiom the kindred family 20'n, 
 blT, as in the following article : 
 
 11. t'-^ 1. to be dumb, silent, still; 
 to rest, to cease. Jer. 14, 17 my eyesjiow 
 down with tears night arid day, and do 
 not rest. Lam. 3, 49. 
 
 2. Causat. to cause to cease, to make 
 an end of; hence to destroy, comp. B'lii , 
 *T>nsn , ri"'2'rn , nbs no. 3 ; espec. to lay 
 waste, to destroy a country, Hos. 4, 5 
 jBS ''ni^'n I will destroy thy mother, i. e. 
 will lay waste thy country. Jer. 6, 2 
 ji'S-ra T^'^-c-n I will destroy the daugh- 
 ter of Zion, i. e. thee. 
 
 NiPH. to be destroyed, cut off, to perish; 
 of persons, Hos. 10. 15 nian: nbn; ~nra 
 bs'ib'^ "(!??. to-morrow the king of Israel 
 shall be cut off. Is. 6, 5 '^n"'^n3-"'3 -^b-iix 
 wo is me, for I perish ! So of brutes Ps. 
 49, 13. 21 ; of nations Zeph. 1, 11. Hos. 
 4 6; of cities. lands, Is. 15, 1. Jer. 47, 5. 
 Hos. 10. 7. In all the examples here 
 quoted, the Praeter only is read. For 
 the Fut. are used tlie forms 1B^7 , IB'nn , 
 from the synon. C^'n . 
 
 Deriv. ''r'n , ""rn . 
 
 n'52'n Chald. to be like, similar, Dan. 
 3, 25. 7, 5. 
 
 TJ?"^ f. (r. C^'!j) desolation, destruc- 
 tion; also for concr. desolated, laid 
 waste. So commonly Ez. 27. 32 "iss "la 
 riBiS who is like Tyre, like the de- 
 stroyed ; but probably it is better with 
 Hitzig to read HBiB the desolated. 
 
 riTO'n f (r. fiB'n I) \. a likeness, 
 image, i. q. Syr. fzoicj . Gen. 1, 26 let 
 Its make man . . . isrir'iS after our like- 
 ness ; comp. 5, 1. 3 Jie begat a son iriiB'iia 
 "inbsa in his own likeness, after his own 
 image. 2 Chr. 4, 3 n'''n;3a niB'n images 
 of oxen, i. e. cast, molten. Is. 40, 18 
 ft laiyn niBTma what likeness, image, 
 Vnll ye compare unto him 7 
 
 2. a model, pattern^ e. g. for an altar, 
 2 K. 16, 10. 
 
 3. an appearance, form, shape. Ez. 
 1, 16 ini'anxb nnx ni^an one shape was 
 to the four. With genit. the appearance, 
 likeness, shape of any thing, i. e. some- 
 thing having that form ; e. g. spoken of 
 what is indistinctly seen in dreams or 
 visions ; Ez. 1, 5 rs'ix nsi^^ n:ini:a 
 m'n and in the midst of it the appear- 
 ance, likeness, of four living creatures, 
 i. e. an appearance like four animals, v. 
 26 S&3 n!|?;'n the appearance of a throne. 
 V. 28" 8, 2. 10, 1. 21. Dan. 10, 16. Comp. 
 nxno , Hence 
 
 4! Adv. like, as. Is. 13, 4; nsians id. 
 Ps. 58, 5. 
 
 ^'^ m. (r. nr'n II ) stillness, rest, qui- 
 et, i. q. '^T . Is. 38, 10 'a^ la'ia in the 
 quiet of my days. i. e. now when I might 
 reign in quiet. Sept. iv tw vfti twv i,^i- 
 Qb)v [iov, either reading or conjecturing 
 ''B^a . See more in Comment, on Is. I. c. 
 
 ''P'n m- (r> ^^'1 II) stillne.'js, quiet; 
 Ps. 83, 2 Ti^-^Bj'-bx c-^n-JX O God, be 
 thou not quiet, i. e. look not in quiet in- 
 activity upon our persecutions, defer not 
 thy help ; comp. (tinn, ncn . Is. 62, 6. 7. 
 
 n^ia'l see n*B!i^. 
 
 'ji''73'7 m. (r. nr-n I ) i. q. n^r-n , a like- 
 ness, Ps. 17, 12. 
 
 ^St prajt. IB'n, imp. and inf M, 
 D'i'n Josh. 10, 12. Ps. 37, 7 ; fut. c=Ti , plur. 
 la'n^ in the Chald. manner. 
 
 1. to be dumb, silent, still. Lev. 10, 3. 
 Lam. 3, 28. Ez. 24. 17 o=n p:s<n, Vulg. 
 ingemisce tacens. With b to be silent to 
 any one. i. e. to listen to him in silence ; 
 hence Job 29, 21 "'nsJ lab siB'n'iT they 
 kept silence at my counsel, nirr^b orij 
 to be silent towards Jehovah, i. e. to wait 
 in silent patience and confidence for his 
 help. Ps. 37, 7. 62, 6. Jer. 8, 14 why do 
 we sit still ? assemble yoursehes and let 
 us enter into the fenced cities ctSTiB'nsi 
 and let iis be silent there (i. e. remain 
 quiet), /or Jehovah hath put vs to silence, 
 q. d. hath brought our atl'airs to such a 
 strait that we cannot resist. Here na^3 
 is fut. Kal with He parngogic. < 
 
 2. to be struck dumb, i. e. to be asto- 
 nished, amazed, see note below ; i. q. 
 OBtfi . E. g. with admiration and terror, 
 Ex.'lS, 16. Is. 23, 2 'X "attJ"' la'n be asto- 
 nished, ye inhabitarUs of the coast, sc. of 
 
D-n 
 
 229 
 
 Wml 
 
 Tyre. Lam. 2, 10. The idea of silence, 
 Btillness, is also transferred from speak- 
 ing to acting, comp. t"^n, nrn ; hence 
 
 3. to test, to cease, to leaee off, Pa. 4, 
 5. 1 Sam. 14, 9. Job 31, 34. Lam. 2, 18 
 T^rSTa cnn-bx let not the apple of 
 thine eye cnise sc. to weep. Job 30, 27 
 im xbl ^npn 'S't: my bowels boil, and 
 rest not. A Iso to stand still ; Josh. 10, 12 
 Ci'n ")i"333 BJp.\3 Sun, stand thou still on 
 (iibeon! v. 13 Ocisn o^^i and the sun 
 stood still. 
 
 Note. Thi.s root is onomatopoetic and 
 widely spread in other families of lan- 
 guages, imitating, like the kindred OTsn, 
 Ciin, n^sn , and Gr. /xi'w, the sound made 
 with the lips closed, hm, dm. It is there- 
 fore pr. to be dumb, which is referred 
 either to silence and stillness, quiet; or 
 also to stupor, astonishment ; or lastly in 
 the causative and transitive conjugations 
 to desolation and destruction, as implying 
 subsequent silence. Most nearly kin- 
 dred to oz'ii are the roots C^ll (the ob- 
 scure sound made with the lips closed, 
 comp. the Lat. and Teutonic words 
 below) and n^^ , which see ; and the 
 same primary force lies in the roots D^lS, 
 P^ian. nn^, etc. not to mention those in 
 which the idea of the mouth as closed 
 is referred to the taste (o?^), to hun- 
 ger (ois), to inarticulate or unmeaning 
 sounds (c^a. cm, rixj, n^n), or lastly 
 to the general sense o^ closing, shutting, 
 see nax, ess, etc. In the Greek lan- 
 guage a root of the same family is uvu), 
 which is spoken of the mouth, lips, eyes, 
 as closed ; and also of sounds made with 
 the lips dosed ; see Passow's Lex. in |uu, 
 ui'w, and the citations there made ; then 
 also &av^a, &iifij}og, i, q. Heb. B'STIJ, 
 Chald. nw. In Lat. mutus [rom fiidog, 
 uim ; and still more in the Teutonic 
 languages. Germ, dumm stupid, Anglo- 
 sax, and Engl, dumb, mute, which is 
 nearer the primary idea; also with a 
 sibilant, Germ, stumm, comp. Lat. stu- 
 por, stnpidiis, Germ, staunen, Engl, to 
 ttun, Fr. etonner. 
 
 Po. 0'?*^^ to silence, to quiet, Ps. 131,2. 
 
 HiPH. C"in to make silent, Jer. 8, 14 ; 
 ee in Kal no. 1. 
 
 NiPH. 0*13 , plur. ^isanj Jer. 25, 37 ; fut. 
 >^T., also 'a^n Jer. 48, 2; pass, of 
 Hiph. to be destroyed, cut off, to perish ; 
 20 
 
 spoken of persons, 1 Sam. 2, 9 cstin 
 iia]^") ~>ljna the wicked perish in dark- 
 ness. Jer. 49, 26. 50, 30. 51, 6. Of a 
 region, to be laid wa^te, destroyed, Jer. 
 25, 37. 48, 2. 
 Deriv. nan , niSTS^ . 
 
 ntlTa'n n sHence, stillness, e. g. of the 
 winds, a calm Ps. 107, 29. 'n'O-m bip a 
 voice of stillness, i. e. still, gentle, 1 K. 
 19, 12. So poet, by Hendiadys, Job 4, 16 
 yiadx bipi naia'n / hear stillness aiul a 
 voice i. e. a still voice, light whisper. 
 Sept. and Vulg. lenis aura, gentle 
 breeze. 
 
 Y^*? obsol. root, Arab. ^>^t> to dung, 
 
 o 
 
 to manure; perh. denora. from (^wot^* 
 
 Hence the deriv. '(^nT?, njisn^, nsa-ja, 
 and the two following. ' 
 
 1^1 m. dung, manure, 2 K. 9, 37. Jer. 
 
 
 
 8, 2. 16, 4. 25, 33. Arab. ^0 and 
 
 niTQ'l Dimnah, pr. n. of a city in Ze- 
 bulun. Josh. 21, 35. But prob. we ought 
 here to read njan Rimmon, see Josh. 
 19, 13. 1 Chr. 6, 62 [77]. Comp. Mover'a 
 Chronik,p.72,73. 
 
 ^ S^ to weep, to shed tears, Jer. r3y 
 17. Aram, and Arab. id. Hence the 
 two following. 
 
 S^'?^ m. a tear, collect, tears; me- 
 taph. tears of olives and grapes, i. e. 
 wine and oil. Ex. 22, 28 ^^X^.] ~\^^y,' 
 Sept. (tTinQX'i? uXmvog xal Irjvov. Comp. 
 Gr. ddxQvov rwv divdQuv Theophr. arb&~ 
 rum lacrimcB Plin. 11. 6. 
 
 n:?'?2'^ f. (r. 'SXr\) a tear, but only col- 
 lect. tears; Arab. X4> tears, sjuii^ a 
 
 tear ; and so Gr. 5dxpi; is oflen used col- 
 lectively by the poets. Ps. 6, 7. 39. 13. 
 56, 9. Plur. ni?7:"!i Ps. 80, 6. Lam. 2, 11. 
 For the poetic phrase in Jeremiah : l^n 
 nyan 'rs my eye foxes down with tears, . 
 see in r. T^^ no. 1 fin. '^ 
 
 * ^"5^ obsol. root, whence "lanp) q. v. 
 
 * P^^? quadril. not used ; Arab. 
 in.iY''^ to be quick, hasty, active, 
 
u-^1 
 
 230 
 
 n 
 
 (^-li-cj, (S.*i^k>, quick, active, alert. 
 Hence perh. pr. n. 
 
 P'^W^, Arab. (S-Cis^t^ and iH^u<jCt> 
 
 Dimeshk, (activity, alertness, perh. in 
 reference to traffic,) sometimes pb*?"':!, 
 pbSiitj q. V. 
 
 2. Damascus, the metropolis of west- 
 ern Syria, situated on the river Chry- 
 sorrhoas, now lidrada, in a large and 
 beautiful plain at the eastern foot of 
 Anti-Lebanon, Gen. 14, 15. 15, 2. It 
 was subdued by David, but in the reign 
 of Solomon recovered its independence, 
 2 Sam. 8, 6. 1 K. 11, 24; and was gov- 
 erned by its own kings, until Tiglath- 
 pileser king of Assyria annexed it to his 
 empire, 2 K. 16, 9. Is. 7, 4. 8. 8, 4. 10, 9. 
 At the present day Damascus is one of 
 the most opulent cities of hither Asia. 
 
 2. Damascene, Gen.15,2, i.q. pi253^ d-iR 
 or pir/Sn js a man of Damascus ; as )t^'3 
 Hos. 12, 8 ibr -^3^:3 . The writer doubt- 
 less chose this form, and not "'pbs'n, for 
 the sake of paronomasia with the pre- 
 ceding pia^ . See more under pcp. . 
 
 ptC'Q'n (in very many Mss. pa^'n, 
 pCJH'^ , see De Rossi Schol. Crit.) a spe- 
 cies of cloth, stuff, of silk artificially 
 woven, silk stuff, manufactured at Da- 
 mascus, and still bearing in the western 
 languages the name of that city, Engl, 
 and Dan. daynask, Ital. damasco, Fr. 
 damas. Germ. Damast. Amos 3. 12. 
 The same word with the letters various- 
 ly interchanged and transposed is found 
 
 S o^ 
 
 also in Arabic, viz. jj*JLc(3 silk, ac- 
 cording to the Camoos p. 760, espec. 
 that made from cocoons from which the 
 insects have broken forth, Jlos-silk ; or 
 according to others, white silk. Also 
 
 jj*Ui>oJ, ^jaJtjei>, ijoULoJ. At the 
 
 present day there is still a great culture 
 of the silk- worm around Mount Lebanon. 
 
 T7 (judge) Dan pr. n. 1. The son 
 of Jacob and the tribe tlesconded from 
 him, wlioBc territories are described in 
 Josh. 19, 40-48. 
 
 2. A city in the northern extremity of 
 Palestine, forme rly called ttS "jb , but named 
 
 Dan from a colony of Danites, Josh. 19, 
 47. Judg. IS, 29. "it lay west of Paneag 
 at the spot now called Tell el-KAdy ; 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 351, 358. 
 Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 196, 211. In the 
 words "i?^ n:^ 2 Sam. 24, 6, there seems 
 to be an error in transcribing, for which 
 1?'^ should be restored. Vulg. silvestria. 
 For ',11 Ez. 27, 19, see in its order 
 under i. 
 
 1"^ Chald. St. emphat. 'nV'i , Pron, de- 
 monstr. i. q. Heb. m, rXT, comm. this, 
 Lat. hie, hcec, hoc; Dan. 2, 18. 28. 30. 36. 
 43. 47. al. n;")S as this, so, thus ; Ezra 
 5, 7 2"'r3 n;"i3 th^is it was written. Jer. 
 10, 11. Dan^. 2, 10 r!:-:3 n|^. a word like 
 this, such a word, nn biJ on this accaient, 
 therefore, Dan. 3, 16. Ezra 4, 14. 15. 
 ^P, ''IT:^ after this, afterwards, Dan, 2, 
 29. In the Targums mostly fully writ- 
 ten )-'n, -p-irr, TTT}, for Heb. W; -j^ns 
 thv^. 
 
 ^^?"il see inbs;^?^. 
 
 *^r obsol. root, prob. to melt, to be- 
 come liquid, like as^, 5>l1, rr^xw. See un- 
 der lett. Vav, Thesaur. p. 393. Hence 
 351^ wax. 
 
 ^I*^ (r- 1?"?) Damiali, pr. n. of a city in 
 Judah, Josh. 15, 49. 
 
 n^nn (perh. for nsns '''n lord i. e. 
 place of plundering, q. d. robber's den j 
 comp. ^,^tJ^ to rob, to plunder,) Dinha- 
 bah, pr. n. of an Edomitish city, Gen. 36, 
 32. 1 Chr. 1, 43. 
 
 '^!*-'!J (judge of Grod, i. e. who judges 
 in the name of God, r. )'''^) Daniel, pr. n, 
 
 a) The celebrated Heb. prophet and sage 
 attached to the court of Babylon, whose 
 life and prophecies are contained in the 
 book bearinghis name. Mentioned also 
 Ez. 14, 14. 20. 28, 3; where it is 5N:^. 
 
 b) A son of Darid, 1 Chr. 3, 1. c) Ezra 
 8, 2. Neh. 10, 7. 
 
 'ir obsol. root, Arab. ^^S to whis- 
 per, to murmtcr. Hence MS^ . 
 
 y^ m. pr. infin. of r. yi^, as Subst. 
 what one knows, kncmledire. opinion. Job 
 32, 10 ''3SJ"!:]!* "'S"! 'n^'n^ I aUo will show 
 my opinion, v. 6. 17. 36, 3. Plur. D-'an 
 D^S'n perfect in knowledge or wisdom) 
 Job 37, 16. 
 
n 
 
 231 
 
 bpi 
 
 ST^!? (fern, of prcced.) a knowing^ 
 knowledge, Ps. 73, 11; c. ace. Is. 11, 9 
 nin^'nx nri knowledge of Jehovah, pr. 
 a knowing Jehovah. 28, 9. Plur. nijT 
 1 Sam. 2, 3. Job 36, 4. 
 
 n?^ Prov. 24, 14, see r. J'l'J init. and 
 Index. 
 
 njjl obsol. root, i. q. Arab. LfcO 
 to ca//. A trace of this root is found in 
 pr. n. nsflbx, and in 
 
 5l*V^ (invocation of God) Deuel, pr. 
 n. m. Num. 1, 14. 7, 42 ; for which in 
 2, 14 bx^5-j q. V. lett d. 
 
 M?^ i. q. T)5J and Syr. ^> , to go 
 otU, to be quenched, extingidshed, as a 
 light, lamp. Prov. 13, 9 T^r-t"^ o-'SlSn nj 
 the lamp of the wicked shall he put 
 out, i. e. their good fortune shall perish; 
 comp. the Arabic proverb Lo^t -JC jjf 
 ^^f.M/ ill fortune has put out my lamp. 
 
 Prov. 20, 20, 24, 20. Job 18, 5. 6. 21, 17. 
 Trop. of the destruction of enemies^ Is. 
 43, 17. Also of water drying up, see 
 Niph. 
 
 NiPH. to become extinct, e. g. water, 
 to dry lip, Job 6, 17. Comp. extinguere 
 aquam Liv. 5. 16, succum Curt. 6. 4, 
 mammas Plin. 23. 2. 
 
 PuAL to he quenched, destroyed, e. g. 
 enemies, Ps. 118, iS. 
 
 ^?T obsol. root, in Samar. i. q. bni 
 to fear. Hence pr. n. bsnn . 
 
 J^ inf fem. of r. 5"i^, as Subst. like 
 ?^ and nsn. 
 
 1. a knowing, knowledge sc. of any 
 thing ; which is thus put as the object, 
 either in the ace. Gen. 2, 9 r^nn y^ 
 rni avj. Jer. 22. 16; or in the genit. as 
 d'^n'bx ryri knowledge of God Hos. 4, 1. 
 6,6; once c. art ry-nn id. Hos. 4, 6. 
 With genit. of the subject, Job 10, 7. 
 Also rsn ibaa without knowing, un- 
 awares, (opp. on purpose, with intent.) 
 Deut. 4, 42. 19, 4. Josh. 20, 3. 5. "'ba'a 
 rVPT Is. 5, 13 either: because of no know- 
 ledge i. e. because of their lack of know- 
 ledge of God, religion, comp. Hos. 4, 6 
 where once ri5"^n ^ba^ ; or: unexpect- 
 edly, suddenly, see r. ""i^ no. 1. a. Sept. 
 ita TO fti) fldivni airov; rov Kvqiov. 
 
 2. intelligence, understanding, insight, 
 
 wisdom, i. q. fi'jsn, Milan, Prov. 1, 4, 7. 
 2, 6. 24, 5. al. rsn sn^ to have wisdom 
 Prov. 17, 27. rr'ia wisely, discreetly 
 Prov. 13, 16; contra Psna xb unwisely, 
 indiscreetly, Job 34, 35 ; n?T ''ba id. 38. 2. 
 42,3; nsn ""baa id. 35, 16. 
 
 ^f"|! obsol. root, Arab. ^4>, Uj 
 <o thrust, to push sc. so as to make fall ; 
 
 comp. the similar roots ri^fi , o J, /*i>> 
 pB^ . Hence ^ 
 
 ''B'^ m. in pause ''BH, a stumbling- 
 block, cause of falling, Ps. 50, 20 ; Sept. 
 Vulg. axiirdaiov, offendicidum. The 
 Rabbins, by a conjecture drawn from 
 the other hemistich, explain it by nai 
 n5"i evil report, slander. 
 
 PiiV 1. to thrust, to beat, to knock 
 sc. at a door, Cant. 5, 2. Comp. Hithpa. 
 
 2. to drive hard, to overdrive a flock. 
 Gen. 33, 13. Arab. iSJ*^ * S^ swiftly, 
 pr. to be thrust forward, propelled. 
 
 HiTHP. Part. c'lpD'nnTa knocking in 
 rivalry at a door, i. e. emulously, eager- 
 ly, Judg. 19, 22. This seems here to be 
 the force of the conj. Hithp. Hence 
 
 ^iJP"? Dophkah, pr. n. of a station of 
 the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33. 12. 
 Comp. Bib). Res. in Palest. I. p. 107. 
 
 p"!! adj. (r. ppn) f. n;sn l. beaten 
 small, fine, minute, spoken of dust. Is. 
 29, 5 pn pax small dust, fine. Lev. 16, 
 12. Hence Subst. any thing small, mi- 
 nute, q. d. small dust, atom, Ex. 16, 14. 
 Is. 40, 15. 
 
 2. slender, thin, lank, withered; e. g. 
 hair Lev. 13, 30 ; of kine and ears of 
 grain Gen.4l, 3 sq. So of a person, tabid, 
 withered, dwarf, or having a withered 
 member. Lev. 21. 20. Also small, light, 
 s/i^-A^. of a sound or whisper, 1 K. 19. 12. 
 
 p"^ m. pr. inf. of r. PP^, fineness ; 
 hence fine cloth, a garment, curtain, etc. 
 Is. 40, 22. 
 
 ^HV obsol. root, Arab. J^(5, Aram. 
 sbpn, ILoj, palm-tree. Hence 
 
 J^fp"? f Gen. 10, 27, Diklah, pr. n. of a 
 district of Joktanic Arabia, prob. abound- 
 ing in palm-trees ; of such there are 
 several in Arabia. One flimous place 
 of palm-trees existed at the very en- 
 
trance of Arabia Felix, called by the 
 Greeks <I^oivix(uv Ptol. 6. 7 ; but this was 
 remote from the other territories of the 
 Joktanidse. With Bochart therefore 
 (Phaleg II. 22) I would understand the 
 district of the Mincei, which was also 
 rich in palm-trees, Plin. 6. 28. 
 
 * V^ prset. p'^ , fut. pn"; , i. q. T,?-^ 
 <q. V. and Arab. ,^0, onomatopoetic. 
 )Kindred are n=T, X=n, also nnn, nn'n. 
 
 1. to beat small, to break in pieces, to 
 tcrush, espec. by pounding, stamping, 
 
 threshing. Is. 41, 15 behold I will make 
 thee as a new sharp threshing-sledge . . . 
 :pSn'i 0''"!^ !i:>isn thou shall thresh the 
 mountains and crush them small. There 
 is a play upon a twofold usage in Is. 
 .28, 28 ^tt'i-i'i ujinx nssb ikh "'s p-ini en!; 
 !liJ3T^ sb . . . bread-corn is beaten out, 
 but yet one does not thresh it always . . . 
 nor does he crush it. Here the first 
 'p'11'i is i. q. tlJl^"' in v. 27 (perh. it should 
 be so read) ' to beat or tread out with a 
 dray or cattle,' opp. li'Z'n'}^ v. 27 ; while 
 sisisii implies the crushing of the ker- 
 nels, which the husbandman avoids. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be beaten small, crushed, 
 to be made fine. Ex. 32, 20 12 ^{nc^^ 
 p'n"ittJX and he brake it in pieces until 
 it was made fine, like powder. Deut. 
 9, 21. 
 
 HiPH. p'lri i. q. Kal no. 1, to beat or 
 Stamp small, to break in pieces, e. g. 
 altars, idols, 2 K. 23, 6. 15. 2 Chr. 15, 16. 
 34, 4. 7. Inf. ptlfi adv. very small, fine, 
 like powder, Ex. 30, 36. Metaph. Mic. 
 4, 13 and thou shall beat in pieces many 
 nations. Inf p'iri, 2 Chr. 34, 7. Fut. c. 
 .euff. Cj^-jx for Bp^nx 2 Sam. 22, 43. 
 HoPH. pass. Is. 28, 28, see Kal no. 1. 
 Deriv. pn,p^. 
 
 pp'^ Chald. id. to be beaten small, 
 /broken in pieces ; in Peal only ip'^ for 
 ;!ip?, Dan. 2, 35. 
 
 A PH. p'!\<^ to beat small, to break in 
 pieces, in 3 prtet. fern, rpnn Dan. 2. 34. 
 45 ; fut. p^n , p^in ; part. 'p':\nv , f. njT^O 
 Dan. 7, 7. 19. 
 
 * *l2^ fut. ip"!"?, to thrust through, to 
 pierce, to stab, as with a sword, spear, 
 Aram, j^?, "'p'^,id. Num. 25, 8. Judg. 
 9, 54. 1 Sam. 31, 4. Metaph. to curse, 
 
 to contemn, Zech. 12, 10; comp. SJ?3, 
 
 NiPH. fut. 'ip'^'?) io ^fi thrust through, 
 Is. 13, 15. 
 
 PuAL id. Jer. 37, 10. 51, 4. Lam. 4, 9 
 happier those slain with the sword than 
 those slain with hunger, C^"ip^T3 ^Zf^ CfiaJ 
 '^'VU rizKTi'O for these pine away, being 
 thrust through (perishing) for want of 
 the fruits of the field ; here D''"i|3nT3 by 
 the force of antithesis is put for those 
 perishing of famine, as in the preceding' 
 member 35^ "'!^1 is opp. Sin "'^bn ; 
 comp. Is. 22, 2. Vulg. contabuerunt con- 
 sumti a sterilitate terree. 
 
 Deriv. "ip'a, ninpna, and 
 
 "^^"^ (a thrusting through) Dekar, pr. 
 n. m'. 1 K. 4, 9. 
 
 '^^ m. Esth. 1, 6, commonly taken as 
 
 i. q. Arab. \i>, SjO, a pearl, espec. a 
 large pearl, from r. "I'i'n to glance, to 
 glitter. Nor indeed would pavements 
 inlaid with pearls be foreign from Asiatic 
 luxury; see Bochart. Hieroz. 11. 708 sq. 
 Yet we may perhaps understand a spe- 
 cies of marble resembling pearl; per- 
 haps a kind of alabaster called mother 
 of pearl stone ; or possibly mother of 
 pearl itself. 
 
 l'^ Chald. i. q. li'^, age, generation^ 
 Dan. 3, 33. 4, 31. 
 
 "Tl see "li'n. 
 
 % ^^^ 
 
 *J^'^"^ obsol. root, Arab. Co i. q. 5st>, 
 
 _,5 , to thrust away from oneself, to re- 
 
 pidse, espec. evil. Hence the two fol- 
 lowing : 
 
 'JlS'n'l m.constr. '|iX'^"n,re/J7</j?; hence 
 aversion, abhorrence. Dan. 12, 2 and 
 these to shame cbis 'ps^'jl^ to everlast- 
 ing abhorrence. Sept. et Theod. ulaxv- 
 VTf. Syr. \fSLtt . 
 
 T^y^ m. Is. 66, 24. an abhorrence, o\> 
 jcct of horror. R. S*"^'^. 
 
 ^^^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. ^\^ 
 to be sharp, pointed. Hence 
 
 'jin'n'l only in plur. ni'J'is';.^ (dSrbdndth, 
 comp. Lchrg. p. 43) goads, ox-goads, 
 PoixiviQrt, Ecc. 12, 11. 
 
 '^a'1'1 m. (dorbdn.) a goad, ox-goad, 
 ftotxiviQor, 1 Sam. 13, 21. It diffcre from 
 
311 
 
 233 
 
 HI 
 
 ToVtt , the latter being strictly the etaff in 
 which the goad is fixed. As to the form, 
 Dag. Iciie is not more necessary in ",3"j'n 
 than in Tia!$ E 8th. 8, 6, or in PW^a, 
 
 * 311 obsol. root, Arab. _. J to go on, 
 
 to advance, espec. by steps, and so to as- 
 cend by steps, kindr. T\V\ Hence nan*iO . 
 3nn^ (pearl of wisdom, compounded 
 
 8' 
 
 from "Ti, t>, and 5^ i. q. J^, ns^ wis- 
 dom.) IJardd, pr. n. of a wise man con- 
 temporary with Solomon or a little be- 
 fore him, 1 K. 4, 31 [5, 11]. In the parall. 
 passage 1 Chr. 2, 6 by contraction or 
 corruption 5^'^. 
 
 "l^ni m. (r. "1";;^ no. 3) a thorny plant, 
 caltrop, thistle, tribulus terrestris Linn, 
 growing in fields and among grain ; col- 
 lect. Gen. 3, 18. Hos. 10, 8. Syr. fj>>> 
 for Gr. Tp/.5oilot Heb. 6, 8, and for axav- 
 &ai Matt. 7, 16. 
 
 Dill m. (for Di^ti, r. "i"^^ no. 2.) pr. 
 bright sunny region, hence the south, 
 the southern quarter, Ez. 40, 24 sq. 42, 
 12 sq. Ecc. 1, 6. Poet, for the south wind, 
 Job 37, 17. 0pp. ('IBS region covered 
 with darkness, the north, comp. Horn. 
 Tt^og '//cu T 'Jlihov t, and n^og ^oqpov. 
 
 Ii"l1 m. but fern. Ps. 84, 4. R. n-i^ . 
 
 1. Pr. swift flight", a wheeling, a gyra- 
 tion; hence concr. for a bird which flies 
 in circles, wheels in gyrations, according 
 to the Heb. intpp. the s^oallow ; in the 
 other member is "lias a sparrow. Ac- 
 cording to the ancient versions a turtle- 
 dove, i. q. ^Fi , which is less suited to the 
 context. Ps. 84, 4. Prov. 26, 2. 
 
 2. spontaneous jiow, a flowing freely 
 and abundantly, comp. r. "n'n no. 3. Ex. 
 30, 23 niTn""^ myrrh Jlowing sponta- 
 neously, q. d. pure. Hence 
 
 3. a letting go free, freedom, liberty. 
 So h "liiT X"^!^ to proclaim liberty to any 
 one,' Is. 61, 'l Jer. 34, 8. 15, 17; c. 3 
 Lev. 25, 10. ni-.'nn p:o the year of lib- 
 erty i. e. of the manumission of slaves, 
 i. q. year of jubilee, Ez. 46, 17. 
 
 ^l?^"?"^ Darius, pr. n. of several Me- 
 dian and Persian kings. 
 
 1. Darius the Mede, Dan. 6, 1. 9, 1 ; of 
 whom Josephus says, Ant. 10. 11.4, / 
 'Aaxvayovq vlog, iitqov 5b naQct xoTj "E)^ 
 20* 
 
 hjiTiv ixnltlto Ztofiu. This was appar- 
 ently Cyaxarcs II, the son and successor 
 of Astyages, and uncle of Cyrus ; who 
 held the empire of Media between As- 
 tyages and Cyrus, yet so that Cyrus was 
 his colleague and viceroy, on which ac- 
 count he alone is mentioned by Herodo- 
 tu.s. See Xenoph. Cyrop. I. 5. IV. 5. 8, 
 18, 27, 51, 53. V. 1. 5. See also Ber- 
 thold'a Daniel p. 842 sq. Against this 
 view see v. Lengerke ad Dan. p. 219 sq. 
 Hitzig Begriff'der Kritik p. 141 sq. 
 
 2. Darius HystasjKS, king of Persia, 
 Ezra 4, 5. 5, 5. Ilagg. 1, 1. Zech. 1, 1. 
 
 3. Darius Nothus, king of Persia, Neh. 
 12, 22. 
 
 Note. The genuine form of this 
 name appears in the cuneiform inscrip- 
 tions of Persepolis, nom. DAIi Ya WUS, 
 accus. DAR Ya WUM; see Lassen iiber 
 d. keilfOrmigen In-schriften p. 158. Zeit- 
 echr. fiir d. Morgcnl. VI. p. 9, 169 sq. Beer 
 in AUg. Lit. Zeit. 1838. no. 5. It is com- 
 pounded according to Lassen (p. 39) 
 from the root darh (dary), Zend, dere, 
 Sanscr. dhri,io preserve. with the afform- 
 ative awu, and s as sign of the nomina- 
 tive; all which accords sufficiently with 
 Herodotus (6. 98), who translates the 
 name by k^iilrjg, peril, coercer, con- 
 servator. 
 
 ffii'^'ll Ezra 10, 6, see VJ'^'n Piel. 
 
 M-T ^^t- ""'7'^ ^-to tread, to tram- 
 ple with the feet. Syr. and Chald. id. 
 
 s '. 
 Kindred are an'n, ,\Oi (5jj-b a way, 
 
 Gr. TQi^b) ; and of the same family are 
 also ^y\ , iy^\(^ , pr. to rub, beat, pound ; 
 and from the occidental languages tero, 
 d^fficti, trappen, treten, to track, to tread; 
 in all which the initial letters or sounds 
 tr imitate the sound of the foot planted 
 firmly upon the ground, espec. as in 
 stamping any thing in pieces, TReTen, 
 zertreten. Engl, to TReaD. Spec, a) 
 -V2 m"!!^ Job 24. 11. or P5, raa, Lam. 1, 
 15. Is. 63. 2, to tread the wine-press, etc. 
 i. e. in order to crush the fruit and 
 express the wine or oil. Also T^^ T^'n 
 n-'ajj'^a Is. 16, 10, r":: -^^ Mic. 6, 15, and 
 simpl. Tp'n to tread sc. the grapes, etc. 
 Judg. 9, 27. Jer. 25. 30. Metaph. of ene- 
 mies trodden down as grapes Is. 63, 3 j 
 
v^ 
 
 234 
 
 and so also Judg. 5, 21 TS 'ttSs! '^="i'7ri O 
 my soul, thou didst tread down strength 
 i. e. the mighty, b) rajjr 7(";;'n to tread 
 a bow, i. e. to bend a bow by placing the 
 foot upon it, as is usually done when the 
 bow is strong and stilf, comp. Arrian. 
 Ind. 16. Diod. Sic. 3. 8. So Ps. 7, 13. 
 n, 2. 37, 14. 1 Chr. 5, 18. 8, 40. 2 Chr. 
 14, 7. Is. 5. 28. al. Trop. and without 
 reference to the origin of the phrase, 
 B'^Sn TQ'^ to bend the arrows i. e. to fit 
 tlie arrows upon the bent bow, Ps. 58, 8. 
 64,4. 
 
 2. Spec, to tread a way or place, by 
 going or walking upon it, entering into 
 it ; hencefo tread in or upon, to walk, to 
 enter a place, Mic. 5, 4 ; in a place, c. 3 
 Deut. 11, 24. 25. Josh. 1, 3. 14, 9. Is. 59, 
 8 ; c. ace. Job 22, 15 ; b? 1 Sam. 5, 5 ; 
 c. "(13 to tread forth out of a place, to come 
 forth. Num. 24, 17. h'S ri^"^^ is also to 
 tread upon, to walk or go upon any thing, 
 Job 9, 8. Ps. 91, 13. 
 
 HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to 
 cause to tread, go, walk. Is. 11, 15 
 -D"'^3.'i3 Tf "I'ini and he shall make them 
 .tread (the channel of the Euphrates) in 
 shoes, i. e. pass over dry-shod, scarcely 
 iwet. With 3. to cause to tread in a 
 ,way. to lead, to guide ; Ps. 107, 7 CS'^-i'i'l 
 in'nta^ T\^'-},^ he caused them to go in a 
 right way, he led them forth in a right 
 way. 119, 35. Is. 42, 16. 48, 17. Prov. 4, 
 .11. Ps. 25, 5 T;npx3 ''33"'-)'in cause me to 
 iV)alk (lead me) in thy truth, v. 9. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 1, to tread a threshing- 
 'Hoor, i. e. to tread out the grain, Jer. 51, 
 .33 ; also a bow, but metaph. Jer. 9, 2 
 ij>0 crnr;? criab-rx isin^i they bend 
 .(tread down) their tongues, as their bow, 
 for lies. Also i. q. Kal no. 2, to tread a 
 .way, to walk in it, poet. c. ace. Job 28, 8. 
 
 3. i. q. Arab. C'>4>I and Syr. Aph. to 
 tread upon. i. e. to overtake in pursuing, 
 c. ace. Judg. 20, 43. 
 
 Deriv. Tj^ii? and the two following : 
 
 ^"^7 <! "l"!"^) '^^y^ "'y '" *'^^ Dual 
 te'^sn'n tti;35 perverse in his double way, 
 spoken of a double-tongued deceitful 
 person. Prov. 28, 6. 18. 
 
 sH'^ comm. gend. (m. 1 Sam. 21, 6. 
 f. Ezra 8, 21,) c. suff. ''Sn'n, plur. n-^ann 
 <onstr. ^3'j'n . R. Tj-^n , 
 
 1. Pr. the act of treading, walking, 
 going; a going, way. journey J e.g. r.irs 
 Tp*! , noitiadui Idor, to make one's way 
 Judg. 17. 8, and ""!'!) T^l<^ to go one''s way 
 Prov. 7, 19, i. e. to be on one's way, to 
 journey. 1 K. 18, 27 ib T^"?.'^ lit. a way 
 is to him, i. e. he is journeying _, or perh. 
 he is gone out, is away from home. Tj"!"!! 
 D'i"> a day\s journey 1 K. 19, 4 ; see Ro- 
 senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. p. 161. rc>J TCfi 
 D^r^ three days'' journey Gen. 30, 36, 
 comp. 31, 23. Ex. 5, 3. 
 
 2. a way, path, t] vdoe, in which one 
 treads, goes ; very freq. So T|'!'^'^ ^? by 
 the wayside Gen. 38, 21. 1 Sam. 24, 3. 
 Also T)"!)'!) T\?.^. to go (by) a way, comp. 
 Engl, the icay he went, Deut. 1, 31. Judg. 
 2, 17 ; and after other verbs of going. 
 Num. 21, 34. Josh. 13, 18. a) With 
 genit. of place, it is i. q. the way leading 
 to that place ; comp. on the Attic usage 
 Valck. ad Hippolyt. 1197. E. g. 'p. "O'^J 
 the way to the tree Gen. 3, 24 ; bix':3 'zy: 
 Prov. 7, 27 ; comp. Gen. 16, 7. 35, 19. 
 38, 14. Ex. 1 3, 17. Rarely another word 
 is interposed, as Hos. 6, 9 ina*"^ 'T\T\ 
 tnrs'j they murder in the way to Shechem. 
 In the Accus. it approaches to the force 
 of a preposition, the way to, i. q. towards ; 
 e. g. Di~fln ~nr| towards the south, T\y^. 
 nsies towards the north, Ez. 8, 5. 21, 2. 
 40, 20 sq. 41, 11. 12. Deut. 1, 19 %ce passed 
 through the desert .. .'^'yc'!<r\ "lii Tj'll'n to- 
 wards the mountain of the Amorites. b) 
 With genit. of pers. the way of any one, 
 i. e. the way by which he is wont to go 
 or pass, e. g. T)-!Sfl Tp.'H the king's way, 
 i. e the public highway, military road, 
 Num. 20, 17. 21. 22 ; comp. i) idog ^aai- 
 Xrl'ia Herod. 5. 53. "is^nb "bn to go on 
 in one^s way, to proceed on one's journej' 
 by the usual road, Gen. 19, 2. 32. 2. 
 Num. 24, 25. Josh. 2, 16. y-:Nn-b3 -r^n^ 
 the way of all the earth i. e. of all man- 
 kind, the way to Slieol, ] K. 2, 2. Josh. 
 23, 14. Sometimes it inchidos a wliole 
 region or district in or through which a 
 way passes ; Is. 8, 23 Dn T)";^ the iraj 
 i. e. region of the sea, the coast of the sea 
 of Galilee. 
 
 3. a way, i. e. course, mode, manner, in 
 which one walks, lives, which one follows ; 
 
 like Gr. odoi, Arab. j^jJo J^jyu*;, 
 
Tn 
 
 235 
 
 vm 
 
 Eth. 4:5*, 4;^^, 'L<)'H, Germ, einen 
 Qang nehmen. Gen. 19, 31 "bs ""^1? 
 ynxn after the manner of all t/ie earth, 
 of nil mankind. Spec, a) way of living, 
 acting, one's walk, conduct, life. Prov. 
 12, 15 i''3''?a ^ti^ b''';x Ti"!"n the way of a 
 fool is rii^ht in his own eyes. Ps. 107, 17 
 5^0 ~"!^ sinful way. Prov. 1, 31 '^'^}^ 
 C3nT the fruit of their ways, the good or 
 evil resulting from their own conduct. 
 1 Sam. 18, 14 arid David acted wisely 
 l^snn-bsi. Often the figure of a way- 
 is retained, comp. T^bn no. 2 ; "^."^S 7\>^ , 
 # 'b ^3'713 . to walk in the way of n.ny one, 
 to imitate his conduct, 1 K. 16, 26. 22, 
 43. 2 K. 22, 2. 2 Chr. 17, 3. 21. 12. 22, 3. 
 Also njni 'S^'n.^")^, spoken of men, a 
 way or conduct which Jehovah approves, 
 and in which men ought to walk. Ps. 5, 9. 
 27. 11. 25. 4 ; spoken of God, his mode of 
 acting, agency, Ps. 18, 31. Deut. 32, 4 ; 
 spec, of the creation, as the effect of the 
 agency, operation of God, Prov. 8, 22 nin"^ 
 isn^ n-'CJtT ''}};; Jehovah created me the 
 beginning of his way, i. e. as the firstling 
 of his agency, work. Plur. ways of God, 
 i. e. his works, Joh 26, 14. 40, 19 [14]. 
 b) way of worshipping God, worship, 
 
 religion; comp. a, g.Lo , sJJ] Jua***, 
 
 Pers. sK , odog Act. 19, 9. 23. So Amos 
 
 8, 14 ?3i* isa T^l'n the way of Beer-sheba, 
 i. e. idol-worship. Ps. 139, 24 3Sr rpri 
 idol-way, idolatry ; ibid. obiS rpri the 
 way of old, i. e. the fathers' way, the 
 true and genuine worship ; comp. "'b'^ailJ 
 obi? Jer. 18, 15. c) Sometimes pass- 
 ive, way, manner of one's experience, 
 i. e. lot. how it goes with any one. ""!"!3 
 O'^TS'a after the manner, lot, of Egypt, 
 Is. lb, 24. Ps. 37, 5 ?i3-in 1^ bs bia com- 
 mit thy way, lot, fate, unto Jehovah. So, 
 retaining the figure of a way, Job 3, 23. 
 Amos 2, 7. 
 
 'jitt.'iJ'I'l m. Ezra 2, 69. Neh. 7, 70-72, 
 a daric, a Persian gold coin, i. q. ""is-inx 
 ' q. V. from which however it differs perh. 
 in its origin, being i. q. Pers. jML5l\lt> 
 how of DaHus, as bearing the image of 
 an archer. 
 
 p'lD'ani i. q. pran Damascus, 1 Chr. 
 18, 5. 6. The Dagesh forte is by Syri- 
 asm resolved into '\ . 
 
 * 2^7 Chald. i. q. Heb. J-ht the arm, 
 Dan. 2, 32. Hence snnx, "S'J^sj. 
 
 ^'\i pr. n. see S^T? . 
 
 * P!]'? obsol. root, Chald. i. q. p"?t to 
 strew, to scatter ; Arab. ^^sO to hasten. 
 Hence 
 
 VPT^ pr. n. m. Darkon, Ezra 2, 56. 
 
 _T an onomatopoetic root, not in 
 use, imitating the sound of swift rotary 
 motion, like Engl, to drill, to twirl, to 
 whirl ; comp. kindr. "il'H and the roots 
 there quoted ; also rogvos, lOQvtvia, 
 Germ, dorl, drillen, trillen, trillern, Engl. 
 to trill. In Arabic spoken of a spindle, 
 9^ -^ 2 
 
 8\lsv> a spindle, Juo a woman turning 
 
 her spindle. Hence in Hebrew : 
 
 1. to fly in circles, to wheel in flight ; 
 
 whence "ilTn the swallow, so called from 
 
 its gyrations. Also to run swiftly in a 
 
 circle, as a horse, comp. in^ ; whence 
 
 9 
 Arab. yJ>> a fleet horse. From the 
 
 idea of swift motion comes the sense 
 
 2. to glance, to sparkle, to radiate. 
 
 2 - > ?.= . 
 
 Hence i<)t^ radiant star, "i'^, 8\t> a 
 
 pearl, (although this might also be so 
 called from its roundness,) and ui~'^ for 
 Di'n'n bright region. Also 
 
 3. to flow out like rays, to spout, as 
 
 milk, blood, rain; Arab. x3 ap. Gol. no. 
 1-3. s(> abundance of milk. Hence to 
 
 flow freely, spontaneously, see liT^ no. 
 2, 3. Trop. to grow hutmriandy, exitbe- 
 rantly, as a plant ; hence i'^'^^ . 
 
 * '^'!^ fut. ir-.'i'^ , pr. Lat. terere, to 
 rub with the hands ; to stamp, to tread 
 with the feet, like Syr. ^^hy to tread or 
 beat a path, Arab. |J*'^t> to rub, to beat, 
 to thresh ; trop. terere libros. i. 0. to use 
 books, to study. The kindred roots are 
 collected under tj^", all having the 
 common idea of treading. The letter 1 
 being softened into a vowel, there comes 
 from this root the biliteral ffil'n ; comp. 
 Germ, dreschen, Engl, to thresh, Belg. 
 diirschen, low Germ, dcschen. Hence in 
 Hebrew : 
 
12m 
 
 236 
 
 an 
 
 1. Pr. to tread a place, i.e. to go or 
 come to it, to frequent, c. ace. 2 Chr. 1. 5. 
 Amos 5, 5 ; c. bx Deut. 12, 5. Part, 
 pass, nci"!'^ a city frequented, celebrat- 
 ed. Is. 62, 12. The signif. of going or 
 coming to a place or person, is also 
 transferred to express the ideas oi seek- 
 ing, inquiring, demanding, and also car- 
 ing for ; hence the following : 
 
 2. to seek, to search for, Ez. 34. 6; c. 
 ace. of thing, Lev. 10, 16 ; h Job 10, 6 ; 
 ^nx to search after Job 39, 8. Chiefly 
 in the phrase niiT^TN dn^ Engl. Vers. 
 to seek Jehovah, pr. to go to him, to have 
 recourse to him (or aid, by prayer, etc. 
 (Often coupled with synon. 12(52 q. v. 
 no. 1.) 2 Chr. 16, 12 yet in his dis- 
 ease n-^xs'-ia ""S iiin-i-rx irnn-xb he 
 sojight not the Lord (implored not his 
 aid) but to the physicians. Deut. 4, 29. 
 Ps. 34, 5. 88, 34. Lam. 3, 25. al. seep. Of- 
 ten of the pious who habitually invoke 
 God, to worship, to adore, Ps. 1 4, 2. Is. 
 58, 2 ; nin-n "^an^ seekers of God, his 
 pious worshippers, Ps. 9, 11. 22, 7. 34, 
 11. al. Sometimes with =^-^22 Ps. 109, 
 2. 10. 2 Chr. 22, 8. Also in the later 
 Hebrew with b, as nin^b ir-^.tj i Chr. 
 22, 19. 2 Chr. 15, 13. 17, 4. Ezra 4, 2. 
 6, 21. Once with bx Job 5, 8. Spo- 
 ken also rarely of false gods of whom 
 their followers implore aid, 2 Chr. 25, 
 15. 20. Jer. 8, 2 ; with b Deut. 12, 30. 
 Part. pass. Ps. Ill, 2 the icorks of the 
 Lord are great, cn"'SBn-b=b c"id!i-i^ 
 bought out of all those delighting there- 
 in, i. e. sought and obtained of God by 
 their prayers. 
 
 3. to seek from any one, i. e. to ask, 
 to inquire, Judg. 6, 29. Deut. 13, 15. 17, 
 4. 9. With ace. of pers. or thing about 
 or tn/o which one inquires ; 2 Chr. 32. 31 
 PBiBH tJinb to inquire concerning the 
 miracle. 1 Chr. 28. 9 "'' Iti-i^ rissb-bs 
 
 T " TIT 
 
 Jehovah inquireth into all hearts, i. e. 
 examines, searches them ; also with b 
 2 Sam. 11, 3 ; br 2 Chr. 31, 9. Eec. 1, 13'. 
 Spec, to inquire of any one, to ask an 
 oracle, to consult, e. g. God, c. ace. Gen. 
 25, 22. Ex. 18, 15. 2 K. 22, 13 ; also idols, 
 inagicians. with 3 , pr. to inquire at or of 
 any one. 1 Sara. 28, 7. 2 K. 1, 2. 1 Chr. 
 10, 14 ; bx , pr. to go with inquiry to any 
 one, Is. 8,' 19. 19, 3. Deut. 18, 11 ; b Ez. 
 14, 7 i 'J 1ED bSB out of the book of 
 
 Jehovah Is. 34, 16. The prophet by or 
 through Avhom one inquires of God, is 
 put with era 1 K. 14, 5, nXT3 2 K. 3, 11. 
 8, 8, a Ez. 14, 7 ; e. g. 1 K. i. c. the wife 
 of Jeroboam cometh "bx r(BS-q -i^n aJTib 
 PtJ2 to ask an oracle of thee concerning 
 Iter son. 
 
 4. to ask for, to demand, to require, 
 vf'xih. ace. of thing and "(^ , B5^ of pers, 
 Deut. 22, 2. 23, 22. Mic. 6, 8." Absol. 
 to ask bread, to beg; Ps. 109, 10 vrnii 
 Cn''ni2nni2 let them beg far from the 
 desolations of their home. Also to re- 
 quire or demand back, with n^ Ez. 
 34, 10 ; and hence by impl. to avenge, 
 to punish, absol. Ps. 10, 4 lain"! b2 God 
 will not punish, v. 13. Deut. IS, 19. 
 Spec, n^-a , n:;^ en dnn to require blood 
 from or at the hand of any one, i. e. to 
 punish bloodshed, to avenge murder, 
 (comp. bxa.) Gen. 9,5. 42,22. Ez. 33, 
 6. Ps. 9, 13. 
 
 5. to seek, i. e. to apply oneself unto, 
 to regard, to follow, to practise ; comp. 
 jw,j4> to apply oneself, to study, Elh. 
 y.ZS^ to compose a book with study. 
 E. g. to seek or practise justice Is. 1, 
 17. 16. 5 ; good Am. 5, 14 ; the divine 
 law Ps. 119, 45. 1 Chr. 28, 8. cibiy dn'n, 
 'b r2ia 't, to seek the good, the welfare 
 of any one Deut. 23, 7. Ezra 9.12 ; d-in 
 b cib'ib Jer. 33, 4 ; 'b rsn izj-.tj Ps. 38* 
 13. Prov. 11, 27. 31, 13 irs nin^ she 
 applieth herself to wool, etc. Hence, 
 to care for, to take care of any thing ; 
 comp. no. 1 and IITQ. Deut. 11, 12 yn{ 
 Pirx "; TT";]^ laix a land which Jehovah 
 carethfor. Job 3, 4. Ps. 142, 5. Ez. 34, 
 8; c. b Ps. 112, 5. Jer. 30, 14. 17; bs 
 2 Chr. 24, 6. 
 
 NiPH. ir-nns , inf. absol. dn^jx for TU-.ntl 
 Ez. 14, 3 ; i fut. ttJn^X . " 
 
 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to let come to 
 oneself to grant access to any one, with 
 b ; hence of God, to hear and anstcer 
 any one. to listen to his prayer. Ez. M, 3 
 C"^ ^"^'^ ^"^V^n should I listen unto 
 them? i. v. to their prayer. 20, 3. 31. Is. 
 65, 1 tbxaj xbb 'ncn']? / have listened 
 nnto those that asked not. So with 
 accus. of the thing granted, Ez. 36, 37; 
 comp. njs c. ace. to bestow. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be sought out, 
 mustered, i. q. "i^O , 1 Chr. 26, 31. 
 
KlSl 
 
 237 
 
 m 
 
 3. Pass, of Knl no. i, to be required, 
 e. g. blood. Gen. 42, 22. 
 
 PiEL inf. OTi-itj Ezra 10, 16, if the 
 reading be genuine, for tiil^, comp. 
 under r. bb"n no. 1. 
 
 Deriv. C"^ti3. 
 
 K*"^^ to sprout, to spring up; hence 
 to be green, Joel 2, 22. Kindr. is Arab. 
 
 jj*<4>, whence i^t^i sprouts from the 
 earth. 
 
 HiPH. to cause to sprout, to bring forth 
 herbage, e.g. the earth Gen. 1, 11 ; comp. 
 et-'Xin V. 4. Hence 
 
 ^^'!J m. the first shoots from the earth, 
 tender grass, young herbage, Gr. /ioij (so 
 Sept. five times), Is. 66, 14 ; as clothing 
 the meadows Deut. 32, 2. 2 Sam. 23, 4 ; 
 as the ciioice food of beasts Job 6, 5. 
 8*^^ PI") greenness of the herbage, green 
 herisage. Ps. 37, 2. Diff. from n^sn ripe 
 grass, ready for mowing, Prov. 27, 25. 
 Ps. 104, 14; and also from SbS an herb 
 full grown and setting seed, Gen. 1, 11, 
 12. Chald. nxn-^, Syr. transp. lj2, 
 Zab. Ui\. ' 
 
 1'4?^ to be or become fat, Deut. 31, 
 
 20. Arab. (V*^3 id. D and "] being in-, 
 terchanged. 
 
 PiEL 1. to make fat, marrowy, e. g. 
 the bones. Prov. 15, 30 nsia nsiTSia 
 ^^J"V'^!"3^ good news maketh the bones 
 fat, q. d. fills them with marrow, gives 
 strength. Hence also to anoint, Ps. 
 23,5. 
 
 2. to pronounce or regard as fat. Ps. 
 20, 4 n:Tsi-j rphis) and pronounce fat 
 thy burnt-offering, i. e. regard it favour- 
 ably, accept it. For n- parag. comp. 
 1 Sam. 28. 15. Kimchi here takes it as 
 denom. from '^^^J, comp. no. 3, i. e. to 
 reduce to ashes sc. by fire from heaven, 
 comp. 1 K. 18. 24. 36. 
 
 3. Denom. from V^?.- to ckanse from 
 ashes, to lake away ashes, Ex. 27 3. 
 Num. 4, 13. 
 
 PuAL pass, of Pi. no. 1, to be madefai, 
 epoken of the ground moistened with 
 blood Is. 34. 7; of men Prov. 11, 25. 13, 
 4. 28, 25. where it is metaph. i. q. to be- 
 come rich. Trop. to be satiated, abun- 
 dantly satisfied, Prov. 13, 4 C^s-in dB3 
 
 [iFi the desire of the diligent shall be 
 abundantly satisfied. 28, 5. 
 
 HoTHP. V''5^ lor "(Tl'Unn to besmeared 
 with fat, e. g. a sword. Is. 34, 6. 
 
 The derivatives here follow. 
 
 1^7 aflj- fat, comp. "(tt^. 1. rich, 
 fertile, of soil Is. 30, 23. 
 
 2. full of sap, fresh, of a tree Ps. 92, 15. 
 
 3. rich,optdent,F8.22,30. Comp.'^q. 
 
 1'^ m. c. suff. 'Jicn . 1. fatness, fat, 
 Judg. 9, 9. Meton. of fat food, i. e. sump- 
 tuous, Job 36, 16. Is. 55, 2. Jer. 31, 14. 
 Trop. fertility, abundance, Ps. 65, 12. 
 
 2. ashes, pr. fat ashes, from the vic- 
 tims consumed upon the altar. Lev. 1, 
 16. 4, 12. 6, 3. 4. 1 K. 13, 3 ; also from 
 corpses burned, Jer. 31, 40. Diff. from 
 "iBX q. V. Ashes were also used by the 
 ancients, as by us, ^or fattening i.e. ma- 
 nuring the soil ; see Plin. 17. 9. 
 
 fT^ f. constr. M , plur. constr. ''M , a 
 word of the later Hebrew: see note. 
 
 1. a mandate of a king, an edict, de- 
 cree, Ezra 8, 36. Esth. 1, 8. 2, 8. 3, 14. 
 
 2. a law, statute, Esth. 1, 19. 2, 12. 3, 
 8. 4, 11. 15. Here too we may refer the 
 difficult words, Deut. 33, 2 rn ttix ij^a^'Ta 
 i^b at his (Jehovah's) right hand fire 
 a law to them sc. the Israelites, where 
 we may understand perhaps the pillar 
 of fire guiding their way in the desert. 
 Others render: afire of law, referring it 
 to the law as given in fire. Vulg. lex 
 ignea, Engl. Vers, fiery law. 
 
 Note. The origin of this word is 
 doubtful. Many regard it as Persian, 
 comparing JJJ right, justice, from the 
 verb ^jt>t J ddden, to give, to publish, 
 to command, coll. "lar"^ . But it may be 
 Semitic, for Pil^ , from r. nn^ to throw, 
 to cast, perhaps also to point out to 
 teach, like the synon. !T^^ ; hence pr. a 
 pointing out, concr. one who points out, 
 a guide, leader, as in Deut. 1. c. then i. q. 
 frnin law, mandate. 
 
 ^^ Chald. f. 1. an edict, decree. Dan. 
 2, 9. 13. 1.5. 
 
 2. a law, collect, laws, law, Dan. 6, 9. 
 1 3. 16. PtVx it xn-n the law of God, Ezra 
 7,12.21.'" 
 
 3. divine law, i. q. religion, system of 
 faith and worship. Dan. 6, 6 nn^x nna 
 in his religion, comp. 7, 25. So tlie 
 
IXSTt 
 
 238 
 
 rt 
 
 Rabbins call the Christian and Moham- 
 medan religions. 
 
 i^ri'l Chald. St. emph. nxruj , i. q. Heb. 
 K'wti J tender gra88, young herbage, Dan. 
 4, 12. 20. 
 
 "lartt Chald. m. (pr. Pers.) only 
 plur. eraph. X^":!2r'n Dan. 3, 2. 3, skilled 
 in the law, judges; compounded from 
 M law, and the ending ia, L ; comp. 
 in "lata . In Pehlvi datouber is a judge, 
 Pers. ^jKLi>f J lawyers. 
 
 )'^ty^ (two cisterns, dual of Talm. M 
 a cistern, r. in';) Gen. 37, 17, contracted 
 'jri'l 2 K. 6, 13, comp. Lehrg. p. 536 ; 
 Dothain, Doihan, ipr. n. of a place in the 
 north of Samaria. Gr. /fw&u'ifi Judith 
 4, 6. 7, 18 ; Jatjala 3, 9. 
 
 IC^ (perh. fontanus, from M i. q. M 
 a well, see in '{"^M) Dathan, pr. n. of 
 one of the conspirators with Korah, 
 Num. 16. 1. 26, 9. Deut. 11, 6. Ps. 106, 
 17. 
 
 n 
 
 He, Kfl, the fifth letter of the Hebrew 
 alphabet, as a numeral denoting 5. Its 
 original figure represented perhaps a 
 lattice or window, and the same seems 
 to be expressed by the word Kf] lo ! see ! 
 Compare the German Hahd, a garden- 
 window opening upon a prospect. See 
 Heb. Gr. p. 291. edit. 13. 
 
 As a guttural, n holds a middle place 
 between the softer X and the harsher 
 T\ . It is interchanged with N , see p. 1 ; 
 rarely With n, as*,na, ^'^-^s; "''?, ^23, 
 etc. Not unfrequently also n , as the mid- 
 dle letter of a root, is softened into Vav 
 quiescent ; although in the present state 
 of the Semitic languages, the harder 
 form with r is more frequent in the later 
 dialects. Comp. ttSia, Aram, rna, zks 
 
 Go- . 
 
 to be ashamed ; *i1^ , Jbi^ age ; PTO , 
 
 inia to circumcise; "113, "na to shine; 
 
 ^^1, >i^(Ji9 to run. 
 
 k MH taB 
 
 **J, *r, ..', 1. Pron. demonstrative, 
 this, Lat. hie, fuec, hoc; like 6, fj, to in 
 Homer and often in Herodotus. So 
 
 in the forms C'*n , jjJ' , this day, i. e. 
 to-day ; crcn this time Ex. 9, 27 ; nb^in 
 this night Gen. 19, 34, comp. 35. OiTi 
 on a day, at a time, pr. at this time, 
 about this time. Rarely: a) Prefixed 
 to the relative as in Engl. 2 K. 6. 22 
 r^ntipa!) "anna r-'aiu "i^iixn those whom 
 thou luist taken captive with thy sword 
 and with thy bow. b) Or it Btands itself 
 in the place of the relative, and is then 
 
 prefixed to the verb, but mostly only in 
 the later Hebrew. Josh. 10, 24 the chiefs 
 of the warriors inst NiDbnn who had 
 gone with him. Ezra 8, 25 the vessels 
 T'ssi'-i Tjbsn si^a-innn which the king 
 and his ministers had offered. 10, 14. 17. 
 1 Chr. 26, 28. 29, 17. Dan. 8, 1. In hke 
 
 manner Arab. Jf for fcd^\ is put before 
 verbs and prepositions ; see De Sacy 
 Gramm. Arabe I. 793. Hence 
 
 2. As the definite article, Engl, the, 
 like Gr. 6, fj, to, in the insertion or omis- 
 sion of which the Hebrews and Greeks 
 and also the English and Germans fol- 
 low similar laws, for which see the 
 usual grammars, e. g. Lehrg. p. 652 sq. 
 Heb. Gramm. 107 sq. One topic how- 
 ever, which has latterly been much 
 discussed, although superficially and 
 carelessly, as is usual where the deduc- 
 tions are made from a few examples, it 
 will be proper here to consider, and to 
 give the result of recent and careful 
 investigations. See Winer's Lex. p. 239. 
 Gramm. Excurs. p. 57. Ewald Heb. 
 Gramm. p. 568. The question is raised: 
 Whether the definite article is used 
 indefinitely 7 This is wholly denied by 
 some, and affirmed by others. The 
 true answer is, that the definite article 
 cannot indeed be rightly said to stand 
 indefinitely; but yet the Hebrew con- 
 ceives and expresses many things defi- 
 nitely, which in Greek. German, En- 
 glish, French, are expressed without 
 the article. Just as the modern Ian- 
 
239 
 
 guages differ much in thia respect nmonjj 
 themselves ; and espec. the French lan- 
 guasfc by a pecuUiir idiom inserts the 
 article before very nmny words, which 
 in English and German do not admit of 
 it. Thus iti French it is said correctly : 
 nous aurons aujourd'hui la pluie, soyez 
 le bicn vena, il a /a nieinoire bonne, V es- 
 prit inquiet ; in all which phrases the 
 idiom of the English and German does 
 not tolerate the definite article. The 
 Hebrew usage in this respect may be 
 reduced to certain classes ; which how- 
 ever for the most part all flow from the 
 one principle, that the article is prefixed 
 to things well known. Apollon. de Synt. 
 
 1. 6 TO U(ld-(JOf TTffo'i'tfKTTMiruV yVMiJlV dfj- 
 
 Xait, et ibid. uit&iJOf, ov eiMt'^tro,- iaiiv i] 
 uvu(fo(fd, comp. 2. 3 idiotfta nwuifOfii'ig n(fo- 
 xttxiihy^ivov nfjoubinov dtvTS(/a yvw- 
 (Ttg, See the excellent remarks of Har- 
 ris in his Hermes, B. II. c. 1. Hence, in 
 a manner ditforing from English usage, 
 the article is put : 
 
 a) Before nouns which denote objects 
 and classes or species of thiiigs which 
 are known to all j such as "xan , ^''^^^^ . 
 ClOsn , n->_^rt . Gen. 13, 2 Abraham was 
 very rich anjafi C]D33 n3-_aa . Dcut. 14, 
 26 and thow shall lay oat that money 
 ^3iS3i T)!2!i -(Xsaii i;?3a. Ex. 31, 4 
 C]D331 snja riasb to work in gold and 
 eiiver. Lam. 4, 2 lisa n-'xibo^ . Is. 1, 22 
 wi7i c^sa bnma . Ex. 2, 3 and daubed 
 it (the ark or skiff) rsnii irn3 with 
 bitumen and pitch. 2 K. 9, 30 Tj^iB? "an] 
 ri'^S'^S sfie put her eyes in paint, painted 
 them. Comp. Is. 28, 7. 40, 19. 43, 24. 
 Comp. Heb. Gramm. 107. n. 1. 
 
 b) Before abstract nouns, like Gr. to 
 TToiltTJxov, TO innixuv, espec. before the 
 namesofvirtues and vices; comp. Fr. '/a 
 modestieconvienti/ajeunesse,/ super- 
 stition engendre Z'erreur.' where Engl, 
 omits the article. So ip;^a T\^n Jer. 23, 
 14, comp. 51, 19. 16, 4. 5. Is. 29, 2*1. Prov. 
 25, 5 l!tD3 p-iS3 ,n3'i . Yet freq. in such 
 cases the article is omitted. Also before 
 words signifying evils and calamities ; 
 e. g. XT2S3 r to perish of thirst Is. 41, 
 17. SO,^. Judg. 15, 18 ; C'niijsn blind- 
 ness (which in Engl, is indefinite, though 
 we too say t?ie plague, the small-pox), 
 Gen. 19, U ^ smote them 0"'n'i33. Is. 
 45, 16 nab33 iisbrj inn^ i. e. 'iato dis- 
 
 grace, shfimc ; comp. 32, 19 VotlSr hbciE^ 
 i"'Sn into (the) lownesa nnks the city. 
 46, 2 rizbn 'aisa nujEj . 47, 5 T^^na ^k2, 
 comp. 60, 2. 
 
 c) The most frequent ue of the article 
 in this manner is after 3, the particle of 
 comparison ; since a thing can properly 
 be compared only with what is presup- 
 po.sed to be well known. Sce.Heb. Gram. 
 107. n. 1. a. Comp. in Engl. ' quick as 
 the bird in the air, as tlie fish in the water j 
 white as the driven snow.' So "(XS? Is. 
 53, 6. Ps. 49, 15 ; n:a? Is. 53, 7 ; ipja? 11, 
 7. 65,25. Job 40, 15'; ntt^3 Is. 1, 18. 51, 
 8 ; ^3? Job 17, 8. 14, 2 ; n-?Ti'? , sVn? , as 
 the coccus, as crimson. Is. 1, 18. How 
 very widely this usage is extended, is 
 apparent from the following examples 
 taken from the single book of Isaiah : 
 5, 21 n^-j-i pas . v. 25 nrjstss . v. 28 is3 
 and nciSS, comp. 66, 15. Jer. 4, 13. Is. 
 10, 14 "(is?. 13. 8 nnbi"? (and so always 
 in this word, Ps. 48, 7. Is. 42, 14. Jer. 6, 
 24. 30. 6. 49, 24. Mic. 4. 9. 10). 14, 17 
 lanas (comp. 27, 10. Jer. 9, 11. Hos. 2, 
 5). 22, 18 -<!n3 as tlie ball, comp. 29, 3. 
 24, 20 "iiSffiS like the drunkard, etc. see 
 30, 17. 29. 34, 4. 35, 6. 38, 14. 41, 15. 42, 
 13. 43, 17. 44, 22. Here it is to be noted, 
 that the article is mostly omitted before 
 the noun or objectof comparison, when- 
 ever this is rendered definite by an adjec- 
 tive or in any other way ; comp. "(jss Is. 
 10, 14, but n^ra -,p3 16, 2 ; ya? Ps. 1, 4. 
 but -I3S yas'ls. 29, 5 ; qijjiw bn:3 30, 28 ; 
 eians r-^n-isas Ex. 16, 31. Add baa? 
 and ias -^hv b^iaJS Ps. 131, 3; also Is. 17, 
 
 13. 24, 13. 28, 4! 29, 4. 
 
 The following usages with the article 
 are more commonly known : 
 
 d) Before Collectives, see Lehrg. p. 
 653. Heb. Gr. 107. 1. 
 
 e) Sometimes the article is put before 
 a noun which more accurately would be 
 made definite by a suffix ; comp. De Sacy 
 Gramm. Arabe II. 482. 1 ; as when a 
 German woman calls her husband xa? 
 iioxriv, the husband; or a servant his 
 master, the master. So Is. 9, 6 nsnab 
 rriban for irniaa , which the Engl. Vers, 
 expresses; v. 2 nna^Bn for irnab. So 
 too is prob. to be explained nabsn Is. 7, 
 
 14, which, with the Hebrew intpp. and 
 Grotius, I understand as for Tiabs . 
 
 After this exposition it is hardiv ner 
 
n 
 
 240 
 
 h 
 
 cessary to repeat, that every noun which 
 has the article, is, and ought to be taken 
 as, definite and demonstrative. As to the 
 exampiesu'hicliwe have elsewhere cited 
 in support of the contrary opinion, Lehrg. 
 p. 655, they maybe explained as follows: 
 1 Sam. 17, 34 """ixn the lion, as the known 
 and perpetual enemy of flocks, comp. 6 
 Uxoi John 10, 12, Arab. v^^.iX'l , JyJt . 
 Ex. 2, 15 -ixan the weU'oV that region. 
 Num. 11, 27 "iJiH the young man. i. e. 
 the servant, minister ; and so Gen. 14, 13 
 O'^bsn the fugitive, the only one who 
 escaped. 1 Sam. 17, 8 /o, I am the Phi- 
 listine, TicVan, i. e. he who challenges 
 you to single combat. So in Is. 66, 3 
 aba qni? n'L^ na'iT tij-x ns^ n:t'n anva . 
 Here it may be asked why the words 
 ^id, nb . take the article, while 'i"^X and 
 2^3 omit it. The reason is. that the 
 slaughterers of oxen and sheep really 
 existed and could be pointed out by the 
 writer as with the finger; but homicides 
 and sacrificers of dogs are here only 
 supposed, for the sake of comparison ; 
 the ox-slaughterer is as a homicide, etc. 
 The precept is also correctly given 
 by Grammarians, that the predicate of 
 a sentence does not take the article; 
 comp. /itXfnu xa xixXu and ru xuXtnu 
 auXu. See Heb. Gr. 108. 3. 
 
 Note 1. The vowels with which M 
 is to be written, may be specified as 
 follows : 
 
 a) Commonly before letters not gut- 
 tural, it takes Patah followed by Dag. 
 forte, t-c^^p. . 
 
 b) The gutturals do not admit Dagesh 
 forte, and before them n therefore takes 
 different vowels; e.g. ) Before X, 
 which wholly rejects all duplication, the 
 Patah is every where prolonged into 
 Kamets. as li^xn, tjxO> 7"''$rj' ^''^^'l- 
 So also before "i , as bsnn , baiin ; and 
 often also before 5 and n , as '^Tvn , csti . 
 /J) On the other hand the harsher gut- 
 turals n and n admit a certain degree of 
 duplication, although no Dagesh forte is 
 marked in them by the Grammarians ; 
 (just as Germ. sicJier, verglichen. are pro- 
 nounced almost as if with double ch;) 
 and the syllable being therefore more 
 acute, the Patah is mostly retained, as 
 K^nn , tinnn . But see nevertheless Tin 
 Gen. 6, 19. y) But whenever the gut- 
 
 tural has Kamets, the Patah passes over 
 into Segol, according to the general rule, 
 Heb. Gram. 27. n. 2. b. So espec. be- 
 fore n, as ^^nn, "liTnn, snn, nTnn. 
 Before n and 5 in monosyllables the 
 vowel is Kamets, (see above in ,) as 
 nnn , cyn ; and Segol stands only in dis- 
 syllables or trisyllables, where the tone 
 is thrown forward towards the end. as 
 D-'^nn (although ~nn), -ii^nn. nipi-inn, 
 
 Note 2. Corresponding to the Heb. 
 article in the kindred languages are : 
 a) Phenician X , more rarely n , once bx ; 
 see Monumm. Phoen. p. 437. h) Ara- 
 
 bic Ji , rarely and in the vulgar tongue 
 JjC, kindr. with Heb. ^N, n^X. Many 
 grammarians suppose therefore that -n 
 
 of- 
 
 comes from bn i. q. bx, J| ; and this 
 not without reason, compare 'i'^.Ti;>i the 
 
 sun, Arab. iju.^m:J] pron. esh-Shems. 
 On the other hand, it cannot be denied, 
 that the pure syllable ha has the same 
 demonstrative power; as in Chald. yi, 
 T1\i ; 1?'; Arab, f jjO ; and this sylla- 
 ble Hupfeld supposes to be the source 
 of the Heb. article, so that Dagesh in 
 tt!^lt;n arises in the same way as in n?'^ 
 for S^.]""^ , c=|b for csb-n-a . See Zeit- 
 schr. f d. Kunde des Morgenl. H. p. 449. 
 
 J ; _' , V I ^o*" *^ origin and use of 
 which forms see the note below ; Adv. of 
 
 interrogation, like Arab. | , a prefix put 
 before the first word of a clause, and apo- 
 copated from the fuller bn (Deut. 32. 6 
 in the reading of the Nehardeenses, see 
 
 Kennic. and De Rossi), Arab. J<^. 
 
 1. In simple and direct interrogation, 
 i. q. Lat. -ne 7 Job 2, 3 "bx r,ab nisirn 
 si'X ''^25 host thou observed my servant 
 Job? Ex. 10, 7. 33, 16. etc. a) The in- 
 terrogation is often so put as to require a 
 negative answer; and then the question 
 itself has the force of a negative, i. q. 
 Liit.niim? Gen. 4, 9 ""sbx ^nx latiJn am 
 I my hrothir''s keeper? i. e. I am not his 
 keeper. Job 14, 14 n^^n-in i2a ma^ DX 
 if a man die, shall he live again ? i. e. he 
 shall not revive. 8, 11. 2i, 22. Comp. 
 Job 23, 6. 36, 19, where the negative an- 
 swer is given by the speaker. A strik- 
 
241 
 
 bin 
 
 ing example is 2 Sam. 7, 5 n:3n nnxn 
 n*^? "'b , whjr.h in 1 Chr. 17, 4 is exprr.Ks- 
 ed without interrogation in the negative, 
 'n npx sib. b) Sometimes the inter- 
 rogation seems to have an affirmative 
 force, equivalent to a negative question 
 in Engl. Job 20, 4 Fir"]^ rstn knowesl 
 thou (not) this ? Ez. 20, 30. Elsewhere 
 i<bn is put in the same sense ; conip. Gr. 
 1) yag ; and / y(t(/ ov ; for /* not 1 and Lat. 
 -Hie for nonne? see also Heusinger ad 
 Cic. Off. 3. 17. c) In disjunctive ques- 
 tions, where the latter clause is preceded 
 by nx and DXi , see above on p. 61 ; e. g. 
 OX n utnim? an? more rarely 1x n 
 Tob 10. 3. But in the poetical books 
 DSt n and DX1 n are frequently em- 
 ployed, where two questions expressing 
 the same or a like sense in different 
 words, follow one another in poetic par- 
 allelism, i.q. num an? mini et? (not 
 iUrum an?) though even here there 
 is a sort of disjunctive relation, which 
 however lies more in the words than in 
 the sense. Job 4, 17 p^S") nibx^s UJiJxn 
 135 -^rys] iiniir-a ex, comp. 6, 5. 6. S,^ 
 id.' 4. 5.' 11, 2. 7. 22, 3. Hence in such 
 parallelism, the second member is often 
 preceded merely by the simple copula, 
 as 1 n Job 6, 26. 10, 3. 13, 7. 15, 7. 8. 
 11. 18, 4; comp. espec. 13, 7. 8; and 
 even the copula is omitted 22, 4. 
 
 2. In indirect interrogation, whether, 
 (comp. CX B. 2,) after verbs of proving, 
 trying, Ex. 16, 4. Judg. 2, 22. Dent. 8, 2. 
 13.4; of seeing, Ex. 4, 18. Gen. 8, 8. In 
 a disjunctive proposition, followed by CX 
 Gen. 18, 21 ; or n , Num. 13, 18 and see 
 the land and the people, fisnn x!in ptnn 
 nn-DX Xin -JiTari whether they be strong 
 or weak, whether few or many. So too 
 Tx n Ecc. 2, 19. 
 
 Prefixed to other particles, as Bxn, 
 Bee CX ; "^sii , see ^3 ; xbn . see xb . 
 
 Note. As to the vowels under n , the 
 following may be noted : a) Before let- 
 ters not guttural, and which have not 
 Sheva simple, the interrogative n takes 
 the Hhateph-Patah, as nTn, rnnn; the 
 vividness of interrogation causing it to 
 be made still shorter than in the de- 
 monstrative -n . b) Rarely it takes the 
 same form as the Article, as ^la^'n Lev. 
 10, 19. Ecc. 3, 21 ; mostly before letters 
 with Sheva simple, as ')2fen Gen. 17, 17. 
 "'' 21 
 
 18, 21. 37, 32. c) So too it sometimes 
 coincides with the Art. in form before 
 gutturals, as "bxn. d) Also before 
 gutturals with Kamets, as ^^^l^vlj FJ'?!' 
 
 Sn Chald. intcrj. Zo.' behold! Dan. 3, 
 25. Syr. lot, Arab. L^ id. 
 
 n Heb. and Chald. id. Gen. 47, 23. 
 Ez. 16, 43. Chald. pleon. Dan. 2, 43 
 ina xn lo as, etc. So Syr. ]<n often. 
 
 nsn interject, onomatopoet. of joy, 
 rejoicing, aha ! Lat. eja ! Is. 44, 16. 
 Espec. in exultation over a fallen ene- 
 my, Ps. 35, 21. 25. 40, 16. Ez. 25, 3. 
 
 Sn imperat. of the verb 3f]^ q. v. 
 
 D'^nnnn m. plur. Hos. 8, 13, pr. gifts, 
 offerings, here sacrificial, for D">3nrn^, 
 R. nn-j to give. 
 
 *b3ri fut. bann 1, to breathe, to 
 breathe out, to exhale; for the idea of 
 breathing as connected with the syllable 
 sn , see under snx . Hence bzn breath, 
 something vain, vanity; whence also 
 
 2. to be or become vain, to act or speak 
 rainly, i. e. idly, foolishly. 2 K. 17, 15 
 sibarj'l ^^y!:>1 ''^V'}^ ^"^^ll ihey followed 
 after vanity (i. e. idolatry) and acted 
 rainly. Jer. 2, 5. Job 27, 12 b=n r^^-n-ah 
 ^bann why then do ye thus act (or speak) 
 so vainly ? A Iso to cherish vain hopes i 
 Ps. 62, 11 ibsnn'bx b);3 jylace not vain-, 
 hope in robbery. 
 
 HiPH. to make vain, to seduce to vani- 
 ty, i. e. to idolatry, Jer. 23, 16. 
 
 >2n c. suff. ""ban ; plur. o'^ban , constr.. 
 
 i, a breath, breathing, e. g. of air, a 
 gentle breeze. Is. 57, 13. Vulg. well,. 
 atira; Sept. less well xuTuiylg. Oftener 
 breath of the mouth, Kimchi XS-^O) 'T'X 
 HBO, Aqu. (tTfiig, Symm. uTfiog, which 
 word in Wisd. 7. 25 the Syr. Vers, trans- 
 lates llloi. Prov. 21, 6. Ps. 144, 4. So 
 very often for any thing evanescent, 
 transient, frail ; Job 7, 16 '^;; hzn ^"Sfor 
 my days are a breath. Prov. 13, 11 "(liT 
 '^T'a') bania wealth vanisheth more swiftly 
 than a breath. Ecc. 1 1, 10/or childhood 
 and youth are a breath. 21, 6. 31, 30. 
 Ps. 39, 6. Ecc. 1, 2. 14. 2, 11. 17. 23. 4, 4: 
 8. 5, 9. 6, 9. al. Hence theBignif..tJan%, 
 
bzn 
 
 242 
 
 nan 
 
 i. e. something vain, empty, fruitless, 
 Lara. 4, 17. Jer. 10, 3. 8 ; also as Adv. in 
 vain, vainly, Job 9, 29. 21, 34. 35, 16. Is. 
 30, 7. Ps. 39, 7. Spec, of idols as things 
 vain and worthless, and also of their 
 worship, 2 K. 17, 15. Jer. 2, 5. Plur. 
 fi'^bari vanities, espec. idols, Jer. 10, 8. 
 Ps. 31, 7. Jon. 2, 9. 
 
 2. an exhalation, vapour, mist, which 
 one cannot see through ; so of an abor- 
 tion, Ecc. 6. 4: for he cometh in mist and 
 departeth in darkness, seen by none. 
 11, 8 bzn N2^;"b3 all that cometh is mist, 
 i. e. shrouded in darkness. 8, 14. 
 
 3. Abel, pr. n. Sept. "yl^fl, the second 
 son of Adam, prob. so called from the 
 shortness of his Hfe. Gen. 4, 2 sq. 
 
 5!in i. q. Vnrt no. 1, breath, hence va- 
 nity, with Chaid. form CP^n ^5" Ecc. 
 1, 2. 12, 8. 
 
 '-r obsol. root. i. q. *2S ; hence 
 
 ''?^n m. (stony, qs. '32X from "i^iX i. q. 
 ''Zii a stone) plur. CJSn Ez. 27, 15 Keri, 
 in Cheth. f^ain , ebon-wood, ebony, q. d. 
 stone-wood, so called from its hardness. 
 This etymology is so obvious, that we 
 need not look for another, much less for 
 a foreign one. The Semitic name is 
 preserved in the Gr. and Lat. i'^ivoc, 
 ebenum, ebony, see Bochart Hieroz. II. 
 p. 141 ; and from the Greek it has been 
 transferred back with an epenthesis into 
 the Arabic and Persian, where it is 
 written yj-jJot , ji-y^of . The Hebrews 
 use the plural, prob. because this wood 
 was cut up into pieces or sticks for ex- 
 portation, called by the Greeks (puXayytg. 
 Comp. f^p^N , O"!:?? . 
 
 -*} to cut, to cut up, to divide ont, 
 i. q. Arab. ^tJH. Once Is. 47, 13 Keri 
 niict^ "^I^H sky-dividers, i. e. astrologers, 
 who divide up the heavens -for augury, 
 or to take a horoscope. Sept. atjifioXo- 
 yoi roi) uvquvov, Vulg. augures cmli. 
 Cheth. is 't ^-2n (nirx). Others take 
 2i as i. q. i-*^ to know ; and some 
 again prefer to read ""^sn, comparing 
 'n:'?:an V. 10. 
 
 5n Esth. 2, 3, and ''^tn v. 8. 15, Hege, 
 Hegai, Pers. pr. n. of a eunuch in the 
 court of Ahasuerus. Benfey compares 
 Aja eunuch ; Monatsnamen p. 192. 
 
 -^>^t obsol. root, Arab. ^^ IV to 
 set on fre, to kindle, ^^^3<Sb heat 
 
 Hence J^5!^ . Others, to moan, as fan I. 
 
 1 ult. 
 
 1. I iJt^i fut. fii^l 1. to murmur, 
 to midter, to growl, pr. to utter a low 
 rumbling sound, nearly i. q. t^'CT\ . Spo- 
 ken of the growling of the lion over his 
 prey Is. 3J, 4, Gr. i'no^<JV)ruouiii (to roar 
 is SXffi , (j^vxi'wfittt) ; also of low thunder, 
 see nsn Job 37, 2 ; of the muttering of 
 enchanters, see Hiphil ; of the low tones 
 of a harp, see ,i-'5n Ps. 9, 17. 92, 4 ; of 
 the murmuring or cooing of doves. Is. 
 38, 14. 59, 11 ; of the moaning and sigh- 
 ing of men, oi^oV^fiv, Is. 16, 7. Jer. 48, 31. 
 
 2. Poet. i. q. to speak. a) Absol. pr. 
 to utter a sound, Ps. 115, 7. b) With 
 ace. of thing. Job 27, 4. Ps. 37, 30. Is. 59, 
 3. Prov. 8, 7. Hence to speak of, i. q. to 
 sing, to celebrate, (comp. i^S ,) Ps. 35, 
 28 T^^-i^ nrnn -^iitb my tongue shall 
 speak of' (sing) thy right emisness. 71. 24. 
 
 3. to meditate, pr. to speak with one- 
 self in a low murmuring voice, as is often 
 done by a person in deep meditation ; 
 comp. no. 1, and nrx, 'iaba ncs. With 
 
 2 to meditate in or on any thing, to think 
 upon it ; Josh. 1, 8 nb-^bi cai"' ia ^''SfiT 
 and thou shalt meditate thereon (the 
 law) day and night. Ps. 1, 2. 63, 7. 77, 
 13 r^brs-bra ''T^^^ri I meditate on all thy 
 works. 143,5. (Synon. is n*'.) Prov. 
 15, 28 ri:rb n^l^;; p-^'ns ab the heart of 
 the righteous meditateth what to answer. 
 With ace. to think upon, to remember j; 
 Is. 33, 18 nr^x nsn^ r,2b thine heart re- 
 membereth the time of terror. Also in a 
 bad sense, to devise, to plot ; Ps. 2, I 
 p"^"} ^sn^ tjiJssb why do the nations devise 
 a vain thing 7 i. e. attempt resistance in 
 vain. Prov. 24, 2. Is. 59, 13. Syr. jl^oi 
 to meditate, to read by syllables ; Pa. to 
 meditate, to contemplate ; Ethpa. to read. 
 Comp. Eth. iflfl to mimnur, to utter 
 inarticulate sounds, to speak, to meditate j 
 
 Conj. IV, to read. Arab, v^ to matter, 
 
 PoEL inf iah i. q. Kal no'. 2, Is. 59, 13. 
 
 HiPH. part. plur. C^J^^t '^ inutfer- 
 
 ers, i. e. soothsayers muttering enrhnnt- 
 
 raents ; or the sighing, the vhimperiwg. 
 
n5n 
 
 243 
 
 nn 
 
 i. e. jugglers pretending to innitate the 
 low thin voice of the shades, Is. 8, 19, 
 Deriv. nir\ , nijn , "(rsn . 
 
 * II. '^>}!'^ i. q. ns^ II, to be separated, 
 taken away, comp. TJ^n and T\\^ Transit. 
 to separate, to take away ; Prov. 25, 4 
 C|t)?t> D"^l^p isfi separate the dross from 
 the sillier, where it is Inf. abs. for the 
 itnperat. Symm. xu&ut()t, Vulg. aufer. 
 V. 5. Here too is apparently to be refer- 
 red Is. 27, 8 D-^n;? Di"'a ncisn I'nnia njpj 
 he taketh them atrnry iri^A. his strong 
 vind in the time oftlie east-wind. Kira- 
 ohi well n-'pn . 
 
 Note. Maurer not unaptly explains 
 the connection of this second significa- 
 tion with no. I, by supposing that nsn II 
 is pr. to cause to pnff or pant for breath, 
 then to drive (comp. Jnj, uym), to impel, 
 Is. 27, 8 ; and with "ja, to drive off, to 
 separate, Prov. 25, 4. See Maurer ad 
 Prov. I. c. 
 
 nsn m. (r. nSii I) l. a muttering, 
 growling of thunder. Job 37, 2. 
 
 2. a sighing, moaning, Ez. 2, 10. 
 
 3. a meditation, thought, Ps. 90, 9 ; 
 L q. rtart . 
 
 In^^ri f (Karaets impure) meditation, 
 thought, Ps. 49, 4. R. nan I. 
 
 ''S'? see in 5fi . 
 
 H*'in m. (r. 55fi) /iaf,yeTTOwr of mind. 
 Ps. 39, 4 Uix "i53ri '^?i"'JH3 in my fervour 
 the fire burned. Hence fervent cry, 
 prayer, Ps. 5, 2. Others, moaning. 
 
 'ji'^an m. (r. nsn I ) constr. i^an , c. 
 Buff. "'3i-^an Ps. 19' 15. Lam. 3. 62. ' ' 
 
 1. murmur, sound of the harp or ci- 
 thara ; comp. n^on Is. 14, 11. Ps. 92, 4 
 lissa "i'l^'an ^bs with the murmur of the 
 harp, with its murmuring tones ; Sept. 
 fttT djdiig iv xtdagn. In Ps. 9, 17 *)'i''r.n 
 nbp is a musical sign, Sept. ojS'rj dta- 
 y>difiaroi;, and so Symm. Aqu. Vulg. 
 Bee in nbp . 
 
 2. meditation, Ps. 19, 15 ; device, ma- 
 chination, Lam. 3, 62 ; comp. Ps. 2. 1. 
 
 "^y*^ m. adj. (r. "J") convenient, com- 
 modious, statable, i. q. Talmud, "i^jn and 
 )}rvo . Ez. 42, 12. 
 
 * 15* t' ''^ ^^ convenient, commodious ; 
 but not found in this signification in any 
 of the kindred languages. 
 
 * "^^rj obsol. root, Arab, la^ to flee; 
 whence SjjP Hejrah, flight of Mo- 
 hammed ; kindr. S'^H. Hence 
 
 "Ijn (flight) pr. n. Hagar, the hand- 
 maid of Sarah, of Egyptian birth, the 
 mother of Ishmael ; so called as having 
 fitd from her mistress. Gen. 16, 1. 25. 
 12. Also 
 
 ^nan (fugitive) Hagri, 1 Chr. 11, 38 
 27, 31 ; Plur. D-'ian Ps. 83, 7, and 
 CX-^-jsn 1 Chr. 5, 10. 19.20, Hagrim, 
 Hagarenes, pr. n. of an Arabian people, 
 with which the tribes living beyond Jor- 
 dan carried on war. It doubtless cor- 
 
 G ^ C 
 
 responds to the Arab. >-3c', whence the 
 gentile n. ><.j^U&, a people and region 
 adjacent to the Persian Gulf, called 
 'A/qiuoi in Strabo XVI p. 767 Casaub. 
 'u4y()ifg Dionys. Perieget. 956, in the pro- 
 vince now called Bahrein. 
 
 *Tn m. i. q. Ti^fJ , shout of joy, rejoic- 
 ing, Ez. 7. 7 ; c'omp. Is. 16, 9. 10. R. 
 Tin. 
 
 'j"'"lS'nn Chald. m. plur. counsellors of 
 state, ministers, viziers, Dan. 3, 24. 4, 
 33, 6. 8 ; also xsb^ '")t!?v5 3, 27 the 
 king's counsellors. It seems to be a 
 compound word ; and if Semitic, may 
 be either Chald. T'^^^H (r- "^7^) leaders, 
 governors, with the Heb. article pre- 
 fixed, which then coalesced with the 
 word itself^ as elsewhere the Arabic 
 article also with several Heb. words, 
 see bx p. 49 ; or it may be compounded 
 from ',i-ian-Tin, comp. "P'^T^'JIX ; so 
 Lee. 
 
 'J't' obsol. root, Arab. JjC to break, 
 kindr. rnrj ; in Heb. trop. to break forth 
 into joy. to shout for joy, comp. nss, 
 nsn. Hence in, Ti-n. The Arabic 
 root is likewise transferred to sound, 
 
 comp. JLj8 cry of the camel, a deep 
 
 hoarse voice, 51^ the sound of waves 
 
 dashing upon the shore, 'idJb a crash- 
 ing, fragor. 
 
 ^ir!! Hadad, pr. n. 1. An idol of the 
 Syrians, and perhaps of the Edomites : 
 see Ti'Tl? and i.T^l'in . 
 
rm 
 
 244 
 
 nn 
 
 2. Of several Edomites and Ishmael- 
 ites. a) A king of Edom, Gen. 36, 35. 
 
 1 Chr. 1, 46 comp. 50. b) 1 Clir. 1, 30. 
 c) 1 K. ] 1, 14 ; called in v. 17 lix . 
 
 in^"^*^ pr- n. (Hadad i. e. Adod is 
 
 : his help, see in Tit!!"'!?) Hadadezer a 
 
 king of Syria-Zobah, contemporary with 
 
 David, 2 Sam. 8, 3 sq. Written itsn'ir! 
 
 2 Sam. 10, 16. 19. 1 Chr. 19, 16. '19; 
 though some Mss. every where retain 
 ihe. better and genuine form with 1 . 
 
 '}lT2'1'l'in Hadad-rimmon. pr. n. of a 
 place in the plain near Megiddo, Zech. 
 12, 11 ; afterwards according to Jerome 
 called Maximianopolis. Prob. so called 
 from the worship of the idol Hadad- 
 rimmon ; see Hitzig ad Jes. 17, 9. Mo- 
 vers Phoenizierp. 297. See Biblioth. Sac. 
 1844, p. 220. 
 
 * '*^yy\. q. ^yi (comp. n;n and tiS'i) 
 pr. to throw out the hand. i. e. to stretch 
 or put out the hand; once Is. 11, 8. 
 
 Arab, {^d^ to lead right, to show the 
 
 way; Syr. ^?5i, JuJiJO, way, custom, 
 Gr. h86q. 
 
 I'^n (for !i'n:h) Syr. cjjai, Arab. 
 
 JJl^, India, Esth. 1, 1. 8, 9. The form 
 
 Hidhus. is old Pers. for Sanscr. Sindhtis 
 (omitting n),the land oi" Sindj Lassen 
 in Zeitschr. f d. Morgenl. VI. p. 62. 
 
 D'^1"I<^ Hadoram, pr. n. a) A tribe 
 of the Joktanites in Arabia Felix, Gen. 
 10, 27. They would seem to be the 
 'AdQufitTai, Atramitce, Ptolem. VI. 7, and 
 Plin. 28 or 32, on the southern coast of 
 Arabia, between the Homeritse (Him- 
 yarites) and the Sachalita?. b) Masc. 
 i. q. fi-.-inx, cn-^snx q.v. 2 Chr. 10, 18. 
 
 '''nn Iliddai, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 30 ; 
 for which in the parall. passage 1 Chr. 
 I],32i8^nan. 
 
 ^^n io tread dmcn to the ground, 
 to trample under foot, once Job 40, 12. 
 Kindr. roots are KS'H, nr"n . ~='n . Arab. 
 iSd^ to tear down so. a house, to de- 
 stroy. 
 
 * DjTl obsol. root. perh. to tread down, 
 intrans. to be trodden down; whence 
 
 trop. to serve, to wait upon; Arab. 
 *Jca-. Hence oSn footstool. 
 
 Clil Chald. i. q. Syr. jlejoi membmnt, 
 amember; comp. Pers. ^ttXiiC. ^tju| 
 member. Dan. 2, 5 'C'^'^'^ i::?! (Gr. 
 [xfkri nouli' 2 Mace. 1, 16) pr. to make 
 into menibem, i. e. to cut or hew iri pieces, 
 a species of punishment common to many 
 ancient nations. Comp. >ojoi Barhebr. 
 p. 218. 
 
 Q^ri m. (r. trvn) a stool, footstool, every- 
 where with n!';iban . Only trop. Is. 66, 1 
 the earth is thy footstool. Ps. 110, 1 until 
 I make thine enemies thy footstool. 
 Spec, the ark of the covenant is called 
 the footstool of God, because his pre- 
 sence was supposed to be always upon it, 
 1 Chr. 28, 2. Ps. 99, 5. 132, 7. Lam. 2, I. 
 
 Cj7 obsol. root. Talmud, to leap, 
 to spring, to hasten. Hence 
 
 Cin m. plur. D'^S'iH) the myrtle, so 
 called according to some because it leaps 
 or springs up rapidly and grows quickly ; 
 like salix d saliendo according to Ver- 
 rius, though sali.v is from Uit Neh. 8, 
 15. Is. 41, 19. 55, 13. Zech. 1, 8. 10, 11, 
 See Celsius Hierob. P. II. p. 17 sq. Arab. 
 
 (jj-JjC id. in the dialect of Yemen; 
 among the other Arabs this tree is called 
 
 T 
 
 ^^IT!*. (myrtle) pr. n. Hadassah, the 
 earlier Jewish name of Esther, Esth. 2, 7. 
 
 * '^\2K* fut. t'l'nn'i 1. to thrust, to push, 
 to smite. Chald. Cinn id. Comp.fiB-i. pB'n. 
 Num. 35, 20. 22. Ez. 34, 21. With l^ ," \o 
 thrust away ; Job 18, 18 iixp ''f^E"!^!! 
 "T^tun-^X they shall thrust him from the 
 light into darkness. Is. 22. 19. Hence 
 to thrust down, to overthrow. Jer. 46. 15. 
 
 2. to thrust away, to repidse, 2 K. 4, 
 27. Prov. 10, 3. 
 
 3. to thrust out, to drive out, with ''50^ , 
 ^it);^, Deut. 6, 19. 9, 4. Josh. 23, 5^ ' 
 
 '_'^' 1. to cause to swell, to make 
 tumid, and intrans. to be swollen up, tu- 
 
 mid. Arab, sjkj&t tumid, \Jc^ to be- 
 come tumid. Hence part. pass, ilin 
 swollen, tumid, raised. Is. 45, 2 cnsnn 
 
''\in 
 
 245 
 
 Tl 
 
 l^^it the swelling (raised) places will I 
 make plain, level. LXX. o^ij, unless, 
 perh. they read n^"nn. So tumidos 
 monies Ovid. Amor. 2. 16. 51. Coinp. 
 Engl, a swell, i. q. a low hill. 
 
 2. Trop. of orimmeiit and splendour, 
 in allusion to the wide and flowing robes 
 of Oriental pomp; hence to decorate, to 
 adorn, pr. of appiircl, see "("in . Is. 63, 1 
 ioi-ba "Win decked, glorious, in hi-s ap- 
 parel. Also to honour a person, with 
 'b '3B to honour the /ace. person, of any 
 one. to reverence. Lev. 19. 32 ; also in a 
 bad sense, to favour his cause, to be par- 
 tial in judgment, like D^3B sbj, Lev. 19, 
 15 ; c. ace. of pers. Ex. 23, 3. 
 
 NiPH. Prset. plur. in Pause ii'^ns, were 
 Jtonoured Lam, 5, 12. Comp. Kal no. 2. 
 
 HiTHP. to show oneself proud, to carry 
 oneself promlly, Prov. 25, 6. 
 
 The derivatives follow. 
 
 I'lm Chald. Pa. "inn, to honour, Dan. 
 4, 31. 34. 
 
 * "^^C - iy- "^'^'7 "o. 2 ) 1. ornament, 
 decoration, splendour, pomp, Ps. 45, 4. 
 96, 6. Ez. 16, 14. ttinp 'inn holy orna- 
 ments Ps. 110, 3; see in nnnn. Prov. 
 20, 29 naib d-ij^t "-nn the ornament of 
 old men is the gray head. Lev. 23, 40 
 inn ys ornamental trees. Spec, of the 
 splendour, majesty of God. Ps. 104, 1 
 Pl'i52b nnni lin thou art clothed with 
 splendour and majesty. Job 40, 10. Ps. 
 29, 4 inna nin-j bip the voice of Jehovah 
 is in majesty, majestic. 
 2. honour, Ps. 149, 9. 
 
 ^Tl Chald. i. q. Heb. ^nn , c. suff. 
 '"inn Dan. 4, 27 [30]. 
 
 ^*1^ m. (r. nnn) ornament, splendour ; 
 once Dan. 11, 20 r^sbia -inn bsis niasia 
 sending forth an exactor of tribute 
 through the ornament of the kingdom, 
 Pcilestine, q. d. the best part of the king- 
 dom, like "lasn -jr-ix v. 16, comp. Zech. 
 9, 8. For the historical allusion, see 
 2 Mace. 3, 1 sq. Others understand tri- 
 bute, census, by a Grsecism, like ti//)j. 
 But see in Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache p. 64. 
 
 T?^'^ f- (r- "^1^) constr. nnnn, i. q. 
 *inn , ornament, decoration, Prov. 14, 28. 
 Xb'ip T^yyn holy adornment, i. e. apparel 
 morn on solemn festival occasions, (not 
 
 21* 
 
 sacerdotal as some suppose.) Ps. 29, 2. 
 96, 9. Comp. ttJnjs -'^-tn P. 110, 3. 
 
 "^T?"^"^"!! so written sometimes for 
 
 '^!.?1iri q- V. 
 
 Hn interj. expressing grief, onomato- 
 poetic, like nnx, ah! wo! Ez, 30, 2. 
 
 in interj. expressing grief, onomatop. 
 like 'in , O! wo ! alas ! Am. 5, 16. 
 
 S^n m. S^n n he, she; is, ea,id; per- 
 sonal pronoun of the third person. The 
 same form dropping the K is found in the 
 pr. n. ''n''bx . Corresponding forms are : 
 Phen. xnfsaraar. xm, f. in, and if'n, 
 
 'H; SjT. oai, f. ^<Ji; Arab. .JD, f. J*" 
 
 As to its origin, see Hupfeld on the Se- 
 mitic demonstr. Particles in Zeitschr. f d. 
 Kunde des Morgcnl. II. p. 127 sq. 147 sq. 
 In the Pentateuch Kin includes also 
 the feminine gender, and is put for ti'^f} , 
 which latter (according to the Masoraon 
 Gen. 38, 25) is read only eleven times 
 in the whole Pentateuch. The puncta- 
 tors, who prob. did not notice this idiom 
 of the Pentateuch, wherever Sin relers 
 to a feminine object, seem to have regard- 
 ed it as an error, and wrote it Xin, sig- 
 nifying that XTi ought to be read. Be- 
 sides the Pentateuch, xin is found as fem. 
 in 1 K. 17, 15. Job 31, 11. Is. 30, 33, where 
 it is also written by the punctators XiH, 
 
 Like the Lat. is, ea, id. so the pronouns 
 Sin , X"!."} , point out a definite person or 
 thing already mentioned or well known 
 from the context. They thus differ from 
 nt, rxt, which is i. q. oijog,this, point- 
 ing to a person or thing present and 
 near ; and correspond rather to the Greek 
 ai'Tog, especially in the oblique cases, as 
 lb i. q. HVToi, ir-ix i. q. avxov. Hence Xin 
 and X'^n are put : 
 
 1. Without emphasis, he. she, like Lat. 
 is. ea. Gen. 4, 20 and Adah bare Jabal, 
 bnk ad-i 'ax n^n xin he was thefatlier 
 of such as dwell in tents, v. 21. 10. 8. 9. 
 12. 19, 36. 37. 20, 16." That its proper 
 place is where a person or thing is men- 
 tioned a second time, (see the remarks 
 above on the artif^le.) is obvious from 
 passages where it refers to nT preceding ; 
 so Judg. 7, 4 "^b;; nT r|-'bx irk nrx n^^1 
 
 '^\ ~\''\^ "'?j<"""r.? ^-" "^'^ ~\^.Z '*''" "*?!* 
 "r^bi xb xin -qsy Tjb;] sb, where Sept 
 
i^in 
 
 246 
 
 Tin 
 
 well : xal tarai, ov iuv hjioh TiQog as, 
 OVT og noQfvaeTt/i avv aol, ulihq noQfv- 
 atjvti (Tvv aol' xul nag ov uv nno) n^og 
 at, oi'iog ov noQfvasTai fifxa aov, alrbg 
 ov noQfvafrai fitTu aoii. So too in the 
 same relation, nibx and Msn , Gr. ovtoi 
 and ulrol, Ps. 20,' 8. 9. 
 
 2. With a degree of emphasis, as again 
 taking up a preceding noun. Is. 33, 22 
 flril-^cii N^n i:??"? n'jn') Jehovah our king, 
 he xdll save us. 38, 19. So in various 
 ways and examples; as Gen. 13, 1 Abra- 
 ham . . . "irri-'N; N^n, Sept. avxog xul tj 
 ywij ttitov, he and his wife. 14, 15. Gen. 
 4. 4 Knn ca b?n, Sept. "jjSfk y.ul ainog, 
 Abel, even he. Gen. 20, 5 "'b nrx Nsin xbn 
 said liF. not unto me? Spec, a) Some- 
 times S^in i. q. aviog is referred to God, 
 as HE who alone is to be adored, wiio 
 alone created and governs the world. 
 Ps. 33, 9 "n^l nax s<!in . Job 5, 18. Deut. 
 32, 39. So in the pr. names in-'^iS, 
 sirr^ax, etc. b) Put also by way of 
 contempt, 2 Chr. 28, 22; like Gr. ovjog, 
 Lat. iste. c) Like o (xviog, the same, 
 idem, Ps. 102, 28 Xin nnx thou art the 
 same. Is. 41, 4. 43, 13. 48, 12. d) Put 
 :after a noun it is often i. q. uxnog, ipse, 
 iself. Is. 7, 14 niN C2b s^n 'nx 'in';' '|rb 
 therefore the Lord himself {Seipt. KvQiog 
 aviog) will give you a sign, i. e. of 
 "himself of his own accord. Often and 
 'emphatic after the pronouns ''33N (Is. 
 
 43, 25), nns, "la ; as Jer. 49, 12 nnsi 
 :nf?in n'p3 Nin and shall thoc go un- 
 punished? Is. 50, 9 ^3''tt5"i! x^n 'a who 
 lihen shall condemn me? Gen. 27, 33. 
 
 3. Put with the art. after a noun having 
 the art. it expresses the remote demonstr. 
 that; ille, ilia, illud; and so cnn, 'f'nf}. 
 ."Job 1. 1 Ninri \a-^i<n that man. Gen. 28, 
 
 11 Niinn cipBS in that place. Mic. 3, 4 
 
 K^nn pra at that lime. So very often 
 'Kiinn Ci'a in that day, at that lime ; 
 
 spoken both in the historical books of a 
 .day just before mentioned. Gen. 15, 18. 
 26, 32, 30, 35. 33, 16; and also in the 
 
 prophetic writings of a day just before 
 announced, Is. 2, 17. 20. 3, 7. 18. 4, 1. 2 
 ,(comp. 2, 12). 5, 30. 7, 18. 20. al. Sept. 
 iv ifi t]fti()n ixiivT). In Syriac ooi, \sm, 
 
 are used to correspond with Heb. i^'il^ii , 
 
 4. Like the other personal pronouns, so 
 
 sin. x-^n, (also tn ',,) involve the idea 
 of the verb of existence or substantive 
 verb, i. q. he is. she is, it is. Gen. 24, 65 
 what man is this ? . . . "^px N^n he is my 
 mastei: 20, 7 for he is a prophet. 2, 11 
 '^V"'"'^^! 7'!]i<."^"r^'<. as-itsn N^n that is 
 it ichich compasseth the whole land of 
 Havilah. More frequently put last; 
 as Gen. 25, 21 X-^n nn^r "^S for slie 
 was barren. Ps. 18, 31. Is. 41, 7. In 
 both genders it is not seldom put by 
 way of explanation, i. q. that is, etc. 
 Gen. 14, 8 ^y":! XTJ ~ba Bela, that is 
 Zoar, now called Zoar. v. 7. 23, 2. 19. 
 Josh. 15, 8. 9. Hence it comes that 
 these pronouns frequently stand instead 
 of the substantive verb itself; .s Gen. 7, 
 2 and of the beasts NOT nnhq xb nt;N 
 that ARE not clean. Ps. 50, 6 C^ribx "^a 
 NOT asui for God \& judge. Gen. 41, 26 
 rattii !-:ot n"^2d yad r'aan nSs saiii 
 n:n n-'20 yad r'l^-sn ti'^bairn the seven 
 good kine are seven years, and the seven 
 good ears are seven years ; comp. v. 27 
 fin. where instead of rtOT we have I'^fi?* 
 Gen. 25, 16 bxr^sd-i i:a en n^x tliese 
 ARE the sons of Ishmael. Zech. 1. 9 / 
 will show thee nbx njn na ichat these 
 ARE. Espec. Zeph. 2, 12, where nan 
 even refers to a different (the second) 
 person : n5:n '3'^n ibbn n-ic^a cnx ca 
 also ye Ethiopians shall be slain with 
 my sword. Comp. Ezra 5, 11 ; also Syr. 
 Matt. 5, 13. 
 
 S'!!! m. K'^n f. Chald. i. q. Heb. he, 
 she; is, ea, id; Dan. 2, 22. 6, 11. 17. 
 Often as implying the verb of existence 
 or substantive verb, he is, she is, etc. 
 Dan. 2, 9. 20. 28. 32. 47. 6, 5. Put also 
 for the substantive verb, Dan. 4, 27. 
 
 N^O Chald. i. q. nOT q. v. 
 
 ^in aphferesis for Tins (r. inj) Arab. 
 tXftJ to swell, e. g. the flesh, tiie female 
 breast. . 
 
 1. a swelling sc. in the exuberance 
 of health and strength ; hence vigour, 
 strength, e. g. of the youthful body Prov. 
 5,9; ofa noble steed Zech. 10,3. Dan. 10, 
 8 nTiJiittb 'by r^cna ^nOT my strength was 
 turned within me to destruction, i. c. was 
 destroyed. Hos. 14, 7 iiin r"i?a like the 
 oli ve-treehis strength. TrQ\). of strengXh 
 of voice, snorting, Job 39, 20 [23]. 
 
^in 
 
 am? 
 
 rrti 
 
 2. gpUndour, majesty, c. g. a) Of 
 God, often with -rvn, Ps. 21, 6. 96, 6. 
 104, 1. Ill, 3. Job 40, 10. b) Of kings 
 and princes, 1 Chr. 29, 25. Dan. 11, 21. 
 Comp. Num. 27, 20. 
 
 3. ///, pr. n. in. I Chr. 7, 37. 
 
 ^^^I""^ (pcrh. i. q. n^snin praise ye 
 Jehovah) llodaviah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 
 ^ 5, 24. b) 9, 7. c) Ezra 2, 40. 
 
 in^in^n (id.) Hodaviah, pr. n. m. 
 I Chr." 3, 24. 
 
 n^'lin (pplendour of Jehovah) Ho- 
 deiah, Neh. 7, 43, i. q. f^llT^ lett. b. 
 
 n^nin (jd.) Hodijah, pr. n. of several 
 Levites, Neh. 8, 7. 9, 5. 10, 11. 14. 19. 
 
 nin to be, to exist, i. q. n^n . In 
 Aramfpan this is the usual form for 
 the substantive verb, Chald. Min , Syr. 
 loot ; in Hebrew it rarely occurs, and 
 only in the poets and later writers. 
 That it is however the primitive form 
 and earlier than Si^rt , is apparent, be- 
 cause the form has obviously an onoma- 
 lopoetic origin ; and hence n^rt comes 
 from nin, as n^n from '"^jn. The ori- 
 gin of fijrt lies in the idea oi' breathing, 
 comp. SIX, Arab. j^jJ^j and see in no. 
 2, 3. This idea is then transferred to 
 the breathing of persons and animals ; 
 whence to live i. q. nin, and so to be. 
 Part. r\'r\ Neh. 6, 6.' Ecc. 2, 22. Imp. 
 f^lli^, S*."]!!' ''^C! Gen. 27, 29. Is. 16, 4. Put. 
 apoc. X^n-i Ecc. 11, 3, for irri from ^'}]r\;\. 
 
 2. to breathe after, to desire, i. q. fi2X , 
 
 h^X 1. 2. Arab, i^^ to desire, to love, 
 to will. Hence ^n-jri no. 1, desire. 
 
 3. Intens. to strive eagerly, to rush 
 headlong ; hence to fall headlong, to fall 
 
 from on high, i. q. ;^^. Job 37, 6 
 
 yy^ '<.10 ^^^'' ^V^r^ ""^ /o^ io the snow 
 he saith, Fall (rush doAvn) tipon the 
 earth; Vulg. ut descendat in terrain, 
 Sept. as in no. 1. yivov inl yrjC. Hence 
 njn no. 2, nin . 
 
 flin and i^)T\ Chald. to be, i. q. Hob. 
 M^rt . Often joined with the participle 
 of another verb, e. g. n'^in nm thou wert 
 seeing, i. e. thou sawest, Dan. 4, 7. 10. 7, 
 2. 4. al. 
 
 Note. In the formation of the Fut- 
 
 of this verb, there occurs this singulari- 
 ty, that in the third pers. sing, and plur. 
 is found the prefix h , where we should 
 expect the preformative "> ; and this with 
 the regular and usual signification of the 
 future or subjunctive. Thus, St;}n^ will 
 be Dan. 2, 28. 29. 45. 4, 22. Ezra"?, 26; 
 be it, let it be, Dan. 3, 18. 5, 29. Ezra 7, 
 23. 4, 12. 13. 5, 8 ; plur. y.r^h may be 
 Dan. 6, 2. 3. 27. Ezra 7, 25 flem. '(-^rtb 
 Dan. 5, 17 ; but in 3d fem. sing, nnnn 
 Dan. 2, 40-42. 4, 24 ; K^nn 7, 23. Ezra 
 6, 8. Forms of the same kind are found 
 in the Targums, as Hieros. Ex. 10, 28. 
 Jonath. Ex. 22, 24 ; and more in the 
 Talmud, as ir^susb for iSTaa"", inrb for 
 l-TQi, i?ib for 151"', see Furst Chald. 
 Lehrg. p. 114. From all this it appears, 
 that these forms are not infinitives, as is 
 sometimes supposed ; but that in such 
 examples either the b is put for the Nun 
 of the Syrians (so de Dieu, Beer Inscr. 
 et Papyri I. 19, 20), or else these forms 
 have arisen out of the Hebrew usage 
 which began to put bbp^ instead of 
 bbp-] . Heh. Gr. 129. n. l! Comp. Wi- 
 ner Chald. Gr. p. 67. edit. 2. 
 
 n^n f (r. r^m) verbal of Pi. 1. desire, 
 cupidity, see the root no. 2. Prov. 10, 3 
 
 Ci^n^. c^'J") n^n he thrusteth away the 
 desire of the wicked; parall. p'^'^S lUS.?. 
 
 Comp. njx . Arab. ^Isb desire, will. 
 
 s ^ 
 2. fall, ruin, Arab. \^jSb , see the root 
 
 no. 3. Only in the plur. calamities, de- 
 struction ; Ps. 57, 2 niw i'-?.^""i? iinlil 
 these calamities are overpast. 91, 3 ^sn 
 n-isin fatal pestilence. 94, 20. Prov. 19, 
 13. Job 6, 2. 30, 13. (In Job 11. cc. 
 Chethib n'tt .) Hence also, ^calamities 
 which one prepares for another,' mis- 
 chief injury, wickedness ; Ps. 5, 10 CS'ip 
 niin their inward part (or mind) is 
 wickedness. 3S. 13 mw ns'n they speak 
 mischief, mischievous things. 52. 4. 9. 
 55, 12. Prov. 11, 6. 17, 4 ',i-ab-bs -ptia 
 n'ln giving ear to a wicked tongue. Job 
 6, 30. Sing. id. Ps. 52, 9. 
 
 nin i. q. njn no. 2, fall, ruin, cala- 
 mity, Is. 47, 11. Ez. 7, 26. R. Mjn no. 3. 
 
 Criin (prob. for crtllT^ , whom Jeho- 
 vah impels, r. C'qT^ .) Hoham, pr. n. of a 
 king of Hebron, Josh. 10, 3. 
 
^in 
 
 248 
 
 ntn 
 
 '''in interj. onomatopoetic, like "1S. 
 
 1. Of threatening, ho ! wo ! oval, o\, 
 with nominat. for the vocative ; comp. 
 Sept. Is. 1, 4 Nisn lia 'in wo, sinful 
 nation > 5, 8. 11. 18. 20. 21. 10, 5. 28, 1. 
 29, 1. 15. 30, 1. 31, 1 ; with ^^. Jer. 48, 
 1 ; hi 50, 27. Ez. 13, 3 ; b 13, i8. 
 
 2. "or grief, O! wo! alas! 1 K. 13,30 
 *ins "in alas, my brother ! Is. 17, 12. 
 
 3^ Of exhortation, ho! Zech. 2, 10 
 [6]. Is. 18, 1. 55, 1. 
 
 * "^^^ ' Chald. to go, a softened form 
 from 7^r^ ; comp. ttJn'n and WW , ybij and 
 y!lX, p:s and pw ; and in modern lan- 
 guages Engl, to talk, to walk (in which 
 the I is not sounded), Fr. doua: from Lat. 
 dulcis, faux from falsus. Fut. A (the 
 only instance in verbs 13?) t^n"? i- q- T(:0- ' 
 Ezra 5, 5. 6, 5. 7. 13. Infin.' r^t]Xi 7, 13. 
 The same forms are found in the Tar- 
 gums. 
 
 nbbin f. (r. ibn Po.) plur. ni^bin, 
 folly, Ecc. 1, 17. 2, 12. Then, impro- 
 bity, wickedness, Ecc. 9, 3. 
 
 nubbin f. id. Ecc. lo, 13. 
 
 Dbin (Milel) m. Is. 41, 7 ; see in C^n . 
 
 * D^n to put in motion, throw into 
 commotion, consternation, to agitate ; 
 kindr. ci:n, nrn. Deut. 7, 23 crn 
 nbina mssniD he will bring upon them 
 great consternation. Hence Dinn . 
 
 NiPH. see in Dn. 
 
 HiPH. to make commotion, to make a 
 noise, (comp. I2''pi2n to keep quiet) of 
 a noisy multitude Mic. 2, 12 ; of an un- 
 quiet mind, internal commotion, Ps. 55, 3. 
 
 Deriv. ms^ma, Dinn. 
 
 Dialn (destruction, r. B^n) Homam, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 1. 39 ; for which in Gen. 
 
 36, 22 c^^n . 
 
 "p^ i. q. Arab, ^jl^, to be light, 
 easy ; comp. kindr. "X , "'^it . 
 
 HiPH. to act lightly, vfith levity ; Deut. 
 1, 41 ribyb irnni ye acted lightly to go 
 up, went up heedlessly ; comp. Num. 
 14, 44. 
 
 Deriv. ,''n , and 
 
 "jin m. 1. riches, wealth, substance, 
 Prov. 1, 13. 6, 31. 8, 18. Ps. 44, 13 xba 
 jin/or nought, pr. for no wealth. Plur. 
 
 o^ 
 
 B"'3in Ez. 27, 33. Arab. ^y ease, 
 
 comfort; comp. ^11 mid. Waw, to live 
 
 s .f 
 in comfort and quiet, ^^.f quiet, com- 
 fort, "jix wealth, substance. 
 
 2. Adv. enough, Prov. 30, 15. 16. So 
 Sept. w^xit, Chald. Syr. Arab. Vers. 
 
 *)in and 'in 1. An old and unusual 
 word, i. q. "^n , a mountain, Gr. oQog. 
 Gen. 49, 26 ^V i-iin (i. e. 1? ''^in) eter- 
 nal mountains, parall. with obis risiaa 
 everlasting hills in the other hemistich. 
 The Masorites direct it to be read 
 IS "^nin, and seem to follow the inter- 
 pretation embraced by the Vulg. and 
 Chald. i. e. taking '''lin as particip. of 
 the verb <^'^'^, i. q- my parents, progeni- 
 tors, and referring ^V to the words fol- 
 lowing. But against this is the compa- 
 rison of the similar passages in Deut. 33, 
 15. Hab. 3, 6 ; and also the parallelism 
 of the members. 
 
 2. Hor, pr. n. of two mountains : a) 
 One on the borders of Idumea, one and 
 a halfdays' journey from the Dead Sea 
 towards the south ; at its eastern foot 
 lay the city Petra. At the present day 
 it takes its name from Aaron, who died 
 on it, ,j^;Uo ^AJ Ju^ Jebel Nehy 
 
 Hdrtin, Mount of the Prophet Aaron. 
 See Comment, on Is. 16, 1. Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. II. p. 548, 651. Num. 20. 22. 
 33, 32. b) The other was perhaps a 
 spur of Lebanon at the northeastern 
 extremity, Num. 34, 7. 8. 
 
 yatOin (for yaaiin';i, whom Jehovah 
 heareth.) Hoshama, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 3, 
 18. 
 
 yiSin (deliverance, safety, see r. SD^J 
 Hiph. and Niph.) pr. n. 
 
 a) Oshea, afterwards Joshua, the mi- 
 nister and successor of Moses, Num. 13, 
 8. 16. etc. 
 
 b) ILishea, a king of Israel, 2 K. 15, 
 30. 17. 1 sq. 18, 1 sq. 
 
 c) Ilosea, a prophet, Sept. 'iZffijs, Hos. 
 1. 1. 2. 
 
 n^^Cin (whom Jehovah helpeth, r. 
 5di) Uoshaiah, pr. n. of several men : 
 a)'Nch. 12, 32. 33. b) Jer. 42, 1. 43, 2. 
 
 * Mn see prn . 
 
 * nrn to dream, to talk in on^s 
 
'rt 
 
 249 
 
 n^n 
 
 dreams, Is. 56, 10. Kindr. is njn ; and 
 the primary idea pce:u8 to be that of 
 nocturnal vision. Sept. iyvTiyiaCofiivoi, 
 Aqu. (fiitfTit^i'ififvoi, Syinm. ofJUfiuTiaxui. 
 Arab. (^ jj6 and ! jj6 to talk at ran- 
 dom, espiic. of one delirious ; and nearly 
 tlie same in the Talmud. 
 
 T* m. (for "ns , r. nnj , as ii2 for biQ-j) 
 wailing, lamentation, wo, Ez. 2. 10. 
 
 K"^n pron. of 3 pers. sing, fern fi/te, 
 Lat. ea, neut id ; see fully in Stin . 
 Sometimes in the Masoretic text it is 
 read S'n, where K^n used in a neuter 
 sense is referred to the masculine, and 
 the Jewish critics expected Kin ; e. g. 
 Job 31, 11. Ecc. 5, 8. Ps. 73, 16. 
 
 X^J Chald. i. q. Heb. she. Dan. 2, 9. 
 20. 21. 7, 7. Ezra 6, 15. See in Kin. 
 
 T/'^n ni- ('' '^'^'7) shoid of joy, joyfid 
 acclamation, e. g. n) Of vintagers 
 treading the grapes, vintage-shout, Jer. 
 25, 30. 48, 33. b) Of soldiers rushing 
 to battle, battle-shout. Jer. 51, 14. Is. 16, 
 9. 10, where these two senses are put in 
 antithesis. 
 
 flil^n Neh. 12, 8, a corrupted form, 
 prob. for rinin choirs, as 1 Chr. 25. 3. 
 Comp. also Neh. 11, 17 ; where in a like 
 context is ninin. 
 
 **X^, ftit. n;;n'?, apoc. ^f^, with 
 
 Vav convers. "^tr^l : inf. absol. n'^n and 
 i^n Num. 30, 7 ; inf constr. i^i^>^, once 
 n;;n Ez. 21, 15, with pref. m'-^rib, nrna ; 
 imp. r,'^X\ ; part. f. n^H Ex. 9, 3 ; signi- 
 fying i. q. TTi'n, Chald. njn, Syr. Icai, 
 
 fo9l. 
 
 1. to come to pass, to happen, to be ; 
 for the origin and etymology see the 
 Note. Ex. 32, 1 we know not ib r^'^ri n^o 
 what has happened to him. Ecc. 3, 22 
 T^nnx siin'lB n-o what shall he (happen) 
 after him. Is. 14, 24 nn^n "jd 'n"'a'7 Tw'xs 
 as I hare thought, so shall it come to pass. 
 1 K. 13. 32. So 'o r^'T, mg how comes 
 (is) it that ? Ecc. 7, 10, i. q. Gr. t/ yi- 
 yoviv on; John 14. 22. Often in the 
 phrase bx "^^ nsf r\'^ri the word of Jeho- 
 vah happened (came) to any one ; see 
 examples in ">3'n no. 1. c, and comp. Lat. 
 fama accidil ad aures alic. Liv. Most 
 frequent of all is the form Ti"^] , Gr. xt 
 iysvtio, and it came to pass, in historical 
 
 narrative, with a notation of time. Gen. 
 22. 1 o'^nbxn'i nbxn e-innnn innx ti-ji 
 nS3 and it came to pass after these 
 things, and God did try Al/raham. 23, 1. 
 2G, 32 !ix'n;'T iit.'!\nr\ Diss ^n-;'] and it came 
 to pass on the same day, and tht-y came., 
 etc. Josh. 4, J "i^X'T . . . isn "lOS? ^^'J} , 
 5, 1 053^1 . . . SauJD "^n-^] and it came to 
 pass when they lieard . . . then their heart 
 melted. The notation of time, as apn 
 pears from these examples, is variously 
 expressed ; e. g. with 3 and inf. Gen. 
 24, 30. Ex. 16, 10 ; 2 and inf. Gen. 35, 
 
 17. 18. Num. 10. 35 ; ntuxs with pra;t. 
 Gen. 24, 22. 52. 1 Sam.' 8, 1 ; 'S with 
 praet. Gen. 6, 1. 27, 1. Corresponding 
 to this is also the form n^fii and it shall 
 come to pass, referring always to a future 
 event, and usually followed by a nota- 
 tion of time. Is. 7, 18 x^nn ci'a n;m 
 '^ pHcJ^ and it shall come to pass in thcet 
 day, Jehovah shall hi.ss, etc. Ex. 12, 25 
 cmTa!U!i...rixn-bx ixhn "^s rr^ni and 
 it shall come to pass when ye shall come 
 to the land . . . then shall ye keep, etc. So 
 with "^3 Ex. 12, 26. Judg. 12, 5 ; DX de- 
 noting time or a condition Ex. 4, 8. 
 Deut. 8, 19 ; 3 and 3 with inf. Deut. 17, 
 
 18. 20, 2. 9. Judg. 2,' 19. 
 
 2. to begin to be, i. e. to become, to be 
 made or done. Spec, a) To come into 
 existence, to begin, to arise, to be ; Gen. 
 1, 3 nix ^n^l nix Ti") let light be, and 
 light was. V. 6. Is. 66, 2 nbwH-bs ^i-^rj^l 
 a7id all these things have arisen, have 
 come into existence. With *)^ , of or 
 from any source. Gen. 1 7, 16 3"'52S "^^b^ 
 I'^n^ njHia kings of nations shall be of 
 her, spring from her. Ecc. 3, 20. b) to 
 be done, established, opp. to fall, to be in 
 vain. Is. 7, 7 rrrin xbi cipn xb it shall 
 
 ' r r ; ' t 
 
 not stand, neither shall it be done. With 
 b auctorie. Is. 19, 15 n"in:ji:b n^n"i xb 
 nbsia neither shall any work be done by 
 the Egyptians. It is construed as fol- 
 lows : ) With a subst. following, to be- 
 come or be made anything. Gen. 19. 26 
 nbp 3"S3 "inni and she became a pillar 
 of salt. 4, 20. 21. So Gen. 1, 5 iins ^n^^ 
 nnx ai-^ np/n ^"I7] and the evening was 
 and the morning was one day. i. e. even- 
 ing and morning became one day. /?) 
 In the same sense, with b before the 
 subst. Gen. 2, 7 n^n C2:b' cnxrj Ti-jl 
 and man became a living soul. v. 24. 9, 
 
rr^n 
 
 250 
 
 n^n 
 
 15. Ib. 1, 22. 31. 5, 9. ;') But \ n;n, fo 
 be or become to any one, as his posses- 
 sion, property, etc. Is. 17, 2 ^S"iS ^'nS 
 ^5''^'1P} oi'n'isb i^ cities of Aroer shall 
 be for tlie flocks, i. e. be given up to them. 
 23, 18. Job 30, 31. So espec. of a wo- 
 man, >U"X^ '^'v'^'i? 5 *^^ became to a m^an, 
 i. ?. became his wife, (nirxb being often 
 added. Num. 36, 3,) Num.' 30, 7. 36, 3. 
 Deut. 21, 15. 24, 2. 8) 3 n;;n <o 6e or 
 become as or ZtVce any thing. Gen. 3, 5 
 CSi'^XS on/^ni and ye shall become as 
 God. V. 22. Ps. 1, 3. Cant. 1, 7. Then 
 also, to 6e or become like any one, is to 
 have the like lot with him ; comp. Fr. 
 * je ne sais pas ce qu'il est devenu.' Is. 
 1, 9 ^5"'1'i D*iD3 we shoidd have become 
 like Sodom, i. e. have experienced the 
 fate of its inhabitants. Gen. 18, 25. Num. 
 17, 5. Is. 17, 3. 24, 2. 28, 4. 29, 7. 30, 13. 
 omp. Is. 10, 9. 20, 6 ; where n;n is 
 omitted. 
 
 3. to be, i. e. the substantive verb, like 
 Gt. tifii, Lat. sum,, a) As the copulative 
 connecting the subject with the predi- 
 cate ; whether the latter be an adjective, 
 noun, numeral, or adverb ; or whether it 
 etand alone, or in connection with a par- 
 ticle. So with an adjective. Gen. 3, 1 
 ens n^n t-'Hjfi'i aiid the serpent was 
 cunning. 2, 25. With a substantive, 
 Gen. 3, 20 '^n-h's fix nn-in s-^n "^^s for she 
 vxis the mother of all living. 5, 32. 16, 12. 
 With a subst. and numeral. Gen. 5, 5 
 and all the days of Adam .... were nine 
 hundred and thirty years, v. 8. 11. Job 
 1, 3. With an adverb, Gen. 15, 5 l? 
 ^I?"^! ^'^T]'^. so shall thy seed be. With a 
 eubst. having the prefix 3 , Ps. 22, 15 n^n 
 aji^s "^ab my heart is like wax. Is. 1,18. 
 30. 9, 18. In very many examples of 
 this kind the substantive verb may be 
 omitted ; and indeed is more frequently 
 omitted than inserted ; see Lehrg. p. 849. 
 But the rules laid down as to its use by 
 Ewald are too narrow ; Krit. Gr. p. 632. 
 Kl. Gr. 571. 2. b) As expressing 
 the being or remaining in any place or 
 state ; Gen. 4. 8 nT>sa nn'i-'na '^n'li andit 
 came to pass when they were in the field, 
 pr. in thcMr being in the field. 13. 3. 17, 
 13. Is. 7. 23. Gen. 2, 18 cnxn pi-n aia sib 
 "i'Jiab it is not good for man to be alone. 
 Ecc. 7', 14. c) Emphatic, to be in e.rist- 
 ence, to const, e. g. in sonic place, Gen. 2. 5 
 
 y^^^ n;;rt'i Ci-nD iTi^^n n-'b the plants of 
 the field were not yet in the earth, did not 
 yet exist. 6, 4. Is. 11, 16. Absol. Gen. 
 
 13, 7 a*""! ^fi'}'^ and there was strife. 15, 
 17 n^fi "^^bs there was darkness. Zech. 
 
 14, 6. \s. Y5, 6. Ecc. 1, 9. 10. Also, to 
 exist, to live; so Gr. eifii, e. g. ti liai 
 Horn. Od. 15. 432 ; ov d^v r/v II. 6. 131. 
 Matt. 2, 18. So Job 3, 16 as a hidden 
 untimely birth iT^nx S<b / had not been, 
 should not have existed, lived. Is. 23, 13. 
 Dan. 1, 21. Ecc. 2, 7. 18. 4, 16. 6, 12. 
 
 The following constructions and phra- 
 ses may also be noted : aa) bap n^n , 
 he was slaying, for he slew ; comp. Syr. 
 fooi 'C^ua. Gen. 4, 17 nsh ^f}'^'^ and he 
 was building. 15, 17 nxa ttir^n "ri"^} 
 and the sun was going down. Is. 10, 14. 
 Often in the later writers, Job 1, 14. 
 Neh. 1. 4. 2, 13. 15. bb) b n;n , to be to 
 any one, i. e. to belong to, and with a per- 
 sonal subject, to have. Gen. 12, 16 Tl'^l 
 l|?ai "i^:! "ib and he had sheep and oxen. 
 Ex. 20, 3 n-inrtx nirfbx r\b n;;n';-xb thou 
 shall have no other gods. Gen. 13, 5. 
 2 Sam. 12, 2. Is. 5, 1 ; b omitted 2 Sam. 
 4, 2. Comp. "^b iu;i , Gr. 'itin fioi, Arab, 
 o lOD 6^t mihi, i. q. habeo, Cor. 10. 100. 
 cc) Also b <^^'^, to be for any thing, i. e. 
 to serve as or for any thing, to be any 
 thing, Gr, dvai d'g it, yst'sa&at fig xt. 
 Gen. 1, 15 ni-:kT:b rni and they shall 
 be for lights, v. 14. 29V Is. 1, 14 "'bs siiJl 
 tribb they are to me for a burden. With 
 b c. inf. Is. 5, 5 "i5ab n^H^ and it shall 
 be for consuming, burning, pr. Eng. it 
 shall be to bum. With a dat. of pers. 
 Gen. 6, 21 nbrsb Cfibi r,b n^n'1 and it 
 shall be to thee and to th^'m for food. Ex. 
 4, 16 "ib n-^nn nns^i nsb T^b n'^ri'i n^rt 
 C'^inbNb he shall be to thee for a mouth, 
 and thou shall be to him- for God, i. e, 
 he shall speak in public whatever thou 
 shalt suggest to him in private. 
 Sometimes b n^fi is i. q. to show oneself 
 Bo and so, to acipdt oneself as ; 1 Sam. 
 4, 9 Ctlijxb rni sipmrn be strong and 
 quit yourselves like men. So with b 
 twice, 1 Sam. 18, 17 b^n-jab ^b-^^O & 
 thou valiant for me. pr. quit thyself for 
 me as a man of valour, dd) The for- 
 mula ribrb rrjn has a double signif. 
 ) to be about to do, to begin to do, as 
 Gen. 15, 12 slab tiJr'i-n Tj-ji and the 
 
^n 
 
 251 
 
 3^n 
 
 0un was about to go dovm, was in going 
 down. 2 Clir. 26, 5 O-^Pibx ttjinp Ti-] 
 and he began to seek God, upplied him- 
 self to seeking God. /5) to be ahniit to be 
 done, implying necessity, it mnM. it onght, 
 etc. Josh. 2. 5 "lapb i?^'n ^^n^^ and the 
 gate teas to be shut, it was time to shut 
 the gate. Is. 6, 13 a tenth part in her 
 . . . "sab riPTi shall be to destroy, i.e. 
 hall be destroyed. So with the pas- 
 sive, Ez. 30. 16 SH^^Ht ^ly]^. ^'^ "^ ^o 
 (Thebes) shall be to be rent asunder, i. e. 
 hall be destroyed, ee) B CS n"n to 
 be with any one, in various senses : 
 a) to be on his side, of his party, 1 K. 1, 8 ; 
 see C3 no. 1. Comp. ilvui fttrd mocMatt. 
 12, 30. (i) n'i'x C5 n-^n to be with a wo- 
 man, i. q. to lie with her, Gen. 39, 10. 
 2 Sam. 13, 20. Comp. Syr. >a:k jsn 
 ]ZLi\ , Hist, of Susann. 14. Judith 12, 16. 
 y) to be in one^s mind, heart, 1. q. CS n%"i 
 iab 1 K. 11, 1 1 ; see cs no. 2. c. fl*) rrjn 
 'b ^5''?2 /o 6e tn fAe eyes o/"any one, i. e. 
 to seem to him, see '^"0 no. 1. b. gg) 
 i n^n ^0 6e orer any one, i. q. to protect 
 him ; pr. of a wall, 1 Sam. 25, 16. Metaph. 
 Zech. 12, 2 n-in-i nnwi 55 csi arf o/so 
 ouer Judah shall (God) be, i. e. he will 
 protect Judah. 
 
 NiPH. n^nj only in Proet. and Part. 
 i. q. Kal, but less frequent. 
 
 1. to come to pass, to happen, to be. 
 Judg. 19, 30 nxT3 nrx-.rxbi nrinj-sib 
 no such thing had come to pass nor was 
 seen. 20, 3. 12. Deut. 4, 32. Jer. 5, 30. 
 Ez. 21, 12. Neh. 6, 8. Dan. 12, 1. 
 
 2. to become, to be made or done, to be 
 accomplished. Part. fem. n^ns it is done! 
 it is over ! Mic. 2, 4. So iTiVia nixn a 
 desire accomplished, fulfilled, Prov. 13, 
 19 ; comp. parall. rtxa v. 12. With h to 
 become any thing, lit. for any thing, 
 Deut. 27, 9. With rsa noting the au- 
 thor, 1 K. 12. 24. 1, 27. 2 Chr. 11, 4. 
 
 3. to be, as the subat. verb, Joel 2, 2. 
 Twice emphat. implying the idea of 
 Bomething finished and past ; as Lat. 
 ^fidmus Troes.' Dan. 2, 1 nn'^ins irsrsi 
 l^bs and his sleep for him had been, i. e. 
 sleep for him was over, existed no more ; 
 J-i^S for Tibx , i!5, Theodot. well, o vnyo^ 
 uvjov anfyivsTO an avToi>, Vulg. fugit 
 cb iUo. Comp. 6, 19. Dan. 8, 27 and I 
 Daniel ''r^'^^^JJJ '*!'"-n? ^^ been (vulg. 
 
 Engl, wai done up) and was sick. Vul|^ 
 langui et cegrotavi. 
 
 Note. As the notion of the substan- 
 tive verb is too abstruse and metaphy- 
 sical to be regarded as primitive, etymo- 
 logists have with good reason sought 
 after the origin of the Heb. verbs n^n 
 and njn. With some I formerly em- 
 braced the conjectural opinion, that the 
 primary idea was that oP falling, comp. 
 Arab. iCjJO ruit, decidit ; and that the 
 sense oi' falling out, coining to pass, was 
 derived from this ; in support of which 
 one might appeal to Pers. ^jjUtil to 
 fall, to fall out, to happen. But I can- 
 not now regard this signification as the 
 primary one. The notion of existence 
 would seem rather to come from that of 
 living, applied metaph. even to inanimate 
 things ; so that then the verbs JTin , mn, 
 and n'H , n^n , may all be referred to the 
 same origin. Of these n'n and ^^^'^ sig- 
 nily primarily to breathe, to blow, (comp. 
 nix , n2!< , anx , ban ,) which notion then 
 passes over into the signif partly of 
 breathing after, desiring, rushing, and 
 partly of living, existing. See more 
 under niT\ . Some also regard the verbs 
 t^lT^ and n'jn as very closely related to 
 the pronouns Xin and X'^n . 
 
 n^n f. in Cheth. Job 6, 2. 30, 31, for 
 T^'^T] fall, -ruin, calamity. 
 
 ty^n a form imitating the Chaldee, for 
 t^-'X h(yw7 1 Chr. 13, 12. Dan. 10. 17. 
 Freq. in Chaldee writers ; Samar. ^^ 
 id. 
 
 '?'^r7 coram, gend. once fem. Is. 44, 
 28. Plur. n-i-T-, once ni Hos. 8, 14, 
 
 1. a large building, edifice, a palace, 
 Prov. 30, 28. Is. 39, 7. Dan, 1. 4. It cornea 
 from r. ba^ i. q. bia , bna , to take, to hold ; 
 espec, to be capacious, spacious. Syr. 
 
 \LJn, Arab. J^Xltf , Ethiop. UJi'flA, 
 id. also a temple. There is likewise a 
 
 verb JJuL^O. 
 
 2. nin-i ba*!?! the palace of Jehovah, 
 i. e. the temple at Jerusalem, 2 K. 24, 13. 
 2 Chr. 3, 17. Jer. 50, 28. Hagg. 2, 15. 
 Zech. 6, 14. 15; elsewhere 7r\ni n^a. 
 Spoken also of the sacred tabernacle in 
 use before the building of the temple, 
 comp. n-^a no. 2 ; 1 Sam. 1, 9. 3, 3. Ps. 
 
252 
 
 adn 
 
 5, 8 ; not 2 Sam. 22, 7. Ps. 29, 9, where 
 the heavens are to be understood. Poet. 
 for the heavens, Ps. 11, 4. 18, 7 et 2 Sam. 
 22, 7. Ps. 29, 9. Mic. 1, 2. Sometimes 
 the epithet holy is added. 
 
 3. Spec, for a part of the temple of 
 Jerusalem, the outer sanctuary, or rather 
 the temple itself, 6 vahi; xai t^oxy,v, as 
 distinguished from the holy of holies 
 (-11=^) ; so 1 K. 6, 5 "1'^3'nV? ^rri^ V. 17. 
 7, 50. But ^s'^n does not stand for the 
 holy of holies itself 
 
 ^TT> Chald. m. emphatic. N^^'^n, c. 
 BufF. <^^3"'ti, as in Hebr. 
 
 1. palace of the king, Dan. 4, 1. 26. 
 Ezra 4, 14. 
 
 2. the temple, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 5. 
 
 '?'^'!l Is. 14, 12, according to Sept. 
 Vulg. Targ. Rabbin. Luth. brilliant star, 
 i. e. Lucifer, the morning star. Aptly, 
 eince it is followed by inT!3""|3 so7i of the 
 morning ; and in Chaldee also this star 
 
 is called n^^3 SsiS , Arab. Jiw5>v , i. e. 
 
 eplendid star. In this sense ^^""n would 
 be derived from r. bbrj to shine, as a par- 
 ticipial noun from a conj. ^^''j^, comp. 
 
 Arab. Js-O, Syr. j-cujs, and the like; 
 or rather it is for hhit verbal of Pi. light- 
 giving; radiant. The form ^^"^n is else- 
 where Imperat. Hiph. of the verb bb^ 
 in the signif wail, lament, Ez. 21, 17. 
 Zech. 11, 2. This gives here a less apt 
 sense ; though adopted by Syr. Aqu. 
 Jerome. 
 D^'T!' see in n^"!!! . 
 
 T'9'^r} (i. q. l^^'^^ Chald. and Syr. 
 faithful) Ileman, pr. n. a) A wise man 
 of the tribe of Judah, who lived before 
 the times of Solomon, 1 K. 5, 11. 1 Chr. 
 2, 6. b) A Levite, of the family of the 
 Kohathites. one of David's chief singers, 
 1 Chr. 6, 18 [33]. 15, 17. 16, 41. 42. Ps. 
 88, 1. Some have supposed these to be 
 one and the same person; but see Thes. 
 p. 117. 
 
 "pf? a kin, a measure of liquids con- 
 taining the seventh part of a bath, i. e. 
 twelve Roman sextarii, according to Jos. 
 Ant. 3. 8. 3. ib. 3. 9. 4 ; or about five 
 quarts English. Num. 15, 4 sq. 28, 5. 7. 
 14. Ezra 4, 11. Sept. riv, IV, vy. This 
 word corresponds to the Egyptian hn, 
 
 hno, which signifies pr. vessel, and then 
 a small measure, sextarius, Gr. h'lov. 
 See Leemans Lettre a Salvolini p. 154. 
 Bockh Metrol. Untersuch. pp. 244, 260. 
 But it is not certain that these Heb. 
 and Egypt, measures were of the same 
 size. 
 
 vr| see '3. 
 
 V once in fut. Kal (or perh. Hiph. 
 Heb. Gr. 52. n. 4) Job 19, 3 ittiirn ^\> 
 "O !l"i3nn, Sept. olx (xlaxwo^ivoi [it ini- 
 y.ii<jds fioi, Jerome : et non erubescitur 
 opprimentes me. Usually compared with 
 Arab. Sj^ to be stupified, stunned; 
 Hiph. to stupify, to stun; whence in 
 Job 1. c. shameless ye stun me. Better 
 perhaps i. q. Arab. ^,Xa. to injure, to 
 
 litigate pertinaciously ; whence in Job 
 1. c. shameless ye injure me. Several 
 Mss. read lisntn . 
 
 fT^l^l f (r. n=3, verbal of Hiph. after 
 the form nban , Heb. Gr. 83. 28. 84. 1,) 
 a regarding ; hence cri/^DB r'lSIi the re- 
 garding of their persons, i. e. respect of 
 persons, partiality, in a judge, Is. 3, 9. 
 Comp. the phrase D"'5Q I'^Sfi in "=3 Hiph. 
 no. 1. 
 
 -'J 1. The article, Arab. Jt, in 
 Hebr. -n , the letter h being assimilated 
 to the next letter and inserted in it ; see 
 above on p. 240, note 2. 
 
 2. Particle of interrogation, Arab, (jjb, 
 whence comes rt interrogative, q. v. The 
 full form is found once Deut. 32, 6, ac- 
 cording to the reading of the Nahar- 
 deenses ; who separate nini bn, which 
 is elsewhere written as one word, 
 nin'^bn . In that case, bi:a is to be con- 
 strued with the accusative, as is often 
 done. 
 
 ^^ : *? (Milel, pron. hd-l'ah) adv. of, 
 afar off, pr. to a distance, thither away. 
 It is for r\)T-\ from bn that, as 1NT3 Is. 8, 
 1 for SITS. Corresp, are Chald. 'K^nb, 
 ^t'"^^) Syr. '^oi, '^ov^, id. whence the 
 verb '^oL^oi to prolong, to remove. 
 
 1. Of space. Gen. 19, 9 MX^^'iJia stand 
 off, stand back, see in ttiJJ ; Sept. tinotna 
 ^xfi, Vulg. recede illiic ; see Comment, 
 on Is, 49, 20. (Ot)iers. cojne nearer, but 
 inaptly.) 1 Sam. 10, 3 nxbnj c^-Qfrom 
 
ibn 
 
 253 
 
 Tbn 
 
 thence. furlJwr. 20, 22 n^n; rjap/rowi 
 ^Aee fartker. i. o. beijnnd thee. v. 37. 
 (0pp. n:-ni r,:ai3 this sule of thee.) Num. 
 32,19. 'ls.'l8,2.7nx^nT yi^T\"-o xnia =? 
 a people terrible and further off' than he, 
 beyoiiil ; otliors Iiere of time : f/vni the 
 Jrrst and onward ; see Comrn. on Is. 1. c. 
 fi )j f^Sj'r'l'? further off than, beyond, as 
 Am. 5, 27 p'wanls nxbnia beyond Damas- 
 cus. 
 
 2. Of time, flirt her. forward, onward. 
 1 Sam. 18. 9 nxbnj swn Di'nia from 
 that day forward. Lev. 22, 27. Is. 18, 2. 
 7, see in no. 1. 
 
 Hence as a denom. verb comes 
 NiPH. part. fern. ni<5n:n removed, 
 remote ; collect the far remote, Mic. 
 4,7. 
 
 Dib^^n m. pUir. (r. bbn) verbal of 
 Piel, days of rejoicing, thanksgiving fes- 
 tivals, after the ingathering of the fruits 
 and harvest, Judg. 9, 27. Lev. 19, 24. 
 
 Di^n see D^n . 
 
 T^ pron. demonstr. coram, gend. this, 
 these. Masc. Judg. 6. 20. 1 Sam. 14, 1. 
 17. 26. 2 K. 23. 17. Zech. 2, 8. Dan. 8, 
 16. Fern. 2 K. 4. 25. The fuller form is 
 Mtiri , which is apocopated also in Ara- 
 
 bic, jJL'f, d3\. 
 
 J^T^n m. this, Gen. 24, 65. 37, 19. It 
 is compounded from nt and the full form 
 of the article bn . romp, cnas for Cfi^? ; 
 or according to Hupfeld from HT and X^ti 
 i. q. J^xbn, which is also favoured by 
 the Talmudic plur. ib^n for ibx xbn. 
 
 Corresponding is Arab. (tf<^|, which 
 
 also takes the force of a relative. Hence 
 
 by apoc. t|n , jj| , by aphseresis ,^ jJ. 
 
 'l'^?'!! id. once Ez. 36. 35 ; joined with 
 ^^X , and therefore fem. 
 
 tf^bn or ^yH m. (r. Ti^n) a going, 
 step. Job 29, 6 ''3'^bn my steps. 
 
 TO'^V^I f- (r. "bn) only in plur. nis-^bn . 
 
 1. goings, progress, Nah. 2. 6. Spec. 
 pomp, processions, in honour of God, Ps. 
 68, 25. 
 
 2. ways, Hab. 3, 6 "ib nbis rria-ibn ^Ae 
 ancient ways are to him, i. e. his ways 
 are as of old, in ancient times. Trop. 
 
 22 
 
 ways of life ; Prov. 31, 27 rjn*'? Piis-'^ri 
 (she looketh well) to the -ways of her 
 fiousehold, i. e. to her domestic atfairs. 
 
 3. companies of travellers, caravanSj 
 Job 6, 19. 
 
 * "^ilO fin'l =l^r (Heb. Gr. 77) fut. 
 T('.!!) ~\'.J.'^, i'rom Tjb'J, once with Yod 
 ^hS''^ ^^^^- 1) 8 ; poet. Tjbri: from T^^, 
 twice r|bnn Ex. 9, 23. Ps! 73, 9 ; Imp. 
 T\?, with He parag. nsb (see in no. 7), 
 or He being dropi)cd ^:> fem. '^zh, jDb 
 rarely 1=bn Jer. 51, 50 ;' Inf abs.' T\^^^f}, 
 constr. rab , c. suff. Tisb ; part. T\>n . ' 
 
 1. fo go, to walk, to go forth, also 
 rarely to come, etc. Chald. and Syr. 
 Pa. id. Arab. dUbo to perish. 1 Sam. 
 17, 39. Gen. 3, 14. Is. 6, 8 :i:b nb? ^Vj who 
 will go for us? sc. as our messenger, 
 prophet. Job 38, 35. Often before an 
 infin. with b, as tTsb ~bn he went to 
 shear Gen. 31, 19. K'ipb 7|bn he went to 
 call 1 K. 22, 13. Judg. 8, 1. \n a differ- 
 ent sense. Gen. 25, 32 rinb Tjbh "isbx njn 
 lo ! I am going to die, am at the point 
 of death. With another finite verb Tjbn 
 is often apparently redundant, mostly in 
 the language of common life ; as Job 1, 
 4 nnffl-a sibsi *i3bn they went and made 
 a feast. Gen. 35,'^22. Ex. 2, 1. Josh. 9, 
 4. al. 
 
 The following constructions are to be 
 noted : a) With bs of the persom to- 
 whom one goes. Num. 22, 37 Nb nab* 
 ^^^ '^r^vj wherefore wentest (camest)< 
 thou not unto me ? 1 Sam. 17, 44. Some- 
 times in a hostile sense; see bs A. 3. 
 1 Sam. 17, 33. 2 Chr. 11, 4. Also of 
 place to which, Gen. 22, 2. Jon. 1; 2. 
 b) With b of place whither; as Tib n 
 in-iab he went to his home, went home, 
 1 Sam. 10, 26. ibnxb 'n to Kis tent 
 Judg. 19, 9. 'ia-:p^b"judg. 19, 28. c) 
 With an accus. and He parag. in the 
 same sense ; Gen. 28, 2 cnx nj'ns ~ib 
 PX^ra nn"'a go to Padan-aram. to ths 
 house of Belhuel. 1 K, 17. 9. Without 
 He, -2 Chr. 9, 21 ;a"i\::nn m=bn ni3s 
 ships going to Tar.shish. Judg, 19. 18. 
 But with a simple accus. the sense is 
 also to go through, to pass through; 
 Deut. 1, 19 "lanan-bs rx r\^i^ we went 
 throxigh all the desert. . 2, 7. So too Ty>il 
 ^1"^, fie went the way,' see in ^i"!'^." no. 2. 
 d) With 1? , Gen.. 22, 5. Judg. 19, 18. al 
 
pn 
 
 254 
 
 ^bn 
 
 e) Rarely with P? , Jer. 3, IS. 2 Sam. 
 15, 20 TjVn "sx naJN b? T,Vn -irxi and I go 
 whither I go. Jer. 3, 6. f) Tiae phrase 
 2 Tyfn has several senses: ) ^o ^o 
 i. e. move about in a place ; Josh. 5, 6 
 ->S'i532 ^X^::^ '3S !i=bn i/i^ children of 
 Israel went {walked) in the desert. 14, 
 10. Judg. 11, 16. 18. /5) to go into a 
 place, to enter, see 3 A. no. 7. Is. 3S, 10 
 bixttj '^rda n=bs I shall enter the gates 
 ofSheol. rh'ii r^_r\Ax\A "^ri^'n T^bn to 
 ^0 M?io captivity, Is. 46, 2. Jer. 20, 6. 
 Lam. 1, 18. y) to go with a person or 
 thing, i. q. to take along, Ex. 10, 9. Jer. 
 46, 22. Hos. 5, 6. g) rx , t> Ti'sn , to go 
 with any one, to accompamj, Gen. 24, 58. 
 Ex. 10, 24 ; particularly as an ally in 
 war, Gen, 14, 24. Josh. 10, 24. Judg. 1, 
 17. 4, 8. 7, 4. More rarely to go in 
 company with., to compaivy with. Job 34, 
 8; metaph. 31, 5. h) ^3S? Ts^r^ logo 
 before any one, 2 Sam. 6. 4. So of God 
 and his angel as leading his people, Ex. 
 13,21.23,23.32,1.21.34. i) 'tlDS Ti^n 
 to go after a person or thing, to follow ; 
 comp. in N. T. if/Xfa&ai inlaw. Gen. 
 24; 5 innx rqsb nrxn !n2j<n xb 'b^ix 
 jjerhaps the woman will not be willing to 
 follow me. V. 8. 31, 17. Ruth 2, 9. Often 
 in a bad sense; Hos. 2, 15 [13] T^bpiT 
 CSnxTa '^'!;nx and she went after Tier 
 lovers. ' B-inx D"n'^x "'nnx 'n to go af- 
 ter other godsT>e\M.\, 19.' 11, 28. 13, 3. 
 Judg. 2, 12. Jer. 35, 15. Metaph. ".nx 'n 
 ab r!n"^"ic to follow stuhhomness of heart 
 Jer. 3, 17.' 9, 13. 11, 8. 
 
 2. Metaph. to walk, \.(\.to live, to pur- 
 sue a way of life, see 7\^r\ "o. 3. Very 
 often in the phrase 'b '^a^is, 'H'J'ia T^bn 
 to walk in the way of any one, to imitate 
 his life and conduct, see in T)*"!! no. 3. a. 
 So '^'^ pipna 'n to walk in the statvtes of 
 Jehovah eV. 5, 6. 7. 11, 12. 20. "^-JB-rra 
 '^ Ez. 37, 24. Ps. 89, 31. 'i;;' t^^'^'^S Noli! 
 5, 9 etc. etc. Also 'b rsra r(:ri to walk 
 in the counsel of any one, to live and act 
 as he does, Ps. 1, 1, comp. Mic. 6, 16. 
 Ps. 81, 13. 2 Chr, 22, 5. Poet. c. ace. 
 (like Ts^;^^ 'n, Tl'^^a 'n.) Is. 33, 15 r|Vn 
 T&pi'i walking in righteousness, living a 
 righteous life. Mic. 2, 11 "^iraj nfin r^p 
 walking in wind and fahehond.. So 
 with an adject, subjoined, crin l^Vn 
 walking uprightly Ps. 15, 2. Pro v. 28, 8. 
 
 3- Used often of inanimate objects; 
 
 thus ships are said to go Gen. 7, 8. 2 K. 
 22, 46 ; wheels Ez. 1, 19. 10, 16 ; the 
 moon in the heavens Job 31, 26 ; rumours 
 2 Chr. 26, 8. Spec, of waters, streams, 
 to flow, to run; Gen. 2. 14 r\^7P ~\>'^7} x^n 
 "i^ttrx which flows before Assyria. Josh. 
 4, 18. 1 K.'lS. 35. Ecc. 1, 7. Is. 8, 6. 7, 
 Comp. Virg. JE,r\. 8. 726 ' Euphrates ibit 
 jam mollior undis.' Poet, of a land, to 
 go or flow with any thing, i. e. to produce 
 it in abundance, see Heb. Gr. 135. 1. n. 
 2 ; with accus. Joel 4. 18 Mj.bpi niyasn 
 -bn tiie hills shall fow with milk, "b:7 
 CITS !i=b;i nn^n-i ';r-^X and all the valley's 
 of Judah shall fow with water sc. in 
 abundance. So too Ez. 7, 17 et 21, 12 
 [7] c-^^ n3=ri!) C';s-ia-b3, Vulg. omnia 
 genua fluent aquis, sc. for terror. 
 
 4. Spec, to go away, to depart ; in this 
 sense opp. to X'is q. v. no. 2 init. 1 Sam, 
 15, 27 and Samuel turned r.zbb to go 
 away. 10,9. With "i^a _/"rom! any place or 
 person 1 K. 2, 41 ; c?o 1 Sam. 10, 2. 14, 
 17; rx^: Jer. 3, 1 ; "^m^i Ecc. 8, 3; T??. 
 Judg. 6, 21. So by euphemism for death, 
 Gen. 15,2 "')'":?. T)bh 'rix I depart {die^ 
 childless. Ps. 39, 14. 2 'Chr. 21, 20. 
 Also to he gone, to perish, Arab. dUjO'r 
 of men Job 19, 10. 14, 20; to vanish, of 
 a cloud Job 7, 9. 27, 21 ; of the breath 
 Ps. 78, 39. 
 
 NoTS. In the preceding senses and 
 constructions, and espec. in no. 4, there 
 is sometimes appended to "bn a pleo- 
 nastic dative of the subject, lb Tjbfi i. q, 
 Fr. s''en alter, ItaL andarsene ; which 
 seems to have belonged chiefly to the 
 language of evcry-day life. Cant. 4, 6 
 -rrn in-bx "'b r^bx /will go (get me) to 
 the mount of myrrh. Jer. 5, 5. Imperat, 
 r|b-~b go for thyself get thee away. Gen, 
 12, 1.' 22, 2. r,b-^=b Cant. 2, 10. 13. 
 
 5-. A not vinu.syal fornnala is the follow- 
 ing: ">3"]i ""ibri Tbn he went on gainer 
 and talking, i. e. talking as he went^ 2 K, 
 2, 11. So I Sam. 6, 12 irsi "ij^bn ^=bn 
 they went on hiring as they went. Is. 3, 
 16 Fi3=b?i tiiEa "ibn they walk mincing 
 as they go. 2 Sam. 3, 16. Josh, 6, 9. In 
 this sense the same idiom is found in 
 other verbs of going, as n:3t M'bs TXP 
 2 Sitm. 15, 30 ; blj^cT KS;; N3^ 16, s'; 
 comp. 1 K. 20, 37. Jer. 12, 47. But ft is 
 peculiar to "i^bn that to gohalsomaed 
 
Tbn 
 
 255 
 
 ..Ui 
 
 n 
 
 trop. for to go on in any thin^, to in- 
 crease ; and tlr.it in a threefold construc- 
 tion : a) With the infin. pleonast. T\^\>n 
 and a participle or verbal adj. of another 
 verb; Gen. 26, 13 bnji 7\sn r,b]] he 
 vent on going and growing, i. e. grew 
 more and more. Judg. 2, 21 ""'33 ^^ m^P)3 
 hnJpT nibn bxib^ and the hand of the 
 Israelites went on going and being hard, 
 i. e. grew harder and harder upon Ja- 
 bin. 1 Sam. 14, 19. 2 Sam. 5, 10. 18, 25. 
 
 b) Instead of the first T^^n , is not seldom 
 put the verb itself which expresses the 
 action thus increased ; as Gen. 8, 3 ^ITIJ'] 
 aiisi r.ibn vikpi bs z^:sn ami the wa.- 
 ters returned (flowed)/roHi off the earth, 
 going and returning, i.e. more and more. 
 12, 9. Rarely for the first ^\ri is put 
 n^n , as Gen. 8, 5 and the waters T\^T[ I'^n 
 ^liom were going and decreasing, i. e. 
 decreased continually, more and more. 
 
 c) With the part. I^Vn and a particip. of 
 another verb ; 1 Sam. 17. 41 "^PiabBn 7(^l 
 a^i?"! T\?h and the Philistine went on, go- 
 ing and drawing near, i. e. drew nearer 
 and nearer. 1 Sara. 2, 26 bxiiaia issni 
 ^nsi 7\^t^ and the child Samuel went on, 
 going and growing, i. e. grew more and 
 more. 2 Sam. 3, 1. Esth. 9, 4. Jon. 1, 11. 
 Prov. 4, 18. Comp. in Fr. ' la maladie va 
 toujours en augmentant et en empirant.' 
 See on the above idioms, Heb. Gr. 
 128. 3, and notes. 
 
 6. Intensive, to go swiftly, to run. to 
 nish, also to rage; e. g. of lightning, Ex. 
 9, 23 na-ix las Ti^nnl andjire ran along 
 the ground. Ps. 73. 9 "flita Tj^nr, =5i'db 
 their tongue rageth through the earth. 
 91, 6 Tj'bn'^ baxs i?"n the pestilence that 
 walketh (^rageth) in darkness. Comp. 
 Piel no. 4. In Kal this signif is marked 
 by the harder forms "'"'n"!! ~^'n*\'- 
 
 7. Imperat. nab with He parag. is not 
 only : go, depart, etc. Num. 10. 29. 1 Sam. 
 22, 5. al. saep. nut it also passes over into 
 a particle of inciting, go to ! come ! come 
 now ! Lat. age ! Gen. 31, 44. Num. 22, 
 6. Judg. 19, 11. It is even addre-ssed to 
 females, instead oi'^zh . Gen. 19. 32. So 
 without He parag. X3 "3 go to ! go, 2 K. 
 5, 5. Plur. 12b id. Gen. 37, 20. 1 Sam. 
 9, 9. al. saep. 
 
 NiPH. T)^n.5 pr. to be made to go; 
 hence, to be gone, to vanish away, like a 
 shadow, Ps. 109, 23. Comp. Kal no. 4. 
 
 PiEL Tjin i. q. Kal, but only poetic, 
 except 1 K. 21, 17; in Chald. and Syr. 
 the usual form. Spec. 
 
 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to go about, to walk, 
 like Hithp. Ps. 115, 7. With an adjunct 
 of manner, Job 30, 28. 38, 7. 1 K. 21.27. 
 Ps. 38, 7. With a Ps. 131, 1. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no, 2, trop. to walk, to live; 
 as ; n^ita Ps. 86, 11 ; "'J n-ipna Ez. 18, 
 9; a'lso Ps. 89, 11. Prov. 8, 20. Ecc. 11,9. 
 
 3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to go, to Jlow, of 
 inanimate things; as ships Ps. 104, 26; 
 streams Ps. 104, 10. 
 
 4. Intens. i. q. Kal no. 6, to go swiftly 
 to speed, to fy ; spoken of arrows Hab. 
 3, 10 ; of God on the wings of the wind 
 Ps. 104, 3. Also to roam about, to rav- 
 age ; Lam. 5, 18 the foxes ravage upon 
 it. Part. Tj^"^^ a rover, racager, robber, 
 Prov. 6. 11; parall. i:^ ^-'X. 
 
 HiPH. rpV'" (fr- "n^"), rarely T^^'^f} 
 Ex. 2. 9 ; part. plur. c^2bni3 Zech. 3, 
 7 from Ty>^ , formed in the Chaldee 
 manner. 
 
 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, pr. to cause to 
 go, hence to lead, Deut. 8, 2. 2 K. 24, 
 15. Is. 42, 16. al. Part. n"'=bnT3 leaders, 
 companions, Zech. 3, 7. Of things, to 
 take away, to carry, Zech. 5, 10. Ecc. 
 10, 20. Ex. 2. 9 ntn ib^n-rx ^a-'b'^n 
 take away this child. 2 Sam. 13. 13 
 ^r.Q-in-nx T\'''bi::i njs whither shall I 
 carry my shame 7 whither shall I go 
 with it? 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to 
 flow, e. g. a river, Ez. 32. 14 ; to cause to 
 flow off or out, e. g. the sea or tide, Ex. 
 14. 21. 
 
 3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to 
 perish, to destroy, Ps. 125, 5. 
 
 HiTHPA. ~5nnn l. Pr. to go for one- 
 self Fr. se proinener, comp. Gr. nogtvo- 
 fini ; hence to walk up and down, as for 
 exercise or amusement. Gen. 3. 8. 2 Sam. 
 11,2; to go about, to walk about, Ex. 21, 
 19. Job 1. 7. Zech. 1. 10. 11. 6. 7 ; to go, 
 to walk. Ps. 35, 14. With ace. (like Kal) 
 Job 22, 14 TI^H'^'] ^"^."^^ -in he walketh 
 the ranlt of the heavens. 
 
 2. Trop. like Kal no. 2. Piel no. 2, to 
 walk, to live, r^xa r,^nr,n, era 'n, to 
 walk in truth, in uprightiwss, i. e. so to 
 live. Pe. 26. 3. 101, 2. Prov. 20, 7. 23. 31. 
 To xcalk before God Gen. 17, 1. 24. 40. 
 48, 15, also to walk with God 5, 22. 24. 6 
 
^bn 
 
 256 
 
 nbn 
 
 9, i. e. to live in a manner well pleasing 
 unto God. 
 
 3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to Jlow, e. g. wine, 
 Prov. 23, 31. 
 
 4. Part. Tj^^jno Prov. 24, 34, a ravager, 
 robber. Comp. Pi. no. 4. 
 
 Deriv. besides those here following, 
 are Tp^f^, '^^''^r}.-, '^\^.^, "^^^tin. 
 
 !l?r! Chald. Pa. to go, to walk, Dan. 4, 
 26. 
 
 Aph. id. Part. plur. T^a^H^ Dan. 3, 25. 
 
 4, 34. 
 
 ^?r} m. 1. a way, jmirney ; then i. q. 
 ti^n b-'X a wayfarer, traveller, 2 Sam. 
 12, "4. Comp. Heb. Gram. 104. 2. a. 
 
 2. afioxcing, a stream. 1 Sam. 14, 26 
 ttj^i^ 7(^1^ a Jiowing of honey, i. e. honey 
 was flowing. Comp. '^^^t^ no. 3. 
 
 sf?n Chald. m. a way-tax, toll, Ezra 
 4, 13. 20. 7, 24. 
 
 ^5*1 1- ^0 5"*^^ ^ cZear sharp sound, 
 
 an onomatopoetic root. In Ethiopia the 
 women on occasions of public rejoicing 
 are accustomed to repeat the sounds 
 ellellell-ellellell ; whence to make ellell is 
 i. q. to rejoice ; see Isenberg Amhar. Lex. 
 p. 112. Comp. Germ. /ia//e?i,^e//e?z; Engl. 
 halloo, yell ; and with a sibilant. Germ. 
 schallen, Heb. bbs , 
 
 2. Transferred to light, to he clear, 
 
 a ^ 
 bright, to shine, Arab. J^, Germ, hell 
 seyn. Job 29, 3 i'^3 l^H^ when his candle 
 shined; for the pleonastic suffix, comp. 
 
 33.20. Ez.10,3. SeeHiph. andn.^ib-^ri. 
 
 3. Trop. of persons to shine, to make a 
 
 show, i. e. in external things and in words, 
 i. q. to boast, to glory, Ps. 75, 5. Part. 
 D'^bbin boasters, the proud, Ps. 5, 6. 73, 3. 
 75, 5. Hence 
 
 4. tobe foolish; seePoel. In the minds 
 of the eficred writers the idea of boasting 
 
 and pride is always connected with that 
 of folly; as on the other hand modesty 
 and humility are the attendants of wis- 
 dom and piety. Comp. 13S . 
 
 PiEL 1. to praise, to celebrate, mostly 
 spoken of God, c. ace. Pi'^'lblrn praise 
 Jehovah, Jfaltetnjah, Ps. 104, 36. 117, 1. 
 145, 2. In the later books c. b , pr. to sing 
 unto Jehovah. 1 ("lir. 16. 36. 25, 3. 2 Chr. 
 
 20.21. 30,21. Ezra 3, 11; c.aP8.44,9. 
 Also of men, to praise, Prov. 27, 2. 28, 4 ; 
 
 with bx , to praise to any one, to com- 
 mend, Gen. 12, 15. 
 
 2. Intrans. to glory ; Ps. 56, 5 C"'^|bsa 
 i>!bns in God will I glory ; c. bv Ps. 
 16, 3. 
 
 PuAL to be praised, celebrated, renown- 
 ed, Ez. 26, 17. Part. h)n-q one to be 
 praised, worthy of praise, e. g. God, Ps. 
 18, 4. 96, 4. 145, 3.-^Ps. 78, 63 rn^lr2!| 
 sib|^n sib as the vowels now stand : arid 
 their virgins were not praised, sc. in nup- 
 tial songs ; comp. Chald. xb^^iri nuptial 
 song. But this does not accord with the 
 parallel sentiment in v. 64 ; and there- 
 fore it is better to read -ibbin for ^^5?"'^, 
 they made no lamentation; see in hh"* 
 Pu. 
 
 PoEL b^in. Hit. bbi?T7, causat. of Kal 
 no. 4, to make foolish, Ecc. 7, 7. Also to 
 show to be foolish, to put to shame. Job 
 12^ 17. 13.44,25 hhirn B-iXiDp^ and show- 
 eth diviners to be fools, puts them to 
 shame. 
 
 PoAL part, b^ifra pr. made foolish; 
 hence mad, raving. Ps. 102, 9 ^bbina 
 those mad against me, like "^^f?. Ecc. 
 
 2, 2. 
 
 HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to 
 cause to shine. Is. 13, 10. Job 41, 10. 
 
 2. to shine, pr. to cause light, to give 
 forth light, i. q. -i''s<n no. 2, Job 31, 26. 
 
 HiTHPA. 1. Pass, of Piel no. 1, to be 
 praised, Prov. 31, 30. 
 
 2. to boast oneself, to glory. 1 K. 20, 11. 
 Prov. 20, 14 b^nn'^ tij ib btit he goeth 
 away, and then he boasteth sc. of his gain. 
 With 3 of that in which one glories, 
 Prov. 25, 14. 27, 1 ; espec. in God Ps. 34, 
 
 3. 64, 11. 105, 3. Once c. cs Ps. 106, 5. 
 HiTHPO. 1. to be foolish; hence to be 
 
 mad, to rage, Jer, 25, 16. 51. 7. Nah. 2, 
 5 2:"!rT iibbinn"^ the chariots are mady 
 i. e. rage, are driven furiously. Jer. 50, 
 38 ibbinn-i Q^^-^sa they are mad in (af- 
 ter) ?V/o/.s 
 
 2. io feign oneself mad, 1 Sam. 21, 14. 
 
 Deriv. C'bi^n, bb"in, nbbin, r^ibbin, 
 Vur};q , n^nn . nbnn ; pr. names bxb^n-j, 
 '^?bbrna, and 
 
 b^ri /////(./, pr. n. m. Judg. 12, 13. 15. 
 
 * Dbir; ft. cisri:; Ps. 74. 6. 1. to iteat, 
 
 to strike, to smite. Judg. 5, 20 K'70-p msbn 
 she smote Sisera. Ps. 71, 6. 111,5. Is. 
 41, 7 DSD obiri who smote the anvil, pr 
 
Dbn 
 
 257 
 
 n-zr* 
 
 taSQ Q^in ; for this change of accent see 
 Lehrg. p. 175, 308. Of u horse's hoof 
 smiting the ground, Ju.ig. 5, 22. Metaph. 
 Ib. 28, 1 "i^^ "^^l^n finiUentf'wine. drunk- 
 ards ; comp. Gr. oUo.ii.i,i, Lat. peracsnus 
 teminra liaccho Tibuli. and lor fiimiliir 
 expressions in Arabic see Thcsaur. Heb. 
 p. 383. 
 
 2. to smite in pieces, to break, Is. 16. 8. 
 
 3. Intrans. to break up, e. g. an army, 
 i. q. to disband, to scatter themselves. 
 1 Sam. 14, 16 thm r^bn and they went 
 on and were scattered, i. e. dispersed 
 themselves more and more. 
 
 Deriv. the three following, and C'bn^ , 
 
 niabn . 
 \ -I - 
 
 D^r) pr. a stroke or tap of the foot, 
 as if showing where to come ; hence 
 Adv. of place, hither. Corresp. is Arab. 
 
 aJjO com^ hither, declined as an imper. 
 
 whence fem. ^e.Jb. Ewald regards 
 
 it as from nxbn vvith C- added, 448 ; 
 but D seems to be radical. 
 
 1. hither, to this place, Ex. 3, 5. Judg. 
 18, 3. 1 Sara. 10, 22. tfbn-n? hitherto, 
 thus far, 2 Sam. 7, 18. 1 Chr. 17, 16. 
 
 2. here, in this place, Gen. 16, 13. 
 
 D?*!? (stroke) Helem, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 7, 35. 
 
 n^bn f a hammer, mallet, Judg. 5, 
 26. R. obn. 
 
 Dil or D<7 Ham, pr. n. of a region or 
 district otherwise unknown, the resi- 
 dence of the Ziizim, prob. in or near the 
 country of the Ammonites. Gen. 14, 5. 
 
 Dn or on m. (r. man) only in Plur. 
 c. sufT. cnrn for cn-irn their riches, 
 icealth. Ez. 7, 11 xbi nr.nr^ xbi c.-n: xb 
 ^n^O = (there shall remain) nothing (if 
 them, neither of tlieir midtitmle, nor of 
 their wealth. Tiie pa-onomasia of the 
 words cn^ , cri-^nr , cnrnis . seems to 
 have given occasion for this new or at 
 least unusual form. 
 
 or? and fITSn pers. Pron. 3 plur. masc. 
 iiy. Lat. a ; sometimes connected with 
 a fem. as if for Lat. ece. Zech. 5, 10. 
 Ruth 1, 22. The general use of this 
 pron. is similar to that of Xin q. v. viz. 
 
 1. Without emphasis, they, Lat. ii. 
 Gen. 37, 16 D-'sS on na\N| ^b nnsn tell 
 
 '22* 
 
 me where they arc feeding. 44, 4. Often 
 with a particip. marking the present 
 time. Ex. 5, 8. 6, 27. 14, 3. 
 
 2. With a certain emphasis, i. q. avrol. 
 Ps. 37. 9 71X ri-i*^"; nan nin-j ^jp those 
 that wait ujion Jehovah, they shall possess 
 tlie land. 23.4. 43, 3. Gcn.14,24. Gcn.44, 
 3 the men were sent away, cn"<ntni nan 
 they and their asses. 7, 14. 42, 35. 
 
 3. Subjoined to nouns, and with the 
 article ; e. g. in the formula cfin C^O^S 
 in those days, Sept. tv inlg ijfxi(iuit; ixti- 
 vaig, Gen. 6. 4. Ex. 2, 11. Deut. 17, 9. al. 
 sa*p. More rarely r^Tzriri c-i^'a Joel 3, 2. 
 4, 1. Zech. 8, 23. See'in xsin no. 3. 
 
 4. As involving the idea of the sub- 
 stantive verb, tliey are, Gen. 3, 7 attd 
 tliey knew Cii can"'? "'B that they (were) 
 naked. 34, 23. Ex' 15, 23. Is. 37, 19. saep. 
 Hence en , nan , stand also instead 
 of the substantive verb itself; Gen. 25, 
 16 bsr-:a;i 'JS en nbx the.^e are the sons 
 if Ishmad. 31, 21. Ps. 16, 3. Zech. 1, 9. 
 So even with feminines, Cant. 6, 8 D^'aiC 
 risbis nan there are threescore cpiecns. 
 Also lor the second person, Zeph. 2, 12; 
 see in xnn no. 4. 
 
 5. With prefixes : a) nana by them 
 Hab. 1, 16, i. q. comm. cna. b) nns, 
 nans, as they, i. q. such, like, 2 Sam. 24, 
 3.'jVr. 36, 32; comp. 2 K. 17, 3. c) 
 nanb i. q. cnb, Jer. 14, 16. d) nana 
 from them Ecc. 12, 12. Jer. 10, 2. But 
 ona Ez. 8, 6 is for on na ; see na. 
 
 * '-V fut. i^ani], onomatop. like 
 Engl, to hum, Germ, hummen, of bees, 
 whence Hummel humble-bee ; comp. 
 also Germ, binimmen. summen, Arab. 
 I. g t.^ , ( yS . and (j*^^ ; pr. spoken of 
 any murmuring, confused noise or sound ; 
 similar to nf^ q. v. Hence : 
 
 1. Of the sounds uttered by certain 
 animals, e. g. to groxcl as a bear Is. 59, 
 11; to groiol or snarl as a dog Ps. 59, 7. 
 15 ; to coo as a dove Ez. 7, 16. Trop. of 
 the sighing, moaning of men Ps. 55. 18. 
 77, 4 : which also is compared with the 
 growling of bears Is. 59. 11, and the coo-- 
 ing of doves Ez. 7, 16. 
 
 2. Of various sounds and noises, genr. 
 to sound, to make a noise; so of the hum- 
 ming sound of the harp, comp. Germ. 
 Hummel as the "name of a species of harp 
 or gui^tar, Is. 16, 11, comp. 14, 11; also 
 
T2'n 
 
 258 
 
 y^tl 
 
 of other musical instruments Jer. 48, 36 ; 
 of rain 1 K. 18, 41 ; of waves, to rage, to 
 roar, Ps. 46, 4. Is. 51, 15. Jer. 5, 22. 31, 
 35. 51, 55 ; also of a tumultuous crowd, 
 to be noisy, clamorous, Ps. 46, 7. 59, 7. 
 83, 3. Is. 17,12. Part. fem. njiain -,^5 Is. 
 22. 2. Hence ni'Tsin poet, noisij places, 
 i. 6. the public streets, Prov. 1, 21. 
 Prov. 20, 1 "13^ n^h )-}^q yh wine is a 
 mocker, strong drink is raging, noisy. 
 Comp. Zech. 9, 15. 
 
 3. Trop. of internal emotion, tumult, 
 of a mind agitated and disquieted by 
 cares, anxiety, pity, and the like, i. q. to 
 moan internally, to be disquieted, Ps. 42, 
 6. 12. Jer. 4, 19. 31, 20 ; comp. Cant. 5, 
 4. This internal moaning or commotion 
 is sometimes compared by the poets to 
 the sound of musical instruments, comp. 
 no. 2 ; just as Forster relates of the na- 
 tives of some of the islands in the Pacific, 
 that they call pity ' the barking of the 
 bowels.' Is. 16, 11 !i^ni -i'i233 sxi'!:^ "^yt! 
 7ny bowels sound (moan) like a harp for 
 Moab. Jer. 48, 36 o-'bbns axirb "^ab 
 '^'r.D!! '"y ^'^<jf''"^ shall moan for Moab like 
 
 pipes. Hence 
 
 4. Of a person roving about from in- 
 quietude, q. d. to buzz about, to ramble, 
 e. g. an adulterous woman Prov. 7, 11. 
 9, 13. 
 
 Deriv. en or cn , n;;sn , -(irn , pr. n. 
 :niiBn. 
 
 n"J2Jl see Cfi . 
 
 iian and 'ji'Sn Chald. pers. Pron. 3 
 rpers. plur. m. tliey, i. q. Heb. cn, Dan. 
 2, 34. Ezra 4, 10. 23. 
 
 nb^'an see nbm . 
 
 T -: y \ - 
 
 'ji'sn m. (r. nrn) once fem. Job 31, 34. 
 Comp. Itn . 
 
 1. noise, sound,, e. g. of rain 1 K. 18, 
 41 ; of singers Ez. 26, 13. Am. 5. 23; 
 espec. of a multitude 1 Sam. 4, 14. 14, 
 
 19. Job 39, 7. Hence 
 
 2. Meton. a multitude, crowd of men. 
 lion bip the noise of a multitude. Is, 
 13,4. Dan. 10,6; espoc. a tumultuous 
 crowd, a tumult, Is. 33, 3. 2 Sam. 18. 29. 
 D'i'ia v^sn Gen. 17, 4. 5, c^fi? 'n Is. 17, 
 12, a viultitnde ofnatimis. Cllis "'irn a 
 multilwle of women, many wires, 2 Chr. 
 il, 23. Espec. of troops, a host, army, 
 
 Judg. 4, 7. Dan. 11, 11. 12. 13. Also a 
 multitude of waters Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16. 
 
 3. mM//77McZe of possessions, i. e. abun- 
 dance, riches, wealth, Ps. 37, 16. Ecc. 5, 
 9, Is. 60, 4. Concr. the rich Is. 5, 13. 
 
 4. commotion oi' mind, disquietude. Is. 
 63. 15 "p?^ Il^n pr. the soimding (moan- 
 ing) of thy bowels, i. e. thy compassion. 
 Comp. r. nrn no. 3. 
 
 "jian see irn , 
 
 f"C'*i'J2n (multitude) Hamonah, pro- 
 phetical name of a city in a valley 
 where the slaughter of Magog is to 
 take place, Ez. 39. 16. R. ri^r\ . 
 
 ^T'-''*} f- sound of a harp. Is. 14, 11. 
 R. m:n'. 
 
 ^'t}^ obsol. root, Arab. Jc*.JO lo rain 
 continually, kindr. with ^^ti. The pri- 
 mary idea is prob. that of noise, sound; 
 comp. nan spoken of rain 1 K. IS, 41. 
 Hence 
 
 '^f''2n and SlJ^'ain f. noise, sound, i.q. 
 ,i':n. Jer. 11, 16. Ez. 1, 24 hip Dnsba 
 n;rn2 IJlpD nlb7:n (I heard) as they went 
 the sound of their noise as the smmd of 
 a host. Comp. "prn bip Is. 13,4. 33, 3. 
 1 K. 20, 13. 28 ; espec. Dan. 10, 6. 
 
 * Q'=7 fut. ch^ , i. q. C!in , pr. to put 
 in motion ; hence 
 
 1. to put in commotion, conMemation ; 
 to disturb, to discomfit, e. g. God his ene- ' 
 mies, Ex. 14, 24. 23, 27. Josh. 10, 10. Ps. 
 144, 6 cfinrii Ti-'SZn nbv send forth thine 
 arrows and discomft them, sc. the ene- 
 mies. Ps. 18, 15. 2 Chr. 15, 6 errn c\n'l:i< 
 nn:-l:Da God did discomft them with 
 all affliction. Hence 
 
 2. to destroy utterly, to make extinct, 
 Deut. 2, 15. Esth. 9, 24 joined with "ISK ; 
 Jer. 51, 34 joined with bsH . 
 
 3. to impel, to drive. Is. 28, 28 drh 
 ir^5S bjiba he driveth the wheels of his 
 car, i. e. threshing-dray. 
 
 NiPH. flit. cH;) . to be moved, disturbed, 
 e. g. a city, land, Ruth 1, 19. 1 Sam. 4, 
 5. 1 K. 1, 45. Simonis wrongly refers 
 this form to C>in. 
 
 I'Sn i. q. '^viTi q. V. hence Ez. 5, 7 
 C^i'ivn^ia nsjian "y^ becav.^e of your tu- 
 mult more than the nations, i. c. because 
 you have been more tumuitnous than 
 the nations round about j comp. r. nan 
 
ran 
 
 259 
 
 Ttun 
 
 no. 2. Hero aasrn is for 033bn (from 
 *jin); or peril, this latter form is the 
 true reiuiiiig. 
 
 fOH Hainan pr. n. of a Persian noble, 
 celebnited for his plots against the Jews, 
 Esth. 3, 1 sq. Perh. Pers. -UjO homdm 
 magnificent. 8])Icn(]id ; or Sunscr. heman, 
 the planet Mercury. 
 
 ?p3'an Chald. or according to Cheth. 
 flSTan, Dan. 5, 7. 16. 2^ a necklace, 
 neck-chain. Lat. monile. Corresponding 
 is Syr. ) i >1 Voi , ) n i.1 Snoi , and Gr. ftavi- 
 axtjg, fiavlanov, fiuyvoi;, also fiaruxiov^ 
 fiitvfuxio}; all which are diminutives 
 from uuroi:, fiun-og, fiovvos, words chiefly 
 Doric, whence also Lat. monile ; see 
 Polyb. 2. 31. Pollux 5. 16; also the 
 LXX, in Biel and Schleusner. The n 
 in the Chald. and Syriac words is pros- 
 thetic, and "^ or Tj"^ is a diminutive 
 ending common also to the Persians and 
 Greeks. Comp. also Sanscr. mani, a 
 gem, pearl. 
 
 C^t^i obsol. root, i.q. [wi*.jO; yi.4.jC, 
 which are spoken of any light noise, 
 comp. "Tsn, ^B'7, T^rj, ""5*7 ; e. g. as of 
 persons moving or walking ; or of small 
 boughs or brushwood thrown together 
 and breaking, i.e. the cracking or crack- 
 ling of brushwood ; comp. by transpos. 
 ajmJ^ to break any thing dry, as twigs, 
 brushwood, j^juijjb brushwood. Hence 
 
 DXiaril m. plur. Is. 64, 1, brushwood, 
 twigs. Saadias well retains y | 7 ^\ . 
 
 'r'.r' "0*^ i" "^^ '"^ Hebrew; Arab. 
 -4^0 to Jlow rapidly, to stream, to 
 
 pour; 'iyjn rain, a heavy shower. 
 The primary idea is doubtless that of 
 noise, sound, (comp. n^n , and see l"aj II, 
 note.) as in ^^n, which indeed comes 
 from this root, the "i being softened into 
 b . Hence prob. also the Greek ofi^Qog, 
 hat. imber. Similar is 'Ti'Q. 
 Deriv. rin^nis. 
 
 ! I'..' pers. Pron. 3 pers. plur. fern. 
 tliey, ece ; found only with prefixes, as 
 ina Gen. 19, 29. 30, 26. 37 ; '{rvs Ez. 18, 
 14 ; inia Ez. 16, 47 ; ',nb therefore Ruth 
 1, 13. As a separate pronoun it always 
 takes n parag. as T\IT\ , q. v. 
 
 * II. "iH^ with Makk."n 1. Adv. or 
 interj. demonstrative, to.' behold! Kin- 
 
 dred particles are Arab. ^\ lo! HjO, 
 
 \JJt here, Gr. riv, rfvl i. q. Dsn , Tivl8e, Lat. 
 en; also Chald. "(H, "jnn, "(nx, pron. dc- 
 monstr. hie, hsec, hoc. Indeed, demon- 
 strative pronouns and adverbs are often 
 expressed by the same or similar words; 
 
 comp. tJl, 61 lo! and Ijoe this 
 
 
 x 
 
 where, and j^| who? Gen. 3, 22. 4, 
 14. 11, 6. 1.5, 3. 19, 34. 27, 11. 29, 7. 30, 34. 
 39; 8. 47, 23. Job 8, 19, etc. More fre- 
 quent is rtin q. V. 
 
 2. It passes over into a particle of 
 affirmation, lo ! i. q. yea, siirely, as in the 
 Talmud. Gen. 30, 34 where Saadiaa 
 well, *ju. Hence 'fryh \. q. -,2^ . 
 
 3. Also into a particle of interroga- 
 tion, num ? or at least of oblique interro- 
 gation, whether? Jer. 2, 10 nnin in !ix"i 
 rxTS see, whether there be such a thing. 
 Comp. Chald. '^Ti no. 2. This transition 
 of demonstrative particles into interro- 
 gatives is easy ; comp. Heb. n , CN lett. 
 B ; also Syr. Itn lo ! which is u.sed inter- 
 rogatively in some formulas, as foi |3' ig 
 
 not 1 Lat. ecquid 1 for en quid or ecce 
 quid. 
 
 4. As a conditional particle, if, i. q. 
 BK lett. C, like Chald. "irT, Syr. "l ; but 
 chiefly in the later books which verge 
 towards Chaldaism. E. g. 2 Chr. 7. 13 
 where cx follows. Job 40, 23. Is. 54, 15. 
 Jer. 3, 1. The manner in which this 
 signification has arisen, is apparent from 
 the following passages of the Penta- 
 teuch : Lev. 25, 20 whdt shall we eat the 
 seventh year 7 snn xb ',n for lo ! we 
 shall not sow, etc. i. q. unless we sow, if 
 we do not sow. Ex. 8, 22. 
 
 in Chald. 1. lo! surely, Dan. 3, 17. 
 
 2. whether, Ezra 5, 17. 
 
 3. if Dan. 2, 5. 6. 3, 15. 18. Repeat- 
 ed, if or, whether or, Ezra 7, 26. 
 
 ^fn (Milel) I. As pers. Pron. 3 pers. 
 plur. fern, they, ece. Gen. 41, 19; also 
 themselves, ipsce, avial, Gen. 33. 6 ; with 
 art. these 1 Sam. 17, 28. Often as in- 
 cluding the substantive verb, Gen. 6, 2 
 
W( 
 
 :n 
 
 260 
 
 ^3n 
 
 hsn ri-ii "^S ; or put directly for it, Gen. 
 41. 26 r^tT} fij^ S2 ni::'sn nins yno. 
 V. 27. With prefixes, e. g. l^S'^^ Lev. 
 5, 22. Num. 13, 19 ; nrn'a Lev. 4^ 2. Is. 
 34, 16 ; ntrib Ez. 1, 5. 23 ; nsns as they, 
 such. Gen. 41, 19. Job 23, 14 ; Visn=T nsns 
 tc^ aH(Z ^M;^ things 2 Sam. 12, 8. See 
 
 II. Adv. of place : a) hither, to this 
 place, compounded from "jfi II, lo, here, 
 and n parag. local ; Gen. 45, 8. Josh. 3, 
 9. al. nsni nrn hither and thither, this 
 way and that way. Josh. 8, 20. 1 Sam. 
 20. 21 nrni r,^?; from thee hither, i. e. 
 on this side of thee, opp. nxbJii VjB^, 
 see nx^n . So nsr!""!? hitherto in 
 place, thus far, Num. 14, 19. 1 Sam. 7, 
 12 ; hitfier 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2 K. 8, 7 ; 
 spoken of time, hitherto, as yet, Gen. 15, 
 16. 1 Sam. 1, 16, etc. Contracted into 
 (75, rti"is, q. V. b) here, in this place, 
 
 Arab. \jj&, where H is merely demon- 
 strative, Gen. 21, 29. Repeated, here . . . 
 there Dan. 12, 5 ; nsni nin here and 
 there 1 K. 20, 40. 
 
 nan, with Makk. Ni-nsn Gen. 19, 2, 
 i. q. *(H with n parag. having a demon- 
 strative power, (like "ix , n*X .) a demon- 
 strative particle, interj. lo ! behold ! For 
 the etymology, or rather analogy, see in 
 ji^ II. It serves to point out both per- 
 sons and things, places and actions ; 
 Gen. 12, 19 "WTTX Tslt) behnhl, thy wife. 
 16, 6. 18, 9 ^nsi n|n behold, in the tent. 
 20, 15. 16. 1, '29' 'w D=^ "'P.r;: nsn lo, I 
 give unto you every herb, etc. Espec. in 
 descriptions and in lively narration, ani- 
 mated discourse ; Gen. 40, 9 rtsr.l ""^na 
 "SB^ *|S5 t/i my dream, and lo, a vine vas 
 before me. v. 16. 41,2.3. Is. 29, 8; comp. 
 Dan. 2, 31. 7, 5. 6. Sometimes it serves 
 for incitement, exhortation ; Ps. 134, 1 
 I'l rst !i3"i3 n:n behold, bless ye Jehovah. 
 
 When the thing to be pointed out is 
 expressed by a personal pronoun, this is 
 appended to MSn as a suffix ; as in Plau- 
 tus ecaim for ecce eum. The forms are : 
 "SJn behold mc, the pron. being in the 
 accus. since the particle contains a ver- 
 bal idea, sec Hcb. Gr. 98, 5 ; in Pause 
 ''JSn Gen. 22, 1. 11. 27, 1, and ^srn 22, 
 7. 27, 18. r,sn behold thee Gen. 20, 3, 
 once n=Jn 2 k. 7, 2 ; fern. r\in Gen. 16, 
 11. isn befiold him, eccum, Num. 23, 17. 
 
 nin behold us Josh. 9, 25 ; in Pause ilisn 
 Job 38, 35, ^S2n Gen. 44, 16. 50, 18. trsri 
 Deut. 1, 10. ' csn Gen. 47, 1. The Ibrma 
 'i3Sn behold me! liSti behold us! are used 
 by way of answer when persons are call- 
 ed, and imply that they are present and 
 ready. Gen. 22, 1. 7. 11. 27, 1. 8. Num. 
 14, 40. 1 Sam. 3, 8. Job 38, 35. Is. 52, 6. 
 58, 9. 65, 1. Further, nsrj c. suff. is 
 very often in animated discourse put be- 
 fore a participle standing for a finite verb, 
 and espec. for the future ; Gen. 6, 17 
 'n rx N"'3T5 "^Jin pr. behold me about to 
 bring a deluge, i. e. behold, I will bring, 
 etc. 20, 3 ra r,2!i behold thee about to 
 die, i. e. behold thou art a dead man. Is. 
 3, I. 7, 14. 17, 1. Jer. 8, 17. 30, 10. Also 
 for the prater. Gen. 37, 7. 1 Chr. 11, 25 ; 
 and the present. Gen. 16, 14. Ex. 34, 11. 
 Rarely a finite verb follows, the person 
 being changed ; as Is. 28, 16 IS"^ ">;5n 
 behold me, who layeth, etc. 
 
 "'H'rV ^- (verbal of Hiph. r. n^:) per- 
 mission of rest, rest, quiet, Esth. 2, 18. 
 Sept. and Chald. understand a remis- 
 sion of tribute. 
 
 Dsn Hinnom, see in X^a lett. a, 
 ysn Hena, pr. n. of a city of Mesopo- 
 tamia, otherwise unknown, 2 K. 18, 34. 
 19, 13. Is. 37, 13. 
 
 *^_! an interject, onomatopoetic like 
 hist ! hush ! implying silence ! comp. Gr. 
 ff/>. Hab. 2, 20. Zeph. 1, 7. Zech. 2, 
 17. Judg. 3, 19. Amos 6, 10. Adv. si- 
 lently Am. 8, 3, Sept. (Tio}7ir,v. It was 
 declined like Imp. Piel ; so plur. IBn 
 Neh. 8, 11. Hence the verb 
 
 "kCn denom. only in Hiph. fut. 0^*5, 
 to hush, to still, e. g. a people, Num. 
 13, 30. 
 
 n^*Bn f. intermission, patise, Lam. 3, 
 49. R. 51B. 
 
 * "^IIV ^^^- "'2^!-) 1 Pers. Tt'cinx Zeph. 
 
 3, 9. Aram. .^01 , Arab. viHil . 
 
 1. to turn, to turn about or over, e. g. 
 a cake Hos. 7, 8; a dish 2 K. 21. 13; a 
 bed, i. q. to make, Ps. 41, 4. T^'l'^ "bn 
 tiini tliy hand, sc. in driving a chariot, so 
 as to cause the horses to turn round, 
 i. e. turn about, return, 1 K. 22. 34. 2 
 Chr. 18. 33 ; comp. 2 K. 9, 23. t^p -cn 
 'b 'JB^ to turn Vie back (neck) to any 
 
1 
 
 sn 
 
 261 
 
 m 
 
 one, Josh. 7, 8. Intrans. like Engl, to 
 turn, also axfiiiffiv in Horn, to turn one- 
 self, to turn about, 2 K. 5, 26 ; hence 
 to turn back, to flee, Judg. 20, 39. 41. 
 Ps. 78, 9. 
 
 2. to overturn, to overthrow, to destroy 
 
 cities, Gen. 19, 21. 25. Deut. 29, 22 ; c. 
 
 I ;> -*'i. 
 a Am. 4, 11. Arab. yyLX-Aj^M the 
 
 overturned, destroyed, xat iioxr,v of 
 Sodom and Gomorrah. 
 
 3. to turn, to convert, to change, Ps. 
 105, 25. With b to turn into any thing, 
 Ps. 66, 6. 105, 29. Jer. 31, 13 ; without b 
 Ps. Ill, 8. Intrans. as in no. 1, to turn, 
 to be turned, changed, c. ace. into any 
 thing ; Lev. 13, 3 -,2^ ritrt JSSa -irb the 
 hair in the plag-ue (spot) is turned white. 
 V. 4. 10. 13. 20. 
 
 4. to turn away, to pervert, e. g. the 
 words of any one, Jer. 23, 36. Comp. 
 
 NiPH. '?]Bn3,inf absol. T^iB^lS , part, f 
 in pause rironj Jon. 3, 40. 
 
 1. to turn oneself about, to turn back, 
 Ez. 4. 8. Lam. 1, 20. Prov. 17, 20 ^nn: 
 ijuiba who turns about, is versatile, with 
 his tongue. With a to turn against any 
 one Job 19, 19 ; 55 to any one Is. 60, 5 ; 
 bs Josh. 8, 20 ; b Lam. 5, 2. 1 Sam. 4, 
 19 n'^i.S O'^b? i3Bn: her pains turned 
 themselves within her, i. e. began to 
 cause writhings within her ; see in bs 
 no. 3. e. 
 
 2. to be overturned, overthrown, de- 
 stroyed, Jon. 3, 4. 
 
 3. to be turned, i. e. to be changed, 
 with b Ex. 7, 15. Lev. 13. 16. 17 ; ace. 
 Lev. 13. 25. Spec, to be changed for 
 the worse Dan. 10, 8, see in lin no. 1 ; 
 to be changed, dried up, as moisture, 
 Ps. 32, 4. 
 
 HoPH. T\Qf^^ c. bs to be turned or to 
 turn against any one, to assail, Job 30, 
 15. 
 
 HiTHPA. 1. to turn oneself. Gen. 3, 24 
 rsBnn'2 ain a sword continually turn- 
 ing itself i. e. brandished, glittering. 
 Of a cloud turning itself, i. e. moving 
 about on the sky, Job 37, 12. 
 
 2. to be turned, changed. Job 38, 14. 
 
 3. i. q. to roll oneself, to tumble, Judg. 
 7, 13. 
 
 Deriv. those here following, and also 
 nrania, nson"9, nsisnn. 
 
 ^'^r? or ^On rn. the reverse, the cori' 
 trary. Ez. 16, 34. 
 
 ^fSn m. trop. perversenesa. Is. 29, 16 
 BMErt O your perverseness ! 
 
 riDSn f overthrmc, destruction, Gen. 
 19, 29. R. T,Bn no. 2. 
 
 tJEDBn adj. turning, Vnnding, crooked, 
 Prov.'21,8. 0pp. -ittJv R. Tisn. 
 
 nbsn f (verbal of Hiph. r. bsj) a 
 snatching away, deliverance, Esth. 4, 14. 
 
 "("^V obsol. root, prob. i. q. ^^'^ 
 
 and Jj 'iT^ , the letters n and n being 
 interchanged, to be firm, strengthened, 
 
 G 
 
 fortified; whence j^w^oa. defence, weap- 
 ons, Ethiop. Jii.'J iron, plur. iron imple- 
 ments, weapons. Hence 
 
 "jsn Ez. 23, 24, weapons, arms, as the 
 Targums and Kimchi well. Many co- 
 pies read '|Sh . 
 
 "^n m. (r. i"^!! q. v.) with He loc. rnri 
 Gen. 14, 10 ; with art. "inn, and He lo- 
 cal iTjnn Gen. 12, 8. 19, 17^ 19. al. Plur. 
 n-'-in , constr. """in , with art. n'<nnn . 
 
 1. a mountain, moitnt, Germ. Berg ; 
 corresponding is Gr. oqog, Slavic gora. 
 Is. 30, 25. 40, 9. 57, 7. al. seep. Often 
 with a pr. n. as "'J'^p "irt Mount Sinai, 
 "nan -n Mount Tabor ; and with the 
 art. 'liia'^rt irt Mount Lebanon. Further, 
 DTibxn in the Tnounlain of God, i. e. a) 
 Sinai, as the place where the law was 
 given, Ex. 3, 1. 4, 27. 18, 5. b) Zion 
 Ps. 24. 2. Is. 2, 3 ; which also is often call- 
 ed God''s holy mountain, mostly ^tti'ij^ in , 
 iffllf? in , where the suff. refers to God, 
 Is.ii,9. 56,7. 57,13. Ps.2,6. 15,1. 43,3. 
 Obad. 16. Ez. 20,40. More fully Zion is 
 called "^i; n-'a in Is. 2, 2. c) In plur. the 
 Holy Land, Palestine, as being moun- 
 tainous, the mountains of God, Is. 14, 25. 
 49, 11. 65, 9. On the superstition of the 
 ancient nations and partic. of the He- 
 brews, by which they regarded moun- 
 tains as sacred and the seats of the 
 Deity, see Comment, on Is. Vol. II. p. 
 316 sq. Gramberg die Religionsideen 
 des A. T. Pref p. XV sq. r-^n-Jrsn in 
 the mmint i. e. citadel, castle, of the de- 
 stroyer, spoken of Babylon, Jer. 51, 25. 
 
in 
 
 262 
 
 nin 
 
 2. Collect, mountains, mountainous re- 
 gion, Germ. Gebirge, Josh. 14, 12 ; e. g. 
 T^sb 111 iAe Tnountains ofSeirj rTiJirTi ifn 
 <Ae mountains ofJudah, Josh. 15, 48. "irt 
 *(Tl's f/i mountains of Bashan, Ps. 68, 16. 
 With the art. itirt <Ae Tnountains, xax 
 i^oxr^v, viz. a) The high mountainous 
 tract extending nearly through Pales- 
 tine between the plain on the sea-coast 
 and the valley of the Jordan, Gen. 12, 8. 
 Josh. 9, 1. b) The mountains of Judah, 
 i. e. the same tract south of Jerusalem, 
 (ri o^itLvri Luke 1,39,) Num. 13,29. Deut. 
 1, 2. c) The mountainous region east 
 of the Dead Sea, afterwards the country 
 of Moab, Gen. 14, 10. 19, 17. 19. 30. 
 
 3. In proper names : a) Cin "iH 
 (mount of the sun) Mount Heres, a city 
 of the Samaritans, Judg. 1, 35. b) Irt 
 Dins*i , see '^?1 
 
 "in see ^in. 
 
 ^"^^ (mountainous land) Hara, pr. n. 
 of a region of Assyria, 1 Chr. 5, 26. Prob. 
 Media Magna, now called t*^ l3'T^ 
 ^Jrilk ''Ajamy, also JLa:^! el-Jebdl the 
 mountains. See Bochart Phaleg III. 
 c. 14. 
 
 '^'^r? (mount of God) put for the 
 altar of burnt-offering, Ez. 43, 15; called 
 also there and in v. 16 i'>5'''ix q. v. 
 no. II. 
 
 *J7 fut. 5"i^i'2 , to kill, to slay, viz. 
 a) Men, spoken not only of homicide 
 between private persons (for which also 
 nsn) Gen. 4, 8 sq. Ex. 2, 14 ; but also of 
 the ehuighter of enemies in war, Is. 10, 4. 
 14,20. Josh. 10,11. 13,23; and of any 
 killing, 1 K. 19, 10 sq. 2 K. 11, 18. Esth. 
 9, 6 ; whether done with the sword Ex. 
 22, 23. 2 Sam. 12, 9. Am. 4, 10, or by a 
 Btone thrown Judg. 9. 54. Hence ascribed 
 also to the pestilence Jer. 18, 21 ; to a 
 viper Job 20, 16 ; and poet, even to grief, 
 vexation, Job 5, 2. b) Boasts, Is. 27, 1 ; 
 hence to slaughter for eating, Is. 22, 13. 
 c) Plants, like Engl, to kill. Ps. 78, 47 
 njBJ T^aa jSn"" he killed their vines with 
 hail; romp. riTS Job 14, 8. and see in 
 Mia. Virg. Georg. 4. 330 f el ices inter- 
 Jice messes. Conetnjed mostly c. ace. 
 rarely c. b , 2 Sam. 3. 30. Job 5, 2 ; also 
 c. a, q. d. to slay among them, 2 Chr. 
 28, 9. Ps. 78, 31. Comp. a A. 2. 
 
 NiPH. pass, to be killed, slain, Ez. 26, 
 6. 15. 
 PuAL id. Is. 27, 7. Ps. 44, 23. 
 Deriv. the two following : 
 
 ^^0 ^- ^ killing, slaughter, Is. 27, 7. 
 30,25. Ez.26,15. Esth. 9, 5. Prov.24,11. 
 
 ^5'T'O ^ id. nanqn "jKS sheep for the 
 slaughter Zech. 11, 4. 7 ; comp. the verb 
 Is. 22, 13. nj-nnn X-^a the valley of slaugh- 
 ter Jer. 19, 6. ' R. a"in . 
 
 * n'^M fut. conv. ^nw ; inf nhn, inn. 
 
 1. to become pregnant, to conceive, 
 spoken of a female ; the etymology 
 seems to lie in the idea of swelling, kin- 
 dred with -inn, nnnn. Gen. 4, 1. 17. 
 16, 4. 21, 2. 25' 21. "29, 32 ; with h of the 
 man to or by whom one conceives, Gen. 
 38, 18. Part, nnin she that conceives, 
 hence poet, for a moth,er. Cant. 3, 4. Hos. 
 2, 7. The Heb. interpreters also affirm 
 that plur. cnin is put as if by Zeugma 
 for both parents Gen. 49, 26 ; comp. 
 
 Arab, j^^l the two fathers, i. e. the 
 
 parents. But see under nin . 
 
 2. Metaph. to conceive in mind ; hence 
 to meditate, to purpose any thing. Ps. 7, 
 15 nptti nb^l brs ln'^11 he conceived mis- 
 chief and brought forth disappointment. 
 Job 15, 35. Is. 33, 11. 59, 4. 
 
 Note. Some ascribe also to this verb 
 the sense to bring forth, to bear, appeal- 
 ing to 1 Chr. 4, 17 D^n^-rx nnnn. But 
 here the writer only omits to mention 
 the birth. 
 
 PuAL ii'yi pass, to be conceived. Job 3, 
 3 and. (perish) the night which said nnh 
 nrs a man-child is conceived. Schultcns 
 well : " Inducitur nox ilia (in qua Jobus 
 conceptus sit) quasi conscia mysterii et 
 exultans ob spem prolis virilis." 
 
 Po. inf. absol. inh Is. 59, 13, i. q. Kal 
 no. 2. 
 
 Deriv. 'p-in, "inn, *,i"'';n, and 
 
 ^"''7 adj. only fern. Tr^Ti pregnant, 
 with child. Gen. 16, 11. 38724. 25. Ex. 
 21, 22. al. With b of pers. to or by 
 whom, Gen. 38,25. 'rbb n'\'n with child 
 near to be delivered 1 Sam. 4, 19. rnn 
 Bbl5 ever pregnant Jer. 20, 17. Plur. 
 ri-n Jer. ibid. With snff. rj^^li^^j 
 cnTinn (forms with Dag. f impl. as if 
 from"Pi.)2K. 8, 12. 15, 16. 
 
nnn 
 
 263 
 
 inn 
 
 ^TTin Chiilil. cnncepdon, thought, from 
 innn to conceive in mind, to think, see 
 Chiild. r. I'^n , Plur. Dun. 4, 2, siioken of 
 visions in dreams, like the synon. )'i'^?1 
 2, 29. 30, 4, IG. Syr. fioiioi fancy, ima- 
 gination. 
 
 "P"^*!} m. (r. !t;H) conception, pregnan- 
 cy^ Gen. 3, 16. Tserc impure. 
 
 "'"^'7 i- q* ""^-T) ^'^'^- "'"^"i whence 
 T^ni'nn Hos. 14, 1. R. nnn. 
 
 'ji'^'^n m. (r. Tnn) conceplioii, Ruth 4, 
 13. Ho8. 9, U. 
 
 ^"^"^n f. (r. ^y}) something torn 
 doir, a ruin, e. g. a house demolished, 
 Am. 9, 11. 
 
 flWin f. (r, D";n) a tearing down, 
 destruction, Is. 49, 19. 
 
 * D!]7 obsol. root, i. q. nnx, cn, to 
 
 he high. Arab. ^^Jb to make great, to 
 
 s- - 
 lift up; whence (j^a pyramid, lofty 
 
 building. Hence l"i^";ri and 
 
 0"^"^ (height, after the form cbi3 ; or 
 mountaineer, from iH with the ending 
 t-,) Horam,, pr. n. of a Canaanitish 
 king. Josh. 10, 33. 
 
 Q^<^ (exalted) Harum, pr. n. ra. 1 
 Chr. 4, 8. 
 
 jTO^in i. q. (I'a'^S^, a fortress, castle, 
 sc. of an enemy. Am. 4, 3. R. cnn . 
 
 "i"?*? (mountaineer, from "iH) Ilaran, 
 pr. n. m. a) The brother of Abraham, 
 Gen. 11, 26. 27. b) 1 Chr. 23, 9. For 
 *,nn n"a see p. 1 29. n. 
 
 *0^n fut. Dhnn Job 12, 14. Is. 22, 
 19, and onn-i Ex. 15, 7. 2 K. 3, 25. 
 
 1. to pull or tear down, to destroy. 
 The primary signif lies in the syllable 
 OT, which like y^, Gr. ^rja<7b>, ^jJttw, 
 Germ, reissen, is onomatopoetic, with 
 the notion of rending, tearing, pulling 
 in pieces, etc. Comp. ysn , n:'i , also 
 yi^- T"!^, V"!!?, O'^Q.etc. Arab. ^j-*tf, 
 4>*J0 to tear in pieces, to lacerate. Pr. 
 and mostly to tear dovm houses, cities, 
 walls, (opp. nsa Ps. 28, 5.) 1 K. 18, 30. 
 19, 10. Is. 14, 18. Jer. 1, 10. 45, 4. Lam. 
 2, 2. Ez. 13, 14. 16, 39. Mic. 5, 10. al. 
 Elsewhere also to tear out teeth, i. e. to 
 
 break out, Vs. 58, 7 ; to piill down from 
 a station Is. 22, 19 ; to pull or tear down 
 a people, to destroy, Ex. 15, 7 ; and hence 
 of a kingdom, Prov. 29, 4 a king by jus- 
 tice establisheth the land, ri^^i-n tti^sc^ 
 nsqin";) but he that loveth bribes pulleth 
 it clown, i. e. an unjust king destroys it. 
 
 2. Intrans. to tear through, to break in ; 
 Ex. 19, 21 '^"^x ^lOin-i-fO lest they break 
 thrnngh unto Jehovah, v, 24. 
 
 NiPH. to be torn down, overthrown, dcr- 
 stroyed, Ps. 11, 3. Joel 1, 17, Ez. 30,4.aL 
 Also of mountains, Ez, 38, 20, 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal no, 1, Ex. 23, 24. Is. 
 49, 17. 
 
 Deriv. noinn, nwinn, and 
 
 ^^^ anal Xtyofi. and of doubtful au- 
 thority, destruction. Is. 19, 18 ; where 
 most Mss. and editions, as also Aqu. 
 Theod. Syr. re;ul: rnxb -irx;i onnn T'S) 
 one (^oi' these five cities) shall be called. 
 The city of destruction, i.e. in tlie idiom 
 of Isaiah, one of these cities shall be de- 
 stroyed; comp. x^i? Niph. no. 2.y. The 
 Jews of Palestine, who approved this 
 reading, referred it to Leontopolis in 
 Egypt and its temple, which they ab- 
 horred, and the destruction of which 
 they supposed to be here predicted. 
 But the more probable reading is D^n 
 q. V. no. 2. See more in Comment, on 
 Is. 1. c. 
 
 -'t a ^'^^ "ot m use, prob. to swell; 
 kindr. with iTin to become pregnant, pr. 
 to swell, to become tumid ; Chald. in*?! 
 to become pregnant- Hence "^Ji, irf, 
 i^n. mountain, "'"^'^H. 
 
 "^TT) Chald. in Peal not used, kindr. 
 with Heb. nnn to conceive; Palp. "iHiri 
 to conceive in mind, to think. Hence 
 
 in-in. 
 
 ^y^ , once c. sufT. "'"I'lii Jer. 17, 3, and 
 "T^n only c. suff. "^nnn Ps. 30, 8 ; Plur. 
 constr. ""Tf^; c- euff. r)'''}::;'^ Deut. 8, 9, 
 i. q. "ifi , a mountain, but mostly poetic. 
 Jer. 17, 3 inx fsb nT>3a "^nnn my 
 mountain (Zion) with the field . . . will 
 I give as spoil ; in the parallel clause 
 is PNsna Tj^ni^aa thy high places with 
 their sin i. e. with their idols. R. '\'^X\. 
 
 - T 
 
 '^y^TS, 2 Sam. 23, 33, and '7?7 r. 11, 
 a mountaineer, inhabiting the mountain- 
 ous tract of Ephraim or Judah. it. "rvrt . 
 
du;n 
 
 264 
 
 1 
 
 tnCn (peril, i. q. Clin fat) Ilashem, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 34; in the parall. 
 passage 2 Sam. 23, 32 is TIJ^ . 
 
 m^iatn verbal of Hiph. (r. 5!^':J) 
 i. q. inf. a causing to hear. Ez. 24. 26 
 
 C^siN niyrCijb tu cause the ears to hear. 
 
 ?)^r\n verb. Hiph. (r. T|r;3) a melling, 
 Ez. 22, 22. 
 
 '^K''^. Hatach, pr. n. of a eunuch in 
 the court of Xerxes, Esth. 4, 5. Bohlen 
 compares 5 JiJ& verity. 
 
 ^^'^i a secondary root not used in 
 Kal, formed from Hiph. of the verb hhr\ . 
 Most of the forms exhibit manifestly an 
 origin from b|n; while in others the 
 letter n acquires the nature of a radical. 
 The former is the case in Prset. brn 
 Gen. 31, 7; inf bnn Ex. 8, 25; fut. 
 tl^rnn Job 13, 9; pass. hr\'n Is. 44, 20 ; 
 all which are real forms of Hiph. and 
 Hoph. from bbr\. The latter has place 
 in bnrtn i K. 18, 27; ibrn-i Jer. 9, 4; 
 and the derivatives n'^^rn, ni^rnia ; in 
 all which n is retained as if radical. 
 These forms signify : 
 
 1. to deceive, c. 3 Gen. 31, 7. Judg. 
 16, 10. 13. 15. Job 13, 9. Jer. 9, 4. 
 
 2. to viock, to deride, 1 K. 18, 27. See 
 the derivatives above. 
 
 Note. In the kindred languages the 
 root bbn is both primary and secondary, 
 and the guttural preformative (n) as- 
 sumes also the power of a radical letter. 
 
 Thus Arab. Jo is to cause to fall, to 
 
 prostrate ; whence Hiph. blPrt to deceive, 
 like nai , affuXla, /alio j which trop. 
 
 sense also belongs to the kindr. Jds to 
 defraud. Then from bnn , the letter n 
 being changed for a harsher guttural, 
 
 comes JjCi>- to deceive, to defraud, JJc^ 
 fraud, cunning ; comp. Ewald, Heb. 
 Gramm. p. 487, where he errs only in 
 denying that M is at all radical. Other 
 secondary roots of this kind, in which 
 one or another servile letter becomes 
 radical, are rri3 , nntlj , axn , q. v. Also 
 from the kindred languages we may 
 add : nCi? bow from r. dip, and thence 
 w4uA_D ; Tirn from 11TJ , thence Rabb. 
 Tirrn ; \, n^n\? before, from 'Vila, 
 thence nnS; . 
 Deriv. ri^nn'a , and 
 
 D'^!?rn m. plur. mockings, derisions, 
 poet, for mockers, Job 17, 2. 
 
 ^\}\^ in Kal not used, prob. i. q. 
 
 rrn, JLj&, to break; whence to break 
 in upon, to set upon, to assail any one. 
 Hence as mjimI Xfyofi. 
 
 PoEL Ps. 62, 4 ir-'X bs Jinninn riDX ns 
 how long will ye break in upon a man 7 
 i. e. set upon him. Sept. innl&iads, 
 Vulg. irruitis. Less well Abulwalid 
 assigns to this root the sense of talking, 
 prating. Others assume a root nin, 
 comp. Arab. (c,>UC to acclaim, to ap- 
 plaud. Simonis compares Arab, cju^ to 
 harm, to injure. 
 
 Vav, the sixth letter of the Hebrew 
 alphabet ; as a numeral denoting 6. 
 The name VaV, 1J , sometimes written 
 fi, denotes a pi^g, nail, hook, see in its 
 order; to which Its form in many ancient 
 alphabets bears a resemblalnce. 
 
 For the twofold power and oflicc of 
 this letter, as movable and quiescent, 
 Bee the Grammars. As a consonant, it 
 is rarely found at the beginning of a root, 
 Yod (') being mostly substituted for it, 
 
 as *jb; for *ibl tU* ; in the middle of a 
 root it is sometimes movable, and is 
 there interchanged with 3 q. v. but 
 oflener it is quiescent, sec Lehrg. p. 
 406 ; at the end of a root or word it is 
 quiescent, except in a few examples, as 
 ys'^ , nnbuJ . See Thesaur. p. 393. 
 
 1 , or 1 before Sheva movable and the 
 letters r)na, also *) before monosyllables 
 and barytones eepcc. when marked with 
 
1 
 
 265 
 
 a distinctive accent (sec Heb. Gr. 102. 
 2), the Conjunction copulative, aiid, 
 
 et, xul, Arab. I H'aw and vj, Syr. o, 
 Ethiop. (D The use of this particle is 
 of wide extent; since the Hebrews, in 
 many cases where sentences are to be 
 connected, did not accurately distinguish 
 the exact manner of connection; but 
 in the Biinpliciiy of an early language 
 rested sutirffied with this one copula, 
 where more cultivated tongues employ 
 various particles, adversative, causal, 
 Gnal, etc. To its very frequent use is to 
 be ascribed especially an appearance of 
 loose simplicity, which is characteristic 
 of the Hebrew. Hence 
 
 1. Primarily and most frequently Vav 
 is merely a Copula, serving both to con- 
 nect Mxrrdf, as ^'IXHT c^BiBn Gen. 1, 1 ; 
 ^-I'ai ?nh 1.^; and also sentences, espec. 
 as cont intuit ice of disrourse. e.g. Gen. 1, 
 2 inhj ^nh nnin yixni . Special uses 
 as connecting words, are the following: 
 
 a) Where three, (bur, or more nouns 
 or verbs are connected, the copula is 
 inserted, either before each one after the 
 first. Gen. 6. 21. Ex. 25. 4. Deut. 14, 26 ; 
 or only before the latter ones, as the 
 third, if there are three, Gen. 13, 2. Ex. 
 28, 19 ; the third and fourth, if four. Deut. 
 18, 10 ; the third, fourth, and fifth, if five ; 
 2 K. 23, 5. Or, what is more remote 
 from our usage, it is inserted between 
 the first and second, and not before the 
 subsequent ones ; as Ps. 45, 9 ribnxl lb 
 niy^sp myrrh and aloes and cassia, v. 
 5. Deut. 29, 22. Job 42, 9. Is. 1, 13. For 
 the omission of the copula, constructio 
 asyndeta, see Lehrg. p. 842. Ewald 
 Heb. Gr. 354. 5. 
 
 b) Sometimes two nouns are connect- 
 ed by Vav, of which the first denotes a 
 genus and the other a species, or at least 
 the latter is included in the former ; here 
 Vav is i. q. and especially, and particu- 
 larly, and namely. So ob^nn'^') nnsin-i 
 Judah and especially Jerusalem. Is. 1, 1. 
 2, 1. In like manner. Is. 9, 7 Ephraim, 
 and among them the inhabitants of Sa- 
 maria. Ps. IS, 1. More rarely is the 
 special word put first, 2 K. 23, 2 Jertisa- 
 lem and the rest of Judah. Is. 24, 23 
 Zion and Jerusalem. Jer. 21, 7. So 
 
 23 
 
 Ldt. P(eni el Hannibal Just. 29. 3 ; Hatv- 
 nilxil et Poeni Liv. 21. 40. 
 
 c) The copula is occasionally inserted 
 between words strictly in apposition, 
 Engl, even, and that too. 1 Sam. 28, 3 
 in^sni ma^a in liamah, even in his own 
 city.' Cli'a'ld. Dan. 4, 10 ttJ''^;?! "i-'J a 
 watcher {i\nge\), evena holy one. Some- 
 times the copula thus adds emphasis to 
 the word to which it is prefixed ; 2 Sara. 
 13, 20 nisaiiii nian aaJni and Tamar 
 abode, and that desolate. Lam. 3. 26. Is. 
 57, 11 have I not held my peace obijai 
 even from of old? Am. 3, 11. 
 
 d) The copula sometimes connects 
 two words, whether nouns or verbs, in 
 such a way that they coalesce and form 
 one idea, a) In nouns this constitutes 
 the figure Hendiadys (eV diu dvolv) ; in 
 which the latter noun depends upon and 
 serves to define the former, as elsewhere 
 the genitive. Gen. 1, 14 and they shall 
 be D"'"iSiT3bl nirxb _/(rr signs and for sea- 
 sons, i. e. for signs of seasons. Gen. 3, 
 16 / will imdtiply thy sorrow and thy 
 pregnancy, i. e. the sorrow of thy preg- 
 nancy. So ni2ST Ton favour and fide- 
 lity, i. e. constant favour, see in risx no. 
 2. But the defining noun may also, 
 stand first ; as 2 Chr. 16, 14 ti'':T!| c-'iaisa: 
 odours and kinds, i. e. divers kinds oC 
 odours. Job 10, 17. (i) Of two verbs- 
 so connected by the copula, the latter is- 
 dependent on the former, and elsewhere- 
 is oftener put in the infin. or in a finite- 
 form without the copula ; see Heb. Gr.. 
 139. Esth.8,6-'n-^xni b=!ix ^2D'^^;^o^c 
 can I endure and see? i. e. endure to see. 
 Cant. 2, 3. Very often we may best, 
 render the first verb in Engl, by an ad- 
 verb ; as n;5*] ^P'^'^1 he added and took, 
 i. q. he again took. Gen. 25, 1. 26, 18- 
 "isni 3t'*l he returned and dug, i. e. he 
 again dug. Dan. 9, 25. 
 
 e) The copula is also used where to 
 the primary person there is subjoined a 
 person or thing less important ; which 
 is expressed in Engl, more definitely by 
 with, and likewise in Heb. often by the 
 particles as , a . Esth. 4, 16 "'nisjl '3X 
 a^as / and my maidens will fast, i. q. 
 ''TT^l^ CS / with my maidens. Jer. 22, 
 7. Gen. 3, 24 Cherubim and the blade of 
 a glittering sword, i. e. with a glittering 
 sword. 1 K. 20, 20. Judg. 7, ID. In a 
 
1 
 
 266 
 
 eimilar way the ancient interpp. under- 
 stood the difficult passage : 1 Sam. 14, 
 18 the ark of God was at that time ""is^ 
 ix-jb-i Engl. Vers, with Hue children of 
 Israel; Vulg. cum, Syr. Chald. >iik, 
 2 . Better to read 'b^ "'rsb as Sept. or 
 
 f ) In the following idiom peculiar to 
 the Pentateuch and Joshua. Vav is put 
 like Lat. etiam, simul, i. q. also as, even 
 for, at the same time. Num. 34, 6 
 iiriiii biijn n;^n crb n^rt;; c*n bi-;:i cmd 
 as tor the westerm border, there shall he 
 to you the great sea even for a border ; 
 i. q. in Greek mjvti, vfjuv . ..xul Zqtov, 
 
 Arab. \juo. Deut. 3, 16 r\'.7\ '^iiy^ bna i? 
 b>ir5!| hniTi even unto the brook Arnon, 
 to the middle of the brook, which is even 
 for the border, v. 17. Josh. 13, 23 ^r\y\ 
 b^Z}^ -nn^n i^^S'i "^ja h^zi and the bor- 
 der of tlie children of Reuben was Jor- 
 dan, even for a border, y- 27. 15, 12. 47. 
 See Thesaur. p. 394 sq. 
 
 g) When a noun is repeated, the in- 
 sertion of the copula denotes : ) Pr. a 
 dmibling, something two-fold ; Ps. 12, 3 
 2^1 aba with a double heart i. e. with 
 duplicity of mind. comp. 1 Chr. 12, 38. 
 Deut. 25, 13 'axi lax double weights, 
 one full and the other light. Heb. Gr. 
 106. 4. /5) Single things of a kind, 
 distributively, each, every. Ezra 10, 14 
 T'rT "i-i^ i:pT the elders of every city. 2 
 Chr. 11, 12 Vrj Ti3-b:a in every seve- 
 ral city. 28, 28^ Jer. 48,' 8. Esth. 1, 8. 
 "lilj "til every generation, see in "li'n no. 
 1. 'Esth. 3. 4 cri ai"i and 2, 11 nr-bza 
 n'i"'1 etery doy, daily. 
 
 h) Repeated ^ ^, i. q. Lat. et et, 
 Engl, both and. Ps. 76, 7 a^-il cn-i: 
 b!lCi fiof/t the chariot and horses are 
 stunned. Dan. 8, J 3 xasi itinp'] both the 
 sanctuary and the host. Num. 9, 14. 
 Josh. 7, 24. Is. 16, 5. Here too belong 
 the examples where it may be rendered, 
 whether or; e. g. Ex. 21, 16 and he 
 that stealeth a man in^a X^^?! "ii^^l 
 ichethcr Ive sell him or he be found in his 
 hand, he shall surely be put to death ; 
 pr. and if Ae sell him, and if lie be found 
 in his hand. Lev. 5, 3. Dent. 24, 7. 
 
 i) That Vav is put a& a disjunctive 
 between words, i. q. or, is hardly sup- 
 ported by a single probable example ; 
 
 those usually referred hither not requir- 
 ing such a signification. Thus in Ex. 
 21. 15. 17 he that curseth hi^ father and 
 his mother shall surely be put to death ; 
 here the verb refers not to one or the 
 other, but to both : he that curseth his 
 father and he that curseth his mother 
 etc. Ex. 12, 5, For 1 Sam. 17. 34, see 
 in rx I. no. 1. [But in 1 K. 18, 27, it is 
 difficult to avoid the disjunctive sense 
 of Vav ; and so the author himself else- 
 where admits, see in "'S no. 2. a. y, fin. 
 Thesaur. p. 679. R. 
 
 k) It sometimes connects two impera- 
 tives, and then the latter expresses a 
 promise or threat. Gen. 42, IS do this 
 and live, i. e. and thou shalt live ; comp. 
 John 7, 52, also Lat. divide et impera. 
 See Heb. Gr. 127. 2. 
 
 As to the use of Vav aa a copula in 
 connecting sentences and giving continu- 
 ity to discourse, for which also Vav con- 
 versive serves, the following may be 
 noted : 
 
 aa) Sometimes, though rarely and for 
 various causes, the copula stands at the 
 beginning of discourse, e. g. a) At 
 the beginning of some books, Ex. 1, 1. 
 1 K. 1, 1. Ezra 1, 1. In these cases the 
 history is continued from a former book. 
 /3) Twice, 2 K. 5, 6. 10, 2, nni"i stands 
 at the beginning of an epistle ; the salu- 
 tation and exordium being prob. omit- 
 ted. Comp. Arab. Juu Lot ; also Lat. 
 et at the beginning of epistles, Cic. ad 
 Fam. 10. 1. ib. 13. 62 ; see Handii Tur- 
 sell. II. p. 494. y) Ex. 2, 20 and he 
 (Jethro) said unto his daughters, And 
 where is he? So Lat. et ot^en ; Handii 
 Tursell. 1. c. p. 493. no. 14. See more 
 in no. 4 below. 
 
 bb) It serves to introduce the apodo^- 
 sis, espec. where this is to be distinctly 
 marked ; Engl, then. Germ, da ; comp. 
 Arab. o. So when preceded by as, 
 Gen. 13, 9 V^n csi njri'^x'i bxr^'n d 
 nb-'STabxi ?/thoH take the left hand, then 
 I will go to the right ; and if the right 
 hand, then I will go to the left. Vs. 78. 34 
 iinid'^'Tl BS^n ex when hestetn them, then 
 they sought" him. Ruth 3, 13. Job 10, 14. 
 Preceded by i?:: I Sam. 15, 23; ajjy 
 Deut. 7, 12 ; "'a Gen. 29, 15. Is. 28, 18 ; 
 a c. infin. Gen. 3, 5. Ez. 33, 18 alisa 
 
1 
 
 267 
 
 ^.-.p-'-n:!. Comp. in N. T. ui...nal 
 l8ov Luke 7, 12. Acts 10, 17. Very often 
 it is put with a certain emphasis after 
 words and cliiuscs which stand abso- 
 lutely, cspec. those which mark time. 
 Ex. 16, 6 ens"!''^ sny at evening, then 
 shall ye know'. Prov." 21, 27 n-'32!i nnx 
 tjn'^a afterwards, then build thy house. 
 Gen. 40, 9. 48, 7. Jer. 7, 25. Here too 
 belong examples where the copula is 
 inserted in a clause between the subject 
 and predicate, so as to take up a sen- 
 tence not yet completed ; e. g. a) 
 Where the subject precedes and the 
 copula is put before the predicate ; 
 Prov. 23, 24 ia nb7'; n=n "ibi-' he that 
 begetteth a wise son, and (^then) lie shall 
 Kate joy in him ; here the copula is em- 
 phatic. 31, 28 nbbni'i nbra her hus- 
 band, and he praisdh her, i. e. he too 
 praieeth her. 1 Sam. 25, 27. Gen. 22, 
 14. Job 36. 26. /?) When the predicate 
 stands first j 2 Sam. 15, 34 rpax irS 
 txr '3X1 thyfather^s servant, and I was 
 so hitherto. Job 4, 6 ^^^."^"^ cril i^n^pri 
 thy hope, and it is the uprightness of thy 
 ways, i. e. in the integrity of thy life lies 
 thy hope. ;') Where the object stands 
 first ; 2 Sam. 22, 41 cn-^rssi 'X?^^ them 
 thai hate me, and (then) I will destroy 
 them. Num. 23, 3. 
 
 cc) It has an intensive or cumulative 
 force, like Gr. x/, i. q. even, yea, yea 
 even, e. g. a) It augments ; as Job 5, 
 19 in six troubles he shall deliver thee, 
 Srcas yea in seven there shall no evil 
 touch thee. Ps. 74, 11. Prov. 6, 16. 30, 15. 
 ISsq. 21sq. Am.1,3.6.9.1]. /?) It di- 
 minishes; asJob21.6''nbna5i "^n-irt ckt 
 yea even if I remember. I am afraid, i. q. 
 if I only remember, if I barely think 
 thereon. So xbi not even. Deut. 28, 39. 
 
 dd) It is put between clauses which 
 are to be compared together, and marks 
 espec. an equality or likeness of lot. i. q. 
 as, 80. (So cr q. v. no. 1. e, f. g.) This 
 is called by Grammarians nxirm iT 
 Vav ad<eqi(ationis. Job 5, 7 man is bom 
 to trouble, and the sons of lightning soar 
 on high. i. e. as swift birds of prey soar 
 on high. 14, 19 the waters wear away the 
 stones, their food washeth away the dust 
 of the earth, and (.w) thou destroyest the 
 hope of man. 12, 11. 34, 3. Prov. 20, 9. 
 
 ee) It is put before clauses inserted 
 
 by way of parenthesis, where also the 
 relative often stands. Gen. 49, 25 bx 
 
 r^ana-") 'ntd rxi ^"jys?;! T^asj from the 
 God of thy father (atul he hath helped 
 thee), and from the Almighty (and he 
 hath blessed thee), shall come the bless- 
 ings of heaven above. Job 29, 12 for I 
 delivered the poor . . . ib -,))} xbl Cin^n 
 and the orphan, and there was none to 
 help him, i. q. to whom there was no 
 helper. Is. 13, 14. Ps. 55, 20. On the 
 intimate connection between the copula 
 and the relative, see Harris' Hermes, 
 B. I. c. 5 penult. 
 
 2. Vav is also put before adversative 
 clauses, and yet. but, since. But here the 
 antithesis lies in the thought or in the col- 
 location of the words, rather than in the 
 particle Vav ; and when it is to be more 
 strongly expressed, the regular adversa- 
 tive particles are used, as ob^ix , bax , '|3X , 
 Cant. 1, 5 n;.X3l "'JX nninq I am black, 
 and yet comely. Gen. 2. 16. 17 of every 
 tree of the garden thorc mayest freely eat, 
 ^iirc, b:xn xb yni arj rr^n yVr!^ l^ut 
 of the tree of the knowledge of good and 
 evil thou shalt not eat of it. 17, 21. 42, 
 10. Judg. 16, 15 how canst thou say, Hove 
 thee, TIN "px -abl and yet (since) thwe 
 heart is not with me 7 Ruth 1. 21. Job 
 6, 26. Where the subject of a clause in 
 this construction is a personal pronoun, 
 it is put first. Gen. 15, 2 "<b inn-n^ 
 ''T'"'"'? ~bH "^rixi what wilt thou give me, 
 and yet (since) I depart childless? So 
 "wbxi 18, 13. 27 ; ^:xi Is. 49, 21 ; npix^ 
 Neh.' 2, 2 ; XWI Is. 10, 7. 42, 22 ; CRxi 
 Gen. 26, 27 ; crjl Is. 1, 2. Sometimes 
 also it may be rendered though, al- 
 though; but here ) is in itself only and, 
 the conditional particle being omitted. 
 Job 15. 5 for thy mouth teacheth thine 
 iniquity. Csns ,'itt;b ">nan^ although 
 thou choosest the tongue of the crafty. 
 Mai. 2. 14. Ls. 32, 7. 
 
 3. Before causal clauses, i. e. those 
 assigning a cause or reason, i. q. for, 
 because of Gen. 20, 3 behold ! thou art 
 a dead man because of the woman thou 
 hast taken, bra r^ra Kin;: for she is a 
 man's wife^ 6, 17. Ps. 7, 10. 60. 13 give 
 7is help from- the enemy, for {"]) vain is 
 the help of man. Is. 3. 7. 39. 1. 
 
 4. Before inferential clauses, tlierefore, 
 wherefore ; then, so then. Ez. IS, 32 / 
 
268 
 
 desire not the death of the sinner, . . . 
 Ji'^ni fiS"'':3ni wherefore turn ye and live. 
 Zech. 2, 10. Ps. 81, 13. Here belong 
 most of the examples in which Vav 
 stands at the beginning of discourse 
 (see others in no. 1. aa) ; since there is 
 usually here some reason implied in the 
 preceding circumstances, from which the 
 proposition to which Vav is prefixed is a 
 conclusion ; i. q. then, so then. 3 K. 4, 41 
 f?P. ^"p*i ""r.^'l! and hesaid.Then bring 
 meal, sc. since these things are so. Is. 
 3, 14 D-isn DF)"iy3 cnxi so then ye have 
 
 eaten up the vineyard. Ps. 4, 4 lyT^l kno^v 
 then. 2. 10. 0*^3^^ filj?' now therefore, 
 O ye kings, comp. v. 6. 2 Sam. 24, 3. Is. 
 
 47, 9. 58^2. 
 
 5. Before^Z and conseaitive clauses, 
 'marking end or aim and result, that, in 
 
 order that, so that j followed by the fu- 
 ture, often apocopated or paragogic. So 
 where a sentence precedes including a 
 command. Gen. 27, 4. 42, 34. 1 Sam. 15, 
 16 ; or an entreaty, Job 10, 20. Judg. 
 16, 28 ; or an interrogation, 1 K. 22, 7. 
 lis. 41, 26 ; or a hope, Jer. 20, 10. Thus 
 'Gen. 42, 34 and bring your youngest 
 'brother unto me, fi51>?1 that I may know. 
 Judg. 16. 28 strengthen m.e only this once, 
 nrpisi that I may be avenged. 1 K. 22, 
 7 is there r?o^ here a prophet of the Lord 
 besides, inixa ndn'ij'} that we might in- 
 quire of him 7 
 
 6. Before clauses dependent on verbs 
 
 of perceiving and uttering, wliere com- 
 mon usage admits the relat. conjunction 
 "'B that. So after a verb of knowing 
 Gen. 47, 6 ; of swearing Josh. 2, 12 ; of 
 augury Gen. 30, 27. Also without a 
 verb, Is. 43, 12 ye are my witnesses "'i^,'] 
 ist that lam God; comp. v. 10 Xin "^SX "'S 
 in the same connection. Lam. 3, 26 aio 
 0131^1 ^'1?? good that one wait even in 
 
 silence, comp. v. 27 "'S 2ia . Num. 14, 21. 
 
 7. Vav conversive of the Prteter, (so 
 called as converting the prcetcr into a fu- 
 ture,) is merely the Copula ; and affects 
 the Preeter simply by connecting it back 
 to a preceding future. Yet it also has 
 the effect, that in most verbal forms 
 having the tone on the penultjmutc. the 
 same is moved forward by it upon the 
 final syllable ; e. g. "nrHn I went, "'nsbni 
 (with a prcced. fnt.) and I will go, 3ui\g, 
 1, 3. See Heb. Gr. 48 6. 1, 3. 
 
 J , and before a gutt. ^ , a particle 
 prefixed to the Future, and imparting to 
 it (when a prseter precedes) the sense 
 of the Imperfect; hence called Vav con- 
 versive of the Future ; e. g. ^^P7 he will 
 slay, Vxiyi'';^ (with preced. pra?t.) and he 
 slew. It appears to be nothing more 
 than Vav copidative with a peculiar 
 punctuation ; and affects the Future 
 simply by connecting it back to a pre- 
 ceding prseter. When a shortened form 
 of the Fut. exists, this is preferred; and 
 very often the tone is drawn back from 
 the last syllable to the penultimate ; e. g. 
 fut. r^i^D'i , apoc. rb'^ . with Vav convers. 
 nr*] . But in the first pcrs. especially 
 in the later books, the fut. paragog. is 
 sometimes employed ; e. g. !iLj'nT2SJ Ezra 
 9, 3. See Heb. Gr. 48 b. 1, k' " 
 
 Note. In former editions the prefer- 
 ence was given to another view of this 
 Vav; according to which it was regarded 
 as a contraction or fragment of the v-erb 
 nin to be, put before the Future so as to 
 form by periphrasis the narrative tense, 
 viz. ^tip'^ njri it came to pass (that) he 
 slew; then dropping n as in Syriac 
 bbp'1-n; , and contracted -bp^n , like "Ha 
 
 iiT, W13; comp. JJciij rijQ he was (ihai) 
 he will slay, for he slew. But on the 
 other hand it is evident that the Copida 
 lies in this Vav, for the following rea- 
 sons: a) The Put. conversive as con- 
 nected with what precedes always stands 
 before the noun, as ti"'r!"^>5 "i"3N'] ; and 
 where the noun is put firtJt, the Vav is 
 separated from the verb, e. g. Is. 6, 4 
 jBis sbs"; psni . . . irs*;; and trembled 
 the foundations of the thresholds . . . a7id 
 the h^iuie was filed with smoke. 3, 16. 
 
 b) It never stands after the Relative or 
 Conjunctions, which exclude the copula. 
 
 c) In parallel passages there often stands 
 for it a simple 1, see Is. 59, 16; comp. 
 63. 3. 5. 6 ; also in the same connection a 
 simple "1 Is. 43, 28. d) When whole 
 sections or books begin with Vav con- 
 versive, as is often the case, this denotes 
 that they are connected with an earlier 
 narrative. Ex. 1, 1. Ezra 1. 1 ; or at least 
 arc regarded as having such connection, 
 Ruth 1, 1. Esfb. 1, 1. In 1 K. 1, 1 the 
 book begins with a simple ^ . See in 1 
 no. 1. aa. Heb. Gr. 1. c. 
 
Ill 
 
 269 
 
 n? Vedan, pr. n. of an Arabian city, 
 wlicnce cloths, wrought iron, ciissi.-i, mid 
 otlier spices were brought to Tyre, Ez. 
 27, 19. Very prob. tlie prophet here 
 speaks of the city and mart "jHS , ^^tV-fc 5 
 'Aden, in connection with which Edrisi 
 enumerates these very wares, T. I. p. 51. 
 ed. Jaubert : " La ville d'Adcn est petite, 
 niais renommee k cause de son port de 
 mer, d'oQ partent des navires destines 
 pour le Sind, Tlnde, et la Chine. On y 
 apporte de ce dernier pays des marchan- 
 dises telles que lefer, les lames de sabre 
 damasquinees, . . . le cardamome. la can- 
 nelle, ... les myrobalaiis, . . . diperses elof- 
 fes tissues d^herhes, et d'autres ricfies et 
 velotUees. etc." The text ought there- 
 fore prob. to read p? or "psi; unless 
 perhaps '^^^ is here for "iiJi . 
 
 Sni a doubtful word, found only in 
 Num. 21. 14 ann-rx, pr. n. of a place, 
 Vaheb, in the territory of Moab on the 
 Arnon; according to Le Clerc i. q. "(nig 
 V. 18, comp. v_>Jfi5 to give, i. q. '|P0 . 
 KimMii found it in some Mss. written in 
 one word an^ns, which would be Aram. 
 Ethpa. of the verb s^^ i- q- -'"!^ , Jeho- 
 vah dedit se in turbine. But the whole 
 passage is abrupt and fragmentary, and 
 therefore very obscure. 
 
 "1) m. plur. D'^'ll (Kamets impure) a 
 peg, nail. hook, spoken only of the pins 
 or hooks from which the curtains of the 
 tabernacle were suspended, Ex. 26, 32. 
 37. 27, 10. 11. 17. 36, 36. 38. 38, 10 sq. 
 The etymology is unknown ; see Thes. 
 p. 399. 
 
 J^ Arab. \\1 to bear, to carry, por- 
 
 s - ,. . 
 tare; whence -JV Vizier, pr. porter of 
 
 public busincHis ;'comp. bajulu^ uacdhy 
 writers of the middle ages for an 
 envoy, charge d''affaire^, whence Engl. 
 bailiff. Ital. bailo. Also in Pass, to be 
 laden with guilt, borne dovm vrith pun- 
 ishment ; since sin and guilt in the Se- 
 mitic idiom are a burden laid upon the 
 wicked, Ps. 38, 4. 18.53,11. Comp. Xt'3. 
 mQtti, to take off or away, i. q. to par- 
 don. Hence 
 
 "^TT xci. laden with guilt, guilty, Prov. 
 21,8. 
 
 ^C'T?^ (Pers. 5!ij, pure, pr. white, 
 
 see Y^^) Vajezatha, Pers. pr. n. of the 
 
 youngest son of Haraan, Eslh. 9, 9. 
 
 V> 
 
 ''tr i- q- "'^^ , to bear, to bring forth; 
 
 Arab. Ju . Hence the two following : 
 
 ^^3 m. a child, offspring. Gen. 11, 30. 
 
 "hy m. id. 2 Sam. 6, 23. Keri nb"^. , 
 and so the occidental Mss. 
 
 "C?^ pr- n. ra. Vaniah, Ezra 10, 36. 
 
 "pBI (perh. i. q. "'pB* additamentum 
 meum) pr. n. m. Vophsi, Num. 13, 14. 
 
 "'STJJI pr. n. m. Vashni, 1 Chr. 6, 13 
 [28]. Prob. a corrupted form for "^SV^'nT , 
 comp. 1 Sam. 8, 2. The passage should 
 read : n*:j< "'^.'^T: ^S'i"' "i"i22n ; see Mo- 
 vers Chron. p. 54. 
 
 "iPuDI (Pers. , Jm*-. a beauty, la belle,) 
 Vashti, the former queen of Xerxes. 
 Esth. 1,9. 
 
 T 
 
 Zayin, *pT, the seventh letter of the 
 Hebrew alphabet ; as a numeral de- 
 noting 7. The name is i. q. Syr. \Jl\ 
 a weapon ; which the figure of this let- 
 ter resembles in all the ancient alpha- 
 bets. In Arabic there are two corre- 
 sponding letters, differently pronounced, 
 
 viz. b dh {d, z), and \ z, as naj 1^6 to 
 
 daughter ; S'^t c \\ seed. For the for- 
 " ^''^ 23* 
 
 mer the Aramsean has 1 ; for the latter 
 
 T 
 
 it sometimes also has 1 ; hence w<i29, 
 n^T, for nST to slaughter; ''!"| , S'^t, 
 for SIT to sow, etc. Comp. in lett. *t. 
 But 6 and \ are also interchanged ; 
 
 e.g. "iT5, ylft and >^ to helpj dta, 
 AcXsk' and |*y^ to cut off. 
 Further, t is interchanged : a) Witli 
 
iT 
 
 270 
 
 nnt 
 
 y . in pl>T and pS^ to cry out ; 7^3 and 
 yhy to exult, to shout ; -nj gold. comp. 
 ah^ yellow, tawny, b) With D, b, as 
 "^IT and "ilD to go away ; ibr and cbs to 
 exult; nja, Syr. Jjic to despise ; "i^DS 
 
 harm, from i^OX, (cj! to harm, c) 
 With "1, as p"^2 and pta, etc. 
 
 ^J obsol.root. prob. i. q. 2W, ^1^, 
 fo 6e T/cllow, tavyny. Hence 
 
 3^J m. (Tsere impure) 1. a wolf, so 
 called from its tawny colour ; like Lat. 
 vidpes from fulmis, Goth, widfs, whence 
 
 G 5- Pi 
 
 uoJf. Arab, \_aj3, Syr. {-=1?. Gen. 
 
 49, 27. Is. 11, 6. 65, 25. Jer. 5, 6. ^SXT 
 -"i? evening wolveK, prowling at night, 
 Hab. 1. 8. Zeph. 3, 3; comp. Ivxoi rv- 
 xTfQtvot Oppian. Cyneget. 3. 266, rvxri- 
 TiiiQoi ibid. 1. 440. 
 
 2. Zeeb, pr. n. of a Midianitish prince, 
 Judg. 7, 25. 8, 3. Ps. 83, 12. 
 
 rii^T this, hcec, fem. of the pron. rtt q. v. 
 
 ^ obsol. root, onomatopoet. prob. 
 1. q. C'CT to murmur, to hum, to buzz. 
 
 Germ, summen; whence 2>i~t a fly, from 
 iits buzzing, like Lat. musca fr. jUi'Jw, 
 
 musso (mussito). Bochart compares 
 *_jJo (3 to move up and down in the 
 . air ; but this is secondary. 
 
 ^ 3 once Gen. 30, 20, to give, to pre- 
 fsent with any thing, to endow, Lat. do- 
 nare ; Sept. well dfdoigojrai, Vulg. doia- 
 vit. Comp. Chald. Saad. Abulw. Arab. 
 .Jo-, id. Syr. ]f^\ spec, dowry; see The- 
 saur. p. 401. That this root was in fre- 
 quent use in Hebrew, is shown by the 
 many pr. names derived from it; e. g. 
 those which here follow, six in number, 
 and also niz], ^'^^'^\, i?J'i'', "^^J^^- 
 
 13T m. a gift, dowry, Gen. 30, 20. 
 
 ^3T (whom God gave, as "(^3 for ^xsns , 
 in:i'i) Zabad, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 36. 
 b)'l Chr. 7, 21. c) 1 Chr. 11, 41. d) 
 2 Chr. 24. 26. In the parall. passage 
 2 K. 12,22 18 12^^ 
 
 "^S! (for n^'nat gift of. Jehovah) 
 Zabdi, pr. n. m. a) Josh. 7, 1 ; in the 
 parallel passage 1 Chr. 2, 6 "'nr'T . b) 
 1 Chr. 8, 19. c) 1 Chr. 27, 27. d) 
 Neh. 11, 17. 
 
 ^^'''\J^T (gift of God) Zabdiel, pr. n. m. 
 Neh. 11, 14. Comp. ^ui8i,i,l 1 Mace. 
 11, 17. 
 
 ^^"^-^I (Jehovah gave) Zebadiah, Ze- 
 bedce, Gr. Zf/itduloi;, pr. n. of several 
 men: a) 1 Chr. 8, 15. b) ib. v. 17. 
 c)ib.l2,7.27,7. d) Ezra 8,8. e)10,20. 
 
 ^'^^'^^T (id.) Zebadiah. pr. n, m. 
 a) 1 Ciir." 26, 2. b) 2 Chr. 17, 8. c) 
 19, 11. 
 
 S12T m. (r. =3T q. v.) afy, Is. 7, 18. 
 Ecc. 10, 1 r-;^ i^iin dead flies. For the 
 pr. n. :niri ^?3 Beelzebub, see in bra 
 
 no. 5. b. Arab. i_}Ij3 , Chald. srz'n, id. 
 
 T^^l (donatus) Zabud, pr. n. m. 1 K. 
 4, 5. R. nzT . 
 
 "l^ST (id.) Zablnid, Ezra 8, 14 Cheth. 
 
 mint (donata) Zebiidah, pr. n. f. 
 2 K. 23, 36 Keri ; but Cheth. is nniai . 
 
 ^^2T and ^21 m. (r. b^]) 1. a dwell- 
 ing, habitation, Ps. 49, 15. Hab. 3, 11 
 Tnhzi "I'c'S nn'i ^rOJ sun and moon stand 
 still in their habitation, i. e. they hide 
 themselves, do not shine. Of the habi- 
 tation of God, Is. 63, 15 ; so b-t n^a id. 
 
 1 K. 8, 13. 
 
 2. Zebul, pr. n. m. Judg. 9, 28. 
 
 ]^b^aT, ib^nr, "JlbnT, (habitation, 
 see Gen. 30, 20.) Zebulun, pr. n. of the 
 tenth son of Jacob, born of Leah ; also 
 of the tribe descended from him, the ter- 
 ritory of which is described in Josh. 19, 
 10 sq. The gentile n. is "'ibiinT Zebidon- 
 ite, from a form yUz\ , Num. 26, 27. 
 
 * '?J kindr. with n2a, Arab. 1*3, 
 
 Syr. >.-*?, Zab. w*^? and w"| , Eth. 
 
 H'fljn. Perhaps from the same stock 
 is Gr. a(finaiTu, acpu^m, i. e. ^f/'al'. 
 
 1. to slaughter, to kill animals, sc. for 
 eating, Dcut. 12. 15. 1 Sam. 28, 24. 1 K. 
 19, 21. Ex. 39, 17. 
 
 2. Spec, to Jail for sacrifce, to sacri- 
 fice, to immolate victims. 1 Sam. 1,4; 
 with b of the deity to whom sarrifice is 
 oflered 1 K. 8, 63, also ^:th 1 K. 8, 62. 
 
 2 Chr. 7, 4. Lev. 9, 4. This verb is not 
 used of the priests ns slaughtering vic- 
 tims in sacrifice ; but of private persons 
 offering sacrifices at their own cost; 
 Num. 22, 40. Dcut. 12, 21. 27, 6. 
 
nsT 
 
 271 
 
 m 
 
 PiELUXt, fut. iat"j, to gacrijice, i. q. 
 Kal no. 2.' 1 K. 12* 32. 2 K. 12, 4. Spo- 
 ken also of a inultituile of siicrifices, 1 K. 
 8, 5 ; of repeated or customary sacrifice, 
 1 K. 3, 2. 3. 11, 8. Hos. 4, 14. al. So 
 
 ^ r 
 Arab. ^ J to sacrifice much, often. 
 
 Dcrjv. HSTTa, and 
 
 7 nnt m. c. siiir. TiaT; plur. ts-'nat, 
 constr. 'HST . once riinsT Hos. 4, 19. 
 
 1. Pr. a slaughtering, e. g. a) Of 
 men, slaughter Is. 34, 6. Zepli. 1, 7, Ez. 
 39, 17. b) Of beasts, meton. the Jlesh 
 of slauglitered animals, i. q. a repast, 
 Gen. 31, 54. Prov. 17, 1 S'^n-'naT ban- 
 quets of strife, quarrelsome leasts. 
 
 2. a saa'ijice, i. e. the act of sacrificing, 
 Lev. 19, 6. Also the thing sacrificed, 
 victim, Is. 1, 11. Ps. 51, 18 ; opp. both to 
 nra'Q a bloodless offering 1 Sam. 2, 29. 
 Ps. 40. 7, and to nb"i5 a burnt-offering ; so 
 tliat nST denoted a sacrifice which was 
 only in part consumed by fire, such as 
 were the sin and trespass-offerings, the 
 thank-offerings, etc. Ex. 10, 25. Lev. 17, 
 8. Num. 15, 5. d^obttJ nar a victim of 
 thank-offering Lev. 3, 1. 4, 10. al. Spo- 
 ken also genr. of any great and solemn 
 sacrifice and of sacrificial feasts, as Pia: 
 C^n^n the yearly sacrifice 1 Sam. 1, 21. 
 20. 6. nns-r^ naj a family sacrifice 20, 
 29, compV9,' \2. 13. 16, 3. 
 
 3. Zebah, pr. n. of a Midianitish prince, 
 Judg. 8, 5. Ps. 83, 12. 
 
 ''ST pr. n. m. Zabbai, Ezra 10, 28. 
 Neh. 3. 20 Cheth. Prob. a corrupt read- 
 ing for "^St , as is read in Ezra 2, 9. Neh. 
 7,14. 
 
 TS~py\ see irn^at . 
 
 ^r^T (bought, r. laj) Zebiim, pr. 
 n. m. Ezra 10, 43. 
 
 * ^51 1. pr. prob. i. q, ^an to be 
 round, to make rmmd. comp. ba?i ; whence 
 Talm. ba| . ba| , dung in balls, round 
 dung, as of goats, camels. Syr. and 
 
 Arab, jls^ , iU-JV . 
 
 2. to dwell, see in "^11 no. 2. Gen. 30, 
 20 '^3^.3^'; he will dwell with me, sc. my 
 husband, with the accessory idea of con- 
 jugal intercourse, as in Engl, to cohabit. 
 Other verbs of dwelling also take the 
 
 accuB. in the sense ' to dwell with ;' see 
 
 Deriv. bsiat, -(l^at. 
 bat see VI31|. 
 '}l'33T see ",l^i3t. 
 
 ")?T Chald. to get for oneself^ to buy, 
 to gain, as in Syr. and Samar. Dan. 2, 8 
 'p:aT "iinjs xjw '^'n that ye would gain 
 the time, i. e. make delay. 
 Deriv. pr. n. SpST . 
 
 5T m. Num. 6, 4, the skin of a grape 
 husk, as being transparent. R. iJT . 
 
 ^fjj to be clear, transparent ; comp. 
 
 Samar. 551 i. q. "j=T to be pure. Arab. 
 
 , - 
 
 _^L=\ glass, i. q. Pi-'aWj ; Chald. MT to 
 
 be clear, transparent. Hence 5T . 
 
 '^T m. verbal adj. (r. *tit) proud, arro- 
 gant, pr. boiling, swelling, inflated; 
 with the accessory notion of wickedness 
 and impiety, comp. in bbn no. 3, 4. Is. 
 13, 11. Jer. 43, 2. Ps. 19, 14. 119, 21. 51. 
 69. 78. 85. 122. 
 
 pIT m. (r. ^!1T) constr. "(iTr as if fi-ora 
 a root nnj , c. suff. ?^p| 1 Saiu. 17, 28. 
 Jer. 49, 16 ; pride, arrogance, haughti- 
 ness, combined with insolence, Prov. 11, 
 2. 13, 10. 21. 24. Tial? lin; the pride of 
 thy heart, proud insolence, Jer. 49, 16. 
 Obad. 3. Deut. 17, 12. Concr. spoken 
 of haughty Babylon, Jer. 50, 31. 32. 
 
 ^T m. rarely put with a subst. fem. 
 Josh. 2. 17 ; with pref nT3 , mh ; Fern. 
 iDiiT, more rarely HT Ecc. 2, 2. 5, 15. 
 18. 7. 23. 9, 13 ; so in the formula ma 
 "?.=! Judg. 18, 4. 2 Sam. 11. 25. 1 K. 14^, 
 5 ; also IT Hos. 7, 16. Ps. 132, 12 (here 
 relat.) once nrwST Jer. 26, 6 Cheth. Plur. 
 n|x q. V. 
 
 1. Pron. demonstr. this, Lat. hie. Juec, 
 hoc. Arab. 1*^, t jo hie, Syr. ]?oi hsec, 
 Eth. "H, fem. H, H^ . Hence the 
 Aram. '''^, =}, and Eth. H, which have 
 passed over into relatives. Corresp. are 
 Sanscr. sa-s. s&. tat ; Goth. sa. so, that; 
 hie, hsBC, hoc. It stands : 
 
 a) Absol. i. e. by itself! this, this one ; 
 Gr. oi'To?, avTr}, loxno. Job 1, 17 ilt TiS 
 "la*!^ this one was yet speaking. Ecc. 
 6, 9 ^n nt Da thvi also is vanity. 9, 13 
 
272 
 
 rTT 
 
 Ex. 2, 6. 2 Sam. 23, 17. So in the ge- 
 nit. IK. 21, 2 nj -i-n::: f-OS money, the 
 price of it Dat. njb to this one, to him, 
 1 Sam. 21. 12 [11] PKTb to ?/tis woman 
 Gen. 2. 23. Sometimes in contempt, 
 lilie Gr. ovTog, Lat. iste ; 1 Sam. 10, 27 
 nt !i2rai's-nia Aotc s/ia// i^is (fellow) save 
 us ? Ex. 10, 7. 
 
 b) With a subst. and so that like an 
 adj. it is often put after the subst. and 
 both take the article ; as ntrt 'i^'nin this 
 word, rN'rj nirxn this woman, fi^n cia 
 on this day. Rarely without the art. 
 where the noun has it ; comp. 1T li'nn Ps. 
 12, 8. Poet, also PNT -,55 this vine Ps. 
 80, 15. But HT without the art. is also 
 put before a noun made definite, e. g. 
 ) When the pronoun marks the sub- 
 ject or predicate of the sentence, the 
 substantive verb being implied. Ex. 35, 
 4 "^'^n PIT this is the word. Judg. 4, 14 
 t;''>n riT this is ^^ day. 2 K. 6, 13. Ps. 
 1 18, 20.' Is. 14, 16. /S) More rarely also 
 p^art nr is i. q. njn P^an ; yet so that 
 the former has a stronger demonstrative 
 force. So too in Arameean and Arabic ; 
 comp. Chald. Ncbn MJ'n this dream Dan. 
 
 4, 15 ; Syr. \ic:] \lai this time ; \jjl> 
 
 (_)lxCJf this book; also in Greek o'vxoq 
 
 6 otxoc. Ezra 3, 12 P'^SH <^T this house, 
 this temple. Sept. toitov tov oiy.ov, opp. 
 '(irsnn p-^sn. l K. 14, 14 cin ht this 
 day, Sept. xavrt] rjj TjfitQa, Vulg. in hoc 
 die. Ps. 49, 14. Josh. 9, 12 "S^nb PIT this 
 mir bread. Ps. 73, 12 tt-'SC'\' n|j< nzri 
 lo ! these ungodly. 
 
 c) The difference between Pit, pxt, 
 and X^Pi, x'^fi, has been pointed out in 
 art. K"n init. The former, rt; , Pxt , refer 
 lo a person or thing present, which one 
 can as it were point at with the finger ; 
 and also to tiie present time. Gen. 38, 
 28 n:il5x"} xs^ ht this came out frst, was 
 first born. Is. 29, 11 nj-x: K^j? read 
 this, J pray thee. Very often in the 
 plirasc n?n cia on this day, i. e. this 
 day, to-day, Lev. 8, 34. Josh. 7, 25. '^S 
 PITH c*i'n nnto this day, sc. this very day 
 when I am speaking or writing, Sept. 
 tb)g Tf/<; IfitQng javfifC, Gen. 32, 33. 47, 
 26. 48, 15. Deut.2,22. 3, J 4. 10,8. 11,4. 
 In historical narrative also the follow- 
 ing arc regarded aa present : o) That 
 
 which has just been mentioned ; Gen. 
 7, 11 on the seventeenth day of the month, 
 T^rn ci'S on this very day, were all the 
 fountains, etc. v. 13. Ex. 19, 1 . (3) That 
 which is immediately to follow, and 
 which is as it were pointed at ; Gen. 5, 
 1 cnx Pinbin i?t3 pit this is tJie book of 
 the generations of Adam. 6, 15 "idx Pit 
 RPX f^i^!?P this is how thou shall tnake 
 it, i. e. so shalt thou make it ; Sept. 
 ovTbi notriafig, comp. Ex. 29, 38. Gen. 
 45, 19. Ps. 7, 4. 
 
 d) These idioms are also to be noted : 
 m) Repeated, nj HT i. q. this that, 
 one another, Job 1, 16. IK. 22, 20. Ps. 
 75, 18; PXT PXT id. 1 K. 3, 16 ; Pit 
 nT-bx 07ie to another Ex. 14, 20. Is. 6, 3. 
 /S) Vividly demonstrative is it, when Pit 
 is added lo interrogatives to increase 
 their strength ; Is. 63, 1 N2 Pit :: who 
 is this that cometh 7 Job 38, 2. 42, 2. 
 The same is xin la, see in sin no. 2. d. 
 A similar usage with PIT as adv. see 
 below in no. 3. c. 
 
 2. Rarely and only in poetic style it 
 is put for the relative, like Engl, that, 
 which is both demonstr. and relative ; 
 see *1T no. 1. Comp. the relatives as 
 derived mostly from demonstratives, un- 
 der nrx A, p. 97, -n no. 1. Ps. 104, 8 
 ^n^ ^y^l "! ^P'?"^2< unto the place 
 which thou hast founded for them, i.e. 
 destined. Prov. 23, 22. Job 15, 17. Ps. 
 78, 54. In this signif. it seems, like 
 "lUix, to be indeclinable, and is put also 
 for the plur. Job 19, 19. Also as a mere 
 sign of relation, like "ilTX no. 2. Ps. 74, 2 
 13 R5=2j PT "(iss ^i} mount Zion, wherein 
 thou dwelle.st. Is. 25. 9. 
 
 3. It passes over into a demonstr. Adv. 
 a) Of place, here, for PT2 in this place, 
 Gen. 28, 17. Num. 13, 17.\l. PTo/rom 
 here, hence, Gen. 37, 17. Ex. 11,' i. n 
 PiTr!i he7tee and hence, i. e. on this side 
 and on that side. Num. 22, 24. Josh. 8, 
 33. It often corresponds to Engl, liere, 
 there. Germ. da. dftxnxbK\ Judg. 5, 5 
 "'S'D PT. this Sinai. Sinai itself. Dan. 
 10, 17 PIT 'nx my lord here. So Pt PijPt 
 h here ! see here ! Cant. 2, 8. 1 K. 19, 
 5. b) Of time, pr. at this time, now. 
 Mic. 5, 4 oibfli nT n%'i? and no\c there 
 shall l)e peace. PIT ppy just now, even 
 now, this moment, Ruth 2, 7. 1 K. 17, 
 24 FiS'i; PIT Pins now I know. In thia 
 
IT 
 
 273 
 
 1 
 
 signif. it is often put before numerals, 
 as Gen, 27, 36 D^asB nj now twice. 31, 
 3S nrj D'^n'JS nj //jw twenty years, now 
 for tvvfiity years, v. 41. 43, 10. 45. 6. 
 Nam, 11. 22. Jndg. 16, 15, Zech, 7, 3 Pit 
 csd n'so this (uow) 80 many years, c) 
 or niiiiint-'r, tints, so, Gen. 6, 15, 'Ps. 49, 
 14. It is often added to interroyratives 
 to augment their force ; as nJr~n^ how 
 80, haw tlien, Gen. 27, 20 ; n nab pr. 
 v>hy so that, wherefore, Gen, 18, 13. 
 
 4. With prefixes : a) nja in this sc. 
 place, here. comp. no. 3, Gen. 38, 21. Ex. 
 24, 14, Trop. of time, then, Esth. 2, 13. 
 b) nj3 sn<'h, see in 3 B. 1, a. c) rwh 
 on this account, there/ore; whence ''^< 
 PNtb wherefore 7 Jer. 5, 7. Comp. It^n 
 htifl , fin . 
 
 jj obsol. root, i, q. -fiS, /o Ame, 
 to glitter, to he yellow, as gold ; comp, 3XT . 
 
 ^i^J m. constr. 2nT , once SJij Gen, 
 2, 12. 
 
 1, g-oW. Arab, v^4>, Syr, Chald, 
 jlioi?, znr\ id. Gen. 24, 22. 53. 36, 39, 
 Ex, 3, 22, ai. Where numerals precede, 
 the weight b]?'i3 shekel is to be supplied, 
 e. g. Gen. 24, 22 nnj nrj? ten {shekels) 
 of gold. 
 
 2. Metaph. of the golden brightness 
 of the sky. perhaps for the sun itself Job 
 37, 22. Also for golden oil, i, e, pure 
 and bright as gold, Zech, 4, 12. 
 
 ''^'J obsol. root, Arab. LjOv to shine, 
 to be bright and beautiful ; also to be 
 
 S o- 
 
 proud ; y^\ brightness, beauty, espec. 
 of flowers, and hence a flower ; comp. 
 
 -J6\ flower, from ^\ to shine, Syr. 
 
 loi] to be proud, Ethpa. to be made 
 bright, splendid. 
 Deriv. it , -.'T , and r-^T . 
 
 D_'I in Kal not used, Arab. 1^\ to 
 
 etink. to be rancid, spoken of fat ; Chald. 
 to bf dirty, flthy. In the Zabian dia- 
 lect this verb is used of stinking water. 
 Kindr. are "jns , nsT , aj\ . 
 
 PiEL, to rpgard as filthy ; hence to 
 loathe. Job 33, 20 zrn W^nT he loaih- 
 eth it, the br<-ad. The suffix is pleo- 
 nastic; see Lehrg. 195. 2. Hence 
 
 Di^T (loathing) Zaham, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 
 
 11, 19. 
 
 "^jI in Kal not used, i. q. Ji\ , \n\, 
 
 to he bright, to shine, comp, in'J . Hence 
 "in'T . 
 
 HiPH. "I'^nyn 1- ^f^ cause to shine, to 
 make light, i. e. metaph. a) to enlight- 
 en, to teach, with two ace. of pers. and 
 thing, Ex. 18, 20 ; ace. of pers. 2 Chr. 
 19, 10. b) to admonish, to warn, sc, to 
 beware of any thing 2 K. 6, 10 ; to desist 
 from any thing Ez. 3, 19. 20 , with ",13 to 
 wamfrom any thing, Lev. 15, 31 cnnnTn, 
 others cn-i-Tn. Ez, 3, 18 sai n-iJiTni 
 nsann i3"jna to warn the wicked from 
 his evil way, to admonish him to turn 
 from it. But Ez, 3, 17 et 33, 7 niHTn 
 saa cnx warn tliou tliemfrom me, i. e. 
 in my name, by my authority. Syr, Pa. 
 et Aph, Chald, Aph. id, 
 
 2, Intrans. to give light, to shine, Dan. 
 
 12. 3. Chald. ^HTX id. 
 
 - 1 - 
 
 NiPH. to be taught, admonislied, Ps. 19, 
 12. Also to receive instruction, admo- 
 nition, to take warning, Ecc. 4, 13. Ez. 
 33, 4. 5. 6 ; to beware Ecc. 12, 12, where 
 '\0 belongs to "ini'^ . 
 
 IHT Chald, id. Part, pass, T^riT ad- 
 monished, cautious, Ezra 4, 22, Syr. 
 Ethpe, to take heed, to be watchful 
 over any thing. 
 
 "^^T m. brightness, splendour, of the 
 heavens, Ez. 8, 2. Dan. 12, 3. R, "im. 
 
 IT m, i. q, T'T which is read in many 
 Mss. (pr, for I'^HTi r- '^'7J;) brightness, 
 beauty, espec, of flowers ; hence as the 
 name of the second Hebrew month, 
 Ziv, from the new-moon of May to that 
 of June, or according to the Rabbins 
 from the new-moon of April to that of 
 May; q. d. fiower-month. 1 K. 6, 1. 37. 
 Chald. N^3S-3 rT nn'i the month of the 
 brightness of flowers. The same month 
 is called in Chald. Syr. Arab. "i^'^X, 
 f. "f Si *? 
 
 'HI , >Lj1, also from brightness, splen- 
 dour. 
 
 iT see nt . 
 
 ^T comm. gend. i. q. ^T and. PXT , 
 
 1, Pron, demonstr. Ps. 12.8. Hab. 1, 11 
 inbsb inb ^i this his strength is his god. 
 
 2, Oftener as relat. comp. MT no. 2, 
 
aiT 
 
 274 
 
 "^ 
 
 Ex. 15, 13. Ps. 9, 16. 10, 2. 142, 4. Also 
 as a sign of relation. Is. 42, 24 siJSIjn IT 
 ib against whom we have sinned. 
 
 Note. In the Talmud IT is not un- 
 freq. put for MT , and also in compounds. 
 Among the Tayitic Arabs, .3 is often 
 used for /^ jJt ; see Schult. ad Har. II. 
 p. 75. 
 
 * ^^T 1. iojlow, pr. of water, Ps. 78, 
 20. 105, 41. Is. 48, 21. Often also of the 
 monthly courses in women, Lev. 15, 25 ; 
 of the seminal flux or gonorrhoea in men, 
 Lev. 15, 2. To Jiow with any thing, is 
 also by an idiom of language said of a 
 person or thing in or from which any 
 thing flows ; so of a woman having the 
 menstrual flow Lev. 15, 19 ; of a man 
 having gonorrhoea Lev. 15, 4 sq. 22, 4. 
 Num. 5, 2. 2 Sam. 3, 29. Espec. also of 
 affluence^ abundance, with ace. of that 
 with which any thing flows or overflows ; 
 Ex. 3, 8 t'l'-i} sbn naj -jris a land flow- 
 ing (with) milk and honey, v. 17. 13. 5. 
 33, 3. Lev. 20, 24. Num. 13, 27. 14, 8. 
 
 16, 14. Absol. Jer. 49, 4 r,i5^5 2T thy 
 
 p 
 valley flows, sc. with blood. Aram. >-? , 
 
 2W , to flow, to flow down, to melt. 
 
 2. Trop. tofl^w away, i.e.to jiine away, 
 
 to die, Lam. 4, 9. Arab. CAb to pine 
 away, sc. with hunger, disease. See 
 tinder r. -K'n . 
 
 Slit m. (r. SIT) a flowing, flux, as of 
 the semen in men, gonorrhoia benigna, 
 Lev. 15, 1-15 ; of the monthly courses 
 in women, Lev. 15, 16 sq. 
 
 *1^T or Tl 1. i. q. kindr. 11^, to 
 boil, to boil over, as water ; onomatopo- 
 etic, like Engl, to seethe, Germ, sieden, 
 Gr. ^so), whence ^vOog (Germ. Sud, Ab- 
 sud, Eng\. suds) ; comp. the similar ai'QM. 
 See Niph. and Hiph. no. 1. 
 
 2. Trop. of the mind, to boil, to be fer- 
 vid, like Gr. '^oi and Lnt.ferveo ; (comp. 
 me and Arab. Uu, Schultcns Opp. min. 
 p. 80 ;) also of pride, insolence, wirked- 
 fiPjfif^ Hi' nee, to arJ proiully, wickedly 
 towards or against any one, c. bs Ex. 
 18, 11, Vx Jer. 50. 29. In this signif. it 
 \B kindred with T^S. 
 
 Note. Both the Arabic roots 4>K 
 mid. Waw, and t>K mid. Ye. have eig- 
 nifications derived from the idea of boil- 
 
 ing ; but only secondary. The former, 
 for 4>,v , signifies, to prepare provisions 
 
 for a journey, o\\ provision for a jour- 
 ney, from the idea of cooking, boiling. 
 The' latter, for Joj, is, to increase, to 
 exceed, from the idea of boiling over. 
 
 Niph. part. T'TJ (from the form ^"'T, 
 see Lehrg. p. 411, nor is it necessary to 
 assume a root '1T3), something seethed, 
 sodden, pottage, Gen. 25, 29. 2 K. 4, 38- 
 40. Hag. 2, 12. 
 
 Hiph. 1. to seethe, to cook, see Kal 
 no. 1 ; to prepare by boiling, seething. 
 Gen. 25, 29 T'TJ apsr'i it*;; and Jacob sod 
 pottage. Sept. rjiprjcrs 8e 'lay.ot^3 ttprifia. 
 
 2. to act insolently, presumptuously, 
 wickedly, spoken mostly of those who 
 knowingly and purposely violate the 
 precepts of God and commit sin, Deut. 
 1, 43. 17, 13. Neh. 9, 16. 29; with inf et 
 \ Deut. 18, 20 ; h'S of pers. Ex. 21, 14 
 nT:nra ^y)r)h ws>n-b? d-'X 'in 13 if a 
 man act wickedly against his neighbour 
 in slaying him with guile. Neh. 9, 10. 
 
 Deriv. IT , "(iT^T , '(liT . 
 
 "l^T Chald. id. Aph. Inf rriTq i. q. 
 Heb. Hiph. no. 2, to act proudly, wick- 
 edly, Dan. 5, 20. 
 
 n^'^ obsol. root, Arab. (C.v to hide, 
 to conceal, by putting away, coinp. !i*iD ; 
 VII to hide oneself, to get in a corner; 
 in Heb. also prob. to lay up, to hoard. 
 Deriv. n-^lT , iTa . 
 
 * T^T obsol. root. 1. I. q. y^l to glit- 
 ter, to sparkle, to throw out rays ; hence 
 of milk, to flow out like rays, to spout; 
 see T'lT no. 1. Comp. "I'^'n. 
 
 2. to move, to move about, from the 
 idea of sparkling, glancing ; Talmud, id. 
 Hence T-'T no. 2, nT^Tn . 
 
 CT^T Gen. 14, 5 Zuzim, pr. n. of a 
 people on the borders of Palestine. Sept. 
 k&vri it;(vqiii, and so Syr. Onk. So called 
 perh. from the fertility of their country ; 
 see 1"^* no. 1, and r. TIT no. 1. 
 
 tiniT Zoheth pr. n. m. 1 Clir. 4, 20. 
 A root rnT is not found, eitiicr in He- 
 brew or the kindred languages. 
 
 tri'lT f. (Kamets impure) only in pUir. 
 P-i'^r , corners, from r. n^J . Syr. ]^oj[ 
 
 ' 0^ .- 
 Arab. io.K . Spoken of the corners of 
 
b^T 
 
 275 
 
 ytt 
 
 an altar, Zech. 9, 15. Meton. of the 
 conier-colnmns ol* a palace ; Ps. 141, 12 
 n-iaan-o p'iT3!irni:a lit. that our dan'rk- 
 ters iiuDj t)e as corner-colunuut Ji'iel!/ 
 sculpt urt'd, in allusion prob. to the Ca- 
 ryatides, or columns representing female 
 figures, so common in Egyptian archi- 
 tecture ; Aquil. ojf iniyutviu, Vulg. quasi 
 angidi. The point ol' comparison lies in 
 the Blenderness and tallness combined 
 with elegance ; comp. Cant. 5, 15. 7, 8. 
 
 ^^T 1. i. q. b^T , corap. iiTj , to shake 
 out, to pour out; once Is. 4G, 6 C^b-Tri 
 0"3T3 rrjT they pour out gold from the bag, 
 
 lavish it. Arab. Jt j IV, to make light 
 of. 
 2. Pr. to shake off, i. q. to remove, to 
 
 put away or aside; comp. Arab. J|3 
 mid. Waw and Ye, to remove, to put 
 away ; intrans. i. q. to go away, to de- 
 sist, to fiiil. Hence 
 
 ^^^T f. pr. removal, a putting aside ; 
 only in constr. nblT, et c. sutT. "^nbiiT, 
 ?irb^T, with the force of a Prep, besides, 
 aside from, except. E. g. "^rblT besides 
 me, aside from me, pr. by my removal, 
 
 1 being removed. Is. 45, 5. 21 ; constr. 
 
 2 K. 24, 14. Sometimes with Yod pa- 
 ragog. inbnT for nblT Dent. 1, 36. 4, 12; 
 comp. ''nba. Once as a Conj. for rb^t 
 10X except thai, save that, 1 K. 3, 18. 
 
 "l^T in Kal not used; Chald. Syr. 
 and Sam. to nourish, to feed, to pasture. 
 
 HoPH. Jer. 5, 8 crnia n"'p>iD Cheth. 
 fed horses, i. e. well fed, fat. Keri has 
 B''??^^ : which, according to Schultens. 
 is derived from 1^ , ^\^ , to weigh, in 
 the sense : ponderibus instrticti, bene 
 vasati; pondera i. q. testes, see Catull. 
 62, 5. Stat. Silv. 3. 4. 77. Comp. Engl. 
 ttone-horses. Sept. i;i;iot x^i^lvftuvug. 
 
 Deriv. "ji:^. 
 
 (IT Chald. id. Ithpe. fut. fTn^ pass. 
 Dan. 4, 9. 
 Deriv. '|1tt3. 
 
 ^517 f. a harlot, prostitute, part fern. 
 ofr. nji, where see more. 
 
 5^Tj very frequent in Syr. Chald. 
 Zab. i. q. Gr. asio), crevta, (comp. So 
 wvo),) pr. to shake, to agitate, see Pil, 
 
 and n?jT . In Kal intrans. to be shaken, 
 agitated; hence 
 
 1. to move oneself, Esth. 5, 9. 
 
 2. to quake, to tremble, Ecc. 12, 3. 
 
 Pil. part. STytia, to agitate, to dis- 
 quiet, to maltreat, Hab. 2, 7. Aram, and 
 Arab. id. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. 5^T , and the two here 
 following. 
 
 ?1T Chald. to tremble, to fear, c. "i^. 
 Part. "PSXT , or as in Keri ,''5';t , Dan. 5, 
 19. 6, 27. 
 
 TV"}) f (r- SIT) with Vav movable. 
 
 1. agitation, i. e. disquiet, ill treat* 
 ment. Jer. 15,4 nisbia^ bib nr^yb n-^nns 
 "^"isn I will give them over for ill treat- 
 ment to all the kingdoms of the earth. 
 24, 9. 29, 18. 34, 17. 2 Chr. 29, 8. Keri 
 in all these examples has the form n^rt 
 q. V. as being more easily pronounced. 
 
 2. a quaking, terror, Is. 28, 19. 
 
 Vj"li obsol. root, prob. i. q. a^iT to flow 
 to become liquid ; comp. oO* > O)* , to 
 
 flow, to liquefy. Hence PBT pitch, and 
 
 pr. n. C)'"r . 
 
 ! '^' fut. conv. *1T5 1. to press to- 
 gether, to press out. Syr. 9"| , jo] , to press 
 
 in the hand, to grasp, Arab, jv to com- 
 press, to pinch, spec, the lip of a horse. 
 The primary idea is to straiten, to bring 
 into a narrow compass ; comp. the kindr. 
 roots -t!is, nnri. Fut. Judg. 6. 38 nri 
 nj^fj-ps and he pressed out the fleece, 
 wrung it out. Job 39, 15 bs"; 13 nsdni 
 nn^TFi and (the ostrich) forget leth that 
 the foot may pj-ess them, i. e. may crush 
 her eggs. Intrans. Prset. IIT (tor which 
 intrans. tbrm see Lehrg. p. 401) Is. 1, 6 
 liT xb they have not been pressed out, sc. 
 the wounds, i. e. not cleansed from blood. 
 Part. pass. Is. 59, 5 of an egg : nnwni 
 nssi< 2^p2n and being crushed it break- 
 eth out a viper, i. e. when broken a viper 
 comes forth. 
 Deriv. liTia I. 
 
 * II. *I^T kindr. with 1=10 and n^ti; 3 
 plur. praet. ^nt , also vii Ps. 58, 4, Lehrg. 
 p. 401. 
 
 \. to go off, to turn aside or away, to 
 depart, like Arab. |\ mid. Waw Conj. 
 VI, VIII J with '{ofrom any one Job 19, 
 
"^ 
 
 276 
 
 t^t 
 
 13. Ps. 78. 30 ; espec. from God Ps. 58, 
 4. So from the way of truth and right, 
 
 whence 'T'.'t^ II, falsehood, ,\ a false- 
 hood, lie, \V\ Conj. I, to speak talsehood. 
 Comp. "116 and Arab, jts*- 
 
 2. <o htm aside to a place or person, 
 sc. in order to lodge, to take lodging ; 
 Arab. \\\ to visit any one. Hence to be 
 strange, to be a stranger, Arab. _>l\ 
 a visitor, stranger ; only in 
 
 Part, "it strange, a stranger, foreign- 
 er. Spec. a) one of another nation, 
 not an Israelite. Ex. 30, 33. With this 
 is often connected the accessory idea of 
 an enemy, a barbarian; just as Lat. 
 hostis was primarily a stranger, Cic. de 
 Off. 1. 12. and Gr. ^nvoq also denoted an 
 enemy. Hdot. 9. 11 ; and vice versa Sa- 
 mar. ^T^ pr. a hater, then a stranger. 
 So Is. 1, 7. 25, 2. 29, 5. Ps. 54, 5. Ez. 
 11, 9. 28, 10. 30, 12. Hos. 7, 9. 8, 7. 
 Obad. 11. "IT bs a strange god, i. e. the 
 domestic god of another people, foreign 
 to the Hebrews, Ps. 44, 21. 81, 10 ; ellipt. 
 -T id. Is. 43, 12. Plur. n-^nj Deut. 32, 16. 
 Jer. 3, 13. 5, 19. 
 
 b) one of another family, Deut. 25, 5 ; 
 then for another, any other, Prov. 1 1, 15. 
 14, 10. 20, 16. 27, 13. Fern. fr^T a 
 strange woman, the wife of another, 
 (i. q- ^"^ i"'^.^. Prov. G, 29.) spoken espec. 
 in respect to unlawful intercourse with 
 her, an adultress. prostitute, Prov. 2, 16. 
 5, 3. 20. 7, 5. 22, 14. 23, 33. (Syr. and 
 Sam. |- , ^^'It , is to commit adultery, 
 pr. to lodge with.) So D'^'iT strangers, 
 i. q. adtdterers, debauchees, Jer. 2, 25. 
 Ez. 16, 32. C'lT CSS strange children, 
 i. e. spurious, bastard children, Hos. 5, 7. 
 
 c) 0pp. to true, right, lawful, strange, 
 i. q. unlavful ; so iT^t lis strange fire 
 i. e. unlawful, profiine, opp. to the sacred 
 fire, Lev. 10, 1. Num. 3, 4. 26, 61. rr^i^^ 
 nm strange incense. Ex. 30, 9. 
 
 d) Trop. strange, i. e. new, unheard 
 of, l8. 28, 21. 
 
 3. i. q. Arab. t j mid. Ye, to loathe; 
 intrans. to be loathsome. Job 19, 17 "'nsn 
 "RtiKb rr^T my spirit (as agitated, quer- 
 ulous) ia loathsome, to my wife. Hence 
 Vr^l loathsomeness, for STiT . 
 
 Nipu. i. q. Kal no. 1. Is. 1, 4. 
 
 HoPH. part. "iTlo made strange, es- 
 tranged, Ps. 69, 9. 
 Deriv. rriT, niT^ II. 
 
 '""T in Kal not used, i. q. Arab. _\ 
 
 and _, yskj to move, to shove, to displace. 
 
 Aram, ^^o"), H'T. Hence 
 
 NiPH. to be moved, shoved, displaced, 
 Ex. 28,28. 39,21. 
 
 ^'jj 1- to creep, to crawl. Part. 
 "E^'ibn'T pr. crawlers of the dust, ser- 
 pents, Deut. 32, 24. Mic. 7, 17. Hence 
 2. to fear, to be afraid ; pr. to creep 
 timidly along, see ^HT. Job 32, 6 "3"^? 
 X'n^xn ""PibpjT therefore I was cfraid and 
 feared. 
 
 ^yf^ (serpent) Zoheleth. pr. n. "SX 
 f^^ri'-n i- q- ^he stone of Zoheleth, near 
 Jerusalem, 1 K. 1, 9. R. bnT . 
 
 "IHT see n-it no. 2. c. 
 
 X^"^). adj. m. (r. "TlT) boiling, swelling, 
 raging, e. g. waters, Ps. 124, 5. 
 
 T'T Chald. m. brightness, splendour, 
 (contr. from T'nT , i. q. Heb. IT , r. T^rri 
 q. V.) Dan. 2, 31. 4. 33. Plur. of a bright 
 and cheerful countenance, bright looks, 
 Dan. 5, 6. 9 '"'rrh-s '^'lyo "^nrT his bright 
 looks were changed, i. e. his cheerful 
 countenance grew pale. v. 10. 7, 28. 
 Comp. the Heb. in c. 10. 8. Syr. fal] 
 
 splendour, Arab, ^v and ^\ ornament. 
 
 T"^7 m. (r. T"T) 1. a full breast; so, 
 retaining the image. Is. 66. 11 IStn "|5^b 
 rri'iis f^TS crijiijriil that ye may suck 
 and delight yourselves (i. e. suck with 
 deliglit) from her abundant breast, as 
 overflowing with milk. Parall. 1t"53 
 
 2. any moving thing, whatever lives 
 and moves ; so poet, ""ib T'^T what moves 
 on the feld, i. q. beasts of the field, Ps. 
 50, 11. 80, 14. Comp. Gr. xro>d<dov 
 beast, for xivMdtitkov, also xiromfTor, urutff, 
 from xji'tca / nQu^atov from ngofialvta. 
 
 SpT (full breast, abundance, i. q. rt) 
 Ziza, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 37. b) 
 2 Chr. 11, 20. 
 
 nrr (id.) Zizah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 23, 
 11 ; for which in v. 10 M^), . 
 
277 
 
 -5T 
 
 ?^T (motion) Zia, pr. n. in. 1 Chr. 5, 
 13. R. SIT. 
 
 v]^T (h flowing, r. "it) Z/'/jA, pr. n. a) 
 A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 
 55. 2 Chr. IJ. 8 ; also a desert of like 
 name in its vicinity, 1 Sam. 23, 14. 15. 
 Now Zif. a place of ruins between He- 
 bron and Carmel ; Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 II. p. 191. Gentile n. 'B"'T Ziphite, 1 
 Sam. 23, 19. 26, 1. b) A man, 1 Chr. 
 4, 16. 
 
 fl'ip'^T plur. r (Ibr nipST , nipt , r. pST) 
 burning^ arrmcs. fiery darts, Is. 50, 11; 
 i. q. cpt Prov. 26, 18. where many Mss. 
 read D''p''T . Syr. )jall a weapon, thun- 
 derbolt. On the form, comp. the exam- 
 ples collected in Lehrg. p. 145, and add 
 jis-'p for 'iap , C*^S< for ass* . 
 
 rr*? m. ( r. nn] ) constr. r''T , plur. 
 
 1. an olive, olive-tree, Judg. 9, 9 ; more 
 fully 'iVfi, r-^T oil-olive Deut. 8, 8. n^T '{Ot 
 olive-oil. Ex. 27, 20. 30, 24. Lev."'24, 2^ 
 D''r''?n T! ih^ Mount of Olives, near Je- 
 rusalem. Zech. 14,4. 2Sam. 15, 30; used 
 as a high-place for sacrifice, 1 K. 11,7. 
 
 2. an olive, the fruit ; n^!^! 7? ^^ 
 olive-tree Hagg. 2, 19. n^T Tp'^ to tread 
 olives, in order to express the oil, Mic. 6, 
 15. 
 
 3. an olive-branch, Zech. 4, 11, comp. 
 V. 12. 
 
 Note. This word is current in all the 
 kindred dialects ; Syr. \h-^\ olive-tree, 
 
 Arab. v^iOj olive-oil, ijj-'^) olive, Eth. 
 
 HJE^ olive and oil ; hence it passed 
 
 into the Coptic StCMJT, Theb. XOeJT. 
 olive, and Span, azeyte oil. The ety- 
 mology is to be sought in the root 
 
 nw to shine q. v. Arab. ^\ (for .^\) 
 to adorn, pr. to cause to shine ; V, to be 
 
 clothed (adorned) ; f^\ ornament, pr. 
 splendour ; see Castell p. 1040, and the 
 examples there cited ; Heb. it , Chald. 
 VK Hence ri"^: would be pr. fem. of 
 
 a form ""t, ^v, and denote brightness, 
 
 shining. This might be referred either 
 to the freshness and beauty of the olive- 
 tree^ comp. rrinix ; or, better, to the 
 
 24 
 
 shining of the oil, comp. "sfiS^ oil. from 
 nnx to shine, also srj] spoken of sliining 
 and transparent oil, Zech. 4, 12. After 
 the true etymology had become neglect- 
 ed or forgotten, the n came to be re- 
 garded as a radical letter ; and hence it 
 is that n^T is of the masc. gender, and 
 the Arabs have thence formed a new 
 verb, cjK to preserve in oil ; II, to pro- 
 cure oil. 
 
 y^ 
 
 IC"? (olive-tree, Arab. ijj^S) -^ 
 than, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 10. 
 
 '^} and ^fT , fern, nst , adj. clean, pure, 
 e. g. oil Ex. 27, 20, frankincense 30, 34. 
 Trop. in a moral sense of the heart and 
 life. Job 8, 6. 11, 4. 33, 9. Prov. 16, 2. 20, 
 11. 21,8. R. r^zi- 
 
 't'^ 1. q. T^?T , to be clean, pure^ 
 every where in a moral sense, Job 15, 14. 
 25, 4. Ps. 51, 6. Mic. 6, 11. Arab. \J\, 
 Syr. \si and ll") id. 
 
 PiEL to cleanse, to make clean, pure, 
 e. g. one's way, heart, Ps. 73, 13. Prov. 
 20. 9. Ps, 119, 9 in-ix-rx is? nsn-naa 
 how shall a young man cleanse his way! 
 i. e. keep himself pure. 
 
 HiTHPA. ns^n for nsTnn, to cleanse 
 oneself, to make oneself clean, pure ; Is. 1, 
 16 i3!ii make yoursehes clean. Others 
 regard this form as Niph. of the verb 
 ~r J , which however is against the ac- 
 cent ; for I3?n (Milra) implies a verb 
 rib. while Niph. of Tj3T w^ould be !|3>IT 
 (Milel). 
 
 ^3T Chald. f. purity, innocence, Dar 
 6, 23. R. n=T . 
 
 n^S^DT f. (r. r;3T) once Job 28, 17,- 
 
 glass or crystal, Arab. Xs^\, Syr 
 
 jiLu^Q^I id. Comp. 5T . 
 
 "1^27 m. i. q. "13T . a male, spoken both 
 of men and of animals, Ex. 23, 17. 34, 23. 
 Deut. 16, 16. 20, 13. R. "i=t . 
 
 "^^2T (mindful) Zaccur, pr. n. of seve- 
 ral men, Num. 13, 4. 1 Chr. 4, 26. 25, 2 
 (in 9. 15^137). Neh. 3,2. 10,13. 13,13. 
 R. -i=t. 
 
 ""^T (pure, innocent) Zaccai, pr. n.. 
 ra. Ezra 2, 9. Neh. 3, 20 Keri. 7, 14. 
 Prob. also Ezra 10, 38 ; see in 'at . R. 
 
r^ 
 
 278 
 
 *ist 
 
 sjsij i. q. f^^l q. V. to be clean, pure, 
 physically of things Lam. 4, 7 ; in a moral 
 sense Job 15, 15. 25, 5. Comp. kindr. 55t . 
 
 HiPH. to cleanse, to wash. Job 9, 30. 
 
 Deriv. TjT or TjT . ""'rszT . and pr. n. "^3t . 
 
 tJ fut. "liw"}; io remember, to recol- 
 lect, to call to mind; Lat. meminisse, re- 
 cordari, reminisci, for the ditierence of 
 which words see Cic. pro Ligar. 12. 35 ; 
 Doederlein Lat. Synonyme und Etymo- 
 logien L 166. Arao. J^j, Syr. J^?, 
 Chald. "13'n, id. The origin seems to 
 lie in the idea of pricking, piercing, 
 comp. kindr. ~i;r^ ; whence ^:t mcm- 
 brum virile, which like the corresponding 
 fem. ^'Z'2^ seems to be derived from the 
 shape. The idea of memory then may 
 come from that oi penetrating, injixing ; 
 comp. Ecc. 12, 11. A difterent etymo- 
 logy was proposed by me in Monumm. 
 Phen. p. 114, viz. that as in Athen. 1. 1, 
 "ro is written for ~:t memory, perhaps 
 *i:7 is primarily i. q. -iZD to shut up, and 
 then to keep, to preserve ; comp. i^'j 
 no. 2. But the other view is lavoured 
 by the noun 137 . Hence 
 
 1. to remember, to call to mind, as 
 above ; with an accus. Gen. 8, 1. 19, 29. 
 al. ssep. more rarely with b Ex. 32, 13. 
 Deut. 9, 27. Ps. 25, 7. 136, 23 ; 3 Jer. 3, 
 16 ; "^3 Job 7, 7. 10, 9. Deut. 5, 15'. Part, 
 pass. "i!i3T remembering, mindful, Ps. 
 103, 14. Spec, a) to call to mind, to 
 recollect, Gr. uv</.fii/jvTi(TXfiv, opp. to for- 
 get. Gen. 40. 23 c-^prBn ib -ir; sibl 
 iinnsttj'i qo'i-'-rx. v.' 14. 42. 9. Num'. 
 11, 5. Ecc. 9, 15. Job 21, 6. Jer. 44, 21 
 synon. with sb bs f^brn. Often with 
 the accessory idea of care, kindness, to 
 renew one^s care for any one, i. q. ipB , 
 Gen. 8, 1. 19, 29. 30, 22. b) to remem- 
 ber, i. e. to bear in minti, to be mindful 
 of, Ps. 9, 13. 98, 3. 105, 5. 42. 2 Chr. 24, 
 22. Ex. 13, 3 r^^n fii'n-rx ni=j remem- 
 ber this day, be mindful of it. 20, 8. 
 n"'"i3n~rs< ist to remember a covenant, 
 to bear it in mind, Gen. 9, 15. Lev. 26, 
 43. Am. 1,9. c) to bear in mind, to con- 
 sider, to rrjlect. Deut. 5, 15 remember 
 thai thou wast a servant in Egypt. 15, 
 15. 16, 12. 24, 18. Job 7, 7 n nil "-j ibt 
 O consider, that my life is a breath ! Ps. 
 103, 14. d) to recall to mind and con- 
 
 template, Lat. recordari. Ps. 119, 55 
 i^ r,T2-j r^h';hz Ti-izt I call thy name to 
 mind in the night, O Lord ! i. e. I medi- 
 tate upon it. V. 52. 143, 5. 63, 7. e) 
 With dat. of pers. and ace. of thing, to 
 remember a thing to or for any one, i. e. 
 to bear it in mind either to his advantage 
 or disadvantage ; e. g. for good, Neh. 5, 19 
 Tp'-c'j -itijx bi ns'i-jb Tibx ^b nn=t re- 
 member to me for good, O my God, all 
 that I have done, i. e. so that I may at last 
 obtain from thee reward. 13. 22; for evil 
 Neh. 6, 14. 13, 29. f) Referred also to 
 thirigs future, i. q. to think npmi, to con- 
 sider, comp. Lat. memento wari. Lam. 
 1, 9 she remevibereth not lier latter end. 
 Is. 47, 7. Hence also i. q. to think of 
 to meditate, to attempt, Job 40, 32 "ibt 
 TiTzrhxi think of the battle, i. e. prepare 
 to attack. 
 
 2. to mention, to make mention of, Gr, 
 intfivixo^ixi, Jer. 20, 9. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be remembered, recollect- 
 ed. Job 24, 20. Jer. 23, 16. With dat. of 
 pers. \, to be remembered to or against 
 any one, to his detriment, Ez. 18, 22. 
 33, 16. nin'^-bs -I3T3 Ps. 109, 14 and 
 "'f ''i^^. '^ Num. 10, 9, to be remembered 
 with or before Jehovah, to be borne in 
 mind of him. 
 
 2. to be mentioned, Jer. 11, 19. Job 28, 
 18. 
 
 3. Denom. frtjm *i2t , to be bom a male, 
 Ex. 34, 19. Arab." y^ IV, to bear a 
 male. ' 
 
 HiPH. i''3m, inf c. suff. caiSfn Ez. 
 21,24. 
 
 I. to cause to remember, to bring to re- 
 membrance, to keep in remembrance. 
 Construed : ) With an ace. of thin,^ 
 2 Sam. 18, 18. So freq. ',1? "'"S^l^ to 
 bring to remembrance iniquity, 1 K. 17, 
 18. Ez. 21, 24. 28. 29, 16. Num. 5, 15 
 (fS r\"!3Ta "|ii3T rnjo cm offering ofme^ 
 niorial, bringing iniquity lo remem- 
 brance sc. with God. /5) With an ace. 
 of object and bx of pent. Gen. 40, 14 
 Mi'"iB"bx "irniSTH bring me to remem- 
 brance to Pharaoh. 7) With an ace. oi' 
 pera. Is. 43, 26 '^n'^STn put me in remem- 
 brance sc. of thy virtues- and merits. 
 Hi) Absol. *i''3tnb to bring to remem- 
 brance sc. oneself with God, in the inscr. 
 Ps, 38, 1. 70, 1 ; comp. 38, 23. 70, 2. 6.- 
 Spec. a) memori( prodert, i. e. <o 
 
"I5T 
 
 279 
 
 ^.' 
 
 record to register ; Part. "i'^S^t? asf3iibst. 
 a recorder, register, i. q. historiographer, 
 the king's annalist, whose duty it was to 
 record the deeds of the king and the 
 events of his reign, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24. 
 
 1 K. 4, 3. 2 K. 18, 18. 37. 1 Chr. 18, 15. 
 
 2 Chr. 34, 8. Is. 36, 3. 22. The same 
 office is mentioned as existing in the 
 Persian court, both ancient and modern, 
 where it ia called Wakd' Nuwuih ; Hdot. 
 6. 100. ib. 7. 90. ib. 8. 100. Chardin Voy- 
 age en Perse T. III. p. 327 ; T. V. p. 258. 
 ed. LangUs. So too in the time of the 
 Roman emperors Arcadius and Hono- 
 rius, under the name o^ magister memo- 
 ricE. b) In the ritual language, to offer 
 as a memorial sacrifice, Hhstx q. v. Is. 
 66, 3 nshb t^st^ he that bunieth incetise 
 80. as a memorial sacrifice. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to mention, to make 
 mention of; with ace. of thing, 1 Sam. 
 4, 18. Ex. 23, 13. Is. 49, 1. With bit 
 of pers. added, la. 19, 17 ; ^ of pers. Ps. 
 87, 4 "?n^b baai ann -i-'Stx /will make 
 mention of Egypt and Babylon to them 
 that know me ; and without an accus. of 
 thing, Jer. 4, 16 D'^'is^ I'^'^ST'l make ye 
 mention to the nations sc. of this, an- 
 nounce this to the nations. Spec, to 
 mention with praise, to praise, to cele- 
 brate ; with an ace. 1 Chr. 16. 4. Ps. 71, 
 16. Is. 63, 7. nin-i od n^sm Ex. 20, 24. 
 Is. 26, 13. ^1 Ot^'a 'n Josh. 23. 7. Ps. 20, 8. 
 45, 18. Is. 48, 1. 63, 7. nin^b 'n 1 Chr. 28, 
 4 ; with "'S Is. 12, 4. Once, to cause to 
 praise, to let be praised. Ex. 20, 21 [24]. 
 
 3. i. q. Kal no. 1. to remember, to call 
 to mind sc. with oneself^ Gen. 41, 9. 
 
 Deriv. the five here following, and 
 
 ^^t tn. a male ; spoken of men, Gen. 
 1, 26. 5, 2. 17, in sq. 34, 15 sq. Also of 
 animals, Gen. 7, 3. 9. 16. Ex. 12, 8. Plur. 
 fii'naT Ezra 8, 4 sq. Compr. nst Niph. 
 
 no. 3, also iirj . Arab. -5 <^, Syr. ]|.s?, 
 id. The Arabic word also denotes pr. 
 the membrum virile. For the etymo- 
 logy, see r. 12T init. 
 
 13T m. and ">3T Ex. 17, 14. Is. 26, 14. 
 Prov. 10, 7, (where however other Mss. 
 have Tsere, comp. J. H. Michaelis Nott 
 crit.) c. suff. '-laT . R. -=T. 
 
 1. remembrance, meinory, Arab. y^t> 
 
 Ex. 17, 14 / will xdtcrly put old the re- 
 membrance of Amalek. Deut. 25, 19. 
 32, 26. Ps. 9, 7. 34, 17. 109, 15. al. 
 
 2. memorial, i. e. name, by which one 
 is brought to remembrance, mentioned, 
 i. q. o-a. Ex. 3, 15 nti nbisb i^ais-m 
 "in n"i3 ''-i^l this is my name for ever, 
 and this my memorial (name) to all 
 generations. Ps. 30, 5 ian|3 "lajb siTin 
 praise his holy name. 135, 13. Hos. 
 12,6. 
 
 3. praise, laud, Ps. 6, 6. 102, 13. Arab. 
 
 8>. 
 
 \5^ laud. 
 
 4. Zecher pr. n. of a man 1 Chr. 8, 31 ; 
 called also H'^idt 9, 37. 
 
 T 1 -I ' 
 
 pnST m. (r. "!2t) constr. '|il3t, plur. 
 ciJi-ST and ni:ii2T. 
 
 1. remembrance, memorial, Ecc. 1, 11. 
 2, 16. b "iiSTb n^rt to be for a memorial 
 to any one, so that his memory shall not 
 perish, Ex. 12, 14. Josh. 4, 7. So ^sax 
 "jiist stones of remembrance, memorial 
 stones, i. e. the two engraved stones 
 upon the shoulder-braces of the high- 
 priest's ephod, Ex. 28, 12. 39, 7. v^ryyq 
 '|i"i3'! a memorial sacrifice Num. 5, 15. 
 '(i"i3T CViJ to set up a memorial, sc. of 
 oneself by procreating children. Is. 57, 8. 
 
 2. a memento, record, Gr. vjtofivTjfia, 
 Fr. memoire. Ex. 17, 14 "liiST nXT aha 
 1BB3 v^Hle this as a memento in the 
 book. *,i"'3" "^S"? Mai. 3. 16, and Plur. 
 n->i-i2.tn 1E0 Esth. 6, 1, book of records, 
 annals, register or journal, comp. 'I'^a'n . 
 Also of a memorial sign, Ex. 13, 9. 
 
 3. i. q. b w"3 , a memorable saying, 
 ujTocp&f/fiix, Job 13, 12. 
 
 4. a day of memorial, a celebration, 
 festival, Lev. 23, 24. Comp. the verb 
 in Esth. 9, 28. Ex. 20, 8. 
 
 "^"121 (remembered, renowned, comp. 
 
 5 5.. 
 
 _5 j renown) Zichri, pr. n. of several 
 
 persons, Ex. 6, 21. 1 Chr. 8, 19. 23. 9, 15 
 (in 25. 2. 10 -.?,3t). 2 Chr. 23, 1. Neh. 
 11, 9. al. 
 
 ^"l^T and ^^^'!^?| (whom Jehovah 
 remembers, r. "isi) pr. n. Zechariah, Gr. 
 Ztt/itQiiiii;. 
 
 a) A king of Israel, son of Jeroboam 
 II. put to death by Shallum after a reign 
 of six months, B. C. 773. 2 K. 14, 29. 
 15, 8-11. 
 
i<bi 
 
 280 
 
 TV21 
 
 b) A prophet who flourished afler the 
 exile, whose writings are preserved in 
 the sacred canon, son of Berecliiah and 
 grandson of the prophet Iddo, see in '(3 
 no. 2. Zech. 1, 1. 7. Ezra 5, 1. 6, 14. 
 
 c) A son of Jeberechiah, contempo- 
 rary with Isaiah, prob. also a prophet, 
 Is. 8, 2 ; comp. v. 16. 
 
 d) A prophet, son of Jehoida the priest, 
 slain in the court of the temple during 
 the reign of Joa.sh, 2 Chr. 24, 20 sq. 
 
 e) A prophet at Jerusalem in the reign 
 of Uzziah, 2 Chr. 26. 5. Also of several 
 other persons ; see in "i3t no. 4. 
 
 * KbT obsol. root, perh. i. q. fnb'n, |f, 
 to draw sc. water. Hence pr. n. nx'^bT'i . 
 
 -*2J obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 
 ^J(> to draiD up, kindr. ribn . Hence 
 
 ^)i]'^, ^iVil, fork. 
 
 tVO'J f. ana^ Xfyofi. pr. a shaking, 
 trembling, earthquake, see r. bbl Niph. 
 Hence a storm, tempest; Ps. 12. 9 the 
 wicked walk on every side, ''sab r-l^iT ons 
 CiX like the rising of a tempest upon the 
 sons of men. [Others better, ahjectness, 
 vileness, see r. b^T no. 3. R. 
 
 '??T m. (r. VsT Niph.) only in plur. 
 ^"^^!^1 J shoots, twigs of a vine, so called 
 from their waving and tremulous mo- 
 tion, Is. 18, 5. Comp. ni^p^D, Q-^IDIB, 
 
 ^2J to shake, kindr. with b^'n and 
 the roots there compared. 
 
 1. to shake, to make tremble or quake, 
 see Niph. 
 
 2. to shake out, to pour aid, trop. to 
 squander, spoken of property, reputation, 
 etc. Part. bVit a squanderer, prodigal, 
 Prov. 23, 21. 28, 7. Deut. 21, 20. Prov. 23, 
 20 *b3 "'bbiT srpianderers of their own 
 body, voluptuaries, debauchees. Comp. 
 b^it . And as one shakes out and casts 
 away only worthless things, hence 
 
 3. Intrans. to be abject, rile, despised, 
 
 Jer. 15,19. Lam. 1,11. Arab. J j id. J^ 
 vileness. abjectness of mind. Syr. '^] to 
 be vile. Comp. Hiph. 
 
 Niph. Vt3 , to be shaken, to tremble, to 
 quake. Is. 64, 2 ^Vt5 D-^nn ""'SBiq at thy 
 pretence the mountains quaked. So also 
 
 Judg. 5. 5 ibts fi'^'iii the mountains quak- 
 ed, the form ibfj being for i^T3, Lehrg, 
 103. n. 15. Sept. well iaaXtv&r,a(xv, 
 (the root b^T corresponding in etymology 
 also with (jixkog, aalfv<a,^ and the same is 
 expressed by Chald. and Arabs Polygl. 
 
 Arab. Jwj to shake the earth, u'yK 
 earthquake. Seen"'^tbT. 
 
 Hiph. b''?rt, with Chaldee flexion, 
 causat. of Kal no. 3, to lightly esteem, to 
 despise, Lam. 1, 8. 
 
 ^iclf J quadrilit. not used, i. q. t]?T to 
 be hot, to glow, the letter b being insert- 
 ed, comp. Lehrg. p. 864. Hence 
 
 nsybr and "S^^T, plur. rri- Ps. 11, 
 6. Lam. 5, 10, violent heat, glow, espec. 
 of a wind Ps. 11, 6, prob. the wind called 
 -T| I M es-Simiim, i.e. the poisonous. 
 
 Also of a famine. Lam. 5, 10 ; comp. Ez. 
 5, 2 and v. 12. 16. 17 ; also Xi^og ucdoi^ 
 Hes. Op. 361. ignea fames Q,uinctil. 
 Declam. 12. Arab, c ^s-t jLj fire of 
 famine, Hariri Consess. Of^anger, Ps. 
 119, 53. 
 
 Vi^J obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to drop^ 
 to trickle, i. q. r]b'n . Hence 
 
 ^^t^ (a dropping) Zilpah, pr. n. of 
 Leah's maid, Gen. 29, 24. 30, 9. 
 
 T52T f- (r. Bbt) 1. purpose, counsel, 
 plan, sc. for evil, Prov. 21, 27. 24, 8 ; 
 rarely for good, Job 17, 11. 
 
 2. mischief wickedness, crime, Ps. 26, 
 10. 119. 150. Spec, of crimes arising 
 from unchastity, as rape, incest ; Lev. 
 18, 17 !!<"^fi na* this is wickedness. Job 
 31, 11. Ez. 16' 27. 22,9.11. 
 
 3. Zimmah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 5. 27. 
 2 Chr. 29, 12. 
 
 ^^? f (r. OCT) purpose, thought, i. q. 
 rtBT , nrTTs ; Plur. c. suff". 'PbT for 'nirit 
 Heb. Gr! \ 89. 3. n. Ps. 17, 3 "bi ^rS3T 
 ''B~"3r';! my mouth doth not pass over 
 (go beyond) my tfw?rghts, i. e. my 
 language and thoughts are the same. 
 Or: my thoughts tra7tsgre.<ts not my com- 
 mand, i. e. do rot swerve I'rom the laws 
 of God and of virtue which I have im- 
 posed on myself; see Thcsaur. p. 1087 
 fin. [Others take "riarr as infin. of cist 
 c. suff". my thinking, thought, which 
 gives the same gcncnd sense. R 
 
r^T 
 
 281 
 
 Tat 
 
 nniTST f. (r. net I) Plur. D-'- Nnh. 
 2,3. 
 
 1. a vine-shoot, twiv;., so called from 
 being pruned, Num. 13, 23. Is. 17, 10. 
 
 2. Genr. a twig, shoot, branch ; Ez. 
 15, 2. 8, 17 and In. they put the branch to 
 (heir nose; in allusion to the custom of 
 the Persians (Parsees). wiio adore tlie 
 rising sun liolding in their lell hand a 
 bundle of twigs called IJarsoin ; see 
 Stmbo XV. p. 733 Causub. t? d' t.iw- 
 ditg noioiiviai tioXvv x{>ovov ^n^iSittv fiv^i- 
 ttivay XiTixoiv divfirfV xure/oviig. Comp. 
 Hyde de Rel. vett. Persarum p. 350. 
 Zendavesta ed. Anquetil du Perron, II. 
 532. 
 
 ^lrl quadril. obsol. i. q. Arab. 
 
 'wO\ onomatop. like Germ, summen, 
 i. e. to hum. to murmur, to make a noise; 
 
 whence Xjoyox noisy multitude. Hence 
 
 C^^iaT m. plur. (noisy people) Zam- 
 zummim. pr. n. of a race of giants dwell- 
 ing anciently in the territory of the Am- 
 monites, but extinct before the time of 
 Moses, Deut. 2, 20. Comp. cnt . 
 
 1"''QT m. (r. -vy\ I. after the form i-^aa, 
 tjinn , Lehrg. 120. no. 5.) pruning-time 
 8c. for vines. Cant. 2, 12 ; Sept. well xi^o? 
 trig lOfitig, Symm. x, Tijg xlndsiafwg, Vulg. 
 tempus ptUationui. Others, time of the 
 singing of birds, but contrary to the 
 usage of the verb it:t and to the analogy 
 ofnounsof the form ^^'^^. 
 
 "l''^T m. Is. 25, 5. (r. n^T II ) plur. 
 r^^-\'':z^ , a song, Ps. 119, 54. 2'Sam. 23^ 1. 
 Spec, song of praise, hymn, Is. 24, 16. 
 Job 35, 10 wJw giveth songs in the night, 
 i. e. joy, rejoicing in misfortune. Also 
 song of triumph, Is. 25, 5. 
 
 ^7"'^T (song. fern, of preced.) Zemi- 
 Toh, pr. n. of a man, 1 Chr. 7, 8. 
 
 ^rj prgpt. Ti^^T and "'ri^ST ; fut. 
 DP. plur. Ji-in for ^an . see Heb. Gram. 
 66. n. 11. Lehrg. p. 372; to meditate, 
 
 to have m mind, to purpose ; Arnb. *.**< 
 id. I.t seems to come from the idea of 
 murmuring or muttering, i. e. the low 
 voice of persons talking to themselves 
 or meditating ; comp. Ct^T to murmur, 
 also a?!, n^n, nsn no. 1, 2, 3. With 
 
 24* 
 
 accus. Prov. 31, 16 i'"in;3ri^ JTib mart she 
 m-editateth upon afield (purposes to buy 
 it) and acquirelh it. With inf c. b Gen. 
 11,6; absol.Jer. 51,12. Lam. 2, 17. For 
 ^nai Ps. 17, 3, see art. nsT .Spec, in a 
 bad sense, to meditate evil Prov. 30, 32 ; 
 c. inf. et If Ps. 31, 14. With i of pers. to 
 plot against Ps. 37, 12. 
 
 Deriv. nrt, nai, pisto, and 
 
 Q'OT m. a purpose, plan, device, sc. 
 for evil, Ps. 140, 9. 
 
 \ rj not used in Kal, to determine, 
 to fix, to appoint ; kindr. with OTOT . 
 Chuld. and Syr. Pa. id. 
 
 PuAL plur. part. Q'^saT^ cns Ezra 10, 
 14. Neh. 10. 35. and niiaTt) s Neh. 13, 
 31, appointed times, stated times. 
 
 Deriv. '{Z\ . 
 
 'y^l Chald. Pa. to determine, to ap- 
 point, to prepare. 
 
 HiTHPA. "ia'^n conrenire inter se, to 
 agree together, pr. to appoint time and 
 place with each other, Dan. 2. 9 Keri; 
 comp. Am. 3, 3 Targ. The Chetliibh is 
 to be read "i^nsrm . and is Aphel ; which 
 is used also in Chaldee and Samaritan. 
 
 T'Sf m. (r. '(^t) plur. CJTST, time, spec. 
 
 an appointed time, season; Arab. i^wOj) 
 s I - . 5, ^ 
 
 ^Ue\, time. Syr. ^"j id. Ecc. 3, 1 
 
 'i^l '3^ to every thing a stated time, i. e. 
 every thing remains but for a time, all 
 things are frail and fleeting. Neh. 2, 6. 
 Esth. 9, 27. 31. A word of the later 
 age. instead of the earlier ns. 
 
 I^f and 'I'QT Chald. m. st. emphat. 
 XJ^T, plur. 'C}^\. 
 
 1. time, an appointed time, season, 
 Dan. 2, 16. x:^7 na at that time Dan. 
 3, 7. 8. 4, 33. "j^isT ",137 n? even to a sea- 
 son and time. 7, 12. Spoken of sacred 
 seasons, festivals, Dan. 7, 25. Comp. 
 nsiTS no. 3. ^ 
 
 2. Plur. times, Lat. vices, Dan. 6, 11 
 nnbn "fOrT three times. So Syr. s") , 
 
 G o 
 
 and Arab. oJ'i. time, plur. times, Lat 
 vices. 
 
 1- ' s; to prune a vme. Lev. 25, 3. 4. 
 Arab. ^ id. 
 
 NiPH. pfiss. Is. 5. 6. 
 
 Deriv. nvirt, nirt, iT^|. P'^BTa. 
 
n-jT 
 
 282 
 
 157 
 
 Al. '~j in Kal not used; but fre- 
 quent in 
 
 PiEL to touch or strike the chords of 
 an instrument, to play. Gr. ipi'dXtiv ; and 
 hence ?o sing, to chant, as accompany- 
 ing an instrument. Chald. Syr. id. Eth. 
 H^^ to sing, c. n to strike an instru- 
 ment. Arab. yX\ I. II. to sing to the 
 pipe. With dat. of pers. to or in honour 
 of whom, i. q. to celebrate, Judg. 5. 3. Ps. 
 9. 12. 30, 5. 47, 7. 66, 4. al. With bx 
 Ps. 59, IS ; accus. 30, 13. 57, 10. 66, 2. 
 68, 5. Sometimes with 3 of instrum. 
 Ps. 33, 2. 98. 5. 145, 3. 
 
 Deriv. "f'^T , "iTOTt:, and tlie seven 
 here following. 
 
 Note. The origin of this root, no. II, 
 seems to lie in the hum, murmur, clang 
 of chords, of the harp, etc. which is else- 
 where expressed by the verb T^'C'n , and 
 also by various kindred verbs, as referred 
 to the humming or buzzing of bees and 
 flies, to the murmur of water, the noise 
 of a multitude, and other like sounds; of 
 which the iollowing comprises a large 
 family : a) Drj and CTrT to hum, to mur- 
 ;mur, Germ, summen, swnsen, whence 
 also the first means to meditate ; 337 id. 
 spoken of the buzzing of flies, whence 
 3!13| a fly ; also with an aspirate in place 
 
 of the sibilant, drn in Arab. ^ ^^^ to 
 hum, Germ, hummen (whence Hummel 
 humble-bee), ti'cr} to clang as a harp, 
 to clamour as a multitude, b) "irT to 
 clang as a harp ; Chald. STiizT , Arab. 
 
 9 >o> 
 
 ^Aj^ , Heb. n^'13'n , a bee, so called from 
 
 its humming, buzzing ; ">'n to speak 
 (com p. nsn no. 1, 2, also CNS comp. cnj, 
 C^n,nrri); -iSp and "i3',a'to meditate 
 (comp. in err); "iig'^ and "irn i.q. -jn to 
 give forth a tremulous vibrating sound, 
 as a rod or branch ; and with an aspirate 
 in place of the Vibilant or dental, i^i^, 
 ^.^, to murmur as water; and also 
 without much doubt, *nT:s< to speak, which 
 then is of like origin with "la^. jc) 
 With mid. radical n for m, "i35t to make 
 a noise as the rushing of Hilling water, 
 conrip. Germ, schnarren, RchnuiTcn ; "i:b 
 to clang, to clatter, as'armR ; 133 to give 
 a quavering sound, Germ, kvarren, 
 whence "iil harp. See Hupfeld in 
 
 Zeitschr. f. d. Kunde des Morgenl. III. 
 p. 394 sq. Thesaur. App. h. v. 
 
 "TJ?! Chald. m. mrisic of instruments, 
 Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15. 
 
 "TST Chald. m. a singer; Ezra 7, 24. 
 
 ^"^1 m. once Deut. 14, 5, an animal 
 of the deer or gazelle species, so called 
 from its leaping and springing; as ",iai"^_ 
 from ail'n i. q. f''^ . Arab. yje\ saliit ca- 
 
 prea. The idea of leaping (i. e. danc- 
 ing) is connected with that of singing; 
 comp. -i^T II. 
 
 ^'O'l f. (r. I5;t II) song, music, e.g. 
 of the voice Ps. 81. 3. 98, 5 ; of instru- 
 ments, Am. 5, 23. 2 Sam. 23, 1. Meton. 
 Tl^rj ^^'t! '^*6 song of the land. i. e. ita 
 best and most celebrated fruits, Gen. 43, 
 11. Comp. Gr. uoidi^og sung, celebrated 
 in song, i. e. renowned. 
 
 ^"y^l m. (sung, celebrated in song, uol- 
 difiog) Zimri, pr. n. a) A king of Israel 
 who slew and succeeded Elah. B. C. 930. 
 1 K. 16, 9. 10. 2 K. 9, 31. Gr. Zit^(i^L 
 b) A phylarch or chief of the tribe of 
 Simeon, Num. 25, 14. c) 1 Chr. 2, 6; 
 inJosh.7, 1 ^^3T. d) 1 Chr. 8, 36. 9,42. 
 e) Apparently also as patronym. from 
 "(1^1 for "^?iOT Zimranite, Jer. 25, 25. 
 
 I'^'^T (id.) Zimran, pr. n. of a son of 
 Abraham by Keturah. and of an Arabian 
 tribe descended from him ; Gen. 25, 2. 
 1 Chr. 1. 32. We may compare perhaps 
 Zabram, a city with a king, according 
 to Ptolemy, situated between Mecca and 
 Medina. See also ''It;'; lett. e. 
 
 T\yi1 f. (r. irt II) i.q. nnrt, song, 
 meton. for the object of song or of praise. 
 Ex. 15, 2 R^ rirTl ''W Jehovah is my 
 glory and song. Ps. 118, 14. Is. 12, 2. 
 
 IT m. plur. C^it ,form, sort, kind, man- 
 ner ; for the etymology see imder r. "Jt . 
 Ps. 144. 13 -T-bx 'fTCifrom sort to sort, of 
 every sort. 2 Chr. 16, 14. Chald. Syr. id. 
 
 IT Chald. id. Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15. 
 
 J subst. m. plur. PISJI, constr. 
 
 ni'ast, tail of an animal, Arab. ,^(>, 
 
 JUJ3, Syr. lliJo? id. The verb v_>j6 
 to follow after, is secondary. Ex. 4, 4. 
 Judg. 15, 4. Job 40, 17. Metaph. end, 
 ttump; D-inisn rissj 'Vi these two tails, 
 
n3T 
 
 stumps, of Jirebramls, Is. 7, 4. Put iilso 
 for something suuill. mean, contemptible, 
 mostly in opp. to ttSxn . Dcut. 28, 13 Jeho- 
 vah, will make tlue the head, and not 
 the tail. V. 44. Is. 9, 13. 19, 15. In the 
 eamn se isn the Arabs put in antithesis 
 \.^3a oijt nose and tail ; see Comment, 
 on Is. 9, 13. Hence the denom. verb 
 
 Pi EL 3?T pr. to hurt or cut off the tail ; 
 hence trop. to smite the rear of an army, 
 to cut of the rear-giiard (Arab. v>j3 > 
 comp. Gr. oi-^o. ovgityia), Deut. 25, 18. 
 Josh. 10, 19. Denominative verbs de- 
 rived from nouns signilying members 
 of the body, often have in the Semitic 
 tongues tlii.3 sense of injuring or cutting 
 off those members ; see Lehrg. p. 257. 
 Ewald's Heb. Gram. p. 200. 
 
 * "PJ fut. n:T"i, apoc. "iT^i 1. to conv- 
 mit fornication, to play tfie whore or fiar- 
 lot. Arab. ^\ coivit, scortatusest, Syr. 
 
 il\ id. Eth. \\^(S>, although Nun is 
 
 retained in rli^ semen coitus. Pr. 
 and chiefly spoken of a female, whether 
 married (where it may be rendered to 
 commit adultery) or unmarried, Gen. 
 38, 24. Lev. 19, 29. Hos. 3, 3. Constr. 
 with ace. of the male paramour, Jer. 3, 1. 
 Ez. 16, 28. Is. 23, 17 unless here rs is 
 with; also 3 with Ez. 16, 17; bx Ex. 
 16, 26. 28 ; very often with ''nn>t , pr. to 
 go a whfiring after any one, to run after a 
 paramour, Ez. 16, 34. Lev. 17,7. 20, 5. 6. 
 Deut. 31, 16. al. On the other hand, the 
 husband from whom a woman departs 
 in playing the where, against whom 
 she commits this crime, is put with "i^ 
 Ps. 73, 27, -^"inxT: Hos. 1, 2, rnnia 4, 12 
 and nnn Ez. 23. 5 (comp. Num. 5, 19. 
 29), by^ Hos. 9, 1 and bs Judg. 19, 2 
 where however the reading is doubtful. 
 Ez. 16, 15 bs i. e. with a husband, 
 having a husband, in spite of him. 
 Part. fcm. njiT a whare, harlot, Gen. 38, 
 15. Deut. 23. 19. al. more fully njiT nirx 
 Lev. 21, 7. Josh. 2, 1. Judg. 1 1, L Pliir. 
 niST Hos. 4. 14. 1 K. 3, 16 ; also 1 K. 22, 
 38 where Sept. al nogrni. Nor is there 
 any ground to render Mjit in Josh. !. c. 
 hostess, one who keeps a public house, as 
 if from 'IT to nourish. Rarely this verb 
 is applied to men, e. g. with bx Num. 
 
 283 ^3T 
 
 25, 1 ; comp. Arab. ,.t 
 
 monger. * 
 
 2. Trop. and often spoken: a) Of idol- 
 atry, to go a whoring, i. q. to commit idol- 
 atry; the relation existing between God 
 and the Israelitish people being every 
 where shadowed forth by the prophet* 
 under the emblem of the conjugal union, 
 see Hos. c. 1. 2. Ez. c. 16. 23 ; so that 
 the people in worshipping other gods are 
 compared to a harlot and adulteress. For 
 the prepositions with which it is constru- 
 ed, see above in no. 1. A very frequent 
 formula is D-'ins Q'^lbx "''Dnj? ^f] to go 
 a whoring after Oliver gods Lev. 17, 7. 
 20, 5. 6. Deut. 31, 16. Judg. 2, 17; also 
 vnbx nnnB njT to go a whoring from 
 their god, see in no. 1. Further, njT 
 D^ian "^"inx to go a whoring after i. e. in 
 the manner of the heathen Ez. 23, 30. 
 
 b) Of superstitions connected with idol- 
 atry, niaxn "'^nx n:'i to go a wlwring 
 after wizards, necromancers. Lev. 20, 6. 
 
 c) Of the intercourse and commerce of 
 heathen nations among themselves, e. g. 
 of Tyre, Is. 23, 17 and commits fornica- 
 tion with all the kingdoms of the tcorld. 
 Comp. Nah. 3, 4, and "jriX . 
 
 PuAL nS^T pass Ez. 16, 34, 
 
 HiPH. njTn , fut. apoc. ,T^T 2 Chr. 21, 11. 
 
 1. to seduce, to fornication, to whore- 
 dom, Ex. 34, 16 ; to cause to commit for- 
 nication, to let be a whore, Lev. 19, 29. 
 
 2. Intrans. i. q. Kal to commit forni- 
 cation, Hos. 4, 10. 18. 5, 3. 
 
 Deriv. C-^SW , rV.I, WJm. 
 
 'I'IST (perh. marsh, bog, comp. r. nsj 
 Hiph.) Zanoah, pr. n. of two places in 
 the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 34. 56. Neh. 
 3, 13. 11,30. 1 Chr. 4, 18. 
 
 Ci^ST m. plur. abstr. from r. ii3t , with 
 formative Nun added, as ""^s;? from i^S;5, 
 'ijnx from nsn , Lehrgb. p. 508. 
 
 1. whoredoms, fornicution, Gen. 38, 24. 
 Hos. 1, 2 c:^:: inbi/i n-':!i5T nrx a wife 
 of wlwredoms and children of whore- 
 doms, i. e. a wife who is a whore and 
 bastard children. 2, 6. 4, 12. 5, 4. 2, 4 
 n''53'3 <i"'?^3T lori'i and let her put away 
 her whoredoms from her countenance, i. e. 
 lay off her wanton countenance, 'vultura 
 protervum ' Hor. Carm. 1. 19. 7,8. Comp. 
 Ez. 6, 9. 
 
 2. Trop. spoken : a) Of idolatry, 2 K. 
 
1ST 
 
 284 
 
 nsi 
 
 9, 22. b) Of the intercourse and com- 
 merce of heathen nations, Nah. 3, 4; 
 comp. the verb in Is. 23, 17. 
 
 ln'5T f (r. riij) plur. B"'n| , whore- 
 dom, fornicatio)i, only troTp. a) Of idol- 
 atry, Jer. 3, 2. 9. Ez. 23, 27. 43, 7. 9. 
 Hos. 4, 11. b) Of any breach of fideUty 
 towards God, e. g. of a murmuring and 
 seditious people, Num. 14, 33. 
 
 * '^ij 1. to befoul, rancid, to stink. 
 Bee Hiph. Arab. i>o\ , ^^s-*-*** Kindr. 
 
 are "jna, cnj, /ajv foul water, turbid; 
 
 Gr. Totyyo^ and layyT] rancidity, xayyoq 
 rancid, Engl, tang ; also ff/x^o? loath- 
 some, aiy.xiv(a. Metaph. to be loath- 
 some, abominable. Hos. 8, 5 Tj^?? n:T 
 ^i-iBili ^Ay ca//5 O Samaria, is an abomi- 
 nation. Hence 
 
 2. Trans, to loathe, to spit out, i. e. 
 to reject, to cast off, comp. cnj ; Hos. 
 8. 3 2ia ^x"^w"] n:| Israel hath rejected 
 good. Often of Jehovah as rejecting a 
 people, Ps. 43, 2 ""inniT ns^ u^Ay dost 
 thou cast me off? 44,' 10. 24. 60," 3. 12. 
 74, 1. 77, 8. 89, 39. With 'i^: to thrust 
 away, to repidsefrom any thing. Lam. 3, 
 17 ""^"S? miiro nsm^ thou hast thrust me 
 Jar away from prosperity, hast destroyed 
 my welfare. 
 
 HiPH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, pr. to emit a 
 stench, to stink, Is. 19, 6 riinj iin-^rtxri 
 the rivers stink, i. e. fail, become shallow 
 and foul. Sept. Vulg. deficient flumina. 
 The form !in"'5'tNrt is scarcely Hebrew, 
 and seems to be made up of two read- 
 ings, in-^s^n and "n-'STX, the latter of 
 which imitates the Chaldee. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to reject, to cast off, 
 1 Chr. 28, 9; c. l^ 2 Chr. 11, 14. 
 Caueat. to cause to cast away, i. q. to 
 profane, 2 Chr. 29, 19. 
 
 Deriv. n*!:] pr. n. 
 
 I^J obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. ^^^ 
 (kindr. with Heb. *|5i^) to form, to shape; 
 
 Os, ^^ 
 
 whence kJLwu form, appearance, ,^^.KtM 
 rule, mode. Hence Heb. 't form, sort, 
 BpecicB. (the originof which has escaped 
 etymologists,) although afterwards, the 
 etymology being overlooked, it was in- 
 flected after the analogy of nouns from 
 verbs rfb . 
 
 * pjt in Kal not used. Syr. v-aJI to 
 throw, to shoot an arrow, spec, to a 
 great distance. Talmud, to spring, to 
 leap forth ; and so by transpos. Arab. 
 ^Xjj . The primary idea seems to be 
 that of binding; comp. Arab. laJs to 
 bind underneath, Syr. J-aJ] a cord with 
 which a load is bound. Spoken espec. 
 of animals, which draw their feet toge- 
 ther before a leap (comp. y^i^j r^) 
 pr. to contract the feet for a leap, to 
 throw oneself forward ; and so of an 
 arrow. Comp. C^JST . 
 
 PiEL to leap or spring forth with vio- 
 lence, of the lion Deut. 33, 22. Sept. 
 (KJirj8t]aiTai, and in other Mss. ixnr,drj- 
 oEi. Kimchi sbn. 
 
 Deriv. z'^p>\ for Oipri , rSp^l for nipt , 
 
 ">?! f. for nn*! (r. Til ! ^s ^"^ ^^^ 
 ?n;)' sweat, Gen. 3, 19 ; \. q. ytv Tal- 
 mud. nr'^T sweat, y'^'T^ to sweat ; Syr. 
 ]I^c9 sweat, whence a new verb ^> 
 to sweat. 
 
 *^)V1 f by transpos. for tiSIt (as 
 nibs for i^^i?) pr. a shaking, agitation, 
 i. e. ojyi)ression, ill treatment, in Cheth. 
 Deut. 28, 25. Ez. 23, 46 ; in Keri Jer. 
 15, 4. 24, 9. 29, 18. 34, 17. 
 
 "i!??! (unquiet, comp. t^;?!) Zaavan, 
 pr. n. m. Gen. 36, 27. 1 Chr! 1, 42. 
 
 n'^yr m. (r. 15T) a little, Job 36, 2 ; like 
 fitxQov. The form imitates the Chaldee. 
 
 T'?! Chald. little, small, i. q. Heb. 
 -i'ys,'Dan. 7. 8. R. -iST . 
 
 * "^^J i- q- TjS'^, to be extinguished, 
 extinct, once in 
 
 NiPH. id. Job 17, 1 ; where three Mes. 
 read 12^^^, as if from T)?^. 
 
 * D>J fut. cr]: Num. 23, 8, and D5T"; 
 Prov. 24, 21, i. q. Arab. ^\ Conj. V, to 
 foam at the mtnUK spoken of a camel ; 
 also, to speak in anger. Of the same 
 family is Germ. Schaum., schdumen, 
 Engl, to snim, to skim, Fr. ecume ; comp, 
 qn. Hence 
 
 i. to he very angry, to he indignant 
 towards any one ; often with the idea 
 of punishment, to pour out one's anger 
 upon any one, to punish with indigna- 
 
tion, c. ace. Mai. 1, 4. Zech. 1, 12 "^S 
 nnar; "\'i*x nnsin"; the cities of Judah 
 vpon ir/jjc/i thou hast jxmred out thy in- 
 dignation, etc. Is. 66, 14; b? Dan. 11, 
 30. Part, nin-' cajT Prov. 22, 14. 
 
 2. /o curse, c. ace. Num. 23, 7. 8. Prov. 
 24, 24. Mic. 6, 10. 
 
 NiPH. as if pass, of Hiph. to he pro- 
 voked to anger, to be angry. Prov. 25, 23 
 CTSytS 0*^30 an angry countenance, i. e. 
 morose, ill-natured; \\i\g.faciea tristis. 
 Gomp. C)5T no. 2. Hence 
 
 t3?T m. foam, as one angry foams at 
 the mouth. Is. 30, 27. Lam, 2, 6 ; then 
 trop. wralh, anger, Hos. 7, 16. Spoken 
 espec. of the indignation of God, as 
 manifested in punishment; so Is. 1. c. 
 Ez. 22, 21 D?T D-i-'a in the day o/" God's 
 indignation. Absol. cr^n Dan. 8, 19; 
 without art. Dan. 11, 36 D5T nbs ns until 
 the indignation (punishment) be accom- 
 plished. Is, 10, 25. 
 
 ^,tj fut. rT'i . 1. tobe angry, c. bs 
 Prov. 19, 3 ; C5 2 Chr. 26, 19. The pri- 
 mary idea lies either in breathing, blow- 
 ing. Sam. J V^ 'd- comp. Chald. XQ3T 
 a strong wind ; or else in burning, comp. 
 Syr. ..a:^] Ethpe. to be burned, and 
 quadril. r."bT ; or possibly in foaming, so 
 that r.~j is i. q. c?t . comp. isx CJT Lam. 
 2, 6 and' r,i< riST Is'. 30, 30. 
 
 2. to be mm-ose, gloomy, sad; the con- 
 nection of the significations lying in the 
 joam of mind; comp. in r. 2SS. Part. 
 C^ErT gloomy, sad. Gen. 40, 6, i. q. Win 
 in V. 7. Dan. 1, 10 of the countenance 
 as fallen away from long fasting, and 
 also sullen and sad. Theod. aptly axv- 
 &iib}7t6?, comp. Matth. 6, 16. 
 
 Deriv. the two following: 
 
 5l?T m. adj. angry, 1 K. 20, 43. 21, 4. 
 
 5|5T m. c. suff. iBST, anger, rage, 
 2 Chr. 16, 10. 28, 9. Trop. of the raging 
 sea Jon. 1, 15. 
 
 *P?I fut. prt-^, imp. pst, inf prt, 
 
 i- q- P"*-?. to cry out, to exclaim, espec. 
 
 in pain, by way of complaint and for 
 
 help. The form p?s belongs more to 
 
 the earlier books of the O. T. while prt 
 " . "^ ' 
 
 '-a^l , is the common form in Aramaean ; 
 
 the Arabic like the Heb. having both 
 
 forms, ^3*^ ^^^ (3^3' '^'"^ <J^^- 
 The person to whom one cries, whom 
 one implores, is put with bx Ps. 22, 6. 
 142, 6. Hos. 7, 14; b 1 Chr. 5, 20 ; in 
 ace. Judg. 12, 2. Nch.'g, 28. The thing 
 or cause of complauit \s put after bs Jer 
 30, 15 ; b Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 31 ; ^3BiT3 
 1 Sam. 8, 18 ; also in ace. as Hab. 1, 2, 
 where both constructions are joined : 
 brn T^ibx psTK (how long) shall I cry 
 out ttnto thee because of violence ? comp. 
 Job 19, 7. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Hiph. no. 3, to be call- 
 ed together, convoked, Judg. 18, 22. 23. 
 Hence to come together, to assemble, 1 
 Sam. 14, 20. Judg. 6, 34. 35. 
 
 Hiph. 1. i. q. Kal to cry out, pr. to 
 make an outcry. Job 35, 9 ; to proclaim, 
 to make proclamation, absol. Jon. 3, 7. 
 
 2. to cry unto any one, to call upon, to 
 invoke, c. ace. Zech. 6, 8. Hence, as 
 referring to many, 
 
 3. to call together, to convoke, 2 Sam. 
 20, 4. 5. Judg. 4, 10. 13. 
 
 Deriv. p5T , nprt . 
 
 P?T Chald. to cry out, Dan. 6, 21. 
 
 p^l m. outcry, cry, Is. 30, 19. More 
 frequent is 
 
 ^^^T f. outcry, cry, espec. from pain 
 and sorrow, or as imploring help. Is. 15, 
 10. 65, 19. Neh. 5, 6. 9, 9. Jer. 18, 22. 20, 
 16. 50, 46. R. p5t . 
 
 * "iJT obsol. root, Aram, j^^"} , "iTt , to 
 be small, i. q. Heb. "i5S . Comp. in pTt . 
 Hence i-irT , nrT^ . ' 
 
 'ij obsol. root, Arab, ^b to emit 
 sweet odours, to he fragrant, e. g. a gar- 
 den. Hence 
 
 1'^'^ST (sweet odour) Ziphron, pr. n. of 
 a city in the north of Palestine, once 
 Num. 34, 9. 
 
 f^BJ f. (r. ti^l) pitch, Ex. 2, 3. Is. 34, 9. 
 
 Go ," - 
 
 Arab. v,:>i\ , Aram. ]2^} > snB'i , but also 
 wSBt . - 
 
 ^p.1 m. plur. for CpST , from a lost 
 sing. PI for p3T , r. p3T . 
 
 1. bonds, fetters, chains, with which 
 captives are bound ; see the root in its 
 primary sense. Ps. 149. 8. Is. 45, 14. 
 Nah. 3, 10. Job 36, 8. Chald. "p;3T id. 
 Comp. cp'X . 
 
]p^ 
 
 286 
 
 ait 
 
 2. burning arrows, fery darts, fitted 
 with combustibles ; Prov. 26, 18. Comp. 
 
 rilp'^T . Arab. i^S the sharp point of 
 an arrow. 
 
 jl^J subst. comm. gend. Is. 15, 2. 
 2 Sam. 10, 5, the bearded chin Lev. 13, 
 29. 30. Meton. the beard Lev. 19, 27. 
 
 s -r 
 
 2 Sam. 20, 9. Arab, ^^b the chin ; 
 
 p^) beard, chin. Hence the verb 
 
 Ipy denom. lut. 'nt"^ to be or become 
 old, to grow old, to be aged ; pr. to have 
 the chin hanging down, from ^J^t , hke 
 
 ^^ an old man with a hanging chin, 
 
 decrepit ; whence perhaps may come 
 the Lat. senex, seneclus, which some 
 absurdly suppose to be for seminex. But 
 IJ^T is spoken not only of decrepit, but 
 also of vigorous old age. Gen. 18, 12. 13. 
 
 19, 31. 24, 1. 27, 1. 1 Sam. 2, 22. al. 
 For the difference between this word 
 and the synon. "j'i|J , ^iu , D'^C^ , see those 
 articles. 
 
 HiPH. intrans. to grow old, to be old, 
 Prov. 22, 6 ; qs. to contract old age, 
 comp. P"'!t!'^'. in Heb. Gram. 52. 2. n. 
 Also of plants, Job 14, 8 ; as Pliny, 
 * senescunt arbores.' 
 
 ^T m. (r. 'tpt) constr. ',15'r Gen. 24, 2, 
 plur. C^SirT , "ilpl , old, aged, an old man; 
 as adj. joined with a subst. 'pjn ttJ''Xn 
 Judg. J 9, 17; -.pj =X Gen. 44, 20; and 
 also separately as subst. Gen. 19, 4. Is. 
 
 20, 4. al. ssep. With '(O older than some 
 one, Job 32. 4 C^s^b !1352td nrn-c'Jpi "'D 
 for they were elder than lie. ^X'^il?'^ "'jpT , 
 O^'^S'O 't, ^""syy 't, elders of Israel, of 
 Egypt, of the city, i. e. proceres, senators, 
 the chief men, magistrates, the notion of 
 age being neglected, Ex. 3, 16. 4, 29. 
 Deut. 19, 12. 21, 3. 4. 6. 22, 15. 17. 18. 
 
 o - 
 
 Pfl. 105, 22. In like manner Arab. A.a^ 
 
 Sheikh, an old man. and then, ' chief of 
 a tribe ; also Iial. Signcrr. Fr. Seigneur, 
 Span. Smor, Engl. Sir. all which come 
 from the Lat. Senior elder ; also Germ. 
 Graf, Count, is pr. i. q. graw, krawo. 
 gray-headed. Metaph. of an old and 
 decrepit people, Is. 47, 0. Plur. fern. 
 ris;?] old women Zech. 8, 4. 
 
 fi^T m. (r. )'^l) old age, Gen. 48, 10. 
 
 '^r)?T f. (r- "ik-D old age, Gen. 24, 36. 
 Ps. 71, 9. 18. Metaph. of a people Is. 
 46, 4, comp. 47, 6. 
 
 D'^SpT m. plur. (r. "(PT) old age, Gen. 
 21, 2. 7. 44, 20. D'':;5't-l3 son of old age, 
 i. e. born in one's old age. Gen. 37, 3. 
 On this form of denominatives, see 
 Lehrg. 122. 13. 
 
 V;|>^ to raise up, e. g. those bowed 
 down, trop. to comfort, Ps. 145, 14. 146, 8. 
 Syr. v-s-c"! ^'^* 
 
 ^j?T Chald. to raise up, to hang up, 
 e. g. a criminal upon a stake or cross, 
 Ezra 6, 11. Syr. ^.a^] to crucify. 
 
 * P2J 1. i. q. ppb, to strain, to fil- 
 ter, to fine, e. g. wine, see Pual ; comp. 
 
 Arab, ^iv wine newly strained. Trop. 
 of metals, to refine. Job 28, 1. In this 
 signif corresponding words are Gr. atix- 
 Koq, adxog sackcloth, strainer, aa-xxt'ai, 
 auxxfiu), aaxxi'Qb), Lat. saccus. saccare, 
 Heb. pb ; and of the same family are 
 Germ, seihen, seigen, seigern, a form ap- 
 propriate to metals ; stronger sickern. 
 
 2. to make fiow, i. e. to pour, to pour 
 Old, genr. as Fr. couler from Lat. colare, 
 Job 36, 27. 
 
 Pi EL p;5t, to refine, to purify metals, 
 Mai. 3, 3. 
 
 Pdal. to be strained, fined, e. g. wine 
 Is. 25. 6 ; to be refined, as metals 1 Chr. 
 28, 18. 29, 4. Ps. 12, l'. 
 
 ^1 a stranger, enemy, see r. '"!', II. 2. 
 
 ^T rn. (r. ^"y^ \) a border, in-eath, 
 croxcn, around a table, the ark of the 
 covenant, etc. Ex. 25, 11. 24. 25. 37, 2. 
 11. 26. Syr. Ij-.] necklace, collar. 
 
 ii'^T f for nnt (r. "iST II. 3) loaOtsome- 
 ness, once Num. 11, 20; Vulg. nausea. 
 
 * -!^J in Kal not used ; Chald. Ithpe. 
 to pour out. to fiow off or away ; whence 
 ria^l gutter, and by transpos. -I'^'O, 
 Arab. v_}j^, channel. Once in 
 
 Pual, .spoken of streams, torrents, full 
 in winter, but drying up and failing in 
 summer; Job 6, 17 nniss? !i2-;.r P?l 
 what time they fiow of, they fail, i. o. 
 
n-iT 
 
 287 
 
 nr 
 
 when the waters flow off. the streams 
 dry up. Sec more in Thesnur. p. 42S. 
 
 baS'^.T (prob. for isa rini sown i. e. 
 begotten in Babylon) pr. n. Zenibbafjel, 
 Sept. Zo^ofluiifk, one of the deRcendants 
 of David, wlio led out the first colony of 
 Jews into their own country after the 
 exile, Ezra 2, 2. 3, 2. Hag. 1, 1. 
 
 ~_J obsol. root, Aram. T^t to prune 
 trees, to remove the superfluous boughs 
 and foliage ; *i^T exuberant growth of 
 trees. Hence 
 
 I^T Zired, pr. n. of a valley Num. 21, 
 12, and of the stream flowing through it 
 Deut. 2, 13. 14, in the territory of Moab 
 on the east of the Dead Sea. Targ. of 
 Jonath. brook of willows, vrillow-l/rook ; 
 comp. c-'S-irn bn? Is. 15, 7. Prob. the 
 modern Wady el-Ahsy ; see Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. II. p. 555. 
 
 'yj 1. to scatter, to cast loosely 
 about, Ex. 32, 20. Num. 17, 2 [16, 37]. 
 Is. 30, 22. Arab. i^yi> to scatter, as the 
 wind dust ; II, to winnow. Syr. and 
 Chald. hh ^"i"^,- The following are 
 kindred roots, all having the primary 
 idea of scattering, e. g. snt , pnj , nnj II, 
 
 also nnj, Arr.b. Kj to sow. In the 
 Indo-European tongues correspond San- 
 ger, sri to scatter, Lat. sero ; and with p 
 or t added to the sibilant, Sanscr. stri, 
 Gr. (TTOQio), Lat. stemo, Germ, streuen, 
 Engl, to strew; uTteiQoi, spargo, Goth. 
 spreihan, Germ, spruhen, Spreu, chaff. 
 Espec. 
 
 2. to winnow, by casting up and scat- 
 tering in the wind. Is. 30. 24. Jer. 4, 11. 
 Ruth 3. 2 2-'nr\an "la-rx n-ij s^n-nsn 
 lo, he winnoweth the threshin:-Jloor of 
 barley. Trop. of enemies as routed and 
 scattered, Jer. 15. 7. Is. 41, 16. Ez. 5. 2. 
 
 3. Genr. to spread out ; whence r.'r: 
 a span. 
 
 NiPH. to be scattered, Ez. 6, 8. 36. 19. 
 
 PiEL nnT 1. to scatter, to streiv, Prov. 
 15, 7 ; to scatter, to disperse, e. g. nations 
 Lev. 26, 33. Ez. 5, 10. 6, 5. 12, 15. 30. 26. 
 Prov. 20, 8 tlie king . . . scattereth all evil 
 with his look. 
 
 2. to winnow, i. q. Kal no. 2, Prov. 20, 26. 
 Hence trop. i. q. to winnow out, to sift, i. e. 
 to search out, to prove; Ps. 139, 3 Tj^x 
 
 ^'^')'l '??"?? my walking and my lying 
 dawn thou searclwsl out ; Jerome eventi- 
 lasti, Sept. iiixvUtaaq. In Arab, trop. 
 (^*k> to know. 
 
 PuAL, to be scattered, strewed. Job 18, 
 15 ; to be bestrewed, besprinkled, Prov. 
 
 I, 17. The form nnt Is. 30, 24, which 
 some refer hither, is part. Kal impers. 
 The form liT in Ps. 58, 4, is from r. 
 lilt II. 
 
 Deriv, pnt , nn-jq , c^lTtt , 
 
 ?1^T fem. rarely masc. Is. 17, 5. 51, 5. 
 Dan. 11, 15. 22, chiefly in signif no. 2. 
 Comp, Lehrgb. p. 470. Plur. Q"'?'~1 and 
 m'5"iT . R. r-iT no. 1. 
 
 1. 'tlie arm, Is. 17, 5. 40, 11. al. Spec. 
 the lower arm, below the elbow, in Lat. 
 also called brachium mix tio/jfV, diff. 
 from riDj^ the upper arm, Job 31, 22. In 
 animals the foi-e leg, shoulder, i^quxioiv. 
 
 Num. 6, 19. Deut. 1%.3. Arab. ctTj, 
 
 ,0 
 
 Aram. 5n':j, (^jj, arm, also a cubit. 
 Hence Tt^^'d siit a stretched-out arm, 
 ascribed to God and signifying his power 
 and promptness to protect or punish, Ex. 
 6, 6. Deut. 4, 34. Ez. 20, 33. 34 ; in like 
 manner n^an si-iT Job 38, 15. 
 
 2. Trop. a) strength, might, power^ 
 2 Chr, 32, 8 "iba si'iT an arm ofjlesh 
 i. e, human might. Ps. 44, 4. Job 40, 9. 
 ^"''7'? ''?'i*! ^^1^ powers (might) of his 
 hands. Gen. 49, 24. Hence military 
 force, an army, Dan. 11, 15. 22. 31. b) 
 violence Job 35, 9. SiiT ttJ"'i the violent 
 man Job 22, 8. Here belongs the phrase, 
 to break the arm of any one, i. e. to de- 
 stroy his power, to put an end to his vio- 
 lence, 1 Sam. 2, 31. Job 22, 9. 38, 15. Ps, 
 10,15.37,17. Comp. Arab, sjudft vllo- 
 c) strength as imparted to any one, hence 
 help, aid, Ps. S3, 9. Is. 33, 2. So Arab. 
 cX<CLfc , Pers. ,\Lj arm, also help, Sjt. 
 pii? ^ son of the arm, i. e. helper ; see 
 more in Comment, on Is. 1. c. Meton, 
 a helper, ally, Is. 9, 19 ; comp. Jer. 19, 9 
 where it is 5^ . Sept. cod. Alex. aSfXcfoq. 
 
 Hence denom. ?i"iTX , with Aleph pros- 
 thetic. 
 
 T^^l m. verbal of Pi. (r. J-iT , after 
 the form plan ,) sown, to be sown, Lev, 
 
 II. 37. Plur. cssnt things sown, garden 
 herbs, la. 61, 11. 
 
tit 
 
 288 
 
 !P*1t 
 
 Sl'^T'^T m. quadril. a pouring rain, vio- 
 lent shaicer, Ps. 72, 6. Syr. )s^9^ show- 
 er, Talmud. N^ST "iB^TIT adspersiones 
 aqusE. guttn?. It comes from ""7 to flow, 
 by repeating the first radical between 
 the second and third ; comp. "i"^!";! from 
 r. T^t ; also Zab. ws^ and wsjffjjs ac- 
 cendit. 
 
 '^'^T'^T m. hound together, girded, ver- 
 bal Pilp. from r. t^T I, q. v. Once Prov. 
 30, 31, where, among those comely in 
 going, is mentioned C^Jr^ "I'^'t'^I one 
 girded about tlie loins, by this some 
 understand a war-horse, as ornamented 
 with girths and buckles about the loins; 
 others a greyhound, as having the loins 
 contracted and slender ; and others again 
 a wrestler, see Talm. Hieroe. Taanith, 
 fol. 57. Maurer ad h. 1. 
 
 ' '_J fut. trin 1. to rise, as the sun 
 Gen. 32, 31. Ez"22, 2. 2 Sam. 23, 4. Ps. 
 104, 22. al. So of the light Is. 58, 10 ; the 
 splendour or glory of God Is. 60, 1. 2. 
 Deut. 33, 2. Pr. to scatter rays, comp. 
 kindr. nnj , "i^T II. In the kindred dia- 
 lects this root has undergone various 
 changes ; in Arabic and Ethiop. there 
 have come from it iV>->*'. VOL,^; in 
 Aram. ri:'?i, ^^>. 
 
 2. Trop. spoken: a) Of leprosy rising 
 in the skin, 2 Chr. 26. 19. Further, in 
 the derivatives : b) Of a foetus break- 
 ing forth from the womb, see nnt and 
 Geh. 38, 30. c) Of a plant springing up, 
 germinating, i. q. fTnQ; see n'^TX. 
 
 Deriv.n-iTx, nn-r^, pr.n. nnn, n;"nnn, 
 and the three here following. 
 
 IT^I m. 1. a rising, of light Is. 60, 3. 
 
 2. Zerah, Zarah, pr. n. Gr. ZitQii. a) 
 A son of Judah by Tamar, Gen. 38, 30. 
 Num. 26,20. b) A eon of Reuel, Gen. 
 36, 13. 17. c) Num. 26, 13, for which 
 in Gen. 46, 10 -n's . d) 1 Chron. 6, 6. 26. 
 e) A king or leader of the Ethiopians, 
 who invaded Judea in the reign of Asa, 
 2 Chr. 14, 8 [9]. See the conjecture of 
 Champollion, Prficis p. 257 ; et contra, 
 Rosellini in Monum. Storici 11.87-91. 
 
 '^'^1 patronym. o Zarhite, from tTiT 
 no. 2.'a. Num. 26, 13, 20. See^rntx' 
 
 n^TTIT (whom Jehovah caused to be 
 born, r. n'nj no. 2. b) Zeruhiah, pr. n. m. 
 
 a) 1 Chr. 5, 32. 6, 36. Ezra 7, 4; for 
 which n^n-^in l Chr. 7, 3. b) Ezra 8, 4. 
 
 W'yi m. (r. cni) i. q. tni , a violent 
 shower, inundation, bursting of a cloud; 
 Is. 1, 7 C""iJ r=Dru:3 as the destruction 
 of an inundation or overwhelming rain. 
 So Saadias, Aben Ezra, Micliaeiis, etc. 
 Better, n"i~it is here plur. strangers; and 
 3 is the Caph veritalis so called, see in 3 
 B. 4. 
 
 C_t to jiow, to pour, i. q. ""iT q. v. 
 With ace. to pour upon, to overwhelm, to 
 wash away, Ps. 90, 5. 
 
 Po. to pour owl, c. ace. with any thing, 
 Ps. 77, 18. Hence n:c-iT, perh. fiinT, 
 also 
 
 0"^! m. a pouring rain, violent shower, 
 storm. Is. 4, 6. 25, 4. 28, 2 Ti3 C-i;i a 
 hail-storm. Is. 25, 4 T'p C"ij a nail- 
 storm, i. e. which prostrates walls. Hab. 
 3, 10 ^'I'Q C")1. g^tsh or Jiood of waters. 
 
 nisnT f (r. C*t) a flowing, emi.ssion 
 of seed, spoken of seed-horses, Ez. 23, 
 20. 
 
 * ^'!!J fut. r-iy^ 1. to scatter, to dis- 
 perse, Zech. 10, 9. See the kindred roots 
 beginning with IT under art. rr^l . From 
 the kindred sense of spreading out, ex- 
 panding, comes yiiT arm ; as nij span, 
 from nnj , But a secondary form, and 
 derived from 5'i"i'j, P^;<^5 is tlie Arabic 
 verb C\i to attack violently, to seize, 
 IV to take in the arms. Spec. 
 
 2. to scatter seed, to sow, Arab, c \\ , 
 
 Syr. 'Cjl , Ethiop. HCO, id. Construed: 
 ft) Absol. Job 31, 8. Is. 37, 30. b) With 
 accus. of the seed sown, e. g. t'^an snt 
 to sow wheat Jar. 12, 13. Hagg. 1, 6. 
 Lev. 26, 16, Ecc. 12, 6. c) With ace. 
 of the field sown, Gen. 47, 23. E.x.23,10. 
 Lev. 25, 3. Jer. 2, 2 nrifT xb |'-ix a land 
 not sown, d) With two arc. of the seed 
 and field ; Lev. 19, 19 n-jxbj snTn s<b r;v^ 
 th(M shalt not sow thy field with mixed 
 seed. Deut. 22, 9. Is. 30, 23. Judg. 9, 45, 
 To scatter its seed is said of a seed-bear- 
 ing plant or tree. Gen, 1, 29 ; comp. v, 12. 
 Metaph, to sow righteousness Prov. 11, 
 18 ; also to sow iniquity 22, 8, miwhief 
 Job 4, 8, tlie wind Hos. 8, 7 ; i. e. genr. lo 
 prepare for oneself the rewards or pun- 
 
HT 
 
 289 
 
 1-lT 
 
 iahments of good or evil actions, which 
 in the same connection are also saiJ to 
 be reaped, harvested ; comp. Gal. G, 7. 8. 
 In another ronstniction. Hos. 10. 12 IS'^T 
 *lon "TBb li:tp "i^72t5 c:i sow for your- 
 selves in ri-fhteoiumesg. aiul reap accord- 
 ing to your piety, conip. in no no. 6. b. 
 Trop. Ps. 97. 1 1 p-'^ab yyt -liii U^ht is 
 town for the righteous, i. e. happiness is 
 prepared for him. To sirw a people, to 
 increase, to sprea^l, to multiply, Hos. 
 2, as. Jer. 31, 27. 
 
 3. i. q. to plant, with two ace. Is. 17, 
 10. 
 
 NiPH, 1. to be sown, as a field, trop. 
 Ez. 36, 9. 
 
 2. to he sown, scattered, as seed Lev. 
 
 11, 37, Trop. Nah. 1, 14 that no more 
 tf thy name be s(/wn, i. e. thy name shall 
 no longer be propagated. 
 
 3. Trop. to be snwn, spoken of a wo- 
 man, i. e. to be made fruitful, to con- 
 ceive. Num. 5, 28. 
 
 PuAL pass, of Kal no. 2. Is. 40, 24. 
 
 HiPH. l./o6ertrserf, asaplant; Gen. 
 1, 11 rnr y-'-iTis rirs;, comp. v. 29 where 
 in the same connection it is S*]T SIT. 
 
 2. to conceive seed, spoken of a woman, 
 to he fruitful, Lev. 12, 2 ; comp. Niph. 
 no. 3. 
 
 Deriv. the three following, and Sl'it 
 
 ^T, constr. id. once snt Num. 11, 7, 
 c. sufF. 'SIT ; plur. c. suff. B^isni 1 Sam. 
 8, 15. - : 
 
 1. Pr. a sowing, then seed-time, time 
 of sowing, i. e. late in autumn in Pales- 
 tine, Gen. 8, 22. Lev. 26, 5. 
 
 2. seed, which is scattered, sown, whe- 
 ther of plants, trees, or grain, Gen. 1, 11. 
 
 12. 29. 47, 23. Lev. 26, 16. Deut. 22, 9. 
 Ecc. 11, 1. Meton. of what springs 
 from seed sown, feld of grain, harvest, 
 1 Sam. 8, 15 ; crop, produce of the fields, 
 Job 39, 12 [15]. Is. 23, 3. 
 
 3. semen virile, Lev. 15, 16 sq. 18. 21. 
 19, 20 ; comp. r. snt Niph. no. 3. Hiph. 
 no. 2. Hence a) i. q. children, off- 
 spring, posterity. Gen. 3, 15. 13, 16. 15, 
 5. 13. 17, 7. 10. 21, 13. al. Spoken also 
 of one child, when an only one, (whence 
 Gen. 3, 15 does not belong here.) Gen. 
 -4, 25. 1 Sam. 1, 11 Q-^ttSSK r-i]; a male 
 child. ?|5n| 5nj seed of thy seed, i. e. 
 
 25 
 
 children's children, grandchildren, la. 
 59. 21. b) i. q. a race, stock, family f 
 
 bxibi r^t Ps. 22, 24. Ti-2n r-7 . r-iT 
 nSxTSan , the seed royal, royal line, 2 K. 
 11, 1. 14. c) a race or class of men, as 
 tb-ip r-iT Is. 6 13, '' "=ina sit 65, 23: 
 in a bad sense, i. q. breed, brood, S^T 
 csna Is. 1, 4, i;33 rnt 57, 4. Comp! 
 Heb". nnnp, Gr. yivytfia Matth. 3, 7, 
 Germ. Brut brood, Fr. race. 
 
 4. a planting, what is planted, Is. 17, 
 11. Also a sjn-out, shoot, Kz. 17,5. See 
 the root in Kal no. 3. 
 
 JP"^! Chald. id. Dan. 2, 43. 
 
 Q^:?^T and Q'^pi^^T m. plur. (r. Snt) 
 pr. seed-herbs, greens, vegetables, i. e. 
 vegetable food, such as was eaten in a 
 half fast, opp. to meats and the more 
 delicate kinds of food. Dan. 1, 12. 16. So 
 Chald. and Talmud. Syr. }JaL?f id. 
 
 ^|_J obsol. root. Arab. 0)3, to 
 Jlow, to pour, of water ; to flow as tears. 
 Comp. CiT . Hence the quadril. C|"'TiT . 
 
 P_J to scatter, to sprinkle, kindr. 
 '^'^1 ! ^1} ^) Things dry, as dust. Job 
 2, '12. 2bhr. 34, 4 ; cinders, soot, Ex. 9, 8. 
 10 ; coals, Ex. 10, 2. b) Often of things 
 liquid, as water, Num. 19, 13 ; blood, Ex.. 
 24, 6. 29, 16. 20. Lev. 1, 5. 11. 3, 2. a?. 
 saepe. With b? to sprinkle upon Ex. 1. c 
 Intrans. Hos. 7, 9 ia njT'-iT naia Qjf, 
 yea gray hairs are sprinkled upon kirn.. 
 Comp. Lat. spargere in the^same sense- 
 Prop. 3. 4. 24 : and Arab. |x j to sprin- 
 kle ; mid. E, to be gray on the front 
 part of the head, pr. to be sprinklediwithi 
 gray hairs, to begin to be gray. 
 
 PoAL pass. Num. 19, 13. 30. 
 
 Dcriv. P'^Tn . 
 
 ! ijj obsol. root, i. q. Amb. s\ to- 
 
 bind or fasten together, as with buckles, 
 clasps, to buckle together, kindr. with "lit' 
 I. and also with "i"!)!?, "1IS. Hience the 
 nouns It, "i"'t'^T. Chald. nT to bind 
 around, to gird, comes from the quadril. 
 
 '1. ijT pr. to scatter, like Arab. j>> 
 kindr. with ny^ , snt , pnt , Hence 
 
 Po. ^y^, to sneeze, which scatters the 
 mucus from the nostrils,. 2. KL. 4, 35i. 
 
wnr 
 
 290 
 
 i^nh 
 
 Comp. Chald. ^''"iT a eneezing. see 
 Schult. ad Job. 41, 40. 
 
 ^"^1 (gold, from Pers. y* gold, with 
 the ending yi) Zeresh, pr. n. of the wife 
 of Haman, Esth. 6, 13. 
 
 fl^T f. a span, Ex. 28, 16. 39, 9. 1 
 Sam. 17, 4. Aram. ^J-ty, f^j] , Nni] id. 
 R. (THT to spread out, to expand ; whence 
 
 "It for nit, f nnt, as rip from nip. 
 P03 from n03. According to the Rab- 
 bins pit is also the little finger (l^.P), for 
 rii5t ; and hence they derive the mean- 
 
 ing span, as being terminated by the 
 little finger. 
 
 ^\1 obsol. root, perh. i. q. Aram. 
 5<nn i. q. xd'n to sprout ; hence 
 
 fi5inr pr. n. m. Zattu, Ezra 2, 8. 10, 
 27. Neh. 7, 13. 10, 15. 
 
 l^riT (perh. i. q. Qn''t , ',^'^1 , olive) pr. 
 n. m. Zetham, 1 Chr. 23, s'. 26, 22. 
 
 '^C'.T (perh. i. q. ir(d star) Zethar, pr. 
 n. of one of the eunuchs of Xerxes. 
 Esth. 1, 10. 
 
 Hheth or Cheth, n^n , the eighth letter 
 of the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral 
 denoting 8. The figure of this letter on 
 Phenician monuments and on Hebrew 
 
 coins, is Cl Q, whence the Greek 
 H; and the name n-^n prob. signifies an 
 
 enclosure, fence, from r. Jo La. ) w^-, to 
 surround, to enclose, n and i: being inter- 
 changed. The name corresponds to that 
 of the Ethiopic letter /h Haut. Comp. 
 Monumm. Phoen. p. 28. 
 
 As to pronunciation, this letter, the 
 harshest of the gutturals, seems ancient- 
 ly to have been uttered sometimes in a 
 softer manner, like a strong h or Jih, and 
 eometimes more forcibly and harshly, 
 like the letters kh ; which double pro- 
 nunciation was afterwards marked in 
 Arabic and Ethiopic by different letters 
 or characters, viz. hh by _ , xh (Haut), 
 
 and /cA by ^ , "J (Harm) ; although at 
 
 a still later period this distinction was 
 neglected in Ethiopic, and both letters 
 softened down into the simple h. Hence 
 the same Hebrew root is often written 
 in Arabic in two ways, as, nsi to kill, 
 Arab, a^n and 2>-^\ to break or dash 
 
 m pieces. Still more frequently, how- 
 ever, the various significations of one 
 Hebrew root arc distingiiished in Arabic 
 by this double manner of pronouncing ; 
 
 as p^n a) to be smooth, Arab. ioJLcfc 
 trans, to make smooth or bare, to shear j 
 b) to smooth, to form, Arab. i^X^ to 
 
 form, to create ; also ii^n a) to pierce, 
 
 c _ 
 to perforate, Arab. Jl&. Conj. I, Vj 
 
 c ^ 
 b) to open, to loose, Arab. J^^. Comp, 
 the roots lan, nan, ciin, tiiin. 
 
 It is interchanged chiefly with n q. v. 
 Besides the gutturals, it passes over also 
 on account of the similar sound into the 
 palatals, espec. 5 , comp. the roots ^"'5 and 
 b^n, bin ; b=5 and b=n ; 115 and 1in ^ 
 also 3, as pnn, rns ; 1211,1:3,133; 
 b3, ^33, b3a; so too with p, as nit 
 ^y^ to rise, as the sun, liJpa c>^ to 
 seek, l^p "J/i^ to be short. 
 
 Sometimes also, like N and n, it is 
 prefixed to triliteral roots, and thus 
 forms quadriliterafs, as bajn, C"'?T2iaH, 
 see Lehrg. p. 863. 
 
 Sn m. (r. 33n q. v.) c. suff. ""Sn, the 
 bosom, lap, so called from cherishing, 
 Job 31, 33. Chald. Stan, KSin, N3in, 
 id. Samar. fi^. 
 
 * ^'^T} in Kal not used, 1. q. n3n, (0 
 hide, to conceal j comp. the kindr. roots 
 
 n, tinn. Arab. LuS., Eth. fflA, 
 to hide ; also La^ for *<a^ to put out 
 fire, pr. to hide or cover it, Conj. X to 
 hide oncBcIf. 
 
nnn 
 
 291 
 
 ^an 
 
 NiPH. to hide oneself, to lie hid, Gen. 
 3, 10. Judtj. 9, 5. Job 29, 8 tlie young men 
 aw me and hid themselves, i. e. gave 
 place to me from reverence and modesty, 
 V. 10 the voice of the nobles lay hid, i. e. 
 they held their peace. With a Josh. 
 10, 16. 2 Sam. 17, 9 ; bs 1 Sam.'lO, 22. 
 With infin. it may be rendered by an 
 adverb (like Xav&nviiv with part.) Gen. 
 31, 27 n-inb nxana nab wherefore hast 
 thou secretly fled away 7 
 
 PoAL id. pr. to he made to hide oneself, 
 Job 24, 4. 
 
 HiPH. to hide, to conceal, Josh. 6, 17. 
 25. 1 K. 18, 13. 2 K. 6, 29. 
 
 HopH. pass. Is. 42, 22. 
 
 HiTHP. i. q. Niph. Gen. 3, 8. 1 Sam. 
 13,6. 14, 11. al. 
 
 Deriv. ano , Kisnia . 
 
 * ^^^ to love, once Deut. 33, 3. 
 
 Arab. ,_^ I, III, X. Syr. ^al Pe. and 
 Pa. id. The primary idea lies in breath- 
 ing upon, warming, cherishing ; whence 
 Sn lap, bosom, in which we cherish ; 
 comp. further under the root snx. A 
 manifest trace of this origin is found in 
 Syr. us-i to burn, as fire, ) nn a burn 
 ing, heat, espec. from blowing. 
 Deriv. ah and 
 
 ^^n (beloved) Hohab, pr. n. of the 
 father-in-law of Moses, Num. 10, 29. 
 Judg. 4, 11. Comp. "in^, iinv 
 
 ^5" i. q. xan , to hide, to hide one- 
 self in Kal once Imper. ''an Is. 26, 20. 
 
 Niph. inf. nann id. 1 K. 22, 25. 2 K. 
 7, 12. 
 
 Deriv. 'j"i"'an, and pr. n. n^an, nai'n, 
 "ana . ' - -. t 
 
 n^inn Chald. f (r. ban) evU deed, 
 crime, Dan. 6, 23 ; comp. Heb. ban no. 
 3, and Neh. 1, 7. 
 
 '^'^^'^ (joining together, r. *ian) pr. n. 
 Hahor, Chaboras, a river of Mesopota- 
 mia which rises in Mount Masius near 
 JRAs el-^Ain. and flows into the Euphra- 
 tes near Circesium, 2 K. 17 6. 18. 11. 
 1 Chr. 5, 26. Arab. ^^Li. Khdbur. 
 Or. '^OQ^ag Strabo XVI. p. 748 Casaub. 
 Xa^mgni; Ptolem. Ritter's Erdk. Th. 
 XI. p. 253 sq. See more under ".as . 
 
 nntan and JT^inn is. 53, 5, f a stripe, 
 weal., bruise, i. e. the mark or print of 
 blows in the skin. Gen. 4, 23. Is. 1, 6. 53, 
 5. Ps. 38, 6. R. lan no. 3. q. v. 
 
 * ^?V fut. ain^ , to heat off or out 
 with a stick or club, Arab, t^^^ to beat 
 off leaves with a stick. Hence 
 
 1. to beat off apples or olives from a 
 tree, Deut. 24, 20. Is. 27, 12. 
 
 2. to beat out grain with a stick or flail, 
 to thresh, Judg. 6, 11. Ruth 2, 17. See 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 385. 
 
 Niph. pass, of no. 2. Is. 28, 27. 
 
 ^^?n (whom Jehovah hides, protects, 
 r. ^lan) Habaiah, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 61 ; 
 for which man Neh. 7, 63. 
 
 I'T'^n m. a hiding, covenng, veil, Hab. 
 3,4. R. nan. 
 
 ''-r 1- ^0 tighten a cord, to twist; 
 and 60 to bind, to bind fast. Correspond- 
 ing is Arab. J^J^, for which see Camoos 
 p, 1219. Kindr, are the roots baa, baa, 
 also "lan, bw. Hence ban a cord, rope, 
 Part, ban pr, binding, a binder, bond, 
 poet, for a cord. So is prob. to be under- 
 stood the parabolic name of the staff" or 
 crook, plur. f bah bands, Zech. 11, 7. 
 14, i. e. a crook of cords, bands, which 
 being broken, the fraternal league be- 
 tween Judah and Israel is dissolved, v. 14. 
 
 Comp. Arab. (>x:^ league, covenant. 
 
 2. to bind by a pledge, to take a pledge 
 rtfany one, with ace. of pers. Job 22, 6. 
 Prov. 20, 16. 27, 13. Also with ace. of 
 thing, to take as a pledge or in pledge, 
 spoken of one who compels a debtor to 
 give pledges, Deut. 24, 6. 17. Ex. 22, 25. 
 Job 24, 3, Ibid. v. 9 ibsin;^ "iw bri for -nrxi 
 'Sr br and what is on the poor man (his 
 garment) they take as a pledge, comp. bs . 
 Part. pass, bian taken in pledge Am. 2, 8. 
 
 Comp. Arab. JJ^ debt, usury, Camoos 
 p. 1434; Syr. V^L., Chald. :bian id. 
 
 3. Metaph. to twist, to pervert; m- 
 trans. to be perverse, corrupt ; to act per- 
 versely, corruptly. Job 34. 31 banx iib 
 / will no more do corruplly. With b 
 Neh. 1. 7. Syr. and Chald. Pa. to act 
 corruptly. 
 
 Niph. pass, of Piel no. 2, to be de- 
 stroyed. Prov. 13, 13. 
 
bnn 
 
 292 
 
 22251 
 
 PiEL 1. i. q. Kalno. 1, to twist; hence 
 to writhe, to be in pain ; and so of a fe- 
 male, to travail, to bring forth, Cant. 8, 
 5. Ps. 7, 15. 
 
 2. to turn upside down, i. e. to destroy, 
 Ecc. 5, 5 ; spoken of persons Is. 32, 7. 
 * Mic. 2, 10 ; of countries, i. q. to lay waste, 
 ' Is. 13, 5. 54, 16. 
 
 Foal pass. Job 17, 1 S^^n "^ra-i my 
 spirit is destroyed, i. e. my vital powers 
 are spent. Is. 10. 27 (Tsq-'JQ^ bs bsni 
 and the yoke (of Israel) is destroyed 
 (broken off) for fatness, where Israel 
 is thus compared to a fat and wan- 
 ton bullock which shakes off the yoke ; 
 comp. Deut. 32. 14. Hos. 4, 16. 
 
 Deriv.inn nbhn, andnb^ian, nibann. 
 
 5?n Chald. Pa. 1. to overthrow, to 
 destroy, Dan. 4, 20. Ezra 6, 12. 
 
 2. to hurt, to harm, Dan. 6, 23. 
 
 Ithpa. to be overthrown, destroyed, e. g. 
 a kingdom Dan. 2, 44. 6, 27. 7, 14. 
 
 ^^^ m. (r. b=ri) Is. G6, 7, mostly in 
 plur. C^ban, constr. "'ban, writhings, 
 pains, pangs, espec. of a woman in tra- 
 vail, throes, (see the root in Pi.) Gr. 
 wtTrng, Syr. Ilkul id. Is. 13, 8. Jer. 13, 
 21. 22, 23 ciVan Tjb-xna when pangs 
 come upon thee. Is. 66, 7. Hos. 13, 13. 
 Job 39, 3 njnIcFi Bf^.'^^sn pr. they cast 
 forth their pangs, i. e. they bring forth 
 their young with throes ; and since the 
 pangs cease with the birth, the mother 
 may strictly be said to cast forth her 
 pains with her young. In like manner 
 the Greeks put tijJ/f, oidlvig, for a foetus 
 brought forth with pain, Eurip. Ion. 45. 
 .ffischyl. Agam. 1427. Once of other 
 pains, Job 21, 17. 
 
 byn m. once f. Zeph. 2, 6, c. suff. 
 ^ban ; plur. cban , constr. "'ban Ps. 18, 
 5. 116, 3, and ''ban Josh. 17, 5. R. ban. 
 
 G 0^ 
 
 1. a cord, rope, Arab. Ja> Syr. 
 VjSlm, Eth. A-flA. Corresponding is 
 Or. xdfido^, Fr. and Engl, cable; nor 
 is there any good reason why philolo- 
 gists should regard this Greek word as 
 Hpurions, see Passow Greek Lex. art. 
 na/idoc.Jnuh. 2, 15. Ecc. 12, 6 ban 
 dosn the silver cord, i. e. made of silver 
 threads. Spec, a) a me.asnring-line, 
 Am. 7, 17. 2 Sam. 8, 2. Hence, a por- 
 
 tion measured out, as of land, and as- 
 signed to any one by lot, Josh. 17, 14. 
 19, 9; and so genr. an hereditai-y pm-tion 
 of land, possession, inheritance, Ps. 16, 6 
 D'i^'^r|a ib"^b3 Ciban my portion has 
 fallen to me in pleasant places. Deut. 
 32, 9 nrbn? b^n apr^ Jacob is his por- 
 tion of inheritance. Ps. 78, 55. Also 
 genr. a tract, district, region, Deut. 3, 4. 
 13. 14. D^ ban the region of the sea. sea- 
 coast, Zeph. 2, 5. 6. b) a snare, gin, 
 toil, Ps. 140, 6. Job 18, 10. bixttb 'ban, 
 T\V2 'n, toils of Sheol, of death, Ps. 18, 
 5. 6. 116, 3. c) A cord or thong used 
 as a bit, bridle, Job 40, 25 [41, 1]. 
 
 2. As in Engl, a band of men, a 
 company, 1 Sam. 10, 5. 10. 
 
 3. destruction, desolation, Mic. 2, 10. 
 So Syr. Vulg. See the root in Pi. no. 2. 
 
 ^iin m. a pledge, Ez. 18, 12. 16, 33, 
 15. Comp. r. ban no. 2. 
 
 52n Chald. m, hurt, harm, Dan. 3, 25. 
 
 ^5*1 Chald. m. hurt, damage, Ezra 
 4,22. 
 
 '^J? m. (r. ban) mast of a ship ; so 
 called from the ropes and stays by which 
 it is fastened. Once, Prov. 23, 34 thou 
 shall be as one lying ban dxng at the 
 top of a mast, at mast-head; the other 
 hemistich has, otie lying z the heart of 
 the sea. Vulg. freely : sicttt sopitus gttr 
 bemator omisso clavo. 
 
 ^?n m. (denom. from ban a ship's 
 rope.) a shipman, sailor, Jon. 1, 6. Ez. 
 
 27, 8. 27-29. 
 
 '^^'^^ f. (r. ban) i. q. ban, a pledge, 
 Ez. 18, 7. 
 
 nb^Sn f Cant. 2, 1. Is. 35. 1, a flow- 
 er growing in meadows and pastures, 
 which the ancient versions render -some- 
 times the lily, and sometimes the narcis- 
 sus. More accurate, however, is the 
 Syriac translator, who uses the same 
 word, ]a1\. Viti, which according to 
 the Syriac lexicographers (cited in full 
 in Comment, on Is. 35, 1) signifies the 
 colchicum autvmnale Linn, or meadow 
 saffron, an autumnal flower similar to 
 saftron, springing from poi.-:onous bulb- 
 ous roots, and of a white and violet 
 colour. This is favoured by the etyrao- 
 
:zr: 
 
 293 
 
 
 Jogy > the word bftioipf compounded from 
 yvtn acitl, acrid, and bsa bulb. 
 
 n^ISari pp. n. m. Ilabaziniah Jer. 
 35, 3. Appellative, perh. light or lamp 
 of Jehovah, from Chuld. xrsia lamp, 
 and n^ Jehovah, the n being prefixed; 
 see in n fin. p. 290. 
 
 * p?\? in Kal thrice. 1. to fold the 
 hands, spoken of a sluggard, Ecc. 4, 5. 
 
 2. to fold in one's arms, to embrace ; 
 c. ace. 2 K. 4, 16 ; absol. Ecc. 3, 5. 
 
 PiEL pan, fut. panv part, pan^, to 
 embrace^ c. ace. Gen. 33, 4. Prov. 4. 8. 
 5, 20 ; c. dat. Gen. 29, 13. 48, 10. To 
 embrace the rock, the dunghill, i. e. to 
 make a bed of them. Job 24, 8. Lam. 4, 5. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 p3n m. a folding of the hands, as 
 characteristic of the sluggard, Prov. 6, 
 10. 24, 33. 
 
 P^'P^n (embrace, after the form 
 *)^15'^) Hahakkiik, pr. n. of a prophet, 
 Hab. 1, 1. 3, 1. Sept. 'Afi^inxoi'ii, after 
 the form p^tpan, and with x corrupted 
 into n at the end. R. pan . 
 
 i3n pr. to hind, to hind together^ 
 klndr. with ban ; see Piel. Hence 
 
 1. to join together, but almost always 
 intrans. to be joined together, to adhere ; 
 Aram. -^ , Eth. ^flZ,. id. Ex. 26, 3. 
 28, 7. 39, 4. Ez. 1, 9. 11. Spoken of 
 nations, to be confederate, allied, Gen. 
 14, 3 n'^-n-^n p^s-bs snan n^x-ba all 
 these came together as allies in the valley 
 of Siddim. Part. pass. Hos. 4, 17 "iian 
 D'^ass allied with idols. 
 
 2. to bind with spells, to fascinate, to 
 charm, spoken of a species of magic 
 which was practised by binding magic 
 knots. Gr. xaTuSiw, xr5fo-//oc, comp. 
 Germ, bannen, i. q. binden, and other 
 words of binding, which are transferred 
 to magic incantation, as Eth. hWl, . 
 Spoken of the charming of serpents, 
 Deut. 18, 11. Ps. 58, 6. 
 
 3. to be bound around with stripes, i. e. 
 
 to he marked with lines or stripps, to be 
 
 -.-^ s .- 
 
 striped, Arab. /'*'^-i whence iy*^ a 
 
 striped garment, Pass, ^j^j^ the skin is 
 
 striped, i. e. covered with stripes and 
 
 25* 
 
 marks of blows, ace Camoos p. 491. 
 Hence rr^ian a stripe, weal, and nina">3n 
 the strijKJS and spots of a leop;ird. Comp. 
 Schult. ad Har. Cons. V. p. 156, 157. 
 
 Piel "lan 1. to join together, to con- 
 nect, Ex. 26. 6 sq. 
 
 2. to join in a league, to confederate. 
 2 Chr. 20, 36 ias innan-ji and he made 
 alliance with him. 
 
 PuAL nan, once lari Ps. 94, 20. 
 
 1. to be joined together, Ex. 28, 7. 39,4. 
 Ecc. 9, 4 Keri. Ps. 122, 3 of Jerusalem 
 as restored, i^rn nb nnan-j I'^-a as a 
 city that is joined together, compacted, 
 i. e. whose stones and ruins, so long 
 thrown down and scattered, are now 
 again brought together. 
 
 2. to be confederated, allied. Ps. 94, 20 
 ni^n xsa Tj-ian-^n shall the throne of 
 iniquity he confederate with thee ? 
 
 HiPH. to join together words, espec. 
 empty and false. (Comp. bs X^p lan 
 Targ. Ps. 119, 69.) Job 16, 4 nyarix 
 C^'ca cs'^bs I would join together (with) 
 words against you, i. e. I might heap up 
 vain and lying words against you, imitat- 
 ing your example. For this use of a see 
 Heb. Gr. 135. n. 3. 
 
 HiTHP. "sannn and by Syriasm 
 lannx , to join oneself with any one, to 
 make a league with, to be confeileraie, 
 cdS, 2 Chr. 20, 35. 37. Dan. 11, 6. Infin. 
 in the Syriac manner is niiarinn Dan. 
 11, 23. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 3, also nn^nio , 
 ni"ian73 , pr. n. lian , and those here fol- 
 lowing, "lan rnan . 
 
 "^Sn m. an associate, companion, i. q. 
 "larj , Job 40, 30 ; where fishermen are 
 to be understood, who follow their voca- 
 tion in partnership ; see in nna I. 
 
 "^5^ m. an associate, companion, Cant. 
 1, 7. 8, 13. Judg. 20, 11 n-i-ian ins ttJixa 
 associated as one man, joined or knit to- 
 gether. Ps. 119, 63. Ps. 45, 8 ^"'^^n^ 
 above thy companions. felUrws, i. e. other 
 kings ; comp. Barhebr. p. 328. 
 
 "1^ Chald. m. id. Dan. 2, 13. 17. 18. 
 
 *13n ni. 1. society, company, commu- 
 nity, Hos. 6, 9. Prov. 21, 9 lan n-^a a 
 common house. 25, 24. 
 
 2. spell, enchantment, Deut. 18, 11. 
 Plur. Di-ian Is. 47, 9. 12. 
 
 or la* 
 ITNTVF.RaTTTj 
 
^nrt 
 
 294 
 
 asn 
 
 3. Heber, pr. n. a) Gen. 46. 17, for 
 which -i:n Num. 26, 45. b) Judg. 4, 11. 
 
 17. c) 1 Chr. 8, 17. d) 4, 18. 
 
 fTl'lS'^nri f. plur. variegated spots of 
 the panther ; or rather, stripes, slr-eaks, 
 of the tiger, Jer. 13. 23. See r. "ilin no. 3. 
 
 ^'^^'^ Chald. fern, an associate, com- 
 panion, and ihen fellow, other, i. q. n"5n , 
 Dan. 7, 20. 
 
 TlSn f. (r. 13n) society, company, Job 
 34, 8. ' ' 
 
 "Jlll^ri (conjunction, alliance, r. isn) 
 Hebron, pr. n. 
 
 1. An ancient city in the tribe of Ju- 
 dah, first called ?2'i!<-n::|'jp Gen. 13, 18. 
 23, 2, comp. Judg. 1, 10 ; and which for 
 a time, before the capture of Jerusalem, 
 was the royal residence of David, 2 Sam. 
 2, 1. 5, 5. It is now called JyJLii.! el- 
 Khulil, fully ^jU^Sk Jt J-V^ i- e. [city 
 of] the fi-iend of the Most Merciful sc. 
 God, i. e. Abraham. See Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. 11. p. 431 sq. 454 sq. 
 
 2. Of several men. a) Ex. 6, 18. 
 1 Chr. 5, 28. Patron. ^- Num. 3, 27. b) 
 1 Chr. 2, 42. 43. 
 
 ''"iSn patronym. a Heberite, from pr. 
 ;n. ^3n lett. a. Num. 26, 45. 
 
 rrniin f (r. "^sn) a companion, wife, 
 Mai.' 2, 14. 
 
 tri^n f. (r, "i?'^) a joining, junction, 
 :Ex. 26, 4. 10. 
 
 * ^ jTl fut. isarvi , once iran'i Job 5, 18. 
 
 1. to bind, to hind on, to hind around, 
 6. g. a) As a head-band, turban, Ex. 29, 
 9. Lev. 8, 13. Jon. 2, 6 "'dx-'S ^Ann 7)^0 
 
 the sea-weed was bound around my head, 
 as if my head-dress, turban. Ez. 16, 10 
 ft5la "ttJanK)! / bound thee around with 
 fine linen, i. e. adorned thy head with a 
 turban, b) to bind up a wound. Job 5, 
 
 18. Is. 30, 26 ; c. b Ez. 34, 4. 16. Is. 61, 
 1. Part. ttJsh a binder up, dresser, sc. 
 of the wounds of the state. Is. 3, 7 ; comp. 
 
 . 1.6. 
 
 2. to saddle an animal, which is done 
 by binding on the saddle or panniers, 
 c. ace. Gen. 22, 3. Num. 22, 21. Judg. 
 
 19. 10. 2 Sam. 17, 23. 
 
 3. to bind fast, \.(\.to shut up ; Job 40, 
 -13 [8] "i^'J? ttjirn Dn-^so shut up their 
 
 faces in darhiess, in Sheol. See Piel 
 no. 2. 
 
 4. imperio coercuit, to bind to alle- 
 giance, i. e. to rule, to govern ; Job 34, 17 
 (lisn'i 'c^t-o Niib r;.J<r! shall even he that 
 hatelh right, govern ? Some here take 
 Cj!* in the sense of anger ; but less well, 
 on account of the parall. passage c. 40, 
 8,9. 
 
 PiEL 1. to bind up wounds, c. h Ps. 
 147, 3. 
 
 2. to bind fast, i. e. to shut up, to stop, 
 to restrain. Job 28, 11 fan riin3 i2aa 
 he stoppeth up the streams (rills) that 
 they trickle not, spoken of a miner shut- 
 ting off water from flowing into the pits, 
 
 PoAL to he bound up, as a wound, Is. 
 1, 6. Ez. 30, 21. 
 
 ^~} obsol. root, prob. to cook, to 
 
 hake bread, Eth. 'i'ii\tv\' , Arab, y*^ 
 bread, Va^ to bake bread. Hence rania 
 cooking-pan, frying-pan, and 
 
 D'^nsn m. plur. things cooked or fried, 
 1 Chr. 9, 31. Comp. nan?? . 
 
 ^n m- (r- 5?'^) constr. an, and so be- 
 fore h Ex. 12, 14. Num. 29, 12; c. suff. 
 "ijn ; with art. inn; plur. ctn. 
 
 1. a festival, feast, Ex. 10, 9. 12, 14. 
 Sn nbr , an an , to keep a festival, Lev. 
 23, 39! Deut. 16, 10. Spoken xt iloxr(t> 
 of the passover Is. 30, 29 ; of the feast 
 of tabernacles 2 Chr. 5, 3. 1 K. 8, 2. 
 Comp. Arab, op pilgrimage to Mecca. 
 
 2. Meton. ay'estival sacrifce, victim, 
 Ps. 118, 27 B'^nasa an-i-^os bind the 
 sacrifice (victim) with cords. Ex. 23, 18 
 'an abn the fat of my victim. Mai. 2, 3. 
 Comp. -isia 2 Chr. 30, 22. 
 
 S55n or ^3H which is read in many 
 Mss. fem. vertigo, i. q. consternation, ter- 
 ror, Is. 19, 17. R. aan no. 3. 
 
 * ^5v obsol. root, Arab. ,..>^ '0 
 hide, to cover over. Hence 
 
 35ri m. 1. a, locust, winged and edi- 
 ble Lev. 11, 22; also Num. 13. 33. Is. 
 40. 22. Ecc. 12, 5. So c.-dWci]. it is .iaid, 
 as covering the ground, hiding tlie sun, 
 etc. Another etymology is proposed by 
 Credner. ad Joel. p. 309. The Samar. in 
 Lev. 1. c. for san has naann which can 
 
asn 
 
 295 
 
 in 
 
 ignify a leaper, comp. Arab. J>>^% jv ; 
 and from aann then might come the 
 triliteral 3jn ; comp. J^yj^, ^?n. 
 2. Ilagab, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 46. 
 
 H35H (locust) Hagabah, pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 2, 45 ; written also Hzyn Neh. 7, 48. 
 
 ^i^ kindr. with iin, pr. to move in 
 ' a circle. Hence 
 
 1. to (lance, pr. in a circle, 1 Sam. 30, 16. 
 
 2. to keep a festival, to celebrate a 
 holiday, sc. by leaping and dancing, 
 by eacrcd dances, Ex. 5. 1. Lev. 23, 41 ; 
 spec, of a public Bolemnity, Ps. 42, 5. 
 
 Syr. t-^ '*^' id. Arab. to perform 
 
 the Haj, to make a pilgrirnage to Mecca. 
 
 3. to reel, to be giddy, spoken of drunk- 
 ards Ps. 107. 27. Also to be astonislied, 
 amazed; whence Kan terror, conster- 
 nation. 
 
 Deriv. an, sjrj, and the pr. names 
 
 n->'^i obsol. root, i. q. Arab, l^ to 
 take refuge. Hence C'lan . 
 
 Hart see 3n. 
 
 C^l^n m. plur. (r. nan) refuges, "''yv^ 
 ^\^ the a.'iylums of the rocks, Cant. 2, 
 
 14. Obad. 3. Jer. 49, 16. Arab. %\^ 
 refuge, asylum. 
 
 Il^n. verbal adj. intrans. (r. "^an) 
 girded; Ez. 23, 15 liTX-^nisn girded 
 vdth girdles; comp. 2 K. 3, 21. 
 
 "^"i^n m. (r. "^an. after the form biap) 
 a girdle, absol. Prov. 31, 24; constr. 
 2 Sam. 20, 8 2in lian ; c. suff. 1 Sam. 
 18, 4. 
 
 nnian f (r. -,an) a girdle 2 Sam. 18, 
 11. Also a7i apron Gen. 3, 7. 
 
 'an (festive, from an with the ending 
 "t i- q- "-) Haggai, pr. n. of a prophet, 
 Hagg. 1, 1. Sept. 'Ayyaiog. 
 
 "'an (id.) Haggi, pr. n. of a son of Gad, 
 Num. 26, 15. Patronym. is the same, ibid. 
 
 J^^an (festival of Jehovah) Haggiah, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 15 [30]. 
 
 ln\OT (festive) Haggith, pr. n. f. of a 
 wife of David, the mother of Adonijah, 
 2 Sam. 3, 4. 1 K. 1, 5. 
 
 5^n obsol. root. Arab. J^^ to hop, 
 to atlvance by short leaps, in the manner 
 of a bird, or of a person with his feet 
 shackled. This triliteral seems to have 
 come from the quadril. ^5"in q. v. by 
 dropping 1 . Hence 
 
 T?*^ (partridge, like Arab. J^, Syr. 
 \C^) Hoglah, pr. n. f. Num. 26, 33. 27, 
 1. 36, 11. Comp. n^an nia p. 129. 
 
 "^n fut. *i5n7, to bind around, to 
 gird, to gird up ; kindr. are Arab. ^^ 
 to restrain, Syr. j.^ to be lame. Con- 
 strued : a) With ace. of the part to be 
 girded, 2 K. 4, 29. 9, 1 ; and also with a 
 of that with which one is girded, trop. 
 Prov. 31, 17 she girdeth her loins with 
 strength, b) With ace. of the garment 
 or thing girded on, e. g. a"inn-rx "tan 
 to gird on one's sword, 1 Sam. 17, 39. 25, 
 13. Ps. 45, 4 ; pb lan to gird cm sack- 
 cloth, to gird oneself with sackcloth, Is. 
 15, 3. Jer. 49, 3. Part. act. 2 K. 3, 21 
 n'^an -lah bs from all who girded on a 
 girdle, i. e. who were able to bear arms. 
 Part. pass. "i"xx "iiari girded with an 
 ephod 1 Sam. 2. 18 ; with gen. Joel 1, 8 
 pbTnian girded with sackcloth, and so 
 sometimes ellipt. Joel 1, 13 1"ian gird 
 yourselves sc. with sackcloth. 2 Sam. 21, 
 16 n'inn "i!ian sim aiid he was girded 
 with a new sword. Metaph. Ps. 65, 13 
 nj-jjnpi rirsa ica the hills gird on 
 rejoicing, comp. v. 14. Ps. 76, 11. With 
 a of a girdle Lev. 16, 4. c) With two 
 ace. of pers. and that with which one is 
 girded, Ex. 29, 9. Lev. 8, 13; also a of 
 that with which. Lev. 8, 7. d) Absol 
 to gird oneself Ez. 44, 18. 1 K. 20, 11 
 Here belongs 2 Sam. 22, 46 ''"'arni 
 cr'i"iaGfi!i3 they gird themselves (and go) 
 forth Old of their strongholds ; unless we 
 follow the Syriac usage, 'they creep 
 or limp forth out of their strongholds ;' 
 comp. Mic. 7, 17. Hos. 11, 11. 
 Deriv. lian, nnian, n-iania . 
 
 I. *in adj. (r. Tin) fern, n-jn, sharp, 
 spoken of a sword, Ez. 5, 1. Ps. 57, 5. 
 Prov. 5, 4. 
 
 II. ^n i. q. Chald. in, Heb. nnx, 
 one, Ez. 33, 30. 
 
nn 
 
 296 
 
 b^n 
 
 Tn Chald. num. f. H.'^n , rrin , one, i. e. 
 UWMS, a, um, for Heb. inx , the X being 
 dropped by aphaeresis. Used: a) Often 
 for the indef. article ; Dan. 2, 31 in D^S 
 an image, a certain image, comp. 6, 18. 
 Ezra 4, 8. b) Fem. nin is put also for 
 the ordinal. ^rs<, espec. in the enumera- 
 tion of years, as uiiisl? rrjn riia Engl. 
 the year one of Cyrus, Ezra 5, 13. 6, 3. 
 Dan. 7, 1. c) Before numerals in im- 
 plies multiplication, times ; as Dan. 3, 19 
 11 bs nrrc"in lit. one seven more than, 
 
 - T : - ^ 
 
 i. e. one seven times more. So Syr. i-M . 
 d) iiins as one, i. e. at once, together, 
 i. q. Heb. inxs . Dan. 2, 35. 
 
 "7^ 1. to he sharpened, sharp, 
 
 a ^ 
 Prov. 27, 17, see in Hiph. Arab. cXa^ 
 
 fut. /. Kindr. 1ia , and the roots there 
 
 quoted. 
 
 2. to be quick, vehement, Jierce; comp. 
 
 Gr. o|i'c, Lat. acer. Hab. 1, 8. Comp. 
 
 Hiph. to sharpen. Prov. 27, 17 bna 
 ^inri-'ZB in^ UJ'^XI in'i X"["'?3 iron is 
 sharpened on iron, and a man sharpen- 
 eth the countenance of his friend ; here 
 in"; is fut. A of Kal for irr; ; and in^ is 
 fut. Hiph. formed in the Chaldee manner 
 for in;^ , in;; . as bn;: Num. 30, 3, bns Ez. 
 39, 7." See Lehrg. 38. 1. 103. n. 14. 
 
 HoPH. in'Pi to he sharpened, e. g. a 
 eword, Ez. 21, 14. 15. 16. 
 
 Deriv. in I, iwn , pr. n. I'^in , and 
 
 ^T^n Hadad, pr. n. of one of the 
 twelve sons of Ishmael Gen. 25, 15, 
 where many read "iin ; 1 Chr. 1, 50, 
 where most read iin ; and this should 
 probably stand in both places. 
 
 ^TV ^^t- 3poc. in'^, to rejoice, to be 
 glad, Aram. l,-i, Xin id. Correspond- 
 ing in the occidental languages are yn- 
 Sib), yuffio), gaudeo. Ex. 18, 9. Job 3, 
 6 njiu 'Q'Z in^'bs let it not rejoice 
 among the days of the year. 
 
 Pi EI. to make glad, joyful, Ps. 21, 7. 
 
 Deriv. '"i*iH, pr. n. bx-iin^, in^^rj';. 
 
 Hi'nH (r. Iin) sharp, and perh. subst. 
 sharpness, a point. Job 41, 22 [30] ""'llin 
 loin sharp points of a potsherd, sharp 
 potshcnlH, broken pieces of earthen-ware, 
 put for the scales of the crocodile. Comp. 
 ^1. Hist. Anim. 10. 24. 
 
 ni'in f joy, gladness, 1 Chr. 16, 27. 
 Neh. 8, 10. In Chald. context, Ezra 6, 
 16. R. nin. 
 
 "T^'in (sharp, r. Iin) Hadid, pr. n. of 
 a city in Benjamin, situated on a moun- 
 tain, Ezra 2, 33. Neh. 7, 37. 11,34. U8i8<i 
 1 Mace. 12, 38 ; comp. Jos. Ant. 13. 6. 5. 
 
 I'^'in Chald. plur. the breast, Heb. 
 nm, Dan. 2. 32. In Targg. occurs 
 Sing, -^in . See Heb. Gr. 106. 2. a. 
 
 *^^i^ and ^'!1\! fut. bin'i, in pause 
 bin;; Job 10, 20. For the anomalous 
 form "^Fibinn see Index. 
 
 1. to leave off, to cease, to desist. Arab. 
 J Jc&- id. also to desert, to forsake, see 
 Scheid ad Cant. Hiskise p. 53. Schul- 
 tens ad Job. p. 72. The primary idea 
 lies in becoming pendulous, languid.fac- 
 cid, which is transferred to slackening 
 and desisting from labour. It belongs 
 to the family of roots quoted under bbl, 
 which all express the idea of being pen- 
 dulous, flaccid, flabby. Construed : a) 
 AVith infin. and h, Gen. 11, 8 sibin^l 
 "i^rn rissb and they left off to build the 
 city! 41, 49. 1 Sam. 12, 23. Prov. 19, 27; 
 poet, also with inf Is. 1, 16 Sin ''bin 
 cease to do evil ; or with a verbal noun, 
 Job 3, 17 TS'i nbin they cease from tumult. 
 
 b) Absol. to cease from labour; 1 Sam. 
 2, 5 ibin casi the hungry do not labour. 
 Also to rest. Job 14, 6. Judg. 5, 6 the 
 highways rested, were not travelled. 
 
 c) Absol. i. q. to cease to he, to be at an 
 end, Ex. 9, 34 the rain and the hail 
 ceased, v. 29. 33. Is. 24, 8. Also to fail, 
 to be wanting, Deut. 15, 11 the poor shall 
 never fail. Job 14, 7. 
 
 2. to cease from any person or thing: 
 a) With "i^ of pers. to desist from any 
 one, to forbear from, to let alone, Ex. 14, 
 12. Job 7, 16 "^3^^ bin let me alone, per- 
 secute me no more. 2 Chr. 35. 21 for- 
 bear from God, strive against him no 
 longer. Without '{O . absol. Judg. 15, 7. 
 Job 10, 20. b) to cease from, to leave^ 
 sc. a person or thing formerly loved, un- 
 dertaken, pursued, i. q. to desert, to give 
 vp, Job 19, 14; with 'f-q 1 Sam. 9.5. Judg. 
 9, 9 sq. Is. 2, 22 ni!jn",t3 c=b sibin cease 
 ye from man, i. e. leave the vain confi- 
 dence ye have reposed in man. Absol. 
 Ps. 49, 9. c) With ") and inf to cease 
 
yvn 
 
 297 
 
 TOin 
 
 Jrom, to desist, 1 K.'IS, 21. Hence to 
 forbear from doing any thing, i. q. to 
 beware of Ex. 23. 5 ; see in STr no. 1. 
 
 3. to leave undone, to let alone, to for- 
 bear, not to do. 1 K. 22, 6. 15 OK . . . -r^bsn 
 i^n: shall we ^o ... or shall we not go ? 
 lit. or let it alone. Ez. 2, 5. Jer. 40, 4. 
 Job 16, 6. Zech. 11, 12. With infin.and 
 V, Num. 9. 13. Deut. 23. 23. Ps. 36, 4. 
 
 Deriv. the three following: 
 
 ^"TH ni. verbal adj. 1. ceasing to be, 
 frail, Ps. 39, 5. 
 
 2. forbearing to do any thing, Ez. 
 3,27. 
 
 3. Intrans. left, destitute, forsaken, 
 comp. Arab. J.cXitf id. Is. 53, 3 bnn 
 D^3''!</o/a/feH o/*mtt, comp. Job 19, 14. 
 
 'Tl m. pr. place of rest, region of the 
 dead, hades, Is. 38, 11. R. bnn no. 1. b. 
 
 ''^yi (resting, r. bnn no. 1. b) Hadlai, 
 pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 28, 12! 
 
 P!!v o^sol. root, i. q. Arab, ^v Jl&. 
 to prick, to sting, with which are kindr. 
 ^StX^ to be sour, biting, as vinegar, 
 and ^^XA. to be sharp-sighted. Hence 
 
 p'^n Mic. 7, 4, and p'lH jn pause 
 p'ln Prov. 15, 19, a species of thorii. 
 
 9 ^ ., 
 Arab. iXjc^. melongena spivosa, i. e. 
 
 tolanum insanum Linn, prickhj mad- 
 apple ; see Abulfadli ap. Cels. in Hierob. 
 II. p. 40 sq. 
 
 ''p'^r' in pause ^i?)jn . pr. n. Hiddekel, 
 i. e. the Tigris. Gen. 2, 14. Dan. 10, 4. In 
 
 Aramaean N^S'n, 2uikX, Arab. JL&.4>, 
 
 JU:i.i> ; al.so Zend. Teger, Pehlv. Te^e- 
 ra. stream, whence have arisen both the 
 Greek name Tigris and the Aram, and 
 Arab, forms. In Hebrew is prefixed in 
 active, vehement, rapid ; so that bpin is 
 pr. the rapid Tigris ; comp. Hor. Carm. 
 4. 14. 46. The Hebrews seem not to 
 have been aware that the name Teger 
 ^i5^) of itself signifies velocity; (so in 
 the language of Media, Tigris is an ar- 
 row, Strabo 11. 527. Plin. H. N. 6. 27, 
 Pers. _AJ" arrow, Sanscr. tigra sharp, 
 
 swift;) and hence arose a pleonasm, 
 Buch as we have in Mr'ne "^o king Pha- 
 raoh and in Engl, the Alcoran. 
 
 * "^-lO ' ^' ^y^' ^r^ ^ surround, to 
 enclose, e. g. with a wall or rampart ; 
 and in a hostile sense to beset, to besiege. 
 This root is of the same family with iJCn 
 and "iia q. v. A secondary form is Arab. 
 
 s Jc^ curtain, and \ Jc^ to hide behind 
 
 a curtain ; also Eth. f^XZ, to dwell. 
 Hence Ez. 21, 19 [14] tinb nnnnn ann 
 the sword which besvtgeth them, which 
 besets them on every side. Abulwalid 
 derives the same sense of besetting, 
 lying in wait, from the idea of dwelling 
 or lurking ; see Ethiop. and Arab, above. 
 The ancient versions render, the sword 
 that terrijieth them, as if i. q. niin ,-^ 
 Hence 
 
 '^'I'l ni. in pause nn, constr. ^iin, c. 
 sufT. i-i'in ; plur. O'^iin, constr. "'I'ln. 
 
 1. an apartment, chamber, espec. an 
 inner one, either of a tent or house. Gen. 
 43, 30. Judg. 16, 9. 12. Hence, a bed- 
 chamber 2 Sam. 4, 7. 13, 10 ; female 
 apartment, harem, Cant. 1,4. 3, 4 ; a 
 bride-chamber Judg. 15, 1. Joel 2, 16 ; 
 a store-chamber Prov. 24. 4; "iina Tin 
 a chamber within a chamber, i. e. an 
 inner chamber, 1 K. 20, .30. 22, 25. 2 K. 
 
 S a 
 
 9,2. Arab. tX^ curtain, hanging, by 
 
 which the inner apartment is concealed*, 
 the inner chamber, private apartment ; 
 comp. ^yj^yi tent-curtain, Euid Syr. P^tj^ 
 tent. 
 
 2. Metaph. ITsn-^-iin Job 9. 9, th^ 
 chambers of the south, the remotest re- 
 cesses of the south, comp. 'jis:* ''SI'Si!!. 
 Also |a2"^'n'in the chambers of the belly, 
 the inmost breast, Prov. 18, 8. 26, 22. 
 Vyi2 "'I'ln the chambers of death, i. e. the 
 grave, Sheol, Prov. 7, 27. 
 
 ^'?'7'^ awa| Xeyoft. and very obscure, 
 Hadrach, pr. n. of a country ; Zech. 9, 1 
 T('J"?r? T15* land of Hadrach, in the parall. 
 member is Damascus. Perhaps the land 
 of Hadrach is the region of Damascus 
 itself 
 
 '^l'^. pr. n. see in Tin . 
 
 "^^'.^ in Kal not used, to be new, 
 Aram, rin id. Arab. ic.>c\^>. to be new, 
 recent ; IV. to produce something new ; 
 but Conj. Ill, IV, also to polish a sword. 
 
icirt 
 
 298 
 
 nin 
 
 Perhaps the original idea is to shine, to 
 glitter J comp. la^i^ to he pure, holy. 
 
 PiEL to make anew, to renew, 1 Sam. 
 11, 14. Job 10, 17. Ps. 51, 12. Espec. 
 buildings, cities, to rebuild, to repair, Is. 
 61, 4. 2 Chr. 15, 8. 24, 4. 
 
 HiTHP. to renew oneself, Ps. 103, 5. 
 
 Deriv. the three following : 
 
 '7'7 ^dj. f. fi^'^n, new, e. g. a cart, 
 threshing-dray, 1 Sam. 6, 7. Is. 41, 15 ; 
 a house Deut. 20, 5. 22, 8 ; a wife Deut. 
 24, 5 ; a king Ex. 1. 8 ; a song Ps. 33. 3. 
 40, 4 ; a name Is. 62, 2. Often also it is 
 i. q. fresh, of this year, spoken of grain 
 (opp. *Tr^) Lev. 26, 10 ; imheard of Ecc. 
 1, 9. 10. So new gods i. e. not before 
 worshipped Deut. 32, 17. Hdnn a new 
 thing Is. 43, 19; plur. Is. 42^ 9. For 
 naj-in n^:in 2 Sam. 21, 16, see in nan 
 lett b. 
 
 tD'in m. (r. liJ'irj) 1. the new moon, 
 day of the new moon, the first day of the 
 lunar month, which was a festival among 
 the Hebrews, Num. 29, 6. 1 Sam. 20, 5. 
 18, 24. Ex. 19, 1 "'Ta^i'Ti'D ffil'na in the 
 third new moon, i. e. on the first of the 
 third month. Hos. 5, 7 irnh nbrxi nns 
 now shall the new moon consume them, 
 i. e. in the time of the new moon they 
 shall be consumed. Plur. C'ttJ'in new 
 moons, often coupled with sabbaths and 
 festivals, 2 Chr. 2, 3. 8, 13. Ezra 3, 5. 
 Is, 1, 13. 14. Ez. 45, 17. al. 
 
 2. a month, i. e. a lunar month, begin- 
 ning with the new-moon. Gen. 8, 5. Ex. 
 13, 15. al. u^-O"^ tJinh a month of time, 
 for the space of a month, (see CS^ ,) 
 Gen. 29, 14. Num. 11,20.21. 
 
 3. Hodesh, pr. n. f 1 Chr. 8. 9. 
 
 '''in Hodshi, metronym. of tnh no. 3, 
 2 Sam. 24, 6. 
 
 * f^!P!| Cliald. to he new, i. q. t-m . 
 Hence 
 
 ^T\ Chald. adj. new, Ezra 6, 4. Syr. 
 
 Kirise- rin. 
 
 * i^n in Kal not used, to he or come 
 under penalty, reum esse v. fieri, like 
 
 Syr. ^, Arab. C>\^ of debt (Ez. 18, 
 
 7) and of guilt. 
 
 Pi EL S;n to bring under penalty, to 
 cause to forfeit, Dan. 1, 10. Hence 
 
 Sin m. debt, Ez. 18, 7. 
 
 nn'^in (hidden, hiding-place, r. rtan) 
 Hohah, pr. n. of a place to the northward 
 of Damascus, once Gen. 14, 15 ; comp. 
 Xw^a Judith 4, 4. 15, 4. Eusebius in 
 Onomast. confounds this place with Co- 
 caba, the seat of the Ebionites ; see the 
 author's note to Burckhardt's Travels in 
 Syria, etc. II. p. 1054. Germ. 
 
 * wi^n to describe a circle, to mark out 
 
 with a compass, Job 26, 10. Syr. s~ 
 
 to move in a circle, l^wp^ circle. Kindr. 
 
 roots are 55^ ^"^^ ^^^ 
 Deriv. tiairiTa and 
 
 y^T^ m. circle, sphere, e. g. the arch or 
 vault of the heavens, Prov. 8, 27. Job 
 22, 14 ; the circuit of the earth, orbia 
 terrarum. Is. 40, 22. 
 
 * ^T\ 1. pr. i. q. Arab. oL^ mid. Ye, 
 to turn aside ; II, to tie kiwis ; whence 
 may be derived Heb. fTi'n an enigma, 
 riddle, parable. Hence 
 
 2. Joined with Ti'^n, to propose a rid- 
 dle Judg. 14, 12 sq. to propose a parable 
 Ez. 17, 2. Comp. Y'^ and r\-:i'bi2 , also 
 Gr. ffinliy-fiv tuvlyfiuia ^sch. Prometh. 
 Vinct. 610. 
 
 Deriv. iTTvi, m-^nit , rw'n'n . 
 
 * Tiy^ in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to 
 breathe, comp. Piel. For this power in 
 the syllable sn, -X, IK, see under ^sjj 
 n^Xjbrn. Hence 
 
 2. to lire, i. q. n;jri, comp. subst. Hjn. 
 
 Piel fi-in pr. to breathe out; hence 
 to declare, to show, a poetic word for the 
 prose *T^r.n . Chald. and Syr, '5n , ^o^, 
 Arab, transp. ,^^^5 > ^^^^ ^^^: Arab. 
 ^^. .Job 32, 10. 17 ; with dat. of pere. 
 Ps. 19, 3 ; also accus. Job 32. 6 ; c. suff. 
 15, 17. 36, 2. 
 
 Deriv. nWH . 
 
 ^fn Chald. in Kal not used. 
 
 Pa. Kin i. q. Hebr. riJin. to declare, to 
 show, Dan. 2, 11 ; with b of pcrs. Dan. 
 2, 24 ; c. suff. 5, 7. 
 
 Apn. inf n^^nn, fut. ninn*;!, id. with 
 h Dan. 2, 16. 24. 27 ; accus. 2.' 6. 9. 
 
 Deriv. n^jriX. 
 
 n^n f i. q. nn. R. ri^n i. q. n^n, 
 comp. njn and nn . 
 
nn 
 
 299 
 
 Virt 
 
 1. life, i. q. Mjn. Hence pr. n. of the 
 first womiin, Havrah, Ere, as the mo- 
 ther of all the living, ^T^'hs CK, Gen. 3, 
 20. 4, 1. Sept. Lvu, (comp. "'^n Evaiog,) 
 Vulg. //era. 
 
 2. i. q. txm no. 2, a village, nomadic 
 encampment, (pr. place where one lives^ 
 dwells ; so Germ, lehen in pr. names, 
 Eisleben, Aschersleben, etc.) Num. 32, 
 41. Hence "f'X^ risin Hamolh-Jair, 
 towns or villages of Jair, i. e. Bashan or 
 a part of it, 80 called from Jair, a descend- 
 ant of Manasseh, Num. 1. c. Deut. 3, 14. 
 Josh. 13, 30. ] K. 4, 13. In Judg. 10, 4 
 this name is given to thirty towns in 
 Gilead pertaining to Jair, one of the 
 judges ; comp. 1 K. 1. c. 
 
 * T^n obsol. root, prob. i. q. TW to flee 
 to ; y and n being interchanged. Hence 
 
 
 ''Tin (seer, r. Hjn) Hozai, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 33, 19. 
 
 Hin m. contr. for nsh. from r. nsn ; 
 see other like forms in 013 . Others de- 
 rive it from a root nnn of the like signif 
 
 1. i. q. nn , a hook, ring, or the like, 
 which was put through the nostrils of 
 large fishes in order to let them down 
 again alive into the water. Job 40, 26 
 [41.2]. A similar instrument was used 
 in binding captives, 2 Chr. 33, 11 ; comp. 
 Am. 4, 2. 
 
 2. a thorn, thom-biish, Job 31. 40. 
 Prov. 26, 9. 2 K. 14, 9. Plur. D-^nin 
 Cant. 2, 2. and with Vav movable D'^n'n 
 1 Sam. 13, 6, thom-huslies, thickets. 
 In the kindred languages are found 
 
 ^f^ } H*Q^ the sloe, sloe-thorn. 
 
 "^" Chald. to sew, to sew together, 
 Syr. wj^ . Arab. LL^ mid. Ye, id. 
 
 Aph. to mend, to repair, e. g. a wall, 
 Ezra 4, 12. Comp. XBn .Hence 
 
 131H m. a thread, Judg. 16, 12. Ecc. 
 4, 12. Cant. 4, 3. Collect, thread, Josh. 
 
 2, 18. Proverbially, Gen. 14, 23 'Jima 
 bs? T^iito IS") from a thread to a shoe- 
 latchet, i. e. neither a thread nor a sandal- 
 thong, not even the least thing. Corre- 
 eponding is the Lat. neque hilum Lucr. 
 
 3. 784. Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 4. 22, for 
 neque filum,' whence nihil. The Arabs 
 
 have a similar proverb ; see Hamasa ed. 
 Freytag. p. 245. ed. Schult. p. 404. 
 
 ''^n (perh. villager, from njn i.q. nsn 
 no. 2.) gentile n. Hicite. often collect. ^/i 
 Ilivite, JJicites, Sept. Lvuloi,; a Canaani- 
 tish people dwelling at the foot of Her- 
 mon and Lebanon, Josh. 11, 3. Judg. 3, 
 3 ; but living also at Shechem and Gi- 
 beon, Gen. 34, 2. 2 Sam. 24, 7. IK. 9 
 20. Josh. 11, 19. 
 
 ^f"^!"!! Ilavilah, pr. n. 1. A region of 
 Arabia, inhabited by descendants of Jok- 
 tan Gen. 10, 29 ; eastward of the Ishmael- 
 ites and Amalekites, Gen. 25. 18. 1 Sam. 
 15, 7. Probably the Xavkojolot of Stni- 
 bo are to be understood (XVI. p. 728 
 Casaub.) dwelling on the Persian Gulf, 
 on the coast of which Niebuhr mentions 
 a town and district &JL}>,&. HawUahj 
 Beschr. v. Arab. p. 342. 
 
 2. A region of the Cushites. Gen. 10, 7. 
 1 Chr. 1, 9, which is to be sought in 
 Ethiopia. Most prob. the Avalit<^. dwell- 
 ing on the Sinus Avalites, now Zeilah, 
 to the southward of the Straits of Bftb 
 el-Mandeb. Pliny 6. 23. Ptolem. 4. 7. So 
 also Saadias apparently, who three times 
 in Genesis for nb^in puts MUa\ i. q SJL} 
 Zeilah. "^ "-^ 
 
 3. The first Havilah (no. 1) enables 
 us probably to ascertain the land of Havi- 
 lah, nb-'inn ynx Gen. 2, 11, abounding 
 in gold, pearls (comm. bdellium), and 
 gems, and flowed around by the river 
 Pishon (Indus?) ; since the Havilah of 
 Gen. 10, 29, is also enumerated among 
 gold countries, and, as being on the Per- 
 sian Gulf^ was adjacent to India. In- 
 deed we are here probably to understand 
 India, in accordance with the ancient 
 usage, in so far as it also embraced 
 Arabia. See Assemani Bibl. Orient. T. 
 III. P. II. p. 568 sq. Those who regard 
 the Pishon as the Phasis, make Havilah 
 to be Colchis ; so Reland Diss. I, p, 17. 
 Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 202. But 
 the name of the Colchians is a"^n-D3. 
 
 \ : - 
 
 *^^'^ and ^V, fijt. biiri^ and h^rtr^ 
 apoc. i>n^5 Ps. 97. 4, irri I'Sam. 31, 3, 
 Vnni Jer! 51, 29; Imp. ""Vn Mic. 4, 10, 
 and ib^n Ps. 96, 9 ; pr. to turn around, 
 to twist, to whirl; and intrans. tobe turn- 
 ed around, to be twisted, to whirl or be 
 
b^r. 
 
 300 
 
 ttin 
 
 tchirled. Arab. JLa- mid. Waw, to be 
 
 Jo . 
 
 turned, converted, changed, J^.^ round 
 
 about, Jy^ a year, Jj-a* full of turns, 
 wily. Kindred are bsis, Gr. liUo), tllvm, 
 tlXa; and Avith Vav as it were strength- 
 ened into Beth, ^311 . Hence 
 
 1. to dance in a circle, to whirl in the 
 dance, Judg. 21, 21, Comp. Pil. no. 1, 
 and subst. bina . 
 
 2. to be whirled, to be hurled upon any 
 person or thing, pr. of a sword Hos. 11, 
 6 ; of a whirlwind, c. ? Jer. 23, 19. 
 30,23. Trop. 2 Sam. 3, 29 ttJXi 1=5 Bbn;i 
 'l51 asi"' let it (the murder of Abner) be 
 hurled upon the head of Joab. Lam. 4, 
 6 D'^n'^ na ^ibn sb and no (human) hands 
 were hurled upon her, i. e. laid upon her 
 with violence. Often in the Targums, 
 see Buxt. Lex. Chald. p. 719. Arab. 
 
 JL^ to swing oneself upon a horse, to 
 mount a horse ; IV to rush upon one 
 with a scourge, with i^^^. and (,j. 
 
 3. to twist oneself with pain, to writhe, 
 to he in pain, comp. ban ; espec. of a 
 woman in travail, Is. 13, 8. 23, 4. 26, 18. 
 66, 7. 8. Mic. 4, 10. Hence to bear, to 
 bring forth, Is. 45, 10. Metaph. c. b, 
 to be in pain for any thing, Mic. 1, 12. 
 Hence 
 
 4. to tremble, to quake, in allusion to 
 the trembling or shuddering of a woman 
 in travail, Ps. 55, 5. 77, 17. 97, 4. With 
 yo of pers. before whom one trembles, 
 1 Sam. 31, 3. 1 Chr. 10, 3 ; 'SBia Deut. 
 8, 25. Joel 2, 6 ; ''SBba Ps. II4/7! 
 
 5. to be strong, firm, stable, just as 
 also other verbs of binding and twisting 
 are transferred to strength, see Dna , pTPi , 
 'll^l?. Arab. JLa. mid. Waw, id. Aram. 
 Pa. in to make strong. Eth. "J PA 
 to be strong, able. Hence b"^!! strength. 
 Ps. 10, 5 is"^"! ibTl^ his ways are firm, 
 Btable, i. e. all his affairs prosper. Job 20, 
 21 iaia b-ri^ Kb his good shall not be 
 stable, his prosperity shall not last. 
 Hence 
 
 6. to stay, to delay, and so to wait, i. q. 
 hni , Gen. 8, 10. Judg. 3, 25. 
 
 HiPH. CRusat. of Kal no. 4, P. 29, 8. 
 HoPH. fut. bnic, pass, of Kal no. 3, to 
 U bom, Is. 66, 8. 
 
 Pil. bb-in 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to dance 
 in a circle, Judg. 21, 23. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to bear, to bring 
 forth, Job 39, 1 ; things, to create, to 
 form, Deut. 32, 18. Ps. 90, 2. Causat. 
 Ps. 29, 9. 
 
 3. i. q. Kal no. 4, to tremble, Job 26, 5. 
 
 4. i. q. Kal no. 6, to wait for, c. b Job 
 35, 14. 
 
 PuL. bbin to be born. Job 15, 7. Prov. 
 8, 24. 25. Ps. 51, 7. 
 
 HiTHP. bbinrn 1, to whirl or hurl 
 oneself i. e. to rush with violence, i. q. 
 Kal no. 2, Jer. 23, 19, 
 
 2. to writlie with pain. Job 15. 20. 
 
 3. to wait for, c. b, i. q. Kal no. 6 
 and Pil, no. 4, Ps. 37,'?, 
 
 HiTHPALP. bnbnrn to he pained, 
 grieved, Esth. 4, 4. 
 
 Deriv. bw, b'in, b^n, b-^n, bn, ,'ibn, 
 b-^n, nb-^n, libn, nbnbn, bin^:, nbin^. 
 
 -''H (circle) Hul, pr. n. of an Aramae- 
 an region. Gen. 10, 23. Rosenmiiller 
 compares the district HUleh, Arab. itOx! 
 sJ^.^t Ard el-Huleh, near the sources 
 of the Jordan. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 252, 
 309. R. b:in . 
 
 ^in m. (r, biin) sand, Syr. \Lj , from 
 its rolling and sliding motion, Ex. 2, 12. 
 Deut. 33, 19. Jer. 5, 22. The sand of 
 the sea, ^^"^ bin , poet. Ca;^ bin , is very 
 often put as the image of abundance, 
 Gen. 32, 13. 41, 49; also of weight Job 
 6, 3. Prov. 27, 3. In Job 29. IS the Rab- 
 bins understand by bin the bird phenix, 
 from a conjecture resting on the other 
 member of the parallelism, where there 
 is mention of a nest; and the Codd. 
 Babyl. for the sake of distinction even 
 read bin . But sand is the frequent 
 emblem of numerous days; nor is there 
 any reason to depart from the common 
 signification. 
 
 D^'^ obsol. root, pr. to be burned, 
 
 scorched, and hence to be black. Comp. 
 
 ^ 
 kindr, can, Arab. *.. to be black. 
 
 Hence 
 
 t3in adj. black, Gen. 30, 32 sq. 
 
 rvain f. (r. nan q. V.) a wall, Ex. 14, 
 22, 29. Deut. 3, V. 28, 52. Often for the 
 wall of a city, Is. 22, 10. 3G, 11. 12. Neh. 
 3, 8. 33. al. rarely of other buiidinga 
 
Din 
 
 301 
 
 yin 
 
 Lara. 2, 7. Meluph. of a maiden chaste 
 ami ililficult ofiutcess, Cant. S, 9. 10. 
 
 Plur. ricin wallit of a city, Is. 26, 1. 
 Ps. 51, 20; with a verb plur. Jer. 50, 15. 
 So too Jer. 1, 18 to, I bare made titee this 
 day a defeiired city... and brazen walls; 
 altlioiigh in tlie sume phrase in 15, 20, 
 it is in the singular. 
 
 Dual D'jntn , formed from the Plural, 
 two walls; hence n^ntnn -pa between 
 the two walls, 2 K. 25, 4. Jer. 39, 4, The.se 
 were near the king's gardens below Si- 
 loam, [and may refer to the wall on the 
 east of Zion and the eastern wall of the 
 city; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 400, 
 461. In Is. 22, 11 the same expression 
 seems to refer to the western part of 
 Jerusalem, and may perhaps denote the 
 first and second walls described by 
 Josephus, B. J. 5. 4. 2. Biblioth. Sacr. 
 1843, p. 199. R. 
 
 *C^r! fut. Din^, Dh^, 1 pers. O^nx 
 Jer. 13, 14. Ez. 24, 14. Jon. 4, 11. 
 
 1. to pity, to hare compassion on, c. 
 i? Ps. 72, 13 ; also to be grieved for any 
 thing, Jon, 4, 10 '(i-'i^-'pn"^? POH "PS? 
 ihoa wast grieved fur the ricinus which 
 perished ; comp. Gen. 45, 20. Hence 
 
 2. to spare, to treat with pity, c. bs , 
 Neh. 13, 22. Jer. 13, 14. Ez. 24,'l4. Joel 
 2, 17. Aram, yjsct. c. ^^^.l^ id. 
 
 Note. In connection with this root, 
 it is to be observed that the ideas both 
 of pity and of sparing are attributed 
 more frequently to the eye than to the 
 person himself-, as elsewhere weakness 
 and strength to the hands, comp. nsn , 
 pTn ; longing or pining also to the eye, 
 see rr^s . Hence we may gather, that 
 the primary idea of the verb is that of a 
 gentleand henigyi countenance; like Engl. 
 to overlook, Germ, nachselien, Nach- 
 sicht. So Deut. 7, 16 r^rs Dinn-sb 
 BFl'^bs spare them not, pr. let not thine, 
 eye hare pity on them, i. e. behold them 
 not with a feeling of pity. 13, 9. 19, 13. 
 21. 25, 12. Is. 13, 18. Ez. 5, 11. 7, 4. 9. 
 Gen. 45. 20 os-^bs bs ohn-bx caj'^s be 
 not grieved for your stuff left behind, 
 pr. let not your eye grieve. Once ellipt. 
 1 Sam. 24, 11 rpbr onn;) but (mine eye) 
 spared thee. In like manner the Arabs 
 attribute pity to the eye ; Vit. Timur. T. 
 L p. 542. 1. 14, 
 
 26 
 
 ^in or 5]n m. (r. t)tn \l)acoa8t,8hore^ 
 as washed by the sea. Gen. 49, 13. Deut 
 
 1, 7. Josh. 9, 1. Arab. SiLa., oJXa., 
 margin, sea-coast. Of the same origin 
 
 are also Jc^Lm* and li^tf sea-coast 
 
 OSin (perh. coaist-raan, from Clin) 
 Hupham, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin 
 Num. 26, 39; for which Gen. 46, 21 
 c^on . Patronym. ''OBin Huphamite, 
 Num. 1. c. 
 
 * y^n obsoi. root. Syr. Pa. ^.t^ to 
 gird; comp. .LLa-, w^, to surround. 
 Hence y*n wall ; also 
 
 7^"^ m. pr. wall, side of a building; 
 then spec, the outside of a house ; whence 
 the antithesis "^'iims^ r^^^ia on the inside 
 and on the outside, pr. on the house-side 
 and on the wall-side or outside, Gen. 6, 
 14. Ex. 25, 11. Hence 
 
 1. Subst. whatever is out of doors or 
 abroad, i. e. a) Out of a house, tJie 
 street, Jer. 37, 21 c-iExn y^in the (Hikers' 
 street, in Jerusalem. Is. 51. 23. Prov. 7, 
 
 12. Plur. n-isiin streets Is. .5. 25. 10, 6. 15, 
 3. Jer. 7. 17. al. IK. 20. 34 and thou shall 
 make nisin streets for thee in Damascus, 
 as my father made in Samaria, i. e. build. 
 whole streets of houses. Others, mar- 
 kets, b) Out of a city, th^ country, the^ 
 fields, pastures, the desert, Aram. 13, 
 Job 5, 10. 18, 17. Hence in opp. -pX; 
 n^'^sw^ the (tilled) land and the deserts, 
 Prov. 8, 26 ; comp. Mark 1, 45. 
 
 2. Adv. out of doors, without, abroad, 
 Deut 23, 14 ; e. g. y^n-r.^hn borw 
 abroad, out of the house, Lev. 18, 9. 
 Also forth, forth abroad, Deut. 23, 13.. 
 Also with n loc. rtsin abroad, withmti, 
 1 K. 6, 6; forth abroad Ex. 12, 46; c. 
 art. Y^nri forth abroad Judg. 1'9, 25. Neh. 
 
 13, 8, pr. into the street; and so iissinn 
 Gen. 15, 5. With prepositions: a)- 
 y^na without, abroad, i. e. out of a tent 
 Gen. 9, 22 ; a house Ex. 21, 19; a city 
 Gen. 24, 31. b) y^rh poet, id; Ps. 41, 
 7. and nswb 2 Chr. 32; 5. c) pna 
 from without, on the outside, opp. n^ao 
 Gen. 6. 14. yinrsa id. Ez. 41, 25. d) 
 h ym^ without, implying-rest, e.g. y^nxi 
 i-'Sb without the city Gen. 19, 16. 24, 11. 
 \ nsWB Ez. 40, 40. 44. e) \- ysina-bs- 
 
1-^ 
 
 in 
 
 302 
 
 nin 
 
 without, out of. after a verb of motion, 
 Num. 5, 3. 4 n:nab ]'!in:a-bi< icithout the 
 camp Deut. 23, 11. Lev. 4, 12. f ) Me- 
 taph. ")^ yw except, besides, i. q. more 
 fAan, Ecc. 2, 25. So Chald. "(^ na, Syr. 
 Samar. and Zab. ^ j nN. 
 Hence "lisin. 
 
 p'li i a root not m use, i. q. ijv.^'' 
 /o surround, to embrace. It seems to 
 have come from P^n, the 2 being soft- 
 ened. Hence p'^n and 
 
 pin or p'ln , 1. q. p"n , the bosom, Ps. 
 74, 11 Cheth. 
 
 Ppn see ppn. 
 
 U~ fut. ijn';; 1, to become white ; 
 and hence of the face, io become pale 
 for shame Is. 29, 22; comp. Zeph. 2, 1. 
 Aram. ?a-M , "iW , id. Arab. Waw quies- 
 cent jLa. to be fulled white, as a gar- 
 ment. Hence "iin , lin I, and ijrt, "''nh . 
 2. Trop. io 6e splendid, noble, i. q. "I'^n 
 no. 2. Hence pr. n. n'nw, fr^'Ti. 
 
 '^^ obsol. root, prob. to hollow out, 
 to bore, or the like, as appears from the 
 derivatives lin, "isin II, a hole, cavern, 
 and the pr. names ''"^n, ')'^"n. Comp. 
 some of the derivatives of r. >L^, as 
 
 iVt ^ foramen am, ^y^ mouth of a 
 river, bay of the sea. Kindred are the 
 
 roots *13 and Lc. ; whence n"i5isa , 
 
 isUue , Lc , cavern. 
 
 1. *1'n and "^n m. (r. '''ir[)fne white 
 linen, Sept. (ivaaot, Esth. 1, 6. 8, 15. 
 
 . JI. ^'in m. (r. "i!in) 1. i. q. l-in II, a 
 hole, as of a serpent Is. 11, 8 ; also of a 
 narrow and filthy subterranean prison, 
 Ib. 42, 22. Comp. the black hole of Cal- 
 cutta. 
 
 2. Ihir, pr. n. a) A king of Midian, 
 Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. b) The hus- 
 bind of Miriam, Moses' sister, Ex. 17, 
 10. 24, 14. c) 1 Chr. 2, 19. 50. 4, 1. 4 ; 
 comp. 2, 20. Ex. 31, 2. d) Neh. 3, 9. 
 e) 1 K. 4, 8. 
 
 I. "Tin m. (r. "i^n) i. q. lin I, white lin- 
 en, only plur. '^'^n poet, for D^'^'^j white 
 linens, cloths of linen or byssus, Is. 19, 9. 
 
 Kindred is Arab. j^a. white silk; Eth. 
 
 AihC cotton, according to Ludolf in 
 Lex. ^th. p. 36. 
 
 II. "lin m. (r. inn) 1. a hole, 2 K. 
 12, 10 ; spoken of a window Cant. 5, 4 j 
 of the socket of the eye Zech. 14, 12. 
 
 2. a cave, cavern Job 30, 6. 1 Sam. 14, 
 11 ; of the dens of wild beasts Nah. 2, 13. 
 
 III. lin ^ plur. C^^n nobles, see "n . 
 yp Chald. m. white, Dan. 7, 9. R. mn. 
 
 ^^In see S-nh . 
 
 'n^ (perh. worker in linen, fr. "i=in I, 
 like Arab, ^^o^ Hariri,) pr. n. m. 
 Huri, 1 Chr. 5, 14. 
 
 '''inn (id. Chald.) Hirrai, 1 Chr. 11, 
 
 32; see "^nri. 
 
 i"lin see "^in. 
 
 D^^n (noble, high-bom, r. "itn no. 2) 
 Huram, pr. n. 
 
 a) A king oi" Tyre, contemporary 
 with David and Solomon, 1 Chr. 14, 1. 
 2 Chr. 2, 2, and so always in the Chroni- 
 cles. But in the books oC Samuel and 
 Kings this name is written nn^^n Hiramy 
 2 Sam. 5, 11. 1 K. 5, 1-18. 9,11. 12; 
 by Greek writers EXqmfiog, Jo. c. Apion, 
 1. 17, 18. 
 
 b) A Tyrian artificer sent by Hiram 
 to Solomon, 2 Chr. 4, 11 ; elsewhere 
 Ci-i-'n Hirom 1 K. 7, 40, zy^n Hiram 
 2 Clir. 1. c. Cheth. Also ^2S< tsnm 
 2 Chr. 2, 12, 1''3^ cnw 4, 16; where 
 however "^ax and rSN do not belong tot 
 the name, but are appellatives : Huram 
 my (his) father, i. e. counsellor, master- 
 workman. 
 
 c) A Benjamite 1 Chr. 8, 5. 
 
 pin Hauran, pr. n. of a region beyond 
 Jordan, eastwan! of Gaulanrtia ("^i*), 
 and west of Trachonitis or d-Lejah, ex- 
 tending from the Jabbok to the territory 
 of Damascns, Ez. 47, 16. 18. Or. Av{iavt- 
 
 Tf, 'Jlqm'hK, Arab. ^^^ HarirAn, so 
 called prob. from the moltitude oUave 
 (lin) fovmd there, which even at the 
 present day serve as dwellings for the 
 inhabitants. See a fiiH d>pcription of 
 this region in Burckhardt's Travels in 
 Syria, etc. p. 51 sq. 211 sq. 285^ 291 sq 
 
"jjin 
 
 303 
 
 nin 
 
 ^^^ 1. to haste, to make luiMe. 
 Arab. JmL^ mid. Ye, to flee hastily. 
 This root is onomntopoetic, imitating 
 the sound of nipiii and hasty motion, 
 lilte Germ, hitschen, transit, fuiscfien, also 
 hasten, Hast, hetzeii, Engl, to haste, to 
 
 chaae. Kindr. are Arab. yC i. q. Germ. 
 hissen. hetzen, to rouse up, to urge on, to 
 chase, yDytf id. c jj6 to rouse, to chase, 
 
 intrans. to be swift, ^<iL^ to fear, Heb. 
 non to flee, to take refuge, tiw, ns, 
 6Lft, q.v. Constr. a) Absol. 1 Sara. 
 20. 38 ; also i. q. to come hastily, to ap- 
 proach speedily. Deut. 32, 35. b) With 
 infin. aiid b, to viake haste to do any 
 thing. Ps. 119, 60. Hab. 1, 8. Also with 
 dat. of a noun, Ps. 22, 20 new "'n'^tyb 
 make haste/or my help, i. e. to help me. 
 38, 23. 40, 14. 70, 2. 71, 12; and in the 
 same sense dat. of pers. Ps. 70, 6 n^nbx 
 'b nvsin O God, make haste for m, help 
 tme quickly. 141, 1. Part. pass, with 
 f active power, plur. w^vn, hasting, hasty, 
 '..quick, Num. 32, 17. 
 
 2. Trop. a) Of vehement emotion, 
 ^internal haste or ardour. Job 20. 2 113?3 
 I ""a "^iasin because of my hasting within 
 
 fne, i. e. the fervid impulse by which I 
 am driven. b) Of the passions, appe- 
 tites, .lusts. Ecc. 2, 25 din^ "'W bsxi ^o 
 tcho doth banquet or who is hasty i. e. 
 eager therein? i. q. who doth gratify his 
 appetite, or enjoy the pleasures of life ? 
 In the Mishna it is not unfrequently used 
 of the feelings of pleasure and of pain. 
 Syr. . and ua.m to feel, to perceive, 
 M^ emotion of mind, passion, ]\IJ.^ 
 
 eg ^ S 
 
 lust, Arab, u**^ to feel, whence JL^ 
 
 and kindr. iLwwLi., Ethiop. hi^tl feel- 
 ing, sense. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to hasten, to urge on, Is. 5, 
 19. 60, 22. 
 
 . 2. i. q. Kal intrans. to haste, to make 
 haste, Ps. 55, 9. Judg. 20, 37. Job 31, 5 
 tinni for Cnw ; see in r. WS. 
 
 3. Pr. to make haste to flee, i. e. tofee 
 hastily, Is. 28. 16. 
 
 Deriv. OTJ and the four following pr. 
 names. 
 
 tyiDTl (haste) Hushah, pr. n. I Chr. 
 
 4, 4 ; see hn^ti. Patron, "^n'^nn Ilusha- 
 thite, 2 Sam! 21, 18. 1 Chr. 11, 29. 20, 4 
 
 iTDin (hasting) pr.n, Hrishai, David's 
 fi"iend and ally in the war against Absa- 
 lom, 2 Sam. 15, 32 sq. 16, 16 sq. 
 
 Wmn (the hasting) Huahim, pr.n.m. 
 a) A son of Dan, Gen. 46. 23 ; see Cinili. 
 b)lChr. 7, 12. c) 1 Chr. 8, 8. 11.' 
 
 DTC^n (haste) Ilusham. pr. n. of a king 
 of Edora, 1 Chr. 1, 45. Written defect. 
 nirn Gen. 36, 34. 35. 
 
 t^'Tl a spurious root. For IHTii Hab. 
 2, 17, see r. rnn Hiph. no. 2. ^ 
 
 Oriin m. (r. onn) 1. a seal, signet- 
 ring, Ex. 28, 11. 21. Job 38, 14. 41, 7. 
 Jer. 22, 24. al. The Hebrews, like the 
 Persians of the present day, sometimes 
 wore their signet-ring suspended upon 
 the breast by a string, Gen. 38, 18 ; to 
 which allusion is made in Cant. 8, G. 
 
 Arab. (VJ'LS. and *J"L^ . 
 
 2. Hotham, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 32. 
 b) 11, 44. 
 
 ^i^TH and ^Xnm 2 Chr. 22, 6 (whom 
 God beholds i. e. cares for, r. ntn) pr. n. 
 Hazael. king of Syria, 1 K. i'g," 15. 17. 
 2 K. 8, 9. 12. 'n n^2 home of Hazael, i. e. 
 Damascus. Am. 1, 4. Lat. Azelus Jus- 
 tin. 36. 2. 
 
 * ^J'^ fut. nm;;, apoc. trin Mic, 4, 11, 
 in Pause thx job 23, 9 ; to see, to look, 
 Engl, to gaze, the common verb in Ara- 
 maean (!>-., Nm, '^^^) for Heb. 
 fiJJ"^ ; in Heb. mostly poetic, like Engl. 
 to behold. Germ, schaiten, Ps. 46, 9. 58, 
 9. al. Spec. 
 
 1. to see God, sometimes of the actual 
 vision of the divine presence, Ex.24, 11. 
 Job 19. 26, comp. 38, 1 ; elsewhere spo- 
 ken of those who Avorship in the temple 
 Ps. 63. 3. So to behold the face of God 
 is metaph. i. q. to enjoy his favour, to 
 find him propitious, the figure being 
 drawn from the practice of kings, who 
 admit to their presence only those v.^hom 
 they favour, Ps. 11, 7. 17. \b. 
 
 2. Spoken espec. and as the usual 
 word for what is presented by a divine 
 influence to the prophet's mind, either 
 in visions properly so called, or in reve- 
 
ntn 
 
 304 
 
 ^in 
 
 lations, oracles. Hab. 1, 1 itfix N^rn 
 'n ntn the oracle which Habakkuk saw, 
 i. e. which, was divinely presented to his 
 mental vision, revealed to him. Is. 1, 1. 
 
 2, 1. 13, 1. Num. 24, 4. Am. 1, 1. Ez. 13, 
 6 KlIJ 'iTH they behold lies, false revela- 
 tions. Zech. 10. 2. With !? , to announce 
 or declare visions or revelations to any 
 one. Lam. 2, 14 sn3 r^ im 'q':s''n3 % 
 prcfphets announce unto thee lies, false 
 revelations. Is. 30, 10. 
 
 3. ^0 look upon, to gaze upon, to con- 
 .template, c. 3 Is. 47, 13; espec. with 
 
 pleasure, to delight in beholding, to feast 
 the eyes upon, Ps. 27, 4. Cant. 7, 1. Job 
 36, 25. Mic. 4, n. With an ace. to look 
 upon with favour, to care for ; Ps. 17, 2 
 let thine eyes look upon the right, i. e. 
 regard justice. Also to look out for one- 
 self, to choose, to select. Ex. 18, 21. Is. 57, 
 8 ; comp. ib nxn Gen. 22, 8. 
 
 4. Trop. to see, i. e. to perceive, to expe- 
 rience, to feel, mentally ; comp. nxn no. 
 
 3. Job 15, 17. 24, 1. 27, 12. 34, 32' ' By 
 a bold metaphor ascribed to the root^ 
 of a plant, which feel tRe stones, i. e. 
 meet with, strike upon the stones ; Job 
 8, 17 it (thy root) seeth the stony place. 
 
 Deriv. nm riTn , '|i^jn , nm-2 . nmp. , 
 and the pr. names b5<m, bx^m, n^'m, 
 
 fltri and i^W Chald. to see, c. ace. 
 Dan. 5, 5. 23. 3, 19 nm ^'n b? rtsa-:;-in 
 one seven times more than (ever was) 
 seen. Inf wn-q Ezra 4, 14. Also ab- 
 sol. to behold, to look on, Dan. 2, 34. 7, 
 4.9.21. 
 
 ^T^^ m. (r. nm) ^^e breast of animals, 
 pr. the part seen, front. Ex. 29, 26. 27. 
 Lev. 7, 30,31. Plur. nim Lev. 9,20.21. 
 Chald. in plur. "p^ri q. v. 
 
 HTH m. (r. nm) 1. a seer, prophet, 
 a word mostly of the silver age of He- 
 brew, signifying i. q. l!f^23 , 1 Chr. 21, 9. 
 25, 5. 29, 29. 
 
 2. Scgolate (like rifth Is. 28. 7) and 
 abstr. i. q. r^lTn no. 3, q. v. pr. a vision ; 
 then a league, covenant, agreement, Is. 
 28, 15. See Comment on Is. 1. c. 
 
 ITn (perh. for Pim vision) JJazo, pr. 
 n. of a son of Nahor, Gen. 22, 22. 
 
 "^TH Chald. m. emphat. KJtn, plur. 
 
 constr. "'jtn, a vision. Dan. 2, 28. 4, 2. 7, 
 7,7.13.20. Syr. fo}^. 
 
 "pTIl m. (r. ^jn) 1. a visixm, spoken 
 of a night-vision or dream, Is. 29, 7. 
 Spec, a vision from God respecting fu- 
 ture events, prophetic vision. Lam. 2, 9. 
 Mic. 3, 6. Ps. 89, 20. Dan. 1, 17. Hence 
 
 2. an oracle, prophecy, Hos. 12, 11. 
 Hab. 2, 2. 3. Obad. 1. Nah. 1, 1. Col- 
 lect. Is. 1, 1, where it is for "jlTn "iSO . 
 
 3, a revelation, divine communication^ 
 1 Sam. 3, 1. Prov. 29, 18. 
 
 flltn f a vision, revelation, 2 Chr. 9, 
 29. R. nm. 
 
 MTn Chald. sight, view, prospect, 
 Dan. 4,' 8. 17. 
 flltn f Kamets impure, r. f^jn. 
 
 1. look, appearance, espec. something 
 conspicuous, remarkable, comp. ns"^B . 
 Dan. 8, 5 r^tn 'j*ip a, horn of appear- 
 ance, i. e. conspicuous, large, v. 8 n3">b?in5 
 53*1 N n>iTn and there came upfotir con- 
 spicuous horns ; for so the sense seems 
 to demand, on account of v. 5. 
 
 2. a vision, i. e. prophetic, Is. 21, 2. 
 
 3. a revelation, revealed law, Is. 29, 
 11 ; and hence, league, covenant, these 
 two ideas being kindred in the mind of 
 the Hebrew, whose whole religion was 
 a covenant with God, Is. 2S, 18, comp. 
 nth V. 15. Hitzig derives the signif of 
 covenant from the fact that in making a 
 covenant the prophets were consulted ; 
 comp. 1^=5^ libation and covenant. 
 
 ^V^ obsol. root, Arab. y&. to pierce 
 through, to transfix, e. g. with an arrow; 
 
 (S ^ 
 
 y^ to cut in, to perforate, to wound. 
 
 Kindred is y'&'n .Hence vvr . 
 
 '^""Tn (vision of God) Haziel, pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 23, 9. R. nm. 
 
 "CT*^ (whom Jehovah beholds) Ha- 
 zaiah. pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 5. R. nm. 
 
 fi'^Tn (vieion) Hezion, pr. n. m. 1 K. 
 15, 18. R. nm. 
 
 'ji'^jn 1X1. (r. nm) constr. 11'''^'^, plur. 
 n';3"i"''tn. 
 
 1. a vision, Job 4, 13. 7, 14. 20, 8. 
 
 2. a revelation., 2 Sam. 7, 17. )'^'m ii 
 Is. 22, 5 (comp, v. 1) valley of vision, or 
 collect, of visions, i. e. Jerusalem, as the 
 
"Tn 
 
 305 
 
 pm 
 
 eat and liome of the divine revelations, 
 comp. Is. 2, 3. Luke 13, 33 ; perhaps also 
 in allusion to *|i^:in (whence Sept. Zimv), 
 or to npb . which Ititter is explained as 
 signifying ' vision of Jehovah,' Gen. 22. 2. 
 2 Chr. 3, 1. The city is situated on the 
 Bide of a valley. 
 
 fin or T''Tn m. (r. Ttn) pr. arroio, 
 hence U<:^htniHg, Zech. 10, 1 ; more fully 
 mbp T"Tn thunder-jiash Job 28, 26. 38, 25. 
 
 "l^tn in. a swine Lev. 11, 7. Syr. 
 fi-*)^, Arab. ^jJL^ id. with Nun in- 
 serted ; whence is perh. derived the verb 
 .y^ to have small eyes or swines' eyes. 
 
 See r. nm . 
 
 "*T!! (swine) Ilezir, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 24, 14. Neh. 10, 21 [20]. 
 
 *VT\* fut. pm^ 1. to bind fast, to 
 gird tight, e. g. bands, ligatures. Arab. 
 xy^ and vjy^ id. Syr. to gird. Of 
 
 the same tiimily are Heb. Tj'i'n, Gr. 
 la/o), laxvia, t(/^iv, both in the sense of 
 adhering and of being strong. Intrans. 
 to he hound fast, made tight, Is. 28, 22. 
 Hence 
 
 2. Intrans. to hold fast to any thing, 
 to cleave, to adhere firmly. 2 Sam. 18, 9 
 nbX2 "iaixi pm*T arid his head caught 
 fast in the terebinth. Trop. nnina 'n to 
 hold fast to the law, to be zealous in it, 
 2 Chr. 31, 4. With b c. infin. to persist 
 in any thing, to be constant, diligent in it, 
 Deut. 12, 23. Josh. 23, 6. 1 Chr. 28, 7. 
 
 3. to make firm, strong, to strengthen. 
 Verbs of binding, binding together, gird- 
 ing, are thus transferred also to the idea 
 of strength, because things are made 
 firmer and stronger by girding or bind- 
 ing together ; as also persons with their 
 loins girded feel stronger and more ac- 
 tive ; seethe roots cna. bnn, bin no. 
 5, TJJpj ; also the similar Arabic usage 
 in Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 514 sq. and 
 Schultens 0pp. Min. p. 101 sq. Trans. 
 Ez. 30. 21 ; hence i. q. to help, 2 Chr. 28, 
 20. Oftener intrans. to be or become 
 strong ; spoken of a prosperous people 
 Josh. 17, 13. Judg. 1. 28 ; of a famine, 
 which becomes severe, Gen. 41, 56. 57. 
 2 K. 25, 3. Jer. 52, 6 ; of a strong and 
 fixed purpose, will, 2 Sam. 24, 4. 1 Chr. 
 
 26* 
 
 21, 4. With "i*? to be stronger than, to 
 prevail over, 1 Sam. 17, 50 ; c. b? id. 
 2 Clir. 8, 3. 27, 5 ; ace. 1 K. 16,' 22. 
 Trop. a) Of bodily health, to grow 
 strong, to recover, Is. 39, 1. b) Of the 
 mind, to he strong, firm, undaunted, as 
 in the formula 'j'^X] ptn (Horn. l(fx^o) 
 be strong and of good courage Deut. 
 31. 23, comp. Dan. 10, 19; also in the 
 same sense spoken of the hands of any 
 one, Judg. 7, 11. 2 Sam. 10, 21. Comp. 
 in Din ult. c) to he confirmed, establish- 
 ed, e. g. a kingdom, dominion, 2 K. 14,5. 
 2 Chr. 25, 3. d) In a bad sense, to he 
 firm, hardened, obstinate, of the heart, 
 Ex. 7, 13. 22 ; comp. Mai. 3, 13. 
 
 4. to be strong upon any one, i. e. to be 
 urgent, to pre^s upon, c. bs Ex. 12, 33. 
 Ez. 3, 14; ace. Jer. 20, 7. 
 
 PiEL p?n 1 Causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
 bind a girdle around any one, to gird, 
 with two ace. Is. 22, 21 ; with ace. of the 
 member girded Nah. 2, 2. 
 
 2. to make firm, strong, to strengthen; 
 espec. to fortify a city. 2 Chr. 11, 11. 12. 
 26, 9; to repair ruins, to build anew, 
 2 K. 12. 8. 9. 13. 15 ; c. b 1 Chr. 26, 27 ; 
 comp. Neh. 3, 19. Spec, a) to heal, to 
 cure, comp. Kal no. 3. a. Ez. 34, 4. 16. 
 b) to strengthen one^s hand, i. q. to en- 
 courage him, Judg. 9, 24. Jer. 23, 14. Job 
 4, 3. 1 Sam. 23. 16 ; without 1^ id. Deut. 
 1, 38. Is. 41, 7 ; with b to or for any 
 thing 2 Chr. 35. 2. I'^n^'p!'! fo strength- 
 en one^s own hands, i. q. to take courage, 
 Neh. 2, 18. c) to help, to assist one, 
 2 Chr. 29, 34. Ezra 6, 22. 1, 6 and all 
 their neighbours ros'^bsa cn^'iia ap?n 
 aided them with vessels of silver, etc. i. e. 
 made them presents, d) In a bad sense, 
 with ab , to harden one''s heart, to make 
 obstinate. Ex. 4. 21. i-^JS pm to liarden 
 one''s face. i. e. to be obstinate, perverse, 
 Jer. 5. 3. Ps. 64. 6 3n nan iisb ip*ni they 
 are obstinate in wickedness. 
 
 HiPH. p'Tnn 1. to bind fast to any 
 thing, i. q. to fasten to oc upon; so in 
 the fbrmula^a iii P'^ynn to fasten one's 
 hand upon any thing, i. e. to lay hold of 
 to take, comp. Gr. t'o-^w to hold. Gen. 21, 
 18 ia T\Tr^^ 'P'^iri'': fasten thine hand 
 upon him, i. e. take him, hold him. So 
 with t; impl. with a of pers. or thing, 
 to lay hold of to take, to seize a person 
 or thing, (comp. Gr. HQdJiiv iiro;,) 17.^-^ 
 
ptn 
 
 306 
 
 rrr 
 
 4, 4. Deut. 22, 25. 25, 11 ; also c. h 
 2 Sam. 15. 5 ; bs Job 18. 9 ; poet. c. ace. 
 Is. 41, 9. 13. Jer. 6, 23. 24. 8, 21. 50, 43. 
 Mic. 4, 9 bTi ~i5"'Tnn pangs have seized 
 thee, and in the like sense Jer. 49, 24 
 nj^"'Tr!ri lJuJI she hath seized on terror. 
 So in Lat. ignis comprehendit ligna, 
 and vice versa doinus comprehendit ig- 
 nem ; Engl, the fire seizes the haiise, 
 and the house takes fire. Comp. Heb. 
 THX Job 18, 20. 21, 6. Gr. l>co, see Pas- 
 sow 1^0) no. 1. b. Spec, a) i. q. to hold 
 fast, to retain, Ex. 9, 2. Judg. 19, 4. 
 b) to take in, to hold, as a vessel, 2 Chr. 
 4, 5. c) to take or get possession of, 
 Dan. 11,21. 
 
 2. to hold fast to any thing, to cleave 
 unto, e. g. integrity, innocence, with 3 
 of thing, Job 2, 3. 9. 27, (3 ; with bs of 
 pars. Neh. 10, 30. 
 
 3. to make firm, strong, e. g. a) Of 
 buildings, to repair, to rebuild, Neh. 5, 16. 
 Ez. 27, 9. 27. Nah. 3, 14. b) Of persons, 
 to strengthen Ez. 30, 25. Intrans. to be- 
 come strong, powerful, (comp. Lat. robiir 
 facere, lU\l. far forze,) 2 Chr. 26, 8. 
 Dan. 11, 32. c) to help, to aid, c. 3 Lev. 
 
 -5, 35; comp. p'^THTD helper Dan. 11, 1, 
 
 c. ace. V. 6. 
 
 HiTHP. 1, to be strengthened, estab- 
 lished, confirmed, as a new king, 2 Chr. 
 1, 1. 12, 13. 13, 21. Also to strengthen 
 
 oneself, i. e. to collect one's strength, 
 powers. Gen. 48, 2 ; to take courage, 
 
 2 Chr. 15,8. 23, 1. 25, 11. 
 
 2. to show oneself strong, courageous, 
 'brave, 2 Sam. 10, 12 ; "^izh against any 
 one 2 Chr. 13, 7. 8. 
 
 3. to show oneself strong for any one, 
 :i. e. to help, to aid, with 3 and C5 2 Sam. 
 :3, 6. 1 Chr. 11, 10. Dan.' 10, 21. 
 
 Deriv. the eight following and n*ptni , 
 
 pjn rn. verbal adj. 1. firm, in a bad 
 nenfic. hardened, e.g. ab ^irm, nST2"''|rTn 
 hardened in heart, forehead, i. c. obsti- 
 nate, perverse, Ez. 2, 4. 3, 7. 9, comp. 
 V. 8. 
 
 2. strong, rigorous, Num. 13, 18. Ps. 
 35,10. Alsopoicer/uZ Is. 28,2. Amos2, 
 14 ; and in a bad senne, violent, Job 5, 15. 
 Freq. is the phrase n;5tn 1^ a strong 
 hand; spoken of men i. q. an armed 
 force, Num. 20, 20, coupled with 123 DS . 
 
 Ex. 3, 19. 6, 1 ; oflener of God, ?iis mighty 
 power, espec. exerted for the deliverance 
 of his people, Ex. 13, 9. 32^ 11. Deut. 3, 
 24. Ps. 136, 12. al. 
 
 3. strong, i. e. vehement, violent, e. g. 
 wind Ex. 10, 19; disease 1 K. 17, 17; 
 famine 1 K. 18, 2. 
 
 p.T'7 adj. strong, powerful, waxing 
 strong, Ex. 19, 19. 2 Sam. 3, 1. R. pin. 
 
 ptn m. c. sufF. ''ptn. strength, in the 
 sense of help, aid, Ps. 18, 2. R. pm. 
 
 pT!1 m. strength, might, Ex. 13. 3. 14 
 16, Am. 6, 13. R. pm. 
 
 ^Pfn pr. infin. fern, of the verb p'H, 
 the being or becoming strong ; as 2 Chr. 
 12, 1 and 26, 16 irp'ns in his becoming 
 strong, i. e. when he had strengthened 
 himself had become strong. Is. 8. 11 
 THTpfna in the being stroiig of his 
 hand, i. e. when God's hand was strong 
 upon me, when his Spirit impelled me ; 
 comp. the verb in Ez. 3, 14. Jer. 20, 7. 
 Dan. 11, 2 i^T^SS irpms in his being 
 strong in his wealth, i. e. trusting in his 
 riches. 
 
 npTn f (r. pm) 1. strength, force; 
 ripfn3 by force, violently, 1 Sam. 2,16. 
 Ez. 34, 4; vehemently, greatly, Judg. 4, 
 3. 8, 1. 
 
 2. a strengthening, repairing, of a 
 building, 2 K. 12, 13. Comp. the verb 
 Pi. no. 2. 
 
 *'PT'7 (strong) Hizki, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 8, 17." 
 
 n^ptn and in^'pTH (for ri^ptrT^ Hoa. 
 1, 1. Is. 1, 1. and this for n'p.m'i Jeho- 
 vah strengthens) pr. n. HezeMuh, Gr. 
 ^El^fXlnq, Lat. Ezechias. a) A pious king 
 of Judah 728-699 B. C. 2 K. c. 18-20. 
 2 Chr. 29, 18 sq. c. 30-32. Is. c. 36-39. 
 Prov. 25, 1. b) An ancestor of the pro- 
 phet Zephaniah, supposed by many to 
 be the same with king Hezekiah. Zeph. 
 1, 1. c) 1 Chr. 3, 23. d) Neh. 7, 21. 
 10, 18. 
 
 * llv obsol. root ; Chald. -itn , Syr. 
 hytt , to return, to go about. Arab. jV^ 
 to have small eyes like a swine ; but 
 perhaps this is a denominative. 
 
 Deriv. vm, pr. n. i''!n,nn'Tnv 
 
 H^ m. (r. n:ri) c. sufT. mn, pUir. 
 n'^nn Dag. forte impl. Lchrg. 38. 1. 
 
'nn 
 
 307 
 
 Httn 
 
 The form is contracted for Msn , as til'n 
 for nsn , ois for osiD , etc. 
 
 1. a hook, ring, inserted in the nostrils 
 of animals, to which a cord was fastened, 
 in order to drag them about, or subdue 
 and tame them, 2 K. 19, 28. Is. 37, 29. 
 Ez. 19, 4. 29, 4. 38, 4. Comp. Job 40; 
 26, and nin no. 1. 
 
 2. a hook or clap, according to Kim- 
 chi, for fiistening the garments of fe- 
 males, Ex. 35, 22. Comp. Fr. epingle, 
 Germ. Spendel, from spinula, see Tacit. 
 Germ. 17. Otliers understand a nose- 
 ring, elsewhere called CT3 , gee Bochart 
 Hieroz. I. p. 764. 
 
 Tin i. q. nn , plur. C^nn Ez. 29, 4 
 Cheth. 
 
 *^V'7 '^'t. X-jrrj, inf. constr. Kbn, 
 Kvjn , once ian Gen. 20, 6 ; part, xain , 
 also Stan Ecc. 8, 12. 
 
 1. Pr. to miss, not to hit the mark, 
 spoken of an archer, slinger, see Hiph. 
 in Judg. 20, 16; also of the feet, to 
 miss, to make a false step, to stum- 
 ble and fall, Prov. 19, 2. The same 
 
 * -- 
 primary idea lies in Arab. 1^''^ to 
 
 miss, opp. v)Lo to hit the mark; also 
 in Gr. u/xafjinvu, spoken of a weapon 
 Hom. 11. 10. 372. ib. 4. 491, of a way Od. 
 7. 292. So too as opp. NSa to light 
 upon, to find. Prov. 8, 36 vafis otj'n ''Xah 
 whosoever misseth me (doth not find me) 
 hanneth his own life, opp. ''N2I^ v. 35. 
 Job 5, 24 thou mttsterest thy pasture 
 (flocks), sann itbl and missest nought, 
 nothing is gone, all thy flocks are there. 
 In this sense corresponds Ethiop. "i^h. 
 not to find, not to have. 
 
 2. to sin, i. e. to err from the path of 
 right and duty ; Syr. Chald. Arab. id. 
 Job 1, 22. 2, 10. al. saepiss. rxan xan to 
 tin a sin Lev. 4, 3. 28. 35. 5, 6. 10. 19, 22. 
 With ^ of him towards or against whom 
 one sins, e. g. nini^ xan Gen. 20, 6. 9. 
 1 Sam. 2, 25. 7, 6. al. With 3 of pers. 
 and thing in which one sins, Gen. 42. 22. 
 Lev. 4, 23. Neh. 9, 29 ; b? Lev. 5, 4. 
 Num. 6, 11. Neh. 13, 26. Prsegn. Lev. 
 5, 16 T3"i>n--,^ xan iirx rx what he 
 haih taken sinfidly of the holy things, 
 Bc. through ignorance. 
 
 3. to sin away any thing, i. e. to forfeit 
 by sinning, to incur as penalty, c. ace. 
 
 Lev. 5, 7, comp. v. 11. Prov. 20, 2 KOin 
 "iOB? he forfeiteth his own life, i. e. ex- 
 {)oses it to danger, comp. Hab. 2, 10. 
 Gen. 43, 9 if I bring him not again, 
 'lai Tiitan'i then will I bear tlte blame 
 all my life. 
 
 PiEL Kan 1. to bear the blame or 
 loss of any thing, to atone for, c. ace. 
 Gen. 31, 39. Hence 
 
 2. to offer as a sin-offering, as a sacri- 
 fice of atonement or expiation ; Lev. 6, 
 19 [26] Pinx Kan^n he who offereth it 
 for sin, as a sin-ofl'ering. 9, 15 inxarT]! 
 and offered it as a sin-offering. Also 
 
 3. to m/ike atonement, to expiate, i. e. 
 to cleanse by a sacred rite, to purify, i. q. 
 "IBS, as men Num. 19, 19. Ps. 51, 9; a 
 building, vessels, etc. Lev. 14, 49 ; c. bs 
 Ex. 29, 36. Sept. xa^aqiQuv. 
 
 HiPH. "'ann l. Cau.sat. of Kal no, 
 1; to let miss, not to make hit the mark ; 
 so a slinger Judg. 20, 16. Arab. Conj. IV. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to catise to sin, 
 to lead into sin, c. ace. Ex. 23. 33. 1 K. 
 15, 26 bxnb^-rx X'^ann -icx irstana^ 
 and in his sin, which he made Israel to 
 sin, i. e. idolatry, as often. 16, 26. 2 K. 
 3, 3. 10, 29. 
 
 3. to cause to be accused of sin, Deut, 
 24, 4. Ecc. 5, 5. Also i. q. S'^^'in, to 
 pronounce guilty, to condemn, as before 
 a tribunal. Is. 29,21. 
 
 HiTHP. 1, i. q. Kal no. 1, to miss one's 
 way, to lose oneself, spoken of a person 
 in astonishment and terror missing his 
 way in precipitate flight, Job 41, 17 [25]. 
 Comp. Schultens Opp. min. p. 94. 
 
 2. Reflex, of Piel no. 3, to purify one- 
 self hy a sacred rite, Num. 19, 12 sq. 31, 
 20. 
 
 Deriv. the five following. 
 
 ^'^^ m. c. suff". "^xari; plur. D'^san, 
 constr. 'Nan, which latter is from Nan. 
 
 1. a sin,faidt, Lev. 19, 17. 22, 9. n%"i 
 3 xan it is sin unto any one, he is guilty 
 of a sin, Deut. 15, 9. 
 
 2. punishment of sin, calamity, Lam. 
 3,39. 
 
 ^^^ m. (Kamets impure) 1. a sin- 
 ner, not in the sense in which all are sin- 
 ners, but as wont to sin. Gen. 13, 13. Is. 
 1, 28. Ps. 1, 1. 5. al. saep. 
 
 2. one held guilty, an offender, 1 K. 
 1, 21. 
 
i^iDn 
 
 308 
 
 tpr^ 
 
 nKtjn f. (r. N-on) 1. a sin, Gen. 20 
 9. Ps. 32, 1. 
 
 2. a sin-offering, Ps. 40, 7. 
 
 nXDn f. (r. xan) 1. Fern, of xan, 
 a sinner, Am. 9, 8. 
 
 2. i. q. rxan a) a sin Ex. 34, 7. 
 b) a sin-offering, Ezra 6, 17 Keri. c) 
 punishment, like nxan no. 4, Is. 5, 18. 
 
 nSEn f. once nan Num. 15, 24, 
 constr. rxan, plur. nixan. R. xan. 
 
 1. a miss, misstep, slip of the foot, 
 Prov. 13, 6. 
 
 2. a sin, Gen. 4, 7. Is. 6, 7. al. eaep. 
 Rarely for the habit o^ sinning, sitiful- 
 ness, Prov. 14, 34. Is. 3, 9. Meton. of 
 that in which one sins, the cause or 
 occasion of sin, as idols, Hos. 10, 8. 
 Deut. 9, 21 ; comp. 2 K. 13, 2. rNan ''a 
 water of sin, i. e. of expiation or puri- 
 fication ibr sin. Num. 8, 7. 
 
 3. a sin-offering, Ex. 29, 14. Lev. 4, 
 1-35. 6, 18. 23. al. On the difference 
 between it and nrx , see this latter, no. 
 3. p. 95. 
 
 4. punishment/or sin,hamA,G. Zech. 
 14, 19. Hence for calamity, misfortune, 
 Is. 40, 2. 
 
 ~ _'t 1- fo cw^ wood, to hew, Deut. 
 
 29, 10 sq. Josh. 9, 21. 23. 2 Chr. 2, 10. 
 
 s J- - 
 Jer. 46, 22. Arab. y^Aja^ wood cut or 
 
 hewed, v^^Ja^. to go after wood. Kindr. 
 is 2Sn to hew stones ; also DS;^ and the 
 roots there given. 
 
 2. Intrans. like Arab. mid. E, pr. to be 
 cut with a whip, rod, etc. Hence to be 
 marked with stripes, to be striped, varie- 
 gated; comp. "i?n no. 3. Arab, i^-jf ^ 
 
 to be variegated, versicoloured ; Syr. 
 )A.a^i.MLo an embroidered garment, pr. 
 striped. Hence Part. pass. plur. niran , 
 Prov. 7, 16 / hace decked my bed with 
 coverings D*^^si3 "paN niran variegated 
 (stripcd):?7A the thread()f Egypt ; where 
 riSwH as adj. is to be referred to C'nana . 
 PuAL piiss. of no. 1, to be hewn out, 
 sculptTtred, Ps. 144, 12. 
 
 riint:n see in aan no. 2. 
 nian C (r. WJn no. "3) wJieat, as being 
 of a reddish tinge. Arab. JoJL^) &JaJL^> 
 
 Chald. "pasn . In the sing, mostly of 
 the plant as growing in the fields, Ex. 
 9, 32. Deut. 8, 8. Job 31, 9. Is. 28, 25. 
 Joel 1, 11. But the following formulas 
 are to be understood of the grain, e. g. 
 nan lhv,fat of wheat Ps. 81, 17, and abn 
 W^T) niibs kidney-fat of tcheat Deut. 32, 
 14; for here the fat denotes the marrow 
 or flour, farina, fivelov ind^wv, and is 
 also called Qian abn Ps. 147, 14. 
 
 Plur. C'an wheat, i. e. the grains, col- 
 lect, the grain. Sing, nan of a single 
 grain, Mishna Chelaim 1. 9. Hence 
 B-^an 5"iT Jer. 12, 13; n-<an n-^sp; Gen. 
 30, 14. Judg. 15, 1 ; n-'an ^'si^ i Chr. 
 21, 20 ; can "3 2 Chr. 27, 5. By 
 Chaidaisra "pan Ez. 4, 9. 
 
 tJ^IDn (prob. assembled, r. Itian) Hat- 
 tush, pr. n. ra. a) 1 Chr. 3, 22. Ezra 8, 
 2. b) Neh. 3, 10. c) Neh. 10, 5. 12, 2. 
 
 * IStSri obsol. root, Aram, wj^ to dig, 
 
 to explore, Arab. IqS. to cut in, to write. 
 Hence pr. n. S<a"'an. 
 
 "''2^1 Chald. m. a sin, c. suff. Tj^an 
 Dan. 4, 24. R. xan i. q. Heb. xan/ ' 
 
 n^J2n Chald. i. q. Heb. nxan, a sin- 
 offering, Ezra 6, 17 Cheth. R. Nan. 
 
 ^V'^^''^ (^ 'digging') exploring) Hatita, 
 pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. R. aan . 
 
 ^*^t2H (^vavering) Hattil, pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 2. 57. Neh. 7, 59. R. ban. 
 
 '^S'^ipn (seized, captive) Hatipha, pr. 
 n. m. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7, 56. R. pan . 
 
 ^ _ T obsol. root, Arab. JJai*. to be 
 
 pendulous, loose, to wave to and fro; 
 kindr. "lan. Hence pr. n. b'^an. 
 
 Cum lo muzzle an animal ; Arab. 
 
 |Us^, whence ^Ua^ a muzzle. Kindr. 
 
 are ccn , CSS , also Crn ; comp. on the 
 sigiiif of the syllables DT, ca, Bn, 
 what is said in the note under art. C^'J. 
 Of a kindred power with this root are 
 Lat. domare. Germ, d&inmcn. zuddm- 
 men, zAhvien, Engl, to tame. Metaph. 
 Is. 48,9 r|b-Danx pr. I muzzle (n)ysclf) 
 towards thee, i. e. refrain myself. 
 
 * H -'7 Jilt- tl^'^^ ' q- ^^^' ' coich, 
 to seize, to make captive, Judg. 21, 21. Pi. 
 
*it3n 
 
 309 
 
 Tn 
 
 10, 9 bis. Aram. va4u*, Anih. t^hr>. id. 
 Hence pr. n. XB^:;n. 
 
 _\5 obsol. root, to wave, to bran- 
 dish a. rod, spear, etc. to wag the tail ; 
 Arab, t^^ . Kindr. are the roots ban , 
 J^t^^ J^is-ft) f^"d others, whose pri- 
 mary syllable is dal. tal, sal, implying 
 the idea of being pendulous, or waving, 
 or swinging to and fro ; see under bb^ 
 p. 225. Hence 
 
 1'OH m. a rod, i. e. slender and flexi- 
 ble, Prov. 14, 3 ; a alwot, twig, Is. 11, 1. 
 
 Arab, ^y twig, branch, Syr. f'riL*. 
 
 a staff, rod. Samar. '^ V A, Aleph and 
 Heth being interchanged. 
 
 "^t't' obsol. root, perh. i. q. ifJuJA. 
 to gather together, to assemble, as a peo- 
 ple. Hence pr. n. Dian. 
 
 ''H constr. "n, fem. n*n ; plur. f-^n, 
 fem. ni*n. R. i;jn. ^ 
 
 A) Adj. 1. alive, living. Gen. 43, 7 
 n CD*'a myn is your father yet alive ? 
 V. 2?; 28. 45, 3. 20. 46, 30. ^n-bs all 
 lidng, every living thing. Gen. 6, 19. 8, 
 21. Job 12, 10 ; espec. all men, every 
 man. Gen. 3, 20. Ps. 143, 2. Plur. D-^ri 
 living, alive, Num. 16, 30. 33 ; and with- 
 out subst. the living, Ecc. 4, 2. 15. 6, 8. 
 Is. 8, 20. ti^'^r, y:.ii the land of tJie living, 
 opp. Sheol, Ps. 21, 13. Is. 53, 8. Ez. 26, 
 20 ; c. art. a^'nn 'j< Ps. 142, 6. Job 38, 
 13. Very often of God, who is called bx 
 Ti the living God, i. e. eternal, efficient, 
 true, (opp. to ilead idols Ps. 106, 28.) 
 Josh. 3, 10. Hos. 2, 1 ; ^n D^^b!< 2 K. 
 19, 4. 16; comp. 1 Thess. 1, 9.'' -^na 
 cbirn by the living forever, i. e. God, 
 Dan. 12, 7. So in the usual formula of 
 an oath : nin-i "^n living is Jehovah, i. e. 
 as Jehovah liveth, Ruth 3, 13. 1 Sam. 
 14, 45. 2 Sam. 4, 9 ; Qipibxrt <n 2 Sam. 
 2, 27 ; poet, bx ^n Job 27, 2 ;' also ^3X ^n 
 as Hive, where Jehovah himself speaks, 
 Num. 14. 21. 28. Is. 49, 18. Jer. 22, 24. 
 Ez. 5, 11. 14, 16. 18; so Deut. 32. 40. 
 Without oath, Ps. 18. 47. 2 Sam. 22, 47. 
 
 2. lively, rigorous, strong, 2 Sam. 23, 
 20 Cheth. in Keri b^n d-x ; comp. nin. 
 Ahojlmirishing. prosperous, 1 Sam.25'',6. 
 
 3. living again, reviving ; whence 
 metaph. r\>n rrs Gen. 18, 10. 14. 2 K. 
 
 4, 16. 17, with the reviving year, i. e. the 
 coining spring, when the winter shall 
 be past and nature revives ; nfQiJtlofii- 
 rov tviuvjoii Od. 11. 217. 
 
 4. live, fresh, raw, of flesh, 1 Sam. 
 2, 15. Lev. 13, 14 sq. 
 
 5. living, fresh, e. g. of a plant, green, 
 not dry, Ps. 58. 10 ; of flowing water as 
 opp. to stagnant and putrid, which latter 
 is called in Arab. (.i^ju^Ji L4J1 dead wa- 
 ter, Gen. 26, 19. Lev."l4, 5. 20. 
 
 B) Subst. life. Lev. 25, 36. 1 Sam. 
 25, 6 'nb ns cn-iajt] and thus shall ye 
 say : For life, a form of salutation. Lat. 
 salve ; ''nb in pause for "^nb . Often in 
 the formula of an oath by things other 
 than God ; in the accus. as <^i"JB "^n by 
 the life of Pharaoh Gen. 42, is! 16; "'n 
 T]aB3 by the life of thy soul, by thy life, 
 1 Sam. 1, 26. 17, 55. Am. 8, 14. The 
 name Jehovali in the like formula is 
 preceded by "^n, see in A. no. 1 ; whence 
 r,rB3 -^m niirj 'n 1 Sam. 20, 3. 25, 26. 
 Far more usual in this sense is the 
 
 Plur. D'^rH, once V?n Job 24, 22, life, 
 Gen. 2, 7. 3, 14. 15. 7, 15. al. Q-^'H nn 
 breath of life Gen. 6, 17 ; Cin ied book 
 of life, Ps. 69. 29 ; tJ'^'^nr! ys tree of life, 
 i. e. of long life, x^iodxei.og, of immortal- 
 ity, Gen. 2, 9, comp. 3, 22. 24. Hence 
 
 a) living, sustenance, ft log, Prov. 27, 27. 
 
 b) refreshment, recreation, Prov. 3, 22. 
 4, 22. c) welfare, prosperity, happiness, 
 Ps. 34, 13. Prov. 4, 22. 23. 12, 28. 13, 14. 
 14, 27. B"i*rt nnx the way of life, of hap- 
 piness, Prov. 2. 19. 5, 6. Comp. Syr. )JbM 
 Luke 3, 6. 19, 9, for Gr. awir^qia. 
 
 ''H Chald. emph. N*n , plur. '(i^n . 
 
 1. Adj. alive, limng, Dan. 4, 31. 6, 21. 
 27. Plur. the living, Dan. 2, 30. 4, 14. 
 
 2. Subst. in plur. 'p^n , life, Ezra 6, 
 10. Dan. 7, 12. 
 
 bSTT (perh. for bs-^n^ God liveth) 
 Hiel, pr. n. m. 1 K. 16. 34. 
 
 n'l'^n f pr, something entangled, in- 
 tricate ; see r. "i"n , espec. no. 2 ; comp. 
 Dan. 5, 12. Hence 
 
 1. trick, stratagem, Dan. 8, 23. 
 
 2. intricate speech, a riddle, enigmn, 
 1 K. 10, 1 ; comp. n^-'bia . To propose 
 a riddle is expressed by lin q. v. to 
 solve a riddle by ^^'m^ Judg. 14, 14. 
 
 3. i. q. bfflo, a sententious saying. 
 
tvm 
 
 310 
 
 rr^n 
 
 maxim, Prov. 1, 6 ; a parable Ez. 17, 2 ; 
 a poem, song, Ps. 49, 5. 78, 2, comp. Hab. 
 2, 6 ; an oracle, vision, Num. 12, 8. 
 
 * ^^, inf. absol. n^n Ez. 18, 9 and 
 r^n 3, 21. 18, 28 ; inf. constr. c. suff. 
 cni^n Josh. 5, 8, with pref ni^nb Ez. 33, 
 12; Imp. with pref t^yv^. Gen. 20, 7, 
 plur. ^^r\^ 42, 18 ; Fut. H^'n'^, apoc. '>n'^, 
 
 1. to live, the usual and frequent word. 
 
 GS .^ 
 
 Arab. _:^ , which form is also in Heb. 
 see 'l^n ; Eth. AX(D , Syr. )1<* id. 
 The primary idea is that of breathing, 
 as the manifestation of animal life, comp. 
 CSS ; and its more ancient form is njn 
 q. V. The same origin belongs to the 
 Gr. Jao), ^woj, kindr. with w, ??/it, to 
 breathe, and used by .^schylus also of 
 the winds as breathing, blowing ; comp. 
 Passow in ^uw. Construed : a) With 
 ace. of time, Gen. 5, 3 and Adam lived 
 a hundred and thirty years. 11, 11 sq. 
 b) With 2 of place Lam. 4, 20 ; also of 
 that an or from which one lives 2 K. 4, 
 7 ; and of that by which one lives and 
 prospers Hab. 2, 4. c) With b? , to live 
 an any thing, see ^ 1. a. e. Further, 
 n^n to live is also put : aa) i. q. to live 
 well, to prosper, to thrive, Deut. 8, 1. 30, 
 16. Neh. 9, 29. ri>fiv] '"T, i^^ ^he king 
 live, prosper, flourish, 1 Sam. 10, 24. 2 
 Sam. 16, 16. Csaab in*: let your heart 
 live, i. e. be lively, cheerful, joyful, Ps. 
 22, 27. 69, 33. bb) to live, to be pre- 
 gerced alive, Josh. 6, 17. Num. 14, 38. 
 Espec. in the formula 'ttSS? nn-jn my 
 soul liveth, I remain alive, Gen. 12, 13. 
 19, 20. Is. 55, 3. Jer. 38, 17. 20. Contra, 
 tt'^n'^ Jfib he shall not live, he shall die, 
 Genl 31, 32. Ex. 19, 13. Zech. 13, 3. 2 
 K. 20, 1. 
 
 2. to live again, to revive. Job 14, 14. 
 Ez. 37, 5 sq. 1 K. 17, 22. Hence a) 
 to become icell, to recover one's health. 
 Gen. 20, 7. Josh. 5, 8 ; with l^ of dis- 
 ease, 2 K. 1. 2. 8, 8. b) to recover, to 
 revive, spoken of one overcome with 
 grief or fatigue, Gen. 45, 27. Judg. 15, 
 19. 
 
 PiEL nn 1. to make live, to give life 
 to any one. Job 33, 4. A woman is said 
 to make live or to quicken the seed of a 
 man, when she conceives by him, Gen. 
 
 19, 32. 34 ; and in like manner Hos. 14, 
 8 "jS"! ^'t^'} they shall quicken the corn, 
 make it live and flourish, sc. in the de- 
 serted land, by tilling and sowing the 
 fields anew. Metaph. Hab. 3, 2 Jeho- 
 vah, let thy work live, i. e. accomplish it, 
 complete it. Also to make live prosper- 
 ously, to make prosper, to give life and 
 prosperity to any one, Ecc. 7, 12. Job 
 36, 6. Ps. 119, 156. 
 
 2. i. q. to preserve alive, to let live, 
 comp. Kal no. 1. bb. Gen. 12, 12. Ex. 1, 
 17. Ps. 40, 3. 138, 7 ; 'S ITEJ n^n id. 1 
 K. 20, 31. Ps. 22, 30. S'T n*n to pre- 
 serve seed Gen. 7, 3. ^jrn n^n to keep 
 cattle, lit. to keep them alive. Is. 7, 21. 
 
 3. i. q. to revive, to bring to life again, 
 to restore to life, 1 Sam. 2, 6. Ps. 30, 4. 
 Deut. 32, 39. Hence to revive, to com- 
 fort, to refresh, Ps. 71, 20. 85, 7. Trop. 
 to revive a city, i. e. to rebuild, to repair, 
 1 Chr. 11, 8. Neh. 3, 34 D-^ssxn-rx si'H'^n 
 will they revive the stojies again ? i. e. 
 again build them up. So Syr. >a*iJ sus- 
 citare ruinas. 
 
 HiPH. n;nn l. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pre- 
 serve alive, to let live, Gen. 6, 19. 20 ; 
 with ttJE3 Gen. 19, 19 ; to save one's life, 
 i. e. to preserve from death, Gen. 47, 25. 
 50, 20 ; c. ^ 45, 7. Also, to permit to 
 live, to grant one's life, Josh. 6, 25. 14, 
 
 10. 2 Sam. 8, 2. 
 
 2. i. q. Pi. no. 3, to restore to life, 2 K. 
 5, 7. 8. 1. 5. 
 Deriv. rr^H , fTjniq , and pr. n. ^x'^n , 
 
 n^n and S;in Chald. id. Dan. 2, 4 
 i-in "pB^rb H'sh'q O king, live for ever ! 
 a form of salutation towards a king. 3, 9. 
 5, 10. 6. 7. 22. Comp. Neh. 2, 3 Ti^B" 
 n^n-^ zV.vh . l K. 1, 31. 
 
 Aph. Part. i<ni3 saving alive, preserv- 
 ing alive, Dan. 5, 19. Comp. Syr. K>o . 
 
 '^!!''7 f^f^j- plur. f Pl'^H, lively, rigorous, 
 strong, Ex. 1,19. See ''n no. 2. R.njn. 
 
 n^'n f constr. p;n and poet, ir'jn Vav 
 paraV- Gen. 1, 24.' Ps. 50, 10. 79, 2. 104, 
 
 11, comp. Heb. Gram. 88, 3. b; c. suff. 
 irjn Is. 40, 16 ; pr. fern, of adj. "^n, i. e. 
 living, where see ; then as subst. living 
 thing. Hence 
 
 1. an animal, beast, e. g. nS'i njn a 
 ravenous beast Gen. 37,20. 33. Plur. r\'^*n 
 
yr^ 
 
 311 
 
 b^n 
 
 Ps. lot, 25. Is. 35, 8. Ez. 1, 5; njj? rm 
 f/u' ^'</.s-^ (f the reeds, i. e. the crocodile, 
 Pa. G8, 31. Ollener in the Sing, collect, 
 njn-bs every licing thing, all beasts, 
 Geii. s' 19. 9, 5. Lev. 1 1, 46. The word 
 is thus used: a) In the widest sense, of 
 all kinds of beasts, including also aqua- 
 tic animals, Lev. I. c. b) Oftener of 
 quadrupeds, as opp. to birds, Gen. 1, 30. 
 2, 19. 8, 19. 9, 2. Lev. II, 2. 27. 17, 3. Is. 
 46, 1. c) Ofwild animals, as opp. to tame 
 cattle (mjna) Gen. 1, 25. 2,20. 7.14.21. 
 8, 1. 9, 10; spec, ofwild beasts, where it 
 is sometimes more fully nT>sn rn Ex. 
 23, 11. Lev. 26, 22. Deut! 7, 22. Hos. 
 2, 14. 13, 8. Jer. 12. 9. Ez. 33, 27; also 
 nsn njn collect. Ez. 14, 14. 34, 25. 
 'iann'^n gregarious animals, Zeph. 2, 
 
 14. Arab. Xjt^ denotes spec, a serpent. 
 
 2. Collect, pr. the licing ; hence a 
 band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 23, 11. 13. 
 Poet, a people Vs. 68, 11 ; and so Ps. 
 
 74, 19 r\-\yp\ ::b3 r^nb inn-bx deliver 
 not over to tlie bloody-minded troop thy 
 turtle-dove, where UJBD signifies a desire 
 of slaughter and vengeance ; see 1JE5 
 no. 3. 
 
 3. life, but only poetic, i. q. O'^'^n , Job 
 33, 18. 22. 28. Ps. 143, 3. So in n^n dB3 , 
 c. art. n^Hii tt^C?., animal of life, i. e. 
 living animal, see ttJB3 no. 4. Life is 
 also put for vigour, strength. Is. 57, 10 
 nx^Ta T|"l^ ^V^ ifi^u fndest yet strength 
 in thy hand. Hence 
 
 4. i. q. ttb; no. 2. life, vital spirit, ani- 
 ma, to which is ascribed hunger, thirst, 
 loathing. Job 33, 20. n^n n,\^ Job 38, 
 39 i. q. fflBJJ sb^ , to fill the spirit, i, e. to 
 satisfy, to satiate. 
 
 r'^ , ^T"^ Dan. 7, 5, Chald. f. emph. 
 Kn'i'^n, sr^n, an animal, beast. Dan. 4, 
 12 sq. 7, 3. 12. 17. It is for n-^n, the 
 double Yod being changed into I"* . 
 
 tl'l'^n f. life, 2 Sam. 20, 3. R. ^^n . 
 
 i^'^ i- 1' ^^^^ ^^ ^*^*; ^ '^^'^ of the 
 ' form SJS , like Arab. ^^ . Here belongs 
 
 3 Prset. 'n. Gen. 5, 5 "^n-is^Js nnx ""^"^-h^ 
 all the days of Adam, which lie lived. 3, 
 22 cbisb "ini bsx^ lest he eat and live 
 for ever. Num. 21. 8. From these are 
 to be distinguished the passages in which 
 
 ^n is an adjective, as ''n oa'^a^ "riSJ^ is 
 your father yit alive? Gen. 43, 7. 
 Deriv. "'n, nn, wn. 
 
 ^^n see bw. 
 
 ^V. m. also ^""n I.S, 36, 2. Job 20, 18; 
 con.str. b-^n, c. sulf. "'b'^ri, plur. Q''b^rr. 
 R. bin no. 5. 
 
 1. strength, might, valour, Prov. 31, 3. 
 Zech. 4, 6 ; espec. in war, Ps, 18, 33. 40. 
 33, 16. b-^n n'ay to display valour, to do 
 valiantly, Num.'2i, 18. Ps. 60, 14. '115.3S 
 h']T^ men of valour, valiant men, Judg. 3, 
 29. 1 Sam. 31, 12 ; metaph. Is. 5, 22 j 
 bin ^33 id. 2 Sam. 2, 7. 13, 28. Hence 
 
 2. forces, a host, army, Ex. 14, 28. 1 K. 
 20, 25. ^"^nri lia captain or leader 
 of the host, 2 Sam. 24, 2. b-^n 'sa, 
 'n 'i^sx , men q/"^/te host, men of war, sol- 
 diers".' Deut. 3, 18. 1 Sam. 14. 52. Ps. llO, 
 3 "(b^n Di"a in the day of thy warfare^ 
 i. e. of thy warlike expedition, campaign. 
 
 3. ability, i. q. .tubstance, wealth, riches, 
 Gen. 34, 29. Job 20, 15. Is. 8, 5. Jer. 15, 
 13. Zeph. 1, 13. al. b-^n nir to get 
 riches, to acquire wealth, Deut. 8, 17. 18. 
 Ruth 4, 11. Prov. 31, 29. b^n ^niaa 2 K. 
 15, 20. 
 
 4. Trop. moral strength, good quality, 
 integrity, virtue, b^n "'iBSX active, capa- 
 ble mn Gen. 47, 6. Ex. 18, 21. 25. PUix 
 b7n a capable woman, well qualified for 
 her station, Ruth 3, 11. Prov. 12, 4. 31, 
 10. b^H'^iS an honest man 1 K. 1, 52. 
 
 5. strength of a tree, poet, for its fruit, 
 Joel 2, 22 ; comp. ns Job 31, 39. 
 
 ^'}T^ Chald. m. 1. strength, valour, 
 Dan. 3, 4. 
 2. forces, a host, army, Dan. 3, 20. 4, 32. 
 
 ^"^n and 'r? m. strictly i. q. b^n . 
 Spec. 
 
 1. a host, army, 2 K. 18, 17. Is. 36, 2. 
 Once bn Obad. 20 ; also Ps. 10, 10 Keri, 
 where B"'S<3"bn may be rendered the 
 host of the afflicted ; but it is better to 
 follow the Chethibh, see n:bn. 
 
 2. fortification, intrenchment, espec. 
 the exterior low wall or rampart which 
 surrounds and covers the trench, 2 Sam. 
 20, 15. Is. 26, 1. Nah. 3, 8. Lam. 2, 8. 
 Comp. 1 K. 21, 23. Ps. 48, 14. 122, 7. 
 Sept. itQOJHxivfitt, TifQiTfixoc, Vulg. an- 
 temurale. In the Talmud b"in is the ex- 
 terior space surrounding the wall of the 
 temple ; see Lightfoot Opp. T. II. p. 193. 
 
yn 
 
 312 
 
 nsn 
 
 ^''n m. also once <^^^n f. Job 6, 10. 
 
 1. pain, pang, espec. of childbirth, 
 Ps.48, 7. Jer. 6, 24. 22, 23. Mich. 4, 9. 
 R. bn no. 3. 
 
 2. trembling, terror, Ex. 15, 14. R. 
 bw no. 4. 
 
 Hb'^n Ps. 48, 14, according to the com- 
 mon reading i. q. ^"'H no. 2 ; but Sept. 
 Vulg. Syr. Chald. Jerome, and 18 Mss. 
 read with Mappik nb-'n, from ^'n q. v. 
 no. 2, and this is to be preferred. 
 
 0^""^? 2 Sam. 10, 16, and Qbn y. 17, 
 Helam, pr. n. of a city near the Euphra- 
 tes, where David gained a victory over 
 Hadadezer. R. bw , eubst. ^'n . 
 
 I^'^n HUcn, pr. n. of a city ofthe priests, 
 in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 6, 43 [58]. 
 Written also "j'Vn Holon, Josh. 21, 15. al. 
 
 f^n m. (r. l^n) i. q. 'Pi, grace, beauty ; 
 Job 41, 4 [12] isns 'pn the beauty of his 
 trappings, armature, i. e. of the croco- 
 dile. The form is contr. for "jpn, as 
 ttJiX for ttJ:X , 0*^3 for D5S . 
 
 T"?^ m. (r. yin) a wall, side of a 
 
 Q 
 
 house, Ez. 13, 10. Arab. iajLa- id. 
 
 '}iS"'n adj. (r. I'iin) f. rtjia-^n, outer, 
 exterior, Ez. 10, 5. 40, 17. 31. Hence 
 civil, as opp. to sacred. 1 Chr. 26, 29 ; 
 comp. Neh. 11, 16. ''iS''nb without, on 
 the outside, 1 K. 6, 29, 30. 
 
 pn m. rarely pi Prov. 17, 23, c. sufT. 
 pn Ps. 35, 13, and "'I^n Job 19, 27. R. 
 pin q. V. 
 
 1. bosom of a garment, Ex. 4, 6. 7. 
 Prov. 6, 27. 16, 33. pna iniu a present 
 in the bosom, i. e. given secretly, Prov. 
 21, 14 ; comp. 17, 23. Comp. Lat. sinum 
 laxare v. cxpedire, spoken of a person 
 expecting a gift, see Senec. Epist. 119. 
 Thyest. 430. 
 
 2. bosom of a person, as p'^na 2S!l5 to 
 lie in the bosom, e. g. of a wife 1 K. 1, 2. 
 Mic. 7, 5 ; of a mother 1 K. 3, 20, spoken 
 of a child; comp. Ruth 4,16. Hence ofthe 
 tenderest conjugal affection, ^p^n riBN 
 the wife of thy bosom, the oVjject of thy 
 love, Deut. 13, 7. 28, 54. romp. 56. ciuJ 
 ^^n-bx Jer. 32, 18, 't p-'H-bx a-^ttSn Ps, 
 79, 12, to rejHiy or restore into one's bosom, 
 to requite, (as God the actions of men,) 
 i q. elsewhere \l5Kia a"ti5n Judg. 9, 57. 
 
 1 Sam. 25, 39. Joel 4, 7. Comp. the simi- 
 lar Arabic phrase 8)5.^ (^ t>\ ' redit in 
 jugulum alicujus,' Hist. Tim. T. I. p. 30. 
 Mang. Spoken of the internal bosom, 
 the breast, mind, Job 19. 27. Ecc. 7, 9. 
 
 3. Metaph. the bosom of a chariot, the 
 inside, hollow part, 1 K. 22, 35 ; the bosom 
 of an altar, the cavity or hollow in the 
 hearth, where the fire is kept burning, 
 Ez. 43, 13, 
 
 nn^n (noble birth, r. ^in) Hirah, pr. 
 n. m. Gen. 38, 1. 12. 
 
 DITI and TTi'^'n see D"i!in. 
 
 T T 
 
 ^V i. q. ojiin, to hasten, to make 
 haste, imper. noJin Ps. 71, 12, Cheth, 
 Hence 
 
 TiJ"'n adv. hastily, soon, Ps. 90, 10. 
 
 '^D m. (r. T\-'n) c. suff. "^sri . the palate, 
 together with the corresponding lower 
 part of the mouth, the inside maiith, the 
 
 -- 
 
 jaws, like D'^npb'a . Arab, tijij.2*. the pal- 
 ate and corresponding lower part ofthe 
 mouth, beak, Syr. jil t palate. Hence 
 Job 20, 13 isn Tiira in the m,idst of his 
 mouth. 33, 2. Spec, a) As the organ 
 of taste, Job 12, 11, comp. 6, 30. Ps. 119, 
 103. b) As an organ of speech, Prov. 
 8,7 'Sn nin;i rrx ^'z for my mouth {^aX- 
 ate) speaketh truth. Job 31. 30 nor have 
 I suffered my mouth (palate) to sin; 
 comp. Hos. 8, 1 the trumpet to the mouth ! 
 Comp. J^sn. In Cant. 7, 11, palate 
 seems put by way of delicacy for the 
 moisture which accompanies a kiss, 
 comp. 5, 16. Lette ad Amrulk. Moall. 
 p. 180 : See fully in adj. ic^ no. 1. 
 
 't'V ^0 look, to look out ; hence with 
 b to look for, to wait for, to desire. In 
 Kal once Part, constr. ib "^ri'n those who 
 wait for him Is. 30, 18. More usual in 
 PiEL nsn id. 2 K. 7, 9; c. ace. et b 
 Job 32, 4; espec. nirr^b r\'zn to wait (full 
 of hope and confidence) /or /f/jora/i, Ps. 
 33, 20. Is. 8, 17. With infin. and b, Is. 
 30. 18 DDJjnb 1; ^'^^'', "i^bl and therefore 
 Jehovah waiteth, that he may be gracious ' 
 unto rj(m, he desires nothing more than 
 to favour you again, and therefore he 
 delays punishment. In the parallel mem- 
 ber is Cli^ he doth ni-ise sc. in order to 
 do this or that, which thus comes near 
 
;Dn 
 
 313 
 
 Din 
 
 to the Arab. *L , i. q. o(e/(r^<. Inf. 
 in the Chald. manner, "Sn Hos. 6, 9. 
 
 rVSn f. (r. ~3n) a Jionk. angle, so called 
 as contraHing the mouth of a fish, etc. 
 Job 40, 25. Is. 19, 8. 
 
 nb"^pn (d irksome) Ilachilah, pr. n. of 
 a hill near the desert of Ziph, 1 Sam. 23, 
 19. 2(5, 1. 3. R. b=n. 
 
 0"'3n Chald. adj. ime Dan. 2, 21 ; spec, 
 a wise man, magus, magician^ Dan. 2, 12 
 sq. 4, 3. 5, 7. 8. R. D=n . 
 
 * i^^? obsol. root, to be dark, black ; 
 kindr. with Vns. and spoken in the de- 
 rivatives of tire darkjlashing eyes of a 
 person excited with wine: a) In a 
 good sense Gen. 49, 12; see '>"'^=n. 
 b) In a bad sense and referring to the 
 fierceness arising from intoxication, Prov. 
 23, 29; see rVp-'^an. See Thesaur. 
 App. 
 
 Deriv. the three following : 
 
 n^bsH (whose eyes Jehovah enlivens) 
 pr. n. m. Hachaiiah, Neh. 10, 2. 
 
 'b'^^Dn adj. dark, dark-Jlashing, spo- 
 ken of the eye. see r. ban. Gen. 49, 12 
 ji'sa 0';i3"'5 '^"'Vsn his eyes darkly flash- 
 ing from wine, implying abundance of 
 wine ; dark eyes are here contrasted 
 with white teeth. Aquila well xara'xo^oi 
 satiated with colour, dark ; Sept. x"^o- 
 xoioi. 
 
 nibbpn f prov. 23, 29 0*:^? w^^^^n 
 
 dark Jiashing of the eyes, fierceness, as 
 arising from intoxication. See r. ban . 
 
 Dji^t fut. t,'ST]'[ , to be or become vrise, 
 to act wisely, Prov. 6, 6. 23, 19. Ecc. 2, 
 
 19. 1 K. 4, 31. Job 32, 9. al. Arab. IXX 
 
 to judge, to govern, *Xa- judgment, 
 
 ^^X^ and |Vi^ a ju'Ige; Aram, to 
 know, rarely to be wise, 
 
 PiEL to Tfiake wise, to teach wisdom. 
 Job 35, 11. Ps. 105, 22. 
 
 PuAL part, made wise, i. e. taught 
 "wisdom, wise, Prov. 30, 24 ; of a magi- 
 cian, Ps. 58. 6. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Pi. Ps. 19, 8. 
 
 HiTHP. 1. to be wise in one's men eyes, 
 Ecc. 7, 16. 
 
 2. to show OTieself wise, i. e. cunning j 
 
 27 
 
 with ^ to outwit, to deceive, Ex. 1, 10. 
 Comp. Gr. aotf>6i; cunning. 
 
 Deriv. the six following, and Chald. 
 
 c">3n . 
 
 D3^ adj. i. q. Gr. croipd;, wise. Spec. 
 
 1. knowing, skilful, skilled in the arts, 
 Is. 3, 3. 40, 20. 2 Chr. 2, 6. 12 ; more 
 fully 2?-==^ Ex. 28, 3. 31, 6. 35, 10. 36, 
 1.2.8. Comp. Hom. liSviai n^anldtg. 
 Jer. 10, 9 C^asn niasia the work of skil- 
 ful artisans. 9, 16 (nrp) niiasn i. e. 
 mourning women skilled in lamenta- 
 tion. 
 
 2. wise, i. e. intelligent, (pQovifiog, sen- 
 sible, judicious, endued with reason and 
 using it, Deut. 4, 6. 32, 6. Prov. 10, 1. 
 13, 1. Hos. 14, 10. Often coupled with 
 ",122 Deut. 11. cc. and opp. b:3 ibid. ^"'IK, 
 ^^03 Prov. 17, 28. Ecc. 6, 8. Also sa- 
 gacious, shrewd, never at a loss, 2 Sam. 
 13, 3. Jer. 18, 18. Is. 19, 11. 29, 14 ; wise 
 from the experience of life and human 
 affairs Prov. 1, 6. Ecc. 12, 11 ; also skill- 
 ed in divnne things Gen. 41, 8 ; and 
 hence spoken of magicians and enchant- 
 ers Ex. 7, 11 ; comp. Chald. n-^sn . Fur- 
 ther, skilful to judge, wise in judging, 
 1 K. 2, 9 ; and hence cunning, artful, 2 
 Sam. 13, 3. Job 5, 13 ; firm and constant, 
 in mind, consistent. Is. 31, 2. The wide-, 
 circle of virtues and mental endowments^ 
 which the Hebrews comprised under- 
 this word, is best gathered from the his- 
 tory and character of those whose wis- 
 dom became proverbial among the He- 
 brews, e. g. Solomon 1 K. 5, 9 sq. Dtiniel' 
 Ez. 28, 3; the Egyptians 1 K. 1. c. 
 Thus the wisdom of Solomon is mani- 
 fested in his acute judgment 1 K. 3, 16i 
 sq. 10, 1 sq. in his knowledge of very 
 many objects, espec. of nature 5, 13 ; ini 
 the multitude of verses and sentences- 
 which he either composed himself or 
 retained in his memory 5, 12: Prov. 1, 1 ; 
 in a right judgment as to human affairs, 
 etc. Elsewhere wisdom also includes 
 skill in civil matters. Is. 19, 11 ; the fa- 
 culty of prophesying, and interpreting 
 dreams, Dan. 5, 11 ; and the art of en- 
 chantment and magic, Ex. 7, 11. A 
 higher and more enhghtened wisdom is 
 ascribed to angels, 2. Sam. 14, 20; tO' 
 God, Job 9, 4. 28, 1 sq. The seat of 
 wisdom is placed ioi tbe heart; hence: 
 
314 
 
 rbn 
 
 often trn lh Prov. 16. 23, and ^h crn 
 
 11, 29. 16, 21. Plur. ci'!:=n wise men, 
 magi, magicians, Ecc. 9, 17. Gen. 41, 8. 
 Jer. 50, 35. Esth. 1, 13. 
 
 ^^317 f- (r. Crn) 1. skill in an art, 
 dexterity, Ex. 28,'3. 31, 6. 36, 1. 2. 
 
 2. wisdom, for the notion and extent 
 of which, see in C3n no. 2. Job 11, 6. 
 
 12, 2. 12. 15, 8. 26,^3. 20, 18. It com- 
 prises various learning Dan. 1, 17 ; also 
 reverence and piety towards God Job 
 28, 28 ; is attributed to a leader Deut. 
 34, 9 ; to a king Is. 11.2; and in a 
 higher and more perfect sense to God, 
 Job 12, 13. 28, 12 sq. 
 
 TVQDT} Chald. id. Dan. 2, 20. 
 
 '^?''23n (wise) Hachmoni, pr. n. m. I 
 Chr. 11, 11. 27, 32. 
 
 nTGDn f; sing. (perh. for riasn) wis- 
 dom; constr. with sing. Prov. 9, 1, comp. 
 14, 1 ; perh. Prov. 1, 20, where however 
 HSItn can also be plural. With plur. 
 Prov. 24, 7. Elsewhere only once, Ps. 
 49, 4. R. csn . 
 
 rT"il2Dn id. with sing. Prov. 14, 1. 
 
 ^n see iiTl. 
 
 ?h m. unholy, profane, common, opp. 
 to holy, consecrated, Lev. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 
 21, 5. 6. R. bhn Pi. no. 3. 
 
 * ^?'t' ^^ "'^j ^^ icear away ; then to 
 be sick, i. q. nbn no. 2, 3. Once fut. 
 \^-;^ 2 Chr. le' 12. 
 
 Deriv. sibnrn and 
 
 ^^f'l f. 1. rust, on a brazen pot, 
 Ez. 24, 6. 11. 12. Prob. pr. external 
 disease, scab, leprosy of metal. Arab. 
 
 ^^^^ is spoken of pustules on the lips, 
 
 an eruption. 
 2. Helah, pr. n. f 1 Chr. 4, 5. 7. 
 
 O'^N^neee-'bn. 
 
 D^Vn see e^'^n . 
 
 ^i'^' obsol. root, to be fat. The pri- 
 mary idea lies in the smoothness and 
 slipperiness of fat things ; corresponding 
 are Gr. Ima, hnuw, kinoo), ulilqioi, Lat. 
 lippus. Hence pr. n. -^nx , and the five 
 here following. 
 
 3^^ m. c. art. Z^T^T} , constr. 2^n (as 
 if from sbn), c. miff. ''S^n , milk, i. e. new 
 
 milk, different from nx-an, and so called 
 from its fatness. Gen. IS, 8. 49, 12. Prov, 
 27, 27. Is. 7, 22. Yet in 1 Sam. 17, 18 
 it seems to be for curdled milk : see in 
 'p1^- For the phrase S^n rsT y-ix 
 ffl2"!*i see under art. SIT, Poet, to suck 
 the milk of nations, L q. to make their 
 riches one's own, to get possession of 
 
 their wealth. Is. 60, 16. Arab. s^^X:^, 
 
 v_>xAj=>. id. whence y^A-2. to milk, Eth. 
 
 xhA.-fl milk. 
 
 ^5n m. also S^H !<?. 34, 6. c. suff. 
 iabn- plur. csbn, constr. ""Zibn Gen, 
 4, 4: 
 
 1. fat, fatness, of victims Lev. 3, 3. 4. 
 9. 10. 15 sq. Is. 1. 11 ; of persons Judg, 
 3, 22. 2 Sam. 1, 22. Job 15, 27. Plur. 
 Gen. 4, 4. Lev. 8, 26. 10, 15. Metaph, 
 a) For the best, richest part of any thing, 
 as 7"!i<'7 -^n the fat of the land, j. e. its: 
 best fruits, richest productions, Gen. 45, 
 IS; nan z\r\ Vs. 81, 17, and c^an 2>n 
 147, 14, the fat of wheat ; also ri-^^Si' S^H 
 nun Deut. 32, 14 (comp. Is. Si^ G) the 
 kidney fat of wheat, i. e. the finest wheat, 
 the finest flour. b) For a fat heart, 
 i. e. covered thick with fat, and there- 
 fore torpid, dull, onfeeling, Ps. 17, 10 ; 
 comp. Ps. 73, 7 ; also Gr. noxtg, Lat, 
 pinguis, for dull, stupid. Seme have 
 
 s p 
 
 here compared Arab. v>Ai^ pericar- 
 dium ; but iliis seems rather to be so 
 called from its fatness ; although under 
 the root v.>Ai>. the Arabs comprise al- 
 most every thing. 
 
 2. Heleb, pr. n. of cme of David's miH- 
 ti\ry chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 29 ; for which 1 
 Chr. 11, 30 l^n, and also T Chr. 27, 15 
 155 n. 
 
 ^^ :0 (fatness, fertile region) HelbaJt, 
 pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Asher, 1 
 Judg. 1,31. R. sbn. 
 
 T^'^l^i (lilt, fertile) IMbo, pr. n. of a 
 Syrian city, celebrated for its wine, Ez. 
 27, 18 ; Gr. Xulvfioiv. On its oxc<.Ilent 
 wine, sec Sfnibo XV. p. 1068 (al. 735), 
 The city is famous in Arabian history in 
 
 the middle ages, ander the name sJ>JiA. 
 Haleb, now Aleppo ; see Freytag Hist. 
 Hnlebi. Bochart Hieroz. I. 543. Abul- 
 
2bn 
 
 315 
 
 nbn 
 
 feda Syria p. 118. Goliue ad Alferga- 
 nura p. 270 sq. J, D. Michaelis. Siip- 
 plem. p. 748 sq. conjertnres without 
 sufficient ground that tiie city Kennes- 
 rin, or Old Alcpjx), is to be understood. 
 
 ^JSbn f galbanum, Gr. xaXjSuvt], a 
 gum of a strong odour, flowing from the 
 ferula sridbanifera, which grows in Syria 
 and Arabia, Bitbon galbanum Linn. 
 Ex. 30, 34. Syr. ln\.. gum- Comp. 
 Celsii Hierob. T. I. p. 267. 
 
 _ T ^ root not in use, pr. to he 
 smooth, slippery; then also of smooth 
 and swift motion, to glide, to slip away, 
 to fleet ; kindr. with abn , a^n , qbn , nb; . 
 See Tliesaur. p. 474. 
 Deriv. the five following. 
 
 ^f) ra. in pause "ibn 1. life, as fleet- 
 ing and transient, Ps. 39, 6. 89, 48. Job 
 11, 17. 
 
 2. this world, as fleeting, transient, 
 vain, Ps. 49, 2. 17, 14. 
 
 '>?y} pr. n. see abn no. 2. 
 
 "I^n m. a weasel, Lev. 11. 29. So 
 called from its swift gliding motion, or 
 from its gliding into holes ; comp. Syr. 
 |.^ibM insinuavit se. So Sept. Vulg. Targ. 
 Jon. and so Talmud, mbin a weasel. 
 
 Syr. l,^a* and Arab. tX-Ls^ signify a 
 mole. 
 
 T^fn (weasel) Huldah, pr. n. of a 
 prophetess, 2 K. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 34, 22. 
 
 '^Ir*^ (worldly, see ibn no. 2) Heldai, 
 pr. n. m. a) See -bn no. 2. b) Zech. 6, 
 10 ; and also to be read in v. 14 for cbn . 
 
 n5i^t 1. to rub smooth, to polish, 
 kindr. xbn ; intrans. to be polished; pr. 
 from the idea of smoothness, lubricity, 
 so that nbn (ibn) is kindred to the 
 verbs abn, C|bn, pbn. and also ibn 
 q. v. Hence "^bn, fTjbn, necklace, fe- 
 male ornaments, so called as beino- 
 poli.shed. Syr. > \ t to be sweet, pleas- 
 ant, (pr. smooth.) Pa. to adorn, ) >V^- 
 sweet. So of sweet and pleasant sounds. 
 as Eth. "JAP to sing, whence Heb. 
 Pibrna q. v. 
 
 2. to be worn down in strength, to be 
 weak, Judg. 16, 7 sq. Is. 57, 10. 
 
 3. to be sick, diseased, Gen. 48, 1. 
 'bn nbn, as Gr. voatlv vuaov, 2 K. 13, 
 14. rbin-rx nbn to be diseased in the 
 feet, lame, 1 K. 15, 23; of disease from 
 a wound or hurt, 2 K. 1, 2. nbin nsn 
 a deadly ecil, sore evil, i. e. scarcely 
 curable, Ecc. 5, 12. 15. nanx nbin sick 
 with love Cant. 2, 5. 5, 8. 
 
 4. to be pained, hurt, Prov. 23. 35. Jer. 
 5, 3. Hence metaph. to be concerned, 
 anxious, grieved, c. bs 1 Sam. 22, 8. 
 Comp. Eth. (h AP to be anxious, for Gr. 
 (ii(jifimv Matt. 6, 28; see Lud. de Dieu 
 ad h. 1. 
 
 NiPH. S^b^^ l. to be worn down in 
 strength, to be wearied, Jer. 12, 13. 
 
 2. to be made sick, to be sir.k, Dan. 8, 
 27. Part. fern, nbns, e. g. nbnj nso a 
 deadly wound, i. e. severe, scarcely cura- 
 ble, Jer. 14, 17. 30, 12 ; comp. 10, 19. 
 Nah. 3, 19. So ellipt. nbn: id. Is. 17, 11. 
 
 3. to be concerned, anxious, grieved, 
 c. by Am. 6. 6, 
 
 PiEL n|n, imperative bn 1 K. 13, 6. 
 
 1. Pr. to rub or stroke the face of any 
 one, from the primary Ibrce of the root; 
 see in Kal no. 1, and comp. Gr. xrtUw 
 to soothe, to caress. Always fully, 
 'b ""SS Wsn to stroke one's face, i. q. 
 to soothe, to caress; spoken: a) Of 
 one who strives to please a king or 
 noble, i. q. to caress, to flatter, to court. 
 Job 11, 19. Prov. 19, 5. Ps. 45, 13 the 
 richest of the nations shall make court 
 to thee with gifts, b) Of one who 
 entreats God's favour, i. q. to beseech, 
 to supplicate, Ex. 32, 11. 1 Sam. 
 13, 12. 1 K. 13, 6. 2 K. 13, 4. Dan. 
 9, 13. al. Comp. Iliad 8. 371. ib. 10. 
 454 sq. 
 
 2. to make sick, to afflict with disease, 
 Deut. 29, 21. Ps. 77, 11 x-^n irn'&n this 
 maketh me sick. ill. 
 
 Pdal pass, to be made weak, so of a 
 shade in Sheol, Is. 14, 10. 
 
 HiPH. prset. "^bnn, by Syriasm for 
 nbnn, is. 53, 10. 
 
 1. to make sick, diseased, incurable, 
 e. g. a wound Is. 1. c. Mic. 6, 13. Also 
 to make onesplf sick ; Hos. 7. 5 in the 
 day of our king *'^'a rrn v^'\'a ^ibnn the 
 princes make themselves sick with the 
 glow of wine. 
 
 2. Trop. to afflict, to grieve, Prov. 13, J 2. 
 
nbn 
 
 316 
 
 ^bn 
 
 HoPH. to he hurt, wounded, 1 K. 22, 34. 
 
 HiTHP. 1. to make oneself sick, to 
 
 fall sick, for grief, 2 Sam. 13, 2. 
 
 2. to feign oneself sick. 2 Sam. 13, 5. 6. 
 
 Deriv. from the signif to polish etc. 
 
 see in Kal no. 1 ; from the signif to be 
 
 "*sick, "hn, nbriTs, nbna, "^ibnTa, 
 
 ^<D f. a cake 2 Sam. 6, 19 ; espec. as 
 offered in sacrifices, Lev. 8, 26. 24, 5. 
 R. b^n no. 1, to bore, to pierce ; since 
 such cakes were perforated like bis- 
 cuits, as among the Arabs and modern 
 .Jews. 
 
 Di^n and D''5n m. plur. ni^Dl'bn, a 
 dream, Gen. 20, 3. 6. 31, 10. 11. 24. 
 Dreams are put for trifles, follies, nugcB, 
 Ecc. 5, 6 ; comp. v. 2. -R. cbn . 
 
 V^T} comm. Josh. 2, 18. Ez. 41, 16; 
 plur. Di- Joel 2.9. and ri- Ez. 40, 16 ; a 
 'Window, hole for the light, from r. i^Vn to 
 perforate. V^n ^^^S through a window, 
 out of a window. Gen. 26, 8. Josh. 2, 15. 
 Judg. 5,28. 
 
 "Jl^n and l^n (sandy, comp. bin) pr. 
 n. Holon. a) A city of the priests in 
 the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 51. 21, 15 ; 
 the same called 'k'^n 1 Chr. 6, 43. b) 
 A city of Moab, Jer. 48, 21. 
 
 Cllbn m. (r. tl;ri) a passing away, de- 
 parture, decease, as of parents. Prov. 
 31, 8 S]i'>n "^rs children of decease, i. e. 
 orphans. Symm. viol xStv ajioixoftsvwv. 
 Arab. _ff. 1 ^ II, to leave children at 
 death, Mark 12, 19. 20. Acts 18, 21. 
 
 rnC'lbn f: overthrow, defeat, Ex. 32, 18. 
 R. v\n. 
 
 n^ri Halah, pr. n. of an Assyrian 
 province, into which a part of the ten 
 tribes were transported by Shalmaneser. 
 Prob. Culachene, K(d(t/r,vr) Strab. XVI. 
 1, XwAaxtiT/Ptol. VI. 1. tlie northernmost 
 province of Assyria proper, on the east- 
 ern bank of the Tigris. 2K.17,6. 18,11. 
 1 Chr. 5, 26. Comp. nbs no. 2. 
 
 b^iflbn JInlhul. pr. n. of a town in the 
 mountjiins of Judah, Josh. 15, 58. Jerome 
 places it near Hebron ; and its remains 
 still bear the name HulhiU ; Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. I. p. 319. 
 
 '^f^'f^ ^' (' -"'" Pi'P-) ^- p(iin,pang, 
 of a woman in travail, Is. 21, 3. 
 
 2. tremhling. terror, Nah. 2, 11. Ez. 
 30, 4. 9. 
 
 ^2*T "^^ Xiyop,. in Hiph. i. q. Arah 
 
 nii.^ ; r?A^ , to he quick and hasty io 
 
 any thing, to press, to urge ; for the pri- 
 mary idea see in kindr. ibn . 1 K. 20, 33 
 
 ^Sarrt ^Kbn*1 n-in^-jl and they hasted 
 and urged whether it was from (or q/*) 
 him. The form labn^i is for Hiph. 
 rj-'bn*] , as !tp2-T^T for '"pa"?!! 1 Sam. 14, 
 22. 31, 2. Leiirg. p. 322.' ' 
 
 '^'ri m. plnr. tjixbn for ni7bn Lehrg. 
 p. 575. R. nbn no. 1. 
 
 1. 7iecklace, trinket, so called as being 
 
 polished, Prov. 25, 12. Cant. 7, 2. Arab. 
 
 ss ^ 
 Jca.id. 
 
 2. //ah', pr. n. of a town in the tribe 
 of Asher. Josh. 19, 25. 
 
 ''^n m. in pause "'Vn, c. suff. 'i'^bn, 
 plur. c'^''bn. R. nbn. 
 
 1. sick7iess, disease, hoih internal Deut. 
 7, 15. 28, 61 ; and external Is. 1, 5. 
 
 2. anxiety, affliction, grief, Ecc. 5, 16 
 i'^bn for ib 'b-n . 
 
 3. an evil, calamity, Ecc. 6, 2. 
 
 ^Of'l ^6m. of ''bn , a necklace, trinket^ 
 Hos. 2, 15. R. nbn no. 1. 
 
 '"'rO - ! Subst a /)?/)e, as an in- 
 strument of music ; so called as being 
 perforated, see r. bbri no. 1. Is. 5, 12. 
 30, 29. 1 K. 1, 40. 
 
 2. Adj. unholy, profane, see r. bbn Pi. 
 no. 3 ; also as Neut. something profane, 
 whence with He parag. nbibn, nbbn 
 (Milel), pr. ad pnfana, profane be it, 
 i. q. absiC, far be it, Talmud, 'pbin 
 "]b, an exclamation of abhorrence. So 
 
 1 Sam. 20, 2 ri^n i<b nb-^bn far be it ! 
 thou shall not die. comp. 2, 30. Con- 
 strued a) -^b nb-^bn with ',?? and inf. 
 far be it from me to do so and so, 
 Gen. 18. 25. 44, 7. 17. Josh. 24, 16; 
 comp. Job 34, 10. b) With cx before 
 a fut. Job 27, 5. 1 Sam. 14, 45 without b . 
 
 2 Sam. 20, 20. To both these construc- 
 tions there is sometimes added nin'^o, 
 1 Sam. 24, 7. 26, 11. IK. 21, 3, so that 
 the sense is : ' profane or accursed be it 
 from Jehovah,' Goil forbid. Sept. /tii; yi- 
 votio. or, the primary sigiiificMfion being 
 neglected : ' wo to me I'rom Jehovah, if, 
 
^bn 
 
 317 
 
 bbn 
 
 etc' Josh. 22, 29 i"irb na-a !i:^ ^Y^'^ 
 hjn'^a iro /o its from him (Jehovah), if 
 tDe rebel ogdiiist Jehovah. A somewluit 
 different turn is in 1 Sam. 20, Ofar be it 
 from thee (for me), that if I knew . . . I 
 would not tell thee. 
 
 HB^bn f. (r. ?|bn) l. a change, sc. of 
 morals, life, Ps. 55, 20. Espec. of gar- 
 ments, 2 K. 5, 5 cnaa niEibn nbs ten 
 changes of raiment, i. e. ten suits, so 
 that one can change himself, v. 22. 23. 
 Judg. 14, 12. 13. Gen. 45, 22; also with- 
 out C'lja Judg. 14, 19. 
 
 2. change, exchange, alternation, espec. 
 of soldiers keeping watch alternately 
 and relieving each other ; hence metaph. 
 Job 14, 14 all the days of my warfare 
 will I wait ^r^V^hn s"ia~i? until my e.x- 
 change come, until I am relieved by 
 others; the miserable state of the shades 
 in Sheol being compared to the hard 
 service of a soldier on guard. Also spo- 
 ken of new troops succeeding in place 
 of those Aitigued ; Job 10. 17 riE-^Vn 
 ^SS N^^l by Hendiadys, cfianges and a 
 Jiost are agaijist me, i. e. hosts continu- 
 ally succeeding each other. So of simi- 
 lar changes or alternations of labourers, 
 adv. in alternate courses, alternately, 
 1 K. 5. 28 [14]. 
 
 '^?''?r| f. spoil, booty, stripped from the 
 dead bodies of the slain. 2 Sam. 2, 21. 
 Judg. 14, 19. R. }'^n. 
 
 ^2't' obsol. root, Arab. (*5U.^ to be 
 black ; metaph. to be dark, sad, wretched, 
 as tsSiJLs*. y^X. a wretched life. The 
 primary idea is prob. to burn, to scorch; 
 and then this root is a soflened form from 
 Chald. -"in, Arab. iy^, to scorch; 
 comp. BW black, from r. COT and csn . 
 Hence 
 
 ro^n or ^^^'^ m. adj. quadril. (for n 
 or S added at tlie end. see Lehrg. p. 
 865.) Ps. 10, 8 ; in pause nzhn v.U ; 
 Plur. ='X:^n v. 10 Cheth. wretched, af- 
 flicted, the poor ; so the ancient versions 
 correctly. [The vowels belong to Keri, 
 whicii takes bn as i. q. b'n host ; hence 
 nrbn thy host; also cxs bn tJie host of 
 the afflicted, see HX3. Hengstenberg 
 (ad v. 8) regards nsVn as compounded 
 from the two roots nbn to be weak, ill, 
 and nX3 to be afflicted. R. 
 
 27* 
 
 ^i'^' 1. to bore through, to peifo 
 a ^ 
 rate, to pierce, Arab. J^ Conj. I and Vj 
 also reflex, or intrans. to be pierced, 
 wounded, Ps. 109, 22. Hence bbn, b-!>n, 
 n^n, *,'ikn, rkrro . Comp. Pi. and Po. 
 
 2. to lay open, to loose, to dissolve, 
 
 cs _, 
 
 Arab. Jl^ ; similar are Gr. jfuAow, Xiiu. 
 Comp. Pi. and Hiph. 
 
 3. Denom. from b^bn, to play the 
 pipe, to pipe, comp. Piel no. 4. Part 
 
 c^bbh Ps. 87, 7. 
 Piel 1. to pierce, to wound, Ez. 28, 9. 
 
 2. to loose a covenant, i. e. to break, to 
 violate, Ps. 55, 21. 89, 35. 
 
 3. to lay open, to give access to; hence 
 to make common, to profane, to defile, 
 since holy things were not open to the 
 people ; e. g. a sanctuary Lev. 19. 8. 21, 
 9 sq. Mai. 2, 11 ; the sabbath Ex. 31, 
 14 ; the name of God 19, 22. Mai. 1, 12; 
 priests Is. 43, 28 ; a father's bed by incest 
 Gen. 49, 4 ; also splendour, i. q. to pol- 
 lute, destroy. Is. 23, 9. Praegn. Ps. 89, 40 
 'i"'!? r"!^? ^'.i^. thou hast profaned his 
 crown (casting it) to the ground, comp. 
 74, 7. Ez. 28, 16. ina bbn to make 
 comrrum (^pollute) one's daughter, to pros- 
 titute her, Lev. 19, 29; comp. 21,7. 14. 
 ^"]?''3 'In fo make common a vineyard 
 (which had been consecrated for the first 
 three years Lev. 19, 23), i. e. to gather its 
 fruits for common use, Deut 20. 6. 28, 
 30. Jer. 31, 5. Hence bh, nb-ibn. 
 
 4. Denom. from b'^bn, to play the 
 pipe, to pipe, 1 K. 1, 40. 
 
 PoAL pass, of Pi. no. 1, Ez. 32, 26 ; 
 pass, of no. 3, Ez. 36,23. 
 
 Po. bbin to pierce, to wound. Is. 51,9 
 *p?Pi '^^^.'i'^^ y^ho hath pierced the great 
 dragon, i. e. Egypt. Pass. part, bbn^ 
 pierced, wotmded. Is. 53, 5. Sept. ir^uv- 
 finxifrdrj. 
 
 Aipn. b from bbns , inf. bnn (like 
 oan), fut bn;^, bnn Lev. 21, 9. pass, of 
 Piel no. 3, to be profaned, defied, Ez. 
 7, 24. 20, 9. 14. 22. Lev. 21, 4. 
 
 Hiph. bnn 1. to loose, to set free. 
 Hos. 8, 10 Tjbp iCiiTz-z uri: ^i^n^i and 
 tliey (the hostile nations) shall presently 
 set them free from the burden of the 
 king, i. e. from his oppressive rule. 
 
 2. to loose, i. e. to break one's word, 
 faith, Num. 30, 3. 
 
:b- 
 
 318 
 
 )2hr\ 
 
 3. i. q. Piel no. 3, to profane, to defde, 
 Ez. 39, 7. 
 
 4. to begin, like Engl, to open, as also 
 in many synonymous words, e. g. Arab. 
 
 to open, to begin; Syr. |^ to 
 
 C" 
 
 loose, to open, to begin ; Germ. erOfFnen. 
 Constr. with h and inf' Gen. 6, 1. 10, 
 8 ; without b Deut. 2, 25, 31. 1 Sam. 3, 
 2. Rarely followed by a finite verb, as 
 Deut. 2, 24 tti"; bnn . 1 Sam. 3, 12 bnn 
 f^l?'^ beginning and finishing, i. e. from 
 beginning to end. Gen. 9, 20 nb br^l 
 manxtt dij< and Noah began to oe a 
 husbandman, was the first husbandman. 
 Also to have a beginning, to be begun. 
 Num. 17, 11 [16, 46]. 2 Chr. 29, 27. 
 
 Horn. pass, to be begun, coiptum est. 
 Gen. 4, 26. 
 
 Deriv. Vn, nlbn, h'on, yihn, n^n^, 
 n^nn, and 
 
 '^'^ ni. adj. 1. pierced, wounded, i.e. 
 mortally. Job 24, 12. Ps. 69, 27. Jer. 51, 
 52. Oilen also killed, slain, in a private 
 feud Deut. 21. 1. 2. 3. 6 ; oftener in battle 
 Josh. 11. 6. Judg.9,40.al. Collect. Deut. 
 32,42. Ez.6,7. -zyihhn slain with the 
 
 sward Num. 19, 16.' Ez. 31, 17. 18; and 
 trop. on account of the antith. ~5"|!"''b^n 
 
 slain of famine Lam. 4, 9 ; comp. Is. 22, 
 2. In respect to the active signif. of 
 
 slayer, i. e. soldier, which some have 
 unnecessarily proposed, see Comment. 
 
 on Is. 22, 2. Thesaur. p. 478. 
 
 2. profane, polluted, Ez. 21, 30 [25] ; 
 
 isee the root Pi. no. 3. Fern, -^^^n (joined 
 with nrT) one profaned, polluted, a pros- 
 titute. Lev. 21, 7. 14. 
 
 * Cbr fut. t^n-: 1. i. q. Arab. IJL^ 
 'Conj. I. V, to be fat, full, roimded, 
 kindr. with s^n ; and as this takes place 
 at puberty, hence to arrive at puberty, 
 
 'to become ripe, manly, like C^S, ivA^^ 
 
 puber, cofeundi cupidns fnit. Job 39, 4 
 [7] their young ones ^"cbr,"^ grow tip ripe, 
 puberes fiunt, full of manly vigour ; spo- 
 ken of the ibex. 
 2. to dream; spoken primarily of the 
 
 Of > 
 sensual dreams of puberty; comp. t^Ack. 
 
 nocturnal pollution, a dream ; f^^*^ to 
 .suffer nocturnal pollution, to dream ; 
 
 VIII, to arrive at puberty ; Syr. and 
 Ethiop. to dream; see Thesaur. p. 479. 
 Gen. 37, 5 sq. 42, 9. Is. 29, 8. tbin 
 cilin a dreamer of dreams, i. q. S<"'S3 , 
 since dreams were regarded as a me- 
 dium of divine communication. Deut. 13, 
 2. 4. Comp. Joel 3, 1. Num. 12, 6. 
 
 HiPH. 1. Pr. to make fat. sound, well ; 
 hence to heal, to let recaver, Is. 38, 16. 
 Syr. Pe. Ethpe. to be sound, strong, 
 robust. 
 
 2. to cause to dream, Jer. 29, 8. 
 
 Deriv. cibn, r^irsn, nabnx. 
 
 thn m. 1. Chald. emph. it'ibn, a 
 dream. Dan. 2, 4 sq. 4, 2 sq. 
 
 2. Ilelevi, pr. n. in. see *"bn b. 
 
 'obn see nibn, 
 
 n^^^n f KTral Xiyon. Job 6, 6, a 
 much vexed passage, where however all 
 agree that the context requires this word 
 to mean some kind of insipid, tasteless 
 food. The exact signification can be 
 determined only by the etymology. The 
 form M^^n then (from r. cbn, after the 
 form r"a^D) denotes pr. somnolency, 
 dreaminess, and hence fatuity, simplici- 
 ty, folly (comp. Ecc. 5, 2. 6), any thing 
 simple, foolish ; which maj^ then be trop. 
 referred to tasteless food, just as vice 
 versa the notion of insipidness is trans- 
 ferred from food to discourse ; comp. 
 HutQi'i:; in Dioscorides, spoken of tasteless 
 roots. What this food was. is clearly 
 shown by the Syriac translator, who 
 renders it |^Sn\t, a word similar to 
 the Heb. name, and denoting portulaca, 
 purslain, an herb formerly eaten as 
 salad, and proverbial for its insipidity 
 among the Arabs, Greeks, and Romans ; 
 
 comp. sJl2>) J>5 in-^l portulaca stul- 
 
 tior, see Meidanii Prov. no. 344. p. 219 
 ed. H. A. Schultcns ; Golius ad Senten- 
 tias Arab. no. 81. So Greek fioitjov irt/- 
 rov, ftXiior, whence ^Uim\ (Skircts, (ihxo- 
 pupiu- Aristoph. Nub. 097. of a silly per- 
 son ; and so Lat. bliteiis Plnut. Trurul. 
 
 4. 4. 1. Hence called iUlilt ioixJ! 
 olu.<i fatuum., silly herb, which very word 
 the Arabic translator of Job puts for the 
 Syr. I ^^^'^" , Hence in Job 1. c. "i"*"? 
 rirbn purslain-slime. prnb. sjioken con- 
 temptuously for purslain-broth, as in 
 
52bn 
 
 319 
 
 yiin 
 
 German any long and tedious discourse 
 u jestingly called KofU-Brihe, cabbage- 
 broth. See Thesiiur. p. 480. The Rab- 
 bins and Targums regard nilsVri as the 
 same with Chald. 'jia^n and 1'3^H yolk 
 of an egg, from r, o^n i. q. abn no, 1 ; 
 and slime of a yolk they explain by the 
 white of an egg, as a tasteless, insipid 
 food. This in itself is not ill; but the 
 former interpretation is to be preferred, 
 on account of the analogy of so many 
 languages. 
 
 TDTpSn ni. quadrilit. Jlint, silex, any 
 hard stone, Job 2S, 9. Ps. 114, 8; more 
 fully t;-'':bnn ins Deut. 8, 15. 32, 13. 
 
 , according 
 
 The Arabic has 
 
 ^. 
 
 to others ^yjjjkj>. , pyrites. The pri- 
 mary idea seems to be that of smooth- 
 ness, which is found in several roots be- 
 ginning with bn, e. g. abn, nbn, p]>n ; 
 comp. Lat. glaber, ghidins, Gerni. glatt. 
 Comp. also Gr. ;ifMit| silex. 
 
 I'H (strong, r. bin) Ilelan, pr. n. m. 
 Num. 1, 9. 2, 7. 
 
 ^"^n see "ilVn. 
 
 *h2'7 fut. qbn^, to slip, to glide, 
 spoken of the swift motion of any thing 
 smooth ; the primary idea being that of 
 smoothness and slipperiness, as of fat 
 things; comp. sbn, also ibn, abn. Or. 
 aXtitfM ; and so Germ, schliipfen, Engl, to 
 slip, with the sibilant prefixed. Hence 
 
 1. to glide along, to pass by, Job 4, 15. 
 9, 11. 26. Cant. 2, 11. Also, to pass on 
 
 I Sam. 10, 3 ; to pass away, to perish. 
 Is. 2, 18 ; to pass beyond sc. a law, to 
 transgress. Is. 24. 5. [Here too may be 
 referred : Ps. 90, 5. 6, of herbage, to pass 
 away, to wither and die ; also Hab. 1, 
 
 II nosji ibs^i nn :;bn tx then his spirit 
 passes over and he transgresses and is 
 guilty, i. e. his spirit overflows, becomes 
 proud and arrogant. The signif to 
 jlourish, to revive, given in no. 2. b, is 
 doubtful in Kal. R. 
 
 2. to pass through ; hence causat. 
 a) to pierce, to transfix, Judg. 5, 26. Job 
 20, 24. b) to let spring up, as new 
 shoots pierce the ground, i. e, to grow 
 green, to flourish, as a plant Ps. 90, 5. 6. 
 Trop. of the mind, to revive, to be reno- 
 tated, Hab. 1, 11. But see in no. 1. 
 
 3. Intens. to pass on againxi any one, 
 to assail. Job 11, 10 ; to rush on, a the 
 wind Is. 21,1; a stream Is. 8, 8. 
 
 4. to change, intrans. i. q. /o be changed, 
 pass, of Pi. and Hiph. Ps. 102. 27. 
 
 PiEL to let pass- away, to change, e. g. 
 garments Gen. 41, 14. 2 Sam. 12, 20. 
 Syr. Pa. id. 
 
 Hiph. 1. to change, i. q. Piel, Gen. 
 35, 2. Lev. 27, 10. Ps. 102, 27 ; to alter 
 Gen. 31, 7. 41. 
 
 2. to change for new, to renew, to re- 
 vive, to make flourish again, e. g. a 
 tree Is. 9, 9. Also intrans. to revive, to 
 flourish again, pr. to produce new 
 sprouts, foliage. Job 14. 7. Hence with 
 TVS , to renew one's strength, to gain new 
 strength, Is. 40, 31. 41, 1; and so ellipt. 
 without n's, Job 29. 20. 
 
 Deriv. r.bn, qibn, nE^^bn, TibntJ, 
 ni'Ebn-a . 
 
 vj^n Chald. to pass, spoken of time, 
 Dan. 4, 13. 20. 29. 
 
 ^?r? 1. pr. subst. exchange ; hence 
 as Prep, in exchange for, instead of for, 
 Num. 18, 21. 31. 
 
 2. Heleph, pr. n. of a place in Naph- 
 tali, Josh. 19, 33. 
 
 * Y^V ^"<- T'^n. 1- fo draw out e. g. 
 the breast to suckle Lam. 4, 3. Altso to 
 draw off, to pull off, sc. the shoe, Deut. 
 25, 10. Arab. ^-L^ id. J and 5 being 
 interchanged. 
 
 2. to withdraw oneself, to depart, with 
 *^, Hos. 5, 6. Arab. *<L&. discessit e 
 loco. ^ 
 
 3. Part. pass. Y^^ expeditus, stripped, 
 spoken of a warrior disencumbered from 
 all impediments expedite for war or 
 battle, i. q. armed, ready, alert for con- 
 flict, comp. Lat. 'expedire se ad pug- 
 nam' Liv. 38. 21. Tac. Hist. 2. 99. So 
 Josh. 6, 7. 9. 13. Num. 32. 21. 27. Deut, 
 3, 18. More fully .Tsnbsb -jriibn Num. 
 32. 29; N=sb 'n 1 Chr. 12, 23^; plur. 
 sa-^ 'S^bn Num. 31, 5. Josh. 4, 13. 
 2xi^ '^nbn Is. 15. 4, i. q. asi^ '^iaa Jer. 
 48,41." 
 
 Piel intens. 1. to pvll off garments 
 by force, i. e. to strip, to spoil, with ace. 
 of pers. Ps, 7, 5 and if I have spoiled him 
 that without cause is mine enemy. Syr. 
 Pe. and Pa. id. 
 
ybn 
 
 320 
 
 pbT 
 
 2. to drato out, to take away, e. g. 
 Btones from a wall. Lev. 14, 40. 43. 
 
 3. to deliver sc. from danger. 2 Sam. 
 22, 20. Ps. 6, 5. 50, 15. 81, 8. 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 3, to expe- 
 dite oneself for war or battle, to arm 
 oneself, Num. 31, 3. 32, 17. 
 
 2. Pass, of Piel no. 3, to be delivered 
 sc. from danger, Ps. 60, 7. 108, 7, 
 
 HiPH. to make alert, strong, vigorous, 
 e.g. the bones, Is. 58, 11. 
 
 Deriv. ns-^bn, niu^n^g, and the two 
 here following. 
 
 y^n only Dual D^^J^ the Zoins, where 
 one girds himself for strength, vigour, 
 activity; see r. yhn Kal no. 3. Hence to 
 gird up the loi7is, to prepare for an en- 
 counter, Job 38, 3. 40, 7 ; to come forth oid 
 of one's loins, i. e. to be begotten of him, 
 Gen. 35, 11. Chald. T'S'in, Syr. \^, 
 ^ or 1 being dropped. 
 
 Tv'7 i" pause "j'^.n (perh. loin, i. q. 
 y^n) Helez, pr. n. m." a) 1 Chr. 2. 39. 
 h) 2 Sam. 23, 26 ; for which y^n 1 Chr. 
 11, 27. 27, 10. 
 
 * VdJ} fut. pbrr. 1. to be smooth. 
 
 Arab. iiA^ '^'^^ lJ^^ ^^- ^"* t^-'^ 
 act. to form, to make, pr. to smooth off; 
 
 to which is kindr. iSJL^ to cut off the 
 hair, pr. to make smooth the head or 
 chin. This signif of smoothness is found 
 in several families of roots beginning 
 with gl, and espec. glc, in the occidental 
 languages also ; as Gr. yu)Moq, xuli^ 
 smooth silex. calculus ; xoA| a smooth 
 man, flatterer, i. q. p^n no. 2 ; ylvy.v? of 
 which the primary idea lies in touch ; 
 yldlog, yUu/Qoc, Lat. glacies, glaber, 
 gladius, glisco, gluten ; Germ, glalt, 
 gleilen, Glas, gleissen i. q. glanzen ; 
 Engl, to glide, glojis, glue, etc. comp. 
 Heb. nbj. ^Ls>.. to polish. Metaph. to 
 be smooth, bland, Jlatlering, e. g. the 
 heart Hos. 10, 2 ; the lips, words, Ps. 
 55, 22. 
 
 2. to divide, to distribide, to appropri- 
 ate, cfipec. by lot. Josh. 14, 5. 18, 2. 22, 8. 
 This signif is derived from the noun pbn, 
 which denotes pr. a smooth stone used 
 as a lot, comp. Chald. phn a rcckoning- 
 
 Stone, lot, &s^L>> id. Secondary forms 
 
 are Arab. (^^'L^' * destine, to predes- 
 tine, Eth. *iA^ to number, to reck- 
 on among, "S^A.^ number, lot ; comp. 
 Aram. }!a^, i^i^^W lot, N;rbn land di- 
 vided by lot, an inheritance. 2 Sam. 
 19, 30. 1 Sam. 30, 24 sip'^n^ l^n'i they 
 shall divide (^share) together, i. e. alike, 
 in equal portions. Prov. 17, 2 he shall 
 share the inheritance along with the 
 brethren, i. e. shall have an equal por- 
 tion, comp. Job 27, 17. With DS to divide 
 with any one, to be partner with him, 
 Prov. 29, 24 ; with ^ to divide out to any 
 one, to impart to him. Deut. 4, 19. 29, 
 25. Neh. 13, 13; with a of thing. Job 
 39, 17 np23 rib phn Kb;i nor hath he 
 imparted to her with (of) understand- 
 ing. Comp. pbn no. 2. 
 
 3. to divide out as spoil, i. q. to spoil, 
 from pbn no. 2. 2 Chr. 28, 21 Ahaz 
 spoiled the house of the Lord and the 
 house of the king and the princes. Sept. 
 well ih/(iiv T ir roi olxoj, the house being 
 put for what is therein contained, see 
 n"^2 no. 10. 
 
 NiPH. 1. tobe divided out, distributed, 
 Num. 26, 53. ,55. 
 
 2. to divide or distribrde oneself Job 
 38, 24. Prajgn. Gen. 14, 15 cn-'bs pbn;l 
 and he divided himself against tliem, 
 i. e. divided his forces and attacked 
 them. Job 38, 24. 
 
 3. to divide among themselves, like 
 Hithp. 1 Chr. 23, 6 Cpbnn and he di- 
 vided them into courses. 24, 3. But the 
 better reading is cpbnv ^ see Lehrg. p. 
 462. 
 
 Piel 1. Like Kal no. 2, to divide out, 
 to distribute, e. g. spoil, prey. Gen. 49,27. 
 Ps. 68, 13 ; with b to distribute among, 
 2 Sam. 6, 19. Is. 34, 17. 1 K. 18, 6 ^p^n^l 
 ^'nxn-rx cnb they divided the land be- 
 tween them. Also c. b i.q. to apportion, 
 to assig)}. Job 21, 17. Is. 53. 12 ib-plbnx 
 ca'^S f trill assign him a portion among 
 the great. 
 
 2. to disperse. Gen. 49, 7. Lam. 4. 16. 
 
 PuAL to be divided out, distribided, Is. 
 33, 23. Am. 7, 17. Zech. 14, 1. 
 
 HiPH. 1. Trans, of Kal no. 1, to make 
 smonUi, to shape, as an artisan Is. 41. 7. 
 Metaph. to make smooth the tongue, i. q. 
 to fatter, Ps. 5, 10. Prov. 28, 23 ; and so 
 to make smooth one''s words, id. Prov. 
 
P^T\ 
 
 321 
 
 phn 
 
 2, 16. 7, 5; nlso without nccus. Prov. 
 
 29. 5 ^n?-)-bs p'^^rro n2j a man who 
 jlatterclh another. Ps. 36, 3. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. Jer. 37, 12 
 era p^nb to obtain from thence his 
 portion, his inheritance ; so Vulg. Targ. 
 But Kimchi: that he might slip away 
 from thence, a sigriil'. which might easily 
 come from that of smoothness. 
 
 HiTHP. to divide among themselves, 
 Josh. 18, 5. 
 
 Deriv. pbn nipVp>^n, r'^^'^nq. 
 
 p^n m. adj. 1. smooth, opp. to hairy, 
 rough, Gen. 27, 11 ; hence hare, bald, of 
 a mountain Josh. 11, 17. 12, 7. Trop. 
 amooth, i. e. bland, flattering, of the pa- 
 late (i. 6. mouth, words) of a harlot, 
 Prov. 5, 3 ; comp. 26. 26. 
 
 2. slippery, deceitful,false, Ez. 12, 24; 
 comp. 13, 7. 
 
 p^n Chald. lot, portion, part, Ezra 4, 
 16. Dan. 4, 12. 20. Comp. Heb. p\n . 
 
 P^H m. c. suff. T^H; plur. ta-'pbn, 
 constr. ''P^n, once ^p^n Dag, euph. Is, 
 57,6. 
 
 1. smoothness, polish. Is. 57, 6 spoken 
 of idol-worshippers : Tj^^n in: "'p^na 
 t^b'i'ia en en with the smooth (stones) 
 of the torrent is thy portion ; these, these 
 are thy lot. i. e. with idols formed of 
 smooth stones set up (comp. 1 Sam. 17, 
 40) is thy intercourse, these are thy 
 gods ; as immediately follows : even to 
 them hast thou poured out a drink-offer- 
 ing, etc. So Targ. and most intpp. 
 Others : in the bare (smooth) places of 
 the valley is thy lot, i. e. in the open (not 
 wooded) places dost thou worship idols. 
 In either case there is a play upon the 
 double meaning of pbn i. e. smooth- 
 ness, also portion. Metaph. smoothness, 
 flattery, Prov. 7, 21. 
 
 2. part, portion, share, lot, Job 32. 17. 
 Josh, 18, 5. 6. 9. pbno pbn portion as 
 portion, like portions, Deut. 18. 8. Spok- 
 en of the portion of the sacrifices allotted 
 to the Levites Lev. 6, 10 ; of a portion of 
 spoil Gen. 14, 24. Num. 31, 36. 1 Sam. 
 
 30, 24. Hence for spoil itself Job 17, 5 
 tJ^'Sn T^s;^ p^.r!^ '""^o belraijeth friends to 
 the spoil, i. e, concr. spoilers. Hab. 1, 16. 
 Especially of a lot or portion by inheri- 
 tance. Josh. 14, 4. 15, 13. 18. 7 the Lerites 
 ahull have no portion (p^n) among you. 
 
 ^'sy pVn the portion of my people i. e. 
 the land of Israel, Mic. 2, 4 ; comp. Is. 
 61, 7. In phrases: a) pbn ib (-^w^j) c;; 
 'b OS fibnsi he has (or /las not) lot and 
 possession with any one, i. e. receives a 
 like portion, partakes with him (xot'ci'i' 
 Tm) Deut. 10, 9. 14, 27. 29. 18, 1 ; 'b rsj 
 ib. 12, 12. Metaph. to participate with, 
 to consait with, Ps. 50, 18 ; comp. Dan. 
 4, 12. b) 3 ib pbn (7s) t2 he has (or 
 has not) part in any thing, partakes in 
 it {xoivbivtiv tivQi;) Num. 18, 20. Ecc. 9, 6. 
 Hence 'E2 ib pbn *,"'X to have no part in 
 any one, i. q. to have nothing to do with 
 him, 2 Sam. 20. 1. 1 K. 12, 16. Gen. 31, 
 14. Josh. 22, 25. 27; also Neh. 2, 20, 
 c) 2'py^ pbn the portion of Jacob, i. e. 
 Jehovah, whom it is allotted to Israel to 
 worship, Jer. 10, 16. 51, 19 ; comp. Deut. 
 4, 19. Ps. 16, 5. 142, 6. Vice versa, pbn 
 nin^ the portion of Jehovah, i. e. the peo- 
 ple of Israel, whom God has allotted to 
 himself to protect and cherish. Deut. 32, 
 9, d) lot, portion in this life, fiolou, 
 Ecc. 2, 10. 3, 22. 5, 17. Job 20, 29. 31, 2 
 nibx pbn lot appointed of God. 
 
 3. a portion of land, q. d. fields, terri- 
 tory, 2 K. 9, 10. 36. 37. So by transpos. 
 Chald. Kb|?n and Ethiop. ih4A. field. 
 Hence the land, terra firma, as opp. to 
 the sea, Am. 7, 4. 
 
 4. Helek, pr. n. of a son of Gilead, 
 Num. 26, 30, Josh. 17, 2. Patronym. 
 "'pbn Helekite Num. 1, c. 
 
 P^r? adj. (r. pbti) smooth ; 1 Sam. 17, 
 40 D'^32X ip^n T\^-Qn five smooth ones of 
 the stones, i. e. five smooth stones. For 
 this idiom comp. Is, 29, 19. Hos. 13, 2 ; 
 see Lehrg. p. 678. 
 
 "'pfri f. i, q. pbn 1. smoothness, 
 smooth part, Gen. 27. 16. Plur. smooth 
 i. e. slippery places Ps. 73, 18. Metaph. 
 fiattery Prov. 6, 24. Plur. nipbn smooth 
 things, flatteries. Is. 30, 10. nipbn roiy 
 flattering lips Ps. 12, 3. 4. 
 
 2. portion, part ; with tTiiU added, 
 portion of afield Gen. 33. 19. Ruth 2, 3 ; 
 so without nnb id. 2 Sam. 14, 30. 31. 
 23, 12, 
 
 3. Constr. Ppbn as pr. n. Helkath. a) 
 A city of the Levites in Asher, Josh. 19, 
 25; written npbn 21.31. b)c-'-i3n Ppbn 
 Helkath-hazzurim (field of swords) a 
 place near Gibeon, 2 Sam. 2, 16. 
 
pbn 
 
 322 
 
 53n 
 
 ^j5^^ f. plur. t^'.pbnjlatteries, Dan. 11, 
 32. R.p\n Hiph. 
 
 ^j??^ f. partition, division, 2 Chr. 35, 
 5. R. pin. 
 
 "'i?fO (for "T|i|?^n Jehovah his portion) 
 Helkai, pr. n. m.Neh. 12, 15. 
 
 ^^prn and 'l"'^pfr! (portion of Jeho- 
 vah, i. e. specially assigned to God,) pr. 
 n. Hilkiah. a) A high priest in the 
 reignof Josiah, 2K. 22, 8. 12. b) The 
 father of Jeremiah, Jer. 1. 1. c) The 
 father of Eliakim, 2 K. 18, 18. 26. Is. 22, 
 
 20. 36, 3. d) 1 Chr. 26, 11. e) Jer. 
 29. 3. f) 1 Chr. 6, 30. g) Neh. 8, 4. 
 
 f^'ip'^J?^'^ plur. f. (r. p^n) 1. slippe- 
 riness, q. d. smooth or slippery places, 
 Ps. 35, 6. Jer. 23, 12. 
 
 2. Jlatteries, blandishments, Dan. 11, 
 
 21. 34. 
 
 * ^M 1. Fut. ttJin;: , to prostrate, to 
 overthrow, to discomjit, Ex. 17, 13 ; with 
 hy Is. 14, 12, like Engl, to triumph aver. 
 " "i " I - 
 
 Arab. ^J^*X.s> to.prostrate, y/^Aj> man- 
 fiil, brave. Hence manbn . 
 
 2. Fut. tlJ^n^ intrans. pr. to be pros- 
 trate, i. e. to be weak, frail, to waste away, 
 Job 14, 10. Syr. Ethpa. to be weakened, 
 \ '^" weak. Hence 
 
 tJ>n m. weak, Joel 4, 10. 
 
 1. on m. (r. min) only c. suff. Tf^n, 
 n'^rn ; o, father-in-law, Gen. 38. 13. 25. 
 1 Sam. 4, 19. 21. Fern, is nirn q. v. 
 It follows the analogy of the irregular 
 nouns rs , nx , Lehrg. p. 479, 605. 606. 
 
 6^ So ^ 
 
 Arab. |v^, **<&, father-in-law, a rela- 
 tive of husband or wife. Eth. iii<^ father- 
 in-law, 't"lh^Q) to contract affinity, to 
 become a son-in-law, Samar.'^^ father- 
 in-law. also one betrothed. Correspond- 
 ing is the Greek ynfj/i(jog for y(tfif(j6g 
 father-in-law, son-in-law, bridegroom, 
 kinsman, from yiif^og, ynfiiot. See r. 
 nrn, also nrs. 
 
 II. on (r. ern) 1. Adj. warm, hot, 
 e. g. of bread just baked Josh. 9, 12. 
 Plur. C^rn Job 37, 17. 
 
 2. I/am, pr. n. a) A son of Noah, 
 whose postrrity are described in Gen. 
 10, 6-20 as occupying the southernmost 
 
 regions of the known earth, thus accord- 
 ing aptly with his name, i. e. warm, hot 
 b) A name of Egypt, prob. its domestic 
 name among the Egyptians themselves ; 
 but so inflected by the Hebrews as to 
 refer it to Ham the son of Noah, as the 
 progenitor of the Egyptians as Avell as 
 other southern nations. Ps. 78, 51. 105, 
 23. 27. 106, 22. In the Coptic language, 
 the name of Egypt is written 'V'HJUII 
 in the Sahidic dialect KHJtie J which 
 words, according to Plutarch, have the 
 signification of blackness and heat ; de 
 Iside et Osir. VII. p. 437. Reisk. So 
 also according to their Coptic etymolo- 
 gy ; see Peyron Lex. p. 66. In the hie- 
 roglyphic language it is written with 
 two letters, KM. The same name for 
 Egypt is likewise found in the Rosetta 
 Inscription, in which this word occurs 
 more than ten times, (line 1. 6, 7, 8, 11, 
 12, 13.) and is read by Champollioa 
 Chme. See Jablonski Opu.sc. ed teWater 
 I. p. 404 sq. Champollion I'Egypte sous 
 les Phar. I. p. 104 sq. Gramm. p. 152. 
 Akerblad Lettre a Silv. de Sac}- sur I'in- 
 scription de Rosette p. 33-37. 
 
 on m. 1. pr. infl of r. nrn to be xcarm, 
 e. g. crna Jer. 51, 39. 
 
 2. Subst. warmth, heat, Hos. 1, 6 ; of 
 the day Gen. 18, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 5; of the 
 sun 1 Sam. 11, 9. Neh. 7, 3 ; comp. Gen. 
 8, 22. Is. 18, 4. 
 
 ^'9't obsol. root, Arab. 1 ^ to be- 
 come thick, to curdle, to coagtdate, as 
 milk. The primary idea seems to be. 
 that oC growing together, coalescing ; see 
 n^n, and the remarks on the syllables 
 en, cy, ca, under err. Hence Hij-cn, 
 '"'^^'!!!^, and n^n no. II. 
 
 ^''?1. by Chaldaism for nrn, anger, 
 wrath, Dan. 11, 44. 
 
 Sisn, Sttn, Chald. r i. q. Hebr. 
 nrn, heat, anger, wrath, Dan. 3, 13. 19. 
 
 nxisn f (r. NTsn) 1. curdled milk, 
 curds, Gen. 18, 8. Judg. 5, 25 wliere 
 comp. Jos. Ant. 5. 5. 4 ytiht dii(fi\^o(i6g 
 i'iSt], milk in this state having an inebri- 
 ating power. Is. 7, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 29. 
 Poet, also for milk in general. Job 20. 17. 
 Is. 7, 15. Dcut. 32. 14. To cat curdled 
 milk and honey Is. 7, 22, i. e. by those 
 
T^n 
 
 323 
 
 ten 
 
 who remain in the land after it ia deso- 
 lated by the enemy, without fruits and 
 grain; see in "'S B. 2. a. Sept. ^uiiiv- 
 ^of, Vulg. biilt/rum, wliich in most places 
 is inept ; see Tiiesaur. p. 486. Plur. 
 nixan, see mx-cnis. 
 
 2Jdieese, Prov.'sO, 33. 
 
 Deriv. by syncope Jrcn II. q. v. 
 
 *^*s7 fut. tbn^ and l^n";, whence 
 plur. 1 pers. innoris Is. 53, 2. 
 
 1. to desire, to covet, Ex.20, 17. 34, 24. 
 Mic. 2, 2. 
 
 2. to delight in any thing, to take plea- 
 sure in, Pe. 68, 17. Is. 1,29. Prov. 12, 12; 
 also with dat. pleon. i^, Prov. 1, 22. 
 Part. pass. I'H'zn pr. desired, delighted 
 in; hence something desirable, pleasant, 
 a delight, what is dearest to any one, 
 Job 20, 20. Ps. 39, 12. cn-inian Is. 44. 9 
 theiT delights, i. e. idol.s. comp. Dan. 1 1, 37. 
 
 NiPH. part, i^n? desired, i. e. 
 
 1. desirable, pleasant, grateful, Gen. 
 2, 9. 3, 6. 
 
 2. precioits, Ps. 19, 11. Prov. 21, 20. 
 PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1. Cant. 2, 3 ifcsa 
 
 ''na'r;^^ '^f?'7rn *" his shade I desire to 
 sit dawn. Heb. Gr. 139. 3. 
 
 Deriv. 'iisn"? , ntania , and the four here 
 following. 
 
 n^n m. desirabletiess, pleasantness, 
 beaidij; Ez. 23, 6 non ""nina comeli/ 
 young men. Is. 32, 12 *7T:n "^nb plea- 
 sant Jields, corap. Am. 5, 11, Is. 27, 2 in 
 some copies ; others "lan . 
 
 ^^^l^ ^ ( '^^) 1. desire, 2 Chr. 
 21, 20 he departed ri-^-cn xba undesired, 
 i. e. regretted by none. 
 
 2. object of desire, a delight, 1 Sam, 
 9. 20. Dan. 11, 37 a-'ir; n^ian the delight 
 of women, where the context requires us 
 to understand some idol specially wor- 
 shipped by the Syrian women, as As- 
 tarte, Anaitis. 
 
 3. pleasantness, excellence. Jer. 3 19. 
 frrqn ynx a pleasant land. Ez. 26, 12. 
 JTiTar) "^bsi pi-ecioiis vessels 2 Chr, 32, 27. 
 36', 10. Nah. 2, 10. 
 
 nin^n and ni^^n f. plur. precious 
 f^iHo-s. Dan. 11. 38. 43. rnn "^bs/n '-jsa 
 goodly raiment, precious vessels. Gen. 
 27, 15. 2 Chr. 20, 25. ninsnan cnb sa- 
 vawryfood, delicacies, from which a per- 
 son fasting was wont to abstain, Dan. 
 
 10, 3. m'liian ai-'S Dan. 10, 11. 19, and 
 without ttJ-'X 9, 23, man tfQixVa delight, 
 i, e. beloved of God. R. n^cn . 
 
 - T 
 
 V}yn (pleasant) Tlemdan, pr. n. ra. 
 Gen. 36, 26. In 1 Chr. 1, 41 it is written 
 jHan, by an error of the transcribers. 
 
 *-n obsol. root. 1, to join toge- 
 ther, spec, to join in affinity ; hence On 
 father-in-law, rr.'on. Comp. Xan, and 
 also the force o^ the syllables Dn, OS, 
 Da, under nas. 
 
 2. to sun'ound with a wall ; pr, to keep 
 or hold together things conjoined. Arab. 
 U^h, Hence n"in, and pr, names 
 men, 'Bni. 
 
 n^n f (r. Dian) l. warmth, heat of 
 the sun, Ps. 19, 7. 
 
 2. Poet, for the sun itself. Job 30, 28. 
 Cant. 6, 10, Is. 30, 26, So often in the 
 Mishna, 
 
 ! "^r? f once SfQH Dan. 11, 44, 
 constr, nan; for nrrn from r, oni. 
 
 1. heat, sc. from wine, Hos. 7, 5 ; hence 
 meton. for wine itself as heating, Hab. 
 
 2, 16. 
 
 2. heat of anger, i. q. anger, vnratk, 
 often coupled with synon. qx , espec. in 
 the later books and in poetry. Gen. 27, 
 44. Deut. 29, 27. Jer. 7. 20. Esth. 2, 1. 
 
 3. 5. Ps. 37, 8. Prov. 15, 1. 21, 14. al. 
 nan ir-^x , nan bsa , a man of wrath, an 
 angry man, Prov. 15, 18. 29, 22. Often 
 of the wrath of God, Is. 27, 4. 34, 2. 
 Ez. 7, 8. Nah. 1, 6. al. n-onr\ -ji^n oSa 
 Jer. 25, 15, and nann D-iS 'is. 51, 17, the 
 cup of wrath, of which Jehovah causes 
 the nations to drink ; see in D"i3 no. 1 
 comp. Rev. 16, 19 and Job 21, 20 he shall 
 drink of the wrath of the Almighty. 
 Plur. nian Prov. 22, 24. Ps,76, 11. 
 
 3. poison, so called as causing inflam- 
 mation, Deut. 32, 24. 33. Ps. 58, 5. Job 
 
 6, 4. Arab, x^^ id. 
 
 II. rran f l. q. nsrn, the radical K 
 being dropped, milk. Job 29, 6, 
 
 ^i?^^n (wrath of God) Hammuel, pr. 
 n, m. 1 Chr, 4, 26. R. can. 
 
 rii^^ian gee nlian. 
 
 Jp^H (father-in-law or kinsman of 
 the dew, or perh, for ba nian) Hamv- 
 tal, pr, n. of the wife of king Josiah. 2 K. 
 
rr 
 
 324 
 
 D-n 
 
 23, 31. 24, 18. Jer. 52, 1. In these latter 
 passages the Chethibh is bis'^an. 
 
 '^"JSn (pitied, spared) Hamul, pr. n. 
 m. Gen. 46, 12. 1 Chr. 2, 5. Patron. 
 i^wn Ilamulile Num. 26, 21. R. bisn, 
 
 ITlSn (warm, sunny, r. Q^n) Ham- 
 mon. pr. n. a) A place in Asher Josh. 
 19, 28. b) A town in Naphtali, 1 Chr. 
 6, 61. 
 
 f TSri m. (r. 7wn no. 3) a violent man, 
 oppressor, i. q. "j^T^H , Is. 1, 17. Accord- 
 ing to others. paKSs. one who suffers vio- 
 lence, oppressed, Sept. adixovfievog, Vulg. 
 oppresstis ; nor would I object, since an 
 intransitive form ('j'i^li) may assume a 
 passive sense. 
 
 p^isn m. circuit, covipass. Cant. 7, 2 
 C^X^n "i-iS r\]^,':i'! 'fc'i'sn the roundings 
 of thy hips are like neck ornaments, i. e. 
 like the knobs or bosses of a necklace. 
 The maiden is here painted as xu'/Mjiv- 
 yos. R. p-qn . 
 
 "IT'Sri, "l^n m. 1. an ass, so called 
 from the reddish colour, which belongs 
 not only to the wild ass, but also often to 
 the common ass in southern countries ; 
 hence called in Spanish burro, burrico. 
 Gen. 12, 16. 24, 35. Ex. 13, 13. Judg. 
 10, 4. 2 Sam. 17, 23. al. R. "irn no. 2. 
 
 2. a heap, i. q. ii:n ; and this rarer 
 form is chosen perhaps on account of 
 the paronomasia in Judg. 15, 16 "'nba 
 f/H'^tn "n^n "ii'ann with the jaw-bone 
 of an ass, a heap, two heaps, sc. have I 
 slain. R. "i^n no. 3. 
 
 3. Hamor, pr. n. of a Hivite, contem- 
 porary with Jacob and his sons. Gen. 33, 
 19. 34, 2. Josh. 24, 32. Judg. 9, 28. 
 
 T^iian f a heap, i. q. "nan no. 2, q. v. 
 
 ni'On f (r. n^sn , after the form Pinx 
 q. V.) a mother-in-law, Ruth 1, 14. 2, 11. 
 See en I. 
 
 *lS'n niisn pr. n. see nan . 
 
 *t3/2n obsol. root, Chald. to bow 
 down, to lie upon the ground, in the Tar- 
 gums for Heb. y^S . Hence 
 
 t3^n m. Lev. 11, 30, prob. a species 
 of lizard. Sept. aaiga, Vulg. lacerta. 
 
 notin (place of lizards, or i. q. Syr. 
 !' l^" bulwark,) Humtah, pr. n. of a 
 city in Judah, Joah. 15, 54. 
 
 bu-'ttn see b-j^an. 
 
 y^'On m. adj. salted, seasoned. Is. 
 30, 24 |-"'an b-iba salted provender, i. e. 
 sprinkled with salt, which is eaten so 
 greedily by flocks and herds as to have 
 occasioned^^the Arabic proverb : ' sweet 
 fodder (JLL&.) is the camels' bread ; 
 salted, it is their sweet-meats.' See 
 Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 113. 
 
 'TS^ian and "^IS^n m. (fr. card. TUan) 
 fem. ^\, Adj. ordinal, Jifth, Gen. 1, 
 33. 30, 17. Lev. 19, 25. Num. 6, 36. al. 
 Fem. ellipt. the Jifth, the fifth part, Gen. 
 47, 24. Lev. 5, 16. 17, 15. Plur. irreg. 
 rnaan Lev. 5, 24 ; comp. nin-^sn . 
 
 * V- 
 
 ^'i'; fut. bar.'i, inf nh^ri Ez. 16, 5, 
 
 to be mild, gentle, clement. Arab, by 
 
 -- ? ^ go 
 
 transpos. *J.^ to be mild, clement, *J^ 
 
 fiaxQO&vfiia, *j^A.&i mild, gentle. The 
 
 primary idea is that of softness; and 
 this is preserved in Gr. ufiukog, ufiaXog, 
 uTiuXoq. Hence 
 
 1. to pity, to hate sympathy, compas- 
 sion, with b? of pers. Ex. 2, 6. 1 Sara. 
 23, 21. 
 
 2. to spare, to treat with pity, c. ^5 
 1 Sam. 15, 3. 15. 2 Sam. 21, 7. 2 Chr". 
 36, 15. 17 ; bs Is. 9, 18 [19]. Also of 
 things, to spare, to use sparingly, c. bx 
 Jer. 50, 14 ; b c. inf 2 Sam. 12, 4 ; b? 
 Job 20, 13. Ez. 36, 21 and I will spare 
 my holy name, i. e. have regard for its 
 honour. 
 
 Deriv. bana , unless this is from Arab. 
 i^-t"^ ; also pr. n. bnan and 
 
 ^^^O f- P%) "mercy, Gen. 19, 16. Is. 
 63, 9. ' " 
 
 * ^'?^, praet. On, fut. O ch;, conv. 
 Bn*5 Is. 44, 15. 16. Also fut.' .4 on] 
 Deut. 19, 6 ; onn Ez. 24, 11 ; plur. "lam 
 Hos. 7, 7 ; fut. impers. b txy\ 1 K. 1, 1 ; 
 b en*; Ecc. 4, 11; see below. These 
 forms of the fut. are by some referred 
 to cn^ , but they belong rather here ; 
 comp. proet. 'S'\, fut. 5TV Inf ch, can, 
 see below. To be or become warm, 
 
 kindr. with cnv Arab, a,^ to make 
 
 warm, mid. Kesr. to be warm ; ^-^.^ to 
 be hot, e. g. the day. Ex. 16,21. 18.44, 
 
]'2n 
 
 323 
 
 yisn 
 
 16. Iinpcrs. V> cn, fut. "ib Bn'j, it is 
 warm to him, lie is made warm, gets 
 warmth, 1 K. 1, 1. Ecc. 4, 11. Trop. of 
 the mirul as heated, excited, Ps. 39, 4 ; 
 and so of lieat from wine Jer. 51, 39 ; 
 from lust Hos. 7, 7. Also of cattle, to be 
 in heat, to conceive, Gen. 30, 38. 39; see 
 in on-. Inf. cn, c. sutf. cans J(;r. 51, 
 39. Once E'en, with prcf. in pause 
 Bflnb far warming sc. oneself^ Is. 47, 14. 
 
 Ni PH. part. plur. a^'rH? i burning, in- 
 Jiamed, sc. with lust, c. 3 Is. 57, 5. 
 
 Pi EL to warm, to make warm, Job 39, 
 14. 
 
 HiTHP. to warm oneself, Job 31, 20. 
 
 Deriv. cn II, cn , nan , '{sn , and the 
 proper names bx^an , 'jian , ran . 
 
 jTSn , only in plur. C">!an . images, idols 
 of some kind for idolatrous worship. Lev. 
 26,30. Is. 17,8. 27,9. Ez.6,4.6. 2Chr. 14, 
 4. 34, 7 ; in which passages it I's several 
 times joined with statues of Astarte, 
 n-^ncx : while from 2 Chr. 34, 4 it ap- 
 pears further that the C'^aan stood upon 
 the altars of Baal. Arabs Erpen. and 
 Kimchi long ago explained the word by 
 sum, images of the snn; and both this 
 interpretation and the thing itself are 
 now clearly illustrated by ten Punic 
 cippi with inscriptions, consecrated to 
 *,r:n b?3 (p3 brn) i. e. to Baal the solar, 
 Baal the sun. See the subject fully 
 treated in Thesaur. p. 489. Monumm. 
 Phoenic. p. 170 sq. The form ^an solar 
 is from nan the sun ; and the plur. 
 C-'san in the O. T. is put ellipt. for 
 CSan cbrs, and is found in the same 
 context as elsewhere cbsa. 
 
 C'^i^i fut. Oan"i 1. to do violence 
 to any one. to oppress, to wrong; pr. to 
 be eager, vehement, and hence violent, 
 
 i' <1- V'?0 "- 2- ^- Arab, if-t^ in a 
 good sense, to be active, brave, con- 
 
 stant, jLa/L^.^ warlike valour; comp. 
 ^niS . Jer. 22, 3. Pro v. 8, 36 he that sin- 
 neth against me, "iCC3 Dan wrongeth his 
 own sold, injures himself Job 21, 27 
 ^oanri 'bs niata tJie plans wherewith ye 
 think to oppress me, how ye may over- 
 come me. nnin can to violate a law 
 Ez. 22, 26. Zeph. 3,' 4. 
 > 2. lo tear away with violence, e. g. a 
 
 28 
 
 hedge, Lam. 2, 6. Also io tear off from 
 oneself, i. q. to shake off ; Job 15, 33 
 1103 "(ByS Dan"j like a vine he shall 
 shake off his unripe grapes. 
 
 Nipu. to be treated with violence, Jer. 
 13, 22 ; i. e. by impl. to be violently made 
 bare, as the other clause shows. 
 
 Deriv. oann, and 
 
 can m. 1. violence, oppression, wrong, 
 Gen! 6, 11. 13. 49, 5. Dan d^S Ps. 18, 
 49. Prov. 3, 31, and C^pan ir-'S 2 Sam. 
 22, 49. Ps. 140, 2. 5, a violent man, op- 
 pressor. Dan ns a wrongful witness, 
 i. e. false, Ex. 23, 1. A genitive or suffix 
 after this word may refer either to him 
 who does the wrong, or to him who 
 suliers it. Of the former kind are io^n 
 his wrong i. e. which he does, Ps. 7, 17, 
 C3">'i'; Dan'SS. 3, comp. Ez. 12, 19. Of 
 the latter, ''pan my wrong i. e. done to 
 me Gen. 16, 5, nnsin^ "'SB Dan Joel 4, 19; 
 also Judg. 9, 24. Ob'ad. 10. Hab. 2, 8. 17. 
 Jer. 51, 35. So Lat. injuria, e. g. Caes. 
 Bell. Gall. 1. 30 'pro veteribus Helveti- 
 orum injuriis populi Romani,' i. e. done 
 to the Roman people ; see the Commen- 
 tators, and comp. Heiorich ad Cic. part, 
 inedit. p. 21. 
 
 2. Meton. what is got by wrong, ilC- 
 gotten wealth, Am. 3, 10. Plur. id. Prov. 
 4,17. 
 
 * 'p2'r\ fut. yan-^., inf. nsan Hos. 7. 
 4, to be sharp, pungent. 
 
 1. As to taste, to be sour, acid, leav- 
 ened, e. g. fermented or leavened bread 
 Ex. 12,39. Hos. 7,4; or vinegar, see "j^ah. 
 Also to be salted, seasoned, see y^sn . 
 
 Arab, (j^ t^, Syr. ,^^a**. 
 
 2. As to sight, colour, to be bright, 
 splendid, so as to dazzle the eyes ; 
 spoken espec. of a bright red or scarlet 
 colour. Part. pass, ywn splendid, gor- 
 geous, spoken of the scarlet mantle or 
 pallium of a prince, Is. 63, 1 ; comp. oSsj 
 V. 2, and Sept. Syr. In the same manner 
 the Greeks say XQ<^H'* ^^^ ' ^- *^xxivov, 
 noqtpvqtti h^viarai, o^vcptyy^ goda, see 
 Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 114. Simonis Arc..^ 
 Formarum p. 66, 102. 
 
 3. Trop. of the mind : a) io 6c eager, 
 vehement ; to do violence, like kindr. 
 Darj ; whence part, yah a violent man, 
 oppressor, Ps. 71, 4. Comp. yi^n and 
 
T- 
 
 326 
 
 ^/^n 
 
 y^n no. 2. Eth. DcPe to be unjust, 
 violent, to wrong, b) (o be sharp, bit- 
 ter, spoken of pain, see Hithpa. 
 
 HiPH. part, intrans. ra^nia soured, 
 leavened, pr. what has contracted sour- 
 ness, Ex. 12. 19. 20. 
 
 Hithpa. to be embittered, pained, 
 i. 6. moved with anger, pain, Ps. 73. 21. 
 Chald. Pa. id. 
 
 Deriv. "f'i'^n, y'^.TZ, and the two here 
 folloAving. 
 
 yen m. 1. any thing soured, leav- 
 ened, Ex. 12, 15. 13, 3. 7. al. 
 
 2. Prob. i. q. Brn , ichatisgot by wrong, 
 ill-gotten wealth. Am. 4, 5 ; see r. y^an 
 no. 3. So Chald. The common signifi- 
 cation of something leavened might also 
 serve ; but the other is preferable. 
 
 7'?'^ m. vinegar Num. 6, 3. Ruth 2, 
 14., Ps. 69, 22. Sept. and Syr. render it 
 ofifffii, sour grapes, in Ps. I. c. and Prov. 
 10, 26 ; and this Michaelis also endeav- 
 ours to vindicate, Suppl. p. 828. But the 
 common signification is not unapt. 
 
 P=V' 1- ^0 go round, kin dr. with 
 pan . See Hithpa. 
 
 2. to turn about, to go away, to depart, 
 Cant. 5, 6. 
 
 Hithpa. to go or wander about, Jer. 
 31, 22. 
 
 Deriv. psirn . 
 
 I'S'^' 1. ^0 boil up, to ferment, to 
 foam. Arab. _ti>. Conj. I, II, VIII. to 
 ferment, to rise; as leaven ; Conj. VIII. to 
 ferment, as wine. Spoken of the sea Ps. 
 46,4; of wine Ps. 75, 9, where others as- 
 sign to it the sense of redness, see no. 2. 
 Comp. Poalal, "^n wine, l^h no. ]. 
 
 2. to be red, from the idea of boiling, 
 foaming, becoming heated or inflamed. 
 
 Arab. 1^^ Conj. IX, XI, to be red; 
 Conj. I mid. E, to burn with anger; 
 Conj. II to write with red ink; ^t 
 red, Sw|-^ redness, ii^.4,;^ vehement 
 ardour ; ^.4-^ to blush, to feel shame. 
 Spoken of wine according to some Ps. 
 75, 9; but see in no. 1. Hence ln, 
 lian no. 1, "irh no. 2, liiian^ . 
 
 3. to swell, to rise in bubbles or heaps, 
 from the idea of boiling up, foaming, as 
 
 the sea, leaven, etc. Hence *i?h no. 3, 
 "liwH no. 2, nniT-n heap. 
 
 4. Denom. from i^n bitumen, to daub 
 with bitumen, to pitch, Ex. 2, 3. 
 
 PoALAL, pass. "?'^^n, doubling the 
 last two radicals. 
 
 1. to be made to boil, to be in a fer- 
 ment, to be troubled. Lam. 1, 20. 2, 11. 
 Comp. n^n no. 3, nn"! . 
 
 2. to become red, e. g. the countenance 
 as inflamed by weeping. Job 16. 16. 
 
 Note. Forms of this kind, with the 
 radical letters doubled, are chiefly em- 
 ployed where rapid motion is to be ex- 
 pressed ; as has been abundantly shown 
 by Hupleld in his Exercitatt. ^thiop. p. 
 27, 28. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 3. 
 
 ''C'^ m. a(T(fidTog, cw^phaltus, biltimen, 
 which boils up in the manner of boiling 
 oil or pitch, from subterranean fountains 
 not Hir from Babylon, also from the 
 bottom of the Dead Sea ; afterwards it 
 hardens in the sun, and is collected even 
 on the surface of the Dead Sea, which 
 is thence called Lacus Asphaltites ; see 
 Tac. Hist. 5. 6. Strabo XVI. p. 763. 
 Diod. Sic. 2. 48. ib. 19. 98, 99. Q,. Curt. 
 
 5. 16. Comp. also Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 II.p.228 sq. Gen. 11,3. 14, 10. Ex. 2, 3. 
 
 Arab, ^-iil el-Hummar. It is so called 
 either from its boiling up from fountains 
 (Gen. 14, 10) from r. n^sn no. 1 ; or from 
 its redness, the best kind being of that 
 colour, Dioscor. 1. 99 amfahoi: 8iu(fSQSi 
 tj 'lovdii'ixyj Jiji; lomiig- tinl Si xaXr) ij 
 no(}<f)v^otidMg (jtiXjSo vaa. . . Ffwuriu 
 x(*i iv rlioirlxT) xiu fv 2:i8m'i x(xt ir Ba^v- 
 iCtvi xi iv Zuxvvdb). 
 
 ^'^y] m. (r. "i^n no. 1) wine, so called 
 as being fermented, Deut. 32, 14. Is. 
 27, 2 in most editions; others nsn. 
 
 Arab, 'ij^h^, Syr. |fifl.i id. 
 
 "l^n Chald. m. emph. vrran, id. Ezra 
 
 6, 9. 7, 22. Dan. 5, 1. 2. 4. 23. 
 
 ^'SH an ass, see "lian . 
 
 '^'On m. ] . a bailing, foammg, e. g. of 
 waters, waves, Hnb. 3, 15. R. "i^n no. 1 . 
 
 2. clay, loam, sc. of a reddish colour j 
 see r. lan no. 2. E. g. potter's clay Is. 
 45, 9. 64, 7 ; as used for sealing Job 3S 
 
ii:r5 
 
 327 
 
 n^n 
 
 U ; mortar, cement, Gen. 11. 3; mire, Is. 
 10, 6. Job 10, 9. 30, 19. 
 
 3. a lieap, Ez. 8, 10 [14] ; Bee r. ^T?n 
 no. 3. Hen<^e homer, chomer, a measure 
 for things dry, containing ten ephuhs, or 
 11^ bushels; Lev. 27, 16. Num. 11, 32. 
 Ez. 45, ] 1. 13. 14. Called elsewhere 
 n,q.v. 
 
 yyol^ Hamran, pr. n. see in,*,^^n. 
 
 * 1. 12J"jn obsol. root, to be fat, 
 whence ':Jn II, belly, abdomen. Arab. 
 
 s ^ 
 
 is ij" ^ t -^ fat, fatness, Camoos p. 826 ; 
 
 but, far more usual is by transpos. jv^ 
 
 fat, fatness, *^ to be fat, corpulent; 
 also a jAl't to become fat after leamiess. 
 
 * II. ''2'^M a root having affinity 
 with Don and yen , i. q. Arab. y>*,t - 
 
 to be fierce, attive, brave in battle ; II, 
 IV. to provoke to anger ; XII to be an- 
 gry ; V to show oneself stern and obsti- 
 
 G 
 
 nate in (religion and) war ; \jn*.f^i 
 ^j><.^! brave, warlike, &amU-^ bravery, 
 valour ; comp. (j*i-ifc to be angry, yt* "^ 
 
 to kindle with anger ; all which senses 
 come from the primary idea of sharp- 
 ness, pungency ; see r. "^n init. Hence 
 Part. pass. plur. ts'iccn , a word of 
 which the etymology was long sought 
 in vain, i. e. fierce, active, eager, brave 
 in battle, Ex. 13, 18. Josh. 1, 14. 4, 12. 
 Judg. 7, 11. (Comp. also the use of 
 B^sbn in the same connection Josh. 4, 
 13 comp. V. 12. Num. 32, 30. 32.) Aquil. 
 ivanXiafxivoi, Symm. xa&bmXia^ivoi, 
 Vulg. annati ; and so Onk. Syr. Some 
 have referred this form to "Czn III, 
 
 9 - . 
 
 comp. iu<ai^ , i. e. in battle-array, pr. 
 
 quinquepartitum, q. d. quinquejied, as 
 consisting of five parts, the centre, the 
 two wings, and the front and rear guard, 
 Theod. nf^nxni^ovifq. Other solutions 
 have also been given ; but the one above 
 presented is best suited to the context 
 and to the genius of the language. 
 
 * III. "kZJ'^n f constr. cn ; Hf 'an m. 
 constr. riSTari , card, nuraeral^re ; Arab. 
 
 ^ji*^s^, x<Mi^) in the other kindred 
 dialects 'arn. In the Indo-european fa- 
 mily, tliis numeral is Satiscr. pantahan, 
 Zend, and Pehlv. peantshe, pandj, Pers. 
 ^JL), Gr. nivit (.^ol. niiiJit), all of 
 
 wiiich have affinitywith the Semitic form 
 in the last two radicals ; and with a pal- 
 atal instead of the labial we have also 
 Lat. quinque (KVxt), like nCtg xuig, Xvxog 
 lupus, iTiTiog equus, tuofiai seqtcor, etc. 
 Like the number seven, so also^ce is 
 sometimes put as a round number. Is. 
 17, 6. 30, 17 ; especially, it would seem, 
 in what has reference to Egypt, Gen. 43, 
 34. 45, 22. 47, 2. Is. 19, 18. This usage 
 perhaps passed over to the Hebrews 
 from the religious rites of Egypt. India, 
 and other oriental nations; among whom 
 five minor planets, and^ce elements and 
 elementary powers, were accounted sa- 
 cred. Comp. the sacred ntviiit; of the 
 Basilidiani. Iren. adv. Hseres. 1. 23. Epi- 
 phan. I. p. 68. Colon. 
 
 Plur. n^'rsn fifty, c. sufF. "r^'^i!!, 
 r^^zTi. thy fifty, his fifty, 2 K. 1. 9-12. 
 C"t'rn "lb a captain of fifty sc. soldiers, 
 nEi'tr,y.6vTu^)Xog, 2 K. 1. 9-14. Is. 3, 3. 
 
 Denom. an, C^h I. 
 
 TDlSn PiEL denom. from ^"on. q. d. to 
 fifth land. i. e. to exact the fifth part, 
 e. g. of all the produce as a lax, Gen. 
 41, 34. 
 
 I. TCian m. afifth, fifth part, from ttSrn 
 five ; as rsi a fourth, from rai , ?S"iN . 
 Spec, the fifth of all produce, paid by the 
 Egyptians to the king as tribute, Gen. 
 47, 26. 
 
 II, tDrn m. (r. V-cr, I) the belly, abdo- 
 men, 2 Sam. 2, 23. 3, 27. 4. 6. 20, 10. 
 Syr. ilifiii id. 2 Sam. 3, 27. 4, 6. Eth. 
 ^^fl womb. Talmud. na'C'^n abdomen, 
 IB and S being interchanged. From 
 this Semitic word seems to have come 
 Lat. omasum. 
 
 'ilS'cn see "'ti'^^n , 
 
 *^ SV' obsol. root, Arab. o-.:>. to be 
 tcarm, hot. as the day ; mid. E, to be 
 spoiled, foul, rancid, as water, butter, etc. 
 
 whence .nvn-^ and v:i>4>^ a bottle or 
 skin, and any thing becoming rancid 
 
nsarr 
 
 328 
 
 isn 
 
 within it. Or perhaps this root is second- 
 ary, and derived from these very nouns ; 
 
 while the primary root may be ^ t^ to 
 
 be warm, hot, whence .r'/.t"^ for iu*^. 
 ^Hence perhaps 
 
 fl'9'^ m. Gen. 21, 15. 19, constr. nan 
 V. 14, a leathern-bottle, water-ski?!. R, 
 ri52n or fT2n. But constr. nrn Job 21, 
 20. Hos. 7, 5. is from Msn heat, anger. 
 
 f^'^n (fortress, citadel, from r. ircn , 
 ^indr. n^ain wall,) pr. n. Hamaih, a large 
 and important city of Syria, situated on 
 the Orontes near the northern boundary 
 of the Holy Land, Num. 13. 21. 34, 8. It 
 was anciently the seat of a powerful 
 king, the ally of David ; and was called 
 by the Greeks Epiphania, while the 
 
 Arabs retain the ancient name, 'i\^o. 
 Hamah. Fully Am. 6, 2 na*^ r'an Ha- 
 viath the great ; also n3i: r52n 2 Chr. 
 8, 3. The gentile name is "^nrn Ha- 
 mathite Gen. 10, 18. nrn y-ijt 2 K. 25, 
 21 land of Hamath, i. e. the country or 
 district around. See Abulfeda. who was 
 a prince of this still noble city, Tab. Sy- 
 rise p. 108, 109. Relandi Palaestina p. 
 119 sq. Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, 
 etc. p. 146. 
 
 ^^n (warm springs, r. CS^i) Ham- 
 math, pr. n. of a town of Naphtali near- 
 Tiberias, Josh. 19, 35. Josephus calls 
 it 'jfxfiuovg, which he interprets by &fQ- 
 fiu, B. J. 4. 1. 3. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 III. p. 260. The same prob. is -.X'n nisan 
 Josh. 21, 32. 
 
 ir? m. (r. 'Jn) c. BufT. 'Sn 1. grace, 
 favour, kindness, Ecc. 9, 11. a) xu'a 
 'J'^B ''3''S3 "n to find favour in the eyes 
 of anyone, i. e. with him. Gen. 6, 8. 19, 
 19. 32, 6. 18. 3 "prsa "in -rxsia xrcx 
 /if now I have fmnd favour in thy sight, 
 if thou favoureet me. Gen. 30, 27. 47, 
 29. 50, 4. In the same sense, 'i5n "(H xbs 
 Esfh. 2, 15. 17. b) 'b "'j'^ra 's -,11 -, tl 
 give one favour in tlie eyes of any one, 
 with any one. E.x. 3. 21 'p-rn TinJI 
 ci-^a^ T"2 n^f} =yrt and I itill give 
 this pr()])le favour in the sight of the 
 Egyptians. 11, 3. 12, 36. Gen. 39,21. 
 Spec, compassion Zech. 12. 10. 
 
 2. grace, i. q. graceftdnest, beauty, ele- 
 
 gance, Prov. 22, II. 31, 30. 5, 19 "jn r^s^ 
 the gracefid chamois. Ps. 45, 3. Ecc. 10 
 12- in hX stone of beauty, i. e. precious 
 stone, Prov. 17, 8. 
 
 3. Hen, pr. n. m, Zech. 6, 14. But 
 comp. V. 10. 
 
 TTi^ (for Tirr in favour of Hadad, 
 see Tin) Henadad, pr. n. m. Ezra 3, 9. 
 Neh. 3,18. 
 
 '^\? fut. njn':; , apoc. in*i i. to 
 bend, to bow down, to incline ; kindr. "jsn, 
 135 . Arab. Lv&. to bend, to- incline ; 
 metaph. to incline, to be favourably dis- 
 posed, comp. -j-'EPi. Judg. 19, 9 nsn 
 Di'sn n'jn lo .' the declining of the day, 
 i. e. the day is declining. Hence n''3rt 
 a spear, lance, so called as being flexi- 
 ble. 
 
 2. to set oneself down in any place, to 
 sit down, i. e. to pitch one's tent, Gen. 
 26, 17 ; to pitch a camp, to encamp, Ex. 
 13, 20. 17, 1, 19, 2. Num. 1, 51 nijna 
 'ii''r'?r! where the tabernacle is set down, 
 i. e. pitched. Poet, of locusts, Neh. 3, 17. 
 Spec, a) With bs , to encamp against 
 a city, i. q. to besiege, Ps. 27. 3. 2 Sam. 
 12, 28. Is. 29. 3 ; with 3 id. Judg. 9, 50 ; 
 also c. ace. id. Ps. 53, 6." b) With b, to 
 encamp for or around any one, i. q. to 
 defend, Zech. 9, 8 ; comp. Ps. 34, 8. 
 
 3. Poet. i. q. to dwell, Is. 29, 1 ; comp. 
 bnx i. q. house. 
 
 Deriv. rn, n-^jn, nsna, ni'snn, pr. 
 n. '(nn. 
 
 ^2n f (r. "jn) 1. piur. nisn, grace, 
 favour, compassion, Ps. 77, 10. 
 
 2. Perh. entreaty, supplication, prayery 
 see the root in Hithp. Job 19, 17 "'n'irni 
 ''Jas '33b and my prayers (are loath- 
 some) to the sons of my womb, i. e. to 
 my brethren. The form ''Piin is then 
 for 'nisn , see Heb. Gram. 89. 3. n ; not 
 1 pers. Prset. from "j^n, contrary to the 
 accent. 
 
 3. Hannah, pr. n. the mother of Sam- 
 uel, J Sam. 1, 2 sq. 
 
 '^^'n. (initiated or initiating, r. T^''^) 
 pr. n. Henoch, Enoch. a) The first- 
 born son of Cain, whose mime was also 
 given to a city founded by his liithcr, 
 Gen. 4, 17. b) The flitiicr of Methu- 
 selah, translated to heaven on account 
 of his piety, Gen. 5, 18-24. Tiic later 
 
I3n 
 
 329 
 
 yn 
 
 Jews, founding a conjecture on the ety- 
 mology of the name, make him out to 
 have been not only the most distin- 
 guished of the antediluvian prophets, 
 but also the inventor of letters and 
 learning ; and have forged in hit; name 
 a spurious book, comp. Jude v. 12. 
 These fables are current also among the 
 Arabs ; by whom he is called (jaO>(>I 
 Idris, i. e. the learned. c) The eldest 
 son of Reuben, Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6, 14. 
 Patronym. ^ssri Henochile Num. 26, 5. 
 d) A son of Midian Gen. 23, 4. 
 
 "I^SH (graciously reg*.rded, favoured, 
 r. isn) Hanun, pr. n. u) A king of the 
 Ammonites, 2 Sam. 10, 1. I Chr. 19, 2. 
 b) Neh. 3, 30. c) Neh. 3, 13. 
 
 ^isn m. adj. gracious, merciful, com- 
 passionate, Ps. Ill, 4. 112, 4. R. '(Sn. 
 
 ri^:n f. (r. njn) plur. ni:n, a vault, 
 cell, so called from its curved or arched 
 form. Chald. and Syr. r'lrn. {ZoLm, a 
 
 s 
 
 tradesman's cell, stall, Arab. 
 
 gLSL^. Hence in Jer. 37, 16 the pro- 
 phet is said to be cast "bxn -lian ni3-bx 
 ni'Snn tn/o the dungeon and into tJie 
 vaults, i. e. under ground. So common- 
 ly, and not unaptly. An exposition per- 
 haps more suitable to the context is given 
 by E. Scheid in Diss. Lugdun. p. 988, 
 who understands curved blocks or stocks, 
 nervi curvi et obtorti, in which a prisoner 
 sat bent and distorted, elsewhere called 
 ''O , J^r.an^ ) q- V. comp. Jer. 20, 2. 3. 
 29, 26 ; Gr. xvqxov from xvTrrw. Comp. 
 
 Go 
 
 Arab. JLa. a saddle-bow, saddle-tree, 
 
 i. e. the curved wood which constitutes 
 the frame. 
 
 "2n not in use, i. q. T^sn and psn 
 (comp. Gr. ny/o), Lat. ango), to straiten, 
 to choke, to suffocate ; intrans. to be nar- 
 row, strait, close. Hence deriv. nn for 
 ran , and nin for nsn . 
 
 ^i'^' to spice, to season with spices. 
 Hence 
 
 1. to embalm dead bodies Gen. 50, 2. 
 3. 26. Arab, iax^ I, II, id. 
 
 2. Poet, the fig-tree is said to spice its 
 fruit, i. e. to fill it with aromatic juice, 
 to ripen, Cant. 2. 13. Arab. iUL& to 
 
 28* 
 
 ripen fodder; IV to be ripe, of the har- 
 vest grain. 
 
 3. to be reddish; Arab. ^ ^^ to be 
 red, e. g. leather; see nan wheat. 
 
 Deriv. nan, also 
 
 D'^^jn m. plur. the embalming of dead 
 bodies, and hence time of embalming, 
 Gen. 50, 3. It follows the analogy of 
 other nouns designating time, as D^nSj , 
 
 jilSpn Chald. m. plur. wheat^ Ezra 6, 
 9. 7, 22, i. q. Heb. can q. v. in r\-^n . 
 
 '^"'^I (grace of God) Hanniel, pr. n. 
 a) A phylarch or chief of the tribe of 
 Manasseh, Num. 34, 23. b) 1 Chr. 7, 39. 
 
 ^^3n m. (r. Tj?n no. 2) pr. initiated , 
 
 hence trained, proved, of tried fidelity, 
 
 S. a^i 
 Gen. 14, 14. Arab. dlJL^ tried, proved, 
 
 ?.?^ 
 
 &XjL^ experience. 
 
 ^?''?n f- grace, favour, mercy, Jer. 16, 
 13. R. -lin. 
 
 n^rH f plur. B^n^jn 2 Chr. 23, 9, 
 nin"':n Is. 2, 4. Mic. 4, 3 ; a spear, lance, 
 so called as being flexible, 1 Sam. 18, 11. 
 19, 10. 20, 33. R. n:n no. 1. 
 
 M- T 1- 'o straiten, to choke, Lat. 
 angere; also intrans. to be narrow, strait, 
 close, i. q. p2n , p3 , q. v. Hence T]n for 
 
 "T^sn) Arab. dLla., the jaws, palate. 
 Comp. pJS neck, from kindr. p3S, and 
 pan to choke. 
 
 2. Denom. from ^n, dlX^, the palate, 
 jaws, fauces, pr. ifi^vtiv, Lat. imbuere, 
 i. e. to stuff into one^s mouth or jaws, to 
 give to taste, and then by a common me- 
 taphor transferred to the intellect ; comp. 
 DTi: and Job 12, 11. Hence a) to im- 
 bue one with any thing, to initiate, to 
 train; (comp. ,(ij to put into one's 
 
 mouth, also to teach, to train ;) Prov. 
 22, 6 train up a child according to his 
 way, according to his disposition and ha- 
 bits, b) Of things, to initiate, i. e. tode- 
 dicate, to consecrate, e. g. a house before 
 taking possession, Deut. 20, 5 ; the tem- 
 ple 1 K. 8, 63. 2 Chr. 7, 5. Arab, vill^ 
 to understand. 
 
 Deriv. "^n, nsn, Ti''?n, pr. name T^^V^, 
 also 
 
iDn 
 
 332 
 
 taon 
 
 etc. b) Of men towards God, piety^ 
 goodness, love of God. ^on 'tUSX i. q. 
 cn'^on the pious, Is. 57, 1. Plur. O'^ion 
 good deeds, goodness, 2 Chr. 6, 42. 32, 
 32. 35, 26. Neh. 13, 14. c) Of God to- 
 wards men, goodness, mercy, grace, Ps. 
 5, 8. 36, 6. 48, 10. al. Very often coupled 
 with risx truth, fidelity, (q. v. no. 2.) 
 i. e. faithful mercy, constant goodness. 
 Here also occur the same formulas as 
 above in lett. a, as 05 "lOn nias Gen. 
 24, 12. 14 ; c. b Ex. 20,' 6.'DeutV5, 10 ; 
 t? nrxT ion r^b^ 2 Sam. 2, 6. 15, 20. 
 Trop. of God himself as a merciful bene- 
 factor, Ps. 144, 2. Jon. 2, 9. Plur. 
 C^'ion mercies, benefits from God, Ps. 89, 
 2. 50. ' 107, 43. Is. 55, 3 C^DTSXi IIT '"ipn 
 the snre mercies of David, i. e. the per- 
 petual benefits bestowed on David, d) 
 Once, like synon. "jn , it seems to denote 
 grace, favour, i. q. elegance, beauty, Is. 
 40, 6. Sept. 5o|, and so 1 Pet. 1, 24. 
 
 2. In a bad sense, zeal against any 
 one, envy j hence reproach, disgrace, 
 see the root in Kal no. 2. Prov. 14, 34. 
 Lev. 20, 17. Some also refer hither 
 Job 6, 14. 
 
 3. Hesed, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 10. 
 
 ^n?'^ (whom God loveth) Hasadi- 
 ah, pr. n. of a son of Zerubbabel, 1 Chr. 
 3,20. 
 
 * nCv|I fut. nen;; , Praet. 3 pers. fem. 
 before pause H^on jPs. 57, 2, see Lehrg. 
 p. 429. Heb. Gr.'74. I. 4; pr. to fee ; 
 eee under r. Oin no. 1. Spec. 
 
 1. to fee to a place, to take refuge or 
 shelter, with 3 of place, as 'b bsa in the 
 shadow (protection) of any one, Judg. 9, 
 15. Is. 30, 2 ; -i; 'BSS b^3 in the shadow 
 of Jehovah''s wings Ps. 57, 2. 61, 5. 
 Hence 
 
 2. to put trust in any one, to trust, to 
 confide, espec. in God, c. a Ps. 2, 12. 5. 
 12. 7. 2. 25, 20. 31, 2. 37, 40. al. AbsoL 
 Ps. 17. 7. Prov. 14, 32 p-^ns inTsa nch 
 the righteous in his death tmsteth bc. in 
 God. 
 
 Deriv. rnon, noni?, tT^ona, and 
 
 TCn (taking refuge, or a refuge) Ho- 
 sah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 16, 38. 26, 10. 
 
 "jlCn adj. strong, Am. 2, 9 ; collect, the 
 mighty, the powerful in a state, Is. 1. 31. 
 R.l2n. 
 
 n^Orj f refuge, Is. 30, 3. R. rtDn , -' 
 
 "^n adj. (r. non) 1. kind, merciful, 
 benevolent, Ps. 12, 2. 18, 26. 43, 1. Vib 
 T'On malevolent, wicked, Ps. 43, 1. 
 Spoken in allusion to the stork. Job 
 39, 13 ; see in next art. 
 
 2. pious towards God, godly, e. g. 
 Hirr^ ^T'^pn the pious of Jehovah, i. e. 
 his pious worshippers, saints, Ps. 30. 5. 
 31, 24. 37, 28 ; ib I^Gn Ps. 4, 4. 
 
 3. Of God, fcmcZ, merciful, graciotis, 
 Jer. 3, 12. Ps. 145, 17. 
 
 "O'^Dn f (r. Ipn) i/ie storA;, pr. the 
 pious, avis pia, so called from the affec- 
 tion and tenderness it manifests towards 
 its parents and its young, for which it 
 was celebrated in antiquity ; see Plin. 
 H. N. X. 23. ^lian. Hist. An. 3. 23. ib. 
 10. 16. On the contrary, the Arabs call 
 
 the male ostrich ivA-^Ji ^^'e impious, on 
 
 account of its neglect and cruelty to- 
 wards its young ; comp. Job 39, 13 sq. 
 Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18. Ps. 104. 17. 
 Jer. 8, 7. Zech, 5, 9. See Bochart Hie- 
 roz. il. 327 sq. In Job 39, 13 fTi-^pn 
 does not stand for the stork, but as an 
 adj. tem. pia, pious, affectionate, in allu- 
 sion however to the stork, thus : the 
 wing of the ostrich exults, nnax DX 
 naiDI fTi^pH bid are her pinions and 
 feathers pious ? i. e. she is not, like the 
 stork, affectionate towards her young, 
 but treats them with cruelty, v. 14. 15. 
 16. 
 
 ^"CH m. (r. bpH) pr. devour er, put for 
 a species of locust, 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 
 28. Ps. 78, 46. Is. 33, 4. Joel 1. 4. Sept. 
 axQiq and in 2 Chr. (i^ovxoq, which how- 
 ever is rather the Bja . 
 
 'J'^CH adj. strong, mighty, Ps. 89, 9. 
 R. "(Cn. 
 
 l"^GH Chald. adj. wanting, deficient, 
 sc. in weight, light, Dan. 5, 27. R. "ipn . 
 
 * ^C'^ to eat of, to devour, Deut. 28, 
 38. Chald. id. Kindr. are the roots "is;?, 
 ">Ta, non. q, v. Hence b-^on. 
 
 * tSDrt to muzzle an ox Deut. 25, 4 ; 
 to stop the nostrils, Ez. .39. 11 raphl 
 C^narn-rN Xirj (the valley) shall stop 
 the nostrils oUhem that pass by, i. e. by 
 
3Dn 
 
 331 
 
 ncn 
 
 1f1^3!H (id.) Hananiah, pr. n. m. a) 
 A militiiry leader under Uzziah 2 Clir. 
 26, 11. b) 1 Chr. 25, 23 ; comp. n^ssn 
 V. 4. c)Jer. 36, 12. 
 
 03n once Is. 30, 4, Hanes, pr. n. of a 
 city of middle Egypt on the west side of 
 the Nile, called by the Greeks Heracleo- 
 polia, 'l/Qaxliovg nokig, Arab. ^jJjJ^\, 
 'Egypt. ^neC, ^JIHC, e^HHC, an- 
 ciently a royal residence. See Etienne 
 duatremere Memoires sur I'Egypte T. I. 
 p. 500, 501. Champollion I'Egypte sous 
 les Pharaons I. p. 309. Comment, on Is. 
 1. c. 
 
 * r|3n fut, riin-i 1. to pollute, to de- 
 file, i, q. q:a . Jer. 3, 9. 
 
 2. Intrans. to he polluted, defiled, as a 
 land with blood Ps. 106, 38. Is. 24, 5. 
 Jer. 3, 1 ; or persons with crimes Jer. 
 23, 11. 
 
 Hi PH. to pollute, to profane, e.g. a land 
 Num. 35, 33. Jer. 3, 2 ; so of persons, to 
 make profane, i. e. to seduce to impiety 
 and apostasy, Dan. 11, 32. Syr. )'" 
 one unclean, a heathen, ^j&1m\ to apos- 
 tatize from the faith. Sept. well ftictive- 
 a&ai, fioliivKT&ai; but Vulg. wrongly 
 renders C]:n by hypocrita, a meaning 
 drawn from the Talmudic and Rabbinic 
 usage. 
 
 Deriv. the three following : 
 
 5l.?H one profane, impious, godless, pr. 
 polluted ; Job 8, 13. 13, 16. 15, 34. 17, 
 8. al. Sept. a(Tf^r]g, avofiog, nnQuvofiog, 
 twice vnoxQiiTiq, see in r. C|3n Hiph. 
 
 5]5'^ m. profaneness, impiety, wicked- 
 ness. Is. 32, 6. 
 
 riBin f. id. Jer. 23, 15. R. t(m. 
 
 Vd'^ in Kal not used, pr. to he strait, 
 close, to choke, of the same family with 
 pas, Tisn. p3S (piir). and in the occiden- 
 tal languages ("tyxf^, uvuyxi], ango. ang- 
 ustus, enge {Zange, Zwang), anxious. 
 Hence 
 
 PiEL to strangle, to throttle, Gr. u'/x^> 
 nviyu, as a lion his prey, Nah. 2, 13. 
 Arab. i^Jii*., Ethiop. "Ji^, Syr. ^aL., 
 id. 
 
 NiPH. to strangle oneself, to hang one- 
 Belf 2 Sam. 17, 23. 
 
 Deriv. Pjno. 
 
 If^l^ (graciously regarded, r. )i'n) 
 Ilannathon, pr. n. of a place in Zcbulun 
 Josh. 19, 14. 
 
 * '? V ^^^ "^^ '" ^*') ^^^ commonly 
 said to have the signif of kindness, be- 
 nignity, and by antiphrasie that of re- 
 proach, disgrace. The primary idea 
 seems to be that of eager and earnest 
 desire, ardour, zeal, by which one is 
 actuated, i. q. K3;5, and then like 6<3]3 
 transferred to the trop. senses : 
 
 1. to be zealous towards any one, i. e. 
 to feel desire, kindness, love towards him ; 
 see Hithpa. and lon no. 1. 
 
 2. to be jealous, envious towards any 
 
 - ^ .- s ^ ^ 
 
 one, to envy, Arab. Jum. to envy, Jut^aw 
 
 envy ; and hence i. q. to hate, to reproach, 
 
 to treat with reproach and contumely ; 
 
 see Piel, and Ipn no. 2. 
 
 PiEL to reproach, to disgrace, to treat 
 with reproach and contumely, Prov. 25, 
 10. Syr. flu id. in Targ. isn for Heb. 
 tQn to reproach. Syr. I, Am- oppressed 
 with envy, also beloved, see in Kal. 
 
 HiTHP. to show oneself kind, benign, 
 merciful, Ps. 18, 26. Comp. Kal no. 1. 
 
 Deriv. lon, T'on, rrn-'pn. and pr. n. 
 n;>1pn. 
 
 "'C'^ in pause ipH, c. suff. "''npn ; plur. 
 ^'^1^'!! ! constr. "^^pn , pr, desire, ardour, 
 zeal, see r. ^pn Kal. Hence 
 
 1. In a good sense, zecd towards any 
 one. kindness, love. Spec. a) Of men 
 towards one another, kindness, good-will, 
 as shown in doing mutual favours, bene- 
 fits. Gen. 21, 23. 2 Sam. 10, 2. As re- 
 ferring to the afflicted, pity, compassion, 
 Sept. freq. iXtoQ, Job 6, 14. Frequent 
 in the formula, cr "Jpn nbr to do or 
 show kindness with or to any one. Gen. 
 1. c. 2 Sam. 3, 8. 9, 1. 7 ; also with ri* 
 Zech. 7, 9 ; b? 1 Sam. 20, 8 ; more fully 
 CS rrxi ipn nb? Gen. 24. 49. 47, 29. 
 Josh. 2, 14. 2 Sam. 9,3 npn -irr nb?J< 
 O'^'l^?* / will shore him kindness like that 
 of God. Also b Ipri nas to turn kind- 
 ness upon any one, to procure favour 
 for him. Gen. 39, 21 ; more fully Ezra 
 7, 28 Ti^art "ssb non npri -^^s'] and God 
 turned kindness upon me before the king, 
 i. e. gave me favour with him ; also 
 Dan. 1, 9 ipnb bx!:3^-rx QTibsn "in*] 
 and God gave Daniel good^ill^ favour 
 
'TDn 
 
 332 
 
 taon 
 
 etc. b) Of men towards God, Tpiety. 
 goodness, love of God. *70n "'I^JX i. q. 
 D"'n''pn tJie pious, Is. 57, 1. Plur. a'^'ion 
 good deeds, goodness, 2 Chr. 6, 42. 32, 
 32. 35, 26. Neh. 13, 14. c) Of God to- 
 wards men, goodness, mercy, grace, Ps. 
 5, 8. 36, 6. 48, 10. al. Very often coupled 
 with rax truth, fidelity, (q. v. no. 2,) 
 i. e. faithful mercy, constant goodness. 
 Here also occur the same formulas as 
 above in lett. a, as B5 ion rvO'S Gen. 
 24, 12. 14 ; c. ^ Ex. 20,' 6.'DeutV5, 10 ; 
 cr nrxi ion ?n"b5 2 Sam. 2, 6. 15, 20. 
 Trop. of God himself as a merciful bene- 
 factor, Ps. 144, 2. Jon. 2, 9. Plur. 
 tS'^'ion mercies, benefits from God, Ps. 89, 
 2. 50.' 107, 43. Is. 55, 3 C'^i'SNi 1^ ''lon 
 the sure mercies of David, i. e. the per- 
 petual benefits bestowed on David, d) 
 Once, like synon. "jn , it seems to denote 
 grace, favour, i. q. elegance, beauty. Is. 
 40, 6. Sept. 5o|a, and so 1 Pet. 1, 24. 
 
 2. In a bad sense, zeal against any 
 one, envy; hence reproach, disgrace, 
 see the root in Kal no. 2. Prov, 14, 34. 
 Lev. 20, 17. Some also refer hither 
 Job 6, 14. 
 
 3. Hesed, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 10. 
 
 ^n?'^ (whom God loveth) Hasadi- 
 ah, pr. n. of a son of Zerubbabel, 1 Chr. 
 3,20. 
 
 * ^5m fut. ncrn;! , Praet. 3 pers. fem. 
 before pause n^on iPs. 57, 2, see Lehrg. 
 p. 429. Heb. Gr.'74. I. 4; pr. to fee ; 
 see under r. in no. 1. Spec. 
 
 1. iofiee to a place, to take refuge or 
 shelter, with 3 of place, as 't bsa in the 
 shadow (protection) of any one, Judg. 9, 
 15. Is. 30, 2 ; 'I ""B:? bsa in the shadow 
 of Jehovah's wings Ps. 57, 2. 61, 5. 
 Hence 
 
 2. to put trust in any one, to trust, to 
 confide, espec. in God, c. 2 Ps. 2, 12. 5, 
 12." 7, 2. 25. 20. 31, 2. 37, 40. al. Absol. 
 Ps. 17. 7. Prov. 14, 32 p-^n^j iriB3 noh 
 the righteous in his death tnisteth ec. in 
 God. 
 
 Deriv. non, nonia, rrjona, and 
 
 TVSn (taking refuge, or a refuge) Ho- 
 sah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 16, 38. 26, 10. 
 
 JlDH adj. strong, Am. 2, 9 ; collect, the 
 mighty, the powerful in a state, Is. 1. 31. 
 
 men f reficge, Is. 30, 3. R. fion . -' 
 
 I'^n adj. (r. ion) ] . kind, merciful, 
 benevolent, Ps. 12, 2. 18, 26. 43, 1. xb 
 l^on malevolent, wicked, Ps. 43, 1. 
 Spoken in allusion to the stork, Job 
 39, 13 ; see in next art. 
 
 2. pious towards God, godly, e. g. 
 i^jrT^ "''I'^on the pious of Jehovah, i. e. 
 his pious worshippers, saints, Ps. 30. 5. 
 31, 24. 37, 28 ; "ib t^On Ps. 4, 4. 
 
 3. Of God, kind, merciful, graciotis, 
 Jer. 3, 12. Ps. 145, 17. 
 
 "H'^pn f (r. -iDn) the stork, pr. the 
 pious, avis pia, so called from the affec- 
 tion and tenderness it manifests towards 
 its parents and its young, for which it 
 was celebrated in antiquity ; see Plin. 
 H. N. X. 23. ^lian. Hist. An. 3. 23. ib. 
 10. 16. On the contrary, the Arabs call 
 
 the male ostrich *.*"i- ^^te impioics, on 
 
 account of its neglect and cruelty to- 
 wards its young ; comp. Job 39, 13 sq. 
 Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18. Ps. 104. 17. 
 Jer. 8, 7. Zech. 5, 9. See Bochart Hie- 
 roz. II. 327 sq. In Job 39, 13 fTi'^On 
 does not stand for the stork, but as an 
 adj. fem. pia, pious, affectionate, in allu- 
 sion however to the stork, thus : the 
 wing of the ostrich exidts, nnax DX 
 n^'i:'] tTi^on bid are her pinions and 
 feathers pious 7 i. e. she is not, like the 
 stork, aflectionate towards her young, 
 but treats them with cruelty, v. 14. 15. 
 16. 
 
 x'^Cn m. (r. ^on) pr. devourer, put for 
 a species of locust, 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 
 28. Ps. 78, 46. Is. 33, 4. Joel 1. 4. Sept. 
 x(nV and in 2 Chr. (i^ovxog, which how- 
 ever is rather the Dja . 
 
 'J'^Cn adj. strong, mighty, Ps. 89, 9. 
 R. icn. 
 
 "T^On Chald. adj. wanting, deficient, 
 sc. in weight, light, Dan. 5, 27. R. "lOn . 
 
 * ^Crt to eat off, to devour, Deut. 28, 
 38. Chald. id. Kindr. are the roots 12C;3 , 
 in, ion. q, v. Hence b'^pn. 
 
 * CIDH to muzzle an ox Deut. 25, 4 ; 
 to stop the nostrils, Ez. 39. 11 rcohl 
 n'^narn-PN X'TI (the valley) shall stop 
 the nostrils of them tliat pass by, i. e. by 
 
:cn 
 
 333 
 
 nsn 
 
 its Btench. Others render with the Sy- 
 riac : it shall stop the way to them tliat 
 pass by, m. from the multitude of the 
 slain. Kindr. can where aee ; comp. 
 also orn . Hence oion^ . 
 
 "l^V 1. to be strong, mighty, like 
 Syr. and Chald. ou* , ^on . The pri- 
 mary idea lies in binding together; comp. 
 in pm no. 3. Hence ,ion , T'On , "(On . 
 
 2. Trop. to be rich, wealthy, see *on ; 
 hence to heap togetlier, to lay up, to 
 
 Iward, Arab, jj*^, whence loV^S? 
 storehouse, magazine, 
 
 NiPH. to be laid up, hoarded. Is. 23, 18. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 
 
 ICH Chald. Aph. or rather Hiph. after 
 the Hebrew manner, to possess, to have 
 in possession, Dan. 7, 18. 22. Hence 
 
 I'?'!? Chald. m. emphat. Sjcn, strength, 
 might, power, Dan. 2, 37. 4, 27. 
 
 ion m. (r. ion no. 2) riches, wealth, 
 Prov. 15. 6. 27, 24. Jer. 20, 5. Ez. 22, 
 25; treasure, abundance. Is. 33, 6 "dH 
 m'yTO^ abundance of deliverance, parall. 
 "isix treasure. Chald. "|Dnj< to possess. 
 
 J*!?'^ in Kal not used, i. q. titon , to 
 strip q^bark. to peel, to scale, to scrape. 
 Arab. i_a*w.u5. to peel dates, and transp. 
 v..A^ to scrape off; hence Chald. tlOn, 
 
 Arab. oy&. and \^Juiiy^, a scale, sherd, 
 franrment of an earthen vessel, Syr. 
 M^ id. In the occidental tongues 
 words of the same stock are Gr. axanTw, 
 Lat. scabo. squnma. ; Germ, schaben, 
 schnppen, Schuppe, Scherbe, Schiefer, 
 schaufeln; Engl. scab, scale, shell, shei d; 
 in all which a sibilant precedes, as also 
 in Heb. and Arab. nnD. v.ji^. Hence 
 qnadrilit. Ospn. part. pass. D3Dn"a; Ex. 
 16. 14 DQsnis pT sovxething small scaled 
 off, like scales. Hence 
 
 t]?"!! Chald. m. sherds, burnt clay, 
 earthen-ware, Dan. 2, 33 sq. 
 
 '^^9'^ quadril. see in r. C|Dn , 
 
 * ^^'^ fot- "'0'7^ plur. Iion^, pr. to 
 diminish, to be cut short, intrans. 
 Kindr. are nta, -iT3, -isj? j comp. bon, 
 in. Hence 
 
 1 . to be diminished, to fail, Gen. 8, 3. 
 5. 1 K. 17, 14. Also to fail, to be want- 
 ing, Ecc. 9, 8 ; with b of pers. Deut. 
 15, 8. 
 
 2. to want, to Uzck, to be without any 
 thing, with ace. like other verbs of 
 plenty and want, Deut. 2, 7. 8, 9. Ps. 34, 
 11. Prov. 31, 11. Gen. 18,28 Tnon^ ''Ks 
 msian n-'p'^sn n-^iriian perhaps there 
 sJiall lack five to the fifty righteous, lit. 
 perhaps the fifty righteous shall lack 
 five. Absol. to want, i. e. to be in want, 
 to suffer need, Ps. 23, 1. Prov. 13, 25. 
 
 Neh. 9, 21. Comp. Arab. -*w^ and 
 
 f,***^ to suffer harm or loss. 
 
 PiEL to cause to want or lack. Ps. 8, 6 
 nTibxTa osa in-i&nni thou hast caused 
 him to lack but little of a god ; see in 
 Q'^nbx B. 1. p. 54. With "jTa of thing, 
 Ecc. 4, 8. 
 
 HrPH. 1. Cau.sat. to cause to fail, 
 with accus. Is. 32, 6. 
 
 2. Intrans. to want, to lack, i. e. to suf- 
 fer want, Ex. IG, 18. 
 
 Deriv. T^&n , -ibn^ , and the five here 
 following. 
 
 ion verbal adj. wanting, lacking,-with. 
 ace. 1 K. 11, 52 ; with , Ecc. 6, 2. "ion 
 cn^ lacking bread 2 Sam. 3, 29. 2^ "^n 
 lacking understanding Prov. 6, 32. 7, 7. 
 9, 4. Subst. want of understanding, 
 Prov. 10, 21. 
 
 "^pr? m. want, poverty, Prov. 28, 22. 
 Job 30, 3. 
 
 "Ipn rn. want, poverty. Am. 4, 6. Deut. 
 
 28, 48. 57. 
 
 nncn Hasrah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 34, 22 ; 
 for which in the parall. passage 2 K. 22, 
 14 is onnn . 
 
 I'^'^PO - (j- "''?'7) deficiency, defect, 
 Ecc. 1, 15. 
 
 '^ adj. m. clean, pure, morally. Job 
 33, 9. R. qsn II. 
 
 Sjn see Cjin. 
 
 * ^Sn prob. i. q. r\^n and ten I, to 
 cover ; whence Piel, to do covertly, se- 
 cretly, 2 K. 17. 9. 
 
 '^'.r' f^ cover, to veil, e. g. the head 
 2 Sam. 15, 30. Jer. 14, 4; the face Esth. 
 
nsrt 
 
 334 
 
 6, 12. 7, 8. Syr. ^ , Arab. Lia. id. 
 Comp. psn I. 
 
 PiEL to overlay with gold, silver, etc. 
 with two ace. 2 Chr. 3, 5. 7. 8. 9. 
 
 PuAL fo 6e covered, Is. 4, 5; see in 
 
 nen no. i. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Pi. Ps. 68, 14. 
 
 TBJl f. (r. tlSn I) 1. a covering, 
 protection, Is. 4, 5 fisn linS'bS'bs over 
 all the glory shall be a covering, i. e. 
 protection. Others here take MBH as 
 Pualofnsn. 
 
 T T 
 
 2. a canopy; hence a bed with a 
 canopy, curtains, bridal-bed, nuptial- 
 couch, comp. ians. Ps. 19, 6. Joel 2. 16. 
 
 3. Huppah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24. 13. 
 
 "^ri'r fi^t. TBH^ to Zeap or start up ; 
 kindr. with TBj?, VfiJ', comp. ns, yjf, 
 uj , yij .Spec. 
 
 1. to storf up, to rise up suddenly, in 
 order to flee, 2 Sam. 4, 4.' Job 40, 23. 
 2 K. 7, 15 Cheth. Hence 
 
 3. to be startled, alarmed, Deut. 20, 3. 
 Ps. 31,23. 116, 11. 
 
 NiPH. to Jlee away sc. in terror, to 
 shrink away, 1 Sam. 23, 26. Ps. 48, 6. 
 104, 7. Hence 
 
 jiTBH m. haste, hasty fight, Ex. 12, 
 11. Deut. 16. 3. 
 
 D'^fen (coverings) Huppim, pr. n. m. 
 
 a) Gen. 46, 21, elsewhere CEW q. v. 
 
 b) 1 Chr. 7, 12. 15. R. :]Sn I.' 
 
 "?',' obsol. root, Arab. ij-P.r>- to take 
 with both hands, to Jill both hands. 
 Hence, unless the verb itself be a de- 
 nominative, 
 
 "JSn only in dual C^SEH, the two Jists, 
 Ex. 9, 8. Lev. 16, 12. Prov. 30, 4. Ez. 
 10, 2. 7. Ecc. 4, 6. Aram, ^al , Arab. 
 
 isJJiSk . By transpos. nijftr,, pugnus. 
 
 "'?S'^ (perh. fistcr, fighter, from 'Cn) 
 pr. n. Hophni, one of the sons of Eli, 
 1 Sam. 1, 3. 2, 34. 4, 4. 
 
 ! ^i?!'t' i- ! '^^'^1 '^ coTvr, with ^5, 
 comp. nos ; hence to protect, Deut, 33, 12. 
 
 Arab. i^d^. to cover with a garment. 
 The idcd of covering lies in llu; syllable 
 tjn, as also in the kindr. sn, tp, t;p, 
 35 , t]y ; comp. beeides ntn and NCn , the 
 
 roots K2n and Man to hide ; "IBS, ^J^ 
 _ai , and 12JS3 , to cover ; t]W Is. 31, 5, 
 nns , nss , etc. also Ci33 , t]^S , in which 
 Nun and Lamed are inserted in the pri- 
 mary syllable, as in y\,i<, V^^. etc. 
 Deriv. nen , diBH . 
 
 11. iij*n obsol. root. ^ 1. to mb, 
 scrape, wipe off. Arab. *_fi^ rasit, fri- 
 cuit. 
 
 2. to icas/} o^or atray. to lave; hence 
 deriv. !:iin , tin . 
 
 * Y?r3 fut. j'Bm and I'Cni Ps. 37, 
 23. al. 
 
 1. to bend, to curve; Job 40, 17 'I'sn^j 
 i33T he bendeth his tail, etc. Arab. 
 
 ijaJL^ to bend wood. 
 
 2, Intrans, and raetaph. to incline, to 
 be favourably disposed: a) Towards 
 any one, to delight in, to favour, to love, 
 e, g, a person, c. 2 Gen, 34, 19, 2 Sam. 
 20. 11; God towards man, Nura, 14, 8. 
 2 Sam, 15, 26, Ps, 18, 20, al. Also of 
 things, c. a 2 Sam. 24, 3. Is. 56, 4. Pa 
 112, 1 ; ace, Ps, 40, 7. Mic, 7, 18. b) To 
 doing any thing, i. q. to will, to desire, to 
 please ; absol. Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5 ; with a 
 finite verb Is. 42, 21. 53, 10; infin. c. b 
 Deut, 25, 8, Ps. 40, 9. Job 9, 3. 1 Sam. 2, 
 25; inf simpl. Job 13. 3, 33, 32 ''nasn 
 ^k!'^? / desire to justify thee, i, e. thy 
 justification. 
 
 Deriv. the three following: 
 
 Y'r!^ m. plur. constr. '^Stn Ps. 35, 
 27. 40, 15; but cn'^^Ert Ps. Ill, 2; fem. 
 nssn ; verbal adj. from r. ytn. 
 
 1. delighting in, loving any thing. Ps. 
 5, 8 npK sirn ytn bx xb. 34. 13 ytn 
 C^n loving life. 35, 27. Ill, 2. With 
 infin. and b Nab. 1, 11. Also desiring, 
 Ps. 40, 15 "^pyn "^tn. 35, 27. Mai. 3, 1. 
 
 2. willing, 1 K. 21, 6 nns -j-En-cx if 
 thou art willing, if it please thee. 30. 33. 
 1 Chr. 28, 9 nsEn tti a willing mind. 
 
 T^y^ m. c. suff. 'SErt 1. inclination 
 to any thing, and hence favour, lore, 
 delight in any thing. Prov. 31, 13. ib t^ 
 a ytn one delights in any thing 1 Sam. 
 15. 22, 18, 25, Ecc, 5, 3, 12, 1, Ps, 1. 2. 
 Concrete, that which ddighls. phases 
 any one, 1 K. 10, 13. ';; yE.n nt"? to do 
 the pleasure of God, etc. Is. 44, 28. 46, 
 
ssn 
 
 335 
 
 isn 
 
 10. 48, 14. 1 K. 5, 8. 9. Spec, desire, 
 Ps. 107, 30. Job 31, 16. 
 
 2. hpantij, elea^ance, as causing de- 
 light ; so yen ^px beniUifid stones, i. e. 
 precious. Is. 54, 12. ytn ynn a pleasant 
 land Mai. 3, 12. Plur. cson precious 
 things Prov. 3. 15. 8, 11. 
 
 3. Any application or purpose of mind, 
 purpose, sttidium ; hence a business, a 
 matter, affair, Sept. ngUyfta. Ecc. 3, 1 
 Von-bab rri and a time to every matter, 
 i. e. all things are frail and fleeting, 
 nothing ia stable and enduring. 5, 7 "bx 
 yenn b? n^nn marcel not at the matter. 
 8, 6. The transition to this signification 
 is manifest in passages like these : Is. 53, 
 10 nbs";! in^a mni ytn the pleasure of 
 Jehovah (i. e. his cause, aflfair) shall pros- 
 per in his hand. 44, 28. 58, 3. 13. Job 21, 
 21. 22, 3. Similar is Syr. Q-=)^ a mat- 
 ter, business, afTair, from ).s^ i. q. ytn 
 to will. 
 
 nn-^SSn (my delight is in her) Heph- 
 zibak pr. n. of the mother of king Ma- 
 nasseh, 2 K. 21, 1. Also as a symbolic 
 name of Zion, Is. 62, 4. 
 
 * ! *'IV ^^t- "'^1- 1- io dig, to &r- 
 cdvate; Arab. .A'^ 1, VIII, X, to dig 
 
 S -. ^ 9 c- 
 
 the ground, -aa., -i^, a well, pit; 
 
 Syr. 'fk> to dig, li-a* a pit, ditch. 
 Hence with mid. rad. softened "iin q. v. 
 In the Indo-European tongues the idf^a 
 of digging is expressed by transpos. in 
 ygvccpm, /^t/iTirai, Germ, graben, Engl. 
 grave; and with a sibilant prefixed Lat. 
 sCRiBo ; with r softened yXucfut, yXvcpm, 
 eCaLPo, sCuLPo.Ahsol Jer. 13, 7 ; 
 with ace. e. g. a pit, well, Ecc. 8. 8. Ps. 
 7, 16. Gen. 21, 30. Num. 21, 18. So to 
 dig for any thing, Ex. 7, 24. Job 3, 21. 
 Poet, of the war-horse pawing the 
 ground. Job 39, 21 P'^sa ^"lon^ theij paw 
 in the valley ; comp. Virg. Georg. 3. 87, 
 88 cavat tellurem. Metaph. to dig a pit 
 for any one, i. e. to plot against him, c. 
 ,S Ps. 35, 7. 
 
 2. to dig out, I. e. to search or spy out, 
 to explore ; Job 39, 29 from thence he 
 apieth out the prey. With ace. to explore 
 a land, to spy out, Deut. 1, 22. Josh. 2, 2. 
 3. For Is. 2, 20 see fr^Qnen. 
 
 Deriv. M'no-iBn , pr. n. "iBri , o'^'ic-n . 
 
 * II. iSn flit, lon-i, plur. 'nan';, in 
 pause ^"^D"^ , Arab. ^.A^, to become red, 
 
 to bliuth, kindr. perhaps with "nan no. 2 
 to be red. Hence to be asliamed, to be 
 put to shame, espec. as being frustrated 
 or disappointed in one's plans and ex- 
 pectations, Ps. 35, 4. 26. 40, 15. 70, 3. 
 83, 18. Is. 24, 23. Jer. 15, 9; with D-'2S 
 Ps. 34, 6. Job 1 1, 18 =3!i5n naab n-iem 
 now thou, art ashamed, then shall thou 
 lie down in quiet. With "|T3 of that in 
 which one is disappointed, ashamed, Is. 
 1,29; comp. OJia. 
 
 HiPH. to Irring to shame, to cause dis- 
 grace, Prov. 19. 26. 
 
 2. Intrans. like Kal ; comp. verbs of 
 colour, Heb. Gram. 52. 2. n ; to be 
 ashamed, to be put to shame, Is. 54, 4. 
 Trop. of Mount Lebanon, as grieving 
 for the loss of its beauty, Is. 33, 9. ALso 
 to act shamefully, to come to shame, Prov. 
 13, 5. 
 
 lEH see nnonsn. 
 
 "^^n (a pit, well, r. "lOn I) Hepher. 
 pr. n. 
 
 1. A royal city of the Canaanites, 
 Jo.sh. 12, 17 ; comp. 1 K. 4, 10. 
 
 2. Of several men : a) A son of Gi- 
 lead Num. 26, 32. 27, 1. Josh. 17, 2. Pa- 
 tronyra. "^nsn Hepherite Num. 26, 32. 
 b) An officer of David 1 Chr. 11, 36. c) 
 1 Chr. 4, 6. 
 
 Q'?'^^!! (two pits) Hapharaim., pr. n. 
 of a place in Issachar, Josh. 19, 19. 
 
 iP'lS'7 ?" " Hophra, a king of Egypt, 
 contemporary with Nebuchadnezzar, 
 Jer. 44, 30. Sept. Ovacfqri, in Manetho 
 Ovtiif-Qig, the eighth king of the second 
 Saitic dynasty ; the same who is called 
 by the Greeks 'AriQirjg, Hdot. 2. 161, 162, 
 169. ib. 4. 159. Diod. Sic. 1. 68. See 
 Rosellini Monum. Storici II. 143. 
 
 rrnfi^Sn f: (r. IBH I) an animal which 
 frequents houses, so called from its dig- 
 ging or burrowing ; Jerome, a mole ; 
 better perhaps, a rat. In Is. 2, 20, 
 where we now read divided niiB "lanb 
 i. e. into the digging of rats, q. d. rats' 
 holes, the plural form of this noun ought 
 prob. to be restored, as better suited to 
 the context, viz. m'lB-iBnb to the rats, 
 or moles. Comp. tr^Q . 
 
tDsn 
 
 336 
 
 ni:n 
 
 * ^S^ fut. plur. iii'Qri'n , pr. to dig, 
 Sept. (TxA/w Ps. 76, 7 ; dhald. and Sa- 
 mar. CEn id. Kindred perhaps with "isn 
 I; the "1 and "C3 being interchanged. In 
 Heb. only trop. to seek, to search after, 
 to find otct, e. g. wisdom Prov. 2, 4 ; secret 
 things Prov. 20, 27 ; one's conduct Lam. 
 'S, 40. Also to devise, to contrive ; Ps. 64, 
 7 nibi" Ti'sJn"^ they devise wickedness. 
 
 NiPH. pass, to be searched out, Obad. 6. 
 
 PiEL to seek, to search, absol. Gen. 31, 
 35. 44, 12. With ace. to search out, 
 1 Sam. 23, 23 ; to search through 1 K. 
 20, 6. Zeph. 1, 12. Metaph. once Ps. 77, 
 7 'riin i:J2n';i;i my spirit maketh search, 
 inquiry. 
 
 PuAL 1. to be sought, and so ' to let 
 oneself be sought,' i. e. to hide oneself, 
 Prov. 28, 12 ; comp. v. 28, and Hithpa. 
 
 2. to be searclied out, devised, Ps. 64, 7. 
 
 Hithpa. pr. to let oneself" be sought, 
 i e. to hide onesef. see Pu. no. 1 ; hence 
 to disguise oneself 1 Sam. 28, 8. 1 K. 20, 
 38 1"ir>-b^' iX3 bsnn^T and disguised 
 himself with a bandage over his eyes. 
 22,30. Job 30, 18 "^las^b benn'i ns-ana 
 through the violence (of disease) 7ny gar- 
 ment is disguised, i. e. my skin or exter- 
 nal appearance is changed ; comp. v. 19. 
 Hence 
 
 "^^n m. a device, purpose, Ps. 64, 7. 
 See r. bsn Pu. no. 2. 
 
 '^^r V^- ^(^ b^ loose, free, opp. to 
 what is bound, restrained. Hence 
 
 1. to spread out loose things, to spread 
 loosely, see csn. Arab. iiiUAd. II, to 
 stretch out. to prostrate. 
 
 2. to lie ])roslrate, and hence to he 
 weak, feeble, exhausted. Comp. ttJ^n. 
 Arab. ifLks*- mid. E. Hence wrsri. 
 
 3. to set free, e. g. a slave. Arab. 
 lyuJi^ to be poured out freely. Hence 
 
 PuAL to be set free, to be freed, as a 
 slave. Lev. 19, 20. 
 Deriv. the four following. 
 
 f fin m. a spreading out, stratio ; once 
 Ez. 27, 20 f^2=")^ Uich-''i:a tapetes stra- 
 ta ad equitandum, i. e. cloths spread out, 
 carpets, for riding and driving. 
 
 Wjfin f. frted(ym^ Lev. 19, 20. R. 
 ttsn no. 3. 
 
 n^lCSn and tT^tJBri f. weakness, in- 
 firmity, disease, whence r*it'snr] r"'2 
 the sick-house, infirmary, hospital. 2 K. 
 15, 5. 2 Chr. 26, 21. R. ttn no. 2. 
 
 "^iDSn adj. (pr. from a subst. "Ctn i. q. 
 i~nan, with the adj. ending '^-^) plur. 
 
 1. prostrate, weak, feeble, Ps. 88, 6. 
 But see in no. 2. 
 
 2. free, opp. to a slave or captive, Job 
 3, 19, "'ffien ritj to let go free. e. g. a 
 slave, Deut! 15, 12. 13. 18 ; 'aisnb n^aJ 
 id. Ex. 21, 26. 27. "tzn N:f^, 'iL'Enb 'i 
 to go out free, to be set free, see under 
 N:i^ . [Ps. 88. 6 "laisn C'lrjsa free among 
 the dead, sc. from the cares and oppres- 
 sion of life ; comp. Job 3, 19.^-R. 
 
 3. free from public taxes and burdens, 
 1 Sam. 17, 25. 
 
 fT^ffiSri see r^!i3sri. 
 
 V r? m. (r. Y^rC) c. sufT. ^Sn , plur. fiiSn ; 
 also ""Sn (Milel) with Yod parag. 1 Sara. 
 20, 36. 37. 38 Cheth. 2 K. 9, 24. 
 
 1. an arrow, 2 K. 13, 17. 1 Sam. 20, 20. 
 CSn i^ra an^ow-men, archers, Gen. 49, 
 23. Trop. the arrows of God are light- 
 nings, Hab. 3, 11 ; also poet, evils, cala- 
 mities, inflicted upon men, Deut. 32, 23 
 comp. V. 42. Job 6, 4. Ps. 38, 3. 91, 5 ; 
 espec. famine Ez. 5. 16. Num. 24, 8 
 ynil^^ 1"^sn he doth shake his arrows in 
 blood ; comp. Ps. 68, 24, and ^nia no. 2. 
 
 2. an arrow-wound, wound, Job 34, 6. 
 Vice versa, in Eurip. Iphig. Taur. 314, 
 missile weapons are called T^avfAuja 
 iniovTn, flying wounds. 
 
 3. tr^snn "im l Sam. 17, 7 Cheth. the 
 iron point of a spear. But in Keri and 
 the similar passages 2 Sam. 21, 19. 1 Chr. 
 20, 5, the reading is y^ wood, i. e, the 
 handle or shaft of a spear ; and this 
 alone is suited to the context, 
 
 * Z'l'n and -^'; Is. 5, 2, fut. asn-j . 
 
 1. to cut, to hew, to liew out, espec 
 stones ; kindr, a'jn . For the primary 
 idea of cutting, which lies in the sylla 
 ble yn, see in ^^sn. Deut. 6, 11, 8, 9, 
 Is, 5, 2. 10, 15. 22V16. Prov. 9,1. Part 
 cash hewers of stone, stone-cutters, 2 K 
 12, 13. 1 Chr. 22, 2. 15, 2 Chr, 24, 12 
 also Jiewera of wood, wood-cuttcra, 1 K 
 5, 29 [15], 2 Chr. 2, 1, 17, Metaph. Ps 
 29, 7 the voice of Jehovah deaveth out 
 
isn 
 
 337 
 
 f. 
 
 2n 
 
 Jlame8 9/Jire, i. e. eends forth forked 
 lightniiigt^ ; comp. Pu. 
 
 2. Trop. to cut ojf, to destroy ; Hoe. 6, 
 6 D'<x-'aja "'nrxn / cut tliera off hij pro- 
 phets, i. v.. I announce to them death 
 and destruction. The other member has 
 OTunn . 
 
 NiPH. to he cut in, to be graven, on 
 atones, Job 19, 21. 
 
 PoAL to be heton oiU, formed, Is. 51, 1. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal. no. 2. Is. 51, 9. 
 
 Deriv. asna. 
 
 *'^'7 fut, nsni, with Vav conv. 
 
 1. to cut in ttoo, to halve, like kindr. 
 ^?n q. V. Chald. and Syr. sn, f^, 
 to cut or dig out. 
 
 2. to divide, espec a) Into two parts, 
 to halve. Gen, 32, 8. Ps. 55, 24 isn^ sib 
 O'l"'^? ^f^^y do not halve their days, i. e. 
 do not live out half their lires. With 
 V?^ T'? prfEgn. to divide and distribute 
 hetnteen. amonff, Num. 31, 27. 42. Is. 30, 
 28 nsn;; ixja n? the stream f/j"ci(fcs him 
 even to the neck, i. e. rises to the neck 
 and there divides him as it were into two 
 parts, b) Also into several parts, Gen. 
 23, 1. Judg. 7. 16. 9, 43. Job 40, 30 [41, 
 
 NiPH. to divide oneself, to be divided, 
 2 K. 2. 8. 14. Dan. 11, 4. Spec, into two 
 parts, Ez. 37, 22. 
 
 Deriv. "^sn, nisn, HsntJ, n^sriB, 
 and pr. names ^xsn-^ , bxisn^ . 
 
 '^'I^Sri (enclosure, castle) Hazor, pr. n. 
 a) A city in Naphtali, fortified by Solo- 
 mon, Josh. 11, 1. 12, 19. 19, 36. Judg. 4, 
 2. 1 K. 9, 15. 2 K. 1.5, 29. [It appears 
 to have been situated on the high 
 ground somewhere to the south of Ke- 
 desh ; see Biblioth. Sacra, 1846, p. 212 
 sq. R.] b) Another in Benjamin, 
 Neh. 11, 33. c) Two cities in the 
 south of Judah. Josh. 15, 23. 25. One is 
 called also "["iisn v. 25. d) A region 
 of Arabia, Jer. 49,28. 
 
 rriSiSn see fT^:t'S'^, a trumpet. 
 
 PllSn f. sing, only in constr. Pisn, 
 the middle, midst, as nb'^b nisn mid- 
 night Job 34, 20. Ps. 119^ 62. Ex. 11, 4. 
 R. nsn, 
 
 ''Sn m. (r. nun) constr. sn, c. sufT. 
 ^sn . 
 
 29 
 
 1. half, the half part, Ex. 24, 6. Nora. 
 
 15, 9. 10. Josh. 22. 23. W-an the half of 
 us 2 Sam. 18, 3; rxn Is. 44', 16. 19. 
 
 2. the middle, niidit, 2 tSarn. 10, 4. 
 nb-^hn -acq midnight Judg. IG, 3. Ruth 
 3,'8." 
 
 Note. For ''Sn signifying arrow, see 
 inyn. 
 
 ninjisn "^Sn (midst of resting- 
 places) Ilatsi-hammenuchoth, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 2, 52. Hence patronyra. 'Sn 
 'nnjEn v. 54. 
 
 *^'^Sn m. 1. i. q. "isn, pr. an enclo- 
 sure, court ; then poet, a dwelling-place, 
 habitation, i. q. n"!?. Is. 34, 13 Tisn 
 n:5^ 1^132^ a dwelling-place for ostrich- 
 es. 35, 7 a court for reeds and rushes- 
 R, "isn no. 1. 
 
 2. gra^s, herbage, Job 8, 12. 40. 15. 
 Ps. 104, 14. al. Spec, a leek, collect. 
 fccA:., Num. 11, 5. R. isn no. 2. 
 
 I'^V a root not in use, having the 
 primary force of strength, firmness, like 
 
 the kindr. "j^n, ^On, and Arab. Jv^a^ 
 
 G u 
 
 to be firm, fortified, whence ^'^y for- 
 tress. Hence the two following : 
 
 l^r? m. the arm, fore-arm, as the seat 
 and symbol of strength. Ps. 129, 7, see- 
 in 11:3 Piel. 
 
 j^Jfl m. (r. '(in) the arm, on which' 
 
 children are carried, the bosom, Is. 49; 22.. 
 
 Hence also bosom of a garment, Sept. 
 
 , , Go 
 
 ara^oXri, Neh. 5, 13. Arab. ^j^aa. arm, 
 
 bosom ; denora. ^^-^ to carry in the- 
 arms or bosom. Eth. fh^'i besom. 
 
 ^i-i'J Chald. to be hard, rough; 
 hence to be harsh, severe ; see Thesaur. 
 p. 510. 
 
 Aph. part, nssnna strict, severe, of a 
 royal edict, Dan. 2, 15. 3, 22.' 
 
 y "^V' ^o divide, and intrans. to be 
 divided. Arab. (joa. Ill, IV, to divide 
 one's portion with another, a-^y part, 
 
 portion. Talmud, to cut or hew iti 
 pieces, whence ns'^sn an axe or adze; 
 trop. to distinguish. Kindred roots are 
 3sn, nsn, Chald. ixn. The primary 
 
Tl'n 
 
 338 
 
 ^isn 
 
 force of cutting, hewing, sharpening to a 
 point, is possessed by the syllable yn in 
 common with the kindred Tn, nn, see 
 '!", ''in, ^'in; also yp, C2, n, nj, 
 see under Tja, ns. "j^:!!^. Prov. 30, 27 
 ^/ie locusts have no king, i^3 |'sn 5<^} 
 T/ef go they forth all of them divided, i. e. 
 in divisions, bands; comp. Gen. 14, 15. 
 Jerome : per turmas sitas. 
 
 PiEL part. n"':ian^ Judg. 5, 11, either: 
 those dividing sc. the booty, spoil ; corap. 
 Is. 9, 2. 33, 23. Ps. 6S, 13; or, with the 
 Targg. and Rabbins, sagittarii, archers, 
 as denom. from yn an arrow ; comp. 
 Targ. Judg. 5, 8. 
 
 PuAL to he divided out, to he allotted, 
 e. g. the months of one's life, Job 21, 21. 
 
 Deriv. yn, and the two following. 
 
 ^2tn rn. 1. i. q. yn, an arrow, poet, 
 for lightnings, Ps. 77, 18. 
 
 2. a small stone, gravel-stone, as cut 
 or broken small ; collect, gravel, grit, 
 Prov. 20, 17. Lam. 3, 16. Syr. 1,.^, 
 
 Arab. ^^'-^^ Eth. '^St. 
 
 nr!r\-)'2ssn, n^n-jii^^n (pruning of 
 
 the palm) Gen. 14, 7. 2 Chr. 20, 2, Ha- 
 zezon-tamar, pr. n.of a city on the west- 
 ern shore of the Dead Sea, renowned 
 for its palm-trees; afterwards called "py 
 "'la En-gedi. On the palms of En-gedi, 
 see Plin. H. N. V. 7. Celsii Hierob. II. 
 491. 
 
 nnsan and nnsSsn n a trumpet, 
 Num. 10, 2 sq. 31, 6. Hos.5,8. 2 K. 12, 
 14. This was the straight trumpet, 
 difTerent from the "isvij huccina or horn, 
 which was crooked like a horn ; see 
 Joseph. Ant. 3; 12. 6. Jerome ad Hos. 
 5, 8. Buxtorf Lex. p. 816. The etymo- 
 logy has occasioned various conjectures. 
 With most interpreters, I have formerly 
 referred it to "isn , Arab. ^^ to be 
 present, Conj. X to call together, to con- 
 voke ; whence then the form "'Sisn aHer 
 the analogy of Arab. Conj. XII, i. q. to 
 convoke ec. with the trumpet ; and hence 
 ri"istsn trumpet, so called as used for 
 convoking an assembly. Others, as re- 
 cently, Ewald. Heb. Gram. p. 242. sup- 
 pose the trumy)et to be so called as being 
 narrov) and slender ; a meaninjf which 
 i not found in the root either in Hebrew 
 
 or A rabic. But there can be little doubt, 
 that this is an onomatopoetic word, imi- 
 tating the broken pulse-like sound of the 
 trumpet, like the Lat. taralantara in 
 the verse of Ennius ap. Serv. ad Virg. 
 ^n. 9. 503. Germ, trarara. Similar 
 to this is the Hebrew word, especially 
 if pronounced in the Arabic manner, 
 5j-oLo.3. haddderah. Hence the de- 
 nom. verb : 
 
 "^?32n to trumpet, to Mow the trumpet, 
 found only in part. n""i:ism3 (D''"isijn2) 
 
 1 Chr. 15, 24. 2 Chr. 5, 13. 7, 6. 13, 14. 
 29, 28 Chethibh. In Keri, one S being 
 dropped, it is every where D'i"i:in?3 i. e. 
 B'"an^ Part. Pi. by a needless correc- 
 tion of what was an unusual form. la 
 
 2 Chr. 5, 12 is n-^iisna, which seems 
 to be an error of the transcriber. 
 
 -^^ obsol. root. 1. to surroundy 
 to enclose with a wall, hedge, etc. Arab, 
 ^^.~v to surround, to besiege, Eth^ 
 
 ih^^ to wall in. Comp. in "Tin. 
 Hence "isrr, T>sn no. 1, and pr. n. ^isn, 
 
 2. to he green, verdant, Arab. o-^ 
 
 to be green, sc. a field, grain, etc. 
 Hence i''sn no. 2. grass. 
 
 Note. Etymologists harve usually as- 
 sumed here two difTerent roots. But the 
 connection of the ideas is shown in the 
 Greek ;ifo^7oc, which lil^e T'Sn signifies 
 first an enclosure, court, especially for 
 cattle ; and then a pasture, and by me- 
 ton. pasturage^ i. e. grass, green herbage, 
 etc. See Passow and other Gr. Lex, 
 art. xoQtot;. 
 
 nsn constr. "i2n, c. snff. "'^sn ; plur. 
 C'lsn constr. "^^sn, also riiiscTi constr, 
 M"isn, comm. gnd. an enclosure, i. e, 
 an open place surroimded by a fence, 
 paling, wall, etc. Spec. 
 
 1. a court, before or surrounded by a 
 building; e. g. a private dwelling, Ex. 
 8, 9. 2 Sam. 17, 18. Neh. 8, 1-6. nsn 
 nni:!!??! court of the guard or pri.ton Jer. 
 32, 2. 12. 33, 1. Neh. 3, 25. Of a palace, 
 1 K. 7, 8. g. 12. Esth. 2, 11. Before the 
 tabernacle Ex. 27, 12 sq. 35, 17. 18. 40, 
 8. Also of the temple, which had two 
 courts ; one inner, "'^''JBn isnn Ez. 40, 
 28. 32, and n""- 1 K. 6, 36. Ez. 10, 3; 
 
^sn 
 
 339 
 
 :prT, 
 
 called aleo tfie court of the priests 2 Chr. 
 4, 9 ; the other the outer, nsiSTin 'nn 
 Ez. 10, 5. 40, 17. 31. Plur. Is. 1, 12. Ps. 
 65,5. 
 
 2. a village, hamlet, Lat. villa, pagtts, 
 i.'e. farm-buildings, farm-hamlets, usual- 
 ly erected around an open space or court, 
 often in the neighbourhood of cities. 
 Josh. 13, 23. 28. 15, 32 sq. 1 Chr. 4, 33. 
 Neh. 11, 25. Diff. from n"yn ri:a. Josh. 
 
 15, 47. Spoken also of the movable vil- 
 lages or encampments of nomadic tribes, 
 who usually pitch their tents in a circle, 
 or so as to form an enclosure, Gen. 25, 
 
 16. Deut.2,23. 18.42, 11 ; comp. Ps. 10, 
 8. Hence 
 
 3. As the name of several cities and 
 villages : 
 
 a) i'7!<""isn Hazar-Addar (village of 
 Addar) a place on the border of the tribe 
 of Judah Num. 34, 4 ; called shortly Tnx 
 Josh. 15, 3. 
 
 b) no^o nsn Josh. 19. 5, and "isn 
 n-'DSO 1 Chr. 4, 31, Hazar-msah or lia- 
 Zar-siisim (village of horses) in the tribe 
 of Simeon. 
 
 c) V3"'? i^n Ez. 47, 17, and irs nan 
 48, 1. Num. 34, 9. 10, Hazar-enan (vil- 
 lage of fountains) on the northern bor- 
 der of Palestine. 
 
 d) bsrr n^n Hazar-shual (village of 
 jackals') Josh. 15, 28. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4, 28. 
 Neh. 11. 27, in the tribe of Simeon. 
 
 e) "psTin nscn Hazer-hatticon (mid- 
 dle village) Ez. 47, 16, on the borders of 
 Hauran, Auranitis. 
 
 f ) Plur. ninsn Hazeroth, a station of 
 the Israelites after leaving Sinai, prob. 
 the fountain now called ^Ain el-Hudhera, 
 L^4.t; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 223. 
 Num. 11, 35. 12, 16. 33, 17. Deut. 1, 1. 
 
 ^'^^'7 Hezro, see in ''nsn . 
 
 P^^Sn (enclosed, walled in, r. ">sn) 
 Hezron. pr. n. a) A son of Reuben 
 Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6, 14. Patronym. is ''s'isn 
 Num. 26, 6. b) A son of Perez Gen. 
 46, 12. Ruth 4, 18. Gr. 'j:aQb>^ Matt. 
 1, 3. c) A city in the south of Judah, 
 called also nisn Josh. 15, 25. 
 
 *^'P} (id.) Hezrai, pr. n. of one of 
 David's military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 35 
 Chethibh. In Keri and 1 Chr. 11, 37, 
 insn Hezro. 
 
 ^y^'^^T^, (court of death) Hazarma- 
 veth. pr. n. of a di.'^trict in Arabia Felix, 
 situated on the Indian ocean and abound- 
 ing in frcinkincense, myrrh, and aloe ; 
 but noted for the insalubrity of the 
 climate, whence the name ; still called 
 
 e ^^ o ,^ 
 
 by the Arabs cj>/>>^~fc) Iladramaut. 
 Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20. See Abulfe- 
 dfe Arabia ed. Gagn. p. 45. Niebuhr's 
 Descr. of Arabia p. 283-294. Germ. 
 pn see p'-n . 
 
 pn m. (r. p;rn no. 3) c. Makk. 'pn, c. 
 suif. "^isn , but T;->n Lev. 10, 13, D3;?n Ex. 
 5, 14 ; plur. ff^isn constr. i;sn and "^IJin Ez. 
 20, 18 ; pr. something decreed, 'prescrib- 
 ed, appointed ; e. g. 'pn that which ia 
 decreed or appointed for me, Job 23, 14. 
 Spec. 
 
 1. An appointed portion, e. g. of la- 
 bour, a task Ex. 5, 14. Prov. 31, 15 ; of 
 food, an allowance, Prov. 30, 8. Gen. 47, 
 22. ' 
 
 2. An appointed hound, limit, Job 26, 
 10. Prov. 8. 29. Jer. 5, 22. pn ""bab with- 
 out bound, without measure, immeasur- 
 ably. Is. 5, 14. 
 
 3. An appointed time, set time. Job 14, 
 13. Mic. 7, 11. 
 
 4. A prescribed statute, ordinance, law, 
 Gen. 47, 26. 1 Sam. 30, 25. Ps. 81, 5. In 
 Sing, also collect, of a body of laws 
 (comp. nn'^in) Ex. 15. 25. Is. 24, 5. Plur. 
 statutes, laws, espec. laws prescribed 
 from God to men, Deut. 4, 5. 8. 14. 6, 
 24. 11, 32. 12, 1 ; of the laws of nature 
 Job 28, 26. Ps. 148, 6. Also : a) a de- 
 cree of God Ps. 2. 7 ; comp. Job 23, 14. 
 b) a statutory portion, appointed portion, 
 as fixed by law, Ex. 29, 28. Lev. 7, 34. 
 10, 15. Num. 18, 8. c) a custom, having 
 the authority of law, Judg. 11, 39. 2 Chr. 
 35, 25. 
 
 ^I^'^r' i" Kal not used, i. q. ppn, pr. 
 to cut in, to hew, i. q. to hack ; hence to 
 engrace, to carve, see Pual no. 1 ; to de- 
 lineate, to portray, see Pual no. 2. comp. 
 ppn no. 2 ; also to hack up the ground, 
 to dig, see Hithpa. 
 
 Pual part, npna 1. engraved, carv- 
 ed. 1 K. 6, 35. 
 
 2. delineated, portrayed, painted, Ez. 
 8, 10 ; comp. 23. 14. 
 
 HiTHP. to hack up the ground with a 
 
pr: 
 
 340 
 
 ipn 
 
 hoe or pickaxe, to dig a trench, etc. So 
 from the primary signification I would 
 explain Job 13, 27 njjnnrn ^bsn "i-iir-b? 
 around the roots (soles) of my feet hast 
 thffii digged^ i. e. hast made a trench, so 
 that I can go no further, thou hast stop- 
 ped my way ; comp. 19, 8. Lam. 3, 7. 
 Usually, around the roots of my feet hast 
 thou drawn lines, i. e. made marks how 
 far I may go. 
 
 ^J^n fem. o^ ^U no. 4, a statute, law, 
 ordinance. Sing, spoken always of a 
 single law; e. g. nt3Sfi ri^n the la%D of 
 the passover Ex. 12, 43. Num'. 9, 14. 19, 2. 
 Lev. 3, 17. al. Plur. statutes, laws. Lev. 
 18, 5. 26. 20, 13. Ez. 5, 6. 43, 18. Deut. 
 8, 11. 2 Sam. 7, 19. al. Of the laws of 
 the heavens, of nature, Job 38, 33. Jer. 
 31, 35. 33, 25. Also customs, 1 K. 3, 3. 
 Mic. 6, 16 ; of the heathen i. e. idolatry 
 2 K. 17, 8. Lev. 20, 23. 
 
 i^S^pn (bent, crooked) Hakupha, pr. 
 n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh. 7, 53. R. t^p^n . 
 
 ^|E T ^- Q- Arab. ^_fl.'^ to bend one- 
 self, to be crooked. Hence pr. n. NS^pn . 
 
 PP't pr. to cut in, to hew, to hew in; 
 comp. the kindred verbs (all of which 
 
 also are onomatopoetic) Jni^n , lo^ and 
 (S-gJiJO to cut or hew with the sword, 
 and then also to stamp violently, to en- 
 counter violently; i^J^ and {^^\^ id. 
 Germ, hacken, Engl, to hack. We may 
 remark in passing, that espec. in verbs 
 5S, which double the middle radical, 
 there are many which are onomatopo- 
 etic, and therefore common to several 
 languages, as ppb to lick, 22^, tllj, to 
 tap, to grope, i>^H hallen, bbs tinnio, 
 schallen. pp'n to beat, to pound, etc. and 
 also in doubled forms, as "iJ'^a gargari- 
 zavit, Ci^ES pipivit, bsbs tintinnum edi- 
 dit, etc. Spec. 
 
 1. to cut in, e. g. a sepulchre in a rock, 
 to hew in, Is. 22. 16 ; letters and figures 
 on a tablet, to grave in, toinscribe, y^aqxa, 
 Is. 30, 8. Ez. 4, 1. 
 
 2. i. q. yt^fiifo}, to grave, to trace, to 
 portray, Is. 49, 16. Ez. 23, 14. 
 
 3. to ordain, to ajtjmnt, Prov. 8. 27. 
 29 ; to decree, as a judge Is. 10. ]. Part. 
 ppn poet, for 'ct'6, judge, hailer, ruler, 
 Judg. 5, 9. 
 
 PuAL part. Pi?l7^ pr. wliat is prescrib- 
 ed, i. e. a law, statute, Prov. 31, 5. 
 
 HoPH. fut. !ipn^ (for !|pn^ Dag. f. be- 
 ing dropped) to be graved in, inscribed. 
 Job 19, 23. 
 
 Po. i. q. Kal no. 3, to decree Prov. 8, 
 15. Part, p'^p'^ a) a lawgiver, Deut. 
 33, 21. Is. 33, 22 ; a judge, leader, rtder, 
 i. q. KSb, Judg. 5, 14. b) a sceptre, as 
 the badge of power, Num. 21, 18. Ps. 
 60, 9. Gen. 49, 10. 
 
 Deriv. ph, n^sn, pr. n. pp^^, and 
 
 P)?D ni. only in plur. constr. ''ppfi de- 
 crees Is. 10, 1 ; resolves, determinations, 
 Judg. 5, 15. where it corresponds to the 
 similar word "^Ipn in v. 16. 
 
 ppn Hukkok, pr. n. of a town on the 
 confines of Asher and Naphtali. Josh. 19, 
 34 ; for which pp^n 1 Chr. 6, 60. Perh. 
 mod. Ydkuk, Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. 
 App. p. 133. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 80. 
 
 * "^n V fut. ipn;) Job 13, 9, to search, 
 to search out, to examine, pr. the interior 
 of the earth, spoken of mining. Job 28, 3. 
 The primary idea lies in boring and dig- 
 ging ; kindred with ip3, ^^3. Constr. 
 absol. Deut. 13, 15. Ez. 3V, 14; with 
 ace. of pers. or thing, to search out, to 
 explore, e. g. a land Judg. 18, 2 ; food 
 and drink, i. q. to taste, to try, Prov. 23, 
 30 ; wisdom Job 28, 27 ; the mind or 
 heart of any one 1 Sam. 20, 12. Ps. 139, 
 1. Prov. 28. 11 the rich man is wise in 
 hisowneyeSj^f^py]"} "pap ^''}') but the poor 
 man who hath tinderstanding searcheth 
 him through ; Sept. xaiuyvMaijai, Aqu. 
 Theod. i^txviunii. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal, Ecc. 12, 9^ 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal, Jer. 31, .37. 1 K. 7, 
 47 ncn3 bpira ipn3 sib the weight of 
 the brass was not to be searched out, as- 
 certained ; comp. "ipn *,"!<. 
 
 Deriv. "'i^l^'? and 
 
 "Ipr? 1. a searching md,e.Taminotion, 
 Job 34, 24 ; Prov. 25, 27 see in 1123 no. 
 2 ; hence "^pn "j-^X no searching out, 
 past finding out, unsearchable. Prov. 25, 
 3 ; so of what is inr)umerable. Job 5. 9. 
 9. 1 0. 36, 26. A Iso sb injr'n searchings of 
 mind, queries, deliberations. Judg. 5. 16. 
 
 2. Wliat is known only by searching 
 out, a. secret, the inmost part. Job 38, IG 
 Dinn i|rn the secret recesses of the deep. 
 
nn 
 
 341 
 
 Metaph. P!"i^ "^isn Job 11, 7, i. q. lu 
 fia9t) roil &tov 1 Cor. 2, 10. 
 
 I. "^n m. only in plur. O'^'^n, nobles, 
 free-born, 1 K. 21, 8. 11. Neh. 2. 16. 4, 
 13 ; once fully written n-'nin Ecc. 10, 17. 
 R. -inn no. 3, q. v. But 0">nn Horites 
 see in "^"^'n II. 
 
 II. "in a hole, see "lin. 
 ">n see "lin . 
 
 ^"T^*? '^'^ pr. n. see in 'iJ'ia . 
 
 * K^n or ^'y^ obsol. root, Arab. 
 iw^ <o ease oneself, the vulgar word 
 
 for this act. Hence, wherever a deriv- 
 ative from it occurs in the text, the He- 
 brew critics have placed in the margin 
 or Keri a less offensive expression. See 
 the deriv. n'ix'ino, and 
 
 D'^X'nn m. plur. constr. "^nn for "'S'nn 
 2 K. 6, 25 ; c. suff. nn-'X-n Is. 36, 12, and 
 contr. nn'^^n 2 K. 18, 27; excremenls, 
 dung. In Is. 1. c. and 2 K. 18, 27 is read 
 in Keri the less vulgar nxis , the vowels 
 of which are written under this word in 
 the text. 2 K. 6, 25 D'^ai-' i-in doves' 
 dung-, which may be taken literally ; 
 since it is not incredible that persons 
 oppressed by severe famine should de- 
 vour even the excrements of animals ; 
 corap. Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 32. Rosen- 
 miiller ad Bocharti Hieroz. II. p. 573. 
 Still, it is not improbable, that some 
 kind of vegetable food is to be here un- 
 derstood ; just as the Arabs call the herb 
 Kali, sparrows' dung, _iLflJLl| .*-^ ; 
 
 and as in Germ, asafoetida is called de- 
 vil's dung. See Bochart Hieroz. II. 
 p. 580 sq. But comp. Celsius 1. c. p. 233, 
 who clearly shows that Bochart was 
 mistaken in affirming that among the 
 Arabs doves' or sparrows' dung is a com- 
 mon epithet for chickpeas or vetches 
 fried. In Keri 2 K. 1. c. is n'^?i"'a^ q. v. 
 
 * "^jT} and Sf V fut. ann^, once ann;; 
 Jer. 26, 9 in some copies ; imperative 
 n'-in. 
 
 1. to be dried tip, to be dry. spoken of 
 water, streams. Gen. 8, 13. Hos. 13, 15. 
 Ps. 106, 9. It seems to denote merely 
 the absence or failure of water, and thus 
 differs from ttJa"! to be fully dry, dried ; 
 
 29* 
 
 see Gen. 8, 13 comp. 14 ; also Job 14, 11. 
 Is. 19, 5, where viz'^ ann^ irj:n ex- 
 presses gradation. Of the same family 
 is Or. xu(i(fOiU 
 
 2. to be laid waste, to lie desert, e. g. 
 lands, cities; since dry places quickly 
 become waste and desert (comp. Is. 42, 
 15. 48, 21) ; Is. 34, 10. Jer. 26, 9. ; of 
 sanctuaries Am. 7, 9. Also to be wasted, 
 destroyed, of a people, Is. 60, 12 ; and 
 trans, to waste, to destroy, Jer. 50, 21. 27. 
 
 Arab. '->>^ to be laid waste, Conj. II, 
 to waste to destroy ; kindr. with which 
 
 is ("Jj-^ I, III, IV, to wage war. 
 
 3. to be amazed, astonished, Jer. 2, 12 ; 
 since the silence and solitude of the 
 desert overpower the mind. See the 
 synon. BTS'S. 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be deso- 
 lated, to be laid waste, Ez. 26, 19. 30, 7. 
 
 2. Recipr. to icaste one another, to fight 
 together, 2 K. 3, 23. 
 
 PuAL pass, of Kal no. \,to be dried, 
 Judg. 16, 7. 8. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to dry up water 2 K. 19, 24. 
 Is. 50, 2. Jer. 51. 36. 
 
 2. to desolate, to lay waste cities, lands, 
 Ez. 19. 7. Judg. 16. 24 ; to destroy a peo- 
 ple 2 K. 19, 17. Is. 4^, 17. 
 
 HoPH. pass, of Hiph. no. 2. Ez. 26, 2. 
 29, 12. 
 
 The deriv. all follow. 
 
 S'^n Chald. i. q. Heb. 
 HopH. to be laid waste, destroyed, 
 Ezra 4, 15. 
 
 '^'^'7 adj. fem. n^nn 1, dry. Lev. 7, 
 10. Prov. 17, 1. 
 
 2. waste, desolate. Jer. 33, 10. 12. Neh. 
 2, 3. 17. Ez. 36, 36. 
 
 ^y] f. in pause ann, c. suff. "'S'ln, 
 plur. ni::'^n , constr. mann . 
 
 1. a sword, as laying waste, destroy- 
 
 ., Go-- 7 
 
 mg; Arab. <_Jj-2>., Syr. X^f^, whence 
 
 Gr. u^nri, see Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 760. 
 So a"in "^s^ nsn to smite with the edge of 
 the sword, i. e. to slay with the sword. 
 Deut. 13, 16. 20, 13. Josh. 6, 21. 8, 24^ 
 10, 28. 2-in3 a-nn to slay with the sword 
 Josh. 13, 22. 'na bs3 to fall by the sword, 
 Num. 14, 3. Is. 3. 25. Jer. 11,22. m'si? 
 ann iniquities (worthy) of the sword i. e. 
 
nnn 
 
 342 
 
 Tin 
 
 of death. Job 19. 29. Metaph. of a false 
 and slanderous tongue. Ps. 57. 5. 
 
 2. Trop. of other cutting instruments, 
 e. g. a kvife for circumcising Jogh. 5, 2. 
 3; a knife or razor Ez. 5, 1 ; a graver 
 or chisel Ex. 20. 25 ; an axe Ez. 26, 9. 
 Poet, of the curved tusks of the hippo- 
 potamus, Job 40, 19. 
 
 3. dryness, drought., Deut. 28, 22 ; un- 
 less perhaps it should be written snh . 
 
 3'!?'^ and ^"^lin (dry, desert) pr.n.jHb- 
 re6, a lower part or peak of Mount Sinai, 
 BO called at the present day, from which 
 one ascends towards the south the sum- 
 mit of Sinai properly so called, or J^x:^ 
 ^j^yo Jebel Musa. Ex. 3, 1. 17, 6. 
 Deut. 1, 2. 6. 4, 10. 15. 5, 2. 18, 16. 1 K. 
 8. 9. 19, 8. Mai. 4, 4. Comp. Burckhardt's 
 Travels in Syria, etc. p. 566 sq. [But 
 Horeb seems rather to have been a 
 general name for the whole mountain, 
 of which Sinai was a particular summit; 
 see Hengstenberg Auth. des Pentat. II. 
 p. 39G. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. pp. 177, 
 ,551. R. 
 
 i'!)n m. 1. dryness Judg. 6, 37. 39. 
 Hence, drought, heat, Gen. 31, 40. Hagg. 
 1, 11. Is. 4, 6, 25, 4. 5. Also of the dry- 
 ness and heat of fever, Job 30, 30. 
 
 2. waMe, desolation, Ez. 29, 10. Zeph. 
 :2. 14. -"iH ';'.? waste cities Is. 61, 4. 
 
 na'^n r plur. rn'r-^n , with art. ma-nnn, 
 constr. ri^nn. R. ^nn. 
 
 1, dryness, plur. dry places, deserts, Is. 
 48, 22. 
 
 2. wasleness, desolation ; concr. waste, 
 desolate. Lev! 26, 31 nr^nr-nx 'rira 
 n3*7n / will make your cities desolate. 
 Ez. 25, 19. 35, 4. Plur. waste places, 
 ruins, Ps. 102, 7. Ez. 13, 4. 33, 24. 27. 
 nisin n:a <o build up waste places, to 
 rebuild ruins, E^. 36, 10. 33. 38, 12. 
 Mai. 1, 4. Is. 58, 12. 61, 4 ; also crip 
 KiS'nn id. Is. 44, 26. Somewhat differ- 
 ent is : Job 3, 14 kings and cminsellors of 
 the earth IB^ ^'^'^'V?- ^''r^r! ""/"' l>uild up 
 ruins for themselves, i. c. who build up 
 eplcndid palaces which will soon be ru- 
 ins, cnr risin ruins of the rich, i. e. 
 their ruined houses, etc. Is. 5, 17. 
 
 J^ain f. (for ns^.n) only with art. 
 annnnn , the dry, the dry land, Gen. 7, 
 
 22. Ex. 14, 21. 2 K. 2, 8 ; comp. in ca"'. 
 R. a-^nr 
 
 ]13'in m. (r. -"in) plur. constr. ^3ianr^ , 
 dryness, drought, heat of summer, Ps. 
 32.4. 
 
 SijIU'in (prob. Pers. ^jUwi*. ass-dri- 
 ver) Hurbona, pr. n. ot' a: eunuch of 
 Xerxes. Esth. 1, JO ; for which in 7, 9 
 n:i3-in. 
 
 - j'^' 7rJ Xfyofi. to tremble, to be in 
 trepidation, to fear. Chald. N^n fear, 
 trepidation. The primary syllable ia 
 SI, which like ~"i denotes tremulous 
 motion, see fan , rrn , rrn . Ps. 18, 46 
 C^'^~'''"'?0^^ ''^"J'?!'; (tnd they were dis- 
 mayed out of their strong-holds, they 
 came out trembling from their strong- 
 holds and delivered them up ; comp. 
 Mic. 7, 17. Hos. 11, 11. Others here 
 compare Arab. _ ^^ to go forth, i. e. 
 
 they came forth from their strong-holds, 
 but this is languid. In the parall. pas- 
 sage 2 Sam. 22, 46 is 1"i5n^'i ; see in "isn . 
 
 xiiin obsol. quadril. i. q. Arab. 
 
 J^j.:2fc to leap, to gallop, as ^ horse, 
 locust. It comes from the Iriliteral 5"]PI 
 to tremble, to be in trepidation, which ia 
 also referred to leaping, comp. ^"a. By 
 dropping the "i from this root, there re- 
 mains the triliteral bin q. v. Hence 
 
 ^il'^n m. a locust, so called from its 
 leaping ; see r. Va"^)!, and comp. vmnxoe, 
 uT7ikuj3og, from antir. Spoken of a 
 winged and edible species of locust. Lev. 
 
 11,22. Arab. xJ^ws*. a troop of horses, 
 
 a flight of locusts, .jU^n '^ a kind of 
 locusts without wings, / and n being in- 
 terchanged. 
 
 "Tv ^^^^- ^'^V'^ ! '*' tremble, e. g. 
 a mountain, Ex. 19, 18. Elsewhere 
 only of persons, to be in trepidation, to 
 be terrified, Ex. 19, 10. Gen. 27, 33. 
 Ruth 3, 8. Is. 10, 29. al. Ascribed to 
 the heart, 1 Sam. 28, 5; with b of cause, 
 Job 37, 1. Prtegn. a) Gen. 42, 28 
 "licxb "."^nx-bx d"'X iT^n^i they trembled 
 one towards another i. e. they turned 
 trembling one to another, saying, b) 
 With """^nx , to follow any one trembling, 
 1 Sam. is", 7. c) Witl> T\\t,'yph , tu tnm- 
 
343 
 
 1^ 
 
 ble at meeting any one, to meet him 
 trembling, 1 Sam. 16, 4, 21, 2. 
 
 2. Trop. a) i. q. to come trembling, 
 to hasten, (comp. Lat. trepidare, Virg. 
 ^n. 9. 11.) with '12 from a place, Hos. 
 11, 10. 11. b) With ^, to tremble for 
 any one, i. q. to care for, 2 K. 4, 13. 
 
 Hi PH. to terrify, to make afraid, Jadg. 
 8, 12. 2 Sam. 17, 2. Lev. 26, 6. Job 11, 
 "* 19. I8. 17, 2. ul. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. ni">n and those here fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 "nn adj. I. trembling, fearful, Judg. 
 7. 3 ; with bs of that ^/br which one trem- 
 bles 1 Sam. 4, 13. 
 
 2. Trop. of reverence towards God, 
 piety, i.e. fearing, revering. Ezra 10.3 
 ISTi'^Jt r^STsa n^*nnn fearing, revering 
 the commandment of our God, comp. 9, 
 4. Is. 66, 2 'li'n bs nnn who tremblelh 
 at my -word; with Vx v. 5. 
 
 ^77'^ f- constr. rnnn, plur. ninnn 
 Ez. 26, 16. R. -i-m . ' ' 
 
 1. a trembling, terror, fear. Gen. 27, 
 and haac trembled nb"ia min a 
 
 ^eaf trembling, i. e. was in great trepi- 
 dation and alarm. 1 Sam. 14, 13. Is. 21, 
 4. al. The genit. following refers to the 
 person feared, as cni< r^'n^n fear of man 
 Prov. 29, 25 ; cin'bx n^-in a terror of 
 God, a great or panic terror, 1 Sam. 14, 
 15 ; comp. ^fanivios cpv^a II. 9. 2. 
 
 2. care, concern, 2 K. 4, 13 ; see the 
 root no. 2. b. 
 
 3. Haradah, pr. n. of a station of the 
 Israelites in the desert. Num. 33, 24. 
 
 But il-^.n Is. 24, 6 is from nin . 
 
 1. to 6?<nt, to be kindled, to glow, kindr. 
 *inn ; spoken only of anger, espec. in 
 the following phrases : a) 'b qx mn 
 Ex.22, 23. 32, 22. Num. 11, 10; with 3 
 against any one Gen. 30, 2. 44, 18. Job 
 32, 2. 3 ; often of God, Ex. 4, 14. Num. 
 11, 33. Josh. 23, 16. Is. 5, 25. Hos. 8, 5 ; 
 rarely with bx Num. 24, 10 ; bs Zech. 
 10, 3. b) Impers. "ib nnrj it was kui- 
 dled to him, i. e. he was angry, wroth, 
 where PX anger is usually supplied. Glen. 
 31, 36. 34, 7. 1 Sam. 15, 11. 2 Sam. 19. 
 43. al. c) rrsa rt-^n (anger) is kinr 
 died in his eyes, anger being chiefly 
 visible in the kindling eyes and inflamed 
 
 countenance. Gen. 31,3.5. 45, 5. Some- 
 times these formulas express the feeling 
 of griel^ sadness, rather than anger } 
 and hence are rendered in Sept. by the 
 verb Xvjiioftai, as Gen. 4, 5. Jon. 4, 4. 9. 
 Neh. 5,6. On the affinity of these ideas, 
 see in zs^ . 
 
 2. to be angry, wroth, c. 3 Hab. 3, 8. 
 
 NiPH. Part. plur. B'^^nj, i. q. Kal no. 
 2, to be angry, wroth, with a of pers. Is. 
 41, 11. 45, 24. The form lin? Cant. 1, 6 
 is from r. I'^H. 
 
 HiPH. nnnn, fut. in5 1. to let bum, 
 to kitulle sc. anger, c. bs Job 19, 11. 
 
 2. to be ardent, zealous, to do toith 
 ardour, zeal, followed by a finite verb. 
 Neh. 3. 20 ~iia p''Tnn nnnn T^nnx after 
 him Baruch zealously repaired, etc. or, 
 emulating him repaired, etc. 
 
 TiPH. fut. n-inr-^ (after the form b'jpn) 
 to enmlate, to rival, Jer. 22, 15 ; c. rsjt to 
 contend with any one, Jer. 12, 5. 
 
 HiTHPA. fut. apoc. innn, to fret one- 
 self to be angry, indignant, Ps. 37, 1. 7. 
 8. Prov. 24, 19. 
 
 Deriv. li-in, inn, stinn. 
 
 ^^ri7'^ (he was dry) Harhaiah, pr. 
 n. m. Neh. 3, 8. R. n-in. 
 
 T^'^n (trembling, terror, r. T^H) Ha- 
 rod, pr. n. of a fountain, or of a place 
 near by it, linn ';"'5 Judg. 7, 1. Hence 
 gentile n. """inn Harodite, 2 Sam. 23, 25. 
 
 D'^T'nn m. plur. (r. Tnn) strings of 
 pearls, gems, corals, or the like, neck- 
 laces, Cant. 1, 10. Syr. ]'\is^ and 
 
 Arab. \y^ a necklace of gems or pearls. 
 
 ^^^n m. Job 30, 7. Zeph. 2. 9 ; Plur. 
 n"'Hn Prov. 24. 31, a thorn-bush, bram- 
 ble, so called from its pricking, burning ; 
 from a root bnn i. q. Tin. Comp. Eth. 
 A^ AA to burn, for AihZ^Z^ . See Cel- 
 sii Hierobot. T. II. p. 166. 
 
 ^I'^^in (i. q. riX Bn-in snub-nosed) 
 Harumaph, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 10. 
 
 'i'Tl'7 ra- (r- ^"^CO ^ burning, something 
 burning, Ps. 58^ 10. Of anger, qx -p-in 
 glow of anger, burning anger, fierce 
 wrath, Num. 25, 4. 32, 14. 1 Sam. 28, 18. 
 Hos. 11, 9. Job 20, 23. Jer. 25, 37. 
 Hence 
 
 2. Trop. anger, wrath, Neh. 13, 18. 
 
iin 
 
 344 
 
 ^in 
 
 Ps. 2, 5. Ez. 7, 12. 14. Plur. ta^ihn 
 iwrs/s of anger Ps. 88, 17. 
 
 I. y^nn m. plur. constr. mSlPl Am. 
 1. 3 ; part. pass, from r. yin to cut in, etc. 
 
 1. VT,sQmc\\\ingcutin,dugout; hence 
 a) a ditch, trench of a fortified city, Dan. 
 9, 25 ; where the verb nnass can be re- 
 ferred to j'lin only by Zeugma. Chald. 
 ttS'^'nn. b) Poet, for gold, pr. some- 
 thing dug out, fossil, Ps. 68, 14. Prov. 3, 
 14. 8, 10. 16, 16. Zech. 9, 3. 
 
 2. sharpened, pointed, see the root no. 
 2 ; hence as a poetical epithet for the 
 threshing-sledge, tribulum ; fully 3'iia 
 ytin a sharp threshing-sledge Is. 41, 15 ; 
 and then without the subst. in the same 
 sense. Is. 28, 27. Job 41, 22. Plur. 
 n-is-in Am. 1, 3. On the form of this 
 instrument see in yy^iz . 
 
 3. Trop. decided, see the root no. 3 ; 
 and hence decision, judgment. Joel 4, 
 14 y'H^ P^?? in the valley of judg- 
 ment, i. e. of punishment. Sept. iv rfj 
 xoikudi Ttj^ Slxr^g. 
 
 II. ^'''^'7) Kamets impure, for 'f"iMH, 
 r. y^n . 
 
 1. Adj. eager, see the root no. 5 ; 
 hence active, diligent, strenuous, Prov. 
 12, 27. 21, 5. Plur. Cissiin Prov. 10, 4. 
 12^24. J3, 4. 
 
 2. Hantz,- -pr. n. of the father-in-law 
 of king Manasseh, 2 K. 21, 19. 
 
 '-r obsol. root, kindr. with y}^, 
 to cut in, to puncture ; hence to bore 
 through, to perforate. Arab. \ys^ to 
 bore through, e. g. pearls or gems, in 
 order to string them. Hence CMnn . 
 
 Cnnn pr. n. m. Harhas, 2 K. 22, 14 ; 
 in 2 Chr. 34, 22 written fr^Dn q. v. 
 
 'in'IH rn. (r. 1'^n) 1. inflammation, 
 burning ferer, Deut. 28, 22. Sept. igt- 
 ^lafivq, Vulg. ardor. 
 
 2. Ilarhur, pr. n. m. Ezra 2. 51. Neh. 
 7, 53. 
 
 * t3*^!l obsol. root, Syr. <-ii-n, pr. to 
 9cmpe, to scratch; hence to cut in, to 
 gram, to inscnlp, like kindr. O'ln, "j^'^n, 
 iC^n, tJ^n, ;fM^((r(ro, ;f(niiTcj. See 
 more under r. T^a. Hence li^n a gra- 
 ver, t3''"in . 
 
 tt'^H m. ]. a graver, graving- tool, 
 chisel Ex. 32, 4. 
 
 2. a stylus, style, with which letters 
 were written or inscribed on wood or 
 stone ; hence poet, of a manner of writ- 
 ing, Is. 8, 1 irisx anna with a man's 
 style, i. e. with the common letters, so 
 as to be read without difficulty by the 
 common people. 
 
 DU^n m. only in plur. C'^Ba'in , sacred 
 scribes, skilled in the sacred writing or 
 hieroglyphics. hgoyQafifiaTng, a class of 
 Egyptian priests : see Jablonski Proleg. 
 in Panth. .^gypt. p. 91 sq. Creuzer 
 Symbolik und Mythologie, I. p. 245. 
 Gen. 41, 8. 24. Ex. 7, 11. 22. 8, 3. 14. 15. 
 9, 11. The same name is applied also 
 to the Magi of Babylon, Dan. 1, 20. 2, 2. 
 The word seems to be of Hebrew ori- 
 gin, and derived either from K~n style, 
 and D- formative, comp. C^TD from 
 Pins, Dii'n from I'^'n ; or else a quadrili- 
 teral made up from the triliterals ann 
 to grave, and cnn to be sacred. See 
 Michaelis Suppl. 923. 
 
 Dbnn Chald. id. Dan. 1, 20. 2, 10. 
 Plur. n'^53-jnn Dan. 2, 27. 4, 4. 6. 5, 11. 
 
 ''"^'^ m. (r. i^^n) heat, glow, sc. of anger, 
 with CIS Ex. I'l' 8. Deut. 29, 23. Is. 7, 4. 
 al. With the idea of grief, 1 Sam. 20, 34. 
 
 I. ''"in m. (r. "iin) white bread, made 
 
 of fine flour ; once Gen. 40, 16 "'".h i|d, 
 
 Vulg. canistrafarince, Sept. xavii xovSqi- 
 
 7(or. In the Mishna, Tract. Edaioth 3. 
 
 10, 'in is a species of bread or cake ; 
 
 -.a > 
 Arab. f^\\y^. white bread, white flour. 
 
 II. '^'^n (a dweller in caverns, troglo- 
 dyte, from "tin II, a hole, cavern, and 
 the ending "'-) pr. n. 
 
 1. Horite, Horites. a people who an- 
 ciently dwelt in Mount Seir, Gen. 14, 6 ; 
 and were afterwards driven out by the 
 Edomites, Deut. 2, 12. 22. Gen. 36, 
 20-30. Plur. ni'ih id. Deut. 2, 12. 
 
 2. Hitri, pr. n. m. a) Gen. 36, 22. 
 b) Num. 13, 5. 
 
 D'^r'^"' "^y^. see in art. ts'^X'^n . 
 
 tS'i'in m. (r. tt"nn) twice pi. B'^a-'-irt, 
 purses, bags, for money ; prob. so called 
 from their long and round form, perh. like 
 an inverted cone, 2 K. 5, 23. Is. 3, 22. 
 
 Arab. xh> j^ Comp. Schroeder de 
 
 Vest mul. Heb. c. 17. 
 

 
 345 
 
 D^n 
 
 Cj'nn (Arab, v^ij*^ the autumnal 
 
 rain, from 7\yt autumn,) Ilariph, pr. n. 
 of a man, Nth. 7, 24. 10, 20. Instead 
 of this is read nni"* (autumnal rain) 
 Ezra 2, 18. 
 
 TTPO verbal n. (r. T^IJ) 1. a aiiting, 
 TfiJifin, piece cut off, slice ; 1 Sam. 17, 18 
 -bnn 'S^'in mt;? ten cuttings (slices) 
 of CMrf/.<f, new or soft cheese. Sept. 
 7Qv<pnA.idfi; i. e. according to Hesych. 
 Tfitjfinja Tov anaXoii Tv^ot*. Vulg. de- 
 cern formelltp casei. Chald. Syr. 'fJaia . 
 Arab, (jajj^soft cheese. 
 
 2. a threshing-sledge, tribvbtm, i. q. 
 y^in no. 2 ; spec, for a sharp threshing- 
 sledge, 2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20, 3. 
 
 TC'^in m. (r. ttJ'^n) a ploughing, old 
 Engl, earing, 1 Sam. 8, 12 ; h'me of 
 ploughing. u^oTog, Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 34, 21. 
 1 Sam. 8, 12. 
 
 ''Oi'^.n adj. (r. CJnn no. 5) 7en/, still, 
 and hence sultry, spoken of the east 
 wind, Jon. 4, 8. 
 
 ^J'^' a root an% Xtyofi. Prov. 12, 
 27 IT'S n*^-i r^nn^ xb, i. e. either: the 
 slothful man roasteth no game, comp. 
 Chald. T('!|H to burn, to scorch ; or bet- 
 ter: he snareth no game, pr. does not 
 tahe it with a net; comp. CS'^n net 
 Kindr. is S^X. 
 
 sHn Chald. to bum, to singe, i. q. 
 Arab. iVj-2>- 
 
 Ithpa. r^'^nris to be singed, e. g. the 
 hair, Dan. 3, 27. 
 
 '3'' 2 'in m. plur. lattices of windows, 
 pr. net, net-work, Cant. 2, 9 ; Sept. 
 dlxTvn. Chald. S<2'nn a lattice-window. 
 R. T^n kindr. with jns . 
 
 *^'y^ seeiiin. 
 
 ^_V' pr. to shut up, to shut in ; see 
 toin not. no. 1. 
 
 1. Spec, to shut in the nose, to draw 
 in, to contract, comp. cen . Hence part. 
 tai'^n Lev. 21, 18 pr. drawn in as to the 
 nose, i. e. snub-nosed, flat-nosed ; Vulg. 
 parvo naso. Arab. *v^ and *'y^ to 
 
 bore through between the nostrils of a 
 camel and pass in a ring ; pr. to con- 
 tract the nose. 
 
 2. to shut up from common use, to 
 
 make sacred, to consecrate, to devote to 
 
 God, opp. bbn . Arab, lli to shut up, 
 to prohibit, so. from common use ; II to 
 
 make sacred ; IV to devote. i*Jk a 
 sacred place, adytum ; also the women's 
 apartment, harem. Ethiop. Ullj^ to 
 esteem unlawful, KuiL,^ to forbid, to 
 prohibit. See Hiph. 
 
 HiPH. C'^nnn l. to consecrate, to de- 
 vote unto God, so that the person or thing 
 thus devoted can never be redeemed. 
 Lev. 27, 28. 29. Mic. 4, 13. Ethiop. 
 Arh^^ to anathematize, to put under 
 a curse. In the exterminating wars 
 against the Canaanites, cities were often 
 thus devoted ; and these when taken 
 were razed to the foundations, and the 
 inhabitants, both man and beast, utterly 
 destroyed ; so as to prevent them from 
 ever being redeemed from this vow. 
 Hence 
 
 2. to devote to destruction, i. q. to viterly 
 destroy, to exterminate, e. g. cities and 
 their inhabitants, Deut. 2. 34. 3. 6. 7. 2. 
 20, 17. Josh. 8, 26. 10, 28. 37. 11, 21. 
 Judg. 1, 17. Is. 37, 11. Jer. 51, 3. Some- 
 times with zrm "isb added. Josh. 11, 12. 
 1 Sam. 15, 8. The formula 'b "'inx Ci'inn 
 Jer. 50, 21, seems to denote the enemy 
 as pursuing after those who are to be 
 utterly destroyed ; comp. '''Dnx "?3 1 K. 
 14, 10. 21, 21. Poetically, God himseli' 
 is said thus to devote any person or 
 thing, i. e. to utterly destroy, Is. 34, 2. 
 Jer. 25, 9; also Is. 11, 15 nin-n n-^-innT 
 C-^-is^-n-i liffib ns and Jehovah' will 
 idterly destroy (dry up) the tongne of the 
 Egyptian sea ; comp. Ps. 106, 9. 
 
 HoPH. C'^nn to be consecrated, devot- 
 ed, Ezra 10, 8 ; of persons i. q. to be put 
 to death Ex. 22. 19. Lev. 27, 29. 
 
 Deriv. the five following, and CI'Qi'in. 
 
 Q"?'7 (devoted) Harem, pr. n. of a place 
 in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38. 
 
 Din for n-'nri (i. q. enn flat-nosed) 
 Harim, pr.n.m. Ezra 2, 32. 10,31. Neh. 
 3, 11. 
 
 D"!"!? once D'^TI Zech. 14, 11, c. suff. 
 ^r-in, ionn, piur. n-'^'in. R. onn. 
 
 1. a net. for fishing or fowling, so call- 
 ed from its shutting in the prey, see the 
 
^in 
 
 346 
 
 oin 
 
 root init. Hab. 1, 15. 16. 17. Ez. 26, 5. 
 14. 47, 10. Metaph. nets, for female en- 
 ticements, Ecc. 7, 26. 
 
 2. devotion of any thing to destruction, 
 utter destritctio7i, Mai. 3, 34. Zech. 14, 11. 
 *'^'?'l ^"^i* o??e devoted by me to destruc- 
 tion 1 K. 20, 42. Is. 34, 5. Often concr. 
 aiiy thing devoted to God without power 
 o^ redemption, and, if animated, to be 
 put to death. Lev. 27, 21. 28. 29. Num. 
 18, 14. Deut. 7, 26. 13, 18. al. Sept. 
 generally avu&sfia. 
 
 T'3'IH (place desolated, r. ts'nn) Hbr- 
 mah, pr. n. of a royal city of the Canaan- 
 ites, in the south of Judah towards Edom, 
 afterwards assigned to the tribe of Si- 
 meon, Num. 14, 45. 21, 3. Deut. 1, 41. 
 Josh. 12, 14. 19, 4. Anciently called nss 
 Judg. 1, 17. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL 
 p. 591. 
 
 I'ijnn ^1. q. j*^^, f>i*-} promment 
 summit, peak, of a mountain; perh. pr. 
 
 nose of a mountain, comp. vaj|) Her- 
 mon, the high southern part of Anti- 
 Lebanon, Josh. 11, 3. 17. Ps. 89, 13. 133, 
 3. It lies around the sources of the Jor- 
 dan, and is now called Jebel esh-Sheikh, 
 ^mKMJj' J-*.2>. It has two or more sum- 
 
 mits, and is therefore spoken of in the plur. 
 f'?'^!'^ Ps- 42, 7. According to Deut. 3, 
 9. 4, 48, this mountain was called by the 
 Amorites li3':u , by the Sidonians "li-'naj , 
 and .sometimes also it was named "(X'^b ; 
 but in Cant. 4, 8. 1 Chr. 5, 23, Senir and 
 Hermon are distinguished. Probably dif- 
 ferent summits or parts of the chain bore 
 different names, which were applied in a 
 wider or narrower acceptation at differ- 
 ent times. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. 
 p. 357. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 13. 
 
 '2'^n m. a sickle, Deut. 16, 9. 23, 26. 
 Prob. made up from tsnn aw^. to cut off, 
 and ttJ'^n to cut in. 
 
 TD (> q- Arab, jjt*^ parched, dry, 
 r. '^.'^H) Ilaran, pr. n. a) A city of 
 Mesopotamia in the time of the patri- 
 archs, Gr. and Lat. Kn(>^Hi, Car- 
 
 G |S .' r 
 
 rrE, Arab, and Syr. ^mIv^j .J-*, after- 
 wards celebrated for the defeat of Cras- 
 us; Gen. 11, 31. 12, 5. 27, 43. 2 K. 19, 
 
 12. Ez. 27, 23. See Golius ad Alferg. 
 p. 249. Schult. Ind. Geogr. v. Charrce. 
 b) A man 1 Chr. 2, 46. 
 
 Dl'Snn (two caves, dual of f^ri i. q. 
 ^in) Horonaim, pr. n. of a Moabitish 
 city, situated upon a declivity, Is. 15, 5. 
 Jer. 48, 3. 5. 34. Gentile n. 'Sin Horo- 
 nite, Neh.2,10.19. Different is ',inn n-^a . 
 
 ^P'^'l'Tl (perh. for "iB?."in3 fr. inj to 
 snort, to snore, and Syr. j^ to breathe 
 hard, to pant,) Harnepher, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 7, 36. 
 
 * ^J V and ^!^7 obsol. root. 1. i. q. 
 fjiiy^a., to scrape, to scratch; intrans. 
 
 G 
 
 (o be scratched, rough ; ipJ>^ a sherd, 
 
 potsherd, so called from being rough 
 and scratching, comp. Job 2, 8. Hence 
 b-in potsherd, also D'nn, niionn. 
 
 2. Perh. to be dry, arid, hot ; the idea 
 of roughness being transferred to what 
 is dry, or shrivelled and cracked from 
 dryness, and so to heat as the cause of 
 dryness; see under r. i'n'7- Hence Cnn 
 the sun. 
 
 Onn m. (r. D'nn) in Pause G":.n Judg. 
 8, 13. ' 
 
 1. the itch, as the cause of scratching, 
 Deut. 28, 27^ 
 
 2. tfie sun, a sense not frequent and 
 rather poetic. Job 9, 7. Judg. 8, 13 ; with 
 He parag. nonn Judg. 14, 18, like n:nN. 
 ^^"^5 . Prob. C^n is here pr. Jieat, like 
 tian , see the root no. 2 ; unless one 
 chooses with Hitzig to take it as de- 
 noting the orb or disk of the sun, Germ. 
 ' die Sonne n-sc/te/ie,' from the idea of 
 scraping, forming, making, as Germ. 
 Scheibe from the verb schaben to scrape ; 
 see Adelung h. v. As to Oinn -I'^S Is. 
 19, 18, (which is read in 16 Mss. and 
 some editions, and is expressed by the 
 Sept. Coniplut. 'j/ifiti:, by Symm. nolis 
 ijUov, by the Vulg. civilas snlis, by Saa- 
 dias (j*<5-^ ^.y^ ) ^^^ has also the tes- 
 timony of the Talmudists in Metiachoth 
 fol. 110. A.) if we follow the certain and 
 ascertained usus loquendi, it denotes city 
 of the aicn, i. e. Ifeliopolis in Rgypt. else- 
 where called "Xand t'rtt) r"'2; wluitever 
 we may determine as to the autiienticity 
 of the words: nrstb nrx"^ 0"inn vs. 
 
cnn 
 
 347 
 
 Etn 
 
 Or, from the Arabic usua loquendi, 
 (comp. iH->^ to defend, to preserve,) it 
 may be rendered, one shall be called, A 
 city preserved, i. e. one of these five cities 
 shall be preserved. Whichever inter- 
 pretation may be chosen, this reading is 
 to be preferred to the other, onnn T"*, 
 for which see O^n p. 263. 
 
 MICnn f (from subst. tonn) a pot- 
 tery, a potter's work-shop. Hence iS"r 
 nioinn the pottery-gate Jer. 19, 2 Cheth. 
 a gate of Jerusalem near the valley of 
 Hinnom ; see in n?id no. 1. Keri n-'Onn 
 id. 
 
 * ^y} a doubtful root, Syr. Ethpa. to 
 be cunning ; whence snnn. 
 
 * ^\2T} fut. Varr^ Job 27, 6. Is. 18, 6. 
 
 1. to ptill, to pluck, to giither fruit, 
 Arab. Oj-^ Kindr. are Cjna , vp^] , Cl'^a ; 
 comp. in XB^ . Corresp. is Lat. carpo, 
 Engl, to carp. Hence tnn, i_ij*^! 
 time of gathering fruits, autumn ; and 
 from this again : 
 
 2. Denom. to pass the autumn and 
 winter, to ninter, /(ifxa^ca. Is. 18, 6 
 C]nnn T>bs 7".i<n rcna-iisi and all the 
 beasts of the field shall winter upon it, 
 as Chald. Jerome, Luth. Engl. Vers, 
 correctly. 0pp. "j^lp to summer, to pass 
 the summer, from y"^^?. The Arabic 
 verb o*-&- has also many denom. sig- 
 nifications derived from v_ajyi&.. 
 
 3. Trop. carpere conviciis, Engl, to 
 carp, i. e. to upbraid, to reproach, to 
 scorn, c. ace. Ps. 69, 10. 119, 42. Prov. 
 27, 11. Job 27, 6 "^53^13 "^asb c^-^n-i xb my 
 heart reproachelh not one of my days, 
 i. e. my conscience upbraids me for no 
 day of my life. 
 
 PiEL wl"iri 1. i. q. Kal no. 3, to upbraid, 
 to reproach, to scorn, c. ace. 1 Sam. 17, 
 26. 36. 1 Chr. 20, 7. Ps. 42, 11. Zeph. 
 2, 8. 10 ; spec. God, 2 K. 19, 4. 16. Is. 37, 
 4.17; also his anointed, Ps. 89. 52. With 
 h 2 Chr. 32. 17 ; 3 2 Sam. 23, 9. qnn 
 ne-in Ps. 79, 12." 89, 51. 52. Prsegn" 
 Judg. 5, 18 rA-db itzi q-ir? cs lib^t Ze- 
 bulun, that people, scorned their life even 
 unto death, i. e. jeopardized their lives, 
 exposed themselves to instant death. 
 In like manner the Arabs use the words 
 
 j^Lftl , J j^ ) \j^y^ ) see Comment, on 
 Is, 53, 12. ^ 
 
 NiPH. to be betrothed, spoken of a 
 woman; Lev. 19, 20 a handmaid rB")n3 
 ttj^xb betrothed to a mnn. So in tiie 
 Talmud. nElin is i. q. nonx betrothed. 
 Pr. to be delivered over to a husband ; 
 like Arab. J jo, [jo^s, pr. to esteem 
 lightly, and then to deliver over a wo- 
 man to a man ; see Schultens 0pp. min. 
 p. 145 sq. 
 
 Deriv. the three following, and Cl'^'^H- 
 
 5l*!in (plucking off) Hareph, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 2, 51. 
 
 5l"in m. (r. tl'^n no. 1) aidumn, the 
 season when fruits are gathered, Arab. 
 
 ir 
 
 'see Schult. ad Job 29. 4. Not 
 
 unfrequently it includes also the winter, 
 so that r]";ni y^^ summer and autumn 
 is put for the whole year, Gen. 8, 22. 
 Pa. 74, 17. Zech. 14, 8. q-^nn n-^s wm- 
 ier-house Am. 3, 15. Metaph. of ripe 
 manly age ; Job 29, 4 "'Bnn "^ais in the 
 days of my ripeness, ifig axfirig fiov, of my 
 manly vigour, in the flower of my age. 
 Comp. Gr. onbiQu Pind. Isthm. 2. 8. Nem. 
 5. 10 ; Lat. anctumnus Ovid. Met. 15. 
 200. Hor. Carm. 2. 5. 11. 
 
 ^^^I'^ f. (r. Ci"^n no. 3) 1. reproach, 
 cast upon another, scorn, contmtiely, Job 
 16, 10. Ps. 69, 21. 79, 12. Jen 51, 51. 
 Lam. 3, 61. So bs nsnn xbj to take 
 up a reproach against any one, Ps. 15, 
 3 ; but also to bear reproach on account 
 of Ps. 69, 8. Jer. 15, 15 ; without b? id. 
 Mic. 6, 16. For Zeph. 3, 18 see in rxbi?. 
 With gen. of him who casts reproach, 
 Zeph. 2, 8. Neh. 5, 9. Is. 51, 7; c. suff. 
 id. Neh. 3, 36. Hos. 12, 15, also of him 
 suffering reproach, Ps. 74, 22. Meton. 
 a reproach, i. e. the object o? reproach, 
 a person or thing subject to scorn and 
 contumely, Neh. 2, 17. Ps. 22, 7. Joel 
 2. 17. 19. Plur. nienn reproaches, Ps. 
 69, 17. Dan. 12, 2. 
 
 2. reproach, which rests upon any one, 
 i. q. disgrace, shame. Gen. 34, 14. 1 Sam. 
 11, 2. 17, 26. Ps. 119. 22. Is. 4, 1. With 
 genit. of that for which one suffers, Ez. 
 36, 30. Is. 54, 4 r,-inT3bs 'n the reproach 
 of thy widowhood, i. e. which rests upon 
 widows. Josh. 5, 9 the reproach of Egypt, 
 
'nr 
 
 348 
 
 "iin 
 
 i. e. the reproach of being uncircumcised, 
 resting on Israel as having dwelt in 
 Egypt. Is. 25, 9. Jer. 31, 19. 
 3. 'pudenda, Is. 47, 3. 
 
 * y!]" tut. f'nn"! 1. pr. to cut, to cut 
 in, kindr. with ttinn, nnn. The LXX. 
 sometimes render it by avvri^vtiv Prov. 
 21, 5. Is. 10, 23. 28, 22. Hence y^-^n 
 a cutting, slice. Spec, a) to cut into 
 the skin, to wound slightly; Part, '{^''"'n 
 slightly wounded Lev. 22, 22. Arab. 
 
 - I - 
 \jO^ to cut the skin, JLoxLak a wound 
 
 skin-deep, iiLfiy2. id. upon the head. 
 
 b) to dig, see ynn I, 1. 
 
 2. fo cut to a point, to make pointed, to 
 
 s 
 
 sharpen, comp. Arab. (jgL.^.S- point of 
 
 a spear. Schult. ad Prov. p. 251. Only in 
 the prov^erbial phrase, Ex. 11, 7 "^.33 hbh 
 isitib 2b3 Y^xv^^ xb bxniS'^ against all the 
 children of Israel not a dog shall sharpen 
 (point) his tongue, i. e. no one shall even 
 slightly offend or provoke them; Vulg. 
 non muliet cayiis. Josh. 10, 21. Comp. 
 Judith 11, 13 [19]. Hence ^mn I. 2. 
 
 3. Trop. to decide, to determine, from 
 the idea of cutting off. 1 K. 20, 40 such 
 is thy sentence, n^lin nrix thou thyself 
 hast decided. Job 14, 5 T'^'J D-^^innn ex 
 if his days be determined. Is. 10, 22 
 y!|in *)i"'|3 destruction is decreed. Comp. 
 Niph. and "f^^nn I. 3. 
 
 4. Trop. to be sharp, spoken of the 
 taste, i. e. to be acid, sour; comp. Arab. 
 
 6 > 
 \jbys^ alkali. Hence ts'^rs'in grape- 
 kernels. 
 
 5. Trop. of the mind, to he sharp, 
 eager, active. Comp. in Germ, 'sich's 
 Bauer werden lassen.' Hence adj. yiin 
 II. q. V. and once in the verb 2 Sam. 5, 24, 
 ynnn tjj then be thou on the alert, i. e. 
 
 bestir thyself, make haste. Arab. ijOv^ 
 to desire eagerly, to be impelled by 
 eager desire, VIII to covet, to strive 
 
 8o 
 
 after, to be strenuous and ready, i;Ov^ 
 tudium. 
 
 NiPH. part. f. HSnm, constr. rx-inj, 
 something decided, determined, i. e. a 
 decision, decree, Dan. 11, 36; chiefly in 
 the phrase nsipisi nbs destruction and 
 
 decree, by Hendiadys for destruction de- 
 creed sc. from God, Is. 10, 23. 28, 22. 
 Dan. 9, 27. Dan. 9, 26 ni^iaid n:i':;^^3 
 desolations decreed. 
 Deriv. y^nrj I, II, "f^n, fssin, 
 
 f'^'^, Chald. m. loin, luvibus, plur. the 
 loins, the lower part of the back around 
 which the girdle passes, i. q. Heb. C^sbn, 
 the letters b and i being interchanged. 
 In Targg. Sing. Deut. 33, 11. 2 K. 1, 8; 
 Plur. -p^nn Ex. 28, 42. Job 40, 11. Also 
 in Syriac, where Sing. \^ (Resh being 
 dropped) is often put for the back, Rom, 
 11, 10; see Caslell Lex. Syr. ed. Mi- 
 chaelis p. 316. So Dan. 5,6 ns-jn i-iMp; 
 "j1'"iritti^ the joints of his loins were loosed, 
 i. e. the joints of his back, the vertebrae. 
 
 ~^~'J obsol. quadril. i. q. Arab, 
 transp. l ^ ^~^ {o bind fast a cord, to 
 
 draw tight, comp. r-\ 'f^"^ and i. <.^ f^i-^. 
 Hence 
 
 n'S'in plur. rriasnn l. tight bands, 
 cords tightly drawn, Is. 58, 6. 
 
 2. Impl. pains, pangs, torments, Ps. 
 73, 4. Comp. ban and bw no 3. 
 
 0^??"?^ m. plur. (r. yin no. 4) grape- 
 kernels, grape-stones, so called from their 
 acrid taste, once Num. 6, 4. Syr. (.^j-*^, 
 
 Onk. "p?^T- grains. So also the Tal- 
 mudists ; see Mishna Tr. Nasir. 6. 2. 
 R. Tanchum in Lex. v. J^lT. See The- 
 saur. p. 527. Others : sour grapes. 
 
 \Jl,n fut. p'"in^, to grate, to gnash 
 with the teeth, onomatopoetic. Arab. 
 t^y^, Syr. wCi--) ^^^ grating of 
 the teeth ; corresponding is also Gr. 
 x(ji^(ti, aor. txgtyov, from the old root 
 KPiF. Construed. D^sura pnn Job 16, 
 9; and n-^taS 'n Ps. 35, Is! 37, 12. 112, 10. 
 Lam. 2, 16. 
 
 '^^'7 ^' to be dry, arid, parched; 
 Job 30, 30 a-i'n 'S^ nnn "^ass my bones 
 are dried up with heat ; comp. Niph. no. 
 1. Syr. fM to be dried up with heat 
 Kindr. are a"nn , D'^n no. 2, Lat. areo. 
 
 9. to bum, to glow. Arab. -&. to be 
 
 warm, hot, to glow, Ethiop. Ai^^ * 
 be hot, to boil. For this signiftcation of 
 
*^m 
 
 349 
 
 TD-in 
 
 heat, burning, comp. frin , Vnn , ![>*) 
 Lat. areo. ardeo, old Germ. hai\ hyr, 
 fire, lleerd, luirslen to roast, Engl. 
 hearth. Spoken of glowing metal Ez, 
 24, 11; of persons as consumed, Is. 24, 6 
 
 3. i. q. Arab. -* for %^ to be of no- 
 ble birth, to be. free, free-born ; whence 
 Heb. *in . tin , free-born, noble ; Syr. 
 i^ to make free, Chald. "i^n id. The 
 primary idea seems to lie in the glowing 
 brightness, the purity of one whose rank 
 and character is obscured by no stain. 
 
 NiPH. "ins , also "in? Ps. G9, 4. 102, 4, 
 after the form bn: from Van and rn: 
 from rrn; fut. in;) Ez. 15, 5. 
 
 1. to be dried up, Ps. 69, 4. 102, 4. 
 
 2. to be burned, scorched, Jer. 6, 29. 
 Ez. 15. 4. 5. 24, id. 
 
 3. Trop. to burn with anger, to be an- 
 gry, Cant, 1, 6 ""a iina . Others make 
 this form from ^"^^ 
 
 PiLP. inf. "in^n to kindle strife, Prov. 
 26. 21. 
 
 Deriv. "ih I, -imn , 'r\n , and 
 
 'Ol^'^yj^ m. plur. arid places, parched 
 by the sun, Jer. 17, 6. 
 
 * "^y^ i. q- onn q. v. Hence 
 
 ^'I'l m. in pause iU"iri , a sherd, pot- 
 sherd, i. e. fragment of an earthen ves- 
 sel, comp. in O^n no. 1. Job 2, 8. 41, 22. 
 Ez. 23. 34. Hence U"!n 'bs an earthen 
 vessel Lev. 6, 21. 11, 33." 14, 5. 50. 15, 12 ; 
 for which poet, simply b^n Prov. 26, 23. 
 Proverbially, a potsherd is put for any 
 thing mean and contemptible, Is. 45, 9 ; 
 also for any thing very dry Ps. 22, 16. 
 For b";!! nip see in n-'p no 2. Arab. 
 
 So- . -'-r 
 
 guy w^ a wme-jar, (j-j-^ to make earth- 
 en wine-jars, Golius ex Maruph. 
 
 f^^'I'n "^"'J? see in vp no. 2. 
 
 * ^"'^ V fut. ti-in^ and b-in*; . see no. 
 3,4. "' 
 
 1. to cut in, to grave, to inscribe letters 
 upon a tablet. Gr. /5(r(r, x"Qi''t^f>, Jer. 
 17, 1. Kindred roots are rin, onn, y^n , 
 
 y 
 
 rntn , which see. Syr. ^^|^ to cut one's 
 throat. 
 
 2. to grave, i. e. to form, to make, to 
 fabricate, e. g. in metal I K. 7, 14 ; in 
 
 30 
 
 wood, stone, sec bin ; with ace. ofmate- 
 rial 1 K. 1. c. Metaph. to work, to devise, 
 to machinate evil, mischief. Prov. 6. 14. 
 14, 22 where once by Zeugma also tJnn 
 aia ; with bs against any one 3, 29. So 
 hat. fabricarifraudem Plant. Asin. I. 1. 
 89; dull fabricator Virg. .^ti. 2. 204; 
 xttxu Tfi'/nv, HoXov Ttv^fiv, Horn. Hcsiod. 
 Tf/f^a) to m:ichinate, lixtojv machina- 
 tor, tixTixU'ta&ui ptiTiv U. 10, 19. In 
 Chald. Syr. Ethiop. spoken of magic 
 arts ; see in din no. 2. 
 
 3. Fut. d-in^ to plough, Arab, vij*.^ 
 
 Eth. ih^ft id. vijjLi a ploughman, hua- 
 bandman, vi>!jj^ a plough. Spoken 
 
 of cattle ploughing. Job 1, 14 ; also of 
 the plougher, with 3 of the animal Deut. 
 22, 10. Judg. 14, 18. Am. 6, 12; with ace. 
 of the field 1 K. 19, 19. Ps. 129, 3 '25 b? 
 D*'0"ih I'jnn the ploughers ploughed 
 upon viy back, i. e. they furrowed my 
 back with stripes. Metaph. to plough 
 in iniquity, as elsewhere to sow iniquity 
 (Prov. 22, 8), is to prepare for oneself 
 the punishment of it. Job 4, 8. Hos. 10, 
 13 ; opp. to reap calamity. 
 
 4. Fut. bnn^., to be deaf, Mic. 7, 16; 
 comp. bnn deaf Also 
 
 5. to be dumb, which often depends on. 
 deafness and is joined with it, to be mute,, 
 to keep silence. Syr. v-A-i^ mid. E"^. 
 
 Arab. 
 
 id. 
 
 LT^ la. jj-^-s*- 
 
 t dumb. The- 
 
 origin of this signif. lies in the idea; of" 
 cw/imo- with repeated strokes, hacking,, 
 beating ; so that bnn is pr. blunted, diill, 
 as also xoitpog is both deaf and dumb* 
 from xoTiTiiv, and Germ, stumm, dumb* 
 is of the same origin with stumpf dull. 
 So obtusus from Lat. obtundere, tundere. 
 But the examples show that b")n im- 
 plies only voluntary silence, and so dif- 
 fers from C^X which refers to that which 
 is involuntary. Spoken of God. Ps. 50, 
 3 ; as not listening to and answering 
 the prayers of men (opp. nj"). Ps. 35,22 
 ^"I'!!!'^"^'? ^1 ^T^''^'^ ihou beholdest all 
 things, O Lord, keep not silence. 39, 13. 
 83, 2. 109, 1. With p preegn. Ps-. 28, 1 
 ija:3 bnnri bx keep not silence from me. 
 turn not away from me in silence. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of no. 3, to- be ploughed,. 
 Jer. 26, 18. Mic. 3, 12. 
 
TTir 
 
 350 
 
 'Trn 
 
 HiPH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 2, trop. to work, 
 to devise sc. evil, c. bs 1 Sam. 23. 9. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 4, to he deaf, pr. to act 
 the deaf man. as if deaf, 1 Sam. 10, 27. 
 
 3. Corresp. to Kal no. 5. a) Causat. 
 to put to silence, to make one hold his 
 peace. Job 11, 3 will thy lies make men 
 hold their peace! So Chald. b) In- 
 trans. to keep silence, to lie silent, to hold 
 one's peace, Gen. 24, 21. 34, 5. 2 K. 18, 
 36. Prov. 17, 28. Job 6, 24 ; as abstain- 
 ing from complaint, 2 Sam. 13, 20. Job 
 13,19. Is. 42, 14; or also from confession, 
 Ps. 32. 3. With h to he silent towards 
 any thing, to allow it silently, to let 
 pass in silence. Num. 30, 5. 8. 12. 15. 
 With "i^a to be silent from any one, 
 i. e. not to interrupt him. Job 13, 13 ; 
 with ^X id. to keep silence towards, Is. 
 41, 1. With ace. to he silent as to any 
 thing, to conceal. Job 41, 4. c) Often 
 by impl. to be still, quiet, inactive. Ex. 
 14, 14 the Lord shall fight for you, Cinxn 
 (ii'i'^irir) and ye shall remain quiet. 
 With -(^ , to withdraw quietly from any 
 one, to leave hira alone, Jer. 38, 27. 
 
 1 Sarn. 7, 8. Also with h and inf. qui- 
 etly to neglect doing any thing, comp. 
 Engl, 'to say nothing of doing it,' 
 
 2 Sam. 19, 11. Spoken of God, to be 
 quiet as to sin, to bear it in silence, i. q. 
 to forgive, opp. to punishment, Zeph. 3, 
 17. 
 
 HiTHPA. to keep oneself still, quiet, 
 Judg. 16, 2. 
 Derivat. t-^n nii^n, TT^'n, '^o-'nn, 
 
 tjnn m. (for la^n) constr. ^"Ijn Ex. 28. 
 11. Is. 44, 12. 13 ; comp. B"^Q constr. cns 
 Ez. 26, 10. Plur. C'Onn , constr. 'tnn . 
 
 1. a graver, engraver in stone, Ex. 
 
 28, 11. 
 
 2. a workman, artificer, craftsman, 
 e. g. a) In stone, fully l^X ;rnn 2 
 Sam. 5, 11. 1 Chr. 22, 15. b) In wood, 
 a carpenter, Jer. 10, 3; fjlly o^: 'n Is. 
 44, 12 ; plur. 2 K. 12, 1. 1 Chr. 14, 1. 
 c) In metals, a smith, 1 Sam. 13, 19. 
 
 . Jer. 10. 9. Ho8. 8. 6. b^^")? 'n Is. 44. 12 ; 
 plur. 2 Chr. 24, 12. dj Metaph. "'lann 
 r.^nvi-q artificers of destruction, skilful 
 to destroy, Ez. 21, 36 [31j. 
 
 ^"?^ adj. (for 5"5n after the form 
 ittp) plur. O-^tSnn, deaf, see r. 5'?n no. 
 
 4. Ex. 4, 11. Lev. 19, 14. Ps. 38, 14. 
 Metaph. of those who refuse to hear the 
 prophets and obey the law. Is. 29, 18. 
 42, 18. 19. 43, 8. 
 
 '2J'!!'n rn. 1. artificial work, work of 
 the t-jri ; hence ^''tnn ^}_ valley of arti- 
 ficial works, valley of craftsmen, near Je- 
 rusalem, Neh. 11, 35 ; comp. 1 Chr. 4, 14. 
 
 2. In a bad sense, an artifice, art, spo- 
 kenof magic arts,like Syr-l-fc-j^j l-*'t-* 
 comp. lll^, Chald. ^'"^n, magician, en- 
 chanter. Is. 3, 3 D-'C^n Q?'^ one skilled 
 in magic arts, a skilful magician; fol- 
 lowed by "c:nb -j'OD a skilful enchanter. 
 So Chald. But Sept. Vulg. Saad. un- 
 derstand a skilfid artificer. 
 
 3. silence, comp. the root no. 5. Hence 
 as Adv. silently, secretly. Josh. 2, 1. 
 
 4. Heresh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 15. 
 tiyi m. pr. part. Kal of ^in no. 1, 2, 
 
 cutting, graving, forming; hence a cut- 
 ter, graver, i. e. any cutting instrument, 
 tool. Gen. 4, 22 Ttpi uinn-^s everif 
 aitling instrument of brass. 
 
 tt'in a thick wood, thicket, forest, 
 either as being to be cut (r. U-^n). or 
 from Chald. C'^n to be entangled, inter- 
 woven, Stcnw a wood, !!<n^;'''^n thicket 
 of trees; comp. Samar. A*"^A a 
 wood. Is. 17, 9. Ez. 31, 3. With He 
 parag. n^nn 1 Sam. 23, 16 ; so too with 
 prep. n-iHna v. 15, 18. Plur. o'^C'^n 
 2 Chr. 27.' 4. 
 
 ^^"^r? (Chald. enchanter, magician) 
 JIarsha, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 52. Neh. 7, 54. 
 
 fi'^'! f. (r. 'O'-jn) 1. a work, working 
 in wood, stone, etc. Ex. 31, 5. 35, 33. 
 
 2. n^i^ri 'n Jlarosheth of the Gentiles, 
 pr. n. of a city in the north of Palestine, 
 Judg. 4, 2. 13. 16. 
 
 * ri^M i. q, trrnn no. 1, to cut in, to 
 grave, to inscribe, comp. z'^'k"*'^'^''^' X'*- 
 (jaiiau Once Ex. 32, 16. Chald. ntq 
 id. Hence 
 
 ^y^ (prob. i. q. tt5"ri thicket) Ilereth, 
 pr. n. of a wood in the mountains of Ju- 
 dah, 1 Sam. 22, 5. 
 
 Ktnton (Btrippetl, r. Sltn) Hasuphar 
 pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 43. Neh. 7, 46. 
 
 Sptpn m. (r. 5]irn)pr. something peeled 
 off, separated ; hence afiuck, i. e. a little 
 
^mn 
 
 351 
 
 n-in 
 
 fock. 1 K. 20, 27 C'W -c-'bn -^z^^ two 
 little Jlocka of goats ; Sept. 8vo nolfivia 
 ulydiv, Viilg. duo parvi greges caprarum. 
 Abuhvalid compurcs *^'*'''' a littlejlock, 
 so called from being cut. off, separated 
 from a larger one. 
 
 * ^^\? fut. Ipri':, once r,brjs Job 7, 
 11 ; pr. to hold, to keep, kindr. with pi rj 
 q. V. Job 16, 5 rpni "iriDb Tisj a72fZ ^/i 
 comfort of my lijys should hold you, i. e. 
 hold you up, ironically; parall. BSSfiXX. 
 Oflener 
 
 1. to hold or keep back, to withhold, 
 with '(Ofrovi any thing, e. g. a) Genr. 
 Gen. 20, 6 / also withheld thee ''b iana 
 from sinning against me. 1 Sam. 25, 
 39. Ps. 19, 14. Job 30, 10. Absol. that 
 being omitted from which one is with- 
 held ; 2 Sam. 18, 16 Joab held back the 
 jyeople sc. from pursuing. Prov. 10, 19. 
 17, 26. Job 7, 11. Is. 58, 1 cry aloud (pr. 
 with thy throat), hold not back. 54, 2. 
 
 b) With ace. of thing and '(O ofpers. to 
 keep back or withhold } thing from any 
 one, Gen. 39, 9. 22, 12 and hast not 
 withheld thy son . . .from me. ; comp. v. 
 16 where '{0 is implied. Poet. Ps. 78, 50 
 he kept not back their life from death. 
 
 c) to keep from danger, i. e. to save, to 
 preserve, Job 33, 18. 
 
 2. to forbear, to spare, e. g. a) 
 Things, c. ace. Prov. 13, 24 VJair r^bin 
 "isa XSfJ whoso spareth his rod, hateth his 
 son. With an inf 24, 11 r^'^ann DX ban 
 if thou forbear . . . to deliver, etc. With b 
 to spare for any thing, to reserve, Job 38, 
 23. Absol.Prov. 11,24. 21,26. b) Per- 
 sons, i. q. to deal gently with, c. ace. 2 K. 
 5, 20. Absol. Ezra 9. 13 na^b pDbn 
 IH/ir'a thmt hast forborne below our ini- 
 quities, hast punished us less than our 
 sins deserve. Is. 14, 6. 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be 
 restrained, spoken of pain, Job 16, 6. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be spared, 
 reserved, for any thing. Job 21, 30. 
 
 * H^^! fut. Sibn;; , i. q. t;Dn q. v. 
 
 1. to strip off bark, to bark, to peel, 
 e. g. a tree, Joel 1, 7. So of a forest, to 
 strip off" the foliage, to make bare, Ps. 
 29,9. 
 
 2. to strip off a covering, to uncover, 
 with ace. of covering. Is. 47. 2 brij 'Ebn 
 
 uncover the train. Jcr. 1 3, 26. With ace. 
 
 of pers. i. q. to make naked, bare, Jer. 49, 
 
 10. Is. 52, 10 the Lord Kath maxle hare 
 
 his holy arm. Ez. 4, 7. Is. 20,4 rtii 'Bicn 
 
 with the buttocks uncovered. 
 
 3. to draw water from the surface, to 
 
 skim off. Is. 30, 14. Hag. 2, 16. In Ara- 
 
 ? ' 
 bic Oj.>*J is a well of living water in 
 
 sandy ground ; but the etymology is 
 different. 
 Deriv. CT'bri , ?irn , and pr. n. xcrrn . 
 
 * ^'^^ fut. S'iJn:;, but "a^^n: Ps. 40, 
 18, "(laian^ Ps. 35, 20. 
 
 1. to think, to regard as so and so. 
 The primary idea is that of computing, 
 
 reckoning, see Piel no. 1 ; Arab, ^^r^-, 
 Syr. wiL., Eth. ArtQ and iftHIl id. 
 
 Or perhaps it may be that of mingling, 
 like Arab. v_>.<i^ and v^^-wt ; whence 
 airn a weaver in colours, pr. mingling 
 threads of different colours. Is. 10, 7 
 aitSn;; la xb i-zzb nor doth his heart think 
 so. Often, to think to be so and so, to 
 hold or count as, Gr. '/.o/i'^ta&ui jivu dg 
 XI, c. ace. et b Gen. 38, 15 njiib na'rn'i 
 and he thought her a harlot, regarded 
 her as such. 1 Sam. 1, 13. Job 13, 24 
 ;;b ai^iwxb "^aarnni and holdesl me for 
 (as) thine enemy. 19, 15. 35. 2. al. With 
 two ace. Is. 53, 4 ; ace. et 3 Job 19, 11. 
 With ace. simpl. to think of, i. e. to 
 regard, to esteem ; Is. 13, 17 w]D3 iiax 
 !ia"iin^ xb who regard not silver. 33, 8. 
 53, 3. Mai. 3, 16. Comp. Rabb. av:;n 
 one esteemed, honoured. 
 
 2. to think of as belonging to any one, 
 to impute, to reckon to any one ; with 
 ace. of thing and b of pers. e. g. sin 2 
 Sam. 19, 20. Ps. 32, 2 ; a good deed Gen. 
 15, 6, comp. Ps. 106, 31. Ellipt. perh. 
 Ps. 40, 18. comp. Ps. 32, 3-5. 
 
 3. to think, to meditate, to purpose. 
 a) With ace. to think out, to invent, to 
 devise, e. g. musical instruments Am. 6, 
 5 ; artificial work Ex. 31. 4. Hence 
 Part, airn an inventor, artificer, as of 
 warlike engines 2 Chr. 26. 15 ; also an 
 inventive weaver, an artist, Vulg. plu- 
 marius, whose work is called acn firsia 
 Vulg. opus plumarium, Ex. 26, 1. 31. 
 28, 6. 15. 36, 8. 35. 39, 3. 8. Here is to 
 be understood a fabric artificially woven 
 
nisn 
 
 352 
 
 an 
 
 with figures of various colours, as also 
 of gold and silver, such as flowers, fruits, 
 and birds ; used mostly in Babylonia 
 (see ^55 r-nnx Josh. 7, 21) ; and diff. 
 from Cf3"), n^spn, in Vulg. likewise opus 
 plumarium, which consisted of figures 
 '^embroidered or stitched upon the cloth, 
 and not woven into it ; see in Cj^'n . See 
 Braun de Vest, sacerd. I. 267 sq. The- 
 saur. p. 531, 1310 sq. b) With h and 
 infin. to think to do any thing, to pur- 
 pose, to devise ; Ps. 140, 5 Wttin iffiSS 
 "''oy^ ninnb who have purposed to over- 
 ihroiD my goings. 1 Sam. 18, 25. Jer. 18, 
 8. Lam. 2, 8. Job 6, 26. c) In a bad 
 sense, to meditate evil against one, to 
 devise, to plot ; so V>s nint^n^ i'::n to de- 
 vise devices against any one, to lay plots, 
 Esth. 8, 3. 9, 25. Jer. 11, 19. 49, 30. Dan. 
 11, 25 ; bx Jer. 49, 20. 50, 45. nrn ncn 
 hs Mic. 2, 3. Nah. 1, 11 ; comp. Gen. 5, 
 
 20, where by antith. it is also put in a 
 good sense. *)1S< SUJn, n^TB 'n, Ps. 10, 
 2. 21, 12. 52, i/Ez. 11, 2.' Mic. 2, 1. al. 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Pi. no. 1, to be com- 
 puted, reckoned, accounted, 2 K. 22, 7 ; 
 to be reckoned or counted to any one, c. b 
 Josh. 13. 3; b5 2 Sam. 4, 2. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be regarded, 
 counted, esteemed as so and so ; c. ace. 
 Prov. 17. 28 even a fool, so long as he is 
 silent, -ttJn;; firn is counted vnse. Gen. 
 31, 15. Neh. 13,' 13. With 3 to be count- 
 ed as, to be esteemed like, Job 18, 3. 41, 
 
 21. Hos. 8, 12. (Hence to be like Is. 5, 
 28.) With h id. 1 K. 10, 21. Lam. 4, 2 ; 
 3 Is. 2, 22 x^n airnj nss to what is he 
 to be esteemed like ? i. e. how is he to be 
 estimated ? nr Ps. 88, 5. 
 
 3. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be imputed to 
 any one, c. b Lev. 7, 18. 17, 4. Num. 18, 
 27. Ps. 106, 31. 
 
 Pi EL 1. to compute, to reckon; see 
 for the primary signification as often 
 preserved in Piel, Lehrg. p. 242. With 
 ace. Lev. 25, 27. 50. 52. 27, 18. 23 ; rx 
 (ns) to reckon with any one, 2 K. 12, 16. 
 
 2. to make account of. to regard high- 
 ly, Ps. 144, 3. Comp. in Kal no. 1. 
 ' 3. to think upon, to consider, Pe. 77, 6. 
 119, 59. 
 
 4. to think, to meditate, to purj)nse, i. q. 
 Kal no. 3 ; absol. Ps. 73, 16 ; c. ace. to 
 think out, to plan, Prov. 16, 9. In a bad 
 enBC, to devise, to machinate^ Prov. 24, 
 
 8 ; with h'S of pers. bs ni^tjn^ ::cn Dan. 
 11, 24 ; bx of pers. Nah. I, 9.' Hos! 7, 15. 
 Metaph. of things, to be abend to do or 
 suffer. Jon. 1, 4 the ship was about to be 
 broken, wrecked. 
 
 HiTHP. reflex, i. q. Niph. no. 1, toreckon 
 oneself c. 3 among. Num. 23, 9. 
 
 Deriv. 3!i;sn, nnrniD, and those here 
 Ibllowing. 
 
 ^T?J!| Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1, to repute, 
 to regard, to count as so and so, c. 3 Dan, 
 
 4, 32. 
 
 ^''^r? m. girdle, belt of the high -priest's 
 ephod, niBxn nain Ex. 28, 27. 28. 29, 5. 
 39, 20. 21. Lev. 8. 7 ; in^BX 3ffin Ex. 28, 
 8. 39, 5. So called from its being woven 
 in colours ; see r. Sll^n no. 3. a. 
 
 n:'131n (for nws sen thought in 
 judging, perh. thoughtful judge,) Hash- 
 badanah, pr. n. m. Neh. 8, 4. 
 
 nniCH (esteemed, i. q. 3rajn with art. 
 Aram.) Hashubah, pr. n. m. of a son of 
 Zerubbabel, 1 Chr. 3, 20. 
 
 "fi^Vn m. (r. 3^n) 1. Power of think- 
 ing, reason, intelligence, understanding^ 
 Ecc. 7, 25. 27. 9, 10. Vulg. ratio, 
 
 2. Heshbon, pr. n. of a city, celebrated 
 for its fish-ponds Cant. 7, 5 ; formerly 
 the seat of an Amorite king Num. 21, 
 26 sq. afterwards within the bounds of 
 Reuben and Gad and assigned to the 
 Levites, Josh. 13, 17. 21, 39 ; and still 
 later ranked among the cities of Moab, 
 Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48, 2. Pliny mentions a 
 tribe of Arabs called Esbonita, H. N. 
 
 5. 11 ; comp. Abulfeda Tab. Syr. p. 11. 
 Now called HesbAn, .jIaa**.;^, according 
 to Seetzen and Burckhardt, Travels in 
 Syria etc. p. 365. Comp. Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 278. 
 
 jinten m. plur. Piszrsn , Ecc. 7, 29 ; 
 pr. inventions, from r. SOJn no. 3. a. Spec. 
 
 1. warlike engines, lor casting darts, 
 stones, etc. 2 Chr. 26, 15. Comp. Lat. 
 ingenium, which in the middle ages 
 came to signify a warlike machine, ba- 
 lista, whence Engl, engine. 
 
 2. arts, devices, Ecc. 7, 29. 
 
 n^Sirn , in^^lCn (whom Jehovnh re- 
 gards) Jlashabiah, pr. n. of several Le- 
 vi tos: a) 1 Chr. 6, 30. b) 9, 14. 
 Neh. 11, 15. c) 1 Chr. 25, 3. 19. Ezra 
 
rjjr 
 
 353 
 
 v.~- 
 
 8, 19. d) 1 Chr. 26, 30. 27, 17. e) 
 Ezra 8, 24. Neh. 12. 24. f) Neh, 3, 17. 
 10, 12. 11,22. 
 
 nraiOn (id. 3 for ') Hashahnah, pr. n. 
 m. Neh. 10, 26. 
 
 J^r??^'^ (id.) IlashabniaA, pr. n. m. 
 a) Neh. 3, 10. b) 9. 5. 
 
 * n^n fut. ntin;; , to be hush, silent, 
 stili an onomatopoctic root, comp. Engl. 
 hush ! hist ! Ecc. 3, 7. Is. 62, 1. 6. Ps. 
 107, 29. Kindr. is on, non. Spoken 
 also of one not acting, i. q. to be still, 
 quiet, to rest ; espec. of God as not af- 
 fording help. Is. 04, 11. 65, 6. With -,13 
 i. q. to turn away in silence from any- 
 one, not to render him aid, Ps. 28, 1. 
 Comp. tonn no. 5. 
 
 HiPH. niunn i. Causat. to silence, to 
 still, to make quiet, Neh. 8, 11. 
 
 2. Iiitrans. to keep silence, to be still, 
 like Kal, (comp. 0"'nnn, a-ipdn.) 2 K. 
 2. 3. 5. 7, 9. Ps. 39, s! Also as in Kal, 
 to be still, qtdet, inactive, Is. 57, 11. IK. 
 22, 3. Judg. 18, 9. 
 
 Note. The form ti:nni in Job 31, 5 
 belongs to t"in ; comp. in r. a'^s. 
 
 2Wn (thinking, r. arn) Ilasshub, pr. 
 n. m. a) 1 Chr. 9, 14. Neh. 3, 23. 11, 
 15. b) Neh. 3, 11. 10, 24. 
 
 ^1n Chald. m. emphat. Stsicn , dark- 
 ness, Dan. 2. 22. R. T(4U' 
 D'lplCn see nir:"'2n. 
 
 fl^n Chald. 1. to be needed, neces- 
 sary. Ezra 6, 9 inan-.-ng whatever things 
 are necessary. Syr. >^,a^ to be suitable. 
 
 2. to have need, c. inf. et \, Dan. 3, 
 16. Hence 
 
 n^nwn f need, necessity, i. e. what is 
 necessary, Ezra 7, 20. 
 
 riD'^ttJn see !^='^^. 
 
 * "^"^V O^t. r\^ryi, to be dark, darken- 
 ed, obscured, to be shrouded in darkness. 
 Chald. Tjrn, Syr. >^, id. Spoken of 
 the light of the sun, Job 18, 6. Is. 5, 30. 
 13, 10 ; of the stars. Job 3. 8 ; the day. 
 Ez. 30, 18 ; of the eyes as dim. not able 
 to see. Lam. 5. 17. Ps. 69, 24, and so of 
 persons Ecc. 12, 3 ; of the colour of the 
 skin Lam. 4. 8 ; of the earth darkened 
 by locusts, Ex. 10, 15. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to darken, to make dark ; 
 
 30* 
 
 Am. 5, 8 rt'^^nn nb^b n'i" he maketh the 
 day dark even unto night ; with b Am. 
 8, 9. Metaph. Job 38, 2 ".^rn'o nt ^e 
 iai nsr jcho is this that darkeneth my 
 counsel by words without wisdom ? i. e. 
 strives to liindcr it. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be dark, pr. to keep dark, 
 Ps. 105^ 28. 139, 12. Jer. 13, 16. 
 
 Deriv. the five following; comp.Tiicn. 
 
 ^W7 adj. plur. D'^S'^'n, dark, metaph. 
 obscure, mean, Prov. 22, 29. Chald. 
 xsiaSn, xs-^uin id. 
 
 ?fn m. c. suff. "'Stin 1. darkness, 
 opp. to nix, Gen. 1, 2 sq.' Ex. 10, 21. 22. 
 al. Also of a dark place, as of Sheol, 
 Hades, Job 17, 13. Ps. 88, 13 comp. Job 
 10, 21 ; ri^an ^c-; days of darkness, to be 
 spent in Sheol, Ecc. 11, 8; of a subter- 
 ranean prison. Is. 42. 7. 47, 5. 49, 9. 
 ~i2n r'^-iS'X treasures of darkness, i. e. 
 laid up in dark subterranean cells, Is. 
 45,3. 
 
 2. Metaph. a) adcersiiy, misery, ca- 
 lamity. Is. 9, 1, Job 15, 22 aro; ","'^x'j sb 
 r\'iin 't-o he fwpeth not to return out of 
 darkness, destruction, v. 23. 30. 20, 26. 
 23, 17. Mic. 7, 8. Am. 5, 18. 20. Ps. 18, 
 29. b) darkness o?xn\nA.,ignorance,ioh 
 37, 19 ; comp. 12, 22. 25. c) sorrow, sad- 
 ness, Ecc. 5, 16. d) wickedness, Prov. 
 2, 13 ; comp. to axoxog Rom. 13, 12, and 
 see Job 38, 13. 15. Is. 29, 15. 
 
 ^?1?r| f darkness, Gen. 15, 12. Is. 8, 
 22. Ps. 82, 5; once i^2"^tun Ps. 139, 12. 
 Plur. criun id. Is. 50, 10. 'r, r^tn. 
 
 "9^n or HDOn (Tsere pure) constr. 
 raain Ps. IS. 12. darkness, sc. of waters, 
 clouds. R. Tj^^n, 
 
 !^3^n f id. Mic. 3, 6 c:b nstun^ 
 cbiSTS and darkness shall be around you 
 from divining, i. e. so that ye cannot 
 divine. Some editions read nsajn, as 
 if praet. 3 pers. fem. impers. it shall be 
 d-ark tinto you; but the formeris to be 
 preferred on account of the subst. ^\''0 
 in the other member. 
 
 -'*ifV' in Kal not used, to prostrate, 
 to enfeeble ; kindr. Itibn no. 2. 
 
 NiPH. part. D'^brn: enfeebled, ex- 
 hausted. Deut. 25, 18. Sept. xoTiiuyisg, 
 Vulg. las-ii. 
 
 ^T?n Chald. to make thin, small; 
 hence to crush, to beat fine, i. q. pw. 
 
t2:sn 
 
 354 
 
 pizjn 
 
 Dan. 2, 40. Cliald. and Talm. of Jerus. 
 to beat out thin, to draw out with a 
 hammer, N^^^n pounded barley. Syr. 
 V ^ >. to draw out thin with a hammer. 
 
 * DUjM obsol. root, Arab. (V*i^^ to 
 he fat, transp. ntiz ; metaph. to be rich, 
 opulent, to have many servants. Hence 
 
 (i::i!Jn, n:i:ian, c-'S^ain, and 
 
 D iSn (rich, opulent, Arab. ^^^J^^st. hav- 
 ing many servants.) Hashurn, pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 2, 19. 10, 33. Neh. 7, 22. 8, 4. 10, 19. 
 
 DTCn see cmn. 
 
 J'i^ttn (fatness, fat soil) Heshmon. pr. 
 n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
 15, 27. R. n\iin . 
 
 npitttJn (id.) Hashmonah, pr. n. of a 
 station of the Israelites in the desert. 
 Num. 33, 29. 
 
 biaTSn m. smooth brass, i. e. polished, 
 bumished, Ez. 1, 4. 27. 8, 2. Bochart, 
 in Hieroz. II. p. 877 sq. supposes this 
 word to be compounded from Vbm for 
 rttJni brass, and Talmud, n'bh'o gold, so 
 that b^cn for b'?iJn3 would be a mix- 
 Tture of brass and gold, or at least pre- 
 isenting the splendour and colour of gold. 
 But this noun xiiba itself seems to be of 
 very uncertain authority. And since in 
 Ez. 1, 7 we read in the same connection 
 'bhp rttjn: burnished brass, it would seem 
 that brrn ought to be explained in the 
 same sense, viz. from llJnj, the 3 being 
 dropped by aphseresis, and b^, a sylla- 
 'ble which had the sense not onlyof soft- 
 'ness but also of smoothness and polish, 
 ;as is manifest from many roots begin- 
 ning with it, e.g. wb^, yh^, ,j**-Lo, 
 .1 aJLo; finXuaaut, niulceo, mollis, and 
 with a guttural prefixed brn ; see y\'0 . 
 'The LXX translate it jjAfxr^or, Vulg. 
 ^ekctntm, by which words however they 
 do not mean amber, but a mixed metal 
 composed of gold and silver, and distin- 
 iguished for its brilliancy; see Pausan. 
 5. 12. Plin. 33. 4 or 23. Buttmann uber 
 das Electron, in hie Mythol. II. 337 sq. 
 
 In Rev. 1. 15 in a like connection is 
 
 read /alxoUfiavov, which might be for 
 XaXxoUji(ti>ov burnished brass, i. q. bnttJn. 
 
 D'^STOtDn m. plur. (r. 2cri) Unn^ kt- 
 ^6ft. Ps. 68, 32, pr. tJie fat, i. c. the opu- 
 
 lent, nobles, princes; comp. Arab. 
 
 a great man with a large train of serv- 
 ants. So Kimchi well, cibins Diirsst 
 n-n-'53i. 
 
 * "(^"^ obsol. root, i, q. Arab. /r>-*^^ 
 to be fair, beautiful, Conj. II, IV to adorn. 
 In the occidental tongues accord perhaps 
 Goth, skeinan. Germ, scheinen, whence 
 skdni, schon, Engl, sheen. Hence 
 
 I'iSn m. pr. ornament; spoken of the 
 breast-plate or gorget of the high-priest, 
 woven in colours with figures, orna- 
 mented on the outside with twelve 
 gems, on which were inscribed the 
 names of the tribes, and hollow within, 
 where were deposited the sacred lots 
 csr" c""i"J< q. V. whence more fully 
 called -u:o'::an -(irn, Ex. 28, 15. 29, 30. 
 39, 5 sq. Lev. 8, 8. Comp. D''-ilX . Sept. 
 Xoytiov, Philo loyiov, Ecclus. 45, 10 ko- 
 ytiov y()l(Tiw?. 
 
 * P"*5 V pr. to join or fasten together, 
 comp. p^n no. 1. 2. Also intrans. (for 
 pffin) to be joined or fastened, together, 
 to adhere, see Piel. In Kal only me- 
 taph. e. g. 
 
 1. to be attached, to cleave to any one, 
 i. e. to love with warm afiijction ; comp. 
 Engl, to stick fast to any one, Lat. af- 
 fixus est, Cic. ad a. Frat. 3. 1. So of 
 love towards a maiden, c. 3 Gen. 34, 8. 
 Deut. 21, 11; towards God Ps. 91,14; 
 of God towards men Deut. 7. 7. 10, 15. 
 Comp. Arab. (J-iiLc to cleave to a 
 maiden, to burn with love for her. 
 Prajgn. Is. 38, 17 "^ba rn'i--2 -^ttiB? 7\p:iin) 
 in love to my soul thou hast delivered me 
 from, the pit of perdition. 
 
 2. With infin. and b , to love to do any 
 thing, to delight in doing, to please, 1 K. 
 9, 19. 2 Clir. 8, 6. 
 
 Piel trans, of Kal init. to join or fasten 
 together, to connect, Ex. 38, 28. 
 PuAL pass, of Pi. Ex. 27, 17. 
 Deriv. the three following. 
 
 pen m. c. sufi'. "'pirn , delight, plea- 
 sure^ desire. 1 K. 9, 1. 19. Is. 21, 4 r,!li.3 
 <pi2in the night of my desire, i. e. long 
 desired. 
 
 D'^pTCn, D'^p^tin m. plur. joinings, 
 i. e. poles or rods which served to join 
 
p'jjn 
 
 355 
 
 ttnn 
 
 together the tops of the columns around 
 the court of the tabernacle, and from 
 which tlic curtains were suspended. Ex. 
 27, 10. 11. 36, 38. 38, 10 sq. 
 
 ff^ptDn tn. plur. spokes of a wheel, 
 which connect the rim with the nave, 
 IK. 7, 33. R. pttJn. 
 
 ^ '^t" obsol. root Arab. -mJ.^ to 
 
 gather togetlier, to assemble. Hence the 
 two following : 
 
 ^t* ''9'^ ^- constr. n'ltlSn , a gathering 
 of waters, poet, for clouds 2 Sam. 22, 12. 
 In the parall. passage Ps. 18, 12 it is 
 
 nsw'n. 
 
 D'^'lTSn m. plur. the nave of a wheel, 
 into which the spokes are gathered, 1 K. 
 7, 33. R. "tn. 
 
 ^'*57 obsol. root. Arab. luJjs*. is to 
 fodder with hay; but this is denom. 
 
 9 
 
 from (jiLA-iic^ hay, dry grass ; while 
 
 the primary signif is in Conj. IV, to be 
 dried tip, to be dry. Hence 
 
 O^n m. dry grass, hay. Is. 5, 24 tliajn 
 nanb the dry grass of Jlame, i. e. flaming, 
 burning. 33, 11. 
 
 rin m. (r. nnn) c. suff. naFin Gen. 9, 2. 
 
 1. Adj. broken, e. g. a bow 1 Sam. 2,4. 
 Trop. broken in spirit, dismayed, terri- 
 fied, Jer. 46. 5. 
 
 2. Subst. dismay, terror, dread, Gen. 
 9, 2. Job 41, 25. 
 
 ft? (terror, dread, r. f^nfj) Heth, pr. n. 
 of a son of Canaan, Gen. 10, 15; whence 
 rn "^sa children of Heth. Gen. 23. 5 sq. 
 25, 10,'also "^nn plur. oinn the Hittites, 
 a Canaanitish tribe dwelling in the vi- 
 cinity of Hebron. Gen. 23. 7. Josh. 11, 3; 
 sometimes also further north, Judg. 1. 24 
 sq. Tliey still remained in the. times 
 of the kings, and also after the exile, 
 1 Sam. 26. 6. 2 Sam. 11, 3 sq. 23, 29. 
 Ezra 9, 1. tiTinn ''^'b^_ 2 K. 7, 6, spoken 
 of all the Canaanitish kings. Fem. 
 n-^Fin Ez. 16, 3. Plur. ri'Pin i K. 11, 1 ; 
 also rn ri:z Gen. 27, 46. 
 
 * ninn fut. nnrri , to take, to lay hold 
 of, to seize; perh. kindr. with Ci^n, 
 whence by softening the third radical 
 might come ann and ipn. Spoken once 
 
 of a person Ps. 52, 7 ; elsewhere always 
 of taking up fire, coals, Is. 30, 14 PiiPinb 
 ^pJO ttSx to take up fire from the hearth. 
 Prov. 6, 27. 25, 22 pra;gn. nnx s^Vna 'S 
 iaJxi'bs nnn for thou shall take up and 
 heap coals of fire upon his head; see 
 under nbna. 
 Deriv. nnn fire-pan, and pr. n. nna . 
 
 ^P^n f. (r. nnn) terror, Gen. 35, 5. 
 
 5^nn m. (r. bnn) a bandage, roller, 
 for binding up a wound, Ez. 30, 21. 
 
 nnnn adj. plur. D-^nnnn , timid, terri- 
 fied, dismayed, Ecc. 12, 5. R. nnn. 
 
 'nn see nn. 
 
 rr^riH C (r. nnn) terror, dread, Ez. 
 32, 23. 27. With suff. cn-^nn the dread 
 of them, i. e. which they inspire, Ez. 26, 
 17. 32, 24. 25. 26. Also as gent. n. fem. 
 see in nn. 
 
 * 
 
 \y} in Kal not used, pr. to cut off; 
 trop. to divide, and so to determine, to 
 decree, as in Chald. and Rabbinic ; 
 comp. ynrj, Tna. 
 
 NiPH. pass. Dan. 9, 24 seventy weeks 
 T^'iS'S b? Tjnn3 are decreed upon thy peo- 
 ple. Theod. and Gr. Venet. avvsiiiri&ri- 
 aar, rsTfirjVTai. Sept. ixQi&tjanv. 
 
 ''Kir ^" Kal not used, to "wrap in 
 bandages, e. g. a wound, see binn ; also 
 a new-born infant, to swathe, to swaddle, 
 see Pual and Hoph. Arab. J,aS pr. to 
 cover, also to hide, to deceive. 
 
 Pual and Hoph. pass. Ez. 16, 4. 
 
 Deriv. bnnn, and the two here fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 ^<^r! f a bandage, swaddling-band, 
 Job 38, 9. 
 
 "i : "7 (^Tapped up, hiding-place) 
 Helhlon, pr. n. of a city in northern Sy- 
 ria, Ez. 47, 15. 48, 1. R. bnn. 
 
 * Dnn fut. citnn'n 1. to shut up. to 
 close ; kindr. with other words of shut- 
 ting up, closing, as D::n, c::X, ess ; see 
 Piel, Hiph. Arab. *.X^ id. Conj. IV, to 
 
 shut fast, to lock. The general sense of 
 closing is found also in some forms of 
 the Ethiop. root J't'^ ; see Ludolph 
 col. 282. 
 
 2. Spec, to seal, to seal up, to close by 
 a seal. Chald. Syr. Zab. id. Arab. 
 
dnr 
 
 356 
 
 inn 
 
 -tJCi. I, II, Eth. -i-tiP, id. So Gr. 
 
 C(fQ(tyig seal, from (fquaaw to shut up. 
 a) With ace. Is. 8, 16 nnin chn seal up 
 the oracle. Part. pass. CWn sealed ; 
 Cant. 4, 12 cwn *)^S19 a sealed fountain, 
 metaph. for a chaste maiden. Deut. 32, 
 34. Job 14, 17. The ancients were ac- 
 customed to make fast with a seal many- 
 things for which we use a lock, as doors, 
 gates, fountains, etc. Cant. 1. c. comp. 
 Dan. 6, 18. Matt. 27, 66. See Lips, ad 
 Tac. Annal. 2. 2. Salmas. Exercitatt. c. 
 45. They also sealed up rolls or vol- 
 umes, espec. oracles Is. 29, 11. Dan. 12, 
 4. 9 ; bills of sale or purchase Jer. 32, 10. 
 11. 44. The seal also, as in the East 
 at the present day, was the token 
 and confirmation of signature, e. g. in 
 covenants Neh. 10, 1.2; in letters 1 K. 
 21, 8. Esth. 8, 10. b) Absol. Jer. 32, 
 10. 44 ; with 3 of the ring 1 K. 1. c. Esth. 
 1. c. c) With l?2 pr. to seal up around 
 any thing, Job 9, 7". d) With 3, e. g. 
 Cnri^ Dnj<"b3 n;;3 he sealeth up the hand 
 of every man, i. e. binds up their hands, 
 hinders the use of them. Job 37, 7. DifF. 
 is Job 33, 16 nnn^ cnora he sealeth up 
 their admonition, i. e. admonishes them 
 in secret, q. d. under seal ; comp. Arab. 
 aa^ c. vo to reveal to any one ; see 
 
 Schult. ad h. 1. 
 
 3. As a letter or roll when completed 
 was sealed up, hence to complete, to fin- 
 ish ; Dan. 9, 24 x-irji ,'iTn chnb to com- 
 plete the vision and the prophets, i. e. 
 until the prophecies are fulfilled. Esc. 
 28, 12. Arab. AJCi*. to mark with finis, 
 to finish. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of no. 2, to he sealed, with 
 a of the ring Esth. 2, 12. 8, 8. 
 
 PiEL to shut tip, see in Kal no. 1 ; 
 with ^, q. d. to oppose a barrier to any 
 one, Job 24, 16 lab wnn CBi" bij day 
 they shut themselves up. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Pi. to shut up, to stop; 
 once Lev. 15, 3 i3"itia -i-irs c^nnn is 
 Krr ^whether he stop his flesh from the 
 iisue, !. e. the part become so ob- 
 tructed that the issue cannot flow off 
 freely. 
 
 Deriv. onin , nnn . 
 
 DIlH Chald. i. q. Hebr. to seal, lo seal 
 vp, Dan. 6, 18. 
 
 DJ^n see Ctil'n a seal. 
 
 rrafin f. a seal, signet. Gen. 38, 25. 
 
 THi^i to marry, i. e. 1. to give in 
 m^arriage, to marry away a daughter. 
 Hence Part. "Pn a father-in-law, i. e. 
 the Hither of the wife, one who gives his 
 daughter in marriage ; the father of the 
 husband is called DPI q. v. So n^J73 'nh 
 the father-in-law of Moses Ex. 3, 1. 4, 
 18. 18, 1-27. Judg. 1, 16. 4, 11. Fem. 
 P3nn a mother-in-law, mother of the 
 wVe, Deut. 27, 23. 
 
 2. to take in marriage, to m,arry a 
 wife : hence 'irn, nsnn. 
 
 HiTHPA. to miduaJly give and take 
 daughters in marriage, to contract af- 
 finity hy marriage, with any one, c. n*< 
 Gen. 34, 9. 1 K. 3, 1 ; 3 Deut. 7, 3. 
 Josh. 23, 12. 1 Sam. 18, 22. 23. 26. 27. 
 Ezra 9, 14; b 2 Chr. 18, 1. 
 
 Note. In Arabic we find : i>y*^ 
 Conj. Ill, to contract affinity by marriage ; 
 
 6 .- 
 
 vAJ-^ father-in-law, son-in-law, any cf- 
 finis. Further, this root signifies : Conj. 
 
 I, to circumcise an infant; ^^UL^ cir- 
 cumcision ; ,^*aX&- an infant circum- 
 cised. That these two significations 
 are connected by a common bond, is 
 shown not only by Ex. 4, 25, see in 'rn 
 no. 1 ; but also by another signification 
 of j^wA^, viz. Conj. I, to give a feast, 
 both a nuptial feast and one at the cir- 
 
 cumcision of a child ; j^^JLi*., j^UL^.} 
 
 a feast, either at a wedding or a cir- 
 cumcision. The primary idea is per- 
 haps that of cutting off, circumcising; 
 
 (comp, jjvX&- a cuttmg off, also the 
 roots "i:;!? , "pn , and others beginning 
 with the syllable kal;) and then the 
 word for the celebration of this rite was 
 transferred to the like celebration of 
 nuptial rites. 
 
 "jriH m. (r. 'Pfl no. 2) one who mar- 
 ries the daughter of another, Gr. yaft- 
 PQog. Hence 
 
 1. In respect to the bride, a bride- 
 groom, spouse, Ps. 19, 6. Is. 62, 5. Jer. 7, 
 34. Joel 2, 16. al. In Ex. 4, 25 an in- 
 
smrf 
 
 357 
 
 fant son after being circumcised hy his 
 mother, is culled by her Q'''3n '|nn a 
 bloody spouse, in allusion probably, to 
 the sigiiif. circumcision, i. e. an infant 
 circumcised ; see r. '^Tjn note. Aben- 
 Ezra: '*mos est mulicrum, filium, cum 
 circumciditur, sponsum vocare." Others 
 regard these words as spoken not of the 
 child, but of Moses. 
 
 2. In respect to the parents, a son-in- 
 law, Gen. 19, 12. Judg. 15, 6. Neh. 6, 
 18. al. 
 
 3. a relative by marriage, q^nis, 2 K. 
 8,27. 
 
 ^r^ri f (r. *)nn) espousals, nuptials. 
 Cant. 3, 11. ' 
 
 * H^\? <ut. ffinn- , i. q. rj-jn , to catch, 
 to seize, in the manner of a lion, Job 9, 
 12. Comp. Ps. 10, 9. Hence 
 
 ^rr? m. preij, rapine, then poet, for 
 Cinn T'^S a robber, Prov. 23. 28. Comp. 
 t;bn for "^^n a-x 2 Sam. 12, 4. 
 
 '^'t ^^^- "^l^l- ! ^(^ dig or break 
 through a wall, kindr. with nnn, TlJjn. 
 Constr. c. ace. DTia inn to break 
 through houses, as a thief, to break into 
 them, Job 24, 16. With a , as -i"^;32 -inn 
 id. Ez. 8, 8. 12, 5. 7. 12; also to break 
 through into, Am. 9, 2 bixian >i"inn^ ox 
 though they break through into Sheol. 
 
 2. to dig through or plough the waves 
 by rowing, i. q. to row, absol. Jon. 1, 13. 
 Comp. ' arare aquas ' Ov. Trist. 3. 12. 36 ; 
 'scindere freta' Metam. 11. 468. 
 
 Deriv. r'^nno. 
 
 * ^f^'l? fut. prn, plur. siFin-) l Sam. 2, 
 10. al. The same form is also fut. Kal 
 ofnn: q. v. and Job 21, 13. 
 
 1. to be broken, weakened, destroyed ; 
 kindr. with the other onomatopoetic roots 
 
 f^^3, ^!!;3, d^- Spoken of a king- 
 
 dom Is. 7, 8 ; of the justice of God Is. 
 51,6. 
 
 2. Metaph. to be broken with fear, 
 to be terrified, dismayed, confoumled. 
 Other verbs of breaking are also trans- 
 ferred to terror, as nad Job 41, 17, Arab. 
 
 \J^yi) y-**^ *^' Schult. Opp. Min. 
 p. 93. So Is. 8, 9. Obad. 9. Jer. 50, 36. 
 Often coupled with synon. X';i"', as Deut. 
 31, 8 rnn xbl xn-n xb foar not, neither 
 be dismayed. Josh. 1, 9. 8, 1. 10, 25. 
 With 'SOa befi)re any one Jer. 1, 17. Ez. 
 2, 6. 3, 9 ; with ",13 of that from which 
 one flees in dismay. Is. 30, 31. 31, 4. Jer. 
 10,2. Coupled also with sJia, D'^ain, 
 where it signifies to be confounded, 
 faint-hearted, sc. from fear, terror. Is. 
 20, 5. 37, 27. Jer. 8, 9. 17, 18. 50, 2; also 
 from shame. Job 32, 15. 
 
 NiPH. nro (comp. bna from hhn, nna 
 from inn) i. q. Kal no. 2, witli 'Ja^ Mai. 
 2, 5. Another TTO is from nn: . 
 
 PiEL. 1. Intrans. but with an inten- 
 sive power, to be broken in pieces, e. g. a 
 bow Jer. 51, 56. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to terrify, to 
 dismay, Job 7, 14. 
 
 HiPH. rnn, fut. rm, c. suff. "wn'*, 
 once jn-'n^ for inm Hab. 2, 17, "see 
 Lehrg. p. 369 ; once in the manner of 
 regular verbs "^nnnn Jer. 49. 37. 
 
 1. to break, to break in pieces, Is. 9, 3. 
 
 2. to terrify, to confound, to put to fear 
 
 and shame, Jer. 1, 17. 49, 37. Job 31, 34. 
 
 Hab. 2, 17 -(n-irp niana Tjii and the 
 
 destruction of the beasts (which) terrifies 
 
 them, sc. shall cover thee, shall return 
 
 s ^ * 
 upon thine own head. Arab. o^| to 
 
 be terrified, put to shame. 
 
 Deriv. nn, ittv}, r'^nn, cpinnn, 
 
 nnnia , pr. n. nn , and 
 
 f^Otl m. 1. terror, dismay, Job 16, 21. 
 2. Hathaih, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 13. 
 
 /t3 
 
 Teth, n''a, Sept. in Lamentations T^&, 
 ihe ninth letter of the Hebrew alphabet ; 
 as a numeral denoting 9 ; whence ""M i. q. 
 9 -f 6, for n-i 15. The signification is 
 
 uncertain. It is commonly explained to 
 mean a serpent, Arab. Jaxb ; others 
 make it something rolled or twisted to- 
 
358 
 
 nnt3 
 
 getner, ri'^a from r. nja , Arab. iU^ , so 
 
 Lee ; or perhaps it is Egypt, tot hand ; 
 all which views accord well enough with 
 the figure of this letter in the Phenician 
 alphabet ; see Monumm. Phoen. p. 30. 
 
 As to the pronunciation, a is f pro- 
 nounced with a certain roughness or 
 scraping of the throat, (appropriately 
 written t\) but differing from n whether 
 aspirated th, &, or smooth V\, t, t ; just 
 as p , ^, pronounced at the back part of 
 the palate near the throat, differs from 
 3 whether aspirated ch, x> or smooth 3 , 
 /r, X. Ewald, in his Gramm. p. 26, main- 
 tains the opinion, that O is strictly an 
 aspirated letter ; but in this he has been 
 ably met by Hupfeld, in his review of 
 that work in Hermes Vol. 31, p. 9, 10 ; 
 and more recently by Ehrenberg, in Ar- 
 chiv f Philologie VIII. fasc. 1. Ewald 
 appeals ; a) To the Greek &, which 
 accords with B both in name (H'^a ^f/ta) 
 and in its place ia the alphabet ; and 
 which is unquestionably aspirated. But 
 however much in general the Greek 
 letters may accord with the Semitic, yet 
 we are not warranted in deducing from 
 their nicer and more exact pronuncia- 
 tion, rules for the Hebrew pronunciation; 
 especially since some of them have man- 
 ifestly changed their nature and power ; 
 e.g.n=E; nz=H; ^=0; i< = A. b) 
 To the Arabic ^ . which also has a semi- 
 guttural sound. Correctly; but this must 
 not be confounded with an aspirate. 
 The common mode of pronunciation rests 
 also upon the authority of the LXX. who 
 with the exception of a very few exam- 
 ples (one only, 2 Sam. 5, 16, is quoted 
 by Hartmann in his Ling. Einieitung 
 page 63, and by Ewald 1. c.) constantly 
 render it by t, as *|wb .iwiuvMc:, rroaia 
 Tm^iae, i<|]bo~a TuQKfuXuloi; and like- 
 wise upon the contrary usage of the 
 Syriac translators, who for the Greek r 
 everywhere put ^ , and for & always 2 ; 
 as Tipo&iog ^acjrvVit l , Tnoi; Offo-jL^ . 
 
 In Arabic, the letters corresponding 
 to the Heb. a are io and Je, more fre- 
 quently the former ; since the latter, as 
 approaching more to a sibilant, nearly 
 corresponds to Heb. S, see under a. 
 Comp. the roots "ina, bia, '{S'ji. 
 
 It is interchanged : a) With S , which 
 see. b) With n, as Cian, C]rn to seize, 
 ^'^P, J^' to kill, nrn , nra , II4 , to wan- 
 der, c) With 1 . which see. 
 
 ? : Chald. to rejoice^ to he glad, c. 
 b? Dan. 6, 24. Syr. ^U id. See r. 
 riia no. 3. 
 
 Xt25{t3 see after a'^a . 
 
 it: Chald. good, i. q. Heb. 2ia . Dan. 
 2. 32. Ezra 5, 17 3a xsb^-b? ',n if it 
 seem good to the king, if it be his plea- 
 sure. Comp. Sla Esth. 1, 19. 3, 9. 
 
 "?9 in pause b5<aa (God is good, 
 by Syriasm for ^NSia, comp. "j'iaisa, 
 njsia) Tabeal, pr. n. Syr. a) A per- 
 son of low condition, whose son the Sy- 
 rians and Ephraimites were about to 
 make king in Jerusalem, Is. 7, 6 ; see 
 Comment, on Is. ad h. 1. b) A Persian 
 governor or prefect in Samaria, Ezra 
 4,7. 
 
 * Hints obsol. root. Syr. wi4 Aph. is 
 i. q. Heb. ns'n no. 2, to creep about, to 
 slander; and also in a good sense, fo 
 spread a good report.^ Hence naa . 
 
 Qib^QIp m. plur. head-hands, tiaras, 
 turhans. Ez. 23. 15. Sept. Alex. T/M^t 
 aTixal, Vulg. tiarae tinctae. The usual 
 etymology is from baa to dip, to which 
 corresponds Arab. Jk^Jc to dye with co- 
 lours. Better perhaps from Ethiop. 
 fll'flAA to wrap or wind around; so 
 Simonis. 
 
 ^vStS m. (r. "ira) the highest part, 
 height, summit. Judg. 9, 37 n?t5 D'''i"i^ 
 V"^n "'''2a they come daicn from the 
 height of the land, in v. 36 D"'"i.'ifi "'wwSn. 
 Ez. 38, 12 yixn -i!i2a-bs iniri icfto 
 dwell on the height of the earth, i. e. in 
 the Holy Land, which the Hebrews re- 
 garded as higher than all other lands ; 
 romp, bx'^b^ ^"^n for the land of Israel, 
 Ez. 6, 2." '33, 28.' 35, 12. 38, 8. Corre- 
 s]K)nding is Samar. *^3^) Ethiop. 
 P'flC; mountain. Sept. and Vulg. ren- 
 der "112a by umbilicus, navel, as the top 
 or height of the belly; comp. Talmud. 
 "iW'^a navel. 
 
 *rnt3 
 
 T 
 
 1. to slaughter, to kill ani- 
 mals, Ex. 21, 37 [22, 11. Deut. 28, 31. 
 
at: 
 
 359 
 
 *^2t3 
 
 Jer. 11, 19 ; espec. for eating, Gen. 43, 16. 
 
 1 Sam. 25. 11. Prov. 9, 2. To slaughter 
 for sacrifice is expressed by the kimired 
 verb nsT q, v. Ethiop. /IHniifl to 
 slaughter, to butcher, Arab. -^^J^ to 
 
 cook, to roast ; conip. art. D^rra^x . 
 
 2. to slay, to kill men, Ps. 37, 14. Lam, 
 2, 21. Ez. 21. 15. 
 
 Deriv. nasi? and the six following. 
 
 fl39 m. pr. a slaughterer, slayer; 
 hence 
 
 1. a cook, 1 Sam. 9, 23. 24. Arab. 
 S I OS," 
 
 ^^. an executioner, then a lifeguards- 
 man, body-guard of a king ; since these 
 in the East act as executioners. So 
 d-^ns-jn-nb Gen. 37. 36. 39. 1. 40, 3. 4. 
 41, 10. 12, and later bn an 2 K. 25. 8 sq, 
 Jer. 39, 9. 11. 40, 1-5, the captain of the 
 body-guard, pr. the chief executioner. 
 In Egypt he had a public prison in his 
 house, Gen. 40. 3 ; in Babylon Nebuzar- 
 adan, who held this office, commanded 
 also a part of the royal army, Jer. 39, 13. 
 62, 15. 
 
 J^^Q Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, an execu- 
 tioner, and hence lifeguardsman, body- 
 guard, Dan. 2, 14. 
 
 J^^P m. in pause naa , c. sufT. nnsa . 
 
 1. slaughter, e. g. of cattle, Prov. 7, 22. 
 Is. 53, 7. 65, 12. Also of men. Is. 34, 2. 6. 
 Jer. 48, 15. 50, 27. 
 
 2. Meton. cattle slaughtered, meat, 
 butcher's meat, Prov. 9, 2. Gen. 43, 16. 
 Comp. nai no. 1. 
 
 3. Tebah, pr. n. of a son of Nahor, 
 Gen. 22, 24. 
 
 S^nSt: f. a cook, 1 Sam. 8, 13. R. na-j . 
 
 nnstp f. (r. nai:) i. q. masc. naa . 
 
 'l. slaughter of cattle, Ps. 44. 23. Jer. 
 12, 3. 
 
 2. cattle slaughtered, meat, 1 Sara. 25, 
 11. 
 
 nnnp Tlbhath, pr. n. of a city of Sy- 
 ria 1 Chr. 18, 8. In the parall. passage 
 
 2 Sam, 8, 8, it is written Piaa q. v. 
 
 559 fut. ^207, to dip, to dip in, to 
 immerse, with ace. of thing and 3 of the 
 liquid Gen. 37, 31. Lev. 9, 9. Deut. 33, 
 24. Job 9, 31 Ruth 2, 14 ; also without 
 
 ace. Ex. 12. 22. 2 K. 8, 15, Intrans, to 
 dip, to immerse oneself ; 2 K. 5, 14 he 
 went doicn o-iBro rsir 'kIT:^ ^^^?3 and 
 dipped himself sepen times in Jordan. 
 Chald. hzz, Arab. Jtjo, id. 
 
 NiPH. pass. Josh. 3, 15. 
 
 Deriv. O'^biaa and 
 
 ^n^53t3 (whom Jehovah has immers- 
 ed, purified,) Tebaliah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 26^ 11. 
 
 ^5? 1. pr. to sink, to press in, to 
 impress into any soft substance, as clay ; 
 then to impress a seal, to seal, Arab. 
 Hence rsaa a seal. Kindr. ia 
 
 SA.b. 
 
 ~3S, kjj.^, to dip in, to immerse, Eth, 
 
 m^U id. as also iaa . The primary 
 syllable is aia, which in the western 
 languages also expresses depth and im- 
 mersion ; comp. Goth, ditcp, Engl, deep, 
 Germ, tief; also Goth, doifan, Germ. 
 taufen, Engl, to dip; Gr. 5i;;iTai and 
 softened Sbvco. 
 
 2. Intrans. to sink, to be sunk, immers- 
 ed, as in the mire, a pit, c. a Ps. 9, 16. 
 69, 3. 15. Jer. 38, 6. Lam. 2, 9 ynjja ?ya'J 
 n'^'iyd her gates are sunk into the ground. 
 Trop.'l Sam. 17, 49 "inrjra "(axn saBFil 
 and the stone sunk into his forehead, was 
 fixed in it. 
 
 PuAL i. q, Kal no. 2, Ex. 15. 4. 
 
 HoPH. id. Jer. 38, 22 ; of the founda- 
 tion of the earth or mountains, to be 
 sunk, settled. Job 38, 6. Prov, 8, 25, 
 
 Deriv. the two followmg. 
 
 nystJ f phir. risaa , constr. m'saa . 
 
 1. a seal, signet-ring, Gen. 41, 42, 
 Esth.3,10. Ex. 35, 22. Is.3,21.al. The 
 signet-ring was worn by the Hebrews 
 on the right hand, Jer. 22, 24 ; comp. 
 Ecclus. 49, 11 [13j. The person to 
 whom a king committed his signet-ring 
 became thereby prime minister. Gen, 
 41, 42. Esth. 3, 10. 8, 2 ; comp. 1 Mace, 
 6, 15. QL. Curt. 10. 5. 
 
 2. a ring, of any kind, Ex. 25, 12 sq. 
 26, 24. 28, 28. 
 
 Mi3?3'a (rings) Tabbaoth, pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 2, 43. 
 
 * "'^'9 obsol. root, prob. i. q. "12S to 
 heap up. Hence niaa , q. v. 
 
 'jiTS'nnp (for lian a'J, good is Rim- 
 mon, comp. in *(1E"1 no. 2,) Tabrimmon, 
 
T\2X: 
 
 360 
 
 mt: 
 
 pr. n. of the father of Benhadad king of 
 Syria, 1 K. 15, 18. 
 
 ^^^ perh. i. q. ) ^ '^2 the cele- 
 brated, r. 32a) Tabbath, pr. n. of a 
 place not far from Abel-meholah in the 
 tribe of Ephraim, Judg. 7, 22. 
 
 M5P Tebeth, the tenth Hebrew month, 
 from the new moon of January to that 
 of February. Esth. 2, 16. So Jerome ad 
 Ez. 39, 1: "Decimus mensis, qui He- 
 brasis appellatur Tebeth. et apud ^gyp- 
 tios Tit^i, apud Romanes Januarius." 
 Copt. TCUSJ La Croze Lex. p. 107. 
 Arab.ibJb. The etymology isunknown. 
 
 y]T'u2 m. adj. constr. "iho , fem. nnln:: , 
 clean, pure, spec, a) In a physical 
 sense, opp. to filthy, soiled, of a garment 
 Zech. 3, 5 ; a place Lev. 4, 12 ; water 
 Ez. 36, 25. b) pure, unalloyed, spoken 
 of gold Ex. 25, 11 sq. 28, 36. al. c) In 
 the Levitical sense, opp. to profane, pol- 
 luted. Lev. 7, 19. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 20, 26. 
 Is. 66, 20 ; and hence of animals which 
 might be eaten. Gen. 7, 2. 8, 20. d) In 
 a moral sense, Ps. 12, 7. 19, 10. 51, 12 
 I'inii zh a clean heart. Job 14, 4. See 
 also *iha. 
 
 * "^"Ti^ ful "ina-^ 1. to shine, to be 
 bright, like kindr. "int , ^ns . Syr. fjoi^ 
 noon. Chald. St^vi'M id. Hence ifiii no. 
 1, -in ji . 
 
 2. to be or become clean, pure, a) In 
 a physical sense, opp. to the filth of 
 leprosy, 2 K. 5, 12. 13. b) In the Levi- 
 tical servse, opp. X^^, Lev. 12, 8. 13, 6. 
 34. 58, Num. 19, 12. 19. al. c) In a moral 
 sense, Ps. 51, 9. Jer. 13, 27. Job 4, 17. 
 Prov. 20, 9. Arab. ff^ to be clean, 
 pure, espec. from the monthly courses ; 
 kindr. ff^ to be manifest, conspicuous. 
 Ethiop. h^Ulf to purify, to wash one- 
 self with water. 
 
 Pi EL ina, fut. "ina"! 1. to cleanse, to 
 purify, a) Physically, as metals from 
 dross Mai. 3, 3 ; a land from corpses Ez. 
 39, 12 ; the heavens from clouds Job 37, 
 21. b) Lcvitically, e. g. things Ez. 43, 
 26. 2 Chr. 29, 15. 18. Neh. 1.3, 30 ; per- 
 sons Lev. 14, 11. Num. 8, 6. 7. c) Mo- 
 rally, Jer. 33, 8. Ez. 24, 13. Mnl. 3, 3. 
 
 2. to pronounce dean, spoken of per- 
 
 sons or things, a) In a Levitical sense. 
 Lev. 13, 6 sq. 16, 30. b) In a moral sense 
 Ps. 51, 4. 
 
 PuAL to be cleansed, part. fem. Ez. 
 22, 24. 
 
 HiTHP. -inijn and "iti^n? ^^ purify or 
 cleanse oneself to make oneself clean. 
 a) Levitically, Gen. 35, 2. Lev. 14, 4 sq. 
 Num. 8, 7. Ezra 6, 20. Neh. 12, 39. 13, 
 22. b) Morally, to cleanse oneself irom 
 sin, c. ',^ Josh. 22, 17. 
 
 Deriv. the lour here following, and 
 
 "inip m. Holem pure, constr. "li^li, 
 i. q. "ititi , cleanness, pureness, e. g. of 
 hands, innocence. Job 17, 9 ; of heart 
 Prov. 22, 11 Ken. 
 
 "iniS m. 1. brightness, clearness, pu- 
 rity of ether, Ex. 24, 10. 
 
 2. purification, cleansing, Lev. 12,4,6. 
 
 "^7^ m. brightness, splendour, see 
 r. ^na no. 1. Ps 89, 45 i-nj^Ta nattJn 
 thou makes t his brightness to cease. 
 The verb n'^arfi c. "O is also found 
 thus construed Ez. 34, 10, according to 
 which it should here be rendered, thou 
 causest him to cea.se from his bright- 
 ness ; or, better, it is a constructio 
 pra^gn. for, thou causest to cease and 
 takest away from his bnghtness. But 
 as nouns of the form "na are of very 
 doubtful authority, it may be worth in- 
 quiry, whether by transposing the Sheva 
 we ought not here to read ''"^ij'a from 
 the common 'Hi: . This strikes me now 
 more favourably, than the solution of 
 Aben Ezra and Kimchi which I have 
 formerly followed, Lehrg. p. 87, viz. that 
 Dagesh in the a is euphonic, and tt ia 
 formative, so that i~na^ or i'naia (as ia 
 read in some Mss.) would be for iinijl? 
 from the subst. "'^aia. 
 
 ^"^OV f (r. "it^a) 1. pureness, in a 
 moral sense, 2 Chr. 30, 19. 
 
 2. purificaiion, cleansing, Lev. 13, 35. 
 14, 2, al, ^l^i'^ "?'=J blood of purifica- 
 tion, i, e, from which a lying-in woman 
 is to be purified, Lev. 12, 4. 5. 
 
 i51t3, see asB aflertJ'^B. 
 
 * SiD prset. lat: Num. 24, 5. Cant. 4, 
 10 ; for the fut. is used the form aa"'". 
 from ao;; . 
 
sia 
 
 361 
 
 nitD 
 
 1. to be good, Will. Chald. Syr. id. 
 Arab. ;i_jL^ mid. Ye, to be good, sweet, 
 pleasiint. espec. offnignint odour, comp. 
 8)ita, it^MS. Always iinpers. in the loll, 
 phrawcs : a) ^b sia it is well with vie. it 
 goes well with me, etc. Deut. 5, 30. 15, IG. 
 19,13. Num. 11,18. Ecc.9,4; also /am 
 well, 1 Sam. IG, IG. 23. With bx id. 1 Sam. 
 80, 12. Job 13, 9 'S aian is it well (for 
 you) that 7 etc. For Job 10, 3 see lett. b. 
 b) 'S'^Ta -"ia it is good in my eyes, i. e. 
 it pleaseth me, is my pleasure. Num. 24, 
 
 1. In the later books with ^r , 1 Chr. 13, 
 
 2. Esth. 1, 19 3ia r^b52n-b?-DX if it 
 please tJie king. 3, 9. 5, 4. 8. 7, 3. Neh. 
 2, 5, comp. Ezra 5, 17; once with 5 Job 
 10, 3 Tj^ aisn doth it please thee? So 
 Vulg. Chald. 
 
 2. to be goodly, fair, pleasing, Num. 
 24. 5. Cant. 4, 10. 
 
 3. to be in good humour, i. e. to be 
 clieerful, joyfrU, the prevailing usage in 
 Syriac ; espec. of the heart, 1 Sam. 25, 
 36. 2 Sam. 13, 23. Esth. 1, 10. 
 
 HiPH. a-'an fut. a-^a;! i. to do well, 
 to act right, c. ace. 1 K. 8, 18. 2 Chr. 6, 
 8 ; inf c. b 2 K. 10, 30. Also to do good 
 to others, to confer benefits, Ez. 36, 11. 
 
 2. (o make goodly, fair, Hos. 10, 1. 
 
 3. to make cheerful, to cheer, Ecc. 1 1, 9. 
 Note. More frequent is Hiph. a^a'^r; 
 
 from aa^ . 
 
 Deriv. the five following. 
 
 ^^^3 m. good. A) Adj. having fem. 
 
 navj . 
 
 1. good, xalo:, bonus, in various senses, 
 according to the character of the ob- 
 jects ; e. g. of a land, field, pasture, i. e. 
 fertile, fruitful, Ex. 3, 8. Ez. 17, 8. 34, 
 14 ; of cattle, in good case, fat. (opp. 5"] 
 Gen. 41, 26. 27.) Lev. 27, 10 sq. Gen. 18' 
 7. 27,9; ofatree,fruitful. 2K.3, 19; of 
 fruits, fresh, sound. Jer. 24, 2; of gold, 
 pure, Gen. 2, 12. 2 Chr. 3, 5. 8. Spec. 
 
 a) Spoken of what is grateful to the 
 senses, good, pleasant, sweet, etc. ) To 
 the sight, good to look upon, goodly, fair, 
 heaiUiful. Dan. 1, 15 ''51 aio cnix-ia their 
 appearance was better, fairer, than, etc. 
 Soof persons Gen. 6, 2. Ex. 2, 2. 1 Sam. 
 9, 2 ; often with a word added, as ns'^ia 
 Gen. 24, 16. Esth. 1, 11. 2, 3. 7; nxn 
 1 K. 1, 6; ^xn 1 Sam. 16, 12. Of houses 
 Is. 5, 9. /?) To the hearing, pleasing, 
 
 31 
 
 well sounding, harmonious, spoken of a 
 poem Ps. 45, 2. y) To the smell, plea- 
 sant, fragrant, sweet-scenti-d ; as \zxii 
 aia fragrant ointment Is. 39, 2. Pg. 133, 
 2. aian n:;5 the fragrant cane Jer. 6, 
 20. d) To the taste, good, pleasant; 
 brxri: aia good to eat Gen. 2, 9. 3, 6. 
 Prov. 24, 13 eat thou honey, because it is 
 good, tastes good. Comp. aiBrt "p;} Cant. 
 7, 10. f) To the senses and feelings 
 generally ; Gen. 49, 15 he saw the rest, 
 tliat it was good, pleasant. Ps. 73, 28 
 bid to draw near to God is good for me. 
 84. 1 1 a day in thy courts is better than 
 a thousand. 133, 1. So aia Ci"' a good 
 day, i. e. joyful, Esth. 8, 17. 9, 10. 21. 
 Zech. 8, 19 ; comp. bonus dies Ovid. 
 Fast. 1. 72. Also very freq. 's "^rra aia 
 good in the eyes of any one, i. e. grateful, 
 pleasing to him, Num. 24, 1. Deut. 6. 18. 
 Gen. 16, 6 Tfr^a aian wib "^is do to her 
 as it pleaseth thee'. 19, 8. Is. 9. 25. Judg. 
 10, 15. 19, 24. Esth. 8, 8. Jer. 26, 14. 
 In the later books for "'S"'?? 's put ''itb, 
 Ecc. 7, 26 D'^n'pxn ^isb avj whoso pleas- 
 eth God. 2, 26 ; also h Deut. 23, 27 ; 
 comp. Job 10, 3. 
 
 b) good for a particular purpose, i. e. 
 well adapted, useful, profitable, etc. Gen^ 
 1, 4 and God saw the light, that it was 
 good. 2, 18 it is not good that the mgn> 
 should be alone. 29, 19. With "^S, it is: 
 good that, Ruth 2, 22. 2 Sam. 18) 3.. 
 With dat. of pers. good for anyone, Ex.. 
 14, 12 'lai na^ . . . nas sisb a'la better for- 
 us to serve the Egyptians, than to die in 
 the wilderness. Num. 14, 3. Ps. 119,71. 
 Ecc. 2, 3. 8, 15 ; with a Ecc. 2, 24. 
 
 c) good in measure and quantity, i. e;. 
 much, great, abundant; Syr. -a^ very, 
 comp. Fr. Men. So a good profit Prov. 
 31, 18; good wages Ecc. 4, 9; a good 
 (ample) present Gen. 30. 20; na*ia na-'b 
 a good old age Gen. 15, 15. 25, 8. Ps. 69, 
 17 ?(^3n aia ^a for great is thy loving- 
 kindness. 63, 4. 109, 21. Comp. aia in 
 Prov. 22, 1. 
 
 d) g-ood in a moral sense: a) Of per- 
 sons, good, well-disposed, upright, Lat. 
 vir bonus, honestus, 1 Sam. 2, 26. Prov. 
 12, 2. 13, 22. 14, 14. Ecc. 9, 2. Espec. 
 kind, benevolent, benign, of Jehovah Ps. 
 25, 8. 34. 9. 52, 11. 54, 8; with dat. to- 
 wards any one Psk. 73, 1. Lam. 3, 25 
 
lit: 
 
 362 
 
 rit: 
 
 Prov. 22. 9 ",:? li-J good of eye, i. e. look- 
 ing with kindness. Sept. o t'AfoJj' jrTO);^d>'. 
 Comp. also 2i:: nsn a kind word Prov. 
 12, 28. /S) Of actions, g'ooc/, rt'o-Ai, //i<e; 
 e. g. 313 Ti-in ^7<e y-ight uay Jer. 6. 16; 
 opp. 2i-J Nb Tj-iT Ps. 36, 5. Prov. 16, 29. 
 3ia bs-T: //te rjV/ji; /;a/A Prov. 2, 9. Job 
 34, 4 Ze< us know among ourselves -ia'na 
 TcAaf j> g'ood. //lie. So 2i:2 xb ?zoi g-oocZ. 
 not right, wrong, Prov. 18, 5. 20, 23. 
 Hence often as Subst. the good, zh xukvy, 
 see in B. no. 1, and nnia . 
 
 2. Spoken of the character or feelings 
 as affected by good, viz. a) glad, joy- 
 ful, joyous J 1 K. 8, 6 -b 'n'i:: glad of 
 heart. Ecc. 9, 7 -"i:: sba with a glad 
 heart, b) well, prosperous, happy ; so 
 of persons as made prosperous and 
 happy, Is. 3, 10. Jer. 44, 17. Ps. 112, 5 
 Ty'iX 2ia happy the man; comp. Syr. 
 5 ^ai_*-i4 Oh, the happiness of! i. q. 
 >ncs, see Matt. 5, 2 sq. Of things as 
 making prosperous and happy, 1 Sam. 2, 
 24 nria nr^ir a g-ooJ report, pleasing. 
 Prov.^S, 30l 25. 25. 2 Sam. 18, 27 nniba 
 nnia g-Zarf tidings. Josh. 21, 45 ma ir^ 
 a g-oocZ word, glad promise. 23, 14. 15. 
 
 B) Subst. for which also fem. nsit! is 
 employed , q. v. 
 
 1. good which one does, the right, to 
 xaXov, in a moral sense, Prov. 11, 27. 
 2it3 nilSS to do good, to lead a good life, 
 Ps. 14,Y. 3. 34, 15. 37, 3. 27 ; with ns to 
 do good with or to any one, to deal well 
 with, Gen. 26, 29. Ps. 119, 65. So ariij 
 Sia to love good Am. 5, 15 ; lia C^nn Ps. 
 38, 21 ; =rj lin-n Am. 5, 14 ; also ni:: wb 
 Mic. 3. 2 ; Si'J UJnn Prov. 14, 22 ; comp. 
 in t-^n no. 2. Hence 5';ii Sia ?n^ io 
 /moic ^ooc/ and evil, see in ?"]^ no. 5. bb. 
 
 2. g-oo(i which one receives; Job 2, 10 
 shall we receive good from. God 7 Ps. 21, 
 4. Hos. 8, 3 2ia bx-^b^ nst /srae/ re/ec/* 
 /?i ^owZ Bc. that is proffered. Spec, 
 a) a good thing, a benefit, spoken of sin- 
 gle benefits; Ps. 34, 11 Sia-bs nOPP sb 
 they shall not want any good i. e. any 
 benefit from God. 84, 12. Prov. 18, 22 
 aia xaia ncx xs^ tr/to^o fndeth a wife, 
 findelh a good thing. 3. 27. Collect, (or 
 all good, benefits from God ; Ps. 104, 28 
 thou openest thy hand, STO "ifyab"^ they 
 are salisfed wilh good, j. e. with thy 
 benefits. 107, 9. Prov. 12, 14. b) goods. 
 
 wealth; Job 22, 18 aia =n''ri2 ^\o he 
 filled their houses with goods, wealth. 
 1 K. 10, 7. c) gootJ fortune, welfare, 
 prosperity; Ps. 25, 13 "fbn sian 'iOB3 
 his soul shall abide in good, he shall 
 prosper. 23, 6. Job 21, 13. 36, 11. So in 
 the phrases : 3-a nxn to see good, to 
 prosper, Ps. 4, 7. Job 7, 7 ; nia^ nsn id. 
 Ecc. 2, 1 ; 3ia bsx id. Prov. 13.' 2 ;' NS^S 
 =ia id. Prov. 16, 20^ etc. So too ib ai'j 
 (it is) good for me Ps. 1 19, 71. Lam. 3, 27 ; 
 also Ecc. 8, 12. 13. siab for good Deut, 
 30, 9. Ps. 119. 122; c. dat. Deut. 6, 24. 
 10, 13. Jer. 32, 39. 
 
 3. Tob, pr. n. of a region beyond Jor- 
 dan, Judg. 11, 3. 2 Sam. 10, 6. Prob. 
 i. q. Toi'fSiov or Tw/jioy 1 Mace. 5, 13. 
 
 C) Adv. good, well, xalatg, Ruth 3, 13. 
 
 1 Sam. 20, 7. 2 Sam. 3, 13. 1 K. 2, 18. 
 So too the phrase : "i3'nn aia the thing 
 is good, i. q. tpcZZ, 1 kV2, 38. 42. 18, 24. 
 
 ^'"'^?"^^ ^1^ Tob-Adonijah, pr. n. m. 
 
 2 Chr. 17, 8. 
 
 S"^^ m. subst, 1. goodness, the quali- 
 ty of being or doing good. Ps. 119, 66 
 oro 3^3 goodness of understanding, 
 good insight. Often of the goodness or 
 benignity of God, Ps.25,7. 31,20. 145,7. 
 Is. 63, 7. Concr. good things, f. e. things 
 good in themselves, wealth, Deut. 6, 11, 
 2 K. 8, 9 ; precious things Gen. 24, 10, 
 comp. V. 22. 30. With a gen. the good- 
 ness of any thing, the best, Gen. 45, 18. 
 20. Spec, a) y^Vi 3na the goodness 
 of the land, its best fruits and products,. 
 Gen. 45, 23. Is. 1, 19. Jer. 2, 7. Ezra 9, 
 la. b) nw 3rj the good gifts of Jeho- 
 vah, which in his goodness l>e bestows 
 on men, e. g. the gifts of nature, fruitsj 
 wine, oil, flocks, etc. Jer. 31, 12. 14. Hosi, 
 3, 5. Ps. 27, 13. 65, 5. 
 
 2. goodness of appearance, fairness, 
 beauty ; comp. adj. jia A. 1. a. . Hos. 
 10, 11. Spokenf of the divine imijesty 
 and glory, Ex. 33, 19. Zech. 9, 17." 
 
 3. 3b 3!ta gladness tf heart, joy, EVeut. 
 28. 7. is. 65, 14. Comp. adj. 3ia A. 2. a. 
 
 4. good fortune, welfare, prosperity., 
 Job 20, 21. 21, 16. Prov. 11, 10. Comp. 
 adj. 3ia A. 2. b. 
 
 naii: fem. A) Adj. fem. of Sio q. v. 
 lett. A. 
 
 B) Subst. i. q. 2iB lett. B, good, a 
 good thing, opp. ns"! ; bo Oaiob for 
 
nitt 
 
 363 
 
 nitt 
 
 good, not for evil, Neh. 5, 19. 13, 31. Ps. 
 86, 17. Jer. 2t. 6. Spec. 
 
 1. good wliich one does, confers, bene- 
 Jit ; so in formulas : nsia rt':iy to do 
 good to any one Ex. 18, 9. Num. 24, 13. 
 Judg. 9, 17 ; naio nnn ny-y nisJ Gen. 44, 
 4. Ps. 35, 12 ; naia n">cn 'to requite good 
 1 Sam. 25, 21. ^2 Sam.16, 12. Hence 
 goodness, the doing of good, Ps. 68, 11. 
 
 2. good which one receives, viz. a) 
 Kelfare, prosperity, happiness, e. g. riX"! 
 na'ia to see goitd, to enjoy prosperity, 
 happiness, Job 9, 25. 22, 21. Ecc. 5, 17. 
 6, 6 ; "i^'iaa bsx to eat in prosperity, to 
 enjoy it. Job 21,^25. So Ps. 16, 2 "'rnia 
 TJ'^by ba wy happiness is nought beyond 
 thee. i. e. I delight in nothing more than 
 thee, besides thee, b) goods, wealth, 
 riches, Ecc. 5, 10. Ps. 65, 12 ins^a rSUJ 
 tlie year of thy riches, i. e. of thy rich 
 bounties ; comp. aia Ps. 104, 28. 
 
 3. goodness, sc. in any one ; plur. Piaio 
 good qiuilities Neh. 6, 19. The signif 
 goodness in the sense of kindness, benig- 
 nity, is by some ascribed to this word in 
 Ps. 65, 12. 68, 11 ; but see in nos. 1, 2. 
 
 n^ni-j and ^n^aita (i. q. r^in-^h,, aia 
 
 pleasing to Jehovah) pr. n. Tobiah, To- 
 bias, Gr. Toi^iaQ, a name common after 
 the exile, a) Neh. 2, 10. 4, 1. b) Ezra 
 2, 60. Neh. 7, 62. c) Zech. 6, 10. 14. 
 
 K^ 1. i. q. Arab. t^%^ to roll up 
 or together, to twist ; hence to spin, Ex. 
 35, 25. 26. Hence nna^ . 
 
 2. to be hungry, famished, to fast, i. q. 
 
 Arab, i^yio, whence (^*-b hunger, 
 
 ,Lb hungry, famished ; pr. to be con- 
 
 volved, twisted, sc. in one's bowels ; so 
 the Arabs ascribe to hungry persons 
 bowels convolved, twisted, e. g. Hariri 
 Cons. 3. p. 142. ed. Schult. LuikSlI ^Jo 
 i<isJt J<^ to twist up the bowels from 
 hunger. Comp. Schult. 1. c. Cons. 3. p. 
 136. Hence nvj , 
 Deriv. ria, nVaia. 
 
 )j"u to spread over, to daub, to be- 
 smear, e. g. a wall with mortar, to plas- 
 ter. Lev. 14. 42. 1 Chr. 29, 4 ; the eyes, 
 80 as not to see. Is. 44. 18. where praet. 
 na for na ; with two ace. Ez. 13, 10-15. 
 22, 28. Arab. aAJo mid. Ye, II to cover 
 
 over with fat, to besmear, see Camoos p. 
 328. In the occidental languages, comp. 
 Ttyyoi, tingo, to tinge, Germ. tUnchen. 
 
 NiPH. pass, infin. Lev. 14, 43. 48. 
 
 Deriv. n^X3, nina. 
 
 ^^"t^ obsol. root, Arab, ic*^ to col- 
 lect, to gather. Hence a'^a . 
 
 PliSOii: plur. f. banrls, filets, spec, the 
 prayer-fillets or phylacteries of the Jews, 
 *p^BPi, qtvlaxTKi^ia Matth. 23, 5; i. e. 
 strips of parchment on which are writ- 
 ten various sentences from the Mosaic 
 law, e. g. Ex. 13, 1-10. 11-16. Deut. 6, 
 4-9. 11, 13-21. and which the Jews are 
 accustomed to bind around the fore- 
 head and the left wrist while they are at 
 prayers, Ex. 13. 16. Deut. 6, 8. 11, 18. 
 Chald. xeaia , xnaa-ia . a bracelet, front- 
 let. The form is for ncasa, as baa 
 for baba: aa-ia for aaaa';' rbabj, Syr. 
 
 fiJ^Q-^, Lehrg. p. 869. The root is 
 Piia q. V. not Cjca , to which the signif 
 of binding has been attributed without 
 good reason. 
 
 ''^^ in Kal not used ; Arab. JUfl 
 raid. Waw. to be long. 
 
 HiPH. b'lan pr. to throw down at full 
 length, to prostrate, comp. Hoph. and 
 Is. 22, 17 ; hence to throw, to cast, Ez. 
 32, 4 ; a spear 1 Sam. 18, 11. 20, 33 ; to 
 cast out, as from a land Jer. 16, 13. 22, 
 26, from a ship Jon. 1, 5. 12; to send out 
 a wind Jon. 1, 4. 
 
 Hoph. basin, fut. baii, bav 
 
 1. to be cast down at fidl length, to be 
 prostrated, Ps. 37, 24. Job 41, 1. 
 
 2. to be cast, as the lot, Prov. 16, 33 ; 
 to be cast out Jer. 22. 28. 
 
 PiLP. baba i. q. Hiph. to cast down, to 
 prostrate, Is. 22, 17. 
 Deriv. nbaba , 
 
 * r^^ obsol. root, Arab. \J>\}o mid. 
 Waw, to go around, to surround. Hence 
 nisaia q. v. bands, fillets. 
 
 * 1^13 obsol. root, prob. like kindr. 
 'Ill . ~i!in , to go round about, to surround. 
 Hence 
 
 "^^^2 m. \. a wall round about, an en- 
 
 closure, Ez. 46, 23. Arab, syh border, 
 bound. )tj-i^ fence, enclosure. 
 
nits 
 
 364 
 
 ts'^tt 
 
 2. a row, range, as of gems, Ex. 28, 
 17 sq. 39, 10 sq. Also a course of hewn 
 stones 1 K. 7, 12 ; of beams 6, 36. 7, 4 ; 
 of pomegranates 7, 42. etc. 
 
 Tlt3 Chald. m. a rock, mountain, i. q. 
 Heb. -i!is. Dan. 2, 35. 45. Syr. 1^1^, 
 
 Arab, jj^, id. 
 
 * T2^t3 to Jly swiftly, to pounce upon 
 vthe prey, as an eagle, Lat. tundere ; 
 'Comp. Germ, stossen spoken of birds of 
 prey, whence Stosser, Stossvogel ; also 
 Engl, to toss. Job 9, 26 "'bs ia^a; new 
 i>2i< . Corresponding is Syr. ^jn^, of the 
 flight of the eagle, \ailture, for Heb. iiS'n 
 Jer. 48, 40. 49, 22 ; Pa. Deut. 32, 11. Job 
 39, 13 ; f"' " I lofty and rapid flight. 
 
 in^tp Chald. f afasting; as Adv. fast- 
 ing, without food, Dan. 6, 19. R. nia 
 no. 2 5 the form is like r33 from ri33 . 
 
 "^'9 in Kal not used, to stretch, to 
 extend. Arab, t <^ to to spread out. 
 
 PiL. part. rsp.~"''ino^ pr. those draw- 
 ing the bow, i. e. bowmen, archers. Gen. 
 21, 16. For the form, comp. S^^'^, Hith- 
 pal. ninnrrt, doubling the last radical. 
 
 ]1HT3 m. a mill, hand-mill, Lam. 5, 13. 
 
 R. n-j, 
 
 D'^'linp m. plur. (r. "i>^ij) tumores ani, 
 i. e. the piles, hemorrhoids, so called as 
 protruded from the fundament, with 
 : straining or tenesmus and a flow of 
 blood, 1 Sam. 6, 11. 17; also Deut. 28, 
 27. 1 Sam. 5, 6. 9. 12. 6. 4. 3 in Keri, 
 for Chethibh C^VbS, which seems to 
 liave been the more vulgar or less usual 
 word. 
 
 mnp plur. f the reins, according to 
 the Heb. interpreters ; so called because 
 overspread with fat, from r. nsia q. v, 
 Comp. -bn and 2b . Like 2b and ^'i'^bs 
 it is put as the scat of tlie mind, feel- 
 ings, intellect ; Ps. 51, 8 lo ! thou lovest 
 truth in the reins sc. of a man. Job 
 38, 36 who hath put wisdom in the reins, 
 i. e. Bo that thou knowest and under- 
 fitandest all these thingH ; the other 
 member has "'isb the mind, intellect. 
 However this whole passage may be 
 understood, the same eignif must be 
 attributed to the word Pinij as in Pb. 1. c. 
 
 '''J'?, see na Is. 44, 18 in r. mo. 
 
 "('J '5 fut. ,n:3'] , imper. fem. "^rn:? , to 
 crush, to beat small, c. ace. Ex. 32, 20. 
 Deut. 9, 21 ; spec, to grind with a hand- 
 mill, Judg. 16, 21. Num. 11, 8. Is. 47, 8. 
 Arab. ^jjSJ^ , Aram. ^~4 , '(TO , id. 
 Trop. "'35 'SQ "fi:: to grind the person 
 (not face) of the poor, i. e. to oppress 
 him with exactions, Is, 3, 15 ; comp, na^. 
 Job 31, 10 ""ncx inxb '^ry^V\ let my wife 
 grind for another, i. e, be his mill- wench, 
 his abject slave, (comp. Ex. 11, 5. Is. 47, 
 2.) and also his concubine, a sense re- 
 quired by the other clause and v. 9 ; so 
 Sept. Vulg. and Chald. The Rabbins 
 understood the phrase to grind for ano- 
 ther in a trop. and unchaste sense, q. d. 
 'let her be ground, violated, by another 
 man ;' just as Gr. (ivihiv Theocr. 4. 58, 
 and Lat. molere, permolere, are spoken 
 of intercourse with a woman ; see the 
 commentators ad Petron. Sat. 23. Hor. 
 Sat. 1. 2. 35. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 188. 
 But in such instances the word for grind- 
 ing is every where attributed to the 
 man. 
 
 Deriv. ")"ina , and the two here follow- 
 ing. 
 
 ^rtp? f a mill, hand-mill, Ecc. 12, 4. 
 
 ^^'^^ plur. f. grinders, for the double- 
 teeth, denies molares, Ecc. 12, 3. Arab. 
 
 XjLa^Lb id. 
 
 * intS obsol. root, Syr. fMk4 to breaths 
 hard, to blow, as under a load ; also in 
 easing the belly with a great effort ; to 
 have tenesmus ; hence ]fM4, ]yz24 , te- 
 nesmus with flow of blood ; Arab, :SV.b> 
 espec, -A, , spoken of the same. Hence 
 D-nina q, v. 
 
 'I'^tp m, plaster, roughcast, spread over 
 a wall, Ez. 13, 12. R. nvj. 
 
 t2''p m. (r, arj) mitd, mire, Eth, ^^ 
 mire, Arab. 'i^y6 mud collected in 
 
 the bottom of a pool ; sec the root, 
 Spec. a) mud, mire, as in streets Ps. 
 18, 43. Mic. 7, 10 ; at the bottom of the 
 sea Is. 57, 20 ; in a cistern or subterra- 
 nean prison Jer. 38, 6 j on the banks of 
 
"i: 
 
 365 
 
 Dbtt" 
 
 the Nile Job 41, 22 [30]. Trop. for deep 
 calamity Ps. 69. 15. b) clay, potter's 
 clay, Is. 41, 25. Nah. 3, 14. 
 
 Hence the denom. verb : 
 
 K^XI2 Pi LP. to remove mud or dirt, to 
 sweep airay ; comp. *(lS'n to remove ash- 
 es. from *,d"^ Once, Is. 14, 23 n^nXBsa 
 lodn xax'jiaa / will sweep her (Baby- 
 lon) avHiy with the besom of destruction^ 
 i. e. will wholly destroy her, so that her 
 site shall be as a place swept clean ; 
 comp. 1 K. 14. 14. 21. 21. 2 K. 21, 13. 
 In the Talm. is the form "^axa ; Kimchi 
 has B^'Xa, and also ais'^a a sweeping 
 away. Heb. X^x:? is either for "'axB 
 adding X, or else by transp. for a^xa. 
 A derivation from a root Xia is less cer- 
 tain. 
 
 Deriv. XKXa-'a a broom, besom. 
 
 I ^ Chald. m. clay, potter's clay, 
 Dan. 2, 41. 43 X5'' srion earthen ware, 
 sherds of clay. Arab, and Syr. i^vx^> 
 P-<^ , id. whence the denom. verb ,oLb 
 mid. Ye, to besmear with clay or mud, 
 to form from clay. Kindr. are "pO, "iSO, 
 q. V. 
 
 fT?''t? f (r. "irj) 1. a wall round about 
 a place, i. q. isia no. 1. Ez. 46, 23. 
 
 2. A place surrounded by a wall, an 
 enclosure ; hence a) a fortress, castle. 
 Cant. 8. 9. b) A nomadic encampment, 
 rustic village, hamlet, usually enclosing 
 a space in which the cattle were secur- 
 ed. Gen. 25, 16. Num. 31, 10. 1 Chr. 6, 
 39 [54]. Ez. 25, 4. Poet of a habitation 
 Ps. 69, 26. Syr. fjl^ enclosure, fold. 
 See nsn no. 2. 
 
 ^ m. (r. b^3 I ) in pause ^a . c. suff.^*3 , 
 dew. Gen. 27, 28. 39. Ex. 16, 13. 14. Num. 
 41. 9. Job 29, 19. Zech. 8, 12. niiix bo 
 Job 26, 19, see in nn"ix no. 2. The dew as 
 moistening plants is the emblem of fresh- 
 ness and refreshing, Deut. 32, 2. Prov. 
 19. 12. Hos. 14, 6. ^The drops of the dew 
 are put for a multitude, 2 Sam. 17, 12. 
 So Ps. 110. 3 from the womb of the morn- 
 ing shall be to thee the dew of thy youth, 
 i. e. the youths of thy people numerous 
 and fresh as the drops of the morning 
 dew shall go forth to fight thy battles. 
 Mic. 5, 6. Also, the morning dew is the 
 symbol of something evanescent, Hos. 
 
 31* 
 
 6j 4. 13, 3, Arab. Jsl? fine rain, der; 
 Syr. ]Ll , Ethiop. /HA , id. 
 
 ^ Chald. id. Dan. 4, 12. 20. 5, 21. 
 
 *^^^ to patch, to mend ; see Pual. 
 Chald. nh'j id. In Kal only Part. pass. 
 Kiba patched, i. e. spotted, having large 
 spots like patches. Gen. 30, 32 sq. 
 
 Pual part, patched, clouted, Josh. 9, 5 
 nixbw^ mbrs shoes clouted. 
 
 D-'Sblpsee-'bu. 
 
 * nbt3 obsol. root, i. q. Syr. \Ll to be 
 new, fresh, young ; kindr. is n~a, comp. 
 Gr. &('tlla). Hence "^ba and 
 
 ^?^ m. a lamb, young and tender 
 
 1 Sam. 7. 9. Is. 65, 25. Arab. ^Uo a 
 young animal of any kind, espec. a young 
 gazelle just born, Eth. fllA. kid, Syr. 
 }li4 boy, fi.!^ jrirl. 
 
 '^f'^f^ f. a casting doJim Is. 29,, 17. 
 See r. irj Pilp. 
 
 '^r''^ m. (r. nba) i. q. nbo , only in plur. 
 fi-'xVa for n-i-^ba . 
 
 1. iambs, young and tender, Is. 40, 11. 
 Comp. Lehrg. p. 575. 
 
 2. Telaim, pr. n. of a place in the 
 tribe of Judah. 1 Sam. 15, 4. See also 
 oba. 
 
 * I. ^bt:, Arab. JIj. Eth. A'l^AA, 
 to moisten gently, as the dew, light rain. 
 Hence bo dew. 
 
 g* II. 5bt: i. q. ^Vs II, and Arab. 
 (jJd II. to shade, to overshadow ; hence 
 to cover, to cover over. Chald. bfea , Syr. 
 "CJ.id. 
 
 Pi EL b|a to cover, espec. with beams, 
 timber, contignare, Neh. 3, 15 ; else- 
 where nn;5 q. v. Comp. Gen. 19, 8 bs 
 
 Pilp. baba is from bia, q. v. 
 
 ^^J Chald. i. q. Heb. bba II. 
 Aph. bbax to get shade, to lie in the 
 shade, Dan. 4, 9. 
 
 * Uyi^ obsol. root, Aram, oba , >a^ , 
 Arab. jJUb. Ethiop. /HA^, to oppress, 
 to do wrong. Hence the two following: 
 
 0?^ (oppression) Telem, pr. n. of a 
 city in Judah, Josh. 15, 24. According to 
 
/-bt: 
 
 366 
 
 r2^ 
 
 Kimchi and others it is the same which 
 is called in 1 Sam. 15, 4 Cixbli . 
 
 'JT)2-'I2 (oppressed) Talmon. pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. R. n^j . 
 
 * ^'r^, fut. S^'^"^, inf. nsa-J Lev. 
 15. 32; io be or become unclean, impure; 
 to be defiled, polluted. Syr. pa4 to pol- 
 lute, \la4 polluted ; comp. Lat. conta- 
 mino. attamino. inlamino. The primary 
 idea is that of immersing ; see in "i^lj. 
 a) Chiefly spoken of Levitical unclean- 
 nees, both of persons and animals, (i. e. 
 animals not to be eaten, see Lev. 11, 1- 
 31,) and also of things, as buildings, 
 vessels, etc. opp. "ina. Lev. 11. 24 sq. 
 12, 2. 5. al. With 3 , <o be defiled with 
 any thing, Lev. ]5,'32. 18, 20. 23. b) 
 Spec, to defile oneself sc. with idolatry, 
 guilt, c. 2 Ps. 106, 39. Ez. 22, 4. 
 
 NiPH. J<^K3, part. plur. B-^X^S:? Ez. 
 
 20, 30. 31 ; pass, of Pi. no. 1, to defile one- 
 self, to be defiled, polluted, as a woman 
 by adultery, Num. 5, 13. 14 ; a people by 
 whoredom or idolatry, Hos. 5, 3. 6, 10. 
 With 2 of that with which one is defiled, 
 e.g. idols, Ez. 20, 7. 23,30; bEz.20,31. 
 
 PiEL l!t5ia 1. to make unclean, to de- 
 file, to pollute, Lev. 15, 31. Hence a) 
 to defile, to profane, e. g. the name of 
 God Ez. 43, 7. 8 ; the sanctuary Lev. 
 
 15, 31. Jer. 7, 30. Ps. 89, 1 ; a land by 
 wickedness and idolatry, Num. 35, 34. 
 Jer. 2,7. Ez. 36, 18; oneself, TOB?, Lev. 
 
 21, 44. So of idolatrous high places, 
 Pi732. i. q. to destroy, 2 K. 23, 8. 10. 13. 
 
 16. Is. 30. 22 ; this was done by casting 
 unclean things, as dead men's bones, up- 
 on the places, in order that they might 
 not be rebuilt, 2 K. 23, 6. 14. 16. 20. b) 
 to defiour, to violate a woman, virgin, 
 <3en. 34, 5. 13. 27. Ez. 18, 6. 15. 
 
 2. io pronounce unclean, e. g. as a 
 priest, Lev. 13, 3. 8. 11 sq. 
 
 3. to let pollute oneself, to let be pol- 
 luted, c. ace. Ez. 20. 26. 
 
 PuAL part, defiled, polluted, Ez. 4, 14. 
 
 HiTHP. fut. NTsa"! i. q. Niph. to make 
 oneself unclean, to defile oneself Lev. 21, 
 4. Hos. 9, 4 ; with 2 of that with which 
 one is defiled, Lev. 11, 43. 18, 30; also 
 ^Lev. 21, 3. 11. 
 
 HoTHP. KBn id. Deut. 24. 4. 
 
 Doriv. the three following. 
 
 S'Q'a adj. f. f^ij^'^, unclean, defiled, 
 imptire, opp. linij, Lev. 10, 10. 11, 47. 
 Deut. 12, 15. 22. a) Levitically, as per- 
 sons Lev. 13, 11. 15. 36. 44 sq. 15, 2. 
 Num. 19, 13. 15. 20 ; spec. CE3 xria de- 
 filed by a dead body Hagg. 2, 13 ; sra 
 tt3E:b id. Num. 5, 2. 9, 6. 7. 10. Of ani- 
 mals which may not be eaten. Lev. 5. 2. 
 7, 21. 11, 4. 5. 7. Deut. 14, 8. 10 ; of food 
 Judg. 13, 4. Ez. 4, 13; of houses, from 
 leprosy, Lev. 14, 44. etc. b) Morally, 
 Job 14, 4. Is. 6, 5 B^nsb xra unclean 
 of lips, i. e. sinning with the lips, utter- 
 ing blasphemies and falsehood. PX^U 
 D't^n the unclean of nam, infamous, Ez. 
 22, 5. Of the gentiles, Is. 35, 8, 52, 11. 
 nijra n:9nx Am, 7, 17. 
 
 ns^a-J i: mIc. 2, 10 (r. Ni:a) also 
 nsptS f uncleanness, impurity, pollu- 
 tion, a) In the Levitical sense. Lev. 5, 
 3. 7, 20. 21. 14, 19. Num. 19, 13. 2 Sam. 
 11, 4. n^:n rXT:i: Lev. 15, 26. Ez. 36, 
 17. Also an unclean thing, Judg. 13, 7. 
 14. 2 Chr. 29, 16. b) In a moral sense, 
 impurity from crime, e. g. adultery, for- 
 nication, idolatry, Lev. 16, 16. 19. Num. 
 5, 19. Lam. 1, 9. Ez. 22, 15. nsrun r\^^ 
 the unclean spint, moving the false pro- 
 phets, Zech. 13, 2. Of the gentiles, 
 Ezra 6, 21. 9, 11. Plur. constr. rxro 
 Lev. 16, 16. 19. Ez. 36, 25. 29. 
 
 I '-'7 i. q. N^kJ ; at least some forms 
 of this latter verb follow the analogy of 
 verbs fib . Thus 
 
 Niph. to be unclean, to be defiled, 
 cnr-js Lev. 11, 43. Job 18, 3 M-'Tsa? 
 CD*'3''y2 we are unclean in your eyes, i. e. 
 impious, wicked, comp. 14, 4. Vu'.g. sor- 
 duimiis. Some of the Hebrew interpret- 
 ers, favoured by the parallelism, here 
 make nra to be i. q. Chald. o^B, Dil^ 
 Heb. nax. to be stopped up, i. q. to be 
 stupid, foolish ; and this sense perhaps 
 is better in Job 1. c. we are foolish 
 (stupid) in your eyes. 
 
 "'^'9 fut. 'i^a"^, to hide, to conceal, 
 Josh. 2, 6. Job 31. 33. The primary idea 
 is that of invnersing. and is common to 
 several verbs beginning with the syllable 
 CIS (2a), some of which retain the idea of 
 immersing, while others pass over to that 
 oi' hiding and also o\' defiling, jwUnting; 
 comp. synon. "ES, and sec more in 
 
M3t2 
 
 367 
 
 Cp 
 
 Thesaur. p. 552. Spec, to hide under 
 ground, to bury, Gen. 35, 4. Ex. 2, 12. 
 Josh. 7, 21. 22. Jer. 43, 10. ,iaa be? a 
 hidden abortion Job 3, 16. So b no ) 
 Pe. 140, 6. 142, 4; b nion 'o Ps. 9, 16^ 
 31, 5, i. e. to hide a snare, net, for any 
 one, i. q. to lie in wait, to plot against 
 him ; comp. Ps. 64, 6. Job 18, 10. With 
 ^\ to hide for any one, i. e. to hoard up, 
 to reserve for him. Job 20, 26 T^l^n-bs 
 T'JiBSb ,1'ca all darkness (caUimity) is 
 hoarded up for his treasures, where ob- 
 serve the paronomasia in the kindred 
 words -(iira and liES . Similar is Deut. 
 33, 19 bin -^jiir-j 'JB-JS pr. the hidden of 
 the hid treasures of the sand, perh. glass. 
 Ironically, Prov. 19.24 nnbsa in^ bss ",ra 
 the slothful hideth his hand in tlie dish, 
 i. e. he plunges it slowly and deeply 
 into the dish. Pass. part. "(Iicaa in the 
 hidden^ i. e. in secret, in darkness, Job 
 40, 13. 
 
 NiPH. to hide oneself, under the earth, 
 Is. 2, 10. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal, 2 K. 7, 8. 
 
 Deriv. p'^aa. 
 
 ^.5^ m. c. suff. TjXaa, a basket, 
 Deut. 26, 2. 4. 28, 5. Chald. X3S id. 
 Kindr. are rssjs basket, ^j-cu to weave, 
 
 whence IkXjaajo basket ; also D^^D , etc. 
 
 For the origin, see r. bbo no. 2. 
 
 * V[wt3 in Kal not used, Aram. ^^ 
 to be soiled, dirty. 
 PiEL to soil, 10 defle. Cant. 5, 3. 
 
 * ' T T 1- q- ^V^ to go astray, to wan- 
 der, Aram. rj, }1^, and Arab. \jJo, 
 
 ^ 
 
 HiPH. to lead astray, to seduce, Ez. 
 13, 10. 
 
 O^u \ to taste, as in all the kin- 
 dred dialects ; e. g. a) to try the fla- 
 vour. Job 12, 11. b) to eat a little, 
 1 Sam. 14, 24. 29. 43. Jon. 3, 7. c) to 
 have the seme of taste, to perceive the 
 flavour, 2 Sam. 19, 36. 
 
 2. Metaph. to perceive by the mind, to 
 feel, Prov. 31, 18. Ps. 34, 9 -"^q W}!) siasa 
 nin"! 2ia O taste and see that Jehovah is 
 good. 
 
 Deriv. those following, and nifisaa . 
 
 D?^ Chald. id. Pa. to make taste, l e. 
 to caiise to eat, to feed, Dan. 4, 22. 5, 21. 
 
 D?^ m. 1. taste,flavmr of food, Num. 
 
 11,8. Jer. 48, 11. Job 6, 6. Arab. Ijiijid. 
 
 S. Metaph. intellectual taste, i.e. judg- 
 ment, discemment,understanding; comp. 
 Lat. sapere, sapiens, sapientia, et contra 
 insipidus. 1 Sam. 25, 33. Ps. 1 19, 66. Job 
 12, 20. t?a n^D nisst an insipid woman, 
 i. e. without discernment, Prov. 11, 22. 
 era nsaJ he changed his understanding, 
 i. e. feigned himselfmad, Ps. 34, 1. "'a'^ttJio 
 D?a who answer discreetly Prov. 26, 16. 
 
 3. From the Chald. judgment of the 
 king. i. e. mandate, decree, Jon. 3, 7. See 
 Chald. era no. 3. 
 
 0?^ Chald. m. i. q. Hebr. no. 3, mnn- 
 date, decree, Ezra 6, 14. More frequent 
 is 
 
 0^9 Chald. m. 1. taste, flavour, espec. 
 pleasant. Dan. 5, 2 K'^^n craa in thefla- 
 vour of wine, i. e. while drinking. 
 
 2. judgment, discernment, reason, see 
 Heb. era no. 2. Dan. 2, 14. Hence, 
 reason as demanded or given, an ac- 
 count; X^3?a an'i to render an account, 
 Dan. 6. 3 ; bs era ura to make account 
 of, to regard, Dan. 3, 12. 
 
 3. judgment of the king, mandate, edict, 
 decree, Dan. 3, 10. 12. 29. ci^a n^b to 
 give command Ezra 4. 19. 21. 5. 3. 9. 13. 
 6, 1. 7, 13. Of a cause to he judged, de- 
 creed, Ezra 5, 5. CSa bra lord of judg- 
 ment, the title of the Persian governor 
 in Samaria, Ezra 4, 8. 9. 17. 
 
 * l?*? to thrust through with a 
 
 sword, Arab. ^jJtSo id. ^JoL*io thrust 
 
 through, sSmo a thrust. Chald. Pa. id. 
 
 Pdal pass. Part. plur. constr. '^ira'a 
 
 Is. 14, 19. ""' ' 
 
 ^ ' |i 7 to load up beasts of burden, 
 
 Gen. 45, 17. Aram. ;ra, ,-^. to be 
 
 loaded, laden. Arab. ^ n ]d VIII to sit 
 
 , G ) f 
 upon a camel, /jjJLLJ a loaded camel, 
 
 X A.^atl g camel's saddle i. e. with a tent 
 or canopy. Comp. '^S . 
 
 51^ m. (r. t]Ba) c. suff. C2Ba, collect. 
 little ones, little children, boys and girls, 
 so called from their quick and tripping 
 
nst: 
 
 368 
 
 1-lt5 
 
 gait, see the root; comp. ^^i?. Gen. 
 S4, 29. 43, 8. 4.5, 19. 46, 5." 0pp. to 
 youths and maidens Ez. 9, 6 ; to men 
 above twenty years old, Ex. 12, 37 ; to 
 maidens, Num. 31,18. Oflen qijnn c^ttisn 
 Deut. 20, 12; C^^:) Til? Josh.' 1, 14; 
 t'O"] Q"!:! O-^lUSX Jer. 40, 7. etc. Some- 
 times it is applied to a ichole family, ex- 
 cepting only the father or head of the 
 family; 2 Chr. 20, 13 Bn-^^rJ CE-J-ca 
 Cfi/^sai also their families, to wit, their 
 wives and their children. 2 Chr. 31, 18. 
 Gen. 47, 12 V'^i"} ""Eb according to their 
 families. Ex.' 10,' 10. Num. 32, 16. 
 24. 26. 
 
 * nEt2 in Kal not used. Syr. wa^ , 
 to spread out, to expand. Kindr. HSS . 
 
 PiEL riBli 1. to spread out, to expand, 
 trans, e. g. the heavens, Is. 48, 13. 
 
 2. Denom. from rtBis no. 1, to bear 
 upon the palms, sc. a child, in Engl. ' to 
 carry in the arms,' Lam. 2, 22. 
 
 Deriv. rnaiir, and the three follow- 
 ing. 
 
 ne'e m. plur. nine-J 1. Pr. the 
 spread hand, palm. ; put as a measure 
 of four fingers, a hand-breadth, 1 K. 7, 
 26. 2 Chr. 4, 5, comp. Jer. 52, 21. Ps. 39, 
 6 'i?; nnn: rinEL? n:n lo> thou hast 
 made my days hand-breadths, i. e. very 
 short. 
 
 2. As a term of architecture, plur. 
 tnutuli, corbils, i. e. projecting stones on 
 which the ends of timbers are laid, 1 K. 
 7. 9. Sept. tu '/iiaa. 
 
 flBt3 m. i. q. nEli no. 1, a palm, hand- 
 breadth, Ex. 25, 25. 37, 12. Ez. 40, 5. 
 43. R. HE-J. 
 
 Q'^HBip m. plur. verbal noun (r. nsa 
 Piel no. 2) a bearing on the palms, nurs- 
 ing of children. Lam. 2, 20. 
 
 ''I r ^^^- '''? o Pi*- '" patch, as in 
 Talmudic ; then trop. to patch vp false- 
 hood, i. e. to devise, to forge ; comp. dv- 
 Xov ^I'mitiv, Lat. snere dolos. Ps. 1 19. 69. 
 Job 13, 4. EUipt. Job 14, 17 "b? VeaPiT 
 sis thoxt detisest (falsehoods) upon my 
 iniquity, i. e. thou makcet my eins more 
 numerous by false accusations in addi- 
 tion. Comp. the similar passage in Targ. 
 Jonath. Deut. 1.1 K-J??^ "Y^-o 'IS? (inbca 
 concinrumtia contra eum verba menda- 
 
 cia. Arab. (JJuo to arrange one's dis- 
 course artificially. 
 
 nOSp m. Jer. 51, 27, plur. c. sufF. 
 Tj'1-iDsa Nah. 3, 17, a foreign word, a 
 satrap, military governor of a province 
 among the Assyrians and Medes. If we 
 may form a conjecture from the modern 
 Persian language, we may compare 
 -dWw.U), -jwmjU), war-chief, prince. Boh- 
 
 len in his posthumous sheets compares 
 Sanscr. adhipacara king's legate. In 
 Targ. Jonath. Deut. 28, 12, it occurs as 
 the name of an angel of high rank. 
 
 ^ll-? Arab, ^^jo and o3 to take 
 short and quick steps, to trip, spoken of 
 the walk of children, whence wia. Also 
 of the affected gait of coquettish females, 
 to mince ; once infin. absol. Is. 3. 16 T^*ihn 
 niD^n rpEai walking and raincing as 
 they go ; Luth. well as to the sense: eie 
 tretcn einher und schwanzen, i. e. wag, 
 waddle ; so Saad. ^.Jsj^ , Chald. 'i^iPEa 
 
 *|Epi3 . Corresponding are -?^, Germ. 
 tappen, trappen, and its dimin. trippeln, 
 Engl, to tap, to trip. 
 
 *^^ Chald. m. plur. "p-iEa, i. q. 
 Heb. 'p.SS, nail of a man, Dan. 4, 30; 
 /too/* of an animal, Dan. 7, 19. 
 
 "^ri^ to be fat ; metaph. to be dull, 
 stupid, like Gr. na^vi, Lat. pinguis, P&. 
 119, 70. Comp. raujn Is. 6, 10. More 
 frequent in Chaldee. 
 
 PiB'l: (for rS-JD drop, r. Cias) Taphath, 
 pr. n. of a daughter of Solomon, 1 K. 
 4,11. 
 
 '_7 to thrust, Lat. irud-o with the 
 same radical letters ; hence to follow on 
 continually one after another ; only Part. 
 Prov. 19, 13. 27. 15 "i-ib "b'n stillicidium 
 trudens, i. e. a continual dropping of the 
 eaves, one drop following anotlier and 
 thrusting it forward ; comp. Engl. ' driv- 
 ing rain.' Arab. (^-Jo trusit, propulit; 
 IV, res consecuta est aliam ; see Schult. 
 ad Prov. 1. c. Chald. I^ia, Syr. Vti > to 
 extrude. 
 Deriv. pr. n. TDtsa. 
 
 Ty'O Chald. to thrust, to drive forth, 
 Dan. 4, 22. 29. 30. 
 
n^t3 
 
 369 
 
 nt3 
 
 * '^7 obsol. root, i. q. n^a , to be fresh, 
 new. Arab, {^yio and lyh id. Eth. 
 
 '5*Zn^ raw, uncooked. The primary 
 idea perhaps lies in plucking off, so that 
 rrna (ina, ana) may be i. q. C]na q. v. 
 Hence "'"la . 
 
 D1"^0 i. q. D-na 710/ yef, Ruth 3, 14 
 Chethibh. 
 
 ''^u in Kal not used, Arab, --j-b 
 
 Conj. I, IV, VIII, to cast down, to project. 
 HiPH. once Job 37, 11 n"'-.a^ '^'?s-r!5 
 as also in rain, he (God) casts down the 
 thick cloud, precipitates it, implying the 
 descent and sudden fall ofclouds through 
 the weight of water in them, tlie burst- 
 ing of a cloud. But Arab. -vb c. Jkfc 
 
 signifies also to cast upon, to lay upon 
 any thing, comp. n-a a load, burden; 
 and hence the passage might be ren- 
 dered : with rain he loads the thick 
 clouds; so some of the Rabbins. Syram. 
 iTti/ifjlait. Still another interpretation 
 see in art. "''na, p. 158. Hence 
 
 f^'^'S m. a cumbrance, trouble, Deut. 
 1, 12. Is. 1, 14. Chald. xn-^a toil, weari- 
 ness, nna to be wearied, Eth. flCA id. 
 
 ''"Ita adj. fem. H'na .fresh, new, e. g. a 
 wound Is. 1, 6; the jaw-bone of an ass, 
 Judg. 15, 15. R. rr^a. 
 
 u^u obsol. root, prob. i. q. tl'^a to 
 pluck off, comp. j J.O to cut off". Hence 
 
 D^^ pr. a cutting off, the place where 
 a bough has just been cut from a tree ; 
 then, beginning. Hence, though this 
 etymology is doubtful : 
 
 1. before, sooner than ; with fut. in a 
 past sense, Ex. 12, 34 the people took 
 their dough f^n-^ cia before it was 
 leavened. Josh. 3, 1. Ps. 119,67; with 
 fut. in fut. sense, Is. 65, 24. In this 
 signif. we more freq. find cnaa . 
 
 2. not yet; with praet. Gen. 24, 15 nna 
 la'n^ n|2 he had not yet done speaking. 
 1 Sam. 3. 7. Ollener with fut. in past 
 sense, Gen. 2. 5 and every plant of the 
 feld was not yel in the earth. Ex. 10. 7. 
 Josh. 2. 8. 1 Sam. 3, 3; fut. in fut. sense, 
 Ex. 9. 30. 
 
 3. With the prepositions a and '{0, id. 
 a) c'^aa when not yel, before; with 
 
 priBt. Ps. 90, 2. Prov. 8, 25. With fut. in 
 the fut. sigiiif Is. 66, 7. Job 10, 21 nnaa 
 Ti^X before I shall go ; but often in the 
 signif. of praet. Jer. 1,5/ sanclifed tliee 
 Ksn cnaa before tlwu earnest forth. Gen. 
 27, 33. 41," 50. Ex. 1, 19. Ruth 3, 14. 2 K. 
 6, 32. With inf Zeph. 2, 2 r-ib cnaa. 
 Ibid, pleonast. xia^ t<b D^^aa pr. before 
 it conie not upon you, strictly a double 
 negation. With a subst. y*7;5 onaa be- 
 fore the harvest, pr. in there being yet 
 no harvest. Is. 28, 4. 
 
 b) c")aia i. q. D^aa, wfum not yet, 
 Hugg. 2. 15. Comp. "|T3 in the formula 
 p-iaxn^; , onisiQ , Is. 46, 10. 
 
 ^Or ^"'- Sl"!^"?, once in pause ^'^'^'J 
 Gen. 49, 27. 
 
 1 . to pull or plu4:k off, kindr. irna , ana , 
 
 comp. Gr. &qvnx(ii. Hence Arab. \^-^ 
 
 to be fresh, new, i. e. freshly plucked, 
 Heb. ri"ia, qna no. 1. 
 
 2. to pull or tear in pieces, to rend, aa 
 wild beasts. Gen. 37, 33. 44, 28. Deut. 33, 
 20. Ps. 22, 14. Nah. 2, 13. Trop. of fierce 
 warriors and enemies. Gen. 49. 27. Ps. 7, 
 3 ; even of God, Ps. 50. 22 r|"-iax",9 lest 
 I tear you in pieces. Hos. 4, 14. 6, 1. 
 Ascribed also to anger, as of God, Job 
 
 16, 9; of men Am. 1, IL Job 18, 4. 
 NiPH. pass of no. 2, Ex.22, 12. Jer. 5, 6. 
 PuAL id. Gen. 37, 33. 44, 28. 
 
 Hi PH. to tear up food, i. e. into small 
 pieces or mouthluls, to cause to eat, to 
 feed a person, Prov. 30, 8. 
 
 Deriv. the three following. 
 
 ^'^ adj. fresh, new, of a leaf^ Gen. 8, 
 11. See r. Ci'^a no. 1. 
 
 vl'^'a m. c. suff". isna 1. a green leaf, 
 fresh foliage, pr. freshly plucked off, Ez. 
 
 17, 9 ; comp. Gen. 8, 11. Chald. et Syr. 
 stDna , Jjsj-^ , id. 
 
 2. prey of a wild beast, pr. an animal 
 torn in pieces, Job 4. 11. 29. 17. 38, 39. 
 Is. 5, 29. Am. 3, 4. Nah. 2, 13. 3, 1. 
 Trop. Ci"ia in'-n mountains of prey i. e. 
 of plunderers, robbers, fastnesses whence 
 they sally forth for prey, Ps. 76. 5. 
 
 3. food, of animals Job 24, 5 ; of men, 
 Prov. 31, 15. Mai. 3, 10. Ps. Ill, 5. Comp. 
 the verb in Hiph. 
 
 nS"1t3 f collect, what is torn in pieces, 
 flocks torn by wild beasts, Gen. 31, 39. 
 
Snt3 
 
 370 
 
 bi<^ 
 
 Ex. 22, 12. Lev. 7, 24. Ez. 4, 14. Nah. 
 2, 13. R. :ina . 
 
 !?^STJ Chald. Tarpelites Ezra 4, 9, 
 the name of a people from which the 
 
 Assyrian kings sent colonists to Sama- 
 ria. Sept. TuQcpaXaioi. Perh. the Ta- 
 pyri, TanovQoi, dwelUng on the east of 
 Elymais; Ptol. p. 148. 
 
 Yod, the tenth letter of the Hebrew 
 alphabet, as a numeral denoting 10. 
 The name of this letter, Ti'' , is doubt- 
 less i. q. 1^ the hand, comp. Cl'^, plur. 
 C^r^ from obsol. C^ ; and its figure in 
 the Phenician and Samaritan alphabets 
 and on Maccabean coins, still presents a 
 rude image of the hand ; see Monumm. 
 Phoenic. p. 30, also PI. 3. So too the 
 Ethiopic, where this letter is called la- 
 maw, i. e. right hand. 
 
 It is interchanged : a) With the other 
 feeble letters, X , Ji , *i , so that these three 
 aspirates are softened intoYod ; e. g.with 
 , see in N ; with n , as "bn r^"^ , nsn 'nv^ , 
 see Thes. p. 360 ; often with T . Indeed 
 most of the Heb. roots which have Yod 
 for the first radical, i. e. verbs "iS, are in 
 Arabic and Ethiopic IS , see Lehrg. p. 
 379 sq. as 1^^, tXJ., (DAJ? etc. For 
 the affinity of verbs *'"b with other bili- 
 teral roots, espec. verbs is and si? , see 
 Lehrg. 112. 2. b) With the semi- 
 vowel 3, as ns3 rijt^, etc. see in 3. c) 
 With the other palatals ; e. g. with a, 
 as iia^ x.Juc^ Iturea; ^D^ Ethiop. 
 7HJ^ to chastise ; *(7^ Armen. gini 
 wine. Also with 3 and p, as *it|^ and 
 1C3 ; see Thesaur. p. 557. 
 
 ^5t io long for, to desire earnestly, 
 c. i Ps. 119, 131 ; Sept. inin6ovv. Syr. 
 
 %.n*.,A and ^a^)^Z) id. Kindr. are 
 hsx, nix ; comp. snx where see, -xn. 
 
 '^, to he comely, becoming, i. q. 
 h1X3 (Ps. 33, 1. Prov. 17, 7). Impers. 
 with b , it is becoming, suitable for any 
 one ; once Jer. 10, 7 npK'^ r.b "^3 for thee 
 doth it become. Sept. ed. Compl. (rot 
 yu(i n^tTiii. Syr. \y* it is becoming, c. 
 ^ for any one, nffinov. 
 mH'^ see "IS"' river. 
 
 ^^2?^^ (whom Jehovah hears, r. "|TX) 
 /aaza?? m^,pr.n.m. a)Jer. 35, 3. b) 
 Ez. 11, 1. 
 
 ^^T??^:- (id.) Jaazaniah, pr. n. m. 
 a) 2 k. 25, 23. Contr. ^n;:n Jezaniah 
 Jer. 40, 8 ; n^:n 42, 1. b)" Ez. 8, 11. 
 
 "^''^T (whom God enlightens, r. lis) 
 pr. n. Jair, Gr. 'luei()og Mark 5, 23. a) A 
 descendant of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 2, 21-23, 
 comp. Gen. 50, 23 ; called also his son, 
 Num. 32, 41. Deut. 3, 14. b) A judge 
 of Israel, Judg. 10, 3. Patronym. ''i"'N^ 
 Jairite 2 Sam. 20, 26. c) Esth. 2, 5." 
 
 * ! '''^T ^or bsi, in Kal not used, to 
 he foolish, i. q. bis q. v. 
 
 NiPH. bxiD to become foolish, to dote, 
 Is. 19, 13. Jer. 50, 36. Also to act fool- 
 ishly, Num. 12, 11. Jer. 5. 4. 
 
 11 ^5?^ to will, to desire ; kindr. 
 with Sanscr. ical, Gr. ^oiXo^ul, Lat. 
 voio, Germ, wollen, Engl, to will. Found 
 only in 
 
 HiPH. b-^xSn, fut. apoc. bsi'i, to will, 
 in two senses : 
 
 1. Of one who undertakes that which 
 he wills, however difficult, implying ac- 
 tive volition, i. q. to take upon oneself, to 
 assay; Sept. often u^;(Ofiui to begin. 
 With inf c. h Gen. 18, 27. 31. Josh. 17, 
 12. Judg. 1. 27. 35. 1 Sam. 17, 39. With 
 verb fin. vKTwdhmg Deut. 1, 5. 
 
 2. Of one willing to yield to the re- 
 quest or entreaty of another, implying 
 passive volition, i. q. to he content, to 
 consent, to please, sc. to do any thing. 
 Job 6, 28 '3 !i:b sib-'Sin he content, look 
 upon me. 2 K. 6, 3. Spec. a) Of one 
 who yields and accepts a kindness oller- 
 cd; Judg. 17, 11 rrrb r|n b^^'.] and 
 the Lerite consented to dwell, etc. Ex. 2, 
 21. 2 K. 5, 23. So Josh. 7, 7 would we 
 had been conterU, and dwelt on the other 
 
n^'' 
 
 371 
 
 in" 
 
 $ide Jordan ! b) Of one who yields to 
 sin; Hoa. 5, 11 'S-''-;n!< r,bn b-^xln i) 
 for he consented and went after vanity 
 i. e. idols ; is being for id i. q. K^ti . 
 c) Of God, who in his clemency yields 
 to prayer ; Job 6, 9 "'SSjai"'! nibx bx"*! 
 that it may please God, and he destroy 
 me. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 2 Sam. 7, 29. Con- 
 str. infill, c. b Judg. 17, 11; with verb 
 fin. uavrdiiwg 2 K. 5, 23. Hos. 5, 11. Job 
 6, 28 ; with verb fin. c. i Josh. 7, 7. 2 Sam. 
 
 7, 29. Job 6, 9. 
 
 1S5^ and IIS'^, m. an Egyptian word, 
 signifying canal, channel, river ; in the 
 
 dialect of Memphis I^DO, in that of 
 Thebes 1600, see Jablonski Opusc. ed. 
 te Water T. I. p. 93, 444. Peyron Lex. 
 Copt. p. 40. In the Inscription of Ro- 
 setta. 1. 14. 15, it is written JOR ; see 
 Kosegarten de Scriptura vett. iEgypti- 
 orum p. 14. Among the Hebrews it 
 signified : 
 
 1. a ditch, canal, channel. Is. 33. 21, 
 where it is the fosse of a fortified city ; 
 Sept. SmqvI. So of the canals of the 
 Nile, Ex. 8, 1 [5]. Nah. 3, 8 ; comp. in 
 no. 3. 
 
 2. a channel, shaft, sc. of a mine. Job 
 28, 10. 
 
 3. a river, xat Uox^v the river of 
 Egypt, the Nile; fully D^nsa -lit-i Am. 
 
 8, 8. 9, 5 ; often with the art. "(X^n , 6 
 noiH/ioi, Gen. 41, 1 sq. Ex. 1, 22. 2, 3. 
 7, 15. 18. So with prefixes : 1x73 Ex. 
 7. 18. 20. Is. 19, 8 ; nx^s as the Nile Jer. 
 46. 7. 8. Am. 9, 5, once contracted nx3 
 id. Am. 8, 8. Poet, also without art. Is. 
 19, 7. 23, 3. Ez. 29, 9. Zech. 10, 11 ; 
 whence iX"'3 as the Nile Am. 8, 8. 9, 5. 
 In one place only is it spoken of ano- 
 ther river, Dan. 12. 5. 6. 7. Plur. "'"ix"' 
 t^nsia Is. 7, 18, and -listt '^x'^ 2 K. 19, 
 24. Is. 19. 6. the rivers of Egypt, i. e. the 
 branches and canals of the Nile. So 
 with suff. Ez. 29, 3. 4. 5. 10. Ex. 7, 19. 
 Ps. 78, 44. 
 
 *^?T in Kal not used, Arab. ijJS 
 and transp. />ol, to despond, to despair. 
 
 NiPH. irxiS id. with \a prsegn. to de- 
 spair of and desist from ; 1 Sam. 27, 1 
 
 lis 'r-aisab b^xTi: -isaa 0x131 and Saul 
 shall desist from me to seek me any more. 
 
 Part. CXi3 one in despair, desperate, 
 Job 6, 2G. Impers. desperatum est, there 
 is no hope, it is in vain, Is. 57, 10. Jer. 2, 
 25. 18. 12. 
 
 PiEL inf dx;, with lab, to let despair, 
 to give over to despair, Ecc, 2, 20, 
 
 n^tDS?"' (see next art.) Josiah, pr. n. m. 
 Zech. 6, 10. 
 
 inj'tpS?"' (whom Jehovah heals, r. ndx) 
 pr. n. Josiah, king of Judah 6-12H311 
 B. C. the restorer of the Mosaic law, 
 slain at Megiddo in battle with Necho 
 king of Egypt, 2 K. 23, 23. 2 Chr. 34, 
 33. Gr. 'loxTiag. 
 
 '^y^'^'^ , Jeatherai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 6 
 [21] ; for which v. 26 "^nx q. v. 
 
 ^^^ in Kal not used. Piel, to call 
 aloud, to cry out. Judg. 5, 28. Aram, 
 id. spec, of shouts of rejoicing, in the 
 Targums for Heb. <^"i^t, '{^1 ; Syr. also 
 to blow the trumpet, | ^g.-\ sound of the 
 
 trumpet. Arab. ,_^I id. chiefly of the 
 shout of battle ; but from ^^/^ is also 
 
 loUo desert, so called from the howl- 
 ing o'i wild beasts. Comp. b5i"i . 
 Deriv. pr. n. 331"'. 
 
 ^^12? m. c. suff. tnbiiri, once nbs-^ or 
 rTi.z'j Deut. 33, 22 ; produce, increase of 
 the earth. Lev. 26, 4. 20. Deut. 11, 17. 
 32, 22. Judg. 6, 4. Ps. 67, 7. 85, 13. Hab. 
 3, 17. Trop. Job 20, 28 ir^a b^37 br 
 the increase of his hottse departs, disap- 
 pears, i. e. the wealth laid up in his 
 house. R. b?;; Hiph. i. q. xr:ri, aa 
 nx^sn proventus, from Xia. 
 
 012'? (place trodden down, threshing- 
 floor, r. Dia) Jebiis, the ancient name of 
 Jerusalem among the Canaanites. Judg. 
 19. 10. 11. 1 Chv. 11, 4. 5. The gentile 
 n. is 'pia^ Jebusite, collect, the Jebusites, 
 a Canaanitish tribe who inhabited this 
 city and the neighbouring mountains ; 
 they were subdued by David, but still 
 existed in the time of Ezra; Gen. 10, 16. 
 15, 21. Num. 13, 30. Josh. 15, 63. 2 Sara. 
 5, 6. Ezra 9, 1. The same gentile name 
 is sometimes put for the city itself (i. q. 
 ''t?13\'i nis Judg. 19, 11), Josh. 15, 8. 
 18, 16 ; also poetically in later times for 
 Jerusalem Zech. 9, 7, as n'^noa for 
 Chaldea. 
 
372 
 
 pn^ 
 
 *^0'?'^ (whom God chooses, r. "iJ^s) 
 ibhar, pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam. 
 5, 15. 1 Chr. 14, 5. 
 
 I"''?? (whom God observes, r. *pl3) Ja- 
 bin, pr. n. of two kings of Hazor. a) 
 Josh. 11, 1. b) Judg. 4, 2. Ps. 83, 10. 
 
 tt'^y^ see CS; . 
 1 . ^^r 1- ^0 treZZ, tojlow, sc. copi- 
 ously and with impetus. Arab. Jo. to 
 flow copiously, to rain, whence Ju) 
 
 6 ^ 
 
 Juf, rain, a shower. Corresponding 
 
 are Germ, wallen, whence Welle ; Engl. 
 to well. Hence bz"^ , h'z^'^ I, Vnix a river, 
 ina for b!i3'i_ rain, bna^ deluge. Also to 
 flow, to run, sc. with matter, as a sore, 
 whence ^3|] sanie diffluens. 
 
 2. Poet, to go, to advance gently ; as 
 in Engl, to flow, to glide, also Germ. 
 tJcaUen, poet, for to go, the figure being 
 taken from water ; chiefly spoken of 
 the waving motion of a crowd or of a 
 solemn procession ; hence 
 
 HiPH. ^^ain, Syr. Vcof, Chald. 
 ^"STT, causat. of no. 2; poet, for st^2n. 
 
 1. to lead, to bring, to conduct, sc. per- 
 sons, chiefly in solemn pomp, Ps. 60, 11. 
 108, 11. Jer. 31. 9. Is. 23, 7. 
 
 2. to bring, to oflfer, e. g. presents Ps. 
 68, 30. 76, 12. Zeph. 3, 10. 
 
 HoPH. h'l'^n 1. to be led, brought, 
 conducted, Is. 53, 7. Jer. 11, 19. So of 
 persons, mostly in state or solemn pomp, 
 Ps. 45, 15. 16. Is. 55, 12; of funeral 
 pomp, Job 10, 19. 21, 30. 32. 
 
 2. to be brought, offered, e. g. gifts, 
 presents, Is. 18, 7. Hos. 10, 6. 12, 2. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, also bl-'^ and 
 ?12 produce, 7ZF\. 
 
 II* -"Tr ^ root not in use, onoma- 
 lopoet. like hut. jubi tare, i. q. to shout in 
 joy and triumph ; other kindred forms 
 see in bai-" . Hence bar , bai'^ II. 
 
 bn'' Chald. i. q. Heb. I. Aph. ba-'H 
 to bring, Ezra 5, 14. 6, 5. 
 
 53^ m. (r. ba^ I ) 1. a atream, river. 
 e'^TS-'ba-; Is. 30,'25. 44, 4. 
 
 2. Jabal, pr. n. eon of Lamech, the 
 father of nomadic pastoral life, Gen. 
 4,20. 
 
 '^- adj. f. ^\!3.2, flowing, running, sc. 
 with matter as a sore, i. e. having run- 
 ning sores, ulcers, spoken of a flock Lev. 
 22, 22. Vulg. papulas habens, having 
 pimples, pustules ; and so in Talmudic, 
 
 s^ 
 see Mishna Erubhin 10. 13. Arab. aJbli 
 defluxus pilorum. 
 
 ^.!' see in b^ia-^ . 
 
 ^?'?-?'' (^or cr nba"] he consumes the 
 people, r. nbs) Ibleam, pr. n. of a city in 
 Manasseh, Josh. 17. 11. Judg. 1. 27. 2 K. 
 9, 27 ; written in 1 Chr. 6, 55 crba. 
 
 ^r;^ m. c. sun. '^'^'^'], a brother-in- 
 law, husband''s brother, Lat. levir, who 
 by the Mosaic law, when a husband 
 died without heirs, was bound to marry 
 the widow, Deut. 25, 5-9. Hence the 
 denom. verb: 
 
 PiEL EST pr. to act the Jiusband^a 
 brother, to perform his duty, to marry a 
 brother'^s widow, Deut. 25, 5. 7. Gen. 38, 8. 
 
 nian^ f. c. suflf. T^nra-i , I'tn^a-^ , sister- 
 in-law, a brother's wife, Deut. 25, 7. 9. 
 Also the wife of a husband's brother, 
 Ruth i, 15. Fem. of na^ . 
 
 bs:n:; (God lets build) Jabneel pr. 
 n. a) A city in Judah Josh. 15, 11. 
 b) In Naphtaii Josh. 19, 33. R. nja. 
 
 nsn;^ (God lets build, r. n;a) pr. n. 
 Jabneh, a city on the Mediterranean, 
 taken from the Philistines by Uzziel, 
 2 Chr. 26, 6, comp. Josh. 15. 46. Sept. 
 'lixfitiu 1 Mace. 4. 15, and ' lufivna 5, 58. 
 2 Mace. 12, 8. Strab. XVI. 2. Arab. 
 LLo Yeb7ia, which name is still borne 
 by a village among the ruins of the 
 ancient city. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 III. p. 22. 
 
 n^^^n": (Jehovah will build) Ibneiah, 
 pr. n.'m. 1 Chr. 9, 8. R. nja. 
 
 n^23^ (id.) Ibnijah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 9,8.' 
 
 Y^^ obsol. root, Arab. {ja^% to 
 shine, to be bright. Hence pr. n. yan. 
 
 p3^ Jabbok, pr. n. of a stream or tor- 
 rent near Mount Gileud, flowing from 
 the east into the Jordan on the northern 
 border of the Ammonites, now called 
 L>\\ i5<i>U Wady Zerka, i. e. cerulean, 
 
ny 
 
 373 
 
 nvf 
 
 Num. 21, 24. Gen. 32, 23. Deut. 2. 37. 3, 
 16. Josh. 12, 2. Judg. 11, 13. See Burck- 
 hardt's Travels in Syria, p. 347. Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. II. p. 121. As to the 
 etymology, Simoitis (Onomiist. p. 315) 
 not unaptly derives pi^ from pj^S to 
 pour out, to empty, by Chaldaism for 
 p3^ , i. e. a ponn'ng out, emptyvig. Yet 
 in Gen 32, 23. 25, there is an allusion to 
 this name, as if it were for piax'^ , from 
 r. pax . 
 
 '^^^2'!l3'? (whom Jehovah blesses) 
 Jeberechiah, pr. n. m. Is. 8, 2. 
 
 DTD37 (pleasant, r. oba) Jibsam, pr. 
 n. m.' i Chr. 7, 2. 
 
 * ''^^l fut. aa-i^, ir27, plur. vra;i; inf. 
 constr. rirai Gen. 8, 7, with prep. I13n"'a 
 Is. 27. 11.' 
 
 1. Perh. pr. to be Jiot, to glow, comp. 
 12 ; then to be arid, to be or become 
 dry, to (h-y up, as plants, trees, grass, Is. 
 15, 6. 19. 7. 40, 7. 8. Joel 1, 12 ; bread 
 Josh. 9, 5. 12 ; fields tilled and sown Jer. 
 23, 10. Is. 27, 11 ; the earth after the 
 deluge Gen. 8. 14; bones as destitute of 
 marrow Ez. 37, 11; the hand as para- 
 lyzed 1 K. 13, 4. Zech. 11, 17, comp. 
 Mark 3, 1 ; hence of the vital strength, 
 Ps. 22; 16 "^nb ianns da; my strength is 
 dried 2ip like a potsherd. The moisture 
 itself is also said to dry up ; hence of 
 streams and the sea Job 14, 11. 1 K. 17, 
 7. Joel 1, 20 ; a fountain Hos. 13, 15. 
 Aram. id. Arab. (j*i-o id. For the 
 difference between laa'^ and a'^n to be 
 dry, see under a^n . 
 
 2. Like Oia , to be ashamed, to be put 
 
 to shame, see Hiph. no. 2. Arab. ijLo 
 pudendum. [This signification comes 
 from the idea of heat, blushing ; comp. 
 in "ia no. 1. T. 
 
 PiEL t'37 to make dry, to dry up, Job 
 15, 30. Prov. 17, 22. Nah. 1, 4, where 
 wira'i is for ^ndai'^T. 
 
 HiPH. d'^ain l. to make dry, to dry 
 up, as plants, trees, Ez. 17,24. Is. 42, 15 ; 
 streams, the sea, Josh. 2, 10. 4, 23. Is. 44, 
 27. Jer. 51, 36. Intrans. to becorne dry, 
 to be dried up, of plants, fruits, the har- 
 vest, Joel I, 10. 12. 17. Metaph. v. 12 
 joy ia dried up, withered away, from the 
 3ons of men, 
 
 (^ to shame, to make ashamed, see Kal 
 
 32 
 
 no. 2. 2 Sam. 19, 6. Intrans. i, q. dia in 
 Kal, to be ashamed, to feel shame, Jer. 
 2,26. 6, 15. 8, 12. Often of persons who 
 are disappointed in their hopes, Joel 
 1, 11. Jer. 2, 26. Zech. 9, 5. Poet, of 
 cities overthrown, to be put to sliame, 
 disgraced. Jer. 48, 1. 20. 50, 2. Also to 
 act shamefiUly, Hos. 2, 7 [5J. 
 t33;< adj. f niran . R. ca;" no. 1. 
 
 1. dry. Job 13, 25. Ez. 17, 24. 37, 2. 4. 
 
 2. Jabesh, pr. n. a) A city in Gilead, 
 fully written njba TSa'; Judg. 21. 8 sq. 
 also iria^ 1 Sam.' 1 1, 1.' 3. 5. 10, etc. dis- 
 tant a night's journey from Bethshean 
 1 Sara. 31, 11. It was prob. on the 
 Wady Ydbes, which enters the Jordan 
 from the east not far below Beisftn; 
 Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 289. Accord- 
 ing to Eusebius, it was six miles from 
 Pella towards Gerasa. b) A man, 2 K. 
 15, 10. 13. 14. 
 
 ?- adj. an intensive form, i. q. ca^, 
 found only in fem. noa^ , dry ; so nra^a 
 on the dry, i. e. on dry ground, Ex. 14. 16. 
 22. 29. Josh. 4, 22. Then for the dry 
 land, opp. the sea, Gen. 1, 9. Ex. 4, 9. 
 Jon. 1, 9. 13. 2, 11. Ps. 66, 6. Comp. 
 ^ann. So Gr. ^ |ijo and to ^r^Qov, 
 Matt. 23, 15, opp. } ^uknaaa. 1 Mace. 8, 
 32. Vorstius de Hebraismis N. T. edl. 
 Fischer, cap. 2. 2. 
 
 rim^ f. id. Ex. 4, 9. Ps.95,5. ChaTtt. 
 8t. emphat. xn'ia'! id. Dan. 2, 10. 
 
 '^^"^ (God will avenge) Igal, ]^al'y 
 pr. n. m. a) Num. 13, 7. b) 1 Chr. 
 3, 22. c) 2 Sam. 23, 36. R. bits. 
 
 ^^ i. q. a^ia, to cut sc. with a' 
 plough, to plough, to till; only P^rt. 
 plur. ci3ST> ploughmen, husbandmen, 
 2 K. 25, 12 Keri. Jer. 52. 16. Hence 
 
 :i?^ m. plur. D'^aj'j, a field, as plough- 
 ed, Jer. 39, 10. 
 
 "'^^^^ (elevated, verb. fut. Hbph. r. 
 nsa; comp. ns"^) Jogbehah, pr. n. of a 
 place in the tribe of Gad, Num; 32, 35. 
 Judg. 8, 11. 
 
 1'^^f'^l^'? (Jehovah will make great, 
 r. bna) Igdaliah, pr. n. m. Jer. 35, 4. 
 
 ! *?, in Kal not used, to grieve. 
 The primary idea lies either in being 
 pained, kindr. 5?^ ; or else in panting, 
 sighing, groaning, kindt. nan.. 
 
374 
 
 Pi EL riJ.*! , to afflict^ to grieve, Cut. MS^l 
 for riir^-T} Lam. 3, 33. Comp. trn^ Pi.' 
 
 HiPH. nsin to afflict, to grieve. Job 19, 
 2. Lam. hb. 12. 3, 32. Is. 51, 23. 
 
 NiPH. Part. ns'S for naij, afflicted, 
 grieved ; plur. Zeph. 3. 18 iriaa "^aiD 
 ^^ose grieved as prohibited y/o??i //le 
 sacred assembly. Fem. riil3 afflicted 
 Lara. 1, 4. 
 
 Deriv. ',"'i'j , niTO . 
 
 II. t^^ i. q. iiiti II, ?o be separated, 
 apart. 
 
 HiPH. nsH for l^3'i^ , to take away, to 
 remove, 2 Sam. 20, 13. Arab. .^* Conj. 
 IV, id. Syr. ^*-o) to expel, to eject. 
 
 "Jl^^ m. affliction, grief, sorrow, Gen. 
 42, 38. 44," 31. Ps.' 13, 3. al. R. n;^ 
 no. 1. 
 
 ^TliJ^ part, or adj. verbal (r. ^i;j) fear- 
 ing, used with pers. pronouns for a finite 
 verb, Jer. 22, 25. 39, 17. 
 
 ^^^^ (lodging-place, r. ^"5) Jagtir, pr. 
 n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
 15, 21. 
 
 5''^^ m. adj. wearied, weary. Job 3, 17. 
 R. ss; . 
 
 ?''r^!' m. (r. *?';) 1. labour, toil, espec. 
 difficult and wearisome ; Gen. 31, 42 
 "'B3 5"'5'^ the labour of my hands. 
 
 2. Meton. the product of labour ; hence 
 a work. Job 10, 3. Oftener earnings, 
 gain, wealth. Is. 45, 14. 55, 2. Jer. 3, 24. 
 20,5. Ez. 23, 29. Ps. 109.11. Neh.5,1?; 
 espec. as derived from tillage, Ps. 78, 46. 
 Job 39, 11 ; C^B? S-'r Hag. 1, 11, id. Ps. 
 128, 2. Plur. 'S'^S'? id. Hos. 12, 9. 
 
 3. As connected with suffering, labour, 
 pain, i. e. the effort and pain of parturi- 
 tion ; spoken of the ostrich Job 33, 16. 
 
 fiy'^5^ f. (r. ?3'^) labour, weariness, 
 EcJl2| 12. 
 
 "^-^r (exiled, r. rt^s) Jogli, pr. n. m. 
 Num734, 22. 
 
 * ^K fut. sr"? 1- to labour, to toil, 
 espec. with wearisome and painful effort, 
 Arab. /:>>> to pain ; kindr. is fia^ I. 
 
 Conetr. absol. Job 9, 29 ??. ban riT-nab 
 why then should I labour in vain? Is. 
 49, 4. 65, 23 ; with \ c. inf Prov. 23, 4 ; 
 with a of that in which one labours, 
 
 Josh. 24, 13. Is. 43. 22 thou hast not call- 
 ed upon me, O Jacob, so thai thou hast 
 laboured in me, i. e. so that thou hast 
 taken much pains about me (comp. v. 
 23. 24). 47, 12. 62, 8; once with ace. in 
 the same sense, v. 15; with ^Ijaybr any 
 thing Hab. 2, 13. Jer-. 51, 58. " ' 
 
 2. to be wearied, faint, 2 Sam. 23, 10. 
 Is. 40, 31. With 3 of that in or with 
 which one is weary, Ps, 6, 7 "^riSSt 
 Tinrxs / am weary with my groaning. 
 Jer' 45,' 3. Ps. 69,4. 
 
 Pi EL to weary, to make faint, Josh. 7, 
 3. Ecc. 10, 15. 
 
 HiPH. S'^Jin to weary any one, to be 
 burdeiisomc to him ; with ace. of pers. 
 and 2 of thing, Is. 43, 23 ?^"^r!?5Sn sii 
 nri-ba / have not wearied thee with in- 
 cense, i. e. have not burdened thee by 
 demanding it. v. 24 ?j''r]'ilba "'srissin 
 thou hasi wearied me with thy iniquities. 
 Mai. 2, 17. 
 
 Deriv. S-^r, Si;"^, ns-^i-r, and the 
 two which here follow. 
 
 "Sy^ m. labour, i. e. product of labour, 
 earnings, Job 20, 18. 
 
 ?J^ adj. verbal (r. 55^) weary, ex- 
 hausted, faint, Deut. 25, 18. 2 Sara. 17, 
 2. Ecc. 1, 8 B"'^?'^ cna^n-bs all words 
 become weary, i. e. would fail in trying 
 to recount atl those things. 
 
 "^5? Chald. m. a heap of stones, Gen. 
 31, 47, where it is i. q. Heb. ba in irba. 
 Syr. '^ id. Ethiop. ^IC. id. (Dlil^td 
 stone. Kindr. in Heb. is r. i5X . 
 
 '-*,, , only in 1 and 2" pers. Tlia^, 
 P'15'J, i. q. "isa no. 2, to fear, to be afraid 
 of c. ace. Job 3, 25. 9, 28. Ps. 119, 39 ; 
 with 'iS'a Deut. 9, 19. 28, 60. Arabi. 
 
 _& id. Hence 
 ^37 a^j- see "1137. 
 
 T ^ (r- ^T,) ^o\\s.iT. I"!, e. sufT. ''*n, 
 ^"1,^, bnt also czn;^, "iS-j;* (for os-j?, 
 isn'i); Dual C^n^ constr. '''i^, c. snfF. '^4;j; 
 Plur. ni-r^, constr. niT^. 
 
 1. the hand, strictfy the whole hantJ, 
 as extended, (and bo diff. from C-S the 
 hollow Jiand,) from r. tvy^ espec. Hiphv 
 no. 1 ; comp. Si'^t nrm, and rnt span, 
 both from the idea of expanding ; also 
 Goth. handwB i. e. a hand, k preAen(2- 
 
375 
 
 endo. Syr. -., Arab. Jo , Eth. Ji.?* id. 
 Strictly and usually only of the human 
 hand ; once spoken of the feet of the 
 lizard as resembling the hand of a man 
 Prov. 30, 28. The following are the 
 principal j)hra8es in which the literal 
 signification is retained. 
 
 a) 'B-nx inn , 'b ns ', my hand is with 
 any one, i. e. I aid him, am on his side, 
 1 Sam. 22, 17. 2 Sam. 3, 12. 2 K. 15, 19. 
 
 b) ?? nn\n in-i my hand is upon any 
 one, i. q. against him (Gen. 16, 12), i.e. I 
 do him violence and harm, Gen. 37, 27. 
 1 Sam. 18, 17. 21. 24, 13. 14. Josh. 2, 19. 
 So a nn%'n i^ 15, of the hand of God as 
 afflicting and punishing Ex. 9, 3. Deut. 
 2, 15. Judg. 2, 15. 1 Sam. 7, 13. 12, 15 ; 
 rarely in a sense of kindness, as aiding, 
 favouring, 2 Chr. 30, 12. Ezra 9, 2 ; and 
 for avoiding the ambiguity of this phrase 
 tliere is added nsnb Judg. 2, 15. So in 
 a sense of disfavour only: D in^ 'jrij (of 
 God) Ex. 7, 4, and a "'^ "i^) nxs^ Ruth 
 1, 13 ; but in a sense of favour. Is. 25, 10 
 mn nna -^"^ 1^ nsijn the hand of Jehovah 
 shall rest upon this mount. 
 
 c) 'b b? "''; n^ nn'in the hand of Jeho- 
 vah is upon any one, both for good and 
 for evil, but more usually in a good sense. 
 E. g. as aiding, favouring, Ezra 7, 6 
 r^5 rn-JX ^^ n^ia when the hand of Je- 
 hovah his God was upon him. v. 28. 8, 
 18. 31. (Hence to withdraw his hand., 
 i. q. to take away his favour, Ps. 74, 11.) 
 Twice it is added expressly, D^n'bx 1i 
 nai-jn Ezra 7, 9. Neh. 2, 8; also Viavji 
 Ezra 8, 22. In a good sense further, 
 Is. 1, 25 TO^S ^T, ^T^^.^r But in a hos- 
 tile sense. Am. 1, 8 ")""'?:?. ^? "'T^ "^nb'^On 
 / will turn my hand upon i. e. against 
 Ekron; and so with ^X for bs, Ez. 13, 9. 
 Comp. in N. T. Acts 13, 11 %hq KvqIov 
 ijii (jf, xal 'iiTtj TViplng x. x. X. 
 
 d) The phrase, the hand of Jehovah is 
 upon (bs) any one, is further used in the 
 sense: the Spirit of Jehovah is upon a 
 prophet, the prophet is moved, inspired, 
 by the Spirit of God ; since the divine 
 Spirit was communicated to men by the 
 laying on of hands, Ez. 1, 3. 3, 14. 22. 
 37, 1. 2 K. 3, 15 ; with bx for bs . 1 K. 18, 
 46. The same is bs >;;" T^ nj?m Ez. 3. 
 14 (comp. Is. 8, 11). and bs '';"-i;i nbE3 
 Ez. 8, 1, comp. 11, 5 where for i^ is nn . 
 
 Hence also Jer. 15, 17 ?)*];; "'jBTa became 
 of thy hand, i. e. because of the divine 
 Spirit which rests upon me, by which I 
 am moved. 
 
 fi) '^'J *|J^J to give the hand, as a pledge 
 of fidelity, as confirming a promise, i. q. 
 to promise, 2 K. 10, 15. Ezra 10, 19. 
 Spec, of the vanquished giving their 
 hands as a pledge of submission and 
 fidelity to the victors, Ez. 17, 18. Jer. 50, 
 15. Lam. 5, 6. 2 Chr. 30, 8 nln-'b i;; pi 
 give the hand i. e. submit yourselves to 
 Jehovah. Similar is the formula T^ "irs 
 B nnn to pledge fidelity under i. e. to 
 any one, 1 Chr. 29, 34. Here belongs 
 also the gloss of the Arabic lexicogra- 
 
 phers, Jo , i. e. surety by a pledge, fide- 
 jussio; surrender, suojectio, jfft'^wfft?. 
 
 f) "i^n , THE hand, xat i^o/rjv, is some- 
 times spoken : ) Of the hand of Gt)d, 
 as nnn for >'; nn , Dii'n for riin'^ D'r . 
 So Is. 8, 11 i^n rj^Tna for <; n^ 'na 
 (comp. lett. d) with strength of the hand, 
 i. e. with the powerful hand of God. /5) 
 Without art. of live hand of man, i. e. 
 human help, as "i^a sib Job 34, 20, and 
 "n OBxa Dan. 8. 25, without man's hand, 
 i. e. without human aid or interference. 
 Chald. ,-;-i-'a xb Dan. 2, 34. 35. Comp. 
 Lam. 4, 6. 
 
 g) The hand of God is put : a) For 
 the divine agency, mode of action, provi- 
 dence; .Tob 27, 11 bx-n;^a canx niix / 
 will teach you concerning the hand of 
 God, his providence, how he acts. /?) 
 For the power, care, protection of God ; 
 hence nin'i n^a in the power of God, Ps. 
 31, 16. 95, 4. Prov. 21, 1 ; in the care or 
 providence of God, Is. 62, 3 ; comp. Ps. 
 74, 11. 
 
 h) "i^b 1^ . hand to hand, from hand to 
 hand, i. e. through all ages and gtinera- 
 tions, ever, and with a negative particle 
 never. Prov. 11, 21 S"] nirr xb n;b Ti 
 through all generations the wicked shall 
 not go unpunished. 16, 5. Similar is 
 the Persian formula, lo^-w Jo ouwutJ , 
 Schull. Animadverss. ad Prov. 1. c. Also 
 Syr. ]|-)j= I,..*] i. e. sigillatim, one after 
 
 another. For a like reason Arab. Ju 
 i. q. succession. 
 
 i) nsb 1^ the hand to the month, i. e. lay 
 tliy hand upon thy mouth, i. q. be silent. 
 
376 
 
 fi 
 
 hold thy peace. Prov. 30, 32. Comp. 
 Job 21, 5. 29, 9. 39, 34. Mic. 7, 16. Pers. 
 
 k) CX-i ^5 Ti D^io 2 Sam. 13, 19, i. q. 
 to smite the hands together over one^s 
 head, a gesture of despairing grief; 
 comp. Jer. 2, 37. 
 
 For other phrases see under the verbs 
 
 "' t7 tt" tt' tt' -t'*i-t' 
 
 .'5(50, etc. and the adjectives nn, pjn. 
 
 With prepositions, where sometimes 
 the proper force of the noun itself is lost: 
 
 aa) """i^a a) in my hand, often for 
 with me, after verbs of bearing, bringing, 
 leading, etc. as to bring- in one'^s hand, 
 i. e. with him, 1 Sam. 14, 34 "bs icsn 
 il^3 i-iid C-'X c?ri and all the' people 
 brought every man his ox with him, etc. 
 Jer. 38, 10 c^rrx Qidbd n-Tia r;n^3 n;? 
 take from hence thirty men with thee. 
 Gen. 32, 14. 35, 4. Num. 31, 49. Deut. 
 33, 3. 1 Sam. 16, 2. 1 K. 10, 29. That 
 which one has in his hand, or takes with 
 him, he has in his possession; hence this 
 phrase is also referred to possession, like 
 Pit , Dy , Lat. penes. Ecc. 5, 13 he heget- 
 teth a son maiSTa Ti-^^ "jiit) who has no- 
 thing inhis hand, i. e. possesses nothing ; 
 comp. Heb. "inn nxSTS ''i;j under the art. 
 IXS^ no. 2. cV Chaid. Ezra 7, 25 the 
 wisdom of thy God which > in thy hand, 
 i. e. which thou possessest. /3) into my 
 .hand, i. e. into my power, after verbs of 
 delivering over. Gen. 9, 2. 14, 20. Ex. 4, 
 21. 2 Sam. 18, 2. Hence in; '(SS ^A 
 ^oc/c of his hand, i. e. delivered into hie 
 hand, Ps. 95, 7 ; and here too belongs 
 Is. 20, 2 Jehovah spake ^^'^yt'; n^a , Sept. 
 TCQoq'lIauinv, sc. as about to deliver him 
 a revelation. /) by my hand, often for 
 hy me, by my intervention. Num. 15, 23 
 whatever Jehovah hath commanded you 
 nias'n^a by the hand of Moses, i. e. by 
 Moses. 2 Chr. 29, 25. 1 K. 12. 15. Jer. 
 37, 2. al. Often after verbs of sending, 
 1 K. 2, 25 and king Solomon sent 1^2 
 xn^ja. Ex. 4, 13. Prov. 20, 6. 1 Sam. lo", 
 20."2' Sam. 12, 25. Comp. Acts 11, 30. 
 15, 33. (5) at my hand, i. e. before me, 
 In my sight, i. q. '1th. 1 Sam. 21. 14 he 
 feigned himself mad 0*1^2 at their hands, 
 i. c. before them. Job 15, 23 he knowelh 
 r\^n Di" in^a "pr; ' that the day of 
 darkness is ready at his hand, impends 
 
 over him. In this sense the Arabs o^en 
 say, j^Jo ^^vu between the hands 
 of any one, see Kor^n Sur. 2. 256. Sur. 
 3. 2. Sur. 20. 109. Schnlt. 0pp. min. p. 
 29, 30, et ad Job. p. 391. So the Greeks 
 iv yjQaiv Apollon. Rhod. 1. 1116 ; comp. 
 nqo jifjf^wr, Germ, vorhanden, at hand. 
 dia;(ttgbn' txtiv, Lat. ' hostes sunt in ma- 
 nibtcs^ i. e. in conspectu, Caes. Bell. Gall. 
 2. 19. Sallust. Jug. 94. Virg. Mn. 11. 
 311 'ante oculos intergue mantis sunt 
 omnia vestras,' i. e. ngoxfi^ia ian. 
 
 bb) B'^'i; 'i'^3 between the hands, i. e. 
 on the breast, on the front of the body, 
 Zeeh. 13, 6. Comp. n75''5 -pa on the 
 forehead. 
 
 cc) 1^3 pro mamt, according to one's 
 hand, in the phrase T}^^! '^;^^ according 
 to the hand i. e. bminty of the Icing, 1 K. 
 10, 13. Esth. 1,7. 2,'l8. The phrase 
 denotes the open and liberal hand of the 
 king. Others less well : according to the 
 royal power; but power and strength 
 do not here belong to the subject ofdis- 
 course. but liberality. 
 
 dd) 'b 1*?3 from or out of the hantf of 
 any one, i. q. Engl, at his hand or out of 
 his power ; often after verbs of demand- 
 ing Gen. 9, 5. 31, 39. Is. 1, 12 ; of receiv- 
 ing Gen. 33. 19. Num. 5. 25 ; of delivering 
 Gen. 32, 12. Ex. 18, 9. Num. 35, 25. 
 Hence also we find : from the hand 
 (power) of the lion and the bear 1 Sam. 
 17, 37, of dogs Ps. 22, 21, of the sword 
 Job 5, 20, of Sheol Ps. 49, 16. 89, 49, of 
 the flame Is. 47, 14. 
 
 ee) 'e i;: hs, 'b ^'11 b? ) upon the 
 hand or hands of any one. i. q. into his 
 hand, after verbs of delivering over, 
 committing, Gen. 42, 37. 1 Sam. 17. 22. 
 2 K. 10, 24. 12, 12. 22, 5. 9. Ezra 1, 8. 
 So to delicer 3nn ^n-^ br hUo the hand 
 (power) of the sword Ps. 63, 11. Jer. 18;, 
 21. Also in the same sense is said 
 'b *i; rriFi , 'b '^'I'J 'n , under the hand of 
 any one. Gen. 16.' 9. 41, 35. Is. 3, 6. /5) bar 
 'T'^ on or at the hands of any one. as in 
 Engl, under the hamls of any one, i. q. 
 under bis guidance and aii.'jpices, liis 
 hand guiding atid directing. Germ, 'an 
 der Hund jemandce.' 1 Chr. 25, 3 "^n-j by 
 crc^ax "*Wf/<?r the guidance or auspices 
 of their father, v. 2. 6. 7,29. Also of 
 one absent or dead, whose ordinances 
 
377 
 
 are followed by posterity, 2 Chr. 23, 18 
 *'"'?'? 'I'J ^? at the. hamh of David, i. e. 
 under his guidance, according to his or- 
 dinances. Ezra 3, 10. Of things, 2 Chr. 
 29, 27 the sotif^ began with the trumpets 
 '''n '?i' ""T, ^? at or under the lead of 
 the instruments of David, i, e. it followed 
 the measures of the instruments appoint- 
 ed by David. Comp. on this idiom Lud. 
 de Dieu ad Jer. 5, 31, Criticte Sacrse p. 
 
 240. SoArab. sjj JLft, jjJ ^jlx, 
 
 under the auspices or care of any one ; 
 a formula often used on Arabic coins to 
 denote the persons by whom they are 
 coined. See also below under no. 5. 
 
 ff) i^b. see no. 1. h ; also no. 5. 
 
 Dual n^n^j the tiro hands of a person ; 
 also for the plural, Job 4, 3. Prov. 6, 17. 
 Is. 13, 7. 
 
 2. Plur. M't^ artificial hands, also of 
 things which bear resemblance to hands, 
 e. g. a) tenons on boards, Ex. 26. 17. 
 19. 36, 22. 24. b) axles, axle trees, for 
 wheels, 1 K. 7, 32. 33. For the distinc- 
 tion between the dual and plural fem. 
 in nouns denoting members of the body, 
 
 S.- 
 Bee Lehrg. p. 539. Arab. Jo handle, as 
 
 of a mill, axe. Syr. plur. j^oi,-.) han- 
 dles, tenons. Comp. riD3 . 
 
 3. yi(ii?i.ii\\. power, strength.might, the 
 hand being regarded as the seat of 
 Btrength ; here too the proper force of 
 the word is sometimes lost, comp. above 
 in no. 1. dd. Tj^a with might, Is. 28, 2. 
 Ps. 76, 6 none of the men of might have 
 found ^'yy] their hands, i. e. they found 
 themselves without strength. (Comp. in 
 Vita Timur. I. 44, they found their hand 
 and side, i. e. had all their strength rea- 
 dy.) So of one powerful deed, mighty 
 work, Ex. 14, 31 ; comp. manus Virg. 
 JE.n. 6. 688. Spec, protection, help. Deut. 
 32, 36 -!; r^TX help is departed. So 
 Arab. LuflJI Jo the force of the east- 
 wind. L-> viU Jo y thou hast no power 
 in this or that. Syr. }-fcisooii> ]f^] 
 
 the power of the Romans. Pers. \c:jumO 
 power. For the phrase a short or long 
 hand, see under the verb "is;5. "^ 
 
 4. Meton. a stroke, blow. pr. as given 
 with the hand. Job 20, 22 bios Tn-^js 
 nspn every stroke of the wretched cometh 
 
 32* 
 
 upon him, i. e. all that befalls the 
 wretched. Job 23. 2 my stroke, calamity. 
 Comp. Lat. manus for blow, as used 
 of gladiators. 
 
 5. a side, pr. of the sides of the body, 
 where the hands and arms are situated ; 
 comp. Engl, 'on the right hand, left 
 hand,' Lat. 'ad banc manum' Terent. 
 Ad. 4. 2. 31. Hence Dual c^"]^ pr. the 
 two sides, chiefly in the phrase D^l^ sn"i 
 large on both sides, on every side, i. e. 
 broad-sided, spacious, (comp. in ^nn,) 
 Gen. 34, 21. Ps. 104, 25. Is. 33, 21. al. 
 Sing, of the side or shore of a river, Ex. 
 2, 5. Deut. 2, 37. Syr. lial ^L shore 
 coast. With prepositions : "i^b 1 Sam 
 19, 3. 1 Chr. 18. 17. 23, 28. Prov. 8, 3 
 1^ *ir2 1 Sam. 4. 18; l-^ bx 2 Sam. 14 
 30. 18", 4 ; i: br Josh. 15, 46. 2 Sam. \5. 
 2. 2 Chr. 17, 15. 31, 15. Job 1. 14. Neh 
 3, 2 sq. ''17 bj Num. 34, 3. Judg. 1 1, 26 
 all signifying at, on, by the side of any 
 one, near, Syr. ,-* Vi^ near. 1 Chr. 6, 
 16 [31] rr^a n-^-j' in-i b? i^i'n T'lsrn idx 
 nin'^ whom. David appointed by the side 
 of the temple-singing, i. e. to whom he 
 gave an appointment in or by the tem- 
 ple-music. See further on the partic. 
 '''yi bs in no. 1. ee. Plur. ryn-^ sides, 
 e. g. a) Of a throne, i. e. lateral sup- 
 ports, arms, 1 K. 10, 19. b) lateral 
 projections, side-borders of a base or pe- 
 destal, 1 K. 7, 35. 36. 
 
 6. a place, Deut. 23, 13. Num. 2. 17 
 in;; bs ir-'x every one in his place. Jer. 
 6, 3. Is. 56, 5, see in no. 8, Is. 57, 8 l^ 
 n"'Tn thou lookest out for thee a place. 
 Ez. 21. 24. Dual id. Josh. 8, 20 n^n xb 
 Di:? c^'i^ ^'il^tlieyhadnopla.cetofleeto. 
 
 7. a part. perh. pr. a handful, a part 
 of a thing taken up at once in dividing, 
 Dan. 12. 7. Plur. rii^, 2 K. 11, 7 'Xyq 
 csa rin^n the two parts of you, opp. the 
 third part. Gen. 47. 24 ri'i'^n rs'ix the 
 four parts, opp. rr'i-'^sn the fifth part 
 Neh. 11, 1. Comp. ro no. 4. Also in 
 the connection : Dan. 1. 20 and he found 
 ^A*77ia"'2!::nnn-b3 bs ni^ n^v ten parts 
 above (ten times wiser than) all the ma- 
 gicians, etc. Gen. 43, 34. 2 Sam. 19. 44. 
 
 8. a monument, trophy, i. q. cr, e. g. 
 of victory, 1 Sam. 15. 12 ; a sepulchral 
 monument 2 Sam. 18, 18. Is. 56, 5 to 
 them will I give a place within my walls 
 
T* 
 
 378 
 
 IT 
 
 ^^3 "^^ rnonument (or portion) awrf a 
 name. Perhaps this name for monu- 
 ment in the Hebrew language may 
 stand in some connection with the an- 
 cient custom of sculpturing upon the 
 cippi or sepulchral columns an uplifted 
 hand with the arm. See Hamacker 
 Diatribe de monuraentis Punicis p. 20 ; 
 also Reuvens ad eadem Animadvers. 
 p. 5 sq. 
 
 Dual see no. 1. 3. 5. 6. For. Plcr. 
 nn^ see no. 2. 5. 7. 
 
 1^ Chald. St. emph. S'l'] Dan. 5. 5. 24 ; 
 c. suff. --J7 . nn-i, chi; Ezra 5, 8 ; Dual 
 'CrP, Dan.' 2. 34. 45 ;' i. q. Heb. i;; , the 
 hand. So T^a in one^s hand, spoken of 
 what one has vj^Uh him. in possession, 
 Ezra 7. 14. 25 ; comp. Heb. 1^ no. 1. aa. 
 'b T^a ZTp_ to give into the hand, power, 
 of any one, Ezra 5, 12. Dan. 2. 35. 7, 25. 
 Also "^1 l^ from or out of omt's hand or 
 power, after verbs of delivering, comp. 
 Heb. '^I'O in 1^ no. 1. dd ; e. g. from the 
 power of lions, Dan. 6, 28. 
 
 ^7? Chald. i. q. Heb. nn'i , to cast. 
 
 Aph. to praise God, i. q. Heb. Hiph. 
 no. 2 ; Part. Knina Dan. 2, 23 ; contr. 
 .niT3 6, 11. 
 
 ,^"7"^ Idalah, pr. n. of a place in 
 .'Zebulun, Josh. 19, 15. Perhaps from a 
 
 doubtful root ist'n i. q. Arab, Jfj and 
 
 Jf j to go softly and secretly. Or, ac- 
 cording to Simonis, for P'^^'J^ ' what 
 
 'God exalts,' by Syriac flexion from Jt> 
 to show. 
 
 TDa'l';' (perh. honied, comp. laa^) Id- 
 bash, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 3. 
 
 1. "j" i. q. rt'i'^, io throw, to cast, 
 e. g. lots ; only Praet. 3 plur. M^ Joel 4, 
 :3. Nah. 3, 10. Obad. 11. 
 
 II "^^^ i. q. Ill J to love, to esteem. 
 a _ 
 .highly, Arab. 4>. Hence i"*"!^ one be- 
 loved, riT'i^ , and the pr. names Ti'^'i'? , 
 
 * HT to throw, to cast. i. q. TT^ I, 
 Kindr. is niri. Eth. 0.PP id. Imp. 
 1*1'; Jer. 50, 14'. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal. to cast e. g. stones. Fut. 
 i"ni for w^-^i Lam. 3, 53. Inf. nil'; 
 3ech. 2. 4. 
 
 Hiph. iT^'in, fut. ill."!", sometimes 
 n'iin7 Ps. 28. 7. 45, 18. Neh. 11, 17. 
 
 1. to profess, to confess, perhaps i. q. 
 to point out, to show with the hand ex- 
 terided, as if with the hand thrown out, 
 projected ; see Kal, and comp. 1"^ n'b'd 
 and n-.^ Kal and Hiph. to cast, to throw, 
 and then 'to point out with extended 
 hand.' Arab. ^_^t>. Conj.X. Syr. Aph. 
 id. Constr. c. ace. Prov. 28, 13; c. b? 
 concerning Ps. 32, 5. 
 
 2. to give thanks, to praise, to cele- 
 brate, since the acknowledgment (con- 
 fession) of benefits is naturally followed 
 by thanksgiving and praise ; with ace. 
 Gen. 29, 35. Jer. 33, 11. Ps.7, 18. 30, 13; 
 also h of pers. Ps. 92, 2. 106, 1. 1 Chr. 16, 
 7. 8. Neh. 12, 46. al. So in the phrase 
 ^^ c'4 r\'i'^n to celebrate the name of Je- 
 hovah 1 k. 8. 33. Ps. 54. 8 ; "^^ ccb id. 
 106.47. 122,4; absol. id. Neh.'l2.'24. 
 
 Hithpa. iT^Hrli, Vav being assumed 
 in place of Yod, i. q. Hiph. 
 
 1. to confess, pr. concerning oneself, 
 to point out oneself as guilty; Ethiop. 
 Afl't'*PJ?P to accuse, to criminate, pr. 
 prob. to object. Germ, vorwerfen, from 
 the sense of casting, i. q. to cast in one's 
 teeth ; (D'K^ accusation, objection, Vor- 
 wurf Dan. 9, 4 ; with ace. of thing, 
 Lev. 5, 5. 16, 21. 26, 40 ; hv Neh. 1, 6. 9, 2. 
 
 2. to praise, to celebrate, c. b 2 Chr. 
 30, 22. 
 
 Deriv. I;; hand, perh. r'n law, ''^nh ; 
 also JTi'in, fiT^fi, and the pr. names 
 iJirn-i, n-i'i^, niMrr; ; likewise those 
 which again come fi-om this latter, as 
 
 T^? (for "iin") loving) Iddo, pr. n. ra. 
 a) 1 Chr. 27, 21. b) Ezra 10, 43 Cheth. 
 
 I"^"^? (juflge) Jadon. pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 7. 
 yi'l|^ (known) Jaddva. pr. n. m. a) 
 Neh. 10. 22. b) 12, 11. 22. 
 
 I^n^n;', i^riT, and ^n-'^;' i chr. 
 
 16, 38, (praising, celebrating, from obsol. 
 Bubst, m"! laud. Avith the ending "jl, 
 r. H'l'J Hiph.) Jedvthun. pr. n. of a Le- 
 vite, one of the choristers appointed 
 by David, 1 Chr. 9,16. 16 .?8. 4 J. 42. 
 25, 1. Put also for his dosrendnntii ("^sa 
 '(irsiTi) the JediithiinilFs. who also were 
 musicians, Neh. 11, 17. Ps. 39, 1. 62, 1. 
 77, 1. 
 
379 
 
 yi" 
 
 *'?'' (i. q. "it^) Jaddai, pr. n. m. Ezra 
 10, 43 Keri. R. Ti;; II. 
 
 TT m. (r. TJ-; II) constr. T"1V 
 
 1. Adj. lorely, pleasant, Ps. 84, 2. Plur. 
 r-iT^n-; delights, as Ps. 45, 1 niTn"! i-^i^ 
 a delightfal song. Others 'a song of 
 love,' i. e. an epitluilamium. 
 
 2. Subst. one Moved, a friend, Is. 5, 1. 
 'nin^ I'^n'^ /Ae beloved of Jehovah Ps. 
 
 127, 2; so of Benjamin Deut. 33, 12; of 
 Israel Jer. 11, 15. Plur. of the Israelites, 
 Ps. 60, 7. 108, 7. Syr. fj^jl beloved. 
 
 ri'l'^n^ (one beloved, fern.) Jedidah, 
 pr. n. of the mother of king Josiah, 2 K. 
 22, 1. R. IT, II. 
 
 n^T^ni" f something beloved, a de- 
 light, Jer. 12, 7. R. T]^ 11. 
 
 M^'!'''?'!' (beloved of Jehovah) Jedi- 
 diah, the name given to Solomon at his 
 birth by the prophet Nathan, 2 Sam. 12, 
 25. R. T]"J II. 
 
 n))'1^ (praise God, r. ITi^) Jedaiah, 
 pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 37. b) Neh. 3, 10. 
 
 ^^TT! (known of God, r. rn^) Jedi- 
 ael, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 
 7, 6. 10. 11. 
 
 'J^tr'n^ see "i^riT;. 
 
 515'!^ (tearful, r. Cl^^) Jidlaph, pr. n. 
 of a son of Nahor, Gen.' 22, 22. 
 
 * 3?T fut. 5-1;; , once yTI Ps. 138, 6; 
 inf absol. 51"!^ , constr. ns'n, rrn ; imp. 
 S'n , with n parag. once ns"! for ny'n Prov. 
 24, 14; Part. 5"i"', fera. nST"' ; pr. to see, 
 and hence to perceive, to come to know, 
 to know ; corresponding to Gr. lidov. 
 oiSiu It comprehends the action of 
 knowing, both as inchoative and com- 
 pleted, i. e. to come to know, to gain a 
 knowledge of and also to know, to hare 
 a knoxcledge of. This root is widely 
 spread in the Indo-European tongues, in 
 the sense both of seeing and knowing; 
 as Sanscr. wid, Zend, weedem, Gr. liSui, 
 X8ixt, olda. Lat. video, Goth, witan. Germ. 
 weten, wissen, Engl, to weet, to wit; 
 and so also in the Slavic languages, as 
 Pol. widze to see, Bohem. wedeti to see. 
 See Pott Etymol. Forschungen I. p. 246. 
 In all these examples the first radical is 
 ; and so y^l is for S'lJ. 
 
 A) The primary signif. to see in TV^ 
 is apparent in these examples ; Oen. 3, 
 7 and their eyes were opened "^3 ""^J!! 
 en Q^n"i"'5 and they saw that thnj were 
 naked. Ex. 2. 4 and hi.f sixter stood 
 afar off ib nBy;s-n nrnb to see what 
 would be done to him. 1 Sam. 22, 3. So 
 too Deut. 34, 10 "bit c-'ro <; iri-i "itix 
 CJO ; elsewhere in the same connection 
 we find nxn Gen. 32, 31. Judg. 6, 22. 
 2 K. 14, 8. 11. So Esth. 2, 11 -ns sn-. 
 'u oibuJ, i. q. 'b nib'a-rx m^-^ Gen. 37, 
 14. Sometimes r'i'J to see is coupled 
 with a verb of hearing, to indicate what 
 one perceives with his eyes and ears; 
 Is. 40, 21 ir^QCn xbn !i?nn sibn have ye 
 not seen? have ye not heard? v. 28. 43, 
 19. 44, 18 i^rn"; sibi nsn^ xb they see not, 
 they understand not, for he hath daubed 
 their eyes from seeing, and their hearts 
 from understanding, where S'l'J and 
 nxn are attributed to the eyes, as 'pa 
 and bisin to the heart or mind. The 
 LXX also often translate STl by iiHoy 
 to see ; as 1 Sam. 10, 11. Job 28, 13. 31, 
 6. Ecc. 3, 21. Hence 
 
 B) The verb ^^ signifies to perceive, 
 to know, pr. what follows seeing, or from 
 seeing, unless one is destitute of the 
 senses and of intellect, or obstinately 
 shuts up his understanding; as in Is. 6, 
 9 lyin bj<;i ixn lx-17 seeing they shall see 
 and shall not perceive, understand. Ecc. 
 6, 5. To be more specific, "'i'^ is 
 
 1. to know, i. e. to perceive, to discern, 
 to become aware of, e. g. with the eyes Is. 
 6, 9, see above ; often with the mind, and 
 hence to understand, to comprehend, 
 Judg. 13. 21. Gen. 8, 11. 1 Sam. 20, 33; 
 with 3=b ns Deut. 8, 5. With 3 of that 
 by or from which one understands, 
 knows. Gen. 15, 8 ris naa wliereby shall 
 I know? 24, 14. Ex. 7, 17. Spec. 
 
 a) Often with intent and purpose, to 
 take knowledge of any thing, to observe, 
 to mark; 1 Sam. 23, 22 "nx ^sn^ ^irn 
 JTS'ipia observe and see his place, v. 23. 
 12, 17. 25, 17. Job 5. 27 -,b yn mark it 
 for thee. Hence by a peculiar poetic 
 idiom, not to know, not to mark, '.s said in 
 respect to things which happen unex- 
 pectedly, suddenly, as if before one 
 knows or marks them. Ps. 35, 8 let 
 destruction come upon him ^"Yl **^ 0.1^ 
 he know it not, i. e. unexpectedly, un* 
 
yr 
 
 380 
 
 yr 
 
 awares, Job 9, 5 God removelh moun- 
 tains flJ"^'^ xb they know it not, i. e. unex- 
 pectedly, suddenly. Cant. 6, 12 "FCy^ ^^ 
 lai "'in^b "^aiEJ Iknewnot^ my soul made 
 me etc. i. e. unexpectedly, before I was 
 aware. Jer. 50, 24. So S'li"^ "^^3 who 
 knoweth ? who marketh ? i. e. no one 
 marketh, for unexpectedly, suddetdy, 
 Prov. 24, 22 ; parall. DSrB .Koran Sur. 
 16. 28 ' evertit eos Deus jvJt.wO ^5 
 et non animadvertebant.' Lokm. Fab. 28. 
 b) With the like idea of volition, often 
 to know, i. e. to see after, to care for, to 
 regard. Gen. 39, 6 n:2WD ryi 5<b he 
 saw after nothing of what he had. Prov. 
 9, la 27, 23. Job 9, 21, opp. tJXr . Is. 
 51, 7 pTS; 'S"!*' Z/iose tf^ regard right. 
 With 3 Job 35, 15 'rsa sn^ ^b he re- 
 gardeth not iniquity. Spec. aa) Of 
 God as knowing i.e. regarding men and 
 kindly caring for them, Ps. 144, 3. Nah. 
 
 1, 7; with 'yO Am. 3. 2 you only have I 
 known, regarded, loved, of all the fami- 
 lies of the earth. Gen. 18, 19 ',y^^ i''n""}'] 
 MJiS'^ "ittis him (Abraham) have I known, 
 regarded, chosen, that fie may command, 
 etc. With 3 Ps. 31, 8, parall. nxn q. v. 
 no. 2. d. Comp. Ps. 1, 6. bb) Of men 
 as knotting God, i. e. as honouring and 
 worshipping him, Hos. 8, 2, 13, 4. Ps. 
 36, 11. 9, 11 r(cp^ -'Jy^ who know thy 
 name, i. e. who worship thee. Job 18, 21 
 ^*$ "^Tl ^^ ('^.?) ^^o knoweth not God, 
 i. e. who careth not for him, an atheist. 
 1 Sam. 2, 12. Job 34, 4. 
 
 2. to know, i. e. to come to know, to 
 team, to discover, e. g. by the sight, Ex. 
 
 2, 4. 1 Sam. 22, 3, see above ; or by 
 hearing, Gen. 9, 24. Deut. 11, 2. Neh. 
 13, 10 ; also to learn by experience, to 
 experience, Job 5, 25. With an ace. 
 Ecc. 8, 5 ; '3 Ex. 6, 7. Is. 45, 6. Ez. 
 6, 7. 13. 7, 4. 9,. 11, 10. al. Often in 
 threats, comp. Engl, yon shall soon know, 
 learn, feel ; Lat. lu ipse videbis, sen- 
 ties, Hos. 9, 7 "^^"p^, =1:^7. Israel shall 
 see and. know, shall learn. Job 21, 19 
 yry^ Ti^X c^li*' God .shall recompense 
 Mm, so that he shall know, feel. Is. 5, 19. 
 9, 8. Ps. 14, 4. In the KorAn a frequent 
 plirase is j>.t^> 0-wm then they 
 Bhall know, understand, learn, e.g. Sur. 
 26. 48 ; see Schult. Opp. min. ad Job 
 81, 19. 
 
 3. to know, i. e. to become acquainted 
 with, e. g. a person Deut. 9, 24 ; a land 
 Num. 14, 31 ; so Prov. 24, 14. Often also 
 by euphemism for intercourse with the 
 other sex, e. g. a) Of a man, to know 
 a woman, i. e. to lie with her. Gen. 4, 17. 
 25. 1 Sam. 1, 19. al. Also of unnatural 
 lust, sodomy. Gen. 19, 5. This euphe- 
 mism is frequent also in verbs of know- 
 ing in other languages both oriental 
 and occidental ; e. g. Syr. yssu* , Arab. 
 OjX, Ethiop. ii^(PL,, Gr. yivbmxw, 
 see Fesselius Advers. Sac. II. 14. Lat. 
 cognosco Justin 5, 2 ; and so even Ital. 
 and Fr. conoscere, connattre, although in 
 these the usage is perhaps derived from 
 the Scriptures, b) Of a woman, ns*ii 
 U"'X to know a man, to have lain with 
 man, Gen. 19, 8. Judg. 11. 39 ; more fully 
 ^=J =3wr5 Ui-N nrn;; Num. 31, 17. 18. 
 35. Comp. Ovid. Heroid. 6, 133, ' tur- 
 piter ilia virum cognovit adultera virgo.' 
 
 4. to know, i. e. to be acquainted with, 
 any person or thing ; with ace. of pers. 
 Gen. 29, 5. Ex. 1, 8. 2 Sam. 3, 25. Is. 45, 
 4. 5.. Ps. 18, 44 ^:'n3?'i "^nsj-i^ xb cs a 
 people whom / have not known shall 
 serve one. 81, 6 Tisn'; ikh rsb the 
 lip (language) of one / knew not. 
 Job 11, 11. With ace. of thing, Deut. 
 34, 6 'ir'^rp; rx aj'^x 5'i;i Kb no man 
 knoweth his sepulchre, where it is. Is. 
 29, 12 -ED "^nrn^ jtb I know not icriting, 
 am unacquainted with writing and read- 
 ing. Ps. 104; 19, Job 21, 27. 28, 13. 23. 
 al. With b of thing Ps. 69. 6 ; ace. et 
 ^3 2 Sam. 17, 8. Jer. 10, 23. Ps. 119, 75. 
 With ace. of pron. impl. Job 36, 26 6c- 
 hold,, God is great, S"i5 t<bi ajid we know 
 him not, sc. his greatness. 37, 5. Is. 1. 3. 
 Also nS03 B r"i'^ to know one by name, 
 i. e. to know him well, to have lamiliar 
 intercourse with him, Ex. 33. 12, 17. 
 Part. Act, V'p one who knows a person 
 or thing. Job 19, 13 'SI"' those who know 
 me, my acquaintances. With a gonit. 
 of thing, knowing, skilled, skilfvl in any 
 thing. Gen. 25, 27 n^:* TT skilled in 
 hunting, a skilful hunter. 1 K. 9, 27 
 C*n 'sn'i skilled in the sea, in maritime 
 aflUirJ.' Am. 5, 16. Esth. 1. 13, Part. 
 Pass, sit; knmrn, with b Dcuf. 1,13 men 
 dS'^UStub C"i""Ti known unto your trH>e; 
 dat impl. v. 15. Poet. c. gen. Is, 53, 3 
 
rT 
 
 381 
 
 rr' 
 
 ^^n 51T^ known of disease, i. e. familiar 
 with sickness, for the common prose 
 construction ^bnb sni. Comp. Syr. 
 |<^|. known, renowned. 
 
 5. to know a thing, to have a know- 
 ledge of it ; followed : a) By a suhst. 
 in the ace. as nra sn-i (see nra), ri"' 
 rl , to know understanding, knowledge, 
 i. e. to excel in knowledge, wisdom, etc. 
 Prov. 17, 27. al. Job 15, 9 rnj Dtbl POn'-na 
 what knowesl thou and we know it not? 
 20, 4. 38, 18 ; with a , to know of a thing. 
 Gen. 19, 33. 35. 1 Sam. 22, 15. Jer. 38, 
 24 ; br id. Job 37, 16 ; b ^3 Jn; to 
 know (discern) between one thing and 
 another, Jon. 4, 11. 2 Sam. 19, 36. b) 
 By a verb, as the infin. Jer. 1. 6 "'FO'i'i xb 
 la"!. ISam. 16, 18; infin. c. b Ecc. 4, 
 13. 10, 15 ; a finite verb, Job 32, 22 Kb 
 max 'IW'}^ /Ar/iojT not to flatter. ] Sam. 
 16, 16. Neh. 10, 29; so with l interposed 
 Job 23, 23. c) By a clause, mostly 
 with --S, Gen. 20, 6. 3, 5. E.\. 31, 29. 
 Num. 11, 16. Job 9, 2. 28. al. rarely with 
 'S impl. Job 19. 25 "^n "^bxh ^vp^T, I 
 know that mij redeemer liveth. Also 
 with n whether Judg. 18, 5 ; often with 
 interrog. pronouns, as "^a Gen. 21. 26. 
 43, 22; n^ Ex. 32, 1. 16, 15 ; nab Dan. 
 10, 20 ; ,':xa Josh. 2, 4. 5. etc. d') With 
 an ace. of a pron. impl. as after verbs of 
 speaking; Gen. 48, 19 "'M']'^ "'Sa ^nsTi 
 / know, my son, I know, i. e. I know it. 
 4, 19. Cant. 1, 8. Job 38, 5. 21. Ps. 139, 
 14. Spec, in phrases : aa) sn'i -a wlio 
 knoweth ? i. e. no one can well know, 
 c. ace. Ecc. 6, 12. 8, 1 (comp. 3, 21) ; 
 with ix n Ecc. 2, 19. So too as ex- 
 pressing desire and hope. i. q. ' who can 
 tell but,' etc. with fut. 2 Sam. 12, 22 ia 
 ^j""^ "r?^!') ^.V '>ho knoweth? perhaps 
 Jehovah may have mercy upon me. Joel 
 2 14. Jon. 3, 9. With ox and a prset. 
 Esth. 4, 14. bb) rnj avj SJn-i to know 
 good and evil, to know what is good and 
 what is evil, i. e. to be wise, prudent, 
 Gen. 3.5.22; whence S'^i ai:: rs'nn vs 
 Gen. 2, 17, the tree of wisdom. Hence 
 young children are said not to know 
 good and evil Deut. 1. 29. comp. Is. 7, 15 ; 
 also old and decrepit persons who are 
 in their second childhood. 2 Sam. 19, 36. 
 See Hom. Od. 18. 228, 6i8a tx<rra, 'Jm&Xu 
 xe Kul ^iQtiif natQOQ 8' sit vr,Tiioi 7j. 
 
 6. Absol. to know, to be knowing, to be 
 
 wise ; Job 8. 9 we are of yesterday 8ib" 
 S'13 and know nothing, i. e. are not wise. 
 Ps. 73, 22. Is. 32. 4. 44, 9. 18. 45, 20. 66y 
 10. Part. o-'Sni i. q. D-'asn Job 34, 2. 
 Ecc. 9, 11. Hence rvr\ wisdom, q. v. 
 
 NiPH. sn-ij fut. S'l^'i , S-1SI7 1. Pass, of 
 of Kal no. 1, to l)e perceived, known, with 
 the eyes; Gen. 41, 21 "bx ixa 'S vii: v^)>^ 
 n3a"ip and it could not be known that tfiey 
 had come into tfieir bellies, no one could 
 perceive it. 1 K. 18, 36. Ps. 77, 20. 74, 5. 
 
 2. to be or become known, sc. to or by 
 any one, with b Ruth 3, 3; or by any 
 thing, with a Ex. 33, 16. Hence genr. 
 a) Of persons, with a of place where, Ps. 
 76, 2. 79, 10. Prov. 31, 23. Is. 61, 9; or 
 b of pers. to or by whom, Ex. 6, 3. Is. 19, 
 21. Ez. 20, 5; bx Ez. 20, 9. Comp. 
 1 Sam. 22, 6. Ps. 9, 17. b) Of things, 
 Ex. 2, 14. Lev. 4, 14. Judg. 16, 9. Nah. 
 3, 17. Impers. it is known, with b of 
 pers. 1 Sara. 6, 3; "^3 Ex. 21, 36;' a 
 Deut. 21, 1. 
 
 3. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be made to 
 know, to be taught by experience, i. q. to 
 be punished, comp. Kal no. 2. Prov. 10, 9 
 ^.1^'! '''='^'7 ^?JS^. he that liveth perversely 
 shall be made to knoic, shall be punished. 
 Jer. 31. 19 "^sn^n '"i^nx after I was taught 
 by experience ; Luther well, ' nachdem 
 ich gewitzigt bin,' i. e. made wiser. 
 
 PiEL causat. to cause to know, to shoio 
 one something; with two accus. Job 
 33, 12. 
 
 PuAL part. S'T'a known, c. sufT. "'ST'a 
 my acq:uiiniance Ps. 31, 12. 55. 14. 88, 
 9. 19. Fem. rS'^^a a Icnown thing, Is. 
 12, 5 Cheth. 
 
 Po. sni"^ i. q. Pi, to show, and hence 
 to appoint, with ace. of pers. 1 Sam. 21, 3. 
 But perhaps it should read "'t^iy'in for 
 
 Hiph. ?"''i'''rt, imp. snin 1. Causat. 
 of Kal no. 1, to cause to .<tee, to let per- 
 ceive, to show ; with two ace. Jer. 16, 21 
 i'7;-rX CS-'nix / will cause tliem to see 
 my hand, i. e. my power. With b of pers. 
 Ex. 18. 20 andshalt shaic them the way. 
 
 2. to let know, to show any thing to 
 any one ; with two ace. Gen. 41. 39. Ex. 
 33." 12. 13. Ez. 20, 11. 22, 2 ; ace. of 
 thing and dat. of pers. Deut. 4, 9. Ps. 
 145. 12. Neh. 9. 14 ; ace. of pers. and a 
 whole clause. Job 10. 2. 1 Sam. 6. 2. 1 K. 
 
^r 
 
 382 
 
 a^i" 
 
 1, 27 ; comp. Josh. 4, 22 ; ace. of thing, 
 Pb. 77, 15. 98, 2. Job 26, 3. 
 
 3. to make known, to acquaint, to teach, 
 with ace. ofpers. Job 38, 3. 40, 7. 42, 4 ; 
 dat. Prov. 9, 9 ; ace. of thing Ex. 18, 16 ; 
 two ace. ofpers. and thing Is. 40, 14. Ps. 
 16, 11. 51, 8 ; ace. ofpers. and infin. e. )> 
 Prov. 22, 19. Spec, to teach by experi- 
 ence, or by punishment, i. q. to punish ; 
 comp. Kai no. 2. Judg. 8, 16 he took 
 Uiorns oftJie desert and threshing-sledges, 
 nisp *ir3i< rx crta >]*] and with them 
 made the men of Succoth know, i. e. pun- 
 ished them, prob. by crushing them with 
 the drays upon a layer of thorns ; see 
 Vi^ no. 2. Sept. and Vulg. ^jh6r|(Ttv,^ 
 contrivit, as if from Heb. ly'J^I , which 
 seems indeed better adapted to the con- 
 text, than is the common reading. 
 
 HoPH. S^in to be made known, to he- 
 come known, with bx of pers. Lev. 4, 23. 
 28. Part. fern. n^n^'Q Is. 12, 5 Keri. 
 
 HiTHP. y^i^rn to make oneself known, 
 to let oneself be known. Gen. 45, 1 ; to 
 reveal oneself, c. isx Num. 12, 6. 
 
 Deriv. ^}VV.^ Vl, ^Vl-. '^?'^! ^"^'?' 
 ?^'^^ , 'S'TTQ , rr'ii'r) , and the pr. names 
 
 Ty: Chald. fut. S^D": Dan. 2, 9. 30. 4, 
 14 ; i. q. Heb. to know. Spec. 
 
 1. to perceive, to understand. Dan. 2, 8. 
 5, 23. 
 
 2. to come to know, to learn, to discover, 
 Dan. 4, 6. 6, U. 
 
 3. to know, to have knowledge of, Dan. 
 5, 22. Part. pass. XS^t?^ N""^. '.VI, be 
 it known unto the king, Ezra 4, 12. 13. 
 
 Aph. ri^n, fut. 5'1'i'T, part, snintt, 
 to make known, to show, with dat. of 
 pers. Dan. 2, 15. 17. 28 ; ace. as sufT. 
 Dan. 2, 23. 29. 4, 15. 5, 15. 16. 17. 7, 16. 
 
 Deriv. ynso . 
 
 y^"^ (knowing, wise) Jada, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 2, 28. 32. 
 
 ^??'?? (Jehovah cares for him) Jeda- 
 iah, pr. n. m. 1 Clir. 9, 10. 24, 7. Comp. 
 Zech. 6, 10. 14. 
 
 ^^^yV^ m. (r. 51^) pkir. ti"'55'n'^ . 
 
 1. Pr. knowing, wise; and hence a 
 vnzard, sorcerer, Lev. 19, 31. 20, 6. Deut. 
 
 18, 11. 1 Sam. 28, 3. 9. Comp. ^le. pr. 
 
 knowing, wise, magUB; so Engl, wizard 
 is pr. a wise man. 
 
 2. a wizard spirit, spirit of divination, 
 by which wizards were supposed to be 
 attended, Lev. 20, 27. Comp. Six no. 
 2. a. 
 
 i^l Jah, a poetic form from fiitr;! Jeho- 
 vah, or rather from the more ancient 
 pronunciation n|if7^, whence by apocope 
 tin^ (as innir") for nnnnd';), and then n^ 
 by dropping the unaccented ^, see Lehrg. 
 p. 157. Both these forms (ir.^ and n^) 
 are promiscuously used at the end 
 of many compound pr. names, as in^lpx 
 and njbx, in;7:-i'i and n^ai:, 'in;^^?? 
 and '"t^StJ") ; the latter always in such 
 cases without Mappik. The form n^ is 
 chiefly employed in certain customary 
 formulas or refrains ; as M^"!ibbn halle- 
 litjah. praise ye Jehovah. Ps. 104, 35. 105, 
 45. 106, 1. 48. Ill, 1. 112, 1. 113, 1. al. 
 Further, e. g. Ps. 89, 9. 94, 7. 12. Is. 38, 
 11. Ex. 15, 2 n;) ^yrT] 'i? Jo.h is my 
 glory and my song. Ps. 118, 14. Is. 12, 
 
 2. Ps. 68. 5 i'cir n^a Jah is his name, see 
 in 3 lett. C. Is. 26, 4. This form is also 
 retained in the Syriac in a few doxolo- 
 gies, as |jii=c? <ji-Jik glory to Jah ; As- 
 sem. Bibl. Orient. II. 230. III. 579. 
 
 * _'* i. q. *I^3 , to give, to set, to put ; 
 a verb defective and rare in Hebrew, 
 but very com.mon in the kindred lan- 
 guages ; Chald. an'^, Syr. ^^3i-, Arab. 
 ,_^., Eth. (DUfl. Once in'Praet. Ps. 
 
 55, 23 rph-i niir^-bs TtV^^iH <^^^ '^'P'^^ 
 Jehovah what he hath given (or laid up- 
 on) thee, i. e. thy lot, for r,b in;; -iCX. 
 The person to whom, is often thus ex- 
 pressed after a verb of giving, by a suffix 
 pron. e. g. '?rir? Josh. 15. 19 ; comp. in 
 r. "r; no. 1. Others here take an-^ as a 
 subst. lot. burden, trouble. Elsewhere 
 only in imper. an once Prov. 30, 15 ; 
 usually with He parag. nan , f "an Ruth 
 
 3. 15. plur. lan Ps. 29. 2. a) give, give 
 here. Gen. 29, 21. Job 6, 22. 2 Sam. 16, 20 
 nsr cab Jian give ye counsel ! b) set, 
 'put. place, 2 Sam. 11. 15. Dout. 1, 13 
 D'^dJX c=b !ian set ye for yourselves men, 
 i. e.' appoint. Josh. 18, 4. c) Adv. of 
 exhorting, of incitement, come, come on ! 
 go to ! Gen. 1 1, 3. 4. 7. 38, 16. Ex. 1, 9. 
 
 Arab. Z/Sb give, grant. For lan Hos. 
 
 4. 18. see Index. 
 Deriv. o'^-nan. 
 
383 
 
 irp 
 
 Sn^ Chald. Dan. 3, 2S, imp. :n Dan. 
 6, 17 ; part. act. 3n;i 2, 9.1, pass. aTi-;, 
 Sn-J ; Prat. paPs. rs-n^ , sssin-J Dan. 7, 
 11.' 12. Ezra 5, 14. The fut. and inf. are 
 
 V 
 
 borrowed from 'iPJ ; comp. Syr. wi3i- , 
 fut. '^I^ from \;^ i. q. *|ns. To give, 
 to set, i. q. Hchr. 
 
 1. to g-ire, with ace. and dat. Dan. 2, 
 21. 23. 37. 5, 17. 19. 7, 4. 6 ; to give or 
 deliver over Dan. 2, 38. Ezra 5, 12 ; with 
 ace. to offer, to yield, Dan. 3, 28, 20"^ 
 Ksro to give accmmt Dan. 6. 3. 
 
 2. to set, to put, to lay a foundation, 
 Ezra 5, 16 ; in the fire Dan. 7, 1 1. 
 
 Ithpe. sniT''* , fut. 2"";^? , part. 
 Sn^ria , to be given, to be delicerd over, 
 Dan! 4, 13. 7, 25. Ezra 4. 20. 6. 4. 8. 9. 
 
 Sn;' Ps. 55, 23, see in r. rn"; . 
 
 '*Jr a secondary root, denom. from 
 l^rri , nnw^ . 7?/f/aA, r. niT . 
 
 HiTHP. iri'^ri") pr. to make oneself a 
 Jew, to become a Jew, by embracing the 
 Jewish religion, Esth. 8, 17. So Eth. 
 
 I'PUJ? , Arab. 5L^ to become a Jew, 
 
 n f G >^ 
 
 from OySt Jews, for 4>-g-J . See in iin-i . 
 ^1 see "lin-i no. 2. 
 
 "'^Hv or '';j<7? (for n^^v!!) whom Jeho- 
 vah directs, r. i^l^) Jahdai, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 2, 47. 
 
 in^ JeliovaJi, see in ttV 
 
 Kin;^ (for Xin^n-i i. q. s^in'ri"! Jehovah 
 is He, comp. !<>i-i^j< , xsn-'sx [ and the 
 same contraction in ?1C3^) Jehu, pr. n. 
 a) A king of Israel who destroyed the 
 family of Ahab. r. 884-856 B. C. He 
 was hostile to idolatry, butof great cru- 
 elty, IK. 19. 16. 2 k. c. 9. 10. b) A 
 prophet in Samaria in the reign of Baa- 
 Bha, 1 K. 16, 1, 2 Chr. 19, 2. 20, 34. c) 
 1 Chr. 2. 38. d) ib. 4, 35. e) ib. 12, 3. 
 
 THiJiri'^ (whom Jehovah holds, sus- 
 tains, r. Tnx) Jehoahaz, pr. n. a) A 
 king of Israel, r. B. C. 856-840, the son 
 of Jehu, 2 K. 10, 35. 13, 1-9. b) A 
 king of Judah, r. 611 B. C. the son of 
 Josiah, 2 K. 23, 31-35. 2 Chr. 36, 1; 
 written also THxi^, v. 2. Sept. '/wa^aj. 
 
 2$"1"T|' (whom Jehovah bestowed, OX 
 
 prob. from obsol. tJISt, ^\ , donavit) 
 Jehoash, pr. n. a) A king of Judah 877 
 
 -838 B. C. the son of Ahaziah, 2 K. 12, 
 1. 21. 14, 13 ; written also OHT" ib. 11,2. 
 12, 20. b) A king of Israel 840-825 
 B. C. the son of Jehoahaz, 2 K. 13, 10- 
 25 ; written also by contraction cxi^ ib. 
 V. 9. Sept. 'luiug. 
 
 ^'V^'J apocop. from rriiirri . l. Judah, 
 i. e. the land of Judah, Judea. Dan. 2, 
 25 ^^T^ "'T xniba '33 the captives of Ju- 
 dea. 5,' 13. 6,'l4! Ezra 5, 1. 8. Arab. 
 
 G >-. B 
 
 (^^, , 4>J6, collect, the Jews. Hence 
 denom. in^rn, see in "ini. 
 
 2. Jehud, written ^Ti^ , pr. n. of a town 
 of the Danites, Josh. 19, 45. 
 
 '^7^'^? (pr. verbal from fut. Hoph. of 
 rrn"! . celebrated, lauded, comp. Gen. 29, 
 35. 49, 8) pr, n. Judah. 
 
 1. The fourth son of Jacob, born of 
 Leah, Gen. 29, 35. 35, 23 ; also the tribe 
 descended from him, nnirri naia Num. 
 1, 27. '^ n^a 2 Sam. 2, 1. 10, '^ "^"aa Num. 
 1, 26; the bounds of whose territory 
 are described in Josh. c. 15. rTi^irTi in 
 the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 48. 
 After the secession o the ten tribes, 
 the name of Judah was given to the 
 subsequent kingdom, which comprised 
 the tribes of Judah and Benjamin w^ith 
 a portion o( Simeon and Dan, and 
 had Jerusalem for its metropolLs. The 
 other kingdom was called ^x"^!^^ Israel, 
 and also Di'iBX Ephraim ; the latter 
 chiefly in the prophets. Hence rsnj* 
 Hn!|iTi the land of Judah, the kingdom of 
 Judah, Is. 19, 17. nnsinn n-ir the city of 
 Judah, i. e. Jerusalem, 2 Chr. 25. 28. i. q. 
 l^'n -115 2 K. 14, 20, Ailer the carrying 
 away of the ten tribes and after the Ba- 
 bylonish exile, the name Judah. Judea, 
 was applied to the whole country of the 
 Israelites, Hagg. 1, 14. 2, 2. Where 
 the land, Judea, is signified. STi^n"^ i? 
 fem. Is, 7, 6, Joel 4, 20. Ps. 114, 2 ; where 
 the people is intended, the Jews, it is 
 masc. Is. 3, 8. Hos.4, 15, al, but also cou- 
 pled with a fem. Nab, 2, 1, Jer. 14, 2, al. 
 
 2, Of several persons : a) Neh, H, 
 9, b) Ezra 3, 9, Neh. 12, 8. c) Neh. 
 12, 34. d) ib. V. 36. 
 
 '^1^*V plur. C^nirri , sometimes c-'^'i^n'j 
 Esth, 4,7, 8, 1.7. 13.9, 15. 18, Cheth.' . ' 
 
 1. As a gentile name, a Jew, the Jews. 
 a) A member of the kingdom of Judah 
 
in- 
 
 384 
 
 in* 
 
 2 K. 16, 6. 25, 25. Jer. 32, 12. 3S, 19. al. 
 b) In the later Hebrew, after the carry- 
 ing away of the ten tribes, put for any 
 Hebrew, the Hebrews, Neh. 1, 2. 2, 16. 
 Esth. 3, 4 sq. 4, 3 sq. 8, 1. al. Fern. 
 rrnini a Jewess I Chr. 4, 18. 
 
 2. Jehudi, pr. n. m. Jer. 36, 14. 21. 
 
 ^'IT^'} Chaid. a Jew, only in plur. 
 I'^X'iin'i , .;. emphat. XH^in"; , the Jews, 
 Dan. 3,^8. Ezra 4, 12. 5,^1.5. 
 
 ni'l^n^ f. 1. Gentile n. fem.of '''iwi, 
 Bs Adv. Judaice, in Jewish, i. e. in the 
 Jews' language, 2 K. 18, 26. Neh. 13, 24. 
 
 2. Judith, pr. n. of the wife of Esau, 
 Gen. 26, 34. 
 
 * ^^~? Jehovah, pr. n. of the su- 
 preme Deity, D'^n'^xn , among the He- 
 brews. The later Hebrews, lor seve- 
 ral centuries before the Christian era, 
 either misled by a false interpretation 
 of certain laws (Ex. 20, 7. Lev. 24, 16), 
 or following out some ancient supersti- 
 'tion, regarded this name as too sacred 
 to be uttered, as the ineffable name 
 which they scrupled even to pronounce ; 
 Bee Philo Vit. Mosis T. III. p. 519, 529, 
 ed. Colon. Jos. Antt. 2. 12. 4. Hence in 
 the sacj^ed text, wherever this ovofiu 
 ugt^tjzov was written, they substituted 
 for it in reading, or pronounced for it 
 the word "^nx ; and for this reason the 
 vowels of the name '^J'lX are in the Ma- 
 Boretic readings every where written 
 with the four letters n-.H"'. The initial 
 Yod, however, takes only a simple She- 
 Va, and not the composite one, nin"^ not 
 irirn ; while prefixes receive the same 
 points as if followed by 'p!< , e. g. njn"'^, 
 hSn-'Z , nin-'^ . This practice must al- 
 ready have existed in the time of the 
 LXX interpreters; since they uniformly 
 render n'.n"^ by o Kv()tog i. e. "^px . The 
 Samaritans also followed the same cus- 
 tom ; pronouncing however instead of 
 hin*^ the word KTa"i\:5 i. q. cirn . Wherev- 
 er the sacred text has nin^ '3*tX, in 
 order not to repeat "^pif. twice in suc- 
 cession, the Jews pronounce OTjbx "'px, 
 and write nin;i "'jnx . 
 
 Hence it appears that the name nin"j 
 is furnished not with its own vowels, but 
 with those of another word ; and the 
 quMtion arises, what are its true and 
 
 genuine vowels ? Many interpreters 
 regard it as for nin^ , after the analogy 
 of -P?^, ni?"iD, justly appealing to the 
 authority of several ancient writers, who 
 relate that the God of the Hebrews was 
 called lAJl, e. g. Diod. Sic. 1. 94, Ictto- 
 Qovai . . . -toi'g vo^ovg didot'ui naQa da 
 Toii^ Iov8uioii; Mu)ui]v zbv I All iniy-ulov- 
 fitvof \)i6v. Macrob. Sat. 1. 18. Hesych. 
 V. 'OCdag. Clem. Alex. Strom, p. 666. 
 Oxon. See more, Thesaur. p. 577. To 
 this may be added, that the same form 
 is conspicuous as the name of God on the 
 gems of the Egyptian Gnostics ; Iren. 
 adv. Hseres. I. 34. Bellermann ubcr die 
 Gemmen der Alten mit dem Abraxas- 
 bilde. I. II. Not very unlike is the form 
 n^rJl of Philo Byblius ap. Euseb. Prsep. 
 Evang. 10. 11; and lAOT (^in^) ap. 
 Clem. Alex. Strom, V. p. 562. Others, as 
 Reland in his Decad.Exercitatt. de vera 
 pronunciatione nominis Jehova, Traj. ad. 
 Rh. 1707, following the Samaritans, 
 suppose it anciently to have been pro- 
 nounced n]n;i , and have a support for 
 their opinion in the abbreviated forms 
 in^ and WV So Theodoret Q,utcst. 15 
 in Exod. KuXoiiui 8e avio 2^i<fiugnjai 
 TABE, 'lovdaioi 8i ATA ("^."x) ; Cod. 
 Aug. I A. Even those who regard >^y^1 
 as the true pronunciation, as Michaelis 
 in Supplcm. p. 254, are not destitute of 
 some apparent grounds ; for the abbre- 
 viated syllables in^ and i"^, which stand 
 first in many compound proper names, 
 can be so readily explained from no 
 other form. But those only waste their 
 time and labour, who endeavour to refer 
 this name to a foreign origin, or assign 
 to it any special relation with Jw-piter, 
 Jov-\fi, or the like. 
 
 My own view coincides with that of 
 those, who regard this name as anciently 
 pronounced T^yn^i, like the Samaritans; 
 since from this all the apocopated forme 
 can be more readily derived (^"i^i '^r' 
 in"' , for in;j , in*;) ; and because allusion 
 is made in the O, T. to such an etymo- 
 logy ; e. g. Ex. 3, 14 n^nx ncx n^nx 
 / nhall he what I am, (com p. Rev. 1, 4. 8, j 
 o b>v Koi 6 r^v xfu o f'p/OjUfroc,) the name 
 mn"< being derived from the verb n^n 
 to be, and regarded as designating God 
 as eternal, immutable, who will never b 
 other than the same. A like allusion is 
 
m 
 
 385 
 
 in' 
 
 found in Hos. 12, C i^St hin-j Jehovah is 
 Aw name, i. c. tlie Eternul, the Immuta- 
 ble. Comp. also the Inscription on the 
 Saltic temple of Isis, Plut. de Iside et 
 Osir. 9. iyu ft/u to ytyovig xai or xal iao- 
 fiivov. See Tholuck on the Hypothesis 
 of the Egyptian or Indian origin of the 
 name Jehovah, Vermischte Schriften I. 
 p. 377 sq. traiisl. in BibI, Ropos. IV. p. 
 89 sq. 1834. Hengstenb. Authentic des 
 Pentat. I. p. 204 sq. 
 
 As to the usus loquendi of this name, 
 some of the differences of usage be- 
 tween it and C^n^Pi or DTrbx have 
 already been noted ; see in CTibx B. no. 
 6. It may be further added, that in the 
 prophetical books for the most part only 
 nini is employed, as being the more 
 august and venerable name ; O'^n'sx be- 
 ing there used of the true God only in 
 certain formulas, as Is. 13, 19. 53.4. Jer. 
 35, 4. etc. On the other hand, in certain 
 other usual formulas, ni>T^ alone is em- 
 ployed, e. g. i^^^7 nx:, nin^ irx n's, 
 nin'' ".r-^, n'rn') ti, nin^ i::?, etc. 
 Thes. p. 578. Spec, we may note : 
 
 a) cn'sx nin-i, i. e. Jehovah God, 
 comm. the Lord God, by apposition, and 
 not as some would have it Jehovah of 
 gods, i. e. chief or prince of gods. This 
 is the customary appellation of Jehovah 
 in Gen. c. 2. 3 ; elsewhere less frequent, 
 as Ex. 9. 30. 2 Sam. 7, 22. 1 Chr. 28, 20. 
 29, 1. 2 Chr. 1, 9. 6, 41. 42. Ps. 72, 18. 
 Jon. 4. 6 ; also n^n'^sn nin7 l Sam. 6, 
 20. 1 Chr. 22. 1. 19. 2 Chr. 32, 16. Far 
 more frequent is this compound form 
 when followed by a genit. as ^'^'^J< niiTi 
 ^xnb"? Josh. 7, 13. 19.20. 8, 30. 9, 18. 19! 
 al. ?i"'ni3s: -^ribx m^i Deut. 1, 21. 6, 3. 
 27, 3; r\^rp^ r^'\:^^^, ^ryb^ niri^ Deut. 1, 
 1.31. 2,7. 4,5. 18, 16. 26. 14.' al. 
 
 b) nixas r\'^:r\i Jehovah (God) of hosts, 
 i. e. of the celestial armies, see in saa 
 no. 2. b. 
 
 c) ^)>^2 ''t^^, 5 for the points in njnn 
 see above at the close of the first para- 
 graph ; 2 Sam. 7, 18. 19. Is. 50, 4. Jer. 32, 
 17; also very freq. in Ezekiel. 
 
 d) njn^ i2Bb , see in ''Sfib , under art. 
 nsB D. " 
 
 ^5P^? (whom Jehovuh bestows, r. 
 *nt) Jehozabad, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26, 
 4. b) 2 K. 12, 22. c) 2 Chr. 17, 18. 
 
 33 
 
 Ipnin^ m. (whom Jehovah bestows, 
 r. '(Sn , q. d. &fod(iJ(}o<;) Jfhnhanan, pr. n. 
 a) A military commander under Jeho- 
 shaphat, 2 Chr. 17, 15. 23, 1. b) 2 Chr. 
 28, 12. c) 1 Chr. 26, 3. d) Neh. 1 2, 13. 
 e) ib. 6, 18. f ) Ezra 10, 6, contr. Ijnl-" 
 Neh. 12, 22. 23. g) Ezra 10, 28. ' h) 
 Neh. 12, 42. See |3ni'^ . Hence Greek 
 ' lutuvvui: and 'iwdyvijg. 
 
 J?7^ln^ m. (whom Jehovah knows, fa- 
 vours, r. 5"]^) Jehoiada, pr. n. m. a) A 
 priest of great authority in the kingdom 
 of Judah, 2 K. 11, 4. al. b) 2 Sam. 8, 
 18. 20, 23. c) 1 Chr. 27, 34. d) ib. 12, 
 27. Hence contr. 51^1"^ q. v. 
 
 j'^S^ln^ m. (whom Jehovah hath ap- 
 pointed, r. "I'ls) pr. n. Jehoiachin. son of 
 Jehoiakim, king of Judah B. C. 600, 2 K. 
 24, 6. 8-17. The same name is written 
 ,-3^i-' Ez. 1, 2 : n^JS". E.sth. 2, 6. Jer. 
 27, 20. 28, 4; in^32V for ln^ "p^ Jer. 24, 
 1 Chethibh ; and 'in^'JB Jer. 22, 24. 28. 
 37,1. 
 
 D'^p^ln^ m. (whom Jehovah hath set 
 up, r. nip) pr. n. Jehoiakim, son of Jo- 
 siah. king of Judah 611-600 B. C. 2. K. 
 23, 34. 36. 24, 1. Jer. 1, 3. His former 
 name was cp'^bx q. v. 
 
 n-'l^in;' and n-'n^'i'^ (whom Jehovab 
 defends, r. S"'")) pr. n. Jehoiarib, Joiarib, 
 a distinguished priest at Jerusalem, 
 1 Chr. 9, 10. 24, 7. Ezra 8. 16. Neh. 11, 
 10. 12, 6. 19. Hence Gr. 'laagl^ 1 Mace. 
 2,1. 
 
 5D"n^ (potent, verbal fut. Hoph. from 
 bb^) Jehucal, pr. n. m. Jer. 37 3 ; for 
 which contr. bs^i Jer. 38, 1. 
 
 S'lp'^n^ and ^73"!'' (whom Jehovah 
 impels, r. a"!3) Jehonadab, Jonadab. pr. 
 n. a) A sonofRechab, an ancestor of 
 the nomadic Rechabites, who bound his 
 tribe by a vow to abstain from wine. 2 K. 
 10, 15. Jer. 35, 6. See aan . b) 2 Sam. 
 13, 5 sq. 
 
 '}ri3in'|> and 'JC?'^'' (whom Jehovah 
 gave, r. "inj, Gr. 6)o5oi^o?.) Jonathan, 
 pr. n. m, a) A son of Saul, celebrated 
 for his noble friendship towards David, 
 
 1 Sam. c. 13-31. b) A son of Abiathar, 
 
 2 Sam. 15, 27. 36. 1 K. 1, 42. 43. Also 
 of several others, called only "irji'.T) , viz. 
 c) A son of Gershom, an idolatrous 
 
in- 
 
 386 
 
 ai 
 
 priest, Judg. IS. 30. <i) 2 Sam. 21, 21. 
 1 Chr. 20, 7. 27, 32. e) 2 Chr. 27, 25. 
 f ) 2 Chr. 17, 8. g) Jer. 37, 15. 20. 38, 
 26. h) Neh. 12, 18. See more in -(rjii . 
 
 51?"'!^^' i. q. kOT' (by Chaldaism not 
 contracted, r. ~D^ ) Joseph, pr. n. Ps. 81 , 6, 
 poetically for the nation of Israel. See 
 
 n~27'^ir(1' (whom Jehovah adorns, r. 
 ITns) Jehoaddah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 36 ; 
 for which 9, 42 n-;5V 
 
 I'^T^in'^ (fem. of preced.) Jehonddan 
 pr. n. f 2 Chr. 25, 1. 2 K. 14, 2 Keri ; 
 
 but "fnrin"! Cheth. 
 
 p'lSiJT;' and P7'l'^'' (whom Jehovah 
 makes just, r. pls) Jehozadak. Jozadak, 
 pr. n. of the father of Joshua the high 
 priest, Hagg. 1, 1. 12. Ezra 3, 2. 8. 5, 2. 
 
 Dnini' (whom Jehovah has exalted, 
 r. C^n) Jehoram, Joram, pr. n. a) A king 
 of Judah 891-884 B. C. son of Jehosha- 
 phat, 2 K. 8, 16-24. b) A king of Israel 
 896-884 B. C. son of Ahab, 2 K. c. 3. 
 c) A priest 2 Chr. 17, 8. Written also 
 contr. Ciii. 
 
 IPntrini' (Jehovah is her oath, i. e. 
 worshipper of Jehovah, comp. ssd'^^s) 
 Jehosheba. pr. n. of a daughter of king 
 Joram, and wife of Jehoiada the priest. 
 2 K. 11, 2; written in 2 Chr. 22, 11 
 
 ?^lCin;> and yfO^T]"} (Jehovah his help, 
 r. SttJV comp. Srai-'bx, Germ. GoUhUf.) 
 Jehoshua, Joshua^ pr. n. m. a) The 
 minister and assistant of Moses, after- 
 wards his successor and leader of the Is- 
 raelites, the son of Nun, Ex. 17, 9. 24, 
 13 ; elsewhere called also SuJin Num. 13, 
 8. 16; see also V^"^.- b) A high priest 
 contemporary with Zerubbabel, Zech. 
 3,1. 6, 11. Hagg. 1, 1. 12; see also 
 9^1. c) 1 Sam. 6, 14. 18. d) 2 K. 23, 
 8. Sept. 'Jjiuovg, Vulg. Josua. 
 
 tSCTDin^ (whom Jehovah judgelh. i. e. 
 whose cause he sustains.) pr. n.Jehosha- 
 phat. a) A king of Judah, 914-^89 
 B. C. son of Asa. 1 K. 22, 41-51. From 
 him the valley between Jerusalem and 
 the Mount of Olives is supposed to have 
 received the sjime name, Joel 4, 2. 12. 
 2 Chr. c. 20. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 I. p. 396. b) The recorder or annalist 
 
 of king David, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24. 
 c) 1 K. 4, 17. d) The father of Jehu 
 king of Israel, 2 K. 9, 2. 14. 
 
 "TTl^ adj. (r. "i"!^) elated, prmid. arro- 
 gant, Prov. 21, 24. Hab. 2, 5. Chald. 
 and Talmud, id. "iH'^rjl to be proud ; 
 
 n^-iTi'^, X^vii'^, pride. 
 
 ''^^fD? (^vho praises God, r. Vsn) 
 Jehalelel, pr. n. m. a) 2 Chr. 29, 12. 
 b) 1 Chr. 4, 16. 
 
 D '!!!? m. (r. C^rr) a species of hard 
 gem, so called from beating, hammering, 
 Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Ez. 28, 13. Several 
 of the ancient versions render it orv$, 
 ovv/i&y, the onyx, which is not im- 
 probable. Others, adamant, but lese 
 well ; so Braun de Vestitu Sacerdotumi, 
 II. 13. 
 
 Y*-T obsol. root, Arab. \jaJ^m to 
 tread down, to trample upon. Hence 
 
 tn^ Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48, M, elsewhere 
 nsn^j (place trodden down.) Jahaz, 
 Jahazah, pr. n. of a Moabitish city situ- 
 ated near the desert, afterwar<fe reckon- 
 ed to the tribe of Reuben and assigned 
 to the priests. Num. 21, 23. Deut. 2, 32. 
 Josh 13. 18. 21, 36. Judg. 11, 20. 1 Chr. 
 6, 63. Jer. 48, 34. In several of these 
 examples the final n in ttsn'2 is local ; 
 as Num. Deut. I. c. 
 
 Ut a root not in use, prob. to be 
 high, iximid, kindr. with "irt , nnn . Arab. 
 
 ^1 (?'< a prominent heap cf sand. 
 
 Hence "i*'?!'?- 
 
 ^2$"''' ( whose father is Jehovah) pr. n. 
 Joab. a) The nephew and chief mili- 
 tary officer of David, 2 Sara. 2, 24. 1 K. 
 2, 5. 22. al. b) 1 Chr. 4, 14. c) Ezra 
 2,6. 8, 9. Neh. 7, 11. 
 
 '^ijl'' (whose brother i. e. helper i* 
 Jehovah) pr. n. Joah. a) A son of 
 Asaph, the reccrder or annalist </f He- 
 zekiah, 2 K. 18, 18. Is. 36, 3. b) The 
 annalist of king Josiah. 2 Chr. 34. 8. 
 c) 1 Chr. 6, 6. 2 Chr. 29, 12. d) 1 Chr. 
 26,4. 
 
 Tnxi^ sec tnxinv 
 
 ^S?'^'' (Jehovah is his God, i. c. worship- 
 per of Jehovah,) pr. n. Jotl. a) A pro- 
 
xr 
 
 387 
 
 nv 
 
 phet, son of Pethuel, Joel 1, I. b) The 
 eldest son orSiimud, 1 Sam. 8, 2. c) A 
 son of king Uzziah 1 Clir. 6, 21 ; lor 
 which, by a manifest error in trahscrib- 
 ing, is read in v. 9 bsistlJ. Also of seve- 
 ral other persons ; see Thesaur. p. 582. 
 
 fi^'y^ (i. q. aJsini q. v.) Joash, pr. n. 
 m. a) See in oSxin^ a. b) See ibid. b. 
 
 c) The father of Gideon Judg. 6, 11. 
 
 d) 1 K. 22, 26. 2 Chr. 18, 25. e) 1 Chr. 
 12, 3. f ) ib. 4, 22. 
 
 31'' Job. pr. n. of a son of Issachar Gen. 
 46, 13; perhaps an error in copying for 
 aiittJ-j Num. 26, 24. 1 Chr. 7, 1 Keri. 
 
 ^^T' (i. q. ^i_Lo desert, see in r. 33^) 
 Jobab, pr. n. a) A people of Arabia, 
 descended from Joktan, Gen. 10, 29. 1 
 Chr. 1, 23. A trace of this tribe is to 
 be found perhaps in Ptolemy, who men- 
 tions a people on the eastern coast of 
 Arabia near the Sacalitje, whom he 
 calls 'ibiiiaQlTai, or as Salmasius and 
 Bochart conjecture 'liot^u^lTai, chang- 
 ing the Q into ^. See Bochart Phaleg 
 II. 29. b) A king of Idumea Gen. 36, 
 33. 34. 1 Chr. 1, 44. 45. c) A king of 
 the Canaanites Josh. II, 1. d) 1 Chr. 
 8, 9. e) ib. 8, 18. 
 
 '5'!'' comm. see in no. 2, (r. Vi'^ 11.) 
 onomatopoetic, i. q. hni. jubilu7n, Germ. 
 Jubel, comp. Engl, jubilee, signifying 
 a cry of joy, joyful shout, and then 
 transferred to the sound or clangour of 
 trumpets, trumpet signal, alarm, like 
 HS1"ipi q. V. Roots of like sound and 
 signification denoting outcry, clamour, 
 as the expression both of joy and pain, 
 (since the two are often hardly to be 
 distinguished, and are frequently ex- 
 pressed by the same words, comp. bns, 
 ntn.) are in the Semitic tongues bb"^, 
 J^j, bbij, also 23^, v^f ; Gr. ololi- 
 ^Hv; ululd^tiv, Lat. ejulare, ululare ; in 
 the Teutonic dialects, Swed. jokn, 
 whence the ancient Scandinavian festi- 
 val called // (Engl. Yule), Dutch joelen, 
 comm. Germ jodeln. In all these syl- 
 lables jol, jobl, jodl, the primitive idea 
 is to cry io ; comp. Lat. io triumphe. 
 Hence 
 
 1. b3i*n 'j'np the horn of jubilee, signal- 
 horn, i. e. with which a signal of attack or 
 alarm is sounded, Josh. 6, 5 ; also ellipt. 
 
 bgn'' Ex. 19, 13. Plur. n-ibai^ ni-.fticJ 
 Josh. 6, 6, with art. cbni*,-] riiciib 6, 4. 
 8. 13, trumpets of jubilee {for the plur. 
 form see note) i. e. with which a signal 
 is given, alarm-trumpets, signal trum- 
 pets. Between baiin 'f-^pjhe signal-fu/rn 
 and bai'n iBicJ tlie signal-trumpet, there 
 seems to have been no difference, see 
 Josh. 6, 4, comp. v. 5. 6. bai'n T|ii5'oa 
 Ex. 19. 13, and bsi'li "(-ijsa T\^-C3 Josh. 
 6, 5, when the signal-horn is sounded, 
 i.q. elsewhere ni">siTl"3 S|?n , comp. Josh. 
 6, 4 and v. 5. The Chaldee translator 
 and the Rabbins by an absurd conjec- 
 ture interpret bai'"' a ram, and bai'n 'p 
 the ram^s horn; nor are several modern 
 conjectures much better, for which see 
 Fuller's Miscell. IV. 8. Carpzov. Appa- 
 rat. Antiqu. Cod. sac. p. 449. Bochart 
 Hieroz. I. lib. 2. c. 43. 
 
 Note. The plural cbai'sn nincttJ 
 trumpets of alarms, which stands where 
 we should expect ba">n 'tt3 , depends on 
 an idiom of the Hebrew language, 
 which has hitherto been overlooked by 
 Grammarians ; see Heb. Gram. 106. 3. 
 In Hebrew, as in Syriac (Hoffmann 
 Gramm. Syr. p. 254). there are three 
 modes of forming the plural of compound 
 nouns, or nouns in construction, viz. 
 either : a) The governing noun alone 
 is put in the plural, and this is much 
 the most common method, as b'^n nias. 
 plur. b-^n "^nias; or b) The Genitive 
 or noun governed is also put in the plu- 
 ral, as D-^b^n 1-12 a 1 Chr. 7. 5, o^:: inio 
 for D^n -inia Ex. 1, 11, Q-^bx "'33 iPs. 29* 
 2 for bx i:a ; or further : c) The gov- 
 erning noun remains unchanged, and 
 the Genitive alone is made plural, of 
 which a striking example is the phrase 
 riax n-^a ' houses of fathers,' for 3X -^na, 
 see in nia no. 11. The example above 
 in question belongs to the second form, 
 lett. b. 
 
 2. bai'n rv6 Lev; 25, 13. 15. 31. 40, 
 and ellipt. bai" ib. v. 28. 30. 33, (comm. 
 gender, m. Num. 36. 4. but often fem. on 
 account of the ellipsis of nrr Lev. 25. 10,) 
 the year of jubilee, Vulg. annus jubileus, 
 annus jubilei, so called from the sound- 
 ing of trumpets on the tenth day of the 
 seventh month, by which it was an- 
 nounced to the people, Lev. 25, 9. It 
 occurred every fiftieth year, Lev. 25, 10. 
 
sr 
 
 388 
 
 t3V 
 
 11. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 3; not as some sup- 
 pose in the forty-ninth ; and according 
 to the Mosaic law, in this year all lands 
 which had been sold returned to their 
 first possessor, all slaves were to be set 
 free, and the lands lay untilled. Sept. 
 tiog utfiiaewg, ixqisaig. 
 
 '^^"^ m. 1. a river, stream of water. 
 Jer. 17, 8. R. bs; I. 
 
 2. Jubal, pr. n. of a son of Lamech, and 
 (the inventor of music, Gen. 4, 21. The 
 ;iiame Jubal signifies perhaps pr. jubi- 
 >lum, or the sound of trumpets and other 
 instruments, i. e. music, kindr. with bsii j 
 and was afterwards applied to its in- 
 ventor. R. i"?; II. 
 
 ^^r*^ (i- q- "'51'"'"'?) Jozabad, pr. n. of 
 several Levites, a) 2 Chr. 31, 13. b) 
 Ezra 8, 33. 10, 23. c) 10, 22. 
 
 *13P'^ (whom Jehovah remembers) 
 Jozachar, pr. n. of the murderer of king 
 Joash, 2 K. 12, 22. In 2 Chr. 24, 26 
 written Ilit , a manifest error in trans- 
 cribing. 
 
 ^0'^"' (perh. contr. from D^nii whom 
 Jehovah revives, comp. HS'^a for n^D'^a) 
 Joha, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8. 1 6. b) 
 11, 45. 
 
 Ir^*^"^ (i- q- IJO'^"'? where see) Joha- 
 nan, pr. n. as contracted borne also: 
 a) By two of David's officers, 1 Chr. 12, 
 4. 12. b) A son of king Josiah 1 Chr. 
 3, 15. c) A priest ib. 5, 35. d) 2 K. 
 25, 23. Jer. 40, 8. e) 1 Chr. 3, 24. f) 
 Ezra 8, 12. 
 
 ntp^'i see n-j"i. 
 
 ^^t'^"' (> q- ^Tr'^'^. q- V-) pr. n. Joiada, 
 Neh. 3, 6. 12, 10. 
 
 TP'!'^'^ see V=^in^. 
 
 O'^PI'I'' (i. q. niprrr;) Joiakim, pr. n. 
 TO. Neh. 12, 10. 
 
 y^'^'^V (i. q. a-'n'J'in'j) Jaiarib, pr. n. 
 a) See s-n-jirr. b) Neh. 11, 5. 
 
 'IS^'^'^ (whose glory is Jehovah, r. 
 12S) Jochebcd, pr. n. of the mother of 
 iloees and wife of Amram, Ex. 6, 20. 
 Num. 26, 59. 
 
 ^5'!'' Jncal, see Vi^liTj . 
 
 D I a root not in une, prob. to be 
 warm, hot, like the kindred roots D^n, 
 
 t^in , cn^ , (c*^ ; ^^^ n being gradually 
 softened into n and 80 into "^ ; see p. 
 370. And as there exist three roots 
 with the harsher guttural, fiW, CT?n, 
 n^n ; so also with the softer letter. D'i'', 
 B^;;, n72^. From the root Ci^ come tii'' 
 day, B"^ w|) warm springs ; from tiii"^ 
 comes plur. Q'^'2'J constr. '^x:'^ days. 
 
 Di"' c. suir. ''a'i"', ^^"i"^, plur. Din^^ 
 constr. '''C'] . poet, ni^"! ; masc. rarely 
 fem. as e'cc. 7, 14. Jer. 17, 18. Ez. 7, 10- 
 
 1. a day, so called from the diurnal 
 heat, r. cr. Chald. Samar. id. Syr. 
 
 .07 S C _ 
 
 pca^, Arab. ^jJ) id. Spoken of the 
 natural day, from the rising to the set- 
 ting sun, opp. the night. Gen. 1, 14. 16. 
 7, 4. 12. 8, 22. 31, 39 ; also of the civil 
 day or 24 hours, which includes the 
 night, Gen. 7, 24. 50, 3. al. Job 3, 6 let 
 not (that night) rejoice among the days 
 of the year, "inx ci"! in or on one day 
 Gen. 27, 45. 33^13. Num. 11, 19; the 
 same day Is. 9, 13. n^n m'n CS?a in 
 the self-same day Gen. 7, 13, see in css . 
 Gep. 18, 1 nTn Dn3 in the heat of the 
 day, at noon, elsewhere called oiTi 1133 
 Prov. 4. 18, see in -(ilS . rarn oii the 
 sabbath-day Ex. 20. 8. ts-^nDSi ci"i day 
 of atonement, expiation. Lev. 23, 28. fii"* 
 n?!i-ipi Num. 29, 1. Prov. 27, 1 boast not 
 thyself of to-morrow, for thou knowest 
 not ci"i ib*-n73 what a day (to-day) may 
 bring forth. Put for the light of day, 
 day-light ; comp. Gen. 1, 5. So Zech. 
 14, 7 r\'bi\ jibi Di-' xb . . . nnN m"- n^ni 
 and there shall be a day . . . when there 
 will be neither rfay-Iight nor night. Job 
 3, 5. Also for a day^s journey, i. q. Tj'J'^ 
 Ci-i, Deut. 1, 2; comp. Num. 11, 31. 
 Adv. absol. oi"' i. q. z.W^ , by day, in tlie 
 day-time, Ps. 88, 2. Also ci^ cii day by 
 day. daily. Gen. 39, 10. Ex. 16, 5. Is. 58, 
 2. Ps. 68, 20 ; in genit. ci"' Ci"^ "^-inj daily 
 vmcs Ps. 61, 9; crj D'i'' id. Esth. 3, 4; 
 ora D'i"> pr. day by day 1 Chr. 12, 22. 
 Neh. 8, 18 ; era crb from- day to day, 
 daily. 2 Chr. 24, 11 but ai^a era a* 
 day by day 1 Sam. 18. 10 ; also ci0 
 Di''-bs from day to day Num. 30, 15. 
 1 Chr. 16. 23. With a giMiit. of pers. 
 the day of any one signifii's: a) In a 
 good sense, h'lo festival day. Hon. 7, 5 
 ijsbi? ci"' the day of our king, his birth- 
 day or day of inauguration. 2, 15 "'a'J 
 
nv 
 
 389 
 
 Dli 
 
 C^yan the festivals of idoh. 2, 2 [1, 1 1] 
 ix5"i]7 o'i"' the (lay of Jezreel, i. e. when 
 the people shall be assembled at Jezreel. 
 Spoken of one's birth-day Job 3, 1 ; not 
 1, 4. So 'iftiga Jivog Diog. Laert. 4. 41 ; 
 comp. Cic. Att. 13. 42. b) In a bad 
 sense, day of calamity ; Obad. 12 oi"" 
 :^T7S{ the day of thy brother. Job 18, 60 
 posterity shall be astonished at his day, 
 iai"', i. e. at his calamity. Ps. 37, 13. 
 137, 7. 1 Sam. 26, 10. Ez. 21, 30. Arab. 
 Ij day of misfortune. Also Is. 9, 3 
 y^'t^a oi*' the day of Midian. when the 
 Midianites were defeated with slaughter. 
 Comp. dies AUiensis, Cantiensis, Arab. 
 Jo ftyj dies pugnae Bedrensis, Kor. 3. 
 119. c) the day of Jehovah, i. e. the day 
 of judgment and punishment which Je- 
 hovah will hold upon the wicked, Joel I, 
 15. Ez. 13, 5. Is. 2, 12. 13, 6. 9. Am. 5, 
 18. 20. Obad. 15. al. Plur. Job24. 1. Gv. 
 fjfiiqa xov xv^lov 1 Thess. 5, 2. 2 Pet. 
 
 3, 10. 
 
 2. time, like fj/ii^a and Lat. ^Zies. Judg. 
 18, 30. Is. 48, 7. Job 15. 32. 30,25. See 
 the forms nin, Di'^a, ni3, etc. below 
 in no. 3, under the letters a, b, d, e, f, g. 
 More frequent in this sense in Plur. 
 CO^ , see below in Plur. no. 2. 
 
 3. With the art. and prepositions pre- 
 fixed : 
 
 a) Di'n this day, to-day, Gen. 4, 14. 
 Ex. 22, 14. 24, 12. 30, 32. 31, 48. al. 
 
 Arab. |5^t id. Also : a) by day, in 
 the day-time. opp. H^^^n by night, Neh. 
 
 4, 16 [22]. Hos. 4, 57 i. q. B^iV (i) at 
 this time, now, Deut. 1, 39. 1 Sam. 12, 
 17. 2 K. 6, 26. /) that day, at that 
 time, then, 1 Sam. 1, 4 ni'n in-i] . 14, 
 1. 2 K. 4, 8. Job 1, 6, where some ren- 
 
 der a day, a certain time, i. q. Leo , 
 neglecting the force of the article. 
 
 b) c'i"'2 with infin. a) in the day 
 that, etc. Gen. 2, 17 r;brx era in the day 
 thai (when) thon eatest. 3. 5. Lev. 7, 36. 
 /5) in the tim^ that, i. q. when ; Gen. 2, 4 
 ffi^'ii "f^-ix D'^n'bx 1^ niisr era when 
 Jehocah made the earth and the heavens. 
 Ex. 10, 28. 32. 34. 1 K. 2, 8. Is. 11. 16. 
 Lam. 3, 57 ; after, 2 Sam. 21, 12. With 
 prjet. Lev. 7, 35. 2 Sam. 22, 1. 
 
 c) D"ia a) in the day-tim^, opp. 
 h^-'ia Gen. 31, 40. Jer. 36, 30. /5) in 
 
 33* 
 
 thai same day. i. c. immediately, at once, 
 Prov. 12. 16. Neh. 3. 34. y) mi that day, 
 i. q. the other day, lately, Judg. 13. 10. 
 For tt'inr\ ci'a see in Kin no. 3. 
 
 d) ni*a (with a of time) this day, at 
 this time, now, 1 K. 1,31. Is. 58, 4. Some- 
 times it refers to an action about to take 
 place, now, i. q. before, frst, Gen. 25, 31. 
 33. I Sam. 2, 16. 1 K. 22, 25. 
 
 e) Ti't^ oi'a ) as at this day, as at 
 this time, as things now are ; a phrase 
 marking the present state of things as 
 if pointed to with the finger. Gen. 50, 
 20 where Sept. wi ar/fif^ov. Deut. 2, 30. 
 4, 20. 38. 29, 28. 1 Sam. 22, 8. 13. 2 Chr. 
 6, 15. Jer. 11, 5. al. So too mn oi'na 
 Deut. 6, 24. Jer. 44, 22. Ezra 9, 7. is! 
 Neh. 9, 10. /?) Once T^rn zi'r\3 , aboiU 
 that time, then, 3 being taken as a parti- 
 cle of time, Gen. 39, 11. 
 
 f) ci'^ from the tim that, since, Ex. 
 10, 6. Deut. 9, 24. 
 
 g) Di'ri'ba ) aU days, every day, 
 daily, Ps. 42,4. 11. 44, 23. 56, 2. 3. 6. 71, 
 8. 15. 24. 73, 14, parall. C'^I^ab every 
 morning. Sept. sometimes xud" ixuatrjv 
 rj(ii(juv. y) the whole day, all the day, 
 Is. 62, 6 parall. nb-^rj-ba. Ps. 32, 3. 35, 
 28. 37, 26. 38, 7. 13. Sept. oXr,v lijv fini- 
 Q(tv. /) at all times, always, continu- 
 ally. Ps. 52, 3 Ci'n-ba bx non the good- 
 ness of God is manifested continually. 
 Prov. 21, 26 nixn njxnn ci'n-ba the 
 wicked continually burneth with desire. 
 23, 17. Is. 28. 24 doth the ploughman 
 always plough ? 65, 5 DlTi-ba nnj?^ ias| 
 afre always burning. Often with T'an 
 added. Is. 51, 13. 52, 5. Ps. 72, 15. The 
 sme is c"i''"b3a every day, at all times, 
 Ps. 7, 12. 88, 10. 145, 2. This formula 
 belongs to the poetic style ; in prose the 
 corresponding expression is n^53'n~ba 
 q. v. below in no. 2. 
 
 Dual n^B^^ two days Ex. 16, 29. 21, 
 22. Num. 9, 22. Hos. 6, 2 ei*a c^-Ti^ia 
 ^qibirn cifter txco days on the third day, 
 i. e. soon ; comp. John 2, 19. 20. 
 
 Plor. C^^^ as if from a sing. C^ (r. 
 n^^). by Chaldaism 'C^^ Dan. 12, 13; 
 constr. "lo^ , poet, r&^l Deut. 32, 7. Ps. 
 90, 15. Comp. Aram, roii , llioal . 
 
 1. days, e. g. c^^ r^"3''-? seven days 
 Gen. 8, 10. 12. c^nnx D-'r; some days, 
 i. e. some time, for a time, Gen. 27, 44. 
 
DV 
 
 390 
 
 DV 
 
 In the same sense C^a^ is put absol. 
 
 (like UcLsi some days, some time, Syr. 
 ):^^a..* ih> after some time, Barhebr. 
 Chron. p. 391, 418,) Neh. 1, 4. Dan. 8, 
 27. Gen. 40, 4 "^rr-ca w-a"^ :iin*l and 
 tliey were for some time in ward. n*'T3J?3 
 afler some time Judg. 11, 4. 14, 8. 15. 1. 
 u-'TZ-^ -f'isr id. Gen. 4. 3. 1 K. 17, 7. '"^ ypb 
 id. Neh. 13, 6. The space of time thus 
 signified, often several months, never a 
 whole year, is apparent ft'om these ex- 
 amples : Gen. 24. 55 let the damsel abide 
 with Its "lib? ix 'a^'o'^ some days, per- 
 haps ten, the indefinite C"^^^ being made 
 specific by the adjunct ~V:J?. Is. 65. 20 
 C"'^^ bl" an infant of a few days. A 
 longer time is implied in Num. 9, 22 
 t;"<53^ IS ia*]ri ix c^^ii two days or a 
 Tnonth or some longer itme. 1 Sam. 29, 
 3 he hath been with me nt ix c-^a^ nj 
 CJb for these many days or rather 
 these years. 
 
 2. days, time, as consisting of a suc- 
 cession of days, very frequent. So 1 K. 
 2, 11 and the time (c^a^n) that David 
 .reigned over Israel was forty years. 1 
 am. 27, 11. Gen. 47, 8 rp^n "^.v:: ^tz^ 
 the time of the years of thy life. ts^iD^a 
 Clin in those days, at that time, Ex. 2, 
 ll". 23. Josh. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 1. Jer. 3, 
 :16. 18. Joel 3, 2. al. n-ir^n-bs for all 
 itime,for ever, Fr. toujours, (Jq^fxia ndvra 
 Hom. II. 8. 593. ib. 12. 133,) Deut.4,40. 
 .5, 26. 6, 24. 11, 1. 1 Sam. 1, 28. 18, 29. 
 .Job 1, 5. Jer. 31, 36. 32. 39. al. "'nr-rj 
 C^JSJrt pr. the daily affairs, i. e. annals, 
 .Bee in '^^u^ no. 2. crnsst '0"'a in Abra- 
 .havvs time Gen. 26, 1. 15. 18 ; so espec. of 
 kings and princes, e. g. b^s^ '^^^'^ "* ^'^e 
 .time of Saul, during his reign, 1 Sam. 
 17, 12 ; of David 2 Sam. 21, 1 ; Solomon 
 1 K. 10, 21 ; so Esth. 1, 1. Neh. 12, 26. 
 47. CTjrbB ''a'^2 in the time of the 
 Philistines, during their rule, Judg. 15. 
 20. Is. 39, 6 D"N3 cr:;; r^ir^ behold 
 the days come, the time cometh, etc. a 
 phrase frequent in prophecies, espec. in 
 those containing threats ; Jer. 7, 32. 9, 
 24. 16, 14. 23, 5. 7. 31, 27. 31. 38. al. 
 comp. Is. 7, 17. With a genit. or suff, 
 tim^. appointed to any one ; Gen. 29, 21 
 "^O^ sxbp my time is full, completed, out, 
 comp. V. 18. Spec, a) Often i. q. time 
 
 of life. age. So fi""":^? N2 far gone in 
 days, advanced in age. Gen. 24, 1. Josh. 
 
 13, 1 ; comp. TTfJOi^fjSrjxwg iv ring 7ifis(jaig 
 Luke 1, 7. C'?^ "I"*?? great of age, i. e. 
 of great age, very aged. Job 15, 10 ; 
 opp. C"ir^ "isp short of age, short-lived, 
 
 14. 1. n'''?:N'j"b3 all one's days, one's 
 whole life, Gen' 43, 9. 44, 32. With 
 genit. ri:N "i^^ a mail's days, life. Job 
 
 10, 5 ; '^;> my life 7, 6 ; T^-^r^^TS all thy life 
 long, so long as thou hast lived. Job 38, 
 12. 1 Sam. 25, 28. 1 K. 1. 6. ns^r-^a in 
 your days, while ye live, Jer. 16, 9. 
 "11^^ rp'ixri to prolong one's days, to live 
 long, see in 7]'^ Hiph. Poet. Job 32, 7 
 !i"iaT"^ Ct:^ let age speak, i. e. the aged. 
 Trop. of things. Gen. 8, 22 yxfi "^^'J'^ 
 all the days of the earth, while the earth 
 endures, b) C^TS^ in accus. is often put 
 pleon. after words denoting a certain 
 and definite time, as D"'i:^ D'?!'J^ Engl. 
 two years of time Gen. 41, 1. Jer. 28, 3. 
 11; t^^-Ci'i C"'?="^ T\th^_ Dan. 10, 2. 3; 
 Cr^ Vljnn a month of time, i. q. a month 
 long. Gen. 29, 14 ; tr^-q'i n-n;; id. Deut. 
 21, 13. 2 K. 15, 13. See on this idiom, 
 Lehrgb. p. 667. In like manner the 
 Arabic subjoins j^^^S ^iine, and the 
 Ethiopic <PTOA days, like the Hebrew; 
 see the Ascension of Isaiah by Laurence, 
 L 11. XL 7. 
 
 3. Sometimes C"^^^ marks a definite 
 space oUime, viz. a year; as also Syr. and 
 Chald. .^, ('nS, denote both f me and 
 year; and as in Engl, several words 
 signifying time, weight, measure, are 
 likewise used to denote certain specific 
 times, weights, measures ; see in nna3. 
 Certain examples of this idiom are 
 the following : 1 Sam. 27, 7 and the time 
 that David dwelt in the countiy of the 
 Philistines was B'^d'in nyanxi D"<; a 
 year and four months. Lev. 25, 29. 
 Judg. 17. 10. B''^)'n n37 the yearly sac- 
 rifice 1 Sam. 2. 19. n^-c^ c-'r^^ from 
 year to year, every year. Ex.13. 10. Judg. 
 
 11, 40. 21, 19. 1 Sam. 1. 3 (comp. njW 
 nsca v. 7). 2, 19. nrr-bs n^r^ Is. 32*, 
 10, for which is read 29, 1 n:ir-by nab. 
 Also for Plur. years, with numerals 
 added, (as C^IB phir. faces.) 2 Chr. 21, 
 19 cs-r c^v/^h I'ppn rxs ryi after the 
 end of two years. Am. 4. 4 cr^ ^^^'^^^ 
 is doubtful, either every three years, or 
 
or 
 
 891 
 
 yr 
 
 better every three days, the latter in bit- 
 ter irony. 
 
 D'i'^ Chaia. m. i. q. Heb. day, Ezra 6, 
 15. ni-^a ai-' day by day, daily, Ezra 6, 
 9. Emphat. HfQi'^ Dan. 6, 11. 
 
 Plur. has a threefold form : a) 'j'^ai'' , 
 constr. 'oi'', emphat. Njai"', Dan. 2, 28. 
 5, 11. 6, 8. 13 ; and so in the Targums. 
 b) Constr. na-ji Ezra 4, 19, like the Syr. 
 and Samar. c) Heb. constr. "'ig"" Ezra 
 4, 7. Like Heb. 0"'iD^ it denotes in Plur. 
 time, Dan. 4, 31. 5. 11. Ezra 4, 15 ; es- 
 pec. time of life, age, as K'oi'i pin? ad- 
 vanced in age, the ancient one, Dan. 7, 22. 
 
 Oarr^ adv. (from ni*' with the adv. 
 ending C-) by day, in the day-time, opp. 
 nb^b, Ex. 13, 21. 22. Job 5, 14. Qoi-" 
 fiV'jbi day aiid night, i. e. continually, 
 Ps." 1. 2. Is. 60. 11. Jer. 8, 23. Once i. q. 
 Din-b3 , all the day, Ps. 13, 3 ; so with 
 genit. D'^i'i "';is every-day enemies, con- 
 stant, Ez. 30, 16. Once with 3 . as ani^a 
 Neh. 9, 19. Syr. iiai>al| day-time, 
 tViVnn daily. 
 
 y {'^O obsol. root, prob. to boil up, 
 to be in a ferment ; whence "iii mud, 
 mire, and l""^ wine ; as "vzn mire, and 
 lan wine, from "lorj to boil up, to fer- 
 ment. Kindred roots are Di^ , dtjI , n?:i . 
 Deriv. *)'];, nsr, ,';iv 
 
 1^^ pr. n. Javan, i. e. 1. Ionia, the 
 name of which province as being adja- 
 cent to the East, and better known than 
 others to the orientals, was extended so 
 as to comprehend the whole of Greece, 
 as is expressly said by Greek writers 
 themselves ; see Aristoph. Acharn. 104 
 ibique Schol. .^schyl. Pers. 176, 561. 
 byr. pa-., ^o-., ^q-, Greece ; Arab. 
 
 2 1^ > 
 ^U^ Greek. Gen. 10, 2. Dan. 8, 21. 
 
 Is. 66, 19. Ez. 27, 13. Zech. 9, 13. Pat- 
 ronym. is "'iV] an Ionian, Greek; hence 
 O''?!'!'^! 'H^ ihe sons of the Greeks, vifg 
 'Axnioiv, i. the Greeks, Joel 4. 6. 
 
 2. In Ez. 27, 19, ',r is prob. a city of 
 
 Arabia Felix; comp. ^JZJ, (ji^, Ya- 
 wdn, a town in Yemen ; Catnoos p. 1817. 
 
 15^ m. (r. li"') constr. X!"!, mud, mire, 
 pr. prob. dregs, fceces, Ps. 69, 3. 40, 3 
 jj'n a^a mire of clay, deep miry clay. 
 
 ^'^?'^'' see ^liin-y . 
 
 flpi"' f. (r. Ti--) plur. D"'?--' 1. a dove, 
 Gen. 8, 8 sq. Hos. 11. 11. Ps. 55, 7. al. 
 
 f^?"'"' '3? ymtng doves Lev. 5, 7. 12. 8. al. 
 Tijii my dove, a term of endearment, 
 Cant. 2, 14. 5, 2. 6, 9. 1, 15 n-^si^ 7,73^5 
 </ii72e eye are dove-like, i. e. like the 
 , eyes of doves. 4, 1. Derived from r. 
 ji"' , referring to the sexual warmth of 
 the dove. Another nsi"' see as part, 
 fern, of r. rtS^. 
 
 TT 
 
 2. Jonah, pr. n. of a prophet, Jon. 1, 1. 
 2 K. 14, 25. 
 
 "'?)'' see in 11'' no. 1. 
 
 p2i'',r|?iii,see r. p?^ Part. 
 
 IC'P'' pr. n. Jonathan, i. q. 'injl'n^ q. v. 
 This contracted name was borne by se- 
 veral : a) 1 Chr. 2, 32. b) Jer. 40, 8. 
 c) Ezra 8, 6. d) 10, 15. e) Neh. 12, 
 11. f) 12, 14. 
 
 ?ly"T' m. (whom may God increase, r. 
 ti^l) Joseph, pr. n. Once PD'H';! Ps. 81. 6. 
 1. The son of Jacob, the youngest ex- 
 cept Benjamin, sold by his brothers into 
 Egypt and afterwards advanced to the 
 highest honours ; see Gen. c. 37-50. 
 The two sons of Joseph, Ephraim and 
 Manasseh, were adopted by Jacob, and 
 became heads of tribes in Israel ; hence 
 CjOi"^ and CiCT n-^a are put : a) For 
 these two tribes. Josh. 17, 17. 18, 5. Judg. 
 1.23.35; soalsotlOi-' ''Ja Num. 26. 28 sq. 
 Josh. 14, 4. 17, 14. b) Poet, for the 
 kingdom of Ephraim, i. e. of the ten 
 tribes, see Qinsx no. 2. Ps. 78, 67, Ez. 
 37, 16. 19. Zech. 10, 6. c) For the 
 whole nation of Israel Ps. 80, 2. 81, 6. 
 Am. 5, 15. 6, 6. 
 
 2 Several other persons, a) 1 Chr. 
 25, 2. 9. b) Neh. 12, 14. c) Ezra 10, 
 42. 
 
 Note. In Gen. 30. 23. 24, allusion is 
 made to a double etymology, both as if 
 for rpNi he will take away, or aKso for 
 Fut. Hiph. apoc. from qo'^ he will add; 
 and this latter is also supported by the 
 Chaldaizing form CjOin'i Ps. 81, 6. 
 
 ^r&O'T' (id.) Josiphiah, pr. n.m. Ezra 
 8, in. 
 
 ^^^'^y^ (perh. for ri;b?i> , whom Jeho- 
 vah helps) Joelah, pr.'n. m. 1 Chr. 12,7. 
 R. bs^ Hiph. 
 
n' 
 
 392 
 
 IT" 
 
 *1$*T' (his witness is Jehovah) Joed^ 
 pr. n. m. Neh. 11,7. R. n^S. 
 
 '^T?'^'^ (whose help is Jehovah) Joezer, 
 pr. n.'m. 1 Chr. 12, 6. R. nts. 
 
 f ?ri'' see r. 'ftl no. 2, Part. 
 
 TCyT^ (to whom Jehovah hastens sc. 
 with help. r. ttJlS) Joash, pr. n. m. a) 1 
 Chr. 7, 8.' b) 27, 28. 
 
 pnsi"> see P'lSin'i. 
 
 'ISi'^ see r. nu^ Part. 
 
 D^pi"^ (contr. from Cs'^p^ii) Jokim, pr. 
 n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22. 
 
 n'ni'' (i. q. fTni">) Jorah^ pr. n. m. Ezra 
 2, 18. Elsewhere called Sl'^nn q. v, 
 
 rni*' m. (part. act. Kal of r. nn^) pr. 
 sprinkling, watering, Hos. 6, 3. Hence 
 the first or early rain, which falls heavily 
 in Palestine from about the middle of 
 October until December or January. 
 The first showers prepare the ground for 
 receiving the seed. Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 5, 
 24. Comp. ttJipipi?. See Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 97. ' 
 
 I'^i'i (for i^^'^i"' whom Jehovah teach- 
 eth, r. nn^ Hiph.) Jorai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 6, 13. 
 
 D^T (i. q. cnirfi) Jcram, pr. n. m. 
 a) i. q. Jehoram king of Judah 2 K. 8, 
 23 ; comp. v. 16. b) i. q. Jehoram king 
 of Israel, 2 K. 8, 16 ; comp. 3, 1. c) 2 
 Sam. 8, 10; for which 1 Chr. 18, 10 
 tsninn . d) 1 Chr. 26, 25. 
 
 *TCn DTCT^ (whose love is returned) 
 Jushab-hesed, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 20. 
 
 n^affli*' (whom Jehovah lets dwell, r. 
 aia";) Joshibiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 35. 
 
 nCi"' (contr. for M^y^S^ q. v. or from 
 r. nttJ'^ after the form nbis) Joshah, pr. n. 
 m. I'Chr. 4, 35. 
 
 n^lTD'i'^ (forn^'Trr, i.q. M^Sl^i'' q.v.) 
 Joshariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46. 
 
 UnT (Jehovah is upright) pr. n. Jo- 
 tham. a) A son of Gideon. Judg. 9, 5. 7. 
 b) A king of Judah, son of Uzziah, r. 
 759-743 B. C. 2 K. 15, 5. 7. 32-38. Is. 1, 
 1. c) 1 Chr. 2, 47. 
 
 Tl'i'' and T^^ act. part. Kal of r. in"i . 
 
 1. Pr. ' that remaining.' ' what is over 
 
 and above ;' hence as subst the rwt, re- 
 
 sidue, 1 Sam. 15, 15. Also gain, profit, 
 emolument, Ecc. 6, 8. 11. 
 
 2. Adv. a) more, further, of time, 
 with tX Ecc. 2, 15 ; comparat. Ecc. 7, 
 11. With *)0 more titan Ecc. 12, 12. 
 Chald. "inii , Syr. j-iw id. b) too much, 
 
 IE 7 
 
 overmuch, I. a^. t~^; Ecc. 7, 16, parall. 
 nann . c) besides ; Esth. 6, 6 ""Sa-Q inii 
 besides me. So ^, "iri'i'' Conj. besides 
 that; Ecc. 12, 9 csn n^np n;|n(ii -ini^n 
 and besides that Koheleth was wise. 
 
 ^'^T}'^'^, only defect. fT^O'') (fem. of 
 "ini"', pr. redundant.) in full "?? nnr*n 
 iDsn Ex. 29,13. Lev. 3,4, also )-a n-in^n 
 I3zn Lev. 9, 10, and -i?3n rnn^ Ex. 29, 
 22.' Lev. 8, 16. 25. 9, 19, i. e. collect. 
 the lobes of the liver, qs. the redundant 
 parts of the liver, the flaps. Sept. Xo- 
 
 ^og rov TiJiatog, Saad 
 
 iJoUv id. of like 
 
 origin with the Heb. from 3K i- q. "'n^. 
 See other views in Thesaur. p. 645 sq. 
 
 *J^ obsol. root, Arab. ^\m intrans. 
 to gather together, to assemble. Hence 
 
 ^^"'T? (assembly of God) Jeziel, pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 12, 3. . 
 
 n^-T? (for n'^ rip_ , whom Jehovah sprin- 
 kles, r. nj;) Jeziah, pr. n. m. Ezra 10. 25. 
 
 T''P (whom God moves, to whom he 
 gives life and motion, r. T't) Jaziz, pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 27, 31. 
 
 ^S?"^^!? (whom God draws out, pre- 
 serves, r. xbj) Jizliah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 8, 18. 
 
 * DP a root sometimes assumed for 
 the form Wt;; Gen. 11, 6; but see r. nt . 
 
 * '|I^ see in r. IM Hoph. 
 fl^^T^ see n-jstKV 
 
 * ^11 obsol. root, Arab. cO^ to flow, 
 
 tonin. as water, Amhar. Q^H for (D lIU 
 to sweat. Hence nrt and 
 
 I^T!? m. sweat, i. q. nyt , uTia^ Xryofi. 
 Ez. 44, 18. 
 
 Ti'yi'} c. art. tr^rn the Izrahite 1 Chr. 
 27, 87 prob. for "''n'^t'i , i. q. Tint, '^n'^tJJ. 
 
 H^ri'lT'^ (whom Jehovah brings forth, 
 r. n-it no. 2.) Izrahiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 
 I Chr. 7, 3, see n:;nnt . b) Nch. 12, 42. 
 
nT"* 
 
 393 
 
 "?n^ 
 
 b?np , once ^r?T? 2 K. 9, 10 (God 
 hath planted) pr. "n. Jezreel. 
 
 1. A city in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 
 19, 18 ; the royal residence of Ahab and 
 his successors, 1 K. 18, 46. 21, 1. 2 K. 9, 
 15 ; whence bx?-in ''i:"n Hos. 1, 4. the 
 hlood of Jezreel. i. e. the blood there shed 
 by Ahab and Jehu. [The city lay in the 
 midst of the great plain, on the brow of 
 the descent into the ImceT broad middle 
 arm of it, which runs down eastwards to 
 the Jordan valley, between the moun- 
 tains of Gilboa and the modern Little 
 Hermon. This latter seems to have 
 been the Valley of Jezreel, ^^'S'\\^ p? 
 Josh. 17, 16. Judg. 6, 33. Hos. I's. The 
 great plain on the west is to ^iya mSiov 
 'LadQtjXaiv the great plain of Esdraelxm. 
 Judith 1, 8. 1 Mace. 12, 49; now called 
 ->oLt ^^t wo Merj Ibn ^Amir. The 
 
 town itself is called i^>*a^)\ ZerHn, a 
 
 corruption of ^SS'in . In the valley be- 
 low the city, about twenty minutes east, 
 is a large and fine fountain, 1 Sam. 
 29, 1. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 
 162 sq. 173, 227 sq. This great plain 
 has ever been a celebrated battle-field, 
 Judg. c. 4. 6, 33. 1 Sam. 29, 1. c. 31. R.] 
 There too the prophet Hosea (1, 5) pre- 
 dicts a great slaughter of the people, ni^ 
 Kss-in Hos. 2. 2. The same prophet 
 gives to his oldest son, then just born, the 
 name oi^ Jezreel, 1, 4; and afterwards 
 makes him, together with his brother 
 Lo-Ammi and his sister Lo-Ruhama (1, 
 6. 9), emblems of the people to be re- 
 stored after punishment and dispersion 
 and augmented by new favours. 2, 24. 25, 
 comp. 2, 2. In this way is to be under- 
 stood the vexed passage Hos. 2, 24, the 
 earth shall answer, and yield her com, 
 wine, and oil ; and these (gifts of the 
 earth) shall answer Jezreel, i. e. the earth 
 rendered fertile from heaven (v. 23) shall 
 again yield her produce to Jezreel. The 
 prophet then proceeds in the allusion 
 thus made to Jezreel, v. 25 vJ'^ns'^T!! 
 y;S2 / icill sow her for myself in the 
 land, and I will again cherish Lo-Ruha- 
 ma (the non-cherished), and I will say 
 to Lo-Ammi (not my people), thou art 
 my people, i. e. the whole people of Is- 
 rael (whom the prophet thus represents 
 
 emblematically by his three children) I 
 will again plant, cherish, and vindicate 
 as my own. Here ^i<S"^]l is construed 
 c. fem. as a collect, like Ephraim Is. 17, 
 10. 11. al. The gentile n. is "'bxrnn 
 Jezreelite, 1 K. 21, 1; fem. ribxrnn 
 f^''^?'^r> Jezreelitess, 1 Sam. 27, 3. 
 30,' 5.'" 
 
 2. A town in the mountains of Judah, 
 Josh. 15, 56. 
 
 3. Masc. pr. n. a) A son of Hosea, 
 comp. in no. 1. Hos. 1, 4. b) 1 Chr. 4, 3. 
 
 * T^^ fut. nn^ , kindr. inx , iriH , to 
 become one, to be united, joined ; to unite 
 oneself, c. a Gen. 49, 6 ; rx (nx) Is. 14, 
 20. 
 
 PiEL to make one, to unite, Ps. 86, 11. 
 Arab. tXa.. Conj. II. 
 
 Deriv. T'n'' , i-itini also 
 
 "^r?^ m. 1. a being one, oneness, union. 
 1 Chr. 12, 17 in;;!? :2b ns-^br "^b n^r-i 
 my heart shall be towards yo2i for one- 
 ness, shall be one with you; comp. opp. 
 "ab apart p. 112. Hence 
 
 2. Adv. in union, conjointly, together; 
 spoken: 
 
 a) Of united action, together. Ps. 2, 2 
 ^n'2 snpis they take counsel together. 31, 
 14. Ezra 4, 3 but we Israelites fisaa lr\1 
 ninib will together build unto the Lord, 
 with our united strength. So fifter verbs 
 of contending together ; as 'iri'^ Df^bj to 
 fight together 1 Sam. 17, 10 ; also Is. 43, 
 26. 50. 8. 
 
 b) As to place, together, in one place; 
 in^ y&l to dwell together Ps. 133, 1. 2 
 Sam. 10, 15. 1 Sam. 11, 11 so that two 
 of them were not left together. 
 
 c) As to time, together, at the same 
 time. Job 6, 2. Is. 45, 8. Sometimes 
 sameness of both time and place is im- 
 plied, 2 Sam. 14, 16. 21, 9. 
 
 d) It connects two or more nouns 
 more closely by the idea of equality, 
 likeness, together, alike, in like manner. 
 Ps. 49, 3 high and low, 'rsx'] "i"'"iJ5 ^^^ 
 rich and poor together, alike, v. 11. Job 
 34, 29. So also as connecting verbs, Is. 
 42, 14. 44, 11 '^rn rra"; itns"' they shall 
 fear, they shall be ashamed together, i. e. 
 shall both (alike) fear and be ashamed. 
 Ps. 40. 15. 
 
 e) With nouns or pronouns it implies 
 oneness, a whole, all, all as one. Ps. 62, 
 
IfT' 
 
 394 
 
 Iff 
 
 10 in:; ^?v;P f^^n ^^2/ aW are swifter 
 than a breath. Job 40, 13. Ps. 74, 6 
 ^ni ^}'^^'P^^ all the carved work thereof. 
 V. 8. Is. 27, 4. A Iso after hb , aM together, 
 all as one, wholly. Job 34, 15 in"^ nisa-bs 
 all Jlesh together, all as one. Is. 22, 3. 
 Hence 
 
 f ) With bb implied, altogether, all as 
 one, wholly, poet, for 'bb itself Job 38, 7 
 7/i the morning stars all sang toge- 
 ther, i. e. all as one. 3, 18. 24, 44. 31,38. 
 Deut. 33, 5. So without a noun. Job 
 16, 10 1x|T3n'^ "i^S in^ all they have 
 gaihered themselves against me. 17, 16. 
 19, 12. Ps. 40, 15. 41, 8. With a nega- 
 tive, no one, none at all, i. q. bb sib ; 
 Hos. 11, 7 DBiTj kb ini none of all ex- 
 alts him. 
 
 g) As referring to a single thing, i. q. 
 Vs, altogether, wholly. Ps. 141, 10 IPi] 
 ihrx n? ^sijj 7<nii7 that I wholly pass 
 over, escape. Job 10, 8 thi7ie hands have 
 fashioned me S'^ro in^; wholly round 
 about. 
 
 T^'^n;? Jer. 46, 12. 21. 49, 3, elsewhere 
 1'in^, (from the preced.) pr. in his 
 unions, conjunctions, for l'''^n:;b , i. e. 
 conjointly, together ; so Is. 40, 5 "ib2"b3 
 inn^i all flesh togetJier. Ex. 19. 8 Ci^n-bs 
 1W^ . But by degrees the force of the 
 suffix was lost, so that iw;] is referred 
 not only to the Sing, as in these exam- 
 ples, but also to nouns and verbs plural, 
 Deut. 33, 17. 2 Sam. 2, 16; and even to 
 those in the first and second persons, Is. 
 41, 1. 23. Ps. 34, 4. Job 9, 32, also Is. 45, 
 20. Hence it is i. q. in^, but more fre- 
 quent. 0pp. inab in ia no. 1. b. 
 Spoken : 
 
 a) Of united action, together ; Ps. 34, 
 4 O magnify the Lord with me, MrttiiJ!) 
 1'nPr iro and let us e.ralt his name to- 
 gether. Is. 11, 4. So with reciprocal 
 verbs, as to consult together, etc. Job 
 2, 11. Ps. 55, 15. 83, 6. Is. 45, 21. Also 
 with verbs of contending, fighting. Is. 
 41, 1. 23. 
 
 b) As to place, together, in one place, 
 Deut, 22, 10. 11; l^n^ r;5^ to dwell to- 
 gether Gen. 13, 6. 36, 7. Dent. 25, 5; to 
 go together Gen. 22, 6. 8. 19. Job 9, 32 ; 
 to eat together Judg. 19, 6. Jer. 41, 1; 
 to gather together Josh. 9, 2. Judg. 6, 33. 
 P. 102, 23. 
 
 c; As to time, together, at the same 
 time ; Is. 1, 31 and they shall both burn 
 1'?"- together. 65, 7. 66, 17. 1 Sam. 31, 
 6. 1 Chr. 10, 6. 
 
 d) With the idea of equality, likeness, 
 together, alike, in like manner ; 1 Sam. 
 30, 24 sipbn;! iritt'i they shall part alike, 
 share equally. Deut. 12, 22. Am. 1, 15. 
 2 Sam. 2, 17. In this way it often con- 
 nects more closely two nouns; comp. 
 *in;i no. 2. d. Jer. 6, 12 ".'nm o-asi ninb 
 felds and wives together, alike, v. 11. 21. 
 13, 14. Is. 41, 19. 60, 13. Also verbs, Ps 
 35, 26. Is. 46, 2. 
 
 e) Put with a plural, as if comprising 
 many in one, all, all as one; Jer. 5, 5 
 "^"^^"^ ^^^. they all, all together. Job 24, 
 n'rirbs isb n;r> i-^n^; the morning is 
 to them all the shadow of death, i. q. 
 ittb IW^ . So after bis , all together, all 
 as one,' Is. 31, 3 I'l'^ba'i ds3 '!nn^ they all 
 shall fail together. 43, 9.' 45, 'l (3. Jer. 31, 
 24. 
 
 f ) With b's implied, altogether, all, all 
 as one ; Is. 10, 8 a^^)^ I'nn:' "i-,b s<bn are 
 not all my princes kings! Ps. 37. 38. 48, 
 5. Deut. 33, 17. So without a noun, they 
 all, i. q. C^3 , Ps. 14, 3. 19, 10. Is. 18, 6, 
 48, 13. Jer. '51, 38. Prov. 22, 18. 
 
 '''^'7- (his union) Jahdo pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 5, 14. 
 
 '^'^Tf'7!' (whom God makes joyful, r. 
 rrin) Jahdiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 24. 
 
 in^'^n^ (whom Jehovah makes joy- 
 ful, r. nnn) Jehdeiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 
 24, 20. b) 27, 30. 
 
 '^'!"^^ (whom God saves alive, for 
 ^i* "5^!? r- i^;") Jehavel, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 
 29, 14 Cheth.' ' 
 
 ^^"'T'^^ (whom God beholds) Jaha- 
 ziel, pr. n. m. of several persons, 1 Chr. 
 12, 4. 16, 6. 23, 19. 
 
 ^^T"?- (whom Jehovah beholds) Jah- 
 ziah. pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 15. 
 
 ^i*1?Tn';' (for bit ptn-n 'whom God 
 makes strong,' Patah in a short syllable 
 being changed to Segol, as ^^ibrx Ex. 
 33, 3 for T^icsx, Heb. Gr. 27. n. 2. a,) 
 Ezekiel. pr. n. 
 
 a) A celebrated prophet, the third in 
 the proplictical canon, son of Bu/i a 
 pricBt. He was carried into captivity 
 
IT]' 
 
 696 
 
 53n^ 
 
 with king Jechoniah, and lived in the 
 Jewish colony on the river Chabonis ; 
 Ez. 1, 3. 24, 24. His prophecies extend 
 to the sixteenth year affer the capture 
 of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar, romp. 
 Ez.29, 17. Sept.' IfCfxn'il. and so Ecckis. 
 49, 8 [10]. Vulg. Ezechiel. Comp. the 
 like forms in n'pm"' , '/i'if^tac, Ezechias. 
 b) A priest,' 1 Chr. 24, 16. 
 
 ^rPTr*? m. i. q. nptn , q. v. 
 
 I'^^Pin? pr. n. m. Jehizkiah. 2 Chr. 
 28, 12. For the form, see in n^ipm . 
 
 '^IT'7- (whom God leads back, fut. 
 
 Hiph. parag. of Chald. "itn to return.) 
 
 Jahzerah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 12. Better 
 
 perh. to read n^TH^ q. v. See also in 
 
 'inx. 
 - I - 
 
 ^^^r'? (God liveth, r, n^n) Jehiel. pr. 
 n. of several persons: a) 1 Chr. 15, 18. 
 16, 5 ; called also tTni 15, 24. b) ib. 27, 
 32. c) 2 Chr. 21. 2. ' d) ib. 29, 14 Keri, 
 but Cheth. bxin-i . 31, 13. e) ib. 35, 8. 
 f) Of others Ezra 8, 9. 10, 2. 21. 26. 
 From lett. a comes Patronym. "'^X'^ni 
 1 Chr. 26, 21. 22. 
 
 Tn;i adj. (r. nrr) f. rri'^nv l. uni- 
 ais, one alone, only, espec. an only child, 
 only begotten, with la Gen. 22, 2. 12. 16; 
 absol. Am. 8, 10. Jer. 6, 26. Zech. 12, 10. 
 Prov. 4, 3. Fern, rirr^'^^ Judg. 11, 34; 
 poet, the only one. put for life as not to be 
 replaced, Ps. 22, 21. 35, 17. Comp. Tias. 
 
 2. alone, lonely, forsaken, wretched, 
 Ps. 25, 16. 68, 7. 
 
 n^n? see in bxTi^ lett. a. 
 
 -'"'H^ m. waiting, hoping, sc. in God 
 Lam. 3, 26. R. bnv 
 
 ^U,, in Kal not used, i. q. inn no. 3, 
 to he in pain, see Hiph. no. 2. Also to 
 stay, to delay, and so to wait, i. q. bnn 
 no. 6 ; see Pi. Hiph. Niph. 
 
 PiEL bn"] 1, to wait. Job 29, 21 ''b 
 ^ferr^l isad unto me they gave ear and 
 toaited sc. for my opinion ; the Dag. is 
 euphonic, Lehrg. p. 85. Espec. with 
 hope, confidence ; hence i. q. to expect, to 
 hope; Job 6, 11 bn^x "^s '^nis-n^ what is 
 my strength, that I shoidd (longer) hope? 
 13, 15. With an ace. of time, Job 14, 14 ; 
 \ of pers. Job 29, 23. Mic. 5, 6 ; b of 
 thing Job 30, 26. Is. 42, 4. Frequent is 
 
 hin^b bn'i to hope in Jehovah, to await 
 hL aid, Ps. 31, 25. 33, 22. 69, 4 ; ''^ bil 
 130, 7. 131, 3 ; -"^ lanb bn-i to hope in the 
 word of Jehovah, to trust in his promise, 
 Pb. 119, 74. 81. 114. 147 ; also P. 33, 18. 
 147, 11. 119,43. 
 
 2. Causat. to cause to hope, Ps. 119, 
 49; inf c. b Ez. 13, 6. 
 
 Hiph. 1. to wait, to tarry, i. q. Pielno. 
 1; with ace. of time 1 Sam. 10,8. 13,8; 
 absol. 2 Sam. 18, 14 ; b of thing Job 32, 
 11. Also to wait with hope, to hope, c. 
 b , as nin^b binin to hope in Jehovah, to 
 await his aid, Ps. 38, 16. 42, 6. 12. 2 K. 
 6. 33. Mic. 7, 7; '^ na-rb 'n Ps. 130, 5; 
 absol. id. Lam. 3, 21, comp. v. 24. 
 
 2. i. q. b>in no. 3, to be in pain ; Jer. 4, 
 19 Keri "^ab ni-i-ip nbTilK / am pained 
 at my very heart. So too, many Mss. 
 in the text. Cheth. nbsims, made up 
 perhaps from nbTiix and nbnnx which 
 is read in some Mss. 
 
 Niph. bnij fut. hry^l (for bm-]) i. q. 
 Piel and Hiph. to wait, pr. to be made 
 to wait ; with ace. of time Gen. 8, 12 ; 
 absol. Ez. 19, 5. 
 
 Deriv. bin^, rbnin, also 
 
 '^f'7- (hoping in Grod) Jahleel, pr. n. 
 of a son of Zebulun, Gen. 46, 14. Pa- 
 tronym. 'bxVn;i Jahleelite Num. 26, 26. 
 
 '^'2y 1. q. S'sn to be or become warm, 
 espec. as cattle in heat ; Arab. .&. to 
 be warm, as the day ; V, to be in heat. 
 
 9 o 
 
 as cattle ; jv^I heat. lust. The forms 
 
 usually referred to Kal of this verb. I 
 have referred above to Dian p. 324. 
 Thither too may be referred ian;9T for 
 '"^n;" Gen. 30. 39 and thefiocks were in 
 heat, i. e. conceived ; also nj^m^ v. 38, 
 which is 3 plur. fem. in the Chald. and 
 Arab, manner for the comm. njonn], 
 see Lehrg. p. 276. 
 
 Piel cn^ or on';; , to he warm, in lust, 
 of a flock, to be in heat, to rut. Gen. 30, 
 41. 31, 10. Hence to conceive, o? a wo- 
 man, Ps. 51, 7 "^ax 'Jn^n'^ Jxsnan and 
 in sin did my mother conceive me, where 
 ''^rniari;; i.s for "^aniori;^, as ^nnx for ^iinx 
 or "nnx Judg. 5, 28. ' 
 
 Deriv. n^n for '^fy] 
 
 l^ttn^ Dut. 14, 5. 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23] ; 
 Arab, ^t ^-^ , a species of deer, of a red- 
 
396 
 
 nt2' 
 
 dish colour, (see r. ">^n no. 2.) with ser- 
 rated horns which are cast every year ; 
 prob. the cervus dama or fallaw-d^er. 
 See Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 913, or T. 
 II. p. 284, Lips. Oedmann Verm. Samml. 
 
 1. p. 30 sq. 
 
 ^lani (for nirrr^, whom Jehovah 
 guards, r. n:2n) Jafimai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 7, 2. 
 
 n'-t obsol. root, to be barefoot. Arab. 
 
 ,^As>. id. Syr. -^-q " unshod, s^] to 
 
 take off one's shoes. The ultimate root 
 lies in the syllable Tin, and the primary 
 notion is that of rubbing- off, qs. peeling, 
 removing the bark or shell, etc. see r. 
 
 vJBn II. Hence o~- is also 'to have 
 
 the hoof worn,' as a beast of burden ; 
 Ho have the skin rubbed, galled,' as a 
 horse ; IV. to cut off the mustachios, to 
 trim the beard. Hence 
 
 ^r?!) adj. unshod, barefoot, 2 Sam. 15, 
 30. Is. 20, 2. 3. 4. Jer. 2, 25. ' 
 
 bSs'Sn^ (whom God allots, r. nsn) 
 Jahzeel. pr. n. of a son of Naphtali, Gen. 
 46, 24 ; in 1 Chr. 7, 13 written bx-^an;: , 
 Gentile n. -^bs^ni Num. 26, 48. 
 
 ''Jt i- q- ""I!!*' to delay, to tarry, 
 once 2 Sam. 20, 5 Cheth. nniii i. e. 
 -in-^fll fut. Kal. The Keri -ini*T is Hiph. 
 of r. "n;;', or also of "ins by Chaldaism. 
 
 '^'J.r obsol. root, prob. to protrude 
 itself, to swell out, and hence to put forth, 
 to sprout, of plants. Comp. Arab, yifl-gj 
 to shoot up, to grow, as a plant ; also 
 Heb. Drtia, whence end 'what grows 
 of itself and 'J^H'^a to lift up oneself] to 
 rise. Hence 
 
 tnn^ ra. a word of the silver age, stem, 
 lineage, family ; once Neh. 7, 5 "lED 
 ton'rt the genealogical table or register. 
 Chald. Dfn;; and oin'^ in Targg. are 
 put for Heb. nnoda and ni-tbin Ruth 
 
 2, 1. Gen. 6, 9. Simonis compares also 
 
 ^l^ nature, origin ; but this word 
 strictly denotes brass, i. q. Pdns , and 
 the formula uA,L^xJt |V^jj 'of a liberal 
 and generous disposition,' is merely (To- 
 pical, pr. 'of fine brass.' Hence the 
 denom. verb in 
 
 HiTHP. irn^Pii to enrol one's name in 
 the genealogical tables, to be registered, 
 anoy^tiqxa&ui, 1 Chr. 5, 1. 7. 17. 9, 1. 
 Neh. 7, 5. Inf. ^n;;irrj often as a noun, 
 i. q. register, genealogical table, 1 Chr. 
 7, 5. 7. 9. 40. 2 Chr. 31, 16. 17. 2 Chr. 
 12, 15 the acts of Rehoboam, . . . are 
 recorded in the annals of Shemaiah . . . 
 cri^rrib in the manner of a register ; 
 Vulg. ' diligenter exposita.' 
 
 ^r?? (perh. union, contr. for H'ln;^) 
 Jahath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 2. 6, 5. 28. al. 
 
 ^y^ i. q. 31^3, used only in fut 
 rj-i^, :-j^, once 'n-j'^n Nah. 3, 8. In 
 the praet. only sia is used. 
 
 1. to be good, well, before '^o comparai. 
 to be better Nah. 3, 8. Elsewhere im- 
 pers. a) "^h 3B"''] it shall be well with 
 me, Gen. 12, 13. 40, 14. Deut. 4, 40. 
 Prajt. "^b -iii. b) '3"'ya a::i!'i it was 
 good in my eyes, i. e. it pleased me, was 
 my pleasure. Gen. 41, 37. 45, 16. Lev. 
 10, 19. 20 ; in the later books with ''SBb 
 Esth. 5, 14. Neh. 2, 5. 6 ; b Ps. 69, 32." 
 
 2. to be cheerfid, joyous, i. e. the mind 
 or heart. 3b , Judg. 19, 6. 9. Ruth 3, 7, 
 Ecc. 7, 3. 1 K. 21, 7. 
 
 Hiph. =''13"^, fut. ^"^'^^2^ on^e 2''i:;;'j 
 Job 24, 21, conv. SlJi*!. 
 
 1. Genr. a) to make or do well, sc. 
 what one does, Deut. 5. 25 [28] ^la-aTl 
 siia'n "HTN-bD they have done well all that 
 they have spoken, i. e. have well and 
 rightly spoken. 18, 17. With infin. c. 
 b , Jer. 1, 12 mxnb naa'^n thou hast done 
 well in seeing, hast well seen. 1 Sam. 
 16, 17 *(55b S'^a'^ia who can play well; 
 and so b being omitted, poet. Is. 23, 16. 
 Inf absol. 2l3in, 3"'a"'n, pr. doing well 
 or right, as Adv. well, carefully, dili- 
 gently, Deut. 9, 21. 13, 15. 17, 4. 19, 18. 
 27, 8. So best Mic. 7, 3 D^iB? 5nn b? 
 a'^a'^nb for evil are their hands dili- 
 gently, i. e. they do evil diligently. b) 
 Vrn'n a'^ain Jer. 2, 33. 7, 3. 5, and 'n 
 I'^bbsB 35, 15, to make good one's ways, 
 one's doings, i. e. to conduct oneself well, 
 to live uprightly, virtuously ; also ellipt. 
 the ace. being omitted. Jer. 4. 22 va-'nb^ 
 sisn^ sib to do well they know not. 13, 23. 
 Gen. 4, 7, Inf. abs. aa'^n as Adv. well, 
 right, Jon. 4, 4. 9. c) to do good to any 
 one, to benefit ; absol. Is. 1, 17. Jer. 10, 
 5 J with dat. of pers. Gen. 12, 16. Ex. 1, 
 
zx^^ 
 
 397 
 
 ny 
 
 20. Judg. 17, 13 ; 03? of pers. Gen. 32. 10. 
 13. Nura. 10, 32; rx (nix for Fix) Jcr. 
 18, 10. 32, 41 ; arc. "of pers. Deu't. 8, 16. 
 30, 5. Job 24, 21. Once in a bad sense, 
 Ps. 49, 10 they do praise tliee -"'M'^r: "3 
 t^b because thou doest well to thyself, i. e. 
 indulges^ thine appetites, etc. d) In- 
 trans. to be good, well, Mic. 2, 7. Hence 
 with bx , to pleaaCf as in Kal, 1 Sam. 20, 
 13. 
 
 2. to make well, comely, to adorn ; 
 Prov. 30. 29 bis ; there are three ''T'^"'^ 
 *I5S which make comely their going, i. e. 
 wall{ or run gracefully. Jer. 2, 33. So 
 to dress the head, to tire, 2 K. 9, 30 ; to 
 trim lamps Ex. 30, 7. 
 
 3. to make cheerful, joyous, Judg. 19, 
 22. Prov. 15, 13. 
 
 Deriv. Sa'^o , and those here following. 
 
 y^l Chald. fut. yj"':: id. with b? to 
 seem good, to be pleasing to any one, 
 Ezra 7, 18. 
 
 nDI2^ (goodness, pleasantness, r. -li^) 
 Jotbah, pr. n. of a place elsewhere un- 
 known, 2 K. 21. 19. 
 
 nnntp;' (id.) Mbathah, Num. 33, 33. 
 Deut. 10, 7, pr. n. of a station of the Is- 
 raelites in the desert, with water. 
 
 n^|i and HD^"' (extended, r. no; fiit. 
 Hoph.) Jnttah, pr. n. of a city in the 
 south of Judah, assigned to the priests, 
 
 Josh. 15, 55. 21, 16. [Now LLj Yulla 
 south of Hebron, see Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
 lest. II. p, 190, 195, 628. Erob. the noliq 
 'lovSa of Luke 1, 39, the birth-place of 
 John the Baptist ; see Reload Palaest. 
 p. 870. R. 
 
 *VfO'^ (prob. i. q. "i13, "T^"^, an enclo- 
 sure, nomadic camp, from r. "iia, after 
 the form Wp"^) pr, n. Jetur, a son of Ish- 
 mael. Gen. 25, 15. 1 Chr. 1, 31 ; put also 
 for his posterity, the Itureans, dwelling 
 beyond Jordan east of Mount Hermon, 
 1 Chr. 5, 19. Here was later the pro- 
 vince o{ Iturea, Luke 3, 1. See Reland 
 Palaest. p. 106 ; now called . Ji^^&. 
 Jtidur. Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, 
 etc. p. 286. The general boundaries of 
 this province seem to have been Gaula- 
 nitis and Bashan on the south. Mount 
 Hermon on the west, the territory of 
 Dama.scus on l-ke north, and Trachonitis 
 
 34 
 
 (el-Lejah) and Haur&n on the east ; but 
 its limits appear to have varied at differ- 
 ent times. The itihabitants were skilful 
 archers and daring robbers ; Cic. Phi- 
 lipp. 2. 8, 44. Strabo 16. 2. 10, 18, 20 
 xaxov(fyoi nuvif^. See Thesaur. p. 548. 
 F. Munter Progr. de rebus Iturceorura 
 ad Luc. 3, 1. Hafniae 1824. 
 
 1?^ ni. (r.**|i'^) constr. "p^, once "j"^^ 
 Cant. 8,2, c. suff. 'J-'^ 
 
 1. wine, 80 called from its fermenting, 
 
 effervescing ; as "iisn from ion . Arab. 
 
 s e 
 ^j^Z collect, clusters turning black, 
 
 with the noun of unity XJL> , Eth. ^'5 
 a vineyard, wine, Gr. oivog, Lat. vinum, 
 Armen. C}-hfuh^ gini- Gen. 14, 18. 19, 
 
 32 sq. Ex. 29, 40. is'ii '11 wine and 
 strong drink Lev. 10, 9. Num. 6, 3. Judg. 
 13, 4. 7. '(I'" *1S<3 wine-botlle i. e. skin, 1 
 Sam. 16, 20. Hence "j")*" r-^a the house 
 of wine Cant. 2, 4, poet, for nniro rca 
 |?!r! ^^6 banqmting-hall Esth. 7, 8 ; and 
 the words in Cant. 1. c. n^^a-bx "'3!t"'an 
 T}.*1 Ae brought me to the banqueting- 
 house, imply 'he made me drunk with 
 love,' fit&vffxoftat bqmti. Vulg. cella vi- 
 naria. Others understand a vineyard; 
 but less well. 
 
 2. Meton. of cause for effect, wine, for 
 drtmkenness, intoxication, Gen. 9, 24.. 
 1 Sara. 1, 14. 25, 37. 
 
 ^^ I Sam. 4, 13 Chethibh, a manifest- 
 error of copyists for t! side, which stands 
 in Keri. 
 
 * 1^5^ in Kal not used. 1. Pr. i-. q;. 
 n33 to be right, straight, direct ; then 
 
 2. to be in front, right before the eyes; 
 and so to be clear, manifest. Kindr. i& 
 Arab, ^-s^j i-q- ,^-^5 to appear; IV 
 
 to be clear, manifest, of a way. 
 
 HiPH. n'^sin 1. Pr. to make or set 
 right, e. g. a cause, to decide, to judge, 
 comp. Gr. tv&vv(a, i&vvw. Is.. 11, 3 xbl 
 rr^i'' l-iSTX srctari nor decide after the 
 heamng of his ears, according to what 
 vhis ears have heard. Gen. 31, 42. Hence,* 
 to do justice to any one, to defend his 
 right, see 'p", MBttj ; so with b Is. 11, 4. 
 Job 16, 21. Also to adjudge to any 
 one, to appoint, c. ^ Gen. 24, 14. 44. 
 With 'pa to judge i<ujeen. parties, to 
 
398 
 
 te" 
 
 set right, to be an arbiter, Gen. 31, 37. 
 Job 9, 33. 
 
 2. to show to be right, to justify, to 
 prove ; Job 13. 15 r]"'="^2* "'"^jS-bx 'zy\ rjx 
 only I will prove my own nays before 
 him. show that they are right, v. 3 / de- 
 sire to prove my cause, to justify myself. 
 19, 5 prove against me my reproach, 
 show that I have deserved it. 6, 25 see 
 in no. 3. Spec, to defend one's cause 
 in court, to plead, Is. 29, 21. Am. 5, 10; 
 comp. Job 13, 3 above. 
 
 3. to set right from error, etc. to admo- 
 nish, to warn; with ace. of pers. Lev. 19, 
 17. Prov. 9, 8. 28, 23 ; b of pers. Prov. 
 9, 7. 15, 12. 19, 25. Also to confute, to 
 convict, to show to be wrong ; Job 22. 4 
 rjn'^s"! Tinxn^Jin will he confute thee for 
 fear of 'thee 7 32, 12. Ps. 50, 21 ; c. 3 
 Prov. 30, 6. Often with the idea of cen- 
 sure, i. q. to reprove, to rebuke, to chide, 
 Gr. iUyyjiv. Ps. 50, 8 not for thy sacri- 
 fices will I reprove thee. Job 6 25 "nn 
 C3^ T^ziii T\'^zi''' what doth your reprov- 
 ing prove 7 i. e. your censure (n2"in tor 
 n-=in). v. 28. 15, 3. Gen. 21, 25." Part. 
 n*^2i5a a reprover, censurer, Prov. 25, 12. 
 Ez. 3, 26 ; OIX 'n Prov. 28, 23 : ni^X '73 
 Job 40, 2. 
 
 4. Intens. to set right by punishment, 
 i. q. to correct, to chasten, to punish. 
 (Comp. ISi'vo) &muJO) Hdot. 2. 177.) 
 Ps. 141, 5 let the righteous smite me . . . 
 let him chastise me. Prov. 24, 25. Hence 
 of God as punishing men ; Job 5, 17 hap- 
 py the man whom God correcteth, chas- 
 teneth, comp. Heb. 12, 6 nuiSsvu. Prov. 
 3, 12. Ps. 6,2. 105, 14. Job 13, 10. 2 Sam. 
 7, 14. Hab. 1, 12. 2 K. 19, 4 it may be the 
 Lord thy God will hear all the words of 
 Rabshakeh . . . D-'-iana n-'ri'ni and will 
 punish him for the words, etc. Is. 37, 4. 
 
 HoPH. pass, of Hiph. no. 4, to be chas- 
 tened. Job 33, 19. 
 
 Niph. n=i3 1. Pas.=!. of Hiph. no. 3, 
 to be confuted, convicted. Gen. 20, 16 
 rnr:i and she (Surah) was convicted, 
 liad nothing to say in excuse. 
 
 2. Rccipr. pr. to set right one another, 
 i. e. to argue or reason together, to dig- . 
 pute with any one. Is. 1, 18 ; c. C5 Job 
 23,7. 
 
 HiTHP. ns^rn i. q. Niph. no. 2, c. 6 
 Mic. 6, 2. 
 
 Deriv. nnai'n, nnsitn. 
 
 S^:r^?? see in n^^s-i . 
 V*?? (whom God makes firm. r. '"S) 
 Jachin, pr. n. 
 
 1. Of men : a) A son of Simeon Gen. 
 4G, 10 ; for which 1 Chr. 4, 24 S-^n"; . Pat- 
 ronym.is-'S^r'; Num.26, 12. b) Neh.ll, 
 10. 1 Chr. 9, 10. c) 1 Chr. 24, 19. 
 
 2. The column on the right before the 
 porch of Solomon's temple, 1 K. 7, 21. 
 
 * "2^, rarely ^i=; 2 Chr. 7, 7. 32, 14, 
 ^tnbb^ Judg. 8, 3, i^nbr"; Ps. 13, 5; fut. 
 b:!i-i , bs'i , pr. fut. Hop'hV' to be enabled,' 
 see Lehrg. p. 460 ; (that it is not fut. 
 Kal is apparent from the fact, that the 
 pr. n. brr Jer. 38, 1, is also written 
 hzvnl Jer. 37, 3;) fut. plur. !)b=r, !ib=;i 
 Ps. 18, 39 ; inf. constr. rbi-n Num. 4, 16l 
 
 1. to be able, I can. Chald. et Samar. 
 id. Kindr. is b"3 to take in or hold, to 
 contain to sustain. Constr. with ace. 
 Job 4'^, 2 ; more freq. inf. c.}>, to be able 
 to do any thing, etc. Gen. 13, 6. 16. 
 45, 1. 3. Ex. 7, 21. 24; inf. simpl. Ex. 
 2. 3. 18, 23 ; also with a finite verb 
 Esth. 8, 6 T.-^xni iz^x "=="' how shall 
 I be able to see the evil ; and without "] 
 Lam. 4, 14. Num. 22, 6 see in nr: Pi. 
 Absol. Is. 39, 11. Job 31, 23. 33,"5. 
 Spec, a) to be able to effect, to accom- 
 plish, to prevail, stronger than MbS ; 
 1 Sam. 26, 25 b=in bb^ csn nt;sn rr^'j ej. 
 1 K. 22, 22. Jer. 3, 5.' With Vegat! Ps. 
 21,12. Jer. 20, 11. Is. 16, 12. h) to be 
 able legally, I may. i. q. impers. it is law- 
 ful for any ohe. Gen. 43, 32 the Egyp- 
 tians could not eat with the Hebreivs, so. 
 by law, it was not lawful for them. Num. 
 9, 6. Deut. 12, 17. c) In a moral sense, 
 to be able sc. to bring oneself to do any 
 thing. Gen. 37, 4 they coidd not (bring 
 themselves to) speak kindly with him. 
 Job 4, 2. Hos. 8, 5 ellipt. xb "'TX.-^y 
 "pjsj lb 3 11 how long will they yet not be 
 able (to show) cleanness of hands, supj)!. 
 ni'i'Sb, q. d. how long that they cannot 
 resolve to practise integrity? d) to be 
 able to bear, for the fuller rxbb b=^ Jer. 
 44, 22. Prov. 30, 21 ; so Is. 1, 13* bs^'x xb 
 JJiX / cannot hear iniquity, etc. P. 101, 5. 
 
 2. to be able, strong, to prevail, to over- 
 come, 8C. in battle or in any business, un- 
 dertaking, etc. Hos. 12,5. Gen. 30,8. 32, 
 29. With b of pers. to prevail over any 
 one in contest. Gen. 32, 26 Judg. 16, 5. 
 
by 
 
 399 
 
 nb- 
 
 1 Sam. 17, 9. Jer. 20, 10. With a verbal 
 suffix, cither as dat. or ace. Ps. 13, 5. 
 With dat. of thing, metaph. to master 
 any thing difficult, to comprehend it, 
 Ps. 139, 6. 
 
 Deriv. pr. names n;^3"i, bsii-*, bsiinv 
 
 b?;* or ^3;" Chald. fut. ^B-] Dan. 3, 29. 
 6, 16 ; and with Heb. form b3!|- Dan. 2,10. 
 
 1. to be able, I can, with inf. c. h Dan. 
 2, 47. 3, 17. 4, 34. 
 
 2. to prevail, to overcome, with dat. of 
 pers. Dan. 7, 21. 
 
 n^^3^ and ^^:^3? (able through Je- 
 hovah, r. Vz>i) Jecholiah, pr. n. of the 
 mother of Icing Uzziah, 2 K. 15, 2 ; also 
 
 2 Chr. 26, 3 Keri, where Cheth. "^l?"^?'; id. 
 
 *lb^, 1 pers. T"!^") c. suff. ^^'^Pi'ib'i 
 Ps. 2, 7, 'sn-ib'i Jer. is 10, WFinb-i 2, 27, 
 Patah changed to Hirek. Heb. Gr. 27. 
 n. 3 ; Infin. absol. n'^-J , constr. nnb (nn^b 
 Is. 37, 3, nn|-o Hos. 9, 11), usually nnV, 
 once nb 1 Sam. 4, 19, c suff. nn^b ; Fut. 
 nb;]; Part, ibii, fem. fTiH-^, n'ibii and 
 Pi-ib^ Gen. 16, 11. Judg. 13, 5. 7. ' 
 
 1. fo 6ear, to bring forth, as a mother, 
 
 Arab, jj^, Eth. (DA.?, comp. 1^3, l^J; 
 Aram. ^^ ^'5"?; '^"'^'J' The primary 
 idea seems to be that of slipping or 
 gliding out ; so that lb^ is kindred with 
 ibn, comp. ^^^, Bba . Spoken of man- 
 kind Gen. 4, L 17. 20. 25, and often ; 
 also of beasts Gen. 30, 39. 31, 8. Job 
 39, 1 ; and of birds, to lay eggs, Jer. 
 17, 11, comp. Gr. mt ilxxftv. Constr. 
 absol. Gen. 17, 17. 1 K. 3, 17. Judg. 13, 
 2. Ecc. 3, 2 ; with accus. and often with 
 dat. of the father to whom a child is born, 
 Gen. 17, 21 with Isaac, frnb r,b nbn I'rx 
 whom Sarah shall bear unto thee. 21, 3. 
 41, 50. Judg. 8, 31. Hos. 1, 3. al. and 
 80 ellipt. with the dat. alone Gen. 6, 4. 
 16, 1. 30, 2 ; comp. Niph. and Pual. 
 Part. fem. has three forms distinguish- 
 ed as follows : a) Ti^'i'' as subst. a wo- 
 man in travail, a lying-in woman. Hos. 
 13, 13 nnbi-- ibnn . " Is. 21, 3. Jer. 6. 24. 
 Mic. 4, 9. 10. Ps! 48, 7. b) nnbi"^ as 
 real particip. often put for a finite verb. 
 Gen. 17, 19 13 r^ rnb^ r,Pirx r\-\'q . Is! 
 7, 14. Jer. 31, 8 ; rarely as a subst. a 
 woman in travail Lev. 12, 17. With 
 
 genit. genitrix, motlier of any one, Prov. 
 
 17, 25. 23, 25 '[Pp^"" she that bare thee, 
 thy mother. Cant. 6, 9. Jer. 50, 12. c) 
 pnb"' like the Arabic (comp. T^'O for 
 Tjba), for the finite verb in the like for- 
 rauia: 1? tn-ib^T nnn r\ir[ Gen. 16, 11. 
 Judg. 13, 5. 7. Part. pass, lib;; born, 
 hence a child, son, just born, 1 K. 3, 26. 
 27. 1 Chr. 14, 4 ; with gen. nisx inb-; 
 bom of a woman, i. e. a man, mankind. 
 Job 14, 1. 15, 14. 25, 4. Trop. to bring 
 forth deceit, wickedness, comp. in rr^rt , 
 Job 15, 35. Ps. 7, 15; comp. Is. 33, 11. 
 By a like metaphor, Prov. 27, Ifor thou 
 knowest not what this day may bring 
 forth. Zeph. 2, 2 pn n'lb on-ja before 
 the decree (of the Lord) bring forth, i. e. 
 take effect 
 
 2. to beget, as a father ; so Arab. Ethiop. 
 as above, Gr. jIxtiiv, ytvvav, Lat. parere, 
 of both sexes. So D-inb^ Zech. 13, 3 
 parents, ot tixovts; Hom. Gen. 4, 18 
 Methuselah begat ("ib'n) LMmech. 10, 8. 
 13. 15. 24. 26. 25, 3. Prov. 23, 22. al. saep. 
 Spoken of God in two senses : a) to 
 create, to produce, i. q. if^a , comp. Job 38, 
 8. 9. So Job 38, 28. 29' hath the rain a 
 fatlier (creator) . . . iib-i io n'^isd -ib=l 
 and the hoarfrost of the heavens who 
 hath begotten it 7 Dcut. 32, 18. Comp. 
 -X father, also creator, no. 4. So of an 
 idol, Jer. 2. 27. b) to constitute, to ap- 
 point, sc. as son of God, as king ; Ps. 2, 7 
 
 son, thi^s day have I begotten thee, con- 
 stituted thee as king. Comp. f/hrr,ait 
 1 Cor. 4, 15. 
 
 Niph. nbis, twice plur. tii^'is for iibi: 
 1 Chr. 3, 5. 20, 8, (with Dag. euphon. 
 and 6 shortened to ?, Heb. Gr. 27. n. 
 1,) to be born, as iibnn ci"* the day of 
 one's being born, his natal day, Ecc. 7, 1. 
 Hos. 2, 5; comp. Job 3, 3. ibis c? a 
 people to be born, yet unborn, Ps. 22. 32. 
 With b of father. Job 1, 2. 2 Sam. 14. 27. 
 Gen. 10. 1 ; impers. or with "iS impl. Gen. 
 17. 17. shall there be born (ib^-') unto 
 him that is a hundred years old 7 With 
 a of the mother. 1 Chr. 2, 3. Ezra 10, 3 ; 
 b 1 Chr. 3, 1. 
 
 PiEL ife"^ to help bring forth, to deliver 
 a woman, as a midwife. Ex. 1, 16. Part, 
 f. nnj^^ a midwife Gen. 35, 17. 38, 28. 
 Ex. 1. 15 sq. 
 
 PcAL i^-i and -i'^ Judg. 18, 29. Job 
 
ib^ 
 
 400 
 
 bV 
 
 5, 7; to he horn, i. q. Niph. Judg. 13, 8. 
 Ps. 87, 4. 5. 6. With \ of father Gen. 
 4,26. 24, 15. Judg. 18, 29; with '{2. impl. 
 Gen. 10. 21. So with ^ of a near rela- 
 tive, Ruth 4, 17 'nrjls i? -i^^ . Is. 9, 5 ; 
 ^_ of thing Job 5, 7. Trop. to be brought 
 forth, created, e. g. the mountains, Ps. 
 90,2. 
 
 HiPH. T^bin 1. fo ca?/se to bring- 
 forth, as God a woman Is. 66, 9 ; a man 
 his wife, to make fruitful, to have chil- 
 dren by her, 1 Chr. 2, 18. 8, 8. Trop. 
 of rain as fertilizing the earth Is. 55, 10. 
 
 2. to beget, as a father, i. q. Kal no. 2 ; 
 Gen. 5, 4. 7. 11, 11 sq. 1 Chr. 2, 10 sq. 
 Ecc. 6, 3. al. Trop. to create, Job 38, 28 
 bus 'baN T^birr'^n who hath begotten 
 (created) the store-houses of the dew? 
 
 3. i. q. Kal no. 1, to bear, to bring 
 forth ; but only trop. to bring forth 
 wickedness. Is. 59, 4; parall. bas 'T^fi. 
 
 HoPH. pr. 'to be begotten,' hence to 
 be born. Inf n'i|n Gen. 40, 20. Ez. 16, 
 5, and n'ib,n Ez. 16, 4, a being born, 
 : birth, nativity. Gen. 1. c. Tj* nn|n Di'^ 
 niJns the birth-day of Pharaoh, pr. the 
 day of Pharaoh's being born. On the 
 accus. with passives, see Heb. Gr. 140. 
 
 HiTHPA. to declare one's birth or de- 
 scent, pedigree ; to give one's name to 
 be enrolled in genealogical tables. Num. 
 Ij 18. In the later books this idea is 
 expressed by iun^nr}. 
 
 Deriv. T'b^ , nnbl'rj , n'lbin ; pr. names 
 ^ibio, rrjbiB, ibin, ibinbj<; and the 
 four here following. 
 
 \y^. m. in pause lb^ ; plur. ^'ib'i , 
 . constr. 'ib'n , once "''ib'? Is. 57, 4. 
 
 1. one bom, a son. poet. i. q. "3 ; spoken 
 Ttux i^oxriv of the king^s son Is. 9, 5. 
 Hence n"^")D3 "''ib'^ sons of strangers, 
 poet, for foreigners, see "J? no. 1 ; also 
 sons of transgression, for transgressors, 
 Is. 57, 4. Plur. comm. children, i. q. 
 tJ-'Sa, Ex. 21, 4. Ezra 10, 1. Hos. 1, 2; 
 also for the young of animals, Is. 11, 7. 
 Job 38, 41. 
 
 2. a hmj, child, recently horn, nn in- 
 fant, Ex. 1, 17. 2, 3 sq. Ruth 4, 16. 
 2 Sam. 12, 15 sq. 1 K. 3, 25 ; as borne in 
 the arms Gen. 21, 8 ; also as older and 
 mingling in childish sports 2 K. 2, 24. 
 Job 21, 11. Zech.8, 5; but still of tender 
 age Gen. 33, 13. Is. 57, 5. Also as more 
 
 advanced, a youth, young man. Gen. 4, 
 23 parall. ly-^X . 37, 30. 42, 22 of Joseph 
 when 17 years old. Dan. 1, 4. 10. 1 K. 
 12, 8. 10. Ecc. 4, 13. 
 
 ^"7?- fem. of lb"2, a girl, maiden, 
 Gen. 34, 4. Joel 4, s'. ' Plur. ninbi Zeeh. 
 8, 5. 
 
 nnb^ f. (denom. from lb^) childhood, 
 youth, Ecc. 11, 9. 10. Concr. youth, for 
 young men, Ps. 110, 3. 
 
 Tl?? adj. verbal, bom, i. q. I^b^^ , Ex. 
 1, 22. Josh. 5, 5. 2 Sam. 5, 14. 
 
 It (passing the night, abiding, r. 
 Jib) Jalon, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 17. 
 
 T'r'^ m. (r. lb';) 1. Adj. verbal, horn, 
 chiefly in the phrase n^S T'b'^ one horn, 
 in the house, a house-born slave, verna. 
 Gen. 14, 14. 17, 12. 13. 23. Lev. 22, 11. 
 
 Jer. 2, 14. Arab. cXaJ^ , ^Xa-o j ^'' 
 
 2. Subst. a son, child, 'p^v;r\ in-ib^ the 
 sons of Anak Num. 13, 22.^28 j "iS^b^ 
 nB'^t^ f/i sows o/" Rapha, i. q. B'^SS'^ 
 jRephaim, 2 Sam. 21, 16. 18. 
 
 * "^i^T io go, see Tjbn . 
 
 * ^Rr not used in Kal, onomatopoetic, 
 
 ^o ?/(?^/, to wail, Arab. J^'^, Syr. and 
 Zab. 'Cf, Chald. bb". Aph. bb";i< . 
 Kindred roots are bbx II, nbx, Gr. 
 oXoXv^HV, Lat. ejuJare, ididare, Engl. 
 <o yell ; also Armen. /a/. Germ. luUen, 
 Engl, fo /7/. 
 
 Hi PH. b-'b^n ; fut. b^b^:: Mic. 1, 8 ; 
 oftener b-^b;^"; Is. 15, 2. 3, from the form 
 sib'^bfr; Is. 52, 5 ; n between two vowels 
 being softened to "^ . 
 
 1. to wail, to lament, Jer. 47, 2. Ez. 
 21, 17. al. With bs of that over or for 
 which, Jer. 48, 31. 51, 8. Mic. 1, 8 ; b id. 
 Is. 16, 7. Ascribed also to inanimate 
 things, as trees Zech. 11. 2; places, as 
 filled with wailings, nr ^V^n Is- 14. 31. 
 23, 1. Often in prophetic denunciations 
 Is. 13, 6. 23. 6. Jer. 25. 34. Joel 1, 11. 13.' 
 Zeph. 1, 11. Amos8,3 b=^n rin-^d ^b^bri 
 the songs of the palace wail, are turned 
 to wailings. 
 
 2. Once of the exulting cries ol* 
 haughty victors, to yelL to shout, Lat. 
 tdulare, Is. 52, 5. So 'C-f of n warlike 
 
bb* 
 
 401 
 
 t^N 
 
 cry, Barhehr. p. 411, 413; Or. 6Xoi.v!^Hv 
 of a shout of joy, iEschyl. Sept. ante 
 Thel). 831. Agam. 28 sq. Vice versa 
 olala^uv of wailing. Eurip. Phoen. 358. 
 Comp. also ',5n, 5"nn, ntna, signifying 
 a cry of either kind. 
 
 HoPH. Vs^n (as n'ljJin) to be made to 
 vail. Ps. 78. 63 the jUre consumed their 
 young men ibiin xb l^n^irsi and their 
 virgins made no wailing, comp. v. 64 
 ' their widows made no lamentation ;' 
 Sept. oi'x iTtir&ijanv, Vuig. nan sunt la- 
 mentat(. So Schnurrer; but perhaps 
 it should be read nVbin in the active 
 i. q. ''b'^^'^n . More usually taken as Pual 
 of bbn, where see. 
 
 Deriv. bbin and the two here follow- 
 ing. 
 
 5?!' m. a yelling, howling of wild 
 beasts in the desert, Deut. 32, 10. Comp. 
 
 Arab. (-^Lo howling, poet, for the 
 desert in which wild beasts howl ; see 
 Willmel's Lex. Arab. a. v. Comp. also 
 Heb. n-i^X . 
 
 ^T T? ^- (f- ^\'^) constr, nbb'i , wailing, 
 lamentation, Is. 15, 8. Jer. 25, 36. Zeph. 
 1, 10. Zech. 11, 3. 
 
 ^Zy 1. i. q. 5^b to lick up. to swallow 
 down ; see in Vjh. Hence sbi'n, nsbin. 
 
 2. to speak rashly, to utter at random ; 
 a signif connected with the former, and 
 frequent in the syllable sb ; see in 5lb , 
 note. Prov. 20, 25 cnp sb^ onx tj;!V2 
 Ijsab Q''n-j3 -,nxT it is the snare of a 
 man, that he rashly zitters a vow, and 
 after the vow makes inquiry. Arab. ^iJ 
 id. chiefly of those who take rash oaths, 
 Kor. Sur. 2. 225. 
 
 Deriv. see in no. 1. 
 
 ^\r obsol. root, Arab. v-flJ. Conj. 
 Ill, to stick fast, to cling. Hence 
 
 f^??^ f. a sort of itching scab, scurf, 
 tetter, so called as sticking fast. Lev. 21, 
 20. 22. 22. Sept. ktixr,v, Vulg. impetigo. 
 
 Pdr obsol. root, i. q. ppb to lick, to 
 lap, also to lick up or off. as an ox in 
 feeding, to feed off, comp. "^ib Num. 22, 
 4 also yb^ . Hence 
 
 p?^ m. feeding, the feeder ; put for a 
 species of locust, winged Nah. 3, 16, and 
 hairy Jer. 51, 27 ; so Ps. 105, 34. Joel 1, 
 
 34* 
 
 4. 2, 25. Prob. the attiht/Sog, attelabus, 
 a locust with small short wings, not yet 
 full grown, and therefore not yet able to 
 fly ; so Jerome in Nah. 1. c. See The- 
 saur. p. 597. 
 
 t3^p5^ m. a sack, pouch, scrip, 1 Sana. 
 17, 40. R. 'J;:b to collect. 
 
 D^ m. (r. 012^) constr. "3"^ except in 
 q!iD-s!]; c.sutf.na'^ Jer. 51,36; with He 
 loc. naj ; Plur. D-ijs;: . 
 
 1. a sea, so called from its tumult 
 
 and roaring. Arab. ^ , Syr. ):^a. and 
 
 7 \ '* 
 
 ]&^., but the latter is more usually a 
 lake, Egypt. JOJUL, GJOJUL, id. Where 
 the sea xt i^o/rjv is spoken of the arti- 
 cle is usually added : c^n bin the sand 
 of the sea Gen. 32, 13 [12]. 41, 49; nDiC 
 cn Judg. 7, 12. 1 Sam. 13, 5 ; Djn ^an 
 Gen. 1. 26. 28. Job 12, 8 ; also ]n po- 
 etry Job 36, 12. 36, 30. Ps. 8, 9. 33, 6. 
 78, 53. al. But in poetry the art. is 
 often omitted, Ex. 15, 8. 10. Job 9, 8. 11, 
 9. 38, 8. 16. Ps. 66, 6. 68, 23. Is. 5, 30. 
 50, 2. 60, 5. al. saep. likewise in prose, 
 but more rarely, as d;j 7)'^'^ towards the 
 sea 1 K. 18, 43 ; D^-bs on the sea, by 
 sea, 2 Chr. 2, 15 [16], comp. o^-bx Ezra 
 3, 7. Is. 11, 9 tr'oz-o =jb n-^HS as the 
 waters cover the sea i. e. its depths, bot- 
 tom. Hab. 2, 14. C:;>-n5 t^^-ofrom sea to 
 sea, from the Mediterranean to the Per- 
 sian Gulf or Indian Sea, Am. 8, 12. 
 Zech. 9, 10. Ps. 72, 8 ; comp. Mic. 7, 12. 
 Various parts of the ocean, and also 
 several lakes (for D^ is used of these 
 Job 14, 11, comp. Syr. jl^lo*), are deno- 
 ted by special names : a) The Medi- 
 terranean, as 'iiinxn c*ri the hinder or 
 western sea Deut. 11. 24. Joel 2, 20 ; a^ 
 DTnuibs the sea of the Philistines Ex. 23, 
 31; b-inr-n c*n the great sea Num. 34, 6. 
 7. Josh.'l, 4.' 9. 1. Ez. 47, 10. 15. 20. ,5) 
 The sea of Galilee, or lake of Tiberias ; 
 r-.ss C"; ^/(esea o/'C/j/J2ere/^ Num. 34,11. 
 /) The Dead sea : nb^an c^ the salt sea 
 Gen. 14. 3 ; i^^-^rn n^ the sea of the Ara- 
 bahordesert Deut. 4.49; "stnpn a^n the 
 eastern sea Joel 2. 20. Zech. 14, 8. d) 
 The Red sea : rio's^ the weedy sea Ps. 
 106, 7. 9, 22 ; D"''^^^ c^ the Egyptian sea 
 Is. 11, 15. Absol. D^'^ according to the 
 context is put for the Mediterranean 
 
402 
 
 jy 
 
 Josh. 15, 47 ; the lake of Galilee Is. 8, 
 23 ; the Red sea Is. 10, 26 ; the Dead 
 sea, without art. Is. 16, 8. Poet, the sea 
 is put for viaritime regions; so c^rt "'K'^bs 
 the princes of the sea i. e. of countries 
 around and beyond the sea Ez. 26, 16, 
 i. q. n^'x '3 Is. 60, 5. Deut. 33, 19. So 
 Is. 23. 4 t;;;n Tiy^ C^ "i^s tM sea haih 
 spoken, the fortress nf the sea, i. e. Tyre. 
 Plur. z-'TS-^ seas Gen. 1, 22. Lev. 11, 9. 10. 
 Ps. 135. 6. Poet, often where the sing, 
 stands in prose ; as D'>72^ bin the sand of 
 the sea Job 6, 3. Ps. 78, 27. Jer. 15, 8 ; 
 comp. sing, above. D'^a;^ Cjin the coast 
 of the sea Gen. 49, 13. Judg. 5, 17 (comp. 
 D^n qin Josh. 9, 1) ; n-'s^ sb the heart 
 of the sea Ps. 46, 3. Jon. 2, 4; comp. also 
 Gen. 1, 10. Deut. 33, 19. Ps. 8, 9. al. 
 The word d;^ sea is also transferred : 
 
 a) To a large river ; e. g. the Nile 
 Is. 18, 2. 19, 5. Nah. 3, 8. Job 41, 23 ; the 
 Euphrates Is. 27, 1. (prob. 21, 1.) Jer. 
 51, 36. Plur. the branches of the Nile 
 
 Ez. 32, 2. So Arab. IJ of the Nile, 
 Kor. Sur. 20, 39. al. In like manner 
 -:S!uJI the sea for the Nile, Elmac. 1. 12. 
 Eutych.. Alex. I. 86. II. 377, 499. The 
 Egyptians still use f^^\ the sea in 
 common parlance for the Nile ; see Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. I. p. 542. 
 
 b) By hyperbole, to a large vase or 
 basin; hence niunirt d^ the sea of brass, 
 
 brazen sea, i. e. the great laver in the 
 court of the priests before Solomon's 
 
 temple. 2 K. 25, 13. 1 Chr. 18, 8 ; also 
 pSW c*ri 1 K. 7, 23 ; C'^n V. 24. 29. 2 
 .k'i6, \1. 2Chr. 4, 3sq.' 
 
 2. the West, the western quarter, since 
 .the Mediterranean sea lies west from 
 ^Palestine ; see in "lins no. 2. p. 33. nn 
 
 d;; the west wind Ex. 10, 19 ; d^txq the 
 
 west side Ex. 27, 12. 38. 12; na^ wcst- 
 .ward Gen. 28, 14. Ex. 26. 22. (But TMZ^Ti 
 
 is to or at the sea. Num. 34, 5. Jo^h. 16, 
 '6. 8. 24, 6 ; so nB*b 19. 11.) t*i: from 
 
 Vie west, i. e. ai or on the west, Gen. 12, 
 8. Josh. 11, 2. 3 ; ^ C^ on the west of 
 
 -any place, Josh. 8,' 9.' 12. 13. Twice, 
 Pe. 107, 3. Is. 49, 12, c; is joined with 
 jiBX the north ; whence some have 
 
 .preferred to understand it. at least in 
 these passages, of the s(nUh ; but cIhc- 
 
 twhere too, other quarters are coupled 
 
 together not opposite but adjacent to 
 each other, comp. Am. 8, 12. Deut. 33, 
 23. 
 
 D^ Chald. emphat. Nh:; the sea, Dan. 
 7, 2. 3. 
 
 ''^T obsol. root, i. q. Cii, Cir^, q. v. 
 to be warm, to be hot. Comp. f^ et 
 X* ^ ferbuit dies. Hence n^JSi and ni*' 
 plur. of ci'' ; also 
 
 bt/i^'Q'^ (day of God, ^ir^ i. q. C;, fiii, 
 comp. ^^'^ i. q. 0^, in^J i. q. r\iz man.) 
 Jemuel, pr. n. of a son of Simeon, Gen. 
 46, 10 ; for which bsiit:: Num. 26, 12. 
 
 niia^ poet. plur. of the noun oii, q. v. 
 
 D'^''?^ id. see fiii . 
 
 D'^'O.'? m. (r. t2i">) plur. una^ hyofi. 
 Gen. 36, 24, prob. as Vulg. aqtuB calid.c, 
 warm springs ; such being actually 
 found in the region in question on the 
 eastern shore of the Dead sea, see in 
 ydb. Arab, j^ u ^ , Syr. )Vi*Vi<, id. 
 Jerome says, in Glusest. ad. 1. c. '' nonnulli 
 putant aquas ca//cZas juxta linguae Puni- 
 cse [Syriacee ?] viciniam, qung HebreeiB 
 contermina est, hoc vocabulo significa- 
 ri ;" and this is not to be disregarded, nor 
 is it destitute of etymological grounds ; 
 see under Dr and n:av The Cod. Sa- 
 mar. reads D'^^iSfi the Emim or giants, 
 and so Onkeloe and Pseudo-Jonathan 
 understand it. By a groundless con- 
 jecture from the context, some of the 
 Rabbins and modern versions render it 
 mules. 
 
 ntJiTa^ (dove, Arab. SjoUj, r. Ca; ; 
 comp. t^ji"^, r. )i'^) Jemimah, pr. n. of 
 one of Job's daughters. Job 42, 14. 
 
 'J'^'Q^ comm. gend. rarely masc. Prov. 
 27, 16. Ex. 15, 6 ; constr. Y^l R- "i'??- 
 
 1. the right hand, as tlie pledge of 
 good faith and as lifted up in swearing, 
 2K. 10, 15. Is. 62,8. Lai. fdissima dex- 
 
 6 
 
 tra Valer. Flacc. 5. 65. Arab. ^j-**Jj 
 
 ^?^, Ethiop. P^^, Syr. jl.Vi*. the 
 right hand, the right. Gen. 48, 8. 14. 
 Ex. 15, 6. Ps. 44, 4~ al. step. Ps. 144, 8. 
 1 1 ip;a *f p'J C?"'?? '^^'^ right hand is a 
 right hand of falsehood, deceit. Is. 62. 8 
 the Lord hath sworn ir'3"'a bij his r-ight 
 hand. (Comp. the Arabic oath ^/^^ 
 
'12' 
 
 403 
 
 r 
 
 jJUl by the right hand of Allah ; whence 
 ^^wA4_} fern, oiith.) Is. 41, 10 I will up- 
 hold them ^pns T'a^a with my righteous 
 right hand. Hence ?;ro*^ la-'S the man 
 of thy right hand, whom thou sustainest, 
 aidest, Ps. 80, 18. So freq. '^ y^l Ex. 
 
 15, 6. Ps. 118, 15. 16. Hab. 2, 16 ;' '^^1 
 irbs Ps. 77, 11. al. Pleon. r^^^^) t]-i;J 
 Ps. 74, 11. The following constructions 
 may be noted : a) On the right, at 
 the right hand, is "pa; bs Job 30, 12, 
 r^;'? 1 K. 7, 39. 49. b) On the right 
 of any one, at the right hand of any 
 person or thing, is 'b ,"'13'J is Ps. 109, 6. 
 Zech. 4, 11, nart -p^n bx 'l Sam. 23. 24, 
 'b ra^b Ps. 109, 31. Is. 63, 12, 'b p^^'^ 
 Gen. 48, 13. Ps. 16, 8, b TiTa-^B 2 K. 23, 
 13. 'b pa-' 2 Sam. 24, 5. 8. c) On or 
 oY the right hand, after verbs of motion, 
 is TP'^b Neh. 12, 31, T^a^ bs Zech. 12, 
 6 ; of any one, 'b T'tt-'b , as Ps. 110, 1 3^ 
 '3''Ta"'b sit than on my right hand. d) 
 To or towards the right hand, is "p^^rt bs 
 2 Sam. 2, 19. Is. 9, 19, r^tn"^5< Ez. 1, 
 10, 's'^'Q^'n Gen. 13, 9 ; also f'?: Is- 54, 3^ 
 Zech. 12, 3. So Va^ chiefly in phrases : 
 bxi3b -ix j'^a^ n-03 Num. 20, 17. 22, 26. 
 1 Sam. 6, 12, and bxiab ix 'pip; n:io, <o 
 iwrn to the right or to the left, Deut. 2, 
 27. 17, 20. Josh. 1, 7. 23. 6. Further in 
 the phrases : aa) To stand or be at 
 one^s right hand, i. q. to aid, to assist 
 any one, Ps. 16, 8. 109, 31. 110, 5. Is. 
 63, 12. bb) To sit on the right hand 
 of the king, as the highest place of hon- 
 our, e. g. spoken of the queen 1 K. 2, 19. 
 Ps. 45, 10 ; of one beloved of the king 
 and vicegerent of the kingdom Ps. 110, 
 1, where see the Commentators. Comp. 
 Heb. 8, 1. Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 9. Elsewhere 
 too the right hand is the place of honour, 
 to which there is allusion in Job 30, 12. 
 cc) To take or hold the right hand of 
 any one. i. q. to sustain, to aid, Ps. 73, 
 23. Is. 41, 13. 45, 1. 
 
 2. the right, i. e. the right side, part, 
 quarter ; comp. 1^ signifying both hand 
 and side. In the genit. after other nouns 
 it expres.sses the adj. right (^375"^), as prb 
 V^jr? the right leg Ex. 29. 22. Lev. 8, 
 25 ; i3-'^'^ Tii;: his right thigh Judg. 3, 
 
 16. 21 ; "pia; "r?"b3 all your right eyes 
 1 Sara. 11, 2; also irw^^ *i; his right 
 hand Gen. 48, 17. Judg.' 3, 15. 20, 16; 
 
 ^S-'a; nU my right hand Ps. 73, 23. Jer. 
 
 22, 24 ; B3"'tt'j l;; their right hand for 
 their right hands Judg. 7, 20, comp. ia^D 
 Ps. 17, 10 t/ieir mouth for their mouths. 
 T/ie right part or side seems also to 
 be put for the right place, the proper 
 and legitimate position ; Ecc. 10,2 awise 
 man^s Jieart is "is'^a^'b at his right, i. e. 
 in its right and proper place, is itself 
 right ; hut a fooVs Jieart is at his left, 
 i. e. in the wrong place, perverse. 
 
 3. the South, the southern quarter, see 
 in linsj no. 2. p. 33. Ps. 89, 13. Ace. 
 pa; in the south Job 23, 9. 1 Sam. 23, 
 19 'iia-^d^rj pa-'a on the south of the de- 
 sert. V. 24. 2 Sam. 24, 5. 
 
 4. good fortune, prosperity, happiness, 
 since the right hand was of good omen ; 
 
 S o> 
 
 hence Arab, ^^yt-i to be happy, ^j-fJ 
 happiness. So in the pr. name "pa^sa 
 q. V. p. 142. Hence 
 
 5. Jamin, pr. n. m. i. q. Felix, a) A 
 son of Simeon Gen. 46, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 24. 
 b) 1 Chr. 2, 27. c) Neh. 8, 7. Hence 
 
 iptt; Jaminite, patronym. from pr. n. 
 T'b;, Num.26, 12. 
 
 "'3''^'] 1. Adj. i. q. "'Sa'^, right, not 
 left, only 2 Chr. 3, 17 Cheth. Ez. 4, 6 
 Cheth. 
 
 2. T'2'?"'? ^^^ <^^^'Pt- T'?'?, Denja- 
 mite ; gentile n. from 'pa;32 q. v. p. 142. 
 
 ^f''?? and ^?^'? (whom God makes 
 full, r. xba) Imlah, pr. n. of the father of 
 the prophet Micaiah, 1 K. 22, 8. 9. 
 
 ^?''9- (whom God makes king, r. "ba) 
 Jamlech, pr. n. of a phylarch or chief in 
 the tribe of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 34. 
 
 n Tt obsol. root. I. i. q. Dart and 
 nan to make a noise, to rage and roar, 
 as the billows of the ocean. Hence d; 
 sea. 
 
 II. i. q. m'"' , na; . to be warm, hot, as 
 the day, whence Syr. |^Sn day-time ; 
 comp. in Di"^ . Trop. -of desire, love ; 
 whence f^a'^a'^ dove, as pr. n. 
 
 \Q^ in Kal not used, kindr. with 
 'ax to be firm, also to be faithfid. 
 Hence 'i"'a; the right hand, as the pledge 
 of good faith, etc. 
 
 HiPH. '('a-'n and T^an 2 Sam. 14, 19, 
 denom. from 'pa; , 
 
5t3' 
 
 404 
 
 !" 
 
 l.io use the right hand, (opp. ^"'StrtoSi ,) 
 part. plur. D^sii^'^a right-handed 1 Chr. 
 12,2. 
 
 2. to take the right, to turn to the right, 
 Gen. 13, 9. Is. 30, 21. Ez. 21, 21. So 
 proverb, to turn to the right or left of any 
 thing, i. q. to evade, 2 Sam. 14, 19. 
 
 Arab. /Tv*^ ^nd C^Y-*-?. ^ dextra acces- 
 eit. 
 
 Deriv. ')';; see Kal, ''3*'53'i , "j^'^n, 
 peril. X^Ti ; also the two following. 
 
 ^5''?? (good fortune, i. q. aUU-}) Jim- 
 nah, pr. n. m. a) A son ol" Asher, Gen. 
 46, 17. Num. 26, 44. 1 Chr. 7, 3. b) 2 
 Chr. 31, 14. 
 
 ''p'a^ adj. (r. ir^) f. n'^Stt'i , Hg-^f, not 
 left, Ex. 29. 20. Lev. 8, 23. 1 K. 6, 8. al. 
 The form is as if from a subst. ^^"^ , 
 
 s ^^ 
 
 j^wjj , the right side. 
 
 5?!')a7 (whom God keeps back, r. 53) 
 Imnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35. 
 
 1^^^ in Kal not used, i. q. iia, to 
 change, to alter, intrans. Hence 
 
 HiPH. ""^'S'^n to change trans, to ex- 
 change, Jer. 2, 11 ; where several Mss. 
 read 'T'cn from r. "i^io . 
 
 HiTHP. ifi^r'n ^0 change oneself with 
 any one, i. e. to substitute oneself for him, 
 to take the place of any one. Comp. 
 Arab. J Jo to change, to exchange ; 
 Conj. V, to take the place of any one. 
 Is. 61, 6 lis'rn o-i-iasa in their splen- 
 dour ye shall take their place, i. e. pos- 
 sess it in their stead. So Saadias and 
 Jarchi. Others, as Vulg. Chald. Syr. 
 ' m their splendour shall ye glory,' as if 
 i. q. lExrn . 
 
 J^'^''?'!' (refractory, r. *^'y^) Imrah, pr. 
 n. m. i Chr. 7, 36. 
 
 * "^'tI i. q. ttiil^^ , to feel, to touch, in 
 Kal not used. 
 
 HiPH. id. Judg. 16,26 Cheth. '5\13'%'l, 
 read '5'3"'i3''n , let me feel, touch. 
 
 * nr fi,t. nr-^ , part. f. nji'i , to he vio- 
 lent, raging, cruel; the primary idea 
 teing that of Jieat, so that nj'; is kindr. 
 with "(i^ to boil up, and also with Di^ , 
 els';, n-c-^, ece in Di"". Part. fem. Zcph. 
 3, 1 n3"i*n "I'^sn the violent or oppressing 
 city. Elsewhere as an epithet of the 
 
 sword, njiTi D")n the cruel, the oppressing 
 sword, sword of violence, Jer. 46. 16. 50, 
 16 ; and without n-nn id. Jer. 25, 38 ')inn 
 n3i''H the wrath of the cruel sc. sword, 
 where the epithet is put for the thing 
 itself^ as Schnurrer well ; or perhaps, 
 with Sept. Chald. and some Mss. it 
 ought to read tisi'n 'z'2'n . With an ac- 
 cus. Ps. 74, 8 Tn'2 crs let us maltreat 
 them, all. destroy them. 
 
 HiPH. njin, fut. nsi'i, to treat with 
 violence, to maltreat, to oppress; with 
 ace. as princes a people Ez. 45, 8 ; the 
 Chaldeans Israel Is. 49, 26 ; espec. of the 
 rich and noble as oppressing the poor, 
 widows, orphans, strangers, Ex. 22. 20. 
 Lev. 19, 33. Deut. 23, 17. Jer. 22, 3. Ez. 
 18, 7. 12. 26. 22, 7. 29 ; of fraud and 
 overreaching in buying and selling Lev. 
 25, 14. 17. With ace. of pers. and )-q, 
 to thrust out of a possession by violence, 
 to dispossess, Ez. 46, 18. Chald. Aph. 
 "is-ix id. 
 
 f^l-^ (rest, quiet, r. H^IJ) Janoah, pr. n. 
 of a place on the confines of Ephraim 
 and Manasseh; 2 K. 15, 29.' With n 
 local nnis-i Josh. 16, 6. 7. 
 
 D^r (slumber, r. t3!i3) Josh. 15, 53 
 Cheth. for which Keri has D^:'i (flight, 
 r. CIJ) Janum, pr. n. of a place in the 
 tribe of Judah. 
 
 d*"' Janus, see in Q13i. 
 
 T 7 T 
 
 ' 'ir ^ spurious root, assumed for 
 Hiph. n-'Sn . But see n^ Hiph. 
 
 ^I^''?'? f i. q. f^P.?."!"^, a sucker, sprout, 
 Ez. 17, 4. It has the pass, form but ac- 
 tive power. Chald. p^3^ , p13^ , suckling. 
 R. p:^ . 
 
 *P2r fut. pr": to suck; Chald. pS-J, 
 Syr. uaiJ, Sam. ^^ITI id. Absol. Job 
 3, 12 ; pr. to suck the mother's breast, 
 c. ace. Cant. 8, 1. Joel 2, 16; but also 
 other things, as Job 20, 16 he sjickelh the 
 poison of asps. Trop. Is. 60, 16 thou 
 shall suck the milk of the nations, and 
 shall suck the breast of kings, i. e. thou 
 shalt be made rich with tlie wealth of 
 nations and kings. Deut. 33, 19 rE'O "'S 
 ^'PY"; B'^B'^ for they shall suck the aimn- 
 dance of the seas, i. e. of nations beyond 
 the sea. Is. 60, 11. 12. Part, psr a) 
 a suckling, sticking child, (Syr. M&Ju, 
 
x6y 
 
 405 
 
 TO" 
 
 1 n 1 .) Num. 11,12. Deut. 32, 25. iSam. 
 15, 3. 22, 19. Is. 11, 8. Jer. 44, 7. Pe. 8, 
 3. al. More fully O-^ntfl 'j^J'' Joel 2, 16. 
 b) Trop. a sucker, sprout, as drawing 
 the sap from tiie parent stock, Is. 53, 2. 
 More frequent in this sense is fem. P(?3'i'^, 
 Job 8, 16. 14, 7. 15. 30. Piur. mp:i" 
 Ez. 17, 22. Hos. 14, 7. Ps. 80, 12. 
 
 HiPH. pT^ also p^zn Lam. 4, 3, to 
 give Slick, to suckle, as a mother her in- 
 fant. Gen. 21, 7. Ex. 2, 7. 9. 1 Sam. 1, 
 23 ; also of animals. Lam. 4, 3 ; absol. 
 nip^S'^a (camels) giving suck, milch- 
 camels. Gen. 32, 16. Trop. to cause to 
 tuck sweet things, i. e. to give to taste, 
 to let enjoy, Deut. 32, 13. Part, fem. 
 Pj^J-^tJ Ex. 2, 7, c. suflf. iPp53?3 2 K. 11, 2, 
 giving suck, as subst. a wet-nurse. Piur. 
 n'ip-'a'^tJ Is. 49, 23. 
 
 Deriv. np-'ji . 
 
 "^"^l m. once qitJS;^ Is. 34, 11, an un- 
 clean Dird, prob. a water or marsh fowl 
 Lev. 11, 17. Deut. 14, 16 ; frequenting 
 deserts or marshes, Is. 1. c. Sept. and 
 Vulg. render it ibis, i. e. the Egyptian 
 heron ; Chald. and Syr. the owl, which 
 also Bochart adopts, Hieroz. P. II. p. 281 
 eq. and supposes it to be derived from 
 CltlJJ twilight. Most prob. some species 
 of heron or crane is to be understood, 
 whose cry resembles the blowing of a 
 horn or trumpet, as the ardea stellaris or 
 bittern, the ardea agami or trumpeter- 
 bird, or the common crane, etc. and this 
 is supported by the etymology from w)iB3 
 to blow. In the list of unclean birds in 
 Lev. I. c. this bird is followed by the 
 PWIjsri, derived from the similar verb 
 ctij'i. q. qajj. 
 
 * "^5^ inf. with pref Tioi^ Is. 51, 6, 
 llts^b 2 Chr. 31, 7 (as if from -jB), c. 
 suff. ''ID^ Job 38, 4 ; pr. to set, to place, 
 to seat. comp. Niph. no. 1, and lio 
 seat. The primary monosyllabic root is 
 Sanscr. sad to sit, Lat. erf-ere, Goth. 
 af-jan to put, Engl, to set ; the same 
 root with harder letters is Heb. r."^. 
 Gr. ffraoj, 'icrxi]^i, and with softer letters 
 Gr. i8- (f^o/xai). Arab. tX**- is spec, to 
 put or place under, e. g. a cushion, pil- 
 low Hence 
 
 1. to set, i. e. to place, put, lay the foun- 
 dations of any thing, to found, e. g. a 
 
 building Ezra 3, 12 ; a city Is. 54, 11. 
 
 (Comp. a^ Is. 42, 4. 44, 7 ; n-'tti 1 Sam. 
 2, 8.) More freq. in this sense in Piel ; in 
 Kal mostly poet, of God ^s founding the 
 heavens and the earth, Ps. 78, 69. 89, 
 12. 104, 5. Job 38, 4. Is. 48, 13. Zech. 
 12. 1. Am. 9, 6 Fno-j 'jnx bs in'njxi and 
 hath founded his vault upon the earth, 
 i. e. the vault of the heavens as appa- 
 rently resting upon the earth. Ps. 24, 2. 
 Of a heap, to lay down sc. the bottom, 
 2 Chr. 31, 7. 
 
 2. to set, i. e. to appoint, to assign sc. a 
 place to anyone (comp. n'^iy Ex. 21, 13). 
 Ps. 104, 8 they go up mountains, they go 
 down valleys, nnb mo; nj oipn-bx tmto 
 the place that thou hast appointed for 
 them. So of a people. Is. 23, 13 /o the 
 land of the Chaldeans ; this people till 
 now was not, B^'^sb R'lO'' n^TS^t Assyria 
 appointed it for dwellers in the desert, 
 i. e. for the Chaldeans ; see Comment, 
 on Is. ad loc. Hence to appoint or con- 
 stitute for some specific purpose, Hab. 
 1, 12 I'n'iD'^ nis^inb/or chastisement hast 
 thou appointed them sc. the Chaldeans, 
 i. e. hast called them forth ; parallel 
 in^b KQ-r^b . 
 
 3. to set laws, to ordain, Ps. 119, 152. 
 Comp. W'a Gen. 47, 26, also Gr. yo/io- 
 &errjg. 
 
 Niph. lOis 1. to be settled, sealed 
 down, i. e. a) to settle in a land. Ex. 9, 
 18 in Egypt cnpjn niT] "j^b since the 
 day of their settling in it until now, i. e. 
 since the Egyptians settled down in the 
 land, b) to sit down together for con- 
 sultation ; hence to consult, to take coun- 
 sel together, with bs against any one 
 Ps. 2, 2. 31, 14. 
 
 2. to be founded, as the temple Is. 44, 8. 
 
 Piel 15'^ 1. to set, place, lay, e. g. 
 a foundation-stone Is. 28, 16 ; to found 
 an edifice Zech. 4, 9. Ezra 3, 10; a city 
 Is. 14, 32. Josh. 6, 26 nsno']'] iibaa with 
 his first-born (i. e. with the loss of him, 
 a of price) shall he lay its foundation. 
 Also ace. of material 1 K. 5, 17 [31]. 
 Trop. Ps. 8, 3 out of the mouth of babes 
 and sucklings ts Fins^ hast thou founded 
 for thee praise, glory; so Arabic writers 
 compare glory to an edifice firmly found- 
 ed and fortified, see Muntinghe ad h. 1. 
 Thesaur. p. 602. 
 
 2. to set, i. e. to appoint^ to constitute 
 
10'' 
 
 406 
 
 for any purpose, 1 Chr. 9, 22. Also to 
 set fast, i. e. to prescribe, to ordain, c. 
 b? Esth. 1,8. 
 
 PcAL to be founded, e. g. columns 
 Cant. 5, 15 ; the temple 1 K. 6, 37. Ezra 
 3, 6. Hagg. 2, 18. Zech. 8, 9 ; with an 
 ace. of material; as in Pi. 1 K. 7, 10. 
 
 HoPH. i. q. Pual. Inf. 'IDW ' the being 
 founded,' sxihst. foundation, Ezra 3, 11. 
 2 Chr. 3, 3. Part, n&lis (Dag. euphon.) 
 founded, Is. 28, 16 l&no nosia a founda- 
 tion founded, i. e. firm, sure ; comp. il'n 
 icBn^ Ps. 64. 7, ^ira^J b^Ja Ex. 12, 9. ' 
 
 Deriv. the three next following, and 
 "JiD, 'lOl'tl, 101^, TlOI'S, "l*?^ , pr. n. "''lio. 
 
 "10^ m. foundation, metaph. begin- 
 ning,' Ezra 7 , 9, R. "lOV 
 
 TlO^ m. fou7idation, as of an altar Ex. 
 29, 12.' Lev. 4, 7. 8, 15. 9, 9 ; of a build- 
 ing Job 4, 19. Ps. 137, 7. al. [Poet. 
 foundation of the sea, the ground or 
 bottom on which it rests, the depths, 
 Hab. 3, 13; see in -ixj^ . R.] Plur. 
 O'^nb'^ Mic. 1, 6, and ninb-i Lam. 4, 11 ; 
 also metaph. princes Ez. 30, 4, comp. 
 riinir . R. no;; . 
 
 T?'? ^.foundation, Ps. 87, 1. R. 10^ . 
 
 TlD^ m. (r. iG'j) a corrector, reprover, 
 censurer, verbal subst. of the form "liaa. 
 Job 40, 2 [39, 32] -!&] "i-juJ-DS inn con- 
 tending shall the reprover of God contend 
 with the Almighty 7 31 is here inf absol. 
 from S'^l instead of the finite verb (comp. 
 Judg. 11,25 bxib"! D5 SI sHn, where 
 the finite verb is added), and to liB'^ 
 then corresponds in the other hemistich 
 fjibK n-'Din, comp. Prov. 9, 7. The sin- 
 gle words of this clause have often been 
 correctly explained, (sec for "ii3'^ Junius 
 and Trcmellius, and for the form 31 
 Aben Ezra and Kimchi.) but I have 
 found no one who has riglitly appre- 
 hended the whole sense. The above 
 interpretation was proposed in former 
 editions, and has been adopted by Um- 
 breit, Winer, Dc Wette, but neglected 
 by Rosenmuller. 
 
 "l^C^ (verbal of fut. r. "i1D , as ^'ll 
 from 3^"}) departing, one it/jo departs ; 
 Jer. 17, 13 Cheth. "'ilO'j those departing 
 from vie. Keri ''i"'D . 
 
 ^?T ^ doubtful root, i. q. "03 to pour, 
 but intrans. to be poured^ comp. Dib and 
 
 D'r'i ; once Ex. 30, 32 Tit?"^"^ ^\> it shall 
 not be poured. Perhaps it should read 
 TjO^"^ Hoph. of Ti^O. 
 
 nSD'^ (she looks abroad, r. i^^^) Fscah, 
 pr. n. of the sister of Lot, Gen. 11, 29. 
 
 ^in^SiaD^ (whom Jehovah upholds, r. 
 tjT?) fsmachiah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 31, 13. 
 
 V|5r in Kal and Hiph. both of which 
 are defective, thus : Praet. rjO") , rarely 
 Cl"iDin 2 K. 20, 6. Ecc. 1, 16 ; Inf. Cj-^qin ; 
 Imper. twice >iBp Is. 29, 1. Jer. 7, 21, 
 though this form can be referred to 
 iiSO; Fut. r)"'pi"', apoc. C]D'i'', in pause 
 ClDi'n Job 40, 32, flOin-bx Prov. 30, 6, 
 and by a wrong orthography CjOX"' Ex. 
 5, 7. 1 Sam. 18. 29 (as vice versa C]0'i-, 
 tp^, from tTit?!* q. v.) convers. t|0'} ; 
 Part. C]Di-i for r^Oi"" Is. 29, 14. 38, 5, plur. 
 D-iBG'ii beut. 5, 22; also :)"'D'ia Neh. 
 13, 18. 
 
 1. to add, Syr. and Chald. Aph. tiOiK , 
 ^ajccl . The primary idea seems to be 
 that of scraping, scraping together, like 
 kindr. nSD , comp. r;^0 . With accus. of 
 the thing added and bs of that to which 
 it is added. Lev. 5, 16 C,'0'.'' irc^^n-rx'i 
 ^^^hy and shall add the ffth part of it 
 thereto. Lev. 22, 14. 27, 13 sq. Deut. 19. 
 9 ; bx 2 Sam. 24, 3. Often too the ac- 
 cus. of the thing added is omitted. Deut 
 13, 1 [12, 32] !i3ar! si^r? ^^1 '"'"';^ s?^"^ 
 thou shall neither add, thereto nor di- 
 minish therefrom, sc. any thing. Prov. 
 30, 6. Ecc. 3, 14. Hence 
 
 2. to add to, i. e. to increase, to en- 
 large, comp. French ajouter d. With bs 
 Ps. 71, 14 Tjnbnn-bs-b? "^riBDini 1 u-il'l 
 add to, increase, all thy piaisc; comp. 
 Lat. 'detrahere (aliquid) de laudibus 
 alic' Ps. 115, 14. Ezra 10, 10; bs Ez. 
 23, 14; b Is. 26. 15; ace. Lev. 19, 25. 
 Job 42, 10 3lwxb ibit-bs-rN ii^'n'i c;*! 
 n_y,dT;b and Jehorah increased twofold 
 all 'that Job hud. Ecc. 1, 18. Prov. 9. 9. 
 16, 21. 19, 4. Job 17, 9. Is. 29, 19. Im- 
 pers. Prov. 9, 11 by me nijr r\h ^B'^Di-' 
 D^n shall they increase the ijcars of thy 
 life, i. e. thy years shall be increased; 
 comp. Heb. Gr. 134. 3. To increase 
 any thing to any one, is Bomctimes i. q. 
 togire more, as Ps. 120. 3 -n'il T]b in^-ma 
 nj^"i liajb r,b q^c* what girclh to thee 
 and what giteth more (adds to give) to 
 
qc 
 
 *407 
 
 T 
 
 thee thy false tongtie? i. e. what doth thy 
 false tongue profit thee ? comp. Lev. 26. 
 21. Ez. 5, 16. Elsewhere to increase 
 is also i. q. to surpass, to exceed, as 
 2 Chr. 9, 6 nsifcTBn bs nep; thou ex- 
 ceedest (hast added to) the fame thai I 
 heard; comp. 1 K. 10, 7, So Ecc. 1, 
 16. 2, 9. 
 
 3. to add to do any thing, with infin. 
 either simply or with pref. b ; more 
 rarely followed by a finite verb with or 
 without the copula, Prov. 23. 35. Is. 52, 
 1. Hos. 1, 6. Hence a) i.q. to (/oag-am, 
 another time, so that it may be express- 
 ed in Engl, by the adverb again. Gen. 
 4,2 r^"!^^ ~|5Pi3 and again she bare. 8,10. 
 12. 18, 29 -lanb tis riO'l and he spake 
 yet again. 25, 21. Ex. 10, 28. 29. b) to 
 do further, longer ; to continue to do any 
 thing. Gen. 4, 12 Ty> nns-rn cipri-j<b 
 the ground shall no longer yield to thee 
 her strength. Num. 32, 15. Josh. 7, 12. 
 1 Sam. 19, 8. 27, 4. Is. 47, 1. c) to 
 do the more; Gen. 37. 5 3a lis :iBqi] 
 irk and they hated him yet the more. v. 
 8. 1 Sam. 18, 29. 2 Sam. 3, 34. Some- 
 times the action which is thus to be 
 repeated or continued is not directly 
 expressed, but is implied in the pre- 
 ceding words. Job 20, 9 X31 WSTd "i";? 
 fl"'pin the eye saw him, but shall not add 
 sc. Cl'f'a^, i. e. shall see him no more. 34, 
 32 if I have done iniquity, I will (do it) 
 no more. 38, 11. 40, 5. 32. Ex. 11. 6 such 
 as was never before, rpprrxb wt:*, sc. 
 ri^nb, and such as never more shall be. 
 Num. 11, 25 and when the spirit rested 
 upon (hem they prophesied, ISO"' xb} sc. 
 KSsnnb but never again or more after 
 that day ; so Sept. and Syr. well. Here 
 belongs also the phrase : carfax >i':iy2 "3 
 C)''pii nb) God do so and so add to do, 
 i. e. and more also, 1 Sam. 3, 17. 14, 44. 
 
 NiPH. C^pl3 'i.tobe added, c. hy Num. 
 36, 3. 4. Reflex, to join oneself Ex. 1, 10. 
 
 2. to be increased, i. e. intrans. to in- 
 crease, to groxD, e. g. in wealth, Prov. 11, 
 24. Part, nisoia Is. 15, 9 additions, 
 accessions, sc. of calamities, i. q. new 
 calamities. 
 
 Deriv. pr. names SjCi^, Clpini , n^Bpi"' . 
 
 tlOt* Chald. in Kal not used. Hoph. 
 in the Hebrew manner ?|Din to be added, 
 Dan. 4, 33. 
 
 "5^ rarely found in Kal, fut. c. suff. 
 onex Hos. 10, 10; part, np"' Prov. 9, 7. 
 Pa. 94, 10. Elsewlicre with the same 
 sense : 
 
 PiEL ID':', <ut. IP^'J, inf. nn^ Lev. 26, 
 18, lie: Pe. 118, 18. ' 
 
 1. to chastise or chasten, to ccrrrect, to 
 punish with blows, strokes, Deut. 22, 18. 
 1 K. 12, 11. 14 my father chastened you 
 with whips. Espec. of children as cor- 
 rected by their parents, Prov. 19j 18. 29, 
 17 ; of men as chastened of God, Lev. 
 26, 18. 28. Ps. 6, 2. 38, 2. 39, 12. 118, 18. 
 Jer. 2, 19. 10, 24. Eth. IllUZ; to chas- 
 tise, to reprehend, to instruct ; the pala- 
 tal "1 being changed into the harder 3. 
 
 2. to chasten with words, i. e. a) to 
 admonish, to exhort, Prov. 9, 7. Job 4, 3 
 (comp. Hos. 7, 15). Ps. 16. 7 n'ib->b-;:)M 
 ''ni"'b3 '^31"^&7 also by night my reins ad^ 
 monish me sc. to praise the Lord. With 
 )T3 to admonish or dehortfiom any thing, 
 Is. 8, 11. Often of the admonition and 
 discipline which parents give to child- 
 ren, Deut. 21, 18; or which God bestowa 
 on men. Deut. 4, 36. 8, 5. Ps. 94, 12. 
 b) to set right, to instruct ; Is. 28, 26 
 ^S-ii-i rnbx -J&^^ab i-iSi he doth instruct 
 him according to the right, his God doth 
 teach him. With two ace. Prov. 31. 1. 
 'It is often coupled with n-'3ln, which 
 differs from "ip^ only as it primarily de- 
 notes a milder discipline consisting in 
 admonition and confutation, and is trans- 
 ferred to the severer which employs 
 blows and punishment ; while the latter 
 is used pr. of the severer discipline, and 
 trop. of that which is milder. Like the 
 former is also Gr. naidsvsiv. Germ, zilch' 
 iigen, from Zucht, ziehen, erzlehen ; 
 like the latter, Heb. ^^2b . 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal and Piel ; once DT^CX 
 Hos. 7, 12. 
 
 NiPH. ipia to be chastened, admonish- 
 ed, to take warning, Ps. 2, 10. Jer. 6, 8. 
 31, 18 ; c. 3 Lev. 26, 23. Prov. 29, 19. 
 
 NiTHPA. Jinsia Ez. 23, 48, to be in- 
 structed; for !lipW3, see Lehrg. p. 249, 
 Yet the common analogy would be pre- 
 served by giving it the vowels of Niph. 
 as ^-ipia. 
 
 Deriv. nisi, "\X3^-a, iDb. 
 
 2^^ m. (r. ns^) plur. C"^?^, a shovel for 
 removing ashes, mentioned among the 
 
S?' 
 
 408 
 
 IT 
 
 furniture of the altar. Ex. 27. 3. 38, 3. 
 Num. 4, 14. 1 K. 7, 40. 45. al. Vulg. 
 Jbrceps. In Arab, several nouns deriv- 
 ed from the root , signify vessel; 
 but the Arabic usage in this root seems 
 nevertheless to have differed from the 
 Hebrew. 
 
 T?^^ (he causes pain. r. }'??) Jabez, 
 pr. n. a) A man 1 Chr. 4, 9. 10, where 
 the name is so explained. b) A place 
 in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 55. 
 
 "i^ fut. TS^"} 1. to point out, to ap- 
 point, to fix, to or for any one, with 1? ; 
 espec. a place Jer. 47, 7, or time 2 Sam. 
 20, 5 ; also punishment, Mic. 6, 9. 
 Arab. Jc& to point out beforehand, 
 6c. good, but also evil ; III, to appoint 
 a time or place. The primary idea is 
 that of convnanding ; kindr. are y?^, 
 t5;,q. V. Arab.i^^. 
 
 2. tofi.T upon as a wife or concubine, 
 to betroth, with ace. and b Ex. 21, 8. 9. 
 
 NiPH. "iSi3 1. Reflex, to meet with 
 any one at an appointed place, by ap- 
 pointment, with b Ex. 25, 22. 29, 42. 43. 
 30, 6. 36 ; bx Num. 10, 4. 
 
 2. Recipr. to meet together at an ap- 
 pointed time and place, by appointment, 
 Neh. 6, 2. 10. Job 2, 11. Am. 3, 3. Also 
 
 3. Genr. to come together, to assemble, 
 Josh. 11, 5. 1 K. 8, 5. Ps. 48, 5 ; with i"? 
 against any one, of conspirators Num. 
 14, 35. 16, 11. 27, 3. 
 
 HiPH. T'^in, to cause or appoint to 
 nveet at a certain time and place, espec. 
 before a tribunal, to cite before a court, 
 to arraign, c. ace. Job 9, 19 '^Stl^'i'' "^a 
 icht> shall arraign me ? Jer. 49, 19. 50, 
 44. 
 
 HoPH. 1. to be fixed, set, Jer. 24, 1. 
 
 2. to be tuimed, directed, of the face, 
 Ez. 21, 21. 
 
 Deriv. nns . iJiis , 'iritt , rriSJia , and 
 pr. names n^-i^i^j , n^nsis , and 
 
 il^;; 2 Chn 9, 29 Keri (in Cheth. 
 '^^ri') Jedo, pr. n. m. elsewhere 'flS Jddo, 
 q.v. 
 
 * iJ^ 7rS Ifyofi. to itnaich away, to 
 mceep ^away; Is. 28, 17 non^ ina ns^i 
 STS and the hail shall sweep away the 
 refuge of lies. Vulg. subrertet, Saad. 
 Ov^ abripiet. Arab. ^*j to collect ; 
 
 IV, to lay up ; but the primary idea 
 seems to be that of snatching, which is 
 applied both to snatching or scraping 
 together and to snatching away ; comp. 
 
 rjDx, qa;, v]^d, nso. 
 
 5Siy^ (perh. treasured of God, from 
 the Arab, see in r. rti';^) Jeiiel, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 9, 6. Elsewhere ^^^y"; is found 
 only in Chethibh, where Keri has ^N'^S'^ , 
 as : a) The founder or restorer of Gi- 
 beon, 1 Chr. 9, 35. b) A military offi- 
 cer of David; ib. 11, 44. c) A scribe of 
 Uzziah, 2 Chr. 26, 11. d) ib. 29, 13. 
 e) Ezra 8, 13. 
 
 V^y^ (counselling, verbal fut. r. yiS) 
 Jeuz, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10. 
 
 ^^2?'' see in -i-^si . 
 
 D'^'liy^ jilur. woods. forests, i. q. C'lS'', 
 Ez. 34, 25 Cheth. See i?;: no. 2. 
 
 ^"^^1 (to whom God hastens, r. TTW) 
 Jeush, pr. n. a) A son of Esau, Gen. 
 36, 18 ; for which d-^r-^ vv. 5. 14 Cheth. 
 
 b) A son of Rehoboam, 2 Chr. 11, 19, 
 
 c) 1 Chr. 7, 10. d) ib. 8. 39. e) ib. 
 
 23, 10. 
 
 "^1^ in Kal not used, prob. i. q. "r"S 
 to be strong, firm, robust ; see in ft^. 
 
 NiPH. Is. 33, 19 rJii C? a firm people, 
 i. e. fierce, obstinate, sc. the Assyrians. 
 So Symm. uvuidrjg shameless, Vulg. im- 
 pudens. 
 
 '^"^T?^ (whom God consoles, from r. 
 (^yt to console,) Jaaziel, pr. n. m. 1 
 
 Chr. 15, 18 ; for which v. 20 ^N'^TS . 
 
 ^^T?^ (whom Jehovah consoles, see 
 preced. art.) Jaaziah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 
 24, 26. 27. 
 
 "^T^!! and TTi?!" 1 Chr. 6, 66. 26, 31 
 (whom God helps, r. it?) Jazer, pr. a. 
 of a city in the tribe of Gad, on the bor- 
 der of the Ammonites, and for a long 
 time subject to Moab ; Num. 21, 32. 32, 
 1. 3. 35. JoBh. 13, 25. 21, 37. le. 16, 8. 9. 
 The sea of Jazer, it?: n^ Jer. 48, 32, is 
 of doubtful authority, as no such sea is 
 known to exist ; see Comment, on Is. 
 16, 8. Gr. 'Ju^t'iQ 1 Mace. 5, 8. Comp. 
 Eusebius de locis Heb. voc. 'l(*^ii(f. Re- 
 land Falsest, p. 825. It was perh. situa- 
 ted where now are found the ruins '.4m 
 Hdzir, or those of Sdr or Sir ; Burckh. 
 
tS?*' 
 
 409 
 
 V" 
 
 Travels in Syr. p. 355, 357. Seetzen in 
 Zach's Monatl. Corr. XVIII. p. 429, 430. 
 
 ^Cr a root uTtitl Xiyofi. i. q. n::S to 
 doihe Is. 61, 10. 
 
 tayi* Chald. i. q. Heb. ^?^ , to connsd. 
 Part. OS^ coiinxfllor of the king, plur. c. 
 uff. TJVjs:; Exra 7, 14. 15. 
 
 Ithp. to consult together, Dan, 6, 8. 
 
 Deriv. KOS . 
 
 bX'^y^ (i. q. hn^Ti) Jeiel, Jehitl see 
 Keriinbx^S^. Elsewhere: a) A prince 
 of Reuben 1 Chr. 5, 7. b) A Lcvite 
 ib. 15, 18. 21. 16. 5. 2 Chr. 20, 14. c) 
 3 Chr. 35, 9, d) Ezra 10, 43. 
 
 '^'P.'^ (whom God awakes, r. i^3>) Jair, 
 pr. n. of a man 1 Chr. 20, 5 Keri ; in 
 Cheth. is 115^ . In the parallel passage 
 2 Sam. 21, 19, there stands instead of 
 it CJ-ik '^y^ (forests of the weavers) ; 
 but D'^aik is prob. repeated from the 
 following B'^ank "liao by an error of 
 transcription. 
 
 'y see in mt"^ lett. a. 
 
 ^5^? (afflicted, r. "(3S) Jachan^ pr. n. 
 M. 1 Chr. 5, 13. 
 
 ^?t '" ^'^^ "'' used : 1. to go np^ 
 to ascend, to rise above, kindr. with nby , 
 
 Arab, tK^i to rise above, to ascend a 
 mountain, to stand upon the summit, 
 
 JlCk eminent, noble, a prince. Hence 
 ^S^ rock-goat, ibex. 
 
 2. to be eminent, to have worth, to be 
 profitable ; comp. i>S^ in the compound 
 ^S*ba, and see Hiph. 
 
 HiPH. h'^sin 1. to be of use, to profit, 
 to help, absol. Prov. 10, 2. 11, 4. Jer. 2, 
 8 isbn iibsii-Kb -inns they go afier those 
 that profit nothing, i. e. false gods, idols. 
 1 Sam. 12, 21. Is. 44, 10. Hab. 2, 18. 
 With dat. of pers. Is 30, 5. Jer. 23, 32 ; 
 or of thing. Job 30, 13 '.b-'S^ ^n^nb they 
 help my fall. With suff. qib-^si"' Is. 57, 
 12. 
 
 2. Intrans. to profit, to receive profit, 
 from any thing. Job 21, 15 Wirna 
 tohat profit should we hare, etc. 15, 3 
 vords 03 b'lS'i"^ sib by which fie is not 
 profited.^ 35, 3. la. 47, 12. 48, 17. Jer. 
 12, 13. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 35 
 
 ^?^ m. plur. D^ljS'J constr. ''hv'] 1. tke 
 wild or mountain goat, ibex, Germ. Slein- 
 
 9 6 ^ 
 
 bock, Arab. J^ and J^I. Ps. 104, 18. 
 
 Job 39. 1. D"'brn i-n^s the rocks of the 
 wild goats, situated in the desert of En- 
 gedi, 1 Sam. 24, 3. See Bochart Hie 
 roz. P. I. p. 915 sq. 
 
 2. Joel, pr. n. a) A judge in Israel 
 before the age of Deborah, Judg. 5, 6. 
 b) The wife of Heber the Kenite, who 
 slew Sisera, Judg. 4, 17. 18. 5, 24. Some 
 suppose the same to be meant in Judg. 
 5,6. 
 
 ^??^ see next art. no. 2. 
 
 ^f?- fern, of the preced. 1. a wild 
 she-goat, the female ibe.v ; Prov. 5, 19 
 T!! ^^?? tf^ gracefid ibex, an epithet for 
 a lovely woman. The AraKs say pro- 
 verbially J>.C*jf jj*jo ,^sI more beau- 
 tiful than the ibex. Bochart Hieroz. I. 
 899. 
 
 2. Jaalah, pr. n. of a man, Ezra 2, 56; 
 written sbs-i Neh. 7, 58. 
 
 0?^- (hidden, r. Db) Jaalam, pr. n. 
 of a son of Esau, Gen. 36, 5. 14. 
 
 * 1?T o^sol. root, Syr. Ethpa. r^-^f 
 to be greedy, voracious, to be avaricious, 
 pL^.* greedy, voracious. Hence 'jS'^ . 
 DJS";, ostrich. 
 
 1?!) (for nas-i, r. n:S I. no. 4) pr. subst. 
 purpose, intent, aim. But it everywhere- 
 passes over into a particle, viz. 
 
 1. Preposit. with a subst. on account 
 of, because of, propter, Ez. 5, 9. Hagg.. 
 1, 9. With inf Is. 30, 12. 37, 29. Jer. 7, 
 13. 48, 7. Ez. 5, 7. 16, 36. al. 
 
 2. Conjunct. it^X *|S^ because that, be- 
 cause. Gen. 22, 16. 1 Sam. 30, 22. IK. 
 3. 11. al. So less freq. "^3 "S^ Num. 11, 
 20. Is. 7, 5. al. Both forms are followed 
 by a prjpter. With fut. imx 'p_y to the 
 intent that, in order that, Ez. 12, 12. 
 With itix impl. i. e. 'S^ alone as Con- 
 junct, becaiuse, with prset. Num. 20, 12. 
 1 K. 20, 42. 2 K. 22, 19. al. Thrice it is 
 repeated emphat. '|?^21 'S^ because, even 
 because. Lev. 26, 43. Ez. 13, 10 ; and 
 without copula "jJ^a 'i?^ Ez. 36, 3. Comp. 
 
 ^3?^ m. (r. jS';) the ostrich, the male, 
 80 called from its greediness and glu^ 
 
410 
 
 p" 
 
 tony ; once in plur. ^'TJJ] Lam. 4, 3 Keri, 
 and there prob. intxolta^;, oslrt'ches. Sept. 
 ag (TT^ov&lov, Vu]g. sicut slruthio. Com- 
 pare for the sense, Job 39, 16. 17. Much 
 more frequent is 
 
 ^??^ fem. of the preced. the female 
 ostrich, (tor the form comp. b^"i lem. 
 fibs'!, not "^^5V) always coupled with 
 pa, i. e. n3yn ra the daughter of the os- 
 trich, i. e. the female ostrich herself, see 
 Bochart Hieroz. II. 230; opp. G^nn 
 the male ostrich, Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 
 14, 15. Plur. riDTj ri33, tmxoivMq for 
 both sexes. Is. 13, 21. 34,' 13. 43, 20. Jer. 
 6, 39. Mic. 1, 8. Job 30, 29 ; in which 
 passages they are said to inhabit the de- 
 sert and to utter a plaintive cry. The 
 Arabs also call the ostrich, without dis^ 
 
 tinction of sex, (uu, Xjcuu v.:>jo* 
 
 Others derive nj?'! from iiJS to cry 
 out, referring to the doleful cries of the 
 ostrich. Others again without good 
 reason render it an owl. 
 
 ""s?- (for f^^SSI, whom Jehovah an- 
 swers, r. njy) Jaanai, pr. n- ra. 1 Chr. 
 5, 12. 
 
 * t\S.1 Jer. 51, 58. 64, fut. r^S^':, Sir*, 
 to he wearied, fai7it, comp. t^^y , v)|^ ; 
 either with running, Jer. 2, 24 ?T''tti;33^ 
 !iB?'^'^"5<b thei/ tJiat seek her will not be 
 wearied. Is. 40, 30. 31 ; or also with se- 
 vere labour. Is. 40, 28. Hab. 2, 13 ; and 
 also thirst, Is. 44, 12. Hence to be wea- 
 ried out, exhausted, Jer. 51, 64. Arab, 
 v.i. to run swiftly ; IV, to go with 
 fatigue, to loll as a dog ; I, IV, to look 
 feeble. The primary idea seems to be 
 that oi" breathing hard, panting, like one 
 weary with running; so the s)^L T,?, 
 comp. an , ax , ix . 
 
 HorH. part, wearied, faint, exTiausted, 
 Dan. 9, 21 C]5''a qs^ wearied with a 
 wearisome course, i. e long and swift ; 
 comp. r/iEyin no. 2. Sept. i<<^f qifQo- 
 finog. Others following Theod. Vul-g. 
 Syr. derive rsa from r. tflS, and render 
 'n flying ; but unaptly, since it is fol- 
 lowed by ClS"'a . 
 
 Deriv. riBSin and the two following. 
 
 5|?^ m. wearied, faint, Is. 40, 29; ofu 
 people 50, 4. 
 
 5]^^ m. weariness, fatigjie, from a swift 
 course, Dan. 9, 21 ; see r. rs^ Hoph. 
 
 jf 1^ flit, ysi';; ; for imper. is twice 
 5IS5 trom r. yi", Judg. 19, 30. Is. 8, 10; 
 to considt, to advise, i. e. both to take and 
 give counsel. Plienic. ~b^ 7^"^ ^"'X coun- 
 sellor of the king, Monum. Phten. p. 152, 
 Chald. xs^'l id. Arab, iift, to admon- 
 ish, to exhort, as prophets. The native 
 power of this root is prob. to command, 
 which is kindred to that of taking and 
 giving counsel, of exhorting and pre- 
 dicting, comp. cansid and cons^ulo ; al- 
 though the ultimate primary idea seems 
 to be that of strength, frmness, power, 
 which lies in the root JV , T5. Kindr. 
 roots are: n^y to make firm, strong, to 
 
 be firm, whence yy, La.c, wood; ^ fe. 
 
 and l^li. to be firm, obstinate ; {ja- to 
 be hard, firm, strong ; also c:ss , "jsy ; 
 further: tts, yg, ^ UHH , to strengthen j 
 
 wt. and AHH to command ; also "IS^ 
 q. V. The LXX express the native 
 power of the root Ps. 32, 8 ; where they" 
 render the Heb. ''?''? ^pb3 n3S;"'it by 
 iniairiiJiu ini as toi;s oqiduXfievg fiov. 
 Hence 
 
 1. to considt, i. fr. to take eotmsel, ta 
 pi/rrpose, to determine. Is. 14, 24 "iCS3 
 csipp ic"'i7 ''Pjli?'^ as I have purposed (de- 
 creed) so shaU it stand. V. 27. With an- 
 ace. Nah. 1, 11 by*ba J^^ piirposi7ig de^ 
 stmetion. Is. 32, 7. 8. nss yr^^ to take 
 counsel, to purpose a pvtrpose. Is. 8, 10. 
 14, 26. Ez. 11, 2. With infih. and V 
 2 Chr. 25, 16 ; with bs agaimft any one 
 I&^ 7, 5. 19, 12. 17. Jer. 4'9, 30 ; bs Jen 
 49, 30. Sometimes to consult i. q. ta 
 derise, c. ace. Hab. 2, 10 thoni hast con- 
 sulted shame tO' thy house, hast devised 
 it, prepared' it by thy counsels. Mic. 6, 
 5 ; with inf and b Ps. 62, 5. 
 
 2. to cmmsel, i. e. to admse, to give 
 coiinsel, Judg. 19, 30. 2 Sam. 17, 15 v 
 with ace. oC counsel nss j'S^ ib. 16, 23. 
 
 17, 7. ProT. 12, 20; with b? against 
 a;ny one 2 Sam. 17, 21 ; followed by a 
 whole sentence v. 11. With dat. of pers.. 
 Job 26, 3 ; for which is pot a suffix Ex.. 
 
 18, 19. 1 K. 1, 12. 12, 8. 13. 2 Chr. 10,8. 
 Jer. 38, 15. Spec, a) Of God as coun- 
 
py 
 
 411 
 
 ^^ 
 
 selling, admonishiiij?, and persuading 
 men, by tlie hivv uiul prophets ; Pti. 16, 7 
 / bless the Imi-U "'JXS'J ittJx who giveth me 
 counsel 8C. to absUiitt from idolatry, comp. 
 V. 4- 6. Praegn. Ps. 32, 8 'r? Tj-'bs nxs-^x 
 / will counsel thee and keep mine eye 
 upon thee, will be propitious to thee; 
 Bee in 'i^S. Others refer this to the 
 psalmist, comp. Jer. 38, 15. b) Of future 
 things, to advise, to advertise, to predict, 
 Num. 24, 14 ; comp. Is. 41, 28. So Arab. 
 laa . Hence 
 
 Part. yS"!"^ as Subst. a counsellor, ad- 
 viser, Prov? 1 1, 14. 15, 22. 24, 6. 2 Chr. 
 25,16. Ezra 4, 5. E spec, a An'ng-V coun- 
 sellor, royal adviser, 2 Sam. 15, 12. Ezra 
 7, 28. 8, 25, comp. 7, 24. 25. '^bab ysi-^ 
 the king^s counsellor 1 Chr. 27, 33. 2 Chr. 
 22, 4. ni?";D ':fSi'' Is. 19, 11. Also 
 yy^ '??"i"' Job 3, 14 and i-i^ '" Is. 1, 26. 
 comp. Mic. 4, 9, the counsellors, chief 
 men (q. d. consuh) of a state or city ; 
 and so sirapl. yji"" Is. 3, 3. Job 12, 17. 
 In Is. 9, 5 Y^'^^ is one of the attributes of 
 the Messiah, as mighty in counsel. 
 Fern, nss"' a female counsellor to evil, 
 2 Chr. 22* 3. 
 
 NiPH. ysii 1. Reflex, to let oneself 
 be counselled, advised; Part. ^^SiJ q. d. 
 well advised Pro v. 13, 10. 
 
 2. Recipr. to consult or take counsel to- 
 gether ; spoken of several, often with 
 1WV Ps. 71, 10. 83, 6 Tnrri ab issis 
 they have consulted together with one 
 heart, mind. Is. 45. 21. Neh. 6, 7, Of 
 one. 1 K. 12, 28. With CS, to considt 
 with any one, 1 Chr. 13, 1. 2 Chr. 32, 3; 
 with rj< (nx) id. Is. 40, 14. 1 K. 12, 6. 8. 
 Also with bx, spoken of a king consult- 
 ing with his servants and giving them 
 his commands. 2 K. 6, 8. 2 Chr. 20, 21. 
 
 3. to decide after considtation, to coun- 
 sel, to advise, 1 K. 12, 6. 9 o-'isS'ij cnx ma 
 what do ye advise ? what is the result 
 of your deliberation ? 2 Chr. 10, 6. With 
 inf. and b 2 Chr. 30, 23. 
 
 HiTHPA. i. q. Niph. no. 2. Ps. 83, 4. 
 Deriv. ns5, nssi-a. 
 
 ^p?- (heel-catcher, supplanter. lier- 
 in-wait, r. a^rs , comp. Gen. 25, 26. 27. 
 36. Hos. 12. 4.) pr. n. Jacob, the young- 
 est, of the twin sons of Isaac, called also 
 Israel. bx'ibV the founder of the Israel- 
 itish nation, Gen. c. 25-50 ; hence '^^ 
 
 Sp?,"! 'A God of Jacob, i. e. Jehovah, hi 
 2, 3. Ps. 20. 2 ; and so prob. Ps. 24. (L 
 where '^f^'^^ seems to have been dropped 
 in transcribing. Also 3pS"] O'^a the house 
 or family of Jacob, poet, for the people 
 of Israel, i. q. ixnia"], i'X'^b'^ "'33, Ex. 
 19, 3. Is. 2, 5. 6. Ani. 3, 13;' and 'simpl. 
 ap5^ id. Num. 23, 7. Ps. 14, 7. Is. 27, 6. 
 9. al. Elsewhere put for the whole 
 people regarded as one individual, e. g. 
 Is. 44, 1. 45, 4. Jer. 30, 10. Obad. 10. al 
 Put also later, like Israel, for the king- 
 dom of Ephraim or the ten tribes, Hos. 
 12, 3. Mic. 1, 5. Is. 17, 4 ; as likewise 
 afterwards for the one remaining king- 
 dom of Judah, Obad. 18. Nah. 2, 3. 
 
 nsp^r (id.) Jaakobah.JacobaJi.^T.n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 4, 36. 
 
 1??- see V.f,. 
 
 * *l?^ obsol. root i. q. Arab. -i. pr. 
 to boil up and over ; then to be redun- 
 dant, spoken of any kind of redundancy 
 or exuberance, as of plants. Hence the 
 two following: 
 
 '^Tl m. c. suff. "ins:, with He local 
 .Tis-i Josh. 17, 15. Plur. D-'ns^ Ez. 39, 
 10 ;^ m-ir-^ Ps. 29, 9. 
 
 1. redundance or overflowing of honey, 
 the droppings, i. e. honey flowing or 
 dropping of its own accord from the 
 combs, which the Greeks and Romans 
 call uxr/Tov fjih, mel acetum, (Plin. H.N. 
 15. 11,) Cant. 5, 1. More fully nns;! 
 las^n 1 Sam. 14. 27, from the fern, form 
 nns'] . Some have wrongly rendered it 
 favus mellis, which signifies honey- 
 comb, i. e. the cells in which the honey is 
 contained ; comp. Ovid. Fast. 4. 152 ' ex- 
 pressis melia liquata fdvis.' It is rather 
 i. q. CB^iJ ns3 dropping of the honey- 
 combs. Germ. Honigseim, i. e. liquid 
 honey, Ps. 19, 11. 
 
 2. a thicket of trees, so called from the 
 exuberance, luxuriousness of trees and 
 shrubs. Syr. Ji^i^ thicket of briers, Arab. 
 
 s 0^ 
 
 _c rugged tract, whence the verb -ft. 
 
 to be rugged, difficult of passage. Is. 
 21, 13. Ez.21,2. 3. Hence ganr.awood, 
 forest, Deut. 19, 5. Josh. 17. 15. IS. al. 
 sjBp. "S^ri "2S trees of the forest Ps. 96, 
 12. Is. 44, 14; -?:: "in^n beasts of (h-e 
 forest, wild beasts, Ps.' 50, 10. 104. 20 
 
^T 
 
 412 
 
 H&'' 
 
 Contrasted with "IS"; is ^'2"i3 a park, 
 garden, as the smaller with the greater, 
 the cultivated with the wild, Is. 29, 17. 
 32, 15 ; but the forest of cedars in Leba- 
 non, as being small and beautiful, is 
 ^called ii'^'iS "iS;^ the forest of his park 
 'i. e. like a park' 2 K. 19, 23. Is. 37, 24. 
 -iS*n n-'S the hmise of the forest Is. 22, 8, 
 fully "lis^fcri is^ n'^2 the house of the forest 
 of Lebanon IK. 7, 2. 10, 17, i. e. the 
 armoury or arsenal of king Solomon, 
 called also pH3 Neh. 3, 19, and having 
 its name from the cedar of Lebanon of 
 which it was built. Metaph. a forest of 
 enemies, Is. 32, 19, comp. 10, 18. 19. 34. 
 Spoken of the sanctuary or tabernacle, 
 Ps. ] 32, 6 lo we heard of it at Ephratah, 
 we found it "i?'2 '^'piji in the fields of 
 the forest, implying a region of Ephraim 
 with forests where Shiloh was situated; 
 or perh. in allusion to the name of the 
 city n"''}^^ ^IIP. Kirjalh-jearim. where 
 the ark was kept twenty years. 
 
 rry$^_ or W^ (r. ^S-^) l. Fem. 
 honey, 1 Sam. 14, 27; see in '^'SJl no. 1. 
 
 2. Jarah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9. 42 ; prob. 
 a corrupted form, see n^Sirr^ . 
 
 D'^^jni^ 'I'l?^ seein^^SV 
 
 l^TD'^;^^ (whom Jehovah makes fat, 
 r. ^"2"^) Jaareshiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 27. 
 
 iffi?;; (contr. for ri;;b3!'i , whom Jeho- 
 vah has made, r. nbs) Jaasai, pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 10, 37 Keri. In Cheth. sibs;^ Jaasu. 
 
 bS'ite?^ (whom God has made, r. 
 ntos) Jaasiel, pr. n. of one of David's 
 military officers, 1 Chr. 11, 47, comp. 
 27, 21. 
 
 ^^'l?? (whom Jehovah sets free, r. 
 ms) Iphedeiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8. 25. 
 
 * nS^ lut. n?''i, apoc. ti""*] Ez. 31, 7. 
 
 1. Pr. to be bright, to shine, kindr. with 
 SB'', comp. s;"" and iia*'. Hence '^B'' no. 
 1, and rsi^ splendid deed, miracle. 
 
 2. to be fair , comely, beautiful, of a 
 woman Ez. 16, 13. Cant. 7, 2. 7, comp. 
 4, 10; of a tree Ez. 31, 7. 
 
 PiEL to beautify, to deck, with silver 
 and gold Jer. 10, 4. 
 
 Pu. nS;B'^ , the two first radicals being 
 doubled, inteiis. to be very beautifid, Ps. 
 45. 3. But this form is without anfilogy, 
 there being no other example of thus 
 
 doubling the first radicals. According 
 to some the letters B'^ at the beginning 
 are spurious ; having arisen perhaps 
 from a mode of abbreviation practised 
 by the copyists, which has been the 
 fruitful source of errors ; see Thesaur. 
 Heb. p. 64. Others propose a different 
 punctuation, Pi'^B'^B^ or r!''B''SV com 
 paring the adj. n^sns'; q. v. so that tlie 
 signif would then be diminutive rather 
 than intensive. But in all languages 
 diminutives are used to express strong 
 affection and praise. See Thes. p. 612. 
 
 HiTHP. to beautify oneself, to deck 
 oneself, e. g. a woman, Jer. 4, 30. 
 
 Deriv. the three following, also ''B"', 
 *'Bi, and nsia. 
 
 nS^ adj. m. constr. ins"^ , f lit"^ constr. 
 nS'^ ; plur. ri'iB'3, constr. nis"^, TB^. 
 
 1. fair, comely, beautiful, of both men 
 and women. Gen. 12, 14. 2 Sam. 13, 1. 
 
 14, 25. Cant. 1, 8. 16. 5, 9 ; often with 
 nx-iT? 1 Sam. 17, 42, or INFi Gen. 29, 17; 
 of animals Gen. 41, 2 sq. Of a region 
 or country Ps. 48, 3; of the boughs of a 
 tree Ez. 31, 3 ; of a pleasing voice Rz. 
 33, 32. 
 
 2. good, excellent, xaXog. Ecc. 3. 11 
 God hath made all things beautiful, i. e. 
 good, well, xaX&g. 5, 17. 
 
 n^B-nS^ adj. f Jer. 46, 20, fairish, 
 tolerably fair. The form is pr. n^BnB"], 
 a diminutive, Lat. pulcherida, Span. 
 bonitina, and should be thus written as 
 one word, the letter Pi being quiescent, 
 as in bsnm 2 K. 8, 8. 15, Ksntos , 
 l^i^innQ ; or perh. Pi*B"^B'j with many 
 Mss. which however savours of emend- 
 ation. The division into two words has 
 arisen from copyists, who did not per- 
 ceive the grammatical character of the 
 word; comp. also in Is. 2, 20. 61, 1. 
 
 is;" (beauty) Josh. 19, 46. 2 Chr. 2, 
 
 15. Jon. 1, 3, also SiS^ Ezra 3, 7, pr. n. 
 Japho, Gr. '/otttti;, Jnppa, a maritime 
 city in the territory of Dan, with a har- 
 bour on the Mediterranean, now called> 
 liLj YAfa, and still distinguished for its 
 port. Roland Palfestina p. 864. 
 
 * nS^ i. q. ntj, niB, to puff, toblovff 
 in Kal not used. 
 
 HiTHP. to pant, to sigh, lo bewail one- 
 self, Jer. 4, 31. Hence 
 
ns- 
 
 413 
 
 2i*' 
 
 ^^? adj. breathing, P';^/r om/. Ps. 
 27, 12, Dian na^i anrf breathing oiU vio- 
 lence. Comp. Prov. 6, 19. Acts 9, 1. 
 Cic. Catil. 2. 1. 
 
 ''t^ Ez. 28,7, elsewhere **)), m. m 
 pause "'B^ , c. suff. i'^B^ . R. hB^ . 
 
 1. splendour, e. g. of a king Is. 33, 17 ; 
 of a city Ps. 50, 2. Ez. 27, 3. 4. 11 ; of a 
 people Zech. 9, 17. 
 
 2. beauty, of a woman Ps. 45, 12. Is. 3, 
 24. Ez. 16, 25. Esth. 1, 11. al. 
 
 ?''B)J (splendid) pr. n. Japhia. 
 
 1. A place in the tribe of Zebulun, 
 Josh. 19, 12. Now Yd/a near Nazareth ; 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest III. p. 200. 
 
 2. or persons: a) A king of the city 
 of Lachish, Josh. 10, 3. b) A eon of 
 David, 2 Sam. 5, 15. 1 Chr. 3, 7. 14, 6. 
 
 ^?S|^ (whom God delivers, r. t:bB) 
 Japhlet, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 32. 33. Pa- 
 tronym. with the syllable '' added. 
 Josh. 16, 3. 
 
 nsB'p (peril, for whom is prepared, 
 see r. njD Pi. no. 2.) pr. n. Jephunneh. 
 a) The father of Caleb, Num. 13, 6. 14, 
 6. b) 1 Chr. 7, 38. 
 
 ^?t i" ^^^ "''* used, to he bright, 
 to shine, kindr. with HB^ . Chald. Zab. id. 
 
 HiPH. 5'^Bin 1. to cause to shine, said 
 ofGod. Job 37,15. 
 
 2. to shine forth, pr. to give light, to 
 scatter light, (like I'^sn,) Job 3, 4. 10, 
 22. Espec. of Jehovah as appearing in 
 light and splendour, Deut. 33. 2. Ps. 50, 
 2. 80, 2. 94, 1. Trop. Job 10, 3, to shim 
 upon, i. e. to approve, to aid. 
 
 Deriv. pr. names 5'^B^ , nSB'a ; also 
 
 Wpl* f. splendour, beauty, of a city, 
 Ez. 28, 7. 17. 
 
 flB^ pr. n. Japheth, the second son of 
 Noah^ Gen. 5, 32. 7, 13. 9, 18 sq. wliose 
 posterity are described as occupying 
 chiefly the western and northern re- 
 gions. Gen. 10, 2-5. This accords well 
 with the etymology of the name, which 
 signifies pr. widely spreading, from r. 
 nriB ; see Gen. 9, 27. Sept. ' Iu(fi&. 
 
 nnS^ pr. n. perh. for !^^HnB1 whom 
 God sets free, r. nno ; comp. n^nne . 
 
 1. Jiphtah, a place in the tribe of Ju- 
 dah, Josh. 15, 43. 
 
 35* 
 
 2. Jephthah, a judge of the Israel- 
 ites, who by a rash vow bound him- 
 self to immolate his daughter. Judg. c. 
 11.12. 1 Sam. 12, 11. Gr. Vf^i^^t, Vulg. 
 Jephte. 
 
 bS"nr\B;> (which God opens, r. nnD) 
 Jiphthah-el, pr. n. of a valley in the ter- 
 ritory of Zebulun and Asher, Josh. 19, 
 14. 27. 
 
 * ^^]!, prept. once T^^ Job 1, 21 ; 
 fut. KS;^ ; imp. KS , with He parag. njjs 
 Judg. 9, 29, plur. once anomalous npxs 
 Cant. 3, 11 J inf absol. xs;i , constr. rxs ; 
 part. Nsti"', f. xs^ for nxa^ Ecc. 10, 5, 
 PXa^ Ps. 144, 14, and X being dropped 
 rsi"' Deut. 28, 51. To go out, to go 
 forth, Ethiop. 0^A id. In Syr. and 
 Chald. the corresponding verb as to the 
 radicals is XS^ , )iJ , to put forth, to ger- 
 minate, i. e. a plant ; but of men and 
 other things the usual word for the idea 
 of going out is . nol . pB9 , and in Arabic, 
 _, j^ . 0pp. is S3 to go in, to come, 
 
 see in Si2 no. 1. d ; and see there also 
 the phrase to go in and out. 
 
 Constr. a) absol. Gen. 24, 11. Ex. 
 16, 4. Judg. 3, 24. al. seep. /?) The 
 place whence one goes out is put with 
 '\Q, Gen. 8, 19. Job 3, 11 j also with ace. 
 like Lat. egredi urbem, to go out of a 
 place, Gen. 44. 4 "i-^jri-rs ^xs;! en tliey 
 had gone out from tfie city. Ex. 9, 29. 
 33. Job 29, 7. Deut. 14, 22 fTilan ssi'' 
 what goeth forth from the field, its pro- 
 duce. Am. 4. 3 nss^n n-'Sne ye go forth 
 from the breaches, ruins. So Part. "'XSi'^ 
 i-i-^S n?t- Gen. 34 24. 9, 10. Ex. 1, 5. 
 The gate through or by which one goes 
 out is marked by '{O Judg. 11, 31 ; 3 
 Jer. 17, 19. Neh. 2, 13 ; in ace. Job 30, 
 24. y) The person from whom one 
 goes out is put with cria Ex. 8, 26. 9, 
 33 ; TN^ Ex. 5, 20 ; iJE^^/roj/i the pre- 
 sence of a king, etc. Gen. 41. 46. 47, 10. 
 Esth. 8, 15. Ecc. 10. 5. So ^2B^o Ns;; 
 nin-;' Gen. 4, 16 ; ">;) "^iB rsTa 'i Job 2, 7. 
 Poet, also c. ace. Jer. 10, 20 "'Sixs'j 'Sa 
 my children go forth from me. abandon 
 me. Different are those passages where 
 '{0 xs^ is to go forth from a people, i. e. 
 to go away, to depart from them ; Is. 
 49, 17 thy waiters ix^"^ ~3'0 shall go 
 forth of thee, i. e. shall depart from thee. 
 
5^r 
 
 414 
 
 tCfe^ 
 
 comp. V. 19. Jer. 43, 12 ; trop. Lam. 1. 6. 
 d) The place whither and person to 
 whom, are put with ^X, Ex. 33, 7. Ez. 
 3, 23. Jer. 19, 2. Deut. 23, 11 ; b, as sri^ 
 Xasb Num. 31, 27. 28 ; 3 1 Sam. 28. T; 
 c. ace. as nn/van ks'; Gen. 27, 3. Num. 
 II, 26; S3S K:i^ whence in part. '^K:!'' 
 t<=S 1 Chr! 5,' 18. 7, 11. 12, 33; comp. 
 below in b. Also with bx of pers. Gen. 
 
 1 9, 6. Ex. 2. 1 1 ; r!!<"ipb to go out to meet 
 any one Prov. 7. 15. Both construc- 
 tions {y, 8) are found trop. Jer. 9, 2. 25, 
 32. s) The time when one goes out 
 is put in regimen with the participle ; 
 2 K. 11, 7. 9 ra;i-n ixs'i who go out (of 
 duty) on the Sabbath. ^) Once poet, 
 with accus. of number or quantity with 
 which any thing goes forth ; Am. 5, 3 
 C)bx rxiii'n "^"^Sfi the city that went forth 
 a thousand. 
 
 Spec, to go out, to go forth, is spoken : 
 
 a) Of those who emigrate out of a 
 land ; e. g. persons or families. Gen. 10, 
 11. 12, 4. Ruth 1, 7. Jer. 22, 11. 1 Sam. 
 22, 3 ; also a whole people, Ex. 34, 18. 
 Num. 22, 5. Deut. 9, 7. Hence nbiaa xs;; 
 to go forth into captivity Jer. 29. 16. 48, 
 7. Zech. 14, 2 ; and so prob. Ps. 144, 14 
 nxs^ '("^N nothing going forth sc. into 
 captivity, exile. 
 
 b) Of soldiers, as going forth, march- 
 ing out, e. g. from the city to war, from 
 the camp to battle, 1 Sam. 23, 15. 26, 
 
 20. 1 K. 20, 39. 2 K. 19, 9. Is. 37, 9. al. 
 or with nrnbab Judg. 3, 10. 1 K. 8, 44 ; 
 nanba? 2^ Sam. 21, 17; with rxnpb 
 Num'. 20, 18 ; bx against Deut. 28, 7 ; 
 
 innx Josh. 8, 17. Trop. of God who 
 goes forth to conquer his foes, Is. 26, 21. 
 42, 13. Hab. 3, 13. Zech. 14, 3. Ps. 81, 
 
 ' 6 ; of an angel warring for a people 
 Dan. 10, 20 ; of a war-horse Job 39, 21. 
 So DSn "'.rSb N^^ to go out before the peo- 
 ple to war, to be their leader, e. g. of a 
 king 1 Sam. 8, 20 ; of Jehovah 2 Sam. 
 5, 24. Judg. 4, 14. Ps. 68, 8. On the 
 other hand, K:i^ is also spoken of soldiers 
 as going forth out of a strong city in 
 order to deliver it up, 1 Sam. 11, 3. 10. 
 1 K. 20, 31. Is. 36, 16. al. 
 
 c) Of persons going forth or out in 
 various ways ; e. g. from a house abroad 
 Prov. 7, 15. Job 31, 34; a shepherd to 
 hunt wild beasts 1 Sam. 17. 35 ; a hus- 
 bandman to his labour Ps. 104, 23 ; a 
 
 merchant or sailor to exercise his call- 
 ing, Deut. 33, 18 ^nxsa yhl^ n^iu re- 
 joice, Zebulon, in thy going forth, i. e. in 
 thy voyages and commerce. 
 
 d) Of children, to go forth, to issiie 
 from the mother's womb. i. e. to be born ; 
 Gen. 25, 25. 26. 38, 28. Ex. 21, 22. With 
 ,'J3:3 added Job 1, 21. 3, 11. Ecc. 5, 14; 
 nn-i7? Jer. 1, 5. 20, 18 ; comp. Deut. 28, 
 57. Trop. Job 38, 29. So too a son is 
 said to go forth from the loins or bowels 
 of his father ; "^sbni: Gen. 35, 11 ; Tp.:!^ 
 Gen. 46, 26 ; 'SB^ Gen. 15, 4. 2 Sam. 
 7, 12. Hence )^ XS^ to go forth from 
 any one is i. q. to be descended from 
 him, Gen. 10, 14. 17, 6. 2 K. 20, 18. Is, 
 39, 7. al. Of animals Is. 14, 29. 
 
 e) Persons are said to go forth, who 
 are set free, escape, from prison, danger, 
 etc. e. g. from prison Ecc. 4, 14 (comp. 
 Ps. 88, 9) ; from trouble Prov. 12, 13 ; 
 danger Jer. 11, 11 ; fire Ez. 15, 7 ; ser- 
 vitude, i. q. to be delivered, 2 K. 13. 5, 
 So of slaves who go forth free, are man- 
 umitted, Ex. 21, 3. 4. 11. Lev. 25, 41. 54 ; 
 more fully "'CSn n:j^, as Ex. 21, 5. 
 Trop. of lands reverting free to their 
 former owner in the year of jubilee. Lev. 
 25, 28. 30. 31. 27, 21. Once c. ace. Ecc. 
 7, 18 he that feareth God tbs-px ss;; 
 goeth forth {escapeth) from them all. In 
 a like sense, to go forth free from a lot 
 1 Sam. 14, 41 ; from trial Job 23, 10 ; 
 contra 2-XT '< to go out guilty, be con- 
 demned, Ps. 109, 7. 
 
 f) The soul, spirit, heart, is said to 
 go forth, when one is overwhelmed, 
 faints, with joy. Cant. 5, 6 ; or fear, ter- 
 ror. Gen. 42, 28. 
 
 Trop. also of inanimate things : 
 
 g) Of plants, to go or come forth, i. e. 
 to put forth, to spring up, to grow, 1 K. 
 5, 13. Is. 11, 1. ,Tob 31, 40; flowers Job 
 14, 2 ; fruits Deut. 14, 22 ; also a horn 
 Dan. 8, 9. So Job 28, 5 the earth nssia 
 nnb NS;; oiU of which cometh forth bread. 
 Hence n-^XSXjt. Comp. Syr. pJ to 
 germinate. 
 
 h) Of the sun, to go forth, i. e. to rise, 
 Gen. 19, 23. Judg. 5, 31. Is. 13. 10. Ps. 
 19, 6 ; the stars Neh. 4, 15 ; comp. the 
 dawn Hos. 6, 3. Poet, of deliverance, 
 as compared with the sun or dawn. Is. 
 51,5. Ascribed also tt> fire, Num.26, 
 
Kr 
 
 415 
 
 S'' 
 
 35 ^1 rstJ hKX;; dx . 21, 29 ; to light- 
 ning Ez. 1, 13; to the winds Zech. 
 6,5. 
 
 i) Of waters, to go forth, to spring up, 
 sc. from a fountain, source, Gen. 2, 10. 
 Ex. 17, 6. Deut. 8, 7. Ez. 47, 11. Comp. 
 fi-^iQ xs"i Is. 41, 18. 
 
 k) Of the lot as going forth from the 
 urn, with b of pers. Num. 33, 54. Josh. 
 16, 1. 19, 17. 32. 40. So of an arrow 
 that is sped, Zech. 9, 14. 
 
 1) Of things exported 1 K. 10, 29; 
 comp. NS'ia V. 28. 
 
 m) Of money as being laid out, ex- 
 pended, with bs 2 K. 12, 13. Talm. id. 
 comp. the synon. verbs in Syr. Arab. 
 Ethiop. 
 
 n) Of a border, boundary, to go forth, 
 i. e. to run on, to pass on, Num. 34, 9. 
 Josh. 15, 3. 4. 9. 11. 16, 6. 19, 12. Jer. 
 31, 39. 
 
 o) Of a building or a part of it 
 which ricns out, projects, Neh. 3, 25. 
 26. 27. 
 
 p) Of words, discourse, which go forth 
 from the mouth, Josh. 6, 10. Num. 30, 3. 
 Espec. of V-0VV.S Num. 33, 24. Judg. 11, 
 
 36 ; also of a command Esth. 7, 8 ; pro- 
 mises Is. 45. 23 ; prophecies Is. 48, 3. 
 Ez. 33. 30. 
 
 q) Of whatever goes forth, is promul- 
 gated, to the public ; e. g. an edict of the 
 king or of God Esth. 1, 19. Dan. 9, 23 ; 
 a judicial sentence Hab. 1, 4. Ps. 17, 
 2 ; comp. Zech. 5, 3. So of rumours 
 Esth. 1. 17. Comp. Ps. 19, 5 )r-i5<n-b=3 
 
 r) Of things which go or come forth, 
 from any person or thing as their author, 
 source ; e. g. physically, Judg. 13, 14 
 *)';i.sn ',zyo xa;; Tw'x bs any thing that 
 corrwlh forth of the vine. 14, 14. Also 
 morally, 1 Sam. 24, 14. Jer. 23, 15. 30, 
 19. Comp. Job 26. 4. Of the divine 
 counsel, Gen. 24, 50. Is. 28, 29 ; comp. 
 Is. 2, 3. 51, 4. 
 
 s) Of things which come to an end, 
 the outgoing or end of any thing. Ez. 7, 
 10 nnssn nss^ tlie circle is out, the turn 
 is ended. So of the outgoing or end of 
 time. Ex. 23, 26 n:'n rxsa at the end 
 of the year ; and hence of the end, de- 
 struction of a city Ez. 26, 18. Comp. 
 Chald. n^-S, for nXS end. 
 
 HiPH. x-^sin ; fut. K'^si"', conv. KS-i*! ; 
 
 imper. Jtin, once X-^l-in Is. 43, 8; part. 
 K-'XiTa , once VXra Ps. 135, 7 ; to cause tb 
 go out or forth ; i. e. 
 
 1. to lead forth, to bring out, with ace 
 of pers. and )ii of place whence, Ex. 13, 
 14. 16, 6. al. see below; also with bya 
 of pers./rom whom Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam. 
 13, 9. With bx of pers. to whom Gen. 
 19, 5. Jer. 38, 23. Hos. 9, 13, also of place 
 to which Ez. 46, 21 ; b of place 2 Chr. 
 29, 16. Tile place thrimgh which is put 
 with a Ez. 12, 5. E. g. to bring out the 
 people from Egypt Ex. 13, 14. 16, 6. 18, 
 
 I. Deut. 1, 27. 7,8. 16, 1 ; any one from 
 prison Gen. 43, 23. Is. 42, 7. Jer. 39, 14. 
 Ps. 68, 7 ; from distress Ps. 25, 17. 143, 
 
 II, comp. 31, 5; from the power of 
 enemies, i. q. to deliver, 2 Sam. 22, 49 
 ^2'isia 'X"'Siti, for which in Ps. 18, 49 
 is "*3^NO "'aiBia. which is more usual. 
 Also to lead forth to war Is. 43, 17 ; to 
 bring or lead forth for punishment sc. 
 without a city Gen. 38, 24. Deut. 17, 5. 
 22,24. 1 K. 21, 10. In a stronger sense, 
 i. q. to send forth, to put away, Ezra 10, 
 3. 19. Trop. of various things: a) to 
 bring forth out of the womb, i. q. to let 
 be born Job 10, 18. Is. 65, 9 ; see Kal lett 
 d. Also of the magicians who brought 
 forth flies Ex. 8, 14 ; and of the artisan 
 who produces an instrument Is. 54, 16. 
 b) to bring forth, toprvduce, as the earth 
 herbage, trees, Gen. 1, 12. 24. Ps. 104, 14. 
 Is. 61, 11. Hagg. 1, 11 ; also to put forth, 
 as a rod buds, shoots. Num. 17, 23 [8] ; 
 see Kal lett. g. c) to bring or lead, forth 
 the stars, to cause to rise, Is. 40, 26. Job 
 38, 32 ; see Kal lett. h. d) to bring 
 forth to light, to make conspicuous, Job 
 38, 11. Ps.37, 6. Jer. 51, 10. e) to bring 
 or take forth, i. q. to separate , Lev. 26, 
 10. Jer. 15, 19 bbi -\^1 x-^sm ox if 
 thmi take forth (separate) the precious 
 from, the vile. 
 
 2. Of things, with the idea of bear- 
 ing, to bring forth, to bear forth, to 
 carry out, e. g. from the camp. Lev. 4, 12. 
 21. 6. 4. 14, 45 ; from the temple 2 K. 23, 
 4; from a house Ex. 12, 46. Amos 6, 10; 
 into the field Gen. 14, 18. Deut. 24, 11. 
 Judg. 6, 18. Also of a report, rumour, to 
 bring out, to spread, to publish, with bs 
 of or about. Num. 14, 37. Deut. 22, 14. 
 19 ; with b , to report icords to any one, 
 Neh. 6, 19^ Comp. Is. 42, 1 n-^iab oaoo 
 
i<22* 
 
 416 
 
 *ir 
 
 K*i2i"^ he shall bring forth (publish) law 
 to the nations, v. 3. 
 
 3. to take or draw out, as the hand 
 from the bosom Ex. 4, 6. 7 ; a sword from 
 the sheath Ez. 21, 8. 10. So to take out 
 or bring forth from a coffer, etc. Gen. 
 24, 53. 2 Chron. 34, 14 ; from a pot Ez. 
 24, 6. Hence 
 
 4. to exact money, and with bs to im- 
 pose a tribute, contribution, 2 K. 15, 20 ; 
 comp. Kal lett. m. 
 
 Ho PH. to be led forth, to be brought 
 out, Gen. 38, 25. Jer. 38, 22. Ez. 14, 22. 
 38, 8 ; of water flowing out Ez. 47, 8. 
 
 beriv. N'^s^, !!<sia, !^i<si^ , n^b II, 
 ^'isin , D-ixiaxs , nss, hxi:s, stis, 
 
 T ' T r: r.* ' T " ' T J 
 
 S2^ Chald. in Kal not used. Shaph. 
 8<^*^ffl and '^""^ in Targg. to bring to an 
 end, to finish, for Heb. n^3 . Hence 
 H'^^'^T^ fnished, Ezra 6. 15. 
 
 ^^ in Kal not used, to set, to pzd, 
 to place, i.q. as3, from which latter verb 
 Niph. Hiph. and Hophal, as also many 
 derivative nouns, are formed. 
 
 HiTHP. -S^nri 1. to set or place one- 
 self to take a stand, to stand. 1 Sam. 17, 
 16 ci'' cirs-is 22^r.*i andtook his stand 
 (for combat) forty days. 2 Sam. 18, 30 
 n's ss'^rn . Ex. 2, 4. 14, 13. Num. 22, 
 22. 1 Sam. 3, 10. 12, 7. 16 ; i. q. to stand 
 farih Jer. 46, 4. 14. With 2 of place Ex. 
 19, 17. Deut. 31, 14. Judg. 20, 2; bs Ps. 
 36, 5. Hab. 2, 1. Num. 23, 3. 15. Other 
 constructions are : a) With hy of pers. 
 to set oneself to any one, to present oneself, 
 to resort to his party ; 2 Chr. 11. 13 and 
 the priests and the Levites 1"'^? 1-S;;rri 
 resorted to him, Rehoboam, i. e. went 
 over to hi;? party, Vulg. venerunt ad ilium. 
 So i^lin") b? "2^nr) to present oneself un- 
 to Jehovah, to stand before him, spoken 
 of angels as his attendants, ministers, 
 presenting themselves daily, etc. Job 1, 
 6. 2, 1. Zech. 6. 5; comp. Luke 1, 19. 
 Once in a hostile sense, against, Ps. 2. 2. 
 /3) With CS to stand with, near, any one, 
 Ex. 34, 5. Num. 11, 16. y) With ^3tb, 
 as Tj^Bn ^Ztb 'n to present oneself before 
 the king, to attend upon him, Ex. 8, 16 
 [20]. 9, 13 ; comp. 1^5 Prov. 22, 29. So 
 ''' ''.Sti? n to present oneself before Jeho- 
 vali, in the holy place. Josh. 24, 1. 1 Sam. 
 1 0, 20. It sometimes implies the idea of 
 
 rising up, c. 'iSSr against, 2 Sam. 18, J3; 
 comp. Ps. 2, 2 and i^^ . 
 
 2. to stand, to stand forth, of things ; 
 Job 38, 14 UJ^isb i^3 ^^S^ni^ and (all 
 things) stand forth as in splendid attire; 
 see wzb. 
 
 3. to stand firm, to endure, sc. before 
 any one, either as victor before an 
 enemy, "^ssb Deut. 9. 2. Job 41, 2, ''3Ba 
 Deut. 7, 24. 11, 25, DS 2 Chr. 20, 6;" or 
 as upright and innocent before a judge, 
 ^r? '?.;^ Ps. 5, e. Absol. 2 Sam. 21, 5. 
 
 4. to stand tip for any one, to stand by 
 him, with b of pers. Ps. 94, 16. 
 
 Note. For the anomalous form 25inF1 
 Ex. 2, 4 for SS^rn , see Lehrg. p. 386. 
 
 32?'^ Chald. Pe. not used, to be firm, 
 sure, certain. 
 
 Pa. to speak the truth, certainty, Dan, 
 7, 19 . comp. V. 16. Hence adj. 3"'S'i. 
 
 -''^^ in Kal not used, but kindr. with 
 the roots 2S^ (:sj), 'J-JT^, and p'4'; Hiph. 
 Hiph. a-^an, comp. "S-ST^, Hiph. S'^sn , 
 pr. to cause to stand, i. e. 
 
 1. to set, to place, e. g. pen^^ons Gen. 
 43, 9. 47, 2. Judg. 7, 5. Jer. 51, 34. Job 
 17, 6 : things Gen. 30, 38. Deut. 28, 56. 
 al. Trop. to set up, to e.<stablish ; Am. 6, 
 15 establish justice, right, in the gate. 
 
 2. to put, to place, Judg. 6, 37. 
 
 3. to let stand, i. e. to let stay, to leave, 
 Gen 33, 15. 
 
 HoPH. sari pass, of Hiph. no. 3, to be 
 left Ex. 10,'24. 
 
 "inS^ m. from r. "iri^ to shine ; comp. 
 in "nj no. 2. 
 
 1. oil, espec. new and of this year's 
 growth. Num. 18, 12. Deut. 12, 17. 14,- 
 23. Joel 1, 10. al. It is often coupled 
 with uJiT^ti must, new wine ; and seems 
 to differ from ",tH^ , as ttJii-n from '{^l . 
 Hence in::';'!! 'Ja the sons of oil, i. e. the 
 anointed, Zech. 4, 14. Hence the de- 
 nom. verb T^fi^H j ^^^ '" "'D^- 
 
 2. Izhar, pr. n. of a son of Kohath, 
 Ex. 6. 18. Num. 3, 19. Patronym. in <-. 
 Num.3, 27. 
 
 yi2^ subst. m. (pr. part. pass. Kal, r. 
 ys") any thing spread down or strewed ; 
 hence 
 
 1. a bed, couch, plur. Ps. 63, 7. 132, 3. 
 Job 17, 13 ; of the marriage bed, sing. 
 Gen. 49, 4. 
 
nsr 
 
 417 
 
 ns" 
 
 2. a Jloor, ttory. Viilg. tabula fuin, 1 
 K. 6, 5. 6. 10 ; Keri J-'X'; . Coiistr. witli 
 fem. V. 6 ; with masc. v. 10. In Solo- 
 mon's temple this name is given (1. c.) 
 to the three stories of side-chambers 
 (nisbs) which were built around the 
 temple on three sides, five cubits in 
 height, one above another. In v. 6, 
 ?is;j fem. is 8{)okenof the single stories; 
 in vv. 5. 10, wliere it is joined with the 
 masc. it is put collect for this whole 
 part of the building. See A. Hirt der 
 Tempel Salotno's p. 24, 25 ; who how- 
 ever makes these stories to have risen to 
 the height of the temple itself, following 
 indeed the testimony of Josephus, but 
 contrary to the express words of the 
 Hebrew text in v. 10 : y!isn-ni< l^'l'l 
 inaip niax con n^an-bs-bs. 
 
 pn^tl* (sporting, mocking, r. pHJt, see 
 Lehrg. p. 500; to which etymology allu- 
 sion is made Gen. 17, 17. 19. 18, 12. 21,6. 
 26, 8) pr. n. Isaac, Sept. 'lautxx, the pa- 
 triarch, son of Abraham and Surah, Gen. 
 c. 21. 22. 24-27. In the poetical books it 
 is four times pTrsy] (Syr. < num .] , Arab. 
 
 ^J^l ) Ps. 105, 9. Jer. 33, 26. Am. 7, 
 9, 16. In Am. 1. c. put poetically for the 
 whole nation of Israel, i. q. bxnO'^ , 
 
 *inS7 Izhar, see *in'S. 
 
 ^"'^r rn- ^^'j- verbal (r. StS^) pass, in 
 form but with active eignif. plur. constr. 
 'S^S'J gone forth, come out, 2 Chr. 32, 21. 
 
 ^^^"2 Chald. adj. m. (r. -iS":) 1. es- 
 tablished, fixed, valid, Dan. 6, 13. 
 
 2. certain, sure, true, Dan. 2, 45. 3, 24. 
 7, 16. a^^n^ adv. certainly, 2, 8. 
 
 ^^r ^^ spread down, to strew as a 
 bed, Lat. sterner e. Arab. ft-&m to put 
 or place, to strew. Kindr. are VS."^ , pS^ , 
 SS^. In Kal only Part. pass. Sis^ as 
 subst. q. v. 
 
 HiPH. 5''S!7 to spread doicn or under- 
 neath, as a bed. Ps. 139, 8 biXTS ns-^sxi 
 and if / spread down Sheol as my bed, 
 i. e. make Sheol my bed. Is. 58, 5. 
 
 HopH. pass. Is. 14, 11 ns-n rs" T]innn 
 worms are spread under thee, as thy 
 couch. Esth. 4. 3 ; comp. Is. 58, 5. 
 
 Deriv. S!isi . rs . 
 
 P^r ''ut- P'S^ plur. Hpx-^ 1 K. 18, 
 34 ; once fut. E ps^ intrana. 1 K. 22, 
 35 ; imp. p^ 2 K. 4, 41, and ps^ Ez. 2-1, 
 3 ; Inf njJS Job 38, 38. 
 
 1. to puur, to pour out ; kindr. is p^X 
 II, comp. T]03 . Spoken : a) Of liquids 
 Gen 28, 18. 35, 14. Ex. 29, 7. 2 K. 3, 11. 
 al. Mctaph. to pour out the spirit. Is. 
 
 44, 3; also Part. pass. Ps. 41. 9 lan 
 ia pia^ ^?5^3 his wicked deeds are 
 poured out upon him, i. e. the wrath of 
 God is poured upon him on account of 
 his wickedness; see also in plS I. b) 
 Of melted metal for molten work or ves- 
 sels, to cast, Ex. 25, 12. 26, 37. 36, 36. 
 al. Part. pass. piS^ poured out, cast, 
 1 K. 7, 24. 30 ; hence hard, firm, solid, 
 as of cast metal. Job 41, 15. 16. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be poured out, to flow out, 
 
 1 K. 22, 35. Job 38, 38 pssiab ie? npsa 
 when the dust fiaws into a molten mass, 
 1. e. when wet with rain it flows together 
 and becomes hard. 
 
 Pi EL to pour out. Part. fem. Ppa?!^^ 
 
 2 K. 4, 5 Chethibh. 
 
 HiPH. p"'Sin, Part. fem. npaio id. 
 2 K. 4, 5 Keri. But with another form : 
 
 HiPH. P'^aii to set or lay out, to place, 
 i. q. a-'Sn, Josh. 7, 23. 2 Sam. 15, 24^ 
 The idea of pouring out is kindred with 
 those of laying out, setting, placing, etc. 
 
 HoPH. p'^''^^ to be poured out, as 
 liquids Lev. 21, 10. Job 22, 16; trop. Ps. 
 
 45, 3 ; of metal, to be cast, molten, 1 K. 
 7, 23. 33. Job 37, 18. Part. pS73 molten, 
 i. e. molten work, 1 K. 7, 16; trop.^r, 
 steadfast, intrepid. Job 11, 15. The 
 form psio 1 K. 7, 37. Job 38, 38, see 
 in its order ; also in Kal no. 2, above. 
 
 Deriv. pstia , nj^SIO , npaiiiiQ , and 
 
 Tp^^ f. a pouring out, casting of 
 metal,' 1 K. 7, 24. 
 
 * ^"4^ 1. Pr. i. q. "1>IS, ^"ns, but in- 
 trans. to be straitened, narrow, scanty ; 
 found in this signif only in fut. "i^V plur. 
 ^is;^ , Prov. 4, 12. Is. 49, 19. Job 18, 7. 
 Elsewhere impers. "ib *is^] it is strait to 
 him, i. e. a) he is in a strait, in trou- 
 ble, Judg. 2, 15. 10, 9. Job 20. 22. b) he 
 is in distress, in anxiety, Gen. 32. 8 ; and 
 so in fem. ib -isni 1 Sam. 30, 6. c) h^ 
 is grieved, takes it to heart. 2 Sam. 13, 2. 
 For the prjBt. is used "is , from r. "i^S . 
 
^^ 
 
 418 
 
 nss'^ 
 
 2. to form, to fashion, to make ; from 
 the idea o{ cutting, see in "i^is . In this 
 signif. we find prset. 1S^ ; part. "iSi"' ; fut. 
 *ik"i , also -is"'^] Gen. 2, 7, ns^5 2, 19, c. 
 suff. Jinnsnis. 44, 12. Spoken of a 
 workman in wood who carves statues, Is. 
 44, 9. 12 ; also in iron, who forges any 
 thing. Is. 54. 17; and of a potter who 
 moulds clay Is. 64, 7. Hence of God as 
 the creator. Gen. 2, 19 and the Lord God 
 formed out of (",13 ""S*^) the ground every 
 beast of the feld ; with ace. of material, 
 V. 7. Often without mention of the ma- 
 terial, Ps. 94, 9 I^S "isi"' who formed the 
 eye. 95, 5. 104, 26. Am. 4, 13. Is. 45, 8; 
 whence, the idea of fashioning being 
 neglected, it is i. q. to create, as Ps. 74, 
 17 thou hast created summer and winter. 
 Is. 45, 7. Ps. 33, 15. Zech. 12, 1 ; in all 
 which passages it differs little from the 
 synon. K*.3, nbs, with which it is often 
 coupled, Vs. 43, '7. 45, 7. 18. Am. 4, 13. 
 Jer. 33, 2. Further : a) With b it is 
 to form for any thing, to destine ; Is. 42, 
 C D5 ni-)n^ ^V^^!] ^"^'$ I have formed 
 and set thee for a covenant with the peo- 
 ple, as the author or mediator of a cove- 
 nant. 49, 5. 8. 45, 18 fin. Without b Is. 
 41, 21. b) Of things predestined, pre- 
 formed, purposed of God in his counsels, 
 to take place afterwards, (opp. nbS of 
 the actual event.) Is. 22, 11. 37, 26." 46, 
 11 nsbrx r,x ""Fina^ I have purposed, I 
 will 'also do it. 2 K. 19, 25. c) With 
 hy , to form in mind, to devise, to plot 
 against, Ps. 94, 20 ; of God Jer. 18, 11. 
 Hence 
 
 Part. "Si*' as subst. 1. a potter. Is. 
 29, 16. 41, 25. Jer. 18, 2 sq. Lam. 4, 2. 
 *iSi'' "'bs a patterns vessel, earthen. Jer. 19, 
 11. Ps. 2, 9. 2 Sam. 17, 28 ; comp. Is. 30, 
 14. Zech. 11. 13 cast it isi'n-bx to the 
 potter . . . and I took the thirty pieces of 
 silver, and cast tltem isi'sn-bx ii'^n'; rr^a 
 in the house of the Lord to the potter. 
 Here Grotius interprets iS'i'n'bx to the 
 potters, to the pottery, or place where the 
 potters dwell, where was prob. a court 
 into which were thrown all the broken 
 vessels of the temple (comp. Jer. 19, 2. 10, 
 11), and where it may be supposed that 
 other filth was cast out ; so that the ex- 
 pression is i. q. 'to cast upon the dung- 
 liill,' A" x6(/uxiJii. This pottery was ap- 
 parently on the south-east part of the 
 
 city, at the pottery-gate, n^lO'in "iSd, 
 near to the valley of Hinnom, which 
 was polluted by various kinds of filth ; 
 and some understand here this valley 
 itself, Hengstenb. Christol. II. p. 249. 
 But the words nifTi r^^a seem not to 
 be reconcilable with this interpretation. 
 [Yet such a place for refuse pottery may 
 well have been connected with the tem- 
 ple itself R.] Hence the other and 
 earlier explanation is preferable, which 
 here regards "isi"^ as i. q. "i^ix treasurer, 
 from r. ISN ; so Chald. and Syr. Vers. 
 Kimchi: nsiit ira xin "isi'ri. Two 
 Mss. read "isixn bx . The letters H and 
 "^ are elsewhere not unfrequently inter- 
 changed ; see in X, and Thesaur. p. 2. 
 
 2. a statuary, maker of statues, Is. 
 44, 9. 
 
 3. a creator, spoken of God Is. 43, 1. 
 44, 2. 24. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, to be formed, 
 created. Is. 43, 10. 
 
 PuAL IS'' pass, of Kal no. 2. b, to be 
 preformed, predestined, Ps. 139, 16. 
 
 HoPH. fut. "isn"' to be formed, e. g. 
 weapons Is. 54, 17. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 "^^1? m. c. suff. iiS"! 1. formation, 
 frame; Ps. 103, 14 siS'nS'i s-n"; Niin-^a/or 
 he knowcth our frame, i. e. he knoweth 
 how and whence we are formed. Hence 
 thing formed, work, e. g. of the potter 
 Is. 29, 16; spec, an image, idol, Hab. 
 
 2, 18. 
 
 2. Metaph. what is formed in the 
 mind, imagination, thought, pm^pose, 
 fully ab ns;:. Gen. 8, 21. 6, 5. Deut. 31, 
 21. Tj^^O 1S^ staid in purpose, i. e. a 
 man of stable mind, firm purpose. Is. 26, 
 
 3. Comp. Ps. 112, 8. 
 
 3. Jezer, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali 
 Gen. 46, 24. Patronym. is "'^S'^ Jezerite 
 Num. 26, 49. This latter form after- 
 wards was also the pr. n. of another 
 person, Izri, 1 Chr. 25, 11, for which in 
 V. 3 "i-ia. 
 
 D'^'12^ m. plur. (r. ns;; ) pr. things 
 formed, forms, poet, for members, as 
 Vulg. well. Job 17. 7. Others under- 
 stand lineaments of the face. 
 
 '^"^r 5 o"'y '" ^"*' ^?^ ' P'"*"' '" pause 
 ins-; Is. 33, 12, Dag. euphon. for sina"^ . 
 
ap" 
 
 419 
 
 J. to set on fire^ to kindle, c. S Is. 
 9, 17. 
 
 2. Intrans. to bum, x. q. to he burned, 
 eonaumed, with CiKS, Is. 33. 12. Jer. 49. 
 8. 51, 58. 
 
 NiPH. prtrt. PS3 1. to be set on fire, 
 to be bunted, consumed, IVeh. 1, 3. 2, 17. 
 Jer. 2, 15. 9,9. 11. 46, 19. 
 
 2. Melaph. to kindle up, to bum, of 
 anger, with a against any one, 2 K. 22, 
 13. 17. 
 
 HiPH. n-'sn . once r^^^irt 2 Sam. 14, 30 
 Cheth. i. q. Kal no. 1, to set on Jire, to 
 hum, construed : a) i^na x n"'an to 
 set Jire to any thing, Jer. 17, 27. 50, 32. 
 Lam. 4, 11. Am. 1,14; c. bs Jer. 11, 16. 
 b) cxa 'ST n-'an to bum any thing 
 icith /Ve,'Josh. 8, 8. 19. Jer. 32, 29. 
 S Sam. 14, 30. 31. With ttJxa impl. Jer. 
 61, 36. 
 
 * j|5'' obsol. root, to hollow out, to ex- 
 
 cavate; Arab. s_/j> and &Oa a hollow 
 in the rock, in which water collects ; the 
 former also of any hollow in the body, as 
 
 df the eyes. Kindr. are Arab. *,jLS' I, 
 II, to dig. to excavate, Heb. airs to bore, 
 Chald. aap to vault, and others which 
 Bee under TiBS . Hence 
 
 3^!? m. c. suff. T^api Deut. 15, 14. 16, 
 13; plur. constr. "^ap-i Zech. 14, 10, 
 
 1. a wine-vat, inolrivtov, the vat or 
 receptacle into which the must or new 
 wine flowed from the press (rs), Joel 2, 
 24. 4, 13 [3, 18]. Prov. 3, 10. Hagg. 2, 
 16. Jer. 48, 33. It was often excavated 
 in the earth or even in the rock. 
 
 2. the wine-press, i. e. the upper vat 
 or receptacle in which the grapes were 
 trodden out or pressed. Job 24, 11. 2 K. 
 6, 27 ; comp. Hos. 9, 2. See na . 
 
 '^^^)?'i' (which God gathers, r. yipj 
 Jekabzeel, Neh. 11, 25, and -SSn^ 
 (God's gathering) Kabzeel, Josh. 15, 21. 
 2 Sam. 23, 20, pr. n. of a place in the 
 southern part of Judea. 
 
 * '^'9.1 fut. ^p,2 Is. 10, 16, also ^p_-^1 
 Deut. 32, 22 ; to set on Jire, to bum. Is. 
 65, 5. Arab. Jo. id. Syr. |J3^ . Part, 
 pass, llp^ as subst. a kindled or burn- 
 ing mass upon a hearth, Is. 30, 14. 
 
 HoPH. '^^?1i^, to be kindled, to bum, 
 
 Lev. 6, 2. 5. 6; trop. of anger Jer. 15, 
 14. 17,4. 
 Deriv. "ip^, ijaia, rrjijiia. 
 
 'Tp']' Chald. id. Part. fern, emphat. 
 Knnp^ and Kn"J"7?^ burning, Jlaniing, 
 Dan. 3, 6. 15. 2V. 23. 26. Hence 
 
 i*"??? Chald. f. constr. rn^y], a burn- 
 ing, conjlagralion, Dan. 7, 11. 
 
 D^Tlpr (possepsed by the people, r, 
 JTjp) Jokdeam, pr. n. of a city in the 
 mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 56. 
 
 ^S, obsol. root, Arab. 3m to obey. 
 Hence nnp"'. 
 
 t't : 
 
 'i^^ obsol. root, Arab. J5. V, to 
 venerate ; VIII, to fear God, to be pious. 
 Hence pr. n. bs'^nsip'^ , also 
 
 ^^^ (pious) Jakeh, pr. n, ra. Prov. 
 30, 1. 
 
 f^s'^'' f (r. Mp;;) only in constr. rnp-i 
 Dag. euphon. obedience, Gen. 49, 10 
 O'^BS rnp'i ibl and until to him shall 
 be the obedience of the nations, i. e. until 
 the nations obey him. Prov. 30, 17. 
 
 Tlp^ m. a burning, Is. 10, 16. R. t^^ . 
 
 Q^p!* m. (r. nap no. 3) whatever exists 
 on the earth, living thing, Gen. 7, 4. 23. 
 Deut. 11, 6. 
 
 tO'^P'^ m. Hos. 9, 8, also tJ^p^i Ps. 91, 3. 
 Prov. 6, 5; Plur. QiCJap-i Jer. 5, 26, a 
 fowler. The first of the above forms is 
 pr. intransitive ; the other is passive, 
 but with an intransitive sense. R. '^p)?. 
 
 JSTl^p'^ (perh. piety towards God, r. 
 np^) Jeku^hiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 18. 
 
 'i'9pT (who is made small, r. 'pp) Jok- 
 tan, pr. n. of one of the sons of Eber, a 
 descendant of Shem, Gen. 10, 25. 26, the 
 progenitor of many tribes in southern 
 Arabia. In the Arabian genealogies he 
 is called ^lia.!o Kaht&n ; see Bochart 
 Phaleg II. c. 15. Pococke Spec. Hist, 
 Arab. p. 3, 38. A. Schultens Hist, im- 
 perii Joctanidarum in Arabia Felice. 
 Harderov. 1786. 4. 
 
 ^"^Pr (whom Godjsets up, r. n^ip) Ja- 
 kim, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 19. b) 
 24, 12. 
 
 T'p!? adj. dear, beloved, i. q. "i|3'j no. 3, 
 Jer. 31, 20. R. ipv 
 
^^j?!} Chald. adj. (r.^J^^) 1. hard, 
 difficult Dan. 2, ] 1. 
 
 2. honoured, noble, Ezra 4, 10. 
 
 ^^''?)?? (wliom Jehovah gathers, r. 
 S^^i^) Jekamiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 
 2,41. b) 3, 18. 
 
 ^^i:?? (who gathers the people, r. 
 r!tt;r) Jekameam, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 23, 19. 
 24, 23. 
 
 0^''9l?T (gathered by the people, r. 
 M^ps) Jokmeam, pr. n. of a Levitical 
 city in the tribe of Ephraim, 1 K. 4, 12. 
 I Chr. 6, 53. For it is read in Josh. 21, 
 22 nia:;!? q. v. 
 
 ^'??I?r (possessed by the people, r. 
 h5)r) Jokneam, pr. n. of a place in the 
 tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 12, 22. 19, 11, 
 21, 34. 
 
 * ^]11 only in fut. ^l?;] , i. q. yp;5 of 
 which only the preeter is used, to be rent 
 or torn away ; hence 
 
 1. to be out of joint, dislocated, as a 
 limb Gen. 32, 26. 
 
 2. Metaph. to be alienated from any 
 one,with'iTaJer.6,8. Ez.23,17; bsav.lS. 
 
 HlPH. S'^pin to hang up on a stake or 
 cross, to impale, uvuaxoloni'QtLv, pr. to 
 dislocate the limbs, since this was an 
 accompaniment of this punishment ; 
 Num. 25, 4. 2 Sam. 21, 3. 9. 
 
 HoPH. pass. ofHiph. 2 Sam. 21, 13. 
 
 '\'\il only in fut. Y'^^'^.i TI5o once 
 y|^-''"i Gen. 9. 24, also JT. 1 K. 3, 15 
 in some Mss. and editions ; intrans. to 
 awake, Gen. 28, 16. 41, 4. 7. al. For 
 the prsBt. is used the form y^'p^T^ Hiph. 
 of yip. Arab, iaib id. 
 
 * ^VJl fut. -p^^ 2 K. 1, 13, ^p^D Ps. 
 72, 14, and ^p;; Ps. 49, 9. 
 
 1. Pr. to be heavy, Syr. j^ , Chald. 
 
 420 
 
 ^p^ 
 
 10^ 
 
 Arab. _5, id. 
 
 2. to be weighty, i. e. to be dear, pre- 
 cious, costly ; Ps. 49, 9 D'rSJ "iT^nD "ip;) 
 the redemption {Xviijor) of their life is 
 precious, costly, i. e. they cannot be re- 
 deemed from death with money. With 
 'J'^Sa to be dear, precious, in the eyes of 
 any one, i. e. to him ; 1 Sam. 26, 21 iTax 
 p3''5a "^12503 TVyp^ because my life was 
 precious in thine eyes, becausi; thou didst 
 spare my life. 2 K. 1, 13. 14. Ps. 72. 14. 
 With b id. Ps. 139, 17. Also with ^V^ 
 
 to be highly estimated, prized, by any 
 one, (comp. I^ pl^, ",73 5xn,) Zech. 11, 
 13 the noble price cnibxTa ""nTp"^ niajt 
 which I was prized at of them, i. e. which 
 I was held to be worth, ironically. 1 Sam. 
 18, 30. 
 
 Hiph. 'T'pi.l to make rare. Is. 13, 12. 
 Prov. 25, 17. Comp. adj. ""p; no. 5. 
 
 Deriv. the three following, and "i^p^ 
 
 ^1?!;' constr. "^p^ ; fem. nnp'i 1. Pr. 
 heavy, weighty, see the verb ; only me- 
 taph. of demeanour, grave, calm; Prov. 
 17, 27 Keri, nn np"; calm, of spirit. In 
 Cheth. is nn ^p', see in "ip. Arab. 
 
 Jjj to be grave, quiet, patient. 
 
 2. precious, costly, Jer. 15, 19. '^X 
 iT^p"^ collect, precious stones, gems, 1 K. 
 10, 2. 10. 11. 1 Chr. 20, 2. Ez. 27, 22. 
 28, 13; also of the costlier kinds of 
 stones employed in building, as marble, 
 and even hewn stones, 2 Chr. 3, 6. Is. 
 28, 16 ; plur. nin;^'j d-':2N 1 K. 5, 31. 7, 
 9 sq. Metaph. Ps*. 36, 8 T^-ncn "ip*-na 
 BTjbx how precious is thy loving-kind- 
 ness, O God! 116, 15, comp. 72, 14. 
 Prov. 3, 15. 6, 26. Also esteemed, prized^ 
 Ecc. 10, 1. 
 
 3. Of persons, rf^ar, 6e/orecZ. Ps. 45, 10 
 kings'' daughters are among thy beloved 
 ones, in the number of thy maidens; 
 where ^'r}"''^P^3 is by Syriasm for 
 '1^'D"'P''2 Dag. euphon. Lam. 4. 2. 
 
 4. splendid, beautiful, Job 31, 26 nnj 
 T(^H "ip^ the moon walking in splendour. 
 Plur. f rinp"^ the splendid, as an epithet 
 for the stars; as Zech. 14.6 Cheth. mipi 
 "(iXBiS*;! the splendid ones are drawn in, 
 i. e. the stars grow pale, draw in their 
 brightness, comp. Joel 2, 10. Subst 
 splendmir, beauty, Ps. 37, 20 C^ns "ip-'S 
 like the beauty of the pastures, i. e. the 
 grass, verdure. 
 
 5. precious, i. e. rare, 1 Sam. 3, 1. See 
 the verb in Hiph. 
 
 "^^^ m. Karaets impure. 1. precious- 
 ness. costliness, "ip"^ "^bs a precious ves- 
 sel Prov. 20, 15. Concr. "ip'J'i'B what- 
 ever iB precious, precious things, Job 28, 
 
 10. Jer. 20, 5. Hence value, price, Zech. 
 
 11, 13. 
 
 2. honour, dignity, Ps. 49, 13. 21. 
 Esth. 1,20. 6,3. 6.9. 11. 
 
 3. splendour, mag7iificence, Esth. 1,4. 
 
T- 
 
 421 
 
 T 
 
 ^'^ CImld. m. 1. jrrtcioM or coatlij 
 thinga, Dan. 2, 6 ; coinp. Is. 3, 17. 10, 3 
 Targ. 
 
 2. honour, (lif^nity, Dan. 2, 37. 4, 27. 33. 
 
 * ^p^ (ijakosh) 1 pcrs. Tld?:; Jer.50, 
 24, i. q. C;?: and dip q. v. to lay snares ; 
 with b of pers. to lay snares for any one, 
 {. e. to plot a^ain^t him, Jer. 50, 24 ; 
 more fully 1> no dp- Ps. 141, 9. Part. 
 tigr a fowler Ps. 124, 7. Fut "ildp"; 
 Is. 29, 21 is from dip. 
 
 NiPH. dpij to be snared, caught in a 
 mare. Is. 8, 15. 28, 13 ; c. 3 Pro v. 6, 2. 
 Metaph. to be ensnared by avarice, to 
 be seduced, Dent. 7, 25. 
 
 PiTAL part. plur. D''d;?i" for D-'dls^a 
 Ecc. 9. 12 ; see, lor this dropping of n, 
 Lehrg. p. 316. 
 
 Deriv. dip^ , dpia , and 
 
 "JTCP^ (fowler) Jokshan, pr. n. of the 
 second son of Abraham and Keturah, 
 the ancestor of the Sabaeans and Dedan- 
 ites. Gen. 25, 2. 3. 
 
 ^SW^pl* (subdued of God, r. nnjs) Jok- 
 theel, pr. n. a) A city in the tribe of 
 Judah, Josh. 15, 38. b) Given by king 
 Amaziah to the city Sela or Petra, the 
 capital of Arabia Petrwa, 2 K. 14, 7. 
 
 * S^"?^ , praet. plur. cnxn-j Deut. 5, 5, 
 once Crx';': Josh. 4, 24; Fut. xn-i^, 
 K'n-'ai, N-i'V, plur. ixn-''^ and ixn;) 2 K. 
 17, 28 ; Imp. stn-^, plur. IXT^ by Syriasm 
 for ^xn7 Lehrg." p. 417, 1 Sam. 12, 24. 
 Ps. 34,'iO; Inf. S<t;i Josh. 22, 25, with 
 pref. s<nb for 5<n'b'l Sam. 18, 29, else- 
 where fem. nxn7. The primary signif. 
 is pr. to tremble, since X';]'^ is strictly a 
 softened form of 5"^^ and W"i^ q. v. Not 
 found in the kindred dialects. Hence 
 
 1. to fear, to be afraid, construed : 
 a) Absol. Gen. 3, 10, 18, 15. xnTi-bx, 
 'St-i'n-bx fear not Gen. 15, 1. 21, 17. 
 26, 24. al. saepe. Poet, of the earth Ps. 
 76, 9. b) With ace. of pers. or thing 
 feared. Num. 14, 9. 21, 34. Job 9, 35 ; 
 also "lO Ps. 3, 7. 27, 1. Job 5, 21 ; pr. 
 to be in fear from or before any person 
 or thing, in the manner of verbs of 
 fleeing, comp. "("a no. 3. b. With -SM 
 2 K. 1, 15. Jer. 1, 8. 2 K. 19,6; ^SB^^^ 
 1 Sam. 18, 12. c) With b, to fear for 
 any pers. or thing, Josh. 9, 24 IXO xn-'S] 
 fi3"'Sl3a im'isjb we feared greatly for 
 
 36 
 
 our lives because of you. Prov. 3J, 2f. 
 d) With b and "(13 c. inf. to fear to do 
 any thing, to hesitate, Gen. 19, 30 xn^ ">!> 
 i?2ia ^^^^ for he feared to dwell in 
 Zoar; oftener ',"0 Gen. 46, 3. Ex. 3, 6. 
 
 34, 30. e) With -,0, to fear lest, etc. 
 Gr. diidaifij, Gen. 31, 31. 32, 12. 
 
 2. to fear, i. e. to reverence, to hoTwur, 
 as parents Lev. 19, 3 ; a king 1 K. 3, 28. 
 Ps. 72, 5 ; a leader Josh. 4, 14; a prophet 
 1 Sam. 12, 18 ; a sanctuary Lev. 19, 30 ; 
 an oath 1 Sam. 14, 26. Spec, xn^ 
 '^J'"'V^? , C'n'^^f' f^5<. a) to fear God, pr. 
 because of his wonders, portents, Ex. 14, 
 31. 1 Sam. 12, 18. Ps. 33, 8. 40, 4. Is. 
 41, 5. Mic. 7, 17. b) to reverence God, 
 as the punisher of wrong; hence to ab- 
 stain from evil, to be upright, pious, e.g. 
 Lev. 19, 14. 32. 25, 17. Ex. 1, 17. Prov. 3, 
 1 fear God and shun evil. Job 1, 9. Ecc. 
 12, 13. With 'JB^^ before God, Ecc. 8, 
 12; 13. c) to worship or serve God, 
 1 K. 18, 12 ; also of false gods 2 K. 17, 7. 
 
 35. 37. Deut. 3, 22. In like manner in 
 Syr. and Arabic, verbs of fearing are 
 also transferred to religion and piety, aa 
 
 Note. The form "^Xin (''X")r}) Is. 60,5 
 is from nx"! to see ; comp. Is. 66, 14. Zech. 
 10, 7. Mic' 7, 16. etc. Thesaur. p. 622. 
 
 NiPH. xni3 to be feared, fut. X-i||n Ps. 
 130, 4. Elsewhere only Part. X'nis, dsi- 
 v6g, i. e. 
 
 1. fearful, dreadful, terrible, of a peo- 
 ple Is. 18, 2. 7. Hab. 1, 7 ; of a desert 
 Deut. 1, 19. 8, 15 ; of the judgment-day 
 Joel 2, 11. 3, 4. 
 
 2. deserving reverence, august, awful, 
 holy, of God Deut. 10, 17. 7, 21. Neh. 1. 
 5. Ps. 47, 3. 96, 4 ; the name of God 
 Deut. 28, 58. Ps. 99, 5. Mai. 1, 14 ; an 
 angel or celestial appearance Judg. 13, 6. 
 Ez. 1, 22 ; a sacred place Gen. 28. 17. 
 
 3. As causing astonishment and awe. 
 stupendoiis, wonderfid, great, Ps. 66, 3. 
 
 5. Ex. 15. 11. Plur. mxnis wonderful 
 acts, glorious deeds, of a king Ps. 45, 5 ; 
 espec. of God Deut. 10, 21. 2 Sam. 7.23. 
 Adv. in a wonderfid way, wonderftdly\ 
 Ps. 65, 6. 139, 14; like nixba?. 
 
 PiEL X';^!; to make afraid, to terrify, c. 
 ace. 2 Sam. 14, 15. 2 Chr. 32, 18. Neh. 
 
 6, 9. 14. 
 
 Deriv. XT'- *,ix"i'' Xiia . 
 
i^T 
 
 422 
 
 '*f^ 
 
 i^ll^ m. constr. X"!"^ , plur. constr. "X"i"] ; 
 fem. rixi'i , constr. rs"!-! Prov. 31, 30 ; 
 participial adj. r. K^/^. 
 
 1. feamig, reverencing; joined with 
 personal pronouns it forms a periphrasis 
 for the finite verb, as 'rbx s-;'^ I fear 
 Gen. 32. 12; nnx xn;; thoufearest Judg. 
 7, 10 ; Q\\n'n ^:n;x we fear 1 Sam. 23, 3 ; 
 negat. S"i^ ^iJi'^N hefeareth not Ecc.8, 13. 
 Followed by the case of the verb ; c. ace. 
 Prov. 13, 13. Ex. 9, 20. Ecc. 9, 2; also 
 freq. nin-i-pN ^-}p^ fearing God 2K. 4. 1. 
 17, 32 sq.' Jon. 1, 9. Oftener with genit. 
 nini N"i'i . D~n'^x X"i7 , fearer of God, 
 and therefore abstaining from evil, i. q. 
 upright, godhj, pioiis, Gren. 22, 12. Job 
 1, 1. 8. 2. 3. Fem. id. Prov. 31, 30. Plur. 
 Q^nsx ^sn" Ps. 15, 4. 22, 24. 115, 11. al. 
 Comp. Ovid, ' timidus Deorum.' 
 
 2. fearftd, timid, Deut. 20, 8. 
 
 nij^^ 1. Pr. inf of the verb S")^ , to 
 fear, to reverence, with pref \ Neh. 1, 11 
 TjisuiTN i^N'^'?^ to reverence thy name. 
 Deut. 4, 10.' 5, 26. 6, 24. 10, 12. 14, 23. 
 1 K. 8, 43. al. With pref V^, 2 Sam. 
 3, 11 "irx inx'n^s because he feared him. 
 
 2. Suhst. fear, terror; Jon. 1, 10 wn-"?] 
 nsins <^5<'^'? c"^d;N!n the men were afraid 
 with great fear. Ps. 55, 6. Ez. 30, 13. 
 With genit. of the subject, i. e. of him 
 who fears, Job 22, 4 ; also of the object, 
 i. e. that which is feared, e. g. ^f:!^^"! the 
 fear of thee Deut. 2, 25. Ace. as adv. Is. 
 7, 25 r'^Ol ^"'^'^ I'i?'?'? for fear of briers 
 and thorns. Comp.' Ez. 1, 18 cnb nij-17 
 terror was to or in them, i. e. they were 
 terrible, dreadful. 
 
 3. holy fear, reverence, awe; rs"!^ 
 G'^n-^X Gen. 20j 11. 2 Sam. 23, 3, also 
 nin"! rS"""!, reverence towards God. piety, 
 religion; Ftov.1.7 nsn n-^irsn rnn'i rsn^. 
 Job 28, 28. Is. 11, 2. Ps. 34, 12. Ill, 10. 
 Melon, precejyts of piety, of religion, Ps. 
 
 19, 10. With nin-i impl. Job 4, 6. 15, 4; 
 and so c. suff. '^nij')'? the fear of me, sc. 
 of God, piety, Jer.'32, 40. Ps. 5, 8. E.^. 
 
 20, 20. Rarely the suff. refers to the 
 subject, as "^n'x C^iJ"^"^ their piety t(y 
 wants me Is. 29, 13. 
 
 V^'}'^ (piety? r. K^^) Iron, pr. n. of 
 a city in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38. 
 
 '^f^'7? (whom Jehovah looks upon, 
 r. rinj Irijah, pr. n. m. Jer. 37, 13. 14. 
 Written !T'X"i'^ in some edhions. 
 
 y^^ i. q. -'1'^, an adversary ; hence 
 --11 7|5i3 an adverse king, hostile, i. e, 
 the king of Assyria, Hos. 5, 13. 10, 6. 
 R. ='1. 
 
 b'^^'^^'^ m. (contr. for bra n'-i;i, with 
 whom Baal contends, r. n"^"]) Jerubbaal, 
 a surname of Gideon, the judge of Israel, 
 Judg. 6, 2. In 2 Sam. 11, 21 he is called 
 nffi?"^"^ , q. v. Sept. ' Jf^o/Si. 
 
 DyS'^lJ (whose people is many, r. y^"^) 
 pr. Jarobeam, coram. Jeroboam, pr. n. of 
 two kings of the ten tribes, a) One, 
 the son of Nebat, was the founder of 
 that kingdom, and introduced the wor- 
 ship of the golden calves, r. 975-54 B. C 
 I K. 11, 26-43. c. 12-14. b) The other, 
 the son of Joash, r. 825-784 B. C. 2 K. 
 13, 13. 14, 23-29. 
 
 nffiS"^'? (with whoTQthe idol contends, 
 r. a'^n, comp. rACa) Jenib-besheth, pr. n. 
 ra. 2 Sam. 11, 21. Seeb?3^i. 
 
 '_T once by aphseresis "Ti Judg. 19', 
 11; Fut. in;^, nn^i, in pause I'l''^ Ps. 
 18. 10; Imp. 'I"!, n"T-i, once T:!': Judg. 
 5, 13 ; Inf. absol. "I'l^ Gen. 43, 20,' constr. 
 P^t!, c. suir. "n^"}, once rin-i Gen. 46,3. 
 1. to go down, to descend; Eth. Q)Z,R 
 to descend ; in Arabic comp. 4> to go 
 
 to drink, to go to water, pr. to go down 
 to the water, etc. but the word in com- 
 mon use is Jyi . Construed : a) Ab- 
 sol. Ex. 19, 24. Is. 47, 1. /3) The place 
 whence is put with "J^, Ex. 19, 14. Ez. 
 27; 29 ; bsia 1 Sam. 25, 23. Ez. 26, 16 ; 
 also in ace. Jer. 13, 18 the crown shaH 
 eome down as to your heads, i. e. from 
 your heads. /) The place whither with 
 bs upo7i, e. g. from heaven itpo^i a moun- 
 tain Ex. 19, 18, also Ez. 47, 8. Josh. 3, 16. 
 Judg. 11, 37; with bx 2 Sam. 11, 10; b 
 Cant. 6, 2 ; 3 Ex. 15, 5. Is. 63, 14 ; c. ace", 
 with or without n- local Gen. 12. 10. s. 
 55, 10. Job 7, 9. 17, 16. Hence Part. c. 
 genit, "113 "^"y^"^ those going down to the 
 pit, i. e. about to die. see "ii3, Ps. 28, 1. 
 30, 4. al. Ps. 22, 30. Is. 42, 10. Also with 
 bx of pers. to whom Ex. 11, 8. Neh. 6, 3. 
 <5) Poet, like o.therverb8.of running down, 
 flowing, (aee Heb. Gram. J 135. J. n.2.) 
 it is construed with an accus. of that 
 which descends or flows down in abun- 
 dance; espec. of the eye as running 
 
n" 
 
 423 
 
 IT 
 
 down with tears, weeping abundantly ; 
 Lara. 3, 48 'J^s inn D^a "sbq my eye 
 runneth dtncn with rivers of water ^ i. e. 
 pours them forth. 1, 16. Jer. 9, 17. 13, 17. 
 14, 17. Ps. 119, 136. The same idiom is 
 frequent in Arabic, ^JCjJ\ <i>t>\ i^^-aaJ! 
 my eye flows down with weeping, see 
 Schult. ad Prov. 20, 5. By a different 
 turn, Is. 15, 3 ''saa Ty* running down 
 with weeping, i. e. weeping abundantly. 
 Spoken of motion from place to place, 
 not only of descending from a mountain 
 Ex. 34, 29, but genr. of those who go 
 from a higher to a lower place or region. 
 Often of God as descending from hea- 
 ven, Gen. 11, 5. 18,21. Ex. 3.8. Is. 31,4. 
 Mic. 1, 3. Spec, a) Of those who go 
 down to a fountain or river Gen. 24, 16. 
 
 45. Ex. 2, 5. Josh. 17, 9. 1 K. 2, 8 ; or to 
 the sea Jon. 1, 3. Is. 42, 10. Ps. 107, 23, 
 since the land is higher than the water; 
 but comp. Ez. 27, 29. b) Of those who 
 go out of a city, cities being mostly built 
 on hills and mountains for the sake of 
 security, Ruth 3, 3. 6. 2 K. 6, 18 ; or 
 who go down from a citadel (acropolis) 
 to the lower parts of a city 1 Sam. 9, 25. 
 27. 2 Sam. 11, 9. 10. 13. 1 K. 1, 25. 38. al. 
 c) Of those who go out to battle, as oc- 
 curring in plains, Judg. 5, 14. 1 Sam. 
 14, 36. 2 Sam. 21, 15. 2 Chr. 20, 16. d) 
 Of those who go from a mountainous 
 district or country to one lower and 
 more level, as from Jerusalem or its 
 vicinity to Egypt Gen. 12, 10. 26, 2 sq. 
 
 46, 3 ; or to the country of the Philistines 
 and the sea-coast ("^BttJ) Gen. 38, 1. 
 1 Sam. 13, 20. 23, 4. 11 ; or to Samaria 
 1 K. 22, 2. 2 K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22, 6. e) 
 Of those who go towards the south ; 
 since the ancients regarded the northern 
 parts of the earth as the highest ; 1 Sam. 
 25, 1. 26, 2. 30, 15. See the intpp. ad 
 Virg. Georg. 1. 240 sq. Hdot. 1. 95. 
 1 Mace. 3, 37. 2 Mace. 9, 23. Comp. C. 
 B. Michaelis Di.ss. de notione superi et 
 inferi. reprinted in Comment. Theol. a 
 Velthusen aliisque, V. p. 397 sq. 
 
 Often also of inanimate things, as 
 of a stream descending from a moun- 
 tain Deut. 9, 21; of the rain Ps. 72, 
 6 ; of a way and of boundaries which 
 tend downwards or towards the south. 
 Num. 34, 11. 12. Josh. 18, 13 sq. Of the 
 
 diiy as declining, Judg. 19, 11 ; of ca- 
 lamity as sent down from God Mic. 
 1, 12. etc. 
 
 2. to be brought down, cast down, thnutl 
 down, to fall. 1 Sam. 23, 6 in^a Tn'^i TiBK 
 an ephod had fallen into his hand, i. e. 
 he had an ephod with him. So of a 
 crown falling from the head (see above 
 in /5) Jer. 3, 18; a wood cut down Is. 
 32, 19. Zcch. 11.2; a wall thrown down 
 Deut. 28, 52 ; a city destroyed Deut. 20, 
 20 ; horses killed in battle Hagg. 2, 22. 
 So to be cast into the sea, to sink, Ex. 15, 
 5 ; into Sheol Is. 5, 14 ; also trop. of 
 those who are cast down from a state of 
 prosperity into poverty and want, Deut. 
 
 28, 43. Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 1, 9. 
 
 Hi PH. l^nin to make go down, to cause 
 to descend, in any way, either a person 
 or thing, to bring down, Gen. 42, 38. 44, 
 
 29. 31. Hence 
 
 1. Of persons, to lead or bring down, 
 cause to come down. Gen. 44, 21. Judg. 
 7. 4 ; to let down, as with a cord. Josh. 
 2, 15. 18 ; to bring or send down, as into 
 Sheol, 1 Sam. 2, 6. Ez. 26, 20. Also with 
 violence, to cast down, cause to fall, as 
 God nations Ps. 56, 8 ; or kings from 
 their thrones Is. 10, 13, comp. Obad. 3. 
 4; to subdue nations 2 Sam. 22, 48. 
 
 2. Of things, to bring or carry down, 
 Gen. 37, 25. 43, 11; to let or take down. 
 Gen. 24, 18. 46. Num. 4, 5 ; to let descend, 
 fall, flow down, 1 Sam. 21, 14. Joel 2, 
 23. Lam. 2, 18. Ps. 78, 16. Also with 
 violence, to cast down, Hos. 7, 12. Prov. 
 21, 22. 
 
 HoPH. Tnsin pass, of Hiph. to be led or 
 brought down Gen. 39, 1 ; to be taken 
 down, as a tent Num. 10, 17 ; to &e cast 
 or thrust down Is. 14, 15. Ez. 31, 18. 
 Zech. 10, 11. 
 
 Deriv. the two following, and 1"<ii3. 
 
 'T^^ (descent) Jared, pr. n. m. a) 
 Gen. 5, 15. Gr. 'litgid Luke 3, 37. b) 
 1 Chr. 4, 18. 
 
 ll'}1 , always with art. "I'n'i^n , except 
 Ps. 42, 7. Job 40, 23, (pr. the flowing, the 
 river, from the idea of descending, flow- 
 ing down, r. Ti^ , as Gi?rm. Rhyn. Rhein, 
 from the verb rinnen) the Jordan. Gr. 
 6 'Jo(idiai]c, the chief river of Pales- 
 tine, rising at the foot of Anti-Lebanon, 
 and flowinff into the Dead Sea. where 
 
T 
 
 424 
 
 fipr 
 
 it terminates. Gen.^13, 10. II. 32, 11. 
 50, 10. Arab. m<^)^^ el-Urdwu and 
 at present also XJOwwUt esh-SherVah, 
 watering-place. On the character of 
 the Jordan, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
 p. 257. III. p. 309 sq. and for its sources 
 see ib. III. p. 347 sq. Biblioth. Sac. 
 1846, p. 187 sq. 208 sq. Hence "i33 
 *,'i"ir], 1] TifQtxMQog rov 'lo^ddvov, the 
 vailey and region through which it 
 flows, Gen. 13, 10. 12. 19, 17. 2 Sam. 
 18, 23 ; comp. Matt. 3, 5. Poet, without 
 ;art. "i^-i^ fix id. Ps. 42, 7. In Job 40, 23 
 Jordan is poet, put for any large stream ; 
 as a Cicero, for any distinguished orator. 
 On the etymology, see more in The- 
 saur. p. 626. 
 
 *^Dt 'rS Xfyofi. kindr. with the 
 roots yy^ , X7.^ , pr. to tremble, and then 
 
 to be astonished, amazed, like Arab. * 
 
 Hence irrin, in 2 Mss. wn-itn, Is. 44, 8. 
 Sept. fiT] nXavuff&E, but the other ancient 
 versions express the sense to fear, to be 
 afraid, as if it were i. q. IX'i'^Fl. 
 
 * ~0t ) i"^- absol. fni , constr. nii"^ , 
 also Xin^ 2 Chr. 26, 15 ; Yut. n-i''': , plur. 
 
 1 pers. c. sufF. on-'D Num. 21, 30; imp. 
 rr;)^ 2 K. 13, 17. 
 
 1. to throw, to cast, c. ace. Ex. 15, 4 ; 
 e. g. lots Josh. 18, 6; an arrow 1 Sam. 
 20, 36. 37. Prov. 26, 18, hence absol. to 
 shoot 2 K. 13, 17; metaph. of plots Ps. 
 11, 2. 64, 5; ace. of pers. Num. 21, 30. 
 Part. plur. D"i")i'' archers 1 Chr. 10, 3. 
 
 2 Chr. 35, 23. Eth. (D^<D id. 
 
 2. to place, to lay a foundation, to 
 found; comp. Gr. ^uXlia&m uazv i. q. 
 to lay the foundation of a city, Syr. po 
 to cast, also to lay a foundation. Job 38, 
 6 who hath laid the comer-stone thereof? 
 Gen. 31, 51 lo this pillar ^n"^"!'; ncx 
 vMch I have founded, placed, erected. 
 
 3. lo sprinkle, to water, c. ace. Hos. 
 6, 3; pr. to throw water, to scatter 
 drops of water, comp. plj. Hence 
 Part, n*!'!'^ as subst. the early rain, see 
 above p. 392. 
 
 Nii'H. pass, of Kal no. 1, to be ca^t at, 
 shot through, with arrows ; fut. n-n^-^ Ex. 
 19, 13. 
 
 HiPH. nn-in, fut. n-.ii, conv. ni*! 2 K. 
 13, 17, plur. iX'^i'":! 2 Sam. 21, 24. 
 
 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to throw, to cast, Job 
 30, 19 ; spec, arrows, to shoot, 1 Sam. 
 20, 20. 36. 2 K. 13, 17. 19, 32. The 
 person shot at is put with h 2 Chr. 35, 
 23 ; in ace. Ps. 64, 5. 8. Part, nnirj an 
 archer 1 Sam. 31, 3. 1 Chr. 10, 3. By 
 Aramaism, written in the manner of 
 verbs xb, 2 Sam. 11, 24 D-^i^-ii^an iis-i'l 
 and the archers shot, etc. comp. 2 Chu. 
 
 26, 15. 
 
 2. to sprinkle, to water, i. q. Kal no. 
 3; hence Part, nnia i. q. nnl'' the early 
 rain, Joel 2, 23. Ps. 84, 7. 
 
 3. to thrust out the hand, like TJ rhjo, 
 espec. in order to point out or show any 
 thing; hence to point out, to show, Gen. 
 46. 28. Prov. 6, 13 T>riy3S^3 n^ti point- 
 ing with his fingers, i. e. making signs. 
 With two ace. of pers. and thing Ex. 15, 
 25. Hence 
 
 4. to teach, to instruct, comp. Gr. Sti- 
 xvvw, avacpalra, absol. Ex. 35, 34. Mic. 
 3, 11 ; with ace. of pers. Job 6, 24. 8, 10. 
 12, 7. 8 ; ace. of thing Is. 9, 14. Hab. 2, 
 18; with two ace. of pers. and thing Ps. 
 
 27, 11. 86, 11. 119, 33. Also with :i of 
 thing, pr. to instruct in any thing, Job 
 27, 11. Ps. 25, 8. 12. 32, 8;' once with 
 h^ pr. to teach or form to any thing 
 2 Chr. 6, 27 ; with '{Ci as to any thing Is. 
 2, 3. Mic. 4, 2. With dat. of pers. and 
 ace. of thing Deut. 33, 10. Hos. 10, 12. 
 Part, nnio , teaching, a teacher, see in its 
 order. 
 
 Deriv. fiT''^, i^"!'i^, ^'T''^, and pr. 
 names ri'ii"', -^nii, bx-TT^, bs-^n-;, n^-}-;, 
 
 ^^"^T, (founded of God, r. nn'^) Jeruel, 
 pr. n. prob. of a town and of a desert 
 adjacent, 2 Chr. 20, 16. 
 
 ni"1^ (i. q. nn"' moon) Jaroah, pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 5, 14. ' 
 
 P"!"^^ m. green thing, green herb, Job 
 39, 8. " R. pi: . 
 
 STD^"\1' and rnS^T^ (possessed sc. by 
 a husband, r. ttJI^) Jeimsha, pr. n. of the 
 mother of king Jotham, 2 K. 15, 33.'' 
 2 Chr. 27, 1. 
 
 pbC'ni', according to the Masora 
 five times fully D'^blT^I"' Jer. 26, 18. 
 Esth. 2, 6. 1 Chr. 3, 5. 2 Chr. 23, 1. 32, 
 9; fern. Is. 3, 8. 10. 11. 40. 2. 9. al. (poei. 
 cb^ Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, 3 ;) pr. n. Jeru- 
 
IT 
 
 425 
 
 riT 
 
 galem, Gr. * Ttgovaal^/i nnA* fi()ovTvXvfta, 
 a royul city of the Cunaaniti's Josh. 10. 1. 
 5. 15, 8 ; ufler the accession of David, the 
 chief city of the Hehrews, and the royiil 
 residence of David and his posterity, 
 situated on the confines of Jiulah and 
 Benjamin. For a full description of its 
 topography and antiquities, see Bibl. 
 Re. in Palest. I. p. 371 sq. Comp. Re- 
 land Falsest, p. 832 sq. 
 
 As to the etymology and orthography 
 of the name, there has been much dis- 
 pute. In respect to the former, Reland 
 Palffist. p. 832 sq. and recently Ewald 
 Hcb. Gram. p. 332, hold tabcjii-i'] to be 
 i. q. D7b'J~;i;!|lT possession of peace, one 
 j being dropped. But this is contrary 
 to analogy ; since where a letier is 
 doubled, the first in such case is not 
 dropped, but compensated by a Dagesh 
 forte in the other, as in b~S"ii for 311'^ 
 ?y2 ; and besides, the form CJin*' no- 
 where occurs in the sense of possession 
 (i. q. nirn'j) either separately or in com- 
 pounds. Hence it is better to regard 
 !n7 as derived from r. nn^ no. 2, i. q. a 
 founding, foundation ; whence dV'^I"''^ 
 a foundation of peace, of prosperity ; 
 comp. bxiTj . As to the other part of 
 the compound name, there are some who 
 regard cbc and C^Vd as the dual of 
 '^V'^ ?!'ef, and suppose the city to be 
 thus designated as double, or having two 
 parts, comp. 2 Sara. 5, 9 ; so Ewald and 
 Maurer. But in the passage cited there 
 is no mention of a double city ; and that 
 the O in this word is a primitive radical, 
 and not servile, is apparent from the 
 lorms cbd Gen. 14, 18, Chald. nbwiin-i, 
 Gr. ^ulvfia, "^ If(>o(T6Xv/nu. More proba- 
 bly, therefore, it was anciently pro- 
 nounced cbo peace, safety, prosperity ; 
 but in the later periods of the silver 
 age, some began to write it cbiUj and 
 to regard it as a noun plural or perhaps 
 dual which was to be pronounced O'^br ; 
 and this in the seventh or eighth cen- 
 tury, when the points were added, had 
 become the established view, so that 
 the grammarians supposed the same 
 pronunciation was to be restored in all 
 cases. It follows, in our view, that the 
 defective form ought every where to be 
 read and pointed sVJn'' . In like man- 
 ner Samaria in Heb. and anciently, was 
 
 36* 
 
 called -p-nato, Chald. ir^d, and thence, 
 as if dual, "i^"]^'^ ; comp. Lehrg. p, 538. 
 See more in Thesaur. p. 628, 629. 
 
 Cb^"l^ Chald. Jerusalem, Ezra 4, 12 
 20. 24. 5, 1. 2. 15, also U)m'\'^ Ezra 5^ 
 14. 6, 9. 
 
 "t obsol. root, perh. i. q. pn^, to be 
 pale, yellow, n and p being interchang- 
 ed; see under n, p. 290. Hence the 
 two following, and ni"i^ . 
 
 ^"i?^ m. the moon, so called from its 
 paleness ; in prose always with the arti- 
 cle, in poetry usually without it ; Gea 
 37, 9. Deut. 4, 19. 17, 2. 2 K. 23, 5. Jer. 
 8, 2. Ecc. 12, 2. Ps. 8, 4. 104. 19. Job 25, 
 5. al. Ps. 72, 5 nn^ "jeb in the sight of 
 the moon, i. e. so long as the moon shall 
 give her light ; comp. v. 7. 
 
 TD!? m. plur. ts'^nn'i, constr. ''n'^;; ; de- 
 nom. from nnv 
 
 1. a month, i. e. a lunar month, as was 
 customary among (he Hebrews ; comp. 
 Germ. Mond and Monat, Engl, moon 
 and month, Gr. /ttr/yj; and fii]v, Lat. rnensis. 
 Syr. }-Mp* month. It is i. q. llJin, but 
 less frequent, and used mostly by e.arlier 
 writers. Ex.2, 2 ; and in the poetic style 
 Deut. 33. 14. Job 3. 6. 7, 3. 29, 2. 39, 2. 
 Zech. 11, 8. But see 1 K. 6, 37. 38. 8, 
 2. D'^T?;; nn;} see in nii Plur. no. 2. b. 
 
 2. Jerah. pr. n. of a people and region 
 of Arabia, of the descendants of Joktan, 
 Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20. Bochart in 
 Phaleg II. 19. not unaptly supposes this 
 name to be itself Hebrew, but yet a 
 translation from an Arabic name of the 
 same signification ; and this being pre- 
 mised, he understands by it the Alilcti, 
 dwelling in a gold region on the Red sea 
 (Agatharchides c. 49. Strabo XVI. p. 
 277). whose true name he conjectures to 
 be JiLjC ^^ sons of the moon, so call- 
 ed from the worship of the moon or Ali- 
 lat, Hdot. 3. 8. For a tribe bearing this 
 name in the vicinity of Mecca, see Nie- 
 buhr's Descript. of Arabia p. 270 Germ. 
 More probable however is the Qpinion 
 of J. D. Michaelis in Spicileg. II. p. 60, 
 who understands by it the Moon coast 
 ( t o ^ vj!>i), and Moon mountain 
 ( t'M J'a:?'); near Hadramaut; since 
 
riT 
 
 426 
 
 V' 
 
 n'^1 in Gen. 1. c. is joined with the 
 land of Hadramaut, i. e. r^T^-iSn q. v. 
 See Edrisi par Jaubert, I. p. 54. 
 
 rrn"' Chald. a month, Ezra 6, 15. Dan. 
 4, 26.' 
 
 inn'^ see in"''i';i . 
 
 Dn'"l^ (who finds mercy, r. crn) Jero- 
 haw,, pr. n. m. a) J Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr. 
 6, 12. 19. b) 1 Chr. 9, 12. c) 27, 22. 
 d) 2 Chr. 23, 1. e) Neh. 11, 12. f) 
 Other persons, 1 Chr. 8, 27. 9, 8. 12, 7. 
 
 ^^'Pr'"!''? (on whom God has mercy, r. 
 ann) Jerahmeel, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 
 9. 25. 26. 42. Hence patronym. in "'- 
 Jerahvieelile 1 Sam. 27, 10. 30, 29. b) 
 1 Chr. 24, 29. c) Jer. 36, 26. 
 
 ^T}'}'! Jarha, pr. n. of an Egyptian 
 slave 'l Chr. 2, 34. 35. The etymology 
 is unknown. 
 
 * '^X ' Arab. io. II, to throw head- 
 
 long, to precipitate, ->5 a precipice, 
 
 destruclion ; hence in Kal once, to be 
 headlong, rash, perverse. Num. 22, 32 ; 
 in Cod. Samar. stands y^fi as gloss. 
 
 PiEL 13^"^ to throve headlong, to cast ; 
 once Job 16, 11 ^y^')'^, S'^i'T^j'^ ''T, ^? 
 God hath cast me into the hands of tfie 
 wicked ; Sept. iQ^iipi /xc, Vulg. tradidit 
 me. 
 
 ^^'^yi (i. q. ^^'^'^1 q. V.) Jeriel, pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 7, 2. 
 
 S"^"?^ m. (r. y^'i) 1. an adversary, 
 Ps. 35, 1. Jer. 18, 19. Is. 49, 25. 
 
 2. Jarib, pr. n. a) See "ps^ no. 1. a. 
 b) Ezra 8, 16. 
 
 "'5'''^? (see ''y^'i) Jeribai, pr. n. m. 1 
 Chr. 11. 46. 
 
 ^t"^? and ''''^"^'J (founded i. e. consti- 
 tuted of Jehovah, r. "T^^) Jeriah, pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 23, 19. 24, 23^ 26, 31. 
 
 in-i"!^ Josh. 2, 1. 2. 3, inn;' Num. 22, 
 
 1, and nnin;> 1 K. 16, 34, Jericho, a 
 celebrated city of Palestine, situated 
 near the Jordan and Dead Sea. in the 
 territory of Benjamin, and in a most fer- 
 tile region. Sept/ IiQixo't, Straho '/f^it- 
 xovg XVI. 2. 41, Arab. Lai^l Eriha, 
 called also Riha ; see Reland Palipstina 
 p. 383, 829 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
 .279, 285 eq. The form in'^'i'; is prob. 
 
 the primary one, signifying place offra- 
 grance, from r. n^"i. 
 nil2'i"l';i see in ^172^7. 
 
 n*i'5a''n^ (heights, r. on^) Jerimoth, pr. 
 n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 8. 
 
 "'?"''?? f. (r. 3?!^) a curtain, hanging, 
 so called from its tremulous motion ; 
 spec, of a tent Is. 54, 2. Jer. 4, 20. 10, 
 20. 49, 29 ; of the sacred tabernacle Ex. 
 26, 1 sq. 36, 8 sq. 2 Sam. 7, 2 ; of Solo- 
 mon's palace Cant. 1, 5. Syr. p^j^ 
 tent-curtain, also tent itself. 
 
 niyn;' (curtains) Jerioth, pr. n. f. 1 
 Chr. 2, 18. R. sn^ . 
 
 ^-T obsol. root, of the same or a 
 similar power with the kindred T)?'^, to 
 be tender, soft. Hence T\yi , ^'^'D , pr. n. 
 riD'n. 
 
 ^');' constr. Ti"^^, c. suff. ''3'^';; dual 
 ti']Z-\-] ; fern. Num. 5, 21. 
 
 1. the thigh, so called from its soft- 
 
 ness, see r. ""^^ ; Gr. fir,gog, Arab. C/vi 
 
 and ^l;^^ thigh, buttock, haunch. How 
 
 for it differs from CJri'? '^'^ loins, lacfvg, 
 is apparent from Ex. 28, 42 : thou shall 
 make for them linen drawers to cover 
 their shame, D"'?"!'^ "^S) C'^iT^'B'q from the 
 loins even unto the thighs ; as also from 
 the general use of the word. That is, 
 B'^lti'^ denotes the lower part or region 
 of the back, while T\y^, dual D'o'i'], sig- 
 nifies the thick and fleshy double mem- 
 ber which commences at the bottom of 
 the spine and extends to the lower legs 
 (C^pic), i. e. the two thighs with the but- 
 tocks. So T|f *'! w? ^'^6 socket of the thigh, 
 by which the thigh is connected with 
 the pelvis, the hip-joint, Gen. 32, 26. 33. 
 T)^i by on or at the thigh, where the 
 sword is worn, Ex. 32,27. Judg. 3, 16. 21. 
 Ps. 45, 4. To smite the thigh, a gesture 
 of mourning and of indignation, Jer. 31, 
 19. Ez. 21, 17 ; comp. Hom. II 12. 162. 
 ib. 15. 397. Od. 13. 198. Cic. cl. Orat.80. 
 duinctil. XI. 3. Also, to put the hand 
 under the thigh, as the accompaniment 
 of an oath, prob. in some connection 
 with the sacredncss of circumcision. Gen. 
 24, 2, 9. 47, 29 ; to come out from the 
 thigh of any one, i. e. to be begotten by 
 any one or descended from him. Gen. 40, 
 
an- 
 
 4S7 
 
 pT 
 
 26. Ex. 1, 5. Judg. 8, 30 ; comp. Koran 
 Sur. 4. 27. Sur. 6. 98. The buttocks arc 
 prob. meant Num. 5, 21. 27. For p-ittJ 
 ?j")^"^? Juilg. 15, 8, see in art. piaJ. In 
 animals the thigh, haunch, futm, Ez. 
 24, 4. 
 
 2. Trop. of things, in which sense the 
 fern. Ibrm HD")"' is much more usual. 
 E. g. a) /Ae shank of the sacred can- 
 delabra, where the stem (p?."!^) separated 
 into the three feet, Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17. 
 b) the. side of a tent or tabernacle Ex. 
 40, 22. 24 ; of an altar Lev. 1, 11. 2 K. 
 16, 14. 
 
 Dual C'^s'i'i the two thighs Ex. 28, 42, 
 see in no. 1, above. Cant. 7, 2. 
 
 TO"!?^ f. (r. "qn^) i. q. r\y^ no. 2. b, the 
 side, hinder part, e. g. of a country, c. suff. 
 ins-i^ Gen. 49, 13. Comp. qns, end. 
 
 Dual c^nsn'j constr. "'fis'*^ , once 
 'n-isn: 1 K. 6, 16 Cheth. pr! 'the two 
 thighs, buttocks, haunches, but used 
 only of things. E.g. 
 
 1. the hinder part, hinder side, rear, 
 Ex. 26, 22. 23. 27. 36, 27. 28. 32 ; of the 
 temple 1 K. 6, 16. Ez. 46, 19. 
 
 2. The interior of any thing, the hinder 
 or inner parts, recesses, penetralia, as of 
 a house Am. 6, 10. Ps. 128, 3 ; of a ship 
 Jon. 1. 5 ; of a cavern 1 Sam. 24, 4 ; of a 
 sepulchre Is. 14, 15. Ez. 32, 23. Hence 
 '(132^ ">n3"j'^ the recesses of Lebanon, i. e. 
 the extreme and inaccessible parts of 
 the mountain, Is. 37, 24 ; also Judg. 19, 
 1. 18 C-i-iEX in ""ns"?^ the recesses of 
 mount Ephraim. Hence 
 
 3. utter most parts, remote regions, e. g. 
 '(lES "'PS'i'^ the uttermost parts of the 
 north, extreme northern regions. Is. 14, 
 13. So in Ps. 48. 3 beautiful in its de- 
 ration, the joy of the whole earth is mount 
 Zion ; the joy of the remotest north is 
 the city of the great king, iuiiUT3 being 
 repeated, and the remotest north being 
 put by synecd. for the most distant na- 
 tions ; so De Wette ed. 4. f^nx "'ns'i" 
 the extremities of the earth, remotest 
 lands, Jer. 6, 22. 25, 32 j comp. niEJ? 
 
 flS"^!? Chald. f. the thigh, Dan. 2, 32. 
 
 ^ Jr obsol. root, prob. i. q. |*v. , Wi , 
 b^it , to be high. Hence pr. n. niani , 
 nw-ii, "nil, also 
 
 niTan^ (height) Jarmuth, pr. n. a) 
 A city in the plain of Judah, anciently 
 a royal city of the Canaanites, Josh. 10, 
 3. 12, 11. Neh. 11, 29. Vulg. Jerimoth, 
 Jerimuth ; Euseb. and Jerome Jarimulh, 
 Jermucha, ten miles from Eleutheropolis 
 towards Jerusalem ; now ^yjOjj Yar- 
 
 mUk, see Bibl, Res. in Palest. II. p. 344. 
 
 b) A city of the Levites in Issachar, 
 Josh. 21, 29 ; called nnn 19, 21. 
 
 T\yQ'\'} (heights, r. nn-i) Jeremolh, pr, 
 n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 14. b) Ezra 10, 26. 
 
 c) V. 27. d) 1 Chr. 23, 23, for which 
 riT3'^-)i_ 24, 30. e) 25, 22, for which 
 nia-^n-i' v. 4. f) Ezra 10, 29 Cheth. 
 Keri nian . 
 
 ''''?^'? (dwelling in heights, r. wy<) Je- 
 reniai. pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 33. 
 
 ^^^7^ and I'^^'Q^^ (whom Jehovah 
 setteth up, r. nian Chald. no. 2) Jere- 
 miah, Sept. 'itQffutxc, pr. n. a) The 
 distinguished prophet, son of Hilkiah a 
 priest, Jer. 1, 1. 27, 1. Dan. 9, 2. etc. b) 
 1 Chr. 12, 13. c) 2 K. 23, 31, comp. Jer. 
 35, 3. d) 1 Chr. 5, 24. e) 12, 4. f ) 12, 
 10. g) Neh. 10, 3. 12, 1. 12. 
 
 ^-r ^^ tremble, and hence to fear, 
 to be afraid, i. q. Prn^, n^. Arab. c 
 and cw> id. This signification lies in 
 the primary syllable ?"! , comp. the roots 
 nsn, bsn, DSn. Once in pra?t. Is. 15,4 
 "i^ '^^12 '^'^^^ ^'* *^"^ trembleth within 
 him (Moab), sc, for fear, terror. Put. 
 51^ belongs to r. 5?1 . 
 Deriv. JiJi'i'i , pr. n. nis-in^ . 
 
 bsS'l';' (what God heals, r. NE-n) Ir- 
 peel, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin, Josh. 
 18, 27. 
 
 * I- PTr 1. to spit, i. q. ppn II, Chald. 
 p!|-i,Ethiop.Z,^,id. Praet. Num. 12, 
 14. Deut. 25, 9. Inf absol. pn"; Num. 
 1. c. The fut. p">^ is borrowed from ppi . 
 
 ^ ' r-y. obsol. root, to be green, pale 
 green, as a plant ; comp. "|ip"i;i . Arab. 
 
 (^s to put forth leaves, as a tree ; IV, 
 
 to sprout; both from the idea of green- 
 ness, verdure. Hence the six following, 
 and p'in''. 
 
 P7t m. adj. green, neut. something 
 green, green herbage, 2 K. 19, 26. Is. 
 
p" 
 
 428 
 
 ISI'' 
 
 37, 27. Spec, greens, herbs ; p"!^ * a 
 garden of herbs Deut. 11, 10. 1 kV21, 2. 
 pn^ rnix a portion of herbs, vegeta- 
 bles, Prov. 15, 17. Syr. {-o^, po>o^, 
 an herb. 
 
 p"!?^ m. greenness, S'CS p'n;;"b3 aZ/ 
 greenness of plants, every green plant. 
 Gen. 1, 30. 9, 3. KSi'n p-i"; greenness of 
 grass L e. green grass, Ps. 37, 2. Else- 
 where concr. the green, the verdure, foli- 
 age, of fields and trees, Ex. 10, 15. Num. 
 22, 4. Is. 15, 6. 
 
 VV7- - ( p'^l) greenness, paleness, 
 jfilw^oTijc, b>x^oifjg. Spoken 
 
 1. Of persons, paleness of face, that 
 ghastly greenish-yellow tinge which 
 arises from sudden affright. Jer. 30, 6. 
 
 2. Of grain, paleness, yellowness, a turn- 
 ing yellow from disease, Deut. 28, 22. 
 1 K. 8, 37. Am. 4, 9. Hagg. 2, 17. Arab. 
 
 U^T^ id. 
 
 Coupled with 'liB-no q. v. 
 
 "jlp"^^ m. (r. p"^;) yellowness, see "^"0 
 j'ipn^n in art. ""n, D^a, bb. 
 
 D^"?^ (paleness of the people, r. p^'^ ; 
 or perh. ' the people is spread abroad,' 
 for CS Tp^ll) Jorkeam, pr. n. of a town 
 of Judah,'l Chr. 2, 44. 
 
 V^'^yi plur. f. nipnp'n'i . R. p-^-i . 
 
 1. Adj. greenish, yellowish, x^coqI^wv, 
 spoken of a leprous colour in garments. 
 Lev. 13, 49. 14, 37. 
 
 2. Subst. paleness, yelloicness, of gold 
 Ps. 68, 14. Ethiop. <DC4> gold itself 
 
 s 
 
 Arab. ^^^^ money, com. 
 
 *^^^ Jer. 49, 1, also ^J^, 2 pers. 
 V\'^_-\1 Deut. 6, 18, but c. suff. nnaJn-i 30, 
 5, pl'ur. 2. p. CPttJn'i ; Fut. ^Tl, pl"r- 
 5iian">'^, wn'sn ; Imp. dn Deut. 1. 21, 23"! ib. 
 2, 24. 31. iind fully tti'i'i, with He parag. 
 nvyi 33; 23 ; Inf nrn', c. suff. inttin . 
 
 1. to take, to seize, to take pa<;session 
 of, to occupy, mostly by force, 1 K. 21, 15. 
 16, 18. That this, and not ' to inherit,' 
 is the primary signification, is apparent 
 from the derivatives rw^, net, and uiin-'pi 
 must, new wine ; as also from the sylla- 
 ble oil , which like 01 , y"i , has the force 
 of taking, seizing, see in Onn . The 
 secondary sense of inheriting is found 
 in Arab, lijs^ , Syr. ^H , Chald. nn"; , 
 
 Eth. (DZ,ft ; and perhaps Lat. heres 
 for hered-s is from the same source. 
 Construed : a) With ace. of thing, 
 spoken very frequently of the occupa- 
 tion of the promised land, Lev. 20, 24. 
 Deut. 1, 8. 3, 18. 20. Ps. 44, 4. 83, 13. 
 al. So of the whole earth Is. 14, 21 ; 
 houses Ez. 7, 24; the wealth of nations 
 Ps. 105, 44. Part. ttJnii a possessor, con- 
 queror, Mic. 1, 15. Jer. 8, 10. b) With 
 ace. of pers. to take possession of any 
 one, i. e. to seize upon his possession, to 
 drive him oid, to dispossess him, to suc- 
 ceed in his place. Deut. 2, 12 liUS '^321 
 Cin"i3BT3 CilT'rtU^I D^tlJ'n-"i and the chil- 
 dren of Esau drove them out (the Hor- 
 ites), and destroyed them from before 
 them. V. 21. 22. 9, 1. 11, 23. 12, 2. 18, 
 14. 19, 1. 31, 3. Prov. 30, 23 a handmaid 
 who has dispossessed her mistress, has 
 succeeded in her place. Is. 54, 3. Jer. 49, 
 2. With 'SB^ from before Deut. 12, 29. 
 Judg. 11, 24. The proper force of the 
 word is apparent in the following pas- 
 sages : Deut. 31. 3 the Lord will destroy 
 these nations from before thee, tri'rn"'") 
 and thou shall take possession of them, 
 seize upon their possessions, succeed 
 them. Judg. l\, 23 Jehovah hath driven 
 out the Amorites before his people Israel, 
 iijfflnin nnxi and wilt thou (Sihon) take 
 possession of their land ? 
 
 2. to possess, to hold in possession, 
 Lev. 24, 46. Deut. 19, 14. 21, 1. al. So 
 of a land Obad. 19. Ez.36,12. Judg. 18, 
 9 ; wealth Judg. 18, 7. Very fi-equent 
 in the phrase y}^, ttJ'^^ to possess the 
 (promised) land, spoken of the quiet 
 occupancy and abode of the Israelites 
 in Palestine, promised of old to Abra- 
 ham, and emblematic of the highest 
 prosperity and happiness, Gen. 15, 7. 
 Ps. 25, 13. 37, 9. 11. 22. 29. Is. 60, 21. 
 Comp. Matt. 5, 5. Poet, of animals Is. 
 34, 11 ; plants Hos. 9, 6. 
 
 3. Spec, to inherit, to receive an inhe- 
 ritance, with ace. of thing Num. 27, 11. 
 36, 8 ; also, ace. of pers. (comp. no. 1. b.) 
 to inherit one''s estate, to be ohc'a* heir, 
 Gen. 15. 3. 4. Absol. Gen. 21, 10 the son 
 of the bond-woman shall not inherit with 
 my son, with Isaac. Part, tfi'^'i'^ an heir, 
 Jer. 49, 1. 2 Sam. 14, 7. 
 
 NiPH. CJ'i'is to be dispossessed, to be 
 driven out of one's possessions, to come 
 
X^T 
 
 429 
 
 nw 
 
 to porerty, pass, of Kal no. I. b. Gen. 45, 
 11. Prov. 20, 13. 30, 9. In this sense it 
 has alHiiity with cJ^n to be poor. 
 
 Pie I. ttJ"];; twice, i. q. Kal no. 1 ; with 
 ace. of thing Deut. 23, 42; with ace. of 
 pers. i. q. to drive out from a possession, 
 to disponsesa, to hrin^ to poverty, Judg. 
 14, 15 13b cnx-ip nadn-'bn have ye called 
 US to impoverish tus ? Here some Mss. 
 and editions omit Metheg, and the form 
 would then be Kal. But the regular 
 Inf. Kal would be ^isncJib . 
 
 Hi PH. C'lin 1. to cause to possess, 
 to give possession of viny thing to any one, 
 with two ace. Judg. 11, 24. 2 Chr. 20, 11. 
 PoeL Job 13, 26 '^irj nijij '33'^-nni and 
 tnakest me to possess the sins of my youth, 
 i. e. still imputest them to me. With b 
 of pers. Ezra 9, 12. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 1, to take possession of, 
 to seize tipon. a) With ace. of thing, e. g. 
 a land Num. 14, 24 ; a city Josh. 8, 7. 
 17, 12 ; a mountainous tract Judg. 1, 19. 
 b) With ace. of pers. to seize upon one's 
 possessions, to drive out of a possession, 
 to dispossess, to expel, Judg. 1,29 sq. 11, 
 23. Josh. .3, 10. Ps. 45, 3. al.' Often of 
 God as driving out the Canaanites, Ex. 
 34, 24. Num. 32, 21. 1 K. 14, 24. 2 K. 
 16, 3. al. Trop. also of things, Job 20, 
 15 God shall drive them out from his 
 belly, sc. the riches swallowed. Hence 
 
 3. to dispossess of wealth, to make 
 poor, 1 Sam. 2, 7. Comp. Niph. 
 
 4. to destroy. Num. 14, 12. 
 
 Deriv. ncn";, n;a-i'i , nan, tti'^iiQ, 
 najni-a, tiii-iTi, and pr. n. m. Xffinv or 
 
 ^T?"!?!" f. a possession, Num. 24, 18. 
 JlTS'l'^ f. 1. a possession, Deut. 2, 5. 9. 
 Josh. 12, 6. 7. Judg. 21, 17. Ps. 61, 6. 
 2. inheritance, Jer. 32, 8. 
 pniO^ see pns7, 
 
 ^^^^'P'? (whom God has set up, r. 
 Bra) Jesimiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 36. 
 
 * *?T 1- ' q- ^1^ ' to put, to place ; 
 hence rnsb'^x; Judg. 12, 3 Cheth. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be put. placed; comp. 
 ^S- and i:is. Fut. Bb"''] Gen. 50, 26; 
 also Gen. 24, 33 Cheth. where in Keri 
 is Ct'ii'i Ilopii. of CTJ . 
 
 ^^7^"! (for bx nnb": , warrior or sol- 
 dier of God, r. nnb,' see Gen. 32, 29) 
 
 Israel, pr. n. given by Jehovah to the 
 
 [lalriarch Jacob, see Gen. 32, 29. 35, 10; 
 but more frequently put for his pos- 
 terity, the peopleof Israel. Hence 
 
 1. For tlie whole people of Israel, the 
 twelve tribes, is put b!"b7 ''?2 the chil- 
 dren of Israel in the Pentat. Josh. Judg. 
 Sam. Kings and Chronicles; bx"ib7 ^"^ 
 the house of Israel Ex. 16, 31. 40, 38; 
 also simpl. bx'nb^ Israel, the Israelites, 
 Ex. 5, 2. 9, 7. 11, 7; with sing. masc. 
 Josh. 4, 22. 7, 8. 1 ] . Am. 7, 1 1. 1 7 ; sing, 
 fern. Is. 19, 24. Jer. 3, 11; plur. masc. 
 Josh. 3. 17. 7, 25. Judg. 8, 27. So too in 
 the phrases bx'ib'^ ttjnps , 'i irrbx , i. e. 
 Jehovah ; ^xy^'^a in Israel, 1 Sam. 9, 9. 
 Judg. 11, 40.' Ruth 4, 7. Deut. 17, 4. 
 bi<-ib7 y^ the land of Israel, Palestine, 
 1 Sam. 13' 19. 2 K. 6, 23. Sometimes 
 the whole people is presented as one 
 person, Ex. 4, 22 Israel is my son. Num. 
 20, 14 ; and so Is. 41. 8. 42, 24. 43, 1. 15. 
 22. 28. 44, 1. 5 ; parall. SpJ"! . Emphat. 
 bx^iu^ is sometimes put for the true 
 Israelites (<U;^dJ$ 7ff^a7/>lrt John 1,48), 
 those distinguished for piety and virtue, 
 and worthy of the name, Is. 49, 3. Ps. 73, 
 1 ; comp. Rom. 9, 6 ov yuQ nuvtig oi i^ 
 IaQur,X, ovxoi 'irrgnriX. 
 
 2. In consequence of the dissensions 
 between the ten tribes and Judah after 
 the death of Saul, these ten tribes, 
 among whom Ephraim took the lead, as 
 being the majority, took to themselves 
 this honourable name of the whole na- 
 tion, see 2 Sam. 2, 9. 10. 17. 28. 19, 40- 
 43. 1 K. 12, 1 ; and on their separation 
 after the death of Solomon into an inde- 
 pendent kingdom, founded by Jeroboam, 
 this name was adopted for the kingdom, 
 so that thenceforth the kings of the ten 
 tribes are called bxnb'i "^rbia , and the 
 descendants of David, who reigned over 
 Judah and Benjamin, nnsifr; "^rbi: . So 
 in the prophets of that period Judah and 
 Israel are put in opposition. Hos. 4. 15. 
 5, 3. 5. Am. 1, 1. 2. 6. Mic. 1. 5. Is. 5, 7. 
 al. Yet the kingdom of Judah was still 
 reckoned as a part of the people Israel; 
 as in Is. 8, 14 the two kingdoms are 
 called the tivo houses of Israel, comp. Is. 
 10, 20. And hence, after the destruction 
 of the kingdom at Samaria, the name 
 Israel began to be applied to the whole 
 surviving people ; so in Jer. Ezek. Ezra, 
 
ffilD"' 
 
 430 
 
 ffi' 
 
 Nehemiah, see 2 Chr. 12, 1. 15, 17. 19, 
 8. 21, 2. 4. 23, 2. 24, 5. 
 
 The gentile n. is "^^X'jto': Israelite 2 
 Sam. 17, 25; fem. nibx'ji^"^ ^.ev. 24, 10. 
 
 ^^TUT^n Jssachar, pr. n. of the fifth son 
 of Jacob by Leah, Gen. 30, 18. The 
 tribe of Issachar (la'-^"^ ^33) inhabited 
 the region adjacent to the sea of Gali- 
 lee, Josh. 19, 17 sq. corap. Gen. 49, 14. 
 Deut. 33, 18. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 22. The 
 name, as it now stands in the text, is 
 every where furnished with the vowels 
 belonging to the constant Keri 13'>^'? 
 i. e. bought with a reward or price, see 
 Gen. 30, 16. The fuller form in Chethibh 
 may be read in two ways, either "isb c;; 
 there is reward, or "3'w^'l ^^ "*?"? '^^'^ 
 he brings reward, see Gen. 30, 18. 
 
 .?, with Makk. "TE^. (r, HTT^, as "ja 
 fixm MJ3) pr. TO (Ivai, being, existence; 
 then what is, what ea:ists, there is. 
 Hence 
 
 1. Implying existence, presence, etc. 
 there exists, there is; so Arab. ^j->i> 
 Syr. bl\ , Chald. 'n'^N q. v. a) Spec. 
 there exists ; Ps. 58, 12 fi-'-JSitJ c-^n'^S-ia;; 
 l^'nxs there is (exists) a God that judgeth 
 in the earth. Is. 44, 8 '''irba^ rtibx ;y]n 
 is (exists) there a God besides me 7 
 Ps. 14, 2. 2 Sam. 9, 1. Jer. 5, 1. Lam. 
 1, 12. b) Genr. there is, Fr. il y 
 a, Germ, es gibt, implying existence, 
 presence, readiness, etc. Ruth 3, 12 la^, 
 ^VStXi DiiJ? bxJ there is (here) a kinsman 
 nearer ilian I. Judg. 19, 19 there is (USD) 
 both straw and provender, i. e. here, 
 ready. ] Sam. 21, 5 t^ x^ip cn^. Ecc. 
 1, 10. 2, 21. 7, 15. 8, 14. Prov. 13, 7. 18, 
 24. Hence comes in later Heb. the 
 phrase "lis TS|] there are (were) who, 
 twice or thrice repeated, for some, others, 
 others, Neh. 5, 2. 3. 4 D"i-iait nuJx t^ 
 there were who said, i. e. some said. 
 Also n^n-i i;rs CD there was that it was, 
 repeated for ' it was (happened) some- 
 times,' i. q. ^3 ^n-jn, Num. 9, 20. 21. 
 Onk. '^'iM n-'St. c) With a note of 
 place added, Gen. 28, 16 nini t^_ -ax 
 nm D-ipssa. 24, 33. Num. 13,20. Judg. 
 4, 20. Job 6, 6 ; or a people, etc. in or 
 from which one is, Deut. 22, 17. 2 K. 
 2, 16. Ezra 10, 44. 
 
 2. Put directly for the subst. verb to 
 
 be, i. q. is, it is ; Judg. 6, 13 rtjn'i '6'}^ 
 !i:h5 and Jehovah is with us. Gen. 23, 8 
 csuJESTX ia^ DX if it is in youT mind, 
 if it be your mind. For "^"7^ h'^h ^"^ see 
 in bit I. 2. Also with a suffix, which 
 then expresses the subject of the subst. 
 verb ; as T^^^^^ thou art Judg. 6, 36 ; nsTT'i 
 ye are Gen.' 24, 49 ; iita;; he (it) is Esth. 
 3, 8. 1 Sam. 14, 39. 23,' 23 ; with a note 
 of place Deut. 99, 14. So with a parti- 
 cip. Judg. 1. c. Gen. 24, 49 n-^iiir csa;; D 
 Ipn if ye are dealing kindly, if ye deal 
 kindly. 
 
 3. b CD there is to any one, he has, 
 genr. to have, i. q. ^ 7i'^r\ , see in rt^fi no. 
 3. bb. Syr. ^I^ iJ] id. Ruth 1, 12 
 Wpn ""b ^^ there is to me hope, / have 
 hope. Gen. 44. 20 ]p1 ax Vd;i we have 
 a father. 43, 7. 1 Chr. 29, 3. Job 25, 3. 
 Jer. 41, 8 ; so ib xi'2 "ii^.x-ba all whatso- 
 ever he had Gen. 39, 4. 5. 8. 2 K. 4, 13 
 Ti^'r.v]"^^. T|^ '?"]^ ^" ri h^si ihou to speak 
 to the king? So with the dative impl. 
 Job 33, 32 -pb^a t^ nx for 'p^^ r,b c;; tx 
 if thou hast words i. e. any thing to say. 
 Is. 43, 8. 2 Chr. 25, 9. Prov. 8, 21. 
 
 Note 1. It appears from the exam- 
 ples, that the subst. ^"2 corresponds, so 
 far as the common use of language is 
 concerned, to the substantive verb n^rt , 
 viz. to those significations of it given in 
 Tvyri no. 3 ; in such a way indeed as of 
 itself to mark no distinction of number 
 or time, but more commonly implying 
 the present time. Thus in very many 
 examples it is put for is, plur. are, 2 K. 
 2, 16. Ezra 10, 44. Ps. 58, 12. Ecc. 8, 
 14 ; also Prget. was, were, Gen. 39, 4. 5. 8. 
 Num. 9, 20. 21. Neh. 5, 2. 3. 4 ; Fut. will 
 or shall be, Jer. 31, 6. So too in con- 
 ditional clauses, after CX Gen. 23, 8. 
 1 Sam. 14, 39; ^ib Num. 22, 29. Job 
 16,4. 
 
 Note 2. For ^1 S<b there is not, which 
 is found in Arabic and Aramaean con- 
 
 tracted into one word (jamJ , ui_^, 
 r-^b), the Hebrews employ '"^X, "("', 
 the various uses of which correspond to 
 those of ^1 ; see above, p. 43. Strictly 
 therefore a form t^ px is not admissi- 
 ble ; yet it is found twice, by a j)loonasm 
 of the Bubst. verb, 1 Sam. 21, 9. Ps. 135, 
 17 ; see in '{^ no. 2. b. 
 
SB- 
 
 451 
 
 atf" 
 
 * ^^' , fut. 'S.tl, conv. ad?.1 ; inf aba. 
 aitb-J 1 Sum. 20, 5, once aid'jer. 42, 10; 
 conetr. rao, c. suff. 'Fiao ; Imp. ad, 
 nac ; Pnrl. rem. "='^1"' Nah. 3, 8, else- 
 where rairii'' , pad"' . For "nab Ps. 23, 
 6, 8ee Index. 
 
 1. to sit down, to seat otieself; kindr. 
 with as^ to set, to place ; intrans. to be 
 eet, placed. Aram, an*] , ^BJ id. The 
 Arab, verb v^aJj has the signification to 
 ait, only in the Himyaritic dialect ; see 
 the amusing story in Pococke Spec. Hist. 
 Arab. p. 15 ed. White ; but this sense 
 is Ibund in the common Arabic in the 
 
 subst. (.^U'a throne, couch, conscssus. 
 
 The verb is frequent in the sense to lie 
 in wait, to spring upon the prey, and 
 genr. in tiie sense of leaping, springing. 
 Construed : absol. Gen. 27, 19. Prov. 
 
 23, 1 ; with b of place Ps. 9, 5. 110, 1. Is. 
 47, 1. 1 K.2.'l9; c. dat. pleon. Gen. 21, 
 16 n^ aiini and sat dmcn/or herself, by 
 herself Also to be seated, to sit, to be 
 sitting, with 3 Gen. 19, 1. 2 Sam. 7, 1 ; 
 hy 1 K. 1, 35. 2 K. 13, 13. 1 Sam. 20, 
 
 24. Poet, with ace. of that on which 
 one sits, Ps. SO, 2 D'^aisn ad"^ who sitteth 
 upon the cherubim, i. e. upon a throne 
 borne by the cherubim. 99, 1. Is. 37, 16. 
 Impl. to sit up, Is. 52, 2. 
 
 Spec. ad"i to sit is spoken : a) Of 
 judges who sit to dispense justice, Is. 
 28,6 MSrsn b? ztr^ who sitteth at jtulg- 
 ment, at the judicial table (comp. b? ad"* 
 Bllbn to sit at meat 1 Sam. 20, 24), i. e'. 
 as a judge. Joel 4, 12. Mai. 3. 3. Hence 
 Orn raiy the seat of violence, i. e. of un- 
 just judgment. Am. 6, 3. b) Of kings 
 sitting either as judges Ps. 9. 5. 8 ; or 
 upon the throne. Germ, thronen, Ps. 61, 
 8. 55, 20. Is. 14. 13. Zech. 6. 13 ; comp. 
 Rev. 18. 7. Hence in Is. 10. 13 n-^a-rii 
 are kings sitting upon thrones. Of God 
 as king and judge of the world, to sit 
 enthroned for ever, Ps. 29. 10. 102, 13. 
 c) Of those who sit in ambush, to lie in 
 wait, to lurk, fully a-ix inb a'd;i Job 38, 
 40 ; with dat. of pers. Judg. 16, 9. Jer. 3, 
 2 ; absol. Pa. 10, 8. 17, 12. So ^. , 
 see above ; comp. Gr. i.6xoq, Xoxtvta, Xo- 
 Xt^(>>, from Xiycj to sit down, Lat. insi- 
 dice. d) Of mourners, who sit upon 
 
 the ground Is. 3, 26. 47, 1. Job 2, 13 ; or 
 Bolitary Lam. 1, 1. 3, 28 ; or who are 
 said simply to sit, Ps. 137. ]. Neh. 1, 4. 
 Deut. 21, 23. Hence of a widow. Gen. 
 38, 11. Is. 47, 8. e) Of those who tit 
 still, who are quiet, idle, opp. to those 
 who go out to war or to hunt, Jer. 8, 14. 
 Is. 30. 7, Gen. 25, 27 o-ibinx adi-" sitting 
 in tents i. e. remaining at home, occu- 
 pied in domestic affairs. So xu&Tjfiat 
 Valckn. ad Hdot. 2. 86. f ) Of an army 
 which sits duxtm in a place, holds it, 1 
 Sam. 13, 16. Lat. 'sedere contra aliq.' 
 g) C5 ais^ to sit with any one, to have 
 intercourse, to associate with him, Ps. 
 26, 4. 5; comp. Ps. 1, 1. Jer. 15, 17. h) 
 The phrase to sit at the king^s right 
 hand see in yiy^ no. 1. bb. i) Further 
 atti^ is used also of things which else- 
 where are said to be set, put, placed, 
 comp. the primary idea above and also 
 Piel ; and where other languages em- 
 ploy either verbs o? standing, being laid, 
 (comp, lo;; , nyi ,) or like the Heb. those 
 of sitting, dwelling. Comp. aria site of 
 a city, 2 K. 2, 19; Chald. an^ to be situ- 
 ated, of a city, Targ. Is. 22, 1. Nah. 3, 1. 
 Eth. ifl^ id. So of thrones as set, 
 placed, Ps. 122, 5 risDD siaj;^ nad 13 
 aadabybr there are set thrones for judg- 
 ment, as the highest seat of justice. Ps. 
 125, 1 as Mount Zion, which cannot be 
 moved, ad;; Sbirb but is set fast/or ever. 
 Zech. 12, 6. 14, 10; comp. Jer. 30, IS. 
 Zech. 2, 8. This last example can also 
 be referred to no. 4 ; to which also some 
 interpreters refer all these passages. 
 But the idea of inhabiting does not suit 
 the most of them ; while they all admit 
 and even require the signif of being set, 
 placed. Hence inf. rad as subst. seal, 
 
 see in its order. 
 
 * 
 
 2. to remain, to abide, to tarry ; since 
 
 those who continue in a place sit down. 
 2 Sam. 10, 5 tarry (^ad) at Jericho until 
 your beards be grown. 1 Sam. 25, 13. 
 Gen. 24, 55. 29, 19. Num. 35, 25. Judg. 
 6, 18. al. With ace. of place, aa in no. 
 1 ; Ruth 2, 7 asa r>sn Pinad her tarry- 
 ing in the house is little. With dat. 
 pleon. Gen. 22, 5 no cab Jiad ahid^ ye 
 here. With dat. of pers. Hos. 3, 3 ""adn 
 "'b abide for me, i. e. remain true to me ; 
 also to stay for any one, to wait, Ex. 24, 
 
y& 
 
 432 
 
 i'^n 
 
 14 ; absol. i;l. Num. 22. 19. Of things, 
 Gen. 49, 24 in'ii^ inixa arnn A/s ftoip 
 abides in strength^ remains strong. 
 
 3. to dwell, to dwell in, to inhabit, Gen. 
 13, 6. Ps. 133, 1. al. ssep. With 2 of 
 place, e. g. a land Gen. 13, 12. 45. 10. 
 Deut. 2, 10. 12. 20 ; a city Gen. 19, 29 ; 
 a house Deut. 19, 1 ; with b? as n^nx by 
 oil or m a land Lev. 25. 18. 19. Jer. 23, 
 8. Ez. 28, 25 ; also with bs at, by, Ez. 
 3, 15 ; b Judg. 5. 17 ; C5 Gen. 27, 44 ; r^^ 
 with Gen. 34, 16 ; 'b "'3Bb before a teach- 
 er, master, i. e. with, 2 K. 4, 38. 6, 1 ; c. 
 ace. as n^a 2ffi^ Is. 44, 13. 42, 11. Poet. 
 Ps, 22, 4 bxnb-i n'fenn aiyi'' inhabiting 
 (dwelling among) the praises of Israel, 
 in the temple, where the praises of Is- 
 rael resound before thee. But 3d; c. 
 ace. is also to dwell at, by, near a place, 
 .to be neighbour, comp. "ii5 , "3d ; e. g. 
 
 in both senses Gen. 4. 20 tii^Xifi bnx nd"" 
 tliose dwelling in tents and by (witii) the 
 flocks, i. e. nomades ; also Ez. 26, 17 fin. 
 n"'2dT> her neighbours, i. e. neighbour- 
 ing cities, nations. To dwell in the 
 house of God is to frequent his temple and 
 its worship Ps. 23. 6. 27. 4. 84, 5 ; comp. 
 "i^fS . Spoken often of God as dwelling 
 either in heaven Ps. 123, 4. 1 K. 8, 39. 
 43. 49 ; or the temple Ps. 9, 12. 2 Sam. 
 7, 6 ; so too of an idol Is. 44, 13 ; of 
 beasts Jer. 50, 39 ; and also of things, 
 as the ark 1 Sam. 7, 2 ; justice Is. 32, 
 16. Part. Sdi"" a dweller, inhabitant, 
 often as subst. as tbd^n; ^nd'^ Jer. 17, 
 25 ; b33 'i 51, 12 ; y'-nNr. 'i 10, 18 ; '< 
 ban Is. 18, 3. Ps. 33, 8.' Sing, often col- 
 lect 'i'' adi'^ inhabitants of Jerusalem 
 Is. 5, 3'; -(i-^TSd zty^ 9, 8 ; comp. 20, 6. 
 24, J 7. Jer. 48, 43. al. Also in fem. 
 r:;i3^ collect, for inhabitants Is. 12, 6. 
 Jer.'2l, 13. 48, 19. Mic. 1, 11 sq. See in 
 pa no. 5. p. 167. 
 
 4. Poet, also pass, or intrans. to be in- 
 habited, to be habitable, i. q. Hoph. with 
 which Kal often agrees in signif Comp. 
 bb; fut. bsi"^ . So too Gr. valm, espec. 
 vnitimo 0(1. 4. 404. Spoken of cities Jer. 
 17, 25 ; regions Joel 4. 20 Jndah shall 
 be inhabited for ever, opp. ' to be deso- 
 late' T. 19 ; Sept. nuToixri&i'iaETai, Vulg. 
 habitabitur. Zech. 7, 7. Often sd;' xb 
 to be uninhabited, not habitable, in the 
 description of desolate cities and regions, 
 e. g. Babylon Is. 13, 20 comp. parall. Jer. 
 
 50, 40 ; also Jer. 49, 18. 33. 50, 13. 39. 
 Of Tyre Ez. 29, 11 o foot of man or 
 beast shall pass through it, neilJier shall 
 it be inhabited (adn jib) forty years, 
 comp. Jer. 2, 6 and parall. Ez. 26, 20. 
 Of Askelon Zech. 9, 5 ; the cities of 
 Idumea Ez. 35, 9. Of regions Jer. 17, 6; 
 also of single houses Job 15. 28, where 
 Sept. oiKovq uoixriTovc. In all these pas- 
 sages the Sept. and Vulg. have the pass. 
 Kixxoixuadai, habitari ; while the Chald. 
 and Syr. mostly retain the active form, 
 which in those languages, as in Heb. 
 admits the passive or intransitive sense. 
 This signif therefore stands firm, al- 
 though denied by Hengstenberg, ad 
 Zech. 12, 6. Christol. II. p. 286. 
 
 NiPH. 2di: to be inhabited Ex. 16, 35. 
 Jer. 6, 8. Ez. 12, 20. 26, 17 D-'5?^p radij 
 inhabited from the seas i. e. frequented 
 by maritime nations. 38, 12. 
 
 PiEL causat. of Kal no. 1. i, to set, to 
 place, to pitch tents Ez. 25. 4. 
 
 HiPH. 2-<din, once c. suff. D-^n-izdin 
 Zech. 10. 6 for D"'Fiadin as in some Mss. 
 The writer prob. had in mind the similar 
 form D-'nia'^dn from r. ard. 
 
 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to sit, 
 to seat, to set, 1 Sam. 2, 8. 1 K. 21, 9. 10. 
 12. Job 36, 7. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to 
 dwell or inhabit, Ps. 4, 9. 68, 7. 113, 8 ; 
 with two ace. Ps. 113, 9 ; 3 of place Gen. 
 47, 6. 2 K. 17, 6. Hos. 12, 10 ; b? Hos. 
 11, 11. Also to let dwell with oneself to 
 cohabit with, as a wife ; hence i. q. to 
 take to wife, to marry, Ezra 10, 2. 10. 14. 
 17. 18. Neh. 3, 27. Comp. Eth. AflJ-rtfl 
 id. 
 
 3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to be 
 inhabited. Ez. 36, 33. Is. 54, 3. 
 
 Hoph. 1. to be made to dwell, Is. 5,8. 
 
 2. to be inhabited. Is. 44, 26. 
 
 Deriv. nad, na-^d, adi'^, ad-itn, pr. 
 n. tn^adi'^, 'ri'^idii, aba iad;, ndj^ad;;, 
 and the two following. 
 
 n33 ^X"^ (sitting in the coneessus) 
 Josheb-baslishebeth, pr. n. of one of Da- 
 vid's chief officers. 2 Sam. 23, 8 ; in the 
 parall. passage 1 Chr. 11, 11 osadv 
 
 SJjniDI? (scat of one's father) JesJie- 
 beab, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 13. 
 
 TC^ii'] (praising, r. nad) Jahbah, pr. 
 n. 1 Chr. 4, 17 
 
sm" 
 
 433 
 
 ^^ 
 
 abS iaUJ;! (hia seat is at Nob) hhbo- 
 benob, pr. n. ni. 2 Sam. 21, 10 Clieth. 
 
 a:a '21D;> (my eat is at Nob) lah- 
 bi-benob, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 21, 16 Keri. 
 
 Onb '30;' (r. a<ti) Jaakubi-khem, pr. 
 n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22. 
 
 DyilTD^ (to whom the people turneth) 
 Jashoheam, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 11. 27, 2. 
 
 p2t3^ (leaving, r. pai^) lahbak, pr. n. 
 of a SOD of Abraham by Keturah, Gen. 
 25,2. 
 
 riTD^a^ (forn'Ji;?a atitseat in hard- 
 ness) Joskbekashah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 
 4. 24. 
 
 i^^T "ot in use, pr. to stand, to 
 9land out. to stand upright, and hence to 
 be ; whence the noun tti|; being and 
 njttSin a setting upright, uprightness. 
 Corresponding are Sanscr. as to be, 
 Pers. (^waawJC , Lat. e*8e ; comp. Syr. 
 \ja\ , Arab. . -* . Comp. as to signifi- 
 cation "(^3 to stand, whence ijIj /o be. 
 Other traces of this root in Hebrew are 
 found in the pr. names nt^r, "^c*;". 
 
 aW^ (he turneth, r. aitJJ) Jashub, pr. 
 n. a) A son of Issachar, Num. 26, 24. 
 Hence patronym. "'atJS^ Num. I. c. b) 
 Ezra 10. 29. 
 
 nnHJ^ (even, level, r. nitu) Ishvah, pr. 
 B. of a son of Asher, Gen. 46, 17. 
 
 n^n'^iO'l' (whom Jehovah bows down, 
 r. nnr) Jeshohaiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 36. 
 
 "^l? (i. q. n;J'') MtTi, pr. n. a) A 
 son of Asher. Gen. 46, 17. b) A son 
 of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 49. 
 
 yitUD pr. n. Jeshiia, contracted from 
 S^tb'^ri"] i. q. SOini Joshua q. v. common 
 in the later Hebrew ; whence Gr. '/jj- 
 
 1. Of men. a) Of Joshua the suc- 
 cessor of Moses, Neh. 8. 17. b) Of the 
 high priest of the same name, see Sini 
 noT2. Ezra 2, 2. 3. 2. Neh. 7, 7. c) 1 
 Chr. 24, 11. d) Three Levites, 2 Chr. 
 31, 15. Ezra 2. 40. 8, 33. Neh. 7. 43. 8, 
 7. 9, 4. 5. 10. 10. 12, 8. 24. e) Neh. 3, 
 19, comp. 7, 11. Ezra 2, 6. 
 
 2. Jeshua a city of Judah, Neh. 11, 26. 
 
 ft?','!' f (r. Sir;) with n parag. poet. 
 r\r\'sv&\ ps. 3, 3. sb, 3. Jbn. 2, 10. 
 
 37 
 
 1. deliverance, safety, salvation in a 
 temporal sense, Is. 56, 1. 59, 11. Ps. 14, 
 
 7. al. Ph. 3, 9 nnc-in n<r\-\ to Jehorah 
 belongeth deliverance, it comes from 
 him. ^rrsid'^ 'nSx God, my deliverer 
 Pr. 88. 2. n?iiy-'b 'Is n^n he is t6 me for 
 deliverance, is become my deliverer, Ex. 
 15, 2. 2 Sam. 10, 11. Ps. 118, 14. 21. So 
 of deliverance from guilt Job 13, 16. 
 Concr. a) a deliverer, Ps. 68. 20 bsn 
 sijnysiC'; . 62. 3. 7. Is. 33. 2. Plur. Ps. 4V, 
 12 and 43. 5 Ti'^Nl '':b rrit''^ my deliv- 
 erer and my God ; so too doubtless 42, 6. 
 b) delivered, rescued, (comp. nana Gen. 
 12, 2, and plur. risna Ps. 21, 7,j k 26, 
 18 ynx n':^-r3 ba ry^d"; we have not made 
 the earth delivered, i. e. we have not 
 delivered the earth, wrought deliver- 
 ance in it. 
 
 2. help, aid, espec. from God. Ps. 9, 15. 
 13,6. 20,6. 21, 6; fully "'^i ryiC7 Ex. 
 14; 13. Is. 26. 1 bni pn'rh r''d;i nr^ia'[ 
 his help will God set aji walls and bul- 
 warks, i. e. Grod's help will be to us 
 instead of walls, etc. Hence, victory, 
 1 Sam. 14. 45. Is. 59, 17. Hab. 3. 8. Ps. 
 118, 15. Plur. victories, espec. those hy 
 which a people are delivered from dan- 
 ger through the divine aid, Ps. 18, 51. 
 44, 5. 74, 12. Comp. the root Hiph. 
 
 s 0.- 
 no. 2. Arab, ^uo^ help, also victory.. 
 
 3. welfare, prosperity, happiness, Isl 
 51, 6. 60, 18. Job 30, 15. 
 
 ' '^.^ obsol. root, Arab, tran^i. 
 (ji.ak. to be empty, spoken of a desert 
 and desolate region, also of a hungry 
 stomach. Conj. IV, to have an empty 
 
 stomach, to be hungry, LA^vI fasting. 
 Hence 
 
 '^T?!? m. emptiness, hunger, once Mic; 
 6, 14. 
 
 * '^'^T o"ly Hiph. a-'ia-in. to stretch 
 out. to extend, c. ace. et b Esth. 4, 11. 5, 
 2. 8, 4. Chald. otiSx, Syr. >-^lof id. 
 
 ''T?? (perh. firm, strong, see r. ^'^'^) pr. 
 n. Jesse, the father of king David, who as 
 being of humble birth was often called 
 by his enemies in contempt "^OVI? ^he 
 son of Jesse, 1 Sam. 20, 27. 30. 31. 22, 7. 
 8. 2 Sam. 20, 1. 1 K. 12, 16. (1 Sam. 16, 
 1 sq.) The stem of ' Jesse, -poet for. tho 
 
"X^^ 
 
 434 
 
 family of David, Is. 11, 1 ; and the root 
 (sprout) of Jesse for the Messiah, id. 
 V. 10. Sept. 'haauL 
 
 tV^'iS") (whom Jehovah lendeth, r. fr^'j) 
 Ishiah, Ishyah, pr. n. a) 1 Chr. 7. 3. 
 b) EzralO,3J. Aisoof several Levi tes. 
 
 fln'^'^'^ (id.) Ishiah, Jesiah. pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 12, 6. 
 
 n'!2''TE'j' f. (r. Br';) plur. m'^^-'C'i deso- 
 lations, ruins, destruction, Ps. 55, 16 
 Cheth. Comp. pr. n. nia-'UJ^n-r-^S p. 
 130. r. 
 
 'ji'521";' m. a waste, desert, Is. 43, 19. 
 20. Ps. 68, 8. 78, 40. 106, 14. al. R. ctH . 
 
 ID^W'^ m. (r. 'CSVS^)nnoldman, pr. one 
 grey-headed, only poetic. Job 12, 12. 
 15, 10. 29, 8. 32, 6. In the kindr. dia- 
 lects the corresponding word is j * 4 n , 
 
 s 
 
 iiijujo, the letter '' being changed to 
 
 a rough palatal, see under lett. 3 . 
 
 lTilO'|i ^gQjj of an old man) Jeshishai. 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 14. R. rr^ . 
 
 * ^''^r J- <1- '^^'^ '^ *^ ^''"^ ^laste, 
 made desolate; hence fut. crn Gen. 47, 
 19. Ez. 12, 19. 19, 7. But this form can 
 be derived from C^d itself, as bj?]] from 
 bbf3, see Heb. Gramm. 66. n. I. 3. 
 piur. n:r"i5Ti Ez. 6, 6. 
 
 Deriv. htsi^'i , *|'i~"r'^ , pr. n. "li-a-'i , 
 and 
 
 iC'QTlJ'^ (waste, desolation) Ishma, pr. 
 n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 3. 
 
 bsy^-O^ (whom God heareth. r. rr'r) 
 khmael. pr. n. a) The son of Abraham 
 by Hagar, the ancestor of many Arabian 
 tribes, Gen. 25. 12-18. Hence patronym. 
 ^bxriari 1 Chr. 2, 17. 28, 3, plur. o"-'-, 
 Ishmaelites, Arabs descended from Jsh- 
 mael ; they are spoken of as carrying on 
 a traffic with Egypt, Gen. 37, 25. 27. 39, 
 1 ; and living a wandering life as noma- 
 des at the eastward of the Hebrews and 
 of Egypt as far as to the Persian gulf and 
 Assyria, i. e. Babylonia, Gen. 25, 18; 
 which Bame limits are elsewhere (I 
 Sam. 15, 7) assigned to the Amalek- 
 iles. Judg. 8, 24 comp. v. 22. Ps. 83, 7. 
 b) The murderer of Gedaliah, Jer. 40, 
 8. 14 sq. 41, 2 sq. c) Of several other 
 
 persons, 1 Chr. 8, 38. 2 Chr. 23, ]. Ezra 
 10. 22. 
 
 i^^?^^? (whom Jehovah heareth, r. 
 ST2C) Ishmaiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 4. 
 
 l-^y'a'O;' (id.) Ishmaiah, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr.' 27,' 19. 
 
 "iniaUJ^ (for n^"i^ir7, whom Jehovah 
 keepeth, r. i'?r) Ishmerai, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 8, 18. 
 
 *yi!^. 1 pers. '^TOQJ^ Job 3, 13; fat. 
 'it'^l, plur. ^yc-^ Prov. 4, 16; inf 'jTCJ'i 
 Ecc. 5, 11 ; pr. to be languid, weary. 
 Hence 
 
 1. Of persons, to fall asleep. Gen. 2. 21. 
 41, 5. Ps. 4, 9. Also to sleep, 1 K. 19, 5. 
 Prov. 4, 16. Ecc. 5, 11 ; of beasts Ez. 34, 
 25. Arab. Jv^j to begin to sleep, to 
 
 slumber, XjLm beginning of sleep. Vice 
 
 versa, the Arabs use the verb aLj of 
 sleep itself while the Hebrews denote 
 by it only slumber, see ni2. Coupled 
 with C!i3 in the phrase 'it"^"} xbi n^r sib 
 to neither slumber nor sleep, spoken of 
 an active soldier Is. 5. 27 ; of a sleepless 
 guardian Ps. 121, 4. To sleep is also 
 spoken poetically: a) Of the listless, 
 those who do nothing, whence uv^^uno- 
 ^oififOK of God, Ps. 44, 24 why slef^pest 
 thou. Jehotah 1 78, 65. b) Of the dead, 
 Job 3. 13; more fully c. ace. nbirrja -(tti;- 
 Jer. 51, 39. 57, and n^rn -,0^7 Ps. 13, 4. 
 
 2. Of things, io be flaccid, fiabby, dry ; 
 hence to be old, not new, comp. bnj, 
 nbs:. So adj. "^"i, and 
 
 NiPH. ci'^a 1. ?o &crfrj/, spoken of old 
 grain of a former year, opp. to new or 
 of this year. Lev. 26, 10. 
 
 2. to be old, i. e. of leprosy, to be inve- 
 terate, Lev. 13, 11 ; of a person who has 
 dwelt long in a country, Deut. 4, 25. 
 
 PiEL causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to 
 sleep. Judg. 16, 19. 
 
 Deriv. njttJ , rjO , and the three here 
 following. 
 
 ]tD^ adj. fem. "J^'], dry, i. e. ofd. not 
 new, spoken of grain of a former year 
 Lev^ 25, 22. Cant. 7, 14; of an old or 
 former gate Neh. 3, 6. 12, 39; of an old 
 pool Is. 22, 11. See r. "i^^ no. 2. 
 
 pD^ adj. fem. nsc^ , plur. constr. "^t"] 
 Dan.' 12, 2. 
 
ir 
 
 435 
 
 JB^ 
 
 1. Purt. and verbal adj. sleeping, 
 asleep, 1 Sam. 26, 7. Pe. 78, 65. Cutit. 7, 
 10 thy palcUe (i. e. ita moisture) is like 
 sweet wine flowing straight to my belov- 
 ed^ 0^3^^ TI^'^ ^5''''' gently stealing over 
 the lips of the sleepers, i. e. those sleepi ng 
 together. The Arnhian poets often thus 
 refer to the moisture of kisses, see Hug 
 ad Cant. p. 49. Doepke ad Cant. 4, 11. 
 p. 142. Trop. of death Dan. 12, 2. In 
 the manner of participles it serves to 
 form a periphrasis for the finite verb, 
 1 K. 3, 20 nid-j TjHBX thy handmaid was 
 sleeping, i. e. slept. Cant. 5, 2. 
 
 2. Jashcn. pr. n. m. 2 Sara, 23, 22 ; for 
 which 1 Chr. 11, 34ntt;n. 
 
 ro^ (old) Jeshanah. pr. n. of a city 
 in Ephraim or Samaria 2 Chr. 13, 19; 
 see Jos. Ant. 8. 11. 3. ib. 14. 15. 12. 
 
 ""*?^ in Kal not used, Arab. >/ to 
 
 be broad, ample, spacious; trop. to be 
 rich, opident ; kindr. with Sn^j. See 
 Jauhari in A. Schultens Orig. Heb. T. I. 
 p. 20. To the Hebrews broad space, 
 wide room, is the emblem of liberty, de- 
 liverance from dangers and straits, coinp. 
 an^ , T^l'^ ; as on the other hand narrow- 
 ness of space, straits, is put for difficulty, 
 distress, danger, comp. "i^is , rrn^ . Hence 
 
 HiPH. S-'ffiin ; fut. ?"'CJS'', rarely with 
 n retained SittJin"; 1 Sam. 17, 47. Ps. 
 116, 6, apoc. Tty^, "ritji'sT , sujt Job 5, 15, 
 once c. sufT. csSTr"^ Is. 35, 4. 
 
 1. to deliver, to save, Sept. awjoi, with 
 ace. of pers. Ps. 3, 8 'S^'^iBin "^^ n^csip . 
 Is. 38, 20. Jer. 17, 14. "ah So a city 
 
 1 Sam. 23. 2. Is. 37, 35. . Often with '{q 
 of pers. /rom whom. Ps. 7, 2. 22,22. 109, 
 31 ; also n^ Ex. 14, 30. 2 K. 19, 9 ; t)?^ 
 
 2 K. 16, 7 ; also "B of thing, as anriTS 
 Job 5, 15, WiU-Q 2 Sam. 22. 3. etc. Rare- 
 ly with a or n;;3 of perp. or thing by or 
 through whom,' 2 K. 14, 27. Ho.s. 1, 7. 
 The ace. being omitted. Is. .59, 1. Ps. 
 118, 25 X3"nS"<mn save now! whence 
 Gr. oHjavva. Part. S'^iUis a deliverer, 
 saviour, Sept. ijoixr,Q, Judg. 3, 9 15. 
 
 1 Sam. 10, 19. Is. 19, 20 ; of God as de- 
 livering, saving his people Is. 43. 11. 45, 
 15. 21. al. S-'UJ'i^ 'px'i and there is no 
 deliverer, no hope of safety, Deut. 22. 27. 
 
 2 Sam. 22, 42. Often coupled with b^^n 
 in a like signif. Ps. 6, 5. Jer. 15, 20. al. 
 
 2. to help, to aid, to succour, Sept 
 ^ori&iui, with ace. of pere. E.x. 2, 17. 
 2 Sara. 2, 19 ; c. dat. Josh. 10, 6. 2 Sam. 
 10, 11. Absol. 2 Sam. 14,4 Tj^an ns-'3>in 
 help, O king ! 2 K. 6, 26. Often of God 
 as affording help, aid, c. ace. Ps. 12, 2. 
 28, 9. 76, 10, though these examples can 
 also be referred to no. 1 ; c. dat. Ps. 72,4. 
 86. 16. 116,6. Prov. 20, 22; of idols 
 Judg. 10, 14. Jer. 11, 12. Hence, as help 
 from God brings victory, i. q. to give vic- 
 tory, to let triumph, Deut. 20, 4. Josh. 
 22, 22. 2 Sam. 8, 6, 14. 1 Chr. 11, 14 
 nbina nsiiaSn i^ rdi'] and Jehovah gave 
 them a great victory, by which they 
 were delivered from their enemies. A 
 customary phrase is "^^1 "^h nsi^riin or 
 is'iT "'b nS'^llJin, my own hand or arm 
 hath helped me, i. e. by my own might, 
 my own valour, have I gotten the vic- 
 tory, sc. without the help of another, 
 Judg. 7, 2. Job 40, 9 [14] ; of God Ps. 
 44, 4. 98, 1. Is. 59. 16. 63, 5. But in a 
 different construction and sense, 1 Sam. 
 25, 26 r,b r^^r^ "^.'^^^ ' ^^P thyself with 
 thine own hand, i. e. to avenge thyself 
 privately, v. 33. Here ^2 ^^^ "^11 v- 
 33 is the accus. of instrument, which is 
 elsewhere coupled with this verb, Ps. 60, 
 7. 108. 7, comp. 17, 13 ; for which see 
 Heb. Gram. 135. 1. n. 3. 
 
 NiPH. 5i)i'"3 1. to be delivered, saved, 
 Ps. 80, 4. Is. 30, 15. Jer. 4, 14. Zech. 
 
 9, 9 ; with ",p of pers. Ps. 18, 4. Num. 
 
 10, 9; -{0 of thing Jer. 30, 7. 
 
 2. to be helped, succoured from God ; 
 and hence, to gain the victory, to triumph, 
 Ps. 33, 16 where the parall. member has 
 bss"^ , showing that the primary force of 
 rto'^ is every where preserved. Deut. 33, 
 29.' Is. 45, 17. 
 
 Deriv. the four here following, also 
 nsri"), rSytw-iis, the pr. names sruibi<, 
 
 yi?.? and yiS^ m. in pause a5v c.suff, 
 'SJffli . ?;ru;i Ps. 18, 36. once ?(tt5^. Ps. 85, 8. 
 
 1. broad place, wide room, freedom, 
 i. q. an-^ia , opp. to straits, see the root 
 Ps. 12. 6 S^il^a ^'"^'5< I will set him m a 
 wide place, at liberty, i. e. I will deliver 
 him ; comp. 18, 2. Hence 
 
 2. deliverance, help , with ace. of the 
 kindr. verb, Hab. 3, 13 Tjn-^aJia-rx 5J:;b 
 
yti" 
 
 436 
 
 ^W 
 
 for the deliverance of thine anointed. 
 So "'SttJ'^ "isiS my rock of deliverance, 
 through which I am secure from danger, 
 2 Sam. 22, 47. Ps. 95, 1 ; ^raS") "ill? id. Ps. 
 18, 3; '^'Spl "'^'X G'c/d of my deliverance, 
 i. 6. God my deliverer, my helper, Ps. 
 18, 47. 25, 5. 27, 9. Mic. 7, 7. Concr. 
 ''SllS'i my deliverer, helper, Ps. 27, 1. 
 
 3. safety, tcelfare, prosperity, Job 5, 4. 
 11. Ps. 132, 16. Is. 61, 10; comp. 2 Chr. 
 6, 41. 
 
 ''?^? (saving, salatary, r. 50:'^) Ishi, 
 pr. n.' m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 31. b) 5, 24. 
 
 c) 4, 20. 
 
 ^T^^? (id.) Jesaiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 
 Chr. 3, 21. b) Ezra 8, 7. c) v. 19. 
 
 d) Neh. 11, 7. 
 
 ^n^:?^ (help of Jehovah, r. yi^'i) 
 Isaiah, Sept. 'JIaai'ttg, Vulg. Isaias, pr. n. 
 a) The celebrated prophet who lived and 
 had great influence under the reigns of 
 Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah ; 
 see Is. 1, 1. 6, 1 sq. 7, 1 sq. 20, 1 sq. 
 22, 15 sq. c. 36-39. b) 1 Chr. 25, 3. 15. 
 c) 26, 25. 
 
 H^T obsol. root, kindr. with iisd to 
 smooth, to polish, and <^ES, gJuo, to 
 shine. Hence 
 
 T\tti1 (in some Mss. nSttJ;^) Ex. 28, 
 20. 39, 13. Ez. 28, 13, jasper, a precious 
 stone or gem of various colour, but 
 mostly green. Arab. t_&.MO, vuLmO, 
 
 T\^1t^ (perh. bald, r. nsti) Ishpah, pr. 
 n. 1 Chr. 8, 16. 
 
 }: (id.) Ishpan, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 22. 
 
 * IT?^ fut. -H^i-i, plur. 3 pers. nj'nffi'; 
 1 Sam. 6, 12. 
 
 1. to be even, level, [which seems to 
 be the primary idea of this verb and its 
 derivatives. T.] Arab. f***-?. facilis, 
 lenis, prosper fuit. Metaph. of an even 
 mind, tranquil, composed, (comp. ri|itt5 
 Is. 38, 13.) opp. to inflated, proud. Hab. 
 2,4 iaiaiE? nnd;|i-Kb nbcs nin lo elated, 
 not tranquil is his soul within him. 
 Hence iii'; no. 2, i-ittJia, linaJ. 
 
 2. to be straight, right, espec. of a way, 
 kindr. with nax, and also ia)3, iS. 
 1 Sam. 6, 12 T^l'na ni-^Bn nj-^i^'i pr. and 
 the kine were straight in the way, i. e. 
 
 took the straight way; for the grammat, 
 form, see Heb. Gramm. 47. n. 3. Me- 
 taph. only in the phrase '^3''r2 "iffli it is 
 right in my eyes, i. e. is pleasing to rne, 
 I approve it. Num. 23, 27. Judg. 14, 3. 
 1 Sam. 18, 20. 1 K. 9, 12. Jer. 18, 4. 
 
 PiEL 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make 
 even, to level, to make plain, e. g. ways 
 Is. 40, 3. 45, 13 ; with hfor any one. So 
 God is said to make plain the ways of 
 any one, i. e. to give him success, pros- 
 perity, Prov. 3, 6. 11, 5, opp. ^EJ. 
 
 2. to make straight one's way, Prov. 
 9, 15 who make straight their ways i. e. 
 who go straight forwards, the upright. 
 psbb ne'i pr. to make straight to go, 
 i. e. to go straight forwards, to walk up- 
 rightly, Prov. 15, 21. Hence to direct^ 
 to lead, e. g. an aqueduct 2 Chr. 32, 30; 
 poet, the thunder Job 37, 3. 
 
 3. to esteem as right, to approve, Ps. 
 119, 128. 
 
 PuAL pass, of Pi. no. 1. Part. 3fTr 
 *ie^a fattened, gold, i. e. drawn out into 
 plates, fitted, 1 K. 6, 35. 
 
 HiPH. "i"ittJ"'n, also -fUJin Ps. 5, 9 and 
 Is. 45, 2 Cheth. 
 
 1. to make even or level, to level, e. g. 
 a way Ps. 5, 9, uneven places Is. 45, 2 
 Cheth. 
 
 2. to make straight one's way ; ellipt. 
 Prov. 4, 25 let thine eye-lids 7,^53 ^niui';'^ 
 make straight (their way) before thee, 
 i. e. look straight before thee. 
 
 Deriv. iiffi"'a, "'a. pr. n. ^'T"!<^, and 
 the six here following. 
 
 "IT^T f>-^\i- ^em. <T^'li'3 1. even, level, 
 plain, of a way Jer. 31, 9; hence T|'i'5 
 nnaj"; a plain way, not difficult i. e. pros- 
 perous Ezra 8, 21. Trap, nab ''n^'; plain- 
 minded, i. e. prompt, ready to do, c. inf. 
 et ^ 2 Chr. 29, 34. Comp. Arab. ^^ 
 facilis, obsequiosus fuit. Conj. Ill, faci- 
 lem se prseboit alicui. 
 
 2. straight, right, Ez. 1, 7. 23. Job 
 33, 27 ^n-'isn !}; I hare made crooked 
 the straight, i. e. have acted perversely.^ 
 Mic. 3, 9. So espec. of a way 1 Sam. 
 12, 23. Is. 26, 7. Jer. 31, 9. Ps. 107, 7. 
 Metaph. a) "^psa "i^^^ right in my eyes, 
 i. e. pleasing to me, what I approve. 
 Judg. 17. 6 every one did i''3"'?3 i^^jn 
 what was right in his own eyes, what he 
 pleased. Josh. 9, 25. Dcut. 12, 28 iwm 
 
>^x6r> 
 
 437 
 
 ntv 
 
 nin" '^J'^JB i. e. what God approves. 1 K. 
 li, 33.' 38.' 2 K. 10, 30. ul. 2 Sam. 19, 7. 
 Raroly with "'38^ Prov. 14, 12. 16, 25. 
 b) iiprig-ht, righteous, just ; so of God, 
 Deut. 32, 4. Ps. 25, 8. 92, 16 ; of God's 
 judgments Ps. 1 19, 37. Neh. 9, 13 ; of the 
 divine word Ps. 19, 9. 33, 4. Of men, 
 id. 1 Sam. 29. 6. Job 1. 1. 8. 23, 7. Ps. 11. 
 7 ; ollen in plur. o"^"!!^"; the upright, t/ie 
 Hghleous, Job 4, 7. Ps. 49, 15. Ill, 1. 
 Prov. 2. 21. al. sipp. More fully 35 ^^^0'; 
 Ps. 7, 11. 94. 15 ; oniaba c-inta-i Ps. 125, 
 4 ; also ^1^ iid'i Prov. 49, 27, ^nT 'nuJ^ 
 Ps. 37, 14. So of a way of life, conduct, 
 Prov. 20, 11. 21. 8. Subst. ni^'i upright- 
 ness, integrity, Ps. 37. 37. Ill, 8. Hence 
 H^n -lED the book of the upright, ( Vulg. 
 liber jiistorum, Engl. Vers, the bonk of 
 Jasher.) a collection or anthology of an- 
 cient Heb. poems, twice quoted in the 
 O. T. Josh. 10, 13. 2 Sam. 1, 18 ; so 
 called as celebrating the praises of up- 
 right men, or perhaps for some other 
 cause; since the Orientals often derive 
 the titles of their books from words or 
 things having little connection with 
 the argument. See various conjectures 
 in Wolf Bibl. Hebr. II. 219. 
 
 *^^!] (uprightness) JesJier, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 2, 18. 
 
 ^tO"^ m. (r. ">0^) 1. evenness, smooth- 
 ness, righlness, of a way Prov. 2, 13. 4, 11. 
 
 2. Trop. a) equity, right, duty, what 
 is right and proper ; Prov. 11, 24 who is 
 more frugal '^t;''^ than is meet. With 
 sufT. iio'i what is right for him to do, 
 his duty, Job 33, 23. Prov. 14, 2. Also 
 what it is right to speak, right, upright- 
 ness, sincerity. Job 6, 25. Adv. rightly, 
 Ecc. 12, 10 nsx 'la'n -wi-^ ^nrsn and 
 the words of truth are rightly written, 
 i. e. consigned to this book, as is right, 
 b) Of persons, uprightness, integrity. 1 
 K. 9. 4. Ps. 25, 21. -iiri bs becitus^ of 
 vprightness, Prov. 17, 26. Often' with 
 a^ , anb . Deut. 9, 5. Ps. 119, 7. Job 33, 3. 
 
 nbsnO"! (right towards God. r. n^-i) 
 Jesharelah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25. 14. 
 
 nno;' or nnO';' r (r. ->'a';) constr. 
 tT5^7 . uprightness, integrity, 1 K. 3, 6. 
 
 ^I'ltD'l' m. Jeshurun, a poetical nfime 
 for the people of Israel, apparently ex- 
 pressive of affection and tenderness, and 
 
 37* 
 
 occurring four times, Deut. 32, 15. 38, 5. 
 26, Is. 44, 2. The origin is doubtful ; 
 but prob. Tl'^d'J is a diminutive (of the 
 form "(1^=], ]^^11) from "ivi^ i. q. no^ 
 (comp. cniia and cba) q. d. rectulus.jua- 
 tulxis, 'the good little people;' Aqu. 
 Symm. fvdvi;, Vulg. rectissimus et dilec- 
 tus. Others, as Grotius, whom I for- 
 merly followed, make it a diminutive 
 from the name bxnb':' itself for "(l^xya") ; 
 but a contraction of this sort is without 
 analogy. 
 
 * '^2**5'' obsol. root, kindr. OltJ , to be 
 white, hoary; hence to be grey-headed, 
 aged ; comp. na'^'J . 
 
 Deriv. d''ir;, pr. n. 'C-'t'^, and 
 
 ^ m. an old man, pr. one grey- 
 headed, 2 Chr. 36, 17. 
 
 ^1 Chald. i. q. Hebr. rx, a sign of 
 the accusative, c. suff. *iinri them Dan. 
 
 ' ' !>T 
 
 3, 12. 
 
 * -t?^ Chald. i. q. Heb. air; 1. to sit 
 down, to sit. Dan. 7, 9. 10. 26.' 
 
 2. to dwell, Ezra 4. 17. 
 
 Aph. anin to cause to dwell, Ezra 4, 10. 
 
 ~^r obsol. root, Arab. Jo. to drive 
 infirmly, to fix fast, e. g. a pin or stake 
 in the ground ; comp. J^b* . Hence 
 
 ^T'^ constr. in"^ , plur. riTin'' , constr. 
 P1^n7 ; masc. Ez.' 15, 3 ; fem. Is. 22, 25. 
 Deut. 23. 14. 
 
 1. a peg. pin, nail, as driven into the 
 wall, Ez. 15, 3. Is. I. c. Spec, a tent-pin, 
 stake, driven into the earth to fasten the 
 tent, Ex. 27, 19. Judg. 4. 21. 22. Is. 33, 
 20. Judg. 16, 14 a-ixn -iVT) the pin of the 
 web or braid, with which it was fastened 
 to the wall, etc. Hence, to drive a peg, 
 to fasten a nail. sc. in the wall, is to the 
 Hebrews an image signifying to render 
 firm, stable, Is. 22. 23 ; for which also 
 simpl. in^ Ezra 9. 8, comp. ina v. 9. 
 The Arabs have also the same figure, 
 see Vit. Timuri, I. p. 134. 228. ed. Mang. 
 Further, a nail, peg. is put metaph. 
 for a prince, on whom the care and wel- 
 fare of the state depends, Zech. 10, 4 ; 
 where the same person is also called 
 nss corner stone, on whom the state is 
 founded. 
 
 2. a little spade, spatidu, paddle, Deut. 
 23. 14. 
 
in' 
 
 438 
 
 ^^'^ m. (r. cn^) an orphan, Ex. 22, 
 23. Job 6, 27. 3]' 17. al. Also of one 
 whose father only is dead, a father- 
 less child, Job 24, 9. With genit. Ps. 
 109, 12 ; so of a people Is. 9, 16. Jer. 
 49, 11. Hence tJie stranger, the orphan, 
 and the widow are named together as 
 forlorn and needing help from others, 
 Deut. 14, 29. 16, 11. 14. 24, 19. 20. 21. 
 26, 12. 13 ; so the widow and orphan 
 Ex. 22, 21. 
 
 "I^ri;i m. (r. l!in, after the form tApl) 
 a searching out, search, and meton. that 
 sought out, what is found by search, 
 Job 39, 8. 
 
 ' 'Vt obsol. root. Arab. ^^3% , to beat 
 
 with a club, s,^S^ a club. Hence nm'F) 
 club, q. V. 
 
 ^I'lp^ (pre-eminent, r. "iri^) Jattir, pr. 
 n. of a city in the mountains of Judah, 
 assigned to the priests, Josh. 15, 48. 21, 
 14. 1 Sam. 30, 27. 1 Chr. 6, 42. Perh. 
 
 the mod. ^,-ylfr ''Attir; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 194, 625. 
 
 1''FI^ Chald. (r. ^n;) 1. Adj. excel- 
 lent, pre-eminent, Dan. 2, 31. 5. 12. 14. 
 
 2. Adv. fern. I'^^Fi^j.rer^, exceedingly, 
 Dan. 3, 22. 7, 7. 19. 
 
 tbrr^ (hanging, high, r. T\\t\) Jithlah, 
 pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Dan, 
 .Josh. 19, 42. 
 
 nn^ obsol. root, Arab. *JCj and IxJ 
 
 Tto be lonely, bereaved. This signif of 
 loneliness seems to come from the idea 
 0? silence, so that this verb has affinity 
 with caty, dB-n, comp. in cbx no. 3. 
 Hence cir^ an orphan. The form cn'^s 
 Ps. 19, 14 is from Drn. 
 
 ^'7^'? (orphanage, r. nn^) Ithmah, pr. 
 :ii. m. 1 Chr. 11,46. 
 
 "l^^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. ,.y3 to 
 be perennial, tojiow constantly, of water ; 
 
 
 III, to be assiduous, constant; ^^y3\l any 
 
 thing perennial, permanentj kindr.perh. 
 
 ^* 
 is ^y^\ to stand. The primary idea 
 seems to be that of extending^ comp. 
 :)3n. Deriv. 'jn'^K. 
 
 ^^"^PC- (whom God bestows, r. n:Fl) 
 Jathniel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 2. 
 
 1?^^ (bestowed, r. n:n) Ilhnan, pr. n. 
 of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. ] 5, 
 23. 
 
 n^ in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to hang 
 out over, to be redundant, see "in;; no. 1, 
 and "in*^^. Hence 
 
 2. to be abundant, to be more than 
 enough, see Hiph. no. 1, in^ no. 2 ; also 
 to have over and above, to gain, nXso- 
 vexTi(o, see "P"'?!'^, ini^ no. 1. 
 
 3. to be over and above, to be left, to 
 remain; see Hiph. no. 2, Niph. no. 1, 
 nn^ no. 3, nnn-; . 
 
 4. to exceed bounds ; and hence to be 
 very great, excellent, pre-eminent ; see 
 Niph. no. 3. 
 
 Part, "ini"', ri")ni'i, see in their order, 
 p. 392. 
 
 Hiph. -iinin. fut. TTiii, nnr, in pause 
 ini"!, conv. ir^i . 
 
 I- ' r- - 
 
 1. to cause to abound, to make abun- 
 dant, sc. a person in any thing, constr. 
 with ace. of pers. and 3 of thing. Deut. 
 28, 11. 30, 9. 
 
 2. to let remain, to leave, with ace. of 
 thing Ex. 10, 15. 16, 19. 20. Ruth 2, 18. 
 Ez. 12, 16 ; and b of pers. added Is. 1, 9. 
 Jer. 44, 7. Absol. in the phrase ' to eat 
 or drink, and leave,' sc. when satisfied, 
 Ruth 2, 14. 2 K. 4, 43. 44 ; also Ex. 36, 
 7. Ez. 6, 8. Ps. 79, 11 iin^^n '22 ^nin 
 let remain the sons of death, i. e. preserve 
 those appointed to die. 
 
 3. Intrans. to be more than others, to 
 excel; Gen. 49, 4 "inin"bx thou shall not 
 excel, i. e. shalt not be pre-eminent 
 among thy brethren according to thy 
 birthright. But"ninmayal.sobeHoph. 
 for ^nsin, as snin from rn;, ttnli for 
 nnr Prov. n, 25. 
 
 Niph. ^ni3 1. to remain, to be left 
 remaining, Gen. 44, 20. Neh. 6, 1 ; e. g. 
 after a slaugiiter or destruction of others 
 Num. 26, 65. Josh. 11, 11. 1 K. 17, 17. 
 Is. 1, 8. 30. 17. al. 6a>p. so ol" things Ex. 
 10. 15 ; with dat. of pers. added 1 Sam. 
 25, 34. With "^nnit after 1 K. 9, 21 ; -,0 
 of, out of any number, quantity, etc. 2 
 Sam. 13, 30. Zcch. 14, 16. Lev. 14, 29 ; 
 a in or of any thing Lev. 8, 32. 14, 18 ; 
 also with a in a like sense 2 Sam. 17, 12. 
 Part, inis, f. n-inis, thai which is left, 
 
nr\'' 
 
 459 
 
 the rest, remainder, remnant, Gen. 30, 
 36. Ex. 28, 10. 29, 34. Lev. 2, 3. 10. al. 
 eeep. 
 
 2. to remain, to be left, bc. after the 
 departure of otiiers. Gen. 32, 25 and 
 Jacob ("^nj?) vxLs left alone. So also 
 many intpp. Dun. 10, 13 DW Tl-inis >3Xn 
 and I remained there with the king of 
 
 . Persia ; but the context favours a refer- 
 ence to no. 3. 
 
 3. to be more than others, to excel ; 
 hence to get the victory, to be victorious. 
 Dan. 10, 13 ^oh-q bsx o'a Tinnij "'sxi 
 D'^B and I there obtained the victory with 
 the kings of Persia. Conip. Hiph. no. 3. 
 Syr. Ethpa. prwstans, excellens fuit. 
 
 Deri V. nn"> , n-im'i , >t>'' , nnia , nn-'a , 
 and those here following. 
 
 "^^ m. c. suff. i^n"^ 1. a cord, rope, 
 pr. something hanging over, redundant, 
 see the root in*^ no. 1. Judff. 16, 7. 8. 
 
 9. So Arab. J> id. string of a bow, of 
 
 a lute, etc. Spec, a) Of the cords by 
 which a tent is fastened to the pins or 
 stakes ; metaph. Job 4, 21 na cnn"i SB3 
 their cord in them is torn away, their tent 
 is thrown down, i. e. they die ; comp. the 
 figure of a tent in v. 19, also Is. 38, 12. 
 b) The string of a bow, Ps. 11, 2. c) Of 
 a cord used as a rein or halter ; Job 30, 
 11 Cheth. nr.B iin*! heletteth loose (lets 
 go) his rein, or collect, they let loo.se 
 their rein, i. e. are unbridled, impudent. 
 Keri ^'in'^ they loosen my rein, i. e. the 
 rein which I have put upon them, the 
 reverence due to me. 
 
 2. abundance, Ps. 17, 14 ; comp. Ex. 
 23, 11. "iPi. bs abundantly, enough and 
 more, Ps. 31, 24. Adv. in^, abundant- 
 ly, exceedingly, Is. 56, 12. Dan. 8, 9. 
 
 3. remainder, residue, the rest, "in^ 
 
 Wn the rest of the people Judg. 7, 6. 
 2 Sam. 10, 10; 'ttJ ^nan nn'^ the rest of 
 the acta of Solomon 1 K. 11, 41. 14, 19. 
 al. ssep. Spec, what is left after de- 
 struction, the remnant, residue, Deut. 3, 
 11. Josh. 12. 4. 13, 12. .Tob 22, 20. But 
 Joel 1, 4 nanxn nn-j thai which the lo- 
 cust hath left, his leavings. Ez. 23, 11. 
 
 4. Spoken of what exceeds bounds or 
 measure ; hence a) excellence, pre- 
 eminence, Prov. 17, 7. Concr. Gen. 49, 3. 
 b) Adv. more than, besides, i. q. "ini^ no. 
 2. c. Num. 31, 32. 
 
 5. Jether, pr. n. m. a) The father- 
 in-law of Moses, elsewhere l"iri'!, Ex. 4, 
 18. b) Judg. 8, 20. c) I CJir. 2, 32. 
 d) 4, 17. e) 7, 38, for which Tinn v. 37. 
 f ) 1 K. 2, 5, for which snn-] 2'Sam. 17, 
 26. Patronym. ''in'i 2 Sam. 23, 38. 
 
 8^'^P!' see iri no. 5. f 
 
 fT^^? f. i. q. "in'2 no. 2, abundance, 
 wealth, riches, Is. 15, 7. Jer, 48, 36. 
 
 "i"^^? (i. q. ll'in"?) Jethro, pr. n. of the 
 father-in-law of Moses, Ex. 3, 1. 4, 18. 
 Comp. "^rp^ no. 5. a, and aan. 
 
 linn;< m. (r. nn^) a word of the later 
 Hebrew. 
 
 1. excellence, pre-eminence, Ecc. 2, 13. 
 7, 12 10, 10. 
 
 2. gain, profit, emolument, what one 
 has over and above, Ecc. 1, 3. 2, 11. 3, 9. 
 5, 8. 15. Syr. yiiZo^ gain. 
 
 'J'^ri^ see ''Ti'2 no. 5. e. 
 
 0'?"^^'? (residue of the people, r. '^H'j) 
 Ithream, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 3, 5. 1 Chr. 3, 3. 
 
 ^'!}Tp see nnnr. 
 
 f^D^ (for n'lni pin, nail, r. in'i, so 
 Simonis) Jetlieth, pr. n. of an Edomitish 
 chief, Gen. 36, 40. 
 
 Caph, the eleventh letter oi the He- 
 brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
 20. The name r|3 signifies the hollow 
 of the hand, palm, to which the ancient 
 figure of this letter prob. bore a resem- 
 blance. 
 
 It is a palatal of a middle character 
 as to roughness, and is therefore inter- 
 changed : a) With the softer 3, see p. 
 169; and even with '', as ni6;j and "i!C3, 
 
 comp. also ttjitb^ and ) > i ^ r> senex. b) 
 
MO 
 
 .-(M 
 
 With the harder palatal p, see ~='^ and 
 Py.^ ; "=; and p^n ; ,=?) and "jpri ;' -ipa 
 and ir 2 ; and others almost innumerable 
 in the kindred dialects ; see Schult Clav. 
 Dialectorum p. 295. Scheid ad Cant. 
 Hiskiae p. 196. c) Less freq. it passes 
 
 over into the stronger gutturals n 
 
 Go, 6 o C 
 
 and S c , as iVn , tX-La*. , JJ^ a mole ; 
 
 133 and Tian >*jLs. Chaboras; V"?", 
 (jcjo cheese ; "i^B3. j-5^) 5-^) young 
 lion ; "ins and ins to surround. 
 
 ?' before monosyllables and bary- 
 tones often 3 (Lehrg. 151, 1), c. suff. 
 era, ens. ens ; with the other persons 
 it takes the form i^3, i^iS, q. v. 
 
 A) Adv. of quality, abridged from 'S . 
 as '^^^? for "St , and the like ; see Heb. 
 Gramm. 100. 1. 
 
 1. Pr. demonstr. thus, so, in this man- 
 ner, Gr, w?. Hence repeated, 3 3 , as 
 so, where two things are compared. 
 Lev. 7, 7 C^^NS rxans as the sin-offer- 
 ing so the trespass-offering. Num. 15, 15. 
 Hos. 4, 9. 1 K. 22, 4. Is. 1, S. Some- 
 times (though rarely) inverted, so as; 
 Gr. a% W5. Gen. 44, 18 ri~iE3 :^i7:3 
 so thou, as Pharaoh. Ps. 139, 12. 
 According to the various modes of com- 
 parison, this particle may also be va- 
 riously rendered, e. g. as well as, Lev. 
 24, 16 all the congregation shall stoiie 
 him, ni]J<3 "153 as well the stranger 
 as the native. Deut. 1, 17. Ez. 18. 4. 
 Also how great, so great ; quantus, tan- 
 tus ; qualis, talis; offoc, roaog; o'log, 
 toloq ; 80 Josh. 14, 11 Tibr!! TX Tibs 
 fiTp how gjeat my strength then, so 
 great my strength now, or in Engl, 
 shorter, as so. 1 Sam. 30, 24. More 
 fully, -,33 Ps. 127, 4. Joel 2, 4 ; also 
 SI 3 Josh.' 14, 11. 1 Sam. 30, 24. Dan. 
 11, 29. Ez. 18, 4. 
 
 2. Relat. in what way, how, after the 
 verb sn^ (as elsewhere TfX Ruth 3, IS), 
 Ecc. 11, 5 OS thou knowest not what will 
 be the way of the wind, "^"2^ crsrs^ 
 nx^T3 nor how the bones grow in the 
 teeming womb, so, etc. 
 
 3. Indef. in some way, in Bome mea- 
 sure ; hence, where numbers or mea- 
 sures of space and time are expressed 
 without strict exactness, about, nearly, 
 
 ' Gr. cue (w? Ttivxi]xoria), wcjil, oaov. 1 K. 
 
 22, 6 UJ-'X risr ra^xs about four hun- 
 dred men. Ex. 12. 37. Ruth 2, 17 HB'^XS 
 Cli-'b about an ephah of barley. Num. 
 1 1, 31 Di^ m"!'!!^ about a dui/s jmimey. 
 Ruth 1, 4 n-^Dtb' -ibS3 about ten years 
 Gen. 38, 24. josh. 3, 4. al. sa>p. With a 
 rarely, 1 Sam. 14, 14. Also of a point 
 of time not exactly defined. Ex. 11, 4 
 ^^i^^ ^^n? about midnight. 9, 18 rs3 
 ina about this time to-morroic. Dan. 9, 
 21 ris rn:^ nrs about the time of the 
 evening sacrifice. In all these exam- 
 ples, 3 may be taken adverbially, as is 
 here done ; and the subst. is then in the 
 accusative of time Avhen. But see in B. 
 no. 3. 
 
 B) Prep. 1. as, like, as if, denoting 
 resemblance of any kind, 1 Sam. 25. 36 
 'n^'?n ''^f}'^^2 ir-^aa nnuji:. Gen. 9, 3. 
 29, 20. Ps.' 1,3. Job 32, 19." Gen. 25, 25. 
 So of the form, appearance. Cant. 6, 6 
 thy teeth are n-'bnnri nnrs like a flock of 
 sheep. Judg. 8, 18. "Job 41, 10. Of mag- 
 nitude. Josh. 10, 2 for Gibeon was a 
 great city, n=b^i? "^ns rnx3 like one of 
 the royal cities, i. e. as great as one of 
 them. Of number, Gen. 22. 17 "'aa'iaS 
 ts-^rbn. 13. 16 -IE??. Also of time. Job 
 16, 5. Ps. 89, 37 brba ixDS his throne 
 shall endure like the stin, i. e. as long 
 as the sun shall shine, comp. 72, I7. 
 Of lot, fortune, comp. 3 n^n to be as, like, 
 to experience the same as, etc. p. 250, 
 col. 1. d; also 3 'iHS see in "jriJ . Ollen so 
 that the 'tertium comparationis' is sub- 
 joined, as Job 34. 7 who is like Job, who 
 drinketh in iniquity like water? Gen. 3, 
 5. Spec, to be noted are the following 
 idioms : a) A subst. preceded by 3 
 often denotes something like itself a 
 person or thing similar to that which the 
 noun denotes. Dan. 10, 18 cnx nxnrs 
 (an appearance) like the appearance of 
 a man, (something) like the human form. 
 Deut. 4, 32 \phether there hath been 
 mn binsn iris any thing like this 
 great thing? Gen. 41, 38 nT3 NS^rn 
 ttS'^X can we find a man like this man ? 
 i.e. such a man. Hence WS, n*N3, 
 may often be rendered such, Judg. 13, 
 
 23. Is. 66, 8 nbx3 nxn 'n pnts yrb "^a 
 who hath heard such a thing ? who 
 hath seen such things ? Job 16, 2 ; also 
 rs<T3 (what) is like this, i. e. the same. 
 
441 
 
 in like mnnncr, Jiidg. 8, 8, 2 Chr. 31, 20. 
 HTSi PITS tluis atid thus, so and so, Judg. 
 18,'4. 1 k. 14, 5. njtT3i nXT3 id. 2 Sam. 
 17, 15. b) With verbs of likeness S is 
 put by pleonasm, e. g. S ^'^^? Ps. 49, 
 13. 21 ; as in Engl, to be made like as 
 a person, etc. c) For the article so 
 frequent after 3 of comparison, see 
 above under the art. "H no. 2. c. p. 239. 
 
 2. according to, after, Gr. kuju, im- 
 plying accordance and conformity with 
 some rule or model. Gen. 1, 26 wn'na'is 
 after our likeness. 4, 17 Tjisn isa ma 3 
 after the name of his son Enoch. Josh. 6, 
 15 mn ainJS? after this manner. 2 K. 
 1, 17 nin^ lans according to the word 
 of Jehovah. 1 Sam. 13, 14 123^3 ttJ-'X a 
 man after his own heart, such as is 
 pleasing to him. Ps. 7, 18 I will praise 
 Jehovah ip"i:t3 according to his right- 
 eousness. \. e. as his righteousness de- 
 mands. Zech. 2, in. Ex. 8, 9. 27. Josh. 
 1. 7. Jer. 17, 10. Prov.24, 12. al. Comp. 
 1^5 according to one's hand, i. e. bounty, 
 see 1^ no. 1. cc. In this signif also 3 is 
 followed in the apodosis by *|3; Gen. 6, 
 22 ncr -,3 oin'bx irk nj^ -lox b=3 . 
 
 3. From the adverbial use explained 
 above in A. 3, comes also the use of this 
 particle as a particle of time or space, 
 like Germ, lun, Engl, about, at, as in the 
 phrase, 'z</n. drey Uhr,' which means 
 not only about three o'clock, but also at 
 three o'clock. So n^t\t bi^ns i. q. 
 Ci*jbu bi^Pi yesterday and the day be- 
 fore, formerly, 1 Sam. 14, 21. 21, 6; 
 Ci'S to-day, at this time, now, see Di"* 
 no. 3. d. e ; ?i13 in a moment, at once, 
 Num. 16. 21 ; aJias in a little while Is. 
 26. 20. So too of space ; 1 Sam. 20, 3 
 Pisn yi;n 'ra rrss there is cw a step 
 (but a step) between me and death. Ps. 
 73, 2. 
 
 4. The notion oHikeness and compari- 
 son is retained by 3 in those places also 
 where the Heb. grammarians give it 
 the name of Caph veritatis (riP'QX 7\Z), 
 or also of Caph confirmationis et identi- 
 tatis (Wi^pn tp, Dsrn cjs). Here, al- 
 though no comparison is actually ex- 
 pressed, yet 3 is not redundant, but 
 implies a comparison with all other 
 things of the same kind; see Lehrg. p. 
 846. Heb. Gr. 151. 3. f. Neh. 7, 2 ^3 
 ncx diXD !in for he was as a faithful 
 
 man is and should be, i. e. he was what 
 is called a liiithful man. Ecc. 8, 1 "'0 
 osnna who is as tfie wise man? who is 
 such that he may be called wise ? who is 
 truly wise ? Is. 1, 7 cnt naonTSB niaiaaS 
 desolation like the overthrow of stran- 
 gers, truly such as enemies make. This 
 comparison is so far from weakening the 
 force of the expression, that on the con- 
 trary it strengthens it; riax "'XS 'as 
 only a faithful man can be,' most fiiithful, 
 hiii. quamfidissimiis ; W^")] naoniss'as 
 only foreign enemies can destroy,' the 
 utmost desolation ; comp. the Gr. d>g aXi}- 
 &(jj:, Passow Lex. in w? ; also oaov Viger. 
 ed. Hermann p. 563. So espec. in the 
 phrase MT'^S very few 1 Chr. 16, 19; 
 venj little Prov. 10. 20, comp. Gr. oaop 
 oliyov. 135133 T^^iy a very small rem- 
 nant Is. 1, 9. But very many examples 
 usually referred to Caph veritatis, be- 
 long rather to the Caph of resemblance 
 or similitude (B. 1), though with various 
 relations ; e. g. 3 Ti^f^ to be as any one, 
 to act like him; Ex. 22, 24 ib n^nn xb 
 n^lisa thou shah not be to him as an 
 usurer. Num. 11, 1 n""3:'xn"33 osn Tj-jn 
 yn and the people were as if complaining 
 of evil, complaining as if some evil had 
 happened to them. 1 Sam. 10, 27. Job 
 24, 14 3SaD ^n'j nb-]^?!! and by night is as 
 the thief, acts the thief Hos. 5, 10. 10, 
 4. Cant. 1, 7. So Lam. 1, 20 abroad the 
 sword bereaveth, n|;a3 r/iaa at home 
 there is as death, q. d. as it were death 
 itself, viz. famine and plague ; see no. 
 1. a. Is. 13, 6 xia; 'nra nius like a de- 
 stroying tempest from the Almighty shall 
 it come, i. e. suddenly, as tempests are 
 wont to come. Is. 1, 8 see in A. 1. la 
 Job 3, 5 '^:!''"iT33, the a is radical. 
 
 5. Prefixed to the Infinitive 3 is: 
 a) as, like, comp. no. 1, 2. Is. 5, 24. 
 Ironically, as if. Is. 10, 15 aad :i"'3n3 
 VB'i'iaTX as if the rod should brandish 
 him who lifteih it up. b) as. i. q. after, 
 when, as soon as, a particle of time, 
 (comp. no. 3.) where the time of two 
 actions is compared, like Gr. &>? for ijiii, 
 Passow in w? B. II. 5 ; comp. Ps. 89, 37. 
 38. in no. 1 above. Gen. 39, 18 ''Ta-'-ins 
 3''>!!! ^^lp us I lifted up my voice (i. e. 
 when, as soon as) . . . tfien he left, etc. 
 1 Sam. 5, 10 cn'^xn "'"^J' i<^-3 "'H^! 
 'iai IpS!!'^ as the ark of God came, then 
 
442 
 
 52^5 
 
 ihey cried out, etc. 1 K. 1, 21. Also of 
 future time, in a conditional sentence, 
 Gen. 44, 30 n^ni . . . "'nx-bx ""xbD nnsi 
 nai . . . inix'is and it shall be as (when) 
 / come to my father . . . and as (soon as) 
 he seeth . . . then he will die, etc. comp. 
 Deut. 16, 6. Jer. 25, 12. Strictly of both 
 time and condition in Is. 28, 20 rasn nsj? 
 CssnnD nns nDSanT ^t!'^'^'? shorter is 
 tlie bed than that one can stretch himself 
 and the covering is too narrow when 
 (if) he will icrap himself. In the same 
 eense 3 is prefixed also to verbal nouns. 
 2 Chr. 12, 1 'in;rm3 as his strength sc. 
 increaised. Is. 23, 5 "li! ^^i^S when the 
 report of Tyre sc. is heard. 30, 19. 
 Rarely in like manner before a partici- 
 ple, Gen. 38.29 in^ a-^TliTiS \"i';5, forin^ns 
 a'^TO^a, as lie drew back his hand. 40, 10. 
 
 C) Conjunct, rarely, where 3 is then 
 L q. "iCStS , and is put before a whole sen- 
 tence, as, like as. Is. 8, 23 'liirxnn rr3 
 'i5i T^a^r. ji'-inxni . . . "jibaT nrjnx bpn 
 like as the times of old have brought 
 despite upon the land of Zebulun . . . so 
 shall future times bring honour, etc. for 
 prn -iio3. 61, 11. For prepositions 
 thus converted into conjunctions by an- 
 nexing to them the relative conjunction 
 iiyx or "'S. (which also may be omitted 
 by ellipsis,) see Lehrgeb. p. 636. Heb. 
 Gr. 102. 1. c. Comp. also on the above 
 example Ewald Heb. Gr. p. 614. 
 
 Note. For the alleged ellipsis of 
 the prefix 3 after 3 , which many inter- 
 preters have unnecessarily assumed, 
 see Heb. Gramm. 116. note. 
 
 ? Chald. i. q. Heb. B. 1, like, as, Dan. 
 7, 4. 6. 9. 13 ; as. as if, as it were, Dan. 
 6, 1. nans i. q. Hebr. PXT3 o.? this, \. e. 
 80, thus, see in "I'n p. 230; such Dan. 2, 
 10. For ''73 i. q. T3S3 , as, when, see '^'n . 
 
 V 
 
 'ytC'H^^ (Aram. ''13, ,j) pr. as who^ 
 as one who, Job 29, 25 ; but varying 
 according to the different significations 
 of each particle. 
 
 1. according to what, i.e. a) accord- 
 ing as, as much as, Gen. 34, 12 and I 
 will give ''hi< ^"'csn "tlJS? according as 
 ye shall say to me. 1 Sam. 2, 16. b) ac- 
 cording to what manner, as, like as, i. q. 
 S A. 2, not prefixed to single words, but 
 to whole sentences only; Gen. 7. 9 "lixs 
 CtT^X irk nis as God had commanded 
 
 him. 34, 22. Is. 9, 2. 1 K. 8, 57 ; also 
 before an imperfect or elliptical sen- 
 tence. Josh. 8, 6 they flee before tcs it'S3 
 njiuxna as at the first, c) because, pr. 
 in accordance therewith that. Num. 27, 
 14 'B DH'^'iTa "itiJNS because ye rebelled 
 against my commandment. 1 Sam. 23, 
 18. 2 K. 17, 26. Mic. 3, 4. Compare 
 the corresponding usage of the prefix 3 
 in phrases like ^p"]:i3. d) Very often 
 "'^i^.? is followed by a corresponding "j?, 
 e. g'. -,3 nrsS, as so. Num. 2, 17. Is. 
 31, 4 ; even as so, Judg. 1, 7 ; in what 
 manner so, i. q. the more the more, 
 Ex. 1, 12. Is. 52, 14. 15. Hos. 4, 7. 
 So where there is a double protasis, 
 ',3 -,m3 ndx3 Is. 10, 10. 11. 
 
 2. as if, as though, comp. "nv;i< B. 4. 
 Job 10, 19 n;;ni< "^n-i^n xb n^rxs J should 
 be as though I had never been. Is. 29, 8. 
 Zech. 10, 6. 
 
 3. Of time, as, so as, i. q. 3 before an 
 infin. (comp. 3 B. 5. b.) i. e. after, when, 
 as soon as. With prset. Ex. 32, 19 '^I'^l 
 3^13 "11IJN3 and as soon as he came nigh 
 to the camp. Gen. 18, 33. 1 Sam. 8, 6. 
 Ex. 17, 11. Ps. 51, 2. Jer. 39, 4. al. Esth. 
 4; 16 ^^l^i< "^''75'* ~'^.>?3 tchen I perish, 
 J perish, the language of despair. Gen. 
 43, 14. Before a future it acquires a 
 conditional power ; Ecc. 4, 17 wheii (if) 
 thou goest to the house jf God. 5. 3 when 
 tJwu Towest a vow, i. e. if thou dost vow. 
 Gen. 27, 40. Hos. 7, 12 ; so the verb 
 being impl. Is. 23, 5. 
 
 * ^r^^ (see Syr. and Arab.) fut 
 3X3 ';i to have pain, to be sore, Gen. 34, 25. 
 Trop. of the mind, to grieve, to be sad, 
 Prov. 14, 13. Ps. 68, 30. By hyperb. 
 pain is attributed to a dead body, with 
 b? of cause. Job 14, 22; comp. Is. 66. 24. 
 Judith 16, 7. Chald. 3N3, Syr. ^U to 
 
 be in pain, to be sad, Arab. v^aaJ to be 
 sad. 
 
 Hi PH. 1. to cause pain, to wound, to 
 make sad. Job 5, 18. Ez. 28, 24 ; ace. of 
 pers. Ez. 13, 22. 
 
 2. to afflict, i. e. to mar. to destroy. 2 
 K.3, igs-'Jaxa laxrn r\r^:ir\ n;rbnn bbj 
 and every good field ye shall mar icilh 
 stones, by casting stones upon it so as to 
 render it sterile, Sept. ti/()na'mttif, comp. 
 Is. 5, 2. Job 5, 23 ; by a similar figure, 
 
::i<D 
 
 443 
 
 "02 
 
 land lefl untilled is said to die Gen. 47, 
 
 19 ; and vinee destroyed by the hail are 
 poi'tiriilly said to be killed Ps. 78, 47. 
 Siinonis regards ISxan as by Syriasm 
 for ^3"'23n, from r. 325, Syr. %ij^, to 
 harm, comp. Dxa^ for 0;7 Job 7, 5 ; but 
 this is unnecessary. 
 
 Deriv. aixs^ and 
 
 1^3 n\. (Tsere impure) constr. 3S3 
 Is. 65, 14, pain of body Job 2, 13. 16, 6 ; 
 so of calamity, adversity, Jer. 15, 18. Ps. 
 39, 3. Also of mind, gri^f. Is. 17, 11 ; 
 with ab added Is. 65, 14. 
 
 niJS in Kal not used, to chide 
 harshly^ to upbraid, like Syr. ]]^ ; then 
 intrans. to become dejected, desponding, 
 to be sad; comp. nns to rebuke, ff^ 
 
 to be faint-hearted, :fL5 to be sad, *S Xo 
 
 terrify, to restrain, intrans. mid. E to 
 be timid, faint-hearted. The primary 
 idea lies perhaps in smiting, comp. X23 ; 
 whence intrans. and pass, to be cast 
 down, dejected, so that Niph. nxa: is i. q. 
 
 K=? 
 
 Hi PH. to affiict, to make sad, inf Ez. 
 13, 22 nb nisrn -(r^. 
 
 Niph. to he dejected, desponding, hum- 
 ble, Ps. 109, 16. Dan. 11, 30. The form 
 IXS3 Job 30, 8 is Niph. of S33. Hence 
 
 nS3 m. dejected, sad, unhappy. Plur. 
 ti''X3 Ps. 10, 10 Keri. But the Cheth. 
 is to be preferred, see nsbn. 
 
 T03 see after 3, p. 442. 
 
 * ^?3 obsol. root ; Arab. .^_>5^ Eth. 
 Kina, to roll up; Hin-n bail, globe ; 
 Syr. I nni something rolled up, a ball. 
 Hence "pas , 33'^3 star, pr. globule. 
 
 * "23 Is. 24, 20 and "?5 Judg. 20, 
 34, fut. naa": . 
 
 1. to be heavy ; Eth. KldX id. In 
 Arabic and Syr. traces only of this signif. 
 
 remain ; as Juj to be burdensome, trou- 
 blesome, as cold, |~is^| to be indignant, 
 angry. Spoken pr. of weight Job 6, 3 ; 
 then trop. of any heavy guilt Gen. 18, 
 
 20 ; comp. in ir . With by to be heavy 
 upon any one, as a victorious power, 
 which depresses and crushes an enemy, 
 Judg. 1, 35 ; so of the punitive hand of 
 
 God Ps. 32, 4. 1 Sam. 5, 11, comp. also 
 Job 23, 2 ; of sin Is. 24, 20, comp. Pb. 
 38, 5. Hence to be burdensome, griev- 
 ous, to any one, Nch. 5, 18. Ex. 5. 9. 2 
 Sam. 13. 25 rphs 1333 1ji and let ug 
 not be burilensonm unto thee. 14, 26. Job 
 33, 7. With bx for b? 1 Sam. 5, 6. 
 Usually trop. as in the following uenses : 
 
 2. to be heavy in the sense o^ abun- 
 dance, i. q. to be great, abundant, to be 
 rich in any thing, with 31. Gen. 13, 2 and 
 Abraham nspaa "ix^a nrs was very rich 
 in cattle. See Niph. no. 1, 1133 no. 1. 
 
 3. to be great in number, to be many / 
 see Hithpa. no. 1, adj. 133 no. 2, and 
 133 no. 2. 
 
 4. to be heavy, i. e. vehement, sore, as 
 a battle Judg. 20, 34 ; with bs. 1 Sam. 
 31, 3. Comp. 133 no. 3, adj. 133 no. 3. 
 
 5. Of things as not easily moved, to 
 be heavy, i. q. to be dull, slow, sluggish^ 
 e. g. of the senses, as the eyes Gen. 48^ 
 10 ; the ears Is. 59, 1. AIo of the mind 
 or heart, to be dull, stupid, hardened, 
 Ex. 9, 7. Comp. Piel no. 1, Hiph. no. 3, 
 adj. 133 no. 4. 
 
 6. to be weighty, honoured, comp. Gr, 
 ^aqvg, Ez. 27, 25. Job 14, 21. Of God, 
 to be honoured, glorified, Is. 66, 5. This 
 signif is more freq. in Piel no. 2 ; see 
 Hiph. Niph. Hithp. 
 
 Piel 133 1 . Causat. of Kal no. 5, to 
 harden the heart 1 Sam. 6, 3. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 6, to honour, to 
 do honour or reverence to any one ; spo- 
 ken : a) Of men, Ex. 20, 12 TSJ i23 
 TjBXTXI "('SX honour thy father and thy 
 mother.'Dent. 5, 16. Num. 22. 17. 37. 
 1 Sam. 2, 29. Lam, 1, 8. 1 Sam. 2, 30 "3 
 123X "^l^riD for them that honour me I 
 will honimr. Ps. 15, 4. 91, 15. b) Of 
 God, 1 Sam. 2, 30. Prov. 14. 31 ; and 
 hence often i. q. to glorify, to praise, Ps. 
 22, 24. 50, 15. 23. Is. 24, 15 ; elsewhere 
 also to honour with oblations, c. '"O Prov. 
 3, 9 ; a Dan. 11, 38 (of idols) ; with two 
 ace. Is". 43, 23. So nin^ CTi 133 Ps. 86, 
 12 ; '"^ neb V. 9. Poet, the beasts also 
 are said to praise God Is. 43, 20. c) 
 Of things, e. g. the sabbath Is. 58, 13 ; a 
 sacred place 60, 13 ; of the olive, Judg, 
 9, 9 should I leave my fatness, which in 
 me both God and men do honour ? 
 
 PcAL 133 to be honoured, Prov. 13, 18. 
 27, 18. Is. 58, 13. 
 
ns 
 
 444 
 
 D!} 
 
 HiPH. 1. to make heavy, e. g. a yoke 
 1 K. 12, 10. Is. 47, 6 ; a chain Lam. 3, 7. 
 Ellipt. Neh. 5, 15 the former governors 
 crn bs siT^aDn, ec. bs, Aad made heavy 
 the yoke ?/;)o?i the people, had heavily 
 oppressed them. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, fo maA-e a^wn- 
 tZanf, to heap up, Hab. 2, 6. Comp. 
 Niph. no. 1. 
 
 3. Causat. of Kal no. 5, to make heavy, 
 dull, e. g. the ears Is. 6, 10. Zech. 7, 11 ; 
 to harden the heart Ex. 9, 34. 
 
 4. Causat. of Kal no. 6, to honour, to 
 cause to be honoured, Is. 8, 23 [9. 1]. Jer. 
 30, 19. Also, to acquire honour, renown, 
 for oneself, 2 Chr. 25, 19. 
 
 Niph. isr3, Part. plur. Q'^'na^: Dag. 
 cuphon. Prov. 8, 24. Is. 23, 8. 9. Nah. 
 3, 10 ; but with grave suff. cni'32=3 Pe. 
 149, 8. 
 
 1. to he heavy, from abundance, i. e. to 
 abonnd, to be rich in any thing, comp. 
 Kal no. 2. Prov. 8, 24 n'^a "I'nsrs nirsa 
 fountains abounding in water. 
 
 2. Pass, of Piel no. 2, and Hiph, no. 4, 
 to be honoured, to be held in honour, to 
 enjoy honour, Gen. 34, 19. 2 Sam. 6, 20. 
 22. 1 Sam. 22, 14. Is. 49, 5 ^rra "i33x 
 ^"^ yet am I honoured in the eyes of Jeho- 
 vah. 43, 4. 2 K. 14, 10 r\Tp^ niri nasn 
 enjoy the honour and abide at home.' 
 Part. 1233 hrmoured. honourable, distin- 
 guished, kxim. 22, 15. 2 Sam. 23, 19. 23. 
 1 Chr. 4, 9. Is. 3, 5. 23. 8. 9 (opp. h'^T}), 
 comp. Nah. 3, 10. Ps. 149, 8 ; so of the 
 name of God as honoured, glorious, Dent. 
 28, 58. Plur. fem. riinzrj glorious things, 
 promises, Ps. 87, 3. 
 
 3. Reflex, like Hithp. to get honour to 
 rmeself to show oneself gr-eat and glori- 
 ous, Lev. 10, 3. Is. 26, 15. Ez. 28, 22. 
 Hagg. 1. 8 ; with a in or by any one 
 Ex. 14, 4. ]7. 18. 
 
 Hithp. 1. to make oneself many, to 
 multiply oneself, see Kal no. 3. Nah. 3, 
 15. 
 
 2. to honour oneself, to glory, to boast, 
 Prov. 12, 9. 
 
 Derlv. 133 ri"J33, 1133, ITn^SS. 
 
 'T?? constr. 133 Ex. 4, 10, and 133 Is, 
 1,4. 
 
 A) Adj. 1. heavy, e. g. a load Ps. 
 38, 5; a yoke 1 K. 12, 4. 11 ; an old 
 man of large frame 1 Sam. 4, 18 ; of a 
 
 cloud charged with rain Ex. 19, 16 ; a 
 rock, i. e. great Is. 32, 2. In a bad sense, 
 heavy, i.e. oppressive, grievous, sore, e. g. 
 a murrain, Ex. 9, 3 ; locusts and flies 
 Ex. 8, 20. 10, 14 ; hail 9, 18. 24 ; famine 
 Gen. 12, 10. 41, 31. 43, 1. 47, 13. Trop 
 of sin Ps. 38, 5 ; hence Is. 1, 4 a people 
 "jlS *T33 heavy with iniquity, i. e. la- 
 den with heavy sin. Also burdensome., 
 troublesome, Prov. 27, 3 ; comp. Ecclus. 
 22, 17. 
 
 2. much, many, great, (comp. ' graves 
 pavonum greges ' Varro ap. Non. 4. no. 
 218.) spoken of an army Num. 20, 20. 
 Is. 36, 2 ; a retinue 1 K. 10, 2. Gen. 50, 
 9 ; flocks Ex. 12, 38. 
 
 3. great, vehement, sore, see the root 
 Kal no. 4 ; e.g. lamentation Gen. 50, 10. 
 
 4. Of things as not easily moved, 
 heavy, i. e. dull, slow, sluggish ; so of 
 the speech and tongue Ex. 4, 10 ; of the 
 heart, hard, Ex. 7, 14. 
 
 5. difficult, hard, .sc. to be done, as a 
 
 business Ex. 18, 8. Num. 11. 14; hard 
 
 to be understood, as a language Ez. 3, 
 
 5. 6. Comp. Germ, schwer, schwierig. 
 
 So* So 
 B) Subst. the liver, Arab. JuJ, OJS, 
 
 ScXa5, as being the heaviest of the vis- 
 cera, both in weight and importance ; 
 Prov. 7. 23. Ez. 21, 26 [21]. Lev. 3, 4. 
 10. Lam. 2. 11 "^nrs ^-isb r,Ba2 my liver 
 is poured out upon the ground, hyperbol. 
 expression for the severest mental suf- 
 fering ; comp. Job 16, 13. 
 
 "ihS see in 1133 and rTn!i33 , 
 
 133 1. heaviness, weight, Prov. 27, 3. 
 
 2. a great number, nmltitude, Nah. 
 3, 3. 
 
 3. vehemence, violence, e. g. of fire. Is. 
 30, 27 ; of war Is. 21, 15. See r. 133 
 no. 4. 
 
 n^ISS f. heaviness, difficulty, Ex. 14, 
 
 25. R. 133. 
 
 * nl3 fut. nsai , to go out, to be 
 quenched, pr. of fire Lev. 6, 5. 6. Prov. 
 
 26, 20 ; of a light 1 Sam. 3, 3. Prov. 31, 
 18. Metaph. of the anger of God 2 K. 
 22, 17. Jer. 7, 20 ; o^ enemies who pe- 
 rish. Is. 43, 17 like a wick are they 
 qxienched. Arab. Laj to cover with 
 ashes, not wholly to extinguish ; but 
 
*CD 
 
 445 
 
 t3ll 
 
 Lx*. to extinguish. The primary no- 
 tion is tluif iA\-m-e>ing over, concealing ; 
 comp. Stan , nsn . 
 
 PiKL to piU out, to queHch, e. g. fire Is. 1, 
 31,ahjfht2Chr.29,7. Is. 42, 3. Metaph. 
 anger Jer. 4. 4. 21. 12 ; love Cant. 8, 7. 
 So 2 Slim. 21. 17 bx-i^i i3-p!< naan v^bi 
 that thou quench not the. light of Iiircmt, 
 i. e. iesl thou, the light of the nation, 
 perish. Comp. 2 Sam.U, 7, and art. rbna. 
 
 TiSS^ defect. "3? twice Gen. 31, 1. 
 Nah. 2, 10; c. sutf. -"liSS, ^T^^,, rarely 
 defect, ^nss Ex. 29, 43. 33, 22 ; m. but 
 ^m. Gen. 49, 6 ; pr. weight, but always 
 .rop. R. 132 . 
 
 1. abundance. .viAstance, riches, wealth, 
 Nah. 2, 10. Ps.49, 17. I8. 10, 3. Gen. 31, 
 1. al. See r. n=3 no. 2. 
 
 2. honour, glory, Sept. 5dS, see the 
 root no. 6. a) Of men, 1 K. 3, 13 naJS 
 TisS C5 riches and honour. Ecc. 6, 2. 
 Prov. 8^ 18. 2 Chr. 1, 11. 12. Prov.20, 3 
 2''n'a nao ^"'xb Tia3 it is lionourfor a 
 man to cease from strife. 11, 16. Ps. 8, 6. 
 Job 19, 9. 1 Sam. 4, 21 of the ark. 
 Prov. 25. 27 to eat much honey is not 
 good, TiaS CTias ^.p.ni and the search- 
 ing out of their honour is not honour, i. e. 
 to seek one's own honour is not honour, 
 the negat. being repeated from the pre- 
 ced. member. Or it may be so divided : 
 ii33l3 TiaS li^n the searching out of 
 honour is withoid honour ; comp. for *(ia 
 Is. 14, 19. Job 11, 15. 21, 9. See The- 
 saur. p. 515. b) Of God, Ps. 19, 2 
 ^x nizs n-i-iSCTa ciiiaTSn tlie heavens de- 
 clare the glory of God. 29, 1. Is. 42, 8. 
 48, 11. al. liasn ~bo the King of glory 
 Ps. 24, 7. 8. 9. To give or render ho- 
 nour to any one is : \ Ti23 ^rj , as to 
 men Prov. 26, 8, to God 1 Sam. 6, 5. 
 Ps. 1 15. 1 ; b nias ei J , to God Is. 42, 12 ; 
 h '3 an^ to^God'Ps. 29. 1. 9. 1 Chr. 16, 
 28 ; \ '3 rvqs to do honour to 2 Chr. 
 32, 23. 33. comp. Is. 14, 18. Conor. 
 aa) God is called 'X'^''^'? "i'ia3 tlie glory 
 of Israel, i. e. in whom Israel should 
 glory, Jer. 2, 11. Ps.106,20; genr.'sTiaiS 
 the glory of any one, i. e. who restores 
 and protects his honour. Ps. 3, 4. 57. 9. 
 bb) Also bxn-:;"^ TiaD collect, the glory 
 of Israel, the nobility, nobles, Is. 5, 13 
 (opp. isi^n). 17. 3. 4. Mic. 1, 15. So too 
 the nobles of Assyria Is. 8, 7. 10, 16 ; of 
 
 38 
 
 Moab Is, 16, 14; comp. also Is. 23,23. 
 24. cc) B niaS the honour, gloi-y, of 
 any one, poet. Ibr tlie spirit, the heart, 
 as the noblest part of man, Gen. 49, 6 
 where it is joined with a fern, like 1^03. 
 Ps. 7, 6 (parall. tt\ , D-^'n , ab Ps. 16, 9). 
 
 16, 3. 30, 13. 57, 9.' 108,' 2. Comp. Gr. 
 qillov r,ioif. Some here assign to TiaS 
 the signif. of liver, i. q. "las ; but the 
 liver is never (like the heart and reins) 
 assumed as the seat of the mind and 
 affections. Adv. tcith honour, glorious- 
 ly, Ps. 73, 24 ; comp. 149, 5. 
 
 3. splendour, gloiy, majesty. Gen. 45, 
 13 and ye shall tell my father "bSTftj 
 C^^STsa "'"lias of all my glory (splendour) 
 in Egypt. Is. 4, 5. 11, 10. 22, 18. niaa X33 
 a throne of glory 1 Sara.li. 8. Jer. 14, 21. 
 
 17, 12. V'=?^ '"'-3 '/^ glory (f Leba- 
 non, its magnificence, beauty, Is. 35, 2. 
 60, 13. h niaab n^n to be for glory (ho- 
 nour) to any one. Is. 4. 2 ; comp. Zecii. 2, 
 9. Espec. njn'j niaS the glory, majesty, 
 of Jehovah, Sept. 8u^a Kvfjcov, Is. .59, 19. 
 60, 1 ; pr. that^ry effulgence surround- 
 ed with dark clouds in which Jehovah is 
 represented as appearing, or Jehovah 
 himself as surrounded by this effulgence 
 (from which lightnings proceed Lev. 9, 
 23. Num. 16, 35. Ps. 18, 13), such as he. 
 manifested himself at Sinai to Moses; 
 and the people, Ex. 16, 7. 10. 24, 16; 
 comp. V. 17. 33, 18. Lev. 9. 6. 23 ; or ap- 
 peared in the tabernacle Ex. 40, 34; or- 
 in the temple 1 K. 8, 11. 2 Chr. 7, 1, 
 comp. Ez. 43, 2. 5. 44, 4 ; or was seen in' 
 prophetic visions Is. 6, 3. Ez. 1, 28. 3, 12.. 
 23. 8, 4. 10, 4. 18 ; comp. in N. T. 86la' 
 Ki'Qiov Luke 2, 9. 9, 11 . Acts 22, 1 1. To 
 this corresponds the npatd Shekinah of 
 the later Jews, Buxtorf Lex. Chald. h. v. 
 God appears too in glory to punish 
 transgressors Lev. 10, 2 ; and sinners are 
 said to provoke i^ia3 "^a'^s the eyes ofhia- 
 glory, i. e. of him as thus appearing iQ' 
 his glory for their punishment^ Is, 3, 8. 
 
 n'1^13 f for iTnas, from a masc. 133, 
 after the form onx , nsix ., R. laa. 
 
 1. Adj. fem. splendid, magnificent, 
 e. g. a bed Ez. 23, 41 ; the attire of a 
 queen Ps. 45, 14. 
 
 2. Suhst. precioics things, icealth, Jtidg. 
 18,21; i. q. lias no..l, comp. Is. 10, 3^ 
 Gen. 31, 1. 
 
1S5 
 
 446 
 
 133 
 
 b^n3 (r. h'z'3) Cabnl, pr. n. a) A city 
 in the tribe of Asher Josh. 19, 27. It 
 seems to correspond to the viUage A'- 
 /5wA(u mentioned by Josephus de Vit. s. 
 43. 44. B. J. 3. 3. 1. Comp. Reland. Falsest, 
 p. 668. A fortress Jol^'/iatu/ is men- 
 tioned by Arabian writers in the district 
 of Safed ; see Rosenm. Analecta Arab. 
 III. p. 20. 
 
 b) A district of Galilee comprising 
 twenty cities and towns, given by Solo- 
 mon to Hiram king of Tyre. 1 K. 9, 13; 
 so called by the latter in token of dis- 
 satisfaction, comp. V. 12. Josephus says, 
 prob. by conjecture from the context. 
 Ant. 8. 5. 3: fif&fQfir^v^vu^ivov yuq to 
 Xu^tikmy xTM <l>oivUon' ylCniav o r x 
 ngiaxov arifiulvn. The LXX have 
 oqiov border, as if bl-S i. q. bi;a, and so 
 Bochart ; but this neglects the context. 
 Hiller, in Onomast. V. T. p. 435, takes 
 iii33 for bisrjS part. pass, of ^^n , ' as 
 something exhaled, as nothing.' Some- 
 thing like this was perhaps present to 
 the mind of the sacred writer ; though 
 the reading of the Sept. is in itself the 
 more natural. 
 
 pSl? (Syr. |ja^ cake, r. ==3) Cab- 
 ban, pr. n. of a place in the plain of Ju- 
 dah, Josh. 15, 40; perhaps the same 
 with X322^ 1 Chr. 2, 49. 
 
 "T^DS m. (r. "1^3) something braided 
 or plaited; hence a quilt, mattress. 
 1 Sam. 19, 13. 16 n'-irn n-rs the mat- 
 tress of goafs hair. Comp. iSj"? . 
 
 T^as m. adj. poet, mostly in Job. R. 
 133 no. 2 and Hiph. ^ 
 
 1. great, vast, mighty, Arab. jJ^' 
 
 So C"i"i"23 c"^^ mighty waters Is. 17, 12. 
 28. 2. T'S? n^n a mighty wind Job 8, 2. 
 Spoken of great men, renowned, Job 34, 
 24; of God as great, mighty, Job 34, 17. 
 36 5. Zi^'C'^ "(^r? of great age, grand- 
 (Bvus, Job 15, 10 ; so Arab 
 senex grandsevus. 
 
 * b^l obsol. root, Talm. Syr. Arab. 
 to tie, to bind, to bind together, kindr. 
 with Vl3^ and ban ; also 139, "i33, 1?n . 
 Hence the quadrilit. ba^S q. v. pr. n. 
 bsias, and 
 
 ba? m. a fetter, plur. constr, ''ba?, Pe. 
 105, 18. 149, 8. Arab, and Syr. id. 
 
 * "nS obsol. root, Chald. and Tal- 
 mud, to bind, to bind together, i. q. kindr, 
 bns ; Syr. to bind around. Hence pr, 
 names n:23^. ""t^^^. 
 
 ^'^rf pr. to tread, to trample with 
 the feet, kindr. with tua3 ; on the syllable, 
 03, which is primary in this root, see 
 under art, D^ia p. 119. Hence to wash, 
 to cleanse, sc. garments by treading them 
 in a trough, etc. differing from "HI to 
 lave or wash the body, as Gr. nli'vtiv 
 from loi'tiv. In Kal not found except in 
 Part. 03'3 2 K. 18, 17. Is. 7, 3. 36, 2. a 
 washer, fuller, Gr. tiXuvitiq, xrimffvc, 
 whose business it was to cleanse soiled 
 garments, and to Hill new ones. See 
 Schneider Ind. ad Scriptt. Rei Rnsticae 
 p. 385. SchOttgen TriturBe et fuUonia? 
 Antiquitates,Lips.l763. Theoaia nya 
 fidhr''s field Is. 1. c. was a pla( on the 
 west of Jerusalem, where the fullers 
 spread out the garments after washing 
 to dry. 
 
 PiEL 023 Gen. 49, 11. 2 Sam. 19, 25. 
 elsewhere 023. 
 
 1. i. q. Kal, Ex. 19, 10. Lev. 11, 25. 
 28. 40. 13, 6. 34. Num. 19, 7. aL Part, 
 02=73 i. q. 023 Mai. 3, 2. 
 
 2. Metaph. to cleanse, to purify the 
 heart from sin, Ps. 51, 4. 9. Jer. 4, 14 ; 
 yet so that the primary notion of wash- 
 ing is retained and alluded to, Jer. 2, 2^ 
 Mai. 3, 2. 
 
 PuAL Pass. Lev. 13. 58. 15, 17. 
 HoTHP. pass, oasrr Lev. 13, 55. 56. 
 
 * J^l^S obsol. root like kinJr. "25 and 
 sa;5, to be high, espec. with a round 
 form, as a tumor, a cnp, the head. 
 Hence sa'S helmet. 
 
 *'^!23 in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to bind 
 together, to plait, to braid, i. q. b23 and 
 the verbs there compared, also i^3 II. 
 Hence "i"'23 plaited mattress, n"ia 
 sieve, "i32T3 coarse cloth, ""Ss^ net- 
 work. Like many other verbs of twist- 
 ing, plaiting, braiding, (bna, bw, "iCjS. 
 n;;? .) it is also transferred to the idea of 
 strength and magnitude ; henc 
 
 2. to be great, much, many, also to be 
 long, both in space and duration, see 
 
 133, nn33 . Arab. ZiS'to be great, ^^ 
 
 to be advanced in years, Syr. fio to 
 
"OD 
 
 447 
 
 tt25 
 
 increase in wealth, Eth. 'tt'fl^, to be 
 honoured, illustrious. 
 
 HiiMi. to make, many, to multiply, Job 
 35, 16. Part. T^asi? Bubst. (after the 
 form PiTTJo,) miiltituilc, abundance, 
 with V pref. n'^saiab i. q. ^ih , (U)U7idant- 
 ly, Job 36. 31. ' ' 
 
 Dcriv. see in Kal no. 1 also 133, 
 
 T t ' 
 
 133 pr. subst length, both of apace 
 and time, see the root 133 no. 2. Hence 
 
 1. Chebar, pr. n. of a river in Mesopo- 
 tamia, called also lian q. v. Gr. and Lat. 
 Chaboraa, Ez. 1, 3. 3, 15. 23. 10, 15. 22. 
 This orthography of the name approach- 
 es to Syriasm, Syr. i-sasj ioiis ; while 
 the form "lian (.jL^) imitates the 
 Arabic. Although each form admits 
 of a tolerable etymology ("'"i^n conjoin- 
 ing, 133 long river), yet in a river of 
 Mesopotamia the Aramsean would be 
 more likely to exhibit tJie genuine and 
 primitive orthography. See Ritler's 
 Erdkunde Th. XI. p. 253 sq. Berl. 1844. 
 
 2. Adv. of time, long ago, already, 
 formerly ; found only in the book of 
 Ecc. and belonging to the later Hebrew ; 
 Ecc. 1, 10. 3, 15. 4, 2. 6, 10. 9, 6. 7. 2, 16 
 nsr: ^sn n'^san D-'ic^n las'ra since in 
 days to come all will have been long ago 
 forgotten; here 133 qualifies the verb. 
 Syr. jiis long ago, already. 
 
 n'113 f. a sieve. Am. 9. 9. R. 133 
 no. 1. 
 
 nn^S f, (r. 133 no. 2) only constr. 
 rii33, pr. length, and then a certain 
 definite measure of distance, like many 
 other words denoting measure, weight, 
 time, which are also used to designate 
 particular measures, weights, intervals 
 of time; comp. Heb. nso, bj^ffl, r^v<2, c^a;; 
 a year; Aram. )^a>, u^a, a short time, 
 spec, an hour ; Engl, a measure of wine ; 
 Lat. ponrfo, whence Engl, pound. The 
 exact length of the nnas cannot be 
 ascertained from the passages where it 
 occurs, Gen. 35, 16. 48, 7. 2 K. 5, 19. 
 The Sept. once adds (Gen. 48, 7) by 
 way of explanation, imiodfjopos, which 
 may be either a stadium, see Hody de 
 bibl. Text, originalibus p. 115; or else 
 a measure common among the Arabs, 
 
 jmuLM icyMJ the course of a liarte, I. e. 
 
 as far as a horse can run or travel 
 without fatigue, a stage or post ; see 
 Koehler ad Abulf Syriam in Addend, 
 ad p. 7. not. 27. 
 
 '*'?7 obsol. root, pr, i. q. tti33 and 
 033 to tread, to subdue, to force, spec, a 
 female, comp. 'd33 no. 3. Arab. lytjS 
 subegit semel pueilam. Hence 
 
 'C32 m. a he-lamb, a young ram, from 
 one to three years old, already fit for 
 coupling, whence the name. Lambs of 
 this kind, chiefly a year old, were used 
 for the sacrifices ; hence frequently with 
 the addition irjO"")? the son of his year, 
 one year old, Num. 7J 15. 21. 23. 39. 45. 51. 
 57. 63. 69. 75; also in plur. n3 "'sa ib. 7, 
 17. 23. 29. 35. 41. al. Elsewhere lambs 
 (g^iIJSS) are mentioned as feeding in 
 pastures Is. 5, 17. Hos. 4, 16 ; as yield- 
 ing wool Job 31. 20. Prov. 27, 26 ; as aif 
 emblem of gentleness and patience Jer. 
 
 So-, 
 
 11, 19. Arab. litjS a he-Iamb of one or 
 two years; see the Arabian grammari- 
 ans in Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 421 sq. By 
 transpos. sometimes 3tt;3, fern, nabs ; 
 but the other forms, as the more dilR- 
 cult, are doubtless primitive ; comp. 
 laar'^ , transp. isn-r-] . 
 
 niCaS 2 Sam. 12, 3. 4. 6, and riTOas 
 Lev. 14. 10. Num.6.14, constr. nb33, plur. 
 nt53a ; fem. of b33, an ewe-lamb, from 
 one to three years old. Plur. Gen. 21, 28. 
 29. 30. By transpos. nacs, see in b33 . 
 
 *">255 fut. Cias"! 1. to tread upon, 
 to trample under foot, kindr. with 033. 
 Zech. 9, 15 rbp-'s^x ''"^a:^ and they 
 shall trample underfoot the stones of the 
 sling, i. e. easily turn them aside as 
 harmless ; comp. Job 41, 20. 21 [28]. 
 Metaph. Mic. 7, 19 ^irnbis cias';' he 
 treadeih under foot our iniquities, i. e. 
 disregards them, does not avenge them. 
 
 2. to subdue, to make subject to one- 
 self, e. g. a man the beasts Gen. 1, 28 ; 
 enemies, slaves, a hostile land 2 Chr. 28, 
 10. Jer. 34, 16. Neh. 5, 5. Comp. nn-^. 
 
 3. to force a woman, Esth, 7, 8, So 
 
 Arab, \j^. 
 
 PiEL, to subdue a people, i. q. Kal no. 
 2. 2 Sam. 3, 11. 
 
trns 
 
 448 
 
 Jt? 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2. Jer. 34. 11 Cheth, 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 2. Num. 32, 
 22. 29. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Chr. 22, 18. 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 3. Neh. 5, 5 fin. 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 tJnS m. a footstool, 2 Chr. 9, 18. 
 Chald. iai23, Syr. }^al, id. 
 
 jtDIlS ni. a furnace, i. e. according to 
 Kimchi a lime-kiln, or also for smelting 
 metals, and different from "isisri a kind of 
 oven for baking. Gen. 19, 28. Ex. 9, 8. 
 10. 19, 18. So called from subduing 
 metals, from r. 25=3 ; comp. ' igne ferrum 
 domatur' Plin. H.N. 36. 27. 
 
 n? f: (r. T13 no. 2) 1 K. 17. 14. 16 ; 
 Plnr. n"^^? mas'c. Judg. 7, 16. 1 K. 18, 34 ; 
 a bucket, pail, both lor drawing water 
 and carrying it, Gen. 24, 14 sq. Ecc. 12, 
 6; a tub for keeping meal, 1 K. 17, 12. 
 14. 16. Water was carried by women 
 upon their shoulders, Gen. 1. c. Corre- 
 sponding are Sanscr. ghada, Gr. xuSog, 
 . xddSog, Lat. cadus, Slav. kad. 
 
 * 3jD Chald. Pa. to lie, not to speak 
 the truth, i. q. Heb. 3|3 . Hence 
 
 nS'lS Chald. f. a lie, falsehood, Dan. 
 2, 9 Fi3'73 n|?3 by apposit. tcords, false- 
 hood, i. e. false words. Others make it 
 an adj. contrary to the form and usage. 
 
 * "7 j2 obsol. root, kindr. rrs , Lat. 
 cvdo, to beat, to pound ; hence 
 
 1. to strike fire, whence "liT^S spark, 
 and ^3"l3 sparkling gem, ruby. 
 
 2. to labour severely, to toil hard, pr. 
 in the manner of smiths and other arti- 
 sans, comp. cudo ; spec, to draw out a 
 well, to draw water; whence 13, So 
 
 Arab. Jkj to hammer or forge, toil hard, 
 to draw out a well. Comp. Eth. 'QJK^ 
 to tread with the feet, to triturate. 
 
 '''13 see ''^. 
 
 ''13 Chald. see ""n. 
 
 lis'l? m. (r. 1-13) Ez. 27. 16. Is. 54, 
 12, a sparkling gem, prob. r7d)y. Chald. 
 Kjnsi?, 'i"'"?'i3n3 id. Ex. 39, 11, Targ. 
 Comp. also Arab. HtX^IX^rubedo max- 
 ima. 
 
 *'^53 obsol. root, kindr. "in|5,Arab. 
 "sJkJ and jtXi^ to he turbid, troubled, as 
 
 water; metaph. of life, ki^ to be dis- 
 turbed, troubled, by adverse fortune, ca- 
 lamity, comp. 1??. By another meta- 
 phor the Hebrews transfer it also to the 
 tumults of war ; hence tlT'3 , 
 
 '^''?2^5'^7"? P'"- II- Chedorlaomer, king 
 of the Elamites in the time of Abraham, 
 Gen. 14, 1. 9. This name if Semitic 
 may be i. q. handful of sheaves, from 
 s^ ^ - 
 s\ Jo handful, and "iS sheaf; but not 
 
 improb. the etymology is to be sought 
 in the ancient Persian. 
 
 ris contr. for ins , Heb. Gr. 57, 2 ; pr. 
 
 as this, i. q. MTS, Arab. SdS. Hence 
 
 1. thus, so, oUtojc, referring pr. to what 
 precedes; Gen. 15, 5 tell the stars . . . 
 and he said unto him, T^","}! >T['l'! "^^ so 
 shall thy seed be. Ex. 5. 15 comp. 14. 
 1 Sam. 17, 27 comp. 25. But more freq. 
 to what follows. Deut. 7. 5 but thus shall 
 ye deal with them ; ye shall destroy their 
 altars, etc. Gen. 31, 8. 2 K. 12, 10. Of- 
 ten where the words of any one are re- 
 peated, Judg. 11, 15 and said unto him, 
 npE" nrs n'3 thus saith Jephthah. Ex. 
 5, 10. 3, 15 ; also freq. in the formula 
 rrin"] nax ri3 thus saith Jehovah Jer. 2, 
 2.' 7,' 20. 9, 16. 22. 22, 6. 49, 12. al. sa^p. 
 There are also examples, where nb 
 stands without any thing to which it 
 can refer; as in the formula of swearing 
 and adjuring: (nin"^)n%ni)i< "b nirr: ns 
 r]'^Di> nil God do so to me and more 
 also, where at first the words were prob. 
 accompanied by some gesture of chas- 
 tisement or punishment ; since they im- 
 ply: let God infiict dire punishment upon 
 me; see Ruth 1, 17. 1 K. 19, 2. 20. 10. 
 1 Sam. 14, 44. 25, 22. Where this for- 
 mula implies a negative, it is followed 
 by est, 2 K. 6, 31 God do so ami more 
 also to me, if (nx) the head of Elisha 
 shall stand on him this day, i. e. it shall 
 not remain on him. 1 K. 20, 10. 1 Sam. 
 3, 17. 25, 22 ; once CX "3 2 Snm. 3. 35. 
 On the contrary, when the oath is affirm-* 
 ative, N^ BX follows, 2 Sam. 19, 14 ; 
 oftener with "^3 1 Sam. 14, 44. Ruth 
 ], 17. 2 Sam. 3, 9. 1 K. 2, 23. 19, 2. 
 See in CX C. 1. c. 
 
 2. Partic. of place, ?iere, like Gr. itSf, 
 but rarely, Ruth 2, 8 ; so nb nis here 
 
riD 
 
 449 
 
 tHD 
 
 there Num. 1 1 , 3 1 . nb i? /o that place 
 c. before spoken of yonder, Fr.jusque 
 Id, Gen. 22, 5. After verlis of motion, 
 hither, here, Gen. 31, 37. Num. 23, 15. ns 
 n=; hither and thither Ex. 2, 12. Syr. )ja 
 here, in comp. ).2^ hither, )jilo hence. 
 
 3. Partic. of time, now ; vi'Z-^tl until 
 now, hilhirrto, Ex. 7, 16. Josh. 17, 14. 
 ni-is^ n3~i5 till now and till then, in 
 the mean time, meanwhile, 1 K. 18, 45. 
 
 n3 Chald. i. q. ris no. 3. Dan. 7, 28 
 ns-ns hitherto. 
 
 * nriS fut. nna^, apoc. Rsnn Job 17, 
 7. kindr. with nx3 and nn;? ; to be weak, 
 feeble, faint, to be dispirited, to despond, 
 Is. 42. 4. Spec, of a light about to go 
 out, to be feeble, dim. Is. 42. 3. Also of 
 eyes, to be or become dim, either from 
 old age Deut. 34. 7. Zech. 11, 17. Gen. 
 27. 1 ; or from grief Job 17. 7. 
 
 PiEL r\r^^. also rirj^ Lev. 13, 56. 
 
 1. Intrans. to become faint, pale, as a 
 epot on the skin. Lev. 13, 6. 56 ; comp. 
 adj. nn^ v. 21. 26. 28. Also to be faint- 
 hearted, timid, to despond, Ez. 21, 12 ; 
 comp. Is. 61, 3. 
 
 2. to chide, to admonish, to restrain, 
 with a 1 Sam. 3, 13 C3 nr^^ xbn (be- 
 cause) he rebuked them not, i. e. did not 
 restrain them. Comp. ns3 . Deriv. the 
 two following. 
 
 ^05 adj. found only in the fem. nn3 
 weak, feeble, faint, spec, of the dim w^ick 
 of a lamp just about to go out. Is. 42, 3 ; 
 of eyes bedimmed. dnll. 1 Sam. 3. 2 ; or 
 ofa faint or pale colour. Lev. 13. 21. 26. 
 28. 39 spots nisab ninS of a palish white; 
 romp, the root Pi. no. 1. So of a. faint 
 heart, desponding. Is. 61. 3. 
 
 HilS f. mitigation, alleviation, sc. of a 
 wound, i. q. healing, Nah. 3, 19. R. 
 
 nns. 
 
 * ^'Jr' Chald. to be able, I can, kindr. 
 with b'S , bb^ ; conip. on the affinity of 
 verbs n"3 and 'i'^ under lett. n. p. 238. 
 Part, bns plur. VrT^l^ with inf. c. h Dan. 
 2, 26. 4J 'l5. 5, 8. 15.' 
 
 * ItjS not used in Kal ; whence *\'n'S 
 a priest. The etymology is doubtful ; 
 
 Arab, ^y^ and jj-g^ ^ presage, to 
 
 s ^ 
 divine; ^J-*o a divmer, soothsayer, 
 
 38* 
 
 often among the pagan Arabs ; then, OD 
 internuncio, envoy ; Ethiop. !fKJi to be 
 a jtriest, to minister; Syr. ^ous to be 
 ministered, consecrated ; in Bar Ali, to 
 be rich, opulent, to enjoy the comforts 
 of life ; )ZaX^aua richness, riches, pros- 
 perity, happiness. But all these appear 
 to be secondary meanings, derived from 
 the station and power of the priesthood, 
 i. e. from 'P^ priest, which is found in the 
 Heb. Chald. Syr. and Eth. languages. 
 The native power of this word, there- 
 fore, is still to be sought by conjecture. 
 Hitzig supposes (ad Is. 61, 10) that ^2 
 is i. q. '(IS to stand, whence *(H3 pr. one 
 who stands by, an a.isistant. Maurer 
 regards "iHd as i. q. "inj, "jna, to hicline, 
 to bend, i. e. to bow down, as is done 
 in worsliip. whence 'f}^ pr. one bowing 
 dmrn, making prostrations. Both of 
 these conjectures are worth attention ; 
 in favour of the last, we might perhaps 
 also appeal to the Syro-Arabic gloss 
 
 
 Z] i. e. to bow down oneself 
 in worship. Other conjectures see in 
 Thesaur. p. 661, 662. 
 
 PiEL "iHS denom. 1. to minister as 
 priest, to act as priest, to perform the 
 priestly functions, Ex. 31, 10. 35, 19. 
 Lev. 16, 32. Num. 3, 34; often with 
 nin^b Ex. 28, 1. 3. 4. 29, 1. 44. Lev. 7, 
 35. al. Sept. Uqaxivoi. 
 
 2. to be or become priest, Deut. 10, 6. 
 
 3. Unusual is Is. 61, 10 'ins'; "rns 
 "isa as the bridegroom priests it with 
 his turban, i. e. decks himself with a 
 splendid turban such as the priests 
 wore ; q. d. plays the priest with his 
 turban.' So Aqu. mq rvficpiov Uqutevo- 
 fifrov aTfifaroj, comp. Jarchi, Symm. 
 Vulg. Syr. 
 
 jHS m. plur. C'sn's, a priest ; Chald. 
 
 emph. Xjr:;?, Syr. pavs, Arab. ^^0 , 
 
 Eth. ^KH . id. For the etymology see 
 in r. 'riS . Very freq. in Ex. Lev. Deut. 
 of the priests of Jehovah, as Ex. 2. 16. 3, 
 1. 18, 1. al. sexcent. Also of the priests 
 of idols, as Gen. 41, 45. 50. 46, 20. 47, 
 26. al. Constr. a) With genii, of the 
 divinity, as riin^ -^rfs 1 Sam. 14. 3 ; '3 
 bran 2 Chr. 23, 17 ; jis'i "'sna i Sam. 5, 
 
^ns 
 
 450 
 
 a^^ 
 
 5 ; T'S-ns thy priests, sc. of Jehovah, Ps. 
 132. 9. Sometimes with a genit. of the 
 people or city where the priest officiates, 
 as "S 's priest of On Gen. 41, 45. 50; 
 *i^n?3 '3 priest of Midian Ex. 3, 1. 18, 1 ; 
 bwx' r-^a 3 Am. 7, 10; mran "irni ^Ae 
 priests of the high ^/aces IK. 13, 2. 33; c. 
 suff. 13'^:~3 our priests sc. of Israel, Ezra 
 9, 7. Neh. 10, 1. etc. b) With b of the 
 divinity, as wnib -,^2 Lev. 23! 20. 1 
 Sam. 1. 3. 2 Chr. 26, 17 ; 'Ths bxb 's 
 Gen. 14, 18. C^rrbs xbb '3 2 Chr.' 13, 
 9. Sometimes b marks the person who 
 employs a priest. Judg. 17, 12. 13. 18. 4. 
 
 19. 2 Sam. 20, 26. Among the He- 
 brews ike High Priest, 6 ui>xtfQfvc, was 
 called b-;njn 'tTibrf Lev. 21, 10. Num. 35, 
 25. 28. Josh. 20, 6. Hagg. 1, 1. 12. 14. al. 
 also TiJN-n -n3 2 K. 25, 18. 2 Chr. 19, 
 11. 26. 20'; tisin '3n Ezra 7, 5 ; insn 
 fii^"53ti the anointed priest Lev. 4. 3. 5. 
 16. The next in dignity was called '3 
 nrtZJan /Ae second priest Jer. 52, 24 ; but 
 this phrase in the plur. njnsn ""jris 2 K. 
 23, 4 seems to imply all the other priests 
 in opp. to the high priest. Melchize- 
 dek, the earliest king of Jerusalem, is 
 also called a priest of Jehovah Gen. 14, 
 18. Ps. 110, 4 ; and several of the earli- 
 est Hebrew kings were in fact also 
 priests, as Solomon 1 K. c. 8 ; comp. 
 Uzziah 2 Chr. 26, 16. So Virg. ^n. 3. 
 80: "Rex Anius, rex idem hominum 
 Phcebique sacerdos." 
 
 Note. It is an ancient opinion of the 
 Heb. intpp. that "iHS signifies ?Asoprince. 
 Not only have the Chaldee translators 
 rendered it in several places by X3'n 
 prince, as Gen. 41, 45. Ex. 1. c. Ps. 110, 
 4 ; but the author of Chronicles also 
 seems to have followed this view, since 
 he renders the words 2 Sam. 8, 18 "'JS^ 
 !i"'n tt"'3ri3 I^T, giving in his manner a 
 gloss: 1 Chr.' 18. 17 c-'JiUX'iri T'n i;^^ 
 -jbrn n;;b and the sons of David, the 
 chiefs, were at the side of the king, i. e. 
 were the chief ministers of the kingdom. 
 The chief pas.sages are 2 Sam. 8, 16-18. 
 
 20, 23-26. 1 K. 4, 2-6 ; from all which 
 it appears that there were priests con- 
 nected with the court; partly exercising 
 their proper functions, and partly as 
 friends and counsellors of the sovereign ; 
 as was also often the case witli prophets 
 and priests in later times. The author 
 
 of Chronicles seems to have chosen this 
 interpretation of the more ancient con- 
 text, because priests of any other than 
 the Levitical family were unknown to 
 him. Of less weight is the authority of 
 Onkelos. Hence in all the passages re- 
 ferred to, the signif priest is the only 
 true one. Comp. the case of Solomon 
 above. See more in Thesaur. p. 663. 
 
 ir?? Chald. m. st. eraphat. Sj"!!?. plur. 
 "p:n3, i. q. Hebr. "i^S, a priest, Ezra 7, 
 12. 21. Plur. Ezra'e, 9. 16. 7, 16. 24. 
 
 nsns f priesthood, the priests' office, 
 Ex. 2V 9. 40, 15. Num. 3. 10. 25, 13. 1 
 Sam. 2, 36. R. ",^3, -(nis. 
 
 1? Chald. plur. 'p^3 , a window, Dan. 6, 
 
 11. Syr. ]Zq^, Arab. S, sliid. R. 
 rT3 II. 
 
 n'lS 7ra| XfySfi. Ez. 30, 5, Chnh, pr. 
 n. of a country, coupled with Egypt and 
 Ethiopia. Some understand Cohen, a 
 port of Ethiopia, or Cobium, a town near 
 the Mareotis. Perhaps it should be writ- 
 ten 215 Nubia, which at least is followed 
 by the Arabic version, doubtless in ac- 
 cordance with the Septuagint, although 
 this word is wanting in our Mss. of the 
 latter. Thus the Arab, has X^yJI JlJc! 
 the people of Nubia ; and a vestige of this 
 reading remains in Cod. de Rossi 409, 
 which for SIS'] has a prima manu SISSi. 
 Or perh. we might read 2'b Libya. 
 
 y^is (Milra) m. Ez. 27, 10, in pause 
 53i3 38, 5 ; constr. S2-2 (Milel) 1 Sam. 
 17', 5. Is. 59, 17 ; plur. n-J:3i3 Jer. 46, 4. 
 2 Chr. 26. 14, a helmet. Metaph. Is. 59, 
 17. R. y23 . Twice written with p, as 
 yaip (Milra) Ez. 23, 24, constr. 5;"ip 
 (Milel) 1 Sam. 17, 38. 
 
 Note. There is in this word a singu- 
 lar confusion of the Segolate and pena- 
 cute form "Ip, b?'Q, with the acute form 
 cbis, which may be tlius explained. 
 Strictly, the word in either shape was 
 originally a Segolate, after the torm 
 
 b5B, like the Arab. SJuJs cup. But 
 Holem, as strengthened by the tone, and 
 also as fully written, contrary to the com- 
 mon Heb. usage and in fhe later He- 
 brew and Syriac manner (comp. l^llp 
 Dan. 11, 30, r,a^5 2 Sam. 18, 9, Syr. 
 
h*iD 
 
 461 
 
 V^ 
 
 (-kja-e), became so strong in this word 
 as to be retained also in the plur. S''y3*3 
 (instead of 0^523, or C'^S kobaim). as 
 if from a sing. SS'S, after tiie form nb'is. 
 Hence it arose, that such a form (yi'iS) 
 came into actual ufe, at least in the ab- 
 solute state ; although in the construct 
 the primarj' Kcgohitc form was preserv- 
 ed; comp. 125. constr. 123. A lengthened 
 and secondary form is the Syr. |Sn n . 
 Intermediate forms fluctuating between 
 the two, are 5=13 Ez. 27, 10, Saip 23, 24. 
 
 *^rT ^ root not used in Kal. 
 
 I. to hum, Gr. xalot (xarco). Arab. 
 I <k5^ Syr. foa , to burn in. to brand, to 
 murk with cautery. Hence ""S II, n^^3, 
 
 T I 
 
 II. Like the kindred 25)3, 2fr5, 2{3^, 
 
 also M^3, 1^3, prob. to hollow out. to 
 
 excavate, of which there is a vestige in 
 
 Si. 
 Chald. 13 window, Arab. mS hole in a 
 
 ?=> c 
 
 wall, 5j window. Simonis refers these 
 
 to i5j^to pierce, to bore through ; but 
 the word has not this meaning. The 
 signif. given by the Arabic lexicons, 
 i^5 to prick or sting, as a scorpion, 
 comes from the notion oC burning ; since 
 the scorpion injecting the poison with 
 his sting, may be said to mark the skin 
 as with a hot iron. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of no. I, to be burned, 
 scorched, with fire. Prov. 6, 28. Is. 43, 2. 
 
 ni3 strength, Dan. 11, 6, see n'3. 
 
 ^t"^-? f. a burning, brand, i.e. a part 
 of the body burned. Ex. 21, 25. R. n;3 . 
 
 Mis m. (for 2333, 33^3, then 32'i3, r. 
 333) constr. SsiS, a star, pr. a globule ; 
 
 Arab. ZSi^ Chald. 33i3, Syr. }li=ai, 
 Eth. ^(D-^-n and ^'Q-n , id. Gen. 
 1, 16. 37, 9. Job 3, 9. 9, 7. Ps. 8, 4. al. 
 Am. 5, 26 cn-'n'^x 3=/3, see in "(I'S. 
 Often spoken of as animated, see KS^ ; 
 as pure Job 25, 5 ; as praising God. 38. 
 7; also as innumerable Gen. 15, 5. 22, 
 17. Ex. 32. 13. Deut. 1, 10. al. Metaph. 
 of an illustrious prince Num. 24, 17. So 
 Arab. <,jSmi, see Camoos. 
 
 5 "13 to measure, to include or con- 
 tain in a measure, e. g. grain, as in Syr. 
 
 Chald. and Arab. Jl^for J^ In Kal 
 only once. Is. 40, 12. 
 
 Pi LP. bsbs 1. to hold, to contain, as 
 a vessel, measure. 1 K. 8, 27 lo the 
 heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot 
 contain thrc. 2 Chr. 2, 5. 6. 18. 
 
 2. to hold up, to sustain, a) i. q. to 
 bear up, to endure, to hold out, Mai. 3, 2, 
 Prov. 18, 14. Jer. 20, 9. b) i. q. to protect 
 any one Ps. 55, 23 ; to maintain one^s 
 cause before a tribunal Ps. 112, 5. 
 
 3. to sustain, to nourish, to furnish with 
 the means of living, c. ace. Gen. 45, 11. 
 50, 21. 1 K. 4, 7. 17, 4. With two ace 
 Gen. 47, 12. 1 K. 18, 4. 13. 
 
 PoLP. pass. ^3^3 to be furnished with 
 provisions, etc. 1 K. 20, 27. 
 
 HiPH. b-'Dn 1. i. q. Pilp. no. 1. 1 K. 
 7. 26. 38. 8, 64. 2 Chr. 4, 5. Ez. 23, 32 
 b'^snb nan^ i. e. containing much. 
 
 2.' i. q.'Pilp. no. 2. a. Jer. 6, 11. 10, 10. 
 Joel 2, 11. Am. 7, 10. 
 
 * 0^3 obsol. root, Arab. ILs Conj. 11, 
 
 to heap lip, gjOyS a heap. This word 
 belongs to the widely extended family 
 of roots C3 , ca , OS , ex , for which see 
 under r. D^s. Hence no'^S. 
 
 T'Q'3 m. (r. TB3, after the form 35W) a 
 globe, globule of gold, perh. collect, glo- 
 btdes, drops, or rather a string of gold 
 drops like beads worn around the neck 
 or arm by the Israelites in the desert, 
 Ex. 35, 22. Num. 31, 50. Such are 
 found solid in Arabia according to Diod. 
 Sic. 3. 44 or 50. Strabo XVI. p. 777 
 Casaub. Thesaur. p. 692. 
 
 p3 in Kal not used, pr. to stand up- 
 right ; whence ',3 upright, "isTS place 
 of standing, Hjirp base. Frequent in 
 the kindred dialects in various forms 
 and meanings ; Chald. Pa. "i)!? i. q. Heb. 
 "(3i3 to set up, to establish ; Syr. 1=) 
 to establish, to plant; Arab. ^O to ex- 
 ist, to be ; II, to cause to exist, to create. 
 PiL. "isiS 1. to set upright, i. e. to set, 
 to place, e. g. a throne Ps. 9. 8 ; espec. to 
 set up firmly, to establish, a throne 2 Sam. 
 7, 13. 1 Chr! 17, 12. Ps. 48. 9. Metaph. 
 Ps. 7, 10. 40, 3. 68, 10. 90. 17. 99. 4. 
 Also to found, as a city Ps. 107, 36. 
 Hab. 2, 12 ; the earth Ps. 24, 2. 119, 90. 
 Is. 45, 18 ; the heavens Prov. 3. IQ 
 
ns 
 
 452 
 
 ins 
 
 2. ^o form, to create, as God creates 
 man Deut. 32, 6. Ps. 119, 73; the moon 
 and stars Ps. 8, 4. So to form for one- 
 self to prepare, sc. a people 2 Sam. 7, 
 24. Here belongs Job 31, 15 ^SS"'?] 
 "inx cnna and did (jiot) the same one 
 form us in the womb 7 for ilSJJis'l'l , the 
 first and second Nun coalescing into a 
 double one, and i being shortened to 1 . 
 
 3. to ft, to direct, to aim, as arrows, 
 Ps. 11, 2 DSn 3iS. 7, 13; Avith Can 
 impl. Is. 51, 13 ; with bs of the mark 
 Ps. 21, 13. Metaph. for 2^ IpiS, i. q. 
 animum advertere, to apply aide's mind, 
 with 1? Job 8, 8. Comp. in Hiph. no. 3. 
 a, c. 
 
 Pol. 'SIS 1. Pass, of Pil. no. 1, to be 
 established, metaph. Ps. 37, 23. 
 
 2. Pa.ss. of Pil. no. 2, to be formed, pre- 
 pared, Ez. 28, 13. 
 
 Hiph. "psn 1. to set up, i. q. to set, to 
 place, e. g. a seat Job 29, 7. Ps. 103, 19 ; 
 a statue Is. 40, 20. Also to found, as the 
 earth, the heavens, mountains, Ps. 65, 7. 
 Prov. 8, 27. Jer. 10, 12. 51, 15. Inf ab- 
 sol. "(tin and "fsri as adv. firm, firmly. 
 Josh. 3, 17. 4, 3. Hence a) to consti- 
 tute, to appoint any one. Josh. 4, 4. 2 Chr. 
 2, 6. Jer. 51, 12. Job 28, 27. So to set or 
 constittUe as king 2 Sam. 5, 12. 1 Chr. 
 14. 2. 1 K. 2, 24. b) to establish, to con- 
 firm, e. g. the throne of a kingdom Is. 
 9, 6. 1 Chr. 22, 10 ; the kingdom of any- 
 one 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 
 17, 11. 2 Chr. 17, 5 ; one's posterity Ps. 
 89, 5 ; the heart Ps. 10, 17. 89, 5. c) to 
 repair, to restore, e, g. the temple 2 Chr. 
 35, 20 ; comp, 34, 10. 
 
 2. to set right, i. e. to make ready, to 
 prepare. Gen. 43, 25 ; e. g. wood and 
 stones for building 1 K. 5, 33; a sacrifice 
 Zeph. 1, 7 comp. c. h Is. 14, 21 ; a way 
 Deut. 19, 3 ; a net Ps. 57, 7 ; food Gen. 
 43, 16. Ex. 16. 5. Josh. 1, 11 ; the parts 
 of a building 1 K. 6, 19. 2 Chr. 31, 11 ; 
 a place for any thing, c. 1? Ex. 23, 20. 
 1 Chr. 15, 1. 3. 12. Ps. 68, 11 ; war, i.q. 
 to fit out. to arm, Ez. 7, 14. 38, 7. Jer. 
 46, 14. Metaph. Job 15, 35. Also to 
 prepare, i. q. to procure, to provide, often 
 with a dat. besides the ace. Num. 23, 1. 
 29. 1 Chr. 22, 5. 14 ; e. g. food Job 39, 3 
 |"38, 41]. Ps. 78, 20. Prov. 6, 8. 30,25; 
 armH 2 Chr. 26, 14 ; garments Job 27, 16. 
 \1 \ to take care of a work, to transact 
 
 business, Prov. 24, 27. Of God, to create, 
 to prepare, to provide, as fruits Ps. 65, 10 ; 
 the rain 147, 8 ; the sun and light 74, 16. 
 3. to set, i. e. to aim, to direct, to ad- 
 just, e. g. weapons against, c. h Ps. 7, 
 14 ; one's face towards or gainst, c. bx 
 Ez. 4. 3. 7. So God directs the steps of 
 any one Prov. 16, 9. Ps. 119, 133 ; a man 
 his own steps Jer. 10, 23 ; a man his 
 ways 2 Chr. 27, 6. Prov. 21, 29. Spec. 
 
 a) b sb 'prn to set or fi.v the heart on 
 any thing, to apply the mind to do any 
 thing ; 2 Chr. 12, 14 he had not applied 
 his heart to seek the Lord. 19, 3. 30, 19. 
 Ezra 7, 10. With 3b impl. 1 Chr. 28, 2. 
 
 b) nin";i-b!< 'zh ',"rn to set the heart upon 
 Jehovah, to apply the mind to the wor- 
 ship of God, 1 Sam. 7. 3 ; with b to idols 
 2 Chr. 20, 33. With nin-;-bN impl. Job 
 11, 13. Ps. 78, 8. c) V=r! "ellipt. for 
 "b "j'^sn to apply the mind, to give 
 heed, I'Sam. 23, 22. Judg. 12, 6. 2 Chr. 
 
 29, 36. 
 
 Horn. "::in 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 1, 
 to be established, as a throne Is. 16, 5. 
 
 2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be made 
 ready, prepared, e. g. a funeral pile Is. 
 
 30, 33 ; a horse for battle Prov. 21, 31 ; 
 mantlets Nah. 2, 6 ; to be set in oi^der, 
 arranged, Zech. 5, 11. 
 
 NiPH. "(izj pass, of Pilel and Hiphil. 
 
 1. to be set up, i. e. to rise up, e. g. the 
 breasts as becoming round and full Ez. 
 16, 7 ; to be made to stand, to stand, Mic. 
 4, 1 et Is. 2. 2 ; to be founded, with br upon 
 any thing Judg. 16, 26 ; to be established^ 
 confirmed, as a kingdom 1 K. 2, 12. 45. 
 46. Hence i. q. to stand firm., e. g. a 
 throne, kingdom, 2 Sam. 7, 10. 26. Ps. 
 25, 5. 29, 14 comp. 1 Sam. 20, 31 ; the 
 world Ps. 93, 1 ; the moon 89, 38 ; of 
 men i. q. to flourish, to prosper, Job 21, 
 8. Ps. 102, 29. 140, 12. Prov. 12, 3. 19. 
 Ps. 101, 7 he that telleth lies ^irb -(is-^ xb 
 "'J'^S shall not abide in my sight, shall 
 not prosper; parall. 'to dwell with.' So 
 of the counsels of men Prov. 20, 18. 16, 
 3. Peculiar is ci*n "pr: the fixedness 
 {steadiness) of the day, Prov. 4, 18, i. e. 
 high noon, when the sun seems to stand 
 immovable in the zenith. Gr. aruOffjov 
 ijfinQ, axudi(>n ftfatjftjSfjlit, Ruhiikon ad 
 Timroum p. 236, Arab. ^L^'f UjI 
 Schult. ad Prov. I. c Trop. mostly in 
 
f* 
 
 453 
 
 niD 
 
 Part I'isj : a) to be firm, steadfast, 
 fixed i Vs. 51, 12 V=J nnn a steadfast 
 spirit, a mind fixed in virtuous purpose. 
 Ps. 78, 37. b) to be firm, steadfast, in- 
 trepid, Hill of hope and confidence ; so 
 the heart Ps. 57, 8. 108,2. 112,7. c) 
 Of things, to be firm, fixed, established; 
 Gen. 41, 32 n-'n'^^ or^ ns'nn -(iss the 
 thing is established from Gud, is cer- 
 tainly decreed. Hence, to be certain, sure, 
 Deut. 13,15. 17, 4. Hos. 6, 3 ; and as subst. 
 pSJ the certain, i. q. certainty, Ti3J"^!< 
 for certain, with certainty, 1 Sam. 23, 
 23 ; adv. certainly 26, 4. d) to be right, 
 true ; Part. )izi right, true. Job 42, 7. 
 8. Ps. 5, 10, co'mp. 78, 37. e) to be 
 right, fit, proper, Ex. 8, 22 [26]. 
 
 2. to be made ready, prepared, e. g. 
 
 a) Of business, to be taken care of, trans- 
 acted, 2 Chr. 8, 16. 29, 35. 35, 10. 16. 
 
 b) Of things, to be prepared, to be ready 
 for any one, with h Neh. 8, 10. Prov. 19, 
 29. Job 18, 12 destruction isbsb '^izi is 
 ready at his side, impends over him. 12, 
 5. 15, 23. But. Ps. 38, 18 )iz: sb'sh 'sx / 
 am ready to fall, am near to ruin, c) Of 
 persons, to be prepared, ready, Ez. ?8, 7. 
 Ex. 19, 11 (with an adjunct of time), v. 
 15. 34, 2. Josh. 8. 4. d) Intrans. or re- 
 flex, to prepare sc. oneself^ Am. 4, 12. 
 
 HiTHPAL. |5i3r.n Prov. 24, 3, else- 
 where "iP.'isn 
 
 1. to be es'ablished, to be made firm, 
 strong, Prov. 24, 3. Num. 21, 27. Is. 54, 14. 
 
 2. to prepare oneself, Ps. 59, 5. 
 Deriv. -,?. ',=5*, l^?, 'p'?, f =^, ^r=^) 
 
 n5!|3, njiisn, and the pr. names 'fS";, 
 
 113 Chun, pr. n. of a Syrian city, 
 1 Chr. 18. 8 ; which in the parallel pas- 
 sage 2 Sam. 8, 8. is called "^n""!?. Perh. 
 the Conna mentioned in the Itin. An- 
 tonini p. 199 ed. Wesseling ; situated 
 between Laodicea of Lebanon and He- 
 liopolis or Ba'albek. 
 
 JJ? m. a kind of cake, wafer, offered 
 in sacrifice, Jer. 7, 18. 44, 19. Sept. 
 *av(>)v, xuvbtv, /ixiiiov, the Heb. word in 
 Greek letters. R. I'S, Pi. 153, Chald. 
 "i33, to prepare. 
 
 OiS f plur. r'^03 Jer. 25, 15 ; for Ci33 
 (r. 033) pr. a receptacle, vessel ; as CS 
 for 0:3, ffi^st for r;x, rna for nsa, nin 
 for njh J 80 Lebrecht. 
 
 1. a cup. Syr. Jjia, Chald. 0"i, 
 KM, ra, Sam. ^X^ and ^^^, 
 
 Arab. j0 , ,j-0 , \yi, a cup, cup of 
 wi,u,. Gen. 40, 11.13. 21. 2 Sam. 12, 3. 
 Ps. 23, 5. al. Ps. 116, 13 x'^x nirr^SyoiS 
 / will take the cup of deliverance, i. e. I 
 will pour out to Jehovah a cup of thanks- 
 giving for his aid. In the prophets Je- 
 hovidi is often represented as pouring 
 out for the nations a cup of intoxicating 
 wine, nbs-inn oi3, in order that reeling 
 thev may rush into destruction: Jer. 25, 
 15 take this wine-cup of wrath at my 
 hand, and came all the nations, to whom 
 I send thee, to drink it ; 16 and they 
 shall drink and stagger and be mad, 
 because of the sword that I will send 
 amang them. Jer. 49, 12. 51, 7. Lam. 4, 
 21. Is. 51, 17. 22. Hab. 2, 16. Ez. 23,31. 
 32. 33 ; comp. Rev. 17, 2. 4. For the 
 same usage in Arabic poets, see Comm. 
 on Is. 51, 17. Further, cup is also put 
 metaph. for lot, portion, and is so coupled 
 with "p^^n portion, Ps. 11, 6. 16, 5 ; comp. 
 Matt. 26, 39. 20, 22, also pVn no. 2. c. 
 See on this metaphor as employed by 
 Arabian writers. Comment, on Is. 51, 
 17, also on Matt. 1. c. in Rosenm. Re- 
 pertorium I. p. 130. Lond. Classical 
 Journal no. LIII. p. 159. 
 
 2. A species of unclean bird, Lev. 11, 
 17. Deut. 14, 16 ; living among ruins. Ps. 
 102, 7. The ancient versions render it 
 an owl, but against the etymology. Bo- 
 chart more correctly, Hieroz. II. p. 267, 
 understands the pelican or cormorant, so 
 called from the receptacle or pouch un 
 der the throat, as Lat. truo from trua. 
 
 * 1. "1^3 a root, doubtful in the verb, 
 but so far as can be gathered from the 
 derivatives i. q. to dig, to bore through, 
 to pierce, like the kindr. frns , -13X , n^p , 
 
 "ip3. Arab. jU to dig in the earth, also 
 to prostrate ; comp. Sanscr. khur to 
 cleave, to cut. Hence n";=a , p(ix"^Q"f 
 a sword, so called from its piercing, "i3 
 executioner; also Mnsisia, nnisr , place 
 where metals are dug, then 'native 
 place.' 
 
 The verb itself is found by many in 
 the vexed passage referred to the Mes- 
 siah, in Ps. 22, 17. where David as if 
 
"TID 
 
 454 
 
 1215 
 
 hard pressed by the troops of Saul ex- 
 claims : /o7' dogs do compass me about, 
 the hamls of evil-doers surround me, 
 '^^n^ ^11 "i-iXS. Here the simplest 
 interpretation seems to te that which 
 preserves the ordinary sense of the 
 words : as lions they gape upon my 
 hands and my feet, i. e. they threaten to 
 tear my hmbs in pieces. The form "'"1*^3 
 is pr. ti)i Xiav, i. e. as lions, comp. Is. 
 38, 13 ; and the notion of surrounding, 
 gaping upon, or the hke, is then readily 
 derived in this manner by zeugma from 
 the preceding context. Most of the an- 
 cient interpreters have taken "'iss as a 
 verb; and this is certainly possible, if we 
 regard ""^XS as particip. Kal in the Chal- 
 dee manner (Wp part. DNj5) and in the 
 plural number for C'^NS , as ''I'O Ps. 45, 
 9 for Cip ; although to find two gram- 
 matical forms of such extreme rarity 
 combined in this one word, is at least 
 remarkable ; comp. Lehrg. p. 401, 523. 
 In this Avay it would be rendered: a) 
 piercing my hands and my feet, i. e. my 
 enemies wonnd me with darts and wea- 
 pons on every side. And it is hardly 
 necessary to remark, that all this ap- 
 plies as completely as possible to David, 
 to whom the Psalm is assigned in the in- 
 scription; and there is at least no necessi- 
 ty for understanding here directly Christ 
 as affixed to the cross. A verb of boring 
 through, in the sense of wounding, (comp. 
 
 hhn and Arab, y^ to pierce, to wound,) 
 is aptly attributed to hostile weapons ; 
 and the hands and feet are put poetically 
 for all the members and so for the whole 
 body. comp. Hesiod Op. et D. 1 1 4. Sept. 
 wQv^uv, which word is elsewhere used 
 in Sept. for n".3, "ipj. Y\i\g. foderunt. 
 Syr. 0^1^. b) Aqu. Symm. in Hex- 
 apl. and Jerome in the reading vinxe- 
 runt. attribute to this word the sense of 
 binding, which may also be defended on 
 philological grounds, (and this Hengst- 
 enberg ought not to have denied, 
 
 Christol. des A. T. I. p. 180.) comp. '^15' 
 I, V, to fold or bind around the turban, 
 
 jk> a wreath, turban. But this is far 
 less suitable to the context c) Finally 
 Aqu. in the earlier edit, renders it yrx^- 
 
 vitv they disfgure, stain with blood, etc. 
 prob. assigning to the root IXD the sig- 
 nif of Aram, nxs and -i?3. That '-1S3 
 was commonly held to be a verb, is also 
 shewn by the reading found m two Mss. 
 viz. 1-1X2 (*i"iXS) for ^13. 
 
 11. i-lS or ^""S obsol. root, prob. 
 i. q. I'^a to boil up, and then to cook. 
 Syr. ia^Z] to boil up, to be hot. Hence 
 ^'^'^''3 frying-pan, "ii*3 basin, and the 
 two following. 
 
 113 m. (r. "113 II) a furnace, for smelt- 
 ing metals, Ez. 22, 18.20.22. Prov. 17, 3. 
 27, 21. Metaph. Is. 48, 10 / have tried 
 thee in the furnace of affliction. Deut. 4, 
 20 and hath brought you forth out of the 
 iron furnace of Egypt. IK. S, 51. Arab. 
 
 syf, Syr. Ijoa, id. 
 "^^3 i. q. "13 q. v. 
 
 "jtOy *113 (smoking furnace) Chor- 
 ashan, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of 
 Simeon, 1 Sara. 30, 30 ; elsewhere )ts 
 q. v. 
 
 tSni3 Ezra 1, 1. 7. 8, also ^i^ , Cy- 
 rus, pr. n.'^of a king of the Persians, son 
 of Cambyses and grandson of Astyages 
 the Mede ; Ezra 3, 7. 4, 3. 5. Is. 44, 28. 
 45, 1. 2 Chr. 36, 22. 23. Dan. 1, 21. 6, 
 29. 10, 1. The Greek writers affirm 
 that this name in Persian signified the 
 sun, Ctesi^s ap. Plut. Artax. 0pp. T. I. 
 p. 1012. Etym. M. k6(jo?, xoi'oog, I'lkiog. 
 Correctly, for it is the Pers. >y^, Zend. 
 hvare sun, gen. huro ; comp. Sanscr. 
 sura, suri, and the more frequent siirya. 
 The ttJ is merely an ending, as in l^^i^i'!] 
 q. V. [This signification is doubted by 
 Lassen, but without suggesting another; 
 see Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI. pp. 152, 
 154. R. 
 
 toils Cush, pr. n. 1. Of persons : a) 
 A son of Ham, and father of Seba, Ha- 
 vilah, Sabtah, Raamah, Sabtecha, and 
 Nimrod, Gen. 10. 6. 7. 8. 1 Chr. 1, 8-10. 
 b) A Benjamite of the court of Saul, 
 Ps. 7, 1. 
 
 2. As the name of a country or region, 
 Cush was of wide extent, and variously 
 employed. Of the descendants of Cush 
 (Gen. 10, 6-8, see no. 1. a), Nimrod peo- 
 pled Mesopotamia and Assyria ; Raa- 
 
Xi'i'D 
 
 455 
 
 nn5 
 
 tnah and >"' ff|^W^^jjf and Dedan had 
 their seats in eastern nnd souiheustcrn 
 Arabia (see these articles) ; wliile at 
 least Sebii uiid Sabtah are properly re- 
 ferred to Ethiopia. Hence the posterity 
 of Cush, the Cushites, occupied tlie im- 
 mense rejfion stretching from Assyria 
 in the N. E, through eastern Arabia 
 into Africa ; carrying with them into 
 the hitter country a branch of the Semi- 
 tic language, viz. the Efhiopic, which 
 stands in tiie closest affinity with the 
 old Himyaritic dialect of eastern Arabia. 
 The name Cusk, Cushilee, appears not 
 to have been used of the posterity of 
 Nimrod or their country in the north ; 
 though some find such an application 
 of it in Gen. 2, 13; see Tin^a. But 
 these names were evidently applied to 
 the descendants of Cush both in Arabia 
 and Africa ; and as a country Cush is 
 therefore twofold : 
 
 a) As denoting Eastern Arabia, in 
 which were situated the descendants 
 and territories of Raamah, Sheba, and 
 Dedan; Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9. All 
 these, as merchants trading with Tyre, 
 are expressly coupled with Arabia, Ez. 
 27, 20. 21. 22, In 2 Chr. 21, 16 the Ara- 
 bians are said to be CdlS i^^'^S at the 
 side of the Cushites. When the Israel- 
 ites were at Hazeroth, in or near the ter- 
 ritory of the Midianites, Moses had mar- 
 ried aCiishile woman, prob. from eastern 
 Arabia, Num. 12, 1. In Hab. 3, 7 the 
 prophet sees the tents oiCiishan (Cush) 
 and of Midian agitated, i. e. the noma- 
 dic tribes of both eastern and western 
 Arabia troubled, at the advance of Israel. 
 In Is. 11, 11 Cush is perh. doubtful, be- 
 ing mentioned between Egypt on the 
 one hand, and Elam and Shinar. Persia 
 and Babylonia, on the other. Perh. Job 
 28,19; see nn-JB. See Ritter's Erd- 
 kunde, Th, Xl'l,' p, 56, Berl. 1846. Ro- 
 Benm, Bibl. Geogr. Ill, p. 154 sq, 
 
 b) Put for Ethiopia, (fem, Ps. 68, 32,) 
 in part surrounded by the upper Nile, 
 and therefore understood by ancient 
 intpp, in Gen. 2, 13, see in *pn''a and 
 comp. Is. 18, 1. Zeph. 3, 10 ; inhabited 
 by a people of dark colour Jer. 13, 23 ; 
 opulent Is. 43, 3. 45, 14 ; situated on the 
 south of Egypt Ez, 29, 10 ; and there- 
 fore often mentioned with Egypt Nah. 
 
 3, 9. Ez. 30, 4. 5. 9. Ps. 69. 32 ; with the 
 Libyans 2 Chr. 12, 3, 16, 8 ; with Phut 
 Jer. 46, 9. Ez. 38, 5; as the extreme 
 western limit o( Xerxes' empire Esth. 
 1, 1, 8, 9 ; also Ps. 77, 4,--Sept, AiS>io- 
 nlu, yfi&lonfg, Vulg. Ethiopia, JElhio- 
 pea ; Chald. and Syr. retain C^2, <^fi^. 
 Josephus explains the ancient name; 
 Ant. 1, 6. 2 Xoiiaov (liv oidiv iliXitftv b 
 XQoyog, Al&io7iii yu(j x, t, X. The name 
 Kxish for Ethiopia is also found upofi 
 the hieroglyphic monuments of Egypt ; 
 Champollion Gramm. Egypt, p, 150, 151. 
 See more in Thesaur, p. 673. 
 
 Note, In the Thesaurus, art. CIS, p. 
 67.3, the autiior strenuously maintains, 
 in opposition to Bochart, Walton, and 
 Vitringa, that the name Cash, Ctishitea, 
 is applied only to Ethiopia in Africa. 
 In the art. n^sn , Thes, p. 1297, written 
 some years later, he admits that this 
 tribe (Raamah), as also Dedan and 
 Sheba, were Cushites, and dwelt in 
 Arabia. R. for the whole article. 
 
 112313 m. 1. a Ciishite, gentile n. from 
 1213 no. 2. a) Spoken of a native of 
 eastern Arabia, plur. 2 Chr. 21. IG. Fem. 
 n-iiy^S Num. 12, 1 ; see in C?3 no. 2. a. 
 b) i. q. an Ethiopian, see llJ^S nd. 2. b. 
 Jer. 13, 23, 38, 7. 10. 12. 2 Chr. 14, 8. 
 Plur. t5^ld!i3 2 Chr, 14, 11, 12. 16, 8. 
 Dan. 11, 43 ; also D-'ltiaiiS Am, 9, 7, R. 
 
 2. Cushi, pr. n. of the father oi' the 
 prophet Zephaniah, Zeph. 1, 1. 
 
 JlEIS Cushan, i. e. eastern Arabiei, 
 i. q, dis no, 2, a, where see, Hab. 3, 7. 
 R. 
 
 D:^nyC"\ 'JlC'lS Chushan-rishathaim, 
 pr. n. of a king of Mesopotamia, Judg. 
 3,8,10, 
 
 nniDIS f (r, 1C3 no, 2) prosperity, 
 plur, Ps, 68, 7, Syr, Ij-A-a^, ft-4.&^, id. 
 
 ni3 2 K, 17, 30, and nni3 v, 24, pr. 
 n, Cuth or Cuthah, the land of the Cutlv- 
 ites, who with others were brought by 
 the king of Assyria into the desolated 
 kingdom of Israel, and there amalga- 
 mated with the ancienl inhabitants into 
 the Samaritan people ; whence the lat- 
 ter are called by the Chaldee Writers 
 and Talmudists D"in?a , Nothing certain 
 is known of the ^site of this country ; Jo- 
 
ITS 
 
 456 
 
 ns 
 
 'Bephus places it in Persia, which is not 
 improbable, Ant. 9, 14. 3 ; others seek it 
 in Phenicia, because the Samaritans 
 themselves professed to be of Sidonian 
 origin. Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 6. ib. 12. 5.5. 
 See Michaelis Spicileg. P. I. p. 104 sq. 
 
 * -11, in Kal only part. ITS Ps. 116, 
 Jl ; more usual in 
 PiEL 2T3 to lie, to speak falsehood ; 
 
 Chald. 3-]3, Syr. sjSf^, Arab. ijjk5^ 
 id. The primary idea lies perhaps in 
 breaking and cutting, so that 3T3 may 
 be a softened form from 2^)^ ; and then 
 this idea is transferred to falsehood and 
 fraud; comp. J'^S. Mic. 2, 11. Job 6, 
 28. 34, 6. Prov. 14.' 5. With b to lie unto 
 any one, to deceive him, Ez. 13, 19. Ps, 
 78, 36. 89, 36 shall I then lie unto Da- 
 vid ? i. e. break my faith, comp. Num. 
 23, 19 ; Avith a id. 2 K. 4, 16. Metaph. 
 Hab. 2, 3 ; so of waters which dry up 
 and thus deceive the hope of the tra- 
 veller Is. 58. 11, see -T2X. Comp. Lat. 
 'spem mentita seges' Hor, Ep. 1. 7. 87 ; 
 'fundus mendax' Carm. 3. 1. 30. 
 
 HiPH. to make lie, i. e. to give the lie, 
 to convict of lying, Job 24,^25. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Hiph. to be proved false, 
 fallacious. Job 41, 1 [9]. Prov. 30, 6. 
 
 Deriv. ats ^'']^ , also arrx, a'^Trx. 
 
 ST| m. a lie, falsehood, Is. 28, 15. 17. 
 ST3 nOfS lying divination Ez. 13, 6 ; 
 's cd;^ to divine lies Ez. 13, 7. 21, 34 
 [29J. 22, 28. c^nja n-^sn to utter lies, 
 to speak falsehood, Prov. 6, 19. 14, 5. 25. 
 19, 5. 9. Also deceit, fraud, guile ; Dan. 
 11, 27 ata 13'n. Ps. 5, 7, 58. 4, Prov, 19, 
 22 aja Tr"'X a man of falsehood, a liar, 
 deceiver. 23,3 o-^aja cWs deceitful food, 
 epoken of the banquet of a prince, which 
 allures his guests into danger. Concr. 
 liars, deceivers, deluding with false hope, 
 e. g. idols Ps. 40, 5. Am. 2, 4. 
 
 ^3p (lying, false) Cozeba, pr. n. of 
 a place 1 Chr. 4, 22 ; prob. the same 
 with a-'TS and a-itax b, 
 
 ''r'TS (lying, false, r, atS) Cozbi, pr, n. 
 of the daughter of a Midianitish prince, 
 Num, 25, 15. 18, 
 
 i'^T? (lying, false) Chezib, pr. n. of a 
 place in the tribe of Judah Gen. 38, 5 ; 
 prob. i. q. a''T3{ b. 
 
 "3 obsol. root, kindr. with Arab, 
 _*0 (there being no Arabic root kJ^) 
 to break ^vith violence, to rout an enemy ; 
 in Heb. transferred to the idea oi' vio 
 /ece in general. Hence lias, "'"itss 
 rJi'-iTax, 
 
 12 m. once ^'^^ Dan. 11, 6, c. suff. 
 "'na. R. nna q. V. 
 
 1. strength, might, power, both to act 
 and to endure, Job 6, 11. 12 ; spoken of 
 men, as of military prowess Judg. 16, 5 
 9. 19. Hab. 1, 11. Is. 63, 1 ; vital strength 
 Ps. 22, 16. 31, 11. 38, 11 ; might and 
 energy in business Gen. 31, 6. Is. 49, 4 ; 
 virile strength, and poet, for its fruit, 
 the first-born son, Gen. 49, 3 ; also of 
 animals Job 40, 16. Dan. 8, 7. Spoken 
 of the power and might of God. Jer. 10, 
 12 in=3 y-jN nitJs. Num. 14, 17. Job 
 23, 6. 24. 22. 37, 23. Ps, 65, 7. (n^n) l!J;i 
 a na there is strength, power, in any 
 one. he has power, 2 Chr. 25, 8. 1 Sam, 
 28, 20, comp, 1 K, 19, 8; c. inf et b to 
 have power to do any thing, i. q. to be 
 able, I can, 1 Sam, 30, 4 until cna "j-ix 
 riaab na they Jiad no power to weep, 
 could weep no more, 2 Chr. 20, 12. 25, 
 8. Dan. 8, 7. 11, 15. Is. 50, 2. Some- 
 times it is put in the genit. after sub- 
 stantives and adjectives ; as na yfiX 
 mighty in strength Job 9, 4. Is. 40, 26 ; 
 nb x-'sb Job 37, 23 ; nb 'iias Ps. 103, 
 20 ; nb 8<bb for nb xb -icxi Job 26, 2. 
 Further : a) In a bad sense, vio- 
 lence. Ecc, 4, 1, b) Trop. ability, i. e. 
 wealth, ricJies, comp. bin , Job 6, 22. 36, 
 19. Prov. 5, 10. Hos. 7, 9. c) strength 
 of the earth, its fj~uits, produce, brought 
 forth by its vivifying power. Gen. 4, 12 
 Job 31, 39. 
 
 2. A species of large lizard, prob, so 
 called from its strength. Lev. 11, 30. 
 Sept. and Jerome the chanielion ; Arab. 
 Vers. ij5^y^ ^^^^ land crocodile, or a 
 species of it. [Not improb. cs Bochart 
 supposes (Hieroz, I, p, 1069), Arab. 
 \j\%i\ the waral (vulg. waran), a spe- 
 cies of lizard several feet in length. 
 lacerta Nilotica, found occasionally in 
 Palestine ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
 p. 253. R. 
 
^nn 
 
 457 
 
 'J^ in Kal not used, prob. like tfns 
 and bro luiving the signif. (o corti; to 
 hide ; which Ihon passed over partly to 
 the idea nC deiujiHg, deccicin>j. lying, as 
 ID ons, nn5 ; and partly to that of bt- 
 tmearing, painting, as in ^ns. The 
 order of derivation is tins, nns, hro ; 
 comp. medius, milieu. Eth. ^rhJ? to 
 deny, to apostatize ; Arab. Jci to de- 
 ny. 
 
 PiEL ins , to hide, to conceal, with ace. 
 and , of pers. Jer. 38. 14. 2 Sam. 14, 
 18 ; ace. impl. Josh. 7, 19. 1 Sam. 3, 17. 
 18. Jer. 50. 2 ; different is "jp in Job 15, 
 18. With ^3 Gen. 47, 18. By litotes, 
 "inD 8t3 7iot to hide is for to speak out 
 openly, to proclaim. Job 27. 11. P8.40, 11. 
 78, 4. Is. 3. 9; contra, not to hide what 
 is true, i. q. not to deny, Job 6, 10; comp. 
 tins. 
 
 UiPH. iTisri 1. to hide, Job 20, 12. 
 
 2. to destroy, to ciU off, pr. to make 
 disappear, Gr. Itvpavl^fiv, e, g. men Ex. 
 23, 23. 2 Chr. 32. 21. Zech. 11. 8; with 
 IB 1 K. 13. 34. Ps. S3. 5. 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Piel, to he hidden, 
 concealed, with yo from any one, 2 Sam. 
 18, 13. Ps. 69. 6. 139. 15. Hos. 5 3. 
 
 2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be destroyed, 
 to be cut off. Job 4, 7. 15, 28. 22, 20. 
 Zech. 11, 9. 16 ; y\^r\ '{n Ex. 9, 15. 
 
 'I'^n? Chald. see in Chald. nn p. 296. 
 
 * ri/jS obsol. root, prob. i. q. Syr. s.o 
 to pant, Germ, keuchen. comp. the simi- 
 lar onomatopoetic roots nsD, n;s ; then 
 to exert oneself, one^s strength, etc. 
 Hence ni strength, power. The Arab. 
 .15 to prevail in battle, is apparently 
 secondary, and derived from the Heb. 
 
 ni. 
 
 ^'J? MTT. hyou. i. q. Arab. Jl^v5^ to 
 paint the eyes with stibium, Ez.23, 40; 
 comp. 2 K. 9. 30. Jer. 4, 30. The pri- 
 mary idea is that of covering, besmear- 
 ing ; see in ins. Chald. Syr. Arab. 
 Ethiop. id. The paint of the Hebrew 
 women, called T^19 q. v. Gr. atlpm, axi- 
 ^lov, was a powder producing a black 
 colour, commonly prepared from anti- 
 mony or from lead ore and zinc, which 
 they mixed with water, and spread by 
 means of a needle or probe of silver or 
 
 39 
 
 ivory upon the borders of the eye-lids ; 
 so that the white of the eye miirht ap 
 pear still whiter by being surrounded 
 with a black margin. See Bottiger's 
 Sabina p. 22, 48. Hartmann's Hebr&e- 
 rin II. p. 149. sq. III. p. 198 sq. 
 
 ^ - T ! P""' ^o lie, to speak lies, see 
 Piel. For the primary idea see in kindr. 
 nns. 
 
 2. Trop. to fail, to waste away, e. g. 
 the body, Ps. 109, 24 '(tJiriQ lanD ''iba 
 m,y flesh failelh from fatness, i. e. is 
 without fiitness, pines away. Comp. 
 tt)ns , also Piel no. 3. 
 
 Piel tins 1. to deny what is true, 
 Gen. 18, 15. Josh. 7, 11. With a of 
 pers. to deny any one, as if not knowing 
 him, Job 8, 18 ; hence njn^ ains to deny 
 Jehotah Is. 59, 13. Jer.' 5, 12. Josh. 24, 
 27 ; h id. Job 31, 28 ; absol. id. Prov. 30, 
 
 9. With a of pers. and a of thing, to 
 lie or deny to any one as to any thing, 
 Lev. 5, 21 [6, 2j. 
 
 2. to lie, to speak falsehood. Lev. 19, 
 11, Hos. 4, 2. With b 1 K. 13, 18 tins 
 "ib he lied unto him. , 
 
 3. to deceive or disappoint hope, ex- 
 pectation ; hence i. q. to fail, spoken of 
 the products of the earth. Hos. 9, 2.. 
 Hab. 3, 17. CoAip. in 2T3 Pi. 
 
 4. to feign, to flatter, to fawn upon, 
 chiefly of the vanquished, who profess 
 devotedness and love towards their vic- 
 tors, c. b Ps. IS, 45. 66, 3. 81. 16. 
 
 NiPH.' Deut. 33, 29, and Hithp. 2 Samv. 
 22, 45, c. b; i. q. Pi. no. 4. 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 TiJns 1. a lie, deceit, Nah. 3. 1. Hos. 
 
 10, 13. 12. 1. Ps. 59, 13. 
 
 2. a pining away, leanness, Job 16, 8. 
 
 TCn? m. adj. lying, false, e.g. children 
 
 who deny their father, Is. 30, 9. R. oJna, 
 
 ! "^ a primitive particle. A.)'Pr. a 
 Pron. relat. i. q. naiix. although in this, 
 its primary sense it is extremely rare 
 and therefore uncertain in the Hebrew 
 writings. The use of this ancient and 
 primitive word is also widely spread in 
 the Indo-European tongues: comp. 
 Sanscr. relat. yas, yA, yai, (softened for 
 qas, qd, qat.) Lat. qui, qu<e, qiiodj Pers. 
 sS, poet. ^, and even Chinese khe he, 
 and tshe who. Correlative to these EUPt; 
 
458 
 
 demonstr. X'^rt, so. Gr. t, k-, hat. is, 
 see Buttm. Ansf. Sprachl. I. p. 290; 
 demonstr. and relat. "''n. (<5, corap. 
 Germ, die ; interrog. ''^ , ni; . il-q, t/. 
 By dropping also the initial palatal from 
 the fuller and antique form qui., there 
 has arisen the Pers. and Zab. (^ , "^1 , 
 Germ. wie. The most certain example 
 of the relat. use, is prob. Gen. 3, 19 till 
 thou return unto the ground nsjs'a "3 
 nnjsb from which (whence) thou waM 
 taken, Sept. s| r^g tXr,(pdrig, and so also 
 Onk. Syr. Saad. The same idea is ex- 
 pressed in V. 23 by ot-?3 njsb -rix. 
 Causal it can hardly be in these words ; 
 since the cause is immediately subjoined : 
 nvirn iE>-bNi nn-x ie^' ^3. Soo too in 
 Gen. 4, 25 )"'?? i5"jn ""S , Vulg. quern oc- 
 cidit Cain, Sept. or anixitivf Kaiv, and 
 so Onk. Syr. since nothing could w^ell 
 be feebler than the expression, ''for 
 Cain slew him.' The same ancient 
 usage is again revived in Is. 54, G the 
 Lord- calleth thee as a wife of youth "'S 
 ON52r. who hast been rejected, Sept. fifiti- 
 a7]ftivi]v, Vulg. abjectam, Chald. qucs ab- 
 jecta eras. Is. 57, 20 the wicked are 
 like the troubled sea V?^"' xb CjrOin -3 
 which cannot rest, Vulg. quod quiescere 
 non potest. Other examples which may 
 be referred to this usage, are Prov. 30, 
 23. Deut. 14, 29. Ps. 90, 4. Further, the 
 LXX take ^3 as a relative in "iS'b:? "3 , 
 translating "3"'>? I'nxa tovtov, and "^3 
 ,3"bs ov i'vfxsv. Of the primary prono- 
 minal power of this word no one can well 
 doubt, who considers the analogy of 
 other languages, and compares the two- 
 fold use of I'oix as relat. and conjunc- 
 tion. 
 
 B) As a relative Conjunction, like 
 ittix, Gr. on, (whence uti, ut.) Lat. 
 quod, Fr. que. 
 
 1. that, (which also is a relat. pron.) 
 before dependent clauses following an 
 active verb and standing in the place of 
 an accusative, as elsewhere "laJN and 
 fully -ii^s rx, see "ix B. 1. Gen. 1, 10 
 3"ia "^3 D-^nyX 6tn^l pr. and God saw 
 this, that it was good. Job 9. 2 Tis'i'; 
 js 13 I know that it is so. So after verbs 
 of seeing Gen. 1, 4. 10. 12. 3, 6 ; of hear- 
 ing Gen. 14. 14. 29, 33. 39. 15 ; of know- 
 ing Gen. 22, 12. 24, 14. 42, 33 ; of point- 
 
 ing out Gen. 3, 11. 12, 18. Ps. 50, 6. 92, 
 16; of demanding Is. 1, 12; of believing 
 Ex. 4, 5. Job 9, 16 ; of remembering Job 
 7, 7. 10, 9; of forgetting Job 39, 15. 
 Repeated, "'=1 "'S Gen. 29, 12. In for- 
 mulas with a verb (or verbal) intransi- 
 tive, the dependent clause with "3 is to 
 be regarded as in the nominative, e. g. 
 "iS Dia it is good that , comp. Gen. 2, 18. 
 Here also belong the following uses 
 of 'S, viz. 
 
 a) After formulas of swearing, as ^n 
 is nin"^ by the life of Jehovah (I swear) 
 thal.\ Sam. 20, 3. 25, 34. 26, 16. 29, 6. 
 C^'?*?: "^n 2 Sam. 2, 27 ; bx ''n Job 27, 
 2; "^JN "^n Is. 49, 18; n-'n"bx -h nbs^ rt3 
 :]-pi-'ri=1 1 Sam. 14, 44. 2 Sam'. 3, 9. 
 19, 2. 1 K.'2, 23 ; see in ri3 no. 1. Hence, 
 by an ellipsis of a like formula. ''S is put 
 affirmatively even at the beginning of 
 an oracle, Is. 15, 1. 
 
 b) Where "'S is put before a clause or 
 words directly quoted, like Gr. oxi, Syr. 
 5, for which last see a host of examples 
 in Agrclli Otiola Syr. p. 19. Gen. 29, 33 
 1^ ?^aj 13 "i53xn;; and she said, Jehovah 
 hath heard, pr. and she said that Jeho- 
 vah hath heard. Ex.3, 12. 1 K. 11, 22. 
 Ruth 1, 10. 1 Sam. 10, 19. al. 
 
 c) Subjoined to adverbs and interjec- 
 tions which have the force of a whole 
 clause, e. g. Job 12, 2 cs cnx ^2 D:iDit 
 no doubt that ye are the people. So njrT 
 
 13 behold that. i. q. the simple nsrt , Ps. 
 128. 4; 13 X-iVn id. I Sam. 10, 1 ; ^3 qx 
 thereto that, see CX ; ^3 DSX only that, 
 see CSN ; in all which phrases ^S can 
 be omitted in rendering. 
 
 d) i^n is it so that 1 is it the case 
 that 1 Fr. est-ce que ? for whether ? num 7 
 Job 6, 22 in-irx ^zr\ is it that I said? 
 did I say ? 2 Sam. 9, 1. So al.so where 
 Jin affirmative answer is expected (comp. 
 t\ no. 1. b), is it not the case that? Fr. 
 n^est-ce pecs que? i. q. nonne? Gen.-27, 36. 
 29, 15. 2 Sam. 23, 19; comp. 1 Chr, 
 11, 21. 
 
 2. As a relative causal particle, vrcy 
 quod, viz. 
 
 a) As marking the emtse and reason 
 of any thing, because, since; so where 
 the causal clause precedes^ as Gen. 3, 
 
 14 because thou ha.<!t done this, cursed 
 art thou, etc. v. 17 because thou hast 
 
459 
 
 hearkened unto thy wife, . . . cursed is the 
 ground, etc. So wliere it follows, which 
 is fur more common ; Qen. 2, 3 and God 
 
 blesned the seventh day became (^3) 
 
 in it he had rented, etc. Lam. 3, 28 he 
 sitleth alone and silent i^bs baj "'B be- 
 caime God hath laid it upon him. Ps. 22, 
 9. Wlicre the causal clause is thus put 
 last, 'S may often be rendered by a de- 
 monstrative causal partide,/or, Gr. yug, 
 e. g. Ps. 6. 3 heal me, Jehopuh, i^n^? "'B 
 'ass for my bones tremble greatly. 10, 
 14.'25, 16. Is. 2. 3. 6. 22. 3, 1. 10. 11. 
 Gen. 5, 24. 30, 13. 41, 49. al. ssepiss. 
 Almost always 'S stands at the begin- 
 ning of its clause ; very rarely it is in- 
 serted after one or more words, like Lat. 
 enim., Ps. 118, 10. 128, 2; so too Gen. 
 18, 20. 
 
 Where two or more causal clauses 
 follow each other, "'S is repeated, as 
 ^3 13^ i^") '3, because and because, 
 or for and. Of such examples there 
 are several classes : a) Where more 
 than one cause of a thing is assigned, as 
 Is. 6, 5 wo is me ! for ("'S) / am undone. 
 ?jban rx i3...."'D35< c^nEiu xpa ttj-'x 13 
 'S^s ^xn niX2S ">^ because I am a man 
 of unclean lips .... and because mine 
 eyes have seen the king Jehovah of hosts, 
 i. e. because I, a man of unclean lips 
 have beheld the Deity. Ps. 22, 12. /S) 
 Where the clauses are either less close- 
 ly connected, as Is. 9, 3. 4. 5. 15, 6. 8. 9. 
 28, 19. 20. 21. Job 3, 24. 25. 8, 9 (comp. 
 yaqyuQ Matt. 6, 32. 18, 10. 11. 24, 27. 
 28) ; or one is. so to speak, conlinuative 
 of the other, as Gen. 33, 11/or ("'B) God 
 hath dealt graciously with me, and ("'3') 
 I have all things. Job 38, 20. Is. 65, 16. 
 y) When the latter clause depends on 
 the former ; Gen. 26, 7 for ("'S) he feared 
 to say, she is my wife, lest the men of the 
 place should slay him ; because ("^3) she 
 was fair. 43. 32. 47, 20. To the first 
 class (a) belongs also the ironical pas- 
 sage 1 K. 18. 27 cry aloud Q^nbx -3 
 ib r^-)-| "SI ib 3-<-r 's^. n^b "3 sw for 
 he is a god, and he is meditating, or has 
 gone aside, or has gone out, etc. the ^ in 
 '31, 'p'i, being here evidently disjunc- 
 tive ; see in T no. 1. i. p. 266. 
 
 Sometimes the cau.sal power of "^3 is 
 not at once obvious, where yet on con- 
 eidering the connection of the sentences 
 
 it is found really to exist. E. g. Job 5, 
 22 at destruction and famine thou sludL 
 laugh, and of the beasts of the field thou 
 shall not be afraid; 22 for ("'3) with 
 the stones of the field shall thou be in 
 leag^ie, and the bea-tts of the field shall 
 be at peace with thee, i. e. thou shalt fear 
 nothing, because thy field shall be fer- 
 tile, not covered with stones nor infested 
 with wild beasts. Is. 5, 10 for (""S) ten 
 acres of vineyard shall yield one bath, 
 and the seed of an omer (ten ephahs) 
 shall yield one ephah ; where the pro- 
 phet had just said, many houses shall be 
 desolate, without inhabitant, sc. because 
 of the impending sterility of the fields. 
 Is. 7. 21 in that day a man shall keep 
 a heifer and a couple of sheep, 22 ... . 
 '"51 -irisn-b3 basi c^n^ "X^.H ""3 for 
 curds and honey shall every one eat, etc. 
 i. e. those who remain in the desolated 
 land, for want of fruits and wine, shall 
 live only on curdled milk and honey, and 
 therefore turn their attention to the 
 keeping of cattle and flocks. Comp. Is. 17, 
 3 sq. 30, 9. In other examples "^3 refers 
 not to the words next preceding, but to 
 others more remote, as Is. 7, 14 therefore 
 the Lord himself will give thee a sign: 
 Behold, a virgin shall conceive .... 16 
 for ("^3) before the child shall hiow, etc. 
 i. e. in this very thing, contained in v. 16, 
 consists the sign and prophecy which 
 Jehovah will give ; comp. 8. 4. Is. 10, 25 
 fear not .... 26 for yet a very little while 
 and the punishment shall cease. Josh 5, 
 5. 14, 12. 17, 18. Ps. 45, 11. 12. Comp. 
 for the like use of the particle yug, 
 Herm. ac Viger. p. 846; and for enini, 
 Ramshorn's Lat. Gram. 119. 1. With 
 these particles ""3 has also this further 
 in common, that it is put where one 
 appeals to a thing as known to all, as 
 matter of common notoriety, for surely, 
 for certainly, of course, e. g. Job 5, 6 
 ^X ""S"^ xs;] xb ^'s for surely affliction 
 Cometh not forth from the dust. Is. 32, 6. 
 13. So ironically, Prov. 30, 4 what is 
 his name and what his son''8 name 7 "'B 
 ""?*!! y^r thou knowest it of course. Job 
 38, 5. 1 K. 18, 27, see end of prcced. 
 paragr. 
 
 Finally, to this causal signification 
 belong the Ibllovving u.es of "'S : ) 
 Afler verbs implying an aflfection of the 
 
460 
 
 mind, as marking' the cause oC that 
 affection; e. g. of rejoicing Is. 14, 29. 
 Ps. 58, 11. 105, 38. 107, 30; oC being 
 angry Gen. 31, 35. 45, 5; of fearing 
 Gen. 43, 18. Ps. 49, 17; of respecting 
 Gen. 6, 6. 7. /5/5) As introducing an 
 * explanation, or the application of a par- 
 able, etc. for. for indeed, Lat, atqui, Is. 
 5, 7. Job 6, 21. 
 
 b) As marking consecution, result, ef- 
 fect, i. e. tlie cause or reason why a thing 
 as or will be so and so, i. q. that, so that, 
 so as that ; comp. Gr. xt ysyorsv ot. 
 <jren. 20. 9 what have I sinned against 
 thee, that ("'3) thou hast brought on me 
 
 a great sin ? 40, 1 5 here also I have 
 
 done nothing, that ("^3) they shoidd put 
 me into the dungeon. Is. 36, 5 now on 
 whom dost thou tntst, that (""S) thou hast 
 rebelled against me? Ps. 8, 5 what is 
 man, that ("^3) thou art mindful of him? 
 comp. Ex. 3, 11. Is. 29, 16 shall the pot- 
 ter be accounted as the clay, that ("'3) 
 tJie work shall say of the workman, He 
 made me not? Hos. 1, (5; also Gen. 20, 
 10. Ps. 44, 19. 20. 2 K. 8, 13. Job 6, 11. 
 10, 5. 6. 15, 14. 21, 15. al. 
 
 3. From the preceding causal power 
 is derived the use of '^'S in various ad- 
 versative constructions. E. g. 
 
 a) Preceded by a negative it is i. q. 
 but, Lat. sed, Germ, sondem. 1 K. 21, 
 15 Naboth is not alive na "'S but dead ; 
 pr. for lie is dead. Gen. 24, 3 thou shalt 
 not take a wife for my son of the daugh- 
 ters of the Canaanites .... 4 "bx "^S 
 T|^ri . . . '^S'lJ* but thou shalt go unto my 
 country, etc. In v. 38 in the same con- 
 text we find N^-DS . Gen. 45, 8 it is not 
 you who sent me hither, but (*3) God, 
 pr. for God sent me. Gen. 19, 2 "3 xb 
 'i'<b3 Sinnn nay! but we will abide all 
 
 -night in the street. Gen. 3, 4. 5. 17, 15. 
 Ex. 1, 19. Josh. 17, 18. 2 Chr. 20, 15. 
 Ps. 44. 8. Is. 7, 8. 65, 6. Dan. 9, 18. al. 
 See below in CK ""S B. 1. Once for 
 BX ''S B, 2, 1 Sam. 27, 1 nothing is well 
 for me, obrx "^3 unless that I flee, ex- 
 cept I flee ; Sept. inv (ir]. 
 
 b) Similar to this is the use of "'S in 
 passages where a preceding negative is 
 not directly expressed, but yet a nega- 
 tive force lies in the sentence itself; 
 e. g. where in Latin the full construction 
 would be, '(minimc vero) ec/,' also sim- 
 
 ply enim, as in Cicero Tusc. 2. 24 : "nnra 
 turn ingemuisse Epaminondam putas, 
 quum una cum sanguine vitam effluere 
 sentiret ? Imperantem enim patriam La- 
 cedseTTioniis relinquebat, qoam acceperat 
 servientem," for: Minime vero, nam ; 
 Germ, nein sondem; Engl, nay but ; nay 
 for; bid no, for ; etc. Job 31, 17 have 
 I then eaten my morsel alone, and the 
 orphan hath not eatenfi there f 7 18 Nay 
 but ('^i))from my youth he grew up with 
 me as a father. Mic. 6, 3 what injury 
 have I done to thee 7 4 None, for (but) 
 / brought thee up out of Egypt, etc. Ps. 
 44; 21 sq. if we had forgotten God .... 
 woidd not God, have searched it out ? 24 
 But no {^3), for thy sake are we slarigh- 
 tered. Job 14, 13 Oh that thoti wouldest 
 hide me in Sheol .... until thy wrath be 
 past (and afterwards recal me to life, 
 though I know this cannot be !) 16 "3 
 iQon i-irs nny but no ! instead of this 
 thou numberest my steps ; so far from 
 dealing kindly with me, thou even liest 
 in wait as it were against me. Ps. 49, 11. 
 130, 2. 2 Sam. 19, 23. Is. 49, 24. 25. 
 
 c) Rarely where no negative pre- 
 cedes, like uX'ka yag, but tndy. but yet, 
 yet, nevertheless ; comp. DS ^3 B. 3. Is. 
 28, 28 bread-corn is beaten out, V^s "'S 
 firr^iT^ iriix n:i,3b but yet one does not 
 thresh it always ; see in pjj'n no. 1. Is. 
 8, 23 nb psia ncKb qs-ia xb 'S never- 
 theless the darkness shall not abide 
 where now distress is. Job 23, 10. 
 
 4. As a particle of time, like "ittii< B. 
 5 ; pr. at which time, what time, when. 
 With a prset. Ps. 32, 3 ^iba "^nv^'^nn ^3 
 "i^as whe7i (while) / kept silent, my 
 bones wasted away. Judg. 2, 18. Ez. 3, 
 19. Job 7, 13. Oftener with a fut. Gen. 
 4, 12 nrnxn-rx ihsn '3 when thou 
 tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth 
 yield unto thee her strength. 24. 41. Is. 
 43, 2. Jer. 2, 26. 1 K. 8, 44. Job 27, 8. 9; 
 and so with fut. as pres. Job 22. 2 is a 
 man profitable unto God. when as a wise 
 man he is prof table to hini.'^elf? Ps. 8. 4i 
 when I consider thy heavens, etc. Job 
 4, 5. Ps. 11, 3. Is. 1, 12. Lev. 21. 9. al. 
 With a participle Jer. 44. 19. So too 
 without a verb, Hos. 11, 1 bx'^bi -r; *2) 
 when Israel was a child. Job 39. 24. 
 Very freq. in the construction "z "H";;; , 
 ''S IT^ni and it came to jjoss, when. etc. 
 
461 
 
 Gen. 6, 1 and it came lo pans wJien 
 (^3 TJ*']) men began to multiply, etc. 
 Sept. Kul iyivtto rivixa x. t. L 2 Sum. 
 7, 1. 19, 26. nl. sjrp. Ex. 1, 10 aiul it 
 come to pass when ("'a n^n^) there fall- 
 eth out, etc. Judg. 21, 22. 1 Sam. 10, 7. 
 Is. 16, 12. Jer. 5, 19. 15, 2. See in r\ir\ 
 no. 1. p. 249. Sometimes this use ai>- 
 proiiches near to a conditional power 
 (comp. T^X 13. 4) as in Engl, when for 
 if; so witli a praet. E.k. 20. 25; or with 
 a fut. 2 K. 4, 29 wh^n (if) thou m^etest 
 any man, salute him not. Gen. 46, 33 
 where Sept. iuv. Ex. 7, 9. Deut. 14, 24. 
 Josh. 20, 5. At other times, a strict dis- 
 tinction is observed between this parti- 
 cle and the conditional CX . as Ex. 21, 2 
 V}hen ("^3) tho2i biiyest a Hebrew ser cant, 
 six' years shall he serve thee, and in the 
 seventh he shall go ovifree. 3. If (cx) 
 he came in alone, he shall go out alone ; 
 if (ox) with a wife, then his wife shall 
 go out with him. 4. If (Cii) his master 
 hai-e gicen him a wife ... 5 and ?/"(cxi) 
 the servant sliall say, etc. So very oilen, 
 DX being every where used before the 
 particular conditions of a law. and ""3 be- 
 fore the whole law. Comp. in the same 
 chapter, v. 7 "^3, and v. 8. 9. 10. 11, CX. 
 V. 14. 18 'B, and v. 19 ex . v. 20 i3 and 
 V. 21 nx . V. 22 ""B and v. 23 DX . So v. 
 26. 27. 28, comp. 29. 30. 32. Also Lev. 
 1, 2. 3. In Arabic the same distinction 
 
 exists between til i. q. "'S and the con- 
 ditional ,1,1 i. q. ex. This ''S of time 
 sometimes stands in a clause after the 
 nominative, as Lev. 1, 2. 2. 1. 4, 2. Is. 
 28, 18. 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Ez. 14, 
 13. al. 
 
 To the same conditional usage per- 
 tain the examples where ''S is for the 
 fuller "^3 oa even when, even if although; 
 see na no. 4. p. 197. Ex. 13, 17 God led 
 them not the way of the land of the Phi- 
 listines, 3iip3 xnn '3 although that was 
 near. Ps. 49' 19. 1 16, 10. Hab. 3, 17. 
 
 5. A less visual but certain use of ''S 
 is in the apodosvi, Engl. then. so. The 
 protasis then has a conditional particle, 
 e. g. ex , Job 8. 6 nns ^-s nnx n'd;i t,t dx 
 ^\'S "i''5^ if thou art pure and. upright, 
 then lie will soon awake for thee. 37, 20 ; 
 K"'b nx, Is. 7, 9 if ye will not believe, then 
 
 39* 
 
 ye shall not be established ; 1^ Job 6, 2. 
 3 ; ^i;ib Gen. 31, 42. 43, 10 ; 'bix Num. 
 22, 33 ; ntx condif. Ecc. 8, 12 ; ii^X 1^ 
 Gen. 22, 16. 17. Some assume here an 
 ellipsis, e. g. I affirm that, sure it is //to/, 
 or the like. This accords with the like 
 usage in no. 1. a, and is not improbable ; 
 although a demonstrative or affirmative 
 power, which some assume as the pri- 
 mary one in this particle, is without any 
 certain traces. 
 
 6. Prepositions to which ^'S is sub- 
 joined, (like "iCX B. 9.) are thus convert- 
 ed into conjunctions, as "'S "3^ and ''B b? 
 on this account that, because ; ^S'l" un- 
 til that, until; ''S -pS and "'B r'nv\ for 
 the reason that, because. Comp. Lehrg. 
 p. 637. For **"'? "^S see in its order 
 after CX "^3 p. 462. For "'S qx see p. 
 77. 
 
 Note. A remarkable example of the 
 various significations of "^3 is found in 
 Josh. 17, 17. 18 Thou shall not have one 
 lot only, but ("3) the mountain shall be 
 thine ; since ("3) it ts a forest, so thou 
 shall cut it down, and its utmost ends 
 shall be thine ; for ("3) thou shall drive 
 out the Canaaniles, because (''3) tliey 
 have iron chariots and because ("'3) they 
 are strong, i. e. because otherwise they 
 will be a source of trouble and destruc- 
 tion to you. Comp. 14, 12. 
 
 DX "^S a compound particle having a 
 twofold usage : 
 
 A) Where OX refers to an inserted or 
 parenthetic clause, and each particle 
 retains its own native force. Thus : 
 
 1. that if see "3 B. 1. Jer. 26, 15 but 
 know ye e'J""'^ "^rx cnx c^nttTa-cx ""S 
 cr""?? cjnb cnx "^ps that, if ye put me 
 to death, (that) ye shall bring innocent 
 blood upon yourselves. 1 K. 20, 6. So 
 after a formula of swearing, 1 Sam. 14, 
 39 "'3 '33 '(^1^"'? ''--!"!"=i< "S-.-i^^'^"? T? 
 mti'^ T'la as Jehovah liceth (I swear) 
 THAT, IF it be even Jonathan my son, 
 (that) he shall surely die. Jer. 22. 24. 
 In these examples "3 is repeated after 
 the parenthetic clause ; in others Vav 
 copulative is put instead : 1 Sam. 20, 9 
 far be it ns-^n nnb="3 r"!;* s^';"cx 'B 
 M^ T'^ax nrx xbi...-'::x cr^ that, if 
 / knew that evil were prepared of my 
 father . . . then I would not tell it thee. 
 
SS 
 
 462 
 
 Ex. 22, 22. Gen. 47, 18 ; comp. ] p. 266. i 
 bb. 
 
 2. because if. for if see ''3 B. 2. Ex. 
 8, 17 [21]. a 2. 10. 4. Deut. 11, 22. Esth. 
 4. 14. Is. 10, 22. Prov. 23, 18. al. saep. 
 Also interrog. nam num 7 for whelher 1 
 see nx B. ]. Lam. 5, 22 DS^-cx "'S 
 !i:riCJ<i3 for wilt thou then utterly reject 
 lis? cornp. Jer. 14, 19 where it is fi in- 
 stead of "3. 
 
 3. but if after a negative, see "'S B. 3. 
 Lam. 3, 32 Dnni nsirrcK '^ but if he 
 cause grief yet will he have compassion. 
 Also without a previous negative, see 
 in -^3 B. 3. c, Ex. 23, 22. 
 
 Note. In 1 Sam. 25, 34 "3 introduces 
 the apodosis, see "^3 B. 5 ; while CN is 
 the negative after an oath, see cs C. 1. 
 c. In 2 Sam. 3, 35 "^3 continues the 
 clause after a formula of swearing, see 
 ^3 B. 1. b ; and CN is negative as be- 
 fore. 
 
 B) Where both particles are closely 
 conjoined and refer to the same clause. 
 
 1. but if after a negative ; Ps. 1. 1 
 hajtpy the man who walketh not (q. A. if 
 he walk not) ... 2 but f/"(DS ''S) his de- 
 light is in the law of Jehovah ; here it is 
 simply but. Germ, sondem. after a nega- 
 tive, i. q. 'S B. 3. a ; the force of the 
 other particle being attenuated and ne- 
 glected. So Gen. 15, 4 this shall not 
 be thine heir, but (CX ''3) he that shall 
 
 . come forth, etc. 32. 29 thy name shall not 
 be called Jacob, brd (cs "3) Israel. Josh. 
 
 17, 3 he had no sons, but (CS "3) daugh- 
 ters. 1 Sam. 8, 19 a7id they said, Nay, 
 bid (CN 'S; we will have a king over us. 
 2 Sam. 5, 6. 1 K. 18, 18. Is. 37, 19. 65, 
 
 18. Jer. 3. 10. al. saep. Sometimes the 
 negative before DS "^3 is to be supplied, 
 comp. -3 B. 3. b. 1 Sam. 26, 10 as the 
 Lord livelh ISSJi nin-;! ex -3 (not I) but 
 the Lord .smile him. 2 Sam. 13, 33 let 
 not the king take it to heart because they 
 say. All the king^s sons are dead ; (not 
 so) but Aninon only is dead. 
 
 2. but if, but when, i. q. unless, except, 
 ^ always after a negative. a) Before a 
 
 verb. Gen. 32, 27 I will not let thee go, 
 except (nx "^3) thou bless me. Am. 3, 7. 
 Gen. 42, 15. Lev. 22, 6. Ruth 2, 16. 3, 
 18. 2 Sam. 5, 6. Ecc. 3, 12. b) Before 
 a noun ; Gen. 39, 9 he huth kept hack 
 nothing from me except (ex 'S) thee, 
 
 because thou art his wife. v. 6. Lev. 21, 
 1. 2 there shall none be defied for the 
 dead ... except (Di< '^'Z) for his kin. Num. 
 26, 65. Josh. 14, 4. 1 Sam. 30, 17. 22. 
 Esth. 2, 15. Jer. 7, 23. al. The preced- 
 ing negative is sometimes implied in a 
 question, Mic. 6, 8, Is. 42. 19. 
 
 3. Without a preceding negative, but, 
 Germ, aber, comp. '^3 B. 3. c. Gen. 40, 
 14 "^:ri~isT cx "3 hut remember me. when 
 it shall be well with thee ; Sept. wAiw, 
 Syr. jJf . Num. 24, 21. 22 strong is thy 
 dwelling-place . . . but (ON "^3) Kain shall 
 be wasted. 
 
 C) It is seen above, that one of the 
 two particles is often redundant and 
 might be omitted ; and so DX is four 
 times actually omitted in Keri, Ruth 3, 
 12. 2 Sam. 13, 33. 15, 21. Jer. 39, 12. 
 Still more is this the case, where ex 15 
 stands in the following connections : 
 
 1. that. i. q. ''3 B. 1. a, after formulas 
 of swearing. 2 Sam. 15. 21 where Keri 
 omits ex. 2 K. 5, 20 ; after a verb of 
 swearing. Jer. 51, 14 ; after C!:^:x Ruth 
 3, 12. So where the words of an oath 
 or affirmation are implied, thus marking 
 astrongaffirmation, Judg. 15,7 "|ib?n ex 
 "^ruc;?: ex "3 rxTS if ye have done thus, 
 (know assuredly) that J will be avenged. 
 1 K. 20, 6. For 2 Sam. 3, 35, see above, 
 in A, note. 
 
 2. because, for, causal, i, q. "S B. 2. 
 Job -42, 8. 
 
 "j?"^? ''S a formula signifying lit.ybr 
 therefore, and used to mark not purpose 
 and end. but rather the reason and cause 
 of a thing. The examples fall into two 
 classes, viz. 
 
 1. Where "^3 and "i?"^? are to be taken 
 separately. /or because; so that '3~bs is 
 for "ii:3x "IB-by on this account that, be- 
 cause, (see in '3 vMth Prep, d,) and in- 
 troduces the protasis, which the apodo- 
 sis then f()lIows. So in these passages : 
 Gen. 33, 10 receive my present. "iS'b? "3 
 ^Ds-.p;! c^-'bx "^^B rxns rp:s "'Tj^i^'^ for, 
 because I hace seen thy face as though I 
 had seen the face of God, so thou wili 
 receive me graciously. Num. 10. 31. 14, 
 43/wr. because ye are tunwd away from 
 Jehovah, so Jehovah will not be with you. 
 
 2. Where the f()nnula is i. q. *|3"b? 
 for it;x *,3"by on this account that, be- 
 
* 
 
 463 
 
 1-^ 
 
 eauM, as above. Gen. 38, 26 she (Ta- 
 mar) is more righleotis than /, because 
 (,3"b5 ") I gave her not to Shelah mrj 
 son ; Vulg. (]uia. Judg. 6, 22 alas, O 
 Lord God ! (I must dio) because I have 
 seen an angel of the Lord face to face ; 
 comp. 13. 22. Is. 6, 5. Sept. on, Vulg. 
 quia. 2 Sam. 18, 20 Keri. Jer. 29, 27. 
 28. 38, 4. Gen. 19, 8 only unto these men 
 do nothing ; because (*3"b? "3) they 
 have come under the shadow of my roof 
 Note. From the examples in no. 1, it 
 appears that in this formuhi "'S origi- 
 nally retained its distinct native causal 
 power ; and no transposition or trajec- 
 tion is necessary, such as I formerly as- 
 sumed. In the other examples *,3 bs "^3 
 seem to have coalesced into one com- 
 pound particle, in which two causal 
 particles are accumulated ; and the 
 power of the first became by degrees 
 so attenuated as to be nearly or quite 
 redundant ; just like """[^X in Chaldee 
 'i3~br 1-is, which stands for the Heb. 
 formula in the Targums. 
 
 II. "'S subst. (for ''"3. r. niS, as ""X 
 
 \ ; T T ' 
 
 for "^ix, '5 for '^S) a mark burnt in, 
 
 brand, once Is. 3, 24. Arab. J> id. 
 
 ^ ? obsol. root, Arab. 5o mid. Ye, 
 
 to use deceit, to overreach; whence Jou 
 trick, fraud, also destruction, ruin, war. 
 Hence in Heb. TiS, )ii''S. 
 
 T^S m. destruction, calamity, Job 21, 
 20. See also "liT^B. 
 
 TTT^D m. (ina^ Xtyofi. a spark, Job 41, 
 11. R. 113. 
 
 "JITS m. (r. TS) 1. a javelin, spear, 
 a smaller kind of lance, different from 
 n-'in (1 Sam. 17, 6. 7. 45. Job 39, 23) ; 
 borne by soldiers suspended from the 
 shoulder, 1 Sam. 1. c. and thrown after 
 brandishing Job 41, 21 [29] ; common 
 among the Babylonians and Persians 
 Jer. 6, 23. f>0. 42 ; and so made as to be 
 conspicuou;3 when lifted up Josh. 8, 18 
 corap. 26. being probably decorated with 
 a flag, like the lances of the modern 
 Polish lancers or Uhlans. So Kimchi 
 05 13'^ riBiin xin ' this is the spear with 
 a flag on it.' Bochart aptly derives it from 
 
 r.*Ti3, comp. 3*5^ sword, and v-^v^ war. 
 
 2. Chidon, pr. n. of a place between 
 Kirjath-jearim and Jerusalem ; 1 Chr. 
 13, 9 TIT'S ina the threshing floor of Chi- 
 don; in 2 Sam. 6, 6 "jiSD "ina, see '("iaj. 
 
 ^IT'S m. (r. >']3) tumult, espec. lear- 
 like tumidt, war. Job 15, 24. Vulg. pr<x- 
 lium, Syr. war. 
 
 l^^S una^ Xfyofi. prob. a statue, image, 
 from r. ')13 Pi. "('B, after the (brm p^on, 
 blSD , etc. The prophet says ol' the Is- 
 raelites in the desert : Am. 5, 26 ye bore 
 the tabernacle of your king (idol), and 
 the statue (V*^? or statues, Heb. Gr. 
 106. 3) of your idols, the star of your god 
 which ye made to yourselves ; so Vulg. 
 imaginem idolorum vestrorum ; comp. 
 Acts 7, 43. According to this interpre- 
 tation, the only one wiiich the received 
 vowels well admit, the name of the idol 
 so worshipped by the Israelites is not 
 given ; and it can only be inferred from 
 the mention of a star, that some planet 
 is to be understood, which Jerome con- 
 jectures to have been Lucifer or Venus. 
 The Syriac translator gives a differ- 
 ent explanation, translating oa'^abs "ji^s 
 
 byjT>Vi\. ^Xsi Saturn your idol; pro- 
 nouncing the Heb. "ji^s prob. as "''5, 
 and regarding it as i. q. Syr. .ej^ Arab. 
 
 (^1ju the ])Ianet Saturn, which the 
 
 Semitic nations worshipped along with 
 Mars as an evil demon to be propitiated 
 with sacrifices ; see Comm. on Is. II. p, 
 343. The LXX held r^= to be the 
 proper name of an idol ; although chang- 
 ing 3 into 1 (comp. 'w".^3 Nah. 1. 6 Sept. 
 aqxi'^i as if for iTXi) they write it cor- 
 ruptly 'P(jr', 'Pt/ifiuy, which by the fur- 
 ther corruption of transcribers became 
 'Pffxcpav, 'Pfficpu. It has been assumed, 
 but cannot be shown, that 'Pmqiuv or 
 'Pi]<fdv was an Egyptian word denoting 
 the planet Saturn. It was so found in- 
 deed in two Coptic-Arabic Lexicons by 
 Kircher, Ling. .^gypt. restit. p. 49. 527j 
 but Jablonsky long since remarked, 
 that this word and the other names of 
 planets in these lexicons were of Greek 
 origin, and were drawn from the Coptic 
 version of Amos and the Acts. The 
 more recent lexicographers of the Cop- 
 tic tongue have been able to find n<i 
 
rs 
 
 464 
 
 *)5 
 
 other examples ; Peyron. p. 1S4. See 
 more in Thesaur. p. 669, 670. 
 
 I'i'^3 and "I**? m. plur. n^y-S 2 Chr. 
 4, 6. and ni- 1 K. 7, 38. 40, 43. R. 1^3 II. 
 
 1. Pr. a basin, fire-pot, fire-pan, so 
 called from boiling or roasting, 1 Sam. 
 2. 14. So tJix "li'S afire-pan, fire-basin, 
 Zech. 12. 6. 
 
 2. a basin, wash-basin, laver, from its 
 form, Ex. 30, 18. 28. 31, 9. 35, 16. 39, 39. 
 i K. 7, 38. al. Further 
 
 3. a platform or pulpit, suggestus, for 
 speaking in public, so called from the 
 form, 2 Chr. 6, 13. The context does not 
 determine whether this suggestus was 
 round or square ; and the measure of 
 length and breadth given would rather 
 imply the latter. But as the name im- 
 plies a likeness to a basin, it was more 
 probably round. 
 
 ''^^S Is. 32, 5, and ''^? v. 7, deceitful, 
 a deceiver, Vulg. fraudidentus ; by 
 aphseresis for ^'>"'23, "^z^ (r. ^=3) the 
 adj. termination '- being added. Syr, 
 |1 n1 id. The prophet perhaps uses the 
 form "^V? ^01* "^^"^3; ill allusion to the fol- 
 lowing ^'^^3. 
 
 niBb'^3 f. plur. (r. V^JS) sledge-ham- 
 mers or axes, Ps. 74, 6. Syr. j-n-^^os 
 a hammer, axe, mattock. Kindr. is 
 Chald. Nsbip club, cudgel. 
 
 mfl'^S f. (r. D"3) pr. a heap, cluster, 
 espec. of stars, and hence for the con- 
 stellation of the Pleiades, or f?ie Seven 
 Stars, consisting of seven large stars 
 closely conglomerated with other smaller 
 
 ones. Arab. UyJ abundance, multitude, 
 more fully UyxJ! JJL& the binding to- 
 gether, bundle, cluster, of Pleiades ; Syr. 
 like Heb. jials .Am. 5, 8. Job 9, 9. 38, 
 3J; in which latter passage we have the 
 similar figure ms-S r"i:"]?^ "'^"p^fi didst 
 thou bind the bands of the Pleiades 7 
 Sec more in Hyde on Ulugh-Beigh's 
 Tabb. p. 32. Niebuhr"'s Arabia p. 114 
 Germ. Ideler Ursprung und Bedeutung 
 der Sternnamen, p. 146. 
 
 C'^3 m. contr. for 033 from r. D33, like 
 b'i3 q. V. for 033. 
 
 ]. a bag purse, for money Prov. 1, 
 14. Is. 46, 6 J used also by merchants to 
 
 carry their weights for money and mer- 
 chandise, Deut. 25, 13. Mic. 6, 11; see 
 Chardin Voyage T. III. p. 420. Hence 
 O-iD 'srs Prov. 16, 1 1. Syr. and Chald. id. 
 2. a cup, i. q. 013, Prov. 23. 31 Cheth. 
 where Keri 0i3. Hence "'S and Di3 
 are seen to be kindred forms 
 
 ">^3 only Dual D^T? (r. n^3 II) prob. 
 a cooking-furnace, range for pots, per- 
 haps of pottery, as it could be broken ; 
 and double, as having places for two 
 pots or more, Lev. 11, 35, where it is 
 coupled with "iliFi oven. So Kimchi. 
 Syr. l-ks2 Lj^ pot-house, hearth, Sept 
 /vr^oTTodts: pot-feet, supporters. 
 
 'i'^3 see "li^s . 
 
 "llTO'^S m. (r. "''^3) a righter, director, 
 sc. of a spindle, i. e. the whirl or twirl of 
 a spindle, fixed upon its lower end for 
 the purpose of twirling it ; once Prov. 
 31, 19. So Kimchi. In the East the 
 spindle is held in the hand, often per- 
 pendicularly ; and is twirled with one 
 hand, while the other draws out the 
 thread. Comp. Thes. p. 722. 
 
 riDlS (Milel) contr. from ns ns so so, 
 i. e. so and so, thus and thus, i. q. simpl. 
 ri3 , but stronger. As referring to 
 what precedes, Ex. 29, 35. Num. 8, 
 26. n, 15. Deut. 29, 23. Hos. 10, 15; 
 also to what follows Ex. 12, 11. IK. 
 1. 48. It is found in every age of the 
 Hebrew, and stands always absol. be- 
 ing never preceded by 3 . Hence nrD"'S|| 
 how? q. V. In Aramaean the final n 
 is dropped; leaving the form T(3 so; 
 whence some have regarded n:3 as de- 
 rived from ~3 with He paragogic. This 
 opinion, though false, seems to have 
 been followed by the Hebrew gramma- 
 rians in placing the tone on the penult. 
 
 "I3S f Gen. 13, 10. Ex. 29, 23. 2 K. 5, 
 5, constr. ^33. pr. a circle, orb, tor "^S"??, 
 from r. "i"]3 , Pilp. "'SIS Plur. see in no. 
 2, 3. In the occidental languages corre- 
 sponding words are circus, ciVculus, and 
 with the r softened xixlog. Comp. T^^S . 
 
 1. a circuit, circumjacent tract of coun- 
 try, Neh. 12, 28. So i^"^?" i^S ff>e cir- 
 cuit or tract of the Jordan, i. e. the tract 
 through which the Jordarj flows into the 
 Dead Sea, Gen. 13, 10. 11. IK. 7. 46. 
 
IDS 
 
 465 
 
 <90 
 
 2 Chr. 4, 17 ; Sept. ^ n((/ixt>i(/og tov 
 'Joi/duyov, and eo Matt. 3, 5. Ollen also 
 nai ilox,]v iMn id. Gen. 13, 12. 19, 17. 
 25. 2 Sara. 18, 23. Neh. 3, 22. Now 
 xJkJf el-Cihdr. 
 
 2. cnb lis lit. a round of bread, a 
 round loaf or cake, Ex. 29, 23. 1 8am. 
 2, 36. Prov. 6, 26. Plur. orjb nii3 
 Judg. 8, 5. 1 Sam. 10,3. 
 
 3. a talent, Syr. )i>as, a weight equal 
 to 3000 shekels of the sanctuary, as ap- 
 pears from Ex. 38, 25.26; comp. how- 
 ever 2 Sam. 12, 30. :nj -iS3 a talent 
 of gold I K. 9, 14. 10, 10. 14 ; qo? -153 
 2 K. 5, 22. 23, 33 ; nnB> '3 Zech." 5, 7. 
 Dual W^'i'ss tico talents, 2 K. 5, 23; 
 qDS D^nss two talents of silver, ih. 
 where o^^SS holds as it were the mid- 
 dle place between the stat. absol. C7"?33 
 and constr. ""^iSS ; which latter would 
 not here mark the dual number. Plur. 
 D-^nss constr. ''::22 f. taleiUs 2 K. 5, 5. 
 1 Chr. 22, 14. 29, 7. Ezra 8, 26. 
 
 "133 Chald. plur. r^SS or "('"iS?, a 
 talent, i. q. Hebr. no. 3. Ezra 7, 22. 
 
 bb m. once blS Jer. 33. 8 Cheth. 
 c. Makk. "bS, pr. subst. the whole, to- 
 tality, from r. 'bh'3 to complete. Arab. 
 S 
 jy, Syr.V^, Samar. Mj Eth. WAl, 
 
 id. Corresponding are Gr. okog, Lat. 
 ullus, Engl, whole. In the occidental 
 languages it is mostly to be rendered by 
 adjectives. 
 
 1. Where it refers to a single thing 
 and includes the idea of oneness, totality, 
 whole, all, Lat. totiis. Gr. oloc ; followed 
 by a substantive in the genitive, made 
 definite either by the definite article, as 
 Gr. 7i(ina i, y^. toute la terre, the whole 
 earth ; or by the genit. of a noun or pro- 
 noun ; unless it be a proper name which 
 is in itself definite. E. g. V"iNn"^Si all 
 the earth, the whole earth. Gen. 9, 19. 11, 
 1 ; nrn-bs aU the people Gen. 19, 4 ; 
 (Sisn-Vs all the flock 31, 8 ; bixn-bs the 
 whole ram Ex. 29, 18 ; ci'n-lss all the 
 day. the whole day, see nii no, 3. g. /5 ; 
 ')'!!')!n 'SS'^ the whole tract of the Jor- 
 dan Gen. 13. 10; 'i;i3 7"!S-^S) all the land 
 of Ethiopia Gen. 2. 13. comp. 14. 7. 41. 8. 
 45, 20; "^as-bs all vty people Gen. 41, 
 40; ^i'isri'SS!! r,=3V>-l3:3 Deut. 4, 29. 
 
 2 Sam. 9, 9. Gen. 2, 2 ; bKnto-^? oil 
 Israel, the whole people of Israel, 1 Chr. 
 11, 1. But even in this signif. there oc- 
 cur certain examples where the subst. is 
 without the art. (comp. in no. 2. c.) c. g. 
 \?3-bz3l 3^"^a with all l/i heart and 
 with all the mind 2 K. 23, 3; so Ps. Ill, 
 1. 119, 2. 34. 69. 145. Also "iban-bs all 
 flesh, all men, Gen. 7, 15; but i'>aa~i!3 
 6. 12. 13. Is. 40, 5. 49, 26. With suff. 
 T(^, Ti^S, thou whole, Is. 14,29. 31. 22, 
 1 ; \fS all of him Gen. 25, 25. Rarely 
 Va is put in the genit. after a noun, (in 
 the manner of the phrase tU"ipH in and 
 the like.) as Van riiTn the whole vision 
 or revelation, Is. 29. 11 ; oftener Avith a 
 suffix, as Hisa bxnB7 pr. Israel all of it, 
 i. e. all Israel, 2 Sam. 2, 9; nis C';i']:T3 
 for a-iiais-ba Ez. 29, 2 ; Pi^a ban Job 34, 
 13. For the similar usage in the Ara- 
 
 bic words Jo and z**^:^ see De S?icy 
 
 Gramm. Arabe II. 68. 
 
 2. Where it refers to several things, 
 many individuals, all, evern/, e. g. 
 
 a) Absol. a) Without art. b'a all, i. q. 
 they all, but with verb sing. Is. 30, 5 ba 
 Ui'^xah all were ashamed. Is. 44. 24 all 
 things, sc. which exist. Ps. 8, 7. Job 13. 
 1. 42, 2. p) With art. ban the whole, all 
 i. e. all men, i. q. cnsrj-ba . Gen. 16, 12 "in^ 
 baa his hand against all. Ecc. 9, 2 ban 
 bab "Csa all things alike to all, i. e. the 
 same lot awaits all. Job 24, 24 bas wsn 
 'l^SS;?'^ they melt away, like all they die. 
 Joined with a verb sing. Ps. 14, 3. Ecc. 
 6, 6. So lor all things, every thing, Ecc. 
 1, 2 bari ban all is vanity. 3, 11. 7, 15. 
 12, 8. Ps. 49, 18. Dan. 11, 2. 
 
 b) Before a plur. subst. made definite, 
 comp. Fr. 'tous les hommes.' So "ba 
 C^isn all the nations Is. 2, 2. 25, 7 ; "ba 
 nib-^n all the nights, every nighl, 21, 8. 
 D'^Sb-nn-ba all the wicked Ps. 145, 20 ; 
 C-^bssn-ba all the falling 145. 14 ; "ba 
 Cis^n all the days. i. e. the whole time, 
 see in ci-^ no. 2 ; CiX "^V^S '' ^^^ ^^V* 
 of Adam Gen. 5, 5 ; "^nb ''Ja-ba all the 
 Levites Ex. 32, 26; ban '^a^-'-ba Is. 18, 
 3 ; Cii'ia 'abia-ba 14, 9 ;' rj'^n'iNbss-ba all 
 thy mighty works Ps. 9, 2. Poet, and in 
 the later books also without the art, 
 C':"i;-ba Is. 13. 7. ri:nbd-ba 28, 8. comp. 
 51, 18. 20 ; n-iiBrba ail the women Ezra 
 
*jf) 
 
 466 
 
 b5 
 
 10, 3. With sufF. plur. 13^3 all of vs, 
 we all, Gen. 42, 11 ; C3^3 // of you, ye 
 all, Deut. 1, 22 ; c^3 ZaV^ a/Z Is. 14, 10. 
 18.' 31, 3, also cn|3 2 Sam. 23, 6; f. 
 n:^3 Gen. 42, 36. "n:n^3 1 K. 7, 37. 
 
 T T \ ' T :,T 1, ' 
 
 Also before the relative, Gen. 6, 2 "53 
 snna ".CN all (the daughters) u-hom 
 (hey chose. 7, 22 c^'n nsn-ncrj ^irx-bs 
 T^Bsa all in whose nostrils was the breath 
 of life. 39, 5 i> ai;i "ii^ix-bs aZZ that he 
 hadj and ellipt. 'ni3"'=n-bs all that / 
 7jave prepared 1 Chr. 29, 3. So too be- 
 fore a periphrastic plural, "i"iT 'n'rbDa 
 m all generations Ps. 45, 18 ; Di'^'Vaa 
 Ci-^l Esth. 2, 11. 
 
 c) Before a noun sing, collective, with 
 the article, as Ciijfi'bs all men Gen. 7, 
 21. Judg. 16, 7^' nnn-b3 all living 
 things, animals. Gen. 8, 1 ; 'lati'bs all 
 S071S, every son, Ex. 1, 22. Rarely 
 without art. though still definite, as 
 C:s?-V3 all the smds Gen. 46, 15. 22. Ex. 
 1, 5 ; rxT-bs all this Is. 5, 25, where the 
 demonstr. pron. does not require the art. 
 to make it definite. 1^3 they all Is. 1, 23. 
 
 d) Before a noun sing, without the 
 art. Vs signifies all, every one, whoever, 
 tthatever, Fr. to^tt homme ; e. g. 05"b3 
 every people, nation, Esth. 3, 8 ; 'liS'bs 
 id. 2 Chr. 32, 15 ; onx'^ every man Job 
 21, 33. 37, 7. Ps. 39, 6^; n-^a-^B every 
 house Is. 24. 10 ; ;x^-b3 Jer. 48, 37. Am. 
 8, 10; "i=I"ba every male Gen. 17, 12; 
 nj^r-^sa every year Esth. 9, 21 ; fiB-Vs 
 every moidh Is. 9, 17; and in the same 
 sense c. art. nsn-^S 1 K. 19, 18 ; "laf^-^a 
 evei-y son Ex. 1. 22. 
 
 3. Before a noun not made definite, Vs 
 is also any one. any thing, as ia'n~bs aity 
 thing whatever Ruth 4. 7. Num. 35. 22. 
 Ez. 15, 3. With plur. risa Va any of the 
 commandments, any commandment. Lev. 
 4, 2. Hence with a negat. part, not ami, 
 no one. none, nothing, e. g. a) Where ^3 
 stands absol. Deut. 8, 9 na ^3 'pnn xb 
 thou shall not lack any thing in it, thou 
 shalt lack nothing. Prov. 30, 30. b) 
 With a genit. sing. Ex. 12. 36 nixbis-bsi 
 nbS"] nh no work shall be done. 20, 4. 
 2 Ciir. 32. 15. Gen. 3. 1. Lev. 3. 17. Prov. 
 12,21. Dan. 11.37. With nog.pnrt. -("^X. 
 Judg. 19, 19 '=^-^3 ibn-o px there is 
 no want of any thing, nothing wanting. 
 Ecc. 1, 9; c. b Judg. 13. 4. c) With 
 a plur. Dan. 8. 4 'nr' b ni^n-bs'' and 
 
 no beast could stand before h im. pr. none 
 of the beasts. Dan. 12, 10. Different is 
 b'3 with neg. in the passage Ps. 49, 18, 
 bsn npj) in-iisa xb (where ba has the 
 article) dying he takes not this all with 
 him, i. e. all these things ; and also in 
 those passages where b3 befor3 a defi 
 nite subst. signifies the whole, totus, as 
 1 Sam. 14. 24 onb crn-br. cso s<b the 
 wliole people did not taste food. Num. 23 
 13 nxnn xb iks thou shalt not see tJu 
 whole sc. of Israel, but only a part. 
 
 4. all, i. e. of all kinds, cf every kind 
 and sort, like Gr. nug for nuvToiog, navro- 
 dunog II. 1. 5 ; just as the Hebrews also 
 use the periphrastic plural for things 
 of various kinds, Heb. Gramm. 106. 4; 
 comp. in Engl, many for many kinds, 
 Germ. Viel for Vielerley. E. g. "/^"bB 
 all manner of trees, trees of every kind. 
 Lev. 1 9, 23 ; "i2t!~b3 all manner of wares 
 Neh. 13, 16. 1 Chr.' 29, 2. / 
 
 5. Adv. for nuvibtg, all, wholly, altoge- 
 ther, e. g. a) Before substantives, Ps. 
 39, 6 CnX'bs bafi'bs every man is alto- 
 gether vanity, wholly a vain thing, i. q. 
 ^T.V| T\^ 45, 14. b) Before other ad- 
 verbs, chiefly in the later Hebrew, aa 
 d raS'bs wholly as, in all points like 
 as, Ecc. 5; 15 ; liyba all the while yet, 
 wholly so long as. Job 27, 3. Comp. 
 Lehrgb. 626. 
 
 Note. When b'3 stands in connection 
 with a subst. fern, or plural, the predicate 
 usually agrees in gender and number 
 with the noun as the more important 
 word, e. g. bknr nrttijn-b3 Ps. 150, 6; 
 more rarely with bs as the governing 
 word. Gen. 9, 29. Ex. 12, 16. Nah. 3, 7. 
 Oiice b3 is found separated from its 
 genitive, Hos. 14, 3 'li? S<^'ri"b3 ; also 
 Is. 40, 12 according to some. 
 
 ^3 Chald. with Makk. -b3, i. q. Heb. 
 
 1. With the sing. all. the whole, every; 
 snirb'^-bs the whole kingdom Ezra 6, 
 IL 12. 7, 16. 
 
 2. With the plural, all. every. Dan. 3. 2. 
 5. 7. With suff. 'p'n^S all of them, them 
 all, Dan. 2, 38. 7, 19. ' Absol. in st. em- 
 phat. N^S (Mil^l, as in Syr.) i. q. Hebr. 
 b2n,a//. i.e. all things (not adverbially), 
 Dan. 2, 40 sbs ben grinding small all 
 things. 4, 9 Pia Kb=b i-it^ food for all 
 was in it ec. the tree. v. 25. Ezra 5, 7. 
 
MbD 
 
 467 
 
 ibD 
 
 Before the relat. ellipt. Dan. 2, 38 in 
 every place where men dwell. 
 
 3. any one, whoever, Dan. 6, 8 mid. 
 With X^, o one. Dan. 2, 10. 35. 6, 24. 
 
 4. Adv. like the Heb. no. 5, wholly, 
 altogether, before other adverbs pleo- 
 naslically in the dilFuse manner of the 
 Araniffian dialects, which delight in the 
 languid accumulation of particles. So 
 in the formulas: nj'n'bap'bs wholly for 
 this cause, '^'^'^zp'b'S wholly because, 
 i. q. sirapl. because ; see in ^SfJ. 
 
 * ^5^3 fut. x^D-^ Pa. 40, 10. 12. Is. 43, 
 6; but both in prfet. and fut. of^en so 
 inflected as to imitate verbs rl^. as 
 'pxbs Ps. 109, 101. 'anbli l Sam. 25. 33, 
 iVs rSam.6, 10; rhy] Gen. 23. 6. Vice 
 versa s^3 Dan. 9, 24 is for nis inf. Pi. 
 from nbs. 
 
 1. to close, and so to enclose, to shut up 
 any one Jer. 32. 3. Part. pass, xba shut 
 lip V. 2. Ps. 88, 9. Intrans. to be shut up 
 Hagg. 1, 10. 
 
 2. to withhold, to restrain, a person 
 Num. IL 28. la. 43, 6 ; the wind Ecc. 8, 
 8 ; the lips Ps. 40. 10 ; also 1 Sam. 6, lO. 
 With '\0 from doing any thing 1 Sara. 
 25, 33. Ps. 119, 101. With ",13 of pers. to 
 withhold a t!iing/roi any one. to prohi- 
 bit in respect to any thing. Gen. 23, 6. 
 Ps. 40, 12 ; comp. Hagg. 1, 10. Chald. 
 
 Syr. xbs, Ul, Ethiop.^AA to prohibit, 
 
 Arab. ^\o to guard j II, to prohibit, to 
 constrain. 
 
 3. From the idea of separating con- 
 tained in no. 1, seems to come the no- 
 tion of diversity in O'^s^jp q. v. in xbs 
 no. 2. 
 
 Note. This root is also widely spread 
 in the occidental langu'iges. e. g. in the 
 signif of shutting up, as xXtlb), whence 
 ttXdq, xXr/ig, xAV'V. Claris, claudo, Engl, to 
 close ; in the sense of restraining xwAi'w, 
 noXoia, comp. also celo, occulo. 
 
 NiPH. to be shut np, restrained, as wa- 
 ters Ez. 31, 15 ; the rain Gen. 8. 2. 
 With "(O and inf. to restrain oneself from, 
 to cease from doing. Ex 36, 6. 
 
 Deriv. Kibs, X"'b3, nbs^ and plur. 
 n-ixbaa , also 
 
 i^^l m. c. suff. -ixbs Jer. 52, 33; plur. 
 1. a shutting vp ; hence a prison, Jer. 
 
 I. c. 2 K. 23, 29 ; elsewhere more fully 
 xbs P"? 2 K. 17, 4. Is. 42, 7 ; c. art. 
 xbin n-'a 1 K. 22, 27. Jer. 37, 15. 18 j 
 plur. ^^^b^ ipa Is. 42, 22. 
 
 2. separation; then things separated, 
 diverge, see the root no. 3. Found only 
 in Dual D7J<b3 two things of diverse 
 kinds, heterogeneous, Lev. 19. 19. Deut. 
 22, 9. Corresponding is Eth. ^A./l> 
 
 two, of two kinds ; Arab, ik^both, see 
 
 De Sacy Gramm. Arabe II. p. 155, 156, 
 edit. 2. 
 
 asbS (perh. like to his father) Chi- 
 leab. pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam. 
 3,3. 
 
 a"^fi$^3 dual, see in Nbs no. 2, 
 .... .. ^ 
 
 2? obsol. root, onomatopoetic, pr. 
 imitating the sound of striking, beam- 
 ing, like kindr. T/bs q. v. Engl, to clap, 
 Germ, klappen, as a door when shut or 
 the like ; hence a^bs q, v. Thence 
 transferred to the barking of dogs, as if 
 a series of pulses or claps ; as in Engl, 
 also ' the dog strikes up ;' comp. Germ. 
 kldffen. French clapir, clabauder, Swed. 
 glqffa, to bark, Engl, to yelp. Hence 
 abs dojj, where see. 
 
 -r"? (perh. dog, for nbs) Caleb, pr. n. 
 
 a) The companion of Joshua, son of Je- 
 phunneh, Num. 13. 6. 14, 6 sq. Josh. 15, 
 14. Patronym. "'sbs 1 Sam. 25, 3 Keri. 
 
 b) 1 Chr. 2. 18. 19, for which '=ibs v. 9. 
 
 c) 1 Chr. 2, 50. 
 
 nnnSS nbS CaUb-Ephratah, pr. n. 
 of a place otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 2, 
 24. 
 
 3^3 m. (r. aba) plur. B'^sbs constr. 
 ^ab?, a dog, so called from his bark- 
 ing, pr. the barker. Arab. <^^jJS, Syr. 
 i^^, Eth. ^A-fl, id. Secondary 
 verbs, derived from the nature and ha- 
 bits of the dog, are : vS-i^to be mad, 
 rabid, to pursue enemies, > n\- i to be 
 rabid. Among the Hebrews, dogs were 
 kept to guard houses and flocks Is. 56, 
 10. Job 30, 1 ; but throughout the East 
 they are mostly without masters, and 
 wander half famished and fierce in troops 
 around the cities and villages, 1 K. 14, 
 
nbs 
 
 468 
 
 11. 16, 4. 2 K. 9, 10 ; whence dogs is 
 often an appellation for fierce and cruel 
 enemies, Ps. 22, 17. 21. Further, as the 
 dog was to the Hebrews an unclean and 
 despised animal (Is. 66, 3), so by way 
 of reproach a person is said to be a dog 
 2 K. 8, 13 ; a dead dog 1 Sam. 24, 15. 
 2 Sam. 9, 8. 16, 9 ; a dog's head 2 Sam. 
 3, 8 ; just as at the present day in the 
 East, Christians are called dogs by the 
 Muhammedan rabble. In allusion to 
 the lechery of this animal, the name dog 
 is also applied to a male prostitute, sod- 
 omite, Deut. 23, 19, comp. v. 18 where it 
 fe ^t!!^ . Comp. xvvtg Rev. 22, 15. 
 
 '^5 fut. i^^s";!, once nV^s*^ like verbs 
 Kb 1 K. 17, 14; apoc. bs"^^ bz^ Job 33, 
 21 ; inf constr. nbs . 
 
 1. to be complete, perfect. Jivished ; 
 Sept. often fTvrTfliia&ai. The primary 
 idea is pr. to close up, to come to a close, 
 kindr. with K^S and b^S, comp. C^n. 
 This root is almost peculiar to the He- 
 brew, few traces of it being found in the 
 kindred dialects. Spoken of any work, 
 e. g. a building Ex. 39, 32. 1 K. 6, 38. 
 2 Chr. 29, 34. Hence a) to become 
 ready, to be ready, prepared, sc.for a 
 person, to impend over him ; e. g. pun- 
 ishment, calamity, Ez. 5, 13 "^tSN ribs, 
 mine anger is prepared, i. e. is ready to 
 be poured out. Prov. 22, 8. With Dra , 
 PVi'O ,from or by any one, and '^'^.for any 
 one, Esth. 7, 7 ; comp. 1 Sam. 20, 7. 9. 
 25, 17. b) Of a prophecy, to be accom- 
 plished, fulfilled, 2 Chr. 36, 22. Ezra 1, 
 1. Dan. 12, 7. 
 
 2. to be finished, ended, past, e. g. a 
 season or period of time Gen. 41, 53. 
 Ruth 2, 23. Is. 24. 13 ^^S3 nbs cx when 
 the vintage is ended. 10, 25 EST nbrl and 
 the indignation will be past, i. e. the 
 time of punishment. 16, 4. 32, 10. Jer. 
 8,20. 
 
 3. to be ended, spent, consumed, e. g. 
 food 1 K. 17, 16; c. ',73 Gen. 21. 15. 
 Hence a) to be consumed, destroyed, 
 to perish, as by the sword, famine, di- 
 vine judgments ; Jer. 16, 4 2?73i a")na 
 lbs") they shall be consumed by the sword 
 and by famine. Ps. 39, 11. 71. 13. 90, 7. 
 Is. I, 28. 29, 20. Mai. 3, 6. b) to waste 
 aicay, to pine away, to fail, as the flesh, 
 eyes, strength, Job 33, 21 iiiea ba-^ his 
 
 fiesh is icasted away. Prov. 5, 11. Ps. 73, 
 26. Lam. 2, 11 T? nis^^a Jibs mine eyes 
 do fail with tears. Ps. 71, 9 Tb ribrs. 
 So espec. in the phrases : "'D"'? lbs Ps. 
 69, 4. 119, 82. 123 ; ^ni-^bs -hi Job 19, 
 27 ; 'rBJ nnbs Ps. 84, 3. 119, 81 : nnbs 
 
 I- t:,t ' ' T:rr 
 
 "Tni-i Ps. 143, 7, i. e. my eyes, reins, soul, 
 spirit, pine away with desire, i. q. I my- 
 self pine away, languish, with the hope 
 of deliverance so often disappointed ; 
 coniitr. either absol. Ps. 69, 4. 143, 7 ; or 
 with b of thing Ps. 84, 3. So the eyes, 
 as expressive of emotions, are said to 
 pine away, fail, from disappointed hope. 
 Job 11, 20. 17, 5. Lam. 4, 17 ; also of 
 beasts Jer. 14. 6 ; comp. Pi. no. 3. b. c) 
 to pass away, to vanish, as a cloud Job 
 7, 9 ; smoke Ps. 37, 20. 102, 4 ; time Job 
 
 7, 6. Ps. 31, 11. Jer. 20, 18. 
 
 PiEL n^3, 1 pers. 'n-i^S Ez. 6, 12. 7, 
 
 8, and Ti-^^S Num. 25, 11. Is. 49, 4, n-^^S 
 Ez. 4, 6 ; Inf constr. ribs , absol. and 
 constr. nbs . once sbs Dan. 9, 24 ; Fut. 
 nb?"^, conv. b^'^i. 
 
 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to complete, to 
 finish, to end ; Gen. 2, 2 and on the sev- 
 enth day God ended (b^ii) his work. 
 Ex. 5, 14 czpn on-^bs sib yifTn? wherefore 
 have ye not finished your task ? Ruth 3, 
 18. Lev. 19, 9 ibipb rj-ib tkb nbsn xb 
 thoii shalt not finish reaping the comers 
 of thy field, i. e. shalt not wholly reap 
 the corners, but leave them for the 
 gleaners. 1 K. 6, 14. Ez. 42, 15. Ruth 
 2, 21. Dan. 9, 24 sx'sn itbrb to finish the 
 transgression ; see on the whole passage 
 Thesaur. p. 538. In Gen. 6, 16 it differa 
 little from nkjy to make. Hence, to make 
 ready, to prepare, sc. evil against any 
 one, Prov. 16. 30 he who biteth his lips 
 nrn nbs hath prepared, evil sc. in hia 
 heart. But a ("irii:!!) iBX nbs is to com- 
 plete one''s anger upon any one, to pour 
 it out. spoken of God Ez. 6, 12. 7, 8. 13, 
 15. 20,8.21. Lam. 4, 11. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to finish doing 
 any thing, i. q. to leave off", to cease ; Gen. 
 44, 12 he began at the eldest and left off' 
 (nbs) at the youngest. 1 Sam. 3, 12. 
 With inf c. b. Gen. 18, 33 as soon as he 
 left off speaking ("la^b nb3) with Abra- 
 ham. 24, 19. 43, l."l Chr. 27, 24 he be- 
 gan to number nbs Jtbl but finished not, 
 sc. because of interruption. Deut. 31,24. 
 Josh. 8, 24. al. 2 Chr. 24, 10 Pibb 13 
 
nbs 
 
 469 
 
 nbd 
 
 Mn/t7 Ihey luid fininhed, done. More 
 rarely with IXj/Ex. 34, 33. Lev. 16. 20. 
 
 1 Sam. 10, 13. Ez. 43,23. AUo tojinish, 
 i. q. to make an end <f, to make ceajte ; 
 Num. 17, 25 [lOj SPOnbn bsni and thou 
 shall make their murviuringa to cease ; 
 comp. V. 20. 
 
 3. Causut. of Kal no. 3, to consume, to 
 9pend, e. g. food Is. 27, 10 ; elrcnjrtli Is. 
 49, 4 ; arrows, i. q. to uae up, Deut. 32, 
 
 23. Hence a) to consume, to destrmj, 
 e. g. men, nations, Gen. 41, 30 and the 
 famine shall consume the land. Often 
 of God as destroying a people with fa- 
 mine and pestilence, Num. 25, 11. Josh. 
 
 24, 20. Jer. 5, 3. Job 9, 22. Ez. 22, 31. 
 Of man 2 Sam. 21, 5. 1 Sam. 15, 18 IS 
 Dnix DPiiSS even unto the destroying of 
 them, until they be destroyed, nibsb "iS 
 id. 2 Chr. 31, 1. b) to make pine away, 
 to cause to fail, e. g. the eyes Lev. 26, 
 16. Job 31, 16. 1 Sam. 2, 33. c) to 
 cause to jKLfs away, to make vanish, as 
 time Ps. 78, 33. 90, 9. Job 36, 11. 
 
 PuAL nfesi Ps. 72, 20, fut. ^hz-^ Gen. 2, 
 
 I, to be completed. fnislied. 
 
 Deriv. nbs, nbs, 'bs, n^bs, p-|3, 
 nibs^ , ^b3n , rT'bsn , and pr. names 
 ^rbs, 'H^bs. 
 
 V? ^^]- ^- ^^^1 pining, failing; of 
 the eye, Deut. 28,' 32. See r. nbsi Kal 
 no. 3. b. 
 
 n^3 f. 1. completion ; hence ace. tibs 
 as adv. completely, wholly, altogether, 
 Gen. 18, 21. Ex. 11, 1; also nbsb id. 
 
 2 Chr. 12, 12. Ez. 13, 13. 
 
 2. co7i.vimption, destruction, Dan. 11, 
 16. So nb3 nir? to make a destruction, 
 i. e. to destroy utterly, Jer. 4, 27. 5, 10. 
 Neh. 9, 31. Nah. 1, 8. 9 ; with 3 Jer. 30, 
 
 II, and rx of pera. Jer. 5. 18. 46, 28. 
 Ez. 11, 13. 20, 17. For nsnnr nb3 see 
 in y^n Niph. 
 
 ^f ? f (r. bb3 no. 2) 1. a bride, spouse, 
 so called from her bridal chaplet, Cant. 
 4, 8 sq. Ts. 49, 18. 61, 10. Jer. 2. 32. 7, 34. 
 16, 9. 25, 10. S>T. liliJ, plur. ib^, id. 
 
 2. a daughter-in-law, Gen. 38. 11. 24. 
 Lev. 18, 15. Ruth 1, 6. 7. 8. 4, 15. Comp. 
 inn. 
 
 ii153 ra. (r. Kbs) a prison, i. q. xbs 
 no. 1. Jer. 37, 4 and 52. 31 Keri. The 
 
 40 
 
 Cheth. ha Sfbs, which difTcra only in 
 form. 
 
 3^153 m. (r. abs) 1. a bird-cage sc. of 
 a fowler, in which he keeps a bird as a 
 decoy ; furnished with valves or clap- 
 pers, which as soon as a bird has entered 
 shut to with a clap, q. d. a ^ro/>-cfl^c; 
 see the root. Jer. 5, 27 as a cage (-ibs) 
 ia full of birds, so are their houses full 
 of deceit ; comp. v. 26. The Greeks have 
 the same word adopted from the east, 
 xlbif^oi;, KkoVj36<;, xlo^og ; see Bochart 
 Hieroz. I. p. 062. II. p. 90. 
 
 2. a basket, from its likeness to a cage, 
 as made of wicker-work ; or perhaps as 
 having a clap-cover; Am. 8, 1. 2. 
 
 3. Chelub pr. n. ra. a) 1 Chr. 4, 11. 
 b) 27, 26. 
 
 ''a^bS see sbs lett. b. 
 
 in^bs, Keri imbD, Cheluhai. Che- 
 Ivhu. pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 35. R. nbs. 
 
 riiblbS f plur. denom. from n^3 , the 
 bridal state, the condition of a bride be- 
 fore marriage, Jer. 2, 2. R. bbs. 
 
 -if obsol. root, pcrh. i. q. nb3 to 
 be complete, finished ; comp. nuj^s and 
 nai;3, nro and nne. n^Q and nas. 
 Hence 
 
 '^'i'rt m. 1. old age, perh. a good or 
 vigoroiis old age ; Job 5, 26 nbsn Xisni 
 "12;^ "lbs thou shall come to the grave in- 
 a good old age, as a shock of com comethr 
 in its season. Job 30, 2 spoken of despi- 
 cable persons: even the strength of tlieir 
 hands, whereto is it to me? "i3X in^bS' 
 nbs to them old age perisheth, i. e. they 
 are weak and exhausted, so as to have- 
 no hope of old age. So Kimchi njpt rs.. 
 
 Secondary forms are Arab. ^Jo to 
 look euUen, peevish, and /^-^ to con- 
 tract the lips, to show the teeth. Some- 
 have compared here Syr. njiNi ' inte- 
 gritas, sanitas ;' but this restaed on an 
 error of Castell in translating a gloss-of 
 Bar-Bahlul. 
 
 2. Calah, pr. n. of a city and province 
 of Assyria, Gen. 10, 11. 12, prob. the 
 same which is elsewhere written nbn- 
 where see; comp. "^33 and'^ian. See- 
 Bochart Phaleg 3. u! Michaelia^ SupK 
 plem. p. 767. 
 
hV 
 
 i;3 
 
 470 
 
 bb3 
 
 ^3 m. (r. i^^S) in pause "Vs ; Plur. 
 CipS (from an obsol. sing. S^^S) constr. 
 ^^3, c. suff. I"*;? ; pr. 'any thing com- 
 pleted, prepared, made.' (comp. nr3 
 Gen. 6, 16.) q. d. apparatus, implement, 
 eqiMpmoit, etc. Comp. Crerm. Zeicg 
 from zeugen, Gr. nv^uv i. q. to make. 
 Spec. 
 
 1. Of furniture, utenail. vessel, Gen. 31. 
 37. 45, 20. anj 'bs , qps 'bs . fe.!>"5e/5 of 
 g"oW, vessels of silver. Germ. Si^herzej/g, 
 Ex. 3. 22. 11, 2. n^'ia '53 vesseh for 
 captivity, equipment for exile. Jer. 46. 19. 
 Spec, a vase, vessel ; u;~n '^^3 earthen 
 vessel Lev. 11, 33. Jer. 19, 11. ' r^a 'Vs 
 riliT^ the liases, vessels of ihe temple, 
 Ezra 1, 7; i;; "^^S Is. 52, 11 ; also Num. 
 4, 15. Ex. 27, 19.' 31, 7. 33, 3. 30. 
 
 2. Of clothing, equipment, i. e. dress, 
 garments, trappings. Germ. Zeug. "'^S 
 "133 a man^s garments Deut. 22, 5 ; of 
 bridal ornaments Is. 61, 10. Hence n'^^S 
 impedimenta, baggage, of a person 1 
 Sam. 17, 22 ; of an army, 1 Sam. 25, 13. 
 30, 24. Is. 10, 28 ; c^bsn nra ihe bag- 
 gage-master 1 Sam. 17, 22. Also of the 
 harness or yokes of oxen, 2 Sam. 24, 22. 
 
 3. a vessel for sailing, a boat, skiff, Is. 
 18, 2. So oxivo?. 
 
 4. implement, instrument, tool, Germ. 
 Werkze?/^-. "I'^ia ^bs instruments of mu- 
 sic 2 Chr. 34, 12. Am. 6, 5 ; ti> "'^B in- 
 struments of praise 2 Chr. 30. 21 ; "'\^_ 
 ^33 pleon. a harp-ifistrument Pe. 71, 22. 
 Metaph. riin^ c>^ "'bs instalments of the 
 divine wrath Is. 13, 5. Jer. 50, 25. Is. 32, 
 7 O'^^n i"'"r3 "bs the instruments of the 
 deceiver are evil, i. e. tJie meane and de- 
 vices which he emplays to accomplish 
 his purposes. Gen. 49, 5. 
 
 5. implements of war, weapons, arms. 
 Germ. Rustzeug, Gen. 27, 3 ; more fully 
 n^nbTs-^bs Judg.18,11.16. r.-iia-^bs iw- 
 plements of denlh, deadly weapons. Pa. 
 7, 14. cba S<iU3 armour-bearer, much 
 like the mod. aide-de-camp, 1 Sam. 14, 
 1 , 6. 7 sq. 31, 4. 5. 6. C-^bs r-^a house of 
 arms, armoury, arsenal, Germ. Zeug- 
 haus, Is. 39, 2. 
 
 ''^S eee. ''b'^3. 
 
 i^'^^'2 eee in ^b3. 
 
 ^^f? f. only m plur. '^'''^bs, constr. 
 rii''b3. R. nbs. 
 
 1. the reins, kidneys, Ex. 29, 13. 22. 
 
 Job 16, 13. C'V? r^'i'^bs ibn ^/t^/a/ of 
 the Iddnerjs of rams Is. 34, 6 ; comp. DeuL 
 32, 14. Chald. sing. X^bs, Syr. plur. 
 
 l^-Jii>.cj3, Arab, ijJS, rarely and leaa 
 
 well iajSid. As to the etymology, 
 
 Schultens supposes the reins to be so 
 called as being in two parts, double, 
 comp. c^xbs , ^Vi^; but this is not well 
 founded, because C^xbB signifies rather 
 things of different kinds, and the Arabs 
 use this word in the sing, dual, and plu- 
 ral. Aben Ezra and Bochart derive it 
 fl-om nbs with the idea of desire, long- 
 ing, comp. Job T9, 27. Perhaps n^bs 
 may be simply fern, o^ the noun "'bB , 
 and so signifies pr. instrument, vessel, 
 just as physicians call the reins and 
 arteries vessels, rasu. 
 
 2. Meton. reins for the ini^ard part, 
 miml, soul, as the seat of the desires, af^ 
 fections, passfons, Tike 3^ with which it is 
 often coupled ; Jer 11,20 =b; nrbs -jna 
 (God) trieth the reins and the heart. 
 Jer. 17, 10. 20, 12. Ps. 7, 10. Job 19, 27 
 'n'jiba ^bs my reins pine away within 
 me, i. e. my soul pines. Ps. 73, 21. 
 Prov. 23, 16. 
 
 f'T'^S m. constr. ';i"'b3. R. rrbs, 
 
 1. consumption, destructioji, Is. 10, 22l 
 
 2. a pining, wasting away; O'^S"'? 3 
 a pining (failing^ of the eyes, i. e. in 
 pining for one's home and country, 
 Deut. 28, 65. See nbs no. 3. b. 
 
 "'"'f ? (a pining, r. i^bs) ChiHon, pr. ix 
 m. Ruth 1,2. 4,9. 
 
 ^"'^S ra. (r. bbs) 1. Adj. complete, 
 finished.^ perfect, espec. of beauty ; Ez. 
 28, 12 ^S^ b-^bs pnfect in beauty. 27, 3. 
 Lam. 2, 15. Ez. 16. 14. 
 
 2. Subst. the whole, Judg. 20, 40 "b^bs 
 n-^yn the whole city. Ex. 28, 31 b-'bB 
 nbrri the whole of blue, all blue. 39, 22. 
 Num. 4, 6; 
 
 3. i. q. nby no. 2, a holocaust, whole 
 burnt-offering, i. e. which is whoUy con- 
 sumed, Lev. 6, 15. 16. Deut. 13, 16. Ps. 
 51, 21 ; espec. 1 Sam. 7, 9. 
 
 4. Adv. whollij, Is. 2, T8. Lev. 6, 15 
 [22]. 
 
 bbsS (peril, suslenance, from VsljS 
 Pil. of ^n,) Chaitcd, pr. n. of a wise man 
 
bbD 
 
 471 
 
 rj5 
 
 before the ago of Solomon, 1 K. 5, 11 
 [4, 31]. 1 Chr. 2, G. 
 
 ^2 7 1 . <o complete, to make perfect, 
 
 Ez. 27, 4. 11. Kindr. with sVs and nbs 
 
 q. V. Hence Vs, b^bs, bbso, bibsri, 
 
 D-^bbstt, pr. n. bb3. ' 
 
 2. /o deck, espec. with a crown, to 
 
 crown. Arab. Jo Conj. II. Syr. 'Ca, 
 Ethiop. ^AA, id. Hence nis, nibsibs. 
 
 ^^3 Chald. id. whence Shaph. bb=:^ 
 to complete, to finish, Ezra. 5, 11. 6, 14. 
 Inf. nbbsili Ezra 5, 8. 9. Pass. Ishtaph. 
 bbsnttj'x Ezra4, 13. Often in the Tar- 
 gums. Ezra 4, 12 Cheth. has ibba'rx, 
 but a form of this sort is elsewhere un- 
 known. 
 
 T ^ (perfection, r. bba) Chelate pr. n, 
 m. Ezra 10, 30. 
 
 052 in Kal not used, Arab. fJS^ 
 Conj. I, II, to wound. In Heb. it is 
 always referred to threats, reproaches, 
 injury, like other words of pricking, 
 piercing, cutting, as 2J?3, C]^a, etc. 
 Hi PH. D-'bsn and Q-'bsri 1 Sam. 25, 7. 
 
 1. to reproach, to revile, to itimdt, in 
 words, pr. to wound any one, 1 Sam. 20. 
 34. Job 19, 3. 
 
 2. to hurt, to harm, to injure, in word 
 or deed, 1 Sam. 25, 7. Judg. 18, 7. Ruth 
 2,15. 
 
 3. to shame, to pid to shame, Job 11, 3. 
 Prov. 25, 8. 28, 7. Ps. 44,10. 
 
 Note. This is a stronger word than 
 the synon. Cia, Hiph. tl5-<3in, comp. Is. 
 45, 16. 17. Jer. 31, 19. See Reimarus de 
 DifTerentiis vc. Heb. Diss. I. p. 67 sq. 
 
 HoPH. 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to he 
 hurt, injured, 1 Sam. 25, 15. 
 
 2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 3, to be made 
 ashamed, put to shame, i. e. disappointed 
 in one's hope, Jer. 14, 3. Comp. Niph. 
 no. 2. 
 
 Niph. 1. to be insulted, disgraced. 
 2 Sam. 10, 5. 1 Chr. 19. 5. 
 
 2. to be affected with shame, i. e. a) to 
 be ashamed, to feel shame, i. q. ria but 
 stronger, Num. 12. 14. Jer. 8, 12. Is. 54, 
 4. 2 Chr. 30, 15. With 1^3 of that of 
 which one is ashamed, Ez. 16, 27. 54. 
 43, 10. 11. h) to be made ashamed, to 
 be put to sliame. 2 Sam. 19, 4. Is. 41, 11. 
 50, 7. Jer. 31, 19. Spoken often of one 
 
 who suffers disappointment, faile in 
 what he undertakes, Ps. 35, 4. 40, 15. 
 70, 3. 74, 21 let not the oppressed return 
 ashamed (sbsa) i. e. disappointed. With 
 ! of cause, Jer. 22. 22 ; a Ps. 69, 7. 
 Deriv. nabs, nsisbs. 
 
 "^3^3 Chtlmad, pr. n. of a city or 
 region, mentioned along with Assyria, 
 Ez. 27, 2.3. Both the signification of 
 this quadriliterjil name, if indeed it be 
 of Semitic origin, and the situation of 
 the place, are unknown. Sept. Xn^/juv. 
 
 ^^r? f (r. obs) shame, reproach, 
 contumely, Ps. 69, 8. Jer. 51, 51. Ez. 16, 
 54. Is. 30, 3. Job 20, 3. nabs tt?ab to be 
 clothed, with shame, i. e. wholly covered 
 with it as with a garment, Ps. 109, 29. 
 Plur. mab3 Is. 50, 6, Mic. 2, 6. 
 
 n^rbS f. id. Jer. 23, 40. 
 
 n:b3 Gen. 10, 10, HSbs Am. 6, 2, 
 i;b5 Is. 10, 9, prob. also n23 Ez. 27, 23, 
 Calneh. Calno, Canneh, pr. n. of a large 
 city subject to the Assyrians, according 
 to the Targums, Euseb. Jerome, and 
 others, i. q. Clesiphon. situated on the 
 eastern bank of the Tigris opposite Se- 
 leucia, and the winter residence of the 
 Parthian kings; Strabo XVI. p. 312. 
 Plin. H. N. 6. 30. Cellarii Not. Orb. II. 
 p. 774. See Bor.hart Phaleg. IV. 18. 
 Michaelis Spicileg. I. p. 228. The n23 
 of Ez. 1. c. Michaelis refers to the Kavri 
 of Ptolemy, a promontory and port of 
 Arabia Felix; but Arabia had already 
 been mentioned in v. 21. 22, and n:3 is 
 here coupled with Haran and Eden, 
 cities of Mesopotamia. 
 
 ^;zr a root not in use, onomato- 
 poetic, and imitating the sound of beat- 
 ing, striking, pulsation, i. q. Engl, to 
 clap, Germ, klappen, klopfen ; comp. 
 Gr. xolunro), whence xoXacpog, colaphus, 
 Ital. colpo. Fr. coup. Verbs of a kindred 
 form are transferred, sometimes to the 
 beating of the feet, i. q. to leap or dance, 
 Gr. xttXrtri. Engl, to gallop ; sometimes 
 to hewing or scraping, as ~>5, yXv(poi, 
 sculpo. scalpo; and also to the barking of 
 a dog. as if a series of pulses or claps, see 
 sbs. Hence eubst. risb'S hammers. 
 
 '' s? to pine after any thing, to 
 long for, once Ps. 63, 2. Arab. If^io 
 
1^5 
 
 472 
 
 "I7J3 
 
 become dnrk, as the eye, a colour, the 
 mind. According to Firuzabadi (Ca- 
 moos p. 1832) it is used spec, of a person 
 who changes or loses colour ; hence pr. 
 to grow pale, and so metaph. of desire, 
 longing, comp. C|03. Similar is Sanscr. 
 kam to desire, Pers. |L5 desire ; comp. 
 also Gr. y.ufjb), xu^vw, 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. crir3, 
 
 niS? see n^ D. 2. 
 
 DniaS (pining, longing, r. iHTDS) Chim- 
 ham. pr. n. of a son of Barzillai, 2 Sam. 
 19, 38. 39. Jer. 41, 17 ; Chethibh oniB5. 
 Called also inT23 2 Sam. 19, 41. 
 
 TQSj '^''23, the former before simple 
 nouns, also before grave suffixes, as 
 eri^ss. cnin3 ; the latter before light 
 suffixes, e.' g. '"^S-iTSS as /, T]irj3. !iniT23, 
 m'rs , W'Q'S ; a separate particle, used 
 chiefly in poetry, for the 3 of prose ; 
 instead of which it is likewise almost 
 every where employed with suffixes. 
 For the force of io , see in ia I. 
 
 A) Adv. of quality, demonstrative, i. q. 
 5 lett. A, like Gr. ok, thus, so ; e. g. in 
 the difficult passage Ps. 73, 15: should I 
 say, i^D rrnoos I will speak thus, i. e. as 
 the wicked speak. Sept. oI'twc. Others 
 here take ias for cns as they ; but then 
 it should read 123. Repeated, as so; 
 quail's, talis; Judg. 8, 18 cn-r3 r,ii:3 
 as tlwu, so they ; also inverted, so as ; 
 talis, qualis; 1 K. 22, 4 ?iir3 "^r'as, so 
 I. as thou, i. e. I am as thou. 2 K. 3, 7. 
 2Chr. 18, 3. 
 
 B) Prep, implying likeness, similarity, 
 as, such as, like Gr. u,;. "'Jirs UJ-'S a 
 man such as I. like me, Neh. 6, 11. Ex. 
 1 5, 5 they sank into the depths "ix irs 
 as a stone. Ps. 58, 9. Job 6, 15.' 10, 22 
 ^Bk -irD nnfi-'r l^ix a land of darkness 
 
 like thickest darkness. Ex. 15. 8. 11. Ps. 
 29, 6. 58, 5. 9. al. Hagg. 2. 3 inbs sbn 
 t!D"'3''53 "pXS is not a temple like this as 
 nothing in ymir eyesl n^Jt ias words 
 like these, i. e. such word.s. Job 12. 3. 
 !inia3 like it, such as this, Ex. 9, 18. 
 
 C) Conj. i. q. it^3, before a whole 
 sentence ; pr. a* that which, like what, 
 a8 how, i. e. 
 
 1 . as, like as, Is. 41, 25 "Oa'^'' ""Si'' IBS 
 B'^tJ as the potter treadeth tlw clay. 
 
 2. Of time, as, i. e. when, after, as soon 
 as; with prcet. Gen. 19, 15 in^-n irs 
 
 fibs wJien (as soon as) the dawn arose. 
 Is! 26, 18 n!)-! !inb^ i7;3 as we brought 
 forth, it was wind. 
 
 Note. In the kindred dialects corre- 
 sponding forms are : Arab. LtJ, Chald. 
 xrs, Syr. jSasf, Eth. Ki(P, as. 
 
 jiB? defect, las q. v. 
 
 '0?'T!23 m. (perh. subduer, vanquisher, 
 r. ^23) Chemosh, pr. n. of the national 
 god of the Moabites, 1 K. 11, 7. 2 K. 23, 
 13. Jer. 48, 7 ; and of the Canaanites, 
 Judg. 11, 24; the worship of which was 
 introduced at Jerusalem under Solomon, 
 1 K. 2 K. 11. cc. Hence 'i'rrs D? people 
 of Chemosh, i. e. the Moabites, Num.21, 
 29. Sept. X(x,uo>?, Vulg. Chamos. 
 
 * ^"'5? obsol. root, Arab, 'y^to con- 
 globulale, whence T73!i3 q. v. 
 
 I 'r? obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. to 
 lay up, to hide away; hence D'^saaa 
 
 treasures. Arab. Jv+Jj i^y-ir^ ^^- ^^ 
 
 Syr. also to preserve, to season, espec. 
 with salt, pr. to lay up in salt ; hence 
 
 ']'2? m. cumin, Germ. Kiimmel. cumi- 
 num sativum Linn, used along with salt 
 as a condiment. Is. 28, 25. 27. See Plin. 
 
 H. N. 19. 8. Arab. ^*3T Chald. N3ia3, 
 Syr. JjQliiis. Eth. ^C^^^, Gr. nvfiivov. 
 
 ^^r? to lay 7ip, to hide away, perh. 
 i. q. 0:3, T3a. Once part. pass. Deut. 
 32. 34 "^"iSS DBS Xin Nbn is not this laid 
 up with me? i. e. their sins for punish- 
 ment; comp. Hos. 13, 12. Job 14, 17. 
 Cod. Sam. Oi33 in the same sense. 
 Hence pr. n. Oasa . 
 
 1. 'Ti in Kal not used, kindr. with 
 "lan. 
 
 1. to be warm,, to grow warm, to 
 bum; see Niph. no. 1. Talmud. "iai3, 
 xirD , calefactio. 
 
 2. to be burned, scoi'ched, see Niph.^ 
 no. 2 ; hence to be dark, ohscnred. comp. 
 tin and crn ; also to be gloomy, sad, 
 like Syr. i-^, Aph. to go about in 
 black, i. e. in mourning. Comp. nai, 
 
 NiPii. I. to be warm, to burn, e. ^. 
 one's affection, i. q. to yearn, with b? 
 
laD 
 
 473 
 
 ? 
 
 1 K. 3, 26 ; bx Gen. 43, 30. So of pity, 
 compjission, to be kindled, moved, Hoe. 
 11, 8. Comp. Horn. Od. 1. 48 fiol ufi(p 
 'OdviTti'i du'i(fi^ovi duitrai t/iof/. 
 
 2. to be burned, scorcJied. Lfun. 5, 10 
 our skin is scoivhed as with a furnace 
 from the glow of famine. Vulg. exusta 
 est. 
 
 II *T33 i. q. -133, to plait, to braid, 
 to interweace ; whence ">^3^, "'^^o, 
 r'nbaia , net. 
 
 nips m. (r. nrs I ) only plur. O-^nsS 
 idol-priests 2 K. 23, 5. Hos. 10,5. Zeph. 
 1, 4. Syr. ^i^aCQ^ a priest, in general. 
 But this word, as well as other Syriac 
 words relating to divine worship, is re- 
 stricted by the Hebrews to idol-worship ; 
 see Gesch. der Heb. Sprache p. 58. As 
 to the etymology, i^B, li^aj, is pr. 
 blackness, sadness, and concr. ' one who 
 goes about in black, in mourning;' hence 
 s * , , , 
 an ascetic, a priest. Comp. JuO I , lllaf , 
 
 gloomy, sad, mourning, also an ascetic, 
 monk, ecclesiastic. See Comment, on 
 Is. 22, 12. 38, 15. 
 
 D''"1'^^T23 plur. m. (r. -irS I ) obscu- 
 ratioiis. after the form ""'"}B!U, except 
 Hirek in the first syllable, as in nrins. 
 Once Job 3, 5 =i-- "'^^"1^= '^^?.'^'! let 
 obscurations of the day terrify it sc. my 
 natal day, i. e. obscurations of the day- 
 light or of the sun, eclipses, which 
 were anciently supposed to portend evils 
 and calamities. Some ancient versions 
 regard D as a prefix before the subst. 
 d'^"|ii'3 . and then the sense is, tJie bit- 
 ternesses as of the day, i. e. the greatest 
 calamities which can happen to a day ; 
 comp. on this 3 p. 441. no. 4. But the 
 first sense is far better adapted to the 
 parallelism. 
 
 * ItJ'^ll obsol. root. prob. i. q. 11523 to 
 subdue, to depress, 2 and "O being in- 
 terchanged; whence i-4> aSn a incubus, 
 night-mare, Arab. ^yAS'j poAiaa 
 grape-husks, refuse, as being trodden 
 out. Hence Heb. ttJitJB . 
 
 *^'iT obsol. root, perh. i. q. DHS to 
 hide. Hence rposa pr. n. 
 
 40* 
 
 I. "? a particle in frequent use, from 
 
 r. ',fiS . 
 
 A) Pr. participial Adj. upright, erect; 
 metaph. upright, honest, plur. 0^:3 Gren. 
 42, 11. 19. 31. Neut. right Ezm 10, 12. 
 With negat. "(3 Kb not right, wrong, 
 2 K. 17. 9 ; empty, vain, Is. 16, 6 1? ikh 
 I'^'na his lies are vain. Pro v. 15, 7. Jer. 
 23, 10. Adv. uprightly, right, well; 
 2 K. 7, 9 o-iiis IS":** *i? ^^ ^ "^ 
 right. Ecc. 8, 10. 'e'x. 10, 29 nnan -,3 
 thou hast spoken rightly, well. Num. 27, 
 7. 36, 5. 
 
 B) Adv. so, thus, Gr. otg, o'vtw:, pr. 
 right according to some rule or standard, 
 right sn.JKst so. But Gusset, Danz, and 
 also Ew:ild (Kl. Gr. 455. ed. 2 and 3) 
 make ",3 so a difterent word, as if contr. 
 from "(Hs as they, like rir from inS; but 
 comp. "i^x. and see Thesaur. p. 650, note. 
 With Makkeph -,3 Gen. 44, 10. Josh. 2, 
 21. Prov. 23, 7. Almost always '{3 re- 
 fers to what precedes : Gen. 1, 7 "(3 "^n^n 
 and it was so, as God commanded, v. 9. 
 11. IK. 20, 40 na-in nnx ?i'JS':3^ "S so 
 (this) is thy judgment, thou hast thyself 
 decided. 1 Sam. 23. 17 and also ^aul 
 my father "(S 3"]"' so knoweth, where there 
 is no need of reading ",3 as a demonstr. 
 pron. this. Jer. 5, 31 "iS 13J^^$ ''SS my 
 people love it thus, love to have it so. 
 Prov. 28. 2 but with prudent and wise 
 m^n. T\''^^2 1? ^(> shall he endure, i. e. the 
 prince (comp. the other clause) shall 
 prolong his reign ; here "3 approximates 
 to a sign of the apodosis, comp. ovxca 
 Matthiae Gr. Gramm. 565. 1, 2. Ps. 61, 9. 
 63, 3. 90. 12. Often as corresponding to 
 each other are 13 3 . as so, see in 3 A. 
 1 ; -,3 T0ix3, see ^'ix3 no. I. p. 442. 
 More rarely inverted, "HJ3x3 "3. so tw 
 Gen. 18. 5. 2 Sam. 5, 25 ; iT:3 IS Ex. 
 10, 14. In other places 3 is omitted in 
 the protasis. Is. 55, 9 (comp. v. 10. 11). 
 Judg. 5. 15. 
 
 Further, this adverb maybe variously 
 rendered, according as it refers to quali- 
 ty, to quantity, or to time, etc. a) As 
 to quality or character, so. such, so con- 
 stituted, etc. Job 9. 35 "^"1335 'sbs )= xb 
 non ego sic sum (as Terence often) apud 
 me, Engl. / am not so constituted with 
 myself I am not so at heart. 1 K. 10, 12 
 n-^aribx -^ar "p xa jtb there came after- 
 
lb 
 
 474 
 
 ? 
 
 vards no siich aim ug-wood. Also so very, 
 Nah. 1. 12 Q^2n ",=1 c^isblli ex ahhough 
 they be secure arid so very many ; comp. 
 Lat. negat. no7i ita mulli, not so very 
 many. Jer. 14, 10 yilV i^nx "|3 they have 
 so loced to tcander. Ps. 127, 2. b) As 
 to quantity, i. q. so mtich, so many. Ex. 
 10. 14 wrs ns-jx ",3 so many locusts as 
 these, in such multitudes. Judg. 21, 14 
 13 cnb ^SS': xbl but they found not for 
 ifiem so many, i. e. not so many women as 
 were needed, not women enough, c) As 
 to time, i. q. so long. Esth. 2, 12 ^ix^,':? l? 
 jn'^p!!-!^ 'I:? so long continued the days of 
 tJieir piirification. Also so often, Hos. 1 1, 
 2 cr!"':D^ ^-^\} "i? cnb ^x-i;t (as often as) 
 they called them, so often did they go back 
 from them. Further, so soon, straight- 
 way, immediately, preceded by 3 of time 
 (as soon as), 1 Sam. 9, 13 "13 Czxss 
 Irx "|>!XS"cri as soon as ye be come . . .so 
 soon ye shall find him, i. e. straightway ; 
 comp. Gr. o'lc oi? Eurip. Phoeniss. 1437. 
 Horn. II. 1. 512. ib. 14. 294. In poetry 
 by a strong ellipsis 3 is sometimes omit- 
 ted, Ps. 48. 6 W^;n i? sis'^ as they saw, 
 80 tliey were astonished, i. e. as soon as, 
 immediately. 
 
 Note. This particle is found also in 
 the kindr. languages; but so that in its 
 form or signification it departs more from 
 its original than in Hebrew. Arab, only 
 
 in J)-CJ , ij-XJ, see below in c. Syr. 
 
 . s refers to time, and is changed also 
 into vis. Chald. "3, also ixsa here, 
 jxrb hither, "XS'S hence. Zab. As so. 
 As connected with Prepositions : 
 
 a) '3 "nx, "(S-innx, after so, i. e. 
 thereafter, after things have so hap- 
 pened, afterwards ; see iHi<. 
 
 b) "3 in such a state or condition, 
 i. e. 80. then, therein, Ecc. 8. 10. Esth. 4, 
 16. In the Targums very often then,so. 
 
 c) *pb a) As causal adv. lit. 'on ac- 
 count of so.' i. e. on that acronnt, there- 
 fore, Ex. 6. 6. Judg. 10, 13. 1 Sam. ?, 14. 
 Is. 5, 24. Job 32, 10. al. Gen. 4, 15 isb 
 'lai i^p 3"in"V3 thereforre (lest it be as 
 thou fearest) whosoever slayeih Cain, 
 etc. Corresponding to each other are 
 pb") 'S "i?^ because therefore Is. 8, 0. 
 
 7; jsb i?^' is. 29, 13. 14. Num. 20, 12. - 
 
 Once it is for "^C^X irb on this account 
 that, because, Is. 26. 14, where it has the 
 force of a conjunction ; comp. "S-bs for 
 -lajs "iS-bs . ^) By degrees ',2b was also 
 deflected so as to assume an adversative 
 power, yet therefore, nevertheless, atta- 
 men, comp. *|3X, So preceded by DX in 
 the protasis, Jer. 5, 2 although (ex) they 
 say. As the Lord livethj yet therefore 
 ("1?^ pr. for this very reason) they swear 
 falsely. Also Is. 7, 14, ' although ye 
 impiously refuse the offered sign, yet 
 therefore (nevertheless) the Lord him- 
 self will give you a sign. Often in the 
 prophets, where there is a transition 
 from rebukes and threats to consolations 
 and promises; as Is. 10. 24 nevertheless^ 
 thus sailh .Tehovah of hosts. . . .fear not, 
 etc. Is. 27, 9. 30, 18. Jer. 16. 14. 30, 16. 
 Ez. 39, 25. Hos. 2, 11 [14]. In Job 
 20, 2, Zophar begins "3le-tti-; irb ^zh 
 nevertheless my thoughts suggest to me 
 an answer, i. e. notwithstanding thy 
 vaunting and threatening words, I 
 have yet something to reply. Cor- 
 responding to this is the Arab. JwCI, 
 f^yXJ attamen, nevertheless, which is 
 
 prob. derived from the Heb. "rb ; but 
 see De Sacy Gr. Ar. I. p. 566. This 
 adversative 'eb many regard as another 
 word and of a different origin ; and so 
 I have also formerly taken it, viz. as 
 made up from xb (xb) and "3. This 
 view may indeed be supported by the 
 authority of the LXX, who have twice 
 rendered it 017 ovtmc, Gen. 4, 16. Is. 16,7 ; 
 and by the Arabic orthography, where 
 
 it is also written Jv^~y , ^^,^p'^, see 
 
 Hamas. Schult. p. 312, 364, 412. But 
 the adversative use, as we have seen 
 above, is really connected with and de- 
 pendent on its causal power ; and so too 
 in the Chaldee particle irib q. v. 
 
 d) IS'b? on that account, therefore, 
 i- q- 'r\ ' but more frequent both in 
 prose and poetry; Gen. 2, 24. 10, 9. 11, 
 9. Is. 5, 25. 13, 7. 16, 9. Job 6. 3. Ps. 
 45, 8. al. ssppiss. In the poetic style it 
 has also the force of a causal conjunction, 
 for "lOiX *(j5"b?. on this accrrunl that, be- 
 cause ; comp. 'eb Is. 26, 14. and 'S'bs "ts 
 p. 462 ; also the remarks on the eilipsis 
 
'fSfk 
 
 'o4rf5 
 
 135 
 
 of relative conjunctions Lehrg. p. 636. 
 Pa. 45, 3 Uuni art fairer than t/ie children 
 of inen . . . CTibx Tjsna l?"^? because 
 that God hath blessed theefitr ever. Ps. 
 1, 5. 42. 7. Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48, 36. 
 
 e) "(S""!? lit. until so, i. e. until now. as 
 yet, hitherto, Neh. 2, 16 Here 1? refers 
 to time as in Syri.ic ; see note above. 
 
 f) l?"!*! like this, in like manner, 
 Is. 51. 6; comp. Engl, such-like. Sept. 
 o}(T7if(t tui'ut, Vulg. sicut hcEc ; and bo 
 all the ancient versions. But see in 'p 
 III. R. 
 
 n. 1? m. (r. 133 I) c. suff. "?, IIS. 
 
 1. a stand, ba.fe, pedestal ; 1 K. 7, 31 
 13"nasi3 in the manner of a base, like a 
 pedestal. Spec, of the base or foot of 
 the laver in the court of the temple, Ex. 
 30, 18. 28. 31, 9. Lev. 8, 11. Of the 
 baseorsocket of aship's mast, Is. 33,23; 
 called in Greek fimoS^i] Od. 15. 290, 
 iaxoSoxri II. 1. 494, iaionidij Od. 12. 51. 
 
 2. a stand, station, place. Gen. 40. 13. 
 41, 13. Dan. 11. 20 iJS b? msri and there 
 shall rise up in his place, in his stead, v. 
 21. 38. So V. 7 iS3 H"''^'"?''^ '^^^?'? '^^-'^ 
 and out of a shoot of her roots (one) shall 
 rise up in his place, pr. stand in his place. 
 Sept. and Vulg. render 1J3 by qivTov av- 
 toij, plantatio ejus, taking it in the nom. 
 case ; see in Til's. 
 
 III. }? m. (r. 'iJSi II ) a gnat, in Sing. 
 once Is. 51, 6 13-ir3 like gnats. Sept. 
 frigidly htan-to xavxa, Vulg. sicut hcec ; 
 see in ',3 I. B. f. above. 
 
 Pldr. diss Ex. 8, 12. 14. Ps. 105, 31 ; 
 Sept. ffxi'Tqojc, Vulg. sciniphes, a species 
 of small gnats, very troublesome from 
 their sting,and abounding in the marshy 
 regions of Egypt ; culex reptans Linn. 
 cvdex molestus Forsk. See Hdot. 1 . 95. 
 Philo de vita Mosis T. II. p. 97 ed. Man- 
 gey. Other ancient and modern testi- 
 monies are collected in Bochart Hieroz. 
 II. p. 572. Oedmann's Verm. Sammll. 
 aus der Naturkunde, Fasc. I. c. 6. The 
 Hebrew intpp. and Josephus (Ant. 2. 14. 
 3) with little probability explain it by 
 lice; and the Tulmudists also use the 
 sing. Ci3 for a louse. Comp. crs , 
 
 1? Chald. i. q. Heb. so, thais, but re- 
 ferring always to what follows, where 
 the Hebrews use not '3 , but ns ; so 
 Dan. 2, 25. 4, 11. 6, 7. Ezra 5, 3. 6. 2. al. 
 
 nSS in Kal not vwed, Arab, ^-jtf' 
 I, II, IV, to call a person or thing by 
 another and more honourable name or 
 title, to deck with a title ; see Tauriz. 
 ad Hamas. Schult. p. 320. Teblehi ad 
 Harir. Schult. II. 57. Chald. to address 
 one by his proper title. The primary 
 idea is perh. to cover, comp. "sa. In 
 Heb. only 
 
 PiEL fut. nsa"! 1. to culdress in a 
 soothing manner, to sjieak kindly to any 
 one. Is. 44, 5 nssi bxya"^ ctti^i and 
 soothingly names the name of Israel. 
 45, 4 ^vr\:^11 ^^ If??! / called thee 
 kindly, though thou hast not known me. 
 
 2. to flatter, Job 32, 21. 22. 
 
 Deriv. subst. r;3. 
 
 ^3? f (r. "iSS I ) a plant, shoot, as be- 
 ing set, placed; comp. aS3, brnd. Pa. 
 80, 16 T^3iB^ nsas itix ns3i crn</ (visit, 
 protect) the plant which thy right hand 
 hath planted. The ancient intpp. as- 
 sumed also the masc. '3 in the same 
 sense Dan. 11,7; see in ",3 II. 2. Others 
 here make nrs imper. Kal with He pa- 
 ragog. from r. 'VS in a signif. to cover, to 
 protect ; of which however there is no 
 other trace. 
 
 J^l? jr. hyofi. Ez. 27, 23, Canneh, pr. 
 n. of a city, prob. Clesiphon, i. q. nsbs 
 which also is read in one of De Rossi's 
 Mss. Comp. n;?-! for nj^b-i ; see more 
 innpbs. 
 
 nil23 see P33. 
 
 "^^32 m. (r. "(53) plur. nlijs 1 K. 10, 
 12, c. suff. ^'ni-nss Ps. 137, 2, once 
 Tj':-iiS3 Ez. 26, 13; Gr. xivvqu, xivrv^a, 
 a species of harp or lyre, Lat. cithara, 
 [whence the modern word guitar,} a 
 stringed instrument of music, celebrated 
 for David's skill in playing upon it. and 
 employed both in sacred and profane 
 music, in rejoicing and in mourning, 
 1 K. 10. 12. is. 5, 12. 23, 12. Gen. 31.27. 
 Job 30, 31 ; usually as an accompaniment 
 to the voice, Ps. 33, 2. 43. 4. 49, 5. 71, 
 22. al. Josephus relates, Ant. 7. 12. 3, 
 that the xivv^a had ten string.-?, and was 
 struck with a plectrum ; but this is con- 
 trary to the words in 1 Sam. 16. 23. 18, 
 10. 19, 9, from which it appears that this 
 instrument was played with the fingers. 
 
IW 
 
 476 
 
 n^ 
 
 Corresponding are Arab. i-Xji, Syr. 
 fjJj=, liJ^, cithara, harp, lyre. The 
 etymology lies in the tremulous, stridu- 
 lous sound ; comp. r. "i33 . 
 
 f1^?3 Chald. see njS Chald. 
 
 ^^C?l pr- n. see ')'^2^'in''. 
 
 DSS i. q. C-IS3 gnats^ Ex. 8, 13 ; comp. 
 V. 12. 14. It is construed with the femi- 
 nine ; and seems to be a collective form 
 from Sing. '3. Cod. Samar. has plur. 
 b"'53 . Comp. Lehrg. p. 517. 
 
 ^"^.^S Chald. adv. so, thus^ in this 
 manner, referring mostly to what fol- 
 lows, Ezra 4, 8. 5, 9. 11 ; but also to 
 what precedes, 5, 4. 6, 13. It seems to 
 be compounded from 3 and X^iJ , xas , 
 which is often negligently used in the 
 Talmud for "i^"'! , "i^X3 , we say. dropping 
 the "1 ; pr. therefore as we say, as is said, 
 referring sometimes to what precedes, 
 and sometimes to what follows. The 
 Heb. translator renders it in Ezra 4, 8 
 by irx 'p (read I'SN:?), and in 5. 4 by 
 ^52X51^3 as is said. In like manner Syr. 
 hiels namely, is contracted from -<iic)j 
 giuisi dicas. 
 
 |i5 ! J- q- l''^; l>ut trans, to set, 
 to place; comp. '.n^siS, !in;ij:3. Hence 
 53 stand, base, nss plant. 
 
 II. Perh. to nip, to pinch, Gr. xvum, 
 nvTi&a, xri^o), Germ, kneipen, Engl, to 
 nip; comp. xvinog, xvKpug, xrii/j, a nip- 
 ping insect; and with a sibilant prefixed 
 axvlf, axvlcptg, a gnat, gnats. Hence 
 ')2, CiD. gnats. 
 
 Deriv. '^ II, ill, n|3, and the three 
 here following. 
 
 ''-pS (prob. for M^3?3, whom Jehovah 
 hath set) Chenani, pr. n. m. Neh. 9, 4. 
 
 Ii^^r?? (id.) Chenaniah, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chn 15. 22. 26, 29 j for which 15, 27 
 
 in^551S (id.) Conaniah, pr. n. of a Le- 
 vite, 2 Chr. 31, 12. 13. 35, 9 Keri. In 
 Cheth.-sin^SJiS. 
 
 Cj;3 1. to collect, to heap up, as 
 stones Ecc. 3, 5 ; treasures Ecc. 2, 8. 
 26 ; waters Pe. 33, 7. Hence "^S , Di3 . 
 2. to gather together persons, to assem- 
 ble, Esth. 4, 16. 1 Chr. 22, 2. 
 
 3. to hide, see Hithp. and deriv. 0:3B , 
 Chald. D33 id. but more freq. v:3 , 
 I, whence X^''?S congregation, sy- 
 nagogue. Arab. ^J*JJS' to hide one- 
 self; but in the deriv, also to collect, 
 
 as 2UwLo J 2UwUkA> , synagogue, church, 
 
 temple ; but yjS'to collect, Eth. H\iii. 
 
 to assemble, Hlitl church. See more 
 in Tja. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal no. 2, to gather together, 
 to assemble persons, Ez. 22, 21. 39, 28. 
 Ps. 147, 2. 
 
 Hithp. to hide oneself, to wrap oneself 
 in any thing, see the Arabic above. Is. 
 28, 20 033rn3 nns nrs'an'j and the 
 covering is narrower than that he can 
 wrap himself in it. 
 
 Deriv. 0^3, CiS, D:372, nisrOB. 
 
 >i5 in Kal not used. pr. to bend the 
 knee, to fall upon the knees, kindr. with 
 y^s q. V. This root is widely spread, 
 comp. yovv, yvv in yvviifinp, genu, San- 
 Rcr. ganu. Germ. Knie, Engl, knee; /(- 
 via, iyvvu hollow of the knee ; Aram. Kja, 
 }-L incubuit; also with the third radical 
 strengthened, Germ, knicken, einknick- 
 en. In Heb. spec. 
 
 1. to fold together, to lay together, and 
 hence to collect, to bind up, as packages, 
 bundles, see ^S3^ ; comp. Arab. aj to 
 
 contract, be contracted, Conj. I, V, VII. 
 
 2. to be bowed down, to be low, de- 
 pressed, as a land, see "(SSS ; and trop. 
 of the mind, to be depressed, like Chald. 
 and Samar. 533. Arab. A5^Conj. I, 
 IV, id. ' ' ^ 
 
 HiPH. ?'^32rt to bow down, to bring 
 low, to humble any one. Job 40, 12. Ps. 
 107, 12. Is. 25, 5. So espec. enemies, to 
 vanquish, to subdue, 2 Sam. 8, 1. 1 Chr. 
 17, 10. 18, 1. Ps. 81, 15; and sometimes 
 God is said to subdiie enemies btfore 
 ("Ssl?) any one. Judg. 4, 23. Deut. 9, 3. 
 2 Chr. 28, 19. Neh. 9, 24. 
 
 N I PH. 5*333 \. to be brought low, hum- 
 bled, subdued, e. g. a vanquished enemy, 
 with 'b 1;: rnn Judg. 3, 30. Ps. 106, 42 
 'Sao Judg. 11, 33; absol. 1 Sam. 7, 13. 
 iciir. 20, 4. 
 
 2. to humble oneself, to submit, espec. 
 before God or a divine messenger, with 
 
477 
 
 $p 
 
 ^^> 2 Chr. 34, 27; "SM 1 K. 21. 29 
 Me< thou how Ahab liatk humbled hintr- 
 aelf before me? 2 K. 22. 19; "Sljitt 2 Chr. 
 33, 12. 23. 36, 12; iihsol. Lev. 26 41. 
 2 Chr. 12.7. 12. 30, 11. 
 
 ny33 f. (r. ris) once c. suflT. T\^^,'i'S> Jer. 
 10, 17, a package, bundle, bale, so called 
 fromfolditig' and binding together. Sept. 
 by conject. vjioaxaai^. Targ. wares. 
 
 1??? pr. n. Canaan. R. 533 Kal no. 2. 
 
 1. Canaan, the son of Ham, and father 
 of the Canaanites, Gen. 9, 18. 22. 25-27. 
 
 10, 6. 15. Sept. Xuvadv. 
 
 2. Canaan, the land of the Canaan- 
 ites, Ex. 15, 15 ; fully ',r:3 ^nx Gen. 
 13, 12. 16, 3. 23, 2. 19. 33, 18 ;" pr. Imo 
 tract or region, from r. 553 with the end- 
 ing ",- as in "|3rix, opp. to the higher 
 land nnst or Syria, see ''ISSB no. 1. 
 Spec. a) The country on this side 
 Jordan, opp. to Gilead, Num. 33, 51. 
 Josh. 21, 2. 22, 9. b) Phenicia, Is. 23, 
 
 1 1, i. e. the northern part of Canaan at 
 the foot of Lebanon, whose inhabitants 
 call themselves "i?33 on coins ; comp. 
 Comment, on Is. 1. c. Monumm. PhoRnic. 
 p. 267. They are called by the Greeks 
 tpoivixfg. The Carthaginians, a colony 
 of the Phenicians, also retained this an- 
 cient name ; as is testified by Augustin 
 (Expos. Ep. ad Rom. 13) as follows : 
 " Interrogati rustici nostri (i. e. Hippo- 
 nenses), quid sint ? Punice respondentes 
 Canani. corrupta scilicet, ut in talibus 
 solet. una littera. quid aliud respondent, 
 quam Chanancn?^^ c) Philistia, Zeph. 
 2, 5 tiTi'-a^Q Y1i< '{S'.S .Hence nisa 
 1S33 Canaanilish women Gen. 28, 1. 6. 
 36. 2 ; 3 ^s^? the idols of Canaan, wor- 
 shipped there. Ps. 106, 38 ; ,r33 rsb the 
 language of Canaan, i. e. the Hebrew, 
 which was sfmken by the Canaanites 
 and Hebrews. Is. 19, 18 ; comp. also Ps. 
 135, 11. Judg. 3, 1. 
 
 3. Put for "irp tS-'X a Caiiaanite, Hos. 
 
 12, 8 ; and so for a. merchant generally, 
 Is. 23, 8 n"'3r:3 her merchants ; comp. 
 Zeph. 1, 11, and see ""SSSS no. 2. 
 
 nilPwS . fern, of the preced. Chenaanah, 
 pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 10. b) 1 K, 
 22, 11. 2 Chr. 18. 10. 
 
 nySS Gen. 38, 2, fem. n-'SSW 46, 10. 
 Ex. 6, 15; Plur. n''???? Neli. 9, 24. Ob. 
 
 20, but far more frcq. Sing, with art. 
 collect. ''3?33n, a gentile noun. 
 
 1. a Canaanite, the Canaanitea, I. e. 
 a) A single people who inhabited, be- 
 fore the Hebrews, the lower tracts of Pa- 
 lestine on the sea-coast and the Jordan ; 
 Num. 13, 29 the Canaanites dwell by the 
 sea and by the side of Jardan. Josh. 5, 1. 
 
 11, 3. Deut. 11, 30 ; see the etymology 
 in 1S3S no. 2. Often coupled with the 
 names of other tribes ; and the sacred 
 writers, while intending to comprise all 
 the tribes dwelling in Palestine, some- 
 times by synecdoche mention only two, 
 the Canaanites and Perizzites, Gen. 13, 
 7 ; sometimes three, the Canaanites, 
 Hivites, Hittites, Ex. 23, 28 ; or again 
 five, the Canaanites, Hittites, Amorites, 
 Hivites, Jebusites, Ex. 13, 5; or six, 
 adding the Perizzites, Ex. 3, 8. 17. Josh. 
 
 12. 18 ; or seven, adding the Girga- 
 shites, Deut. 7, 1. Josh. 3, 10 ; or finally 
 ten. the Kenites, Kenizzites, Kadmon- 
 iles. Hittites. Perizzites. Rephaim, Amor- 
 ites, Canaanites, Girgashites, Jebusites, 
 Gen. 15. 19-21. In this number are 
 several which cannot be reckoned as 
 Canaanites, but as other aborigines ; as 
 the Rephaim, the Kenites, etc. b) In 
 a wider sense put for all the tribes 
 dwelling west of the Jordan and in'Phe- 
 nicia before the Hebrews, deriving their 
 descent from Canaan (Gen. 10, 15-18); 
 Gen. 10, 18. 19. 12, 6. 50, 11. Josh. 16, 
 10. 17, 12 sq. Judg. 1, 10. 28. 29 ; also 
 Ex. 3, 8. 17. Deut. 11, 50. Ez. 16, 3. 
 They are mentioned as Gentiles and 
 unclean Zech. 14, 21. Sept. for ISSS, 
 ^3533, has usually Xavadv, Xavavaiog, 
 but sometimes also <I>oivUr], fltolvil, Ex. 
 6. 15. 16, 35. Josh. 5, 1. 12. Job 40, 25. 
 So Mark 7, 25 comp. Matt. 15, 22. The 
 Canaanites were celebrated merchants, 
 and hence 
 
 2. Canaanite for mercJiant, generally. 
 Job 40, 30 [25]. Prov. 31, 24. So '?t33 
 Chaldean, for astrologer. 
 
 * riDil i. q, Arab. u-flJli' to cover, to 
 protect ; whence "33 covering, wing. 
 Comp. 1-. CilS . Not found in Kal. 
 
 NiPH. to cover or hide oneself. Is. 30, 
 20 rp-ii"2 Tis n.33"'"xb iio longer shaU 
 thy teachers hide themsehes, i. e. they 
 shall come forth openly, and no longer 
 
tp^ 
 
 478 
 
 t55!3 
 
 be vexed by persecutors. So Abulwalid 
 and Jarchi ; see Comment, on Is. 1. c. 
 Hence 
 
 5i:3 f. 1 K. 6, 24. 2 Chr. 3, 11. 12, 
 constr. tl33 ; Dual C^Bp constr. 'S3? ; 
 but the same is used for the Plur. as llJia 
 c^EDS Is. 6. 2. fis:? sanx Ez. 1, 6. 10, 
 21. ' Plur. constr. nisJ? "fem. Deut. 22, 
 12. Is. 11. 12 ; but masc. in the signif. 
 no. 2. a. b, Ez. 7, 2. R. !:i23. 
 
 1. a wing, so called as covering, 
 
 protecting. Arab. sd>i5 wing, side, 
 region, protection. Eth. 5l3F'4t wing ; 
 Chald. r|;3, Sam. 'S}^, Syr. waia, 
 VaJLs, id. Comp. ?]? Heb. and Chald. 
 from kindr. tl^a ; also D''BSX p. 12. Is. 
 10, 14. Job 39, 'l3. 1 K. 6, 27.' Ez. 1, 8 sq. 
 al. C;<:3"rii3!"73 every fold of wing, every 
 winged fowl, Gen. 1, 21 ; 'a 'I'iBS birds 
 of wing Ps. 148, 10 ; '= -ilB^-^s Deut. 
 4, 17 ; '="^3 "i-^aa Ez. 39, 17 comp. v. 4; 
 '^-bs "iiE^~t3 erenj bird of every wing, 
 every species of bird, Gen. 7, 14. Ez. 
 17, 23. So n:3 1=53 Prov. 1, 17, and 
 ti'^SjSn b?3 Ecc. 10, 20, 'one having 
 wings,' poet, for a bird. Poet, nsn "833 
 the wings of the wind Ps. 18. 11. 104, 3 ; 
 inttJ ''B23 the wings of the morning 139, 9; 
 expressive of the swiftness with which 
 the winds and the dawn move onward. 
 Metaph. with the idea of protection, 
 defence, Ps. 17, 8 "^snTipn r^-^^ss bs3 
 hide me beneath the shadow of thy wings. 
 36, 8. 57, 2. 61, 5. 63, 8. 91, 4. Ruth 2, 
 12. Comp. Arab, ^ps^i -Li^ and 
 
 ._B:<Srhn1t ad Job. 472. 
 
 2. an extremity, corner, e. g. a) Of 
 a garment, a skirt, flap, nri^v'S, mfqv- 
 yiov, fully b"y52n c:3S the skirt of the 
 robe 1 Sam. 24. 5. 12. Num. 15, 38. 
 Deut. 22, 12. Hagg. 2. 12 ; also, the 
 name of the garment being omitted, 
 Zech. 8, 23 "^"i-in'i ti-ix ^33 the skirt of a 
 Jew, i. e. of his upper garment. Ez. 5, 3. 
 As the outer garment was used by 
 the Orientals to wrap themselves in 
 at night, hence r33 is also put lor the 
 extremity or comer of a bed-covering, 
 coverlet, etc. Deut. 23. 1 C"33 nbi sibn 
 1*'3K nor shall he uncover his fafhei-^s 
 coverlet, i. e. he shall not violate his fa- 
 ther's bed. 27, 20, comp. Ez. 16, 8. Ruth 
 
 3, 9 spread now thy covering overViy 
 handmaid, i. e. receive me to thy bed ; 
 comp. Theocr. Idyll. 18. 19, and innrxid- 
 ^eiv Luke 1, 35. b) Spoken of a land, 
 the earth, etc. a border, corner, end ; as 
 the habitable earth is often compared 
 by the ancients to a garment spread out. 
 Is. 24, 16 yixn SriSSi corner, end of the 
 earth. Mostly in the plur. Job 37, 3. 38, 
 13 7'^5<f7 niS33 the comers of the earth, 
 extrema terrarum ; also Is. 11, 12 and 
 Ez. 7, 2 V^Nn niB33 nrs'is thefour cor- 
 ners of the earth or land. c) Of an ar- 
 my, wing, as in Lat. and Engl, whence 
 poet, for an army itself. Is. 8, 8. 18, 1. 
 Comp. D-^esx p. 12. d) The highest 
 point, battlement, pinnacle of the temple, 
 Dan. 9, 27. Comp. miqvyiov xoii If^ov, 
 Matt. 4, 5. 
 
 'zi obsol. root, onomatopoetic, pr. 
 to give forth a tremulous and striduloua 
 sound, e. g. the quavering sound of a 
 string when struck. Germ, schnarren, 
 knarren. Hence "iii3 harp, lyre, from 
 its stridulous sound. Kindred are Greek 
 xivvQog, pr. whimpering, spoken of a que- 
 rulous, mournful tone, whence Gr. xivv- 
 Qu ; qXso yiyyQog, ylyyQn, yiyygag, Lat. 
 gingrina, i. e. a pipe yielding a stridu- 
 Jous querulous tone, and gingritus the 
 cackling of geese. Deri v. "1123, and 
 
 tT?23 (i. q. "ii53 lyre) Deut. 3, 17, 
 ni"133 (plur. lyres) 1 K. 15, 20, nillS 
 Josh. 11,2, Chinnereth, Chinneroih, pr. 
 n. of a city in the tribe of Naphtali, situ- 
 ated on the lake of Galilee, which is 
 thence called r"ii3 c^ Num. 34. 11. 
 Josh. 13,27; rinjs c; Jo'sh. 12, 3. In the 
 Targums is found the later name '^D3'^5, 
 *iG''5J, whence Gr. rirrrfOuQ 1 Mace. 11, 
 67. Jos. Ant. 2. 25. 3, 17 ; and in N. T. 
 rirrr,auQiT Matt. 14. 34. Mark 6, 53. 
 Luke 5. 1. This beautiful lake is about 
 twelve miles long by six broad in its 
 widest part, with limpid Avater and 
 abounding in fish. See Roland Pala^st. 
 p. 258 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
 261 sq. 312 sq. 
 
 * uJ!3 Chald. to gather together., to 
 assemble, i. q. Heb. D33, Syr. id. Inf. 
 Dan. 3, 2. 
 
 Ithp. to be gathered togf-ther, assein- 
 bled, Dan. 3. 3. 27. Freq. in the Turgg. 
 
n35 
 
 479 
 
 no3 
 
 Pl23 m. (r. njs) only Plur. r\55; pr. 
 a aurname, cognomen, title. Melon, one 
 having the nanie surname or title as an- 
 other, i. e. sustaining the same office, 
 ubject to the fiame king, i. q. airdovXoi, 
 colleague, associate in off\ce. Correspond- 
 ing is Syr. ]2>jLa plur. ]2q1s, i.e.avvdov- 
 Xof, avvdoiloi. Once Ezra 4, 7 ixtlJl 
 l^nijS ami the rest of his colleagues ; 
 Sept. oi Xoinul ai't'duvXoi. The form 
 r:9 is for rsjS, rXjS, and the plural is 
 formed in the same manner as P"iX3^, 
 ni'<:a , from rj-s , see Lehrg. p. 509, 606. 
 
 f'-S Chald. id. rt colleague, avtSovXag, 
 only plur. c. sufl*. nP133 his colleagues, 
 Ezra 5. 6 ; *,inni:3 their colleagues 4, 9. 
 17. 23. 5, 3. 6, 6.' 13. Comp. the Heb. 
 
 03 m. uTt. Xfyoft. in the suspected 
 readint^ Ex. 17, 16, commonly held to be 
 i. q. XB3 throne, which is read in the 
 Samaritan codex. But the context and 
 the words of v. 15 "'SS '"^J"^, demand the 
 reading o: a standard, banner, where 
 see. 
 
 ^*y3 obsol. root, i. q. n03 to cover j 
 whence SQ3 and 
 
 9? Prov. 7, 20, also nC| Ps. 81, 4, 
 the full moon, time of the full moon. Syr. 
 )jcia, according to Isa Bar Ali, is 'the 
 firstday of the full moon,' and also 'the 
 whole time of the full moon ;' so also often 
 in Barhebrseus and Ephrem Syrus. 
 The etymology is doubtful ; unless we 
 may say that the moon at her full is whol- 
 ly covered with light, from r. nos, so3 ; 
 comp. Ps. 104. 2 n^b",a3 nix rrjiv cover- 
 ing thyself with light as with a garment. 
 See Thesaur. p. 698, 699. 
 
 ^S3 m. twice nS3 Job 26, 9. 1 K. 10, 
 19; c. suff. "^XOS (for ^XS3), T]i<p3 ; plur. 
 P1XD3 for niXBS . R. ND3 . 
 
 1. a throne, i. e. an elevated seat with 
 a canopy and hangings which cover it ; 
 
 Arab. -a^jJ, Aram. s<D^3, V*^'"! id. 
 
 the letter 1 being inserted instead of 
 doubling the O , i. e. rs for ss, see under 
 lett. 1. The Samaritan has also in the 
 root ^t^'^ U for n53 .So ',1SJ NS3 a 
 throne of ivory 1 K. 10, 18 ; ns^iaan 'a 
 the throne of the kingdom, royal throne, 
 Deut. 17, 18. 2 Sam. 8, 13; and so '= 
 
 nw^Oh 1 Chr. 22. 10. 2 Chr. 7. 18. Eath. 
 1. 2. 5, 1 ; naiiban '= 1 K. 1. 46. Hence 
 for the royal dignity or authority ; Gen. 
 41, 40 only as to the throne will I be 
 greater than thou, i. e. I reserve to my- 
 self only the royal dignity. Ps. 45, 7, 
 see in c-rfbx p. 55, note. So to establish 
 one's throne, i. e. his kingdom. Is. 16, 5. 
 Spoken of the throne of God, Ps, 9, 5, 
 47, 9. Is. 6, 1. Job 26, 9. Also 
 
 .2. For the elevated seat or cathedra 
 of the high-priest, 1 Sam. 1, 9. 4, 13 ; 
 the tribunal of a judge, Ps. 122, 5 (comp. 
 Dan. 7. 9). Ps. 94, 20 ni^in '= tribunal of 
 wickedness, i. e. unjust judges. Hence 
 for jurisdiction, district, Neb. 3, 7. Of 
 a military tribunal, Jer. 1, 15; also of 
 any seat, e. g. a stool or chair, 2 K. 
 4, 10. Prov. 9, 14 ; espec. an honourable 
 seat, nias xes 1 Sam. 2, 8. AleUiph. Is. 
 22. 23 and he (Eliakim) shall be far a 
 seat of glory to his fathers house, i. e, 
 through him shall all his kindred be 
 honoured. 
 
 "''=193 Chald. a Chaldean, Ezra 5, 12; 
 elsewhere "^T^^S q. v. 
 
 'CI* ^o cover; kindr. are X03 and 
 nrs . Syr. IsoLs id. also ' to put on ;' 
 Arab. L*y to put on ; Chald. nC3 to 
 cover, and hence to hide, lie concealed. 
 In Kai only in particip. nois Prov, 
 12, 16. 23 ; and pass, constr. "'103 Ps. 
 32, 1. Far more usual is 
 
 PiEL nS3. 1 pers. '^n'^ss, in&3 Ps. 
 143, 9, ^7^^ Ez. 32, 7; fut. nsa^' apoc. 
 
 1. to cover, c, ace. Ex. 10, 5. Num. 9, 
 
 15. 22,5; or also b? (like other verbs of 
 covering, e. g. r|2D, -is3). q. d. to cover 
 over. Num. 16, 33 7"!i<rj cnibs oan^ the 
 earth covered them over, pr. was a cover- 
 ing over them. Job 21, 26 nssn nani 
 C^n"^^? and worms cover them. 2 Chr. 5, 
 8. Ps. 106, 17. Hab. 2, 14 ; c. b Is. 11, 9. 
 So to cover a person or thing with any 
 thing, e. g. construed : a) With ace. 
 of pers. and 3 of the covering, Lev. 17, 
 13 -1BS3 WBal he shall cover it (the 
 blood) with earth. Job 15. 27. Is. 51, 16. 
 Num. 4, 5. 8. 11. b) With two ace. Ez. 
 
 16, 10. 18, 7. 16. c) With bs of pers. 
 and 2 of covering, Ps. 44, 20. d) With 
 ace, of the covering and bs of the thino- 
 covered, Ez. 24, 7 ; comp. Job 36, 32. 
 
-C5 
 
 480 
 
 'W 
 
 Trop. in the phrases : to cover any one 
 with shame Mic. 7, 10 ; confusion Ps. 
 44, IG. Jer. 51, 51 : terror Ez. 7, 18. Ps. 
 55, 6 ; so God covers the faces of judges, 
 makes them blind, Job 9, 24. Also to 
 cover any one (a wife) with violence, 
 heap up injuries upon her, Mai. 2, 16. 
 Intrans. to cover oneself, to put on any 
 thing, c. 3 Gen. 38, 14. Deut. 22, 12 ; 
 c. ace. Jon. 3. 6 pb O?"^' he covered him- 
 self with sackcloth, put on sackcloth, 
 Arab. Luo to put on, c. ace. 
 
 2. to cover, i. e. to hide, to conceal, 
 corap. Chald. Prov. 10, 18. 12, 16. 23. 
 Job 31, 33 ; with b? of pers. Deut. 13, 9 ; 
 with ace. of thing and '{O of pers. Gen. 
 18, 17. Job 23, 17 ^>-nS3 \DSr!i and 
 because he hath (not) covered the dark- 
 ness from 7ny sight, hath, not freed me 
 from calamities. Intrans. prsEgn. Ps. 
 143, 9 "^n-^BD rj^bx unto thee do I hide, I 
 flee to thee for covert; Sept. n^iog as 
 tiatitpv'/ov. 
 
 3. Metaph. to cover sin, i. e. to pardon,, 
 to forgive, i. q. 1B3 , c. ace. Ps. 85. 3 ; bs 
 Prov. 10, 12. Neh. 3, 37 [4, 5]. Ps. 32, l" 
 nxi;n i^ics whose sin is covered, i. e. par- 
 doned. Comp. "iE3. 
 
 PuAL nSS and nss Ps. 80, 11. Prov. 
 24, 31, fut. nss":, part, n53T2 ; to he co- 
 vered. Gen. 7,'i9. 20; with 3 of the 
 covering, 1 Chr. 21, 16. Ecc. 6. 4 ; also 
 with ace. Ps. 80, 11 n^a ni"in ^iSS the 
 inmmtains were covered with its shade. 
 Prov. 24, 31. 
 
 NiPH. id. Ez. 24, 8; c. 3 Jer. 51, 42. 
 
 HiTHP. to cover oneself to wrap one- 
 self up, with 3 of the covering. Is. 59, 6. 
 1 K. 11, 29; once ace. Jon. 3, 8. 
 
 Deriv. ""iDS, moS (and nsiO), PCS, 
 
 no3o, neaia.' 
 
 HDS see XD3. 
 riDS i. q. NS3 q. v. 
 Mn^BS Is. 5, 25, see nnsio , 
 
 T - J 7 T 
 
 ""lOIp iti. only constr. "liS ""103 a cover- 
 ing of skins Num. 4, 6. 14. R. no2. 
 
 t1103 f. (r. tiOS) 1. a covering, 
 cover, Ex. 21, 10. 22, 26. Job 24, 7. 26, 
 6, 31, 19. Metaph. n^?"'? nssos a cover- 
 ing of or for the eyes, i. e. a present offer- 
 ed as an expiation for some fault, in order 
 that one may shtit his eyes upon it, connive 
 at it ; or, a present made in the hope of 
 
 pardon, an atonement, a penalty. So in 
 the much vexed passage Gen. 20, 16 
 "OX "''^? '=^ t^-;?-'? nso3 r(b Nsn r^ln 
 bs rxT lo, this (the thousand shekels) is 
 to thee a penalty for all which has hap- 
 pened with thee and before all men. 
 Comp. Gen. 32, 21 nn:s3 'I'^rB rr^ssx 
 pr. / icill cover his face (appease him) 
 with the present. The Sept. though here 
 neglected or misunderstood by interpre- 
 ters, renders it correctly: twitm iaiai aoi 
 fig jifiTiv rot) nQoaamov aov, where rifiri 
 is a fine, penalty, price, II. 1. 159, i. q. 
 elsewhere rifjTjfiu. Most interpreters 
 understand this covering of the eyes to be 
 a veil, and the whole passage they arbi- 
 trarily render thus : lo, this shall be to 
 thee a veil for the eyes unto all who are 
 with thee and to all others, i. e. so it shall 
 be manifest to all that ihou art a mar- 
 ried woman. They add further, that 
 only married women were accustomed 
 to wear veils ; but this is contrary to 
 oriental custom, and is incapable of 
 proof 
 2. a garment, Deut. 22, 12. 
 
 ''^3 to cut off a plant, vine. etc. to 
 cut down, part. pass. n^iDS Is. 33, 12. Ps. 
 80, 17. Kindr. are n:xp?, na;?, rsj?, 
 'f^P,, also yta, ntj, na. Chald. and 
 Syr. nD2, viim, to prune vines. 
 
 ^'CS m. (r. bp3) 1. a fool Ps. 92, 7. 
 94, 8. Prov. 1, 32. 10. 1. 18. 13, 19. 20. 
 14, 8. 24. 33. 15, 2. 7, and often in Prov. 
 and Ecc. The notion of impiety, un- 
 godliness, is often implied, Prov. 15, 20. 
 19, 1. al. comp. the synon. b'^^X , baj , and 
 the opp. C2H. 
 
 2. Chesil, as the name of a constella- 
 tion, Job 9, 9. 38, 31. Am. 6, 8 ; according 
 to most of the ancient interpreters the 
 constellation Orion, which the Orientals 
 
 call >Lji5 lr^iiv ^^'''?^ ' e. the giant. 
 They appear to have conceived of this 
 constellation under the figure of an im- 
 pious giant (b''p3 impious) bound upon 
 the sky; whence Job 38, 31 canst thou'' 
 loose the hands of Orion? Plur. C''b''pS 
 Is. 13, 10, q. d. the Orions or giants of 
 the sky, i. e. the greater con-stellations 
 similar to Orion. So Lat. Cicerones, 
 Scipiones, i. e. men like Cicero and 
 
'C5 
 
 481 
 
 D3 
 
 Scipio. Abulwnliil understiimln Juv^ 
 or Gittopug, H bright star in the rudder 
 of Argo or the ship, in the southern 
 hemisphere. See more in Comment. 
 on Is. 13, 10. Michnelis Snppl. p. 1319 
 aq. Hyde on UUigh Beigh's Tiihles, p. 
 74. Ideler fiber Urspriing u. Bcdcut. der 
 Sternenniimcn p. 240, 263. 
 
 3. Chesil, pr. n. of a city in the south- 
 ern part of Judah, Josh. 15, 30. 
 
 nib">D3 n folly, Prov. 9, 13. R. bos . 
 
 ^"^3 a root found only once in the 
 verb, see no. 2. b; but of various signifi- 
 cations in the derivatives. The primary 
 idea seems to be : 
 
 1. lo be Jieshy, fat ; whence bo loin, 
 flank. Then 
 
 2. As a denom. from ipS, in a double 
 signification: a) In a good sense, to be 
 strong, lusty, the loins being the seat of 
 strength ; comp. *,^d , IBtixs ; metaph. 
 to be firm, confident, whence bp33 . nbcs , 
 confidence, hope, b) In a bad sense, 
 to be dull, sluggish, languid, like Arab. 
 
 Ju^j to be weak. Hence also as a 
 
 kindred idea, to be foolish ; comp. bas , 
 
 333 , nbas ; and vice versa compare 
 words signifying strength transferred 
 to the idea of virtue, as b'^n. Or perh. 
 this sense may come by transpos. from 
 bso to be foolish. So once fut. .4, bps"^ 
 Jer. 10. 8. I^nce the deriv. b'^p3 fool- 
 ish, nnb-'ps , bp? , folly. 
 
 ^05 m. 1. loin. flank, lumbus, Job 15, 
 27. Plur. D"'bp3 the loins, pr. the internal 
 muscles of the loins near the kidneys, 
 to which the fat adheres, y>ot, ifjolm, 
 as Symmachus well. Lev. 3, 4. 10. 15. 
 4, 9. 7, 4. Job 15, 27 bp3 'bs na-'s b7l 
 and because he maketh fatness upon his 
 loins, i. e. the yaar^idovkog pampers him- 
 self Also for the viscera generally, the 
 bowels, inward parts, Ps. 38. 8. Comp. 
 Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 506 sq. 
 
 2. confidence, hope, Ps. 78, 7. Job 8, 14. 
 31, 24. Prov. 3, 26. See r. bos no. 
 2. a. 
 
 3. folly, Ecc. 7, 25. See the root no. 
 2.b. 
 
 ^??? f (r. bp3) 1. confidence, hope, 
 Job 4, 6. 
 2. folly, Ps. 85, 9. 
 
 41 
 
 ll?93 m. Zech. 7, 1. Neh. 1, 1, Gr. 
 XaaiXtv 1 Mace. 1,54, Chialev, the ninth 
 month of the Hebrews, begiiniing with 
 the new moon of December. The ety- 
 mology is unknown; yet it might per- 
 haps be so called from the languor and 
 torpor of nature, from r. bp3 no. 2. b. 
 Or it may be of Persian origin, as would 
 appear from a Palmyrene inscription ; 
 see Benfey, die Monatsnaracn, comp. 
 Thesaur. p. 702. 
 
 'JI.'CS (confidence, hope, r. bp3) Che- 
 salon, pr. n. of a place on the border of 
 the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10 ; there 
 called also onS'j-in . 
 
 Jl^pS (id.) Chislon, pr. n. m. Num. 
 34, 21'. 
 
 ni?C3 (hopes, r. Vp3) Chesidloth, pr. 
 n. of a place in the tribe of Issachar, 
 Josh. 19, 18 ; prob. the same with the 
 next art. 
 
 "linr\-nibD3 (loins or flank of Tabor) 
 Chislolh-Tahor, pr. n. of a place near the 
 western foot of mount Tabor, on the bor- 
 der of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 12. [Prob. the 
 same as the preced. article, and bothi 
 identical with the mod. Iksdl JLwvol;. 
 Gr. Sako'td- Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 1. See Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. III. p. 182. R. 
 
 D'^nbo? plur. Gen. 10, 14. 1 Chr. 1. 
 12, Casluhim, pr. n. of a people sprung 
 from the Egyptians; probably, as Bo- 
 chart supposes, Phaleg IV. 31. the Col- 
 chians, whom the Greek writers also- 
 mention as being a colony of the Egyp- 
 tians. Hdot. 2. 104. Diod. Sic. 1. 28, 55. 
 Strabo I. 3 ult. The name Colchians- 
 might readily come from the fuller 
 nboD , dropping the s. 
 
 CC3 io shear, to poll the head, once 
 Ez. 44, 20. Kindred are eta, and other 
 verbs beginning with t3 ; see TtJ 
 Hence 
 
 rracs n ex. 9, 32. is. 2s, 25, plur.. 
 
 caps Ez. 4, 9, a species of grain like- 
 wheat, with a smooth or bald ear as if 
 shorn, hnt.far, adoreum, Gr. ^ia, oXvga, 
 the modern spelt, triticum spelta Linn. 
 
 Arab. Hjum^, which is in fact the same? 
 
 word as in Hebrew, m and n being inter- 
 changed and r inserted. See Comment 
 on Is. 1. c. 
 
Ct5 
 
 482 
 
 c?:: 
 
 ^r^ 1. Pr. to divide out, to distri- 
 bute; kindr. with Y^p^ and other verbs 
 beg-inning with yp, D3, ta. Hence 
 &213 tribute. 
 
 2. ^o number, to reckon, comp. mJ'O ; 
 once Ex. 12, 4 ecer-j^ 7i according to 
 his eating shall ye reckon for the lamb. 
 Sept. ai'vaQid^Tj&riasjui, Onk. ","i:7:rR, 
 Syr. ^alLc2. 
 
 Deriv. D=p., no272, ca, n3"!2 . 
 
 * "?5 fut. !:ib2";i 1. Pr. to be or be- 
 come pale, as in Chald. Comp. Niph. 
 no. 1. and C;C3 silver. Less near are 
 v^Ojwuj and _f?. '^ deficit sol, Inna, ca- 
 ligavit oculus. diminuttis est. 
 
 2. Trop. to pine or long after any- 
 thing, to desire greatly, with 1? of pers. 
 Job 14, 15; inf: c. b Ps. 17, 12.' 
 
 Niph. 1. to be pale, to tit7-n pale, from 
 shame, since this feeling is indicated not 
 only by blushing, but also by turning 
 pale ; see "i]n and Talmudic "pisn to 
 make ashamed, comp. Comment, on Is. 
 29, 22. Hence, to be ashamed; Zeph. 2, 
 1 r|d:3 xb iisn O nation not ashamed^ 
 i. 6. without shame, shameless. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, Gen. 31, 30. Ps. 84, 
 3. Hence 
 
 5^9? I"- c. suff. ''SC3 1. silver, so 
 called from its paleness, r. tiCS , as Gr. 
 uqyiqoi from uqyoq white, and ^fJJ gold 
 from its yellow colour; comp. -f^S. Syr. 
 Samar. id. Gen. 23, 15 "b^q rifQ r3"is 
 ^CS four hundred, shekels of silver, v. 
 16. ' Lev. 27, 3. 6. Josh. 7, 22. Often 
 with the word bp;r omitted, e. g. "bit 
 Cp3 a thousand (shekels) of silver Gen. 
 20, 16. rC3 Dinir? ^enfj/ shekels q/" 
 j7i-fr Gen.' 37, 28.'Deut. 22, 19. Hos. 3, 
 2. Metaph. to petrify silver, i. e. to 
 cleanse a peopTe from their sins, Mai. 3, 
 3 comp. V. 2. Is. 1, 25. 
 
 2. money, which anciently consisted 
 of bars or pieces of silver weighed out 
 and not coined ; comp. itityvQtov, Fr. ar- 
 gent. Gen. 23. 13. 43, 15. 21. Ex. 22. 6. 
 Num. 3, 49. 51. Deut. 23, 20. inir tr^D? 
 current money, see in "i3S no. 2. Also, 
 that which is bought with money, e. g. a 
 slave, Ex. 21, 21 Kin -iBD? ''S for he is 
 his money, his purchase ; also Gen. 17, 
 12. Ex. 12, 44. Plur. pieces of silver, 
 money^ Gen. 42, 25. 35. 
 
 5|C2 Chald. m. id. silver, st. emphat. 
 NBD3 Dan. 2, 35. 5, 2. 4. 23. Ezra 5, 14. 
 6, '5. 7, 17. 18. 
 
 S^BwS Ezra 8, 17, Casiphia, pr. n. 
 of a place (cip^) on the way between 
 Babylon and Jerusalem. To this corre- 
 sponds neither the Pylce Caspice nor the 
 city Kaswhi, as held by some. 
 
 ^?| f (r. i^OS) plur. rlrCS cushions, 
 pillows, Ez. 13, 18. 20. Sept. n^ovxi- 
 ifiiXaut, Vulg. pulvilli, according to the 
 Rabbins lo7}g pillows, bolsters. The 
 letter n, although not radical and mere- 
 ly the sign of the fem. gender, is never- 
 theless retained also in the plural ; as in 
 ''b'n , rrp3 , comp. Lehrg. p. 474. 
 
 ^?3 Is. 59, IS, see by lett. C. 1. 
 
 1?? Chald. adv. of time, now, at this 
 time, Dan. 2. 23. 3. 15. 4, 34. 5, 12. Ezra 
 4, 13. al. irsi ns until now Ezra 5, 16. 
 It is pro>b. derived as a prolonged form 
 from Heb. *|2 so, also now, comp. '|3~^y 
 Neh. 2, 16, and art. )3 lett. e. p. 475 ; 
 just as Samar. n?p from Heb. C*ip. In- 
 deed '{SJS seems al.?o to have had the 
 signif so ; whence the following art. 
 
 f^??^ Chald. fem. of the preceding, 
 adv. so, thus, i. q. "3, but fonnd only in 
 one formula rsrrir and so forth, et cetera, 
 Ezra 4, 10. 11. 7, 12 ; contracted nraq 
 id. 4, 17. 
 
 ^^7* fut. 0?37 ! to be hidignanty 
 vexed, to take ill, Rcc. 5, 16. 7, 9. Neh. 
 3, 33 [4, 1]. Ps. T12, 10. 
 
 2. to be angry, Ez. 16, 42; with bx 
 of pers. 2 Chr. 16, 10. 
 
 PiEL 0"3 to provoke, to irritate, i. q. 
 Hiph. Deut. 32, 21. 1 Sam. 1, 6> 
 
 Hi PH. C^ySii 1. fo vex, to grieve, to 
 trouble any one, I Sam. I, 7. Neh. 4, 5 
 [3, 37]. Ez. 32, 9. 
 
 2. to make angry, to provoke, oflen of 
 men who provoke Jehovah by their sinsy 
 espec. by idolatry, c. a Deut. 31, 29. 32", 
 16. I K. 14, 9. 15. 16, '2. 7. 13 sql Ps. 78, 
 58. Jer. 8, 19. al. More fully cysrt 
 i;-r5< 0?3 1 K. 15, 30. 2 K. 23, 26; also 
 with the name of Go<l implied, 1 K- 
 21, 22 PiDSsn "1CX orsn-bx because of 
 the anger with which thou hast made 
 me angry. 2 K. 21, 6. 23, 19. Hos. 12 
 15. Hence 
 
cys 
 
 483 
 
 tp 
 
 ?? m. 1. vexation, irmtblc, grief, 
 Ecc. I, 18. 2, 23. 11, 10, Ps. 6. 8. Prov. 
 
 17, 25. 21, 19 oral D'':''n ririx a con- 
 teniious and fretful woman. Deut. 32, 27. 
 
 2. a^lge^, Deut. 32, 19. 1 K. 15, 30. 
 Ez. 20, 28. Plur. cors bursts of anger, 
 
 2 K. 23, 26. 
 
 toy? m. i. q. OS? , found only in Job. 
 
 1. vexation, grief Job 5, 2. 6, 2. 17, 7. 
 
 2. ang-er, icra/A of God, Job 10, 17. 
 
 r^3 see in nWB. 
 
 5]? f. (r. riBS) c. euff. 'B?, pr. some- 
 thing curved, hollow. Spec. 
 
 1. th^ hollow of the hand, the palm; 
 
 s 
 
 Arab, \..ii, Syr. )Aa3. Lev. 14. 15 aiui 
 pour (the oil) upon the palm (r;? bs) of 
 the priesVs left hand. v. 18. 26. r;? xVi 
 ms;? a handful of meal 1 K. 17, 12, comp. 
 C]? i<\-q Lev. 9, 17. Pa. 129, 7 ; so Is. 28, 
 4. 2 k. 18, 21. At other times C;? is 
 used like T^ the hand ; as Deut. 25, 12 
 rtB?-rx nnisj^i and thou shall cut of 
 her hand. Often of the hand as that 
 with which we lay hold of any thing, 
 Ez. 21, 16. 29, 29, 7 ; or with which we 
 labour, whence n*'2n ~3 a slack hand 
 Prov, 10, 4, So espec. in the following 
 phrases : a) 'b C]?^ out of the hand of 
 any one, after verbs of freeing, deliver- 
 ing, like 1*^, 1 Sam, 4, 3. 2 Sam. 14, 
 16, 19, 10. 22, 1. 2 K, 16, 7. 20, 6. Ps. 
 
 18, 1. Jer. 5. 21. al. b) bs S)? cb to 
 lay the hand upon any one, i. e. to attack 
 him. Job 40, 32 [41, 8] ; also irs n^b 
 '!''Bb to lay the hand upon one's mouth, sc. 
 in order to stop it. i. q. to be silent, Job 
 29. 9. But bs :3 p^b to put the hand 
 over any one, i. q. to protect him, Ps. 
 139, 5 ; comp. Ex. 33, 22. c) Judg, 12, 
 
 3 '633 bE3 n"'bx; I put my life in my 
 hand, i, e. exposed myself to great dan- 
 ger ; since what we thus take in our 
 hands is liable to be dropped, or to be 
 cast away. 1 Sam. 19. 5. 28, 21 ; comp. 
 Job 13, 14. Ps. 119, 109. The same pro- 
 verb occurs in Athenseus Deipnosoph. 
 XIII. p. 569. C, iv TZ/^f/^t i'r,v ifjv/ijv i/wv. 
 So the Danes also say of a man in dan- 
 ger of his life : cU gaae med Livet i 
 Haenderne, i. e. he goes with his life in 
 his hands, d) ci? n?n, rs r;rn, r;3 Ntra, 
 to clap the hands, see under these verbs, 
 
 DuAi fi-^B?, c. sulT, "03, Tj-B?, both 
 
 palms, the two hands, the hand*, Job 30, 
 .32, Is. 49, 16 ; very freq. also for the 
 plural. Hence, D^B? b^B to spread out 
 the hands in prayer, etc, see in b^B no. 
 2, c ; O^B? Kb; to lift up the hand*. Lam. 
 2, 19. Ps. 63, 5 ; d";b3 bs Kb: to bear 
 upon the hands, to deal kindly with, to 
 cherish. Ps. 91, 12 ; 'b "^833 Dian violence 
 is in the hands of any one, i. e. he has 
 done violence, wrong. Job 16, 17. Is. 59, 
 
 6. Ps. 7, 4. 1 Chr. 12, 17. Jon. 3, 8 ; con- 
 tra. 0*^63 ^p3 nf clean hands, innocent, Ps. 
 24, 4 ; i^E3 b?B tlie work of one's hands 
 Ps. 9, 17 ; also D';'?? sj^V) the labour of 
 the hands, profit, Gen. 31. 42. Ps. 128, 2. 
 Plur. pibS palms, used instead of the 
 Dual before D^n;^ , as C^^^ 'd the palms of 
 the hands Dan. 10, 10 ; twice D'^'i;' riB? 
 of hands cut off and dead, 1 Sam. 5, 4. 
 2 K. 9. 35 ; see Lehrg. p. 539. Comp. 
 in no. 3, 4. 5. 6, below. 
 
 2. bin rs the sole of the foot, Deut. 2, 5. 
 11. 24. So in the phrase i?n bn q3TD 
 ("'P^Fv) ^^"^from the sole of the foot even 
 to the Iiead, i. e. the whole body, Is, 1, 6. 
 Deut. 28, 35. 2 Sam. 14, 25. Job 2, 7. 
 Deut. 28, 65 Tjbsn prb niria rest for t/ie 
 sole of thy foot, i. e. a quiet habitation, 
 comp. Gen. 8, 9. Plur. always niB? 
 Josh. 3. 13. 4, IS. Is. GO, 14. Ez. id, 7 
 ibsn PIS? Di'po the place of the soles of 
 my feet. i. e. the ark as the footstool of 
 God ; comp. in onn . Once with nrs 
 2 K. 19. 24. 
 
 3. the foot or paw of a quadruped hav- 
 ing toes, as the bear Lev. 11, 27. Sept. 
 
 Xdq. So Arab. u_4^ 
 
 4. a hollow vessel, a pan, dish, censer, 
 (so Syr. and Arab.) Num. 7, 14. 20. 26. 
 32. 38, al, Plur, P-iB3 Ex. 25. 29. Num. 
 
 7. 84. 86. Hence rb;3n rs the hollow or 
 di.^\ of a sling 1 Sam. 25, 29. TC^rt q3 
 the holloiv of the thigh, socket of the hip, 
 Gen. 32, 26. 33. 
 
 5. Plur. P1B3 handles of a bolt or bar 
 Cant. 5. 5. Comp. Pin^ . 
 
 6. c-^-i-an PiB3 Lev. 23, 40. palms, i. e. 
 palm- branches, with green leaves, so 
 called from their bent or curved form. 
 See i^B3, and comp. Lat. palma. 
 
 5]? m. (r. ^23) a rock, pr. hollow or 
 arched, used only in plur. Jer. 4, 29. Job 
 30, 6. Syr. and Chald. jijJ, XB-3, id. 
 whence in N. H . Kmu^^o-IIii^oe 
 
5125 
 
 484 
 
 ^SD 
 
 '-3 io bend, to bow, kindr. with 
 PiSS ; and hence to tame, to subdue. 
 Chald. and Talmud. X3 to bow, to sub- 
 due, to compel, to turn away, see Bux- 
 
 torf Lex. p. 1070 ; Arab. Lfl5 io turn 
 away, to turn aside. Prov. 21. 14 "jP^ 
 v]N ner^ ^r.'?? ^'^^^ ^^ secret tameth 
 anger. Sept. ctrarqEJiei ogyag, and so 
 Syr. Contra Symm. a^iasi o^/r'r.Vulg. 
 extingidt iras, comp. nss to extinguish. 
 
 ^E3 f. (r. ClES) 1. a palm, palm- 
 ibranch, the fem. form being often em- 
 ployed for things without life, Heb. 
 Gram. 105. 3. Comp. t;? no. 6. Chald. 
 NB-'S, Syr. ]La^. Is. 9, 13 and 19, 15 
 "liaax'i nes the palm-branch and the bul- 
 rush, proverbially for the high and the 
 low, noble and vulgar. 
 
 2. Genr. branch, bough. Job 15, 32. 
 
 "TIBS m. (r. "iE3) 1. a cup, goblet, 
 prob. covered with a lid, 1 Chr. 28, 17. 
 Ezra 1, 10. 8, 27. 
 
 2. hoar-frost, so called as covering the 
 ground, Ex. 1 6, 14. Ps. 147, 16. Job 38, 29. 
 
 Oi)| un. hy6fi. Hab. 2, 11, prob. a 
 cross-beam, for binding together the 
 wans oi . uuiiuing, irom r. CE3 to con- 
 nect. Sept. xttv&aQog, i. q. cantherius 
 in Vitruv. 4. 2. Jerome: "lignum quod 
 ad continendos parietes in medio struc- 
 turse ponitur. vulgo i^avTaaig." Comp. 
 Ecclus. 22, 16 [18]. 
 
 T^SS m. (r. -iSS>) 1. i. q. "^3, a vil- 
 lage, Neh. 6, 2. 
 
 2. a young lion, old enough to roar 
 Judg. 14. 5. Ps. 104, 21. Prov. 19, 12. Jer. 
 2, 15. Am. 3, 4 ; going forth for prey Is. 
 5, 29. Mic. 5, 7. Jer. 25, 38. Job 4, 10 ; 
 ferocious and bloodthirsty in his youth- 
 ful strength Ps. 17. 12. 91, 13. Is. 11, 6. 
 How "i^ES differs from "t^J whelp, ap- 
 pears from Ez. 19, 2. 3: slie (the lion- 
 ess) brought up one of her whelps (ins 
 ii'^niaTS), it became a young lion ("I'^ES), 
 it learned to seize the prey, it devoured 
 vien. Trop. a) Of cruel and blood- 
 thirsty enemies, Ps. 34, 11. 35. 17. 58. 7 ; 
 comp. Jer. 2, 15. Ez. 32, 2 n^ia n-^ES 
 a young lion of the nations, an enemy 
 prowling among them, sc. Pharaoh, b) 
 Of the young princes or warriors of a 
 state, Ez. 38, 13, comp. Nah. 2, 14. The 
 
 etymology seems to be from r. ^E3 no. 
 3, to be shaggy, with special reference 
 
 to the lion's mane. Comp. Arab. ^-i.c> 
 slAfc, hair upon the neck, back of the 
 head, jaws; -i.fc hairy on the neck, face, 
 back of the head. 
 
 nn'^S (i. q. -fi3 no. 1, village) Che- 
 phirah, pr. n. of a city of the Hivites 
 assigned to Benjamin, Josh. 9, 17 comp. 
 v. 7. Josh. 18, 26. Ezra 2, 25. Neh. 7, 29. 
 
 ^*^ 1. to divide equally, to dis- 
 tribute, i. q. Ethiop. KiA,^, whence 
 
 s e 
 51-4^^ part, portion, Arab. JwO por- 
 tion, like part, equal, and Dual ^^^Li^ 
 
 D7;3 two portions, double. Hence 
 
 2.' to fold, to double. Ex. 26, 6. Part, 
 pass. blE3 doubled, double. Ex. 28, 16. 
 39. 9. Chald. h^p, to double, to fold 
 around, Syr. Ethpe. \.aj3zf to be dou- 
 bled, infolded. 
 
 NiPH. to be doubled, i. e. repeated, Ez. 
 21, 19 [14]. 
 
 Deriv. n^B:?2, and 
 
 522 m. a doubling. Job 41, 5 'iJ&'i iiE3 
 the doubling of his jaus, i. e. his double 
 row of teeth. 
 
 Dual o^bss 1. Pr. two folds, double 
 folds. Job 11, 6 n^tyrh fbED -^3 for 
 do7ible folds hath God's wisdom., i. e. the 
 wisdom of God is complicated, inexpli- 
 cable. Others double, i. e. manifold, 
 infinite, is the wisdom of God. 
 
 2. double, twice as much. Is. 40, 2. 
 
 Arab, ^j^i^^i^- 
 
 *"?7'' Arab. ^^jS' to roll up (comp. 
 VE3 no. 2), to twist, to spin; whence 
 Aram. '(ESi, ,_as, to be hungry, :E3, 
 t!lal, hunger, sc. as accompanied by 
 a twisting and writhing of the bowels, 
 see in n;:2 no. 2. In Syriac with ^ it isj 
 also to hunger or thirst far any thing. 
 to pine after, see Thes. p. 705. Hence 
 Heb. "ES id. once prsegn. Ez. 17. 7 Io, 
 this vine T'by H'^ir^^ f^;*:^ f'"' ff^irst 
 (and bend) her roots towards him .... 
 that he might water it. Vulg. ifiittent 
 radices suas ad earn. Hence 
 
IBS 
 
 485 
 
 1E5 
 
 ^^3 m. hunger, famine, Job 5, 22. 30, 3, 
 
 CSS a root of doubtful signif prob. 
 to contract, to draw together, ai\(l ho to 
 connect; kimlr. with yt^, ^b;5, yoj:^, 
 to contract to compress, to gather one- 
 self for leaping; see also yfs. Syr. 
 ww.n according to Cnstcll : to connect, 
 to contract, to abbreviate. Hence CBS. 
 
 ^^^ tobend,tocurve,tobow. Chald. 
 id. Syr. -aa to be curved, bent. This 
 root with its kindred ones is found ex- 
 tensively in the Semitic and western 
 languages, both in the aense. of beml in g 
 curving, and in that of being hollow, 
 arched, vaulted; see ^ES, saa no. 1, 
 
 a ^ 
 nj3 II, :2i5, s^, to hollow, to vault, 
 
 ap^ to hollow out, excavate, a;?3 to bore 
 out ; and comp. Gr. xnfinm, xw/iTiToi, 
 yvdfiJiTbi, also xu.ttw, xi^irj, xvfilSi], La- 
 con. xi'^,5a cask; Pers. ^^wiLftj to bend 
 over, to incline, j a hollow, a cavern ; 
 Lat. ciibo, cumbo, also cavus; old Germ. 
 Ga^ i. e. r,3 , kippen, umkippen, in the 
 sense of folding. So Is. 58, 5. Intrans. 
 to boxD oneself, to be bowed down, trop. Ps. 
 57, 7. Part. C^B^SS those bowed down, 
 depressed, Ps. 145, 14. 146, 8. 
 
 NiPH. to submit oneself to any one, c. 
 } Mic. 6, 6. 
 " Deriv. =^3, t;?, nas. 
 
 'd? 1. Pr. i. q. Engl, to cover, 
 whence "lisa and n")B3 a cover, lid. 
 
 Arab. -a5 fut. /, to cover, to hide ; also 
 
 -AC to cover. Spec. 
 
 2. to cover over, to overlay with any 
 thing, as pitch, i. q. to pitch, as the ark 
 Gen. 6, 14. Comp. is's no. 2. 
 
 3. to be covered with hair, to be shaggy; 
 
 see i"'B3. Arab. ^Afr I. XI to be shag- 
 gy, e. g. cloth. 
 
 4. to cover over sins, i. e. to forgive. 
 comp. 153 no. 4, and Piel. Arab. _a^ 
 II to expiate a crime, Ji. to pardon. 
 Chald. -tQ3 id. '^ 
 
 Piel "iB3, found only with Vav *iB3|i, 
 2 pers. nnB3, fut. "Eqv 
 
 1. to cover over sin, to hide, spoken of 
 QoA as the offended party, i. e. to for- 
 give, to pardon sin, comp. ne3. With 
 
 41* 
 
 ace. Ps. 65, 4. 78, 38; with i?, Iik 
 other verbs of covering. Jer. 18, 23. Ps. 
 79, 9 ; h Deut. 21, 8 ; also ) of pers. Ez. 
 16. 63 ; once isa 2 Chr. 30,' 18. 
 
 2. Sj>oken of the offender or his repre- 
 sentative, to cover sin, to hide, i. e. to do 
 away by some expiatory act, to purge, 
 so that he may be pardoned ; hence 
 a) to expiate an ofTence, fiiult, to atone 
 for, c. ace. Dan. 9, 24 ; bs Lev. 5, 26 
 [6, 7] ; n>a/or Ex. 32, 3o'; )tq Lev. 4, 
 26. Num. G, 11. h) to muke e.vpiation 
 or atonement for an offender, to free him 
 from guilt, comp. Kssn ; with bs of pers, 
 Ex. 30, 15. Lev. 4, 20; nra Lev. 16, 6; 
 11.24. Ez. 45. 17; B Lev. 17^11. Spoken 
 also of things without life which are 
 polluted, c. ace. Lev. 16, 33. Ez. 43, 20. 
 26. Deut. 32, 43; bs Lev. 16, 18. Ex. 
 29, 36. 37. 30, 10. Examples of full 
 construction are: Lev. 5. 18 T'bs id31 
 irjij by "iHSn and. the priest shall make 
 expialicmfnrhim on account of his fault. 
 4, 26 "irx-jn-Q '^rrsn i^by ne=T and the 
 pripsl shall make e:rpiation for him from 
 his sin. 14, 19. Num. 6. 11. c) to ap- 
 pease, to placate the person offended, 
 with ace. of pers. Gen. 32, 21. Prov. 16, 
 14. So of impending evil, i. e. to avert 
 by expiation. Is. 47. 11. The gift or 
 sacrifice by which expiation is made, is 
 put with a, 2 Sam. 21, 3. Num. 5,8. 
 Lev. 7, 7. 
 
 Pdal 1. to be covered, i. e. done 
 away, obliterated, pr. of letters, writ- 
 ing, which are covered or erased by 
 drawing the stylus over them ; Is. 28, 
 18 crn'i'ia "lES"^ your covenant shall be 
 blotted out, i. e. cancelled, abolished, re- 
 ferring to the written law. Aram, j-as, 
 1B3 . ahstersit, diluit, abolevit. 
 
 2. Pass, of Piel no. 2. a, to be hidden, 
 expiated, purged, sc. iniquity, Is. 6, 7. 
 22. 14. 27, 9. 
 
 3. Pass, of Piel no. 2. b, to be freed 
 from guilt, i. e. an offender, to obtain 
 pardon, Ex. 29, 33 ; c. b Num. 35. 33. 
 
 HiTHPA. fut. "^Bsr"^ to be expiated 
 1 Sam. 3, 14. 
 
 NiTHPA. 1B33 Deut. 21. 8. to be expi- 
 ated, forgiven, i. e. an ofTence. See 
 Lehrgeb. p. 249. note. 
 
 Deriv. ie3 r-iS3. also "liES, I'^ES, 
 and pr. n. nn^ES. 
 
ns5 
 
 486 
 
 t\t^ 
 
 "^3 m. a village, hamlet, so called as 
 being a covering, shelter, to the inhabit- 
 ants, Cant. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 27, 25. Neh. 6, 
 2. Arab. Jo Kef r id. very frequent. 
 
 ipilGyn 123 (village of the Ammon- 
 ites) Chephar-haammoni, pr, n. of a place 
 in Benjamin, Josh. 18, 24. In Keri 
 
 ^3 m. (r. ^3) 1. i. q. "^ES, a vil- 
 lage, hamlet, 1 Sam. 6, 18. 
 
 2. pitch, as a material for overlaying, 
 see the root no. 2. Gen. 6, 14. Aram. 
 
 N-^StlS, jj^as, and Arab. Jo , id. 
 
 3. i. q. Gr. xvjiQog, cypnis-i\ower, el- 
 Henna of the Arabs, a shrub or low tree, 
 with fragrant whitish flowers growing 
 
 in clusters like grapes, Arab. EU-c*.} 
 
 Linn. So 
 
 s'LL^ . Lausonia inermis 
 
 called in Hebrew, as Simonis well sug- 
 gests, because the powder of the leaves 
 mixed with water into a paste, is used 
 by oriental females to cover or besmear 
 the nails, in order to produce the reddish 
 colour which they regard as an orna- 
 ment. Cant. 1, 14 "isbr! bbrx a cluster 
 of el-Henna. Plur. D-inES Cant. 4, 13. 
 Comp. Celsii Hierob.'l.p. 222. Ro- 
 senm. Bibl. Alterthurask. IV. i.p. 132. 
 
 4. IvjQov, ransom, price of expiation 
 or redemption, Ex. 21, 30. 30, 12 *iESi 
 iCE3 a ransom for his life. Is. 43, 3 
 fpES thy ransom i. e. for thy redemp- 
 tion.' Num. 35, 31. 32. 1 Sam. 12, 3. Job 
 33, 24. al. 
 
 D'^"1S2 m. plur. (r. "') expiations, 
 atmement. Ex. 29, 36. 30,' 10. Num. 29, 
 11. B'^"^F3n Di'i the day of atonement, 
 Lev. 23, 27. 28. 25, 9. 'sn b"^x Num. 5, 8. 
 
 Xrk'Z f (r. -B3) a cover, lid. only of 
 the lid of the ark with cherubim upon it, 
 over which appeared r; (Jo| lov Kv()iov, 
 Ex. 25. 17 sq. 30, 6. 31, 7. al. nnbsn r^a 
 the holy of holies, where the ark of the 
 covenant was placed, 1 Chr. 28, 11. 
 Sept. lhtair,{)iov, Vulg. propiliaforium,, 
 Luth. Gnadenstuhl, Engl, mercy-seat, as 
 if from the sigriification of ajtjieusing, 
 placating; see 1C3 Pi. no. 2. c. 
 
 ^3 iinit^ Xfyoft. pcrh. i. q. \ZjuS 
 iofill up, to cover, 8C. with earth, e. g. a 
 
 well, channel ; V. to be filled up ; ly^jS' 
 
 earth with which a well etc. is filled up. 
 So in HiPH. Lam. 3, 16 ~BN2 i:dic=n 
 he hath covered me with ashes. The 
 Talmudists use it to express crowded, 
 pressed, heaped measure ; also of the 
 Jewish church bowed down in ashes, or 
 covered with ashes, "iBxa riTESiTa Ber. 
 Rabba. sect. 75. Chald. depressit me 
 in cinerem,. But Sept. and Vulg. ifo^ 
 [Aiai fis rjnodor, cibavit iTie cinere, from 
 the context, because verbs of feeding 
 precede. 
 
 * r.|lp Chald. to bind, to fetter; Prset, 
 pass. ^r^Z-S Dan. 3. 21. 
 
 Pa. id. inf iires Dan. 3, 20 ; Part 
 pass. 'pnC2^2 V. 23.' 24. 
 
 "lines and "lin2 Am. 9, 1, a quadri- 
 lit. prob. compounded from the tri literals 
 1E3 to cover, and "irS to crown. Hence 
 
 1. a crown, chaplet, circlet, a) Of a 
 column, the capital. Am. 9, 1 . Zeph. 2, 
 14. b) An ornament of the golden 
 candelabra, Ex. 25, 31. 33 sq. 37, 17 sq. 
 Sept. acfaiQoni'iQic, Vulg. sphceridce. Jo- 
 sephus pomegranates Ant. 3. 6. 7. Comp. 
 Syr. (i^oa blo.ssom of the pomegranate. 
 
 2. Caphtor, pr. n. of a country on the 
 sea Jer. 47, 4. Am. 9, 7. Plur. C-^nriBS 
 Caphtorim Gen. 10, 14. Deut. 2, 23, the 
 inhabitants. These are described as a 
 colony of Egyptians and as ancestors 
 of the Philistines; so that in Gen. 1. c. 
 the words CTiO^Q CC^ flx:^;; -^qx should 
 prob. stand after D'^"iriE3, comp. the 
 other passages cited. Almost all the 
 ancient interpreters understand Cappa- 
 docia ; but from Jer. 1. c. it was clearly 
 an island, or at least on the sea-coast, 
 "X ; to which indeed the ancient limits 
 of Cappadocia are said to have extended 
 on the north upon the Euxine. Some 
 have thought of Cyprvs, and this is fa- 
 voured both by the situation of the 
 place, and a partial resemblance in the 
 name ; but on the other hand it is next 
 to certain that the Cyprians were called 
 CpiS ; comp. Michaclis Spicil. T. I. p. 
 292-308. Supplemm. p. 1338. Better, 
 the island of Crete, which is favoured 
 by the circumstarce that the Philistines 
 are called ''r~3 Cretans; see thin word. 
 The choice therefore would seem to lie 
 
^5 
 
 487 
 
 tT13 
 
 between Cappadocia and Crete ; but 
 the weight of ancient testimony is in 
 favour of the former. 
 
 ^ m. (r. nns) plur. n^'}'S 1. a car- 
 riage, liller, BO called from running; 
 comp, *i'i''iOX from Sf^O, n^O. Hence i 
 ion Geii. 31, 3t, a cameVa litter, sad- 
 die, i. e. the small tent or canopy fas- 
 tened upon the back of camels, in which 
 females are accustomed to ride. Arab. 
 
 ^3 and )*Joo, also J> id. See Jahn 
 
 Bibl. Arclia;ol. I. i. 58. [Engl. 49.] 
 Thesaur. p. 715. 
 
 2. a lamb, so called from its leaping 
 and bounding, see the root no. 2 ; espec. 
 as well fed and fat, feeding in rich pas- 
 tures, Deut. 32, 14. Is. 34, 6. Ez. 39, 18 ; 
 also Am. 6, 4. 1 Sam. 15, 9. 2 K. 3, 4. 
 Ps. 37, 20. Jer. 51, 40. Collect. I^. 16, 1 
 'J'nx-baaia -la-sinbtr) send ye the lambs 
 of the lord of the land, i. e. which be- 
 long to him, are his due ; comp. 2 K. 3. 
 4. Trop. a) a battering-ram. Gr. x^loc, 
 a warlike machine for making a breach 
 
 9 ^ 
 in the walls of cities (Arab. litjS ), plur. 
 
 Ez.'4, 2. 21, 27. b) pasture for lambs, 
 meadow, Is. 30, 23. Ps. 65. 14 n-ins rr:b 
 jsisn the pastures are clothed withfocks, 
 i. e. adorned. 37, 20. This word was also 
 adopted by the lonians in the sense both 
 of lamb and pasture. Hesych. Kuq . . . 
 nQOfSaiov. Ktx^a . . . fmvtg t ngo^uta. 
 KuQvog . . . ^uaxrifia, 7igi'j3uTov. Kuqoq . , . 
 ^oaxTifia. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. 429. 
 
 "13 m. (r. 113 I ) pr. a digger through, 
 piercer; hence a slabber, executioner, 
 a kind of body-guard or soldiers attach- 
 ed to the person of the king, whose duty 
 it was to execute capital punishment, 
 not only by beheading (^nnS, see i^3) 
 but also by stabbing. Thrice in Plur. 
 '-13 for u-''-3 Lehrg. p. 525; so 2 K. 11, 
 4. 19 D'^snnT "'"^Sn ^/' executioners and 
 the runners, spoken of the guards of 
 Athaliah ; and 2 Sam. 20, 23 Cheth. 
 "nbeni 'nan of David's guards ; Keri 
 Tinsn 'laT. See more in Thes. p. 671. 
 
 "^ m. (r. Tils no. 1) car, prop, a 
 round vessel, then a measure both of 
 things dry and liquid, 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22]. 
 Ez. 45, 14 ; containing ten ephahs or 
 baths, i. e. 11^ bushels or 88^ gallons, 
 
 i. q. "ittH. In Aramtean lis, Mas is 
 usually put for Heb. nrh. It was dlao 
 adopted by the Hellenists, i. e. x6{fOi. 
 
 ^^3 Chald. to he pained, to grieve, 
 like Syr. fj-a. 
 
 Ithp. Dan. 7, 15 "'TTil n?nn my 
 spirit was grieved. 
 
 '-T a doubtful root, see 31*^3 fin. 
 
 * ^T^7?* quadrilit. i. q. bas. Pi. bas, 
 to gird, to put on, with i inserted; see 
 Lehrg. p. 864. Pass. part. ba"i3^ girded, 
 clothed, 1 Chr. 15, 27; in' the parall. 
 2 Sam. 6, 14 is iian. Hence 
 
 ^?^'13 Chald. f. a muntle, pallium, 
 plur. c. suff. Dan. 3, 21. 
 
 * ! ^vl to dig; Chald. K-^S and Arab, 
 fj to dig the ground. Kindr. are "lO I, 
 -OX , also "!ip , ipj . E. g. to dig a well 
 Gen. 26, 25 ; a pit or sepulchre 50, 5, 
 Prov. 26. 27. Trop. a) Of plots, de- 
 vices against any one, to dig a pit, Ps. 
 7, 16: c. i? Jer. 18. 2o! 22. Ps. 119, 85; 
 \5B> Ps. 57, 7. With bs of pcrs. the 
 word for pit being omitted. Job 6, 27 
 fi=r'!"^? ''"'=?^' ye d^g (a pit) for your 
 friend; and so in the vexed passage, 
 Job 40, 30 oi-ian rbr ^^-^.z^ do the com^ 
 panions (tiie fishermen in company) dig 
 pits, lay snares, for him so. the croco- 
 dile? do they part him among the mer- 
 chants 7 i. e. do they catch him and sell 
 him like fish? So by a bold figure 
 Prov. 16, 27 nsn nnb by*ba d-ix a wFcked 
 man diggeth (deviseth) evil, b) Ps. 40, 
 7 ""^ n-'-ia oiJTX pr. mine ears hast thou 
 digged out, a bold poetical figure for 
 the more common 'b n-ibs "(TS 7ny ear 
 hast thou opened, i. e. thou hast revealed 
 (this) to me. 
 
 NiPH. to be digged, Ps. 94, 13. 
 Deriv. nns I, Pinatj . 
 
 *^ 't r 1- to buy, to purchase, 
 Deut. 2, 6. Hos. 3, 2 rflSxi c. Dag. euph. 
 Samar. id. Arab. tJTllI. IV to lend, 
 VI, VIII to hire. ^ 
 
 2. to give a feast, to make a banquet, 
 2 K. 6, 23. For Job 40; 30 see .17 3 I. 
 Arab. S to make a feast, espec. at 
 the completion of a building; also iCjJ 
 
 to entertain as guest, l>j' entertainment, 
 
ni 
 
 488 
 
 1^5 
 
 hospitality. Perhaps splendid and cost- 
 ly entertainments are to be understood, 
 for which one's own stores do not suffice, 
 BO that he must purchase more. 
 
 I- "T^? or n'13 f. (r. tTi3 I ) only plur. 
 constr. niS, pits, cisterns, wells; Zeph. 
 2, 6 "iKS ninnr: o-'sn n-is nia Jields full 
 of shepherds'' cisterns and folds for focks. 
 In the word n'"i3 lies an allusion to oims 
 V. 5. 
 
 II. nnS f. (r. nns II) a feast, banquet, 
 2 K. 6, 23. 
 
 ^^13 m. plur. a'lriinS), n-'ans l. Che- 
 rub, plur. Cherubim, in the theology of 
 the Hebrews, a creature of a sacred and 
 celestial nature ; M^n Ez. 1, 5. 14 sq. 
 10, 17. 20 ; ^btov nsrfivov, ^oQtptiV 8' ov- 
 dsrl Twv VTi av&Qwnwv iw^ufidvuv nuoa- 
 nli'i<Tioi', Joseph. Ant. 3. 6. 5. In the ear- 
 lier books they are represented as hav- 
 ing in great part the human form and 
 erect, 1 K. 6, 23-27 ; with one face Ex. 
 25, 20 ; two wings ib. 1 K. 6, 24 ; and 
 prob. also with hands Gen. 3, 24. Eze- 
 kiel on the other hand (c. 1, 10), while 
 he ascribes to them the erect human 
 figure (Ez. 1, 5 nsnb Ci'iX n^nstj). repre- 
 sents them as having four wings, of 
 which two covered the body and two 
 served for flying, 1, 6. 11. 23; with hu- 
 man hands under their wings 1, 8. 10, 
 7. 8. 21 ; and four laces (1, 6), viz. of a 
 man, a lion, an ox (liiii 'JB 1, 10, but "'JQ 
 aiisn 10, 14), and an eagle ; though in 
 c. 41, 19 only two are mentioned, those 
 of a man and a lion ; having the soles 
 of the feet round like those of a bullock 
 1, 7 ; and the Avhole body full of eyes 
 1, 18. 10, 12, comp. Rev. 4, 6. Aboda 
 Sara fol. 20. 2. Most of the attributes 
 here assigned to them, go to imply the 
 power of looking, walking, flying in any 
 direction, without the necessity of turn- 
 ing the back. 
 
 The office ascribed to the cherubs is 
 twofold. The earliest mentioned is 
 where they are set to guard the ap- 
 proach to paradise, Gen. 3. 24 ; comp. 
 Ez. 28, H-16, where the king of Tyre 
 guarding his treasures is compared to 
 the Cherub which covered with his 
 wings and protected radiant gems ("'jax 
 tiK) in the holy mount of Eden. The 
 other consists in bearing the throne of 
 
 God upon their wings through the 
 clouds; whence 2 Sam. 22, 11 bs ^S"!*! 
 t,SJ} 3113 he rode upon a Cherub and 
 did fly. 'Ps. 18, 11. 80, 2 o^nnsn 2tyii 
 who sitteth upon the Cfierubim, i.e. upon 
 a throne borne by Cherubs. 99, 1. 1 
 Sam. 4, 4. 2 Sam. 6, 2. 2 K. 19, 15. Is. 
 37, 16. These celestial bearers, again, 
 were represented by the two wooden 
 images of Cherubs overlaid with gold, 
 with expanded wings, which stood upon 
 the cover of the ark in the holy of holies 
 both of the tabernacle and temple, Ex. 
 25, 18 sq. 37, 8. 9. 1 K. 6, 23 sq. 2 Chr. 
 3, 10 sq. Throned upon these Jehovah 
 is represented as communing with Mo- 
 ses, Ex. 25, 22. Num. 7, 89. Further, 
 the figures of Cherubs were woven into 
 the curtains of the tabernacle Ex. 26, 
 1. 31. 36. 8, 35 ; and were sculptured 
 among palms and flowers upon the walls 
 of the temple 1 K. 6, 29. 32. 35. 2 Chr. 
 3, 7, comp. Ez. 41, 18. 20. 25; and with 
 the figures of lions and oxen upon the 
 bases of the sacred lavers, 1 K. 7, 29. 36. 
 
 As to the symbolic meaning of this 
 compound figure of the Cherubs, we are 
 not informed. Many suppose, the forms 
 of a man, a lion, an ox, and an eagle, de- 
 note valour and wisdom ; and that these 
 figures are symbols of these virtues. 
 More prob. the attributes of the lion, 
 the ox, and the eagle are thus added to 
 the human figure, to mark partly the 
 strength and partly the swiftness of 
 these ministers of Deity. 
 
 The etymology is obscure. If the 
 word be of Semitic origin, and I maybe 
 permitted to suggest a new derivation, 
 perhaps we may take the root 2n3 as 
 having had a meaning like S'^n, (*v^) 
 ' to prohibit from a common use.' Conj. 
 II to consecrate ; Ethiop. hfhZ,^ to 
 forbid, to prohibit ; at least Ethiopia 
 
 .^W'Zn'fl is i. q. fty^ a sanctuary, 
 adytum, comp. in r. cnn p. 345. Hence 
 ai""? would be a keeper, warder, giuird, 
 sc. of the Deity, to guard against all ap- 
 proach ; a sense according perfectly with 
 their office as above represented. Or, 
 as assumed by Gussett, de Dieu, Rodi- 
 ger, it may be by transpoa. D'^S for 331, 
 and 31^3 as if 3l3"i steed or courser of 
 
ins 
 
 489 
 
 013 
 
 S 2^ 
 
 the sky (Pb. \8, U) comp. Arab. v->-?jJ 
 
 navis vectoria. Or, as Hyde eupposcH 
 (de Relig. vctt. Porsarum, p. 263), 3^3 
 may be i. q. a"ii;3 one near to God, his 
 minister, one admitted to hie presence ; 
 comp. \^jj^ i. q. ^Ji- Others, as 
 Eichhorii (Einleit. ins 'A. T. III. p. 80. 
 ed. 4). think tlie ca^is to be the same 
 witli the yyvjifg gri^ttis of the Persians, 
 the guardians of the golden mountains, 
 comp. Gen. 1. c. In this case the root 
 must be sought in the Pers. ^^Jiio'to 
 grasp, to seize, to hoUI. See further 
 Thesaur. p. 710 ; also the article of Ro- 
 digcr ill Ersch and Gruber's Encyclop. 
 XVI. art. Cherub. 
 
 2. Cherub, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 
 7,61. 
 
 tins Chald. m. emphat. <J*i">3, a her- 
 ald, Dan. 3, i. Syr. lie ji. R. ns. 
 
 ' _? Chald. to cry out. to make pro- 
 clamation, in the manner of a herald. 
 Aph. Dan. 5, 29. Syr. -j^ Pe. et Aph. 
 id. This root is widely diffused in the 
 Indo-European languages, e. g. Sanscr. 
 krus to cry out, Zend, khresid crying out, 
 a herald, Pers. ^jjj^S, ^d^y- 
 to cry out. Gr. xr^^waw, also xQt^a, x(ju- 
 i<o, Germ, kreischen, kreissen, Engl, to 
 cry. Comp. xn;?. Among the Christian 
 Arabs Sv^ is to preach, for xr/^iiffativ. 
 ''"13 2 K. 11,4. 19, see inns. 
 
 ^"'"^^ (a cutting, separation, r. n'lS) 
 Cher ilk. pr. n. of a torrent near the Jor- 
 dan, 1 K. 17, 3. 5. [Perh. the modern 
 Wady el-Kelt, oJLftJt, near Jericho; 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 288. R. 
 
 n'ln'^nS and nni-lS f (r. nns) pr. a 
 cutting in tipo of wedlock, separation, 
 divorce, rn'^ns -ibo bill of divorce 
 Dent. 24. l.'s. Is. 5o", 1. Plur. c. suff. 
 *^"'\!r;'"'":3 "BS Jer. 3, 8. 
 
 * '!]n|) ohsol. root, Syr. ^jj to sur- 
 round ; also Syr. and Chald. to wrap 
 around. It would seem to be a second- 
 ary root from I'^S. "'S-'S to surround 
 (whence "i33 circuit, circle), one letter 
 being dropped. Comp. niin'r chain, for 
 rrifyr . b;n from bs-.p: q. v.' 
 
 Deriv. Tf'isn mantle; comp. C-'as^?. 
 
 -?7- obsol. quadrilit. Zab, to siir 
 round, compounded from 7,^3 to sur- 
 round, and S33 to roll up or together. 
 Hence 
 
 337? n- c- suff. "iaS-j? Ex. 27, 5. 38, 
 4, a nwrgin, border, surrounding the 
 middle of the altar over the brazen grate 
 or lattice, perhaps in order to receive 
 what fell from the altar. 
 
 D3"13 m. crocus, saffron, both the com- 
 mon plant, and also crocus Indicus or In- 
 dian saffron ; Cant. 4, 14. Sept. xQoxof. 
 Chald. n3"i!i3, fttes-isis crocus, C3n3 to 
 be dyed a crocus or saffron colour. Syr. 
 
 pastas, Arab. (V>p id. 
 
 'TSSn? Is. 10, 9. Jer. 46, 2. 2 Chr. 
 35, 20, Carchemijih, pr. n. of a city on 
 the Euphrates, doubtless the same with 
 the Greek Kigxr^aiov, Lat. Cercusium, 
 Arab. Lu**juJJJ . The city is large and 
 strong, and is said to be situated on an 
 island formed by the Chaboras at its in- 
 flux from the east into the Euphrates. 
 The Heb. name is compounded from 
 "^3, N3":!3, Syr. U>r=>, fortress, and the 
 proper name ttjirs i. q. airs pr. n. of an 
 idol, pr. ' fortress of Chemosh.' 
 
 C?7? Carcas, pr. n. of a eunuch of 
 Xerxes, Esth. 1. 10. Comp. Sanscr. 
 karkaga severe ; Benfey p. 199. 
 
 nins'lS f plur. (r. l-iB) dromedaries, 
 swift camels, Is. 66, 20. Comp. Hdot. Z. 
 103 nl y(XQ a<pi xufxrjloi 'iJinoiv ovx riaaovsg 
 eV Ta/vTriJu tiai. So called from their 
 bounding or heaving motion, from Pil. 
 ~3"i3 to dance ; their speed being also 
 sometimes accelerated by musical in- 
 struments, according to Sadi Gulist. p. 
 190. See Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 90. 
 On the speed of the dromedary see 
 Burckhardt's Notes on the Bedouins 
 II. p. 76 sq. 
 
 '-'_7 obsol. root, Arab, ^o to be no- 
 ble, of a generous nature, 2jjj noble, 
 generous, spoken both of persons and of 
 
 things, as |w3 \jOy good and fertile 
 soil. etc. ^ Hence 
 
 D"^3 m. (fem. Is. 27, 2. 3.) c. suff. 
 'B':? ; Plur. a""P73, constr. '+?":3. 
 
dii 
 
 490 
 
 52^,il 
 
 1. afield or park of the nobler plants 
 and trees, cultivated in the manner of a 
 garden or orchard. So n'^t CiS olive- 
 yard Judg. 15, 5 ; fi'^a'ns T\^'!} the way to 
 gardens and orchards, i. e. leading to a 
 cultivated and inhabited land, opp. to 
 the desert, Job 24, 18. 
 
 2. Spec, a vineyard, Ex. 22. 4. Deut. 
 20, 6. 28, 30. al. ssep. Fully -irn nns 
 ^cine-garden Is. 27, 2. In the prophets 
 a vineyard is a frequent emblem of the 
 people of Israel, Is. 3, 14. 5. 1 sq. 27, 2 
 sq. comp. Matt. 20. 1 sq. 21, 28. Luke 
 20, 9. In Cant. 1, 6 the spouse says : 
 viy own vineyard have I not kept, i. e. 
 her beauty ; comp. 8, 12. Chald. KiQ-;3 , 
 Syr. iiejj , id. Hence 
 
 D"!P m. (denom. from n"iS, as "ijr'a 
 from "1)^3) a vine-dresser, Joel 1, ] 1. Is. 
 61, 5. Syr. iLsJi id. 
 
 ''H'13 (vine-dresser) Carmi, pr. n. a) 
 A son of Reuben, Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6, 14. 
 Also as patronym. Carmite Num. 26, 6, 
 for'^t'?'!?- b) Josh. 7, 1. 
 
 ^"^"^S m. crimson, a colour prepared 
 from insects inhabiting a species of oak. 
 coccus ilicis of Linn. Also crimson stuffs, 
 2 Chr. 2, 6. 13. 3, 14. It is a word of the 
 later Hebrew, for the earlier "^rJ , rrbin ; 
 see espec. in ''iV . The Hebrews adopt- 
 ed the word from the Persians or Arme- 
 nians. Among the latter it was called 
 karviir, from Pers. jt\J, Sanscr. krimi 
 
 worm ; and Pers. {j\jojfkermiel is ' the 
 
 red of worms,' from *j^and Jf bright 
 red; Lorsb. Archiv. f. morgenl. Lit. II. p. 
 305. Comp. Arab. *wej>, also ^^ye^j', 
 
 dyed red ; whence Fr. cramoisi, Germ. 
 camiesin. Engl, crimson. In like man- 
 ner from vermictdus comes Fr. vermeil, 
 Engl. Vermillion. See Thesaur. p. 714. 
 
 ^"^S m. c. sufT. "i^T^-S 2 K. 19, 23 ; 
 denom. from the noun D";3 , with b ap- 
 pended, which perhaps may have a di- 
 minutive force ; see in b. 
 
 1. a garden, orchard, park, i. e. a 
 place cultivated like a garden and 
 planted with fruit-trees, herbs, corn, 
 etc. (Kimchi : mi25i nin-'B nijb-'K oipa 
 nxisr.) opp. to the desert, and also to 
 the forest. Is. 29, 17 Lebanon shall be 
 
 turned into a garden, and the garden 
 shall become a forest. 32, 15. 16. Jer. 2, 7 
 / brought you bpnsn ynx-bx into a 
 land of gardens, that ye shoidd eat the 
 fruit thereof Is. 10, 18. 16, 10. Jer. 48, 
 33. 2 Chr. 26. 10. 2 K. 19, 23, of Leba- 
 non, 'ii'B'^3 "^"SJl his forest-garden^ prob. 
 the nursery of his cedars in the deep 
 recesses of Lebanon. 
 
 2. Meton. most prob. garden-fruits, 
 the produce of gardens, as earlier and 
 more valued than those of the fields ; 
 just as with us the finer species of fruits 
 and herbs are cultivated in gardens, 
 and are superior to those growing in the 
 fields. Thus h^y-^ ia"25 Lev. 2, 14, i. e. 
 grits or polenta of eaiiy grain, and so, 
 by an easy ellipsis in a word so common, 
 simply ban? Lev. 23, 14. 2 K. 4, 42. In 
 both the passages in Leviticus bt;"i3 'a 
 is offered on the altar along with the 
 first-fruits, with which also it is coupled 
 in 2 K. 1. c. and we may perhaps under- 
 stand grits or groats, polenta, uXtfita, 
 made from the new and earliest grain, 
 i. e. fresh wheat or barley groats ; in 
 preparing which as an offering to God, 
 the best and earliest ears were selected 
 from garden wheat or other grain. The 
 Jewish interpretation therefore is not ab- 
 surd, but opens the way to the true sense, 
 viz. nnbi nsn rb-TU a young and tender 
 ear of grain; not a green ear. 
 
 3. Carmel, pr. n. a) A lofty promon- 
 tory, jutting out into the Mediterranean 
 on the south-western borders of the tribe 
 of Asher, beautiful for its forests and 
 flowers; often with art. bpisn Am. 1,2. 
 9. 3. Jer. 4, 26. Cant. 7. 6 ; fully bTD^^sn -'H 
 (the garden-mount) 1 K. 18, 19. 20; with- 
 out art. Is. 33. 9. Nah. 1. 4. Josh. 19, 26. 
 Hence Cant. 1. c. b:anS3 T\l\y r|i^'S"i fhy 
 head is like Carmel. i. e. adorned with 
 locks, as Carmel with groves of trees. 
 See Reland Palest, p. 327. Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. III. p. 190. b) A city about 
 six miles south-east of Hebron, beyond 
 Ziph, Josh. 15, 55. 1 Sam. 15, 12. 25,5.40. 
 
 Now Kurmul ^S\ see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 193. 196 sq. Biblioth. Sacr. 
 1843, p. 60. Comp. Reland Palppet. 
 p. 695. Hence gentile n. "'br-;? Car- 
 melite. 1 Sam. 30, 5. 2 Sam. 23. 35; 
 fem. n"ba-i3 Carmelitess, \ Sam. 27 3. 
 
rs 
 
 491 
 
 C-15 
 
 T^3 Cheran, pr. n. m. Gen. 36, 26, 
 Arab, ij^j^i- Q- "^"i** cithara, lyre. 
 
 Ki?"12 Clmld. //iroMC, i. q. Heb. XS3, 
 where see ; Dan. 5, 20. With sull*. 
 R-'O-S Dan. 7, 9; plur. ,iD-'3 ibid. 
 
 -lit I ' r >T f I T 
 
 * O?^? quadriht. for DBS Piel of 
 19M q. V. (see KO^S. and letter i,) to 
 cut down or o/^i 'o /<iy ira/, /o rfe- 
 voiir, as the wild-bour a vineyard Ps. 
 80, 14. Jerome VMlavit, Syr. oii^a] 
 comedit cam. 
 
 ^-T to bend, to bow, intrans. spoken 
 of the knees. Kindr. is r:3 q, v. Chald. 
 id. Samar. V^^ to lie down. In Ara- 
 bic only some vestiges of the primary 
 eignifieation remain, as 'to drink stoop- 
 ing,' pr. to stoop down to drink ; ' appe- 
 tivit congressum viri,' pr. to stoop down 
 to him. By transpos. mi% is ' to be bent 
 
 with age, to bow in prayer,' etc. Hence 
 Is. 45, 23 T^"ja"'3 yi=n every knee shall 
 bow. Job 4, 4. Then of a person, 5'^2 
 D73"i2~b5 lo bow down upon his knees, 
 to Vneel" Judg. 7, 5. 6. 1 K. 8, 54. 2 K. 
 1, 13. Ezra 9, 5. To bend the knee or 
 to bow down upon the knees, to kneel, is 
 also spoken: a) Of those who do reve- 
 rence to a king, or who worship God, 2 
 Chr. 29. 29 ; in which sense it is coupled 
 with n^'nndrt Ps. 95, 6. With b of pers. 
 Esth. 3' 2. 5. Is. 45, 23 ; 'Jfib Ps. 22, 30. 
 72, 9. b) Of those whose strength fails 
 and their knees become feeble and sink, 
 where it is usually followed by bsa . Ps. 
 20, 9 !lb33^ sir-iS they bow down and fall. 
 2 K. 9, 24 Jie sank down in his chariot. 
 Is. 10, 4. 46, 1. 2. 65, 12. 'Judg. 5. 27. 
 So of the knees themselves. Job 4, 4 
 Piyns Q'^S'^a bowing i. e. feeble knees. 
 c) Of those about to lie down for rest, 
 Gen. 49, 9 ^nn S-iS he bowed himself 
 and lay down. Num.24, 9. Or who kneel 
 down to drink Judg. 7, 5. 6. c) Of wo- 
 men in labour, who were delivered kneel- 
 ing, as is still the custom in Ethiopia 
 (see Ludolf Hist, ^thiop. 1. 15), 1 Sam. 
 4, 19 ; so of the hind Job 39. 4. Rarely 
 spoken of those who bow down with the 
 whole person, (comp. Arab.) 2 Chr. 7, 3 
 nsnx o-^BX lyja*] and they bowed tliem- 
 selves their faces to the ground. Hence 
 n^'st b? 5n comprimere feminam Job 
 
 31, 10; comp. tncwrra/e Martial 11.44, 
 inclinare Juvenal 9. 26. 10. 224. 
 
 Hi PH. 1, to make bow down, to cast 
 dtrwn, to prostrate, e. g. enemies Ps. 17, 
 13. 78, 31. 18, 40 and 2 Sam. 22, 40. 
 
 2. to bring low, to afflict any one, 
 Judg. II, 35. Hence 
 
 D^?73 dual fern. (Lev. 11, 21,) tha 
 legs of quadrupeds, both the fore legs 
 and hind legs, from the knee to the an- 
 kle, so called as being bent under in 
 kneeling or lying down; Ex. 12,9. Lev. 
 1, 13. 8, 21. 9, 14, Am. 3, 12; also of 
 locusts Lev. 11, 21. Chald. and Syr. 
 
 r?-;?, Kjsns id. Arab. cll5^ 
 
 C?7 - ^- fi^^ ichite cotton, cotton stuff, 
 
 Esth. 1, 6. Arab. ,j>jJ>S. Pers. ^\jiS, 
 Gr. xuQTiaaog, Lat. carbamis, a species 
 of fine linen, or more prob. cotton, which 
 the classic writers describe as produced 
 in Spain and in India and the East. 
 Sanscr. karpdsa cotton, cotton stuff. See 
 Colsii Hierobot. T. 11. p. 157. 
 
 '^'_^ in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to go 
 or move in a circle, comp. "ina no. 5, and 
 the kindred but softened root bba, also 
 b^a , bsin . Hence "13 pr. a round vessel, 
 i. q. bj, nbs, from bbj ; also '33. 
 
 2. to dance, sc. in a circle, comp. b^in 
 no. 1, (Gr. with a sibilant axai^m,) to 
 leap, to eandt ; whence "3 lamb, from 
 its leaping and springing. Also to run, 
 as a wheel or carriage; whence i3 no. 
 2, camel's litter or riding tent, niisns. 
 Comp. Lat. curro, curncs, carrus, car- 
 rum. Engl. car. 
 
 PiLP. "i3'i3 to dance around, e. g. the 
 ark, 2 Sam. 6, 14. 16; in the parall. 
 passage 1 Chr. 15, 29 is n;3n . 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 
 
 '^_? to bend, to be curved, i. q. kindr. 
 O"]??. Hence 
 
 itJ'^S) the belly, Jer. 51, 34; so called 
 from its curved shape, like Germ. Bauch, 
 from beugen to bend, and Heb. *(ina from 
 r. na, Aram. >JSfat ]jOfS, KQ'^'2'S, i. q. 
 
 '|i^ . Arab. Jliw^ ventricle of ruminat- 
 ing animals, iL^p a big-bellied woman. 
 tD'^is pr. n. see Bin-is. 
 
ILI'D 
 
 492 
 
 ri-i5 
 
 ^r''^'?? Carshena, pr. n. of a prip.ce in 
 the court of Xerxes, Esth. 1 . 14. Bohlen 
 compares mod. Pcrs. ^^^-wn Li belli spo- 
 liatio, or spoiler. Benl'ey suggests Zend 
 keresva, Sanscr. krishna, black. 
 
 *^!]|, 1 pers. ''Vpjs, fut. n-i:"! 1. to 
 cut, to cut off ; not found in the kindred 
 dialects ; comp. Sanscr. kril to split. 
 So to cut off part of a garment 1 Sam. 
 24, 5. 12 ; a branch of a free Num. 13, 23. 
 24 ; the prepuce Ex. 4, 25 ; the head 
 1 Sam. 5, 4. 17, 51 ; to cut down trees 
 Deut. 19, 5. 20, 20. Is. 44, 14. Jer. 10, 3. 
 22, 7. 46, 23, whence n-'syn ^rrp tcood- 
 cutters 2 Chr. 2. 9 ; to cut or hew down 
 idol-images Ex. 34, 13. Judg. 6, 25. 26. 
 30 ; C';'2i:;!3 r~3 to cut in two parts Jer. 
 34, 18. Part. pass. rn-^S Lev. 22. 24 and 
 more fully n=Bd r.!|-3 Deut. 23, 2, pr. 
 cut off as to the privy member. 
 
 2. to cut off persons, to destroy, Jer. 11, 
 19. See Niph. and Hiph. 
 
 3. Spec. r''*i3 n'lS, Gr. oQxia rtfi- 
 Vftv, Tifivitv VTzordus, icere Ja'dus, to 
 strike a league, to make a cocenant, in 
 allusion to the victims offered in sacrifice 
 and cut in pieces on occasion of entering 
 into a covenant; see Gen. 15, 10. Jer. 
 34, 18. 19. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. T. 
 I. lib. 2. cap. 35. Danzii Interpres p. 
 255. Grotius ad Gen. 1. c. Comp. also 
 Gr. anoiSi] libation, league, whence 
 epondere. Constr. c. CS with any one, 
 Ex.24. 8. Deut. 4, 23. 5, 3. 29, 11. 1 K. 
 
 8, 9. 21; or rx (nx) Gen. 15, 18. Ex. 
 34, 27. Deut. 28, 69. Jer. 11, 10. Ps. 105, 
 
 9. al. Mostly of the covenant of Jeho- 
 vah with his people ; but transferred also 
 to other things, as Is. 28. 15 we have 
 made a covenant with death. Job 40, 28 
 [23]. Also 0. dat. commodi Hos. 2, 20. 
 But with h : a) Where the more 
 powerful party prescribes the terms of 
 the covenant. 2 K. 1 1, 4 ; poet. Job 31. 1 
 'psb "D'S n'^'^a / made a covenant with 
 my eyes. i. e. imposed this law upon them, 
 comp. 2 Sam. 5, 3. 1 Chr. 11, 3. Espec. 
 where a victor grants to the vanquished 
 the benefits of peace and a league. Josh. 
 9, 6 ri'in i3^ in'^s nnr make now a 
 league iirithus, v. 7 sq. 1 Sam. 11, 1. 2. 
 Ex. 23, 32. 34, 12. 15. Deut. 7, 2. Hence 
 of Jehovah establishing a covenant with 
 men, 2 Chr. 21, 7. U. 55, 3. 61, 8. Jer. 
 
 32, 40. b) Where any thing is solen.n- 
 ly promised to God, Ezra 10. 3 nmyj 
 ciuij-bs N-'sinb ^trn'^x^ n-i-ia-n-ira'/e^ 
 us now make a covenant with our God to 
 prd away all our wives. Further, n"3 
 hv tT'^a is to make a leag^te against 
 any one Ps. 83, 6. Instead of rT'la 
 we find once ^}'%^. covenant Neh, 10, i 
 [9, 38] ; and once "ir'n word, promise 
 Hagg. 2, 5. But r'^-ia can also be omit- 
 ted, as 1 Sam. 20, 16. 22, 8. 2 Chr. 7, 18. 
 Is. 57, 8 cn72 Ti^T'^^r.T prob. and thou 
 didst covenant fur thyself from them, i. e. 
 to receive from them the price of thy 
 whoredom. Vulg. fcedus pepigisti cum 
 eis, i. e. cum quibusdam ex eis. 
 
 Niph. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to he cut 
 down, as a tree Job 14, 7. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to he cut off, d.e- 
 stroyed, to perish ; spoken of persons, 
 Gen. 9, 11. Ps. 37, 9. Prov. 2, 22. 10, 31. 
 Dan. 9, 26. al. saepe. Also of things, as 
 a land (people) perishing with famine, 
 Gen. 41, 36 ; the name of any one, Ruth 
 4,10; a dwelling Zeph. 3, 7 ; hope Prov, 
 23, 18. 24, 14, comp. nax Job 8, 13 ; with 
 *i^ Joel 1, 5. Jer. 7, 28. iVb^ to he cut off 
 is said of those of whom there remains 
 a perpetual succession ; as Josh. 9, 23 
 nas C2T3 r"]37 xb there shall not he cut 
 off from you a servant, i. e. ye shall be 
 servants for ever. 2 Sam. 3. 29 let there 
 not be cut off from the house of Joab one 
 having an issue or a leper, i. e. let there 
 never be wanting in the house of Joab 
 such a person. 1 K. 2, 4. 8, 25. 9, 5. Jer. 
 
 33. 17. 18. 35, 19. Here too belongs the 
 frequent formula of the Mosaic law : 
 n-^ast: x-^nn xttvn nr-iss that smd 
 (person) shall he cut offfrom his people^ 
 Gen. 17, 14. Lev. 7, 20. 21 ; l-^ara Lev. 
 17,9; CBS, -irs ai;3n Lev. 17. 4. 18,29. 
 
 20. 18. Num. 15, 30; bi<-.C:Q Ex. \2. 15. 
 Num. 19, 13; hrj-^T] r^^vxi Num. 19, 20 ; 
 ^^'y^.''. ri"]?;^ Ex. 12. 19 ; and simpl. 
 vc^'nn ttJErri nrnsj Lev. 17, 14. 20, 17 ; 
 where this phrase denotes the punish- 
 ment o? death in general, without defin- 
 ing the manner, see Ex. 31, 14. 35, 2. 
 Num. 15, 32-36 ; comp. Tob. 6. 12. Heb. 
 10, 28. It is never the punishment of 
 exile, as is supposed by J. D. Michaelis 
 Mob. Recht V. 237. 
 
 3. to he cut offfrom one's city, i. e. to 
 be carried into exile, Zecli. 14, 2. 
 
r^iD 
 
 493 
 
 11133 
 
 i, to be coHsumed, devoitred, as /bod, 
 Num. 11,33. 
 
 5. to be cut ammder, divided, as the 
 waters of the Jordan, Josh. 3. 13. 4, 7. 
 
 Pdal nni Judjf. 6, 28 and n^S Ez. 
 16, 4 ; /o 6 cm/ o/f. as ihe navel-string, 
 Ez. 1. c. to be cut down, as a statue, 
 Judsf. 1. c, 
 
 HiPH. n*>"i3n, 1 pcrs. >n'i=n l. i. q. 
 Kal no. 2, to ctd off, to denlroy ; e. g. 
 single persons from a people ia a'^rjia 
 (comp. in Niph. no. 2) Lev. 17, 10. 20, 
 3. 6, bx-^i:;*^ Is. 9, 13; also whole races 
 and nations Josh. 23, 4. 1 K. 11, 16. 14, 
 14. Is. 10, 7. Ez. 25, 16. al. Here be- 
 long the phrases : "i''pa "pnuJc Tinsni 
 1 K. 14, 10. 21,21 ; "isr ^':^ ixain cti 'an 
 Is. 14, 22, coiup. Jer, 44, 7. 47, 4 ; 13T 'n 
 Ps. 34, 17. 109, 15. Soo too of beasts 
 Ex. 8, 5. Lev. 26, 22. Mic. 5. 9 ; and of 
 things Zecli. 10, 10, as idols Lev. 26. 30. 
 Mic. 5, 12; cities Zech. 9, 10. al. Some- 
 times /row a place Am. 1, 5. 8. See in 
 Niph. no. 2. 
 
 2. to cut o/?, to withdraw, sc, favour, 
 kindness, from any one, c. DT3 1 Sam. 
 20, 15. 
 
 Ho PH. n'nsn to be cut off to perish, 
 c. "(Q Joel 1, 9. 
 
 Deriv. n"i-i3 , Wrr^-iS , and the two fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 fTl^'^3 f. plur. hewed beams, I K. 6, 
 36. 7, 12. R. nn3 . 
 
 "^TO^ m. (r. r'^S) 1. an executioner, 
 see the root in 1 Sam. 5, 4. 17, 51 ; only 
 in the formula Ti^sn^ T";!??! 2 Sam. 8, 
 18. 15, 18. 20, 7. 23.' IK. 1,"38. 44. 1 Chr. 
 18, 16, coll. the executioners and the run- 
 ners or co\iners,ni\.n\QSQ.T^^\i(iAioD^y\(i''s 
 body-guard ((Ttf>/imoq)v),axi<; Jos. Ant. 7. 
 5. 4), whose duty it was both to execute 
 punishment and to convey the king's 
 commands as speedily as possible to his 
 officers; comp. "^S, naa, nnjs. See 
 
 1 K. 2, 25. 34. 36, comp! Dan.*2, 14. In 
 
 2 Sam. 20, 7 they are sent forth on an 
 urgent occasion without the king. 
 Some understand here Cherethites i. e. 
 Philistines ; but it can hardly be sup- 
 posed that David would choose his own 
 life-guard from a people at all times so 
 hostile and odious to the Hebrews. 
 
 2. Cherethite, a gentile name i. q. Phi- 
 iistine, I Sam. 30, 14; plun O'^n'ns Chere- 
 
 '42 
 
 thitet, Philistines, Ez. 25, 16. Zeph. 2, 5. 
 Sept. and Syr. render it Cretans, from 
 which and the psissages Am. 9, 7. Jer. 47, 
 4. Deut. 2. 33. the conjecture would be 
 strong tliat the Philistines sprang from 
 Crete, were it certain that ihES Caph- 
 for signifies the island Crete; see itncs. 
 
 ^^? m. plur. D^abS, by transpos. of 
 letters i. q. b33) q. v. a la*ib, from the 
 first to the third year. Lev. 3, 7. 4, 35. 
 7, 23, Gen. 30, 32. 33. 35. al. 
 
 nSTDS f. by trampos, for n'<233 q. v. a 
 lamb Lev. 5, 6. 
 
 ~*:7 obsol. root, of doubtful signif. 
 
 Arab. JkJiJ^to cut in, JuiJ^gain. Hence 
 
 ^V^ Chesed, pr. n. o( a son of Nahor, 
 the brother of Abraham. Gen. 22, 22. 
 He is perhaps mentioned in order to de- 
 rive from him the origin of the Chal- 
 deans, D"ni03. Comp. "itisens. 
 
 ''niDS only in plur. C^i'S the. Chal- 
 deans, gentile n. Once D'^'^rs Ez. 23,. 
 14 Cheth. 
 
 1. Pr. as the inhabitants of Chaldea or 
 Babylonia ; Ez.23,23 n'^'i'ijS-b^T baa 'sa ,. 
 where baa refers only to the city. Oftea 
 also called baa "^attji. 2 K. 25, 4 sq. Is. 
 43, 14. 48, 14'.'jer.'21 9. 32. 4. 24.25. 
 28. 29. Ez. 23, 14. Hab. 1, 6-11 ; poet.. 
 CTrS na Is. 47, 1. Their country is 
 called n-'^ra ynx the land of the Choi- 
 dees, Cftaldea, often parall. with ^aa,. 
 Jer. 25, 12. 50, 1. 8. 10. Ez. 12. 13. Is. 23, 
 13; and ellipt. n-'nba f (as Lat. Druttii, 
 Samnites, for their district.) Is. 48, 20. 
 Jer. 50, 10. 51, 24, 35 ; with n loc. rTQ^n'ra 
 U7ito Chaldea Ez. 16, 29. 23, 16. ' In a. 
 wider sense the name Chaldea compre- 
 hended also Mesopotamia, which was- 
 inhabited more or less by Chaldeans, 
 Ez. 1, 3. 11, 24; hence D-Tra -i!ix Gen. 
 11, 28 Ur of the Chaldees, a city of upper 
 Mesopotamia. The Chaldeans in their 
 irruptions into Palestine are said to come 
 from the north, (not from the east,)' 
 through Syria by way of Hamath and 
 Riblah, Jer. 1, 14. 4, 6. 6, 1. 39, 5.. 52, 9. 
 Ez. 26, 7 ; but this can be matter of 
 difficulty to no one, since they would^ 
 naturally march around the Arabian' 
 desert, *LiJ| Jujo, nor indeed was; 
 there any other way. Besides the; 
 
lies 
 
 494 
 
 b-vc? 
 
 Chaldeans inhabiting Babylonia, Greek 
 writers mention a people of this name 
 as dwelling among the Carduchian 
 mountains bordering on Armenia ; Xen. 
 Cyr. 3. 1. 24. ib. c. 2. Anab. 4. 3. 4. ib. 
 5. 5. 9. ib. 7. 8. 14 ; and also Chaldeans 
 adjacent to Colchis and Pontns, Strabo 
 12. 3. 19. Nor is the opinion improbable, 
 as held by many, that the primitive seat 
 of this people was in that mountainous 
 region (now occupied by the Kurds) ; 
 and that under the Assyrian sway a por- 
 tion of them migrated into Mesopotamia 
 and Babylonia, of which they afterwards 
 became the masters ; see Is. 23. 13 and 
 the commentators, Vitringa ad Jes. I. p. 
 412 sq. Gesen. art. Chaldaer in Ersch 
 and Gruber's Encyclop. Others main- 
 tain the Semitic origin of the Chaldeans, 
 as imphed in Gen. 22, 22 j so Adelung 
 Mitbridat. 1. p. 314 sq. J. Olsbausen 
 Emend, z. A. T. p. 41 sq. Ciwnp. Coram, 
 on Is. II. p. 748. If the former opinion 
 be adopted, the forms '^'nCS and Xnl- 
 deuog may be easily reconciled. The 
 primary form was not improbably "^'^"j? , 
 
 still preserved in the name t^^ Kienl 
 (plur. o!*5!) ; and from this the He- 
 brews made "^t'? (putting ttJ for "i), 
 and the Greeks Xai8u\o<;. Gol. ad Al- 
 farag. p. 17. Rodlger in Zeitschr. fur 
 die Kunde des Morgenl. III. p. 8. Las- 
 een ib. VI. p. 49, 50. Syr. V^f"^. 
 
 2. Meton. Chaldeans, for astrologers, 
 magicians, this nation being particularly 
 devoted to astrology, Dan. 2, 2. 4. So 
 also in profane writers, Strabo 16. 1. 6. 
 Arrian. Exp. Alex. 7. 16. Ammian. 23v 
 6. Juv. Sat. 6. 553. Comp. Comment. 
 on Is. II. p. 349 sq. 
 
 "'"^toS Chald. m. emph. !^!<^*^?, plur. 
 -^'^s'H'r? emph. s<;:Tr3. 
 
 1. a Chaldean, Dan. 3, 8. 
 
 2. an astrologer, magician, Dan. 2, 5. 
 10. 4, 4. 5, 7. 11. See Heb. no. 2. 
 
 * rnrS prob. i. q. noa to cover; spec. 
 to he covered with fat, to grow fat, comp. 
 Job 15, 27 ia^na rss ns3 . Once Dent. 
 32, 15 of Israel, as likened to a bollock : 
 n^iys r-^'l'S psrl^ thou art waxen fat, 
 thmi art grown thick, thou art covered 
 with fatness. We may compare Arab. 
 
 ^^jmS to be stuffed with (bod, Camoos 
 p. 31 ; though here is a vajfQov 7X()6rf^or. 
 
 biffiS m. an axe, as a felling instru- 
 ment, Ps. 74, 6. See r. brs Hiph. 
 Chald. id. Jer. 46, 22 Targ. 
 
 * ^ '^l fut. ^i'r=7 Prov. 4, 16 Chetli- 
 Elsewhere fot, Niph. is used. 
 
 1. to be or become weak, feeble, to fail, 
 Ps. 31, 11 ; see Niph. Sept. often ua&t- 
 TSb), also uSvrajim, xoTtiua. Corresp, 
 
 is Heb. ^'i'n, Arab. Jujo to be weak,^ 
 
 feeble, sluggish, pr. wealf in the loins, 
 from bpS loin. It is one of a class of 
 verbs derived from the namesof members 
 of the body and signifying an injury or 
 weakness of those members ; e. g. J'j 
 to be weak in the ankles, to waddle, 
 
 from bb'^^5 airkle ; Jcy and Juj to have 
 
 the liver affected, from Jl liver. Kin- 
 dred is bc3. ^ 
 
 2. to faint, to falter, to toiler, as being 
 ready to fall j e. g. the knees Ps. 109, 24. 
 Is. 35, 3. Oflener of persons w^ho faint 
 and falter from weakness, e. g. as arising 
 from weariness and exhaustion, Is. 5, 27. 
 40, 30. Ps^. 105. 37. Lam. 5, 13 c-'-iss 
 ^*3ir3 yys the youth faltered under the 
 wood sc. which they had to carry; or as 
 arising from wounds, followed by bB3y 
 Jer. 46, 16. 50, 32. Is. 31, 3. Ps. 27, 2. 
 iTHK }i'-_'3 to falter backwards Is. 28, 13. 
 Trop. of one who falters in mind, is dis- 
 heartened, Wis Job 4. 4 ; of a city of 
 state tottering and faffing Is. 3, 8. Hos, 
 14, 2. Hence also 
 
 3. to stumble, as accompanying a fliint 
 and faltering g-ait. Is. 59, 10 we slzimble 
 (tjbirs) at noonday as in the night, v. 14. 
 With 3 o'C that upon or against which 
 one stumbles, Is. 8, 15. Lev. 2, 37. Jer- 
 6, 21. 46, 12. 
 
 Niph. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to be weak ; 
 Part. b033 weak I Sam. 2. 4. Zech. 12, S. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to faint, to falter, 
 Dan. 11, 19, with bfij . Also to falter so 
 as to fall, Dan. 11, 14. Prov. 24, 16. 17. 
 Ps. 9, 4, with nss . Ez. 33, 12 where it 
 is nearly i. q. T3S . Ofa state Hoe. 5, 5. 
 
 3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to stJinible, Prov. 4, 
 12. Is. 63, 13. Jer. 20, II. Hose 14, 10. 
 Nah. 2, 6 ; c. 3 Nah. 3, 2. Piror. 4, 19. 
 
bwD 
 
 495 
 
 ans 
 
 PiEL to make falter Ez. 3G, 14 Chelli. 
 but the Keri is to be preferred, ^^S'^sn 
 thou shall bereave^ comp. v. 13. So too 
 in V. 15 ; see de Rossi Schol. crit. ad h. I. 
 
 HiPH. I. to cause to fail, Lam. 1, 14. 
 
 2. to cause to fall, to fell, {comp. h^vii), 
 to destroy, 2 Chr. 25, 8. 28, 23. Ps. 64. 9. 
 Metaph. to seduce into sin, Jer. 18, 15. 
 Mai. 2, 8. 
 
 HoPH. to he marie to stumble and fall, 
 to be overthrovm, Jer. 18, 23. 
 
 Deriv. b"isa, bicJao, nbosia, and 
 
 liblDS m. afall, ruin, Prov. 16, 18. 
 
 * H*?5 in Kal "ot used. Syr. Ethpa. 
 - ^ -"^1 to pray, to offer prayers or wor- 
 ship, e. g. Acts 4, 31. 13. 2, for Gr. lii- 
 TovQ/ilv; Phil. 1, 4 for Gr. ditiviv noifiv. 
 Like many other Syriac words pertain- 
 ing to religious rites (as bra, Q''^T53, 
 tao , cop , q. V.) this word also in the 
 Hob. language is limited to idol-worship; 
 whence 
 
 PtEL Cl^3 to practise magic, pr. to use 
 magic formulas, incantations, to mut- 
 ter, 2 Chr. 33, 6. Part. ri'20 a magi- 
 cian, sorcerer, Ex. 7, 11. Deut. 18, 10. 
 Dan. 2, 2. Mai. 3, 5. Fem. "2^*=^ Ex. 
 22, 17. Sept. (faQfiaxoi, (puQfiax(VKT&ui, 
 Vulg. maleficus, malefcis arlibus inser- 
 vire. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. 71i2J3it, and the two fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 5)1D3 only in plur. C'BCB incantations, 
 sorceries. 2 K. 9. 22. Mic.5, 11. Nah. 3, 
 4. Is. 47, 12. R. qias. 
 
 JltSS a magician, sorcerer, Jer. 27, 9. 
 R. r.'rs. 
 
 * "''*?3 fut. -ids-n 1. to he right, like 
 the kindred roots "T^i<, "I'^V Constr. c. 
 'SBb, Esth. 8, 5 7(513" 'le^ "12"^" "iT2=n 
 and if the thing he right before tlie king, 
 i. e. if it be approved by, if it please, the 
 king. Chald. id. 
 
 2. to prosper, to succeed; and hence 
 of seed, to sproiU, Ecc. 11, 6. Syr. id. 
 HiPH. to make prosper, Ecc. 10, 10. 
 Deriv. I'iiyiB, nn"ii-3, and 
 
 JTITDS m. Syr. jj-*^ ! success, pros- 
 perity. Ecc. 2, 21. 4. 4. See nnr-B . 
 2. profit, advantage, Ecc. 5, 10. 
 
 * inr^S fiit. r'a=':', "^n^?, 'o write, 
 Arab. Chald. Syr. Saraar. id. Ethiop. 
 
 5l'i''n letter, book. The primary idea 
 iri to cut in, to grace, comp. "z^n , rsn ; 
 since the earliest writing was prol)ably 
 graven on stones. 
 
 1. Genr. to write. Ezra 4, 7 ain3 
 Pi'^pnx written with Aranuean letters. 
 Construed : a) With an ace. of that 
 which is written ; as words, discourse. 
 Num. 5, 23. Deut. 10, 2. 17, 18. 31, 24. 
 Jer. 45, 1. Also '>tO 3r to write a 
 book or record Ex. 32, 32 ; a letter 2 
 Sam. 11, 14 ; a book or writing of accu- 
 sation Job 31, 35, which in Ezra 4, 6 is 
 by nz'Sv srs . Further, nba '3 to write 
 a roll, volume, Jer. 36, 27 ; though this 
 may also be referred to lett. b. b) The 
 material or book upon or in which one 
 writes, is often put after bs, as bs 'a 
 ninfen Ex. 34, 1 ; icD b? '3 Josh. 10, 13. 
 
 1 Chr. 29, 29 now the acts of David the 
 
 king bitiiscj ^ns'n bs o-'anrs osn lo, 
 
 they are wn'tten in the book entitled the 
 Acts of Samuel. 2 Chr. 9, 29. Deut. 6, 9. 
 Josh. 8. 32. Is. 8, 1 ; trop. rb b? =r3 to 
 write upon the heart Jer. 31, 33. Also 
 after bx Jer. 36, 2. Ez. 2, 10 ; a Josh. 
 23. 6. Neh. 7, 5. 8, 14. 13, 1. So too 
 with an accus. to inscribe, q. d. to be- 
 write any thing, to cover with writing ; 
 as part. pass. Ez. 2. 10 c-:b rtn'\rz) x-^ni 
 linxT and it was written on before and 
 behind. Ex. .32, 15 'iir'a ni^irs ninb 
 C'l"'"]?? tables written upon both sides. 
 31, 18. Deut. 9, 10. Here belongs Is. 
 44, 5 ni|n*ib in^ -Pir"? ^ inscribes his 
 hand: I am Jehovah's, i. e. he writes 
 this upon his hand, (Sept. eTtiyQaifjii /iiqI 
 avTov' Tot' &fov fifii,) in allusion to the 
 ancient custom by which servants bore 
 the names of their masters, soldiers 
 those of their generals, idolaters those 
 of their idols, cut or burnt in upon the 
 forehead, hand, wrist ; see Rev. 13, 16. 
 Spencer de Legib. Heb. ritual. 135. 1, 
 note 3. Others : he writes with his hand, 
 etc. c) The instrument, stylus, is put 
 with a Is. 8, 1. Ex. 31, 18. For Is. 44, 
 5, see in lett. b. d) He to or for whom 
 one writes is put with bs, bsj, b ; as 'a 
 bx -io to write a letter to any one 2 
 Sam.'^ 11, 14. 2 K. 10, 6; bs ibo 'a id. 
 
 2 Chr. 30, 1. Ezra 4. 7 ; but iq 'a 
 b r^ri-12 to ^crite a hill of divorce for a 
 wife Deut. 24, 1. 3. So to write any 
 
nms 
 
 496 
 
 "hS 
 
 thing for oneself, i. e. to write down, to 
 note any thing, is put with b of pers. 
 Jer. 30, 2. Deut. 31, 19 ; bit Judg. 8, 14 
 he wrote down for him the princes of 
 Succoth. e) To write of or concerning- 
 any one is bx 2n3 Jer. 51, 60 fin. or 2n3 
 ""b? Ps. 40, 8 ; so Sept. and others, but 
 see in no. 6 below. Also^r any one, in 
 his behalf or for his benefit, bs sns 
 Esth. 8, 8. Spec. 
 
 2. to write, i. e. to write down, to com- 
 Tnit to writing, Num. 33, 2. Judg. 8, 14 ; 
 e. g. acts, deeds, 1 K. 11, 41 and the 
 rest of the acts of Solomon ...lo, they are 
 written in the hook of the Acts of Solo- 
 mon. 
 
 3. to write np, to inscribe in a regis- 
 ter, e. g. men, inhabitants, soldiers ; Ps. 
 '87, 6 Jehonah count eth, when he writeth 
 up the people, when he enrols them. Is. 
 4, 3 B"''!'nb snrsri'bs every one who is 
 inscribed unto life, i. e. in the book of 
 life, the register of those predestined to 
 live. Jer. 22. 30 ; comp. Is. 10, 19. Part, 
 pass. d'^SJirs the inscribed, enrolled, 
 Num. 11, 2a 
 
 4. to write aboict, to describe, e. g. a 
 land Josh. 18, 4. 6. 8. 
 
 5. to write or record a sentence, edict, 
 i. q. to decree, Is. 65. 6 ; with bs against 
 
 y^ji. q. ivXsk. 
 
 jU- 
 
 Job 13, 26. Arab. v*U3 i. q. 
 
 dicial sentence, Kor. 4. 104. 
 
 6. to write or record a law, i. q. to 
 prescribe; with by, 2 K. 22, 13 biS 
 W'^bs -^r3rt according to all that is pre- 
 scribed unto Tis. Ps. 40, 8 lo, I come with 
 the volume of the book ^bs s^P3 prescrib- 
 ed unto me ; where Sept. and others : 
 iv xfq)aXidi (ii^Xiov yiyQnmat Tif^l iftoii 
 in the volume of the book it is written of 
 me, see above in no. 1. e. Also with bit 
 Esth. 9, 23 ; b 2 K. 17, 37. Prov. 22, 20' 
 
 7. to subscribe, ittDS 'd Jer. 32, 12. 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to he 
 
 written Esth. 3. 12. 8. 5. 8. 9. al. With 
 3 of the book in which, etc. Esth. 1, 19. 
 2. 23. 9. 32 ; trop. f'-txa rn:3 to be writ- 
 ten in the dust. i. e. given over to obli- 
 vion, Jer. 17, 13. With by id. Ps. 139, 
 16 ; b/(/r any one Ps. 102. 19. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be written 
 down, committed to writing. Job 19, 23. 
 
 3. Pass, of Kal no. 3, to be inscribed, 
 enrolled, Ps. 69, 29. 
 
 PiEL to write a sentence, edict, to 
 decree, i. q. Kal no. 5, Is. 10, 1. 
 Deriv. 3n3, nshs, SPIM. 
 
 SI] 3 Chald. fat. -n:^, to write, Dan. 
 
 5, 5; with ace. as a letter Ezra 4, 8; 
 with b of pers. to whom Dan. 6, 26 ; 3 
 of the book in which Ezra 5, 7. 6, 2. 
 Also to write down, to commit to writ- 
 ing, Dan. 7, 1. 
 
 2^13 m. (Kamets imptire) a word of 
 the later Hebrew for the earlier ISO. 
 R. ars . 
 
 1. writing, a writing, 1 Chr. 28, 19. 
 2 Chr. 2. 10 ansa nnnn "nait'i and Hu- 
 ram said in writing, by letter. So of 
 the kind of writing, the form of the let- 
 ters, Ezra 4. 7. Esth. 1, 22. 3, 12. 8, 9. 
 
 2. a prescript, precept, sc. as written, 
 2 Chr. 35, 4. 
 
 3. a document, book; e. g. an edict, 
 decree, Esth. 3, 14. 8, 8. 13 ; fully r'nn '3 
 Esth. 4, 8; a register of names Ez. 13, 
 9. Ezra 2, 62. Neh. 7, 64 ; a book, 2n3 
 P^X tlie book of truth, in which Grod's 
 decrees are written, Dan. 10, 21. Syr. 
 
 I^is, Arab. '^\ji^, Ethiop. ?l"fl a 
 book. 
 
 3f^3 Chald. m. 1. writing, a writing, 
 something written, e. g. an inscription 
 Dan. 5, 8. 15. 16. 24. 25. 
 
 2. a prescript, precept, Ezra 6, 18. 7, 
 22 2n3 Stb ''n without presciiption, at will. 
 
 3. a document, edict, Dan. 6, 9. 10. 11. 
 
 nnrO f. a writing, mark, Lev. 19, 28. 
 R. 3n3. 
 
 D'ri3 and n'>t'ri3 Jer. 2, 10. Ez. 27, 
 
 6. Is. 23, 12 Cheth. a gentile n. plur. 
 Kittim. Chittim, Lat. Chittm, viz. 
 
 1. Citienses, Cyprians, i. e. inhabitants 
 of the ancient Citium, Khiov, Khuor, 
 Kr,iior, now Chieti or Chitti, a city of 
 Cyprus founded by the Phenicians ; as is 
 shown by the thirty-three antique mar- 
 bles with inscriptions in the Phenician 
 
 character dug out oi" the ruins by R. 
 
 Pococke, and first published by him ;' 
 and also published and explained in the 
 author's Monumm. Phcenic. p. 124-153 
 The sing. "'PiS docs not occur in the O. T. 
 but is found in a bilingual inscription at 
 Athens ; where the pr. n. of a man of Citi- 
 um buried at Athens is written in Greek 
 
^ns 
 
 497 
 
 'tt^ 
 
 Tfovfit,vios Knttvi, and in Pljcnic. letters 
 Tis jx . . . ttJin p, i. e. ''na d-'x . . . tinh-)^ 
 Den-Hodenh (son of tlie new moon) .... 
 a man of Citium ; see Boeckli Corp. 
 Inscr. Groec. I. p. 523. Among the He- 
 brews the name OTIS Chittim seems to 
 have comprised nil the. Cyprians, Gen. 
 10, 4. Is. 23, 12; DTiS ynx i. e. Cypjvis 
 b. 23, 1 ; '3 '* the coa.i(s of Cypnis Ez. 
 27, 6. Comp. Epiphan. in note below. 
 So in Gr. KiTtuloi, Menand. ap. Jos. Ant. 
 9. 14. 2. Studer conjectures that "'ns 
 is for ^Fin HiUile, and that Citium was 
 a colony of this Canaanitieh people ; 
 B. der Richterp. 44. This is supported 
 also by Inscr. Citiens. no. 33; see in 
 Monumm. Phcenic. p. 152, 153. 
 
 2. In a wider acceptation this name 
 comprehended the islands and coasts of 
 the Mediterranean sea, especially the 
 northern parts, and therefore stands for 
 the islands and coasts of Greece and even 
 Italy, (in the same manner as C^X, 
 which also has a wider sense.) Num. 24, 
 
 24. Jer. 2, 10. Dan. 11, 30 cnS D'^'^S 
 ships of Chittim. i. e. Roman ships, Sept. 
 'Fwfioloi, comp. Polyb. 29. 11. App. Syr. 
 66. In the like sense also Perseus is 
 called KiTiiimv /^ixadsvg 1 Mace. 8, 5, 
 and Alexander the Great is said to have 
 come x Ti}g yr^g Xniuifi ib. 1, 1. 
 
 Note. The truth in regard to this 
 twofold signification is thus expressed 
 by Josephus, Ant. 1. 6. 1, Xid^tftog Si Xs- 
 &ilj.a rijv vijiTov eir/fv KvJiQog uvti] rvy 
 xakiiTiu. xal u:i avTi^q vi](jol ts nuaut xal 
 T TvXiiui Toi' nnQu &ulu(TfTav Xtd^tfj, tmb 
 'jEi^Qultov oitjAa^fiui. puQTvg di fiov tov 
 Xoyov pi't ibiv iv KvnQoj noXioiv hjxmaaa 
 TTjV TtQOiTTjyoQiuv (fvXu^ui. Kir tog yuQ 
 vn'o Tbiiv f^fXXrjriiTcx^'Taiv avTriv xaXuxui. 
 Also by Epiphanius. bishop of Cyprus, a 
 native of Palestine and acquainted with 
 Hebrew learning, e. g. adv. Hier. 30. 
 
 25, niivil 8k dijXuv i(tti, ort Klitov 7j 
 KvTifjiar vijaog xuXflrni Kiitoi yitg Kv- 
 TZQtoi xul'Fodioi. Hence it appears that 
 some included Rhotles as well as Cyprus 
 
 ^under this name. The Syro-Arabic 
 lexicographers mostly understand (rreece, 
 80 Bar-Bahlul ; Jerome and many of the 
 Heb. intpp. Italy, and so Bochart Pha- 
 leg p. 157. Vitringa ad Jes. 23, 1. But 
 the name doubtless included both coun- 
 tries. See Thesaur. p. 726. 
 
 48* 
 
 f^T'3 m. (r. Pn) beaten; hetm$ 
 n-irs -j^^d beaten oil, Ex. 27, 20. 29, 40. 
 Lev.'24| 2. Num. 28, 5. 1 K. 5, 25 ; i. e. 
 according to the Heb. intpp. such as 
 flowed from the olives when merely 
 pounded in a mortar and not put into a 
 press ; hence, tiie purest and finest oil. 
 Celsii Hierob. II. p. 349 sq. 
 
 ^^7 obsol. root, Arab. JjO in unum 
 
 coeg-it; also to enclose; nJjS a com- 
 pact mass, etc. Hence 
 
 ^riS m. a wall, c. suff. !l5bn3 Cant. 2, 9. 
 
 ^ri3 Chald. id. Dan. 5, 5 ; plur. K'bns 
 Ezra 5, 8. Comp. naa plur. i<J"^2r'. 
 
 ^bns (prob. for ui-'X brs a man's 
 wall) Kithlish, pr. n. of a town in the 
 tribe of Judah. Josh. 15, 40. 
 
 nnZl in Kal not used ; the various 
 significations may be thus brought to- 
 gether : 
 
 1. i. q. Si^3, 3^H, 2sn, to cut stones, 
 peril, to cut out or dig ore ; hence DPS) 
 gold. 
 
 2. to cut in letters, to grave, to write, 
 see Niph. and Dns'O. Kindr. is Syr. 
 )cLs to make scars, to mark ; also to 
 spot, to soil. 
 
 Niph. to be written. Jer. 2, 22 for 
 though thou wash thee with nitre, and 
 take thee much soap, yet thine iniquity 
 is written before me; Kimchi DO"i3. 
 But Sept. Kixr,XiSmaaL, Vulg. maculata 
 eris, after the Syriac usage. 
 
 Deriv. cns, cns^. 
 
 Qf?! m. (r. cr3) a poetic word, gold, 
 Prov. 25, 12. Job 31, 24; i'^bix 's gold 
 of Ophir Is. 13. 12. Job 28, 16. Ps. 45, 
 10 ; TE^x 's id. Dan. 10, 5; also Lam. 4, 
 1. Job 28, 19. Cant. 5, 11. 
 
 "^S obsol. root, Eth. ^J?i to cover, 
 to hide, 'VHX^i to clothe oneself 5lJfl 
 tunic. Hence 
 
 ribs f only absol. Gen. 37, 31. Ex. 
 29, 5. Lev. 8, 7 ; also flSriS mostly as 
 constr. rarely absol. Ex. 28, 39, c. suff. 
 n:n3 Gen. 37, 23; comp. Gr. ^t/twi', 
 Engl, coat ; pr. a tunic, i. e. the inner 
 garment next the skin Lev. 16, 4 ; worn 
 also by females Cant. 5, 3. 2 Sam. 13, 
 
J^ns 
 
 498 
 
 f#ib 
 
 18 ; and espec. by the priests and Le- 
 vites Ex. 28. 4. 29, 5. Neh. 7, 70. 72 ; 
 commonly with sleeves, and reaching to 
 the knees, rarely to the ankles ; see CBB . 
 Plnr. n-jrs Ex. 28, 40. 29, 8. 40, 14, also 
 nisrs Ex. 39, 27; constr. ni:r3 Gen. 3,21; 
 c. suff. cri:r,3 Lev. 10, 5. The etymo- 
 logy is doubtful ; Chald. "(PS . ',r3 , )r\''^ , 
 
 Syr. p2o, Arab. ^jU5, ^j-o, ^^^y^ is 
 
 s " > s ' > 
 ^a:r, Zien ; comp. j^^^JaJ' , ^iaj' , col- 
 ton, cotton cloth ; and the garment might 
 be so named from the material; see 
 Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 2. To the same effect 
 Bohlen compares Sanscr. katam some- 
 thing woven, linen. But it is easier to 
 derive r?.ri3 from the idea of covering, 
 clothing; see r. "(HS. 
 
 * ~ri3 f. constr. Cir3 ; dual c. suff. 
 rsrs Ex. 28, 22; plur. m'ErS, constr. 
 nisirs. 
 
 1. the shoulder, strictly so called, dif- 
 ferent from n^U, where see. Chald. 
 
 s ^ 
 
 tins, Syr. ]!slL, Arab. vio', &aXS", id. 
 
 whence is derived the denom. verb 
 cv_aJo to wound in the shoulder, etc. 
 Burdens are said to be borne 7(pon the 
 .shoulder, qnS bs Is. 46, 7. Ez. 12, 6, 
 jrinrs Num. 7, 9 ; also infants Is. 49, 22 ; 
 so of animals. Is. 30, 6. Hence metaph. 
 Neh. 9, 29 n-inio C]r3 isn-^l and showed 
 a rebellious shoulder, refused to bear the 
 appointed burden, i. e. they refused to 
 obey, comp. Zech. 7, 11. T'ErS 'r? be- 
 tween his shoidders, i. e. upon his back, 
 1 Sam. 17, 6. 
 
 2. Trop. of things, the border, side, 
 e.g. of a building IK. 6,8. 7,39; of the 
 sea Num. 34, 11 ; of a city or country 
 Josh. 15, 8. 10. 11. 18, 12 sq. Hence 
 poet. Deut. 33, 12 (Benjamin) shall dwell 
 between his shoidders sc. Jehovah's, i. e. 
 between the sacred mountains, Zion and 
 Moriah. Is. 11. 14 (the enemies) Jly upon 
 the shoulder of the Philistines, i. e. rush 
 upon their borders, the figure being 
 taken from birds of prey. 
 
 Plur. riBrS, constr. niErs 1. shoul- 
 der-pieces of the high-priest's ephod, 
 TiBK, Ex. 28, 7. 12. 39, 4. 7. 18. 20. See 
 Braun de vest. Sacerd. p. 467. 
 
 2, sides of a gate, i. e. spaces on each 
 4Bide of a gate, Ez. 41, 2. 26. 
 
 3. shoidders of an axle, 1 K. 7, 30 ; 
 also V. 34 ^''E^^Sj as if from the dual. 
 
 'v? in Kal not used, pr. to sur- 
 round. Kindr. are "iU? , "i:i^ , -iT5 ; "isn , 
 inn, ins. 
 
 PiEL 1. to surround, in a hostile sense, 
 c. ace. Judg. 20, 43. Ps. 22, 13. 
 
 2. to wait, as in Syriac and Chald. 
 Job 36. 2 ; prob. from the idea of going 
 round and round, comp. b^r> no. 6, and 
 bnv 
 
 HiPH. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1 ; in a hostile 
 sense, to circumvent, Hab. 1,4; but also 
 in a good sense, c. 3 Ps. 142, 8. 
 
 2. Intrans. i. q. to crown oneself with 
 any thing, to be crowned, see "irS . Prov. 
 14, 18 rsn i"i''Pi=^ C'^i"'? the prudent 
 are crowned with insight. 
 
 Deriv. nnns, and 
 
 "iri^ m. diadem, crown, of the Persian 
 king Esth. 6, 8 ; of the queen Esth. 1, 11. 
 2, 17. Gr. xliaQig, xidixQig, comp. duint. 
 Curt. 3. 3. 
 
 tTlinS plur. niirb , f. capital, chapiter 
 of a column, made of brass, sometimes 
 in the form of lilies 1 K. 7, 19 ; and some- 
 times with pomegranates or the like, 
 2 K. 25, 17 ; so 1 K. 7, 16-20. 2 Chr. 4, 
 12. R. ins. 
 
 *^^? fut. UiFiS';' to pound in a mor- 
 tar, to bray, to mash, kindr. nrS ; Prov. 
 27, 22. Chald. ttJrS to pound,' also to 
 smite, to war. 
 
 Deriv. Hi Or'? a mortar. , 
 
 *T\'r^ fut. nb-; Deut. 9,21; imper. 
 plur. 1F13. 
 
 1. to beat, to hammer, to forge, Joel 4, 
 10. Comp. ^Mafio, percM^j'o ; kindr. TIB 
 
 to beat. Lat. cudo, Arab. Jo to pound 
 in a mortar. 
 
 2. to heat in pieces, to break, e. g. a 
 vessel Is. 30, 14; the golden calf Deut. 
 9, 21. Part. pass, nirs crushed, i. e. 
 emasculated by crushing or bruising the 
 testicles, Lev. 22, 24. 
 
 3. to beat down, to rout an enemy, Ps. 
 89, 24. 
 
 PiEL nns 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, Mic. 4, 3. 
 Is. 2, 4. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, 2 K. 18, 4. 2 Chr. 
 34,7. 
 
nns 
 
 499 
 
 3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to smite a land, i. e. 
 to lay it waste, Zech. 11, 6. 
 
 PcAL pass, to be dashed upon any 
 thing ; 2 Chr. 15. 6 tfiey daxh themselves 
 nation upon nation, and city upon city, 
 spoken of civil discord and war. 
 
 HiPH. fut. W3^, to smite an enemy, 
 
 i. q. Kal no. 3 ; c. arc. Num. 14, 45. Deat 
 1,44. 
 
 HoPH. fut. M^, plur. IPS'', to be beaten 
 in pieces, broken, e. g. of a gate, Is. 24, 
 12; idol images, Mic. 1,7; metaph. of 
 persons, Job 4, 20. Jer. 4G, 5. 
 
 Deriv. nT^is, iinsia, pr. n. n-^ns. 
 
 Lamed, the twelfth letter of the He- 
 brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 30. 
 The name, ^^^b , signifies the same as 
 ^itJ^Ta ox-goad, in allusion to the figure 
 of this letter in the Phenician alphabet. 
 
 It is interchanged : 1. With the other 
 consonants of the class of liquids or semi- 
 vowels, of which it is the softest; e. g. 
 a) With 3 . as ynh and ^^nj to urge ; 
 nn: Chald. '^-h , XjY' sheath ; nS'SJ 
 and nsaib cell, chamber ; "ina Syr. '^j 
 to give ; in all which examples a seems 
 to be the primitive form. Vice versa, 
 
 yaAnjptoy, Chald. *f "inJtSB ; ass, *jLo 
 image, etc. where 3 seems to come from 
 i ; comp. Dor. tjV&ov, ^iviiarog, for tjk&oi', 
 /Ss'Atktto?, also the multitude of examples 
 from the Arabic collected by Ev. Scheid 
 in Diss. Lugdd. p. 953. b) With n, 
 mostly so that "i as the harder letter 
 is softened into b, espec. in the later 
 books and dialects, e. g. rrntuntB chain, 
 Chald. and Arab. n^5^ , iULlJLwM, and 
 even JLLwyJLw ; t^'^3'3'^5< palaces, with a 
 softer pronunciation riiaclsx Is. 13, 22 ; 
 
 n^X and !!bx Chald. lo .' 2-1)5 ^^^JLs 
 midst ; comp. Xflgiov, liliiim. Yet else- 
 where the b sometimes appears to have 
 gone over into the harder i, e. g. "ij'cbs , 
 
 xLoy, lillioM' widow; o^sbn Chald. 
 
 KStin loins ; nin^a Job 38, 32 for niba 
 
 2 K. 23, 5 ; pr. n. nDStj Arab. iX^ya ; 
 
 Wnbx Sam. ninnx divinity ; see also 
 
 the paronomasia in Tii'^sb and 533") Mic. 
 
 1, 13. c) Rarely with 73, as nbaba 
 
 - o > 
 Arab. X|-<^ t*^ skull. 
 
 2. Sometimes with *i , as bTS , Chald. 
 
 bTX and ITX , to go away, to depart, q. . 
 
 comp. the kindr. dl'n and taib ; THS , bnS ; 
 
 nsn, b5"i ; pr. n. bxais, mod. Juvl 
 -t' -t ' X- !:-! ^ ^y* 
 
 Irbid. see p. 129. Comp. also 'Odvaatvi 
 Ulysses ; duxfjvov, lacryma ; odor and 
 oleo; duTif} Lat. levir ; mediiis, Fr. m,i- 
 lieu, etc. 
 
 duadriliterals are occasionally formed 
 from triliterals by means of b, viz. a) 
 By inserting b after the first radical, as 
 m"I ! P?bT to glow, b) By annexing b 
 at the end, by which form perhaps the 
 Semitic languages may have designat- 
 ed diminutives, like the Greek, Latin, 
 and German ; comp. Matth. Gr. Gram. 
 102. Ramshorn Lat. Gram. p. 236, 257. 
 Grimm's Deutsche Gramm. III. p. 665. 
 Thus bjnn to hop, to gallop. Germ, 
 huppeln ; bT:n3 garden, bbi;? ankle, 
 Germ. Kndche/, knuckle ; biPza calix 
 of a flower, etc. 
 
 r, and before monosyllables and ba- 
 rytone dissyll. ^ (as nib, nsjb, Lehrg. 
 p. 628) ; yo} see in its order ; c. suff. "^b ; 
 T^b , nzh , in pause and fem. ~b ; ib f! nb ; 
 !i3b ; t:=b f. n3=b ; cnb , nsnb'jer. 14, 16, 
 poet, iab, f ',rfs ; Arab. J, Eihiop. A, 
 
 Syr. ^ ; a prefix preposition, abbrevi- 
 ated from bx, with Avhich it is in a great 
 measure synonymous ; but with this 
 distinction, that bx is more usual in the 
 proper and physical signification, while 
 b is more commonly employed in a tro- 
 pical and metaphysical sense. 
 
 A) Pr. as denoting motion, or at leart 
 direction towards any thing, a turning to 
 or towards any object. 
 
 1. to, towards, unto, Gr. flc, espec. af- 
 ter verbs of going, where it differs from 
 
b 
 
 600 
 
 ^X in that ^X is put before the person to 
 whom one goes, and b before the place; 
 so bx ~^n and b T\^^, see in T(bi"i no. 1. 
 p. 253 ; Sia c. hsA oV pers. Gen/s?, 23. 
 Judg. 3, 20, c. b of place 1 Sam. 9, 12. 
 2 Chr. 28, 9 ; 2-ri c. bx of pers. and h of 
 place Ruth 1, 8; and so after 1^!^, S"!!!^ 
 Job 33, 22, C^3 1 Sam. 4, 10. Also to be 
 led to, as nrab Is. 53, 7 ; -.2|5b Job 10, 19 ; 
 Ez. 5, 10 to scatter to all the winds, "bsb 
 rm-i . Job 12, 22. Mic. 7, 9. Also b xnp 
 to call to any one, see in S<"i|^ . Put also 
 before particles of place to intimate 
 direction, like Engl, -ward, -wards, as 
 linxb backwards, nbs'ab upwards, f^t3':b 
 downwards, etc. So in phrases like the 
 following : Ps. 99, 5 rbsn chnb ^inntl^n 
 worship towards his footstool i. e. turning 
 towards it. Is. 51, 6 C3'^3"'2J C';i5:^-b ^xir 
 Z?7? wp your eyes towards the heavens. 
 Trop. of a turning or direction of the 
 mind to, towards, upon any person or 
 thing ; e. g. b nsn , b njip to look to, to 
 wait for; b rriU, b "fTxri, to listen to; 
 h i!rS3 nrbs Ps. 84. 3 ; S linx to lie in 
 wait for any one. Opp. is "i^? , see Gen. 
 9, 10. So 1?1 b Neh. 3, 15. Some- 
 times b differs little from 13 mito. even 
 unto; e, g. i^^nib unto fullness, satiety, 
 Ez. 39, 19 ; Cnicb even unto their death 
 Ps. 73, 4; b j'^a see in '"'S no. 1. 
 
 2. into, ilc, spoken of a passing into 
 another state or condition, e. g. to make 
 or change to or into any thing. Gen. 2, 22 
 nirxb . . . rbsn-rs c^n'bx i^ -,3^1 a7id the 
 Lord God made the rib ...into a woman. 
 2 Sam. 5, 3. Job 17, 12. Hence b r,En 
 to change into ; b 'T}i , b nirs , b c^ib , to 
 make or /j/acc a person or thing into or 
 for any thing ; b rr^n <o be for any thing, 
 to become any thing, see in M^H no. 2. 
 , /5. So by hyperb. for ' to become as 
 any thing,' 1 Sam. 25, 37 laNb n^n s!inn 
 anrf he became as a /one. With H^rt 
 impl. Job 13, 12. Lam. 4, 3. Is. 1. 5 '^ 
 ">bnb ffii<"i the whole head is /or sickness, 
 is sick-, comp. 2 Chr. 21, 18. Job 30, 3L 
 So CJicb rns to cut into two parts, Jer. 
 34, 18 ; corap. Lev. 8, 20. 
 
 3. It serves to mark tlie d<itive, like 
 Engl, to and Fr. d prefixed to nouns, 
 where the Greek, Latin, and German 
 employ the dative case. Thus 
 
 a) After verbs of giving, b '\T\'i, b tsiiu 
 Ex. 4, 11 ; of rewarding, retributing, 
 
 b baa, b i'^tjn ; of bringing, b s<"<=n 
 Gen. 27, 31 ; of forgiving, b N'bj ; of 
 giving over, leaving, b 21S Ps. 16, 10, 
 b n"'?n Ecc. 2, 18 ; of consulting, b Yt^, 
 etc. So too "ja ib nib^ she bare to him 
 a son Gen. 24, 36 ; b rrina rna to make 
 (grant) a covenant to any one, see in 
 n'la no. 3. a. Of a person to whom any 
 thing is said, b lax Gen. 27, 31. 34. 
 Deut. 33, 9; or narrated, b T^an, b IBO; 
 or promised with an oath Deut. 6, 23. 
 26, 3. 15. But for b lax to speak of 
 any one. see below in no. 11. Very 
 freq. verbs in Hiph. are followed by b, 
 if they include the idea of giving, im- 
 parting, causing to any one, e. g. b ii^nri 
 to save life to any one Gen. 45, 7 ; n"2n 
 b to give rest to Ex. 33, 14. Is. 14, 3^ 
 b r\ptr] 1 K. 19, 20; also Is. 53, 11. 
 Judg. 7, 2. 
 
 b) As marking the person (or thing) 
 to or for whose use, advantage, profit, a 
 thing is done or serves. Lat. Dat. corn- 
 modi. Gen. 2, 20 for Adam there was 
 not found a help, etc. 24, 4 and lake a 
 wife for my son Isaac. 45, 23. 50, 10. 
 Ex. 26, 7. Neh. 8, 4. Gen. 12, 7 he built 
 an altar unto Jehovah, in his honour. 
 Ecc. 1, 3. 6, 11. 12. 8, 15. So too con- 
 tra, as marking the Dat. incommodi, 
 Prov. 17. 25 a foolish son is a grief '^''axb 
 to his father. 19. 13. A reflexive dative 
 of this kind is often added after verbs, 
 and espec. verbs of motion, e. g. of go- 
 ing, as Tjbfi, b^x. a^i^ ; of fleeing, as 
 D13, JT^a ; signifying strictly that one 
 does a thing for his own advantage or 
 pleasure, for himself; although by de- 
 grees it passed over into a pleonasm, 
 which cannot well be expressed in En- 
 glish. Cant. 2, 17 -^asb "^ni-i :;b nr'n 
 my beloved, be thou (for thyself) like a 
 roe. Job 15, 25 iab siair^ xb n^na houses 
 which 7ione inhabit {for themselves). 
 Ez. 37, 11. Prov. 13, 13. al. Gen. 12, 1 
 r|b-r,b go for thyself. See Lehrgeb. p. 
 736, 737. 
 
 c) As implying an effect, impression, 
 influence, to or upon a person or thing. 
 Prov. 24, 9 )'b cnxb pa>'in the scomer 
 is an abomination to men. Cant. 1, 3. 
 Job 10, 3 Tjb aian is it good to thee? so. 
 in thine eyes ; comp. ''b aa'^*] Ps. 69, 32. 
 So 'b nb^bn profane (be it) to me ! far 
 be it from me, see in b'^bn no. 8. Hero 
 
b 
 
 501 
 
 too belongs Oen. 45, 1 then Joseph was 
 not able i-'bs t3^a?n Vzh ppxnna to m- 
 frain himself to {bvfore) all them that 
 stood by him, i. e. could not appear firm 
 and unmoved to those present. 
 
 d) Implying possession, or a dative of 
 the possessor, Lat. e*< mihi; as "'b n^fji 
 b d;;, 'b -px. see in re^n, tj^, ^^x. AIbo 
 b "itix what is to any one. what he has; 
 Gen. 31, 1 I3''2!<b "^dx-bs all that was to 
 our father, i. e. all that was our father's. 
 29. 9. 47, 4. See Lehrg. p. 672. ^b-na 
 "nbi whal is there to me and to thee ? 
 what have I to do with thee? see in na 
 A. 1. c. So too r,b nibd, esb oibo, peace 
 (prosperity) 6e <o thee, to you, 1. e. be 
 thine, yours, see oibd . Further : a) 
 Of him who comes into the possession 
 of any thing, to whom it becomes pro- 
 perty, etc. as 'b n^rt it becomes mine, 
 seein n^ti no. 2./. /?) Of him to whom 
 any thing belongs as a duty, office, etc. 
 2 Chr. 26, 18 n-^arnb nw rjb xb it is 
 not iinto thee (not thine), Uzziah, to bum 
 incense. 20, 17. 35, 3. Ps. 50, 16. Mic. 3, 
 1. So perh. "^"1^ bxb d;j it is permitted 
 to the power of my hand ; but see in bx 
 I. 2. p. 50. y) Of that to which a per- 
 son or thing pertains ; 1 K. 15, 27 and 
 Baasha. the son of Ahijah. "^yc^iSI n'^ab 
 of the home of Issachar, pertaining to 
 that tribe. 
 
 e) As marking the cause and author 
 of any thing, like the dative in Greek ; 
 also the instrument. Job 37, 1 rxTb 
 ''sb 'i^h;; for (at) this my heart trem- 
 bleth. Ps. 18, 45 "'b ^s-qi:^i -tx sadb at 
 the hearing of the ear they obey me. be- 
 cause of the report of my fame. Num. 
 16, 34. Is. 19, 22 nnb -inr: he is entreat- 
 ed of (by) them, listens to their prayers. 
 Thus put : a) Afler passive verbs, Ex. 
 12, 16 n=b nbs;: inab xw this only may 
 be done by you. Prov. 14, 20. Neh. 6, 1 
 K^aiob sisti? it wa.s heard by Sanhallat. 
 Gen. 14, 19. E.t. 13, 7. Lev. 21, 11. 1 
 Sam. 15, 13. Esth. 5, 12. Is. 65, 1. So 
 Syr. :^, Hoffm. Gr. Syr. 143. /S) 
 Afl:er other verbs having a passive 
 sense ; as b TVVi to be done by any one. 
 Is. 19, 15 ; b rr^n to conceive by any one, 
 Gen. 38, 18. 25. y) In the inscriptions 
 of poems. Lamed anctoris so called ; 
 comp. the J auctoris of the Arabs in 
 
 the titles of books, see Prcpf. ad Qolii 
 Lex. So inb ifct-a pif(dm of or by Da- 
 vid Ps. 3, 1. 4, 1. fil. "ibta n^nb id. 24, 
 1 ; also without the noun, "innb of or by 
 David Ps. 23, 1. 26. 1. 27, 1. 'al. comp. 
 Ps. 86, 1. Hab. 3, 1. Is. 38, 9. etc. The 
 same Dat. auctoris stands alone on Phe- 
 nician coins ; e. g. onsb (cnsb) of the 
 Sidonians, i. c. struck by them ; ixb 
 of Tyre ; in the corresponding Greek 
 lliHoviaiv, TvQov. 3) In many other 
 examples, where often some passive 
 verb or the like is to be supplied ; Is. 2, 
 12 nxa-bs-br njn-'b oi"' -"S for the day 
 of Jehovah, etc. i. e. the day of wrath 
 and judgment held by Jehovah. 22, 5 
 "1".!) ^ps*^ s^TJima ai*' 'S for a day 
 of confusion . . . sent by the Lord Jeho- 
 vah ; Sept. nn^a KvqIov. 28, 2. Zech. 
 14, 1. Ps. 3, 9 nsid^n nin-'b from (by) 
 Jehovah is deliverance. Job 33, 6. Jon. 
 2, 10. Is. 61, 2. 1 K. 10, 1. Jer. 10, 23. Ez. 
 1, 18 cnb Pixi'^ fear was by them, they 
 were terrible.' 2 Sam. 3, 2, 3. 5, Hos. 6, 
 10. Also of the instrument, as "'cb nan 
 a'^n to smite with tfie edge of the sword, 
 see in no no. 3 ; so 17rb rtxn to see with 
 the eye Ez. 12, 12. Ps. 12, 5'-i'^253 iM^bb 
 with (by) oitr tongue will we prevail, 
 conquer. 
 
 f ) Often after nouns signifying mas- 
 ter, lord, God, or servant, minister, also 
 friend, enemy, and the like, as marking 
 those relations to any one ; comp. Gr. 
 >'! uvS^faaiv II. 5. 546, also ixaioog, 
 (pikog, fz&Qog rtvl et Jivog. So espec. 
 where the first noun is indefinite, as 'a 
 '^d'^b A son of Jesse 1 Sam. 16, 18. contra 
 ^ir^'-a THE son ofJe.9se. b -ji-ix Gen. 45, 
 
 8. i8;'b D-^rtbxn Is, 37, 16; b nss Gen. 
 
 9, 25-27. 40, i; also Gen. 14. IS. 1 K. 
 18, 22. 1 Chr. 27. 33. 1 Sam. 14, 34. 
 b anx 1 K. 5, 15 ; b S-; Job 30, 29; XJiS 
 b Deut. 4, 42 ; b a^ix Num. 35, 23. etc. 
 So the Phenicians ; see Monumm. Phoen. 
 p. 199, 351. 
 
 g) Sometimes also Hebrew writers, 
 especially the later ones, who inclined 
 to Chfildaism, employ b (the sign of the 
 dative) incorrectly after active verbs 
 fur the acciisative, as in Chaldee, Sy- 
 riac. and Elhiopic ; e. g. b np?b Jer. 40, 
 2, b b=x Lam. 4, 5, b inTi Job 5, 2 ; comp. 
 1 Chr.'l6, 37. 25,' 1. Ps. 135. 11. etc. 
 Once b is thus put before a whole sen- 
 
502 
 
 tence, which must be regarded as in 
 the accus. Is. 8, 1 and write upon it with 
 a common stylus (these words), ^D^b 
 ta dn bVd hasting to the spoil, etc. 
 comp. V, 3, where 1? is omitted ; see in 
 "iTJO Pi. no. 1. 
 
 4. Many of the examples above cited 
 (no. 3. d. and e.;') would properly be trans- 
 lated in Lat. by the Genitive, in Engl. 
 by the Gen. or by o/^ with its case ; and 
 hence in various other kinds of examples 
 also, "b maybe taken as a sign of the Gen- 
 itive; comp. the like use of the Greek da- 
 tive for the genitive by the figure called 
 KoXotpcjviov, e. g. ij xs(palr] to> uv&^wjtw, 
 see Bernhardy's Greek Syntax, p. 88 ; 
 also the Gascon idiom, lejils a Mr. A. 
 s''est marie avec la Jille a Mr. D. for de. 
 Spec, a) Where several genitives are 
 dependent on one nominative, as ''^3'n 
 'iflli "'sb^l? C'S'n the chronicles, annals, 
 of the kings of Israel 1 K. 15. 31. rphn 
 Trhb n^'t'n a part of the field, of Boaz 
 Ruth 2, 3 ; also Judg. 3. 28. 1 K. 15, 31. 
 2 K. 5. 9. Josh. 14, 1. So too where the 
 nominative has an adjective, as ins "a 
 n^.^"""^^ 1 Sam. 22, 20. In both these 
 kinds of examples the usual form of the 
 con.struct and absolute could not well be 
 applied. Comp. Lehrg. p. 673. b) Af- 
 ter numerals. Gen. 7, 11 in the six hun- 
 dredth year fji "".^nl; of Noah'' s life. So 
 hz\ -("iirx") the first of all 2 Sam. 19, 21 ; 
 cni rns one of them Ez. 1, 6 ; nnxa 
 tt5"inb on the first day of the month Gen. 
 8, 13. Ez. 1, 2. c) As marking the genit. 
 of the possessor, comp. in no. 3. d. Ecc. 
 6, 1 1 >"':? r. 3^=">^n the abundance of tJie 
 rich man! ' Ps.' 37, 16 7^T4\ ^"^2 the 
 little of the righteous man. Is. 34, 6. Jer. 
 12, 2. d) Where adverbs with b are 
 put before nouns, and thus take the force 
 of prepositions ; as V 2"'a0 prep, also 
 b rnno i. q. rnn preposit. So b bro , 
 b yina, b trr^Xi, etc. Lehrg. p. 631. 3. 
 
 From the primary signification of di- 
 rection or turning to or towards any 
 thing, come also the following tropical 
 senses : 
 
 5. Spoken of/ime, it denotes: a) The 
 point of time to or nntilvf\\\c\\ something 
 is done, etc. i. q. 1? . Am. 4, 7 7 have 
 vpitMiolden the rain from you when yet 
 three montlts '^'^s;rb to the harvest. Deut. 
 16, 4 shall not remain all night ip2b un- 
 
 til the morning. Comp. tbl^b ug aliZva 
 for ever i. q. cbi? is ; also nissb etg ulil 
 for ever i. q. n^i 15 . b) The point of 
 time for or against which a thing is done ; 
 Ex. 34, 2 be ready "ifjab for to-morrow. 
 Num. 11, 18 sanctify yourselves "Diob 
 against to-morrow. Esth. 5, 12. Is. 41, 
 23. Prov. 7, 20. Also of an interval of 
 time ; 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22] and Solomon's 
 provision inx ni''b for one day, every 
 day. Other significations relating to 
 time, see below in B. 2. 
 
 6. to, even to, until, iisque ad ; comp. 
 in no. I fin. So pn "^bnb even to no 
 measure, i. e. without measure, Is. 5, 14 ; 
 rr^nxo 'pxb even to no remnant, until 
 none were left, Ezra 9, 14 ; also 2 Chr. 
 20, 25. I Chr. 22, 4 ; comp. 2 Chr. 36, 
 16. Judg. 16, 16 vexed r.^'db even unto 
 death, comp. Gen. 27, 46. Hence a) 
 Of a number to which any multitude 
 amounts, as Greek dg fiv(jiovg, TiQog fiv- 
 (jcovg. 2 Chr. 5, 12 D-i-iirr". njjrb nirns 
 priests to the number of a hundred and 
 twenty. But 1 Sam. 29, 2 belongs in 
 no. 13 below, b) Of degree, amount. 
 even; Deut. 24, 5 "lan bbb vbr -;h~"; xb 
 there shall not pass over (be imposed) 
 upon him even any thing, not the slight- 
 est charge ; comp. TS in the phrase 
 "inx -I? Nb. So 2 Chr. 7, 21. Ecc. 9, 
 4 "^3 >;i 2i-J S!in -^n sbsb for even a dog 
 alive is better than a lion dead. 
 
 7. Like bx A. 6, it implies an adding, 
 superadding to, i. e. in addition to, upo7i, 
 besides. Is. 28, 10 ipb ip lab l:i precept 
 upon precept, line upon liiie. Ecc. 7, 27 
 f^n'*^ ''n'* adding one to another. Ps, 
 135, 7 he maketh lightnings "^t:?3b to the 
 rain, i. e. accompanying the rain in addi- 
 tion. Jer. 10, 13. Gen. 46, 26 all the souls 
 that came -P?^b in addition to (besides) 
 Jacob into Egypt. In this sense bs ia 
 more frequent. 
 
 8. It marks a direction of mind to- 
 wards any one, either to, for. or against; 
 e. g. b T'pn pious towards God Ps. 4, 4 ; 
 b nori nbs see in iDri no. 1. c; b nits 
 good, to any one Lam. 3, 25. Contra, 
 b xan to sin against any one, see in 
 xan ; ib rr^n to be angry against, see in 
 n-^n ; b CT3T to plot against Ps. 37. 12. 
 
 9. Here too it forms a Dot. commvdt 
 (comp. no, 3. b), for, in behalf of any 
 one, for his advantage, on his side, etc. 
 
503 
 
 Oen. 31, 42 "'b n^n D-^n^x "'biib mw/pm 
 Gorf Aarf been for mr. on my Rillt^ Ps. 5(3, 
 10. 118, 6. Is. 6, 8 i3^"TiV,: 't? irAo will 
 ^ for us? Jiidg. 1, 1. Deut. 30, 12. 13. 
 So Judg. 7, 20 /A gwortl for Jehovah 
 and for Gideon ! comp. v. 18. Job 13. 7 
 n^is inann ^xbn iri7/ ye gpeak wickedly 
 for God? i. e. in his behalf, to defend 
 him. Ps. 69, 22. B ttJcjb for one^s life, 
 to preserve it, see in OB3 no. 2. c. Also 
 ^ Dnbj /o /^Af frr ,- b a-^n <o contend 
 for ; b T'njn to entreat for. 
 
 10. Spoken of a cause, reason, motive, 
 on account of because of for, Lat. prop- 
 ter; comp. Arab. JLuut f>J Lam cau- 
 Hal. So in nb. nab, wherefore? Gr. 
 etc Tt / TiQoc il ; Germ, wozu ? Also "ab , 
 "jnb , proplerea, therefore. Gen. 4. 23 / 
 ^t?e /(im a man "^S^tifb yr my wound 
 (because he wounded me), "'n'^snb nb;^T 
 yea, a young man for my stripe. Is. 14, 
 
 9. 15. 15. 36. 9. 60. 9 (comp. 55, 5, where 
 it is more fully 'i^Bb). Hos. 10, 10. Lev. 
 19, 28. Josh. 9, 9. Ezra 3, 13. 
 
 11. As marking the object of discourse, 
 etc. of for, about, concerning, Lat. de. 
 Lev. 14, 54 i'sr^sb .Tiinn rxT this is 
 the law for (concerning) eoery kind of 
 plague. Ps. 22. 31 linb -"anxb ieo-i. it 
 shall be recounted concerning the Lord 
 to the coming generation. So after 
 verbs of speaking Gen. 20, 13. Ps, 3, 3 ; 
 of commanding Ps. 91,11. Esth. 3. 2; of 
 singing Is. 5, 1. 27, 2 ; of inquiring, as 
 b B-ibirb bx\a ; comp. Gen. 42, 9. Hence 
 of the subject or argument of an oracle, 
 as D^TSiab concerning Egypt Jer. 46. 2. 
 48, L 49,' i. 7. 23. 23. 23, 9. So Arab. 
 J Kor. Sur. 3. 162. Sur. 4. 64. 
 
 12. Of the end or final object ; as 
 IT^Isb for help, either as sought or giv- 
 en,' is. 10, 3. 20. 6. 31, 1 ; p-'-ib. xvi'b, 
 for nojight, in vain. So "iiasab for 
 
 -|!|3S3. 
 
 13. Spoken of a norm, rule, etc. ac- 
 cording to. after, by, Lat. secundum.. 
 Gen. 1, 11 ir^ab after its kind. 8, 19. 
 
 10, 5 "isSbb la'^X every one according to 
 his language. Num. 4, 29 after their 
 tribes and families. 1 Sam. 10, 19. 
 2 Chr. 25, 5 ; Pl^tb according to right 
 and justice, i. e. justly, righteously. Is. 
 32, 1. 11, 3. 2 Sam. 18,4 and all the peo- 
 ple came ovi fBbxbl nist^b by hundreds 
 
 and by thousands. 1 Snm. 2Q, 2. Is. 27, 
 12. 1 Chr. 23, 3. Gen. 41, 46 CXTpisb by 
 sheaves. Hence also the idea of like- 
 ness, q. d. like, like as, as if as though, 
 Job 39, 16 [19] nb tibb nija n-vspn she 
 is cruel towards her young, as tlimigh 
 not hers ; Vulg. qiuuti non sint sui. How. 
 9, 13 Ephraim . . . is planted in a pleas- 
 ant place "isb like Tyre. pr. as though he 
 were Tyre. ""i^'Enb x^^ to go out (from 
 servitude) as free, i. e. free ; written 
 also without b in the same sense, XX'J 
 'CBn, see in '^iOEn. So b aion to re- 
 gard as, see in 2.'n no. 1. 
 
 14. As denoting reference or relation, 
 as to, in respect to, as for, in ; and thus 
 subjoined : a) After adjectives, to mark 
 the nature or quality of an attribute ; 
 e. g. n-srnb!] idrb b-iij great in (as to) 
 riches and wisdom, comp. 1 K. 10, 23; 
 D-73;b c-'Spt older in years Job 32, 4; 
 n.v-j'^b biij Josh. 22, 10. Comp. Lat. 
 ' praestantior ad rationem sollertiamque,' 
 Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 62. b) After verbs, 
 Gen. 17. 20 and bxriao-'b as for Ishmuel, 
 I hare heard thee. 19, 21. Num. 18, 7. 
 Ps. 12, 7. Comp. Lat. ad omnia alia 
 estate sapimus rectius ' Ter. Ad. 5. 3. 4.5. 
 c) After substantives; 2 Chr. 21. 3 and 
 their father gave them great gifts posb 
 antbl in (as to) silver and gold. 16, S. 
 Also before a subst. put absol. at the 
 beginning of a clause : as Is. 32. 1 Q'^niobn 
 q-i-yn ES'^Tsb and as for princes they 
 shall nde justly. Vs. 16. 3 "bs . , . C'r'inpb 
 03 "'ssn as for the saints .. .all my de- 
 light is in them. 17, 4. 32, 6. 
 
 Note. It is affirmed by some (Ewald 
 Krit. Gramm. p. 60.3. Kl. Gramm. 326), 
 and denied by others (Winer in Simonis 
 Lex. p. 509, 510), that b is also prefixed 
 even to the nominative case ; and the 
 following examples are quoted : 1 Chr. 
 3, 2. 7, 1. 24, 20. 22. 2 Chr. 7, 21. Ecc. 
 9, 4. Ps. 89, 19. But it would seem that 
 most of these examples may be referred 
 to one or another of the acknowledged 
 senses and constructions of this parti- 
 cle ; (although in particular examples I 
 would explain it differently from what 
 Winer has done;) while nevertheless 
 the b in such instances stands before 
 what would otherwise have been the 
 nominative. Thus Ps. 89, 19 our shield 
 is OF the Lord, and op the Holy one of 
 
b 
 
 504 
 
 Israel our Icing. For 2 Chr. 7, 21 and 
 Ecc. 9, 4, see above in no. 6. In 1 Chr. 
 7, 1 and 24, 20. 22 we may render : to 
 the sons of Issachar, to the Levites, sc. 
 belonged, are to be reckoned, those who 
 follow. In 1 Chr. 3, 2 Dibt-rxb ^C^bt-n 
 the third was Ahsalom, the reading with 
 ? is indeed suspected, since it is wanting 
 before the names of the other five sons 
 V. 1-4, and is not found in 20 Mss. of 
 Kennicott ; yet b stands in the same 
 way before the predicate after n^n in 
 2 Chr. 16, 8 c"iir";Bb-T =5':!^ s'lb b'^nbVn 
 they were {for) a huge host in (as to) 
 chariots and horsemen. So too 2 Chr. 
 
 15, 3, for which see below in B. no. 3, 
 B) Less frequently b is spoken : 
 
 1. Of rest or delay at^ on, in a place, 
 i. e. the being at a place to which one 
 has come ; comp. Lat. ad, also 4' &q6- 
 vov<; f'Qovio Od. 4. 581 ; Germ, zu Hause. 
 zu Leipzig. E. g. 'e l^b at 07ieJs side ; 
 's "CV"')) at one''s right hand, see "i"^^^ ; 
 ibns rireb at the door of his tent Num. 
 11, 10; rinj? sb at the entrance of the 
 city Prov. 8, 3 ; c'^a;; rpinb on the shore of 
 the sea. Gen. 49, 13 ; 's "p?^ in i. e. before 
 the eyes, in the sight of any one ; "^iSb id. 
 This use of b is more extensive in the 
 poets and later writers, who sometimes 
 put it for the common a. e. g. "j'wb Ps. 
 41, 7, and nswb 2 Chr! 32, 5, i. q. ^Wa 
 foris; nas^b at Mizpah Hos. 5, 1; 
 rnt'b in the pit, i. e. in prison. Is. 51, 14. 
 
 2. Trop. of time, and spoken of a 
 point of time to which an action has ap- 
 proached so as to coincide with it ; comp. 
 in A. no. 5. Hence a) Of time when, 
 1. e. the moment or point of time at or 
 tn which any thing is done; chiefly in 
 poetic style and in the later writers who 
 imitated this. E. g. "^jrab in the morning, 
 early, Ps. 30, 6. 59, 17. Am. 4. 4, for the 
 usual i;r2a ; so Tixb at day-light, dawn. 
 Job 24, 14 ; ansb at evening Gen. 49, 27. 
 Ps. 90, 6. Ecc.'u, 6, for the usual ansa; 
 a-;s rsb Gen. 8, 11, oi'n niinb Gen. 3, 8, 
 ttJrTSin S3 PSb al the time of sunset Josh. 
 10, 27 ; also conjoined a-i^b-l i;?2b 1 Chr. 
 
 16, 40. 2 Chr. 2, 3. b) Of a time rcith- 
 in which any thing is done, e.g. roibttib 
 D'^T2*n within three days Ezra 10, 8. nnx 
 is'ijt^ ttJbuib once in three years 1 K. 10, 
 22. c) Of a space or interval of time 
 
 ' tffter the lapse of v^hich any thing is to 
 
 be done ; comp. Gr. tig inaviov both 
 'for a year,' and ' after a year,' and so 
 Engl. ' in a year.' Gen. 7, 4 lis D'^a'^b 
 nsaia in yet seven days, i. e. after seven 
 days. Am. 4, 4 Qio; r,<uba:b after (every) 
 three years. 2 Sam. 13, 23 D"'^^ t-iirjaib 
 after two years. 11, 1. 
 
 3. Also of the state or condition in 
 which one is ; where espec. in the later 
 writings the partic. b is said to be used 
 in nearly the same sense as a. The 
 examples however are doubtful ; and 
 most of those usually referred hither, ad- 
 mit of a different solution. E. g. "^brib 
 see in A. no. 2 ; "'S'isb Ps. 69. 22, see'in 
 no. 9; '^'7; bxb llj;; see in no. 3. d. /5. So 
 lab apart, separately, may be referred 
 to B. no. 1 ; also n^ab in security, se- 
 curely; ""i.sb justly ; Kxb gently ; for 
 Is. 5, 14 see in A. 6 ; and so Job 41, 25. 
 Contra. 2 Chr. 15. 3 bxnja-ib C"an d-^t;^! 
 'iJi xbbsi rrwS -^n'bx sibb and long time 
 to Israel (he hath been) without the true 
 God, and without a teaching priest, and 
 without law ; here it might be difficult 
 to say in what sbb differs from xba ; un- 
 less we prefer to render it : and for a 
 long time was Israel withoid the true 
 God, etc. see in A. 13. fin. Further, we 
 have in 2 Chr. 20, 21 tt)np nn-nnb in holy 
 ornaments, for ^ip r'l'ina id. Ps. 29, 2. 
 96,9. 1 Chr. 16, 29. This analogy also 
 serves to strengthen the usual interpre- 
 tation of Ps. 45, 15 "bsb basn niaj^nb 
 in embroidered garments (adorned with 
 these) shall she be brought unto the king. 
 
 C) The Infinitive with b prefixed has 
 in general the nature and signification 
 of a noun, or rather of the Engl, infin. 
 with to; e. g. Inf ritob: 
 
 1. Lat. ad faciendum, to do, denoting 
 end and purpose, like Engl, to before the 
 infin. Thus Cant. 5, 5 / rose up riFifib 
 to open, r^bb r'S a time to bring forth, 
 Ecc. 3, 2. D^Db nanp near to flee to, Gen. 
 19, 20. nit'SJb n'l3 what is to be done 7 2 
 K. 4, 13. Is. 5,4. its'b aba (r^-'^r^) m>n Tis 
 yet this day (he must) remain at Nob, 
 Is. 10, 32; comp. p. 251. dd. /5. 
 
 2. hat. faciendo, for doing, mb?b n^n 
 to be ready or disposed/or doing (to do), 
 see n'^^f} no. 3. dd. EUipt. '??''W"'nb njJTj 
 Jehovah is ready to save me, i. e. will 
 save me, desires my safety, Is. 38, 20. 
 21, 1. 44, 14. So ellipt. and negat. b 
 
b 
 
 505 
 
 mh 
 
 niiC^b one nmy not do, Am. 6, 10 ; or, 
 one cannot do, etc. Judg. 1, 19, comp. 
 JoBh. 17, 12. 
 
 3. Liiit. far i nidi, of doing ; Num. I, 1 
 in the second tji-ar orxxb of their coming 
 out, i.e. qfter their depurture from Egypt. 
 In other exiunples h c. inf. signiBea: 
 
 4. ece?i to, until^ Is. 7, 15. Comp. 
 above in A. 5. a. 
 
 5. on account of, because. Is. 10, 2 init. 
 30, 1 nibrb . Num. 1 1, 1. Comp. in A. 10. 
 
 6. as if as though, 1 Sam. 20, 20. 
 Comp. in A. 13. 
 
 7. at a time, wfien; 3'is niscb lit. 'at 
 the turning of evening.' wheii evening 
 drexD near, at even tide, Gen. 24, 63. 
 
 D) Once i seems to serve as a Con- 
 junction, and is apparently prefixed to a 
 finite verb, in the sense of that, like 
 
 Arab. J for _XlJ ; thus 1 K. 6, 19 in the 
 
 common reading, '^pph that thou mayest 
 place. But as this sense is harsh in con- 
 nection with the context, we may per- 
 haps with Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 213, 
 regard "|Rn as a sort of reduplicated in- 
 fin. for in3n , as also in 1 K. 17, 14 Cheth. 
 
 ? Chald. prep. i. q. Hebr. 1. to, into, 
 towards, spoken ol" place, Dan. 2, 17. 4, 
 19. 6, 11. 7, 2. 
 
 2. As sign of the Dative, Dan. 2, 5. 7. 
 9. Put often also with the Accusative 
 after active verbs, Dan. 2, 10. 23. 24. 25. 
 5, 4. Also as a sign of the Genitive, 
 Ezra 5, 11. 6, 3. 15. 
 
 3. Prefixed to the Infinitive, after 
 verbs of speaking, commanding, etc. 
 Dan. 2, 9. 10. 12. 
 
 Note. For Chald. b as prefixed to the 
 forms of the fut. of'njn, e. g. Xinb, 
 I'lnb, etc. see in njrj, note, p. 247. The- 
 saur. p. 734. 
 
 1^5, and 35 times ^"^ according to 
 the Masora, e. g. Gen. 37, 13 ; Adv. of 
 negation, no, not. Antique forms were 
 i<b, lb, whence xb^ib. -^b^b, 'bix. Syr. 
 1]" and qL, Chald. xb, Arab. ^. The 
 iiltimate root is 6<13 q. v. whence also 
 !|b, !ib. 
 
 1. Like Gr. ov, ovx, it expresses an ab- 
 solute negative, and is put : a) With a 
 Preeter, unlike bx q. v. as Gen. 2. 5. 4, 
 5. 45, 1. 8. al. b) With Futures, as 
 
 43 
 
 Gen. 3, 4 linopi n-ia 6<b tltou shall not 
 surely die. Ps. 16, 10 2T5n jib tlion wiU 
 not leave. With the 2d pera. it often in- 
 terdicts, and thus stands l()r tlie ncgaL 
 imperative as Ex. 20, 15 ZiiT) xb thou 
 shall not steal, v. 5. Gen. 3, 1. 2. 24, 37. 
 Lev. 19. 4. 25, 17. Deut. 25, 4 ; here it 
 ditfers from bx which expresses dissua- 
 sion, but comp. Prov. 22, 24. Witli the 
 3d pers. Gen. 31, 32 n'T\'^ xb he shall not 
 live, i. e. let him die. So Arab. ^ with 
 the Fut. condit. De Sacy Gr. I. 419. 
 Whether xb is put (like bx) with the 
 fut. in chiuses marking purpose, may 
 justly be doubted ; e. g. Ex. 28, 32 xb 
 ?'!)I|? i^o) it shall not he rent, not : ' that it 
 be not rent.' Is. 41, 7 he fasleneth it with 
 nails. ai2i7 xb thus it movelh not, stands 
 firm. Job 22. 1 1. c) It stands also where 
 the substantive verb is omitted ; as Ps. 
 5, 5 nnx rien "^Bn bx xb ihou art not a 
 God having pleasure in wickedness. Ex. 
 16, 8. 2 Sam. 18, 12. Is. 63, 9. Very 
 rarely with a Participle, where "px is 
 the usual negative; or with an Infini- 
 tive, where Tlba is comm. employed. 
 As to its place in a clause, xb is always 
 closely connected with the verb, andi 
 immediately precedes it; although oc- 
 casionally lor the sake of emphasis a 
 word may be placed between the two, 
 as Gen. 32, 9 TjiaaJ i'l3 naxi ^PV S<^ 
 
 1 Sam. 8, 7. Ez. 16, 47. Job 22, 7. 34, 23. 
 
 The following uses of this particle-, 
 may likewise be noted : 
 
 2. Absol. in answer to a question, woj. 
 nay, Zech. 4, 5. Job 23. 6 will he con- 
 tend with me with all his might? No- 
 (xb), but. etc. Also in declining an in- 
 vitation. Gen. 19, 2 nay, but we will abide- 
 in the street all night. 23, 11. Is. 30, 16;. 
 comp. Gen. 18, 15. 
 
 3. In neg. interrogations, where an 
 affirmative answer is implied, (different 
 I'rom bx no. 3.) for xbn is not? nonne? 
 like Gr. ovx Horn. II. 10. 165. ib. 4. 242. 
 Mostly in clauses coupled with a preced- 
 ing one ; Job 14, 16 "^nxan by ^iaJn xb- 
 d^st thou Jiot watch over my sin?' 2, 10. 
 
 2 K. 5, 26. Jer. 49, 9. Lam. 3, 36. Jon. 4, 
 11 ; also Jer. 49, 25. 
 
 4. Put for xba with no, i. e. without, 
 1 Chr. 2. 30 and Seled died 0133 xb^ 
 without children. Ps. 59, 4. 2 Sam. 23, 4. 
 Job 34, 24. ^nn xb mthout tvayJoh 12,. 
 
b 
 
 506 
 
 tt5 
 
 24. 12'X S<^ without men, deserted, deso- 
 late, Job 38, 26. 
 
 5. i. q. uyq not yet, 2 K. 20. 4. Ps. 139, 
 16. 
 
 6. Prefixed to nouns it gives them 
 a negative or contrary meaning, like 
 Engl. U7i, in, im. a) Before adjectives, 
 n-^on xb not pious, i. q. ungodly, Ps. 43. 
 1 ; l\ ikh not strong, i. q. infirm, weak, 
 Prov. 30. 25 ; nsn xb unwise Deut. 32, 6. 
 b) Before substantives, as bs sb q. d. 
 non-deus, a no-god, i. e. an idol, Deut. 
 32, 21. Jer. 5, 7 ; V"? xb not wood, spoken 
 of a man in opp. to a rod or instrument 
 of wood. Is. 10, 15; a:-^? n?. c-:i$ ^^, 
 spoken of God, as not to be brought into 
 comparison with mortals, Is. 31, 8. But 
 the sense is different in phrases like 
 nb xbb Job 26, 2 and nr:n i<bb ib. v. 3, 
 where there is an ellipsis for: 'he who 
 hath no power, no loisdom ; see beloAV in 
 C. 2. c) For the phrase bi: sb see under 
 bs no. 3. d) With an adverb, as '^VJC !!tb 
 no little, i. e. much. Is. 10, 7. 
 
 7. c5-xb not even, see in =5 no. 2 ; not 
 much different is n? sb Judg. 4,16. 
 Also b xb Deut. 24. 5 ; see in b A. 6. b. 
 
 8. By pleonasm sb is joined with 7X 
 1 K. 10, 21 ; with cn'J Zeph. 2, 2. ^ 
 
 Note. Some assign also to XP the 
 power of a subst. nothing, but the exam- 
 ples adduced are not certain. In Job 
 6, 21 the reading is doubtful ; and Job 
 31 23 bsis jib may be rendered, I coidd 
 not sc. do any such thing. Comp. how- 
 ever Chald. sb , nb , Dan. 4, 32. 
 
 With prefixes xb is connected as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 A) Kba 1. Prep, varying in signifi- 
 cation, according to the different signifi- 
 cations of the particle 3 . a) not in a 
 certain time, comp. 3 of time, A. 5; i.e. 
 out of, beyond a certain time. Lev. 15, 25 
 nnnsTS'. xbs beyond the time of her un- 
 cUanness. Also before, \. q. CII'^JS , Job 
 15 32 'i'2'i'' S<b3 befrre his time, comp. 
 above xb for B-j-J , no. 5. b) not for 
 a certain price, comp. 3 of price, B. 3 ; 
 Is. 55, 1. Ps. 44, 13 ; also 3 tib Is. 45, 13. 
 c) not with 8c. any thing, i. e. without, 
 1 Chr. 12, 33 sbn 3b tibs not idth a 
 double heart, i. e. with one heart, with 
 the whole soul, comp. Ps. 17, 1. Job 8. 11. 
 Ez. 22, 29. 2 Chr. 30, 18 they did eat the 
 passover 3>ir33 K^a without (doing) as 
 
 it was wiilten. In the same sense is said 
 a j<b. as "''3 sb without (man's) hand 
 job 23. 20 ; C"D:3 xb not with silver, i. e. 
 not so as to obtain silver. Is. 48, 10. Syr. 
 uo P? without, d) not by or wilh, comp. 
 a of the instrument and cause. B. 2. c ; 
 Job 30, 28 / walk darliened nrn xbs 
 but not by the sun. In some instances 
 also xba is put concisely for xb ~u;x3 , 
 as Is. 55, 2 nr3ib xbs/or (that which) 
 satisfelh not. Jer. 2, 11. 
 
 2. Conj. with ful. in that not, i. e. so 
 that not. Lam. 4, 14 ssa"! ^ibr^"^ xba 
 cn"'C3b3 so that (men) cannot touch 
 their garments. 
 
 B) xbn nonne? is not? etc. Gen. 4, 
 7. 20, 5. job 1, 10. Num. 23. 26 ; aimon? 
 1 K. 1, 11 ; implying an affirmative an- 
 swer, and xbn is often therefore nearly 
 i. q. -.n, n:n. "lo! behold! 1 Sam. 20, 37 
 nxbm T^i2iz "'snn xbrtfo.' the arrow is 
 beyond thee. 2 Sam. 15, 35. Ruth 2, 8, 
 Prov. 8, 1. 14, 22. 22. 20. Job 23, 13 
 (parall. nxi). Hence for xbn in the 
 books of the Kings, we find in Chron. 
 often nsn. e. g. 2 K. 15, 36 en xbq 
 -EC bs c-'aiirs lo! they are itiitten in 
 the book. etc. comp. 2 Chr. 27. 7 ; so 2 K. 
 20,20. 21, 17, comp. 2 Chr. 32, 32. 23, 18. 
 etc. Very rarely both particles stand 
 together ; as can xbn 2 Chr. 25, 26 ; 
 nsn Xibn Hab.'2, 13.' See Gesch. d. 
 Heb. Sprache p. 39. The LXX also 
 often render xbn by l8ov Josh. 1, 9. 2 K. 
 15, 21. In Samar. and Rabbinic xbn is 
 
 common for nin. Arab. ^| , ^JO. 
 
 C) xbb 1. in not, i. q. without, once 
 2 Chr. 15, 3, pr. in the not having. 
 
 2. as though not, Job 39, 16, see in ^ 
 A. 13. Elsewl^ere also for xb it'xb , Is. 
 65, 1. Job 26, 2. 3. 
 
 Note. By a certain laxness of ortho- 
 graphy, xb is occasionally written for 
 ib to hrm, according to the Masorites 
 fifteen times in all. Ex. 21, 8. Lev. II, 
 21. 25, 30. 1 Sam. 2, 3. 2 Sam. \% 18. 
 Ps. 100. 3. 139, 16. Job 6, 21. 13. 15. 41, 
 4. Ezra 4, 2. Prov. 19, 7. 26, 2. Is. 9, 2. 
 63, 9. Vice versa also "ib is put lor xb 
 1 Sam. 2, 16. 20, 2. But several of 
 these examples are doubtful. 
 
 V once nb Dan. 4, 32 Chethibh 
 i. q. Heb. xb 
 
i<b 
 
 607 
 
 ab 
 
 1. not, no, nan, Dan. 2, 5. 9. 10. 11. 3, 
 
 12. 14. Kbn aHon? ib. 3, 24. 4, 27. 
 
 2. nothing, Dan. 4, 32. 
 
 "^57 i^' (no pasture) Lo-debar, pr. n. 
 of a town of Gilead, 2 Sara. 17, 27 ; writ- 
 tea in c. 9, 4. 5 nan ib. 
 
 '''Dy S55 (not my people) Lo-ammi, 
 symb. name of a son of Hosea, Hos. 1, 9. 
 
 niariT iJS (not compassionated, r. 
 fcnn) fjo-ruhamah, symbolical name of 
 a daughter of Hosea, Hos. ], 6. 8. 2, 25. 
 
 2bs5 obsol. root, kindr. with aii, 
 Snb, fo burn, and thence /o thirst, 
 
 Arab. u>^ mid. Waw. to thirst. Hence 
 naixlsFi thirst. 
 
 * nsjb ia Kal only fiit. nxb^, apoc. 
 
 1. to be wearied, exhausted, i. q. ^7^, 
 where see for the origin. Chald. nxb 
 and nrb id. Syr. I}J id. Aph. sll..f. 
 Job 4, 5 but now it (calamity) is come 
 upon thee, 8<bn] and thou faintest. With 
 b c. inf. to labour in vain, not be able, 
 Gen. 19, 11. 
 
 2. lo be weary of a,ny thing, to take ill, 
 Job 4, 2. 
 
 NiPH. i. q. Kal, but more usual. 
 
 1. to be jceanj, e.vhaicsted, to faint ; 
 Part. fern, nxb? weary Ps. 68, 10. Espec. 
 to labour in rain, Is. 16, 12 ; c. inf Jer. 
 20, 9. Also to weary oneself sc. by vain 
 labour, Jer. 9, 4. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be weary of any 
 thing, to take ill, to be grieved, with inf. 
 Is. 1, 14. Jer. 6, 11. 15, 6; inf c. b Prov. 
 26, 15 it grieceth him (the sluggard) to 
 bring his hand again to his mouth. In- 
 tens. to disdain, to loathe, Ex. 7, 18. 
 
 Hi PH. fi5<br! 1. to make weary, Jer. 
 12, 5. Ez. 24, 12. 
 
 2. to weary out, to tire one's patience, 
 Is. 7, 13. Mic. 6, 3 ; comp. Job 16. 7. 
 
 Deriv. nbijri, also 
 
 ''^? (wearied) pr. n. Leah, the elder 
 daughter of L;iban and wife of Jacob, 
 Gen. 29. 16 sq. 30, 9 sq. 34, 1. 
 
 *^^^ i. q- l^J'b and 'cr-h, to wrap 
 around, to muffle, to cover. 2 Sam. 19, 5. 
 Comp. Sanscr. bid. Gr. h'e&o), hiv&uyu), 
 Lat. lateo. For axb Job 15. 11, see un- 
 der BX . 
 
 l3Sb i. q. xih part. Kal from r. B^ib q. v. 
 12X5 adv. softly, gently, see B . 
 
 * "=1^5 obsol. root ; Arab. liilST Conj. 
 IV, also Eth. \KH\,to send a messenger, 
 '1'Aa^ (to be sent), to wail upon, to 
 minister, A?\5l a minister, servant. 
 Kindred are ~bn , Xy^l . 
 
 Deriv. TixbtJ, nsxba, PiWJtbia.and pr. 
 n. 'sxbo. 
 
 ^^^ (of God sc. created, comp. Job 
 33, 5.) Lael, pr. n. m. Num. 3, 24. 
 
 ^*5? obsol. root, of doubtful signifi- 
 
 cation ; Arab. J^ is to agree, to be 
 congruent. Perh. cxb may be softened 
 from cnn, *S^\, signifying to make a 
 noise, whence cnn multitude, and pr. n. 
 cnnsx ; comp. snn , csn .Hence 
 
 Ciib m. c. suff. "laxb, 'aisb Is. 51, 4; 
 plur. c-isxb . 
 
 1. a people, nation, only poetic, Prov. 
 11, 26. 14, 28 ; Plur. Gen. 25, 23. 27. 29. 
 Ps. 7, 8. 9, 9. al. 
 
 2. Plur. Leummim, pr. n. of an Arab 
 tribe, Gen. 25. 3; supposed to be the same 
 with the 'Allovfiaicjtai of Ptolemy 5. 7, 
 
 ^1? m. (r. rab) c. Makk. "Sb, c. suff. 
 ''sb. rjsb , plur. riab ; also 
 
 -^? m. constr. 3:b, c. suff. ''Sab, 
 crn^b ; plur. niaab i Chr. 28, 9, c. suff. 
 once inaab Nah. 2, 8. 
 
 1. the heart, so called as being covered 
 2 ' 
 with fat ; see the root. Arab. ,^, Syr. 
 
 llall, Eth. A-ft, id. 2 Sam. 18, 14. Ps. 
 45, 6. al. As the heart is the central 
 point for the blood, and the seat of life, 
 it is often put : 
 
 a) i. q. Ui3 (Hom. (pQivtc) anima. life, 
 the vital principle. Ps. 84, 3. 102, 5. Jer. 
 4, 18, comp. CE3 in v. 10. Hence the 
 heart is said to live, to recreate itself Ps. 
 22, 27 ; or to be sick Is. 1, 5 ; and even 
 to sleep and wake Ecc. 2, 23. comp. 8, 
 16. Cant. 5. 2. Also to stay the heart is 
 to refresh oneself with food and drink, 
 see iro. Ex. 9, 14 ?(2b-bx upon thy 
 heart, i. e. upon thee, thyself 
 
 b) Further, with the Hebrews as in 
 Kng]. the heart is the seat of the /ec/- 
 ings. affections, and emotions of various 
 
nb 
 
 508 
 
 nb 
 
 kinds : e. g. of love, as Judg. 5, 9. 16, 15 
 thy heart is not with me, i. e. thou lovest 
 me not ; (contra, to love with all the 
 heart, Deut, 4, 29. 6, 5 ;) of confidence, 
 Prov. 31, 11; contempt, Pro v. 5, 12; 
 joy, Ps. 104, 15 ; sorrow, Neh. 2. 2. Ecc. 
 7, 3 ; contrition. Ps. 109, 16 ; bitterness, 
 Ps. 73, 21 ; despair, Ecc. 2. 20 ; security, 
 ib -jisa Ps. 57, 8. 108, 2. Poetically 
 there is also ascribed to the sorrowful 
 a heart sick, waiinded, grieved, Prov. 13, 
 12. 14, 13. Is. 61, 1 ; to the timid a heart 
 which melts, Is. 13. 7. Deut. 20, 8 ; to the 
 inflexible and obstinate a hard heart (see 
 :m;5, rnina) like a stone Ez. 11, 19. 
 36. 26, not circumcised Lev. 26, 41. The 
 words too by which we utter or express 
 those feelings, are poetically ascribed 
 to the heart; and thus the heart is said 
 to cry out, Hos. 7, 14 ; to lament. Is. 
 15. 5; to pant, to sigh, Ps. 38, 9. Also 
 to pour out the heart is i. *q. to pour out 
 one's feelings in tears. Lam. 2, 19. Es- 
 pec. heart is put for fortitude of mind, 
 courage; so ) nT n\ bold, courageous. 
 1 Sam. 17, 32 T'bs n-iN ^\ bfi'^-bK let no 
 man's heart fail, etc. Gen. 42, 28 ss*] 
 Dsb and their heart went forth, their 
 courage failed. 2 Sam. 7, 27. 17, 10. 
 .Jer. 49, 22. Neh. 3, 38 [4, 6]. Firmness 
 of heart is also put for the same, Job 41, 
 15 [24]. Commotion, agitation of mind 
 :seems to be implied in Job 15, 12: "Mp 
 Tjsb Vjn;?'" whither doth thy heart carry 
 thee away 7 
 
 c) In reference to the mode of thinking 
 and acting, i. e. to disposition and char- 
 acter; in which sense there is ascribed 
 to any one a clean heart, Ps. 51, 12; 
 sincere 1 K. 3, 6 ; faithful Neh. 9, 8 ; up- 
 right 1 K. 9, 4 ; also on the contrary, a 
 heart perverse Ps. 101, 4 ; contumacious, 
 froward, Prov. 7, 10 ; deep, i. e. hidden, 
 crafty Ps. 64, 7; ungodly Job 36. 13; 
 also double-minded men are said to 
 Bpeak with a double heart or mind, Ps. 
 12. 3 I'^a'i": ab; :ba ; comp. contra, 1 Chr. 
 12, 33 abj ab sba with one heart, sincere- 
 ly. Further, a heart or mind that is 
 wide an-i Prov. 21, 4, great b-ia Is. 9. 9, 
 high nah Ez. 28, 5, signifies pride ; but 
 the former also denotes ^'oy. Is. 60. 5. 
 
 d) As the seat of loill. purpose, deter- 
 mination. 1 Sam. 14, 7 'I'^X'ba n^29 
 
 tjaaba do all that is in thy heart, what 
 thou wilt or hast determined. Is. 10, 7 
 iaaba T'jst'nb to destroy is in his heart. 
 Is. 63, 4 the day of vengeance "'aba is in 
 my heart, i. e. 1 have decreed it, will 
 bring it to pass. So a thing is said to be 
 ^ab DS in my heart, i. e. I have purposed 
 it,' 'l k. 8, 17. 18. 1 Chr. 22, 7. 28, 2. 
 2 Chr. 1, 11. 29, 10. "^aaba i. e. after my 
 own heart, to my own pleasure, 1 Sam. 
 13, 14. Ps. 20, 5 ; so -^aba Jer. 3, 15, 
 ''aaba l Sam. 2, 35. Also "^ab-bs Neh. 
 7, 5.' Ecc. 11, 9 r^ab ^anna r)bn walk in 
 the ways of thy heart, follow out your 
 own desires, will. 
 
 e) To the heart is also ascribed binder- 
 standing, intelligence, wisdom, (comp. 
 
 S * 
 J>J heart, intellect, Lat, cor Cic. Tusc. 
 
 ] . 9. Plant. Pers. IV. 4. 71, also corda- 
 tus i. e. discreet, prudent.) and even too 
 the faculty of thinking. Is. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 
 29, 18. 1 K. 10, 2 she (the queen of 
 Sheba) spaite with him all that was in 
 her heart, i. e. all she knew. Judg. 16y 
 M he told her all his heart i. e. all he 
 knew. Ecc. 7, 2. Hence one is said to 
 be aab can wise of heart Job 9, 4, comp. 
 1 K. 10, 24 ; et contra ab non void of 
 understanding, foolish. Prov. 7, 7. 9, 4. 
 ab ^tJ3St viri cordati, men of understand- 
 ing, intelligent. Job 34, 10. 12, 3 -^b-ca 
 C3i?2a aab / too have understanding as 
 well as you. ab na strength of under- 
 standing Job 36, 5, spoken of the infinite 
 wisdom of God. A fat heart, i. e. cover- 
 ed over with fat, is put for a dull and cal- 
 lous understanding. Is. 6, 10 ; see in '"O^. 
 The consciousness of right and wrong 
 the Hebrews expressed by : the heart 
 knorceth, is conscious to itself Ecc. 7, 22. 
 
 f ) Trop. heart is put for self like ttJBa 
 no 5. in the formulas "iaba -.rs , iaabb 'x, 
 iab'bx 's , to say in or to one^s heart, 
 i. e. oneself; see in ins no. 2, also in 
 la-i Pi. no. 1. f. 
 
 2. Metaph. heart, for the middle, midst, 
 inner part. e. g. of the sea, Ex. 15, 8 ; of 
 the heavens, Deut. 4, 11. 2 Sam. 18, 14 
 nbxn aba ??? the midst of the terebinth. 
 So xu^dia Tf/ yr/g Matt, 12, 40. 
 
 3^ and Mb Chald. m. the heart, i. q. 
 mind, intellect. Dan. 4. 13. 7, 4; c. euff. 
 ^ab 7, 28 ; r,aab 2, 30. 5, 22 ; naab 4, 13. 
 5, 20. 21. 
 
sb 
 
 609 
 
 ^nb 
 
 *>7^ and '^^ obsol. root, whence 
 are derived X"a^ , 'ib . k=1j . lion, lioness. 
 Prob. onomntopoetic, imitating the sound 
 oflowiiig, roaring, Ukc old Germ, liuwdn, 
 leuen, Engl, to low, whence Germ. Leu, 
 LOwe, comp. Gr. Xioiv, Lat. leo. 
 
 ^""^^1 (lions, see 'aV) Lebaoth, pr. n. 
 of a city of Simeon, Joeh. 15, 32; more 
 fully riixab n^a 19. 6. 
 
 ^^i in Kal not used. prob. to be fat. 
 The primary idea lies in the slipperiness, 
 lubricity, of fat things ; which notion is 
 expressed by the syllables ab, C|b ; see 
 abn to be fat, C^bn, C]bD, pb-r, to be 
 smooth, slippery; Sanscr. Up illinere. 
 Hence ab , aab , nab, the heart, as 
 covered with fat, and therefore called 
 also abn q. v. no. 1. b. Also r'ia''ab q. v. 
 NiPH. denom. from aab . pai^s. of Pi. no. 
 1, to be without heart, i. e. to want under- 
 standing. Job 11, 12 aab7 a^taj tu-iNi 
 'l^r ="7^ *^'?.? "^y.": f^'ii man is^ hollow 
 (empty) and xcanteth understanding ; 
 yea, man is born like a wild ass's colt, 
 signifying the weakness and dullness 
 of human understanding in comparison 
 with the divine wisdom. There is a 
 paronomasia in the words a^i:: and aa^"' . 
 To this interpretation, which alone 
 accords with the context, I have formerly 
 objected, that there was no example of 
 the privative power of Piel thus transfer- 
 red to Niphal ; but this objection is re- 
 
 moved by examples in Arabic, as JuO 
 
 in hepate Isesus est, hepate laboravit, 
 i^yjS^ in hepate laesus. Others com- 
 pare Syr. - \ '~\\ cordatum fecit, animum 
 addidit; Ethpa. cordatus, confortatus 
 est ; and render thus : bid the foolish 
 vian will become wise, (when) the wild 
 ass's colt is barn a man. i. e. never ; 
 contrary to the dignity of the Hebrew. 
 
 Piel aab 1. Denom. from aab . to rob 
 one of his lieart. i. e. to ravish the heart, 
 spoken of a maiden. Cant. 4. 9. Comp. 
 on this species of denominatives, Heb. 
 Gramm. 51. 2. c. 
 
 2. Denom. from ma'^ab , to make fat 
 cafces, 2 Sam. 13, 6. 8. See nia-'ab. 
 
 ^5? heart, see under ab . 
 
 ^^) Chald. see in Chald. ab . 
 
 43* 
 
 *1?^ alone, see la. 
 
 * ^^^ see r. ab , 
 
 ^3^ f contr. for r\zr\)>Jlame, Ex. 3, 2; 
 as b->a;?^ for b-^ajTH-i .Others derive it 
 from r. aab, abas Samar. to shine, to 
 give light, kindr. with anb . 
 
 nab f. (r. aab) the heart, Ez. 16, 30 ; 
 plur. niab Ps. 7,' 10. Prov. 15, 11. 
 
 npiab see njab. 
 
 "0^2^ and TD25 m. once with fem. 
 signif 3ce no. 2. R. ttJab . 
 
 1. a garment, vestment, i. q. IJa and 
 mostly poet. Job 24. 7. 10. 31, 19. 38, 9, 
 Ps. 22, 19. 45. 14. Prov. 27, 6. Jer. 10, 9. 
 Spec, a splendid garment, Job 38, 14 
 llj^ab i^:3 laarn-ji and (all things) stand 
 forth as in splendid attire, i. e. the 
 earth as illumined by the morning sun; 
 comp. E.sth. 6. 9. 10. 11, Is. 63, I. Trop. 
 of the skin Job 30, 18 ; of the armature 
 or scales of the crocodile Job 41, 5. 
 
 2. Metaph. a wife, spouse, Mai, 2. 16. 
 Freq. in Arab. comp. Kor. Sur. 2. 183 
 wives are your garment, and ye are 
 theirs; so the words -wX. and vjLj, 
 to put on a garment, and also to lie with 
 a woman. See more in Schultens Ani- 
 madv. ad Ps. 65, 14. 
 
 T^^sb Chald, i. q. Hebr. no. 1. Dan. 
 3, 21. 
 
 * 1^?^ in Kal not used, Arab. ialJ 
 to throw upon the ground, to prostrate. 
 
 NiPH. to be thrown down, to fall, to 
 perish, Prov. 10, 8. 10. Hos. 4. 14. 
 
 "^^5 m. (r. sab) a lion, not found in 
 sing. Plur. m. cxab lions Ps. 57, 5; 
 fem. rixab lionesses, c. suff. T^nixab 
 Nah. 2. 13; see X-'ab. 
 
 ^"^^r a lion, pr. a lioness, so called 
 from their roaring, see r. xab ; a poetic 
 word. Gen. 49. 9. Num. 24, 9. Deut. 33, 
 20. Job 4. 11. 38, 39. Is. 5, 29. 30, 6. al. 
 
 Arab. sLp, x^^j Svp, also sly, etc. 
 
 lioness; Copt. A^SOI I'on. lioness, and 
 also a bear. Bochart, in Hieroz. I. p. 
 719. supposes this word to denote, not 
 the male lion, but the lioness ; and this 
 rests on good grounds, though different 
 from those assigned by him, viz. a) It 
 
^Ib 
 
 510 
 
 snb 
 
 is coupled with other nouns denoting a 
 lion, where it can hardly be a mere sy- 
 nonyme, Gen. 1. c. Num. 1. c. Nah. 2, 12. 
 Is. 30. 6. b) The passages in Job 4, 11 
 and 38, 39, accord much better with a 
 lioness than with a lion, c) In Ez. 19, 2 
 the letters S'^ab certainly imply a lion- 
 ess, and the pointing N*:^ savours of 
 grammatical artifice. d) The masc. 
 termination is no objection, since there 
 are many names of female animals with 
 masc. endings ; as "ilPiJ she-ass, bn^ ewe, 
 T5 she-goat. 
 
 i<^=l^ f. Ez. 19, 2 a lioness; see ^''i^ 
 lett. c. 
 
 fT^3''3^ f plur. (r. 25b) a species of 
 cakes prepared in a frying-pan, prob. 
 with fat, q. d. fat-cakes, perhaps a kind 
 of omelet or the like, fried in fat; 2 Sam. 
 13, 6. 7. 8. 10. Sept. y.oXlv(ji8sg, Vulg. 
 sorbitiuncula. Hence the denom. verb 
 Pi. isb no. 2, q. v. 
 
 Ca^, see n-issb. 
 | ^ 1. ^0 fee irAtYe, in Kal not used, 
 
 -eee "jab, nssb. Hence Arab, ^^jj milk. 
 2. Denom. from iiJab . to make bricks, 
 
 Gen. 11, 3. Ex. 5, 7. 14. Arab, r^ id. 
 
 HiPH. 1. Causat. to make white, me- 
 taph. to purify, to cleanse from the filth 
 of sin, Dan. 11. 35. 
 
 2. Intrans. to become white. Ps. 51, 9. 
 ;is. 1. 18. Joel 1. 7. On verbs of colour 
 in Hiph. see Heb. Gramm. 52. 2. 
 
 HiTHP. to purify or cleanse oneself 
 Dan. 12, 10. 
 
 Deriv. "sbo, and the nine here fol- 
 lowing (without '|2b). 
 
 1^^ adj. fern, nsab 1. white, Gen. 30, 
 35. 37. Ex. 16, 31'. 'Lev. 13, 3 sq. Zech. 
 1, 8. White raiment was worn on fes- 
 tive occasions. Ecc. 9, 8 ; conip. Hor. 
 Sat. 2. 2. 60. Ep. 2. 2. 3. 4. 
 
 2. Laban. pr. n. a) The son of Be- 
 thuel, an Aramsean, the father-in-law of 
 Jacob, Gen. 24, 29. 60. c. 29-31. b) A 
 place in Arabia Deut. 1, 1. 
 
 15? i. q. "|3b no. 1, white, constr. "lab 
 Gen, 49, 12." 
 
 J?^ in the phrase "isb Pin-b? Ps. 9, 1. 
 .Here eiome take '|Sb as a pr. n. Liabben, 
 
 of one of David's enemies ; others regard 
 b as servile and "3 as the pr. n. of a Le- 
 vite, as in 1 Chr. 15, 18. Some moderns 
 suppose "sb rfia to be the name of a mu- 
 sical instrument. Better to read rnisbs 
 "|2b as in many Mss. with virgins' voice 
 (nrbj' by Ps. 46, 1) for the boys, to be 
 sung by them ; "3 being taken as col- 
 lective. See "ia no. 3. 
 
 HDnb f. (r. ',ab) 1. the white, poet, 
 for the moon, as nan for the sun, and 
 
 G 
 
 Arab. -j moon, from .^jj to be white. 
 Cant. 6. 10. Is. 24, 23. 30, 26. 
 2. Lebanah, pr. n. m. Ezra 2. 45. Neh. 
 
 7, 48. 
 
 ^rf? f (1*. 'ab) a brick, a tile, dried 
 in the sun or burnt, Gen. 11, 3. Ez. 4, 1. 
 Plur. c-'Jab Gen. 1. c. Ex. 1, 14. 5, 7 sq. 
 Is. 9, 9. al. So called from the white and 
 chalky clay of which bricks were made, 
 as described by Vitruv. II. 3. Arab. 
 
 6-f6|So. 
 
 ^j-J, ,^^, jj^, id. Comp. 'jaba. 
 
 ^5^^? m. (r. *ab) a species of tree or 
 shrub, so called from the whitish colour 
 of its bark or leaves. Gen. 30, 37. Hos. 
 4, 13. According to the Sept. and Arab, 
 in Gen. styrax, storax, called in Arab. 
 
 ^aaJ ; according to the Sept. in Hos. 
 and Vulg. in Gen. Ifixr], popuhis alba, 
 the white poplar. See Celsii Hierobot. 
 I. p. 292. Michaelis Supplera. p. 1404. 
 Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. p. 263. 
 
 ^r^. ' (f- 1?^) 1- whiteness, clear- 
 ness, transparency, Ex. 24, 10. 
 
 2. Libnah, pr. n. a) A city in the 
 plain of Judah, the seat of a Canaanitish 
 king, afterwards assigned to the priests 
 and made an asylum, Josh. 10. 29. 12, 
 15. 15, 42. 2 K. 8. 22. al. b) A station 
 of the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33, 
 20. 
 
 rahb and npinb E Or. XltSavog, ha- 
 
 vanoc, Arab. j^LaJ, Syr. )2JaA^. 
 
 1. frankincense, Lev. 2, 1. 15. 5. 11. 
 24, 7. Num. 5, 15. Is. 60. 6. al. So called 
 from the white colour which marks the 
 purest frankincense, Plin. H. N. 12. 14 
 or 32. It is (bund not only in Arabia, Is. 
 60, 6. Jer. 6, 20 ; but also in PaU'stine 
 according to Cant. 4, 6. 14, unless id 
 
5ab 
 
 611 
 
 tfab 
 
 these latter paesagea the word is to be 
 understood of other odoriferous plants. 
 Used chiefly for burning incense. See 
 Celsii Hierobot. I. p. 231 sq. Rosenm. 
 Alterthumsk. IV. p. 153 sq. 
 
 2. Ijebonah. pr. n. of a city near Shi- 
 loh, Judg. 21. 19. Now Liibban^ see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 90. 
 
 11235 J in prose always with the art. 
 Tisain l K. 5, 6. 9. Ezra 3, 7 ; poet. 
 witliout it, Ps. 29, 6. Is. 14, 8 (comp. 
 Ps. 29, 5) ; but also with it, Is. 29, 17. 
 33, 9. Cant. 4, 11. 15 ; pr. n. Lebanon, 
 
 I-"? 
 Libanits, Gr. yli^avog, Arab. ijU-y > 
 
 Syr. ir^, a celebrated mountain on 
 the confines of Syria and Palestine, de- 
 scribed as abounding in cedars (see 
 Tnx), vines Hos. 14, 8, and various kinds 
 of fragrant plants Cant. 4, 11. Hos. 14, 
 7. It consists of two lofty parallel ridg- 
 es, of which the western one is called 
 xat i^o/yjt', Lebanon. Libanus ; while 
 the eastern ridge bears the name of 
 Anti-Lebanon, and in its high southern 
 part, that of Hermon, Ti"^H q. v. [The 
 whole eastern ridge is called by the 
 Arabs Jebel esh-Shurkhjeh ; while its 
 southern part or Hermon, as having 
 uporrit ice in its ravines for a great part 
 of the summer, takes the name o? Jebel 
 eth-TheJj, snow-mountain ; but more 
 commonly that of Jebel esh-Sheikh. 
 The name '["isall Lebanon comes from 
 the whitish colour of the limestone rock ; 
 bee Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 439. R.] 
 The valley between the two ridges of 
 Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon is now call- 
 ed JutfijJt el-Bukd^a ; different from 
 which is the Tiss^n rrpa the valley of 
 Lebanon Josh, ll', 17. 12,'7, see in nrpa . 
 See Reland Palsestina I. p. 311. Burck- 
 hardt's Travels in Syria, p. 1 sq. Ro- 
 senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 236 sq. Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. III. p. 344, 345, 439. 
 
 ''Wb (white) Libni, pr. n. of a son of 
 Gershon, Ex. 6. 17. Num. 3. 18. Also 
 as patron. Libnite Num. 3, 21. 26, 58. 
 
 Wnb,see rja^ -limo. 
 
 ITSb and "^^ Lev. 16, 4. Ps. 93, 
 1 ; fut. irab^ , imper. ttJab . 
 
 1. to put on a garment, i. e. upon one- 
 self; Arab. Jl*xl, Syr. ' * ri\ , Ethiop. 
 
 A^n A , id. With ace. of garment, Lev. 
 6, 4. Jon. 3. 5 n'';5b isJab*] and tlicy put 
 on sackcloth. Gen. 38, 19. 2 Sam. 14, 2 ; 
 to wear 2 Sam. 13, 18. With br of the 
 member Lev. 6, 3 ; once c. a Esth. 6, 8, 
 as Lat. 'induit ee veete,' and Arab. 
 lujjj c. ace. et \^ . Absol. to clothe 
 oneself, Ilagg. 1, 6. Part. pas. S'ab, 
 dab, clot/ied, with ace. Ez. 9, 2. 3. Dan. 
 10)5. Zech. 3, 3, comp. 1 Sam. 17, 5. 
 Prov. 31. 21 ; or with gen. having the 
 art. B^'nan diab Ez. 9, 11. 10, 2. 6. 7. 
 Dan. 12, 6. 7. 
 
 2. Trop. in various senses : a) Ps. 
 104, 1 nraV -inrji nin splendour and 
 majesty ha.fl thou put. on, sc. as a gar- 
 ment. Job 7, 5 nan 'iba cab my body 
 hath put on worms, is clothed or covered 
 with worms. Ps. 65, 14 -,x'sr? n''''= ^'^'^^ 
 the pastures are clothed with flocks. 
 B"'3-in rab clothed, with slain, i. e. lying 
 in a confused heap of the slain, and 
 covered by them, Is. 14, 19. b) Often, 
 to put on or be clothed with shame, i. e. 
 to be covered with it. Job 8, 22. Ps. 
 35, 26. 109, 29 ; cursing Ps. 109. 18 ; 
 righteousness Job 29. 14 ; terror E-/.. 26, 
 16 ; astonishment Ez. 7, 27 ; salvation, 
 welfare, 2 Chr. 6, 41. Ps. 132. 9 ; strength 
 Is. 51, 9. 52, 1. etc. Comp. the Home- 
 ric formulas, dviiv uXxyiV II. 19. 36 ; tVi'i;- 
 a&iu (aXxi'iV 20. 381 ; iTiiirvvij&tti uXnr,v 
 Od. 9. 214. There is a play upon this 
 twofold use of the word in Job 29, 14: 
 lyrab'^ ^r'-?^ PI? ^ P^''^ o?i righteous- 
 ness, and it put me on, i. e. without I am 
 clothed with righteousness as a gar- 
 ment, and within it fills me wholly. In 
 like manner the Spirit of the Lord ia 
 said to put on any one, i. e. to fill him. to 
 come upon or enter into him. Judg. 6, 34. 
 1 Chr. ] 2. 18. 2 Chr. 24, 20 ; comp. Luke 
 24, 49. Comp. the Syr. phrase U4ua 
 ; ^'-'V Satan has put thee on, i. e. has 
 entered into thee, Ephraem 0pp. Syr. 
 II. 504, 505. 
 
 PuAL part. B'^tJabTa Ezra 3. 10, and 
 n-^naa c^cab^ 1 K. 22, 10. 2 Chr. 18, 9, 
 clothed in (royal or priestly) robes. 
 
 HiPH. to put on a garment upon an- 
 other, to clothe in or with any thing j 
 with two ace. of pers. and garment j 
 Gen. 41, 42 ttJis '''3?? "irx nab^i and 
 clothed him with vestures of fine linen. 
 
iflsb 
 
 612 
 
 jm5 
 
 Ex. 28, 41. 29, 5. 40, 13. 14. 1 Sam. 17, 38. 
 Ez. 16, 10. al. With ace. of garment 
 and Vr of the member, Gen. 27. 16 the 
 skins of the kids i"^"!^ bs mr"'a^n she put 
 tipon his hands. With ace. of pers. only. 
 Gen. 3, 21. 2 Chr. 28, 15. Esth. 4, 4. 
 Trop. Job 39, 19 n^rn iix^:* liiJ-'abrri 
 hast thou clothed his neck with shud- 
 dering? i. e. with a mane ; Bee in "^^^n. 
 Job 10, 11. Is. 50, 3. So to clothe with 
 temporal salvation, prosperity, i. e. to be- 
 stow it largely, Ps. 132, 16. Is. 61. 10 ; 
 <o c/o/Ae (cover) with shame. Ps. 132, 18. 
 Deriv. t'^iab, tnzb'q, nirabpi. 
 
 tJSb Chald. fut. llJ3b.7 to put on a gar- 
 ment, c. ace. Dan. 5. 7. 16. 
 
 Aph. llJ^S^ri, after the Heb. form, to 
 clothe, with ace. of garment and b of 
 pers. Dan. 5. 29. 
 
 tJSbj see tt5?.ab. 
 
 5i' m. (r. 5^b) pr. as it would seem, 
 * a deep cavity, basin ;' comp. Syr. 
 ?^_i^ basin, dish, Gr. Xdxxo?, hxxog, 
 Lat. locus, lacuna. Then as the small- 
 est measure of liquids among the He- 
 brews, a log, contairiing according to 
 the Rabbins the twelfth part of a Hin 
 ("ri); oi" six eggs ; equal to about 3-^ 
 gills Engl. LevTl4, 10. 12. 15. 21. 24. 
 
 * ""V '^ T /- 
 
 -*-*i^ obsol. root. Arab, vvj has for 
 
 C 
 one of its meanings, to be deep, e. g. 
 
 a f 
 water, the sea ; 2J depth of the sea, 
 
 abyss. Hence Heb. Sb . 
 
 1^ (perh. strife, quarrel, r. Tib) pr. 
 n. Lod, a large village of Benjamites, 
 Neh. 7, 37. n, 35. 1 Chr. 8. 12. Ezra 2, 
 33. Gr. ytvSdu, AiMti, Lydda, Acts 9. 
 32. 35. 38. 1 Mace. 11, 34. Jos. Ant. 20. 
 
 6.2; afterwards Diospolis. Now jj 
 Ijudd. See Reland Palffist. p. 877. Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest III. p. 49 sq. 
 
 "5 obsol. root, in Arab, to strive, 
 to quarrel; hence pr. n. Tb, and Tiba 
 for *T3b"'|a son of strife, q. v. 
 
 fl' Chald. nothing, i. q. xb , Dan. 4, 
 32 Cheth. See in Kb . 
 
 rtb Deut 3, 11 Cheth. for Kb not. * 
 
 J;; obsol. root, Arab. \J>^. Eth. 
 AUfl , to burn, to Jlanie. The origin 
 lies in the notion of licking, lapping, 
 gliding over, which is contained in 
 roots beginning with the syllables nb , 
 nb , ?b , and is variously transferred (see 
 under the verb rib) ; especially to flame 
 which seems hke a tongue to lick, i. e. 
 to be lambent ; see cnb , and comp. 
 yluiaara nvQog Acts 2, 3. 
 
 Deriv. the three following, and nab , 
 
 nanbc . 
 
 ^T^^ m. plur. t-^anb Is. 13, 8, consir. 
 'anb Is. 66, 15. 
 
 1. afiame, Judg. 13, 20. Job 41, 13. 
 ttiwS anb Joel 2, 5. Is. 29, 6. 30, 30; 
 <ti5< ^r^S Is. 66. 15. Is. 13, 8 c-ianb "^SQ 
 Cii-JB faces of fame are their faces, 
 i. e. red and burning (flushed) with 
 anxiety, agitation ; comp. Ps. 10, 2. 
 39, 4. 
 
 2. flame of a weapon, i. e. glittering 
 brightness, e. g. of a spear Job 39, 23 ; 
 of a sword Nah. 3, 3. Hence genr. 
 blade of a sword Judg. 3, 22. 
 
 ^^'7?' ^- (> ^nb) constr. ranb Ez. 21, 
 3 ; plur. nianb Ps. 105, 32, constr. nianb 
 Ps. 29, 7. 
 
 1. a flaw e, i. q. anb but more freq. 
 Num. 21, 28. Is. 5, 24. 10, 17. 43, 2. 
 47, 14. Joel 1, 19. 2, 3. Dan. 11, 23. al. 
 aix nanb flre of flame, i. e. flaming 
 fire, Is. 4. 5. Lam. 2. 3 ; n'anb tlix id. 
 Ps. 105, 32 ; Uis nianb flames of fire Ps. 
 29, 7. 
 
 2. i. q. anb no. 2. blade of a spear, its 
 point or head, 1 Sam. 17, 7. 
 
 C-?*?? m. plur. una^ hyofi. Gen. 10, 
 13, pr. n. Lehabim, a people of Egyptian 
 origin, i. q. Ca^b Libyans. Comp. on 
 the affinity of forms IS and ns under 
 let. n, p. 238. This is prob. the primi- 
 tive form, since the roots aib, axb, are 
 doubtless softened Irom anb . 
 
 jTh 
 
 obsol. root, Arab. 
 
 ^p-gJ pr. to 
 
 be eager, greedy, for any thing ; often 
 trop. to be eager, zealous, for any thing ; 
 to hear or learn diligently ; nearly i. q. 
 Engl, to study. The primary idea is 
 that of languishing, fainting, ec. from 
 exertion j see nnb , nnb , onb . Hence 
 
5nb 
 
 613 
 
 ib 
 
 Snb rn. study of letters, learning, as 
 Aben Ezra \v>ll, Ecc. 12, 12; parall. 
 with O^^BO nv>D5 the making of books. 
 Sept. fiflixtj, Vulg, meditatio. 
 
 "J? obeol. root, Arab. JlaJ to prc, 
 fo oppress. Hence. 
 
 "inb Lahad, pr. n. ra. I Chr. 4, 2. 
 
 '^y to 6c languid, wearied, ex- 
 hausted, i. q. nxb ; comp. nxs and Hn3. 
 Tlie origin seems to lie in the idea of 
 fainting from thirst, when the tongue 
 is thrust out, and one burns and longs for 
 drink ; comp. the verbs beginning with 
 nb, as jnb, nnb. and see further under 
 the root 5ib , Comp. Lat. langueo, also 
 Germ, lechen, whence the frequentat. 
 lechzen. Once, Gen. 47, 13 yix nbni 
 arnn -^jd^ c^-^s^ fAf /awrf of Egypt 
 languished, fainted, because of the fam- 
 ine. Chald. rirth often for Heb. nxb. 
 
 *^*Ji in Kal not used, prob. i. q. 
 Mi~b and anb , pr. /o /tare burning thir.<it ; 
 hence, as this is a trait of rabid dogs, to 
 be mad. rabid, like a dog ; to be enraged, 
 frenzied. Thus. 
 
 HiTHPALp. part. ribrtbnTa a madman, 
 one insane, Prov. 26, 18. Sept. Aldin. 
 and Symm. nu(}b)fxivoi tempted, driven, 
 sc. by a demon. Venet. elsoTtu?. A 
 secondary form, prob. derived from the 
 idea of insanity, is the Syriac (n.likavi^zf 
 obstupuit, horruit. 
 
 1. t2(_i5 pr. to lick, to lap, see in 
 *tib ; then to burn, to flame ; Ps. 104, 4 
 ::nb tax flaming f re. So can'b the 
 flaming i. e. those breathing out fire and 
 flames, trop. Ps. 57. 5. Syr. Chald. id. 
 
 PiEL Knb 1. to make burn, to set on 
 fire. c. ace. Ps. 83, 15. Is. 42, 25. So of 
 the breath. Job 41, 13 [21]. 
 
 2. to burn up. to consume, c. ace. Joel 
 1, 19. 2. 3. Ps. 106, 18. 
 
 Deriv. anb . 
 
 * II- ^VJ? i. q. 'Jib, -jxb, (comp. un- 
 der i"i, p. 238.) pr. to wrap up. to cover ; 
 then to use secret and magic arts ; 
 whence D'arjb q. v. 
 
 "^rif m. (r. ::nb I ) pr. flame ; hence 
 glittering blade of a sword Gen. 3, 24. 
 Comp. 2t^b no. 2. 
 
 D'^IrO? m- magic arts, enchantments, 
 Ex.7, 11, i.q. cob in V. 22. R. onb H. 
 
 *^nf in Kal not used. Arab. LaJ to 
 
 swallow greedily ; whence jv^ greedy, 
 
 an epicure, glutton. Kindr. is enb . 
 
 HiTHP. part, crnbr.ia ' things gree- 
 dily swallowed,' dainty morsels, Prov. 
 18, 8. 26, 22. 
 
 Tj^ therefore Ruth 1, 13; see in "jr; I. 
 p. 259. 
 
 in^ Chald. (in with b) 1. i. q. Heb. 
 propterea, therefore, Dan. 2, 6. 9. 4, 24. 
 Hence 
 
 2. As an adversative particle, by a 
 transition like that of Heb. "(Sb , see in 
 I? p. 474. c. /S, nihilominus, nevertheless, 
 i. q. but, Ezra 5, 12 ; and so after a nega- 
 tive Dan. 2, 30 ; i. q. except, Dan. 2, 11. 
 3, L'i. 6, 8. Some regard this as a dif- 
 ferent word, made up from N^ and 'in . 
 
 S^PO^ f. only 1 Sam. 19, 20, prob. by 
 transposit. for nbhp (r. bn;?) an assem- 
 bly, company ; comp. tlie form inbis"! 
 2 Sam. 20, 14 Cheth. Others make 'it 
 from a doubtful root prtb, Eth. AU* 
 lo giuvv old, vvhence A.^ presbyter, 
 prince ; q. d. a senate. 
 
 1' twice for xb not, see i<b note, 
 p. 506. col. 2. 
 
 ""37 "^^j see "i2'i fcib p. 507. 
 1', see in i<*h. 
 
 ^"^ obsol. and perh. a secondary 
 root, to negative, i. q. X13 q. v. Hence 
 Stb not, also 
 
 ^"^^ 1 Sam. 14, 30. Is. 48, 18. 63, 19; 
 ^ 2 Sam. 18, 12 Cheth. elsewhere 1^ ; 
 see note. 
 
 1. Interject, of wishing, i. q. Oh if! 
 Oh that .' would that ! Constr. with fut. 
 Gen. 17, 18. Job 6, 2. Imper. Gen. 23, 13. 
 Prseter. Num. 14, 2 i:na ^h would that 
 we had died ! 20, 3 >i:s:5 sb . Josh. 7, 7 ; 
 but with fut. signif. Is. 63, 19 ny-ij^ X?b 
 tJ^a'S Oh thai thou wouldst rend the heo/- 
 vens ! Also as merely concessive. Gen. 
 30. 34 ^(:2"]3 -rn !ib i. q. let it be accord- 
 ing to thy word. Hence as 
 
 2. Conj. conditional, if implying that 
 the thing supposed does not exist, is not 
 true, or at least is very uncertain amd 
 
nib 
 
 514 
 
 nib 
 
 o <* 
 
 improbable ; comp. CX C, and Arab, aj , 
 De Sacy Gr. I. 885. It is followed, 
 according as the sense requires : a) 
 By the praeter, Deut. 32, 29 TOSrt ni 
 rs^t *i^"^2a^ if they were wise (which 
 they are not), they would understand 
 this. Judg. 13, 23 ^n"''??:^ ''1 fsn !ib 
 ''^'n''? ^tz^ ^^ if the Lord were pleased 
 to kill us, he would not have accepted, 
 etc. 8, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 30. Mic. 2, 11. b) 
 The Future, Ez. 14, 15 if I shall send 
 evil beasts upon the land (which I do not 
 say will take place), . . . 16 . . . these (three 
 upright men) alone shall be delivered. 
 In V. 13 is "^3 in the same sense ; while 
 in w. 17. 19, the conditional particle is 
 wholly omitted, c) A Particip. 2 Sam. 
 18, 12 :|03 r|bi< IBS h'S hj:iQ "^rbx flbi 
 'lai ^"^1 nbtix 8<b even if I shoidd have 
 weighed out to me a thousand shekels 
 (which no one will do), yet would I not 
 put forth my hand, etc. Ps. 81, 14. d) 
 la;;, Num. 22, 29. Comp. isb^b. An 
 example ofaposiopesis is Gen. 50. 15 >lb 
 irjDii sistjaiy*^ if now Joseph shoidd per- 
 secute us! what then? Sept. well as 
 to the sense, (iri nors. 
 
 Note. As to the origin, Nl- and ^ are 
 prub. i. q. R"iV , kIj , iiu/i, itunnt: ? aco >it 
 
 no. 2 ; which latter was so pronounced 
 in interrogation as to express desire, 
 and thus passed over into a particle of 
 wishing ; e. g. iTp.^"? ''-' shall he not live? 
 i. e. Oh that he might live ! "^n^ ^h 
 nonne sit ? i. q. sit ! Comp. Gr. ov in 
 entreaties, as Od. 7. 22 ovx uv ftot 
 doftov uvi^iog fjyr,aaio 'jtlxivoov. ib. 22. 
 132. This view is confirmed by the 
 analogy of the Syriac ; in which the 
 various significations of the Heb. parti- 
 cle are expressed by particular forms ; 
 thus the primitive negat. is a-^ non, 
 also nonne? the optative is s*a^ uti- 
 nam; the conditional Q^f if. 
 
 n*!^ obsol. root, i. q. Ssb to thirst ; 
 kindr. Sfjlj. Arab. id. Hence 
 
 Q'^n^b gentile n. plur. 2 Chr. 12,3. 16, 
 8. Nah. 3, 9, also D^Sb Dan. 11. 43. Liby- 
 ans, every where joined with the Egyp- 
 tians and Ethiopians. Comp. B'^afi^. 
 
 e } . 
 
 Arab. ^yJ Libyan, strictly, 'inhabi- 
 
 tant of a dry and thirsty land.' from r. 
 'Z^h . Comp. I3''*S . 
 
 ~^^ Lvd, pr. n. of two nations or 
 tribes, viz. 
 
 1. A people descended from Shem, 
 Gen. 10, 22 ; not improbably the Lydians 
 in Asia Minor, according to the opinion 
 of Josephus, Ant. 1. 6. 4. 
 
 2. A people of Africa, (perh. of Ethio- 
 pia.) sprung from the Egyptians, and 
 accustomed to fight with bows and 
 arrows, Ez. 27. 10. 30, 5. Is. 66, 19 j also 
 plur. Dinib Ludim Gen. 10, 13. Jer. 46, 9. 
 See J. D. Michaelis Suppl. 1418. Bochart 
 Phaleg IV. 26. 
 
 * J^l^ fut. n^b7 1. to fold, to wreathe, 
 to twine, whence n"ib and rt^b a wreath, 
 garland, "(i^^'^b a serpent coiling himself 
 in folds ; comp. TEb . Arab. (< jj to twist 
 
 a cord, (CJ to be distorted, Conj. Ill to 
 
 coil oneself, as a serpent. 
 
 2. to join oneself to any one, to cleave 
 to him ; pr. to fold oneself around him. 
 Chald. Sib, Syr. Zab. lais., id. Ecc. 8, 
 15 it is good for a man to eat and, to 
 drink and to rejoice, "ibrra ^ii^b"] Kinn 
 for Ihin will cleave to him. (abiJp \vit.h 
 him) in his labour; Vulg. hoc solum se- 
 cum avfert de labore suo. Hence 
 
 3. to borrow, q. d. to bind oneself to 
 any one, Lat. neams est, Neh. 5, 4. Deut. 
 28, 12. Part, np a borrower Ps. 37, 31. 
 Prov. 22. 7. Is. 24, 2. Comp. Lat. neocus, 
 i. e. a debtor given up. bound to serve 
 his creditor till payment is made, Varro 
 Ling. Lat. 6. 5. Liv. 2. 27. ib. 8. 28. 
 
 NiPH. to join oneself to any one. like 
 Kal no. 2 ; either in society and friend- 
 ship Is. 14. 1. Dan. 11. 34. Esth. 9, 27; 
 or for aid Num. 18, 2. 4 ; or, in respect 
 to the Deity, for worship Is. 56, 3. 6. 
 .Ter. 50, 5. Zech. 2, 15 [II]. Conetr. c. 
 bs Num. 18, 2. 4. al. bx Gen. 29, 34. 
 Is. 56. 3. al. BS Ps. 83, 9." 
 
 HiPH. causat. of Kal no. 3, to let bor- 
 ro^c, i. e. to lend; with ace. of pers. pr. 
 'to bind to oneself Dent. 28. 12. 44. 
 Prov. 19. 17 r^in-' nnbr a lender to Jeho- 
 vah; also with ace. of thing Ex. 22, 24. 
 Absol. Is. 24, 2. Prov. 22, 7. Ps. 112, 5. 
 Sept. 5i'f/b(ii, ixduvfii^ut. 
 
 Deriv. n-'ib, .p-^'^b, nils pi, rn"^, Pib 
 and pr. n. "^^b . 
 
Tib 
 
 615 
 
 ^ 
 
 "' 1. to bend, to bend aside; Arab. 
 6^ to bend, to incline. 
 
 2. to turn axcay. to depart^ fut. plur. 
 ItVi c. p. Prov. 3.21. 
 
 NiPii. part. T'35 })crverted, i. e. per- 
 i>er*e, wicked, (romp. n^s. c5f?5,) Prov. 
 
 3, 32. Neutr. Tibs perremenees, wicked- 
 ness, Is. 30. 12. More fully Prov. 14, 2 
 l"'3^'i T"ib3 perverse in his ways^ and 2, 
 15 DPibarisa c^tibj id. 
 
 HiPH. fut. !iT-i"i inflected in the Chal- 
 dee manner (like "J"!?'^ from "ilb). i. q. 
 Kal no. 2, /o turn array, to depart, Prov. 
 
 4, 21. See Heb. Gr. 71. n. 9. 
 
 T15 m. 1, As the name of a tree or 
 shrub bearing iiut.s. Gen. 30, 37; either 
 
 Go? S^o^ 
 
 the almond-tree, Arab. J , 8\J , Syr. 
 I'la^ ; or /Ae ^ar^Z. Chald. T^b almond 
 or hazel. Interpreters are divided ; but 
 the former seems the more probable. 
 The etymology is hardly to be looked 
 for in the Semitic dialects. It seems to 
 be softened from a })rimitlve form, which 
 the Armenian has preserved in engies, 
 Lat. mix, old G^irm.hnuz; and which 
 the Heb. also exhibits in another man- 
 ner (dropping n) in tIjx nut. 
 
 2. Luz, pr. n. a) An ancient city of 
 the Canaanites, called also bx n''3 Beth- 
 el as the seat of a sanctuary, see n^a 
 no. 12. b. Gen. 28, 19. 48, 3. Judg. 1, 
 23 ; with n loc. nrb Gen. 35, 6. Josh. 
 16, 2. 18, 13. b) Another in the dis- 
 trict of the Hittites, founded by an in- 
 habitant of the preceding. Judg. 1. 26. 
 
 * 'n'^J obsol. root. Arab. _^ to shine, 
 
 to glitter; comp. Ifvx6g,yluvx6g; Itva- 
 (T(a, yXotvaaot ; Lat. lux, Germ, leuchten, 
 Engl, to lighten. Hence to be polished, 
 smooth. 
 Deriv. nsib , n-^rjiib . 
 
 H^^ m. plur. n'nsib, ninb, a tablet, 
 
 table. Syr. ^o^. Arab, ^yi, Ethiop. 
 ACD'tF, id. a) Of stone, on which any 
 thing is inscribed or cut in, '"X rhb Ex. 
 24, 12. 31, 18, and c^JSX Pnb 34,'l. 4, 
 tables of stone; r-'-ian rmb Deut. 9, 9. 
 1,5, n^nsn rhb Ex. 31, 18, the tables of 
 the covenant, of the law. b) Of wood, 
 a board; ninb a^ia? hollow made with 
 
 hoards Ez. 27, 8. 38, 7 ; sculptured 1 K. 
 7. 36. So o\' tablets for writing, covered 
 perh. with wax. Is. 30, 8, Hab. 2, 2. Of 
 the valce of a Iblding-door Cant. 8, 9. 
 Dual n^rinb the deck of a ship, which 
 seems to have been double, Ez. 27, 5. 
 c) Trop. Prov. 3. 3 upon the tablet of thy 
 heart, comp. Jer. 17, 1. 2 Cor. 3, 3, and 
 the diXjot (f^tfbiv of iEschyl. Hence 
 
 rr'nib^ with art. n'^niin (made of 
 boards, prob. having boarded houses,) 
 Luhith. pr. n. of a Moabitish city. Is. 15, 
 5. Jer. 48, 5. 
 
 IDTyb, with art. tn^kr] (enchanter, r. 
 lanb) Lohesh, JIallohesh, pr. n. m. Neh. 
 3, 12. 10, 2.5. 
 
 * t3lb 1. i. q. axb, cnb II. to wrap 
 up. to muffle, to cover ; Arab. ^^ id. 
 Part. act. :3ib covering Is. 25, 5. 7 ; also 
 ab intrans. covered, clandestine, whence 
 i:^a privately, secretly, Ruth 3. 7. 1 Sam. 
 18, 22. 24. 5 ; once as^a Judg. 4, 21. 
 Part. pass. f. niitb wrapped up 1 Sam. 
 21, 10. 
 
 2. to do or act secretly ; hence Part, 
 plur. C^-b .secret arts, magic arts, sor- 
 cery, Ex. 7. 22. 8. .3. 14; for which C'jnb 
 7,11. Seesnbll. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 1, 1 K. 19, 13. 
 
 Deriv. ab, oib, pr. n. Iljib. 
 
 t315 m. 1. a covering, veil; Is. 25, 7 
 ts'^arn-ba-bs cjiiin ai^n the covering 
 (muffler) which covers all nations, which 
 covers their face, makes them sad. 
 
 2. Lot. pr. n. the son of Haran. Abra- 
 ham's brother. Gen. 13, 1 sq. 19. 1 sq. 
 the ancestor of the Ammonites and 
 Moabites. who are therefore called the 
 children of Lot, Deut. 2, 9. Ps. 83, 9. 
 
 3. As the name of a fragrant gum; 
 see in w'b . 
 
 T9^' (covering) Lotan, pr. n. of a son 
 of Seir, Gen. 36, 20. 29. 
 
 "'") ? m. (a joining, r. rtjb) Levi, pr. n. 
 of the third son of .Tacob by Leah, Gen. 
 29. 34. 34. 25. 35. 23; the head of the 
 tribe of the Levites, ''lb "^ra. who were 
 set apart for the worship of God. and of 
 whom the family of Aaron (7"'^*? f^"*?) 
 possessed the right of the priesthood. 
 Also patronym. (for "'T'lb) a Ijcvite, Deut. 
 12. 18. Judg. 17, 9. 1 1. 18, 3. Plur. D^'sib 
 Levites Josh. 21, 1 sq. al. ssep. 
 
''lb 516 
 
 *'t!^ Chald. plur. emphat. i*!:;^ the Le- 
 vites, Ezra 6, 16. 18. 7, 13. 24.' 
 
 ^^"l? f. (r. i^^^) a wreath, garland, 
 Prov. 1, 9. 4, 9." 
 
 IC't'?'? (from n^l^ with adj. ending "i^, 
 like'in dni brazen fr. ndn3 , liPli??, ir. 
 n^iTS.) pV. an animal icrenlhed, gather- 
 ing hseK infolds, see r. nib no. 1. E. g. 
 
 1. a serpent, espec. a large one .Tob 3, 
 8 ; see in r. iis Pil. So Is. 27, 1. as the 
 symbol of the hostile kingdom of Ba- 
 bylon. 
 
 2. Spec, the crocodile, Job 40. 25 sq. 
 
 3. a sea-monster, Ps. 104. 26. Trop. 
 for a cruel enemy. Ps. 74, 14; comp. 
 V?n Is. 51. 9. Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2. 3. See 
 Bochart Hieroz. P. II. lib. V. cap. 16-18. 
 
 *b^b obsol. root, kindr. with bbj, 
 i. q. Engl, to roll. Germ, rollen, to wind. 
 Hence hrh,-h^h,bi?. 
 
 ^"^ m. plur. c-'^ib, winding stairs, 1 
 K. 0, 8. Chald. id. 
 
 '^^'^ m. (r. ^!i^) only in phir. rixb^b , 
 defect, n-isbb , constr. r'sVs (after the 
 form C^xn^l q. v.) loops, corre.sponding 
 to the hooks or taches (c'D'^p) in the 
 curtains of the tabernacle. P'x. 26. 4 sq. 
 36, 11 sq. Sept. uyxvlm, Vulg. ansid(. 
 
 Sb'.b Gen. 43. 10. Judg. 14, 18. 2 Sam. 
 2, 27. Ps. 27, 13 ; elsewhere always 
 
 "^bl^, (comp. from 6 7/ and X^, ''b, 
 i. q. 5<b not,) a conditional conjunct, ne- 
 gat. if not, i. e. unless, implying that 
 the condition has a real existence, and 
 therein differing from xb nx ; compare 
 also under Nib no. 2. With Prset. Gen. 
 31 42 ""b n'^n . . . "^2X "^n'sx "'biib unless 
 
 God had been for me. Is. 1, 9. 1 Sam. 
 
 25. 34. 2 Sam. 2, 27. With Fut. Deut. 
 32J 27. With Part. 2 K. 3, 14 rsB "'iib 
 KtiS ''3N liETl'in^ unless I regarded the 
 presence of Jehoshaphat, etc. With rr^n 
 impl. Ps. 94, 17. 119, 92. 124. 1. 2. The 
 apodosis sometimes takes tx, 'tX, Ps. 
 119,92. 124, 3; ^3 Gen. 43. 10. 
 
 * "1^^ and T^, pr.Tt. "b Gen. 32, 22. 
 2 Sam. 12, 16, fern, nib for njb Zech. 5, 
 4, 1 plur. !isb Judg. 19, 13 ; inf constr. c. 
 pref. "(ibb Gen. 24, 25 et soepe, also *)"'bb 
 ib. V. 23'; Imper. T> Judg. 19, 6. 9, ^pb , 
 irb Ruth 3. 13. Joel 1, 13; Fut. ^b^, 
 y^\c\, apoc. "ibn 2 Sam. 17, 16, iVn Judg. 
 
 pi 
 
 19. 20. Job 17, 2 ; conv. ib^n Gen. 28, 11. 
 32J 14. Part. plur. s-^sb Neh. 13, 21. 
 
 1. to jyass the night, to remain over 
 night, to lodge, kindr. with b^b , nb'jib , 
 flight, b and ) being often interchanged, 
 see lett. b. Not found in the kindred 
 dialects. Gen. 19, 2 and often ; see the 
 examples above quoted. Spoken also 
 of things which are kept over night, 
 e. g. food. Ex. 23, 18. 34. 25. Deut. 16, 4. 
 Lev. 19, 13 the wages of the hireling 
 shall not remain with thee all night until 
 the morning. Poet. Job 29, 19 the dew 
 lay all night upon my branches. Cant. 1, 
 13. Also inchoat. to stop for the night, 
 to turn in ; Ps. 30, 6 at evening weeping 
 may come iJi, but in the morning there 
 is joy. 
 
 2. to abide, to remain, to dwell, comp. 
 Arab. yyU to pass the night, to continue 
 in any state. Is. 1, 21. Ps. 25, 13 his life 
 abides in good, he enjoys constant pros- 
 perity. 49, 13 V^t* ^? ^i^"'^ ^^'J^ y^'' 
 (such a) ma?i in honour abideth not, his 
 honour is not permanent. Job 41, 14 in 
 his neck dwelleth strength. 17, 2. 19, 4 
 yea, be it so. that I have en^ed. "fbn Tis 
 'rj^C^ with myself abideth mine eri'or, 
 \. e. / have erred, not you, and I alone 
 suffer the consequences. Prov. 15, 31. 
 
 NiPH. to show oneself obstinate, to be 
 stubborn, from the idea of remaining and 
 persisting, taken in a bad sense ; hence 
 to murmur, to complain, with bs against 
 any one. as a people against their leader, 
 Ex. 15, 24. Num. 14, 2. 17, 6. Josh. 9, 18 
 Keri. 
 
 HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2. Jer. 
 4, 14 how long wilt thou let thy vain 
 thoughts remain with thee ? i. e. cherish 
 them. 
 
 2. i. q. Niph. pr. to show oneself obsti- 
 nate, to be stubborn, with bs against any 
 one ; hence to murmur. Prajt. Dnbbn 
 Num. 14, 29 ; Fut. conv. ib^? Ex. 17. 3 ; 
 elsewhere always with the first radical 
 doubled in the Rabbinic manner (see 
 Lehrg. p. 407. Heb. Gr. 71. n. 9), as 
 siri-^ , irbn Ex. 16, 8. Num. 14, 36. 16, 
 11 Keri; Part, n-^r^^ Num. 14, 27. 17. 
 20. This mode of flexion is found only 
 in this signification. 
 
 HiTHPAL. isibnn, i. q. Kal no. 2, ? 
 91, 1. Job 39, 28. 
 
 Deriv. Tiba,n3!ibn,rij!ibn. 
 
y^b 
 
 617 
 
 T^b 
 
 ?^5 fo ttwallntp fp'eedUy, to suck 
 down. Obad. 16. Hence 5^ gullet, swal- 
 low. Syr. ^O^ and ^^^ to lick, to suck 
 up. For 15b Job 6. 3, see r. nsb . 
 
 PiL. ybyb to mck up blood, Job 39. 30 
 [33], if we read i?bsb for i"by^; see in 
 r. 5b5 . 
 
 Note. J. D. Michaelis long ago appo- 
 sitely remarked, Supp. p. 1552. that the 
 syllable sb expresses the sound of swal- 
 lowing greedily^ sucking down ; and this 
 signification is found in many Semitic 
 roots in which sh constitutes the first or 
 primary syllable, e. g. 5b^ to lick up, to 
 swallow, usb (Arab, fjhxi . (iXaJ) to 
 eat eagerly and daintily, ^ ns\ Ethpe. to 
 
 devour greedily, yxi greedy, an epicure, 
 ufljJ, jojlI. ;3x-I, to lick, to eat 
 eagerly ; ^ ras\ , y*oti , to eat ; Syr. 
 l^aX, Ua:^^:^, li^a^, Uv^o^i., the 
 jaw. A similar power belongs to the 
 kindred syllables sb, nb, nb, as csb to 
 taste, jei., ^^yA^, to lick; T^nb (Pj^b) 
 to lick, snb to swallow down, and cnb to 
 
 eat, ;3^- ^^^j LK^j fj*^ ^^ ''^k) 
 2nb and I2nb to lick, to be lambent as 
 flame, i. e. to flame ; corap. Sanscr. lih 
 to lick, Gr. i-fl/b), li/^uam, Xi;(rsvoi, Lat. 
 LinGo. LiGurio, transp. GuLa, deglu- 
 tio, Germ, lecken. Engl, to lick, and with 
 a sibilant prefixed Germ, schlucken, 
 schlingen. See Pott Etymol. Forsch. 
 I. p. 283. 
 
 To these may be added a large class 
 of Semitic roots, beginning with the 
 syllables sb, nb, nb, which denote va- 
 rious motions of the tongue ; e. g. to 
 gape, sc. with open mouth and tongue 
 thj-ust out, as in burning thirst and mad- 
 ness, see nnb, nnb, anb, nxb. Germ. 
 lechen, lechzen, comp. 2nb , ^xb , 3!ib ; 
 also to vibrate the tongue and hiss, in the 
 manner of serpents or of those speaking 
 in a whisper, see ttJnb ; to stammer, to 
 speak barbarously (unintelligibly) and 
 ineptly, comp. J?b where see more, nrb, 
 \ju , ^sb, lirb. The Greeks expressed 
 the ideas of eating daintily, and of stam- 
 mering or senseless babble, by the syl- 
 lables la. lam, lab, lap, led, comp, Xuta 
 to lick. kd^Qog, Xiifivqoq voracious and 
 loquacious, lafiog, i.ai^6q gullet, Xa/xUt 
 
 44 
 
 the voracious (Lamia, man-eater, 'iiyO. 
 GhAlnh, see in n'^b'^b). XunTbi, btffvavta. 
 Comp. Lat. lambo, labium. P;rR. y^^ 
 lip. Germ. Lippe, Engl, lip, also to lap, 
 and vulgar Germ, labbern schltibbern, 
 svhtappen. Engl, to slabber; also htltu. 
 Germ, lallen. The signification to de- 
 ride, to mock, which comes from the 
 idea of stammering (see in r. asb no. 2), 
 was expressed by a transposition, as in 
 yihioi, /Ati''?. 
 
 Y^^ pr. to stammer, to speak unin- 
 telligibly, comp. asb, and the note under 
 Sib . Hence 
 
 1. to speak in a barbarous or foreign 
 tongue, since those who speak in a for- 
 eign language seem to ignorant persona 
 merely to chatter unintelligibly. See 
 Hiph. 
 
 2. to deride, to mock any one, pr. by 
 imitating his voice or mode of speaking ; 
 comp. Is. 28, 10. 11, and arb. Corresp. 
 is Sanscr. lad, Lat. ludere. Gr. Xuad-t] 
 derision. Prov. 9, 12. Part. "I'b a 
 mocker, scoffer, scorner, i. e. a frivolous 
 and impudent person, who sets at nought 
 and scoffs at the most sacred preceptsi 
 and duties of religion, piety, and morafey 
 (comp. nt.) Ps. 1, 1. Prov. 9, 7. 8. 13, 1. 
 14, 6. 15, 12. 19, 25. 22, 10. 24, 9. Is. 
 29, 20. 
 
 Hi PH. 1. to act as interpreter, to in- 
 terpret, from the idea of speaking a for- 
 eign tongue, comp. Kal no. 1. Part^ 
 ^'^b^ an interpreter Gen. 42, 23, where 
 Sept. well kQurjvBVTTj?, Onk. 'j'CSi'iira. 
 Hence also intercessor, internuncius, 
 messenger, 2 Chr. 32, 31. Is. 43, 27; 
 y^hTZ r,xbT5 Job 33, 23 the interceding 
 angel, i. e. interceding with God for 
 men, ^Baixrjq, tutelary, comp. Matt.. 
 18, 10. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to deride, to mock, 
 c. ace. Ps. 119, 51. Prov. 14, 9. Job 16,. 
 20 ; c. dat. Prov. 3. 34. 
 
 PiL. part. plur. D^ssib scomers, for 
 d-^SSib^ , Hos. 7, 5. See Lehrg. p. 316. 
 
 HiTHPAL. 7:iibnn to show oneself a 
 mocker, i. e. frivolous, impudent, Is. 28,. 
 22. 
 
 Deriv. V^b, ns'^ba. 
 
 * IT^b pr. to knead with the hands or 
 
 feet; kindr. tin, also TS27, tin'n. Hence 
 
 1. to knead dough, c. ace. Jer. 7, 18. 
 
izj^b 
 
 >18 
 
 nnb 
 
 Hos. 7, 4 ; absol. Gen. 18, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 
 24. 2 Sam. 13, 8. Syr. and Chald. id. 
 Ethiop. A^tL id. Hence 
 
 2. to be Jirm, strong ; whence t'"""' lion. 
 
 Arab, vijjj strengtli. vi)!^ mid. "1 e 
 III, V, to be firm, strong. 
 
 ID'I^ Jjiish, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 3, 15 
 Cheth. See la-^b no. 2. c. 
 
 n^^ Chald. (r. ni^, like r-jp, r:^) . 
 pr. adhesion, connection ; but passing 
 over into a Preposit. hy. with, like Syr. 
 J^qIu. Ezra 4. 12 r^T\f> ,?: from tcitJi 
 thee, i. q. Heb. ^53"t3, Fr. rfe cAes toi. 
 
 tb see Tin. 
 
 ^ p obsol. and doubtful root, i. q. 
 Tt^ ; whence perh. niib'. 
 
 ">|^ see fiT^n. 
 
 1Tb see Vi\r\. 
 
 ^^ : ^- perverseness, frowardness, 
 Prov. 4, 24. R. ntb or T^? q. v. 
 
 J^' adj. (r. nrt) plur. Qinb with Dag. 
 forte impl. see Heb. Gram. 22. 1 ; pr. 
 moist, and hence green, fresh, e.g. wood 
 Gen. 30. 37; Ez. 17, 24. 21, 3; grapes 
 Num. 6, 3 ; spoken also of new cords or 
 ropes, Judg. 16, 7. 8. 
 
 In5 m. (r. nnb) freshness, vigour, 
 Deut. 34, 7. 
 
 * nnb obsol. root. Eth. AlhP to be 
 
 T T 
 
 ^i>, beautiful ; prob. pr. ^o 6e new, fresh, 
 nearly i. q. nn^ , and spoken of theyresA 
 colour of the cheeks. Hence "'n'? cheek. 
 
 Dinb or Qinb m. (r. cnb) 1. What- 
 ever is eaten, food, meat, Job 20, 23 
 iain^a "i^'^S "^i^??? o'*^ shall rain upon 
 them with his food, i. e. God will send 
 upon them what shall be their food, fire 
 and brimstone, the divnne wrath ; eomp. 
 Ps. 11, 6. The phrase to rain with food, 
 ninbs, is here poetic, i.q. to send down 
 food in rain, as we also say: It rains in 
 or with large drops, i( rains large drops. 
 
 2. flesh, body, Zeph. 1, 17 ; wliere for 
 fiasinb other Mss. and editt. read Z'sxh 
 
 as if from a form ch^ . Arab. J-i. flesh. 
 
 * '^'j^ obsol. root, to he moist, fresh; 
 Eth. AfhAlh to moisten, see Ludolf 
 Lex. in Syllab. p. 635; in both edilione 
 
 of the Lexicon itself this word is omit- 
 ted. Chald. r\\r\h id. nrob, r-nib, 
 rinnbnb moisture, freshness, vigour. 
 Kindr. is nnb . Hence nb, nb. 
 
 Th I (r. nnb) in pause "vh, c. sufT. 
 rnb job 40. 26';'Dual c^^nb Deut. 18, 3, 
 constr. '^nb Is. 30. 28, c. sutf. ~p:nb Ez. 
 29, 4, but cronb Hos. 11, 4. 
 
 1. the cheek, so called from its fresh 
 colour, see the root; Cant. 5, 13. Lam. 
 1,2. So "nb by 's r^zr] and 's '.'^nb nzn, 
 to smite one up&n the cheek, or to smite 
 the cheeks of any one, in chastisement 
 or insult, Mic. 4, 14. 1 K. 22. 24. Job 
 16, 10 ; comp. Lam. 3. 30. Is. 50, 6. 
 
 2. the jaw-bone. Job 40, 26. Ps. 3, 8 
 inb 'iz'iN-bs-rN n-^sn thou hast smitten 
 all mine enemies as to the jaw-bone, an 
 image drawn from ravenous beasts, 
 which are thus rendered harmless. So 
 the jaw-bone of an ass, Judg. 15. 15-17. 
 Dual Deut. IS, 3. Ez. 29, 4. 38, 4. 
 
 Arab. , _^ id. 2Ua> beard. 
 
 3. Lehi, pr. n. of a ditatrict on the bor-* 
 ders of Piiilistia, Judg: 15. 9. 14. 19 ; fully 
 V. 17 "^nb n^n the height or hill of Lehi 
 (the jaw-bone), prob. so called Irom a 
 chain of steep, craggy rocks ; just as 
 single rocks are called teeth, see 'j^. 
 So jaw-bone for a mountainous tract 
 in the Chald. pr. n. 2NTO n*nb for Heb. 
 riXi^ ->r, Michaelis Suppl. p. 1453. The 
 sacred writer himself (v. 17) seems toi 
 refer this name to the throwing away of 
 the jaw-bone ; as if written Tib nan-, 
 from r. n72'n to throw. 
 
 *'^'1J? inf ip\, f. q. ppb, to lick, 
 
 Germ, lecken. Arab. ^iXjL, Syr. j "^ 
 
 Pe. and Pa. id. In Kal once, of an ox 
 which gathers the grass with his tongue 
 before biting it ofi^ to lick up herbage^. 
 to feed off. Num. 22, 4. 
 
 PiEL TjnV to lick, to feed by Ticking, 
 as the ox, see in Kal; comp. Arab. 
 lu*^ to lick up pasture or Ibdiicr, as 
 cattle. Num. 22,4; sp>ken of fire I K. 
 18; 38. "iBT 'qnb to lick the dust, Jiyper- 
 bol. of one who prostrates himself as a 
 suppliant, Pe. 72, 9. Mic. 7, 17. Is. 49, 23. 
 
 * Q^J^ fut. cnb7 1. to eat, to take 
 food, (kindr. with cnb and D2b to taste. 
 
Dnb 
 
 519 
 
 cinb 
 
 ee note under Sib.) i. q. ir, but used 
 only in poetic style ; with ace. of fi)od 
 Prov. 4, 17. 23, G; with a to eat of any 
 thing, Prov. 9. 5. Ps. Ul,'4 ; nbsol. of a 
 meal Prov. 23, 1. Metaph. to consume, 
 Deut. 32, 24 Ci'Sn 'o^nb devoured by 
 pestilence. 
 
 2. to fight, to war ; Part, cnb one 
 fighting, i. q. an enemy, foe; with nx 
 of pers. with whom Ps. 35, 1 ; c. b 56, 2. 
 3; more usual in Niph. Soldiers in 
 war or battle are hypcrbolically said to 
 devour their enemies, as Joshua the 
 Canaanites, Num. 14, 9 fin i:rnb they 
 shall be our bread; and the sword 
 also is said to devour (bsx) Ez. 21. 33. 
 
 Is. 1, 20. Ar 
 
 ab. 1^ to b 
 
 e slain in bat- 
 
 tle, pr. to be consumed; also kjiojo to 
 chew, Conj. II to fight, Pers. jj^ r^^r* 
 man-eater, spoken of a fierce warrior; 
 also Horn. nToUftoio fiiya atoftu II. 10. 8. 
 Niph. Dnba, fut. nn^-i, conv. en's*;;, inf 
 absol. onis , i. q. Kal no. 2, to fight, to 
 wage war, to contend, in a recipr. signif 
 like Gr. iiuxtvitin, Fr. se battre. Absol. 
 Judg. 5, 19. 1 Sara. 17, 10 ^^;) ^'^|? that 
 we may fight together. The pers. with 
 whom is put with a Ex. 1, 10. Num.21, 
 26. al. sa^p. cs 2 K. 13. 12. 14, 15 ; nx 
 (nx) 1 K. 20, 23. Is. 37, 9 ; bx Jer. 1, 19". 
 15. 20 ; by Neh. 4, 8 ; also in the ace. ac- 
 cording to some, but in part of the exam- 
 ples "PX with a noun signifies with, as 
 Judg. 12, 4. 2. K. 9, 15. and elsewhere 
 tnix is for OPiX . as Josh. 10, 25. 1 K. 20, 25 
 comp. V. 23. Once c. sutf, i2^':n):il they 
 war against me. The pers. for whom 
 is put with b Ex. 14, 14. 25. Deut. 1, 30 ; 
 bs Judg. 9. 17. 2 K. 10. 3. So too, cnbs 
 ^"sa Judg. 9, 45 and n-'S b? to fight 
 against a city, to besiege it. Is. 7, 1. 
 2 K. 19, 8. Jer. 34, 22. 37. 8 ; so with 
 OS Josh. 19, 47. Also nrsnbia nnb: to 
 war a war. to fight a fight or battle, 
 1 Sam. 8, 20. 18, 17. al. 
 
 Deriv. cnb, nnb, osinb, Jianba, and 
 pr. n. "^cnb. 
 
 or?? verbal of Piel (r. nnV) war, siege. 
 Judg. 5, 8 C"!?':? cnb tx then was siege 
 of their gates, i. e. their gates, cities, 
 were besieged. Segol for Tsere. which 
 most Mss. exhibit, is perh. on account 
 of the constr. state; thou gb other like 
 
 examples are wanting. Or, better, we 
 may read with some Mss. cnb, with tone 
 retracted; comp. nnrj rnn Prov, 17, 10. 
 
 on? of both genders ; m. Num. 21, 6. 
 f. Gen. 49, 20. R. nnb. 
 
 1. food, meat, both for man Gen. 47, 
 12 ; and beasts Job 24, 5. Is. 65, 25. 
 Ps. 147, 9. al. seep. Dnb bax to eat food, 
 to take a meal, etc. see in bax no. 1. c. 
 cnb cb to set on food Gen. 43,' 31. onb 
 D-'irJjx see in c:^x no. 1. h. Poet, ObadI 
 7 Tjsrib for T^anb -"dsx those who eat of 
 thy food, thy household. Num. 14, 9 see 
 in r. nnb no. 2. 1 Sam. 20, 24. c-nbx enb 
 th food of God, spoken of a sacrifice 
 Lev. 21, 6. 8. 17, 21, 22, So Jer, 11, 19 7? 
 icnba the tree with its food i. e. its fruit; 
 
 6 CI i 
 
 comp. Arab. J.^1 food, also for fruit. 
 Further: a) provision, siiste^iance, 
 living, Ecc. 9, 11, ntb'd cnb Solomon's 
 provision, supplies, 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22]. 
 '"^n?'"! ^nb the provision of the governor, 
 his table-allowance, Neh. 5, 14. 18. 
 b) a meal, feast, as cnb bax see in b:x 
 no. 1. c. cnb ntor to make a feast Ecc. 
 10, 19. 
 2. Spec, a) bread, as in mod. Arab. 
 
 ^ spec, flesh ; Gen. 21, 14. 25, 34. 28, 
 20. al. saep. Ci^l cnb bread and water, 
 as daily and common food, 1 K. 18. 4. 13. 
 Num. 21, 5. Is. 3, 1. crib -laa a cake 
 or loaf of bread Ex. 29, 23; but when 
 there is more than one loaf the Avord 
 nl-aa is omitted after the numeral (as 
 "'^i^'4 before riCia and ant), e. g. ''r\'S 
 cnb tivo ]o3.ves of bread 1 Sam. 21. 4. 17, 
 17. cnb re see in re , For the phrase 
 ^r-b n-j-:^ 'zt:; see in na^ no. 2. So 
 '="'22n cnb bread of the presence, Sept. 
 uQToi ivMitioi, Yu\g. panes propositionis, 
 Engl, shew-bread, i. e. the twelve loaves 
 which were set out every sabbath before 
 Jehovah in two rows upon the table in 
 the sanctuary, Ex. 25. 30. 35, 13. 39. 36; 
 comp. Lev. 24, 5-9. Called in the later 
 books ra-iran cnb Neh. 10. 34. 1 Chr. 
 9, 32. b) wheat, as that from which 
 bread is made, bread-corn, grain; comp. 
 
 Arab. j*LaJb food. spec, wheat, and con- 
 tra Gr. aXtog: wheat and also food. Gen. 
 41. 54. 47, 13. 15. 17. fo-^z^ cnb Jg. 
 36. 17 ; 28, 28 p-ir cnb . see i'n pp^'no. 1. 
 
tinb 
 
 520 
 
 tnb 
 
 0^7^ Chald. food, a feast, Dan. 5, 1. 
 Dnb see in D^inb no. 2. 
 
 "'''Sn^ a) Gentile n. see ''^n^n n-^a 
 Belhlehemile, art. n'la no. 12. w. 
 
 b) Lahmi, pr. n. of a man in 1 Chr. 
 20, 5, a passage perhaps corrupted from 
 2 Sam. 21, 19 C^anx "'"iisn? "^n^x r^'l 
 injn rr^bj nx "'^n'sn n"^s Elhanan, son 
 of Jaare-Oreghn (a"'3"X is here doubt- 
 ful, see in i"'"';) the Bethlehemite. slew 
 Golialh the Gittite; where, in order to 
 remove the supposed discrepancy with 
 the account of David's victory over Go- 
 liath, the text in 1 Chr. 1. c. stands thus: 
 
 Elhaiian. son of Jair, slew Lahmi, the 
 brother of Goliath of Gath. [Vice versa, 
 Winer and others suppose the true 
 reading to be preserved in 1 Chr. and 
 the passage in Kings to be corrupted ; 
 Realw. ed. 3, art. Goliath. R. 
 
 CDtlb Lahmas, pr. n. of a place in 
 the plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 40 ; where 
 32 Mss. read Bsn^. Vulg. Leheman, 
 Engl. Lahmam. 
 
 * - ^ 
 
 ('Jf Chald. a root not used in the 
 
 verb, to be longing, lustful, like Gr. Xu- 
 yvog ; pr. to be eager, greedy, like kindr. 
 onb , cnb , and transferred to sexual de- 
 sire. Hence 
 
 *^r'^r Chald. f. a concubine, Dan. 5, 2. 
 3. 23. More frequent in the Targums. 
 
 * Y'Jt f"t- Tr!^."? 1- to press, to crowd, 
 Sept. -d^Xij^bh Num. 22. 25 the ass crushed 
 (ynbn^) the foot of Balaam against the 
 wall. Hence to crowd out, to thrust forth, 
 2 K. 6, 32 ; a people into the mountains 
 Judg. 1, 34; comp. Am. 6, 14. 
 
 2. to oppress, to distress, e. g. persons 
 Ps. 56, 2 ; stningers Ex. 22, 20. 23, 9 ; a 
 people Judg. 2, 18. 10, 12. 1 Sam. 10, 18. 
 2 K. 13, 4. 22. Is. 19, 10. Jer. 30, 20. 
 
 yn\ 'e y^\ Ex. 3, 9. 
 
 Kindred is yni ; also y^X, 7IX, D3!<, 
 Samar. {^HX, Arab, (joi II, to 
 press, to distress ; also yi. to press, to 
 importune. 
 
 Niph. to press oneself sc. against a 
 wall Num. 22, 25, Hence 
 
 7^? m. oppression, distress, affliction, 
 e. g. of persons Job 36, 15. Ps. 62, 10 ; of 
 
 a people Ex. 3, 9. With a genitive of 
 the object, bst'^i^'? 715 the oppression of 
 Israel, which he suffers. 2 K. 13, 4 ; c. 
 suff. Deut. 26, 7. Ps. 44. 25. Also, with 
 genit. of the subject, ni^-ist ynh Ps. 72, 10. 
 y nb C^a , yrib cnb , bread and water 
 of affliction or calamity, one's food in 
 time of distress, 1 K. 22, 27. 2 Chr. 18, 
 26. Is. 30, 20. 
 
 ITmD in Kal not used, to whisper, 
 Gr. ^)i&v^i^siv, Germ, zischeln, all which 
 as well as the Heb. are onomatopoetic ; 
 comp. kindr. llJnJ . Syr. ',4 tt\ to whis- 
 per in the ear, Arab, jwwki the serpent 
 vibrates his tongue, hisses ; whence 
 
 s ,-Y 
 
 luji^ijj hissers, i. e. serpents. Ethiop. 
 
 AiTlA id. also to mutter, to speak soft- 
 ly, for Gr. yQv^M, AA.'^fl A to whisper 
 in the ear, 't'A.^TjLlrt. to whisper 
 among themselves. 
 
 PiEL ilinb to whisper, to mutter, spec. 
 a.s magicians or sorcerers their incanta- 
 tions ; only Part, c^ajnba conjurers, en- 
 chanters, also charmers of serpents, Ps. 
 58, 6. Syr. v a m\ Pe. to use enchant- 
 
 ment, whence j 4>n mN charmer ot ser- 
 pents. 
 
 HiTHP. to whisper among themselves^ 
 2 Sam. 12, 19 ; with b? against any one, 
 Ps. 41, 8. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. Oin'ft and 
 
 ^^? m. pr. a whispering ; hence 
 
 1 . prayer, uttered in a low voice. Is. 
 26, 16. 
 
 2. incantation, magic, also the charm- 
 ing of serpents, Is. 3, 3. Jer. 8, 17. Ecc. 
 10, 11. Comp. C'JS in art. as. Hence 
 
 3. Plur. c-'ltinb Is. 3, 20, pr. charms, 
 remedies against enchantment, i. e. amu- 
 lets, superstitious ornaments, often gems 
 and precious stones, or plates of gold 
 and silver, on which certain magic for- 
 mulas were inscribed, and which were 
 worn suspended from the neck or in the 
 ears, by oriental females. According 
 to Kimchi ear-rings, amulets being of- 
 ten so worn ; and so Luth. and Engl. 
 Vers. comp. Gen. 35, 4 and the com- 
 mentators, also Syr. l-*|-e. But eaj^ 
 rings had already been mentioned by 
 Isaiah in v. 19. 
 
t:b 
 
 621 
 
 b-'b 
 
 t35 part Kal, see in .-. aib. 
 
 t3^ (ill Cod. Siimar. and many Heb. 
 Msa. fully -J'b) Ml. Gen. 37, 25. 43, 11, 
 Lut. ledum, ladanum, Gr. l{,dov, kuduvov, 
 a fragrant resinous gum, wiiich is gath- 
 ered from the leaves of a siirub growing 
 in the island of Crete, Arabia, and Al- 
 jfica, xhioi, Cislus ladanifera, Herod. 
 3. 112. So called perh. from covering 
 over, concealing, from r. U'b ; comp. "iB3 
 pitch, from r. "iB3. Si^pt. Vulg. aiuKxi], 
 slacte, Syr. and Chald. pistacla. Saad. 
 chestnut. See Celsii Hierob. T. I. p. 
 280 sq. 
 
 >5t:b 
 
 f^ obsol. root, i. q. Chald. VcSi 
 
 *^ > ^l 
 
 i. q. aib to hide; or Arab. UflJ and tit 
 terr( adh<zsit. Hence 
 
 ^^^7 ! a species of lizard.'hev. 11, 
 30. Sept. /if:?airje, Vulg. stellio. See 
 Boch. Hieroz. I. p. 1073. Zab. fhJ^ 
 lizard. 
 
 DTC1t2? (the hammered, the sharpen- 
 ed) Letitshim, pr. n. of an Arabian tribe 
 descended from Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. R. 
 s5-j^ . 
 
 * ^^b fut. t-c)i 1. io hammer, to 
 forge, Gen. 4, 22. 
 
 2. ^0 sharpen by hammering, e. g. a 
 ploughshare 1 Sam. 13, 20; a sword Ps. 
 7, 13. Metaph. Job 16, 9 "o -pj-ir aj'i::!:^ 
 he sharpenelh his eyes against me, be- 
 holds me with a stern and threatening 
 look. 
 
 PuAL part. iiJ::^^ sharpened, sharp, 
 Ps. 52, 4. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. tttJiiD^ . 
 
 n^'b for n^ib. contr. for JtiiIj (r. r\'f:>) 
 a wreath ; only Plur. ri"'b wreaths, fes- 
 toons, in architecture, 1 K. 7, 29. 30. 36. 
 
 b':b Is. 16, 3. Lam. 2, 19 Cheth. once 
 b"*!? Is 21, 11 (in pause, as b-^n and b-in), 
 constr. b-^b Ex. 12, 42. Is. 15, 1. 30, 29 ; 
 but far more freq. with He parag. n5">p 
 (Milel, see note), in pause nb-^b ; Plur. 
 nib-'b ; masc. R. b^b. ^ ^ ^ ' ' '^ 
 
 1. night; Arab. JuJ , '^iX^ , Syr. 
 jll^, jllii^ii, Eth. AA.^, id. in all 
 which there is a vestige of the He parag. 
 as in T^h'^h ; see note. This word is by 
 many regarded as primitive ; and the 
 
 44* 
 
 etymology is at least very doubtful. But 
 aa cr^ day comes from the idea of heat; 
 so b'^b night may come from that of cold, 
 viz. as causing one to roll or wrap him- 
 self in his cloak or bed-covering, r. b^ib. 
 So nb^b C-S2-JX forty nights Gen. 7, 
 
 4. 12. i'k. 19, 8; rib-'b najbd 1 Sam. 
 30, 12. Jon. 2, 1 ; nb-;b-b=2 ^ere'ry night 
 Ps. 6, 7, but nb^bn-bs tfie whole night 
 Ex. 14,20.21. Num. 11/32. al. nnx nb-^ba 
 in one night Gen. 40. 5. 41, 11. nb^ba 
 Xiinn in that night Gen. 32, 14. 22. 'xna 
 "b"'^n at midnight Ruth 3, 8 ; nb^b piiJ-'K 
 see in ,ittj" no. 2. nb';ib is ci'ia from 
 rffly-break even to night, i. e. in one day, 
 Is. 38, 12. 13. !^b^b-,a see in la no. 7. 
 nb^b ")i"'Tn vision of the night, noctur- 
 nal' visiou.' Job 4, 13. 20, 8. 33, 15; r'n-\z 
 nb-jb id. Gen. 46, 2 ; nb^b cibn noctunml 
 dream Gen. 20, 3. nb^b nns nocturnal 
 terror Ps. 91, 5. By night is expressed 
 in Heb. by nb-^b Gen. 14, 15. Ex. 13, 22 ; 
 whence nb^bl z.'zi^ by day and night 
 Ex. 13, 21. 'Lev. s' 35. Num. 9, 21, and so 
 O'i"'; "b7b night and day Is. 27, 3, nb7b 
 ori-i'-'i 34, 10. Jer. 14, 17. Poet, nb^'ba 
 Job 24. 14. Ps. 42. 9. 77, 7. 88, 2. Y19", 
 55, nib-^b Ps. 16. 7. mbiba Cant. 3, 1. 
 Also with art. nb^bn adv. this night, to- 
 night, (like oi'ii ithis day, to-day.) Gen. 
 19, 5. 34. nb'i'ba as by night Job 5, 14. 
 
 2. Trop. a) For calamity, adversity, 
 miser]/, comp. T^ain, Is. 21, 11. Job 35, 
 
 10. Mic. 3, 6. Arab. JuJ misfortune, 
 Schult. 0pp. Min. p. 74. "b) For Sheol, 
 Hades, Job 36, 20. 
 
 Note. The form Mb^^ with He parag. 
 signifies pr. by night ; but by degrees 
 came also to stand for the time when it 
 is night,'' and so for night itself; in the 
 same manner as nasj, ri3"iB:, pr. the 
 region towards the south, towards the 
 north, are then put for the south, the 
 north, whence "jlESa , <"i35i3 ; comp. 
 cci'^a. Indeed the paragogic ending 
 became so closely united with this sub- 
 stantive, that in Chald. and Syr. it was 
 retained as a radical letter, and passed 
 over in the stat. emphat. into ^ . Hence 
 
 N^'^^b Chald. m. night, Dan. 2, 19. 
 
 5, 30." 7, 2. 7. 13. Often in Targg. 
 
 n^b'^bf. (from b^b, r. b^b) pr. noctur- 
 na, a night-spectre, ghost, a creature 
 
r^ 
 
 522 
 
 T2b 
 
 of Jewish superstition, frequenting the 
 desert. Is. 34, 14. According to the 
 Rabbins it bore the form of a female ele- 
 gantly dressed, and lay in wait for chil- 
 dren by night. Similar are the Greek 
 and Roman tables respecting the female 
 ^]^^novaa, the ovoy.Eriixv(joi, see Aristoph. 
 Ran. 293. Creuzer Comment. Herod, p. 
 267; the Lamice, Striges ; and the Ara- 
 bian Ghul. Ghulah. ( JjjL't . xJ-Jt .) i. e. 
 female monsters dwelling in deserts and 
 tearing men in pieces. Comp. the other 
 names of spectres, in Heb. e. g. Hfjiibs, 
 D'^n'^rb. See more in Bochart Hieroz. 
 T. II. p. 831. Buxtorf in Lex. Chald. 
 Talmud, p. 1140. Also Comment, on Is. 
 13, 22. 34, 14. 
 
 * "\ ..V 
 
 I i see ")>13. 
 
 tJ'^b m. (r. la^ib) 1. Poet, a lion, so 
 called from his strength and courage, 
 Is. 30, 6. Job 4, 11. Prov. 30, 30. Arab. 
 
 ^4^, Chald. n^^, Gr. Ats'Hom. II. 11. 
 239. ib. 15. 275. 
 
 2. Laish, pr. n. a) A place in the 
 northern extremity of Palestine, called 
 also orb and "'n Dan q. v. Judg. 18, 29; 
 with n loc. nd-;b v. 7. b) Also with n 
 loc. f^w'^b Is. 10, 30, a place near Ana- 
 thoth. northeast of Jerusalem ; see Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. II. p. 149. c) A man, 
 1 Sam. 25. 44 and 2 Sam. 3. 15 Keri ; in 
 Cheth. u;!ib. 
 
 TJ' imper. see T^bn init. and no. 7. 
 
 * "^z^ fut. nsb'i 1. to take, to catch, 
 so. animals, e. g. in a net, snares, (pr. 
 'to strike or hit with a net,' comp. Arab. 
 cXX) percussit,) Judg. 15, 4. Am. 3, 5. 
 Ps. 35, 8 ; in a pit, Jer. 18, 22 ; of a lion 
 seizing his prey Am. 3, 4. Metaph. Job 
 5. 13 he laketh (snareth) the wise in their 
 own craftiness. Prov. 5, 22. Jer. 5, 26, 
 
 2. to take, to .leize, to get possession 
 of^ viz. a) to take captive in war, Num. 
 21, 32. Josh. 11, 12. Judg. 8, 12. b) to 
 take a city by assault, storm, to capture, 
 Dcut. 2, 34. Josh. 8, 21. 10. I. 11, 10. 
 c) to take or occupy a land. Josh. 10, 42, 
 Dan. 11. 18; also single places, as the 
 fords of Jordan, Judg. 3, 28. 12. 5. So 
 Judg. 7, 24 ci5sn-nN cnb nrb^ and seize 
 the wafers before them, even Jordan. 
 'd") Other things, as chariots of war, 
 
 1 Chr. 18, 4. 1 Sam. 14, 47 Saul took 
 (nab) the kingdom over Israel. Some- 
 times with '{O ofpers./rom, whom. 1 Chr. 
 18, 4. 2 Chr. 13, 19 ; comp. b Judg. 7, 24. 
 
 3. to take, to choose any one by lot ; 
 comp. inx no. 7. Josh. 7, 14 "i^JS ^^t^'fi 
 Wn^ iisnsb-^ the tribe which Jehovah 
 taketh, designates by lot. v. 17. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be taken, caught, with 
 snares, Is. 8, 15. 28, 13. Jer. 48, 44. Ps. 
 9, 16. Trop. Prov. 6, 2. 11, 6. Job 36, 8. 
 
 2. to be taken, captured ; of men Jer 
 51, 56; a city 1 K. 16, 18. 2 K. 18, 10. 
 Jer. 13, 28. 50, 2. 51, 31. 41. 
 
 3. to he taken by lot. Josh. 7, 15. 16. 18. 
 1 Sam. 10, 20. 21. 14, 41. 42 [43. 44]. 
 
 HiTHP. to take hold of one a)wt her. to 
 holdfast together, to cohere. Arab. JjO 
 Conj. V, to be joined together, to have 
 the parts compacted. Job 41, 9 [17] 
 '''^^^r''? tfi^cy hold together, sc. the scales 
 of the crocodile. 38, 30 ^nsbni ninn i3S3 
 the surface of the deep coheres, is frozen. 
 Comp. tnx no. 4. 
 
 Deriv. nilsbia and 
 
 *55 xn. a being taken, capture, Prov. 
 3, 26. 
 
 I. nD5 imper. see in T|bH init. and no. 7. 
 
 II. TDb for T;b to thee. Gen. 27, 37. 
 
 ^^^ (a going, journey, for t^^b"^.) 
 Lechah, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of 
 Judah, 1 Chr. 4, 21. R. "b^ . 
 
 ^"'P^ (either: the smitten, captured; 
 or : the tenacious, i. e. impregnable, r. 
 u:=b) Lachish, pr. n. of a fortified city 
 (Is.' 36, 2. 2 Chr. 11, 9) in the plain of 
 Judah, anciently the seat of a Canaan- 
 itish king. Josh. 10, 3. 12, 11. 15, 39. 
 Neh. 11, 30. 2 Chr. 11, 9. Is. 36, 2. Jer. 
 34, 7. Mic. 1. 13. Comp. Bibl. Res. ia 
 Palest. II. p. 389, 393. 
 
 1?^ see ',3 p. 474. c. 
 
 ^-5 obsol. root, prob. i. q. kindr. 
 Arab. viyXJ? cXXJj vJU: a) to strike, 
 to smite, b) to adhere, to be tenacious ; 
 hence, to be diUicult. Deriv. pr. n. ^"^ab . 
 
 nisbb see -^bnb. 
 
 * T^^ fut. iBb-i 1. Pr. to heat with 
 a rod, to chastise, espec. beasts of bur- 
 den ; whence T^^b^ an ox-goad. Arab. 
 tXJ i. q. ( jj to strike, to beat with a 
 
Mttb 
 
 623 
 
 arb 
 
 rod. Hence to discipline^ to train, to 
 teach, 8c. beasts of burden, etc. see Pual 
 Hos. 10, 11; also trooj)s to war, 1 Chr. 
 5, 18 n-anb'S 'Tiiab trained to war, i. e. 
 practised, skilled. Comp. Pual no. 2. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be trained, taught, i. q. 
 to learn, e. g. war, Is. 2, 4. Mic. 4, 3. 
 With ace. Deut. 5, 1. Is. 26, 10. Prov. 
 30, 3. Jer. 12, 16; with infin. Is. 1, 17; 
 infin. c. ) Ueut. 14, 23. 17, 19. 18, 9; 
 verb. fin. with ^ Deut. 31. 12; see Heb. 
 Gr. 139. 3. a. Also, to accustom one- 
 self, to be wont, c. bx Jer. 10, 2. 
 
 Pi EL Hab 1. to train, to accu^tam. 
 Jer. 9, 4 thei/ have accustomed their 
 tongue to speak lies. Ps. 18, 35. 
 
 2. to leach, absol. Ps. 60, 1. 2 Chr. 17, 
 7. With ace. of pers. to teach one any 
 thing. Ps. 71, 17. Cant. 8, 2 Jer. 32, 33. 
 Part, isbia a teacher, c. genit. Ps. 119, 
 99. Prov. 5. 13. With two ace. of pers. 
 and thing. Deut. 4, 5. 14. 11, 19. Ps. 25, 
 4. Jer. 2, 33 '^^2^^'^*? ''^1^^ ^"^^"^^'^^ 
 wickedness hast thou taught thy ways. 
 Ecc. 12. 9. With ace. of pers. and dat. 
 of thing (pr. to train one to any thing) 
 Ps. 141. I ; with a in any thing, Is. 40, 
 14; -,13 of thing Ps. 94, 12 ; inf c. b Ps. 
 143, 10. Is. 48, 17. Jer. 12, 16; so with 
 niTjb impl. Jer. 13, 21 rj^'b? cnx "'nnab 
 C^Bsx thou hast taught them to be lead- 
 ers over thee, accustomed them to exer- 
 cise dominion over thee. With dat. of 
 pers. Job 21, 22. 
 
 Pual 1. to be traiiud, accustomed, 
 taught, e. g. a heifer well trained. Hos. 
 10, 11 ; of troops (comp. Kal no. 1), 
 Cant. 3. 8 nianbia n-iabp trained to war, 
 1. e. expert ; comp. 1 Chr. 25, 7 "^ab^ 
 Tiia instructed in song. 
 
 2. to be taught, spoken of that in whic'* 
 one is instructed; Is. 29, 13 n'^'JS ri^^^ 
 iTiEbia a mere human precept taught, 
 inculcated, which they are made to learn. 
 
 Deriv. Ti:2b , i^bia , T^abn . 
 
 ^TSb see in "iiab . 
 
 rrabj rrnb^ niab. see in na d. 3, 4. 
 
 i'Q^ poet, for b, as ias for 3, laa for 
 a, see "ia ; four times in the book of 
 Job, c. 27, 14. 29, 21. 38, 40. 40, 4. 
 
 bsiiab (of God sc. created, see bjjtb) 
 Prov. 31, 4, also bs^ttb Prov. 31, 1, 
 Lemuel, pr. n. of a king otherwise un- 
 
 known, prob. not an Israelite, perh. an 
 Arabian, to whom the moral maxims 
 Prov, 31, 2-9 are directed. 
 
 11125 and TS? adj. 1. accustomed, 
 used to any thing, Jer. 2, 24. 13, 23; 
 practised, expert. Is. 50, 4 a^"iiab "liiob 
 the tongue of the practised ec. in speak- 
 ing, the eloquent. 
 
 2. one taught, a disciple, follower; 
 ni"Ti ^'iiab the disciples of Jehovah, 
 prophets. Is. 50, 4. 54, 13 ; pious men 
 8, 16. 
 
 * ^'2 ^ obsol. root. Arab. viJLJ to taste ; 
 
 s .^ 
 but sJUJLj a strong youth. Hence 
 
 ^? Lamech, pr. n. a) A son of Me- 
 thusael, a descendant of Cain, and the 
 first to njisuse the arms invented by 
 his eon. Gen. 4, 18-24 b) The son 
 of Methuselah, a descendant of Seth, 
 Gen. 5, 25-31. 
 
 "py^ see after "ja . 
 
 "jy'ob on account of, because, see 1?a . 
 
 ?b m. (r. Sib) the swallow, gtdlei, 
 throat, Prov. 23, 2. Chald. XSib . 
 
 * !* 5 in Kal not used, Arab. vS*J 
 
 to play, to sport, to jest ; also to jest at, 
 to mock. Kindr. are asb . trb, see Sib 
 note. Chald. n"'sb mockery, derision, 
 nsbnx to mock at. to deride any one, 
 Syr. ^rn^zf id. Comp. Gr. Ao/5i?, ioa- 
 
 ^UOUHL. 
 
 Hi PH. to mock at, to deride, part. c. 3 
 2 Chr. 36, 16. 
 
 * ;5b fut. ssb-^, pr. to stammer, to 
 speak unintelligibly, Syr. ^-^^, also 
 
 w,^;^, pjd, islil, Eth. A0A.0 
 
 and A7\AA stammering, comp. TSb and 
 see s^b note. Hence 
 
 1. to speak in a barbarous or foreign 
 tongue, see in yib, comp. Niph. By 
 
 transpos. Jbs, Arab. ^-Lc barbare lo- 
 quens. w 
 
 2. to mock, to deride, pr. by imitating 
 the stammering voice of any one in de- 
 rision. Chald. absb to mock. Comp. by 
 transp. Gr. ytkuo), also x^f^'V> /i-^vd^oi, 
 Goth, hlahjan, lahhan, Pers. ^jjutc^ 
 
njb 
 
 524 
 
 ^Bb 
 
 to jest, Germ, lachen, Engl, to laugh. 
 E. g. absol. Job 11, 3 ; oftener with h of 
 pers. and thing Job 9, 23. Prov. 17, 5. 2 
 K. 19, 21. al. Spec, spoken : a) Of 
 those who mock at others in distress, 
 Job 9, 23 ; c. 2 Prov. 1, 26 ; \ of pers. 
 Ps. 22, 8. Job 22, 19 ; also irb-iiarb';! they 
 laugh among themselves Ps. 80. 7. b) 
 Of a scoffer, who mocks at God and reli- 
 gion. Job 11, 3 ; comp. in 'f^ no. 2. d) 
 Of one who contemns the threats and ef- 
 forts of enemies, Ps.2,4. 59,9. Is. 37, 22. 
 
 NiPH. to speak in a barbarous or for- 
 eign tongue, Is. 33, 19. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kai no. 2, to mock, to de- 
 ride, Job 21, 3 ; c. b Ps. 22, 8. Neh. 2, 
 19; 3 2 Chr. 30, 10; ^5 Neh. 3, 33 
 
 Deriv. the two following, 
 
 i?^ m. 1. mockery, derision, scoim, 
 Ps. 79, 4. Ez. 23, 32. 36, 4. Meton. for 
 the cause of derision. Hos. 7, 16. 
 
 2. scoffing, i. e. impious discourse, Job 
 34, 7 ; comp. in I'^ib no. 2. 
 
 ^?? adj. (r. 5?^) 1. speaking a bar- 
 barous or foreign tongue; Is. 28, 11 
 MEb "'J^I^S i. e. as barbarians, foreign- 
 ers, sc. the Assyrians. 
 
 2. a mocker, jester, buffoon. Ps. 35, 16 
 iiyia "^ar^ pr. cake-jesters, table-buf- 
 foons, i. e. parasites ; Gr. ^ojjuoxoAwxfc, 
 xviaaoxoluxfg. So in the Talmud "jiirb 
 .15*1? cake-talk, i. e. jesting, buffoonery. 
 
 * "'5? obsol. root, Arab. jiXI to put 
 in order. Hence the two following : 
 
 ^"72?? (order) Laadah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 4, 2\. ' 
 
 1"?"?- (P^t in order) Laadan, pr. n. m. 
 a)l'chr. 7, 26. b) 23, 7. 26,21. 
 
 * m]?^ i. q. Arab. UJ , -iJ , to speak 
 rashly, to talk at random, kindr. with 
 
 51b q. V. yxi rash discourse. Once preet. 
 3 plur. Job 6, 3 sir^ "^na-n -jS-bs therefore 
 were my xrords rxish. 'y^ Milel for ^sh 
 Milra on account of the pause ; like 
 npix , in pause ntnx . 
 
 T?5 to speak in a barbarous or for- 
 eign tongue, part. TSib Ps. 114, 1. Comp. 
 srb, and see ssib note. Syr. )^^ to 
 speak in a barbarous (spec, the Egyp- 
 tian) tongue. 
 
 ^1^ to eat eagerly, to devour; comp. 
 
 Sib note. Arab, quadril. Af>f t id. noJii 
 voracity. 
 
 HiPH. to give to eat ; once Gen. 25, 30 
 K3 iJU-'S^n give me now to eat sc. ea- 
 gerly, hastily, to devour ; spoken of one 
 hungry and greedy. 
 
 |>^^ obsol. root, Arab. ^^yJlJ to curse. 
 Hence 
 
 ^7?? f wormwood, Jer. 9, 14. 23, 15. 
 Prov. 5, 4. It was apparently regarded 
 as a noxious or poisonous plant, and 
 hence called the accursed; see the root, 
 and Deut. 29, 17. Rev.8, 10. 11. Indeed 
 bitter herbs were commonly so regard- 
 ed by the Hebrews ; see Heb. 12, 15. 
 Trop. of a bitter lot, calamity. Lam. 3, 
 15. 19 ; bitter injury or injustice Am. 5, 
 7. 6, 12. 
 
 * --V 
 
 ^rii obsol. root, to flame, to shine, 
 
 Gr. kufinb}. The origin lies in lap-ping, 
 being Za?n-bent, which likewise the 
 Semitic and Greek tongues express by 
 the syllable lab. lap. and apply also to 
 flame ; e. g. -!!<^, 2iib, labium, v^^ lip, 
 see S^h note. The common radix there- 
 fore of the Hebrew and Greek verb is 
 Tib, and the third radical 1 is added in 
 the same manner as in cs, "as, Gr. 
 o/joi.; ofi(x8og; a vestige of it appears 
 also in the Greek lufin/tg, gen. hi^nndog. 
 From the Semitic isb , declined in the 
 Aramajan manner IB'cb, came the Greek 
 lufiub) ; and from T^Esb , Syr. i | t -^vN , 
 Chald. 'iC^b , the Gr. Xa/unag, Xu^nudog; 
 and not vice versa. Hence 
 
 Tsb m. 1. aflame Gen. 15, 17. Ex. 
 20. 18. Job 41, 11. Nah. 2, 5. Dan. 10, 
 6. al. 
 
 2. Gr. Xn[xndg, Lat. lampas, a lamp, 
 torch, see r. leb. Judg. 7. 16. 20. Zoch. 
 12, 6. So according to some. Job 12, 5 
 t!i2 T^eb a torch despised, i. e. thrown 
 aside because it ceases to give light, 
 the emblem of a man once in high con- 
 sideration, but now vile and contemned } 
 comp. Is. 7, 4, and Comment, in loc. 
 But it accords better with the parallel- 
 i.sm to make T'Cb correspond to "''^y'iob 
 bs-i in the other member : for misfortune 
 (T>Bb from b and T^D) there is contempt 
 
'ftb 
 
 525 
 
 npb 
 
 in the thought of him that U at ease ; it 
 (conleinpt) ut prejHifed for those who 
 slip with the feet ; sco T'D. 
 
 mTE? (torches) Ijuppidoth, pr. n. 
 of the husband of Deborah the prophet- 
 ess, Judg. 4, 4. 
 
 ''SE? adj. anterior, front, in front, 1 K. 
 fi, 17. It is f()rmed from "^30^, as "'DID 
 from ^0^0 , Heb. Gr. 85. 5 Lehrg. p. 
 516. See "'seb in n:D lett. D. 
 
 ^*5 fut. rEb"^. pr. to bend, to turn 
 to fold. Arab. \,:>aJ to inflect, to turn 
 away the face ; V. to look back by turn- 
 ing the head ; VIII, to turn oneself to 
 any one; Kor. Siir. 11.83. Vit. Salad, 
 p. 17. 22. 26. Hence, to enfold, to em- 
 brace, to clajfp ; Judg. 16, 29 P'ob'sT 
 '^51 "iittJcp and Samson clasped the two 
 iniddle pillars . . . the one with his right 
 hand and the other with his left. Sept. 
 TCfQiilrtfif, Vulg. apprehendens ; Jarchi 
 XS-iarx i. e. Fr. embrasser. 
 
 NiPH. to bend oneself, i, e. a) to 
 turn oneself around or back, in order 
 to see. Ruth 3, 8. See Arab, above, 
 b) to turn aside from a way; Job 6, 18 
 B3"7'n rin-ix ^rtb"; the wayfarers of their 
 way turn aside, i. e. those who travel 
 that way. and turn aside to find those 
 streams, are disappointed and perish. 
 
 jISp m. (r. ^lb) mocking, derision, 
 scorn, sc. of every thing good and noble, 
 Prov. 1, 22. Hence lisb "iss i. q. u'^^h 
 mockers. Is. 28, 14. Prov. 29, 8. 
 
 V -^T 'o tnock, a doubtful root, from 
 which some derive Part. plur. n'^a^b 
 mockers, scorners. Hos. 7. 5. But this 
 is rather for n-^s^Pia Pil. of r. pb q. v. 
 
 C)?^ (pr- way-stopper, i. e. a fortified 
 place, r. cj^b) Lakkum. pr. n. of a place 
 in the tribe of Naphtali. Josh. 19, 33. 
 
 * '^12^ once 3 praet. np? Ez. 17, 5 ; fut. 
 n;?"^, plur. inp^, sinpi ; imper. T\'ph Ex. 
 29, 1, oftener np . with He parag. nnp 
 Gen. 15. 9 ; Irif absol. n-pb Deut. 3^', 
 26. Jer. 32, 14 ; constr. rnp. once "rnp 
 2 K. 12. 9. with pref rn;^b (to be distin- 
 guished from rin;?b 2 fern, praet.) c. sufi". 
 "'nnp. 
 
 \.to take. I. q. lotfAjSuro). Comp. Arab. 
 ^M semen recepit camela; Malt, la- 
 
 qach, Cut. jylqach to receive as a guest, 
 VaHsali p. 430. Also by transpos. Arab, 
 /ii to take hold of each other, to co- 
 here, see in Hithpael, also Gr. hi/ot, Xay- 
 j^i'tvbi. Pr. to take with the hand, to lay 
 hold of ; Gen. 8, 9 Noah put forth hia 
 hand Hnjs'sT and took her sc. the dove. 
 Ps. 18, 17.1 Sam. 16, 23. 2 Sam. 22, 17. 
 Job 40. 24. al. step. With ace. of pers. 
 and 3 of member or part, Ez. 8, 3 ''?n;r*5 
 'BX-i r:c-'sa and took me by a fore- 
 lock of my head ; in Greek it would be 
 T^? xoprfi, comp. Hist, of Bel v. 36. 
 Rarely with b of pers. Jer. 40, 2. Then 
 i. q. to take to oneself, with accus. of 
 thing or pers. Gen. 8, 20 and (Noah) 
 took of all beasts . . . and offered burnt- 
 offerings. 2, 15 and God took Adam and 
 put him into the garden, v. 21 and he 
 look one of his ribs. 12. 5. 16, 3. Deut. 
 4, 20. 2 Sam. 2, 8. al. sa?p. In these 
 and similar examples n;?b. like the Ho- 
 meric Xa^tttv (see Vigerus ed. Herm. p. 
 352), often appears as if pleonastic ; 
 though it strictly serves to place the 
 action more fully and vividly before the 
 eyes. Here belongs also 2 Sam. 18, 18 
 r2ST2"rit I'^^na "ib^s^i npb cibdast 
 and Absalom had. taken a column and 
 erected it for himjself in his lifetime. 1 
 K. 11, 37 and I will take thee and thou 
 shall reign. But in Jer. 23. 31 they take 
 their tongues and pronounce oracles, it 
 seems to signify that the false prophets 
 misused their tongues. 
 
 To the object is often prefixed yo par- 
 titive, to take of ^ thing ; e. g. cma npb 
 to take of the blood i. e. some blood, 
 Lev. 4, 25. Gen. 6, 21. 28. 11. 43, 11. 
 The accus. of a pronoun is often omit- 
 ted, as also after verbs of speaking ; 
 Gen. 12. 19 behold thy wife T)bT n;5 take 
 her arid go thy way. 24, 51. 27, 14. 33, 
 11. The person or thing yrom whom 
 any thing is taken or received, is put 
 with iri Gen. 23. 13 ; 1?13 Num. 5. 2^. 1 
 Sam. 10, 4 ; rs^ Lev. 7, 34. Ex. 25, 2 ; 
 so too the place whence, with ',13 Gen. 
 45. 19. Josh. 4, 20 ; b? Is. 6, 6. 
 
 Sometimes also a Dat. commodi is 
 added, ib npb pr. to take to or for one- 
 self; Gen. 38.' 23 nb npn let her take it 
 for herself. 14.21. Num.8. 16. xMore freq. 
 . the force of the pronoun is so attenuated 
 
npb 
 
 526 
 
 npb 
 
 that it is apparently redundant ; Job 2, 8 
 b'nn ib nisf i and he took him a potsherd ; 
 espec. in the imperative, Lev. 9, 2 tjV nj^ 
 bss toA-e ^Aee a calf. 15, 14. 29. Ex. 30, 
 23" 1 Sam. 21, 10. Is. 8, 1. Ez. 4, 1. 3.9. 
 al. saep. Plur. Q=b wps Gen. 45, 19. Ex. 
 5, 11. al. 
 
 Spec, a) niSX t\ph to take a wife, 
 Gr. kap^univ yvviuxu, Gen. 6. 2. ]9, 14. 
 
 1 Sam. 25. 43; more fully n^T-S ib Hj^b 
 Gen. 4, 19. Ex. 21, 10 ; n^'xb n^:b? ib n;rb 
 Gen. 12, 19. Ex. 6, 25. al. Also Hfrb 
 *i2rb nii"X ^e t(X)k a wife for his son, i. e. 
 the father gave his son a wife, Gen. 34, 
 4. Judg. 14, 2. 3. EUipt. Ex. 34, 16 
 tj-^iab (="'Ti':) i"'rbs^ I^IP^"- I" the 
 later books the more usual phrase is 
 nii'N xbj q. V. 
 
 b) to taiie. i. q. to take away, sometimes 
 with force and violence (n]^in3 1 Sara. 
 2, 16) ; 1 Saxn. 12, 3. Gen. 34, 28. Judg. 
 5, 19. Jer. 28, 3. al. Hence to take cap- 
 tive and carry atcay, Gen. 14, 12. 1 Sam. 
 19, 14. 20. 'b tli2 n-b to take the life 
 of any one, Ps. 31, U. 1 K. 19, 10. 14. 
 Prov. 1, 19 ; comp. Jon. 4, 3. Job 1, 21. 
 Gen. 27, 35 thy brother hath taken auay 
 thy blessing. Job 12, 20 he taketh away 
 the understanding of the aged. Gen. 5, 
 24 C'n'bx irk nph ''^for God had taken 
 Mm away. i. e. translated him to heaven. 
 
 2 K. 2, 3. 5. 
 
 c) to take, i. q. to take possession of, to 
 capture, to seize upon, e. g. a city, hos- 
 tile country, Num. 21, 25. Deut. 3, 14. 
 29, 7. Metaph. Job 3, 6 that night, let 
 darkness seize upon it. Also to take or 
 captivate one by blandishments, wis- 
 dom, etc. Prov. 6, 25. 11. 30. 
 
 d) to take a person any where, to any 
 place, etc. i. q. to lead, to bring, to con- 
 duct, with ace. of pers. and bx of place. 
 Num. 11, 16 and bring (ririjrb) them to 
 the tabernacle of the congregation. 23, 
 27. Job 38. 20. '2 K. 18, 32. Is. 36, 17 ; 
 bx of pers. to whom. Gen. 48, 9 ; b Prov. 
 24. 11; be. inf Ex. 14. 11. 
 
 e) to take and bring to any one, to 
 fetch; with ace. of thing Gen. 18.5.7.8. 
 27, 13. 2 Sam. 4, 6 o-^Bn Tit^'b as if 
 fetching wheat, as if in order to buy 
 wheat. 1 K. 17, 11 ; with ace. of pere, 
 2 K. 3. 15 15:13 'b w;? bi-ing me a min- 
 strel. Gen. 42. 16. 43, 13. Jiidg. 11, 5. 
 Am. 9, 2. 3. Often to fetch by another, 
 
 to let come, 1 Sam. 16, 11. Gen. 20, 2. 
 Jer. 37, 17. With '{0 of place whence, 
 Am. 7, 15. Ps. 78, 70. 
 
 2. to take, i. q. dixofiai, i. e. a) to ac- 
 cept, to receive, sc. any thing offered, as 
 gifts 1 Sam. 12, 3. Ps. 15, 5. Am. 5, 12; 
 food, 'b 1*^ Judg. 13, 3. Also of a 
 buyer receiving wares Neh. 10, 32; of 
 God as accepting prayers Ps. 6. 10 ; of 
 a person receiving and following coun- 
 sel, Prov. 2, 1 'nrx n|?ri ex ^:2. 4, 10. 
 10,8. 24,32. Job 2V. 22. ' b) to' take in, 
 to receive ; Gen.4. 1 1 the earth, which hath 
 opened her mouth to receive (r.Hpb) thy 
 brother''s blood. So to receive a person 
 under one's care and protection, Ps. 49, 
 16. 73. 24. c) to receive, i. e. to get. to 
 obtain; Is. 40, 2 for she hath received 
 (nnpb) of the Lord's hand double, etc. 
 ProV'.g, 7. 22, 25. Num. 23, 20. So Prov. 
 31, 16 slie considereth afield and taketh it, 
 i. e. gets it, buys it, Sept. in()luro; comp. 
 2 Sam. 4, 6. Neh. 10, 32. d) to receive, 
 to perceive, sc. with the ears, Job 4, 12. 
 
 NiPH. nj^bs 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1. b, to 
 be taken airay, 1 Sam. 21. 6 [7] ; of the 
 ark as captured by the enemy, 1 Sam. 
 
 4, 11. 17. 19. 21. 22 ; of Elijah' as taken 
 up to heaven, 2 K. 2, 9. Also to be taken 
 away from life by violence Ez. 33. 6. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 1. d, to be brought, 
 c. bx Esth. 2, 8. 16. 
 
 PuAL njsb and Fut. Hoph. njs;! ; the 
 fut. of Piel and prast. of Hoph. being 
 wanting. 
 
 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be taken, with 
 ,r of that whence, G&n. 2, 23. 3. 19. 23. 
 Job 28, 2. Ez. 15, 3. Trop. to be taken 
 up. repeated, as a curse, Jer. 29, 22. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 1. h, to be taken 
 away, of things, with '"Q of pers. Is. 49, 
 24. 25 ; b Judg. 17, 2 ; of persons e. g. to 
 heaven 2 K. 2, 10, comp. Is. 53, 8. Also 
 to be taken captive, carried away. Is. 52, 
 
 5. Jer. 48, 46. 
 
 3. Pass, of Kal no. 1. e, to be fetched, 
 as things Gen. 18, 4; to be brought, as 
 persons Gen. 12, 15. 
 
 Hoph. fut. see in Pnal. 
 
 HiTHP. part. rn;sbrr tax Ex. 9, 24 
 and Ez. 1, 4, a. fire taking hold on itself, 
 holding together. continuous, i.e. amass 
 of fire. Comp. synon. isbrn. 
 
 Dcriv. np^-c . rinjs-q . nipb^ , c^nirbis , 
 and the two following. 
 
npb 
 
 527 
 
 ^tb 
 
 np5 m. c. ButY. -n^jb 1. taking aria, 
 fair speech, by which the mind of any 
 one is captivated. Prov. 7, 21 ; see r. npb 
 no. 1. c. 
 
 2. doctrine, learning, knowledge, which 
 one receives, perceives, learns, see the 
 root no. 2. c. li. Prov. 1, 5. 9, 9. 16, 21. 
 Conip. Chalii. ba;3 to receive and to 
 learn, f^^a^i cabhiita, learning; Gr. na- 
 QuXitft^it'tyoi, Lat. accipio. Hence so far 
 as this is conununicated to others : 
 
 3. instruction, discourse of a teacher, 
 Prov. 4, 2. Deut. 32, 2. Job 11, 4. 
 
 T'lpr (learned) Likhi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 7, 19. Comp. r\p\ no. 2. 
 
 * '^12 ? fut. -^p^] , to take up, to gather 
 up, to collect, pr. things upon the ground ; 
 as stones Gen. 31, 46; flowers Cant. 6, 
 2; manna Ex. 16, 4 sq. Num. 11, 8; 
 ears of grain, to glean, Ruth 2, 8. Poet, 
 of animals gathering up the herbage, 
 pasture, etc. Ps. 104. 23. U.sually with 
 accus. but also absol. as fTiiaa ::pb to 
 glean in ajield Ruth 2. 8. Arab. ]aJii 
 
 to take up. ^sJ gleanings, etc. Syr. 
 w^i.a!^ id. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal, to take up, to gather up ; 
 as ears of grain, to glean, Ruth 2. 16 sq. 
 Is. 17, 5 ; grapes scattered in a vineyard 
 Lev. 19, 10 ; wood Jer. 7, 18 ; herbs 2 K. 
 
 4, 39 ; arrows 1 Sam. 20, 38. Trop. of 
 money Gen. 47, 14. Usually with ace. 
 but also absol. as rri'^aa '>ip\ Ruth 2, 3. 
 17 ; and so Judg. 1, 7, comp. Matt. 25, 27, 
 
 PuAL to be gathered, as a people dis- 
 persed, Is. 27, 12. 
 
 HiTHP. to gather themselves together, 
 with bx to any one, Judg. 11, 3. 
 
 Deriv, U^ipb^ and 
 
 ^1?? m. a gleaning of fields or vine- 
 yardsl Lev. 19, 9. 23, 22. 
 
 D)>5 obsol. root, Arab. (vSJ to stop 
 the way. Hence pr. n. Cipb . 
 
 *Pi5?, 3plur. !|ppb, fut. pV, ono- 
 matopoet. to lick, to lap. of dogs lapping 
 as they drink, 1 K. 21, 19. 22, 38. Judg. 7, 
 
 5. Kiodr. is ~nb q. v, and see Sib note. 
 
 Arm en. ]^\t'l lakiel, to lick, Arab. 
 
 S - "' ^^ 
 
 #sJLiiJ tongue. 
 
 Pi El- id. Judg. 7, 6. 7. 
 
 * ICj^b in Kal not used ; Syr. 
 to l)e late ripe, of fruit. Hence ttjipba 
 the latter rain, and C;rb after-grass, 
 
 PiEL to gatlier the late fruits, i. e. to 
 glean a vineyard ; Job 24, 6 50n D'lS 
 saSpb"' they glean the vineyard of the 
 wicked. But some Mss. read lapb . 
 
 TD^? m. latter grass, rowen, aftcr-nmth, 
 Am. 7^ 1. R, oj5b Kal. 
 
 "^'^T obsol, root, Arab, JumJ to lick, 
 to suck; hence 
 
 "T05 m, c, suff, ''nuSb , pr, something 
 usually licked or sucked, something 
 sweet, etc. 
 
 1. juice, sap, as being sucked ; spec. 
 vital moisture, life-blood, vigour, Ps. 32, 
 4 "^^"^^ TjEHS my life-blood is changed, 
 i. e. is dried up. 
 
 2. a sweet cake. Num. 11,8 "(iSTSn nifib 
 a sweet cake made with oil. Sept. f'yx(jig 
 t'l flitlov, Vulg. panis oleatus. Comp. 
 ns'D from r. j'^TS . 
 
 ]'iTDb of both genders, but oftener (em, 
 Ps. 12, 4. Prov. 6, 2i. al. masc. Ps. 22, 
 16. Prov. 26, 28 ; constr. V'^^ ; c. suff. 
 siuib. i:ii;b Ex. 11, 7; plur. ristiJb, c. 
 suff. cn'riib Gen. 10, 20. II. ',trb . 
 
 1. the tongue, both of men and ani- 
 mals, as the instrument of licking, Ex. 
 11, 7. Ps. 68, 24. Job 20, 16. 40, 25 [41, 
 
 1]. al. Arab. ^TjLJ, Ethiop. AlT, 
 
 Aram, "'i'b, ^^a\. Comp. also from 
 languages not Semitic, Sanscr. rasana, 
 Armen, "^Clm,) Copt. ^<5.C> and 
 
 even Gr. yXwaaa, in which the y is an 
 addition, comp. Xtvaao), yXumuia; yro- 
 qpoc, vi(pog; xXcdra, lava, and many others, 
 Spoken with few exceptions of the 
 human tongue as the instrument of 
 speech ; (exceptions are Ex, 11, 7, Ps. 
 22, 16. 68, 24. Lam. 4, 4. Is. 57, 4. Job 
 20, 16. 40, 25;) thus Job 33, 2 nnan 
 isna 'i'icb. Ps. 12, 4. 45, 2. 39.'4; 
 but Ps. 109, 2 "pffl "lirb i^an they 
 speak with a lying tongue, (for which 
 accus. of instrum. see Heb. Gr. 135, 
 1. n. 3.) Prov. 15,4. 18, 21. Is. 33, 19. 
 45, 23. al. The words which one is 
 ready to utter, are said to be either upon 
 the tongue, 't 'piiba Job 6, 30. Ps. 139, 4, 
 'b ',it"b bs 2 Sam. 23, 2. Prov. 31, 26 ; 
 
I^wb 
 
 528 
 
 iirb 
 
 or also under the tong^ie, 's )yab nnn Ps. 
 10. 7. 66, 17, comp. Cant. 4, 11 ; which 
 phrases seem not greatly to differ in 
 meaning-, comp. 'upon the lips' Ps. 16, 
 4, and 'under the lips' Ps. 140,4. With 
 genit. ip3d "iirb a lying tongue Prov. 6, 
 17. (Melon, for a lying person, with 
 masc. Prov. 26, 28.) nis-a '^rdh id. Ps. 
 52. 6. riizcnn "(i-'b id. Prov. 10. 31. 
 Also xT n^xhv for a spiteful, malignant 
 tongue, (or as in Chald. and Zab. ' lingua 
 tertia,' comp. Ecclus. 28, 15,) whence Ps. 
 140. 12 Ti;b ui^X a man of tongue, i. e. a 
 tattler, slanderer. (But "(iirib bsa an en- 
 chanter, charmer, Ecc. 10, 11.) Jer. 18, 
 18 come, let us smite him with the tongm, 
 i. e. as Chald. well, let us bear false 
 witness against him. Job 5, 21 "iV^:' Sjvj 
 the scourge of the tongue, comp. tlie simi- 
 lar figure in Germ, klatschen, Engl, lash, 
 Fr. coup cle langue. Ez. 36, 3 ye go up 
 '{\th rsa bs upmi the lips of the slan- 
 derer's tongue, i. e. are traduced in men's 
 mouths. Metorv a) i. q. speecli. Job 
 
 15. 5 C'^^'^y I'i'^'^ crafty speeches. Prov. 
 
 16, 1. b) tongue, ibr language, dia- 
 lect. Dan. 1. 4 c^^'wS iv3 the Chaldee 
 tongue. Gen. 10, 5 irttiV^ ^"^'^ '^'^'^^J 
 one after his tongue, dialect. Deut. 28, 
 49. Is. 28, 11. Neh. 13. 24. Esth. 1, 22. 
 
 3, 12. 8, 9. Arab. jtjUJj (J-**4> '^ 
 
 Hence c) a nation, people, having a 
 tongue or language of their own. Is. 
 66. 18 msUJfem D''i5.n~^3 all nations and 
 tongues ; see Chald. "i^"?. 
 
 2. Trop. of what resembles a tongue, 
 e. g. a) nnT 'firb a tongue of gold, i. q. 
 bar of gold. Josh. 7. 21. 24. Vulg. regida 
 aurea. b) tx -prb a tongue off re, i. e. 
 aflame of fre, Is.' 5, 24, so called from 
 its shape and motion, whence also it is 
 said to lap, to be lambent; see -n^, 
 Knb , and Virg. Mx). 2. 684. Comp. ylb>a- 
 aai ojad nvgog Acts 2, 3. Arab. ^jUmJ 
 
 s\jJ\, Pers. yiot ^li) zabdni dtesh. 
 c) OT] y.zb a tongue of the sea, a hay. 
 Josh' 15, 5. 'l8, 19. Is. 11, 15 ; and simpl. 
 jiir^n Josh. 15, 2. In Arabian geogra- 
 phers j^^\ [J^' ^'^P- ^"^1- 
 'tongue of land,' Germ. Erdzunge. 
 
 * "^^^ obsol. root, perh. transp. i. q. 
 r,b. but intransitive, to throw oneself 
 
 down, i. e. to lie, to lie down. Henue 
 perhaps 
 
 nstjb f with He loc. nnsicb 1 Sam. 
 9, 22; Plur. nisc^ , constr. ni=^'b; a cell, 
 chamber, pr. bed-chamber ; spoken esp. 
 of the cells or chambers in the courts of 
 the temple, mostly at the gates, 2 K. 23, 
 11. 1 Chr.'23, 28. 28, 12. Jer. 36, 10. 
 Ez. 40, 17. 44 sq. 42, 13 sq. in which. the 
 treasure of the temple and every thing 
 necessary for the temple-service were 
 kept, 1 Chr. 9. 26. 28, 12. 2 Chr. 31, 5. 
 11 sq. Ezra 8, 29. Neh. 8, 38 sq. 13, 
 5. 9 ; where the priests, Levites, etc. 
 lodged, Ez. 40, 38. 44 sq. 42, 1 sq. 45, 5. 
 Neh. 13, 4; (comp. 1 Chr. 9, 33;) and 
 where other persons were rare-ly admit- 
 ted to dwell or as guests, 2 K. 23, 11. 
 Jer. 35, 4. 5. Once of an eating-room, 
 1 Sam. 9. 22 ; also of the chamber of 
 the king's scribe in the palace Jer. 36, 
 12. Thrice written n2C3 Neh. 3, 30. 
 12. 44. 13. 7. 
 
 Note. The etymology is uncertain. If 
 the more common nsiT^ be the primary 
 form, it may come from r. T\~^ as above ; 
 and at any rate has no connection with 
 Gr. liu/rj, as has been suggested. But 
 as n is more readily softened into I than 
 the contrary, it may be that nrc: is the 
 older form ; and this Bohlen derives 
 from Pers. ,jJL**-iiJ to sit. to sit down, 
 whence might come LiJ seat, though 
 this is not found. Others make it by 
 transpos. for nsap dwelling, from r. ",?10. 
 See Thesaur. p. 762, 763. 
 
 * D^b obsol. root, Arab. 1*1) to taste, 
 pr. to lick ; see in Ti'b . Hence 
 
 DTCb m. 1. A species of ^em. Ex.28, 
 19. 39,12; Sept. hyvgiov, Yu]g. ligu- 
 rius, Engl, opal The Ir/vQiov or i.vy- 
 xoi'Qiov is described as a species of am- 
 ber, and also as a species oniyacinth; 
 see Thesaur. p. 763. 
 
 2. Leshem, pr. n. of a city, elsewhere 
 called t-'h and I'n ; see Tn. Josh. 19, 47. 
 
 * 1^^ in Kal not used, prob. to lick, to 
 
 lap. like the kindr. (j*J \a**J> jV*J> 
 comp. tti-nb , ^Jt*^ 
 
 Po. "jOib denom. from "jiC^, pr. to 
 tongue, i. e. to use the tongue freely, 
 and by impl. to slander; see yiVih no. 1. 
 
wb 
 
 529 
 
 n^ 
 
 mid. Part, with ^ parag. ''ST^ii^ Ps. 
 101, 5; in Keri '3rb for ':al> part. Pi. 
 
 ' ' IT I I - I 
 
 Arab. ^jmmJ to slander. 
 HiPH. id. Prov. 30, 10. 
 
 ysi Chald. in. tongue., and hence a na- 
 tion, having a tongue or language of its 
 own, see 'pCJb no. 1. c. Dan. 3, 4 Stji?^5 
 KJJieb'! X'SX tribes, nut iotis, and tonirues. 
 v.'Y. 31.' 5,^9. 6, 26. 7, 14. al. Comp. 
 Rev. 5. 9. 7, 9. "^ 
 
 *T'Lb obsol. root, Arab. *a*J to 
 
 puncture, to sting, as a scorpion ; m*J 
 
 a chink, fissure, perh. of chasms in the 
 earth; fountains, etc. Hence 
 
 yf^ Lesha, pr. n. of a place, Gen. 10, 
 19; according to Jerome (in Gtusest.) 
 CalUrrhoe on the eastern coast of the 
 Dead sea, celebrated for its warm 
 
 springs ; see Plin. H. N. 5. 16. Jos. B. J. 
 1. 33. 5. These springs were visited by 
 Irby and Mangles; Travels, Lond.1844, 
 p. 144 sq. 
 
 ' *^^ obsol. root, perh. i. q. nntj, 
 Samar. nrj, to spread out a garment; 
 whence Eth. ?iAd"f a garment, tunic, 
 perh. wide. Hence nnnbia. 
 
 M -T obsol. root. prob. i. q. "J^nJ to 
 be poured out. Hence 
 
 =11^^ m. a measure for grain, Hos. 3, 
 2; so called from pouring. Sept. rifii- 
 xoQoq, Vulg. corus dimidiua, accommo- 
 dated to the context. 
 
 ^ j5 obsol. root, i. q. kju to strike ; 
 
 also to bite, whence nrnbTS bitera, teeth. 
 To this root some refer the form !|"Pi3 
 Job 4, 10; but it belongs rather to r. yr: . 
 
 13 
 
 Mem, the thirteenth letter of the He- 
 brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
 40. The name W'a probably signifies 
 water, i. q. C"^^ , and the antique forms 
 of the letter have a certain resemblance 
 to waves ; see Monum, Phcen. p, 35, 36. 
 Its name accords with Gr. Mi) i. e. Phe- 
 nic. IB water ; in Ethiop. also Mai water. 
 
 It is interchanged: a) Often with 
 
 other labials, as a and C) , which see ; 
 
 rarely with 1 , as nisn, Chald. nipi, to be 
 
 astonished. b) With liquids, chiefly 
 
 * 
 Nun, comp. cx, Syr. ^, Arab. ^\^, ^jt; 
 
 jfia, Arab. (L^l thumb; d''?aa pisla- 
 
 cios, comp. fja^ )^ao4^ pistacia tere- 
 hinthuslAnn. ys'r\, Arab, ^i^ to be fat; 
 
 ania, -njJ threshing-sledge, "jaia and 
 
 tsaiO to be hostile, c"' and *''- plural 
 endinffs. Rarely with b. see in ^ no. 1. c. 
 For Mem dropped at the end of words, 
 see Lehrg. p. 138. 524. Comp. the similar 
 usage in the Language of the Etruscans 
 und Umbri, in O. Muller'e Etrusker T. 
 I. p. 56. 
 
 45 
 
 '? prefix, for TVQ what? where see- 
 note. 
 
 *''? prefix, for '\0 , q. v. 
 
 i^Ta Chald. i. q. Hebr. 053 what? also 
 without interrogation ^"t XO that which. 
 Ezra 6, 8. Seena. 
 
 DISSJ'Q m. (r. tsax) a store-house',, 
 granary, plur. Jer. 50, 26. Sept. una- 
 &^xri. 
 
 ^i^'a ra. (r. l^X no. 3) c. suff. ^i^S^w,. 
 ilka . 
 
 1. Subst. might, vehemence; Deut. 6, 
 5 and thou shall love Jehovah. thyGod, 
 with all thy heart, with all thy soidl ibai' 
 r,nka aiid with all thy might. 2K. 23, 
 25 ; comp. Luke 10, 27. Is. 47, 9 nassa-. 
 '^^'^ "'^an tcith (notwithstanding) the 
 great abundance of thine enchantments^ 
 where connect "ika naS5. Job 35, 15. 
 Hence a) "nxa "ix'ca with might of 
 might, i. e. mightily, very eaxeedingly. 
 Gen. 17, 2. 6. 20. Ez. 9, 9. b) ixa TT 
 even to vehemence, i. e. very' e.rceedingly^. 
 Gen. 27, 33. 1 K. 1. 4. Dan. 8. 8 ; wholly^, 
 utterly. Ps. 119, 8 ; too miich. too e.Tceed- 
 ingly, Is. 64,8. c) ixaBiTS i. q. 'ika:'!?.. 
 
uS-J 
 
 530 
 
 1J^ 
 
 but in later Hebrew, 2 Chr. 16. 14; comp. 
 2 Chr. 17, 12. 26, 15. 
 
 2. Adv. pr. ace. as adv. a) mightUy, 
 vehemently, exceedingly, Gen. 4. 5. 7, 
 18. 13, 13. 19, 3. al. Often joined with 
 adjectives and adverbs, as "iN^ ZV^ very 
 good Gen. 1, 31. nx^; nE^ 12, 14. nann 
 "1X73 rerT/ mj/c/i Gen. 15, 1. Emphat. 
 doubled ns^ ns^a Gen. 7, 19. Num. 14, 
 7. Ps. 46, 2 ix^a x-^^aj rr:3 n-nts Ae 
 is found a help in trouble mightily, i. e. 
 a mighty helper. b) speedily, quickly, 
 as being connected with the exertion 
 of one's strength ; 1 Sam. 20, 19 -i-^Vi 
 1X13 come doxcn quickly; Yulg. fesii- 
 nus. Comp. Germ, bald from Lat. 
 valde ; Low Germ. s-ujjc/A, Anglo-Sax. 
 swithe, i. q. valde, Germ, geschwind, 
 Engl, swift. 
 
 * ^^"i? f constr. rx^ ; dual c';'rxo 
 for c^rxTS ; plur. r'iN'3, rx^. 
 
 1. a hundred; Arab. Hjuo and XJue, 
 
 Ethiop. <P?i^, Syr. ] jla . If an etymo- 
 logy be sought, we may compare Pers. 
 ma, mah, meh, great, much ; of which 
 also some uncertain traces are ibund in 
 the Phenician, see Monum. Phoen. p. 
 152. Lev. 26, 8 est? nx5a a hundred of 
 you. Ecc. 6, 3. al. With substantives it 
 is joined variously, and is put : a) Be- 
 fore substantives in the singular, usually 
 such as denote things often spoken of in 
 great numbers ; as nrj rix'3 a hundred 
 years Gen. 17, 17 ; i'-'X nx^a 1 K. 18, 
 13 ; also Gen. 23. 19. Josh. 24, 32. 2 K. 
 23. 33. 1 Chr. 18, 4. al. b) Before sub- 
 stantives in the plural, usually those 
 denoting things less frequently spoken 
 of in great numbers ; as C'^X'^as nxTS a 
 hundred prophets 1 K. 18, 4 ; C"'^?E 'n 
 2 Sam. 24, 3. 1 Sam. 25, 18. Gen. 26, 
 12. c) In the construct in like manner, 
 though rarely, before nouns sing, and 
 plur. as "132 rx-Q Ex. 38, 25 ; c-3'ix 'a 
 V. 27. But. on the other hand, rxts 
 stands very frequently where the num- 
 ber one hundred is combined with others; 
 as ny:i C"<rrcJ^ nra rxia a hwulred and 
 seventy years Gen. 25, 7. )7. 35, 28; 
 n3\y rxTD^ t:"<30 t-cn Gen. 5, 6. 18. 25. 
 28.' 7, 24. 47, 28. Ex. 6, 16. 18. Num. 
 33, 39. al. d) Rarely and only in the 
 later books is hKO put after a noun plur. 
 
 as nwV^ r^rr-i 2 Chr. 3, 16 ; comp. 4, 8. 
 Ezra 2, 69. 8, 26. 
 
 2. Adv. a hundred times, Prov. 17, 10 ; 
 constr. rXTa id. Ecc. 8, 12. 
 
 3. the hundredth or one per centum,, 
 so. of money or other things, exacted in 
 monthly usury ; Neh. 5. ] 1 TDSn rxT3 
 'iV^'T'. , Vulg. centesima. For the cente- 
 sima. or one per cent, of the Romans, 
 see Ernesti Clav. Cic. sub. v. and for 
 the usury still common in the East, see 
 Volney's Travels, II. p. 410. Bowring's 
 Report on Egypt p. 82. 
 
 4. Meah, pr. n. of a tower in Jerusa- 
 lem, Neh. 3, 1. 12, 39. 
 
 Dual O'l'nxa two hundred ; put before 
 a noun sing. Iird C^nx"!: Gen. 11. 23. 1 
 Sam. 18, 27 ; before a plur. n^bpra '12 2 
 Sam. 14, 26 ; after a plur. 'o c^W Gen. 
 32, 15. 
 
 Plur. nixtJ a) hundreds, as rixrb by 
 hundreds 2 Sam. 18. 4 ; riHViTi "i-ib the 
 captains of hundreds, centurions, Num. 
 31, 14. 48. 52. Hence 'a cc si.v hun- 
 dred Ex. 12, 37 ; '12 .1:^^ eight hundred 
 Gen. 5, 7. etc. b) a hundred, q. d. each 
 hundred, hundred by hundred, 2 Chr. 
 25, 9 Cheth. comp. v. 6. Keri rxia . A 
 rare form of the plur. is Cheth. nrx^o 
 (ni-^XTs) 2 K. 11, 4. 9. 10. 15. Comp. the 
 Arabic. 
 
 f^^'a Chald. a hundred, Dan. 6, 2. 
 Ezra 6, 17. 7, 22. Dual l^rXB Ezra 6, 
 17. 
 
 ''j^.''? m. (r. n*X I) desire ; once plur, 
 constr. S'in "'^^IX^ the desires oftJie wick- 
 ed, Ps. 140', 9. 
 
 D1X13 for c>ix , usually contr. T:^n q.v. 
 a spot, blemish, Dan. 1. 4. Job 31, 7. R. 
 
 ClX^. 
 
 ntl'^K'a Mil6l (prob. for ri73l no, or 
 perh. for nta ix na, what or what? 
 though the etymology is doubtful.) ic/m^- 
 ever, something, any thing. Num. 22, 
 38 have I now any power at all "'S'l 
 iiTjitxa to say any thing? 2 K. 5, 21? 
 and accept of him ni:txa something. 
 Oftener with a negat. particle, nothing, 
 nothing whatever, nothing at all ; e. g. 
 with xb Deut. 131, 18. Gen. 39, 6. 9. 1 
 Sam. 12. 5. With r- 1 K. 18, 43 ^ij 
 nanx^ nothing at all. Judg. 14, 6. Ecc. 
 6, 13 ;' more fully Gen. 39, 23 nxH j-'X 
 
\S13 
 
 631 
 
 C^ 
 
 'a"V3"ni not looking to any thing at all. 
 With hit , Jer. 39, 12 naixn ib to?n-bij 
 sn. 1 Sam. 21, 3. 
 
 liX'Q m. once "^S^ Ex. 25, 6, constr. 
 nixo ; plur. D-'-ikiQ Ez. 32, 8, and ni-iXtt 
 Gen'. 1, 16. R. -n'jt. 
 
 1. light, a light, Ps. 90, 8. 74, 16 ; also 
 a luminary, as the sun and moon, Gen. 
 1, 14. 16. Ez. 32, 8. How it dilFers from 
 "list, see in h. v. lixan-nnijia the sa- 
 cred candelabra. Num. 4, 9. 16. Me- 
 taph. fi'l':''? -lix^ the light of the eyes, 
 i. 6. bright eyes, joyous, Prov. 15, 30, 
 
 2. a candlestick, candelabra, Ex. 25, 6. 
 27, 20. 35, 14. 
 
 nniXtJ fem. of niso (r. "lix) pr. light, 
 then light-hole. sc. by which light en- 
 ters, and so melon, hole, den of a serpent, 
 Vulg. caverna, Is. 11, 8. Or it may also 
 be taken for nnwa, n^sa. S\ljuo, a 
 cavern. X and s being interchanged. 
 
 D'^STS'Q m. dual (r. ",TX H) balances, 
 
 5 ,^ 
 
 a balance, Arab, f^vyf^, Is. 40, 12. 15. 
 
 Job 6, 2. Ps. 62, 10 so that they as- 
 cend in the balance, sc. for lightness. 
 pTS 'a a just or even balance Lev. 19, 
 36. Job 31, 6 ; opp. nana 'a a false bal- 
 ance Prov. 1 1, 1. 20, 23. It differs from 
 D^D q. V. 
 
 1::TS5T3 Chald. id. Dan. 5, 27. 
 
 ni'iS'a , see nxa Plur. fin. 
 
 bDSia m. (r. b35<)/ood Gen. 2, 9. 3, 6. 
 6, 21 ; espec. of grain. 2 Chr. 11, 11. 
 ^DXa ys a tree for food, fruit-tree, Lev. 
 19,23. beut. 20, 20. baxa "(XS /ocArs 
 for food, for slaughter, Ps. 44, 12. 
 
 nbDSia f. (r. b:i) plur. nibsxa, a 
 knife, as an instrument for eating. Gen. 
 22, 6. 10. Judg. 19, 29. Prov. 30, 14. Arab. 
 
 JuCue spoon. 
 
 nbbi?^ f. (r. bsx) food, trop. Is. 9, 4 
 tCH rhzi<;Q food for fire, fuel. v. 18. 
 
 DcN 2 obsol. root, perhaps to spot, to 
 soil ; whence Cixa , n^a , q. v. 
 
 D"'22^S5'a m. plur. (r. yax) powers; 
 trop. of wealth. Job 36. 19 nb -^aaxa-bs 
 all the powers (resources) ofioealth. 
 
 TOSft'Q m. (r. "lax) an edict, mandate, 
 a word of the later Hebrew, Esth. 1, 15. 
 
 2, 20. 9, 32. Chald. K-iaxa, xnaxa, 
 xna-'a. id. 
 
 nttXia Chald. id. Dan. 4, 14. 
 
 'JX'Q Chald. m. vase, vessel, utensil, 
 i. q. Hebr. ^bs, Dan. 5. 2. 3. 23. In 
 Targg. defect, "ja, Syr. ij}^. It eeems 
 to be for MSxa, from r. njij II, Arab. 
 
 _j| IV, to retain ; whence Lit vase, isx 
 a vessel, ship, q. v. 
 
 1^ 9 '" K^l not used, to refuse, see 
 adj. '(Xa . Syr. .lio , every where impers. 
 ti^^ L2]^ tffdet me ; Aph. cessavit, 
 destitit. Kindred is S3a ; comp. in X13. 
 PiEL 'Xa to refuse, to be unwilling, 
 (opp. nax.) absol. Gen. 39, 8. Is. 1, 20. 
 1 Sam.' 28, 23; with inf Jer. 3,3. Ps. 
 77, 3 ; inf. c. b Ex. 7, 14. 22, 16. 1 Sam. 
 
 8, 19. Jer. 25, 28. Hos. 11, 5. al. 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 1^''? adj. unwilling, refusing, used 
 with personal pronouns for a finite verb ; 
 Ex. 7, 27 nnx "(Xa-DX if thou refusest. 
 
 9, 2. 10. 4. ' 
 
 l^''? m. verbal of Piel, refractory, per- 
 tinaciously refusing, Plur. O'^jxa Jer. 
 13,10. R. "jxa. 
 
 * CJ<"0 fut. Dxa-^, inf. c. suff. DOxa 
 Am. 2, 4. 
 
 1. i. q. OOa , to melt, to melt away, 
 to run; see Niph. no. I. Comp. Chald. 
 Dxa i. q. DOa, and ~xa 1. q. r,3a. 
 Spec, of a sore which rwn with matter, 
 see Job 7, 5 ; comp. Arab. iy*XA late pa- 
 tet vulnus. Kindred is the idea of being 
 foetid and loalh.some. 
 
 2. to reject, to refuse, prob. from the 
 idea of loathing, comp. n2T , (opp. ina to 
 choose.) Is. 7, 15. 16. 41,' 9. Job 34, 33. 
 Constr. c. ace. Ps. 118, 22. Is. 31, 7 ; c. a 
 Is. 33, 15. Ps. 78, 67 ; ace. et inf. c. i 
 Job 30, 1 ; ace. et 'a c. inf 1 Sam. 16, 
 1 ; absol. Job 6, 14. 42. 6. Chiefly spo- 
 ken : a) Of God. as rejecting a people 
 or individuals. Jer. 6, 30. 7. 29. 14, 19. 
 Ps. 53. 6. Job 8. 20. al. b) Of men re- 
 jecting God and his precepts. Num. 11, 
 20. I Sam. 15, 23. Am. 2. 4. Job 5. 7. al.' 
 
 3. to contemn, to despise, c. ace. Prov, 
 15. 32. Job 9, 21 ; c. 3 Job 19, 18. Judg. 
 9, 3S ; ab.?ol, ncxr '^z-S a despiteful, 
 
mi2 
 
 532 
 
 tint: 
 
 scornful tribe, Ez. 21, 18. Infin. &S<a 
 Lam. 3, 45 as subst. aversion, contempt. 
 NiPH. 1. to be melted, to melt away ; 
 Ps. 58, 8 C'?52-ir3 10X537 Zef them melt 
 away like water, i. e. let them perish. 
 Spec, of a running sore ; Job 7, 5 "'"^is 
 ' OXS'^l ran 7?!j/ sA:?u shrivels (cracks) and 
 runs with matter. 
 
 2. Pass, io fee rejected, contemned, Is. 
 54, 6. Part. Ps. 15, 4 0X533 . 
 
 nBiC'D m. (r. f^BX) a baking, some- 
 thing baked, Lev. 2, 4. 
 
 bfiit'a m. (r. bsN) darkness. Josh. 24, 7. 
 
 n^bsX'a f. (for tn;" ^SST?, compare 
 'iTrsnV^ Cant. 8, 6) darkness of Jeho- 
 raJi, i. e. thick darkness ; Jer. 2, 31 "['"iX 
 n^bssTD land of thick darkness, spoken 
 of a pathless desert, in which men wan- 
 der as if in darkness. Comp. in v. 6 
 n-irba ']^"iN, and Job 30, 3. 
 
 ^^9 i" Kal not used, but prob. 
 
 kindred with ""i^a to be bitter, acrid; 
 
 ' '' & 
 
 comp. DX'a and 0053 . Arab. *Lo recru- 
 
 ' *'' 
 duit vulnus, to excite hatred, _a^ to 
 
 conceive hatred ; all which may come 
 from the idea of bitterness. 
 
 HiPH. pan. 'T^X5353 pr. making bitter, 
 and heiice causing bitter pain; Ez. 28, 
 24 "i''X5:'3 'p^D a thorn causing fain, 
 i. e. pricking. Fern. n"ii<5353 rs'ns pain- 
 fid leprosy, i. e. fretting, malignant, 
 Lev. 13, 51. 52. 14, 44. 
 
 'ik'Q see "liwS^Q. 
 
 2 v'?^ ni- (r- Six) ambush, i. e. place 
 of ambnsh Josh. 8, 9, Ps. 10, 8. Concr. 
 troops in ambush, an ambushment, 2 
 Chr. 13, 13. 
 
 n'lJi'Q f. (r. -inx) constr. n-)N53, a 
 curse, execration, Prov. 3. 33. Mai. 2, 2. 
 Deut. 28, 20. Plur. Prov. 28, 27. 
 
 ^^^ , compounded of "(53 and rx , pr. 
 from with, see next after *|53. 
 
 ril^'nll'Q f plur. (r. ^T2) separations, 
 i. e. separate places; Josh. 16, 9 C^^yn 
 nib^25in the cities separately assigned. 
 
 Xinia m. (r. Sfia) constr. 6<"'353 , ^1-0 ; 
 pj. ns-isis , constr. ""V^yyo , c. sufT. rxi'nia . 
 
 1. an in-coming, entering, Ez. 26, 10. 
 33. 31. 
 
 2. an entrance, place of entering ; 
 
 Judg. 1, 24. 25 "|isn xir53 ^Ac entrance 
 of the city, i. e. the gate. Prov. 8, 3 !si353 
 cnns fn the entrance of the gates. 2 K. 
 11, le! Jer. 38, 14. 
 
 3. tt5ot;n 8<r53 the going down of the 
 sun, the west, Deut. 11, 30. Ps. 50, 1. 
 104, 19. Mai. 1, 11. Ace. towards the 
 west, westward. Josh. 1, 4. 23, 4. 
 
 HDin^ f. (r. r^iia) perplexitp. Is. 22, 5. 
 Mic. 7, 4. 
 
 b'^a'a m. (r. is;! I, the radical Yod 
 being represented by the Dagheshin 3.) 
 an inundation, deluge, spoken of Noah's 
 flood. Gen. 6, 17. 7, 6. 7. 10. 9, 11. 28. 10, 
 1. 32. So of the floods above the firma- 
 ment, Ps. 29, 10 ; where others : the 
 Lord did sit at the flood, sc. of Noah, i. e. 
 did sit in judgment, comp. Ps. 9, 5. 8. 9. 
 
 D'^Sin^ 2 Chr. 35, 3 Cheth. for D^r^^ 
 Keri ; if not a mere error in copying, it 
 is abstr. wisdom, for concr. viise teach- 
 ers. R. 'pa . 
 
 I iDIS'a ( (r. Csia) a treading down, 
 sc. of enemies by the victors ; Is. 22. 5. 
 
 18, 2. 7 a people noia73 of treading 
 
 down, i. e. treading their enemies under 
 foot. 
 
 ^^^''3 m. (r. ya;) a fountain, Ecc. 12,6. 
 Plur. constr. n'^53 irna53 Is. 35, 7. 49, 10. 
 
 G.-0.- 
 
 Arab. ^*.*Jwo id. 
 
 n^^nt] f (r. p?3) emptiness, Nah. 2, 
 11 ; see ^I'lS. 
 
 ninntt m. choice, 2 K. 3, 19. 19, 23. 
 R. -na. 
 
 inn's m. (r. "ina) constr. ^naiQ . 
 
 1. choice, and hence whatever is 
 chosen, choicest, best; only in the constr. 
 Is. 22. 7 TCP.^V. ""!'^'2 thy choicest valleys. 
 37, 24 ''ttii-ia inaia its choice cypress- 
 trees [or pines']. Jer. 22, 7. Gen. 23, 6. 
 Ex. 15. 4. Ez. 23, 7. 24, 4. Inverted 
 r"^na5a cs the people of his choice, his 
 chosen people, Dan. 1], 15. 
 
 2. Mibhar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 38. 
 
 tsaia m. (r. 1233) e.7ypectaiion, hope, 
 Zech. 9. 5. Meton. for the object of 
 expectation. Is. 20, 5. 6. With suffix 
 R::at: for n::253 Zech. I. c. Patah being 
 shortened into Seghol. as "'^'^SX for 
 -in'jax ; comp. Heb. Gram. 27. not. 2. a. 
 
on-a 
 
 533 
 
 Tj^ 
 
 ^'O^'P m. (r. xaa) Bometliing rashly 
 uttered, as C^neb 'a Num. 30, 7. 9. 
 
 Hoa^ in. (r. naa) constr. naaa, c. 
 8uff. 'naao and Tiaaa, plur. o-'naaa, 
 Dag. f. iiiipl. in n . 
 
 1. tnist, confidence, firm and certain 
 hope, Prov. 22, 19. Melon, of a person 
 or thing in which confidence is placed, 
 Ps. 40, 5. 65. 6. 71, 5. Job 8, 14. Jer. 17, 
 7. Plur. Jer. 2, 37. 
 
 2. security, safely ; iohXS^H his secu- 
 rity shall be torn from his tent, i. e. he 
 himself in his too great security. Plur. 
 Is. 32, 18. 
 
 n-'a-'bni? f. (r. 5^a) exhilaration, 
 cheerfulness, Jer. 8, 18. The form is pr. 
 denom. from the Hiph. part, a^'ba'a ex- 
 hitarans ; see Lehrg. p. .514, wiiere to 
 the examples ending in W this in ni- 
 may be added. 
 
 ^.53'Q m. (r. nja) a building, edifice, 
 Ez. 40, 2. 
 
 ''52)2^ see "^330. 
 
 "iSn'a m. (r. -laa no. 2) plur. O-i-iStaia , 
 constr. ""tl^^T: ; once plur. rm:ia'2 Dan. 
 11, 15. " " 
 
 1. a fortification, fortress, citadel, Is. 
 25, 12 ; then for a fortified city, i. q. "I'^S 
 n-i^sa, Is. 17, 3. Hab. 1, 10. The same 
 is "!sa^ I'^s. e. g. I'a "ism "i-^r Jo.sh. 
 19, 29,' IS 'nsaTS 2 Sam. 24,' 7, i. e. forti- 
 fied Tyre, or Palaetyrus, old Tyre ; comp. 
 Coram, on Is. 23, 7. Plur. Num. 13, 19. 
 Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 2, 2. 5. Nah. 3, 12. 14. 
 al. So "iS^-Q ')3 Num. 32, 36. Josh. 
 19, 35 ; or with both words in Plur. "'"]$ 
 Tj-^Vjaa Jer. 5, 17 ; or the latter only, 
 ni-isa^ 'i'''S fortified cities, Dan. 11, 15. 
 See in art. bai'"^ note. Heb. Gram. 106. 
 3. Metaph. Jer. 6. 27 I have set thee as 
 a watcher for my people, isaia a for- 
 tress, i. e. secure from the violence of 
 enemies ; comp. 1, 18. 
 
 2. Mibzar, pr. n. of a prince of the 
 Edomites, Gen. 36, 42. 
 
 IT^^^ m. (r. n-ia) pr. flight, then as 
 concr. fugitive, plur. Ez. 17, 21. 
 
 01011)3 (sweet odour, r. Cba) Mibsam, 
 pr. n. a) A son of Ishmael, Gen. 25. 13. 
 b) I Chr. 4, 25. 
 
 D'^TOM m. plur. (r. aJia) pudenda, 
 Deut. 25J 11. 
 
 43* 
 
 nibisatt f. plur. (r. ba5a) boilers, boil- 
 ing-places, pr. part. Pie'l, Ez. 46, 23, 
 comp. 24. Vulg. culiiuB. 
 
 ^P m. Magus, plur. Magi, the name 
 for priests and wise men among the 
 Medes, Persians, and Babylonians, pr. 
 great, powerfid ; see Hyde de relig. vett. 
 Persarum, p. .372 sq. Compare Pers. i* 
 mogh magus, from auo mih magnug, 
 dux ; Zend, meh, mae, mdo ; Sanscr. 
 mahat, mahd, in which lies the Greek 
 root fi/ai;, Lat. magis, magnus. So 
 3'9~3'^ . in appos. the prince Magus, chief 
 of the Magi, Jer. 39, 3. 
 
 ^i?3'a, see in bxa I. no. 3, and 'a no. 
 3. g. 
 
 C'^SS'a (a gathering, r. oSas) Mag- 
 bish, pr. n. of a place, or, according to 
 others, of a man, Ezra 2, 30. 
 
 nb^ya f plur. (r. bat) cords, i. e. 
 wreathen work like cords, Ex. 28, 14 ; 
 see in nibaa. 
 
 '^^2S'a f (r. ras) a cap, turban, sc. of 
 the common priests, so called from its 
 round form, differing from the rEJSB or 
 mitre of the high priest ; Exod! 28, 40. 
 29, 9. 39, 28. Lev. 8, 13. Comp. Jos. Ant. 
 3. 7. 3, 7. Syr. ilrsa^ cap; Eth. 4-fi<^ 
 mitre or cap of the priests and monks. 
 
 ^^9 obsol. root; Arab, ji^ to be 
 
 honoured, renowned; Jk.^ nobility, 
 honour, glory. Most prob. i. q. 153 (m. 
 
 and n interchanged), Jc^ , to be chief, 
 to be noble, whence T^53 , t\x^ , prince. 
 Hence niS'n^Ta precious things, pr. n. 
 
 bx-iris'a, and 
 
 '^^''3 m. plur. C'lS^, something most 
 precious, most excellent ; Deut. 33, 13 
 ?^'>^ ^V^. ihe most preciotis things of the 
 heavens, i. e. rain, dew, as immediately 
 follows. Verse 14 distu nixian 15^ the 
 most precious products of the sun. v. 15, 
 16. Cant. 4, 13 D'-i i-is most precious 
 fruits. V. 16 ; and so without ""ns , 7, 14 
 cn.'i'a'ba all precious o> pleasant fruits, 
 apples, etc. Vulg. every where potna. 
 Syr. fi-^ fructus aridus. 
 
 i'^i'a see in )i^>^ 
 
1T2 
 
 534 
 
 i:?;3 
 
 ^i^J^ and ^^>^V Migdol, pr. n. a) A 
 city of lower Egypt, Jer. 44, 1. 46, 14, 
 situated in the nortliern limits of Egypt, 
 Ez. 29, 10. 30. 6; according to the Itin. 
 Anton, p. 171, twelve miles from Pelu- 
 sium. In Egyptian the name is written 
 JUiecyTtwA (many hills) ; and the He- 
 brews seem to have softened this foreign 
 word into H'^i^ (tower); see Champol- 
 lion 1' Egypte sous les Pharaons. II. p. 79. 
 
 b) A place near the head of the west- 
 ern gulf of the Red sea, Ex. 14,2. Num. 
 33, 7. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81. 
 
 X\^rQ Zech. 12, 11, elsewhere l'^?^ 
 (perhaps place of troops, r. Tia, Tns) 
 Alegiddo, pr. n. of a fortified city of 
 Manupseli, situated within the borders 
 of the tribe of Issachar, and formerly 
 a royal city of the Canaanites ; Sept. 
 Mayiddb), Vulg. Mageddo. Josh. 12, 21. 
 17, 11. Judg. 1, 27. 1 K. 9, 15; comp. 
 
 1 K. 4, 12. I Chr. 7, 29. [It is usually 
 mentioned along with Taanach ; and ap- 
 pears to have been the place afterwards 
 called Legio, now Lejjim; see Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. III. p. 177-180. R.] Hence 
 i'nSTa-rrira the plain of Megiddo 2 Chr. 
 35, 22. Zech. 12, 11 ; this was part of 
 the great plain of Esdraelon, and here 
 king Josiah was slain 2 K. 23, 29. 30. 
 
 2 Chr. 35, 22. i^S^a ''^ waters of Me- 
 giddo, [prob. the brook with mills, flow- 
 ing by Lejjun into the Kishon, Judg. 
 5. 19; "see Biblioth. Sac. 1843, p. 77. R. 
 
 '^"'Vr^^ (praise of God) Magdiel, pr. 
 n. of a prince of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 
 43. 1 Chr. 1, 54. R. niia . 
 
 b'^J'Q m. (r. b-is) constr. bnjTS ; plur. 
 ts'^ls'njTS, mb^sp, constr. nibns^, 
 
 1. a tower, so called from its altitude, 
 Gen. 11, 4. 5 ; spoken chiefly of the 
 towers of fortified cities and fortresses, 
 Judg. 8.9. 9,46 sq. 2 Chr. 14, 6 ; oi" a for- 
 tress itself 1 Chr. 27, 25. Prov. 18, 10; 
 elsewhere of watch-towers, 2 K. 9, 17. 
 17. 9 ; of the watch-turret of a vineyard, 
 Is. 5, 2, comp. Matt. 21, 33. Metaph.of 
 proud and powerful men. Is. 30. 25. 2, 15. 
 
 2. an elevated stage, pulpit, piifia, Neh. 
 8, 4 ; comp. 9, 4. 
 
 3. a bed in a garden, elevated in the 
 middle ; Cant. 5, 13 thy cheeks are ... as 
 beds of spices. 
 
 4. In pr. names, it marks a town for- 
 tified by a tower. Migdal, e. g. 
 
 a) b>5"^~5Ta (tower of God) Migdal-el, 
 a fortified city in the tribe of Naphtali, 
 Josh. 19, 38 ; prob. Maydaka Matth. 15, 
 39, now JiXs? Mejdel on the western 
 coast of the sea of Galilee, not far from 
 Tiberias. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. Ill, 
 p. 298. 
 
 b) '^r^!!^'^ (tower of Gad) Migdal- 
 Gad, a town of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
 
 15, 37. 
 
 c) "I'lS-b'nS^ (tower of the flock) M/0-- 
 dal-eder, a village near Bethlehem Gen. 
 35, 21 ; hence put for the city Bethle- 
 hem itself^ and trop. for the royal line 
 of David, Mic. 4, 8. [Others, in Mic. 
 
 1. c. a tower so called on Zion ; or perh. 
 for Zion itself. R. 
 
 b's^^'a, see bi'^TSa. 
 
 tllwM^'D f plur. (r. 1553) precious 
 things,' Gen. 24, 53. Ezra 'l, 6. 2 Chr. 
 21, 3. 32, 23. 
 
 y\yi2 Magog, pr. n. 1. A son of Ja- 
 pheth. Gen. 10, 2. 
 
 2. A region and also a great and pow- 
 erful people dwelling in the extreme 
 recesses of the north, who are to invade 
 the Holy Land at a future time ; Ez. 38, 
 
 2. 15. 39, 2. 6. Nearly the same people 
 seem to be intended as were compre- 
 hended by the Greeks under the name 
 of Scythians, Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 1. Jerome 
 ad Ez. 38, 2 ; whom the Arabs call 
 
 -^.a-Lo. ^aJ^U Yajuj and Majuj, 
 
 and have embellished with various fa- 
 bles. Their king is called SiJ, q. v. See 
 Kor. Sur. 18. 94-99. ib. 21. 96. Asse- 
 mani Biblioth. Orient. T. III. P. II. p. 
 
 16, 17, 20. D'Herbelot Biblioth. Orient, 
 arts. Jagiouge, Magiovge. Edrisi par 
 Jaubertll. p. 349. Rosenm.Bibl. Geogr. 
 I. 1. p. 240. In the same manner are 
 joined ,^yxsf.\je ^j-xsf. Chin and Ma- 
 chin, i. e. the Chinese. On the syllable 
 ma. in these names, as signifying place, 
 region. Frahn has given a learned dis- 
 sertation : de Musei Sprcvi/.iani num- 
 mis Cuficis, p. 95. 
 
 'y^yo m. (r. "^fia 1.2) plur. c-rnia 
 Lam. 2,22; fear, terror, Ps. 31, 14. Jer. 
 6, 25. 20, 3. 10. Is. 31, 9. 
 
lyj 
 
 liap m. (r. "illi 1. 1) once ning. c. sufT. 
 6*.ia^ Ps. 55, 16 ; elsewhere only Plur. 
 constr. 'nnaia , c. Buff. ?j''"^. . 
 
 1. Plur. joumeyings, sojnumings, in 
 foreign pountriea ; Gen. 17,8 ?i'"7.''^ y^.^. 
 the land nf thy sojourninga, in which 
 thou art a stranger. 28, 4. 36, 7. 37, 1. 
 Trop. of human life, as a sojourning 
 on earth, Gen. 47, 9. Ps. 1 19, 54 ; conip. 
 P8.39, 13. iChr. 29, 15. 
 
 2. arfu-///Hg-,P8.55,16. PI. Job 18, 19. 
 
 myn f (r. -i!ia I. 2) i. q. niaa, /ear, 
 Prov. id, 24. 
 
 nn':kTa n (r. nna I) 1. fear, also ob- 
 ject of fear, plur. Is. 66, 4. Ps. 34, 5. 
 
 2. a granary, storehouse, Hagg. 2, 19. 
 
 n7.na f. an axe, 2 Sam. 12, 31. R. 
 ntJ no. 2. 
 
 ^3'? m. (r. bsj) a sickle, Jer. 50, 16. 
 Joel 4, 13. Arab. Jc^uo, Syr. IJ^, id. 
 
 n35T3 f (r. bbw) a volume, roll, i. e. a 
 6oofc, Jer. 36, U sq. Ez. 2, 9. Ps. 40, 8 
 nBO"pfe3''3 the volume of the book. x(xr 
 Uo/)jv of the roll of the law. Syr. U-^, 
 
 f&iib^, Arab. 'iX^ id, 
 
 nhia Chald. i. q. Heb. Ezra 6, 2. 
 
 ?Ta^^a r (r. O'??) a gathering, host, 
 once Hab. 1. 9. of the invading Chalde- 
 ans: nT3">'Tp; cn"<:Q rojia the gathering of 
 their faces is forwards, i. e. all their faces 
 are turned forwards, pressing on. Arab. 
 
 SLt^ J H.*^ > band, multitude. Kirachi 
 on Ps. 27, 8 uses this word for desire, 
 
 e ^ 
 longing; comp. Arab. *j^ appetiit, prope 
 
 fuit instititque res. 
 
 *|^^ in Kal not used; Piel ISia to 
 deliver over, c. ace. Gen. 14, 20 ; with 
 two ace. of pers. and thing. Prov. 4, 9. 
 Also like 't^J, nib, to make one any 
 thing, to make as, Hos. 11, 8. It seems 
 
 to be kindred with Arab. /]vX potuit, 
 valuit; II, in potestatem dedit; 3 and 5 
 being interchanged. 
 
 15''? pr. part. Hiph. (r. 'Ja) comm. 
 gend. (f ] K. 10, 17. 2 Chr. 9. 16.) c. suff. 
 SJtt; plur. c-isa^, mraB 2 Chr. 23, 9, 
 constr. '.sa'O ; a shield, Judg. 5, 8. 2 Sam. 
 1, 21. 22, 31. 36. 2 K. 19, 32. al. Arab. 
 
 635 ^T2 
 
 ,jj?, JULa?, id. The laia was of Ie 
 
 size and weight than the h^x, see 
 1 K. 10, 16. 17. 2 Chr. 9, 16. laia ti""K 
 an armed man, spoken of a robber, Prov. 
 6, 11. 24, 34. Metaph. a) Of God as 
 a protector, Gen. 15, 1. Deut. 33, 29. Ps. 
 3, 4. 18, 3. 31. 144, 2. Ps. 7, 11 "b? 'lao 
 D^rtbx my shield is upon God. i. e. God 
 holds as it were my shield, protects me 
 with a shield; comp. 89, 19. b) yiX-'Sao 
 
 shields of the earth or land, poet, for 
 princes, chiefs, protecting the people by 
 force of arms, Ps. 47, 10. Hos. 4, 18. Once 
 of the crocodile's scales, Job 41. 7 [15]. 
 
 n2!\'D f (r. *5a) a covering, once Lam. 
 3, 65 abTSaia covering of the heart, 
 i. e. obduracy, stubbornness, comp. *u- 
 Ivfifxa inl Tf/y xagdiay 2 Cor. 3, 15, and 
 
 Ss ^ 
 Arab. u>JjiJ! ,J^ &JL^f coverings 
 
 over the heart, Koran 6. 25. ib. 17. 48. 
 Kirachi also properly compares fatness 
 of heart. Is. 6, 10. But Jos. Kimchi, the 
 father, understands failure of mind, fatal 
 disease ; comp. Arab. v_>XiiJI XjuwLc 
 i. e. a veiling of the heart, failure of mind. 
 
 ^"^??''? f (r. "i?a) rebuke, curse, sc. of 
 God, fatal to raen,'Deut. 28, 20. 
 
 ^SS'a f. (r. Cias) Tsere impure, constr. 
 reaia Zech. 14, 15; plur. c. suff. ^nBaia 
 Ex! 9, 14. 
 
 1. a plague sent from God. Ex. 9, 14. 
 Spoken chiefly of pestilential and fatal 
 diseases. Num. 14. 37. 17, 13. 25, 18. 31, 
 16. 1 Sam. 6, 4. 2 Sam. 24, 21. 
 
 2. slaughter in battle, 1 Sam. 4, 17. 
 2 Sam. 17, 9. 
 
 ^'2^12 (perh. for'rs-ss^a moth-killer, 
 r. Ciaj) Magpiash, pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 21. 
 
 "^ f i. q. "laj , "i''5n , to cast before, 
 to deliver over ; once Part. pass. Ez. 21, 
 17 3"]n-bi< ''yiVq cast dmcn before the 
 sword, delivered over to it. Syr. in- 
 trans. j^J^ to fall. 
 
 PiEL "513, to cast daicn, to overthrow, 
 Ps. 89, 45. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. |i">aT3 . _ 
 
 15'a Chald. Pa. laa id. to cast dovm, 
 to overthrow, Ezra 6. 12. 
 
 ^>}'Q f. (r. ina no. 2) a saw, 1 K.7,9. 
 2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20, 3. 
 
)j12 
 
 536 
 
 1T2 
 
 V^'^'^ (precipice, r. ^5^) Migron, pr. 
 n. of a place in the tribe of Benjamin 
 not far from Gibeah, 1 Sam. 14, 2. Is. 10, 
 28. 
 
 riiyn^^a f. plur. (r. y-ns no. 2) contrac- 
 tions, drawings in of the wall, ledges, 
 rests, 1 K. 6. 6. 
 
 !lBn!i^ f. (r. cjna) a lump or clod of 
 earth, as taken up and turned by a spade 
 or like instrument, pr. a spadeful ; Joel 
 1, 17 the seeds die beneath their clods, a 
 description of excessive drought. So 
 Aben Ezra and Kimchi. Syr. |wsj.^, 
 
 \iyjue , spade. 
 
 "iSTa m. (r. llS'iw; constr. a-i5T3 ; plur. 
 constr. ^'q-^^v , once niffinsia Ez. 27, 28. 
 
 1. Inf after the Aram, form, to plun- 
 der, to spoil, Ez. 36, 5 ; see the root no. 2. 
 
 2. A place whither herds are driven 
 to graze, a pasture, 1 Chr. 5, 16. Ez. 
 48, 15 ; see the root no. 4. Spoken es- 
 pecially of the open country set apart 
 for pasture around the Levitical cities. 
 Num. 35. 2 sq. Josh. 21, 11 sq. 1 Chr. 6, 
 40 sq. Hence these cities are called 
 Ci'^qnaia ^ns, 1 Chr. 13,2. 
 
 3. an open place, area, around a city 
 or building. Ez. 27. 28. 45, 2. 48, 17. 
 Plur. once riia"i;^ (as if from a sing. 
 nt;-i5i2), but masc. Ez. 27, 28. 
 
 ^ ra. (r. Tio) c. sufF. "''n^ Ps. 109, 18, 
 rriTa Job ll, 9 ;' Plur. c-'^T? Judg. 3, IG, 
 once r^ia Judg. 5, 10, c. suff. ri":'!?^ Jer. 
 13, 25. 
 
 1. a vestment, garment, so called from 
 its fulness and width, see the root no. 1 ; 
 Ps. 109, 18. Lev. 6, 3. Also a carpet on 
 which the wealthy sit, plur. "p"70 Judg. 
 5; 10. 
 
 2. a measure, Job 11, 9. Jer. 13, 25 na 
 Tl'^'io the portion measured out to thee. 
 
 na'l'Q Chald. m. emphat. xna'iia , an 
 aZtor, Ezra 7. 17. R. na'n. 
 
 13^12 m. with n loc. nns"]^ Ex. 4, 
 27 ; constr. "^W^ i with n loc. once H'^a'iO 
 1 K. 19, 15. R. 13^. 
 
 1. pasture land, open fields, i. e. an 
 uninhabited tract or region, untilled, 
 and adapted only to pasture, see the 
 root no. 2 ; like Germ. Trift from trei- 
 ben. Syr. fj^?, fr^f^, id. Joel 2, 22 
 
 ^a^i^ rris: ^a^';^ the pastures of the fiehh 
 do flourish. Ps. 65, 13 la-iiD nix; iissn'i 
 the pastures of the fields drop, distil, fat- 
 ness, fertility. So the opp. Jer. 23, 10 
 ^lano n'ix? rrn^ the pastures of the fields 
 are dry. Joel 1, 19. Is. 42, 11 let them 
 exult l'''Ji"l' "i^Tri the open fields and their 
 cities, i.e. the open country together with 
 the cities ; comp. 1 K. 2, 34. Often also 
 
 2. a desert, a sterile and solitary re- 
 gion. Is. 32, 15. 35, 1. 50, 2. Jer. 3. 2. 4, 
 11. al. Also of a region desolated by 
 violence, Is. 14, 7. 64, 9. n^isq ^ana 
 Joel 2, 3. 4, 19. With the art. '"^anar! 
 everywhere the great Arabian desert 
 towards and around Sinai, Gen. 14, 6. 
 16, 7. Ex. 3, 1. 13, 18. Deut. 11, 24, of 
 which the different parts are distin- 
 guished by separate pr. names, see "pD, 
 ijiD , ira . -(S , "j-iNs . So too nnini ns'ia 
 the desert of Judah. on the west of the 
 Dead Sea, Judg. 1,16. Ps.63,1; seeBibL 
 Res. in Palest. II. p. 202 sq. Metaph. 
 Hos. 2, 5 1S153D nTirb I have made her 
 as a desert, i. e. naked, destitute of every 
 thing. Jer. 2, 31 bxn^^r'ib Ti-^^n i3"]^."j, 
 have I been a desert to Israel 7 i. e. have 
 I commanded them to worship me for 
 naught, have I been barren towards 
 them ? 9, 11. Is. 27, 10. 
 
 3. Poet, instrument of speech, the motUh, 
 (r. "lan to speak.) Cant. 4, 3 nnx: ""^ania 
 thy mouth is comely, parall. thy lips. 
 Sept. Xalla, Jerome eloquium, and so 
 the Rabbins ; but the context almost 
 necessarily demands some member, as 
 A. Schultens justly remarks. 
 
 '_ T", plur. 3 pers. ITi^, twice contr. 
 'n-i'ni? Is. 65, 7, orw^ Nvam. 35, 5 ; inf. 
 "lo Zech. 2, 6; fut. la^, llBn, conv. 
 
 1. to stretch, to e.vtend, i. q. Arab. JooJ 
 see Hithp. and the nouns "T^, nno. 
 
 2. to mete, to measure. Correspond- 
 ing are Sanscr. mdd, mA. to measure, 
 Zend, meett, mate, Gr. fiirgor, fiidiftrog, 
 Lat. melior, meta ; Goth, niitan. Anglo- 
 Sax, metan, Germ, messen, Engl, to 
 mete; see Pott. Etymol. Forsch. I. p. 
 194. Pr. to measure a thing by extend- 
 ing a measuring line upon it, Ez. 40, 5 
 sq. 41, 1 sq. Deut. 21, 2. Zech. 2, 6. 
 Then also of hollow measures, as of 
 grain, Ruth 3, 15. Metaph. Is. 65, 7 / 
 
n-j 
 
 537 
 
 ni2 
 
 vill measure their deed* into their bosom, 
 i. e. I will bring upon them just retribu- 
 tion. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, Jer. 31, 37. 
 33, 22. Hos. 2, 1. 
 
 PiEL Tna, fut. Tno"' 1. Intraiis. and 
 intens. to be extended, to be long- ; Job 7, 
 4 "yy) 1^'a loiif^ in the night! So Saad. 
 Others take l^a an a noun ; Bee tlie 
 next art. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to mete, to measure, 
 2 Sara. 8, 2. Ps. 60, 8 I will mete out the 
 valley of Succoth, sc. to my victorious 
 troops, wlio shall become its inhabitants. 
 
 Po. TTi-a i. q. Picl no. 2 ; Hab. 3, 6 
 yiii '''1^'?? '^'^^ God stood and measured 
 the earth with his eyes, surveyed it. So 
 Vulg. Kimchi and others ; and this is 
 best in accordance with the Hebrew 
 usage. But Sept. and Chald. and shook 
 the earth, from r. I^a q. v. and this ac- 
 cords best with the parallel clause : ' he 
 beheld and made the nations tremble.' 
 But a root ^>I1^ is elsewhere unknown in 
 Hebrew. 
 
 HiTHPO. *nbnn to stretch oneself, 1 K. 
 17, 21. 
 
 Deriv. "n:, nn-a, irta, pr. n. ')'>'na. 
 
 TTtt m. (r. '^'^i) flight ; Job 7, 4 when 
 I lie down. I say, When shall I arise ? 
 S'JS Tii3^ and when the flight of the 
 night 1 poet, for : When will the night 
 be gone % But see in Tia Pi. no. 1. 
 
 * ^' - 1. q. *TiTD , to stretch, to measure, 
 a root not in use, Arab. ^^ Joo to extend, 
 Hot 
 
 f^i^ a kind of measure. Hence the 
 nouns T10 and "jinB II. 
 
 ^"^V f. (r. Tiia) 1. extension, length. 
 n-n-a ir-^x a man of stature 1 Chr. 11, 23. 
 20. 6. Plur. n?ii3 "dr.X Is. 45, 14. and 
 rin^a vi:x n,,^ jg ^g ; comp. for the 
 double form of the plur. in compounds, 
 Heb, Gram. 106. 3. Jer. 22, 14 n^a 
 ri'n'a a large house, of ample extent. 
 
 2. i. q. ^12 no. 1. a vestment, garment, 
 plur. nnr: Ps. 133, 2. 
 
 3. measure, Ex. 26, 2. 8. 36. 9. 15. 1 
 K. 6, 25. Ez. 40, 10. 24. al. nni3 b:n 
 a measuring line Zech. 2. 5. frn'a rMX" 
 a measuring reed or rod Ez. 40. 3. 5. 
 Also a portion, as measured out, Neh. 3, 
 11. 19. 20. 21. etc. Metaph. Ps. 39, 5. 
 
 4. From the Chald. tribute, Neh. 5, 4. 
 
 H'np Chald. m. tribute, as ifvieeuured 
 out to each person, Ezra 4, 20. 6, 8. 
 Also with Dag, forte resolved, rrnja 
 Ezra 4, 13. 7. 24. Syr. f.^)Ji^. 
 
 nnn'TO Sn. Xtyo^. is. 14, 4. if this 
 be the correct orthography, it is a de- 
 nom. from Aram. 2ni (q. v.) i. q. sriT 
 gold, formed in the manner of part. Hiph. 
 fem. pr. gold-muker, i. e. exactress of 
 gold, a not unapt epithet of Babylon 
 (parall. bab) ; or else heap or treasury 
 of gold, where a formative implies phice, 
 comp. (^.'n dung, njan^ dung-hill, 
 Lehrg. p.' 512. n. 14.' With Kimchi, 
 Aben Ezra, and others, I prefer the for- 
 mer. But most of the ancient version* 
 (Syr. Chald. Sept. inia7iQv8uajr,i, Vulg. 
 tributum) give the sense of the Heb. 
 nanna, oppression, which is also read 
 in the edit. Thessalon. 1600. and ought 
 perhaps to be restored in the text ; comp. 
 Is. 3, 5, where the similar verbs snn and 
 U353 correspond to each other in parallel 
 members, 
 
 T}"^ ra. (r. n*ia) plur. c. sufF. =r'';]"7T? , 
 a vestment, garment, 2 Sam. 10. 4. 1 Chr. 
 19, 4. 
 
 ^j7^ m. (r. Hj'n) disease, sickness, 
 Deut.'7, 15. 28, 6oV 
 
 D'^n^TO m. plur. seductions, Lam. 2, 
 14. R. nnj see Hiph. no. 3. 
 
 I. liTQ m. (r. -pn) plur. C)^3^'7. 
 
 1. contention, quarrel, strife. Prov. 15, 
 18. 16, 28. 17, 14. al. Plur. Prov. 23, 
 29. 26, 21. 27, 15. al. So of an object 
 of strife. Ps. 80, 7. 
 
 2. Madon, pr. n, of a roj'-al city of the 
 Canaanites, Josh. 11, 1. 12, 19. 
 
 II. I^TQ m. (r. riyo) e.rtension. tall- 
 ness ; 2 Sam. 21. 20 Keri ')i"i^ a-^S a 
 tall man, i. q. iTn^Q ItJ-'X 1 Chr. 20. 6. 
 The Cheth. is to be read 'p'no measures, 
 from sing, na . 
 
 ^^Ta (contr. from Sai^-m? what is 
 known, taught ? i. q. for what reason ? 
 Gr. Tt fia&o')v ;) Adv. of interrog. why? 
 wherefore? Josh. 17, 14. 2 Sam. 19, 42. 
 1 K. 1, 6. Job 3, 12. 18, 3. Jer. 8, 5. al. 
 In an indirect interrog. Ex. 3. 3. In 
 Job 21, 4, S^i'n'a cs are not to be closely 
 joined ; for CX corresponds to fi inter- 
 rog. in the prior clause, and causes the 
 
117J 
 
 538 
 
 12112 
 
 whole vorse to contain a double inter- 
 rogation : do I then complain of man 7 
 
 inJii -ispn iib Sj'n-q cxi wherefore then 
 should Iiiot be impatient 7 See OS B. 1. 
 
 ^iTH Chald. (r. ^si'n) habitation, Dan. 
 
 4, 22. 29. 5, 21. 
 
 rri^'T^ fl (r. 1W) a round /jj'/c of fuel, 
 i. q. -isi^ no. 3. Ez. 24. 9. Is. 30, 33. 
 
 nttJ^^ia see nr*no . 
 
 nn'l'a m. overthrow, ruin, Prov. 26, 
 28. R. nnn. 
 
 nien'l'a f. plur. (r. tinn) pr. ' thrust- 
 ings. impulses,' sc. to a fall ; hence, over- 
 throw, ruin; Ps. 140, 12 n-isnnrb to his 
 overthrow. Vulg. in interitum. 
 
 ''I''? f. (Is. 21, 2) TWed/a. a celebrated 
 country of Asia, lying on the south and 
 west of the Caspian sea. Esth. 1, 3. 2 K. 
 17, 6. 18, 11. Jer. 25, 25. 51, 11. 28. . Me- 
 ton. the Medes, Gen. 10, 2. Is. 13, 17. 21, 
 
 7 7 
 
 2. Dan. 9, 1. Syr. ^^io . Gentile noun 
 '''na a Mede, Dan. 11, 1. The etymo- 
 logy is perhaps from Pehlv. miavad mid, 
 comp. Sanscr. madhya medium ; imply- 
 ing that Media is in the middle of Asia, 
 or rather of the world ; comp. Polyb. V. 
 44 r] yag Mtjdla xtiiai fisv nfQi ^iaiiv ttjv 
 
 """T^ Chald. Media, Ezra 6, 2. Dan. 
 
 5, 28. 6, 13. Gentile n. emphat. nx^is a 
 ilferfe Dan. 6, 1 Keri; butinCheth.X^n-Q. 
 
 ^*l^ (contr. for '^'^TiTs) pr. what is 
 enough, 2 Chr. 30, 3. See na , note. 
 
 'IT'O see ''? no. 2. b. 
 
 'J^'I'Q m. (r. "j"^" Niph.) 1. strife, con- 
 tention, only plur. B"'?"'}^ Prov. 18, 18. 
 19, 13. Elsewhere in Keri, where Cheth. 
 O-'JJ"!^ . pee "i-ir ; also Prov. 6. 14 Keri. 
 
 2. Midian, pr. n. of a son of Abra- 
 ham by Kcturah, and of an Arnbian 
 tribe descended from him Gen. 25, 2. 
 They would seem to have occupied por- 
 tions of the tract of country extending 
 from the eastern shore of the Elanitic 
 gulf (where Arabian geographers still 
 place a town ^^ Joo) to the region of 
 Moab on the one hand, and to the vici- 
 nity of Mount Sinai on the other, E.\. 2, 
 15. 3, 1. 18, ]. Num. c, 31. Judg. c.6-8. 
 Sometimes the Midianites appear to be 
 reckoned among the Ishraaelites, Gen. 
 
 37, 25 comp. 36. Judg. 7, 12 comp. 8, 
 22. 24 ; elsewhere they are distinguished 
 from them, Gen. 25, 2. 4. 12-18. This 
 arose prob. from their being nomadic in 
 their habits; so that bands of them often 
 moved from place to place. Hence "'T^a 
 IIJ'iTS the dromedaries of the Midianites 
 Is.' 60, 6. "{ly: di-^ the day of Midian Is. 
 9, 3, i. e. the victory gained over Midian, 
 see Judg. c. 7. 8. Gentile n. "^J^")'? Mi- 
 dianite Num. 10, 29, plur. D''- Gen. 37, 
 28 ; once contr. c^snis Gen. 27, 36 ; f. 
 n"!-:- Num. 25, 15. 
 
 'J'^'^'KJ (measures) Middin, pr. n. of a 
 town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15, 61. 
 
 R. 1-173. 
 
 t^T^yq f. (r. T^'n) a word of the later 
 Hebrew, see the Chaldee ; "pr. judgment, 
 jurisdiction ; hence 
 
 1. a province, district, under the juris- 
 diction of a prefect or viceroy, as the 
 Persian provinces and satrapies, Esth. 
 1, 1. 22. 3, 12. 14. al. e. g. El3-mais Dan. 
 8, 2. ri'i:"''752ri "^"ya the viceroys, riders of 
 the provinces, Esth. 1, 3. 8, 9. 9, 3. ^33 
 njiniaii the sons of the provinces, i. e. 
 Israelitish exiles dwelling in the Per- 
 sian provinces, Ezra 2. 1. Neh. 7, 6. 
 
 Syr. |AXrJb id. Arab. iJ^CKiO city. 
 
 2. In a wider sense, land, region, 
 country, Dan. 11, 24. Lam. 1,1. Ez. 19, 
 8. Ecc. 2, 8 (comp. Ezra 4, 13). 5, 7. 
 
 ^P*!^ Chald. f (r. ""n) a province, 
 district, Dan. 3. 2. 3. So of the province 
 of Babylon, bsa 'o , not the empire. Ezra 
 
 4, 15. 7, 16. Dan. 2, 48. 49. 3, 1. 12. 30; 
 so of Media. Ezra 6, 2: of Judea, Ezra 
 
 5, 8. 
 
 Tdrq f (r. Tjiii) a mortar. Num. 11, 8. 
 Chald. N=nT3 id. 
 
 VrTV^ (dunghill, r. '^cr\) Madmen, pr. 
 n. of a town in the borders of Moab, Jer. 
 
 48, 2. 
 
 rWra f (r. -jTsr;) 1. i. q. '|7:^, a 
 dunghill. Is. 25, 10. 
 
 2. Madmenah, pr. n. of a town in the 
 tribe of Benjamin, not far from Jerusa- 
 lem, Is. 10, 31. 
 
 ns'O'l'a (dunghill, r. y^"!]) Mndmannah, 
 pr. n. of a town in the south of Judah, 
 Josh. 15, 31. 
 
\1^ 
 
 539 
 
 n:a 
 
 XT9 " ( V?) 1- contention, $trife, 
 only in plur. csnia Prov.6, 14. 19. 10, 12. 
 
 2. JMedan, pr. n. of a son of Abraham 
 and Keturah. the brother of Midian,Gen. 
 25, 2. 
 
 D'^pTQ Midianitea, see in 'pia no. 2 fin. 
 
 T?q m. also y?^ 2 Chr. 1, 10, a 
 word of the later Hebrew. R. ""i^, the 
 ^ being represented by Daghesh forte, 
 as in verbs fo . 
 
 1. knowledge, intelligence^ 2 Chr. 1, 
 10. 11. 12. Dan. 1, 4. 17. 
 
 2. consciousness, thought ; Ecc. 10, 20 
 cur86 not the king even in thy thought. 
 Sept. ffvnidticn^: Chald. ynsT? , Syr. 
 \|^. id. 
 
 ^"f^, see S"i'"3. 
 
 f^'^''p7^ ^- P^i"". constr. (r. ip^) pierc- 
 ings, thrusts sc. of a sword, Prov. 12, 18. 
 
 yy^ Chald. i. q. "11113, dwelling, Dan. 
 2, 11. R. n-^. 
 
 "'?!!'7^ f. (r. a^'n) a ?ee/) mountain, 
 precipice, which can be ascended only 
 by steps or stairs. Cant. 2. 14. Ez. 38, 
 20. Comp. nUfxa^, e. g. xllfiu^ Tvqiwv. 
 
 ^TT^ m. (r. 7pi) a treading, i. e. 
 ffpace trodden upon, a foot-breadth, Deut. 
 2, 5. Comp. Deut. 11, 24. Josh. 1, 3. 
 
 ^"^7^ m. (r. ttSni no. 5) a commentary, 
 
 as often in Rabbinic. 
 
 Arab. jj*<> tX^ a 
 
 commentary, book. 2 Chr. 24, 27 ttJni? 
 D'^aVan ibO a commentary on the book 
 of the Kings, i. e. an historical comment- 
 ary containing a supplement. 13, 22. 
 Comp. Caesar's Commentaries. 
 
 T\t'rQ or ntD^TS f. (r. tl'-itj) pr. a 
 treading out ;' concr. trodden out, thresh- 
 ed, metaph. of a people trodden down 
 and oppressed, Is. 21, 10. 
 
 KtlT*? with art. XMsri, Medatha, 
 Hammedatha, Pers. pr. n. of the father 
 of Haman, Esth. 3, 1. 8, 5. 
 
 *rrq, 'r:2, -n-j, n53,-?j,:f for 
 
 the diflference of which forms see note at 
 the end of the article. 
 
 A) As a Pronoun. 1. Pron. interrog. 
 used of things, as "'a of persons, what! 
 Qt. tli Syr. P, Arab. Lo. In a direct 
 
 interrog. Gen. 4, 10 n^tos ni3 wfuil ha$l 
 thou done ? Is. 38, 15 laiSl na what shall 
 I say 7 Eth.5,6. lSam.4, IG. 2K.4, 13. 
 al. 8jBpis. In an indirect interrog. after 
 verbs of asking, answering, speaking, 
 seeing, and the like ; 1 K. 14. '.\ he shall 
 tell thee i?:^ ni^nynia whcU shall be to 
 the child. Ex. 2, 4. Neh. 2, 12. Job 34, 
 33. Num. 13. 18. al. Put also in the gen. 
 after a subst. Jer. 8, 9 cnb n7:-n^3n the 
 wisdom of what thing is in them 7 or 
 vice versa before a subst. which is to be 
 taken as a gen. as Ps. 30, 10 >^a"na 
 what of gain ? Is. 40, 18 rn^i-ni: what 
 oflikenes!i7 where in Engl, we say what 
 gain ? what likeness ? So with plur. 
 Zech. 1, 9. Ellipt. Judg. 18, 8 cnx na 
 what word bring ye? Further: 
 
 a) Where nia refers to substantives, it 
 often expresses inquiry after quality, like 
 Lat. qualis. Engl, what, what kind of 7 
 1 Sam.- 28, 14 i^xnTi: what form is he 
 of 7 2 K. 1, 7 ti'xn ao^a rt-q what man- 
 ner of mail? Num^. 13, 18. 16, 11. So by 
 way of depreciation, Ps. 8. 5 'JX-na 
 what is man? 144, 3. Job 6, 11. 7, 17'. 
 1 K. 9, 13 nixn c-^sn ma what are 
 these cities? Hence also in reproaches, 
 Gen. 44, 15. Judg. 8, 1. Is. 36, 4. Josh, 
 22, 16. 
 
 b) r|2-m3 what is to thee ? j. e. what 
 wilt thou 7 Judg. 1, 14. So with "'3, 
 what is lo thee that thou doest so and so? 
 i. e. what aileth thee that, etc. Gr. xt 
 na&mv iovto noinc; Is. 22, 1 ; with ''IS 
 impl. Is. 3, 15. Comp. Arab. viU Lo, 
 jvCJU, Kor. Sur. 57.8,10. 
 
 c) ~^? "'^''^^ what is to me and thee 7 
 what hast thou to do with me 7 Judg. 
 11, 12. 2 Sam. 16, 10. 1-9, 23.' 2 K. 9, 
 18 Dibd^n r|b-n^ what hast thou to do 
 with peace 7 Without th'e copula, Jer. 
 2, 18 a^-nST? "i-inb T|b-nB . Hos. 14, 9. 
 So with r!< , Jer. 23, 28 "lan-rx "i^riS-na 
 what is to the chaff with the grain? what 
 likeness is there between them? Comp. 
 Syr. ^o slii. ]:^ Barhebr. p. 170. 1. 8. 
 Arab, isj Le, ^ L*. Gr. tI ^axaiai, xitftol 
 Anacr. 17. 4. Comp. Matt. 8, 29. Mark 
 5, 7. John 2, 4. 
 
 2. Pron.indefinite,wAa^erCT-,so/nWAi77o-, 
 any thing; more fully .-naixia for n^sn na 
 q. V. Arab. Lo id. Prov. 9, 13 nsni-ba 
 na he careth for nothing. 2 Sara. 18, 
 
ni2 
 
 540 
 
 n^a 
 
 22 ns^l-iX Ti-o 'n-'l whatever there is, hi 
 me j-^im. Job 13, 13 n^ ^br "ihs'^l a?zc^ 
 let come itpon me whatever will. v. 14. 
 Once put after the noun, as nia "iST 
 v-hatsoeverthingNum. 23,3. Alsoia-nr- 
 that which (Syr. > jlo) Ecc. 1, 9. 3, 15. 
 22. 6, 10. 7. 24. 8, 7. 10, 14. Or with 
 the relat. impl. like Engl, what ; Judg. 9. 
 48 Ti'^C^ cr;^;!?"! ""^ 'ifAa^ 2/e saw that / 
 did. Sept. o sldiTs fis noiouvTtx. Arab. 
 Ijo id quod. 
 
 B) Adv. of interrog. 1. why? where- 
 Jbre ? for the fuller rtab , as Gr. t/, Lat. 
 quid? Arab. Lo. Ex. 14, 15 p?::n-no 
 i^X why criest thou to me? Ps. 42, 12. 
 Job 7; 21. 2 K. 6, 33. 
 
 2. Aow, how much, in exclamations of 
 admiration, as often Arab. Lo . Gen. 28, 
 17 r^i^n C-irssi"! xn-'j-n^ hotc dreadful is 
 Ihis place! Ps. 8, 2 hmc glorious is thy 
 name ! Num. 24. 5 ?i"'^nK ri-^-ryq how 
 hedutiful are thy tents ! Cant. 7, 2. Ps. 
 119, 97 "jrnin '^n^nx n^ Aow /ore //Ay 
 Zawj.' Ironically,' Job 26, 2 PinTS np. 
 nb'sibb liow hast thou helped the weak! 
 V. 3. 
 
 3. ho^D? in lohat way? Gen. 44, 16 
 p'n::Si-n'3 how .shall we justify onrsclces? 
 
 4. when ? Ps. 39, 5 let me know bnn"n52 
 ''JX w^en I shall cease to he. 
 
 C) Sometimes na of depreciation and 
 reproach (see in A. 1. a) approaches 
 very nearly to a negative power ; comp. 
 Lehrg. p. 834, and Lat. quid multa ? for 
 we midta. So Job 16, Q if I speak, my 
 grief is not assuaged; and if I forbear, 
 T\^tT] "^iH'rrc what goethfrom me? i. e. 
 even so nothing of my pain departs ; 
 Vulg. NON recedit a me. Prov. 20, 24 
 'isn'n "pn^-nB ens'! and man, how shall 
 he know his own way? i. e. he knows it 
 not ; Cliald. ah . Job 31, 1 I have made 
 a covenant with my eyes, ~^S l.?'i3r''* ^'9 
 ntira why should Hook upon a maid? 
 Sept. 01', Vulg. ne, Syr. P?. Cant. 8, 4 
 n2nHn-P!i< ii"n'5'n-nr!i .i-i-rpiTiia why 
 awake ye.... my love ? i. e. awake him 
 not; comp. 2. 7. 3, 5. where CX stands 
 in the same construction. Prov. 31. 2. 3. 
 Comp. below in nra Is. 2, 22, nas Job 
 21, 17, and nrb lett. b. In Arabic, Lo 
 has by degrees actually adopted this 
 negative power, the origin of which we 
 here clearly see in the Heb. 
 
 D) With various prepositions, viz. 
 
 1. njaa, naa, T^r.inwhat? wherein? 
 Ex. 22, 26; in what thing? whereby? 
 Gen. 15, 8 ; with what? 1 Sam. 6. 2 ; by 
 what ? whereby? Judg. 16. 5 latter part. 
 Then according to the various uses 
 of a, viz. at what price? see 3 B. 3. Is. 
 2, 22 XW acns n52a at what price shall 
 he he estimated ? i. e. at an empty price, 
 he is nothing. So too on what account? 
 wherefore? 2 Chr. 7, 21 ; see a B. 5. 
 
 2. ns3, naa, (for the art. after 3 see 
 
 n 2. c.) Arab. 15, L*5^ pr. as what? i. e. 
 
 with what shall it be compared ? 'Spo- 
 ken : a) Of space, how great, Zech. 2, 
 6 t^an"! nsa how great is the breadth of 
 it ? Also how long ? Ps. 35, 17. Job 7, 19. 
 b) Of number, how many ? Gen. 47. 8. 
 2 Sam. 19, 35. 1 K. 22, 16 C-^c-S njsa-ir 
 how many times ? how often ? So in an 
 exclamation, Zech. 7, 3 CJw' nra pit 
 /A/.s how many years! Also Aoiz; often? 
 Ps. 78. 40. Job 21, 17, where how oft is 
 the question of one in doubt, for seldom. 
 
 3. nr5 Mil^l (for naV) also H^b Mil- 
 ra, this latter form except in a few ex- 
 amples (2 Sam. 2, 22. 14, 31. Ps. 49, 6. 
 Jer. 15, IS) being used before the letters 
 X, n, 3?, and the name nin"; (see Nol- 
 dii Concord. Part. p. 904), thr'ice niab 
 1 Sam. 1, 8. 
 
 a) wherefore ? why ? for what cause ? 
 Gen. 4, 6. 12, 18. 44, 7. Ex. 5, 4. Ps.49, 
 6. al. Emphat. n?."'^'?^- see in nT no. 3. 
 c. Gen. 18, 13. 25, 22'''2bN W-nab why 
 then am I? why do I exist ? the lan- 
 guage of an impatient woman. Jer. 6.20. 
 Prov. 17, 16. So in an indirect interrog. 
 after a verb of knowing, 1 Sam. 6. 3. 
 Dan. 10, 20. Sometimes it expresses 
 dehortation, warning, prohibition; as 
 Prov. 5. 20 why wilt thou, my son, be 
 ravished with a strange woman ? i. e. be 
 not thus ravished. Ps. 44, 24. 1 Sam. 
 19, 17 let me go, why shoidd I kill thee? 
 i. e. else I must kill thee. 2 Chr. 25, 16. 
 Gen. 27, 45. Hence 
 
 b) In later writers, where it is chiefly 
 used by way of dehortation or prohibi- 
 tion, it often passes over into a prohibit- 
 ive or negative power of itself lest, lest 
 perhaps; like Syr. )Sn\, tViS>, Chald. 
 Nab, xab 'i : Ecc. 5,5 D-^rrbx.-i n'spt haV 
 
n^ 
 
 541 
 
 'rn2 
 
 Tjbip hy wherefore should God Jip ffHPy 
 at thy voice 7 for, kat God be angry ; 
 Sept. Wfll, j' /i;, Vulg. ii forte, Syr. 
 llflki. Ef.c. 7, 16. 17. Nch. 6, 3. To 
 the Syriiic form )^1^* corresponds ex- 
 actly nci'd Ciint. 1, 7, Sept. /J noxt, 
 Vulg. ne ; as also na^ '"?S<, which is 
 put after a verb of fearing, like IB, as 
 Dan. 1, 10 I fear my lord the king nfflx 
 '^y\ nxn-i nab lest he should see, etc. 
 Theod. /iir] noif. 
 
 4. n^b on account of what, on tliis 
 account that, i. e. because; from b prop- 
 ter (see b A. 10) and ma wAa^ 7 So 
 once, 1 Chr. 15, 13 contr. njtiJxna^b 
 for n:iax-ia-n^b because that from the 
 beginning, etc. Comp. "'^isb enough, 
 2 Chr. 30, 3. 
 
 5. nia-n? , Gr. A- w II. 5. 465, till when ? 
 how long 7 Ps. 74, 9. 79, 5. 89, 47. But 
 Num. 24, 22 Aoic /owg- till Asshur shall 
 carry thee away captive? i. e. he will 
 carry tliee away shortly. 
 
 6. nia-b? pr. upon what 7 Is. 1, 5. Job 
 38,6; then, wherefore, why? Num. 22, 
 32. Jer. 9, 11. Job 13, 14. In an indirect 
 interrog. Job 10, 2. Esth. 4, 5. 
 
 Note. On the use of the forms of 
 this particle, the following maybe noted: 
 a) The primitive form ilo is found every 
 where in pause, and also before X and "i, 
 Makkeph being inserted or omitted, as 
 nfex-m: Zech. 1, 9, Bn-^xn na Judg. 9, 
 48. More rarely before H Josh. 4, 6. 21. 
 Num. 13, 19. 20. Deut. 6^ 20 ; n Josh. 
 22, 16. Judg. 8, 1; ri Gen. 21, 29; n 
 1 K. 9, 13 ; also ? 2 K. 8, 13 ; S Gen. 3l'^ 
 32. b) The form "n-Q is particulaj-ly 
 frequent before letters not guttural, with 
 Dag. forte conjunctive, as Tt^'nia Judg. 
 1 14, iT:Ta-na Ex. 3, 13, n:]ni-n73 i K. 
 14, 3. al. saepiss. Also before the harder 
 gutturals, e. g. n with Dag. forte impl. 
 as xw-na Num. 16, 11, Sfn-na Num. 
 13, 18. Ps. 39, 5. But before n it can 
 also take Kamets ; see above in a. c) 
 Sometimes "fr? with Dag. unites with 
 the foil, word into one, as C3^^ for ~ni3 
 t23^ Is. 3, 15, nV2 Ex. 4, 2, nxbnia Mai. 
 1,13. ?>in"3 q. V. So with a foil, guttu- 
 ral, cn^ for en n^ Ez. 8, 6 ; also the pr. 
 names "^123^, ''2733^. d) The form 
 ntt is put before the letters n, s, n with 
 Kamets, according to the known canon. 
 
 46 
 
 Heb. Gram. 27, n. 2. b. Lehrg. 47. 
 
 1. n-'bJ nc, bnrrna Pa. 39, 5. 89, 48; 
 also '':is n l Stun.' 20, 1. Very fre- 
 quently also it stands before letter* not 
 guttural, chiefly at the beginning of 
 sentences, "^xn BO'Stt no 2 K. 1. 7. Pg. 
 4,3. 10,13. Is. 'l, 5.'jer.'ll. 15. Still 
 more frequently it is found after prefix- 
 es, as nsb 1 Sam. 1, 8, ns? 1 K. 22, 16. 
 2 Chr. 18," 15. Zech. 7, 3, also naa Ex. 
 22, 26. 33, 16. Judg. 16, 5. 1 Sam. 6, 2. 
 29, 4. Mai. 1, 7. al. Followed by Dag. 
 f 'srnaa Judg. 16, 5. 
 
 ^^ Chald. once xa q. v. 1. Inter- 
 rog. what 7 Dan. 4, 32. 
 
 2. Indef. what, whatever, Dan. 2. 22. 
 Ezra 6, 9. "''i n"3 whatever it is which, 
 Dan. 2, 28. 29. 
 
 3. With pref a) f^r33 how ! how ex- 
 ceedingly! Dan. 3, 33. b) niab wliere- 
 fore? in dehortations, and hence i. q. 
 lest, Ezra 4, 22. nab I'n id. 7, 23. Comp. 
 Heb. nab in na D. 3. b. 
 
 * 1^*1'^ or ^^r"^ in Kal not used, 
 prob. to deny, to refuse. Comp. in Ara- 
 
 bic the particles juo, Xjo, Syr. oiio, he- 
 ware, desist; whence x^ 7 ^ to forbid^ 
 to hinder; II, to abstain, to desist; comp. 
 
 yLgJ and with the final He softened 
 L^, abegit, prohibuit. interdixit ; see 
 on negative verbs under X13. Hence 
 
 HiTHp. nanarn pr. to refuse, to be 
 reluctant ; hence to delay, to linger. Gen. 
 19, 16. 43, 10. Ex. 12. 39. Judg. 3, 26.. 
 19, 8. 2 Sam. 15, 28. Is. 29, 9. Hab. 2, 3. 
 
 ma^nia W (r. a!in) l. confusion, con- 
 sternation, Is. 22, 5. Deut. 7, 23. 28, 20. 
 1 Sam. 5, 9. 11 ria-rasina a deadly con- 
 sternation. 
 
 2. tumult. Ez. 22, 5 nasina rz"} full' 
 of tumult. Trop. of the unquiet and 
 troubled life of the rich, Prov. 15, 16*. 
 Plur. niaana tumults Am. 3, 9. 2 Chr. 
 15, 5. 
 
 jTSintt (i. q. Syr. ,,^k:o faithful 
 then eunuch, r. "jax) Mehuman, pr. of a 
 eunuch in the court of Xerxes, Esth.. 
 1, 10. 
 
 '^r^'^'^ri''? (whom God does good to^. 
 Chald. for bx S'^a'^a) Mehetabeel, pr. n. 
 a) m. Neh. 6, 10. b) f. Gen. 36, 39. 
 
]12 
 
 542 
 
 nn:^ 
 
 "I'^n'O in. (r. "in-n I. 2) quick, hence 
 prompt, apt. skilled in business, etc. 
 Prov. 22, 29. Is. 16, 5. Ps. 45, 2. Ezra 7, 
 6. Syr. Ij-toU^ id. 
 
 * ^T}'2 ujiu^ hy6fi. i. q. Chald. Vnr , 
 Heb. b^^ (comp. under lett. n), /o ra 
 o^j to prune ; trop. /o adul/eraie. to spoil 
 wine by mixing water with it. Is. 1. 22. 
 The Arabs have the hke trope with 
 verbs of cutting, breaking, wounding, 
 killing, which they use lor diluted wine, 
 etc. See Thesaur. p. 772. So too Mar- 
 tial forbids jugidare Falernuin.' Ep. 1. 
 28. [In Engl, also one might speak of 
 cutting down the wine, diluting it. R. 
 
 ^^n'Q m. (r. T(^<7) 1- v^ay, jo^imey. 
 Neh. 2, 6. Jon. 3, 3.'4. 
 
 2. a rcalk. place for walking, Ez. 42, 
 4. But D-ir^ri-c Zech. 3, 7 is part. Hiph. 
 of r. T|;f7, Kay-fellou-s, companions. 
 
 '?'!!''? m. (r. V^f^ Pi.) praise, applause. 
 
 Prov. 22. 21 as the cnicihle to silver 
 
 so let a man be to the vioidh of his praise, 
 i. e. let him try closely the mouth which 
 praises him. Hence 
 
 ^^?f^"''? (praise of God) Mahalaleel, 
 pr. n. a) A patriarch descended from 
 Seth, Gen. 5, 12. b) Neh. 11,4. 
 
 riilsbn'D f plur. strokes, blows, Pror. 
 18, 6. 19, 29. R. c^n . 
 
 nilbn")a f plur. (r. "^cn) un. kfyoii. 
 Ps. 140, 11, streams, whirlpools, abysses 
 of waters. Comp. e.7t_*. many waters, 
 
 whirlpools. The Rabbins, Symro. and 
 Jerome understand pits of water. 
 
 riDSn'a f (r. T\tT\) overthrow, destruc- 
 tion^ Deut. 29, 22.' Jer. 49, 18. Is. 1, 7. 
 In the manner of verbals, constr. with 
 the case of its verb. e. g. ace. Is. 13, 19 
 
 chpTX cnsx rssnrs like God's over- 
 throwing Sodom. Jer. 50, 40. Am. 4. 11. 
 
 nDEnTQ f. (r. "fif^) pr. torsion, dister- 
 tirnij hence a wrench, stocks, Lat. ner- 
 vus. a wooden frame in which the feet, 
 hands, and neck of a person were so 
 fastened, that his body was held bent ; 
 Jer. 20, 2. 3. 29, 26. 2 Chr. 16, 10 r-'3 
 rscnisn the house of (he stocks, the pri- 
 fio'n! Comp. ID . Schei<l in Diss. Lugd. 
 p. 986. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 694. 
 
 ' *J^ 1. to hcuslen mtrans. in 
 Kal once, Ps. 16. 4 n-n^a nnx (hey hasten 
 after other gods. The primary idea of 
 haste lies in the syllable "^n ; comp. 
 High Germ, hurjan to hasten, whence 
 Germ, hurtig, Engl, to hurry. 
 
 2. to be quick, prompt, apt, skilled, in 
 any art or business. Arab, ff^ solers, 
 ingeniosus fuit ; see Pi. no. 3 and ~i"'nT2 . 
 
 Pi EL "in^ fut. in^l 1. to hasten, to 
 make haste. 1 Sam. 9, 12. Is. 49, 17. Jer. 
 4S. 16. With bx of place whither Prov. 
 7, 23 ; with rv- loc. Gen. 18, 6 ; impl. 
 Nah. 2, 6. Inf absol. in the symbolic 
 name, Is. 8, 1. 3 T3 tn V^^j -n^ Maher- 
 shalal-hash-baz, i. e. hasting to the spoil 
 he speeds to the prey ; the subject is the 
 king of Assyria ; comp. in \ no. 3. g. 
 Often conpfed with another verb, io do 
 any thing quickly, where in the occi- 
 dental languages we nse an adverb, 
 hastily, quickly, etc. a) With a finite 
 verb and copula ; Gen. 45. 9 ^^S"} =i'n? 
 haste ye and go up. i. e. go up quickly, 
 v. 13. 24, 18. 20. 46. 1 Sam. 4, 14. 23, 
 27. b) With a fin. verb without copu- 
 la, Judg. 9, 48. Esth. 6, 10. c) With 
 inf. and \, Gen. 18, 7 i'rk nrarb '^irir'^T 
 and he hasted to dress it. 41, 32. Ex. 10, 
 16. 12, 33. Prov. 6. 18. dj With infl 
 simpl. Gen. 27, 20 St'u^V P'^^'^"'"'?'""? 
 how is it that thou hast found it so quick- 
 ly? Ex. 2. 18. Ps 106. 13. Inf -ifja as 
 adv. hastily, qidckly. Ex. 32. 8. Deut. 4, 
 26. Judg. 2. 17. 23. Zeph. 1, 14. al. 
 
 2. Causat. to hasten, to let make haste, 
 of persons Esth. 5. 5. 1 K. 22, 9 ; of things 
 Gen. 18, 6. So of God, Is. 5, 19. 
 
 3. io be quick, prompt, apt, Is. 32, 4. 
 
 NiPH. "i^^? pi'- fo be hurried, preci- 
 pitate ; Jobs, 13n-in:23 d-^^pe? rST the 
 counsel of the cunning is headlong, i. e, 
 hastily executed and therefore fruit- 
 less. Part. "^fTC? hurried, hasty, i. e, 
 a) rash, headlong. Is. 32, 4. b) im- 
 pehfous. roshing on in haste, Hab. 1, 6- 
 c) With Z^, timid, pr. hasting to fiee^ 
 Is. 35. 4. 
 
 Deriv. "I'^n^, ^yy^i w- " '^y^?^ 
 
 *\\. "^ij"^ to buy, espec. a wife (or a 
 price C'fi'a) paid to her parcnls, Ex. 22^ 
 15. Kindred are "i=ia q. v. and with FT 
 hardened, nn, "ID'S. Hence 
 
I K> n A /., ^- 
 r rmm 
 
 in^a 
 
 543 
 
 /NIVERSITI 
 
 "^r?^ ni. price, paid for a bride to her 
 parents, Gen. 34, 12. Ex. 22, 16. 1 Sam. 
 
 
 18, 25. Different from the Arab. ^^ 
 
 gift, dowry, promised by a bridegroom 
 to his future wife ; also from Lat. dos, 
 Engl, dowry, given by a father to his 
 daughter on her marriage. 
 
 ^7^'^ ' (r- '3^ \) haste, speed ; hence 
 nnnra Ecc. 4, 12, n-m^-ns Ps. 147, 15, 
 and '"inriia adv. quickly, speedily, Num. 
 17, ll.'Deut. 11, 17. Josh. 8, 19. al. 
 
 *''^n^ (impetuous, see "ifio I. Niph.) 
 Afaharai, pr. n. of one of David's cap- 
 tains, 2 Sam. 23, 28. 1 Chr. 11, 30. 27. 
 13. 
 
 ta tJn bbO nnia, the symbolical 
 name of one of Isaiah's sons, Is. 8, I. 3; 
 see in ifi^ I. Pi. no. 1. 
 
 ni^nn'D f. plur. (r. bnn) delusions, Is. 
 30, 10. 
 
 * I. TJ pr. i. q. no wAaf, Arab. Lo, 
 often annexed pleonastically to the pre- 
 positions 3 , 3 , ^ , so as to form the sepa- 
 rate words loa , iiaa , inV ; as in Arab. 
 
 Lj for s-j> Lis for 5^ see De Sacy 
 
 Gramm. Arabe, edit. 2. Tom. I. 1037, 
 1047, 1048. II. 117. These separate 
 forms belong almost exclusively to po- 
 etry ; except that before suffixes i'cs 
 and Tas are almost always used for 3. 
 Hence 1)33 poet. i. q. a a) in, Ps. 
 11,2. Is. 25, 10 Keri. 43, 2. 44, 16. 19. 
 b) info, Job 37, 8. c) by, with, i. q. a 
 of instrument, Job 16, 4. 5. For iias and 
 1t;b see in their order. 
 
 II. I'D for sti'ia (r. ifi^) water ; once 
 Job 9. 30 Cheth. aVr I'^a with snow-wa- 
 ter; Keri ab'3 "^^aa. Found also in the 
 pr. n. aS'iia aqtta (i. e. semen) patris. for 
 which figure see in '^ . O"^!? lett. c. Cor- 
 responding is Chald. ^io like the form 
 '15; and Phenic. mu, my. fern, mis mulh, 
 found in pr. names, as Mysocarus "^p'S "d 
 aqua mendax. Matigenna n;a "^riTa aqua 
 horti, etc. See Monumm. Phoen. pp. 
 418, 425. Thesaur. p. 774. 
 
 * i^TJ obsol. root, prob. to hejluid, to 
 JloiD ; whence """a for xi-a water, and "''O 
 for X-^ir (as "i? for X'3) plur. C"^t: wa- 
 
 ter. From the r. ! Arab. iLe coroea 
 
 Arab. SLo, s^Lo, water; and in the 
 
 verb is found sLo to have water, sc. a 
 well ; II, to pour out water. These roots 
 are softened forms from the harder 5ia, 
 S'^'O, cLo mid. Ye, to flow, to be liquid ; 
 also Vi'o, r(i<^, T|=^, PkO, all which 
 contain the idea of being fluid, flowing. 
 
 Kindred are also Arab. Lfijo aqua per- 
 fudit, and nria q. v. Compare in the 
 Indo-European languages, Sanscr. mih 
 to pour out, to void, Gr. ofiixiiv, Lat. 
 mingere, viejere, and others ; see Pott. 
 Etymol. Forsch. I. p. 283. 
 
 a^JTO (semen patris, see in io II) 
 Moah, pr. n. a) The founder of the 
 Moabitic people, born of incest. Gen. 
 19. 37. See vv. 30-38. Also b) The 
 Moabites. descended from Moab, masc. 
 Num. 22, 3. 2 K. 1, 1. Jer. 48, 11. 13 ; 
 fem. Judg. 3. 30. 2 Sam. 8, 2. Put also 
 for their country, fem. Jer. 48, 4. The 
 proper territory of the Moabites, more 
 fully ax-ii: nyq the field q/" Moab Ruth 
 1, 1. 2.6. 2. 6.' 4, 3. lay on the east of 
 the Dead Sea and Jordan, strictly on the 
 south of the torrent Arnon. Num. 21, 13. 
 26. Judg. 11. 18; but in a wider sense it 
 included also the region anciently occu- 
 pied by the Amorites over against Jeri- 
 cho, called usually asiw nian? the plains 
 (desert) of Moab, Num. 22, 1. 26, 3. 31, 
 12. 33, 49. 50. 35. 1. Deut. 34, 1 ; or 
 elsewhere simply axia y^s Deut. 1, 5. 
 28, 69. 32, 49. 34, 5 ; 'which latter region 
 was afterwards assigned to the Reuben- 
 ites. but during the captivity was again 
 occupied by the Moabites, see Is. c. 15. 
 16. Jer. c. 48. This region is now call- 
 ed the district of Kerak, from the city 
 of that name; see asi^ "^"'p. Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. II. p. 569. Gentile n. 'ax'io 
 Moabite Deut. 23. 4. Neh. 13. 1. Fem. 
 n^axia Moabitess 2 Chr. 24. 26 ; n*axi 
 id. Ruth 1. 22. 2, 2. 6. 4. 5. 10; plur. 
 n-^axiia Ruth 1, 4. 1 K. 11. 1. 
 
 biSiU i. q. biia , VlTD , q. v. over CLgainst^ 
 Neh. 12, 38 Cheth. 
 
 S31Ta m. for X'a'a (r. X''a) in-anning, 
 entrance, Ez. 43. 11. 2 Sam. 3. 25 Keri; 
 a word formed contrary to grammatical 
 
3153 
 
 544 
 
 b^^ 
 
 rule in order to correspond to the accom- 
 panying word X^ia ; comp. Lelirg-. p. 
 374. n. See also in pBa . 
 
 ^^'-2 1. to melt, to flow down, see 
 Pil. and Hithp. It corresponds to Arab, 
 cbo mid. Ye. Trop. to melt, to be dis- 
 solved, with fear and terror, comp. OOia ; 
 Ez. 21, 20. Ps. 46, 7. Am. 9, 5. 
 
 2. Trans, to cause to melt; trop. to 
 cause to melt away and perish, Is. 64, 6. 
 
 NiPH. to melt away, of a host 1 Sam. 
 14, 16. Trop. to melt with fear and ter- 
 ror, Ex. 15, 15. Josh. 2, 9. 24. Ps. 75, 4. 
 Is. 14, 31. Jer. 49, 23. Nah. 2, 7 h-^^^rvn 
 aiTD: the palace metts with terror, i. e. 
 the king and his courtierg ; or perhaps 
 better: the palace is dissolved, is bro- 
 ken down, sinks into ruin. 
 
 Pil. S^i'S trans, to cause to flow, to 
 soften, e. g. the dry earth with showers, 
 Ps. 65, 11 niWbn c^a-^nna. Metaph. 
 Job 30, 22 Keri, n*itjn "^r^in Ihmt causest 
 my health to melt away ; Cheth. ''335'^n 
 nwn thou causest me to melt, thou terri- 
 fiest me. 
 
 HiTHPAL. to flow down, to melt ; Am. 
 9, 13 hyperbol. all the hills shall flow 
 down, as if into wine and oil. Trop. to 
 melt with fear and terror, Nah. 1, 5. Ps. 
 107, 26. 
 
 * "''T'^ obsol. root. I. i. q. Tia to 
 stretch, to measure. Hence ^^^an . 
 
 II. Perh. i. q. Arab. 4>Lo mid. Ye, to 
 he moved, to he agitated, to shake, e g. 
 of an earthquake; kindr. w1^, 113, "IT3. 
 Pil. Ti'i'i is perhaps found Hab. 3, 6, he 
 stood y-}i< TTi^^j and shook the earth ; 
 so Sept. and Chald. But see in I'^'O Po. 
 
 ynitt m. Ruth 2, 1 Keri, 5^7^ Prov. 
 7, 4, acquaintance ; concr. an acquaint- 
 ance, friend. R. 5"i^ . 
 
 ny^iia f. id. Ruth 3, 2. r. m^ . 
 
 * t3l7J fut. aia^ , to waver, to totter, 
 to move or he moved; Chald. et Syr. id. 
 Arab. JoLo mid. Ye, to swerve from the 
 right, Ethiop. ^.Rfll to incline ; comp. 
 Syr. ^4*J5>o to vacillate. Kindr. are ai3 , 
 *Tl3. Spoken of mountains, Ps. 46, 3. 
 Is. 54, 10 ; of a land or kingdom Ps. 46, 
 7. 60, 4 ; of persons wiiose allairs are 
 not prosperous, who fail and are ruined, 
 
 Prov. 25, 26. Ps. 66, 9 ; in which sense 
 also we find 'd hy^ nijia the foot wavers, 
 slides, Deut. 32, 35. Ps'. 38, 17. So Lev. 
 25, 35 if thy brother becomes poor ^^''2^ 
 rjBS "i"!;; aiid his hand wavers with thee, 
 i. e. if he is threatened with ruin. 
 
 NiPH. liicj , fut. aia"^ , i. q. Kal. but 
 more freq. to be maced, shaken, i. e. to 
 shake, to waver, e. g. of the foundations 
 of tliie earth Ps. 82, 5 ; also of men, comp. 
 in Kal, Ps. 13, 5. With a negat. not to 
 waver, not to be moved, is said : a) Of 
 persons or things that stand firm, secure ; 
 as things Is. 40, 20. 41, 7. Ps. 93, 1. 96, 
 10 ; the earth 1 Chr. 16, 30 ; persons 
 Ps. 112, 6. Prov. 10, 30. 12, 3. b) Of 
 those who are of firm mind, intrepid, 
 fearing nothing, Ps. 21, 8. Job 41, 14. 
 Metaph. Ps. 17, 5 "'SSS rci^} ba let not 
 my footsteps leaver, slip, sc. from the 
 paths of virtue. 
 
 HiPH. to make totter over any one, by 
 impl. to cause to fall upon, to bring down 
 upon, Ps. 55, 4. 140, 11 Cheth. 
 
 Hithp. i. q. Kal and Niph. spoken of 
 the earth Is. 24, 19. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 Ditl m. 1. a wavering, a being 
 moved, of the foot Ps. 66, 9. 121, 3. 
 
 2. a staff, pole, bar, for bearing on the 
 shoulder, so called from its unsteady 
 motion, Num. 13, 23. Also, a frame 
 for bearing, Num. 4, 10. 12. Hence 
 
 3. a yoke, Nah. 1, 12. See naia no. 2. 
 
 nipi'a f (r. aiTs) 1. i. q. i:i73 no. 2, a 
 pole, staff, bar, for bearing, 1 Chr. 15, 
 15. ^sn nit-a the bars of the yoke, i. e- 
 the ox-bows, of the same form as now, 
 Lev. 26, 13. Ez. 34, 27. 
 
 2. a yoke, Jer. 27, 2. 28, 10. 12. Ez. 30, 
 18. Metaph. Is. 58, 6. 9. 
 
 * Tj'l'-l ). q. Tjs^ to pine away, trop. 
 to wa.x poor, be reduced to poverty, Lev. 
 25. 25. 35. 39. 47. Syr. and Chald. id. 
 Some absurdly refer to tliis root the pr. 
 names ns"'T3, fi^a"''?, li^l^^"''?, which see 
 in their places. 
 
 * b^'2 fut. conv. in*^ , to cut off. spec, 
 the prepuce, to circumcise, nfQnt^rtiv. 
 Kindred are bni: , bbr II, br: . Coiistr. 
 with ace. of pers'. Gen. 21, 4. Ex. 12, 15. 
 Josh. 5, 4. 7 ; ace. of the pmkMula Gen. 
 17, 23. Metaph. Deut. 10, 16 rx cnbn 
 
br2 
 
 545 
 
 bi^ 
 
 tS^a^J ^^"7? '*<^ a'mimcine the foreskin 
 of your hearla, put away impurity from 
 your hearts. 30, 6. Comp. nfQiTofiijV 
 xa^dlu^, Rom. 2, 29. Arab. tf t^ cir- 
 cumcidit, pr. purgavit, since tlie prepuce 
 is held as something unclean and pro- 
 fane. Imper. bb Josh. 5, 2. Part. pass. 
 in Josh. 5, 5. Jer. 9, 24. 
 
 NiPH. bias by Chaldaism for hn} 
 Heb. Gramm. 71. note 9; Ait. bio^, 
 inf. biari, part. plur. C">biB3 ; ^o he cir- 
 cumcised, to circumcise oneself. Gen. 17, 
 10. 13. 34, 15. 17. 22. Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 
 12, 3. Josh. 5, 8 ; usually of the person, 
 once of the genitals Lev. I. c. Trop. 
 Jer. 4, 4 niiTib ban circumcise your- 
 selves unto Jehovah., i. e. putting away 
 all impurity from your hearts, conse- 
 crate yourselves to Jehovah. 
 
 PiL. bbi^ tocutilown; impers. Pa. 90, 
 6 U5s^]i bb'ia'' a"!>b in the evening one 
 cutteth it down and it withereth, i. e. 
 grass as the emblem of man. 
 
 HiPH. to cut off a people, to destroy^ 
 Ps. 118, 10. 11. 12. 
 
 HiTHPAL. bbirnr to be cut of. sc. the 
 points of arrows, to be blunted; Ps. 58, 8 
 !ibbbn7 ias lan r,hn7 when he ftteth 
 his arrows, let them be as if cut off, 
 blunted ; comp. in 7\'n no. 1. b. 
 
 Deriv. nbia and 
 
 bra, once bi'a Deut. 1, 1, b^yiZ Neh. 
 12, 38 Cheth. c. suff. "^b-o Num. 22, 5 ; 
 pr. subst. the forepart, front, used always 
 as a preposition, before, in front of etc. 
 The etymology is doubtful. In a former 
 edition I suggested that perhaps in the 
 verb biia to ait off, there lies the notion 
 o^ the forepart, i. q. bnx ; and then the X 
 in bxiia might be inserted in order to 
 lengthen the syllable, as at the end of 
 K''p3 for 'ps, comp. Germ. hohl. Huhn, 
 Eng.foal, seal. But I would prefer with 
 Redslob, to regard the form bsfia as by 
 transpos. for bix"2 (comp. ixn and Xin) 
 from r. b^ix ; and this is better than the 
 etymology proposed by Ewald (Krit. 
 Gramm. p. 612). who derives bsia from 
 r. bx'^, as if for bx'^'a. See more in 
 Thesaur. p. 777. Hence 
 
 1. before, in the presence of sc. a per- 
 son. Ex. 18, 19 O'^n'^xn bw before God. 
 Deut. 2, 19. 
 
 2. over against, opposite, e. g. a place 
 
 46* 
 
 or city. Deut. 1, 1. 3, 29. 4, 46. 11, 30. 
 Josh. 19, 46 ; the .lesert Josh. 18, 18. 
 The force of a eubst. seems to be retain- 
 ed in 1 K. 7, 5 mna-bx njna bia the 
 fare of a window to a window, i. e. win- 
 dow over against window. 
 3. Preceded by various prepositions : 
 
 a) bia'bx pr. to before, i. e. towards 
 any one, al'ter verbs of motion, 1 Sam. 
 17, 30. Ex. 34, 3 ; also of rest, Josh. 8, 
 33 stood O-'pa -in biia-bx towards mount 
 Gerizim. 9, 1. Spec. ""SB bia-bx pr. in 
 face or front of afier verbs of motion ; 
 2 Sam. 11, 15 set ye UriaJi ''30 bins-bx 
 nanban in the forefront of the battle. 
 E.X.' 26, 9. 28, 25. fl. Lev. 8, 9. Num. 
 8,2. 
 
 b) bxi'ab as adv. over against, Neh. 
 12, 38. 
 
 c) biaa ) pr.from before, from the 
 front of i. q. '^.3E^^, after verbs of mo- 
 tion. Lev. 5, 8. 2 Sam. 5. 23 ="X=a bnaa 
 from before the trees called liacha. Mic. 
 2, 8 ye strip off the mantle of the traveller 
 T^'C'i^':^ biiaia pr. from bifore the robe or 
 upper garment, i. e. from over it. /?) 
 Of rest in a place. 1 K. 7, 39 =3: biaa 
 i. e. on the south side. Num. 22. 5 and 
 they abide "'bra orer against rne. With 
 "^353 on the forepart, in front, Ex. 28, 27. 
 39,' 20. ' ' 
 
 rnbi'Q (birth, lineage, r. lb^) Mola- 
 dah, pr. n. of a town in the southern part 
 of the tribe of Judah, afterwards yielded 
 to the tribe of Simeon. Josh. 15, 26. 19, 
 2. 1 Chr. 4, 28. Neh. 11, 26. Gr. Mala- 
 ga, Joseph. Ant. 18. 7. 2. [Perhaps the 
 mod. Milh. nine hours south of Hebron; 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 621. R. 
 
 ^i^'^'^ f. (r. ib'^) 1. birth, nativity, 
 Esth. 2, 10. 20. Plur. rinbia natales, 
 nativity, Ez. 16. 3. 4. So ribia ynx 
 native coiintrij. pairia, Gen. 11, 28. 24, 
 7; simpl. r'lb-a id. Gen. 12, 1. 24. 4. al. 
 
 2. Concr. offspring, progeny, children, 
 Gen. 48, 6 ; so of one child, Lev. 10, 9. 
 11. 
 
 3. kindred, family. Gen. 31, 3. 43, 7; 
 race, countrymen, Esth. 8, 6. 
 
 '^^^'fl f. circumcision, Ex. 4, 26. R, 
 
 biia. 
 
 ^lyTQ (genitor. r. lb^) Molid, pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 2. 29. 
 
D112 
 
 546 
 
 f^t 
 
 D^'O m. (for n^ix^, r. CX^) a spot, 
 blemish ; Syr. j^oiso id. Arab, j^yo ma- 
 cula, spec, of the small-pox, Gr. ^w/jog. 
 Spoken: a) Physically of any cor- 
 poreal blemish, Lev. 21, 17 sq. 22, 20. 
 24. 19. 20. al. It was essential to per- 
 sonal beauty to be without blemish, 
 2 Sam. 14, 25. Cant. 4, 7. b) Morally 
 Deut. 32, 5. Job 11, 15. 3], 7. Prov. 9,7. 
 
 *"j^'^ obsol. root, Arab. (jLo mid. 
 Ye. to tell lies ; Ethiop. 't'CPVi to be 
 
 wily, cunning; Heb. prob. to wear an 
 appearance, to pretend. Hence "p'S spe- 
 cies, njiirn. 
 
 3D1'D m. (r. 330) circuit, sc. around 
 an edifice, Ez. 41, 7. 
 
 "70"'J2 m. (r. 'lO^) only in plur. n^Oia 
 Jer. 51, 26, constr.'i'ioi's, miO-iTS. 
 
 1. foundations, e. g. of a building, Jer. 
 51, 26; of the earth, Prov. 8, 29. Is. 24, 
 is! Mic. 6, 2 ; of the world, 2 Sam. 22, 16. 
 Ps. 18, 16 ; of heaven, i. e. lofty moun- 
 tains on which the sky seems to rest, 
 2 Sam. 22, 8 ; of the mountains, i. e. 
 subterranean rocks, Ps. 18, 8. Deut. 32, 
 22. Is. 40, 21 have ye not marked the 
 foundations of the earth 7 i.e. how they 
 are laid, etc. 
 
 2. ruins, i. e. buildings of which only 
 the foundations remain, Is. 58, 12. 
 
 '^C^'Q m. i. q. "lOia , a foundation ; Is. 
 28, 16 'i&^iTS :D^'?2 a foundation well 
 founded, i. e. firm, lasting. Comp. r. 
 ntD^ Hoph. 
 
 JTlD^Ta f. (r. ID'n) 1. foundation, 
 plur. Ez. 41, 8 Keri, where Chethibh 
 
 2. appointment, decree, sc. of God ; Is. 
 30. 32 nnoia t^'sq the rod appointed of 
 God. Kent by him ; comp. it?^ Kal and 
 Pi. no. 2. 
 
 ^D'l'Q rn. (r. "rC) a covered iralk, 
 portico. 2 K. 16, 18 Keri, where Cheth. 
 
 ^tya m. for iDXti (r. -DX) only in 
 plur. a''"iD'i73 and niiDia. 
 
 1. bands, Iwnd^, spec, of a yoke, often 
 metaph. Ps. 2, 3. 107, 14. 116, 16. Is. 28, 
 22. 52. 2. Jer. 5, 5. 27, 2. Job 39. 5. 
 
 2. As pr. n. Sing. c. n loc. nnoiia Mo- 
 serah Deut. 10, 6; also Plur. Moscroth 
 
 Num. 33, 30 ; a station of the Israelites 
 in tlie desert. 
 
 'iC^'a m. (r. "D^) 1. correction, chas- 
 tisement, of children by parents, of a peo- 
 ple by kings, of men from God. Prov. 22, 
 15 -D'.TS -J3'iJ . 23; 13 -iCfl-3 ^vi-q r-;^n-bx 
 withhold not correction from a child. 
 Job 12, 18 nns C^zbri "O^a he looseth tlm 
 chastisement i. e. discipline, authority, 
 of kings ; others here take "O't'S as for 
 "it)i5D, i. e. band or girdle ; so Vulg. bal- 
 teum regum dissolvit. et prcecingit fine 
 renes eortim. Job 5, 17 "^nd "iC^i^a the 
 chastisement of the Almighty. Hos. 5, 2 
 /will be chastisement to all. Prov. 15, 10. 
 
 2. discipline, i. e. reaming, admoni- 
 tion, reproof, such as parents give to 
 children, God to men, etc. Ps. 50, 17. 
 Jer. 2, 30. Prov. 1, 8. 4, 1. 5, 12. 8, 33. 
 So of the reproof of other men. Job 20, 3. 
 Hence e.rample, by which others are 
 warned. Ez. 5. 15 ; comp. the verb 23.48. 
 
 3. instruction, learning, joined usually 
 withprt!, n^DH.Prov. 1,2. 4,13.23,23. 
 
 ni^TD m. (r. 15'^) assembly, poet, for 
 troop, host, of soldiers, Is. 14, 31 ; comp. 
 IS^ia Lam. 1, 15. 
 
 ^yi ra. "1?^ Deut. 31, 10 (r. ns-i) c. 
 sufT. itria , iirb Lam. 2, 6; plur. c^-isia. 
 ninsi-o 2 Chr. 8, 13, constr. "^'ir'ia .But 
 1Si72 Job 12, 5 is Part, of r. TJ-Q q. v. 
 
 1. appoint ment,o^ time; 2Sam. 24. 15 
 isi^a ns the time of appointment, i. e. ai>- 
 pointed time. 1 Sam. 13, 11 trq^t^ ^S^o 
 tlie appointment of days i. e. time appoint- 
 ed ; comp. 'I^io ci"" in lett. b. Hence, a 
 * settime. appointed season; spoken: a) 
 Of a point of time, set moment. 1 Sam. 
 13,8. 2Sam.20,5. Gen. 17.21 Wn nri5sb 
 nnnXii n:^"3 about this set time another 
 2/ear''l8,'l4.' 21, 2. 2 K. 4, 16. 17. Jer. 
 8, 7 the stork H'^"!?''!'^ ns^,;; knoiceth her 
 seasons, sc. of migration. Hab. 2, 3 "ptn 
 ISisb the visio-n has respect to a set time, 
 sc. more remote. Dan. 8. 19. 11. 27. 35. 
 Ps. 75; 3. b) Spec, festival day. festi- 
 val, Lam. 1.4. 2, 6 ; more fully 1V^^ ci-^ 
 Hos. 9, 5. 12. 10. r\in-i "ly-ra the festi- 
 vals of Jehovah Lev. 23, 2. 4. 37. Hence 
 meton. spoken of the victims, festive 
 offerings, 2 Chr. 30, 22 ; comp. 5n no. 2. 
 c) Spoken of a space of time, appointed 
 and definite, i. q. l^T, Gen. I, 14. Poet. 
 
yM2 
 
 547 
 
 BTJ 
 
 In the prophetic style for a year, Dan. 
 12, 7 ; coiiip. Cliald. ',^y Dan. 7, 25. 
 
 2. a coming together, ac. at a time and 
 place uppoiated, an assembly, congrega- 
 tion; comp. r. n?"' Niph. 
 
 a) Gear. Job 30, 23 "^n-^sb 151:3 r^^ 
 the place of assembly for all the living, 
 where all convene, i. e. Sheol. Is. 33, 20. 
 , Num. 16. 2 nric 'xnps those called to the 
 assembly, elsewhere rt'irn "^X'^ip. Zeph. 
 3, 18. Lam. 1, 15. nyi^ bnk the tent or 
 tabernacle of the congregation, ppoken of 
 the sacred tent of the Hebrews, also 
 called tlie tabernacle of the covenant, 
 Ex.27,21. 28,43. 30,16.18. 40.6 eq. Lev. 
 J, 1. 3. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. 2, 22. 1 K. 8, 
 4. al. step. It is so called, either because 
 God there met Moses, Ex. 25, 22. Num. 
 17, 19; or because the assemblies of the 
 people were held before it. Sept. (Txrjvi] 
 Tov fiaQTVQtov, Va\g. taber7iaculum lesti- 
 moiiii, both taking iriia as equivalent lo 
 rins, i. e. (ntQTi'(jtov, testimony, it being 
 elsewhere also called ^^1sn bns Num. 
 9, 15. 17. 22. 23 [7. 8]. 18. 2". The place 
 mentioned in the words of the king of 
 Babylon Is. 14, 13, isiain the ntountain 
 of assembly (of the gods), is prob. the 
 
 Persian mountain _^f, jvxif, el- 
 
 Bitrj. el-Burz. (comp. Gr. nvqyog, Germ. 
 Burg,) called by the Hindoos Mem, 
 supposed to be situated in the extreme 
 north, and, like the Greek Olympus, re- 
 garded by the Orientals as the seat of 
 the gocls; see Asiat. Researches VL p. 
 448. VIII. p. 350 sq. Hyde de Relig. 
 Persar. p. 102. Also Coram, on Is. II. p. 
 316 sq. 
 
 b) Meton. place of assembly, sc. as ap- 
 pointed. Josh. 8, 14. 1 Sam. 20, 35. isia 
 n'^n'b.X the place of God's assembly, the 
 temple. Lam. 2, 6 ; but Ps. 74, 8 "bs 
 715$3 'X"^i?."'^ all the sacred places of 
 assembly in the land, i. e. other places in 
 a certain sense sacred, as Ramah. 
 Bethel, Gilgal, etc. distinguished as 
 seats of the prophets and as high 
 places, ri-aa ; see nisa no. 3. 
 
 3. an appointed sign, signal, Judg. 20, 
 38. 
 
 n'l^^'a f. (r. is^) an appointed place 
 where fugitives assemble^i. e. an asylum, 
 refuge ; Josh. 20. 9 nnsiian inj cities of 
 
 refuge. Syr. Ty^o portua ; 1*^:^^ A-o 
 asylum, pnrfugium. 
 
 n^"i:?Ta pr. n. see n'^^i^jq . 
 
 nny^ see r. ISO . 
 
 ^y^l'SS m. (verbal Hoph. r. {:)W) dark- 
 ness. Is. 8, 23. 
 
 J^??'ta f (r. 1^5^) i. q. nss, only in 
 plur. niari^ counsels, which one takes 
 or follows, Ps. 5, 11. 81. 13. Jer. 7. 24. 
 Mic. 6, 16. Prov. 1, 31 isab'^ crcns^iaa 
 let them be satiated with their own coun- 
 sels, i. e. the fruits of them. 
 
 T^'^'Sro f (verbal Hoph. r. pw) heaty 
 burden, Ps. 66, 11. 
 
 nysi^ Jer. 48, 21 Cheth. see nsB'^ig . 
 
 foci's m. (r. HE^) plur. cnc'io, criEb 
 Ex.4, 2l,a miracle, prodigy. The etymo- 
 logy was long uncertain, but there is lit- 
 tle doubt that it belongs to the root HB^, 
 and means a great and splendid deed, for 
 '"SJB"'^ ; although, the etymology being 
 neglected, the Tsere of the syllable Pi- 
 is dropped in the plur. Another deri- 
 vation see in Thesaur. p. 143. 
 
 1. Spoken chiefly of miVac/es, wonders, 
 exhibited by God and his messengers, 
 Ex. 4, 21. 7. 3. 9. 11, 9. Ps. 78, 43. 105, 
 5. 27. Often joined with rirx , as nirit 
 D'^nEbl signs and wonders Ps. 135, 9, 
 Deut.4, 34. 7. 19. 26, 8. 29, 2. 34. 11. Jer. 
 32, 21. d-^nsbii ni.-x -nj he gar e signs 
 and wonders Deut. 6. 22. Neh. 9, 10. 
 Also with the verb orr Jer. 32, 20. 
 
 2. a sign, token, proof, since prodigies 
 were accounted as tokens of divine au- 
 thority ; e. g. of the divine protection, 
 Ps. 71, 7 ; of the divine justice in pun- 
 ishing the Avicked, Deut. 28, 46. Spoken 
 often of a sign given by a prophet in con- 
 firmation of his prediction or promise, i. q. 
 nix no. 5; 1 K. 13, 3. 5. 2 Chr. 32. 24. 31. 
 Deut. 13. 2. 3 ; see in niwS no. 5. Hence 
 
 3. a sign of something future, a por- 
 tent, omen, i. q. nix no. 4. Is. 8. 18 lo 
 I and the children whom Jehovah hath 
 given me c^nst^n rirxb are far signs 
 and portents to Is^rael, i. e. our signifi- 
 cant names shadow forth future things; 
 see in nix no. 4. Is. 20. 3. Zech. 3. 8 
 PEio 'rrx men of omen, who themselvea 
 shadow forth future things. Ez. 12, 6. 11. 
 24, 24. 27. 
 
'p: 
 
 548 
 
 ni-2 
 
 * V'^'^:^ 1. 1o press ; hence Part, 'j''^ 
 oppressor Is. 16, 4. Kindred is nsia to 
 press out. Syr, ^ to suck out. De- 
 riv. y^, 
 
 2. Prob. in general, to separate out, 
 
 like Arab. \Lo mid. Ye. Hence 
 
 fila Zeph. 2, 2, oftener defect, f'a 
 m. cAo^ separated from the grain by 
 winnowing; Chald. tia, NTS?3, S<T^15D. 
 So. Is. 17, 13. 41, 15. Ps. 35, 5 ]'t3 n^n^ 
 n!il~'';Eb ^Aej/ are as chaff be/ore the 
 icind, driven, dissipated by the wind; 
 and so Ps. 1, 4. Job 21, 18. Is. 17, 13. al. 
 
 S52i"a m. once X^tt Job 38, 27 (r. ss;-) 
 Kamets impure, plur. constr. ''X^iin, c. 
 suff. cn-iNuiTs . 
 
 1. a going out or forth, exit. 2 Sam. 
 3, 25 ; plur. Num. 33, 2. Ez. 12, 4. NS-ia 
 "i::'i the going forth of an oracle Dan. 9, 
 25, comp. V. 23. So lor the rising of the 
 sun Ps. 19, 7, comp. Hos. 6, 3 ; the ex- 
 portation (bringing up) of horses from 
 Egypt 1 K. 10, 28, comp. v. 29. 
 
 2. place of going forth ; e. g. NSio 
 ^')'^ fountain oficaters, i. e. spring-head, 
 source of a stream, 2 K. 2, 21. Is. 41. 18. 
 58, 11. Ps. 107, 33 ; comp. 2 Chr. 32, 30. 
 tlC3 NS'io vein, mine of silver. Job 28, 1. 
 K^T Staia a place springing up hi grass 
 Job 38; 27. Absol. for the east, whence 
 the sun goes forth, Ps. 75, 7 ; and by 
 zeugma. Ps. 65, 9 ('?"in ai^ilT ^r?h "'Xaia 
 the outgoings of the morning and of 
 the evening thou causest to rejoice, i. e. 
 the east and the west. Comp. surgit 
 uox Ovid. Met. IV. 92; surgunt tene- 
 hrce Senec. Also a way out, a gate, Ez. 
 42, 11. 43, 11. 
 
 3. that which goes forth, as C^^sb S^Jiia 
 'whatever issues from the lips,' i. e. 
 words, language. Num. 30, 13. Deut. 23, 
 24; promises, Jer. 17, 16. Ps. 89, 35 ; a 
 divine command, Dcut. 8, 3. 
 
 4. Moza, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 36. 
 9, 42. b) 2, 46. 
 
 riNSTa f. of the preced. only plur. 
 n-ixsin , c. sufT. TTXiiiB . 
 
 1. outgoings, i. e. oiigin, descent, Mic. 
 5,1. 
 
 2. cloacfB, latrina, sewer, by which 
 filth is carried forth, 2 K. 10, 27 Keri. 
 Comp. nxs, nxis, and Mark?, 19 tig 
 xov uifitd^uiru txnofJivETat. 
 
 pS^12 m. (r. p2;*) something fused, a 
 melted mass ; spoken of dust wet by the 
 rain, which flows together and after- 
 wards becomes hard, Job 38, 38 ; of fused 
 metal, a casting, 1 K. 7, 37. 
 
 p?^^ m. in pause p^sin (verbal Hoph, 
 r. p^a I) something narrow, straitness, 
 opp. 2ni . Job 37, 10 p^i^a o-^-Q ann 
 the breadth of the waters becomes nar- 
 row, is contracted; comp. 36, 16, whence 
 it appears that p^^in in this place can- 
 not be referred to p^'^ to fuse. Trop. 
 straitness, distress, Is. 8, 23 P'S^^ without 
 pause accent. 
 
 npSIlD f. (r. ps;) a tube, tunnel, for 
 pouring. Zech. 4, 2. 
 
 ^)?^^''3 f (r. ps;) a fusion, casting, c. 
 suff. 2 Chr. 4, 3. 
 
 pVJ in Kal not used. Arab, i wLo 
 mid. Waw, to be light, foolish. 
 
 HiPH. p-'^ti pr. 'to make light of,' 
 and so to mock, to deride, Ps. 73, 8. 
 Aram. Pa. p^i:, ua*lo, id. Comp. }*&- 
 itog, fiMxaai, -ixofint, fimxi^M, fnojxfvb), Fr. 
 se moquer, Engl, to mock. 
 
 '^p'T^ m. (r. 1p;) a burning, confla- 
 gration, Is. 33, 14. Melon, fuel, faggot, 
 Ps. 102, 4. 
 
 JTipTX] f (r. 1p;)/MeZ, upon the altar, 
 Lev. 6, 2 [9]. 
 
 Ti'p'i'a m. (r. irp;) plur. S'^irplB, 
 tii^pb ; constr. "''^l^'ia, ''^p'3, once 
 niirpiTD Ps. 141, 9. ' 
 
 1. a noose, snare, springe, by which 
 beasts and birds are taken. Am. 3, 5 ; 
 strictly here perhaps the stick or rod by 
 which the springe was set. see fully in 
 art. ns no. 2. Once of a ring or hook in 
 the nostrils of a beast, Job 40. 24 ; comp. 
 nin. nn. 
 
 2. Mctaph. P C'lrpTS T''^ to lay snares 
 for any one, i. e. to plot against him, 
 Ps. 140, 6. 141, 9. nno 'Cp'i^ the snares 
 of death, fatal dangers, Ps. 18, 6 ; so of 
 sins as causing destruction Prov. 13, 14. 
 14, 27. Also of a person or thing as a 
 cause of ruin, destruction to any one, 
 1 Sam. 18. 21. Ex. 10, 7. 23, 33. 34, 12. 
 Deut. 7, 16. Prov. 18, 7. Job 34, 30. al. 
 
 Ti'Q see "ib . 
 
Tit] 
 
 549 
 
 1*1:2 
 
 *^*^ in Kal not used, to change, to 
 alter, intriins. i. q. ">0'. The Syrians 
 include in Ihis root the idea ol" btiying ; 
 the Arabs in the form -Xjo mid. Ye, that 
 of selling ; both from the practice of 
 barter. The form n^ia is softened from 
 "ina II, q. v. 
 
 Hi PH. I'^^i'i 1. to change for some- 
 thing else, to exchange^ c. ace. Lev. 27, 
 33. Ez. 48, ] 4. Mic. 2, 4. With a of the 
 thing /or which exchange is made, Ps. 
 106, 20. Jer. 2, 11. Lev. 27, 10 ; also of 
 that into which any thing is changed, 
 Hos. 4, 7. 
 
 2. Absol. to change, intrans. Ps. 15, 4 
 he swears n'^s^ xbi and changes not sc. 
 hie mind. i. e. does not violate his oath. 
 46. 3 ynx "T^ona xn-'r-xb we will not fear 
 though the earth should change, i. e. pe- 
 rish, comp. 102. 27. 
 
 NiPH. 1^3 (as iffroraaroot inia) to be 
 changed, Jer. 48, 11. 
 
 Deriv. ni:i:en. 
 
 T t 
 
 S^'ni'a m. once i^^O Deut. 26, 8. R. 
 
 1. fear, Gen. 9, 2 CDX-iiB the fear of 
 you. Deut. 11,25. Also reverence, Mai. 
 1,6. 
 
 2. object of fear or reverence, spec, of 
 God, comp. ins. Is. 8. 12. 13. Ps. 76, 12. 
 
 3. Metori. a fearful and wonderful 
 deed, a miracle. Deut. 26. 8. 34. 12. Jer. 
 32. 21. Ps. 9. 21 Keri : xnia ni-rj nniq 
 tarib set forth, Jehovah, terrible deeds 
 among them ; Cheth. fTniia. Plur. 
 n-^xnira Deut. 4, 34. 
 
 ^y^ m. (r. J"nr) Is. 41, 15, plur. 
 Ci5ii^~2 Sam. 24. 22, and wifch the syU 
 lable prolonged in the later manner 
 (comp. Lehrg. p. 145) D"<a-'ni^ 1 Chr. 
 21, 23, a threshing-sledge, Lat. tribulum. 
 
 Span, trillo, Ital. trebbio, Arab, -^y^, 
 
 a rustic instrument for rubbing or beat- 
 ing out grain upon the threshing-floor. 
 It is of two kinds. The one is a sledge 
 of thick planks, having the bottom fixed 
 full of sharp stones or irons, and drag- 
 ged about by oxen over the grain ; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 143. The 
 other consists of three or four rollers of 
 wood, iron, or stone, made rough, and 
 joined together in the form of a sledge 
 
 or dray, drawn in like manner by oxea 
 over the grain ; see Varro de R, R. 1. 
 52. Niebuhr's Reisebeechr. T. I. p. 151. 
 Of these the former is pr. the Hebrew 
 ani^ ; the latter is called nbsr Is. 28, 26. 
 
 T^'IS m. (r. Ti^) 1. a descent, decli- 
 vity, Josh. 7,5.' 10, 11. Jer. 48, 5. Mic. 1,4. 
 
 2. 1 K. 7, 29 Tiia nbra hanging- 
 work, festoons. 
 
 n^lia m. pr. part. Hiph. of r. nnv 
 
 1. a7i archer, see irn^ Hiph. no. 1. 
 
 2. the early rain, see ni'^ Hiph. no. 2; 
 also in tripbi? . 
 
 3. teaching. Is. 9, 14. 2 K. 17, 28 ; a 
 teacher, Prov. 5, 13 ; plur. of prophets, 
 Is. 30, 20. Job 36, 22 lo, God is mighty 
 in his power, nil'TS inbD "'O who is a 
 teacher like him 1 i. e. wise, and impart- 
 ing unto us wisdom ; comp. 35, 11 13Ebn 
 
 Sept. (JiWarijc, perhaps from the analo- 
 gy of the Aramaean K^a, fjio, lord. 
 Others here make Mlio i. q. nTiia Ps. 9, 
 21, and X"^"!^, fear, object of fear and re- 
 verence. 
 
 4. Moreh, pr. n. a) A Canaanite, 
 like Mamre, whence nnia -pbx Gen. 12, 
 6, and n-ii^ ijibx Deut. 11, 3o" the oaka 
 of Moreh, not far from Shechem, so 
 called from their former owner. b) 
 n-iisin-nyas the hill of Moreh (teacher's 
 hill) in the valley of Jezreel, Judg. 7, 1. 
 
 I. nnil3 rn. (r. frna) a razor, Judg. 
 13,5. 16, 17. 1 Sara!i, 11. 
 
 II. nnitt Ps. 9, 21 Cheth. i. q. xniia, 
 fear, terror, which stands in Keri by 
 way of gloss. See ia xni^ no. 3. 
 
 n-'T.ia see iT-ib. 
 
 yO'piZ m. (r. TlH^) Kamets impure, 
 posses.'iion, Is. 14, 23. Obad. 17. Trop. 
 Job 17, 11 "'aab ^"1"!^ the possessions of 
 my heart, i. e. my delights, my pleasing 
 hopes, possessed and cherished in ray 
 heart. 
 
 ncni'a f. (r. is-y^) possession, Ex. 6, 
 8. Deut. 33. 4. Ez. 11, 15. 25, 4. 10. al. 
 
 n5 riCni'a (possession of Gath, r. 
 tti"!!') Moresheth-Gath, pr. n. of a town 
 near Eleutheropolis, the birth-place of 
 Micah the prophet, Mic. 1, 14. See 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 423. Gentile 
 n. inqnian Mic. 1, 1. Jer. 26, 18. 
 
ffliia 
 
 550 
 
 t\yn 
 
 1. IL-i/j 1. to give way, to recede, 
 to depart; absol. Is. 22, 25. 54, 10; 
 with ace. of place whither, Zech. 14. 4 ; 
 "a of place whence, Num. 14, 44. Judg. 
 
 6, 18. Josh. 1, 8. Is. 59, 21 ; nxiQ id. Is. 
 54, 10; ''iShVi of pers. Jer. 31, 36. Not 
 found in the kindred dialects. 
 
 2. Causat. to put away, to remove, 
 Zech. 3, 9. 
 
 HiPH- 1. Trans, to let remove, to let 
 go, e. g. prey, Nah. 3, 1 ; to withdraw 
 from, c. )'q, Mic. 2, 3 from which ye 
 shall not withdraw your necks, v. 4. 
 
 2. More frequently i. q. Kal, to give 
 way, to withdraw, to depart, absol. Ex. 
 13, 22. Job 23. 12 ; with '(Q of place, Ex. 
 33, 11. Prov. 17, 13 Cheth. Ps. 55, 12 ; 
 "ja c. inf Jer. 17, 8 "ins nib?a UJi^;; fiibl 
 and doth not withdraw (cease) from 
 yielding fruit. 
 
 * II. IT^/J i. q. tiSir-a and ^la^, to feel, 
 to touch, to try by the touch, Gen. 27, 21. 
 
 HiPH. id. Ps. 115, 7. Judg. 16, 26 
 Keri. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. ''d'na. 
 
 bci'Q m. (r. 3!^:;) constr. acai'O , c. suff. 
 "laara ; plur. constr. ni:ttJi:a, once iStB-iti 
 Ezl 34, 13. 
 
 1. a seat, 1 Sam. 20, 18. 25. Job 29, 
 
 7. Of things, as a city, seat, i. e. site, 
 situation, 2 K. 2, 19. 
 
 2. a sitting, session, an assembly of 
 persons sitting together, Ps. 1, 1. 107, 
 32. 
 
 3. seat, dwelling. Gen. 27, 39. Num. 
 24, 21. 1 E. 10, 5. Ps. 132, 13. saJiia-r^a 
 a dwelling-hoiise, Lev. 25, 19. ycra -i"is 
 a city of dwelling, to dwell in, Ps. 107,4. 
 7. Meton. a time of abode, Ex. 12, 40, 
 Concr. dwellers, inhabitants, 2 Sam. 9, 
 12K3*'S n-^a suJitt-Vsi. 
 
 *'% (prob. for n^tlSia felt out by Je- 
 hovah, r. "ci^a II) Mujihi, pr. n. m. Ex. 6, 
 19. Num. 3, 20; defect, "^oia 1 Chr.6, 4. 
 Patronym. also '^UJia for "^'Uifi^ Num. 
 3, 33. 26, 58. 
 
 mblD'i'a f plur. (r. rs^_^) the drawers, 
 poet, for cord^, bands, with which one is 
 
 bound, Job 38, 31. Com p. Arab. 2JLwm/o 
 a fetter, from oLwuuo firmiter tenuit. 
 
 niytCi'Q r plur. (r. yu)^) deliverances, 
 Ps. 68, 21. 
 
 * !n^'3 prffit. mz , irna , plur. >ina , 
 JlsriB ; inf abs. flia, constr. rsiTO; imper. 
 na ; iut. n^a;; , 3 pers. ran , conv. naj5 . 
 
 1. to die, and so in all the Semitic lan- 
 guages ; Arab. ic^Lo mid. Waw, Syr. 
 i-o. The middle radical 1, however, 
 seems to be softened down from the liquid 
 *"i , comp. tt5~.'n , tliw ; so that the primary 
 root is probably mrt, comp. Sanscr. mri 
 to die, mrita dead, mrityu death, also 
 mdth, muth, mith, melh, mid, med, to 
 kill ; Malay mita to kill and to die ; Zend. 
 mreie, merete, Pehlv. mui-deh, mard, mor- 
 tal, man; Pers. ^<^y^ to die, Gr. jj,o- 
 Tog i. q. (igoTog, Lat. mors, mortis, Morta 
 in Liv. Andr. Germ. Mord, in old Germ, 
 used not only of killing but also for death, 
 Engl, murder. Spoken of the death of 
 men or animals, Ex. 11, 5. Ecc. 9, 4; 
 both natural Gen. 5, 8. 11. 14. 17. 20. 27. 
 31. al. ssepiss. and violent Ex. 21, 12. 
 15. Deut. 13, 10. 19, 11. 12. 21, 21. Job 
 
 1, 19. al. The instrument or cause of 
 death is put usually Avith 3 , Num. 35, 17. 
 18. 23 ; as S-tna Jer. 34, 4. 42, 17. Am. 
 9,10; alsoJer.'ll,21.22.21.6. 2Chr.21, 
 19. al. Josh. 10, 11 more died Tisn ^33X3 
 of the hail-stones than, etc. Judg. 15, 18 
 Na:i3 riax / die of thirst. Ez. 5, 12 ; 
 also "'rsa Jer. 38, 9. Freq. is the phrase 
 rw^ nia dying he shall die, i. e. lie shall 
 surely die. Gen. 2, 17. 3, 4. 20, 7. 1 Sam. 
 14, 39. 44. 2 Sam. 12, 14. al. Slightly 
 different is the phrase raJi"^ ria with fut. 
 Hoph. he shall surely be put to death, 
 used in the Mosaic law to denote punish- 
 ment, Ex. 21, 12. 15 sq. 22, 18. Lev. 20, 
 
 2. 9 sq. 27r 29. Num. 15, 35. al. Also- 
 n^iab nbn to be sick unto death, 2 K. 20, 
 1. 2'Chr.'32, 24 ; and hyperbol. Judg. 16, 
 
 16 riab "ittis: <^'^^2 ''"'' ''""^ """"*' '^^^^^^ 
 unto death, impatient. Trop. the heart 
 of any one is said to die, i. e. to fiiint, to 
 fail, 1 Sam. 25, 37; comp. opp. 'n^n 
 Gen. 45, 27. Judg. 15, 19. So the trunk 
 of a tree Job 14, 8, comp. i'^f} ; or land 
 untitled, Gen. 47, 19 why shotdd we die, 
 we and our land, which is afterwards 
 explained by ca)n nV na^xni . Comp. 
 Arab. ^^ijLo inculta, stcrilis, deserta fuit 
 terra. Kor. 2. 150. ib. 25. 51. ib. 29. 
 63. Spoken ironically Job 12, 2 D3a3 
 nasn rian wisdom will die with you. 
 
nrj 
 
 651 
 
 aia 
 
 Part. P19 a dead peraon, i. c. one about 
 to die, Gen. 20. 3 ; or actually dead. Num. 
 19, II. 13. 16; without distinction ol'gun- 
 der, like Germ. cin Todler^ein Kranker, 
 Gen. 23, 1 5 comp. Heb. Gr. 105. 1. n. 
 Plur. Cf^^ t/ie dead, spoken of idols as 
 opp. to the living God, T\ bx, Ps. 106, 
 28 ; of men Is. 8, 19. Lam. 3, 6. 
 
 2. lo perinh, lo be dextroyed, of a state 
 or people, Am. 2, 2. Hos. 13, 1. See 
 
 'PiL. pni-a to kill, to slay, Ps. 34, 22. 
 
 Judg. 9, 54. 1 Sam. 14, 13. 2 Sam. 1, 9 sq, 
 
 Hii'H. n'^an, 2 pers. Mn, I pers. c. 
 
 eufF. i-'n-'on 1 Sam. 17, 3o, n-'Fittn Hos. 
 
 2, 5; fut. n^T3^, conv. ntJ*l ; to put to 
 death, to kill, to slay. Judg. 16, 30. 2 Sam. 
 
 3, 30. 21, 1. Often of death through 
 diseases, famine, etc. sent from God, Is. 
 65, 15. Hos. 2, 5. Ex. 16, 3. 17, 3. Num. 
 14, 15. 16, 13; and thus opp. to ann, 
 which implies a violent death by the 
 hand of man, comp. Is. 14. 30. Part. 
 B^rnaTa destroyers, perh. angels of death, 
 Job 33, 22. 
 
 Horn. ma!in to be put to death, to be 
 slain, Deut. 21, 22. 1 Sam. 19, 11. For 
 the phrase r^l"' r"i^ see in Kal no. 1. 
 
 Deriv. ni-a^, nrnian, and 
 
 niT3 m. constr. niia, with n parag. 
 nn^^an Ps. 116,15; plur. constr. ^nia 
 Ez. 28, 10 ; c. suff. rra Is. 53, 9. 
 
 1. death, Arab. ^HyX, Syr. |.ia.io. 
 Spoken of both natural and violent 
 death ; so T\^'0 "'bs deadly weapons Ps. 
 7, 14; niia "O'^ to sleep the sleep of 
 death Ps.'lS, 4; ^^T^ ^ Sam. 20, 31. 
 26, 16, and ni^-ffi-'X , one worthy of death, 
 condemned, IK. 2, 26. 2 Sam. 19, 29. 
 niT3 usai^ sentence of death, q. d. capital 
 crime, Deut. 19, 6. 21, 22. nio IBS the 
 ditst of death, the sepulchre, Ps. 22. 16. 
 nia "'ban, nna "^sopia, snares of death, 
 with which death lies in wait for mor- 
 tals, Ps. 18, 5. 6. Prov. 13, 14; comp. 
 the personification of death Ps. 49, 15. 
 Cant. 8. 6 Also Jon. 4, 9 nji: IS ''b nnn , 
 comp. Ecclus. 27, 2. Matt. 26, 38. Poet. 
 the dead. Is. 38, 18. 
 
 2. place of the dead. Sheol. Hades, the 
 grave. Job 28, 22. Hence niia-insai the 
 gaies of death, i. e. of Sheol, of the grave, 
 Ps. 9, 14 ; ri^a-innn the chambers of the 
 grave Prov. 7, 27. 
 
 3. deadly disease, plague, pestilence, 
 Jer. 15, 2. 18, 21. 43, 11. Job 27, 15. 
 Comp, {>uvuio^ Rev. 0, 8. 18, 8. Chald. 
 
 Wfm, Syr. |jiaIo, Arab. ^^"Jo, id. 
 also Germ, schwarzer Tod, the black 
 death, a pestilence which raged in the 
 middle ages. 
 
 4. destniction,ruin, opTp.Q'''^J\ prosper- 
 ity, happiness; Prov. 11, 19. 12,28. Is. 
 25, 8. Ex. 10, 17. 
 
 niT3 Chald. death, Ezra 7, 26. 
 
 "iriTa m. (r. iniJ) pr. 'what is over 
 and above ;' hence 
 
 1. gain, profit, Prov. 14, 13. 21, 5. 
 
 2. excellence, pre-eminence, Ecc. 3, 
 19. 
 
 nSTp m. (r. nst) constr. najip, c. 
 sutr. 'n3]T3, T^naia l K. 8, 31, 'plur. 
 PinaTia ; an altar, Lev. 1, 9. 13. 15. 
 2 Chr. 29, 22. al. Sept. ^vaiiiaTi]{jiov, 
 
 Arab. i>Joo, Syr. |l^yio. Tb build 
 
 an altar is 'la nja Gen. 8. 20. 1 2 7 ; ' nas 
 35, 1. 3. 2 Chn 28, 24 ; 'n c^jrn 1 K. 16^ 
 32. 2 K. 21, 3. ORen followed Ijy a geni- 
 tive : a) Of the materials, as ncnx 'a 
 Ex. 20, 24; n-'33X 'a 20, 25. Josh.' 8.^31. 
 b) Of the divinity to which the altar is 
 dedicated, as "^1 natia Lev. 17, 6. Num. 
 12, 27. Deut. 26, 4. al. bran 'a Judg. 6, 
 25. 28. 30. c) Of the species of sacri- 
 fice offered upon it; according to which 
 the altars in the sanctuary both of the 
 tabernacle and temple were : a) 'a 
 nbiyn the altar of burnt-offering Ex. 30, 
 28 ; or n'insn 'a the brazen altar Ex. 
 
 39. 39; this stood in the vestibule. /5) 
 r-;-3p)n 'a the altar of incense Ex. 30, 27. 
 31.8; or -yri^t^ 'a the golden altar 39, 38. 
 
 40. 5. 26. 1 K. 7, 48; in the outer sanc- 
 tuary of the temple (ba-'na). Plur. of- 
 ten of idol-altars, Is. 17. 8. 27, 9. 2 K. 21, 
 3. 4. 2 Chr. 14, 2. 33, 3. 34, 4. al. 
 
 ""If obsol. root, i. q. T^oa q. v. to 
 
 mingle, spec, to mix wine, to prepare it 
 
 with spices; see Thesaur. p. 808, and 
 
 comp. Gr. xtgdrvvpi. Chnld. ata id. Syr. 
 
 7 
 >-,. 1^0 Pe. and Pa. to mingle ; Pa. also for 
 
 Gr. xanrjlevia 2 Cor. 2. 17. Arab. 'yX to 
 
 mingle, spec, wine with water AbulC 
 Ann. IV. 463. Kor. 76. 17. Hence 
 

 552 
 
 bT^ 
 
 ^1'^ m. wine sc. as mixed, i. e. pre- 
 pared with spices, spiced uine. Cant. 7, 
 3. Pliny mentions (H. N. XIV. 13 v. 15, 
 19) a 'vinum aromatites,' made with 
 myrrh and fragrant cane ; and this 
 seems to be tiie kind of wine implied in 
 Stti, and also in -01? , T^O^a, q. v. 
 Others, from the use of the verb z.vo 
 in the kindr. dialects, understand wine 
 tempered with water. See in Thesaur. 
 p. 808. 
 
 * mT"^ obsol. root i. q. n:i72, "j'STa, 
 q. V. Arab, yo , to suck. Hence 
 
 nt"0 m. verbal adj. intrans. sucked 
 out, exhausted ; once plur. Deut. 32. 24 
 25n "^^-q exhausted icith famine. Sept. 
 iTfi^ofjitvoi h[iil>. Vuig. consumentur fame. 
 
 n-Tia (fear, r. ^vo) Mizzah, pr. n. m. 
 Gen. 36, 13. 17. 
 
 ITTa (for r-ii'-q, r. mj) plur. t:"^"T:2, 
 cells, garners, Ps. 144, 13. Sept. nx/^inu. 
 
 nT^T'53 fl (r. t^T no. 2) a dmr-post, on 
 which the door moves on its hinges. Ex. 
 21, 6. 1 Sam. 1. 9. Is. 57, 8. Ez. 41. 21. 
 al. Plur. rwi^ Deut. 6, 9. 1 K. 6. 31. 
 Prov. 8, 34 ; also ''an "-nd Ex. 1 2, 7. 22. 23. 
 
 lira m. (r. -(^T) food, Gen. 45, 23. 2 
 Chr. 11, 23. 
 
 jiT^ Chald. food, Dan. 4, 9. 18. 
 
 Iv "IITtt m. (r. "ilT I) compression, 
 binding up, of a wound ; trop. of reme- 
 dies applied to the wounds of a state, 
 Jer. 30, 13. Me ton. a wound, sore, sc. to 
 be pressed and bound up, Hos. 5, 13. 
 
 II. "lira m. (r. ntiT II. 1) falsehood ; 
 then treachery, plot, Ob. 7. So Sept. 
 Vuig. Chald. Syr. well. Others, a net, 
 mare, from Aram. "VO to spread out. 
 
 * TT/^ obsol. root i. q. t5p , Chald. 
 TiQTTanK to foxo down, to melt with fear. 
 Hence pr. n. njia . 
 
 '^T"'9 obsol. root, perh. to gird.; 
 whence are usually derived riTTD and 
 n^Tn girdle. This sense of these words 
 is indeed certain, espec. from Ps. 109, 19 ; 
 but the etymology is doubtful. Thus 
 MTB and n'^T'O may come from r. T\yo (;if- 
 ter the forms ns3 , rpi&o) ; and also from 
 ^^IJ) ^'^ i in which case riTtt w^ould be 
 
 part. Hiph. of nriT, and ti'^TTS or TTM^ 
 part. Hiph. of niT. But none of these 
 roots, neither HTTa nor nriT nor n^iT, is 
 found in the Semitic languages with the 
 requisite signification. Still, we may 
 with probability ascribe to the monosyll. 
 root HT, -T. pT, -^r , and transp. in, the 
 signif to bind, to strengthen; comp. pm ^ 
 lilysk, (V'n-^j to bind, etc. T^n p^"n, 
 (^yifc, (^J-A-i>., isl) etc. and there is 
 notliing to hinder us from assigning the 
 same power to the biliterals nnj, nsiT, 
 and to the triliteral riT^. Simonis, Jahn, 
 Hitzig, and others, follow the etymology 
 from ntT3 ; the other from nm, nsiT, ac- 
 cords better with the common analogy. 
 
 ^V^ m. a girdle Ps. 109, 19. Trop. 
 of the bonds of a subject people, Is. 23, 
 10. Seeinr. ni^. 
 
 n''T^ m. constr. T\'}->2, a girdle. Job 
 12, 21. See in r. mo. ' 
 
 f^"''?''? f plur. (see note) constella- 
 tions, spec, the twelve ,fign.^ of the zodi- 
 ac. 2 K. 23. 5. Sept. fx()t'Qov(j(!i , as if 
 reading mTO as in Job 38, 32. Vuig. 
 diiodecim signa. Targ. xrbj^n, Syr. 
 jl^lclc. The same word is frequent 
 in later Hebrew writers, and also in a 
 form slightly changed in Aramaean ; e. g. 
 st*i2d pVt^ the constellations of heaven 
 Targ. Is. 47, 13 ; S^bj'? "O'^'^n the twelve 
 signs Targ. Esth. 3, 7. al. The sense 
 signs of the zodiac, therefore, is sup- 
 ported not only by the context, but also 
 by the Aramtean usage, as well as by 
 the almost constant tradition of ancient 
 interpreters. See Thesaur. p. 869. 
 
 Note. More difficult is it to determine 
 the origin and true signification of the 
 forms mbjo and m'"i-Ti2, which are justly 
 regarded as identical, r and / being in- 
 terchanged (see in b) ; although it is 
 uncertain which form is the primary one. 
 Taking first the softer, nibjo, these con- 
 stellations are held to be so called from 
 their infiuv or injltience upon the desti- 
 nies of men, from r. bt3 to flow (comp. 
 Lat. infltixus stellarum Firmic.) ; or from 
 \\\e\r going, revolving, from r. bjX q. v. or 
 again the signs of the zodiac were re- 
 garded as the stations or lodgings of the 
 
 sun in his course ; comp. Jy^^ station, 
 
M:a 
 
 553 
 
 *iTa 
 
 night-quarter, from r. Jij to descend, 
 dismourit ; its the Anilw in like manner 
 cull the zodiac myjj\ dULi the circle 
 
 of palaces. More correctly, however, 
 the harder ni")j Job 38, 32, is assumed 
 by others as the earlier and primary 
 Corm, though they have not succeeded 
 in pointing out its true origin ; for the 
 n'i*iJT3 are not crowiut, as if kindred with 
 Its diadem ; nor zones, belts, from r. iTX, 
 as implying either the belt of Orion or 
 the zone of the zodiac ; but, in accord- 
 ance with the certain usage oi' the He- 
 brew and Arabic, the word signifies pre- 
 monilioiut. forewarnings, concr. fore- 
 tDarners, presagers, (comp. pnesaga 
 Stat. Theb. 8. 145.) i. e. constellations 
 having a foreknowledge of future events 
 and loretokening them to mortals, ac- 
 cording to ancient and popular belief; 
 see in r. it: Hiph. no. 1, for the Arabic 
 usage. 
 
 ^^J^ m. (r. abj) a fork, Jlesh-hook, 
 with which flesh was drawn out of the 
 pot, 1 Sam. 2, 13. 14. 
 
 TObT^ f. (r. A]) a fork, flesh-hook, 
 enumerated among the utensils of the 
 altar, Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. Num. 4, 14. al. 
 
 n'DT'a f. (r. ort) with n parag. tinato 
 Jer. 11, 15; plur. niat^Q. 
 
 1. meditation, cogitation, ihmight; Ps. 
 10, 4 i^niHTr-bs wrfs^ -px there is no 
 God ! such are all his thoughts. Spec. 
 counsel, purpose ; Job 42, 2 no purpose 
 is withholden from the, i. e. thou dost 
 accomplish all thy counsels. Ps. 37, 7 
 mat 13 nc5 who e.vecuteth his purposes 
 (parall. "isn^ ri'ibsa). i. e. who prospers 
 in his plans. Oftener in a bad sense, 
 evil counsel, vricked purpose, Ps. 10, 2. 21, 
 12. Job 21, 27. Jer. 51, 11 ; iab niSTa 
 Jer. 23, 20. 30, 24. Hence 
 
 2. machination, device, plot, Prov. 12, 
 2. 14, 17. 24. 8. Also mischief, wicked- 
 ness, i. q. naf , Ps. 139, 20. 
 
 3. i.q. niaTa nsn (Prov. 8, 12), coun- 
 sel, prudence, sagacity, Prov. 1, 4. 3, 21; 
 plur. 5, 2. 
 
 "iTQTia m. (r. "laT II) a so7ig, psalm, 
 Sept. ipcckfiog, found only in the inscrip- 
 tions of the Psalms, e. g. Ps. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 
 9 etc. 24. 47. 48. 68. 98. etc. 
 
 47 
 
 T}''?y^ f (r. "laj I ) a pruning-knift, 
 pruning-hook, only plur. ni^ara, Ig. 2, 
 4. 18, 5. Mic. 4, 3 ; c. suff. Joel 4, 10. 
 
 nn'5?T^ f. (p. naj l ) only plur. ni-iBta, 
 forcepi, snuffers. 1 K. 7, 50. 2 K. 12,' 14. 
 Jer. 52, 18. 2 Chr. 4, 22. 
 
 "^yyo m. (r. '^Sl) smallness, feloness ; 
 Is. 16, 14. 24. 6 ina I'isx few men. 
 Of time, "^Sfa -ra emphat. a very little 
 time, Is. lo'^S. 29, 17. 
 
 I '9 obsol. root of uncertain signif 
 
 either i. q. ^(^ to be corrupt, fold, 
 
 . ^ 
 whence NtX^ rotten, as an egg, and 
 
 filthy, polluted, of a man ; or else i. q. 
 yo (a and 3 being interchanged) to cfe- 
 spise, to contemn, pr. i. q. "TJ to separate 
 out, to expel ; and Syr. , tn'in to contemn. 
 Hence "^Taa bastard. 
 
 'niHj'a f plur. linnl Xf/ofi. Job 38, 32 ; 
 i. q. nib?a , the twelve signs of the zodiac^ 
 See fully in riibja, and note. R. its. 
 
 Tl^'f? m. {r.Ti'yi) awinnower,itirmoit~ 
 ing fork or shovel. Is. 30, 24. Jer. 15, 7.. 
 
 Arab. ;^>Joo, Syr. |-?jic, id. See 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. pp. 277. 371. 
 
 iTlT'a J see B''ita . 
 
 '^^T'a m. (r. t\-]\) the sim-rising, 
 only by meton. for the orient, the east,. 
 Ps. 103, 12. Dan. 8, 9. Am. 8, 12. al. 
 Zech. 8, 7 n-;)ta ynx the land of the east, 
 east country.' Neh. 3, 29. 2 Chr. 29, 4. 
 With genit. I'n'^n'i nnya on the east of 
 Jericho Josh. 4. 19. 1 Chr. 4. 39. 6. 63 ; 
 c. b id. 2 Chr. 5. 12. 1 Chr. 5. 10 "bs-bs 
 "^^^f^ '^'7!^ "^l?!? on all tlie eastern guar- 
 ter of Crilead. With Prep. a) nntaV 
 towards the east Neh. 3, 26. 1 Chr.' 12; 
 15 ; once nnnrab 2 Chr. 31, 14. b)- 
 nn^aa from The east Is. 41, 2. 43, 5. 46, 
 11. Dan. 11. 44. Ps. 107. 3 ; also a/ or on 
 the east (see in 'a no. 3 h) Josh. 11, 3. 
 17, 10. More fully cad nnyaa from 
 the east Judg. 11. 18. Isl-ll. 25. Ps. 50. 
 1 ; also on the east Num. 21, 12. Judg. 
 20, 43. Further : c) Accus. n^Ta to- 
 wards the east, eastward. 1 Chr. 9. 24. 
 Neh. 12. 37 : and ca'^ n-iTa Deut. 4. 47. 
 Josh. 1, 15. 13, 5. al. d) With n- local. 
 
-IT-J 
 
 554 
 
 nr>J2 
 
 Mri'if^D towards the east, easticard. Ex. 
 27. 13. 38, 13. Num. 2, 3. 3, 38 : nnni^Q 
 "C-c-J id. Deut. 4, 41. Josh. 12, 1. Judg'. 
 21. 19. 
 
 C^ITTa m. plur. (pr. part. Pi. fT7.T^, r. 
 -rnt) lit. /Ae scattering, poet, for //le 
 noWA winds, which scatter the clouds 
 and bring severe cold. Job 37, 9 ; Vulg. 
 Arct7irus, Sept. ccxfjonrjoia, perhaps to 
 be read a^xnoa or (<(iXTor^ot'. Comp. 
 v:i;LwML;ot\ and icyUjt j dispergentes, of 
 
 winds, Kor. 51. 1. Others make it the 
 same with m'lj^ Job 38, 31. 
 
 '5'\VQ m. (r. y^t) constr. S'l!'? V^ace 
 soicn, a yield ; Is. 19, 7 "iX^^ ynr^ the 
 yields of the Nile, i. e. watered by the 
 
 Nile. Arab. x^y>- id. 
 
 p'^.T'a m. (r. pny) plur. ti"'p'^T^ constr. 
 'jri-iTri ; also mpntis, c. sufl'. T'np'iTia ; a 
 vase, vessel, from which was sprinkled 
 the blood of victims, a sacrifcial bowl, 
 basin, Num. 4. 14. 7. 13. 19. 25 sq. Ex. 
 38, 3. al. Also of a wine-bowl Am. 6. 6. 
 
 H''? m. adj. (r. nn-a) 1. fat. marrowy. 
 spec, of fat sheep, plur. a'Ti^a , Ps. 66, 15; 
 
 in some copies D"^n"'i3. Arab. J^-J^^ 
 marrowy, of a fat sheep. O 
 
 2. Trop. rich, noble, comp. yi^^, Is. 5. 
 17. 
 
 n^ m. (r. 'nrv2) marrow, Job 21. 24. 
 Arab. A^ and Aj , Aram. ^woJ^, Xlii 
 
 * Xm53 j. q. Aram, xnia, jllic, fo 
 strike, to smile, in Heb. poet, for the 
 common nsrt ; comp. '"inn no. 2, With 
 51? i. q. ?? nrn (2 K. ll' 'l2) to dap the 
 hands. Ps. 98, 8 r=->isn:a'n ni^ni let the 
 floods clap their hands, in exultation, 
 "is. 55, 12. 
 
 PiEL id. inf. c. suff. n; r|Sn^. Ez. 25, 6. 
 
 XHTS Chald. to strike, to smite, Dan. 
 2, 34. 35, and often in the Targums. 
 Comp. Gr. fid/o/jut, ^I'tyj^ Heb. Nnis, 
 nn^, nr;. Some refer hither xn^ or 
 xn^ Dan. 5, 19 ; but this is part. Aph. 
 from i<"n. 'saving alive.' 
 
 Pa. sni? hK with n^a to r/it7tf upon 
 erne's hand, i. e. to stay his hand, to re- 
 strain. Dan. 4, 32 [35] none can stay 
 his (God's) Jiand, and aay unto him, 
 
 What doest thou 7 This phrase is more 
 common in the Targums (comp. Ecc. 8, 
 3) and Talmud, for to restrain, to hin- 
 der ; and in the same sense the Arabs 
 have the formula 8 Jo lAx. ^w)wO, Ca- 
 moos. ^ 
 
 Ithpe. to be affixed, to be fastened up- 
 on, so. by nails. Ezra 6, 11. 
 
 ^^'T!''? m. (r. xsn) a hiding-place. Is. 
 32, 2. 
 
 Q^^^hn^a m. plur. (r. NSn) hiding- 
 places, 1 Sam. 23, 23. 
 
 rnsn-Q f. (r. i^n) c. suff. iTTi'Z.r.-q^ 
 junction, junc'.ure, i. e. the place where 
 one thing is joined upon another, e. g. 
 of curtains. Ex. 26, 4. 5 ; of the parts of 
 the ephofl, Ex. 28, 27. 39, 20. 
 
 ni"l3.n'n f plur. (pr. Part. Pi. r. lan) 
 covjoiners, couplers, i. e. a) beams, 
 braces of wood, for joining and fastenmg 
 a building, 2 Chr..34, 11. b) cramps, 
 hooks, of iron for joining, etc. 1 Chr. 
 22, 3. 
 
 m^n'Q t: Ez. 4, 3 (r. rsn) contr. for 
 prrr.D, a pan, frying-pan. "Lev. 2, 5. 6, 
 li V, 9. 1 Chr. 23, 29. Ez. 4, 3. 
 
 IT^i^n'Q f (r. iriH) girdle, belt, cine-' 
 tiire, Is. 3, 24. 
 
 '"^ 9 ^^^t- '^'^'^'li P**- ^o stroke, to rut 
 over, to wipe. Hence 
 
 1. to wipe of. to wipe away. a) 
 Genr. e. g. a dish 2 K. 21, 13 see below ; 
 tears Is. 25, 8 ; the mouth Prov. 30, 20. 
 So of letters, writing, to blot out, Ex. 
 32, 32. 33. Num. 5, 23. Trop. to blot mi 
 sins, to forgive them, Ps. 51, 3. 11. Is, 
 43, 25. 44, 22. b) So to blot out, i. q. to 
 destroy, as men from the face of the 
 earth Gen, 6, 7. 7, 4 ; the name and 
 memory of any one Ex. 17, 14. Deut. 9. 
 14. 25, 19. Ps. 9, 6. 2 K. 14, 27. So 2 
 K. 21, 13, where the native power is 
 preserved : / will wipe {destroy) Jeru- 
 salem as one wipeth a dish, lie wipelh 
 and turneth it upside down, 
 
 2. to stroke, i. e. emph. fo strike, to 
 smite, i. q. n^ ; hence Tra stroke. 
 Trop. c. is, to strike upon, in a geo- 
 grapiiical sense i. q. to reach nnto, to ex- 
 tend to, as a boundary Num. 34. 11. 
 
 3. to rub over with a fa* bubstance 
 
nn:3 
 
 665 
 
 hence intrans. to be /at, marrowy, i. q. 
 nna q. v. see below in Pual. 
 
 Note. From the primary eignif. of 
 stroking, nibhins^ over, which is i\lso the 
 usuul one in this root, have arisen the 
 otlier two ; and these are more common 
 in the kindred forms snia and nms q. v. 
 Chald. xnia to wipe off, to strike ; Arab. 
 L^ to wipe or wash off, to blot out, to 
 destroy. In the Indo-European tongues 
 corresponding in signif are ftuaaia fis- 
 ftn/n, fiviraw, and with a sibilant vfium, 
 (Tfivo), aftrj/oi, (Tfiuixo). 
 
 PiEL privat. emedullavit, q. d- to un- 
 
 s ^ 
 marrow, i. q. Arab. A,jo Conj. II ; see 
 
 Kal no. 3. Hence C- 
 
 Pual pass, einedullatns est ; Is. 25. 6 
 
 DTnaia 0^31313 fatnens nnmarrowed. i. e. 
 drawn out from marrow-bones and there- 
 fore tlie most delicate. The form is from 
 a sing. Ti?3, for the common nn'oia. 
 and corresponds to the fonn c'^ppTC in 
 the other clause. 
 
 HiPH. fut. apoc. nan Nch. 13, 14, also 
 ""TiXiV) masc. Jer. 18, 23 for nnrn ; i. q. 
 Kai no. 1, to blot out, to destroy. Neh. 13, 
 U. Jer. 18, 23. Prov. 31, 3 ^"^^"^l^ 
 '^rsTS nin^b nor give thy ways to the 
 destroying of kings, n'nTsb for ri'n^nb ; 
 so those who suppose a warlike spirit to 
 be here reprehended. Better, to the cor- 
 Tnipters, destroyers of kings, i. e. courte- 
 sans ; either reading nintb as part. fem. 
 of Kal, or else regarding ninia as fem. 
 plur. of an adj. nnia in an aclive sense. 
 
 NiPH. nnos, fut. nnja''. apoc. naMbr 
 na-^ Ps. lOa 13. Gen. 7,' 23. 
 
 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1. a. to be wiped 
 away, to be blotted out. e. g. from the 
 book of life, Ps. 69, 29. So of reproach, 
 Prov. 6, 33 ; of sin Ps. 109, 14. Neh. 3, 
 37 ; comp. Ez. 6, 6. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 1. b, to be destroyed, 
 as men Gen. 7, 23 ; a tribe from Israel 
 Judg. 21, 17 ; the name of any one Deut. 
 26, 6. Ps. 109, 13. 
 
 ^1^ adj. fem. nn^a, see in r. nn^ 
 Hiph. 
 
 n^llTQ f (t. 5!in) a compass, compass- 
 es, for drawing circles. Is. 44, 13. 
 
 TlfTa m. (r. T5n) pr. a refuge ; hence 
 a haven. Imrbour, Ps. 1 07, 30. So Chald. 
 Syr. Vulg. 
 
 bX^^ma and ^T'::Vf1^ (perh. smitten 
 of God, for bx ^^n-o, r. nnia) Mehujael, 
 pr. n.ofa patriarch descended from Cain, 
 Gen. 4, 18. 
 
 D^'iirn? (r. njn) Mahavitcs, a gentile 
 name 1 Chr. 11,46, where wc should 
 expect the sing, ''^na . Elsewhere un- 
 known. 
 
 bin^ m. (r. bin) constr. hitn. 
 
 1. a dance, dancing, sc. in a circle, 
 Ps. 30, 12. 149, 3. 150, 4. Jer. 31, 4. 13. 
 Lam. 5. 15. 
 
 2. Mahol, pr. n. m. 1 K. 5, 11 [4, 31]. 
 
 nbin-a or nbnia f (r. bm) a dance, 
 i. q. bin^ no. 1, Cant. 7, 1 ; Plur. iribh^ 
 E.x. 32, 19. Judg. 11, 34. 21, 21. al. 
 
 ^TH^ m. (r. njn) o zfision, Gen. 15, 1. 
 Num.24, 4. 16. Ez. 13,7. 
 
 ^Tn"g f (r. mn) a loindow, 1 K. 7, 4. 5. 
 
 niS'^Tn'O (visions) Mahazioth, pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 30. R. njn. 
 
 I n J - obsol. root, i. q. nrra no. 3, 
 
 Arab. 2s>o IV, to be marrowy, of a bone ; 
 
 C 
 
 to be fat, of a sheep ; whence nia mar- 
 rowy, nb marrow. The primary notion 
 lies in rubbing over, besmearing, with a 
 fatty substance, comp. nni2 note. Kindr. 
 
 are m^ and rT::i2 . 
 
 - T - * 
 
 ^Tyi2 m. (r. iin^a no. 2) a stroke, per- 
 cussion. Ez. 26, 9 "ibs;? ^n-o the stroke 
 of what is over against it, i. e. batter- 
 ing-raras or the like. See in bnp. 
 
 S'l'^n^ (perh. junction, r. nw Pa. l*n 
 to join) pr. n. m. Mehida, Ezra 2, 52. 
 Neh. 7, 54. 
 
 n^niS f (r. n^n) 1. preservation of 
 life, Gen. 45, 5.' 2 Chr. 14, 12. Ezra 9. 
 8. 9. Meton. vieans of life, living, suste- 
 nance. Judg. 6, 4. 17, 10. 
 
 2. Prob. something live, the quick, a 
 raw spot on the body ; hence a spot, the 
 quick; Lev. 13, 10 rx">sa 'n "^ba r:nw 
 and if there be a spot (the quick) of raw 
 flesh in the tumour, v. 24 and [(the spot 
 of burning be a white spot. So Syr. 
 Chald. 
 
 "I'^TITS m. (r. "n^) 1. price, for which 
 a thing is bought or .fold, Prov. 17, 16. 
 27, 26. "i'nra at a price, for money, 2 
 
bri53 
 
 556 
 
 12^112 
 
 Snm. 24, 24. ^"in^n xb not for price, 
 gratis, i. q. CSn, Is. 45, 13. 55, 1. al. 
 
 2. hire, wages, Mic. 3, 11. Deut. 23, 
 19. Dan. 11, 39. Plur. O-ininia Ps.44, 13. 
 
 3. Mehir, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 11. 
 
 - '^?t!|'^ m. (r. nbn no. 3.) constr. rtbna , 
 sickness, disease, Prov. 18, 14. 2 Chr. 
 21. 15. 
 
 nbn'Q (disease, r. nbn) Mahlah, pr. 
 n. a) Fern. Num. 26^ 33. 27, 1. Josh. 
 17, 3. b) 1 Chr. 7, 18, where the sex 
 is uncertain. 
 
 nbn^ f. i. q. nbnj? , disease, Ex. 15, 
 :2G. 23', 25. 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. 
 
 T'OTytl f. (r. ^^n) a cave, cavern, plur. 
 Is. 2, 19'. 
 Tbrrq f. see nbina. 
 
 I'lbn'a (sickly, from the form nbn'C 
 and ending "(i) pr. n. m. Mahlmi, Ruth 
 1, 2. 4, 9. 10. 
 
 "hm (sickly, r. tibn) Mahli, pr. n. m. 
 a) Ex. 6, 19. Num.' 3, 20. b) 1 Chr. 
 23, 23. 24, 30. 
 
 C^bnia m. plur. (r. nbn no. 3) dis- 
 eases, 2 Chr. 24, 25. 
 
 5^?n''? - (* ^^l) ^ slaughter-knife, 
 with which the victims were killed tor 
 sacrifice, so called as gliding or passing 
 through the flesh ; once in Plur. "'sbriTa 
 Ezra 1, 9. Syr. U^ , Rabb. Cj^iin 
 knife ; hence r. > =i\t to shave the hair, 
 -comp. r^iro "I'^arn. 
 
 niSbnia f. pUir. (r. t|Vn) braids, 
 plaits, of hair, Judg. 16. 13. 19 ; so all the 
 ancient versions. The idea of braiding 
 differs little from that o? changing, inter- 
 changing, see the root in Pi. and Hiph. 
 no. 1 ; and a trace of it is found also in 
 
 Arab. \^ju.X.s. twisted, convolute. 
 
 nisbn'a f. plur. (r. ybn) costly or fes- 
 tive garments, holiday clotiies, which 
 are put off at home, Is. 3, 22. Zech. 3, 4. 
 Comp. Arab. >bA^ exuit vestem, veste 
 
 Holemni donavit ; iutjj> a eostly gar- 
 ment. 
 
 ^Vy^'9. ^- (r. p^) c. euff. 'np^niD, 
 plur, p>pbn. 
 
 1. smoothness; hence a slij)ping away, 
 
 escape, comp. the root Hiph. no. 2. So 
 in pr. n. ripbnan y\o the rock of es- 
 capes, 1 Sam. 23, 28. 
 
 2. division, class, cmirse; spec, of the 
 24 classes of the Levites and priesls, 
 itfrififQiui, xlr,(^oi, 1 Chr. 24. 1. 28, 13. 
 2 Chr. 8, 14. 31, 2. 35, 4. al. Also of the 
 people oi: Israel, Josh. 11, 23. 12, 7. 18, 
 10. Ez. 48, 29 ; of an army 1 Chr. 27, 
 
 1 sq. 
 
 ^p'?'7''5 Chald. id. only plur. "(J^bna 
 courses of the Levites. Ezra 6, 18. 
 
 f^^H''? m. (r. nbn no. 1) 1. A string- 
 ed instrument, xiif^a^n, cithara, i. e. a 
 lyre, guitar, accompanied by the voice, 
 Ps. 53, 1. 88, 1. Comp. Eth. i^'SA^ 
 song, also xi&tx^ut, see Vers. JEthiop. 
 Gen. 4, 21. 
 
 2. Mahalath, pr. n. f. a) The daugh- 
 ter of Ishmael, the wife of Esau. Gen. 
 28, 9. b) The wife of Rehoboam, 
 
 2 Chr. 11, 18. 
 
 "^ribrra MeholatMte, gent. n. from 
 
 n3in72 brsj, see bns II. d. 2 Sam. 21,8. 
 
 ms^ri'a Ps. 55, 22, commonly taken 
 as a noun derived from MXian curdled 
 milk, q. d. milky words, but against the 
 context. Better, if we take ris?2n73 as 
 ibr n'x:crT3 or risrTO (as Cod. R. 368), 
 Hirek or Tsere being changed to Fa- 
 tah on account of the foil. Hateph- 
 Patah ; comp. Iinx for n-iPiS Judg. 5, 
 28, 'Snrn;^ for "^JrTcn-i Ps. 51, 7, and the 
 like ; and then we may render, smoother 
 than curds of milk is his mmdh. Chald. 
 and Symm. also lake the Mem here for 
 "|T3 ; and this accords too with the paral- 
 lelism. So Kimchi. 
 
 'TCna ra. constr. '^'sriTa ; plur. n^'n'ona , 
 constr. 'Iirna . R, "irn. 
 
 1. desire J then thing desired, a de- 
 light, e. g. ~f ?"'? 'I'r'l^ ^/''^ desire, de- 
 light, of thine eyes, 1 K. 20. 6. Ez. 24, 16. 
 Is. 64, 10. Hos. 9, 16 the delights of their 
 womb, i. e. tlieir dearest offspring. 
 
 2. loveliness. Cant. 5, 16. 
 
 3. something precious, costly, plur. Joel 
 4, 5. 2 Chr. 36, 19. Is. 64, 10. Lam. 
 1, 10. 
 
 D'^TCn'a m. plur. (r. "r^n) so7)iething 
 precious, costly. Lam. I, 7 ; also fully 
 written o-''n!ino v. 11 Cheth. 
 
an^a 
 
 557 
 
 yriTj 
 
 bTaritt m. (r. brn) constr. itj , pr. 
 object of pity, sijinpafhij ; then of love 
 nnd nffecUon, a deliglit ; Ez. 24, 21 
 craJB? bon^ the delight of your soul. 
 The prophet employs the word in an 
 unusual signification, for the sake of 
 paronomasia in the tiouns T^n^ and 
 ^^o ; comp. DttjE? xbia v. 25 in the 
 same context 
 
 n2T5rna f see r. yon Hiph. 
 
 Mini? (r. njn) usually masc. but fera. 
 Gen. 32. 9. Ps. 27, 3 ; constr. T^:'n^Q ; sing. 
 c. euff. ?;"'3nT5 Deut. 23, is" 29, 10; 
 C3"':n'a Am. 4. 10; cn-isno Num. 5, 3. 
 Josh. 10, 5. 1 1, 4. Judg. 8, 10 ; perh. also 
 1 Sam. 17, I. 53. 28, 1. 29, 1 (comp. 
 Heb. Gr. 91. 9. n), which last pas- 
 sages the ancient interpreters and 
 Kimchi take as in the plural ; see in 
 nstnia . For the plur. see after no. 2. 
 
 1. an encampment, camp, eitlier of 
 troops Josh. 6, 11. Judg. 7, 10 sq. 8, 11. 
 12. 1 Sam. 4, 3. 14, 15. 19 ; or of noma- 
 des Gen. 32, 21. Ex. 14, 19; and so of 
 the encampment of the Israelites in the 
 desert Ex. 32, 19. 26. Lev. 14, 18. Num. 
 4. 5. 15. 5, 2. 10, 34. 11, 9. 30. 31. al. sajp. 
 Hence 
 
 2. an army, host; i'X'iia^ nrnig Ex. 
 14, 19. Josh. 6, 18. 1 Sam.'2S, 19"; l""-?^ 'a 
 Judg. 7. 15 ; D-^naibs ':q 1 Sam. iV. 46. 
 28, 5 ; DTibx 'a God''s host, of angels 
 Gen. 32, 3 (elsewhere n"?'i"n x^s) ; 
 perh. also 1 Chr. 12, 22, comp. Dan. 7, 
 10; elsewhere of the Israelites 2 Chr. 
 14, 12; and poet, of locusts as sent of 
 God Joel 2, 11. So of any troop, com- 
 pany, band, Gen. 33, 8. 50, 9. 
 
 Plur. with a threefold form: a) a"'5r:T3 
 camps, Num. 13, 19. But c. suff. r^-sn'a, 
 Cfi^jn^, are in the sing, see above, 
 b) PTsno m. whence '"O ':'IJ two camps 
 or bands Gen. 32. 8. 11. Num. 2, 17. 32. 
 1 Sam. 17, 4. Ez. 4. 2. Zech. 14, 15 ; 
 but nin") risni? the camps i. e. courts of 
 Jehovah, where the priests aa it were 
 encamped, 2 Chr. 31, 2. c) n-'in^ , as 
 from a sing. "'Sn'O ; comp. C'^n'Sia in iin^ 
 Pual. Cant. 7, 1 n^snan the lieavenly 
 hosts, as in Gen. 32, 3, i. e. angels 
 (n'iit2s),to whom the poet here ascribes 
 dances, as elsewhere song, Job 38, 7 ; 
 comp. the pr. n. Cini? , which some very 
 ineptly apply in Cant. 1. c. 
 
 47* 
 
 T7"^.rr|^ (camp of Dan) Mahaneh- 
 Dan, pr. n. of a place near Kirjath-jea- 
 riin in the tribe of Judah, Judg. 18, 12. 
 
 W^IV^O, (camps, see nsnr Plur. letLc, 
 according to Gen. 32, 3 ' camps or hosUf 
 of angels.') Mahanaim, pr. n. of a town 
 beyond Jordan on the confines of the 
 tribes of Gad and Maiiassch, afterwards 
 assigned to the Levites, Josh. 13, 26. 30. 
 
 21, 38. 2 Sam. 2, 8. 12. 29. 17, 24. 27. 
 1 K. 2. 8. 4, 14. [In the same region 
 arc still the ruins of a place called aLLtf 
 Mahmh; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. 
 p. 166. R. 
 
 pfH^ m. (j.^yn) a strangling, -piiTiiW. 
 
 rvQ . Job 7, 15. 
 
 "9^"'? Ps. 46, 2, elsewhere "Cri'a m, 
 (r. non) constr. non??, c. suflf. "^cnia Ps. 
 62, 8 and ^pri-3 71, 7 ; a refuge, slieller ; 
 Is. 25, 4 C7_?"a nonis a refuge from the 
 storm. Job 24, 8. Ps. 104. 18. Is. 4,6. 28, 
 15. 17. Often of God, in various con- 
 structions, Prov. 14, 26. Joel 4, 16. Ps. 
 46, 2. 71,7. 73,28. 91,9. 142, 6. 
 
 D'^CHTS m. (r. COn) a muzzle, fasten- 
 ing for the mouth. Ps. 39, 2. 
 nicrna and "ICTO m. R.itsn. 
 
 1. want, deficiency, sc. of any particu- 
 lar thing; "iS'H'bs I'ion'a "px there is no 
 want of any thing Judg. 18, 10. 19, 19. 
 20; comp. Deut. 15. 8. 
 
 2. want, need, poverty. Prov. 6, 11. 11, 
 24. 14,23. 21,5.17i"iDn^ d''^ a poor man. 
 
 22, 16. Plur. Prov. 24, 34, comp. 6, 11. 
 
 ^^?r''^ (his refuge is Jehovah, r. 
 non) Mahseiah, pr. n. m. Jer. 32, 12. 
 5l', 59. 
 
 Y^'^ ^^^- y^^.i 1- ^0 smite through 
 and through sc. with a shock, to da,9h 
 in pieces, to cnush, e. g. the head of 
 any one Ps. 68. 22. 110, 6. Hab. 3, 13; 
 the loins Deut. 33. 1 1 ; the temples Judg. 
 5, 26 ; enemies Ps. 18. 39. 2 Sam. 22, 39; 
 absol. Deut. 32. 39. Job 5, 18. Trop. Job 
 26. 12 by his wisdom he smiteth through 
 (rr>t.<iheth) the prid^ sc. of the sea, i. e. 
 restrains its proud waves. Arab, ija.^ 
 to smite the earth with the foot, to stamp. 
 2. to shake, i. e. to more to and fro, to 
 stir, as the foot in blood dipping it in 
 blood. Ps. 63, 24 ="i3 M^sn yn^v\ ',7^^^ . 
 So prob. Num. 24. 8 (Israel as victor) 
 
1/ * l/iJ 
 
 558 
 
 isrrj 
 
 doth eat up the nations hh enemies, he 
 doth craunch their hones, YV''^'^- "''^'?1'? 
 (cna) and shake (stir, dip) his arrows 
 in their blood ; comp. Ps. I. c. Some 
 ancient interpreters take I'^sn as in- 
 strument: and with his arrows he doth 
 crush sc. his enemies ; Sept. xttl jidc 
 Soklaiv txiiTov TtujmoifVfJii f/xf^fjov. Vulg. 
 et perforabiint sagittis. Others : his 
 (the enemy's) weapons doth Israel crush. 
 Arab. ijcJ^ to shake, to agitate, e. g. 
 a bucket in the water, milk in a skin for 
 butter; see Schultens de Defect. Ling. 
 Heb. p. 75. Origg. Hcb. I. p. ] 00. ad Job 
 I. 153, 722. Hence 
 
 Y'H'C rn. a contusion, wound, Is. 30. 26. 
 
 Sari's m. (r. 3Sn) a /ie7CT'??g-of stones, 
 perh. a quarry ; -^n^ "^i::;:* hewn stones, 
 quarried stones, 2 K.' 12, 13. 22, 6. 2 Chr. 
 34, 11. 
 
 rrirvq f. (r. nan) the half. Num. 31, 
 36. 43. " 
 
 rr^ina f (r. nsn) l. the half, Ex. 
 30, 13. Num. 31, 30.' 42, 47. al. 
 
 2. the middle, sc. of a day, Neh. 8, 3. 
 
 pij :2 to smite through, to crush, 
 once Judg. 5, 26. Arab. f?j <? delevit, 
 Conj. II, perdidit. Kindred are StH^, 
 
 l^n'J2 m. (r. "ij^n) ' what is known by 
 searching,' the inmost depth, the recesses, 
 i, q. -frn no. 2, Ps. 95, 4. 
 
 *'2'^ obsol. root, i. q. 1373 to buy, to 
 sell; see in "in53 II. Hence iTiia price. 
 
 'IH''? subst. and adv. 1. to-morrow, 
 the morrow, Syr. ^-L^ , Samar. id. Judg. 
 20. 28. 1 Sam. 20, 5. Is. 22, 13. al. tji"! 
 inT2 id. Is. 56, 12. Prov. 27, 1. in^b 
 for the morrow Num. 11, 18. Esth. 5, 
 12; also to-worrow Ex. 8. 6. 19, comp. 
 iquv^iov. in'O r'S's to-morrow: atnmt this 
 time, see in T"S no. 1. c ; more fully in^ 
 rs-tn rs3 Josh. 11,6. r"id-l:\rn -inc rrs 
 aboid this time to-morrow or the third 
 dmj. 1 Sam. 20. 12, as Vulg. Chald. well; 
 others here join together n-^aibcn irjT3, 
 as \[' crastinum tertium, the day after to- 
 morrow, hut less well ; so Syr. 
 
 2. in time to come, hereafter, Ex. 13, 
 14. Josh. 4, 6. 21. ".n^a Ci-^s id. Gen. 
 ;30, 33. Comp. n^no . 
 
 Note. This word seems not to come 
 from r. in^a, but is rather connected 
 closely with r. inK. Not nideed for 
 "inxia as if from Pi. "iHNTa ; but it comes 
 more prob. from "ins cii, and nmt: 
 from ninx ci"', contr. -ini3 . r'in?3;^ks 
 in Targ. Jonath. often NTn-cii, .-n'si"' 
 see Buxtorf Lex. Chald. p. 941. In the 
 "O therelbre we have a vestige of ai">. 
 See more in Thesaur. p. 784. 
 
 ^ij'^ri^ f (r. xnn) cloaca, a sirik, 
 prvmj, 2 K. 10, 27 cVeth. 
 
 Ts-dyra and t^-^yra f. (r. irin) t 
 
 Sam. 13, 20, two agricultural cutting 
 instruments, one of which perhaps is the 
 ploughshare, and the other the coulter. 
 The plur. of both is m'cnpns v. 21. For 
 the form of oriental ploughs, see Paulsen 
 Ackerbau d. Morgenlander p. 52. Nie- 
 buhr's Dcscr. of Arabia p. 155 Germ. 
 On the Egyptian plough, see Descr. de 
 I'Egypte I. Plates 70, 71. 
 
 '^y^ f (see inTD note) constr. T'lna, 
 c. suff. nn~n^, the morrow, to-morrow, 
 once with W\-^, viz. nnnan ci'^ the day 
 of the m,orrow, to-morrow, Num. 11, 32. 
 Elsewhere riinrb (comp. "inisb) Jon. 4, 
 7, tnnnrb I'Sam. 30, 17 (the suff. is 
 pleon.) and more freq. nina^:, on the 
 morrow, the next day, Gen. 19. 34. Ex. 
 9, 6. Num. 17. 6. 23. Josh. 5, 12. Judg. 
 6, 38. al. rinrr'ii' even unto the mor- 
 row Lev. 23, 16. With genit. ni'n nina 
 the morrow of that day, the day after, 
 
 1 Chr. 29, 21. Lev. 23, 11. 15. 16 rinsB 
 r^aii'rt the day after the sabbath. Num. 
 33', '3. 1 Sam. 26, 27. 
 
 ClTUrfO rn. (r. Cl^^n) a peeling, decorti- 
 cation, adverbially Gen. 30, 37. 
 
 nairriiQ and f^^cn^ f ex. 35, 33. 
 
 2 Chr. 2, 13; constr. nrcn;?, c. sufF. 
 inarn?: ; pUir. m-'rn?5 , constr. r,irwn:g. 
 R. arn. 
 
 1. work of art or skill, see the root no. 
 1. Ex. 31, 4. 35, 32. 33. 35. 2 Chr. 26, 15. 
 
 2. counsel, purpose, plan, what one 
 meditates or has devised, 2 Sam. 14, 14. 
 Job 5, 12. Ps. 33, 10. 11. Prov. 15, 22. al. 
 So of God's counsels, Ps. 40, 6. 92. 6. Jer. 
 29, 11. Mic. 4. 12. Gen. 6, 5 every ima- 
 gination 'sb niairn'a of the purjmses of 
 his Iwart. wiiich his heart has medi- 
 tated; comp. 1 Ciir.28,9. 29, 18. Spec. 
 
Tonia 
 
 659 
 
 nts^a 
 
 oC wicked counsels, devices, machinations, 
 as -(-X 'a Prov. 6, 18. Is. 59, 7. Jer. 4, 14 ; 
 n?n' 'o Ez. 38. 10. Esth. 9, 25; siinpl. 
 Esth. 8, 3. 5. For the phrase ' a:n 
 see in Sicn no. 3. c. 
 
 ?JOnia in. (r. "Hrn) darkness Is. 29, 15. 
 Pb. 88, 19 T^xl^ "^T^ my acquaintances 
 are in darkneits, i. e. are lost from my 
 sight. Plur. O^XttJnia darknesses, i. e. 
 dark places. Ps. 88. 7. 74, 20 y^iK. "'SCnia 
 </te dark places of the earth. Spec, of 
 Slieol, Ps. 143, 3. Lara. 3, 6. 
 
 Mntt (apoc. for onno taking, grasp- 
 ing, r. nnn) Mahath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 
 20. 2 Cl'r.'29. 12. 31, 13. See'irirTix. 
 
 nnnia f. (r. nnn) plur. ninna 1. a 
 fire-pan. fire-shovel, censer, in which 
 coals were taken up and incense kindled, 
 Lev. 16, 12. Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. Num. 16, 
 6. sq. 1 K. 7, 50. al. 
 
 2. Plur. snuff-dishes, trays. Ex. 25, 38. 
 37, 23; Sept. iinod^iftma. Vulg. rasa, 
 uhi quce emuncta stmt, e.Tsting~uantur. 
 This accords with the context, which 
 treats of the lamps. 
 
 nrinT3 f. (r. r>nn) pr. a breaking in 
 pieces; hence 
 
 1. destruction, ruin, Prov. 10. 14. 13, 
 3. 18, 7. Ps. 89, 41. 
 
 2. consternation, terror, Prov. 10, 15. 
 29. 21, 15. Is. 54, 14. Jer. 17, 17; comp. 
 48, 39. 
 
 f^'^D^''? f. (r. "1!^'^) a breaking in, sc. 
 of a tiiief by night, Ex. 22, 1. Jer. 2, 34. 
 
 tM m. (for ni|)T3, r. na; ; as bra for 
 HbsB) inclination, depression, a Into 
 place ; only with He local naa , which 
 see below. 
 
 t3'Q see uia. 
 
 * 55t:-J Chald. Dan. 4, 25. H^Q 7, 
 J 3. 22; comp. Heb. ssa. in which how- 
 ever tiie usus loquendi differs. Freq. in 
 the Targg. 
 
 1. to come to any place or person, c. h 
 Dan. 6. 24. 25 ; 1? 7, 13. 
 
 2. to reach to, c. ^ Dan. 4, 8. 17. 19. 
 
 3. to come, to come on, as time Dan. 
 7, 22 ; with bs to come upon any one, to 
 happen to him, Dan. 4, 21. 25. 
 
 StJS^tST? m. a broom, besom. Is. 14, 23 ; 
 see stax'J under art. O'^a p. 365. 
 
 nang m. (r. ns-j) slaughter, Is. 14,21. 
 
 ntaia m. but f. Mic. 6, 9, prob. Hab. 
 3, 9; constr. naa, c. suff. inaa, r,iji3; 
 plur. niaa Num. 1, 16. JoHh. 14, 1. 2; 
 once c. suff. raa Hab. 3, 14. R. naj. 
 
 1. a branch, bough, shoot. Ex. 19, 11 
 sq. So called from its stretching or ex- 
 tending itself; comp. n^"':^! from Cw3. 
 
 2. a rod, staff, for walking supporting 
 oneself, Gen. 38. 35 (comp. Hdot. 1. 195). 
 Ex. 4, 2. 4. 17. 7, 15 sq. Num. 17, 21 sq. 
 1 Sam. 14, 43 ; with which grain is 
 beaten out Is. 28, 27 ; espec. for chas- 
 tisement. Is. 10, 5. 15. 24. 9, 3 iasir naa 
 the rod of his back, with whicli he is 
 beaten. 14. 5. 30, 32. Ez. 7. 11 oann 
 r'i'") naas z^ the violence (of the ene- 
 my) is risen up for a rod of wickedness, 
 i. e. to chastise it. v. 10 na-sn 7a the 
 rod hath blossomed, sc. for your cha.stise- 
 ment. Hab. 3, 9 lax riaa nrsd sworn 
 are the rods of his word. i. e. the prom- 
 ised chastisements, he hath sworn the 
 overthrow of his enemies ; but more in 
 accordance with the parallelism the Syr. 
 reads ri>a'>y i. e. sated are the sj)earg 
 sc. with blood, a song ! Mic. 6. 9 l"a'3 
 naa hear ye the rod, the chastisement, 
 punishment. Trop. cnb naa inr to 
 break the staff of bread, i. e. to cause a 
 dearth of bread, which the Hebrews call 
 also 'the strengthener of the heart' 
 (see in l?o). pr. therefore i. q. to break 
 the staff of life, which bread is. Lev. 26, 
 26. Ps. 105, 16. Ez. 4, 16. 5. 16. 14, 13. 
 Spec, for a) a sceptre of a king Ps. 
 110,2; hence as an emblem o? power, 
 empire. Jer. 48. 17. b) a spear, lance, 
 1 Sam. 14. 27. Hab. 3, 14. 
 
 3. a tribe of Israel, (pr. a branch, no. 
 1.) i. q. aTr. Num. 34, 11. 15. 36. 3. 4. 
 "lb raa Num. 1, 49; rrrrv] 'a Num. 
 13, 2 sq. Josh. 20, 8 sq.' 21, 4; also 
 V"ad "'la ^m^- *(*J ''i?^ 'a, Num. 34 
 20. 22. 24 sq. Jo.sh. 13^ 29. 18. 11. aL 
 riaan iqx-i the heads of the tribes 
 1 K. 8. 1 ; riaan rias "'CS"^ the heads 
 of the fathers (families) of the tribes, 
 Josh. 14, 1. 21, 1. 
 
 HE'a (Mil^l) adv. from aa q. v. v/ith 
 n loc. doicn, downwards, beneath. Deut. 
 28. 43. Prov. 15. 24. 0pp. nbra up- 
 wards, above. With Prefixes : 
 
 a) naab ) down, downward, Deut. 
 
iX:-2 
 
 560 
 
 ^t2^ 
 
 28, 13. Ez. 1, 27. 8, 2. Ecc. 3, 21. /?) 
 below, beneath, 2 K. 19, 30. Jer. 31, 37. 
 1 Chr. 27, 23 twenty years old naiibs 
 and under. With ',a Ezra 9. 13 ni:rb 
 JiJDiyo below our guilt, less than our sins 
 deserve. 
 
 b) t^:^^i''a from below, underneath, 
 (opp. nhvqb'Q from above, above.) Ex. 
 26, 24. 27^ 5.' 28, 27. 36, 29. 38, 4. 39, 
 20! 
 
 ntS'p f. (r. nu3) constr. ra^a, plur. 
 m'lS^a ; comp. Gr. xUvr] from ;<AiVa). 
 
 l.'a bed. genr. Gen. 47, 31. 48, 2. 49, 
 33. Ex. 7, 28. al. So for reclining at 
 table, Esth. 1, 6. Ez. 23, 41 ; for ease 
 and quiet, a couch, divan, Am. 3. 12. 
 6, 4. 1 Sam. 28, 23. Esth. 1, 6. 7. 8. 
 Prov. 26, 14. 
 
 2. a litter, palanquin, Cant. 3, 7. 
 
 3. a bier, for dead bodies, 2 Sam. 
 3, 31. 
 
 n^lZ m. (pr. part. Hoph. r. naa) 1. a 
 spreading out, expansion, plur. niiiTS Is. 
 8, 8. 
 
 2. a stretching, bending, wresting of 
 right, i. e. wrong, iniquity, sing. Ez. 9, 9. 
 
 ntsb see n::i73 . 
 
 T T 
 
 n^t3^ m. (r. M'ti) a spinning, i. e. 
 //itw"- .s;ji6n, Ex. 35, 25. 
 
 b'^'p'a rn. a hammered bar, as of iron, 
 once Job 40, 18. R. ^^1= . 
 
 * ^t3';2 <o draw out, to make long, 
 kindr. with br:: ; hence to forge, to ham- 
 mer so. iron. Arab. part. JJavo ham- 
 mered iron. 
 
 'ji'C'J'a m. (r. I^-J) plur. D^iTa-u:^, 
 constr. '3'3'J^ Is. 45, 3. 
 
 J. Place where any thing is hidden 
 under ground, espec. a subterranean cell, 
 storehouse for grain. Jer. 41, 8. Such 
 subterranean storehouses for grain are 
 still common in Palestine ; see Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. II. p. 354, 385. 
 
 2. hidden stores, hid treasure, so. un- 
 der ground. Prov. 2, 4. Job 3, 21. Is. 45, 
 3. So genr. treasure. Gen. 43, 23. 
 
 y^ia m. (r. yaj) constr. sai? ; plur. 
 constr. "^sriso Mic. 1, 6 ; a planting, plan- 
 tation, Ez' 17, 7. 34, 29. Is. 61, 3. 60, 21 
 Keri: "'":: ">S5 the branch of my plant- 
 ing, planted by me. 
 
 D^72?tl^ m. plur. (r. C?-J) Gen. 27, 
 
 4, and nilQ?t3^ f. plur. Prov. 23, 3. 6, 
 
 dainties, savoury dishts. A. Schultens 
 
 ad Prov. 1. c. remarks that the Arab. 
 
 s " " 
 
 *.*jax is used espec. of dishes from the 
 
 flesh of animals taken in hunting, which 
 the nomades esteem a great delicacy. 
 This accords well with Gen. 1. c. Comp. 
 his Epist. 2 ad Menk. p. 78. 
 
 mSLl'a f (r. nS'J) Ruth 3, 15, plur 
 ninsi:^ Is. 3, 22, a wide upper garment 
 of a woman, a mantle, cloak. See 
 Schroeder de Vestitu mulier. Heb. c. 16. 
 
 ^-^ in Kal not used, to rain, as 
 Chald. Syr. Arab. -^. 
 
 HiPH. to rain, i. e. to give or send rain, 
 so God, Gen. 2, 5. 7, 4. Am. 4, 7 ; the 
 clouds Is. 5, 6 (here more fully -I'^ti^n 
 "iw?:) ; with ^? upon any thing, Am. Is. 
 
 I. c. Trop. of other things which God 
 sends down from heaven in the manner 
 of rain ; as hail Ex. 9, 18. 23 ; lightning 
 Ps. 1 1, 6 ; fire and brimstone Gen. ] 9. 24. 
 Ez. 38, 22 ; manna Ex. 16, 4. Ps. 78, 24. 
 Constr. with ace. of the thing rained 
 down, and bs upon any thing, see the 
 passages cited above. Once with 3 of 
 the thing rained down, Job 20, 23 ; see 
 in n^inb. 
 
 NiPH. to be rained upon, Am. 4, 7. 
 Deriv. pr. n. *^"ii?'3 and 
 
 T^'a m. constr. "^'^."O, plur. constr. 
 ni-i^' Job 37. 6 ; rain, Ex. 9. 33. Deut. 
 
 II, 17. al. V? "nija "jrj to give or send 
 rain upon any one, so of God 1 Sam. 12, 
 17. 18. 1 K. 8, 36. 2 Chr. 6, 27. al. Also 
 rj:j"ix "^"Q the rain of thy land. i. e. ne- 
 cessary for watering the ground. Deut. 
 28, 12. 24. 11, 14; and so r^vy, "'^^ Is. 
 30, 23. . To the rain is compared pleas- 
 ing and flowing discourse Deut. 32, 2 
 comp. Job 29, 23 ; also gentle and be- 
 neficent rule Ps. 72, 6. 
 
 "rntp'O (propelling, r. '^yS) Hatred, pr. 
 n. f. Gen. 36, 39. 
 
 rVjl^'a n also ^y^^ Lam. 3, 12. R, 
 
 1, place of guard, i. e. a prison, jail, 
 Neh. 3, 25. 12, 39. Jer. 32, 2. 8. 33, I. al. 
 
 2. scope, aim. hence mark to shoot at 
 
^t3^ 
 
 561 
 
 '^jj 
 
 (see the root no. 3 ; like Gr. trxonot from 
 axinrofiiu.) 1 Sura. 20, 20. Job 16, 12. 
 Lam. 3. 12. 
 
 >"\t:"a (for n-iats, ruin of Jehovah) 
 pr. n. m. Matri, 1 Sam. 10, 21. 
 
 ^ for K^T? (r. xitJ where see) a sing, 
 not ia use, water. The only vestige of 
 it is in the pr. n. ''cwx (brother of wa- 
 ter), Eth. ^, Zab. Ja Norb. Lex. ed. 
 119. Hence 
 
 Plur. D^^ID, constr. "'S and rarely 
 *'tt''T3 . (comp. on such reduplicated forms 
 Ewnld's Krit. Gram. p. 508. n.) c. suff. 
 'TS'ns. :^''r'tj. i-'"!:"'^, cn''ia''T3, witli n 
 local M^";'2n Ex. 7, 15. 8, 16; waters^ 
 water, comp. ChaUl. t<l?, Syr. ].i^, 
 ^^fVi. Sometimes the absol. a"^^ is 
 found where we should expect the con- 
 stnict, as ynh ni^? 1 K. 22, 27. Is. 30. 
 20 ; al.so D73"?3 c">T3 waters to the knees 
 Ez. 47, 4. conip. D7?ni3 "'^ waters to tlie 
 loiiis, which immediately follows ; see 
 Heb. Gr. 1 14. n. /?. Joined with plur. 
 adjectives : d''*H n''a living water Gen. 
 26. 19. Lev. 14, 5. 50. B-'Onp C^"? con- 
 secrated water Num. 5, 17. C'ST O^a 
 Ps. 18, 17. With verbs plural. Gen. 7, 
 19. 8. 5. Ez. 47, 1. So also with verbs 
 Bing. not only where the verb precedes, 
 Gen. 9, 15. Num. 20, 2. 24, 7. 33, 14. 2 
 K. 3, 9 ; but sometimes where it fol- 
 lows, Num. 19. 13. 20. Coupled also 
 with a sutf. sing. fem. Job 14, 19 ; see 
 Heb. Gr. 143. 3. Spoken of the waters 
 of the ocean Ps. 18, 6, comp. 2 Sam. 22, 
 16 ; of the waters above the firmament 
 Gen. 1, 7. Ps. 29, 3. 104. 3. 14S, 4 ; of 
 water held in the clouds Job 26, 8. Ps. 
 18. 12 ; of rain Job 5. 10, etc. Joined 
 with the name of a place, it denotes wa- 
 ters situated near that place, a fountain, 
 stream, torrent, lake, marsh, etc. So 
 "i^S^ iO Judg. 5, 19, either the river Ki- 
 shon or a stream flowing into it ; so of 
 fountains, n-^nis: ^-q Jer. 48, 34, na-'-iTj-'a, 
 nine:-"'!? . daa ys ^q Josh. 15. 7; of a 
 brook, ini-i-i -"c Josh. 16. 1. (i^'^'i "'O Is. 
 15, 9. Di-iT? 'q (q. v.) of a lake or 
 marsh ; comp. n^^sp "'^''^5 the waters 
 of Egypt Ex. 7, 19. 8. 2. i^S^'i;-: ^T?"':3-b3 
 2 K. 5. 12. nb "^q the waters of NoaJi, 
 the deluge. Is. 54, 9. 
 
 Trop. a) C"K"i ^^ water of poppies, 
 
 i. 0. the juice, Jer. 8, 14. b) B-^^an 'C'^ 
 water (if the feet Is. 36, 12 Kcri, by eu- 
 phemism for urine, like Syr. \L^9 Zict 
 
 Talmud. B"'bsn roio; Pers. ^,y\ \^, 
 Engl, to make water, c) the water of 
 a man is put for the semen virile, i. q. 
 T>1 ; comp, Arab. jLo id. Kor, 86. 5. 
 Pers. c>-*o Ljf aqua dorsi. Is. 48, 1 
 Tf^ hace come forth from the waters of 
 Jndah, are his offspring. Num. 24, 7. Ps. 
 68, 27. But not improb. for the word 
 'Sia should here be read '?ti?3, comp. 
 Gen. 15,4. 2 Sam. 7, 12. 16, 11. 
 
 In poetry, water is an emblem : ) Of 
 multitude, abundance, Ps. 79, 3. 88,18. Is. 
 11. 9. Hab. 2, 14. /5) Of great and over- 
 whelming dangers, Ps. 18, 17 he drew 
 m^. out of many waters. 32, 6. 69, 2. 3. 
 16. Job 27, 20. Comp. also many exam- 
 ples from the Arabian and Greek poets, 
 in Dissertatt. Ludg. p. 960 sq. y) Of 
 terror, Jesh. 7, 5 the heart of the people 
 malted C^^b Ti"'^ and became as water. 
 
 8. .- 
 Comp. Arab. sUo water-hearted, timo- 
 rous. 0pp. is a heart like stone, Job 41, 
 16. 8) Of weakness, debility, Ps. 22. 15 
 I am poured out like water. ?) Of lust, 
 as likened to boiling water. Gen. 49, 4, 
 
 Further, as found in proper names: 
 
 aa) ZTX\ iTD (water i. e. lustre of gold, 
 couip. Arab. sLe) pr. n. m. Me-zahab, 
 Gen. 36, 39. 
 
 bb) "V"!!?H '''q (waters of yellowness) 
 Me-jarkon. a town of the Danites, prob. 
 so called from a fountain or stream in the 
 vicinity. Josh. 19, 46. 
 
 cc) ri'^riB:""'^ Waters of Nephtoah 
 (opening), a fountain in the tribe of Ju- 
 dah, south-west of Jerusalem. Josh. 15. 9, 
 18, 15. See Bibl. Res. in Pal. II. p. 334, 
 
 In other pr. names, "^q with its gen. 
 coalesces into one word, as X^t^o q. v. 
 
 a primitive personal pronoun. 
 1. Interrog. T<Vy who? pr. of persons, 
 as na of things. For the correlatives 
 Ti. x-'n, ITT, '3, see in "'B A. In the kin- 
 dred languages the Eth. alone has (f\ 
 mi. but in the sense of what? spoken of 
 
 things; Aram, 'q, '{q. r^^ Arab. ^jjo. 
 Gen. 24, 65 nrbn tIJ-'sn "^q who is this 
 man? Ruth 3, 9 nx ''a who art thou? 
 
'''n 
 
 562 
 
 T12 
 
 Cant. 6, 10. Also where the question 
 
 respects several, (Arab. ^yJuo.) Gen. 
 33, 5 nVx ""B who are these 7 Is. 60, 8 ; 
 here too for the sake of explicitness we 
 find '^'C) "^-q , Ex. 10, 8 c-^wbnn ''ri 'O who 
 are the going? who shall go? comp. Eth. 
 C^f-, (D<^f-, A"?^<'^5 quinam vos? 
 Lud. Lex. p. SO. More rarely it refers 
 to things, but so that the idea of person 
 or persons is included. Gen. 33. 8 r^P "^o 
 n-rn npri^n-^^ who to thee (what to thee) 
 are all these bands? Judg. 9, 28 Crui ''B 
 ssnar? 'S who (what) are the Shechem- 
 ites, that we should serve them? 13, 17 
 riro-'p. iSam. 18, lS-'5n''72n'i:5X"'a. 
 Mic". 1. 5 nn^n'^ mr2 -"r^ . . . ap?^ suis 't? , 
 i. e. who is (//t author of) the transgres- 
 sion of Jacob . . . who (the authors of) the 
 high places ofJudah? 
 
 Specially to be noted are the follow- 
 ing uses : a) Put in the gen. as "^B na 
 the daughter of whom ? whose daugh- 
 ter? Gen. 24. 23. 47. 1 Sam. 12, 3. 17, 
 55. Jer. 44, 28. With prefixes marking 
 the other cases : "''cb cui ? to whom 7 
 Gen. 32, 18. 38, 25 ; for plur. Ex. 32, 24 ; 
 on account of whom ? Jon. 1, 3. "''STN 
 whom? 1 Sam. 12, 3. 28. 11 ; "^JSTa Ez'. 
 32, 19 ; ''^sa 1 K. 20, 14 ; 'C'hv_ , etc. b) 
 For the Lat. quis eorum? Engl, toho of 
 or among them? is put cna "^ja Is. 48, 
 14; or 173, Judg. 21,8 '^Bai:ST3 nnx ^a 
 ^xnia*^ what one among the tribes of Is- 
 rael ? c) Put also in an indirect interro- 
 gation, after a verb of knowing, Gen. 
 43, 22. Ps. 39, 7 ; of seeing 1 Sam. 14, 
 17 ; of pointing out, 1 K. 1, 20. d) As 
 made intensive, in the phrases fit "i^, 
 t<!in io . nt xin "its , see sin , nt , e) Often 
 where the question implies a negative 
 answer, so that the interrogative form 
 assumes almost a negative power. Num. 
 23, 10 r"!^^ ^E? ^''9 '''? '"^/io can count 
 the dust (f the earth? i. e. no one. Is. 
 53. 1 V^'l^n "^"9 who hath believed? i.e. 
 no one, few. 51. 19. A ho witli fut. Job 
 9, 12 "iTSX"' ''0 who will say? who would 
 say? (comp. tV uv with Opt.) for. no one 
 ttill say. Prov. 20, 9. Ecc. 8, 4. 2 Sam. 
 16, 10. Witli part, in the formula 5-ii'' iT3 
 who knoweth? for no one knoweth. Pe. 
 90, 11. Ere. 2, 19. (opp. V^ xb ^o Job 
 12, 9,) in the sense of the Lat. nescio an. 
 i. e. perhaps, see ""ij no. 5. aa. ; also un- 
 
 expectedly, suddenly, see ibid. no. 1. a. 
 Put also with a following noun by way 
 of disparagement and contempt; Judg. 
 9, 28 T|b'!2-i3X "la who is Abimelech. thai 
 we should serve him? Ex. 3, 11 ''=3X "^"O 
 rijJ-^B-bx ~bx "13 who am /, that I should 
 go unto Pharaoh ? for, I am not the 
 proper man to go to him. f ) With fut. 
 it often expresses wish, longing. 2 Sam. 
 15, 4 CEia "'iiyc': "^n who will make me 
 judge ? i. e. Oh that I were made judge ! 
 Is. 27, 4 '^?.?F}'? ''O who will give to me ? 
 i. e. Oh that'i might have ! Judg. 9, 29. 
 Ps. 53, 7. 55, 7. Job 29, 2. Hence '^'rri ^-Q 
 is a usual formula in wishing, see inj 
 no. 1. i. 
 
 2. Indefinite, whoever, any one who, 
 Ex, 24, 14 cn-'bs 11557 c-^-in^ bsa "^a 
 whoever has a suit, let him come to them. 
 Judg. 7, 3 aitJ^ Tini S"^7 "la whoever is 
 timid and fearful, let him return. Prov. 
 9, 4. Ecc. 5, 9. Is. 54, 15. In Gr. and 
 Lat. this may properly be rendered by 
 H rig, si quis, Eng. if any one. 2 Sam. 
 18, 12 "issn "'a iiad take care of the 
 young man everyone of you. With "ii^S, 
 Ex. 32, 33 xun -itis "^a whosoever hath 
 sinned.. 2 Sam. 20, 11. Comp. Syriac 
 
 y 
 
 Note. Sometimes *^a is said to be 
 put as an adv. for how ? in what way ? 
 like na B. 3. But in all the examples 
 given, it is better to retain the common 
 signification ; Am. 7, 2. 5 aps^ n^ip^ -^a 
 pr. who shall Jacob stand, concisely for, 
 Who is Jacob, that he should stand ? sc. 
 under these calamities. Comp. the for- 
 mulas above in no. 1. e. Is. 51, 19 "^a 
 Tjanrst for the fuller -an:x -^3 "^rbx "'a. 
 
 Proper names beginning with "'a , as 
 bN="^a, !i2"^a, n^3"^a, etc. see below in 
 their places. 
 
 Sn'l"''a (waters of quiet, r. X=n) Me- 
 deba, pr. n. of a city of the Rcubenites, 
 situated on a plain of the same name, 
 Num. 21. 30. Josh. 13, 9. 16. 1 Chr. 19, 
 7. It was afterwards reckoned to Moab, 
 Is. 15, 2. Gr. Mr,8u(i-'t, ]\l,,duth, IMr,- 
 8ava, see 1 Mace. 9, 36. Jos. Ant. 13. 1. 
 4. 9. ib. 1. Euseb..h. v. Reland Pa- 
 Ispstina p. 893. At the present day 
 ruins, called MAdeba, are found in that 
 region; Burckhardt's Trav. in Syria, 
 etc. p. 365 sq. 
 
T'2 
 
 663 
 
 uj-a 
 
 TJ"*? (love, r. "Ti^) pr. n. m. Medad, 
 Num. 11,26. 27. 
 
 D'^n'^T? see in n"?. 
 
 aU''T3 m. (r. sa*;) (he good, and with 
 genit. the best of any tliiii}?. the best part. 
 
 1 Sam. 15, 9. 15 "(Xan r-j-'ia the best of 
 the flocks. Ex. 22, 4 aa-^wi inna atrtj 
 hsiS ;^ 6es^ o/" Aw own field, and the 
 beat of his own vineyard. Gen. 47, 6 
 ynxn sa-^aa m the best part of the land. 
 V. 11. Sept. ^v T>) ^skiiffTij yfi, Vulg. in 
 Optimo loco. 
 
 S?"^^ see n^a-ia lett. b. 
 
 bKS-'tt (who like God?) Michael pr. 
 n. m. a) One of the seven archangels, 
 the advocate of Israel with God. Dan. 
 10, 13. 21. 12. 1. Gr. jinxat',k Rev. 12, 7. 
 h) 1 Chr. 27, IS. c) 2 Chr. 21, 2. d) 
 Others, Num. 13, 13. 1 Chr. 5, 13. 14. 6, 
 
 25. 7, 3. 8, 16. 12, 20. Ezra 8, 8. 
 
 nSTQ (for in^r^^ . who like Jehovali ?) 
 Micah. Sept. .\fix<dui, pr. n. m. a) The 
 sixth among the twelve minor prophets, 
 Burnamed Tiir^isn q. v. Mic. 1, 1. Jer. 
 
 26, 18 Kcri, where Cheth. has n^D'':Q . 
 b) 2 Chr. 34, 20, for which in 2 K. 22, 
 12n';3-i3. c) and d) see ^n^s-^a a, b. 
 e) and f) see in'^D'^a a, b. 
 
 ^TO'^12 see in lii?3'''? lett. b. 
 
 n^D^p (who like Jehovah?) Micaiah. 
 pr. n. m. a) See ns-'ia a, b. b) Neh. 
 12, 35, i. q. i<3^a 11, 17. 22. c) Neh. 
 12, 41. 
 
 Itl^S'^'a (id.) Micaiah^ pr. n. a) 
 A commander under Jehoshaphat. 2 
 Chron. 17, 7. b) The wife of Reho- 
 boam. daughter of Uriel, 2 Chr. 13. 2 ; 
 but comp. 2 Chr. 11, 21. 22. 1 K. 15, 2, 
 where the same wife of Rehoboam and 
 mother of Abijah is called Maachah, 
 nssa, the daughter of Absalom. 
 
 '^TVl'y^'a (id.) Micaiah, pr. n. a) A 
 Ijevite who set up idol-worship in the 
 tribe of Dan, Judg. 17, 1. 4. Also more 
 shortly called ris^a , v. 5. 8. 9. 10. al. b) 
 A prophet in the age of Jehoshaphat 
 and Ahab. the son of Imlah. 1 K. 22, 8. 
 
 2 Chr. 18^ T] called also na-^ v. 24, 
 and sins'^a v. 8 Cheth. c) Jer. 36, 
 11.13. 
 
 I. bD'n? m. (r. V)?^) a brook; 2 Sam. 
 17, 20 n^an bz-^-q the brmk of tpoter, 
 rivulet. Sept. nixf^ov lov idatof. 
 
 II. bsra (contr. for bx3ia, q. v.) 
 Michal, pr. n. of the daugliter of Saul, 
 the wife of David, 1 Sam. 14, 49. 19, 1 1 
 sq. 2 Sam. 6, 16 sq. 
 
 D?''? constr. "'a waters, see under "'tt . 
 
 {TIl^P (a dextra, unless it is rather 
 for T'ls^ja,) Mijamin, pr. n. m. a) J 
 Chr. 2479. b) Ezra 10, 25. Neh. 10, 8. 
 12. 5; also "P^^Ja Minjainin 12, 17. 41. 
 
 T^P m. (r. "iia) Lat. species, i. e. form, 
 but also kind, sort, Engl, species, comp. 
 Gr. Idta. which also denotes form and 
 kind. Only with suffixes : "i^ab . iinj-^o!} , 
 according to its kind, Gen. 1, 11. 12. 21. 
 25. Lev. 11, 15. 16. nrab Gen. 1, 24. 
 25. Plur. once cn-'S'^nb Ge'n. 1 , 21. Syr. 
 )^ -'^ family, tribe. 
 
 ^'^^''^ nurse. Part. Hipb. r. p!^ q. v. 
 
 ?I9^ia 2 K. 16, 18 Cheth. a very doubt- 
 ful orthography for T|01"Q q. v. 
 
 nys-ia Josh. 21, 37. Jer. 43, 21, also 
 nyS"!? Josh. 12, 18, (splendour, r. ?S'J , or 
 perh. lofty place, hill.) Mephaath, pr. n. 
 of a Levitieal city in the tribe of Reu- 
 ben, afterwards belonging to Moab, Jer. 
 I. c. where Cheth. n?Sia . 
 
 f^ m. (r. yao) pressure, Prov. 30, 
 33 ter. 
 
 STD"''a (retreat, r. \S^a) Mesha, pr. n. 
 ra. 1 Chr. 8, 9. 
 
 bSTCip (who is what God is? from 
 ^a, -d, bx, comp. bx2-^a) Mishael, pr. 
 n. m. a) Ex. 6, 22. Lev. 10, 4. b) 
 One of the companions of Daniel, Dan. 
 1, 6. 2, 17, afterwards called ~0''a, c) 
 Neh. 8, 14. 
 
 ni"'^ m. and '^0''^ Ps. 47, 7. R.^o;. 
 
 1. evenness; hence a level region, 
 plain, 1 K. 20, 23. 25. Is. 40, 4. 42, 16. al. 
 Trop. Ps. 26, 12. 27, 11. 143, 10. With 
 the art. i"ii::"'S?i , xt i%ox7]v, the plain in 
 the tribeof Reuben near the city KS'T'^a, 
 Deut. 3, 10. 4, 43. Josh. 13, 9. 16. 17.' 21. 
 20, 8. Jer. 48, 21 ; of the plain of Judah 
 2 Chr. 26, 10. So Jerusalem is called 
 'an ISIS the rock of thr plain Jer. 21, 13. 
 Trop. peace, concord Mai. 2, 6, where 
 
12"^^ 
 
 564 
 
 IS'J 
 
 it is coupled Avith Dil^d ; see in "'"iij'^^ 
 no. 1. 
 
 2. equity, righteousness, Ps. 45, 7. 67, 
 5. Is. 11,4.' 
 
 TflB'i'a Chald. pr. n. Meshach, see 
 ^X-:;^72 lett. b. Dan. 1, 6. 2, 49. 3, 12. 
 Pcrs. sLwO jjyo guest of the Shah. 
 
 yilj'i'a (deliverance, r. r^r;;) iUesZia, 
 pr. n. of a king ofMoab. 2 K. 3, 4. 
 
 "Iffi'i^ (id.) sMesJiar, pr. n. of a son of 
 Caleb, 1 Chr. 2, 42. 
 
 "It'-'^p m. (r. '"ii:^) only in plur. c"^"iir'''2, 
 once C^l^u Prov. 1, 3. 
 
 1. evenness, smoothness, of a way Is. 
 26, 7, as in the other clause. Adv. 
 u-^y^i-^-q-z Prov. 23, 31, and ni-id-iiiV 
 Cant. 7, 10, in smoothness, smoothly. 
 Trop. for peace, concord; Dan. 11, 6 
 t3i-iciT3 r'u;"b to make peace, lit. to 
 make things smooth. 
 
 2. equity, uprightness, Prov. 1, 3. Ps. 
 17, 2. 99, 4. Di-iUi'iT3 liSd to judge 
 uprightly, equitably, Ps. 58, 2. 75, 3; 
 n-^-.^r-^ra 'o id. Ps. 9, 9. 98, 9. Also 
 vprightness. sincerity, in speaking or 
 acting, Prov. 8. 6. Is. 33, 15. 45, 19. 
 Cant. 1, 4. 1 Chr. 29, 17. R. for the art. 
 
 'ITZJ'^'a see "li'Jia. 
 
 ^ri'^tl m. (r. "ip;) i. q. "in^ no. 1, only 
 in plur. c. suft'. '^'ir!''^ ; cords of a tent or 
 tabernacle. Num. 3, 37. 4, 32. Jer. 10,20. 
 Is. 54, 2. al. strings of a bow Ps. 21, 13. 
 
 niSD-a and 3i53^ m. (r. 2X3) plur. 
 ft-ixrr:, c. suff. Ti^XD^ Ex. 3.7. also 
 nirX2-o Is. 53. 3; pain. Job 33. 19. Ps. 
 69, 27. 2 Chr. 6. 29. Metaph. pain of 
 mind, sorrow, grief, arising from adver- 
 sity, calamity. Ex. 3, 7. Lam. 1, 12. 18. 
 Ps. 32. 10. 38, 18. 
 
 T'SDl? abundance, see r. "123 Hiph. 
 
 rC3D'a (pallium, r. pS) Machbenah, 
 pr. n. of a place, 1 Chr. 2, 49 ; see ")i33 . 
 
 ''laD'a (i. q. 'ISST? for ""J-^s-ma what 
 like my sons?) Machbanai, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 12, 13. 
 
 "0313 m. (r. "<a3) coarse cloth, i. e. of 
 a coarse texture, perh. hair-cloth, cili- 
 cium., 2 K. 8, 15. The idea of xwi'w/ihov, 
 fly-net, proposed by J. D. Michaelis, 
 doe8 not seem adapted to the context. 
 
 ^ap'a m. (r. 133) constr. "i33:q. net- 
 work, grate, of brass, Ex. 27, 4. 35, 16. 
 38, 4. 5. 30. 39, 39. 
 
 nsia n (r. n=:) constr. r-s-q ; plur. 
 rl375, twice ci3^'2 K. 8, 29. 9, 15. 
 
 1. a beating, smiting, the act; Is. 30, 
 26 ir2^ yn"g the wound of his smiting. 
 with which he is smitten. Esth. 9, 5 they 
 smote them, 3-in vzq with the smiting of 
 the sword, i. e. with the SAVord. Jer. 30, 
 14. Is. 10, 26. 14. 6. Spec, a) a beat- 
 ing with rods Deut. 25, 3. b) a heating- 
 out of grain; so 2 Chr. 2, 9 Pi3^ c-^-jn 
 (in appos.) wheat, the beatings out, i. e. 
 wheat beaten out, threshed. But prob. 
 it should read : ~r'!3>b rVs-g ^''qn %cheat 
 as food for thy .servants; as in 1 K. 5. 25 
 [11] 'ir"'3b rVs'o 'n. So Sept. fic /5c'o>- 
 |UMT 8i.8my.a aliov naiai. aov, Vulg. ser^ 
 vis tuis dabo in cibaria tritici, etc. 
 Syr. id. 
 
 2. a .stroke, blow, either as inflicted by 
 a rod, Prov. 20, 30. Jer. 30, 17 (comp. Is. 
 14, 6) ; or by a sword or other iron in- 
 strument, a wound 1 K. 22, 35. Is. 1, 6. 
 Jer. 6, 7. Mic. 1, 9. Nah. 3, 19. Zech. 13, 
 6 ; where it is sometimes trop. for the 
 wounds of the state, as Is. 1. c. Spec. 
 strokes, i. e. calamities inflicted of God, 
 Lev. 26, 21. Deut. 28, 59. 61. 1 Sam. 4, 
 8. Jer. 10, 19. 49, 17. al. 
 
 3. defeat, slaughter, 1 Sam. 4, 10. 14, 
 14; so in the phrase i^^^i^ ^"^^ 'b '"^SH 
 to smite with a great slaughter Josh. 10, 
 10. 20. Judg. 11, 33. 15, 8. 1 Sam. 6. 19. 
 
 n^p'a f (r. Pins) a burning, burnt 
 spot on the body. Lev. 13, 24. 25. 28. 
 
 liS'a m. (r. '|i3) constr. "lis^ 1. a 
 foundation, basis, Ps. 89, 15. 97, 2. 
 Plur. Ps. 104, 5. 
 
 2. Genr. a place, e. g. the temple Is. 
 4. 5. Ezra 2, 68; espec. in the plirases: 
 r,ri3rb '"^z-q the place of thy habitation, 
 for ihee to dwell in, Ex. 15. 17. 1 K.8, 13; 
 T;n3ir -p^ id. 1 K. 8. 39. 43. 49; li3ST3 
 innu Ps. 33, 14 ; and r^t being omitted, 
 ijibiss in my dwelling-place Is. 18, 4. 
 
 Dan. 8, 11. Arab. ^L^. iwLxx, placej 
 Eth. <P^^ place, spec, temple. 
 
 nsiDia and n;bT3 f (r. Vs) c. suff. 
 1 PirjDtt Zech. 5, 11 (Heb. Or. 27. 1) ; 
 
15^ 
 
 665 
 
 ss-a 
 
 1. a base, stanrl, for the lavers in 
 the court of Solomon's temple. 1 K. 
 7, 27-40. 
 
 2. a place, Zech. 5, 11. Ezra 3, 3; 
 comp. 2. 68. 
 
 3. Mekttnah, pr. n. of a place in the 
 tribe of Judajj. Nch. 11, 28. situated 
 between Jerusalem and Eleutheropolis 
 according to Jerome, Onomast. art. Ueth- 
 macha. Reland Palest, p. 892. 
 
 nnib^ and nn^3^ f. (r. nuB I) c. 
 8uff. cn-^iis^ Ez. 29, 14 ; plur. T^^n'ii'O 
 IB, 3, Tj-^nSsB 21, 35; nativity, birth, 
 pr. a digging: out. a mine, whence met- 
 als are dug. The metaphor is here 
 drawn from metals (comp. I.s. 51, 1), 
 as the German Abstammung is drawn 
 from plants; comp. also in Engl, 'a 
 genealogical tree.' Ez. 16. 3. 21, 35. 
 29, 14 ornfls-a y-^ti by to the land of 
 their birth. The Hebrew interpreters 
 take it as i. q. nnsiaia habitation. 
 
 I'^D'a (sold. r. -1313) Machir, pr. n. m. 
 
 a) A son of Maniisseh, and father of 
 Gilead, Gen. 50, 23. Num. 27, 1 ; hence 
 poet, lor that portion of the tribe of 
 Manasseh inhabiting Gilead beyond 
 Jordan, Deut. 3, 15. Judg. 5, 14. Pa- 
 tronym. "'"I'^a^ Machirite Num. 26, 29. 
 
 b) 2 Sam. 9, 5. 17, 27. 
 
 sj*? ^ fut. -^;, to tumble dovm, to fall 
 in ruins ; Chald. and Syr. ~2T3, ^, id. 
 Pa. to depress, to humiliate. ^ Kindred 
 are T^^-o, Chald. r(X^, Arab. viLo to con- 
 sume away, to perish. The primary idea 
 is that of melting, pining away, comp. 
 Pkl^ , Vi-o . Trop. to be brought low, to 
 perish; Ps. 106, 43 03153 ^S'z'^'i . 
 
 NiPH. fut. t;s'' to tumble down, to fall 
 in ruins, e. g. a frame, frame-work, Ecc. 
 10, 18. 
 
 HoPH. plur. !t=an a Chaldaizing form 
 for 13"Qin. to be brought low, to perish 
 Job 24, 24. ' 
 
 ''-'i obsol. root; Arab. JkX^ spoken 
 of a well, to hare Utile water, to have 
 
 mu 
 
 S 6 ^ 
 
 ddy water; J^X^, J;-^, a well of 
 
 this sort; JsXi^ a pool with little water. 
 Hence ba^r: I. 
 
 flisbs-a see in nbsB II. 
 
 48 
 
 I. npDia f (r. n^s) completion, per- 
 fctimi. once plur. 2 Chr. 4, 21 nibais 
 
 snt pe if I'd ions of gold, i, e. the most 
 perfect, purest gold. 
 
 II. nbDia m. (for sbsp, r. sis ; like 
 nni^ Ps. 9,21 Ibr xniaj a fold.\heep^ 
 fold, Hab. 3, 17. Plur. constr. nixbats 
 Ps. 50, 9. 78, 70. 
 
 51?D^ m. (r. bb3) perfection, sc. in 
 beauty, splendour. Ez. 23, 12 and 38, 4 
 bib2T2 ''?r^ clothed in perfection, i. e. 
 splendidly, gorgeously. 
 
 ^?3''3 m. (r. bbs) perfection, bc. of 
 beauty, Ps. 50, 2. 
 
 D"'^^?''? m. plur. (r. bb3) pr. perfec- 
 tions, beautiful things; hence costly mer- 
 chandise, espec. splendid garments, Ez. 
 27, 24 ; comp. 23, 12. 38, 4. 
 
 nbis-a f food, once 1 K. 5, 25 [11], 
 contr. for nbbxa . R. b=x . 
 
 O'^S'SD'O m. plur. treasures, once Dan. 
 11, 43. R. -JTSS to hide. 
 
 CaSia Ezra 2, 27. Neh. 7, 31, ICttDn 
 1 Sam. 13, 2. 5. 14, 31. Is. 10, 28, TCM 
 Neh. 11. 31, (something hidddett, r:. 
 DISS.) Michmash, pr. n. of a city of 
 Benjamin situated on the east oi Beth'- 
 aven, 1 Sam. 13, 2. 5. Gr. Ma/fiai; 1 Mace. 
 9, 73 ; Ma%fid Jos. Ant. 13. 1. 6. Still' 
 called ^JJ^-^ MUkhmds, two miles; 
 N. E. ofGeba, with a deep and difficult 
 ravine between ; see Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
 lest. II. p. 115 sq. Comp. 1 Sam. 14, ! 
 5 sq. 
 
 ^12012 m. Is. 51,20, and "1^3'a whence 
 plur. C'l^s^ Ps. 141, 10, a net, hunter's- 
 net. Talmud, id. R. 1123 II. 
 
 nnbD^ Is. 19, 8, c. suff. in-iiotRj (a* 
 if from nn'02^) Hab. 1, 15. 16, a net, fish- 
 net. R. -.=3 II. 
 
 O'CD'a and tDttDT2. see D'os^. 
 
 ^C't"?"'? (perh. hiding-place, r. rrcS)' 
 Michmethath. pr. n. of a town on the 
 confines of Ephraim and Manasseh, 
 Josh. 16, 6. 17, 7. 
 
 in^^Dia (what like the liberal?) for 
 '^a'l^s ma) Machnadebai, pr. n. ra. Ezrai 
 10," 40. 
 
566 
 
 ^^'2 
 
 CjS'Q m. (r. bis) only in plur. or dual 
 constr. ""03^^, drawers. YaJg.feminalia, 
 worn by the Heb. priests in order to 
 hide the parts of shame, Ex. 28, 42. 39, 
 28. Lev. 6, 3. 16, 4. Ez. 44. 18. Josephus 
 describes them as follows, Ant. 3. 7. 1 : 
 oiu^ODya Tiff)! in ixidoia ()<tmhv ix ^laaov 
 xluajfi^ fiiiyvvfiftov, f/j^un6vrotv ftt," avio 
 rati' noSbtv bKUfQU um^voiditg- unoii^re- 
 
 Xayovoi nfgl uvxiiv unotiqiy/fjct. Comp. 
 Braun de Vestitu Sacerdot. Hebr. lib. 
 II. c. 1. p. 345 sq. 
 
 <2313 m. (r. COS, as nap from "in'a.) c. 
 sufF. C&S73 , a portion, tribute, paid to 
 the Lord, Num. 31, 28. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 
 Sept. 76^0?, Vulg. pars. Syr. j.iiLaIo, 
 
 Arab, jj**^ census, tax ; whence the 
 
 new verb jja^Xxj to collect tribnte ; also 
 
 denom. noun Jja-v^, ^J^^\Je, publi- 
 can. Contracted 0*2 q. v. 
 
 nDStt fem. of 03-3 (r. CDS) 1. num- 
 ber, as of persons Ex. 12. 4. Sept. txgi- 
 
 2. price of purchase, Lev. 27, 23. 
 
 TiDDia m. (r. ncsi) constr. ncr^a, a 
 covering, cover, sc. of a tent, Ex. 26. 14. 
 3(y, 19. Num. 3, 25. al. of Noah's ark 
 Gen. 8, 13. 
 
 T'55'0 m. (pr. part. Pi. r. ncs) constr. 
 
 1. a covering, coverlet, sfragula, Is, 
 14, 11; In a ship, perh. an awning Ez. 
 27, 8. Hence clothing Is. 23, 18. 
 
 2. the caul, omentum, which covers the 
 intestines. Lev. 9, 19 ; fully ncriin ^y\n 
 =l"ll''3"''. Ex. 29, 13. 22. 
 
 ^^SD'a (portion, part, lot, r. bss, like 
 Eth. CP^Z.A^) Machpelah, pr. n. of a 
 field or tract near Hebron, where Sarah 
 was buried. Gen. 23, 17. 19. 49, 30. 50, 
 13 ; 'sn rnria the cave of Machpelah 
 Gen. 23, 9. 25, 9. The ancient versions 
 render it as an appellative from r. btS 
 no. 3 ; Sept. to anr,luiov to SinXQvv, 
 Vulg. spelunca duplex. 
 
 * "l^'l flit. -i!5t:7, lo sell, kindr. with 
 ina, -iniQ H, perh. Arab.^ Ill, IV, to 
 Bell on interest. The primary root is 
 perl), the syllable "i3 , as in rr^S I ; San- 
 
 scr. kri. Constr. with ace. of thing Gen. 
 25, 31. 37, 28. 36. 47,20.22. Lev. 27, 30; 
 with 1-0 partit. Lev. 25, 25. With b 
 added of pers. to whom, Lev. 25, 27, Joei 
 4, 6; or 3 of price Deut. 21, 14. Ps. 44, 
 13. Joel 4, 3. Am. 2, G; or ace. of place 
 whither Gen. 45, 5. Joel 4, 7. Spec, 
 a) to sell a daughter, i. e. to give her in 
 marriage for a price, "int. Gen. 31, 15. 
 Ex. 21, 7. Syr. ^lio to give in mar- 
 riage, b) Of God, to sell a people, 
 i. e. to give them over to the power of 
 their enemies, Deut. 32, 30. Ps. 44. IS 
 fin sibn r^TSS "O^n thou sellest thy people 
 for nought. Judg. 2, 14 T^a CiS'S'T 
 cn-'3''.k and he sold them into the hand 
 of their enemies. 3, 8. 4. 2. 9. 10, 7. 1 Sam, 
 12, 9. Ez. 30, 12. Comp. Judith 7, 25 
 ni7T(jaxfv r^jiuq x^toq fu tsx^ ;(H(jng ui'iwi: 
 So of a nation. Nah. 3. 4 tlie beautiful- 
 harlot, the sorceress, n*5!!3tS ty.^ J^";2isfl 
 that selleth the nations through her 
 whoredoms, i. e. reduces them to slave- 
 ry, makes slaves of them. 
 
 NrPH. nSTSj 1. fo be sold Lev. 25. 34; 
 with dat. of pers. Neh. 5, 8. Jer. 'M. 14. 
 ^^yb "I3C3 to besoldfora servant, slave, 
 Ps.' i05, i7. Esth. 7, 4. Trop. see Kal 
 lett. b, Is. 50, 1. 52. 3. 
 
 2. to sell oneself for a slave, Lev. 25^ 
 39. 47. 
 
 HiTHP. 1. to be sold, Deut. 28, 68. 
 
 2. Trop. to sell oneself to do evil, tO' 
 become a slave to the doing of evil, 1 K, 
 21, 20. 2*5. 2 K. 17, 17. 
 
 Derrv. n-ta^, >'i=p, nspa, ri'^fS^tt, and 
 
 *^?"Q m. c. suff. ""irTa. 1. ware, any 
 thing to be sold, Neh. 13, 16. 
 2. price, value, Nurai. 20, 19, 
 
 *^|^ m. (r. nrj) pr. acquaintance ;- 
 concr. an acquaintance, fricTttl, 2 K. 12. 
 6.8. 
 
 Trai2 m. (r, nns I ). pit, Zeph. 2, 9 
 rhjq nnsB a salt-pit. 
 
 nnDTS f (r. -i!i3 I. Tsere impure) 
 uni^ Xf/ofi. perh. swmrl. so called as 
 piercing ; licence Gr. intxniQn. Once 
 plur. Gen. 49, 5 cn-'rnro D-cn "'b'S^iveap- 
 mts nfviolenr.e are their svordjt ; Jerome 
 anna eorum. Among llie Rabbins this 
 interpretation is followed by R. Eliezer 
 in Pirke Aboh. c. 38, C2-n rx b5p spy* 
 nm*' ("'U;ba Jacob cursed their ncords 
 
*is:a 
 
 567 
 
 Kb'j 
 
 (i. e. of Levi and Simeon) in the Orech 
 tongiie. Another view deserving atten- 
 tion is that of L. de Dieu in Critici Sa- 
 cri ad h. 1. and ol' Ludolf in Lex. ^th. 
 p. 87, who translate machinations, wick- 
 ed devices, comparing Arab. JCo machi- 
 
 natus eat, and d*fl^ con8ultavit.^5lC 
 consilium. The Tsere impure in this 
 case would create no ditliculty, comp. 
 Lelirg. p. 595. 
 
 "^"^^"^ (for nj-isa price of Jehovah) 
 Michri. pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 8. 
 
 '^r^'??''? Mechcrathite, gentile n. from 
 iT^ao, a place otherwise unknown 1 
 Chr. 11,36. 
 
 bWDIQ m. also ^^'Q Lev. 19, 14 (r. 
 bias) plur. cbilS-ia, a stumbling-block; 
 Is. 8, 14 birria "iis a stone of stum- 
 bling. 57, 14. Trop. a) a cause of 
 falling, cause of ruin to any one, Ez. 3, 
 20 'tai rsBb bidsa "^nnjl / lay a stum- 
 bling-block before hinu and he shall die. 
 Ez. 18, 30. 44, 12. Jer. 6, 21. Ps. 119, 165. 
 b) In a moral sense, cause of offence, 
 enticement, incitement to sin, (comp. 
 the root Mai. 2, 8,) Ez. 7, 19. 14, 3 bit'sia 
 05*5 their enticements to iniquity, i. e. 
 idol-images, c) 2^ 'a offence of mind, 
 scruple of conscience, 1 Sam. 25, 31. 
 
 Tbtya C (r. ht's) 1. ruin, i. e. a 
 state in ruins, Is. 3, 6. 
 
 2. cause of offence, incitement to sin, 
 i. q. biuJ3T3 lett. b ; plur. nibdzia of idols, 
 Zeph. 1,' 3. 
 
 arO'a m. (r. ars) l. writing, Ex. 32, 
 16. 39, 30. Deut. 10, 4. 
 
 2. a writing, thing written ; hence 
 a) a rescript, edict, 2 Chr. 36, 2"?. Ezra 
 J, 1 ; a prescript, 2 Chr. 35, 4. h) a 
 letter, epistle, 2 Chr. 21, 12. c) a poem, 
 psalm. Is. 38, 9. Comp. Qri=^ . 
 
 MriD'53 W (r. rr^) fracture, a break- 
 ing in pieces. Is. 30, 14. 
 
 DrO'Q m. (r. Dr3 Niph.) i. q. 2n3p no. 
 2. c ; a and "Q being often interchanged, 
 comp. in a lett. c ; a writing, espec. a 
 poem, psalm, song, found only in the in- 
 scriptions of Ps. 16 and Ps. 56-60. comp. 
 Is. 38. 9. Others translate CBS'S as if 
 from ors gold. viz. golden psalm, i. e. 
 precious, pre-eminent. 
 
 ^^3''? m. (r. drs) 1. a mortar, 
 Prov. 27, 22. 
 
 2. Prob. socket of a. tooth, Judg. 15, 19; 
 Lat. morlariolum, Gr. blfiltrxog. See 
 Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 202. 
 
 3. Maktesh, pr. n. of a valley near 
 Jerusalem, prob. so called from its re 
 semblance to a mortar, Zeph. 1, 11. 
 
 '"i^ see bia. 
 
 * ^^, once ^^'^ trans. E8th.7,5; 
 pra;t. 1 pers. "'rxba, rarely without 
 Aleph 'rh-o Job 32. 18, lio Ez. 28, 16 ; 
 infin. Pxbia Lev. 8, 33, mxbo Job 20, 22 ; 
 fut. xb^7 . ' 
 
 1. Tr^na. to fill to m^ke full. Arab. 
 
 ^Vx, Syr. ILo id. This root prevails 
 widely also in the Indo-european lan- 
 guages, where however p is put for m, 
 as Sanscr. pie to fill, Gr. nXia (nXrj^g, 
 nlfiTrXtj/ii), nXkog, perh. fiuXa very, pr. 
 fully, comp. sb^ Jer. 12, 6; Lat. plere, 
 whence implere, complere. plenus; Goth. 
 fulljan, Germ, fallen, voll, Engl, full, to 
 fill. Further. Polish pilny, Bohem. piny. 
 The primary idea seems to be that of 
 abundance, overflow. Germ, uherfiiessen, 
 as we may infer from the kindred words 
 TtXiw, TtXfio) to sail, and also q)Xio), (pXvai, 
 fieo, fiuo, pluo.Spec. a) to fill up or 
 out an empty space with one's own bulk 
 or abundance, with ace. of place, Gen. 1, 
 22 n^:a*a n-^rn-rx (ixbis fill the waters 
 in the sea. v. 28. 9, 1. Ex. 40, 34 "'^ TiaS 
 jSttJan-rx xb^ the glory of Jehovah 
 filled the tabernacle. 1 K. 8, 10. 11. Ez. 
 10, 3. Jer. 51, 11 D-'-jib^'n ^nh^ fill out 
 the shields sc. with your own bodies, put 
 on your shields, b) to fill a place with 
 anything, with two ace. of place and of 
 thing; Ez. 8. 17 D^n "j^nxn-rx iixbia 
 they fill the land with violence. 28, 16. 
 30, 11. Jer. 16, 18. 19, 4; rarely with ',^2 
 of thing, Ex. 16, 32. c) Often with the 
 accus. of thing implied, Ex. 32, 29 ixbo 
 '"'J'"i''b ca'l^ fill your hand unto .Tehovah, 
 sc. with offerings. Esth. 7, 5 who is he 
 ,3 nibrb ^ab ixbo n^x that hath filled 
 his heart (sc. with boldness, audacity) to 
 do this? i. e. who ha.s dared, presumed, 
 to do it? The suffix in "ixbij is pleonas- 
 tic, as in Job 29. 3 ; comp. also Ecc. 8, 1 1. 
 Acts 2. 5. JobSt^giUJ^ij^ ridn 'f-^i'i 
 ^^\,\ A n yT^' 
 
 ' <'IVER3ITT \ 
 
jsb/j 
 
 568 
 
 v6u 
 
 andJiUest thou up the guilt of the wicked, 
 i. e. the measure of a wicked man's sins; 
 comp. Gen. 15. 16. 
 
 2. Intrans. to hefidl. to hejilled. Josh. 
 3, 15 ; with ace. of that rcith which any 
 thing is filled, Gen. 6, 13 yisn nxb^ 
 Ci:n the earth is filled with violence. 
 Judg. 16, 27 the house was fidl c-icixn 
 of men. Job 32. 18 / am fidl Q"'^^ of 
 words. Ps. 10, 7. 26. 10. 33, 6. 48, 11. 
 65, 10. Is. 11, 9. al. With -{O Is. 2, 6. 
 ^pec. a) "'ttJBJ nsb?a my soul is filled, 
 my desire is satisfied, e. g. with ven- 
 geance, Ex. 15, 9. b) Of a space of 
 time, to be fulfilled or completed ; Gen. 
 25, 24 r"i^b n"i:o^ ^J^^^"!! and her days 
 were fidfilled to bring forth, her time to 
 be delivered was come. 50, 3 ^X^^7 "i? 
 capnn ^is'^ so were completed the days 
 of embalming, i. e. so many days did the 
 time of embalming continue, comp. Esth. 
 2, 12. Also Gen. 29, 21. Lev. 8, 33. 12, 4. 
 6. Lam. 4, 18. Jer. 25, 34. Syr. Il^i] 
 often of time ; comp. nXriQova&at, in N. T. 
 
 NiPH. chiefly in the fut. 5<^a7, i. q. Kal 
 no. 2, to be filled, to be fidl ; with ace. of 
 thing, Gen. 6. 11 D^n "fixn N^^ani and 
 the earth was filled with violence. Ex. 1, 
 7 cnx fISrt i<^53Pl and the land was 
 filled with them.! 'l K. 7. 14. 2 K. 3, 17. 
 Also with '-o of thing Ezra 32. 6. Ecc. 
 1, 8 ; b Hab. 2, 14. Spoken of desire, 
 to be filled, satisfied, Ecc. 6, 7 ; of a time 
 completed Ex. 7, 25. Job 15, 32. So 
 hi"}"! i<h'a'; to be filled with iron i. e. with 
 armour, q. d. to be fenced with armour, 
 to be armed, 2 Sam. 23, 7. 
 
 PiEL N^iD. rarely xlb^ Jer. 51. 34 ; inf. 
 Kin and nix^n ; fut. K^a-^.once n^'S'^ 
 Job 8, 21 ; to fill, to make full, to fill up 
 or out. 
 
 1. Constr. with ace. of the place or 
 thing filled, i. q. Kal no. 1. c. Thus in 
 phrases : a) to fill the hand of any one, 
 i. e. give over the priesthood into his 
 hand. Ex. 28. 41. 29. 9. Lev. 21, 10. al. 
 
 b) to fill one's hand to Jehovah, sc. with 
 abundant offerings, 1 Chr. 29. 5. 2 Chr. 
 13, 9. 29, 31. Comp. in Kal Ex. 32, 29. 
 
 c) Trop. of time, to fidfil, to complete, 
 comp. Kal no. 2. b. Gen. 29. 27 complete 
 this work, finish it. v. 28. Job 39. 2 [5]. 
 Dan. 9, 2 comp. 2 Chr. 36. 21. d) to fill 
 up, to complete, sc. a number ; Ex. 23. 26 
 
 / will complete the number of thy days, 
 comp. Is. 65, 20. 1 Sam. 18. 27 David 
 bro7(ght the foreskins T^P.'Bh C^xb^il and 
 completed them to the king, i. e. gave 
 them in full number. 1 K. 1, 14 Txi'!2^ 
 "'^'^^nx a7id I will complete thy words, 
 i. e. supply what may be wanting, e) to 
 fulfil, to satisfy, e. g. one's desire, hun- 
 ger, etc. Jer. 31, 25. Job 38, 39. Prov. 6, 
 30 ; comp. under n;^n subst. no. 4. The 
 opp. is an empty, famished sonl Is. 29. 8 ; 
 comp. Kal no. 2. a. f ) tofidfil a promise 
 
 1 K. 8, 15 ; a petition Ps. 20, 6 ; a pro- 
 phecy 1 K. 2, 27. g) Joined with ano- 
 ther verb it has an adverbial force, fidly, 
 i. e. strongly, much, etc. Jer. 4, 5 ixnp? 
 IxV^ cry fidly. aloud, fortiter, as Vulg. 
 well. Comp. Arab. J,| JajJ\ iL^J 
 
 to look fially at any one, iLoi Jjt^ 
 to do fully. So in elliptical construc- 
 tions, the other verb being suppressed, 
 nir;rn nh-q to fully bend the bow, for 
 ^^^n rpib X^p, Zech. 9, 13; comp. 
 
 Arab. ^jiJr^ ^t, fully ^'T^t 
 ,j*/JLI! ^^ , Schult. Opp. Min. pp. 176, 
 355. Syr. f^jkl UL. Also^^ "'"^nx xba, 
 for <; ':.nx rzhh x^^, to follow God 
 fully, to yield him full obedience. Num. 
 14, 24. 32, 11. 12. Deut. 1, 36. Josh. 14, 
 8.9. J4. 1 K. 11, 6. al. sjep. 
 
 2. With ace. oi' that with which one 
 fills any thing, to fill up, e. g. libations. 
 Is. 65. 11 "Orn '^^b cxbcrr they fill 
 up libations to fortune, i. e. they fill the 
 goblets with libations in honour of good 
 fortune. So O'lJ^X it.\iq to fill in gems, 
 i. e. to set them in sockets, chasings, Ex. 
 28, 17. 31. 5. 35. 33. Once absol. 1 Chr. 
 12. 15 i-'nina-bs-by x^^^ xnn^ aitd (Jor- 
 dan) filled up to all its banks, i. e. ran with 
 full banks, was brim-full ; see Bibl. Res. 
 in Pa!e.t. II. p. 262. 
 
 3. With two ace. of the thing filled 
 and that with which it is filled. .ee Kal 
 no. ]. b. Ex. 35. 35 sb-nr=n crx x^o he 
 hath filled them with wisdom of mind. 
 Job 3, 15. 22, 18. Is. 33 5. al. More rare- 
 ly with *)ia of the thing with which, Ps. 
 127,5. Jer. 51. 34. Lev. 9. 17. Also with 
 
 2 in the phnise Ptd;r3 "iTj xbn f fill the 
 hand with the Ixne, i. e. to fully draw the 
 bow. 2 K. 9. 24 ; comp. ia no. 1. g. 
 
vd^ 
 
 569 
 
 K5*J 
 
 PoAL Part, cxiis^ filed, set, with 
 gems inserted, c. a Cant. 5, 14. Comp. 
 Pi. no. 2. 
 
 HiTHP. pr. to fill Old each other mutu- 
 ally, i. e. to stand hy each other, and each 
 fill out what others lack ; hence with bs 
 to stand together ofrainst any one, to as- 
 sail too-ether. Job 16. 10. 
 
 Deriv. xbia D-'xbp, xiio, nxiia, and 
 pr. names J<^7, f'^^?. 
 
 ^^ Chald. /o ///, Dan. 2, 35. Ithp. 
 pass. Dan. 3, 19. 
 
 ^l?''? m. nsjbia fem. A) Adj. verbal : 
 
 1. Trans. JiHing, with ace. of place, 
 Is. 6. 1 ba^nn-nx c^xb^a vbiijS /iw train 
 yfasjilling (filled) the temple. Jer. 23, 24. 
 Comp. the verb xbia Kal no. 1. a, 
 
 2. Intrans. full, filed, as xb^ rosi /Ae 
 _/// money, i. e. full price, value. Gen. 23, 
 9. 1 Chr. 21, 22. 24. With ace. Deut.6, 
 11 sia-bs D-^xba o-ipia houses filed with 
 all good things. 34. 9. Is. 51. 20; with 
 genit. Jer. 6, 11 u^'C'^ xb^ full of days, 
 advanced in age. Is. 1, 21 ; once with 
 dat. pleonast. ab nxbia Am. 2, 13. So a 
 fidl wind is strong, vehement ; Jer. 4, 12 
 HiSX'Q xba nil a irinrf stronger than for 
 </iese, i. e. than is necessary for winnow- 
 ing grain. Of a female, one pregnant^ 
 Ecc. 11, 5. 
 
 B) Subst. fulness, Ps. 73, 10 xbia ^-q 
 ivaters of fulness, i. e. full, abundant. 
 
 C) Adv. fully, i. e. in full number, 
 Nah. 1, 10. Jer. 12, 6. Comp. Thesaur. 
 p. 788. 
 
 Si'513 m. also ^'^'^, once "T^^ Ez. 41, 
 8. r! xbiD . 
 
 1. fdness. i. e. that which fills, or with 
 which any thing or space is filled. Is. 6, 
 3 1*1133 p'^xn-ba xbia the fulness of the 
 whole earth is his glory, i. e. the whole 
 earth is full of his glory. 8. 8. So D*n 
 ixb^i the sea and if.tfulne.9s Ps. 96, 11. 
 98, 7. Is. 42. 10 ; Pix'b^ii ]rix the earth 
 and. its fulness Ps. 24. 1. Is. 34. 1. Jer. 8, 
 16. Mic. 1. 2 ; nxb':!! b=n Ps. 50, 12. 89, 
 12 ; Rxb^ai -i'S> Am. 6. 8. With a gen. of 
 space or measure ; often best expressed 
 in English by the syllahle/w/Z appended; 
 as CS'IBn xbia yo^lr haiuls (fsL-i) full, 
 handfuls.Ex. 9. 8. Lev. 16 12; 1:113? 'a 
 his handful hev. 5. 12; "*122? xb'a an omer- 
 full Ex. 16, 33 ; Rnnian xb^s a censer- 
 JvU Lev. 16, 12. So too in measures of 
 
 48* 
 
 length, s^sisfi "ibo the fulness of a reed, 
 i, e. a full reed, Ez. 41.8; banpi xb a 
 full line 2 Sam. 8, 2; ir-cip xb^a the ful- 
 ness of his stature, at full length, 1 Sam. 
 
 28, 20. Arab. ^, i^X*, fulness, that 
 
 which fills ; \,jS j^ handful ; Syr. 
 
 )iJ^ Ulio nqo^ bxmv a moment. Gal. 2, 5. 
 The thing so measured, as after other 
 words of measure, is put in the accus. 
 Heb. Gr. 116. 3 ; so nr;3 :]3 xbna a 
 Jumdful of meal 1 K. 17. 12 ; bcsn xbo 
 c^T3 a howl full of valer Judg. 6. 38 ; eo 
 Num. 22, 18. But Ecc. 4, 6 better a 
 handfid with quiet, than both hands 
 full with travail. 
 2. a multitude, company. Gen. 48, 19 
 
 niisn xbB . Is. 31. 4. Arab. ^ id. 
 
 "'^r''? f (r. xb^) fulness, abundance, 
 spoken espec. of that portion of the corn 
 and wine which was to be offered to 
 Jehovah as a tithe or first fruits; the 
 lawgiver thus signifying to the Israel- 
 ites, that such things only were required 
 of them as they possessed in abimdance. 
 Of grain. Ex. 22, 28 r,?r3-)i :]rxba, Sept. 
 unitQ}(o^ (tkbivog mtl Xtjvov. Deut. 22, 9 
 t3"isn rx'-rs . . . yiTi-i nxbsn ; see Heb. 
 Gr.'116. 3. Of v.ne, Num. 18, 27 
 ai?^"i"'i'2 nxb~3 as the abundance of the 
 wine-press, Sept. ucpni^ffin uno Xr)Voi: 
 
 ^^{''3 f. filing, I. e. setting of gems, 
 Ex. 28. 17. Plur. nix^ia v. 20. 39, 13. 
 See r. xbi: no. 2. 
 
 D^X^T2 m. plur. also Q^S^b^a Lev. 7, 
 37. IChr. 29, 2. R. xbi3. 
 
 1. consecration to the priest's office, 
 pr. the delivering over of the office ; 
 Lev. 8. 33. Ex. 29. 22. 26. 27. Meton. 
 the sacrifice of consecration (comp. rxan 
 sin and sacrifice for sin) Lev. 7, 37. 8, 
 28. 31. 
 
 2. i. q. i^X^iD a setting of gems, Ex. 
 25, 7. 35, 9.' \ Chr. 29, 2. 
 
 trSf'a m. (r. -xb) constr. "xbia, c. 
 suff. "'^xb:? ; plur. csxbis, constr. 
 'axbia . 
 
 1. one sent, a messenger, e. g. from 
 private persons Job 1. 14. 1 Sam. 11, 3. 
 2 Sam. 11, 19 sq. 2 K. 5, 10 ; also from 
 a king 1 Sam. 16, 19. 19, 11. 14. 20. 1 
 K. 19, 2. Prov. 17, 11. al. 
 
i6-2 
 
 670 
 
 ac-j 
 
 2. Spec, a messenger of God. viz. 
 a) an angel ; Syr. jj=iiio, Arab. 
 
 6 to ^ 
 
 d^, Eth. CPAA51, id. Fully r|5<^^ 
 nin^i Gen. 16. 9. 10. 11. Ex. .3. 2. Judg. 
 2. 1. 4. al. more rarely DTT'bx '"C Gen. 
 21. 17. Ex. 14. 19. 2 Sam. 14, 7. al. but 
 also xar f'^o/riv simply "X^"? an angel, 
 Tjxlsrn the angel, Gen. 48.V6. Ex. 23. 20. 
 33^ 2. 1 K. 19, 5. 1 Chr. 21, 9. Hos. 12, 
 5. Zech. 1, 9. al. Job 33. 23 yh^_ '"O, 
 see in r. yCs Hiph. H'^nc^ 's the angel 
 destroying, sent from God to destroy, 
 2 Sam. 24. 16. To angels there is at- 
 tributed, when they appear on earth, a 
 human form. Gen. 18, 2. Judg. 13, 15. 
 20 ; but more august and sublime, 2 
 Sam. 24, 16. Dan. 8. 15. 16. 10. 5. 6 ; 
 without wings Gen. 28, 12 (on Dan. 9, 
 21 see in r. r;?^) ; in habiliments like 
 the sacerdotal costume. Dan. 10. 5. 12. 
 5. 6 ; and of the moral virtues there is 
 ascribed to them superior wisdom 2 Sam. 
 14, 20. 19, 28 ; justice 2 Sam. 14, 17 ; 
 clemency 1 Sam. 29. 9 ; integrity, though 
 not wholly free from imperfection, Job 
 4, 18. 15, 15. The office of angels is to 
 assist God in the government of the 
 world Job 2, 1 sq. chiefly as his messen- 
 gers to execute his will and his decrees. 
 By their agency are wrought the phe- 
 nomena of nature. Ps. 104, 4 ; it is their 
 office to protect the righteous from dan- 
 ger, and save them from destruction, 
 Gen. 24, 7. 40. Ex. 23, 20. 33. 2. 1 K. 
 19, 5. Ps. 34, 8. 91, 12; to plead their 
 cause with God, Job 5, 1. 33. 23. Dan. 
 10, 13. 21. 12. 1; to bear the divine 
 commands and revelations to men. Judg. 
 13, 3 sq. Dan. 9, 21 ; and on the other 
 hand to execute the divine judgments, 
 and bring punishment upon the guilty, 
 Is. 37, 36. 2 Sam. 14, 6. Ps. 35. 5. 6. 78. 
 49. See on the angelology of the O. T. 
 von Coelln Bibl. Theol. I. p. 187 sq. 
 Steudel Theol. des Alt. Test. p. 215 sq. 
 Stuart Sketches of Angelol. in Biblioth. 
 Sacra, 1843. p. 88 sq. Somefimes the 
 same divine appearance, which at one 
 time is called "^ijf^^ M?^^- '^ atU^rwards 
 called simply '^j-'TJ, aa Gen. 16, 7 sq. 
 comp. v. 13; 22* 11 comp. 12; 31, 11 
 comp. 16 ; Ex. 3. 2 comp. 4 ; Judg. 6, 
 14 comp. 22 ; 13. 18 comp. 22. This is 
 ito be Bo understood, that the aiigel of 
 
 God i.s here nothing else than the invi- 
 sible deity itself which thus unveils it- 
 self to mortal eyes ; see J. H. Michaelis 
 de angelo Dei, Hal. 1702. Tholuck 
 Comment, zura Ev. Johannis c. 1, 1. p. 
 52. Ed. 6. 1844. Hence oriental trans- 
 lators, as Saadias, Abusaides, and the 
 Chaldee-Samaritan, wherever Jehovah 
 himself is said to appear on earth, al- 
 ways put for the name of God the ajigel 
 of God. 
 
 b) a prophet. Hagg. 1, 13. Mai. 3, 1 J 
 perh. Judg. 2. 1. 
 
 c) a jrriest, Ecc. 5, 5. Mai. 2, 7. 
 
 d) Once of the people of Israel, as the 
 messenger of God and teacher of the 
 nations. Is. 42, 19. 
 
 =I^r'? Chald. an angel, c. suff. i'n=xl=T? 
 Dan. 3. 28. 6, 23. 
 
 rosbia f. (r. Tjxb, by Syriasm for 
 nzxb?? ,) constr. rzxs^ , c. suff. rjnsx^a ; 
 plur. constr. ri^xb?? 1 Chr. 28, 19. 
 
 1. ministry, service, pr. on which one 
 is sent ; then icork, labour, business ; 
 Sept. i\)yor, iQ/aala. Ex. 20, 10 sib 
 nssbu"!:: nbrn thou shah not do any 
 work. ' 12' 16.' 31, 14. 15. 35. 2. Lev. 16, 
 29. Num. 4, 3. Deut. 5, 14. al. More 
 fully Lev. 23, 7 sb nnhr rzx^^-bs 
 tern ye shall do no work of labour, no 
 servile work ; Sept. nuv toyov larfjtvjov 
 ov noir/aiTf. v. 8. 21. 25. Num. 28, 18. 25. 
 26. 29. 1. 12. So n-i;^n rcx^i: work of 
 the f eld. tillage. 1 Chr' 27. 26. Ps. 107, 23 
 n-'sn n-i^:; nzxb^j "^fflr they that do busi- 
 ness on the great waters, i. e. sailors, 
 merchants, who follow business on the 
 sea. Spec. a) work, labour of an ar- 
 tisan, chiefly of an architect or others 
 employed in building, Ex. 31, 3. 5. 14. 
 Jer. 18, 3 ; ir"^n 'o work of the artificer 
 Ex. 35. 35 ; n=xbian -iar the doers of 
 the work, the workmen, Ex. 36. 8. 2 K. 
 12. 12. 15. 16. Ezra 3, 9. Neh. 11, 12; 
 comp. Hagg. 1. 14. nsx^rn br -irx 
 the overseer of the works 1 K. 5, 30 [16j. 
 t^ n*^:! raxbTS work upon the ho7i,s>' of 
 Jehovah 1 Chr. 23, 4. Ezra 3, 8. Noh. 
 10, 34. b) business of ihe public, of the 
 king. etc. ^^^xbia nrs to do the king^a 
 business Dan. 8, 27 ; 'sH niu? one doing 
 the public business, eRpec. a quiEstor, 
 procurator in fiscal matters. Eslh. 3, 9. 
 9, 3. Neh. 2, 16; Vulg. arcarius. So 
 
xb^a 
 
 671 
 
 ^h^ 
 
 :^ban rDn\^ 'nb l Chr. 29, 6 ; comp. 
 nqdy^a lov fiiiailibtg 2 Mace. 3, 8. Fes- 
 selii Adv. Sacra lib. I. c. 1. c) service, 
 ministry, of the Levi tea, 1 Chr. 9, 13. 
 28, 13. 20. 2 Chr. 24, 12. d) work of 
 God, e. g. in the creation, Gen. 2, 2 ; 
 o of divine judgments, like "'^ "'?S1?, 
 Jer. 50, 25. Plur. of God'i works Vs. 
 73, 28. 
 
 2. work 8C. as wrought, thing done 
 or made. Ex. 13, 3. 5. n"is rssb^ a 
 work of skin, made of skin, Lev. 13, 48. 
 
 3. That which is acquired by work, 
 labour, business, as goods, substance, 
 property. 2 Clir. 17, 13. Spec, house- 
 hold goods, stuff, Ex. 22, 7. 10 ; cattle, 
 herds and flocks, Gen. 33, 14. 1 Sam. 
 15. 9 ; comp. njpia . 
 
 niDSi'Q _ f constr. rsiDxba , a message^ 
 Hagg. 1, 13. From ~s'5n . 
 
 "'P^f^ (apoc. for n^sxbia messenger 
 of Jehovah, comp. "'"iix for n^iiX.) Ma- 
 lachi. pr. n. of the latest prophet of the 
 O. T. Mai. 1, 1. Sept. MuXaxiag, Vulg. 
 Malachias. 
 
 f^i^^^ f. (r. N^o) fulness, sc. of wa- 
 ters ; concr. full streams. Cant. 5, 12 
 his eyes as of doves by the rivers of wa- 
 ters, washed with milk, rsIb"Q bs ris'j'^ 
 gilting in fulness, i. e. by full streams. 
 Sept. Alex. Aid. inl nXTiQu'iftaia iduiaiv, 
 Vulg. super fluenta plenissima. Others, 
 not unaptly, i. q. nx^is , a setting, bezel 
 of a ring, so that the eyes are compared 
 to a gem filling the socket of a ring ; 
 though n'iz'r'' cannot so well be refer- 
 red to the eyes. 
 
 TD^bia m. (r. trab) a garment, vest- 
 ment, i. q. C^sb , 2 K. 10, 22. Ez. 16, 13. 
 Zeph. 1, 8 ; collect, raiment Job 27, 16. 
 Plur. C-'iS!t3b:Q 1 K. 10, 5. 2 Chr. 9. 4. 
 Is. 63, 3. 
 
 ViTQ m. (denom. fr. nssb brick.) a 
 brick-kiln, place where bricks are made, 
 Jer. 43. 9. Nah. 3, 14. Erroneously 
 written ^sba 2 Sam. 12, 31 Cheth. 
 
 5^bia f. (r. bb^) c. suff. in|T3 ; plur. 
 C5"^a. "p^"!?, see below. 
 
 1. a word, i. q. lan, only poetic, 2 
 Sam. 23. 2. Ps. 139, 4.' ' Chald. and Syr. 
 |iViie , Zab. ]^.l;iJ.:io , word, thing, cause. 
 Often in plur. D'^^a and more freq. 
 
 T^ina (Syr. ^^ISso ) words, but excepting 
 Prov. 23, 9 and Ps. 19, 5, only in the 
 book of Job ; as Job 6, 26. 33, 32 C;j DK 
 '33^rn 'p^'O if thou hast words, atiswer 
 me. 36, 2 ciba n'bxb n-is there are yet 
 words to God, God has yet wherewith 
 to answer. 4, 4. 8, 10. 12. 11. al. 
 
 2. speech, discourse ; in sing. Job 13, 
 17. 21.2. 24. 25. 29, 22. Plur. discourses 
 Job 32, 11. Meton. object of discourse 
 or of talk. q. d. by-word, proverb, Job 30 
 9 nbT:b cnb ^^^J . 
 
 "btt Chald. f. Dan. 2, 9; emphat. 
 xrbT3, once nri^ Dan. 2, 5; Plur. -piia, 
 emphat. x*^^ ; i. q. Heb. 
 
 1. a word. Dan. 4, 28; spec, command 
 Dan. 3, 28. Plur. Dan. 7, 11. 16. 25. 
 
 2. speech, discourse, Dan. 2, 9, 10. 
 
 3. a thing, matter, Dan. 2, 5. 8. 15. 17. 
 Comp. Heb. na^. 
 
 ibti. Nibri seexbia. 
 
 D'^S^^ia, see c-isiTa. 
 
 S1.iTa m. (r. xbia) a maund, rampart, 
 so called as filled in with stones and 
 earth ; hence fortress, castle. Chald. 
 xr-'b'?. sn-'b^, xn"'i^, x^bra. Spec. 
 
 a) A part of the citadel of Jerusalem, 
 prob. the rampart, intrenchment. 2 Sam. 
 5, 9. 1 K. 9. 15. 24. 11, 27. 1 Chr. 11, 8. 
 2 Chr. 32. 5. Sept. thrice uxait. Targ. 
 xn-ibi:, xn-^b^. vallum. See Lightfoot 
 Opp'.II.p. 189.' Hamelsveld Bibl.Geogr. 
 11. 46 sq. The same with Xife^a, or a 
 part of it. is prob. also xiiS'S n"^3, where 
 Joash was killed. 2 K. 12, 21. 
 
 b) A fortress in Shechem; Judg. 9, 6 
 xi^TS n-3-b3l cad ''bra-bs all the men 
 of Shechem and all that dwelt in the 
 castle ; also v. 20 bis. 
 
 n^^''? m. (denom. fr. nbp salt,) Gr. 
 ttXifiog, atriplex halimus Linn, orach, 
 sea-purslain, a marine plant, the buds 
 and leaves of which were eaten by the 
 poor both raw and boiled. Job 30. 4. 
 Comp. Engl. Fr. Ital. Germ, salad, 
 salade, Scdat, pr. salt-plant. Athen. 
 Deipnos. IV. 16. See Abenbitar in 
 Bochart Hieroz. T. L p. 873 sq. The- 
 saur. p.791. 
 
 ^'513 (reigning, r. T^bis ; or i. q. Syr. 
 >^ ~ NVi counsellor,) Mcdluch, pr. n. m. 
 a) 1 Chr. 0, 29 [44]. b) Neh. 10 5 
 
^b:: 
 
 572 
 
 nb'n 
 
 12, 2. Called also 'Sfl^'Q Malluchi Neh. 
 12, 14 Chetli. where Keri si^-'bi: Melicu. 
 e)' Ezra 10, 29. d) Neh. 10," 28. 
 
 rO^^ia f. also nsb^S l Sam. 10, 25 
 (r. T^^'O) a kingdom, 1 Sam. 10, 16. 11, 
 14. 1 k. 2. 15. 22. al. Often in the genit. 
 e. g. n:i5an q'^ss f^e roya/ diadem Is. 
 62, 3 ; nsnbsri -i"is i/u; royaZ ci7?/ 2 Sam. 
 12. 26 ; ns^bsn NSS ^/le roj/a^ throne 
 1 K. 1, 46 J nr^ban snt f Ae seed royai, 
 royal line, Jer. 41, 1. Dan. 1, 3; nbs 
 riDsibTD to administer the kingdom, to 
 reignj 1 K. 21, 7. Of Jehovah's king- 
 dom, Ps. 22, 29. Obad. 21. 
 
 ''D^^IS- see 1^15 a b. 
 
 "jibia m. (r. "i^ib) pr. place where trav- 
 ellers lodge, either in the open air or 
 under a roof, lodging-place, inn, cara- 
 vanserai, Gen. 42, 27. 43, 21. Ex. 4, 24. 
 Of an encampment of troops for the 
 night Is. 10, 29. 
 
 njlb'a fem. of the preced. a lodge, hut, 
 of the keeper of a garden or vineyard, 
 Is. 1. 8. Also a hanging-bed, hammock, 
 suspended from trees, in which travel- 
 lers and also the keepers of gardens and 
 vineyards sleep for fear of wild beasts. 
 Is. 24, 20. Arab, and Aram. J'Sv^j 
 \fy^, !!<V^i?- See Buxtorf's Lex. 
 Chald. h. v. Niebuhr's Arabien p. 158 
 Germ. 
 
 * 1. TO'2 prob. i. q. rinia (r being 
 softened to I), to rub in pieces, to pul- 
 verize. Once in 
 
 NiPH. to be rubbed small, to vanish in 
 dust. Is. 51, 6 'inbiSJ vry-3 d-'ti'^J "^3 for 
 the heavens like smoke shall vanish away, 
 be dispelled; parall. r.b^n 1523 y-:5<n 
 the earth like a garment .shall wax old. 
 Hence it appears that there lies a simi- 
 lar power in the two roots rh-o and n^3 , 
 whence cTlbia (see rh-o II ) and c^ybs 
 old clothes. But it also marks a distinc- 
 tion between the two roots, that nh-c is 
 here referred to smoke, and n^S to a 
 garment; so that liie former seems to 
 imply a vanishing away as jine dust, 
 Germ, zerstieben, i. e. the being dis- 
 pelled as dust or smoke. 
 
 II. Hbia denotn. from n^t> salt, <ooi<, 
 to season with salt, tibaa Lev. 2, 13. 
 Syr. Arab. Etbiop. id. 
 
 PuAL pass. Ex. 30, 35. 
 
 HopH. nb^n, inf. absol. nbrn, to be 
 salted, i. e. touched or sprinkled with 
 salt, as a new-born infant, Ez. 16. 4. Je- 
 rome in h. 1. "tenera infantium corpora 
 , . . solent ab obstetricibus sale contingi, 
 ut sicciora sint et restringantur." Galen 
 de Sanit. L 7. 
 
 I. n5"J, in pause also nbt! Gen. 14, 
 3, salt; Chald. rhjQ , Syr. )''mNv> , Arab. 
 
 Aje . If an etymology be sought, nb^ 
 
 salt may be something rubbed smalt, 
 pulverized, from r. rib's I ; com.p. Syr. 
 ^fisB to preserve in salt and spices, with 
 
 j.?ai!fi contritum, and r. ^'f contrivit. 
 Job 6,6. Judg.9,45. nban c;; the Salt sea, 
 i. e. the Dead sea, the waters of which 
 are very strongly impregnated with salt, 
 and deposit it in the low places along 
 the shores, especially in the southern 
 part (Ez. 47, 11. Zeph. 2, 9) ; Gen. 14, 
 3. Num. 34, 12. Deut. 3, 17. Josh. 3, 16. 
 18. 19. al. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
 pp. 223-26. nb^. sr^ the valley of salt, see 
 art. X^r. lett. d. nban n-'? the city of salt, 
 see in I'^S no. 1. aa. Also nba ri'^'ia a 
 covenant of salt 2 Chr. 13, 5, i. e. a 
 league for ever sacred and inviolable, 
 whence cbis nh-q n'^na Num. 18, 19. 
 This formula arose, from the circum- 
 stance, that salt as preserving from de- 
 cay is a symbol of duration and perpe- 
 tuity, see Philo 0pp. II. p. 225; and 
 hence the Arabs are said by some to eat 
 bread and salt together in making a 
 covenant; Steph. Schiilz V. p. 246. At 
 any rate they have the phrase Luuo 
 ^^ there is salt between us, i. e. a 
 
 covenant ; whence lexicographers ex- 
 plain ,^wO, jL^^jo, by covenant, oath. 
 
 But see also the conjecture of Lee in 
 Piina no. 1. Hence we may understand 
 why the offerings of the Hebrews were 
 to be seasoned with salt, as in Lev. 2. 13 
 r,rn:^ brr: "'nbs n-'-ia nbn: r-^adn Nbi 
 nor shnlt thou let lack the salt of the cove- 
 nant of thy God from thy offering, i. e. 
 the offerings are to be seasoned with 
 salt, because salt is the symbol of the 
 perpetual covenant between God and 
 Israel, which he thus daily renews and 
 
nb-a 
 
 673 
 
 'db-2 
 
 confirms. With other nation*, too, Bait 
 WHS a syrnlwl of IriiMKlsitip, and was 
 addi'd to their sacrifices ; see Sykc's 
 Essay on Sacrifices. Rosenm. Schol. 
 ad Lev. 2, 13. Further, Gen. 19, 26 
 nbia a^^ss a pillar of salt, i. e. statue of 
 fossil salt, hearing the appearance of a 
 pillar or cippus; see. for the fossil salt 
 at the south end of the Dead Sea, Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. II. pp. 482 sq. and for the 
 legends of the Arabs respecting Lot's 
 wife, see ibid. p. 589. 
 Deriv. nb II, nb-Q, nn\) . niitt . 
 
 II. nb^ only in plur. DTj^ia. old 
 clothes, worn out garments, Jer. 38, 11. 
 12. R. nb-s L q. v. 
 
 Hbia Chald. salt, Ezra 4, 14. 
 
 nbia Chald. (denom. fr. subst. n^o) to 
 eat salt; Ezra 4, 14 because we have eaten 
 the salt of the palace, i. e. are the ser- 
 vants of the king, have our maintenance 
 from him. Syr. >.ii\Sf)Zf to take salt 
 with one, to eat at his table. Arab. 
 l\jo to eat with one. Comp. 'men of 
 
 thy bread' Ohad. 7. So with the Per- 
 sians and Hindoos to eat one's salt is 
 said of servants who are fed by their 
 masters ; see Rosenra. Morgenl. no. 688. 
 
 njT? m. a seaman, mariner, Ez. 27, 
 
 9. 27. 29. Jon. 1. 5. Arab. 1"%^, Syr. 
 
 \ itSvi id. It is a denom. of the form 
 ba;?. from nbri in the signif. sea, like 
 Gr. i] uii, Lat. sal, put poet, for the sea, 
 whence aknvg seaman ; c^mp. Arab. 
 ^L-M -sl salt sea, the ocean. 
 
 ^0^^ ' (denom. fr. nbia) a land of 
 salt, and therefore barren, a desert. Job 
 39, 6. Ps. 107. 34; fully nnba 7-1X Jer. 
 17, 6. Comp. Ecclus. 39. 30. " So Virg. 
 Georg. 2. 238 ' Salsa tellus frugibus 
 infelix.' Plin. H. N. 31. 7. 
 
 n^nb^ f once ^"anb^ l Sam. 13, 
 22. c. siitf. 'in'sribia ; pkir. ri^nb^a , constr. 
 ri^nbr: . R. cnb no. 2. 
 
 1. As a verbal noun, warring, fight- 
 ing, i. e. the act. Is. 7, 1 rj-'b? msnbrb to 
 war against it (the city), to besiege it. 
 U&nce fight, battle. Ex. 13. 17. Job 39, 
 25. Is. 28, 6. Ecc. 9, 1 1, n^nbi: Ti":? see 
 
 in "^y no, 1. a. Arab. x^sJo battle, 
 overthrow. 
 
 2. war ; so nn^t3 n^v to make war 
 Prov, 20, 18 ; OS with any one Deut. 20, 
 12.20; rx (nx) id. Gen. 14.2. nn^n 
 a 'ia there was war with 2 K. 21, 20; 
 'i-'as 7a between and, 1 K. 14, 30. 15. 6. 7. 
 manbsb xs^ see in NX-j lett. b. 'ab 7(bn 
 id. 1 K. 22, 4. 'a Oi^p sec in OiT]? Piel 
 no. 3. Hence >^anba c-'X. plur. '"o "'liiix, 
 a man of war, warrior, Num. 31. 28. Is. 
 3, 2. Joel 2, 7. Jer. 38, 4. al. Poet of Je- 
 hovah Ex. 15, 3; comp. 'a "liaa of the 
 same Ps. 24, 8. Also m'anba b-'X id. 
 1 Chr. 28, 3. Is. 42, 13. So w'ith genit. of 
 the adversary, 2 Sam. 8, 10 nianba ttj-"* 
 n. 1 Chr. 18, 10; so too "'nan^a r"a 
 the house of my war, i. e. with which I 
 wage war, 2 Chr. 35, 21. 'a cs people 
 of war, troops, Josh. 8, 11. 11,7; 'a xax 
 id. Is. 13, 4. Also 'a ^bs weapons of 
 war. see in "'bs no. 5 ; and so poet. 
 nanba id. Ps. 76, 4. 
 
 ^t '^ in Kal not used, pr. to smooth^ 
 to smooth over, as in Arabic ; then in- 
 trans. to be smooth, slippery ; and hence 
 trop. to slip away, to escape, i. q. obB . 
 Syr. ^^'^ to smooth over ; Arab. ,^JLo 
 to smooth over a wall with mortar 
 
 (whence aba), to shave the head; ^oXjo 
 
 to be smooth, to be without hair ; then 
 Conj. I, IV, to cast (let slip) the foetus. 
 Kindr. are I'ba to be smooth, ijaXjO id. 
 V, VII, to escape, (j*JLo to be smooth, 
 JLo to escape, viy-Lo to smooth, to 
 
 soften; JJLo, J0001, tender, soft, comp. 
 Gr. piX8o), Germ, and Engl, mild; also 
 with the third radical a guttural or pa- 
 latal (oJLo to smooth, J^Jlo III to ca- 
 ress, to flatter, Gr. (laXaxoc, aftiXyo), fii).t, 
 Lat. mulgeo, mulceo. l^e mid. radical 
 being hardened, we have :;"^a q. v. 
 
 Piel -^a Ecc. 9, 15, in pause -^a, 
 fut. wba7, to let slip away. i. e. 
 
 1. to let escape, to save from danger, to 
 deliver, with ace. of pers. Job22 30. 29, 12. 
 Jer. 39. 18 ; ace. of thing 2 K. 23, 18. 
 Ecc. 9, 15. Is. 46. 2. So 's CS3 'J^a to 
 save the life of any one 2 Sam. 19. 6. Ps. 
 116.4 ; iaiES Li^a id. 1 Sam. 19. 11. Jer.. 
 48, 6. Ez. 33, 5. Am. 2. 14. 15. Once with 
 
tsb52 
 
 574 
 
 Ib^ 
 
 a of thing partitively (see 3 A. 2. b) ; 
 Job 20, 20 'J^.T?'^ si^ i'l'i^na /le shall not 
 save aught among his delights. Some- 
 times with 1*'a from the hand or power 
 of any one Job 6, 23. Ps. 89. 49 ; v]?^ 2 
 Sam. 19, 10 ; 'i'O Ps. 107, 20. Absol. Ps. 
 33, 17. Is. 46, 4.' 
 
 2. to lay eggs, Is. 34, 15 ; conip. in Kal 
 s 
 and Hiph. no. 2. Arab. -^jlAjo foetus. 
 
 HiPH. 1. i. q. Piel no. 1, to save, to de- 
 liver, Is. 31, 5. 
 
 2. to bring forth, as a woman, c. ace. 
 Is. 66, 7. Comp. Piel no. 2. 
 
 NiPH. 1. tobe delivered from danger, 
 to be saved, Ps. 22, 6. Job 22, 30. Prov. 
 11, 21. Ez. 17, 15. Oftener reflex, to de- 
 liver oneself to escape; with 1*o 1 Sam. 
 27, 1. Jer. 34, 3. 38, 23; Z-^n^z 1 K. 19, 
 17 ; , Ecc. 7, 26 ; also with 'r: of place 
 whence, 1 Sam. 23, 13. 2 Sam. 1, 3 ; ace. 
 of place whither Is. 37, 38 ; with n loc. 
 Gen. 19, 17. Judg. 3, 26. Absol. Ps. 124, 
 7. 1 Sam. 30, 17. Coupled with nna to 
 flee, 1 Sam. 19, 12. 18. 
 
 2. to hasten axcay, without the idea 
 of escape or flight, 1 Sam. 20, 29. 
 
 HiTHP. i. q. Niph. no. 1 ; Job 19, 20 
 "'ItO "!iy2 ni;^"?r5<|i I am (scarce) escaped 
 with the skin of my teeth, proverbially 
 for ' there i no soundness left in all 
 my body.' The Arabs have a similar 
 proverb, jUwto L^ he escaped with his 
 head, i. e. just saved his life, Vit. Tim. 1. 
 180. Poet, of sparks emitted, Job 41, 11. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 "^fQ ni. mortar, cement, from smear- 
 ing or smoothing over, Jer. 43, 9; see 
 the Arabic usage in r. db'Q Kal. Arab. 
 
 ^^L, Syr. l-Julisie, id. Comp. also Gr. 
 
 Itak&ri, Lat. maltha, Ital. malta. 
 
 ^T^r'9 (whom Jehovah delivers) Me- 
 latiah, pr. n. m."Neh. 3, 7. R. 'cbTS. 
 
 'O'^bia see r(-^ lett. b. 
 
 rib''bT3 f. (r. hhis II ) an ear of grain, 
 pr. an ear cut off; once Dent. 23, 26. 
 Comp. Job 24, 24. ' 
 
 n32*btt f (r. y!lb) 1. Pr. interpreta- 
 tion; mcton. what, needs interprotation, 
 an enigma, obscure mcuvim, aphorism, 
 Prov. 1 , 6. Sept. axoifivon h'r/oc. 
 
 2. a song of derision, taunt, Hab. 2, 6. 
 
 *'^^^'?) ^ut- '^'^'?^ inf- c. suff. -iaba, 
 
 1. to reign, to be king. Eth. ^A^ 
 id. Arab. dLLo to possess, to reign ; 
 Syr. to consult ; Chald. and Samar. to 
 consult, to reign. So in other languages 
 the words for consulting, judging, and 
 reigning, are the same ; comp. Lat. con- 
 sul, and Germ, rathen, Anglosax. rcedan 
 and Swed. rada to command. Constr. 
 with hs of persons and people Gen. 37, 
 8. 1 Sam. 8, 7. 1 K. 6, 1 ; or of a land 
 2 K. 11, 3; rarely with a 1 K. 11, 37. 
 2 Sam. 3, 21. Oftener with 3 of the 
 royal seat, or residence, where the king 
 dwells, 2 Sam. 5, 5. Josh. 13, 12. 21. 
 Judg. 4, 2. al. eaep. With an ace. of 
 time how long, 1 K. 11, 42. 14, 20. 2 K. 
 
 10, 36. 12, 2. Absol. as i=bi=b nsbll? rjttia 
 in the eighth year of his reign 2 K. 24, 
 12. 25, 1. Esth. ], 3. Jer. 1, 2. Ps. 93, 1. 
 96, 10. 97, 1. So of Jehovah, Ps. II. cc. 
 Ex. 15, 18. Mie. 4, 7. Of the rule of the 
 wicked Job 34, 30. 
 
 2. to begin to reign, to be made king, 
 2 Sam. 15, 10. 16, 8. 1 K. 1, 11. 13. 22, 
 41. 2 K. 9, 13. 2 Sam. 2, 10 Jshbosheth 
 was forty years old "i^b'oa when he began 
 to reign, was made king. 1 K. 16, 15. 23. 
 29. 2 K. 3, 1. 
 
 Niph. recipr. to consult, to take coun- 
 sel, Neh. 5, 7. Comp. the Syriae and 
 Chald. usage in Kal above. 
 
 Hiph. to make king, to constitute as 
 king, e. g. as done by a people 1 Chr. 
 
 11, 10, or by a more powerful king 2 K. 
 23. 34. 24, 17. Jer. 37, 1, or by Jehovah 
 
 1 Sam. 15, 35. 1 K. 3, 7; constr. usually 
 w^ith the accus. rarely the dat. ' to give 
 the kingdom to any one,' 1 Chr. 29. 22. 
 Sometimes with ~^T3 pleonast. 1 Sam. 
 
 12, 1. Is. 7, 6 ; ->.^.^ Judg. 9, 6. 1 Sam. 
 15. 11, With h'S_ of the people oierwhom 
 
 2 Sam. 2. 9. 1 Chr. 28. 4 ; Vx 2 Sam. 2, 
 9; M Sam. 8, 22. Absol. Hos. 8. 4. 
 
 HoPH. pass, of Hiph. Dan. 9. ]. 
 Deriv. nrsib^. nsbr'o. riiibi:^. and the 
 nineteen here following ^except r'lsb'o). 
 
 ^r!^ m. in pause also "b"0. c.suff. "^B'T? ; 
 plur. c-irbis, once 'C-^,"^. Prov. 31, 3, and 
 with K as mater lectionis O'^rNb'a 2 Sam. 
 11, 1, constr. "^tbia. - ^^ 
 
 1. a king, Arab. dlLo, dUUo , rarely 
 
 JULo; Syr. ia^iio id. Ethiop. ^\H\ 
 
fa 
 
 575 
 
 T) 
 
 raoilcrator. Coupled often with a gen. 
 of people or country, us n'lin'j Ty'^'O, 
 isyr^ 'n, Di-is '"3, n!i^j< 'a, b^a '"o, 
 etc. But '33'a, "is^'O, my or Am kin^, 
 i. e. Jeliovjili's king, the king of Isruel 
 constituted by Jehovah, Ps. 2. 6. 18, 51. 
 Where the king of any people ia spoken 
 of xt' r'iox'i*'t the article is often prefixed 
 "t^^sn, 6 ^uailfv?, e. g. T^^an 'n*^ long lice 
 the king! 1 Sam. 10,24; also in poetry 
 Ps. 20, 10. 45, 6. 12. Cant. 1,4. 3 9; but 
 not seldom the art. is omitted in such 
 case in both prose and poetry, as 1 K. 
 81, 10. 13. Is. 32. 1. Prov. 24. 21. Ps. 21, 
 2. 45, 2. 16. 61, 7. In Ps. 72, 1 -^T3.-|3 
 tfie son of a king i.s said by way of honour 
 for a king descended from kings, parall. 
 with T^bp in the preced. clause, opp. to 
 one of ignoble birth or without royal 
 ancestors ; comp. liitotXfV? ix ^airtlfo)v 
 Xen. Ageeil. 1. 2. Comp. also in the title 
 of the modern king^!of Persia the phrase 
 ^jUaJLwJI ^ ^UaJLwJI the Sultdn 
 son of the Sultdn. As in the East infe- 
 rior princes and likewise the viceroys 
 and satraps of powerful monarchs were 
 oflen dignified with the title of kings, 
 (comp. Is. 10. 8 are not my princes alto- 
 gether kings?) so the great sovereigns 
 of Asia took loftier titles, viz. ) ~^^n 
 biian the great king, put xai f$o;(rjv lor 
 the king of Assyria, Is. 36, 4. So the 
 king of Persia in the arrow-headed in- 
 S(5fiptions, see La.sen die Altpers. Keil- 
 inschr. 4. 140, 146. 165, 174; and also 
 among the Greeks, (li/ag .Satrdtvg, 6 ^a- 
 OiXivi b ftiyri:, Aristoph. Plut. 170. Plat. 
 Gorg. p. 470. E. Menex. p. 78. D. So 
 too the emperor of Germany by Syrian 
 writers of the middle ages, \^i l-'^*^ 
 Barhebr. 334. /5) D-3bo r^v king of 
 kings, so the king of Babylon Ez. 26, 
 7, and Chald. x:*:?^ T,^^ Dan. 2, 37 ; 
 also the king of Persia, Ezra 7, 12 Chald. 
 So too the king of Persia in the arrow- 
 headed inscriptions, Syr. Vi\\ft .^S^ 
 Barhebr. Gr. ^nadtvg ^aaiXsav, see Bris- 
 son de regio Persarum princ. 3. See 
 also Lassen 1. c. Thesaur. p. 794. 
 Plur. n"3bi3 kings is sometimes put for 
 foreign and therefore hosiile kings. Ps. 
 2, 10. 68. 15. 30. 110, 5 ; i. q. n-^ia 'zb^ 
 18.14,9.18. 
 Trop. the title o^king is applied : a) 
 
 To Jehovah, as king both o( the whole 
 nation of Israel (sp^^ 'a Is. 41, 21, 'o 
 bx^ia^ 44, 6). and of each individual ; 
 Ue'ut. 33, 5 7|bTa Ti-^-3 Ti-in and he 
 was king in Jeshurun i. e. Israel. Pa. 
 5, 3. 10. 16. 29, 10. 44, 5, 98, 6. 145, 1. 
 Is. 33, 22. 43. 15. 1 Sum. 12, 12. al. So 
 with art. "ban the king Jer. 46, 18. 48 
 15. 51, 57, comp. Is. 57, 9. With epi- 
 thets, 21 T,b Ps. 48, 3 ; Ti^sn 'a 24. 
 7-10 ; rixsa '">^ r,bffln Is. 6. 5. ^ So Eth, 
 and Arab, of God. b) To idols, in the 
 language of their worshippers. Is. 8. 21. 
 Am. 5. 26. Zeph. 1, 5. Comp. Gr. *, 
 liaadfvg, Horn. II. /. 351. n. 233. c) 
 To animals, e. g. the crocodile Job 41, 
 26 [34] ; of locusts, Prov. 30, 27. Here 
 it is put for chief leader ; since kings 
 are often introduced as the chiefs and 
 leadersof armies, Job 15, 24. 18, 14. 29, 
 25. 
 
 2. Melech, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35. 9, 
 41. Also with the art, r)ban Jer. 36, 
 26. 38, 6. 
 
 '^^'Q Chald. ni. emphaf. ssbia, plur. 
 Tzh^ (Kaph without Dag.) Dan. 2, 21. 
 47. al. and by Hebraism C"*:;::: Ezra 4, 
 13, eraphat. H'zh-q Dan. 2. 44 ; a king, 
 Ezra 5, 6. 7. '6. 3. 4, 23. Dan. 2, 46. i, 
 15. For the king xi iio/r,v, eraphat. 
 X3V^ Dan. 2, 5 sq. 3. 2 sq. Also 7(^3 
 s^sbis kiiig of kings, spoken of the king 
 of Babylon Dan. 2, 37, and of Persia 
 Ezra 7, 12 ; see above in Heb. T|bo 1. /5. 
 Dan. 4, 34 [37] N^^'c; T(bt! the king of 
 heaven i. e. Jehovah. Dan. 7, 17 four 
 kings, i. e. four kingdoms, as Theod. 
 and Vulg. comp. v. 23. 24 ; so 8, 21, 
 comp. v. 20. 22. 
 
 1[^12 Chald. m. c. suflf. "'Sba, counsel^ 
 Dan. 4. 24. 
 
 ^^^ ] K. 11, 7, elsewhere with art. 
 ban , T,bab . Lev. 18. 21. 20, 2 sq. 1 K. 
 11, 7. 2 K. 23. 10. Jer. 32, 35, Molech, 
 pr. n. of an idol of the Ammonites. Aqu. 
 Symm. Theod. Molox, Vulg. Moloch, 
 Sept. appellat. o K^t/wr, /5(T*Afiv; called 
 also cisba Milcom 1 K. 11. 5 (comp. v. 
 7). 33. 2 K. 23, 13 ; and csbr Malcam, 
 Sept. Mtlx6(i, Jer. 49, 1. 3. Syr. >c -n\Sft 
 omp. Zeph. 1, 5. To this idol the He- 
 brews from the time of Solomon sacri- 
 ficed infants on riaa erected in the 
 
ibi: 
 
 576 
 
 sba 
 
 valley of Hinnom ; see nra no. 4. Ac- 
 cording to Iho Rabbins, its statue was of 
 brass, with the members of the liuman 
 body, but the head of an ox ; it was 
 hollow within, was heated from below, 
 and the children to be immolated were 
 placed in its arms, while drums were 
 beaten to drown their cries ; see Jarchi 
 ad Jen 7. 3. Lund Jud. Heiligthumer p. 
 638. Carpzov. Antiq. 87. 404. Such a 
 tradition is strongly confirmed by a pas- 
 sage in Diodorus Siculus, respecting 
 human sacrifices offered by the Cartha- 
 ginians to Kqvvoi; i. e. Saturn, Diod. Sic. 
 20. 14. Hence it ha.s been commonly 
 held, that the Molech of the Old Test, 
 was also Saturn, and indeed the planet 
 Saturn, which the ancients regarded as 
 a xHxoSidjjm' to be appeased with human 
 sacrifices ; see Comm. on Is. II. p. 343, 
 and conip. in "1'2 p. 463. But from the 
 language of .Jeremiah, e. g. 32, 35 and 
 they built the high places of Baal which 
 are in the valley of the son of Hinnom, 
 to cause their sons and their daughters to 
 pass through the fire to Molech, com p. 
 19. 5 they have built also the high places 
 of Baal, to burn their sons in the fire for 
 burnt-offerings unto Baal, it would seem 
 to follow that the idol Molech (Ti^an) 
 was no other than /?aa/(bran), to whom 
 also in the region of Carthage and Nu- 
 midia children were immolated ; see 
 three Punic inscriptions. Monumm. Phoe- 
 nic. pp. 448. 449, 453. It may be sup- 
 posed that -bt, DSbia, csb??, was an 
 epithet of Baal in current use chiefly 
 among the Ammonites, as ri"!P.b^ was 
 an epithet of the same god among the 
 Tyriiins ; see in bra no. 5. Among the 
 Phenicians also a customary epithet of 
 Baal was cb:? "bo king eternal, and also 
 simply "br king ; see Monumm. Phcen. 
 ]. c. The forme csbo, Csba, may be 
 compared with *i5^ p. 214 ; i. e. the end- 
 ings c and D- may be regarded as di- 
 minutive forms of endearment affixed to 
 the names of gods ; although in these 
 syllables there may also lurk a suffix, 
 the force of which was by degrees lost, 
 as in the names of the gods ^iHmvi^, 
 'nx; /yrmir/s-, "'nbya , Monumm. Phce- 
 nic. p. 400; see also art. "'px p. 13 
 above. For the apologetic comments 
 of the Rabbins eee in tas Hiph. no. 4. 
 
 N|'P^ Chald. f. emphat. Nrabia, a 
 queen, i. q. Heb. nsbia, Dan. 5. lo! 
 
 rr\2hi2 f. (r. ^z\) c. suff. in-iabi?, a 
 noose, snare, springe. Job 18, 10. 
 
 *^ii'Q f (r. T|bT2) const r. rs^B , a queen, 
 i. e. the consort of a king Esth. 1. 9 sq, 
 7, 1 sq. or as reigning in her own right, 
 e. g. the queen of Sheba 1 K. 10, 1. 4. 
 10. 13. Plur. n'irb-a of the wives of 
 Solomon who were of royal birth, opp. 
 to concubines (="'r;biB) Cant. 6, 8. 9. 
 
 ^If'Q (id. or Chald. counsel) Milcah, 
 pr. n. of the daughter of Haran, the wife 
 ofNahor, Gen. 11, 29. 22, 20. 
 
 ns.-'a, see n^^bta. 
 
 IDb^ Chald. f constr. r^zb-q , emphat. 
 XP!i=ii3, i. q. Heb, r'lzb^, a kingdom, 
 i. e. 
 
 a) dominion, reign, the exercise of 
 kingly power, Dan. 4, 28. 6, 2. 7. 14. al. 
 In the genit. as adjunct for an adj. roy- 
 al ; as irbr n"'a the royal residence, 
 metropolis, Dan. 4. 27 ; i<ri=bT2 hz^'n, 
 the royal palace 4, 26. ^^I'l'H ' the 
 reign of Darius Ezra 4. 24. 6, 15. Spo- 
 ken of the kingdom or dominion of God 
 Dan. 3, 33 ; and of the future reign of 
 the saints 7, 18. 22. 27. 
 
 b) realm, a country under kingly rule, 
 Dan. 2, 39. 44. 7, 23. Plur. emphat. 
 Nrirb^ Dan. 2, 44. 7, 23. Syr. ol^iie, 
 
 f/n-i\Sn, Arab. v::^XJLo, id. 
 
 r^D^B f: (r. r^-Q) plur. ri'zb^ , a word 
 of the later Hebrew, freq. in the books 
 of Chron. Esth. and Daniel, but rare in 
 the earlier books, as Num. 24, 7. 1 Sam. 
 20, 31. Ps. 45, 7. 103, 19. 145. 11 sq. 
 
 1. a kingdom, i. e. the royal dignity. 
 dominion, reign. Dan. 11, 21 comp. v. 4. 
 Esth. 1. 19. bixd 'a the kingdom {Ao- 
 mimon) of Saul 1 Chr. 12. 23. 2 Chr. 
 12, 1. Often in the following phrase : 
 Dan. 1. 1 in the third yearZt'<7;1^^r^'^ '^''3^'?^ 
 of the reign of Jehoiakim. 2, 1. 8, 1. 1 
 Chr. 26, 31. 2 Chr. 15, 10. al. comp. the 
 earlier phrase cran^ -bsb 1 K. 15. 1. 9. 
 Ollen in the genit. as adjunct ibr the 
 adj. royal, e. g. Piaban r''a the royal 
 house, palace, (i. q. "^b^ r"*?.) Esth. 1, 9. 
 2, 16. 5, 1 ; P!i=b^ lan (i. q. r,ban nan) 
 a royal mandate Esth. 1, 19; 'q kib:^ 
 
iDbtt 
 
 577 
 
 ttb^ 
 
 the r(}yal Ihrottc 1 Chr. 22, 10. Eeth. 1, 2. 
 6, 1. ul. 'a -Jrj Ps. 45, 7 ; 'a Tin 1 Chr. 
 29, 25. Dan. 1 1, 21 ; also 'a *,':) roya/ 
 tp/n Efith. 1,7. Ellipt. Esth. 5, 1 nic=b 
 nisba fi/i/" ]it on royal apparel. 
 
 2. a kinf^dom, i. e. a realm, a people 
 under kingly rule; e. g. nnin"^ 'a t/ie 
 kingdom of Judnh 2 Chr. 11, 17; 'a 
 O'^^bS the kingdom of the Chaldeans 
 Dan. 9. 1 ; D"iD 'a the kingdom of the 
 PersianJt 2 Chr. 36. 20. Dan. 10, 13. etc. 
 'a -isn the half of the kingdom Esth. 5, 
 3. 6. 7, 2. Pfur." n->2Va Dan. 8, 22. 
 
 '^''^f^ (God's king. i. e. appointed 
 by him, fr. 'n^a.) Malchiel, pr. n. m. 
 Gen. 46, 17. Num. 26, 45. 1 Chr. 7, 31. 
 Patron, in "^ Num. 26, 45. 
 
 f^r^i*^ ^nd ^^^^)^ (Jehovah's king) 
 Malchiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 9, 12. 
 Neh. 11. 12. Jer. 38, 1. b) Ezra 10, 
 31. Neh. 3, 11. 14. 13. c) Neh. 8, 4. 
 10, 3. d) Jer. 38, 6. e) Ezra 10, 25. 
 
 P7?~^"?:^ (kinjT of righteousness) pr. 
 n. Melchizedek. king of Salem (Jerusa- 
 lem) and a priest of Jehovah, Gen. 14, 
 18. Ps. 110, 4. Comp. Heb. c. 7. 
 
 D'n'^35T3 (king of altitude) Malchiram. 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 18. 
 
 y^O^Sba (king of help) Malchishua, 
 pr. n. of a son of Saul. 1 Sam. 14, 49. 31, 
 2. Also written separately 5llZ3"''3ba 
 1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39. 
 
 tD5tt (their king) Malcam, pr. n. 
 a) An idol of the Moabites and Ammon- 
 ites, i. q. cbba and "^a , Jer. 49, 1. 3 ; 
 see in T(^.a . But in Zeph. 1, 5 and Am. 
 1, 15 OS^a is their king. b) A man, 1 
 Chr. 8, 9. 
 
 DS-'Ta Milcom, i. q. Molech. an idol of 
 the Ammonites, 1 K. 11, 5. 33. 2 K. 23, 
 13. See in Ti^a . 
 
 '}3-'')2 an error for "2^5? q. v. 
 
 n?btl fem. of the Chald. form Ti^a , 
 (as nsba fr. Tjr!?.) o. qiieen, found only 
 in Jer.V, 18. 44. 17. 18. 19. 25; in which 
 passages n^arn rsba the queen of 
 heaven, which the Hebrew women wor- 
 shipped, is either the moon, or Astarle 
 (rn'ntlJs) i. e. the planet Venus. So 
 Sept. in c. 44. and Vulg. everywhere. 
 But several Mss. read the word fully 
 
 49 
 
 written isJfi r2xba the service or worahip 
 of heaven, as also the Syr. renders it 
 ) -'^^^^ it\ng cultua cadi, i. e. abstr. 
 for concr. the gods of heaoen. 
 
 nobb f. with art. nsban (the queen) 
 Molekelh, JIanimoleketh, pr. n. 1 Chr. 
 7, 18. 
 
 * ^iT ^0 speak, mostly poet, for 
 the comm. lan. Chald. and Syr. bba, 
 %io , id. It has something of the ono- 
 matopoetic character, like Gr. kalia 
 Germ, lallen. In Kal once part, bbno 
 Prov. 6, 13. 
 
 PiEL bia, to speak, c. ace. Job 8, 2 
 how long wilt thou speak such things 7 
 33, 3. Ps. 106, 6 ; with dat. of pers. and 
 a direct clause following, as Gen. 21, 7 
 'lai onnaxb bfea "^a who woidd have said 
 to Abraham, Sarah shall give children 
 suck ? Comp. is'n no. 1. c. 
 
 Deriv. n^a word, pr. n. ''bba . 
 
 * II' -"2*9 i. q. b^a.ina, to cut off, or 
 to be cut off, espec. oT grass, herbage, 
 ears of grain. Put. in the Chald. form^ 
 ba"" Job 14, 2. 18, 16. plur. in pause ^iba^ 
 24, 24. Ps. 37, 2, to be cut off; see Bieelc 
 on these forms, in Rosenm. RepertM-;. 
 I. p. 80. Job 14, 2 ba^ xa;; y->s3 like 
 the flower he cometh forth and is crxt 
 down. 18. 16 beneath, his roots are dry, 
 in'^sp ba"^ braa above, his branches aire 
 cut off. Others, as Kimchi and Siraonis^ 
 derive these forms from baj, which; 
 seems to be supported by the noun 
 nbas ; but the preceding mode is better 
 established. 
 
 NiPH. to be circumcised, i. q. bias or 
 bias from r. bia , Prset. onbas for anVas , 
 Gen. 17. 11. 
 
 Po. bbia. fut. bbSa^, to cut off, Ps. 90, 
 6 ; see bia Pil. 
 
 Deriv. nb-^ba. 
 
 ^bia Chald. Pa. b^a , to speak, Dan. 
 7, 8. 11. 20. 25 ; c. 05 with any one Dan. 
 6, 22. 
 
 ''??'9 (eloquent, r. bba I ) Milalai, pr, 
 n. m. Neh. 12, 36. 
 
 Tab'a or yi^y^ m. (r. lab) once in 
 constr. Judg. 3, 31 "li^an "^ab-a an ox- 
 goad, a stout staff with an iron point at 
 one end for urging on oxen ', see Maun 
 
drell's Journ. Ap. 15. Gr. ftoi'nh',i II. 6. 
 135, and ^ovxn'j^ov. See SchOttgen de 
 Stimulo bourn, Francof. 1774. 
 
 jf 2 '7 in Kal not used, to be smooth, 
 i. q. 'cbi2 q. v. 
 
 NiPH. Ps. 119, 103 how smooth (tsbri) 
 to my palate are thy words, i. e. pleasant, 
 eweet. 
 
 nsbia with art. "i^55afi Dan. 1, 11. 16, a 
 name of office in the Babylonian court, 
 prob. Pers. -mJLo master of wine, chief 
 butler ; so Bohlen Symb. p. 22. 
 
 Pr 7 to nip, to nip off", to crack, e. g. 
 the neck of a fowl Lev. 1, 15. 5. 8. Sept. 
 unoxvl^b). Kindr. is P']^, the "i being 
 softened into h, and S interchanged 
 with n. Syr. and Chald. iba to pluck. 
 
 H1p5'a m. (r. n;rb) 1. prey, booty, 
 espec. of cattle and animals. Num. 31, 
 12 bb^-n-PKi nipban-rxi '^t'lT-J^s the 
 captives, and the prey, and the spoils; 
 but in V. 11. 27. 32, the captives also are 
 included under this word. Is. 49, 24. 25. 
 
 2. Dual oiniphiz the two jaws, with 
 which food is taken, Ps. 22. 16. 
 
 ffilpb'a m. (r. ttjj^b) the latter rain, 
 i. e. the vernal, the showers which fall 
 in Palestine in the months of March and 
 April before the harvest, Prov. 16, 15. 
 Zech. 10, 1. Hos. 6, 3; often coupled 
 with nni"', Tii^, the early or autumnal 
 rain, Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 3, 3. 5, 24. Poet, 
 of eloquent discourse, Job 29, 23. On 
 the rains of Palestine see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 97. 
 
 Ql'ni?^''? m. dual (r. npsb) tongs for 
 the fire, Is. 6, 6. So of small tonfrs or 
 the like, snuffers, for lamps, etc. 1 K. 7, 
 49. 2 Chr. 4, 21. With suff. n^n^bij kl^ 
 Ex. 25, 38. 37, 23. Num. 4, 9.' 
 
 ^^f''? f. (r. nnb) a wardrobe, ves- 
 try, sc. of the Ving, 2 K. 10.22. So the 
 context demands, and so Vulg. Chald. 
 Arab. Kimchi. 
 
 ^ri'?)? (pcrh. for "'rK^T? my fulness, r. 
 h-Q) Mallothi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 26. 
 
 iriynblS f plur, (r. yr!b)constr. niynbia 
 Ps. 58, 7 ; also with the letters transp. 
 niy^TO Job 29, 17. Prov. 30, 14. Joel 
 1,6; the biters, (he griiMlera, poet, for the 
 
 578 
 
 b^T2 
 
 teeth. Comp. Ethiop. ^Arf'^^ the 
 jaw, pr. that with which one bites ; 
 Ludolf p. 19. There seems to bte no 
 reference to a particular class of teeth, 
 as the incisors, maxillary, etc. 
 
 nnS'Q'O f. (Dagesh euphonic) plur. 
 rii^fi^ Joel 1. 17, garners, storehouses, 
 places or buildings where grain is laid 
 up, i. q. ni~!f573. It is a denom. from 
 nn^ST: Hag. 2. 19. with O local prefixed ; 
 comp. rtiDSTi?. rfrania, and Lehrgeb. 
 122. 1. no.u! R. nnal. 3. 
 
 D'^'lTQ'O m. plur. (r. 'rpj) measures, sc. 
 of the earth, Job 38, 5, 
 
 'JD^tt'Q Memucan, pr. n. of a prince or 
 satrap in the conrt of Xerxes, Esth. 1 
 14. 16, 21. Also piaia v. 16 Cheth. 
 
 t\'Tll'Q m. (r. M73) only in plur. dti'TOO , 
 deaths,^ Jer. 16, 4. Ez. 28, 8. In 2 K. 11, 
 2 Cheth. concr. the dead, the slain, where 
 
 Keri D^n^"0 . 
 
 '^T'OB m. (r. "ira) ffUhiness, concn 
 filthy, polluted ; hence 
 
 1. mie sptiriowg, a bastard, Deut. 23, 3- 
 Sept. ix no(}ri,(t, Vulg. de scorto natusf, 
 and so the oriental intpp. as also the 
 Rabbins, who use this word of a bas^ 
 tard. 
 
 2. Metaph. a stranger, foreigner, 
 Zech. 9, 6. Sept. uXloyivr^. In Kke 
 manner, foreign nations are often com- 
 pared to harlots by the Hebrew poets, 
 comp. Is. 23, 17. 18. 
 
 nS'Q'a m. (r. ^3^) 1- sale, Lev. 25, 
 
 27. 29. 50. 
 
 2. Concr. thing sold; Lev. 25, 25 
 T^nx 13^10 that sold by his brother, v. 
 
 28. 33. Ez. 7, 13. Plur. Deut. 18, 8. 
 
 3. som^hingfor sale, ware, etc. Lev 
 25, 14. Neh. 13, 20. 
 
 iniSp'a f (r. n2v)sale; a gelling^, i. q- 
 13:3^ no. 1, Lev. 25, 43. 
 
 robtS'a f (r, T^Vt:) constr. rsbrB, c. 
 suff. 'PiabTaT? ; plur. ri^b^ia , constr. 
 niibrr ; i. q. n^bo, but of an earlier 
 age, though also found in the later 
 books, as 2 Chr. 11,1. 14, 4. T7. 5. al. 
 
 1. kingdom, i. e. the royal di|Ernity, do- 
 minion, reign, t K. 11, 11- 14, 8. I Sam. 
 28. 17. In genit. for the ndj. rmpiil, as 
 nsbisBn n"'!? the. royal city imh. 10, 2. 
 
bias 
 
 579 
 
 1^ 
 
 1 Sam. 27, 5 ; ' n-^a Am. 7, 13 ; also 
 
 2 Chr. 23, 20. 2 K. 1 1, 1. Abstr. for concr. 
 1 Sam, 10, 18 n'obpan-bs i. e. all kings. 
 
 2. a kingdom, i. e. a realm, n people 
 under kingly rule ; Num. 32, 33. 1 Sura. 
 24, 21. Ex. 19, 6. 
 
 niDb'QTa r. (r. T|^c) only conetr. nwb 
 a kingdom, i. q. riDbia^ no. 2 ; Josh. 13, 
 12 sq. 1 Sara. 15, 28. 'i Sam. 16, 3. Jer. 
 26, 1. 
 
 yB'Q, see It) and ! init. 
 
 ^C'O'D m. (r. T]0^) vn\red -wine, spiced 
 wine, i. q. T\oa q. v. Prov. 23, 30. Is. 65, 
 11. SeeinaT. 
 
 V V 
 
 *^'^'^ m. griff, sorrow, Prov. 17, 25. 
 
 R. "i-n:; as D3T3, r. DOS ; Oan, r. DD'C ; 
 b=n,"r.'bba. '' '' " "' 
 
 ^^'P''? (pr. fattening, then concr. fat, 
 r. X"]^) Mamre, pr. n. of an Amorite who 
 made a league with Abraham, Gen. 14, 
 13. 24. Hence x-fiB ^:ii>x the oaks of 
 Mamre, Gen. 13, 18. 18, 1; and simpl. 
 Nni:^ Mamre 23, 17. 19. 35, 27 ; the 
 name of a grove of oaks not far from 
 Hebron. [Mamre is said to be Hebron, 
 Gen. 23, 19. 35, 27. But the oaks or 
 terebinths of Mamre are distinguished 
 from Hebron or Mamre itself Gen. 13, 
 18. 18, 1. They are placed by a tradi- 
 tion older than Josephus at some dis- 
 tance from Hebron towards Jerusalem ; 
 Jos. B. J. 4. 9. 7. See Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
 lest. II. p. 454. I. p. 318. Bibliotheca 
 Sacra, 1843, p. 52. R. 
 
 D''1*"!"a'a m. plur. (r. "ina. Dag. eu- 
 phon.) bitternesses, calamities, Job 9, 18. 
 
 rJTD'Q'Q m. (r. rid^) expansion ; Ez. 
 28, 14 nCTSia -si3 cherub of expansion, 
 Vulg. cherub extentns, i. e. with expand- 
 ed wings ; comp. v. 16 and Ex. 25, 20. 
 
 JCia'Q m, (r. bOB) dominion, rule, 
 Dan. 11, 3. 5. Plur. cbir^^ concr. 
 princes, lords, 1 Chr. 26, 6. 
 
 nblB'a'a f. (r. bar) Mic. 4. 8 ; constr. 
 pbdti-a'Gen. 1. 16.' Ps. 136,8; c. suff. 
 t;riV4i3-a is. 22, 21 ; Plur. constr. rSbdiDTa 
 Ps."l36,'9, c. suff. "fnib-iJTDT: Ps. 114, 2; 
 dominion, ride, Mic. 4, 8. Dan. 11, 5; 
 also 1 K. 9, 19. 2 Chr. 8. 6. Jer. 51. 25. 
 34, 1 ; of Jehovah's dominion Ps. 114, 
 2. 145, 13; also the office of a prince of 
 
 the court. In. 22, 21. Trop. of the rule of 
 the Bun and moon, Gen. 1, 16. Ps. 136, 
 8. Hence concr. a) dominions, juris- 
 diction, realm, 2 K. 20, 13. P. 103, 22. 
 b) rtders, princes, chief oncers, 2 Chr. 
 32, 9. Less well Sept. Vulg. poioer, 
 army. Comp. 1 Chr. 26, 6. 
 
 pTClSTp m. (r. p'^'o) possession; once 
 Zeph. 2, 9 binn pCB^ the posses.non of 
 the bramble, a place overgrown with 
 brambles. Comp. Is. 14. 23. 
 
 D''j?r)'0'Q m. plur. (r. pnia) sweetnesses, 
 sweet things. Cant. 5, 16. Neh. 8, 10. 
 
 'J'Q m. (r. jSB) c. suff. r(3U Neh. 9, 20, 
 but in other Mss. without Dag. manna, 
 which some regard as identical with the 
 manna Arabica, a sweet resin similar 
 to honey, which in Arabia and other 
 oriental regions exudes chiefly in July 
 and August, before sunrise, from the 
 leaves of several species of trees and 
 shrubs, but principally from the tama- 
 risk genus. Ex. 16. 15-35. Num. 11, 6 
 sq. Deut. 8, 3. 16. Josh. 5, 12. Ps.78.24. 
 Within the present century English 
 naturalists first proved that a certain 
 insect, similar to the coccus, is coopera- 
 tive in producing the manna; see Hard- 
 wicke in Asiatic Researches XIV. p. 
 182 sq. Frederick in Transact, of the 
 Lit. Soc. of Bombay, Lond. 1819. Vol.1, 
 p. 251 sq. This has more recently been 
 confirmed by Ehrenberg, who has shown 
 that the manna flows out of the leaf in 
 consequence of the punctures of this 
 insect. The tree which produces it at 
 Sinai is the Tamarix gallica mannife- 
 ra, Arab. Li^ Turfa; and the insect 
 is called coccus manniparus. See Eh- 
 renb. Symbol. Phys. Berl. 1829. Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. I. pp. 170. 550. Comp. 
 Niebuhr's Descr. of Arab. p. 145. Germ. 
 J. E. Fabri Historia Mannae in Fabri et 
 Reiskii Opusc. med. Arab.p. 121. Arab. 
 
 ij- id. pr. a portion, gift from heaven, 
 fully U-wgJI i^ But allusion is made 
 to another derivation Ex. 16, 15. 31; 
 comp. Chald. '(0 . [Of all the charac- 
 teristics ascribed in Scripture to the 
 manna, not one belongs to the present 
 manna; nor could there ever have been 
 a supply of it sufficient for the consump- 
 
p 
 
 580 
 
 P 
 
 tion of a host like that of Israel, contain- 
 ing at least two millions of people; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Pales-t. 1. c R. 
 
 I'Q Chald. Pron. 1. Interrog. who? 
 what ? Ezra 5, 3. 9. Dan. 3. 15. Also 
 in an indirect interrog. Ezra 5, 4. 
 
 2. Indef "''n"")5a whoso, whoever, Dan. 
 3, 6. 11. 4, li 
 
 'J'Q m. (r. )':'C) 1. part, portion. The 
 proper subst. force of this word does not 
 indeed occur in common use in the O. T. 
 since the form iins^ Ps. 68, 24, which 
 Simonis explains by: the portion of him 
 {them), i. e. of the dogs, is more readily 
 solved another way, viz. by rendering 
 it : that the tongue of thy dogs may lap 
 .(yTOF}) of it. But the primary subst. 
 power is manifest in the forms '^353ia pr. 
 a parte mea, Fr. de ma part, Engl, for 
 or on my part, (comp. Ez. 3, 17 waim 
 them '^tJS'Q on my part, from me.) and 
 ^2BT3 a. parte ejus, on his part ; and hence 
 the prep. '{Ci is pr. originally nothing but 
 the constr. state sing, of '{O ; and "^20 Is. 
 30, 11 is its constr. plural. 
 
 2. Plur. a"^i?a strings of an instrument, 
 pr. slender threads, from their being di- 
 vided, Ps. 150, 4. Syr. ,_JLo id. Prob. 
 also we may refer hither Ps. 45, 9 : out 
 of ivory palaces "snatu "^tis the strings 
 (resounding music) have made thee glad. 
 On the plural ending ^- for C-, see 
 Lehrg. p. 525, 526. Ewald's Gram. 359. 
 
 "I'j and 'i?, before a guttural '?, rarely 
 "a (as BOT Gen. 14, 23, p^-io 2 Sam. 
 18, 16, and constantly in the forms ywa, 
 Tiiinia), poet. *^31Q with Yod paragog. as 
 annexed to the constr. state Judg. 5, 14. 
 Job 6, 16. Ps. 44, 10. 11. Is. 46, 3. al. 
 once '^I'P plur. constr. Is. 20, 11 ; c. suff. 
 ^San (see '"6 no. 1), poet. "'Sa and '^t'q 
 i(by Syriasm); T]BT3 in pause ^S^a, f. 
 ^SS ; 1S52^ for ^r\}TZ^ from him, poet. 
 sinsia, instj. f n:53i2'; plur. sisbts for ijsbts 
 from Its; 03^; cna poet. Ctiso, f inw. 
 Syr. T^; Arab. Jw*, usually joined to 
 the next word by dropping Nun, as 
 with the art. Joo for Jl ^ De Sacy 
 Gram. I. 838. Strictly "(^ is constr. 
 state of the noun ",, (as 1? constr. '(3,) 
 pr. part of any thing, and hence a Pre- 
 poBilion; see '(O no. 1. 
 
 1. Strictly as a Prep, partitive, (cn 
 pipiip Mem partitive as the Hebrews 
 call it,) denoting a part taken fro7n or 
 out of a. whole, which in Gr. and Lat. is 
 expressed by the prepositions |, ix, e.r, 
 e, and also by uno, ah, a. rarely by de. 
 
 a) Put after numerals ; Ruth 4, 2 ten 
 men "I'^yrj ''^^,^'0 of the elders of the city. 
 2 K. 2, 7 fifty men D^slS:n '330 of the 
 sons of the prophets. Neh. 1,2 "^nx^a nnx 
 one of my brethren. Job 5, 1 Cbnp)^ ia 
 who of or among the holy 7 Jer. 45, 28 
 
 all shall know "Ssri c^p"^ "'is -iST 
 
 Dili:!! whose word shall stand, of me or 
 of them, mine or theirs, where *|^ refers 
 to "^53, as in Job 1. c. So after substan- 
 tives which denote apart ; 2 Chr. 31, 3 
 the king''s portion from (''o) his szib- 
 stance. Is. 21, 11 nb^^^ n^ what of the 
 night ? i. e. what part (time) of the 
 night? 
 
 b) Indefinitely, the noun being omit- 
 ted, a) As referring to number or mul- 
 titude, it implies some out of a whole 
 number; Ex. 17, 5 take with thee "'JptO 
 'iU7 (some) of the elders of Israel. 16. 27 
 DS'n *,^ ^i<.^2 there went out (some) of 
 the^ people. Gen. 33, 15. Num. 13, 23. 2 
 Sam. 11, 17. Ez. 5, 4. Am. 2, 11. Cant. 
 1, 2 !in"'B np'^'isi: "Sj^v^-'i let him kiss me 
 (with some) of the kisses of his mouth. 
 So Arab. *-Aj-* some of them Kor. 57. 
 
 26 ; also ijOJU c. genit. a part, some ; 
 Syr. ^o. Comp. the Fr. indef. art. de 
 anciens, des baisers. More rarely it 
 marks one out of a number ; Gen. 28, 1 1 
 and he took Dipsn '3::X'a one of the 
 stones of the place, comp. v. 18. Ex. 6, 
 25 Eleazar took him one of the daughters 
 of Putiel to wife. Jer. 1, 1. Dan. 11, 5 the 
 king of the south y^'ya '{0} and one of 
 his princes, Sept. ilg ix imv dwaarwv. So 
 Arab. ijOJU , Syr. ,-^, of one. /3) As 
 referring to a whole, something, some of; 
 as Cn^ (some) of the blood, some blood, 
 Ex. 12, 7. 29, 21. Lev. 5. 9. (So ovi^? ,^ 
 Barhebr. 529.) Job 11. 6 Hod will remit 
 to thee "liyt! (something) of thy guilt. 
 Ps. 137, 3. With a negat. part, nothing, 
 none at all; 1 K. 18, 5 '-o r^-'-^SJ Nibi 
 nrna and that we destroy none of the 
 beast's. 2 K. 10. 10. Deut. 16. 4. Nah. 1, 
 14 niJ Tj^Ti" y^ljl K^ there shall be sown 
 
ia 
 
 581 
 
 Ta 
 
 nothing of thy name more, nothing which 
 bciirs thy name. /) Hence is manifest 
 the proper force of the Arab. ^^%je 'pleo- 
 nastic,' treated of by Agrcll, cle Variet. 
 gen. ct num. in Lingg. Orient, p. 142 sq. 
 and corresponding to which there are 
 siniihir phrases in Hebrew. In these 
 Arabic lortnulas. aJLM ^t aJt ^^ Lo, 
 lit. nothing of God but God, i. e. there is 
 no God but God, Kor. Sur. 3, 55. 5, 77. 
 38, 05 (comp. the same words without 
 ^ Sur. 3, 1. 11, 27. 20, 7) ; ^ Lo 
 Jc^l nothing of one, not even one. Sur. 
 2, 96. 19, 98; JLfc ^jx *^ Lo lit. no- 
 thing to them of knowledge, i. e. they 
 have no knowledge, Sur. 18, 4 (comp. 
 without j^wo 22, 70. 24, 14) ; in these and 
 many other like instances, '{^ is not pleo- 
 nastic, but partitive : not a single part 
 of God. i. q. no god ; not a particle of 
 one, not even one ; 7iot a jxirticle of 
 knowledge, etc. In Syriac the corres- 
 ponding form is >oou^ ,-i |] and contr. 
 JcoiJsoiic )] nequaquam, Gal. 5, 16. 
 Hence in Heb. ) 'inx'? lit. any part 
 of one, i. e. even one, ulhis. Deut. 15, 7 
 if there be a poor man among you "inxia 
 rpnx any one of your brethren. Lev. 4, 
 2 and if he doeth nsnTD rinx"0 any one 
 of them ; comp. Ez. 18, 10 where nx 
 seems to be spurious. Dan. 8. 9 see in 
 nn"'y2T3. 3) In the negative phrases 
 ')'^StJ . DSSt: , Is. 40, 17. 41. 24, i. e. (some- 
 thing) from nothing, nihili quid, as if 
 diminutive of nothing, q. d. less than no- 
 thing, though there is here no compara- 
 tive force in "('O . Is. 40. 17 all nations be- 
 fore him are Tixs as nothing, and they are 
 counted to him D2XT2 less than nothing. 
 41, 24 OSXia n=b?Bn 'iSTa cnx ye are 
 from (less than) nothing, and your work, 
 from (less than) nought; comp. v. ] 2. 29. 
 The rendering less than nothing is ra- 
 ther mathematical than poetical, though 
 it correctly expresses the fact that the 
 idea of nothing is diminished by prefix- 
 ing this particle. Nor is this usage pe- 
 culiar to Isaiah ; to it indeed belongs the 
 form "pxti not one, not even one. none, as 
 Jer. 10, 6 "^7 "1^3 'CV;^ not one ?> like to 
 thee. Jehovah, v. 7. So too I would ex- 
 plain the phrase 2iai"' 'j-'X'a i. q. V? -'?"i'', 
 see in 'pst no, 5. d. p. 43. But to this 
 
 49* 
 
 idiom do not belong several passages 
 in which interpreters have thought tiiey 
 discovered the )V pleonastic ; Storr Ob- 
 eervatt. p. 450. Tluis Gen. 7, 22 all 
 in whose nostrils was the breath of life, 
 I'iSx Vsp of all that was on the dry land, 
 died; i. e. all animated beings died. So 
 in the anacoluthon Judg. 10", 11. 12. 
 
 e) After verbs of taking or receiving 
 of or from any thing, i. e. a part from a 
 whole ; e. g. Gen. 2. 22 the rib which 
 the Lord took nnii-qfrom the man. Ex. 
 29, 22 thou shall take of the ram the fat. 
 Job 23. 6. So after verbs of a similar 
 sense ; as verbs of eating. '{O bsx Gen. 
 25. 20. Job 31. 17 ; of satiating, '{O y^'a ; 
 of choosing from a number Ex. 18, 25. 
 2 K. 10, 3. Vice Versa also after verbs 
 of giving Gen. 25. 30. 30. 14 ; so too 
 after verbs of filling, as *{2 SaTS , '{O Jtbtt ; 
 of leaving Ex. 10. 5. Lev. 6. 9 ; of teach- 
 ing Is. 2. 3. Ps. 59, 13. In all these ex- 
 amples '(0 denotes a part, portion, some ; 
 which the Greek. French, and German 
 express also by the genitive, as iir&itiv 
 xal TtlvBcv jivog, prenez du sang, nimm 
 des Blutes. 
 
 2. From the above partitive significa- 
 tion comes the notion of proceeding out 
 of any thing, i. e. out of. of. from, Gr. ix, 
 Lat. ex. implying that a thing has been 
 in another and made as it were part of 
 it. So very freq. in the proper sense 
 after verbs signifying to go out e. g. 
 from a people, city, land, gate, and the 
 like, see in XS^ ; to draw out sc. from 
 the water, a pit, Ps. 18, 17. 40, 3 ; to 
 draw water out of a well Is. 12, 3 ; to 
 deliver or save from, the power of any 
 one; see the verbs ^"'Sii, -laj, "^"Q'S; 
 e. g. 3r-,^"r)3 Ps. 17, 13, nia^ 33. 19, ^inn 
 22, 21 ; also to help (save)/rom Deut. 
 33, 7. Ps. 43, 1 ; to drive out from a land 
 Ps. 10, 18 ; to cut of from a land Ez. 14, 
 17 ; to remove out of Deut. 26, 13. al. 
 Further, to take or receive from, see 
 nj?b ; to cry out from any place Jon. 2, 3. 
 Hab. 2, 11. al. Trop. to pass/rom one 
 state to another, e. g. to be turned from 
 sorrow to joy. Esth. 9. 22 comp. Is. 17. 1. 
 Hence spoken : 
 
 a) Of the material out of which any 
 thing as it were proceeds, is formed or 
 made. Gen. 2. 10 and the Lord God 
 formed nn'vafi n^rrba "la^sn ",0 out of 
 
V2 
 
 582 
 
 (he ground every beast ofthejield. v. 23. 
 Cant. 3, 9 Solomon made a liller (pa- 
 lanquin) lisnlDn '^^.v-a of the wood of 
 Lebanon. Ps. 16, 4. 45. 14. Hos. 13, 2. 
 
 b) Of source or origin, e. g. ) Of 
 parents. Gen. 17, 16 kings shall be nsap 
 of her. 16, 2. 1 Sam. 2, 20 iAe Lore/ ^lue 
 thee seed of this woman. Judg. 11, 34 
 she was his only daughter, ^iSB^ "i^ "pN 
 he hail no otfier of himself, of his own 
 body. Gen. 35, 11. Lev. 21, 17. Job 14, 
 4 N^^'a "iin:: |n';i la wAo will show one 
 pure born of the impure ! see in "nj 
 no. 1. i. Is. 58, 12 T^aia those from thee, 
 thy children, descendants. /5) Of a 
 people or native place ; 1 Sam. 9, 1 
 'j"'n;|ij3r ;r''i< a, man of Benjamin. Judg. 
 13, 2 ns-is^ ffi-'X a man of Zorah. 12, 
 8. 17, 7.' 2'k. 21, 19. Am. 1, 1. Jer. 1, 1. 
 Neh. 7, 6. So of beasts and things ; 
 Ps. 80. 14 ny_?^ -i-^m the boar of the for- 
 est. Jer. 5, 6. Ps. 80, 9 O'^'nsfio "iSS a tjme 
 of Egypt. Comp. Ps. 72. 16. Trop. Neh. 
 6, 8 thoufeignest them "|a^o out of thine 
 own heart. 
 
 c) Of the author or agent from or 6j/ 
 whom any thing proceeds or is done ; 
 :so Gr. un.6 i. q. vno Hdot. 2. 54. Thuc. 
 3. 36.. E. g. "i^ "^^^v? ^o conceive by any 
 one Gen. 19, 36. Hos. 7. 4 a;i oven nnra 
 riBST? heated by the baker. Ps. 9. 14 
 ^Sl'iZJia "^"ir ?ny sorrow from (caused by) 
 .them that hate me. 31, 12. 62, 2. Judg. 
 14, 4. Job 6. 25. Prov. 16. 1. 1 Chr. 13, 2. 
 Hos. 8, 4. So with passive verbs, Ps. 
 :37, 23. Ecc. 12, 11. Often as marking 
 the author of a judgment or estimate ; 
 Job 4, 17 shall mortal man be accounted 
 just of God (aTi'~X"Q), a, man pure of 
 his maker ? i. e. can he be just and pure 
 in the judgment or sight of God 7 Num. 
 32,22 riin7?2 Q-^ps guiltless before Jeho- 
 vah. Zedi'. 11, 13. Contra, Ps. 18, 22 xb 
 ^tnbxa *^nri23"n / have not done tcickedly 
 before my God, he being judge ; but 
 others take it here as constr. praegn. / 
 have not wickedly departed from my 
 God. Jer. 51, 5. Deut. 32, 47. To the 
 same idiom may be referred Gen. 3. 14 
 n^n2n-53T2 nnx iiix, i. e. -ba "^.rsa 
 nana, cursed art thou of oil beasts, their 
 curses follow thee ; Sept. nnu nuviMV 
 XMv xiTjvaiv, i. e. uTto for ino, see above. 
 Gen. 4, 11. So on the other hand T^ii-'a 
 ^ Deut, 33, 24. Judg. 5, 24; though 
 
 both these passages may be referred to 
 no. 5 below. 
 
 d) As the efficient cause ; e. g. after 
 active verbs. Is. 6, 4 and the posts oftlie 
 door trembled at {'^12) the voice. Job 4, 9. 
 14, 9. Ps. 6, 8. 73, 19. After passive 
 verbs. Is. 22, 3 ntln!'? "~S5< they are cap- 
 tured by the archers. 28, 7. Ps. 78, 65. 
 Ez. 27, 34. After substantives, Hos. 7, 
 5 '1?'? r^n heat from (by) wine. Job 4, 
 13 thoughts from the visions oftlie night. 
 Aller an adject. Gen. 49, 12 see in "''b'^hzn. 
 
 e) Of the instrument; comp. Soph. 
 Trach. 1133 (| fju?;? x^uvnv ^iQog. Gen. 
 9, 11 neither shall allfle,sh be cut off any 
 more by the icaters of a flood, b^ajsri ^1212 . 
 Job 7, 14. Ps. 28, 7. So pra>gn. Lev. 14, 
 16 i^Ti;n",73 . . . iyasN-rx -jnar! ba::'i and 
 the priest shall dip and moisten his finger 
 with the oil. 
 
 f) Of the remote cau.se. the ground or 
 motive on account of, because of for 
 which any thing is done. Joel 4. 19 [3, 
 19] nnsin-; "^sa o^sn^/or the violence to 
 the children of Judah. Is. 53. 5 sirsrsa 
 for (on account of) our transgressions. 
 Prov. 20, 4. Deut. 7, 7. Josh. 22, 24. 
 Cant. 3, 8. Zech. 8, 10. So to rejoice 
 (n5sb) or giieve on account of at any 
 thing, Ruth 1, 13. Ex. 2, 23. Mic. 7, 16. 
 Also where the reason is assigned why 
 something is not done, l^aX. prrp, Engl. 
 for ; Gen. 16, 10 ana -ieb'^ xb il shall 
 not be numbered for multitude. Ex. 15, 
 23 they coidd not drink of the water for 
 bitterness. 6. 9. Hence it^x^ because, 
 see in iBx C. 3. 
 
 g) Of a law. rule, precept, according 
 to which, in conformity with or by which, 
 any thing is done, comp. Lat. e.v more, 
 e.v lege, e.T fcedere ; i^Jir? "^B^ by com- 
 mand of Jehovah 2 Chr. 36, 12. Jon. 3, 7. 
 Hence genr. according to. after, Lat. 
 secundum ; Ez. 7, 27 onx ntyyx ca-i'nTa 
 according to their ways will J do unto 
 them. Job 39. 26. "''nn according to the 
 number, as often as ; see '^'n. 
 
 3. Very frequent, though not as is 
 usually supposed the primary idea, is 
 the notion of receding, departing, of 
 motion from a place, e. g. from, a place 
 hither, from a place away, out from., off 
 from, and the like, in any direction 
 whatever, whether upwards or down- 
 wards ; e. g. D'^';^''? from, heaven la. 14. 
 
p 
 
 583 
 
 T 
 
 12. Pe. 14, 2. 33, 14 ; ) "i"3^ /o descend 
 from a mountain ; and vice versa nby 
 |0 /o ascend from ; 1 Cpn 1 Sam. 2, 8. 
 So also of" the voice and the senses, as 
 exerting themselves or called into exer- 
 cise from any place or distance ; comp. 
 Judg. 5, 20 the starit fought from heaven. 
 Thus of the voice Is. 24. 14. 16. 42, 10 ; 
 of the hearing 2 Chr. 6, 21. 25. 30. 33. 
 7, 14 ; of tlie sight Cant. 2. 9 comp. 5, 4. 
 As opposites we find: a) 13 *|0, 
 and -is^ -,13. Lev. 13, 12 isi i^ii-'a 
 l^ba^ from his head even to his foot. Is. 
 1,6. 1 K. 6, 24. 7, 9. The same formu- 
 la is ot\en used so as to comprehend 
 every thing without distinction, from 
 beginning to end, from head to foot, etc. 
 Jon. 3, 5 cvjp ^S1 cbinaB/ro?/! the great- 
 est to the least, i. e. all. Esth. 3, 13. Ex. 
 11, 5. 12, 12. 1 Sam. 5, 9. So too for 
 whether or. i. q. both and, Ex. 9, 25. 
 22, 3. Deut. 29, 10. 1 Sam. 30, 19. With 
 a negative particle, neithei nor. Gen. 
 14, 23 irj-Tliib -is-\ 0!ima tx neither 
 thread nor shoe-lachet, i. e. nothing at 
 all. 31, 24. ^)hit. yofromto, see 
 bx A. 1. p. 51 ; Ps. 144, 13 IT-bx VTia 
 from kind to kind, i. e. of every kind. 
 So b -(^ id. Gen. 9, 10. y) n- -.ti 
 id. Ez. 25, 13 nm^ ,^"'ma from Te- 
 man even unto Dedan. For nSni rja'a 
 and I'iii^.^'} la'O see in nxbn no. 2. In 
 all these constructions "I'cb is more com- 
 mon, for which see below. Specially 
 
 a) After verbs of going away /row. a 
 place, see T\?<} ; of coming Gen. 16, 8 ; of 
 returning, see 2ii3 ; of sending, as nbiT; 
 of fetching, as n;rb Jer. 13, 7. Also after 
 verbs of departing, receding, so "lO , "iia 
 and others of kindred meaning, as '"O nsx 
 *,o 135, "1^3 nj3, IP xan pr. to err from a 
 law Lev. 4, 2. Further, of removing, 
 lion, pTiin ; of repulsing, a-^ain Ps. 44 
 11 ; of driving out, t'")5; of withholding, 
 5373; of restraining, T("wrj ; ofdehorting, 
 \nT3 . So too after verbs of desisting, 
 b'lti ; of ceasing, leaving off. Esth. 9, 28 
 and ( 1T2S Gen. 29, 35 ; of resting, nss 
 naifi ; also of forgetting, "i^a ns'ij Ps. 102 
 5. Here too may be referred 1 K. 12 
 28 ritep csb 31 enough to you (i. e 
 desist) from going up. Joel 1, 12 joy is 
 withered away from the sons of men. Ps. 
 104, 35. Prov. 25, 17. So niioja nb-^bn , 
 see in b'^bn no. 2. a. 
 
 b) From the notion of departing, re- 
 ceding, comes the use of "'O after verb* 
 of fleeing, n-;2, 013; of hiding oneself^ 
 nno, obs, ina ; of fearing, xi^, ino 
 of trembling (comp. in no. 2. d) Is. 6. 4, 
 Nah. 1,5; ofbeing aware, guarding, "naib 
 100)3 ; of defending, protecting, Ps 
 43, 1. 107, 41. All these verbs take ', 
 of the person from whom we flee, hide 
 guard, defend, or of whom we are afraid 
 beware, etc. Comp. xtiVTttw uno, y^uXxinjia 
 uno, Matt. 11, 25. Luke 9, 45. 19,42. 
 Lat. ' custodire v. defendere aft,' ' tutus a 
 periculo.' Similar to these are : '(O "'ttSsn 
 free from a master Job 3, 19; 3;^ixt5 71773 
 a refuge from the enemy Nah. 3, 11 ; 
 3l'n75 bs a shadow from the heat, which 
 protects from the heat, Is. 4, 6. 2.5, 4. 
 Job 21 , 9, So Esth. 5, 9 he stood not up 
 isa'2 ST xbi nor irutted for him, i. e. for 
 fear or reverence of him. Job 31, 23. 
 
 c) After words of receiving, yq npb, 
 i!^ ^'py,\ of giving, Ecc. 12, 11 ; of 
 seeking, isa ; of asking, bsoi ; here yo 
 marks the person from whom one re- 
 ceives, etc. So too after a verb signify- 
 ing to take vengeance of or from any 
 one, ',73 Cp2 1 Sam. 24, 13. al. Also Is. 
 57, 8, see in ri3 no. 3. fin. 
 
 d) After verbs of rising or raising up 
 from a place. Dip, a'pn. Judg, 3. 20. 
 2 Sam, 12, 17. So also after verbs of 
 consoling, comforting; Gen. 5, 29 this 
 one shall comfort us from (under) our 
 work and the toil of our Jiands. 
 
 e) Often "73 is prefixed to particles of 
 place, (most of them being nouns.) and 
 signifies departure from, the place de- 
 noted by the particle. Thus: Of) Before 
 adverbs, '\ir:iiT2 from behind ; ^''3^ from 
 there, thence ; ""^XTS whence 7 n-p , ris'a , 
 hence; and so 3"'3!s'a, nbsTibTS ; n::73b73. 
 /5) Before prepositions, '''inx73/ro;?i af- 
 ter ; "13273 from amid, from within; 
 i3Bb73 , biHTS , 15373 , from before ; rx73 , 
 nv/q , from with ; hsjo from above, rnn'O 
 from beneath ; "pa73 from between, etc. 
 Comp. Fr. de chez, d'aupres. 
 
 f ) Put without a preceding verb, it im- 
 plies distance or absence from any place 
 or thing./ar/ro)/!, away from, comp. Gr. 
 ait "A(}ysog far from Argos, (p/ijjc uno 
 nuTQiSog aijj? II. 2. 162. So Prov. 20, 3 
 a''173 rai^ to sit away from strife. Num. 
 15,24 nisn "'S'^Sts away from the eyes 
 
m 
 
 584 
 
 P 
 
 of the congregation. Is. 14, 19. Hence 
 ) i. q. -without ; Job 11, 15/or then shall 
 thou lift up thy face D^iHTa without spot. 
 Gen. 27, 39. Mic. 3, 6. Jer. 48, 45. /S) 
 besides, propter, 2 Sam. 13, 16. 1 Chr. 
 29, 3. Contra 
 
 g) It implies also a connection, a de- 
 pendence of one thing from another, so 
 as to seem to proceed from or out of it. 
 Is. 40, 15 ''h'^'O "ng a drop from the bucket, 
 Sept. arrnybjv utzo xdSov. Cant. 4, 1. See 
 in ttJ^a , and comp. ix di<fQOio xaS^fiBvog 
 Od. 21. 420. Arab. ^ i->JJ prope 
 abesse ab ahqua re. Perh. Ruth. 2, 20 
 i\ii fiibniri he is next from our Goel see 
 in bS5 I.' 3. p. 170. For nn-'raTS Dan. 8, 
 9, see in its order. 
 
 h) Often (a marks the place or region 
 in or at which a thing is ; as U'l'is-Q from 
 the east, Wjp from the west, where in 
 Engl, we say on the east or eastward, on 
 the west or westward. The mind of the 
 oriental passes from the place specified 
 to himself; we- from ourselves to the 
 place specified. So Gen. 2, 8 and the 
 Lord God, planted a garden in Eden 
 07.;5'!2 eastward, i. e. in the eastern part 
 of Eden. 12. 8 oni^B '^J)'] D^ia ^X-n-^a 
 Bethel on the west and Ai on tJie east, i. e. 
 those coming from the west would pass 
 by Bethel, and those/z-om the east by Ai. 
 So "I'iB^'Q on the north Judg. 7, 1. In 
 like manner the following: rri^'Qonthe 
 inside, within ; l^sma on the outside, with- 
 out, as Gen. 6. 14; "^V^-q from before, i. e. 
 in front ; rnxyofrom beneath, i. e. below. 
 So Gr. TiQos voiov, Lat. a fronte, a tergo ; 
 Fr. f/essous. fZessus, r/fdans, rfehors, der- 
 riere for d'arriere. When followed by 
 a genitive or by h, the following forms 
 arise : 1S^ at the side of any one ; 
 h r^^p at or 071 the right of any one, 
 Ssi-cUJTa on the left ; \ ^?^ above, upon. 
 i- q- ^? j ^ ^^IP^ beneath, under, i. q. 
 rnn ; h pni? i. q. yw , etc. see in \ A. 
 4. d. p. 502. Thesaur. p. 805. 
 
 i) Any thing at which we look, may 
 also be said to look towards us, e. g. 
 a place at some distance ; hence in Lat. 
 e regionc, c.v adverse, over against. So 
 also in Hebrew, iMia e regione, over 
 against. Gen. 21, 16. Num. 2, 2 ; pinntj 
 e longinquo, afar off. 1 Sam. 26, 13. 
 Comp. l(/TijiMVat fiaxijodfv. 
 
 k) Sometimes forms of this sort, as 
 Cn;?^ from the east for in the east, and 
 pin-nia from afar for afar off, are even 
 put after verbs of motion to mark the 
 terminus or place whither; so Is. 22,3 
 !in;;i3 pinna they have fled afar off, far 
 away. 23, 7 her own feet shall can^y her 
 pinntJ afar off to sojourn. Gen. 13. 11 
 D'liii^ aib ysi] and Lot journeyed east- 
 ward. Such phrases seem to be taken 
 as in the accus. of place whither, q. d. 
 pinnis-bN . 
 
 4. Of time, as marking : a) The ter- 
 minus a quo. a time/ro??i which onward ; 
 as )<'^T]r\ r'S'n "T3 from that time forth 
 Neh. 13,21; t^-q from times of old ; nnsig 
 from now, henceforth ; n'^'is;:^ from 
 childhood 1 Sam. 12, 2. 1 K. 18, 12; so 
 too ''53X "i^jaTa from my mother's womb, 
 from my birth, Judg. 16. 17. Is. 46, 3. 
 When prefixed to a word implying a 
 space or period of time, the reckoning is 
 always from the beginning and not from 
 the end, like the Gr. acp r,fiE(ju<;, Itno 
 vvKTog, Lat. de die, de node. Lev. 27, 17 
 bs'iii f*?i^"^ Vulg. well, statim ab initio 
 i.ncipientis jubilei, opp. b^^n nnx v. 18. 
 Is. 38, 12 nb^b *1S Dl'ia from morning 
 till night, i. e. the whole day. ?i"'^^'3 
 since thy days, i. e. since the beginning 
 of thy life, Job 38, 12. 1 Sam. 25, 28. 
 Di'!iB from time on, from the beginning 
 of time or of the world, Sept. wtt a^xv?> 
 Is. 43, 13. 
 
 b) Of the time in or at which any 
 thing takes place, comp. '"O no. 3 h ; 
 Ps. 94, 13. 1 Sam. 25, 28. So n";nS!^ on 
 the morrow Gen. 19, 34. Ex. 9. 6.''cbisa 
 a, long time ago, i. e. of old. Is. 42, 14. 
 Prov. 8, 23. D-ip.?3, n-'tliX'n^, Is. 46, 10. 
 
 c) Of the time which next follows an- 
 other, immediately after, comp. in no. 3. 
 g ; so Gr. i% uqiuxov, Lat. ab ilinere, ex 
 considatu. Ps. 73, 20 7^^^?. 0"i'n? os a 
 dream after (when) one awakes. Prov. 
 8, 23 ")'";!< ^'^IP'a immediately from 
 (after) the begin7iingsoftlie earth ; Cir'^ 
 after two days Hos. 6. 2 ; y^^f at (he end, 
 see 7P. Simply after, cr'r after a 
 time, in process of time. Judg. 11. 4. 14, 
 8 ; CIST C^^ia Josh. 23. 1. oia^ 2'i^ Is. 
 24, 22 ; C!!)"!!! rbuS?: after three months 
 Gen. 38, 24. Here too may be referred 
 ly'isin ",n beyond (after) the appointed 
 time 2 Sara. 20, 5. 
 
1^= 
 
 585 
 
 5. From the idea of proceeding from 
 or out of{>nie no. 2), in which ia incUided 
 the notion of taking or choosing out oJ\ 
 comes the use of ^C as a comparative, to 
 mark any thing as prominent or pre-emi- 
 nent in any way above other thingsy/ow 
 or out fj/"wliich it is talien. Comp. Lat. 
 egregius, eximius ; Gr. ix nuvtotv ftuki- 
 <na II. 4. 96 ; also /x naaitav II. 18. 431. 
 Hebr. "lO -"na Ps. 84, 11. The same 
 usage is found in the Syriac and Arabic. 
 So Deut. 14, 2 a people carn-bsa 
 out of all nations, q. d. chosen out, supe- 
 rior to them. 1 Sam. 9, 2 crn-bsa Rha 
 taller than any of the people, pr. in this 
 respect eminent out of, above, all the 
 people. 10, 23. bsa zps deceitful above 
 all things, i. e. the most deceitful of all, 
 Jer. 17, 9 ; comp. 1 Sam. 18, 30. 2 K. 10, 3. 
 2 Chr. 9, 22. Ez. 31, 5. Ps. 45, 8. al. In 
 other examples a thing is said to be in 
 some way eminent, distinguished, above 
 another, to surpass it, e. g. P^a^ Sia 
 better than Balak, distinguished above 
 him for goodness, Judg. 11, 25; pina 
 ttJa'HTa sweeter than honey 14, 18 ; can 
 iijj-'in^ wilder than Daniel Ez. 28. 3. Also 
 with a verb implying virtue or vice, 
 Judg. 2, 19 nniasia in-^rittSn they did 
 worse tJian their fathers. Ge.n. 19, 9. 29, 
 30. 38, 26. Jer. 5, 3. al. So too the 
 phrases : "i^ lon to have less than an- 
 other Ps. 8, 6 ; "jTS bej to fall more than 
 another, to yield. Job 12, 3 ; '^"0 1^3 to 
 stand more than another, not to yield, 
 Dan. 11, 8. Not much different is the 
 view of those who refer this comparative 
 use of '{0 back to the idea of receding ; 
 see Thes. p. 806. The following uses 
 may also be noted : a) The terlium con- 
 parationis is sometimes omitted, but 
 maybe easily supplied: Is.10.10 nri'^b'^pa 
 aVilT'ia their idols surpass those of Je- 
 rusalem sc. in multitude and power. Mic. 
 7, 4. Ps. 62. 10. Job 11, 17. b) A thing 
 is said to be above or greater than any 
 one, when it surpasses his powers; as 
 Deuf. 14. 24 -nnn r^s^ nsn^ the journey 
 is greater than thou. i. e. exceeds thy 
 powers, is too long for thee. Gen. 4, 13. 
 18, 14. Job 15, 11. 35, 5. Is. 49, 6. Num. 
 16, 9. Judg, 7, 2. See Lehrg. p. 690. 
 c) There is a close connection between 
 the comparative use of yo and its nega- 
 tive power (no. 6. b); e. g. Hos. 6, Q 
 
 / delight in goodness, and not sacrifice, 
 in the knowledge of Uod more than in 
 burnt-offerings. 
 
 6. Before an infinitive, yo signifies: 
 a) 071 this account that, because ; comp. 
 no. 2. f. Deut. 7, 8 DDnx >; ranx^o be- 
 cause Jehovah loveth you. b) Most fre- 
 quently, 80 as not, so that not, lest, with a 
 negative sense, from the signification of 
 receding (no. 3), after verbs which in 
 any way imply restraint, hindrance, etc. 
 e. g. verbs of restraining, sf^sn Num. 32, 
 7 ; of guarding, of caution and care, Ps. 
 39,2. Gen. 31,29; of dehorting Is. 8, 11 ; 
 of rejecting 1 Sam. 8, 7; of shutting up 
 Is. 24, 10. Zech. 7, 12 ; (comp. Gen. 27, 
 1. Ps. 69, 24;) of dismissing Ex. 14, 5; 
 of forgetting Ps. 102, 5. Is. 49, 15. Thus 
 Num. 32, 7 wherefore turn ye the heart 
 of the children of Israel ^ixn'iix ""aco 
 from going over, etc. i. e. so that they go 
 not over. Gen. 27, 1 his eyes were dim 
 ri<"itJ so that he could not see. Is. 49, 15 
 can a woman forget her sucking child 
 PiJisa"")? onnia so as not to have com- 
 passion, etc. So Is. 54, 9 I have sworn 
 ^^^^r CiiJp^ not to be wroth with thee, i. e. 
 the oath restrains me from it. In this 
 sense, a noun is often found instead of 
 the inf and then p is for the fuller 
 nrriTS ; so 1 Sam. 15, 23 he hath rejected 
 thee ~t!ST3 from being king. i. e. so that 
 thou art no longer king. Jer. 48, 2 we will 
 destroy it ""iaa so that it shall be no more 
 a nation. Is. 52, 14 TT-X^ nn'Sn dis- 
 figured so as to be no man, so as scarce- 
 ly to have the appearance of a man. 
 Also Is. 17, 1. 23, 1. 25, 2. Jer. 2, 25. 1 
 K. 15, 13. Job 34, 30. c) Of time, e.g. 
 from which, since, see no. 4. a. Is. 44, 7 
 since I created the ancient people. Num. 
 24. 23. Job 20, 4. 1 Chr. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 31, 10. 
 Also after, when, see no. 4. c. Ps. 73. 20. 
 
 7. Once )^ is found as a Conjunction 
 before the future, i. q. Syr. ? ^ , Arab. 
 
 (!>' ^J^' ^" ^^^ sense of lest, comp. no. 
 
 6. h. Deut. 33, 11 j^wpVt'?, Sept. /lif 
 uvujTTjaovTui, Vulg. " noil consurganL 
 Comp. Lehrg. p. 636. 
 
 jTSb^ 'ab^ "qV, i. q- i'a (which is only 
 found in certain forms, as n^rBSTSj 
 na'csa, D'^:Si'D), and corresponding en 
 
p 
 
 586 
 
 n5t3 
 
 tirely to the Lat. inde for de-in. It is put 
 for ")T3 in the signif. no. 3. a-d, marking 
 a terminus a quo, from ; so of place, 
 pinnrb from afar Job 26, 3. 39. 29 ; 
 also'of time 2 Sam. 7, 19. 2 K. 19, 25. 
 I Chr. 27, 23 narbii njffi o-^-iias -iitt^ 
 ^rojn twenty years old and under. 1 Chr. 
 
 17, 10. Mai. 3, 7. Most frequently fol- 
 lowed by "IS or TS1 , from to, even to, 
 Zech. 14, 10. Mic. 7, 12; of time, Judg. 
 19, 30. 2 Sam. 7, 6. Jer. 7, 7. Also i. q. 
 tc/ieiAr or, 2 Chr. 15, 13 n\yx I?! la^X^^ 
 whether man or woman. Esth. 1, 20 ; 
 and so with a negative particle, neither 
 nor, Ex. 11, 7. 2 Sam. 13, 22. Here 
 however does not belong r"'2i3b Num. 
 
 18, 7, nor h rnnrb 1 K. 7, 32, which are 
 for n''2'2, h rnnia, including the idea of 
 motion to a place ; comp. yiriB'bij; . 
 
 t^'D i. q. C5'a , pr. from with, from 
 near by any person or thing, Syr. ,-Lo 
 \^<i!^, Arab. JuLc ^^wo ; hence genr. 
 from, of a terminus a quo, 1 K. 6, 33; 
 espec. after verbs or nouns of departing 
 or sending from any place. Gen. 8. 8. 
 26, 31 ; also of receiving Job 2, 10; of 
 buying Gen. 17, 27. 23, 20 ; of asking 
 from any one 1 Sam. 1, 17 ; of perform- 
 ance from (by) any one, Ex. 29, 28 this 
 shall be to Aaron a perpetual statute 
 'iC'^ "irs rXTD from the children of Israel, 
 i. e. to be performed by them. Josh. 1 1, 
 20 nn'^i^ '^ f N^ from Jehovah is this. 
 Ps. 22, 26 Tfenn T^Pixa from thee is my 
 eong, i. e. I owe to thee my deliverance, 
 the cause of my song. In Is. 54, 15 
 iniXtJ is for TIXO v. 17 ; see in rst II. 
 In Is. 44, 24 Keri, "^PiXt: is i. q. Gr. uji 
 f'fiuvTov John 5, 30, of myself, by my 
 own authority, Arab. (^JoLt ^^vO; Syr. 
 f*^- ^ , Heb. "Sa-o Hos. 8, 4. Comp. 
 on this idiom Gesen. Anecdota Orientt. 
 I. p. 66. 
 
 pa Chald. Ezra 6, 14, c. suff. -^Vq, 
 T^vq, ns^a, v\yq, "I'insiQ, i. q. Heb. 
 
 1. part of any thing, pr. constr. state 
 of the noun '{O. Its partitive power 
 is apparent in examples of this sort : 
 Dan. 2. 33 as to his feet binB '^'i ynt-q 
 rori ''n VHiia a part of them was iron 
 and a part of them clay. Comp. Syr. 
 ^coUio ^soullo 2 Tim. 2, 20. Barhcbr. 
 p. 171, 200. 
 
 2. from out of, pr. proceeding out of, 
 etc. Hence : a) Of the author, from 
 whom as a source any thing proceeds, 
 after the passive, Ezra 4, 21. b) Of the 
 moving cause, motive, on account of, 
 because of, Dan. 5, 19 ; "^"^"{C because, 
 Dan. 3, 22. c) Of a rule or law ac- 
 cording to which any thing is done, Ezra 
 
 6, 14. 7, 23. Hence arp '{a of a truth, 
 in truth, truly, Dan. 2, 47 ; 2^2^ '|a of 
 a certainty, i. e. certainly, Dan. 2, 8. 
 Comp. Gr. ix as used in periphrasis for 
 adverbs, e. g. e'S ffKfuroiJg i. q. ipcfavbiq, 
 e'S \aov. 
 
 3. from, with the notion of receding, 
 departing, see Heb. 'i^a no. 3 ; hence to 
 require punishmentyrojn anyone, Ezra 
 
 7, 26 ; to be in fear of any one Dan. 
 5, 19. Of time, from, a time onward, 
 Dan. 4. 23 [26]. Ezra 5, 12. Often fol- 
 lowed by other prepositions, e. g. rib "^ 
 i. q. Heb. cri3 , nxa . see nib . ci^^' '{q 
 i. q. Heb. "^JBTS, "'.^E^r. -pnx ^q i. q. 
 TXTS from, then, from that time, see 'j'^'iN . 
 Here too belongs the privative or 
 negative signification, on which see in 
 Heb. '{O no. 6. b. Dan. 4, 13 ) W2ab 
 "(iiTT"] NC5S his heart shall be changed 
 from a nian's heart, i. e. so as to be no 
 longer the heart of a man. 
 
 4. Comparat. above, more than, Dan. 
 
 2, 30. 
 
 S:^ Chald. see niia . 
 
 niSSTCl parts, plur. of r;73 q. v. 
 
 nrafia f (r. pj) i. q. nr;3 no. 3, a 
 50J7O-, espec. of derision, a satire. Lam. 
 
 3, 63. 
 
 n'nS'a Chald. f. tribute, i. q. Chald. 
 n'nis q. v. 
 
 y'^:")? Chald. m. i. q. Heb. S^B, the 
 Dag. being resolved in the Chaldee 
 manner into 3 . R. 5"3"] , fut. SHS"^ . 
 
 1. knowledge, Dan. 2, 21. 5, 12. 
 
 2. understanding, intellect, Dan. 4, 
 31. 33. 
 
 * np^ Alt. M5^n. pr. to r//i*jV/<' out. to 
 measure out ; kindred are "l?^ and n:i3. 
 Comp. by transpos. Gr. vf/jui.ln Kal 
 
 1. to o/to^ to appoint, c. b Is. 65, 12. 
 
 2. to number out, to count, e. g. money 
 2 K. 12. 11 ; the stars Ps. 147, 4 ; tlie 
 dust Gen. 13, 16. Num. 23, lOj a people 
 
nstt 
 
 587 
 
 Via 
 
 by a census 2 Sam. 24, I. 1 Chr. 21, 1. 
 17. 27,24 (c. 2). 1 K. 20, 25 and number 
 thee an anny, etc. Purt. njiia the num- 
 berer, coimler, i. e. iiispoctor of flocks, 
 Jer. 33, 13. Chald. and Syr. U^ id. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, to be. num- 
 bered, Gen. 13, 16. 2 Chr. 5, 6. Ecc. 1, 
 15; tobt numbered with, c. nx Is. 53, 12. 
 
 PiEL rijia, fut. apoc. 1157}, imp. apoc. 
 "jtt. Only in the later Heb. 
 
 1. to allot, to appoint, i. e. to divide 
 out to any one, Dan. 1, 10; with b of 
 person, Dun. 1, 5. Job 7, 3. 
 
 2. to appoint, i. e. to constitute, to pre- 
 pare, spoken of God, Jon. 2, 1. 4, 6. 8. 
 Followed by a finite verb vKTwdiiutg, Ps. 
 61, 8 in"i23"; -f-q appoint (cause that) 
 they may preserve him. With bj, to 
 appoint over, to set over, Dan. 1, 11. 
 
 PuAL pass, to be appointed, to be set 
 over. 1 Chr. 9, 29. 
 
 Deriv. "'Z'O , r5"2, pr. n. Hjan, and the 
 four following. 
 
 'Ty'a and S!^ Chald. to number; 
 Dan. 5, 26 God hath numbered thy king- 
 dom, i. e. the years of thy reign. Part, 
 pass. SJa V. 25. 26. 
 
 Pa. "'Sa, to constitute, to appoint to an 
 office, Dan. 2, 24. Ezra 7, 25; c. bs over 
 Dan. 2, 49. 3, 12. Imper. ^\-a Ezra 7, 25. 
 
 Deriv. "I'sa. 
 
 nSia m. (r. r\va) plur. ti^vn , pr. part, 
 portion, number ; spec, maneh, mina, 
 
 Gt. pvtt, (Syr. Ul^, Arab. jJjc.) a 
 weight of a hundred shekels, as we may 
 gather from IK. 10, 17. 2 Chr. 9, 16. 
 Another and somewhat obscure specifi- 
 cation is given Ez. 45. 12 : twenty shekels, 
 twenty-Jive shekels, fifteen shekels, shall 
 be your mina ; spoken either of a triple 
 mina of 20, 25. and 15 shekels ; or of a 
 single mina of sixty shekels, distributed 
 into three parts, 15+20+25. The lat- 
 ter is best. 
 
 npia f. (r. njTs) constr. P5C , plur. mja, 
 c. suff. Kamets impure nT^-iin Esth.2,9. 
 1. a part, portion. Ex. 29, 26. Lev. 7, 
 33 ; mostly of food. 1 Sam. 1, 4. 5. 9, 23. 
 rnsia nbiy to send portions from a feast, 
 Neh. 8,' lb. 12. Esth. 9, 19. 22. 
 ^ 2. a lot, i. q. pbn , Jer. 13, 25. Arab. 
 LLo fate. 
 
 ^213 only in plur. CJb parts^ i. e. 
 times. Gen. 31, 7. 41. R. nj^. 
 
 5n:T3 m. the driving of a chariot, 2 K. 
 9, 20. R. yi3 . 
 
 nnn:^ f. (r, nnj to flow.) a fissure, 
 cleft, in mountains or rocks, hollowed 
 out by the water ; such were used by 
 the Israelites in times of distress as 
 deTis, recesses, retreats, once Judg. 6, 2. 
 
 9 .- 
 
 See Thesaur. p. 858. Arab. -Aa>o and 
 
 ?.' - ''^ " 
 
 Hj^AJQ fossa aqufB ; see Schult. ad Job 
 
 p. 49. 
 
 ^13^ m. (r. T3) a nodding, shaking. 
 Ps. 44, 15 icsin nisa a shaking of the 
 head, i. e. concr. one at whom men shake 
 the head, an object of derision. 
 
 H"^:^ m. (r. mj) plur. c. sufl". "'S'jnisa 
 Ps. 116, 7. 
 
 1. a resting, a settling down in a fixed 
 place ; e. g. of the ark 1 Chr. 6. 16 [31]. 
 See the root Kal and Hiph. no. 1. 
 
 2. rest, quiet; ri'Ja ssa to find rest 
 Gen. 8. 9. Is. 34, 14. Lam. 1. 3 ; comp. 
 Deul. 28, 65. b ' TS;5a to seek rest for 
 a female, sc. in matrimony, Ruth 3, 1 ; 
 comp. Liv. 3. 45. 
 
 3. Manoah, pr. n. of the father of 
 Samson. Judg. 13, 2 sq. 
 
 nn^:^ f also nns^ Gen. 49, 15 (r. 
 nis) c. suff. -^rmsa .' -ipnja Is. 11, 10; 
 plur. rha Is. 32, is. 
 
 1. a resting, a settling down for rest 
 (comp. rnj no. 1) ; hence, place where 
 any thing settles down ;' Zech. 9, 1 the 
 oracle of Jehovah is against the land of 
 Hadrach, and Damascus is the resting 
 thereof i. e. Damascus is the place where 
 it settles down, on which it rests ; comp. 
 Num. 11, 25. 26. Is. 11, 2. 
 
 2. rest, quiet ; 'a id^K a man of quiet, 
 i. e. pacific, 1 Chr. 22, 9 ; rin^a 'a wa- 
 ters of quietness, i. e. still, placid, Ps. 23, 
 2. Adv. quietly, without noise or tumult, 
 Judg. 20, 43. Also i. q. comfort, conso- 
 lation, 2 Sam. 14, 17. Hence 'a ssa to 
 find comfort Jer. 45, 3 ; but also of a fe- 
 male, to find rest sc, in matrimony, Ruth 
 1, 9 ; comp. 3, 1. 
 
 3. place of rest, resting-place, Num. 
 10. 33. Mic. 2, 10. Plur. Is. 32, 18. Spec, 
 of the temple, as the abode of Jehovah. 
 
^:'2 
 
 588 
 
 '3tJ 
 
 Ps. 132, 8. U. 't2 r^3 1 Chr. 28, 2. Is. 
 66, 1 ; comp. Is. 11, 10. Also of the 
 Holy Land, in which the people of God 
 found rest. Deut. 12, 9. 1 K. 8, 56. Ps. 
 95, 11 'nn!!:^ my rest. i. e. conceded by 
 me (God)' to them. Is. 28, 12. Gen. 49, 
 15. Jer. 51, 59 nnajo nb, an officer of 
 Nebuchadnezzar's court; according to 
 Kimchi. chamberlain, who attended the 
 king when he retired to rest; better 
 perh. chief of the quarters for the king and 
 his army, q. d. quartermaster-general. 
 Comp. Num. 10, 33. Syr. \hZ-f^ ^\ 
 chief of the camp. 
 
 'jiS'a m. (r. '('la) a child, offspring. 
 Once, Prov. 29, 21 when any one bring- 
 cth up his servant delicately from child- 
 hood, "p:^ ^''.^'} "i^"'"?"'*'] h^ ii"^^ after- 
 wards be as a child. So the Heb. intpp. 
 and many early commentators. Others, 
 abstr. condition of a child. 
 
 DiS'Q m. (r, D^:) c. suff. "'p^JtJ 2 Sam. 
 22, 3 ; see Lehrg. p. 161. 
 
 1. flight, Jer. 46, 5. 
 
 2. refuge, i. e. place of flight or re- 
 treat, Ps. 142. 5. Job 11, 20. al. Of God 
 as the refuge of man, 2 Sam. 22, 3. Jer. 
 16, 19. 
 
 riC'2'a fem. of the preceding, flight 
 Lev.' 26,' 36. Is. 52, 12. 
 
 *li2'Q m. (r. 1^5) a yokejugum, pr. a 
 ploughman's yoke ; hence trop. "lij^ 
 fi-'J-ik JHg-z<m teartorium, a weaver's beam., 
 1 Sam. 17, 7. 2 Sara. 21, 19. Syr. 
 
 fi-*J id. Arab, -o jugum aratormm, 
 Swo jugum textorium. But in this 
 latter signif Syr. and Arab, have more 
 
 commonly U'ai, J^, Jtp^ with r 
 softened. 
 
 nni;")? and nniW n (r. ijij) a candle- 
 stick, candelabra ; spoken of the great 
 chandelier in the tabernacle. Ex. 25, 
 31 sq. 30. 27. 37, 17. 40, 4. 24. al. 
 Plur. of the candelabras in the temple, 
 1 K. 7. 49. 1 Chr. 28, 15. Jer. 52, 19. 
 
 Arab. s^Ujo id. 
 
 Q^TSia m. plur. (r. ^ri , Dng. euphon.) 
 j>Hnce8, i. q. ^^T^\, Nah. 3, 17. 
 
 * n.'J obsol. root, Arab. A^ I, II, to 
 
 give, to bestow, pr. to divide out, to dis- 
 tribute, kindr. with n3?3 , '{ya . Hence 
 
 nni'P f. constr. rrvi-q , c. suff. inn3 ; 
 plur. c. suff. ~frin3T2 Gen. 32, 14. 
 
 1. a gift, present, Gen. 32, 14. 19. 21. 
 43, 11. 15. 25. 26. al. Espec. of presents 
 offered to nobles and kings, Judg. 3, 15. 
 1 Sam. 10, 23. 2 Chr. 17, 5. 11. Ps. 45, 
 13. Is. 39, 1. 1 K. 10. 25. 
 
 2. tribute, which was extracted from 
 a subject nation under the milder name 
 of a present, see Diod. Sic. 1. 58. So 2 
 Sam. 8, 2. 6. 1 K. 5, 1 [4, 21]. 2 K. 17, 
 4. Ps. 72, 10. 
 
 3. an offering to God, a sacrifice. Is. 
 1, 13. 1 Chr. 16. 29. Spoken espec. of a 
 bloodless offering, meat-offering, opp. to 
 nnt a bloody sacrifice ; it consisted of 
 flour, meal, or cakes, with oil and fran- 
 kincense, and was burned upon the altar 
 either by itself or in connection with the 
 bloody sacrifice ; so Lev. 2, 1. 4. 5. 6. 6, 
 7 [14] sq. 7, 9. al. Hence nn:i:i nrj 
 Ps. 40, 7. Jer. 17, 26. Dan. 9, 27 ; nn:^ 
 r,D3i Joel 1, 9. 13. 2, 14. As offered to 
 idols, Is. 57, 6. 66, 3. 
 
 nnSTp Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 3, Dan. 2, 
 46. Ezra 7, 17. 
 nnpia see nn^is^ . 
 
 DnDTQ (consoler, r. cnj) Menahem, pr. 
 n. of asking of Israel, r. 772-761 B. C. 
 2 K. 15, 17-22. Sept. Marai,ii, Vulg. 
 Alanahem. 
 
 nn:')2 (rest, r. n^3) Manahath. pr. n. 
 a) Of a man Gen. 36, 23. b) Of a place 
 otherwise unknown 1 Chr. 8, 6. 
 
 "'^'a m. (r. n;^ , see Is. 65, 12.) fate, 
 fortune, destiny, Arab. LLo, JUyo; with 
 
 the art. "isn , Meni as the name of an 
 idol which the Jews in Babylonia wor- 
 shipped along with Gad (see 1J); by 
 lectistemia. Is. 65, 11. Probably the 
 planet Venus is intended, which, as the 
 source of good fortune {^^^^*^\ iXx- 
 bona fmtuna minor), was regarded by 
 the ancient Semitic nations as coupled 
 with Gad or the planet Jupiter. It 
 seems to be the same as the goddess 
 HLwO of the heathen Arabs, mentioned 
 
'::: 
 
 589 
 
 9a 
 
 in the Koran. Sur. 53. 19. 20. See on 
 these {)()ii)ts, Comm. on Is. 1. c. 
 
 I. '^S'a Jer. 51. 27, Minnt pr. n, of an 
 Armenian province, coupled with on-^x . 
 According to Bochart^ Phaleg lib. I. c. 
 3. p. 19, 20, it is i. q. Miyvag, a region 
 of Armenia. Nicol. Damasc. ap. Jos. Ant. 
 1. 3. 6 ; perh. tiie region of the Mana- 
 vasKPi near the centre of Armenia, see 
 St. Martin Mem. eur I'Armenie I. p. 
 249. For Ps. 45, 9, see in yq no. 2. 
 
 II. ''Sip poet, for "jTS with Yod para- 
 gogic. Judg. 5, 14. Ip. 46, 31 ; see TC init. 
 For the form 'S'a Is. 30, 11, see yo no. 1. 
 
 rii'^j'O, see r3^. 
 D''3tl , see ',0 . 
 "pti^Sp , see "rtt* . 
 1^:'a Chald. rn. number, Ezra 6, 17. 
 Syr. jllaio. R. njia. 
 
 rV^Sia (r. ',:-:) Minnilh, pr. n. of a 
 place in the territory of the Ammonites, 
 Judg. 1 1. 33. Hence wheat was brought 
 to the Tyrian market, Ez. 27, 17. 
 
 nb^ia m. (r. rib}) c. suff. n^3T2, once in 
 Job 15, 29 cbji: y-tiih rr^i xi their pos- 
 sessions spread not abroad in the land, 
 i. e. their flocks. Thus usually ; but 
 the root H^J is very doubtful, see in 
 art. nljp. The reading D^S'O is also 
 doubtflil. and we ought perhaps (with 
 one Ms.) to restore 3^3^ from H^aia i. q. 
 b3^, their fold, poet, for their Jlocks. 
 
 "ji^ obsol. root, Arab. ^^vJo, to di- 
 vide out. to allot, kindr. with ii3B and 
 nac . Hence ]'0. '"q. constr. "jia , plur. 
 t3"'?T3, and pr. n. "^Jia, n-'Sa. 
 
 * ^i^ fut. SSTa"^ , to keep back, to ipith- 
 hold, to restrain. Arab. *JOo id. Chald. 
 id. The primary syllable is ?3, which 
 has a negative power, see r. X13 . Con- 
 Btrued : a) With ace. of thing and 'la 
 of pers. to withhold from any one ; Gen. 
 30. 2 ir^^ '-iQ Tl-a-o 537? -nux who hath 
 withheld from thee thefniit of the womb. 
 Job 22, 7 thon hast -icithholden (SS^on) 
 bread from, the hnnsry. 2 Sam. 13. 13. 
 1 K. 20, 7. Prov. 3. 27.'Neh. 9, 20. Am. 
 4, 7. al. Rarely with ^ of pers. Ps. 84, 
 12; absol. Ps. 21. 3. b) With ace. and 
 yo of thing, to restrain or withhold from 
 
 50 
 
 any thing. Jer. 31, 16 "'safl r\^ip ^3XJ 
 refrain thy voice from weeping. 48, 10 
 
 cn^ ia*in TZ'a who keepeth back his sword 
 from blood. Prov. 1, 15. So with ya 
 before an infin. 1 Sam. 25, 26. 34 ntSx 
 "rx S^np 'rssia ; also concisely, Jer. 2, 
 25 qnTa Tj^an -lys^ withhold thy foot 
 from being unshod, see in yi no. 6. b. 
 But to withhold a person from a thing 
 is the same as to withhold any thing 
 /roTO A/m, as in lett. a. SoNum. 24, 11 
 ni:3i3 17 ^r;^ tlie Ijord hath kept thee 
 back from honour, i. e. hath withheld 
 honour from thee. Job 31, 16. Ecc. 2, 10. 
 Absol. Ez. 31, 15 n-'ni-ins r3?3S< / re- 
 strained the floods thereof. Prov. 11, 26. 
 Job 20, 13. 
 
 NiPH. to be withheld, restrained ; e. g. 
 the rain Jer. 3, 3 ; with '12 of pers. Job 
 38, 15 ; '(Q c. infin. Num. 22, 16. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. 3'3^7, SJ^n. 
 
 ^^^2^ m. (r. bS3) a bolt, bar, Cant 5, 
 5. Neh. 3, 3. 6. 
 
 ^^?^ m. id. Deut. 33, 25. 
 
 D^'5Sy2)3 m. plur. dainties, delicacies, 
 Ps. 141, '4. R. D53 . 
 
 D-iyrySB m. plur. (r. S^ts) Vulg. sistra, 
 2 Sam. 6, 5 ; a musical instrument or 
 rattle, which gave a tinkling sound on 
 heing shake7i ; soGr. afiirrqn, from (tj/w. 
 The sistrum was used in Egypt in the 
 worship of Isis ; see the description and 
 figures of it in Wilkinson's Mann, and 
 Gust, of the Anc. Egyptians II. p. 323 sq. 
 
 ^'^I?;'^ f (r. n;r3 q. v.) only in plur^ 
 n>|3:i3 sacrificial dishes, bowls for liba- 
 tion, Ex. 25, 29. 37, 16. Num. 4, 7. Syr^ 
 
 ri)?2'a for r;?3''a , see p3^ Hiph. 
 
 TT\Vtl see n-n'3T3. 
 
 Tmyq (who makes forget, r. nti3 I ;; 
 see Gen. 41, 51,) pr. n. Manasseh, Gr. 
 Mnvnacrriq. a) The son of Joseph, 
 adopted by Jacob, Gen. 48, 1 sq. For 
 the territories of the tribe of Manasseh, 
 which were partly beyond and partly 
 on this side the Jordan, see Num. 32, 
 39 sq. 34,14.15. Josh. 13,29-32. 17,7sq. 
 Patronym. ''^'i'O Manassite, Deut. 4, 43. 
 b) A king of Judah, r. 699-644 B. C. 
 son of Hezekiah, and notorious for his 
 
nrj 
 
 590 
 
 't'2 
 
 idolatry, superstition, and cruelty to- 
 wards those who worshipped God. 2 K. 
 2], 1-18. 2 Chr. 33, 1-20. c) Judg. 18, 
 30 Cheth. d) Ezra 10, 30. e) v. 33. 
 
 f^P'Q r. (for rx3^ , rx:^ , r. naa) constr. 
 W^ ; plur. nisj^ 'Neh.'l2, 44, and rr:^ 
 12, 47. 13. 10; (Kamets impure.) a part, 
 portion, 2 Chr. 31, 4, comp. v. 3. Ps. 63, 
 11 cbso r3?2 tJie portion (prey) of foxes. 
 Ps. 11. 6 a scorching wind is cO'iS nr^a 
 the portion of their cup, i. e. is poured 
 out to them. 16, 5. So of portions of 
 food, Neh. 1. c. Syr. fiOifi id. For the 
 form see Lehrg. p. 509, 606. 
 
 CO m. one pining, consumed, sc. un- 
 der calamities, one afflicted, Job 6, 14. 
 R. 00?3, see Niph. lett. b. 
 
 CI? m. plur. 0^512, tribute; common- 
 ly derived from r. DDB to pine away, 
 because tribute is ' a consuming of 
 strength,' confectio virinm, which is 
 hardly tolerable. Better to regard D^ 
 as contr. from C253 tribute, tax, from r. 
 &G3 to number, like fem. MBt: number, 
 for >^'0Z'q . Instances of the letters ks or 
 I at the end of words being softened by 
 dropping the k, exist in multitude in 
 Greek and Latin, as Ajax. Al'ixg ; pistrix, 
 pistHs, niaiQiq ; ogrig. Dor. ogvii/ mix- 
 tus, mistus ; sestertius for sextertins ; 
 also of X and ss between two vowels, 
 like Heb. micsa, missa; Ulixes, Ulysses ; 
 (tah'taabi, malaxo ; further, maximum and 
 Ital. mas^mo ; Alexander and Alessan- 
 dro. Spoken mostly of tribute to be 
 rendered in service, tribute-service, fully 
 *135 Dia ' tribute of one serving' 1 K. 9, 
 21 ; and concr. of a Zery of men as labour- 
 ers ; 1 K. 5, 27 [13] and king Solomon 
 let come up a levy (oc) otit of all Israel, 
 and the levy (Dan) was thirty thousand 
 men ; comp. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 8, 8. Fre- 
 quent in the phrases: 073^ n^'^ Deut. 
 20, 11. Judg. 1, 30. 33. 35. fs. 3l' 8, also 
 13i) 073^ n-^r} Gen. 49, 15. Josh. 16, 10, 
 to become subject to tribute-service. So 
 Bab ira Josh. 17, 13 Dab crj Judg. 1, 
 . 28, and bs Da nib Esth. 10, 1, to impose 
 tribute-serrice upon any one. Also lOix 
 oar] bs ' the prefect over the tribute- 
 service,' tribiite-master, 2 Sam. 20, 24. 
 1 K, 4, 6. 12, 18 ; plur. CDa inb $er- 
 vice-magters, task-muisters, Ex. 1, 11. 
 
 ^?''2 m. (r. 320) c. sufF. i3Da ; plur. 
 ri2Ca , constr. "'aoa . 
 
 1. Subst. consessjis, trielinium, divan 
 of the orientals, i. e. a company of per- 
 sons seated round about a room. Cant. 
 1, 12. Comp. r. 23D 1 Sam 16, 11. 
 
 2. Adv. round about, 1 K. 6, 29. Plur. 
 r-iaoa id. Job 37, 12. 
 
 3. Plur, constr. as Prep, round aboid, 
 2 K. 23. 5 cban-i'^ "^aqa roiind about Je- 
 rusalem. 
 
 ^50^ m. (r. "150) pr. part. Hiph. 
 ' shutting up ;' hence 
 
 1. Of a person who shuts tip, closes, 
 etc. a locksmith, smith, artisan, 2 K. 24, 
 14. 16. Jer. 24, 1. 29, 2. 
 
 2. That which shuts up, a prison, 
 Ps. 142, 8. Is. 24, 22. 42, 7. 
 
 ln*iaC'a f (r. -iJD) c. suff. in-ispa, 
 plur. ni-iaOa. 
 
 1. close places, i. e. strong-holds, poet, 
 of fortified cities, Ps. 18, 46. Mic. 7, 17, 
 
 2. a border, margin, so called as sur- 
 rounding and enclosing any thing. Ex. 
 25, 25 sq. 37, 14. 
 
 3. 1 K. 7, 28. 29. 31. 32. 35. 36. 2 K. 
 16, 17, ornaments on the brazen stands 
 or pedestals of the lavers, which appear 
 from V. 28. 29. 31, to have been square 
 shields decorated with sculpture upon 
 the four sides of the stand. 
 
 ^S'5a m. a foundation, sc. of a build- 
 ing, 1 K. 7, 9. R. 1D^, in the manner 
 of verbs 'iS. 
 
 I'l^.'ltpTD m. (r. "'ID) a porch, portico, 
 so called from the rows of columns 
 wjiich inclose it; comp. '^jo, "Tinio^ 
 row. Once Jodg. 3, 23, where it is the 
 open gallery or balcony, from which 
 there was access to the njbs or private 
 apartment. 
 
 * TiC'>2 I q. eoa and Dsa , to melt, 
 tofmo down. Chald. XDa, Syr. ikio 
 
 dissolutus est, computruit ; Eth. ^iKD 
 to meft. 
 
 Hiph. fut. apoc. Dapl Ps. 39. 12. to 
 cause to flow, to di.s.tolre, to meft ; Ps. 6, 7 
 noax ^b"is ^rsana with my tears Intake 
 my couch to fmr. So of ice Ps. 147, 18. 
 Trop. to caue the heart to melt sc. 
 with fear, plur. I'^oan by Chald. fc 
 sioan Josh. 14, 8. 
 
nca 
 
 691 
 
 
 J^^ f. (r. nbj) constr, PBTO, plur. 
 nilDtt. 
 
 1. temptation, trial, c. g. a) Of men 
 from God, viz. tlie mighty works of God 
 intended to excite and prove the fiiith 
 of his people, Deut. 4, 34. 7, 19. 29, 2. 
 So too when these consist of calamities 
 sent ujwn tliem ; hence calamily, evil. 
 Job 9, 23; so nft(/aa/ji6i in N. T. b) On 
 the other hand, temptation of Jehovah 
 is i. q. complaint, murmuring against 
 him, Ps. 95, 8. Hence 
 
 2. Massah, pr. n. of a place in the 
 desert, Ex. 17, 7. Deut. 6, 16. 9, 22. 
 33,8. 
 
 ^S'P f. (contr. for n03"Q, as Da for 
 03^, r. t5D3) pr. number ; hence constr. 
 nisa as Prep. pr. ' according to the num- 
 ber,' i. e. according as, pro ratione ; 
 once Deut. 16, 10 Tjn;; nans roia accord- 
 ing as thy hand is able to give; Sept. 
 xa&(oi Tj ;|ff/^ cTov ia;(VEi. Syr. LSOlto . 
 Chald. nsrs for Heb. '^, "'ns. See in 
 DB. 
 
 ^39^ m. (r. '^3D) a covering, veil, for 
 the face, Ex. 34, 33. 34. 45. So all the 
 versions, and so the context seems to 
 demand ; and Jurchi remarks that nioa 
 is used also in the Gemara of a veil. 
 
 MDID'a f. for nsviw , a hedge, thorn- 
 hedge, Mic. 7, 4. R. Tj'!':? . 
 
 nSID m. (r. nD3) a keeping off, remov- 
 ing, sc. of people, a crowd, 2 K. 11, 6. 
 
 T}^ m- (r. ^no) trade, traffic, 1 K. 
 10, 15. 
 
 i\Cy2 to mix, to mingle, i. q, iTtt. 
 This root is widely spread both in the 
 Semitic and Indo-European languages, 
 and also in the Slavic. See Arab. 
 ^-Ax, ^^, fl^V*) ji''-^ "lid. Ye 
 
 miscuit, (j^U^vyuo , auv.*,**^^ , Engl. 
 mishmash; Aram. ^Po; i]? , T\1'0 ; San- 
 scr. maksh, mip, migr, Pers. jjjuujuof, 
 ^^JC:ffcVjucf , Gr. fttayta, Lat. miscen, Po- 
 lish mieszam, Bohem. smisseti, Germ. 
 mischen. Engl, to mi.v. Ps. 102. 10. Is. 
 19, 14 c-'Si? nn nanpa Tjoa r\ir\'^ Je- 
 Iwvah hath mixed in the midst of her 
 (Egypt) a spirit of perrerseness. i. e. Je- 
 hovah hath implanted m the Egyptians 
 
 a perverse disposition. Spec, to mix 
 wine, i. e. to prepire it with spices, Prov. 
 9, 2. 5. Is. 5, 22. So the Mishna. Maaser 
 Sheni 2, 1 ; see fully in Thesaur. p. 808. 
 Deriv. T|pOTa, and 
 
 ^9^ - inixed wine, i. e. spiced, Pa. 
 75. 9. Comp. in Sja , 
 
 ^CT^ m. (r. 7(30 , Kamets impure) 
 constr. "^oa , a covering, 2 Sam. 17, 19. 
 Ps. 105, 39. Spec, of the veil or curtain 
 before the entrance of the tabernacle, 
 Ex. 26. 36 sq. 39, 38. 40. 5, and of the 
 court 35, 17. 39, 40 ; more fully PsSd 
 TjOan 35, 12. 39. 34. 40, 21. Trop. Is' 
 22, 8 nn^n-i T^oa rx bri and he uncovers 
 the covering (veil) ofJudah, i. e. exposes 
 Judah to reproach ; the figure being 
 taken from a virgin whose veil wanton 
 and violent men have torn away. The 
 Arabs make use of the same figure, 
 Schult. de Defect. 258. See Thesaur. 
 p. 953. 
 
 ^SD'Q f. (r. T|3D) a covering, that 
 with which one is covered, Ez. 28, 13. 
 
 I. HDB'Q f. (r. rj03 I) constr. P3Ba, 
 plur. c. suff. orhea ; a pouring out, 
 effusion. Hence 
 
 1. fusion of metals; e. g. fi3&a b;s a 
 molten calf Ex. 32, 4. 8. Mssa Tibx 
 molten gods Ex. 34, 17. Lev. 19, 4. 
 Spec, a molten image, Deut. 9, 12. Judg. 
 17. 3. 4. al. saep. 
 
 2. a truce, league, anovSt], made with 
 libations. Is. 30. 1. 
 
 II. HDD'a f. (r. rjD3 II) a covering, 
 Is. 25, 7. 28, 20. 
 
 1?9^ m. (r. '20 no. 4 ) poor, needy, 
 wretched, Ecc. 4. 13. 9, 15. 16. Chald. 
 
 id. Syriac |l >--iMSn, Arab. 
 
 ^^.jXJLo, Eth. <pfl^1. Hence the 
 
 new verbs ^fi^l to be poor, 'Spa, 
 yim^p , to make poor. Several modem 
 languages have adopted this word. prob. 
 through the Arabic, as Ital. meschino 
 meschinello, Portug. mesqninho, abstr. 
 me.<squinhez. Fr. mesquin, abstr. inesqui- 
 nerie. Hence 
 
 ri^SSOTS f. poverty, misery, Deut. 8, 9. 
 See the preced. art. 
 
^^012 
 
 592 
 
 sd:2 
 
 hiSSC'a f. plur. stores, magazines, by 
 transp. for a form nio:3^ from r. t)33. 
 Ex. 1, 11. 1 K. 9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 4. 16, 4. 
 17, 12. 32, 28. 
 
 JriDG'a f. (r. -03 II ) i/ireacZ, tJie warp, 
 :\n weaving, Judg. 16, 13. 14. 
 
 n>pi2 f. (r. bbD) constr. r^DB , plur. 
 ni^D^ . 
 
 1. a raised way, causeway, highway, 
 for public use. Judg. 20, 31. 32. 1 Sam. 
 6, 12. Is. 40, 3. 49, 11. Jer. 31, 21. al. 
 Ps. 84 6 cnnbs ri^D^ in whose hearts 
 rare the wayVsc. to the sanctuary, comp. 
 V, 7. 8. Poet, of the paths of locusts Joel 
 2, 8 ; of the courses of the stars Judg. 5, 
 20. Trop. icay of Me Prov. 16, 17. 
 
 2. a staircase, stairs, i. q. C^G . 2 Chr. 
 9 11 ; Sept. uvi'x^auiq. See Biblioth. 
 ,Sac. 1846, p. 612. 
 
 b^bp'a m. (r. hh'o) a raised way, high- 
 way, Is. 35, 8. 
 
 'yiSqri m. (r. -nso) only in plur. 
 tain^qo^ Is. 41, 7, ninsq^ Jer. 10, 4, also 
 a-ii:cO^ 1 Chr. 22, 3,'ni-i73t3T2 2 Chr. 3, 
 
 9, nails ; comp. Arab. ^UA^^ nail. 
 'Once written with to, i. e. n'i^at;'? trop. 
 Ecc. 12. 11 the words of the wise are . . . 
 nails fastened, i. e. they sink deep into 
 the heart. 
 
 * tt'2 to melt, to flow down; in Kal 
 once trop. of a person wasting away by 
 disease. Is. 10. 18.-Chald. DC13 . Kin- 
 .dred are no's , 0!*^ , also ^\jo to dis- 
 .solve, to macerate; comp. too r. Xi^a , 
 .vra. 
 
 NiPH. 6533, in pause orj and t503 ; 
 fut. tmi ; ini". D^n 2 Sam. 17, 10 ; part. 
 Xi-oz Nah. 2. 11 ; to melt, e. g. as manna 
 Ilx. 16. 21 ; wax Ps. 68, 3; hyperb. of 
 mountains flowing with blood Is. 34, 3. 
 Judcr. 15, 14 the bands melted from his 
 hands, were loosened and fell from his 
 hands. Of difieased or mangy cattle 
 and flocks 1 Sam. 15, 9. More freq. 
 trop. to melt, to faint: a) For fear, 
 2 Sam. 17, 10. Mic. 1.4. Ps. 97, 5 ; often 
 of the heart, Deut. 20, 8. Josh. 2. 11. 5, 
 1. al. The primitive force of this con- 
 struction is preserved in Josh. 7. 5: the 
 heart of the people melted c"^^^ ^ni!! nnd 
 became as water, b) For grief, sor- 
 
 row, Ps. 22, 15. 112, 110. Comp. Ovid 
 ex Ponto 1. 2. 57: "sic mea perpetuis 
 liquescunt pectora curis, Ignibus admo- 
 tis ut nova cera solet." 
 
 HiPH. causat. of Niph. lett. a, to make n^ 
 faint-hearted, to discourage, Deut. 1, 28. 
 
 Deriv. D^, tJ^n. 
 
 2>5'5a m. (r. 503) 1. a stone-quarry^ 
 see the root Hiph. no. 3. 1 K. 6, 7 ",: 
 rST? nnbia stones whole (not hewn)/ro?n 
 the quarry; comp. Heb. Gr. 112. 1. n. 
 Sept. U&oig axQOTOfioig aQyolq. 
 
 2. a dart, arrow, Job 41, 18. Arab. 
 
 9 o 
 
 CwJuo id. from c'o attraxit s. tendit ar- 
 
 cum, Kor. 79. 1 ; the letters and t be- 
 ing interchanged. See Thesaur. p. 892. 
 
 y5'5? m. (r. ?03 no. 2) plur. constr. 
 "irs?? . c. suff. T^?S^ , a breaking up. de- 
 parture, journeying, pr. of a nomadic 
 or other encampment, and also of single 
 persons, as of Moses Deut. 10, 11 fS^b 
 nyn i.SSb for departing before the peo- 
 ple. Num. 10,2 ni3n5an-rx 'J&zbforthe 
 breaking up, departure, of the camps. 
 Plur. of the breaking up of different 
 tribes or bands successively (Num. 10, 
 4 sq. 14 sq.) Ex. 40, 36. Num. 10, 6. 12. 
 28. Hence 'place of breaking up,' sta- 
 tion, Ex. 17, 1. Gen. 13, 3. Num.33, 1.2. 
 
 ^^Va m. (r. 'ISO) a stipport, balus- 
 trade, 1 K. 10, 12 ; comp. 2 Chr. 9, 11. 
 
 ^ECTa m. (r. nao) constr. '^SG^, c. 
 suff". -"ISD^ Ps. 30, 12, wailing, lamenta- 
 tion, Gen. 50, 10. Am. 5, 16. 1 7. al. Sept. 
 
 XOTIfTOt,-. 
 
 SiBC'Q m. (r. K0) fodder for cattle, 
 Gen. 24, 25. 32. 42, 27. 43, 24. Judg. 
 19, 19. 
 
 nnBD'a f. i. q. rnso q. v. scurf scab, 
 an eruption not dangerous. Lev. 13, 6. 
 7.8. R. HED. 
 
 ninSCTp f plur. (r. HEO) ciishions, 
 quilts, mattrasses, so called frorn^ being 
 spread, Ez. 13. 18. 21. Symm. Inavxi- 
 via, Vulg. cervicalia. 
 
 nEC")? m. (r. ^EO) constr. "iCOr, c. 
 suf C-^CD-O ; plur. constr. ""lOO^ . 
 
 1. ateiling, narration, Judg. 7, 15; 
 comp. the root in Pi. 
 
 2. number, Num. 1, 2. 9, 20. al. Beep. 
 
sc:: 
 
 593 
 
 3?a 
 
 Freq. in ace. adverbially for: accoTdii}';^ 
 to the number, Ex. 16, 16 cs-'PttitJ ipo-a 
 according to the number of' your jMTSons. 
 Job 1, 5. Elsewhere, like Gr. u(jidfiM, 
 ui^i&fiov, used pleonast. with numerals, 
 as 2 Sam. 21, 20 noO'O sa"lJ<i c-nbs 
 twenty-four in number. Hence 'OD'O *,^X 
 Gen. 41, 49. Cant. 6, 8, ibo^ ")-Kb i Chr. 
 22, 4, and "^Bpti 'CV.-1S Job 5, 9. 9, 10, 
 vnthorit number, innumerable. Contra, 
 IBDTa 'Ptt, 1DDT3 'CJK, njfn o/*7im6cr, 
 i. e. few, easily numbered, Gen. 34, 30. 
 Deut. 4. 27. Ps. 105, 12. Jer. 44, 28. 1 Chr. 
 16, 19; and by apposit. "^BDia D^r^ days 
 which are a number, which may be 
 numhered,/eir, Num. 9, 20. In Deut. 33, 
 6 "iBD^ rn '^n''"), a negative particle 
 is implied from the preceding clause, so 
 as to translate : and let not his men be a 
 number, i. e. let them be many, innumer- 
 able. Comp. Arab. c^^fj.Jouo -.LSt 
 dies numerati, i. e. few, Kor. 2. 180. 
 
 3. Mispar, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 2 ; for 
 which nneoa Neh. 7, 7. 
 
 ri'lEp'a Mispereth, pr. n. m. see in 
 IBDt? no. 3. R. "lEC. 
 
 "'^^ a doubtful root, found only 
 twice, Num. 31, 5. 16; prob. i. q. iTj (or 
 perh. "itia q. v.) to separate, to separate 
 oneself. Hence in Kal, Num. 31, 16 
 nin-ia briQ-nDBb to fall auay treache- 
 rously from Jehfrvah, i. q. bsa b^^b 
 which occurs in the parallel passages 
 Num. 5. 6. 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ez. 4. 13 ; un- 
 less perhaps the same reading is to be 
 restored in Num. I. c. Others : to ven- 
 ture defection from Jehovah, comp. Syr. 
 pxa^ ausus est, opus aggressus est. In 
 a different connection is 
 
 NiPH. Num. 31, 5 'b"; "^sbx'? !i"^D^*:) 
 narb qbs and there were separated (set 
 apart) out of the thousands of Israel, a 
 thousand for every tribe, as Saadias well 
 renders. More freely Onk. and Syr. 
 electi sunt. Sept. fii,qi&^r,(T(iv, perh. 
 from a reading ^liES^T, or according to 
 the Samaritan usage, in which "iDT3 is 
 i. q. Heb. "i^B . 
 
 Note. In Talm. iGia is tradidil. pro- 
 didil ; Syr. Ethp. accusatus est ; nei- 
 ther of which is applicable to the pas- 
 sages in the O. T. 
 
 50* 
 
 'IC'Q i. q. ^.ofl'a , admonition, inatruc- 
 tion, Job 33, 16. R. nov 
 
 ninob Job 39, 5, see loiis . 
 
 nnOTa f. contr. for nnosw (r. nDi<) a 
 band, bond, Ez. 20, 37. * ' 
 
 IIRCTQ m. (r. ino) a hiding-place, 
 refuge. Is. 4, 6. 
 
 "^nO'a m. (r. irt?) pi ur. c. suff. I'^'int?^ , 
 a hiding-place, lurking-place. Ps. 10. 9. 
 Hab. 3, 14 ; elsewhere only plur. C-inpp, 
 Jer. 13. 17. 49, 10. 'n TJ^'Jia hidden 
 treasures Is. 45. 3. Spec, a place for 
 lying in wait. Ps. 10, 8. 64, 5. Hab. 3, 
 14 ; of the dens of wild beasts Ps. 10, 9. 
 17, 12. Lam. 3, 10. 
 
 iripT3 see in r. "ino Hiph. no. 1. 
 
 i^TQ Chald. see ny^o . 
 
 *T2^ Chald. m. ( r. 13?) c. suff. 
 'ri-rt^y^ . work. i. q. Heb. nt;?B, bra, 
 Dan. 4. 34. Once by Chaldaisra in Heb. 
 context, Job 34, 25. 
 
 J^^?'? m. (r. H3S) density, compact- 
 ness. 1 K. 7, 46 nis-ixn nasra in the 
 compact soil, prob. clayey. 
 
 13?^ m. (r. nas) l. transit, then 
 place of passing, viz. a) a ford of a 
 stream. Gen. 32, 23. b) A narrow val- 
 ley, pass, gorge, in mountains, 1 Sam. 
 13. 23. 
 
 2. a passing over, overwhelming ; Is. 
 30. 32 nno!\^ n-j^ lar^-ba so often as 
 the appointed staff shall pass over them, 
 i. e. so often as punishment from God 
 overwhelms them. 
 
 nna:?!? r. (r. ia?) plur. M-iSSB, also 
 ni-ia^ia (from r/nayiD) as absol. Josh. 2, 
 7. and as constr. Judg. 3. 28 ; i. q. "^asn 
 no. 1, viz. a) a passage, ford, Is. 16, 
 2. Jer. 51, 32. Judg. 3, 28. al. b) a 
 mountain-pass, gorge. Is. 10, 29. 1 Sam. 
 14.4. 
 
 ba5^ m. (r. bss) constr. bas^ ; plur. 
 constr. 'bjSTa, c. suff. m*"^-'^^ Ps- 65, 12, 
 oftener rpnibsria Ps. 17. 5. al. 
 
 1. a track, rut. in which wheels roll, 
 Ps. 65, 12. Hence, a way. path. Ps. 
 140. 6. Prov. 2, 18. al. Often metaph. 
 like T\^y\_ . way or path of life and con- 
 duct. Ps. 23, 3. Prov. 4, 11. Ps. 17, 5 
 Is. 59. 8. 
 
-3?"J 
 
 594 
 
 V12 
 
 2. Denom. from n^js wagon, a wagon- 
 rampart, a defence or bulwark (()rmed 
 of the wagons and other vehicles of 
 an army, 1 Sam. 26, 5. 7. With n loc. 
 n^;:;^ id. 1 Sara. 17, 20. 
 
 "?'- to leaver, to he imsieady, to 
 totter; not found in the kindred dia- 
 lects; kindr. are isio, lia, Arab. oLo. 
 Spoken of the ankles 2 Sam. 22, 37. Ps. 
 18. 37 ; of the step Ps. 37. 31 ; of the 
 whole man Ps. 26. 1. Job 12, 5 bin "insia 
 whose feet waver, are not firm. Prov. 
 25; 19 rTrn^ ba") a wavering fool, un- 
 steady, for r"!?"!^ , the i being shortened 
 into =1, comp. Lehrg. p. 309. 
 
 HiPH. to make waver, to cause to shake, 
 e. g. the loins Ps. 69, 24. 
 
 1?^ see ISia . 
 
 '''^?'3 (for n^-jsa q. v.) Maadai, pr. 
 n. m. Ezra 10. 34. 
 
 '^rl^'^ (ft>r J^t'l?^ ornament of Jeho- 
 vah, r. n'ly ) Maadiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 
 12, 5 ; for which in v. 17 n^l^ia (fes- 
 tival of Jehovah). The passages are 
 consistent if we point the former as 
 
 I. X}'T'^ m. (r. '"IS) only in plur. 
 *''?'!?'?, c. sufT. 'J'^.^ Jer. 51, 34, also 
 ^ni'S'iri? adv. 1 Sam. 15, 32. 
 
 1. delicacies, dainties, Gen. 49, 20. 
 .Jer. 51. 34. Lam. 4, 5. 
 
 2. delights, pleasures, Prov. 29, 17. 
 Ace. riS'iy'Q as adv. with delight, cheer- 
 fully, 1 Sam. 15, 32. 
 
 II. nis'iy'a m. by transp. for r'i'nJSTa 
 (r. "i:?) bands, ligatures; Job 38, 31 
 na'^S risn^'O the banJ^ of the Pleiades; 
 see in n^^'S. 
 
 Tnyia m. (r. 1*15) a weeding-hook, hoe, 
 Js. 7. 25. 
 
 '^ '9 obsol. root. prob. to be soft, 
 like Arab, juo V, to be soft, as the skin, 
 cLo soft, tender, as food, from r. , JW ; 
 kindr. perh. are cLo to flow, V\i2, and 
 also sLo ; see in r. Kia. Hence 
 
 TiSrn m. only plur. Q'^yo, constr. ''?a, 
 c. Buft". "'5T3, also Bn''?t! (for Di-i-^rB) 
 Ez. 7, 19; once niTQ Is. 48, 19. See 
 inote. 
 
 1. the bowels, intestines, 2 Sam. 20, 10. 
 
 2 Chr. 21, 15. Jon. 2, 1. Chald. J<;'T2 the 
 belly, plur. 'P"^) l^^- Syr. ^-^^.L in- 
 
 testine. Arab. ffj0 5 [<*^j plur. Ucol, 
 
 id. Eth. A^O-^ id. Spec, put for: 
 a) the stomach, the receptacle of the 
 food. Num. 5, 22. Job 20, 14. Ez. 7. 19, 
 comp. Jon. 2, 1. 2. b) the womb. Gen. 
 25, 23. Ruth 1, 11. Is. 49, 1. Ps. 71, 6. 
 c) As the seat of generative power in 
 the father ; whence 'e "^Sja-q xs^ to 
 Qorae forth out of the bowels of any one, 
 i. q. to be begotten of him, Gen. 15, 4. 2 
 Sam. 7, 12. 16, 11. d) Trop. like the 
 breast, heart, etc. for the inmost part, as 
 the seat of grief pity, affection. Job 30, 
 27. Lam. 1, 20. 2, 11. Cant. 5, 4. Is. 16. 
 11, 63, 15 ; or of piety, Ps. 40, 9. etc. 
 
 2. the belly, externally, Cant. 5, 14 ; 
 comp. Dan. 2, 32. 
 
 Note. The plur. f nis^ occurs in the 
 VBxed passage Is. 48, 19, which I would 
 explain thus : thy seed shall be as the 
 sand, I'^nirrD T^-^s^ "'NSN:!! a7id the off- 
 spring of thy bowels like the offspring 
 of its bowels sc. the bowels of the sea 
 (v. 18). for the fuller iini-a ^N:iS<:3, i. e. 
 like the fishes of the sea generated in its 
 bowels. Plur. riiso is i. q. C'^^'o . but 
 the fem. form implies a figurative use. 
 The ancient versicJns render I'^niyaB 
 incorrectly : as the stones thereof sc. of 
 the sand. This is hardly supported by 
 referring to the Chald. s^'^ nummtdus, 
 obolus, perh. lapillus, and Arab. HjlcLo 
 minutim trita res. 
 
 ny^ or Xyti ChaUl. only in plural 
 i. q. Heb. u'^V'Q no. 2. the belly, i. e. the 
 exterior, c. suff. Tiira Dan. 2, 32. 
 
 SiyiD m. (r. 5!iS) i. q. iiJ?. a round of 
 bread, bread-cake, 1 K. 17, 12. comp. v. 
 13. Hence Ps. 35, 16 ai5iQ 'srb scurr(Z 
 ptacentee, cake-buffoons, i. e. parasites ; 
 see adj. H^b. Gr. if)0)/:ioxolaxtg, nviaao- 
 TtoXaxfq. , 
 
 TiS'ia m. rarely T^'S (r. ^\S) Kamets 
 impure, c. suff. iTSia. ^v^'J-Q, plur. e-'?r^, 
 constr. 'TW^ Dan.'ll, 19, 'c. suff. n^nria 
 for "';'!3"9 Is. 23, 11 (like n^jtj for 
 n'sJS, see art. n*3TS and Thesaur. p. 
 340) ; a strong or fartifed place, for- 
 tress, Judg. 6. 26. Dan. 11, 7. 10. al. 
 tiyn '"jS fortified cities Is. 17, 9. 23, 4 
 
i:p 
 
 695 
 
 X^9^ 
 
 6*?l tSsa the fortress of the sea, i. e. 
 Tyre. Ez. 30, 15. nvs-a nibx the god 
 of fortresses Dan. 11, 38. a deity of the 
 Syrians obtruded upon the Jews, prob. 
 Jupiter Capitolinus, for whom Antiochus 
 built a temple at Antioch, Liv. 41. 20; 
 others Jupiter Olympius, comp. 2 Mace. 
 6, 2. Liv. 1. c. Trop. Ps. 60, 9 Ephraim 
 is 'Cjin T"iro the fortress of my head i. e. 
 my helmet. Prov. 10, 29 a fortress to 
 the upright is the way of God, i. e. reli- 
 gion, piety. Often of Jehovah, as Ps. 
 27, 1 Jehovah is the fortress (bulwarl<) 
 of my life. 31,5. 37, 39. 43, 2. Is. 25, 4. 
 Joel 4, 16. Nah. 1, 7. 
 
 T^y^ (breast-band? r. T)?^) Maoch, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 27, 2 ; comp. naro no. 
 2. a. 
 
 X^'STQ m. (r. '(iiy) constr. TirB, c. euff. 
 iai?^ ; plur. C-'3!i?i3 1 Chr. 4, 41 Keri. 
 
 1. a hahilation. dwelling, e. g. of God, 
 the temple, Ps. 26, 8. 2 Chr. 36, 15; 
 heaven Ps. 68, 6. Deut. 26, 15. al. Of 
 men Zeph. 3. 7. Also of wild beasts, a 
 dm, lair. Nah. 2, 12. Jer. 9, 10. 10, 22. 
 61, 37. Ace. in mie's dwelling, at home, 
 like n-^a . 1 Sam. 2, 29. 32. 
 
 2. a refuge. Ps. 71, 3. 90, 1. 91, 9. 
 
 3. Maon, pr. n. a) A town in the 
 tribe of Judah. southeast of Hebron, 
 Josh. 15, 55. 1 Sam. 25. 2 ; in its vicin- 
 ity was the '(iso lana 1 Sam. 23. 24. 25. 
 Now Ma'in ^^yjjtjo. see Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
 lest. II. p. 193 sq. b) An Arabian tribe 
 coupled Judg. 10, 12 with the Amalek- 
 ites, Sidonians, and Philistines, and 2 
 Chr. 26, 7 with the Arabians properly 
 80 called ; Plur. c-'Ssiro 2 Chr. 1. c. and 
 1 Chr. 4, 41 Keri. At the present day 
 there exists a town Ma'un, ^jl", with 
 a castle, in Arabia Petrsea to the south 
 of the Dead Sea ; see Seetzen in Zach's 
 Monatl. Corresp. XVIII. p. 382. Burck- 
 hardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 437 sq. 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 572. That 
 the Mincei of Arabia are a dMferent peo- 
 ple, has long since been shown by Bo- 
 chart. Phaleg. II. 23. c) A man, 1 Chr. 
 2, 45. 
 
 jiya see '{\sxi bsa n-'a, in n-^a no. 
 12. e. p. 129. 
 
 HDiytS and "22?^ f. (r, 1W) a habita- 
 tion, dwelling, Jer. 21, 13 ; e. g. of Jeho- 
 
 vah, the temple, Ps. 76, 3. Also of wild 
 beasts, den, lair, Ps. 104. 22. Am. 3, A. 
 Nah. 2. 12. Job 37. 8. al. Of an a^lum, 
 refuge, Deut. 33, 27 
 
 D">?T503 Meunim, pr. n. a) See "jisa 
 no. 3. b. b) Maac. Ezra 2, 50, Neh. 
 7,52. 
 
 "'flSlirtJ (my dwellings) Meonothai, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 14. 
 
 Cl'iy? m. (r. CIVP) darkness, Is. 8, 22 
 
 Tiya m. (r. "iw II) only plur. D'^'niSo, 
 pudenda, Hab. 2, 15. 
 
 rriyi? see nria. 
 
 Ty^ see tisia. 
 
 n^TTQ and 'H^'Tya (consolation of 
 Jehovah, r, ;^yft to console) Maaziah, 
 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 18. Neh. 10, 9. Comp. 
 in bx-'TSV 
 
 * "^T^ fut. ?: 1. i. q. Arab. h^ 
 
 to be smooth, naked ; then, to be polished, 
 
 to be sharp, see ajia . Trans. Uy pr, 
 to scrape, to scrape off", (comp. ijuXjo 
 fricuit, also an^, since the letters 5 and 
 1 are kindred), whence 135^ pr. a scrap- 
 ing, scrap, and then a little. From this 
 comes the denonv signif 
 
 2. to he little, few ; Lev. 25, 10 'cb 
 crrn aria according to the fewness of 
 years. Ex. 12. 4. Also to be made few, 
 to be diminished, to vanush away. Ps. 
 107, 39. Is. 21. 17! Prov. 13, 11. al. ' 
 
 3. to be light, Neh. 9, 32. 
 
 PiEL MSB intrans. i. q. Kal, to become 
 few. Ecc. 12. 3. 
 
 HiPH. I3''srn 1, to make small or 
 few, to diminish. Lev. 25. 16. Num. 26, 
 54. 33, 54. Jer. 10. 24 '3*-?''?^J!!""|3 lest 
 thou make me (the people) /e?, bring 
 me to nothing. Ez. 29. 15. 
 
 2. to make or do little, i. e. to do any 
 thing in a slight degree, to a small 
 amount. Num. 11. 32 nnbr r;ox a'^sosn 
 D'^'?^" ^e who did little (i. e. gathered 
 little) gathered ten homers. Ex. 16, 17. 
 18. 2 K. 4. 3 borrow empty vessels, "bst 
 (bituib) 'is'^STan and make not scant sc. 
 to borrow, i. e. borrow not a few. Spec. 
 to give little, few. Num. 35, 8, Ex. 30. 15. 
 
t:>T^2 
 
 596 
 
 ^:fi2 
 
 I3?tt, in pause 'JS^ Deut. 7, 22. al. 
 plur. 0"'ESB , pr. a scraping, scrap, see 
 r. ZiS-Q no. 1 ; hence a little, a few. 
 
 1. Subst. a) Absol. a little, not much, 
 oUyov. Gen. 30, 30 r,^ r\-^n -iajj< aSB it 
 was little that tJiou hadst. Ps. 37, 16. 
 Prov. 16, 8. Hagg. 1, 9. Opp. to nann 
 much Ecc. 5, 11. Jer. 42, 2 ; Sn Num. 
 13, 18. Also_/r, Gen. 47, 9/cw awrf en7 
 have been the days. Josh. 7, 3. 1 Sam. 
 14, 6. Job 10, 20. al. With the art. 
 ::srri , ol lUyoi, c. b pref. Num. 26, 54. 
 
 33, 54. b) With other nouns, e. g. be- 
 fore a genit. Qi^ a?n a /i7^/e water Gen. 
 18, 4. 24, 17. bz'n -c^Xi a little food 43. 2. 
 Also put in the gen. after a noun, as 
 l3r:Q 'ra wzen o/" fewness, few men, 
 Deut. 26," 5; aSTs its /iW^ Mp Dan. 11, 
 
 34. Joined also with nouns by apposi- 
 tion, Is. 10, 7 KST3 ikh n^ia nations not a 
 few, i. e. by litot. many. Neh. 2, 12. Ecc. 
 9, 14. 
 
 2. Adv. a little, not much, Ps. 8, 6 ; 
 of space. 2 Sam. 16, 1. Often of time, 
 for a little, a little while. Job 10, 20. 24, 
 24. Hagg. 2, 6. ) s:so ms yet a little 
 while and, i. e. soon, shortly, Ex. 17, 4. 
 Ps. 37, 10. Hos. 1, 4. Repeated 'CTO 
 OS^ little by little, Fr. peu d peu, by de- 
 grees, Ex. 23, 30. Deut. 7, 22. Spec. 
 CSrn is it little? is it not enough ? Gen. 
 30, 15. Num. 16, 13 ; with -jt: of pers. 
 C3^ a?^f!! is it little for you ? not 
 enough? Num. 16. 9. Job 15. 11. Is. 7, 
 13. al. h of pers. id. Josh. 22, 17. But 
 Ez. 16. 20 r(':ri:tnr Ht^n was it little 
 this of thy whoredoms? 
 
 3. Adj. rarely, small, few ; plur. ts'^ayo 
 few, Ps. 109, 8. Ecc. 5. 1. 
 
 4. With Prefixes : a) l3?'23 in a lit- 
 tle^ i. 6. a) nearly, almost, little is 
 wanting. Gen. 26. 10. Ps. 73. 2. 119, 87. 
 a -J5r3 little that, shortly that, for 
 scarcely. Cant. 3. 4. /5) Of time, shortly, 
 soon. Pp. 81, 15. 94, 17; quickly, sud- 
 denly. Ps. 2, 12. Job 32, 22. Comp. in 
 art. 3 B. 3. fin. y) i. q. i:?^ but inten- 
 sive, oaov oUyov, very little, see art. 3 
 B. 4. Prov. 10. 20. 1 Chr. 16, 19 a few 
 men, yea, K?T33 very few. Ps. 105, 12; 
 of space, a, very little, 2 Sam. 19, 37. In 
 apposit. Is. 1. 9. 26, 20. Ezra 9, 8. 
 
 b) oyri (pr. 'according to the few- 
 ness,' comp. 13^) i. q. aSTa , Hagg. 1, 9. 
 2 Chr. 29, 34. ' ' 
 
 tiS^tt adj. fem. Masa once Ez. 21. 20, 
 smooth, bare, and hence polished, shaiy, 
 of a sword, i. q. ana v. 15. 16. R. aja 
 no. 1. 
 
 ^"^TQ m. (r. nay) constr. nasa, a 
 vestment, garment, Is. 61, 3. 
 
 '^^W'Q f (r. r,a5) a cloak, mantle, 
 
 Is. 3, 22. Arab. oUa^ and i iinw^ id. 
 
 See Schroed. de Vest. mul. Heb. p. 235. 
 
 ^^^ m. (for 'isa, r. n^^? ) a Aeo;? of 
 rubbish, ruins, i. q. -^S , iL' 17, 1. The 
 prophet here employs an unusual form 
 in allusion to the preceding lira . 
 
 '^?'Q (perh. anXttyxvi^6[xtvoc, comp. 
 nsr) Maai, pr. n. m. Neh. 12, 36. 
 
 ?''^'Q m. (r. i?^) an upper garment, 
 robe, spec, an exterior tunic, fuller and 
 longer than the common one, but with- 
 out sleeves; that of kings' daughters 
 was with long sleeves. CBD b^ra 2 Sam. 
 13, 18. It was worn by women, 2 Sam. 
 
 1. c. by men of birth and rank Job 1, 20. 
 
 2, 12 ; by kings and princes 1 Sam. 18, 
 4. 24, 5. 12 : by priests 1 Sam. 15, 27. 
 28, 14. Ezra 9, 3. 5; and especially by 
 the high-priest under the ephod. whence 
 niEsn b^sa Ex. 28, 31. 39, 22. Comp 
 Ex. 28, 32 sq. Lev. 8, 7. See Braun de 
 Vest, sacerd. II. p. 436 sq. Schroeder de 
 Vest, mulierum Heb. p. 267. Hartmann 
 Hebraerin III. p. 312 sq. 
 
 d''5)3 bowels, see nsa . 
 
 I^^'a m. (denom. from 'iy) constr. 
 ',;^5a, poet. c. Vav parag. irsa Ps. 114, 
 8;' c. suff. is^sa Hos. 13, "l5; Plur. 
 c-^rya , constr. 'rsa ; also plur. m'j^ya, 
 constr. nis'ya . 
 
 1. a place of fountains, watered with 
 springs, Ps. 84, 7 ; see more luider art. 
 
 2. a fountain, i. q. '("^y. Gen. 7, 11. 8, 
 2. Ps. 74, 15. 114, 8. Joel 4, 18. 2 K. 3, 
 25. al. Syr. )l Tssi id. Metaph. source 
 of the highest delight, pleasure, bliss, 
 Ps. 87, 7 ; comp. Is. 12, 3. 
 
 D-'py^ 1 Chr. 4, 41 Cheth. i. q. 
 Ci-'Mya , see pya no. 3. b. 
 
 M?^ /o press, to compress, only 
 Part. pass. 1 Sam. 26, 7 -nDsya in''5n 
 
D513 
 
 697 
 
 ^933 
 
 ynxs hin spear teas pressed (i. e. fixed, 
 stuck) into the ground. Hence "i^'SO 
 spoken of an nnimiil emasculated by 
 com press ing, bruising tle testicles, 
 Lev. 22, 2-4 ; Sept. iTidUfi(iivoi;, Vulg. 
 contrilis texliciUis. 
 
 PuAL to be pressed, handled, e. g. the 
 breasts of an immodest woman, Ez. 23, 3. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. ""i^o , also 
 
 nD5fa and PD^T? Josh. 13, 13 (op- 
 pression) Maachah^ pr. n. 
 
 1. Of a city and region at the foot of 
 Hermon, not far from Geshur a district 
 of Syria (see nsia5a and "'i^lJa), 2 Sam. 
 10, 6. 8. 1 Chr. 19, 6. 7. Josh. 13, 13. 
 Hence the adjacent portion of Syria is 
 called nasi? n^x Syria of Maackah 
 
 1 Chr. 19, 6. [It prob. stretched from 
 Mount Hermon eastwards on the south 
 of the plain of Damascus. R.] The 
 gentile noun is "'rissa Maachathite, put 
 also for the people, Deut. 3, 14. Josh. 
 
 12, 5. 13, 11. 2 K. 25, 23. Comp. Pca 
 nr?-? , also nrsT? n-^a bns . 
 
 2. Of several persons, male and fe- 
 male, a) A man 1 K. 2, 39. 1 Chr. 11, 
 43. 27, 16 ; also called ""SO q. v. b) 
 Gen. 22, 24, where the sex is doubtful, 
 c) The wife of Rehoboam, 1 K. 15, 2. 10. 
 
 13. 2 Chr. 11, 20. In 2 Chr. 13, 2 she 
 is called in^^"'^ . d) A wife of David, 
 
 2 Sam. 3, 3^ ' e) Fern. 1 Chr. 2, 48. f ) 
 Fern. 1 Chr. 7, 15. 16. 
 
 *b?a, fut. ba7 Prov. 16, 10, bisa^ 
 Lev. 5, 15. 
 
 1. to cover, whence V''Sa . 
 
 2. Trop. to act covertly, treacherously^ 
 to be faithless, Prov. 16, 10. 2 Chr. 26, 
 18. 29,6. Neh. 1,8; more fully bST3 Vs72 
 Lev. 5, 15. 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ez. 14, 13'. 
 Spec, a) With a of pers. to deal trea- 
 cherously . faithlessly, with any one, e. g. 
 an adulterous woman against her hus- 
 band. Num. 5, 12. 27 ; so too nin-'a ^519 
 to deal treacherously with Jehovah, to 
 sin against him. Deut. 32, 51. 2 Chr. 12, 
 2. 30^ 7. Neh. 13. 27. a'l. Often in the 
 construction nin-ia b5?a ^r^ 1 Chr. 10, 
 13. 2 Chr. 28, 19. Ez. 17, 20.' b) With 
 a of thing, to take by stealth, to steal any 
 thing. Josh. 7, 1. 22, 20. 1 Chr. 2. 7. 
 Comp. under the verb 133 . Correspond- 
 
 hig are Arab. J^Lo to whisper, to back- 
 
 er ^^ 
 
 bite, kiULo perfidy, fraud; also JJL 
 
 to steal. 
 Deriv. b^sa and 
 
 I. ?yD m. c. suff. "i^yT?, treachery 
 against God, transgression, sin, Job 21, 
 34. 2 Chr. 29, 19. 33, 19. Ezra 9, 2 ; 'a 
 nbisn Ezra 9, 4. 10,6; nin-a 'a Josh. 
 22, 22. Also in the formula a bra bja , 
 see the examples in r. bja no. 2. For 
 Num. 31, 16 see in "iOa. 
 
 II. ^?^ m. (apoc. for nbsa, r. nbr) 
 pr. the uppermost, upper part, and then 
 as Adv. above, over. Found only with 
 prefixes and affixes. 
 
 1. byaa from above Is. 45, 8. Job 3, 4 ; 
 also simply above (comp. "|a 3. h), Deut. 
 5. 8. Am. 2, 9. Ps. 78, 23. With b , i. e. 
 b bsaa, i. q. b b?a and simpl. bs, above, 
 upon, (on the upper part of any thing.) 
 as Gen. 22, 9 s'^ssb bsaa upon the wood. 
 Dan. 12, 6 ik'^n ''a-'cb bsaa upon the 
 waters of the river. Also near by, Is. 6, 
 2 the Seraphs stood ib b"aa , Sept. xv- 
 xko) uvioii, Comp. by of a multitude 
 thronging around a chief or prince, Ex. 
 18, 13. 14. Judg. 3, 19; espec. Job 1, 6; 
 and see in bs no. 3. a, b. 
 
 2. With n loc. nbsa upwards ; opp. 
 naa . Deut. 28, 43 nbsa nb?a 7ipwards 
 upwards, higher and higher. Judg. 1, 
 36. Of space, 1 Sam. 9, 2 from his shoul- 
 der and upwards. 10, 23. 1 K. 7, 31. 
 Of time, upwards, above, over ; Ex. 30, 
 14 from twenty years old and above. 
 Num. 1, 3. 18. 20. 3, 15. 22. al. Also 
 onward, forward; 1 Sam. 16, 13 from 
 that day forward. 30, 25. Hagg. 2, 
 15. 18. 
 
 3. nb~ab a) upwards ; opp. H^ab . 
 Ex. 25' 20.' 37. 9. Is. 8. 21. Ps. 74, 5. 
 With verbs 'ab itw3 to lift upwards, on 
 high, I Chr. 14, 2 ; 'ab nbs to ascend 
 upwards Ecc. 3, 21 ; 'ab bna to let grow 
 upwards, to greatly magnify, 1 Chr. 29, 
 25. 2 Chr. 1, 1. Judg. 7, 13 and over- 
 threw it (the tent) nbrab upwards, i. e. 
 by tearing up the tent-pins. etc. Deut. 
 28. 13. nbsab nbrab Ez. 41, 7. Of 
 time, upwards, above, over, 1 Chr. 23, 27. 
 2 Chr. 31, 17. b)"With a subst. fol- 
 lowing, above, over ; Ezra 9 6 CXi 'ab 
 over our head. With 'yO , above, over 
 and above, 1 Chr. 29. 3. Also nbrab ns 
 even to the highest point, to the utmost, 
 
b:?53 
 
 598 
 
 b:p)2 
 
 i. e. exceedingly, 2 Chr. 16, 12. 17, 12. 
 26,8. 
 
 4. Mb"T3^o a) from upwards, from 
 above ; Gen. 7, 20 fifteen cubits fibSTsba 
 from above, i. e. measured from the sur- 
 face of the waters downwards to the 
 tops of the mountains. 6, 16. Josh. 3, 13. 
 16. So nbrr^:p 'n IsS ",n5 to place upon 
 any thin^ from above, q. d. above upon 
 any thing, Ex. 25, 21. 26, 14. 40, 19; 
 comp. 1 K. 7, 25. Ez. 1, 26. 10, 19. b) 
 above, on high, i. q. ^?ao , Jer. 31, 37. 
 
 ^Tq for b? "(T:, see in bs C. 2. 
 
 ^?'5a Chald. m. (r. b^S to go in) the 
 going down of the sun, plur. constr. "^bsa 
 Dan. 6, 15. 
 
 ^?'^ m. (apoc. for M^?^, f^^^^, r. 
 nbs) a lifting up of the hands, Neh. 8, 6. 
 
 "'??"'? m. (r. t^^S) constr. M^S^, sing. 
 c. suff. 1"'^?,^. Heb. Gr. 91. 9. n; comp. 
 in nxnia . 
 
 1. ascent, place of ascent ; Neh. 12,37 
 rrainb 'a f/je ascent to the wall. With 
 suff. T'byr sing. Ez. 40, 31 the ascent of 
 (to) ?'i had eight steps, t. 34. 37. 
 
 2. Spoken of any elevated place : a) 
 a platform, suggestus, for speaking, Neh. 
 
 9, 4. b) an ascent, acclivity, cliff. Josh. 
 
 10, 10. Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 5. 1 Sam. 9, 11 
 T'Srj 13 . Hence the pr. names of ac- 
 clivities or hills : 
 
 a) DTi-^nn nby^ the ascent or mount 
 of Olives 2 Sam. 15, 30. 
 
 /9) C-'onx'TD the hill of Adummim (the 
 red), on the confines of Judah and Ben- 
 jamin, Josh. 15. 7. 18, 17. 
 
 y) y*'3n 't2 the cliff of Ziz (blossoms), 
 prob. the difficult pass of En-gedi, 2 Chr. 
 20. 16; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 
 208, 215. Also 2 Chr. 32, 33. 2 K. 9, 27. 
 
 8) ca'^jps 'o (cliff of scorpions) Maa- 
 leh-akrabbim, soutli of the Dead Sea, 
 Num. 34. 4. Josh. 15, 3. Judg. 1, 36; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 501, 611. 
 
 e) D^inn 'r (clifl" of the sun) Judg. 
 8, 13. 
 
 *^^y^ f (r. Mbs) phir. ribsTS l. a 
 going up, ascent, to a higher region, 
 e.g. from Babylon, Ezra 7, 9. Metaph. 
 Ez. n. 5 csnn t^'^''^^''^ the risings of 
 your mind, i. e. the things, thoughts, 
 Ibal. arit-e in your mind ; comp. the 
 phrjiife 3b br nb? Ez. 38, 10. 
 
 2. a step, stair, by which one ascends ; 
 plur. 1 K. 10, 19 nibsn iria six steps. 
 Ex. 20, 26. Neh. 3, 15.' Ez. 40, 26. al. 
 Trop. plur. put for the degrees of a dial, 
 2 K. 20, 9-11. Is. 38, 8; hence nibi'Ta 
 inx the degrees of Ahaz. for the dial of 
 Ahaz, sc. as divided into degrees, 2 K. 
 20, 11. Is. 1. c. Others here understand 
 the steps of a staircase, but less well : 
 so Sept. Syr. and Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 1. 
 
 3. Any elevated place, as an upper 
 chamber, i. q. M*b5J , Am. 9, 6. Also in 
 the difficult passage 1 Chr. 17, 17 and 
 hast regarded me f^byan Cixrj nirs in 
 the manner of men on high, i. e. in hea- 
 ven, from heaven ; comp. the parall. 2 
 Sam. 7, 19 CiStn n-iin nki) and this is 
 the manner of men, not of God. 
 
 4. The phrase nibysn T^a, found in 
 the inscription of fifteen Psalms (120- 
 134), is of doubtful meaning. The inter- 
 pretations proposed may be arranged un- 
 der three classes, a) a song of degrees 
 or steps, Sept. btSal lojv wjm/SmiS^/jcuj'. Vulg. 
 carmina graduum ; referred by later 
 Hebrew intpp. to the place where they 
 were supposed to be sung, viz. the steps 
 leading up from the outer to the ini.er 
 court of the temple, b) Others with 
 better reason refer this name to the ar- 
 gument of these Psalms, viz. a spng of the 
 ascents (comp. no. 1). Theod. ua/utx jojy 
 uv(x^auib)v, Symm. Aqu. ci^/j flqjuq uva- 
 ^aafig. These ascents or ascendings are 
 explained in a twofold manner : m) As 
 referring to the return from the Babylo- 
 nish exile under Zerubbabel and Ezra ; 
 comp. Ezra 7, 9 in no. 1. So Syr. This 
 can mean only that these Psalms were 
 composed at or about the time of the 
 return, for the contents have no allusion 
 to the return itself (i) As referring to 
 the annual journeys of the Israelites up 
 to Jerusalem (q. d. pilgrim songs), in 
 respect to which nbs is used Ex. 34, 24. 
 1 K. 12, 27. 28. Ps. 122. 4 ; and to which 
 Ps. 122 evidently refers. So Herder, 
 Eichhorn, and others. The contents of 
 Ps. 124-128 suit well to these journey- 
 ings as undertaken after the exile ; but 
 some of the rest, as Ps. 120, 132, 134. do 
 not (iivour this hypothesis, c) Others 
 again suppose them to be so railed 
 because of a certain number or rhythm 
 which they exhibit. Thus Saadiaa 
 
byn 
 
 599 
 
 yfio 
 
 Oaon, Aben Ezra, and other Jewish 
 iiitpp. rejpfiird ihern as having been eiing 
 witli an elfrated voice. But more prob. 
 the name refers to that peculiar rhythm 
 obvious in some of them, by which the 
 sense advances by degrees or steps, 
 some words of a preceding clause being 
 repeated at tlie beginning of the suc- 
 ceeding one with additions and ampli- 
 fication, so that the sense as it were 
 o-icends. E. g. Ps. 121. 1 / will lift up 
 mine eyes unto the hills from whence 
 Cometh MY HELP. 2. My help cometh 
 
 from the Lord 3. He will not suffer 
 
 thy foot to be moved ; thy keeper will 
 
 NOT SLUMBER. 4. Lo, NOT 8LU.MBER nor 
 
 sleep will the keeper of Israel. 5. Je- 
 hovah is THY KEEPER. Ps. 122. 2 our 
 feet shall stand within thy gatrs. O Je- 
 rusalem ! 3. O Jerusalem ! bttilded . . . 
 4. Whither the tribes go up, etc. See 
 also Ps. 123, 3. 4. 124, 1-5. 126, 2. 3. 129, 
 1. 2. 130, 5-8. 131, 2. 133, 2. 3. To the 
 same class belongs the song of Debo- 
 rah, Judg. 5, 3. 5. 6. 9. 12. 19. 20. 21. 23. 
 24. 27. 30 ; comp. Is. 26, 5. 6. Similar 
 in character was the xUpa^ or gradatio 
 of the Greek and Roman rhetoricians, 
 except that this was more artificial. 
 That some of these Psalms do not exhibit 
 this structure (e. g. Ps. 120), however 
 it may invalidate the position, does not 
 overthrow it ; these fifteen Psalms ap- 
 pear to have formed a particular collec- 
 tion, and may have been so named from 
 the peculiarity obvious in most of them. 
 
 ^''^?^ i. q. bb5i3, Zech. 1, 4 Cheth. 
 
 ^^?^ m. (r. hhv) only in plur. cb-Vr^ , 
 constr. '^^ST? , c. suff. "p^^?^ , naiVsri? ; 
 works, deeds, e g. of God, facinor a Dei, 
 Ps. 77, 12. 78, 7; of men Prov. 20, 11. 
 Hos. 12, 3, and in a bad sense Zech. 1,6. 
 Jer. 7, 5. 11,18. 21,14. rb^si: s-in, 
 'a 3"'a"'ii, to make one's deeds good, or 
 evil, to do well or ill, Jer. 35, 15. Mic. 3, 4. 
 
 'TO?''? m. (r. irS) station, post. 1 K. 
 10, 5. Is. 22, 19. I'Chr. 23,28. 2 Chr. 
 9,4. 
 
 *TO!Sna m. (r. 1T?5) a standing-plnce, 
 foundation, Ps. 69, 3. Sept. vnoaiaaig. 
 
 nOTSSna f. (r. oar) burden ; Zech. 12, 
 3 I will make Jerusalem'^vy no^ST? "inx 
 a stone of burden to ail nations. This 
 
 is finely illustrated by Jerome ad h. I. 
 
 " Mos est in urbibus Paltestine, et usque 
 hodie per omnem Judseam vetus consue- 
 tudo servatur, ut in viculis. oppidis et 
 castellis rotundi ponantur lapides gra- 
 vissimi ponderis, nd quos juvenes exer- 
 cere se soleant, et eos pro varietate 
 virium sublevare, alii ad genua, alii 
 usque ad umbilicum, alii ad humero* et 
 caput, nonnulli super verticeni, recti* 
 junctisque manibus, magnitiidinem viri- 
 um demonstrantes pondus extollant." 
 
 D"*)?^?^ m. pi ur. (r. p^?) deeps, depths^ 
 Is. 51, 10. Ps. 69, 3. 15. 130, 1. Ez. 27, 34. 
 
 1?^ (for T\ys-q, no. 2, r. nvs I. 4) pr. 
 subst. 'counsel, purpose ;' ibund only 
 with pref. b. i. e. "("^b, c. suff. '^2y^b, 
 T|35ob . n33"ob , and every where as a 
 particle. 
 
 A) Prep, propter, on account of be- 
 cause of. for the sake of. e. g. 
 
 1. Of the motive or moving cause, Ps. 
 48, 12 let mount Zion rejoice.. .'S'oh 
 rj'^aeCTa because of thy judgments. 97, 8. 
 122, 8. So God is often said to have 
 done something "i'nas T17 "(risb because 
 of {for the sake of) David his servant. 
 i. e. because of his memory and the pro- 
 mises made to him. Is. 37, 35. Ps. 132, 
 10. 2 K. 8. 19. 19, 34; inon '^S'c^y>^ for 
 his mercy^s sake, i. e. because of or ac- 
 cording to his known mercy, Ps. 6, 5. 
 25, 7. 44, 27. (See in the same sense 
 ^^nons Ps. 25, 7. 51, 3. 109. 26.) lSb 
 i'OVfor his name^s sake, according to his 
 name or character, i. e. what this au- 
 thorizes us to expect (which, as Winer 
 observes, is always goodness, mercy), 
 Ps. 23, 3. 25, 11. 31, 4. This meaning 
 of the phrase is apparent from the foil, 
 passages: Ps. 109, 21 '(S^b TlX na? 
 Tjnpn 3i3 "^S T^od do thou with me ac- 
 cording to thy Tiame, for great is thy 
 goodness. 143, 11 '3;;?nri "^^ :^T30 -jrab 
 '^i^ r,r;7*7Sa for thy nanie''s .sake, Jehty- 
 vah, preserve me, according to thy right- 
 eousness or goodness, etc. Another use 
 of this phrase see in no. 2. ipl^ "(?^^ 
 (Jehovah) for the sake of according to, 
 his righteousness. Is. 42. 21. 
 
 2. Ofthe purpose, object, end, at which 
 one aims, on account of. for ffie sake of; 
 e. g. nsjsab for your sake, tor your be- 
 nefit and advantage, Is. 43, 14, comp. 
 
iria 
 
 600 
 
 2l3>a 
 
 45, 4. 63, 17 ; *'i5T?^ far my own sake, 
 i. e. in order to vindicate my name, Is. 
 43, 25. 48, 11. In this sense we find the 
 fuller construction: Csab)!! ':2'j 'T-qh 
 rbriri/or my name^s sake and fur my 
 glory^s sake Is. 48. 9; comp. Tj'od ""^s 
 Ps. 79; 9, which is immediately explain- 
 ed : TjTa'r Til^S n^tr bs far the glory of 
 thy name, and 106, 8 r'^l'inb ii2ir -,r::b 
 'ir*i!i2ii"rN for his name^s sake, that he 
 might show h is power. A different sense 
 of this phrase occurs 1 K. 8, 41 : the 
 stranger who comethfrom a distant land 
 ?]7D'4 ""^^ for thy name's sake, i. e. to 
 behold thy glory. In the Psalms, God 
 is often said or besought to do something 
 because of his enemies Ps. 8. 3, or because 
 of the psalmisPs enemies Ps. 5, 9. 27. 11. 
 69, 19, i. e. in order that these may be 
 put to shame, q. d. rrz;; '\t'i^. With 
 an infin. in order that, Am. 2, 7. .Ter. 
 7, 10. 44, 8. Deut. 29, 18. al. In some 
 passages interpreters have preferred to 
 understand '"^^ of the event or result. 
 and render it so that, i. e. with such and 
 such a result ; which however is to de- 
 stroy the force of language. The idea 
 of purpose or aim is every where to be 
 retained, e. g. Amos 1. c. a man and his 
 father go in unlo the same maid (harlot) 
 'CJnr? D^^-rx Vtn 'sVizh in order to pro- 
 fane my holy name, i. e. with such wan- 
 tonness and atrocity of iniquity do they 
 purposely provoke the divine punish- 
 ment ; or, to use a Heb. proverb, with 
 such cords of sin do they draw down 
 punishment, Is. 5, 18 ; comp. below in 
 B. [Yet the frequent and undeniable 
 ecbatic use of tVw and ottwc in the N. T. 
 not improbably arose from their sup- 
 posed correspondence to Heb. 1?TS^ etc. 
 for which they are put in the Sept. To 
 assert for "i?^^ in all cases a telle power 
 is equally to destroy the force of lan- 
 guage ; e. g. Am. 1. c. Jer. 44, 8, etc. 
 R. 
 
 B) Conj. irx *,5a^. Gen. 18, 19. Lev. 
 17, 5. Num. 17.' 5. Deut. 20. 18. 27, 3. 
 Josh. 3, 4. 2 Sam. 13, 5. al. also simply 
 ^Tsb , to the end thai, in order (hat. with 
 a fill. Gen. 27. 25. Ex. 4, 5. Is. 41, 20. al. 
 B8Bp. and so in all the examples. 'jSrb 
 Vh that not. lest, with fut. Ps. 125, 3. 
 We subjoin here some examples as to 
 which interpreters have hesitated ; 
 
 Gen. 18, 19 n^S'i -I'ix ",^72^ iTiyn'i is 
 for I have chosen him (Abraham, in or- 
 der) that he may command, etc. see ^"y^ 
 no. 1. b. Is. 66, 10. 11 rejoice ye with Je- 
 rusalem onsaiB^i iprn 'p_iz^_ that ye 
 
 may suck, etc. i. e. declare your joyful 
 sympathy Avith Jerusalem, in order that 
 ye may partake of her rejoicing and 
 abundance. Hos. 8, 4 they have made 
 them idols r'^S^ "i?^^ that they may be 
 cut off, i. e. they rush headlong as it 
 were to their own destruction. Ps. 30, 
 12 thou hast turned my mourning into 
 dancing . . . 13 to the end that my heart 
 may extol thee, sc. God. Is. 28, 13. 36, 
 12. 44. 9. Jer. 27. 15. where some under- 
 stand "li'wb of the event ; see at the close 
 of A. 2. above. So also TfAjxwc, Ps. 51, 6 
 against thee only have I sinned . . . '5'?^ 
 Tiinna p';5Sn that thou viightest he just 
 in thy sentence, i. e. to this end have I 
 been left to sin, that thy justice might 
 be manifest. 
 
 n:?^ m. (r. n:? I. 3) constr. ri35n. 
 
 1. an answer, response, Pro v. 15, 1. 
 23. Hence a) answer of prayer, i. e. 
 the hearing and granting of prayer, 
 Prov. 16, 1, b) reply, refutation, Job 
 32, 3. 5. 
 
 2. counsel, purpose, whence apoc. 15a , 
 Prov. 1 6, 4. Comp. Arab. ^X. intendit. 
 See r. njr I. 4, 
 
 nsyia f (r. nss II) a furrow; 1 Sam. 
 14. 14 there fell.. ..about twenty men 
 nnia ip.^ nss-a ''snis in about half the 
 furrow of a yoke of land. i. e. a furrow 
 drawn through the length of a yoke of 
 land. Plur. Ps. 129, 3 Cheth. 
 
 rr^yra f. id. Ps. 129, 3 Keri. 
 
 Typi2 f dwelling, see "jlya . 
 
 \ ?'9 obsol. root, i. q. ijojuo , to be 
 angry, whence 
 
 7?^ (anger) Maaz, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 2, 27. Comp. yso-^nx . 
 
 nzlS^'Q f (r. 3S5) pain, sorrow, Is. 
 50, n. 
 
 12?^ m. (r. isy) an a.Te, adz, Is. 44, 
 
 12. Jer. 10, 3. Arab. Juojm id. 
 
 lisy^ m, (r.^^y) restraint, hindrance. 
 1 Sam. 14, 6. 
 
:iy:2 
 
 601 
 
 TLy-i 
 
 'TJCp? m. (r. ixy) restraint, i. e. power 
 ofrestriiiiit, Prov.'25, 28. 
 
 n^y73im. (r. fi(5) a ledge, parapet, 
 around the flat roof of an oriental 
 house to prevent persons from tailing 
 off, Deut. 22, 8. 
 
 0"^Trp^ m. plur. (r. tips) crooked 
 tcays or places, opp. lid'^a , Is. 42, 16. 
 
 "WQ m, (for n-jso , r. nnr) 1. naked- 
 ness, pudenda, i. q. ni"^5 , Nah. 3, 5. 
 
 2. naked space, empty room. 1 K. 7, 
 36 tJ^x "I? OS according to the room of 
 each border. 
 
 I. nnsna m. ^r. a^s I) a mercantile 
 word, found only in Ez. c. 27 in several 
 senses : a) Pr. barter, and so trade, 
 traffic, V. 9. 27. b) Place of barter, 
 r^arket, mart. v. 12. 13. 17. 19. c) gain, 
 wealth, acquired by traffic, i. q. "ino and 
 jiatS no. 2 ; or perh. precious wares ; v. 
 27.'34. Plur. v. 33. 
 
 IL nn^Ta m. (r. an? II) Me Occident, 
 the icest, place where the sun goes 
 down, Ps. 75. 7. 103, 12. 107, 3. Is. 43, 
 5. al. With n loc. na"^?^ westward 1 
 Chr. 26, 30 ; with \> , ^on the west of, 2 
 Chr. 32, 30. 33, 14. ' 
 
 n^'n?T3 f i. q. 3";?^ II, the Occident, 
 the west. Is. 45, 6. R. ans II. 
 
 T^?''? m. (r. fT^S) <z naked place, i. e. 
 a field or plain without trees and dwell- 
 
 s , 
 ings, Judg. 20, 33. Comp. Arab. i^yS- 
 
 the environs of a city, pr. a naked tract 
 around it. 
 
 fT^.ya f (r. ^^S III) constr. n-nSO 
 Gen. 23. 9. plur. ri'iSTa , a cave, cavern. 
 Gen. 19. 30. 1 Sam. 24, 4. 8. 9. 1 Chr. 
 
 11, 15. Is. 32. 14. al. Arab. guLo. In 
 Josh. 13. 4 some take it as a pr. name, 
 Vulg. Maara, Engl. Mearah. 
 
 ninsna n plur. l Sam. 17, 23 Cheth. 
 prob. an error for the Keri r'ia'^yia . 
 which is expressed by all the ancient 
 interpreters. 
 
 ?p5pQ rn. (r. ""^S) arrangement, dis- 
 position. Prov. 16, 1 aV^3^?^ disposings 
 of the mind, counsels, g 
 
 rO'^l??? f. (r. Tj"^?) 1. arrangement, 
 disposition, order, e. g. na'^san m"i3 the 
 
 51 
 
 lamps set in order so. upon the sacred 
 candelabra, Ex. 39, 37. 
 
 2. Spec, a heap, pile, of wood arranged 
 on an altar Judg. 6, 26 ; comp. the verb 
 Gen. 22, 9. 
 
 3. array, i.e. an army in battle-array, 
 host, 1 Sam. 4, 2. 12. 16. 17, 22. 48. 
 1 Chr. 12, 38. 
 
 nansn? n (r. j^ns) plur. nianso, 
 constr. rianSTS. 
 
 1. a row, pile, arranged in order, as of 
 the shew-bread or loaves set out in rows 
 before Jehovah in the temple. Lev. 24, 6 
 bis. Hence raiSfiri onb in the later 
 books, tlie shew-bread, pr. ' the bread of 
 arrangement' Neh. 10, 34. 1 Chr. 9, 32. 
 23. 29, i. q. n-iJEn cnb in the earlier ; 
 also without onb 2 Chr. 2, 3. So too 
 nnb n=-iso 13. 11. nanssn 'nh^^ the 
 table of the shew-bread, on which the 
 loaves were arranged, 2 Chr. 29, 18. 
 
 2. Plur. ranA-ofan army, array, army 
 in battle-array, host, 1 Sam. 17, 8. 10. 
 23, 26. 36. 45. 
 
 D'^ia"l?Ta m. plur. (r. Q-^s I ) naked- 
 ness, for concr. tlie naked, 2 Chr. 28, 15. 
 
 nS'^S^ f. (r. yy>) terror, sudden vio- 
 lence, Is. 10, 33. 
 
 f^75fa (i, q. nn?i3 , r. nns) Maarath,. 
 pr. n. of a place in the mountains of Ju- 
 dah, Josh. 15, 59. 
 
 ntesna m. (r. niO) constr. i^r?'?) c- 
 suff. 'inb?^ ; Plur.' D-'-^S"9 Gen. 20, 9, 
 c. suff. 'bST? Ecc. 2. 4. 11. which same 
 form is also sing. Ps. 45. 2 (comp. in 
 nx"!^. and Heb. Gr. 91. 9. n) ; :^"'=^a 
 plur. Ps. 92, 6, also sing. Ex. 23. 12. Ps. 
 66. 3; virsiQ plur. Ps. 103, 22, sing. 
 1 Sam. 19, 4 ; Da'^t??'? plur. also sing. 
 Gen. 47, 3. 
 
 1. work, i. e. laboxir, business, occupa- 
 tion, pr. noun of action of the verb nbs . 
 Gen. 47. 3 na">bra-na what is your oc- 
 cupation 7 ] Chr. 23, 28 nnas n'rstt 
 o-'nbxn ni3 the labour (doing) of the 
 temple-service. Ex. 5. 4 why do ye call 
 off the people i''toSap/ro?n their labourT 
 Ez. 46, 1 nrran '07 the days of labour, 
 as opp. to the sabbath. Hence spokea 
 of any general mode of acting, conduct, 
 almost i. q. r,"!^ ; Ex. 23. 24 nrsn xV 
 cn^bs^a thou shalt not do according to 
 their works, i. e. thou shalt not do as 
 
arc 
 
 602 
 
 v,'- 
 
 theydo,sc. the gentiles. 18,20. Lev. 18, 
 3. Mic. 6, 16. Ecc. 4, 3 who hath not seen 
 torirn nnn nbrs lais s-in nbJJsn-rx 
 the evil work, conduct, wickedness, that 
 is done under the sun. Absol. of evil 
 works, wicked conduct, Job 33, 17. 
 
 2. a work, i. e. a deed, act, something 
 done, e. g. a) Of God, Judg. 2, 10. Ps. 
 86, 8. b) Of men, deed, action, chiefly 
 in a bad sense ; Gen. 44, 15 nirrsn n^ 
 ^TT'^l, I'wX r^im what deed is this that 
 ye have done ?' Piur. Gen. 20, 9. 1 Sam. 
 8, 8. 2 K. 23, 19. Ecc. 1, 14. Absol. of 
 an evil deed, 1 Sam. 20, 19 nb^:? ci-ia in 
 the day of that deed, sc. when Saul was 
 on the point of killing David; others, 
 working day, opp. to a festival day. 
 
 3. a work, i. e. something maJe, creat- 
 ed, a) Of God, '':; "n^ -"b^ra the works 
 of his hands, (fingers Ps. 8, 4,) which he 
 created, e. g. lieaven, earth, all living 
 things, Ps. 8, 7. 19, 2. 103, 22. In sing. 
 ^3""? '"^??;? the work of Jehovah, spec, of 
 the judgments of God upon the wicked, 
 Is. 5, 19. 10, 12. 28, 21. Ps. 64, 10 ; also 
 ""^ ^T, ^'^.'i't id. Is. 5, 12. 29, 23. Ps. 28, 
 5. Comp. bss . b) Of men, ^'i'^ nr?^ 
 B-iN the work of men's hands, often said 
 of idols, Deut. 4, 28. Ps. 115, 4. 135, 15. 
 Spec, of works of art, as 3bn nr?.^ da- 
 mask-work Ex. 26, 1. 31 ; 5ni< nb?:Q wo- 
 ve7i-work 28,32; riri nb^^ net-work 27, 
 4. Inverted, 2 Chr. 16. 14 nbSJig rnjr-ira 
 with spicery-work. Once of the vx)jk of a 
 poet, nolrtfia, Ps. 45, 2. Metaph. of the 
 fruit, effect, of any thing. Is. 32, 17 nbsa 
 mboj n;?-is the work (fruit) of righteotts'- 
 ness is peace. Hab. 3, 17. Difficult is 
 Job 37, 7 iinbs^ ^aiax-ba rs-ib ^/io< all 
 men of his (God's) work may know him, 
 i. e. that all men as his creaturt s may 
 know him. But it is better with Reiske 
 and A. Schultens to divide the words 
 differently: sinbir ftljjj^-bs rsnb that 
 all men may know their Maker. 
 
 4. work, i. e. the fruit of one's labour, 
 goods, ejects, property, i. q. n3xb:a no. 3. 
 Is. 26, 12 !irb5tt-b3 all (mr goods. Jer. 
 48, 7. Spec, of fruits, produce, Ex. 23, 
 16; of cattle 1 Sam. 25, 2. 
 
 ""^^^ (contr. for n^;yia work of Je- 
 hovah) Maasai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 12. 
 
 n^toyi? and in^^ipytt (work of Jeho- 
 vah) Maasciuh, pr. n. of several men, 
 
 I Jer. 21, 1 (comp. 37. 3). 29. 21. 35,. 4. 
 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 2 Chr. 23, 1. V^t. 
 
 "^'^^."^ m. (denom. from lbs ten) 
 constr. "ibs^ Num. 18, 24, also -ibsn 
 Lev. 27, 30. 32, c. suff. iitl'Ti ; pUir' 
 r-i^bso Neh. 12, 44, c. suff. C3^"ninbsa 
 Num. 18, 28; a tenth part, tithe, of fruits 
 and produce, of flocks and herds, to be 
 paid to the Levites, etc. see Lev. 27 
 30-33. Num. 18, 21. 24. Neh. 13, 5. 12 [ 
 also Num. 18, 26 sq. Neh. 10. 38. al' 
 Genr. Gen. 14, 20. 28, 22. nb?sn ibSg 
 the tithe of the tithes Neh. 10, 39. Also 
 "i'4-!?'?r?~f*.-b the tillie-year, every third 
 year^ in which the tithes were to be 
 applied in giving enteriainments aC 
 home, Deut. 26, 12; comp. 14, 22-28. 
 
 mj>'C?'a f plur. (r. ^t'S) oppressions^ 
 exactions, Prov. 28, 16. 
 
 ^'a M(yph Hos. 9, 6 and Sib Noph Is, 
 19, 13. Jer. 2, 16. Ez. 30, 13. 16, pr. n. 
 Memphis, a very ancient and splendid 
 city of Egypt, the royal seat of four 
 dynasties, and from the time of P.sam- 
 metichus the metropolis of all Egypt j 
 surrounded with lofty mounds to guard 
 against the inundations of the Nile and 
 also against hostile assaults; and em- 
 bellished with splendid edifices, among; 
 which was a celebrated temple of Vulcan 
 or Phiah enlarged and decorated by 
 many kings, Hdot. 2. 99, 136, 153. Died, 
 Sic. 1. 50, 51, 67. Not far distant are 
 the pyramids ; and the long ranges of 
 tombs stretching far to the south of these 
 were doubtless once the necropolis of tho 
 ancient city, which lay between thn> 
 and the Nile. After the founding ot 
 Alexandria, Memphis fell into decay, 
 and in Strabo's time was partly in ruins. 
 XVII. p. 807. In the thirteendi cen- 
 tury there were still here extensive and 
 splendid remains; see Abdallatif p. 184 
 ed. De Sacy. At present the site is 
 marked by large mounds and" a few 
 slight architectural remains. It bear 
 the name of the nearest village, Mitra- 
 heny, fully JUiC\ 'ijjuo Minyet Ifaht- 
 neh. See Jomard in Descr. <Ie I'Egypte 
 V. 1 sq. 531 sq. CTiampolIion I'Egyptcf 
 sous les Pharaont I. 336 sq. Comp. 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 40, 41. Tho 
 ancient hieroglyphic name is read Ma- 
 
rj 
 
 603 
 
 xDZ'n 
 
 M-PnTAH, the place of Phtah or Vulcan ; 
 and later n^JlOTCl Panoitp. the tem- 
 ple of the good god. From the ancient 
 form Ma-m-phlak came the Coptic 
 UeiULSe. UejUK^J. Gr. 7l/t>i(jpj, Arab. 
 viHjO Meitf and proh. Heb. Cjia ; while 
 from faraoit/'came Heb. Ci"3. The true 
 signif. of the name was known to Plu- 
 tarch, de Isid. et Osir. p. 369 : t^v fiiv 
 Jiohv Mifiifiv ol fiif oQfiov ayn&iov 
 kf)fir)Vfvov(Ttv, ol 8i ug ju(pov 'Oaigidog, 
 i. e. both these interpretations arose out 
 of the proper signif the place of the good 
 god i. e. Osiris, or place (sepulchre) of 
 the good. Comp. Lepsius Lettre A Ro- 
 scllini p. 52. See Thesaur. p. 812. 
 
 ritD2B'a pr. n. see in nira*'BT3 . 
 
 3^^?^ m. (r. 550) attack, assault; 
 concr. object of assault, mark, Job 7, 20. 
 
 HE'S in. (r. nE3) conetr. Job 11, 20 
 tfiEJ neia, a breathing out, expiration 
 of the sold. i. e. death. Comp. ttJES nE3 
 Jer. 15, 9. Job 31, 39. 
 
 nB"!? m. (r. nss) the bellows of a forge, 
 
 Jer. 6, 29. Arab. XULo id. 
 
 nCn-^S!^ and nirnBTa (contr. for 
 Wfla J^XB^ ' extermination of idols' ace, 
 to Sinionis, r. Mxa,) Mephibosheth, pr. n. 
 m. a) 2Sam.2'l'8. b) 2 Sam. 4, 4. 9,6. 
 
 D'^Ei'a see in CBiiEttS . 
 
 T''?^ m. (pr. part. Hiph. r. yse) a 
 mallet, maid, war-dub, Prov. 25, 18. 
 Comp. Y^"^' 
 
 ^B'a m. (r. bB3) 1. a falling, i. e. that 
 which falls off or away, reftise. Am. 
 8. 6 "13 bca the refuse oftlie grain, chaff, 
 straw. 
 
 2. Any thing pendulous, a flap ; Job 
 41. 15 i">'-^3 'boia the pendidous parts of 
 his flesh, i. e. on the belly of the croco- 
 dile, the flabby parts, flaps. So the 
 Latin poets employ cadere of any thing 
 pendulous, see Gronov. ad Stat. Silv. 36. 
 Sil. Ital. Pun. 13. 333. 
 
 riKpB'Q f (r. xba) once plur. constr. 
 PixbE^a, miracles, wovdroiis works. Job 
 37, 16. i. q. ri'ix^EJ . The poet prob. chose 
 this unusual form because of the like 
 sounding "^'^bsTa in the other clause. 
 
 i^?^^^ f (r. abo) a division, class, 
 2 Chr. 35, 12. 
 
 nbM C. Is. 17, 1. and nbM Is. 23, 13. 
 25, 2 (r. bB3) fallen buildings, ruins. 
 Syr. )a\t^V) id. 
 
 tsbtT? m. (r. aba) escape, Ps. 55, 9. 
 
 rsbSTa f. (r. yhrt) pr. terror; then 
 an idol, as inspiring terror, 1 K. 15, 13. 
 2 Chr. 15, 16. 
 
 TCbS'a m. (r. tobo i. q. obo) a pois- 
 ing, balancing of the clouds, Job 37, 16. 
 
 irh^'n n (r. bsj) c. suff. inboie. 
 
 1. fall, ruin, of a man Prov. 29, 16; of 
 a kingdom, Ez. 26, 15. 18. 27, 27. 31, 16. 
 
 2. a ruin, spoken of a fallen tree, Ez. 
 31, 13. 
 
 3. a carcass, as cadaver from cadere, 
 nxbt^n from nlrtTw, Judg. 14, 8. 
 
 ^<S13 m. Prov. 8, 22, and nbyStt 
 Ps. 46. 9. 66, 5, wm-k, so. of God. R. bsB 
 
 ri?Bl3 see nys-o. 
 
 YW^ m. (r. 7B3) a smiting in pieces ; 
 Ez. 9, 2 yh-q 'bs i. e. a deadly weapon, 
 i. q. nTi'^ia -^bs v. 1. Comp. v. 5. 6. 
 
 T?''? m. (r. 'I'EJ) a mallet, maul, war- 
 club, Jer. 51, 20. Comp.y^t^. 
 
 TJ^fiia m. (r. ipo) 1. a review, num- 
 bering, census of a people, 2 Sam. 24, 9. 
 1 Chr. 21, 5. 
 
 2. an appointment, mandate, 2 Chr. 
 31, 13. 
 
 .3. an appointed place, Ez. 43, 21. 
 
 4. Miphkad. pr. n. of a gate of Jeru- 
 salem, Neh. 3, 31. 
 
 T'^P''? m. (r. 7T!B) haven, harbour, pr. 
 
 a rent, opening in the coast, Judg. 5, 17, 
 
 ..-''' 
 Arab. iLowi inlet from a river where 
 
 water is drawn up, also an anchorage 
 for ships. 
 
 r^^'^E'a f (r. p'ns) the neck, pr. the 
 joints or vertebrae of the neck, 1 Sam. 
 4, 18. Chald. P'p"^B, Kp"iO, id. Syr. 
 )wci^ vertebra. 
 
 ''^7?^ m- (r. '^y^) a spreading out 
 e.rpan.sio7i. Job 36, 29^^ Ez. 27, 7. 
 
 "iPTES'a f. (r. rre) a step, stride, 
 meton. for the npprr part of the legs or 
 the buttocks 1 Chr. 19, 4 ; by euphemism 
 for rir.-J in the parall. 2 Sam. 10, 4. 
 
t^sa 
 
 604 
 
 r^ 
 
 D''ri!C'a see PiBia. 
 
 nnS^ m. (r. nna) a key, pr. the 
 opener, Jud^. 3, 25." Is. 22, 22. 1 Chr. 
 
 9, 27. Arab, llxix id. 
 
 nriBtt m. (r. nno) an opening; Prov. 
 8, 6 the opening of my lips, what my lips 
 utter. 
 
 'jri&'a m. (r. inB) ^^e sill, threshold, 
 1 Sam. 5, 4. 5. Ez.' 9, 3. 10, 4. 18. al. 
 
 f^ see yi'C. 
 
 *i^'2''2^ 1 pers. "'nx^^, also Ti^a 
 Num. 11, 11; fut. H^^o'^., imp. 5<s?3, inf. 
 
 constr. n:it3, c. suff. "'Xa^, but caxsti 
 (for C3x:i^) Gen. 32. 20; part, xsa, 
 
 once xalb like verbs nb Ecc. 7. 26, fem. 
 nxsb, nxiiia 2 Sam. 18, 22. Cant. 8, 10. 
 
 1. to come to, i. e. to attain to, to ar- 
 rive at, to reach any thing, c. ^S Job 11, 
 
 '7. Chald. and Syr, NMt:, }4io, Eth. 
 <PSK, id. Arab. ,vji,|i" to go away, 
 kindr. ,e-wiuO to go. Hence to acquii-e, 
 
 to get, to receive; with ace. of thing, 
 'Gen. 26, 12 Isaac in this year received 
 a hundred measures, i. e. he harvested 
 a hundred-fold. 2 Sam. 20, 6 ih xs^ -,0 
 ni^33 D'^~S lest he get possession o^ for- 
 tified cities. 
 
 2. to find, to find out, a person or 
 thing, Sept. fVQi'tJxio, and this is the most 
 freq. usage of the word ; pr. to come 
 upon, to fall in with. So of persons Gen. 
 38, 20. 23. Num. 35, 27. Deut. 22, 27. 
 
 1 Sam. 10, 2. al. Of things Gen. 36, 24. 
 
 2 K. 23, 24 ; espec. things lost Lev. 5, 
 22. 23. 1 Sam. 9, 4; either with search 
 Gen. 31, 33 sq. Ex. 15, 22. 16. 27. al. or 
 
 without Gen. 11, 2. 26, 32. Deut. 24, 1. 
 al. 1 K. 13, 14 and found him sitting 
 under an oak. 2 K. 19, 8. Hence in 
 various senses : 
 
 a) to find, i. q. to attain unto, to get, to 
 gain. comp. in no. 1 ; so in a good sense, 
 (like Lat. ' invenire laudem, cognomen.') 
 e. g. to find good, happiness, Prov. 8, 35. 
 18. 22; wisdom 3, 13. 8, 9; favour, see 
 in in no. 1 ; wealth Hoa. 12. 9; a vision 
 from God Lam. 2. 9. comp. Ez. 3. 1 ; the 
 grave i. e. death Job 3. 22 ; rest .Ter. 6. 
 16. 45. 3. Lam. 1, 3. (But in Ruth 1. 9 
 to find, rest is said of a woman in respect 
 to marriage, i. q. DibuJ wxaia Cunt. 8, 10.) 
 
 Job 33, 24 "i^b "'rssia / have fmind a 
 ransom, Xvjqov, comp. Od. 19. 403 ^am- 
 Tov Xvaiv ivfjoipriv, also Heb. 19. 12. 
 Absol. 2 Sam. 18, 22 nx^cb rrnt'S "jis no 
 tidings finding sc. favour, i. e. no grate- 
 ful message, none which will bring re- 
 ward to the bearer. Also in a bad sense, 
 (like Gr. (VQiaxfiy xaxov Od. 21. 304. ib. 
 24. 462,) e. g. to find evil, trouble, sor- 
 row, i. e. to fall into adversity, calamity, 
 Ps. 116, 3. Prov. 6, 33. Hos. 12, 9. 
 
 b) to find out sc. by thinking, men- 
 tally, e. g. an answer Job 32, 3. Neh. 
 5, 8. Ecc. 3, 11, 8, 17. (See Ecc. II. cc. 
 in obis B.) So to find out a riddle, to 
 solve it, Judg. 14. 12. 
 
 c) The phrase "ST t^i<i?13 "'"i; myhand 
 findeth any thing, is found in a threefold 
 sense : ) to get for oneself to acquire, 
 i. q. to possess any thing. Lev. 25, 28 
 lb ai-::n I'l in;; *^xs^ xb en if he cannot 
 get enough to restore it to him. 12, 8, 
 comp. 25, 26. Job 31, 25; c. b Is. 10, 14 
 and my hand hath found (possessed), as 
 a nest, DiBrn b^^nb the riches of the na- 
 tions, ft) Spoken oi^ what happens in- 
 cidentally, what comes to hand ; e. gv 
 1 Sam. 10, 7 Tji; ssrn irx 7]h ncsj 
 do what thy hand shall find, i. e. act as 
 occasion shall serve. 25, 8. Judg. 9, 33. 
 Similar is Ecc. 9, 10 whatsoever thy hand 
 findeth to do, do it with thy might, i. e. 
 whatever is incumbent upon thee, y^ 
 Of enemies, to find, out, to get into one's 
 power; 1 Sam. 23, 17 the hand of Saul 
 shall not find thee out, i. e. shall not get 
 thee into his power. With b of pers. 
 Ps. 21, 9. Is. 10, 10. 
 
 d) to find, or discover a fault or wrong 
 of which one is accused ; c. 3 of pers. 
 1 Sam. 29, 3 PiTSilX^ in ''nssa xb I find 
 in him nothing, no fault. Ps. 17. 3 ; more 
 fully Job 19, 28. comp. Luke 6, 7. Dif- 
 ferent is 2 K. 9, 35 PI3 !ix^t: sib they found 
 nothing of lier but the skull, etc. here a 
 is partitive, comp. Job 20. 20. 
 
 e) to find God, i. e. to find him propi- 
 tious, ready to hear and answer pniyer, 
 Deut. 4. 29. Here belongs Ps. 32, 6 
 one shall pray unto thee Xii^ rrb jjj a 
 time of finding thee, i. e. a time wheo 
 thou art propitious; see Niph, 
 
 f) "iab"^^. ^^? to find one's heart, to 
 take heart, to take courage. 2 Sam. 7, 
 27 ; comp, Ps. 76, 6. 
 
j^rj 
 
 605 
 
 Z2'Z 
 
 g) As in Engl, to tnj to find, to seek ; 
 1 Sam. 20, 21 D-'unn-nx xsa t^^ go, 
 find (seek) the arrows, v. 3G. Job 33, 
 
 10. Ecc. 7, 27. So of pleasure, to find 
 out, to seek after, Is. 58, 3. 1 3. 
 
 3. to come Hjx)n any one, to befall, to 
 happen to, with arc. oi'pers. (comp. Kia 
 c. ace. no. 2. d.) Ex. 18, 8 (dl the tracail 
 Tj'i'na onxxtt nrx that had come upon 
 (befallen) them in the. way. Gen. 44, 34. 
 Num. 20, 14. 32, 23. Josh. 2, 23. Juclg. 6, 
 13. Ps. 116, 3. 119, 143. Comp. d'^lan(a 
 T'd Tob. 12,7. 
 
 4. to suffice for any thing, c. dat. Num. 
 
 11, 22. Judg. 21, 14. Comp. Engl, to 
 reach, Germ.hinreicheti, hinlangen, hin- 
 Idnglich seyn, Gr. ixvovfttvog, ixuvog suffi- 
 cient, from Ixviofiai. 
 
 NiPH. XS133, 2 pers. nxST33 ; fut. S3ta7 ; 
 part. 3T33, piur. cxs^os 1 Sara. 13, 15, 
 in pause cxsias Ezra 8. 25. 
 
 1. Pr. a) Pass, of Hiph. or i.q. Kal 
 no. 1, to come to any one, to be brought. 
 Jer. 15, 16 '^''la'? SXS^3 thy words were 
 brought so. to me. b) Pass, of Kal no. 
 1, to be acqidred, with b of pers. Deut. 
 
 ^ 21, 19 lb xsja-^ "iCX-bs all that has been 
 acquired by him. all that he hath. Josh. 
 17, 16. Praegn. Job 28, 12 wisdom, 17X73 
 XSBn whence shall it be acquired ? 
 
 2. to be found, pass, of Kal. no. 2, 
 1 Sam. 10. 2. 16. 21. Gen. 41, 38. Ps. 37, 
 36. Josh. 10, 17. al. So of a thief to be 
 detected, caught, Ex. 22, 1.6. 7. Deut. 
 24, 7. Jer. 2, 26. Often with an adjunct 
 of place where. Gen. 18, 29 sq. 44, 16. 
 17. 2 K. 20, 13. Is. 39, 2. al. Spec, a) 
 With (Q to be found and selected out of 
 a number, i. q. Engl, to be found among, 
 Dan. 1, 19. Ezra 10. 18. b) Of good 
 and evil ; 1 K. 14. 13 aia laT ia xs":3 
 there is found in him some good thing. 
 1. 52 -a xsjan nsn ex. l Sam. 25, 28. 
 Ez. 28, 15 ; also with CS 2 Chr. 19. 3 ; 
 bs 36. 8 ; ^ Deut. 22. 20. c) God is 
 said to be found of men. when he is pro- 
 ])itious. or hears and answers prayer 
 c. b ] Chr. 28. 9. 2 Chr. 15. 2. 4. 15. Jer. 
 29,' 14. Is. 55. 6. 65. 1. Comp. Rom. 10, 
 20 fiosd7]v jolg ifis fii] ^Tjrovdiv. 
 
 3. to be found, i. e. to be, to cvist, to be 
 present in any place. a) With an ad- 
 junct of place where; 1 Sam. 13, 19 
 bx"^'::- bba xsa-^ xb 'inn there was no 
 9milh (found) in all Israel, i. e. none 
 
 61* 
 
 existed. 1 Chr. 29, 17 rit-5ixxm r,!ffl? 
 thy people which are here present. 2 Chr. 
 34. 32. 2 Sam. 17, 12. 13. -Is. 65. 8. al. 
 Of things. Gen. 47, 14 all the money that 
 was (found) in the land of Egypt. b) 
 Absol. Gen. 19, 15 rixXTSSn rpnisa TiiiJ 
 thy two daughters present, opp. to those 
 absent v. 14. Ezra 8, 25. Is. 22. 3. 1 Sam. 
 13, 15. Dan. 11, 19 and he shall stum- 
 ble and fail xsa^ xbl and shall be (found) 
 no more, i. q. ISS'^XI . 
 
 Hiph. X"<a^n l. Causat. of Kal no. 
 1, to make come to ; with 1^3 to deliver 
 up or over, 2 Sam. 3. 8. Zech. 11, 6. 
 ALso to bring to, to present, with bx 
 Lev. 9, 12. 13. 18. 
 
 2. to let acquire, to let receive, i. e. to 
 allot to any one. Job 34, 11. 37, 13. 
 
 XSia see x^iia . 
 
 SST? m. (r. as3) constr. asia, a sta- 
 tion, i. e. place where one stands, Josh. 
 4, 3. 9 ; a military po-ft, garrison, 1 Sam. 
 13, 23. 14. 1.4. 2 Sam. 23, 14; office, 
 post, Is. 22, 19. 
 
 3^73 m. (part. Hoph. r. a33) a station 
 of troops, post, Is. 29, 3. Here too we 
 may refer Judg. 9, 6 caja n-rx asia *ibx 
 the oak of the garrison which is at She- 
 chem, so called prob. from a military 
 post established there. Others here 
 take as^ in the sense of a monument, 
 pill/ir, i. q. nas^ . 
 
 nnsia i Sam. U, 12, and Hn^tt 
 Zech. 9, 8, i. q. as^a , a military post. R. 
 ass. 
 
 TX2^'a f. (r. aS3) constr. P33T2 ; plur. 
 niaST? , constr. riaSTa , pr. ' something 
 set upright.' Spec. 
 
 1. a pillar, cippiis, of stone, Gen. 28, 
 IS. 22. Ex. 24. 4. Is. 19, 19. Jer. 43. 13 
 irp'r rr^a m'aso the columns of Deth- 
 shemesh, i. e. the obelisks of Heliopolis. 
 
 2. a statue, idol-image, e. g. J^asia 
 bjan the image of Baal 2 K. 3, 2. 10, 
 26. 27. 18, 4. 23, 14 ; genr. Mic. 5, 12. 
 Hos. 10. 1. al. 
 
 '^?^22'Q Mezobaiah, pr. n. of a place 
 otherwise unknown. 1 Chr. 11, 47. 
 
 nnSia f (r. a-^s) l. i.q. nas^?, a 
 monument, cippus. Gen. 35. 14. 20. 2 Sam. 
 18. 18. In this sense it is also found in 
 Phenician inscriptions. 
 
 2. trunk, stump of a tree, Is. 6, 13. 
 
i:s.^ 
 
 606 
 
 I^^J 
 
 T^'Q m. (r. n:is) plur. nins?3 . Kamets 
 impure, a fastness, castle, stronghold, on 
 a hill or mountain, so called as a place 
 ol' lying in wait and watching. 1 Chr. 
 11, 7 and David dicelt "is^a in the 
 stronghold (castle, citadel) ; . . . therefore 
 it was called, the city of David. Plur. 
 strongholds, fastnesses, 1 Sam. 23, 14. 
 19. 24, 1. Is. 33, 16 c-'^bp ninsia . Jer. 
 48, 41. 51, 30. Coupled with caverns 
 Judg. 6, 2. Ez. 33, 27. Chald. Kn"):?^ 
 
 id. Arab. jLo^ mountain-top; comp. 
 Maaiidu the name of Herod's strong 
 castle Jos. B. J. 7. 8. 2. 
 
 iHi'in . Trjp2 see nnisB , ni!isn . 
 
 * i^-^'r fut. conv. yq;^^ Judg. 6, 38. 
 
 1. Pr. i. q. '{^"0, m^, to s^ick, then to 
 suck ond, to diink end greedily, to drain. 
 Is. 51, 17 the inebriating cup thou hast 
 drunk, thou hast sucked it out. i. e. hast 
 drunk it greedily even to the dregs. Ps. 
 75, 9. Ex. 23, 34. Syr. f^ id. }1^ 
 epotatio. 
 
 2. to press or squeeze out moisture, 
 with "i^ from any thing, Judg. 6, 38. 
 Chald. Syr. Pa. id. 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, Ps. 73, 
 10. 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 2. Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9. 
 
 I, n^'Q f (r. Y'4'>^) pr. sweetness, concr. 
 
 sweet, i. e. not fermented, unleavened, 
 . a'Qvfiov. Lev. 2, 5 n;inn nsia it shall be 
 
 unleavened. Often in genit. nsa r^n 
 an unleavened cake Lev. 8. 26. Num. 6, 
 19 ; '"0 pip-i Num. 1. c. In plur. riiin 
 ma^ unleavened cakes Num. 6, 15 (for 
 ;the double plur. see in bsi'' no. 1, note. 
 Heb. Gr. 106. 3) ; '-Q "p^pn Lev. 2, 4. 
 7, 12 ; riaia nss Ex. 12, 39.' Here be- 
 ' longs also n'ai? onb unleavened bread 
 Ex. 29. 2, and simpl. nisi? id. Gen. 19, 
 
 3 ; also often PIS'? bsx ^) ^ai unleavened 
 bread Ex. 13, 6. 7. 23. 15. Lev. 6. 9. 
 Deut. 16, 3. 8 ; comp. Lev. 10. 12. 1 
 Sam. 28. 24. So nisian an the festi- 
 val of unleavened bread, the Passover, 
 Ex. 23, 15. 2 Chr. 8, 13. 30, 13. 21 ; 
 ellipt. n-iarn id. Gr. t n^vfiu, Ex. 12, 
 17, romp. 23, 15. 
 
 II. nSJ^ f. (r. ns5) contention, quarrel, 
 iProv. 13, 10. 17, 19. Ib. 58, 4. 
 
 rrrn (perh. for XSin fountain) Mo~ 
 zah, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Ben- 
 jamin, Josh. 18, 26. 
 
 ^?'~^'^ f. (r. bn:f) a neighing, snort- 
 ing, Jer. 8, 16. 13, 27. 
 
 liTq m. (r. I^ia) constr. 11:^0 , c. Buff. 
 i'liia^ Job 19, 6 ; plur. ^^yaiz . ' 
 
 1. capture, i. e. prey, gain, Prov, 12, 
 12. 
 
 2. a Tzef, sc. of a hunter, Ecc. 7, 26. 
 
 ft 
 Job 19, 6. Syr. |^y_.^io, Arab. tXjyox, 
 net. 
 
 3. i. q. ^^'2, a fortress, bulwark, a 
 besieging tower, Ecc. 9, 14. Two Mss. 
 read C^-nsTa, which accords better with 
 the context ; comp. Deut. 20, 20. Ez. 4, 
 2. Mic. 4, 14. 
 
 "^13^12 f: (r. nns) i. q. masc. Tis^. 
 
 1. a net, sc. of a fisherman, Ecc. 9, 12. 
 
 2. a fortress, castle, on a hill or moun- 
 tain, Is. 29, 7. Plur. n-ilii^ Ez. 19, 9. 
 
 rU^^^ f also nnSla Ez. 13, 21 (r. 
 lis) constr. msa, c. suff. I'rliisa. 
 
 1. capture, prey, Ez. 13, 21. 
 
 2. a 7?e^, of a hunter, Ez. 12, 13. 17, 
 20. Ps. 66, 11. 
 
 3. i. q. nrj-a , nnisia , a fortress, castle, 
 stronghold. Job 39, 28. '^i^-S. 'b thefita- 
 delofZion 2 Sam. 5, 7. 9. 1 Chr. 11, 5 ; 
 genr. 1 Sam. 22, 4. 5. 24, 23. So with 
 art. '52ii of a fortress near the plain of 
 Rephaim north of Bethlehem 2 Sam. 5, 
 17. 23, 14. 1 Chr. 11, 16. Trop. God is 
 said to be a fortress, i. e. a defender, 
 protector, Ps. 18, 3. 31, 4. 71, 3. 91, 2. 
 144, 2 ; and so nin^so tT'a Ps. 31, 3. 
 
 n^Sp f (r. n;s) constr. niari, c. suff, 
 Tii^r ; plur. nis^, once niiSB Neh. 9, 
 14, c. suff. "'r'':?^ ; a command, precept, 
 law, Sept. ivroh'j. Spoken : a) Of 
 human commands, "^Bn n^S'a Is. 36. 21. 
 Esth. 3, 3. 2 Chr. 8, 15.' 30. 12; also 
 Jer. 35, 18. Is. 29, 13. b) Of the divine 
 commands, either singly or of the whole 
 divine law. comp. nnip, tJB'i'O. Lev. 
 4. 13 one of the commandments of Jeho- 
 vah that are not to be done. i. e. a prohi- 
 bitory command, interdict. Most freq. 
 in plur. "^^ ^"la^ the cmnmandments of 
 Jehovah, ollen coupled with the synon. 
 cpn, nSpn. ni-iin. c"'::dctd. nins ; 
 Gen.' 26, 5. Ex. 16, 28. Deut 6, 2. IK 
 
1S^ 
 
 607 
 
 y:ti2 
 
 2, 3. al. sffip. Collect the law, Deut. 5, 
 
 28. 6. 1. 8, 1. 17, 20. 27, 1. ul. Mctori. 
 
 n^'lin msT3 the commandment of the 
 1 - - 1 . / 
 
 Jjecilea, i. e. what was commanded to 
 be given to them, Neh. 13, 5. 
 
 nbisra w ex. 15, 5. Neh. 9, 11. Ps. 88, 
 
 7, also nb'Sia f. i. q. nVa, a depth, deep 
 place, e. g. ol" the sen, Jon. 2, 4. Mic. 7, 
 19 ; trop. Ps. 88, 7 ; ofa river. Zcch. 10, 
 11 ; of mire, Ps. 69, 3. R. i!is q. v. 
 
 plana m. (r. ?: I) straitness, distress, 
 Ps. 119, 143. Jer. 19, 9. Deut. 28. 53. 
 55. 57. 'n B''x one in distress 1 Sam. 
 22, 2. 
 
 p'lSlJ m. (r. pis II. 2) plur. ronstr. 
 "pa^, a pillar, column; Kiinchi well. 
 liisV. T^ri?. 1 Sam. 2, 8 V"?.5* ""I?^^ 
 <A pillars of the earth i. q. yx "'"I'B? . 
 Trop. of a rock or cliff isolated like a 
 column ; 1 Sam. 14, 5 the one crag p^'S'O 
 'a b^iia "rsa'a a column on the north over 
 against jWchmash. See Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 116. In the Talmud pis 
 is a high and steep mountain. 
 
 np^Sia f (r. pis I) strailness, distress, 
 Job 15, 24. Zeph. 1, 15. Plur. Ps. 25, 
 17. 107, 6. 13. 19. 28. 
 
 I. "liSia m. constr. "iis , c. suff. Tl^isa 
 Ez. 4. 8. R. "^is I. ' 
 
 1. strailness, distress, Deut. 28, 53 sq. 
 Jer. 19, 9. 
 
 2. siege. Ez. 4, 2. 7. Zech. 12, 2. Nia 
 I'iSBa to he besieged, of a city, 2 K. 24, 
 10. 25, 2. al. 
 
 3. a mo7ind, bidwark, of besiegers, 
 Deut. 20, 20. Mic. 4, 14. Ez. 4, 2. 
 Hence 
 
 4. a fortijication, fortress, Hab. 2, 1. 
 ^isi3 -i5 a fortified city Ps. 31, 22. 60, 
 11 ; plur. 2 Chr. 8, 5. Mic. 7, 12. 
 
 II. *112fcQ pr. n. for Egypt, and appa- 
 rently for Lower Egypt ; thrice "'nj<7 
 ^'IS'2 the streams or canals o/" Egypt, the 
 branches of the Nile, Is. 19, 6. 37, 25. 2 
 K. 19, 24. Under the name liSB there 
 seems to lurk the Egyptian lieTOTpO 
 kingdom, as in H?"^? the word ^OVOO 
 king. But the Hebrews doubtless as- 
 cribed to it a domestic origin, prob. as 
 signifying a border, limit, (r. "'ST3,) i. q. 
 
 S u 
 
 A rab. ^-/^ , perh. as sing, of the dual 
 
 Dinso the two Egypta, q. v. Others, 
 e. g. Bochart in Phaleg IV. 24, suppose 
 Egypt to be so called as being strong 
 and fortified, i. q. msa I. 4 ; see Oiod. 
 Sic. 1. 31. 
 
 nn^S'a r (r. iis I) plur. niiis-o, ninsa. 
 
 1. a mound, bulwark, of besiegers, i. q. 
 nisa no. 3, Is. 29, 3. 
 
 2. a fortress, fortified city, 2 Chr. 
 11, 11 ; more fully nnisa 'ns 14, 5; "'n? 
 n-i-iisa 11, 10. 11. 23! 12^, 4." 21, 3. 
 
 n^Sra r (r. nsj) l. q. nsa II, quarrel, 
 strife. Is. 41, 12 r,riaa -iiUiX thy ad- 
 versaries, enemies. 
 
 ^^ a root not in use, perh. to shine, 
 i. q. v^^ and ^...oJ i comp. ^^ to be 
 
 cheerful, and by tran.sp. ^.^. to shine. 
 Hence the two following : 
 
 ^'P? m. (Is. 48, 4 proves nothing for 
 the fem.) c. suff. Ttsa, plur. constr. 
 rinsa ; the forehead, ' 1 Sam. 17, 49. 
 2 Chr. 26. 19. nail n^Ex nxa the (shame- 
 les.s) brow ofa harlot Jer. 3. 3. Ez. 3, 7 
 ^^V. ^Pin of an impudent forehead, t.8. 
 9. Is. 48, 4 ntoins T;nsa thy brow is 
 brass, brazen. Plur. Ez. 9, 4. 
 
 "7 : ^ f- " greave, greai^es, armoor for 
 the legs, q. d. frontlets of the leg, constr. 
 rnsa l Sam. 17, 6. R. nsa . 
 
 n^S-a f. (r. ^^s I) only plur. ni^sa, 
 bells, upon horses and camels for orna- 
 ment, Zech. 14, 20. See in rbsa . 
 
 n^ra f. (r. b^s II) a shady place, 
 sluide, Zech. 1, 8. 
 
 f^^^'Q f (r.b^S I) only in dual Cinbsa, 
 cymbals, for accompanying music. 1 Chr. 
 13, 8. Ezra 3. 10. Neh. 12, 27. al. So 
 in Greek, dual xvfi^uXta, -oiv. See in 
 
 nilpsbs. 
 
 nS:S:a f. (r. pss) turban, tiara, of the 
 high priest Ex. 28. 4. 39. 29. 6. Lev. 8, 
 9. 16. 4 ; of a king Ez. 21. 31. For the 
 form of it, see Braun de Vestitu sacerd. 
 Heb. p. 624 sq. Jos. Antiq. 3. 7. 3. B. J. 
 5. 5. 7. 
 
 ysa m. (r. SS^) a couch, bed, som^ 
 thing spread down. Is. 28, 20. 
 
 t?3p3 m. (r. lys) plur. constr. "'ISSa, 
 step, walk, Ps. 37, 23. Prov. 20, 24. 
 
 \ 
 
rrj 
 
 608 
 
 irj 
 
 'i'i?:ii23 in his steps, i. e. in his com- 
 pany, Dan. 11, 43. Comp. 1''b5"iS Judg. 
 4,10. 
 
 .rrniyjl'a f; (nyss and )-q) pr. ' what 
 is next to a little,' i. e. snbparvum, par- 
 vulum, a little thing, '"Q rnx *|"ij3 Dan. 
 8, 9 ; see Lehrg. 123, also art. )'Q no. 
 3. g. Better : even a little one, accord- 
 ing to the idiom noted in )Xi no. La./; 
 see Thesaur. p. 805. g.* 
 
 lyaia m. (r. "iSS) constr. "iSSia . 
 
 1. Pr. smallness ; hence any thing 
 smaU, little, Gen. 19, 20. Job 8, 7 ; of a 
 small number, 2 Chr. 24, 24 Q-^aiSX i?ST2 
 Jew m^n; of a short time, Is. 63, 18 
 "iSSB^ for a little while. 
 
 2. Mizar, pr. n. of a summit prob. in 
 the ridge of Anti-Lebanon or Hermon, 
 Ps. 42. 7. 
 
 nSS'a m. (r. nea) constr. MESia. 
 
 1. a watch-tower, Is. 21, 8. Also a 
 lofty place, whence one can see far and 
 wide around, whether furnished with a 
 watch-tower or not, 2 Chr. 20, 24. 
 
 2. Mizpeh, pr. n. of several towns and 
 cities, in elevated situations : a) In the 
 plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 38. b) In Ben- 
 jamin, Josh. 18, 26 ; see nBSiD no. 2. c) 
 In Moab, 1 Sam. 22, 3. d) In Gilead 
 Judg. 11, 29. see HB^TS no. 1. This may 
 be the same with n^^sn r-q-\ Josh. 13, 
 26. e) A valley in the high region of 
 Lebanon Josh. 11, 8, comp. 11, 3. 
 
 nfiSTa (watch-tower, lofty place, r. 
 fiBS) always with the art. nBiran, with 
 n loc. nrss53n , Mizpah. pr. n. 
 
 1. A town or city of Gilead, Judg. 10, 
 17. 11, 11. 34. Hos. 5, 1. Some refer 
 hither Judg. 1 1, 29 nrbrne::'^ , but see 
 in nB^tJ no. 2. d. For the origin of this 
 place, see Gen. 31, 49. 
 
 2. A city of Benjamin, where the peo- 
 ple were wont to convene, Judg. 20, 1. 
 3. 1 Sam. 7,5-16. al. It was afterwards 
 fortified by Asa to protect the border 
 against the kingdom of Israel, 1 K. 15, 22. 
 2 Chr. 16. 6. Later it was the residence 
 of the Chaldean governor, Jer. 40, 6 sq. 
 comp. Neh. 3, 7. 15. 19. Once written 
 nDsan Josh. 18, 26. '[Prob. the high 
 point two hours north-weflt of Jerusa- 
 lem, now called Nehy ISamwil; see Bib. 
 Kee. in Palest. IL p. 143, 144. R. 
 
 Q'^PS^'a m.plur. (r. ^tt) hidden places, 
 Obad. 6. 
 
 * Y^'9 fut. y^; 1. to ^ick, to suck 
 
 out, i. q. na^ and ntiD. Arab, ijax, 
 Chald. 7^^, Syr. ^. id. all of which 
 imitate the sound, as also Gr. fiv^a, 
 (iv^dm, fiix^og. Hence to draw out with 
 relish, to taste. Is. 66, 11 ; comp. pi"^ y. 
 12. Things sweet and pleasant are 
 wont to be sucked out, hence 
 
 2. to be sweet, whence ns^ sweet i. e. 
 unleavened. Comp. pn^, which also 
 has both significations. 
 
 p^TS see in p^S^ . 
 
 '^'^ obsol. root, which seems to 
 have had the same power as the kindr. 
 "1^3, to shut in, to restrain; whence 
 
 So 
 
 Chald. "12^, Arab. ^jiOjc limit, border 
 and Heb. lisia II, D'^'is^. 
 
 ^TQ m. (r. nna , as SD-Q from 3?0) 
 straitness, distress, Ps. 118, 5. Plur. 
 n-'-nari, constr. "'^aa, Lam. 1, 3. Ps. 
 116, v. 
 
 nn^'a^ see in rrnsa^. 
 
 D"''l2f'a dual pr. n. for Egypt. Gen. 46, 
 34. 50, 11 ; often more fully D7"^a^ y"?.^. 
 the land of Egypt, fem. Gen. 45, 20. 47, 
 6. 13. Also for the people, the Egyp- 
 tians, in prose, and mostly with plur. 
 Gen. 45. 2. 47, 15. 20. 50, 3. Ex. 1, 14; 
 rarely with sing. maso. 14, 25. 31 ; poet, 
 with sing. masc. Is. 19, 16. 25. Jer. 46, 8, 
 and fem. Hos. 9. 6. Joel 4, 19. With 
 n loc. nii^-iso Gen. 26, 2. al. Sing. 
 "".iiJ^ Lower Egypt q. v. Hence the 
 dual C^^Jtia seems to have originally 
 denoted the two Egijpls. i. e. Lower and 
 Upper Egypt (the latter pr. Oi"'PB) by 
 zeugma, as we now say tJie two Sicilies, 
 for Sicily and Naples; although this 
 origin being afterwards left out of view, 
 the dual c'^"iaT2 is sometimes so employed 
 as not to include Pathros or upper Egypt, 
 Is. 11.11. Jer. 44, 15. Others ineptly refer 
 the dual form to the two parts of Egypt 
 as divided by the Nile. The Arabs have 
 
 Go 
 
 the eing. -a^ Misr, Egypt, pr. limit, 
 border ; Syr. has the dual, although rare 
 
"12:3 
 
 609 
 
 ip-J 
 
 in this1ill)^ini|re, r:^^^ I'he gentile 
 noun is ''^2113 an Egyplian Gen. 39, 1 ; 
 f. r.-"iaT3 Gon. 16, 1. Plur. m. C^^^ 
 Gen. 12. 12. 14; f ri'nsia Ex. 1, 19. 
 [Engl. Vers, as pr. n. of pers. Mizraim. 
 Gen. 10, 6. 13. 1 Chr. 1, 8. R. 
 
 ^"112 m. (r. Ci"is) ajining-pot, cruci- 
 ble, Prov. 17, 3. 27, 21. 
 
 pQ m. (r. pp.'o) rottenness, putridity. 
 Is. 3, 24 n-Tj-^ pT3 citJa rnn instead of a 
 sweet smell there shall he rottenness, i. e. 
 the fuitor of putrid ulcers. 5, 24 the root 
 shall be as rottenness i. e. rotten wood. 
 
 rQJ?tt f. (r. 3;33) a hammer, mallet, 
 pr. the pointed hammer of the stone- 
 cutter and smith, 1 K. 6, 7. Is. 44, 12. 
 Jer. 10, 4. Hence prob. the name Max- 
 xa^nlog, ^319^, the hammerer; comp. 
 the French name Charles Martel. 
 
 f. (r. 3;?5) 1. i. q. n3p^^, a 
 hammer, Judg. 4, 21. 
 
 2. a mine, ([uarry, broken in the rock. 
 Is. 51, 1. 
 
 n'ljJ'Q (place of shepherds, r. 1|?3) 
 Makkedah, pr. n. of a place in the plain 
 of Judah, anciently a royal city of the 
 Canaanites, Josh. 10, 10. 12, 16. 15, 41. 
 
 "npTS m. (r. t'-f^) once TC'lJJTfl Dag. 
 euph. Ex. 15, 17; c. sutf. "115^^3. once 
 irreg. '''^'^p.^. Num. 18. 29; plur. b-'mj^TS , 
 constr. ^B'np^. 
 
 1. any thing sacred, hallowed, Num. 
 18, 29. 
 
 2. a holy place, sanctuary, espec. the 
 sacred tabernacle of the Israelites, Ex. 
 25, 8. Lev. 12, 4. 21, 12. Num. 10, 21. 
 18, 1 ; the temple 1 Chr. 22, 19. 2 Chr. 
 29,21. Dan. 11.31. al. Often more fully, 
 ^1 ttJnpT3 opia Is. 60, 13; ''I ai'np'a TiaiQ 
 Dan. 8. 11. 7\?P^. ^"^Ip^ the kiug^s sanc- 
 tuary, i. e. set apart and sacred to him- 
 self Am. 7, 13. Plur. ^1 n-'s ^^-^-^tz Jer. 
 51, 51 sanctuaries (sacred places) of the 
 temple; bx "'^"^k'^ Ps- 73, 17 id. But 
 bx"'.',:J7 ^T^vP^ l^^ sanctuaries of Israel, 
 i. e. idolatrous and unlawful, Am. 7, 9. 
 
 3. an asylum, the temple and sacred 
 places among the Hebrews having the 
 privilege of an asylum, as also among 
 the Greeks, Is. 8, 14. Ez. 11. 16; cqmp. 
 1 K. I, 50. 2, 28. See 2 Mace. 4, 34. 
 Pausan. Corinth. 13. 
 
 D'^Vr?!?^ rn. plur. Ps. 26, 12, and 
 nibnpia f. plur. Ph. 63, 27. R. bn;? . 
 
 1. (isnemhties, chiefly of those praising 
 God. choirs, Ps. 11. cc. 
 
 2. Makhdoth, pr. n. of a station of the 
 Israelites in the desert. Num. 33, 25. 
 
 "31?^ m. also 1IpP 2 Chr. 1, 16 
 Cheth. once n]pT3 1 K. 10, 28 ; constr. 
 n;pn 2 Chr. 1, 16- R. n;;5. 
 
 1. expectation, hope, confidence, 1 Chr. 
 29, 15. Ezra 10, 2. Also one in whom 
 confidence is placed, of God Jer. 14, 8. 
 17, 13. 50, 7. 
 
 2. a gathering together, collection, see 
 r. njl? Niph. a) Of waters. Gen. 1, 10. 
 Ex.'?, 19. Lev. 11, 36. b) a band, 
 company, of men and animals, e. g. of 
 horses, a caravan ; so prob. in 1 K. 10, 
 28 iTins nnpTS !)np?7 T^ban 'nnb nn^ijian 
 and a company of the king^s merchcmts 
 brought from Egypt a company of horses 
 al a price; also 2 Chr. 1, 16. There is 
 a play of words in the double use of the 
 word ri;ipa for a band of merchants and 
 a troop of horses. So Piscator and Va- 
 tablus ; but interpreters have here very 
 widely differed ; see Bochart Hieroz. T. 
 I. 'p. 171. 172. Michaelis Supplem. p. 
 1271. Mos. Recht III. p. 331. 
 
 n*j?5a f (r.n|i|5 Niph.) gatlie ring-place 
 for waters, a pool, reservoir. Is. 22, 11. 
 
 OipTO, also Dp^? Ex. 29, 13 (r. o^ip) 
 constr. Dip^, c. sutf. itsipa, PTTspTS G&n. 
 29, 3; plur. maipa, c. suff. cniap^a ; 
 comm. gend. rarely fem. Gen. 18, 24. 
 Job 20, 9, in plur. 2 Sam. 17, 12 Cheth. 
 
 1. place, pr. station, from standing, 
 
 etc. Arab. *lXo, Eth. <^<!?^<^, id. 
 
 Phen. cpa place, town. Gen. 1, 9. 13, 
 3. 14. 22, 3. 28, 11. 17. Ecc. 3, 20. 6, 6. 
 al. ssep. Gen. 24, 23 a place for us to 
 lodge in. v, 25. 31. "iS cipa a narrow 
 place Num. 22. 26 ; dinp '73 a holy place 
 Ex. 29, 31 ; i"na 'a a clean place Lev. 
 4, 12. 6. 4 ; 8t wi: 'a an unclean place Lev. 
 14. 40. cipia-bsa in every place, every 
 where, Num' 18,' 31. Prov. 15, 3. "jM 
 h n'ipa to assign a place to any one, e. g. 
 for sitting 1 Sam. 9, 22, or dwelling 
 Jo.sh. 20, 4. 1 Sam. 27, 5 ; but also to 
 give place to any one, i. e. to give way 
 to yield, Judg. 20, 36. b Dipa arcJ to ao- 
 
np:a 
 
 610 
 
 bp)2 
 
 fx)int a place to any one, sc. as a refuge 
 Ex. 21, 13, or for dwelling 2 Sam. 7, 
 10. 1 K. 8, 21. With genit. V^-in cip:: 
 the place of ashes Lev. 1, 16; i^ip^ '"O a 
 place of (for) cattle Num. 32, 1 ; l^^ 'a 
 David's place, seat, 1 Sam. 20, 25. 27. 
 Spec, ^/(e place of any one, i. e. a) a 
 dwelling-place, habitation, home, Gen. 
 29, 26. 30, 25. Num. 24, 11. Judg. 11, 19; 
 also Ex. 3, 8. Ps. 44, 20. Is. 18, 7. Pro- 
 verbially Job 7, 10 iaipj: ^is is'^.'^s;; !!<b 
 Ais place shall know him no more, i. e. 
 he shall be wholly forgotten. Ps. 103, 16 ; 
 comp. Job 20, 9. Ps. 37, 10. Also Job 16, 
 18 "^rprt]? Dip^ ^n'l h^ let there be no 
 abiding-place for my cry, i. e. no delay, 
 but let it ascend at once to God. b) A 
 place where any thing is found.^rtdmo-- 
 place, as snjs 'n Job 28, 1 (parall. Xi^io). 
 V. 6. Comp. V. 12. 23. The constr. state 
 is often found before "^t'N, espec. in the 
 phrase "iirs nSp^a in the place where, 
 Lev. 4, 24! 33. 6, 18. 2 Sam. 15, 21. 1 K. 
 21, 19. Jer. 22, 12 ; also -a CipTD-bwS id. 
 Ecc. ], 7 ; and with nt as relat. Ps. 104, 
 8. Sometimes the absol. is retained, as 
 "^TTX Clpr-bs Josh. 1, 3. Deut. 12, 13. 
 Ex. 21, 13. al. In the later books cip^a 
 iirx, or tt! cip'Q. the place where, is some- 
 times used redundantly for MJ^ere (ilTsa, 
 irN). ichercver; Ecc. 11, 3 bs^d cip-o 
 Kin^ cd yrn where the treefalleih there 
 it shall be. Esth. 4. 3. 8, 17. Ez. 6, 13 ; so 
 too Gen. 39, 20. 40, 3. Adv. with genit. 
 i. q. in place of. instead of, Is. 33, 21. Hos. 
 2, 1 [1, 10]. Ecc. 3, 16. Comp. Arab. 
 jjixxo, Syr. Ajo5, locus et adv. loco. 
 
 2. a place, i. e. a town, village, Gen. 
 18. 24. 19, 12. 14. 29, 22. 23, 17. ''ffiSX 
 Cipsn the men of the place, the inhabi- 
 tants, Judg. 19. 16; i-oip-a "Td Ruth 4. 10. 
 Also a region, district, Judg. 1 8. 10. aipia 
 D2ir the region of Shechem Gen. 12, 6. 
 
 1'lp^ m. (r. *iip) constr. "ipa Lev. 
 
 12, 7; c. suff. i-^Va, nnpa Lev. 20. 17; 
 a fountain, pr. opened by digging, Hos. 
 
 13. 15. Jer. 51, 36. Zech. 13, 1. lipa 
 fc^n W^Xi a fountain of living waters 
 Jer. 2, 13. 17, 13. Trop. fmntain of 
 tears, i. e. the eye, Jer. 8, 23 ; fount-ain 
 of blood, by euphemism for ptifienda mu- 
 liebriP. Lev. 12.7. 20. 18 (where C-a^ is 
 omitted) ; fmntain of life or happiiiefis 
 Ps. 36, 10. Prov. 10, 11. 13, 14. 14,27: 
 
 16, 22 ; fountain of wisdom Prov. 18, 4. 
 In a different sense, Ps. 68, 27 Tipaa 
 bxnb'; ye from the fountain of Israel, 
 i. e. who are the posterity of Israel ; 
 comp. ui-q Is. 48, 1. 
 
 '^'^'Q m. (r. npb) a talcing, receiving, 
 ofgii\s2 Chr. 19, 7. 
 
 tTinj5ia f plur. (r. np? no. 2) wares, 
 merchandise, Neh. 10, 32, comp. v. 31. 
 Talm. n;?a emtio. 
 
 It2j?'a m. (r. ^;5 I ) incense, Ex. 30, 1. 
 
 '^'Ti^'^ f. (r. TJp I) a censer, for 
 burning incense, 2 Chr. 26, 19. Ez. 8, 11. 
 
 ^H ? obsol. root, prob. i. q. Ethiop. 
 ll^A and fl^A to germinate, to 
 sprout, (3 and a being interchanged,) 
 whence fl4**A. a sprout, scion, twig. 
 From this again comes the secondary 
 verb 't'fl^A to punish, pr. obviously, to 
 smite with a rod, although Ludolf sepa- 
 rates these roots in his Lex. p. 238. 
 Comp. also Syr. }Lca^. The Lat. bacu- 
 lus is not here to be drawn into compari- 
 son ; for this comes from (Sua), and is 
 pr. a walking-stick, comp. ^uxti]^iov. 
 Hence the two following: 
 
 ^)?'53 m. constr. bpa Jer. 1, 11. and 
 bpa Gen. 30, 37, c. suff. ibpa, c=bpa ; 
 plur. nibpa ; a shoot, rod, Gen. 30, 37 sq. 
 Jer. 1, 11. Then, a staff (comp. "^'^h), 
 which one carries in his hand. Gen. 32, 
 11. Ex. 12. 11. 1 Sam. 17, 40. 41 ; with 
 which an animal is beaten Num. 22. 27; 
 the crook of a shepherd Zech. 11. 7 sq. 
 -i"^ b;3a a dart or javelin Ez. 39, 9. 
 Chalii. T^ bp-a spiculum.-Castell. Ofa 
 divining rod, qKf^Sofuxvtua, Hos. 4, 12. 
 
 f^'i'lP'O (perh. for nibpTS staves) Mik- 
 loth. pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 27, 4. b) 1 Chr. 
 8, 32. 9, 37. 38. 
 
 '^ ?)?''? m. (r. l;bp no. 2) a refuge, asy- 
 lum. Num. 35, 12. 15. Josh. 20, 3. "i-'S 
 i:bpa a city of refuge, for homicides to 
 flee to, Josh. 21, 13. 21. 27. 32. 36; plur. 
 jbp??: >-is Num. 35, 6. Josh. 20, 2. 1 Chr. 
 6,'42. 52.' 
 
 f^?^)?^ f. (r. rb;? II ) sculpture, carved 
 work. sc. in relief 1 K. 6. 18. Plur. 
 nrbpa , constr. rnybiria , 1 K. 6, 29. 32. 
 7, 31.' 
 
Dpa Gil 
 
 B^tt see in oipa. 
 
 n:pT3 m. (r. npj once fern. Ex. 31. 
 19; constr. filp^'Q, c. suff. ^3;?TS, 1^5p^l^, 
 i::j3^ ; also sing, with rnd. Yodli re- 
 tained (see under nirria, nx-na, Heb. 
 Gr. 91. 9. n), us '3p 7ny flock Num. 20, 
 19, rpjpa i/,y flock Is. 30. 23 ; but plur. 
 where tiie suH". is plur. and refers to more 
 than one, as D3''5p5i3 your flocks 2 K. 3, 
 17. Josh. 1. 14 ; cn'':;M their flocks Gen. 
 36, 7. 46, 6. 47, 17. jer. 49, 32. 
 
 1. a purchase, i. e. things bought, 
 Gen. 49, 32. 
 
 2. po.tsessirmn, riches, vealth, but al- 
 ways of co/Z/e, in which alone the wealth 
 of nomadic tribes consists ; comp. Gr. 
 xT^jo?. pr. i. q. xT^/i, possession ; oiV 
 i. q. Lat. ovis and opg (whence opilio), 
 
 plur. opes; Arab. JLo, Syr. ^^Tmnl, 
 opes et oves ; comp. also Germ, das Gut 
 used in Holstein for cattle, see Voss on 
 Virg. Eel. 10. 19. So Gen. 13, 2. 7. 29, 
 7. Ex. 9, 4. 6. Is. 30, 23. al. sa;p. ^tZii 
 n;pT3 men of cattle, herdsmen, shep- 
 herds. Gen. 46, 32. 34. n:p-3 y-}_i< a 
 land for cattle, adapted for pasturage, 
 Num. 32. 1. 4. The word mp^ is strict- 
 ly used only of sheep, goats, and neat 
 cattle, ("^I^SI ]^'-^,) excluding beasts of 
 burden ; Gen. 26, 14 n:;?":^ -(Xa njp-Q 
 ipja. 47, 17 and Joseph gave them 
 bread "^l^ar! "Hh'^^si "(Xsn wpTsrsi c^p^sa 
 d"-)tnni.' Ecc.2,'7. 2 Chr. 32, 29. Gen! 
 36, 6. Num. 31, 9. More rarely asses 
 and camels are also comprehended, e. g. 
 Job 1, 3. 
 
 ^Pl?''? fern, of nsp^ 1. purchase Lev. 
 27, 22 ; nipari nso a bill of purchase 
 Jer. 32, 11 sq. Concr. thing purchased, 
 as C103 rsp^ purchase of money, a slave 
 bought with money, Gen. 17, 12. 13. 23. 
 Ex. 12, 44. Also price of purchase, 
 Lev. 25, 16. 51. 
 
 2. a possession, Gen. 23, 18. 
 
 ^^??(?''? (possession of Jehovah) Mik- 
 neiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 21. 
 
 QDjP'D m. (r. txyp) divination, Ez. 12, 
 24. 13, 7. 
 
 TT?^ (end, r. ysp, like "OB from T^ao) 
 Makaz. pr. n. of a place in Dan or Ju- 
 dah 1 K. 4, 9. 
 
 ^\,^ n ^ f, r^V 
 
 L.#A. ^.^y 
 
 ?"i2pa m. also ?Si?T3 Ei. 46, 21 (r. 
 
 ssp) plur. nriffsa, constr. "rispp, e. 
 sulf. vnirsi^ia ; an angle, comer, Ex. 
 26, 24. 36, 29. Neh, 3, 19. 20. 24. 25. 
 Mostly an internal angle, Ez. 46, 21. 22. 
 Neh. 3, 24. 
 
 ny^SjJ'a n (r. rxp) a chisel, carving- 
 tool, with which wooden images were 
 carved out ; Plur. nlrspia Is. 44, 13. 
 Targ. boTX a knife, cutter. 
 
 f^Sjt')?, see inPSfj no. 2. 
 
 Pj2'9 in Kal not used, to melt, (opine 
 away, comp. kfndr. "3^ , I^^B , 31B , q. v. 
 Chald. id. Comp. among occidental 
 roots maceo, macer. 
 
 NiPH. p^a fut. iipa^ 1. to be melted, 
 to melt. Is. 34, 4 n''7:e.-!-Nas-i>3 ipr; 
 and all the stars of heaven .shall melt, be 
 melted, sc. like wax candles, to which 
 the poet thus compares them ; so Vi- 
 tringa well explains this image. Hence 
 toJlouD, to run, of ulcers, Ps. 38, 6 'p^a 
 ^rnnsri my sores run sc. witli matter. 
 
 2. to pine away, to consume away, of 
 the eyes and tongue, Zech. 14. 12 ; of 
 men, Lev. 26, 39. Ez. 24, 23. 33, 10. 
 
 HiPH. p-qry^ causat. to cause to pine 
 away, Zech. 14, 12. 
 
 Deriv. pa . 
 
 "Ip^S see in "lipo. 
 
 ^7)?^ m- (r. ^ITO plur- constr. ''X'^pa. 
 
 1. a calling together, convocation ; 
 Num. 10, 2 vrvsy\ s-ipab for convoking 
 the assembly. Hence a) a convocation, 
 assembly, sc. of the people for worship 
 and for the performance of the sacred 
 rites, navriyvgtg, Is. 1, 13. Often Jtipa 
 a-i'p Lev. 23, 3. 7. 8. 24. 27. Num.'28J 
 25. 26. b) place of convocation, plur. 
 holy places, Is. 4, 5. 
 
 2. a reading, reading aloud. Neh. 8, 
 8 they gave attention to the reading. 
 
 ^)I5'Q m. (r. frnp) 1. hap, chance, 
 accident, 1 Sam. 6' 9. 20, 26. Ruth 2, 3. 
 
 2. lot, fortune, event, which happens 
 to any one. Ecc. 2, 14 n"ip-i nnx n-;pa 
 o^STX the same event happens to them 
 all. V.15. 3, 19. 9,2.3. 
 
 T!?^'Q m. (r. trip) pr. part. ?i. frame, 
 frame-work of beams, joists, etc. Ecc. 
 10, 18. 
 
"1P7J 
 
 612 
 
 fc^-i-a 
 
 '^'^i?''? ^ (r. "i"^!?) a cooling, refreshing, 
 Judg. 3,' 20. 24. 
 
 ^pX! see ^i^.i^ . 
 
 nffiJpXJ m. (r. nirjs II) pr. turned work, 
 opus tomatum, i. q. fem. ncpa . Once, 
 Is. 3, 24 nef?a niyya iwmefZ work, lit. 
 * work of turned work,' ironically of the 
 iiair dressed in artificial curls. Otiier 
 interpretations see in Thesaur. p. 1243. 
 
 1. TMD'^'iZ f of the preced. tixrned work, 
 opus tomatum, both of wood Ex. 25. 18, 
 and of gold and silver Ex. 25, 31. So 
 of the golden candelabra Ex. 25, 31. 36. 
 37,17.22. Num. 8, 4; of the silver trump- 
 ets, Num. 10, 2 ; of a column, Jer. 10, 5 ; 
 of the cherubim, Ex. 25, 18 nirsn ncpia 
 crk with turned work shalt thou make 
 them, sc. the cherubs. These were of 
 oleaster-wood covered with gold, as 
 appears from 1 K. 6, 23, comp. v. 28 ; 
 hence the signification of solid, beaten 
 gold, assigned by some to ncp^, as 
 if from r. niL'j? no. I, is false. 
 
 II. ni^jvia m. (for x^'iT^, denom.from 
 i<'i"p cucumber) ajield of cucumbers. Is. 
 
 1, 8. Arab. jSLiiw^ 
 
 ^"0 m. (r. i-,i:) A) From the root 
 no. 1; svibst. a drop, Is. 40, 15. 
 
 B) From the root no. 2. 1. Adj. with 
 fem. n-^^ , bitter. Is. 5. 20. Prov. 27, 7 ; 
 of brackish water, bitter, acrid, Ex. 15, 
 23. Metaph. a) sad, sorrowful, Ez. 
 3, 14 ; often of the mind Job 21, 25 ; "T3 
 1!3B3 bitter in spirit, sad at heart. 1 Sam. 
 1, io. 22, 2. Job 3, 20. Prov. 31, 6. b) 
 bitter, of a cry. of grief, etc. i. e. vehe- 
 ment ; ST^^" i^V"^? '"'r?'^^ ^ great and 
 hitter cryGen.^27'. 34.'E8th. 4, 1. Ez. 27, 
 81 "^a *iBpT3 bitter lamentation i. e. vehe- 
 ment. Also of a bitter or cruel fate, 
 Jer. 4, 18. Prov. 5, 4. Am. 8, 10. c) 
 For fierce, vehement, raging, i. q. Arab. 
 f-iyjo, (whence also we see how TS 
 strong can stand in antithesis to sweet 
 Judg. 14, 14.) Hab. 1, 6 ; UJE3 no id. 
 Judg. 18, 25. 2 Sam. 17, 8. d j deadly, 
 destructive, Ps. 64, 4. Jer. 2, 19. Ecc. 7, 
 26 ; comp. in no. 2. c. 
 
 2. Subst. a) bitterness, as of death 
 1 Sam. 15, 32. b) 'iB3 ib the bitter- 
 ness of my soul, sadness. Job 7. 11. 10. 1. 
 Is. 38, 15. c) bitter lot, calamity, Is. 
 
 38, 17. Hence deadliness, destruction, 
 Num. 5, 24. 27 ; D-inan ^a the deadly 
 waters v. 18. 19. 24. 
 
 3. Adv. bitterly; sola Is. 33,7. Zeph. 
 1. 14 ; nni: Ez. 27, 30. 
 
 lb ni. fully ITa Cant. 4, 6. 5, 5, c. 
 Makk. -na Ex. 30, 23 ; myrrh, so called 
 from its flowing, distilling, see r. inia 
 
 2, 
 
 no. 1, Arab, -x, Gr. fivguu (as if from 
 
 a fem. frnp) also o-jUi'^rH ; a substance 
 which distils in tears from a tree grow- 
 ing in Arabia, resembling the Egyptian 
 thorn according to Dioscor. 1. 17. These 
 tears then harden into a bitter aromatic 
 gum, which was highly prized, and used 
 in incense Ex. 30. 23 ; in perfumes Ps. 
 45, 9. Prov. 7. 17. Cant. 3. 6 ; in unguents 
 Esth. 2, 12. Cant. 5, 5 ; and among the 
 Greeks forstrengthening wine, Mark 15, 
 23. 36. The best kind was called nxj 
 n^r Cant. 5, 5, and li-i-n -17a Ex. 30, 23, 
 as distilling of itself from the tree, and 
 therefore most highly prized, ufjvQva 
 (TTuxTij, Sept. afivfjva ixXtxTtj. So ""jts 
 "lisn a bag of myrrh, worn for the sake 
 of its perfume (as CE3 r'^a Is. 3. 20) sus- 
 pended from the neck of a female, CanL 
 1,13. (Others understand here a bun- 
 dle of the flowers or leaves of myrrh, 
 against the common usage of the words.) 
 Of the tree, however, which produces 
 the myrrh, we have had until recently 
 no accurate account. Ehrenberg dis- 
 covered it in Arabia, and has fully de- 
 scribed it. The name is balsamodendron 
 viyrrha ; see Nees v, Esenbeck Plant. 
 Officin. Tab. 357. Comp. Dioscor. 1. c. 
 with Sprengel's commentary. Celsii 
 Hierobot. T. I. p. 520. 
 
 * I. i^TJ i. q. nyi , ^Ja 1. io lash, 
 
 to whip, e. g. a horse into a more rapid 
 course ; see Hiph. 
 
 2. to be perverse, rebellious. Part. fem. 
 nxniia, i. q. nnio, rebellious, Zeph. 3, 1. 
 
 Hiph. once of the ostrich rising from 
 her nest, and by the flapping of her 
 wings lashing herself up into her course. 
 Job 39, 18 ifn^an ciisa rys yet now 
 she khshes herself vp on high. Comp. 
 wa and aid. All the ancient intpp. 
 to raise oneself up, to rise up, as if Stnia 
 were by transp. for csn , Oil . 
 
Kn?j 
 
 613 
 
 -i:a 
 
 FI. i^'^'2 or ^y^, a root not 
 found in the verb, to be "well fed, to be 
 
 *-^ ^ 
 
 fat. Arab. Ijjo and (<w bene profecit 
 
 6. bene cessit cibus, .^ fortis (pr. pin- 
 
 guis), virilia fuit, whence ijjo, Chald. 
 V!yo , a man. Kindred are xna Hiph. to 
 feed, to fatten, X'^'ia fat, which we have 
 referred (see xna) to the idea of cutting 
 up, and so of eating. But perhaps this 
 signif may come rather from the notion 
 of filling, since ^<';)a, X^a, approach near 
 to xb^ q. V. Comp. the Sanscr. pri.pri, 
 to fill, nourish, sustain. Hence X"'no 
 fat. nst'J'O crop, of a bird, and pr. n. 
 
 ^"?^ (i. q. iTiTa sad) Mara, pr. n. f. 
 Ruth 1, 20 Cheth. See in nn^ II. 2. b. 
 
 S5^T3 Chald. m. dominus, lord, Dan, 
 2, 47. 4, 16. 21. 5, 23. Syr. jlj^i^ , Arab. 
 
 %jX, id. pr. man. R. X-ia II. 
 t5"nb see K'li^ . 
 f'li^'Ta Merodach, see Tj"i'"itt . 
 
 'J'lSba ^I^i^lia (Merodach i. e. Mars 
 his lord ; according to Bohlen i. q. Pers. 
 jMtc>^o t^i^jX vir laudatus, but less 
 
 well.) Merodach-Baladan. pr. n. of a 
 king of Babylon, Is. 39, 1, according to 
 Berosus (in Euseb. Chron. Vers. Arm. 
 ed. Aucher. T. I, p. 42, 43), a viceroy 
 of the king of Assyria, who rebelled and 
 seized the kingdom of Babylon for him- 
 self; see Comm. on Isa. 1. c. Hitzig 
 supposes the Merodach- Baladan of Be- 
 rosus to have been a different person. 
 He is also called "("ix^a Ti'jXia q. v. the 
 C being exchanged for a. 
 
 ^^^TQ m. (r. nxn) constr. tix"?^, c. 
 suff. rfX"}^ Cant. 2. 5, T^i^'i'O 2, 14. inx-i^o 
 Lev. 13, 34, nxnia v. 4.20; more fre- 
 quently with suffix forms apparently 
 plural, but of which the Yod is never- 
 theless radical (see nbSD, Mspia. and 
 Heb. Gr. 91. 9. n), as TJTX'ii? Cant. 2, 
 14, 1'^X"!^ Job 41. 1. and cfl''*?'!'? ; V'^''*?"?'? , 
 which are construed with the sing. Gen. 
 41, 21. Lev. 14, 37. Dan. 1, 15; but 
 irxn^ Dan. 1, 13 constr. with a plur. 
 verb! Plur. constr. 'J<n Ecc. 11, 9 
 Cheth. in Keri nxna. 
 
 52 
 
 1. sight, aspect, view, the act of looking 
 upon. Gen. 41, 2. Cant. 2, 14. al. Bsep. 
 
 Arab. 'i\Jo id. Lev. 13, 12 nxna-bab 
 
 ,nBn "'3'^5 according to all the viewing 
 of the priest, i. e. so far as the priest can 
 see. Deut. 28, 34 rprs nsj^nia wliat thine 
 eyes behold, v. 67, Is. 11, 3! Ez. 23, 16. 
 Ecc. 11, 9. 
 
 2. appearance, form, Engl, looks, Ex. 
 24, 17. Ez. ], IG. 28. Often in the gen. 
 after an adj. nxna rc"; Gen. 12, 11. 29, 
 17, nsna rai-J 24, 16. 26,7, i. e. of a fair 
 appearance, fine form; and so with i, 
 as '^!<^^^ "^^1? ^f ^ pleasant appear- 
 ance. form. Gen. 2, 9 ; "5$"}^^ i>ina Josh. 
 2, 10 ; hence put simpl. for comeliness, 
 beauty, Is. 53. 2. In the prophetic style, 
 the form of a thing is something like 
 that thing, comp. in n^nsi no. 3. Dan. 
 10, 18 nns nsniiS 'a-ra*] there touched 
 vie something like the form of a man, 
 i. e. having the semblance of a man. 
 Ez. 8, 2, and so Ez. 1, 26 nxi-ca n-cn. 
 
 3. sight, thing seen, vision, Ex. 3, 3. 
 Ez. 8, 4, 11, 24. 43, 3. Dan. 8, 16. 
 
 nX'l'a f (r. nj<n) 1. a vision, Num. 
 12, 6.' 1 Sam. 3' 15. Dan. 10, 7. 8. 16. 
 ^V^^n f"**"!"? nocturnal visions Gen. 
 46,' 2. D'^n^3i< nix-ia visions from God 
 Ez. 1, 1. 8, 3!" 40, 2'. 
 
 2. a mirror, i. e. a polished plate of 
 metal, i. q. ''XI , plur. Ex. 38, 8. Arab. 
 
 8 I *,5 id. 
 
 Hijntt f (r. s^na no. II) the crop^ 
 
 craw?, of birds, Lev. 1. 16. Arab, 
 id. 
 
 nosn'a josh, is, 44, (i. q. nx-ia, 
 
 q. d. on the top of a hill, denom. fr. tfixn)- 
 contr. ncnia 1 Chr. 4, 21. 2 Chr. 11, 8, 
 14, 8. 9. Mic. 1, 15 ; Mareshah, pr. n. a)' 
 A fortified city in the plains of Judah, 
 Josh. Chr. 11. cc. Gr. MaQr^au Jos. Ant.. 
 8. 10, 1 ; MaQiaaa 12. 8. 6. Euseb. and 
 Jerome place its ruins " in secundo la- 
 pide Eleutheropoleos," Onomast. art.. 
 MuQt]aa ; and the remains of an ancient, 
 site are still visible on a hill about a 
 Roman mile and a half southeast fromj 
 Beit Jibrin, the ancient Eleutheropolis;. 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. li. p. 422. comp.. 
 p. 397, b) A man, 1 Chr. 2, 42. 
 
i^"!"J 
 
 614 
 
 TI13 
 
 nCiinia f. (denom. fr. t^-i) pr. al the 
 head, what is at the head, comp. niban?? 
 at the feet. Plur. rrijs-na id. and 
 poet, the head itself; Jer.'lS, 18 '^'^l 
 D^PinXEri nnt;? ns-'rosia (from) your 
 heads shall come down the crown of your 
 glory ; here T^^ is followed by the ace. 
 of that from which, like N2t^, ~^>- 
 Sept. Vulg. and Syr. seem to have read 
 D3"'ril)XT?3//'oi at your heads, with the 
 Bame vowels as "'rax-:? 1 Sam. 26. 12, 
 which is also well. See the next art. 
 
 niTrS?ntl f. plur. (denom. fr. OS^) i. q. 
 fitCS"ii3 . pr. 'place at the head, as 1 Sam. 
 19,16; opp. ni-ai^. Put in the accus. 
 as Adv. at the head of any one ; c. sutf. 
 ("nilJNnTD at his head 1 K. 19. 6. 1 Sam. 
 26, 7. 11. 16 ; also under the head of any 
 one, 1 Sam. 19, 13. 16. Gen. 28. 11. 18. 
 With a genit. 1 Sam. 26, 12 he took 
 the spear . . . bai ^ritix'^^ from at the 
 head of Saul, where ^ seems to imply 
 removal, diff. from v. 11 -i'^.? r'':nrf-n>{ 
 'ia ; and we must suppose, either that 
 'rttis-ip is here for "'riiisnaT; , one a 
 being dropped ; or that "^nilJxn is here 
 put for "iriusna. For the double plur. 
 comp. ''niaa p. 139, note. 
 
 ^TQ (increase, r. -?7; ^^ *^^ from 
 rro) Merab. pr. n. of a daughter of Saul, 
 1 Sam. 14. 49. 18, 17. 19. 
 
 D'^'^S'I'Q m. plur. (3 without Dag.) co- 
 verings, coverlets, as spread upon beds, 
 Prov. 7, 16. 31,22. R. ^=7- 
 
 r>3"l'a m. (r. J^3^) 1. enlargement, 
 increase, Is. 9, 6. 
 
 2. greatness, abundance. Is. 33, 23 
 na"!^ bbiu a great spoil. 
 
 niil'n'a f. (r. ^y^) largeness, ampli- 
 tude, concr. ample, large, Ez. 23, 32. 
 
 rr'S"!'?? f. (r. fiS^) 1- greatness, mul- 
 titude, 2 Chr. 9, 'e. 30, 18. With suff. 
 cn'^an^ the multitude of them, i. e. the 
 greater part, 1 Chr. 12, 29. 
 
 2. increase of a family, offspring, 1 
 Sam. 2, 33. 
 
 3. increase on money, interest, nsury, 
 Lev. 25, 37. Comp. Gr. loxo,; from 
 t/xt(i, Lat. fenus from feo i. e, fero. pa- 
 tio, whence fetus, fecundus ; see Gellius 
 
 18. 13. Arab. U fenus, Lj IV fencra- 
 vit. Syr. ^?. " 
 
 T?'?''? Tn. (r. 7?"^) crouching-place, 
 lair, of animals Zeph. 2, 15 ; of flocks, 
 constr. 73";^ Ez. 25, 5. See Lehrg. 
 p. 578. 
 
 "prTp^ rn. (r. pan) stall, stable, in 
 which cattle are tied, Am. 6, 4. '"Q ba 
 a stalled calf fatted, 1 Sam. 28, 24. Jer. 
 46, 21. Mai. 3, 20. 
 
 -*_;'- obsol. root, prob. i. q. 5^5, Arab, 
 
 qoadril 
 
 I, so far as can be gath- 
 
 ered from the derivatives, viz. 
 
 1. to roll rapidly, to revolve, whence 
 5"ii73 threshing-roller or sledge ; unless 
 perhaps 5"ia in this noun is i. q. nn3, 
 pnT2 , to rub, to rub in pieces. 
 
 2. to talk rapidly, pr. ' to roll out dis- 
 course,' as babblers, tale-bearers, whence 
 
 s -o^ 
 
 _wO, 'anj, a whisperer, tale-bearer. 
 
 yi51"Q m. (r. rjn) rest, place of rest, 
 Jer. 6,16. 
 
 niba"l'a f. plur. (denom. fr. bin) place 
 at the feet of any one, opp. nifflxn?: q. v. 
 Ruth 3. 4. 7. Dan. 10. 6. Ace' as adv. 
 at the feet of any one. Ruth 3, 8. 14. 
 
 MUSI'S f! (r. c>i) a heap of siones ; 
 
 5 ^ -- 
 
 Arab. |va-j a heap of stones to mark a 
 grave, tumulus. Prov. 26, 8 ',ai< niiss 
 nTaanra as a bag of gems in a heap of 
 stones, a proverbial expression similar 
 to that in Matt. 7, 6. Sept. a sling, as 
 if from r. Dan to throw stones ; hence 
 the version : vg unoSeujinti Xl&ov h 
 atptrdort]. 
 
 nyan'a f. (r. ran) re^, qtdet, Is. 28, 12. 
 
 * "l^^'J fut. n'-n27 to he disobedient, 
 perverse, to rebel, to fall away from one's 
 allegiance ; absol. Gen. 14, 4. Neh. 6, 6 ; 
 with a of pers. against whom 2 K. 18, 7. 
 20. 24. 1. 20. Is. 36. 5. Jer. 52, 3 ; b? 
 Neh. 2, 19. 2 Chr. 13, 6; rarely with 
 ace. (comp. n^Tj) Josh. 22, 19. Job 24, 
 13 nix '"lib rebels against the light, 
 enemies of the light. niTT'a nna to rebel 
 against (fall away from) Jehovah, by 
 idolatry. Josh. 22, 16 sq. Ez. 2, 3. Dan. 
 9, 9. Syr. Jjio id. Arab. Owe pervi- 
 cax. contumax fuit. Kindred is nna . 
 
 Deriv. the four (oFlowing, and pr. n. 
 ninrs. 
 
ITJ 
 
 615 
 
 ni'j 
 
 ^t) Chald. m. rebellion, i. q. Heb. 
 *i-i"a, Ezra 4, 19. 
 
 T^^ Chald. adj. rehelliotis, f. K"J';'9, 
 emphat. xnnnia , Ezra 4, 12. 15. 
 
 "T?"? m. (r. Ti) 1. rebellion, defec- 
 tion, josh. 22, 22. ' 
 2. Mered, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 17. 18. 
 
 rm^T? f (r. i"n3) rebelliousness, con- 
 tumacy, 1 Sam. 20, 30. 
 
 '^T^'^ Jer. 50, 2, Merodach, pr. n. of 
 an idol of ihe Babylonians, prob. the 
 planet Mars, to which, as the god of 
 blood and slaughter, as well as to Sa- 
 turn, the ancient Semitic nations offered 
 human sacrifices ; see on this worship 
 among the ancient Arabs, Coram, on Is. 
 II. p. 344 sq. The name which tliis divi- 
 nity has among the Arabs and Zabians, 
 
 A^wjo, ^ a^^, seems to have come 
 
 from the Heb. or Ararasean (Mirrikh 
 from Mirdich), and the origin of this 
 latter comports well with the god of war 
 and slaughter, viz. Merodach, from the 
 general root Mord, Mort, which in old 
 Germ, signifies both death and murder 
 (see in niia no. 1), and the formative syl- 
 lable ach, och, so frequent in Assyrian 
 and Chaldean names, comp. Tj!?? , 7^'i''"?S< , 
 T^nps. So too Mars, Mavors, mors, 
 seem to have a kindred origin. Others, 
 as Hitzig, suppose Merodach to come 
 from Pers. ^i^yja man, pr. Utile m^n, 
 manikin, used in endearment ; see in 
 '(ij'n . Of the worship of this idol by the 
 Assyrians and Babylonians, besides the 
 passage of Jeremiah above cited, we 
 have testimony in the proper names of 
 the kings of Assyria and Babylonia, 
 which are often compounded with this 
 name, (see Comm. on Is. I. p. 281.) as 
 TCP^ b-iix and Tix'ua -"iKi^ . q. v. also 
 Mesessimordachus, Sisimordachus. 
 
 ^Tiy^ (Pers. ^5^v> little man, 
 raanikm, or else, worshipper of Mars. fr. 
 "nnr q. V.) Mnrd^cai, pr. n. a) A Jew 
 of the tribe of Benjamin, living in the 
 metropolis of Persia, tlie foster-father 
 of Esther, and afterwards chief minis- 
 ter of state. Esth. 2. 5 sq. Sept. MnQ- 
 doxi'loG. b) It is uncertain, whether 
 the Mordecai who returned with Ze- 
 
 rubbabel is the same person, Ezra 2, 2. 
 
 Neh. 7, 7. 
 
 Sl'^7^ m. Is. 14, 6 (pr. pari. Hoph. of 
 r. Cl"?^) subst. persecution. So, if the 
 orthography is correct; but there is lit- 
 tle doubt that with Doderlein we ought 
 for 7\T\'0 to replace r'nnia dominion, from 
 r. JTin , See Comm. on Is. 1. c. 
 
 ''f '9 1* P*"- ' 1' '^^^ ^> Arab. ;Cwo> 
 to stroke, to stripe, espec. with a whip, to 
 lash, as KHT3 ; or the skin with a razor, 
 whence Hniia razor, see Schultens ad 
 Harir. Cons, I. p. 24. De defect, ling. 
 Hebr. p. 117. Kindred is nn'Q to rub, to 
 rub over, etc. Hence 
 
 2. to be perverse, refractory, to rebel; 
 pr. to resist, to repel by striking and 
 fighting with the hands and feet. Arab. 
 ^jjo to refuse one's duty, Conj. Ill to 
 dispute. Constr. with a of pers. against 
 whom Ps. 5, 11. Hos. 14, 1. Also with 
 ace. (pr. to repulse any one) Jer. 4, 17. 
 Ps. 105, 28. Often in the Ibrmula nnia 
 nin^ ""STK to rebel against (resist) the 
 divine command, Num. 30, 24. 27, 14. 
 1 Sam. 12, 15. Possibly this may have 
 been taken originally in its proper sense, 
 'to strike or smite upon the mouth of 
 any one,' i. e. to refuse to hear his words, 
 to treat him with contempt ; comp. 
 r. xnia Chald. Piel. Absol. Deut. 21, 
 18. 20' n-ii'^n nnio -,2 a stubborn and 
 rebellious son. Ps. 78. 8. Jer. 5, 23. Is. 1, 
 20. 50, 1. Lam. 3. 42. Metaph. 2 K. 14, 
 26 -IXT2 n-iia bi<";'C57 ^l-S the affliction of 
 Israel was very perverse, i. e. stubborn, 
 incurable. The ancient versions render 
 it bitter; either reading nnin (for n-173) 
 as adj. or assigning this sense to the 
 verb nnia . 
 
 HiPH. ri'^'O'n, fat. trnr'i, apoc. ipni 
 Ez. 5, 6, i. q. Kal no. 2. to resist, to op- 
 pose, to rebel. Job 17, 2 'i^n cn-i-isna 
 ^?''? pr. on their contradiction rests mine 
 eye. i. e. they surround me with contra- 
 diction and reproach in their mouths. 
 Also freq. of those who rebel against 
 God; constr. a) With a again.<st.Vs. 
 106. 43. Ez. 20, 8. 13. 21 ;'once "lan-bx 
 ia Ex. 23, 21 for '':n~bx. see in r. i-^a 
 Hiph. note, b) With c? Deut. 9. 7. 
 24. pr. to contend ir/7/ any one. 37, 24. 
 c) With accus. as in Kal. Ps. 78, 17. 4a 
 
n-153 
 
 616 
 
 tn^ 
 
 5C. 107. 11. Ez. 5, 6. Often in the for- | 
 niula !Tin7 "^stx i^y^^ for which see 
 in Kal. Deut. 1, 26. 43.' Josh. 1, 18 ; and 
 in the same sense 's n^iiTX irj^H P^- 
 106, 33, also "^^ "'.rr 'n q. d. to provoke 
 the eyes of Jehovah Is. 3, 8. 
 
 Deriv. fTi^ I, nnis, *''n^, and pr. n. 
 ri'-^'o'^, f^^"^^, f^'i"''^^, 0^152, rinizi, nnia. 
 
 1. nn'a f (r. nn73) only dual, Jer. 50, 
 21 C']r';'2 ynx land of double rebellion 
 or contumacy, i. e. Babylonia, in which 
 iirst the Assyrians and then the Baby- 
 lonians detained and afflicted the people 
 of God. Others Merathaim, as a syra- 
 ibolic pr. name. 
 
 II. m-n f (r.nnn) 1. Adj. fern, of 
 nv , bitter ; hence as subst. bitterness, 
 ii. e. calamity, misfortune, 2 Sam. 2, 26. 
 j\dv. bitterly, Ez. 27, 30. 
 
 2. Marah, pr. n. a) A bitter or 
 rbrackish fountain in the peninsula of 
 -.Sinai, Ex. 15, 23. Num. 33, 8. Most 
 probably, as Burckhardt supposes, the 
 same which is now called S>t^ iv^-*^ 
 ^Ain HawArah ; not the ^Ayun Musa 
 
 g~*M^ Lv3?^ ' ^^ Pococke and Niebuhr 
 thought. See Burckh. Trav. in Syria, 
 -etc. p. 472. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 96 
 q. b) A name assumed by Naomi, 
 Buth 1, 20 Keri. 
 
 TVp2 (mon-ah) f bitterness, grief, 
 Prov. 14, 10. R. -i'n'9 . 
 
 nnb f id. Gen. 26, 35 nn n-nb grief 
 lofmind. R. "i^!'?- 
 
 ^T^y^ m. (r. "in) c. suff. '^'il'i'a , plur. 
 C'l'i"^, pr. a wandering, the condition 
 of a person driven from home and 
 wandering about destitute and afflicted. 
 ll,am. 1.7. 3, 19. Concr. one wandering, 
 ihaving no home ; Is. 58, 7 to deal thy 
 (bread to the hungry . and to bring home 
 C'lltTS D"'*55 the needy wanderers. Sept. 
 'well uuif'/oi, Vulg. ragi. 
 
 Til")? (prob. for ""txia , Arab. \ASi 
 
 refuge, r. 't'*f) Meroz, pr. n. of a place 
 in the northern part of Palestine, Judg. 
 5,23. 
 
 HTTQ m. (r. H'lia) pr. one bruised, 
 crushed; Lev. 21, 20 T^rx r.iiri vmshed 
 as to his tpulirles, i. e. emasculated by 
 cruBhing, Gr. OXadlag, &Xu(jia;. But 
 Sept. fi6vo{)xis. Vulg. hemiosus. 
 
 oil's m. (r. t^-i) constr. bi-.c, plur. 
 
 1. height, altitude, elevation, e. g. of a 
 mountain, hill, Is. 37, 24. Jer. 49, 16. 
 Put in the gen. after noune; Cina ^rt 
 bx"iw"; the high mount of Israel, i. e. 
 zionVEz. 17, 23. 20, 40. 34, 14.' ciiB2 
 on high Job 39, IS, and C1"i53 in ace. id. 
 Is. 37, 23 ri^rs oi-ia S<^nT and liflest 
 up thine eyes on high. Concr. the Most 
 High, excehxis, of God Ps. 92, 9; and 
 collect, the high, i. e. princes. Is. 24, 4. 
 Poetically, height, a high thing, said 
 of what is far above ; Ps. 10, 5 nina 
 i'ri.lj'3 rpqc'iia high above him are thy 
 judgments. 
 
 2. a high place, height, Hab. 2, 9 ; 
 n'ip. "'oi-.Ta the high places of the city! 
 Prov. 9, 3. 14 ; nnb '/= Judg. 5, 18. Ace. 
 in a high place Is. 22, 16. Spec, of 
 heaven, Ps. 18, 17. Is. 24, 18. 21. 40, 26. 
 57, 15. 58, 4. Jer. 25, 30 ; plur. D-^aino 
 id. Job 16, 19. Of the lofty seat of Je- 
 hovah in Zion, Ps. 7, 8; of an inacces- 
 sible fortress Is. 26, 5. Trop. Ps. 73, 8 
 they speak oilBtJ loftily; also of high 
 condition Job 5, 11 ; plur. id. Ecc. 10, 6. 
 
 3. elation of mind, pride ; as adv. 
 proudly, Ps. 56, 3. 
 
 Oil^ (height, high place, r. t>n) 
 Din-io th^e waters of Merom iosh. 11, 
 5. 7, pr. n. of the upper or highest lake 
 on the Jordan ; Gr. 2^ffifX'^v~nig Jos. Ant. 
 5. 5. 1. Arab. iU^i el-Hideh. See 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 339 sq. 
 
 f il^ m. (r. 7=i"i) a race, running, 
 Ecc. 9, 11. 
 
 I. n2^"Ta f. (r. ysii) i. q. -J^i^a, a 
 ninning, 2 Sam. 18, 27. Jer. 8, 6. 23, 10. 
 
 II. m^n^ f (for nsna, r. yVi) op- 
 pression, Jer. 22, 17. 
 
 d^p^"Ya m. plur. (r. 'pr^) purifica- 
 tions, Esth. 2, 12. 
 
 nil'a (bitterness, bitter fountains) 
 Maroth, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of 
 Judah, once Mic. 1, 12. R. ">']'2 
 
 nni? Jer. 16, 5, constr. nnia c.omp. 
 Leiiro-. p. 578 ; an outcry, either for joy, 
 shouting. Am. 6. 7 ; or also in sorrow, 
 wailing. Jer. 1. c. Comp. b^^ and 'Jn, 
 used both of joy and sorrow. R. nn . 
 
nnia 
 
 617 
 
 "i:: 
 
 ^^1^*3 1. to 7iib, to bruise, to crush 
 by rubbing, see Hlia. Kindred are 
 pnn, nni3, and with i softened nbo II. 
 
 o - 
 
 Arab, ^wo a tree from which fire is kin- 
 dled by rubbing. 
 2. i. q. Arab. ^^ to rub over, to 
 
 anoint, e. g. the body with oil ; IV. (o 
 so/ten. Kindred is naia, the l being 
 changed for a sibilant. In Heb. once 
 of a cataplasm or plaster laid upon a 
 sore ; Is. 3S, 21 Isaiah had said, let 
 them take dried Jigs. TTj'iTi-bj inn^il 
 prjEgn. and lay them softened upon the 
 ulcer. Sept. xt iQtifiov xal xuTunXaoai. 
 
 ^VTP^ m- (r.zr\n)wideplace,breadth, 
 plur. constr. ynx ""an-n: Hab. 1,6. Often 
 metaph.of freedom and deliverance, opp. 
 to slraitness. straits. ^21 ; see in r. 50^. 
 Ps. 18, 20 2n"i53b '':>t"'SiT he brought 
 me out into a large place, delivered me 
 out of straits. 31,9. 118, 15. Once in 
 a bad sense, Hos. 4, 16 -niaa ia5?3 as 
 a lamb in a wide place, where it can 
 easily wander from the flock. 
 
 pHntt m. (r. pn-n) plur. o'^pn-iB and 
 d-'pn-i^ Is. 33. 17. Jer. 8, 19 ; farness, 
 remoteness, distant place, e. g. pnn'O 'j^'^x 
 a distant land Is. 13, 5. Plur. n'pnnt) 
 Zech. 10. 9, c-'pnnT3 j^nx Is. 33, 17. Jer. 
 8, 19, |''i!<"';3n-ii3 Is. 8. 9. far countries, 
 distant lands. Also pn^a'D a) from 
 afar Ps. 138, 6 ; after verbs of coming 
 Is. 10, 3. 30, 27. b) afar off Jer. 31, 
 10; comp. "l^ no. 3. h. c) i. q. pinno, 
 see in pin-n aa. /?: Is. 17, 13 pn-i^^ Dj^ 
 a7id they shall fee from afar, i. e. while 
 yet afar off. 
 
 mrnn'a f. (r. cm) a pot, kettle, for 
 boiling, Lev. 2, 7. 7, 9. 
 
 '^-T kindr. with db'O q. v. pr. to 
 make smooth ; hence 
 
 1. to polish, to sharpen, e. g. a sword, 
 Ez. 21, 14. 33. 
 
 2. to make smooth the head of any 
 one, to make bald, i. e. to tear out the 
 hair, to pluck, e. g. in chastisement 
 Neh. 13, 25; in scorn Is. 50. 6 (where 
 cania are those who pluck the beard) ; 
 in grief Ezra 9. 3. Ez. 29. 18 r.rs-bs 
 rt::n-iT3 every shoulder is made bald, i, e. 
 by bearing heavy burdens. 
 
 52* 
 
 NiPH. to become bald, Lev. 13, 40. 41. 
 Pdal 1. /o6e/}o/iff/iec/. of metal 1 K. 
 7, 45. 
 
 2, to be sharpened, i. e. to be sharp, of 
 a sword ; Part. fern. na;^ia Ibr na^b^ 
 (Dag. euphon.) Ez. 21. 15. 16. 
 
 3. Is. 18, 2. 7 B-n?:!i r.crs^a cs (for 
 anb^a) a people drawn out and snwolh, 
 i. e. tall and naked, sc. the Ethiopians. 
 Others sharp, fierce, as ^nn Hab. 1, 8. 
 
 13'nTa Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, to pluck; 
 prset. pass, to be pliicked, e. g. wings 
 Dan. 7, 4. 
 
 niania gee in r. an^ Pu. no. 2. 
 
 "^"y^ m. (r. Hnia) in pause ''^p. , c. sufT. 
 Tj-j-^TS Deut. 31, 2V, n;-i7: Neh. 9, 17. 
 
 1. contradiction, outcry, as the ex- 
 pression of discontent and indignation, 
 q. d. protest ; Job 23. 2 'nb ''1T3 Di'ri Da 
 even now is my speech outcry, i. e. I can- 
 not but cry out or complain of injustice. 
 Others : even now doth my complaint 
 seem rebellion ? Or : even now is my 
 complaint bitterness ; so Targ. "T>"1b , aa 
 if r. n^Tj were i. q. nna. Neither is 
 appropriate, much less necessary. 
 
 2. perverseness, rebelliousness, sc. 
 against God. Deut. 31. 27. 1 Sam. 15, 
 23. So 'i^ r"<3 a rebellious house, i. e. 
 people, Ez.'2, 5. 8. 3. 9. 26. 27. 12. 2. 3. 
 9; 'no \33 rebels Num. 17, 25 [10]; 
 ^-113 CS Is. 30, 9. Also concr. "''iia rebel- 
 lious Prov. 17. 11; for plur. Ez. 2, 7. 
 44, 6. Hence 
 
 ^?? '^y^ Meri-Baal pr. n. of a son 
 of Jonathan. 1 Chr. 9. 40 ; just before 
 called bra a-'-iia Merib-Baal (contender 
 against Baal), which seems to be the 
 correct form. 
 
 55"'1^ m. adj. (r. ^I-q) fatjatted. Ez. 
 39. 18. Subst. a fading, spec, a fatted 
 calf (xoaxoi; ansvjo^ ; often coupled with 
 the words irj and ipa, 2 Sara. 6, 13. 1 
 K. 1, 9. 19. 25. Is. 11^ 6. Plur. n^S'-na 
 Is. 1, 11. Am. 5, 22. 
 
 na'^nia f. (r. a-^-i) l. quarrel, strife. 
 Gen. 13, 8. Ex 17, 7. Num. 27, 14. 
 
 2. Meribah. pr. n. - a) A Ibuntain 
 flowing from a rock in the desert of Sin 
 on the western gulf of the Red Sea. Ex, 
 17, 1-7. b) n3"'-na "''O waters of strife^ 
 another fountain of the same kind in the 
 desert of Zin at Kadesh, Num. 20, 13. 
 
618 
 
 n-j 
 
 24. Deut. 33. 8. Ps. 81. 8. 106,. 32 ; fully 
 fij? ri^i'ir 173 Num. 27, 14. Deut. 32, 
 51. Ez. 47, 19. Simpl. Pe. 95, 8. See 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 581 sq. 
 
 byn "inTa see next after "^-i^ . 
 
 n^'lT3 (rebellion against Jehovah, r. 
 nnij) Meraiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 12, 12. 
 
 r^'^'yn Gen. 22, 2 and n^'-lilS 2 Chr. 
 3, 1, Moriah. pr. n. of one of the hills of 
 Jerusalem, on which Solomon built the 
 temple. It lay northeast of Zion. from 
 which it was separated by the valley 
 Tyropoeon, Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 9. B. J. 5, 5. 1. 
 Most commonly the name Zion embra- 
 ced also the temple on Moriah ; and the 
 latter name seldom occurs, not even 1 
 K. 6, 1. See genr. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 I. pp. 393, 413, 416. Gen. 22, 2 -f^X 
 npian the land of Moriah, i. e. the re- 
 gion around that mount, its vicinity, q. d. 
 the fields of Moriah, comp. "irr! yix Josh. 
 8, 1. As to the etymology of the word, 
 the sacred writers themselves (Gen. 22, 
 S. 14. 2 Chr. 1. c.) refer it to the root 
 ^'iX'n , and this is confirmed by regarding 
 'iT'ib as for <^^"'^N"]'5 the chosen of Jeho- 
 wah. an appropriate name for a place of 
 fsacrifice or sanctuary. But so far aa 
 ithe form is concerned, n^nia may be 
 ipart. fern, from r. Tn'O pr. the resisting, 
 ii. e. a fortress, castle. 
 
 ri'T'^'a (rebellions, r. frn?:) Meraioth, 
 pr. n. m'. a) 1 Chr. 5. 32'. 'g, 37. Ezra 
 7,3. b) 1 Chr. 9, 11. Neh. 11. 11. c) 
 INeh. 12, 15; but this is apparently for 
 r-ian^ in v. 3, the letters > and a in the 
 ^ancient character being similar. 
 
 W^yo (rebellion, i. q. '"i:? with the 
 'formative syll.C-^, as in c^o. c^ix) pr. n. 
 f! Miriam. Gr. MuQiafi, ]\Iaoia. a) The 
 ister of Moses, a prophetess, Ex. 15, 20. 
 J^um. 12. 1 sq. Mic. 6, 4. b) 1 Chr. 4, 17. 
 
 n'TT'n'a f. (r. -i"ir) bitterness, bitter 
 igTjV/ Ez." 21, 11 [6].' 
 
 ''")''"1'a m. adj. (r. "i"!!^) bitter, then poi- 
 tonoiis. Deut. 32. 24. Comp. in fT^">^ no. 2. 
 
 D'i"l''"l'a, see in D-'ynrs. 
 
 Xi^ m- (r- '^?'?' as '^^'2 from l-io) 
 pr. softness, trop. timidity, fear. Lev. 
 26, 36 : Sept. 8hi}.in, Vulg. pnror. The 
 Ral)binic "~'QP5 moliescere, is a secon- 
 ilary form, derived from this noun. 
 
 nsn'D m. (r. 2='^) 1. a chariot. 1 K. 
 5, 6. ' 
 
 2. a seat in a chariot or other vehicle, 
 Cant. 3, 10. Lev. 15, 9. 
 
 n32-l^ f (r. ::2n) 2 Sam. 15, 1. 1 K. 
 7. 33 ; cstr. rrs-i^a'Gen. 41, 43 ; c. suff. 
 inss-i^. Gen. 46,' 29. 1 Sam. 8, 11 ; Piur. 
 ni-3-}72 Zech. 6, 1. Joel 2. 5 ; constr, 
 ni32-;.T3 Ex. 15, 4 ; c. suff. T^'^rhs-i'g Mic. 
 
 5, 9 ; a chariot, either for war, Ex. 14, 
 25. Josh. 11, 6. 9. Judg. 4, 15. 1 K. 10, 
 29 ; or as used by persons of high rank, 
 etc. Gen. 41, 43. 46, 29, 1 Sam. 8, 11. aL 
 Sing, collect. Hagg. 2, 22. 
 
 f^r^^^'''? ^- ('" ''5'^) " market, mart, Ez. 
 27, 24. ' 
 
 TOn^ f (r. nrn Pi.) l. deceit,frand, 
 Gen. 27, 35. 34,'i3. Prov. 12. 5. 17. 20. 
 14, 8. 24, 24. Ps. 36, 4. al. r\^-,^ c^S a 
 deceitful man Ps. 5, 7. ii^-i53 '32S/a/se 
 weights Mic. 6, 11. t^^'^^ ''':\^'Qafalse 
 balance Prov. 11. 1. So to work or frame 
 deceit Dan. 11, 23. Ps. 50, 19 ; to speak 
 deceit Ps. 34. 14 ; comp. also Ps. 17, 1. 52, 
 
 6, 109, 2. So to s^cear nii-irb deceit- 
 fully, folsely, Ps. 24, 4. Meton. wealth 
 got by fraud Jer. 5, 27. Plur. ninn^a Ps. 
 10, 7. 35, 20. 
 
 2. Mirmah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10. 
 
 m'G'I'a (heights, r. n^n) Meremoth, 
 pr. n. m. a) Ezra 8, 33. Neh. 3, 4. 21. 
 10, 6. 12, 3 ; for which ni^nia v. 15. b) 
 Ezra 10, 36. 
 
 C'Q'l'O rn. (r. OB"!) a treading down, 
 something trodden under toot, Is. 5, 5. 
 
 7, 25. 10, 6. Ez. 34, 19. al. 
 
 T'^"^'? n. Meronothite, a gentile name 
 elsewhere unknown 1 Chr. 27, 30. Neh. 
 3,7. 
 
 C*?''? Meres, pr. n. of a Persian prince, 
 Esth. 1, 14. Comp. Sanscr. mdrsha 
 dignus, from r. mri^h, Zend, meresh ; so 
 Benfey p. 200. 
 
 XSC'I'D Marsena. pr. n. of a Persian 
 prince, Esth. 1, 14. Comp. in cnia; 
 Sanscr. nidrsha, with the ending nd, 
 Zend, nominal, nar, man ; so Benfey 
 I.e. 
 
 ^TQ m. (apoc. for nrn-a. r. nr-^ no. 5, 
 ae yn for nr"i) \)v. friendship. tluMi concr. 
 i, q. ?!. a friend, companion ; always 
 c. sufT. T^v-yq Judg. 15, 2, ^r\'jyq 14, 20 
 
yn53 
 
 619 
 
 YY3 
 
 15, 6. Gen. 26. 26. al. Plur. fi''')0 Judg. 
 14, 11 ; c. Buff. inrno for in^J-ntt Prov. 
 19, 7. 
 
 tX^:u m. (r. n5"n) c. suff. ^ns'yia Job 
 39, 8, ca-'Sna Ez. 34, IS, pasture, i. e. 
 place of pasture Is. 32, 14 ; &\so paslure, 
 fe^d for cattle, Joel 1, 18. Gen.. 47, 4. 1 
 Clir. 4, 39 sq. S'ia nsntt Ez. 34, 18. 
 |TS'.d 'a V. 14. Of wild beasts, afeeding- 
 
 place, haunt, Nah. 2, 12. Arab. ,^yA , 
 
 i\-yO, id. 
 
 T\'^Vy2 f (r. nrn) 1. a pasturing, 
 feeding, Hoa. 13,6; "'H''?")^ "NS sheep 
 of my pasluring. which I tend, Jer. 23, 
 1. Ps. 74. 1. 79, 13. 100, 3. "in^rnT? d? 
 the people ichom he {God) feeds Ps. 95, 7. 
 
 2. afock. Is. 49, 9. Jer. 10, 21. 25, 36. 
 
 ^??'!^"'? (trembling, perh. earthquake, 
 r. ^sn) Maralah. pr. n. of a place in the 
 tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 11. 
 
 KB'I'a ra. once HB"!"!? Jer. 8, 15. R. 
 Ktn to heal. 
 
 1. healing, cure of diseases. 2 Chr. 21, 
 18. 36, 16. Jer. 14, 19 ; remedy, means 
 of cure, Jer. 33. 6. Hence a) refresh- 
 ment, health, Prov. 4, 22. 12, 18. 13, 17. 
 16, 24. b) remedy, help, deliverance, 
 6C. from calamity, Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1. 
 Mai. 3, 20. 
 
 2. tranquillity, placidness of mind ; 
 see r. xsn no. 3. Prov. 14, 30 StBio ab 
 a placid mind. 15, 4 'fV:i\ !<2"iTa quiet- 
 ness of tongue, i. e. gentle and quiet 
 speech. Ecc. 10, 4: for quietness hinder- 
 eth many offences. 
 
 teBnTa m. (r. t'S"!. een) pr. a tread- 
 ing ; concr. water madefoid by treading, 
 Ez. 34. 19. 
 
 \ !!} ? . in Kal not used, and of doubt- 
 ful signification. Kimehi. to be strong, 
 forcible, vehement, and this is not ill. 
 Better, with Cocreius and Simonis, to 
 be sharp, active, vehement ; comp. Arab, 
 transp. ,^A^ to be acrid, sour. 
 
 HiPH. 'to make vehement.' i. e. to 
 provoke, to irritate. Job 16, 3 TiS^"i'D~na 
 what so provoketh tfuie 7 
 
 NiPH. to be strong, vehement, sore. 
 Job 6. 25 iiai-^niDX fl^-iiarn^ how forci- 
 ble are right words! 1 K. 2, 8 nbbjs 
 
 PXnoJ a vehement curse. Mic. 2, 10 ian 
 "I'^OS sore destruction. 
 
 ??7^ m. (r. run) an awl, for boring, 
 piercing, Ex. 21, 6. Deut. 15, 17. 
 
 DBSI'Q f (r. CiX"!) a pavement, payed 
 floorJ2'K. 16, 17. 
 
 pjj pr. tomb, comp. kindr. rrin, 
 and Gr. u^iityoi, 6fio(>yvvu). Hence 
 
 1. to polish, to scour, as metal ; 2 Chr. 
 4, 16 p1"i^ ^^.^} jKilished brass. Imper. 
 Jer. 46, 4 n-^nann sipna furbish the 
 spears. 
 
 2. to cleanse, to purify, by washing, 
 anointmg, comp. D^pmon. Syr. wo^^ 
 abstersit. 
 
 PuAL p'lb pass, of no. 1, to be scoured, 
 Lev. 6, 21. 
 Deriv. D'^psiiB, pnsn, p'lnan. 
 
 p^"? m. broth, soup, Judg. 6, 19. 20. 
 
 9 S 
 
 Is. 65,4 Keri. Arab. iVwo and isyo id. 
 
 The native form of the word is p^B 
 q. V. from the root p'^SJ . the letters B 
 and a being interchanged. 
 
 f^p"^^ m. (r. rip"!) plur. aromatic 
 herbs. Cant. 5, 13. 
 
 ^n^^"!^^ f (r. f^P'^) 1. a spicing, sea' 
 soning, Ez. 24, 10. 
 
 2. unguent-kettle, for preparing oint- 
 ment. Job 41, 23. 
 
 f^r?P7''? ^- ("" f^I?"?) 1- ointment, un- 
 guent, 1 Chr. 9, 30. 
 
 2. ungttent-kettle, i. q. iinp'iri no. 2, 
 Ex. 30, 25. 2 Chr. 16, 14;' comp. Job 
 41, 23. Or, it may be unguent-shop, but 
 less well. 
 
 * "'j^ prset. 1^ , 3 fem. tri^ ; fut. 
 -i-?:^ Is. 24, 9, see Heb. Gr. 66. n! 3. 
 
 1. to fow, to distil, whence "iB a drop, 
 "lb myrrh, and prob. nnnia bile. Arab. 
 
 f^Y" to make flow, iyAyio frequent 
 
 rain, -jo a canal. The trilit. ^ often 
 
 has the sense of going, passing away, 
 which in many roots is connected with 
 that of flowing ; see "rH no. 4. bs^ , 
 (^j.&. to run, to flow, Aram, snn to run, 
 whence D'^artn canals. 
 
 2. to be bitter. Arab. ^ fut. A, id. 
 and so in all the kindred languages ; 
 
nn-J 
 
 620 
 
 K^'^ 
 
 comp. Lat. amarus, likewise moereo. 
 How this signification connects itself 
 with the preceding is not clear. Per- 
 haps it is denora. from lb myrrh, and 
 iTi"|ia bile, as the most bitter things. 
 Fut. A, ~.o;j Is. 24, 9, see above. Trop. 
 
 1 Sam. 30, 6 csn-bs CE3 nn-o the soul 
 of all the people was bitter, i. e. grieved. 
 
 2 K. 4. 27. Impers. ""b "id it grieves me 
 Lam. 1, 4; also it goes bitterly with me, 
 I am afflicted, c. "j^ Ruth. 1, 13, 
 
 NiPH. "iri, see r. "i^i^. 
 
 PiKL fut. "it!^? 1. io ma/ce bitter, to 
 imbitter any thmg, Ex. 1, 14. Also to 
 act bitterly in any thing, as Is. 22, 4 
 "isaa I'^iSN Iwill weep bitterly. 
 
 2. to imbitter any one, i. e. to irri- 
 tate, to provoke, comp. Hithp. Gen. 49, 
 23.^ 
 
 HiPH. "iTSfi . inf ~^n 1. to make bitter, 
 to imbitter life. Job 27, 2. With ^ fo t/ea/ 
 bitterly with any one. to cause him great 
 sorrow; Ruth 1, 20 1X^ "^^aj '^ lan //te 
 Almighty hath dealt very bitterly with 
 me. Comp. 1? s^^n v. 21 . 
 
 2. Intrans. to 6e m bitterness, to grieve, 
 to mourn, c. Vs Zech. 12. 10. 
 
 Note. The form ^Bn-Kx Ex. 23, 21, 
 although apparently a fut. Chald. of 
 "inia , does not belong to this root, but to 
 r. nn^ to disobey, to rebel; Sept. ftrj 
 andd^u avTM. The ancient intpp. all 
 read it as belonging to n^o, prob. for 
 nrn, see in r. nnB Hiph. a. 
 
 HiTHPALP. "i^-irrn to be imbittered, 
 exasperated, witli bx of pers. Dan. 8, 7 ; 
 absol. Dan. 11, 11. Syr. jicj^ exacer- 
 
 bavit, lacessivit, Arab, ^yjo iratus fuit. 
 
 Deriv. i^, -ib, nnia IL rrr.TD , n-.b, 
 
 pr. n. xnia , niia , and the four which 
 here follow. 
 
 *T}'y^ f. (r. "i"!!^) ^'^-^5 g""^^: so called 
 from flowing or as bitter, Job 16, 13. 
 
 Arab. 1, SjiCx, Syr.?^^, U'^, id. 
 
 nn'lia f. (r. I'^c) constr. nnSiB ; plur. 
 
 1. bitterness, acridness ; Deut. 32, 32 
 
 jri-h'Q pibsciN dusters of bitterness, i. e. 
 bitter clusters. Metaph. bitter things, 
 severe punishments, Job 13, 26 2Fi3n "'S 
 ninin "^^s /Aa^ <Ao iprt/c< (layest) bit- 
 
 ter things upon me, inflictest such heavy 
 punishment. 
 
 2. bile, gall, Job 20, 25. Also nnna 
 Q'^jrs i/j.e g-aZZ o/" vipers v. 14, for the 
 poison of vipers, which the ancients sup- 
 posed to lie in the gall (Plin. H. N. 11, 
 37 or 62) ; although in other forms also 
 of this root the notion of bitterness is 
 connected with that of venom ; see 
 '^T'P.- Syr. \-^r^, Zab. X-i-iiD, venom; 
 (jl^a nixQiaq Heb. 12, 15, i. e. poisonous. 
 Comp. njrb , tlixn no. 5. 
 
 D'^*l""na m. plur. bitter herbs, Ex. 12, 8. 
 Num. 9, 11 ; Sept. nixgiSig, Vulg. lacfu- 
 ccB agrestes. Trop. bitter lot. Lam. 3, 
 15, where in the other member is HDrb 
 wormwood. R. "i"^^ . 
 
 "^yyn (bitter, unhappy, r. ^yo) Mera- 
 ri, pr. n. of a son of Levi Gen. 46, 11. 
 Ex. 6, 16. Also as patron. Num. 26, 57. 
 
 mantl, see Htlixn^o. 
 
 ry tenia f. (r. 5^7) wickedness; concr. 
 a wicked woman, as scelus for scelesta, 2 
 Chr. 24. 7. 
 
 iniSnb , see in P5 ras-iia , 
 
 i^te'a ni. pr. infin.of r. sr:, after the 
 Chald. manner; c. suff. "iS'^a^ . 
 
 1. a lifting up, elevating, from the 
 signif. to lift up, see the root no. 1, viz. 
 
 a) Of the voice, see Nt'j no. 1. e, f ; 
 hence S07}g, singing; 1 Chr. 15, 22. 27 
 x'wBan i^n the master of tlie song, leader 
 of' the choir. Sept. cod. Vatic. uQ/av 
 
 TlxlV biduiV, 
 
 b) Far more freq. effatum, an uttering, 
 something uttered ; e. g. a saying, pro- 
 verb Prov. 30, 1 ; collect. 31. 1 ^ttix x'^S-a 
 iax iniB7 the sayings which his mother 
 taught him. Spec, effatum dirinum. an 
 oracle, prophecy, a divine declaration, 
 2 K. 9, 25. Is. 14. 28 in the year that king 
 Ahaz died r^^n S'va^sn n;;n was this ora- 
 cle. Hab. 1, 1 'n nm ^trx N'^Bsn the ora- 
 cle revealed to JIabakkvk. Fully '^ '"0 
 Jer. 23, 33. 34. 38 ; '^ ^ST ' Zech. 9. 1. 
 12,1. Mai. 1.1. Sometimes followed by a 
 gen. ol" the object, as bzz x">2^ the oracle 
 i. e. prophecy, declaration, against Ba- 
 bylon Is. 13, 1 ; ^S ' 23, 1 ; also 15, 1. 
 17, 1. 19, 1. 30. 6. Nah. 1, 1. al. With 
 a of object Zech. 9, 1. Is. 21, 13 ; b? 
 Zech. 12, 1 ; "? Mai. 1, 1. As Rtai? ig 
 
KT-J 
 
 621 
 
 zm^ 
 
 often found in the inscriptions of threat- 
 ening or.Ktlcs or denunciutioiiH, Jerome, 
 Luther, the Engl. Version, and otiiers, 
 have rendered it, even in the above 
 cases, burden (see no. 2. c), meaning a 
 propiiecy which is burdensome or threat- 
 ening ; see Jerome Prol. ad Habuc. et 
 ad Jes. 13, 1. But it is used also in re- 
 ference to good, Zech. 12, 1. Mai. 1, 1. 
 Allusion is made to both the significa- 
 tions, burden and oracle, in Jer. 23, 33 sq. 
 Ez, 12, 10. 
 
 c) ttiB3 S<"^T3 the lift in g^ up of the soul, 
 i. e. that which the soul desires, longs 
 for, Ez. 24, 25 ; see r. xb3 no. 1. g. 
 
 2. From the signif. to bear, r. X'rp no. 
 4. a) Inf. to bear; Num. 4, 24 nhsb 
 K^iabl to serve and to bear, for serving 
 and for bearing sc. burdens, aa porters. 
 2 Chr. 20, 25 ; comp. 35, 3. b) Subst. 
 a bearing, the act or service of bearing 
 burdens, porterage, Num. 4, 19. 27. 31. 
 
 32. 47. c) What is borne, a burden, 
 load, 2 K. 5, 17. Neh. 13, 15. 19. Is. 22, 
 25. Jer. 17. 21 sq. 2 K. 8, 9. N'i'Tsb fT-n 
 ?S to be a burden to any one. 2 Sam. 15, 
 
 33. Job 7, 20; with bx 2 Sam. 19, 36. 
 Metaph. of heavy care, Num. 11, 11. 
 
 3. a gift, see Xtoj Pi. no. 2, 3 ; hence 
 iribide. i. q. nriso no. 2. 2 Chr. 17, 11. 
 
 4. Massa, pr. n. of a son of Ishmael, 
 Gen. 25, 14. 1 Chr. 1, 30. 
 
 Sto'a (pron. massd) m. 2 Chr. 19, 7 
 D'^JB xta^a respect of persons, partiality ; 
 see r. xbj no. 3. b. 
 
 nSJt^ f. (r. XC3) a burning, confla- 
 gration, so called from the rising of the 
 smoke, Is. 30. 27. Comp. r.Hb-g no. l.b. 
 
 nistoia r. plur. Ps. 74, 3 in some edi- 
 tions ; see nixVi'TD . 
 
 nSJiria f. (for nx\3"a, r. xr;) constr. 
 nxb^ Gen. 43. 34 ; plur. nxb^ . 
 
 1. a lifting up, e. g. a) Of the hands 
 Ps. 141, 2. b) a rising, ascemling. as 
 of smoke in burning, Judg. 20. 38. 40 ; 
 comp. nx';2^ . c) Concr. a xign, fig- 
 nal. which is elevated, i. q. 03, Jer. 6, 1. 
 Perh. a signal given by fire ; comp. also 
 the Tahnudic n^X'^r'a of signals by fire 
 given at the time of the new moon; 
 see Mishn. Rosh hashana 2. 2. d) i. q. 
 N'ya'a no. 1. b. effatum. oracle, Lam. 2, 14. 
 e) Zeph. 3, 18 na-jn rxb;a a lifting up 
 
 of reproach, concr. for ' those on whom 
 reproach is lifted up or cast,' i. e. the 
 objects of reproach. 
 
 2. a gift, present, i. q. X'jaia no. 3, 
 Esth. 2, 18. Jer. 40, 5. Am. 5, 11. Spec, 
 a portion of food presented to a guest 
 (Hom. yiouq) Gen. 43, 34. 2 Sam. 11, 8. 
 Also tribiUe, 2 Chr. 24, 6. 9. Ez. 20, 40. 
 
 Note. nix"^ Ez. 17, 9 is infin. Aram, 
 of Kal. for fi<"ai?, ending irregularly ia 
 ni like inf. Pi. rr\yCs-q for xii? ; see in 
 b3 Kal no. 2. 
 
 aaiC'a m. (r. aa'r) constr. nabio, c. 
 sufF. 'aaby. 
 
 1 . height, altitude, as of walls. Is. 25, 12. 
 
 2. a height, rock, crag, affording se- 
 curity and refuge, and hence absol. a 
 refuge, Is. 33, 16; often of God, Ps. 9, 10. 
 
 18, 3. 48. 4. 59, 10. 18. 94, 22. al. 
 
 3. "With the art. Misgab, pr. n. of a 
 town (on a height) in Moab, Jer. 48, 1. 
 
 nD^TDTa f. (r. r^^) Prov. 15, 19, also 
 nS^TD'p Is. 5, 5 in some editions, a hedge 
 thorn-hedge. The latter form would be 
 from r. 7]3ia . 
 
 "lite'a m. a saw, Is. 10, 15. R. tbj. 
 
 nn^TSia f, measure, sc. of liquids. Lev. 
 
 19, 35. Ez. 4, 11. 16. 1 Chr. 23, 9. R. 
 
 toiiSri m. (r. iu^b) constr. biiaa, ;oy, 
 rejoicing, Is. 24, 8. 32, 13. 66, 10.' Me- 
 ton. the object and ground of joy, Ps. 48, 
 3. Is. 60, 15. al. Also Job 8, 19 toiioa 
 'is'i'i the joy of his way, i. e. his joyful 
 lot. Poetically Is. 8. 6, subst. for the 
 finite verb. 
 
 pHTCia m. (r. pn) derision, raeton. 
 the object of it, Hab. 1, 10. 
 
 niO'jte'a f. (r. B-jb) 1. a snare, trap, 
 for the feet, prob. of iron, parall. na, 
 Hos. 9. 8. Hence 
 
 2. destruction, Hos. 9, 7 ; comp. bj^'ia . 
 
 b^SOTa m. (pr. part. Hiph. r. bsb) 
 subst. a poem, song, Ps. 47, 8 ; and so in 
 the titles of Psalms 32. 42. 44. 45. 52. 53. 
 54. 55. 74. 78. 88. 89. ]42. Here b-^sbia 
 prob. implies a poem or song enforcing 
 intelligence, wisdom, piety, (see the root 
 Hiph. no. 3. 5.) which is true of all these 
 Psalms ; not excepting Ps. 45, in which 
 every thing is referred to the goodness 
 of God, V. 3. 7. 8. 
 
^1S12 
 
 622 
 
 i!^lSl2 
 
 D'^^HTQ f. (r. nsi;:-) l. an imag,., fig- 
 ure; Ez. 8, 12 P'^Sibo ^nnn chambers 
 of imagery, i. e. of images, chambers of 
 which the walls are painted with the 
 figures of idols, comp. v. 10. 11. "as 
 pi2075 a stone or cippus icith the image 
 of an idol, as Baal, Astarte, or the like, 
 Lev. 26, 1 ; and so plur. ni^s'ua Num. 
 33, 52. Prov. 25, 11 ni'Sbisa =nT "^n^Dn 
 C1C3 apples of gold with figures of silver. 
 Others, in baskets of silver, assigning to 
 n'^^'iJ^ this signification as if from T\^'ei 
 to braid. 
 
 2. imagination, conceit, Prov. 8, 11. 
 Plur. Ps. 73, 7. 
 
 nnSteia r (r. i3iy) wages, Gen. 29, 15. 
 31, 7. 4i ; reward Ruth 2, 12. 
 
 m^13 f. plur. rwiife, Ecc. 12, 11. 
 See"irDO. R. i:cb i. q. "lao . 
 
 JlBTp'O m. a shedding of blood, blood- 
 ed] Is. 5, 7. R. nsb i. q. HED . 
 
 * *115'9 obsol. root, of doubtful eignif, 
 
 perhaps i. q. Arab. ^.mUjO II, to divide. 
 Hence nn^ba. * 
 
 rT^TCIfl f dominion, empire, Is. 9, 5. 6. 
 R. nnb no. 2. 
 
 n&'lto'a f. (r. irj'^b I ) only plur. conetr. 
 nienbia . 
 
 1. burnings, e. g. of spices at funerals 
 Jer. 34. 5. see in r. ri~b no. 1. b; of lime 
 in a kiln Is. 33, 12. 
 
 2. D"T3 risiiu^ Misrephoth-maim. pr. 
 n. of a place or district near Sidon. Josh. 
 11^8. 13, 6. The name signifies pr. 
 'burnings of water,' which Kimchi un- 
 derstands of warm baths. More prob. it 
 merans ' burnings by the water.' either 
 lime-kilns or smelting-furnaces situated 
 near water. 
 
 n^'l'p'Q (vineyard of noble vines, see 
 P'i'CJ) Masrekah. pr. n. of a place appa- 
 rently in Idumea, Gen. 36, 36. 1 Chr. 1. 47. 
 
 ri'l'iro a frying-pan 2 Sam. 13, 0. 
 Chald. r-ipis. sn-i^DT?. xni-iD':. id. 
 The etymology is uncertain, and it is 
 even doubtful whether n is radical or 
 servile. But prob. it is servile, and then 
 the root may be n-iib or n-nb i. q. ^y^i 
 to shine, to glitter ; whence then i'''^b 
 or ,'i"'"^b. and r-;bT3 a metal pan. so called 
 from being kept bright. See r. tTji^. 
 
 TStt Ma^h, pr. n. of a people (and re- 
 gion) sprung from Aram, and therefore 
 to be sought in Syria or Mesopotamia, 
 Gn. 10, 23. Most interpreters, follow- 
 ing Bochart (Phaleg II. 11), understand 
 the inhabitants o^ Mount Masius, Arab. 
 ^ijysfc, which lies north of Nesibis, 
 and forms part of the chain of Taurus 
 separating Mesopotamia from Media, 
 Josephus confounds this name with 
 Xb^ , Ant. 1. 6. 4. 
 
 S1|'''? m. (r. Xi^'J II) 1. ii^iry, Neh. 
 5, 7. 10. 
 
 2. debt, loan, money borrowed, i. q. 
 nxb^. Neh. 10, 32 n^-bs ^^-q tfie debt 
 of every hand, i. e. every debt, perh. so 
 called either because the debtor prom- 
 ised to pay by giving his right hand, 
 or because the hand is the instrument 
 and emblem of deposit, trust. Some 
 editions read here S^o burden, which 
 is less well. 
 
 SOT? Mesha, pr. n. of a place men- 
 tioned in describing that part of Arabia 
 inhabited by the descendants of Joktan ; 
 Gen 10, 30 their dwelling was xbBia 
 Ciisn "in tr^Bp f^2^l:^ from Mesha even 
 unto Sephar (and beyond even unto) 
 the mountains of Arabia. Here Mesha 
 might be taken as Moiiaa or Mov^a, a 
 celebrated city and harbour on the 
 western coast of Arabia, not far from 
 Mocha, where now lies p.\y>o Miizd'a^ 
 
 or perhaps ^jjo Musij, Niebuhr Ara- 
 bien p. 223, 224, 225. Mesha would 
 then constitute the western limit of the 
 Joktanidse. Sephar is the city ^IaIjj, 
 the chief place of the dif^trict Shehr in 
 the province of Hadramaut ; see in art. 
 ~Ep. The mountains of Arabia are 
 proi). the chain running across the mid- 
 dle of Arabia, from the vicinity of Mecca 
 and Medina to the Persian gulf called 
 
 at the present day d^ ^'y^r highlands ; 
 see Jomard Notice sur le Pays de Nedjd 
 ou r Arabic centrale. Paris 1823. Svo. 
 But as the Arabic names above given, 
 Mtisa^a, or Musij. cannot well be com- 
 pared with Mesha. it may be better, 
 with J. D. Michaelis (Suppl. 1561. Spi- 
 cileg. II. 214), to understand Mesent 
 
ViXD12 
 
 623 
 
 nXDJ2 
 
 ( V^, ^Lmax Meiadn), situated 
 among the mouths of ihe Pnsitigris, 
 where this river empties into the Per- 
 sian gulf. The sacred writer would 
 then begin with the eastern limit of the 
 Joktanidie, and end with the western 
 and northern ; so that iBO must be 
 sought between them. See "lED . 
 
 aXOia m. (r. ax^) only plur. caxcn, 
 troughs, watering-troughs, into which 
 water is drawn for cattle, Judg. 5, 11. 
 
 nXIB'Q f (r. vcdi II) debt, loan, money 
 lent, i. q. Kt^'O no. 2, Deut. 24, 10. Prov. 
 22, 26. 
 
 pS'iBia m. deceit, dissimulation, Prov. 
 26, 26. R. Ki^J I. 
 
 nijitra Ps. 74, 3, see m'xitJa . 
 
 bSTD'a (entreaty, r. bxc ) Mishal, 
 pr. n. of a Levitical city in the tribe 
 of Asher. Josh. 19, 26. 21, 30. Contr. 
 h'&a Mashal 1 Chr. 6, 59 [74], as if from 
 
 bxtiJn. 
 
 nbsjltp'a f (r. bxia) a petition, request, 
 Ps. 20', 6. 37, 4. 
 
 in'lSilD'a f. (r. nsir) a kneading-trough, 
 in which also the dough is leavened 
 and swells, Ex. 7, 28. 12, 34. Deut. 28, 
 5. 17. 
 
 natDia , see nanda . 
 
 niSSTD^ f. plur. (r. yad) 1. textures, 
 and with arjj , textures of gold, i. e. stuffs 
 inwrought with gold, in which threads 
 of gold are interwoven, brocade, Ps. 45, 
 14 ; see the root in Piel. 
 
 2. settings, bezels, in which gems are 
 set, Ex. 28, 11. 13. 14. 25. 39, 13. 16. 
 See the root in Pual. 
 
 naOtt m. Is. 37, 3. 2 K. 19, 3, constr. 
 nattJn Hos. 13, 13, pr. 'place of break- 
 ing,' i. e. of breaking forth, spoken of the 
 mouth of the womb, which the foetus 
 breaks open at birth. R. "13^ . 
 
 naOp m. (r. ia) only in plur. 
 D'^naaJa, waves which break upon the 
 shore, breakers, billows, Ps. 42, 8. 88, 8. 
 Jon. 2, 4. D;;-''natt5T3 billows of the sea 
 Ps. 93, 4. njo 'a 2 Sam. 22, 4. Corap. 
 Grr. *v(t,cnoq ayi] from ayyva, iip/vfii, to 
 break. 
 
 52* 11 
 
 naOtt m. only in plur. c. suff. finaiM , 
 destructions, calamiliea, Lam. 1,7. Comp. 
 r. na Hiph. no. 2. 
 
 nSTD'Q m. (r. nsti ) an error, oversight. 
 Gen. 43, 12. " 
 
 1. n^l3 1, to draw, to draw out, 
 e. g. from the water, Ex. 2. 10. Syr. 
 jlaJSiO id. Arab. -Aiwuo. Kindr. is T|^a. 
 
 Hiph. i. q. Kal, 2 Sam. 22, 17. Ps. 
 18, 17. 
 
 Deriv. "'ttJa , pr. n. nwa, 'qa:. 
 
 * 11. SlID/^ obsol. root, Arab. LyuO 
 vesperi fecit, whence the subst. ttSax 
 evening, yesternight, q. v. 
 
 TW'D pr. n. Moses, Sept. and Josephus 
 Moj'iaiiq, the great leader, lawgiver, and 
 prophet of the Hebrews, the son of Am- 
 ram and Jochebed, of the tribe of Levi, 
 Ex. 6, 20. The narrative of his life and 
 actions occupies the four last books of 
 the Pentateuch. A common appellation 
 is, the servant of God, of Jehovah, Josh. 
 1, 1. 2. 15. 1 K. 8, 53. 56. 2 Chr. 1, 3. 
 Dan. 9, 11 ; once in Pentat. Deut. 34, 5; 
 also the man of God Ps. 90, 1. His law is 
 called : nica rriin the law of Moses Ezra 
 3, 2. 7, 6. 2 Chr. 23, 18; na n-iin ibd 
 the book of the law of Moses Josh. 23, 6. 
 2 K. 14, 6. Neh. 8, 1 ; also simply "iBD 
 nca 2 Chr. 25, 4. Neh. 13, 1. (Chald. 
 nt-o nsQ Ezra 6, 18.) nca nin^ib the 
 tables of ihe Mosaic law 1 K. 8, 9. Is. 
 63, 11 Ae remembered the days of old, 
 ias nca Moses, his people, i. e. Moses 
 and his people. 
 
 As to the etymology, in Ex. 2, 10 the 
 name Hiaa is expressly derived from the 
 idea of his being drawn owf of the water. 
 But the form of the name is active, draw- 
 ing Old ; not pass, drawn oat ; and fur- 
 ther, it is hardly probable that the 
 daughter of Pharaoh would have given 
 him a name derived from the Hebrew 
 language. Hence the Alexandrine Jews 
 assigned to the name MuvaTjg an Egyp- 
 tian origin with a Greek flexion, viz. 
 JULtW, /ut3, water, and OTZ^ or 
 0V2tei, vajjg, saved, i. e. water-saved, 
 saved from the water ; so Joseph. Ant. 
 2. 9. 6. c. Apion. 1. 31. Philo T. II. p. 
 83 Mang. Some such derivation may 
 
ni2/j 
 
 624 
 
 nifl^a 
 
 also lie in the Heb. form rtttJr . Other 
 etymologies proposed, -see in Thesaur. 
 p. 824. 
 
 TW^ m. (r. H'ra II) a debt, loan, 
 Deut. 15, 2. See in i<^^q no. 2. 
 
 nSilfi'a f. (r. Kim) i. q. nxifti with 
 which it is every where coupled, desola- 
 tion Zeph. 1, 15. Conor, desolate places, 
 wastes, Job 30, 3. 38, 27. 
 
 niS^I'lS'a f: plur. desolations, ruins, Ps. 
 73, 18. 74, 3. The etymology is doubt- 
 ful, and hence the orthography varies ; 
 e. g Ps. 74, 3 in some editions, as that 
 of Athias, reads nixta?: with Sin. Most 
 prob. nixi^'a is merely a Chaldaizingor 
 Rabbinic form for nixi^a (see nsi^o, 
 r. Xiia) ; corap. the futures "p^^ for "p^^, 
 T^^: for T-i^;i , and subst. aiisa i. q. liido ; 
 Heb. Gr.7i. note 9. The form mWo 
 (with Sin) would be from X^J in the 
 sense to destroy, as Job 32, 22. Gen. 18, 
 24 ; see in x'^"3 no. 2. 
 
 niilSia (returned, r. '2^10) Meshobab, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr, 4, 34. 
 
 nnwT3, nntDia, f. (r. n^iaJ) c. suff. 
 
 rnnva^ , a ttiming away, defection, apos- 
 tasy. Prov. 1, 32 c-;nB nsvaa the turn- 
 ing away of fools from wisdom. Spec. 
 defection from Jehovah, Jer. 8, 5. Hos. 
 11,7 *'riia defection from me. Plur. 
 niivia Jer. 2, 19. Concr.'iixnb: nair?: 
 apostatizing Israel Jer. 3, 6. 8. 11. 12. 
 
 n^^TQ f c. suff. "^nSiOJa, error. Job 
 19, 4. R. a^itlS. 
 
 tsitJi: Ez. 27, 29, and liiT^'? ib. v. 6, 
 an oar. For the Dagesh in uiiBa see in 
 nis^nsJT: . R. a^(ij . 
 
 r\'0'W'Q Is. 42, 24 Cheth. for Mfeiaa , 
 a spoiling, plundering. 
 
 *niDia fut. niro''. inf. absol. niian, 
 constr. nttSia , once nnttJia Ex. 29, 29, pr. 
 to stroke, to draw the hand over any thing. 
 
 Arab. X y-^ id. also to wipe off with the 
 
 hand, to stroke the face, to strike with a 
 sword. Chald. Syr. id. Monosyllabic 
 roots are : 113 whence ttJi^^ , and nn 
 whence nnia , xno , to stroke, to wipe 
 off, to strike. Hence . 
 
 1. to spread over with any thing, to 
 
 smear, e. g. with colours, to paint, c. 3 
 of colour, Jer. 22, 14. Spec, to rtib over 
 with oil, to oil, to oint, (Arab, ^^s-m^jo , 
 
 Syr. ti>Vi, id.) e. g. cakes Ex. 29, 2. 
 Lev. 2, 4. 7, 12 ; so too a shield, to ren- 
 der the leather more tough and less 
 penetrable by weapons, Is. 21, 5. 2 Sam. 
 1, 21. Mostly to anoint, as a sacred 
 rite, to consecrate by unction to any of- 
 fice or use, e. g. a priest Ex. 28. 41. 40, 
 15 ; a prophet 1 K. 19, 16. Is. 61, 1 ; a 
 king 1 Sam. 10, 1. 15, 1. 1 K. 1, 34. 
 Also a stone or column as consecrated 
 to God Gen. 31, 13 ; an altar Ex. 29, 36. 
 Lev. 8, 11 ; a sanctuary Ex. 30, 26. 40, 
 9. Dan. 9, 24 ; vases and utensils conse- 
 crated to God Num. 7, 1. The full con- 
 struction is T(V.p^ 's tiai^ to anoint (i. e. 
 consecrate) any one as king, Judg. 9, 15. 
 1 Sam. 9, 16. " 1 K. 19, 15. 2 K. 9, 3 ; 
 with b?, Judg. 9, 8. 2 Sam. 19. 11 Absa- 
 lom "^bs !i3nt3J:Q itljx whom we anointed 
 (constituted king) over us. Is. 61, 1 be- 
 cause Jehovah hath anointed (i. e. con- 
 secrated, appointed) me "i>^3^ to an- 
 nounce. 2 Chr. 22, 7. That with which 
 one is anointed, as oil, ointment, etc. is 
 is put with 2 Ex. 29, 2. Ps. 89, 21 ; ac- 
 cus. Ps. 45, 8. Am. 6, 6. 
 
 2. to spread out, to expand, by rub- 
 bing or smoothing with the hand, see 
 nc:?3r. Hence also to measure, e. g. 
 things long or broad, as cloth by mov- 
 ing the hand over it. Syr. v ma Sti , 
 Chald. HttJ^, Arab. /f>***^ Hence 
 nntija, finiDB. w 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1, to be anoint- 
 ed, i. e. to be consecrated by unction. 
 Lev. 6, 13. Num. 7, 10. 84. 88. 1 Chr. 
 14, 8. 
 
 Deriv. niaia, n\aaa, and the three 
 here following. 
 
 mt3 Chald. m. oil, Ezra 6, 9. 7, 22. 
 Often in the Targums. Syr. | m^ V i. 
 
 nriTC'a f. (r. ni^a) l. an anointing, 
 unction; nnttSsn jiQ'd the anointing-oil 
 Ex. 25, 6. 29,'7."21. al. oJ"!'? r.ntx> lati 
 an oil of sacred unction, holy anointing- 
 oil, Ex. 30, 25. 31 ; comp. Lev. 10, 7. 
 21, 12. 
 
 2. a part, portion, as measured out, 
 Lev, 7, 35 ; see the root no. 2. 
 
na:a 
 
 625 
 
 nnCTa r l. Inf of the root ni6a to 
 anoint : see above. 
 
 2. a part, portion, Ex. 40, 15. Num. 
 18, 8 ; sec nnoJa no. 2. 
 
 rT^nWia pr. part. Hiph. (r. nntb) plur. 
 cnnid'a. destroying, which destroys; 
 hence Subst. 
 
 1. destruction, Ex. 12, 13. Ez. 5, 16. 
 21,36 HTitiia -ittinn artificers of destruc- 
 tion. 25, 15. 
 
 2. a anare, <rap, Jer.5, 26, corap. (tiRia. 
 Hence, an ambush, i. e. troops in am- 
 bush, 1 Sam. 14, 15. Also nTjiUBH -in 
 the mount of destruction, or the enare- 
 mountain ; spoken of mount Olivet, on 
 account of the idols there worshipped, 
 a snare and destruction to the people ; 
 also of Babylon, for the same reason, 
 Jer. 51, 25. 
 
 1HTD73 m. i. q. ^nt6 , tJie dawn, aurora, 
 Ps. lib, 3. R. nni II. 
 
 tlrW)2 i. q. n-^nira no. 1, destruction, 
 Ez. 9, 1. R. nnaj.' 
 
 nntj'a ni. (r. nnifi) constr. PnttJiD, 
 destruction, defacement ; for concr. de- 
 stroyed, disfigured, Is. 52, 14. 
 
 fi^l^^ m. (r. nni^) c. suff. tanrifflia, 
 destruction, i. e. something destroyed or 
 disfigured, i. q. defacement, blemish. Lev. 
 22, 25. 
 
 nbTSia m. (r. n-Jl^) Ez. 47, 10, constr. 
 naj&q (or from a form naiJa) Ez. 26, 5. 
 14, a spreading, i. e. place for spread- 
 ing. 
 
 "lISTDtt m. c. suff. iiaira, dominion, 
 empire. Job 38, 33 "iiaaJa n-^'rin ex 
 J^'isja dost thou assign the dominion 
 (of the heavens) over the earth ? R. 
 
 -laaj. 
 
 ''I^'Q m. Ez. 16, 13, in pause "^aJ^ v. 10, 
 according to the Heb. intpp. silk, a gar- 
 ment of silk. Sept. -tQixamov i. e. ac- 
 cording to Hesychius to ^on^vxivov 
 vcpaafia. Jerome, ' a garment so fine as 
 to seem equal to the finest hair.' From 
 the root ('"i^^ to draw) we can derive 
 no other sense than 'something finely 
 drawn,' e. g. a fine thread, stuff com- 
 posed of fine threads. 
 
 'V^, see 'Ifisio. 
 
 53 
 
 bartDtt (delivered of God, r. 3t> 
 Chald.) Meshezabeel, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 4. 
 10, 22. 11, 24. 
 
 n^Tptl m. (r. ntjQ) constr. n^oJo, c. 
 suff. Ti'^OO . 
 
 1. Adj. verbal pass. xRi-^^oq, ointed, 
 anointed, of a shield 2 Sam. 1, 21 ; Tl''tia 
 T'W the anointed prince i. e. Cyrus, 
 Dan. 9, 25; n-'ttSan fysri the anointed 
 priest, the high priest, Lev. 4, 3. 5. 16. 
 6, 15. 
 
 2. Subst. o A'ptffTo'?, the Messiah, the 
 anointed, the prince consecrated by unc- 
 tion, Dan. 9, 26. More fully "^^ O-'tta 
 the anointed of Jehovah, Sept. o X^iaxoq 
 Kv{jiov, a name of honour given to the 
 Jewish kings, as being consecrated by 
 anointing, and therefore most sacred, 1 
 Sam. 2, 10. 35. 12, 3. 5. 16, 6. 24. 7. 11. 
 26, 9. 11. 23. 2 Sam. 1, 14. 16. 19, 22. 
 23, 1. Ps. 18, 51. 20, 7. 28, 8. al. Once 
 of Cyrus king of Persia Is. 45. 1. Not 
 used of the great Deliverer predicted 
 by the prophets ; although his usual 
 name (S<n"'tt5a o Mtaaiag) among the 
 later Jews and in the N. T. is drawn 
 from passages like Ps. 2, 2. Dan. 9, 26 ; 
 comp. John 1, 42. 4, 25. Buxlorf. Lex. 
 Chald. art. stnitlJa . [Yet Ps. 2, 2 is refer- 
 red directly to the Saviour in Acts 4, 26 
 sq. R.] Plur. the anointed of Jehovah, 
 spoken of the patriarchs, Ps. 105, 15. 
 1 Chr. 16, 22. 
 
 *'=]^"9, ftit. T\^^'! ; imper. Tjioa. 
 
 Ex. 12, 21, and ^isaia Ez. 
 
 plur. !i:tl5B 
 22, 20. 
 
 1. to draw, to drag, Arab. i^^jMjo id. 
 see Lette ad Cant. Deb. pag. 96 ; in 
 Golius and Freytag this signification is 
 wanting. Kindred is n'0372. With an 
 ace. of pers. to draw any one to a person 
 or place, with 3 or bx of place, Judg. 4, 
 7. Ps. 10, 9 ; comp. Cant. 1, 4. Contra, 
 to draw out of a pit, of the water, with 
 *|iQ Gen. 37, 28. Job 40, 25. Jer. 38, 13. 
 Absol. to draw to oneself to draw down 
 upon oneself, Is. 5, 18. Hos. 11, 4. So 
 with S of manner, to draw in the yoke, 
 Deut. 21, 3. Spec. 
 
 a) ri'^.i^a rp^-Q to draw the bow, 1 K. 
 22, 34. 2'Chr. 18,^33. Is. 66, 19 nui;? 'aca. 
 Eth. (PMl id. 
 
 b) 5n?n "Tjiua to draw out the seed, 
 i. e. to scatter it regularly along the 
 
"jir-j 
 
 626 
 
 ^mi2 
 
 furrowB, to sow, Am. 9, 13; comp. in 
 ?]<iiQ no. 1. 
 
 c) ^ini'sn TjUJa Ex. 19, 13, and T^^^ia 
 h^^Vt^ 1"!|52 Josh. 6, 5, to draw out the 
 trumpet, i. e. to sound, i. q. niisiti-'a Si^n 
 in Josh. 6, 4. 8. 9. 13. 16. 20, comp. v. 5 ; 
 pr. to draw out the breath (to blow) 
 with force into the horn or trumpet of 
 jubilee ; comp. Germ, heftig losziehen. 
 In both places it is spoken of a signal 
 given with the trumpet of jubilee or re- 
 joicing ; see in bai"i no. 1. Compare 
 Arab. v,>JLa- traxit, also Conj. I, II, IV 
 clamorem extulit, inclamavit, increpa- 
 vit. 
 
 d) Hos. 7, 5 d^ssVns ii;; T^ira he 
 draws out his hand with scomers, spoken 
 contemptuously of intercourse with im- 
 pious men ; comp. in Engl, to give the 
 hand, to join hands with. 
 
 e) to draw out, i. e. to protract, to con- 
 tinue, to prolong, Ps. 36. 11 ^'^on T^^'R^ 
 j"'?'!''^ prolong thy loving-kindness unto 
 them that know thee, thy worshippers. 
 85, 6. 109, 12. Jer. 31, 3 "lOn T]^n3i2JT3 / 
 have prolonged loving-kindness towards 
 thee. Ellipt. Neh. 9, 30. Comp. Syr. 
 i^ to draw, whence subst. \ry-^ ^ong 
 continuance. 
 
 f ) -liaa T\^'Q to prolong the body, i. e. 
 to make it durable, robust, firm ; to 
 strengthen. Ecc. 2, 3 '^'lias-nx T^^a r|iiab 
 to strengthen (cherish) my body with wine. 
 Syr. '^aSo arefecit. 
 
 g) Intrans. like Engl, to draw on, to 
 draw towards, i. e. to move, to march, to 
 advance, Germ. Ziehen. Judg. 4, 6 go 
 and draw towards mount Tabor ; Sept. 
 aJTshvaij slg ogog Oa^ojg. 20, 37 the am- 
 bush drew out, advanced. Prob. also 
 Job 21, 33. Ex. 12, 21. 
 
 2. to lay hold of, to take, to hold, c. a 
 Judg. 5, 14. Arab. ^^ dLfc/0 id. Intens. 
 to take away, i. e. to remove, to destroy, 
 Job 24, 22. Ps. 28, 3. Ez. 32, 20. 
 
 NiPH. to be protracted, delayed, defer- 
 red, Is. 13, 22. Ez. 12, 25. 28. 
 
 Pdal 1. i. q. Niph. spoken of hope de- 
 ferred, Prov. 13, 12. 
 
 2. The Ethiopians are called, in Is. 18, 
 2.7, T|^"n^ "''ia a people drawn out, extend- 
 ed, i. c. tall of stature, a quality ascribed 
 to them in Is. 45, 14. Hdot. 3. 20, 114. 
 
 Arab. (^Sw/jo X, to be firm, robust, is 
 also spoken of the body, but in a differ- 
 ent sense, Vit. Tim. I. 420. 
 Deriv. niDtlJia and 
 
 ftp'a m. (r. T\TiJ^) 1- a drawing; Ps. 
 126, 6 yytf} "r^ilJia the drawing out of seed, 
 i. e. the scattering it regularly along 
 the furrows; see in "^^"Q no. l.b. Comp. 
 Am. 9, 13. 
 
 2. possessio7i, from the signification 
 of holding. Job 28, 18 ; see the root 
 no. 2. 
 
 3. Meshech, pr. n. prob. the Moschi, a 
 barbarous people inhabiting the Moschi- 
 an mountains between Iberia, Armenia, 
 and Colchis, Ps. 120, 5, (Strabo XL p. 
 344, 378.) usually coupled with the 
 neighbouring Tibareni (^ain, ^ailn) Gen. 
 10, 2. Ez. 27, 13. .32, 26. 38, 2. 3. 39, 1. 
 So too Herodotus, 3. 94 and 7. 78, 
 Moaxoi Kot Ti^aQt]voL The Sam. Cod. 
 exhibits a pronunciation approaching 
 nearer to the Greek form, "^iffiia, ^IS'I'S, 
 Sept. Moaox, Vulg. Mosoch. 
 
 yztta m. (r. aatfi) constr. a3tt)n, c. 
 suff. '^asttJa ; plur. constr. "^aaoj^ , c. suff. 
 Dniaaaja. 
 
 1. a lying down, reclining, e. g. for 
 sleep, 2 Sam. 4, 5 D^tin^^! -^'^'^ *^^^P 
 at noon; also of a sick person Ps. 41, 4. 
 Spec, a lying with, concubitus ; Lev. 
 18. 22 thou shall not lie with a man 
 n^X""iaatt3a the lying with a woman, i. e. 
 as with a woman. Lev. 20, 13. Num. 
 31, 17. 18. 35. 
 
 2. a couch, bed, 2 Sam. 17, 28. Gen. 
 49, 4. For the dead, a coffin, bier, 2 Chr. 
 16, 14. Is. 57, 2. 
 
 aSTDia Chald. m. a couch, bed, i. q. 
 Heb. no. 2. Dan. 2, 28. 29. 4, 2. 7. 10. 
 7,1. R. aa(l5. 
 
 niDplSj see niairia. 
 
 "jStDla m. (r. lattS) constr. -lattSn , c. suff. 
 iJStlJa ; plur. constr. ^3^a5^ ; often plur. 
 nissilJo , constr. nisSttJa ; construed c. 
 fern'. Ps. 84, 2. 
 
 I. a habitation, dwelling, as of men 
 Job 18, 21. Ps. 87, 2. Once of man's 
 long home, the grave, sepulchre, Is. 22, 
 16 ; comp. 14, 18. Of animals, a haunt, 
 lair. Job 39, 6. Plur. of God, i. e. the 
 temple. Ps. 46, 5. 84, 2. 132, 5. 
 
^VD 
 
 627 
 
 biDia 
 
 2. Spec, a tent, tabernacle, Cant. 1, 8. 
 Often of the sacred tabernacle of the 
 Israelites, Ex. 25, 9. 26, 1 sq. 40, 9 sq. 
 Fully nsnsn -jSiiJo the tabernacle of the 
 law Ex. 38' 21.' Num. 1, 50. 53. 10, 11. 
 For the distinction in the descriptiona of 
 the tabernacle between lBJa and bnk, 
 see in bnk ; hence isia 7r},ii l?t^ts the 
 Trameiror/c of the sacred tent, over which 
 the covering of skins was spread, Ex. 39, 
 32. 40, 2. 6. 29. 
 
 ]?^5tt Chald. dwelling of God, the 
 temple, Ezra 7, .15. R. "ja\6 . 
 
 .*bW'a fut. boa^ I. to rule, to have 
 dominion; not found in the other Semi- 
 tic dialects, except Phenic. '^'O'O prince, 
 Monumm. Phoen. p. 448. Corresponding 
 isGr. I3aail-tvg. Constr. a) Absol. 
 of a king Prov. 12, 24. 29, 2. Dan. 11, 3. 
 4. 5 ; of God Ps. 66, 7 ; with an adjunct 
 of place where Zech. 6, 13. Josh. 12, 2 ; 
 c. dat. coram. Is. 40, 10. b) With a , to 
 rule over any one, as a king over his 
 people Deut. 15, 6. Judg. 8, 22. 23. 2 Sam. 
 23, 3. Is. 3, 4. 12 ; or over a land or king- 
 dom Josh. 12, 5. 1 K. 5, 1. 2 Chr. 9, 
 26 ; also of a viceroy or prefect Gen. 
 45, S. 26 ; a man over his wife Gen. 3, 
 16 ; a servant set over household affairs 
 Gen. 24, 2. Ps. 105, 21 ; of a people over 
 another people Judg. 14, 4. 15, 1 1 ; and 
 of God who rules over all things Ps. 
 103, 19. 1 Chr. 29, 12. Ps. 89, 10. Spoken 
 also of rule over incorporeal things, as 
 one's own spirit Prov. 16, 32 ; sin Gen. 
 4, 7. Ascribed likewise to things, as to 
 the sun and moon. Gen. 1, 18 Di^a biijob 
 n^-j^an ; comp. Plin. 2. 4. Cic. Tuscul. 
 1. 68 'omnium moderator et dux sol.' 
 c) Rarely with bs over Prov. 28, 15. d) 
 With inf c. b to have power to do any 
 thing, Ex. 21,8 nnaab ^11:^7 xb i-ids orb 
 unto a strange nation he shall have no 
 power to sell her. Part. buJia a ruler 
 prince, Prov. 6, 7. 23, 1. 28, 15. Ecc. 9, 
 17. Jer. 51, 46. Ez. 19, 11 ; also Is. 16, 1. 
 Ps. 105, 20 ; of the Messiah Mic. 5, 1 ; 
 of animals Hab. 1, 14. Also in a bad 
 sense, a master, tyrant, Is. 14, 5. 49, 17. 
 52, 5 ; comp. D'^a'^'iS Is. 13, 2. 
 
 II. to liken, to make like; intrans. to 
 be like; see Niph. Hiph. and the nouns 
 
 baia, bt^a ; Arab. J^ to be like, to 
 
 53* 
 
 make like, Jjl likeDess, simile, Jjuo 
 
 like. Ethiop. (Pf\X to deem, to seem 
 to any one, <^^\, likeness. Aram. 
 "^L^ id. The various senses of this 
 verb in Kal are connected with the 
 noun bt^a , viz. 
 
 1. to propose a parable, with bK to 
 any one, Ez. 17, 2. 24, 3. 
 
 2. to use a proverb Ez. 18, 2 ; with b? 
 concerning any one Ez. 16, 44. 
 
 3. to U3e a by-word or 807ig of derision, 
 Ez. 12, 23 ; with a Joel 2, 17. 
 
 4. Part. plur. C^bttJa poets, as using 
 the diction of parables, proverbs, etc. 
 Num. 21, 27. 
 
 Note. Various attempts have been 
 made to show the point of connection 
 between the two significations, to rule 
 and to liken; see Scliultens ad Prov. 
 1, 1. Michaelis ad Lowth de Sacr. Poesi 
 p. 41, Simonis Lex. etc. Two conjec- 
 tures formerly proposed by me, see in 
 Thesaur. p. 828. But not improbably 
 two roots of different origin have coa- 
 lesced under this form ; one, correspond- 
 ing to the verbs JOuo, '\Ls, to liken; 
 the other, in Arabic Juwuo , having perh. 
 the signif to be strong, valiant, which is 
 
 still found in JuwO fortis, strenuus fuit, 
 
 s _, * 
 
 (Jwi^^LS vir strenuus, in Gr. ^aaiX-tvg. 
 
 Niph. pr. to be made like ; hence to be 
 like, to be similar to any thing, c. bx Is. 
 14, 10; 3 Ps. 49, 13. 21; D5 Ps. 28, 1. 
 143, 7. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal no. II. 1, to use parables, 
 Ez. 21, 5 [20, 49]. 
 
 Hiph. I. to cause to rule, to give do- 
 minion to, with ace. of pers. and a of 
 thing. Ps. 8, 7. Dan. 11, 39. Inf subst. 
 bl^an dominion Job 25, 2. 
 
 II. to compare, c. dat. Is. 46. 5. 
 
 HiTHP. i. q. Niph. to become like, c. 3 
 Job 30, 19. 
 
 Deriv. boSaa , nbiiJaa , and the three 
 following. 
 
 I. ^1?^ m. (r. boja) c. suff. ibma, 
 
 plur. tJ-ibt^a , constr. "^bda .Arab. JSje, 
 |Jii^, Chaid. Nbna. 
 
 1. a similitude, parable Ez. 17, 2. 24 
 
bir^j 
 
 628 
 
 12tl2 
 
 3. See too Judg. 9, 7 sq. 2 Sam. 12, 1 
 sq. 2 K. 14, 9. 
 
 '2. a sentence, yvcofirj, a sententious say- 
 ing, apothegm, such as consists in the in- 
 genious comparison of two things, senti- 
 ments, etc. see in Pro v. 25, 3. 11. 12. 13 
 sq. 26. 1. 2. 3. 6. 7. 8. 9. 11. 14. 17. 
 E. g. Prov. 1, 1. 6. 10, 1. 25, 1. 26, 7. 9. 
 Ecc. 12, 9. Job 13, 12. 1 K. 5, 12. As 
 this sort of sayings often pass into pro- 
 verbs (1 Sam. 24, 14), hence boj^ is 
 also 
 
 3. a proverb, naqoinia, e. g. 1 Sam. 
 10, 12. Ez. 12, 22. 18, 2. 3. Comp. naqa- 
 l3ol^ Luke 4, 23. 
 
 4. Genr. a poem, song, verse, the mem- 
 bers of which, by the laws of parallelism, 
 consisted of two hemistichs similar in 
 form and sense. Spec, of prophecy 
 Num. 23, 7. 18. 24, 3. 15. 20 sq. of a di- 
 dactic discourse or poem Job 27, 1. 29, 
 1. Ps. 49, 5. 78, 2 ; often of a satirical 
 poem, song of derision. Is. 14, 4. Mic. 2, 
 4. Hab. 2, 6. So nj^'SlU^^ bl^ab . . . t^iri to 
 become a song and a by-word, Deut. 28, 
 37. 1 K. 9, 7. Jer. 24, 9. Ps. 69, 12 ; also 
 Ps. 44, 15. 2 Chr. 7, 20 ; comp. Ez. 14, 
 
 8. Arab. Jcixi parable, fable, sentence, 
 
 plur. Jujo! fables, verses. 
 
 11. bC'a pr. n, see ^dJa . 
 
 btDiZ m. (r. ^^^) I. rule, dominion, 
 Zech. 9, 10. 
 
 II. likeness, similitude, for concr. like, 
 Job 41, 25. 
 
 ^te'Q inf. as subst. i. q. bi^n no. 4, song 
 of derision, Job 17, 6. 
 
 nbtp'a m. (r. n^ic) only in constr. 
 
 1. a sending forth, i. e. place to which 
 any thing is sent. Is. 7, 25 nittS nbaJ^ 
 i. e. a place to which cattle are driven. 
 
 2. With t; or Q"^"!"; 'that to which the 
 hand is put,' business, Deut. 12, 7. 18. 15, 
 10. 23, 21. 28, 8. 20. 
 
 n'bBtt, nibffiia, m. (r. n\^j i. a 
 
 sending, Esth. 9, 19. 22. 
 
 2. With i;;, 'that on which hand is 
 laid,' prey, booty, Is. 11, 14. 
 
 trh'i'Q fern, of the preceding. 
 1. a sending, i. e. a trooj), host, of an- 
 gt\M, Ps. 78, 49. 
 
 2. a sending away, discharge, from 
 
 war or captivity, Ecc. 8, 8. 
 
 n)tia (friend sc. of God, r. cV:) Pu. 
 no. 3) Meshidlam., pr. n. of several per- 
 sons, Ezra 8, 16. 10, 15.29. Neh. 3, 4.6. 
 30. al. 
 
 ni'Q^TBtl (for nia^i^a retribuentes, 
 r. ob<U Pi.) Meshillemoth, pr. n. m. a) 
 2Chr'. 28, 12. b) Neh. 11, 13; for which 
 ni5a|aJ73 1 Chr. 9, 12, and this is the 
 more probable orthography. 
 
 n^'ablCTS (for rri^J^llia, whom Jeho- 
 
 ' vah repays, or whom Jehovah treats as 
 
 a friend, r. nb<l5 Pi.) Meshelemiah, pr. h. 
 
 m. 1 Chr. 9, 21. 26, 1. 29 ; for which 
 
 !in^abaJ 26, 14. 
 
 ni'a^ttj'a, see in niTS^^lia . 
 
 tri2)t'n (friend sc. of God, r. c^ttj Pu.) 
 Meshidlemeth, pr. n. of the wife of king 
 Manasseh, 2 K. 21, 19. 
 
 ffibtptt for ttJb^'^ , see ttJ^<^ . 
 
 rrBWZ f. (r. DTsaJ) plur. nia'r^a . 
 
 1. astonishment, amazement, Ez. 5, 15. 
 
 2. desolation, Ez. 6, 14. 33, 28. 35, 3. 
 Plur. Is. 15, 6. Jer. 48, 34. 
 
 JtlCTa m. (r. "i^ia) fatness ; Is. 17, 4 
 inba ''{0'(^P. the fatness of his Jiesh, his 
 liody. Plur. fi-^S^aaia a) fat places, 
 fertile fields, Dan. 11,24. b) Concr. fat 
 ones, i. e. stout, robust warriors, XiTia^oi, 
 Ps. 78, 31. Is. 10, 16. 
 
 ns'aTC'a (fatness, r. )-q^J Mishman- 
 nah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 10. 
 
 D"'3'aTP'n m. plur. (r. ",^1^) fatnesses, 
 i. e. the fat pieces of flesh, delicacies, 
 tid-bits, Neh. 8, 10. 
 
 5?'ail3'a m. (r. sai^) 1- a hearing,i.e. 
 the thing heard, Is. 11, 3. 
 
 2. Mishma, pr. n. m. a) Gen. 25, 14. 
 b) 1 Chr. 4, 25. 
 
 n^'QTJJ'Q f. (r. Sai^) 1. a hearing, 
 audience, i. e. admission to the private 
 hearing of a king. 1 Sam. 22, 14 10^ 
 ?|r)SBiaa-bK and hath access to thy pri- 
 vate audience. 2 Sam. 23, 23. 1 Chr. 
 11, 25. 
 
 2. obedience, for concr. obedient, sub- 
 ject, Is. 11, 14. ** 
 
'nt'D 
 
 629 
 
 ^wn 
 
 TaClp m. (r. ia(^) constr. "lattia ; 
 plur. c. sufl". l^"nttbT3. 
 
 1. watch, guard, i. e. station of a 
 watch, post, Neh. 7, 3. Jer. 51, 12. 
 Concr. the watch or guards themselves, 
 Neh. 4, 3. 16. Job 7, 12. 
 
 2. ward, prison, imprisonment, Gen. 
 40, Ssq. 42, 17. 
 
 3. Melon, whai is guarded, kept ; Prov. 
 4, 23 keep thy heart lOttSa-bso above all 
 that is kept, above all things else. 
 
 4. observance, what is observed or 
 kept, usage, rite, Neh. 13, 14. Concr. 
 one who is observed, treated with respect 
 and reverence, spoken of a prince, Ez. 
 38,7. 
 
 ri'I'OOtt, fem. of the preceding, c. 
 
 suff. '^mottJa : plur. niiaiaa , constr. 
 
 m"ntt5o . 
 I I 
 
 1. watch, guard, custody, i. e. a) 
 The act of guarding, 2 K. 11, 5. 6. b) 
 Place of a watch, station, post. Is. 
 21,8. Hab.^, 1. Concr. oi the watch, 
 guards, themselves, Neh. 7, 3. 12, 9. 
 
 13, 30. 
 
 2. a keeping, preservation, Ex. 12, 6. 
 16, 32. 33. 34. Concr. an object kept, 
 preserved in safety, I Sam. 22, 23. 
 
 3. a keeping, observance, performance 
 of a duty, office, charge. Num. 4, 27. 31 
 DK^*a n^aiaa rxt this is the observance 
 (charge) of their porterage, this is what 
 they have to bear. 3, 31 ')ii!!<i7 DPinada 
 their charge was the ark. Hence "laia 
 isiljan n-jaOJa Num. 1, 53. 31, 30. 47, or 
 ttinpn 'a 3, '23. 32. 38, or ninn 'a Lev. 8, 
 35, to keep the charge of the tabernacle, 
 etc. i. e. to perform the service in the 
 sacred tabernacle. 
 
 4. The object of observance, a charge, 
 law, usage, rite, Gen. 26, 5. Lev. 18, 30. 
 Josh. 22, 3. 1 K. 2, 3. Zech. 3,7. Mai. 3, 
 
 14. al. 
 
 5. 'b n'laaJa naa5 pr. to observe the 
 observance of any one, i. e. to keep one^s 
 duty to him, to follow the party of any 
 one. 1 Chr. 12, 29 ninaaj cn^a-ia 
 iist^ r''3 nnattJa , Vulg. magna pars 
 eorum adhuc sequebatur domum Said. 
 
 nSTStt m. (r. njifl) constr, nsttSa . c. 
 suff. ^Kr'iJ^ " 
 
 1. second rank, second place, in order, 
 dignity, honour, etc. Often in the gen. 
 after a noun, as HSiSBil 'ivJS the second 
 
 priest, who stands next to tlie>bMi 
 priest (ttJx-n ini) 2 K. 25, 18. Jer-tt 
 24; Plur. nsttJan ^sn'a the priests of 
 the second order, 2 K. 23, 4. So rasna 
 njllJaJi the second chariot in order Gen. 
 41,43. iJ'^a "i''5n the second purl of 
 the city Neh. 11. 9, and simpl. n:tia id. 
 2 K. 22, 14. Zeph. 1, 10. 
 
 2. Concr. the second, one who holds 
 the second place, c. gen. of the person 
 to whom he thus stands next, the next, 
 e. g. 'n^'?n '^3^? the next to the king 
 2 Chr. 28, 7, comp. 1 Sam. 23, 17. Esth. 
 10, 3. Tob. 1, 22. Spec, the second or 
 ne.vt brother, 1 Chr. 5, 12. 1 Sam. 8, 2 ; 
 fully nstua sin^nx his second or next 
 brother' 2 Chr. 31, 12. Plur. cn-^nx 
 O'^aiUBii their younger brethren, opp. to 
 the first-born 1 Chr. 15, 18. C]??? "^y^^ 
 caaJa silver cups of a second (fualiiy 
 Ezra 1, 10. So 1 Sara. 15, 9 D-'Sldan 
 cattle of a second quality, (opp. -ijia,) 
 or perhaps lambs of the second birth, 
 i. e. autumnal lambs, and therefore 
 weaker and less valuable. 
 
 3. twofold, double, the double, Ex. 16, 
 22. Is. 61, 7. Job 42, 10. Zech. 9, 12. 
 tl03"n!tt5a the double in money, double 
 money. Gen. 43, 15. But fi?aJa t^D? v. 
 12 is a second money, i. q. inx 's other 
 money v. 22. 
 
 4. a duplicate, copy, of an original, 
 Deut. 17, 18. Josh. 8, 32. 
 
 nSTCtl f. (r. ot?aj ) plur. nisira , plun- 
 der, prey, booty; nsdab n^n Jer. 30, 
 16. 2 K. 21, 14. nSttJai ^ns Is. 42, 24 
 Keri. 
 
 * S^''2 obsol. root. perh. i. q. /ciwO, 
 
 (comp. irira, Arab. yiJo abstersit,) to 
 make clean, to cleanse, e. g. cotton by 
 picking; then also to pour out clean, to 
 milk clean, to eat off clean (from a plate); 
 also to plunder clean, i. e. to desolate, 
 comp. np^i Is. 3, 26. Not found in the 
 Heb. verb ; but adduced by Abuhvalid 
 and many intpp. as the root of "'SV'O q. v. 
 See Thesaur. p. 829. 
 
 bi:>a m. (r. bst^ ) a narrow path, 
 hollow way. Num. 22, 24 D-^ansn biSCa 
 a narrow way between two vineyards. 
 
 ^'S'&Q an. Xiyofj.. Ez. 16. 4 nsnn xb 
 'Toab, of a new-born infant. Here 
 
ric/j 
 
 630 
 
 STTI^a 
 
 iSttJ^ is referred by Abulwalid and many 
 others to r. Vii'O q. v. as if a cleansing. 
 q. d. nor wast thou washed to cleansing 
 i. e. clean, the form "'ST^'a being taken 
 lor n'^sdo. But no such form can be 
 derived from sda ; and I wouFd there- 
 fore rather refer it to r. nstD to look, i. e. 
 'y'i'a i. q. rtS'Ja, Yod radical being pre- 
 served, comp. c"'';ibn^ 2 Clir. 21, 25 ; and 
 tlien the sense would be : nor wast thou 
 washed for looking upon, i. e. for pre- 
 senting to thy parents and others, which 
 is not done until after the infant is wash- 
 ed and swathed. 
 
 Dl^t?^ (their cleansing, or their be- 
 holding, see *'2Jilia) Misham, pr. n, m. 
 1 Chr. 8, 12. 
 
 'j5'TT3 m. (r. "i^t!) ) constr. IS^lJa, a 
 stay, support, prop, Is. 3, 1. Trop. Ps. 
 18, 19. 
 
 jyiSia m. id. Is. 3, 1 nD5ll3:Q!\ iS^iSia stay 
 and support, i. e. support of every kind, 
 as immediately explained, e. g. food 
 and drink v. 1, comp, "iSD ; also the 
 chief persons of the nation on whom 
 the people lean, v. 2. 3; comp. nSQ. 
 For this use of the masc. and fem. in 
 connection to express universality, see 
 Coram, on Is. 1. c. 
 
 npyiD'JS (em. of the preced. stay, sup- 
 port, Is. 3, 1 ; see in 'jStti'?. 
 
 n:?TtJ f. 2 K. 4, 31, constr. id. 18. 21, 
 c. suff. "^Fis^itiia ; plur. c. suff. nnissaJa ; 
 a staff, on which one leans, Judg. 6, 21. 
 Ez. 29, 6. R. ',505 . 
 
 nnBtp'a , f. (i . ncoj ) constr. rneyja , 
 c. suft". 'nnBttJTS ; plur. ninsaj^ Ps. 107. 
 41, constr. 'rinBttSo. 
 
 1. genus, kind, of animals Gen. 8, 19 ; 
 also of inanimate things Jer. 15, 3. 
 
 2. gens, i. e. a tribe, clan, Gen. 10, 18. 
 20. 31. 32. 12, 3. Also of a whole peo- 
 ple, nation, Ez. 20, 32. Jer. 8, 3. 25, 9. 
 Mic. 2, 3. 
 
 3. In the subdivisions of the Hebrew 
 people,, spec, a family, several of which 
 were comprehended in one tribe (^21^), 
 as on the other hand one family con- 
 tained several households^fathers^ houses, 
 (niaij rr^a, see n^a no. 11,) Ex. 6, 14 sq. 
 Num! 1, 2. 20 sq. 26, 5 sq. Deut. 29, 17. 
 
 Josh. 7. 14 sq. 21, 5 sq. 1 Sam. 20, 29. 
 
 Aih nnsttJ^ nnt we have a family (subdi- 
 vision) sacrifice. Used rarely and laxly 
 for tribe, "JniC, as Josh. 7, 17 nnsilja 
 niw , for n-i^ni MSttJ in v, 16. 
 
 tiSTJJ'a m. (r. i::sttj) constr. isstlia, c. 
 suff. "^liSUia ; plur. D'^BSda, constr. 
 
 1. judgment, i. e. a) The act of 
 judging, Lev. 19, 15 ye shall do no injus- 
 tice MBTliaa in judgment. Deut. 1, 17 
 xnn DTi^xb aed^sn '3 for to God be- 
 longeth judgment. Is. 28, 6 bs "S^y^ 
 LJBrSil who siltelh in judgment. Ez. 21, 
 32 tJBUJBn ib -liTX ita-n? uniil he shall 
 come to whom judgment belongeth. b) 
 The place of judgment, i. q. MQUJart C"!pB 
 Ecc. 3, 16. So cs ME^aris xi'a to go into 
 judgment with, to summon before a 
 judge. Job 9, 32. 22, 4. Ps. 143, 2 ; comp. 
 Job 14, 3. Ecc. 11, 9. c) the sentence 
 of a judge, 1 K. 3, 28. 20, 40. Ps. 17, 2. 
 Plur. nin"i '^xyS'S'Othe judgments of Jeho- 
 vah Ps.'l9, 10.' 119, 75. 137. Espec. of a 
 sentence by which punishment is inflict- 
 ed, e. g. Tsya I3BCT3 sentence of death, 
 Deut. 21, 22.' Jer. 26, 11. n-'-JBttJia *iati 
 (nnix) 'B"nx to pronounce severe judg- 
 ments upon any one. to impose punish- 
 ment upon him, Jer. 1, 16. 4, 12. 39, 5. 
 52, 9. 2 K. 25. 6 ; comp. the same phrase 
 below in no. 2. a. Hence for punish- 
 ment itself, Is. 53. 8. 
 
 2. That on vfWich judgment is passed, 
 what is brought before a judge : a) a 
 cause, suit, before a judge. Num. 27, 5. 
 iJBllJ'a T^"!? to order or set forth a cause, 
 Job' 13, 18. 23. 4. 'b MEttia Cosir) ntos 
 to carry on {judge) the cause of any 
 one, to be his patron, Deut. 10, 18. Ps. 
 9, 5. (Comp. T'^l and a'^n .) o'^aB'^a la"^ 
 rix to litigate or contend with any one, 
 Jer. 12, 1. "'^B^'? b?a my opponent, 
 adversary, pr. who has a suit with me. 
 Is. 50; 8. b) guilt, crime, for which 
 one is judged, Jer. 51, 9. ts^a'n liB'ro a 
 capital crime Ez. 7, 23 ; comp. Deut. 
 21, 22. 
 
 3. right, rectitude, justice, what is just, 
 lawful, conformable to law. So Han 
 aBUJa to wrest justice Deut. 16, 19. 27, 
 19*. ' 1 Sam. 8, 3. Mj^niSI 'JBITIQ HiUS to 
 do right and justice Jer. 22, 15. 23, 5. 
 33, 15. Deut 32, 4 BDttJa T'S'JT^S all 
 
tt'D 
 
 631 
 
 puj^a 
 
 hia ways are rectitude i. e. right, just. 
 tjDttJo ^}]H-o a just balance Prov. 16, 11. 
 Also BOtiab according to justice, justly, 
 Is. 32, 1 ; or according to right, as is 
 right, Jer. 46, 28 ; and so the opp. xba 
 OBBia without right Jer. 22, 13. Spec. 
 
 a) a law, statute^ as a rule of judging, 
 i. q. pn, Ex. 21, 1. 24, 3 ; often 'aotin 
 ^ of the divine laws, Lev. 18, 4. 5.' 26. 
 19, 37. 20 sq. Deut. 4, 1. 7, 11. 12. So 
 collect, the law, tlie body of laws, as we 
 say: 'the Mosaic law,' 'the common 
 law;' e. g. ^1 UDOSa Is. 51, 4. 58, 2, 
 and simply aOttJia 42, 1. 3. 4, the divine 
 law, (i. q. fTiin ,) the religion of Jehovah. 
 
 b) That which belongs to any one by 
 law, a right, privilege, due, e. g. UBl5a 
 nibxan the right of redemption Jer. 32, 7 ; 
 nnsan 'o the right of primogeniture 
 Deut. 21, 17. Collect. Ti^Bn OQOJo the 
 royal privilege, i. e. the rights and pre- 
 rogatives of the king, 1 Sam. 8, 9. 11. 10, 
 25. SfKic. what one receives by right ; 
 usr\ rxTs D'^ins^! tJDUSiQ the priests^ due 
 from the people Deut. 18, 3. 1 Sam. 2, 
 13. c) Since laws proceed not only 
 from the will of the lawgiver, but often 
 also from the manners and customs of a 
 people, hence UBtlia is also manner, cus- 
 tom, prescription ; as 2 K. 11, 14 and lol 
 the king stood upon a stand BBO^BS ac- 
 cording to custom. 17, 33. 34. 40. Gen. 
 40, 13 ('ittSst'nn aBOJas in the former 
 
 s 
 
 mantier. Comp. Arab. ^^yJi^ and Gr. 
 
 SlxTi. Hence d) manner, i. e. fashion, 
 sort, kind. 2 K. 1, 7 'Xn aBttJa no 
 what was the fashion of the man ? what 
 sort of a man was he ? Judg. 13, 12 "Jia 
 sinbsoii isjn asffia riyrf what will be 
 the manner of the child (i. e. what sort of 
 a child will he be) and what will he do 7 
 Ex. 26, 30. Jer. 30, 18 ; also manner, 
 way, Ecc. 8, 5. 6. 
 
 D^nSCtJ dual, Gen. 49, 14. Judg. 5, 
 16, i. q. D":neil5 Ps. 68, 14, folds, enclos- 
 ures, open above, often made of hurdles, 
 in which during the summer months the 
 flocks are kept by night ; from the root 
 riBuJ to place, as stabula from stare 
 (comp. Virg. Georg. 3. 228, with the 
 noteofVoss), i.q. ninna. nixbao. The 
 Hebrews seem to have used the dual 
 form on account of the folds of this kind 
 
 being divided into two parts for the dif- 
 ferent kinds of flocks ; comp. D^niTU* 
 Josh. 15, 36. To lie down among the 
 folds. 11. cc. seems to be sjwken proverb- 
 ially of shepherds and husbandmen liv- 
 ing in leisure and quiet. The significa- 
 tion adopted by many interpreters, after 
 J. D. Michaelis, viz. drinking-troughs, 
 watering-troughs, from v:>,Ami to drink, 
 has been refuted by N. G. Schroeder 
 (Muntinghe ad Ps. 1. c.) who shows that 
 this root is not used of every kind of 
 drink, but only of such as is hurtful, 
 which does not quench thirst but aug- 
 ments it. The true view was long since 
 given by Ludolf in his Lex. iEthiop. 
 p. 76. 
 
 P'''^ obsol. root, prob. i.q. "'lUB to 
 hold, and then to possess, 3 and p being 
 interchanged; comp. "^'^o. Hence 
 pttSoo possession, and 
 
 pTC'Q uTi. hyofi. possession, Gen. 15, 2, 
 i. q. T(!lJo. The interpretation of this 
 vexed passage may then be thus pre- 
 sented : ^TS'^bs ptoa"! s<!in "^nia ptia-jai 
 and the son of possession (i. e. the pos- 
 sessor) of my house or of my domestic 
 property will be Eliezer of Damascus. 
 The sacred writer seems to have chosen 
 this less frequent form pUJa, in order 
 to form an assonance with the word 
 piUB'n ; a kind of play upon words not 
 unknown even to the prose writers of 
 the O. T. see in nipa no. 2. For a like 
 reason he puts simply pba'n for ""jS 
 piaaii a Damascene; comp. "(533 no. 3. 
 Others derive paia from the root pplfi 
 to run, (as ia from "I'^a.) and trans- 
 late : filius discursitationis, i. q. house- 
 steward. But in this connection there 
 would be little force in the words : / 
 am childless and the steward of my 
 house (or my head-servant) is Eliezer 
 of Damascus. See more in Thesaur. 
 p. 829. 
 
 p lE^a m. constr. pTSa , a running about, 
 from r. pp'Oj formed in the Chaldee 
 manner, Is. 33, 4. 
 
 nptJ'Q ni. (r. n;ri6) constr. npSJa, c. 
 sufl". rrjtaa sing. 1 K. 10, 5, see Heb. Gr. 
 91, 9; plur. C-'pttJn. 
 
 1. Part. Hiph. a cup-bearer, see the 
 root. 
 
p^a 
 
 632 
 
 nn^ 
 
 2. drink, espec. wine, Gen. 40, 21. 
 Lev. 11, 34. 1 K. 10, 5. 21 np.tlj^' ^^3 
 drinking-vessels. 
 
 3. rt well-watered region, Gen. 13. 10. 
 Ez. 45, 15. 
 
 bipTJJa m. (r. ^I^ti ) weight, Ez. 4, 10. 
 
 yjipTOl? m. (r. Cipai) a lintel, the 
 upper part of a door-way, Ex. 12, 7. 
 22. 23. 
 
 bpTSB m. (r. bpto) constr. ^paJ^a, 
 
 1. a weighing, act of weighing ; 
 2 K. 25, IG nain?!? bfJttJa n^n stb f/iere 
 icos no weighing of the brass, i. e. it 
 could not be weighed for abundance. 
 1 Chr. 22, 3 bfjOJa "px so that there was 
 no weighing it. v. 14. 
 
 2. weight, Lev. 19, 35. 26, 26. 
 
 nbpiaa Is. 28, 17, and t^^pTS'? 2 K. 
 21, 13, f. a plumb-line, plummet, used in 
 levelling ; so called from its poising. 
 
 R. bpt^. 
 
 5?ptO^ m. (r. S!5^) constr. 5;5U5?3, 
 'place into which waters have settled,' 
 a settling-place, Ez. 34, 18. 
 
 ^0^, see laJia. 
 
 rrnOTS f (r. triai I) maceration, steep- 
 ing. Num. 6, 3 C-iass-nnaia ^Ae s^eep- 
 ing of grapes, i. e. a drink prepared from 
 macerated grapes. 
 
 Srj'ipimCia Chald. m. (r. pnaS) a 
 pipe, syrinx, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15. 
 
 '^y'lTD'ja Mishraiie, gentile n. from 
 S'nOJia Mishra, a town or district else- 
 where unknown; collect. 1 Chr. 2, 53. 
 The latter name might signify, * slippery 
 place,' i. q. Chald. sinoJa . 
 
 *V:W2 fut. tt5a^ to touch, to feel, c. 
 ace. Gen. 27, 12. 22 ; prob. also ?]l5aj< v. 
 21 (Dagesh being dropped), which is 
 commonly referred to r. ttiw. Chald. 
 
 tiffia, ttJai^a, Zab. v_iLio, Arab. yLc, 
 Ethiop. with "i inserted, ^QClfl id. 
 Gr. (ida(T(a. Kindr. are ttJia II, itJtlis, 
 q. V. 
 
 Pi EL ttJisa , to feel in the dark, ^o grope, 
 Deut. 28, 29. Job 5, 14; c. ace. to feel 
 out, to explore with the hand. Gen. 31, 
 34. 37. Job 12, 25 T^'^n iiaJaJa-; they feel 
 out the darkness. 
 
 HiPH, id. c. ace. Ex. 10, 21. 
 
 nSrnC'a m. (r. nni^ ) constr. nwdJa , c. 
 suff. T^nttJa Dan. 1, 5. 8, and Cir!''f?''l^'3 v. 
 16 (both in sing. Heb. Gr. 91. 9), 
 plur. c. sufF. D3"'n<iJa v. 10. ' 
 
 1. a drinking, Esth. 5, 4. 7, 2. So 
 T?'"! i^fiaja ir^a the chamber of drinking 
 wine, the banqueting-hall, Esth. 7, 8 ; Yl 
 T^nuJa the wine of his drinking, i. e. 
 which the king drank, Dan. 1, 5. 8. 
 16. 
 
 2. drink, Dan. 1, 10. E-zra 3, 7. 
 
 3. a banquet, feast, avfiTioaiov, Esth. 1. 
 3. 2, 18. 8, 17. Is. 5, 12. 
 
 nntJ'Q Chald. m. emphat. N^WOJa , id. 
 Dan. 5, 10 'a rr^S f/te banqueting-hall; 
 see in Heb. nnoia no. 1. 
 
 fl"!? in sing, not used, a man, Lat. 
 mas, commonly referred to the root 
 nna , pr. extended, grown up. adult, see 
 Ewald's Gram. 382 ; comp. n^a ttJ-'X . 
 
 Eth. <?^T vir, spec, maritus ; comp. Lat. 
 mas. In the Hebrew itself there are 
 traces of the singular number in the pr. 
 names bxttjiina, n^^Unna, (wa being a 
 construct form, like wX Chald. constr. 
 !t::x ; Dt^ , !iaa3 , whence' bx^iaaj ; D-'3B in 
 sing, constr. *13a, whence bxiJB,) as also 
 in Punic words e. g. Metuastartus ino 
 n"inUJ5 i. e. a man or worshipper of 
 Astarte, Methymatnus "jtna !ina i. e. a 
 gift-man, comp. Theodorus, Diodorus. 
 See Thesaur. p. 830. 
 
 Plur. D'^na m. twice defective ona 
 Deut. 2, 34. 3, 6, men, i. e. males, opp. 
 to women and children, Deut. 2, 34 cna 
 t[^'>^^ Cttjjn^ the men and women and 
 children. 3, 6. Job 11, 3. Is. 3. 25. Often 
 c. genit. "iBpa "^na a few men Gen. 34, 30; 
 X1U3 ''na men of falsehood Ps. 26, 4 ; 
 "'^0'$ "^^"^ '"^y i^nt-companions Job 31, 
 31. etc. In Is. 41, 14 the words "'na 
 bstnia^ are well rendered by Sept. oXi- 
 yoarbg 'fagarjA, Luther du armer Haufe 
 Israel ; though this notion of fewness 
 and misery lies not in the word "^na , 
 but comes from the preceding Psbin. 
 For Judg. 20, 48 see in art. cha ; 
 and for the phrase DTia T'S see in "("^S 
 I. 1. b. 
 
 fTQ dead, part, of r. nia, where see. 
 
 'jSri'a m. (from subst. *)2n) collect. 
 straw, heap of straw, Is. 25, 10. 
 
an7j 
 
 633 
 
 sriM 
 
 * trja obeol. root, perh. either to 
 stretch, to extend, comp, kindr. nptt , 
 nno ; or else i. q. Ti^iis , to dr^w, to 
 drag. Hence 
 
 Sf}^ ra. c. suff. 'ana , a bit, curb, 2 K. 
 19, 28. Is. 37, 29. Ps. 32, 9. Prov. 26, 
 
 3. Metaph. 2 Sam. 8, 1 ; see in MBX 
 no. 3. 
 
 nr)^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. .^ijo, 
 
 Uuo, and ouo, to stretch, to extend, e. g. 
 a cord. Kindred is Hna, also Tjo, 
 
 Deriv. na (OTia), 'na , pr. n. i>s<a5!ina , 
 
 nbcjiina. 
 
 p'ifl'Q m. adj. (r. pna) fem. njDiina , 
 plur. O-^psinn, see Heb.' Gr. 27.'n. 1; 
 sweet, Judg. 14, 18. Ps. 19, 11. Prov. 24, 
 13. 27, 7. Cant. 2, 13. Neut. sweet, 
 sweetness, Ez. 3, 3. Judg. 14, 14. Me- 
 taph. pleasant, Ecc. 5, 11. 11, 7. 
 
 bS^TD^r.'a (man of God, comp. from 
 ina man, see in nn , 'UJ i. q. "it^x , and 
 bx) Methushael, pr. n. of one of the 
 patriarchs, descended from Cain, Gen. 
 
 4, 18. 
 
 H5TD^JTa (man of the dart, see pre- 
 ceding art.) Methuselah, pr. n. of a 
 patriarch before the flood, the son of 
 Enoch and grandfather of Noah, who 
 died at the age of 969 years, Gen. 5, 
 21 sq. 
 
 * mD'J fut. niTO'^ , to stretch, to ex- 
 tend, as a tent, the heavens, Is. 40, 
 22. Syr. Chald. id. Eth. <P^ih for 
 ^(0*^111 induit, velavit; whence de- 
 rivatives signifying pallium. Kindred 
 roots are nnb , Sam. nns , to expand ; 
 also nna , ^gjj^ provectus fuit dies. 
 
 Deriv. nnnax a sack. 
 
 ^TP^ pr. subst. extension, space of 
 time ; then as an interrogative adverb, 
 
 when ? Arab. ^-JOo , Syr. y^LLo] , Chald. 
 ina^X . Gen. 30, 30. Ps. 42, 3. 94, 8. 
 119", 82. 84. Am. 8, 5. al. Without inter- 
 rogation (Syr. J ^2^1) Prov. 23, 35 
 y^pt^ ''na when I awake. Ps. 101, 2. 
 
 With prefixes: a) ''nab i. q. ina 
 (see b B. 2. a), at what time, when, 
 
 without interrog. Ex. 8, 5 [9]. Sept. 
 jrote. 
 
 b) 'ra-n? until when ? i. e. how long? 
 1 Sam. 16, 1. Ex. 10, 3. 7. Ps. 80, 5. 
 Jer. 4, 14. 21. al. Poet, in aposiope- 
 sis : Ps. 6, 4 and thou Jehovah, "^ra-ns 
 how long? sc. wilt thou delay to help. 
 90, 13; comp. Is. 6, 11. 
 
 c) "^na ''inx after how long? i. e. 
 when? Jer. 13, 27. 
 
 Clltl plur. of na q. v. 
 
 nsSPiti f (r. -(Sn) c. suff. in33ri, 
 measure, Ez. 45. 11 ; a daily task, tale, 
 Ex. 5, 8, comp. "(Sn v. 18. Ex. 30, 32 
 "nssnaa according to its measure, i. e. 
 the proportion of the parts of which it is 
 composed. 2 Chr. 24, 13 and they rebuilt 
 the house of God iPl33P\a bs according to 
 its former measure. 
 
 nsjbn'a Mai. 1, 13 for nxbpi-na ; see 
 Ha note, lett. c. p. 541. 
 
 riiy?lntJ f plur. by transposition for 
 niSPiba, biters, teeth, only constr. Job 29, 
 17. Joel 1, 6. See Disnia . 
 
 DfTD m. (r. Qatn) wholeness, sound- 
 ness, e. g. of body, Ps. 38, 4. 8. Is. 1, 6. 
 In Judg. 20, 48 instead of nha is to be 
 read era men, as found in several Mss. 
 See in TTa . 
 
 |ri/-i obsol. root, Arab. ^\Jiio, to be 
 
 strong, firm; comp. kindr. inB . Hence 
 
 'jpiax , o^sna . 
 
 'V^P^ m. (r. irj) constr. 'itna , Kamets 
 impure, Prov. 18, 16. 
 
 1. a gift. Gen. 34, 12. Num. 18, 11. 
 Prov. 18, 16. "iPia tZ5^s< a liberal man 
 Prov. 19, 6. 
 
 2. Mattan, pr. n. a) A priest of 
 Baal 2 K. 11, 18. 2 Chr. 23, 17. b) 
 Jer. 38, 1. 
 
 Xpn'a Chald. f. i. q. Hebr. njPia , a 
 gift, plur. 'iSRa Dan. 2, 6. 48. 5, iV. 
 
 nsntt f. (r. "jn;) constr. nspia ; plur. 
 niana , constr. nisna . 
 
 1.' a gift, present, Esth. 9, 22. 2 Chr. 
 21, 3. Gen. 25. 6; spec, a bribe, i. q, 
 nnitJ, Ecc.7,7. Also a gT/Z offered to God 
 Ex. 28, 38. Lev. 23, 38. Num. 18, 6. 7. 
 29. Ps. 68, 19; to idols Ez. 20, 31. 39. 
 
 2. MianaA,pr.n. of a place between 
 
3n^j 
 
 634 
 
 nn^ 
 
 the desert and the borders of Moab, 
 Num. 21, 18. 19. 
 
 ''?P>'^ (apoc. for n^3F)^) Mattenai, pr. 
 n. m. a) Neh. 12, 19. b) Ezra 10, 33. 
 c) Ezra 10, 37. 
 
 ''irna Mtthnite, a gentile name else- 
 where unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 43. 
 
 n^^Sn-a and m^-Sri^ (gift of Jeho- 
 vah, r. "iPj) Mattaniah, pr. n. of se- 
 veral men,' 2 K. 24, 17. 1 Chr. 9, 15. 
 20, 4. 16. 2 Chr. 20, 14. 29, 13. Ezra 
 10, 26. 27. 30. 37. Neh. 11, 17. 12, 8. 25. 
 13, 13. 
 
 Dl'Sri'g m. dual, (r. 'inB) the loins, the 
 lower part of the back, so called as the 
 Beat of strength, Gr. oaq)vg, to be distin- 
 guished from Tp^ the thigh, see in Ti'n^ 
 no. 1. 1 K. 12, 10. ts-^snr ia waters to 
 the loins, reaching thus far, Ez. 47, 4. 
 Spec, the loins are that part of the body 
 around which the girdle is worn 2 K. 
 1, 8. 9, 1. Is. 11, 5. Jer. 1, 17. Gen. 37, 
 34 ; on which burdens are sustained Ps. 
 66, 11 ; in which is the seat of the pains 
 of travail Is. 21, 3. Nah. 2, 11. Also the 
 seat of strength, (see above and comp. 
 Lat. elumbis, delumbare for debilitare,) 
 whence 's "'Sr"? 7^^ io shatter the loins 
 of any one, i. e. to crush him wholly, 
 Deut. 33, 11, comp. Ez. 21, 11 ; to cause 
 the loins to waver, shake, of one verging 
 to ruin, Ps. 69, 24. Ez. 29, 7. Arab. 
 
 ^UJuo and Syr. |AJ\^ id. more rarely 
 
 s "^ 
 also sing. ^^j-Xjo one side of the loins or 
 
 lower region of the back protuberant 
 
 with flesh and muscles. 
 
 * Pt)''9 fut, pna"! 1. to suck, i. q. 
 
 y 
 
 Syr. ^moLHie to suck as a child ; hence to 
 feed upon with relish, comp. ysa . Job 
 24, 20 nan ipn^ when the worm feeds 
 sweetly on him. 
 
 2. to be or become sweet, sweet things 
 being wont to be sucked; Prov. 9, 17. 
 
 Ex. 15, 25. Metaph. Job 21, 33 sipna 
 bna iSJ'i ib sweet to him are the clods 
 of the^valley, the earth is light upon 
 him. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to make sweet or pleasant. 
 Metaph. Ps. 55, 15 p'^Fias Tnn;; nqx 
 TiO (we) who made sweet together our 
 familiar discourse, i. e. who as fami- 
 liar friends held sweet discourse toge- 
 ther. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be sweet, (pr. to cause 
 sweetness, see Heb. Gram. 52. 2. n.) 
 Job 20, 12. 
 
 Deriv. pina, Qiptnaa, and the three 
 here following. 
 
 r'T}*^. m. sweetness, trop. pleasantness, 
 Prov. 16, 21. 27, 9. 
 
 'pTp^ m. sweetness Judg. 9, 11. 
 
 '^Jpfp'^ (sweetness, r. pna ; prob. 
 sweet fountain, opp. r^'?) Mithkah, pr. 
 n. of a station of the Israelites in Arabia 
 Petraea, Num. 33, 28. 29. 
 
 n'l'llnia Persian pr. n. Miihredath, 
 Gr. MiTQocdixTrjg, Mid^giduTrjQ, Milhrida- 
 tes, i. e. a Mithra datus, Mithra being 
 the genius of the sun, a) A treasurer 
 of Cyrus the king, Ezra 1, 8. b) An 
 officer of Artaxerxes in Samaria, Ezra 
 4, 7. See more in Thesaur. p. 832. 
 
 nri'a f. (contr. for n:ria, r. *|n3) a 
 gift, present, 1 K. 13, 7.' Prov. 25,' 14. 
 Ecc. 3, 13. 5, 18. ii; nina the gift of his 
 hand, I. e. as much as he is able to give, 
 Ez. 46, 5. 11. Only in the constr. 
 
 nPiri)? (contr. for n;;nr]73) Mattathah, 
 pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 33. Gr. Maita&d 
 Luke 3, 31. 
 
 n^nntt and iSl^^nnia (gift of Jeho- 
 vah, r. *|Pi3) pr. n. Matiithiah, a frequent 
 name after the exile : a) Ezra 10, 43, 
 b) Neh. 8, 4. c) 1 Chr. 9, 31. 15, 18. 
 21. 16, 5. Gr. Maxxa&lag 1 Mace. 2, 1 ; 
 Mat&ia? Acts 1. 23. 26; also MaT&aiog 
 the evangelist. 
 
635 
 
 113 
 
 5 
 
 Nun, the fourteenth letter of the He- 
 brew alphabet, as a minienil denoting 
 50. The name } sigiiifii's in Syriac, 
 Chaidee. and Arabic, ajish, which seems 
 to have been represented by the primi- 
 tive form of this letter ; see Monumm. 
 Phoen. p. 37 sq. 
 
 It is interchanged : a) With other 
 liquids, as Lowed, see left, b ; M^in, see 
 lett. "2 ; more rarely Besh, as naxj-ian^S 
 and ^SX-insi^J : niT, Cliald. nn, the 
 sun is risen; C73"i\ Aram. *|"'"iri two; 
 Arab, ^yi and ^^y^yi purple, b) 
 
 As the weakest of the liquids it is often 
 softened into Yod. so tiiat very many 
 verbs *,S and ''B exist side by side with 
 the same signification, as ns3 and nx^ 
 to be beautiful. :S3 and 2S^ to set. 'Cp^i 
 and cp^ to lay snares, comp. Lehrg. 
 112. 2. a ; and for the affinity of verbs 
 fa with other hi literals, as lis, 5S, rib, 
 see ibid. no. 2. 3. The primary mono- 
 syllabic root of verbs "jB, and also of 
 verbs ""B, is often the last syllable, 
 whence nn: i. q. n^n to roar ; nn: i. q. 
 mi , nn^ ; soj and JID to depart ; nsj 
 and n^iQ to blow ; aj53 and aaj? to curse ; 
 i3 and bVr , etc. 
 
 Nun is very often dropped at the be- 
 ginning and in the middle of words ; also 
 Gometimes at the end. On theother hand, 
 in Chaidee, Arabic, and Ethiopic, in- 
 stead of doubling a letter. Nun is fre- 
 quently inserted before the letter which 
 would otherwise be doubled, e. g. Wa3X 
 for insx , see 3X ; ynsB for r -jt? ; also 
 
 rVa^r , Arab. kLjudm , ear of grain ; 
 na'j;}. Eth. llllll", etc. see Thesaur. 
 
 I. i*5 a particle of incitement and also 
 of request, entreaty, Engl, now, often 
 rendered / pray thee, Lat. quceso, Gr. 
 drj^ Germ, dock. Syr. p, ^^, id. al- 
 though rarely used and sometimes mis- 
 understood by the Syrians themselves ; 
 Sam. ^J; rnX I" Ethiopic the cor- 
 responding word is iO go to, come, 
 
 usually declined like nn imperative, f 
 ^^ plur. lU-, J^ ; comp. fU-, iT, 
 iP , lo ! Amhar, 5*A . The whole verb 
 is prob. preserved in the Egyptian Jl^ 
 to come. See Thesaur. p. 833. The 
 particle X3 i.s joined 
 
 1. With the Imperative, both simple, 
 as X;"nj? Gen. 22. 2 ; and paragogic or 
 intensive, as xpnsb Judg. 19, 11. Num. 
 22. 6. It thus expresses : a) Incite- 
 ment, as rp"' X3"nb'j put forth now thy 
 hand Job 1, 11. 2, 5. b) Command, but 
 gently and mildly, as we say : ' do now,' 
 ' do now this or that.' Gen. 24, 2 put now 
 (xS'Cia) thy hand render my thigh. 13, 
 14. Num. 22, 6. Job 4, 7 X3 i3T remem- 
 ber now. 12. 7 x:-5X"a ask now. 33, 1. 
 So ill the language of God ; Gen. 22, 2 
 r^rsTX Nj'nj? take now thy son. Is. 7, 3. 
 Ex. 11, 2. c) Admonition, and even 
 rebuke and threat ; Num. 16. 26 depart 
 now (x:"i!Id) from the tents of these 
 wicked men. 20, 10 hear now (x:"asTac), 
 ije rebels. Ps. 50, 22. d) Entreaty, very 
 often; Gen. 27, 19 naq xrcip arise 
 now, sit and eat. 24, 45 let me drink, I 
 pray th^e. 12, 13. 13, 9. 32, 30. 37, 16. 
 50, 17. Judg. 19, 9. al. seep. With a 
 certain degree of asperity, Is. 47, 12 
 Tjinnns S3"'iss persist now in thine en- 
 chantments. 
 
 2. With the Future, a) In the frst 
 person often together with n paragog. 
 which has a like power ; here it serves 
 chiefly for incitement. Jer. 5, 24 X3 s'n"'3 
 "''^"rx let us now fear Jehovah. So sing, 
 also of oneself Gen. 18. 21 S3-nn"js / 
 wilt go down now, i. q. come, I will go 
 down. Ex. 3. 3. 2 Sam. 14, 15. Cant. 3, 
 2. 1 Chr. 22, 5. The same form is used 
 by those who speak with others and ask 
 their leave ; 1 Sam. 20, 29 X3 nabax let 
 me hasten away, I pray thee. Num. 20, 
 17. 1 K. 1, 12. Ex. 4, 18. Is. 5, 1. 5. 
 Ruth 2, 2. Once X3 is found separated 
 from its verb, or rather the verb is to be 
 repeated before it, X3....Dbrx Ps. 116, 
 14. b) In the third person, and here 
 
:5 
 
 63S 
 
 i: 
 
 it expresses : ) Incitement, provoca- 
 tion ; Jer. 17, 15 where is the word of 
 the Lord ? nd 6ti3^ let it come now, at 
 last ; comp. Is. 5, 19. /S) Wish and en- 
 treaty ; Gen. 47, 4 let thy servants dwell 
 71010 (x:~!l-t'"'), i. e. suffer us to dwell. 
 Ps. 124. 1. i'29, 1. Cam. 7, 9. 2 K. 2, 9. 
 y) Asking leave ; Gen. 18. 4 xj-n;?^ Jet 
 there be brought now, permit me to bring. 
 44, 18. 
 
 3. Once with the Pra?ter ; Gen. 40, 14 
 ^cn '''It::? NS-n-"i"yT and show kindness, 
 I pray thee, xinto me, deal now kindly 
 with me, where X3 gives to the Prteter 
 the force oi'the Optative ; comp. in =x ""S 
 B. 3. p. 462. 
 
 4. With Interjections: a) NS'nin 
 behold now! lo vow! Gen. 12, 11. 16, 
 2. Job 40, 15. 1 6. al. b) w^cj-^ix wo now ! 
 Jer. 4, 31. 45, 3. Lam. 5, 16. c) From 
 Np-Pix comes contr. KSX and nss ah 
 noiv ! see p. 70. 
 
 5. With an interrog. Adverb, X3-n*i< 
 where noxc 7 Ps. 115, 2. 
 
 6. With Conjunctions: a) X3~^5< nay 
 now ; not, I pray thee; with fut. and 
 implying a wish or asking leave that 
 something may not take place. So with 
 the frst pers.Job 32, 21 \:3 N';ax. wS:-?5< 
 0''i< let me not. I pray, accept any man's 
 person, i. e. let me now remain impar- 
 tial. With the second pers. Gen. 18, 3 
 nbsn n;"5J< pass not away, I pray thee. 
 19, 7. Num. 10, 31. Also with the third 
 pers. Gen. 18, 32 "j'l.'^b -in": NJ-bs . Ab- 
 eol. NS-bs not so now, Oh not so ! Gen. 
 19, 18. 
 
 b) N;"3!!t if note, if indeed, Gr. d'nozs, 
 idv noiE, used by those who modestly 
 and timidly presuppose any thing. So 
 in the phrase Ji-'rsa -n ^r^a^-o s:-cs 
 if now I ha Ke found favour in thine eyes, 
 which I hope rather than venture to 
 assume. Gen. 18. 3 (Sept. d utJt*). 33, 
 10. 47. 29. 50. 4. Ex. 33, 13. 34, 9. In 
 Gen. 30. 27 the apodosis is wanting after 
 this phrase, q. d. ' tarry, I will do all that 
 thou requirest.' Once K3 is separated 
 from the conjunct. Gen. 24, 42 r,ttJ;|-cs< 
 'Si'n rr^^xo 3 if now thou do prosper 
 my way. 
 
 Note. In the language of courteRy 
 and submission this particle is often used 
 repeatedly ; e. g. Gen. 18, 3. 19, 7. 8. IS. 
 19. 50, 17. 2 K. 20, 3. Is. 38, 3. 
 
 II. i55 m. adj. (r. X"'3) raw, half- 
 cooked, rare, as flesh, Ex. 12, 9. Arab. 
 
 !!2 Ez. 30. 14. 15. 16. Jer. 46, 25, fully 
 'ji'aS'SD Nah. 3, 8, No, No-Ammon, pr. 
 n. for the Egyptian Thebes or Dlospo- 
 lis. the ancient and splendid metropolis 
 of Upper Egypt, called by Homer ex- 
 Tv[niv).oi II. 9. 383, one hundred and 
 forty stadia in circuit, situated on both 
 sides of the Nile, and celebrated for the 
 multitude and splendour of its temples, 
 obelisks, statues, etc. see Diod. Sic. 1. 
 45-50. Strabo 17. 1. 45. p. 816 Casaub. 
 In the time of the prophet Nahum (1. c.) 
 it was already destroyed, before Nine- 
 veh, probably by the Assyrians, Is. 20, 
 4 ; it was afterwards in part restored by 
 the Ptolemies and the Romans. Its 
 splendid ruins, which are named after 
 the modern villages Medinet Abu. Luk- 
 sor. Karnak, are depicted in the great 
 work: Descr. de I'Egypte T. II. III. 
 Wilkinson's Topography of Thebes, etc. 
 Lond. 1843. Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 I. p. 28 sq. Sept. in Ez. 1. c. Jioanohg, 
 m Nahum 1. c. fi((jlg \in^m; which last 
 is a literal interpretation of the suppos- 
 ed Egyptian form 2Vb-^wmon, viz. K3, 
 Egypt. JIOC or JIOTC, i. e. a/mvoq, a 
 measuring line, then part, portion mea- 
 *sured, and ,i5:s ^JULOTXl (Jupiter) 
 Ammon, see 'p'^S III ; whence ",i^i< N3 
 th^ portion of Ammon, i. e. the possession 
 of the god Ammon, as the chief seat of 
 his worship ; see Jablonski Opuscula 
 ed. te Water, T. I. p. 163-168. But 
 the ancient Egyptian form was more 
 probably Jl^-^JULOYJl qiiod Ammonia 
 est. or better JUL^-^-llOTJl the place 
 of Ammon, since m and n were often 
 interchanged, as in Moph and Noph. 
 
 * "i<2 obsol. root ; either i. q. Arab. 
 
 5b to give forth water, i. e. the earth, 
 
 whence t>U a land yielding water ; or 
 better i. q. 113, to be shaken, agitated. 
 Hence 
 
 n3 m. also Tl3 for Tixs Judg. 4. 19; 
 plur. n"il3 , o bottle, i. e. a skin or lea- 
 thern sack, for milk Judg. 4, 19 ; for wine 
 
n3 
 
 637 
 
 ti3 
 
 1 Sum. 16, 20. Josh. 9, 4. 13. The skins 
 for preserving wine were suspended in 
 the smoke, I*s. 119, 83. So called either 
 as being used for liquids ; or better, from 
 being shaken in order to make butter 
 from milk ; see Bibi. Res. in Palest. II. 
 p. ISO, 440. 
 
 *nS3 in Kal not used, i. q. OJS, to 
 sit, to dwell, comp. Gr. vnia, vaoi;. The 
 primary notion seems to be that of rest, 
 quiet, see Hab. 2. 5, comp. Eth. lUP 
 respiravit, requievit ; and it therefore 
 has affinity with ni3 .Hence nxj , plur. 
 constr. nixs . 
 
 PiL. mxa Ps, 93. 5 (comp. nnrd Hith- 
 pal. n"innt"n). plur. contr. ^1X3 for iiX3. 
 
 1. With h, to be proper, suitable, be- 
 coming to any one ; pr. ' to sit well' on 
 any one, comp. Plin. Panegyr. 10 quam 
 bene humeris tuts sederet imperium, the 
 metaphor being drawn from a garment. 
 So in Engl, and also Germ, jemandem 
 gut sitzen, formerly taken in the widest 
 sense, whence the word Sitte. (Others 
 take n;x3 as Niph. of the verb nix , pr. 
 to be desired, and hence to be agreeable, 
 decorous, etc.) Ps. 93, 5 niS3 ^^n-'ab 
 onp holiness becometh thine house. Comp. 
 adj. rilX3. 
 
 2. Absol. to be decorous, becoming, i. e. 
 to be comely, beauiiful, Cant. 1, 10. Is. 
 52, 7. Hence ril8<3 . 
 
 nS3 f (r. nx3) i. q. ni3, nj3, only in 
 plur. constr. mx3 , a poetic word, seats, 
 dwellings, habitations, viz. a) Of men 
 or of God, as aps;; nix3 Lam. 2, 2 ; rix3 
 Gorj Vulg. domus iniquitatis Ps. 74, 20. 
 C-inlJX mx3 83, 13. b) Of flocks and 
 herds, pastures, in which they remain, 
 lie down, rest ; see the root nx3 . Jer. 
 25, 37. Am. 1, 2. "lan^a nixs pastures 
 of the desert Ps. 65, 'i3. Jer. 9, 9. al. 
 KttJ^I m'N3 green pastures Ps. 23, 2. 
 
 nnX3 adj. (for niX3 , r. nx3) fem. njxa . 
 
 1. becoming, suitable, proper, c. b Ps. 
 33, 1 n^nn nnxs D'^nd'^b praise becometh 
 the upright, i. e. praise to God. 147, 1. 
 Prov. 17, 7. 19, 10. 26. 1. 
 
 2. comely, beautiful, Cant. 1, 5. 2, 14. 
 4, 3. 6, 4. 
 
 *^^? i. q. ens, r^-cr], Gr. [iva, to 
 murmur, to mutter, to whisper, to speak 
 
 54 
 
 in a low voice ; Arab. *u id. Spec, of 
 the supernatural voice which was rop- 
 {wsed to whisper onicles in the ear of a 
 prophet ; see 0X3 . and comp. "(TX nbi p. 
 192. Once of false prophets, Jer. 23, 31 
 DX3 i^X3i they mutter (false) oracles. 
 Hence 
 
 DSJ3 m. (r. 0X3, after the form b) 
 effatum, a declaration, revelation, oracle. 
 a) Of God ; once in st. absol. Jer. 23, 31. 
 Very freq. in the phrases: ni~i^ CX3, 
 niX3S '^ 0X3, (so is) the oracle of Jeho- 
 vah, so is it revealed from Jehovah ; 
 usually inserted in the words of the 
 prophets themselves, as in Engl, saith 
 Jehovah, saith the Lord, Am. 6, 8. 14. 9, 
 12. 13. h1. or else added at the end of a 
 sentence Am. 2, 11. 4, 3. 5. 8-11. Is. 3, 
 
 15. 14, 23. So very often in Ezekiel, 
 e. g. 5, 11. 12, 25. 13, 16. 14, 11. 14. 16. 
 18. 20. 15, 8. 16, 8 ; constantly in Jere- 
 miah, e. g. 2, 9. 12. 22. 29. al. in Isaiah 
 less frequently, e. g. 3, 15. 14, 22. 23. 
 More rarely found at the beginning of a 
 sentence, 1 Sam. 2, 30 bis. Is. 1, 24. Ps. 
 110. 1. On this and similar phrases see 
 Kleinert iih. die Echtheit der Jes. Weia~ 
 sagungen T. I. p. 246. b) Rarely spok- 
 en of men, e. g. Num. 24. 3 D~ba cst3: 
 t/ie saying (oracle) of Balaam, v. 4. 15.. 
 
 16. So of poets, a saying, song, poem,. 
 2 Sam. 23, 1. Prov. 30, 1. Ps. 36, 2 CXI- 
 JJiSQ a song of wickedness, i. e. concern- 
 ing the wicked. Or perh. in such in- 
 stances this genit. may be taken pas- 
 sively, e. g. a revelation to Balaam, 
 which he received by inspiration. 
 
 *H^5 fut. !:iX3'^,and Piel C|X3,part. 
 CiXJia , to commit adultery, spoken both 
 of man and woman, absol. Ex. 20, 14. 
 Deut. 5. 17. Hos. 4, 2. 13. 14. Part. qX3 
 Job 24, 15 and C|X3^ an adulterer Is. 57, 
 3. Ps. 50, 18 ; fem. rsxb Ez. 16, 38 and 
 P?X3^ an adidteress Prov. 30. 20. With 
 ace. to commit adultery with a woman, 
 Prov. 6, 32. Lev. 20, 10. Jer. 29, 23. 
 Contra, with accus. of the adulterer, trop. 
 Jer. 3, 9 see below. Like n:T it is often 
 transferred to the apostasy of Israel 
 from the true God to idolatry ; Jer. 3, 8 
 bxnir^ naria nrx? "iirx because rebel- 
 lious kvael commits adultery. 5, 7. 9, 
 11. 23j 14. With ace. Jer. 3, 9 5lX3Pt 
 
3 
 
 638 
 
 Jr5 
 
 y^'7'~'?: *^!!?'^"^^. and cnmnnts aduUery 
 with stone and vrood. Ez. 23, 37. 
 Deriv. tlie two following. 
 
 D'^SNS m. plur. adidteries Jer. 13, 27. 
 Ez. 23. 43. R. ?!<:. 
 
 D"'S'iSX3 m. plur. (r. ^iXi) adulteries ; 
 
 Hos. 2, 4 ni-id 73^ f7"'S">?? "'?P! ^e^ 
 
 her put away her adulteries from be- 
 iweenjier breasts. Here the open bosom 
 of an immodest woman stands for the 
 seat of lust and unchaste solicitation ; 
 as elsewhere the collum resupinibin is 
 the seat of pride Ps. 73. 6, and the neck 
 the seat of strength Job 41, 14. 
 
 \ *5f fut. yx:';', to deride^ to despise. 
 to reject with derision and contempt, as 
 instruction, admonition, c. ace. Jer. 33, 
 24. Prov. 1, 30. 5. 12. 15. 5 ; the divine 
 counsel Ps. 107, 11. Often of God as 
 rejecting men Dent. 32, 19. Lam. 2, 6 ; 
 absol. Jer. 14, 21 reject not. for thy name^s 
 sake ! Comp. 'f^h and DX^. 
 
 PiEL 7x3, fut. yxj'J 1. i. q. Kal to 
 despise^ to contemn^ Is. 60, 14 ; chiefly 
 God Ps. 10, 3. 13. 74, 18. Is. 1, 4. 5, 24. 
 Num. 14, 23. 16, 30. al. 
 
 2. Causat. to cause contempt, to give 
 occasion for calumny or blasphemy, 2 
 Sam. 12, 14. 
 
 HiPH. fut. yxs'; (by Syriasm for Y^i) 
 in trans, to excite disgust, to be spurnetl ; 
 Ecc. 12, 5 ihl'i'n fxa"; the almond is 
 spurned, rejected, by an old and toothless 
 man ; comp. *7|3'J no. 2. Sept. Vulg. 
 Syr. tofoirrish, as iffrom y'i , but against 
 the context. 
 
 HiTHPo. part, yxia for y3na Is. 52, 
 5, despised, contemned, pr. exposed to 
 contempt, one who must put up with 
 contempt. 
 
 Deriv. the two following : 
 
 f^^SCp f. reproach, reviling, Is. 37, 3. 
 2K. 19, 3. R. fN3. 
 
 nSSi f, (verbal of Pi. r. 7x3) plur. 
 Tiixxs , reproach, reviling, Neh. 9, 18. 
 26 ; c. suir. ^^ni:i5<3 Ez. 35, 12. 
 
 H^J^ onomatopoet. i. q. kindr. p3X 
 q. V. to groan, to cry out from pain and 
 unguish, Ez. 30, 24. Job 24. 12. Hence 
 ^I?'?? ^- constr. r;5et3 , a groaning, out- 
 cry of the oppressed, Ex. 2, 24. 6, 5. 
 Judg. 2, 18. Plur. constr. ripsa Ez. 30, 
 24. 
 
 ^^P in Kal not u.?ed ; kindr. with 
 
 "i';;,i< to curse. Arab. jLj mid. Waw 
 abhorruit ab aliqua re, refugit. jtj ad- 
 versatus est. restitit. noluit. 
 
 PiEL "IN3, to abhor, to reject, Lam. 2, 
 7. Ps. 89, 40. 
 
 ^- (perh. for ns3 a height, hill, r. n23) 
 Nob, pr. n. of a city belonging to the 
 priests in the vicinity of Jerusalem, 1 
 Sam. 22, 11. 19. Neh. 11, 32. la. 10, 32. 
 With He parag. tiinb (for nrij) towards 
 Nob, 1 Sum. 21. 2. 22, 9. See Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. IL p. 149, 150. 
 
 ^ y in Kal not used, pr. i. q. "33, 
 the " being softened into N. to boil up, 
 to boil forth, as a fountain ; hence to pour 
 forth words, like those who speak with 
 lervour of mind or under divine inspira- 
 
 tion, as prophets and poets. Arab. Laj 
 I, II, indicavit, nuncravit, i. q. -x^f 
 Conj. II, spec, of a prophet who an- 
 nounces, reveals, to men the words of 
 God. It is a wrong etymology to make 
 the primary notion that of extolling, ce- 
 lebrating. 
 
 NiPH. X33 , 2 pers. ns23 and once sn-^a? 
 (like verbs nb) Jer. 26, 9; part. KSS, 
 plur. a-'ttas. also n-'it33 Jer. 14, 14.16, 
 as iffrom sing. N33 after the analogy of 
 verbs tib ; which is also followed by the 
 infin. c. sutf. irs<3|r} Zech. 13, 4. 
 
 1 . to speak under a divine influence, 
 as a prophet, to prophesy, Gr. npoqpjj- 
 Tti'w. The Hebrews used the passive 
 forms Niph. and Hithp. in this verb, be- 
 cause they regarded the prophets as 
 moved and affected by a higher influ- 
 ence, rather than by their own powers. 
 The same class of notions the Romans 
 also expressed by deponent verbs ; see 
 Ramshorn De verbis deponentibua La- 
 tinor. p. 24 ; comp. also the Lat. verbs 
 of speaking passively expressed, as lo- 
 qui, tari, vociferari, concionari. vatichiari, 
 etc. Ramshorn 1. c. p. 26. This is th 
 usual word for the utterance of the prtv 
 phets, whether as reproving the wicked, 
 or as predicting future events, or as an- 
 nouncing the commands of fod. Con- 
 strued : n) Absol. Jer. 23, 21 "'Fi'J3'7 8<"V 
 sixas cni cn-ibx / have not sjwken to 
 (commanded) them, yet do they prophesy. 
 
t(n3 
 
 639 
 
 m 
 
 Am. 3, 8 if the linn roar.i, who doth not 
 fear 7 ifJchovaJi speaks, i<2j7 xb '^a who 
 shall not prophesy 7 Joel 3.1. Ez. 1 1. 13. 
 37, 7. 1 K. 22, 12. Jer. 19, U. b) With 
 the name of the people or country to 
 which the prophecy refers, c. b Jer. 14, 
 
 16. 20, 6. 23, 16. 27, 16. 37, 19.' With 
 b? oHen in a hostile sense, of tlireats, 
 Jer. 25, 13. 26,20. Ez. 4. 7. 11,4. 13, 
 
 17. 25, 2. 29, 2. 34, 2. 35, 2. 39, 1 ; also 
 in a good sense where the prophecy 
 holds out consolation and hope of future 
 good, Ez. 37, 4. With bx in a bad 
 sense Jer. 26, 11. 12. 28, 8. Ez. 6, 2. 13, 
 
 2. 16. 21, 2 ; in a good sense Ez. 36, 1. 
 37, 9. c) With ac.c. of that which the 
 prophet utlers, Jer. 20, 1. 25, 13. 28, 6 ; 
 ^' S- "^Tu^ ^23 to prophesy lies Jer. 14, 
 
 14. 23, 25. 26. 27, 10. 14 ; -ip.ij nitfbn 'a 
 Jer. 23, 32 ; and with 3 , as -i;r;Tr2 pr. to 
 prophesy with a lie, as a false prophet, 
 Jer. 5. 31. 29. 9. The words of the pro- 
 phet are often given after ifcsb Jer. 32, 
 
 3, or -irxn Ez. 21, 33. 30, 2. d) With 
 3 of the source whence the prophet is 
 inspired ; hence the prophets of God are 
 said to prophesy ^^ Cds Jer. 11, 21. 14, 
 
 15. 23, 25. 26. 9. 27, 15.' 29, 21 ; and the 
 prophets of Baal, b523 Jer. 2, 8. e) 
 With b referring to the object of the 
 prophecy (as in lett. c) Jer. 28, 9 ; also 
 to the time to which the prophecy re- 
 lates Ez. 12, 27. 
 
 2. to chant, to sing sacred songs, to 
 praise God. sc. while under a divine 
 influence, 1 Sam. 10. 11. 19. 20. 1 Chr. 
 25, 2. 3 ; comp. Luke 1, 67. 
 
 HiTHPA. X33nri,also N3sn Jer. 23, 
 13. Ez. 27, 10 ; 2 pers. once r^"'33rn 1 
 Sam. 10, 6, also infin. riairn 1 Sam. 
 10, 13. both imitating verbs rib. Syr. 
 Jlji|,Eth. TinP. 
 
 1. i. q. Niph. no. 1, to prophesy, absol. 
 Num. 11, 25-27. 1 K. 22, 10. Ez. 37. 10 ; 
 with ace. of thing and br of pers. 1 K. 
 22, 8. 18 ; h'J of pers. Jer. 14. 14. 2 Chr. 
 20, 37 bra: SS2rr; to prophesy by au- 
 thority of Baal Jer. 23, 13 ; "iabi: 'n to 
 prophesy out ofone^s own heart, without 
 inspiration, Ez. 13, 17. 
 
 2. to chant, to sing, to praise God, 
 while under a divine influence ; spoken 
 of the sons of tlie propliets and of Saul 
 1 Sam. 10, 6. 10. 13, comp. 1 Sum. 19, 
 
 20-24. Of the frantic ravings of the 
 prophets of Baal, 1 K. 18, 29 ; comp. v, 
 28. Hence 
 
 3. to rave, Gr. puU'KT&ai, to he or be- 
 come mad, 1 San>. 18, 10. The pro- 
 phets, when under the power of inspira- 
 tion, appear to have been greatly agi- 
 tated and to have exhibited writhings 
 and spasmodic affections of the body 
 like delirious persons ; hence the true 
 prophet in 2 K. 9, 11 is called in scorn 
 insane, a madman ; and in Jer. 29, 26 
 the two ideas are conjoined, stasnri sauJa 
 raving and prophesying, spoken of a 
 pretended prophet. For a like reason 
 the Greeks and Latins apply words con- 
 nected with raving, as fiuvjig from pui- 
 voput, furor. furere, to the frenzied man- 
 ner of soothsayers, poetic oracles, etc. 
 
 Deriv. x-^aa, ns<-'33, nxsias, also 133 
 no. 1, and its compounds. 
 
 S532 Chald. Ithpa. ''Sir.H to prophesy 
 Ezra 5, 1. 
 
 ^? to bore through, to make hollow, 
 i. q. bbn. Only Part. pass. 3133 hollow 
 Ex. 27, 8. 38, 7. Jer. 52, 21. Metaph. 
 hollow, empty, fonli.th, Job 11, 12 where 
 see under 33b Niph. 
 
 Deriv. n33 for ."1333 gate, pupil of the 
 eye. Others refer both forms to r. 3^3 . 
 
 ' 5 obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 
 Lo to be prominent, high. Hence pr. 
 
 n. 33 for 1133, rii-133, perb. 133 no. 2. 
 
 "'r'^rl? ^- see in r. bns Niph. no. 4. 
 
 132 Nebo, pr. n. 1. The planet Mer- 
 cury. (Syr. and Zab. a_aJ,) which the 
 Chaldeans (Is. 46, 1) and ancient Arabs 
 worshipped as the celestial scribe or 
 writer ; see Comm. on Isa. II. p. 344, 
 366. The etymology of the name ac- 
 cords well with the office of Mercury, 
 viz. i33 for Nia? i. q. X"33 interpreter of 
 the gods, from the root N33 . The divine 
 worship paid to Mercury by the Chal- 
 deans and Assyrians is attested by the 
 many compound proper names of which 
 this name forms part, as Nebuchadnez- 
 zar, Nehuzaradan. Ncbushazban. see 
 below ; and others mentioned in cla.ssic 
 writers, Nabonedus. Nahnnassar, Nabu- 
 rianus. Nabonnbus, Nabopolassar, etc. 
 
 2. Of places, e. g. a ) A. mou ntain 
 ^^^ ft A H y 
 
 ?^ 
 
ins 
 
 640 
 
 ns3 
 
 in the confines of Moab, Dent. 32, 49. 
 34, 1 ; and of a town near it. Num. 32, 
 3. 38. Is. 15, 2. al. Prob. not the Jebel 
 ^Atldrfcs of Burckhardt and others ; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 306. b) A 
 town in the tribe of Judah, Ezra 2, 29. 
 'lO, 43; more fully, in order to distin- 
 guish it from the preceding, "tnx 123 
 Neh. 7, 33. Both this and the preced- 
 ing place may have been so called from 
 the worship of Mercury ; or better, the 
 name may here come from r. 033 to be 
 ;high. 
 
 njJ^SS f. (r. X33) a prophecy Neh. 6, 
 12. 2 Chr. 15, 8. Also of a prophetic 
 writing or book, 2 Chr. 9, 29. 
 
 nij^25 Chald. id. Ezra 6, 14. 
 
 n^!!'!'!'^-? Chald. pr. n. Nehuzaradan, 
 (Mercurii dux dominus, i. e. chief whom 
 Mercury favours ; irom 133 , it i. q. liy 
 prince, and (Ji* i. q. TilSJ lord ; comp. 
 Sardaiiapaliis, i. e. princeps dominus 
 magnus), a general of Nebuchadnez- 
 zar's army 2 K. 25, 8. Jer. 39, 9 sq. 40, 
 
 I. 41, 10. al. 
 
 n^NDlsnn? Nebuchadnezzar 2 K. 25, 
 22. 2 Chr. 36, 6. 7. 10. Ezra 2, 1 ; rarely 
 nSSn'IS^nS Nebuchadrezzar Jer. 39, 1. 
 
 II. 43, 10. Ez. 29, 18, pr. n. of the king 
 -of Babylon who destroyed Jerusalem 
 
 and carried the Jews into exile. Other 
 less usual forms are: defect. I2x:*]3 =3 
 2 K. 24, 1. 10; with X dropped ^S3n=l33 
 Esth. 2, 6. Dan. 1, 18 ; also twice 
 -i'is5ti*i=l33 Cheth. Jer. 49, 28. Ezra 
 :2, 1. Sept. Nn^oi'XoSovoaoQ, but Na- 
 ^^ov/oSovotjooog in Beros. ap. Jos. c. 
 Ap. 1. 20, 21. iV/3oxo(?^d<ro(/o? Strabo 
 XV. 1. 6 ; Vulgate Nabuchodonosor ; 
 
 -Arab, contr. -j>aJJisi- The significa- 
 tion of the name seems to be : Mercurii 
 rex privceps. compounded of 133; khod- 
 na or khodAn gods, in plur. majest. like 
 Pers. J6*!cX^ ; and zar prince ; comp. 
 the other names beginning with Nebu. 
 Lorsbach explains it: _jww ^jltXi*- yJ^ 
 Nebo deorum princeps, Archiv. fiir nior- 
 genlftnd. Litteratur II. p. 247 ; Bohlen 
 6I \t}J>' yjo Nebo dens ignis. See 
 Tiicsaur. p. 840. [In the cuneiform in- 
 Bcription at Behistun this name is writ- 
 
 ten Nabiikhadrachara ; Rawlinson in 
 Journ. of Asiat. Soc. Vol. X. P. I. pp, 
 V. xxxix. R. 
 
 ^f tDl33 Nebushazban (comp. of 13> 
 and Pers. ^jLu*j> cAes/j^???,, adherent of 
 Mercury,) pr. n. of a chief of Nebuchad- 
 nezzar's eunuchs, Jer. 39, 13. 
 
 rl23 (fruit, produce, r. 3^a) Naboth, 
 pr. n. of a Jezreelite put to death by 
 the arts of Ahab, 1 K. 21, 1 sq. 2 K. 9, 
 21. 25. 26. 
 
 nST!!? Chald. f. a gift, present, lar- 
 gess) Dan. 2, 6 nat3 '^W gifts and 
 largess, Theod. Sofiaia xul drnQtav, 
 Vulg. prcemia et dona, Syr. and Heb. 
 intpp. 'gifts and riches.' Plur. c. suff". 
 Dan. 5, 17 TiH^ap?'' - T,::? thy gifts 
 .... and, thy largesses. There can be 
 little doubt, but that the ancient intpp. 
 have rightly referred this word to the 
 root ns , Chald. Pilp. fata to make great 
 expense, to squander, see in 713 p. 121 ; 
 hence pr. expense, largess, in honour of 
 any one. For the Nun formative, comp. 
 r(3"i3 i. q. ']3nB; btrns and ji n 4.. V> ; 
 and for the omission of the second T in 
 the last syllable, comp. 'r^t'TQ chain for 
 nio-io ; rh\>ht>.,roh/o&!'i, Arab, x.^.^^, 
 Syr. li^o^; D^jriS for D^is)5, etc. 
 There is then no need of appealing to 
 the Persian; much less to the Greek 
 
 *mj!I to bark, as a dog, onomato- 
 poetic, once Is. 56, 10. Arab, ^j, 
 
 Syr. wLj, id. The primary syllable is 
 rs, which (like 13, p3) expresses the 
 idea of striJcitig, pulsation ; comp. 353 , 
 3^3 . So Sanscr. bukh, Engl, to bark. 
 Hence 
 
 nnb (a barking, r. n35) Nobah, pr. n. 
 of a man Num. 32, 42; from whom the 
 city Kenath (S-?,) also received tlie 
 same name, Judg. 8, 11- See ncb. 
 
 THIS Nibhaz. pr. n. of an idol of the 
 Avites 2 K. 17, 31, to which the Hebrew 
 interpreters have chosen to assign the 
 figure of a dog. prob. deriving it by 
 conjecture from r. n33 to bark, although 
 there are no traces of any idol with this 
 figure anciently wors^hippcd in Syria; 
 see Ikcn Dissert, de idolo Nibchas, in 
 
tins 
 
 641 
 
 *33 
 
 his Dissertations, Bremen 1743, p. 143 
 sq. Ill the Ziibinn books yjaJ (i. e. TX35) 
 is the name of an evil demon, who sits 
 on a throne upon the earth, while his 
 feet rest on the bottom of Tartarus; 
 but it is doubtful whether this is the 
 same name with tn23 ; see Norberg 
 Onomast. Cod. N.isar. p. 100. 
 
 ^355 in Kal not used, and not 
 known in its Heb. signif in the kin- 
 dred dialects. 
 
 PiEL aas to look, once c. b to look 
 upon, Is. 5. 30. 
 
 HiPH. a^an to look, to behold, to look 
 at. It dilfors from nx'^ to see, as ^ST to 
 ppeak from i^X to say. I Sam. 17, 42 
 and the Philistine looked (aa^]), and 
 saxD (nx-i'^) Darid. Lam. 5, 1 n-j-^an 
 isnairiTX nxni look no\c, and see our 
 reproach. 1, 12'., Ps. 22, 18. Is. 42, 18; 
 contra, Lam. 1, 11 na-'am '^ nxn. 
 Rarely it is so used as not to differ 
 from nxn; as Num. 23. 21 I'lS a-^an J<b, 
 ap5^a,'parall. nxn s<b. 1 Sam. 2, 32. 
 Construed : ) Absol. Is. 42, 18 iia-^an 
 nixnb look, that ye may see. 63, 5 a"^ax 
 "ITS "px") I looked (about), hid there was 
 no helper. Is. 18, 4. /5) With ace. some- 
 times with n local appended, to look at, 
 to look towards ; Job 35, 5 07550 aan 
 nx*i!i look unto the heavens and see ! Ps. 
 142J 5. Gen. 15, 5 nia^Brn xj-aati look 
 now towards the heavens, y) With 3, 
 to look upon with pleasure Ps. 92, 12, 
 comp. a B. 4. a. 8) With bx Ex. 3, 
 6. Nura'. 21, 9; b Ps. 104, 32; bs of the 
 place towards or on which one looks 
 Hab. 2, 15. ) With 1^ of the place 
 whence one looks Ps. 33, 13. 80, 15. Is. 
 63, 15. t) With ^inx to look after 
 any one departing, to follow with the 
 eyes, Ex. 33. 8 ; but T'^nx to look be- 
 hind oneself, i. e. to look back, 1 Sam. 
 24, 9. Gen. 19, 17. With ^nnx'? . Gen. 
 19, 26 I'^'^nit? I'ri-^x aani and his 
 (Lot's) wife looked from behind him ; 
 Vulg. well, post se. She was directed 
 to follow her husband and not to look 
 back, and ought therefore to have look- 
 ed ever forwards and kept her eyes 
 upon her husband ; so that T^nnxia is 
 here equivalent to I'^inx. 
 
 Trop. a) to look upon, i. e. to re- 
 gard, to have respect to, to care for a 
 
 54* 
 
 person or tiling, c. ace. e. g. God for 
 men Ps, 84, 10. Lam. 4, 16; for a peo- 
 ple Is. 64, 8 ; sacrifices Am. 5, 22 ; a 
 man for laws Ps. 119, 15. With bx id. 
 1 Sam. 16, 7, 2 K. 3, 14. Is. 66. 2. ' Ps. 
 119, 6; b Ps. 74, 20; absol. Ps. 13, 4. 
 b) to look to any one sc. with hope, to 
 hope in, c. bx Ps. 34, 6. Is. 22, 11. 51, 
 1. 2 ; absol. Job 6, 19. c) to look upon 
 with indifference, q. d. to suffer patient- 
 ly, e. g. wickedness, c. ace. Hab. 1, 3. 13 
 bis. Absol. Is. 18, 4. But, contra, in 
 Ps. 10, 14 to look upon iniquity is to not 
 overlook it, i. e. to punish it. 
 
 Deriv. aa^ , also 
 
 1323 Nebat, pr. n. of the father of 
 Jeroboam, 1 K. 11, 26. 12, 2. 15. al. 
 
 S'lns m. (r. xaj) c. suff. ^x^a^ ; p'ur. 
 D"'X"'33 . conetr. "'X'^a? ; a prophet, rates, 
 one who impelled by a divine influence 
 or by the divine Spirit rebukes kings 
 and nations, and predicts future events. 
 
 Arab, ^aj for ^A-*jj Syr, in1, Eth. 
 
 i[l'h, id. Deut. 13, 2. Judg. 6, 8. 1 
 Sam. 9, 9. 1 K. 22, 7. 2 K. 3, 11. 2 Chr, 
 28, 9. al. saep. Found often with a ge- 
 nitive : a) Of the divinity in whose 
 name the prophet speaks, as "'^ '^<"'a^ 
 1 K. 18, 4. 13. al. saep. bran '3 1 K. 
 18, 19. 40. 2 K. 10, 19; T^'^^.i<r\ 3 1 K. 
 18, 19. In Sing, often c. dat. as njn^b '3 
 1 K. 18, 22. 22. 7. 2 K. 3, 11. al. sa;p. 
 /5) Of the people and country where 
 the prophet belongs, e. g. a prophet of 
 Jerusalem, of Samaria, Jer. 23, 13. 14 ; 
 of Israel Ez. 13, 2 ; your prophets Jer. 
 27, 9. 16. 29, 8. al. /) Of the king un- 
 der whom a (false) prophet lived, 2 K. 
 3, 13. Num. 12, 6 nin-i C2x-ia3 n-|n"i ex 
 if your prophet (i. e. a prophet among 
 you) be of Jehovah, spoken to Aaron 
 and Miriam ; Vulg. si quis restrumfue- 
 rit propheta Domini. Sing, as collect. 
 prophets Dan. 9, 24. So some under- 
 stand also Deut. 18, 15. 18 ; which pas- 
 sage however is referred to the Messiah 
 in Acts 3, 22. 7,37. 
 
 With the idea of _a prophet there 
 was also primarily connected the idea 
 that he spoke not his own thoughts, but 
 what he received from God. (comp. Philo 
 T. IV. p. 116 ed. Pfeiff. TTQO(fr,Ti]i yUo iSiov 
 l.iiv oi'div u7io(p&eyyiTai, ulloTtiia de nuv- 
 
^13 
 
 642 
 
 bz5 
 
 T vnrjXoi'vtog higov. 2 Pet. 1. 20. 21.) 
 and that he was the ambassador and 
 interpreter of God ; as is evident from 
 the passage, in this respect classic. Ex. 
 7, 1, where God says to Moses : T^Tir: 
 ?js"'S3 n^Ti-^ TjTis "i^nxi Hr-iEb c'rf?H 
 I make thee as God to Pharaoh, and 
 Aaron thy brother shall be thy prophet, 
 i. e. in your intercourse with Pharaoh, 
 thou, as the wiser, shall act as it were 
 the part of God. and suggest to thy bro- 
 ther what to say ; while thy brother, as 
 more fluent of speech, shall be to thee 
 as a prophet, and utter what he receives 
 from thee. In the same sense it is said 
 Ex. 4, 16 neb r^h r,'p_'; a^n he shall be to 
 thee for a mouth, comp. Jer. 15, 19. Those 
 who were educated lor the prophetic of- 
 fice were called CXi^irt "sa the sons of 
 the prophets, i. e. disciples, pupils, 1 K. 20, 
 35. 2 K. 2, 3. 5. 7. 15. 4, 1. 38. 5, 22. 6, 1. 
 9, 1. Comp. Pers. ' the sons i.e. disciples of 
 the Magi.' There were also frequently 
 among the Israelites/a/se prop/te/s, who 
 pretending to have inspiration from God 
 
 ;flattered the ears of the people with 
 bland promises, and were therefore se- 
 
 verely rebuked by the true prophets, e.g. 
 
 ns. 28, 7-13. Jer. 14, 13 sq. 27, 9 sq. 28, 10. 
 
 :Eq. For these too is often put X'^SJ sim- 
 
 jply Hos. 4, 5. 9, 7. 8. Zech. 13, 2 comp. 
 
 V. 3. 4. The idea of a prophet is also 
 
 'frequently taken in a wider sense, so as 
 to include any friend of God to whom 
 
 God makes known his will ; so of Abra- 
 
 :ham Gen. 20, 7; of the patriarchs Ps. 
 
 '105, 15. 
 
 S'^a: Chald. a prophet, Ezra 5, 1. 6, 14. 
 nS'^IlS f (r. St22) 1. a prophetess, 
 
 Judg. 4, 4. 2 K. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 34, 22. 
 
 :Neh. 6. 14. So of a poetess, female min- 
 
 .strel, e. g. Miriam Ex. 15, 20 ; who was 
 
 .not in the strict sense a prophetess, see 
 
 .Num. 12, 1-6. 
 
 2. a propheVs ufe, Is. 8, 3. So Lat. 
 
 episcopa, presbylcra, are used for the 
 
 wife of a bishop or presbyter. 
 
 fTi'^33 (heights, r. naa) Nehaioth, 
 
 pr. n. a) The eldest son of Ishmael, 
 the brother of Kednr ; Gen. 25, 13. 28, 
 
 9. 36. 3. 1 Chr. 1, 29. b) A people, 
 Nabathrei, Nabathtfans, descended from 
 Nebaioth the son of Ishmael. iniiabiting 
 
 morthern Arabia and Arabia Petreea, 
 
 abounding in flocks, Is. 60, 7 ; and living 
 otherwise by traffic and plunder, Diod. 
 Sic. 2. 48. ib. 3. 42. ib. 19. 94. Arab. 
 
 ,taAJ and JojuJ, where the is comes 
 
 from the n servile of the Hebrew. See 
 Reland Palaestina p. 90 sq. Bihl. Res. 
 in Palest. II. p. 558, 573. 
 
 ^rz^ obsol. root, i. q. S33 and ^^ 
 
 Chald. 5^D , to spiing. to gush forth, us a 
 fountain. Hence 
 
 ^?.? , once in plur. Job 38, 16 C^j-^aas 
 the springs of the sea. Sept. nr,yri &a- 
 XuaarjC. 
 
 * ''^.- Is. 40,7, fut. hz-<_ , inf. constr. bhi . 
 
 1. to wilt, to wither, to fade and 
 fall away ; kindr. with nba. bax, also 
 be: . Spoken of leaves and flowers wi- 
 thering and falling, Ps. 1, 3. 37, 2. Is. 1, 
 30. 28, 1. 40, 7. 8. Ez. 47, 12. Poet, of 
 the stars, Is. 34, 4 and all their hosts 
 shall fall, as the leaves fall from the vine. 
 
 2. Trop. of men, to wither, to faint, to 
 fall away, Ps. 37, 2. 18, 46. Ex. 18, 18. 
 Of a land Is. 24, 4 ; of a mountain Job 
 14, 18 bl37 bsiS""!?! the moxintain which 
 falleth. faileth, comes to nought, cannot 
 rise again, like one dead. Comp. the 
 deriv. nbaD corpse, carcass. 
 
 3. to be foolish, to act foolishly, wicked- 
 ly. Prov. 30, 32 ; see baj . The idea of 
 withering and decay is here transferred 
 to folly and wickedness, as elsewhere 
 that of strength and vigour to virtue 
 
 9 o r Go 
 and piety ; comp. Arab. s^jJu , ^-j-^ > 
 
 I - . . ^ . 
 
 Jes.Li, all which have the signification 
 
 of flaccidity and imbecility, transferred 
 also to dulness, stupidity. 
 
 PiEL b23 , to lightly esteem., to despise, 
 Deut. 32, 15. Mic. 7, 6. Comp. Arab. 
 fH^-->>- stultus fuit ; VII, vilis, abjectus 
 fuit. 
 
 2. to disgrace, to treat with contumely, 
 Nah. 3 ft. Jer. 14, 21 r^yz:: NS3 bsjrn-bs 
 do not dl.vgrace the throne of thy glory. 
 Comp. rsiba? . 
 
 HiPH. see in bba Hiph. p. 136. 
 
 Derive the six here following. 
 
 ba: adj. fern, nbaa . 1. stupid, foolish, 
 Prov. 17, 7. 21. Jer.' 17, 11. al. 
 
ins 
 
 643 
 
 yna 
 
 2. As among the Hebrews the idea 
 orwisdom inchulcd also virtue and piety 
 (see in crn, rrasn), so n foolish person 
 is often put to express the idea of one 
 vicked, abandoned, impiotis, (com p. 
 i-'njj,) 1 Sam. 25, 25. 2 Sam. 3, 33. 
 13, 13. Job 30, 8. Is. 32, 5. 6. a! . Spec. 
 impious, ungodly. Job 2. 10. Ps. 14, 
 
 I. 53, 2 n-Tibx px iaba bss max 
 /Ae ungodly hath said in his heart, 
 There is no God. 39, 9. 74, IS. 22. 
 
 3. Nabal, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 25, 3 sq. 
 
 bn? and ^33 m. (r. bsj) plur. n-ibsi , 
 conslr. 'I'SJ , c. suJF. cn-^ba? Jer. 48, 12. 
 
 1. a bottle, i. e. a skin, leathern sack, so 
 called perh. from its flaccidity, see the 
 root ^33 ; Sept. twice aaxoq 1 Sam. 10, 
 3. Jer. 13, 12. Used for wine 1 Sum. 
 1,24. 10, 3.25, 18. 2 Sam. 16, 1. Poet. Job 
 38, 37 the bottles of heaven, for the clouds, 
 a metaphor common among the Arabs. 
 
 2. As bottles of skin were used for 
 water, milk, wine, hence ba: is trop. put 
 for any vessel for liquids, of whatever 
 material, e. g. genr.avessd, pitcher, flask, 
 water-pot, etc. Is. 30, 14 n-^ns'i b33 a 
 patterns vessel. Lam. 4, 2 iyin ibsj 
 earthen vessels, comp. Jer. 13, 12. 48, 12. 
 More fully D'^bajn "^bs utensils of bottles 
 Is. 22, 24, opp. riiiri "^bs basins. 
 
 3. An instrument of music, Greek 
 vu^la (xbaD), vavXa, Lat. nabli^im, a 
 species of harp, or lyre ; see Strabo X. 
 p. 471 Casaub. Athen. IV. p. 175 Ca- 
 saub. Ovid. A. A. 3. 327. Often joined 
 with the -lira, Ps. 57, 9. 81,3. 92,4. 
 108, 3. Is. 5. 12. Am. 5, 23. 6, 5 ; pleon. 
 br:' ''bs Ps. 71, 22, plur. n-^brD -^bsi 
 1 Chr. 16, 5. Josephus describes this 
 instrument, Ant. 7. 12. 3, as having 
 twelve strings, and as played with the 
 fingers and not with a plectrum ; but 
 the Hebrew words "irs bsi Ps. 33, 2. 
 144, 9, would seem to indicate an instru- 
 ment with ten strings. Jerome says its 
 figure was triangular, resembling an in- 
 verted Delta, f/, which also was the form 
 of the sambuca or harp, Vitruv. 6. 1 ; and 
 harps of this form are often found upon 
 Egyptian monuments ; see Wilkinson 
 Mann, and Gust, of the anc. Egyptians 
 
 II. pp. 280, 282, 287. 
 
 nbn? f. (r. bas) 1. Adj. ^em. foolish, 
 Job 2, 10. 
 
 2. Subst,_/b%, with the notion oftm- 
 probity, wickedness, see in baa no. 2 ; 
 Is. 32, 6. 1 Sam. 25, 25. Hence a) 
 a shameful deed, crime, as rape, incest, 
 Judg. 19, 23. 24. 2 Sam. 13, 12. The 
 usual formula is b!tni373 nba: nbs Gen. 
 34, 7. Deut. 22, 2l" Judg. 2oVlO.'j'er. 29, 
 23 ; more fully bxnb'a nbajn nrT nbs, 
 Judg. 20, 6. b) Meton. punuihment of 
 folly and wickedness, comp. "p5 ; hence 
 C5 nbas nios pr. to do punishment with 
 any one, i. e. to inflict upon him the 
 punishment of his folly. Job 42, 8 ; comp. 
 DS ion nbs in art. ion. 
 
 nbns f. (r. bai) constr. nb3i, c. suff. 
 Tbaa Is. 26, 19, elsewhere TiPbas . inbaa 
 a corpse, carcass, (see r. ba: no. 2, comp 
 rbB73 from r. bcJ.) e. g. of men Deut. 21 
 23.' 1 K. 13, 24 sq. Ps. 79, 2 ; oi beasts. 
 Lev. 5, 2. 7, 24. Deut. 14, 21. al. Trop! 
 of idols as broken, Jer. 16, 18; comp 
 130 Lev. 26, 30. Collect, for carcasses, 
 corpses, Jer. 7, 23. 16, 4. 19, 7. Is. 26, 19 
 
 of beasts, Lev. 11, 11. 24. Arab. xJLuo 
 id. "" 
 
 ni51D f disgrace, sham ; hence parts 
 of shame, Hos. 2, 12 [9]. See the root 
 bas Pi. no. 2, and Chald. bias obscene- 
 ness. 
 
 t2^n5 (perh. for ab baa) Neballat, pr. 
 n. of a town in the tribe of Benjamin, 
 Neh. 11, 34. 
 
 ^?5 to boil forth, to gush out, to flow, 
 as a fountain. Part. Prov. 18, 4 saa bna 
 a gushing stream. Syr. ''^.sJ, Arab. 
 jfcO and ixj id. The primitive syllable 
 is 53 , ij , imitating like p3 the sound 
 or murmur of boiling, bubbling; comp. 
 ria. nsa. 
 
 HiPH, ?^2f7 fiit- '^.'^'^1 1- to gush oiU 
 with, to pour forth copiously, e. g. praise 
 to God Ps. 119, 171. Prov. 1, 23 nr-'ax 
 Ti^i Dab I will pour out upon you my 
 spirit. Espec. words, 15. 2. 28 ="'"tt5'J "'B 
 ri'n ?''3^ the mouth of the wicked belch- 
 eth out wickedness. Hence absol. to 
 belch out wicked words, Ps. 59, 8. 94, 4. 
 
 2. to give out, to exhale ; Ecc. 10, 1 
 dead flies S^a;^ ttJ"'*?^;; cause the ointment 
 to stink, to give out a bad smell. "^ 
 
 3. to lUter, to publish, to declare, Ps. 
 
^ni 644 
 
 19, 3. 78, 2. 145, 7. Comp. Hii which 
 has sprung from this root, " being soft- 
 ened into X ; also Ci'J: .Syr. ''^-aJ Aph. 
 vulgavit, Arab. ixJ id. 
 Deriv. 5131?. ^ 
 
 fc^nOnSS Chald. f. eniph. a candlestick, 
 candelabra, Dan. 5, 5. Arab. Q^^yju, 
 Syr. I'La.J^, Rabb. nt5-;23 , id. It is a 
 quadrilit. formed apparently from 133 
 i. q. "113 to shine, and CN fire. 
 
 '^^'i (light soil, r. X^.^) ^''ibshan, pr. 
 n. of a town in the desert of the tribe o^ 
 Judah. Josh. 15, 62. 
 
 * ^^D obsol. root. Syr. Chald. and 
 Sam. to be dry, to be dried up. Hence 
 
 3M m. in pause also 353, the south, 
 the southern quarter, so called from its 
 dryness ; Ex. 27, 9. Is. 21, 1. Ps. 126, 4. 
 al. 353 b!i3a tlie southern border Josh. 
 15, 4. 18, 19 ; 333 "iS'r the southern gate 
 Ez. 46, 9. etc. "With genit. nii.T^ 353 
 the south of Judah, southern part, 2 Sam. 
 24, 7. 1 Sam. 27, 10. 30, 14 ; in accus. 
 south of, as n'^bcn';' 'a south of Jerusa- 
 lem Zech. 14,' 10. Josh. 11,2. So ynx 
 35:11 a south land Josh. 15, 19 ; spec, 
 the south of Palestine Gen. 20, 1. 24, 
 2. Num. 13, 29. Also 35:r! id. Gen. 13, 
 1. Num. 21, 1. Deut. 34,' 3; and 353 1 
 Sam. 30, 1. 35sn i-,? the cities of the 
 south of Palestine, Jer. 32, 44. 33, 13. 
 Obad. 20. Poet. 353 and 35SI1 the south 
 put for Egypt Is. 30, 6. Dan. 11, 5-40. 
 With n parag. r!353 southtcard Gen. 13, 
 14. 28, 14. Ex. 40. 24. al. and so with 
 *)13 , as inn '"0 n253 southward from the 
 fti7/Josh.'l8, 14. With prefixes: 03523 
 in the soiithward region Josh 15, 21 ; 
 n35Sb I Chr. 26, 17. 
 
 * "^5? in Kal not iised. pr. to be in 
 front (*T'33 , 153 ), to be in sight ; hence 
 
 to be clear, manifest. Arab. 0^ to be 
 
 . . ' < 
 clear, manifest, pr. to be in sight; tXai 
 
 r 
 
 high land, conspicuous ; Syr. j^ to go 
 in front, to be a leader. Comp. in T'SS. 
 HiPH. I'^ytl pr. to bring to light ; so 
 Job 21, 31 "iaii I"?? b? i-^r "' who 
 shall bring to light his way to his face ? 
 i. e. the life and ways of the prosperous 
 
 nsi 
 
 wicked man, so as to reprove them. 
 Hence 
 
 1. to show, to exhibit before any one, 
 with two ace. Ez. 43, 10 "r-^STX 15n 
 n'^sriTX ^Ni'i"? show this house to the 
 house of Israel. Also to show openly, 
 prce seferre, Is. 3, 9. 
 
 2. Freq. to show, to declare, to tell, to 
 announce. Sept. avayyikXat, (KJiayyiXXo). 
 That which is made known is put : a) 
 In the ace. Gen. 32, 30 r\iz-:i xrni-'sri 
 tell, I pray thee, thy name. Esth. 2. 10. 
 20. Job 26, 4. b) With ba% to tell of 
 any thing, 1 Sara. 27, 11. Esth. 6, 2. 
 Job 36. 33 isi i"'^:^ l"'?: his noise (thun- 
 der) showeth concerning him sc. God, 
 and then follows : r\Vs bs r,N nrpia yea 
 to the herds concerning him who goeth up 
 on high, i. e. the thunder proclaims God 
 even to the herds as he ascends in the 
 tempest, c) With "rK^ and its clause ; 
 1 Sam. 25, 14 ibxV ins< ir? i\nn a 
 young mail told, saying. 2 Sam. 15, 31. 
 Lev. 14. 35 ; also with ICX that Esth. 
 3,4; ^3 that Gen. 3, 11. 31! 20. 1 Sam. 
 10, 16. 2 Sam. 7, 11 ; ti whether Gen. 
 24, 23. 43, 6 ; fi-n what Judg. 16, 6. Mic, 
 6, 8 ; ris-'X where Gen. 37, 16. d) 
 Where a thing before spoken of is im- 
 plied and would be expressed by the 
 pron. it, or the like, this is omitted ; 
 comp. in irx no. 1, and so after Engl. 
 he told. Gen. 9, 22 "."'ns '3r> ir,^n and 
 he told his two brethren. 14, 13. 24, 49. 
 1 Sam. 14, 1. 2 Sam. 17, 17. 2 K. 4, 27. 
 Job 1, 15 sq. Different are : Job 38, 4 
 nr3 nri^ cs isn, where nrs is pr. the 
 object of the first verb, q. d. CX nra isn 
 tnri;; and Job 42, 3 r3X xbi ^nian, 
 i. q. -psx xb -irx "^nijri / hare uttered 
 what I understood not. The person to 
 whom any thing is told, is put often with 
 b , and then the verb is mostly construed 
 with the. ace. of thing and diit. of pers. 
 Judg. 13, 6 'b l-'r.n xb "ir'r-rx he told 
 me not his name. 14, 6. Gen. 41. 25. 1 
 Sam. 9. 8. Is. 21, 10. Mic. 3, 8. Job 33, 
 23. al. More rarely with double ace. 
 of pers. and thing, as in no. 1 ; Job 31, 
 37 iil-5X 'irs iBpa the number of my 
 steps will I declare unto him rc. God. i. e. 
 tell him all my steps. Job 36. 33 see above 
 in lett. b. So ace. of pers. 2 Sam. 15, 
 31 ibxb I'^jn 111^ and one told David, 
 saying" But in Job 26, 4 "rrr^ is not 
 
ns3 
 
 645 
 
 Tfl 
 
 to whom, but with or by whoiti 7 by whose 
 spirit, etc. Sometiiiios a of place where 
 is added Jer. 5, 20. 1 Saiii. 4, 13. 2 Sam. 
 
 1, 10. Mic. 1, 10. Part. T"*^ a measen- 
 ger 2 Sam. 15, 13. Jer. 4, 15. 51, 31. 
 
 Spec. aa) /() denonnce. to inform 
 against, ta betray ; with ace, of pers. 
 Jer, 20, ff^^l'sr ''T'J'n denonnce and 
 we will denounce him, i. e. we will ac- 
 cuse him. inform against him. With 
 ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Job 17. 5 
 C^S^ T^J^ P^n^ who betrayeth friends 
 to the spoil, i. e. spoilers, see in P^n no. 
 
 2. With ace. of thing to betray a mat- 
 ter, Josh. 2, 14. 20. Ecc. 10, 20; ace. 
 impl. Prov. 29. 24. bb) Of a prophet, 
 to show, i. e. to foretell future events, 
 found chiefly in the latter part of Isai- 
 ah, Is. 41, 22. 23. 26. 42. 9. 43, 9. 44, 7. 
 8. al. comp. Is. 19, 12. Hos. 4, 12. Dan. 
 11, 2. cc) to tell a riddle, i. q. to solve, 
 Judg. 14, 12. 13. 14. 19. 1 K. 10, 3. Also 
 of a dream, i. q. to interpret, Gen. 41,24. 
 Dan. 2, 2. dd) to declare one's sins, 
 i. q. to confess, Ps. 38, 19; comp. Ps. 
 142, 3. Is. 3, 9 in no. 1. ee) Emphat. 
 to declare, i. q. to proclaim, to praise ; 
 with ace. of thing, Ps. 9, 12. 19, 2. 22, 
 32. 51, 17. Is. 42, 12. 57, 12. al. ssep. 
 Ace. impl. Ps. 40, 6. 75, 10. 
 
 HopH. 15M, fut. 15"', inf absol. ^sn 
 Josh. 9, 24. Ruth 2, 11, pass, of Hiph'. 
 no. 2. to be shown, to be told, c. dat. Gen. 
 22, 20. 27. 42. Is. 7, 2. 21, 2. al. saep. 
 
 Deriv. *T'53 , 15: . 
 
 ^?3 Chald. tofow Dan. 7, 10. 
 
 '^^3 m. (r. 153) in pause alsoUD, c. 
 BufT. 'iJS . r,n;3 , 1133 ; with n parag. 
 n^jj Ps. 116, i4 ; pr.*;ubst. the front, the 
 front part, next to the spectator. Used 
 in the accus as a Preposition. 
 
 A) Simply. 1. before, in the presence 
 of, in the sight of, i. q. "'SEb, as "^3 153 
 t;b5 before all thy people Ex. 34. 10 ; 153 
 nin-^ before Jehovah 1 Sam. 12, 3 ; "i53 
 Ois^'rT bifore the sun. i. e. so long as the 
 Bun is above the horizon. Num. 25. 4 
 (comp. -r^-r "^izh Ps. 72. 17). Am. 4. 3 
 a7id ye shall go forth ni;3 r;'i"X each one 
 before herself, each her own way, comp. 
 Josh. 6, 5. 20. and "'"'JEb C-'X Jer. 49. 5. 
 And as things which are before us and 
 afford us delight become the objects of 
 our regard and care, hence Is. 49, 16 
 
 thy walla arc conlimially ''ISJ before me, 
 are objects of my constant regard and 
 care. Ps. 38, 10 ; comp. ""^ ''Jcb Pb. 19, 
 15. Gen. 10, 9. 
 
 2. in front of, oner against ; Ex. 19, 3 
 "^Tm 153 over against the mountain. Josh. 
 3, 16. 6. 5. 20. And as things to be 
 compared are set over against each 
 other, hence Is. 40, 17 all nations are 
 aa nothing 1153 over against him, in com 
 parison with him ; comp. 1533 . 
 
 B) With Prepositions : 1. 1333 pr. 
 as over against ; and as things to be 
 compared are set over against each 
 other (Is. 40, 17), i. e. things corre- 
 sponding to or like each other, counter- 
 parts, hence Gen. 2, 18 I will make for 
 hint (man) a helper "11533 corresjKmding 
 to him, his counterpart, v. 20. Sept. 
 well in V. 18 xax avxov, v. 20 ofioiog av- 
 Tw, comp. isjb Neh. 12, 9. By the Rab- 
 bins 1553 is often used of things corre- 
 sponding to one another ; see Lud. de 
 Dieu ad. h. 1. Comp. Pers. ot^J ^ ^^~ 
 gione, similis, conveniens. ^ ' 
 
 2. 153b, c. suff. ''155b, Mi53b, etc. a) 
 before, in the presence of i. q. 153 no. 1. 
 2 K. 1, 13. Hab. 1, 3 ; B ^rs 153b 2 
 Sam. 22, 25. Job 4, 16. b) ovei- against 
 Josh. 5, 13. 1 Chr. 5, 1 1. Hence against, 
 contra, in a hostile sense, Dan. 10. 13. 
 Praegn. Neh. 3, 37 [4, 5] for they have 
 provoked God to anger C'Ssn I53b set- 
 ting themselves against the builders, c) 
 like, instar, (comp. 1533,) Neh. 12, 9 
 CI ".lb nn'^nx their brethren like them- 
 selves, d) for, over, i.e. before ; Neh. 
 
 11, 22 the prefect of the Leviles for 
 
 or over (153b) the service of the house of 
 God. 
 
 3. 15:73 a) pr.from before, i. e. away 
 from before, e. g. after verbs of remov- 
 ing. Is. 1, 16 pid away your evil doings 
 '^i''S 155^ from before mine eyes. Jon. 2, 
 5 ; (also with a noun of remoteness Ps. 
 10, 5 ;) of averting Cant. 6, 5 ; of cast- 
 ing away Judg. 9, 17 ; of hiding Jer. 16, 
 17. Am. 9. 3 ; of departing Prov. 14, 7 
 (^ "15?^), etc. So b i5Sa Judg. 20, 34. 
 The construction in Judg. 9, 17 is un- 
 usual : he cast his life away ("'531; for 
 the fuller 115??:) from him. or as we 
 might say, he cast it o/f instead of from 
 him ; comp. below 2 Sam. 18, 13. 
 
 h) from over against, ix tow ivaniov. 
 
na 
 
 646 
 
 "35 
 
 Adv. 2 K. 2, 15 and the sons of the pro- 
 phets at Jericho saw him I5|"ay?-0OT over 
 against, i. e. from the opposite side. 
 Deut. 32, 52. Then also over against, 
 opposite, since a place at some distance 
 may be regarded as likewise looking to- 
 wards MS from that distance ; see pirrna 
 in "i^ no. 3. i. k. Lat. e regione, ex aclverso, 
 Gr. ii ivuvjlitt;. 2 K. 3, 22 and the Mo- 
 ahites saw isrB over against them water 
 red like blood. And as whatever is over 
 against, is necessarily at a certain dis- 
 tance, hence ^SJ^ takes also the sense, 
 at a distance, afar off; so Gen. 21, 
 16 and. she went and sat down *ia20 
 pri'in far over against (afar off"), about 
 a boic-shot ; Sept. /naxfjoS^fv. 2 K. 2, 7. 
 4, 25 and when the man of God, saw 
 her iSSri afar off. Num. 2, 2. With 
 genit. us Prep, over against anyplace or 
 thing ; Neh. 3, 19. 25. 27. 1 Sam. 26, 20 
 iiin"] ':a '^tt^Q over against the face of 
 Jehovah, i. e. before his face. Ps. 38, 12 
 my friends stand "^553 ^y^v over against 
 my plague, i. e. aloof from me. as above ; 
 parall. pin^T? . Deut. 28, 66 and thy life 
 shall hang in doubt nJS^ r,b before thee, 
 pr. to thee over against. 
 
 c) In a hostile sense, over against, op- 
 posite, on the enemy's side, Ob. 11. 2 
 Sam. 18, 13. Comp. o i^ ivavrlug, Tit. 
 2,8. 
 
 I?? Chald. prep, over against, oppo- 
 site ; Dan. 6. 11 over against Jerusalem, 
 i. e. in a direction towards Jerusalem, so 
 that Jerusalem was over against him. 
 
 * ^5? fut. T\y], to shine, to give light, 
 Job 18, 5. 22, 28. Is. 9, 1. Syr. id. 
 
 HiPH. I. to cause to shine, e. g. one's 
 light, Is. 13, 10. 
 
 2. to enlighten, to illuminate, Ps. 18, 
 29. 2 Sam. 22, 29. 
 
 Deriv. the three following. 
 
 ttM f. Hab. 3, 4, c. suiT. cnw 1. a 
 shining, biightness, e. g. of fire Is. 4, 5. 
 Ez. I, 4; of the light Is. 50, 10. Am. 5, 
 20 ; of the sun 2 Sam. 23, 4, and of the 
 rising sun Prov. 4, 18 ; of the moon Is. 
 60, 19; of the stare Joel 2. 10; of a 
 sword Hab. 3, 11: also the light and 
 glory by which God is surrounded (Tiss 
 njn-;) Ez. 10, 4. Hab. 3, 4. Pk. 18, 13. 
 
 2. Nogah. pr. n. of a son of David, 
 1 Chr. 3, 7. 14, 6. 
 
 rtS2 Chald. emphat. S?i53 , the morn- 
 ing light, dawn, day-break, Dan. 0. 20. 
 So Targ. Esth. 10, 3. Is. 14, 12. Syr. 
 ou~3, |oW^) the earliest dawn. 
 
 nn!3 f brightness, splendour, plur. 
 Is. 59, 9. R. n;3 . 
 
 * '-*5 ^^- ^?'? ^^ thrust or p^ish with 
 the horns, spoken of horned animals, 
 Ex. 21, 28. 31. 32. This is one of the 
 onomatopoetic roots. The idea of strik- 
 ing, pushing, thrusting, lies both in the 
 syllable J3, 23, comp. SSJ, C^:;. ^53, ^33, 
 riDj, and also in the other which ends 
 inn, comp. nr3 to bark, pr. to strike, 
 (see n23 and 2^3.) nnj and ^Jai to 
 push with the horns. ^ 
 
 PiEL id. Ez. 34, 21. Dan. 8, 4. Trop. 
 of a conqueror prostrating nations be- 
 fore him Deut. 33, 17. IK. 22, 11. Ps. 
 44, 6. Comp. Dan. 8, 7 sq. 
 
 HiTHPA. to push at, i. e. to wage war 
 with any one, Dan. 11, 40. Comp. 
 Chald. N2'^P n-'SX c. 05 to wage war 
 with. Arab. ^fJa^ Conj. Ill, id. Hence 
 
 1^53 m. adj. apt to p^tsh with the 
 horns, Ex. 21, 29. 36. 
 
 TM m. (r. l53)constr. 1''53 , 133 1 Chr. 
 9, 11. Neh. 11, 11; plur. p"''713, constr. 
 in"^3i3 ; pr. the foremost ; hence a leader, 
 prefect, prince, etc. See the root, and 
 comp. Syr. ^^ pra^ivit Ephr. I. 114, 
 also Germ. Purst i. q. Eng\. frst. Chald. 
 
 s -r 
 
 I^M , TiSS , id. Arab. Jo^ prince, also 
 
 brave, valiant, whence tXsi to be 
 brave, magnanimous, noble. Spoken 
 
 1. Of any prefect, overseer, e. g. of the 
 treasury 1 Chr. 26, 24. 2 Chr. 31, 12 ; 
 of the temple 1 Chr. 9, 11. 2 Chr. 31, 
 13 ; of the priests 1 Chr. 12. 27 ; of the 
 palace 2 Chr. 28, 7 ; of military affairs, 
 a leader, chief 1 Chr. 13, 1. 27, 4. 2 Chr. 
 32.21. 
 
 2. Absol. prince o^ a people, a general 
 word comprehending also the royal dig- 
 nity. 1 Sam. 9, 16. 10, 1. 13. 14. 2 Sam. 
 6, 21. 7, 8. 1 K. 1, 35. 14, 7. al. n-'ttSia 
 l-<53 the anointed prince i. e. Messiah 
 Dan. 9, 25. n"na T'SS Hie prince of 
 the covenant, \. e. confederate, Dan. U, 
 22. Plur. princes, Job 29, 10. Ps. 76, 13 
 Hence 
 
"M 
 
 647 
 
 9y: 
 
 3. noble, honotinible, in general ; Plur. 
 ncutr. vobilia. noble thin<^s, Prov. 8, 6. 
 Comp. the Ambic U8age above. 
 
 n2''M f. (r. 133) constr. P^?? ; plur. 
 
 1 
 
 1. mumc nf stringed instruments, Lam. 
 5, 14. Is. 38, 20. 
 
 2. a stringed instrument, in the titles 
 of the Psalms, Pss. 4. 6. 54. 55. 61. 67. 76. 
 Hab. 3, 19. 
 
 3. a song, psalm, to be sung with the 
 accompaniment of stringed instruments, 
 Ps. 77, 7. Spec, a sang of derision, sa- 
 tire, epigram, Lam. 3, 14. Job 30. 9. Ps. 
 69, 13. 
 
 ^^f obsol. root, Arab. J^ , pr. to 
 cut, to pierce with a spear. Hence bji? 
 sickle. 
 
 I^J prob. pr. to strike in pulses, to 
 6eaf, kindr. with njj, r53, "53 , see in 
 ri53, Hence 
 
 1. to strike the strings, to play on a 
 stringed instrument ; Part. B'^MJ players 
 on instruments Ps. 6S, 26. 
 
 2. i. q. Arab, ^^v^** with n softened, 
 to heat, to ponnd, as a fuller beats or 
 treads cloth ; in Heb. to tread grapes, to 
 press; whence ra forr35. 
 
 PiEL "M to strike the strings, to play 
 on a stringed instrument, 1 Sam. 16. 16. 
 17. 18. 23. 2 K. 3, 15. Ps. 33, 3. Is. 23, 16. 
 38, 20. al. Chald. id. Sept. y/wAiw, xi&a- 
 
 Deriv. Hj-'M, nra5, ra, n'm, a^m. 
 
 * ^55 fut. ya^; inf: 533, c. suflf. iSM, 
 r(?53 ; also nsa 2 Sam. 14, 10. Ez. 17, 
 10 ; imper. ra . 
 
 1. to strike, to smite ; kindr. are N33, 
 n33, also mj, "(SJ, ca3. The primary 
 syllable is 53, S3, which seems to have 
 had the signif. of striking, heating in 
 pulses, smiting, see in nsj ; comp. Piel, 
 Niph. and 553 . So Lat. tango, r. tag, 
 comes from Gr. t/-w, -d^ly-w, pr. pul- 
 sare. With a, q. d. to smite upon; Gen. 
 32, 6 I'sn'^ Cira ra'l and lie smote the 
 hollow of Jacob's thigh, which in conse- 
 quence was dislocated, v. 33. Job 1, 19 
 a great wind from the desert smote upon 
 the four comers of the house ; Syr. con- 
 cussit. Hence of God, to smite with 
 plagues, etc. 1 Sam. 6, 9. Job 19, 21. 
 So Part. pass. 5=i53 smitten sc. with a 
 
 plngue from God, Is. 53, 4. Ps, 73, 14. 
 
 Trop. of the wind, to smite, to blast, e. g. 
 a plant Ez. 17. 10. Arab. .^w^. 
 
 2. to touch, Sept. anxta9ai, constnied 
 very often with a, q. d. to touch upon; 
 Gen. 3, 3. Lev. 5, 3. 6, 11. 11, 24 sq. Dan. 
 8, 5. al. With bs Is. 6, 7 ; b Num. 4, 
 15. Hag. 2, 12 ; n, Job 4. 5 it toucheth 
 thee, pr. nnto thee. Also c. ace. Is. 52, 
 11. Job 6. 7. Lam. 4, 15. Spec, a) to 
 touch any one, i. e. to do him harm or 
 violence. Gen. 26, 11 n?n a5"'X2 rskn 
 inilSxa^ whoever toucheth (injures) thi^ 
 man or his wife. v. 29. Josh. 9, 19. al. 
 b) to touch a woman, to lie with her, c. 
 a Prov. 6, 29 ; bx Gen. 20, 6. So lin- 
 riaO^ai yvvuixog I Cor. 7, 1. c) to touch 
 the heart, i. e. lo move, to affect the 
 mind of any one, 1 Sam. 10, 26. 
 
 3. In a local sense, to touch upon, to 
 come in contact with, to reach to any 
 thing, c. a 1 K. 6, 27. Hos. 4, 2 ; iy Mic. 
 1, 9. Is. 16, 8. Jer. 4. 10; bsj 51, 0; b? 
 Judg. 20, 34. 41. Hence 
 
 4j to reach to, to come to any person 
 or thing, c. 2 2 Sam. 5, 8 ; bi< Jon. 3, 6. 
 Dan. 9. 21. Absol. to have come, of 
 time. Ezra 3,1. Neh.7,73[8, 1]. Comp. 
 yian no. 5. 
 
 NiPH. fut. y?:"^. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to 
 he smitten, to he heaten, of an army, or 
 rather to feign oneself heaten Josh. 8, 15 j 
 comp. n^nnn, iiEynn. 
 
 Piel i. q. Kal no. 1, to smite, spoken 
 chiefly of divine judgments, Gen. 12, 17. 
 2 K. 15, 5. 2 Chr. 26, 20. 
 
 PuAL pass, of Pi. Ps. 73, 5. 
 
 HiPH. ysn , fut. y^a-i , apoc. sa^i Is. 
 
 6, 7. 
 
 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
 touch; Is. 6, 7 "^a bs ya*i and he let (the 
 coal) touch my mouth. 5, 8 'S'^aB 'in 
 r^aa n^a wo to those who join house to 
 house, i. e. acquire longs rows of houses 
 unjustly. Often in the phrases : S'^atl 
 f-ii^n-bx Ez. 13, 14, y-^sjb 'n Lam. 2, 3, 
 -iB5-ny 'n Is. 26, 5, also "lES'is 7-ixb 'n 
 ib. 25, 12, to cause to touch the ground, 
 the dust. i. e. to raze to the foundations, 
 as buildings, a city, etc. 
 
 2. to touch, i. q. Kal no. 2 ; c. b Ex. 
 4, 25. 2 Chr. 3, 11. 12 ; bx Ex. 12, 22 j 
 bs Jer. 1, 9. 
 
 3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to reach to any place 
 
TjH 
 
 648 
 
 iws 
 
 or thing Jo toiicJi ; with IS, Is. 8,8 "IS 
 Sia'2 "ixj:j (the water) shall reach even 
 unto the neck. With i? "i? 2 Chr. 28, 9 ; b 
 Job 20, 6 ; accus. c. n loc. Gen. 28, 12. 
 Trop. of prosperity or calamity, to hap- 
 pen to, to come upon, Ecc. S, 14 ; with Sx 
 Esth. 9, 26. 
 
 4. to reach or come to a place, q. d. to 
 draw near to, to arrive at a place ; with 
 *!?, Ps. 107, 18 Piis-in^ai-n? !!"'.}] and 
 they draw near to the gates of death, 
 are exposed to death. With bx 1 Sam. 
 14, 9 ; \ Ps. 88, 4 ; ace. Is, 30, 4.' Esth. 4. 
 
 3. 8, 17. Hence i. q. to attain unto, to 
 obtain, c. h Esth. 4, 14 ; inf. c. \ Esth. 
 9, 1. Also in the phrase "''1^ ?"5F) my 
 hand attains to any thing, i. e. I am able 
 to get it Lev. 5, 7 ; comp. in X3^ no. 2. c. 
 
 5. Absol. to come, to be present, e. g. 
 men, Esth. 6, 14 ; oftener of time, Ez. 7, 
 12 ni"ri i:"'i'ii ri;n xa the time is come, 
 the day is present. Ecc. 12, 1. Cant. 2, 
 
 12. Esth. 2, 12. 15. 
 Deriv. the following. 
 
 'Sy^, m. in pause yaj, c. suff. i?53, 
 plur. crjD , 'is;3 . 
 
 1. a stroke, blow, Deut. 17, 8. 21, 5. 
 2 Sam. 7, 14 ; collect. Prov. 6, 33. Spec, 
 of strokes, i. e. judgments, calamities, 
 which God sends upon men, Gen. 12, 17. 
 Ex. 11, 1. Ps. 38, 12. 39, 11. 91, 10. al. 
 
 2. a spot, mark, blemish, in the skin, 
 whether eruption, scab, or leprosy, Lev. 
 
 13, 3 (comp. V. 2). 5. 6. 29. 30. 42 ; hence 
 prrn r;3 a spot of scurf, scab, v. 31. S53 
 rsnsn the spot of leprosy v. 3. 9. 20. 25, 
 and without r?-]:i v. 22 id. Also of the 
 leprosy of garments Lev. 13, 47 ; and 
 of walls 14. 34 sq. Meton. for a person 
 affected with such spots, Lev. 13, 4. 12. 
 13. 17 ; hence prsn ras one affected with 
 spots, scall, V. 31 ; comp. v. 33. Also of 
 a leprous garment, v. 50. 
 
 ^Irl;' fut. ta"i 1. to smite, usually 
 of Jehovah as inflicting judgments upon 
 men, to plague, Ex. 7, 27 [8. 2], mostly 
 with some fatal disease or death Ex. 12, 
 23 sq. Josh. 24, 5. 1 Sam. 25, 38. 2 Sam. 
 12, 15. Ps. 89, 24. 2 Chr. 21, 18. In an- 
 other sense God is said to smite a peo- 
 ple before their enemies, i. e. to give 
 them up to defeat and shmghter ; 1 Sam. 
 
 4, 3 wherefore hath Jehovah smitten us 
 to-day before the Philistines 7 Judg. 20, 
 
 35. 2 Chr. 13, 15. 20. 14, 11. Comp. 
 Niph. 
 
 2. to thrust, to push, e. g. as a horned 
 animal Ex. 21, 35 ; of a man 21, 22. 
 Comp. njij . 
 
 3. to strike against with the foot, to 
 stumble, Prov. 3, 23. Ps. 91, 12. 
 
 Niph. v]J3 , to be smitten, defeated, of 
 an army Judg. 20, 36. 1 Sam. 4, 10. Of- 
 ten with "'Ssb , to be smitten (and flee) 
 before the enemy Lev. 26. 17. Deut. 28, 
 25. Num. 14, 42. Judg. 20, 32. 2 Sam. 
 2, 17. 1 Chr. 19, 16. 19. al. 
 
 HiTHP. i. q. Kal no. 3, to strike against, 
 to stumble, with the foot, Jer. 13, 16. 
 
 Deriv. '"isa^, and 
 
 f|^.5 m. in pause r)53 . 1. a plague, a 
 divine judgment, mostly of a fatal dis- 
 ease sent ii-om God. Ex. 12, 13. 30, 12. 
 Num. 8, 19. 17, 11. 12. 
 
 2. a striking of the foot, stumbling, 
 Is. 8, 14 r;:3 inx ; comp. Rom. 9, 33. 
 1 Pet. 2, 7. ' 
 
 ^^^ in Kal not used, pr. to flow, i. q. 
 Heb. "15T3 and Chald. "i3 ; comp. Arab. 
 i^y^ to flow, also Heb. inj . 
 
 Niph. "ir.3 1. to be poured out, to flow 
 Old ; of water 2 Sam. 14, 14 ; of the eye 
 Lam. 3, 49. 
 
 2. to be stretched out, e. g. the hand 
 in supplication, Ps. 77, 3. For m"iJ3 Job 
 20. 28 see nna Niph. 
 
 HiPH. "I'^an 1. to pour oid, Ps. 75, 9. 
 Hence also to pour down, to thrust down, 
 as stones from a mountain, Mic. 1, 6. 
 
 2. Trop. to deliver up, to give over ; 
 comp. frnrn to pour out, deliver, Is. 53, 
 12. So in the phrase : ni.n "'"iV^s 'b "Tian 
 to deliver one into tlie hands (power) of 
 the sword, Ez. 35, 5. Jer. 18, 21. Ps. 63, 
 11. See in 1^ no. 1. ee. The common 
 rendering is wrong : ' to shed by the 
 hands of the sword.' 
 
 HoPH. lin to be poured down, to be 
 precipitated, spoken of water, Mic. 1, 4. 
 
 * '^y fut. dJa^ , once 1il53n Is. 58, 3. 
 
 1. to urge, to impel, to drive ; kindr. 
 perh. wilh }'n3 , ynb. Arab, ^jiji to 
 drive up sc. animals for hunting ; to urge 
 on camels ; iiitrans. to be driven, hurried. 
 So of labourers urged to their work 
 Is. 58, 3 ; but see In no. 2. Hence Part. 
 
ts:i9 
 
 649 
 
 13 
 
 tejiS a task-master, ^QyoSituKJt];, Ex. 3, 7. 
 5, 6. 10, 13. 14. Job 3, 18; ulso with a 
 au "ia iyiJ Ih. 9, 3. Of a drieer ol* ani- 
 mals, an ass-driver, Job 39, 7. 
 
 2. <o urge a debtor, fo ejroc/ a debt, 
 with ace. of pens. Dcut. 15, 2. 3 ; to exact 
 tribute, with two ace. 2 K. 23, 35 ; here 
 too best, Is. 58, 3 ye exact all your la- 
 bours ; see in no. 1. Part toais an exacfor 
 of tribute, Dan. 11, 20. Zeeh. 9, 8. 
 
 3. ti) rule, to have dominion, and Part. 
 toJi: a king, tyrant, Is. 3, 12. 14, 2. 60, 17. 
 Zeeh. 10, 4. Ethiop. ilUJ id. whence 
 
 rhw or idui king, wu: iiiw-i- 
 
 king oC kings, the title of the king of 
 Ethiopia. 
 
 NiPH. bJ5 \. to be pressed, harassed, 
 1 Sam. 13, 6. Is. 53, 7. Recipr. to vex, 
 Jiarass, one another, Is. 3, 5. 
 
 2. to be harassed with toil, to be wearied, 
 distressed, spoken oC an army, 1 Sam. 
 14, 24. 
 
 *^^9 prset. Kal not used, but instead 
 of it prset. Niph. OJM Gen, 33, 7. Ex. 
 22, 21. al. Put. Kal ttSr; imp. da, 
 also -aJa Gen. 19, 9, fem. ^m Ruth 2, 14, 
 plur. Ilia Josh. 3, 9, c. n parag. naia 
 Gen. 27, 21 ; inf ntiSa , c. suff. inda . 
 
 1. to touch, to join ; with 3, Job 41, 
 8 [17] they join one upon another, sc. 
 the scales of the crocodile. Am. 9, 
 13. The primary idea seems to be that 
 of impinging, rubbing upon; comp. 
 kindr. Chald. \aj35 , also aa . The sig- 
 nx^.o^ joining is found also by transp. 
 m p<65 . 
 
 2. to near, i. e. to come or draw near, 
 to approach, with ^S? fo any person or 
 thing Gen. 27, 22. 44, 18. Num. 8, 19. 
 Josh. 14, 6. Jer. 30, 21 ; 3 Is. 65, 5 ; b 
 Judg. 20, 23 ; IS Gen, 33, 3 ; ^? Ez. 44, 
 13; ace. Num. 4, 19 iJ'ip-nx onttJaa 
 ftfi"!!?" when they approach unto the 
 holy of holies. 1 Sam. 9, 18 ; absol. Gen. 
 27, 21. 26. 29, 10. 2 K. 5, 13. Spec, a) 
 to approach one's wife, in conjugal inter- 
 course (comp. "yy^), e. bx Ex. 19, 15. 
 
 b) to come near, to draw near to Jeho- 
 vah, spoken of the priests who approach 
 his altar Ex. 30, 20. Ez. 44, 13; of the 
 pious who approach him with prayer 
 and obedience, Is. 29, 13. Jer. 30, 21. 
 
 c) io draw near to an enemy for attack, 
 1 Sam. 17, 40. 2 Sam. 10, 13. 
 
 55 
 
 3. to near away, i. e. to approach some 
 other place or object and so recede from 
 us ; hence to recede, to stand back ; Gen. 
 19, 9 nxbn-tiJa stand back; Sept. well 
 unoain ixil, Vulg. recede illuc. Is. 49, 20 
 'i")!* give place to me, Sept. noltjaoy 
 flat lonov, Jerome fac mihi spatium. In 
 many languages, ancient as well as mo- 
 dern, there is a want of accuracy in the 
 xise of words signifying approach and 
 departure, so tliat they are oilcn used 
 of the contrary motion, e. g. "yy^ for re- 
 ceding, "1^0 and Arab, .^^ojo of ap- 
 proaching ; comp. also Germ, herab, 
 liernm,uscd by thebest writers for hinab, 
 hinum, which last indeed is hardly ad- 
 missible. 
 HiPH. ttS-ian, fut. ttJ-^a;:, apoc. tiav 
 
 1. Causat. to cause to come near, to bring 
 near. Am. 6, 3. So of persons, c. bx Gen. 
 48,10.13. Ex. 21,6. Lev. 2. 8. al. Of 
 things, with b of pers. 1 Sam, 30,7. 2 Sam. 
 17,29;bxofpers.2Sam.l3,ll. 2K,4,6; 
 ^ssb 1 Sam. 28, 25 ; ace. impl. Gen. 27, 
 25'; e. dat. impl. 1 Sam. 23. 9. Also to 
 bring forth, to produce, as arguments 
 Is. 41, 21 ; persons impl. 45, 21. Hence 
 to offer, to present, Job 40, 19 ; espec 
 sacrifices to God, c. \ Am. 5, 25. MaL 
 2, 12; b? 1.7. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to approach, Am. 
 9, 10. 
 
 HoPH. ttSafi pass, of Hiph. to be brought 
 near, i. e. to be put into, 2 Sam. 3, 34 ; 
 to be offered, e. b Mai. 1, 11. 
 
 HiTHPA. i. q. Kal no. 2, to draw near, 
 Is. 45, 20. 
 
 'I? m. (r. "I!l3) a heap, mound; so called 
 perhaps from the waving and trembling 
 motion of a heap of clay, mud, etc. Arab. 
 
 Ju a high mound, hill. Only poetically 
 of the waves of the sea heaped up like 
 mounds, Ps. 33, 7 n*n ^n njs os'S who 
 heaped together as a mound the waters 
 of the sea; and so Josh. 3, 13. 16 the 
 waters rose (flowing backwards) IHX 13 
 in one heap. Ps. 78, 13, Ex. 15. 8 ; comp. 
 Ex. 14, 22 where in the same connec- 
 tion is n^in a wall. Perh. Is, 17, 11, 
 but see in ti3 no, 2. Comp. Virg. GeoT 
 4, 316. 
 
 i^'n?. see in ms I. 
 
ll: 
 
 650 
 
 ^1^ 
 
 *-!!5 fut. i^7 1. i. q. Arab. 
 
 >_; Jo to impel, to incite to any thing, 
 kindr. with rj'13 . A. Schultens finds the 
 primary idea of this root in humidity, 
 Jiowing moisture ; Avhich is often trans- 
 ferred by the Orientals to express libe- 
 rality, munijicence ; comp. tjo to be 
 humid, moist, also to be liberal; (^tXJ 
 j^waaC'I having moist hands, i. e. libe- 
 ral, opp. to dry, avaricious; Schult. ad 
 Hamas, p. 309-11, et ad Menken. Ep. I. 
 p. 31 sq. Comp. Lette ad Cant. Deb. 
 p. 19-23. But all this is doubtful. 
 Found only in the- phrase "i^x C"'i<~b3 
 *isb "22^"^ ichomsoever his heart impels, 
 i. e. who acts willingly, of his own ac- 
 cord, Ex. 25, 2. 35,21.29. ,^ 
 
 2. Intrans. like Arab. (,> Jo to impel 
 oneself; and hence to be willing, liberal, 
 generous ; see 2"'73 and Hithpa. 
 
 HiTHPA. 1. to impel oneself, to show 
 oneself willing, to offer voluntarily, with 
 inf c. b Neh. 11, 2. 1 Chr. 29, 5. 6. Spec, 
 of soldiers to volunteer, Judg. 5, 2. 9, 
 comp. Ps. 110, 3 ; so of those who volun- 
 teered for the sacred military service 
 2 Chr. 17, 16. Comp. for the same 
 usage in Arabic A. Schult. ad Ham. 
 p. 308. 
 
 2. to give willingly, to offer sponta- 
 neously, e. g. gifts to Jehovah, c. ace. 
 1 Chr. 29, 9. 14. 17. Ezra 1, 6. 2, 68. 
 3,5. 
 
 Deriv. i^:^?, tS'^'iJ, i^?"''?!, and the 
 pr. n. S'l: , sVii , n^ani . 
 
 S'lS Chald. Ithp. i. q. Heb. 1. to be 
 willing, ready, for any thing, c. b Ezra 
 7,13. 
 
 2. to give willingly, to (ffer sponta- 
 neously, Ezra 7, 15. Inf by Syriasm 
 Pia'narn sa\>Bi. free-will offering^ v. 16. 
 
 ^"7? (spontaneous, liberal) Naddb, pr. 
 n. a) A son of Jeroboam I, king of the 
 ten tribes 954-952 B. C. 1 K. 14, 20. 
 15, 25. 31. b) The eldest son of Aaron, 
 Ex. 6, 23. 24, 1.9. 28, 1. Num. 3, 2. 4. 
 %, 60. 61. c) 1 Chr. 2, 28. d) 1 Chr. 
 8, 30. 9, 36. 
 
 nn'Tl f. (r. anj) constr. PS"]? ; plur. 
 Pis'13 , constr. nims . 
 
 1. willingness, voluntariness, sponta- 
 neoutness; whence H^7?^ Num. 15, 3. 
 
 Ps. 54, 8, and ace. n2'i3 Deut. 23, 24. 
 Hos. 14, 5, spontaneously, voluntarily, 
 with a willing mind. 
 
 2. a voluntary gift. Ex. 35, 29. Ezra 
 1. 4, comp. V. 7 ; chiefly a free-will offer- 
 ing, voluntary sacrifce, opp. to a sacri- 
 fice in consequence of a vow ("i"!!?). Lev. 
 22. 23 irk narn nan: as a free-will 
 offering thou mayest offer it. Ezra 3, 5. 
 8, 28. Ez. 46, 12. Plur. 2 Chr. 31, 14. 
 Lev. 23, 38. Am. 4, 5. Metaph. Ps. 119, 
 108. [Ps. 110, 3 pia^s r,i3S thy people 
 are free-will offerings, i. e. they present 
 themselves a voluntary offering to God 
 for the war. R. 
 
 3. By impl. liberality, abundance, Ps. 
 68, 10 niaii nttJs plentiful rain, abundant 
 showers. 
 
 n^lll'jp (whom Jehovah impels, r. -"33) 
 Nebadiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 8. 
 
 ?fa*1D Chald. m. (verbal Niph. r. 7)=^) 
 a layer of stones, from the idea of join- 
 ing ; or a wall, i. e. the side of a room 
 or house, once Ezra 6. 4. It has both 
 of these significations in the Targuma^ 
 as Ez. 46, 23. Zech. 4, 10. 
 
 *"''!?3 praet. not contr. nnni Is. la. 
 31, n-il 22, 2. 33, 3 ; inf nH? ; fiil. Aram. 
 ni-ri Nah. 3, 7. and "n-^ Gen. 31, 40. 
 
 1. Trans, to more up and down, to and 
 fro, e. g. to flap, as a bird its wings. 
 Is. 10, 14. Kindr. are 1, JTiJ, 'JJia ; 
 comp. also Sanscr. nat to move, to be 
 moved. 
 
 2. Intrans. to move oneself ; hence to 
 wander about, of a bird Prov. 27, 8. Is. 
 16, 2; of men Hos. 9, 17. Job 15, 23. 
 Part. T113 a wanderer, fugitive, Is. 16, 3. 
 21, 14. Jer. 49, 5. 
 
 3. to flee, to flee away, Ps. 55, 8. 68, . 
 13. Is. 10, 31. 22, 3; c. ",73, to flee fromt 
 any one Nah. 3, 7. Ps. 31, 12. Hos. 7, 13; 
 'Jmj Is. 21, 15. Of a bird, to fly array, 
 Jer. 4, 25. 9, 9. Trop. of sleep Gen. 
 
 31, 40. Esth. 6, 1. Arab. Jo fugit, 
 aufogit. 
 
 4. Causat. to make flee (see Hiph.) 
 i. e. to remove, to put away ; and hence 
 by Syriasm to abominate, to abhor, see 
 IT^S. Syr. fl Pe. et Aph. abominatus 
 est. 
 
 Foal "T^is, to flee away, to fly away 
 Nah. 3, 17" 
 
IID 
 
 651 
 
 Hi PH. l.3rt lo cause to Jlee, to chase 
 away, Job 18, 18. 
 
 Horn, pftse. of Hiph. to be put to flight, 
 to be chased away, fut. Tn^ ("'!?5'') J"'> 20, 
 8. Also to be thriist away, part, "ijia by 
 Chaldaism for njl-Q , 2 Sam. 23, 6 ; but 
 others read ijn from r. *ii3 . 
 
 HiTHPo. to flee, Ps. 64, 9. See also in 
 r. 113 . 
 
 Deriv. o^'i'is , n^ (n"''3), perh. "I'nia . 
 
 T13 Chaltl. to flee, prat. M3 Dan. 6, 
 19. So in the Targums, but rarely. 
 
 I3^'7"2 m. phir. uneasy motions, toss- 
 ings, of a sleepless person on his bed, 
 Job 7, 4. R. in; . 
 
 * I. T^?' in Kal not used, i. q. *Ti3 , to 
 flee, to recede. Syr. et Sara. id. 
 
 Pi EL 0^3 , to remove, to put away, c. 
 h Am. 6, 3 ; to thrust out, to cast out. Is. 
 66, 5. With the Rabbins '^in? signifies 
 excommunication. 
 
 Hiph. to drive away, to seduce, 2 K. 
 17, 21 Cheth. OT!] for nn^jn ; in Keri 
 
 11. nJ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 
 f Jo mid. Kesri, to be humid, moist ; 
 then to be liberal : see in r. S^^ . 
 Hence 'Hi II, also 
 
 T^? m. a liberal gift, as the Avages 
 of prostitution, Ez. 16, 33. 
 
 ^7? ^- (< "^"^5 "0- ^) P'"- abomination, 
 i.e. uncleanness, impurity, Zech. 13, 1. 
 "'=!?T'''3 Num. 19, 9. 13. 20. 21, the water 
 of uncleanness, i. e. water by which the 
 unclean were purified, 31, 23. Spec. 
 z.) filth, uncleanness, of the female men- 
 ses Lev. 12, 2. 15, 19. 20; and hence of 
 the menstrual discharge Lev. 15. 24. 25. 
 33. Ez. 22, 10. 36, 17. Concr. n^3 nisx 
 a menstrous woman, Ez. 18, 6. b) any 
 unclean thing, an abomination, e. g. of 
 idols or things pertaining to them, Ez. 
 7, 19. 20. 2 Chr. 29, 5. Ezra 9, 11. Lam. 
 1, 17. c) an abomination, abominable 
 crime, e. g. incest Lev. 20. 21. 
 
 ' _? , fut. nn*^ , pr. to thrust, lo im- 
 pel, sc. forwards, from oneself; comp. 
 kindr. nn^ and what is there said. 
 
 1. to thrust out, to expel, c. yc 2 Sam. 
 14,14. See Hiph. 
 
 2. to thrust forth, to impel, sc. an axe 
 
 into a tree, to strike an axe into a tree, 
 c. ^ Deut. 20, 19. 
 
 Hiph. n'^^H, fut. apoc. rrn^i 1. to 
 to thrust down, to cast down, P. 5, 11 ; c. 
 
 {a 62, 5. 
 
 2. to thrust out, to drive out, to expel, 
 i. q. Kal no. 1, 2 Chr. 13, 9. So God the 
 Israelites into other lands, Deut. 30, 1. 
 Jer. 8, 3. 23, 3. 8. 29, 14. 18. 32, 37. 46, 
 28. Ez. 4, 13. Also to disperse a flock 
 Jer. 23, 2. 50, 17. 
 
 3. to impel any one away, to seduce, 
 absol. Deut. 13, 14. Prov. 7, 21 ; with 
 )^ to seduce or draw away from any 
 thing. Deut. 13, 6; njn-j bsB v, 11. 
 
 4. to thrust evil upon any one, to bring 
 upon, c. by 2 Sam. 15, 14 ; comp. Kal 
 no. 2. 
 
 NiPH. nns ; part, n'nj , c. suff. inn? , 
 r,nn3 . D:n';i3 . 
 
 1. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be thrust forth 
 or out ; Deut. 19, 5 if a man go with his 
 neiglibour into the forest to cut wood, 
 yziTi nhzb "jT-jaa in;i ""^sn and his 
 hand be thrust out with the axe (i. e. 
 make a stroke with the axe) to cut down 
 the tree. 
 
 2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be expelled, 
 driven out, Jer. 40, 12. 43, 5. 49, 5 ; of a 
 beast gone astray and wandering, Deut. 
 22, 1. Part. nij3 one expelled, an out- 
 cast. Is. 16, 3. 4. ^27, 13. Jer. 49, 36 ; fem. 
 30,17. Collect, masc. Deut. 30, 4. Neh. 
 1, 9. and fem. nn-n: Mic. 4, 6. Zeph. 3, 
 19, outcasts, fugitives. With sufi'. irni 
 his fugitive, banished by him, 2 Sam. 
 14, 13. Also fem. nn'jS of a flock dis- 
 persed and driven away, Ez. 34. 4. 
 16. Trop. Job 6, 13 ''Z'Z'O nr\rf^ n^ffiJin 
 deliverance is driven from me. Arab. 
 ^<X> V, id. 
 
 3. Pass, of Hiph. no. 3, to be impelled, 
 seduced, Deut. 4, 19. 30, 17. 
 
 PuAL, to be driven forth, to be thrust 
 out ; Is. 8, 22 n^p-o nbex thrust forth to 
 darkness ; comp. Jer. 23, 12. 
 
 HoPH. part, n'nia driven up and down^ 
 cJiased, Is. 13, 14. 
 
 Deriv. D'^TOnTa. 
 
 ^'^1} m. (r. -"13) 1. willing, volunta- 
 ry, ready, prompt, 1 Chr. 2S, 21 ; more 
 fully iab a"'nD of a. willing mind Ex. 35, 
 5. 22. 2 Chr. 29, 31. Ps. 51. 14 na-^n: ran 
 a willing spirit. See ans Kal and Hithp 
 
3 
 
 652 
 
 in5 
 
 2. giving willijigly, of one's owTi ac- 
 cord, i. e. liberal. Pro v. 19. 6. Hence 
 
 3. generous, noble-minded, noble, which 
 in the mind of an Oriental is closely 
 connected with liberality in giving; 
 spoken of character and conduct, Is. 32. 
 
 '5. 8. Prov. 17, 7. 26. Cant. 7, 2 a-^"i3 ra 
 daughter of the noble, i. e. herself no- 
 ble, generous, comp. in "(2 no. 8. Plur. 
 nia'i'ii generom, noble things, Is. 32, 8. 
 
 .Arab, v-j Jo to be generous, beautiful. 
 
 4. Trop. of noble birth ; and as Subst. 
 a noble, a prince, Ps. 107, 40. 113, 8. 
 
 118, 9. Prov. 25, 7. 1 Sam. 2, 8. Plur. 
 
 .Job 12, 21. 34, 18. Num. 21, 18. Ps. 47, 
 18. Also in a bad sense, a tyrant, Job 
 
 :21, 28. Is. 13, 2. Comp. B-^bd^. 
 
 Note. In most of its significations 
 this word accords with the synonymous 
 
 ^"'52, but the order is different. The 
 
 one, 3"'"i3 , sets out from the idea of a 
 willing and liberal mind, and is tropical- 
 ly used lor nobility of birth ; the other, 
 
 "l"'S5 , is primarily spoken of a leader 
 
 :and prince, and tropically of those good 
 qualities which belong to his station. 
 
 nS'i^S f (r. "yri) nobility ; trop. ele- 
 vated and happy state, excellency, Job 
 
 :30, 15. 
 
 I. yyi m. sheath of a sword, 1 Chr. 
 21, 27. The etymology is uncertain ; 
 see in fiS'ii note. 
 
 II. Xl} m. (r. n-nj) i. q. ITii , liberal 
 gift, as the wages of prostitution, plur. 
 'C. suff. ""ISli Ez. 16, 33. Cod. Ross. 409 
 
 hasT)'?'73 for rj?3'i3- 
 
 n3^2 Chald. m. a sheath ; trop. of the 
 "'body, as the sheath or envelope of the 
 mind. Dan. 7, 15 my spirit was grieved 
 :n3'i5 153 in the sheath i. e. in my body. 
 The same metaphor is used by Pliny, 
 H. N. 7. 52 or 53: "donee cremato eo 
 inimici remeanti animse velut vaginam 
 ademeriiit." So too a certain philoso- 
 pher, who was slighted by Ale.xandcr 
 the Great on account of his ugly face, is 
 said to have replied : " corpus hominis 
 nil est nisi vagina gladii, in qua anima 
 reconditur ;" see d'Herbelot Biblioth. 
 Orientale p. 642. The word axflog is 
 used in the same way, iElian H. An. 
 17. 11. 
 
 Note. The etymology both of n3"i3 
 
 and *73 I, is donbtful. I have formerly 
 referred them to a root "("ni as if i. q. 
 Arab. (O cVi to be soft, flexible, as lea- 
 ther : but this is hardly tenable. With 
 Furst, we might assume a root "("15 , y^h , 
 to be hollow, deep, if this could but have 
 a better foundation than Talm. NJ'^ cask, 
 Fers. Ljf3 vase, Fr. ioiineaxi. 
 
 * H^3 fut. Cf^njn Ps. 68, 3, and ^l^'? Ps. 
 1,4, to drive away, to disperse, to scatter, 
 as the wind scatters chafl'. straw, smoke, 
 Ps. 1,4. 68, 3 ; to put to fight an enemy, 
 i. e. to vanquish, metaph. Job 32, 13. 
 The primary idea is to thrust, to push ; 
 kindr.withCi'in,n'n, q.v. Arab. o Jo 
 to urge on an animal. Eth. iHA, to 
 strike, to push. 
 
 NiPH. Ci'ni pass, to be driven away, 
 scattered, Is. 41, 2. Ps. 68, 3. ^'ni nbr a 
 leaf driven by the wind Lev. 26. 36. Job 
 13, 25. Inf constr. q^nn Ps. 68, 3. 
 
 * 1. ^j3 fut. -i'^"^, conv. "in*l Gen. 28, 
 20. al. once I'^W 1 Sam. 1, 11 ; to row, 
 i. e. to promise voluntarily to give or do 
 something; opp. "ipx to bind oneself 
 not to do, etc. In Phenician is found the 
 frequent formula : 115 CN i. e. -17b "'X 
 one vowing, i. e. devoting or consecrat- 
 ing a cippus, see Monumra. Phcen. Melit. 
 1, 1. Garth. 1, 2. 2, 3. al. Syr. p id. 
 
 Chald. Sam. id. Arab. J JJ id. The 
 primary idea is that of setting apart, 
 consecrating, which is expressed in Heb. 
 by the kindr. it5 , Arab. tXJ includes 
 both. Sept. Bvxofiai. Constr. with ace. 
 of thing. Num. 6, 21. in: -ina to void a 
 vow Deut. 12, 11. Judg.'ll, 39. 2 Chr. 
 15, 8. Jon. 1, 16 ; ace. impl. Num. 30, 11. 
 Ecc. 5, 4. With dat. added, Gen. 31, 
 13, Deut. 23, 24; riirt^\ Num. 21, 2. 30, 
 4. Judg. 11, 30. Sometimes the words 
 of the vow are subjoined, with ^bsb 
 Gen. 28, 20. 2 Sam. "l5, 8 ; with n^.iti5 
 Num. 21, 2. 
 
 * II. "1^3 i. q. Arab.^jLi, to fail 07it, 
 to drop down, as the grain from the win- 
 nowing-fork upon the thresiiing-floor. 
 Hence Chald. inx threshing-floor. 
 
 "17.? and "ll? m. in pause also I"!!! , c. 
 suflT. '-.15 ; plur. ci^J , constr "^"pi . R. 
 -n3 I. 
 
13 
 
 653 
 
 13 
 
 1. a vow, Gen. 28, 20. 31, 13. Num. 6, 
 21. 30. 10. 14. III. O^n-is inj to row mwn, 
 Bee in r. inj I. n-^nnj cksJ Ps. 22, 26, and 
 d-^nnj nbs Judg. ll'. 39, to pay or jjer- 
 form vows. 
 
 2. a fA^n/g- vowed, votive offering or 
 tacrifice. Lev. 7, 16. 22, 18. 21. Deut. 
 12, 6. 0pp. nans free-will offering. 
 
 !|3 m. (r. ni3) something eminent, or- 
 namental, splendid ; once Ez. 7, 11 xbl 
 crja nb ??or fAo// aught splendid remain 
 among them, i. e. all will be spoiled and 
 plundered by the enemy. Sept. Cod. 
 Alex, oldk w^aia/iog iv amotg. Accord- 
 ing to the Jewish intpp. lamentation, 
 wailing, for nr}i from r. nnj (form like 
 t5"ip) ; but not suitably to the context. 
 
 * ^j5 fut. Jnj"^ 1. to lead, to drive, 
 to conduct. Lat. ago ; Sept. u/id, amiyui, 
 inayo), etauyct), umyco. Arab, j^ g '> to 
 
 go, Ag;,<) way; Rabb. ana to lead, to 
 
 conduct, Jrtsn way, habit. Correspond- 
 ing in the Indo-European tongues are 
 
 Gr. uyto, rjyiofiai, Lat. ago, Pers. ^^wL&.t' 
 Spec, a) to lead out or drive a flock, 
 c. ace. Gen. 31, 18. Ex. 3, 1. 1 Sam. 
 23, 5. 30, 20 ; c. 3 Is. 11, 6. Comp. Ps. 
 80, 2 who leadest Joseph like a flock, b) 
 to drive, to urge on, e. g. horses or other 
 animals in their course ; absol. 2 K. 4, 
 24 r(^J 5ri3 drive on, and go forward. 9, 
 20 an3^ *,i'rair2 ^s /or he driveth like a 
 madman, furiously. Also nbas snj to 
 drive a wagon or rar< 2 Sam. 6, 3, c. a 
 1 Chr. 13, 7 ; comp. Is. 11, 6. c) to 
 drive off, to carry away, as beasts by 
 violence Job 24, 3 ; to lead away cap- 
 tives 1 Sam. 30, 2. Is. 20, 4 ; and so Is. 
 60, 11. d) to lead forth an army 1 Chr. 
 20, 1. 2 Chr. 25, 11. e) to lead one to 
 a person or place Cant. 8, 2. Lam. 3, 2 ; 
 ace. impl, 1 Sam. 30, 22. 
 
 2. Intrans. to lead on, i. q. to act, 
 to conduct oneself; comp. Arab, a (? '> 
 
 to go, Germ, sich auffuhren. So of a 
 way of life, conduct ; Ecc. 2, 3 "^abl 
 niasna srib and my heart acted in wis- 
 dom, wisely ; the clause being paren- 
 thetic. 
 
 PiEL ana , fut. ana-^ l. i. q. Kal : a) 
 to drive a chariot Ex. 14, 25. b) to 
 
 55* 
 
 lead a person., as God hiH people, Is. 4#, 
 10. 6.3, 14. Pa. 78, 52 ; men Ps. 48. 15 ; 
 with an adjunct of place whither Deut 
 4, 27. 28, 37. c) to bring, to cause to 
 come, e. g. a wind Ex. 10, 13. Ps. 78. 26. 
 d) to lead off, to carry away, Gen. 31, 26. 
 2. to pant, to breathe hard, to moan; 
 Arab. ^ (^ > to pant from exhaustion by 
 
 running. Syr. waU id. Nah. 2, 8 and 
 her maidens moan as the voice of doves ; 
 comp. Is. 38, 14. 59, 11. Ez. 7, 16. 
 
 Note. Some refer the significations 
 to lead or drive, and to pant, to different 
 roots. But they stand nearly related, 
 since driving and panting go together. 
 Comp. nan; also nrja, Syr. foO, Eth. 
 iUP, to sigh ; further prn^ pxa, Eth. 
 iUifl, to be anxious, solicitous. 
 
 Deriv. anac. 
 
 Tj3 a root not in use ; Arab. (A g'" 
 to swell, e. g. the female brea.sts ; mid. 
 Damm. to be fleshy, large, beautiful, as 
 
 Q o^ 
 a horse, comp. Zech. 10, 3; Jcij swell- 
 ing breasts, a fleshy horse, something 
 high. Hence Tin q. v. 
 
 "^'^ to wail, to lament, (pr. to cry 
 nn nnx ) Ez. 32, 18. Mic. 2, 4 -ina nna 
 to wail a wailing, i. e. to make lamenta- 
 tion. Syr. Ethiop. id. 
 2. to cry, aloud, to proclaim. ; whence 
 NiPH. pr. to be convoked, to come to- 
 gether, to assemble, like Chald. "'nans. 
 Comp. p?T Niph. to assemble. 1 Sam. 
 7, 2 all the house of Israel assembled 
 themselves after Jehocah, prsRgn.for 'they 
 all with one mind followed after Jeho- 
 vah,' comp. ""i 'inx Ti^n , also "''i^nx x|a 
 "'V So the Targ, h. 1. comp. the same 
 formula Targ. Jer. 3, 17. 30, 21. Hos. 2, 
 16. 3. 3. 5. 
 Deriv. ''na , ^'^ ; comp. "^a , n;na 
 
 Tins Chald, m, light, emphat. xnina 
 Dan. 2. 22 Keri, the usual form in Chal- 
 dee. The Chethibh has xn%n3 , as in 
 Syr. \-^(n:i . R. %-t3 II. 
 
 T'S m. (r. ^Tv:) in pause ^na , n la- 
 ment, elegy, song of wailing, Jer. 9, 17 
 sq. 31, 9. 15. Am. 5, 16, Mic. 2, 4. 
 
 fl^n? f. part. Niph. from r. n-^Ti , Mic. 
 2, 4. Prov. 13, 19. See n;;n Niph. no 
 
15 
 
 654 
 
 ^n3 
 
 2. Others here make it fem. of preced. 
 art. lamentation ; but less well. 
 "TTl? , see r. "linD . 
 
 IT^n? Chald. f. (r. ^n; II ) illumina- 
 tion, icisdom, Dan. 5, 11. 14. Syr. 
 |Zoi_oiJ id. 
 
 * V^> 
 ''*_'; not used in Kal, prob. to Jlow, 
 
 to go, like kindr. "ina I. Comp. bns 
 
 brook. Hence 
 
 PiEL bris, fut. bna-i l. to lead, to 
 conduct, Ex. 15, 1 3. 2 Chr. 28, 15 otibna^.l 
 C'lbna and conducted them upon asses. 
 Ps. 23", 2 '':bn3'i nin^a "^^-b? Ae leadeth 
 me by or <o s^iYZ waters. 31, 4. Is. 49, 
 10. With the notion of care and pro- 
 tection Is. 51, 18; and hence 
 
 2. to protect, 2 Chr. 32, 22 (comp. 
 rj-^sn 1 Chr. 22, 18) ; to provide for, to 
 sustain. Gen, 47, 17, comp. bsb-s in v. 12. 
 
 HiTHP. to lead on, to go on, Gen. 33, 
 14. Hence 
 
 '^J; m. 1. pasture, whither flocks 
 Bxe led forth, Is. 7, 19. So "iS'ia from 
 "'?'7 
 
 2. Nahalol, pr. n. of a city in Zebulun 
 -Judg. 1, 30 ; which in Josh. 19, 15 is 
 
 called bbri3 Nahalal. 
 
 "_7 fut. nH37, to growl, to snarl, 
 "the usual word applied to the noise of 
 'the young lion (t'E3) Prov. 19, 12. 20, 
 :2; distinguished from roaring (SNtlJ), 
 : although sometimes also attributed to 
 the full-grown lion, Prov. 28. 15. Trop. 
 
 of the roaring of the sea Is. 5, 30 ; of the 
 cry, groaning, of those who mourn 
 (comp. t^-CT^), Ez. 24, 23. Prov. 5, 11. 
 The root is onomatopoetic. Arab. 
 
 and Syr. id. See under nT:n. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 0?^? m. a growling, snarling, of a 
 :young lion. Prov. 19, 12. 20, 2. 
 
 TCri; f. constr. rxns , roaring of the 
 sea, Is. 5, 30; groaning of the afflicted, 
 Ps. 38, 9. R. cn:. 
 
 pnj fut. \i'sy:'^ . to bray, spoken of 
 the ass when hungry Job 6, 5 ; trop. to 
 cry out, as wretched and famished per- 
 sons. Job 30, 7. Chald. and Arab. id. 
 Kindred roots are pKJ, pax, n3x. 
 
 * I. "irijl fut. rs'nv), to flow, to flow 
 'together, Arab. _^ id. hence nnj river. 
 
 The verb is used in Heb. only trop. of 
 a confluence of nations ; Is. 2, 2 litisi 
 O'^ijn-bs T^bx and all nations shall fl^ow 
 unto it. Jer. 31, 12. 51, 44 ; c. bs Mic. 
 4, 1. 
 Deriv. "ins . ins , fTinia . 
 
 11. "mD iq shine, to be bright; 
 Chald. Syr. Samar. id. The same is 
 113, Arab. .Lj, q. v. comp. in lett. n 
 p. 238. In Heb. only trop. to brighten 
 tip, to be cheered, to rejoice, strictly of a 
 bright and cheerful countenance (comp. 
 nix lett. g), Ps. 34, 6. Is. 60, 5. 
 Deriv. Hins, -linj, >n">n3. 
 
 ^0? m. (r. ins I ) constr. ins ; plur. 
 f^ins .constr. 'nn3 ; also plur. niins (m. 
 Ps. 93, 3), constr. niin: . 
 
 1. a stream, current, flood ; Jon. 2, 4 
 '^snab';' injl and the floods (of the sea) 
 surrounded me; comp. wxtuvov ^dt- 
 &Qct II. ^', 245. Ps. 24, 2. Job 20, 17 
 nxrni Uian ^bns 'in? the streams of the 
 milk-and-honey brooks. 
 
 2. a stream, river, Gen. 2, 10. 14. Job 
 
 .- u - 
 
 15,11. 22,16. 40,23.al. Arab.^, ^, 
 Syr. )j3iJ, id. With gen. of region, as 
 DEISTS ins the river of Egypt, the Nile, 
 Gen. 15, 18 ; "itia in? the river of Gozan, 
 the Chaboras^ 2 K. 17, 6 ; t^o "'ins ^Ae 
 rivers of Ethiopia, the Nile, Astaboras, 
 Is. 18, 1. Zeph. 3, 10; bra ri^n? f^e 
 n'rers of Babylon, the Euphrates with 
 its canals, Ps. 137. 1 ; pbr -j riin? 2 K. 
 5, 12. Also with the pr. n. of the river 
 in the genit. as ni3 "^ns the river Eu- 
 phrates Gen. 15, 18 ; iss ins the river 
 Chebar Ez. 1, 1. 3. With tlie art. insn 
 the liver xai f$o^?;v so called, i. e. tlie 
 Euphrates, Gen. 31, 21. Ex. 23, 31 ; 
 more fully niB ^ns biisn inrn Gen. 15, 
 18. Deut. 1, 7. Josh. 1,4 ; comp. 1 Chr. 
 5, 9. Deut. 11, 24; also poet, without 
 the art. Is. 7, 20. Jer. 2, 18. Mic. 7, 12. 
 Zech. 9, 10. Ps. 72, 8. Once the con- 
 text requires ins to be taken as the 
 Nile, Is. 19. 5. In Ps. 46. 5 many under- 
 stand Siloam, and not unaptly, since 
 inj is also used of smaller streams, as 
 of the waters of Damascus 2 K. 5, 12, 
 espec. Job 28. 11. A river is put as the 
 emblem of abundance and prosperity, 
 Is. 48, 18. 66. 12. 
 
nn3 
 
 655 
 
 T)3 
 
 "^^3 m. (r. ins I) a river, i. q. *iro, 
 
 Arab. -^ . Hence dual n^ins the tvo 
 rivers, Tigris and Euphrates, whence 
 ^?"5'!|3 B"]^, Syria of the two rivers, i. e. 
 Mesopotamia ; see nix . 
 
 ^r?? Chald. m. emph. xnn? , n-^n , a 
 river, Dan. 7, 10 ; also xai i^oxriv, tlie 
 Euphrates, Ezra 4, 10. 16. 17. 20. 5, 3. 
 6, 6 sq. 7, 21. 25. 
 
 "?0? f- (r. in? n)/ig-^<, day-light, 
 Job 3, 4. Arab. L^ . 
 
 * i^^3 in Kal doubtful, Num. 32, 7 
 Cheth. see Hiph. no. 2 ; pr. to say no, 
 to negative, like many other roots whose 
 primary syllable is K5 , 53 , ns , as also the 
 kindred xia , na , xb , and transp. *|X ; e. g. 
 
 UU and &A^ to forbid, to hinder; L^ 
 
 id. AA-ii to repel ; 2Uo , ovlo beware ; 
 
 Pirr:^ to deny. etc. transp. "jlX and *f X , 
 whence "i^x , T'X , etc. Hence too r. xib 
 to negative, and part, xb not, by chang- 
 ing liq. 3 intob. If a Semitic etymo- 
 logy be sought, we may find it perh. in 
 r. S13 to nod. to shake the head, as a 
 sign for no. But the syllables, ne, na. an, 
 in, un, have the same force in the Indo- 
 European tongues ; see in "(IX p. 23. 
 Thesaur. p. 859. 
 
 Hiph. X'^jn 1. to deny, to refuse; 
 fut. with X dropped ""S^ Ps. 141, 5; whe^e 
 36 Mss. read in full X*'?^ . 
 
 2. to disallow, to hinder; Num. 30, 6 
 Jnrx n-'rx X-'in-cx if her father held 
 her hack. v. 9. 12. With l^ to hinder 
 from, to avert, to dissuade from any 
 thing. Num. 32, 7 ; ''pbab v. 9. 
 
 3. to bring to nought, to render vain, 
 Ps. 33, 10. 
 
 Deriv. nxsun. 
 
 J^J fut. S53;j to sprout, to germinate. 
 The primary idea is that of gushing 
 forth, boiling up, a power contained in 
 the syllable 33 and in the roots springing 
 from it, as ra3 , skaj , kju , ioAJ ; ^>o ; 
 
 and trop. either in the notion of sprout- 
 ing, as Lo ; \c^ju ; or in that of uttering, 
 asX35. Eth. 233; Arab. (j-o- (j>a-*j ; 
 or also in that of rising above, being 
 higher, as nsj, vf5^ Conj. VIII emi- 
 
 nuit, -o extulit, accrevit. In Kal only 
 trop. a) Of men as Jlmtriahing in a 
 green old age, Ps. 92, 15. b) Of wealth, 
 to grow, to increase, Ps. 62, 1 1, c) Of 
 the mouth, as sprouting with, putting 
 forth words, etc. Prov. 10, 31. 
 
 PiL. 3313 , to cause to sprout, to pro- 
 duce. Zech. 9, 17. 
 
 Deriv. S"'?, n3l3n, and pr. n. ''3''3, 
 n-izs . 
 
 T 
 
 aiS Is. 57, 19 Cbeth i. q. 3-^3 q. v. 
 
 * ^^3 fut. 1; 1. Engl, to nod, i. e. 
 to move up and down, to and fro, to be 
 shaken ; comp. kindr. TiJ . Arab. o\j 
 mid. Waw id. Syr. ,J to be moved, 
 shaken, terrified. Sanscr. nud to agi- 
 tate. Of a reed shaken by the wind 
 1 K. 14, 15. 
 
 2. to be driven about, to wander, to be 
 a fugitive, e. g. a bird Prov. 26, 2 ; a 
 person. Jer. 4, 1. Gen. 4, 12. 14. Ps. 56, 
 9. Also to fee Ps. 11, 1. Jer. 49, 30. 
 Trop. Is. 17, 11 -."':;? 13 the harvest 
 fleeth; here 13 is 3 pers. praet. like ra ; 
 but see 13 subst. 
 
 2. With a dat. to pity, to commiserate, 
 as signified by the motion of the head, 
 comp. Job 16, 4. 5. Hence a) to com- 
 fort, to console the afflicted, Ps. 09, 21 ; 
 with h o{' pers. Job 2, 11. 42, 11. Is. 51, 
 19. Jer. 16, 5. Nah. 3, 7. al. b) to de- 
 plore, to bemoan the dead. Jer. 22, 10. 
 Syr. ]ZfJ sorrow. 
 
 Hiph. l''3ri 1. Causat. to cause to 
 wander, to drive out, 2 K. 21, 8. Ps. 36, 12. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal to move, to shake, to nod 
 with the head ('iJxi2) in scorn. Jer. 18, 16. 
 
 Hoph. part. 13^2 2 Sam. 23, 6 shaken 
 out. thnist out. But R. Ben Asher has 
 15^ , from r. 113 q. v. 
 
 Hithpal. liisnn ]. tdbe moved to 
 and fro, to reel, of the earth Is. 24, 20; 
 to shake oneself, i. e. one's head in scorn 
 Jer. 48, 27. 
 
 2. to bewail, to bemoan, Jer. 31, 18. 
 
 Deriv. 13, I"*?, I"i3, li:^. 
 
 TQ Chald. to fee, Dan. 4, 11. 
 
 "113 m. (r. 113) 1. fight, wandering, 
 Ps. 56, 9. 
 
 2. Nod, pr. n. of the region to which 
 Cain fled. Gen. 4, 16. 
 
TO 
 
 656 
 
 ns 
 
 !}*113 (nobility) Nodah. pr. n. of a son 
 of Ishmael, 1 Chr. 5, 19. R. ZTfi . 
 
 >:i" obsol. root, Arab. sLj to be 
 high, lofty, tail, as an edifice, the neck 
 and head of a camel, a plant, or the like. 
 Trop. of honour and dignity, to be high- 
 minded; see examples from the Arab, in 
 Thesaur. p. 860. Hence nb. 
 
 '^1 J J. q. rixj 1. to sit, to rest, to 
 remain tranquil ; Hab. 2, 5 T^Ji;; "^Sa 
 iT]i';i xbl the proud man, he resteth not, 
 he cannot live in peace and quiet, but 
 seeks tumult and war. Also to dwell, 
 see fTi3, ni3. 
 
 2. to be decorous, becoming, for the 
 connection of which with the idea of 
 sitting, see under nN3 Pil. 
 
 HiPH. to decorate with praises, to cele- 
 brate. Ex. 15. 2 n":j<, Sept. do^daca av- 
 tov, Vulg. glorificabo eum. 
 
 Deriv. the two following and n"*^3. 
 
 ^3? m. constr. ni3 , c. sufT. r,i_3 , i[n':i , 
 cni3. R. n;5. 
 
 A) Adj. 1. inhabiting, dwelling, fern. 
 n;3, cstr. p;;:. Ps. 68, 13 n-^a n;;? the 
 dweller in the house, i. e. a matron who 
 remains at home, oixovQOg Tit. 2, 5. 
 
 2. becoming, i. e. comely, f n^.3 Jer. 6, 2. 
 
 B) Subst. sea/, only poet. ] . a dwell- 
 ing, habitation, home, e. g. of men Is. 27, 
 10. 33, 20. Job 5, 3. Jer. 10, 25. 50, 44 ; of 
 God Ex. 15, 13. 2 Sam. 15, 25. Jer. 25, 
 30. Of animals, den, Is. 34, 13. 35, 7. 
 
 2. a pasture, where flocks and herds 
 remain, lie down, and rest ; once in prose, 
 1 Sam. 7. 8 ; elsewhere poet. Hos. 9, 
 13. Job 5, 24 ; with genit. IXS W? Is. 
 65, 10 ; D-^^ra ni3 Ez. 25, 5 ; ts'^s'-i rr;? 
 Jer. 33, 12. Plur'. Jer. 23, 3. For plur. 
 constr. the form niS3 is used, see in 
 
 ri13 f (r. n^3) A) Adj. f. inhabiting, 
 comely, see ni3 A. 
 
 B) S\ibst. i. q. ni3 B, seat, dwelling, 
 home, of men Job 8, 6 ; of flocks and 
 herds, pasture, plur. Zeph. 2, 6. 
 
 * tj^^ fut. m:^, conv. n?*^ Ex. 10, 14. 
 
 1. to rest, i. e. /o set oneself down, to 
 tettle down in any place for rest. The 
 primary idea is to breathe, to take 
 breath, n^-i a"'t:n, comp. kindr. Arab. 
 \s I, II, IV, X, requievit, quievit. pr. 
 
 to draw breath. From the same primary 
 idea comes Germ, ruhen (ruchenl, and 
 from the same root also riechen (Low 
 Germ, ruken, riiken, comp. ruahen to 
 desire). Arab. ^Ij spec, to kneel down, 
 
 of a camel, Conj. IVcausat. aXjuo place 
 for a camel to kneel down. Syr. and 
 Chald. i. q. Heb. Eth. itIP to respire, 
 to rest, comp. under iiJJ . Spoken e. g. 
 of the sole of one's foot Josh. 3. 13 ; of 
 an army Is. 7, 2. 2 Sam. 21, 10 (Arab. 
 ^Ij IV to encamp) ; of a flight of lo- 
 custs or flies Ex. 10, 14. Is. 7, 19. Also 
 of things, as the ark of Noah Gen. 8, 4 ; 
 of the ark of the covenani Num. 10, 36. 
 Constr. absol. Num. 1. c. with S Ex. 1. c. 
 ^5 of place Gen. 8, 4. Is. 7, 2. Metaph. 
 of the divine Spirit descending and rest- 
 ing upon anyone, c. bs Num. 11, 25. 26 ; 
 comp. no. 2. c. 
 
 2. to rest, to be at rest ; absol. of men 
 and beasts Ex. 23, 12. Deut. 5, 14. Job 
 3, 26. Is. 57. 2 ; of God Ex. 20, 11 ; the 
 earth Is. 14, 7. So of the rest of death 
 Prov. 21, 16. Job 3, 17. Dan. 12, 13. Im- 
 pers. "h n!i;'j there is rest to me, i. e. / 
 rest, I have rest, Job 3, 13. Is. 23, 12. 
 Neh. 9, 28. Spec, a) to rest from la- 
 bour, i. q. r-yd, Ex. 20, 11. 23, 12. Deut. 
 5, 14. b) Also from vexation and cala- 
 mities Is. 14, 7. Job 3, 26 ; c. "a Esth. 9, 
 22. c) i. q. to reside, to abide ; Ecc. 
 7, 9 anger resteth (dwells) in the bosom 
 of a fool. Prov. 14, 33. Ps. 125, 3 the 
 sceptre of the wicked shall not abide upon 
 the lot of the righteous. So of the di- 
 vine Spirit, which rests or abides on any 
 one, c. bs 2 K. 2, 15. Is. 11, 2 ; of God's 
 hand Is. 25, 10. d) to be quiet, silent, 
 i. e. to rest or cense from speaking. 1 
 Sam. 25. 9 ; with h q. d. to bear in si- 
 lence, to look on, Hab. 3, 16. 
 
 HiPH. has a twofold form and signifi- 
 cation. 
 
 A) n-'3n, fut. n'^S^ 1. to set down, to 
 put down one in any place, with ace. 
 and 2, bx, Ez. 37, 1. 40, 2 ; to let down 
 the hand Ex. 17, 11 ; to let fall upon, to 
 lay upon any one sc. blows, a scourge, 
 Is." 30, 32 ; also bs na-ja n^jn Ez. 44, 
 30. Metaph. 3 insn ryzn to allay one's 
 anger, i. e. to satiate it, on any one Ez. 
 5. 13. 16, 42. 24, 13. Zcch. 6, 8. 
 
niD 
 
 657 
 
 D13 
 
 2. to cause to rest, c. dat. to give rest 
 to any one Is. 28, 12. 14, 3. Ofien of 
 Jehovah, who is snid to give his peofde 
 rest, i. e. the quiet possession of the pro- 
 mised land, Ex. 33, 14. Josh. 1. 13. 15. 
 Deut.3,20. 12, 10 Dsin-jx-bsia oab n-^rni 
 a'^a* and he shall gite you rest from all 
 your enemies round aboiU. 25, 19. Josh. 
 21, 44. al. Comp. in N. T. xuttmvoj, 
 nujunuvjii. 
 
 HoPH. njiin impers. rest is given, c. 
 dat. Lam. 5, 5 ; pass, of Hiph. no. 2. 
 
 B) n-':n, fut. n-'S'^, apoc. nrn ; part. 
 n-'l-q ; like n-'Sn from rJio , "pi"; from T'b, 
 and the noun aiTSO i. q. aico from B^tJ ; 
 eee Heb. Gr. 71, note 9. 
 
 1. to set or put down, to lay down, to 
 deposit in any place, with bx or a of 
 place, e. g. stones Josh. 4, 3. 8 ; a corpse 
 in the grave 1 K. 13, 29-31. Spec, to 
 lay tip for safe-keeping. Ex. 16, 34. Ez. 
 42. 14. 44. 19 ; before Jehovah Ex. 16, 
 33. 34. Num. 17, 22. Deut. 26, 4. 10. 1 K. 
 8, 9. Also to place, to set, as an image 
 Is. 46, 7. 2 K. 17, 29 ; a table 2 Chr. 4, 
 8 ; a people or troops in another land, 
 to transfer, Is. 14. 1. Ez. 37, 14. 2 Chr. 
 1, 14. lotjiia n"'3ii to put in ward, cus- 
 tody, Lev.' 24, 12. Num. 15. 34. Also 
 stronger, to ca^t or throw down. Num. 
 19, 9. Is. 28, 2 i^a ynxb n-'sn he casteth 
 it to the ground with might. Am. 5, 7. 
 Ez. 22, 20. 
 
 2. to cause to rest, to quiet, to pacify. 
 Ecc. 10, 4 gentleness Dilsna D-ixan n-is^ 
 quieleth (hinders) great offences. Hence 
 a) to give rest to any one, i. e. to let rest, 
 to leave in quiet, to let alone, c. ace. 
 ^nx nn^iii let me alone that, i. e. suffer 
 me, Judg. 16. 26. Esth. 3. 8. Often c. 
 dat. <}> nrf^sn 2 K. 23, 18. Hos. 4, 17 ; 
 also with'i c. fut. Ex. 32, 10. 2 Sam. 16, 
 11 b^j^'^'i lb !in2n let him alone that he 
 may curse, let him curse, b) With ace. 
 of pers. and inf c. b , to permit or suffer 
 one to do any thing, pr. to let him alone 
 that he may do it. Ps. 105. 14 ; with dat. 
 of pers. Ecc. 5, 11 ,ra"'b ib n^ nrx 
 doth not siffer him to sleep, pr. does not 
 leave him in quiet so as to sleep. 1 Chr. 
 16, 21. Comp. the verbs UJwj and ",r3 in 
 the sense of conceding, permitting, con- 
 strued in the same manner. 
 
 3. to let, to leave, Sept. ucplri/xi, xr. 
 XttJtw, in various senses : a) i. q. to let 
 
 remain, to leave behind in any place, 
 Gen. 42, 33. Deut. 14, 28. Josh. 6, 23 ; 
 e. g. ^ people in a land Judg. 3. 1. 2 
 Sam. 16, 21. 20, 3. Jer. 27, 11; of a 
 thing Gen. 39. 16. b) to leave remain- 
 ing, Ex. 16, 23. Lev. 7, 15. With ace. 
 of thing nnd dat. of pers. to leave behind 
 to any one, to bequeath to one's heirs, 
 Ps. 17, 14. Ecc. 2, 18 ; so Is. 65, 15. c) 
 to leave or give over to any one, Ps. 119, 
 121. A) to let leave off; as ip 1^ n"|n 
 to let the hand rest, \. e. to withdraw it 
 from any thing, Ecc. 7, 18. 11, 6. e) 
 i. q. to forsake, to abandon, Jer. 14, 9. 
 Ecc. 10, 4. 
 
 HoPH. niiii to be set down, placed, 
 Zech. 5. 11 (comp. the Chald. form G-'T^ri 
 Dan. 7, 4). Part, nsia something left 
 vacant, vacant place, Ez. 41, 9. 11. 
 
 Deriv. nn:n . nis^a , nno , rn: , nn""?, 
 and the pr. names nj , ni3^ , niris , nnsa . 
 Also the two following : 
 
 niS m. 1. rest, quiet, Esth. 9, 16. 17. 
 18; c. suff. T;m3 2Chr. 6, 41. 
 2. Noah, pr. n. eee nb . 
 
 TVn'l'i (rest, r. n) Nohah, pr. n. of a 
 son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 2. 
 
 ^^J to be moved, to qiiake. i. q. Cio, 
 once Ps. 99, 1 ; Sept. aaXiv&i]j(a ^ yij, 
 Vulg. maveatur terra ; and so Syr. and 
 Chald. Kindr. is Arab, cjlj vacillavit 
 
 m iricessu. 
 
 rr^lD (r. n^:) in Cheth. for pr. n. ni'j 
 Naioth in Keri, 1 Sam. 19, 18. 19. 22. 
 23. 20, 1, 
 
 * ''jj Chald. Pa. i>33, i. q. bas , to soil 
 to fold. Hence 
 
 1^^ 3 Chald. f. Ezra 6, 11, and 
 
 '''?)3 Dan. 2, 5. 3. 29 ; a dunghill. Dan. 
 2. 5 and your houses shall become dung- 
 hills, i. e. sinks, cloacae ; comp. 2 K. 1 0, 27. 
 
 D^S to slumber, to fall asleep from 
 weariness and lassitude, and thus differ- 
 ing from Vr?r *o sleep. The primary 
 idea seems to be that of nodding, like 
 Gr. vi'o-TM^o), which the LXX put for it. 
 Of watchmen, guards. Ps. 121, 3. 4. 
 Is. 5. 27. Trop. of inactive and slothful 
 leaders, prophets. Nah. 3. 13. Is. 56, 10. 
 Ps. 76. 6 cnsd VOi they sleep their sleep, 
 are fallen asleep, perish. Syr. >aa id. 
 
ro 
 
 658 
 
 515 
 
 Contra Arab. |vj signifies to sleep, and 
 /j^ to slumber. 
 
 Deriv. n^^sn , pr. n. fi15^ , and 
 
 rraiS f. slumber, light sleep, Prov. 
 23, 21. 
 
 "pJ not found in Kal ; Hiph. fut. 
 yi"^ , to sprout, to put forth, subolescere. 
 Ps.'72, 17 Cheth. iv^d "pr ffliaffi-iSEb so 
 long as the sun endures shall his name 
 flourish. In Keri, Niph. *iir shall be 
 spread abroad. Sept. diafisvsl. Hence 
 j"^) , '|i355 , also 
 
 'J'^3 pr. Syr. and Chald. ajish, so called 
 from its prolificness, see the root. In 
 Heb. Nun, pr. n. of the father of Joshua, 
 Ex. 33, U. Num. 11, 28, and so con- 
 stantly in the book of Joshua. Sept. 
 everywhere Navrj, obviously from an 
 error of the earliest copyists (NATIl 
 for NATN). From the forms IV/5;j and 
 Nit(il found in some Mss. (see Holmes,) 
 we may gather that later transcribers 
 suppo.ed this JSavri to be the pronuncia- 
 tion, according to Itacism, of the HebreAV 
 X-'ns. Once "jiD id. 1 Chr. 7, 27. 
 
 P^2 fut. 0^ , conv. 133*1 ; inf con- 
 str. C)!i:b , D3b . 
 
 1. to move swiftly, to haste, to fly ; 
 the radical idea being that of flying, 
 (comp. to fly and to flee.) although 
 this again is itself secondary, coming 
 from the idea of radiating, glittering ; 
 see under y^i, and comp. Schroeder 
 Origg. Heb. p. 150. Spoken of the ra- 
 pid course, flight, of a horse and his 
 rider; Is. 30, 16 DiD-b? ^o xb nr^{^|^ 
 ,lO*i3Pl |3"i>S 0!t33 but ye say, ' No, fur 
 ice will fly on horses ;' therefore shall ye 
 flee ; parali. as-is b;5-bs . There is here 
 a paronomasia arising from the double 
 meaning of the verb 013 . 
 
 2. to flee, siniilar to synon. rrna with 
 which it is often coupled ; though some- 
 times put nbsol. to flee away, to escape, 
 as Am. 9, 1 03 cnb 013;; sb. Jer. 46, 6. 
 Spoken of single persons, and al.so of 
 nations, armies. Judg. 7. 22; also of 
 things which flee away. e. g. waves Ps. 
 104, 7. 114, 3; sorrow Is. 35, 10. 51, 1 1 ; 
 vigour Deut. 34, 7. So Cant. 2, 17 and 
 4, 6 in describing the evening : 103 
 Dibbz^n the shadows flee, i. e. become 
 
 lengthened, as it were flee from us and 
 are lost. Once "ib 03 , Fr. il s''enfuit. Is. 
 31, 8 ; see in b A. 3. b. The pers. or 
 thing from which or throtigh fear of 
 which one flees, is put after ^}y)'0 Ex. 4, 
 
 3. Num. 10, 35. Josh. 10, 11. al. \-q Is. 
 24,18. Ps. 104, 7; ^3Sb Deut. 28, 25. 
 Josh. 7, 4. 1 Sam. 4. 17 ; once b Num. 
 16, 34, comp. in b A. 3. e. The place 
 whither one flees is put with bx Deut. 
 
 19, 5. 1 K. 2, 28 ; b 2 K. 8, 21 . Jer.'lS, 16 ; 
 ace. with n ioc. Gen. 39, 12. 18. 2 K. 14, 
 19 ; ace. simpl. 2 K. 9, 27. With bs of 
 pers. to flee to any one for help. Is. 10, 3. 
 
 PiL. DDi3 to impel; Is. 59, 19 as a 
 confined stream 12 noo's T\i'n'^ nin which 
 the wind of Jehovah drives onward. 
 
 HiPH. O-'sn 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, 
 to cause to flee, Ex. 9, 20 ; to put to 
 flight, Deut. 32, 30. 
 
 2. to place in safety, to secure, with 
 ace. of thing, Judg. 6, 11. 
 
 HiTHPAL. OOisPii to betake oneself to 
 flight, to flee, Ps. 60, 6 ; so the ancient 
 versions, but see in 003 II. 
 
 Deriv. 0'^3 , Oi3^, rtoiSTS, pr. n. 013 V 
 
 * 5^2, also i^'^ as inf absol. Is. 24, 
 
 20. Ps. 109, 10, but also constr. Is. 7, 2. 
 
 1. to nod, to waver, to reel, to move to 
 and fro unsteadily, Gr. vtva, Germ, nick- 
 en. Chald. id. but rarely ; Arab, clj 
 mid. Waw, to be moved ; II. to move to 
 and fro, to make wave, as the wind a 
 bough, etc. Spoken: a) Of drunken 
 persons, to reel, to stagger. Is. 29, 9. Ps. 
 107, 27 ; and hence of the earth Is. 24, 
 20 ; of the blind. Lam. 4, 14 ; one's paths 
 Prov. 5; 6. b) Of a tremulous motion, 
 to tremble, e. g. as leaves agitated by 
 the wind Is. 7, 2; also of persons or 
 things moved with fear, to quake, Is. 6, 
 
 4. 19, 1. Ex. 20, 18. c) Of the tremu- 
 lous motion of any thing suspended in 
 the air, to vibrate, to wave, to sway to 
 and fro, as of miners suspended in the 
 pits. Job 28. 4 ir; ^"isx^ '^"^ they hang 
 down far from the dwellings of m-en, 
 and .twing to and fro. So of a tree, to 
 wave over other trees, metaph. for to 
 rule over them. Judg. 9. 9. 11. 13. d) 
 Of the lips of a person speaking softly, 
 to more, to vibrate. 1 Sam. 1, 13. 
 
 2. to wander about, comp. 113 and *T13 ; 
 Am. 4. 8. 8, 12. Lam. 4, 14. 15. Jer. 14 
 
yi3 
 
 6fi9 
 
 1^13 
 
 10. Ps. 109, 10. aen.4,12lj; TJ a wan- 
 derer and a fugitive. Causat. to cause 
 to-wander to and fro, 2 Sam. 15, 20 Cheth. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Hiph. to be shaken, as 
 a tree in order that its fruit may fall, Nah. 
 3, 12 ; in a sieve, to be sfted, Anj. 9, 9. 
 
 HiPH. 5"'3n 1. to move to and fro, to 
 shake, e. g. in a sieve, to sift, Am. 9, 9 ; 
 the hand, as a gesture of scorn, to wave, 
 .Zeph. 2, 15. More frequent in this 
 sense is the phrase BiXT S^jn to move tfw. 
 head to and fro, to nml or wag the haul, 
 Sept. xivtlv Tr/V KKpulTjV, Vulg. movcre 
 caput, a gesture of scorn, insult, con- 
 tumely ; prob. not the shaking of the 
 head, the usual token of denial, refusal ; 
 but a continued nodding to or at any one, 
 which, altliough a usual sign of assent 
 and approval, may also imply assent and 
 joy in one's adversity and calamity ; 
 just as the clapping of hands implies not 
 only assent and approbation, but also 
 scorn ; comp. Lakemacher Observv. VII. 
 p. 56 sq. Thesaur. p. 865. Ps. 22, 8 all 
 they that see me laugh me to scorn, they 
 gape with the lips, ffixn !l?^2^ tliey nod the 
 head. 109, 25 ; with bs of pers. Lam. 2, 
 15; ""^nx Is. 37, 22. 2K. 19, 21. Here 
 too some refer ttJNT 1123 ?'^:n to nod 
 with the head, a (i^a) here marking 
 the instrument. Job 16, 4 ; but it seems 
 here rather to imply pity. Yet T"?!! 
 rs"i3 implies insult, Jer. 18, 16 ; comp. 
 48, 27. Ps, 44, 15. Ecclus. 13, 7. Matt. 
 27, 39. Also to move, i. q. to disturb, to 
 disquiet, e. g. one's bones, 2 K. 23, 18. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. a. b, to cause 
 ioreelor stagger ; Dan. 10. 10 lo! a hand 
 touched me "'"i;; PiosT "is-ia-bs '35i:ni 
 and made me reel (stand reeling and 
 trembling) upon my knees and the palms 
 of my hands. 
 
 3. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
 wander about, nXaQut, Num. 32, 13. Ps. 
 59, 12. 2 Sam. 15, 20 Keri. 
 
 Deriv. cSJSSia and pr. n. Wb. 
 
 ^^7^*^^ (with whom Jehovah con- 
 venes, r. *!?';) Noadiah, pr. n. a) m. 
 Ezra 8, 33. 'b) f. Neh. 6, 14. 
 
 ki("12 1. to lift up, to elevate, see tll'S, 
 nw. Arab, olj I, IV, intrans. to be 
 s ' 
 
 liigh, Ipfly ; OtJ the highest part of a 
 camel's hump. Hence 
 
 2. to lift up the hand repeatedly, to 
 move or wave the hand up and (hwri, 
 see Hiph. Spec, to sprinkle, which is 
 done by such a motion, with two ace. 
 Prov. 7, 17 nia "'asaa tib? / have 
 sprinkled my bed with myrrh. Comp. 
 Hiph. no. 3, and PBa . More freq. is 
 
 Hiph. q-^sn , inf tpirt, once by Chald. 
 nojn Is. 30, 28. 
 
 1. to lift up repeatedly, to more or 
 wave up and down, Sept. at'(j<a, InuiQia. 
 Spec, a) 1^ Cl^sn to wave tlie hand, as 
 one beckoning Is. 13, 2 ; to shake the 
 hand or fist, e. g. in threatening Is. 11, 
 15. 19, 16. Zech. 2, 13 (c. b?) ; for 
 punishment, c, bs Job 31, 21. So of 
 the hand as applied for soothing, heal- 
 ing, c. bx 2 K. 5. 11. Comp. xuiuaelta 
 iTjvXitgu, Syr. IjJ) .jiljf Acts 13, 16. 19, 
 33; comp. 12, 17. b) to lift up and 
 shake, or wave, e. g. an iron tool, a sickle, 
 upon any thing, i. e. to apply an iron 
 tool, sickle, to any thing, Sept. i7ii(iall(o, 
 c. b5 Ex. 20, 25. Deut. 23, 26. 27, 5. 
 Josh. 8, 31. 
 
 2. to move to and fro, to shake, to wave, 
 spoken of a motion not necessarily up 
 and down, but alwo from side to side, e. g. 
 of a saw Is. 10, 15 ; a sieve, to aifl, Is. 30, 
 28. Chald. qis and nas, Eth. iA^, 
 to sift. Spec, of a certain ceremony in 
 sacrifices, by which portions of the vic- 
 tims or offerings, before being placed 
 upon the altar, were waved to and fro, 
 as if to show and present them on every 
 side. Lev. 7, 30 the fat with the breast 
 shall he bring, and the breast shall be 
 ""I ^.^s^ nsiian inx Ci"3fib for waving it 
 with a waving before Jehovah. 8, 27. 29. 
 9, 21. 10, 15. 14, 12. 24. 23, 11. 12. 20. 
 Ex. 29, 24. 26. Num. 5, 25. 6, 20. 
 Joined also with the rite of elevating, or 
 the Aeat'e-ofiering, n^i-in Q">"in , Ex. 2^, 
 27. Lev. 7, 34 ; between which rites the 
 Rabbins justly distinguish thus, viz, 
 that the heave-oSenng is presented with 
 a motion up and down, and the wave- 
 offering with a motion from side to side ; 
 see Carpzov. Apparat. p. 709 sq. In 
 the case of living victims and in the con- 
 secration of the Levites, the waving 
 would seem to have consisted in lead- 
 ing them about to and fro. Num. 8, 
 11-21. Saadia.3 renders well, in re- 
 
C]'13 m. elevation, height, see r. Tiia. 
 Ps. 48, 3 beautiful for elevation is mount 
 2ion, i. e. it rises gracefully. But C)3 
 Memphis, is of Egyptian origin, q. v. 
 
 V" 1. Vr. to send out raijs, to spar- 
 kle, to glitter, as Arab. ^joLi raid. Waw; 
 comp. 7:13 and y'^J"'? a spark. Hence 
 
 2. Trop. tojlonn'sh, see Hiph. 
 
 3. Trop. to fty, to fee, as in kindr. D^iS. 
 The idea of sparkling, radiating, is oft- 
 en transferred to other kinds of swift 
 tremulous motion ; comp. rjl^"] "'la sons 
 of the lightning, i. e. switb birds of prey ; 
 also "I'^IJ no. 2, 3 ; Lat. micare, emicare; 
 see Schroeder Origg. Heb. p. 144. So 
 perh. Lam. 4, 15 i?3 3? ^^3 they fee 
 away and wander y but see in H:$3 no. 1. 
 
 Hiph. f'Sn tofourish, Cant. eVll. 7, 
 13. In Targg. yzv. id. 
 
 Note, The nouns y?. , ^^^ , 1^3 are 
 derived from the kindred verb VS3 
 q. V. 
 
 ^2215 f (r. n^3) rt wingfeather, pin- 
 ion, Ez. 17, 3. 7. Job 39, 13. For the 
 form ri'Si Lev, 1, 16 see below in its or- 
 der, 
 
 P^3 a doubtful root, prob. i. q. p3^ to 
 suck; whence lut. Hiph, !in;5''3ri5 and 
 the suckled him, Ex. 2, 9, But a very 
 slight change of the vowels gives 
 ^nis-'sni , from ps^ . 
 
 '" obsol, root, to shine, i. q. irtj II. 
 
 Arab. \lj mid, "Waw, id. 
 
 
 5rp5 G60 
 
 Bpect to offerings, by Uo,^ ^y^ 
 agitando agitavit ; and, of living vie- 
 
 tims and persons by Li\ O) circiim- 
 
 duxit circumdncetido. Among the Ro- 
 mans the porreclio was a similar rite ; 
 as also the elevation of the host (mon- 
 stratio) in the Latin church. Rarely of 
 offering in general, Ex. 35, 22, 
 
 3, i. q. Kal no. 2, to sprinkle, to scat- 
 ter, as God the rain, Ps. 68. 10. 
 
 HoPH. ?j3in pass, of Hiph, no. 2, Ex. 
 29, 27. 
 
 PlL. w]5i3 i. q. Hiph. no. 1, to shake the 
 hand or fist at any one, as a gesture of 
 threatening, c. ace. Is. 10, 32. 
 
 Deriv. nE3. r3, rE3, r^B^l^n. and 
 
 Syr. l?aJ fire, Sam. 
 
 , pr, n. 
 
 and wAJ light, 
 
 ^t^id. 
 
 Deriv, t"?, -i3, -11373, nni3:Q 
 nj-i3, 
 
 "113 Chald. f. emphat, xn^is.^re, Dan. 
 3, 6. 11. 15. 17. 27. 7, 9. al.' 
 
 ''^^^ i. q. ir-^X , to he sick, ill at ease, 
 once trop. of the mind Ps. 69, 21, Syr. 
 v.^ id. Gr. voaog, voiiaoq. 
 
 * njp fut. nj'i, apoc. ^1 Is. 63. 3, conv 
 T*1 2 K. 9, 33. ' 
 
 1. to leap for joy, to exult, to spring. 
 The primary idea is that of sparkling, 
 fying out, so that nj3 with the sibilant 
 softened is kindr, with ns3, ys3, yiis. 
 Arab, tyj to leap, to spring, has a wide 
 usage ; see Thesaur. p. 868. 
 
 2. Of liquids, to leap forth, to spo7d, to 
 spirt, to be sprinkled, with by , bx , on, 
 upon any thing Lev. 6, 20 [27]. 2 K. 9, 
 33 ; also Is. 63, 3. 
 
 Hiph. n?n, fut 'n^'], conv. t"]. 1. to 
 cause to leap for joy. to cause to extdt, to 
 make rejoice, with ace. and by in or be- 
 cause of any thing ; Is. 52, 15 ii?;^ "jS 
 T^by c"'3n era so shall he cause many 
 nations to rejoice in himself ; comp. 
 nin-^a b-a. Sept. omm x^av^aaovxai, 
 txtvri TioXXit tTt avToi. Gr. Syr. Vulg. 
 Luth. Engl, so shall he sprinkle many 
 nations, see no. 2, i. e. my servant the 
 Messiah shall make expiation for them ; 
 but this accords less well with the 
 parallel verb Qtt'a. 
 
 2. to sprinkle, e. g. water, blood, also 
 oil Lev. 8, 11; c. b? Ex.29, 21. Lev. 5, 9. 
 8, 30. Num. 8, 7 ; bx towards Lev. 14, 
 51 ; -^SQ-bs Lev. 16,' 14; "'SSb ib. et v. 
 15; ^:B-rx Lev, 4, 6, 17. ' Ace. impl. 
 Num. 19. 18. 19. 
 
 Deriv. n^n pr, n. 
 
 T'T? m. see in r. isiT Niph. p. 274. 
 
 'T'T? m. (r, "IT3) constr, I'lts , one con- 
 secrated, devoted, spoken of persons, 
 
 1. a Nazarite, a species of ascetica 
 among the Hebrews, who bound them- 
 selves by a vow to abstain from certain 
 things (see the law Num. 6, 2 sq.) Am. 
 2, 11. 12; more fully n%*7bx i-'ts conse- 
 crated to God, Judg. 13, 5, 7! 16, 17, So 
 i^Tj T13 the vow of a Nazarite Num. 6, 
 
bT3 
 
 661 
 
 hi' 
 
 2. From the Nazarite, who left his 
 locks unshorn, the word was translerrcd 
 to the vine, which every seventh and 
 also every fiftieth year was lell unpinn- 
 ed. Lev. 25, 5. ] 1. Comp. Talrnudic 
 nap'S rbins virginitas sycomori, a syca- 
 more not yet pruned. 
 
 2. a prince, as consecrated to God, 
 Gen. 49, 26. Deut. 33, 16. Lam. 4, 7. 
 Comp. n^TZfia. 
 
 ^I? fut. b?7 1. tojiotp, to run, kindr. 
 VlT, bbj ; e. p. liquids, Num. 24, 7. Ps. 
 147, 18. Part. plur. n-^^na the flowing, 
 an epithet of waters Jer. 18, 14 ; hence 
 poet, for floods, streams, Ex. 15, 18. Is. 
 44, 3. Ps. 78, 16. Prov. 5, 15. Metaph. 
 of language, Deut. 32, 2 my speech shall 
 flow (distil) as the dew. Of fragrant 
 odours distilling and flowing through 
 the air, Cant. 4, 16. In poetry also to 
 flow with any thing is put to express 
 abundance, with ace. (see in T^bfi no. 3,) 
 Jer. 9, 17 c^^-^ibn iirDi'ESi and our eye- 
 lids flow with waters. Is. 45, 8. Job 36, 
 28. 
 
 Note. The form ibn Judg. 5, 5 is for 
 uhli Niph. of bbt q. v. ' 
 
 HiPH. b'^Jri , causat. of no. 1, to cause 
 to flow Is. 48, 21. The same form is 
 found in bbj . 
 
 Deriv. nibjo q. v. 
 
 DTj obsol. root, either i. q. Arab. 
 ijhj to perforate, to string pearls, whence 
 
 9.0- 
 
 itjh^ a string of pearls ; or better, i. q. 
 Chald. COT to muzzle, whence Syr. 
 ]lflici nose-ring, and Ethiop. *H^<?^ 
 a ring in the nose of animals to be tamed, 
 i. q. nn . Hence 
 
 QT3 m. c. suff. Ptats, plur. B''aj3, cstr. 
 i^ts , a ring, i.e. a) a nose- ring, a fe- 
 male ornament common in the East ; 
 Gen. 24, 47. Is. 3, 21. Prov. 11, 22. Ez. 
 16, 12. See Jerome on Ez. 16, 12. 
 Hartmann's Hebraerinn II. 166. III. 
 205 sq. b) an ear-ring, Gen. 35, 4. 
 Ex. 32, 2. Genr. and without specifica- 
 tion, Judg. 8, 24. 25. Job 42, 11. Prov. 
 25, 12. Hos. 2, 15. 
 
 Pir Chald. to siifer loss or detri- 
 ment. Part, pn Dan. 6, 3. Freq. in 
 Targg. 
 
 56 
 
 A PH. pfsn to bring lona upon, to en- 
 damage, Ex. 4, 13. 15. 22. Hence 
 
 pT3 m. loss, damage, Esth. 7, 4. 
 
 * ^1} in Kal not used, Arab. jo 
 to consecrate, to vow. The Arabs thu 
 embrace in this one word what the He- 
 brews express by the two kindred verbs 
 I'lJ and i]3 . The primary idea is that 
 of separating. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to separate oncfelfCrom any 
 one, e. g. ^j'l'J ''!)'!!5<^ i- e. to fall away 
 from the worship of Jehovah, Ez. 14, 7. 
 
 2. to abstain from any thing, with )'0 
 Lev. 22, 2 ; absol. spoken of abstinence 
 from food and drink Zech. 7, 3, comp. v. 
 5. Syr. Ethpe. id. 
 
 3. to consecrate or devote oneself to 
 any thing, e. g. njnib Hos. 9, 10. 
 
 HiPH. "I'^n 1. to separate one from 
 any thing, i. e. to restrain from, to ad- 
 monish against. Lev. 15. 31 "rx cni-'nT 
 cnxn-jia bx-tbi-^aa cause ye tlie children 
 of Israel to separate themselves from their 
 uncleanness, i. e. admonish them not to 
 make themselves unclean. Comp. Arab. 
 ^ Ju IV to premonish, to admonish. 
 
 2. Trans, to consecrate, c. b Num. 6y 
 12. 
 
 3. Intrans. i. q. Niph. no. 2, to abstaiUf 
 c. ',73 Num. 6, 3. 
 
 4. i. q. Niph. no. 3, to consecrate or de- 
 vote oneself nl.T'b Num. 6, 2. 5. 6. 
 
 Deriv. vn, Ci''-it2T3, and 
 
 "IT? m. c. sufF. l")^? 1. consecration. 
 of a priest Lev. 21, 12 ; spec, of a Naza- 
 rite (see Tin) Num. 6, 4. 5. 9 lit: lyxi 
 his consecrated head. v. 12. Hence me- 
 lon, consecrated head sc. of a Nazarite, 
 Num. 6, 19. Also, the primary idea 
 being dropped, unshorn hair, long hair^ 
 e. g. of a woman, Jer. 7, 29. 
 
 2. a diadem, worn as the mark of con 
 secration, e. g. by the high priest, whoso 
 diadem was called la^prt "iT3 , Ex. 29, 6. 
 39, 30. Lev. 8, 9 ; a king 2 Sam. 1. 10. 
 2 K. 11, 12. 2 Chr. 23, 11. al. it; ^32X 
 the gems of a diadem, put Sot any thing- 
 precious, Zech. 9, 16. 
 
 ^^ Noah pr. n. Gr. IVm, iVw, (i. q. 
 Hia rest, r. ni3,) the son of Lamech, 
 preserved from the deluge for his right- 
 eousness, Gen. 5, 29. 32. c. 6-9. 10, 1. 32. 
 1 Chr. 1, 4. 9, 2. Ez. 14, 14. 20. So ''IJ- 
 
nr;3 
 
 662 
 
 bra 
 
 ni the waters of Noah, the deluge, Is. 
 5-J, 9. On the etymology see Thesaur. 
 p. 862. 
 
 lanS (hidden, verbal of Niph. r. nzr\) 
 Nahbi, pr. n. m. Num. 13, 14. 
 
 "t';' in Kal prset. nni , iraper. nna , 
 and in Hiph. nn:n, fut. fin?^, infi 
 M'nDn. 
 
 1. to lead, to conduct, to guide ; kindr. 
 are 5H3 , inj , Sept. often, odr^yioi, xu&ij- 
 yibi, sometimes /w, ijiiiyia. Constr. c. 
 bK to any one, Ex. 32, 34 ; 1? Ps. 60, 
 11; ^3S-rx 1 Sam. 22, 4; ':sb Prov. 18, 
 16; also with "("a of place whence Num. 
 23, 7 ; absol. Job 38, 32. Often of God 
 as leading or guiding a people or per- 
 sons : Gen. 24, 27 -nN r-^a ">; ':n: rjnria 
 "'3'ij$ ?A.e iyO?'d /tai/i led me in the way to 
 the house of my master'' s brethren, v. 48. 
 Ex. 13, 17. 21. Neh. 9, 12. Ps. 78. 14; 
 with bx Ps. 107, 30 ; a Ex. 15, 13. Deut. 
 32, 12. Ps. 31, 4. 139,' 10. Is. 57, 18. al. 
 Trop. God is said to lead any one in a 
 way of righteousness Ps. 23, 3 ; in the 
 old way, the religion of the forefathers, 
 Ps. 139, 24 ; in his counsel 73. 24 ; comp. 
 also Ps. 5, 9. 27, 11. 
 
 2. to lead out or away, to carry away 
 to any place. 1 K. 10, 26 "^nsa ens*] 
 -rlirj f>^nd brought them out into the cities 
 for chariots. So to lead or carry away 
 a people into exile, coupled with nbsn, 
 2 K. 18, 11. Job 12, 23 he enlargeththe 
 nations and (again) leadeth them away 
 into captivity. 
 
 B^n3 Neh. 7, 7, see BWJ lett. c 
 
 'CPin (consolation, r. am) Nahum, pr. 
 n. of a prophet, Nah. 1, 1. 
 
 CtJ^nS m. plur. (r. cnj) 1, consda- 
 iions Is. 57, 18. Zech. 1, 13 where many 
 Mss. and editions have C^sni, but 
 against analogy. 
 
 2. compassion, Hos. 11, 8. 
 
 "T^n; (snorting, snoring,) Nahor,^T.n. 
 
 a) A postdiluvian patriarch Gen. 11, 22. 
 
 b) A brother of Abraham Gen. 26, 27. 
 
 ^n: tn. adj. (denom. from Pt^nj) 
 brazen, trop. Job 6, 12. Also 
 
 mD*n; pr. fem. of the preced. a) 
 brazen, as 'a rd;5 a bow of brass, bra- 
 zen, Ps. 18, 35. Job 20, 24. b) Neut, any 
 
 thing made of brass, a brazen thing, 
 Lev. 26, 19. Job 41, 19. Is. 48, 4. Mic. 
 4, 13. Hence poet, for brass, i. q. rtUTO , 
 Job 28, 2. Is. 45, 2 nc^nj rirb'n doors 
 of brass, brazen doors. Job 40. IS ^p"'X 
 nriin: tubes of brass. 
 
 TnTtyi f. plur. Ps. 5, 1, an instrument 
 of music, prob. tibicB, pipes, fates, i. q. 
 bibn . It is for nbni the perforaled, pr. 
 part. Niph. ofr. bin. 
 
 Q^Tr^? dual (r. ini) the nostrils, from 
 snoring. Job 41, 12 [20]. Syr. sing. 
 
 nose, Arab. 8*.^ nostril. 
 
 * ^"3 fut. bnr 1. to take, to get as 
 a possession, to possess, nearly i. q. ISJ"^'' . 
 The primary idea seems to be that of 
 leading, drawing ; so that bnj is oi like 
 signif with bna. From the idea of 
 leading, comes, on the one hand, that 
 o? fowing, whence bn? stream ; and, on 
 the other, that of taking, receiving, as 
 we also say, ' to draw money, to draw 
 profit,' etc. for " to get, take, receive.' 
 Spoken: a) Often of the Israelites as 
 acquiring and enjoying possession of 
 Canaan, c. ace. Ex. 23, 30. Josh. 14, 1. 
 Is. 57, 13. Ps. 69, 37, aJ. Without ace. 
 to take possession, to haee possession, to 
 possess. Josh. 16, 4. Num. 32, 19; with 
 a of place Num. 18, 20. Deut. 19, 14. 
 Num. 18, 23. 24. Josh. 17, 6. 19, 9. b) 
 Of God who takes Israel as his own pos- 
 session, and therefore protects and de- 
 fends them ; Ex. 34, 9. Zech. 2, 16 [12] ; 
 with 3 of place Ps. 82, 8. c) Genr. to 
 get, to gain, to acquire, as a possession, 
 e.g. glory Prov. 3, 35; wealth 28, 10; 
 also folly 14, 18 ; the wind 11, 29. So 
 Jer. 16. 19 our fathers ibns "ijraJ have 
 po.fses.9ed lies, i. e. idols for worship. 
 Ps. 119, 111 tky precepts have I taken 
 as a possession for ever, d) With ace. 
 of pers. to take possession of any one, 
 i. 6. to seize upon his possession, to drive 
 out, to dispossess him, Zeph. 2, 9. Comp. 
 ^T, no. 1. b. 
 
 2. to get by inheritance, to inherit, with 
 2 of place, Judg. 11, 2 r-'sa bnsn jft 
 flS'^ax thou shah not inherit in our fa- 
 ther's house. The LXX render by 
 xlij^ovofiib) also many passages cited 
 under no. 1 ; but the specific idea of 
 inheritance in this verb is rare. 
 
br3 
 
 663 
 
 bna 
 
 3. Causat. i. q. Pi. to give to be pos- 
 tessed, to distribute any thing, with ace. 
 of thing iind h of pors. Num. 34, 17 
 
 Vixn-nx cab i5n:''"ir!< who shall diatri- 
 bute the land unto you. v. 18. Josh. 19, 49. 
 
 PiEL bn: to give to be possessed, to 
 distribute. Josh. 13,32; with two ace. 
 of pers. and thing Josh. 14, 1. Num. 34, 
 29; b of pers. Josh. 19, 51. 
 
 HiPH. bTisn , fut. b-^nr 1. to give as 
 a possession, to cause to possess, often 
 with two ace. of pers. and thing, 1 Sam. 
 2, 8. Zech. 8, 12 ; often spoken of the 
 distribution of the land of Canaan, Deut. 
 1, 38. 3, 28. 19, 3. 31, 7. Jer. 3, 18. 12, 14. 
 Josh. 1, 6. With ace. of thing impl. 
 Deut. 32, 8 D^-ia '(i-ibs bnjna when the 
 Most High gave (divided out) to the na- 
 tions their possession. Pro v. 8, 21. Ace. 
 of pers. impl. Is. 49. 8. 
 
 2. to cause to inherit, i. e. a) to leave 
 as heir Prov. 13, 22. b) to leave as 
 an inheritance, with dat. of pers. 1 Clir. 
 28, 8. e) to distribute an inheritance, 
 with two ace. Deut. 21, 16. 
 
 HoPH. to be made to possess, i. e. to 
 have allotted or appointed as one's por- 
 tion, although by compulsion and un- 
 willingly ; hence with ace. (Heb. Gr. 
 140. 1. a.) Job 7. 3 xiai-^nn;;; "^b "Tibn:?! 
 / have been allotted months of misery, 
 Buch are appointed as my portion. 
 
 HiTHP. i. q. Kal, to receive as one^s 
 own, to possess oneself of, e. ace. Num. 
 32, 18. Is. 14, 2. With dat. of pers. to 
 possess for oneself and. for one's heirs, 
 i. e. so as to transmit to one's heirs ; 
 Lev.2D.46 C3''^ni< =3''22b cnx onbnjrirn 
 and ye shall possess them for yourselves 
 and for your sons after you ; so all the 
 ancient versions. In the same manner 
 are to be explained Num. 33, 54. 34. 13. 
 Ez. 47. 13. Comp. Ewald's Krit. Gramm. 
 p. 204. 
 
 Deriv. nbns and the four following. 
 
 5'^2 m. with He local Num. 34. 5, and 
 poet, nbn? P.s. 124,4; dual c-^bns Ez. 
 47, 9 : plur. n"bn3 , constr. "^briD , c. suff. 
 
 1. a stream, brook, torrent, so called 
 from its flowing, see r. bns Kal no. 1. 
 Lev. 11, 9. 10. Deut. 8. 7. 10. 7. 1 Sam. 
 17, 40. 2 Sam. 17, 13. Is. 11, 15. Ps. 78, 
 20. al. ssep. ')n''^^ bns a perennial brook, 
 
 see in iri'' no. 1. r,a"35 bnj an overflow- 
 ing stream Is. 30, 23. 66, 12. Jer. 47. 2. 
 cbpo ma stones of the brooks Job 22, 24, 
 comp. 1 Sam. 17, 40. Is. 57. 6. So 3"i5 
 bro willows of the brook Lev. 23,40. Job 
 40. 22 ; and hence n''3"J?n bnj the brook 
 of willows Is. 15, 7, as pr. n. of a stream 
 on the east of the Dead Sea. perh. the 
 present IVady el-Ahsy, ^^tM.s,'^\ l^^^9 
 which descends from the eastern moun- 
 tains and enters the south end of the 
 Dead Sea; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
 p. 488, 555. Most of the streams in Pa- 
 lestine are ton-ents flowing only in win- 
 ter, ^?//i^(5ot, and such an one is meant 
 in Job 6. 15 : my brethren are deceitful 
 like the torrent, which dries up unex- 
 pectedly and so'disappoints the traveller. 
 The torrents(0"'bn3) of Palestine named 
 in the O. T. are:"vo-ix '3, -liban 's, 
 pa^ '3 , called also nr-n 's 2 Sam. 24, 5, 
 n-'-i3'3, jii'ip '3. (itij-'p '3, n2|5'3, see 
 under these words. Further, '^S"^??^ 3 
 the brook of the desert i. e. of the Arabah, 
 put perh. for the Kidron, which falls into 
 the northern part of the Dead Sea, 
 comp. 2 K. 14. 25. a7"^sa bn? the brook 
 or torrent of Egypt, on the confines of 
 Egypt and Palestine, later 'I'lvoxooovga, 
 now Wady el-Arish, yiL>jjLJt, Num. 
 34, 5. Josh. 15, 4. 47 ; comp. 1 K. 8, 65. 
 2K. 24, 7. Is. 27, 12; called also xm' 
 i^oj^tjv simply bn3 Ez. 47, 19. 48, 28. 
 But the 7-it*er of Egypt. C1'^^^ "ins , is 
 the Nile, Gen. 15, 18. Poet. ^i-iBj'bnj 
 a torrent of sulphur Is. 30. 33; streams 
 of honey Job 20, 17 ; streams of oil Mic. 
 6, 7 ; bs^ba "^bns torrents of destruction 
 Ps. 18, 5. ' 
 
 2. a valley, ravine, watered by a brook 
 or torrent, Arab. ^^^^'^ Wddy, Syr. fLtJ 
 for Gr. (p'XQuy^ Luke 3, 5. Gen. 26, 19. 
 Num. 24, 6. 2 K. 3, 16. Ps. 104, 10. Cant. 
 6, 11. al. The vallies enumerated of 
 this kind are : bs'Jx '3 , pnib '3 , n'^^'i'-l 's , 
 ^"^.l '5 J "^"^^ 3; see under these words. 
 Since bns signifies both a brook and the 
 valley in which it flows, the same ex- 
 pression may be understood of either ; 
 as n-T '3 of the brook Deut. 2, 13. 14, 
 and of the valley Num. 21, 12 ; and in 
 some examples it may be doubtful which 
 is meant, as Josh. 15, 7. 19, 14, comp 
 11. See Thesaur. p. 873. 
 
bn5 
 
 664 
 
 DTtI 
 
 3. Prob. shaft or adit of a mine ; Job 
 28, 4 bna yns ^Aey ireoA: (pierce) a shaft. 
 
 nbriD Milel Ps. 124, 4; see in bn: 
 init. 
 
 ^^t!!? f. (r. bnj) con8tr. rhyr: , c. suff. 
 'nbn: ; plur. nibns is. 49, 8. 
 
 1. a taking- possession, occupation; 
 Is. 17, 11 nbns Ci-^a in ^Ae rfaj/ o/" occu- 
 pation, i. e. of gathering the harvest. 
 But on account of the following 2N3 
 laiwS, it is better to read J^^na a deadly 
 wound ; see in r. nbn Niph. 
 
 2. a possession, estate, property, that 
 which is possessed. Ps. 2, 8 / will give 
 thee the heathen as thy possession, ^nbns. 
 So o^ wealth Prov. 20, 21. Ecc. 7J21; 
 often er of a possession of land, real es- 
 tate, Num. 16, 14. 36, 7. 8. 9. Ruth 4, 5. 
 6. 10. Josh. 19, 49. Spec, a) Of the 
 territory assigned by lot to each tribe, 
 Josh. 23, 23. 28 ; comp. 18, 20. 28. 19, 1. 
 8. 9. 16. 23. 31. 39. 48. Hence of the 
 Levites it is said. Num. 18, 23 among 
 the children of Israel they shall have no 
 possession, v. 24. 26. 62. Josh. 13, 14. 33. 
 14, 3. b) Of the whole land of Pales- 
 tine, given as a possession to the Israel- 
 ites, Deut. 4, 38. 15, 4. 19, 10. 20, 16. 
 21, 23. 24, 4. 26, 1. spr^ nbn_3 Is. 58, 
 14. al. c) fiin"^ '^^'H? the possession of 
 Jehovah, his property, i. e. the children 
 of Israel, whom Jehovah cares for and 
 protects as his own cherished people, 
 Deut. 4, 20. 9, 26. 29. 1 Sam. 26, 19. 2 
 Sam. 14. 16. Is. 19, 25. Joel 2, 17. Jer. 
 12, 7-9. Ps. 28. 9. 106, 40. al. But in 
 Ps. 127. 3 '''' rbrij is a possession from 
 the Lord, bestowed by him. d) For 
 the phrase cs fi^n?"] p^n "o v:^ , see in 
 p^.ri no. 2. a. 
 
 3. Spec, an inheritance, patrimony, 
 .Num. 27, 7. Job 42, 15. 1 K. 21, 4. Prov. 
 
 19, 14; also Prov. 17,2. 
 
 4. a. portion, lot, assigned of God, i. q. 
 p^n no. 2. d. Job 27. 13. Is. 54, 17. Job 
 
 20, 29 bxT3 iirx rhn the lot appointed 
 unto him from God. With gen it. id. 
 Job 31, 2 ; comp. Ps. 127, 3 in no. 1. c. 
 
 ^^"^n? (valley of God) Nahaliel, pr. 
 n. of a station of the Israelites in the 
 desert. Num. 21, 19. 
 
 ''UbniJ Jsfehelamite, patronym. other- 
 wise unknown, Jer. 29, 24. 31. 32. 
 
 ^^'T!5 n i. q. f^^ro, a possessio7i, por- 
 tion, lot, with the less frequent feminine 
 termination n-;-, Ps. 16, 6. R. h'n^ . 
 
 "U^ in Kal not used, pr. onoma- 
 topoet. to draw the breath forcibly, to 
 
 pant, to sigh, to groan, like Arab. 1^ . 
 
 Kindred roots are arts, n^n, np3, q. v. 
 NiPH. nrt3, fut. Bns7, conv. an|ii . 
 
 1. to lament, to grieve ; for the use of 
 the passive and middle in verbs of emo- 
 tion, comp. n3N3 , o8iQo^ai, contrislari, 
 also S13 Niph. Spoken : a) In regard 
 to others, hence i. q. to pity, to have 
 compassiwi, absol. Jer. 15, 6 cn:n "'n'^sba 
 I ajn weary of having compassion ; c. by 
 Ps. 90, 13; bx Judg. 21, 6; b v. 15 ; -,1? 
 Judg. 2, 18. b) In regard to one's 
 own doings, to grieve ; hence to repent, 
 (comp. Germ, reuen which in Switzer- 
 land means to grieve, Engl, to rue,) Ex. 
 13, 17. Job 42, 6. Ps. 110, 4; with ^3 
 Gen. 6, 6. 7. 1 Sam. 15, 11. Often of 
 one who repents, grieves, for the evil he 
 has brought upon another, Ps. 106, 45. 
 Jer. 20, 16. Jon. 3, 9. Joel 2. 14 ; c. b? 
 Ex. 32, 12. 14. Jer. 8, 6. 18, 8. 10 ; bx 2 
 Sam. 24, 16. Jer. 26, 3. 
 
 2. Reflex, of Piel, to console oneself to 
 be covforted Gen. 38, 12 ; with bs con- 
 cerning any thing 2 Sam. 13, 39 ; with 
 "'"^nx i. e. for the loss of any one Gen. 
 24, 67. Hence 
 
 3. to avenge oneself, to take vengeance, 
 since, to use the wordsof Aristotle, Rhet. 
 II. 2, TJ] o()yii insTUL ^5o'j Tig uno i^ 
 iknidog rov rL^ioiQi^iiaa&au With "(73 Is. 
 1, 24 ; comp. Ez. 5, 13. 31, 16. 32, 31. 
 See Hithp. no. 3. 
 
 PiEL ens , fut. cn?"^, to console, to com- 
 fort, pr. to express grief compassion ; 
 Job 16, 2. Ecc. 4, 1 cn5Ta cnb ^'S they 
 had no comforter. Lam. 1, 2. 9. 16. 17. 
 With ace. of pers. Gen. 37, 35. 50, 21. 
 Ruth 2, 13. al. With b? of things con- 
 cerning whic)i, 1 Chr. 19, 2. Is. 16. 7. 
 22, 4. Ez. 14, 22. Job 42, 11. So God is 
 said to comfort any one by restoring to 
 him his favour, Is. 12, 1. 49, 13. Jer. 31, 
 13. Zech. ], 17. Ps. 23. 4. a I. 
 
 PiiAL cn.3, to be con.<ioled, comforted , 
 Part, nrn: for nrn3^ Is. 54. 11. 
 
 Hrriii>r nn:rn', once cn:n Ez. 5, VS^ 
 i. q. Niph. but less frequent. 
 
orta 
 
 665 
 
 \r:n3 
 
 1. to lament, to grieve : a) For ano- 
 ther, i. e. to pity, to have compassion, c. 
 b? Deut. 32, 36. Pa. 135, 14. b) to re- 
 pent, Num.23, 19. 
 
 2. to console oneself, to be comforted, 
 Gen. 27, 35. Ps. 119, 52. 
 
 3. to avenge oneself, to take vengeance ; 
 Gen. 27, 42 nb nnsno Tj-nx nbs nsn 
 T^annb lo, Esau thy brother will avenge 
 himself by slaying thee. 
 
 Deriv. o'^ainj, D'^osinsn, ni^ain n, 
 the pr. names Dins, cnjB, rrn:n, and 
 the five here following. 
 
 Qr?? (consolation) Naham, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 4, 19. 
 
 Ona , plur. 0'an3 , see in Q'^oin? . 
 
 0^3 m. repentance, Hos. 13, 14. 
 
 '^''^nD f (r. dhd) Kamets impure, con- 
 solation, Job 6, 10. Ps. 119, 50. 
 
 ^''^n^ (whom Jehovah comforts) A'e- 
 hemiah, pr. n. a) The son of Hacha- 
 Hah, governor of Judea under Artaxerxes 
 Longimanus, Neh. 1, 1. 8, 9. 10, 2. 12, 
 26. Sept. Nsffiiag. Comp. xronn. 
 Different are b) Neh. 3, 16. V) Ezra 
 2, 2. Neh. 7, 7. 
 
 ""r^n? (compassionate, r. tanj) Naha- 
 mani, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 7. 
 
 ''"'75 i- q- ''^nix, toe, found only Gen. 
 42, 11. Ex. 16, 7. 8. Num. 32, 32. 2 Sam. 
 17, 12. Lam. 3, 42. 
 
 ens i. q. Chald. idns brass, see in 
 
 \( U^ i. q. ynb , fo urge, to press, see 
 under the letter b. Part. pass, ynnj 
 urged, i. e. urgent, pressing, 1 Sam. 21, 
 9. Arab. tj>i-^ id. 
 
 ' _? onomatopoetic root, Arab. -^ , 
 Syr. i-mJ. to breathe hard through the 
 nose, to snort, to snore, comp. Eth. imL, 
 to snore. Gr. ^iyx^h ^oy/oe. Hence 
 
 '3'?'5''TO) pi". n. "linj, also the two follow- 
 ing. 
 
 *in5 m. Job 39, 20, and Hnn? f. jgr. 
 8, 16, a snorting, e. g. of a horse. 
 
 "^n? 2 Sam. 23, 37, and "^^riD i Chr. 
 11, 37 (snorer, r. inj) Naharai, pr. n. m. 
 
 1. iTnj in Kai oq^ used, an onoma- 
 topoetic root, i. q. i:5nb, expressing a low 
 
 56* 
 
 hissing sound, to hiss, to whisper, espec. 
 of the whispering or muttering of sorce- 
 rers. Bee tnb Pi. Ps. 58, 6. Comp. Zab. 
 amI to whisper, see Cpd. Nas. III. p. 88, 
 
 y 
 
 line 16. 18. Syr. < amI to practise en- 
 chantments. 
 
 PrEL ^ns, fut. TSn?^, /o ^oAre auguries, 
 to practise divination, to divine, Lev. 
 19, 26. Deut. 18, 10. 2 K. 17, 17. 21. 6. 
 Some here understand btpifinvxtia or 
 divination by serpents, as if denom. from 
 ttinj ; see Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 21. 
 Hence 
 
 2. In a wider sense, to divine, to prog- 
 nosticate, to augur, i. e. to feel a pre- 
 sage ; Gen. 30, 27 nin'i ''Ssns^l "'Fi^nj 
 T^bbsa I augur that Jehocah btesseth me 
 for thy sake. 44, 15 know ye not Ons ''S 
 ^rirs n':jx ly-'x virt:"^ that such an one as 
 I could certainly divine such things? v. 
 5 whereby indeed he divineth ? i. e. the 
 cup, xvlixoftnvTtla. ] K. 20, 33 D-'djxni 
 van;" and the men took as a good omen 
 sc. the words of Ahab in v. 32. See 
 more in Thesaur. p. 875. 
 
 Deriv. irns, ism, pr. n. "lianj. 
 
 11. iCijJ a root assumed to furnish 
 an etymology for rrdns brass ; perh. to 
 be bright, corresponding to '|ian. But 
 the Semitic languages afford no trace 
 of such a usage. 
 
 ^^? m. (r. Viui I) 1. incantation, en- 
 chantment. Num. 23, 23. 
 
 2. augury, omen, which one takes, 
 Num. 24, 1 ; comp. 23, 3. 15. 
 
 r}3 m. (r. irns I) 1. a serpent, so 
 called from its hissing. Gen. 49, 17. Ex. 
 4. 3. 7, 15. Deut. 8, 15. Ps. 58, 5. al. 
 Frequent mention is made of its deadly 
 bite, Num. 21, 17 sq. Am. 5, 19. 9, 3. Ecc. 
 10, 11. Prov. 23, 22 ; also of its cunning, 
 Gen. 3, 1 sq. comp. Matt. 10, 16, and Bo- 
 chart Hieroz. III. p. 246 Lips. Put for the 
 constellation of the serpent or dragon in 
 the northern quarter of the heavens, Job 
 
 S j; 
 
 26, 13. Arab. gjS^. 
 
 2. Nahash. pr. n. a) A place other- 
 wise unknown 1 Chr. 4, 12. b) A king 
 of the Ammonites 1 Sam. 11. 1. 2 Sara. 
 10, 2. c) 2 Sam. 17, 27. d) 2 Sam. 
 17, 25. 
 
'^n3 
 
 666 
 
 tS5 
 
 ^^3 Chald. m. brass, copper, Dan. 2, 
 32. 45. 4, 20. al. Syr. ]ltli , Heb. POins . 
 
 "jlTCJlS (enchanter, r. Vbn I ) Nahshon, 
 pr. n. of u son of Amminadab, Ex. 6, 23. 
 Num. 1, 7. Ruth 4, 20. 
 
 mens (r. ttjnj II) comm. gend. m. 
 Ez. 1, 7. Dan. 10, 6, f. 1 Chr. 18, 8 ; c. 
 Buff. TiFiuin: Ez. 16, 36, "inaim Lam. 3, 7; 
 dual n-^najn . 
 
 1. brass, x^^^o?, pr. copper, mostly as 
 hardened and tempered, and so used for 
 arms and other implements, Gen. 4, 22. 
 Ex. 26, 11. 37. al. saepe. Metaph. Jer. 
 6, 28 brass and iron are tJiey all, i. e. 
 base, vile, of less precious metal. Syr. 
 and Chald. id. 
 
 2. Any thing made of brass or cop- 
 per, e. g. a) money, brass or copper 
 coin, Ez. 16, 36 r^r\^n r(S^'n );; , Vulg. 
 quia effusum est ces tuum. b) a chain, 
 fetter, of brass or copper, Lam. 3,7. So 
 dual D^nttJnj/eWersJudg. 16, 21. 2 Sam, 
 3, 34. 2 K. 25, 7. Jer. 39, 7. 52, 11. 
 
 XrCOnp (brass) Nehushta, pr. n. f 
 of the mother of king Jehoiachin, 2 K. 
 .24, 8. 
 
 jniCnS m. (from rttJns and the end- 
 uing '|-) Nehushtan, i. e. the brazen ser- 
 "pent, erected by Moses, and broken in 
 'pieces by Hezekiah because the Israel- 
 iites made of it an idol and worshipped 
 iit under this name, 2 K. 18, 4. 
 
 * ^"^ fut. nr!:7 Ps. 38. 3, and nn;; 
 >Ptoy. 17, 10, to go or come dcncn, to de- 
 scend, a root common in AramsBan, i. q. 
 Heb. Ti^ ; so Chald. rns fut. nw;;, Syr. 
 l^ fut. Zstti . In O. T. only poetic ; 
 perhaps denom. from the noun Pn5 (r. 
 ni3), the r passing over into a radical. 
 Jer. 21, 13 ^irbs rn^i-^TS who will come 
 down against 7(s 7 sc. to attack us. Ps. 
 .38, 3 T\ni 'h:} nnSFil and thy hand cometh 
 down upon me in chastisement. Plur. 
 siFiH] Job 21, 13, for ^rn;), Dag. euphon. 
 comp. Lehrg. p. 85. Trop. Prov. 17, 10 
 'pat^a ir^ys rnn reproof goeth down 
 .(sinketh deep) into the mind of the wise, 
 comp. 18, 8. 26, 22. The form pnn is 
 ipenacute. comp. Lehrg. 51. 1. n. 1. 
 
 .Nipu. rns i. q. Kal, Ps. 38, 3 rpsn-is 
 ''a IP "3 for thine arrows conie down 
 vpon me, pierce me. 
 
 PiEL r.riS to press doxon, e. g. a bow, 
 i. e. to bend, Ps. 18, 35 ; furrows, i. e. to 
 level, spoken of rain Ps. 65, 11. 
 
 HiPH. to lead down, i. q. ^I'n'in. Jm- 
 per. Joel 4, 11 Vl'^'i'ias "i; nnsrt na^ thi- 
 ther lead down, Jehovah, thy warriors; 
 comp. V. 2. Others : prostrate, but con- 
 trary to the parallelism. 
 
 Deriv. ninns . 
 
 r^n? Chald. to come down, to descend, 
 part, nn; Dan. 4, 10. 20. 
 Aph. fut. pn;; , imp. pnx, part, pnno . 
 
 1. to bring down or arcay, Ezra 5, 15. 
 
 2. to lay down, to deposit, for safe- 
 keeping, Engl, to lay up, Ezra 6, 1. 5. 
 
 HoPH. r^nsrj after the Heb. to be 
 brought down, to be deposed, Dan. 5, 20. 
 
 f^ f. (r. nns) as Pna3 from psid. 
 
 1. a letting down, e. g. of the arm for 
 punishment. Is. 30, 30, comp. v. .32. 
 Concr. that which is let down, set on 
 upon a table J Job 36, 16 T;:nbaJ PPs 
 the food of thy table. 
 
 2. rest, quiet. Is. 30, 15. Job 17, 16. 
 Prov. 29, 9. Ecc. 6, 5. Ace. as adv. 
 Ecc. 4, 6 pns iris ikh-q a handful with 
 quietness. 
 
 3. Nahath, pr. n. see t\it\. 
 
 d'^ririD adj. plur. (r. PHj) coming down, 
 descending. Dag. euphon. 2 K. 6, 9. 
 
 ' 9t ^^t. i^'^'i , apoc. tJ^ , an , conv. 
 a^5 , c. Mak. ^}^ . 
 
 1. to stretch out, to extend, Arab. UaJ 
 extendit fila. Kindred roots are nP3, 
 ^^"^ '^^? > q- V. Spec, a) to stretch 
 out. to extend, e. g. the hand Ex. 8, 2. 
 13. 10, 12. 21 ; the hand with a spear 
 Josh. 8, 26. and ellipt. v. 18 ; often of the 
 hand of God in threat Jer. 51, 25. Ez. 
 6. 14. 14, 9. 13. Is. 5, 25; or of man as 
 if to assail God, Job 15, 25. So a mea- 
 suring line, c. hy, to stretch the line 
 upon any thing Job 38, 5. Is. 44, 13. 
 Lam. 2. 8. Also to stretch out in length, 
 to elongate; Is. 3, 16 "liiJ r.i'rjii see in 
 ",1^5. Ps. 102, 12 ""it^J VjE a lengthened 
 shadow, i. e. lengthened in the declining 
 sun, at the approach of evening ; comp. 
 109, 23. b) to stretch, to spread out, to 
 e.rpand. e. g. a tent Gen. 12. 8. 26, 25 ; 
 the heavens Is. 40, 22 c^isr pH? naiirt 
 who apreadeth out the heavens as a cur 
 
ntD3 
 
 667 
 
 tDJ 
 
 tain, awning. 45, 12. Jer. 10, 12. 51, 15. 
 Job 9, 8. Metaph. b? nsn nas io spreofl 
 otit evil against any one, a metaphor 
 drawn from nets, Ps. 21, 12,-1 Chr. 21, 
 10 T^-^is naa -"jx ttSibi^ / spread out three 
 things before thee (i. e. I propose to 
 tliee), choose one ; comp. 2 Sam. 24, 12, 
 where for naia is bais. Intrans. to 
 spread oneself out, e. g. as flocks in the 
 land. Job 15.29. 
 
 2. to incline, to bow, i. e. to make tend 
 downwards; e. g. the shoulder for bear- 
 ing Gen. 49, 15; the feet for a fiill Ps. 
 17, 11 (comp. 73, 2) ; the mind Pa. 119, 
 112; the heavens, spoken of God, Ps. 18, 
 10. Part. pass. Ps. 62, 4 ""laj T'p a wall 
 inclining, leaning. ready to fall. Inlratis. 
 of feet inclining to a fall Ps. 73, 2 ; the 
 declining day Judg. 19, 8 ; the shadow 
 on a dial moving downwards 2 K. 20, 10. 
 
 3. to turn, to turn away, to deflect, i. e. 
 to make tend to one side ; Is. 66, 12 lo, I 
 idIH turnpeace upon her like a river, i. e. 
 as a stream is turned in its course. Gen. 
 39, 21 non rbs a1 and turned upon him 
 favour, i. e. conciliated favour towards 
 him. Oflener intrans. to turn away, to 
 decline, Num. 20, 17. 22, 23. 26. 33 ; with 
 bx to any one Gen. 38, 16 ; with "jia and 
 05^ from any one, from a way, Ps. 44, 
 19.119,51.157. Job 31, 7. IK. 11, 9; 
 with '^nx to turn away after i. e. to the 
 party of any one Ex. 23. 2. Judg. 9, 3. 
 
 1 K. 2, 28 ; comp. 1 Sara. 8, 3. Hence 
 
 4. to go atcay, to go, 1 Sam. 14, 7. 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1, to be stretched, 
 
 extended, as a measuring line Zech. 1, 
 16 ; of a stream, to spread itself out Num. 
 24, 6 ; of evening shadows, to be length- 
 ened. Jer. 6. 4; comp. Virg. Eel. 1. 84. 
 
 HiPH. n::n, fut. >^'4'^, apoc. 1 pers. ax 
 Hos. 11, 4, in pause ax Job 23, 11, axi 
 Jer. 15. 6; 2 pers. an Ps. 27, 9. 141, 4'; 
 3d pers. a;i 2 Sam. 19, 15 ; imp. apoc. 
 on Ps. 17, 6. 
 
 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, but less usual, to 
 stretch out, to extend : a) E. g. the hand 
 
 ^ Is. 31, 3. Jer. 6, 12. 15, 6 ; the limbs upon 
 a couch or bed Am. 2. 8. b) As a tent 
 
 2 Sam. 16, 22. Is. 54, 2 ; sackcloth 2 Sam. 
 21, 10. 
 
 2. to incline downwards, to bow, to de- 
 press, Gen. 24, 14 ; the heavens, spoken 
 of God, Ps. 144, 5. Spec, the ear in or- 
 der to listen, Jer. 7, 24. 26. 11, 8 ; with 
 
 h to any one Ps. 17, 6. 116, 2. Prov. 4, 
 
 20. 5, 1. al. 
 
 3. to turn, to turn away, to deflect, bc. 
 towards one side, i. q. Kal no. 3. Num. 
 22, 23. 2 Sam. 3, 27. Metaph. Job 36, 18 
 a great ransom cannot turn thee away, 
 sc. from the divine punishment, so as to 
 avoid it. Spec. 
 
 a) 'b 3^ nan to turn the heart of any 
 one, 2 Sam. 19, 15 ; with br to any thing 
 Prov. 21, 1; i>!< Ps. 119, 37; b 141, 4; 
 'nnx 1 K. 11, 2. 3. 4. In a bad sense, 
 to turn away, to seduce any one, Prov. 7, 
 
 21. Is. 44, 20. Also bx iab nan to in- 
 cline one^s heart to. Josh. 24, 23. 1 K. 8, 
 58 ; to wisdom Prov. 2, 2. 
 
 b) 'b bs ^D^ nan to turn favour upon 
 anyone, to procure favour for him, Ezra 
 7, 28. 9. 9. Comp. Kal Gen. 39, 21. 
 
 c) as'ria nan 1 Sam. 8, 3, to turn 
 aside right, to pervert justice, right being 
 compared to a straight path from which 
 it is wrong to turn away on either side. 
 Hence, to pervert the ways of justice 
 Prov. 17, 23. With genit. 'e asaj-a nan 
 to pervert or wrest the right of any one, 
 spoken of a judge, Ex. 23, 6. Deut. 27, 
 19. Lam. 3, 35 ; and, in the same sense, 
 to pervert the way i. e. the right of any 
 one. Am. 2, 7. Ace. impl. Ex. 23, 2. 
 
 d) to turn away, to thrust out sc. from 
 a way. Job 24, 4 they turn the needy out 
 of the way. Hence metaph. of the way 
 of right and justice (comp. in lett. c.) 
 Is. 10, 2 ; and so without mention of a 
 way. Is. 29, 21. Am. 5, 12. Prov. 18, 5. 
 
 e) to turn away any thing from a per- 
 son, to avert, e. g. good Jer. 5, 25. 
 
 f ) to turn away a suppliant, to repulse, 
 Ps. 27, 9. 
 
 g) Intrans. to turn aside, to decline 
 from a way, to swerve, c. ',12 Is. 30, 11. 
 Job 23. 11, With ace. of place whither, 
 Ps. 125, 5. 
 
 Deriv. a^ (na). na-a. nao, naia or 
 na'a . and pr, n. na^ . 
 
 ^"'k?? m. verbal adj. (r. baj) laden, 
 Zeph. 1. 11. 
 
 ?''V? . see Q'^saa . - 
 
 rr^B^ipp f. plur, (r, t;a:) drops, pen- 
 dants for the ears, ear-drops, especially 
 of pearls, Judg. 8, 26, I. 3, 19. Arab. 
 
 JuiaJ id. Comp. Gr. (rraKa/fiiov a kind 
 
^t3D 668 
 
 of ear-pendant, from (TraAa^w to drop, 
 distil. 
 
 nitjit23 f piur. tendrils, twigs, Is. 18, 
 
 5. Jer. 5. io. 48, 32. R. Ci:3 , see Niph. 
 Is. 16, 8. 
 
 * ''^J fut. ^la'i 1. ff) take up, to lift 
 up. Chald. id. Syr. V^lI to be heavy, 
 from the idea of lifting. Kindred roots 
 are ^^n, i^^n ; comp. Sanscr. tut, i. q. 
 Lat. tollere. Is. 40, 15 bia"^ p-r? di*j< /te 
 taketh zip the isles as dust, as an atom. 
 
 2. to lay upon, to impose upon any 
 one, c. br , 2 Sam. 24, 12 b-qii -^rbx bu 
 ^"^bs ^/iree things I lay upon thee, i. e. 
 propose to thee ; comp. the parallel pas- 
 sage in 1 Chr. 21, 10 where it is naiu, 
 and in the same sense "^3?^ "(03 Jer. 21, 
 8. Lam. 3. 28 ^'h^ baa 'i for God hath 
 
 r T - T / 
 
 laid upon him sc. calamity. 
 PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1. Is. 63, 9. 
 Deriv. b^'M , bas . 
 
 ^^5 Chald. to lift up, Dan. 4, 31. Prat, 
 pass. Dan. 7, 4. 
 
 ''^1? m. (r. baj) a burden, load, Prov. 
 27,3. 
 
 * y'^P fut. SIS': , inf. 5b? and rsa , pr. 
 to set upright, tofx in the ground. Kindr. 
 are rii^ ^. to set, S^;i Hiph. i-'Stn id. 
 
 also saj. ::av Comp. Sanscr. dhd, Gr. 
 ti&rjfit. Spec. 
 
 1. to plant, as a tree, garden, vineyard, 
 Gen. 2, 8. 9, 20. Lev. 19, 23. Num. 24, 
 
 6. al. So God is said to plant the forest- 
 trees Num. 24, 6. Ps. 104, 16. The place 
 where is put with 2 Jer. 32, 41 ; bs Am. 
 9, 15 ; in ace. tq plant a field, etc. Ez. 
 36. 36. Hence with two ace. to plant a 
 garden, etc. with any thing, Is. 5. 2. Jer. 
 2. 21 . Trop. a) to plant a people, i. e. 
 to assign them a fixed and permanent 
 residence ; comp. in Engl. ' to plant a 
 colony;' Am. 9, 15. Jer. 24, 6 / vrill 
 plant them. I will not pluck them up. 32, 
 41. Ps. 44, 3. Ex. 15, 17. 2 Sam. 7, 10. al. 
 Comp. opp. isnj. al.'so ya*q and *in^ Ezra 
 9, 8. b) Ps. 94. 9 God who planted the 
 ear, i. e. created, formed it. 
 
 2. to f.T, to fasten, as a nail, Ecc. 12, 
 11. Comp. in Engl, 'to plant a nail.' 
 
 3. io plant, i. e. to pitch a tent, Dan. 
 11, 45, and so of the tent of the heavens 
 
 Is. 51, 16 ; to set up an image Deut. 16, 
 21. 
 
 Niph. to he planted, metaph. Is. 40, 24. 
 
 Deriv. Sa^ and the two following. 
 
 T^}. m. in pause Sa3 , constr. 5a3 Is. 5, 
 7, c. suft". ""SJas ; plur. D"'ya3 , i^;a3 . 
 
 1. a planting, i. e. what is planted. Is. 
 17, 11. 
 
 2. a plant, sc. recently planted, Job 
 19, 9. Sept. well vtoqiVTov. 
 
 3. a plantation, place planted. Is. 5, 7. 
 17, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 23. 
 
 D'^5'p2 m. plur. (r. Sas) plants, Ps. 144, 
 12. ' 
 
 * ^I^P fut. Cia-^, to drop, to fall in 
 drops, to distil. Aram, and Arab. ^ _ q U ^ 
 id. Eth. iflin stillavit. and i/H^ per- 
 colavit, which comes from the idea stil- 
 lare. The primary syllable r.a is ono- 
 matopoetic, as in Engl, and Germ, with 
 r inserted, to drop, tropfen. Metaph. of 
 discourse ; Job 29, 22 my speech distilled 
 upon them, was grateful to them as the 
 ruin. Often trans, like Engl, to drop, 
 with ace. to drop or distil any thing, to 
 let fall in drops, comp. ^73 no. 1. Tyi'n 
 no. 3. Joel 4, 18 Oior cnrin ^t,^'^ the 
 mountains drop down new wine. Cant. 5, 
 5. 13. Judg. 5, 4 ; ace. impl. Ps. 68. 9. 
 Trop. Cant. 4, 11 Tj-^rirBa njsaFi rsb 
 thy lips distil honey. Prov. 5, 3. In a 
 similar manner the Arabs transfer the 
 idea of watering, irrigating, to flowing 
 and pleasing discourse ; comp. ^c, and 
 other synonymous verbs. 
 
 Hiph. to let fall in drops, to drop, c. ace. 
 Am. 9, 13. Spec, of discourse, and the 
 accus. being omitted, simply to speak, to 
 prophesy, Mic. 2, 6. 11. Ez. 21. 2. 7 [20, 
 46. 21, 2]. Am. 7, 16. Comp. raj , N33 . 
 
 Deriv. n'^B'^as, pr. n. raa, and the 
 two Ibllowing. 
 
 51V? m- 1- a drop. Job 36, 27. 
 
 2. An aromatic gum or resin, used for 
 incense, so called from its flowing out in 
 drops, distilling, Ex. 30, 34. Sept. ara- 
 XT] (from (TiK^w). i. e. either myrrh flow- 
 ing spontaneously, Dioscor. 1. 74 ; or 
 the resin of styra.T (n32b) used for in- 
 cense, Salmae. Exerc. 1. 540. The lat- 
 ter is here to be understood. Engl. 
 Vers, stacte. 
 
E133 
 
 669 
 
 Xim 
 
 ntb3 (distillalion, r. C;S3) Netophah, 
 pr. n. of a place not far from Bethlehem 
 in Judca. Ezra 2, 22. Neh. 7, 26. Hence 
 the gentile n. TiBia: Netophathile 2 
 Sam. 23, 28. 29. 2 K. 25, 23. al. 
 
 *'^^? , fut. itB"j, "lion, and nias"? Jer.3, 5, 
 <o guard, to keep, i. q. '^SJ and also lo^. 
 but usually poetic. Syr. Chald. and 
 Arab. JaJ id. E. g. <o keep a vine- 
 yard, Cant. 1, 6. 8, 11. 12. 
 
 2. Spec, fo Arfcp anger, to continue 
 one's anger, the ace. being implied. Ps. 
 103, 9 lia^ cljisb xb he will not keep his 
 anger 7o''etrr. Jer. 3, 5. 12; with b of 
 pers. Nah. 1, 2 ; rx Lev. 19, 18. Corap. 
 nattJ Jer. 3, 5. Job 10, 14. 
 
 3. i. q. Arab. JhJ, to keep watch, 
 drawn from the notion of guarding ; 
 whence ir^^^ no. 2. 
 
 lt33 Chald. to keep, to preserve, xaba 
 in one's mind Dan. 7, 28 ; conip. Luke 
 2, 19. 
 
 U3t:3 fut. ca^ ttJiav 1. Pr. to 
 pound, to heat, to smile ; espec. to heat 
 small, to hreak in pieces ; whence also 
 to thrust out, to cast off. to reject. This 
 primary force of the syllable "C'J is 
 found in the monosyllable 'i=iM to pound, 
 comp. Engl, to dash ; and in the dissyl- 
 lables (j*^5 to break, to break in pie- 
 ces. t5:ib to hammer, Chald. to scatter, 
 iimJsJ to pound, to break in pieces, /wyJcj 
 
 to smite, dv"^ Heb. and Chald. to break 
 in pieces, in Chald. also to thrust out, to 
 leave, to abandon, and Heb. ^33. Sept. 
 QUfTiTU), unoTirdiiata, ^rj/vvfii, etc. Most 
 lexicographers take the sense to leave 
 as primitive ; but against the analogy. 
 Hence 
 
 a) to smile, in battle, comp. nsj. 1 
 Sam. 4. 2 ncnban cun] and the battle 
 smote, i. e. the warriors on each side 
 smote or thrust eacli other. Chald. 
 well NS-^p ^y!?? l-"'-?"^^^ 'the men of 
 war smote each other ;' Vulg. more 
 freely, but rightly as to the sense, inito 
 certamine. 
 
 b) to cast out, and then to disperse, to 
 scatter. Part. pass. 1 Sam. 30, 16 nsn 
 ynxri-bD "5Q-b5 cr::! lo, they were scat- 
 tered upon the ground. Sept. diaxf;(Vfii- 
 vol, Theodot. iaxogTiiaftivoi. See Niph. 
 
 c) to cast or thrust down, to let fall. 
 Num. 11, 31 a wind from the Liord 
 brought quails from the sea and let them 
 fall (cast them down) by the camp; Sept 
 inijiultv. Ez. 31, 12 of a tree: stran- 
 gers Jiave cut it off and cast it down ; 
 
 Sept. %mi^ulov. Ez. 29, 5. 32, 4. Hos. 
 12, 14 ttiia'i i-ibs i-'tst God will cast his 
 (Ephraim's) blood upon him. 
 
 d) to thrust Old, to cast off, to reject, 
 a) As God his people, Judg. 6, 13 but 
 now Jehovah hath rejected us (^St'Ua) 
 and delivered us into the hands of the 
 Midianites ; Sept. i^iQ^npfv, Tliood. unoh- 
 auxo. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 1 K. 8, 57. 2 K. 
 21, 14. Ps. 27, 9. 94, 14. Is. 2, 6. Jer. 7, 
 29. 12, 7. 23, 33. Once a sanctuary Ps. 
 78, 60 ; Sept. uTibtaajo. /3) Man is said 
 to reject God ; Deut. 32, 15 he rejected 
 God his Creator. Jer. 15, 6. Also to re- 
 ject the precepts of a parent ; Prov. 1, 
 8 reject not the law of thy mother ; Sept. 
 pi] uJicuaTj. 6, 20. y) to cftst off care, 
 business ; 1 Sam. 10. 2 thy father hath 
 cast off the matter of the asses, etc. Sept. 
 well, 6 najTiQ aov unoinlvuinui to ((iipa 
 T(ttv ovo)v. In former editions I have 
 given in the examples here cited in lett. 
 d, the sense to forsake, to abandon ; 
 which is adopted by most modern inter- 
 preters, and is indeed in itself appropri- 
 ate, and is sometimes admitted by the 
 Vulg. Syr. and more rarely the Sept. 
 But the stronger sense to cast off, to re- 
 ject, is here admitted if not demanded, 
 not only by the primary force of the 
 root, and by the authority of the ancient 
 versions ; but also by passages like Jer. 
 7, 29, where iTi:; corresponds to '?]"'b^^'^ ; 
 and Jer. 23, 39, where the words V'M 
 >3S bsa do not admit tbe sense to for- 
 sake. 
 
 e) to thrust out, to draw out a sword ; 
 part. pass, rra^a: ; Is. 21, 15 from the 
 drawn sword and from the bent bow. So 
 Targ. Na"ba xann . 
 
 f ) With br . to cast upon any one, i. e. 
 to commit to any one ; 1 Sam. 17, 20 aiul 
 committed (Oa*^) the flock to a keeper ; 
 Sept. a(jp^x Tti nQOjSuju (jpiAwxt. 1 Sam. 
 17, 22. 28. 
 
 2. to let, to leave, from the sense of 
 casting of; e. g. a) to leave, to let lie, 
 as a field untilled Ex. 23, 11. Neh. 10, 
 32 [31]; strife Prov. 17, 14. So of debt, 
 
>3 
 
 670 
 
 &^3 
 
 to remit, Neh. 1. c. b) With ace. of 
 pers. and inf. c. h, to leave to do any- 
 thing, i. e. to permit, to suffer ; Gen. 31, 
 28 and hast Tiot suffered Trie to kiss (xb 
 pTSjb "^snsB::? ) viy sons and my daughters. 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be 
 broken in pieces; Is. 33, 22 thy tack- 
 lings are broken in pieces (WK3), they 
 strengthen not the mast j Sept. ig^uyrj- 
 aav, Symm. i'SfQ^i<PV' 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 1. b, to be dis- 
 persed, scattered ; hence of a multitude, 
 to spread themselves; so the branches 
 of a vine Is. 16, 8 ; an army Judg. 15, 
 9 where Sept. i^eg^lcprjaav. 2 Sam. 5, 
 18. 22. 
 
 3. Pass, of Kal no. l.c, to be cast down 
 to be prostrated ; Am. 5, 2 the virgin of 
 Israel .. .is cast down prostrate upon her 
 land ; Vulg. projecta est in terram siuim. 
 
 PuAL pass, of Kal no. 1. c. to be cast 
 down, destroyed, Is. 32, 14. Others, to 
 be forsaken'; see in Kal 1. d. 
 
 Deriv. mtrj-'as . 
 
 ''S a word of doubtful authority, which 
 the Heb. intpp. regard as for "^n (r. 
 nni), Ez. 27, 32 nn-'ja in their wailing, 
 according to the Masora. But 11 Mss. 
 and several printed editions, Sept. (and 
 Arab.) Theodot. and Syr. exhibit the 
 reading cn"53 their sons, which is bet- 
 ter ; comp.' Ez. 32, 16. 2 Sam, 1, 18. 
 
 ^"? obsol. root, Arab. *^Lj mid. Ye, 
 to be raw, uncooked, as flesh ; II, IV, to 
 
 % 
 be not well cooked ; ^ raw, half-cook- 
 ed. Hence X5 II. 
 
 3*^2 m. (r. ^K) produce, fruit, Mai. 1, 
 12. Metaph. c';ir!Bia Z^^ the fruit of the 
 lips Is. 57, 19 Keri, i.e. offerings pre- 
 sented to God with the lips, thanksgiv- 
 ings ; comp. Hos. 14, 3, and yixQJiog ^h- 
 Xduiv Heb. 13, 15. Chethibh in U. 1. c. 
 has sis, comp. Chald. 3"i3 fruit. 
 
 "^S"^? (pcrh. fruit-bearer, r. tli:) Nebai, 
 pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 20. 
 
 T'r m. (r. *Ti3) consolation, comfort ; 
 once Job 16, 5 "^rels T'S my lip-condo- 
 lence, i. e. empty, insincere; see neb, 
 
 rVl''3 f (r. Tis , for H'nj , see Lehrg. 
 p. 145) abomination, uncleanness. Lam. 
 1, 8, i. q. n^i V. 17. Others a wander- 
 ing, from the root Ti3. 
 
 ni'^p , also Cheth. ni-'li (habitations) 
 Naioth, pr. n. of a place near Ramah, 
 1 Sam. 19. 18. 19. 22. 23. 20, 1. R. n;5 . 
 
 nn"^? m. (r. ni3) pr. rest, acquiescence.^ 
 
 as Arab. KiOy4^i> from r. *lt>, -J^-UJ 
 from r. j^G , De Sacy Gram. Arabe, I. 
 p. 561. Then, sweetness, pleasantness^ 
 delight, like the Lat. acquiescere in ali- 
 qua re for delectari, Syr. uS ^M^ i ZZ] 
 delectatus est aliqua re, Barhebr. p. 221, 
 UJj delicia;, ibid. p. 38, Talmud. XtT^D 
 ^b placetne tibi? Found only in the 
 phrase tirr^J H'^n an odour of delight, 
 i. e. pleasant odour, sweet savour ; Gen. 
 
 8, 21 n'n-'sn n-'-i-rx nin'i n"]*i and God 
 smelted the pleasant odour. Lev. 2, 12. 
 26, 31. Ez. 6, 13. 20, 41. To the Mo- 
 saic precepts concerning sacrifices is 
 very often added the phrase nn"i3-n"in 
 nin">b a sweet odour to Jehovah Lev. 1, 9. 
 13. 17. 2, 2. 9. 3, 5. 6, 14. Num. 15, 7 sq. 
 28. 8 ; also ninib msx nir^s n^nb Num. 
 28! 6. 13. 29, 6. al. Plur. Ez. 20, 28. 
 Hence 
 
 "jTliTiS Chald. m. plur. from the Heb. 
 usage in the preceding article, omitting 
 H'^n , sweet odours, incense, Dan. 2, 46. 
 Ezra 6, 10. 
 
 V? m. (r. 'p:) progeny, offspring, al- 
 ways coupled with 1^.3, Gen. 21,23. 
 Job 18, 19. Is. 14,22. 
 
 n^?"^? pr. n. Nineveh, the ancient capi- 
 tal of Assyria, situated on the eastern 
 bank of the Tigris opposite to where 
 Mosul now stands upon the western 
 bank, Gen. 10, 11. 12. Is. 37, 37. Nah. 2, 
 
 9. Jon. 1, 2. 3, 3. al. By the Greeks 
 and Romans it was usually called iN'tiof, 
 Ninus. after the name of its founder, 
 Hdot. 1. 193. ib. 2. 101. Diod. Sic. 2. 3. 
 In Ammianus however, Nineve, 23. 6. 
 In respect to its site, see the discussion 
 of Bochart, Phaleg lib. 4, cap. 20 ; also 
 Niebuhr Reit^ebeschr. II. p. 353, 368, 
 and Tab. 46. C. J. Rich Residence in 
 Koordistan. and on the site of ancient 
 Nineveh, II. p. 29 sq. 
 
 C^? Jer. 48, 44 Cheth. i. q. C3 in Keri 
 feeing, i. e. pass, made to Rce, fugitive. 
 
 'JC''? m. Nisan, the first month of the 
 Hebrews. Neh. 2, 1. Esth. 3, 7 ; called 
 
rj 
 
 in the Pentateucli ^''Sxn ttSnn q. v. Syr. 
 Chuld. and Ariib. id. Tlie name *(0"'3 , 
 if Semitic, wuuld eeem to be lor ")S"'3 , 
 ,!J3 , i. e. tiioiitk ofjlowers^ from yi a 
 flower. But Benfey with probability 
 refers it to a Persian origin, from Zend. 
 nam fan new day ; made up o'inav new, 
 and agon i. q. Sanscr. ahan day ; die 
 Monathsnamen p. 131 sq. 
 
 'pIS'^p m. a park, once Is. 1, 31. 
 Talmud, id. R. ysi, after the form 
 
 'V'? , see "13 . 
 
 ' 7 to break up with the plou;ffh, to 
 till, Hoa. 10, 12. Jer.4. 3. This root has 
 prob. sprung from Hiph. of the verb *i!t3, 
 comp. Ewald's Gramm. 235; and sig- 
 nifies pr. to make glisten. 
 Deriv. "i-'S II, "iJisa. 
 
 I. T'? m. once "13 Prov. 21, 4 (r. "^l) 
 i. q. *^3 , a light, lamp, only metaph. 
 e. g. of offspring; 1 K. 11, 36 -,7^^ 
 B-'r^n-bs 'n3r-Ti;inb n-^s-nrn that there 
 may be a light to David my servant for- 
 ever, i. e. that his posterity may conti- 
 nue forever. 1 K. 15, 4. 2 K. 8, 19. 
 2 Chr. 21, 7. Once the light of the 
 wicked, that in which they glory, Prov. 
 21, 4 ; comp. in i3 no. 1. b. 
 
 II. T*? m. (r. 113) fallow ground, a 
 field recently broken up, Prov. 13, 23. 
 Jer. 4, 3. Hos. 10, 12. 
 
 ^Y? 'o beat, to smite, i. q. n23 . 
 Arab. jOo id. 
 
 NiPH. to be beaten; Job 30, 8 "{^ 1S33 
 'J'nxn they are beaten from the land, 
 driven out with blows. 
 
 Deriv. the three following. 
 
 ^33 m. plur. B^xas smitten, trop. af- 
 flicted, Is. 16, 7. 
 
 ^?? adj. (r. n:5) afflicted; fern. rv!r\ 
 hK33 a smitten spirit, afflicted mind, 
 Prov. 15, 13. 17, 22. 18, 14. Comp. n=3 . 
 
 r^35 f. (for rx=3 , r. X23) Gen. 37. 25. 
 43, 11, strictly infin. after the form rxb?3, 
 nkif5, rs3b ; pr. contusion, a breaking 
 in pieces. Hence aromatic powder, and 
 then this general name seems to have 
 been transferred to some certain kind 
 of spice or aromatic substanoe. Sept. 
 ^fiioifta, Aqu. (rriga;, Vulg. styrax. 
 
 
 671 nss 
 
 Arab. sLC3 is i. q. XrJo gum, gum 
 trngacantli. Here seems also to belong 
 the phraHe HniJS P^a 2 K. 20, 13. U. 
 39, 2, which literally perhaps may be ren- 
 dered his spicery-fumse, as Aqu. Syniio. 
 Vulg. but more correctly as to tiie sense, 
 treasury, store-house, as Chald. Syr. 
 Saad. and Arabs Polygl. (alHo Is. I. c. for 
 Gr. rfX(t>l}u) In this house there seems 
 to have been laid up, as is said imme- 
 diately after, "silver, and gold, and spices, 
 and precious ointments ;" so that it took 
 its name from the latter rather than 
 from the former. Less probable is the 
 suggestion of Lorsb.ach, that Pb3 is a 
 Persian word from ^MtXxJOUo deponere. 
 sUo custodia ; Jenaische Lit. Zeit. 
 1815, no. 59. 
 
 "^55 obsol. root, whence 
 
 "^35 - progenies, as the Vulg. cor- 
 rectly renders it, i. e. progeny, always 
 coupled with the synon. )"i q. v. Simi- 
 lar is Ethiop. il^ genus, cognatio, tri- 
 bus, 3 and a being interchanged ; comp. 
 153 for 123 Gen. 21, 23 Cod. Sam. In 
 Job 31, 3 in some Mss. and editions 135 
 is read for the common i33 , and might 
 
 then be i. q. Arab. JcXJ calamity ; but 
 the common reading is preferable. 
 
 njJ in Kal not used, to strike, to 
 smite. Arab, and Ethiop. . ^Jo , Jo , 
 
 illP , id. but rarely used and chiefly 
 with the idea of harm. Syr. paJ Pe. 
 and Aph. to harm. Kindred are verba 
 beginning with 53 , as n53 , 'SS , r53 ; 
 comp. Lat. nec-o, noc-eo, Engl, to 
 knock. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Hiph. to be smitten, 
 slain, once 2 Sam. 11, 15. 
 
 PiEL does not occur, since what some 
 have regarded as the infin. of Piel. viz. 
 the form nss Num. 22, 6, is there as 
 elsewhere (Josh. 10, 4) 1 plur. fut. Hiph. 
 thus: 13^15X1 "ia-nss b^fin h-'.^ perhaps 
 I may be able that we smile him (Israel) 
 and J drive him out ; see Hiph. no. 3. 
 The verb bs^ is here construed with a 
 finite verb, uairrddroig, comp. in Esth. 8. 6. 
 
 PuAL pass, to be smitten, e. g. grain 
 Ex. 9, 31. 32. But Hoph. is far more 
 usual, q. V. 
 
lyi 
 
 672 
 
 n55 
 
 HiPH. nsn, 2 pers. r^'Sn. but 1 pers. 
 *nisn and with suff. ^"P'^sn 1 Sam. 17, 
 46, "T'^sn Is. 60, 10; infin. n'sn, ab- 
 6ol. nzn Deut. 13, 16 ; imp. nsn Ez. 6. 
 11, apoc. T)" ; fut. conv. ns^l . oftener Tj!] . 
 
 1. <o strike, to smite, Gr. TrAr^fftrw, e. g. 
 a) With blows, as with a rod, with ace. 
 of pers. and 2 of instrum. Num. 22, 23. 
 27 ; with the fisl or a stone in the hand 
 Ex. 21, 18 ; instrum. impl. Ex. 2, 11. 13. 
 
 1 K. 20, 35. 37. Deut. 25, 3 forty times he 
 moy strike him, i. e. give him forty 
 blows or stripes ; hence to chastise Jer. 
 2, 30. Neh. 13, 25. Also to smite the 
 cheek, to buffet, Job 16, 10, comp. Mic. 
 4, 14. 1 K. 22, 24; a rock, ace. Ps. 78, 
 20 ; with 3 to smite upon the rock Ex. 
 17, 6 ; to smite the water with a cloak 
 
 2 K. 2, 8. With '^-Q , ^^-Q , to smite out 
 ofone^s hand Ez. 39, 3 ; c. ace. to smite 
 out an eye Ex. 21, 26. 
 
 b) With any thing sharp or pointed, 
 to smite, to thrtist, e. g. with the horn 
 Dan. 8, 7 ; a flesh-hook 1 Sam. 2, 14 ; a 
 spear 2 Sam. 2, 23. 4, 6. 20, 10, c. ace. 
 2 Sam. 3, 27. In a weaker sense, to 
 smite as a worm a plant, to puncture Jon. 
 4, 7 ; the rays of the sun, comp. Engl. 
 stroke of the sun, with ace. of pers. Is. 
 49. 10 ; also of the moon Ps. 121, 6, i. e. 
 to the moon is ascribed the effect of the 
 nocturnal cold, comp. Gen. 3], 40. Hos. 
 9, 16. So Arab. (.jwO to smite, to sting 
 as a scorpion ; also mid. Kesri to be cold, 
 chilled. 
 
 c) With any thing thrown, to smite, 
 to hit ; as with a stone from a sling 1 
 Sam. 17, 49. 50, comp. 2 K. 3, 25 ; or an 
 arrow 1 K. 22, 34. 2 K. 9, 24. 
 
 The following phrases are to be noted : 
 
 aa) ps "sn to strike the hand 2 K. 
 ]1, 12. Ez. 22, 13, and ri=2 nsn to strike 
 with the hand Ez. 6, 1 1, fuliy "bx Cj? nan 
 t|S to smite hand, upon hand Ez. 21, 19. 
 22, i. e. to smite the hands together, e. g. 
 either in exultation, to clap the hand^s, 
 2 K. 1. c. or in indignation Ez. 22, 13, or 
 in lamentation Ez. 6, 11. 21, 19. 
 
 bb) 1 Sam. 24, 6 irx Ti^'sb r{':^ and 
 David^s heart smote him, i. c. as in com- 
 mon Engl. ' beat against his ribs.' 2 Sam. 
 24. 10. Comp. ^ech. Prom. 887 xQudia 
 tf)6j3oj (fQtva XttHjliiH. 
 
 cc) Often of Jehovah or his messen- 
 
 gers, who are said to smite a person or 
 people or land with disease or plagues, 
 i. e. to inflict a plague upon them. comp. 
 r;3 . fii . E. g. on;-.:? nrn to smite 
 with blindness Gen. 19, 11. 2 K. 6. 18 ; 
 pestilence Num. 14, 12 ; heemorrhoids 
 1 Sam. 5, 6 ; comp. Zech. 12, 4. Am. 4, 
 
 9. Hagg. 2, 17. Also to smite a land 
 with destruction, with two ace. Mai. 3, 
 24 ; and impl. Is. 5, 25. Ex. 7, 25 after 
 Jehovah had smitten the river, i. e. had 
 turned it into blood, comp. v. 20. So 
 Ex. 8. 13. Zech. 10, 11. Is. 11, 15. 
 
 dd) Qiand nsn to strike roots into 
 the ground, to shoot forth roots, Hos. 
 14, 6. Comp. 'd n|o Jer. 17, 8. 
 
 2. In a stronger sense : a) to smite 
 in pieces, to destroy. Ex. 9, 25 and the 
 hail smote all that was in the f eld. Ps. 
 3, 8 thoic hast smitten all my enemies as 
 to the jaw-bone, a figure drawn from wild 
 beasts. So houses. Am. 3, 15 ; two ace. 
 Am. 6, 11. 
 
 h) to smite or thrust through, comp. 
 no. 1. b ; e. g. with a spear 1 Sam. 19, 
 
 10. 18, 11. 26, 8. 
 
 c) to smite down, to overturn, to over- 
 throw, as a tent Judg. 7, 13. 1 Chr. 4, 
 41. 2 Chr. 14, 14. Praign. Zech. 9,4 
 n^^n c*2 Ti'ZT] he doth overturn her ram- 
 part into the sea. 
 
 d) to smite fatally, to kill, to slay, c. 
 ace. Gen. 4, 15. Ex. 2, 12. Josh. 20, 5. 
 
 1 Sam. 17, 36. al. sa?p. With nnna 
 Josh. 11, 10. Jer. 26, 23 ; oftener 3"in '-^Bb 
 Josh. 8, 24. 10, 39. Judg. 1, 25. 2 K. lo', 
 25. al. Coupled with n'^^an, and then 
 '^'^^, refers to the deadly blow, and the 
 former to the actual death, 1 K. 16, 10. 
 
 2 Sam. 18. 15. 2 K. 15, 10. 30. Josh. 10, 
 26 ; also 2 K. 25, 25. With UJBJ added, 
 uiep 'b ^'STi to smite one as to his life, 
 i. e. so as to touch his life, fatally. Gen. 
 37, 21. Deut. 19, 6. 11. 27, 25. Jer. 40, 
 14. 15 ; comp. Lev. 24, 18. So of God 
 as smiting men, 2 Sam. 6, 7. Ps. 78, 51. 
 105, 36 ; of the angel of God 2 K. 19, 
 35. Where only a ;;ari of a whole num- 
 ber are slain, this is marked by "|^ . Judg. 
 14, 19. 20, 45. Josh. 7. 5 ; or by 3 parti- 
 tive. 1 Sam. 18, 27. 6, 19. 2 Sam. 8, 5. 
 Judg. 15, 15. So without an aec. of 
 number, D'^S'^xa nsn to smile of the ene- 
 mies 2 Sam! 23,' lo! 24, 17. 2 Chr. 28, 5. 
 17. Num. 22, 6 ; and so 1 Sam. 18, 7 nsn 
 
ns3 
 
 673 
 
 bD3 
 
 I'^t^sa Vi!is\:i . 21. 12. 29, 5. Spoken also 
 of wild beasts, to slay, by tearing in pieces, 
 1 K. 20, 36. Jer. 5, 6. Trop. to smite 
 with the tovgite, to bring into reproach 
 and piinisliment by Blantiers, Jer. 18, 18. 
 3. In a weaiicr sense, to smile enemies 
 is often simply to overcome them in bat- 
 tle, to vaiK/uish, to put to Jiight, fully 
 n-inx r\2n Ps. 78, 66, So Gen. 14, 15 
 he smote them and purstied them unto 
 Hobah. V. 5. 7. Num. 22, 6, see in Piel. 
 Josh. 13, 12. Judg. 1, 5. 1 Sam. 13, 4. 2 
 Sam. 8, 1. 2. 3. 10. al. With an adjunct 
 of distance, Gen. 14, 15. 2 Sam. 5, 25. 
 Josh. 10, 10. 41 ; o( time how long 1 
 Sam. 30, 17. 2 Sam. 23, 10 ; of numbers 
 Judg. 1, 4. 3, 31. 1 Sara. 4, 2. Ps. 60, 2. 
 Also to smite a city, to take it by storm, 
 Josh. 7, 3. 10, 4. 1 Sam. 30. 1. 1 K. 15, 
 20. 2 K. 3, 19. al. But nnn 'Bb lis nso 
 is to slay the inhabitants of a city Judg. 
 
 20, 37 ; comp. no. 2. d. 
 
 HopH. nan and nsiin Ps. 102, 5. 
 
 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. \. to be smitten, 
 i. e. a) to be beaten Ex. 5, 14. 16. Num. 
 25, 14. b) to be smitten of God, with a 
 plague, etc. 1 Sam. 5, 12. Is. 1, 5. 53, 4. 
 Hos. 9, 16. Ps. 102, 5 t-y^_ abrs r^-^^n 
 ""ib my heart (vital strength) is smitten 
 and drieth up like the herbage. 
 
 2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2. a) to be smit- 
 ten, slain, Num. 25, 14. 15. 18. Jer. 18, 
 
 21. b) Of a city, to be smitten, to be 
 taken by storm, Ez. 33, 21. 40, 1. 
 
 Deriv. MSI?, and the two following. 
 
 HDD adj. smitten, only in constr. ri33 
 C^ba^ smitten in the feet, lame. 2 Sam. 
 4, 4. 9, 3 ; n^il fi23 smitten in spirit, af- 
 flicted, contrite. Is. 66, 2. 
 
 re? m. (r. nrj) only plur. tt^Zi Ps. 35, 
 15. smiting sc. with the tongue, i. e. rail- 
 ers, slanderers ; comp. Jer. 18, 18. 
 
 ^32 and 133 pr. n. Necho, king of 
 Egypt, son of Psammetichus, 2 K. 23, 
 29. 33. 2 Chr. 35, 20. 36, 4. Jer. 46, 2. 
 According to Manetho in his book of 
 dynasties, he was the sixth of the sec- 
 ond Saitic dynasty, and was called Ne- 
 cho II, to distinguish him from his 
 grandfather of the like name ; see Jul. 
 Afrie. in Routh's Reliq. Sacr. II. p. 147. 
 Herodotus calls him IVxov, 2. 158, 159. 
 ib. 4. 42. Sept. Ntxaw. The etymology 
 is unknown, but is doubtless to be sought 
 
 67 
 
 in the ancient Egyptian ; see Thesaur. 
 
 p. 885. 
 
 "JIDJ (prepared, r. "jiB) Nachon, pr. n. 
 of a threshing-floor 2 Sam. 6, 6. In the 
 parall. passage 1 Chr. 13, 9 it is *|'i^^^. 
 
 ^5? obsol. root, pr. i. q. ns^ to be in 
 front, before the eyes, over against, (see 
 nab,) to go straight forward. Hence 
 
 nbj, nD3, nss. 
 
 HDD m. adj. in front, straight, right, pr. 
 of one who goes straight ahead. Is. 57, 
 
 2 ins3 ~bn who walkcth straight before 
 him, goes straight ahead, i. e. an upright 
 man. With b, right, just to anyone, 
 Prov. 8, 9. Fem. nnbs as subst. right, 
 justice. Am. 3, 10. Is. 59, 14 ; plur. ninba 
 id Is. 26, 10. 30, 10. 
 
 nD2 pr. subst. (r. ri33) ' the front, what 
 is before the eyes ;' but used only as a 
 Preposition. 
 
 1. opposite to, over against, Ex. 26, 
 35. 40, 24. Josh. 18, 17. 1 K. 20, 29. al. 
 b n=3 id. Josh. 15, 7. 
 
 2. before, in presence of ; nirr^ nsi 
 i. q. "i^'"!'^ "138^ , before Jehovah, i. e. ac- 
 ceptable to him Judg. 18, 6. "'30 nsi 
 Piini before Jehovah Lam. 2, 19 ; me- 
 tapli. known to him Jer. 17, 16, and so 
 Prov. 5, 21. 1''3B nr3 D-lb to set before 
 one''s own face, i. e. to regard with fa- 
 vour, to delight in, Ez. 14. 7 ; comp. v, 
 
 3 where for r,VO is '{T}. 
 
 3. With Prefixes:^ a) rirb-bx pr. 
 'towards the front' of any thing, i. e. 
 towards Num. 19, 4. 
 
 b) nabb ) Adv. ' to the front,' i. e. 
 straight forwards. Prov. 4, 25. ft) in 
 front of, before Gen. 30, 38 ; whence 
 y) on account of, for, after a verb of 
 interceding, Gen. 25, 21 ; Sept. mgL 
 Comp. Germ, vor and /ur, the last of 
 which has also a local sense. 
 
 c) nsb "IS unto the front of, i. e. to 
 the place over against, Judg. 19, 10. 20, 
 43. Ez. 47, 20. 
 
 ^532 c. sufl". insi the front; adv. in 
 front of over against, Ex. 14, 2. Ez. 
 46, 9. R. n:3 . 
 
 ^r^ to deceive, to dealfraudiilently, 
 part. bD'<3 Mai. 1. 14. Syr. Chald. Sam. id. 
 Piel id. with b of pers. Num. 25. 18. 
 HiTHP. id. c. a Ps. 105, 25.; ind so. 
 
b53 
 
 674 
 
 nSD 
 
 with ace. to act deceitfully with any one 
 Gen. 37, 18. 
 
 Deriv. 'b"'3, "^bs, also 
 
 bD? m. plur. c. suff. cn-i^rs , deceit, 
 wiles, Num. 25, 18. 
 
 * Zy: obsol. root, i. q. 0:3, '535, q. v. 
 /o collect, to accumulate. Hence 
 
 CD? m. plur. fi'^osi goods, riches, 
 'wealth, a word of the later Hebrew. 
 2 Chr. 1, 11. 12. Ecc. 5, 18. 6, 2. Josh. 
 22, 8. Syr. ,_lBiai id. 
 
 C33 Chald. m. plur. 'po:? id. ^oofZs, 
 wealth; Ezra 6, 8. 7, 26 "pcra (lijs? /rtw/cf 
 o/" goods. 
 
 * *l55 in Kal not used. Arab. jXi 
 
 a) to be of acute intellect j contra b) 
 not to know, not to understand, and 
 hence to disallow, to reprobate ; Conj. 
 IV, not to know, to deny, to reject. See 
 Thesaur. p. 886. 
 
 . HiPH. "I'^sn is most in use. and is of 
 like signif. with yi^- 
 
 1. Pr. to look upon, to behold; Gen. 
 31, 32 ''"3523 n72 ?>V'?r! ffehold for thy- 
 self what Ys with me. 37, ,32. 38, 25. 26. 
 Neh. 6, 12. Jer. 24, 5. Spec, a) n-'Sn 
 n"'3E to look upon (he perso7i of any one, 
 to have respect of persons, to show par- 
 tiality, i. q. CIS xai in siri no. 3. b. ^; 
 spoken of a judge, Deut. 1, 17. 16, 19. 
 Prov. 24, 23. 28, 21 ; comp. Is. 3, 9. b) 
 to look upon with kindness and favour, 
 i. e. to care for, Ruth. 2, 10. 19. Ps. 142, 
 5 ; also to reverence as a god, to worship, 
 Dan. 1 1, 39. 
 
 2. to know by sight, to recognise a 
 person or thing, Gen. 27, 23. 37, 33. 42, 
 7. 8. Ruth 3, 14. Judg. 18, 3. 1 Sam. 26, 
 17. Job. 2, 12. al. Also to acknowledge; 
 Deut. 21, 17 he shall acknowledge the 
 son of the hated as thefrst-bom. 33, 19; 
 with ^3 Is. 61, 9 ; absol. 2 Sam. 3, 36. 
 
 3. to know, i. e. to be acquainted with, 
 i. q. S"!^ no. 4. Job 4, 16 but I knew not 
 its form. i. e. was unacquainted with it. 
 7, 10. 24, 13. 17. 34, 25. Ps. 103, 16. Is. 
 63, 16. 
 
 4. to know, \. e. to have a knowledge of, 
 i. q. yi^ no. 5, but rare and only in the 
 later books; inf. c. b, Neh. 13, 24 they 
 knew not how to apeak the Jews' lan- 
 guage. Ezra 3, 13. 
 
 PiEL 1. i. q. Hiph. no. 1. a, to look 
 upon, to regard with partiality ; Job 34, 
 19 nor regardetU the rich more than the 
 poor. But contra 
 
 2. not to know, to be ignorant o^. Arab. 
 Jo Conj. I, comp. above in Kal, and 
 
 see note below. Job 21, 29 ask them that 
 pass by the way, !i"'3?ri xb Dnhif] and 
 their signs thou shall not fail to know, 
 i. e. the signs, tokens, which they give. 
 Hence 
 
 3. to feign not to know, to deinj ; Arab, 
 Conj. IV, see above in Kal. Deut. 32, 
 27 'i3"i TO''"]3 !n3:';i-}Q lest their enemiea 
 should deny, and say, etc. 
 
 4. not to know, i. e. to reject ; Arab. 
 Conj. IV. Jer. 19, 4 they have forsaken 
 me ('32TS) and have rejected {}"^1'0 
 this place. Pnegn. 1 Sam. 23, 7 God 
 hath rejected (and delivered) /lira unto 
 my hand. 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be 
 known, recognised. Lam. 4, 8. 
 
 2. i. q. Hithp. no. 2, to feign, to dis- 
 semble, Prov. 26, 24. 
 
 HiTBP. 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be 
 known, recognised. Prov. 20, 11. 
 
 2. not to let oneself be known, to feign, 
 to dissemble, Gen. 42, 7. 1 K. 14, 5. 6. 
 
 Note. Many attempts have been 
 made to find some point or idea common 
 to the two significations apparently so 
 contrary as to know and not to know. 
 Perh. the following order may afford 
 hght, viz. "131 a) to look upon intently 
 Hiph. no. 1, whence to recognise, to know, 
 Hiph. no. 2-4. But as things unknown, 
 new, unheard of, cause us to look intent- 
 ly upon them, to wonder, and admire, 
 hence b) not to know, to be ignorant, 
 Pi. no. 2, Arab. I, IV. Eth. 5^*5^^ to 
 admire, to wonder. Hence "i3i strange- 
 ness, 'lai strange. Again, as things 
 known and familiar are pleasing, while 
 those unknown and strange are dis- 
 pleasing and irksome, hence c) to 
 he disagreeable, irksome; whence "i33, 
 
 -a , calamity, Arab. 8*AJ i<I- 
 
 Deriv. man, "i3 , and the tliree here 
 following. 
 
 13? m. constr. ^=3 Dent. 31, 16, 
 gtrangeness, foreignness, e. g. strange 
 worship Neh. 13. 30. 1=3 nanx estrange 
 
-tt3 675 
 
 land, foreiprn country, Ps. 137, 4. ^x 
 133 a alranf^e ^(hI, foreign. Deut. 32, 
 12. Ps. 81, 10 plur. ^3J 'niix id. Gen. 
 35, 2. Josh. 24 , 20. 23 ; strange altars, 
 dedicated to foreign gods, 2 Chr. 14, 2. 
 Also "IS?"!? a stranger, foreigner, Gen. 
 17, 12.' 2?! Ex. 12, 43. Lev. 22, 25; 
 plur. na: -^32 Ps. 18, 45. 46. Is. 60, 10. 
 Neh. 9, 2. 
 
 132 Job 31, 3, also "^3b Ob. 12, a 
 strange faie, calamity ; see in r. "i?3 
 
 note lett. c. Arab. fJ<-ii 8*^> x^- 
 
 '''rpS adj. (from i^b with the ending 
 ''-) f. n*nD3 , plur. D''n33 ; unknown, 
 strange, foreign ; Chald. ''133, "^"5313, 
 Syr. ^i-oaJ . Spoken: a) Of one from 
 another land and people, "'iSS ttJ"^X a 
 stranger, foreigner, Deut. 17, 15. Ezra 
 10, 2 sq. Deut. 14, 21. 1 K. 8, 41, 43 ; of 
 a people Ex. 21,8; a land Ex. 2, 22 ; a 
 city Judg. 19, 12; a vine Jer. 2, 21; a 
 garment Zeph. 1, 8. b) Of one from 
 another family, a stranger, not of one's 
 own household, Gen. 31. 15. Prov. 20, 16 ; 
 "inss tJ'^X oj^p. to a son and legal heir 
 Ecc. 6, 2. Fern, fij'^rj strange wo- 
 man, opp. to a wife, spoken usually in 
 respect to illicit intercourse, and hence 
 i. q. an adulteress, harlot, corap. nnt, 
 Prov. 5, 20. 7, 5. 23, 27 ; hence ,'is'b 
 Tn33 a strange tongue, i. e. the tongue 
 of a strange woman, Prov. 6. 24. Of 
 another's house Prov. 5, 10. With dat. 
 Ps. 69, 9, comp. Job 19, 15. c) anot/ier, 
 not oneself Prov. 27. 2. d) strange, un- 
 heard of, exciting wonder, Is. 28, 21. 
 
 rCD . see rxz3 . 
 
 *rib]a,ootVoundonceintheMa- 
 oretic text, but doubtful, viz. 
 
 HiPH. Is. 33. 1 n^'^n TnittJ "la'^nn? 
 "r^a ^"i'^zi laab Tin'bs? in thy ceasing to 
 spoil, thou shalt be spoiled ; in thy per- 
 fecting (finishing) to plunder, thoushalt 
 he plundered ; so the Heb. intpp. by 
 conjecture from the parallelism ; taking 
 rsss as inf Hiph. for ri^sns, Dag. eu- 
 phon. comp. Lehrg. p. 87. A. Schultens 
 compares Arab. Jlj mid. Ye, to get, to 
 acquire, Opp. min. p. 276. Comm. ad 
 Job 15,29; see examples in Thesaur. 
 p. 888. But this idea does not suit the 
 parallelism, which obviously demands 
 
 the sense of perfecting, finishing. It is 
 better, therelbre, with L. Cappell, Lowth, 
 Doederlein, and others, to read r.niss. 
 from r. nps ; which verb elsewhere also 
 corresponds to onn , Dan. 9, 24. Is. 16, 4. 
 Another trace of this root is supposed 
 to exist in the noun n^S'? q. v. Job 15, 
 29 ; but the reading is there equally 
 doubtful. 
 
 ^'J^^ 1 Sam, 15, 9, the. vile, the bad, 
 spoken of flocks, i. q. nT33 . Sept. Tjitfio}- 
 (livov, Vulg. vile. The form is wholly 
 anomalous ; and arose perhaps out of 
 the two readings i^Tala abstr. for concr. 
 and nT33 which savours of a gloss ; see 
 Lehrg. p. 462, 463. 
 
 bX^laj (perh. for ^VtA-o^ day of God) 
 Neniuel, pr. n. m. Num. 26, 9. Patroiiym. 
 in ''- ib. V. 12. See also bxiiBi . 
 
 =1^? a spurious root, whence some 
 derive the forms T^B"^ , wan , which be- 
 long to the root T\~'0 . 
 
 ^ i J a root doubtful in the verb it- 
 self since all the forms assigned to it 
 may be, not to say ought to be, referred 
 to hh^ and ^i. From r. bbia II, to cut 
 off, to be cut off", comes the fut. ba^ , iba"^ , 
 see this root ; and to Niph. of the same 
 may be referred cnbas (for cn'^'C3) ye 
 shall be cut offi. e. circumcised Gen. 17, 
 11. which is commonly taken as praet. 
 Kal of this root brs to be circumcised. 
 To the root bia undoubtedly belong 
 praet. Niph. bias i. q. b"i"3 to be circum- 
 cised Gen. 17. 26. 27. part, n-^hb: 34. 22. 
 Comp. liirn and urjr , m'x^"a for nixca, 
 and see the remarks under nisica. 
 Still from a root of this form comes the 
 noun 
 
 nb'G; f an ant, Prov. 6, 6. plur. D''ba3 
 
 ants Prov. 30, 25. Arab. aUUJ. Per- 
 haps so called from its cropping off i. e. 
 consuming ; or also from creeping, since 
 Arab. Jcj seems to have had this sense. 
 
 ' r? obsol. root. I. i. q. Arab, ^^j 
 to he spotted, speckled j Syr. j^aJ to va- 
 riegate. Hence laj leopard. 
 
 II. i. q. Arab. -4J to be limpid, pnre, 
 
 as water ; IV to find limpid and sweet 
 water ; see n"^':3 . 
 
n525 
 
 676 
 
 7C5 
 
 *1''?P m. (r. "irj) a 'panther^ lecrpard, 
 BO called from his spots, Is. 11, 6. Jer. 5, 
 
 6. 13, 23. Hos. 13, 7 ; plur. D^n^: Hab. 
 
 I, 8. Cant. 4, 8. Not improbably the 
 tiger was also comprised under this 
 
 . name ; as the Hebrews had no specific 
 name for that animal. Syr. f i^aoJ , Arab, 
 
 Ifj, lj, Eth. i<?^C, Amhar.i-flC, 
 
 id. 
 
 1^5 Chald. id. Dan. 7, 6. 
 
 "ITQD pr. n. Nimrod, son of Cush, 
 ^founder of the kingdom of Babylon and 
 of the city Nineveh, Gen. 10,8-12. Perh. 
 identical with that ancient king whom 
 Ihe Greeks call Ninus, and make the 
 founder of Nineveh. "iHrs -j^nx i. e. 
 Babylonia, Mic. 5, 5. If the etymology 
 be Semitic, this name may come from 
 ^T5D to rebel, pr. ' a rebel.' 
 
 nn)23 and C'^^? (r. ^525 II) Nimrah, 
 Nimrim^ pr. n. see "TJ'sa iT^a in art. n';'2 
 no. 12. cc. 
 
 ''TD'ap (drawn out, saved, i. q. MC'??) 
 Nimshi. pr. n. of the grandfather of Jehu 
 ;2K. 9, 2; comp. 1 K. 19, 16. 
 
 C? m. (r. Cb: II) c. sufT. ""SS, pr. some- 
 thing lifted ztp, a lofty signal. Syr. 
 I A 1 a sign, standard. Spec. 
 
 1. a column or high pole, Num. 21, 
 :8. 9. 
 
 2. standard or flag oi" a ship, Ez. 27, 
 
 7. Is. 33, 23. 
 
 3. a standard, signal, planted on a 
 high mountain, chiefly on the irruption 
 of an enemy, in order to point out to the 
 people a place of rendezvous. Is. 5, 26. 
 
 II, 12. 18, 3. 62, 10. Jer. 4, 6. 21. Ps. 
 60, 6. Comp. TNiro no. 1. c. Curt. V. 2. 
 
 4. Metaph. a sign, token, so. of admo- 
 tnition, Num. 26, 10. 
 
 naC; r. (r. tno) pr. part. Niph. a turn, 
 course of things, from God, 2 Chr. 10, 15. 
 
 -*?7 see S'lD, note. 
 
 '"^S in Kal not uped, pr. i.q. Arab. 
 LmO to smell, then to try by the smell, to 
 try. It differs thereibre in its primary 
 idea from "na to examine by tiie touch, 
 to try by the touch-stone. 
 
 PiEL n&5, fut. nas-j, imp. D3 Dan. 1, 
 12. 
 
 1 . to try, to prove any one, to put him 
 to the test ; 1 K. 10, I the queen of She- 
 ba came riT^na irbib to prove him iirith 
 hard questions, i. e. to try the wisdom 
 o? Solomon. 2 Chr. 9, 1. Ecc. 2, 1. Dan. 
 
 I, 12. 14. Spec. a) God is said to try 
 or prove men, i. e. their virtue Ps. 26, 2 ; 
 piety Deut. 13, 4; their faith and obe- 
 dience Ex. 15, 25. 20, 17 [20]. 2 Chr. 
 32, 31. This is done by wonderful works 
 Ex. 20, 17 ; by commands difficult to be 
 executed Gen. 22, 1, comp. Ex. 16, 4 ; 
 and by the infliction of calamities Deut, 
 8, 2. 16. 33, 8. Judg. 2, 22. 3, 1. 4. Comp. 
 nei^u'^siv in N. T. Vice versa b) Men 
 are said to prove or teiiipt God, by doubt- 
 ing, not confiding in his power and aid, 
 Ex. 17, 2. Deut. 6, 16. Ps. 78, 18. 41. 56. 
 Is. 7, 12 / will not ask, neither will J 
 tempt Jehovah. Comp. Acts 5, 9. 15, 10. 
 Chald. Syr. Sam. id. 
 
 2. to try, i. e. to make trial, to attempt, 
 to prove ; with ace. of thing. Job 4, 2 
 nxbn rpisx inn nS2ii can one try a word 
 with thee ? wilt thou take it ill ? Ecc. 7, 
 23. With inf Deut. 4, 34. 28, 56. Ab- 
 sol. 1 Sam. 17, 39 ''in^B? xb-^s/or /Aave 
 not yet tried them. Judg. 6, 39. 
 
 Deriv. nao. 
 
 f^^J fut. ns";", to pluck out, to tear 
 away. Kindr. ?D3 . E. g. a person from 
 his dwelling Ps. 52, 7 ; from his country 
 i. e. to drive into exile Prov. 2, 22. Also 
 a house, i. e. to destroy Prov. 15, 25. 
 Like plants, men and houses are said to 
 be planted and plucked up ; comp. ras 
 and TJinj. 
 
 Niph. to be plucked ttp, i. e. driven out 
 from a land, Deut. 28, 63. 
 
 Deriv. nSTS . 
 
 nD3 Chald. i. q. Heb. Ithpje. to be 
 plucked out, Ezra 6, 11. 
 
 ^"C? m . (r. "(?3 1 ) I. a libation, drink- 
 offering, Deut. 32, 38. 
 
 2. a molten image, i. q. ^^5'? , Dan. 
 
 II, 8. 
 
 3. (me anointed, i. e. a prince conse- 
 crated by anointing, i. q. H-ti't:, but 
 more usual in poetry, Josh. 13, 21. Ps. 
 83, 12. Ez. 32. 30. Mic. 5, 4. 
 
 ' M -T '"t. plnr. ^-^'^ . liC;' . to pour, 
 to pour out, Is. 29, 10. Kindr. is TjiO . 
 Spec. 
 

 1. In honour of the deity, tomakeliha- 
 tion, aniiSuv, Ex. 30. 9. Hos. 9, 4. Hence 
 Is. 30, 1 nsso r^DJ , ajiirdfa&m ajioiSi'iV, 
 to pour out a libation, i.e. to make a 
 league, which the ancients accompanied 
 with libations. Comp. Gr. anovdi] liba- 
 tion and league, Lat. spondeo. 
 
 2. Of metal, to cast, to found. Is. 40, 
 19. 44, 10. 
 
 3. to anoint a king Ps. 2, 6. Comp. 
 rj-'OS no. 3. 
 
 NrpH. pass, of Kal no. 3, to be anointed 
 Prov. 8, 23. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1, to make libation 
 1 Chr. 11, 18. Syr. Pa. id. In the pa- 
 rallel passage 2 Sam. 23. 16 is Hiph. 
 
 HiPH. id. to pour out libations, to make 
 libation. Gen. 35, 14. Num. 28, 7. Jer. 7, 
 18. Ps. 16, 4. al. 
 
 HoPH. pass, to be poured out ; impers. 
 libation is made. Ex. 25. 29. 37, 16. 
 
 Deriv. n:sa I, rpps, r,03. 
 
 * n. TlDpi. q.kindr.r,?0 l.tointer- 
 twi7ie, to weave, to hedge so. with woven 
 work, i. q. Arab, ^--uo . Hence rssia 
 the warp. w 
 
 2. to cover, to protect, from the idea of 
 surrounding with a hedge, Is. 25, 7 ; 
 comp. nsBTS II. 
 
 jfC3 Chald. to pour out, to make liba- 
 tion, chiefly in Pa. as Dan. 2. 46, where 
 by zeugma it refers also to ^f^3'!^ . Comp. 
 Arab. (^J^AwJ to sacrifice. 
 
 ^C5 Chald. plur. c. suff. Ti-T^SO?, liba- 
 tions, drink-offerings, Ezra 7. 17, 
 
 ^52 and ^D? m. (r. ~t?5 I) in pause 
 ?;03, c. suff. 'SD?; plur. B'^20?, constr. 
 1503. 
 
 1. a libation, drink-offering, Gen. 35, 
 14. Jer. 7, 18. al. TiCs^ ."inj^ the meat- 
 offering and the drink-offering Joel 1, 9. 
 13. 2. 14. Num. 15. 24. 
 
 2. a molten image, i. q. t^^Sia, Is. 41, 
 29. 48.5. Jer. 10. 14. 51, 17.'"" 
 
 'j'aC? , see r. 1^0 Niph. 
 
 I. c^J i. q. OCia, to pine away, to 
 be sick. SyT. ooJ Ethpa. id. )"'"'' 
 sick. Comp. Heb. ir>i3. 1^35*. Is. 10, 18 
 003 ob^3 as the sick man pineih away. 
 
 II. D03 in Kal not used, prob. i. q. 
 
 6 " 
 
 Arab, [ja^ to lift up on high, so as to 
 
 57* 
 
 677 pw 
 
 make conspicuous ; VIII to be high, 
 
 erect; (jiflj a lofly throne. Hence OS. 
 HtTHPo. Zech. 9, 16 they shall be as 
 
 insnx-br mooisnTa y_\ 'sax the stonea 
 of a diadem lifting themselves up in his 
 land. [Ps. 60, 6 OOi3rnb/or lifting up. to 
 be lifted up ; others from r. 013 q. v. R. 
 
 * ^'CS fut. T07, inC rbs, c. suff. osoj 
 Gen. 11, 2 ; imp. plur. irp. 
 
 1. Pr. i. q. Arab, cyj to pull up, to 
 pluck or tear up or out, (kindr. noj,) 
 e. g. a peg or pin from the wall Judg. 
 16. 14 ; the posts of a gate v. 3 ; oftener 
 the tent-pins or stakes in order to take 
 down a tent for moving, Is. 33, 20. 
 Hence 
 
 2. to break tip a camp, or as in vulgar 
 Engl, to pull up stakes, i. e. to remove, 
 espec. of a nomadic encampment Gen. 
 33, 12. 35. 21. 46, 1. Often with an ad- 
 junct of place whence, c. '"Q Gen. 20, 1. 
 35, 16. Ex. 13, 20. Num. 10. 12 ; also of 
 place whither, ace. and n local. Num. 11, 
 35. Deut. 2, 1. 10, 7. Said also of an 
 army Ex. 14, 10. 2 K. 19, 8. 36. Jer. 4, 
 7 ; and trop. of the angel of God and 
 pillar of smoke Ex. 14, 19 ; the sacred 
 tabernacle Num. 1, 51. 2, 17 ; the ark 
 10, 35 ; the wind 11, 31. Hence also 
 
 3. Genr. to remove, to journey, to mi- 
 grate, Gen. 12. 9. Num. 10, 33. With 
 dat. pleon. CDb ^ISD Num. 14, 25. Deut. 
 ], 7. Of nomadic wanderings Jer. 31, 
 24. Zech. 10. 2. 
 
 4. to bend a bow, Arab, cyi ; see 50a 
 no. 2. C/- ' - 
 
 NiPH. to be torn aicay, e. g. the cords 
 of a tent Job 4. 21, see under inv Of 
 a tent itself Is. 38, 12. 
 
 HiPH. r-sn, fut. s-'S?V l. Causat. 
 of Kal no. 2, to cause to break up, to 
 make remove. Ex. 15. 22. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to de- 
 part, to cause to go forth, to lead out. Ps. 
 78. 52 ; poet, of a wind v. 26. Also of 
 things, to put awp-y. to set aside, 2 K. 4, 4. 
 
 3. to pluck up, to tear up, as a tree 
 Job 19, 10 ; a vine Ps. SO, 9. So to get 
 out slones. to quarry, Ecc. 10, 9. 1 K. 5, 
 31 [17j. 
 
 Deriv. tls-o , y&i? . 
 
 * P5? fut. pS"^ once Ps. 139, 8, to go 
 up, to ascend. This root, so far as it can 
 
pw 
 
 678 
 
 b^^ 
 
 be called one, is very common in Syriac 
 and Chaldee, but only in fut. imp. inf. Kal, 
 s.QjaJ, ^juB, > ntftV , and Aph. -ajol ; 
 in the other forms, preet. and part. Pe. 
 and conj. Ethp, the verb vaNw is used, 
 so that in fact the first radical Nun no- 
 where appears. Indeed such a root ^'s 
 would seem never to have existed ; and 
 Castell was probably correct in his re- 
 mark, (though censured for it by J. D. 
 Michaelis, Lex. Syr. p. 600,) that pSi , 
 V nm . l , and pBX, ^clX] , are contracted 
 from php"^,, pbox. See too Roediger 
 in Zeitschr. fiir d. Kunde des Morgenl. 
 II. p. 91. Other examples of words 
 contracted, so that of two consonants 
 the first is doubled, are n;;rin^ , nnno ; 
 
 sjo, vulg. Jo, see Caussin de Perc. 
 
 Gramm. Arabe vulg. p. 12. al. In strict- 
 ness, therefore, this root pD5 should be 
 banished from the Lexicons. 
 
 pD3 Chald. id. (see Heb. pbJ ,) Aph. 
 p'^&rt, inf njrosn, to cause to ascend, to 
 take up out of a. place, Dan. 3, 22. 6, 24. 
 
 HoPH. after the Heb. form p^^, to be 
 taken up, Dan. 6, 24. 
 
 tjnD3 Nisroch, pr. n. of an idol of the 
 ;iVinevites, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38, perh. pr. 
 
 leagle, from the Semit. *1C3 -.*a*J, and 
 
 ithe syllable.6c/^, dch. which in Persian is 
 intensive ; whence Nisj--och great eagle. 
 'On the worship of the eagle by the 
 heathen Arabs, see Jauhari art. _**o. 
 Jurieu Hist, des Dogmes IV. 4. c. 11. 
 fBohlen proposes several derivations 
 from the Saiiscr, and Zend ; see The- 
 Baur. p. 892. 
 
 ~?^ a spurious root ; the forms 
 ;r'^&^ , r^^'O , which might seem to be- 
 long here, see under r^iD. 
 
 W3 (motion, perh. earthquake, r. >13) 
 Neah, pr. n. of a place in Zebulun Josh. 
 19, 13. 
 
 TOD (motion, r. 5!i;) Noah, pr. n. f. 
 "Num. 26, 33. 
 
 Q''"l'5'3 m. plur. (denom.fr. "^T}) child- 
 hood, youth, spoken of both sexes. a) 
 Of early childhood Ez. 16, 22. """il?:^ 
 from my childhood 1 Sam. 12, 2. 1 K. 18, | 
 
 12; srniirs^ Gen. 46. 34, "^^'^^ilri 8, 21. 
 b) Of youth: n-'-iWD V?3 the husband of 
 her ijoulh Joel 1, 8 ; ?^"^11>3 ruJN the wife 
 of thy youth, Prov. 5, 18. Is. 54. 6. Mai. 
 2, 14. 15; D-'-iJirsn "33 the children of 
 one's youth, born to one in youth, Ps. 
 127, 4. Metaph. of the youth of the 
 Israelitish people Jer. 2, 2. 3, 4. Ez. 
 IG, 22. 60. Comp. D-'^jrt . 
 
 nini2?3 f. plur. (fr. n. n?5) id. youth, 
 Jer. 32, 30. 
 
 '^^^2 (perh. i.q. bx-'S'^, hnt.^^'^) Neiel, 
 pr. n. of a place in Naphtali Josh. 19,27. 
 
 D'^^3 m. adj. (r. DSj) sioeet, pleasant, 
 Ps. 133, 1 ; of song 147, 1 ; a singer, 
 m-iri7 ni2JD sweet in songs 2 Sara. 23, 1 ; 
 a lyre Ps. 81, 3 ; one beloved Cant. 1, 16. 
 Plur. 0''^"'2;3 delights, pleasures, Job 36, 
 11, and ni:i:"S3 id. Ps. 16, 11. So of 
 place, pleasant, delightfidj plur. D'^a'^ys 
 pleasant regions Ps. 16, 6. Also of a 
 person, pleasant, and so of God. benign, 
 gracious, Ps. 135, 3. 
 
 ^tf 1. to bolt a door, to fasten 
 with a bolt or bar, c. ace. 2 Sam. 13, 17. 
 18. Judg. 3, 23. 24. b^r; ",5 a garden 
 barred, shut up, also ^13^3 ba a fountain 
 shut up. Cant. 4, 12. 
 
 2. to shoe, to put on sandals, Arab. Jutij 
 which is done by confining, shutting in 
 the foot with thongs. With two ace. Ez. 
 16, 10 irnn T^^v^^ I shod thee with seal- 
 skin, i. e. gave thee shoes of seal-skin. 
 
 HiPH. to shoe, 2 Chr. 28, 15. 
 
 Deriv. Vmr^-o, bS573, and 
 
 ^?: f Deut. 29, 4, c. suff. ibss ; plur. 
 chy: . nby3 ; dual n^brs ; a shoe, sandal, 
 Josh. 5, 15. 1K.2, 15.al. Toputonone^s 
 shoe is iba-na ibs: CTO Ez. 24. 17 ; to put 
 off one's shoe is S hyj-q ib?3 ^^bn Deut. 
 25, 9. Is. 20, 2 ; Cibd Ruth 4, 7. 8 ; htl 
 
 Josh. 5, 15. E.x. 3, 5. Arab. Jutj shoe or 
 sandal. Syr. UiJ id. In transferring a 
 possession or domain, it was customary 
 to deliver one^s shoe (Ruth 4. 7). as in the 
 middle ages a glove ; hence the action 
 of throwing down a shoe upon a region 
 or territory was a symbol of orcvij)ancy. 
 Ps. 60, 10 up(m the land of Edoin do I 
 cast my shoe, i. e. I take possession, oc- 
 cupy it as my own ; see Rosenm. Altes 
 und neues Morgenland no. 483. Ps. 108k 
 
q:?3 
 
 679 
 
 'i:p5 
 
 10. According to Dcut. 25. 9. 10, a 
 husband's brother who refused to fulfil 
 his duty by marrying the widow, was 
 to have hia shoe plucked olF by the lat- 
 ter, implying that he gave up a sacred 
 obligation ; hence he was to be called 
 br; y'^bn. Elsewhere a shoe-latchet, 
 thong, br3-^inb Gen. 14, 23, or a -pair 
 of shoes, dual D^bsj Am. 2, 6. 8, 6, is 
 put for any thing of little value, worth- 
 less. Plur. o-'bjs Is. 11, 15; once nibss 
 Josh. 9, 5. 
 
 * US^ fut. 0537 l.tobe sweet; Prov. 
 9, 17 BSS"^ D'^nnp cnb. Comp. n-'BSS^. 
 Kindred are cnb, Dnb, cab, to taste ; 
 pr. to lick, to suck, wiience the notion 
 of sweet taste ; see ystia . 
 
 2. Trop. to he sweet, pleasant, lovely, 
 of one beloved Cant. 7, 7 ; a friend 2 
 Sam. 1, 26; wisdom, c. dat. Prov. 2, 10; 
 spoken of a place Gen. 49, 15. Impers. 
 Prov. 24, 25 cyj"^ cn-'a'iab to those who 
 punish (to judges) shall be delight, i. e. it 
 shall be well with them ; comp. ''b sa^^ , 
 
 b 21SJ, it is well with me. Arab. ivAJ; 
 
 aJU , id. f^ju vilaj bonis abundavit. 
 
 Deriv. the seven here following ; 
 also o''53, D'^sssa. 
 
 D?? (pleasantness) Naam, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 4, 15. 
 
 tU?- m. 1. sweetness, pleasantness, 
 Prov. 3, 17. DSb '^^X pleasant words, 
 i. e. suitable, becoming, 15, 26. 16. 24. 
 
 2. beauty, splendour; nin'i csb the 
 beauty (glory) ff Jehovah Ps. 27, 4; 
 comp. ni.Ti a^a v. 13. Ex. 33, 19. 
 
 3. grace, favour, Ps. 90, 17. Zech. 11, 
 7. Comp. jfwpt?, Germ. Huld from hold, 
 and Engl, grace. 
 
 rrc?? (pleasant, r, CSS) Naamah,-pr. n. 
 
 1. Of two females ; a) The daughter 
 of Lamech Gen. 4, 22. b) The mother 
 of Rehoboam 1 K. 14, 21. 31. 2 Chr. 
 12, 13. 
 
 2. A place in the tribe of Judah Josh. 
 15, 41 ; comp. "'na?? . 
 
 ''^?; Naamite, patronym. from pr. n. 
 Toys no. 2, Num. 26, 40; pr. for ':t353 
 which is read in the Cod. Sam. 
 
 ""^t?? (my pleasantness, fr. DSb) Nao- 
 
 mi, pr. n. of the mother-in-law of Ruth, 
 Ruth 1, 2Bq. 
 
 1^?? 1. pleasantness, amenity, of 
 place. Is. 17, 10 D-'sas? -ly-js pleasant 
 plantations. R. 053. 
 
 2. Naaman, pr. n. a) A son of Ben- 
 jamin Gen. 46, 21. b) Num. 26, 40. c) 
 A Syrian warrior and captain, 2 K. 5, 1. 
 
 "^11255 Naamalhite, gentile n. from 
 n7353 , a place elsewhere unknown, but 
 different from that above mentioned in 
 naS3 no. 2. Job 2, 11. 11, 1. 
 
 * Y?5 obsol. root, Chald. yS3 to punc- 
 
 of 
 
 ture, to prick, to stick ; whence {joju 
 (T?3) a species of thorn, perhap.s lotu^ 
 spinosa, see Cel.sii Hierob. 11. p. 191, 
 and Comm. on Is. 7, 19. Hence 
 
 'p'fli?? m. a thorn-hedge, thicket of 
 thorns, veprelum. Is. 7, 19. 55, 13. 
 
 * 1. "'ij lo roar, e.g. the young lion, 
 Jer. 51, 38. Syr. jij id. This root 
 would seem to be onomatopoetic, like 
 the kindred inj . 
 
 1 1 . ^yj to shake ; spec. 1. to shake 
 out, Neh. 5, 13; the hand so as not to 
 hold a bribe, Is. 33, 15. 
 
 2. to shake off; Is. 33, 9 ',Tra 153 
 ban^i Dashan and Carmel shake off 
 i. e. cast off their foliage. 
 
 NiPH. 1, Pass, of Pi. to be shaken 
 out, i. e. cast out from a land. Job 38, 13. 
 Ps. 109. 23. Comp. Arab. (joAi quassit, 
 excussit, VIII expulsus est, jidij expul- 
 sio. 
 
 2. to shake oneself out from bonds, i. e. 
 to cast them off, Judg. 16, 20. 
 
 PiEL (o shake out. Neh. 5, 13. Prspgn. 
 Ex. 14, 27 r\^r2 ciinsa-pN ni.T^ -i5:';ii 
 n^ii and Jehovah shook out the Egyp- 
 tians into the midst of the sea, i. e. he 
 drove them from the shore and cast them 
 into the sea. Ps. 136, 15. 
 
 HiTHP. to shake oneselffrom any thing, 
 c. "a Is. 52. 2. 
 
 Deriv. 153 n, ri153. 
 
 * rLi Ttt. 1. aboy ; prob. primi- 
 tive, and found in the Indo-European 
 tongues for ma7i, e. g. Sanscr. nri and 
 nara man, f. nari and ndri woman, Zend. 
 naere, Pers. xLi , J , Gr. avrjQ. Spoken 
 
n3>D 
 
 680 
 
 ^tH 
 
 both of an infant just born Ex. 2, 6. Judg. 
 13, 5. 7. 1 Sam. 4, 21 ; of a boy not yet 
 full grown Gen. 21, 16 sq. 22, 12. Is. 7, 
 16. 8. 4 ; and of a youth nearly twenty 
 years old Gen. 34, 19. 41, 12 (comp. 37. 
 2. 41, 2). 1 K. 3, 7. 2 Sam. 18, 5. 29! 
 Spec, a) Often eraphat. to express a 
 tender age, like Lat. puer, Engl, boy, 
 child, youth, e. g. in various ways : 1 
 Sam. 1, 24 "iS? "lyii^l, Vulg. e( puer era t 
 adhuc infantulus. 30, 17 "IT'^X nlNB sanx 
 "153 four hundred young men, youths. 
 Jer. 1, 6 I cannot speak, for Jam a child. 
 V. 7. Judg. 8, 20. 2 K. 9, 4. Ecc. 10, 16. 
 Is. 65, 20. More fully Tini -ii'3 t/ojwg- 
 and lender 1 Chr. 22, 4. Is. 3, 5. Ps. 37, 
 25. Lara. 2, 21. Sept. vioq, vmviug, vta- 
 vlaxoq. b) In other passages "i53 seems 
 rather a name of condition and denotes 
 servant, like the Greek nalg. Germ. 
 Bursche, Junge, Engl, boy ; Gen. 37, 2 
 "ys xin Ae tiJos servant with the sons of 
 Dilhah, i. e. he was herdsman's boy, 
 shepherd's boy. 2 K. 4, 12. 5, 20. 8, 4. 
 Ex. 33. 11. al. Also of common soldiers. 
 Germ, die Burschen, Engl, boys, lads j 
 1 K. 20, 15. 17. 19. 2 K. 19, 6. With 
 genit. or sufT. the servant of any one, 
 Judg;. 7, 11. 9, 54. 19, 13. Esth. 2, 2. al. 
 But in Job 29, 5 "'ny: my sons. Spoken 
 of the people of Israel in its youth, Hos. 
 11,1. Comp. cnirj . 
 
 2. By a peculiar idiom in some of the 
 books, or rather by archaism, the form 
 *153 as in Greek ij nuig, is used as if of 
 the comm. gend. for rr^rs girl, maiden, 
 and construed with a fem. verb. Gen. 
 24, 14. 16. 28. 55. 34, 3. 12. Deut. 22, 15 
 eq. although 'T^S? is everywhere read 
 in the margin ; comp. in Kin no. 1. In 
 the Pentateuch this occurs twenty-two 
 times, and I would also refer hither the 
 plur. C'^y? used of maidens in Ruth 2, 
 21, comp. V. 8. 22. 23, (Sept. xoquoiu,) 
 and of youths and maidens Job 1, 19. In 
 a similar manner, the Arabs in the more 
 elegant style employ masculine nouns 
 also for the other sex, and abstain from 
 the feminine terminations used in the 
 
 II 5 J- 
 
 vulgar language ; as ^J*.,wt bridegroom 
 
 .- >^ 
 and bride, wliich latter is vulg. JUwaw^ ; 
 
 \ys an old woman, vulg. 'i\^:: j comp. 
 JjU for vulg. 2Uju mistress, _.\ for 
 
 Rs^\ wife, like Germ. Gemdhl for Ge- 
 maklin, Gatte for Gaitin. 
 
 Deriv. -.Sb, rriyj, D^-isys, ri-isis? , pr. 
 
 II. ^ly? m. (r. "irj II) a casting out, 
 expidsion, concr. cast out, driven out, of 
 a flock or herd Zech. 11, 16. Sept. 
 iaxogjiiafiirov, Vulg. dispersum. 
 
 "1?3 m. (denom. from ^53 I) boyhood, 
 youth, i. q. C-'nw?, poet. Job 33, 25. 36, 
 14. Ps. 88, 16. Prov. 29, 21. In Job 36, 
 14 and Ps. 1. c. some have adopted the 
 sense of expidsion, from r. "i?3 II, but 
 without necessity. 
 
 *T)'?.^ f (denom. fr. ly? I) plur. ninss, 
 
 1. a girl, e. g. a) a female child, 
 Job 40, 29 [41, 5]. b) a maiden, dam- 
 sel, grown up and marriageable, Judg. 
 19, 3 sq. Am. 2, 7. ns;;! rr^s: a fair 
 maiden 1 K. 1, 3. 4. nb^ira ': a young 
 virgin 1 K. 1. 2. Esth. 2.'3. ' Also of one 
 not long married, reoyufiog, Ruth 2, 6. 
 4, 12 ; comp. nbsina no. 2. 
 
 2. a handmaid, servant, Prov. 9, 3. 
 31, 15. Ruth 2, 8. 22. 3, 2. al. 
 
 3. Naarah, pr. n. a) A town on the 
 borders of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 7 ; called 
 1 Chr. 7, 28 Tjy? . b) f. 1 Chr. 4, 5. 
 
 ''^?? , see 'nrQ . 
 
 ^^"7?? (servant of Jehovah) Neariah, 
 pr. n. a) 1 Chr. 3, 22. 23. b) 1 Chr. 
 4,42. 
 
 ")"??? (boyish, juvenile) Naaran, jpr^n. 
 see fT^y? no. 3. a. 
 
 tT}^^ f (r. ^53 II) tow. as bemg shak- 
 en or beaten off from flax, Judg. 16, 9. 
 Is. 1. 31. 
 
 ^t; obsol. root, Arab. 
 
 to 
 
 take up, to lift ; whence yijlJ barrow, 
 bier, also constellation of the bear, Ursa 
 major and minor. Hence ttjy II, for UJrs. 
 
 V\2 pr. n. Memphis, see C(b. 
 
 jSj obsol. root, Arab. ^^Ju to go or 
 
 come forth; kindred are Chald. pB3 to 
 go out, 533 to sprout. Hence 
 
 ^B2 (sprout) Nepheg, pr. n. ra. a) 
 Ex. 6, 21. b) 2 Sam. 5. 15. 1 Chr. 3. 7 
 14, 6. 
 
n5 
 
 681 
 
 Vib 
 
 TO3 f (r. ti!i3) 1. /ii>A p/rtCf, heifrht, 
 comp. Cl-^s; hence -i-ii pdj. ni^ PIBJ , 
 /^e //er>A/ or Ihights of Dor Jonh. 11,2. 
 12, 23. 1 K. 4. 11 ; see mi no. 3. 
 
 2. a sieve, fan, for winnowing, Is. 30, 
 28 ; comp. c;^i Hiph. no. 2. 
 
 D''P^B3 (expansions, r. 053) Nephu- 
 rim, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 50 Keri. But 
 Cheth. has CD-EJ , and Neh. 7. 52 has 
 Biqc:'^B3 , which last is doubtless a false 
 orthography made up from O'^CBJ and 
 
 * J^Sp fut. no-), inf. nno Ez. 22, 20, 
 i. q. nnD . to puff, to blow, to breathe, an 
 onomatopoetic root. Comp. Engl, to 
 puff, Arab. jgri> and ^o> to blow ; 
 
 fi ^ w s ^ 
 
 e" 
 
 while ^j and Aj express the harsher 
 
 sound of snoring, snorting. Syr. >ti1, 
 Eth. i^'i , to blow, to breathe, to fill 
 the cheeks. Gen. 2, 7 and breathed 
 (ne'^l) /?i/o his nostrils the breath of life. 
 Spec. 
 
 1. to blow upon any one, as the wind, 
 c. a Ez. 37. 9. 
 
 2. 'CS3 riEj to blow up a fire, to kindle 
 up, Is. 54, 16. Ex. 22, 21 ; and without 
 3 V. 20. nisj *Tn a blown pot, i. e. a 
 pot under which one blows the fire. Job 
 41, 12. Jer. 1, 13. 
 
 3. to blow away, sc. by blowing upon, 
 c a Hagg. 1, 9. 
 
 4. With CB3. to breathe out, to give 
 up the ghost. Jer. 15, 9. 
 
 PuAL to be blown up., as a fire, Job 20, 
 26. 
 
 Hiph. 1. With ^B3, to cause to 
 breathe out, to cause to expire, Job 31, 
 39 ; hyperbolically for to extort sighs, 
 to torment. 
 
 2. to blow upon or away, metaph. i. q. 
 to esteem, lightly, to contemn, Mai. 1, 13. 
 
 Deriv. nc??, no"?, niEn, and 
 
 nS3 (blast, perh. windy place) No- 
 phah, pr. n. of a tow^n of the Moabites 
 Num. 21. 30, supposed to be the same 
 with nrb q. v. 
 
 5''B3 m. only in plur. C^^'ES giants, 
 Gen. 6. 4. Num. 13. 33. So ail the an- 
 cient Versions. Chald. 8t^23 the celes- 
 tial giant, i. e. the constellation Orion ; 
 plur. Orions, the larger constellations. 
 
 The etymology is uncertain. Some 
 have compared (juuJ> 'iX^xj , which 
 
 Giggeius and Castell render magnus, 
 corpore magno; but wrongly, for it means 
 excelltns, generosns, sailers. Better to 
 rest in r. bsj ; yet not so that a^l>'^B3 
 may be those causing men to fall from 
 fear (Kimchi) ; but so that b^W may be 
 i. q. bs3n?3 one falling upon the enemy, 
 violent, grassans, comp. Gen. 43, 18, and 
 see r. bE3 Kal no. 2. d. So Aquil. ini- 
 ninxovxtc, Symm. PiaXoi. 
 
 O'^P'^fiS Nephisim, see a"'ClB3 . 
 
 TC^By (recreated, r. OB3) Naphish, pr. 
 n. of a son of Ishmael Gen. 25, 15 ; also 
 of his posterity 1 Chr. 5, 19. 
 
 Q1CTJJ1B2 ^ gee n''D1B3 . 
 
 'Iri} obsol. root, of uncertain signi- 
 fication, comp. T|''8 ; whence 
 
 ^B2 m. a gem, precious stone, of an 
 uncertain kind, Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Ez. 
 27, 16. 28, 13. Sept. thrice uv&ftui i. e. 
 carbuncle. Doubtful. 
 
 *^S3 fut. Vo-), inf. Ve3, c. sufF. ibBS 
 2 Sam. 1, 10 and "ibB; 1 Sam. 29, 3 ; imp. 
 plur. !ibE3 , 
 
 1. to fall, Syr. Chald. VL , bE3 , id. 
 The primary syllable bsfal occurs also 
 in this sense in Germ, fallen, Engl, io 
 fall. The Gr. and hat. fallo, acfuUa is 
 pr. to cause to fall, to supplant. Spoken 
 of a person falling to the earth Ps. 37, 
 24 ; or from a horse or scat Gen. 49, 17, 
 1 Sam. 4, 18 ; into a pit, rnra Ps. 7, 16 ; 
 into a snare Am. 3. 5. Is. 24. 18. Also 
 of things, as of buildings falling down 
 Judg. 7, 13. Is. 9, 9. Am. 9, 11 ; of a 
 mountain Job 14, 18; the lightning from 
 heaven, c. "a Job 1, 16 ; the dew 2 Sam, 
 17, 12. The place into or upon which 
 one falls is put mostly with H loc. as 
 nsnx ; or with bs Lev. 1 1, 32. a , Vi , also 
 rnn Ps. 45, 6 ; the place whence with 
 yq , bst! .Part, "b^^ falling. Job 12. 3. 14, 
 18 ; as praet./aZ/en, lying prostrate ; Judg, 
 3. 25. 1 Sam. 5, 3. 31. 8. Deut. 21, 1 ; as 
 fut. ready to fall, Is. 3D. 13 So of a pro- 
 phet w^ho sees visions sent from God in 
 his sleep ; Num. 24. 4 who seeth the vi- 
 sion of the Almighty c';r? ""flbsi bcb lying 
 in sleep with open eyes sc. of his mind. 
 
bsa 
 
 682 
 
 5)S3 
 
 Spec. VB5 to fall is also further said 
 of persons and things, as follows: 
 
 a) Of those vfhofall in battle or else- 
 where, i. q. to be slain, like nimo}, ca- 
 dere, to fall; Judg. 20, 44. 46. 1 Sam. 
 4, 10. 2 Sam. 1, 4. 2, 23. 3, 38. Is. 10, 4. 
 Ps. 82, 7. al. Often with an adjunct, as 
 ^"ina '3 6t/ the sword Num. 14, 43. 2 
 Sam. 1, 12. Is. 3, 25. al. saep. 'E3 l^a '3 
 fey </ie /uzwZ of any one Judg. 15, 18. 2 
 Sam. 21, 22. " 1 Chr. 5, 10. Lam. 1, 7; 
 "'SB^ bsj to fall before any one, espec. 
 in great numbers, 1 Sam. 14, 13. 2 Sam. 
 3,34. 
 
 b) Of those who fall sick, Fr. tomber 
 malade. Ex. 21, 18 23':J'2^ ^B3 to/aZ^ 
 sick upon ojie's ftecZ, to take to one's bed. 
 So Syr. isB-fL \L \li 1 Mace. 1, 5 ; 
 Gr. Tilytzfiv inl tjjj' xXIvtjv Judith 8, 3. 
 
 c) Of a foetus, to fall, to be dropped or 
 cast, i. e. to be born, Is. 26, 18. Comp. 
 II. 19. 110 og xev in i'lftuTi Toids niajj fiSTu 
 noaal ywaixog, where Schol. niat], ysv- 
 vti&rj. So xuxaiilTixat Wisd. 7, 3 ; cadere 
 de matre Stat. Theb. 1, 60. Arab. 
 
 ^'-- , not *i', . In Chaldee ^B3 spec. 
 of abortion, whence Heb. bss q. v. 
 
 d) Of the limbs, which are said to fall 
 away, to become emaciated. Num. 5, 
 21. 27. 
 
 e) Of the countenance of one in sor- 
 row, anger, to fall. Gen. 4, 56. 0pp. is 
 ta'^sB Kt'5 . Comp. Hiph. no. 1. d. 
 
 f ) Of the heart, courage, to fall, to 
 fail, 1 Sam. 17, 32. So Gr. tiIjitsi &v- 
 uoc, Lat. cadere animis Cic. Fam. 6. 
 1.4. 
 
 g) Of those who fall into calamity, 
 adversity, Prov. 28, 14. 2 Sam. 1, 10. 
 2 K. 14, 10. Prov. 24, 16. 
 
 h) Of kingdoms, states, which fall, 
 are overthrown, Is. 21. 9. Jer. 51, 8. 
 Am. 5. 2. 2 K. 14, 10. 
 
 i) Of the lot, as cast upon or concern- 
 ing any pers. or thing, c. b? Ez. 24, 6. 
 Jon. 1, 7. 1 Chr. 26, 14. Hence c. ^ , 
 to fall to any one by lot, Gr. nimitv 
 xivl, Num. 34, 2. Judg. 18, 1. Ez. 47, 
 14. 22. Genr. Ps. 16, 6, comp. Josh. 
 17, 5. Hiph. no. 1. c. So Lat. cadere of 
 the lot. Tcr. Ad. 4. 7. 22. Sil. Ital. 7. 368. 
 
 k) Also to descend from heaven, spo- 
 ken of divine revelations, Is. 9, 7 ; comp. 
 Chald. Dan. 4, 28, and Arab. Jo to de- 
 
 scend, spoken of revelations. Hence the 
 Spirit, or the hand of God, is said to fall, 
 to descend upon anyone, Ez. 8, 1. 11, 5. 
 
 1) bs ^B3 to fall upon any one, e. g. 
 deep sleep Gen. 15, 12. Job 4. 13 ; terror 
 Ex. 15, 16. Josh. 2, 9. Ps. 55, 5. Job 13, 
 11 ; calamity Is. 47, 11. Ecc. 9, 12 ; re- 
 proaches Ps. 69, 10. 
 
 m) Of events, to fall out, to happen; 
 Ruth 3, 18 "in^ bE"^ Tj^N how the thing 
 will fall out, will end. Comp. Chald. 
 Ezra 7, 20. Cic. Brut. 40. 
 
 n) to fall to the ground, to fail, espec. 
 empty promises Josh. 21, 43. 23, 14. 
 Fully n:i-iN bsj 2 K. 10, 10; Gr. nijntiv 
 fig yyjV, eQCt^e. Comp. ;^,ui7reTj I'jioj 
 Pind. Pyth. 6, 37. Nem. 4, 65. Plato 
 Eutyphr. 17. Also to fail away, no't be 
 counted, to be lost. Num. 6, 12. 
 
 o) to fall from one's counsel, purpose, 
 i. e. to fail in, c. ")"a, Ps. 5, 11 let them 
 fall from (fail in) their counsels. Comp. 
 Ovid Metam. 2. 308. 
 
 p) With '"O compar. to fall more 
 than. i. e. below another, to be inferior, 
 to yield to any one Job 12, 3. 13, 2. Also 
 with "'Ssb id. Esth. 6, 13. 
 
 2. to fall, with the idea of will, pur- 
 pose, i. e. to throw or cast oneself down, 
 to rush on ; comp. Syr. '^^.-aJ , which is 
 put in N. T. for nlmfiv and (iuXXia&ai. 
 Spec. 
 
 a) to fall down, to prostrate oneself. 
 2 Sam. 1, 2 nsnx bb*:; he fell prostrate 
 to the earth. Job 1, 20. Often with 
 rsB bs Gen. 17, 3. 17. Num. 16. 4. Josh. 
 7/6'; V2X bs 2 Sam. 14,4; n^nx vEsb 
 1 Sam. 20, 41 ; also 'b ^iz\>_ Gen. 44, 14; 
 'b "^bsn "^iBb Esth. 8, 3. 
 
 b) 'b 'ixIS hs_ bE5 to fall upon one's 
 neck, to rush into his embrace, Gen. 33, 
 4. 45, 14. 46. 29. 
 
 c) "isiH'bs bs; to fall upon one's 
 sword, 1 Sam'. 31, 4. 5. 1 Chr. 10, 4. Of 
 the locusts Joel 2, 8 ; see in 133 no. 1. b. 
 
 d) to fall upon as an enen)y, to at- 
 tack, Job 1, 15 ; c. 3 Josh. 11, 7. 
 
 c) to descend- from a beast, chariot, to 
 alight, c. bsi: Gen. 24, 64. 2 K. 5. 21. 
 
 i') to settle down, i. e. to encamp, of 
 an army, Judg. 7, 12; of a nomadic 
 people Gen. 25, 18, comp. 16, 12. Sept. 
 
 XaTOJXTjiTf. 
 
 g) B "^jBb "^ninn nbcs my supplication 
 
bS3 
 
 683 
 
 ys3 
 
 falls (is laid down) before any one, viz. 
 in u twofold sense : a) is presented^ I 
 make eupplicalion, Jer. 36, 7. /?) is 
 accepted, my prayer is heard and an- 
 swered, Jer. 37, 20. 42, 2 ; pr. the person 
 supplicated permits my petition to be 
 laid down before him. receives it, im- 
 plying a disposition to give a favourable 
 answer. 
 
 h) to fall away, to desert, to go over 
 to another party, Gr. nlniitv, Siunlnxtiv, 
 
 1 Sam. 29, 3 ; c. b? 1 Chr. 12. 19. 20. 
 
 2 Chr. 15, 9. Jer. 21, 9. 37, 14. 39, 9. Is. 
 54, 15 ; bx to anyone Jer. 37, 13. 38, 19. 
 52, 15. 
 
 HiPH. b-'on, fut. b"^p^, apoc. bo*]; 
 rarely without contraction, as inf. bo:^ 
 Num. 5, 22. 
 
 1 . to cause to fall, to make fall, Gen. 
 2, 21. Jer. 15, 8. Ez. 30, 22. Ps. 73, 18. 
 78, 28 ; by the sword Is. 37, 7. Jer. 19, 7, 
 ellipt. Dan. 11,12. Ez. 6,4; by the hand 
 of any one 1 Sam. 18, 25. etc. Spec. 
 
 a) to throw, to cast, e. g. wood upon the 
 fire Jer. 22, 7 ; to throw clown, to prostrate 
 any one Deut. 25, 2; to throw down a 
 wall 2 Sam. 20, 15; to cast down stars 
 from heaven Dan. 8, 10 ; to fell trees 
 2 K. 3, 19. 25. 6, 5. 
 
 b) to drop or cast as a birth, to bear, 
 to bring- forth, see Kal no. 1. c. Is. 26, 
 19 the earth shall bring forth the dead, 
 i. e. cast from her. 
 
 c) to cause to fail away, e. g. a limb, 
 to make wither, to emaciate, Num. 5, 
 22 ; see Kal no. 1. d. 
 
 d) to cause to fall, to let fall, to cast 
 down, sc. the countenance in sorrow or 
 in anger, with 3 of pers. ' to be angry 
 at any one' Jer. 3. 12. Also 'b "'50 biflri 
 to cause the countenance of any one to 
 fall, i. e. to make sad, Job 29, 24. See 
 Kal no. 1. 6. 
 
 e) to cast lots Ps. 22, 19. Pro v. 1, 14. 
 1 Chr. 24, 31. Esth. 3, 7. Jon. 1, 7 ; also 
 without bni5 1 Sam. 14, 42. Job 6, 27. 
 Hence to divide out by lot, to assign to 
 any one, with ace. of thing and h of 
 pers. Josh. 13. 6. 23, 4. Ez. 45, L 47,' 22 ; 
 without dat. Ps. 78, 55. See Kal no. 1. i. 
 
 f ) to lay down a petition, supplication, 
 before any one, i. e. to ask as a sup- 
 pliant, to supplicate, Jer. 38, 26. 42, 9. 
 Dan. 9, 18. 20. See Kal no. 2. g. 
 
 2. to let fall, e. g. a stone Num. 35, 23. 
 
 Hence a) n^^x b-'pn to let fall to the 
 ground, e. g. a word, promiHc, not to ful- 
 fil, 1 Sam. 3, 19; without na-ijj Eath. 
 
 6, 10. See Kal no. 1. n. b) to let fall, 
 to desist from any thing, c. yo Judg. 
 2, 19. 
 
 Hit n p. I. to let oneself fall, to fall down 
 prostrate, Deut. 9, 18. 25. Ezra 10, 1. 
 
 2. With b to fall upon, to attack, 
 Gen. 43, 18. " 
 
 PiL. ibsj to fall, once in Ezekiel, who 
 abounds in unusual forms, c. 28. 23 ; i. q. 
 bss which stands in the same connection 
 30,' 4. 32. 20. 
 
 Deriv. bcj, b'^t'i, bM, nbsia, rtpia. 
 
 ^S3 Chald. fut. biT (comp. Syr. 
 ^^h^, in Targg. freq. ^B"^), i. q. Hebr- 
 
 1. to fall, i. e. a) to fall down, Dan. 
 
 7, 20. 4, 28 bs3 x^iaaS , hp^ a voice fell 
 from heaven i. e. came from heaven, 
 comp. Is. 9, 7. b) to fall out, to happen, 
 Ezra 7, 2o! 
 
 2. to fall down, i. e. to be cast down, 
 Dan. 3, 23. Syr. '''^^ to be cast into 
 prison. Also to fall prostrate Dan. 3, 6. 
 7. 10. 11 ; "^nisjx-b? Dan. 2. 46. 
 
 ^S.3 m. (r. bs3) in pause bsj Ecc. 6, 3j 
 an abortion, which/a//* from the womb, 
 Job 3, 16. Ps. 58, 9. Ecc. 6, 3. Comp. 
 r. bB3 as spoken of birth in Kal. no. 1. c. 
 Hiph. no, 1. b. So bss is used of prema- 
 ture birth in the Talmud; also Arab. 
 
 s o 
 rio>> to fall, IV to miscarry, Arab, ^q-- 
 abortion. 
 
 bbw , see bsa Pil. 
 
 '-'^ obsol. root, Syr. and Chald 
 
 C23 to exj)and. Hence C^D^ES . 
 
 % ""*^ 
 y rf^ only in praet. and inf absoL 
 
 yiSi Judg. 7, 19, part. pass. I'lBJ Jer. 22, 
 
 28. Imper. and fut. are from the kindr. 
 
 1. to break, to dash in pieces, e. g. an 
 earthen vessel Judg. 7, 19. Jer. 22, 28. 
 Hence 
 
 2. to disperse, to scatter, as a flock, a 
 people, Is. 11, 12. 
 
 3. Reflex, of a people, to disperse 
 themselves, i. q. to be dispersed, scat- 
 tered, 1 Sam. 13. 11. Is. 33, 3. Gen. 9, 
 19 'f^nxn-bs nas; n^x?: from these the 
 whole earth dispersed itself, i. e. all the 
 
'53 
 
 684 
 
 irs3 
 
 nations of the earth, comp. 10, 5. Eth. 
 *A^ to be scattered as chaff. Aram. 
 yes jSJ excursit, dispersit, effudit. 
 
 PiEL 1. i. q, Kal no. 1, to break or 
 da.sh in pieces, e. g. an earthen vessel 
 Ps. 2, 9 ; infants upon stones, Ps. 137, 9 ; 
 to break up rafts of timber 1 K. 5. 23 [9]. 
 
 2. to disperse, to scatter a people Jer. 
 13, 14. 51. 23. Inf ys: subst. dispersion 
 of a people, Dan. 12, 7. 
 
 PuAL part, broken in pieces, e. g. 
 stones Is. 27, 9. 
 
 Deriv. yeo , ysB , and 
 
 y^.^ m. violent rain, inundation, storm, 
 Is. 30, 30; from Aram. yS3 to pour out, 
 kindred to which is Arab. ijcLi mid. Ye 
 redundavit; see in r. yE3 no. 3. Others, 
 dispersion, scattering, but not so well. 
 
 * Vri^ Chald. fern. rpE?. by Syriasm 
 for riTED Dan. 2, 13, logo out, to go forth. 
 Dan. 2, 14. 3, 26. 5, 5; of an edict. Dan! 
 2, 13 rf?E3 SP-I1 , com.p. Luke 2, 1 (h]l&t 
 doyfiu. Imp. piur. ^ip^S Dan. 3, 26. In 
 Targg. often for i<:i"i . Syr. wall, Sam. 
 
 Haph. pB:ri , plur. spisjn , to bring 
 out or forth Dan. 5, 2. 3. Ezra 5, 14. 6, 5. 
 Hence 
 
 ^1??? Chald. f emphat. xrpS? , e.r- 
 penses, pr. an outgo, outfit, what is laid 
 out, Ezra 6, 4. 8. Syr. fioisJ id. Comp. 
 Ks;; p. 415, lett. m. 
 
 "^^i in Kal not used, to breathe, to 
 
 respire. Arab. J^ V, to breathe, to 
 take breath, to be refreshed. 
 
 NiPH. to take breath, to be refreshed, 
 after fatigue, Ex. 23, 12. 31, 17. 2 Saml 
 16, 14. Arab. conj. II recreavit aliquem. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. TT-'b: , and 
 
 TSS3 in pause lt}B5 , c. suff. ''Vit>, plur. 
 M-rB5 , once D-'CBJ "Ez. 13, 20,' c. suff. 
 IS'^rilJEi ; comm. gend. but more usually 
 
 fern. Arab. ijjJu , Syr. U.aJ , Ethiop. 
 
 1. breath, Job 41, 13. fi'^n CB.3 breath 
 of life Gen. 1, 20. 30. Hence also odour, 
 perfume, which any thing healhea, ex- 
 hales, Prov. 27, 9 ; tiJbj 'Pa perfume- 
 boxes, smelling-bottles, Is. 3, 20 
 
 2. The vital spirit, y/j^^', anima, 
 through which the body lives, i. e. the 
 principle of life manifested in tlie breath, 
 comp. n^l , Lat. anima, also Gr. uvffiog. 
 Hence life, vital principle, animal spirit ; 
 Gen. 35, 18 nCBD rxsa as her spirit vas 
 departing, as she gave up the ghost. ^ 
 
 1 K. 17,21 -br r\i'ri ib:^n-cE3 N3-arn' 
 ''2'ip let now the spirit of this child return 
 into him again. Ex. 21, 23. xdzi nnn C'E? 
 life for life. Deut. 19, 21. Ps. 69^ 2 ;Vomp! 
 124, 4 and Jer. 4, 10. This life, spirit, 
 anima, itself is also said to live Gen. 12, 
 13. Ps. 119, 175; and to die Judg. 16, 30; 
 to be poured out, as if along with the 
 blood, Lam. 2, 12. Is. 53, 12; to be 
 breathed out, see in nE3 . So also in 
 phrases, as 'b ITES t-;?3 to seek the life of 
 any one, see in Up3 no 2 ; '3 npb to take 
 life, see tipb no. 1. b. ; to put one''s life in 
 his hand, see in C;3 no I. c. ; CE3 's nsn 
 see in nr3 Hiph. no. 2. d. Hence it is 
 very frequent in phrases Avhich have re- 
 spect to the losing or preserving of life: 
 a) lCE3-bx for one^s life, i. e. in order to 
 saveone's'life, IK.19,3. 2K.7.7. Comp. 
 Gr. T^t/fiv nf^l ipvxng Od. 9. 423. Valk. 
 ad Hdot. 7, 56. 9, 36 ; and so (of a hare) 
 TTfpj x^fwr. But in Jer. 44, 7, it is against 
 one's life, in detriment of life, b) ^"S33 
 with danger of life, in jeopardy of life, 
 
 2 Sam. 23. 17. 18, 13 Keri. 1 K. 2, 23 
 ^vl "^3^r?"ni< in*:HK "a"? it-B^a with 
 jeopardy of his life hath Adonijah said 
 this. Jer. 42, 20.' Lam. 5, 9. Prov. 7, 23 ; 
 comp. ^-^rx-ia 1 Chr. 12, 19. Also/or 
 life taken away, i. e. on account of the 
 death of any one, Jon. 1, 14. 2 Sam. 14, 
 7. c) 'b liE3b for one's life, i. e. for the 
 good of one's life, its support, preserva- 
 tion, etc. Gen. 9, 5. Deut. 4, 15. Josh. 
 23, 11. 
 
 Further also, to the vital spirit, anima, 
 is ascribed whatever has respect to the 
 sustenance of life by food and drink, and 
 the contrary. [Here the Engl, version 
 often renders it byso?/i, but improperly.] 
 Thus the spirit, anima, is said to be 
 satiated with food and drink, Prov. 27, 
 7. Is. 55. 2 ; to be made fat Prov. 11, 25. '^ 
 13, 4; also to fll i. e. to satisfy one's 
 spirit Prov. 6, 30. So the opposite ; my 
 spirit hungers Prov. 10, 3. 27, 7 ; thirsts 
 Prov. 25, 25 ; pines Ps. 31, 10 ; fasts Ps. 
 69, 11 ; abstains from certain kinds of 
 
1^33 
 
 G85 
 
 1SS3 
 
 food, Lev. 30. 3 ; is poUntetl by them 
 Ez. 4, 14. Also the spirit is weary, 
 louiheit, Num. 21,5. Job 6, 7. 10, I. Zech. 
 11,8; is empty i. e. hungry Is. 29,8; 
 ii> dried up i. e. thirsty Num. 11, 6. 
 Hence too trop. for the jaws, throat, as 
 hungry and wide open, Is. 5, 14. Hub. 
 2, 5. Trop. tew is also put for that 
 which supports life, alimetU, Is. 58, 10, 
 comp. Deut. 24, 6. 
 
 Sometimes U3S3 and ni"i are opposed, 
 so that aJBS is ascribed to brutes, and nn 
 to men, Job 12, 10; but n^n is also 
 ascribed to beasts Ecc. 3, 21. Once CE? 
 is put (or the anima, as separate from 
 the body, umbra, manes, Job 14, 22. As 
 the Hebrews held the seat of life to be 
 in the blood (Lev. 17, 11; for which 
 cause the eating of blood was forbidden 
 Gen. 9, 4. 5. Deut. 12, 23), it was natu- 
 ral when the blood was shed, to say also 
 that Uie life was shed, poured out, as 
 above in Lam. 2, 12. Is. 53. 12. Such 
 too was the notion of the Greek 
 poets, philosophers, and physicians; see 
 Sprengel Beitrage zur Gcsch. d. Arz- 
 neikunde I. fasc. 3. p. 202 sq. So too in 
 Engl, to pour out one^s life, i. e. his life- 
 blood ; and also in Arabic, see Thesaur. 
 p. 901. 
 
 3. The rational soul, mind, animus, 
 as the seat of the feelings, affections, 
 emotions of various kinds, comp. 3b no. 1, 
 b. with which it is often coupled, e. g. 
 Deut. 4, 29. 30, 10. To it are ascribed 
 love Is. 42, 1. Cant. 1, 7. 3, 1-4. Gen. 
 34, 3 ; joy Ps. 86, 4 ; fear Is. 15, 4. Ps. 
 6, 4 ; piety towards God Ps. 86, 4. 104, 
 1. 143, S ; confidence Ps. 57, 2 ; desire 
 Ps, 42, 3. 63, 2 ; longing or appetite, 
 e. g. for food Prov. 6, 30. 10, 3. Mic. 7, 1. 
 Deut, 12, 20. 21; (hence CEJ bra a 
 greedy man Prov. 23, 2 ;) or for venery 
 Jer. 2. 24. Ex. 23. 18 ; or also for revenge 
 and slaughter Ps. 27, 12. 41, 3. 105, 22. 
 Ex. 15, 9, comp. Prov. 21, 10. So too 
 hatred Is. 1, 14. Ps. 17, 9; contemptiiz. 
 36. 5. Is. 49, 7 ; vengeance Jer. 5. 9 ; sor- 
 row Job 27, 2. 30, 25. As the seat of 
 w^arlike valour, in poetic exclamation, 
 Judg. 5. 21 Ti> irss '=n'iri tread down, 
 my sold, the strong. Jer. 4, 19 isi'J bip 'S 
 *^E3 Tiriaiy becaicse thou hast heard, O 
 my soul, the voice of the trumpet. Spoken 
 of the feelings in general, Ex. 23, 9 
 
 58 
 
 ->an t'Errs ^rp^.l ye know the feelingg 
 of a stranger, how n stranger and for- 
 eigner feels. Job 16, 4. 1 Sum. 1. 15 / 
 have poured out my soul before Ji'hovah, 
 i. e. have laid open to him my inmost 
 feelings. Prov. 12, 10. 
 
 Words also which themselves exprens 
 feelings of the mind or soul, are often 
 thus used in connection with T^S? ; thus 
 the soul is said to weep Ps. 119, 28 ; to 
 be poured out in tears Job 30, 16; to cry 
 for vengecince 24, 12 ; and also to invoke 
 blessings Gen. 27, 4. 25. More rarely 
 things are attributed to the sold, mind, 
 which belong : a) To the mode of feel- 
 ing and acting, as pride, '-E3 ann Prov. 
 28, 25 ; patience and impatience, T]""'Xn 
 dB3 Job 6, 11. "^t: nns^, see in '\:i}i] 
 "r^"^!<. b) To the will or purpose, Gen. 
 23, 8 DDTTBJ.-nx tJD-DJt if it be in your 
 mind. i. e. if ye purpose, have deter- 
 mined in your minds. 2 K. 9. 15. 1 Chr. 
 28, 9 nsEn CE33 with a willing mind. 
 c) To the understanding or f acidly of 
 thinking; Ps. 139, 14 my smd knoweth 
 right well. Prov. 19, 2. 1 Sam. 20, 4 
 whatever thy soul thinketh. Deut. 4, 9 
 keep thy soul well, lest thonfrrgel. Lam. 
 3, 20. In all these constructions the use 
 of sb is more common, see ab no. 1. c, 
 d, e. 
 
 4. Concr. living thing, animal, kn 
 which is the 'iJB.3 , anima. life. Josh. 10, 
 28 OSin"b3 every living creature, v. 30.. 
 32. 35. 37. Often more fully n^n SB3 
 Gen. 1, 24. 2. 7. 19, and with the arti- 
 cle nnn c;b3 1, 21. 9, 10, pr. the ani- 
 mal of life i. e. endued with life, lixh 
 ing anim-al, or as more comni. in Engl. 
 living soul, living being. Gen. 2, 7 ; and 
 very often collect, for living things, liv- 
 ing creatures, Gen. 1, 21. 24. 9, 10. 12. 
 15. Lev. 11, 10 ; man being not included, 
 except Gen. 9. 16. In this formula it is 
 to be noted that n*n is genit. of the 
 subst. in*n life, and not fem. of the adj. 
 "^n living ; so that n^n CB3, like 1ES3 it- 
 self, may be of either gender, and can 
 be construed with the masculine. This 
 serves to illustrate the disputed passage; 
 Gen. 2, 19 w"S3 tanxn lb X'np'' iqs bbi 
 '.lad sin T\'^r\ and. whatsoever Adam call- 
 ed thin. the living creatures, that was 
 their name, where ib and'^ia'a refer to 
 nn UJE3 , which is pleonastic after ib . 
 
CI5 
 
 686 
 
 r 
 
 Spec, put for a vian, person^ mostly in 
 certain fixed phrases, where also in 
 Engl, we may u.se Siyiil, e. g. 1^23 -33 to 
 steal a man Deut. 24, 7 ; conip. Germ. 
 Seelenverkdiifer. '^3 b:x Ez. 22, 25. 
 So also : a) In laws. Lev. 4. 2 "'3 ^"23 
 sunn if a soul (any one) shall sin. Lev. 
 5, 1. 2. 4. 15. 17. Comp. the phrase 
 ri'^ayp S<'nr? ^'?.?'"! """!r?! under Pns 
 Niph. no. 2. b) In a census of a peo- 
 ple, as UJE3 S^:^':;'^ seventi/ souls, persons, 
 Ex. 1, 5. 16, 16. Gen. 46, 18. 27. Deut. 
 10, 22. al. (So in Greek ipv/ul Acts 2, 
 41. 1 Peter 3. 20.) Fully c'ns ;rS3 Num. 
 31, 46. 1 Chr. 5, 21 ; comp.'Genri4. 21. 
 c) Of slaves, Gen. 12, 5 nbr I'rx dssn 
 "j^nn the slaves they had acquired in Ha- 
 ran. Ez. 27, 1 3. Comp. ^iv/jd m'&<jvi'inwv 
 Apoc. 18, 13. 1 Mace. 10, 33. d) ttss 
 n72 , where r?2 is genit. (comp. the phrase 
 n^n BE3 above,) one dead, a dead body, 
 corpse. Num. 6, 6 X-'^ s<b n^ ^23"''? iet 
 him not come near to a dead body. Lev. 
 21, 11. So too r^ being omitted, as in 
 the formulas CEsb x-^:: Num. 5, 2. 9, 6. 
 7. 10, and '^23 Xo'-J Lev. 22, 4. Hagg. 2, 
 13, i. e. 07ie defiled by touching a dead 
 body. Comp. Num. 19, 13. 
 
 5. With suff. ""Ciss , rjiTE? , etc. it is put 
 very frequently for : I myself thou thy- 
 
 9 ?- 
 self, etc. Comp. Arab. ijuJu , Sanscr. 
 
 Atman soul, self; and Germ, selb, selber, 
 Swed. .^jel, Engl, self, all from the same 
 root with Germ. Seele, Engl, soid, see 
 Adelung Lex. IV. p. 47. Hos. 9, 4 
 D^S3b n^^nb their food is for themselves, 
 is consumed by themselves. Is. 46, 2. 
 Also reflex. ''UiE? myself, i. e. me myself. 
 Job 9, 21. Interpreters also note that 
 ^ffiB3 , TjiaD3 , are often put for the pers. 
 pron. "^sx, nnx ; but most of the exam- 
 ples which they adduce are readily ex- 
 plained by what we have said above rn 
 nos. 2, 3. This idiom is most frequent 
 in passages where life is said or implied 
 to be in danger ; e. g. Ps. 3, 3 many say 
 of me (''CJESb), there remains no help for 
 him. 11, 1 why say ye to me (^'JE3b),^ee 
 to the mountains. Is. 3, 9 ot^Bil? "^ix wo 
 to them ! pr. to their life. Ps. 7, 3. 35, 3. 
 7. 120, 6. Here too belongs Is. 51, 23, 
 who say to thee (T^'JBSb), prostrate thy- 
 self that ice may pass over, and the like. 
 Once SaB3 and Tiin approach so nearly 
 
 to the. nature of a pronoun, as even to 
 be construed with a verb in the first 
 person. Is. 26, 9. Comp. r,'i2S vvith 1 
 pers. Gen. 44, 32. 
 
 rS? f. (r. r|!i3) i. q. riES . a high place, 
 height, only Josh. 17, 11 rsrn robur. 
 Targ. tres regiones. This appellation, 
 q. d. Tricollis, Tremnnt, seems to refer 
 to tJie three places just before mentioned, 
 Endor, Taanach, and Megiddo, which 
 all lay elevated above the plain ; comp. 
 Decapolis. 
 
 f^S2 f (r. 7)13) a sprinkling, dropping; 
 whence D'^B^S rE'3 the dropping of the 
 honey-combs, i. e. honey dropping from 
 the combs, i. q. "iS"^ q. v. Ps. 19. 11, 
 Also without c-'EliS id. Cant. 4, 11. Prov, 
 5, 3. 24, 13 ^,^^-!^^ pinz rt: honey 
 droppings which are sweet to thy pa- 
 late ; where the predicate p"TP^ is not 
 inflected ; comp. Gen. 49, 15. 
 
 llinBS (opening, r. nrs), see ni^^S? "'^ 
 under art. "^a cc. p. 561. 
 
 trV^nSD m. plnr. (r. bns Niph.) wrest- 
 lings, struggles, once Gen. 30, 8. 
 
 D'^nriSS Naphluhim, pr. n, of an 
 Egyptian people Gen. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 1, 
 11. Bochart, in Phaleg IV. 29, com- 
 pares the name of the Egyptian goddess 
 Nscp&vg, the wife of Typhon, to whom 
 with her husband were consecrated 
 those parts of Egypt that border on the 
 Red Sea ; and the naime Ntcp^vg itself 
 signified, according to Plutarch (de 
 Isid. p. 355 exir.) the extreme border of 
 the land, washed by the sea ; comp, 
 
 Egypt. liecfOOJCy terminalis. The 
 Naphtuldm then were a border-people, 
 dwelling prob. on the Red Sea. See 
 Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. I. p. 269. 
 Jablonski Opusc. ed te Water T. I. p, 
 161. 
 
 "'brifi? (my wrestling, r. ^nB , see Gen. 
 30^) pr. n. Naphlali, the sixth son of 
 Jacob, born of Bilhah, and patriarch of 
 the tribe of Naph tali, the limits of which 
 are described Josh. 19, 32-39. Gen. 49^ 
 21. Num, I, 42. 43. al. Sept. JSKf&a- 
 
 f? m. (r. y2l3) 1. a fiower, blossoMf 
 Gen. 40, 10 j i. q. rS3. See the root 
 no. 2. 
 
KS3 
 
 687 
 
 !25 
 
 2. An unclean bird, prob. a hawk, see 
 the root no. 3. Lev. 11, 1(3. Dcut. 14. 15. 
 Job 39, 26. Sept. Uija^, Vulg. accipiter. 
 Coinp. Boclmrt. Hieroz. T. II. p. 266. 
 
 KS3, see in naj no. 1. 
 
 ^^^ not used in Kal, to set, to put, 
 to place, i. q. 2:i^ q. v. Arab. ^- ^ '^ id. 
 NiPH. aS3 1. to be set, c. is to be set 
 over any one, 1 Sam. 22, 9. Ruth 2, 5. 6. 
 Part, -a? a prefect, director, 1 K. 4, 5. 7. 
 6,30. 9'23. al. 
 
 2. to /)/rtce or station oneself, to take 
 one's stand, Ex. 7, 15. 17, 9 ; c. i /o or 
 6e/bre any one, Ex. 34, 2 n 'b tnasai 
 otm/ present thyself to me there. Also, 
 to take one's stand, e. g. of God rising 
 up for judgment, Is. 3, 13. Ps. 82, 1. 
 
 3. to stand, spoken of men Gen. 18. 2. 
 24, 13. Ex. 18, 14. 1 Sam. 1, 26. Ps. 45, 
 10 ; of sheaves Gen. 37, 7 ; of waters 
 Ex. 15, 8. With b? to stand upon any 
 thing Is. 21, 8 ; to stand with or by a 
 pers. or thing Gen. 45, 1. 1 Sam. 4, 20. 
 19, 20. 22, 7. 17. Spec, to stand firmly, 
 Ps. 39, 6 2S3 onx-bs hzn a breath is 
 every man though he stand firmly. 119, 
 89. Zerh, 11, 16 a shepherd... .n-^^in 
 bsbs';' xb who doth not nourish that which 
 standelh firm, i. e. the healthy part of 
 his flock ; Sept. to oIox^tiqov, Vulg. id 
 qiiod Stat. But perhaps it would accord 
 better with the context to render : toho 
 relievelh not that which slandeih still in 
 the way, i. e. which lags behind from 
 weariness or disease, i. q. to he weak, 
 
 sick, comp. A rab. 
 
 lassus fuit, la- 
 
 boravit, pr. to stand still, to stop, from 
 inability to go further. 
 HiPH. a-'sn, fut. s-'S^, apoc. ssrv 
 1. to cause to stand Ps. 78, 13. Hence 
 a) to set vp, to erect, as a column Gen. 
 35, 20. 1 Sam. 15, 12. 2 K. 17, 10 ; an 
 altar Gen. 33, 20 ; a heap of stones 2 
 Sam. 18. 17. Trop. 1 Chr. 18, W^set 
 Mp (establish) h is dominion unto tn^ixer 
 Euphrates. Hence also 1 Sam. 13, 21 
 l?"?"^^ 2'^anb for setting the goads, i. e. 
 sharpening them when the point was 
 bent. etc. Comp. in Engl. ' to set a 
 saw,' ' to set an edge.' b) tofi.r, to.es- 
 blish, e. g. bounds Ps. 74, 17. Deut. 32. 
 8. Prov. 15, 25. c) to set. to place. Gen. 
 21, 28. 29. Ps. 41, 13. Lam. 3, 12 ; so 
 
 gatcB Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34 ; a trap or 
 snare Jer. 5, 20. 
 
 HoPH. ran l. to be set, placed, Gen. 
 28, 12. For Judg. 9, 6 see art. :K13. 
 
 2. to be fixed, settled, determined. So 
 commonly in Nah. 2. 8 nnbsh nrba 2ni 
 it is fixed ! she is led away captive ! i. e. 
 Nineveh. But 3Sni may also be joined 
 to the preceding verse and referred to 
 the root 2:s, where see. 
 
 Deriv. 2X3, a-iss, 2ST:, nrsTo, naatia 
 nasi: , aa^ , and pr. n. nais , sa-'s . 
 
 3^3 III. (pr. part. Niph. r. a^j ) g, han- 
 dle,huft of a dagger. Judg. 3. 22 ; so call- 
 ed from ht'mg fixed in, comp. the root 
 Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34. Sept. lu^i 
 
 Vulg. capulus. Arab. v^L^aJ haft, han- 
 dle of a sword, knife, etc. But part. a33 
 a prefect, see in asj Niph. no. 1. 
 
 322 Chald. f. emphat xr2S3,^r?n- 
 ness, hardness, sc. of iron Dan. 2, 41. 
 Gr. Venet. yguTuioiijg. Aben Ezra 
 na i:o3 snas3. 
 
 y^-, see r. 3^^. 
 
 * ";^2 fut. nai 1. Pr. to fly, to flee, 
 i. q. 7^3 no. 3, y:;; no. 3. Twice: Jer. 
 48, 9 give wings to Moab, for S^n Niis 
 flying she shall go forth ; here K:i3 is 
 for nbJ3 in order to correspond with xsn ; 
 observe too the paronomasia y^'S. , KS3 , 
 x:in . Lam. 4, 15 ir: =5 nistj -a when they 
 flee away and wander ; so Kimchi and 
 others, and this is better than to refer 
 SS3 to r. 'p"^ ^^ on P- 660. Hence rt:ii3 
 pinion of birds, and Arab. XjcoLj fea- 
 thers, plume of birds, also locks of hair 
 hanging over the f()rehead, q. d. flying 
 locks. From this noun then comes 
 
 2. Arab. Loj and LoJ to seize by 
 the locks, and Conj. Ill, recipr. to seize 
 each other by tlie hair. Hence in He- 
 brew to strive, to quarrel; comp. Syr. 
 and Chald. f^J, NS3 , i. q. Heb. a"n, 
 
 also Arab. Uaj Conj. VI, id. See Hiph. 
 and Niph. Hence 
 
 3. to lay waste, to desolate a city, pr. 
 to tear in pieces houses, to pidl down. 
 In Kal intrans. or pass, to he laid waste, 
 to be desolate; Jt-r. 4, 7 J^J'S" ""^"^^ thy 
 cities .''hall be laid waste. Sept. xu&ai 
 
 ^llOljfJOITUl. 
 
nirs 
 
 688 
 
 nn 
 
 HiPH. iiSifi to strive, to contend, see 
 Kal no. 2. Num. 26, 9 "^^-yj cni^na 
 ac/te7i i/iey strove against Jehovah. Hence 
 to icage war ; Ps. 60, 2 c^XTX irlssna 
 ^? J"!!? U'/iCft Ae made tear with Mesopo- 
 tamia. 
 
 NiPH. 1. nas fo sM're one with ano- 
 ther, to quarrel. Deut. 25, 11 ^sr "^S 
 "''^'7- "''^;?? 1/^ Je strive one with ano- 
 ther. Ex'. 2, 13. 21, 22. Lev. 24, 10. 2 
 Sam. 14, 6. 
 
 2. /o &e laid waste, desolate; Is. 37, 
 26 "'^3 csa desolate ruins. 2 K. J9, 25. 
 Deriv. nsi3, ns^, riaa. 
 
 ?TS3 f. (r. 7'SD) i. q. "J^ai no. 1, a flower, 
 blossom, Job 15, 33. Is. 18, 5. 
 
 ns; f. I. i. q. nsiJ , a wing-feather, 
 pinion, Job 39, 13. R. ns5 . 
 
 II. i. q. i^^''3 part. Niph. of VCT^ , 
 something cast out, excrement in the 
 crop of a bird, Lev. 1, 16. Comp. nxs 
 and nxia. 
 
 rn^23 f. (r. "i:i3, after the form 
 nanb:^) watch, ward, guard; whence 
 in the vexed passage Is. 1, 8 nn"'.j: "'."'S 
 a tower of watch, i. e. a tower for a watch 
 or guard in the desert, i. q. Cisb ^'ns^ 
 2 K. 17, 9. For "i-is as pr. a watch- 
 tower, or perh. th& small hamlet spring- 
 ing up around it, see below in TiS . See 
 also Thesaur. p. 9U8. 
 
 I.''-^; in Kal not used. 1. Pr. 
 prob. to shine, to he bright, which is the 
 signif of the syllable n::, as in nns, 
 peril, naio, />,--/i ^ ; and also y3, as in 
 
 y^h V'* *^y^* ""^S^ ^^ conquer, but 
 pr. to shine ; whence i^^'J illustrious. 
 Hence n^3 no. 1, pr. n. n^'S: . 
 
 2. Trop. to do splendid d^eds, to act 
 splendidly, gloriously; hence to excel, 
 to overcome, to prexail, as in Chald. and 
 Syr. See also Piel. 
 
 3. Trop. to be clear, pure, faithful, 
 
 true; Ethiop. iSii\, Arab. ^>-3J, id. 
 Hence ns: no. 2. ^ 
 
 4. Trop. to beflrm. enduring, perpetu- 
 al; whence nsD no. 3. This may come 
 from the idea of prevailing in no. 2, or 
 of fidelity in no. 3, 
 
 Piel nsa only inf. nitjl; and Part. 
 
 1. to he over any thing, to be chief, to 
 supeHnteiul, e. g. the temple-service, 
 with hv and h 1 Chr. 23, 4. Ezra 3,3.9. 
 Part. ^121:72 a prefect, overseer, 2 Chr. 2 
 1. 17. 34, 13; for which in the booics of 
 Kings is 333 . 
 
 2. Spec, to had in mjcsic. 1 Chr. 15 
 21 and Mattilhiah ... played cm. harpa 
 in the octave (i. e. in the bass, nel 
 basso), r?*i^ to lead the song, i. e 
 to govern, regulate the singing. (Opp, 
 are v. 19 "'^cirnb to sing or sound on a 
 clear (high) tone ; and v. 20 ni^SS bs; 
 on the virgin key, treble, nel soprano.) 
 Hence tj'^^-'zb, which is found in the 
 titles of 53 Psalms and Hab. 3. 19. is to 
 be rendered according to Kimchi. Rashi, 
 Aben Ezra, and many others : for the 
 leader, precentor, chief musician; i. e. 
 the Psalm is to be performed tinder his 
 direction, which also is the sense of the 
 Targ. nnattib ad cane7idum. And this 
 interpretation is to be preferred. Some- 
 times put absolutely, with only the name 
 of the author, as inb n332b Ps. 11, 13. 
 14. 18-21. 31. 36. 40." 41. 42. 44. 47. 49. 
 51. 52. 64-66. 68. 70. 85. 109. 139. 140 ; 
 sometimes with the name of the instru- 
 ment, as m3'i333 Ps. 4. 6. 54. 55. 67. 76, 
 niri:.n hv 8. 8]'. 84. D-^juJiia bs Ps.54.69. 
 80, nb-^nri-i-bs Ps. 5. rbn?3 hv Ps. 53; 
 or v/ith the first words of the song or 
 melody in which the Psalm is to be sung, 
 see Ps. 22. 56-59. 75; or finally with a 
 word marking the tone or key. whether 
 lower or higher, niobs bs Ps. 46, b? 
 r-'prttJn Ps. 12. Twice then follows 
 liiriiT: b? Ps. 62, 1. 77, 1, once "(Sm^bk 
 39, 1. where we may render: to the chief 
 mifsicicm of the Jedulhuniles ; unless 
 "i^iniT;! in this connection is also to be 
 taken as an instrument or as a musical 
 key or motle. This inscription is wholly 
 wanting in all the Psalms of a later age, 
 composed after the destruction of the 
 tera|imd its worship; and its signifi^ 
 cati^Pwas already lost in the time of the 
 LXX. Others make n!i3T3 not a par- 
 ticiple, but an infinitive of the Syriiie 
 form, comp. Chald. Dan. 5, 12 ; but this 
 is not admissible, on account of the arti- 
 cle implied in na3^b for nas^nb. 
 
 NiPH. to be per})etual ; Jer. 8. 5 "'3'^'a 
 rnS3 a perpetual backsliding, apos- 
 tasy. 
 
689 
 
 b23 
 
 ll.n^j obsol. root, Arab, ^ha? 
 
 and \ n'" , to sprinkle, to scatter, e. g. 
 
 waterT Eth. i^Hih id. Hence nS3 II. 
 
 n22 Chald. Ithpa. to overcome, to sur- 
 pass, to excel, c. bs Dan. 6, 4. Syr. id. 
 See in r. ns3 I. 2. 
 
 I. n23 rarely n^? m. (r. nsj I ) c. 
 suff. Tiss , plur. nTjxs . 
 
 1. splendour, glory, 1 Chr. 29, 11. 
 
 2. sincerity, truth. Hub. 1, 4 xs;; 6<b 
 aottJ^ nsjb judgment is not given ac- 
 cording to truth, not in sincerity ; comp. 
 Is. 42. 3. Hence coujidence, sc. in one's 
 truth and fidelity; Lam. 3, 18 Tia? n:x 
 my confidence is perished. Trop. object 
 of confidence, as Grod I Sara. 15, 29. 
 
 3. perpetuity, eternity, ever, everlast- 
 ing ; see the root no. 4. So ns3 nJ Ps. 
 49. 20, and nsib . adv./or erer, <o everlast- 
 ing. 2 Sam. 2,' 26. Job 4, 20. Ps. 9, 7. 
 103, 9. Is. 13. 20. al. saep. More rarely 
 ace. ns3 id. Ps. 16. 11. Am. 1, 11. Jer. 
 15. IS. Sept. fL Tfioc, Vulg. infinem. 
 Is. 34, 10 C"^ns3 nssb for ever and ever. 
 Sometimes the idea of perpetuity is 
 modified, i. q. long lime, long, Ps. 49, 10. 
 Job 34, 36 ; comp. nbirb . 
 
 4. Some assume also the signif. per- 
 fection, completeness ; hence accus. ns3 , 
 and nspb , as adverbs, wholly, entirely ; 
 comp. Germ, lauter, Engl, clear, both 
 of vvliich mean purely and also wholly ; 
 so Ps. 13. 2 ns3 "'2n3dn nin-^ njx ir how 
 long, Jehovah, wilt thou wholly furget 
 me? Ps. 74, 10. 79, 5. 89, 47. Job 34, 
 36; genit. Ps. 74, 3 ns.3 rw^ total 
 desolations, i. e. places wholly desolate 
 and destroyed. But in all these and 
 like passages the idea oC perpetuity may 
 better be retained, as in no. 3. 
 
 11. nS2 m. (r. n33 II ) c. suff. cns3 , 
 juice, liquor, which is scattered or spirt- 
 ed from grapes when trodden, Is. 63,3. 6. 
 
 ^"^212 m. (r. 2X3) pr. set. placed /^^ce 
 
 1. one set over, i. e. a prefect, overseer, 
 officer, i. q. rS3 , 1 K. 4. 19. 2 Chr. 8, 10 
 Cheth. 
 
 2. a military station, post, garrison, 
 i. q. SSTQ , asia , 1 Sam. 10, 5. 13, 3. 4. 
 2 Sam.' 8, 6. 14. al. 
 
 3. a statue, pillar, cippus, i. q. tTSSB , 
 
 So- 3 o 
 
 Arab. ,_f,vi' , ^_^.dj , statue, idol. Gen. 
 
 58* 
 
 19, 26 nbT3 3-X5 a statue of salt, i. e. foMil 
 salt, of which great quantities are found 
 in the vicinity of the Dead Sea ; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 482 sq. comp. 
 in nbia p. 573. 
 
 4. Nezih, p. n. of a place in the tribe 
 of Judah, Josh. 15, 43. Now lint Nesib, 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. HI. p. 12, 13. 11. 
 p. 399. 
 
 H''23 (illustrious, r. nS3 I) Neziah, 
 pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7, 56. 
 
 T'S: Is. 49, 6 Cheth. preserved, de- 
 livered, from r. -iS3 I. Keri "ins3 . 
 
 -'-^J in Kal not used, pr. to draw 
 out, to take away, to snatch away ; kin- 
 dred are bidj, bbt^. Arab. J-oJ and 
 j-<flj id. Eth. iHA. avellit. 
 
 PiEL^SS, fut. bs3'^ 1. to take away, 
 to strip off. 2 Chr. 20, 25. With ace. of 
 pers. to spoil any one, Ex. 3, 22. 12, 36. 
 
 2. to snatch from danger, to deliver, to 
 preserve, Ez. 14, 14. See Hiph. no. 3. 
 
 HiPH. b-'Sn, fut. h^'ll, apoc. bS*T, 
 
 1. to pull away, c. 'pa to pull apart ; 2 
 Sam. 14. 6 tlw. boys strove together in the 
 field cfii^-^a b-'S^ ']"'n;i and there was 
 none to tear them apart, i. e. no one parted 
 them. 
 
 2. to take away, Hos. 2, 11 [9] ; e. g. 
 booty, spoil, i. q. to spoil, 1 Sam. 30, 22. 
 With 1T3 Gen. 31, 9. 16. Ps. 119, 43. 
 Also, to turn away any one from an evil 
 way, intercourse, Prov. 2, 12. 16. Unu- 
 sual is 2 Sam. 20, 6 ^is?-'? h-'^ri) and take 
 (turn) away our eye. i. e. elude our sight, 
 escape us ; like zh 335 q. v. in 335 . Sept. 
 (TxiH^tiv rovg o(f&ui.fiovg. 
 
 3. to snatch from danger, to deliver, 
 to preserve, tn save, ace. of pers. Ex. 12, 
 27. 1 Sam! 30, 18. Is. 19, 20. Ps. 72. 12. 
 al. Once c. dat. Jon. 4, 6. Often in the 
 phrase b'^S'a 'px (there is) none deliver- 
 ing, no deliverer, Deut. 32, 39. Ps. 7, 31 
 50, 22. 71, 1 1. Is. 5, 29. Hos! 5, 14. b^sn 
 i'dss to preserve one's life, to sait alive, 
 Josh. 2. 13. Is. 44, 20. 47. 14. Ez. 3. 19. 
 21. 33, 9. Often with '{O of the pers. 
 from whose power one is delivered. Ps. 
 7, 2. 18. 18. 49. 35, 10. 59. 2. 3. Mic. 5, 
 5 ; also "p of thing, as from waters Ps. 
 144. 7 ; the mire 69. 15 ; a snare 91. 3 ; 
 straits 1 Sam. 26, 24. Ps. 34. 18 ; from 
 death, etc. Ps. 22, 21. 51, 16. 56, 14. 86, 
 
b-z: 
 
 690 
 
 -5n 
 
 13. al. Often 's l^r? h-'S.n Gen. 32, 12. 
 Ex. 2. 19. 1 Sam. 17, 37 ; ?3?2 2 Sam. 
 19, 10. Ps. 18, l.Is. 38, 6. 
 
 HoPH. bsn to be snatched or plucked 
 out, as a brand from the fire. Am. 4, 11. 
 Zech. 3, 2. 
 
 NiPH. io ie delivered, preserved, saved, 
 i. q. <o esca;;e, 2 K. 19. 11. Ps. 33, 16. 
 Jar. 7, 10. With ',a , i^a , ts-q , Pb. 69, 
 15. Hab. 2, 9. Prov. 6, 5 ; 'IDia Is. 20, 6. 
 With Orp and bx , praeorn. to be delivered 
 from any one to another, i. q. to escape 
 from and flee to, Deut. 23, 16. 
 
 HiTHP. to strip oneself of nny thing, c. 
 ace. Ex. 33, 6. Comp. Heb. Gramm. 
 53. 3. c. 
 
 Deriv. nbsfi, 
 
 bS5 Chakl. Haph. bsn to deliver, i. q. 
 Heb. b-'sn no. 3, Dan. 6, 28. Inf. nbsn, 
 c. suff. r^bsn Dan. 3, 29. 6, 15. 
 
 "j^? m. afiower, blossom, Cant. 2, 12. R. 
 
 y^i, see r. r:i';. 
 
 * "^? i. q. pa, !^^3 1. <o glitter, to 
 sparkle, only part. plur. t.^'^'l} Ez. 1, 7. 
 Sam. id. Hence yi::"': spark. 
 
 2. to flover, to blossom, to fourish, as 
 in Chald. whence y3 , nSD . '|S; , a flower, 
 blossom. Verbs signifying splendour 
 are often transferred to express the ideas 
 of verdure and bloom ; see in ""^'X p. 27, 
 nnj , IT . The notion of blop.oming was 
 also transferred to the shooting feathers 
 and pinions of birds (comp. Tis) ; hence 
 
 3. tofy, whence ^3 a hawk. So kindr. 
 
 cs ' 
 
 iiS3 and Arab. (joj. Comp. nno to 
 sprout, Syr. to fly. 
 
 ps;. see r. pSV 
 
 * I- ^?^, fut. IS': (tut r,ns!< Is. 42, 
 6. 49. 8 is from is^), rarely "iil?"! Deut. 
 33, 9. al. Imper. "^SS . c. n parag. nnU3 
 Ps. 141. 3, c. suir. n^b Prov. 4, 13, both 
 with Dag. euphon. 
 
 1. to watch, to guard, to keep, i. q. "iK3. 
 Arab. JaJ to guard e. g. a vineyard ; 
 comp. kindr. JhJ adspexit. intuitus est, 
 like the Lat. tueri and intueri, also -flj 
 tuitus est, defendit, liberavit. E. g. a 
 vineyard Job 27, 18. Is. 27, 3 ; a tree 
 Prov. 27, 18. Part. plur. D''-i:ib watch- 
 men, keepers, guards, Jer. 31, 6. b'lJTS 
 
 D"'isb the tower of the iralch or guard, 
 watch-to^ver. 2 K. 17. 9. 18, 8. With hy 
 Ps. 141, 3 'rsb- b^ by n-^ss q. d. he^p 
 thou watch over the door of my lips. i. e. my 
 mouth, lest I utter rash words ; the form 
 nna3 with Dag. euphon. Prov. 20, 28. 
 13', 6. Is. 49, 6 bxnb-i -^-iVjJS (he kepi (pre- 
 served) of Israel. With )^ Ps. 34, 14. 
 Spec. 
 
 a) to guard, from dangers, to keep, to 
 defend, to preserve, as God does men, 
 Deut. 32, 10. Ps. 31, 24. Prov. 22. 12. 
 With )^ , Ps. 32. 7 "^r-ian -^^^from trou- 
 ble thou wilt defend me. 12, 8. 64, 2. 
 140. 2. 
 
 b) to keep. i. q. to watch closely, to ob- 
 serve diligently, Prov. 4. 23. 13, 3 ^^^ i:i3 
 lie who keepeth his mouth. 16, 17. 24, 12. 
 In a bad sense : ) to watch closely a 
 city, i. q. to besiege ; Part. ni"i:j"3 watch- 
 ers, besiegers. Jer. 4. 16 comp. 17 ; comp. 
 also -1?':: 2 Sam. 11, 16. Is. 1,8 "i-'SS 
 n~!!:J3 like a city besieged J so common- 
 ly, but see in art. n~!i:3 . /?) Jehovah 
 is addressed as cnxn naib the observer 
 of men, as if on the watch to detect them 
 in wrong doing. Job 7, 20. Hence 
 
 2. to keep, to observe, as a covenant 
 Deut. 33, 9. Ps. 25, 10 ; a law Prov. 28, 
 
 7 ; the ways of righteousness Prov. 2, 
 
 8 ; a father's commands 6, 20 ; the com- 
 mandments of God Ps. 78, 7. 105, 45. 
 119, 2. 22. 33. 34. 100. 129 ; good coun- 
 sel Prov. 3, 21. Comp. Lat. custodire 
 modum, regulam, prcecepta, etc. With 
 dat. Ex. 34. 7 keeping mercy for thou- 
 sands. Is. 26. 3 cib'r mbd ^an -ji^d -is;j 
 the man offrm mind, for him thou wilt 
 keep perfect peace, supply ib . 
 
 3. to keep from view, i. e. to hide, to 
 conceal. Is. 48. 6 cpirT^ xbl r-i-ists? hid- 
 den things which thou, hast ?wt known. 
 65, 4 -isib^ cn^riia they lodge in secret 
 places, perh. the recesses of heathen 
 temples, or with the Sept. sepulchral 
 ca^Ms, parall. with sepulchres. Prov. 
 7, iRz woman -bTi'^^S3 .subtile of heart. 
 
 Deriv. nvs3. 
 
 * 11. "'^2 obsol. root, Arab, ^oj to 
 shine, to be in full verdure, whence "'SS. 
 
 Note. The significations oC guarding 
 and of being verdant, which are also 
 found conjoined in the root *is;n , I have 
 placed separately, although not impro- 
 
y^gi 
 
 691 
 
 np3 
 
 bably there is n common origin of both, 
 viz. the idea of shining, being aj)lendid, 
 . fl \ ; in which is imphed also the no- 
 tion o^ beholding, Jhi , (comp. r|T5 , Gr. 
 (paoi dbdo(JXt, also Germ. Jilick and Engl. 
 glance, signifying hotii pplendour and 
 the act of looking.) and hence the signi- 
 fication of obseiving, guarding. 
 
 "123 m. (r. isj 11) 1. a shoot, sprout, 
 Is. 60, 21. Met'aph. of offspring Is. 11, 
 1. Dan. 11, 7. 
 
 2. a branch, Is. 14, 19. 
 
 n^3 . see r. ns^ . 
 
 Sp2 Chald. adj. pure, Dan. 7, 9. R. 
 
 t<j33 i. q. n;:; . 
 
 * 2]5p fut. rp-). once =p:: Job 40, 24, 
 c. sulT. i:=;51 Is. 62, 2 ; imper. c. n parag. 
 nap: ; pr. <o hollow out, to excavate, like 
 the kindr. =3^ . apr also "lis or ni3 , C1B3 , 
 where see more. Hence 
 
 1. to bore a hole 2 K. 12, 10 ; c. ace. 
 to bore through, to perforate. Job 40, 24. 
 26 [40. 24. 41. 2]. 2 K. 18. 21. Is. 36, 6. 
 Hagg. 1, 6 3!ip3 "liis a purse with holes. 
 Also to pierce, to i^trike through with a 
 spear ; Hab. 3, 14 ins? 'rxn n=p3 thou 
 didst strike through the heads of their 
 leaders. Arab. v,>iu , Syr. ^raaJ , Chald. 
 Sam. 3p3 . id. 
 
 2. to separate, to dUtingtdsh ; and 
 hence to declare distinctly, to specify, to 
 call by name ; comp. una no. 1, 2. Gen. 
 30, 28 '^S "llS^ '^?P? wame me //ly 
 ?og-e. Is. 62, 2. ' Part. pass. D-^ilDS ;A 
 named Am. 6, 1, i. e. /Ae renowned, the 
 noble, q. d. ria? "^sx . opp. the ignoble 
 populace, offl ''ba Job 30, 8. Comp. 
 1 Chr. 12, 31. Arab, s.^j/j^s^ leader, 
 prince. 
 
 3. i. q. aaj? no. 2, to curse, pr. <o pierce 
 
 with words, to c<, like Arab. ,_juu^ to 
 cut, to perforate, metaph. to curse.^. g. 
 the name of God, to blaspheme, lW, 24, 
 11. 16 nan^ nio '^ o^ apb Ae fA^f 6/as- 
 phemeth the name of Jehovah shall surely 
 tepid to death ; from which passage the 
 Jews derive the superstition which for- 
 bids them to pronounce (no. 2) the name 
 of Jehovah ; see nin^ . Also Num. 23, 
 a 25. Job 3, 8. 5, S.'Prov. 11. 26. 24. 24. 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, to be called 
 
 by name. comp. A rib. s_>aJ to name, 3 
 and i being interchanged. Num. 1, 17 
 th^ae men ri'st^a 3p3 iCX who are ex- 
 pressed by name. 1 Chr. 12 31. 16, 41. 
 2 Chr. 28, 15. 31, 19. 
 
 Deriv. from the primary idea of exca- 
 vating, ap; bezel. ra;sT3 a stone-quarry ; 
 from that of perforating, nsps , nsp ; 
 from that of piercing, striking through, 
 nspia, rapT?, a pointed hammer. 
 
 3]^3 m. 1. a bezel, the cavity in which 
 a gem is set; Jerome well, pala gemr- 
 mamm. Ez. 28. 13. Comp. r.'n. Others, 
 a pipe, as if from ap3 in the sense to 
 bore, like b-'bn from bin ; but this does 
 not accord with the context. 
 
 2. a cavern ; whence c. art. apsn Ne- 
 kcb. pr. n. of a place in NaphUili, Josh. 
 19, 33. 
 
 n3|52 f (r. ap3) a female, whether of 
 man or beast, so called from the form 
 of the genital organs; Gen. 1, 27. 5, 2. 
 Lev. 12, 5. 27, 4. Num. 5, 3 ; of beasts 
 Gen. 6, 19. Lev. 3, 1. 6. 4, 28. 32. 5, 6. 
 Syr. llaai, Chald. apM, id. 
 
 "^^T obsol. root, 1, to prick, to 
 point, to mark with points. Cinild, id, 
 whence Rabb, "i;?? one who points a 
 
 manuscript, punctator, Arab, JJij pu- 
 pugit serpens, but .ioAJ punctis notavit. 
 2, to mark, i. e. to select, to separate 
 Old what is of a better quality than the 
 rest, which is done by marking it with 
 
 points, etc. Arab. Juij. Hence tXJiJ 
 (see Camoos p, 424) a species of sheep 
 and goats, short-legged and deformed, 
 but distinguished for the length of their 
 
 wool and hair, tSUiJ the shepherd of 
 such a flock. See ipb below, 
 
 Deriv. nnp^a , pr. n, XT r 3 , and the 
 four following, 
 
 "Ip? m, plur. t3'''np3 , pr. ' marked with 
 points,' speckled, spotted, of sheep and 
 goats, Gen. 30, 32 sq. 31, 8 sq, 
 
 G "^ 
 
 "^^3 pr. i. q. Arab. jLftJ a shepherd 
 
 of flocks called JJu from the excellence 
 of their wool, see in r. *ip3 no. 2. Then 
 in a wider sense of the keeper of any 
 cattle, a shepherd, herdsman Am. 1, 1 ; 
 
^P3 
 
 Q92 
 
 tspo 
 
 a sheep-owner, cattle-breeder, 2 K. 3, 4, 
 spoken of the king of the Moabites. See 
 Boohart. Hieroz. Tom. I. p. 441. The- 
 saur. p. 909. 
 
 ^"^P? f. a point, stud, e. g. of silver, 
 with which any thing is ornamented, 
 Cant. 1, 11. R. i-s. 
 
 2'''7|f? m. plur. (r. Ijr;) 1. crumbs 
 of bread, Josh. 9. 5. 12. 
 
 2. A kind of cake, which prob. crum- 
 bled easily, 1 K. 14. 3. Sept. xolkvQig, 
 Vulg. crustula, Engl, cracknel, crumb- 
 cake. 
 
 * ^j^^ , inf. absol. tip3, to be clean, pure, 
 Arab. Iaj id. Syr. to sprinkle for puri- 
 fication (pr. to cleanse), to pour out a 
 libation, to sacrifice ; hence r>"'l53^, a 
 sacrificial dish or cup. In Kal only Jer. 
 49, 12 'n'p': inf. pleon. joined with a form 
 of Niph. ' 
 
 NiPH. n;5a, fut. nps-^ 1. to he clean 
 in a moral sense, to be pure, innocent, 
 Jer. 2, 35. With ',0 to be free from a 
 fault, blame, Ps. 19. 14. Num. 5, 31. 
 With '{Q of pers. Judg. 15, 3 ''n'^isa 
 Cnttibsr / am blameless towards the 
 Philistines, i, e. it is not my fault, but 
 their own, if I attack the Philistines. 
 Hence often: a) to he free from punish- 
 ment, to be quit, to go unpunished, Ex. 
 21, 19. Prov. 6, 29 na ?:.l:n-b= n^rp itb 
 whosoever toucheth her shall not go un- 
 punished. 11, 21. 16, 5. Jer. 29, 1. 49, 
 12 ; c. '-a Num. 5, 19. b) to he clean, 
 free, quit, sc. of an oath, obligation, Gen. 
 24, 8. 41. 
 
 2. to be cleaned out, to be made empty, 
 desolate, as a city. Is. 3, 26. So Arab. 
 Jij X. Also of men who are destroy- 
 ed, extirpated, Zech. 5, 3. 
 
 Pielh;?:, fut. n^:^ 1. to pronounce 
 innocent, to acquit, to absolve, Job 9, 28 ; 
 c. "(O Ps. 19, 13. Job 10, 14. Joel 4,21 
 see in no. 2. Hence 
 
 2. to lei go unpunished; to forgive, 
 with ace. of pers. Ex. 20, 7. 1 K. 2, 9. 
 Jer. 30, 11. 46, 28. Absol. Ex. 34, 7 
 whoforgirelh iniquity and transgression 
 and sin, n;5:'j xb n;53n but will by no 
 means always leave unpunished. Num. 
 14, 18. Nah. 1, 3. In Joel 4.21 [3. 21] the 
 words : ''n''(53 kV> dot 'Pi'^jsJl are usually 
 
 rendered: I will cleanse (declare inno- 
 cent) their blood that I have not cleansed, 
 i. e. I will avenge the blood of Israel 
 which I have long left unavenged. Bet- 
 ter perh. to read : '^n''i?3 ^ crT "^n'^isJT , 
 and render like Sept. and Syr. xin iy.L,r]- 
 TJ/trco TO u'lfia uli&v xixl ov fiij u&oiwao}, 
 I will avenge their blood, nor will I let 
 it go unpunished, unavenged ; comp. 
 Deut. 32, 43. 2 K.9,7. Thesaur. p. 910. 
 Deriv. 'p;, N"'p3, "|i''|53, nijsro. 
 
 ^"t V? (distinguished, r. ijrs) Nekoda, 
 pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 48. 60. Neh. 7 50, 62. 
 
 w:. 
 
 npb. 
 
 ^^^ i. q. ^'P, f'P, to be weary of, 
 to loathe, once in prset. c. 3 Job 10, 1. 
 The future and other forms come from 
 the root w^ip. 
 
 T? adj. (r. np:) plur. C-f p3 1. pure, 
 metaph. innocent, free from blame. Ex. 
 23, 7. Job 4, 7. 9, 23. 17,'8. Ps. 10, 8. Jer. 
 2, 31; c. -(O 2 Sam. 3, 28. C^BD "^pJ 
 of pure hands, i. e. innocent, Ps. 24, 4. 
 'p: CT and "^ps cn innocent blood, see Cn. 
 
 2. clear, free, quit, from an obligation, 
 oath, c. '{C Gen. 24, 41. Num. 32, 22 ; 
 exempt from military service Deut. 24, 
 5. 1 K. 15, 22 ; from a charge, Gen. 44, 
 10. Ex. 21, 28. 
 
 ^''P? i- q- "i^J with K added, Joel 4, 19. 
 Jon. 1. 14 Cheth. 
 
 T^'^pr m. (r. Mpj) constr. '|i"'p5, clean- 
 ness, e. g. of the teeth i. e. famine Am. 
 4. 6; of the hands i. e. innocence Gen. 
 20, 5. Ps. 26, 6. 72, 13 ; and so without 
 C^ES id. Hos. 8, 5. 
 
 p'^'^'^ m. (r. pp3) only in constr. Jer. 
 13. 4 srbsn p-'ps the cleft of the rock. 
 Plur. C-'iybBn 'p''p3 Is. 7, 19. Jer. 16, 16. 
 
 * D j5 J J fut. Dip"! , inf. cipJ , to avenge, 
 to take vengeance ; Arab, j^jij Conj. 
 Vll^vindicavit se ab aliquo, pcenam 
 sumsit ab eo, punivit eum. Syr. >aij 
 ^ id. Chald. id. Kindr. cn; .Con- 
 strued a) Absol. Lev. 19, 18. b) With 
 ace. of pers. or thing whom one avenges, 
 Deut. 32, 43 ; once c. b? Ps. 99, 8. In 
 the same sense is said. Lev. 26, 25 2nn 
 n''"i3 cp3 ropb a sword that shall avenge 
 my covenant, c) The pers. of or from 
 
Dps 
 
 Ml 
 
 m 
 
 whom vengeance in taken is put with 
 '(Q 1 Sam. 24, 13; rxtt Num. 31, 2 ; b 
 Nah. 1, 2. Ez. 25, 12 ; ace. Josh. 10, 13. 
 Both constructions (b, c) are united 
 in 1 Sam. 1. c. r^T3 nirri 'srjrj let Jeho- 
 vah avenge me of thee. Num. 31, 2 
 
 Nii'H. 1. to be puuislied, Ex. 21, 20. 
 Comp. Lat. ulcisci for pnnire. 
 
 2. to avenge oneself, to be avenged, 
 parall. era Is. 1. 24. Ez. 25. 15 =pr3 wpr . 
 With a of pers. on whom vengeance is 
 taken Judg. 15, 7. 1 Sam. 18, 25; with 
 yc in the same sense 1 Sam. 14, 24. 
 Esth. 8. 13. Is. 1. 24; with '{o of pers. 
 ^omwhom and also of thing/or which 
 vengeance is taken, Judg. 16, 28. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kill. 2 K. 9. 7 'Tji'i T)^!?? 
 iaT-'x nT3 . . . n'^x'^ajn ""nas that I may 
 avenge the blood of my servants the pro- 
 phets . . .at the hand of Jezebel. Jer. 
 51, 36. 
 
 HoPH. fut. o;?"' 1. to be punished, 
 Ex. 21. 21. Gen. 4, 15 if any one slayeth 
 Cain, he shall be punished sevenfold; 
 others: it shall be avenged, as in no. 2. 
 See in Niph. no. 1. 
 
 2. to be avenged ; Gen. 4, 24. 
 
 HiTHP. to avenge oneself, as in Niph. 
 Jer. 5, 9. 29. 9, 8. Part. =;33r.73 a self- 
 avenger, a revengeful man, Ps. 8. 3. 
 44. 17. 
 
 Deriv. cj?;, !^tt|^^. 
 
 D^3 m. vengeance. Dent. 32, 35. ci"' 
 Dj^S the day of vengeance Prov. 6, 34. Is. 
 34.' 8. 61. 2. 63, 4. C)?: cpj to avenge 
 vengeance, to take vengeance. Ez. 25, 15 ; 
 "b Ci?3 a^'tifi to render vengeance to any 
 one. i. e. to take vengeance upon hira, 
 Deut. 32. 41. 43 ; vp^'i nph to take ven- 
 geance Is. 47, 3 ; rx n;?3 nias id. Mic. 
 4,14. 
 
 mCjpD f (r. cpj) constr. nrps , c. suff. 
 ''H^p: . plur. ri^;?3 . 
 
 1. vengeance, i. q. d;?3 ; so ^"91^3 Ci"^ 
 Jer. 46. 10 ; '3 r? 51. 6.' pn"s;^3 ^X the 
 God of vengeance, the avenging God. Ps. 
 91. 1 . With genit. the vengeance of Je- 
 hovah is that which Jehovah takes. Jer. 
 50, 15. 23. 51. 11 ; thy vengeance, which 
 thou takest. Jer. 11, 20. 20. 12. Also 
 with genit. of that /or which vengeance 
 is taken, as en '3 vengeance for blood 
 Ps. 79, 10; "ihz^n '3 Jer. 50, 28. 51, 11. 
 
 Phraseft are : a) a n?:;?3 n'rs to fake 
 vengeance upon, Pd. 149, 7. E/. 25, 17. 
 b) a ir^^p? *,n3 to give or put one's ven- 
 geance upon. Ez. 25, 14 ; comp. Num. 31, 
 3. c) h niopj inj Ps. 18, 48, also nas 
 b niops Judg. 11, 36, to give or do ven- 
 geance for any one, to satisfy his desire 
 of vengeance. 
 
 2. desire of vengeance, vindictiveneaa, 
 Lam. 3, 60. nT:p3a rr:ys to act vindic- 
 tively, revengefully, Ez. 25, 15. 
 
 * 7 1^3 ^ i. q. r j5^ ^ to be rent away, me- 
 taph. to be alienated, Ez. 23, 18. 22. 28. 
 Found only in the praeter. 
 
 * ^,^3 fut. qp37 1. to strike, to cut 
 by blows with an instrument, see Piel 
 andClpb. Chald. "ipS to strike an ox 
 for slaughter, to fell ; Arab, v^iiij I, III, 
 to smite, e. g. the head so as to break 
 it, to strike through i. e. to percolate. 
 Kindr. is "53, Eth. A^i^ to touch. 
 The idea o^ striking lies in tlie syllables 
 J3, 33, p3, see nas ; also in r]p, comp. 
 XOTITO), iiEipn. 
 
 2. to fasten together by driving nails, 
 to join together, comp. Germ, zusamnien- 
 schlagen, Engl. vulg. to knock together ; 
 Syr. and Sam. ..a^f , 3Vi^; to join on; 
 Pe. '.a^J to adhere, to cohere. Hence 
 prob. to fold together, e. g. a net (Job 
 19. 6) ; espec. so as to return upon itself 
 and form a circle ; comp. iwBJ'. band, 
 arm-band. See Hiph. no. 3, and nBp3 . 
 Hence 
 
 3. to move in a circle ; Is. 20. 1 C'-in 
 >isp37 let the festivals run their circle^ 
 i. e. the circle of the annual festivals 
 being completed. 
 
 PiEL r;]53 1. to cut dovm, to fell, e. g. 
 a wood, Is. 10, 34. 
 
 2. to smite in pieces, and so to destroy, 
 like rna . Job 19, 26 after they shall 
 have destroyed my skin (body), this sc. 
 shall be or happen, viz. that which pre- 
 cedes in V. 25, the advent of God. See 
 Lehrg. p. 798. 
 
 Hiph. 1. to fold or cast around any 
 one. Germ, umschlagen. see in Kal no. 
 2. With ace. and br of pens. Job 19. 6 
 ^'Pn ""t? il'sr he hath folded (cast) 
 his net around me. Metaph. Lam. 3. 5, 
 where supply ''b^. Hence 
 
 2. to lead around, to let go round in a 
 
tp 
 
 694 
 
 tt 
 
 circle ; Job 1, 5 MPtirsn '^'q'] IB*!)??! 13 
 ithcn they (the sons of Job) had let the 
 days of feasting go round, after they had 
 gone round with feasting. Lev. 19, 27 
 taairx-i nxs ^isiisn xb lit. ye shall not 
 round the extremity of your head sc. in 
 cutting the hair, i. e. ye shall not cut 
 off the outer part of the hair in a circle 
 around the head ; Symm. ov Tifgi^vQr/GETS 
 xi'r.lbj TTjv n^oaoijjiv ji^g xscpulfig vfiwv. 
 This would seem to refer to a custom of 
 the ancient Arabs, who cut off the hair 
 round the outer part of the head, but left 
 that in the middle untouched, Hdot. 3. 8. 
 ib. 4. 175. Inf absol. rpl^n Josh. 6, 3, 
 and t;)3ti V. 11, pr. going around, as 
 adv. round about. 
 
 3. to surround^ to encircle, c. ace. 1 K. 
 7, 24. Ps. 22, 17 ; b? 2 K. 6. 14. Ps. 17, 
 9. 88, 18. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 ?|^2 m. a heating or shaking off of 
 olives, Is, 17, 6. 24, 13. Chald. :^lp"': id. 
 
 TB|p2 f. (r. Ci;?3 no. 2) a rope, cord, 
 bound around a female slave or captire 
 instead of a girdle or zone, Is. 3, 24. 
 Sept. (jxoiviov, Vu\g. funiculus. 
 
 P b? obsol. root. prob. i. q. 3^3 and 
 ipj , to bore, to pierce ; whence P'^p.} 
 cleft of a rock. A vestige of this root 
 exists in the Samar. see Anecdot. Ori- 
 ental, p. 88. 
 
 P'' fut. "I'p"^ , to bore, to pierce ; 
 spoken of the eye, to bore out, to put out, 
 1 Sam. 11, 2. Prov. 30, 17 the ravens of 
 the valley shall pick it out bc. the eye. 
 Chald. Syr. Arab. id. Ethiop. i^Z, 
 to be blind of one eye, i^A evulsit. 
 The radical syllable is "ip, which like 
 13 has the eignif of boring, digging; 
 see "lip, ^pa, -ij?7, ipn, nps ; also I'S, 
 rr^s, irx, etc 
 
 PiEL 1)33, fut. "ip;"]', to bore or put 
 out the eye Num. 16, 14. Judg. 16, 21. 
 Metaph. Job 30, 17 "^p? "^ass nh'^h the 
 night pierces my bones, i. e. by night 
 my bones are pierced with pain; comp. 
 3,3. 
 
 PoAL, to he dug out; Is. 51, 1 the 
 quarry vhence tri'ipS ye irere digged. 
 metaph. of the ancestors or founders of a 
 nation. Hence 
 
 ^"^j?? or ""01?? o. cavern, fissure, only 
 constr. "i^sn rn|33 the cleft of the rock 
 Ex. 33, 22. Plur. O'^'isri niip? Is. 2, 21. 
 
 * ^l2^ i. q. tpl and ^'ip, but intrans. 
 to be snared, caught in a snare ; Ps. 9, 
 17 S'>:3n t'pis 11B3 b?B3 in the tcork of 
 his otmi hands the wicked is snared. 
 
 NiPH. to be snared, caught in a snare, 
 Deut. 12, 30. 
 
 PiEL trans, to lay snares, absol. Ps. 38, 
 13 ; with h to lay snares for, to cast a 
 snare over any one, Ps. 109, 11 u;;337 
 ib'nirx'bwb iT^.13 let the extortioner cast 
 a snare upon all that he hath, i. e. let 
 him seize upon all his property. 
 
 HiTHP. to lay a snare for any one, 
 trop. c. 3 1 Sara. 28, 9. 
 
 )?5 Chald. to smite, to strike, to knock; 
 so in Targ. and Talmud. Syr. ' "* 
 id. also to clap the hands, to strike a 
 bell, etc. Arab. (u*AJ to strike a bell 
 or board. Dan. 5, 6 and his knees Kl 
 "|il*p^ ^-f? smote one against the other. 
 
 13 m. (r. nfi3) once T? 2 Sam. 22. 29, 
 c. suff. "^"13 ; plur. ^^113, c. siiff. '7"ni.3. 
 
 1. a light, lamp, Syr. i-^.i-*- li-l id. 
 Zeph. 1, 12. -i? -i-ix the light of the lamp, 
 Jer. 25, 10. Prov. 31, 18 her lamp goeth 
 not out by night, she labours diligently 
 all the night. Often of the lights of the 
 sacred candelabra, Ex. 25, 37. 30, 8. 
 40, 4. 25. Lev. 24, 4. Num. 4, 9. 1 K. 7, 
 49. al. Once of the candelabra itself the 
 lamp of God 1 Sam. 3, 3. Trop. in va- 
 rious senses, e. g. a) Put for welfare, 
 prosperity, happiness, comp. "nx lett. e ; 
 yet so that the image of a light is re- 
 tained ; Ps. 18, 29 '-'3 -i-ixn np.y tliou 
 (God) wilt light my lamp, make my way 
 prosperous. 132, 17. Job 29. 3. Contra, 
 Prov. 13. 9 the light of the righteous re- 
 joiceth, but the lamp of the wicked shall 
 be put out, comp. Job 21. 17 ; also Prov. 
 20, 20. Job 18, 5. b) Put for g/ory, as 
 the light of Israel, spoken of David 2 
 Sam. 21. 17. So of Barhcbrirus. Asse- 
 man. II. p. 266. c) Of dirine instruc- 
 tion, Prov. 6, 23. Ps. 119, 105; comp. 
 Prov. 20. 27 a lamp of the Lord is the 
 spirit of man, i. e. lighted of God. 
 Comp. also (fuig John 1, 4. 5. 8. 9. 
 
 2. Ner, pr. ti, of the grnndliither of 
 Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 50. 51. 26, 5. 1 Chr. 8, 33. 
 
'^ 
 
 695 
 
 XTSD 
 
 1^^, see in "i^a. 
 
 3!]2 obsol. root, i. q. J"^"!? , to roll, to 
 revolve rapidly ; then, to talk rapidly 
 ami much, of babblers and tale-bearers, 
 
 to slandrr. Arab, quadrilit. ^^j to 
 
 roll or revolve quickly, both of motion 
 
 and speech, to slander ; whence ^^%j 
 threshing-dray, Heb. aniia q. v. urd 
 
 .Iaj one turning quickly, a slanderer, 
 
 tale-bearer. Hence la"^? . 
 
 ^?'!^.? Nergal, pr. n. of an idol of the 
 Cuthites, 2 K. 17, 30. According to 
 Norberg, hyii is i.' q. Zab.w_.iJ the 
 planet Mars, corresponding to Arab. 
 
 id. The b ia then the mark of a 
 
 diminutive, for the use of which in the 
 names of the gods see in pa^. Better, 
 according to Bohlen, ban: i. q. Sanscr. 
 Nrigal. man-devourer, spoken of a fierce 
 warrior, and corresponding to Tj"]"'''?. 
 See Thesaur. p. 913. Hence 
 
 nSS?llD byyZ Nergal-Sharezer, pr. n, 
 a) A military chieftain under Nebuchad- 
 nezzar Jer. 39. 3. b) One of the chief 
 Magi v-nder the same king Jer. 39, 13. 
 Sec the name i^iX"}'^ Sharezer in its 
 order. The same compound name is 
 jStQiyhaaotq, Neriglissar. 
 
 '}3n] m. talkative, then a tattler, tale- 
 bearer, slanderer, Prov. 16, 28. 18, 
 8. 26, 20. 22. R. an;, after the form 
 
 T^s m. c. suff. '^'n? , plur. B'^'i'^? , nard, 
 Indian spikenard, Sanscr. narda, very 
 fragrant and precious, Cant. 1, 12. 4, 
 13. 11. See Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 1 
 sq. Sir W. Jones on the Spikenard of 
 the Ancients, in Asiatic Researches Vol. 
 IV. Comp. Thesaur. p. 914. 
 
 ^^'}.? (lamp of Jehovah, r. nsj) Ne- 
 riah. pr. n. m. a) Jer. 32, 12. 36, 4. 
 b) 51, 59. 
 
 * iiiDD fut. xiS"^, inf. absol. "ii23 Jer. 
 10, 5. Hos. 1. 6 ; inf constr. Xb3 Is. 1, 14, 
 Kib Ps. 89, 10, c. suff. 'X':33 Ps. 28. 2 ; 
 but far more freq. PXtJ, c. pref. PX'rs 
 Ex. 27, 7, rxrb often, c. suff. "'nxo, 
 inxb ; imp. xtoa (once ntja Ps. 4, 7) and 
 
 XO Gen. 27, 3. Num. 3, 40 ; part, pass, 
 xr:55, once ""is; like verbs nb Ps. 32, 1. 
 But'in Ps. 139, 20 x^bJ is lor tOi, wtoa 
 
 by Arabism, like \yXXJi. 
 
 1. to lake up, to lift up, to raise ; Sept. 
 al'i^xu, iiui(}ai, inultfta. Kindred is Eth. 
 iy^A sumsit, accepit, see no. 3; also 
 
 Arab. LiJ elatus est, crevit, accrcvit; 
 but in the sense of taking up, bearing, 
 taking to oneself the Arabs use other 
 roots, as is, Jk*^. Gen, 7, 17 the 
 waters increased and lifted 7tp the ark. 
 Ex. 10, 19. Judg. 9, 48. 2 Sam. 2, 32. al. 
 D3 xb3 to lift up (erect) a standard 
 Jer. 4^6. 50. 2. 51. 12. 27. With bs 
 praegn. to lift up upon, to place ujxm 
 any'' tiling. Gen. 31, 17. Trop. J<b3 
 X-n "'^bs to take up (bring) si7i upon one- 
 self Lev. 22. 9. Num. 18, 32 ; c. 3 2 Chr. 
 6, 22. Intrans. to lift up oneself, to heave, 
 as waves in a storm, etc. Ps. 89, 10. 
 Nah. 1, 5 ; trop Hab. 1, 3. Specially to 
 be noted are the following phrases: 
 
 a) n; xr: . also C]? xrs , to lift up the 
 hand, as in taking an oath Dcut. 32, 40 ; 
 comp. t; O-'-in Gen. 11, 22. Dan. 12, 7. 
 Virg. ^n. 12. 195. Hence i. q. to swear, 
 with dat. of pers. and inf c. b , Ez. 20, G 
 DX"'Sinb cnb in^ ""rixb; . 47, 14. Ex. 6, 
 8.'Num'. 14, 30. Ps. lo'e, 26. Neh. 9. 15. 
 Also in order to do violence, c. 3 2 Sam. 
 20, 21 ; to punish Ps. 10, 12; in prayer 
 and adoration Ps. 28, 2. 63, 5. 134, 2 
 (comp. Lam. 3.41); as beckoning Is. 
 13, 2. 49, 22 c. bx. 
 
 b) "ibxi Xw3 to lift up one^s head, spo- 
 ken : ) Of one who is cheerful and 
 happy Job 10, 15. Zech. 2, 4. /S) Of one 
 who increases in wealth, power, pros- 
 perity, Judg. 8, 28. Ps. 83. 3. Comp. 
 Lat. 'caput extollere in civitate.' But 
 /) xbs n"'?^ 'b cx"i xb3 to lift up the 
 head of any one oaU of prison, is to bring 
 him up out of prison, these being usual- 
 ly under ground, 2 K. 25, 27 ; and so 
 without the words 'a n-3T3 Gen. 40, 13. 
 20. Another sense of this phrase see 
 below in no. 2. 
 
 c) i"'52 Xb3 to lifl up one's countenance, 
 spoken of one conscious of rectitude and 
 therefore cheerful and full of confidence. 
 Job 11, 15. Ellipt. Gen. 4, 7 if thou doest 
 well, rxb lifling up of the countenance 
 
^^^r2 
 
 WB 
 
 te5 
 
 will be to thee, i. e. thou wilt wear a 
 cheerful countenance. 0pp. I'^JS *b3 
 V. 5. 6. With hii to look up towards any 
 thing 2 K. 9, 32 ; to look with confidence 
 to or upon any one Job 22. 26. 2 Sam. 
 2, 22; also of God beholding men in 
 kindness. Num. 6, 26. Pass, era XTrs 
 see in no. 3. b. . 
 
 d) fi"^3"2 KbD to lift tip the eyes, often 
 before verbs of looking, beholding, see- 
 ing, by a species of pleonasm common 
 to the Hebrews in similar cases. (Comp. 
 to lift up the feet Gen. 29, 1 ; to lift up 
 the voice, in lett. e, below; and see un- 
 der n;5b no. 1.) So Gen. 13, 10 he lifted 
 Tip his eyes and beheld, v. 14. 18,2. 31, 
 10. 33, 1. 5. 43, 29. With bs and b to 
 lift up the eyes upon, to cast eyes upon 
 any person or thing, i. e. in love, desire, 
 longing. Gen. 39. 7. Ps. 121, 1. Trop. 
 of longing towards God and confidence 
 in him Ps. 123, 1 ; towards idols Ez. 18, 
 12. 23, 27. Deut. 4, 19. Comp. in lett. g. 
 
 e) bip Kirj to lift up the voice (comp. 
 in lett. d), before verbs of weeping, wail- 
 ing. Gen. 27, 38. 29, 11. Judg. 2, 4. 
 1 Sam. 24, 17. 30, 4; of callFng out 
 Judg. 9, 7 ; of rejoicing aloud Is. 24, 14. 
 Also with ^ip implied (Germ, atdiebeu), 
 Is. 3, 7 ; hence absol. in the sense to 
 call aloud, i. q. to rejoice, to shout, .Tob 
 21, 12 they lift 7ip the voice (they shout) 
 to the timbrel and harp. Is. 42, 11. Ibid. 
 V. 2 is^l isb nor lift up his voice, i. e. 
 nor cry aloud, i. q. p?^^ X^ . Hence 
 
 f) to lift up any thing xcith the voice, 
 to take up, i. e. to litter, e. g. a song 
 Num. 23, 7. Job 27, 1. Ps. 81, 3; prayer 
 la. 37, 4 ; reproaches Ps. 15, 3 ; the name 
 of God Ez. 20. 7 : a A\lse report 23, 1 ; 
 a wailing Jer. 9. 9 [10]. Here too be- 
 longs Ps. 139, 20 NiTl'b KSibD, for IXirs 
 R-jirb T;ra5 , see above init. 
 
 g) bs tte: srs to lift up the soul unto 
 any thing, like Engl, to set the heart 
 upon, i. q. to desire, to long for any thing, 
 (Arab, ellipt. ^ J,t J^,) Deut. 24, 
 
 16. Hos. 4. 8. Prov. 19, 18; c. b Ps. 24, 
 4 ; often f^'^^'^i h{< i. e. to long earnestly 
 for help from God Ps. 25, 1. 86, 4. 143, 8. 
 h) "^1 bs sb xiTD to lift up the heart 
 unto Jehovah, in adoration, invocation. 
 Lam. 3, 14. But iab iati his heart 
 lifts him up, viz. a) it incites him to any 
 
 thing, stirs him up, i. e. makes him ready 
 and willing to do any thing. Ex. 35. 21. 
 26. 36, 2. /5) Also spoken of pride, 2 K. 
 14, 10 TiSb Tisr: thy heart hath lifted 
 thee up i. e. thou art proud. Comp. 
 ' tollere animos ' Plaut. ' animi sublati ' 
 i. e. proud, Ter. ^ 
 
 i) to lift tip, to raise, sc. in the balance, 
 i. e. to weigh. Job 6, 2. Comp. Lat. 
 pendo and Heb. xbo . 
 
 2. to take, to take away, which is mostly 
 donehy taking up ; so Lat. tollere, e me- 
 dio tollere, freq. for avferre. 1 Sam. 17, 
 34 and took a lamb from, the flock. 
 Judg. 16, 31. 2 Sam. 5, 21 and David 
 and his men took them away. sc. the idols. 
 1 K. 15, 22. 2 K. 7, 8. Cant. 5, 7 they took 
 away my veil from me. Ecc. 5, 14. Jer. 
 52, 17. Mic. 2, 2. al. So 's CE?. NC3 to 
 take away one's life 2 Sam. 14, 14. Gen. 
 40, 19 7jet within three days shall Pha- 
 raoh 'i^^pj^. Tirx-i-rs N'va-i take away 
 thy head from of thee, i. e. take away 
 thy life (comp. v. 22), there being here 
 a play of words as compared with the 
 contrary signif of 's ilixn xr; in no. 1. 
 b. ;', above. So Cic. Ep. ad Div. 11, 20 
 init. "adolescentem (Octavianum) tol- 
 lendum,^^ which may mean eitiier to be 
 exalted, promoted, or to be put out of the 
 way. Hence in a stronger sense : to 
 take away a person, as the wind, to carry 
 away, 2 K. 2, 16. Job 27. 21 ; or as God, 
 i. q. to destroy Job 32, 22. Hos. 1, 6, see 
 below in b ; spoken of a tree, to pluck 
 up by the roots Ez. 17, 9, where msffia 
 is inf Aram. Kal for St'iS^, ending ia 
 ni in the manner of verbs Hb, comp. 
 nis^TS. Spec, to take aicay the sin, 
 guilt, of any one, ('s "(ir, rtCB. rxan xt'3,) 
 i. e. a) to expiate, to make atonement 
 for. as a priest, Lev. 10, 17. b) to for- 
 give sin, to pardon, spoken of men Gen. 
 50, 17. Ex. 10, 17 ; of God Gen. 4, 13. 
 Ex. 34, 7. Num. 14, 18. Job 7, 21. Pe. 
 32, 5. al. Also rxanb Kib; to forgive 
 .fin Ex. 23, 21. Josh. 24, 19.' Ps. 25, 18. 
 With dat. of pers. to forgive or pardon 
 any one Gen. 18, 24. 26. Num. 14, 19. ^ 
 Is. 2. 9. Hos. 1, &for I will no more have 
 mercy upon the house of Israel Nt'S 'S 
 tnb x"J?x that J should, altogether pardon 
 them. [Better: hxt I will utterly take 
 them away, destroy them. R.] Part 
 pass, '(iy ifS'^^^ forgiven of iniquity, whose 
 
3 
 
 697 
 
 K03 
 
 in is pardoned, Is. 33, 24 ; 3?*? "vrs id. 
 Pa. 32, 1. Comp. in N. T. ulf/u iji' 
 ufiu()ii(tv for to expiate as in lett. a, John 
 1, 29. From the idea of taking away 
 comes the sense 
 
 3. to take simply, i. q. T^\ ; Gen. 27. 
 3 take now thy weapons. . .and go oiU. 
 Josh. 6, 4. 6. 2 K. 9, 25. 26. Is. 38, 21, 
 Am. 6, 10. Ps. 139, 9. Gen. 45. 19 take 
 your father and come. In such pas.sage9 
 {<iU3 gives more iulnees and vividnesK, 
 see in npsb no. 1. Hence also i. q. to 
 get, to receive, to obtain, Ecc. 5, 18 rsis^ 
 ipbn-px. Ps. 24, 5. 116, 13; so non 'a' 
 ^n''3, to obtain favour Esth. 2. 9. 15. 17. 
 5, 2. So to take a thing offered, to ac- 
 cept, 1 Chr. 21, 24. comp. v. 23. Spec. 
 
 a) nox X'i'J to take a wife, in the later 
 writers instead of n'Sst n]?b Ruth 1. 4. 
 2Chr.ll.21. 13.21. Ezral6,44. Ellipt. 
 Ezra 9. 2 they took wives of their daugh- 
 ters for themselves and for their sons. 
 V. 12. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Chr. 24. 3. 
 
 b) 'b 'JS x"vU3 to take i. e. to accept the 
 person of any one, pr. spoken of a king 
 or judge who receives or admits those 
 who visit him with salutations and pre- 
 sents, and favours their cause ; opp. 
 n''30 3^50n to turn away i. e. not to re- 
 ceive the salutations of any one. Gen. 
 32, 21 [20J -^SB H':y\ "^bix peradven- 
 ture he will accept me, will receive me 
 kindly. Mai. 1, 8. Hence a) In a good 
 sense, to accept any one, to admit him as 
 a suppliant, to hear and grant his re- 
 quest. Gen. 19, 21 lo, I have accepted thee 
 (heard thy prayer) concerning this thing 
 also. 1 Sam. 25, 35. 2 K. 3, 14. Job 42, 
 8. Trop. of a ransom Prov. 6, 35. Also 
 to respect the dignity of any one, to re- 
 vere, Lam. 4, 16; once h D'^SB S<"i"3 id. 
 Deut. 28, 50. Hence part. pass, xibs 
 D'^SB one respected, a man of influence, 
 2 k! 5. 1. Job 22. 8. Is. 3, 3. 9, 14. /?) 
 In a bad sense, (o be partial, as a judge 
 unjustly partial or corrupted by bribes. 
 Lev. 19. 15 thou shalt not respect the per- 
 son of the poor, nor honour the person of 
 the great. Job 32, 21. 34. 19. Ps. 82, 2. 
 Prov. 18, 5. Without genit. Deut. 10. 17 
 who respecteth not persons, nor taketh re- 
 gard; comp. 2 Chr. 19, 7. Job 13, 10 
 ^jSn csB ">r32 DJt if ye secretly accept 
 persons, are unjustly partial. Mai. 2, 9 
 nnina O'^as CSCttJS partial in tlie law. 
 
 59 
 
 In N. T. TTQoaoiiTov lafiliurnv. See more 
 in Thesaur. p. 916. 
 
 c) tt5x"t X'rj to take the sum of any 
 thing, to number, Ex. 30, 12. Num. 1, 2. 
 49. 4, 2. 22. 26, 2. 31, 26. 49. Also TS3 
 ^D0T3 Num. 3. 40. 1 Chr. 27, 23. 
 
 4. to take upon oneself, to bear, to 
 carry, Ex. 12, 34. 25, 14. 27. 37, 14. Ps. 
 126, 6. Is. 52, 1 1. al. So of burdens on 
 the back, as a beast Gen. 45, 23. Is. 30, 6 ; 
 a child in the arms or bosom Deut. 1, 31. 
 Is. 46, 3 ; garments, to wear, 1 Sam. 2. 
 28. 14, 3 ; a shield 2 Chr. 14. 7. So a 
 tree bears, brings forth fruit Ez. 17, 8. 
 Joel 2, 22. Hagg. 2, 19; the earth its 
 products, whence trop. Ps. 72, 3 let the 
 mountains bring forth peace (prosperity) 
 to the people. Spec. 
 
 a) to take up and bring, to bring ; Ex. 
 10, 13 and the east wind brought the lo- 
 custs. 1 K. 10, 11 the ships of Ifiram 
 which brought gold from. Ophir. 1 Sam. 
 
 4, 4. 1 Chr. 16, 29. 18, 2. Ps. 96, 8. 
 Opp. to take away, see no. 2. 
 
 b) Trop. to bear, to endure, e. g. sor- 
 row Is. 53, 4 ; reproach Ps. 69. 8. Ez. 16, 
 52 ; also Is. 1, 14. Jer. 44. 22. Mic. 7, 9. 
 Ps. 55, 13. Prov. 30, 21. With a parti- 
 tive (see in 3 A. 2. b), Job 7. 13 X^&T" 
 "asap ^n'^'-V"^ ^y couch shall beam por- 
 tion of my complaint, i. e. will hefp me 
 to bear it. Hence, to bear, i. q. to per- 
 mit, to suffer, c. inf. Gen. 13. 6. Job 21, 3 
 "SIX"^ suffer me that I may speak. 
 
 c) to bear up under any thing, to take 
 charge of e. g. the burden of a public 
 office ; Num. 11, 14 I am not able to bear 
 all this people alone, v. 17. Deut. 1. 9. 12. 
 
 d) B (VS) i<n ^'i^}, to bear the sin 
 or guilt of any one, i. e. take upon one- 
 self and bear the punishment of sin. Is.. 
 53, 12. Ez. 4, 5. 14, 10 ; 'b Vira. id. Ez. 
 18, 19. 20 ; ixisn, i2i5 xb3. to bear one^s 
 own sin, i. e. to suffer its punishment, 
 Lev. 5. 1. 17. 17, 16. 20, 19. 24. 15. Num. 
 
 5, 31 . 9, 1 3. 14. 34. 30, 16. So i-'P^] xiC3 
 to suffer the pun ish ment of oner's whoredom 
 Num. 14, 33. Ez. 23. 35. Absol. to bear 
 punishment, to be punished ; Job 34, 31 
 bans sb 'nxirj / have borne chastise- 
 ment, I will offend no more. For another 
 sense of this phrase, see above in no. 2. 
 a,b. 
 
 NiPH. X"93 1. to be lifted up, elevated 
 exalted, pass, of Kal no. 1. Is. 40, 4"^^ 
 
H3 
 
 698 
 
 piW 
 
 Kbi"^ ^'5 evenj valley shall he exalted, 
 i. e. filled up. 52, 13. Part. x\S3 lifted 
 up, elevated, lofty, Is. 2, 2. 12-14. 6, 1. 
 30, 25. 57, 7. 15. Jer. 51. 9. Reflex, to 
 lift up oneself Ez. 1. 19-21. Ps. 94, 2 lift 
 up thyself, arise, thou Judge of the earth. 
 7, 7. Prov. 30, 13. Dan. 11, 12. 
 
 2. to 6e borne, carried, Ex. 25, 28. Is. 
 49, 22 ; ^0 be carried away, 2 K. 20, 17. 
 
 PiEL NtL*D 2 Sam. 5. 12, and N'J33 1 K. 
 9, 11. 
 
 1. to lift up, to exalt, 2 Sam. 5, 12. 
 Esth. 3, 1. 5, 11. Hence b tzi x'va: i. q. 
 Kal no. 1. g, to long for any thing Jer. 
 22, 27. 44, 14. 
 
 2. to help, to aid, comp. Engl. ' to give 
 one a lift,' Esth. 9, 3. Ps. 28, 9. Ezra 8, 
 36. Is. 63, 9. Espec. with gifts, c. 3 
 IK. 9, 11. Ezra 1,4. Hence 
 
 3. to make or offer gifts, c. b 2 Sam. 
 19, 43. 
 
 4. to take or carry away, i. q. Kal no. 
 2, Am. 4. 2. 
 
 HiPH. N^-JSn 1. Causat. of Kal no. 4. 
 
 d, to cav^e to bear sin, guilt, i. e. to let 
 bear the punishment of one's sin. Lev. 
 22, 16. 
 
 2. With bx to pttt upon, to apply to, 
 
 e. g. ropes to a city 2 Sam. 17, 13. 
 HiTHP. ^3rn and x'^sn Norn. 24, 7. 
 
 1. to be elevated, exalted, c. b above 
 any thing 1 Chr. 29, 11. 
 
 2. to lift up or exalt mieself i. e. a) 
 to rise up in s^trength Num. 23, 24. 24, 
 7. 1 K. 1, 5. b) to be proud Ez. 17, 14. 
 Prov. 30, 32. With h'S to exalt oneself 
 above any thing. Num. 16, 3. Ez. 29, 15. 
 
 Deriv. ifbs , nxsiba , nx'tL"? , xiaB , x^a, 
 nsj'^ea, rx**ea, ifbj rxb, nb, pr. n. 
 'lix-ib . ' 
 
 ST?"! Chald. X. to take or carry away, 
 as the wind Dan. 2, 35. 
 
 2. to take, Ezra 5, 15. 
 
 Ithpa. to lift up oneself, to rise up 
 against any one, c. b? Ezra 4, 19. 
 
 nx'ffiO f. pr. part. Niph. of Xbj (comp. 
 Pi. no. 3) a gift, present, 2 Sam. 19, 43. 
 
 * ^^? in Kal not used. Hiph. rm, 
 
 fut. y^^":, apoc. y^a^. 
 
 1. to reach, to attain unto, to overtake, 
 pr. Bpf)ken of one pursuing another, 
 Gen. 31, 25. Ex. 14, 9. Deut. 19, 6. 1 
 Sam. 30, 8. Ps. 7, 6. Jer. 52, 8. al. So 
 of the sword of the pursuer 1 Chr. 21, 
 
 12. Jer. 42, 16 ; of waves and terrors 
 Job 27, 20. Metaph. of blessing and 
 cursing Deut. 28. 2. 15. 45; the conse- 
 quences of iniquity Ps. 40, 13; divine 
 anger 69. 25; divine threatenings Zech, 
 1. 6 ; contra, of good I.s. 59, 9. Also of 
 time, to reach tmto, to attain unto any 
 time, Gen. 47, 9. Lev. 26, 5. So to at- 
 tain unto, i. q. to obtain, e. g, joy Is. 35, 
 10. 51, 11 ; the ways of life, opp. Sheol, 
 Prov. 2, 19. Spec, my hand attains un- 
 to, obtains, any thing, i. e. to get. to ac- 
 quire, to have, i. q. "i^T in^ '^'J^P- see 
 in r. ssa no. 2. c. Lev.U. 2 J. 22.^30. 31 
 sq. 25, 26. Ez. 46,7 ; c. b id. Lev. 5, 11 ; 
 absol. id. Lev. 25, 47, 
 
 2. Causat. to reach forth towards or 
 upon any thing, to apply, to put to or 
 upon, e. g. the hand to the mouth 1 Sam. 
 
 14, 26. With two ace. Job 41, 18 [26] 
 if one lay at him with the sword. 
 
 Note. The form r'^an Job 24, 2 is 
 lor i"'Sn to remove ; see r. 310 . 
 
 nSWJ f: (r. Xbj) 'what ia borne,'' at 
 burden I*. 46, 1. 
 
 S'^TCS in, adj. verbal, pass. oC Xbi, one 
 elevated, exalted. Spec. 
 
 1. a prince, as a general term, spoken 
 not only of kings (comp. T'51), 1 K. 11, 
 34. Ez. 12. m. 45. 7 sq. 46, 2 eq. but 
 also of the heads, chiefs, of single tribes, 
 a phylarch, e. g. of the Iraelites Num. 
 7, 10 eq. 34, 18 sq. fully bj<'nb7 'S'^b* 
 Num. 1, 44. rilT^n 'it^ti 4, 34'. 31, 13'. 
 32, 2 ; of the Ishmaelites Gen. 17, 20, 
 etc. Also of the chiefs of families. Num. 
 3,24 'Sb-rsi 3!J r-^g x*^?- v. 30. 35j 
 plur. nissn 'H"'b3 1 K. 8, i. 2 Chr. 5, 2, 
 for rn'2Stn n-^a^ 's ; see in n^a no. 1 1. 
 Henee the prince, chief, of the whole 
 tribe of Levi je called ""Tbrt 'Sfb: Nib5 
 Num. 3, 32, comp. 1 Chr. 7, 40. So 
 D-nbx S"'b3 prince or chief conatituteci 
 (f God. spoken of Abrahajfn Gen. 23, 6. 
 
 2. Plur. cx-^ba j)r. risings, i.e. vapours^ 
 rising from the earth Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16- 
 Ps. 135, 7. Hence clouds, Prov. 25, 14. 
 
 .^ - * - 
 
 Arab. fLiJ and RjjiJ clouds just 
 fornicd. 
 
 * pT?3 in Kal not usedl Hiph. p^'Sin, 
 fut. P"'^!!, to set on fire. tokimiU, Is. 44, 
 
 15. Ez. 39, 9. Chfild. p^x id. 
 NiPii. to be kindled, Pto. 78, 21. 
 
iir: 
 
 699 
 
 rrw 
 
 ***^3 obsol. root, i. q. Chald. -^W, 
 to saw, onomatopoetic, Arab. ^>A3 id. 
 
 jLiklx a saw ; Syr. jiu to saw ; Eth. 
 
 lU^ and (Drt/^ . Hence liUSi? a saw. 
 
 * ! ''^'*?5 in Kal not used, prob. pr, 
 to remove from a place, i. q. 503, mU^ ; 
 
 whence also ' to put out, to dislocate a 
 limb, tendon,' see in ril^J . Hence 
 
 HiPH. x'^cn, fut. K-its: 1. to seduce, 
 to corrupt, Gen. 3, 13. Jer. 49, 16. 
 
 2. to deceive, to impose upon any one, 
 c. dat. 2 K. 18, 29. Jer. 29, 8 ; ace. 2 K. 
 19, 10. Obad. 7. Jer. 37, 9 sixt'n-bx 
 D3"'riUB3 Jeceice not yourselves. With 
 by prpgn. Pe. 55, 16 Keri i^-'^S njB ifis: 
 let death deceive them i. e. surprise and 
 destroy them suddenly; in Cheth. 'lEV 
 
 NiPH. to be deceived, Is. 19, 13. 
 
 Deriv. ('iXTS^ . 
 
 * II. 6502 i. q. nc3 II, to loan on 
 usury, c. 3 to any one, Neh. 5, 7. Is. 24, 
 
 2 12 x;i3 "icxs nrss a* fA /oaner (bor- 
 rower), so he that loaneth to him, the 
 creditor. So part, absoi. K^3 (for nrs) 
 1 Sara. 22, 2 a creditor. 
 
 HiPH. to exact, trop. to re.r, as a cre- 
 ditor, with a of pers. Ps. 89, 23. 
 
 Deriv. xi'ia , nx'i"^ . 
 
 ^ *i to hreathe. to blow, of the wind, 
 c. a w/KXrt any thing Is. 40, 7. It is ono- 
 matopoetic like the kindr. wlCJ3, Cw3, 
 Cixa, where see. Syr. . n^T, Chald. 
 ac? , id. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to caiwe to blow, e. g. a 
 wind. Ps. 147, 18. 
 
 2. to drive away by a puff, Gen. 15, 11. 
 
 I. niDj 1. Y)r. to dry up, to fail, as 
 
 water ; comp. (j**j to be dry, as bread, 
 
 jjio to fail, as water in a pool. Hence 
 trop. of strength. Jer. 51.30 Dn'^135 nn-rs 
 their might faileth ; also of the tongue 
 parched with thirst, Is. 41, 17 ciirb 
 npirs X'caa, where Dag. is either eu- 
 phon. or is to be dropped ; comp. in r. 
 T^^l. The notion o[' drying up. failing, 
 is then transferred to torpor of the mem- 
 bers, Gr. vaQxt], vitQxnM, comp. nira and 
 Sept. in Gen. 32, 32 ; and also to failure 
 of memory, forgetfulness. Hence 
 
 2. to forgft a thing, Lam. 3. 17 ; a 
 person, to desert, to neglect, Jer. 23, 39. 
 Inf. abeol. KCJ3 for ritia, ib. Syr. CJ 
 
 id. Arab. ^amJ , Eth. quadril. f &rtP 
 
 with PI inserted, id. 
 
 NiPH. to be forgotten, to be given over 
 to oblivion; Is. 44, 21 ""SlCSn 6<b thou 
 shall not be forgotten of me, for "^h ncspi. 
 Kimchi "'Saa ndrn. But Targ. and 
 Jarchi make Niphal i. q. Kal, and then 
 we may translate be not forgetful of me ; 
 but not so well. 
 
 PiEL. to cause to forget, with two 
 ace. Gen. 41, 51 "^l^"? for '3TS3 to corre- 
 spond with the pr. n. nTSsa. 
 
 HiPH. riTi-n i. q. Piel ;' Job 39, 17 God 
 hath caused her (the ostrich) to forget 
 wisdom. 11, 6 know nibij ?;! nffi::"3 
 T^3i?'2 that God for thee hath caused to 
 be forgotten a portion of thy iniquity, i. e. 
 has remitted a part of thy guilt. 
 
 Deriv. nc; , n^ui: , and pr. n. nissa . 
 
 * IT >_..; 
 
 1 1 . I u^- ^o loan, on mterest, usury, 
 
 spoken like the Engl, both of borrowing 
 and lending, i. q. Xffls II. 
 
 1. to lend to any one money or other 
 things, often on a pledge, c. 2 Deut. 24, 
 11 ; and on interest Jer. 15, 10. The 
 primitive idea may be that of delay, 
 
 giving time; Arab. Lo to defer, to de- 
 lay. With ace. of thing and 3 of pers. 
 Neh. 5, 10 / likewise and my brethren 
 and my servants ;"l TiOa otna D"tt53 
 have lent them money and com. Ace. 
 inipl. Deut. 24, 14. Jer. 15, 10 "'n-'ltjj xb 
 a TOD sil / have neither borrowed nor 
 have men lent to me. But a nxxj naja to 
 lend at one per centum- to any one. sc. in 
 monthly usury, see in ns^ no. 3. Neh. 
 5, 1 1 the hundredth of the money and of 
 the corn . . . cna cttJ: ens "iCX which ye 
 exact of them; comp. 2 X'^n xt'3 v. 7. 
 Part, ntlis a. usurer, creditor, money- 
 lender. Ex. 22, 24. 2 K. 4, 1. Ps. 109, 11. 
 Is. 50, 1. 
 
 2. to borrow, like ha.t. fenero. feneror, 
 absol. Jer. 15, 10 see in no. 1. Part 
 MwJ a borrower, debtor. Is. 24, 2. 
 
 Note. The verb n^^ is distinguished 
 from n5E3, x'i;. in that the two latter 
 include the idea of interest, which the 
 former does not. 
 
nuj3 
 
 700 
 
 C|TS3 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal no. ], with 3 of pers. 
 to lend to any one on usury, Deut. 15, 2. 
 
 24, 10. 
 
 Deriv. ''ais , nira , pr. n. nits-i . 
 
 J^T^S m. Gen. 32, 33, i. q. Arab. Lli, 
 prob. nervus ischiadicus, the nerve or 
 tendon extending through the thigh and 
 leg to the ankles. R. nffi; I. 1 ; gee 
 Thesaur. p. 921 sq. 
 
 "'3 m. debt, 2 K. 4, 7. R. miSi II. 
 
 't^? I'- forgeifulness, oblivion, Ps. 88, 
 13. r". irrjl. 
 
 ^tO^ plur. f. women, see sing. MtSX , 
 
 npS f. (r. pi^3) a A:m, Cant. 1, 2. 
 3>rov. 27, 6. 
 
 * ^'4h fut. T]'^7 Ecc. 10, 11, and T^ffl^ 
 Prov. 23, 32, to bite, as a serpent Gen. 
 49, 17. Num. 21, 8. 9. Am. 5, 19; a man 
 Mic.3,5. Eth. ift^id. Syr. by transp. 
 AiSJ . Metaph. a) to vex, to oppress, 
 Hab. 2, 7. b) to lend an usunj, Deut. 
 23, 20 ; since not only the lending on 
 usury, but even the taking of interest, 
 was regarded as sordid and oppressive. 
 Comp. Aram. r35 , A^ , to bite, whence 
 KrisiD usury ; Arab. ijOyS to gnaw, 
 Conj. Ill to lend on usury; Gr. daxvs- 
 a&ai vTio Tbiv xQfbiv Aristoph. Nub. 1. 12; 
 Lat. 'usura vorax' Lucan. 1. 171. 
 
 PiEL 1. q. Kal, to bite, Num. 21, 6. Jer. 
 8, 17. 
 
 HiPH. Tp^'H caus. of Kal lett. b. to take 
 usury of any one, to exact interest, with 
 dat. of pers. Deut. 23, 20. 21. Hence 
 
 ^3 m. in pause ^O Ex. 22, 24, 
 tisury, interest, Prov. 28, 8. Ps. 15, 5. 
 Ez. 18. 8. 13. is 7(4} n-iia to impose 
 tisumj upon any one, to exact it from 
 him, Ex. 22. 24; c. b Deut. 23, 30. Hj^b 
 ",B Tji^3 to take usury from any one Lev. 
 
 25, 36! Ez. 18, 17. 22, 12. 
 
 nSTDp a cell, see nsttJb and note. 
 
 * -'^}, fut. b"^ intrans. in no. 2. b; 
 imper. btti Ex. 3, 5. Josh. 5, 15. 
 
 1. Trans, a) to draw out or off", to 
 put ojf. e. g. a shoe Ex. 3, 5. Josh. 5, 15. 
 b) to cast out, to eject a people from a 
 land Deut. 7, 1. 22. Kindr. are bbiy, 
 nba, bS3. Arab. JlmO to draw out, 
 
 as meat from a pot ; Jjij to put off a 
 breastplate, to draw out arrows from a 
 quiver. 
 
 2. Intrans. a) to slip off or away ; 
 Deut. 19, 5 Jfn-'^-q bnsn "biujl and if 
 the iron slippeth from the helve, b) to 
 fall or drop off, as the fruit of the olive 
 Deut. 28, 40, where fut. A. Correspond- 
 ing is Arab. JuJ to fall (M, as hair, 
 wool, feathers. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1. b. to cast out, to 
 drive out, a people 2 K. 16, 6. 
 
 * Q^? to breathe ; Chald. Syr. id. 
 Arab. |V-k**J to blow gently, as the wind ; 
 V, to breathe. Kindred roots are 3(^5 , 
 kHU3 , by transp. tt3s3 , comp. Arab. iy4JL> 
 anhelavit, also parturivit, peperit. Not 
 found in the verb; since fut. ctSN Is. 42, 
 14, as elsewhere fut. CC7, belongs to 
 the root Dai . 
 
 Deriv. na<C3n and 
 
 natD3 f conetr, nsoSs, c. suff. T^'^?r 
 plur. riTSUis . 
 
 1. breath, spirit, spoken of the breath 
 of God, i. e. a) the wind. i. q. '''; riin. 
 Job 37, 10. b) the breath, breathing, of 
 his anger Is. 30, 33. Job 4, 9. Ps. 18, 16. 
 c) the spirit of God, imparting life and 
 wisdom, Job 32, 8. 33, 4 ; comp. 26, 4. 
 
 2. breath, life, of man and beasts ; 
 Gen. 2, 7 aiid breathed into his nostrils 
 n-i'sn r-qt} the breath of life ; more fully 
 c-i^n n^-i rattSs Gen. 7, 22. Simpl. nrttjs 
 id. Job 27. 3. Is. 42, 5. Dan. 10, 17. As 
 something vain and fleeting Is. 2, 22. 
 Hence, anima, the vital spirit, yia^, i.q. 
 ttJE3 no. 2, plur. Is. 57, 16. 
 
 3. the mind, intelkct, i. q. ttiSS no. 3, 
 Prov. 20, 27. 
 
 4. Concr. i. q. ttiE3 no. 4, living ikingy 
 animal; e.g. ii7:UJ3"b3 ex-ery thing that 
 hath breath, Deut.' 20,' 16. Josh. 10, 40. 
 11, 11. 14. 1 K. 15, 29. 17; 1. Ps. 150, 6- 
 
 Ktl3 Chald. f. breath, life, Dun. 
 5,23! ' 
 
 * h'^3 to breathe, to blow, Ex. 15, 10; 
 c. a to blow upon, Is. 40. 24. Kindred 
 are nt^3, ct^3, also ?, by transp. c'BS . 
 Arab. _p - ^ to winnow. 
 
 Deriv. "ICS^ and 
 
 Cl? m. in pause qC3 Job 7, 4 ; c. suft 
 
 isuis Job 3, 9. 
 
px^ 
 
 701 
 
 '^' 
 
 1, Pr. 'a breathing;' hence the ev fin- 
 ing twilight, when cooling breezes 6/010 
 (oi'n mn Gen. 3, 8), Job 24, 15. Prov, 
 7, 9. 2 k. 7, 5. 7, com p. v. 9. 12. Sept. 
 (Txoroj. Put for the evening U. 5, 11. 
 21, 4 ; darkness, night, Jer. 13, 17. Is. 
 59, 10. Also 
 
 2. the morning twilight, dawn, Job 3, 
 
 9. 7, 4. 1 Sam. 30, 17. Ps. 119, 147. 
 
 * ! P^? fut. p? , once piJh Cant. 8, 
 1, whence n|?ts< or njrt^x 1 K. 19, 20, 
 
 to kiss; Syr. .aaJ id. Sam. id. For the 
 origin see note under ptij II. With 
 dat. of pers. Gen. 27, 27. 29. 11. 48, 10. 
 50, 1. Ex. 4, 7. Ruth 1, 9. 14. 1 K. 19, 
 20; more rarely c. ace. 1 Sam. 20, 41. 
 Gen. 33, 4. 1 Sam. 10, 1. Cant. 8, 1. So 
 too npj-'rtSa 'b p'i^j , whence Cant. 1, 2 
 An'^ n"ip->tt5ST3 ""SpiS"^, see in p no. 1. b. 
 a. p. 580. Prov, 24, 26 he kisseth (he 
 lips who answereth right words. Job 31, 
 27 "'Eb "^-i^ P^'ni or my hand hath kissed 
 my mouth, referring to a species of ado- 
 ration in which they kissed the hand 
 and waved the kisses towards the idol, 
 Plin. 28. 2. 5. Poet. Ps. 85, 11 right- 
 eoiisness and peace (happiness cibd) 
 kiss each other, i. e. they are mu- 
 tually connected, happiness follows 
 upon righteousness. Among the He- 
 brews the kiss was likewise the symbol 
 of veneration, fidelity, homage, e. g. 
 a) To a king from his subjects 1 Sam. 
 
 10, 1 ; and also from vanquished princes 
 Ps. 2, 12. b) To idols from their wor- 
 shippers 1 K. 19, 18. Hos. 13, 2; comp. 
 Job 31. 27. This rite, both in a civil 
 and religious sense, was common among 
 many nations ; and was applied to va- 
 rious parts of the body, as the mouth, 
 the shoulder, the hand, the knees, the 
 feet, etc. comp. the adoration of saints 
 in the ancient church, the kissing of the 
 black stone in the Kaaba at Mecca ; 
 Cic. Verr. 4. 43. Coram, on Is. 49. 23. 
 Such a kiss of fidelity and homage the 
 Heb. intpp. understand in Gen. 41. 40. 
 where Pharaoh says to Joseph : t;-q bs 
 ''fiS'bS pTS"7 upon thy mouth shall all my 
 people kiss, i. e. all my people shall 
 render to thee homage and obedience. 
 Of all the interpretations yet given of 
 this passage, this seems to be the best. 
 See more in Thesaur. p. 923. 
 
 59* 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal, to kiss, Gen. 31. 28 ; 
 as a pledge of homage and fidelity 
 from the vanquished to a monarch, Pa. 
 2, 12. 
 
 HiPH. id. Ez. 3. 13 the wings of the 
 living creatures nrins-bx nisx r-ip-'iEa 
 which mutually kissed each other, i. e. 
 of which one reached to and touched 
 another, i. q. nninx-bx nisx ni-isn 1, 9. 
 Comp. Ps. 85. U. 
 
 Deriv. n;5''il>5. 
 
 * 1 1 . piTj to bend a bow ; Eth. (Drt* 
 id. Kindred are ttJp^ , ttSp; , llSip to set a 
 springe, whence rtip bow. 1 Chr. 12, 2 
 nop ^psJS Complut. ivxflvoviiq lolov, 
 Vulg. tendentes arcum. 2 Chr. 17, 17 
 )iW ncjp piB3 bending the bow and 
 shield, by zeugma. Ps. 78, 9 the chil- 
 dren ofEphraini np "'Bin "'pffiis bend- 
 ing and shooting the bow; Sept. ivxtl- 
 rovTti xnl ^lillovifg toJoi', Vulg. inten- 
 dentes et mittentes arcum. 
 
 Deriv. pC3 . 
 
 Note. The signif commonly assigned 
 to p'ra II, is that of arming oneself, and 
 then this is connected with ih^io? kiss- 
 ing by an assumed primitive notion of 
 fixing, adjusting, comp. Ez. 3, 13. But 
 the context requires the meaning above 
 given ; and all the ancient versions and 
 the etymology confirm it. The signif. 
 of kissing is therefore plainly different 
 from p'dJ II ; and is perhaps onoma- 
 topoetic, like the words for kissing in 
 many other languages, as Germ, kvssen, 
 Engl, to kiss, Gr. xim (in Hom. xmaa, 
 xv(T(xa, xvuaui) ; Pers. (j*<*J , Germ, and 
 Swed. Puss, Engl, buss, comp. Lat. 
 basium, Ital. bacio ; Germ. Schmatz, 
 Engl, smack. See Thesaur. p. 924. 
 
 ptC? m. also pT^2 Ez. 39, 9. 10; in 
 pause pffl3 . R. pC3 II. 
 
 1. a weapon, collect, weapons. Job 20, 
 24. 39, 21. Ps. 140, 8. In a wider sense, 
 arms, weapons and armour, 1 K. 10, 25. 
 (2 Chr. 9. 24.) 2 K. 10, 2. Ez. 39, 10. 
 In Ez. 39, 9, it is mentioned along with 
 various kinds of weapons and armour, 
 
 2. an armoury, arseiuil, Neh. 3, 19; 
 see in is^ no. 2. 
 
 "l^D obsol. root. Arab. -a*j , to tear 
 in pieces with the beak, as a bird of prey ; 
 
^i'D 
 
 702 
 
 ^na 
 
 -u*JuO 5 i-*>*^ beak of a bird of prey. 
 Hence 
 
 1.5 m. in pause "iCS ; plur. D-^naJj , 
 
 
 
 constr. *^'yCi, an eagle; Arab, -vwjj 
 
 Syr. fj^, Ethiop. "JflC, id. So Ex. 
 19, 4. Deut. 32, 11. 2 Sam. 1, 23. Job 
 9, 26, al. As there are many species 
 of eagles, the iffi.: , when distinguished 
 from others, seems to have denoted the 
 chief species, the golden eagle, /gvatxi- 
 BTog, as Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14, 12. The 
 word however seems to have had a 
 broader acceptation, and, like the Gr. 
 uBTog and Arab. _w*j (see Bochart 
 Hie^oz. II. p. 312 sq.) sometimes com- 
 prehends also a species of vulture, espe- 
 cially in those passages where the "iC3 
 is said to be bald Mic. 1, 16. and to feed 
 on carcasses Job 39, 27-30. Prov. 30, 17. 
 (Matth. 24, 28.) The former would 
 seem to ma rk the vultur barbaius Linn. 
 To the eagle itself, which often sheds 
 its feathers as the serpent its skin, are to 
 be referred the words of Ps. 103, 5, so 
 that thy youth is renewed like the eaglets. 
 But the same fact is not alluded to in Is. 
 40, 31. See Bochart Hieroz. 1. c. with 
 Jlosenm. annotations T. II. p. 743 sq. 
 
 ^V^ Chald. plur. "pncs , an eagle, Dan. 
 4,30.7,4. 
 
 ~ _ to dry up, to/ail, as the tongue 
 from thirst Is. 41, 17 ; trop. of the 
 strength Jer. 51, 30, So Kimchi, who 
 assumes this root for these two exam- 
 ples and Niphal. But these two pas- 
 sages are better referred to r. no I. 1, 
 where see. 
 
 NiPH. id. to be dried up, as water, by 
 transpos. i. q. Tl'nD Niph. no 2. Is. 19, 5 
 B*nr c-S! >irr:i. This form might also 
 1)6 referred to a root nnr . Ethiop. 
 JFlD'l' destruxit, delevit. 
 
 JIPTDS m. Hebr.and Chald. an epistle, 
 letter, Ezra 4, 7. 18. 23. 5, 5. 7, 11. Its 
 origin seems to be from the Persian 
 ^XiijU nebishten, ^^wiLuijJ newishlen, 
 ^jJtMyi newisten, to write ; the sibilant 
 and labial being transposed. 
 
 "*J7 obsol. root, prob. to tread, to 
 tramplCy like Gr. atti^ui, whence S'^na a 
 
 beaten path. On the primary syllables 
 tab, tap, and pad, pat, as imitating the 
 sound of treading, see above in Ona , 
 
 D-'^^nS i. q. D-'jipj , Ezra 8, 17 Cheth. 
 
 '''^5 only in Piel nns to cut in 
 pieces, e. g. an animal sacrificed Ex. 29, 
 17. Lev. 1, 6. 12. 8, 20 ; a dead body 
 Judg. 20, 6. Hence 
 
 '^C'.? m. plur. taTiri , a piece of flesh 
 Ex. 29, 17. Lev. 1, 8 sq. Judg. 19, 29. 
 Ez. 24, 4. 
 
 ^T? m. and ^^'^f?? f plur. CS^ns 
 and nia-r? . R. sn; . 
 
 1. Adj. trodden, see in 3r5 , e. g. T\'^^ 
 nnTis a trodden way, beaten path, Prov. 
 12, 28. 
 
 2. Subst. a foot-path, by-way, a poetic 
 word Job 18, 10. 28, 7. 30, 13. 41, 24. Ps. 
 78, 50. 142, 4. al. Plur. fern. ip-'Si niS'^na 
 the paths to his house Job 38, 20. Is. 58, 
 12. Prov. 3, 17. al. 
 
 D''3''riD m. plur. (r. "p:) Nethinim. 
 i. e. the given, the devoted, pr. name of 
 the Hebrew hi}68ovXoi, or servants of the 
 temple, temple-slaves, who were under 
 the Levites in the ministry of the tem- 
 ple, 1 Chr. 9, 2. Ezra 2, 43. 58. 70. 8. 20. 
 Neh. 3, 31. 7, 46. 60. 73. 11, 3. 21. etc. 
 For the origin of the name, comp. Num. 
 8, 19. The Nethinim would seem to 
 have been partly Canaanites reduced to 
 servitude (Josh. 9, 23. 27), and partly 
 perhaps captives taken in war ; they 
 were instituted or at least regulated by 
 David, Ezra 8, 20. Cheth. once CSira 
 Ezra 8, 17. 
 
 y^y^ty: Chald.id. Mf/imm, Ezra 7,24. 
 
 *'^'D?, only in fut. T\Ti1 , kindr. with 
 ~D5 , to pour intrans. i. e. to be poured 
 out, to overflow, pr. of water Job 3, 24 ; 
 elsewhere metaph. e. g. of roaring Job 
 
 I. c. of anger, c. 3 2 Clir. 12, 7. 34, 25. 
 Jer. 44. 6 ; b? 42, 18 ; of curses Dan. 9, 
 
 II, divine punishment ib. v. 27. 
 
 Niph. Tjii)? only in Praet. 1. i. q. Kal, 
 to he poured out, as water, rain, Ex. 9, 
 33. 2 Sam. 21, 10. Metaph. of anger 
 2Chr. 34, 21. Jer. 7, 20. Nah. 1,6. 
 
 2. to be made to flow, to be melted 
 Ez. 22, 21. 24, 11. 
 
bns 
 
 703 
 
 TM 
 
 Hi PH. Tj'^nn , 'u^ T*^- ' '"^- "*^ T'^'?^! 
 Ez. 22, 20. 
 
 1. to pour out or forth Job 10, 10; 
 money 2 K. 22, 9. 2 Chr. 34, 17. 
 
 2. <o makejlow, to melt^ Ez. 22, 20. 
 HopH. "^nn pass, of Hiph. no. 2, Ez. 
 
 22, 22. 
 Deriv. ^inn . 
 
 *br3 obsol. root, Aram. %Lj i. q. 
 Heb. ^rJ , to gice. Hence pr. n. Tib-^n . 
 
 * 1^3 , 1 and 2 pers. ''nnj , Fina (once 
 nnn 2 Sam. 22. 41, as in for in^ Judg. 
 19, 11), plur. isnj, cnna . Intl absol, 
 Tinj; consir. twice in;, -yn Num. 20, 
 21. Gen. 33, 9; usually rn, with pref. 
 nnb , and with tone retracted "ib rn^ 
 Gen. 15, 7 ; c. suff. Tin , inn . Imper. "(n, 
 -jn , Gen. 14, 21 ; c. He parag. njn often 
 emphat. Ps. 8, 2, see no. 2. aa. Fut 
 ypT. ! "'?.'? ! 1 P^''^- P^"""- "l^? Judg. 16, 5. 
 
 1. to give J Chald. Sam. id. Syr. ''sLl 
 only in fut. The primary idea seems to 
 be that o( reaching orU the hand, present- 
 ing, from the radical syllable /an, whence 
 jjn to extend, in^ to prolong, njpi to 
 give. The same is found in the Indo- 
 European tongues, with t softened to d, 
 and the final n mostly dropped, although 
 vestiges of it are not wanting; e. g. 
 Sanscr. da to give, Gr. 3dw, dld())fii ; Lat. 
 da-re, but with n preserved donum, dono, 
 earlier also dan-it, dan-unt, Enn. Pacuv. 
 Comp. too Egypt, "f , T^.^.J Tei> 
 THI. TO. TOJ to give, which in 
 hieroglyphic writing is expressed by a 
 hand extended and presenting some- 
 thing. Construed pr. with ace. of thing 
 and b of pers. Gen. 24, 35 "(SS i3-,nn 
 "ijsaa '. 29. 28. 33. 30, 6. al. ssepiss. With 
 bx of pers Gen. 18, 7. 21, 14. Is. 29, 11 ; 
 rarely ace. of pers. Josh. 15, 19 ^'"ix ^3 
 'snns 23in for thou Juist given me a 
 south (dry) land. Judg. 1, 15. Jer. 9, 1. 
 Is. 27, 4. Also with ace. and as, i. e. to 
 give to be with me, to give as a com- 
 panion. Gen. 3, 12 ; ace. of thing and 3 
 of price Joel 4, 3. Ez. 18, 13. Absol. to 
 give. i. e. to he liberal, munificent, Prov. 
 21, 26. Ps. 37, 21. Spec, in phrases : 
 
 a) *i^ "iPa to give the hand sc. to the 
 victor, see 1^ no. 1. lett. e ; but a "ii^ "jna 
 Bee ib. lett. b. 
 
 b) 'b *i^2 'rJ to gire into the hand of 
 any one, to deliver into his power, see in 
 T' lett. aa. (i. Sept. nnffudidoifti tl( /- 
 paf iirog. Ex. 23, 31. Num. 21, 2. 3. 34. 
 Deut. 1, 27. al. Not much different te 
 'b 'JBb '(Pa to give up, to deliver over, in 
 the presence of any one, Sept. nuQadl- 
 dtDfii iyaiTtiov nvoi, the former phrase 
 being used more of persons, and this of 
 things, e. g. a land, region Deut. 1, 8. 21. 
 2, 31. 33. Judg. 11, 9. 1 K. 8, 46. al. So 
 too simpl. *)n3 c. dat. to give tip, to de- 
 liver over, e. g. to the sword Mic. 6, 14 ; 
 to slaughter Is. 34, 2; to death Ps. 118, 
 18 ; to wasting Mic. 6, 16 ; one's back to 
 the smiters Is. 50, 6. But 'b I^ bs -(nj is 
 to commit to any one in charge, see 1^ 
 no. 1. ee; and so too bs "rj to deliver 
 the kingdom to any one, Dan. 11, 21. 
 
 c) "iiacca "(PJ to gire in ward, to put 
 in prison, Lat. in custodiam dedit, Gen. 
 40, 3. Comp. Gen. 39, 20. Jer. 37, 14. 
 
 d) 'IB 'inj to give fmit, i. e. to yield, 
 as a tree, the earth, Lev. 25. 19. Ps. 1,3. 
 Ez. 34. 27 ; comp. Gen. 4, 12. 49, 20. 
 
 e) tf^y *tP3 to give i. e. turn the back, 
 see in 5)^5. Contra, 3 c^JS "P3 to give 
 i. e. set the face against, see in nsa 
 (D-^SQ) no. 1. f. But bx 'b 'rs -,113 to 
 turn the face of any one towards any 
 thing. Gen. 30, 40 ; see in n:a no. 1. e. 
 
 f ) in 'tTl^ t^ S^^^ favour, to grant 
 grace. Ps. 84, 12 ; with b of pers. Prov. 
 3, 34. But 'b 'rra 'b "(n -(PS to give 
 one favour in the eyes of any one, see in 
 *)n no. 1. b. The same constructions are 
 found with c^ann '3 .Job 36. 3 pns "inx 
 "'b^sb I will give -right to my Maker, do 
 justice 10 him, show that he is right ; 
 comp. CQ'r^ "(p; in v. 6. 
 
 g) b (Tir) 'n'::3 "pj to give honour, 
 praise, to any one. Ps. 68, 35. Jer. 13, 16 ; 
 affection, love. Cant. 7, 13. Also, to 
 give, grant, to any one his wish, desire, 
 hope, Ps. 21, 3 comp. 5. 20. 5. 140, 9. 
 Job 6, 8. In a bad sense to give (cause) 
 pain, sorrow, Prov. 10, 10. 
 
 h) Impers. in^, in?!. Germ, es gibt, 
 es gab, put for there is, there appears, 
 there arises, etc. Gen. 38, 28 and it 
 came to pass when Tamar travailed . "n^l 
 n;; lo there appeared a hand. Job 37, 10 
 from the breath of th^ Lord nn]?",n"' there 
 is (ariseth)/ros^, ice. Prov. 13, 10 inja 
 nsis "jn-i through pride there is contention. 
 
in: 
 
 704 
 
 IM 
 
 i) The phrase 'jP)': ''a has a twofold 
 use : ) Who will give me or show vie 
 this or that ? i. e. no one will or can 
 give or show me, implying a negative ; 
 see in ''^ no. 1. e. Job 31, 31 in^ ""a 
 52ia3 xb iiiya^ who will show me (i. e. 
 where is) one who is not satisfied with 
 his meat ? i. e. who is driven from his 
 door hungry. Job 14,4 N^^^ iini: "(Fi^ "^"O 
 who will show me (where is) one pure 
 born of the impure 7 (5) Who will give? 
 implying wish, i. q. Oh, that one would 
 give ! Oh that I might have ! Oh that, 
 would that ; see in ^?3 no. 1. f. Deut. 28, 
 67 a'7.5 'ft}"^ '''U would it were evening ! 
 Judg.' 9, 29. Ps. 14, 7 Oh tkat the salva- 
 tion of Israel were come out of Zion ! 2 
 Sam. 19. 1 woidd I had died for thee ! 
 Hence ""Y'sTTi it; Oh that I had ! Ps. 
 55, 7. Sometimes there follows an ace. 
 and infin. Job 11, 5 la'n fiibi^ jn'i in Oh 
 that God would speak ! Or with infin. 
 13, 5 njriio ^ni io ; fut. Job 6. 8. 14, 13 ; 
 pr8et.23,3; prast. and fut. with Vav.Deut. 
 5, 26. But here those passages are to 
 be distinguished, where *ni i^ is: who 
 will make me so and so ? (see no. 3 be- 
 low.) i. e. Oh that I were! Jer. 8, 23 [9, 
 1] D713 1CK-1 ini ia Oh that my head 
 were xcaters ! Job 29, 2. Num. 11, 29. 
 
 Further, "jna to give or grant is also 
 put in various senses : 
 
 aa) to permit, to suffer, to let, sc. 
 to do any thing. Germ, zugehen ; like 
 Gr. dldoifii, Lat. dare, largiri, Syr. and 
 Arab. w;oi> , y^j^SH*- So with ace. of 
 pers. and infin. c. b, pr. to admit one to 
 the doing of any thing ; comp. the same 
 consecution in the synon. n-'Sn from n^i. 
 Gen. 20, 6 nibx srob T]inr3 xb I suffer- 
 ed thee not to touch her. 3i, 7. Judg. 1, 
 34. 1 Sam. 18. 2. Job 31. 30. Ps. 16. 10. 
 Ecc. 5, 5 ; wiihont the b Job 9, 18. Num. 
 20, 21. With dat. of pers. 2 Chr. 20, 10. 
 Ps. 55, 23. 
 
 bb) to give forth, to utter, at" a voice, 
 see bip ; words Gen. 49, 21 ; slander Ps. 
 50, 20 ; impious words Job 1, 22 ; odour 
 Cant. 1, 12. 2, 13 ; a miracle, i. e. to 
 show, io work, Ex. 7, 9, comp. didovai 
 ffTififlix Matt. 24, 24. A bolder figure is 
 r'n IPJ to give forth a sound by striking 
 the timbrel, i. c to strike the timbrel 
 Ps. 81. 3. 
 
 cc) to give for a price, i. e. to sell, Gr. 
 unuSidofxut,, Prov. 31, 24. 0pp. n;5b to 
 buy, see nj^b no. 2. a, c. 
 
 dd) to teach, comp. n|5b no. 2. Prov. 
 9, 9 give to a wise man (instruction), and 
 he will be yet wiser. 
 
 ee) Perh. to give back, to requite ; Ps. 
 10, 14 rj^1a nnb to requite it with thy 
 ha7id ; or, retribution is in thy hand, 
 power. 
 
 fi) With ace. of pers. to give up or 
 over, 1 K. 14, 16. 
 
 2. to put in any place, to set, to lay, to 
 place, Sept. xi9r,(ii. Gen. 1, 17 and 
 God set them (ons "iFi*;;) in the firma- 
 ment of heaven. 9, 13 / have set (Tins) 
 my bow in the clouds. So of persons 2 
 Sam. 11, 16. Of things that are set up 
 or Old. as a statue Dan. 11, 31 ; a table 
 Ex. 26. 35. 30, 6, or other sacred vessels 
 V. 18. 40. 5-7. 1 K. 7, 38 ; the ark upon 
 a cart 1 Sam. 6, 8 ; a monument Ez. 26, 
 8 ; and genr. of things put, placed, laid 
 up in any way. e. g. a stumbling-block 
 Ez. 3. 20. Lev. 19, 14. 26,1. Ps. 119, 110; 
 corn in cities Gen. 41, 48. So of things 
 sprinkled, as incense Ex. 30. 6. Lev. 2, 
 1 ; or poured, as water, oil, Ex. 30, 18. 
 Lev. 2, 15. Num. 19, 17 ; comp. Ex. 12, 
 7. Of sharp things, as a hook, awl, to 
 put in, to fix, to bore, Ez. 29, 4. Deut. 
 15, 17. Construed according to the 
 place where a thing is put : a) With 
 3 in a place, as Ez. 1. c. Deut. I. c. b) 
 With bx into a place ; Deut. 23, 25 [24j 
 "(Pin xb r,ib3~bi< thou shall put none into 
 thy sacA:.' Num. 4, 10. Ex. 25. 21. So 
 too Ex. 28, 30 thou shall put into the 
 breast-plate the Urim and Thummim. 
 Lev. 8, 8 ; see in nnx p. 26. c) With 
 bs on or upon a place, as fire upon the 
 the altar Lev. 1, 7. Num. 10, 18 ; a mi- 
 tre, helmet, upon the head, Ex. 29, 6. 1 
 Sam. 17, 38. etc. Lev. 8, 7. Ex. 34, 33. 
 Num. 4, 6. 2 Chr. 10, 9. Metaph. God 
 is said to put his spirit upon any one Is. 
 42, 1. Also to put uf/on, i. q. to apply, 
 as a ring upon the hand Gen. 41, 42. 
 Ez. 16. 11 ; the rings of the ark Ex. 25, 
 26 comp. 12. 28, 14. Num. 15. 38 ; blood 
 upon the horns of the altar Lev. 4.7. 18, 
 or upon the tip of the ear Lev. 14, 14. 
 Further, to put, to set, in special senses: 
 aa) to set, to place, to plant, e. g. the 
 branch o^ a tree Ez. 17, 22 ; a people 
 
TW 
 
 705 
 
 :w 
 
 and a land Ez. 37, 26. Prov. 12, 12 the 
 wicked deaircth the jrreij of evil men, 
 ',n7 D*^p-^x cJ-jiiSi bill the root of the 
 righteous God planteth firmly ; comp. v. 
 3. Here belongs tle vexed passage Ph. 
 8, 2 Jehovah, our Lord, how glorious thy 
 name in all the earth ! by ~\\^7^ njpi icx 
 D'^OTSn which glory of thine set thou also 
 above the heavens ! i. e. let thy glory, 
 thus manifested here on earth (v. 3), 
 be also acknowledged and celebrated 
 throughout the whole universe. The 
 form nsn is here as elsewhere imper. c. 
 He parag. 
 
 bb) With ace. of pers. and b? of pers. 
 or thing, to set one over any pers. or 
 thing. Gen. 41, 31. 43. Deut. 17, 15. But 
 with ace. of thing and by of pers. to lay 
 upon, to impute guilt to any one, to lay 
 on him its punishment ; Jon. 1, 14 lay 
 not upon us ( 13'^by "(Piri'bx ) innocent 
 blood, i. e. the death of Jonah, comp. 
 Deut. 21. 8, Ez. 7, 3 and I will lay ripon 
 thee all thy abominations, cause them to 
 return upon thy own head ; comp. v. 4. 
 8.9. 
 
 cc) ''33b 'r.3 /o .<fei fce/bre any one, e. g. 
 laws 1 K. 9, 6 ; judgment to be exer- 
 cised Ez. 23, 24. 
 
 dd) b nb *,ri3 to set one''s mind upon, to 
 give heed to any thing, i. q. by sb Dib, 
 Ecc. 7, 21. Also stronger, to set one^s 
 mind upon doing any thing, to apply 
 oneself to doing, Ecc. 1, 13. 17. 8, 9. 16. 
 Dan. 10. 12. 
 
 ee) 'b sb-bx "ir'n ",n3 to put a thing 
 into one's ln'art, spoken of God, Neh. 2, 
 
 12. 7, 5. Also "iab-bx "irs . tV (fQtal dn- 
 vat, to lay to heart, to consider, Ecc. 7, 2. 
 9,1. 
 
 3. ^owaAre, like C"'b,n''C, Arab. Jmja.. 
 Lev. 19, 28 ns-icaa !i:nn t<b anb ye 
 shall make no incision in your flesh. 
 Also 3 CIS ",ri3 to make or cause a blem- 
 ish in, to injure any one Lev. 24, 20. 
 Spec. 
 
 a) to make i. e. to constitute one as 
 any thing, with two ace. Gen. 17, 5 ax 
 tj''riri3 a'^is "i"! -"!! the father of many na- 
 tions will I make thee. Ex. 7, 1. Lam. 1, 
 
 13. Ps. 69. 12. 89. 28 ; ace. and b of the 
 predicate Gen. 17, 20. 48, 4. Is! 42, 6. 
 Jer. 20. 4. 
 
 b) 3 tan 'ri to make a. thing as Bome- 
 thing else, like, similar to any thing. 
 
 I8.41,2'ia")n "iB^ ^Ti'' he will make their 
 sword as dust. Ez. 16, 7. Hence to 
 hold as, to regard and treat as or like 
 something else; 1 K, 10,27 r,DSn-rx irrij 
 csaxa and he made silver as storws. 21, 
 22. 'Gen. 42, 30 D-^bai^ja ws -(n'T he 
 field us, treated tis. as spies. (Comp. 
 ' habere pro hostc' Liv. 2. 20.) Ez. 28, 
 2. 6. With ^jcb of judgment merely, to 
 regard or count as such an one, to judge 
 to be such, etc. 1 Sam. 1, 16 count me 
 not as a wicked woman. Comp. Gr. 
 lidiad^ai for vopl^iiv, riyiiad^ai, Passow 
 h. V. A. no. 5. 
 
 NiPH. "(ns pass, of Kal. 1. to be given 
 to any one, c. b Gen. 38, 14. Ex. 5, 16, 
 Is. 9, 5. 35, 2. Often to be given up. to 
 be delivered over, c. *i^a Job 9, 24. Jer. 
 32, 24. 25. 36. 43. 46* 24. al. So of a 
 law, to be given, Esth. 3, 14. 
 
 2. to be set, placed, Ecc. 10, 6. 
 
 3. to be made, c. a Lev. 24, 20 ; a 
 anything, Is. 51, 12. 
 
 HoPH. only fut. ^B''. 1. i. q. Niph. 
 no. 1, to be given, 2 K. 5, 17. Job 28, 
 15. 
 
 2. i. q. Niph. no. 2, to be put, placed; 
 2 Sam. 18, 9 and he was placed (sus- 
 pended) between the heaven and the 
 earth. Lev. 11, 38. 
 
 Deriv. OTW, "jn^, njpna, nnia, also 
 the proper names ''^7}12, n^snTO, ti^nnia,^ 
 nnnia . and the four here following. 
 
 jriS Chald. found only in the fut. inr , 
 "Pi37 , inf "iFiia , i. q. Heb. to give, Ezra 
 4, 13. 7, 20 ;' c. b Dan. 2, 16. 4, 14. 22. 
 29. The other tenses are taken from 
 the verb ani . Hence S3nB . 
 
 - I T : - 
 
 IC? (given sc. of God) Nathan, pr. n. 
 
 a) A prophet in the time of David 
 2 Sam. 7, 2. 12, 1. 1 K. 1, 8. Ps. 51, 2. 
 
 b) A son of David 2 Sam. 5, 14. c) 2 
 Sam. 23, 36. d) and e) 1 K. 4, 5. f) 
 1 Chr. 2, 36. g) Ezra 8, 6. h) 10, 39. 
 
 =??^"1^? (placed i. e. appointed by 
 the king) Nathan-melech. pr. n. of a 
 court officer of Josiah 2 K. 23, 11. 
 
 bXlHD (given of God) Nethaneel, pr. 
 n. Gr. Not &nt'nr,l, Nat hanael. a) Num. 
 1, 8. 2, 5. b) Several other persons, 
 only once mentioned respectively, 1 Chr. 
 2, 14. 15. 24. 24. 6. 26, 4. 2 Chr. 17, 7. 35, 
 9. Ezra 10, 22. Neh. 12, 21. 36. 
 
5W 
 
 706 
 
 nna 
 
 f^l'if}? and 'in^r''^? (given of Jeho- 
 vah) Nelhaniah, pr, n. m. a) The son 
 of Asaph 1 Chr. 25, 12. b) 2 K. 25, 23. 
 25. Jer. 40, 8. 14. c) Jer. 36, 14. d) 2 
 Chr. 17, 8. 
 
 CIjJ to /ear up the ground, to break 
 up, proscindere terram, ; kindred with 
 rr3 and rni. Once Job 30, 13 ^lOrs 
 ina'^rs f/iey iear up my path, mar and 
 destroy it. Four Mse. read here, by a 
 gloss, -tsro. 
 
 * yW 1. q. i^ns , to break out the 
 teeth ; the 'j' being changed into S in the 
 Aramaean manner. 
 
 NiPH. pass, sirpq Job 4, 10. The an- 
 cient Heb. intpp. refer this form to r. 
 5n^ q. V. 
 
 y ";' fut. Y'Vi') to tear or break down, 
 to destroy, e. g. houses, buildings. Lev. 
 14, 45. Judg. 8, 9. 17. 2 K. 23, 7. Is. 22, 
 10; walls Jer. 39, 8. 52, 14; a city 
 Judg. 9, 45 ; a statue 2 K. 10, 27 ; an 
 altar Deut. 7. 5. etc. Also to break out 
 the teeth Ps. 58, 7. Trop. of persons, 
 to destroy. Job 19, 10. Ps. 52, 7. 
 
 NiPH. pass, to be thrown down, broken 
 down, destroyed, Jer. 4, 26. Ez. 16, 39 ; 
 rocks Nah. 1. 6. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal, Deut. 12, 3 ; elsewhere 
 only in Chron. as 2 Chr. 31, 1. 33, 3. 
 34, 4. 7. 36, 19. 
 
 PuAL i. q. Niph. once pra;t. Judg. 6, 28. 
 
 HoPH. i. q. Niph. and Pu. once fut. 
 Lev. 11, 35- 
 
 r-T to tear away, to pluck off, e. g. 
 a ring from the finger Jer. 22, 24. Trop. 
 in a military sense, to draw away, to cut 
 off sc. from a place, c. '('Q Judg. 20, 32 ; 
 see Niph. and Hiph. Part. pass, pirj 
 castrated Lev. 22, 24. Arab. iHJCJ to 
 strip off the skin; i^$>Xi to tear out the 
 locks ; ^>-*J to tear or break out a tooth. 
 
 to tear as an eagle his prey. The idea 
 o^ tearing seems to belong to the sylla- 
 ble rs . Hence prs . 
 
 PiEL to tear vp or off, e. g. bands, to 
 break, burst, Judg. 16. 9. Ps. 2, 3. 107, 
 14. Jer. 2, 20. 5, 5 ; c. bro Judg. 16, 12 ; 
 a yoke 1.=!. 58, 6 ; to tear the breasts, to 
 XDOiind, Ez. 23, 34; to tear out roots Ez. 
 17, 9. 
 
 Hiph. trop. to cut off from a place, 
 see in Kal, Josh. 8, 6. Also c. b to 
 pluck out, to separate, for any thing, 
 Jer. 12, 3. 
 
 HoPH. pBsn i. q. Niph. no. 3, Judg. 
 20, 31. 
 
 Niph. pPi , fut. pnr l.tobe torn off, 
 broken, e. g. of a string, cord. Is. 5, 27. 
 Jer. 10, 20. Judg. 16, 9. Ecc. 4, 12. Is. 
 33, 20. Metaph. Job 17, 11 my coun- 
 sels, purposes, are broken off, i. e. ren- 
 dered vain. 
 
 2. to be torn out or away, e. g. from a 
 tent Job 18, 14. Praegn. Josh. 4, 18 and 
 when the soles of the feet of the priests 
 were plucked up from the muddy chan- 
 nel and placed upon the dry land. 
 
 3. Metaph. to be separated out, Jer. 6, 
 29. In a military sense, to be cut of 
 from, c. '"0 Josh. 8, 16. 
 
 Deriv. from Kal is 
 
 pT}} m. in pause prs , a scall, mange, 
 scab, in the head and beard. Lev. 13, 30 
 sq. Concr. pr?n y53 V. 31 and pr^'i v. 
 33 one affected with the scall; comp. 
 
 SM no. 2. 
 
 * ^Cl? fut. in-i 1. to tremble, e. g. the 
 heart, to palpitate Job 37. 1. Onomato- 
 poetic, like T^e'tu, tfiipot, tremo. 
 
 C5-' 
 
 2. i. q. Arab. J to fall with a sound 
 
 or noise, in allusion to the sound or rat- 
 tling of dry leaves in falling; whence 
 Chald. and Syr. "irs, jJ to fall, as 
 leaves, fruit, etc. See Chald. and Hiph. 
 no. 2. 
 
 Pi EL to spring up and down, to leap, 
 i. e. to move by leaps, spoken of the 
 locust Lev. 11, 21. Other verbs of 
 trembling are also transferred to the 
 idea of leaping; see 5*^)1, ^pn. 
 
 Hiph. fut. apoc. "in^, imp. inri. 
 
 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make trem- 
 ble Hab. 3, 6. 
 
 2. i. q. Aram. Aph. pr. to shake off the 
 foliage of a tree, hence to shake off a 
 yoke Is. 58, 6. Also C^i^OX iTin to 
 shake off the yoke of cap/ires i. e. to 
 loose, to set free captives-- Ps. 105. 20. 
 146. 7. Poet. Job 6. 9 "ira:''! Ti^ '^r)! 
 Oh that God wnidd let loose his hand 
 and cut me off; here the hand of God, 
 when not exerted, is figuratively re- 
 garded as bound, and when extended, 
 
*)n3 
 
 707 
 
 BR Bet free. For "iPJ?] 2 Sam. 22, 33, see 
 the root "^in . 
 
 ^ri: Chahl. and Syr. to fall of, as the 
 foliage or fruit of a tree, see the Heb. 
 no. 2. 
 
 Aph. to shake q/f leaves, Dan. 4, 11. 
 Hence 
 
 "iri3 m. nilrt, Lat. nitrum, Gr. vItqov, 
 A/rpoy, pr. the natron of the moderns or 
 Egyptian nitre, a mineral alkali, gather- 
 ed from the celebrated natron lakes, 
 (ditferent from rr^^^ vegetable alkali,) 
 which mingled with oil is still used as 
 soap, Jer. 2, 22. With an acid it effer- 
 vesces, and loses its strength ; hence 
 Prov. 25, 20. Prob. so called, because 
 it thus leaps or effervesces. See Hassel- 
 quist's Reise p. 548 Germ. J. D. Michae- 
 lisde Nitro 10. Wilkinson Mod. Egypt 
 and Thebes, I. p. 382 sq. Lond. 1843. 
 
 * ^y fut. tiin": , inf. ttSirs , pr. to tear 
 
 lip. to pliick up a plant, see Hoph- Arab. 
 IjiJCJ to pull up c. g. thorns ; Syr. ^^J 
 to tear up, also in pieces. Hence a) 
 Trop. to root out, i.e. to drive out, to esrpel^ 
 sc. a people from a land (opp. yaj) Deut. 
 29. 27. I K. 14, 15. So in the phrase 
 ttjinx xbl cnraj / will plant them and 
 not pluck tliem up, i.e. I will give them 
 a fixed dwelling, and will not drive them 
 out, Jer. 12, 14. 15. 24, 6. 42, 10. 45, 4. 
 al. b) to root out, i. e. to tear down, to 
 destroy, e. g. cities Ps. 9, 7 ; idols Mic 
 5, 13. 
 
 NiPH. pass. 1. to be plucked up, ea> 
 pelled, as a people, Jer. 31, 40. Am. 9, 
 15 ; to be overthrown, as a kingdom, 
 Dan. 11, 4. 
 
 2. i. q. P^3 (Is. 19, 5), to be dried up, 
 spoken of water Jer, IS, 14. 
 
 Hoph. to be torn up, plucked up, Ez. 
 19, 12. 
 
 Samech, the fifteenth letter of the 
 Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denot- 
 ing 60. The name "TOO denotes falcrum, 
 support, which accords well with the 
 Phenician form of this letter ; see Mo- 
 numm. Phoen. p. 39. 
 
 As to the sound of 0, it seems to have 
 been pronounced anciently as a softer 
 sibilant than io , which latter before the 
 introduction of the diacritical points 
 was not distinguished from t5, see 
 Lehrg. p. 17, 18. Hence it comes, that 
 very many roots are constantly written 
 in one and the same manner, either with 
 B, as aao, l^O; or with b, as mato, 
 D!ib ; and also that others when written 
 with D differ entirely from the similar 
 ones written with b , as bso to be fool- 
 ish, bsb to view, to understand ; 130 to 
 shut up, i?b to hire ; O^i and ioai ; 
 "110 and n^b ; nco and HEb . By de- 
 grees however this distinction in the 
 pronunciation was lost so that the later 
 Hebrew not unfrequently puts O for to 
 and vice versa ; e. g. 053 and b?3 vex- 
 ation ; a^on once for i''^r\ Job 24, 2 ; 
 110 and m*ib : ISO for nab Ezra 4, 5 ; 
 
 wbab for W^aO folly Ecc. 1, 17; 5W 
 andaib; ons and bno ; DBn and bsn. 
 The Syriac employs only the letter 
 Samech (Jo) ; the Arabic only Sin (y**)} 
 the Chaldee imitating the Syriac often 
 substitutes for the Hebrew b, as "Xto 
 Chald. -ilxD leaven, lab Chald.iao to 
 expect. 
 
 For the Heb. b the Arabs usually put 
 Jm , while for they put mostly j*, , as 
 "jO tX^ to adore, "it3!< ^\ to bind, 
 
 103 -tM^ sour grapes, noa \.^ to 
 cover ; more rarely [i . as "ino sJcw 
 winter, T^ao iJLi. 
 
 In the Hebrew itself^ and in AramsB- 
 an, is frequently interchanged : a) 
 With the thicker b, as l^io and 
 ,i""ib coat of mail, o:3 Aram. 033 to 
 collect, nso and nsb to pour, etc. comp. 
 bbo, -DO,' and the like. That the 
 Ephraimites pronounced b like Samech, 
 we know from Judg. 12, 6. b) With T 
 and y ; see under these letters, c) With 
 dentals ; as ""O Chald. 73 raire; comp. 
 Tji? and Ti^P, ^^O and b^n. 
 
XD 
 
 708 
 
 ino 
 
 f^^9 obsol. root. Arab. !L, to 
 extend, to expand; then perhaps to 
 measure, comp. TJia . Hence 
 
 ^9^- plur. CXO. \. a Seah.a cer- 
 tain measure for grain, according to the 
 Rabbins the third part of an ephah, 
 nB"'X : i. e. nearly 1^ peck English ; 
 according to Jerome on Matt. 13. 33, a 
 tnwMus and a half. Gen. 18. 6. 1 Sam. 
 25, 18. Dual c'i'nxO for n-^HKO 2 K. 7, 
 1. 16. contracted in the Syriac manner, 
 like Q^nxia , n'^ns^ . Chald. id. From 
 the Aram, form \^\sa has sprung the 
 Gr. (TUTov, in Sept. the N. T. and Jose- 
 phus, 
 
 2. Genr. measure ; so Chald. StrSD 
 often. Hence with Aqu. Symm. Theod. 
 Chald. Syr. I would explain the difficult 
 word njjSXOa Is. 27, 8, contr. from 
 {iK&'nxpa (Dag. fort, conjunct, as 
 DBjJTa for cr^"nr), by measure and mea- 
 sure, according to measure, i. e. with 
 moderation ; comp. KBtU^s Jer. 10, 24, 
 and =!EUJ:3 Jer. 30, I'l.' 46, 28. Less 
 prob. is a solution lately proposed, that 
 nsesoa is put for nsisTa (r. yiT) in 
 agitating or terrifying her. 
 
 "JISD rn. (r. "(XO) a shoe, spec, the 
 high and hollow shoe, caliga, vn68r,fiu 
 Kollov, bound on with thongs, such a.s 
 rustic travellers and soldiers were ac- 
 customed to wear as a protection against 
 the mud ; Chald. xro ; Syr. }Jc|jJ. Is. 
 9, 4, "Kb "ixp'-S lit. every shoe of the 
 shod, oDinis caliga caligati, i. e. of the 
 eoldier, warrior. 
 
 "jJ^O 1. Pr. as it would seem, to 
 be clayey, miry. comp. Chald. "jsto, "D, 
 Syr. Jj-1 , Heb. '("^p mire, clay, kindr. 
 with the subst. ^M clay. Hence TiXD 
 a shoe, as a defence against the mud 
 and mire. Thence 
 
 2. Denom. to shoe, to furnish with 
 shoes, calceare, like Syr. Aii. Part. 
 1X0 intrans. shod, Is. 9, 4 ; see in "jixD . 
 
 nXDS50 Is. 27, 8, see in nxo no. 2. 
 
 ^79 ^^ drink to excess, to tope. 
 The primary idea seems to be that of 
 tucking up, absorbing, which is express- 
 ed by onomatopoetic words, as t^t^^, 
 
 sorbeie ; with I inserted Germ, schl&rfen; 
 with 1 dropped Anglosax. supan. Germ. 
 saufen, Engl, sip, sup ; and in Greek, 
 the sibilant being dropped, ^ocfiw. Also 
 rab would seem to be from the same 
 source. Is. 56, 12. Part. N2b a toper, 
 drunkard, Deut. 21, 20. Prov. 23, 20. 21, 
 Ez. 23, 42 Cheth. Part. pass. X13Q 
 drunken; [Nah. 1, 10 for interwoven 
 like to thorns, 'lai nisizp Cijapsi and 
 drunken as with their wine, they yet 
 shall be devoured as stubble, i. e. march- 
 ing in phalanx and intoxicated to reel- 
 ing ; see in t313 no. 1. R. 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 N?0 Ez. 23, 42 Keri, i. q. Part, snio 
 Cheth. plur. n-'sno drunkards. 
 
 S*50 m. c. suff. Tj^aO 1. wine Is. 1, 
 22. Nah. 1, 10 see m r. Kap, 
 
 2. a drinking-bout, carouse, Hos. 4, 18. 
 
 i?2D, plur. 0"S3D, (perh. i. q. Ethiop. 
 A-nK man, comp. nrinp, nsnsp,) 
 Seba, the Sabeans, pr. n. of a people de- 
 scended from Cush, Gen. 10. 7 ; i. e. a 
 people and country of Ethiopia flourish- 
 ing in traffic and wealth. Is. 43, 3. 45, 
 14. Ps. 72, 10 ; and distinguished for the 
 tall stature of its inhabitants, Is. 45, 14. 
 Hdot. 3. 20. According to Josephus, 
 Ant. 2. 10. 2, it would seem to have been 
 Meroe, a province of Ethiopia distin- 
 guished for its wealth and commerce, 
 lying between the Nile and the Astabo- 
 ras (Tacazze). and called by the an- 
 cients an island ; with a metropolis of 
 the same name, of which the ruins are 
 still found not far from the town of 
 Shendy. See Burckh. Travels in Nubia 
 p. 275. Rttppell's Reisen in Nubien und 
 dem petraischen Arabien 1829. Tab. 5. 
 Hoskins' Travels in Ethiopia etc. Lond. 
 1835 For plur. n-'K20 Ez. 23, 42, see 
 in xno. 
 
 "^~T prset. both fully and defect. 
 !i320 , lap , oniap ; inf. ab , once aaob 
 Num. 21, 4; imper. ab ; fut. ab^ and 
 ais^ , ab^i , conv. api . 
 
 1. to turn oneself, i. e. to turn intrans. 
 e. g. Prov. 26, 14 the door tumeth bs 
 tnn'^a upon its hinges. 1 Sam. 15, 27 
 rsbb bsinani ab'l and Samuel turned to 
 go away. The person or place to which 
 one turns is put with bx Ecc. 1, 6. 
 
nno 
 
 709 
 
 nno 
 
 1 Sam. 14, 24 ; M K. 2, 15. Ps. 1 14. :?. 5 ; 
 i? Hiib. 2, 16. '2 Chron. 18, 31. That 
 from which one turns is put with '"O, 
 \>ro , "jpia ; 1 Sam. 17, 30 ibsxi: rb';; 
 MIX bn?3-bx ant/ A< turned from him 
 toward another. 18. 11. Gen. 42. 24. 
 With ''';)n?"^'* '0 ''""" ^<^^k after any- 
 one, so as to follow him, 2 K. 9, 18. 19; 
 and absol. to return Cant. 2, 17. 18. Ps. 
 71, 21 ; inf. c. b to turn oneself to do any 
 thing, Ecc. 2, 20. 7, 25. Also absol. to 
 turn to, for to approach, 1 Sam. 22, 17. 
 18. 2 Sam. 18, 15. 30. Spoken of things, 
 to turn to any place, i. e. to be brought, 
 carried, transferred, to that place or 
 person ; 1 Sam. 5, 8 3137 ra /e/ /Ae ark 
 turn about to Gath, be carried thither. 
 Num. 36, 7. Hab.2, 16; comp. 1 K. 2, 15. 
 
 2. <o go about in a place, which in- 
 cludes the idea of turning oneself con- 
 tinually, to go over a place, as a city, 
 cities, c. a Cant. 3. 3. 5, 7. 2 Chr. 17, 9. 
 23, 2 ; also c. ace. Is. 23, 16 -|is 13b go 
 about the city. 1 Sam. 7, 16 and he went 
 over the cities Bethel and Gilgal and 
 Mizpeh. 2 K. 3, 9 arid they went about 
 Ca*^ rS3d ~"!'n a way of seven days, 
 where the words '^ 'la 't constitute an 
 accusative. Also to go round about a 
 place, to compass, c. ace. Deut. 2, 1. 3. 
 Josh. 6, 3. 4. 7. Ps. 48, 13 ; in order to 
 avoid it Num. 21, 4. Judg. 11, 18. 
 
 3. to encompass, to surround, c. ace. 
 Gen. 2, 11. 13. 1 K. 7, 24. 2 K. 6, 15. 
 Ps. 18, 6. 22, 17 ; in a hostile sense 
 Ecc. 9, 14. Also c. 15X 2 K. 8, 21 ; 
 i) Job 16, 13. Judg. 20, 5. Gen. 37, 7 
 
 and lo your sheaves surrounded m)/ sheaf 
 and did obeisance to it, i. e. stood round 
 about it. etc. Absol. to surround a table 
 i. e. to come around it. to sit down or re- 
 cline at table, 1 Sam. 16, 11 303 5<b we 
 will not sit down; comp. in 3073. 
 
 4. Trop. to turn. i. e. to alter, to change ; 
 with 3 to become like any thing, Zech. 
 14, 10. Comp. Pi. and Hiph. no. 3. 
 
 5. Trop. to go about any thing, to 
 bring about, i. e. to be the cause of any 
 
 s ^^ - B^ 
 
 thing. Comp. Arab. vw^a*; cause, s_/ju>m 
 to cause ; Talmud, nao cause, pr. the 
 thing or occasion on which any thing 
 depends ; Engl, circumstance. Germ. 
 Umstand. from the signification of sur- 
 
 60 
 
 rounding, comp. PSTij*. 1 Sam. 22, 22 
 'j^-'ssj P"? c^ES-bas Tiiao 'qjx lam the 
 cause to all the persons of thy family. 
 i. e. I have brought about, occasioned, 
 their death ; Vulg. ego sum retts omnium 
 animarum. 
 
 NrPH. 303 and 305 Ez. 26, 2 ; fem. 
 n303 for naoj Ez. 41,7, see Lehrg. p. 
 372^ Heb. Gr.' 66. n. 11 ; fut. 307 , iiao^ . 
 
 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to turn oneself, to 
 turn, Ez. 1, 9. 12. 17. 10, 11. 16; often 
 of a boundary Num. 34, 4. 5. Josh. 15, 
 3. al. Also i. q. to be turned over to any 
 one, c. b, Jer. 6, 12 o-^-^nxb on-^na 120 j 
 their houses shall be turned over (trails- 
 ferred) to others; comp. in Kal Num. 36,7. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to surround, Judg. 
 19, 22 ; with bs , in a hostile sense, Gen. 
 19,4. Josh. 7,9. 
 
 PiEL 320 i. q, Kal no. 4, to turn. i. e. to 
 change, 2 Sam. 14, 20. 
 
 Po. 33'iO 1, i. q. Kal no. 2, to go 
 about ifi a place, c. 2 Cant. 3. 2 ; c. ace. 
 to go about or over a place i. e. in it Ps. 
 59, 7. 15 ; to go round a place Ps. 26, 6 ; 
 with b5. in a hostile sense Ps. 55, 11. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to encompass, to sur- 
 round, Jon. 2, 4. 6. Ps. 7, 8 ; with twoi 
 ace. of pers. and thing with which Ps;. 
 32, 7. 10. Espec. in order to protect 
 and defend, Deut. 32, 10. Jer. 31, 22 
 "135 33iDn n3p3 a woman protects a 
 ina7i. Comp. II. 1. 37 og Xv(jr,v upcpi^s- 
 ^rjxag. 
 
 Hiph. 30ri, ftjt. 30^ and 307. 
 
 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to 
 turn Ex. 13, 18. Trans, to turn, 1 K. 8, 
 14 I'^JB-rx Tiban 3071 and the king turn- 
 ed his face. 21, 4. 2 K. 20, 2. I'^J"'? 3Dn- 
 '(0 to turn away the eyes from any one 
 Cant. 6, 5. Trop. bs 's 3b 30n to turn 
 the heart or mind of any one towards a 
 person or thing Ezra 6, 22. comp. 1 K. 
 18, 37 ; and so without 35, 2 Sam. 3, 12' 
 bsno^-bs-rx ^^-'bx 3Dnb to turn all Is- 
 rael unto thee. Hence also to transfer, 
 with b of pers. to whom, 1 Chr. 10, 14 
 'T'lnb na^ban-rx 30l and transferred 
 the kingdom to David. With bs of 
 place, i. e. to or into any place, 1 Sara.* 
 5, 8. 9. 10 ; ace. of place 2 Sam. 20, 12. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, ' to cause to 
 go about,' j. e. to lead about, around, 
 e. g. a man Ez. 47, 2 ; an army Ex. 13, 
 18 ; walls, to build around 2 Chr. 14, 6 
 
I2D 
 
 710 
 
 ino 
 
 3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to turn, i. e. 
 to change ; 2 K. 23. 34 laa-nN Z'qil 
 ts'^p'^in^ and changed {turned) his name 
 to Jehoiakim. 24, 17. 
 
 4. Intrans. a) i. q. Kal no. 1, to turn 
 oneself 2 Sam. 5, 23. b) i. q. Kal no. 2, 
 to go about in a place, c. ace. Josh. 6, 11. 
 c) i. q. Kal no. 3, to surround, in a hos- 
 tile sense, Ps. 140, ]0. 
 
 Ho PH. rO'n , Cut. -B^"! 1. to he turned, 
 to turn intrans. e. g. a door on its 
 hinges Ez. 41, 24 ; the roller of a thresh- 
 ing-sledge, Is. 28, 27. 
 
 2. to be surrounded, Ex. 28. 11. 39, 6. 
 13. 
 
 3. to be turned, changed, Num. 32, 
 38. 
 
 Deriv. nsG, f^2p?, -^=0, -O'?, -o^ra. 
 
 TiSp f. ( r. 220 ) a turn, course of 
 things, as from God, 1 K. 12, 15 ; i. q. 
 nso: 2 Chr. 10, 15. 
 
 a''2D ra. (r. 220) 1. Sing, as subst. 
 a circuit 1 Chr. 11, 8. Hence 2"'2S^ 
 from or in a circuit, round about, on 
 every side. Job 1, 10. Ez. 37, 21. Josh. 
 21, 42. al. psep. Sept. xixXo&fv. So 
 \> 2''2&?3 from round about any person 
 or thing Num. 16, 24. 27. Accus. 2i2D 
 as adv. round about, circum,, Gen. 23, 17. 
 Ps. 3, 7. 12, 9. Job 10. 8. 18, 7. al. sp. 
 and so after verbs oi" motion Is. 49, 18. 
 60, 4. 2"20 2'i20 circumcirca, round 
 aboid, Ez. 40, 5 sq. h 2"'20 as prep. 
 round about, around any thing, e. g. 
 "jSUia^ 3"2D round aboid the tabeimacle 
 Ex'. 40, 33. Num. 1, 53. al. Once c. 
 genit. y"!!i<n S'^ao round about the land 
 Am. 3, 11.' ' 
 
 2. Plur. m. C''2'^20 a) Of persons, 
 those round about, neighbours, Jer. 48, 
 17. 39. b) Of place, places round about, 
 circumjacent, the environs, Jer. 33, 13 
 obt^i"' ^2''2p3 in the environs of Jeru- 
 salem! Ps. 76, 12. 89. 8. 97, 2. c) As 
 prep. c. sutf. round about, around any 
 one ; Ps. 50, 3 ix^ nnsta? i"'2i2p it is 
 very tempestuous round about him. Jer. 
 46, 14. Lam. 1, 17. 
 
 3. PInr. f. riS'^SD a) circuits, circles, 
 orbits, which one runs through. Ecc. 
 1. 6 nrn no T^nii-^nD hv) and the wind 
 reiumeth upon its circuils, begins anew 
 the circuit of its conrses. b) i. q. n'^2'^2C 
 no. 2, places round about, circumjacent^ 
 
 the environs, Num. 22, 4. Dan. 9, 16. 
 Neh. 12, 28. Ps. 44, 14. 79, 4. c) In st. 
 constr. as a prep, round, about, around ; 
 Num. 11, 24 ^nsn ri2-^2D round about 
 the tabernacle. Ez. 6. 5. Ps. 79, 3. Often 
 c. sutf. 'in"i2"'2D round about me Job 
 29, 5 ; and so Neh. 5, 17. Job 22, 10. 
 Ez. 5, 12. Ps. 18, 12. Gen. 35, 5. 2 K. 
 17. 15. 
 
 s|59 ^o interweave, to interlace, e.g. 
 branches, part. pass. Nah. 1, 10. see in 
 r. N20 . Comp. T>2b . Arab. \iJL-w II, id. 
 Kindr. are Tji2, r2i<. From this root 
 with 2 softened comes the verb li* qui- 
 escent T^T^a . 
 
 PtiAL pass, of roots interwoven, Job 8, 
 17. 
 
 Deriv. the five following. 
 
 ^3D tn. (Kamets impure) branches 
 interwoven, a thicket. Gen. 22, 13. Here 
 also belongs the phrase '^S"r)2D3 Pa. 
 74, 5, taking - as Kamets Jong, although 
 Metheg is wanting in the editions. A 
 similar instance is "^frbnTja Ps. 16, 5, 
 which all copies write without Metheg, 
 although it is doubtless to be read m'ndthj 
 comp. 11, 6. A few Mss. have 7(203, 
 see T\^0. 
 
 ^30 Jd- ^ thicket, whence plur. constr. 
 nj'^n ''=20 Is. 9, 17. 10, 34. Kimchi 
 and some Mss. read "'220, 'SSO, "^a? j 
 see Lehrg. p. 77. 
 
 ^30 c. suff. 1220 or "1230 (Dag. ei>- 
 phon.) a thicket, Jer. 4, 7. R. T|30 . 
 
 3aD Chald. r. Dan. 3, 5, and i^^^V 
 V. 7. 10. 15, sambuca, Gr. aa^^vui], uuft- 
 (3vxrii;,aiy^^v^, ^(//ifSixij, a stringed instru- 
 ment of music, having four strings, simi- 
 lar to the nablium or b25 q. v. no. 3. i. e. 
 to the harp or lyre. See Athen, IV. p. 
 175. XIV. p. 633, 637. Strabo X. p. 471 
 Casaub. Vitruv. 6. 1. ib. 10. 22. Strabo 
 affirms, 1. c. that the Greek word oufi- 
 ^vxtj is of barbarian i. e. oriental origin ; 
 and if so, the name might perhap.5 have 
 allusion to the interweavingoCthe strings, 
 from r. Tj2D . 
 
 ''D3P (for rt^ 'r^no thicket of Jehovah, 
 i. e. crowd of GmJ's people, comp, ~0,) 
 Sibbecai, pr. n. of a military chief under 
 David, 2 Sam. 21, 18. 1 Chr. 11, 29 (for 
 which 2 Sam. 23, 27 corruptly ''^ya). 
 20, 4. 27, 11. 
 
>ae 
 
 711 
 
 nsD 
 
 *^'55, fut. Vaq^ to bear, to carry, 
 BC. heiivy burdotm. Syr. Chulil. id. 
 Kindr. are b?, bsid. Ih. 46, 4. 7. Gen. 
 49, 15. Trop. to bear the sorroua, sins 
 of any one, i. e. to sutler the punishment 
 which another has merited, Is. 53,4. 11. 
 Lam. 5, 7. 
 
 Pu AL part. plur. n'^^sD^ , laden sc. with 
 young ; hence gravid, big with young, of 
 
 kine Ps. 144, 14. Comp. Arab. J^L^ 
 
 portans, in utero gestans, JJu gravis 
 fuit, in utcro gestavit. Syr. )l St la- 
 den, gravid. 
 
 HiTHP. banOrt to become a burden 
 Ecc. 12, 5. 
 
 Deriv. bao , bao , bab , nbao . 
 
 ^30 Chald, i. q. Heb. also to lift or 
 raise up, to erect. Comp. xiL'3 . 
 
 PoAL pass, to be erected, built, Ezra 
 6, 3 vbai'DO "^nvi-x^ and its foundations 
 be set up, built. Chald. and Samar. id. 
 
 53? m. a bearer of burdens, porter, 2 
 Chr. 2, 1. 17. 34, 13. Neh. 4, 4. 1 K. 
 5, 29 (15) by apposition bao xtas. R. 
 
 ^30 m. a burden Neh. 4, 11. Ps. 81, 7 ; 
 trop. 1 K. 11, 28. R. bao. 
 
 b^b m. (r. bao) c. sufF. ibao Dag. eu- 
 phon. a burden Is. 1 0, 27. 14, 25. hs 
 ibao the yoke of his burden, his burden- 
 some yoke, Is. 9, 3. For the Dag. f 
 euphon. in "ibao see Lehrg. p. 87. The 
 form is not to be derived either from 
 bao or bao . 
 
 nbzip or '^<3D f, only in plur. constr. 
 ribao burdens, tasks imposed, heavy 
 and oppressive labours, Ex. 1, 11. 2, 11. 
 5, 4. 5. 6, 6. 7. R. bao . 
 
 nbap in the dialect of the Ephraim- 
 ites i. q. t^bad, ear of grain, Judg. 12. 6. 
 
 * I^D Chald. (in Heb. lab) a root 
 m frequent use in Chaldee and Syriac, 
 the significations of which may be ar- 
 ranged as follows ; see Thesaur. p. 1319. 
 Buxt. Lex. col. 1424-30. 
 
 1. to cut, to divide ; whence Po. "laio 
 to cut or open a vein. Buxt. no. V. 
 
 2. to look at, to discern, to inspect, 
 which is implied in dividing and distin- 
 
 gui.shing. as in r. 'pa ; see Heb. "^ato. 
 Arab. _a*< to examine a wound. 
 
 3. t(t look for, to await ; also to hope^ 
 to trust ; see Buxt. no. II. Often in the 
 Targums for Heb. njp , naa . Syr. jjav 
 Pa. to hope. Once in O. T. Dan. 7, 25 
 n'^rdnb laO'^J and he hopeth, tmsteth, to 
 change, etc. Sept. Alex, nooadttmu. 
 
 4. to judge, to suppose, to think, Buxt. 
 no. III. Syr Pe. Aph. id. 
 
 5. to understand, Buxt. no. IV. 
 Deriv. from no. 3 is 
 
 D'''l3p (two-fold hope) Sibraim, pr. 
 n. of a Syrian city between Damascus 
 and Hamath, otherwise unknown, Ez. 
 47, 16. 
 
 nrap Gen. lO, 7 (21 Mss. Knab) and 
 J?nip 1 Chr. 1,9, Sabtah pr. n. of a peo- 
 ple and region of the Cushites; see in 
 bna no 2. There is little doubt tlmt it 
 corresponds to the Ethiopian city ^u/5t, 
 2',5m, JtM/5(, (see Strabo XVI. p. 770 
 Casaub. Ptolem. IV. 10,) situated on the 
 
 5. W. coast of the Red Sea, not far from 
 the present Arkiko, in the vicinity of 
 which the Ptolemies hunted elephants. 
 Among the ancient intpp. Pseudojona- 
 than gives it by 'xniSD , for which read 
 "'Xnro i. e. Sembritce, whom Strabo 1. c. 
 p. 786 places in the same region. Jose- 
 phus. Ant. I. 6. 2, understands those who 
 dwelt upon the Astaboras. 
 
 XDnnp Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9, Sab- 
 teca, pr. n. of a people and region of the 
 Cushites, probably in Ethiopia, like the 
 preceding ; see in C'!3 . Targ. 'X53T 
 Ziugitani. in the eastern parts of Ethio- 
 pia. On Egyptian monuments the word 
 SBTK or Sabatoca appears as the pr. 
 name of the Ethiopians ; so that J*2n30 
 can hardly be sought for elsewhere. 
 See Thesaur. p. 940. Rosellini Monura. 
 Storici II. p. 108 sq. 120, 121. 
 
 50 plur. D'^JD , see 5"'p . 
 
 "^V ; ^ut. njp") , to fall down in ado- 
 ration, to prostrate oneself spoken of 
 idol worship, c. b Is. 44, 15. 17. 19. 46, 
 
 6. It is a word of t-he later Hebrew 
 and Chaldee ; see the Ibllowing article. 
 
 "I?9 Chald. Dan. 2. 46. fut. nap": , i- q- 
 Heb. to fall down in adoration of idols, 
 c. b Dan. 3, 5. 6, 10-12. 14. 15. 28; in 
 
i:d 
 
 712 
 
 "IjD 
 
 homage of a man 2, 46. Syr. ,^ to 
 - ^- 'g o ^ 
 
 adore. Arab. S^ id. whence tX^^^ 
 mosk. ^ 
 
 ^"1^9 r"- (j"- "'?^) 1- shvtting up, en- 
 , closure. Hos, 13, 8 csb -iiao ^Ae cawi 
 of their heart, i. e. the parts around the 
 heart, pericadiura. 
 
 2. Job 28, 15 i. q. "n^JD 2nt , see 150 
 Xal part. pass. 
 
 3. Ps. 35, 3 see in iJO Kal, lett. c. 
 
 *5jD obsol. root, Chald. ba^b (for 
 ^5p) fo get, to acquire J comp. SPibwD 
 property. Kindr. is "i30 . Hence 
 
 ^T ^9 ^- property, wealth, private pro- 
 perty,^ 1 Chr, 29, 3. Ecc. 2, 8. Often of 
 the people of Israel, nin";! J^^ao (comp. 
 nbni) Ex. 19, 5. Deut'. 7, 6. i4, 2. 26, 
 18.^1. 
 
 1?9 <^'' 1?9 "1- '^"ly '" plur. C155& . a 
 prefect, governor, ruler, spoken : a) Of 
 Babylonian magistrates, prefects of the 
 provinces, Jer. 51, 23. 28. 57. Ez. 23, 
 6. 12. 23; comp. Is. 41, 25. See the 
 Chald. b) Of the chiefs and rulers of 
 the people of Jerusalem in the time of 
 Ezra and Nehemiah, Ezra 9. 2. Neh. 2. 
 16. 4, 8. 13. 5, 7. 17. 7, 5. 12, 40. 13, IL 
 
 ^ O t*. 
 
 Corresponding in mod. Pers. is ejj^ 
 praetor, satrap ; whence Arab. 2CL^, Syr. 
 
 , satrap, prefect. A trace of the 
 Bame from the anc. Pers. seems to exist 
 in "|5"i."ra q. V. edict of a prince ; also in 
 
 ' Gr.' to'r/itvr,9 Athen. XIV. p. 639. C. 
 Benfey compares Sanscr. gangha, or ra- 
 ther ^tLSuna, command, Monalsn. p. 193 
 Bq. Bohlen better Sanscr. sagana 
 (Jtoi^'frnjc) q. d. tvyivtjg, noble. Sept. 
 
 (TTQuiriyog, uq/wv. 
 
 T?'? m. Chald. a prefect, governor of a 
 province, Dan. 3, 2. 27. 6, 8. But Dan. 
 2. 48 'piap an the chief of the prefects, bc. 
 over the Magi. 
 
 ^'i'C fut. "^ap"; , toshut, to close. Kindr. 
 is "ibp l)ut less frequent ; comp. also bap . 
 The primary syllable is "li, comp. "ijn. 
 Ethiop. hk^lt, to shut up in a net, to 
 take in a net. Constr. c. ace. as a 
 door Gen. 19, 10. Mai. 1, JO; agate 
 Josh. 2, 7. Ez. 46, 12; the womb, bo as 
 
 to render barren, 1 Sam. 1, 5. Job 3. 10*, 
 a breach m a wall 1 K. II, 27; trop. 
 one's own heart Ps. 17, 10, comp. I 
 John 3, 17. Also T^^ns rb'^ri ijo to 
 shut the door after oneself on entering a 
 house, Gen. 19, 6; oftener rb^n -ijo 
 insa id. 2 K. 4, 33. Is. 2G, 2l';' elliptT 
 l^nnwS 150 id. Judg. 9, 51. So too 
 'S 153 nbnn 1:0 to shut the door after 
 {around) any one, to shut him in, 2 K. 
 4, 4. 5 ; and without rbrtr\ Gen. 7, 16. 
 For all these constructions with 152 , 
 and also for Judg. 3, 22, see in 1S3 no. 
 1, 2, and note, p. 143, 144. Gen. 2, 21 
 nrnnn iba 1 Jpl'l and God closed up the 
 flesh instead thereof, i. e. in place of the 
 rib. Instead of the ace. we find other 
 constructions : a) With 1S2 around, 
 round about; see in 152 no. 1. a. b) 
 With bs Ex. 14, 3 lairn cn-^bj; -,ap the 
 desert hath shut them hi, lit. hath closed 
 upon them. Job 12, 14 UJ-'N-bs i3p';i he 
 slmtteth tip over a man sc. a subterra- 
 nean prison, c) With nxn^jb prgegn. 
 Ps. 35. 3 f/ra3 oid the spear nx"^j?b lipn 
 'Bll and shut the way against my 
 pursuers; here many interpreters 
 take Up or iiap as subst. i. q. Gr. 
 a('tyu()iq a battle-axe Hdot. 7, 64, comp. 
 Arab. X^ a wooden spear; but this 
 is unnecessary, d) Absol. Is. 22, 22. 
 Josh. 6, 1 nnjio^^ niab 'Tn->i'''T and Jeri- 
 cho had shut its gates a7id was fast shut 
 up, where Kal seems to refer to the 
 closing of the gates, and Pual as intens. 
 to their being fastened with bolts and 
 bars ; Vulg. Jericho ante in clausa erat 
 atquemunita; Chald. ' et Jericho erat 
 clausa foribus ferreis et roborata vecti- 
 bus seneis.' Part. pass. i^lO shut up^ 
 closed, Ez. 44, 1. 2. 46, 1. Hence also 
 precious, whence i-iap 2ilt preciotis 
 gold, i. e. pure, unadulterated, 1 K. 6, 
 20. 21. 7, 49. 50. 10, 21. 2 Chr. 4, 2f. 22. 
 9, 20. Vulg. aurum purum. Chald. 
 aumm bonum. Others less well, aurum 
 dendnrides, from ^jS! tree, i. e. native 
 gold, shooting out in the form of a tree. 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal to he shut, of doors 
 or gates Is. 45, 1. 60, 11; shiit vp, of 
 persons, Num. 12, 14. 15. 1 Sam. 23, 7. 
 Reflex, to shut oneself up, Ez. 3. 24. 
 
 PiEL 1&P i. q. Hiph. no. 2, to deliver 
 sc. into the iwwer of any one, pr. ' to 
 
nao 
 
 713 
 
 ^no 
 
 shut up in the power of any one ; c. 
 J^a 1 Sam. 17, 4G. 24, 19. 26 8; nhsol. 
 2 Sam. 18, 28. Comp. avyxknot Rom. 
 11, 32. Gal. 3, 22. Diod. Sic. 9. 19. 
 
 PuAL to he shut %ip, e. g. a city Josh. 
 6, 1 see above in Kai lett. d. Is. 24, 10. 
 Jer. 13, 19. 
 
 HiPH. I'^jon 1. to shut up e. g. a 
 house Lev. 14, 38 ; a person Lev. 13, 4. 
 5. 11.21.26. al. 
 
 2. to let shut up, to deliver over e. g. to 
 the keepers of a prison Job 11, 10; and 
 genr. to deliver into the power of any 
 one, c. n^a Josh. 20, 5. 1 Sam. 23, 12. 
 20. Ps. 31,' 9. Lam. 2, 7 ; bx Deut. 23, 
 16. Job 16, 11 ; b Am. 1, 6. 9'; absol. Ob. 
 
 14. Also stronger, to deliver over, to 
 give over to the power and discretion 
 of any one ; c. h Ps. 78, 48. 50. 62 ; with- 
 out dat. to give up, q. d. to forsake, to 
 abandon, Deut. 32, 30. Am. 6, 8. 
 
 Deriv. "liao , isno , nsor , nnrjoa . 
 
 *^9 Chald. to shut, to close, Dan. 6, 
 23. Syr. ^ id. 
 
 "T'^lSD m. rain, heavy rain, Prov. 27, 
 
 15. Cliald. xn^nso , Syr. fj^, Samar. 
 
 'iT^P^ ; id. Some refer this noun to 
 to Arab. -^ to fill with water, to pour 
 out water into the gutter. Better from r. 
 
 "C^a ^ to sweep away, to bear off; 
 
 Arab. spec, to wash away the earth, as 
 a torrent ; jjjL^ torrent | hence by 
 prefixing the sibilant "I'^'^SO . Comp. 
 Chald. bab;o i. q. baba ; li-s^ i. q. 
 'T'aj ; see more in Lehrg. p. 862. 
 
 ID m. (r. ^"10) stocks, Lat. nervus, i. q. 
 rrSQn'Q q. v. a wooden frame or block in 
 which the feet of a person were shut 
 up. Job 13, 27. 33, 11. Syr. fyi?, Chald. 
 
 K^'nt? id. 
 
 s 
 "IjO obsol. root. Arab. Ju*(, to stop, 
 to shut up by a bar, bolt, etc. Hence "lO . 
 
 Y'lO m. (r. '("ID) a shirt, shift, a wide 
 under-garment of linen worn next 
 the body, Judg. 14, 12. 13. Is. 3, 23. 
 Prov. 31, 24. Sept. o-tr^w*-. Chald. id. 
 Syr. i^OfJB in the Peshito forGr. aovdd- 
 qiov Luke 19, 20, for Xtvxiov John 13. 4. 
 
 60* 
 
 Dj9 obsol. root, perh. i. q. D'^'rf, 
 ""la , Chald. to burn, to cunauiiie with 
 fire. . Hence 
 
 DTO Sndx)m, Gr. ^udofta, pr, n. of a 
 city in the vale of Sidditn near the south 
 end of tlie Dead Sea, which with three 
 others was destroyed in the time of 
 Abraham and submerged in the Dead 
 Sea. Gen. 10, 19. 13. 10. 18, 20. 19, 15. 
 Is. 1, 9. al. Hence vines of Sodom, which 
 were probably degenerated and inferior, 
 (comp. the apples of Sodom Jos. B. J. 4. 
 8. 4.) are put Deut. 32, 32 as the emblem 
 of a degenerate state ; comp. Jer. 2, 21. 
 Also judges of Sodom, i. q. unjust and 
 corrupt judges. Is. 1, 10. The name 
 may signify burning, conflagration, (r. 
 0*10 ,) as being built on a bituminous soil 
 and therefore perhaps exposed lo fre- 
 quent fires ; comp. tlie name Karaxixav- 
 ftitTj given to a part of Phrygia. Or it 
 may be i. q. n'C'iC field, vineyard, q. v. 
 On the site and catastrophe of Sodom, 
 see Bibl. Ree. in Palest. II. p. 601 sq. 
 
 * 1^? Arab. jjju i. q. JJum 
 (see lett. b) to loosen, to let one's garment 
 
 9 ^ S ' ^ 
 
 hang loose; whence ^^otX-wj ^j\iX*tj, 
 
 s - - 
 
 jjjuw, a sail, wide garment. Deriv. 
 
 * "'!!!9 obsol. root, Chald. "rnO often 
 in Targ. for Heb. Tj'^S, to set in a row, 
 to arrange in order. Hence nn'ib, 
 Jl'THDia , and 
 
 ^"7? m. order, plur. O'^'i'iO Job 10, 
 22. Chald. id. Syr. fiji> id. 
 
 'J? obsol. root, prob. to go round 
 in a circle, to be round; kindred with 
 "fi'n, ~i!n, q. V. Samar. i. q. "ino to sur- 
 round. Talmud. ~no a wall, fence. 
 Hence irio, ''Tvo, cs'nnb. 
 
 ^no m. roundness ; once Cant. 7, 3. 
 
 "HSn ",ax a basin of roundness i. e. 
 
 a round basin or goblet. Syr. jjoiu 
 
 s o 
 Arab. (^ " the moon, so called from 
 
 its round form ; comp: csiirtb. 
 
 "inO m. a. tower i. e. a round tower, 
 castle, fortress ; Syr. l.^i-i*ffl arx. pala- 
 tium. Hence '^'^^Ti n''3 the tower- 
 
KID 
 
 714 
 
 nic 
 
 house, honse of the fortress, spoken of a 
 fortified prison, Gen. 39, 20-23. 40, 3. 5. 
 
 KID So. pr. n. of an Egyptian king 
 contemporary with Hosliea king of Israel 
 2 K. 17, 4 ; Sept. 2'wm, ^ovu, 2:o(iu, ^w- 
 (5, -ov^u, Vulg. Sua ; the Sevechus of 
 Manetho, the second king of the Ethio- 
 pian (XXV) dynasty in Upper Egypt, 
 successor of Sabaco and predecessor of 
 Tirhakah, Hirn-Fi. According to Eu- 
 seb. 12, he reigned 14 years. The name 
 SBTK or SaBaToK on Egyptian mo- 
 numents is regarded by Rosellini as 
 Ethiopic; corresponding to which is 
 Egyptian Sevech and Seve (s.^0 , Nio), 
 According to ChampolHon the name 
 Seve(h denotes an Egyptian deity repre- 
 sented under the form of a crocodile, the 
 X^oio.: (Saturn) of the Greeks; Pan- 
 theon de I'Egypte no. 21. 22. On the 
 accordance of sacred history with that 
 of Egypt in that age, see Comm. on Is. 
 I. p. 5%. 
 
 I.j^D, twice jViS 2 Sam. 1, 22. 
 Job 24, 2 ; fut. SS7 Mic. 2, 6 like verbs 
 5S, Lehrg. p. 407; to go off from, to 
 draw back, to depart, espec. from God, 
 .c. '{q Ps. 80, 19 ; absol. 53, 4. Part. pass. 
 Prov. 14, 14 sb ViO drawn hack in heart 
 from God, a backslider ; comp. Ps. 44, 
 19. 
 
 NiPH. 5iD3, once 5rc:3 2 Sam. 1, 22, 
 .Tut. SiE"^ , inf absol. 3'iD3 , to draw back, 
 pr. to be made to draw back, to be turn- 
 ed back; e.g. of a retreating enemy, 
 often with -inx added, Ps. 35, 4 isb^ 
 "SinEn^i Tinx let them be turned back and 
 put lo shame. 40. 15. 70, 3. 129, 5. Jer. 
 46, 5; of others Is. 42, 17. 50, 5. Once 
 of a weapon. 2 Sam. 1, 22 aiirj. With 
 nin^ "^"Dnx^ to draw back from Jehovah, 
 to make defection from him, i. q. Kal, 
 Zeph. 1, 6. Is. 59, 13; and so without 
 tliese words, id. Ps. 44, 19. 78, 57. 
 
 HiPH. a'^BH; in the Rabb. manner 
 for 5"'pn (romp, in.nis, r?D, *|!ib), once 
 fut, i^X"^ Job 24, 2, apoc. 55;^ ; lo remove, 
 to put away ; Mic. 6. 14 l2''^Er xbl 5sn 
 thou shall put away thy goods, but shalt 
 not save them, i. e. ehalt put them away 
 for saf(!ty. Spec, to remove a landmark, 
 horder. Deut. 19, 14. 27, 17. Hos. 5, lo! 
 Prov. 22. 28. 23, 10. Job 24, 2 W^a^ ; 
 aliK) Hob. 5, 10 in some Mse. 
 
 HoPH. S^v', i- q. Niph. to be turned 
 away, turned back, with "linx , trop. Is. 
 59, 14. 
 
 Note. Most lexicographers assume 
 also a root 5C5, to which they refer 
 Hiph. and Hop'h. ^'^^r], i^n ; inf Niph. 
 aio; : also fut. Kal 58"] . But this is un- 
 necessary. 
 
 Deriv. J1D, T'Xi, J-^b. 
 
 * II. J^O to hedge about, to enclose, 
 i. q. Heh. rnb, Syr. ^, Chald. 5*0. 
 Part. pass. Cant. 7, 3. 
 
 MD Ez. 22, 18 Cheth. i. q. 2-D scoria. 
 
 '^yD m. (r. ^iO) pr. prison; then 
 cage of a lion Ez. 19, 9. Sept. >ir,fi6g, 
 Vulg. cavea. 
 
 "iO m. for TiOl (r. *1D^) 1. consessus, 
 divan, a circle of persons sitting toge- 
 ther, an assembly; either of friends in 
 familiar conversation Jer. 6, 11. 15, 17; 
 or of judges in consultation, a cozincil, 
 and hence of God consulting with those 
 above Ps. 89, 8. Job 15, 8. Jer. 23, 18 ; 
 also of wicked men plotting together 
 Ps. 64, 3. Ill, 1. Gen. 49, 6. Ez. 13, 9.^ 
 
 2. familiar converse, intercourse, inti- 
 macy, Ps. 55, 15. Job 19, 19 ^nio ^n^ my 
 confdants, familiar friends, r^^r^l TiD 
 converse with Jehovah, i. e. his favour. 
 Ps. 25, 14. Prov. 3, 32. Job 29, 4. Syr. 
 faj, Arab. i^\yjM, id. 
 
 3. deliberation, consrdtation ; Prov. 15, 
 22 "110 *psa without deliberation, opp. 
 c-'ssi-' s-a .' Ps. 83, 4. 
 
 4. a secret, whence 110 {p\'^) ^\\ ^o 
 reveal a secret, Prov. 11, 13. 20, 19. 25, 9. 
 Am. 3, 7. 
 
 ^y\0 (for n*liD confidant of Jehovah) 
 Sodi, pr. n. m. Num. 13, 10. From 110. 
 
 * niD obsol. root, perh. to veil one- 
 self; comp. nit ^^\ to hide, ^yi to 
 clothe oneself, !^\ vesture, external "ap- 
 pearance. Hence ni&?3, no. 
 
 * (J^O i. q. nno to wipe away, to 
 8iveep away. Hence pr. n. "(in-'D and 
 the two here following. 
 
 n^D Suah, pr. n. m.l Chr. 7, 36. 
 nn'lD f. (r. niO) i. q. 'HO . sweepings, 
 fllh, dung. Is. 5, 25 nn!iS5 , Sept. ug 
 
toio 
 
 715 
 
 CpO 
 
 noiTQlit, Vulflf. qiiaai aterctu, Tnrg. 
 KHTitja. Kiinchi here regards the let- 
 ter 3 as radical, so that nn'O? would be 
 from r. nos ^mma5 to sweep out. But 
 
 Sofcoiiipar. could here hardly be omitted. 
 
 "taio (for 'aito , r. nob) Sotai, pr. n. 
 m. Ezra 2. 54. Neh. 7, 57. 
 
 * "r]10foanoi7jf, spoken only ofanoint- 
 ihg the body after washing or bathing, 
 and thus dilFering from nuJ^, which is 
 used only of anointing for consecration; 
 kindr. with "03 I. Perhaps the primary 
 idea of TjID may have been that of wip- 
 ing, rubbing; comp. nsD, Gr. ao'ixiiy- 
 With ace. of pers. 2 Chr. 28, 15, and a 
 of the oil Ez. 16, 9. Intrans. to anoint 
 oneself. Ruth 3, 3. Dan. 10, 3 ; ace. of 
 ointment (comp. nttSTS Am. 6, 6), Deut. 
 28, 40 "T^ion sb -,^551 but with oil thou 
 shalt not anoint thyself. Mic. 6, 15. 2 Sam. 
 14. 2. Sept. xQiM, uXfitfou 
 
 Hi PH. to anoint oneself 2 Sam. 12, 20. 
 But Part. -'012 Judg. 3, 24 is i. q. r|Dr 
 covering, from "30 . 
 
 Deriv. "lOX. 
 
 n^irisiaiO Chald. f Dan. 3, 5. 10. 15, 
 and Mem being dropped i"i^3S"'p v. 10 
 Cheth. Syr. )^as. , prob. a double pipe 
 with a sack, bagpipe. It is the Greek 
 word avfKfMviu (see Polyb. ap. Athen. 
 X. 52. p. 439. A. Casaub. Isidor. Orig. 
 III. 21 extr.) adopted into the Chaldee 
 tongue, just as at the present day the 
 like instrument is called in Italy .lam- 
 pogna and in Asia Minor sambonya. 
 The Heb. intpp. well 35^5. See the 
 tract on Hebrew musical instruments 
 entitled n"'-i3;n "iBb^S in Ugolini Thes. 
 Vol. XXXII. p. 39-42. Thesaur. Heb. 
 p. 941. 
 
 n3ip pr. n. Syene, a city in the south- 
 ern extremity of Egypt, on the Nile, 
 situated directly under the tropic of 
 Cancer. Copt. COVUt, which Cham- 
 poUion (I'figypte sous les Phar. I. 164) 
 explains opening, key, sc. of Egypt, from 
 OVeJl to open, and c^ a participial 
 
 ywwl AswAn. Ez. 
 to 
 
 formative. Arab 
 
 29, 10. 30, 6, in both places in ace 
 Syene. The fi is prob. only for n local; 
 but was not so taken by the punctators. 
 
 CIO obsol. root, to leap, to bound, 
 i. q. ia^ib; in Zabian spoken of the 
 leaping and springing of horses ; Nor- 
 berg. III. p. 298. 3. Hence 
 
 D^D m. 1. a horse, so called from his 
 leaping; Aram. KO^O, {l^oa id. Qen. 
 49, 17. Prov. 21, 31. Job 39, 18. al. 
 Sing, often collect, horses, war-horses, 
 cavalry, Ex. 14, 9. 23. Deut. 17, 16. 1 K. 
 18, 5. al. The Egyptians excelled in 
 their cavalry, Ex. c. 14. 15 ; also the 
 Canaanites Josh. 11, 4. Judg. 4, 3. 7 sq. 
 5, 22. 28 ; the Assyrians and Chaldeans 
 Jer. 6, 23. 8, 16. 50, 37. Hab. 1, 8 sq. 
 But the Hebrews appear to have had 
 little taste for cavalry. Is. 30, 16. 36. 8 ; 
 notwithstanding the efforts of Solomon 
 1 K. 4, 16. 9, 19. 10, 26; and therefore 
 placed the more confidence in Egypt, 
 Is. 31, 1. 36. 9. Jer. 4. 13. The war-horse 
 is described Job 39, 19 sq. Meton. a 
 horseman Zech. 1, 8. 
 
 2. a swallow, so called from its swift 
 and cheerful flight, urto tov uyuXi.nT&ui 
 nifQiytaaiv (comp. II. 2. 462), Is. 38, 14 
 and Jer. 8. 7 Cheth. where Keri CO. 
 So Sept. Theod. Jerome. The Rabbins 
 render it a. crane. See Bochart Hieroz. 
 T. II. p. 602 sq. 
 
 nOTO f a mare, the female horse, 
 Cant. 1, 9 ; Sept. ^ 'imrog, which the 
 Vulg. renders as a collective, equilatum. 
 But the comparison of a bride to cavalry 
 could hardly be elegant. 
 
 'DID (horseman) Susi, pr. n. m. Num. 
 13, 11. 
 
 *5^0 obsol. root, Chald. S^nox to 
 come together, to convene. Hence X5''0. 
 
 ^pC fut. C]!id;j 1. Pr. to sweep or 
 snatch away, to carry off ; kindr. with 
 ClDX and nso. Hence ns^O. 
 
 2. to make an end of, to destroy, see 
 Hiph. but in Kal intrans. to have an end, 
 to perish, Is. 66. 17. Esth. 9. 28. Here 
 too we may refer !IE0 Ps. 73. 19 Mil6l, 
 and '01 Am. 3, 15 Milra on account of 
 Vav conversive. Syr. and Chald. id. 
 
 Hiph. to sweep away, to make an end 
 of, to destroy ; Zeph. 1, 2. 3 CIDX Cibx 
 / will utterly sweep away ; also Jer. 8, 
 13 CB"'DX ribx , / will utterly s\ceep them 
 away; where the infin. absol. pleo 
 
TilD 
 
 716 
 
 ^10 
 
 nastic in both passages is from the kind- 
 red verb Cipx no. 5. Comp. Is. 28, 28. 
 Deriv. qio, nB^o, 
 
 v]^0 Chald. id. to have an end, i. e. to 
 be fulfilled, e. g. a prophecy Dan. 4, 30. 
 Comp. ribs no. 1 fin. 
 
 Aph. to make an end of any thing 
 Dan. 2, 44. 
 
 ?11D m. (r. tiio) end, a word of the 
 later Hebrew, already verging towards 
 Aramaism, i. q. yp.) Ecc. 3, 11. 1,2. 12, 
 
 13. 2 Chr. 20, 16." Of the rear of an 
 army Joel 2, 20. 
 
 SliO Chald. m. (r. t^sG) emphat. XBiO, 
 72(7. Dan. 4, 8. 19. 6, 27. 7, 28. Targ. 
 for 715 
 
 Pj'C m. a rush, reed, sedge ; specially : 
 a) sea-weed, sedge, Jon. 2, 6. Hence 
 r;siO~D;; ^Ae sea of sedge, i. e. the Arabian 
 Gulf or Red Sea, which abounds in sea- 
 weed. Ex. 10, 19. 13, 18. 15, 4. Num. 
 
 14, 25. Deut. 1, 40. Ps. 106, 7. 9. 22. 136, 
 13. al. Simpl. v)^0 id. Deut. 1,1; see in 
 
 n:"^5 . Called also in Egyptian CflOJUL 
 Itcy^pj i.e. the sea of weeds. SeeMi- 
 chaelis Suppl. p. 1726. Jablonski Opusc. 
 ed. te Water T. I. p. 266. b) rushes, 
 btdrushes. growing in the Nile, Ex. 2. 3. 5. 
 is. 19, 6. See Plin. H. N. 13. 23. 45. 
 The etymology is obscure ; perh. pr. 
 
 sword, like Arab. i_fijUA/, and so trans- 
 ferred to coarse grass, q. d. s?orrf-grass. 
 as Copt. CHCre. CHSe, sword and 
 also reed. In the Indo-European tongues 
 we may compare also Lat. scirpus. sir- 
 pus, old High Germ. sciluf Germ. Schilf 
 Dan. sif. sdf. the letter r being softened 
 by degrees into /, and even into a vowel. 
 
 nS^ f (r. TrO) a whirlwind, hurri- 
 cane, temjipst, which sweeps away all 
 before it, Job 21. 18. 27, 20. 37. 9. Prov. 
 10. 25. Is. 17. 13. With n parag. nrc^o 
 Hos. 8. 7. Plur. n'itiD Is. 21, 1. 
 
 * "^^C once niTO Hos. 9, 12. fut. tflO^ . 
 conv. "10^:: Ex. 8. 27. Judg. 4. 18, which 
 same form is found also in Hiph. 
 
 \. to go off. to turn aside or away, to 
 depart, c, '{o , bria , csi: . "^^nxo . E. g. 
 
 a) From a place. Is. 52, 1 1 ^nsit) iinsio 
 0X1^13 IMS depart, depart, gel ye out from 
 thence. Lam. 4, 15. Num. 12, 10. Espcc. 
 
 from a way 1 Sam. 6, 12 ; metaph. Deut. 
 
 2, 27. 2 K. 22. 2. 2 Chr. 34. 2 ; also Ex. 
 32. 8. Deut. 9, 12. Is. 30, 11. al. So too 
 from work, service. 2 Chr. 35. 15 ; from 
 calamity, i. e. to escape from it. Job 15, 
 30. Prov. 13, 14. 
 
 b) From a person, Ex. 8. 7. 25. Ps. 6, 
 9 depart from me, all ye workers of ini- 
 quity, let me alone." 119, 115. 139, 19. 
 Job 21, 14. 22, 17. With 'yrif.-q to turn 
 aside from after any one, to desist from 
 following him, 2 Sam. 2, 21-23 ; c. Tpna 
 to depart from among, 1 Sam. 15, 6 ; c. 
 h'SJQ to depart from the alliance of any 
 one. Is. 7, 17. Often of things which 
 depart from any one, leave him. e. g. 
 leprosy Lev. 13, 58 ; a yoke, c. br^ Is. 
 10, 27 ; the sword 2 Sam. 12, 10 ; the 
 divine anger Ez. 16. 42 ; the punitive 
 hand of God 1 Sam. 6. 3 ; an evil spirit 
 from God 1 Sam. 16, 23 ; folly Prov. 27, 
 22 ; defence Num. 14. 9 ; the sceptre 
 i. e. empire Gen. 49, 10. So Prov. 11, 
 22 a fair woman c?a n'^0 who depart- 
 eth from discretion, i. e. who is without 
 discretion. Spec. 
 
 aa) to turn away from God. to depart, 
 i. e. to fall away from his worship, to 
 apostatize, c. "i^ Is. 17, 5 ; "'^nx^ 1 Sam. 
 12, 20. 2 K. 18, 6. Job 34, 27; b?t? Jer. 
 32, 40. Ez. 6, 9 : once c. 3, Hos. 7, 14 
 "3 sin^io^. like 3 S12B. 
 
 bb) to depart from the law or the di- 
 vine precepts, as from the right way 
 (comp. Is. 30, 11); c. '{q Deut. 7, 20. 
 Josh. 23. 6. 1 K. 15, 5. Ps. 119, 102; 
 bri? 2 K. 10. 31 ; once c. ace. 2 Chr. 8, 15 
 T(^^'"? r:!^P ^"'O ^^ they departed not 
 from the commandment of the king ; but 
 3 Mss. read riSBia . Contra, not to de- 
 part from, sin, i. q. not to leave it, c. 't'O 
 2K. 3, 3. 13. 2. 6. 11; b?^ 10,31. 15, 18; 
 "inx^ 10. 29. 
 
 cc) ^"^"O "i!iD to depart from evil, to 
 avoid it by doing right, often joined with 
 CPf^x S<-i'-^ , Ps. 34, 15. 37. 27. Prov. 3, 
 7. Job 1, i. 8. Is. 59, 15. al. 
 
 d(l) God is said to depart from men, 
 when he forsakes them, withholds his 
 aid and fiwour, o. DSn 1 Sam. 16, 14. 18, 
 12 ; brn 28, 15. 16. Judg. 16, 20. 
 
 Absol. in various senses, c. g. a) to 
 turn axcay from God, to apostatize, comp. 
 above in lett. aa ; Deut. 11. 16. Ps. 14, 
 
 3. Jer. 5, 23. Dan. 9, 11. /5) /o depaH 
 
110 
 
 717 
 
 mo 
 
 i. e. to pa8s away, 1 Sam. 15, 32 the bit- 
 terness oj death M past. Hos. 4. 18. So 
 ofclamour Am. 6, 7 ; the guilt of sin Is. 
 6, 7 ; envy 11, 13. y) to be taken away, 
 removed. I K. 15, 14 and the hig-h places 
 vsere not taken away. 22, 44. 2 K. 12, 4. 
 14, 4. 15, 4. Job 15, 30. 
 
 2. With a preposition implying motion 
 away into a place, to tuiii aside to a place 
 or person, sc. from the way. So with 
 ix of pers. Gen. 19. 3 rbx sno'l and 
 they turned in unto him. Jiulg. 4, 18 ; of 
 place Gen. 19, 2. Judg. 19, 12 "inoj tkh 
 '^33 i^y~bx we will not turn asirle into 
 the city of a stranger. 1 Sam. 22. 14 who 
 turneth in unto (hath access to) thy pi-i- 
 rate audience. With r%- local, as iiD 
 fis'r to turn aside thither Judg. 18, 15 ; 
 rtin nriD Prov. 9. 4. 16 ; with adv. l^io 
 oi Judg. 18, 3. 19, 15. With br to turn 
 aside toicards any one, e. g. to fight with 
 him 1 K. 22, 32. Absol. to turn aside and 
 go to any place ; Ex. 3, 3 ns";xi xs-n-^ox 
 I will turn aside now, and see. v. 4. Judg. 
 14. 8. Ruth 4, 1. 1 K. 20, 39. Jer. 15, 5. 
 
 HiPH. "forj, fut. conv. ID*] which 
 can be distinguished from the like fut. 
 of Kal only by the context. Gen. 8, 13. 
 30, 35. al. 
 
 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make de- 
 part, to remove, to put away, in any man- 
 ner, with ace. and often '"O , bria ; e. g. by 
 driving Gen. 30, 32 ; by exile 2 K. 17, 
 18 ; by uncovering Gen. 8, 13 ; by cut- 
 ting off or away Lev. 1, 16. 3. 4. 10. 15. 
 Is. 18, 5. 1 Sam. 17, 46. So the hand 
 from one's head. OS-i bria Gen. 48. 17; 
 a ring from the finger Gen. 41, 42 ; gar- 
 ments from any one Zech. 3, 4. Gen. 38. 
 
 14. 1 Sam. 17, 39; a crown Job 19, 9; 
 the head from anyone, to behead, 1 Sam. 
 17, 46. 2 Sam. 4, 7. 16, 9. 2 K. 6, 32 ; 
 a hedge Is. 5, 5 ; idols, idol-worship from 
 a land 1 K. 15, 12. 2 K. 3. 2. 2 Chr. 14, 
 2. Is. 36. 7 ; iimocent blood 1 K. 2, 3lj 
 etc. Deut. 7, 15. Josh. 7, 13. 1 Sam. 17, 
 26 ; also Is. 1, 16. Job 27, 5. 2 Sam. 7, 
 
 15. More rarely of men to remoi-e. to 
 put away from a land, i. e. to expel, 1 
 Sam. 28, 3. 2 K. 17, 18 ; also from a 
 station, power. 2 Chr. 15, 16. Is. 10, 13 
 I hare remoced the bounds of the people, 
 i. e. have moved them forwards, extend- 
 ed them. Spec, to remove is a) i. q. 
 to take away. comp. in Kal no. 1. y ; es- 
 
 pec. the right of any one Job 27, 2. 34, 
 5 J c. b Job 12, 20. b) to turn away 
 from the worship of God. c. ''T!'!)'*'? Deut. 
 7, 4. Prov. 23, 9. Job 33, 17 ens" "i-'onb 
 ni^jSia, where it should probably read 
 nbyaia ; comp. Sept. c) to take back, 
 to retract a promise Is. 31, 2. d) to turn 
 away the prayer of a suppliant, Ps. 66, 
 20. e) to turn or put aside, i. e. to leave 
 undone, to neglect, Josh. 1 1, 15. 
 
 2. Causal, of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
 turn aside to any one, c. I'^bt* 2 Sam. 6, 
 10. 
 
 HoPH. iD^n to be removed Lev. 4, 31. 
 3.5. 1 Sam.'21, 7. Dan. 12, 11. Is. 17, 1 
 1^553 101^ P'^r?'?? Damascus shall be re- 
 moced (taken away) from among the 
 cities, i. e. destroyed. 
 
 PiL. 1^*0 i. q. Hiph. to turn aside a 
 way, to cause to deflect from the true 
 course, and so to lead into calamity, 
 Lam. 3, 11 ; comp. v. 9. 
 
 Deriv. nno, "iio;, pr. n. nno, and 
 
 ^^0 TCI. 1. Part. pass. i. q. iQina re- 
 moved, I. e. driven out, (comp. 1 Sam. 28, 
 3.) Is. 49, 21 nnnoi nba an e.Tile and 
 driven out. Jer. 17, 13 Keri "''I'D those re- 
 moved from me, i. e. who have departed. 
 
 2. a degenerate branch or shoot, comp. 
 the root no 1. aa, bb. Jer. 2, 21 "'"ilD 
 n~i3: "(Bsr] degenerate shoots of a strange 
 vine. 
 
 3. Sur, pr. n. of a gate of the temple, 
 only 2 K. 11. 6. In the parall. passage 
 2 Chr. 23, 5 it is called ^io:?^ ">?';? the 
 foundation gate ; and this is preferable. 
 
 n'D or ^'v in Kal not used, to 
 stimulate, to incite. This root is want- 
 ing in all the kindred dialects, and is 
 perhaps secondary, derived from n''3 a 
 thorn, goad, stimulus. 
 
 Hiph. r-^pn and risn Jer. 38, 22, fut. 
 n-p;; and V"^^": Is. 36, 18, conv. rpi 2 
 Sam. 24, 1 ; part, pip^ 2 Chr. 32, ll'; to 
 incite, to impel, to move, often in a bad 
 sen.se ; followed by. an ace. and inf c. V, 
 1 Chr. 21, 1 afid (Satan) moved (rp*i) 
 David to number Israel. 2 Chr. 18. 2. 
 Ace. simpl. to seduce, Deut. 13, 7. 1 K. 
 21, 25 Ahab . . . whom Jezebel his wife 
 '^7\:2Ji incited, seduced; where npipn is 
 for <^ri''pn , following the analogy of 
 verbs is , as if from a root rrp . Jer. 
 38. 22. Is. 36, 18 lest Hezekiah seduce 
 
niD 
 
 718 
 
 nno 
 
 you. 2 K. 18, 32. 2 Chr. 32, 11. 15. So 
 of a thing indifferent. Josh. 15, 18. Judg. 
 1, 14. With ace. of pers. and 3 to incite, 
 to stir up. to provoke, against any one, 
 1 Sam. 26, 19. 2 Sam. 24, 1. Job 2, 3. 
 Jer. 43. 3. With '{O , to incite, or entice 
 away from a pers. or place, to move to 
 depart ; 2 Chr. 18, 31 and God nn-^D"] 
 ^5313 incited them from him, moved 
 them to leave him. Job 36, 16 and even 
 THEE woidd he have led away out of the 
 fraj7. Difficult is Job 36. 18 n-Qn-^3 
 r!a''-bx 'E3''an'i CEbs r,n"'Oi""|S .usually 
 thus rendered : if there be anger (from 
 God, if God be angry), beware lest he 
 drive thee forth with chastisement ; then 
 great ransom cannot turn thee away so. 
 from punishment. But such a meaning 
 of iT^on is not elsewhere found, and is 
 not accordant with its usual ascertained 
 signification. Others : beware lest one 
 seduce thee with abundance ; and, let not 
 great ransom (wealth) turn thee away ; 
 here pBb may indeed be abundance, i. q. 
 pD Job 20, 22 ; and r,n"'D'i-"|S may be 
 taken impersonally ; but "lES'i'i can 
 hardly be put (or wealth in general, and 
 ni:n is not accounted for. See Thesaur. 
 p/945. 946. 
 
 rflC m. uTia'^ Ifyofi. Gen. 49, 11, a gar- 
 ment, clothing, usually regarded as by 
 aphasresis for r^iDS (r. S^CS), which the 
 Sam. Cod. gives in full ; see the author's 
 Comment, de Pent. Sam. p. 33, and 
 Lehrg. p. 136. Better to take it as con- 
 tracted from riD (r. M^D , as rcs from r. 
 nos) a garment ; comp. iTiOiS veil. So 
 Aben Ezra. Thesaur. p. 700, 941. 
 
 "jO 1- i. q- Arab. v*^, to drag, 
 to draw along upon the ground, e. g. a 
 dead body 2 Sam. 17. 13. Jer. 15, 3 
 1 will send . . . snpb D-i^^sri-rx the dogs 
 to drag them about. 22, 19. 49. 20. 
 2. to pidl or tear in pieces ; whence 
 
 ^^^79 '' ^ tearing in pieces. Jer. 38, 
 11.12 nirnsn -"jba old torn clothes, rags, 
 clouts. 
 
 "'^'9 to sweep away, to wipe off. 
 
 only in Piel "'ri-'np Ez. 26, 4. Arab. \jS! 
 id. Syr. [ZomSO a broom, brush, Chald. 
 nnp to wash. Kindred roots arc snp 
 (whence 'HO, nnp) and r/no. Hence 
 
 'np m. sweepings, offscouring, trop. 
 for any thing worthless. Lam. 3, 45. 
 Comp. Gr. TtfQitpijfia id. 1 Cor. 4, 13. 
 Chald. Nn"'n^ dung. 
 
 nD lin. I(y6fi. 2 K. 19, 29, for which 
 in the parall. passage Is. 37, 30 is found 
 D^niy , that which grows of itself the third 
 year after sowing ; on which compare 
 Strabo XI. 4. 3. p. 502 Casaub. Comp. 
 n">SO . Sept. 2 K. 1. c. T uvuTii-lovta, 
 Vulg. qucB sponte nascuntur. The ety- 
 mology see under cn^S . 
 
 Cj'^O 1. pr. to scrape, i. q. ?jnia ; 
 also stronger, to scrape away, to sweep 
 away with violence, as rain which 
 sweeps all before it, "inb "laa Prov. 28, 
 3. Arab. v_a^ to scrape i. e. shave 
 
 G J 6^ 
 
 the head ; oL> and XRa^ a violent 
 sweeping rain, torrent. 
 
 2. to bear down, to cast down, to the 
 ground. Syr. > qMc; id. Hence 
 
 NiPH. to be prostrated, overthrown, 
 Jer. 46, 15. Others : to be swept away, 
 from Kal no. 1. 
 
 *"l!nC fut. "^npi. I. to go about, to 
 travel around in a land, to migrate as 
 nomades. with ace. of country Gen. 34, 
 10. 21. With bx to go about or migrate 
 into a land, Jer. i4, IS. Kindred is "ifiD 
 q. V. Chald. inp very freq. in the Tar- 
 gums for Heb. 330 . Syr. spec, to travel 
 about as a mendicant. In the Arab, 
 verbs _^ and -^ the notion of going 
 
 about is very doubtful, and is not sup- 
 ported by the usus loquendi. 
 
 2. Spec, to travel around, to traverse 
 countries as a merchant, in order to buy 
 or sell ; hence to trade, to traffic, f/tiJio- 
 Qfvofiui. Gen. 43, 34 nnpn ynxn-rsi 
 and ye may traverse the land sc. to buy 
 grain, to traffic in it. Part ~nb a trader, 
 merchant, 'ffi7io(ios, Gen. 23, 16. 37, 28. 
 Ez. 27, 21. 36. -bsn -^nnb (he king's tra- 
 ders, who made journeys in order to pur- 
 chase wares for him, 1 K. 10,28. 2 Chr. 
 1, 16. Also of traders by sea Prov. 
 31, 14. Is. 23, 2. Ez. 38.' 13. Fern. 
 n"!nb a female trader, merchant. Ez. 27, 
 12. 16. 18. Metaph. to have commerce., 
 intercourse, with anyone. Is. 47, 15. In 
 Aramaean and Arabicthe idea of traffick- 
 
nno 
 
 719 
 
 3-0 
 
 ing is expressed by the kindred verbs 
 
 Pi LP. "^n'jno to move about rapidly. 
 e. g. of the heart, i. e. to palpitate strong- 
 ly, Ps. 38, 11. 
 
 Deriv. ino'a and the five following. 
 
 '^'79 - cf>nstr. "ino 1. a mart, em- 
 porium, Is. 23, 3. 
 
 2. Wliat i.s gained from traffic, j37*o/i/, 
 weallh, Is. 45, 14. 
 
 "^n? m. profit, gain, from merchandise 
 Is. 23. 18. Hence of any gain, profit, 
 Prov. 3, 14 cios-in8T3 nnno aia "S for 
 her (wisdom's) gain ia better than that 
 of silver, i. e. to gain her is better than 
 to gain silver. 31, 18. 
 
 rnno n (r. "no) traffic, merchandise, 
 for Conor, merchants, Ez. 27, 15 nnno 
 
 '^1 ) ' I- 117 "^"yi^ v- 21, e. merchants 
 at thy hand, ready at hand. 
 
 ^7^^^ ^- ^ shield, so called from sur- 
 rounding and protecting a person, Ps. 
 91, 4. Comp. Chald. irio to surround ; 
 Syr. f^i.*k tower, castle. R. "ino . 
 
 f^'^no f. in pause n'nnb a kind of 
 costly stone used in tesselated pave- 
 ments, Esth. 1, 6. It is either a species 
 
 O ft. p 
 
 of black marble, comp. Syr. ).<l9a.<4^ 
 lapis niger tinctorius (D and CJ being in- 
 terchanged) ; or. better, marble marked 
 with round spots like shields, spotted or 
 shielded marble, comp. n^nb . Hart- 
 mann (Hebraerin III. p. 363) supposes 
 'O to be tortoise-shell, consisting as it 
 Were of shields, comp. nnnb; but this 
 would hardly be interspersed in a pave- 
 ment with various kinds of marble. 
 ''DO see ''^S^Q . 
 
 D''t3D plur. i. q. D*'aia , pr. deviations 
 from the right way, i. e, transgressions, 
 Ps. 101, 3. R. -Jib . 
 
 yV m. (r. 5^0) Ez. 22, 18 Keri (Che- 
 thibh JiO), and plur. ca'^D , pr. what 
 goes off from metal, recedanea, i. e. a) 
 scoricB, dross. Prov. 25, 4 "03^ D'^a'O ian 
 . separate the dross from the silver. 26, 23 
 fi'^J'^D "03 dra^s-silver i. e. not yet re- 
 fined, b) base metal, originally mixed 
 with the finer and separated from it by 
 emelting, see b^na . Ez. 22, 18. 19. Is. 1, 
 22. 25. 
 
 Note. For D''J''0 we find in several 
 Mbs. and printed editions Cftp Is. 1, 22. 
 25. Ez. 22, 18. 19 ; comp. Lelirg. p. 145. 
 The former is preferable. 
 
 };"'P m. Siran, Esth. 8. 9, the third 
 month of the Hebrew year, from the new 
 moon of June to the new moon of July. 
 The Ibrm admits a Heb. etymology, e. g. 
 from a root "(ID i. q. "j'^O, "|5<0 ; or from 
 rp i. q. I'^T , M q. V. Better, with Ben- 
 fey, to regard it as of Persian origin, like 
 the other names of months ; the name of 
 the correspondmg Persian month being 
 Sefend-arinez j<X\\ JJJlm\ , Zend. 
 gpenti drmaiti, Pehlv. Sapand-omad. 
 Monathsn. p. 13, 41 sq. 122 sq. 
 
 JITT^p (sweeping away, i. e. a warrior 
 sweeping all before him. r. nio) Sihon, 
 pr. n. of a king of the Amorites at Hesh- 
 bon Num. 21, 21. 23. Ps. 135, 11. a!. 
 Hence the city of Sihon i. e. Heshbon, 
 Num. 21, 28. In Jer. 48, 45 yn^O ,-3'3 
 is prob. for "(in'^p r'^Sia from the house 
 (city) of Sihon; comp. Num. 21, 28. 
 
 "|"P obsol. root, prob. to be miry, 
 kindr. with *|Xp ; whence Chald. "|";p ; 
 Syr. \jja mire, i. q. Chald. y^, Syr. 
 
 c So, 
 
 \l^, Arab. ,^^^. 
 
 1*^0 (mire) Sin. pr. n. 1. Pelusittm, a 
 city situated among marshes at the 
 north-eastern extremity of Egypt, in a 
 tract now entirely covered by the sea, 
 Ez. 30, 15. 16. Comp. Strabo XVII. p. 
 802. In Arabic it is called xJuub i. e. 
 marsh; and also iuOyi Farameh ; which 
 
 latter is from the Egyptian cbeOOJUU 
 i. e. miry place, from rt art. masc. eo to 
 be, and OiULI niire ; see Champollion 
 I'Egypte II. p. 82 sq. Sept. -V, cod. 
 Alex. Taviq,. 
 
 2. The desert of Sin, westward of 
 Mount Sinai on the coast of the Sinus 
 HeroOpolitanus or Gulf of Suez, Ez. 16, 
 1. 17, 1. Num. 33, 12. See Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. I. p. 106. 
 
 '^'p'O pr. n. Sinai, Gt. Siva, ZivH, a 
 mountain or rather mountainous tract in 
 the Arabian peninsula lying between 
 the two gulfs of the Red Sea, and cele- 
 brated as the place where the Mosaic 
 
:"D 
 
 720 
 
 I** 
 
 law was given ; Ex. 16, 1. Num. 33, 16. 
 Deut. 33, 2. Judg. 5, 5. Ps. 68, 9. 18. 
 Fully "'ro in Ex. 19, 11 sq. 24, 16. 34, 
 4. 29. 32. Lev. 7, 38. 25, 1. 26, 46. 27, 34. 
 al. [The proper Sinai is a lofty ridge 
 between two deep and very narrow val- 
 leys ; the northern end impends perpen- 
 dicularly over a narrow plain er-Rahah ; 
 the southern rises into a higher summit, 
 the modern Jebel Musa. In tiie S. W. 
 beyond the deep valley is another ridge, 
 on which is the summit St. Catharine. 
 The place o^ the giving of the law was 
 prob. the north end of the first ridge. 
 The Arabic name for the whole moun- 
 tain is now Jcbel et-Tur. ^yioJ\ . See 
 a full description of Sinai with a Map in 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 129 sq. 139 sq. 
 148 sq. 157 sq. 175sq. R.] The desert 
 around the mountain was called "i?"!^ 
 TD , Ex. 19, 1. 2. Lev. 7, 38. Num. \. 
 1. 19. 9, 1. al. The etymology is un- 
 known. 
 
 ''PP pr. n. tJie Sinite, a people prob. 
 near Mount Lebanon Gen. 10, 17. 1 Chr. 
 1,15. Strabo mentions here a city Sinna, 
 XVl. 2. 18. p. 756 Casaub. Jerome also. 
 Q,uffist. Heb. in Gen. ad h.l. speaks of a 
 place Sini not far from Area. 
 
 DTP, whence Q-'ro y^H land of the 
 Sinim Is. 49. 12, where the context im- 
 plies a remote country situated in the 
 eastern or southern extremity of the 
 earth : prob. the Sinenses, Chinese, whose 
 country is Siria, China. This very an- 
 cient and celebrated people was known to 
 the Arabians and Syrians by the name 
 ^j^, ^f ' ^"'^A' "^^"i Tsini ; and a 
 Hebrew writer might well have heard 
 of them, especially if sojourning in Baby- 
 lon, the metropolis as it were of all Asia. 
 This name appears to have been given 
 to the Chinese by the other Asiatics ; for 
 the Chinese themselves, though not un- 
 acquainted with it, do not employ it ; 
 either adopting the names of the reign- 
 ing dynasties, or ostentatiously assuming 
 high-sounding titles, e. g. Tdumg-kue 
 'central empire,' etc. But when this 
 name was thus given them by other na- 
 tions, and whence it was derived, is mat- 
 ter of question. Not improbably the 
 opinion of those writers is correct, who 
 
 suppose the name B"'3"'t3, Sinenses, to 
 come from the fourth dynasty, called 
 Tshin. which held the throne from 249 
 to 206 B. C. see Du Halde Descr. de la 
 Chine T. I. 1, and p. 306. Abel Remu- 
 sat Nouveaux Melanges Asiatiques II, 
 p. 334 sq. To say nothing of the people 
 called Tshinas and spoken of in the laws 
 of Menu, the name of this dynasty may 
 have become widely known among for- 
 eign nations long before it acquired the 
 sovereign power over all China. See 
 more in Thesaur. p. 949. 950. Others, 
 who reject this application of the name 
 to the Chinese, understand the inhabi- 
 tants of Pelusium (comp. T'O). and by 
 synecd. the Egyptians ; so Bocharl Pha- 
 leg 4. 27 ; or the inhabitants of Syene, 
 comp. nj'io . Sept. yfj Ilf()nbn'. 
 
 0"^P a swallow, Jer. 8. 7 Keri for tJIO 
 no. 2. q. V. 
 
 ^T'P'^P (battle-array, comp. Syriac 
 ]Zyaltt', perh. for xr~D"iD, from r. 1''0 
 i. q. jLuw to spring upon, to make an on- 
 set) Sisera, pr. n. m. a) A military 
 commander under Jabin king of the Ca- 
 naanites, Judg. 4, 2 sq. Ps. 83, 10, b) 
 Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55. 
 
 ^^'''P (congregation, as in Syr. and 
 Chald. r. S^D) Sia. pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 
 47 ; for which i<r\:!_^0 Siaha Ezra 2, 44, 
 which latter seems to be a corruption 
 made up from the two forms XSiQ and 
 ns->0. Comp. D"'D''S3. 
 
 n^Sb'ip Dan. 3, 10 Cheth. for .T'Db^^O 
 q. V. 
 
 ' V mid. Yod, to boil up, to effer- 
 vesce, comp, Arab. Luk to spring up, to 
 effervesce as wine ; to rage, as anger, a 
 fever; Heb. ixb and -^x^ to ferment, 
 T^a to boil up, to ferment, Hence 
 
 "I"*? m. Jer, 1,13; fern. Ez. 24, G, 
 1. a pot, pr. for boiling, and then genr, 
 2 K. 4, 38 sq. Job 41, 32. Ez. 11, 3. 7. 
 24. 3. 6. al. nt'2n -.^q Ex. 16, 3. Jer. 1, 
 13 n!iB3 n'p see in r. noj no. 2. Ps. 60, 
 10 'Sm i-'o a^i^ Moab shall be my pot 
 (basin) of washing, i. e, my wash-pot, 
 wash-basin, in contempt for ' I will use 
 her as the meanest vessel,' Plur, M'l'^O 
 pota Ex, 38, 3, 1 K. 7, 45. 2 K,25, 14, aL 
 
n'^o 
 
 721 
 
 "50 
 
 2. Plur. C-i-^p and riT* Ps. 58, 10. 
 Am. 4, 2. u) thot-us. briara, so called 
 from the idea of springing up, elferves- 
 cing, in allusion to the luxuriant and 
 redundant growth of wild plants; comp. 
 r. 1J^ and art. ^^7 no. 2. Is. 34, 13. 
 Ho8. 2. 8. So in the paronomasia Ecc. 
 7, 6 : "i^sn rnn ="*"i"'3n b'ip J an the crack- 
 ling of thorns iniiler a }Htl. Poet, a thicket 
 of thorns or briars is an emblem of wick- 
 edness; Nah. 1, lOO-'saO Q"'"i"'P~i? inter- 
 tpown like to (horns, see in r. X30 , also IS 
 B. 2. c ; comp. Mic. 7, 4. Ez. 2, 6. Diffi- 
 cult is Ps. 58, 10 D3-'nn''0 ira^ nnaa 
 'TUX before men marked your thtrms, lo a 
 thorn-bush! i.e. swiftly and unexpected- 
 ly the wicked grew up; but, whether 
 quick or bur}iing, God will storm it away, 
 i. e. God will destroy them with the 
 same swiftness. Others here take niT'p 
 as pots. i. e. before your pots can feel the 
 thorn-bush (fire of thorns Ecc. 7, 6) God 
 will sweep it away; the figure being 
 taken from travellers in the desert, who 
 build a fire which the wind sweeps away, 
 b) hooks for fishing, from their resem- 
 blance to thorns, Am. 4, 2; comp. nin. 
 
 Note. In former editions I have re- 
 ferred 0">"n'^p thorns to the root "IID, as 
 denoting pr. recedanea, degenerated or 
 wild parts of a shrub, comp. 'Bafl "'"IIO 
 Jer. 2, 21. But it is better to refer 
 both significations of I'^p to the same 
 origin. 
 
 rnp see r. WD. 
 
 ^ m. tiri. Xfyofi. a multitude of peo- 
 ple, Ps. 42. 5. So all the versions and 
 intpp. and so the context requires, al- 
 though in assigning the etymology there 
 is a great diversity. There can be little 
 doubt that it is pr. a thicket of trees, a 
 thick wood, here poet, for a dense crowd 
 of men, from r. ~=0 ; comp. "0 no. 2. 
 Comp. also is;j of a hostile troop. Is. 10, 
 18. 19. 34. 
 
 ^ m. (r. "^20) c. suff. 130, once iS'.G 
 Pb. 76, 3 in some editions. 
 
 1. a booth, hid. Ps. 27, 5. Poet for a 
 tabernacle, dwelling. Ps. 76, 3. 
 
 2. a covert of trees, as the lair of wild 
 beasts, Ps. 10, 9. Jer. 25, 38. 
 
 * rDw obsol. root, i. q. nab to look 
 vpon. Hence pr. n. r^SD"^. 
 
 61 
 
 TOO f (r. r30) constr. VS^, plur. 
 niso . 
 
 1. a booth, hut, made of green boughi 
 and branches interwoven, as a shelter 
 from the sun Gen. 33, 17. Jon. 4, 5. Is. 
 4, 6 ; or for a watchman in a garden or 
 vineyard. Is. 1, 8. Job 27, 18 ; or for the 
 Jewish festival of booths Lev. 23, 34. 42. 
 Nah. 8, 15-17 ; whence the festival it- 
 self is called msen an the festival (f the 
 booths, feast of the tabernacles, Lev. 23, 
 34. Deut. 16, 13. al. Once by way of 
 contempt of a small ruined house, Engl. 
 hui, Am. 9, 11. Elsewhere also of tents 
 for soldiers, 2 Sam. 11, 11. 1 K. 20, 12. 
 
 16. Poet, of the dwelling of God Ps. 18, 
 12. Job 36. 29.-2 K. 17, 30 rija nso 
 the booths of the daughters, usually ta- 
 ken for booths in which the maidens 
 prostituted themselves in the Babylo- 
 nian manner ; see Hdot. 1. 199, and art. 
 ntbnp. Perhaps it should read niso 
 misa the booths in high places, conse- 
 crated to idols ; see in ma3 no. 3. 
 
 2. a covert, as the lair of the lion, 
 Job 38, 40. 
 
 mSO (booths) Succoth. pr. n. 1. A 
 town in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 27 ; 
 on the east of the Jordan Judg. 8, 5. 1 
 K. 7, 46. For its origin see Gen. 33, 
 
 17. riso pT3-5 Ps. 60, 8. 108, 8, the valley 
 of Succoth, in which the town stood,^ 
 perh. part of the valley of the Jordan,^ 
 el-Gh6r. 
 
 2. The first station of the Israelites 
 in the desert, on the Egyptian side of 
 the Red Sea, Ex. 12, 37. 13, 20. Num. 
 33,5. 
 
 3. Succoth-benoth, see in >130 no. 1. 
 
 M'l^p f. (r. "^30) i. q. nSD, a tent, ta- 
 bernacle, which the idolatrous Israelites 
 constructed in the desert in honour of 
 an idol, like the tabernacle of the cove- 
 nant in honour of Jehovah, Am. 5, 26 ;: 
 see on this passage in art. "I'S. Comp. 
 the axr,t'rj Uqu of the Carthaginians 
 Died. Sic. 20. 65. 
 
 C^SD (dwelling in booths) Sukkiim, 
 pr. n. of an African people mentioned 
 along with the Libyans and Ethiopians, 
 2 Chr. 12, 3. Sept. Vulg. Troglodytes, 
 who dwelt along the coast of Ethio|Hi 
 and also in Arabia. 
 
^5^, once '^d'"9 Ex. 33, 22; fut. 
 
 jSO 
 
 1. /o interweave, to weave, to interlace, 
 espec. boughs and branches as a screen 
 or to form a booth or hut. nSG ; hence 
 to hedge, to fence, see Hiph. Kindred 
 roots are "^'a. J^iD II. "03 II. In Kal 
 poet. Ps. 139. 13 "'ax ,-^=^ "'??'=!? ^^o" 
 Acwf icore?! me in my mother^s vrowh, 
 comp. Job 10, 11. Since booths as well 
 as hedges were built for the protection 
 and security of men, and also of gardens 
 and vineyards, hence "20 is 
 
 2. to covir, i. e. a) to shelter, to -pro- 
 tect, to cover by way of protection, pr. as 
 boughs and trees, with two ace. Job 40, 
 22 [17] "i^bs Di'Sx:: "nso^ the Intns-trees 
 caver him with their shade. With h Ps. 
 140, 8. b) Genr. to cover, with ace, of 
 covering and b?, to cover over, Ex. 40, 
 3. 33, 22 ; ace. impl. 1 K. 8, 7 b^T 
 li^Nfrbs D''"isn and the cherubim, cov- 
 ered the ark. lit. they covered over the 
 ark. Ex. 25, 20. 37, 20. 1 Chr. 28, 18. 
 Absol. Ez. 28, 14. 16. Intrans. to cover 
 oneself, to hide. Lam. 3,44 "1^2 nisD. 
 V. 43. Part. T^^O pr. covering; hence 
 a shed, mantlet, vinea, used in besieging 
 cities, Nah. 2, 6. 
 
 HiPH. ~on , fut. conv. TiO^] , i. q- Kal. 
 
 1. to hedge in.io fence around, Job 38, 
 8 ; c. 1-3 3. 23. 
 
 2. to cover, c, bs Ex. 40, 21. Also to 
 protect, c. bs Ps. 5, 12, h Ps. 91, 4. ^on 
 rbn 1 Sam. 24, 4 and Judg. 3, 24. to 
 cover the feet, an euphemism for to ease 
 oneself, to satisfy a call of nature ; so 
 correctly Josephus Ant. 6. 13. 4, the 
 Talmudists Buxt. Lex. Talmud. 1472, 
 and so Sept. nnoittTxsvuaoKrdtti i. q. uno- 
 fTxtvuannOui, vivttaxivmTiiaOai. At >east, 
 in accordance with Kimehi's opinion, it 
 is to void urine, which among Asiatic 
 nations the men also do in a sitting pos- 
 ture, covering themselves with the folds 
 of their wide garments. Others: to lie 
 down for sleep ; so Syr. 1 Sam. 1. c. and 
 also Josephus (inconsistently) Ant. 5. 4. 
 2 ; but in that case no such circumlocu- 
 tion was necessary. See Muntinghe in 
 Diss. Lugdd. p. 1160. J. D. Michaelis 
 Supplem. p. 1743. 
 
 Pi LP. ?;D30 to inflame, to incite, to 
 
 his (Ephraim's) enemies God will arouse. 
 19,2C":i:":2 ="'"!^'r ^P^^-.^ I trill arouse 
 the Egyptians against the Egyptians. Sa 
 Sept. Targ. Syr. Vulg. and this is well 
 iilu.trated from the Talmud ic usage by 
 AbuUvalid ; see Thesaur. p. 951. Others 
 with Schultens, to cover with arms, to 
 
 c ^ 
 
 ann; comparing Arab. dLw id. 
 
 Deriv.-O, "b (-'-0>"2O, c-iiSD , rsiSO^ 
 
 r^C72 , nscia , T(C^:2 , pr. n. h'3D , ri:=q . 
 
 '^20, see r. T\-_'o no. 2, Part. 
 
 ''??9 (enclosure) Secacah, pr. n. of a 
 town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15, 
 61. 
 
 ^ - "^ in Kal not ns-ed, to be foolish ; 
 well to be distinguished from the verb 
 b^b to look at, which has nearly the 
 same sound. Corresponding are ^03 
 no. 2. b. Syr. Aph. Vaiff to act fool- 
 ishly, impiously, Chald. bsox id. 
 
 PiEL to make foolish, i. e. vain, fruit- 
 less, to frustrate, e. g. counsel 2 Sam, 
 15, 31. Is. 44, 25. Comp. b^in. 
 
 Hiph. to actfoQlishly, with ibS Gen, 
 31, 28 ; sirapl. 1 Sam. 26, 2L Aram, 
 Aph. id. 
 
 IViPH. I. to act foolishly, pr. to show 
 oneself foolish, 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Chr, 
 16,9. 
 
 2. to do wickedly, 2 Sam,24i 10. 1 Chr, 
 21, 8. Comp. B-^DS , ^23 , etc. 
 
 Deriv. the three following. 
 
 b^O m. foolish Jer. 4, 22. 5, 21. Ece, 
 2, 19. 7, 17. Syr. iLl id. 
 
 '?? ^- folly, concT. fools Ecc. 10, 6. 
 
 nibsO f (r. 5=0) folly, found only in 
 Ecel'esiastes, c. 2, 3. 12. 13. 7, 25. 10, 1, 
 13. Once r^^b id. Ecc. I, 17. Syr. id. 
 
 *15^ fut. ',307 1- Pr. f. q. ',31^ 
 
 JUXjm , to dwell, c. ace. pers. with whom.. 
 
 2. to be familiar with any one, to as- 
 sociate with, from the idea of dwelling; 
 together in the same tent or house. 
 Hence Part, "jab an associate, compan- 
 ion, friend, e. g. of a king Is. 22, 15. 
 Fern. r33b a female friend., attendant, i 
 
 i K. 1, 2. 4". Comp. Hiph. Hence 
 
 3. With b and by of pers. to do kind- 
 
 urmisc ; Is. 9, 10 ^10=0^ '^''?'^**"^^1 ""'^ t * '0 any one, to benefit, Job 22, 2.. 35j. 
 
'ISO 
 
 723 
 
 nbo 
 
 3; absol. 15, 3. Intrans. to p-qfit, Job 
 34, 9. 
 
 4. i. q. Arab. ^jSi^ Conj. I. IV, V, 
 to be poor, needy, nee Puiil and 130 , 
 niJSOa . Many have despaired of find- 
 ing an accordance between this signifi- 
 cation and the others ; but it probably 
 comes from the notion of bein^ seated, 
 which is kindred with that of dwelling. 
 The idea of being seated is closely con- 
 nected with that of sitting down, of sink- 
 ing from languor and debility ; comp. 
 JuL9 to sit, Conj. IV pass, to be com- 
 
 pelled to sit, to be lame ; Juii* weak- 
 
 i, ^ 
 ness in the camel's foot ; |^cX>i a 
 
 weak, feeble man ; also sedire and sidere. 
 
 Arab. j2>X**< and Heb. 'iSD therefore 
 are pr. (o be sunk in one's affairs, to be 
 ruined, comp. "i^, "2T3. 
 
 NiPH. i. q. Chald. Ithpa. to be endan- 
 gered. Ecc. 10, 9 whoso cleaveth wood 
 is endangered thereby. This significa- 
 tion is foreign from the other meanings 
 of the verb ; but it rnay be perhaps a 
 denominative from V^b knife, axe, q. v. 
 and hence to cut oneself, to be wounded, 
 as Vulg. rulnerabitur. 
 
 PuAL part. ISO'S impoverished, see Kal 
 no. 4. Is. 40. 20'n^nn "Sorn he that is 
 impoverished by an oblation, i. e. who 
 has little to offer. 
 
 HiPH. "rson 1- ^0 acquaint oneself 
 with any one. c. cr Job 22, 21. Also 
 with any thing, and hence to know, c. 
 ace. Ps. 139, 3 nri:sori '=";^-^3 all my 
 ways thou knowest, art acquainted with. 
 
 2. to be accustomed, to he wont, c. inf. 
 et b Num. 22. 30. 
 
 Deriv. ISDi? , r^SDia . 
 
 * I. "^59 " ^^^ "*** used, i. q. to shut 
 up, to c/oe. Chald. id. Syr. Arab. jijB, 
 
 ,X*-,id. 
 
 NiPH. to be shut up, stopped. Gen. 8, 
 
 2.. Ps. 63, 12. 
 
 PiEL i. q. 'jO and "^"'^n > ^o deliver 
 up or over. c. 1^^ ^s. 19. 4. 
 
 II. "15 *^ i- q- "^r-? I- v". to hire, Ezra 
 4, 5. " ' 
 
 * T\'D'0 in Kal not used, to be silent, 
 kindred with 'Cp^^ to rest. Arab. c>X-*< 
 Conj. I, IV, id. Samar. to attend. 
 
 Hi PH. to keep silence, once Deut. 27, 9. 
 Sept. aKunu, Vulg. altende. 
 
 ^0 m. (r. ^^D) pr. a slender rod, e. g. 
 ofwillow, osier, from which baskets were 
 woven ; hence a wicker-basket, brecui- 
 basket. Gen. 40, 17. Ex. 29, 3. 23. Num. 
 6, 15. al. Plur. D-'^O Gen. 40, 16. 18. 
 Comp. xuvtov, xnviug, xuvaaiQoy, canis- 
 trum, pr. a basket woven from reeds, from 
 xavTj canna, a reed. Chald. xip, Kr^p , 
 
 Syr. }1, Arab. xJLw id. JX a basket- 
 maker. 
 
 Kbp (twig, basket) Silla, pr. n. of a 
 town near Jerusalem, 2 K. 12, 21. 
 
 * J<bD pr. i. q. n^p, bbp no. 1, to lift 
 up J spec, to suspend a balance, comp. 
 Xt'a Job 6, 2. and hence to weigh ; comp. 
 Lat. pendeo and pendo. Once in 
 
 PuAL pass, to be weighed; Lam. 4, 2 
 T93 n"'J<*p^n who are weighed with fine 
 gold, i. e. are comparable to pure gold. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. X=ibD, Ktfep, sip. 
 
 *^bC anai hyofi. in Piel 1^0 to 
 spring up, to leap up, to exult, Arab. 
 jJLo ' the horse so leaps that the 
 stones give forth sparks.' Job G, 10 this 
 is still my comfort, i<b nbTia r^1):Xi^ 
 btrt;^ and I exult even under pain which 
 doth not spare, that I have not denied 
 the words of the Holy One. Sept. for 
 nn^px has riU(',^r,v, Targ. S^asT I exult. 
 So Schultens Comm. in loc Others, as 
 Saadias, Abulwalid, Kimchi, compare 
 the Chald. "ibp to burn, to roast, and 
 then make the second clause concessive 
 or parenthetic : and though I bum (am 
 tormented, comp. p^'n) with pain which 
 doth not spare; other explanations see 
 in Thesaur. p. 955. But the tradition of 
 the Sept. and Targ. as the oldest, may 
 well be received as having most author- 
 ity. Hence 
 
 n'^p (exultation) Seled, pr. n. m. 1 
 Chn 2, 30. 
 
 * I. nbw i. q. x^p and bbp , pr. to lift 
 up, to raise. Hence 
 
 1 . to suspend a balance, to weigh, see 
 Pual. Comp. in x'5p . 
 
 2. to make light of to contemn, like 
 Lat. elevare, Ps. 119, 118. Comp. Engl. 
 light and xceighty as applied to things 
 
nbD 
 
 724 
 
 nbo 
 
 trifling or important. Chald. and Syr. 
 id. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal no. 2. Lam. 1, 15. 
 
 PcAL pass, of Kal no. 1. Job 28. 16 
 wisdom "I'^E'iX eras T^hprj v.h cannot be 
 weighed uUh gold of Ophir. cannot be 
 purchased with gold. 
 
 * II. nbC perhaps i. q. !i^i (0 and 
 tti being interchanged), to rest, to be 
 quiet ; S>yr.%k> to cease, to rest, Chald. id. 
 
 nbo always in panse, a musical 
 word, found 73 times in the Psalms ; 
 elsewhere only in Hab. 3. 3. 9. 13. It is 
 pr. imper. n^p from r. nbp II, with n- 
 parag. nbp , in pause ^^D , q. d. rest, 
 pause ! Its use seems to have been, in 
 chanting the words of the Psalm, to di- 
 rect the singer to rest, to pause a little, 
 while the instruments played an inter- 
 lude or symphony. It is a sign o? pause. 
 This use and interpretation is supported: 
 a) By the authority of the Sept. which 
 everywhere renders M^O by dtofaXftu, 
 q. d. interlude, symphony, ec. by instru- 
 mental music, b) By the position which 
 nbp occupies in the Psalm. It stands 
 usually in the middle of a Psalm, at the 
 close of a certain section or strophe. 
 Thus in some Psalms it occurs only once, 
 Ps. 7, 6. 20. 4. 21, 3 ; in others twice, Ps. 
 4, 3. 5. 9, 17. 21 ; in others three times, 
 Ps. 3, 3. 5. 9. 32, 4. 5. 7. 66, 4. 7. 15. 68, 8. 
 20. 33 ; and is even four times repeated. 
 89, 5. 38. 46. 49 ; frequently also it stands 
 at the end of a Psalm. Ps. 3. 9. 24. Thus 
 it serves to divide a Psalm into several 
 strophes. Very rarely it is found in the 
 middle of a verse, Ps. 55. 20. 57,4. Hab. 
 3, 3. 9. c) From Ps. 19. 17, where for 
 the simple nbo we find the fuller p^jn 
 mVd, which by apposition may be ren- 
 dered : instrumental music, pause, i. e. 
 let the instruments strike upa symphony, 
 and the singer pause. In a similar sense 
 some derive |^^D from r. fibp I, to lift 
 up, and understatid by it a raising of the 
 voice 8C. in response to the instruments, 
 corap. N: no. 1. e, and Job 21, 12. Others, 
 deriving it from the same root, render 
 it : suspend the voice, i. e. rest, pause, 
 as above. But the former etymology 
 is preferable. 
 
 Many have supposed, but without 
 good reason, that nbo is an abbrevia- 
 
 tion, composed of the initial letters of 
 three words. Such abbreviations are 
 indeed common among the Arabians 
 and later Jews, (as "^'^"^ Rashi for "'an 
 ^m"^ nobis Rabbi Solomon Jarchi.) but 
 it cannot be shown that they were known 
 to the ancient Hebrews. This supposed 
 abbreviation has been explained in vari- 
 ous ways, e. g. iisn J^'^yrs no redi sur- 
 sum cantor, i. q. da capo, or riJttib "i^'^O 
 bipri the signfor a change oftoice or key ; 
 but all these fall away of course with the 
 hypothesis itself. For more on this topic 
 see Michaelis Supplem. p. 1760. Rosen- 
 muller Comment, in Ps. T. I. p. LXVII. 
 ed. 2. Noldii Concord. Particul. Heb. p. 
 940. ed. Tymp. Eichhorn Bibl. der bibl. 
 Litteratur V. p. 542 sq. ForkePs Gesch. 
 der Musik, I. p. 144. See Thesaur. p. 
 955 sq. 
 
 ^^0 (weighed, r. stbo) Salhi. pr. n. m* 
 Neh. 12, 7 ; for which v. 20 '\X2 Sallai. 
 
 K1>D (id.) Sallu, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 7 ; 
 for which Neh. 11,7 s^p. 
 
 1^D (id.) Salu, pr. n. m. Num. 25, 14. 
 
 "ji^D Ez. 2, 6, and 1^>P Ez. 28, 24, a 
 thorn, prickle, pr. such as are found on 
 the shoots and twigs of the palm-tree; 
 from bp twig and ',i , see in r. bbp no. 2. 
 Metaph. of wicked men Ez. 2, 6. Sept. 
 (7xdAo\c. Chald. s'bo, SPb-^P, Arab. 
 
 J jLl thorns of the palm-tree. 
 
 * nbO fut. nbp7, once n^box Jer. 5, 
 7 Cheth. to forgive, to pardon. Chald. 
 and Zab. id. Eth. by transpos. 'I'UIU A 
 to be clement, propitious, to pardon, 
 comp. Arab. {^^ facilem se prsebuit. 
 Samar. to expiate. The primary idea 
 seems to be that of lijling up, taking 
 away, as in xbp , nbp .So of God, with 
 dat. either of sin Ex.' 34, 9. Num. 14, 19. 
 1 K. 8. 34. 36. Ps. 25, 11. Jer. 33, 8; or 
 of pers. Num. 30, 6. 9. 13. Deut. 29, 
 19. IK. 8, 50. 2 Chr. 6,39; absol. Num. 
 14. 20. 2 K. 24. 4. Am. 7, 2. Lam. 3. 42. 
 Sept. iluaxofiiu, uqilijiii, etc. 
 
 NiPH. to be forrgiven, pardoned, e.g. 
 sin, c. dat. pers. Lev. 4, 20. 26. 35. 5, 13. 
 16. 18. Num. 15. 25. 26. 28. al. 
 
 Deriv. nio , nn-bD . 
 
 n^P m. forgiving Ps. 86, 5. 
 
^bo 
 
 725 
 
 jbo 
 
 ''bo (basket-maker? dcnom. from Vo) 
 Sallai, pr. n. m. a) Neh. 11, 8. b) 12, 
 20, see lio . 
 
 nn'bD f. forgivenegs Vs. 130, 4 ; plur. 
 Neh.' 9, 17. Dan. 9, 9. R. nbo. 
 
 * "li^ obsol. root, Arab. vJULim ^o 
 more along, to move about, to go, whence 
 
 Ai^iM-^ way, tract Hence 
 
 nsbo (witliout Dag. in a , and there- 
 fore for nako) Salchah. pr. n. of a town 
 of Gad or Manasseh 1 Chr. 5, 11 ; in the 
 eastern limits of Batanea or Bashan, 
 
 o 
 
 now called JJs</a Salkhad, and by 
 
 the Arabian geographers iX^y^ Sar- 
 khad. abounding in vineyards ; see 
 Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 99 
 sq. or I. p. ISO Germ, and note p. 507. 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 160. 
 Deut. 3, 10. Josh. 12, 5. 13, 11. 1 Chr. 
 8, 11. 
 
 ^2v ^ut. Vb^ to lift up, to raise ; 
 like the kindred roots xbo , nbo , comp. 
 nbo, rbo, pbo, also bbn, nbn, baj, 
 tollo. See Pilp. 
 
 1. to cast up into a heap, Jer. 50, 26. 
 Spec, to cast np earth into a causeway, 
 i. e. to prepare a way (comp. cn Is. 49, 
 11), Is. 57, 14. 62, 10. Prov. l.n. 19. Jer. 
 18, 15. Job 19, 12 uyn 'h's !i^bi and 
 cast up (prepare) their way unto me. 
 30, 12. Without T)"^.^ Ps. 68, 5 ^bb cast 
 up, prepare, sc. the way. 
 
 2. From the idea of being elevated, 
 high, comes the signif. to move to and 
 fro. to wave, of things lofty, tall, slender, 
 flexible. Espec. of the slender and pen- 
 dulous boughs and twigs of trees, as of 
 willows and the palm-tree, which are 
 used for weaving baskets and bound 
 into brooms ; comp. bbn , bhl , J'yi\ , 
 
 whence D^^!^! shoots, tendrils ; also bin 
 
 no. 1, 2, whence C^n^ri . Hence n'^^D 
 
 G s _, 
 and rifeobo (Arab. sing. SJL) baskets, 
 
 i. e. of wicker-work, woven from slender 
 twigs ; comp. the lengthened forms 
 f Sp30 (b being changed for 3) the 
 pendulous shoots of the palm, from 
 which brooms are made, (whence the 
 Syr. and Chaldee verb )iO to sweep 
 
 61* 
 
 with brooms.) and r:232 basket, as also 
 kiiulr. N.3a basket, Cluild. S3X id. Arab, 
 ^^wi^a to weave baskets. Further. 
 as the branches of the palm-tree, be- 
 fore they put forth, are covered with 
 thorns or prickles, these are designated 
 
 by nouns from the same root, as Jj^am 
 
 and t^kZi thorns growing upon the 
 bninches of the palm, and Heb. 7^0 , 
 ("'io a thorn or prickle growing upon a 
 branch or twig, from ho (pr. twig) and 
 the formative syllable "iL The Arab. 
 
 sJLwwjo a large needle, is so called from 
 
 its resemblance to a thorn or prickle. 
 
 Pilp. i. q. Kal no. 1. metaph. Prov. 4, 8 
 nbobo exalt her. sc. wisdom, with praises. 
 ' HiTHPO. bVnqn (denom. fr. ^"^b,^) 
 to oppose oneself as a mound or dam, 
 to resist, c. 3 Ex. 9. 17 bb-Pi5T: r(iis 
 'Bra as yet opposesl thou thyself against 
 my people 7 
 
 Deriv. nb^b , cba . nlbqn , bfibon . 
 From no. 2. ho , -(ibp and -|-i^p , nibt35p , 
 and pr. n. K^p . '^S . 
 
 nbbb f. (r. bbp) a mound, rampart. 
 especially a mound thrown up by be- 
 siegers against a city, 2 K. 19, 32. Ez. 
 4, 2. 2 Sam. 20, 15. Jer. 32, 24. 33, 4. al. 
 
 D5p m. a stair-case, ladder, Gen. 28, 
 
 12, i. q. Arab. IJLl . R. bbp . 
 
 mVcbo f. plur. (r. bbp no. 2) i. q. 
 C^p . wicker-baskets, so called from the 
 slender twigs from which they are 
 woven, Jer. 6. 9. Sept. Vulg. xd^TuXloi, 
 cariallus. 
 
 ^-^ obsol. root. pr. to be elevated, 
 high, like xbo , nbp , bbp , pbp . Hence 
 
 y?9 m. in pause rbo, c. suff. "'S'bp , 
 plur. ^"bp . 
 
 1. a rock ; not found in the kindred 
 dialects; but comp. Sanscr. fild rock, 
 Lat. silec-B silex. Num. 20. 8. 10. 11. 
 24, 21. Judg. 6. 20. Job 39. 1. 28. Ps. 137, 
 9. "ip3 'o a great rock Is. 32. 2. rbsn,ti 
 a tooth (sharp crag) of a rock 1 Sam. 
 14. 4. Sometimes of a fortress situated 
 upon a high rock, in which there is 
 security from enemies. Is. 31, 9. 33, 16. 
 Hence metaph. of God as a refuge, 
 Ps. 18, 3. 31, 4. 40, 3. 42, 10. 
 
yio 
 
 726 
 
 T^D 
 
 2. Sela, i. e. Petra, pr. n. of the an- 
 cient capital city of tiie Idumeans. 
 eituated between the Dead Sea and the 
 Elanitic Gulf in a valley shut in by 
 lofty rocks. AVritten with the article 
 Sban Judg. 1, 36. 2 K. 14, 7. Poet, with- 
 out the art. Is. 16. 1 ; perh. Is. 42, II. 
 Gr. JItTQa, later nl nkiQui ; in the mid- 
 dle ages Vallis Mosis. whence the mo- 
 dern name ,-*w*^ l^*^^} ^^^^1/ J^^usa. 
 The city was subdued by the Romans 
 under Trajan, and restored by Adrian. 
 Its remains still exist, consisting of 
 splendid sepulchres and temples exca- 
 vated in the rock, an amphitheatre, etc. 
 They were first visited by Burckhardt 
 in 1812. See Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 
 421. Irby and Mangles' Travels, p. 415 
 sq. Laborde Voyage de I'Arabie Petree, 
 fol. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 514 sq. 
 573 sq. 
 
 ^??? obsol. quadril. root, to swal- 
 low down, to consume, as in Chald. 
 Hence 
 
 D!r--D m. a species of locust, winged 
 and esculent, Lev. 11, 22. Sept. ariuxrjg, 
 Vulg. attacns. 
 
 W|w in Kal not used. Some mod- 
 ern intpp. assume for it the primary idea 
 
 of slipping, sliding, comparing Arab. 
 
 (..fiXwu to oint, to smear, also to slip 
 
 ;away, to pass away, Germ, schliipfen, 
 Engl, to slip, and kindr. pbn i. q. Gr. 
 
 uAttifbi/ whence in Piel to make slippery 
 
 ;a way (Prov. 19. 3), and then to cause to 
 fall, e. g. a cause, atftiXltiv 8ixi]v (Ex. 
 
 '.23, 8); so A. Schultens ad Prov. p. 
 
 :203. Fasi in Jahn's Neue philol. Jahrbb. 
 IV. p. 168. But this is not confirmed by 
 
 :any exegetical tradition, either of the 
 
 : ancient versions or of the Rabbins. 
 All these give the idea to pervert, to 
 wrest, and then tn subvert, to overthrow, 
 I. q. ~Bn , s^JS , either directly or indi- 
 rectly; Gr. iixoXicio), Vulg. suhvertere. 
 So too the Chald. though not freq. as 
 C)*'briDX to be distorted, wry, as the 
 mouth, Targ. Esth. 6, 10 ; Cl"'bD ])erversc 
 
 of lip, Targ. Prov. 10, 10. It is suier 
 therefore to rest in this view. 
 PiEL r.^D , fut. Ciio'; , part. TiiM . 
 1. to peri'ert, to wrest, e. g. a) The 
 
 ^worda of any one (comp. 'i^^n Jer. 23, 
 
 36) ; Ex. 23, 8 for a gift (bribe) blindeth 
 those that see, and perverlelh (p^D"^^) the 
 words of the righteous j Vulg. subvertit, 
 Sept. lip.(uvsjui. Deut. 16, 19. Prov. 22, 
 12. b) The way or conduct of any 
 one, i. q. to make perverse, Prov. 1 9, 3 ; 
 comp. Lev. 3, 9. 
 
 2. to subvert, to overthrow, to destroy 
 persons (comp. T,Sn Prov. 12, 7) ; Job 
 12, 19 rilO"; C"'?n"^Nl and overthroweth 
 the mighty ; Sept, xaTfurgfipf. Prov. 
 21, 12. 13, 6 righteousness keepelh the 
 upright in the way, nx:^n Ci^on f^yOTI 
 but wickedness overthro^veth sin i. e. 
 concr. sinners. Hence 
 
 ^^9 vn. perverseness, Prov. 11, 3. 15, 4. 
 
 * P?P or Pr*? Chald. to go up. to as- 
 cend, Dan. 7, 3. 8. 20. Plur. npbo Dan. 
 
 2, 29. Ezra 4, 12. Fut. pS7 see in r. 
 pD3 .In Targg. often for Heb. nbs . 
 Syr. Sam. id. 
 
 ^2'rf obsol. root, Arab. oJLw to 
 rub off, to strip off husks, etc. whence 
 5 " ' 
 
 v:>J-ww pearl-barley, grits. Talm. nbo 
 to cut chips of wood, "pFibo chips; 
 Chald. nbio, Nnb^O , fine meal, flour. 
 Hence 
 
 f^^b f (but with m. Ex. 29, 40,) c. 
 suff. PFibo Lev. 2, 2 xfine meal, flour, the 
 finest and purest, Sept. affilduXig, Lev. 2, 
 1 sq. 5, 11. 6, 13. Num. 8, 8. 1 K. 5, 2. 
 1 Chr. 9, 29. Ez. 16, 13. 19. al. nbb 
 D"'an wheaten flour Ex. 29, 2. By ap- 
 posit. nbb ni:;^ Gen. 18, 6. Chald. id. 
 see in r. nbo . 
 
 DO see d-^SD . 
 
 ^2D 'nS'QO Samgar-Nebu, pr. n. of a 
 Babylonian military commander, Jer. 39, 
 
 3, Perh. ' sword of Nebo,' i. e. of Mer- 
 cury; from Pers. -jUL*^ sword, and 
 i25 q. V. ' * 
 
 ~J'79 ' quadrilit. vine-blossom, ol- 
 rixvdrj. Cant. 7, 13 nns 'Eijn nn-iB ex 
 "'"!^'l whether the vine puts forth, and 
 its blossom opens. 2, 13 "i"i^p o"i;E?n the 
 vines arc in blossom, v. 15 i"i^p ''3"'^~j? 
 ozir vineyards are in blos.<tom (comp. Ex. 
 9, 31 bi'35 nnuiDn). Symm. oiruvdtj. 
 Sept. xr{)ni^in, KV7i()i(T/.tui. Chald. id. 
 in Targ. for Heb. naa Is. 18, 5. Syr. 
 ]i,ioio id. Boe Is. 17, 11 Pesh. Zab. 
 
yz:: 
 
 727 
 
 K30 
 
 also of other bloMoms, as of hemp, see 
 Norberg Lcxid. p. 159. Some of the 
 Rubhiiis underslnnd by this word not 
 the blossom but the young grapes just 
 out of the hh)88oin, see Sureiihusii 
 Mishnii T. 1. p. 309; so the VulgiUe Cant. 
 7, 13, and also Kimchi, but the former 
 sense is to he preferred on accountof Cant. 
 2, 13 and 7, 13. This quadril. is formed 
 apparently from CD aroma, fragrance, 
 and mn JijO to burst forth as a blos- 
 som. See more in Thesaur. p. 959, 
 960. 
 
 *!]aO flit. ri^07 1. to place or lay 
 upon any thing, to impose, so iis to rest 
 or be supported upon any thing. Chald. 
 T^^O id. to lean uf)on, be supported ; Ithp. 
 to trust in. Syr. id. also of reclining at 
 table. Ethiop. fl^Hl to recline upon, 
 to lean upon. Kindr. is T^'on . Spec. 
 ^? "^1 "i"?*? 'o ^^y ''"^ hand upon any 
 thing, pr. so as to lean upon it, Ex. 29, 
 10. 15. 19. Lev. 1, 4. 3, 2. 8. 14. So too 
 Lev. 24, 14. Num. 27, 18. Deut. 34, 9. 
 But Am. 5, 19 "T'lsT^? in; Tj^Dl a}id 
 leans his hand upon the wall. Intrans. 
 to lean or rest upon any thing. Ps. 88, 8 
 Tjnttn nsro ^bs thy wrath lieth heavy 
 upon me. 
 
 2. to xiphoid, to sustain, to support, pr. 
 to let lean upon c. ace. Ps. 37, 17. 24. 54^ 
 6. Ex. 30, 6 o^nso "^srib they that up- 
 held Egypt, the allies of Egypt. Is. 59, 
 16. 63, 5 ; c. b Ps. 145, 14. Part. pass. 
 tjiatj upheld, propped, i. e. Jirm, un- 
 moved, Ps. 112, 8. Is. 26, 3. With two 
 ace. to sustain one with any thing, i. e. 
 to bestow upon him, to give bountifully; 
 Gen. 27, 37 iTiarO TC-i-^ni a'n corn and 
 new wine have I bestowed upon him. Ps. 
 51, 14. 
 
 3. to draw near, to approach, c. bx 
 Ez. 24, 2. Syr. id. This signification 
 connects itself with that of leaning up- 
 on, being contiguous, etc. comp. Rabb. 
 "jSD to hang together, be connected, 
 near, "^'^lao near. 
 
 NiPH. to be supported, upheld, c. bs 
 Judg. 16, 29 ; to stay oneself to rest upon, 
 Is. 36, 6. 2 K. 18, 21. Metaph. 2 Chr. 
 32. 8. Ps. 71, 6. Is. 48, 2. 
 
 PiEL. to stay, i. e. to refresh, c. a Cant. 
 2,5. 
 
 Deriv. HD'^ttto , pr. n. ^IT'a'QOi and 
 
 in^pttD (Jehovah sustains him) 9e- 
 machiah, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 26, 7. 
 
 * ^'=9 obsol. root, of which the sig- 
 nif. is not known. In Heb. we may 
 compare r. buS^ II to make like, to be 
 like ; also tfyi image ; and in the Indo- 
 European tongues perh. Lat. simile, Gr. 
 opuXog. Hence 
 
 ^730 and ^'QP m. in pause biaO , a like- 
 ness, imaee. Ez. 8. 3. 5. Deut. 4, 16. 2 
 Chr. 33, 7 SBSn boB a statue of likeness, 
 i. e. a sculptured likeness, carved image. 
 V. 15. 
 
 * D"^D obsol. root, Arab. |^ to smell; 
 
 t j t "' any thing fragrant. Hence 
 
 0^130 m. plur. aromatics, spices, Ex. 
 30, 34. D^BO rnap fragrant incense 
 Ex. 30, 7. 40, 27. Lev. 4, 7. 16, 12. Num. 
 4, 16. al. Syr. psAio aroma, (pagpaxov. 
 
 * ""^0 in Kal not used, (comp. kindr. 
 "T3T .) to mark off, to designate. Talmud. 
 jBO, whence |"'0 mark, sign. It is 
 sometimes improperly compared with 
 the Gr. aripulvb), in which v does not be- 
 long to the root. 
 
 NiPH. part. *p3 marked off, designat- 
 ed, e. g. a place.' Is. 28, 25 -,^,03 nni?to! 
 and (sows) the barley in the appointed 
 place i. e. in the field marked off. So 
 Targ. Saad. Kimchi, and this interpre- 
 tation is to be preferred. Others, fat 
 barley, from the root (^S4-ww i. q. l^^ ^o 
 be fat : but this is repugnant both to the 
 laws of syntax and to the context ; see 
 Comm. on Is, in loc. The signification 
 millet in Sept. Theod. Aqu. Vulg. is 
 merely conjectural. 
 
 "^ "I'^O to stand erect, to bristle, q>gl(r- 
 (Tfiv. a) Pr. of hair, see Piel and "^^O ; 
 hence of a person in terror, to shudder, 
 Ps. 119, 120 i"ib2 1^0, Symm. oq&otqi- 
 Xii. b) Of bristling points ; whence 
 inoa any thing pointed, a nail, and 
 -4^*/, Chald. "Hp, to fiisten with nails- 
 * Piel id. to stand erect, e. g. the hair 
 Job 4. 15. Hence 
 
 """laO m. bristling, oq&o&qiI, Jer. 51, 27, 
 an epithet of the insect pbv 
 
 * li^pC obsol. root, perh. i. q. WO to he 
 
2D 
 
 728 
 
 ri?& 
 
 thorny, bristling ; kindr. are StJi^, Syr. 
 tia, to hate. Hence nx!i:D and 
 
 nSID (thorny) Senaah, pr. n. of a 
 town oi" Judah Ezra 2, 35. Neh. 7, 38. 
 With the art. Neh. 3, 3. 
 
 I2J3:0 pr. n. Sanballat, the satrap of 
 the king of Persia in Samaria, Neh. 2, 
 
 10. 4, 1. 6, 1. 2. 12. 14. 13, 28. He was 
 a Horonite, from Horonaim, a town of 
 Moab. The name appears to be of Per- 
 sian origin. Bohlen compares 4>JoU-kw 
 ' lauded by the army,' and Sanscr. seiid- 
 balat ' giving strength to the army.' 
 
 * riDD obsol. root, prob. to be thorny, 
 bristling; kindr. with XJD, and perh. 
 with ISO to be pointed. Hence 
 
 nip m. 1. a thorn-bush, bramble, 
 Ex. 3. 2 sq. Deut. 33, 16. Syr. llji) id. 
 
 Arab. IXww and \Jum senna, folia sennae. 
 Chald. and Talmud. X*^: id. 
 
 2. Seneh. pr. n. of a pointed rock 
 (Thorn-rock) opposite Michmash ; in 
 pause nJD (as C3^ in pause cs/r) 1 
 Sara. 14,' 4. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 
 11. p. 116. 
 
 nap J perh. palm-branch, i. q. <^S5!0 ; 
 see in n20-n;:np, art. n;;'-i;^ lett. e. R. 
 ".so- 
 
 nsJ^Sp, c. art. nsj^sen (the bristling, r. 
 ttSD) Senuah, pr. n. Neh. 11,9, prob. fem. 
 
 * \'?? Chald. quadril. to blind ; de- 
 rived according to C. B. Michaelis from 
 the trilit. Lj to shine, with D prefixed, 
 eee Lehrg. p. 862 ; or according to Si- 
 roonis compounded from Liu*< to glitter 
 and t?5 to blind. Hence 
 
 D'^'?!'?? m. plur. blindness Gen. 19, 11. 
 2K. 6.18. 
 
 2''"''!}?? pr. n. Sanherib, Sennacherib. 
 Sept. 2'fvvi>xri()ifi, 2'irv(t/ri()tl[x, Hdot. 
 2nvnyyt{)i(ioc, king of Assyria from 714 
 to 696 B. C. when he was slain in the 
 temple of Nisroch by his two sons, 2 K. 
 18. 13. 19, 16. 36. Is. 36, 1. 37, 21. 37. 
 See further concerning him Hdot. 2. 141. 
 Berosi Fragmentum ap. Euseb. Cliron. 
 Armen. ed. Aucher. T. I. p. 42,43. 
 Bohlen derives this name from Sanscr. 
 tendgrib ' conqueror of armies,' to which 
 corresponds rood. Fere. saJ>j jc-*-**'- 
 
 1^9 obsol. root, in Chald. and Syr. 
 to sweep with a broom made of branches / 
 but this is secondary, see in Vbo no. 2. 
 Hence nso and the two following. 
 
 ^|?f? (palm-branch) Sansannah, pr. 
 n. of a town in the south of Judah Josh. 
 15, 31. 
 
 D'^ip2p m. plur. i. q. ^'hh), . C'^^rnVri , 
 palm-branches, i. e. the pendulous twigs 
 and boughs. Cant. 7, 9. See more in 
 b^o no. 2. R. 150. 
 
 ' *f!rP quadrilit. Jin of fishes. Lev. 
 11,9. Deut. 14, 9. The origin is uncer- 
 tain. Perh. from jLfiJV to hasten, and 
 -ftj to flee, to hasten, Pi. to propel. 
 
 CD m. (r. tJlO) a moth, in clothing Is. 
 51, 8 ; so called from its leaping. Syr. 
 
 \j^y*^ 
 
 Mais, Chald. XOD, id. Arab, 
 moth, weevil, louse. Gr. ariq. 
 
 nCD Cant. 1, 9, see nosio. 
 
 '^'sC^ Sisemai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 40. 
 
 '?l9 fut. '^"p'!'! fo prop, to uphold, 
 to support. Chald. and Arab. Juum id. 
 With ace. Ps. 18, 36. Is. 9, 6. Prov, 20, 
 28. Then to sustain, to aid. to strength- 
 en, Ps. 20, 3. 41, 4. 94, 18. Spec, ab ISO 
 to stay (strengthen) the heart, i. e. to 
 refresh oneself with food, see 2b no. 1. a. 
 Gen. 18. 5 Cisb ^nsp strengthen your 
 heart, refresh yourselves with food. Ps. 
 104, 15. With two ace. Judg. 19, 5. 8 ; 
 ace. impl. 1 K. 13, 7 rfiyo refresh thyself. 
 Deriv. "1^073 . 
 
 ^^P Chald. to aid, to help, c. b Ezra 
 5, 2. " 
 
 i.>;C Ixna^ Xfyofi. i, q. Arab. .-** 
 to run, to rush, spoken also of tempests ; 
 see Thesaur. p. 962. Ps. 55. 9 nrb ran 
 a rushing wind. 
 
 V\''SD m. (r. Sjyo) 1. a clef t. fissure. ; 
 
 'S\'^T1 n"?^ '/t^ f^*/' </'^<^ '"o*^^ Judg. 15, 
 8. 11. Plur, o'^sbsn iB-^ro Is. 2, 21. 
 57. 5. 
 
 2. a branch, bough. Is. 17, 6. 27, 10. 
 See fiBrp . Both these significations 
 are also united in Arab. jUJUw . 
 
 * H-9 '0 divide, i. q. Arab. v.^>AMr, 
 the letters C] and 3 being interchanged. 
 Hence C]''50,nD50,nD50. 
 
fi^O 
 
 729 
 
 PiEL *?5 a deiiora. from tl^*0 no. 2, 
 to ditbranch. to lop the boughs of a tree, 
 Is. 10, 33. 
 
 Deriv. the three in Kal, n"'psio , "9?^0, 
 and 
 
 S|?0 ndj. verbal (oftlie form Vap) di- 
 vided, i. e. a man of divided mind, who 
 has no sure faith in regard to divine 
 things, but is driven hither and thither, 
 a doubter, skeptic, mctniixog, plur. C^BSO 
 Ps. 119, 113. Sept. na^avofiot, Vulg. 
 iniqiii. 
 
 riEyp f. (r. ?ro) i. q. t\''SO, and only 
 in pUir. r"iB?D branches, Ez. 31, 6. 8. 
 Comp. nB?"io. 
 
 HDyp f. (r. C|SO) phir. D'^cro , divided 
 opinions, parties ; 1 K. 18, 21 TiTa n? 
 D''B"on "r3'i'"5s ETjOB cnx . Vulg. us- 
 quequo claudicatis in duos partes, i. e. 
 how long do ye hesitate between the two opi- 
 nions, the worship of Jehovah or Baal? 
 
 * "'^^ ^ut. n?07, kindr. with irr and 
 1510 q. v. 
 
 1. to be violently agitated, tossed, e. g. 
 the sea by tempests Jon. 1, 11. 13. Trop. 
 of adversity Is. 54, 11. Comp. Pi. 
 
 2. Act. to rush on as a tempest, spoken 
 of a foe Hub. 3, 14. 
 
 NiPH. to be agitated, disquieted, of the 
 heart, 2 K. 6, 11. 
 
 PiEL "'"O to toss about, to scatter, e. g. 
 a people, Zech. 7, 14. 
 
 Po. intrans. to be diiven, scattered, by 
 a tempest, as chaff Hos. 13, 3. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 "lyO m. a storm, tempest, Am. I, 14. 
 Jon. 1, 4. 12. Jer. 23, 19. 25, 32. al. 
 
 ^^-^P ^ " storm, tempest, Is. 29. 6. 40, 
 24. 41, 16. Zech. 9, 14. Job 38, 1. Ps. 
 107, 29. al. Also n-^ro n^n Ps. 107, 25, 
 ri-i50 ni-> Ez. 13, 11. i3, a storm-wind. 
 Once fTjyo in many Mss. 2 K. 2, 1. 
 
 >|P m. (r. ?20) plur. CDO , also maa , 
 p"iBO ; c. suff. "BO . 
 
 \^ sill, threshold. Judg. 19. 27. 2 K. 
 12, 10. al. sa;p. Chald. and Sam. id. 
 Syr. \^SB atrium. 
 
 2. a dish. basiJi, bowl. Ex. 12, 22. Zech. 
 12. 2. Plur. c^BD Jer. 52, 19, nisb 2 
 Sam. 17. 28, n"Bb 1 K. 7, 50. al. 
 
 3. Saph. pr. n. ni. 2 Sam. 21, 18 ; for 
 which 1 Chr. 20, 4 "^BO Sippai. 
 
 * SEC obsol. root, Talmud, in Pe. and 
 A ph. to feed an infant, to give to eat. 
 Hence KiDDO. 
 
 * ISO fut. nop']! to smile the breast, 
 as a gesture of mourning ; hence to 
 mourn, to lament, chiefly for the dead, 
 wi th b of the dead/or whom one mourns, 
 1 K. 14, 13. Jer. 16, 6. Gen. 23, 2 ; b? 2 
 Sam. 11, 26. Zech. 12, 10; 'ith 2 Sara. 
 3, 31 ; absol. Jer. 4. 8. 16, 5. Ecc. 12, 5 ; 
 for a public calamity Is. 32, 12 (c. by). 
 Jer. 49, 3. Joel 1, 13. Mic. 1. 8. Zech. 7, 5. 
 It is often so applied as to include the 
 voice of mourners, i. q. to wail, Mic. 1, 8 
 rnBDS< / will wail . . . . I will make a 
 wailing (lOD^) like the jackals. Jer. 22, 
 18 they .fhall not lament for him, saying, 
 Ahmy brother ! 34, 5. Still the primary 
 signification seems to be that of beat' 
 ing, i. q. Lat. plangere, and not excla- 
 mation ; as in the Gr. (7^m3-Jw, and this 
 the Sept. expresses in several pu.ssages 
 by xoTTTftrdai, as 1.3. 32. 12 O-'nsb a"'1-:J-bS 
 they smite upon the breasts sc. the wo- 
 men, comp. Nah. 2, 8. (Comp. Lat. 
 plangere pectora, ubera.) There is here 
 no difficulty in referring the particip. 
 D'^nsb to the women, since they are 
 expressly mentioned, though at a consi- 
 derable distance previously, viz. in the 
 beginning of v. 11, ris:xd ITjn ; see 
 Heb. Gramm. 144. n. 1. 
 
 NiPH. to be mourned for, lamented, 
 Jer. 16, 4. 23, 33. 
 Deriv. IBDB. 
 
 *n3D fut. ncc';! l. to scrape, to 
 scrape off. Kindr. are wino. wipJJ, "P"^. 
 Arab. Lam/ to sweep away, as the wind 
 
 dust ; oLww a scattering wind. Spoken 
 
 of the beard, to shave. Is. 7, 20. Hence 
 a) to take away life Ps. 40, 15; or per- 
 sons from life, to destroy, Gen. 18, 23. 
 24. Deut. 29. IS. b) Intrans. to be taken 
 away, to perish, Jer. 12. 4. 
 
 2. i. q. *P7 q. v. to add. only in imperat. 
 !|p Is. 29. l'. Jer. 7. 21. and inf. riED Is. 
 30, I. Also, to add to any thing, to aug- 
 ment, (see r;p7 no. 2.) c. b? Num. 32. 14. 
 NiPH. 1. to be taken away, to be de- 
 stroyed, to perish. Gen. 19. 15 17. Num. 
 
 16.26. Prov. 13. 23; espec. in war, 1 Sam. 
 
 12, 23. 26, 10. 27, 1. 1 Chr. 21, 12. 
 
1SD 
 
 730 
 
 ISD 
 
 2. Pass, of Hiph. to he scraped toge- 
 ther ; Is. 13, 15 every one found shall be 
 thrust through, inna Vs"^ t^!P?f]"^3'^ 
 and every one scraped together (seized, 
 caught) shall fall by the sword; Sept. 
 o'lTiveg (Tvv7]yfiivoi ilal. 
 
 Hjph. to scrape together, to heap up, 
 c. hs upon any one, as calamities Deut. 
 32, 23. Sept. avrii^m. 
 
 'J^Bp' m. (r. 'ED) pr. a covering with 
 boards, wainscot^ ceiling, of the temple, 
 1 K. 6, 15. 
 
 * nSD and nSifl , see Piel and neto^. 
 
 T T ' T : 
 
 1. to pour, to pour out ; Arab. /^Juu 
 
 to pour out, as blood, water, tears. In 
 the derivatives it includes the shedding 
 of blood, neba ; the inundation of wa- 
 ter, r)''BO no. 1 ; the falling of seed, n'^BD 
 no. 2; the falling off of hair, Pi. nsb, 
 rnBO, rriBpiQ. 
 
 2. to anoint sc. hy pouring oil upon a 
 person ; corap. "DJ , Syr. wjjs to pour, 
 Aph. to anoint as bishop. 1 Sam. 2, 36 
 pisnsn rnx-bx n: "jnso a77oint me (put 
 me), I pray thee, into one of the priests^ 
 offices. ^Hence 
 
 3. to spread out, as water poured out 
 is spread ; Ethiop. A-4iih to expand, to 
 spread. See Pu. and art. ninBOO cush- 
 ions. 
 
 4. With ^S to pour upon, i. e. to add, 
 to adjoin; see Niph. and Hithp. In this 
 way the signif o{ adding together or ad- 
 joining found in these conjugations, is 
 readily reconciled with the certain one 
 of pouring. 
 
 NiPH. to adjoin oneself to another, c. 
 ^ ; see Kal no. 4. Is. 14, 1 is iriBp31 
 a'pr^ r'^S and shall adjoin themselves to 
 the house of Jacob, add themselves to it. 
 Parall. nnVj . Sept. TtitoaTfOriijfKu. 
 
 PfEL nDp and neia l. to pour out 
 Btrong drink ; Hub. 2, 15 rjnan nsDiQ 
 vho pourest out thy glow, sc. of wine as 
 heating and intoxicating. Targ. cibt . 
 
 2. to make flow out or fall off sc. the 
 hair by disease, scab. etc. hence i. q. to 
 make hald the head Is. 3, 17; comp. in 
 Kal no. 1. 
 
 PuAL to be jmured out, i. e. to lie pros- 
 trate ; so of the jxior of the people. Job 
 30, 7 inoD-^ biinn pnn tmder the Ihorn- 
 bushea they lie prostrate, stretched out. 
 
 Hithp. to adjoin oneself, i. q. Niph. 
 c. 2, 1 Sam. 26, 19 they have driven me 
 out this day ''^ nbnja nspicn^yrowi ad- 
 joining myself to the inheritance of Je- 
 hovah, from abiding in it. Targ, and 
 Vulg. habitare. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 1. 
 
 ^n?? f. scurf scab, mange, so called 
 from the flowing or falling off of the 
 hair. Lev. 13, 2. 14, 56. Comp. Piel nsilJ 
 in r. riEO . 
 
 ''BO Sippai, see 510 no. 3. 
 
 H'^BD m. (r. >^S0) pr. 'what is poured 
 out,' effusum. Hence 
 
 1. an inundation, flood, plur. Job 14 
 19. 
 
 2. the self sown, what grows of itself 
 i. e. grain produced spontaneously from 
 the self-sown kernels of the former year, 
 without new seed. Lev. 25, 5. 11. 2 K. 
 19, 29. Is. 37, 30. Comp. tU-^no. Sept. 
 T uvTOfxaxa. 
 
 n3''D f (r. "jEO) a ship, spec, with a 
 deck, once Jon. 1, 5. Syr. and Arab. id. 
 
 T^BD m. (r. ^BO) sapphire, a species 
 of gem of a cerulean hue (Ex. 24, 10. 
 Ez. 1, 26. 10, 1), so called from its beauty 
 and splendour; Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Job 
 28, 6. 16. Plur. Q^n^BO Cant. 4. 14. Is. 
 54, 11. Syr. IJHsj, Chald. VBD, "T-Bro,. 
 Gr. aunq}(t(}og. 
 
 ^ri^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. Jloam, 
 bstu . to be low, depressed. Hence 
 
 ^?? m. a dish, bowl, found only in 
 Judg. 5, 25. 6, 38. Comp. qt? no. 2, id. 
 Chald. Talmud, id. 
 
 * 119 fut. "ibo?, once "'>? Deut. 33, 
 19; pr. to cover, comp. the kindred *(BS. 
 Hence 
 
 1. to cover with beams or rafters, to 
 roof, with two ace. 1 K. 6, 9. 
 
 2. to cover with boards, to wainscot, to 
 ceil, 1 K. 7, 3. 7. Jer. 22, 14. Hagg. 1, 4. 
 
 3. to cover over, i. e. to hide, to pre- 
 serve ; only Part. pass. "lED hidden, pre- 
 sented ; Deut. 33, 19 bin'-^.s^^a ''JE'IJ, 
 sec in r. "rnJ Kal. Deut. 33, 21 -i3 sn^l 
 "iSED pi^rn: rpbn ct^ he saw that 
 there the portion of (assigned by) the 
 lawgiver was presenml ; here 'lED does 
 not agree in gender with n^bn to which 
 
TiSD 
 
 731 
 
 ^10 
 
 it belongs, corop. Gen. 49, 15 ; see Lehrg. 
 p. 721. 
 Deriv. lino, nreo. 
 
 C|SO a root of uncertain signif. 
 whence "lO thrcshhold. dish. 
 
 HiTHPo. ClBinon liunom. from CjO, to 
 etand or wail on the threshold, P8.84, 11. 
 
 * I. pS9- rarely pSTS see Hiph. and 
 pBiO ; lut. pBD^ ; lo sliike, to smite with 
 the liand so as to make a noise, to clap; 
 comp. Engl, to spank. Arab. iSAmx 
 and (ii-o id. Spec, a) 'H';)^"^? o to 
 mite upon the thigh, a gesture of self- 
 reproach, Jer. 31, 19; ^I'^'^i^ Ez. 21, 17. 
 Comp. II. 12. 162. ib. 15. 397. Od. 13. 
 198. b) n^DS-px pBO to smite the palms 
 together, to clap the hands, in indigna- 
 tion Num. 24, 10 ; in derision, c. ^5 Lam. 
 2, 15. Job 27, 23 where 31 Codd. have 
 to instead of 0. Also without c^ds Job 
 34, 37. c) to smite in chastisement, 
 spoken of God, Job 34, 26. 
 
 Hiph. p"'pbH c, a, to strike hands 
 toith any one, Is. 2. 6. This may refer 
 to covenants, or to traffic and other in- 
 tercourse. 
 
 Deriv. pBb. 
 
 *Il.pSC and pSir 1 K. 20, 10. 
 
 1. to vomit, to vomit forth, Jer. 48, 26. 
 Syr. Pa. id. 
 
 2. to be enough, to suffice, 1 K. 20, 10, 
 Chald. pBO, Syr. woau, id. The pri- 
 mary idea, whence have arisen both 
 significations, seems to be that of abun- 
 dance, redundancy. Hence 
 
 P?0 m. c. suff." "ipso, sufficiency, abun- 
 dance. Job 20 22. 
 
 * "*?? , fut. -iBt?'^ 1. Pr. to scratch, to 
 tcrape. Chald. iBO to scrape, to shave ; 
 Syr. Pa. j-aiff id. Ethpa. to be shaven, 
 shorn; "iBO li^ais a barber; Arab. Juu 
 
 to scrape, to sweep, whence Juu a rasp. 
 From the idea of scraping may come 
 that Q^ polishing, and hence o^ sparkling, 
 see '^BO. 'Bttj ; but this is not certain. 
 
 2. to write, pr. to scratch or grave in 
 letters ; comp. '/qncpa to write, also 2ri3 , 
 ens, which all come from the idea of 
 cutting in, graving. It is less usual than 
 arts, and is found only in Part, "ibd a 
 
 tDviler, scribe, Ps. 45, 2. Jer. 36, 3 ; Po;? 
 iBbn a writer^s ink-horn Ez. 9, 2. 3. 
 Spec, a) "j^.or? "^EO the king''s scribe, 
 secretary, an odicer of etiitc who wrote 
 the royal edicts, etc. 2 K. 12, 11. 2 Chr. 
 24. 11; so xui (^oxr]v isbn the scribe 
 2 K. 18, 18. 19, 2. 22, 3. 8 sq. 1 Chr. 24, 
 6. Is. 36, 3. 37, 2 ; also without art. "iBO 
 2 Sam. 8, 17. 20, 25. 1 Chr. 18, 16. 
 Sometimes several scribes are mention- 
 ed, 1 K. 4, 3. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9 ; comp- 
 Jer. 36, 23. b) a military scribe or tri- 
 bune, who had charge of the conscription 
 and muster-rolls, niuster-master, 2 K. 25, 
 19. Jer. 52, 25. 2 Chr. 26, 11. Is. 33, 18. 
 So prob. Jer. 37, 15, as having charge 
 of the public prison. Genr. of a mili- 
 tary leader, Judg. 5, 14. Comp. Arab. 
 
 y^jjS'io levy a conscription, auju3 an 
 
 army so levied, c) In the later books, a 
 scribe, ysjupfinitvc, one skilled in the sa- 
 cred books and in the law, 1 Chr. 27, 32. 
 Jer. 8, 8. Ezra 7, 6 Ezra was a scribe 
 (iBO K^n) skilled in the law of Moses. 
 So as a title of Ezra, Neh, 8, 1 sq. 12, 
 
 26. 36. Ezra 7, 11. Syr. f^, Arab. 
 
 Zi^, id. 
 
 3. Fut. "iDD^ 5 fo count, to number, perh. 
 by marking down or checking each one ; 
 Gen. 15, 5. 41, 49. Lev. 15, 13. 28. Deut. 
 16, 9. Ps. 48, 13. 139. 18. So to number 
 one's steps, i. e. diligently to observe ' 
 him, Job 14, 16. 31, 4 ; to number a peo- 
 ple, to enrol, Ps. 87, 6. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 3, to be num- 
 bered 1 Chr. 23, 3. Often 3-i^ ieS'' xb 
 it shall not be numbered for multitude, 
 i.e. shall be innumerable, Gen. 16, 10. 32, 
 13. 1 K. 3. 8. 8, 5. Jer. 33, 22. Hos. 2, 1. 
 
 PiEL IBO, fut. IBD";! 1. i. q. Kal no. 
 3. to count, to number, Ps. 22, 18. 40, 6. 
 Job 38, 37. 
 
 2. to recount, to narrate, to tell, to de- 
 clare. Job 15, 17. Jer. 23. 28. With ace. 
 of thing and b of pers. Gen. 24, 66. 29, 
 13. Ex. 18, 8. Judg. 6. 13. Ps. 48. 14. Job 
 12, 8. al. bx of pers. Gen. 37, 10 ; '3|i<3 
 Ex. 10, 2 ; b of pers. and b? of thing Joel 
 1, 3 ; bx of thing, Ps. 2, 7 ph-bx n-^EDX 
 / will declare concerning the decree. 69, 
 
 27. Often spec, to recount with praise, 
 to celebrate, e. g. the name of Grod Ex. 
 
1D 
 
 732 
 
 "ISO 
 
 9, 16. Ps. 22, 23 (b of pers.) 102,22 ; also 
 his praises Ps. 9, 15. 78, 4. Is. 43, 21 ; 
 his glory Ps. 19, 2. 96, 3 ; his works and 
 deeds Ps. 73, 28. 107, 22. 145. 6 ; his 
 wondrous acts Ps. 9. 2. 26, 7. 75, 2. 
 Job 28, 27 then did God see and declare 
 it sc. wisdom in and through hi-s works. 
 
 3. Absol. to declare, i. q. to speak, to 
 discourse; Is. 43, 26 P^Jtn "iri?!: -BO 
 speak, that thou maijest bejuslifed. Ps. 
 64, 6. 73, 15. 
 
 PuAL pass, of Pie! no. 2, to be recount- 
 ed, told, Hab. 1, 5 ; i? of pers. la. 52, 15. 
 Job 37, 20 ; b of pers.' and thing Ps. 22. 31 . 
 
 Deriv. HnEO, n-^sio, ri.Eb, "fJSO, 
 "iBD'Q, and the four here following. 
 
 *yS0 Chald. m. 1. a scribe, secretary, 
 who accompanied the satrap or govern- 
 or of a province, Ezra 4, 8. 9. 17. 23. 
 See Hdot. 3. 128. 
 
 2. a scribe, /(jre/jjjuTn'g, skilled in the 
 eacred books and the law, Ezra 7, 12. 
 21. See r. isD Kal no. 2. c. 
 
 IBp m. (r. -EC) c. suff. "''lES, plur. 
 t5"<nBp, constr. "'"^ED. 
 
 1. tcriting, Syr. li-aa, i. e. a) The 
 art of writing and reading; Is. 29, 11. 12 
 "lESf] yni"" acquainted uv'lh writing, able 
 to read and write. b) Kind of writing ; 
 Dan. 1, 4 C^wS irrb:) -bo the writing 
 (letters) and language of the Chaldeans. 
 V. 17. 
 
 2. a writing, whatever is written, as 
 a bill of purchase or sale Jer. 32, 12 sq. 
 a bill of accusation, memorial, Job 31, 
 35 ; a bill of divorce Deut. 24, 1. 3 ; es- 
 pec. an epistle, letter, 2 Sam. 11, 14. 2 
 K. 10, 6. Plur. n-^'itO letters, epistles, 
 1 K. 21, 8. 2 K. 10, i.' Esth. 1, 22 ; also 
 88 in Engl, letters for a single epistle. 2 
 K. 19, 14. Is. 37, 14. 39, 1. So Syr. 
 f|aja for sing, to (ii^liov Heb. 9, 19. 
 
 3. a book, as written; Syr. \fAtt, 
 
 Arab. J^ , id. Ex. 17, 14. Deut. 28, 58. 
 
 29, 20. 26. ] Sam. 10, 25. Job 19, 23. al. 
 Books were anciently written on rolls. 
 comp. Is. 34, 4 ; hence more fully rhi.'o 
 lEO roll of a book Jer. 36, 2. 4. Ez. 2, 9*. 
 Often with genit. of the contents, as ifiO 
 ITnipn the book of the law Josh. 1, 8. 8, 
 34'. 2 K. 22, 8 sq. 2 Chr. 34, 14 ; 1BO 
 rvnan the book of the covenant Ex. 24, 7. 
 
 2 K. 23. 2. 21 ; D-'D^an *iEO the book of 
 the kings 2 Chr. 16, 11.' 24, 27; ieO 
 D'TS^n '^'^S'n the book of chronicles, an- 
 nals, see in'n no. 2 ; nf 3^ 'n:^ lEts the 
 book of the acts of Solomon 1 K. 11, 41 ; 
 I'r^n '0 the book of the upright, see in 
 nd^ no. 2. Also onx rii^in lEO th.e 
 book of the genealogy of Adam Gen. 5, 
 1 ; D"'n '0 the book of the living, i. e. of 
 those destined to life, the book of life 
 which is with God, Ps. 69, 29, comp. 
 Dan. 12, 1. Rev. 20, 12. 15 ; called also 
 the book of God Ex. 32, 32. 33. Ps. 139, 
 16. But 1^ ISO the book of Jehovah Is. 
 34, 16 is the sacred book, the collection 
 of sacred books, oracles ; and so too 
 n"'nBOln Dan. 9, 2 can only be the sacred 
 books, scriptures, into which the writings 
 of Jeremiah had already been received. 
 Further, tEp xt f^oxr/V Is. 29, 18, and 
 lEp rb^ Ps. 40, 8, the book of the law ; 
 like Arab. v>ljCJOl the Scriptures, Kor. 
 2. 50. Pococke Spec. p. 156, also the 
 Kor^n. 
 
 "ISO Chald. m. plur. T'^Ep, a book, 
 i. q. Heb. i^p, Dan. 7, 10. Ezra 4, 15. 
 
 ISO rn. 1. a numbering, census, 2 
 Chr! 2, 16. R. ^ED. 
 
 2. Sephar, pr. n. of an Arabian city 
 coupled with Mesha Gen. 10, 30 ; ibr 
 which passage see in NwJ^. There can 
 be little doubt, that lED is the earlier 
 jLftis DhafiXr or ZafAr, Bocharl Geogr. 
 Sacr. II. c. 30 ; now called by the natives 
 IsfAr, *La^| , ^Juu\ ; an ancient mari- 
 time city, the seat of the Himyaritic 
 kings, situated in Hadramaut not far 
 from the port of Mirb&t ; where its ex- 
 tensive ruins are still seen. See F. 
 Fresnel in Journ. Asiatique, Ser. 3. T. 
 V. p. 516 sq. Niebuhr Arabien p. 236. 
 Plin. H. N. VI. 23 or 26. 
 
 "^"^^DD Sepharad, pr. n. of a region to 
 which exiles were carried from Jerusa- 
 lem. Obad. 20. Syr. Chald. and the 
 Rabbins, by conjecture. Spain. Jerome 
 says : " Nos autem ab Hebra?o, qui nos 
 in Scripturis erudivit, didicimus liospho-' 
 rum sic vocari ; et quasi Judipus, ista, 
 inquit, est regio, ad quam Hadrianus 
 captivos transtulit." That the district 
 Sepharad is indeed to be sought some- 
 where in the region of the Bosphorus. 
 
nso 
 
 733 
 
 n-iD 
 
 hoB recently been confirmed by a paleo- 
 gruphic discovery. In the cclebmted 
 cuneilbrni iiiscriplion containing a list 
 of the tribes of Persia (Niebuhr Tab. 31 
 lett. I), after Assyria. Gordyene, Arme 
 nia, Cappadocia, and before Ionia or 
 Greece, is found tfie name CPaRDa, as 
 read both by Burnoul' and Lassen, and 
 this was recognised also by De Sacy 
 as the TiBO of" Obad. 20 : see Burnouf 
 M^moire sur deux Inscr. cunfeiformes, 
 18.36. p. 147. It was therefore a district 
 and people of western Asia Minor, or at 
 least near to it. [In his later researches 
 Lassen identities it with Sard is ; Zeit- 
 echr. 1' d. Morg. VI. p. 50. Rawlinson 
 reads it Sparta ; Inscr. at Behistun p. 
 i. R. 
 
 nntp f. (r. neo) o book, i. q. "iBD , Ps. 
 56, 9. 
 
 rrnbO f: (r. nco) member, plur. riiBO 
 Ps. 71, 15. 
 
 D:'^n2D 2 K. 17, 24. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 
 36, 19. 37, 1 3, Sepharvaim, pr. n. of a 
 city of the Assyrian empire, whence 
 colonists were brought into the territory 
 of Samaria ; prob. Sipphara in Mesopo- 
 tamia (Ptol. 5. 18) situated on the east 
 bank of the Euphrates above Babylon. 
 The gentile noun plur. is D'^liBO Se- 
 pharvites 1 K. 17, 31. 
 
 rritO (scribe, r. iBO, with a fem. end- 
 ing as a name of office, see Lehrgb. p. 
 468.) Sophereth, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 57 ; 
 and with the art. Ezra 2, 55. 
 
 -'I^V '0 stone, to pelt with stones, a 
 species of capital punishment among the 
 Hebrews, as to which see the decisions 
 of the Rabbins in C. B. Michaelis Dis- 
 sert, de judiciis pcenisque capitalibus 
 5, in Pott Syll. IV. p. 185. The signi- 
 fication oi' stoning-, however, would seem 
 hardly to be the primary one, especially 
 since in Piel it has also the sense to free 
 from stones. The origin seems to lie 
 
 in the root hp^^S , Jjij , to be weighty, 
 heavy, whence the obsol. form bpo 
 stone, so called from its weight, and 
 from this the deiiom. verb ^pO to stone, 
 Piel id. and to free from stones. Constr. 
 with ace. of pers. Ex. 19, 13. 21,28. 1 Sam. 
 30, 6. 1 K. 21 10. al. Often with the 
 
 62 
 
 word B-'Dasjta added, Dent. 13, 11. 17, 5. 
 22, 24. al. Comp. syn. cn. 
 
 NiPH. pass, to be atoned, Ex. 19, 13. 
 21. 28 sq. 
 
 Piel 1. i. q. Kal to stone, to pelt with 
 stones. 2 Sam. 16, 6. 13. 
 
 2. Priv. like Engl, to stone, i. e. to free 
 from stones, to gather out the stones from 
 a field, Is. 5, 2 ; with lax'? added 62, 10. 
 Comp. Heb. Gramm. 51. 2. c. 
 
 PuAL pass, to be stoned, 1 K. 21, 14. 15. 
 
 10 m. adj. (r. ino) fnnD. \. refrac- 
 tory, rebellious, Jer. 6, 28. See in r. nno 
 no. 1. 
 
 2. eml. spoken of the countenance, i. e. 
 sad, sullen, angry, 1 K. 20, 43. 21, 4. 5. 
 See the root no. 2. 
 
 * ^^9 obsol. root, Chald. 2^0 to be 
 refractory, rebellious ; whence 
 
 Sno m. (for 3"nt5, of the form ^a;?) 
 refractory, rebellious ; Ez. 2, 6 C'^ano "'S 
 r^rix CS'ikoT though they be rebels and 
 thorns toward thee ; Targ. "pa'^DTS , Syr- 
 ^g w. Some of the Rabbins have 
 rendered ca'^O briers, and Castell irt 
 Heptagl. nettles, (comp. w|^D to singe, 
 to burn.) but the common interpretation 
 is properly defended by Celsius in Hie- 
 rob. II. p. 222. 
 
 ^rTj^i Chald. quadrilit. to cover, a* 
 with a garment, flesh, fat, see Buxtorf. col. 
 1548. Derived perh. from Chald. baO) 
 to bear, as bs'^a from Vaa . Hence 
 
 r'?^''? Chald. m. plur. (Kamets im- 
 pure) sarabala, a kind of garment: ei- 
 ther long and wide trowsers, such as are- 
 still worn by the Orientals ; or cloaks, 
 mantles ; Dan. 3, 21. 27. The former 
 meaning, trowsers, is supported by Dan.. 
 
 11. cc. Arab. Jtj-ww plur. Jo.lJ-w^ 
 
 Pers. by transpos. )t*JLbw id. whence Gr.. 
 
 anQK^uQa, aaQt't^ixXla, Lat. sarabara, 
 saraballa Isid. Orig. 19, 23, Span, zara- 
 guelles. Portug. ceroulas, Hungar. schal- 
 wary. Pol. scharmvari ; see Frahn ad Ibn 
 Foszlan p. 1 12 sq. Pott Etymol. Forsch. 
 I. p. Ixxx. The other meaning, mantles, 
 is supported by the usage of the Gfemara 
 ip which ba'io is often put for cloak j by 
 
 the Arabic form jUwww, wiltch is de- 
 
j^O 
 
 734 
 
 7^0 
 
 fined in the Camoos to he a long shirt, 
 or coat of mail, or any other garment; 
 and by the Syr. . N'^j h, which is ex- 
 plained by Bar Bahlul to mean cloaks, 
 mantles. There can be little doubt that 
 "'31- Jb*^i U^r^' ai'e Semitic 
 words, from r. V3"^0 ; and altogether 
 different from Zend, sdrav&ro. Pers. 
 \taJLiM, Gr. aa{}u^i*(jit, Arab. JUj-kw, 
 i. e. Persian trowsfrs. Hence, while the 
 context affords no clue to determine the 
 meaning, the orthography with n fa- 
 vours the latter, cloaks, mantles. 
 
 VK^ (perh. Pere. ^^ j^ prince 
 of the sun) Sarg-on, pr. n. of a king 
 of Assyria who preceded Sennacherib, 
 716-714 B. C. Is. 20, 1. Comp. 2 K. 18, 
 7. Jer. 37, 38. 
 
 *T*!D obsol. root, Syr. JjJS to fear, 
 to tremble; hence 
 
 ^JD (fear) Sered, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 14- 
 Patronym. "'"ino Sardile Num. 26, 26. 
 
 THD f. (r. ISO) pr. a going off, turn- 
 ing away. Hence 
 
 1. defection from Jehovah, apostasy, 
 Deut. 13, 6. Is. 1, 5. 31, 6. 59, 13. Jer. 
 28, 16. 29, 32. 
 
 2. transgression of law, fault, crime, 
 Deut. 19. 16. 
 
 3. cessation, remission, of chastise- 
 ment. Is. 14, 6. 
 
 rrip (recessio, r. ~1D) Sirah, pr. n. of 
 a cistern 2 Sam. 3. 26. 
 
 ^.V I. to pour forth, to diffuse, 
 to spread, i. q. Arab. _ .aw . see Diss. 
 
 Lngdd. p. 700 sq. Part. pass. ns"io 
 poured forth, trop. extended, stretched, 
 upon a couch, Am. 6, 4. 7. Arab. ->* 
 
 VII, id. Intrans. part. fern. Ez. 17, 6 
 rn'nb "B^ a spreading vine. 
 
 2. to hangover, spoken of a curtain Ex. 
 26, 12. Part. pass. nsi^D hung over, hang- 
 ing over, V. 13. Ez. 23^ 15 o-'biirj 'nino 
 hanging downwith tiirlmna, wearing long 
 turbans hanging down from the head. 
 
 NiPH. to he poured out ; metaph. Jer. 
 49, 7 cnrsn nniM m their wisdom 
 poured out 7 i. c. spilled, lost ; comp. Is. 
 19, 3 and Jer. 19, 7. Hence 
 
 JT^? m. supe/fuity, redundance ; 
 concr. superfuous part, remainder, Ex. 
 26, 12. 
 
 Jl^lp i. q. ")i''"i"'i3, a coat of mail, Jer. 
 46, 4.' 51, 3. 
 
 CIO m. (r. OTO) constr. 0^"iD; piur. 
 cip"'"io, constr. 'D"'"iD, once ''0''"?p Gen. 
 40, 7 ; c. suff. i"'9"'"iO Gen. 40, 2 ; a eunuch, 
 one castrated, Is. 56, 3. 4. Syr. ]ja.^fja. 
 Such persons oriental monarchs were 
 accustomed to set over their harems, 
 Esth. 2, 3. 14. 15. 4, 5 ; and also to em- 
 ploy them in various offices of the court, 
 Esth. 1, 10. 15. 2. 21. 6, 2. 7, 9 ; comp. 
 Gen. 40, 2 7. 2 K. 20, 18. Is. 39, 7. Dan. 
 1, 7 sq. Joseph. Ant. 16. 8. 1. So 
 Q-'C-'-isn Z-t Dan. 1, 3, C-'0"'-iEtn -lb V. 7 
 sq. the chief or prince of the eunuchs, who 
 had charge of the king's sons, as at the 
 present day in Turkey the Kislar Aga 
 or chief of the eunuchs has charge of 
 the Sultan's children, called Itshoglan. 
 Hence according to some, genr. a mi- 
 nister of court, court officer, though not 
 castrated. Gen. 37, 36. 39. 1. But these 
 passages determine nothing; becausre 
 many eunuchs are not wholly impotent, 
 and sometimes live in matrimony, Ter. 
 Eun. 4. 3. 24. Juv. 6. 366 sq. Chardin 
 Voy. III. p. 397. Of the other pass^vges 
 of the O. T. there are not a few where 
 the proper sense is obviously to be re- 
 tained, as Jer. 38, 7. 41. 16. 1 Sam. 8, 
 15. 2 K. 24, 12. 15. Is. 39, 7. On the 
 other hand, there is no passage where 
 the proper sense is not appropriate, a 
 1 K. 22, 9. 2 K. 8, 6. 9, 32. 2D, 18. 23. II. 
 25, 19. 1 Chr. 28, 1. Jer. 34, 19. 52. 25. 
 Sept. constantly tiroixogi twice OTtudcov, 
 Vulg. eimuchus. See more in Thesaur. 
 p. 973. 
 
 tf^D or XD-iO Chald. only in plur. 
 ';"'3"io, a high officer of the Persian court, 
 a minister, president, spoken of the three 
 highest ministers, Dan. 6, 3. 4. 5. 7. 8. 
 In Targg. ="JD, '1="J'?, p'ur- T?1^j 
 is put for the Heb. "laiffl prefect, magis- 
 trate, as Gen. 41, 41. Esth. 2, 13. The 
 etymology is uncertain, but seems to 
 come from Zend sara (fa/a) head, 
 and suff. ka; na Sanscr. firastha chief 
 prefect, from siras liead i-q. tara; Ben- 
 fey Monathwiamen p. 193. 
 
ro 
 
 735 
 
 "ino 
 
 if^O only in plur. O"?";, constr. "'S'^o. 
 
 1. aj:les, I K. 7, 30. Syr. iJii id. 
 Chald. 6t:"^o wheel. The etymology is 
 uncertain. 
 
 2. Metiiph. princes, lordjt, a word pe- 
 culiar to the five chiefs of the Philistines, 
 Josh. 13, 3. Judg. 3, 3. 16, 5 sq. 1 Sara. 
 5, 8. 11. 6, 4. 29, 6. al. Comp. Arab. 
 
 T^^h * axis, pole ; metaph. prince, q. d. 
 tlie axis round which a people revolve. 
 
 * '^!}9 ol>sol. root. prob. i. q. kindr. 
 Onifl (denom. from "litS) to root out, to 
 extirpate, spec, the testicles, and hence, 
 to castrate, Syr. and Chald. vtffjjs, 
 
 G 
 
 OHD, to castrate. Hence D'^'^D (j**_}j-w 
 
 one castrated (pr. extirpated), a eu- 
 nuch ; and also the secondary verb 
 
 ijuyMi impotens ad Venerem fuit 
 
 ns^'^D f. (r. Ci?d) a bough, branch, 
 i. q. nsSD, the letter "i being inserted, 
 Ez. 31, 5. Syr. -a^jJS germinavit. 
 
 * H^? in Kal not used, i. q. trrs 
 to burn, to consume with fire. Syr. 
 
 PiEL part. C|";DTa lit. the burner sc. of 
 the dead, he who kindled the funeral 
 pile, Am. 6, 10. This was usually done 
 by the nearest of blood ; comp. Gen. 25, 
 9. 35, 29. Judg. 16. 31. But 23 codd. 
 Kennic. and several of De Rossi ex- 
 hibit q-.c:t). 
 
 "lB"lp m. Is. 55, 13. a species of plant 
 growing in the desert, Engl. vers, brier, 
 Sept. Theodot. xovv^u, Vulg. urtica, i. e. 
 nettle. This last, the nettle, accords 
 well with the etymology, whether we 
 regard "iB'^D as from r. ^B0 to smite, 
 with 1 inserted ; or, better, as made up 
 from Ti'no to burn, and ISO to smile, to 
 sting. Simonis compares Syr. ]fSJB 
 white mustard; and this has recently 
 been again brought forward by Ewald 
 in his Heb. Grammar. But this is from 
 the Pers. Jouuw white, and cannot well 
 be regarded as contracted from *iS^O. 
 
 * "'^9 once Hos. 4, 16 ; elsewhere 
 only in the participle. 
 
 1. to be refractory, rebellious, intract- 
 
 able, pr. of refractory and unruly ani- 
 mals ; kindr. with "(lO. Part. "^'J'iO, 
 f. nnnb , r"]";b , refractory, stubborn, 
 perverse, of an untamed heifer Hos. 
 4, 16 ; of a disobedient son Deut. 21, 
 18. 20. Is. 30, 1 ; of a lewd woman 
 castmg off all restraint Prov. 7, 11 ; of 
 men disobedient towards God, Hos. 4, 
 16. 9, 15. Is. 30, 1. 65, 2. Plur. n-^nn'o 
 the rebellious, spec, of gentile nations, 
 who reject God, Ps. 66, 7. 68, 7. 19. As- 
 cribed also to the heart Jer. 5. 23 ; to 
 the shoulder, see in wjns no. 1. Parono- 
 masia is found Is. 1, 23. Hos. 9, 15. Jer. 
 6, 28 ci-ib 'ID rebellious of the rebel- 
 lious, i. e. most rebellious. 
 
 2. to be bad, evil, i. q. Arab. ^. 
 Hence ip no. 2. 
 
 Deriv. 10. 
 
 * ririO obsol. root, Arab. Lui. Syr. 
 Aph. >*hjs\ , to winter, though these per- 
 haps are denominatives. Hence 
 
 iriD m. (form like 3n3) winter, Cant. 
 2, 11, where Keri ^Tp is probably a 
 corrupted form after the analogy of the 
 suff. 11- Chald. ino.x;'np. Syr. foii?, 
 
 Arab. eLx* plur. iyjuii, id. 
 
 *lirO (hidden, r. ino) Sethur, pr. n. 
 of the phylarch or chief of the tribe of 
 Ashcr, Num. 13, 13. 
 
 *Ur\^, once Dn\D Lam. 3, 9; fut. 
 D'np7, iruper. ci^p. 
 
 1. to stop up. to obstruct, as fountains 2 
 K. 3. 10. 25. 2 Chr. 32, 3. 4. Metaph. 
 Lam. 3. 9 "'r'SEn cnia he stops my prayer, 
 shuts it out. Chald. cnp to shut up, 
 Arab. jkw id. The primary sj-llable 
 is en, c::, whence Chald. map, c^a, 
 
 nisrp, Syr. Arab. >ala^ , fja , to stop 
 a well. Heb. c-qr\ to close up, to finish ; 
 and with a guttural prefixed ops, cpn, 
 cnn, npn. 
 
 2. to shut up, to keep secret, Dan. 8, 
 26. 12, 4. 9. Part. pass, carp hidden, 
 kept secret. Ez. 28, 3. Pa. 51, 8. 
 
 NiPH. to be stopped, repaired, e.g. the 
 breaches of a wall, Neh. 4, 1 [7]. 
 PiEL. i. q. Kal no. 1, Gen. 26. 15. 18. 
 
 * ^'^^ fut. TiS';'. to cocer, to veil, see 
 Hiph. no. 1, and ~ro no. 1 ; then to hide 
 
nno 
 
 736 
 
 'ino 
 
 to conceal. Chald. *^riD id. Syr. bhJD 
 to protect, ]bLJO veil, hiding-place, se- 
 cret. A rab. JLm to cover, to cover over ; 
 
 III, to hide ; Ju and xlju*< veil, Ju* 
 
 shield. In Kal once intrans. to hide one- 
 self, fut. "iPD"^ Prov. 22. 3 Cheth. where 
 Keri int??. ' 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be hid, to lie hid. Job 3, 
 23 to a man nnnOJ isn^ lax <o whom 
 his way is hid. who knows not how to 
 
 escape from calamities. With )'0 (xa- 
 Ivmiu&m uno Ttvoc, comp. '{0 no. 3. b) 
 to he hid from any one Ps. 38, 10. Is. 40, 
 
 27. Gen. 31, 49 when we shall be hid 
 from one another, when we shall be far 
 distant from one another. Ps. 19, 7. Job 
 
 28, 21. With "^yrq , Ho.". 13, 14 repent- 
 ance is hidden from, mine eyes, i. e. is 
 
 'Unknown to me. Is. 65, 16 ; "^asia (Lat. 
 
 occultari a conspectu alio. Plant.) Deut. 
 
 7, 20 ; ^:tbv Jer. 16, 17 ; issri Am. 9, 3. 
 Part. plur. f. ni"np: hidden things, se- 
 crets, Deut. 29, 28 ; spec, hidden sins, 
 i. 6. unconsciously committed, Ps. 19, 
 13. Followed by another verb, it may 
 be rendered by an adverb, secretly, like 
 Gr. luv&urm; Num. 5, 13 nxTq-Jil n"irip3 
 
 and she be secretly defiled. 
 
 2. Reflex, to cover oneself; Is. 28. 15 
 "iI^TSrn iD"iPipD we have covered ourselves 
 up in Zi>s. wrapped ourselves in them. 
 Hence, to hide oneself Jer. 36, 19. Zeph. 
 2, 3 ; with a of place, or D'r , 1 Sam. 20, 
 b. 19. 24. Jer. 23, 24. Job 34, 22 ; l^ Ps. 
 .55, 13 ; ^;b^ Gen. 4, 14. Job 13. 20. Of 
 God as hiding himself Ps. 89, 47, i. q. 
 rjB "iTlCn ; see Hiph. no. 1. b. 
 
 PiEL to hide a person for protection, 
 Ib. 16, 3. 
 
 Pdal part fern, rnno^ hidden, secret, 
 "Prov. 27, 5. 
 
 Hiph. 1. to cover, to veil, eepec. the 
 face, Ex. 3, 6. With "73 from any per- 
 son or thing ; Is. 50, 6 I covered vol my 
 face from reproach and spitting. Is. 53, 
 
 3 isaia c^3B "^riCT33 as one covering his 
 face from ns. sc. for shame, as affected 
 with an evil disease ; "POp part, of vhe 
 Chald. form for """^BOT? which is read in 
 
 4 Mss. Others: as one from whom men 
 hide their faces, taking the part, as im- 
 personal ; this gives a good sense, but 
 the construction is Icbb easy. Spec. 
 
 Jehovah is said to cover or veil his facCy 
 T^:a i"'Fipn , also tjija i-iripn Is. 59, 2, 
 comp. Job 34, 29 ; e. g. a) Where he 
 is said not to regard human affairs Ps-. 
 10, 1 1 ; c. 'i'a , Ps. 51, 11 cover ("npn , q. d. 
 turn away) thy face from my sins, i. e. 
 regard them not, Ibrgive them. b) In 
 token o? displeasure ; opp. "'."':q "T^xn see 
 p. 25. and 'b "'SQ Nirs p. 695.' With "itJ 
 Deut! 31, 17. 32', 20."Ps. 13, 2 how long 
 wilt thou veil thy face from me 1 22, 25 
 he doth not veil his face from him sc. the 
 afflicted, but hears his prayers. 27, 9. 
 102, 3. Is. 8, 17. Jer. 33. 5. Ez. 39, 23 sq. 
 al. sasp. So without "f^ Deut. 31, 18. 
 Ps. 30, 8. 44, 25. 104, 29. Job 13. 2'!. 
 34, 29 when he veileth his face, who can 
 behold him ? i. e. if he be displeased, 
 who can be admitted to his presence ? 
 tlie figure being drawn from the custom 
 of kings and princes, who admit only 
 those whom they favour. So with U^iB 
 impl. Is. 57, 17 I smote him (the people) 
 covering my face, a7id I was wroth. 
 Once the sins of men are said to veil the 
 face of God, i. e. to avert his favour. Is. 
 59, 2. 
 
 2. to hide, to conceal a pers. or thing, 
 Job 14, 13. Prov. 25, 2. Spec, a) For 
 protection and safety from persecutors, 
 etc. Jer. 36, 26. 2 Chr. 22, 11 ; with 2 
 of place Ps. 17, 8. Is. 49. 2. Ps. 31, 2l'. 
 27. 5; with -,3, -^psia. 2 K. 11, 9. Ps! 64, 
 3. Is. 50, 6. b) to hide a thingyro?/?. any 
 one. not to let him know it, with '"C of 
 pers. 1 Sam. 20, 2. Is. 29, 15. Ps. 119, 19. 
 c) to hide sorrow, calamity, from any 
 one, i. e. to avert it ; Job 3, 10 ">rip^5 
 "'a^rtJ brs ; comp. Niph. Is. 65, 16 and 
 nes Job 23, 17. 
 
 HiTHPA. iPPpii to hide oneself 1 Sam. 
 23, 19. 26, 1. Ps. 54, 2. Is. 45. 15 irvJy 
 thou art iF\Bp^ bx a God hiding thyself, 
 whose secret counsels none can compre- 
 hend. Is. 29, 14 the understanding of the 
 prudent shall hide itself i. e. shall van- 
 ish away, disappear. 
 
 Deriv. iPD. rtTD. -piO^, "iiPDO, 
 pr. n. "irp, """irC. 
 
 "iro Chald. Pa. 1. to hide. Part, 
 pass. plur. f sr'HBt372 hidden things, se- 
 crets, Dan. 2, 22'. ' 
 
 2. to destroy, Ezra 5, 12; pr. to hide 
 away, to remove out of sight, comp. ins 
 and TTiirj. In Targ. often. Syr. Pe. id 
 
*ino 
 
 737 
 
 "MTip m. (r. "^ro) in pause "iPO Deut. 
 
 27, 15. 24 ; c. Buff' '"inp. plur. s""")". 
 
 1. a covering, veil ; Syr. Arab. id. see 
 in r. nro Kal. Job 22, 14 'iai ib nro c-'ar 
 tAjc/c clowls are a covering to him, so 
 that he aeeth not. 24, 15 o-^b^ CJO "^ro 
 he maketh his face a veil, i. e. veils his 
 face. Ps. 81, 8 cs"i inoa in the veil of 
 thunder, i. e. a thunder-cloud. 18, 12. 
 
 2. a covert, shelter ; Ps. 27, 5 ilsnx nno 
 fAe covert of his tabernacle. 61. 5. Is. 32, 
 2. Trop. protection, defence. Is. 16, 4. 
 
 28, 17. Pp. 31, 21. 91, 1. Hence God is 
 said to be a covert, shelter, protection, 
 Ps. 32, 7. 119, 114. 
 
 3. a hiding ; then a hiding-platte, 
 place of concealment, 1 Sam. 25. 20 ; so 
 ^rssa JM a hiding-place 1 Sam. 19, 2. 
 Ps. 139, 15. Also, something hidden, a 
 secret, secrecy ; Judg. 3. 19 "PO ">3i a 
 secret message. Pro v. 9, 17 O^ino cnb 
 bread of secrecies, to be eaten in secret 
 Often irsa in secret, secretly, Sept. 
 KQvtffi, Deut. 13, 7. 2 Sam. 12, 12. Job 
 13, 10. Ps. 101, 5. Is. 45, 19. al. 
 
 nnnp f (r. ino) i. q. nno no. 2, pro- 
 tection, Deut. 32, 38. 
 
 ''irip (Tor "^"irjo protection of Jeho- 
 vah, r. -no) Sithri, pr. n. m. Ex. 6, 22. 
 
 Ain, '^? eye. the si.\teenth letter of 
 the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral de- 
 noting 70. Compare its figure O in the 
 Phenician alphabets, whence the Greek 
 Omicron. 
 
 While the Hebrew was a living lan- 
 guage, this letter, which is peculiar to 
 the Semitic tongues, and extremely diffi- 
 cult for our organs to pronounce, seems 
 to have had, like n, a twofold pronunci- 
 ation, which the Arabians distinguish by 
 adiacritical point, c Ain. c Ghain. The 
 one apparently was only a guttural im- 
 pulse of the breath, like the letter x, but 
 more forcible, so as to resemble the 
 sound of a in father, or short e when ut- 
 tered furtively or as if abruptly ejected 
 from the throat. Hence the Greek inter- 
 preters have sometimes represented it 
 by the smooth and rough breathings. and 
 sometimes also by expressing the furtive 
 vowels, as pk^^. '^tfialr'ix, -h:} 'llXi, 'las 
 'l5i>ulog, Sldin 'Jlat,e, S2ba FfX^^ovi, t-'S 
 ftp, see Orig. ad Gen. 28. 19. in Montf 
 Hexapl. II. p. 397. On the other hand 
 the harder Ain, which the Arabs call 
 Ghain. was a harsh sound uttered from 
 the bottom of the throat, accompanied 
 by a certain whirring or whizzing, so as 
 nearly to resemble the letter r when 
 uttered abruptly with a strong rolling. 
 This the Seventy have usually repre- 
 
 s .- , 
 
 Bcnted by the letter y, as nj? syc r Ja, 
 
 ^ 62* 
 
 nnb? Fo^io^oa, "isis -tj ISoyo^a, ys_ Fat, 
 
 ba'S FfiSiil. See Dc Sacy Gr. Arabe 
 I. 45, 46. Hence it happens, that seve- 
 ral Hebrew roots comprise what are 
 strictly two roots of different significa- 
 tion ; one of which is written in Arabic 
 with the letter c , and the other with c ; 
 
 as bbs J^ to drink a second time, to 
 
 glean, and bb^ Jk^ to insert, to enter ; 
 also n!is, D^y, zxp^, nss, ans. In 
 other instances, the various powers of 
 one and the same root are distinguished 
 by the Arabs in the manner of pro- 
 nouncing; e. g. -OS i. q. -4^ to bind 
 
 closely together, and also i. q. (^ to 
 serve, to worship ; see in "i^9 . 
 
 The softer pronunciation of S seems to 
 have been the most frequent among the 
 Hebrews ; as also among the Arabs the 
 letter c is far more frequent than c. 
 
 For this reason 5 is very often inter- 
 changed, with X, or, to speak more accu- 
 rately. S is often softened into X, see p. 
 1 ; also in the middle of words, when 
 preceded by a Sheva. 5 is often dropped, 
 like X and n, as b?a contr. ba, 'sa 
 contr. ''a; to which "we may also refer 
 njj-aa for nypaJJ Am. 8, 8, and ib for 
 losb Ps. 28, 8. On the other hand the 
 harder S was kindred in sound: a) To 
 the guttural n, as p?n, pjs ; is.n, -i^s, 
 
s? 
 
 738 
 
 nn:? 
 
 Its . Also to the letter * , r, by which 
 indeed many express the Arabic Ghain, 
 as K?^ and k-^t; to polish, b) To the 
 palatal letters, as a, 3, p. which see 
 respectively, and compare ^^v and ins 
 to surround; 52: (KS;) and 523, "33 , to 
 boil up ; Cliald. Ny"!N and Sfr^X earth ; 
 5rc: and piad . c) The letter s is also 
 very frequently interchanged with I', in 
 such a way that for the Hebrew y we 
 find in Aramjean S, i. e. the sibilant 
 being dropped, and nothing but a guttu- 
 ral impulse of breath remaining, as "SS 
 ^jLo U^ flock ; Y^ii ^^\ jljf xr-.N 
 earth ; ip3 ff^o^ wool. See on the 
 nature and cause of this permutation, 
 Ewald Krit. Gram. p. 33. 
 
 1.3^ m. (r, 23?) a term of architec- 
 ture, a threshold, step, i. e. a projection 
 or offset, perh. collective, forming the 
 ascent into a portico, 1 K. 7, 6. Ez. 41, 
 25. Plur. n"^sy V. 26, as if from a sing. 
 as . Targ. well in 1 K. 7, 6 Nrsipo 
 thresholds. Yulg. epistylium, architrave, 
 against the context in both places; al- 
 though such is the poverty of the He- 
 brew in terms of this sort, that the Heb. 
 
 -35 may perhaps have comprehended 
 the epistyle. This is also favoured by 
 
 ithe etymology from 33r to cover, q. v. 
 
 II. 27 comm. gend. (m. Is. 19, 1. Ecc. 
 
 11. 3; r. 1 K. 18, 44.) constr. 35 Prov. 
 
 16. 15. Is. 18, 4. once 3? Ex. 19. 9'; plur. 
 cr^. constr. ''3>, twice rizs 2 Sam. 
 23,4. Ps. 77. 18.' R. 3^^'. 
 
 1. darkness, chiefly of clouds, Ex. 19, 
 '9 "Drn 3r3 in the darkness of a cloud. 
 
 Ps. is! 12 cpnui "i^S darkness of clouds. 
 Hence 
 
 2. a cloud. Ts. 19, 1. 25, 5. al. ?-J 35 
 a cloud of dew Is. 18, 4. Prov. 16, 15. 
 Often collect, clouds Job 20. 6. 36. 29. Is. 
 
 14,14. Plur. Judg. 5, 4. IK. 18,45. Ps. 
 
 104. 3. al. A cloud is put as an emblem 
 'of swift; motion Is. 60, 8 (comp. 19. 1); 
 
 also of things evanescent Job 30, 15. Is. 
 
 44, 22. 
 
 ^ 3. dark thicket of a wood, plur. c^'SS 
 Jer. 4, 29. Chald. Syr. id. 
 yp see in 35 I. 
 
 2?^ obsol. r. prob. to cover, to hide, 
 
 ii. q. ^xc , ssn , nan . Hence 35 I. 
 
 *^? fut. 13^;; 1. to labour, to work, 
 to do work. Aram. f^, 125, to make, 
 
 i. q. Heb. nb2 ; Arab. jJlfc to serve 
 God, see no. 3. but Conj. II to reduce to 
 
 servitude, Jux. servant ; see Hiph. no. 
 2. A. Schultens holds the primary idea 
 to be that of subduing, depressing, ad 
 Job. p. 6; and so Redslob nearly. Ab- 
 sol. Ex. 20. 9 I25n B-'r; rffiffi si.c days 
 shall thou labour, opp. to r3iii. 34^ 21. 
 Deut. 5, 13. Ecc. 5, 11. With ace. of 
 land, etc. to work, e. g. to till the ground 
 Gen. 2, 5. 3. 23. 4. 2 ; a vineyard Deut. 
 28, 39 ; a garden Gen. 2, 15. So of arti- 
 sans. Is. 19, 9 CTICS ''135 the workers 
 in linen. Ez. 48, 18 "i-iyfi-i-iss the work- 
 men or labourers of the city. v. 19. Ac- 
 cus. impl. Deut. 15, 19 thoii shall not till 
 the ground with (a) the firstling of thy 
 bidlock. 
 
 2. to work for another, to serce. Num. 
 4, 37 ; 3 of price, Gen. 29, 20. 25. Hos. 
 12, 13. Ez. 29, 20. Often with ace. of 
 pers. to serve any one, Gen. 29, 15. 30, 
 26. 31,6.41. Ex.21,6. Mal.3, 17; poet, 
 of a beast Job 39, 9 ; C5 with any one 
 Gen. 29, 25. 30. Lev. 25, 40 ; ^2S> 2 Sam. 
 16, 19 of a minister of the king, comp. 
 'jsb iTiS . With two ace. Gen. 30, 29 
 Ti^insr itas nx rs-i^ thou knowest what 
 (how) I hare served thee. Spoken not 
 only of single persons, but also of na- 
 tions, who serve their kings and princes 
 Judg. 9, 28. 38. 1 Sam. 11, 1. 1 K. 5, 1. 
 12, 4. Ps. 18, 44. Jer. 27, 7. 9; or who 
 are subject to other nations Gen. 15, 14. 
 25, 23. Ex. 14, 12. 1 Sam. 4, 9 (c. b). 
 2 Sam. 10, 19. Jer. 40, 9; also of kings 
 who are tributary to others Gen. 14, 4. 
 2 K. 18, 7. Here belongs Gen. 15, 13 
 crx !|>51 t!|-i3?.:_i and they (the Israel- 
 ites) shall serve them (the Egyptians), 
 and they shall afflict them, the Egyptians 
 shall afflict the Israelites, the subject and 
 object being changed. So too I3i? DO 
 1 K. 9. 21, see in D"? . Once to serve any 
 one is lor simpl. to obey, 1 K. 12, 7. 
 
 3. to serve in a religious sense, i. e. to 
 worship, to yield reverence and obedi- 
 ence to. e. g. Jehovah Ex. 3, 12. 4. 23. 7, 
 16. 26. Josh. 24, 15. 18. Ps. 22. 31. Job 
 21, 15. al. ssep. Also idols Deut. 4, 19. 
 8, 19. 13, 7. 14. Judg. 10, 10. 1 K. 16, 31. 
 
la:? 
 
 739 
 
 tSP 
 
 2 K. 10, 18. al. So of a single sacrifice 
 or act of worsliip Ex. 3, 12. 4, 23. Constr. 
 witti ace. rarely with b Judg. 2, 13. Jar. 
 44, 3. Ace. impl. (Jehovah) Job 36, 11. 
 Is. 19, 23. With two ace. to serve God 
 V)ith any thing, i. e. to offer in sacrifice, 
 Ex. 10, 26 ; hence, the name of God 
 being omitted, nnjTSsi nai nas to offer 
 sacrifice and oblation, i. e. to serve (God) 
 with such offerings. Is. 19, 21. 
 
 4. Causat. a nas i.q. T'ayn. to make 
 C7Te, to impoite service ufmn any one. 
 Lev. 25, 39 nas nnas ia -lasp-sib thou 
 shall not make him serve the service of a 
 bondman, v. 46. Ex. 1, 14. Jer. 22, 13. 
 34, 9. 10. So of nations Jer. 25, 14. 27, 
 7. 30, 8. Ez. 34. 27. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be wrought, tilled, of a 
 field, Deut. 21, 4. Ex. 36, 0. 34. 
 
 2. to be served, [projiled, as a king by 
 his land, Ecc. 5, 8. R. 
 
 PuAL 1. i. q. Niph. no. 1, Deut. 21,3; 
 comp. 15, 19. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 4, Is. 14, 3 the heavy 
 service T^a nas icx which was imposed 
 upon thee. For "laS we might expect 
 nnas ; but see Heb) Gram. 140. 1. b. 
 
 HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
 cause to work, to compel to labour, c. ace. 
 Ex. 1, 13. 6, 5. 2 Chr. 2, 17. Hence to 
 weary with severe labour, to fatigue; Is. 
 43, 23 /have not wearied thee with offering 
 
 sacrifices 24 Ti-'nixsna 'rnnasn r,x 
 
 but thou hast wearied me with thy sins. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
 serve, Ez. 29, 18 ; to reduce to servitude 
 80. a people Jer. 17, 4. 
 
 3. Caueat. of Kal no. 3, 2 Chr. 34, 33. 
 Hopn. lasn to be made to serve i. e. 
 
 to loorship. Ex. 20, 5 cnasn tkh nor be 
 made (led, driven) to serve them i. e. 
 false gods. 23, 24. Deut. 5, 9. Hence 
 to serve, at the persuasion or urgency of 
 others, Deut. 13, 3. 
 
 Deriv. "lasia , and the seventeen here 
 following. 
 
 ^?? Chald. to make, to do, i. q. Heb. 
 niar no. 2, for which it is usually put in 
 the Targums. Spec, a) to make an 
 image Dan. 3, 1. b) to make, i. e. to 
 create the heavens and the earth Jer. 10, 
 11. e) to make ready a feast Dan. 5, 1. 
 d) to keep a festival Ezra 6, 16. e) to 
 make war Dan. 7, 21. f ) to do a law, 
 
 i. e. to keep it, Ezra 7, 26 ; comp. h^V 
 no. 2. 1. Also to do or perform miracles 
 Dan. 3, 32. 6, 28 ; to do or commit wrong 
 Dan. 6, 23 ; to make sedition Ezra 4, 15. 
 g) Genr. to do any thing, comp. niSS no. 
 3; Ezra 6, 13. Dan. 6, 11. 4, 32* [35] 
 HTaS no what doest thou ? spoken in in- 
 vective, h) a 135 to do with anyone, 
 sc. customarily, Dan. 4, 32 [35] ; to do 
 with any thing, to dispose of it, Ezra 7, 
 18 ; e. cs id. Ezra 6. 8. 
 
 Ithpe. to be made, to be done, Ezra 4, 
 19. 7, 26. With a noun following. Dan. 
 3, 29 "larn-i ^cnn let him be made pieces, 
 be cut in pieces, see in Mn. Dan. 2, 5. 
 Ezra 6, 11. Absol. to be done, spoken of 
 something before mentioned. Ezra 5, 8. 
 6, 12. 7, 21. 23. Deriv. etn-'as . 
 
 "^^-v "1- ( ''??) '" pause 13S; c. suff. 
 'las ; plur. o-'nas , constr. 'la? ; a 
 
 servant, Arab. JuLfr, Syr. t|^i^. 
 
 1. Genr. a servant, who among the 
 Hebrews was also a slave. Gen. 12, 16. 
 17, 23. 39, 17. Ex. 12, 30. 44. 21. 2 ; 
 whether born in the house, verna, (t'V'^ 
 r^a q. V.) or bought with money (^?P'P 
 r.oa) Gen. 17, 12. 23. las nna? servile 
 work Lev. 25, 39. nbis nas a servant 
 for ever, see in cbis no. 2. a. D^nas nss 
 a servant of servants, the lowest menial, 
 Gen. 9. 25. Cias P"3 the house of serv- 
 ants, house of bondage, prison-house, i. e. 
 Egypt, Ex. 13, 3. 14. 20, 2. Deut. 8, 14. 
 13. 6. 11. Emphat. Jer. 2, 14 is Israel a 
 servant ? is he a home-born slave ? why 
 is he a spoil ? Often followed by b in- 
 stead of a genit. a servant to any one, 
 see b no. 3. f. Gen. 41,12. 1 Sam. 30, 13. 
 17, 8 bsiscb t-inay cnx"). (But 'na? 
 biist^ are the ministers and courtiers of 
 Saul ; see below in lett. b.) 2 Sam. 9 12. 
 1 K. 11, 26. Hence b las n^ri to become 
 servant to any one Gn. 9. 25-27. 44. 9. 
 10. 17. 33. 47, 25. Lev. 26, 13. Deut! 6, 
 21 ; b nasb n-^n id. 1 Sam. 8. 17. 17, 9 ; 
 (comp. b' narb rij^b 2 K. 4, 1, b nasb -ix^ 
 Is. 44. 21. 49, 5 ;) once i. q. to obey, to be 
 obsequious, 1 K. 12, 7. Spec, the name 
 servants is applied : a) To common sol- 
 diers, who are called the servants of their 
 general or prince, 2 Sam. 2. 12. 13. 15. 
 30. 31. 3, 22. 8, 7. b) To the servants of 
 a king, i. e. his ministers and court offi- 
 cers, e. g. nJ?iB "lias Gen. 40, 20. 41, 10. 
 
^n? 
 
 740 
 
 ^ny 
 
 37. 38. 50, 7. Ex. 5. 21. al. Vis* ^n:? 
 1 Sam. 16, 17. 18, 22. 28. 7 ; r|>.5?n ""li? 
 1 K. 1, 47. 9, 27. 2 K. 19, 5. Esth. 3, 3. 
 Is. 37, 5. al. So of military commanders 
 1 Sam. 29, 3. 1 K. 11, 26. 2 K. 25, 8. 
 c) To whole nations, which are subject 
 or tributary to others. Gen. 9, 26. 27, 37. 
 Deut. 5, 15 15, 15. 16, 12. 2 Sam. 8, 2. 
 6. U. 1 Chr. 18. 2. 6. 13. d) Trop. of 
 beasts Job 40, 28 ; also of things Gen. 
 47, 19, comp. Judith 3, 4. 
 
 In addressing superiors the Hebrews 
 from modesty or humility were accus- 
 tomed to call themselves servants, and 
 those whom they addressed, lords; see 
 in "(inx . CJen. 18, 3 pass not away from 
 thy servant, i. e. from me. 19, 19. 33, 5. 
 44, 18. 24. 33. 1 Sam. 17, 32. 34. 38. 20, 
 
 8. Is. 36, 11. Dan. ^, 4. al. So in con- 
 verse with God, Ex. 4, 10. 1 Sam. 3, 
 
 9. 10; and in praj^ers to him, Ps. 19, 12. 
 14. 27, 9. 69, 18. 119, 17. Neh. 1, 6. 8. 
 Hence ~\^^y thy servant is in this way 
 put for "'^ix, so that the suffix of the 
 first person is referred to it, e. g. Gen. 
 44. 32 for thy servant (/) became surety 
 for the lad unto my father. The terra 
 servants is applied also to absent per- 
 sons, whom one wishes to commend to 
 the favour of a patron ; as Gen. 44, 27 
 thy servant, my father, said unto us. 32, 
 5. 20. 21. 
 
 2. nin*; 135, servant of Jehovah, used 
 tropically in various senses, viz. a) 
 For a worshipper of God ; Neh. 1, 10 crt 
 ?i53Si ^"'"'.^i they (the Israelites) are thy 
 servants and thy people ; comp Chald. 
 Ezra 5, 11 ire are the servants of the God 
 of heaven, we worship the God of heaven. 
 Dan. 6, 21 O Daniel, servant of the liv- 
 ing God. i. e. who dost worship the liv- 
 ing God. In this sense it is used as a. 
 laudatory epithet or title applied to the 
 pious worshippers of God, e. g. to Abra- 
 ham, Ps. 105, 6. 42 ; Joshua, Josh. 24, 29. 
 Judg. 2. 8 ; Job, Job 1, 8. 2. 3. 42, 8 ; 
 David Ps. 18, 1. 36, 1. 78. 70. 89, 4. 21. 
 Jer. 33. 21 sq. Ez. 34. 23 ; Eliakim Is. 
 22. 20: Zerubbabel Hag. 2. 24. Also 
 in plur. hJ'"'"? **!2S is often said of pious 
 men, P8.'34. 23! 69, 37. 113. 1. 134, 1. 
 135. 1. 136, 22. Is. 54, 17. 63, 17. 65, 8. 
 9. 13-15. b) For a minister or ambas- 
 sador of God, called of God and sent to 
 perform any service. Is. 49, 6 r|ni'^rjT3 ij?3 
 
 '^y\ bx-n'ri iisair-rs c^priVi ins "^h it is 
 not enough that thou shouldsi be niy ser- 
 vant (i. e. my ambassador and instru- 
 ment) to raise up the tribes of Israel .... 
 / will also make thee a light to the Gen- 
 tiles. V. 5. In this sense it is applied 
 directly to the Messiah Zech. 3, 8 ; also 
 to Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, 
 whom God used as his instrument in 
 chastising the people, Jer. 25. 9. 27, 6. 
 43. 10. Often also there is connected 
 with the term the idea of a familiar 
 servant, standing in a more intimate re- 
 lation, chosen and beloved of God for his 
 piety and approved fidelity, and sent to 
 perform his service, e. g. thus spoken of 
 angels (in the other hemistich c"'3J<b'2) 
 Job 4, 18 ; and of prophets Am. 3, 7. Jer. 
 7, 25. 25, 4. 26, 5. 29, 19. 35, 15. 44, 4. 
 Dan. 9, 6. Ezra 9, 11 ; spec, of Moses 
 Deut. 34, 5. Josh. 1. 1. 13. 15. Ps. 105, 
 26 ; of Isaiah Is. 20, 3. Sometimes the 
 two ideas of a pious worshipper of God 
 and of an ambassador sent from God 
 appear to have coalesced, e. g. in the 
 passages which relate to Abraham and 
 Moses, and particularly in those where 
 Israel or Jacob, i. e. the people of Israel, 
 is addressed by this honourable and en- 
 dearing appellation, as Is. 41. 8. 9. 42, 
 19. 44, 1. 2. 21. 45, 4. 48, 20. Jer. 30. 10. 
 46, 27. 28. Ez. 28, 25. 37, 25 ; comp. 
 Hos. 11, 1. Still it is thepious Israelites 
 who are here especially meant, i. e. those 
 truly worthy of the name, uhj&ivul 'Ja- 
 QniiXlTtxt, Is. 43, 10. 49, 3 wh^e see the 
 author's note at the end of Tiis Germ, 
 version edit. 2. Among these again 
 the prophets particularly are so named, 
 Is. 44, 26. This same Jacob who is 
 thus termed the servant of Jehm^ah. is 
 called in the other hemistich sometimes 
 the elect, chosen of God, Is. 41. 8. 45, 4 ; 
 sometimes ambassador and friend 42, 
 19, and so in the plur. ambassadors 44, 
 26. But in all the passages respecting 
 the servant of God in the chapters of the 
 last part of Isaiah, (42. 1-7. 49, 1-9. 50, 
 4-10. 52, 1353, 12,) he is represented 
 as the intimate friend and ambassador 
 of God, as aided by the divine sj)irit, and 
 as about to restore the tribes of Israel 
 and become the teacher of other na- 
 tions. [Such was to be the character 
 of the Messiah, to whom these pas- 
 
nar 
 
 741 
 
 129 
 
 sages arc expressly referred in the N. 
 T. R. 
 
 3. Ehed. (servant sc. of God,) pr. n. 
 m. a) Judg. 9, 26. 28. b) Ezra 8, 6. 
 
 iy$, Chald. i. q. Hob. 135 servant; 
 e. g. sercant of the king, i. e. a minister, 
 prefect, Ezra 4, 11 ; so those who ad- 
 dress the king call themselves his ser- 
 vants, Dan. 2, 4. 7. xnbx n?? the ser- 
 vant of G(hI, i. e. worshipper, Dan. 3,26. 
 6,21. Ezras, 11. 
 
 *73y m. (Kamets impure) work, deed, 
 
 once Ecc. 9, 1. Syr. \f^^' 
 
 1?i^,8ee"t?i5. 
 
 KT2? (servant sc. of God, after the 
 Chaldec form) Abda, pr. n. m. a) 1 K. 
 4, 6. b) Neh. 11, 17, for which 1 Chr. 
 9, 16rrn:?. 
 
 D'lJ^'inb (serving Edom) Obed-edom, 
 pr. n. of a Levite, 2 Sam. 6, 10. 1 Chr. 
 16, 38. 
 
 bS'nny (servant of God) Abdeel, pr. n. 
 m. Jer. 36, 26. 
 
 nnh? f (r. 135) 1. work, labour; 
 Ps. 104, 23 man goeth forth unto his work 
 and to his labour ("innbrb) until the 
 evening. Lev. 25, 39 "i3? nnhs servile 
 labour. 23. 7. 8. 21. 35. 36'. Num'. 28, 18. 
 25. 29. 1. 12. 35. Ex. 39,32 n-nhr-bs 
 bnx '|3 wia all the work of the tabernacle, 
 all the labour expended upon it. 36, 3. 5. 
 Hence a) work, biunness, i. q. !^25*bT3 , 
 Num. 4, 47 'i5i nnhs nnhr I'^^h to 
 work the work of the ministry and the 
 work of bearing in the tabernacle of the 
 congregation, i. q. to do the work or 
 business : for which in 1 Chr. 9. 19 
 nnhs rsxb's. Is. 28, 21 "innss -i3>b 
 to work his work. i. e. divine judgments 
 upon the ungodly. 32, 17. Comp. bjQ, 
 ni5B , Chald. X1^35 i. q. nbr^ . b) 
 Spec, work of the field, tillage, agricul- 
 ture, 1 Chr. 27, 26. Neh. 10, 38. 
 
 2. labour of a servant for his master, 
 service, ministry. Gen. 30. 26 thou know- 
 est my service ('n-i'35-rs), which I hare 
 done thee, c? nnh? 13? to serve a ser- 
 vice with any one. to be his servant. Gen. 
 29. 27. Ex. 1, 14 and they made their 
 life bitter (n-l'j? "7-"?) ^'"'^ ^"'^^l' *^^- 
 vice in mortar, etc. and so nr;? i^*?-^ ^ 
 hard ser\ice rendered by a people to a 
 
 king or to another people, Deut 26, 6. 
 1 K. 12, 4. Neh. 5, 18. Is. 14, 3. Lam. 1, 
 3 ; of military service Ez. 29, 18. Also 
 of the service or ministry of the king 
 1 Chr. 26, 30. 2 Chr. 12, 8. Hence 
 a) service, i. e. use, profit. Ps. 104, 14 
 and herb for the service of man. Num. 
 3, 26. b) service, i. e. furniture, imple- 
 ments, Num. 3, 31. 36. Comp. in Engl. 
 a service of plate. 
 
 3. service of the tabernacle and tem- 
 ple, the sacred ministry of the priests and 
 Levites, 1 Chr. 25, 1. 26, 8. al. Fully 
 iri^a brixs nn"35 Num. 4, 23. 35 ; nnhJ 
 'i3 bnxE.x'. 30, 17. Num. 18,6; iSi-:ian 'y 
 Num' 3, 7. 8. 16, 9; ^^ n-^a nnhs i Chr. 
 9, 13. 23, 28; cnp 'pnb? Num. 7, 9; 
 njn-i nnhs Num. 8, 11. Josh. 22, 27; 
 xai' f^oxr,J r^ihvn 2 Chr. 35, 10. So 
 rnj;*. ""JS n"i'3S the service of the sons of 
 Kohath sc. in the tabernacle, Num.4, 4; 
 comp. V. 24.27.28. nnbsn -"bs the vessels 
 of service, sacred vessels, 1 Chr. 9, 28. 
 28, 14. fTiSJn X3a the service-host, the 
 host of ministering priests and Levites, 
 Num. 8, 25. v. 26 "13S: xb n^h?^ he 
 shall do no service, shall take no part 
 in it. Spoken also of a particular rite 
 or service, Ex. 12, 25. 26. 13, 5. 
 
 rriZl? f. (r. ns?) service, for concr. er- 
 vants, familia, Gen. 26. 14. Job 1, 3. 
 Comp. Gr. &(()U7ieia Matt. 24, 45. 
 
 "jil^y (servile) Abdon, pr. n. 1. A 
 Levitical city in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 
 21, 30. 1 Chr. 6, 59. The same name 
 according to 20 Codd. should be read 
 Josh. 19, 28 instead of the usual -pS^ . 
 
 2. Of several men : a) A judge of 
 Israel, Judg. 12, 13. 15; called ',n3 1 
 Sam. 12. 11 ; see in -."la . b) 1 Chr. 8, 
 23. c) ib. 8, 30. 9, 36.' ' d) 2 Chr. 34, 20. 
 
 n^ia? f (denom. from 135) servi- 
 tude, bondage, Ezra 9, 8. 9. Neh. 9, 17. 
 Syr. \Zo)^ id. 
 
 I'll? (for n*^3? servant of Jehovah) 
 Ahdi'.^T. n. m.' " 'a) 1 Chr. 6, 29. b) 2 
 Chr. 29. 12. c) Ezra 10,26. 
 
 bS'^'^a? (servant of God) Abdiel^ pr. 
 n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 15. - 
 
 'in^'pS' and n^liniiy m. (worshipper 
 of Jehovah) Obadiah, pr. n. of several 
 persons, of whom the most distinguished 
 was a prophet of this name conlem- 
 
DJ 
 
 742 
 
 o:? 
 
 porary with Jeremiah, Obad. 1. 1 K. 
 18,3. 1 Chr. 3, 21. 7, 3. 8, 38. 9, 16 
 (comp. Neh. 11, 17). v. 44. 12, 9. 27, 19. 
 
 2 Chr. 17, 7. 34, 12. Ezra 8, 9. Neh. 10, 6. 
 Sept. 'jl^Siai, which properly comes 
 from n^:r . 
 
 ^Vq"^^^ (servant of the king, Arab. 
 ASiJ\ Jux Abd el-MMek), Ebed-me- 
 leck. pr. n. of an Etliiopian at the court 
 of Zedekiah, Jer. 38. 7. 39, 16. 
 
 iM *7a? (perh. i. q. I'a? 13? worship- 
 per of Mercury, see "13; ) Dan. 1, 7. 2,49. 
 
 3 12. also X"iX) "535 v. 29, Abed-nego, a 
 Chaldee pr. n. given in Babylon to Aza- 
 riah one of Daniel's companions. 
 
 *T'iZy 1. to be thick, fat, Deut. 32, 
 15. 1 K. 12, 10. Comp. the noun "'ZS . 
 
 2. to be demise, compact ; whence ''3S , 
 nsrr .Syr. '^^ to be fat, hard, as 
 the heart ; Eth, U^flP to be large, to 
 grow; Arab, ^xfc to be thick, dense. 
 
 tDl3? m. a piedge, pawn, Deut. 24, 
 10. 11. 12. R. K3S . 
 
 *y^y^ m. (r. "i3S) const.r. "j'-ixn i^3S 
 produce of the earth, grain, corn. Josh. 
 5, 11. 12; opp. manna or bread from 
 heaven. Syr. \ ioSiL. , Chald. ii3S , id. 
 Comp. b!i37 from r. 1=3^ , Hiph. bi3in to 
 bring ; ns:i3ri from XiB , 
 
 'I'la? (r. -13S , after the form bs35 , 
 b^nsa) pr. a passing over, transit; found 
 only with prefix ^''^?2 , and so used as 
 a Preposition (and Conjunction) corre- 
 sponding nearly lo Gr. vnfQ with a geni- 
 tive, Rngl. over, marking that over or 
 above which any thing pa.?('s or moves ; 
 see PasROW Lex. art. vtiiq A ; comp. hv 
 no. 2. d. 6. Found only in tropical 
 senses. 
 
 A ) Prep. 1 . over. i. e.for, in behalf of, 
 for the sake of. in the sense of protec- 
 tion, care, favour, benefit, Gr. vntQ iirog 
 Passow in vnt(> A. no. 4. G<>n. 12, 13 
 that it may be Vfll with me ~~*3r3 for 
 thy sake. 2 Ssmi. 9. I. 7. Gen. 26, 24 for 
 viy servant Alrraham^s sake. 18,26.29. 
 31. 32. Pe 132 10. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 2 Sam. 
 5. 12. 6, 12. 12. 25. Hence 
 
 2./or, l)ecanse of marking the CHUse 
 on arcounl o/" which any thing is done; 
 comp. b? no. 2. d. 2 Sara. 13, 2 fie fell 
 
 sick *i^n "11352 for his sister Tamar, 
 because of his love for her. 12, 21. Jer. 
 14, 4. Gen. 3, 17 cursed be the ground 
 because of thee. 8, 21. 1 Sam. 23, 10. 
 2 Sam. 7, 21. 2 Chr. 28, 19. Job 20, 2. 
 Mic. 2, 10. Also 
 
 3. for, spoken of price ; comp. vntg 
 for i. q. instead of Passow 1. c. no. 5. 
 Am. 2, 6. 8, 6. 
 
 4. With infin. for, i. e. for this cause, 
 that, in order that. Ex. 9, 16 I have 
 raised thee up "^n'S'nx r,rk-in n?,332 for 
 to (that I may) show thee my power. 
 1 Sam. 1. 8. 2 Sam. 10, 3. IS, IS.-^So 
 too I!i3y3b c. infin. id. Ex. 20, 20. 2 
 Sam. 14, 20. 17, 14. Hence 
 
 B) Conj. that, in order that, marking 
 end and purpose ; c. fut. Gen. 21, 30 
 ^^75^ ""^ i^rn^ "il-?? that they may he 
 to me a testimony. 27. 4. 19. 31. 46, 34. 
 Ex. 9, 14. 19, 9. 20, 20. Ps. 105, 45; 
 fully n-rx^ n!i3S2 Gen. 27, 10. 
 
 trial? see nrs . 
 
 ^^^ fut. l:'3S'^ 1. to change, to 
 e.Tcha.ns-e, see Piel. Kindr. is r33> to 
 interweave. 
 
 2. to give a pledge for any thing bor- 
 rowed, which lies in the idea of ex- 
 change ; Deut. 24, 10 "iKhs ah?^ in 
 order to pledge his pledge, i. e. in order 
 that he (thy brother) may do so. 
 Hence to borrow, sc. upon a pledge 
 given. Deut. 15, 6 abrr. iib nnxi but 
 thou shalt not borrow. 
 
 Piel to change for another. Joel 2, 7 
 they change not their ways. i. e. nothing 
 turns them out of their course. 
 
 Hiph. to lend upon a pledge, with ace. 
 of person to whom, Deut. 15, 6 ; with 
 two ace. of pers. and thing v. 8. 
 
 Deriv. wi3y and 
 
 tJitiZiy m. (r. kiSS) i)r. a pledging of 
 goods; concr. things taken in pledge. 
 Hab. 2. 6 IPO to him who enlargeth what 
 is not his own ! how long? to him who 
 ladeth himself with goods taken in 
 pledge, i. e. unjustly detained and ap- 
 propriated to his own use ; the figure 
 being taken from a heartless extortioner. 
 
 ''^'?. m. (r. M3?) denaeness. compact- 
 ness, e. g. of shields Job 15, 26. 2 Chr. 
 4. 17 nTSTxn ''3r3 in the compact soil 
 prob. clayey; Vulg. in terra ar'gillosa. 
 
^n? 
 
 743 
 
 *^2S 
 
 "^ajjj m. (r. na?) c. sulf. i''3? . thickness 1 
 K. 7, 26. Jer. 52, 21. 2 ChV. 4, 5. 
 
 KTSy Chald. f. (r. W) 1. irorfr, 
 labour, Ezra 4, 24. 5. 8. 6, 7. 18. 
 
 2. bminess, e. g. administmtion of af- 
 fairs, Dan. 2, 49. 3, 12. Comp. nsxbia 
 Neh. 2, 16, 
 
 * ^?^ obsol. root, Arab. JJLc to strip 
 
 a tree of its leaves, i^LIfi awiiite stone, 
 * * 
 JJLftill a mountain whose rocks are 
 
 white. Hence pr. n. bais, bs'^;. 
 
 * y?*? obpol. root. i. q. 2S? ^o 6e t 
 pain, according to I Chr. 4, 9. 10. 
 Hence pr. n. )^35^ 
 
 *"*?< fut. 125: , 2 p. fern. 'i=i35n 
 Ruth 2, 8, see Lehrg. p. 306. Heb. Gr. 
 47. n. 1. 
 
 1. to pass aver. Arab. -Aft to pa.ss over 
 a river, also to pass avvaj', depart, die ; 
 
 Go S CI > 
 
 _x& J -*-ft bank of a stream, shore ; 
 
 -fcfc to pass away, depart. Aram. "i3S 
 
 phi^ i. q. Heb. The same root is widely 
 found in the Indo-European tongues. 
 c. g. Sanscr. vpnri, Pers. -jI, _j and 
 -jv super, supra, Gr. vjisq, niffu, niouv, 
 
 nffjuw, Lat. super, Goth, ufar, afar, 
 Germ, ilber, Engl. over. Pr. topass over 
 a river, sea, c. ace. Gen. 31. 21 "^aJ^^ 
 "v^jn-rx . Is. 23, 2 a; -las . Deut. 3, 27. 
 4, '21. Josh. 4, 22. 24, 11 ; c. a Josh. 3, 
 1 1. 2 Sam. 15, 23. Zech. 10, 11; r|"ir3 
 Num. 33, 8. Accus. impl. to pass over 
 c. a river Josh. 2, 23. 2 K. 2. 9 ; and 
 with ace. of place to which one passes 
 over, Jer. 2, 10 0">^n3 '^x nas pass over 
 (the sea) to the coasts of the Chittim. 
 Is. 23. 6. 12. Am. 6, 2 ; c. bx Num. 32. 7. 
 Spoken also of other impediments 
 which one passes over ; as a deep val- 
 ley or ravine Is. 10, 29, see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 116; a wall or fence Job 
 19, 8, comp. Is. 51, 23 ; a bound Ps. 104, 
 9. Hence metaph. to pass over, to trans- 
 gress, Sept. 7T(tQn.3iuv(a, e. g. the com- 
 mandment of God Num. 22, 18. 24, 13. 
 1 Sam. 15. 24. Hub. 1, 11 ; or of the king 
 Esth. 3, 3 ; a covenant Deut. 17, 2. Josh. 
 7, 11. 15. 23, 16. Jer. 34. 18; a law Is. 
 
 24, 5. Dan. 9. 1 1 . So Syr. ^^ to tmn- 
 grcps a law, Chald. 5tn'"a;^ transgrcHaioii. 
 With bx. to pa^s over tlic border to any 
 pers. or tiling, 1 Sam. 14, I. 27, 2. Trop. 
 also o{' a razor passing aver one's head, 
 0. bs Num. 6, 5 ; of the wind passing 
 over upon any pers. or thing, c. a Ps. 
 103, 16. Comp. no. 4. 
 
 2. to pass over, to pass through, to go 
 through, sc. a region, city, field, etc. with 
 ace. Num. 20, 17. Judg. 11, 29 narT 
 '?31 irbsTX and he passed over through- 
 out Gilead and Manasseh. Often c. 3 
 in. through. Gen. 12. 6 o-jax fnxs -aj!], 
 Ps. 42, 5 ~S3 "I'arx ^3 for I had passed 
 on among the crowd. Gen. 30. 32. 41, 46. 
 Num. 20, 18. Deut. 2, 27. Josh. 13, 9. I 
 Sam. 9, 4. Is. 34, 10. Jer. 2. 6 ; ra be- 
 tween two things, Gen. 15, 17. Jer. 34, 
 19; Tli"3 Job 15, 19. Ez. 9, 4; 3n;r3 
 Josh. 1, 11. Am. 5. 17 ; absol. 2 K. 4. V. 
 So of things, Ps. 18, 13 nna i-ia? ra5 
 dx 'bns'i there passed through his clouds 
 (ace.) hail and burning coals ; but see 
 in no. 4. d. 1 K. 22. 36 and there went 
 a joyful cry throughout the host. Absol. 
 Lam. 3. 44 thou hast covered thyself with 
 clouds n^sri "ia?t3 so that our prayer 
 should not pass through. So lai? "05 
 
 2 K. 12, 5 and "insb la? r;o3_ Gen. 23, 
 16, money passing among the merchants, 
 current money, i. e. which passes cur- 
 rent ; prob. pieces of silver on which 
 the weight was marked, as among the 
 Chinese ; since coined money can hardly 
 have existed in the days of Abraham. 
 Vulg. probata moneia. 
 
 3. to pass over, i.e. to pass beyond, to 
 pass by. to pass along or away ; with 
 ace. of pers. or place by which one pass- 
 es. Judg. 3, 26 n^b^psn-rx na? x^ni 
 and he passed on beyond the quarries. 
 Gen. 32, 32. 2 Sam. 18, 23 TX -ia?!l 
 ^'riarj and he passed by Cushi. outran 
 him. Is. 31, 9 "I'aS'^ niM^a ivhrs from fear 
 he shall pass on (flee) beyond his for- 
 tress. With b5 pr. over, beijond, Gen. 
 18,5 03^35 bs annas l?"^^ '''z for there- 
 fore do ye pass by your servant, i. e. pass 
 this way. Judg. 9. 25 Bn^ na?;-iox-b3 
 Tjl^a all that passed along by them thai 
 way. 1 K. 9. 8. 2 K. 4, 9. Pror. 24, 30. 
 Jer. 18, 16. Ez. 16, 6. 8 ; brig Gen. 18, 
 
 3 ; -2S-bs Ex. 34, 6 ; ':Bb 2 K. 4, 31 ; 
 also asisJn rnn las to pass along under 
 
nz? 
 
 744 
 
 nn:? 
 
 the crook of a shepherd numbering his 
 flock, i. e. to be numbered. Lev. 37, 32. 
 Absoi. Gen. 37. 28 theie passed by Midi- 
 anites, merchants. Ex. 12, 23. Ruth 4, 
 1. Part. Cisb passers by Ps. 129. 8. 
 Is. 51. 23 ; with genit. of way, T\2''. ^'H^^ 
 passers by on the xvny. they that j)ass by 
 the way, Ps. SO, 13. S9, 42. Job 21,29. 
 Spec. 
 
 a) Of time as passing away. e. g. the 
 day Ps. 90. 4 ; the daj^s of one's life Job 
 17, 11 ; mid-day 1 K. 18, 29 ; the seasons 
 Jer. 8, 20. Cant. 2. 11 ; the harvest Jer. 
 8, 20. So of welfare, anger, mourning, 
 i. e. seasons of welfare, mourning, etc. 
 Job 30, 15. Is. 26, 20. Ps. 57, 2. Gen. 50, 
 4. 2 Sam. 11, 27. 
 
 b) Of things that pass swiftly away 
 and ranish ; e. g. chaff driven by the 
 wind, 'ri? 7t, -i=j r|3, Is. 29. 5. Jer. 
 13, 24. Ps. 48, 5 ; a cloud Job 30. 15 ; a 
 shadow Ps. 144. 4; waters drying up 
 Job 6, 15. 11, 16. Hence 
 
 c) to pass away, to perish, e. g. men 
 Ps. 37, 36. Job 34, 20. Nah. 1, 12; by 
 a weapon, n^;3 Job 33. 18. 36, 12; of 
 things, q. d. to bp forgotten. Esth. 9, 28. 
 
 d) Trop. r'c;E~l:3 "i^j to pass over 
 transgression, i. e. to forgive, to pardon, 
 Mic. 7, 18. Prov. 19, 11 ; and so without 
 5c;b , c. dat. toforgite any one, Am. 7, 8. 
 8,2! 
 
 4. to pass over from one place to an- 
 olher. i. e. to pass on, to pass, to go fur- 
 ther ; i"5b "I'^rB "i35 to pass from city 
 to city 2 Chr. 30, 10. Gen. 18, 5 ^rx 
 libyn afterwards ye shall pass on. Neh. 
 2, 14 no place for the beast under me to 
 pass sc. lurther. 2 Sam. 18, 9 the mule 
 that was under him passed on, went 
 away. 16, 1. Mic. 1, 11. Josh. 6, 7. 8. 2 
 Sam. 16, 9 let me pass on and take off 
 his head. SCl "zy to pass on and re- 
 turn, i. e. to pass hither and thither, to 
 go to and fro, Ex. 32. 27. Ez. 35, 7. 
 Zech. 7, 14. 9, 8. With a or bs of the 
 way ; Prov. 4, 15 pass not ("ia) in it. 2 
 K. 6, 26 the king was parsing (br) upon 
 the vxUl. V. 30. Hence 
 
 a) to pass on to a place, to go to it ; 
 c. ace. 2 K. 6, 9. Am. 5. 5 and pass not 
 to Deersheba; c. bs 1 K. 19, 19. 2 K. 4, 
 8. Often of a boundary, which passes on 
 to any point, ace. c. n loc. Num. 34 4. 
 Joah. 15, 3 sq. 18. 13. 18. 19. 19, 13. 
 
 b) With a to pass in. to go in. to en- 
 ter; Judg. 9, 26 err a !l-ia?l and they 
 entered into Shechem. Lev. 26, 6. Ez. 14, 
 17 ; c. ace. to pass in at a gate Mic. 2, 
 13. Is. 62, 10. Here belong also the 
 phrases r"'"i3a "iSS to enter into a cove- 
 nant Deut. 29, 11 ; rnisa las to pass 
 into the pit of death Job 33. 28. ' 
 
 c) With ^Jsb, to pass on before, to go 
 before, so that others follow afterwards, 
 Gen. 33, 3. Ex. 17, 5. Deut. 3, 28. Josh. 
 4,5.12. 6,7. Also to pass on frst. to go 
 first, Gen. 33, 14. 1 Sam. 9, 27. 25, 19. 
 2 K. 4, 31. Contra, c. ""^riN, to pass on 
 after, to follow, 2 Sam. 20, 13. 
 
 d) With -i^. rsa, to pass from any 
 person or thing, to go away, to depart, 
 Ruth 2, 8 n.:T3 in^arn sib pass not from 
 hence. Cant.' 3, 4. IK. 22, 24 ; of things, 
 Pe. 81. 7. fPs. 18, 13 ^^a> "in;: n;:-3 
 l"ia? from the brightness before him 
 pa.ssed (went) forth his clouds, hail and 
 burning coals, i. e. the hail and light- 
 ning were in the thunder-clouds which 
 were gathered around his glory. R.] 
 Trop. Deut. 26, 13 / have not departed 
 from thy com mandments. have not trans- 
 gressed them. Is. 40, 27 "'wSris "^nbxig 
 "^ar^ 7ny righteous cause hath passed 
 away from my God, he neglects it, no 
 longer cares for it. Absol. id. Cant. 5, 
 6. Esth. 4, 17. 
 
 e) With hy, to pass over ?o another 
 owner, Is. 45. 14. Ez. 48. 14 Clieth. Comp. 
 Lam. 4. 21 Di3 ibrri ri^'b? ca u7ito thee 
 also shall the cup pass on or over. But 
 Deut. 24, 5 b? -las to pass over upon is 
 i.q. to be laid upon, as a burden, charge. 
 
 5. From the primary signif of pass- 
 ing over comes the frequent use of thin 
 verb in respect to waters which are said 
 to pass over their banks, to overflow, to 
 overwhelm ; c. ace. Jer. 5. 22 ; absol. Is. 
 8, 8 "lari C]ad he shall overflow and over- 
 whelm.^ Nah. 1, 8 "^aiy ciaaa. Hab. 3, 
 10. Oaen c. b? Is. 54. 9.' Ps. 42. 8 all 
 thy waves and thy billows have passed 
 over me ("^bs), have overwhelmed me. 
 Jon. 2, 4. Ps.' 124, 4. Hence, Is. 23, 10k 
 'X;'? Tjaf^X "i3S overflow thy land like 
 the Nile. i. e. spread thyself abroad in 
 thy land now free from the bonds of the 
 oppressor. Hence 
 
 a) Trop. of an inundating host, to 
 overwhelm; Dan. 11, 10. 40 (coupled 
 
nay 
 
 745 
 
 nar 
 
 with ti-Jid). Nail. 2, 1 [1, lo] tJie de- 
 stroyer s/uiU no more overwhelm Oue. 
 Is. 28, 18. Mic. 5, 7. So too of wine, c. 
 ace. Jer. 23, 9 (comp. yba, obn ) ; a 
 multitude of sins Ps. 38, 5 ; tho wrath 
 of God Ps. 88. 17. Absol. Ps. 73. 7 naS 
 aab r">3b"3 the inuiginations of the heart 
 overflow, tiieir proud thoughts are con- 
 spicuous in their looks and actions. 
 Hence 
 
 b) to nmh upon any one, to assail ; 
 c. b?, Job 9, 11 "^bs -ias;i 'jn, sc. God. 
 13, 13. Hos. 10, ll'. Nlih. 3, 19 whom 
 hath not thy wickedness assailed ? 
 
 c) Also of tears, to overflow, comp. in 
 
 Engl, 'to run over;' Arab. ^^ the eye 
 
 overflows. 8.a a tear. Part. "i33 ia 
 
 tyoerjiowing myrrh, i. e. distilling of itself^ 
 dropping in tears. Cant, 5, 5. 13. 
 
 NiPH. fut. "13^1), to be passed over, 
 e. g. a river Ez. 47. 5. 
 
 PiEL "135 , fut. 12>^ , to make pass otrer, 
 e. g. a) A bar, bolt ; hence to shut np 
 or close ^cith bolts ; c. "^SBb, 1 K. 6, 21 
 "\i3^ir! 'jsb snj ripinna "las";!^ ant/ he 
 closed up with golden chains (instead 
 of bars or bolts) before the holy of holies. 
 b) A female is said to let pass, to trans- 
 mit the male seed, etc. and thence to 
 conceive, to breed. Job 21, 10 125 TiiCJ 
 his cow breedeth, becomes big with 
 young. Chald. 135 Pe. Pa. Ethpa. id. 
 see Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 291, and Bux- 
 torf Lex. Chald. col. 1568. Comp. syn. 
 iTiS to pass, over, Pa. Aph. to be made 
 giavid. in Targg. for <Tnn, pr, to trans- 
 mit, Buxt. col. 1579. See Thesaur. p. 
 984. 
 
 HiPH. '''35n, fut. V35::, apoc. "li?!]. 
 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to pass 
 over, to transport across a river, e. g. a 
 people, flocks, etc. with two ace. ofpers. 
 and stream, Gen. 32, 24. Num. 32, 5. 
 Josh. 7, 7. 2 Sam. 19, 16; ace. of obj. 
 and 3 of the stream Ps. 136, 14. This 
 word is employed whether the passing 
 of a stream be in boats, over 2 Sam. I. c. 
 or by swimming, as in the case of a 
 flock, or by wading through at a ford, 
 Gen. Josh. 1. c. Further : a) to cause 
 a razor to pass over any one, i. q. to 
 share, c. bs Num. 8. 7. Ez. 5. 1 ; comp. 
 Kal no. 1 fin. b) to cause to pass, to 
 
 63 
 
 transfer from one place to another. Gen. 
 47, 21 and lie transferred the people 
 cnsb to other cities, out of Rome citiea 
 into others, i. e. made them exchange 
 habitations ; comp. 2 Chr. 30, 10 in Kal 
 no. 4. c) to cause an inheritance to 
 jxtss to any one, c. b Num. 27, 7. 8 ; 
 comp. Kal no. 4. e. d) to cause to pas* 
 over, i. e. to make transgress a law, I 
 Sam. 2, 24 ; comp. Kal no. 1. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause or kt 
 pass through, e. g. a land Deut. 2, 30 ; 
 to caii.'ie to pass thix>ughout or overrun, 
 as wild beasts a land Ez. 14, 15. Spec. 
 ^ b"ip T'SSn to cause to be proclaimed, 
 to make proclamation in i. e. through- 
 out a land, camp, Ex. 36, 6. Ezra 1, 1. 
 10, 7. 2 Chr. 30, 5. Also "lEiaJ -i"'35n pr. 
 to cause the trumpet to pass through 
 a land, i, e. to blow the trumpet, Lev. 
 25,9. 
 
 3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to make or let 
 pass by or beyond; 1 Sam. 16, 9. 10. 20, 
 36 he shot an arrow "in'^ssnb to make it 
 pass by him, i. e. beyond him. Me- 
 taph. nxan "''3rn to let a sin pass by, 
 i. e. to remit, to forgive, comp. Kal no. 
 
 3. d. 2 Sam. 12. 13. 24, 10. Job 7, 21. 
 
 4. Causat. of Kal no. 4, i. q. !<''3rT, Un 
 cause to pass, to cause to go or come;; 
 also i. q. to bring, spec, to offer as in sa-- 
 crificc, to consecrate, c. nin-'b Ex. 13, 12. 
 -^Often also in the phrase ^33 "i''35n 
 T^biab to offer children to Molech Jer. 32, 
 35. Lev. 18, 21. Ez. 16, 21. 23, 37 ; also 
 with 113X3 added 2 K. 23. 10 ; and with- 
 out dat. aix3 i33-px i"^35r! Deut. 18, 10. 
 2 K. 16, 3. 17, 17. 2 Chr. 33, 6. Ez. 20, 
 31. That children thus offered to Mo- 
 loch were really burned, the following 
 passages hardly leave a doubt: 2K. 17, 
 31. Jer. 7, 31, 19, 5. 2 Chr. 28, 3. Ez. 
 23, 37; comp. Diod. 20. 14. Euseb. Prsep. 
 
 4. 16. The Rabbins however, desiring 
 to free their ancestors from the oppro- 
 brium of a superstition so atrocious, have 
 feigned that the children were only 
 made to pass through the fire as a rite 
 of lustration; see Carpzov Apparatus 
 Antiq. s. Cod. p. 483. Spencer de Legib. 
 ritual, p. 363-370. The same sentiment 
 is also expressed by the Severity, 2 K.. 
 16, 3. al. See more in Thesaur. p. 985.. 
 
 5. Causat. of Kal no. 4. viz. a) Of 
 Kal no. 4. b, to cause to pass in, to make 
 
^z-j 
 
 746 
 
 13^' 
 
 e7iter, c. 2 , as 13^E2 "^'^SSn (o viake enter 
 the brick-kiln 2 Sam. 12, 31. b) Of 
 Kal no. 4. d, to lead away. 2 Chr. 35, 
 23 ; to take away, to put a icay, to re- 
 move, e. g. a garment Jon. 3, 6 ; a ring 
 Esth. 8, 2 ; idols, false prophets, 2 Chr. 
 
 15, 8. Zech. 13. 2 ; to put away, to avert 
 evil, reproach, Esth. 8, 3. Ps. 119, 39. 
 Ecc. 11, 10; the eye, to turn away, so 
 as not to see, Ps. 119. 37. 
 
 HiTHPA. pr. i. q. Kal no. 5, of waters, 
 to pass over banks, to oceijlow ; hence 
 trop. a) Of overflowing wrath, to he 
 wroth, Ps. 78, 21. 59 ; c. 3 v. 62. Deut. 
 3, 26 ; tS Ps. 89, 39 ; b? ' Prov. 26, 17 ; 
 c. Buff. Prov. 20, 2 i-23n^ for lb 'a whoso 
 poureth forth wrath against him sc. the 
 king. Comp. nnss no. 1. Arab. xLa*. 
 i. q. "iSS, to transgress, to be proud, to 
 be wroth, b) Of pride, to overflow with 
 pride, to be haughty, v.^ql^tiv, Prov. 14, 
 
 16. Comp. nnnsi no. 2. 
 
 Deriv. 1^35 ' -b?, "i=5^, iT^2S>73 , and 
 the eight here following. 
 
 ^3? m. c. suff. r25 ; plur. :''":=?. 
 constr. '"['.rS. 
 
 1. the region or country beyond, on the 
 other side of a river or sea which one 
 must pass ; as "pa'^S "'??r beyond the 
 Arnun Judg. 11, 18. C^f] ila in the 
 region beyond the sea Jer. 25, 22. Spec. 
 |n"*H "15?, TO ntQttv Tov 'logdurov, the 
 country beyond Jordan, the part of Pales- 
 tine lying east of the Jordan, Gen. 50, 
 10. 11. Deut. 1, 1. 5. Josh. 1. 14. 9. 10. 
 Judg. 5, 17 ; ,'in*b 1=572 id. Num. 35. 14. 
 Josh. 14, 3. 17, 5. Judg. 7, 25; comp. 
 Num. 22, 1. In some passages, how- 
 ever, this expression is applied to the 
 country west of the Jordan ; as Deut. 3, 
 20.25. 1 Sam. 31, 7: comp. Josh. 5, 1. 12, 
 7. 22, 7. Deut. 11, 30; also Josh. 22, 7. 
 1 Chr. 26, 30 ; espec. Num. 32, 19. 
 Similar is also the phrase "iHrn ""t?? ^^* 
 country beyond the river, i. e. the Euphra- 
 tes, Josh. 24. 2. 3. 2 Sam. 10, 16. 1 Chr. 
 19; 16; which is used also of provinces 
 on the west of the Euphrates, 1 K. 5. 4 
 [4, 24]. Ezra 8, 36. Neh. 2, 7. 9. 3, 7 ; 
 comp. Chald. Ezra 4, 10. 16. All these 
 were probably written by persons who 
 had resided on the east of the Euphra- 
 tes. Plur. in: '135 id. Is. 7, 20. 
 
 2. a region opposite, the other or op- 
 
 posite side, a valley or other space 
 being interposed; 1 Sam. ]4, 1. 26, 13 
 "i3:yn I'y^ "'31'^] and David passed over 
 to the other side sc. of the valley, to the 
 opposite mountain. Hence in antith. 
 r\^_-z -i2SnT3 HT-a i3Sn^: on this side on 
 tlial side 1 Sam. 14, 4; also "nnx -i3Sb 
 nnx "i3s53 id. v. 40. Plur. I"'";:?; -bsia 
 from all his sides, on every side. 1 K. 
 5, 4. Jer. 49, 32; cn-in3S5 -^v^-q on both 
 their sides Ex. 32, 15. 
 
 3. With prefixes it often becomes a 
 preposition, viz. 
 
 a) "i35"bx pr. to the region beyond, 
 i.e. beyond, over, Deut. 30, 13; in the 
 region opposite, i. e. over against. Josh. 
 22, 1 1 ; towards the region, i. e. towards, 
 Ex. 28, 26. More fully VJQ "3r-bx to- 
 wards the region opposite one's face, 
 straight before oneself, i. e. forwards, 
 straight forwards, Ez. 1, 9. 12. 10, 22. 
 'b n3S b5 id. Ex. 25, 37. 
 
 b) i-3^b i. q. ii3y-b!<, straight for- 
 wards, i. e. one's own way, Is. 47, 15. 
 
 c) "3Sa with genit. or suffix ; also 
 b "I33T3 tx) from the other side, from be- 
 yond, after verbs of motion, 2 Chr. 20, 
 2. Job 1, 19. Josh. 24, 3. Zeph. 3. 10. 
 /5) on the other side, beyond, e. g. ""SStJ 
 n*b beyond the sea Deut. 30, 13 ; "i3^T3 
 'ri3 'insb beyond the streams of Ethio- 
 pia Is" 18^ 1. 1 K. 14, 15. 
 
 4. Eber, Heber, pr. n. a) The founder 
 of the Hebrew race. Gen. 10, 24. 25. 
 11, 14. 15. See a discussion on this 
 point, Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache u. Schrift 
 p. 11. Hence 13? 'sa Gen. 10, 21, and 
 poet. -"SS collect. Num. 24, 24, i. q. cnss 
 Hebrews. For the distinction between 
 Hebrews and Israelites sec under """inS , 
 b) Neh. 12, 20. c) 1 Chr. 8, 12. d/s, 
 22. e) 5, 13. 
 
 ''4? Chald. i. q. Heb. 135 no. 1, the 
 region beyond ; hence S^i"!!? 137 the 
 country beyond the river Euplirates, i. e. 
 in the Persian mode of speaking, the 
 country west of the Euphrates. Ezra 4, 
 10. 11. 16. 20. 5, 3. 6, 6. 8. 13. 7, 21. 25. 
 
 nn3^ r (r. -13s) \. a ferry-boat hr 
 passing a stream 2 Sam. 19, 19. Chald. 
 ni^35ia , nn3sa , contr. i30 , id. 
 
 '2. '2 Sam. 15, 28 Cheth. where Keri 
 ni3is desert-places, a the context re- 
 quires. 
 
12j 
 
 747 
 
 r\as 
 
 ^'7^'^ ^- (r. "la?) constr. rnss, c. suff. 
 'n'lar ; plur. n"!-!:? , constr. nii35 Job 
 40, 11, also ni-iSS Vs. 7. 7. 
 
 1. an outjMtiring. overflowing of wrath, 
 comp. the root in Kal no. 5, and Hifhpa. 
 Job 40, 1 1 TjDX rii^as the outpourings of 
 thy wrath. Hence for wrath itself, i. e. 
 outburst of wrath ; so of the king's 
 wrath, Prov. 14, 35; of enemies Ps. 7,7. 
 Spec, of God's wrath la. 9, 18. 13, 9. 13. 
 Hos. 13, 11. Am. 1,11. Ps. 85, 4; so ttJS 
 "nnas the fire of my wrath Ez. 21, 36 
 [31]. 22, 21. 38, 19 ; Tinns OS the people 
 of my wrath, against whom I am wroth. 
 Is. 10, 6 ; comp. Jer. 7, 29. Prov. 22, 8. 
 Lam. 3, 1. nnas nii the day q/" God's 
 wrath Prov. llV-i. Zeph. 1, 15. 18. Ez. 
 7, 19; plur. id. Job 21, 30. Prov. 11, 23 
 nnas o-'jffin r;;pn the expectation of the 
 wicked is icralh so. from God. Coupled 
 with synon. C5T Ps. 78. 49. 
 
 2. i. q. I'liQiq, pride, haughtiness, inso- 
 lence, see the root in Hithpa. lett. b. Is. 
 16, 6. Jer. 48, 30. 
 
 ^r'^'^r'? (passage so. of the sea, r. "ia) 
 Ebronah, pr. n. of a station of the L!rael- 
 ites near Ezion-geber on the Elanitic 
 gulf, Num. 33, 34. 35. 
 
 ''^^^ m. plur. D'''?2S, Q'^*"i2S Ex. 3, 
 18; f. n^nas, plur. r1"*i3S. gentile n. 
 Hebrew, Hebrews, Gr. 'Li3^it7og. As to 
 the origin of tliis name, it is derived in 
 the O. T. from the name "i2S no. 4, q. v. 
 but would seem primarily to have been 
 an appellative from that word (i2?), im- 
 plying the land or country beyond the 
 Euphrates; whence ^"^a" pr. one from 
 beyond tl^e river, Gen. 14, 13; where 
 Sept. well ufQUTTiQ. The name He- 
 brews differs from the term Israelites 
 (bs'it"'^ "33) in this respect, viz. that the 
 latter, as a patronymic derived from the 
 founder of the nation, was in use only 
 among the people themselves; while 
 the former, as an appellative applied by 
 the Canaanites to the Hebrews migrat- 
 ing from beyond the Euphrates into 
 Canaan, was the current name among 
 foreign nations. (Comp. ctzris and 
 fpolvcxfc; Chemi. C-isia , jJiyvmoi.) 
 Hence Greek and Roman writers use 
 only the name Hebrews, or in later times 
 Jews ; e. g. Pausan. 5. 5. 2. ib. 6. 24. 6. 
 Plut. Sympos. IV. 6. 1. Tac. Hist. 5. 1. 
 
 Josephus passira. The writers of the 
 
 0. T. apply to the Israelites the term 
 Hebrews, either where Ibrcijfners are in- 
 troduced R8 speaking, Gen. 39, 14. 17. 
 41, 12. Ex. 1, 16. 2, 6. 1 Sam. 4. 6. 9. 
 13, 19. 14. 11. 29, 3; or where Israelites 
 are represented as speaking of them- 
 selves to foreigners; Gen. 40, 15. Ex. 1, 
 19. 2, 7. 3, 18. 5, 3. 7, 16. 9, 1. 13. Jon. 
 
 1, 9 ; or where they are opposed to 
 other nations. Gen. 43, 32. Ex. 1, 15. 2, 
 11. 13. 21,2. Deut. 15. 12 (comp. Jer. 
 34, 9. 14). 1 Sam. 13, 3. 7 where there 
 is a play of words in '"^SS cnrs . 14,21. 
 The opinion of some that the term Is- 
 raelites was a sacred name, and Hebrews 
 the common appellation, is without foun- 
 dation. See more on this topic in Gesch. 
 d. hebr. Sprache u. Schrifl, p. 9-12. 
 
 Q''"^^?; (regions beyond, from "iD5)vl6o- 
 rim, pr. n. Jer. 22, 20. Fully D-^-iasnin 
 Num. 27, 12. Deut. 32, 49, and '"^nn 
 Qins^n Num. 33, 47. 48, the mountains 
 ofAbarim, a range of mountiiins beyond 
 Jordan over against Jericho, in which 
 was Mount Nebo; see "133 no. 2. The 
 name Abariin was apparently some- 
 times so extended, as to include all the 
 mountainous tract on the ea.?t of the 
 Dead Sea. For ni-i3r "''S Num. 21, 
 11. 33, 44. 45, see in art "^9 no. 2. b. 
 
 fin? , see in "ji>i2S no. 1. 
 
 *u:5^ ^rr. Xfyr'fi. Joel 1, 17, to die, 
 spoken of seed which loses its germinat- 
 ing power and dies in the ground from 
 the effects of too great heat, (Bstu ra- 
 nescit, to use the words of Pliny on this 
 very point H. N. 14. 24 ; Germ, verdum- 
 men. Kindred is Chald. csr pr. to rot, 
 spec of the kernels perishing in the 
 ground; see Buxtorf Lex. Chald. 1642. 
 Bochart.Hieroz.il. 471. That the word 
 for to rot may be so extended as to apply 
 to seed cB.9tii vanescens. is shown by the 
 Gr. Tiv&ofiui, Hesiod. Scut. Here. 153. 
 Abulwalid compares Arab. i>**aA i. q. 
 (j<axJ to dry up : so that here -11^35 
 would be i. q. 1-3^ . 
 
 ^ 't^ in Kal not used, to be inter- 
 woven, interlaced, kindr. with the roots 
 ass , r^s . 
 
 PiEL to entangle, to pervert, Mic. 7, 3. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
nny 
 
 748 
 
 y^^ 
 
 ^^ adj. fern, i^n^y , inferworm, inter- 
 laced, spoken of trees with thick foliage 
 Ez. 6, 13. 20, 28. Lev. 23, 40. Neh.ls, 
 15. Syr. with Tet j!^la id. 
 
 f^'^>^ . plur. ainas and ninhs , subst. of 
 rboth genders (f. Judg. 15, 14), any 
 thing interwoven, interlaced. R. rz^^ . 
 Hence 
 
 1. a cord Judg. 15, 13. 14. Is. 5, 18. 
 Job 39, 10. Ps. lis, 27. Plur. cords, i. e. 
 bands, bonds, fetters, Ps. 2, 3. Ez. 3, 25. 
 4, 8. Trop. bands of love Hos. 11, 4. 
 
 2. a braid, wreath, of small rods or 
 wires woven together Ex. 23, 24 nrs>o 
 irhs braided or wreathed work Ex. 28, 
 
 14. 22. 39, 15 ; ninhsn ni-icj-jiy wreath- 
 en chains 28, 14. 
 
 3. a branch with thick foliage, thick- 
 .leaved bough, Ez. 19, 11, 31, 3. 10. 14. 
 
 * - J^" fut. ar-si 1. Pr. to breathe, to 
 blow, i. q. kindr. -Hx no. 1 ; whence 25^5 
 a wind-instrument of music. This idea 
 is then transferred to emotions of the 
 Boul, to breathe after, to desire ; hence 
 
 2. to love inordinately, to dote on, i. q. 
 anx Pi. spoken of impure love, lust, c. 
 ^S Ez. 23, 5. 9. 16. 20; bi< v. ]2; ace. v. 
 7. Part. W^'y lovers Jer. 4, 30. Comp. 
 ayanau). Arab. ,,_j^ IV placuit alicui 
 res ; V accendit amore. 
 
 Deriv. the two following, also -5W . 
 
 ^^ see 25!i? . 
 
 ^5?? f- c. suff. !^P2aS , inordinate tore, 
 excessive fondness, Ez. 23, 11. R. 25S. 
 
 C'^r*? m. plur. (r. 255) loves; Ez. 33, 
 32 C''s;i^ n-ittJ a song of loves, i. e. an ero- 
 tic song pleasing to the people. Then 
 i. q. ^on, Im-e for men; Ez. 33, 31 
 
 cirs nan cn-'E2 u^zyj-^s for with their 
 woulh they make love.i.c. they show much 
 
 lloveand kindness, opp, but their heart fol- 
 
 doweth after gain. Comp. Arab. v_a^ id. 
 
 n^ f. (r. 31?) also nay i k. 17, 13. 
 
 Hos. 7, 8 ; constr. r55 1 K. 19. 6.* Ez. 4, 12 ; 
 plur, riw, a cake, round-cake of bread, 
 baked under hot ashes, such as are com- 
 monly prepared among the Orientals at 
 the present day when in haste or on a 
 journey ; CBSn rr.5 a cake baked upon 
 hot atoms 1 K. 19, 6. nisa niw unleav- 
 
 ened cakes Ex. 12, 39. Arab, iba^ egg- 
 
 fritter, omelet. See Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. 11. p. 496. III. p. 76. The or- 
 thography varies in Mss. and editions ; 
 in most it is written without Dagesh ; 
 see J. H. Michaelis in II. cc. 
 
 "^^>:? m. (r. n) a verba! adj. of pas- 
 sive form but active signif chattering, 
 twittering; hence : a) As an epithet 
 of the swallow. Is. 38, 14 l-liS QSiDS as 
 the twittering swallow ; the LXX omit 
 n!i3S; Syr. 'the chattering swallow;' see 
 the references under r. ^as . b) Poet, 
 for a species of the swallow itself; Jer. 8, 
 7; pr. the chatterer, the twitterer. Bo- 
 chart endeavours to show, Hieroz. 11. 
 68 sq. that the word lli^ signifies tlie 
 crane ; but his arguments are not valid. 
 The passage in Is. 1, c. is particularly 
 against this position. 
 
 '^^ m. (r. bir) a ring, spec, ear-ring. 
 Num. 31. 50. Plur. n'^b'^js Ez. 16, 12. 
 
 ''^^ obsol. root, i. q. hht to roll, to 
 revolve, Syr. Pa. id. Comp. Arab. Jk!:^ 
 ixy hasten, to hurry. Hence ?"*33J , ba^Ja , 
 and the five here following. 
 
 -"^^ adj. fern, nhs , round, rounded, 
 1 K. 7, 23. 31. 35. 10, 19. 2 Chr. 4,2. 
 
 '-)? m. (r. ^35) c. suff". ihs, plur. 
 ts-'bjs , constr. "'bsis , a calf Ps. 29. 6. Is. 
 11, 6." Am. 6, 4. Lev. % 8. al. Also a 
 young bullock, steer, Jer. 31, 18 xb bsss 
 "iisb as a steer jmtrained, unsubdued 
 to the yoke. Is. 27, 10. Ez. 1, 7.-^33 
 n:',;j-"j5 a calf of a year old Lev. 9, 3. 
 Mic. 6, 6. pa-io b3? a fatted calf 1 Sam. 
 28. 24. More fully "li^S"",? biS a calf of 
 the herd, of neat cattle, Lev. 9, 2; inas- 
 much as b3S was used also for the young 
 of other animals, see the Ethiopic usage 
 below. Often of the images of a calf 
 set up and worshipped by the Israelites 
 at Sinai and in the kingdom of Samaria; 
 nz^-q bas a molten calf Ex. 32. 4. 8 ; ^\p_ 
 zril golden calves 1 K. 12. 28. 2 K. 10, 
 29; Ti-iria b^S the calf of Sam aria llos. 
 8, 6. comp. 13. 2. Metaph. P.s. 68, 31 the 
 vinltilude of the bidls c"ir? "^bsra with the 
 calves of the people, i.e. the hostile lead- 
 ers with their people compared to herds. 
 
 Arab. Jj C. xJLa^, Syr. U^^ f 
 
 li^ii^, Chttld. b>s, sbss, id, Eth 
 
hz9 
 
 749 
 
 19 
 
 ?i^A. foetus, embryo, infant jvist born, 
 also the young of animals, whelp ; A 1**^ 
 young ofaninials, calves, lambs; o'V'AT 
 a she-calf, heifer. The etymology is 
 doubtful. Simonisand others refer it to 
 the idea of a leaping and bounding 
 course ; but perhaps the primary signif 
 lies in the Ethiopic. Not improb. bjs 
 rkX^ may denote, like 038, something 
 rolled or wrapped together^ an unformed 
 viass ; and hence enibryo, ftztua^ and 
 also the young as just born and still un- 
 sliapen. On the verbs bba, cba, and 
 other kindred roots, see in r. bba note. 
 
 nbr<:P fem. of ^55 1. a calf, heifer- 
 calf, or rather heifer, i. q. nno . Dent. 21, 
 4. 6. Jer. 46. 20; more fully '-i;r3 nhr a 
 heifer of kine Deut. 21, 3. 1 Sam. l<5,' 2. 
 Is. 7, 21 ; see "j^a'ia ^'^. in bw . So of 
 a heifer untrained to the yoke Hos. 10, 
 11; giving milk Is. 7, 21 ; as ploughing 
 Judg. 14, 18 ; treading out grain Jer. 50, 
 11 ; of three years old Gen. 15, 9. So 
 too prob. n'C-'bTr nb:s a heifer of the 
 third year, unsubdued to the yoke, as an 
 emblem of Moab, Is. 15. 5. Jer. 48. 34 ; 
 so Sept. Targ. Vulg. Of idol images 
 Hos. 10, 5. Arab. Syr. etc. see in bi5 . 
 
 2. Eglah. pr. n. of a wife of David, 
 2 Sam. 3, 5. 1 Chr. 3, 3. 
 
 n^?? f (r. biS) c. suff. iP^5S, plur. 
 nibss, constr. rib;? Num. 7, 3, a wain, 
 car, any wheeled carriage, e. g. a wagon 
 Gen. 45, 19 sq. Num. 7, 6-8 ; an ox-cart 
 1 Sam. 6, 7 sq. 2 Sam. 6, 3. Is. 5, 18. 
 Am. 2, 13 ; a threshing-dray or sledge 
 (see ania) Is. 28, 27. 28 ; a war-chariot 
 Ps. 46, 10. Chald. S<nb,:s, Syr. jlli^^, 
 
 Arab. &JLa& , id. 
 
 '\\^y?. (q. d. vituline, from bjs) Eglon. 
 pr. n. a) A king of Moab Judg. 3, 12. 
 b) A city in the plains of Judah, for- 
 merly a royal city of the Canaanites, 
 Josh. 10. 3. 12,12. 15,39. A tract of ruing 
 etiU bears the name ^AjUln. ^^3^ ; 
 see Bibl. Res. m Palest. II. p. 392. 
 
 * D3J to be sad, to grieve, c. V for 
 any one, Job 30, 25. See in cax no. 3. 
 
 * 15? only in Niph. from the Chald. 
 to shut oneself up, to remain shut up. 
 Ruth 1, 13 nsasn *,nbn toould ye there- 
 
 63* 
 
 fore remain shut up? i. e. so as not to 
 marry; for n33;3n or nrasn ; coinp. in 
 Is. 60. 4. Sept. xutitiTxtOiiatadt. CImld. 
 T'SS one detained, sliut up, espec. in pri- 
 son ; whence n355 P'^S prison. According 
 to Kimchi Talmud, ns^w is a woman 
 who shuts herself up at home and lives 
 without a husband. 
 
 '^^ obsol. root, prob. onomatopo- 
 etic, by transpos. i. q. "iSa q. v. to cry out ; 
 Eth. !20Z^ and 10^ to cry out from 
 pain, to groan like one sick or dying; 
 Gr. yTj(jvu). yu()V(xi; Lat. garrio, pr. of 
 the chirping or twittering of certain 
 birds, nearly i. q. rmsa ; whence hirun- 
 do garrula Virg. Georg. 4. 307 ; cicaxla 
 garrula Phaedr. 3. 16. 10 ; luscinice gar- 
 rulentes Apuleius. Hence 1153. 
 
 *!?, also "t^. after a prefix with Ka- 
 mets; pr. subst. m. from r. n"i5 i.q. ins. 
 
 A) Subst. 1. pr. a passing. progress, 
 in space ; also duration in time. Hence 
 perpetual time, eternity, everlasting, i. q. 
 
 cbi?; so Eth. Tili time, from jL^ to 
 pass ; comp. fem. r5 time, for n"i5. So 
 t^^for ever, i. q. obub . Ps. 9, 19. 19. 10. 
 21,' 7. 22, 27. al. IS "'1? to everlasting, 
 for ever, Ps. 83. 18. 92, 8. 132, 12. 14. 
 Is. 65, 18 ; "isi cbi'rb for ever and ever 
 Ps. 9, 6. 119.44. U5, 2. Mic.4, 5; cbij 
 131 id. Ps. 10, 16. 21, 5. 52, 10; '^Tsbisn? 
 15 id. Is. 45. 17. 19 ^Z^froyn of old, i. q. 
 nbis^ , Job 20, 4. Aho 19 ^2Vi everlast- 
 ing father Is. 9, 5 ; i? "'lin , -is innn , 
 everlasting mountains Gen. 49, 26. Hab. 
 3, 6 ; 1? "laiu inhabiting eternity, sitting 
 enthroned for ever. Is. 57, 15. 
 
 2. prey. b(Xity, see the root no. 2. Gen. 
 49. 27. Zeph. 3, 8. Is. 33, 23. Chald. 
 xns . "1*13 , nxns , xri-i? , id. 
 
 B) Prep. "I? , and poet. plur. constr. 
 ^1? Job 7, 4. Ps. 83, 18; c. suff. ^"iS, 
 ""'"!?, ''''J?- f^'^o OZ^'i'S with Kamets Job 
 32, 12; once cn-is for on-^ns 2 K. 9, 
 18. Comp. Syr. {.l^ dum, donee; Samar. 
 
 TV id. 
 
 1. during a certain time, so long as, 
 while. Job 20, 5 Si") '"I? during (for) 
 a moment. 1 K. 19, 45 n3 nsi TVS nr 
 during so and so, in the mean while ; 
 prob. accompanied by some gesture of 
 the hand. 2 K. 9. 22 bsrit '5^3T-n5 
 during the whoredoms of Jezebel, so 
 
750 
 
 i:? 
 
 long as these continue. With infin. 
 Judg. 3. 26 cnrnrrn ns during their 
 iajTying, while they delayed. Jon. 4. 2. 
 2. to, unto, even to a certain term or 
 limit, viz. 
 
 a) Of space, as iiian "inSv? *i? unto 
 the great river Deut. 1, 7 ; I'-ixn nsp: "is 
 unto the end of the earth Ps. 46, 10 ; "i^"'^? 
 even unto Dan Gen. 14, 14. C^n ns, 
 riin ns , hitherto, to this point, 2 Sam. 7, 
 IS. 1 Sam. 7, 12. So after the verbs y;3 
 Job 4, 5, XS^ 11, 7, aJ53 Judg. 9,52. Opp'. 
 are "O -ij: from to, and 1?1 *|13 from 
 even to, see in )'0 no. 3. . p. 583 ; 
 also where there are several terms and 
 a progression from one to another, 
 "JSWns ',13 Gen. 7, 23, and so )-q being 
 om'itted 1 Sam. 17, 52. Jer. 31, 40. Cou- 
 pled with other prepositions : aa) \ l? 
 which does not differ from "i5 , and be- 
 longs to the later writers, e.g. "'P.n'ab IS 
 even to the camp 1 Chr. 12. 22 ; pin"ir^ ns 
 even to afar, afar off. 2 Chr. 26, 15. Ezra 
 
 3, 13 ; comp. 'a is Is. 57, 9. With infin. 
 see below in b. bb) cn"'bj< IS even unto 
 them 2 K. 9, 20. cc) ^SbV IS even to 
 before, e. g. the king's gate Esth. 4, 2; 
 
 :eo 153 IS Neh. 3, 26, rq'3 IS Judg. 19, 
 10. 20, 44. 
 
 b) Of time, unto, until, as fiTfl Di*?] IS 
 iBven unto this day, i. e. this day, still, 
 
 Gen. 26, 33. 32. 33. Deut. 34, 6 ; ij^an is 
 until the morning, i. e. before to-morrow, 
 
 . Judg. 6. 31 ; 3isn is until the evening 
 
 Lev. 15, 5. Poet SiS "^IS Ps. 104, 23; 
 
 15 'IS unto everlasting, for ever, Is. 26, 
 
 4, comp. Joel 2. 2. Rarely h IS Ezra 9, 
 4. Often with an adv. of time: Sijsj'is, 
 ni:-is, "rx-is, till when? how long? 
 sec in n:x . n*:. "ipis ; also fisn-is contr. 
 nns, ns-is, is-is, nrs-is, until now, 
 
 . hitherto, see these words. With infin. 
 until ; "iniis'is until he came near Gen. 
 33. 3 ; r^^ltii'is until thou come again 
 
 Judg. 6. 18; ii-'isilin-is U7itil he had 
 destroyed him 2 K. 10, 17 ; ~x2-is until 
 thou come Gen. 19. 22, sec in Sia no. 2. 
 b. Ex. 22. 25 [26]. Ps.18,38. Jer. 9, 15. 
 Dan. 10, 3. In the later Hebrew also 
 h IS id. as N-rb IS Judg. 3. 3. 1 Chr. 5, 9. 
 13,5; so Ezra 10. 14. 1 K. 18,29. 1 Chr. 
 28, 20. 2 Chr. 24. 10. 29, 30. Sometimes 
 the idea of the infin. lurks in a particle 
 
 ' (originally a noun), e. g. T'S* is pr. until 
 ttione, i. e. until there be none, as "j^x-is 
 
 ieO^ tmtil there be no number, i. c. 
 innumerable, Ps.40. 13; iprn 'ps-i^ Job 
 9, 10; NSi^ r!i<V"^? 2 Chr. 36, 16; 
 n-'p^ CES IS Is. 5,'8 ; ""ba is, ^nba is, 
 u7itil failure, i. e. so long as, see in ""ba 
 no. 4. d, "^riba no. 4. c. 
 
 c) As marking the degree of excel- 
 lence or pre-eminence to or unto which 
 a person or thing has arrived ; 2 Sam. 
 23, 19 sa xb najbt-n isi but unto the 
 three he did not attain. Job 11, 7 IS cx 
 N^irn 'iir n-'brn canst thou attain unto 
 the perfection of the Almighty ? Hence 
 in comparisons : 1 Chr. 4. 27 nor did all 
 their family multiply ni^in^ "'ja 1S even 
 unto the children of Judah, i. e. to equal 
 the children of Jndah. like to them. Nah. 
 1, 10 n-^aas nii-^D is inlei-woven like to 
 thorns, i. e. so as to be like thorns entan- 
 gled together, see in r. xan . So ixr IS , 
 ixrb IS, 'even unto vehemence,' i. e. 
 vehemently, exceediv gly ; n^n^ IS 'even 
 to (great) speed.' speedily, very swiftly; 
 nbsTzb IS 'even to the highest point,' 
 exceedingly, see in bsa II. 3. b. Here 
 too might be referred several examples 
 quoted above in lett. b, as iQO^ T'>5""'? 
 Also, even to some extreme limit, e g. 
 las IS even to destruction Num. 24, 20 ; 
 of some extreme thing, the last eveii to 
 which an action or quality might be 
 expected to extend; 1 Sam. 2, 5 IS 
 nsailj nib^ '^'^i??. *^) ^^'^n the barren, 
 hath borne seven, i. e. even she, the bar- 
 ren. Num. 8, 4 even unto the shaft and 
 unto the flowers thereof, it (the candela- 
 bra) If as turned work. With a negat. 
 Hag. 2, 19. Job 25, 5. So inS'lS . . . sb 
 not even one Ex. 14, 28. Judg. 4, 16. 
 2 Sam. 17, 22. 
 
 3. After verbs of motion, to, unto, i. q. 
 bx , but marking the passing over, tran- 
 sit, through the intervening space, rather 
 than the arrival at the point or limit; 
 comp. the root. Gen. 38, 1 !C"'N is u*i 
 ""BbiS and he turned in iinto an Adul- 
 laniite; so IS T(bn 1 Sam. 9, 9; IS xia, 
 IS a^OJ, see Xia, asu:. Also of a direc- 
 tion of the mind to any one, is 'sianii 
 Job 32, 12. 38, 18 ; IS ',-Tsn Num. 23, 
 18. Once ntn laib IS towards i. e. as 
 to this matter Ezra 10, 14. 
 
 C) Conjunct. 1. while, comp. in B. 1. 
 With pra-t. 1 Sam. 14, 19 ; fut. Job 8, 
 21 ; particip. Job 1, 18 comp. vv. 16. 17. 
 
T? 
 
 751 
 
 ^i:? 
 
 jjMore fully 'ti "i? id. Cant. 1, 12. xb-l? 
 Prov. 8. 2iG. and !<b noix n Eco. 12, 1. 
 
 2. G, while not. while as yet not, i. q. Q'lua 
 be/ore, Syr. Pjl Matt. 1, 18 for Gr. 
 
 2. tt/i7, *o /own- as until, spoken of a 
 term or limit of time, comp. in B. 2. b. 
 With prnet. Josh. 2. 22 0"<Bn'in laaJ iv 
 , until the pnrsuvrs have returned. Ez. 
 39, 15. 2 K. 24, 20; fut. Gen. 38, 11. 
 Hos. 10, 12. Prov. 7, 23. Job 27. 5. Is. 
 22, 14. More fully "laJx i? iintil that, 
 with prffit. Dent. 2, 14. Judg. 4, 24 ; fut. 
 Num. 11, 20. Hos. 5, 15. '? IS Cant. 
 
 3, 4. Judg. 5, 7. 'S -I? id. with prtet. 
 Gen. 26, 13. 2 Sam. 23, 10 ; fut. Gen. 
 49, 10. =x n? Gen. 24, 19. Is. 30, 17, 
 and DX i;ax ns Gen. 28, 15. Num. 32, 
 17. Is. 6, 1. In 1 Sam. 1, 22 the term 
 or limit of time itself is signified, not the 
 space or interval up to that limit, e. g. 
 1 Sam. 1, 22 T^nx-^ani nyrn b-aa-^ ns 
 until the child be weaned, then will I 
 bring him, lor when he shall be weaned ; 
 comp. Chald. Tinx 15, and the idiom 
 of southern and western Germany: 
 'bis Montag reise ich,' i. e. I set off on 
 Monday next. There is here strictly 
 an ellipsis, which we may thus fill out : 
 until the child be weaned (let him remain 
 with me), then will 1 bring hiui. It has 
 moreover been often observed, (comp. 
 Noldii Concord. Part. p. 534. Intpp. ad 
 Ps. 110, 1 ; et contra Fritzsche ad Matt. 
 p. S53 sq. Winer Lex. p. 695.) that the 
 particle *13 sometimes includes also the 
 time beyond its term or limit : but this is 
 manifestly without foundation, so far as 
 it is ascribed to this particle as arising 
 from any special usus loquendi of the 
 Hebrew language. Still it is not the 
 less certain, that the sacred writers 
 have not in all places assigned the ex- 
 treme limit, but a nearer one. without 
 intending however to exclude at all the 
 time beyond. When a person setting 
 oflf on a journey says to a friend : fare- 
 well till we meet again ! he now thinks 
 indeed chiefly on this nearer term, al- 
 though he also wishes his friend to fare 
 well in like manner after his return. 
 These remarks apply to passages like 
 Ps. 110. 1. 112, 8. Dan, 1, 21. Gen. 28. 
 15. 1 Tim. 4, 13. Comp. Hengstenberg 
 Authentic des Daniel p. 66, 67. 
 
 3. even to such a degri^c. i. e. so that, 
 even so that, comp. in B. 2. c. Comp. 
 Arab, .^x^ donee, also ul c. fut. Eth. 
 5^fl*Q donee, ut. Is. 47, 7 thou saidst, 
 I shall rule forever, b? nh< rnab'xb n? 
 T|ab so that (even to such a degree of 
 insolence, that) thou didst not lay these 
 things to heart. Job 14, 6. More fully 
 -idx ns Josh. 17, 14, comp. Chald. A. 3. 
 
 n;? Chald. i. q. Heb. where see. 
 
 A) Prep. 1. during, within; 15 
 Vnbn poi"' within thirty days, Dan. 6, 
 8. 13.' 
 
 2. until, even until, of time, e. g. TS 
 JSS even until now Ezra 5, 16. But IP 
 pnnx until the last, i. q. till at the last, 
 at last, Dan. 4. 5. 
 
 3. to, for. of purpose, end ; '^'T nnan-ns 
 to the intent that, to the end that, Dan. 
 
 4, 14, i. q. in r-tni b? 2, 30. 
 
 B) ""l "? Conjunct. 1. until thai, 
 ere. Dan. 6, 25 they had not yet reached 
 the bottom of the pit, i. e. the persons 
 thrown in.ere('''7l?)/^ lions seized them. 
 
 2. until, till that, with prait. Dan. 2. 34. 
 
 5, 21, 7, 4, 9. 11. 22 ; fut. Dan. 2, 9. 4, 
 20. 22. 29. 
 
 127 m. (r. IS?) Tsere impure, plur. 
 o^-iV, constr. "'ir, once "yv Ps. 27, 12 
 in some copies. 
 
 1. a witness, Deut. 17. G. 19, 15. Ruth 
 4, 9. 11. Is. 8, 2. Prov. 19, 5. 9. al Also 
 of things, Gen. 31, 44. 48. Is. 19, 20. Job 
 16. 8. 
 
 2. witness borne, testimony ; 2 IS njS 
 to bear witness against any one, Ex. 20, 
 16. Deut. 5, 17. 
 
 3. a prince, chief, pr. a preceptor, law- 
 giver. Is. 55, 4. See the root in Hiph. 
 2. c. 
 
 "^27, see lis yet. 
 
 ^7? Chald. see after r. nns . 
 
 -\ obsol. root. Arab. Jlc to num- 
 ber, to reckon, espec. days, time ; Conj, 
 IV to determine, to fix, sc, a time. This 
 would seem to be a secondary verb, de- 
 rived from the noun IS time, like the verb 
 lS^,with which it' is kindred. Hence 
 Syr. t^r^ to keep a festival, )t^t^ fes- 
 tival day i. q. 1S1"0. The form "nis see 
 under r. l^lS. 
 Deriv. iii , "j^S , pr. n. 1^ , HIS"]? . 
 
MV 
 
 752 
 
 "STtf 
 
 *T7^ fut. IT^S^, conv. "IS*]; i. q. 
 12S, Chald. SjT. id. Arab. JJlC for 
 
 1. to pass, to pass over or by. Job 28, 
 a Hence 1? A. 1, B. C. 
 
 2. to rush upon, to attack in a hostile 
 
 2 ' ^ 
 manner, whence Arab. .Jcc an enemy; 
 
 comp. the synon. "15s no. 5. b. Hence 
 
 15 A. 2, prey. 
 
 3. Causat. ' to cause to pass over up- 
 on.' i. e. to put on ornaments, to adorn 
 or to deck oneself with any thing, c. ace. 
 like rrb. (Chald. id.) Job 40, 10 -nns 
 (iXJ n; deck now thyself with splendour. 
 "^IS) ms to deck with ornaments, to put 
 on,' EzV23, 40. Jer. 4. 30. Hos. 2, 15. Jer. 
 31 4 ".""En "^isn thou shult deck thyself 
 with thy tabrets, which as being drawn 
 over the hands were an ornament of 
 dancing females. Is. 61, 10. Ez. 16, 13; 
 with two ace. to adorn, to deck a person 
 with any thing, Ez. 16, 11. 
 
 HiPH. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to re- 
 move, to put off" or away a garment 
 Prov. 25. 20, i. q. "i-'rsn Jon. 3, 6. 
 
 Deriv. T? , "'"73. r? ibr r-i5 (nrs. 'n), 
 also the pr. names nns, bx"'"??, "^7?, 
 
 . - .-I 5 v ' : -' T ; - - 
 
 m? or Sn? Chald. fut. nw^, x-iS^, 
 L q. Heb. Syr. f^i. id. 
 
 1. to pass over i. e. away, and hence, 
 of a kingdom, to perish Dan. 7, 14 ; of a 
 law, to be abrogated Dan. 6, 9. 13. 
 
 2. to go or come, c. 3 to or w/)on any 
 thing Dan. 3, 27 ; c. '{O to go from, to 
 depart. Dan. 4. 28. 
 
 A PH. Causat. of Pe. no. 2, to take 
 away Dan. 5. 20. 7, 26 ; of kings, to re- 
 move, to depose, Dan. 2, 21. 
 
 rny (ornament, beauty, r. nn5 no. 3) 
 Adah. pr. n. f a) The wife of Lamech, 
 Gen." 4, 19. b) The Avife of Esau, Get\. 
 36, 2. 4 ; comp. 26, 34. 
 
 I. TTiV f (for nnV r. ^,'^) constr. 
 pns . plur. r"i5, an appointed meeting, 
 assembly. Spec. 
 
 1. an assembly, congregation, of the 
 Israolites ; fully i-X^iy": rns Ex. 12, 3. 6. 
 47. Lev. 4. 13 ; ^"^'tj? ""sa rns Ex. 16, 
 ]. 2. 9. 17, 1. 35, 4V"i!'"''i ^li ^he con- 
 gregation of Jehovah Num. 27, 17. 31, 
 16 ; alpo xax ^So/ijv TJ??^ Lev. 4, 15. 8, 
 
 3. 4. 5. Num. 13. 26. 14, L al. Sept, 
 avvny(xv/ri.B\xt ^X r-i3 Ps. 82, 1 is the 
 assembly (council) of the angels con- 
 voked q/" God. 
 
 2. A domestic or private company, 
 family, household, Job 16, 7. 15, 34 
 ?:n nnr, parall. nniij 'brts. 
 
 3. Any assembly, multitude ; Ps. 1, 5 
 cp'^'n^ rns the congregation of the 
 righteous, 7, 8. Often in a bad sense, 
 troop, band, gang, of wicked men, Ps. 
 86, 14. 22, 17. 16, 5. 11. 26, 9. 27. 3. 
 
 4. Of beasts, as n^n'^ax nns the mul- 
 titude (herd) of the bidls Ps. 68, 31, Of 
 bees, a swarm, Judg. 14, 8. 
 
 II. fMy f. (r. IW) Tsere impure, plur. 
 n'ls . 
 
 1. a witness, any thing which testifies, 
 Gen. 31. 52. 
 
 2. testimony, Gen. 21, 30. 
 
 3. a. precept of God, ordinance, only 
 plur. Deut. 6, 20 ; c. suff. Ps. 119, 22. 24. 
 59. 79. 138. 146. 168. 
 
 Tt'^y f (r. Tis) only in plur. D'^'nS , pr. a 
 
 s a 
 reckoning, stated time, i. q. Arab. 8cX^ ; 
 
 spec, the monthly courses of women, Is. 
 64, 5 C'nS 153 vestis menstruis polluta. 
 
 So Arab. Jcfr conj. VIII menstruata est 
 mulier. 
 
 i'=Ty and ^{'i'^3? (timely) /rff/o, pr. n. m. 
 a) A prophet and writer 2 Chr. 12, 15. 
 13. 22. b) The grandfather of Zecha- 
 riah the prophet, Zech. 1, 1. 7. Ezra 5, 
 1. 6, 14. Neh. 12, 4. 16. 
 
 ri^ny and fTl? ^- ( 'i''^) pbir. c. suflf. 
 rn'ns ; i. q. nns II. 3. 
 
 1. a precept of God ; Ps. 19. 8 "'^ r^ins 
 {^3^X3, parall. n^-^rn '^ rn-in. 78.5. 
 81. 6 (parall. ph, 'JB*rr). 122.4 whither 
 the tribes go up ... .hy the precept to Is- 
 rael. Plur, c, suff, ?]'^n''ns>. Neh, 9, 34 ; 
 vni-is 1 K, 2, 3, 2 K. 17. 15. al. In all 
 these pa.s.sages the LXX. have finQiv- 
 Qiov, pnQTVQia, according to the common 
 etymology, but against the context ; 
 comp. r. IIS Hiph. no. 2. c. 
 
 2. Collect, precepts, law. spec, the de- 
 calogue. Ex. 25, 21 in the ark thou 
 shall jmt the law, the decalogue, v. 26. 
 psiisn '("i-^H the ark of the law Ex. 25. 22. 
 26. 33. 34 ; rnsn iinx the tabernacle 
 of the law Num. '9, 15. 17, 23, 18,2; 
 
^^*jy 
 
 753 
 
 T^ 
 
 Misn nin^ Ihc tables nflhe law Ex. 31, 
 18. Vl, 29.-2 K. 11, 12. 2 Chr. 23, 11. 
 
 3. a revelation, and hence a song or 
 psalm mcealed, in the inscriptions Ps.GO, 
 1. 80, 1 ; comp. Ps. 60, 8-10. Others a 
 lyric song, to be sung to the lyre, as if 
 
 
 derived from "i? i.q. Arab. 4>^ lute, lyre. 
 
 "l? m- (r. n*j5) in pause "''is, c. suff. 
 r^, pliir. D'^"''i>. 
 
 1. ornament, and collect. omamen<, 
 see the root no. 3. Ex. 33, 4. 6. Jer. 4, 
 30. D""^'ns '"75 splendid omamenta Ez. 
 16. 7. 
 
 2. Pcrh. <ime q/" ///e, age, comp. n A. 
 1, and rs no. 3. Spec, yoiith, as Ps. 32, 9 
 he iwt as the horse and as the mule . . . 
 Dibsb n^ns "lOnj snisa wi/A 6// a(/ 6ri- 
 dle mtist their youth (vigour, fierceness) 
 be muzzled. Others : with bit and bri- 
 dle, even their trappings, must they be 
 muzzled. Ps. 103, 5 7^]^^ 2vja r^2-;^n 
 who satisfelh thy years with good, parali. 
 cnirs . See Thesaur. p. 993. 
 
 bS'^'iy (ornament of God) Adiel, pr. 
 n. m". a) 1 Chr. 4, 36. b) 9 12. c) 
 27, 25. 
 
 ^^7? (whom Jehovah adorns, r. tT^S) 
 Adaiah. pr. n. m. a) The grandfather 
 of king Josiah, 2 K. 22, 1 . b) 1 Chr. 9, 
 12. Neh. 11, 12. c) 1 Chr. 8, 21. d) 
 Ezra 10. 29. e) 10, 39. Neh. 11, 5; for 
 which in;"is id. 2 Chr. 23, 1. 
 
 I'^'IJ adj. (r. y^S) delicale, effeminate, 
 voluptuous, Is. 47, 8. Very dilficult and 
 perhaps corrupted is the passage in 
 2 Sam. 23. 6 Cheth. iSSPn -ir-JS Xin 
 (Keri ^3a?n) for which the author of 
 Chronicles gives in 1 Chr. 11. 11 "Xsin 
 'in"'5n~nx ">"iiS he lifted up his spear. 
 Simonis renders in 2 Sam. I. c. percussio 
 ejus hastA sml (fuit) in octingentos, etc. 
 comp. ijcXc Conj. II. to smite with a 
 pointed weapon; see below in "|S5. 
 Better to render '("ns vibration i. e. the 
 brandishing of a spear, r. '("iS to be soft, 
 pliant, flexible. Perh. however the read- 
 ing is here corrupted for "iss^rj 13^57 x=in 
 he brandished it. his spear, with sutf. 
 pleonast. 'iS'nS";' for the sake of parono- 
 masia with "ii^csn ; comp. Ez. 10, 3. 
 1 Sam. 21, 14. 
 
 2. Adin, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 15. Neh. 7, 20. 
 
 Jtp'T? (slender, pliant.) Adina, pr. n. 
 of a military commander under David 
 iChr. 11, 42. R. 'i-jy. 
 
 D'^ri''"I>^ (double prey, see 1 A. 2) 
 Adithaini, pr. n. of a town in the tribe 
 of Judah, Josh. 16, 36. 
 
 * 515 obsol. root, Arab. Jjcfc to be 
 just, e/piitable, gejierous. Hence the 
 two following. 
 
 "^YP. (fi)r fi;^"!' justice of God) Ad- 
 lai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 27, 29. 
 
 O^iy (justice of the people, for Vt?> 
 n ; according to Simonis for C^5 15. comp. 
 
 tXc latibulum, and cbs to hide.) Adul- 
 
 lam, pr. n. of a city in the plains of 
 Judah, anciently a royal city of the Ca- 
 naanites, and fortified by Rehoboam, 
 Jo.sh. 12, 15. 15, 35. 2 Chr. 11, 7. Mic. 1, 
 15. Neh. 11, 30. Sapi-'OSokhip. In its 
 vicinity was the cave of Adidlam, r^5a 
 nb-TS , 1 Sam. 22, 1. 2 Sam. 23. 13. Gen- 
 tile'n. 'iQfens Adullamile Gen. 38. 1. 12.20. 
 
 * l"-^ in Kal not used, prob. to be soft, 
 
 lax, pliant J Arab, jm J>-fc V to be flexi- 
 
 5 ' r 
 ble, to waver, to vibrate; (OtX^ soft- 
 
 ness, laxness, languor, <j'<^^ ^ cane 
 
 or reed, a long pole (pr. vibrating in the 
 air) ; comp. above in "j'^'is no. 1. The 
 Gr. aSivog, which Simonis here com- 
 pares, is obviously not connected with 
 this root. 
 
 HiTHP. pr. to give oneself up to soft- 
 ness, i. e. to live delicately, sumptuously, 
 voluptuously. Neh. 9, 25. 
 
 Deriv. y}'S. -,73, nps. -p-is, B"'?']?^, 
 and the pr. names xn?, njns, XJ-^"!'. 
 
 n? m. (r. 715), plur. n-is-is, c. suff. 
 
 i. delight, pleasure, Gr. t/Jov^, only ia 
 plur. Ps. 36, 9. 2 Sam. 1, 24. Jer. 51, 34. 
 See the root in Hithp. 
 
 2. Eden, pr. n. of a pleasant region in 
 Asia, the situation of which is described 
 Gen. 2, 10-14; in which was placed 
 the garden of our first parents. Gen. 2, 
 8. 10. 4. 16. Is. 51. 3 ; hence HS-ia the 
 garden of Eden Gen. 2, 15. 3, 23. 24. 
 Joel 2. 3. E2. 36. 35 ; -"is -3S the trees of 
 Eden, Ez. 31. 9. 16. 18. The place in 
 
n^:? 
 
 756 
 
 Ti:> 
 
 IIoPH. I5^n to be testified, declared, 
 wade known, c. 3 Ex. 21. 29, 
 
 PiLELTii' (improperly referred by some 
 to the root TiS) to set up again, to re- 
 store, to relieve, Ps. 146. 9. 147, 6. 
 
 HiTHPOL. to right oneself again, to re- 
 store oneself, plur. 1 pers. l"'"i~riT Ps. 
 20, 9. Sept. uvo^d^ai&Vifier. 
 
 Deriv. 15, nnr, pins, fTiwri, pr. n. 
 
 Tl^, rarely ^'t^ (according to the Ma- 
 Bora twelve time.s, e. g. Gen. 8. 22. Jer. 
 13, 27. etc.) c. suff. '"iir and 'S'l-ir (see 
 in'no. 4). pr. repetition, continuance, du- 
 ration, from r. ii" no. 2 ; but always as 
 Adv. Not found in the kindred lan- 
 guages, except the Chald. See below. 
 
 1. again, yet again ; comp. Aram. ::*n , 
 wSoZ, again, also from the idea of return- 
 ing, repeating. Gen. 4, 25. 24. 20. 37, 9. 
 Hos. 1, 6. al. sa?piss. Off en after a verb 
 denoting repetition, as lis aiia Jer. 3, 
 1 : -I-" r,D^ Gen. 18. 29. With a negat. 
 nis itb }wt again Gen. 9, 11. 15. !.!. 54, 
 9 ; and so ni:? :':3 xb Job 7, 10. ns qo;; ikh 
 Gen. 8, 21. 
 
 2. repeatedhj, i. e. continuedly. contin- 
 ually, without interruption ; Gen. 46. 29 
 lir 1"'";ix|is b ^s;ai and wept upon his 
 neck continuedly . uninterruptedly. Ruth 
 1. 14. Pm. 84. 5 happy they who dwell in 
 thy house, r,^bVr!';i lis continually do they 
 praise thee. Hence 
 
 3. yet. yet more, further, longer, pr. of 
 continued time and action. Gen. 8, 10 
 and he waited t.'^iy^ riS"a lis yet seven 
 days longer. 29. 27. 30." 7, 4 lis B-^a^!? 
 TOipfor in yet seven days. Is. 5, 4. Ecc. 
 3, 16. With a negat. no more, no longer, 
 Gen. 17, 5. 32. 29. Is. 2, 4. 30, 20. Job 
 24, 20. al. Also yet the more, of an ac- 
 tion continued and increasing ; Gen. 37, 
 5 inx fir:: nis jieO'i and they hated him 
 yet the more. Prov. 9, 9. So too i. q. 
 more than this, besides, where to per- 
 sons or things already mentioned some- 
 thing further is added ; Gen. 43, 6 "lisn 
 nx Dab whether ye had yet a brother, 
 i. e. besides. Gen. 19, 12. Is. 1. 5. 
 
 4. Most freq. of a time or action con- 
 tinued either up to the present moment, 
 or to the occurrence of another act. yet, 
 ojt yet. still. Gen. 45, 3 'n '3X lisn doth 
 my father yet live? 31, 14. I's. 5, 25 his 
 
 hand is stretched out still. Ps. 78, 30 
 while their meat was yet in their mouths. 
 Is. 65. 24. Dan. 9. 20. 21 lo, it is yet high 
 day. So 1 wStt lis yet a little while and 
 this or that will be done. Is. 10. 25. 29, 
 17. E.x. 17, 4. Ps. 37, 10. Where the 
 subject is a personal pronoun, this is 
 appended to nis as a suffix (comp. also 
 C':, 'S), thus: "Snis as yet I, Josh. 14, 
 11. 1 Sam. 20, 14 ;''''iis see in no. 5. a ; 
 Ti-iiS yet thou Gen. 46, 30, f. r\^y 1 K. 1, 
 14; ^r-nis Gen. 18, 22; nnis 1 K. 1, 
 22 ; z'^^S Ex. 4, 18, once tn lis Is. 65, 
 24. etc. Like d;; and "f'*- Sf^ T'" also 
 includes the idea of the substantive verb, 
 and is then construed with a participle ; 
 e. g. Gen. 18. 22 "';;' '32^ *n;S sisnis he 
 stood yet before Jehovah ; of with a ver- 
 bal adj. as "^n fii"iis he is yet alive Gen, 
 43, 28. Sometimes lis c. suft'. is sub- 
 joined to a substantive, as Num. 1 1, 33 
 cn-'jd i-ia sin-'S -irsin while the flesh 
 7ias yet between their teeth. 1 Sam. 13, 7. 
 2 Chr. 34, 3 ; here the suffix (as else- 
 where H^n, xin) has the force of ihd 
 subst. verb. Once c. sufF. plur. Lam. 4, 
 17 Keri : Jirj-'S nrbzn sirnis as yet our 
 eyes languish, pr. by anacoluthon as yet 
 we languish, our eyes languish. But the 
 true reading is preserved in Chethibh 
 npnis, apparently a poetic form for 
 't^'^T'^ (as ia"'- poet, for cn''-). i. e. as 
 yet they languish, even our eyes, the suf- 
 fix being redundant, as above, but with 
 a finite verb instead of a participle. 
 
 5. With Prefixes: a) nisa pr. 'in 
 the being yet,' i. e. ) while, while yet, 
 opp. c";'^3. 2 Sam. 12, 22 Ti nbi^n *iiS3 
 while the child was yet alive. Job 29. 5- 
 Prov. 31. 15. Jer. 15, 9 CTsi'' lisa while 
 yet day. With noun sufT. Ps. 146, 2 
 ''"lisa while I yet exist ; but with verbal 
 suflT. Gen. 25, 6 ''n isnisa while he yet 
 lived. Deut. 31, 27. Here in '"risa the 
 "lis is construed as a noun, pr. in viy con- 
 tinuance, existence, being ; but in ^JniSa 
 the lis is an adverb, and there is an el- 
 lipsis, pr. in the time while he yet lived^ 
 >i being the nominative. /5) in yet, 
 within yet this or that space of time, 
 Gen. 40, 13 0"^^;^ r-th'q Tsa within yet 
 three days. Is. 7, 8. '21,' 16. Jer. 28, 3. 11. 
 Comp. a A. 5. 
 
 b) lis^ from as yet. e.r quo. i.e. ever 
 sinc-e. Gen. 48, 15 ''liStt ever since I 
 
Tl> 
 
 757 
 
 "1? 
 
 am, ever since I exist. Num. 22, 30 
 nn ovn is I'^'i''? ever since Own wast, 
 .*pe/t iviUo this day. 
 
 niy Chald. yet, I q. Heb. no. 4, Dan. 
 
 4,28. 
 
 Tliy (for "Ti'STS setting up again, 
 erecting, r. "iw) Of^rf, pr. n. a) The 
 father of the prophet Azariah, 2 Chr. 
 15, 1. 8. b) Another prophet, 2 Chr. 
 28,9. 
 
 * n^? 1. i. q. Arab. (5*^, to bend, 
 to curve ; also to make crooked, to dis- 
 tort. Itindr. with mx . See Niph. Pi. Hiph. 
 
 2. to act perversely^ to sin, (comp. ban 
 II. 3,) Dan. 9, 5 ; with V of pers. Esth. 
 1^ 16_ Arab. i$y- erravit, seductus est. 
 
 Niph. I. to be distorted, to writ/ie, 
 with pains and spasms, like a woman in 
 travail. Is. 21, 3 S'a^-q 'nrrs I writhe 
 80 that I cannot hear. Also to be bent, 
 botced down, depressed, with calamities, 
 Ps. 38, 7. 
 
 2. to be perverse ; part. Mis? perverse. 
 Prov. 12. 8 a^ n;iS3 perverse of heart. 
 1 Sam. 20, 30 piinnan ni?!-,3 the son of 
 perverse rebelliousness, i. e. of a perverse 
 and obstinate mother; comp. Job 30, 8. 
 
 PiEL njS to subvert, to overturn, to turn 
 upside down, i. e. to destroy ; Is. 24, 1 njs 
 n-'iB and tumeth the face of it (the 
 earth) upside down. Lam. 3, 9 "'H'iaTi: 
 nw he tumeth up (breaks up) my ways. 
 Comp. T^BfJ . 
 
 Hiph. Misri to make crooked, to per- 
 vert, e. g. to pervert or wrest right, Job 
 33, 27 ; to pervert one's way or conduct, 
 i. e. to act perversely, Jer. 3. 21. Also 
 with 'n*^'^ impl. to act perversely 2 Sam. 
 7, 14. 24, 17. 1 K. 8, 47. Ps. 106, 6. Jer. 
 9J 4 ; c. ace. 2 Sam. 19, 20. 
 
 Deriv. nw, lis, B^sis, ''S, ''sa, 
 Chald. X'^'iS, also the pr. names 'W, 
 n;^, n^'is''"'?, n^s, 'li'S. 
 
 n^^ f. an overturning, overthrow, Ez. 
 21,32. R. nisPi. 
 
 n^y 2 K. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 37, 13, also 
 ^? 2 K. 17, 24, (i. q. "J? overturning, 
 ruin, unless perhaps it is to be so read.) 
 Ivah or Avah, pr. n. of a city under 
 the Assyrian dominion, whence colo- 
 nists were brought to Samaria. Some 
 compare here a Phenician city Avatha, 
 
 64 
 
 see Rclandi Palmstina p. 232, 233; but 
 it must rather be sought in Mesopota- 
 mia. Gentile n. plur. o"'?? AvUea 2 K. 
 17. 31, see below under "")?. 
 
 "Jliy iniquity, see y\'S . 
 
 Tiy strength, see ts . 
 
 * T^J? or Tij? to flee for refuge to 
 any pers. or place ; Arab. jLft mid. 
 Waw id. c. v,> ; II, to cause to flee for 
 
 ?^^ ' .s, ^^ 
 refuge, i^yS., Juw, refuge. Either 
 
 kindr. with verbs oi hasting, lain, OSW; 
 
 or perh. denom. from subst. TSn refuge, 
 
 asylum, comp. Is. 30, 2. 
 
 Hiph. causat. pr. ' to cause to flee for 
 
 refuge ;' hence to save by flight, to place 
 
 in safety, spoken of one fleeing with his 
 
 effects, property, etc. Ex. 9, 19 "rs TSn 
 
 :]:p^. Ace. impl. id. Is. 10, 31. Jer. 4, 
 
 6.' 6, 1. 
 
 * '^^3? perh. i. q. Arab. ioLt mid. 
 Waw to sink in any thing, as ihe foot 
 in the sand ; II, to sink, to dig a well ; 
 IV, to plunge, to immerse ; hence usually 
 ::S stylus. But the notion of digging^,, 
 graving, is not certain in this root ;. anil it 
 is better to refer i:S to the idea oS hard- 
 ness, stiffness, (as Germ. Slift from steif) 
 which belongs to the kindred syllable 
 Y^, see in f?^, yi?, ns^ ; so that it 
 would then be related to y? wood, 
 whether the root be ois i. q. yis, or 
 nas i. q. n:S as is more probable. 
 
 "'11?, plur. C^iiS, Avite, Avim, i. e. 
 
 1. Gentile n. from the name nw, XJS,, 
 2 K. 17, 31 ; see in njs . 
 
 2. Names of the aborigines of the coun- 
 try of the Philistines, Deut. 2, 23. Josh.. 
 13, 3. 
 
 3. B'^wn (the ruins, or Avites'-town)' 
 a town of Benjamin, Josh. 18, 23. 
 
 S^'^y or iif"}? Chald. f perverseness, 
 sin, often in the Targums ; but in O. T. 
 only plur. ')*;!?, or in some copies (al- 
 ways in the Targums) l^W , Dan. 4, 24. 
 R. nis . 
 
 I. ^"^'il? ra. adj. (hyf) wicked, ungodly,' 
 Job 16, 11. 
 
 ILb'^T? m. (r. i>i?) a child, pr. a 
 suckling, i. q. biS, Job 21, 11, parall 
 ninb^ ; perh. 19, 18. 
 
'TJ 
 
 ion 
 
 y\9 
 
 tr^l? (ruins, r. n^r") Avith, pr. n. of a 
 town in tiie territory of the Edomites, 
 Gen. 36, 35; also 1 Clir. 1, 46 where 
 Cheth, r^*s . 
 
 ^2% in Kal not used, to turn away, 
 to distort, comp. h'jii . hzr\; hence to be 
 wrovg, perverse, wicked. Arab. JL& 
 mid. Waw quiesc. to turn aside sc. 
 from right, to be unjust. 
 
 PiEL fut. bW'i to do wrong, to act 
 wickedly, Ps.71,4. Is. 26, 10. Syr. Apli. 
 %>ai.f id. 
 
 Deriv. bjS. Vs, nb^S ("^"is, nib?), 
 and b^w I.' 
 
 'r< in- (" -!?) o. wrong-doer, one 
 wicked. Job 18, 21. 27, 7. 29, 17. al. 
 Syr. jJlI. 
 
 '3? m. (r. b^r) once in constr. b;ir Ez. 
 28, 18, c. Puff. i^'P_ , wrong, wickedness, 
 iniquity. Job 34. 10. Ps. 53, 2. Jer. 2, 5 ; so 
 in a judge Lev. 19, 15. Ps. 82, 2; in a 
 merchant Ez. 28, 18. blS niar to do evil 
 Ez. 3, 20. 18. 24. 26. 33! 13 ;'b':s b?3 id. 
 Job 34. 32. b^S ::"'n a wicked man, unjust, 
 Prov. 29, 27. Conor, for unjust gain Ps. 
 7, 4. Syr. IJal, Cliald. xbis, xb-^S, id. 
 
 '''' to give milk, to suckle, of ani- 
 mals, only part. fern. r."ib5 miQ milch- 
 ki7ie 1 Sam. 6, 7. 10. Gen' 33, 13. Also 
 without subst. part, riby the milk-giv- 
 ing, milch, poet, for the ewes, Ps. 78. 71. 
 Is. 40, 11. Kindr. by transp. is rsjb, 
 where see note. Arab. JLc mid. Ye, 
 gravida fuit et lactavit. 
 Deriv, ;>']? II, and 
 
 ^'l^ m. a child, pr. a sucking-child, 
 suckling, Is. 49, 15. 65, 20. Arab. JoLc 
 boy, Syr. \iaL, Chald. bw, b-'S, id. 
 
 *^)'}^. f. (r. bis) once contr. nbiy jg. 
 61, 8 ; with He poet, demonstr. nnbis 
 Ps. 125, 3. Hos. 10, 3. contr. nrbs JobS^ 
 16; once transp. ^^f? Hos. 19, 9; plur. 
 nibis Ps. 58, 3. 64, 7 ; i. q. bis , wrong, 
 wickedness, iniquity. Job 6, 29. 30. 11, 14. 
 Prov. 22. 8. Is. 59, 3. al. nbis ncs to do 
 wrong, to act wickedly. Zoph. 3, 5. 13; 
 f^^;5 12^ Job 13, 7. 24, 7. nbiS",a the 
 son of wickedness, a wicked man, Ps. 89, 
 23 ; nbiS'-'ra the wicked 2 Sam. 3, 34. 
 7, 10. Abstr. for concr. wickedness for 
 
 the wicl-pd Job b, 16. 24, 20. Ps. 107,42. 
 Sept. u8iy.lu, avofila. 
 
 >*^'^'S> evil, see in nb" ; also a bumt- 
 offering, see nbs . 
 
 'iT-^ m. (see note) plur. B^^bbiS and 
 cbbiS as from a form bb"S ; constr. 
 'bb'-S Lam. 2. 20 ; with light suff. TC^Y^ 
 Ps.l37, 9. r^^bb-^ Lam. 1,5; with grave 
 sutT. cn"bb"is ; a boy, child, infant, e. g. 
 of tender age Is. 13, 16. Hos. 14, 1. 2 K. 
 8, 12. Nah. 3, 10. P.s. 137. 9; carried in 
 the arms. Lam. 2. 20; playing in the 
 streets Jer. 6, 11. 9. 20 ; asking lor bread 
 Lam. 4, 4; carried away captive Lam. 
 1, 5 ; once of the unborn foetus Job 3, 16. 
 Sometimes coupled with p;ii suckling 
 Ps. 8, 3. Joel 2, 16. Jer. 47, 7. Lam. 2, 
 11 ; from which however it is expressly 
 distinguished 1 Sam. 22. 19. 15, 3 bbi^Jia 
 p3i-' nsi . The same is bb-r^ Is. 3, 12. 
 Plur. c. suff. their children Ps. 17. 14. 
 
 Note. The form comes from Poel or 
 Polel bb'S ; prob. from r. bbs to vex, 
 and so referring to the petidance ol" chil- 
 dren ; or it may come from r. b'S to 
 suckle, though the sense would here be 
 passive, while the (brm is active. See 
 in bbs I. 2, and Po. no. 3. Thesaur. p. 
 1033, 1034. 
 
 nibb"iy and nibbi?f.plur.(r.bb?I) 
 constr. nibbs, gleanings, Mic. 7, 1. Is. 
 24. 13. Jer. 49, 9. Obad. 5. Twice cou- 
 pled with a preceding masc. sing. Judg. 
 
 8, 2. Is. 17, 6 ; see Heb. Gram. 144. 
 
 Dbi2> m. rarely 052? Gen. 3, 22. 6, 3. 
 al. plur. c-iabis . R. cbs I. 
 
 A) Pr. ' hidden,' spec, hidden time, i. e. 
 obscure and long, of which the begin- 
 ning or end is uncertain or fndefinite, 
 duration, everlasting, eternity, spoken : 
 
 1. Of time long past, gray antiquity, 
 of old, everlasting, as in the folloAving 
 phrases and examples : obiS 'a'j Am. 
 
 9. 11. Mic. 7, 14. Is, 63, 9, and cbis ri^s-j 
 Deut. 32, 7, the days of old, ancient times. 
 ^V'^^ of old, from ancient times. Gen. 6, 
 4.' 1 Sam. 27, 8. Is. 63, 16. Jer. 2. 20. 5, 
 15. Ps. 25, 6; and so of time before the 
 world, from everlasting, Prov. 8, 23 ; 
 with a negative, not from any time, 
 never, la. 63. 19. 64, 3 ; elsewhere of a 
 long tinie, long, Is. 42, 14 referring to 
 the time of the exile. 46, 9. 57, 11; 
 
lati 
 
 759 
 
 STf 
 
 bVS5 ^138 an anciefit landmark, set up 
 by the 'fort'liitliers, Prov. 22, 28. 23, 
 10 ; cbiS 'nnp ancienl gates, Ps. 24, 7. 
 obis "^na //le Jeat/ <>f old, tlioBO long 
 dead, p"b."i43, 3. Lam. 3, 6 ; cb'S =s Me 
 peoplf. of old time, long dead. Rz. 26, 20. 
 Since to men of ancient times were 
 attributed sincere piety and uncorrupted 
 morals, hence cbis T^n-i Ps. 139. 24, nnx 
 ab-is Job 22, 1.5. obis nna^ns Jer. 6, 16, 
 obis 'b-'nuS Jer. 18, 15, are all put for the 
 true piety of the fathers of old ; comp. 
 cobis pna; tlie righteousness of old, tbr- 
 mer righteousness, Dan. 9, 24. That 
 not always the remotest antiquity is 
 implied, is manifest from the phrase 
 ebis ni3"in Is. 58, 12. 61, 4, spoken in 
 [prophetic] allusion to the ruins of Je- 
 rusalem at the close of the Babylonian 
 exile. Jer. 25, 9 and 49. 13 do not belong 
 here, 's there referring to time future. 
 
 2. Often also o( future time, ever, for 
 ever, evermore, in such a way that the 
 terminus ad. quern is to be determined 
 from the nature of the subject. Thus 
 where human things are spoken of: 
 
 a) Spec, in the affairs of single per- 
 sons, obis is sometimes put for the whole 
 period of life, all the days of one^s life, 
 as obis nns a servant for ever. i. e. not 
 to be set free in all his life, Deut. 15. 17. 
 Ex. 21, 6. 1 Sam. 27, 12 ; poet, of an 
 animal Job 40, 28 [41, 4]. ob-iyns for 
 ever i. e. so long as he lives, 1 Sam. 1, 
 22. 20, 15. 2 Sam. 3. 28. cbis -"nba ever 
 secure, ever prosperous, so long as they 
 live. Ps. 73, 12. 30, 13 Jehovah, my God., 
 ^1"iS obisb for ever will I praise thee, 
 i.e. while I live. 5, 12. 31. 2. 37, 27. 28. 
 49. 9. 52, 11. 71. 1. 86, 12. Sometimes 
 put for very long life ; Ps. 21, 5 he (the 
 king) asked life of thee, thou gavest him 
 151 cbi5 CTS;; r^.N length of days for 
 ever and ever, i. e. a long. long life. A 
 still narrower application of cb""2J is im- 
 plied in Is. 35, 10 orsi-bs cb-is rr;i:b 
 perpetual joy shall be upon tlndr heads. 
 i. e. a joy ever conspicuous in their coun- 
 tenances, they shall be erer cheerful and 
 rejoicing (comp. Ps. 126. 2). Is. 51. 11. 
 61, 7. In Is. 32. 14 the limit of this long 
 time is specified : hill and watch-tower 
 shall become caverns rb^S'ns evermore 
 .... 15 n-is;;-n5 until the Spirit shall be 
 poured out, etc. 
 
 b) As pertaining to a whole race, dy- 
 nasty, or peoj)le, and including the whole 
 time of their existence until their de- 
 struction. 1 Sam. 2, 30 thy family shall 
 serve me db'^v'fvfor ever, i. e. so long as 
 it endures.' 13, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 16, 1 Chr. 
 17, 12. 22, 10. Ps. 18, 51 he will show 
 mercy to David and to his seed ob"i5"n5. 
 So the covenant of God with the Israel- 
 ites is called cbis n''-ia Gen. 17, 7. Lev. 
 24, 8 ; the laws given to them are 
 cbi Pjin , =bi5 pn , Ex. 12, 14. 17. 27, 
 21'. 28, 43. 30', 21. Lev. 3, 17. 6, 11 ; the 
 possession of the Holy Land is obis P?nx 
 Gen. 17, 8. 48, 4. 
 
 c) Nearer to the metaphysical notion 
 of eternity, or at least to an eternity 
 without end. approach those examples 
 in which cbis is attributed to the earth 
 and to the universe. Ecc. 1, 4 but the 
 earth standeth or ahidelh uh'Shfor ever. 
 Ps. 104. 5 it (the earth) shall not be moved 
 for ever. 78, 69. 's mssa everlasting 
 hills, created of old, and to endure for 
 ever, Gen. 49. 26. Deut. 33, 15 ; 's riaa 
 everlasting heights Ez. 36, 2. So too 
 of human things which refer to a period 
 after death, e. g. cbia rjo everlasting 
 s/ee/). for death Jer. 51. 39. 57 ; "i^sbw n'^a 
 his everlasting house, long home, i. e. the 
 grave Ecc. 12, 5 ; cb'^S "I'n everlasting 
 life atler the resurrection Dan. 12, 2. 
 
 d) The true and full idea of eternity 
 is expressed by cbi3 in those passages 
 where it is spoken of the nature and ex- 
 istence of God, who is called cbis bx the 
 eternal God, everlasting God, Gen. 21, 
 33. Is. 40, 28 ; obizJn -^n the ever living 
 Dan. 12, 7. (Comp^ nb-s-b n^n to live 
 for ever, to be imn)ortal like God. Gen. 
 3. 22. Job 7, 1 6.) To him are attributed 
 ob"S risiT everlasting arms Deut. 33, 
 27 ; and of him it i.^ said Ps. 90, 2 cb-iST? 
 bs nrsx zh'S 1S1 from everlasting to 
 everlasting thmi a.rt God. 103.17; comp. 
 Ps. 9. 8. 10, 16. 29, 10. 93,2. 
 
 e) Of a peculiar kind are those pas- 
 sages, where the Hebrews by hyperbole 
 ascribe efermVyin the metaphysical sense 
 to human things, chiefly in the expres- 
 sion of good wishes; Here belongs the 
 customary form of salutation towards 
 kings : sbisb "brn -;nx -n-^ let my lord 
 the king live for ever. 1 K. 1, 31. Neh. 
 2, 3. Comp. Dan. 2. 4. 3, 9. Judith 12. 
 
760 
 
 8fl^ 
 
 4. iElian. V. H. 1. 32. So in poetical 
 invocations of good upon kings and royal 
 lines, e. g. Ps. 61, 8 for ever may he sit 
 upon his throne before God ; comp. v. 7 
 let his years be "iHl -h ic3 as many ge- 
 nerations. 45. 7 thy throne of God [pr. 
 O God^ 151 cb'Sb is for ever and ever ; 
 see in 0^^5S note, p. 55. Ps. 89, 37 his 
 ;( David's) seed shall endure for ei:er. 
 How much this last expression implies 
 is apparent from the words which imme- 
 diately follow it: his throne (shall stand) 
 
 as the sun before me. 38 like the moon 
 shall it be established for ever ; and from 
 Ps. 72. 5 they shall fear thee, (O king.) 
 so long as the sun and moon endure, 
 throughoid all generations ; ib. v. 17 his 
 name shall endure cb'Sbybr ever, so long 
 
 as the sun shall his namefourish. That 
 is, by this figure of hyperbole there is 
 invoked for the king and his royal pos- 
 terity, a dominion not less enduring 
 than the universe itself Also Ps. 48. 9 
 God will establish it (Jerusalem) for 
 ever. Jer. 7, 7 the land which I gave to 
 your fathers cbis nsi Dbi5 )fzh. 25, 5. 
 
 Plur. D"'72b'!S' , q. d. ages, everlasting 
 ages, like Gr. aloivtg, i. e. a) ages of 
 antiquity, ancient ages, Is. 51, 9. Dan. 
 9, 24. Ecc. 1, 10. h) future ages, the 
 remotest future, Ps. 61, 5. 77, 6. 145, 13. 
 Is. 26, 4. 45, 17. 
 
 B) the world, mundus. from the Chald. 
 and Rabb. usage (Buxtorfcol. 1620), like 
 Gr. to<' ; hence love of worldly things, 
 worldly-miridedness, i. q. more fully /- 
 ntj 70V xotT^uv 1 John 2, 15, mcav loij 
 .XOCT//OV ToiTou Eph. 2, 2, and Arab. 
 
 Lu4> the world, worldly things and the 
 love of them, as destructive to the know- 
 ledge of divine things. So Ecc. 3, 11 
 God hath made every thing beautiful in 
 its lime, ''baa csba ',rz cbrn-px ea 
 'un cnxn Ksri Kb -irx' al'ihough Ae 
 (God) hath set the love of worldly things 
 in their heart, so that man underslandeth 
 not the works of God ; i. e. CJ for "'S oa, 
 see ca no. 4. For the sense comp. Ecc. 
 8, 17. Another form is cib'^s . 
 
 p" obBoI. Tooi, to rest, to dwell; 
 kindr. jis. Arab, ^f to live quietly, 
 comfortably; ^j.f quiet, comfort 
 
 Hence njis , I'fifra , njiso . pr. n. a'SifiJ&i 
 
 yyy for '{ys , see the root "p2> . 
 
 ji:? ra.^(r. nis) twice "jil^ 2 K. 7, 9. 
 Ps. 51, 7 / constr. "(is, "jilS 1 Chr. 21, 8 ; 
 plur. absol. and constr. ni:is, c. suff. 
 ^^''i'^1, '1"'?^?! oflener "^niis, rfpsir, etc. 
 pr. wrong, perverseness ; hence concr. 
 wrong action, iniquity, sin, crime, Gen. 
 4, 13. 44, 16. Ex. 20, 5. 28, 33. al. sa;p. 
 Hos. 10, 10 see in ',i? no. 1, note. Sept. 
 ctfiugrlu, ufiu()Tr,^a, udixia. Often cou- 
 pled with synon. nxDH Ex. 34, 9. Deut. 
 19, 15. Jer. 16, 10. al. With genit. of 
 him who commits the sin, as niax "jiy 
 Ex. 20, 5. 34, 7 ; or of the place where one 
 sins, as niSB 's Josh. 22, 17, C^p-o ' 
 Num. 18, 1 ; or also of the punishment 
 to be inflicted for the sin, as 2-in m'sis 
 iniquities for the sword, to be punished 
 by it Job 19, 29, and yp_ lis iniquity of 
 the end, which brings destruction, Ez. 
 21, 30 ; comp. C'^b-'bD ",^3 a crime for the 
 judges, to be punished by them. Job 31^ 
 1 1. To express the pardon or expiation 
 of sins the verbs used are nba, T^asn, 
 ^?3, i^^"? no. 2. b; for its punishment, 
 "ipS ; forthesuflferingof its punishment, 
 Xb3 no. 4. d. By synecd. a) wrongs 
 iniquity, gitilt, contracted by sinning, as 
 ''1'^^^ "i^i ihe iniquity of the Amontes 
 Gen. 15. 16 ; 'PS-ufn -jis the iniquity of 
 my sin Ps. 32. 5. So 3 "jis t,'^_ there is 
 iniquity in any one, he is guilty, 1 Sam. 
 20, 8. 25. 24. 2 Sam. 14, 32 : vvith b? 2 
 Sam. 14. 9 ; b Job 33, 9 ; also 1 Sam. 
 28,10. 2 K. 7, 9. h) tmrighfeaus gain ; 
 Hos. 12. 9 [8] in all my gains they shall 
 fnd no wNC:n -iirx "jtS wrong that is situ 
 c) the prmishment of sin Is. 5, IS; hence 
 calamity, misery, Ps. 31, 11. 
 
 ^pi^ f. (r. '(ts) a liHng together, co- 
 habitation in the conjugal sense. Ex. 21, 
 10. Talmud, id. Feir riyy Hos. 10, 
 10 Keri. see in "j";? no. 1, note. 
 
 ^'^?'!'? m. plur. perversities, i. e. per- 
 verseness, Is. 19. 14 ; for C^^.r^S , from the 
 root fi"S . Vulg. vertigo, not unaj)tly. 
 
 ^/13? fut. CliS^, with Vav con v. w;r^5. 
 1. to cover, spec, with the wings, fea- 
 thers, i. q. ti53 ; from which porlmps 
 this root hae been formed by softening 
 the letters, comp. p:s , pis ; yhn . c: 
 
t{\s 
 
 761 
 
 nv 
 
 y<ix, and many others; see the roots 
 ". "J^in, etc. Is. 31. 5 nits cibm ru 
 bird.t cover (their young with their 
 wings) gtOi-c^ bs 's ;; *,r 'iS jo w/7/ 
 Jehovah of hosts protect Jeruaalem. 
 Hence Clis, pr. i. q, Clja wing, then col- 
 lect, birdti, fowl ; and hence again the 
 verb as denominative '. 
 
 2. tofiy, pr. of birds Job 5, 7. Prov. 23, 
 5. 26, 9. Deut 4, 17 ; also of locusts Nah. 
 3, 16. So of the Seraphim Is. 6. 6 ; of 
 Grod as sitting upon his throne and borne 
 by Cherubim Ps. 18, 11 ; of a flying roll 
 Zech. 5, 1. 2. Trop. of an army flying 
 (ru.lung) to battle Hah. 1, 8. Is. 11, 14 
 (c. a); of a fleet Is. 60. 8; an arrow 
 Ps. 91, 5. So to Jly away, to vanish, as 
 sleep Job 20. 8 ; human life Ps. 90, 10, 
 Oncetransit.likeHiph.Prov.23,5Cheth. 
 Arab. oLt mid. Waw and Ye, to 
 hover in the air as a bird, c. j^^c; 
 
 lULf^ flight. 
 
 3. to cover over, to wrap, Syr. wal^ in- 
 volvit, for litWw Heb. 1. 12. Hence in- 
 trans. to be covered (wrapped) in dark- 
 ness ; Job 11, 17 n;;nn n;523 nsrri now 
 covered with darkness (calamity), soon 
 thou shall be as the morning. Better 
 perhaps with 3 Mss. to read MBIsn , 
 darkness shall become as the morning. 
 Also 
 
 4. to he overcome with darkness, to 
 faint, to faint away; so fut. CIS"! 1 Sam. 
 14, 28. Judg. 4, 21 ; this form being 
 chosen to distinguish it from ri5*1 to fly. 
 See TjiiS , t]\y , and Arab. uf^ 
 Syr. ^a:^ to become weak, Ethp. to faint 
 away. Kindred are ~|^5 and 5)5^ to be- 
 come weak, weary. 
 
 PiL. ^B-:? 1. i. q. Kal no 2, to fy, 
 to fly abotd, Gen. 1, 20. Is. 6, 2. Part! 
 ti^iy^ flying. Is. 14, 29. 30, 6. 
 
 2. to brandish, q. d. to make fly about, 
 e. g. a sword Ez. 32, 10. 
 
 HiPH, to muke fly away Prov. 23, 5 
 Keri. 
 
 HiTHPAL. to fly away, to vanish, Hos. 
 9, 11. 
 
 Deriv. from no. 1, 2, Cji'S , C"iSSBS ; 
 from no. 3, ns"^!? , qwia , 7\SVG , ns^sn ". 
 
 ^'S m. (r. C]W) pr. wing; collect. 
 birds, fowl, i. e. the winged tribes; 
 
 64* 
 
 sometimes with plur. Jer. 4, 25. Ez. 31, 
 6. 13; oflener with sing, verb Gen. 1, 
 21. 30. Lev. 17, 13. Ps. 50, 11. al. sjep. 
 Of birds of prey, 2 Sam. 21, 10. Syr. 
 (jsolk bird, but not frequent. Eih. C-4t 
 id. 
 
 ?li? Chald. birds, fowl, i. q. Heb. 
 Dan. 2, 38, 7, 6, 
 
 ^Bi3^ Jer. 40, 8 Cheth. see in ""S"? . 
 
 ! y ^^ to consult, to take counsel, 
 i. q. ^y^ where see ; only in imp. ^I's 
 Judg. 19, 30. Is. 8, 10. Hence yw^ 
 pr. n. 
 
 * 1 1. yiS? pcrh. i. q. isLc , (joLft , to 
 impress itself to sink, e. g. the foot in the 
 
 9^ .' 
 
 sand, comp. r. air; whence sJojX light 
 sandy soil and fertile. Hence 
 
 T"^ Uz, Ausitis, fully y^9 j'nx the 
 land of Uz Job 1. 1. Lam. 4, 21 ; y^^Vi 
 Y''>^ Jer. 25, 20; Sept. Av&lttg, Avalini, 
 pr. n. of a region and tribe in the north- 
 eastern part of Arabia Deserta, between 
 Idumea, Palestine, and the Euph'-ates, 
 adjacent to Babylon and the Euphrates ; 
 called by Ptolemy (V. 19) aIvitui, un- 
 less the reading Avinna is to be restored. 
 For the origin of this tribe, see Gen. 10, 
 23. 36, 28; comp. 22. 21. See the dis- 
 cussions respecting the situation of the 
 land of Uz in Bochart Phaleg II. 8. 
 J. D. Michaelis Spicileg. II. 26. Rosenm. 
 Schol. in Job. Prolegom. 5. See also 
 Thesaur. p. 1003. 
 
 * P^5' in Kal not used, Syr. and Chald. 
 to be pressed, to be straitened, i. q. Heb. 
 pis. 
 
 Hi PH. to press, c. rnn pr. to press 
 down, xKTuSU.Sw. Am. 2. 13 lo, I will 
 press you down (as'^nnn P"^^), as a 
 cart full of sheaves presseth down sc. 
 what is under it, i. e. I will press you 
 down and crush you as a wain loaded 
 with sheaves. 
 
 Deriv. T\T>:S , PipSI^ . 
 
 'J? whence Piel i*5 to blind, see in 
 -1!I5 III. 
 
 1^^ adj. (r. "iW III) plur. Ci-ilS and 
 ni-iiS Is. 42, 7 ; blind, Ex. 4, 11. Lev. 19, 
 14. al. Metaph. of blindness of mind, 
 the darkness of ignorance, Is. 29. 18. 
 42, IS. 19. 43. 8. 
 
"ii:? 
 
 762 
 
 '\i:f 
 
 * I. "1^? fut. -iw^ . imper. parug. rriW . 
 
 1. to wake, to Ik awake ; Chald. Pal. 
 and Aph. "Tii?, isx . to awake, to arouse, 
 *iSnj{ to be oroused, awake ; Syr. i-*^ 
 to awake, to arouse ; Aph. to excite. 
 Comp. iyiifjM, Sanscr. gri. Perh. kindr. 
 with r. -i-'S. Cant. 5. 2. Mai. 2, 12 
 n:5^ -iS Me waking and the answering, 
 i. e. every one living, a proverbial ex- 
 pression (like 3Sitsi -nia) drawn perhaps 
 from the Levites keeping watch in the 
 temple Ps. 134, of whom one remains 
 awake and calls, and the other answers. 
 In the same sense the Arabs say: no 
 caller and no answerer, i. e. none alive, 
 Vit. Tim. I. p. 108. ed. Mang. Jerome: 
 magister et disciptdiis, and so the Engl. 
 Vers. ' the master and the scholar.' 
 
 2. to awake from sleep, intrans. only 
 in imper. nnw . Ps. 44, 24 n52b r\y:! 
 13 Hx 'P,""^ awake ! why steepest thou, O 
 Lord 7 Ps. 57, 9. 59, 5. 108, 3 ; c. bx 
 Ps. 7, 7. Fem. ''-iW Judg. 5, 12. Cant. 
 4, 16. Is. 51, 9. 52, 1. Hab. 2, 19. 
 
 3. Causat. to awaken one out of sleep, 
 i. q. Hiph. So fut. IW;; Job 41, 2 Keri. 
 
 NiPH. 1133 5 fut. "liST . pass of Piel and 
 :Hiph. 
 
 1. to be awaked, to be roused from 
 :sleep, Job 14, 12. Zech. 4, 1. 
 
 2. Trop. to be raised up, to arise, e. g. 
 :a wind Jer. 25. 32 ; a people Jer. 6, 22. 
 .Joel 4, 12 [3, 17] ; Jehovah Zech. 2, 17 
 l{13]. For Hab. 3, 9. see in r. n^S II. 
 
 PiL. iiis , comp. Gr. o^w, opr//i, praet. 
 
 OQCIQa. 
 
 1. to awaken, to rmise out of sleep, trans. 
 'Cant. 2. 7. 3, 5. 8, 4 ; to excite or call 
 
 forth serpents from their lurking-places 
 Job 3, 8. Trop. to excite, to stir up quar- 
 rels, strife, Prov. 10, 12 ; love Cant. 8, 5 ; 
 commotion Is. 14, 9; c. to against any 
 one Zech. 9, 13; to rouse up one's 
 : strength, Ps. 80, 3. 
 
 2. to raise up, to lift vp and brandish 
 :a spear 2 Sam. 23.18. 1 Chr. 11. 11.20; 
 
 a scourge Is. 10, 26. But Is. 23, 13 see 
 mnder r. "i*;!? Pil. 
 
 Pri p. 1515 , to raisfe up, to lift vp a cry ; 
 hence Is. I's, 5 l-isr-i nair rjr^t they 
 $hall lift up a cry of destruction ; here 
 >in3yi (in many Msa. insiS"') ib for 
 Unj-ij*^ , the syll. "i being softened into 
 ;y.; comp. Ewaid Krit. Gr. p. 479. Mo- 
 
 numm. Phoen. p. 431, 432. Or pern, it 
 ehould read "i~5"i2''^, whence in"i3'i might 
 easily arise, and then defect, 'ii^^i"'^ . 
 See also in "i";5 . 
 
 Hiph. i"'Sn , fut. fS^ , inf "T^sn . with 
 pref ^"^53 Ps. 73, 20, i.'q. Piel. 
 
 1. Causat. to awaken, to arouse any one 
 from sleep Zech. 4, 1. Cant. 2. 7. 3, 5. 
 8. 4. Ps. 57, 9 nntt) nn-'Sx / will awake 
 the dawn. 108, 3. 73, 20 n^a . 
 
 2. to rouse up, to excite, to stir up, 
 Job 41, 1 [10] 7ione so bold ^i^'^,'] "'S that 
 he will stir him up sc. leviathan, i. e. pro- 
 voke him. Deut. 32, 11 "isp n-'S'; liB53 
 as the eagle stirreth up her nest, pro- 
 vokes her young to fly, Vulg. ad volan- 
 dum. So to rouse up, to excite to any 
 thing, e. g. warriors to battle Joel 4. 9 ; 
 a victorious king (Cyrus) Is. 41, 2. 25. 
 45, 13 ; c. ^S against any one Is. 13, 17. 
 51, 1. Ez. 23, 22. So to rouse up, to ex- 
 cite the ear Is. 50, 4 ; the mind, spirit, 
 Jer. 51, 11. Hag. 1, 14. 1 Chr. 5, 26. 
 Ezra 1. 1.5; wrath Ps. 78, 38; ardour 
 Is. 42, 13 ; valour Dan. 11, 25. 
 
 3. Intrans. to rouse oneself, to wake, 
 i. q. Y"'pr. , with which it is coupled Ps. 
 35, 3. (73 20) ; c. ^S for any one Job 
 8, 6. 
 
 HiTHPAL. 1. to rouse oneself, to arise, 
 Is. 51, 17. 64, 6 ; c. ^S against any one 
 Job 17, 8. 
 
 2. to rejoice, to exult, vulg. Engl, to be 
 wide awake. Job 31, 29. 
 
 Deriv. - , i"^S city, Chald. "I'S watch- 
 er, pr. n. IS , 'n? , *0? , stys , iin-^s , c-n-^s , 
 
 *II.'1^y i. q. nns and -i"]S to be 
 naked, to be made naked. Arab. LC) 
 
 G 
 
 'i\m^ nakedness, verenda. Hence lira 
 
 q. v. 
 
 NiPH. Hab. 3, 9 ^'n'O'^ n"irn n^-i with 
 nakedness was thy bow made naked, i. e. 
 wholly drawn forth from its sheath; 
 comp. Is. 22, 6. 
 
 PiL. Ills, see r. "IIS. 
 
 Deriv. lis , lisa . 
 
 * 111.1^3? i. q. nnn, to dig, to ex- 
 cavate. Hence fT^sa cavern; Arab. 
 
 8, r Sn 
 \LC) HyJuo, id. 
 
 Piel ifis (as IIS Pi. 1*^) to blind, to 
 
 make blind, pr. 'to dig out' the eye, 
 
m? 
 
 763 
 
 V 
 
 comp. -ip5 . 2 K. 25, 7. Jer. 39, 7. 52, 11. 
 Metnph. to Mind a judge with presents, 
 Ex. 23, 8. Deut. 16, 19. Amm. 15?, 
 ilL, id. Eth. tF^C to be blind; Arab. 
 
 "^Lft and aX to be blind of one eye. 
 
 Deriv. "Vis , pnjs , nnj? ; Chald. 1W 
 chaff. 
 
 nV Chald. chaff, Dan. 2, 35. Syr. 
 
 fioSk id. Arab. s\y. , /-?>-&> bit of 
 
 chaff or the like wliich flics into the eye 
 and hurts or blinds it. R. 11S no III. 
 "i'iy m. (r. "iW II ) c. Buff. 'lis , plur. 
 
 1. the skin of a man. so called perhaps 
 from nudity; E.x.34, 29. Lev. 13,2. Job 
 7, 5. al. sa^p. 'SUS "I'isa with the skin of 
 my teeth Job 19. 20, i. e. with nothing letl, 
 with the loss of all ; others understand 
 the skin of the gums; see in r. a^^ 
 Hithp. where another view is given. 
 Poet, for the body, Job 19, 26 see under 
 tljrj Pi. no. 2. Job 18, 13 the parts of 
 his skin, i. e. the members of his body. 
 2, 4 Tis 122 "lis skin for skin, i. e. like 
 for like; [what he holds dear as life 
 (his wealth) will he give for his life. R. 
 
 2. skin, hide, of animals Job 40, 31 [41, 
 7] ; chiefly as taken off Lev. 4, 11. 7, 8. 
 Gen. 3, 21. 27, 6; also as prepared and 
 wrought, leather, Lev. 11, 32. 13, 48 sq. 
 Num. 31, 20. ttJnn lis seal-skin Num. 
 4, 8. 11, 12. Plur. ninis Ex. 26, 14. 
 39, 34. 
 
 n^y see on p. 761. 
 yy^y see yyf. 
 
 p"!; y m. blindness Deut. 28, 28. Zech. 
 12, 4. R. -ins III. 
 
 D'^'n:? (read o-^nis) Is. 30, 6 Cheth. 
 for n"i-}';P asses; see in "i"^? . 
 nn;;,? n blindness, Lev. 22, 22. Syr. 
 
 fzojloi. R. -iin. 
 
 * u3^j? a;T. Ifyofi. Joel 4, 11, where 
 Sept. Targ. Syr. render ' to assemble, to 
 come together.^ Better, to hasten, to make 
 haste, like the kindred roots wn, rw, 
 
 perh. yi*^ ^^^ to hasten ; IV, to urge 
 on in haste. 
 Deriv. Ois, 57?, pr. n. vi^y], tiS'i''. 
 
 * '^y^ in Kal not used, /o 6c curved, 
 crooked, bent, kindr. with r35, ass. 
 
 PiEL P!)3 , fut. P531 , to bend, to make 
 crooked, Ecc. 7, 13. Metaph. to pervert, 
 to wrest, e. g. justice Job 8. 3. 34, 12 ; 
 comp. Am. 8, 5. Also with ace. of pens. 
 to subvert, i. e. to wrest or pervert the 
 cause of any one. Lam. 3. 36. Job 19, 6. 
 Ps. 1 19, 78. 'b r\y\_ rw to subvert the way 
 of any one, i. e. to thrust him down to 
 destruction, Ps. 146, 9. Chald. id. Syr. 
 V.*.^a2k deceit, fraud. 
 
 PuAL part, njisia crooked Ecc. 1, 15. 
 
 Hithp. to bend oneself, to bow doxDn, 
 Ecc. 12, 3. 
 
 Deriv. nnjs, 
 
 riV Itji, Xf/oft. a root of the same 
 origin and signification with ttJW, pr. to 
 hasten, to hasten up sc. for help, Engl. 
 ' to run up ;' hence to succour, to help. 
 Arab. c^Lc. pr. to run ; IV, to succour, 
 to help. Construed with two ace. (like 
 b2^3 Gen. 47, 12. IK. 18, 4. 13 ;) Is. 50, 
 4 "is^ ~"^"rx n^yb to help the weary 
 with a word, i. e. to speak comfort to 
 him, raise him up. Aqu. vnoati]^iaai, 
 Vulg. sustentare. Hence 
 
 ''ri'13^ (for n:;rw, n^nw, whom Jeho- 
 vah succours) Uthnd, pr. n. a) 1 Chr. 
 9, 4. b) Ezra 8, 14. 
 
 nn^y f. (verbal Pi. r. n-5) a bending 
 or bowing down of any one, i. e. oppres- 
 sion, Lam. 3, 59 ; comp. the verb v. 36. 
 
 T? adj. (r. Tt5)f nw, plur. m. n-'W, 
 constr. ^?S. 
 
 1. strong, vehement, fierce, e. g. a lion 
 Judg. 14, 18 comp. 14 ; an enemy Ps. 
 18, 18 ; a wind Ex. 14, 21 ; waves Is. 43, 
 16. Neh. 9, 11 ; anger Gen. 49. 7. Prov. 
 21, 14 ; hunger Is. 56, 11 iSe: "jt strong 
 of appetite, greedy. Metaph. of love 
 Cant. 8. 6. Also mighty, powerful, Ps. 
 59, 4. Am. 5, 9 ; so a people Num. 13, 
 28. Is. 25, 3 ; a king Is. 19, 4. Neut. 
 strength Gen. 49, 3. 
 
 2. strong, i. e. fortified, guarded, Num. 
 21,24. 
 
 3. harsh, hard, stem; plur. f ni?? 
 harsh words Prov. 18, 23. C^s T~ hurd 
 of face, i. e. impudent, sharaeleas, Deut. 
 28, 50. Dan. 8, 23. 
 
TP 
 
 764 
 
 ^1$ 
 
 ^? f- (r. ^15) plur. a^W 1. a she-goat, 
 Syr. ]}i., Arab. Ux, Phenic. ^a Steph. 
 Byzant. The Indo-European tongues 
 have the same word, as Sanscr. aga he- 
 goat, agd she-goat, Goth, gaitsa. Anglo- 
 Sax. gAt, Engl, goat, Germ. Geis and 
 with a harder form Gems the chamois, 
 Gr. t'|, ulyog, comp. Grimm. Deutsche 
 Gr. III. 328. The Hebrew furnishes a 
 good etymology in r. TT3 ; comp. ^^N , 
 b^S .Gen. 15, 9. 30, 35. 31, 38. 32, 15. 
 Num. 15, 27. etc. [But in the great 
 majority of instances the word is gene- 
 ral, a goat, goals, as Lev. 1, 10. 17, 3. 
 Num. 18. 17. Ex. 12, 5. etc. So n^ria 
 c-^7S a buck of the goats Lev. 4, 23. 28. 
 Num. 28, 15. 30; n^W ^y^.^^ id. 2 Chr. 
 29, 21 ; D-JS "^nSi a Arirf o/" the goafs Gen. 
 27. 9 ; c^73 nit) a g-oai i. e. the goat, an 
 individual for the species, Deut. 14, 4. 
 T. 
 
 2. Plur. ellipt. f'-fS goats' hair Ex. 26, 
 7. 36, 14. 1 Sam. 19, 13. 
 
 T? Chald. f i. q. Heb. no. l,ashe-goat, 
 Ezra 6, 17. 
 
 Ti? m. (r. TU") rarely TiS' Prov. 24, 5. 
 31,17.25; c. Makk. "tS, c. suff. ''^r, 
 r,-:s, 1>S, rarely "'IS Ex'. 15, 2, T;Tr Ex. 
 15,' 13, once ^5^5 Ps'. 81. 2. 
 
 1. strength, might, power, of God Job 
 12, 16. 26. 2. al. of men Ps. 29, 11. Prov. 
 24, 5. 31, 17 ; of animals Job 41, 14. Also 
 vehemence, violence, as of rain Job 37, 6 ; 
 thunder Ps. 68, 34; anger Ps. 90, 11. 
 Ty-b=3 iHlh all one's might 2 Sam. 6, 14. 
 Concr. the strong ones, heroes, Judg. 5, 
 21; comp. Is. 43, 17. 
 
 2. strength, firmness, sc. by fortifi- 
 cation. tS '"^att a strong tower, fortified. 
 Judg. 9, 51. Ps. 61, 4 ; \S -.'S Is. 26. 1 ; 
 XS P^-ip Prov. 18, 19. Ps. 30, 8 thou hast 
 confirmed strength unto my mountain, 
 hast made me secure. Hence trop. de- 
 fence, refuge, j/rotection, Ps. 28, 8 f^)^"^ 
 ycb is Jehovah is their defence. 46, 2. 
 62,' 8. 84, 6. 140, 8. Is. 49, 5. Jer. 16, 19. 
 Ez. 26, 11. In a bad sense, B"':o TS 
 gtrength (hardneee) of countenance, i. e. 
 boldnees, impudence, Ecc. 8, 1. njS '("iKB 
 her pride of strength, her shameless 
 pride, E/. 30. 6. 18. 33, 28. Concr. Ez. 
 24, 21 c:w visa your strong jrride, that 
 in which you proudly trust. 
 
 3. splendour, majesty, glory, as the 
 usual concomitants of might and power, 
 i. q. 1133 with which it is often coupled, 
 Hab. 3, 4. Ps. 96, 6 n-jNfini ti? .splendour 
 and majesty. Is. 51, 9. 52, 1. Prov. 31,25. 
 Ps. 132, 8 r,TS "(iijt the ark (seat) of thy 
 majesty, i. e. the ark of the covenant (i.q. 
 ni.-Tj 1133 "li-iiS!) 2 Chr. 6, 41 ; for which 
 poet. Ti" alone Ps. 78, 61 ; comp. 1 Sam. 
 
 4, 21. 22. Arab. Lt glory. 
 
 4. glory, praise, laud, Ps. 8, 3. 29, 1. 
 68, 35. 99, 4. Ex. 15, 2. 2 Chr. 30, 21 
 ;r,-n^3 instruments of praise i. e. used in 
 praising God. 
 
 ^J*? (strength) Uzza, pr. n. m. a) 
 2 Sam. 6, 3, for which v. 6. 7 n-tS Uzzah. 
 b) 1 Chr. 8, 7. c) Ezra 2, 49. N'eh. 7, 51. 
 
 'li^J? Azazel, a word found only in 
 the law respecting the day of atonement 
 Lev. 16, 8. 10. 26, and vexed with the 
 numerous conjectures of interpreters. 
 Most prob. the averter, expiator, Aver- 
 runciis, 'AkflUaxog, Sept. 'Anonofntvaoc, 
 i. e. hli^rs for ^jMr, from the root bTS, 
 (JwC , to remove, to separate ; comp. 
 Lehrg. p. 869. By this name is prob. to 
 be understood originally some idol that 
 was appeased with sacrifices, as Saturn 
 and Mars, see "^^ ; but afterwards, as 
 the names of idols were often transferred 
 to demons (Spencer de Legg. HebrtBO- 
 rum ritual ibus III. Diss. VIII. p. 1039- 
 1085), it seems to denote an evil demon 
 dwelling in the desert and to be placat- 
 ed with victims, in accordance with this 
 very ancient and also gentile rite. The 
 name Azazel Jovtyt is also used by 
 
 the Arabs for an evil demon, see Reland. 
 de Rel. Muhammed. p. 189. Meninski 
 h. V. The etymology above proposed 
 was expressed of old by the LXX. al- 
 though neglected or misunderstood by 
 most interpreters. Thus tJiey render 
 btxi^b in v. 8 T(ji 'AuoTioftTKttoj i. e. 'Ano- 
 T(Jonalo), 'Ahiixt'iito}, Averriinco ; v. 10 
 fli irjV ajionofiTirjV, ad averruncandum ; 
 V. 26 ft? uifioiv- Comp. for the use of 
 the Greek word ^Anonofjnuloi:, what is 
 said by Bochart in Hieroz. P. I. p. 651. 
 Suicer Thes. Ercl. I. p. 468. The ec- 
 clesiastical fathers have referred this 
 'AnojiofiTtutot to the goat itself, q. d. 
 
nT7 
 
 765 
 
 ai9 
 
 acape-goat, although obviously in v. 8 
 the untitheais lieH botween bTXjsb and 
 nirfb. So too the Vulg. caper einissa- 
 rf, Symm. unf{i/ofifvOf; Aquil. anolt- 
 Xvfiiio^, as if tlie name were compounded 
 of ^5 goat and bix to depart. Bochart 
 himself (I. c.) understands the place 
 whither the goat was to be sent away, 
 and supposes ^txts Jovfyt to be ajflu- 
 
 rail's fractus from r. Jyfr pr. separa- 
 tions, and then desert places. But there 
 is no trace of the pliiralis fractus in 
 the Hebrew language, and the place 
 whither the goat was to be sent away 
 is specified by the words nnansn v. 10. 
 21. and nnia V'!!'?'^^ v. 22."See more 
 in Thesaur. p. 1012. 
 
 * -I^ fut. 2Tr^ I. Pr. to cut loose, to 
 loosen the bands or cords by which any 
 thing is bound or fastened ; and thus to 
 let loose, to release, to let go free, e. g. 
 a beast of burden, i.q.nriB. Arab. (_>yft 
 to let loose camels that they may wan- 
 der about, see Sypkens in Diss. Lugdd. 
 p. 930, 931. The primary idea seems 
 to be that of cutting loose ; so that 2TS 
 is kindr. with :ss, 3Sn. to cut. So in 
 the difficult passage. Ex. 23, 5 when thou 
 seest the ass of thine enemy lying down 
 under his burden, STS "ib STrp P^"]"!! 
 ias -ii?r) beware that thou leave him not, 
 but thou shall surely loosen (the bands 
 of the ass) with him. i. e. thou shall help 
 the owner to loosen the fastenings of 
 the load ; comp. Deut. 22, 4. There is 
 here a paronomasia in the double use 
 of the verb S]S, first in its more usual 
 sense to leave, to desert, and then in tlie 
 sense of loosening. See more in The- 
 saur. p. 1007. Spec. 
 
 a) Of a slave set free, whence the pro- 
 verbial expression aiTST nsiss the shut up 
 and the let go free, i. e. the bond and 
 the free, i. q. all, every one, Deut. 32. 36. 
 1 K. 14, 10. 21, 21. 2 K. 9, 8. 14, 26. 
 Comp. nsiri -^s Mai. 2, 12. see in r. nw 
 I. 1 ; also the similar Arabic phrases, 
 Thesaur. p. 1008. 
 
 b) to let go a thing, i. q. nb'r ; opp. to 
 keep, to hold last. Job 20. 1 3 he spares 
 it (the morsel in his mouth) and lets it 
 noi go. Metaph. Job 10. 1 / will let go 
 my complaint, no longer restrain it. 9. 27. 
 
 Ez. 20, 8. Pb. 37, 8 let go wrath, keep it 
 not, cease from it. 
 
 c) to let go a debt, to remit, Neh. 
 5, 10. 
 
 A) to let go, i. e. to leave off. t. ft. 
 whoredoms Ez. 23, 8 ; inf. c. b Hos. 4, 
 10. But 'b o13 i^on zrs to leare off 
 one^s kindness, to withdraw one's favour 
 from any one, Gen. 24, 27 ; njj iion ZVS 
 id. Ruth 2, 20. 
 
 .) to let go, to let be, i. e. to permit, 
 i. q. DB'nri ; opp. to keep back, to hinder ; 
 Ruth 2,' 16 n-j;sbl SB^TJI and suffer that 
 she glean, let her glean. With dat. Neh. 
 3, 34 [4, 2] nnb si=TS^ri will they (one) 
 suffer them sc. to build the walls ? i. e. 
 shall we permit them ? Clericus : will 
 the governors permit them? 
 
 2. to let go a person or thing, i. e. to 
 leave, to quit, e. g. 
 
 a) With ace. of pers. Gen. 2, 24. 44, 
 22. 1 Sam. 31, 7. Ruth 2, 11 ; with an 
 adjunct of place where, 2 Sam. 5, 21. 15, 
 16. 2 Chr. 28, 14. Also to leave, to let 
 remain, Judg. 2, 21. Often i. q. to fan- 
 sake, to desert, e. g. those who need 
 help Deut. 12, 19. 14, 27. Num. 10, 31. 
 Job 20, 19. al. Part pass. fem. n2Ty one 
 forsaken Is. 62. 4. So God is said to 
 forsake any one, i. e. to withdraw his 
 help from him, Gen. 28, 15. Josh. 1, 5. 
 Ps. 27, 9. 71, 9. 11 ; a people Ps. 9, 11. 
 22, 2. Is. 42, 16. 54, 7 ; a land Ez. 8. 12. 
 9, 9. Contra, men are said to forsake 
 God, to fell away from him. Deut. 31, 16. 
 Judg. 2, 12. 2 Chr. 12, 1. 10. Jer. 5, 19. 
 al. saep. 
 
 b) Of place, to leave, to forsake, Jer. 
 25, 38. Ez. 8, 12 ; a way, metaph. the 
 way of the wicked Is. 55, 7 : the right 
 way Prov. 2, 13. 15, 10. Also to forsake, 
 to abandon, to desert, houses or cities, so 
 that they lie deserted and fall into ruins; 
 comp. Arab. ^-J'yt to be deserted, deso- 
 late, as a land.' Ms. 17, 2 ^sH? ''"^s niits 
 the cities of ruins are deserted. Jer. 4, 
 29. Zeph. 2, 4. Hence Part. pass. fem. 
 n2!iTS deserted, a desolation, i. e. houses 
 deserted of the inhabitants, niins, rub- 
 bish; Is. 6, 12 "I'lxri zipz nsiTrn nani 
 a7id great be the desolation (ruins) in 
 the land. 17. 9 his strong cities .^hall 
 be w"~nn na'Trs as ruins in thf forests 
 and in the summits of Palestine, which 
 the Canaanites have Itft deserted before 
 
nt:? 
 
 766 
 
 TW 
 
 Israel, i. e. as they fled before Israel in 
 the time of Joshua. 
 
 c) With ace. of thing, to leave, to for- 
 sake, as a bird her eggs Is. 10, 14. Josh. 
 8, 17 they lift the city open. With an 
 adjunct of place where Gen. 50, 8. 39, 
 15. 18 ; 'b -J^a Gen. 39, 12. 13. Prsegn. 
 Is. 10, 3 whither will you (carry away 
 and) leave your wealth? Metaph. to 
 forsake a law Is. 58, 2 ; a covenant 
 Dan. 11, 30; counsel 1 K. 12, 8; the 
 precepts of God Ps. 119, 87 ; wisdom 
 Prov. 4, 6 ; piety Job 6, 14 ; also sin 
 Prov. 28, 13. 
 
 d) 'e ^2^ 3!? to leave in the hand of 
 any one, to commit or entrust to any one 
 Gen. 39, 6 ; comp. in lett. c. Also to 
 leave at one's disposal, to give up to his 
 pleasure, 2 Chr. 12, 5. Ps. 37, 33. Neh. 
 10, 28 ; c.b id. Ps. 16, 10. Job 39, 14 ; bx 
 V. 11 ; hs Ps. 10, 14. 
 
 e) to leave to or for any one, with ace. 
 of thing and dat. of pers. Lev. 19, 10. 
 23,22. Soof onedyingPs. 49, 11 ; of 
 a destroyer leaving nothing behind him 
 Mai. 3, 19 [4, 1]. 
 
 NiPH. to be left, to be forsaken, de- 
 terted. Neh. 13, 11 ; often of a land left 
 deserted of its inhabitants Lev. 26, 43 
 (c. ',). Is. 7, 16. Job 18, 4 ; of cities Is. 
 27, 10. 62, 12. Ez. 36, 4. With 3, to be 
 left, given over, to any one Is. 18, 6. 
 
 PuAL -TS i.q. Niph. to be left, forsaken, 
 a city Jer. 49, 25 ; poet, of the tumult of 
 a city Is. 32, 14. 
 
 Deriv. n^nts, and 
 
 jlS^y m. only in plur. C'S'Cp, prob. a 
 technical word signifying traffic, com- 
 merce ; from the root IXS to leave or let 
 go for a price, i. e. to sell. Hence 
 
 1. a fair, market, market-place. Ez. 
 27, 19 Dan and Jaran TC.i'^P.^ ^JIXO 
 Ijrj set out spun-work in (hy fairs, i. e. 
 brought it to thy fairs. In the similar 
 passages v. 12. 22. with the same gene- 
 ral sense we find 3 prefixed to tlie wares, 
 with silver, iron. etc. do they set out thy 
 fairs ; in v. 16 a is put twice, i. e. be- 
 fore both the wares and the place ; and 
 in V. 14 a is omitted before both. Per- 
 haps all these constructions were com- 
 mon among merchants, and therefore 
 adopted by the prophet. 
 
 2. gains, earnintrs, profits accruing 
 from traffic. Ez. 27, 27. 33. Comp. ino . 
 
 p'iST? (from tS and pia, strong de- 
 vastation) Azbuk, pr. n. ra. Neh. 3, 16. 
 
 '^I'T? (from IS and *IJ, strong in for- 
 tune) Azgad, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 12. 8, 12. 
 Neh. 7, 17. 10, 16. 
 
 * nj!? obsol. root, Arab. (<'<^ to con- 
 sole ; whence pr. n. ^X'^'tS^ , '^\'^1^. , ^1\'^.^. 
 
 TV\S (the strong, comp. Valentia) pr. 
 n. Azzah Deut. 2, 23, i. e. Gaza, Sept. 
 jrJ, one of the five cities of the Philis- 
 tines. Josh. 11, 22. Judg. 16, 1. 21. 1 
 Sam. 6, 17. Jer. 25, 20. Am. 1, 6. 7. 
 Zeph. 2, 4. al. It was a royal city 
 Zech. 9, 5, situated near the southern 
 border of Palestine Gen. 10, 19. 1 K. 4, 
 24 ; was subdued by the Hebrews in 
 the time of the Judges Judg. 1, 18, but 
 soon afterwards recovered by the Philis- 
 tines. It is often mentioned in Greek 
 writers ; Plutarch calls it the largest 
 city of Syria ; and Arrian says it is a 
 great city situated in a high and strong 
 position. The ancient name is still re- 
 tained, syfr Ghuzzeh. Its history is 
 copiously narrated by Reland, Palaesti- 
 na p. 788-800. See Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
 lest. II. p. 372-383. Gentile n. "'rW 
 Gazite Judg. 16, 2. 
 
 njy Uzzah, see NW lett. a. 
 
 TiZ^.X^, f. (r. atS) 1. 1-uins, rubbish, 
 see the root no. 2. b. 
 
 2. Azubah, pr. n. i a) The mother 
 of Jeho-shaphat 1 K. 22. 42. b) The 
 wife of Caleb 1 Chr. 2, 18. 19. 
 
 T'i'Ty m. (r. ITS) adj. strong, mighty, 
 of God Ps. 24, 8. Collect, the strong 
 ones, warriors. Is. 43, 17. 
 
 T^Ty m. (r. n5) strength, might, as of 
 war Is. 42, 25 ;' of God Ps. 78. 4. 145, 6. 
 
 I'ff? , see "1?? . 
 
 * U"? fut. tS^, conv, ts5, inf constr. 
 T'lTr and t'lS . 
 
 1. To strengthen, to make strong and 
 
 firm. Arab, yt fut. O id. fiit. / and 
 A, to be potent, also to be vehement, 
 violent ; Eth. DHH to strengthen, also 
 to be strong. Syr. "pk i. q. Heb. Con- 
 str. c. b to give strength to any one, to 
 make secure, to protect ; Ecc. 7, 19 
 
m 
 
 7G7 
 
 ITf 
 
 "''"' csn^ Trn M'aann wisdom slren^th- 
 eneth the. wist more than ten chirfa, i. e. 
 protects him more and better than ten 
 lenders ; coriip. T5 no. 2, and Tra. This 
 active signification appears also in the 
 name wtts. 
 
 2. Intrans. to become strong, to he 
 made sliimg. Dan. 11, 12 Tiyi xbl biU 
 he shall not he imuh strong. Ps. 9, 20. 
 Of waters. Prov. 8, 28 oinn rirs TlTSa 
 when (he fountains of the deep waxed 
 strong, i. e. flowed with violence ; comp. 
 O-'W n":B Neh. 9, 11. 18.43, 16. With 
 35 against or over any one, to prevail 
 aver, Judg. 3, 10. 6, 2. Syr. yl Ethpa. 
 infremuit. efferbuit. put for Gr. ffi^ifi- 
 ftuofiui John 11, 33. 38. Also i. q. to 
 have protection, to he protected, safe, se- 
 cure ; Is. 30, 2 ns-iQ T-isaa T-isb . 
 
 3. to be strong, mighty, pmcerfd, Ps. 
 89, 14. 52, 9 ; to show oneself strong 
 68,29. 
 
 HiPH. j'^JO TSn, to strengthen one^s 
 countenance, i. e. to put on an nnpudent, 
 shameless face, Prov. 7, 13; c. 3 21, 29. 
 Comp. t5 no. 3, iS no. 2. 
 
 Deriv. tS, TS, TS, TW, tsiTS, rS, 
 WS , njr , perh. n:T5, and the nine here 
 following. 
 
 Tty (strong) ^za^;, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 8. 
 
 '"^^TT'? (whom Jehovah strengthens, 
 r. TTS) Azaziah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 27, 
 20."b) 15,21. c)2Chr. 31, 13. 
 
 '^y (apoc. for n*3rs) Uzzi, pr. n. m. 
 
 a) 1 Chr. 5, 31. 6, 36. Ezra 7, 4. b) 
 
 1 Chr. 7. 2. c) 9, 8. d) 7, 7. e) Neh. 
 11, 22. f ) 12. 19. 42. 
 
 bX"^T?, see i'X-'TSV 
 
 bS'^-Tr (might of God, from tj?) Uz- 
 ziel, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 18. Num. 3. 19. 
 
 b) 1 Chr. 4. 42. c) 7, 7. d) 25, 4. e) 
 
 2 Chr. 29, 14. f) Neh. 3, 8. 
 
 'hi^'^'V Num. 3, 27, Uzzielite, patro- 
 nym. from bx*'?S lett. a. 
 
 S^^T^ and in^Ty (might of Jehovah, 
 I fr. tb) Uzziah, pr. n. m. Sept. 'O^lag. 
 a) A king of Judah from 811 to 759 B. 
 C. 2 K. 15. 13. 20. 32. 34. Is. 1. 1. 6. 1. 
 7, 1. Hos. 1, 1. Am.1,1. In 2 K. 14. 21. 
 15, 1. 6. 7. 8. 23, 27, he is also called 
 n^"iTS and in^^TS, which however is 
 prob. not another name of the same 
 
 king, but would seem to have arisen 
 from an error of the copyista, n-^TS and 
 T'lTS being nimilar ; see Theeaur, p. 
 1011. Comp. in c. b) 1 Chr. 27, 25. 
 
 c) 1 Chr. 6, 9, for which v. 21 n''nT5. 
 
 d) Ezra 10, 21. e)Neh. 11, 4. 
 
 ^T^T? (strong, r. ns) Aziza, pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 10, 27. 
 
 n^.'QTy (strong as death? from tS 
 and ri^) Azmaveth, pr. n. m. a) One 
 of David's warriors 2 Sam. 23, 21. b) 
 1 Chr. 27, 25. c) rnoTS n-'a see in n^? 
 no. 12. ee. 
 
 -'1^ obsol. root. Arab. Jyc- to re' 
 more, to separate, to set apart; see the 
 kindr. ^TJJ no. 2. Hence bixTS. 
 
 n^?Ty f. Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14, 12, a 
 
 species of eagle, Sept. uXudtTog, Vulg. 
 aquila marina ; but Gr. Venet. /i'^ by 
 conjecture. The Heb. intpp. and also 
 Bochart (Hieroz. 11.774 Lips.) hold the 
 Nun not to be radical, and refer the 
 Ibrm to r. TT , for n^"? i. e. the strong, 
 Onk. x;:Tr, Samar. Vers, r^^v . This 
 is well ; comp. from the same root 
 'ry'irs-c for vj''|sa Is. 23, 11. 
 
 Vl% only in Piel pir? , to loosen with 
 a mattock or hoe, to dig up or over, sc. 
 the ground, Is. 5, 2. Arab. ^Vyc id. 
 
 G ^o 
 
 whence iV VJM a spade, mattock. 
 
 From the kindred signif. to dig in, to 
 engrave, comes 
 
 J^^yy Chald. f. a signer-ring, Dan. 6, 
 18. Syr. ]Ls>}^ id. 
 
 ^pT? (dug over, broken up, r. p?^) 
 Azekah, pr. n. of a city in the plain of 
 Judah, Josh. 10, 10. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17, 
 1. Neh. 11, 30. Jer. 34, 7. See Relandi 
 Palsestina p. 603. 
 
 * "^I? fut. iTS;^ plur. !|">TS 1. to sur- 
 round, to enclose with a Avail or fence ; 
 to protect. Kindr. are "sn no. 1, "IS5, 
 also iTa. Hence nnjs court. 
 
 2. to help, to succour, to aid. Arab. 
 \y^: Syr. 9|i id. not hy^ as Simonis 
 and Winer have it. Absol. Is. 30, 7; 
 ace. of pers. Ps. 37, 40. 79, 9. 109. 26. 
 118. 13. al. > 2Sam.8. 5. 21. 17;espec. 
 in the later books, 1 Chr. 18, 5. 21, 17. 
 
IT? 
 
 768 
 
 8<tl? 
 
 2 Chr. 19, 2. 26. 13. 28, 16. Job 26, 2 ; 
 CS (comp. Engl. ' to stand by) 1 Chr. 
 12. 21 : ''"^nx. 1 K. 1, 7 n^:^x "^^nx !i"i|>!:5 
 they aided following the party of Adoni- 
 jah. Also with \ of thing, <o help to or 
 /or a thing; Zech. 1. 15 nrnb a-T. 
 2 Chr. 20, 23. Part, -ip a Ae//;er. often 
 in the phrases: \ "^p n-jn Ps. 30, 11. 
 ib ^p -px 2 K. 14, 26. Ps. 72, 12 ; -Ti? "f N 
 Ps. 22. 12. Is. 63. 5; so an associate, 
 ally, in war 1 Chr. 12, 1, comp. 1 K. 20, 
 16. Part. pass. -ij Is. 31, 3. 
 
 NiPH. to be helped, aided, Ps. 28, 7 ; 
 espec. from God 2 Chr. 26, 15. 1 Chr. 5, 
 20 cn-'W ''"'!-?.'l! ^"^ ^''^J' '"'^''"^ helped 
 against them, i. e. God gave them the 
 victory. Dan. 11, 34. The Arabs say 
 in like manner. /-iXjt to be helped sc. 
 from God, i. e. to conquer. 
 
 HiFH. i. q. Kal. Part, after the Ara- 
 maean form, pkir. Dinpo 2 Chr. 28, 23 ; 
 inf. c. pref. i-^is? 2 Sam. 18, 3 Cheth. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. ~TS^ , and the twelve here 
 following. 
 
 "IT? m. c. siiff. '-.TS 1. help, Is. 30, 5. 
 With genit. the help of any one is the 
 help afforded to him ; as "'"^"5 Ps. 121, 1. 
 2; int? 124, 8; T^yv Deut. 33, 26. Ps. 
 20, 3 ; rp.Tr '^Vo the shield of thy help 
 (O Israel)! i. e. God, Deut. 33, 29. Often 
 concr. for a helper, Ps. 33, 20. 70. 6. 115, 
 9 ; so of a female helper Gen. 2, 18. 20. 
 
 2. Ezer, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4. 4, for 
 which nnT5 V. 17. b) 12, 9. c) Neh. 3, 
 19. 
 
 "Ijy (help) Ezer, pr. n. m. a) Neh. 
 12, 42. b) 1 Chr. 7, 21. 
 
 *Wy and "I'lfy (helper) Azzur, pr. n. 
 m. a)Jer.28,l. b)Ez.ll,l. c) Neh. 
 10, 18. 
 
 *?!? (help, r. "ITS) Ezra, pr. n. m. 
 a) A priest and scribe, yqafiftaxtvg, who 
 In the seventh year of Arlaxerxes Longi- 
 manus, 458 B. C. led up a colony of Jews 
 from Babylon to Jerusalem, Ezra c. 7- 
 10. Neh. c. 8. 12, 26. 36. For his line- 
 age see Ezra 7, 1-5. b) One of the first 
 colonists, under Zerubbabel. Neh. 12, 1. 
 13 ; some suppose him to be the same 
 as the preceding, c) Neh. 12, 33 comp. 
 36. 
 
 ^*1>T? (w^om God helps, Germ. Gott- 
 
 helf ) Azareel, pr. n. a) 1 Chr. 12, 6. 
 b) 25, 18. c) 27, 22. d) Neh. 11, 13. 
 12, 36. e) Ezra 10, 41. 
 
 nnr? f. (v. nis) l. help, ri-r^^hfor 
 help Jer. 37, 7. 'is. 10, 3. 31. 1.'' With 
 genit. of him who receives help, Judg. 5, 
 
 23. Job 6, 13. Ps. 22, 20. 40, 14. al. also 
 of him who gives it Is. 31, 2. Concr. a 
 helper Ps. 27, 9. 40, 18; helpers Nah. 3, 
 9. With He parag. nn;iT:5 Ps. 44, 27. 
 
 2. Ezrah, pr. n. see it? no. 2. a. 
 
 ST^J? f. (-TS no. 1) 1. A word of the 
 later Hebrew for the more ancient "i^n 
 atrium, court, sc. of the temple, 2 Chr. 4, 
 9. 6, 13 ; from r. "iT in the sense of en- 
 closing i. q. 1SS, "isn. Often in the 
 
 Targums, Arab, transp. 2Lo^ id. 
 
 2. a ledge around the altar, formed by 
 drawing in or diminishing the part 
 above, an offset, teirace, Ez. 43. 14. 17. 
 20. 45, 19. 
 
 '"'T^ (for Ji**?!?, help of Jehovah) 
 Ezri.'^v. n. m.'l'Chr. 27, 26. 
 
 ^i^'^IT? (help of God, comp. the Pu- 
 nic pr. n. Hasdrubal, i. e. h'Sj^ i-133 help 
 of Baal) Azriel, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 5. 
 
 24. b)27, 19. c)Jer. 36, 26. 
 
 J'C"??? and l'^^'!'!? (whom Jehovah 
 helps) pr. n. m. Azariah:j a) A king of 
 ludah called also n;;w'q. v. b) See 
 n*T5 lett. c. c) One of the companions 
 of Daniel, Dan. 1, 6. 7. 11. d) Of many 
 others : 1 K. 4, 2. 5. 1 Chr. 2. 8. 38. 39. 
 3, 12. 2 Chr. 15, 1. 21, 2. Jer. 43, 2. 
 Ezra 7. 1. 3. Neh. 3, 23. 24. etc. etc. 
 See Thesaur. 1014. 
 
 D^'''?T? (help against the enemy) 
 Azrikam. pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 23. b) 
 8, 38. 9, 44. c) 9, 14. d) 2 Chr. 28, 7. 
 
 t^"?!!^ f. (r. "!) help, i. q. nntS, Pe. 
 60,13.108,13. 
 
 *^T}^y , see in njS fin. 
 
 "22? m. (see in r. oi5) conetr. a? , stylus, 
 a style, i. e. a writer's style, reed, cala- 
 mus, Jer. 8, 8. Ps. 45, 2 ; also of iron for 
 inscribing letters upon stone or metal, 
 Job 19, 24. Jer. 17, 1. 
 
 W Chald. Cr. a'*)) i- q- Heb. ns. 
 counsel, i. e. prudence, discretion, Dan. 
 2,14. 
 
ritt:? 
 
 769 
 
 y 
 
 * nt2^ fut. har^ , nayn . conv. as?5 . 
 1. /o CO per ; Arab. Lb^ , Syr. )4^> 
 id. Kindred is C|35. and peril, nos. 
 Constr. wity bs, like noa and other 
 verbs of covering, to cover over, Lev. 13, 
 45. Ez. 24, 17. 22. Mic. 3, 7. 
 
 2. /o cowr oneself with any thing, fo 
 jw/ on a garment, to clothe oneself or be 
 clothed with, c. ace. b'^Sia na? clothed in 
 a robe 1 Sum. 28, 14. Metaph. Pa. 104, 2 
 nob^s -nx nai) doUiing thyself with 
 light as with a garment ; so with zeal 
 Is. 59, 17 ; disgrace Ps. 71, 13. 109, 29 ; 
 cursing Pa. 109, 19. Comp. CJ2b. Jer. 
 43, 12 of Nebuchadnezzar : and he shall 
 put on (Has) the land of Egypt, as a 
 shepherd putteth on (nas;^) his garment, 
 i. e. he shall get possession of it speedily 
 and easily. Part. fem. H^as covered, 
 i. e. veiled ; Cant. 1, 7 why should J be 
 n^ai?3 as one veiled by the flocks of thy 
 companions 7 i. e. let me not wander in 
 search of thee among the shepherds like 
 a harlot ; comp. Gen. 38, 15. Sept. ne- 
 ^i/SalXofiivTj. 
 
 3. to wrap up, to fold tip. Is. 22. 17 
 nay Tjas he will wholly wrap thee up, sc. 
 as a ball ; comp. v. 18. 
 
 . HiPH. i^asn, fut. nas;, to cover, with 
 two ace. Ps. 84, 7 iriit: nas^ nisna-ca 
 yea. with blessings the autumnal rain 
 doth cover it. With bs of the thing co- 
 vered Ps. 89, 46. For the forms as^ii , 
 U?ni, 1 Sam. 14, 32. 15, 19, see the root 
 
 Deriv. nasa. 
 
 'i'^? m. (r. *,as) a place where cattle 
 and flocks lie down, e. g. around water, 
 etc. Job 21, 24 3^n sisb-a Tiras the rest- 
 ing-places of his herds are full of milk, 
 abound with it ; so at least Abulwalid, 
 Aben Ezra, and many later interpreters. 
 Better, perhaps, if we take "pas as 
 i. q. Chald. Kaas , Syr. IIcl^I, the thigh, 
 side, (m and n being interchanged, see 
 p. 529.) Chald. and Zab. xras ; and 
 then the sense will be : his sides (loins) 
 are full of fat, abrj for abn ; so Sept. 
 tyxaxa, Vulg. viscera, Syr. sid4'S. But 
 this interpretation also is by no means 
 certain. 
 
 rW'f^'S m. o sneezing Job 41, 10. R. 
 
 65 
 
 Cl^C? m. a bat, Lev. 11, 19. la. 2, 20. 
 Compounded from bay comp. Arab. 
 (Jj.c to be dark, and rjS flying. Chald. 
 id. Phenic. in fem. o&oia^uH, see Mon- 
 um. Phoen. p. 391. 
 
 1^^ obsol. root, Arab. ,^viax. to lie 
 down around tco/er, as camels ; whence 
 
 i^^Jaft and ^^jjomjo place near water 
 
 where cattle and flocks lie down. Hence 
 
 ras . 
 
 *?!'?? fut. Xp^"^ and Cias^ 1. to 
 cover as with a garment, to clothe, i. q. 
 na , for which it is often put in the Tar- 
 gums. Arab. v.,8jaftII,V, to put on a gar- 
 ment, Syr. ^a^Ok to be clothed. Kindr, 
 and synon. is nas . Constr. with b , Ps. 
 73, 6 -iob OT:n n-id-rja?^ the garment of 
 violence doth cover them, i. e. they are 
 wholly wrapped up in iniquity, as in a 
 garment. Comp. ttJab . 
 
 2. Intrans. to put on, to be covered, 
 clothed with: c.acc. P8.65, 14 'Basi c'^nias 
 "la the valleys are covered over (clothed) 
 with com. Job 23, 9 Vr^ Cias-i (if) fie 
 put on the south, i. e. if he hide himself 
 in the south, as in a garment. 
 
 3. to be overcome, overwhelmed, i. e. tin 
 languish, to fainl, comp. the synon. Ciiy 
 no. 4, Tibs. So of the mind or soul Ps. 
 61, 3. 102, 1. Is. 57, 16. Part pass. C1VJ5' 
 languid, faint, Lam. 2, 19 ; weak,feebly 
 of lambs, kids, plur. Gen. 30, 42. 
 
 NiPH. i. q. Kal no. 3, Lara. 2, 11, 
 
 HiPH. to act feebly, to show languor^ 
 Gen. 30, 42 ; comp. Kal no. 3, 
 
 HiTHP. to be overcome, to languish, to 
 faint, i. q. Kal no. 3, Lam. 2, 12 ; of the 
 mind Ps. 77, 4. 107, 5. 142, 4. 143, 4.. 
 Jon. 2, 8. 
 
 Deriv. nsasa. 
 
 **'^?, fut. c. suff. ISiasn, to sur- 
 round, to encompass, either for a hostile 
 purpose, c. bj^ 1 Sara. 23, 26 ; or for pro- 
 tection, c. dupl. ace. Ps. 5, 13. Kindr. 
 is "ina q. V. 
 
 PiEL "las to encircle with a crown, to 
 crown, with b of pers. Cant. 3, 11. Me- 
 taph. Ps. 65,' 12 ; c. dupl. ace. Ps. 8, 6. 
 103. 4. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Piel, only part. fem. Is. 23, 
 8 nn-'asan is Tyre the crowning, i:.e.. 
 
it::? 
 
 770 
 
 X:^y 
 
 bestowing crowns or diadems ; since 
 the power and title of king in the Phe- 
 nician colonies were dependent on the 
 senate of Tyre. Hence llie two follow- 
 ing. 
 
 nnt2? f. (r. 1^3) constr. n'^ia? , plur. 
 
 1. a crown, e. g. convivial, with which 
 guests were crowned, Is. 28, 1 ; also 
 royal, a diadem, 2 Sam. 12. 30. Ps. 21, 
 4. Cant. 3, 11. Ez. 23. 42. al. Figura- 
 tively crown is used for every thing 
 which serves for ornament and dignity ; 
 Job 19. 9 he hath torn the crown from my 
 head. Pro v. 12. 4 a virtuous woman is 
 a crown to her husband. 14, 24. 16, 31. 
 17, 6. 
 
 2. AtaraK pr. n. f. 1 Clir. 2, 26. 
 
 tmiS? (crowns, r. "i^5) Ataroth, pr. n. 
 a) A city in the tribe of Gad Num. 32, 
 3. 34. b) Another in Ephraim Josh. 
 16, 7 ; which is also called "I'ns-ni-iKS 
 (crowns of Addar) 16, 5. 18^13. c) 
 SXi"' rca '"i"'^? (crowns of the house of 
 Joab) a city in the tribe of Jutiah, 1 Chr. 
 2, 54. d) "Sid nin-J? a city of Gad, 
 Num. 32, 35. ' 
 
 *^~^ obsol. root, Arab. (wwJic.. to 
 sneeze. Chald. d::r id. Hence fit'^'^s . 
 
 ''? (for "^^y i. q. "'S heap of ruins) Ai, 
 with art. ^sr\ Engl. Hai, pr. n. of a royal 
 city of the Canaanites, eastward from 
 Bethel in the northern part of the terri- 
 tory of the tribe of Benjamin, Gen. 12, 
 8. 13, 3. Josh. 7, 2 eq. 8, 1 sq. Ezra 2, 28. 
 Sept. yly/ui, Vulg. Hat. See Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. II. p. 119, 312 sq. Other forms 
 of the same name in the fem. gender 
 are : N^S Aija Neh. 11, 31 ; nS Aiah 1 
 Chr. 7, 28 in some editions ; and n^S 
 Aiath Is. 10, 28. 
 
 "y m. (for "lis , r. wr) pr. ' subversion, 
 overthrow ;' hence 
 
 1. ruins, rubbish, Mic. 1, 6 ; for Job 
 30, 24 see art. 'Sa. Plur. C'S nam, 
 rudera, heaps of ruins, Jer. 26, 18. Ps. 
 79, 1 ; also ,"" Mic. 3, 12. 
 
 2. Plur. D''*S lim or Jjim, pr. n. a) 
 A town of Judah Josh. 15, 29. b) ^*5 
 C~iyn Jje-Abarim (ruine at or on Aba- 
 rim) Num. 21, 11. 33, 44, also simply 
 6^*5 Jim 33, 45, a town near the desert 
 on the suuthern quarter of Moab, so 
 
 called prob. to distinguish it from the 
 lim of Judah ; see in cinss. 
 
 i*^?, see in 'S. 
 
 3""? , see r. 'Z?y . 
 
 5?"'? (stone, see r. "bzv) Ebal, pr. n. 
 a) A mountain in the northern part of 
 Ephraim, opposite to mount Gerizim 
 (c-'ns) on the northern side of the val- 
 ley of Shechem, Deut. 11, 29. 27, 4. 13. 
 Josh. 8, 30. 33. Sept. rui^i'd, Vulg. 
 Hebal. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
 96, 101. b) A various reading for bais 
 Obal, where see. c) An Edomite Gen, 
 26, 33. 
 
 n^?, see in 'S. 
 
 I'T'S' (a ruin, r. njS) Tjon, pr. n. of a 
 fortified city in the tribe of Naphtali 
 1 K. 15, 20. 2 Chr. 16, 4. 
 
 tl^"? f. Aijuih, 1 Chr. 1, 46 Cheth. for 
 n"''i5 q. V. 
 
 *t5''J' fut. apoc. as^n and t:S*l, to 
 rush upon, to Jiy upon any person or 
 thing ; Syr. ^.Jtli^zf to be indignant, to 
 storm or rush upon any one, ] l^^ indig- 
 nation, anger. Arab. JcL& to be indig 
 nant, JflJLC. heat, anger. Constr. c. a, 
 1 Sam. 25, 14 cna msst he fiew upon 
 them, i. e. stormed, railed at them. With 
 bs, 1 Sam. 15, 19 b^t^'n-^ ::SP1 where- 
 fore didst thou fly upon the spoil ? 
 
 14, 32 Keri, which is the true reading, 
 bb^-n-bs csn 'c^v\ the people rushed up- 
 on the spoil. As to the form in both 
 these passages, there is little doubt but 
 that CS^I is the same with CSJl 25, 14 j 
 just like uJnni Job 31, 5 for'\iinni to 
 hasten, and in^ Prov. 27, 17 for in;;, 
 *in^ , in which forms perhaps there is a 
 Daghesh forte implied after the Chal- 
 daic manner. 
 
 Deriv. the two foFlowlng. 
 
 13^? m. I. a ravenous beast, i. e. rush- 
 ing on his prey, Jer. 12, 9. Spec. 
 
 2. a ravenous bird, uitog, Job 28, 7 ; 
 as emblem cA' a warlike king la. 46, 11. 
 Collect, for birds of prey Gen. 15, 11. 
 Is. 18, 6. Ez. 39, 4. 
 
 0'??'^? (place of ravenous beasts, see 
 tt"^?) Etam.. pr. n. a) A city in Judah 
 1 Chr. 4, 3. 32. 2 Chr. 11, 6. [Situated 
 perhaps not far south of Bethlchni ; 8 
 
771 
 
 r 
 
 Bibl. Re8. in Palest. I. p. 515. II. p. 16S. 
 R. b) A rock, apparently in or neur 
 the plain of Judah, not liir from Samson's 
 residence, Judg. 15, 8. 11. 
 
 D-'^y, D"'"<a5;n -"liy, see In "5 no. 2. 
 
 01'"'? m. (r. cbs I) eternity, ever; 
 2 Chr. 33, 7 nib-'sb '/or ever, i. q. o^is 
 A. 2. e. 
 
 ''?'^? (i. q, Chald. '\'3_ supreme, r. 
 hbs) llai, pr. n. of one of David's war- 
 riors 1 Chr. 11, 29; called in 2 Sam. 23, 
 28 Tiabs . 
 
 Obiy f. Is. 21, 2, m. Is. 22, 6, Elam, 
 Elyinais, pr. n. of a province of Persia in 
 which was the capital Susa. Ezra 4, 9. 
 Dan. 8, 2. In Greek writers Elymals 
 is the province adjacent to Susianu and 
 Media, on the east of Babylonia (Strabo 
 XVI. p. 744) ; in Daniel I. c. Elam seems 
 to include Susiana. Saadias renders it 
 by Khuzisldn, with which it appears to 
 have accorded ; the name 0^''? corre- 
 sponding to the Pehlv. Aiijama i. e. 
 jjljc*;V.i>- . See Thesaur. p. 1016, 
 
 1017. Cellarii Not. Orb. ant. II. p. 686. 
 Roscnm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 300 sq. 
 In Gen. 10, 22, the origin of the Ela- 
 mites is deduced from Shem. 14, 1. Is. 
 11, 11. 21, 2. 22, 6. Jer. 25, 25. 49, 34 
 sq. Ez. 32, 24. 
 
 D^?! once Is. 11, 15 "inn c^a , Sept. 
 iv nvtvfiaxi, /?tatw, Vulg. in fortitudine 
 spiritussui, Syr. nLio> )J,_o}^,Engl. 
 with his mighty wind, and so the Heb. 
 intpp. by conjecture from the context, 
 without philological grounds. Perhaps 
 it should read DS? (ss?) strength, force^ 
 which gives the sense expressed by 
 Sept. Vulg. Syr. The exchange of 
 Tsade for Yod would be easy in the an- 
 cient alphabets. 
 
 "l"? 1. i. q. Arab. ^Lc- mid. Ye, 
 to flow, to Jlow out, as water, tears; 
 whence X]3 eye. fountain, unless this be 
 regarded as the radical word and the verb 
 as secondary. 
 
 2. Denom. from '"^S . Part. "i;;;'is eyeing 
 Askance, envious, 1 Sam. 18, 9 Keri ; in 
 
 Cheth. is 'i^S. Arab. ^^Lc, jjjjLfc, 
 id. Corap. Heb. *,:? nsn , in )y_ no. 1. 
 
 1?? n (very rarely masc. Cant. 4, 9 
 Ch.'th. perh. Ps. 73, 7, dual Zecii. 3, 9,) 
 constr. 'py , c. suff. '3''5 , ii'^y , c. He loc. 
 ns-js Gen. 24. 16. 45 ; Dual 0"?3"'S , put 
 also for plur. Zech. 3, 9. Ez. 1, 18. 10, 12; 
 constr. '^3''5 , once "'SS in some copies Is. 
 3, 8 ; Plur. in signif. no. 2, n-ij^ji 2 Chr. 
 32, 3, constr. niJ-'S Ex. 15, 27. Num. 33, 
 9. 
 
 1. the eye ; and so in all the Semitic 
 dialects. Ex. 21, 24. Lev. 24, 20. al. saep. 
 "r?3 "i"?? <'yc '0 ^y^ Num. 14, 14. Is. 52, 
 18. D'^3'^? nc^ fair of eyes, having fine 
 eyes, 1 Sam'. 16, 12; opp. trisn n'^j-'S 
 weak eyes, blear. Gen. 29, 17. To the 
 eye is ascribed weeping Job 16, 20. Lam. 
 
 1, 16. 3, 48. 49. 51 ; also various affec- 
 tions and emotions, which are manifest- 
 ed through the eyes, as pride, humility, 
 anger, pity, joy, evy, contempt, etc. as 
 ni^sn cips lofty eyes, pride, Ps. 18, 28; 
 CT? nb low of eyes, humble. Job 22, 29; 
 '^3''53 nnn anger is kindled in the eyes 
 Gen. 45, 5, see in nnn no 1. c ; "'ps non 
 bs my eye hath pity upon, see in Din ; Ps. 
 6, 8 7nine eye pineth away for grief i. e. I 
 pine, am wasted by disappointed hope. 
 31, 10, comp. Job 17, 7 and in n33 , ::i<'n . 
 Also B"'?'^? "^"'^ri io enlighten the eyes, 
 i. e. to gladden, see in lix Hiph. "^no 
 ^??'^? pure of eyes, i. e. abhorring to look 
 u|K)n evil. Hab. 1, 13 ; 3 "'3''S nrn mine 
 eye is evil towards any one, i. e. envious, 
 I envy him, Deut. 15, 9 ; comp. SSn no. 
 
 2. f. Tob. 4, 7 fiTj (f&ovriGUTby aov 6 
 ocp&nX^oq. So of scorn and contempt, 
 as Prov. 30, 17 the eye that mncketh at 
 bis father, and scometh to obey his mo- 
 ther, the ravens sJudl pick it out. etc. 
 Trop. of the eyes of the mind. ci3"'S "'iba 
 having the eyes open, spoken of a pro- 
 phet in vision. Num. 24, 4. 16. Spec, to 
 be noted are the following phrases: 
 
 a) S "'.3"'?^ before the eyes of any one, 
 i. e. before him. in his presence. Gen. 23, 
 11. IS. Ex. 4, 30. 7, 20. 9. 8. 19, 11. al. 
 ssepiss. 
 
 b) B '^5''52 in the eyes of any one, i. e. 
 in his sight, he being judge, a phrase by 
 which the Heb. expresses the sense of 
 the verb to seem, videri. Gen. 19, 14 
 'jnn "'SiSs FH^^^ "'H?? af^ he was as 
 one that mocked in the eyes of his sons- 
 in-law, i. e. he seemed to them as a 
 mocker. 29, 20. 2 Sam. 10. 3 Tn isrrn 
 
T^ 
 
 772 
 
 yj-'rya """^X-M!* thinkest thou that David 
 doth honour thij father 1 Hence -lis 
 'J'^sa it is good in mysright, i. e. it seems 
 good to me. pleases me, see r. Sia , SZS'i ; 
 also ''3'^?2 (~n) sn] . it displeases me, see 
 ^"^ ? 5"]^ > comp. under the root "id^ . So 
 T'j^ya Brn wise in ?iis oicn eyes, self- 
 conceited' Prov. 3, 7. 26, 12. Job 32, 1. 
 Also 'b 'i-'ya in saia, see in in no 1. 
 etc. 
 
 c) 'i3 ''5''y^ away yrom ^Ae eyes of any 
 one, i. e. without his knowledge, Num. 
 15, 24 ; also after verbs of hiding Job 3, 
 10. Is. 65, 16. 
 
 d) D';:"^5 "pa between the eyes, i. e. upon 
 the forehead, Ex. 13, 9. 16. Deut. 6, 8. 11, 
 18 ; upon the front part of the head Deut. 
 14, 1. 
 
 e) ^? *"'? C''ia to set an eye upon any- 
 one, mostly in a sense of kindness, to 
 look with favour upon any one, prospi- 
 cere alicui, like, Arab. ,J*^. Lul& /o 
 
 ^^ . 0pp. is b? c^JS Cb , which 
 
 every where implies disfavour. E. g. 
 Gen. 44. 21 l-'b? irs na'^bxi that I may 
 set my eye upon him, i. e. be kind to 
 him, Sept. intfis'kov^va aiiov. Jer. 39, 
 12. 40, 4. Job 24, 23. Ezra 5, 5 ; c. bjt 
 Ps. 33, 18. 34, 16; a Deut. 11, 12 ^ 
 comp. also Zech. 12, 4. 1 K. 8, 29. 52. 
 More rarely in a sense of disfavour, of 
 the angry countenance of Jehovah (else- 
 where D''3B), Am. 9, 4 where to avoid 
 ambiguity is added i^ai^sb xbl ns'-ib . v. 
 8 c. a . Once with na-'-jb Jer." 24, 6 ; 
 comp. 1 Pet. 3, 12. Simply, -3 rp2is 
 thine eyes are upon me, i. e. thou lookest 
 upon me, Job 7, 8. So with the idea 
 of favour and disfavour, Zech. 9, 1 
 '^VfSo^ 'aad \lz^ nnx ys_ r^)T\-\ -^s for 
 Jehovah^s eye is upon men and upon all 
 the tribes of Israel, i. e. upon Israel with 
 favour, and upon till other nations with 
 disfavour. [More in accordance with 
 the grammatic.ll construction, is the ren- 
 dering: for towards Jehovah shall be 
 the eye of man and of all the tribes of 
 Israel ; so Engl. Vers, nearly. R. 
 
 f ) Ci:-y Nbs , see in N3 no. 1. d. 
 Trop. also in various senses : 
 
 aa) Of one who is eye for another, 
 i. e. in the place of eyes, who sees for 
 him, shows him the way; whether to 
 one blind Job 39, 15. or to one ignorant 
 
 of the way Num. 10, 31. So among- the 
 Persians, the Satraps or royal governors 
 o^ tlie provinces were called the king's 
 eyes and ears, Hdot. 1. 114. Xen. Cyr. 
 
 8. 2. 7. Comp. Arab. ^vjlC a scout. 
 
 bb) Of any thing resembling the eye, 
 e. g. the eye of wine, its bead. Prov. 23, 
 31. 
 
 cc) Meton. a look, glance o^Xhe eyes ; 
 Cant. 4, 9 Cheth. Tj'yr?^ "in^a ""Dnaab 
 thou hast ravished my heart with one of 
 thy glances ; Keri nnxa , see above init. 
 Comp. Job 16, 9. Hence 
 
 dd) look, aspect, appearance of a thing ; 
 Num. 11, 7 its appearance was as the 
 appearance of bdellium. Lev. 13. 5. 55. 
 Ex. 1, 4 sq. 10, 9. Dan. 10, 6. Spec, the 
 face, surface, as ^'^xn "S the surface 
 of the ground, i. q. n i3B , Ex. 10, 5. 15. 
 Num. 22, 5. 11. 
 
 ee) Sometimes referred to the human 
 face; but incorrectly, since in all the 
 passages cited for this signif the eye it- 
 self is to be understood, as Gen. 29, 17. 
 1 Sara. 16, 12; also ,':S3 T]S Num. 14, 
 14. Is. 52, 8; and Ps. 6,'8. 31, 10; see 
 above under no. 1. 
 
 Note. In Manuscripts '(""y {'^^V) eye is 
 sometimes confounded with ")iS {'{^'J) sin, 
 so that it is difficult to arrive at a satis- 
 factory decision ; thus Hos. 10. 10 Cheth. 
 cniJiy "'neb nnpxa , Keri criDis ; here 
 many prefer the latter, and render: be- 
 cause of their two sins, i. e. the two 
 golden calves ; but perh. we may better 
 rest in Cheth. in binding them (making 
 them captives) before their two eyes, em- 
 phat. for cn-^rsb Judg. 16, 28; comp. 
 Gen. 42. 24 cni's'^yb inx "ibx.f'i . So 
 Zech. 5, 6 ynxri-b=3 cry rst is ren- 
 dered by some : this ephah is their image 
 in all the earth; but incorrectly, since 
 ');? may indeed signify the external ap- 
 pearance, but never the image of a 
 thing. Hence it is better, with Sept. 
 and Syr. to read cjis Pnt this is their 
 sin, i. e. that in which they sin, false 
 measure. See also Ps. 73, 7. 
 
 2. a fountain ; whether so called from 
 its resemblance to the eye. or, vice versa, 
 the eye from its resemblance to a loun- 
 tain, may be doubtful. Comp. Pers. 
 jJLsfc eye, K.Aa^ fountain, Chinese 
 idn eye and fountain. Contra, Or. jnj/if 
 
773 
 
 sr9 
 
 fountain, corner of the eye. Gc.n. 16, 7. 
 24, 29. 30. 42 ; c-^a "ps v. 13. 43; nrs v. 16. 
 45. Plur. f. n-ij'^s , constr. nis"'? , Deut.8,7. 
 Ex. 15, 27. Prov, 8, 28. On this use of 
 the plur. fern, for inanimate objects, see 
 
 o ^ 
 
 Lehrg. p. 539, 540. Arab, ^ju^ id. 
 
 Many cities and places in Palestine 
 were named from Ibuntains in their vi- 
 cinity, thus: 
 
 a) ""na V? (fountain of the kid) En- 
 gedi, a city in the desert of Judah on the 
 Dead Sea, fertile in palm-trees, the En- 
 gadda of Pliny (H. N. 5. 17). Josh. 15,62. 
 1 Sam. 24, 1. Ez. 47, 10. Cant. 1. 14. 
 Anciently iBtn-iissn q. v. [Still called 
 tCiXssf lO**^ '"''^"^ Jidtj. with a beauti- 
 ful fountain and ruins; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 209, 214. R. 
 
 b) D''Ji"'|"'5 (fountain of gardens) 
 En-ganiiim, a city : ) In the plains of 
 Judah, Josh. 15, 34. (3) Of the Levites 
 in the territory of Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 
 21, 29 ; [perh. the Ftvalit of Josephus, 
 now Jenin ^uAA!^ ; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. III. p. 155, 156. R. 
 
 c) ixri -ps Ps. 83, 11 and ^r\ "pS 
 (fount of the dwelling) En-dor Josh. 17, 
 11. 1 Sam. 28, 7, in the tribe of Manas- 
 seh, four Rom. miles south of Mount 
 Tabor; now \%(^\ Endor. See Bibl, 
 Res. in Palest. III. p. 218, 225. 
 
 d) f^'=)'!l T? (swifl fountain) En-had- 
 dah. a city of Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 
 
 e) "n':!?! 'S, En-hazor, a city of 
 Naphtali, Josh. 19, 37. 
 
 f) 'i'^n r?5 see ii"in, 
 
 g) OQT01Q *ps (fountain of judgment) 
 En-inishpat, i. q. TSn;? q. v. Gen. 14, 7 ; 
 comp. Num. 20, 13. 
 
 h) O'lbas ps (fountain of two calves, 
 unless perh. 's is for C^^JX two pools) 
 En-eglaim. a city on the northern part 
 of the Dead Sea, Ez. 47, 10. 
 
 i) '"^y simply: ) A city of the Le- 
 vites in the territory of Simeon Josh. 
 15, 32. 19, 7. 21, 16. 1 Chr. 4, 32. /3) 
 A place in the north-eastern part of 
 Palestine, Num. 34, 11. 
 
 Sometimes fountains themselves are 
 designated by proper names : 
 
 aa) 1J'2tl3 'ps (fountain of the sun) 
 En-shemesh, on the border of Judah 
 and Benjamin, east of Jerusalem, Josh. 
 
 65* 
 
 15, 7. 18, 17. See Bibl. Rea. in Palest. 
 J. p. 493. 
 
 bb) ban 'ps (fountain of the scout; 
 Targ. fuller's fountiiin) En-rogel, in the 
 valley of the Kidron just south of Jeru- 
 salem, on the border between Judah and 
 Benjamin, Josh. 15, 7, 18, 16. 2 Sam. 
 17, 17. 1 K. 1, 9, Josephus says it was 
 in the king's gardens, Ant. 7. 14, 4. Now 
 a deep well, called Jitr EyHb, the well 
 of Job ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest, I. p, 
 490 sq, 
 
 cc) CJn "ps (fountain of jackals, 
 comm. dragon-fountain) near Jerusalem 
 Neh, 2. 13. 
 
 d(l) n^Br\'yy En- Taj^ah, a. ibantain 
 of the city n'.DFi Josh. 17, 7, comp. v. 8. 
 
 Denom, are C'SS, c;s, "l^sia, and the 
 two following. 
 
 D??"^? (two fountains) Enajim, Gen. 
 38, 21, and Dp? (on which form of the 
 dual see Lehrg. p. 536) Enam, pr. n. of a 
 place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 34- 
 
 1?"^? (having eyes) Enan, pr. n. m. 
 
 Num. 1, 15. 2, 29. Comp. ,3-'S nsn un- 
 der -i:?n . 
 
 * fj!!? to languish, to faint, to fail, 
 comp. the kindr. roots tl^S, C)S"J ; once 
 Jer. 4; 31. Hence CpS, pr. n. ''B"'S. 
 
 ^!^? adj. (r. Ci^S) f nE:;s, languid, 
 faint, weary, of one fatigued with travel 
 or labour and oppressed also with thirst, 
 e. g. espec. Gen. 25, 29. 30. Job 22, 7 
 where -S^ stands in the other hemi- 
 stich. Ps. 63, 2. Prov. 25.25 cold waters 
 for the fainting i. e. thirsty soul. Jer. 
 31, 25 I will give drink to the thirsty. 
 Spoken also of wearied beasts of burden 
 Is. 46, 1, where ^s;;^ is neut. fessum, 
 i. e, wearied beasts, i. q. ns^S "^'H > of 
 the thirsty earth Ps. 143, 6.^ Is. 32, 2. 
 
 i^?"'? f (r. CiW) 1. darkness. Am. 
 4, 13 HE-'S intU niiis he maketh the 
 morning darkness. With He parag. 
 nrss Job 10, 22. 
 
 2! Ephah, pr. n. a) A tribe and 
 region of the Midianites, Gen, 25, 4. Is. 
 60, 6. 1 Chr. 1, 33. Sept. /'/(? Is. I.e. 
 
 perh. i. q. Arab. sJu^, which the Ca- 
 moos explains to be 'a place near Pelu- 
 sium.' b) A man 1 Chr. 2, 47. c) A 
 woman 1 Chr. 2, 46. 
 
772 
 
 ?|''J'iy2 ^i'^^XTK thinkest thou that David 
 doth honour thy father 1 Hence 21:: 
 ipsa it is good in mysright, i. e. it seems 
 good to me. pleaees me. see r. 21^ , 3^'^ ; 
 also ''3'^?2 {'"]) sn|J , it displeases me, see 
 '"? ' ^y^ '> comp. under the root "ibi; . So 
 T'3"^?3 crn vise in his own eyes, self- 
 conceited' Prov. 3, 7. 26, 12. Job 32, 1. 
 Also 'a 'p/'sa 'jn xs^, see in "jn no 1. 
 etc. 
 
 c) 'b ''i'^S^ away frxmi the eyes of any 
 one, i. e. without his knowledge, Num. 
 15, 24 ; also after verbs of hiding Job 3, 
 10. Is. 65, 16. 
 
 d) D";:"!? "I'^a between the eyes, i. e. upon 
 the forehead. Ex. 13, 9. 16. Deut. 6, 8. 11, 
 18 ; upon the front part of the head Deut. 
 14, 1. 
 
 c) ^? r? t3''b to set an eye upon any- 
 one, mostly in a sense of kindness, to 
 look with favour upon any one, prospi- 
 cere alicid, like Arab. ,JkX. LuX /t-Om 
 ^j^ . 0pp. is hy c-iSB D-'b , which 
 
 every where implies disfavour. E. g. 
 Gen. 44, 21 i-ibs ipy na-^cxi i/m /may 
 get my eye upon him, 1. e. be kind to 
 him, Sept. imy.sXov^ttL avToi). Jer. 39, 
 12. 40, 4. Job 24, 23. Ezra 5, 5 ; c. b^< 
 Pe. 33, 18. 34, 16; 3 Deut. 11, 12 ^ 
 comp. also Zech. 12, 4. 1 K. 8, 29. 52. 
 More rarely in a sense of disfavour, of 
 the angry countenance of Jehovah (else- 
 where D-'JB), Am. 9. 4 where to avoid 
 ambiguity is added naiab xbi n^'-^b . v. 
 8 c. a . Once with na-::b Jer.' 24, 6 ; 
 comp. 1 Pet. 3, 12. Simply, -3 T^i-<y 
 thine eyes are upon me, i. e. thou lookest 
 upon me, Job 7, 8. So with the idea 
 of favour and disfavour, Zech. 9, 1 
 bx-^bi 'aab b=;i cnx 'ps nin-^b 'a for 
 Jehacah^s eye is upon men and upon all 
 the tribes of Israel, i. e. upon Israel with 
 favour, and upon all other nations with 
 disfavour. [More in accordance with 
 the grammatical construction, is the ren- 
 dering: for towards Jehovah shall be 
 the eye of man and of all the tribes of 
 Israel ; so Engl. Vers, nearly. R. 
 f) C-ij-r xbj , see in NIBJ no. 1. d. 
 Trop. also in various senses : 
 aa) Of one who is eye for another, 
 j. e. in the place of eyes, who sees for 
 him, shows him the way; whether to 
 one blind Job 39, 15. or to one ignorant 
 
 of the way Num. 10, 31. So among- the 
 Persians, the Satraps or royal governors 
 of the provinces were called the king's 
 eyes and ears, Hdot. 1. 114. Xen. Cyr. 
 
 G a ^ 
 
 8. 2. 7. Comp. Arab, j^wax. a scoot. 
 
 bb) Of any thing resembling the eye, 
 e. g. the eije of wine, its bead. Prov. 23, 
 31. 
 
 cc) Meton. a look, gla7ice of the eyes ; 
 Cant. 4, 9 Cheth. T)7r?'9 if!!*?^ ^3n33b 
 thou hast ravished my heart with one of 
 thy glances; Keri rnxa , see above init. 
 Comp. Job 16, 9. Hence 
 
 dd) look, aspect, appearance of a thing ; 
 Num. 11, 7 77s appearance was as the 
 appearance of bdellium. Lev. 13. 5. 55. 
 Ex. 1, 4 sq. 10, 9. Dan. 10, 6. Spec, the 
 face, surface, as Y^Xn ',-55 the surface 
 of the ground, i. q. 'n ^va , Ex. 10, 5. 15. 
 Num. 22, 5. 11. 
 
 ee) Sometimes referred to the human 
 face ; but incorrectly, since in all the 
 passages cited for this signif the eye it- 
 self is to be understood, as Gen. 29, 17. 
 1 Sam. 16, 12; also ,':?3 ]:? Num. 14, 
 14. Is. 52, 8; and Ps. 6,'8. 31, 10; see 
 above under no. 1, 
 
 Note. In Manuscripts T^S (",';) eye is 
 sometimes confounded with 'jiS {'{\'J) sin, 
 so that it is difficult to arrive at a satis- 
 factory decision ; thus Hos. 10, 10 Cheth. 
 cniJir "'niiib nnpxa , Keri cri'Dis ; here 
 many prefer the latter, and render: be- 
 cause of their tico sins, i. e. the two 
 golden calves ; but perh. we may better 
 rest in Cheth. in binding them (making 
 them captives) before their two eyes, em- 
 phat. for cn-'i-'Sb Judg. 16. 28; comp. 
 Gen. 42. 24 cniryb I'rs ^bx!:^ . So 
 Zech. 5, 6 }'':ixri-b:3 crs PsiT is ren- 
 dered hy some : this ephah is their image 
 in all the earth j but incorrectly, since 
 '^S may indeed signify the external ap- 
 pearance, but never the image of a 
 thing. Hence it is better, with Sept. 
 and Syr. to read Cjis PNT this is their 
 sin, i. e. that in which they sin, false 
 measure. See also Ps. 73, 7. 
 
 2. a fountain ; whether so called from 
 its resemblance to the eye. or, vice versa, 
 the eye from its resemblance to a loun- 
 tain, may be doubtful. Comp. Pers. 
 [Aa^ eye, y..w-'v fountain, Chinese 
 idn eye and fountain. Contra, Gr. jr//J} 
 
r? 
 
 773 
 
 V9 
 
 fountain, cornnr of the pye. Gen. 16, 7. 
 24, 29. 30. 42; n-^O TS V. 13. 43; nrs V. 16. 
 45. Plur. f. n-ij-S , conetr. nis'^S , Dcut.8,7. 
 Ex. 15, 27. Prov. 8, 28. On this use of 
 the plur. fern, for inanimate objects, see 
 
 Lehrg. p. 539, 540. Arab. ,j^ id. 
 
 Many cities and places in Palestine 
 were named from fountains in their vi- 
 cinity, thus: 
 
 a) ''7* r? (fountain of the kid) En- 
 gedi, a city in the desert of Judah on the 
 Dead Sea, fertile in palm-trees, the En- 
 gadda of Pliny (H. N. 5. 17). Josh. 15, 62. 
 1 Sam. 24, 1. Ez. 47, 10. Cant. 1, 14. 
 Anciently lon-pssn q. v. [Still called 
 Jc^ LihiV* ''"^'^ ''"'y- ^^'*^ ^ beauti- 
 ful fountain and ruins; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 209, 214. R. 
 
 b) D''Sa"*p5 (fountain of gardens) 
 En-gannim, a city : ) In the plains of 
 Judah, Josh. 15, 34. jS) Of the Levites 
 in the territory of Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 
 21, 29 ; [perh. the Fivuln of Josephus, 
 now Jenin yjjkr^ ; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. III. p. 155,' 156. R. 
 
 c) ^s<^ r? Ps. 83, 11 and lii -j^s 
 (fount of the dwelling) En-dor Josh. 17, 
 11. 1 Sam. 28, 7, in the tribe of Manas- 
 seh, four Rom. miles south of Mount 
 Tabor; now )^<XJt Enddr. See Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. III. p. 218, 225. 
 
 d) !Tnn 'pS (swifl fountain) En-had- 
 dah. a city of Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 
 
 e) "lisn "ps. En-hazor, a city of 
 Naphtali, Josh. 19, 37. 
 
 f) linn -fS, see liin. 
 
 g) aeciQ j"'S (fountain of judgment) 
 En-mishpat, i. q. IS"!;? q. v. Gen. 14, 7 ; 
 comp. Num. 20, 13. 
 
 h) C^^JS "j'^S (fountain of two calves, 
 unless perh. 's is for cilsix two pools) 
 En-eglaim. a city on the northern part 
 of the Dead Sea, Ez. 47, 10. 
 
 1) 'S simply: ) A city of the Le- 
 vites in the territory of Simeon Josh. 
 15, 32. 19, 7. 21, 16. 1 Chr. 4, 32. /3) 
 A place in the north-eastern part of 
 Palestine, Num. 34, 11. 
 
 Sometimes /oimtoj'jis themselves are 
 designated by proper names : 
 
 aa) tlip.fli 'f? (fountain of the sun) 
 En-shemesh, on the border of Judah 
 and Benjamin, east of Jerusalem, Josh. 
 
 65* 
 
 15, 7. 18, 17. See Bibl. Res. in Palest 
 I. p. 493. 
 
 bb) ban "p? (fountain of the scout; 
 Targ. fuller's fountain) En-rogel, in the 
 valley of the Kidron just south of Jeru- 
 salem, on the border between Judah and 
 Benjamin, Josh. 15, 7. 18, 16. 2 Sam. 
 17, 17. 1 K. 1, 9. Josephus says it was 
 in the king's gardens, Ant. 7. 14. 4. Now 
 a deep well, called IHr EyHh, the well 
 of Job ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 
 490 sq. 
 
 cc) csn "ps (fountain of jackals, 
 comm. dragon-fountain) near Jerusalem 
 Neh. 2. 1.3. 
 
 d(i) niDn-",^S f7n-7\ip/)^, a fountain 
 of the city niDFi Josh. 17, 7, comp. v. S. 
 
 Denom. are t-iSS, c:5, 1^?^, and the 
 two following. 
 
 D??"^? (two fountains) Enajim, Gen. 
 38, 21, and D^? (on which form of the 
 dual see Lehrg. p. 536) Enam, pr. n. of a 
 place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 34. 
 
 15"'? (having eyes) Enan, pr. n. m. 
 Num. 1, 15. 2, 29. Comp. irs isn un- 
 der isn. 
 
 * fj!!? to languish, to faint, to fail, 
 comp. the kindr. roots Cli5, ClS'J ; once 
 Jer. 4, 31. Hence Ci;;5, pr. n. ''B"'S. 
 
 'i^C.y adj. (r. Ci:5) f. ns'::?, languid, 
 fainl, weary, of one fatigued with travel 
 or labour and oppressed also with thirst, 
 e. g. espec. Gen. 25, 29. 30. Job 22, 7 
 where ~'^ stands in the other hemi- 
 stich. Ps. 63, 2. Prov. 25.25 cold waters 
 for the fainting i. e. thirstrj soul. Jer. 
 31, 25 I will give drink to the thirsty. 
 Spoken also of wearied beasts of burden 
 Is. 46. 1, where i^^^?, is neut. fessum, 
 i. e. wearied beasts, i. q. ns^S n^n ; of 
 the thirsty earth Ps. 143, 6.^ Is. 32, 2. 
 
 nS'iy f (r. rjiis) l. darkness. Am. 
 4. 13 ns-'S -inaj nias he maketh the 
 morning darkiiess. With He parag. 
 nrss Job 10, 22. 
 
 2I Ephah, pr. n. a) A tribe and 
 region of the Midianites. Gen. 25, 4. Is. 
 60, 6. 1 Chr. 1, 33. Sept. FaKpa Is. 1. c. 
 
 perh. i. q. Arab. &Ax&. which the Ca- 
 moos explains to be 'a place near Pelu- 
 sium.' b) A man 1 Chr. 2, 47. c) A 
 woman 1 Chr. 2, 46. 
 
v^ 
 
 774 
 
 ^ 
 
 ''B'^y (weary, languid, r. t]2^) Ephai, 
 pr. n. m. Jer. 40, 8 Keri, where Cheth. 
 
 T? m. (r. l-^s) c. suff. rtT'S Gen. 49, 
 11, plur. C")^?. a young ass, ass^s colt, 
 food ; Job 11, 12 N"iS n";'S wild ass^s colt. 
 Sometimes also of a young- ass, full 
 grown, Gen. 32, 16; as used for riding 
 Judg. 10. 4. 12,14. Zech. 9, 9; forbear- 
 ing burdens Is. 30, 6; for ploughing Is. 30, 
 
 !ii4.Comp. Gen.32,16. Arab. -aA an ass, 
 either wild or domestic. Strictly it 
 would seem to signify a wild ass or colt, 
 60 called from its swift running, see the 
 root "I"'? lett. a ; just as N'lS wild ass, 
 from X'^s to run. 
 
 * ^'^ to be hot, heated, ardent, Arab. 
 *Lfr mid. Waw, to be hot, e. g. the day 
 at noon. Also causat. for "I'^^ri, to make 
 hot, to heat, as a baker his oven ; Hos. 
 7, 4 '"^ai T'Sa P2I1J7 he ceaseth from 
 heating after the kneading tintil it be 
 leavened. This idea of heat, being hot, 
 is then often metaphorically applied : 
 
 a) To the heat of running, to run 
 .hotly i. e. swiftly ; whence ""^S an ass. 
 .Arab. Lc- IV to run swiftly, of a horse ; 
 
 jLc. mid. Ye, to run away, as a horse 
 when the reins break, comp. pb"^ no. 2. 
 
 b) To the heat of anger, an ardent 
 i. e. impetuous hostile attack ; comp. 
 Arab. Xi. Conj. I, III, IV, to rush upon 
 the enemy, and \Lfc mid. Ye, to be hot 
 with jealousy. Hence 1^9 II, and "iSJ 
 an enemy. 
 
 c) To heat of mind, i. e. anadety, ter- 
 ror ; see i"'S II. b. 
 
 I. "1"'^ f (r. nw I) masc. perh. in the 
 phrase "'123 i-, also Num. 35, 2. 3. 
 Deut. 3. 6 ; plur. once C'l^s for the sake 
 of paronomasia Judg. 10, 4, elsewhere 
 CIS, constr. "^15. as if from a sing. "iS. 
 
 1. a city, town, Sept. nolig; not found 
 in the kindred dialects. Tie signif is 
 of wide extent, embracing not only the 
 idea of aw encampment, but also that of 
 small fortifications, as watch-posts watch- 
 towers ; tbus Num. 13, 19 and what the 
 cities (a-'-iSn) they dwell in. Ci2ni2ari 
 C"'"i:a"C3 BX whether in camps or in 
 strong-holds. 2 K. 17, 9 tfiey built them 
 high-placea cn^'iS'bsa in all their cities, 
 
 nsari "i' 'is c^n^ib h-ji'a^ from the 
 tower of the watchmen to the fenced city. 
 Is. 1. 8 nn:i:j: -i"^s a tower of watch, i. q. 
 B1-IS2 bns'o 2 K. 1. c. see in rri^a:?. 
 Gen. 4. 17 prob. a nomadic encampment 
 defended by a ditch or wall against wild 
 beasts. This usage leaves no doubt aa 
 to the etymology ; and i"'S is pr. ' a 
 place of watch or guard,' built with a 
 wall or tower as a refuge for the keej)- 
 ers of the flocks, comp. "17.? i'?^i3 Gen. 
 35, 2, also the c^briJ^ built by Uzziah in 
 the desert 2 Chr. 26, 10 ; then, 'a place, 
 enclosure, surrounded by a mound or 
 wall,' to protect the nomades and their 
 flocks from enemies or wild beasts, a 
 nomadic hamlet ; and finally a town, 
 city, often not large, as may be gathered 
 from the fact that in the land of Canaan 
 there were 31 royal cities, while in the 
 one tribe of Judah there are enumerated 
 124 towns, Qi-iS, Josh. c. 15. With the 
 pr. n. of the city in appos. "iffiiitU "I'^Stn the 
 city Shushan Esth. 3, 15. 8. 15; D3UJ '5 
 Gen. 33, 18. Often with the genit. in 
 various senses : n^in 's a walled city 
 Lev. 25, 29 ; -lisia 's , is:^ 's a fenced 
 city, fortified, see ii:J^ . 1S3^ ; db^TZ ' 
 a city of refuge, see ^bp'O ; c^Jti'sn 's a 
 city of the priests 1 Sam. 22, 19 ; riD^bati 'S 
 a royal city 2 Sam. 12, 26; nn^ni'ins 
 IK. 12, 17; also 2 K. 23, 19. Judg.i2,7; 
 D'^a'n 's city of blood, slaughter, Nah. 3, 
 
 1. So llJIJsn I'^S the holy city, Jerusa- 
 lem, Neh'. 1, 1. Is. 52, 1. Dan. 9, 24, 
 comp. nolig ayla Matt. 27, 53 ; also 'S 
 'npi Is. 60, 14, D^'^Ks 's Ps. 66, 3. 87, 3, 
 and 'xMT i^oyfiv T'JJn' Ez. 7, 23, -i-^S Is. 
 60, 6, all for Jerusalem. (But in Is. 32, 
 19 "I'^sri stands for Nineveh, the metro- 
 polis of the enemy.) With genit. of pers. 
 the city of any one is either the capital of 
 a king, as -(in^o n-^S "pa'in Num. 21, 26, 
 comp. Josh. 8. 1 ; or oftener one''s pater- 
 nal city, or that in which he dwells, as T'S 
 "ins the city of Nahor i. e. Haran, where 
 he dwelt Gen. 24, 10 ; the city of David 
 i. e. Bethlehem, 1 Sam. 20. 6 ; and so 
 Deut. 19, 12. 21, 19-21. Josh. 21, 6. 1 
 Sam. 8, 22. 28. 3. 1 K. 22. 36. Comp. 
 Gr. noXiQ /Itt(ii8 i. e. Bethlehem. Luke 
 
 2, 4 ; noUc avTwv i. e. of Jesus' parents, 
 Nazareth, Luke 2. 39, comp. John 11, 1. 
 Judith 8, 3. With genit. of another city 
 '"^S is put for the smaller towns and vU- 
 
T? 
 
 775 
 
 t:p 
 
 luges around that city, elsewhere Pisa 
 n-'Sn ; as vadn >;) Josh. 13, 17. Jer.34, 1. 
 But i5i-is -ins Is. 17, 2. see in '?i">S no. 1. 
 Proverbially Ecc. 10, 15 the labour of 
 the foolish wearielh him, l>e.caujie he 
 knoweth not i^3?"^!< r^?:?^ to go to the city, 
 i. e. cannot find his way to the city ; the 
 figure being tiik(Mi from an awkward 
 rustic who loses his way on the most 
 beaten road ; comp. Germ. ' er weiss sich 
 nicht zu finden.' In Ps. 73, 20 i-'Sa is 
 for ^''Srja inf. Hiph. of r. iw I. Spec. 
 'T'S is also put : 
 
 a) For a part of a larger city, espec. 
 as fortified by a separate wall ; like Gr. 
 noXii see Passow, Engl. Old city, New 
 city. So Ti'i T^S the city of David, i. e. 
 the citadel on Zion, a part of Jerusalem, 
 T] uvbi noXu', 2 Sam. 5, 7. 9. 6, 10. 12. 
 [Later the name city of David seems to 
 have sometimes included the whole of 
 Jerusalem ; see Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 
 97 sq. ib. 1846. p. 633 sq. R.] -i-sn 
 njisTin the middle city, the middle part 
 of Jerusalem, 2 K. 20. 4 Cheth. where 
 Keri has "isn. So Oian i"'S the water- 
 city, part of the city Rabbah, 2 Sam. 12, 
 27 ; bssn n"<3 n^S the city of the house 
 of Baal, a part of Samaria so called 
 from the temple of Baal. prob. the enclo- 
 sure of the temple, rifievog. 2 K. 10, 25. 
 
 b) As in Engl, the city for its inhabi- 
 tants, the people of a city ; 1 Sam. 4, 13 
 I'^an-bs psmi all the city cried out. Is. 
 14, 31. Here too belongs the phrase 
 Cpna ^^2J the city of men, i. e. the multi- 
 tude, crowd of men, Deut. 2, 34. 3, 6. 
 Job 20, 48. (24. 12) ; also Judg. 20, 48 
 where read -rna for cha . See Thesaur. 
 p. 830. and i-^s II. b. 
 
 c) With genit. of a people or country, 
 the chief city, metropolis ; as rTiii.T^ n-is 
 the city of Judah, i. e. Jerusalem, 2 Chr. 
 25, 28 : pV^S 's 1 Sam. 15, 5 ; SXiTS 's 
 Num. 22, 36.' 
 
 Proper names of cities are : aa) "T'S 
 nban the City of Salt in the desert of 
 Judah, near the Dead Sea, Josh. 15,62. 
 
 bb) cri3 -!' (city of serpents) Ir-na- 
 hash, the site of which is unknown, 1 
 Chr. 4, 12. 
 
 cc) SJtJO 'TIS (city of the sun) Ir-she- 
 mesh. in the territory of Dan, Josh. 19, 
 51. Prob. the same with Dtth-shemesh ; 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 19. 
 
 dd) cnflnrt T'JJ the City of palm-trees, 
 i. q. 'in"'"i'^ Jericho, so called from the 
 multitude of palm-trees growing there, 
 see Plin. H. N. 5. 14. Tacit. Hist. 5. 6. 
 Deut. 34, 3. Judg. 1, 16. 2 Chr. 28, 15. 
 
 ee) For onnn T'S see under 0")n. 
 
 2. Ir. pr. n. of a man 1 Chr. 7, 12 ; for 
 which in v. 7 ^^''S . 
 
 II. T'l? m. (n "TO) heat, i. e. a) an- 
 ger, wrath; Hos. li, 9 T'sa Kisx ftib / 
 will not come in wrath. b) Of mind, 
 anxiety, anguish, terror; Jer. 15, 18 
 
 nibna^ -i->s cxriB ry'bp^ "^n^Bn) Sept. 
 ini^^itpa ill avTtjf ilui(fvi]i; Jt^ofiov xitl 
 (Tnovdt,y. Here too we may refer Job 
 24, 12 'ipxs^ DT^ ''^2>o, if with Syr. for 
 D'^no men we read OTiT? the dying, i. e. 
 from anguish do the dying groan. 
 
 T^y Chald. m. (r. "m?) a watcher, a 
 name for angels in the later Hebrew, as 
 keeping watch over the aHairs of men, 
 Dan. 4, 10. 14. 20. In the Syrian litur- 
 gies it is also used for the archangels, 
 as of Gabriel ; elsewhere r^**"^ ^^^ 
 Gr. f'/QriyoQoi of evil angels. In Lib. 
 Henoch. Eth. ^1*V3F watchers, is spok- 
 en of good angels 12, 2. 4. 92, 16 ; of 
 fallen angels 10, 13. 12. 5. al. Suicer 
 Thes. Eccl. art. iyQr,yooog. Castelli 
 Lex. Syr. ed. Mich. p. 649. 
 
 T?? see before r. ">i5 , p. 774. 
 
 ^T'^. (wakeful, r. "IW I ) Ira, pr. n. m, 
 
 a) A priest under David, 2 Sam. 20, 26. 
 
 b) Two of David's warriors 2 Sam. 23, 
 26. 28. 
 
 yy^^. pr. n. m. Irad, an antediluvian 
 patriarch, son of Enoch and grandson 
 of Cain, Gen. 4, 18. 
 
 ^"I"'y (fr. n-') Tru, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 
 15. 
 
 """l"^? (urbanus) Tri, pr. n. see "i''5 I. 2. 
 
 WV^ (urbanus) Iram. pr. n. of a phy- 
 larch or head of a tribe among the Edom- 
 ites, Gen. 36, 43. 
 
 0*1'^? and O"!? m. (r. n-ns I) phir. 
 can"'?, nakedness, Deut. 28. 48. Ez. 16, 
 7 ";~'5l dSs ptxi but thou shalt be naked- 
 ness and need. i. e. most naked and with- 
 out help. v. 22. 39. 23. 29. Concr. naked. 
 Gen. 3, 10. 11. Ez. 18, 7. 16 ; and so plur. 
 n-'an-s naked Gen. 3, 7. The form is 
 
la^j 
 
 776 
 
 "152? 
 
 like fiib-'S i. q. dbiy with Dag. in the 
 third radical. 
 
 T^^? Ursa major, see in 1IJ5 , 
 
 ^r^ pr. n. see in 'S , 
 
 "liasy (i. q. naps mouse) Achbor, pr. 
 n. m. a) An Idumean, Gen. 36, 38. b) 
 A courtier of Josiah, 2 K. 22, 12. 14. Jer. 
 26. 22. 36, 12. 
 
 ^nS? m. a spider Job 8, 14. Is. 59, 5. 
 
 Arab. e>vOCi&, Chald. xniaiss. It 
 seems to be compounded from -23 
 
 y^^kXit agile, swift, and Arab. yiXc 
 to weave (as a spider), q. d. sw//'/! weaver. 
 So Germ. Spinne from spinning ; also 
 Gr. aqn^vri, comp. Semit. 5"X to weave. 
 
 "1331? m. a mouse, espec. field-mouse, 
 1 Sam. 6, 4. 5. 11. 18 ; but an esculent 
 species of dormouse seems to be meant 
 Lev. 11, 29. Is. 66, 17. At least the 
 
 Arab. ^-j-X-t is i. q. p^y^y?. jerboa, m^^ 
 jaculiis Linn. See Bochart in Hieroz. 
 T. I. p. 1017, who holds this word to be 
 compounded of the Chald. ^35 to de- 
 vour and 12 field, the / being elided ; 
 
 better from 335 v^^jCt agile, swift, and 
 nss, ']r5, to dig. pr. swift digger. 
 6a ^ 
 13? (heated sand, Arab. JUCc , r. "3S) 
 pr. n. Accho, a maritime city in the terri- 
 tory of Asher, Judg. 1, 31 ; perh. Mic. 1, 
 10. where ""^n seems to be for "352. On 
 Phenician-Greek coins 35 is to be read 
 25 , see Monumm. Phoen. p. 269, 270. In 
 Greek "Axt}, Strabo 16. 2. 25 ; more fre- 
 quently Ptolemais ; now Os-t ^Akka, 
 also Fr. St. Jean cPAcre. See Reland 
 Palsestina p. 534-542. 
 
 "1''3:? (troubler, comp. Josh. 7, 26) 
 Achor, pr. n. of a valley near Jericho, 
 Josh. 15, 7. Is. 65, 10. Hos. 2, 17. R. 
 
 c 
 "=1^17 obsol. root, Arab. liJift pr. to 
 strike, to smile ; fut. /, to be hot, spoken 
 of the day. pr. to be struck by the sun ; 
 comp. ri33 Hiph. no. 1. b. Hence pr. n. 
 is . 
 
 * "5^ obeol. root, prob. i. q. <? to 
 trouble ; comp. Josh. 7, 1 eq. Hence pr. 
 n. "(35 ; and 
 
 131^ pr. n. (troubler) Achwi, an Israel- 
 ite who by his sacrilege brought defeat 
 upon the people, Josh. 7, 1. 22, 20 ; in 
 1 Chr. 2, 7 written 135 Achar, id. 
 
 CO^ in Kal not used, Arab. i>jjCft , 
 s -> 
 to bind back; (w-La-c a cord, halter, by 
 
 which the mouth of the camel is bound 
 to his fore foot. Hence 035 fetter, 
 anklet ; and from this again : 
 
 PiEL denom. to put on anklets as an 
 ornament ; or rather to make a tinkling 
 with them, like females desirous of at- 
 tracting notice. Is. 3, 16. See 035 lett. 
 b. Hence 
 
 '^P? m. a fetter, ankle-band, see the 
 root. a) For criminals, Prov. 7, 22 he 
 goeth after her suddenly (the young man 
 after the adultress) as the ox goeth to 
 the slaughter-house,'b'^'\i^_ -iDln-'sN 0353-1 
 and as fetters for the punishment of the 
 wicked. Or we may here take 035 for 
 035 T^-^x as one bound in fetters (goeth) 
 to the punishment of the fool, i. e. of folly 
 or crime, as also in Engl. ' a criminal to 
 the punishment of his folly.' b) As an 
 ornament of showy females, fastened 
 upon the ankles, ankle-band, anklet, pe- 
 riscelis. niQiaq)igiov, plur. 0""03s Is. 3, 18. 
 Comp. 035 Pi. This ornament was com- 
 mon among ancient nations, as also now 
 in the east ; comp. Schroeder de Vestitu 
 p. 1 sq. 
 
 ncpy (anklet, from r. 035) Aclisah. pr. 
 n. of the daughter of Caleb, Josh. 15, 16. 
 17. Judg. 1, 12. 
 
 *'^5? 1. pr. i. q. Arab. jCt, to 
 
 trouble water, to make turbid, to disturb. 
 Hence trop. 
 
 2. to trouble, i. e. a) to disturb, to 
 put in confusion ; Prov. 11, 29 1P"'2 135 
 he that Iroubleth his house, i. e. lets his af- 
 fairs get into confusion. 15,27; comp. 15. 6. 
 b) to afflict any one, Judg. 11. 35 ; often 
 more strongly, i. q. to bring evil upon 
 any one. Gen. 34. 30. Josli. 6, 18. 7, 25. 
 1 Sam. 14, 29 ^isn-px ''2X i35 my 
 father hath brought evil on the land. 
 1 K. 18, 17. 18. Prov. 11, 17 TixtlJ 135 
 ITSX the cruel man afflicteth his own 
 flesh. 
 
 NiPH. to he troubled, to be moved with 
 
^5? 
 
 777 
 
 bT 
 
 grieC Pb. 39, 3. Part. fem. the hew<r trou- 
 bled, i. e. trouble, disturbance, Prov. 15, 6. 
 Deriv. liss and the two following. 
 
 "isy (troiibler, r. laS) Achar, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 2, 7 ; see in *,35. 
 
 'Q^l^ (afflicted, r. "^ss) Ochran, pr. n. 
 m. Num. 1, 13. 2, 27. 
 
 SITBD? m. quadril. an asp, adder, Ps. 
 140, 4. Derived perh. from. r. ttJsS 
 j^a.Cp to bend l)ack, and 3;rS to lie in 
 wait. i. e. an animal coiling itself up and 
 lying in wail. 
 
 ^? m. (nV . like i from nnj , na from 
 Kia) with disjunct, accent bs. 
 
 1. Siibst. lieig-fit, summit ; then for 
 concr. high, most high; so of God Hos. 
 11, 7 inx"j|57 b?"bx they call them unto 
 the Most High (i. e. the prophets the peo- 
 ple), hut not one will exalt him. With a 
 negat. partic. ^5 !<V> the not-high, non- 
 suinmus, i. q. tSTi'bx xb nn-god, collect. 
 no-gods, idols, or i. q. b5b2 worthless- 
 ness ; so Hos. 7, 16 bs xb Jis^'tij; //k;?/ ^urn 
 themselves to no-gods, i. e. to idols, or to 
 wickedness. 
 
 2. Adv. on high highly; 2 Sam. 23, 1 
 bs D^sH whowa^highly cvalled, elevated. 
 With prof, hv^ from, on high, from above. 
 Gen. 27, 39. 49, 25 ; also simply afiorfl 
 Pr. 50, 4, see ')^ no. 3. h. 
 
 5? pr. constr. of the preced. article ; 
 Plur. constr. "'bs (a form peculiar to the 
 poets like "'bx. i"i5), c. sutf. ""hv, rpbs, 
 iib. f7"'bs, irbs. CD-'b?, cnibs, poe't. 
 'is'-'bs Ps. 5, 12. Job 20, 23. 
 
 A) Prep, very frequent and of wide 
 extent, corresponding to the Greek inl 
 (riff*) and vnit). Lat. super and in, Germ. 
 auf&nA iiber. Engl, upon, over. Chald. 
 bs, Syr. '^^>^. id. Its various uses and 
 applications may be reduced to four 
 classes. 
 
 1. i. q. inl, super, atf. upon, where 
 one thing is placed upon the upper part of 
 another, so as to stand, rest, incline upon 
 it, have it for a substratum, etc. Thus : 
 
 a) Of a sUite of rest, e.g. XSS'bs =;< 
 to sit upon a throne ; "inn-b5 nrs to 
 stand ripon a mountain ; i^b5";~b5 nrs 
 to stand upon his feet Zech. 14, 12 ; to 
 lie "ira^n-bs ujwn his bed 2 Sam. 4, 7 ; 
 a-'rj "<b5 on or in the way Job 18, 10. Ps. 
 
 131, 2 -iax 'b bas aa a weaned child 
 upon his mother, i. e. upon her lap. Cor- 
 rectly therefore Ps. 15, 3 he slandereth 
 not i5tlJb"b up<m his tongue, where 
 strictly speech arises ; and m j"'IJ"bs 
 upon thy mouth, where we say ' upon 
 thy lips,' e. g. Ex. 23, 13 T^-'D-bs r^7 jib 
 nor let the name of their idols he heard 
 upon thy lips. Ecc. 5, 1. Ps. 50, 16. 
 Comp. Gr. uvu aropu i/fiv. Here be- 
 longs too the phrase riia'bs on or in a 
 house, of which the following examples 
 may be noted : Is. 32, 13 hriers and 
 thorns grow tJrcJia 'n3*b3~b5 upon all 
 the Jiouses of joy, i. e. upon their 
 ruins. 38, 20 we will sing with stringed 
 instruments . . . ."^^ n''3"bs in the temple 
 nf Jehovah, or as in Engl, up in the tewr 
 pie, this being on a lofty site; comp. 
 Germ, auf der Stuhe, auf dem Sa-ole, 
 (or up in the room, etc. Polish po izhie, 
 on the parlour, this being higher than 
 the ground floor. Similar is "iB5"b9 on 
 the dust, not only upon the surface of the 
 ground, but also in the sepulchre, where 
 the dead repose not only on or in the 
 dust, but mingle with it. Job 20, 11. 21, 
 26. See "iBS . We may perhaps refer 
 to lett. b, and to no. 4 below, the follow- 
 ing examples in which motion is implied: 
 Hos. 11, 11 / will cause them to dwell 
 crs/'na'bs in their houses ; Is. 24, 22 the 
 captives are gathered into the dungeon 
 and are shut up in the prison. Spec. 
 
 ) maTX'bs upon a land, where we 
 say in a land, in a country, Am. 7, 17 ; 
 so "i^J r^ns bs in a foreign land Ps. 
 137. 4; also 49, 12. 110,6. Is. 9, 6. 14,2; 
 D'lnsX'bs 171 Ephraim, in his land. Is. 7, 
 2. Comp. Lev. 25, 18. Jer. 23, 8. Ez. 
 28. 25. 37, 25. 
 
 /?) It designates clothing which one 
 wears, has on him. Gen. 37. 23 the tunic 
 "^bs "ittjx which was on him. which he 
 wore. Deut. 7, 25. 22. 5. 2 Sam. 13, 18. 
 Is. 9.5. Ruth3, 3. 15. IK. 11,30. Thus 
 we may explain the passage Job 24. 9 : 
 iibsn;^ '?5"b (iiiJN) what is upon the 
 poor (i. e. his clothes, rags) they take asa 
 pledge. Comp. bs nh for 'Tw*>|"r^i< "^ 
 bs Lam. 2, 14. 4, 22, under art. n^a no. 
 2. In like manner the Arabs thus era- 
 ploy their J^fc, see Schult. ad Job 24, 
 21. Hariri Cons. ed. Sch. IV. p. 46. 
 Comp. Gr. /figiSfg inl /f^at Od. 24. 229. 
 
b5> 
 
 778 
 
 b:? 
 
 jr) With words implying to be heavy 
 upon any one, i. e. to be a burden, trou- 
 ble to him ; Job 7, 20 / am a burden 
 lbs upon myself. Is. 1, 14 ITibb "^^s i-^n 
 they are a burden upon me, i. e. a trouble 
 to me. Comp. 2 Sam. 19, 36 where bx 
 for is . Hence bs 123 . see r. "I23 no. 1. 
 Here too we may refer Gen. 48. 7 ""bs nna 
 Pl]iT Rachel died, a loss heavy upon me. 
 Ecc. 6, 1. 
 
 ^) Hence of any duty or obligation 
 resting upon any one as a burden, comp. 
 Comm. on Is. 9, 5. So 2 Sam. 18, 11 
 f^^b "^bs it lay on me to give, i. e. was my 
 duty. Prov. 7, 14 "^bs c^ab^ '1127 thank- 
 offerings were M/)on me, i. e. were due 
 from me. Gen. 34, 12 inb nsiQ ^bs lann 
 jRiait /ay tipon me never so much of dow- 
 ry and gifts, etc. 1 K. 4, 7. Ps. 56, 13. 
 
 Ezra 10, 4. Neh. 13, 13. So Arab. *JS 
 \LL)c> ^ flJf I owe a thousand dinars, 
 and ^Lot> oiJf k*5jJ^ J, thou owest 
 me a thousand dinars ; see De Sacy 
 Gramra. Arabe I. 1062. ed. 2. 
 
 f) bs niin , Gr. i,r,v ini tivoc, to live 
 upon, e. g. cnbn-bs on bread Deut. 8, 3, 
 "13"^?!";!? upon or 6?/ one's sword Gen. 27, 
 40. The idea is here that of a founda- 
 tion, support, by which life is sustained. 
 Comp. Is. 38, 16. 
 
 ^) Trop. and rarely of time when, as 
 the basis on which t nqax&ivia as it 
 were rest, or as a way on or in which 
 they have their course. Prov. 25, 11 
 l'^;BX"b5 on i. e. ai its proper time, 
 
 timely, see '|Bi<. So Arab. ScV-g-C (J^A 
 
 in its time, Gr. in r)fiaxi Od. 2. 284, im 
 vvxii, inl nolffiov. Germ, aufden Tag, 
 Engl, upon the day, upon a time. 
 
 f]) Of the norm, rule, standard, which 
 J8 followed or imitated ; since things 
 measured or to be conformed to any 
 model are laid upon the rule or pattern. 
 Comp. the Greek ijil ^;p,- ' in the man- 
 ner of beasts.' Lat. ' hunc in modum,' 
 Germ. 'rtJ/fdie Art.' 'aw/Englisch,' i.e. 
 in the English manner. Ps. 110,4 "b? 
 'la '^n^r'7 after the manner of Melchize- 
 dek ; n;D"br in this manner Esth. 9. 26 ; 
 bs X'^pj . xuXfurOai tni riroc, to he called 
 after any one, see K"^!? , Ollen of the 
 instrument after whose modulations a 
 ong is to be sung, Ps. 8, J. 45, 1. 53, 1. 
 
 60, 1. 69, 1. Also of a song the mea- 
 sure of which is followed in other poems, 
 Ps. 56, 1. Comp. the similar use of the 
 Syr. Vi, Eichhorn Prsef. ad Jones de 
 Poesi Asiat. p. xxxni ; also Russian po 
 tact, after the time, measure. 
 
 b) Of motion upon or over the upper 
 part or surface of any thing ; either from 
 a higher place downwards, down upon, 
 over, or from a lower place upwards, up 
 upon, over. Hence 
 
 ) upon, i. e. doicn upon, as b> "jns to 
 put upon any thing Lev. 1,7; bs Ti"'btt;n 
 to cast upon or over any thing Ps. 60, 10; 
 to rain upon the earth Job 38, 26 ; 3ri3 
 m'nbn-bi* to inscribe w/jon tablets Ex. 34, 
 1 ; "^rb? inj , ''i^-b? ',n3 to give over 
 upon i. e. into the hands of any one, see 
 in 1^ no. 1. ee. Trop. of punishment or 
 calamity coming upo7i any one, as "'Dnn 
 rj-ibr my wrong be upon thee Gen. 16, 5; 
 M^'^^P ^^? 27, 13; so 38, 29. 42, 36; 
 comp. h'J "lin Ez. 13, 3; b? J<13 to come 
 upon, i. e. to happen to any one. see in 
 N"i3 . So after verbs of presenting, giving 
 in charge, Engl, to give over to any one ; 
 as b? -ij^Q , b? n-i:? , b? ans , see these 
 verbs; comp. arjfiaivtiv inl dfiwjiai Od. 
 22. 427 ; and also after verbs of speaking 
 or deciding upon, i. e. against any one, 
 as 'S h'J 12'n, see in -i31 lett. s ; hs "inx 
 Ez. 26, 2. To this general sense we 
 may refer Judg. 15. 8 "bs pir Cinx T\'^^ 
 Ti"!^ he smote them leg upon thigh, Engl, 
 'hip and thigh ;' also Am. 3, 15 and I 
 will smite the winter-palace upon (bs) 
 the summer-palace. Here the idea is to 
 smite them limb upon limb, i. e. so that 
 the scattered limbs fall one upon ano- 
 ther ; and in like manner palace upon 
 palace, so that the ruins of one over- 
 whelm and destroy another. 
 
 /3) upon, i. e. up upoii, up into ; as 
 in by nb^ to go up upon or into a moun- 
 tain Is. 40, 9. 14, 8. 14 ; n33n:2n-bs nbsn 
 to cause to come up into a chariot 1 K. 
 20, 33 ; y*^~bs fibn to hang 7cpo7i a tree 
 Gen. 40, 19. 2 Sam. 4, 12 ; and so nbs 
 -b"b to come up upon or into the heart 
 or n)ind. see in nbs no. 1 fin. 
 
 ;') Trop. it marks sometiiing mtper- 
 added ; comp. Gr. /uiJAoc inl n>ii.oj Od. 7. 
 120. inl Tolin, Lat. vuinus super vuIiuib, 
 Engl, wound upon wound. So bs CiO"' 
 
b? 
 
 779 
 
 b^ 
 
 to add upon or to any thing, see "O^ ; 
 is 3''?!'7? to be reckoned ttpon or lo any 
 thing 2 Sam. 4. 2 ; "i3d-bs ^ad ruin 
 upon ruin Jer. 4, 20. comp. Ez. 7. 20. Job 
 6, 16. Is. 32, 10 nr cbs D"'??^ r/ay* j^/jon 
 years, or as in Engl, a year and a daij, 
 for an indefinite period of lime. Gen. 28, 
 9 he took Mahalaih. .. .^'vii-hs upon 
 i. e. in addition to Aw other wives. 31, 50. 
 
 d) Where any thing ia subjoined, 
 which might be an obstacle or hin- 
 drance. b is equivalent to even upon, 
 i. e. notwithstanding ; Job 34, 6 'aBd'O'bs 
 notwitfistanding my right. Also c. infin. 
 although, Job 10, 7 r(n5'n"bs although 
 thou knawest. See below in B. no. 1. 
 
 2. Tiie second class comprises those 
 significations and phrases in which is 
 contained the idea of impending, suspen- 
 tion, being above or over any thing, yet 
 60 as not to be in contact with it, i. q. 
 Gr. VTii^, Germ. Uber, Engl, above, over, 
 upon. Spoken of rest in a place, e. g. 
 Job 29, 3 when his candle shined over 
 (^around) my head, Ps. 29, 3 the voice of 
 the Lord is heard ripon (over) tfie wa- 
 ters. Also after verbs of motion, Gen. 
 19, 23 the sun was risen I'lxn'b? upon 
 (over) the earth. 1, 20. Job 31. 21. 
 Spec. 
 
 a) Of power, dominion over men, as 
 is "i^. i? i'J'S, bs T'psn to set over, 
 f>'??n''5? 'i^iN the prefect of the palace, 
 marshal, see n^? "o. 3. Comp. Gr. 6 irtl 
 Twv nQuy/j.dxmv one over affairs, a super- 
 visor, prefect. 
 
 b) After verbs signifying to cover, to 
 protect, i. e. pr. to cover over any one, 
 see the verbs ')2a, riD3, "20, nas, and 
 Lehrg. p. 818 ; though the cover or veil 
 may not be aver or above the thing co- 
 vered, but around or before it. Ex. 27, 
 21 the curtain which is over i. e. before 
 the law. 1 Sam. 25, 16 irbr rn niain 
 
 ' - T T T 
 
 they were a wall over us, i. e. before us, 
 they protected us. Ez. 13, 5. Zech. 12, 
 2. After verbs signifying to protect, and 
 also those implying to defend, to inter- 
 cede, it may be rendered for, Lat. pro, 
 (comp. Gr. upvveiv vtibq, -^vfiv vrttQ,) as 
 is cni: to fight/or any one Judg. 9. 17 ; 
 is -i^QS id. Dan. 12, 1 ; is nc3 to make 
 expiation^r any one ; is iiqnn to in- 
 tercede for any one, in order to avert 
 punishment. 
 
 c) Often it exprespes the idea of sur- 
 passing, going beyond in any thing, comp. 
 Lat. super oranes, supra moduiu, Engl. 
 over, above. Pe. 89, 8 terrible afjove all 
 them that are round about him. Job 23, 
 2 'nnjx-bs nnas -^n; my hand (i.e. the 
 hand of God upon me) is heavier than 
 my groaning. Ecc. 1, 16. Pa. 137. 6. 
 Gen. 49, 26. Comp. Arab. Kor. 37, 153 
 I have preferred the daughters ^X^ 
 j^wAjuJ! above the sona.' Also Gen. 48, 
 22 /give thee a portion of land ?}'^^<-is 
 above thy brethren, i. e. a portion larger 
 than to thy brethren. Hence i. q. over 
 and above, besides, beyond, Ps. 16. 2 "'naia 
 Tj^is ba all my good is not hing besides 
 thee, I. e. I prefer thee to all other good. 
 So of time, over, beyond. Lev. 15. 25 if 
 the menstrual^.r continue nnnr-bs be- 
 yond the time of her uncleanness. 
 
 d) Trop. of the cause /or. on account 
 of, because of which any thing is done, 
 Gr. vntQ oh. Ps. 44. 23 /or thee (T'bs), 
 for thy sake, we are slaughtered, job 
 34, 36. Ruth 1, 19. Hence ni bs Lam. 
 5, 17, PXT bs Jer. 4, 28, and -,3 bs (see 
 "?), for this cause, on this account ; is 
 "13'n (propter rem), niTix bs (propter 
 causas), on account of became of; nta bs 
 on what account? i. e. wlierefore 7 With 
 inf T|"]^i< bs because of thy saying, be- 
 cause thou sayest, Jer. 2, 35. Job 32, 2. 
 Often also of the cause (qs. the founda- 
 tion) both of joy and sorrow, see Piaa , 
 '^P.'^f] ? "'BO ; of laughing and weeping, 
 see pnb, nsa ; of anger Job 19, 11 ; of 
 compassion Ps. 103, 13, etc. etc. 
 
 e) As marking the 06/ec/ of discourse, 
 upon, concerning, of ; Judg. 9, 3 ^"12"]';'] 
 rbs lax inx and his mother''s brethren 
 spake concerning him. 1 K. 5, 13. Gen. 
 41, 15 T^-'bs 'nSTS'r / have heard con- 
 cerning thee. Also of an oath Lev. 5, 
 22 ; of confession Ps. 32, 5 ; of a pro- 
 phecy 1 K. 22. 8. Is. 1, 1 ; of strife Gen. 
 26, 21 ; comp. bs yi^ to know concern^ 
 ing any thing Job 37, 16. 
 
 3. The third class consists of those 
 examples in which bs after verbs of rest 
 implies j3ro.rm?7yand contiguity, hat.ad, 
 apud. Germ, an, bey, Engl, at, by, near ; 
 yet so that this notion springs out of the 
 primary idea of being upon, over any 
 thing. So espec. 
 
te 
 
 ISO 
 
 b:p 
 
 a) Where a thing actually impends 
 over another, e. g. when one stands by 
 a fountain or well, "|'^>"'?, over which 
 one really impends or inclines, Gen. 16, 
 7 ; 0*1^ b5 by the waters, as being lower 
 than the surface of the ground. Num. 24, 
 6 ; c>n b? by the sea Ex. 14, 2. 9 ; "'3 bs 
 ^i<7 ut or on the bank of the Nile Is. 19, 
 7, "IN";' b at the river Ex. 2, 5, comp. 
 Gr. fnl norafiov, Lat. S7/pfr fluvium Liv. 
 i. e. Engl, upon the river, Dutch Kculen 
 op den Khyn, Russ. poniorski superma- 
 rinus. i. e. maritime ; C^^jn ~^ by the 
 camels sc. lying down, so that a man 
 standing was above them. Gen. 24, 30 ; 
 *,";*n bv Prov. 23. 30 ; D^ZX bs at or over 
 tiie crib Job 39, 9 ; cn^n b? at meat, at 
 table, 1 Sam. 20, 24 ; 'liBrsn b? adjudg- 
 ment, pr. at the table of the judges. Is. 
 28, 6 ; in all which cases the head is 
 above the place named. Comp. inl tw 
 Shinrb) Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 12, super coenam, 
 in i^yo), ' to sit over one's books.' Here 
 too belongs hv nrs , b? 3S2 . to stand at 
 or by a person, e. g. lying down 1 Sam. 
 4. 20. 2 Sam. 1, 9. 10. 20, 11 ; or sitting 
 on the ground. Gen. 18, 8 ; or on a seat, 
 as a judge Ex. 18, 13. 14, or a king Judg. 
 3, 19. 1 Sam. 22, 6. 7. 17. Also to stand 
 at or by an altar, sacrifice, bS5 3S3 Num. 
 23, 3. 6. 15. 1 K. 13, 1. Here too some 
 refer the phrase "^^ bs irS and the like ; 
 but these belong rather to lett. b, c, be- 
 low. So where one inclines or leans 
 upon or over a person or thing ; Gen. 
 45, 15 he kissed all his brethren ^(3]^] 
 tri'^br a7Hl vept upon them, bending 
 over them. Judg. 14, 16. Gen. 45, 14. Is. 
 60, 14. 
 
 b) Different is it with phrases like : 
 "IB b5 at the face, in front of a person or 
 thing, i. e. before him, see in HJB (c^SB); 
 "'- ^? ) ''1'^ ^? ; o' o'" o the side, i. e. by, 
 near, see in "i^ no. 5 ; "(""la^ bs on the 
 right, at the right of any one, see in 
 
 J'^t:; no. 1 ; H"'")'!!'? ^? ^^ ^^^ '^^^''^ ^^ 't- 
 behind it, Ez. 41, 15 ; comp. Gr. inl 
 iiXiu, in u(JtaTfQu, 11.7, 238. 12, 240; 
 Engl, on the Ride, etc. The siiperjicies 
 of a thing is not only its upper surface, 
 but every other external part ; and by 
 the same figure we speak of what is on 
 the side, for at or by the side. Hence 
 b? simply is put for n;; bs, i. q, at, by, 
 wsar, e. g. b SSJ, b? i, to stand by 
 
 or near, even where a person so stand- 
 ing is in no way higher than the other, 
 as 1 Sam. 22, 9. Zech. 4, 14. Here be- 
 long the phrases : '^ bs :a;;;ri-i Job 1, 6. 
 2, 1. Zech. 6, 5, '^ b? I7:s 1 K. 22, 19, 
 spoken of angels and other attendants 
 of Jehovah, who stand before him seated 
 upon his lofty throne, comp. Is. 6, 1. 
 Also Job 30, 4 who pluck up purslain by 
 the bushes, i. e. around and under them. 
 31, 9 nrs bs at the door. Ez. 46, 2 bs 
 '^^.^^ ni'"? by the post of the gate. Job 
 29, 7 r''"!;i^"''b3f by the city. Comp. below 
 in bso no. 2. 
 
 c) Sometimes the idea ut, by, near, at 
 the side of, is extended so as to include 
 several or all sides, and becomes thurf 
 i. q. round about, aroiind, like 1S3. Ex. 
 14, 3 ^S'lEn nn-'bs -iSO the desert hath 
 closed around them, hath shut them 
 in ; comp. tS3 "^J-0 1 Sam. 1, 6. Is. 35, 
 10 everlasting joy DCJ<"i bs iipon their 
 head, i. e. circuml'used around their 
 head. .Tob 13, 27 see in r. n;?n Hithp. 
 So too Job 26, 9. 36, 30, unless we refer 
 these to the idea of covering over ; see 
 above in no. 2. b. 
 
 d) Kindred is the idea of accompani- 
 ment, vuth, together with ; comp. also the 
 sense oi adding, no. 1. b. y. So of men 
 and beasts; Ex. 35, 22 the wen with (bs) 
 the women. Gen. 32, 12 D"^32 bs cs the 
 mother with the children. Job 33, 32. 
 Of things. Num. 9, 11 'iJl nis^ bs with 
 unleavened bread and bitter herbs shall 
 they eat it, sc. the paschal lamb. Ex. 12, 
 8. 9. Deut. 16, 3. So cw bs bax to eat 
 flesh with the blood 1 Sam. 14, 32. Lev. 
 19, 26 ; comp. DS b=S< Deut. 12, 23. Of 
 attendant circumstances, as nat 'bs with 
 sacrifice Ps. 50, 5 ; b23 ^bs> j/;i//i the lyre 
 Ps. 92, 4 ; nix 'bs with S7inshine Is. 18, 
 4. For Judg. 15, 8 and Am. 3, 15, see 
 above in no. 1. b. a, fin. 
 
 e) Hence arise various phrases, in 
 which bs with refers to that which one 
 has with or within himself; so that in the 
 same connection it might be a or 3")I^a. 
 So espec. in phrases pertaining to the 
 heart, soul, spirit, (ab, aJB?, nil.) or 
 their aflections or changes, etc. Jcr. 8, 
 18 'JT "^Sib 'bs my heart within me is sick. 
 Has. 11, 8 'Sb ^bs r\^n my heart is 
 turned within me (comp. *'a"ip;a "^ab T(Bn3 
 id. Lam. 1, 20). Neh. 5, 7. Ps. 131, 2 
 
781 
 
 b? 
 
 IBB? '^S b^5S'. Lam. 3, 20. ?e.i2.&whij 
 
 art thnacivti down, Omifnoitl, ^59 "''rrjD} 
 
 and why disquieted within me ? v. 7. 12. 
 
 43, 5. Ps. 142. 4 'nn 'bs anna. 143, 
 ' --II ' 
 
 4. Jon. 2, 8 ; comp. Ps. 107. 5. Here too 
 we niiiy refer Pa. 42. 5 'OJp? 'hv naottSs 
 I pour out my soul within me kc. in tears. 
 Job 30, 16. Also 1 Sara. 4, 19 ssonj-'a 
 n*^^^:! O'^"'? fo'' ^'' /'ot"* tnmed them- 
 selves within her, i. e. beg.in to cause 
 wri things within her. Dan. 10, 16. 
 
 f) With abstract nouns bs forms a 
 periphrase for adverbs, as "^^'S b? with 
 falsehood, i. e. falsely. Lev. 5, 22 ; "in"] bs 
 abundantly, plentifully, Ps. 31, 24; bs 
 nVp3 //ij-/i%. slightly, Jer. 6, 14. 8, 11 ; 
 "i:tn bs with acceptance, acceptably sc. 
 before God Is. 60, 7, i. q. V^'^b 56, 7. Jer. 
 6, 20. Comp. ^71 laa i. q. 'iaotq, inl fiiya, 
 irtl TtoXv, Arab. ^Lo j_^^ evidently. 
 But the.e phrases may also be referred 
 to b no. 1. a. j. 
 
 4. Under the fourth class are included 
 those significations and those examples 
 in which bs implies motion and espe- 
 cially rapid motion upon i. e. towards 
 any place or object, and thus approaches 
 to the force of the particle bx , for which 
 indeed ''^s^.lk is everywhere put in Sy- 
 riac and Chaldee, they being without 
 bs . This springs out of the signification 
 o( rushing down upon any thing (see in 
 no. 1. b. ), downward motion being 
 usually more rapid, and is expressed in 
 Greek by ini or xard, down tipon, espe- 
 cially in compounds as xu&ir,fii,; Lat. in, 
 ad; Germ, auf etwas hin, auf etwas 
 los ; Engl, upon, to, towards, etc. So 
 Job 27. 22 rbs r^bttS^ to cast upon him 
 sc. arrows, to shoot at him. Also 1''33 bs 
 fo his face (elsewhere T^3B bx , see a^3D) 
 Job 21. 31 ; np-o bs to his place Ex. 18, 
 23 ; "pia; b to the right hand Gen. 24, 
 49; la-ip bs for ianp bx into his inward 
 parts, i. e. into him, 1 K. 17, 21. Hence 
 bs nba and bx nb in the same verse 
 Is. 36, 12 ; bs be; (also bx bs3) to fall 
 away to any one; bs ana (also bx ans) 
 to write to any one 2 Chr. 30, 1 ; bs '^3 
 Is. 29, 12 i. q. b.s inj v. 11. So after 
 verbs of going to 2 Sam. 15, 20 ; of 
 coming to ib. v. 4 ; of fleeing to Is. 10, 3 ; 
 of sending to Neh. 6, 3; of putting forth 
 the hand to Is. II, 8; of inclining oneself 
 
 66 
 
 to or towards, bs njnniSn Lev. 26, 1 ; of 
 speaking, as 'b ab bs -.an to j>eak to the 
 /leart i. e. kindly, to comfort, see in "^a^ 
 lett. e ; of announcing Is. 53, 1 ; ab cip 
 b? , see in D=ib no. 4. c ; of love (see ais) 
 and desire Cant. 7, 11 ; and also 2 Sam, 
 14, 1 oib-aax bs r,ban ab the king^s 
 heart was ujmn (towards) Absalom, i.e. 
 he loved him. Spec. 
 
 a) In a hostile sense, upon, against, 
 contra; Judg. 16, 12 r\^h9 nTilcbo the 
 Philistines are upoii thee, i. e. assail 
 thee. Ez. 5, 8 Tl^bs 'ssn lo, I am against 
 thee i. e. will assail thee (elsewhere 
 rc\^ 'h). Job 16, 4. 9. 10. 19, 12. 21, 27. 
 30, 12. 33, 10. Is. 9, 20. Also bs Dp to 
 rise up against any one ; "t^s bs njn to 
 encamp against a city, to besiege it ; 
 bs aao to surround any one sc. in a 
 hostile manner ; bs attJn to take counsel 
 against any one, etc. 
 
 b) More rarely in a sense of kindness, 
 td, towards, e. g. b? 'ton ri'rs 1 Sam. 20, 8. 
 
 c) In writers of the silver age of the 
 Hebrew (see bs Chald.) it is not unfre- 
 quently used for bx and b, as marking 
 the dative, e. g. Esth. 3, 9 T^bsn bs DX 
 aia if it seem good to the king, if it 
 please him, comp. Ezra 5, 17. So not 
 rarely in the book of Job, as 33, 23 m D 
 l^bs i. q. ib Si;) CX if there be to him, if 
 he have, etc. 22, 2 itjibs ^iso'] "^3 even 
 when he is profitable to himself. 6, 27. 
 19, 5. 30, 2. 33, 27. 38, 10 ; comp. Ez. 27, 
 5. Prov. 29, 5. 
 
 d) In a few examples bs approaches 
 to the force of ns , with which it is some- 
 times interchanged in Mss. as Is. 10, 25 
 DH'^ban bs even to their destruction ; 
 here 2 Mss. have 1? . Ps. 19, 7 and his 
 circuit onisp bs utito the ends of them, 
 where ISMss. read ns. Job 37, 3. 
 
 Note. Less correctly are referred to 
 this class such phrases as D''?2!i'n bs 
 toward heaven Ex. 9, 22, nirrj by Is. 17, 
 7, ("tr!) bs in3 Mic. 4, 1, and others of 
 the like kind ; all of which belong rather 
 to no 1. b. /?. 
 
 B) Conjunct, for itix bs 1. although, 
 comp. A. 1. b. d. Job 16. 17 DTsn xb by 
 'Dsa although there is not injustice inmy 
 hands. Is. 53, 9. Arab. ,JkA id. see 
 Thesaur. p. 1028. 
 
 2. on account that, because, see in A. 
 2. d; c. proet. Gen. 31, 20. Ps. 119. 136. 
 
iJS' 
 
 782 
 
 vdy 
 
 Ezras, 11. More fully ^l^x b? Deut. 
 29, 24. 2 Sam. 3, 30 ; -iS b? Deut. 31, 17. 
 Ps. 139. 14. 
 
 C) With other Prepositions : 
 
 I. b53 pr. as according to, as is fitting, 
 comp. in hv A. 1. a. ij. As prep, ac- 
 cording to, Is. 63. 7 ; repeated. Is. 59. IS 
 C^'^^? ^?3 nblSJ ;S3 according to their 
 deeds, accordingly (for IH"'^??) will he 
 repay. Comp. 2 Chr. 30, 18. Far more 
 frequent is 
 
 II. hv-Q, Arab. J^ ^j^, although 
 not frequent in Arabic, e. g. 1 K. 13, 15 
 Vers. Arab. 
 
 1. Pr. from upon, from above, spoken 
 of what is removed/row the place upon, 
 above, over which it was, Germ, von 
 oben weg ; whether it falls or is borne 
 downwards, or is removed in any other 
 manner. Thus Gen. 24, 64 she alighted 
 b'C'^ii bSTD from the camel ; so to tail 
 from a seat, XBsn hl)r: 1 Sam. 4, 18 ; to 
 shoot from the wall, nisinn hl3-q 2 Sam. 
 11, 20; or even to be lifted upwards, 
 ,r-i5<n i?^ Ez. 1, 19. Gen. 48, 17 he 
 removed his hand laJS"! b'S'o from his 
 head; on which he had laid it. ttJSi xrj 
 's h^iz to take off" the head of any one 
 Gen. 40, 19. Am". 7, 11. Judg. 16, 20 Je- 
 hovah was departed ''''^^^ from him, i. e. 
 the spirit of God which had rested upon 
 him. Spec. a) Of those who put off" 
 or lay aside a garment (comp. b? A. no. 
 l.a./5) Gen. 38, 14. 19. Is. 20, 2; a shoe, 
 sandal, Josh. 5, 15 ; a ring from the fin- 
 ger Gen. 41, 42, comp. Deut. 8, 4. 29, 4 ; 
 hence of the skin, Job 30, 30 "inttj i-iis 
 'bya my skin turns black and falls off 
 from me. v. 17. Trop. Judg. 16, 19 his 
 strength went from him, i. e. in which he 
 was clothed, see uiab . b) So of those 
 who are relieved from any cause of dis- 
 quiet, any burden upon them, comp. bs 
 A. no. 1. Y- Ex. 10, 28 "'bs^ r^b depart 
 from me, as being a vexation and burden 
 upon me. Gen. 13, U. 25, 6. 2 Sam. 19, 
 10 he (David) i fled out of the land 
 Bibiasx bST3 from Absalom, to whom he 
 had become a burden, c) Of those who 
 read from upon the page of a book, out 
 of Si book, Jer. 36, 11, Is. 34, 16. 
 
 2. from at, from by. from near any 
 person or thing, comp. by no. 3. Gen. 
 17,22 and Jehovah went up on'^ax bsxj 
 fromwith Abraham. 35, 13. Num. 16,26. 
 
 Hence after verbs of passing by or away 
 
 Gen. 18, 3; of removing Jer. 2, 5. Job 19, 
 13; ol'turning onselfavvay Is. 7, 17. Jer. 
 32, 40. Hos. 9, 1. 
 
 3. b bs'a nearly i. q. bs (comp. b nntnia 
 i. q. nnn) above Neh. 12. 37 ; above, over, 
 any thing Gen. 1, 7. Ez. 1, 25. Jon. 4, 6. 
 2 Chr. 13, 4. Neh. 12, 31. So too at. by, 
 near, by the side of, 2 Chr. 26, 19. Also 
 b being omitted (as rnnB for b rnn72) 
 above Neh. 3, 28. Ecc. 5, 7 bsx:' ni-j '3 
 "i?:iij ni:a/or one high above the high 
 watcheth, i. e. above the most powerful 
 there is still a higher power which 
 watches him. Ps. 108, 5. Esth. 3, 1 ; at, 
 by, near, Jer. 36, 21. 
 
 ^? Chald. c. suff. 'nibs, xrbs, V'"'''^?, 
 i. q. Heb. 
 
 1. upon, Dan. 2, 10. 29. 46. 48. 49. 3, 
 
 12. al. 
 
 2. i. q. Heb. no. 2, vnig, above, over, 
 Dan. 5, 23. 6, 4 ; espec. in the sense of 
 surpassing Dan. 3, 19. Trop. for, on 
 account of, because of, hence nn bs 
 therefore Ezra 4, 15; also of the object 
 of discourse, upon, concenang, Dan. 6, 
 
 13. 7. 16. 19. 
 
 3. Often i. q. bs, to, unto any person 
 or thing, e. g. after a verb of approach- 
 ing Dan. 7, 16 ; of entering 2. 24 ; of re- 
 turning 4, 31 ; of sending Ezra 4, 11. 17. 
 18 ; of writing, 4. 7. Also i. q. b as mark 
 of the dative, Dan. 6. 19 sleep fied Ti-ibs 
 to him, i. e. his sleep fled ; hence also 
 bs rj Ezra 5, 17. 7, 18, and bs -iSTU 
 Dan. 4, 24, it seems good to any one, i. e. 
 pleases him. In a hostile sense, against, 
 Dan. 3, 29. Ezra 4, 19. 
 
 ^i^ m. (r. bbs II ) once ^i5> Jer. 5, 5, c. 
 suff. "iis , a yoke, the curved piece of 
 wood upon the neck of draught animals, 
 by which they are fastened to the pole 
 or beam, Num. 19, 2. Deut. 21, 3. I 
 Sam. 6. 7. Often trop. as the emblem of 
 servitude 1 K. 12, 4. 9-11. Is. 9, 3. 10, 27. 
 14; 25. 47, 6. Jer. 5, 5 ; hence to break 
 the yoke, to become free, Gen. 27, 40. Jer, 
 2, 20. al. An iron yoke is the emblem 
 of severe bondage, Deut. 28, 48. Jer. 28, 
 
 14. Put also for calamity, suffering, 
 
 Lam. 1, 14. 3, 27. Arab. Jlc id. 
 
 i^f? Chald. above, over, followed by 
 1 Dan. 6, 3. 
 
i6k 
 
 783 
 
 n^y 
 
 39. 
 
 ^^ (yoke) Ulla, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 
 
 rW^a? Chald. emphat. see "iJ . 
 
 ^2^ obBol. root, i. q. Arab. v^JLc , 
 to be strong, to prevail. Hence pr. n. 
 'j'iabr-'ax p. 5. 
 
 *ri? obsol. root, i. q. is^ , to stam- 
 mer; hence 
 
 i?2? m. adj. stammering, stuttering, 
 Is. 32, 4. Arab. ,^J(x barbarian. 
 
 n5y fut. n^S'i , apoc. b^ , inf constr. 
 nibs . 
 
 1. to go or come up, to ascend, to motint, 
 opp. *Tn;j . Sept. ma/iitlt'(t). Arab. iLc 
 to ascertd, also to be high, ^Lfr to grow 
 up high, as a plant, to be high sc. in 
 price ; Syr. Pa. . iNs to lift up, Ethpa. 
 to be lifted up, to go up ; Chald. Pa. to 
 exalt, to prai.se, Ithpa. to be exalted. 
 Comp. Lat. alo to bring up, whence al- 
 esco, aZtus. Constr. a) Absol. Gen. 
 44, 17. 46, 29. al. b) With 1^ of place 
 whence Josh. 4, 17. 10, 9. Cant. 4, 2 ; 
 ''''^^^ o^ pers. spoken of God Gen. 35, 
 
 13. c) Place whither is put with bs Is. 
 
 14, 14. Josh. 2, 8 ; bx Ex. 24, 13. 15." 18. 
 34, 4. Deut. 17, 8. 1 Sam. 15, 34 ; i? Is. 
 22, 1 ; a Ps. 24, 3. Deut. 5, 5. Cant. 7, 
 9 ; ace. Gen. 49, 4 :;i2X ''23'a^ n-^bs "^3 
 /or thou didst ascend the bed of thy 
 father. Prov. 21, 22. Num. 13, 17. Judg. 
 9, 48. Prov. 30, 4 ; c. n loc. Josh. 15, 3. 
 d) The pers. to whom is put with bs* 
 Ex. 19; 3 ; bs Josh. 2, 8. But b oftener 
 marks the pere. against whom one goes 
 up, 2 K. 17, 3. 18, 25. Joel 1, 6. e) In- 
 fin. c. b .for doing something Is. 57, 7. 
 
 Poetically, like other verbs of going, 
 flowing, (see "i^^ . "bri .) it takes an ace. 
 of thing implying abundance, sc. that 
 of which a great quantity springs up 
 e. g. upon a certain spot of ground, so 
 that every thing seems changed into it. 
 So a vineyard. Is. 5, 6 r'^'rn n-^ad nbsi 
 and it grew up to thorns and prickles, 
 i. e. was wiiolly changed into them, as 
 a burning house goes vip in flame and 
 smoke (comp. Judg. 20. 40. Jer. 48, 15). 
 Is. 34, 13. Prov. 24, 31 and lo, it was all 
 grovm up to thorns. So Am. 8, 8. 9, 5 
 
 RM ^X";? nnbs^ and it (the land) shall 
 go up wholly like the Nile, bc. in inunda- 
 tion, shall be wholly overwhelmed. 
 
 Persons are said to go up, to ascend, 
 not only upon a mountain, wall, roofj 
 bed ; but also in other less obvious re- 
 lations, e. g. a) From a lower region 
 to a higher, oomp. in Tn^ no. 1. a-d ; bo 
 of God ascending into heaven Gen. 35, 
 13. Job 36, 33 see in r. njj Hiph. no. 2. b. 
 Josh. 4, 17. 19. 10, 7.9. 33. Judg. 1, 1.2. 
 3. 16. 2, 1. Gen. 46, 29 where Joseph 
 goes from the capital near the Nile to 
 the land of Goshen. Spec, of those who 
 go up to Palestine, e. g. from Egypt Gen. 
 13, 1. 44, 24. 50, 5. Ex. 1, 10. 2 K. 23, 
 29 ; from Assyria 2 K. 17, 3. Is. 36, 1. 10 ; 
 from Babylonia 2 K. 24, 1. Ezra 2. 1. 7, 
 6. Neh. 7, 6. 12, 1 ; out of all lands Hoe. 
 1, 11. Zech. 14, 16. 17. But as to Assy- 
 ria the usage is not consUint, and in 
 Hos. 8, 9 Israel is said to go up to Assy- 
 ria (comp. nbsn 2 K. 17, 4), just as the 
 Greeks used arn^^alvttv of a journey to 
 the interior of Asia, whence the 'Ava- 
 (iaviq or expedition of the younger Cy- 
 rus ; and this physically speaking is 
 perhaps correct. /5) Of those who go 
 into d-eserts, since these are often high 
 regions. Job 6, 18; comp. Josh. 16, 1. 
 Matt. 4, 1. So too those who go up to 
 a sanctuary, since these were usually on 
 hills and mountains, see in noa no. 3, 4; 
 Deut. 17, 8. Judg. 20, 3. 18. 3L 21, 5. 8. 
 19. 1 Sam. 1, 3. 10, 3. Ps. 122, 4 ; comp. 
 Ex. 34, 24. Syr. >n\ro to go up to a 
 convent. Also to a place of judgment 
 Deut. 25, 7. Num. 16, 12. 14. Judg. 5, 4. 
 Ruth 4, 1. Yet perh. the sanctuary and 
 place of judgment were regarded as 
 heights also in a sacred and moral 
 sense ; which would accord better with 
 some passages, as Num. 1. c. Ruth 1. c. 
 So too where Joseph is said to go up to 
 the court of Pharaoh Gen. 46, 31 ; comp. 
 . fiNw , avit(i(xlvb), of those who go to the 
 metropolis, Mich. Chrest. Syr. p. 68. 
 Raphel. Obss. ad N. T. e Polyb. p. 90. 
 y) To go tip against is said also of those 
 who go lo attack or besiege a city, per- 
 son, land ; since cities and fortresses 
 were situated on heights, Mic. 2, 13. 
 Nah. 2 2. Joel 1. 6. 1 K. 15, 17. 20, 22. 
 Is. 7, 1. 6; comp. 1 Sam. 17, 23. 25. 
 
Tibs 
 
 784 
 
 nbs 
 
 Spoken of beasts, e. g. the males of 
 cattle in gendering Gen. 31, 10-12. Al- 
 so of things, e. g. a plant, to shoot up, to 
 grow vp, Gen. 40, 10. 41. 22. Deut. 29, 
 22. Is. 55, 13; grass Am. 7, 1 ; so of a 
 horn Dan. 8, 3 ; and even of a person 
 who grows up Gen. 49, 9. Also of a 
 stream going up, rising over its banks 
 Is. 8, 7 ; the wind, to spring up, Hos. 13, 
 15 ; flame Judg. 13, 20; smoke Gen. 19, 
 28 ; vapour Gen. 2, 6 ; the dawn, to rise, 
 Gen. 19, 15. 32, 25. 27; a stench Joel 2, 
 20. So of a way leading up Judg. 20, 
 31 ; a border Josh. 15, 15 sq. 18, 12 ; a 
 rising tract of country Josh. 16. 1 ; the 
 lot coming up out of the urn Lev. 16, 
 9. 10. Josh. 18, 11 ; anger, which is often 
 compared with smoke, Ps. 18, 9. 78, 21. 
 31. 2 Sam. 11, 20; a battle waxing 
 fiercer 1 K. 22, 35; of tumult, clamour, 
 Ps. 74, 23. Jer. 14, 2. So of clamour 
 going up to the ears of Jehovah 2 K. 19, 
 28 ; a rumour id. Jon. 1, 2. Metaph. 
 'b Vs nVs to go up above any one, i. q. 
 to surpass, to excel, Prov. 31, 29 ; in 
 wealth, prosperity, Deut. 28, 43. Also 
 ab bs nts to come up to mind, i. e. to 
 be remembered, mentioned, Is. 65, 17. 
 Jer. 3, 16. 7, 31. 19, 5. 32, 35; so wm- 
 Paivfiv inl t^v xugdiav Acts 7, 23. Hiph. 
 Ez. 14, 3. 4. 
 
 2. As intrans. fibs to go or came vp is 
 also used for various passive senses : a) 
 i. q. to be taken up, e. g. from the ground. 
 Am. 3, 5. Prov. 26, 9 nisd 1^3 nbs nin a 
 thorn that is taken up in the hand of a 
 dr-unkard. Job 5, 26 IFOa CJi'ij nibss as 
 a shock oj com is taken up in its season sc. 
 and carried to the garner. 36, 20 long not 
 for the night D"^B5 ribsb whither the 
 nations are taken away, b) to be put 
 or laid upon, e. g, a yoke upon an animal 
 Num. 19, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 7; a sacrifice 
 lupon the altar 1 K. 18, 36 ; so of ban- 
 'dages applied to a wound, see in na^nj* . 
 c) to be put on, worn, as a garment. 
 Lev. 19, 19, comp. in bs no. 1 a. /5. So 
 of flesh and sinews made to grow and 
 cover the bones Ez. 37, 8; comp. in 
 Hiph. no. 2. e. Of a razor, to be drawn 
 over or applied to one's head Judg. 16, 
 17. d) to be ptd upon record, to be re- 
 gistered, recorded, 1 Chr. 27, 24 ; comp. 
 b ars , and see Hiph. no. 2. f. 
 
 NiPH. ribss , fut. nbs*' l, to be made 
 
 to go tip, i. e. to be led or brought vp 
 Ezra 1, II. 
 
 2. to lift up oneself, to rise up, to go up 
 in departing, etc. So the cloud of the 
 divine presence Num. 9, 17. 21. 22. Ez. 
 9, 3 ; an army, i. q. to break up, Jer. 37, 
 5. 11, comp. 2 Sam. 2, 27. With 'f2 to 
 get oneself up or away from a place 
 Num. 16, 24, 27. 
 
 3. to be exalted, of God, Ps. 47, 10 ; 
 c. b above others Ps. 97, 9. 
 
 Hiph. nbsn, once nbsn Hab. 1, 15 
 with Vav conj. n^bsn^ Deut. 27, 6 ; fut! 
 ^b?- , conv. bs^^ , which can be distin- 
 guished from Kal only by the context. 
 
 1. As referring to men and beasts, to 
 make go or come up, to cause to ascend, 
 to lead or bring up, Sept. ava^i^a^ca, 
 avdyw. E. g. upon a roof Josh. 2, 6 ; 
 into a chariot 1 K. 20, 33. 2 K. 10, 15 ; 
 out of a pit Gen. 37, 28. Ps. 40, 3. Jer. 
 38, 3 ; from Sheol Ps. 30, 4 ; also to 
 evoke from Sheol 1 Sam. 28, 11. So 
 from a lower to a higher region of coun- 
 try 2 Sam. 2, 3. 2 K. 25, 6 ; from Egypt 
 into the desert and into Palestine Gen. 
 50, 24. Judg. 6, 8. 1 Sam. 12, 6. 2 K. 17, 
 36. al. into Palestine as mountainous 
 from other lands 2 Chr. 36, 17. Jer. 27^ 
 22 ; comp. 39, 5. So an enemy, comp. 
 in Kal no. 1. y ; Ez. 26, 3 against Tyre ; 
 Jer. 50, 9. 51, 27 against Babylon ; or a 
 crowd, mob, Ez. 16, 40. 23, 46. Also to 
 bring tip a young lion Ez. 19, 3 ; comp. 
 Kal Gen. 49, 9. Further, to take up and 
 away, to take away by death, Ps. 102. 25 
 ^r^ iscna ^ibsn bit take me not away in 
 the midst of my days. Ellipt. Nah. 3, 3 
 nbi"?a U'^S the horseman causing (his 
 horse) to rear, i. e. showing off his horse 
 by causing him to rear and prance. 
 
 2. As referring to things, and to what- 
 ever may be regarded as things, e. g. 
 sacrifices, even if human, to make go or 
 come up, to cause to ascend ; and spoken 
 of the sea or waves, to cause to rise, to 
 raise up, c. ace. et b Ez. 26, 3. Hence 
 
 a) to bring up, to draw up. as fishes 
 from the water Hab. 1, 15. Ez. 32. 3 ; 
 the cud as ruminating animals, Lev. 11, 
 4.5. 
 
 b) to carry up to a loft 1 K. 17, 19. 
 Neh. 10, 39 ; and so of things carried or 
 brought up from a lower to a higher 
 tract of country, 2 Sara. 21, 13; c. b 
 
nbj 
 
 785 
 
 
 of pers. 1 Sam. 2. 19; so the ark 1 Sam. 
 6, 21. 7, 1. 2 Sam. 6, 12. 15 ; the tribute 
 carried or sent to Afisyria 2 K. 17, 4, see 
 in Kal no. 1. a. Hos. 8. 9. 
 
 c) to put or lay upon, e. g. the lights 
 upon the candehibra, Sept. ijii-ti^i]fii, 
 Ex. 25, 37. 40. 4. So a sacrifice upon 
 the altar, i. q. to offer, to sacrifice ; Is. 
 57, 6 r\nya n-'bsn. 60, 3. Espec. of 
 burnt-oflcrings, holocausts, which are 
 hence called nbi? impositum ; as nbspj 
 nbb to offer a burnt-offering Lev. 14, 20. 
 Job 1, 5. al. snep. Sept. itvaq)i(j(a, riffoa- 
 (fiQta. nataa nbb r^hvn Gen. 8. 20. 
 Num. 23, 2.'u ; naian'^ 's 'n Ex. 40, 
 29. 2 Chr.'l. 6. nsi'b 't 'n /o offer any 
 thing flw a burnt-offering Gen. 22, 2. 13 ; 
 nbs 'n 'n id. 1 Sam. 7, 9. 2 K. 3, 27. 
 nin^b nVSii to sacrifice to Jehorah sc. as 
 a burnt-otfering Judg. 13. 19; "'^ "'SOb 
 2 Sum. 6, 17. Furtiier, DiQ nbsn /o im- 
 pose a tribute, q. d. to raise a levy, 1 K. 
 5, 27 [13]. 9, 15 ; to lay on or rz/j/j/y ban- 
 dages to a wound, see in nr^nx . Ellipt. 
 2 Chr.32,5 nib^ssn bs bs^l and raised 
 up upon the towers, i. e. made them 
 higher, repaired the towers the tops of 
 which were broken down. Comp. the 
 same ellipsis in bs wJO^. see w]D"i no. 2. 
 
 d) to put or cast upon, e. g. dust upon 
 the head, c. b5 Josh. 7, 6. Ez. 27, 30. 
 Metaph. to send disease upon any one, 
 Deut. 28. 61. 
 
 e) to bring up, i. e. to put or lay on, 
 e. g. sackcloth upon a person, to cause 
 him to wear it. Am. 8, 10 ; to overlay 
 with gold, as 1 K. 10, 17 and with three 
 mince of gold did he overlay each shield. 
 Also to bring up flesh upon the bones, 
 cause it to grow and cover them, Ez. 
 37, 6 ; to put or fasten upon, as orna- 
 ments 2 Sam. 1, 24. 2 Chr. 3, 5. 14. 
 
 f ) to put upon record, to register, to 
 enrol 1 K. 9. 21. 2 Chr. 8, 8. 
 
 g) ab bs nbsfn to bring up to mind, 
 to remember, q. d. to bear in mind, e. g. 
 idols, idol-worship. Ez. 14. 3. 4. Comp. 
 Kal no. 1 fin. 
 
 HoPH. fibsn for "^^Sfi, to be made to 
 go up, i. e. a) to be led away. comp. 
 Niph. no. 2. Nah. 2, 8 npbrn nn^a . b) 
 to be offered, as sacrifice, comp. Hiph. 
 no. 2. c. Judg. 6. 28. d) to be put upon 
 record, to be recorded, registered, comp. 
 Hiph. no. 2. f 2 Chr. 20, 34. 
 
 66* 
 
 HiTHP. to lift up oneself, tobe'eTated, 
 Jer. 51, 3. Chald. Ithp. id. 
 
 Deriv. b subst. hv prep, nbs, nbj, 
 lbs, 'is. mb^, )^^hv. bsia, bsb' nby, 
 ^^1^, "^^f?; pr. n". nbrbx , ""bs. V''9, 
 ,;^5 ; Chald. nbs , n-'is ,' (i'^bs , -^is .' 
 
 ^^^ m. constr. nbj, c. suff. ^nbo Ps. 
 1. 3. pkir. constr. "'bs Neh. 8, 15, a leaf. 
 Gen. 8, 11. Lev. 26. 36. Josh. 13, 25. A 
 leaf green and flourishing, is the emblem 
 of prosperity, Prov. 11, 28. Jer. 17, 8. 
 Collect, leaves, foliage Ps. 1, 3. Is. 34, 4. 
 Gen. 3. 7. R. nbs in the sense of spring- 
 "g up, growing up. 
 
 nsy Chald. f (r. bbr) a cause, occa- 
 sion, pretext, Dan. 6, 5. 6. Syr. )^Vv , 
 
 Arab. aLXjt, id. Arab. J^ft Conj. II, to 
 
 be a cause, to effect as a cause ; V, to 
 give a cause or pretext ; VIII, to seek 
 a cause or pretext. Syr. '^.^ i. q. A rab. 
 II ; Ethpa. i. q. Arab. V. Bar Heb. p. 
 416. 
 
 nby and ribl*:? f (r. nbs) plur. nibb, 
 pr. ' what goes up ;' hence 
 
 1. an ascent, i. e. steps, a stair-way, 1 K. 
 10, 5 ; plur. Ez. 40, 26. Comp. 2 Chr. 
 9, 4. See Biblioth. Sacr. 1846. p. 612. 
 
 2. a burnt-offering, holocaust, a sacri- 
 fice to be wholly consumed, comp. Ex. 
 29, 18. and b'^bs no. 3 ; so called as being 
 carried up and laid upon the altar ; see 
 the root in Kal no. 2. b. Hiph. no. 2. c. 
 Sept. oloxavrMfitx, oXoxavrwaig, Vulo'. 
 holocaustum. For the Mosaic rite, see 
 Lev. 1. 3-17. 6. 9-13. The usual for- 
 mula is nbi? nbsn . nbi? nrs , Lev. 5, 10. 
 Judg. 13. 16. Ez'. 45. 23. The patriarchs 
 seem also to have offered holocausts, 
 Gen. 8, 20. 22, 3. 6 ; and human victims 
 were likewise so offered, see Gen. 1. c. 
 Judg. 11, 31 ; comp. Monumm. Phoen. 
 p. 446. 453. Often coupled with other 
 kinds of sacrifices, e. g. with n^T which 
 included other bloody sacrifices, Ex. 18, 
 12. Num. 15, 3. 8. 2 k. 5. 17. 10, 24. Is. 
 
 nxan Ps. 40, 7 ; obc Ez. 46, 
 
 56, 7. al. 
 12. 
 
 Note. 
 
 nbis. 
 
 For nbs, nbis evil, see 
 
 in 
 
 ri^? Chald. f. emphat. xnbs , holocatut. 
 burnt-offering, plur. "ijbs Ezra 6, 9. 
 
lb:? 
 
 786 ^'^y 
 
 TXuiy 1. By transpos. for nV'.S which 
 is read in many Mss. evil, wickedness^ 
 iniquity, Hos. 10. 9. Comp. Eth. OA 
 i. q. b^S . 
 
 2. Alvah, pr. n. of an Edomitic tribe 
 Gen. 36, 40. 1 Chr. 1, 51 Keri, where 
 Cheth. has n;b? . 
 
 D^'Q^b? m. plur. (denom. fr. c^S, 
 n^ljs, after the form o^^y>], o-^bnraj 
 yoiUh, youthful age, Ps. 89, 46. Job 33, 
 25. Poet, for youthful vigour, Job 20, 11 
 l-i^sib:; iixbia vnirss although his bones 
 are full of youth, i. e. youthful strength, 
 as Sept. Chald. Syr. well. So of the 
 youth of a people Is. 54, 4. Chald. 
 
 r:iia*'^5, Arab. XjcyLfc, id. 
 
 13^? (i- q- jo^-^*-^ ^^'^' thick) Alvan, 
 pr. n. of an Edomite Gen. 36, 23 ; also 
 written i;Vs 1 Chr. 1, 40. R. nbs. 
 
 np^b? f (r. pbv) 7r. Xf'/o^. Prov. 30, 
 15, pr. a leech, blood-sucker, as correctly 
 given by Sept. Vulg. Gr.Venet. Kirachi ; 
 
 and so Arab. (S-Lfr , Syr. )..n,\S , Chald. 
 ttj^bs, Nfjiibs ; but spoken also of an 
 .imaginary female spectre which sucks 
 fhuman blood and is insatiable, like 
 .JjiJt. sJaJLft, el-Ghuleh of Arabian 
 :super.stitioii in the Thousand and One 
 Nights, and the vampyre of our own fa- 
 'bles ; thus ^'kJlAj) is rendered in the 
 ' Camoos by this very word Jj-i- M el-Ghul, 
 which Bochart. Hieroz. II. 801, and A. 
 Schultens ad Prov. 1. c. have wrongly 
 interpreted fate. Hence in Prov. 1. c. 
 the leech hath two daughters crying. 
 Give. give. i. e. insatiable. On the su- 
 perstitions of the Hebrews and other 
 oriental nations concerning spectres, see 
 our remarks in Comment, on Is. 34, 14. 
 
 * "^b? i. q. cb3 and J'';^, to exult, to 
 tjiumph, (proh. primarily of a cry or 
 shout of exultation, like uhtXu'QM, "ijn ; 
 and not of leaping and dancing, like the 
 Bynon. b-'j.) 2 Sam. 1, 20. Ps. 68, 5 ; c. 
 B in any thing Ps. 149, 5. Hab. 3, 18. 
 Trop. of the heart Ps. 28, 7 ; the reins 
 Prov. 23, 16 ; also inanimate things, Ps. 
 '96, 12. Sometimes in a bad sense, of 
 insolent and wicked men. Pa. 94, 3. Is. 
 :23, 12, comp. 5, 14. Jer. 50, 11. 
 
 Deriv. fi? , also 
 
 iyS m. one exulting, rejoicing, Is. 5, 
 14. 
 
 * '^i? obsol. root, Arab. iaJLc. to be 
 thick, dense ; and with the letters trans- 
 posed JJai. to be dark; whence 
 
 "'^T? f- darkness, evening twilight, 
 Gen. 15, 17. Ez. 12, 7. 12. 
 
 "^'y m. a pestle Prov. 27, 22 ; from r. 
 nbs in the sense to be lifted, comp. rtbs 
 no. 2. a. 
 
 "^r? (ascent, summit, concr. the high- 
 est, r. '">bs) pr. n. Eli, a hjgh priest, 
 predecessor of Samuel, 1 Sam. c. 1-4. 
 14, 3. Sept. 'hU, Vulg. Heli. 
 
 '^i^ Chald. adj. emph. nx^S , supreme, 
 most high; nsVs snbx God the Most 
 High, Dan. 3, 26^ 32. 5, \8. 21 ; and simpl. 
 nx^S the Most High 4, 14. 21. 7, 25, of 
 the one only supreme God. In Cheth. 
 everywhere X'^bs, after the analogy of 
 Syr. r.\S. R. nbs. 
 
 ''jy adj. only in fern. ^''^S, higher, 
 upper, Judg. 1, 15 ; plur. ni^^S Josh. 15, 
 19. R. nbs , after the form bap . 
 
 n^b? and "J^t"?, see wbs and Ijb?. 
 
 ^^?? f. (r. "^b^) 1- ?* upper cham- 
 
 ber, loft, vTifQojov, Arab. KaX<&) *^y^' 
 
 Chald. r'^iiS q. v. So of the upper 
 chambers of an edifice or private house, 
 1 K. 17, 19. 23. 2 K. 4, 10 ; or of a palace 
 Judg. 3, 20-25. 2 K. 1, 2. Jer. 22, 13. 14; 
 of the temple 1 Chr. 28, 11. 2 Chr. 3, 9; 
 sometimes over the gate 2 Sam. 19. 1 ; 
 or built upon the flat roof, 2 K. 23, 12. 
 Poet, for the heavens Ps. 104, 3. 13. 
 
 2. ascent, i. e. stairs or way up to the 
 temple, 2 Chr. 9, 4; comp. 1 K. 10, 5. 
 See Biblioth. Sac. 1846. p. 612. 
 
 Ti"^^y m. adj. f njrbs, plur. m31>bs. 
 R. nbV. 
 
 1. high, higher^ upper, Gen. 40, 17; 
 opp. 'linnw, 1 Chr. 7, 24. 2 Chr. 8, 5. 
 njT'bsn nD-i^rj the upper pool, i. e. situ- 
 ated on higher ground, 2 K. 18, 17 ; also 
 Ez. 42. 5. Deut. 26, 19. 28, 1. Once of 
 a thing exposed in an elevated place as 
 an example of punishment, correspond- 
 ing to the Greek nu(ju8Hy^uu^fa&m, 
 
-'b^ 
 
 787 
 
 bb:f 
 
 1 K. 9, 8 Ti"^? ri'^rv] n^n p"jani, Vulg. 
 
 et donius htec erit in exempltun. 
 
 2. most high, supreme, of God, as V 
 ji^br Gea. 14, 18, Ti^Vs nin-; Ps. 7, 18, 
 'ji'<^S D-Vibx 57, 3, and' ainipl. (i''bs 9, 3. 
 21, 8. al. 88pp. The Phenicians and Car- 
 thaginians used the same word also for 
 the gods, e. ^. 'JCXioiiy i. q. vfiaroi, Philo 
 ,Bybl. apud Euseb. Proep. Evang. 1. 10 ; 
 also Aloniiii valunuth [msTibsi csrVs] 
 gods and goddesses, pr. giiperi 8uper<B- 
 que Plant. Poen. V. 1. 1 ; comp. also pr. 
 n. Abdalonimus, D-'3T'i>s nas, servant 
 i. e. worshipper of the gods. 
 
 li'^by Chald. id. only in plur. majest. 
 V?"!"'!'? the Most High God Dan. 7, 18. 
 
 22. 25! 27. 
 
 T''^i? m. (r. T^S) one exvlling, rejoic- 
 ing, mostly in a bad sense, one proudly 
 exulting, insolently triumphing, Is. 22, 2. 
 
 23, 7. 24. 8. 32, 13. Zeph. 2, 15. Is. 13, 3 
 'nixa ''('fes my proudly e.andting war- 
 riors. Zeph. 3, 11. 
 
 ^"'?? m. ;r. Ifyofi. Ps. 12, 7 work- 
 shop, officina. Others, crucible ; so Chald. 
 R. Vb3 I. 3. 
 
 nbtb? f. (r. h\v I. 3) Ps. 14, 1. 66, 5, 
 plur. nib^^^S, work, deed, doing, e. g. 
 
 a) Of the glorious deeds of Jehovah Ps. 
 9, 12. 77, 13. 78, 11. 103, 7. Is. 12, 4. 
 
 b) Of the actions of men 1 Sam. 2, 3 ; 
 espec. in a bad sense, of evil deeds, 
 Zeph. 3, 7 Dnib-^bs; bb flr-^nilin they per- 
 vert all their doings, i. e. act perversely 
 altogether. Ps. 141, 4. Ez. 14, 22. 20, 
 43. Zeph. 3, 11. Deut. 22, 14. 17. 
 
 irh-hV f (r. Vbs I ) i. q. nb^bs no. 1, 
 work, deed, sc. of God, Jer. 32, 19. 
 
 niS'^'s? f. (r. ybs) eantltatim, rejoic- 
 ing, Hab. 3, 14. 
 
 troy Chald. f an upper chamber, loft, 
 i.q. Heb. n^bs , Dan. 6, 11. 
 
 * I. 5:^^ i. q. Arab. Jet. pr. to drink 
 ag-am after a first draught (for which the 
 Arabs use the verb J^gj), in order fully 
 to quench thirst. Conj. II, to drink again 
 and again, also to drink deep. This 
 primary signification is carried over into 
 various tropical applications implying 
 completion ; e. g. to the gleaning of 
 fields or vineyards ; to the second blow 
 
 by which one already struck is cut 
 down and killed ; to a stripping or after- 
 milking; comp. Jauhari and Firzubodi 
 in Alh. Schult. Origg. Hebr. I. c. 6, where 
 this root is copiously treated of. In He- 
 brew bbs has the following significa- 
 tions : J. ^ 
 
 1. to glean, like Jkfc Conj. II ; see 
 Poel no. 1, and nibbis . 
 
 2. to quench thirst, trop. of lust, see 
 Hithpa. Judg. 19, 25. Also to gratify 
 one^s desire, to indulge oneself in vexing, 
 abusing, deriding any one ; and hence 
 to be pelidant, saucy, mischievous, comp. 
 Po. no. 2, bHs, bbira, a petulant boy, 
 abstr. bibsn . 
 
 3. to perforin a work, to accomplish, to 
 exeade ; hence to do a deed, see Hithpa. 
 no. 2, Hithpo. and the nouns b'^b?, 
 nb-ibs, bbs^. 
 
 Po. 1. to glean a vineyard Lev. 19, 
 10. Deut. 24, 21. Trop. of a people, to 
 be utterly cut off. Jer. 6, 9. 
 
 2. to vex, to do evil to anyone, with b 
 of pers. Lam. 1, 22. 2, 20 ris nbbis 'nb 
 whom thou hast thu^ vexed. 3, 51 ^3"^? 
 "'UJBjb nbbis mine eye vexeth me, i. e. 
 pains me sc. from weeping. Pass. Lam. 
 1, 12 like unto my sorrow, "'b bbi? laix 
 which is brought upon me, with which I 
 am pained, vexed. For Job 16. 15 see 
 in bbs II. Po. 
 
 3. to vex, to tease, to be petidant, saur 
 cy ; hence Part, bbisa a boy, child, i. q. 
 bbis.Is. 3, 12. 
 
 Hithpa. b^snn 1. pr. to que?u:h 
 thirst, trop. of lust, c. 3 upon any one, 
 Judg. 19, 25. Also to gratify or indulge 
 oneself in vcring, abusing, deriding any 
 one, to mock, Sept. well f(innii^i>i, Vulg. 
 illuclo, 1 Sam. 31, 4. 1 Chr. 10, 4. Num. 
 22, 29. Jer. 38, 19. 
 
 2. to exert one^g might, to do wonders, 
 c. a Ex. 10, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 6. 
 
 Hithpo. to do a deed, to work, c. ace. 
 Ps. 141, 4. 
 
 Deriv. bbi?, nbis , ribbis, b-^bsJ , nb-'bsJ , 
 n*bibs, h'bv'q, b^brn. 
 
 * II. bb? i. q. Arab. Ji 1. to put 
 in, to thriuft in, and intrans. to go in, to 
 enter, like Chald. bbs q. v. 
 
 2. to bind on, to bind fast, whence b3> 
 S ) 
 
 Jki yoke, like Lat. jugum a jungendo, 
 Gr. ivyov from iivyyiu. 
 
bb:? 
 
 788 
 
 23^ 
 
 Po. to cause to enter, to thrust in ; Job 
 16, 15 ':'n;5 -iBsa ''n^s^ir / have thrust 
 my horn into the dust, i. e. my head. 
 
 ^\t Chald. i. q. Heb. V?'$ II. 
 
 1. to go in, to enter, Syr. id. Spec, of 
 one who is admitted to the private au- 
 dience of a king, Dan. 2, 16. 24. Praet. b5 
 Dan. 1. c. fern, rfes , Cheth. nbbs 5, 10. 
 Part. plur. "pb 4, 4. 5. 8, Cheth. T^bbs . 
 
 2, Of the sun, to go down, to set, Dan. 
 6, 15. Comp. Heb. Nia. 
 
 Aph. to bring in, to introduce any one, 
 c. ace. pers. Dan. 2. 24. 6, 19 ; ^2, 25. 
 5, 7. Prset. bsirt (with 3 inserted) Dan. 
 2, 25. 6, 19. Imp. bsn 2, 24. Inf. ri\'ST\ 
 5, 7, and nbs;n 4, 3. ' 
 
 HoPH. bsn like the Heb. to he intro- 
 duced, Dan. 5, 13. 15. 
 
 Deriv. n|s, b?n. ^ 
 
 fli^^y see nibbw. 
 
 1.0^^ to Atrfe, to conceal ; in Kal 
 found only in Part. pass. O'^rbs hidden, 
 secret, e. g. sins, Ps. 90, 8. Kindr. is Cjbs . 
 The primitive idea is perh. that o'l wrap- 
 ping up, comp. cb-5 . 
 
 NiPH. cbs: (not obSD) to 6e hidden, to 
 lie hid, with "jis of pers.yrom whom, Lev. 
 2, 2-4. 1 K. 10, 3. 2 Chr. 9, 2 ; ^^so 
 Lev. 4, 13. Num. 5, 13. Job 28. 21. 
 Part. cbSD hidden Ecc. 12, 14; plur. 
 Ciabs: hidden wen, i. e. crafty, dissem- 
 blers, Ps. 26, 4. Fem. irabrs hidden, co- 
 vered in darkness, forgotten, Nah. 3, 11. 
 
 HiPH. C"b>n . rarely with comp.Sheva 
 as 1^-^brn Ez.'22, 26. 
 
 1. to hide, to conceal, c. "^0 from any 
 one, 2 K. 4, 27. Spec, a) n-;?-^? o-'byn 
 c. "(la to AtV/e /Ae eyes from any one, i. e. 
 to turn away from him, a gesture im- 
 plying neglect, Ez. 22, 26; refusal of 
 help Is. 1, 15, comp. Prov. 28, 27; or 
 also connivance Lev. 20, 4. 1 Sam. 12, 
 3 c. a. b) "iTX cbrn to hide the ear, so 
 as not to hear. Lam. 3, 56. c) Intrans. 
 to hide (oneself) Ps. 10. 1 ; comp. Hiph. 
 of -(BS . 
 
 2. to hide, to cover over with words, 
 i. e. to chide, to rebuke, (opp. to enlight- 
 en 1. e. to praise,) Job 42, 3 ; comp. 38, 2. 
 
 HiTHP. to hide oneself; of a stream, 
 Job 6, 16 5ba5-c!b?ni 'ii0"'b5 in which the 
 *now hideth itself, Hcb hid, i.e. the melt- 
 ing snow in spring, b9 here implying ap- 
 
 proach, see bs no. 1. b. /. With 'Xi to 
 hide oneself from any person or thing, 
 to turn away from, Deut. 22, 1. 3. 4. Ps. 
 55, 2 "^nsniHTa c|srn-bs< hide not thyself 
 from my supplication, i. e. turn not 
 away. Is. 58, 7. 
 
 Deriv. obi? , Bib-'S, nobsFi, Chald. 
 cbiP , pr. n. *|iab5 , nsbs . *' ' ' 
 
 *II.t]b:? or Db; obsol. root, i. q. 
 
 Arab. jv-Lc. puhesfuit et coeundi cripidus, 
 
 spoken of young persons and of animals, 
 Syr. >ai:i..ii| id. The primitive idea 
 seems to be that oi" fatness, fulness, so 
 that nbs is kindr. with obn q. v. Hence 
 
 obs and n^bs , ca^ibs . 
 
 0?^ Chald. m. emph. N^bs ; plur. 
 p'obs , emph. x*5ab ; i. q. Heb. tbiy , re- 
 mote time, eternity, everlasting, alojv, of 
 time past Ezra 4, 15 ; of time future 
 Dan. 3, 33. 4, 31. 7, 27 ; whence Dan. 2, 
 20 sti:br-n^^i ^-ch^-'^o from, everlasting to 
 everlasting. So Krbs in who liveth for 
 ever sc. God Dan. 4,' 31 [34]. For the 
 Heb. obirb , D^rbirb , for ever, is put 
 pcbsb ban. 2, U. 6,' 27; as also in the 
 salutation ^^n "f ttb^b Nab?2 O king, live 
 for ever. Dan. 2, 4!"3, 9.' 5, 10. 6, 7. 22. 
 So too s^^b^b 2, 44, once NlJ^bs cbs "rs 
 
 7, 18 ; comp. in N. T. elg rovg aimag rCtv 
 amrow Rev. 1, 6. 18. Gal. 1, 5. 
 
 ^v? i^'- (r- cbs II ) a youth, young man, 
 of marriageable age, 1 Sam. 17. 56. 20, 
 22, for which "i?D in v. 21. Sept. vsavl- 
 
 (Txo?. Arab. *Xfc, ft-fJ^t id. 
 
 D^ii^ , see in nbir . 
 
 rra^y fem. of Cbs, a girl, maiden, 
 young woman, sc. of marriageable 
 
 age, like Arab. xJo^Lfr, *J4^, Syr. 
 f^ViI\\, Chald. NnTS^S , i. q. nyji . and 
 like Gr. vfthighy which the Heb. fTjbs 
 is rendered in Sept. Ps. 68, 26, and Aqu. 
 Symm. Theod. Is. 7, 14. Gen. 24, 43. 
 Ex. 2, 8. Prov. 30, 19. Plur. m'cb? Ps. 
 
 08, 26. Cant. 1, 3. 6, 8. Spoken of a 
 bride, a youthful spouse, a wife recently 
 married, Is. 7, 14, comp. nbsina Joel 1, 8 ; 
 see in art. ii no. 2. e. p. 239. The pri- 
 mary idea in this word is not that of 
 unspotted virginity, for which the He- 
 
::b5 
 
 789 
 
 brews have the special word h^ira, see 
 Cant. 6. 8 and Prov. I. c. so that in Sept. 
 Is. I. c. it is incorrectly rendered 7ia()i^e- 
 poi ,' nor does it primarily sijfnily the un- 
 married slate, ns Hengstenberg con- 
 tends, Christol. dcs A. T. II. p. 69; but 
 simply the being of marriageable age, 
 the age of puberty. So too Gr. na{j&i- 
 voi; II. 2, 514; xofn'taiov Judith 16, 12; 
 Lat. ptwlla Virg. Geor. 4. 458 ; and even 
 Heb. nbiina Joel 1, 8. See Comment, 
 ad Is. 1. c Hence niobs? bs after the 
 manner of maidens, see b5 no. 1. a. ;/ 
 i. e. with the female voice, i. q. our treble, 
 topruno, opp. to the deeper voice of 
 men, 1. Chr. 15, 20 (for which see 
 under the root nsj I. Pi.) Ps, 46, 1. 
 Forkei in his Gcsch. dcr Musik I. p. 142, 
 understands virgin Jti-easures, like the 
 Germ. Jungfrauweis of the Meister- 
 s&nger; but against the context in 1 
 Chr. 1. c. 
 
 yVCh? (hidden, r. cVs) Almon, pr. n. 
 
 a) A town in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18; 
 called in 1 Chr. 6. 45 [60] nisb? Alle- 
 meth. b) no-^rba^-jiiabs Num*. 33, 46, 
 a station of the Israelites in the desert 
 south-east of the Dead Sea. 
 
 T'labj? a word found twice, but of 
 doubtful authority, a) In Ps. 9. 1 it 
 seems to be the same with ni^bs bs Ps. 
 46, 1, i. e. with the female voice, see un- 
 der nabs . Perhaps it should be so read. 
 
 b) In Ps. 48, 15 the context requires it to 
 be i. q. cbis eternity, i. q. for ever and 
 ever., Sept. ft? toi/,- alwyuq, Vulg. in 
 secida. as if they had read it niiabs . 
 Many Mss. aiid editions have it rii3"bs 
 even unto death, which in both cases is 
 foreign to the context. 
 
 "''??? Chald. gentile n. from oVs q. v. 
 Elamile, Plur. xr^abs Elainites, Ezra 
 4,9. 
 
 troby (covering, r. cbs) Alemeth, pr. 
 n. m.' ' 'a) 1 Chr. 7, 8. b) 8, 36. 9, 42. 
 
 rnOJ? see "litibs lett. a. 
 
 * Cb^ , fut. D"b5^ . i. q. tbs and yh^s , to 
 eandt, to rejoice. Job 20 18. 
 
 NiPH. Db?3 id. Job 39. 13 D''33-i-p!3 
 
 . - .. , ^ . , . I. , 
 
 nobS3 the tring of the ostrich e.mdts. i. e. 
 moves itself joyfully, swiftly. Comp. 
 Hom. 11. 2. 462 uyakXonivai mf^fvytaai. 
 
 Hi TUP. to make oneself jnijful, to enjoy 
 oneself Prov. 7, 18. 
 
 ^^.''r a very doubtful root, which 
 some suppose to be i. q. 5lb to sip up, to 
 suck up, and thence derive fut. Pi.^sbs^ 
 they suck up Job 39, 30. More prob. it 
 ought to read I3?bsb (changing "^ into 
 b, a letter of the same form but larger) 
 i. e. ijbsb or l^bsb they sip up eagerly, 
 pra;t. Pilel from ?lb , a form often used 
 of rapid and eager motion. Sec in S^b . 
 
 yb? Chald. f. i. q. Heb. sbs, a Hb, 
 plur. 'psbs Dan. 7, 5. 
 
 V|5y in Kal not used, pr. to cover, to 
 
 wrap up; Arab. vjiJLc to lay up in a 
 chest, casket, etc. Gr. xuXvnita. Comp. 
 C)W no 1. 
 
 Pda l Ci^9 l.tobe covered over, Cant. 
 5, 14. 
 
 2. to he overcome, to he languid, to 
 faint, see the synon. nas , c;ar , Is. 51, 20. 
 So of trees Ez. 31, 15, where ncbs is for 
 nsbs and refers to n"|">an "'SS by the rule 
 in' Heb. Gr. 143. 3.' ' ' 
 
 HiTHP. 1. to veil oneself Gen. 38, 14. 
 
 2. i. q. Pu. no. 2, to be overcome, to he- 
 come languid, to faint, e. g. from heat 
 Jon. 4, 8 ; from thirst Am. 8, 13. 
 
 "Sby see in ~^s Pu. no. 2. 
 
 * yb^ fut. ^bs!-^ , i. q. Tbs and obs, to 
 exult, to rejoice, to he joyful, Prov. 11, 
 10. 28, 12. So nin-ia yh'a to rejoice in 
 Jehovah Ps. 5, 12. 9, 3.' 1 Sam. 2, 1; 
 <; 'SBb id. Ps. 68, 4. With b to exult 
 over any one, to triumph, Ps. 25, 2. 
 Trop of things 1 Chr. 16, 32. 
 
 Deriv. n^S-'bs. 
 
 P2? obsol. root, Arab. <aj^, to 
 
 adhere, to be affixed, spec, of leeches ; 
 Syr. )n\\ viscous. Hence fi)5ibri leech, 
 q. V. 
 
 nnVy see in nbis . 
 
 U^ in St. absol. with conj. ace. and in 
 constr. but Q^ with disj. ace. and with 
 art. csn ; c. suff. "^rs , "is? ; Plur. a-^a? , 
 constr. -"TSS ; rarely a"'^^? Neh. 9. 22, 
 constr. "^rp? 9, 24. ^''^^?, Judg. 5. 14. in 
 the Aramsean manner (see below in 
 
790 
 
 Wf 
 
 Chald. tS) ; masc. rarely fem. (collect.) 
 Ex.5, 16.'judg.l8,7. Jer.8,5. R.ctds. 
 1. a people, nation, so called as being 
 congregated together, or from their com- 
 mon interests, etc. q. d. community, com- 
 monwealth. Syr. Chald. Samarit. id. 
 
 05- Sa _ 
 
 Arab. j^C to be in common, HjoLc the 
 
 common people, plebs ; see in r. DrS . 
 Constr. with sing, and also as collect, 
 with plur. both of verbs and adj. Ex. 5, 
 
 5. Judg. 2, 4. 7. 3, 18. 9, 37. 2 K. 14, 21. 
 21, 24. Is. 9, 1. 8. 65, 3. Ollen of a/)eo- 
 ple, properly so called, " ccetum juris con- 
 sensu et utilitatis communione socia- 
 tiim," Cic. ap. Augustin. Civ. Dei 2. 21 ; 
 e. g. the people of Israel ^S'^b';' CS 2 Sam. 
 18. 7 ; called also nin^ W Ex. 15, 16. 
 Num. 11, 29. Judg. 5, 11. 1 Sam. 2, 24 ; 
 B-^n'ssn C5 Judg. 20, 2 ; "i;; rhn: cs 
 Deut.' 4, 20 ; dnjsn c Is. 62, 12 ; also 
 genr. of any other people, as CS1 C5 , 
 EST ns , every people Esth. 1, 22. 3, 12. 
 8, 9. Neh. 13, 24 ; to become one people 
 Gen. 34, 16. 22, comp. 11, 6. Deut. 1, 28 
 a people greater and taller than we. 2, 
 10. 21. 20, 1. So y-Kri c the people of 
 the land, i. e. the Canaanites Gen. 23, 
 12. 13. Num. 14. 9; the Egyptians Gen. 
 42, 6 ; tide's C5 the people of Chemosh, 
 i. e. Moab, Num. 2] , 29. Jer. 48. 46. So 
 too plur. C^s? nations Gen. 17, 16. Ps. 
 45,6. 18. 47.4. Is. 2, 3. 10, 13. 14,6. 17, 
 12.al.'j'-:xn-'SSDeut.28, lOjn'isnxn ""ss 
 Ezra 3, 3. Somelimes c stands in a 
 narrower sense, for any number or mul- 
 titude of persons, even not associated, 
 like Engl, people, some people, comp. 
 
 Go-' 
 
 Arab. f*if a people, also some people. 
 
 Num.21.6^J<';':?T^ ai n? P^i and there 
 died much people of Israel. 1 Sam. 9, 
 24 / hare invited the people, i. e. the 
 guests, thirty persons, v. 22. Judg. 3, 18. 
 Ps. 18.28 '55 C5 /he afflicted ones ; comp. 
 P"^^ ''ia Gen. 20. 4. See below in lett. c. 
 With a genit. in various ways, e. g. 
 the people of a king, who are ruled by 
 him. Ex. 7, 28; the people of Jehovah, 
 of Chemosh. who worship them, pee 
 above, and comp. Ex. 6, 7. Lev. 26. 12. 
 Deut. 27, 9. al. So of private persons, 
 e. g. my peoj/le. among whom I belong, 
 am a citizen, Lev. 17. 10. 23, 30. Num. 
 
 6, 27. Esth. 2, 10. 20. Ruth 1, 10. al. the 
 
 people of Mordecai, the Jews, Esth. 3, 6. 
 Hence ""SS ''33 the children of my people ^ 
 mycountrymen, my fellow-citizens, Gen. 
 23, 11 ; poet ''E? na id. see in ra no. 5, 
 Lam. 2, 11. 3, 48. 4, 3. 6; comp. )r-)N 
 no. 3. Also the people of a city, its 
 inhabitants, Gen. 19, 4. 47, 21 ; pboJiiTi cs 
 2 Chr. 32, 18, comp. Lam. 1, 1 n'-^sn 
 CS "^nan the city full of people, thronged 
 with inhabitants. So 7'?.^'7 ^? ^^.e peo- 
 ple of a land, its inhabitants, 2 K. 11, 
 18-20. 15. 5. 16, 15. 25, 19. al. put some- 
 times for the common people in distinc- 
 tion from the kings and nobles Ez. 7, 27, 
 Hence the Rabbinic y"iX cs for a ple- 
 beian, boor, opp. to one learned. Once 
 DS~i<b a non-people, i. e. not God's people, 
 gentiles, barbarous enemies, Deut. 32, 
 21 ; parall. bas i-is . 
 
 Spec. W is used in a narrower and 
 also wider sense : 
 
 a) Of a single tribe, race, e. g. C5 
 "jlbiaT Judg. 5, 18 ; though here it may 
 be taken as men. soldiers, see in lett. b. 
 Plur. t:''S3 often of the tribes of Israel, 
 Gen. 49, 10. Deut. 32, 8. 33, 3. 19. Is. 3, 
 13. Hos. 10. 14. Ps. 47, 2. 10.' Comp. the 
 Athenian dtj/xoi. Also of one''s family, 
 kindred, as 2 K. 4, 13 "^abx "'?:? T\}^^ 
 ra'iJ"^ / dwell among mine own family ; 
 and espec. plur. B "'SS one's kindred, 
 friends, Lev. 19, 16. 21, 1. 4. So in the 
 phrases T'r^'bx ?iOX3 to be gathered to 
 his kindred, i. q. Triax'bs 'd , see in CjOX 
 Niph. no. 1 ; also "''5:512 r"i=3 to he cut 
 off from his people, kindred, Gen. 17, 14. 
 Lev. 7, 20. 21 ; see in nns Niph. no. 2. 
 
 Comp. Arab, j^t uncle, and the proper 
 names bs'S? , lilT'!?? , a^nrE? . 
 
 b) Of common soldiers, men, Horn. 
 >Ldc, opp. to the leaders, chiefs ; Judg. 8, 
 5 'ba'ia "i'rx nrn the people (soldiers) 
 that follow me. 5,' 2. 9, 36. 37. Fully tS 
 xasn Num. 31, 32 ; nonbrn c? Josh. 8, 
 13.' 10, 7. 11,7. 
 
 c) Oiattendants,serrants,\.(\.'t, '''wrx 
 one's men. one's people ; Gen. 32. 8 C5n 
 ins I'rx his servants. 33. 15. 1 K. 19, 
 21. 2 K 4, 41. Also of the attendants, 
 followers, train of a prince, etc. Judg. 3, 
 18. Ecc. 4. 16. Cant. 0, 12 "'E? r-iai-iT? 
 a"n5 thechariotsnf a princely train ; the 
 ^- is here not suffix, but paragogic qa 
 the constr. state. 
 
ny 
 
 791 
 
 W 
 
 d) In a wider sense for the human rar^, 
 cUl mankind, q. d. the people of the earth. 
 Is. 42, 5 n-b C5^ n^^'5 ir!' ^^' giveth 
 breath to the jx-ople upon it sc. the earth. 
 40, 7. Ps. 45, 13 CS ''y^^ the richest of 
 people, i. e. the Tyriaiia. So in irony. Job 
 
 12, 2 c nnx > wrsj no doubt but ye 
 are all the world, and wisdom will die 
 ipith you, 
 
 2. Poet, of animals, a race, troop, flock, 
 Prov. 30, 25. 26. Ps. 74, 14 ; comp. ''ia 
 
 
 no. 2. So Arab. iLot and Gr. dripoq. 
 
 0? Chald. m. a. people, Dan, 2, 44. 3, 
 29 ; emphut. XH? Ez. 7. 13. 16. 25 ; nas 
 5, 12. Plur. em'phat. KJ^^3 Dun. 3, 4. 7, 
 31. 5. 19. 6, 26. 7, 14. Syr. \^, plur. 
 ].%nV's. 
 
 Q? pr. conjunction, communion, from 
 the root C^S , but used only as a parti- 
 cle, viz. 
 
 A) Adv. therewith, therewithal, at the 
 
 same time, Gr. avt>, ptra, Arab. \juo. 
 1 Sam. 17, i2for he was red-haired nn'^ nS 
 nxnia onrf withal comely of a.^pect. 16, 
 l Usually 
 
 B) Prep. c. suff. ''ES (for which also 
 ""IBS is used, see "iss ), Ti^as (in pnuse 
 and fern. -B5). iss' !13S3,' C3SS, CHS 
 Gen. 18, 16, and cnas Num. 22, 12. Syr. 
 
 >qX Arab, by tran^p. x, mx. 
 
 1. with, Lat. cum (which indeed has 
 the same origin, see in CIS), pr. of ac- 
 companiment, attendance, society ; Gen. 
 
 13, 1 iss aibl and Lot with him. 18, 
 16. 1 Sam. 9, 24. 22, 5. Nah. 3, 12. 
 Hence spec. 
 
 a) Of help, aid, Gen. 21, 22 a"'n'bji| 
 r^BS God is with thee i. e. aids thee. 
 1 Sam. 14, 45 ; hence after verbs of 
 helping, as its 1 Chr. 12, 21, pTnnn 
 q. V. etc. 
 
 b) Of mutual and joint action, as phn 
 65 to divide with any one Prov. 29, 24 ; 
 to inherit with any one Gen. 22, 10 ; to 
 
 , make a covenant with any one, see r"i3 ; 
 also OS 13^ (see la'n) to talk with any 
 one, and hence CS iS'n a word spoken 
 Vfith any one Job 15, 11. 2 Chr. 1, 9; 
 e 23Ta to lie with any one Gen. 19, 32 
 Bq. 30, 15. 
 
 c) In a hostile sense tcith, for against 
 
 as DS rnlj? to fight or make war with 
 any one ; C5 "Hi to wrestle with ; y^n 
 c to strive if/7/j. any one ; ulao Ps. 55, 
 19 ^nas rn C^a-^a -^ifor with many al- 
 lies are they with me. i. e. do they come 
 against me. 94, 16 who will help me C 
 D^S'^TS contending trZ/A the wicked? Job 
 9, 14.' 10, 17. 16,21. 17,3. 
 
 d) Witii verbs of doing, i. e. to do 
 with any one well or ill, to do him good 
 or evil, to treat him well or ill, as n\r5 
 BS aia, C5 npn nt-s Josh. 2, 12. Ps. uV, 
 65 ; C5 a"'-"'n to do good to any one 
 Gen. 32, 10 ; C nsn to be on good 
 terms with any one Ps. 50, 18 ; also CTSn 
 as 18, 24; cs cbr, see chv ; cs ,i:3 
 Ps. 78, 37. 
 
 e) From the idea of accompanying, 
 proceeds also that of a common lot, 
 event, etc. Gen. 18. 23 wilt thou destroy 
 the righteous with the wicked ? i. e. as 
 the wicked, v. 25. Job 3, 14. 15. 21. 8. 
 Ps. 73, 5. Ecc. 2. 16 the wise dieth with 
 the fool, as well as the fool, the same lot 
 falls to both. Hence 
 
 f ) As referred to any kind of equality, 
 likeness, etc. Job 40. 15 lo .' behemoth 
 (the hippopotamus) whom I have created 
 Tjas equally with thee, as well as thee. 
 9, 26. Ps. 73, 25 7"ii<3 Tissn xb r^as so 
 as with thee I delight in nothing upon 
 earth. Coupled with verbs oC likeness, 
 cs h'C'Ci to be compared with, i. e. to be 
 like to any thing Ps. 143, 7. 
 
 g) Of likeness in re.spect to time ; Ps. 
 72, 5 dT2'r cs ?;iJtn''7 they shall reve- 
 rence thee with the sun i. e. so long as 
 the sun endures. Comp. Dan. 3, 33 ; 
 also Ovid Amor. 1. 15. 16, "cum sole el 
 luna semper Aratus erit." 
 
 2. with, I. q. at, by, near, spoken of 
 nearness, vicinity, etc. ixa CS at or by 
 the well Gen. 25, 11 ; D3'S cs by ornear 
 Shechem (the city) 35, 4 ; nin-i cs by 
 i. e. before Jehovah, at his sanctuary 
 1 Sam. 2. 21 ; ''.:Q cS at i. e. before the 
 face of any one Job 1, 12. Hence, * to 
 dwell with any one,' i. e. in his house or 
 family. Gen. 27, 44 ; in or among his 
 people 23, 4 ; ' to serve with any one,' 
 i. e. to be his servant Gen. 29, 25. 30. 
 Spec. ' with or by any one ' is said : 
 
 a) For in the house of any one, chez 
 quelqu'un j see the above examples, and 
 also Gen. 24, 25 strav and provender 
 
d? 
 
 792 
 
 b:? 
 
 enough is i:a5 with ns, in our house. In 
 the later Hebrew fully written 's r"'2 cs 
 1 Chr. 13.. 14. 
 
 b) For in one's body j Job 6. 4 the ar- 
 rows of the Almighty are '''lES , Sept. fV 
 Toi abifiaxi (xov. Oftener 
 
 c) For in one's mind ; Job 27, 1 1 "iirix 
 *inrx N3 'n'JS C5 tr/iH/ is with the Al- 
 mighty will I not conceal, i. e. wliat is in 
 his mind, how he is disposed. 9, 35 xb 
 ^nrs "'lbs ",3 not so am 7 iciV/i myself, 
 i. e. not so disposed in mind sc. that I 
 should fear. Num. 14. 24. Also of pur- 
 pose, intention ; Job 10, 13 rjiT ^3 'rr-i'; 
 ?jBS / know that this is icith thee, that 
 such is thy purpose. 23, 14. Of that 
 which one knows, is acquainted with ; 
 Ps. 50, 11 the beasts of the field are with 
 me, in my mind, i. e. I know them all ; 
 parall. '^nsn';. Job 15, 9. Of one's opin- 
 ion, judgment, e. g. ^S cS pns to be 
 just with God, i. e. in the view of God, 
 Job 9, 2. 25, 4 ; comp. Lat. " apud me 
 tnultum valet hgec opinio," Arab. ^OJ^ 
 'with me' i.e. in my opinion. In the 
 later Hebrew more fully written "'sb cs , 
 'Ssb c, like the Gr. fisTu y^fi/tV, Lat. 
 apt<fia?!/)/nwi staluere.proponere ; Ecc. 
 1, 16 "^ab na ^ri"i2'n I communed with my 
 heart, thought within myself Deut. 8. 5. 
 Ps. 77, 7. 2 Chr. 1, 11 ; so of purpose 1 
 Chr. 22, 7. 28, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 7. 8. 24, 4. 
 29, 10 ; of that which one knows Josh. 
 14, 7. 1 K. 10, 2. 2 Chr. 9, 1. 
 
 d) Also with men is often said for 
 among them, in the midst of them, 
 as Gr. /i^y ixaiQwv, fiii urd^nai, Lat. 
 apud exercitum, for in exercitu ; comp. 
 Germ. mit. which comes from the same 
 root with Mitte and Gr. fifiu, also Engl, 
 mid, amid, amidst. Is. 38. 11 "^t"^ CS 
 V'ln with (amid) the inhabitants of the 
 iwrld. 2 Sam. 13, 23 n-^nsx CS in the 
 midst of Ephraim. 
 
 e) Metaph. notwithstanding^ comp. 
 
 a in B. no. 2. e. Arab. *jo De Sacy 
 Or. Arabe I. 1094. cd. 2. So nj CS i. q. 
 in Engl, with this, for all this, i. e. not- 
 wilhstanding, Neh. 5, 18. 
 
 NoTK. In many of its significations C5 
 Bccords with rx II ; and hence Ewald 
 projxjses to derive the latter from or , i. e. 
 pas, contr. nS, which is then changed 
 to' P , Krit. Gramm. p. 608. But 
 
 that both their origin and primary 
 force are different, is sufficiently shown 
 above. 
 
 3. With '^0 prefixed, CSt; (Arab. 
 JOLc ij-^)) spoken of those who go 
 from a person or place with, at. by whom 
 or which they previously were, Fr. 
 d''avec. Similar is rxia p. 586. Spec. 
 
 a) from with, from one's vicinity, 
 neighbourhood, after verbs of going 
 away, departing, Gen. 13, 14. 26, 16; of 
 dismissing Deut. 15, 12. al. natjsn CSa 
 from near the altar Ex. 21, 14. Deut. 
 23, 16. Judg. 9, 37. Job 28, 4. 
 
 V)from one^s house, de chez quelqu'un, 
 comp. n^ no. 2. a. ri>"is CSTS from the 
 house of Pharaoh Ex. 8, 8. 25. 26. 9, 33. 
 10, 6. 18. 
 
 c)from one's power, i. e.from any one, 
 after verbs of receiving, taking, 2 Sam, 
 3, 15; of demanding Ex.22, 13; of buy- 
 ing 2 Sam. 24, 21. Often of God, from 
 whom as the author and cause any 
 thing proceeds ; Ps. 121. 2 my help Com- 
 eth nin^ cv^ from Jehovah. Is. 8, 18 
 we are signs ami wonders to Israel C?^ 
 nin"! from Jehovah, i. e. sent by him for 
 thisnitent. 7,11.29,6. IK.2,33. 2Chr. 
 10, 15. Arab. J)Jl& ^^vX ex jussu, ex 
 voluntate alic. 
 
 A) from, one's mind, heart, etc. 1 Sara. 
 16, 14 the spirit of the Lord departed 
 b^Sttj nv/qfrom with Said, from his mind 
 and heart. Hence of a judgment or 
 opinion proceeding from any one. Job 
 34, 33 doth God retribute r,73Si5 according 
 to thy mind? 2 Sam. 3, 28; of purpose 
 or intent Gen. 41, 32. 1 Sam. 20, 33. 
 
 e) from among, comp. CS no. 2. d. 
 I'^nx cyia Ruth 4, 10. 
 
 D^ Chald. i. q. Hcb. with, cum, of ac- 
 companiment Dan. 2, 18. 43. 6, 22. 7, 
 13 one like the Son of Man came C5 
 X'siaai "'.?;? with the clouds of heaven; 
 comp. jUT nvotfig uripoio Od. 2, 148. 
 In a hostile sense, with i. e. against 
 Dan. 7, 21, see Heb. CS no. 1. c Of 
 time during which any thing is done, 
 comp. the Heb. no. 1. g; K^^"*^ es 
 Eng. by night, Dan. 7, 2 ; so Arab. 
 JuJUf JuLc . Also "I'll "I'n CS with all 
 generations, i. e. so long as the genera- 
 tions of men shall endure, Dan. 3, 33. 
 4,31. 
 
^-sy 
 
 793 
 
 rsf 
 
 * I. TiS fut. ItJ?": 1. to stand ; 
 
 Chald. nnd Talm. to stand up, see in 
 
 ^ 
 no. 4. Arab, nnd Eth. more freq. t>Uj& 
 
 D^^JT a column ; whence in the verb 
 J,^ Conj. I, 11, IV, and O^P^ to 
 
 make stand, to prop up, sc. by a col- 
 umn, etc. In the Syriac church yifli* 
 is ' to bapti/e,' perh. because the per- 
 son to be baptized stood in the water ; 
 but see Castell. Lex. Syr. ed. Michaelis 
 puh v. Spoken of men Gen. 24, 30. 31. 
 41, 17. al. srep. of beasts Gen. 41, 3 ; of 
 things Deut. 31, 15. Josh. 3, 16. 11, 13. 
 It implies not only that one already 
 stands in a place, but also that he comes 
 to stand there, q. d. to take a stand, to 
 place oneself; as 1 K. 20, 38 -\\^h ntsv 
 rp'nn-bs and he stood to meet the king 
 on the tcaij. 1 Sam. 17, 51 he ran and 
 stood by the Philistine. Hab. 3, 1 1 the 
 sun and the moon stood in (betook them- 
 selves into) (heir dwelling ; so f")?? "TO^^ 
 to stand in the breach, see in y^jB . The 
 place in or upon which one stands is 
 put with a Ps. 1, 1 ; oftener with ^S 
 Hab. 2, 1. Jer. 6, 16. Ez. 11, 23. 2Chr. 
 30, 16 ; also i"*^!"^ ^? "i^S to stand upon 
 one's feet Ez. 2,'\. Zech. 12, 12. But 
 is nrs is further to stand near any 
 one (see ^? A. 3. a), i. e. to come near, 
 2 Sam. 1, 9. 10; and then trop. ) to 
 'stand by or for, i.e. to succour, to de- 
 fend, comp. bs A. 2. b. Dan. 12, 1. 
 Esth. 8, 11. 9, 16; comp. \> n^p Ps. 94, 
 16. /3) to stand over, i. e. to be set over, 
 Num. 7, 2. y) to stand upon, i. e. to 
 confide in, Ez. 33, 26; so Syr. ^ >aj. 
 Also with 'Ssb, once "'SO'PSt 1 K. 12. 6 
 where 2 Chr. 10, 6 "^^th, to stand before 
 any one Gen. 18, 22 ; usually i. q. to 
 serve, to minister unto him, e. g. to a 
 king or leader Deut. 1, 38. 1 K. 1, 28. 
 10. 8. Dan. 1, 5. Jer. 52, 12 ; comp. 1T?S 
 r^^Tan ^s'^v-s to stand in the king''s palace 
 Dan. 1, 4. So to stand before Jehovah^ 
 to act as his servant and minister, e. g. 
 of the priests and Levites Deut. 10, 8. 
 Judg. 20, 28, comp. Ps. 134, 1 ; the pro- 
 phets 1 K. 17, 1. 18, 15. 2 K. 5, 16. Jer. 
 15, 19. Also i. q. to enter upon a ser- 
 vice or ministry. Gen. 41. 46. Once 113 
 Jt^ of sexual intercourse Lev. 18, 23. 
 
 67 
 
 2. to stand, i. e. to stand firm, to per- 
 sist, to endure, opp, to liill. to perish. 
 Ecc. 1, 4 r-ixp nb-irl> y-ijjn the earth 
 standethfor ever. Ps. 102. 27 they (the 
 heavens) shall perish, but thou endnrest. 
 Ps. 33, \\ the decree of Jehovah stand- 
 eth for ever. 19, 10. HI, 3. Ex. 18, 23. 
 Am. 2, 15. Hos. 10, 9. Hence, to con- 
 tinue, not to die, Ex. 21, 22 ; of things,' 
 not to perish, Jer. 32, 14. Also TQV 
 n^nbaa to stand firm in battle Ez. 13, 5. 
 With ^38^ to stand before anyone, i. e. to 
 bear up against him, to resist him. Pa 
 76, 8. 130, 3. 147, 17. Nah. 1, 6; more 
 rarely c. '3S32 Josh. 21, 44. 23, 9 ; 133 
 Ecc. 4, 13 ; "i^ Dan. 11, 8 ; simply Dan. 
 11, 25. 32. With a to persuit, to perse- 
 vere in any thing. Is. 47, 12. Ecc. 8, 3. 
 2 K. 23, 3; once c. ace. Ez. 17, 14 to 
 keep the covenant and nnia^b to stand to 
 it ; comp. Esth. 3, 4 whether Mordecai'a 
 matters would stand, i. e. whether he 
 would persist in that course. 
 
 3. to stand, i. e. to stand still, to stop, 
 opp. to go on, to proceed. 1 Sam. 20, 38 
 haMe, 1t?.n ^S stop not. Gen. 19, 17. 45, 
 9. Jer. 4. 6. Of things, as the sun stand- 
 ing still in his course Josh. 10, 3 ; oil noi 
 longer flowing 2 K. 4, 6 ; the sea becom'- 
 ing calm Jon. 1, 15. Hence a) to stay), 
 to remain in a place, c. a 2 K. 15, 20 ; 
 rx , bs of pers. Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam. 20, 11 ; 
 absol. Ez. 9. 28. Of things, Dan. 10, 17. 
 Jer. 48, 11. Ecc. 2, 9. Often to remain 
 in any state, condition, c. a Lev. 13, 5. 
 37. b) With '{0 to stop from doing any 
 thing, to leave off, to desist. Gen. 29, 35 
 rn^iq lissni and left bearing. 30, 9. 
 
 4. to stand, i. e. to stand up, to rise up, 
 to arise, i. q. B^ip ; Sept. uviijn]fii. Lev. 
 19, 16 t;S"i cn b? "ibsn xb nor shall thou 
 rise up against the blood of thy neighbour. 
 Elsewhere only in the later Heb. e. g. of 
 one who rises up to speak 2 Chr. 20, 5. 
 24, 20 ; or for help Is. 47, 13. Dan. 12, 1 ; 
 of a new king or prince Dan. 8, 23. 11, 
 2. 3. 20. Ecc. 4, 15 ; of one who rises from 
 the dead Dan. 12, 13. Of things, to 
 arise, e. g. deliverance Esth. 4, 14 ; war 
 1 Chr. 20, 4. Dan. 11, 31. With b?, 
 to rise up against any one, Dan. 8, 25. 
 11, 14. 1 Chr. 21. 1. 2 Chr. 20, 23 ; comp. 
 Ezra 10, 15. Once, to stand forth, i. e. 
 to exist, to be ; Ps. 33, 9 it?!? njS X^n 
 he (God) commanded, and it stood forth^ 
 
n-i:? 
 
 794 
 
 r]'2^ 
 
 5. Pass, of Hiph. no. 1, to be set. con- 
 stituted, appointed ; Ezra 10, 14 "^i^?^ 
 IJ^'ib N5 let now our rulers be appointed. 
 
 Hiph. T'^^^n, fut. T'r?: 1. Causat. 
 of Kal no. 1, to make stand, to set, to 
 place, e. g. a person (or thing Ex. 24, 
 11) in any place, with 3, bs , iJSVi . accord- 
 ing to the nature of the case ; Gen. 47, 
 7. Lev. 14, 11. 16, 7. 27, 8. 11. Num. 3, 
 
 6. 5, 16. 18. 30. Is. 21, 6. Ps. 31, 9. al. 
 Hence to set up, e. g. statues, idols, 2 
 Chr. 33. 19 ; a house, to build up, 2 Chr. 
 24, 13. Ezra 2, 68. 9,9; doors Neh. 6, 1. 
 
 7, 1. Trop. to set up, to constitute, to 
 appoint, e. g. a) To any ollice, to set 
 over any charge, 1 K. 12, 32. 1 Chr. 15, 
 16. 2 Chr. 11, 22. 19, 8. 31, 2. Esth. 4, 
 5. al. b) to appoint, to establish, c. ace. 
 2 Chr. 30. 5 ; ace. and dat. of pers. 2 Chr. 
 38, 8 (in 2 K. 21. 8 irj). Ps. 30, 8. 105, 
 10; b? of pers. Neh. lb, 33. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to make stand 
 firm. i. e. to establish, to maintain, to 
 preserve, 1 K. 15, 4. 2 Chr. 9, 8. Prov. 
 29, 4 ; to preserve alive Ex. 9, 16. Trop. 
 to confirm, i. q. c^p, 2 Chr. 35, 2. Dan. 
 11, 14 to confirm the vision sc. by the 
 event. 
 
 3. Causat. of Kal no. 3. to make stand 
 still, to settle, to compose, sc. the features, 
 2 K. 8, 11. Also to set oneself, to stand, 
 to stand still, 2 Chr. 18, 34; parall. in 
 1 K. 22, 35 is Hoph. 
 
 4. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to 
 arise, to raise up. Job 34, 24 ; a prophet 
 Neh. 6, 7; an army Dan. 11, 11. 13; a 
 wind Ps. 107, 25. 
 
 Horn, to be set, placed. Lev. 16, 10; 
 to remain 1 K. 22, 35. 
 
 Deriv. i?>, nn^s, "7^35, ''^?i?, 
 
 t: t 
 
 1 J . ~S7 uTi, Uyofi. in Hiph. but of 
 doubtful authority; Ez. 29, 7 n-Ti32r.iT 
 B^JriS'bs cnb, which is manifestly for 
 'ia^ pinSBni and thou modest all their 
 loins to shake, tremble, comp. Ps. 69, 24. 
 Syr. id. Sept. amixlairng. But whether 
 the letters are thus transjwsed by some 
 special usage of the language, or merely 
 by a corruption in this one passage, is 
 uncertain. In any case this form is pro- 
 bably to be reckoned among the many 
 licences or barbarisms in the language 
 of Ezekiel. 
 
 "B2? prep. i. q. CS , found only with 
 sufT. of 1 pers. i"T535 i. q. "'JSS with me 
 Gen. 21, 23. 31, 5; % or with me, in 
 my house, etc. Gen. 29, 19. 27. Other 
 examples see under CS. This form has 
 no connection with the root ^^:^ to stand, 
 but belongs rather to an obsol. root 
 no5 i. q. T35 to bind, to connect, and 
 
 corresponds to the Arab. JkJL&. See 
 in ^"cs no. 1. 
 
 TdS m. (r. Trs) only c. suff. "'i^S, 
 a word of the later Heb. i. q. Cp^. a 
 stand, i. e. place where one stands, Daa 
 8, 17.18. 10, 11. Neh. 8, 7. 9, 3. 13, 11. 
 2 Chr. 30, 16. 34, 31. 35, 10. 
 
 ^B? , see in l^B?. 
 
 "'"7^? f a station, domicil, Mic. 1, 11, 
 R. nr^ . 
 
 ' ^ obsol. root, with the idea of 
 society, companionship, communion, like 
 r. QT2S . Deriv. rT'ss . 
 
 r.'Ey f (r. crs) 1. Pr. sobst. a ga- 
 theiing, conjunction, comnmnion ; found 
 only in constr. r535 Ecc. 5, 15, elsewhere 
 rasb , c. suff. "^nasb ; once nissb Ez. 
 45; 7 ; always as Prep. i. q. CS , viz. 
 
 a) together with, i. e. by, at, near, Ex. 
 25, 27. 28, 27. 37, 14. 39, 20. Lev. 3, 9. 
 
 b) Spec, of persons or things which 
 move along parall. to and near each 
 other, so as to be over against each 
 other; 2 Sam. 16, 13 and Shiinei went 
 along on the JiilPs side ir^BS^b over 
 against him (the king), and threw stones 
 irssb over against him, i. e. he kept 
 along by the side of the king's train, and 
 threw stones and cast dust, not directly 
 at the king. comp. v. 6. Ez. 40, 18. 42, 7. 
 Also of things which take place at the 
 same time ; Ez. 1. 20 and the wheels 
 were lifted up onssb together with them, 
 i. e. at the same time with them. v. 21. 
 3, 13. 10, 19. 11, 22. Comp. c no. 1. g. 
 Hence 
 
 c) equallywith, like, even as; 1 Chr. 
 24, 31 these cast lots cn^nx rrsb even 
 as their brethren. 26, 12. 16. Neh. 12, 
 24. Ecc. 7, 14. Emphat. Ecc. 5, 15 
 PB5?"b3 altogethtr as, in all points like 
 as ; comp. Tiybs Job 17, 3. 
 
 d) along with, i. e. besides, Ez. 45, 6 
 comp. T. 1. 48, 13. 18. 21. 
 
r2y 
 
 795 
 
 b^y 
 
 2. Ummah, pr. ii. of a town in Asher, 
 Tosh. 19, 30. 
 
 I^TE? m. (r. irs) plur. o-ntias , C^a?, 
 constr. ''^a . 
 
 1. a column, pillar, Judg. 16, 25. 26. 
 1 K. 7, 2 sq. "(jsn nsrs //le column of 
 cloud Ex. 33, 9.' 10, and xn nna? the 
 column of fire 13, 22. The pillars of 
 heaven, i. e. lofty mountains. Job 26, 11 ; 
 of the earth Job 9, 6. Ps. 75, 4. 
 
 2. a stand, platform, elevated place 
 for standing, 2 K. 11, 14. 23, 3. 
 
 liia? i. q. 'as-'ia (romp. Gen. 19, 38, 
 viz. son of my kindred, i. e. born of in- 
 cest ; from cs no. 1. a, with the syllable 
 'i added, as '("iianp from nnps, "j-iaxn from 
 tt>i<">) Amnion, pr. n. of the eon of Lot 
 by his youngest daughter Gen. 19, 30 
 sq. Also for the Ammonites descended 
 from' him, who dwelt beyond the Jordan 
 in the tract of country between the 
 streams Jabbok and Arnon, 1 Sam. 11, 
 11 ; oftener ]iT2V 'ja Num. 21, 24. Deut. 
 2, 37. 3, 16. al. For their country see 
 Deut. 3, 16. Job 12, 2. Judg. 11, 13. In 
 Ez. 25, 2-5 'ias-TJa is put for "^sa y-jx 
 (ias, like the Lat. 'in Bnitlios, Sam- 
 mies, profectus est,' i. e. into their terri- 
 tory. See Reland Piilfestina p. 103. 
 Ersch and Gruber's Encycl. art. Am- 
 mon, Vol. III. p. 371. The gentile n. is 
 'SIBS, f n-'S'iaS, Ammonite Deut. 23. 4. 
 
 1 Sam. 11, i. 2. 1 K. 14, 21. 2 Chr. 24, 
 26; plur. f. rrrrs l K. 11, 1. Neh. 13, 
 23, where Keri has niiras . 
 
 Ditty (borne up, sustained, r. b'CS) 
 Amos. pr. n. of a prophet, Am. 1, 1. 7. 8 sq. 
 8, 2. ' 
 
 pTOy (deep. r. p^S) Amok, pr. n. ra. 
 Neh. 12, 7. 20.' 
 
 5S*'lSy (servant of God, see in CS no. 
 1. c) Ammiel. pr. n. m. a) Num. 13, 
 12. b) 2 Sam. 9, 4. 5. 17, 27. c) 1 
 Chr. 26. 5. d) 1 Chr. 3, 5; for which 
 
 2 Sam. 1 1, 3 cr^bx 
 
 Tniiay (one of the tribe of Judah, 
 for Tin"' '5??) Ammihud, pr. n. m. a) 
 2 Sam. 'l3, 37 Keri. b) Num. 1, 10. 2, 
 18. 1 Chr. 7, 26. c) Num. 34, 20. d) 
 ib. v. 28. e) 1 Chr. 9, 4. 
 
 ISPTSy (kindred of the giver, i. e. 
 Jehovah, comp. bx;"^r3, "*nn''B?) Ammi- 
 zabad, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 27, 6. 
 
 Iirns? (kindred of nobles) Ammi- 
 hur, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 13, 37 Cheth. for 
 nwas lett. a. 
 
 !l'1pT25 (kindred of the prince) Artir 
 minaxlab, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 23. Num. 
 
 1, 7. Ruth 4, 19. 1 Chr. 2, 10. b) 15, 10. 
 11. c)lChr. 6, 7. 
 
 p'^'Oy Chald. adj. (r. pisS) deep, pro- 
 found ; trop. hidden, unsearchable, Dan. 
 2,22. 
 
 "I'^'py m. (r. "las) 1. pr. a handful of 
 grain as cut down, before it is gathered 
 into sheaves, Jer. 9, 22. 
 
 2. a sheaf, i. q. iS, Am. 2, 13. Mic. 
 
 4, 12. Zech. 12, 6. Chald. K'J-'as id. 
 
 ir^TCiTsy (kindred i. e. servant of the 
 Almighty, comp. bx'^as) Ammishaddai, 
 pr. n. m. Num. 1, 12. 2, 25. 
 
 ri'^'Oy f. (r. nay) 1. society, compa- 
 nionship; Zerh!'l3, 7 "^n-^a? laa the 
 man of my fellowship, i. e. my compa- 
 nion. 
 
 2. Concr. i. q. ?^, o nXtjclov, neigh- 
 bour, fellow-man, Lev. 5, 21. 18, 20. 19, 
 11. 15. 17. 24, 19. 25, 14. 15. 17. In this 
 signif it is also joined (ad sensum) with 
 a masc. Lev. 19, 17. 
 
 * T2y fut. bts^ to labour, with the 
 idea of effort and exhaustion, to toil, 
 Ecc. 5. 15 ; c. b to labour for any one, 
 Prov. 16, 26 ; c. 3 to labour in or upon 
 any thing, Jon. 4. 10. Ecc. 2. 21. Ps. 127, 
 1. Ecc. 1, 3 bas^tu ibas-b23 of all the 
 labour wherewith he toileth. 2, 19. 20. 
 
 5, 17. Arab. (JlX- to labour, to make. 
 
 Syr. '^^Jsftik to labour, to be fatigued. 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 b-gy m. (once f. Ecc. 10, 15.) 1. la- 
 bour, toil, i. e. a) pr. Ecc. 1. 3 2, 11. 
 3, 13. 4, 8 ; trop. of the mind Ps. 73, 16. 
 Meton. fruit of labour, Ps. 105, 44. Ecc. 
 
 2, 19. b) travail, sorrow, anguish, mi- 
 sery, including the idea of wearisome 
 and painful etfort. Sept. novo?, pox&os, 
 x67io,; Gen. 41, 52. Deut. 26, 7. Job 3, 
 10. 4, 8. 7, 3. Ps. 7,-15. 73, 5. Often 
 coupled with synonymous words, as 
 ?.!<: brs Ps. 10, 7. 90. 10 ; ba5l *,^X Ps. 
 So'llTc??! ^^ Ps. 10. 14, etc. Job 
 16, 2 ba? 'ansa miserable comforters. 
 
h^y 
 
 796 
 
 c?j:^ 
 
 Is. 53, 11 IISb? hiys-Q from tlie travail i. e. 
 sorrow of his soul. In Num. 23, 21. Is. 
 10, 1. it is sometimes rendered iniquity, 
 fault, i. q. *)]5< ; but the signification, 
 sorrow, misery, may well be adopted in 
 both. 
 
 2. Amal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35. 
 
 ^"r^y m. adj. (r. bns) plur. W'h^V. 
 
 1. labouring, toiling, with severe ef- 
 fort and exhaustion ; often put with 
 personal pronouns for a finite verb, Ecc. 
 ;2, 22. 4, 8. 9, 9. Hence a labourer, 
 workman, Judg. 5, 26. Prov. 16, 26. 
 
 2. sorrowful, wretched. Job 3, 20. 20, 
 :22. 
 
 pblS? Amalek, pr. n. 1. The Ama- 
 lekites, a very ancient people Gen. 14, 7. 
 Num. 24, 20. who inhabited the regions 
 
 on the south of Palestine between Idu- 
 mea and Egypt, comp. Ex. 17, 8-16. 
 
 .Num. 13, 30. 1 Sam. 15, 7 ; also to the 
 
 eastward of the Dead Sea and Mount 
 Seir, Num. 24, 20. Judg. 3, 13. 6, 3. 33 ; 
 and who appear likewise to have settled 
 
 down here and there in Palestine itself, 
 whence the mount of the Amalekitcs in 
 the territory of Ephraim Judg. 12, 15; 
 comp. 5, 14. They often waged war with 
 the Israelites; the latest mention of them 
 is during the reign of Hezekiah 1 Chr. 
 4, 43. In the genealogical traditions of 
 
 the Arabians, the i^^^jJ ^ e. , ^^J^'U^ , 
 
 are reckoned among the aborigines of 
 that country. See Reland PalaR-stinap. 
 78-82. D'Herbelot Biblioth. Orient, p. 
 :214. J. D. Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. 
 Hebr. ext. T. I. p. 170-177. Ejusd. 
 iSupplem. p. 1927. Ersch and Gruber's 
 Encyd. art. Amalek, Vol. III. p. 301. 
 The gentile n. is ""P^^? Amalekite, with 
 .the art. collect. Gen. 14, 7. Judg. 12, 15. 
 2. A grandson of Esau, the founder of 
 an Arab tribe. Gen. 36, 16 ; comp. v. 12. 
 
 D'^l? 1. pr, to bring together, to 
 congregate, to conjoin ; whence cs a 
 people, ts with, by, nas conjunction. 
 
 Arab. f^. to be common, to be in com- 
 mon. This root is very widely spread 
 both in the Semitic and Indo-European 
 languages. In the former comp. c^8 to 
 collect, whence CS, nojis ; CIS to cumii- 
 late ; and preserving the guttural csx, 
 
 nis? , en kinsman, lalher-in-law. In the 
 latter comp. Lat. cum, con, czimulus, 
 cunctus, (from cungo i. q. jungo.) Gr. 
 xoivog (xvrog), yufiog, and with the pala- 
 tal letter either softened into an aspirate 
 or changed to a sibilant Sanscr. sam, 
 Pers. aJ*) Crr. afia, ofiog, ofiov, (with d 
 or I subjoined as a third radical ofiikog, 
 bftadog, comp. Heb. 1H5, Lat. simul.') 
 avv, ^vvog, Mcesogoth. sama, saman, Fr. 
 ensemble, Dan. sam, Anglosax. snmod 
 with, Germ.sammtjZusammen, sammeln. 
 Comp. also, for the Slavic languages, 
 Dorn uber die Verwandtschaft des Per- 
 eischen und Gr. Lat. Sprach?tammes p. 
 183. 
 
 2. to shut up, to close ; hence to hide, ta 
 conceal ; trop. to overshadow, to surpass, 
 Ez. 31, 8. Impers. Ez. 28. 3 c!iro-b3 
 TjlTaias nb no secret thing can they hide 
 as to thee, i. e. nothing can be hid from 
 thee ; see Heb. Gr. 134. 3. b. Arab. 
 
 s -; 
 
 |V.C to cover ; to obstruct, to shut up ; 
 
 Pass, to be hidden, veiled with clouds, 
 sc. the heavens. Chald. cst:S to ob- 
 scure ; Ithp. n?:srist to be obscured, to 
 grow dark, as the eyes, etc. 
 
 HoPH. cyw to be obscured, to becmne 
 dim, e. g. the lustre of gold Lam. 4, 1. 
 
 Deriv. CS, CS, nas, also pr. n. IIBS, 
 bx"^BS, etc. 
 
 D-'-a^? plur. and Chald. T^^?, na- 
 tions, tribes, see in CS . 
 
 5i5^2T3y (God with us) Immanuel, the 
 symbolical and prophetic name of a 
 child, Is. 7, 14. 8. 8. Sept. ^Jb:^fiavov^X. 
 
 *t'2V^ once '^'S^ Neh. 4, 11, fut. 
 Ob?^ , to lake up, to lift up, e. g. a stone 
 Zech. 12, 3 ; to bear, to carry. Is. 46, 3. 
 Spec, to take up and place upon a beast 
 of burden, to load, absol. Is. 46. 1. Neh. 
 4, 11 [17] ; with bs of beast, the ace. of 
 burden being omitted, Gen. 44, 13 Cfejy 
 i-.an-b5 d-'X lit. each one lifted the load 
 upon his ass, i. e. loaded his ass. Neh. 
 13. 15. Trop. Ps. 68, 20 ^J^-Drs;: if one 
 lift (lay) a burden upon us, God is our 
 deliverer. 
 
 HiPH. casri to lift up a load upon any- 
 one, to load" c. bs 1 K. 12. 11. 2 Chr. 
 10, 11. 
 
 Deriv. norST?, and the pr. n. oia*, 
 
 t I --, ) T t-j ) - -i ' - I --e 
 
t'2y 
 
 797 
 
 p*:? 
 
 n^Crpy (whom Jehovah bearB, comp. 
 le. 46, 3) Ainasiah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 17 
 16. 
 
 *Wy? (people of duration) Amad, pr. 
 n. of a town in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 
 19, 26. 
 
 * ?'?? to be deep, metaph. to be un- 
 aearchable, Ps. 92, 6. Comp. Gr. jJn&v- 
 <po(x)V^ ftadoq . . (Tocplug xal yvcaatwg &tov 
 
 Rom. 11, 33. Arab. ^34*, more rarely 
 by transpos. iSJW, Aram. > nSn\ > Eth. 
 \}CP<P, id. 
 
 HiPH. P'''?!??^ . to make deep, often fol- 
 lowed by a finite verb. Is. 7, 11 pv^rn 
 n^x'3 make deep, ask, i. e. demand that 
 a wonder shall come from the deep, 
 from below. Also with inf c. V so as 
 to be taken in an adverbial sense. Jer. 
 49, 8. 30 rairb !ip''T:;?n inake deep to 
 dwell, make deep your dwellings, dwell 
 in the depths of the earth. Hos. 9, 9. Is. 
 29, 15 'T^nob D"'p''SSir! who hide deep. 
 Things are also said to be deep which 
 extend to a great length from the eye 
 of the spectator, as Gr. ^(tdh^ xoTiog a 
 deep tract i.e. of great length, (ia&dn 
 avXrj a deep court II. 9. 142 ; as we also 
 speak of the depth of a house from front 
 to rear, comp. po? . So Is. 30, 33 p'-issn 
 nn-inia a'^nnrt d^ep and brvad do they 
 make the pile thereof. Metaph. P"^^!?" 
 iTiD to turn deeply i. e. far away, to 
 depart widely, Is. 31, 6. Hos. 5, 2. 
 
 Deriv. piss, p^S, pT3.S, p-si", p"^^S, 
 C'P'??^ , pr. n. pias . 
 
 p^y adj. deep, prof mind, only in plur. 
 constr. neb "'p^S a people deep of lip, 
 i. e. of obscure speech, using a foreign 
 language which cannot be understood, 
 Is. 33, 19. Ez. 3, 5. 6. 
 
 pbr adj. (r. p) f. n]3S , plur. Ci"'p^5, 
 
 l.deep, e. g. waters Prov. 18, 4. 20. 5 ; 
 a pit 22. 14. 23. 27 ; the plague of lep- 
 rosy as deeper than the skin Lev. 13, 3 
 sq. Plur. f. r''p^5 or T'lprs deep things 
 Job 12, 22. 
 
 2. Metaph. unsearchable, not to be 
 found out, Ps. 64. 7. Ecc. 7, 24. Job 11, 8. 
 
 P^3? m. (r. prs) c. suff. ''P'oV , plur. 
 B^pcS, a valley, pr. a long low plain, 
 
 67* 
 
 (iud-vq luTio;, (see the root in Hiph.) 
 adapted to the culture of grain Job 39, 
 10. Pb. 65, 14. Cant. 2, 1 ; and also con- 
 venient for battles Job 39, 21. So Num. 
 14, 25. Josh. 8, 13. Judg. 7, 1 sq. 1 K. 
 20, 28. Jer. 48, 8. al. With art. pwn 
 once poet, for Jerusalem Jer. 21, 13 ; 
 elsewhere of a valley or plain before 
 mentioned, Judg. 1, 19. 34. 5, 15. 7, 1. 8. 
 12. Plur. B'^poS seems once to bo put 
 for the inhabitants of valleys, 1 Chr. 12, 
 15 they put to flight Q-'pisrn-bs all (them 
 of) the valleys ; unless perhaps we may 
 read n'pjjn-bs all the Anakiin, just as 
 in Jer. 47'"'5Vor'cpia3 ri-iX'd it is better 
 with Sept. to read cp:s r-'^N'r (Aske- 
 lon) the remnant of tlie Anakim. comp. 
 V. 4 ; see also Josh. 11, 21. It differs in 
 usage from the words of kindred mean- 
 ing nspa , "^a , bri3 , in that each of these 
 words is applied only to certain particu- 
 lar valleys or plains. So too p^S is 
 used of the following valleys : 
 
 a) nbsn pr5 the Valley of Elah, i. e. 
 of Terebinths, south-we.st of Jerusalem, 
 leading out from among the hills to the 
 great plain, the scene of David's triumph 
 over Goliath, 1 Sam. 17, 2. 19. 21, 10. See 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 349, 350. 
 
 b) N2a pi:? the Valley of Baca, i. e. 
 of Weeping, see in S33 no. 1. 
 
 c) i^^"^:? pT3 the Valley of Berarhah, 
 i. e. of Blessing, south of Bethlehem, 
 2 Chr. 20, 26. Now Wady Bereikut, 
 i,^jjCjo ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
 p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 43. 
 
 d) "bar! prS the King's Dale. perh. 
 towards the Dead Sea, Gen. 14, 17. 2 
 Sam. 18, 18. 
 
 e) tt"'XB"i pr5 the Plain of Rephaiin, 
 I. e. of the Giants, beginning near the 
 valley of Hinnom, south-west of Je- 
 rusalem, and stretching off as a plain 
 south-west on the right of the road to 
 Bethlehem, Josh. 15, 8. 18, 16. 2 Sam. 
 5, 18. 22. Josh. 17, 5. See Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. I. p. 323, 324. 
 
 f) C-i'nb pi:s> the Vale of Siddim, see 
 in nitib . 
 
 g) Y^:s.p pS the Vale ofKeziz, pr. n. 
 of a city of Benjamin Josh. 18, 21. 
 
 Other valleys take their names from 
 adjacent towns, as Ti^^-'S P'?? near Gi- 
 beon Is. 28, 1, comp. Josh.' 10, 11 ; niso's 
 

 798 
 
 12? 
 
 Ps.60. 8; has^ll 's. seep. 393; ',ii"n's 
 Gen. 37, 14; ^li'S 's the Vale of Ajalon, 
 near that city. Josh. 10, 12 ; see Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. III. p. 63. Also from per- 
 sons, as wSiyin^ 'r the Valley of Jehosha- 
 phat, JoelX 2. 12; see p. 386. Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. I. p. 396. 
 
 p'jay m. (r. pr) depth, Prov. 25, 3. 
 Chald. i<r?^l?, Syr. jlcioo^, id. 
 
 * "'"^^ in Kal not used. Arab. -i 
 
 to overwhelm with water ; Conj. II, III, 
 to rush upon, to assault vehemently ; 
 Conj. VII, VIII, to be overwhelmed, 
 submerged. Hence to Heb. ir5 , so far' 
 as we can judge from the verb and its 
 derivatives, may be ascribed the follow- 
 ing significations : 
 
 1. to heap together^ to accumulate, 
 kindr. with nan no. 3. Hence "ir>, 
 n-'ns , Pi. i!as . 
 
 2. to orei^whelm, any one, to rush upon, 
 as Arab. Conj. II, III. See Hithpa. 
 
 3. to overwhelm, any thing, to sub- 
 merge ; comp. nan. Hence pr. n. 
 :nni35 , 
 
 Pi EL denom. from "laiJ, to heap toge- 
 ther, to gather up grass or grain as cut. 
 Ts. 129, 7 wherewith the mower fillelh 
 not his hand, issa l^^sni nor the gath- 
 erer his ami. 
 
 HiTHPA. "iBSnn, to rush upon any 
 one, to lay hands upon violently, c. 3 ; 
 'Comp. bs:nn and ^i:nM c. h'S Gen. 43, 
 
 18. So of a female slave who has been 
 iher master's concubine, Deut. 21, 14 
 thou shall not sell her . . . narrn xbl 
 ijna nor shalt thou lay hands upon her sc. 
 to chastise her. Of a slave stolen. Deut. 
 :24, 7 if one steal a man of Israel "i'S'Srii) 
 inz'^l "ia and lay hands on him and sell 
 .him; comp. Gen. 1. c. Others by con- 
 
 ject. to make merchandise of any one. 
 Deri V. nrb , n"ir , pr. n. nnb?; , "^i^ar . 
 
 ycy Chald. m. wool, i. q. Heb. las , 
 Dan. 7, 9. 
 
 TCi^ m. (r. nas) 1. a handful of 
 grain, a sheaf Lev. 23, 10-13. Deut. 24, 
 
 19. Job 24, io. Plur. C'-irs Ruth 2, 7. 
 15. Sept. <5(w/jU. Targ. xn^iis id. 
 
 2. an omer, a measure of things dry, 
 equal to the tenth part of an ephah, or 
 ;3^ quarts (see Ex. 16, 36) ; Ex. 16, 16. 
 il8. 22. 32. 33. Not lo be confounded 
 
 with the nan , which contained ten 
 ephahs. 
 
 nnTS? (prob. submersion, r. "1:2s , comp. 
 B"iD conflagration) Gomorrah, Sept. 
 rofio^^a, pr. n. of one of the four towns 
 in the vale of Siddim, submerged in the 
 Dead Sea. Where all are enumerated, 
 Gomorrah is put second. Gen. 10, 19. 
 14, 2. 8. Deut. 29, 22 ; but oftener only 
 two are mentioned, Sodom and Gomor- 
 rah. Gen. 13, 10. 14. 10. 11. Is. 1,9. 10. 
 Jer. 23, 14. 50, 40. Zeph. 2, 9. al. 
 
 "^"yoy i. q. njnaS perh. pupil of Je- 
 
 So / 
 
 hovah, comp. Arab. -4^ untaught, in- 
 experienced) Omri, pr. n. a) A king 
 of Israel, r. 929-918 B. C. the founder of 
 Samaria, 1 K. 18, 16 sq. 2 K. 8, 26. Mic. 
 6, 16. Sept. "Afi^qi. b) 1 Chr. 7, 8. 
 c) 9, 4. d) 27, 18. 
 
 UyilX (kindred of the Lofty One i. e. of 
 God) Amram, pr. n. m. a) The father 
 of Moses Ex. 6, 18. 20. Num. 3, 19 ; 
 whence patronym. "'onas Amramite, 
 Num. 3, 27. 1 Chr. 26. 23.' b) Ezra 10, 
 34. 
 
 to''?^ , see in CJttS . 
 
 StoT2? (burden, r. tor?) Amasa, pr. 
 n. m.' ' a) 2 Sam. 17, 25. 'l9, 14. 1 Chr. 
 2, 17. b) 2 Chr. 28, 12. 
 
 '^iC'ay (burdensome, r. iaas) Amasai, 
 pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 6, 10. 20. b) 15, 
 24. c) 2 Chr. 29, 12. 
 
 ^C;T2? pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 13; prob. 
 a wrong orthography arising out of 
 the two forms '^'aay and "'0^5. Comp. 
 D"'DttJ^B3 and xnS-'D . 
 
 * u2!? obsol. root of uncertain signif. 
 Talmud, to conjoin, whence Simonis de- 
 rives 235 cluster; but as 233? signifies 
 rather berry, this etymology is unapt. 
 Better therefore 23S to roll up or toge- 
 ther, to become globular, like 223 whence 
 32"i3 (globule) star ; comp. also n3S to 
 roll up, S and 5 being interchanged. 
 Hence pr. n. 3^3? . and the two following. 
 
 S2? (q. d. grape-town) Anab. pr. n. of 
 a town on the mountains of Judah south 
 of Hebron, Josh. 11, 21 (where some 
 edit. 33S). 15, 50, Still called ^AnAb, 
 v->Llc ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 
 194, 195. 
 
13? 
 
 799 
 
 n:y 
 
 33? m. (r. 235) Deut. 32, 14, c. suff. 
 ioajS V. 32, elsewhere only plur. 0^33^ , 
 conetr. "^ass (Dag. ouphon.) Lev. 25, 5 ; 
 a gra})e, plur. grapes, i. e. the berries, not 
 the cUiRtcrs ; 0^353' being distinguished 
 from Vl-^X cluster, as Gen. 40. 10 ^b-'t^am 
 D^ajS n'^n'b:)i*!< , see in bstJx no. 1. 
 Num. 13, 23 o-'ass Vsiix dusters of 
 grapes. Hence asS on Deut. 32. 14, and 
 t3"'a3S o^ the blood of grapes i. e. wine 
 Gen.' 49, 11; so Num. 6, 3. Deut. 23, 
 25. Hos. 3, 1. Gen. 40, 11. Num. 6, 3. 
 
 8 - 
 
 al. Chald. 335 id. Arab. s.>xe grapes, 
 JuJut a grape- 
 
 *53I? in Kal not used, to live deli- 
 cately and effeminately; Arab. ^JLc to 
 
 delight, to entice, spoken of females who 
 draw attention by ogling and other co- 
 quettish gestures. 
 
 PuAL fo be delicate^ tender^ part. fem. 
 najyia Jer. 6, 2. 
 'Hithp. 1. i. q. Pu. Deut. 28, 56. 
 
 2. to delight oneself to rejoice in any 
 thing, espec. ""J bs Is. 58, 14. Ps. 37, 4. 
 Job 22, 26. 2?', 10; c. '{O Is. 66, 11; 
 also to enjoy oneself, c. bs Ps. 37, 11 ; a 
 Is. 55, 2. 
 
 3. In a bad sense, to sport over any 
 one, i. e. to mock, to deride, c. b5 Is. 57, 4. 
 
 Deriv. aisrn and the two following. 
 
 52^ adj. f Mr>3S , delicate, soft, effemi- 
 nate,' Deut. 28,54. 56. Is. 41, 1. 
 
 53? m. deliglU, pleasure, Is. 13, 22. 
 58,13. R.J3S. 
 
 *'^3? to bind on, only twice in the 
 verb. Job 31, 36. Prov. 6, 21. Hence 
 
 ^ 
 
 Bubst. n'ij'ijn . Kindred are JuLfi with, 
 by, and Heb. ns3!. 
 
 *I.nj? fut. nsr'], conv. ',S!!1; pr. a 
 verb ^ i. q. Arab. (-*i . 
 
 1. to chant, to sing; Arab. ^Lt Conj. 
 
 II, V, id. &TXfr song. Syr. Pa. wJl to 
 
 sing. Comp. Lat. cano, Pers. jjtXjfjk. 
 to sing, to call, to read ; old Germ, han 
 to sing, whence Hahn cock. 
 
 a) Pr. Ex. 15, 21 and Miriam sang 
 unto them; Vulg. prcecinebat. 1 Sam. 
 
 18, 7. Ezra 3, 1 1. With b to tringofaxtj 
 one, to celebrate in song, 1 Sam. 21, 12. 
 29, 5. Num. 21, 17. Pg. 147, 7. In all 
 these passages the LXX hare /J(i/m, 
 implying to strike up, to begin to sing. 
 Comp. Piel, 
 
 b) i. q. 10 cry aloud, to shout, which 
 often expressed by words implying sing- 
 ing, as Lat. ' actor canit, cantat,^ i. e. de- 
 claims, cries aloud ; ' gallus canit,^ comp. 
 Engl, chanticleer. Ex. 32, 18 there is a 
 shout of battle in the camp, . . . bip "(^K 
 nisr bip pur^bn ni3S bip j-'xi nyai riss 
 5ttiii 'rbx not the shout of victory, not the 
 outcry of defeat, but the voice of singing 
 do I htar ; hence it appears that the 
 signif to sing belongs more to Piel. Of 
 the shouting of soldiers in battle Jer. 51, 
 14; of the wailing cry of jackals Is. 13, 
 22. 
 
 2. to strike up with the voice, to begin 
 to speak, to speak, which approaches 
 nearly to n35 i. e. tlu^xoi, in no. 1. a. 
 Deut. 21, 7 11n;i i351 and they shall speak 
 and say. 26, 5r27,'i4. Job 3.2 ai'X 'pv] 
 lOX'T then spake Job and said. Cant. 
 2, 10. Is. 14, 10. Zech. 3, 4. al. ssep. 
 comp. Gen. 31, 36. With ace. of pers. 
 to speak to any one Zech. 1, 11. So 
 Chald. njs very freq. in the book of 
 Daniel, see below; and hence in N. T. 
 aJtox(}ivoixai id. Matt. 11,25. 22, 1. 28,5. 
 al. see the Lexicons. 
 
 3. More freq. to answer, to respond; 
 pr. of one who answers to another calling 
 (X"i'p). q. d. ' to call back,' which the He- 
 brews did by the word "^^sn . So Job 19, 
 16 n32J^ xbi ""nxniD "''^^a^b / called to my 
 servant, but he answereth not. 5, I . Prov. 
 1, 28. Hence of men who an.swer when 
 God calls, Is. 50, 2. 60, 4. 66, 12. Jer. 7, 
 13. Job 14, 15. Of God as answering 
 the cries and invocations of men, after 
 pss . pyT , Job 35, 12. Is. 46. 7. Mic. 3,4; 
 yW Job 30,20; i<-;j? Is. 58, 9. Jon. 2, 3. 
 Ps. 22, 3. 91, 15. al.' So the phrase 1? 
 r\p), see in "liS I. 1 ; also a)x3 njs to 
 answer with fire 1 K. 18, 24. Mostly 
 simpl. to answer, to reply to one speak- 
 ing; construed : a) Absol. Prov. 15, 28. 
 26, 5; very often in the formula: "jy^i 
 "ipx'l Ennax and Abraham answered 
 and said Gen. 18,27. 31,36.43. 40, 18; 
 or with "ibsb Gen. 41,16. 42, 22. al. /9) 
 With ace. of pers. afttifSoftui tivu, Job 
 
nD5 
 
 800 
 
 n:y 
 
 1, 7. Gen. 23, 5. 45, 3. 1 Sam. 28, 15. al. 
 y) Acc. of thing wiY^ which one answers, 
 Job 15, 2. 32, 17. Prov. 18, 23 ; or to 
 which, Job 40, 2 the reprover of God 
 '^l??'^ ^"^^ him ansxcer this. Hence 8) 
 With two acc. of pers. and thing, 1 
 Sam. 20, 10. Mic. 6, 5. Ps. 119, 42. Jer. 
 23, 37 ; comp. Job 9, 3. 
 
 Spec to answer is also said : 
 
 a) Of those who respond to the re- 
 quests or entreaties of any one, who 
 hear and grant his requests ; hence often 
 of God as listening to the prayers of 
 men, i. q. to hear and answer, 1 Sam. 9, 
 17. Ps. 3, 5. 4, 2. 13. 4. 20, 10. 27, 7. 34, 
 5. 118, 21. Is. 30, 19. al. seep. comp. above 
 in no. 3. Sept. tlaaKovoi, iTiaxoiKn. With 
 an adjunct of place whence one hears 
 and sends help, Ps. 20, 7 i^lS^ ^nj?;: 
 i'i'i]^ he will hear (and help) him from 
 his holy heavens. So of the place whence 
 one calls, Ps. 22, 22 "'Sn-'sr D'^^n 'o-n^sTD 
 hear me calling from the horns of the 
 wild buffaloes, comp. Jon. 2, 3 ; com- 
 monly taken as constr. praegn. hear 
 (and deliver) me from the hoiits of 
 the buffaloes. [The parallelism here 
 requires the latter interpretation. R.] 
 On this animal see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 III. p. 206. With acc. of pers. and 3 
 of thing, to answer with any thing, Ps. 
 65, 6. Also with acc. of thing, Ecc. 
 10, 19 Vsn-px n:s^ POSf^ mo7ie7j an- 
 swereth with all things, i. e. imparts all, 
 procures all. Hos. 2. 23. 24. 
 
 b) Of God as ansicerivg by an oracle, 
 to give response, to announce future 
 things ; so after i<'^^ Jer. 33, 3 ; i^Sttti 
 1 Sam. 14, 37. 28, 6. " So genr. Jer. 23^ 
 35. 42, 4. Gen. 41, 16 -ri< n;S^ n-'pbN 
 rJT^B Ci-ttj God responds the peace of' 
 Pharaoh, i. e. announces to him pros- 
 perity ; comp. Deut. 20, 11. 1 Sam. 9, 
 17. Trop. Job 20, 3 "'::>: ^^.}'3^^ nsn 
 my spirit from my understanding re- 
 sponds to me, i. e. my spirit, in which is 
 wisdom, suggests to me what to say. 
 
 c) In a forensic sense, to answer, \. e. 
 ) Of a judge giving his response or sen- 
 tence, Ex. 23, 2. /S) Of a witness an- 
 swering the inquiries of the judge; hence 
 to bear witness, to testify, Deut. 19, 16. 
 31. 21. Job 16, 8 ; c. a concerning any 
 one, i. e. either for any one Gen. 30, 33. 
 1 Sam. 12, 3 ; or also against any one 
 
 2Sara. 1, 16. Ex. 20, 16. Num. 35, 30. 
 Deut. 19, 18. Is. 3, 9. Jer. 14, 7. Job 15, 
 6. Ruth 1, 21. al. sasp. comp. 3 T'rn . 
 More fully 3 13 n;s Ex. 20, 16. Deut. 5, 
 18. With acc. of that which one testi- 
 fies, Deut. 19, 16. 18. 
 
 d) Further, to answer is likewise i. q. 
 to contradict, Sept. uvxanoitQlvofxai, Job 
 16, 3 ; with acc. of pers. 9, 14. 15. 32; to 
 refute. Job 31, 35 behold my words ! '^'nia 
 '^?.??!! 'may the Almighty answer me, i. e. 
 refute my accusation ; acc. of thing Job 
 32, 12. Also to give account, with acc. 
 of thing Job 33, 13 ; comp. 9, 3. 
 
 4. i. q. Arab. , -J^ to signify, to intend, 
 to aim at; hence ^3?;^, "f?^, also "|S|J 
 pr. purpose, intent, aim. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be ansicered, i. e. a) to 
 be heard and answered Job 19, 7. Prov. 
 21, 13. b) to be refuted Job 11, 2. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to answer, c. b Ez. 
 14, 4. 7. 
 
 PiEL to chant, to sing, i. q. Kal no. 1, 
 where see. Ex. 32, 18 see in Kal no. 1. 
 Ps. 88, 1. Is. 27, 2. 
 
 Deriv. njr??. ',??, ',;;, and pr. n. 
 n;;? , rjs , nir:?; , n*nri3S , 
 
 11. i.r for '.JS, a verb lb; comp. 
 the derivatives. "53?, n^DS. 
 
 1. to bestow labour upon, to exercise 
 oneself in any thing, c. 2 Ecc. 1, 13. 3, 
 
 10. Syr. u Vlli, Arab. ^jS. curse ha- 
 
 buit rem ; ..^^ lassus fuit. Spec. perh. 
 to till the ground, subegit terrani, whence 
 n:?Ta , n^:?;?? , furrow. 
 
 2. to labour, i. e. to suffer., to be afflict- 
 ed, oppressed, humbled, Ps. 116, 10. 119, 
 67. Zech. 10, 2. Hos. 5, 5. Is. 25, 5 
 n:?:' cs-'-S ni^T the song of the tyrants 
 shall be brought low, suppressed. With 
 ,T3, 31,4 n:?;:^ sib ci'^'CT^-q'A a7id will not 
 be depressed at their vndlitudes, will not 
 lose courage. 
 
 Niph! \. tobe afflicted, Ps. 119, 107, 
 Is. 53, 7 n:S>3 Kin^ and he was afflicted. 
 
 2. Reflex, to humble oneself before any 
 one, to submit to him, c. "'JDia Ex. 10, 3, 
 where nir^'b is for mssnb . 
 
 PiEL nis . fut. riiSJ^ . to o])])ress, to afflict, 
 to humble, Sept. ntnttrow, xoxo'o). So of 
 single persons as oppressed and afflicted, 
 Gen. 16,6. 31, 60. Ex. 22, 22. Ps. 89, 23. 
 
Tsy 
 
 801 
 
 W 
 
 119, 75. Job 30, 11 ; alno whole nations 
 Gen. 15, 13. E.x. 1, 11. 12. Num. 24, 24. 
 Deut. 26, 6. 2 K. 17, 20. P. 90, 15. Is. 
 60, 14. Nnh. 1, 12. al. Referred to the 
 body, Judg. 16, 5. 19; to the luind, Deut. 
 8, 2. So Is. 105, 18 iban baia 5 they 
 afflict his feet with fetters. 102, 24 God 
 affiicled (weakened) my strength in tlie 
 way. mid-way of my life. 88. 8 thou 
 hast afflicted (ovcrwhehiicd) me with 
 all thy waves. Job 37, 23 nrs-j sib he 
 will not afflict ; so the common reading, 
 but it is better to read with Sept. Vulg. 
 Syr. and several Mss. of De Rossi S<b 
 n:r^ he will not respond, i. e. will not 
 give account ; see in njS I. 3. d. Spec, 
 n) msx njr to hnmble a woman, i. e. 
 to have carnal intercourse with her, 
 often by force ; Gen. 34, 2. Deut. 22, 24. 
 29. Judg. 19, 24. 20, 5. 2 Sam. 13, 22. 
 Ez. 22, 10. 11. Lam. 5. 11. b) itzz np 
 to afflict one'^s soul by fasting, i. q. to 
 fast, Lev. 16, 29. 31. 23, 27. 32. Num. 29, 
 7. 30, 14. Is. 58, 3. 5. 10; more fully nss 
 B'iaa ittJE? Ps. 35, 13. Sept. raniivooi 
 iriv tpv/tp; and so Ecclus. 2, 17. 7, 17. 
 Judith 4, 9. 
 
 PuAL 1. to be made to labour, to la- 
 bour and toil. i. q. Kal no. 1. Inf. irjs 
 his labour, toil, Ps. 132. 1. 
 
 2. to be oppressed, afflicled,Vs. 119,71. 
 Is. 53, 4. 
 
 HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to 
 cause to labour, i. e. to occupy, to employ, 
 to busy ; Ecc. 5. 19 he shall not much 
 remember the days of his life (i. e. its 
 shortness), because God occupieth him 
 with the joy of his heart. Others ; be- 
 cause God will (hear and) answer him 
 with joy of his heart. 
 
 2. to oppress, to afflict, to humble, i. q. 
 Piel, 1 K. a, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26. Ps. 55,20. 
 
 HiTHP. "'i"r'n ^' Pass, to be afflicted, 
 to suffer, 1 k. 2. 26. Ps. 107, 17. 
 
 2. Reflex, to humble oneself to submit 
 oneself. Gen. 16, 9 ; ^; \3E> Dan. 10, 12. 
 Ezra 8. 21. 
 
 Deriv "irs, ni:s, ni:, ri:5, 'js, 'ss, 
 *,^3S. n:s^, r-'rsT?, n-'srn, also pr. n, 
 nas, "^rs". 
 
 I. rCT or ^^y Chald. plur. i: ; part. 
 hSS, plur. ','35, i. q. Heb. n:S L ' 
 
 1. to beg-in to speak, to speak, mostly 
 with i^x, as irxi bx;n nss Daniel 
 
 spake and said Dan. 2. 20. 3, 9. 14. 24. 
 28. 4, 16. 27. 5, 7. 10. 13. 6 17. al. So 
 with b of pers. Dan. 2. 15. 3, 9; cnjs^ 6, 
 14 ; also T^X being omitted c. b 2, 47. 
 
 2. to answer, after a question, e. g. n39 
 iS<l Dan. 2, 5. 7. 8. 26. 3, 16. 25. 6, \3. 
 14;'c. 9-JI^_ 2,10.27. 
 
 II. npS^ Chald. to be oppressed, afflict- 
 ed, i. q. Heb. njs II. 2. Part. n:3, plur. 
 1733 the afflicted Dan. 4, 24. 
 
 n:y Anah (r. njs I or II), pr. n. a) A 
 son of Seir, and also an Edomiti.sh tribe 
 descended from him. Gen. 36, 20. 29. 
 b) A son of Zibeon and grandson of 
 Seir, Gen. 36, 2. 14. 24. In vs. 2. 14, 
 Anah is called the daughter of Seir ; but 
 from V. 24 it obviously should read "^a 
 son, with the Samar. and Sept. 
 
 \5y m. adj. (r. n:5 II) sing. Num. 12, 
 3 where Keri I^j5 ; plur. B^^J', constr. 
 r3S. 
 
 1. oppressed, afflicted, wretched, but 
 everywhere with the accessory idea of 
 humility, meekness, i. e. the humble, the 
 meek, who prefer to suffer wrong rather 
 than do wrong, comp. espec. Ps. 25, 9. 
 37, 11. 69. 33; and who therefore enjoy 
 God's favour, Ps. 10, 17. 22, 27. 34, 3. 
 147, 6. Is. 29, 19. Am. 2, 7. al. yiitn h^ss 
 Ps. 66, 10. Is. 11, 4. Zeph. 2, 3.' Cha'ld". 
 ,i:s, "(PlSS, Syr. Cajd, id. Hence 
 
 2. Simpl. meek, once Num. 12, 3. 
 Sept. TiQuvi. 
 
 Note. In five passages Keri has 
 crs? for Cheth D"'???, Ps. 9, 13. 10, 12. 
 ProV. 3, 34. 14, 21. 16, 19. Vice versa, 
 twice Keri has D"|*3 for Cheth. D^^JS, 
 Ps. 9, 19. Is. 32, 7. ' 
 
 S'lSy (bound together, r. 339) Anub, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 8. 
 
 ^^r? pr- fern, of "i39. used as abstr. 
 
 1. humility, modesty, Prov. 15, 33. 18, 
 12. 22, 4. Zeph. 2, 3. 
 
 2. As attributed to God, mildness^ 
 clemency, Ps. 18, 36. 
 
 ^vr"? f- i- q- "^;? no- 2, mildness, clem- 
 ency, of a king Ps. 45, 5. 
 
 pi-?, see in p35 no. 2. 
 
 ri12y f. (r. n3 II) affliction; Pa. 22, 
 25 '33 rn:5 the affliction of the afflicted. 
 Others, following Sept. Vulg. Chald. 
 
,^y 
 
 802 
 
 !2D:? 
 
 render it the cry of the afflicted, comp. 
 islilU in the other member ; but njS is 
 never used for the wailing cry of the 
 miserable, see the root no. 1. b. 
 
 "Si? m. adj. (r. njS II ) f n*3S Is. 10, 
 
 30. plur. D'i^;> , constr. "''SS , afflicted, dis- 
 tressed, wretched, from whatever cause : 
 whether poverty, see below in lett. a ; 
 the oppression of the wicked, persecu- 
 tion, extortion, Is. 3, 14. 15. 10, 2. Job 
 36, 6. Ps. 12, 6; solitude, abandonment, 
 as orphans, exiles, strangers, Lev. 19, 10. 
 23, 22. Is. 58, 7. Ps. 25, 16. Zech. 7, 10 ; 
 or wars and the harassing of enemies, Is. 
 14. 32. It sometimes takes also the ac- 
 cessory idea of innocence and piety, Ps. 
 22. 25. 34, 7. 35, 10 ; and sometimes that 
 of meekness, e. g. as opp. to pride Ps. 18, 
 28. or as coupled with fill 033 Is. 66, 2 ; 
 but this idea belongs more to 135. 
 Hence spec, a) poor, needy, Deut. 24, 
 12. 14. 15. Job 24. 9. Prov. 31, 20. b) 
 humble, lowly, meek, Zech. 9, 9. Sept. 
 7i()avg. Put often with synonymes, as 
 '(I'-'rxi >? Ps. 37, 14. 40. 18. al. dni ';5 
 Ps. 82, 3 I b-11 ^:S Zeph. 3, 12, comp. Is^ 
 26, 6 ; 'ISl *i"n; Ps. 25, 16 ; ->ai "'SS Lev. 
 19, 10. 23! 22; 2X31 'JS Ps. 69, SO^c-'sss 
 Ci"isi-na Is. 58, 7. Sing, as collect. Ps'. 
 10, 2. 9. 14, 6. With genit. wn ^.^5 
 Ps. 72. 4. Is. 10, 2. 14, 32 ; 's ^*3S the 
 poor of any one, i. e. his poor brethren, 
 fellow-citizens, Deut. 15, 11 ; "^^ ''^!5 the 
 poor of Jehovah, whose hope and help is 
 God, Ps. 74, 19. Is. 49, 13. Sept. usually 
 itTM/oc, nivrjC, sometimes janfivog, nQutq. 
 Chald. 'sr, K^s, id. See in \3S note. 
 
 ^fX (j- "$? II ) in pause *':, c. suff. 
 '^SP . afflictioiu distress, misery, of what- 
 ever kind ; so l)oth of persons and of na- 
 tions Ex. 3, 7. 17. 4. 31. 2 K. 14, 26. Ps. 
 44, 25 ; whether from the oppression of 
 enemies or of the powerful Gen. 16, 11. 
 
 31, 42. Pp. 9, 14 ; or from calamities in- 
 flicted of God Job 10, 15. 30, 16. 27. 36, 
 8 ; or from any otiier cause, 1 Sam. 1, 
 11. Ps. 25, 18. 31, 8. 107. 41. 119, 50. 
 92. 153. Lam. 1, 7. 9. 3, 19. al. ^5 'ja 
 i. q. 0''*37 Prov. 31, 5. "':? cni bread 
 of affliction, i. e. the unleavened bread 
 eaten with the passover, Deut. 16, 3. 
 
 ''SJf (for nis-a depressed, r. nss II) 
 Unni, pr. n. m.' 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20.' Nch. 
 12,9. 
 
 "C?? (whom Jehovah answers, r. }i: 
 I ) Anaiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 8, 4. 10, 23.^* 
 
 T'jy Num. 12, 3 Keri for 13S q. v. 
 
 C^y (contr. for fi-'rs fountains) Anim, 
 pr. n. of a town in Judah, Josh. 15, 50. 
 Perh. the mod. ^yjt}\ el-Ghuwein, di- 
 min. 'little fountain ;' it being coupled 
 in Josh. 1. c. with Anab and Eshtemohj 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 625. 
 
 1^2y m. (r. .135 II) a word found only 
 in Ecclesiastes. 
 
 1. labour, toil, Ecc. 3, 10. Hence 6m- 
 siness, employment, comp. ri3S II. no. 1. 
 Ecc. 2, 26. 1, 13 S'^ ,::3S an evil business^ 
 profitless, in which there is little good. 
 
 2. thing, affair, as in Chald. Ecc. 4, 8 
 S"! '{IVS^ an evil thing. 5, 2 '(^rs Si mxich 
 ado ; in the other member is ni-13'7 ai 
 many words. 5, 13 rn ',^353 by mme evil 
 event, untoward accident. 2. 23 13^35 DSSi 
 vexation is his affair, his portion. 8, J 6, 
 
 5)i^ obsol. root, Arab. (^$Ji.. to be 
 deep and hard to pass, e. g. sand ; also 
 
 6 c^ 
 
 I, V, to shut a gate ; Ii^JlS. gate. Hence 
 
 r|3?ri . 
 
 D.?? (two fountains, for the dual in C 
 see Lehrg. p. 536) Anern. pr. n. of a city 
 of Issachar 1 Chr. 6, 58 [73] ; for which 
 in the parallel passages, Josh. 19, 21. 
 21, 29, is D'^JS"'^"^ fountain of gardens, 
 see p. 773, b. 
 
 0"'''??^ Gen. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 1, 11, Ana- 
 mim, pr. n. of an Egyptian tribe which 
 cannot be made out ; see Bochart Pha- 
 leg. IV. 30. Mich. Spicil. I. p. 160. The- 
 saur. p. 1052. 
 
 ^r''??? Anammelech, pr. n. of an idol 
 of the Sepharvites or Sipparenes, 2 K. 
 17, 31. The name seems to be made up 
 from 03r i. q. j^i-o image, statue. 5 and 
 3t being interchanged, and "bis king ; 
 or, according to Hyde de Rel. vett. Per- 
 sarum p. 131, from *^ herd, and "bia, 
 i. e. the group or constellation Cepheus, 
 which the Orientals call iV j^M v,.,^l5' 
 stars of the flock, and (V-uL'f. ^^Iw'l 
 
 the shepherd and his flock. The first 
 part of this name occurs also in the name 
 "Lvt^faauQ, Tob. 1, 2. 13. 15. 16. 
 
13? 
 
 803 
 
 p:y 
 
 )?? in Kal not UBed, pr. prob. to 
 cover, like the kindr. ",?, 1?!. Hence 
 '|5S cloud. 
 
 PiBL denom. from *3S, to clotul. i. e. /o 
 f?Ki/ce or gath^fr douJt. Gen. 9. 14 ; where 
 ^33Sa is for ^3!a, see Heb. Gr. 10. n. 
 
 PoEL I?"'', flit. *:"i?7 Lev. 19, 26, part. 
 jSira . plur. csjy'O Deut. 18, 10. 14, with- 
 out the 13 also a-'Sry Is. 2, 6. Jer. 27, 9 ; 
 once f n:3r lor npnria (though it can 
 also be Kal). to act cnivrlhj, to lute, covert 
 arts, to practise magic, sorcery, Lev. 19, 
 26. Deut. 18, 10. 14. 2 K. 21. 6. 2 Chr. 
 33, 6. Is. 2, 6. 57, 3. Jer. 27, 9. Mic. 5, 
 11. Several of the ancient versions 
 Tinderstnnd by it some special kind of 
 divination, e. g. Sept. xXifiofi^ofiai ; 
 Vulg. observans somnia. also augiirans, 
 dicinans ; Syr. sometimes fascinans 
 oculi^, as if "iJiS were derived from *"'3 . 
 But it seems rather to imply some kind 
 of divination connected with idolatry. 
 Comp. the roots aib , anb II. See The- 
 saur. p. 10.53. 
 
 Deriv. the five following. 
 
 Ijy m. (r. ISS) constr, *|3? , plur. 0"'33S. 
 
 1. a cloud, collect, clouds, so called as 
 
 covering the heavens; Arab. (jLLt 
 
 clouds, kJUvft a cloud. Gen. 9, 13. 1 4. 16, 
 Job. 7, 9. 26, 8. 9. Ps. 97, 2. 105, 39. al. 
 '?'?*3 "ij^ Q"'"' CL (^oy of clouds and dark- 
 ness Joel 2, 2. Zeph. 1, 15. Ez. 34, 12. 
 jSS liias a pillar of cloud, see in Tis5 , 
 Once plur. C'SJS clouds Jer. 4, 13. A 
 numerous army is compared to a cloud 
 Ez. 30, 18. 38, 9 ; a morning cloud is 
 the emblem of transientness, Hos. 6, 4; 
 comp. Job 7, 9. 
 
 2. Anan, pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 27. 
 
 *}?? Chald. a dottd, plur. constr. "'MS 
 Dan. 7, 13. 
 
 ^f?? f (r. 135) noun of unity corres- 
 ponding to collect. IJS , a cloud Job 3, 5. 
 Theod. well avwttpia. Comp. n^3J< . 
 
 "'Spy (apoc. for ?TJ335) Anani, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr! 3, 24. 
 
 ^^??? (whom Jehovah covers i, e. 
 protects, r. "35) Ananiah, pr. n. a) A 
 man Neh. 3. 23. Gr. 'Avavlaq. b) A 
 town in the tribe of Benjamin, Neh. 1 1, 
 82. 
 
 ^|3^ obsol. root, prob. to cover, like 
 C13S, comp. Cibs, qnyj espec. ntS, 
 Hence the four following. 
 
 ?|f^ m. a branch, bough, Ez. 17, 8. 23. 
 31, 3. Mai. 3, 19. Constr. ys rjs Lev. 
 23.40. Plur.c.suff.n-'BJsPs.SO, 11. Syr. 
 \9.\\ branch, )ilS mane. 
 
 5]?^ Chald. id. c. suff. '^103? Dan. 4, 
 18. 
 
 513? (r. r|35) a branch, bough, once c. 
 gulf. C3b:5 Ez. 36, 8. 
 
 Slr^ m.full ofbranche:s Ez. 19, 10. R. 
 
 * P.i< /o adorn with a necklace or 
 
 collar, from the primary idea of choking, 
 
 throttling, which is expressed by the 
 
 kindr. roots pss . psn , where see. Arab. 
 
 lo^Lc IV to ornament a dog with a col- 
 
 9 " 
 lar, (JjLfc neck. Germ. Nacken, Upper 
 
 Germ, die Anke, Engl. neck. Once trop. 
 Ps. 73. 6 nisa "iiappjs pride snrroundeth 
 them like a neck-chain, i, e. clothes their 
 neck, the collum resupinum being to the 
 poet the seat of pride. Hence p3?. 
 
 HiPH. P''35ri prob. to lay upon the 
 neck or shoulders in order to bear. Deut. 
 15, 14 of a manumitted slave, P^3Tn 
 '151 "(3XSt3 ib p""??:? thou shall lade him 
 liberally out ofthyjlock, etc. Sept. Vulg. 
 dabis viaticum. Others apply here the 
 signif of giving, as if pr. to adorn with 
 a neck-chain and so with gifts. 
 
 p3? m. \. a collar, neck-chain, neck- 
 lace, Cant. 4. 9 ; plur. D^-;- and ri Prov. 
 
 I, 9. Judg. 8, 26. 
 
 2. p3S Anak Josh. 15. 13, once p"i3S 
 Josh. 21, 11, (pr. long-necked, a giant, 
 
 comp. Arab. laJ^f long-necked,) pr. n. 
 of a son of Arba (sanx), the progenitor 
 of a race of Canaanites celebrated for 
 their great stature, called pj? ''sa the 
 sons of Anak Num. 13. 33, also'pjrn 'sa 
 Josh. 15, 14 ; pjyn ^'r^i Num. 13, 22. 
 Josh. 15, 14; e^p35 "13. Deut. 9, 2j 
 Dips? Anakim Deut. 2, 10. 11. 21 Josh. 
 
 II, 2I.22. 14, 12. 15. The seat of the 
 tribe before the invasion of the Hebrews 
 was in the vicinity of Hebron, Josh. 11, 
 21. They were nearly extirpated by 
 the Hebrews, so that only a few re- 
 
15? 
 
 804 
 
 b^9 
 
 inained afterwards in the cities of the 
 Philistines. Compare the interpreters 
 and critics on Jer. 47, 5. 
 
 *1?^ (i. q. 155 , uvr,Q ?) Aner, pr. n. a) 
 ACanaanile.Gen. 14, 13.24. b) A Le- 
 vi tical city in Manasseh, elsewhere "J? P, 
 1 Chr. 6. 55 [70] ; where prob. also it 
 should read "JsR or "25 . 
 
 '>22y fut. t'lrv io impose a fine, to 
 amerce ; found elsewhere only in the 
 Rabbinic dialect. The primary idea 
 seems to be that of imposing, comp. the 
 kindr. ors, br ; or better that of ur- 
 ging^ comp. D3X. With b Prov. 17, 26 ; 
 with two ace. to amerce one in money 
 Deut. 22. 19. 2 Chr. 36, 3 where it is 
 money exacted by war ; in wine Am. 2, 
 8, Impers. Prov. 21, 11 yV^"??? when 
 they amerce the scomer, sc. the judges. 
 
 NiPH. fv be amerced, Ex. 21, 22 ; genr. 
 to be punished Prov. 22, 3. 27, 12. 
 
 Deriv. is "dp . 
 
 '525 Chald. m. a fine, mulct, Ezra 7, 
 26. 
 
 tDI? m. a. fine, mtdct, exacted from 
 any one, 2 K. 23, 33. Prov. 19, 19. 
 
 niy (an answer sc. to prayer, from r. 
 MiS, like r:3 from r, n:3) Anath, pr. n. 
 tnVjudg. 3, 31. 5, 6. 
 
 P:?, see rsySp. 482. 
 
 tliri^ (answers sc. to prayers, ri ser- 
 vile being retained, see Lehrg. p. 528) 
 Anathoth. pr. n. a) A city of the priests 
 in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18. 1 K. 2, 26. 
 1 Chr. 6, 45. Neh. 11, 32 ; the birth-place 
 of the prophet Jeremiah, Jer. 1, 1. 11, 21. 
 23. 32, 7. 9 ; three Roman miles from 
 Jerusalem towards the north-east, Je- 
 rome in Jer. 1, 1, comp. Joseph. Ant. 10, 
 7. 3. Now bLjLc ^Andta; see Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. II. p. 109. Gentile n. 
 "nhjS Anethothite 2 Sam. 23. 27. b) Of 
 men :' a) 1 Chr. 7, 8. /3) Neh. 10, 20. 
 
 n^rniy (answers from Jehovah) An- 
 thothijah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 24. 
 
 Cipy in. (r. t>05) pr. ' what is trodden 
 out,' and so put for new wine, the pro- 
 duct of the same year, like new wheat, 
 Joel 1, 5, 4, 18. Am. 9, 13; intoxicating 
 It. 49, 26. Also from pomegranates 
 Cant. 8, 2. 
 
 wC > /o (read down, to tread inpieces, 
 Mai. 3, 21. Chald. KOS, Pa. inf nxs? 
 to tread grapes. 
 
 "1?!^ a fictitious root, whence some de- 
 rive 1"iyi"' Is. 15, 5 ; but see r. 1W no. I 
 Pilp. 
 
 D'^S<3? see in art. "iE . 
 
 '^? obsol. root, Arab. Lac to cover 
 the earth with herbage ; Syr. \3^ to 
 fiourish. Comp. i:;i5 , r)35 . Hence ""S^J 
 Heb. and Chald. 
 
 nSy, see in nB""?. 
 
 *^W va. plur. C1NSS for t:'^"'E5 (comp. 
 Lehrg. p. 575. Heb. Gr. 91'. 6. 6), 
 boughs^ foliage of trees, Ps. 104, 12. 
 
 "ty Chald. id. Dan. 4, 9. 11. IS.-Syr. 
 {.0^ branch, top of a tree, ) -^n*^ 
 foliage. 
 
 "ri^ in Kal not used, pr. io swell, 
 to become tumid, whence bts tumulus, 
 
 hill. Arab. Jl&c to have a tumor or 
 hernia. 
 
 PuAL to be tumid ; metaph. to he in- 
 fiated, elated, proud, Hab. 2, 4 ; see in 
 art. -.:; no. 1. 
 
 HiPH. to act tumidly, i. e. proudly, 
 presumptuously. Num. 14, 44 ^^"3??] 
 'iil nibsb they acted presumptuously 
 in going up, i. e. they went up presump- 
 tuously, neglecting God's warning. 
 The same is expressed in DeUt. 1, 43 
 thus: ^y^ri ^brrii sintnv Hence 
 
 ^'^'S m. a hill, 2 K. 5, 24. Mic. 4, 8 
 *,iS na bB> the hill of the daughter of 
 Zion, i. e. Mount Zion. Is. 32, 14. Spec, 
 with the art. bE?ii Ophel, pr. n. of a hill 
 or ridge on the east of Mount Zion, sur- 
 rounded and fortified by a separate wall 
 2 Chr. 27, 3. 33, 14. Neh. 3, 26. 27. 11, 
 21. Josephus 'OifXu B. J. 6. 6. 3. See 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 394. 
 
 2. Plur. D-'bBS (D-'bES) tumors, he- 
 morrhoids, in Cheth. Deut. 28, 27. 1 Sam. 
 
 5, 6 sq. Arab. Jki.c tumor in ano viro- 
 rum vel in pudendia mulierum; see 
 Schroeder Origg. Heb. cap. 4. p. 54, 55. 
 H. A. Schultens nd Meidanii Prov, p. 
 23. Keri has instead of it cninu q. v 
 
jSJ 
 
 805 
 
 1BJ 
 
 1^*; obsol. root, Arab, and Syr. to 
 become mould]/ ; hence 
 
 '^r'?^ gentile n. Opfini, 0/)htiiCe, once 
 Josh. 18. 24. where ^itv^ ("'BS) is a town 
 of Benjamin. 
 
 n*C?Ey ra. dual, (r. qw, Pilp. qSM, 
 Heb. Gr. 54. n. 4.) only constr. "'D?BS, 
 c. siitr. i"'BSC5, the eye-lashes, pr. the 
 flying, the fluttering, Job 16, 16. Like 
 the eyes there is ascribed to them sleep 
 Ps. 132, 4. Prov. 6, 4 ; weeping Jer. 9, 
 17; sight Ps. 11, 4. Prov. 4, 25; pride 
 Prov. 30. 13; beauty 6, 25. Poet. "'BSBS 
 inaS the eye-lashes of the dawn, for the 
 rays of the morning sun Job 3, 9. 41, 10. 
 Comp. vifie(ing j3/.i(ftx^ov Soph. Antig. 
 103, 104. The Arab poets compare the 
 sun to an eye. to which they ascribe 
 eye-Iaphes, ^jMb^JwJf v_,ibd.|fc^; see 
 Schult. ad Job p. 61. [Better. o^DSES 
 for the eyelids with the eyelashes as a 
 whole, like Lat. paljiebrcp ; hence, as 
 closing or revealing the eyes and giv- 
 ing to them expression, they are put for 
 the ej'^es themselves in parallelism ; as 
 in all the passages above cited, except 
 Job 3, 9. 41, 10. In these the poetic 
 allusion is specially to the eyelashes^ as 
 a figure to represent the first rays of 
 dawn ; so too the Arabic. R. 
 
 '^^ in Kal not used, prob. a verb 
 
 of colour, i. q. Arab. _ifc to be whitish, 
 
 light-reddish, like sand, the gazelle ; 
 
 hence "W _ifc dust, earth, from the 
 
 colour (as 'lO'iX from Q'lX), "'BS a fawn, 
 niBS lead, also from its whitish colour. 
 
 PiEL IBS denom. from iSS, to dust, 
 to throw diist at, 2 Sam. 16, 13. 
 
 Deriv. ~BS, ieS, n^BS, andpr. n. IBS, 
 nnss, ynti] T?"!!!:?. 
 
 IBP m. (r. "IBS) constr. ibs , c. suff. 
 ilBS, plur. n^lBS, constr. ni-tBS. 
 
 1. dust, dry earth, Gen. 2, 7. 26, 15. 
 
 Arab. Jls. id. Put also for clay, mire, 
 
 with which walls are cemented or built 
 Lev. 14, 42. 45 ; rubbish Hab. 1, 10. Ps. 
 102, 15 ; Jin diist as driven by the wind, 
 i. q. pss , Ps. 18, 43 ; and which mourn- 
 ers cast upon their heads Josh. 7, 6. Job 
 2, 12. Lam. 2, 10. Ez. 27, 30 ; psn ibs 
 
 the diist of the earth Rx. 8, 12. 13. In. 40, 
 12. Am. 2, 7. Hence "ES bs upon the dust 
 or sand, where the ostrich leaves her 
 eggs for warmih. Job 39, 14; then upon 
 the earth, in orbe terrarnm, Job 19. 25. 
 41, 25 ; upon the ground 22. 24. Is. 47, 1 ; 
 or also in the grave, sepidchre. Job 20, 11. 
 21, 26 ; for which is also said "lEsb 7, 21, 
 "B^ '^y^ to go down into the dust, i. e. into 
 the sepulchre, Ps. 22 30. IBS ':3ttS those 
 who dwell in the dust, the dead. la. 2% 19 ; 
 B5 nanx 'SttJ'^ id. Dan. 12, 2 ; f^jt IBS 
 the dust of death, i. e. the grave, Ps. 
 22, 16. -^ES-bx ari5 to return to dust 
 Gen. 3, 19.' Ps. 104, 29; IBS 5S id. 
 Job 34, 15. Hence lEff put for the 
 dead as dissolving into dust, Ps. 30, 
 10. Ecc. 12, 8. Also IBS b3X to eat 
 dust, spoken of the serpent Gen. 3, 14 
 comp. Is. 65, 25; to lick the dust, hy- 
 perbol. of those who prostrate them- 
 selves in the dust, Mic. 7, 17; but trop. 
 Lam. 3, 29 to put the mouth in the dust, 
 is to bow in silence and await God's 
 help. "lESl IBS dust and ashes, a pro- 
 verbial expression for the lowness and 
 frailty of human nature, Gen. 18, 27, 
 comp. Ps. 103, 14. Spoken also of a 
 multitude. Num. 23, 10 aps'i -lES the dusL 
 of Jacob, i. e. a people like the dust aT 
 the earth innumerable, comp. Gea. t3^ 
 16. Plur. n'lES lumps, clods of eatth; 
 Prov.8.26 bsn ri^BS ttix-i the Jtifsl clod 
 of the earth. Job 28. 6 snj ni-rffiS lumps 
 of gold in mines. 
 
 s " 
 *^S? (i. q. -fti a calf; yoong animal) 
 
 Epher, pr. n. m. a) A son of Midian 
 Gen. 25, 4. b) 1 Chr. 4, 17. c) 5, 24. 
 
 ^tfS m. (r. "lES) a fawn, i. e. a young 
 
 deer, roe, gazelle, Cant. 2. 9. 17. 4, 5. 7, 4. 
 
 s . r s " 
 
 8, 14. Arab. Jiz. and Jl&. young of 
 
 the wild goat, Steinbock. 
 
 "O?*? (female fawn) Ophrah, pr. n. 
 a) A town in the tribe of Benjamin 
 Josh. 18. 23. 1 Sam. 13, 17 ; fully Mic. 
 1, 10 fTJSsb n-^a (house of the fawn). 
 [Perh. the mod. Tayibeh, see"Bibl. Res." 
 in Palest. II. p. 124. Biblioth. Sac. 1845. 
 p. 398 sq. Prob. i. q. ',i">BS 2 Chr. \2. 
 19, where see. R. b) A town in Ma- 
 nasseh Judg. 6, 11. 8, 27. 9, 5. c) A 
 man 1 Chr. 4, 14. 
 
w 
 
 806 
 
 ns:? 
 
 {".nsy (fawn-like) Ephron. pr. n. a) 
 A city on ihe border orBenjainiii 2 Chr. 
 13, 19. where Keri ,:")?.. [It was the 
 'j^(f(tnifi of Jolin 11, 54, anil prob. identi- 
 cal with n~S5 lett. a, where see more. 
 Biblioth. Sac.' 1845. p. 393. R. b) A 
 mountain on the confines of the tribes of 
 Judah and Benjamin. Josh. 15, 9. c) A 
 descendant of Heth, a Hittite Gen. 23, 
 8. 25, 9. 
 
 T"]^? ( the two fawns) see -i-^ES lett. a. 
 
 r."lE2? r (r. 12?) in pause n-iEi? Num. 
 31. 22. lead, so called from its whitish 
 colour, comp. "23, -~T. Ex. 15, 10. 
 Rz. 22, 18. 20. 27, 12."Zech. 5, 7. aT. 
 r'-.Ern "jrx the leaden weight Zech. 5, 8. 
 
 !^V^? Job 10, 22, see in ns^r . 
 
 y? m. (r. n^s) c. snff. "i::? ; plur. 
 ^sv , constr. "'j;?. , c. suff. ra^; . 
 
 1. a tree, Eth. (jO id. Arab. LLc 
 a stafi'. rod, also a bone ; comp. Gr. o^og 
 branch, oaisov, Sanscr. astlii. Lat. hasta, 
 Ger\n.Ast. For the idea icoorf the Arabs 
 
 often employ the kindred form (3-C 
 Chald. rj< and XS id. E. g. D"''"nr] yy 
 the tree of life (see'^n) Gen. 2, 9. 3, 1. is", 
 4. 8. P.s. 1. 3. al. sEep. Often collect. 
 trees ; "'"iB ys fruit-trees, Gen. 1,11. Is. 
 10, 19. Ps'. 74, 5. Plur. trees, Judg. 19, 
 8 sq. 1 K. 5. 13. Ps. 104, 16. al. 
 
 2. wood, Ex. 15, 25. Is. 40, 20. 44, 19. 
 *,2KJ yj>_ wood and stone Deut. 4, 28. Y'3 
 T^X cedar-wood Lev. 14. 4 sq. y?"b2 
 all wood i. e. all idols Ez. 21, 15, comp. 
 Jer. 2, 27. Spec, a wooden post, a 
 stake, gibbet, cross. Gen. 40, 19. Deut. 
 21, 22. Josh. 10, 26. Esth. 2, 23. 5, 14. 
 Plur. C"33 wood i. e. sticks of wood, 
 as prepared for fuel, Gen. 22, 3. 9. Lev. 
 1, 7. 4, 12 ; of materials for building, 
 wood, timber, Ex. 25, 10. 1 K. 5, 24. 10, 
 12. Is. 60, 17. Comp. art. nsr I. 
 
 ^^^ \. to wttrk, to form, to fa.sh- 
 ion, see Piel no. 1. The primary idea 
 lies perhaps in culling, carving, botli 
 wood and stone, comp. 3sn , 2:;n , as;? ; 
 liencc also the 'u]ea. of cutting, wounding, 
 giving pain. etc. In the kindred lan- 
 giiages there are pccondary pignifica- 
 tions, as Arab. y,^.a.e. to be angry. 
 Hence 2S^' and ::sr a carved image, 
 idol, 2SS cartken vessel. 
 
 2. to suffer pain, to be afflicted, as with 
 painful toil ; see 3".f2, =s:?, rnas, V2S. 
 Also in mind, in Kal trans, to pain, to 
 afflict, to grieve, 1 K. 1, 6. 1 Chr. 4, 10. 
 Part. pass, f Is. 54, 6. 
 
 NiPH. ''4t^. , to be pained : a) In bo- 
 dy, to hurt oneself with a of instrum. 
 Ecc. 10, 9. b) In mind, to be afflicted, 
 grieved Gen. 45, 5. 1 Sam. 20, 3 ; c. isx 
 1 Sam. 20. 34 ; bs 2 Sam. 19, 3. 
 
 Piel. 1. to form, to fashion, comp. 
 Kal no. 1, Job 10, 8. Sept. inkuauv ftf. 
 
 2. to pain, to afflict, to grieve, comp. 
 Kal no. 2, Is. 63, 10. Ps. 56, 6. 
 
 HiPH. 1. i.q. Kal no. l.to labour ; and 
 thence to serve an idol, to worship, like 
 synon. 125 ; Jer. 44, 19 nS'^srrfb to wor- 
 ship her sc. the queen of heaven ; Vulg. 
 ad colendum earn. Others to fashion 
 her i. e. ber image ; comp. Kal no. 1. 
 
 2. i. q. Piel no. 2, to grieve, i. e. to 
 provoke to anger sc. God. Ps. 78, 40. 
 
 HiTHP. 1. to grieve oneself Gen. 6,6. 
 
 2. to be angry, wroth, Gen. 34, 7. See 
 Hiph. no. 2. 
 
 Deriv. 2S3 r2S3 and !i2SSia. 
 
 S2? Chald. part. pass, ni^r grieved 
 afflicted, Dan. 6, 21. 
 
 227 m. (r. 2.SS no. 1) only in plur, 
 CS^?, constr. "2^5, images, idols, 1 
 Sam. 31, 9. 2 Sam. 5, 21. Hos. 4, 17. 8, 
 4. Is. 10, 11. Mic. 1,7. ah 
 
 3i:? rn. (r. 2::?) 1. an earthen ves- 
 sel, ras fictile, Jer. 22, 28. See the root 
 in Kal no. 1. 
 
 2. labour, hard and painful, toil, tra^ 
 vail, Prov. 10, 22. Plur. D"'2S? labours; 
 n''2:J>n nnb the bread of labours i. e. 
 obtained by labour Ps. 127, 2; genr. 
 what is obtained by labour Prov. 5, 10. 
 With sufT. C3"'2SS your labours, i. e. 
 those which you exact from your ser- 
 vants. Is. 58, 3 ; see in b"53 . 
 
 3. jxiin, e. g. of a woman in travail 
 Gen. 3, 16 ; comp. Engl, labour id. Also 
 pain of mind, anger ; Prov. 15, 1 i?"! 
 2S2J a word of anger, i. e. spoken in an- 
 ger, bitter, harsh. 
 
 SSb m. (r. 2S5) c. svrfT. "S:!? 1. an 
 image, idol. i. q. 2S5, Is. 4S.5!'Ps. 139, 
 24 2S? '{^"^idol-icay, i.e. idol-worship, 
 idolatry. 
 
 2. labour, sorrow. Is, 14, 3 ; pain of a 
 woman in travail 1 Chr. 4, 9- 
 
327 
 
 807 
 
 ^s:? 
 
 pasts? m. (r. 2X5) constr. VSSS . 
 
 1. labour. luird and ptiiiiful, toil^ tra- 
 vail, Gen. 3, 17. 5, 29. 
 
 2. pai/t, sorrow ; Gen. 3, 16 ~3i3S 
 Tasini /Ay sorrow and thy pregnancy^ 
 Hendiadys for* the sorrow o/" thy preg- 
 nancy.' 
 
 nas? f. (r. 2X) in pause n22S , con- 
 str. n^ss as if from a form n:23 ; plur. 
 constr. m'3S?, c. suff. cnisss. 
 
 1. an idol, plur. crii:3? i. q. D"ass ; 
 Ps. 16, 4 many are their idols, etc. [But 
 as P'izas elsewhere signifies only sor- 
 rows, it is better so to take it here, as 
 Engl. Vers, vuiny are their sorrows, etc. 
 R. 
 
 2. pain, as of body Job 9. 28 ; of mind 
 Ps. 147, 3 nn-inssb wania he bindeih vp 
 their sorrows, i. e. heals the wounds of 
 their minds. Prov. 10, 10. With ab 15, 13. 
 
 ^^\ obsol. root, to cut. to cut down; 
 Arab. Jco^ to cut, to cut down a tree. 
 Hence 1^5^ ixe. 
 
 i^? 1. to make fast, firm ; and 
 hence to close, to shut, e. g. the eyes, 
 Prov. 16, 30. Arab. Ldi IV, id. Eth. 
 UACD to shut a door. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be hard, firm ; Arab, 
 ^ift fut. /, to be obstinate, stubborn ; 
 
 Conj. VIII, to be or grow hard ; comp. 
 in 7?V 
 
 Deriv. ys, n3 I, r.^:>, and pr. n. 
 
 nsy m. (r. ns5) Lev. 3. 9, the back- 
 bone, spine, according to Onkelos and 
 Arabs Erpen. or else according to Saa- 
 dias and Bochart in Hieroz. I. p. 497, 
 
 OS coccygis, Arab, {jojuoju} , i. e. the 
 lower joint or vertebra of the spine. In 
 either case so called from its hardness 
 
 and firmness ; see the root. Arab. L^X 
 is the thigh-bone ; plur. wing-bones of 
 birds. 
 
 ! i^?? fern, of *)^5 . collect, icood, i. q. 
 B*SS. spoken of building materials, tim- 
 ber, Jer. 6, 6 ; of fragrant wood, "i's: rS3 
 Prov. 27, 9. 
 
 II. nsy f. (for n33';i. r. 7?^) constr. 
 MS, c. sufF. "^risr ; plur. see in no. 4; 
 counsel, i. e. 
 
 1. purpose, plan, Is, 19, 3. 29, 15. Jer. 
 18, 23. Hos. 10, 6. Job 5, 13. 21. 16. Ps. 
 14, 6. 33, 10, 11, a), nxs nt to execute 
 couTisel. to carry out a puriMwe, Is, 30, 1. 
 Spec, of the divine counsels, purposes, 
 '; rs5 Is. 5, 19. 14, 26. 19. 17. Jer. 49, 
 2*0. Ps^ 107, 11, Is, 46, 11 'nar c-x t?te 
 man of my cowisel, whom I use as an 
 instrument for executing my purposes. 
 Also emphat. nS5 id. Job 38, 2, 42, 3, 
 
 2. counsel which one gives or takes, 
 advice, 2 Sam. 16. 20. 1 K. 1, 12. al. Ps. 
 1 19, 24 ^r:i> "'^JX my counsellors. T\^T^ 
 'b rs?3 to walk in tlie counsel of any one, 
 to live according to his advice, Ps. 1, 1. 
 2 Chr. 22, 5. Of prophetic warnings, 
 predictions, Is. 44, 26 ; comp. 41, 28 and 
 (O; no. 2. b. 
 
 3. counsel as a quality of mind, i. e. 
 deliberation, prudence, wisdom, espec. 
 of God Is. 11. 2. Prov. 8, 14. 21, 30. Jer. 
 32, 19 nsPn bnj the great in counsel, i. e. 
 of great wisdom. 1 Chr. 12, 19 nssa 
 upon adcisement, adrisedly. 
 
 4. Plur. niss, once c, sufT, T^^nss Is. 
 47. 13 ; counsels Deut. 32. 28. Is. 25. 1 ; 
 deliberations Is. 47, 13 ; anxious cares 
 Ps. 13, 3. 
 
 D^2^ m. adj. (r. n-J5) plur. t;i^1S3>, 
 
 1. strong, mighty, powerful, of a people 
 Gen. 18, 18. Num. 14, 12. Dent. 9, 14. 
 26. 5. Joel 2. 2 ; of kings Ps. 135, 10 ; of 
 waters Is. 8. 7. Plur. cci::? the strong, 
 the mighty, i. e. warriors, heroes, Prov. 
 18, 18. Is. 53, 12 ; once the ."Strong mem- 
 bers of a lion. i. c. the claws, teeth. Ps. 
 10. 10 ="'X=^n i"'r!iar3 b23 the unhappy 
 fall into his mighty fangs ; but others 
 understand the whelps of the lion. Arab. 
 
 5 r- - 
 
 IvaJIoa great. 
 
 2. strong in number, numerous, Num. 
 32, ], Ps. 35. 18. Am. 5, 12. See the 
 root. Kul no. 3. 
 
 13^ T'"'^? (back-bone of a man, r. 
 n^:?) Ezion-geber, pr. n. of a sea- port of 
 Idumea on the Eianitic gulf of the Red 
 Sea, not far from Eiatii (see riii-'X), 
 Num. 33. 35. Deut. 2. 8 : whence the 
 ships of Solomon sailed to Ophir 1 K. 9, 
 26. 2 Chr. 8. 17 ; and where the fleet of 
 Jehoshaphat was lost 1 K. 22. 49. 2 Chr. 
 20, 36. The Greek name was Bi^frixTj 
 
b-^^ 
 
 808 
 
 isy 
 
 Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 4. Written in Arabic 
 ,- i ^^ Wsyun. [A similar name etill 
 exists in connection witli a small Wady 
 north of 'Akabah.jjl:A.ojJ|eZ-6^/mf/i/(in; 
 but no traces of the city have yet been 
 found. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 
 250. Burckh. Travels in Syria p. 511. 
 R. 
 
 * ^-i? ill Kal not used, Arab. JJifc 
 I, V, tu be at leisure, idle ; Conj. II, to 
 leave, to neglect. The primary idea 
 seems to be that of laxness, languor, 
 corap. snn, JJa^, also bb'n, 
 
 NiPH. to be slothful, remiss, Judg. 18, 9. 
 
 Deriv. the three following. 
 
 ^Sy m. adj. verbal, one slothful, a 
 sluggard, Prov. 6, 6. 9. 13, 4. 15, 19. 
 :20, 4. al. R. bs5 . 
 
 nbsy f (r. bss) sloth, indolence. Prov. 
 19, 15. Dual c^nbas double slothful- 
 ness, i. e. great, excessive, Ecc. 10, 18 ; 
 referring perhaps to the languor and 
 sloth of both hands. 
 n^bS? f. sloth, indolence, Prov. 31, 27. 
 
 D^5 1. pr. ^0 bind up, to bind fast, 
 to tie up, e. g. the eyes. Is. 33, 15 ; see 
 Piel. Arab. (V-o-fc IV, to tie up a leather 
 bottle or skin ; more commonly v,^.o.,fc 
 
 to bind up. Kindr. are c^^i . I\ , ("i^:?), 
 also CMX, nrn. From the ideaof biiid- 
 ing up (see "ira, lOjD), comes 
 
 2. Intrans. (once mid. E, iSS Ps. 38, 
 20.) to be strong, mighty, powerfid. Gen. 
 26, 16. Ps. 38. 20 ; to become strong, etc. 
 Ex. 1, 7. 20. Dan. 8, 8. 24. 11, 23. 
 
 Arab, liixc- to be great, of great mo- 
 
 'o," 8 f. ' 
 
 iinent, *J^ greatness, .^Ainc great. 
 
 3. to be strong in number, to be nvme- 
 r-nns. many. Ps. 38. 20. 40, 6. 13. 69. 5. 
 139, 17. Is. 31. 1. Jer. 15, 8. 30, 14. 15. 
 See Bias no. 2. 
 
 PiEL CS3 1. i. q. Kul no. 1. to shtit 
 up the eyes of any one. Is. 29, 10. 
 
 2. Dcnom. from Dsr , to gnaw or 
 craunch the bones, Jer. 50. 17. Com p. 
 cnj , 
 
 Hi PH. to make strong Pa. 105. 24. 
 
 Deriv. Diaw, niasyn, and the five 
 here following 
 
 OS? f. but with masc. Ez. 24, 10. Ps. 
 22, 18; in pause csS , c. suff. "'SSS ; plur. 
 crs? , constr. "'^sr , c. suff". "'JS^S ; also 
 plural ri^rfS , constr. ri5:^s , c. sufF. 
 ini^=:is) . R. CS5 . 
 
 1. a bone, so called from its hardness 
 and strength, comp. the root no. 2 ; Arab. 
 
 p>^^ . Gen. 2, 23. Ex. 12, 46. Num. 9, 
 
 1 2. Job 30, 30. "^itos^ 'ass my bone and 
 my flesh, see in ^ba no. 4. Plur. 0">52S5 
 constr. '73S5 Ps. G.'s. 31, 11. 32, 3 ; once 
 of the bones of the dead Am. 6, 10. Of- 
 tener plur. ni5:ss Ps. 22, 15. 18. 42, 11. 
 51, 10. Is. 38, 13. Job 4, 14. Prov. 14,30; 
 mostly of the bones of one dead (comp. 
 r.S-i;i, ni33), Ex. 13, 19. Josh. 24, 32. 2 
 Sam. 21, 12. 13. 14. 2 K. 23, 14. 18. 20. al. 
 
 2. a body, bodily form, Lam. 4, 7. 
 
 3. With genit. it is used instead of 
 the pronoun self, selfsame, ipse, comp. 
 synon. C";y no. 3, and Arab. i^vaC eye, 
 ipse, self; but only of things^ e. g. C^?3 
 PiTn ci'n in the self-same day, that very 
 day. Gen. 7, 13. 17, 23. 26. Lev. 23, 21. 
 28. al. Ex. 24, 10 ^']-^tn c:j:22i as the 
 heaven itself the very heaven. Job 21, 
 23 ian cssa in his vei~y wholeness, in the 
 midst of health and prosperity. 
 
 4. Azem, pr. n. of a city in the tribe 
 of Simeon, Josh. 15, 29. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4, 
 29. 
 
 DSi? m. (r. c:iS) c. suff". ""pss . 
 
 1. .strength, Deut. 8, 17. Job 30,' 21. 
 
 2. Collect, the bones, body, i. q. CSS 
 no. 2, Ps. 139, 15. 
 
 n^Sy f (r. CSS) constr. rass. 
 
 1. strength Is. 40, 29. 47, 9. 
 
 2. number, multitude, Nah. 3, 9. 
 
 "JTOSy (strong, r. oss) Aznion, pr. n, 
 of a place on the southern border of Pa- 
 lestine, Num. 34, 4. 5. Josh. 15, 4. 
 
 ni"!C^? f plur. (r. csr) strong de- 
 fences, btditarks. trop. of arguments with 
 which disputants defend their cause, 
 Is. 41,81; comp. Job 13, 12. Talmud. 
 cxsnJt to dispute, to contend with argq- 
 
 monle; Arab. &^^ defence, guard, 
 
 * "?? obsol. root. prob. of a like lorce 
 with CSS , r\:is , to be hard, firm, stHmg. 
 Hence 
 
is:? 
 
 809 
 
 ip? 
 
 12? uTT. Xfyufi. 2 Sam. 23, 8, prol). a 
 
 ? 
 spear; comp. Arab. j.ag branch. See 
 
 this passage in full under art. *f*7< 
 
 * "^^^ flit. "is^ , more rarely "^JSS^ 
 1 K. 18, 44. 2 K. 4, 24. 
 
 1. to shut up, to close. The primary 
 idea lies in surrounding. eiu:losing. witli 
 a fence, wall; comp. the similar roots 
 "isn , 1SX , ->TJ< , and the remarks there 
 made. Arab. vi^ to prohibit, to re- 
 fuse; -vifr to hold back, to restrain, 
 
 like the Heb. no. 2. E. g. to shut up the 
 heavens, so that it cannot rain, Deul. 11, 
 17. 2 Chr. 7, 13 ; the womb, so as not to 
 bear, Gen. 16, 2. 20, 18 (where it is con- 
 strued with ir2 q. V. no. 1), comp. Is, 66, 
 9. Also to shut up in a place Jer. 20. 9 ; 
 espec. in prison 2 K. 17, 4. Jer. 33, I. 36, 
 5. 39, 15. With-'JBTa. 1 Chr. 12, 1 ii:is 
 ilX"^ 'JBia shut out from the presence of 
 Saul, not permitted to see Saul's face ; 
 others : shut up at home because of Saul, 
 through fear oP him, comp. ^n^ IV to 
 keep oneself at home. For the phrase 
 2!i7Si -rnss , see in 3T^ no. I. a. 
 
 2. to hold back, to hinder, to detain a 
 person anywhere, 1 K 18, 44. Judg. 13, 
 16 ; c. b 2 K. 4, 24 ; c. 3 Job 12, 15 ^S?: 
 Disa he holdeth back, withholdeth, the 
 waters. 4, 2 T'^'oa "lis? to withhold words. 
 29, 9. 1 Sam. 21, 6 !i:b-n-i:i3' n'i\x wo- 
 men have been kept from us. A pecu- 
 liar formula not unfrequent in the later 
 Hebrew is ns 135 . to retain strength, to 
 be strong, Dan. 10, 8. 16. 11, 6. 2 Chr. 
 13, 20 ; c. \ to hare strength for any 
 thing, to be able, 1 Chr. 29, 14. 2 Chr. 2, 
 5. 22, 9; and so ns being omitted 2 Chr. 
 
 20, 37. 14, 10. 
 
 3. coercuit imperio, i. e. to ride, to 
 reign, c. 3 1 Sam. 9. 17. 
 
 4. to collect, to heap up, i. q. "i3X q. v. 
 hence "iSS wealth; to assemble persons, 
 see Niph. no. 3, and ""^SS. 
 
 NiPH. I. to be shut up. e. g. the hea- 
 vens 1 K. 8, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26. 
 
 2. to be restrained, hindered, stayed, 
 Num. 17, 13, 15 [16, 48. 50]. 2 Sam. 24, 
 
 21. 25. Ps. 106, 30. 
 
 3. to be assembled (from the idea of 
 constraining, compelling, see nnsr), 
 espec. to a festival, fr^ss . 1 Sam. 21, 
 
 68* 
 
 8 nin-; :e1? nxss assembled before Je- 
 hocah. 
 
 Deriv. the three following, and "'5t3, 
 
 "^^^ m. (r. 1S5) treasures laid up, 
 wealth, riches, i. q. ninJC"!!* . Judg. 18, 7 
 1SS ti'^'i'' . . . 'px no possessor of wealth ; 
 comp. "1S9 no. 4 ; Vulg. magnarum 
 npum ; Sept. Vatic, xkrii/ovopog ixmi'i^vn' 
 &7i(TnvtJois. Several ancient intpp. give 
 it by dominion, nde, see "i^s no. 3. But 
 the e.xprcssion refers to a people, and 
 not to a ruler. 
 
 ^Sb m. (r. -IS5) 1. a shutting up, 
 closure. Prov. 30, 16 cnn -la:? the shut- 
 ting up of the womb. i. e. a barren womb. 
 
 2. constraint, oppression, vexation, P& 
 107, 39. Is. 53. 8. 
 
 nnS? f. (r. -is no. 4) 2 K. 10, 20. Is. 
 1, 13. Joel 1, 14; elsewhere '^Tp., , in 
 pause ria? 2 Chr. 7. 9; plur. c. suff. 
 ca-^ninsr; an assembly, Jer. 9, 1 [2] 
 D"^"73i2 r">j!? an assembly of wicked men. 
 Usually, the assembly, congregation of 
 the people for celebrating public rites, 
 nnrityvqii;, Joel 1, 14. 2 K. 10, 20. Am, 
 5, 21. Is. 1, 13; espec. as held on the 
 seventh day of the passover, and on the 
 eighth day of the festival of taberna- 
 cles, i. q. tiJ-ip Nip-3. Lev. 23, 36. Num. 
 29. 35. Deut. 16,' 8. 2 Chr. 7, 9. Neh. 8, 
 
 18. Comp. Arab, x*^'^ assembly, more 
 fully x,t-s.t ^yi day of assembly, i. e. 
 Friday, as a festival or holyday of the 
 Muhammedans. Iken and Michaelis 
 find the primary idea in restraint from 
 labour ; see Iken Diss, philol. theol. p. 
 49 sq. J. D. Michaelis Suppl. Ii. v. 
 The contrary is shewn by Jer. 9, 1 [2]. 
 
 * -ii? fut. sp-.": Jer. 9, 3 ; c. suff. 
 -:=p:;: Gen. 27, .36. 
 
 1. Prob. to be high, like a vault, 
 mound, or the like; kindr. with 33J3 
 235 . Hence 3pr hill, 3p? heel. 
 
 2. Deiiom. fi-om Z'pjS , to take, or seize 
 by the heel ; Hos. 12' 4 tx 3py ',--;3? 
 i"nx in the womb he took his brother by 
 the heel ; comp. Gen. 25, 26. So Arab. 
 
 v_>ii has meaningsborrowed from v_>ftft 
 
 heel, e. g. to hit in the heel. Spec, in 
 order to trip or throw one down; hence 
 
-r^'j 
 
 810 
 
 bpy 
 
 3. Trop. to circumvent, to deceive, to 
 defraud, Gen. 27, 36. Jer. 9, 3. Chald. 
 SJ?? to lie in wait for, pr. to follow at 
 one's heels, to track. Comp. 2J?S no. 3, 
 Sp5 no 2. nrps . 
 
 PiEL to Jecive behind., pr. at one's heels, 
 e. g. the lightnings behind the thunders 
 Job 37, 4. Arab. v^^JLfc to leave behind, 
 to defer, to procrastinate ; Chald. 33S to 
 delay. 
 
 Deriv. 2;?s "^^p^ ; and pr. n. Sip? , 
 
 -)?^ m. (r. spy no. 1) constr. 2p? 
 Gen. 25. 26; plur. C"':p5 , constr. "'Spr 
 Cant. 1. 8, "iSps Dag. euph. Gen. 49. 17, 
 and r3p3 Ps. 77, 20; c. sutf. "^rpy, 
 r|T"irps .' 
 
 1. the heel of the foot; Arab. v_Ji^5 
 
 Syr. )^nS , id. Chald. s:;ps id. also end 
 of a thing, a) Of men Gen. 3, 15. 25, 26. 
 Ps. 41, 10. Job 18, 9. Meion^ steps, foot- 
 steps ; Ps. 56, 7 iintSJ'i "ispr ^Ae;/ u-a/c^ 
 wy heels, i. e. my steps ; so Cant. 1, 8, 
 and n-inps Ps. 77, 20. 89, 52 they hare 
 reproached the footsteps (nirpr) of thine 
 anmnled. Comp. 2'p5 no. 3. To make 
 iare the heels of a woman, to show her 
 ^disgrace, the heels of a modest woman 
 being covered by her train, Jer. 13, 22. 
 *) Of a horse, the hoof Gen. 49, 17. 
 Judg. 5, 22. 
 
 2. Metaph. the rear of an army. Josh. 
 ;8, 13. Gen. 49, 19. 
 
 3. Adj. verbal from the root no. 3, a 
 lier-in-wait, tracker, Ps. 49, 6. 
 
 ypy m. (r. 2p5 no. 1) fern, nap? . 
 
 1. a hill, acclivity, Is. 40. 4. Arab. 
 
 ioJLc, ''Akahah, a steep pass. Ethiop. 
 
 ^<i>n . 
 
 2. Adj. fraudulent, deceitful, e. g. the 
 heart. Jer. 17, 9. 
 
 3. Adj. denom. from 2ps no. 1. a. 
 UoR. 6. 8 r'nia ns;rr tracked with blood, 
 i. o. full of bloody footstopm. the traces 
 of blood. This adj. 2'p?, f ^"^fT"!,. imi- 
 tates those which mark colours and the 
 like, e.g. DH!,npa,':p5. 
 
 3^? ra. (r. 3ps) 1. the end, the last 
 > 
 of any thing; Arab. ^^.^Aft, Chald. Xip?. 
 Hence as adv. eren to the end, ever, for 
 .ever,,PB. 119, 33. 112. 
 
 2. recompense, reward, wages, as the 
 end and result of labour ; comp. Xoi- 
 a&rjux reward, from huiTdoi last. Ps. 19, 
 12. Prov. 22. 4. Hence :p?-b? Ps. 40, 
 17. 70, 4, and rp? Is. 5, 23, as Prep. pr. 
 in reward of i. e. on account of, because 
 of, propter. Also with a relat. particle 
 as Conjunct, e. g. "Uix :py Gen. 22, 18. 
 26, 5, and "'S Sps Am. 4, 12, proplerea 
 quod, because ; and so simpl. SpS Num. 
 14, 24. Deut. 7, 12. 8, 20. 
 
 rOj?;^ f or better "^^J?^ ?. fraud, craft, 
 siditilty, 2 K. 10, 19. R. =pS no. 3. 
 
 ^^If? see in -pS . 
 
 * f 12? fut. nps>^ , to bind. Gen. 22, 9. 
 Chald. id. Arab. JuLfc nexuit, nodavit. 
 Kindred roots are HiX , irx , q. v. Hence 
 
 ^p^ adj. plur. D"'^p3. banded, i. e. 
 marked with bands or stripes, striped 
 ring-streaked, comp. "i2n no. 3 ; espec. 
 on the feet, pied-footed, whitefooled, 
 Gen. 30, 35. 39. 40. 31, 8. 10. 12. Symm. 
 
 9'' s^> 
 XivxoTTodfg. Saad. JuLa^ white-footed, 
 
 from J^^ band, fetter. 
 
 ^?. see n"'35"-in ips n-^a in art. iT^a 
 no. 12. ii. 
 
 * ')?< obsol. root. Arab. Lie ^o re- 
 tain. to detain. The primary idea seems 
 to lie in compressing; see p"", pis. 
 Hence npsa . 
 
 ^1^^ f oppression Ps. 55, 4. R. p'S . 
 
 S^p? (insidious i. q. aps^) Akkid), pr. 
 n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 24. bj 9. 17. Ezra 
 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. 8, 7. 11, 19. 12, 25. 
 c) Ezra 2, 45. 
 
 ^I^-^ in Kal not used, to twist, to 
 wrest, to pervert. Chald. Ijp? to per- 
 vert ; Syr. \a^ part, perverse. Arab. 
 JkJL& to bind together sc. the feet. 
 
 PuAL part. bps?3 perverted, Hab. 1, 4. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 'prp? m. adj. (r. bp5) winding, 
 crooked, only plur. Judg. 5. 6 '""'"^J? 
 ^"^^P^P? winding ways. i. e. devious and 
 unfrequented, by-paths. So without 
 Ruhst. P'-bpbps id. Ps. 125, 5. Syr. 
 Vo2i^ id. 
 
bp? 
 
 811 
 
 V$p9 
 
 jin^^y adj. (from a lost subst. nj;?9 
 and adj. ending yi) winding^ tortuous, 
 epithet of a serpent Is. 27, 1. R. ?{?5. 
 
 * li^-? obsol. root, perh. i. q. bj?9 and 
 Aram. o;r5 , to twist, to wrest. Hence 
 
 T^^J Akan, pr. n. m. Gen. 36, 27 ; for 
 which "(i??,:; Jaakan, 1 Chr. 1, 42. See 
 also jiTS'] '23 mixa p. 110. 
 
 "j^^ 1. to pluck up, to root out, 
 e. g. a plant, Ecc. 3, 2. Syr. and Chald. 
 id. The primary syllable is "^p with the 
 idea o( digging, digging out; comp. the 
 kindr. roots "p, "pS ; also 113, Hns, 
 "I2S .Hence ^ , 
 
 2. i. q. Arab. JJA and ^Jis., to he ste- 
 rile, used both of male and female, but 
 pr. to have the testicles extirpated, 
 comp. under the root CiD. 
 
 NiPH. to he rooted up. destroyed, e. g. 
 a city Zeph. 2, 4. 
 
 Pi EL to haiustring, to hough, e. g. a 
 horse, i. e. to cut the sinews of the hind 
 feet, by which the animal is rendered 
 wholly useless and unable to stand, Josh. 
 11, 6. 9. 2 Sam. 8, 4. 1 Chr. 18, 4 ; of a 
 bullock Gen. 49, 6. Sept. viVQoxoniiv. 
 This was ollen and is still done in war 
 by the victors, when unable to carry off 
 with them the horses captured. Arab. 
 
 jLft id. 
 Deriv. the six following. 
 
 "^^^ Chald. to pluck up, to root out. 
 Ithpe. pass. Dan. 7. 8. 
 
 ^ipy m. adj. (r. -i;?s) f. nrc^'S^, r-nps, 
 sterile, spoken of both male and female ; 
 for the primary idea see the root no. 2. 
 Of a male Deut. 7, 14; of females Gen. 
 11, 30. 25, 21. 29, 31. Deut. 7, 14. al. 
 Syr. and Arab. id. 
 
 "^^? m. (r. i;??) 1. pr. a rooting up, 
 concr. a plant rooted up and transplant- 
 ed to another soil. Hence metaph. of a 
 person sprung from a foreign family re- 
 sident in the Hebrew territory, Lev. 
 25, 47. 
 
 2. Eker, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 27. 
 
 ^J?^ Chald. m. a stump, trunk of a 
 tree, Dan. 4, 12. 20. 
 
 ^"^p? m. plur. D'^S'np? 1. a scor- 
 jyion Ez. 2, 6. Arab. <~>yAS- id. Syr. 
 
 \'^l "^ id. Comp. Gr. axoiinloq, the 
 guttural being changed to a sibilant, 
 as in bp9 axolioi. As a quadriliteral 
 it seems to be compounded from ipS 
 
 Sf to wound, and sps heel. See also 
 canps-nbsia p. 598. 
 
 2. a scourge, armed with knots, points, 
 etc. 1 K. 12, 11. 14. 2 Chr. 10, 11. 14. So 
 Lat. scorjno according to Isidorus. Origg. 
 5. 27. i. e. ' virga nodosa et aculeata.' 
 
 jnjp? (eradication, r. "ps ; comp. 
 Zeph. 2, 4) Ekron, pr. n. of one of the 
 five chief cities of the Philistines, situ- 
 ated in the northern part of their terri- 
 tory, Josh. 13. 3 ; assigned first to the 
 tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 45, and then to 
 Dan, Josh. 19, 43, but occupied by nei- 
 therJosh. 15, 11. 19, 43. Judg. 1, 18. 
 1 Sam. 5, 10. 2 K. 1, 2. al. Sept. y/xxa- 
 Qwv, ^AxuQtt'iv. Now J^'Lfr ^Akir, a large 
 village ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
 23. Gentile n. '3'i^h? Ekronite Josh. 
 13, 3. 1 Sum. 5, 10. 
 
 * ^12? not used in Kal, to twist, to 
 pervert, to wrest. Arab. ijiJLc and (joJift 
 id. This signif of twisting or bending 
 pes both in the syll. p3, as \aU to bend 
 or twist back, "tps , JJi^ . i^o^ ne.xuit, 
 bps, cps >a2i, v-flA ; and also in the 
 syll. ^rp.as'Cip, bpv 
 
 PiEL to pervert, Mic. 3. 9. So to per- 
 vert one^s ways, i. q. to act perversely, 
 Is. 59. 8. Prov. 10, 9. 
 
 HiPH. to declare perverse, i. e. guilty, 
 parall. with 5iiljnn . Job 9. 20 though 
 / he perfect, "'SCpS^i he will declare me 
 perverse, guilty ; here "'SOip^!] is for 
 "'S'^T^?'! . Heb. Gr. 52. n. 4.' 
 
 NiPH. pass, to he perverted, perverse. 
 Part. dD'^'n !lJp53 whose ways are per- 
 verse, Prov. 28, 18. 
 
 Deriv. di?, WttJpS, c.^rpJT?. 
 
 TO)?? m. adj. (r. CJpS) plur. Q-'tipS, 
 constr. "^i^pS . 
 
 1. perverse ; tjps "ZZ^s a perverse mind 
 Ps. 101. 4 ; and vice versa Z35 i'pS a 
 man of perverse mifid. Prov. 11. 20. 17, 
 20. I'^r^S'^ itJp" one peri^erse of lips i. e. 
 speaking falsely Prov. 19, 1. Absol. 
 false, deceitful, Deut. 32, 5. Ps. 18, 27. 
 Prov. 8, 8. 
 
 2. Ikkesh, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 26. 
 
lap? 
 
 812 
 
 n-i:? 
 
 ri^tJJJJ^ f. (r. !1J;?S) with ns, perverse- 
 ness of mouth, i. e. false speech, deceit- 
 ful words, Prov. 4, 24. 6, 12; comp. 19, 1. 
 
 I. "^^ m. (r. "iw I) a city, spec, as forti- 
 fied, whence plur. C'lS used as plural 
 of I'^S q. V. In sing, only as pr. n. "i2 
 Ar, Num. 21, 15. Deut. 2, 29; fully is 
 2xii3 .Ir Moah Num. 21, 28. Is. 15, 1 ; 
 also axia "i-'S city of Moah, Num. 22, 36, 
 i. e. the metropolis of Moab, situated 
 on the southern bank of the Arnon; Gr. 
 'AitfOTioXiQ (which some neglecting the 
 etymology have interpreted Urbs Mar- 
 tis), Abulfeda i,>L and iuJi ; still 
 called Rabba. See Reland Palaestina 
 p. 577. Burckhardt's Trav. in Syria, p. 
 374. 377. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 569. 
 Twice put for the country of Moab, 
 Deut. 2, 9. 18. 
 
 II- "^y m. (r. "i^S) an enemy ; c. suff. 
 :;;r 1 Sam. 28, 16. Plur. c-^ns Is. 14,21. 
 Ps.'l39, 20. 
 
 "^^ Chald. i. q. Heb. no. II, an enemy, 
 Dan. 4, 16. 
 
 "V? (waking, r. IW I) Er, pr. n. a) A 
 son of Judah, Gen. 38, 3. 46, 12. b) 1 
 Chr. 4, 21. Another i? see in r. - W 1. 1. 
 
 I.^j3? 1. Pr. a) to interweave, 
 to braid; comp. S'lN to knot, to braid, 
 ^SyP^- OpS constringere ; hence 3"]5 
 woof. b) to mix, to mingle, as Syr. 
 ^^, Chald. an? ; see Hithp. no. 1, a^.t? 
 no. 2. 
 
 2. to exchange commodities, to barter, 
 to traffic, by exchange of merchandise, 
 Ez. 27, 9. 27. Hence lyip, . 
 
 3. to become surety for any one, with 
 ace. of pers. pr. to exchange with him, to 
 Btand in his place. Chald. Syr. Sam. 
 id. E. g. a) to be surety for one's 
 life, to pledge oneself for the life of an- 
 other. Gen. 43, 9. 44, 32. b) For an- 
 other's debt, to give sectirity for the 
 payment, Prov. 11. 15. 20, 16. 27, 13; 
 c. P Prov. 6. 1 ; -^rcb 17, 18. Poet. Job 
 17. 3 T^'25 "^'r"^^ ^^ surety for me with 
 tliee, i. e. in the cause which I have with 
 thee. Is. 38, 14 *':2'J5 be surety for me, 
 O Lord ! i. e. take me under thy protec- 
 tion. Ps. 1 19, 122. Deriv. na^s , nansn . 
 
 4. to 'pledge, to give in pledge, with 
 ace. of thing; Arab. W^ Conj. II, IV, 
 
 to give a pledge. Neh. 5, 3. Metaph. 
 iabTN an^ to pledge his life, i. e. to ex- 
 pose it to pressing danger. Jer. 30, 21. 
 Deriv. li-'^s. 
 
 Hithp. 1. to mingle onself to inter- 
 meddle, with a of thing, Prov. 14, 10. 
 
 2. to intermingle in social life, to have 
 intercourse with any one, spec, to be 
 familiar with, c. a pers. Ps. 106, 35 ; b 
 Prov. 20, 19 ; BS 24, 21 ; by marriage* 
 c. a Ezra 9, 2. Also to make an en- 
 gagement, c. PS with any one, so. by 
 way of wager, 2 K. 18, 23. Is. 36. 8. 
 
 Deriv. anS , nais , "lis-nSJ J a-^S:? I, 
 na-isn. 
 
 *1I. 2j? 1. to he black; Arab. 
 
 - r . s . 
 *jwi id. y_,^wC jet-black, crow-black. 
 
 Hence -"li? raven. 
 
 2. Trop. to he or grow dark, to draw 
 towaids sunset or evening. Judg. 19, 9. 
 Metaph. Is. 24, 11 nn^b-ba nans all 
 joy is darkened, gone down. Syr. w|2k 
 the sun sets, X^f^ sunset; Eth. UZ,1 
 
 the sun sets ; Arab. *->>. id. whence 
 
 Oof 8^^- , .\ 
 
 <^^y., \,jyijo, the Occident, west. 
 
 HiPH. to do at evening; Inf ansfi 
 'doing at evening,' as adv. evening, at 
 evening, 1 Sam. 17, 16. Comp. cabii 
 in the morning. 
 
 Deriv. a-;S . a-is , a-nr, a-nsiT? ll, na-.sia . 
 
 *I1I. S^J* or n^:j, i. q. a-in, to be 
 
 arid, sterile. Eth. by transp Ufl^ id. 
 Hence ^a'^s, and pr. n. a'^S Arabia. 
 
 * I V. Z^}^ fut a-n?:: 1. Intrans. to 
 be sweet, pleasant, (perh. well tempered, 
 well mixed ? comp. no. 1. 1. b.) with b of 
 pers. e. g. sleep, Prov. 3, 24. Jer. 31. 26 ; 
 a desire accomplished Prov. 13, 19; 
 sacrifices, gifts, Jer. 6, 20. Hos. 9, 4. 
 Mai. 3, 4 ; c. by Ps. 104, 34. Ez. 16, 37 
 t^l"^? P3"!l^ "''^i^ fo whom thou hast been, 
 pleasant. Comp. adj. 3*^5 sweet. 
 
 2. From the notion of sweetness is 
 derived perhaps the signif of sucking, 
 comp. Y^^ , n^^ . Hence a^5 gad-fly, 
 as sucking the blood of men and beasts; 
 comp. Arab, '^^y^ which in the Camoos, 
 
 p. 125. 1. 11. is explained by J^.^1 
 comedit. 
 Deriv. 315, an. 
 
nij 
 
 813 
 
 ni^ 
 
 yy?, Chald. Pa. to mix, to mingle. 
 Purt. pass, -^sa mixed, Dan. 2, 43. 
 Itupa. pusa. Dan. 2, 43. 
 
 yyif m. adj. (r. T^:i^ IV ) ujee<, plea- 
 gant, Prov. 20, 17. Cant. 2, 14. 
 
 2*1^ m. (r. S";;? IV) a species of fly, 
 gad-Jly, exceedingly troublesome to man 
 and beast, so called from its sucking the 
 blood ; see the root no. 2. Ex. 8, 17. 
 18. 20. 25. 27 [21. 22. 24. 29. 31}. Ps. 78, 
 45. 105, 31. Sept. xvvofivia dog-fly, 
 which Philo describes as so named from 
 its impudence, Phil, de vita Mosis, T. II. 
 p. 101 ed. Mangey. The Rabbins al- 
 most unanimously interpret it of a mix- 
 ture, conjlux of noxious insects, as if 
 from Z1V I, to mix ; and so Aqu. nc'tfi- 
 (ivia. Jerome oinne gemis muscarum, 
 Engl, dicers sorts ofjlies Ps. 11. cc. But 
 that 21S denotes some certain species 
 of insect is clear from Ex. 8, 17. 18 [21. 
 22]. Oedmann (Verm. Sammlungen II. 
 p. 150) understands by it the blatta ori- 
 entalis, Dutch and Germ. Kakerlacke, 
 Engl, cockroach, which however devours 
 things rather than stings men, contrary 
 to the express words in Ex. 8, 17. 
 
 any 2 Chr. 9, 14. Jer. 25, 24, and 3"^^ 
 Is. 21, 13. Ez. 27, 21, pr. n. Arabia, 
 
 9-- 
 
 <^y^^ so called from being arid and 
 sterile; see r. anS III. The gentile n. 
 is ''an? Arab, Arabian, Is. 13, 20. Jer. 
 3. 2, of nomadic tribes in both passages; 
 also -^a-ns Neh. 2, 19. 6, 1 ; Plur. cans 
 Arabs. Arabians. 2 Chr. 21, 16. 22, 1, and 
 ta-'S^a-ir 2 Chr. 17, 11. The name Ara- 
 bia, among the Hebrews did not include 
 the vast peninsula to which geographers 
 have given this name, but only a tract 
 of country not very extensive, on the 
 east and south of Palestine as far as to 
 the Red Sea; perh. the same assigned 
 by ancient writers to the Ishmaelites, 
 see in bx5i:tB7. Hence in Jer. 25, 24 
 this name is coupled with other Arabian 
 tribes. So too Eusebius, of the Midi- 
 anites: xniuL inixttiu ZTJg'AQnjSluf nfjog 
 forof sV f'jriuM imv ^agnxi^vcav r^c 
 i^vS^^iig d^uluuffug iri uvaioh'tq. The 
 Arabia of the N. T. extended no fur- 
 ther, Gal. 1, 17. 4, 25. See Coram, on 
 Is. 21, 13. 
 
 a*;)? m. (r. a-)S I ) also a"1? see in no. 2. 
 
 1. the woof, weft, in weaving, Lev. 13, 
 48-59. See the root no. 1. a. 
 
 2. Simpl. a-is Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3, 
 elsewhere c. art. anrn, pr. mixture, see 
 the root no. 1. b ; hence concr. a mixed 
 muUitvde, mingled mass, of strangers 
 and foreigners who follow a migrating^ 
 people or an army. So of strangers 
 who joined themselves to the Israelites 
 Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3 ; of Solomon's 
 foreign troops, auxiliaries, 1 K. 10, 15 
 a-;srr 'aba ; or those of Egypt Ez. 30, 5. 
 Jer. 25, 20. 24 where ansn "labtQ and 
 a'HS 'alja are coupled ; also those of the 
 Chaldeans Jer. 50, 37. Sept. iiilfiixTog, 
 avfifuxxoq. Vulg. promiscuum vulgus, 
 mdgus. Chald. ra"^ans id. Comp. also 
 
 6 r 
 
 Arab. w^Jvfc stranger; though this per- 
 tains to r. ans II. 
 
 3'iy m. (r. any II ) but f 1 Sam. 20,5 ; 
 in pause ans Gen. 24, 63; plur. C'ans, 
 constr. ''ais see in no. 2 ; also m'ai:> 
 
 - I - ' T -T 
 
 Jer. 5, 6. Dual see below. For aisrt 
 c. art. mixture, see in a*? no. 2. 
 
 I. evening, even-tide, see the root no. 
 2. Gen. 1, 5. 8. 13. 19. 23. Lev. 23, 32, 
 al. 3*15 rns's the evening sacrifice Dan. 
 9, 21. Ezra 9, 4. At evening, in the 
 evening, is a-nsa Gen. 19, 1. 29, 23. Ex. 
 12, 18. al. Poet, aisb Gen. 49, 27. Ps. 
 59, 7. 15. 90, 6. Job 4,' 20; and so in the 
 later books 1 Chr. 16, 40. 2 Chr. 2, 3. 
 Ezra 3, 3. Ecc. 11, 6; ace. a*)? Ex. 16, 
 6; a-)S m'b Gen. 8, 11. 24, ii. Zech. 
 14. 7 ; DT^ a")S evening of the day, at 
 evening, Prov. 7, 9; a")S niSS^ at the 
 turning of evening, towards evening. 
 Gen. 24, 63. Deut. 23, 12. Also '3Xt 
 ais evening wolves, see in axT ; and so 
 Plur. once ni'ans axt Jer. 5, 6. i;r2 a-is 
 evening and morning, vvx&r,fifQov, a day 
 and night, i. e. the civil day of 24 hours, 
 Dan. 8, 14. 
 
 Dual c^a*!* the two evenings, only in 
 the formula c^anrii ,"'3 between the two 
 evenings Ex. 16. 12. 30, 8, as marking 
 the interval of tima during which the 
 paschal lamb was to be killed Ex. 12. 6. 
 Lev. 23, 5. Num. 9. 3. 5. and the even- 
 ing sacrifice offered Ex. 29, 39. 41. Num. 
 28, 4. This, according to the opinion 
 of the Karaites and Samaritans, as edso 
 
n-ij 
 
 814 
 
 n-n? 
 
 Aben Ezra (which moreover is favoured 
 by Deut. 16, 6), was the interval between 
 sunset and dark. But the Pharisees and 
 Rabbinists (comp. Jos. B. J. 6. 9. 3) held 
 the first evening to commence with the 
 declining sun, Gr. ddXt] nQoiia, and the 
 second evening with the setting sun, 
 Gr. 8ii}.ri ofiu ; hence according to them 
 the paschal lamb was to be killed from 
 the ninth till the eleventh hour, Jos. 1. c. 
 A third opinion is that of Jarchi and 
 Kimchi; who hold the two evenings to be 
 the time before and after sunset, so that 
 the sunset divides them. Of all these 
 the first is best supported. The Arabs 
 have the like expression ; and also the 
 Syrian church ; see Thesaur. p. 1065. 
 
 II. Only in plur. O'^T^'S^ , constr. "'n^? . 
 teillotos, osiers, perh. so called from their 
 
 ash-coloured leaves. Comp. <o*ijo one 
 
 having white eyelashes, *->j-c white- 
 ness of the eyelashes, silver, also a wil- 
 low. Syr. l^^i^L, plur. U^fL, id. Is. 
 44, 4. Job 40. 22. Ps. 137, 2, where the 
 salix Babylonica Linn, is to be under- 
 stood, with pendulous boughs, the em- 
 blem of grief and mourning. Kng\. weep- 
 ing-willow. Is. 15,7 C"^3~n bn? the Brook 
 of Willows (comp. Job 40, 22) in Moab, 
 i. e. ^A-L>.bi( (5^U Wady el-Ahsy, 
 which Ibrras the boundary between the 
 district of Kerak or Moabitis, and of Je- 
 bJll or Idumea; see Burckhardt's Tra- 
 vels in Syria, etc. p. 400. Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 488, 555. The more an- 
 cient name was l^T Zered, q. v. 
 
 y^ m. (r. 2'is II) plur. B"'a"J. 
 
 1. a raven, so called from its black 
 oolour. Chald. xanw , Syr. J^jo:*, 
 
 Arab. i^f^. Correspondmg in sound 
 are Sanscr. kdrawa and kurawa, Lat. 
 corvus, old Germ, hraban, whence Rabe, 
 Engl, raven. Gen. 8, 7. 1 K. 17, 4. 6. 
 Is. 34, 11. Ps. 147. 9. al. Sometimes it 
 would seem to have a wider sense and 
 to comprcliend kindred species of birds, 
 espec. the crow, see Lev. 11, 15. Deut. 
 14, 14. 
 
 2. Orcb. pr. n. of a prince of the Midi- 
 anites. Judg. 7, 25. 8. 3. Ps. 83. 1 2. From 
 him the name was transferred to a rock 
 beyond Jordan, Judg. 7, 25. Is. 10, 26. 
 
 nS"}? f (r. 3^5 III ) c. n loc. i^na-n?. ; 
 plur. nia'n? , constr. ni2^S . 
 
 1. an arid trad, sterile region, desert, 
 Job 24, 5. 39, 6. Is. 33, 9. 35, 1. 6. 40, 3. 
 41, 19. 51, 3. Jer. 2, 6. 17, 6. 50, 12. 51, 
 43. Sept. tQTj^og, also u^aiog, unfigog, 
 yrj dctf'dxTa. With the art. '^S";?'^ the 
 Arabah, as pr. n. for the low desert tract 
 or plain of the Jordan and Dead Sea, 
 shut in by mountains, and extending from 
 the lake of Tiberias to the Elanitic Gulf; 
 see Josh. 12, 3 ni^ss c^-n? n^-^ns. 
 Deut. 1, 1 q^D his n^nss in the Arabah 
 over against the Bed Sea, i. e. at the 
 opposite end or part. 2, 8. So Deut. 1, 
 
 7. 3, 17. 4, 49. 11, 30. Josh. 12, 1. 3. 8. 
 
 8, 14. 11. 2. 8. 16. 15, 2. 2 Sam. 2, 29. 
 4, 7. 2 K. 25, 4. Jer. 39, 4. 52, 7. Ez. 
 47, 8. Hence the Dead Sea is called 
 the Sea of the Arabah Deut. 3. 17. 4,49. 
 Josh. 3, 16. 12, 3. 2 K. 14, 25. [The 
 Greek name for this tract was AvXmv, 
 described by Eusebius as extending 
 from Lebanon to the desert of Paran ; 
 Onomast. art. AvXwv. Abulfeda speaks 
 of it under the name el-Ghdr )-xJt , and 
 says correctly that it stretches between 
 the lake of Tiberias and Ailah or 'Aka- 
 bah. At the present day the name el- 
 Ghdr is applied to the northern part, 
 from the lake of Tiberias to an offset or 
 line of cliffs just south of the Dead Sea ; 
 while the southern part, quite to the 
 Red Sea, is called Wady el-^ Arabah 
 au*Jiit , the ancient Hebrew name. The 
 extension of this valley to the Dead Sea 
 appears to have been unknown to the 
 early geographers ; and in modern times 
 was first discovered by Burckhardt ; see 
 his Travels in Syr. p. 441 sq. Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. II. p. 594-600. At Jericho 
 the valley is broader; and is called in 
 plur. inn-i n3"is Josh. 5, 10. 2 K. 25. 5 ; 
 also, east of the Jordan. SS'^a ~'i37? 
 Vulg. campesfria Moab, Num. 22. 1. 26, 
 3. al. ri2";rn bnj the brook of the Ara- 
 bah, see in bn? no. 1, p. 663. R. 
 
 2. Arabah, pr. n. of a town in Benja-' 
 min ; fully ns'^rn n''a , see n?? no. 12. kk. 
 
 na^iy f 1. surety, security, Pro v. 17, 
 18. R. a": I. 3. 
 
 2. a pledge. 1 Sam. 17, 18 "rxi 
 npPFi crais and bring from them a 
 pledge, token. R. S"JS no. I. 4. 
 
a-)^ 
 
 815 
 
 Ty 
 
 T^t*? in. (r. S'^5 1. 4) apledge, earnest, 
 
 Arab. 
 
 
 U^T^^ 
 
 Gen. 38, 17. 18. 20. 
 
 6 >--- . ... 
 
 y^yiyA. id. Hence p^M/3(u>', arrhabo, 
 
 i. e. a pletlcre, earnest, a mercantile term 
 wiiicli the Greeks and Romans appear 
 to have adopted from the Piienicians as 
 the (bunders ol'comnierce. 
 
 ''r^??) '^?7'?) '^" Arab, Arabian, KQG 
 in i^v . 
 
 T^^^-? Arbalhite, gentile name from 
 nans no. 2. 2 Sam. 23, 31. 
 
 -*_7 flit, aiy^ 1. to rise, to ascend, 
 
 Arab. r-r^ '*' ir-r*^ place of ascent, 
 
 staircase, ladder. Etiiiop. \JQ1 id. See 
 
 2. With bs and bx to look up tmrards 
 any tiling, to long for, Gr. ofjiyat ; comp. 
 is Cb: Nb3. Arab. Conj. II, institit, 
 intenfus fuit rei. Ps. 42. 2. Joel 1, 20. 
 The assertion of the Hebrew interpret- 
 ers, that y;i3 is strictly used for the cry 
 of the stag and is transferred to domestic 
 animals in Joel 1. c. (the Syriac version 
 also having iis^ in both passages.) is 
 not supported by the visage of the kin- 
 dred languages ; although one might 
 compare the Gr. onomatop. Movm, wQvyr'i. 
 See too the deriv. nai-i?. More also 
 is given by Bochart, Hieroz. P. I. p. 
 883. 
 
 'J^ obsol. root, Arab. Oy. tojlee; 
 
 comp. kindr. Tnn. Hence "ii"'S, Chald. 
 T^3, wild ass. onager. 
 
 ^^I? Arad, pr. n. a) A Canaanitish 
 city in the southern part of Palestine, so 
 called prob. from the wild ass, Num. 21, 
 1. 33. 40. Josh. 12, 14. The name is 
 still preserved in Tell 'Ardd otx, a 
 hill far south of Hebron adjacent to the 
 desert ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 
 473, 622. b) A man 1 Chr. 8, 15. 
 
 W Chald. m. i. q. "iliS , a wild ass, 
 onager, Dan. 5, 21. 
 
 ^"^^ to be naked, in Kal not used. 
 
 Arab, i^y^ id. The primary idea of 
 
 the root seems to lie in plucking out 
 (comp. frnx), e. g. plants, hair, etc. hence 
 
 to be bald. bare, naked, of plantt, trees, 
 etc. comp. n-jria, isn. Kindr. is ons 
 and perhaps ti'O II. 
 Pi EL nns , fut. conv. "Oni , imper. plur. 
 
 1. to make naked, to uncover, e.g. the 
 pudenda Is. 3, 17 ; a shield sc. from tta 
 covering 22, 6. Zeph. 2, 14 nns nn 
 the cedar-work they have uncocertd, i. e. 
 they have torn off the wain.scotings of 
 cedar and laid the walls bare. 
 
 2. to lay nuked, bare, as 'the founda- 
 tion of an edifice, i. e. to demolish, to 
 rase, Ps. 137, 7. Inf. ni-^S Hab. 3, 13. 
 Comp. nbj, nh, Ez. 13, 14*. Mic. 1, 6. 
 Hence 
 
 3. to empty a vessel, to pmir out, in 
 doing which its bottom is laid bare, 
 uncovered ; Gen. 24, 20. 2 Chr. 24, 11, 
 Ps. 141. 8 'CB: isn-bx do not empty out 
 my life, i. e. let not my blood be shed. 
 Comp. Hiph. no. 2. 
 
 HiPH. n-^yn 1. to make naked, to un' 
 cover, e. g. the pudenda. Lev. 20, 18. 19. 
 
 2. to pour Old. comp. Pi. no. 3. Is. 53, 
 12 ire? Piab nnsn he poured out his life 
 unto death, or in death, gave himself up 
 
 to death. Arab. XmJu JLlt animam 
 suam elTudit, h. e. tradidit. Syr. )1^ 
 3i-*.aJ , Gr. nu^ui3uXlea&ui, whence pa- 
 rabolanus. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be poured 
 out, trop. of the Spirit, Is. 32, 15. 
 
 HiTHP. 1. to make oneself naked 
 Lam. 4. 21. 
 
 2. to pour oneself out, trop. to spread 
 oneself abroad, of a flourishing wide- 
 spreading tree, Ps. 37. 35. 
 
 Deriv. n-5, n^"!?, n;;-is, ir^sa, -isa, 
 "isn , and pr. n. nnya . 
 
 nny f. (r. nns) plur. ri^s Is. 19, 7, 
 naked places, without trees (see "'Sn, 
 '^'3?'?)> here of the meadows or grassy 
 places on the banks of the Nile. Arab. 
 
 IwC, EiwC, open place. 
 
 ^"''? f (r. ins) Cant. 5, 13. 6, 2. 
 Ez. 17, 7. 10, areola, bed, of a garden 
 or vineyard, raised in the middle. So 
 the ancient versions. Others a ladder, 
 trellis, a frame for training plants up- 
 
 s on- 
 wards ; comp. Arab. ^y*x ladder. 
 
T]? 
 
 816 
 
 ^1^ 
 
 Tl^y m. (r. l"^?) a wild ass. ovager, 
 Job 39. 5. Chald.'id. in Targg. for Heb. 
 
 So ^ 
 
 X'^B. Syr. id. Arab. t>j. ass. 
 
 f^)"^? f. (r. nns) l. nakedness. Ez. 
 
 16. 8.' Hos. 2, 9 [11]. Metaph. rn-^S 
 77.*frj '^e nakedness of the land. i. e. the 
 expoi?ed part, where it is unfortified, 
 easy of access, Gen. 42. 9. 12. Arab. 
 
 jj.-ft . Tf/^o? fyvj^rw&Tj Horn. II. 12. 399. 
 
 2. pndenda. espec. as exposed, naked- 
 ness. Gen. 9. 22. 23. Ex. 20, 26. Lev. 20, 
 
 17. Ez. 16. 37. 23, 29. Lam. 1, 8. nb 
 'b ri""3 lo uncover the nakedness of a 
 woman, either in ignominy Is. 47, 3 ; or 
 for carnal intercourse with her, see in 
 nba Pi. no. 1. a. "f^^x ri-^S the naked- 
 ness of his father, i. e. of his father's 
 wife, see in nba Pi. no. 1. a. n;-;s "ba 
 thefenh of nakedness, the privy-member, 
 Ex. 28. 42. 
 
 3. shame, uncleanness.filthiness. ^T)p. 
 "12^ amj fllhy thing, excrement. Deut. 
 23, 15 ; a foul blemish found in a wo- 
 man, 24. 1. See in Thesaur. p. 1068. 
 Hence ignominy, disgrace ; Is. 20, 4 
 C^n^i: ryi'J the shame of Egypt. 1 Sam. 
 26,'30'. 
 
 ^v"*? Chald. f. pr. an emptying out ; 
 hence damage, detriment, sc. of the king, 
 Ezra 4, 14. See Heb. nn^ Pi. no. 3. 
 
 Oiiy m. adj. (r. B"!^ I ) also D"l^ 1 Sam. 
 19, 24.' Job 1, 21. is. 58. 7, fem. Manr, 
 plur. C'Si^r ; naked, Job 1, 21. Ecc. 5, 
 14. Mic. 1. 8. Am. 2, 16. Adv. naked, 
 without clothing. Job 24, 7. 10. Is. 20, 4. 
 But naked is also put : a) i. q. poorly 
 clad, ragged, Job 22. 6. Is. 58, 7 ; comp. 
 Gr. yvfivvK- James 2, 15, Lat. nudtts Se- 
 neca de Benef 5. 13. Arab. ^wLmuO 
 
 undressed, ill-clothed, b) Of one who 
 has laid aside his outer garment and 
 goes about in his tunic (rjris), 1 Sam. 
 19, 24. Is. 20, 2. Comp. John 21, 7. 
 Virg. Georg. I. 229 and Voss's note. 
 Aurel. Vict. c. 17. 
 
 tmV m. adj. (r. ons I. 2) 1. crafty, 
 cunning, subtle, Gen. 3. 1. Job 5, 12. 15, 5. 
 
 2. In a good sense, shrewd, prudent, 
 vise, Prov. 12, 16. 23. 13, 16. 14, 8. 15. 
 18. al. 
 
 Di"^? , see D'n^; . 
 
 nyi-i?, also "1?^? Is. 17, 2, from r. 
 ins , like ^2'^'^p, from ^b;5 . 
 
 1. ruins, nideia, see the root Po. Pilp. 
 and Hithpal. Jer. 48, 6. Is. 17, 2. Vulg. 
 in Jer. 1. c. myrica ; othersjuniper, comp. 
 Arab. ^y& juniper ; Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
 lest. II. p. 506. In Is. 1. c. nsnr 1^5 jg 
 usually rendered cities of Aroer ; but 
 Aroer was not a metropolis, nor does it 
 suit the context. 
 
 2. Aroer, pr. n. a) A city on the 
 northern bank of the brook Arnon, Deut. 
 2, 36. .3, 12. 4, 48. Josh. 12, 2. 13. 9. 16 ; 
 subject to Moab Jer. 48. 19 ; and with a 
 different form iis-i? Judg. 11, 26. Its 
 ruins still bear the ancient name, _fctwC 
 'AriVir; see Burckhardt's Travels in 
 Syria, etc. p. 372. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 III. App. p. 170. b) Another city situ- 
 ated further north over against Rab- 
 bath-Amnion Josh. 13, 25, on the brook 
 Gad i. e. a branch of the Jabbok 2 Sam. 
 24, 5 ; founded by the Gadites Num. 32, 
 34. Judg. 11, 33. c) A city of the south 
 of Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Its site still 
 bears the name ^Ar^drah LcwC. ; see 
 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 618. Gentile 
 n. ''"ISIS Aroerite 1 Chr. 1 1, 44. 
 
 yT\y m. (r. y-^S, after the form bnat) 
 in other Mss. fil? after the form xbo , 
 terror, horror. Job 30, 6 cbn: yinsa 
 in a horror of valleys, i. e. in horrid val- 
 leys, chasms. 
 
 "C"*? f (r. '^'7^') nakedness, i. q. ni"is 
 Hab. 3. 9 thy how i"isn n^ns with naked- 
 ness was made naked, i. e. quite naked, 
 the verbal noun being put for the inf. 
 absol. Elsewhere concr. Ez. 16, 7 Bit 
 rr^nsi c'lS thou wast naked and naked- 
 ness, utterly naked, bare. v. 22. 39. 23, 
 
 29. Mic. 1, 11. 
 
 *'"'?? (for n*"iS watching i. e. worship- 
 ping Jehovah, r. isis I ) Eri, pr. n. of a 
 son of Gad, Gen. 46, 16. 
 
 ^D"^"??! f (r. ens) only in plur. Picns 
 Num. 15, 20. 21.' Neh. 10. 38. Ez. 44, 
 
 30. groats, grits, coarse meal, ptisana. 
 Talmud. "iOn? ptisana of barley, bar- 
 ley-groats, pearled barley ; also a drink 
 made from it. Syr. llisf id. Sept. 
 Vulg. in Num. <pix>afia, piUmenlum J in 
 Neh. and z. alxo^, cibus. 
 
n:? 
 
 817 
 
 T' 
 
 CB^"!;? m. plur. (r. r.-^S I) pr. 'ihe 
 distilling.' Poet, for the clouds, and nie- 
 ton. the henvens, Is. 5, 30. Syr. and 
 Vulg. caligo ; comp. quadrilit. ^^S. 
 
 T"''^? m. adj. (r. 'j'^ , Kamcts impure 
 for yr^) plur. n''S'iV, conslr. ''S'^'iS ; 
 pr. terrible, inspiring terror ; hence 
 
 1. powerful, mighty, of God Jer. 20, 11 ; 
 of powerful nations Is. 25, 3. 
 
 2. In a bad cerise, violent, fierce, law- 
 less, a tyratU, Ps. 37, 35. Is. 13, 11. 25, 
 4. 5. Job 6. 23. 15, 20. 27, 13. al. Ez. 
 28,7 D^ia '^S-'ns the violent of the nations. 
 30, 11." 31, 12. 32, 12. 
 
 ''T")? m. adj. (r. "^"^9) plur. t3'":."'"iS , 
 destitute, forlorn ; hence childless. Gen. 
 15, 2. Jer. 22, 30 ; plur. D-'n-'ny Lev. 20, 
 20. 21. Sept. urtxroj. 
 
 M* T ^^^- "H"'?^ ^0 place in a row, to 
 set in order, to arrange, Gr. raaaut, rt- 
 tw. Comp. kindr. T^ik to extend in a 
 straight line, and in the Indo-European 
 tongues : Germ. Reihe (Reige, Riege). 
 reihen, intens. recken ; Lat. rego (not 
 for reago, as some suppose), regula., rec- 
 tus, also r/g-eo to be stiff, rigor right 
 line. E. g. wood upon the altar Gen. 
 22, 9. Lev. 1, 6 ; bread upon the sacred 
 table 24, 8, comp. nsnria no. 1. Also to 
 put in order, to prepare, e. g. a table for 
 a banquet to spiead, Prov. 9, 2. Is. 21, 5. 
 65, 11 ; an altar Num. 23, 4 ; the sacred 
 candelabra Ex. 27, 21. Lev. 24, 3. 4 ; 
 arms for battle Jer. 46, 3. Also Is. 30. 33 
 nnsn bsi-cnx:? r|i"\s "^3 for the place of 
 burning is already long arr.mged. pre- 
 pared. 2 Sam. 23, 5 Vsa naiis obis n-^ia 
 an everlasting covenant ordered in all 
 things, i. e. confirmed in all ways. Spec, 
 in phrases : 
 
 a) T^'onb/q r^'is to set the battle in ar- 
 ray, to draw up an army, Judg. 20. 20. 
 22 ; with rx and f^Sf^pb against any one 
 1 Sam. 17,"2. Gen. 14, 8. Part. ^::y 
 n^nb^ 1 Chr. 12, 33. 35; and nT3nb?3 r,iAs 
 Joel 2, 5, arrayed for battle, in battle ar- 
 ray. So without nanb:a id. Judg. 20, 
 30. 33. 1 Sam. 4, 2. 'n, 21 ; c. bs, b, 
 ns"ipb against any one, 2 Sam. 10, 9. 10. 
 17. Jer. 50, 9. 14. Part. pass. ?("- ar- 
 rayed sc. for battle, Jer. 6. 23. 50, 42. 
 With ace. Job 6, 4 '3i3'i5^ they set them- 
 selves in array against me. 
 
 69 
 
 b) D"'il3 Tj"!? to set in order words, i. e. 
 to utter words, c. bx against any one 
 Job 32. 14; also without C^, Job 37, 
 19 T)'i;n~'^3Qp T)"i?3 xb we cannot set in 
 order (words) by reason of darkness, i. e. 
 ignorance. 33, 6. With b, to direct 
 words to any one Is. 44, 7, and dlipt. Ps. 
 5, 4 jb-T^nrs n;?'3 in the morning 1 will 
 direct to thee sc. my words, my prayer. 
 
 c) KBwT2 T\Z^ to set in order a cause 
 before a judge, to array it before him, 
 Job 13, 18; c. 'SBb 23, 4, comp. Ps.50, 21. 
 
 2. With b, to place together with any 
 thing, along side of^ it, to compare. Is. 
 40, 18 ib-:nsn rfnsn-na what likeness 
 will ye compare unto him ? Ps. 89. 7. 40, 
 6 ~\''^. Tp5 "px nothing can be com pared 
 to thee. Job 28, 17. 19. where in both 
 verses ns- is dative for nb . 
 
 3. to estimate by comparing with mo- 
 ney, i. e. to value, to esteem ; comp. a^in. 
 Job 36. 19 TjSid T^'Syi^ will he set value 
 on thy riches ? i. e. will he regard them ? 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 3, to estimate, to 
 value, Lev. 27, 8 sq. 2 K. 23, 35. 
 Deriv. T^'^J^, "S";?^, l^?"!?'?, and 
 
 ^"i}? m. c. suff. ^3^5 1. a row, pile.. 
 of the shew-bread Ex. 40, 23. 
 
 2. preparation, eqtiipment, pr. a piit- 
 ting in order, a suit, espec. of ctothes, 
 arms, etc. Judg. 17, 10 C'lsa 7^"i3 equip- 
 ment of clothing, i. e. all necessary cloth- 
 ing. Sept. Vat. well, aroli] l/iuiiiav, 
 since oroA^ is the word appropriate to 
 this idea, comp. Lat. stda ; Alex, ^sijyog 
 1^(xtIu)v, whence Vulg. vestem duplicem, 
 which L. de Dieu ad h. 1. seeks to de- 
 fend. Of the armature (qs. slola.) of 
 the crocodile Job 41, 4. 
 
 3. estimation, valuation ; ^3"i5a ac- 
 cording to thy estimation Lev. 5, 15. 18. 
 25. 27, 27. Num. 18, 16. 2 K. 23, 35. 12, 
 5. Lev. 27. 12 "n'sri TjSiSS according to 
 thy estimation, of the priest I mean ; and 
 so also the formula is to be taken in v. 2, 
 nin-ib ni'-SD r(3-}:!iz according to thy {the 
 priest's) estimation shall the persons be 
 to Jehovah; comp. on this passage Dt 
 Wette and Dettinger,Mn Theol. Studier 
 u. Kritiken 1831. p. 303. 1832, p. 395 
 396. Hence, estimate, price at which a 
 thing is estimated, Lev. 27. 3 thy esti- 
 mate (price) .shall be fifty shekels, v. 4-7. 
 13. 15. 19. 25. Job 28, 13. Ps. 55, 14 
 
818 
 
 19^ 
 
 ''3"i33 '-"irx a man after mine own price, 
 i. e. whom I equal to myself, my own 
 equal. 
 
 "'^.^ 1. to be uncircunicised ; see 
 
 adj. b'^s. Arab. J^i id. 
 
 2. Denom. frora'nV.5, q. d. to fore- 
 skin, i. e. to remove as foreskin, as an 
 unclean thing, spoken of the first fruits 
 of a young tree, Lev. 19, 23. 
 
 NiPH. to show oneself uncircumcised, 
 to show one's foreskin, Hab. 2, 16 ; 
 spoken of a drunken heathen, who 
 shamelessly uncovers his nakedness. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 ^^5 m. adj. constr. ^"5? Ez. 44, 9, and 
 in? Ex. 6, 12. plur. c^b^r ; uncircum- 
 cised, Gen. 17. 14. Ex. 12, 48. Often 
 spoken of other nations in contempt, 
 and with the idea of uncleanness, pro- 
 faneness ; as the Philistines. Judg. 15, 
 18. 1 Sam. 14,6. 17, 26.36. 31,4; of 
 other gentiles Is. 52, 1. Ez. 28. 10. 31, 
 18. 32, 19. 21. 24 sq. Metaph. n-^rsb bns 
 uncircumcised of lips, i. e. dull of speech, 
 (bbr^ "1^(3;} Onk.) stammering, one 
 whose lips still have as it were the fore- 
 skin, and are therefore too thick and 
 large to bring out words easily and 
 fluently. Ex. 6, 12. 30. So likewise Jer. 
 6, 10 c:tx nb"^ their ear is uncircum- 
 cised, shut up by a foreskin ; also cai^b 
 bnsn their uncircumcised heart, to which 
 the precepts of religion and piety cannot 
 penetrate. Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 44, 9. Comp. 
 Acts?, 51. 
 
 '^'Pr f- (f- ^"P,) constr. r\\-\V, plur. 
 Pib-r, constr. rib-^S 1 Sam. 18, 25. 
 
 1. the foreskin, prepuce, Sept. uy.qo- 
 
 ^vaua. Arab, 'ijjt-, Syr. jZilk^oi., 
 
 1 Sam. 18, 25. 2 Sam. 3, 14. nbnrn -ira 
 membrum prcepuliatum Gen. 17, 11. 24. 
 Lev. 12, 3. Metaph. ^b-rb-ir the fore- 
 skin of the heart, see in bn3 ult. Deut. 
 10, 16. Jer. 4, 4. Comp. Kor! Sur. 2, 82. 
 4, 154. 
 
 2. Trop. foreskin of a tree, i. e. the 
 fruit of the first three years, which by 
 the law was to be regarded as unclean, 
 Lev. 19, 23. Comp. r. bns no. 2. 
 
 3. Plur. nibnsn ^sa^ Foreskins-hill, 
 pr. n. of a place near Gilgal, Josh, 5, 3. 
 
 * I. !2^^ or t]h^' 1. to make na- 
 ked; hence Dns (cii?), CT'S, naked, 
 CE-is^g. Kindr. are nns, -tuy II, perh. 
 
 r)"]?, Arab. ^y. to make naked; also 
 
 to bark a tree. Intrans. j^ to be 
 
 shameless, malignant, i. e. bearing one's 
 malignity naked before him. 
 
 2. to be crafty, cunning, once inf absol. 
 ni^S 1 Sam. 23, 22. Syr. Pe. Pa. Ethpe. 
 id. iifllt^, Chald. N'?:'''^?, cunning. 
 This signif either connects itself with 
 
 Arab, ^y^ to be malignant, see above; 
 
 or comes from the primary idea of 
 smoothness, baldness. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to make crafty. Ps. 83, 4 
 TiO 'i-"'"!?'^ they make crafty their coun- 
 sel, i. e. they take crafty counsel. 
 
 2. to act cunningly, craftily, I Sam. 23, 
 22. In a good sense to act prudently ^ 
 discreetly. Pro v. 15. 5. 19, 25. 
 
 Deriv. ciir, cn-'S, t'"!"'?, c"ii7, nr-^s, 
 Ci53-!?72 , perh. 'p'ai? . 
 
 !' "_^ in Kal not used, kindr. 
 with the verbs cnx, cnn, cx'i, nn, 
 Cisn , to be high. Syr, Pa. to heap up. 
 Arab. ^y. V, to be heaped up, Saad. 
 
 Ex. 15, 8; kxwC heap of grain on the 
 threshing-floor. 
 NiPH. to be heaped up, as waters Ex. 
 
 15, 8. 
 Deriv. M^-^S. 
 
 D"^1J naked, see Bi"i9. 
 
 Q'i?, s,ee in o"l''?. 
 
 0"^!? m. craftiness, cunning. Job 5, 13. 
 R. ens I. 
 
 n^nj f (r, C^S I) 1. craftiness, 
 guile. Ex, 21, 14, Josh, 9, 4. 
 2. prudence. Pro v. t, 4. 8, 5. 12. 
 
 VnyyS, r (r. ons II ) constr. PB-ny 
 Tsere impure, plur. r^'iTS'iS , once n"^7:';;sj 
 Jer. 50, 26 ; a heap, e. g. of rubbish Neh. 
 3, 34 ; of grain Cant. 7, 3 ; o( sheaves 
 Ruth 3, 7. Neh. 13, 15. Hagg. 2, 16. 
 2 Chr. 36, 6 sq. 
 
 "{Ton? m. the plane-tree, platanus ori- 
 entalis, perh. so called from shedding its 
 
 bark ; comp. Arab. ^tyC- in r. Cns I. 
 
r? 
 
 819 
 
 yij 
 
 Gen. 30, 37. Ez. 31, 8. See Celsil Hie- 
 robot. T. I. p. 513. 
 
 "j^? (q. d. Vigilantius, i. q. "is with an 
 adj. ending) Evan, pr. n. m. Num. 26, 
 36. Patron. ""anS Eranite, ib. R. n I. 
 
 C_^ obsol. root, i.q. 0*^8, to break 
 into coarse pieces, to pound coarsely. 
 Hence Talmud. C'^a, nio^ia, pounded 
 beans, polenta from beans, bean-groats. 
 See the deriv. fiD"^^' . 
 
 "Tiy^-? J^'^S- 11) 26, see in -iSiiS no. 
 2. a. 
 
 "^^7'? - ^^J- (' '^'^?) 1- Pr. naked, 
 bare; then destitute, forlorn, Ps. 102, 18. 
 Peril. Jer. 17, 6 like one forlorn in the 
 desert, where there is none to help. 
 But see in no. 2. 
 
 2. ruins, Jer. 17. 6 ; like "isiis Jer. 48, 
 6. Others as in no. 1. 
 
 1i?"l^ and "^"^I^'l?, see in-i9ii. 
 
 * I. C|^y fut. ri'ns:. i. q. qsn, /o drop, 
 to distil, (comp. ?]::;. r^?,) Deut. 33,28; 
 metaph. of speech ibid. 32, 2. 
 
 Deriv. Q''Si-}5. 
 
 !' ^|_^ 1. Prob. primarily /o p?/ZZ, 
 to pluck, which is the force of the pri- 
 mary syllable C]"! , 3~i , comp. xsn , C]B"i , 
 ^^'l, and with the palatal or guttural 
 
 S o J 
 
 prefixed vj^ia, Cl'in, Ci'^S. Hence 0>^ 
 mane of a horse (something to be pulled 
 
 out), 0>X to pull out a horse's fore- 
 lock ; also Heb. Ci";S neck. prob. so called 
 from the mane. In the Indo-European 
 tongues comp. Lat. rapio. carpo. Germ. 
 raffen, raufen. The signif of mane and 
 top, vertex, is found also in Gr. l6(poc, 
 mane, then neck, back or ridge, xo^i'qp^, 
 xQQvfii^oi, xoQVfj^}] vertex. 
 
 2. Denom. from ">!?. to break the neck 
 of an animal Ex. 13. 13. 34, 20. Deut. 
 21, 4. 6. Is. 66. 3. Trop. of altars, to 
 break down, to destroy. Hos. 10, 2. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 5)7^ m. neck, nape, the back of the 
 neck, e. g. of a beast Lev. 5, 8 ; Arab. 
 
 So, 
 
 Oj-fc mane. So of a man Gen. 49, 8. 
 Job 16. 12. al. saep. In phrases : a) *n3 
 C]"!? to present or turti the nape or back, 
 the back of the neck being thus put 
 
 genr. for the back. 2 Chr. 29, 6 ; also 
 
 bx"?!"^? n:0 to turn the back to any one, 
 i. e. to turn away from hrm, Jer. 2, 27. 
 32. 33, comp. 18. 17. b) ri")3> njB Josh. 
 7, 12, t;-p nsfin Jer. 48, 39, and q-jr r\^tn 
 Josh. 7, 8, to turn the nape or back sc. in 
 flight, to flee, Syr. \^ > * T >f , and Pers. 
 jjOtk> 0-1*0. Here belongs Ex. 23, 
 27 qns r.-ibx n-'3"'i<-b3-Pi< tipsi and I 
 will give thee all thine enemies, their back, 
 i. e. I will make them turn their backs, 
 put them to flight. Ps. 18, 41. c) noSp 
 C)")? stiff-necked, i. e. stubborn, obsti- 
 nate, see naif? ; comp. Is. 48, 4, and Lat. 
 ' tantis cervicibus est,' Cic. Verr. III. 95. 
 
 ^?7? (mane, forelock, or ace. to Si- 
 monis i. q. Sr^ES fawn) Orpah, pr. n. f. 
 Ruth 1, 4. 14.' R. Ci^s II. 
 
 '?75 - quadrilit. thick clouds, dark- 
 ness, gloom, Ex. 20, 21. 1 K. 8, 12. Ps. 
 
 18, 10. Job 22, 13. Is. 60, 2. al. Often 
 coupled with a synon. word, as bs^sn 'j?? 
 Deut. 4, 11. 5, 19 ; '5i y.v en-' Joel 2,2'. 
 Zeph. 1, 15. Syr. Usjl id. Vsjlzf to 
 be dark. It seems to be made up from 
 the triliterals C)"'"ir cloud, and bcx to be 
 dark. Comp. oQifvog obscure, dark, 
 ogq)V7] darkness espec. of the night. 
 
 * Y"? fut. I'-!?;: 1. to terrify, to 
 frighten, to inspire terror and trem- 
 bling. Arab. itO^-C Conj. VIII, the skin 
 
 trcmble.s, is tremulous. ^jo\y& a quiver- 
 ing lance. Greek perh. pa-(rw. Is. 2, 
 
 19. 21. Job 13. 25. Is. 47, 12 ^sirn ^bnx 
 perhaps thou mayest terrify sc. thine 
 enemies, make them afraid ; the ancient 
 versions render : ' thou mayest be strong, 
 mayest prevail.' With yq of place 
 whence ; Ps. 10, 18 that man may no 
 more terrify them out of the land. 
 
 2. Intrans. to fear, to be afraid, to 
 tremble, Deut. 1, 29 ; c. "'SS'a before any 
 one Deut. 7. 21. 20. 3. 31, 6 ; c. ace. Job 
 31. 34. 
 
 NiPH. part. Y'^'SX terrible, fearful, i. q. 
 K'^i'^S . Ps. 89, 8. ' ' 
 
 HiPH. 1. Causat. to cause to fear, to 
 make afraid, particip. c. suff". C3S"'"^5"a 
 Is. 8, 13. . ' 
 
 2. to fear, c. ace. Is. 8. 12. 29, 23. 
 
 Deriv, I'l-S, 7"'-)5, "S-;. 
 
pny 
 
 820 
 
 nic:? 
 
 P_< to gnaw ; Arab. iVj-t I, V, 
 to gnaw a bone. Syr. *-eJl id. Job 30, 
 3/o7- if;a?7<; and famine ttJtJS n^^ cpnrn 
 liT nxia ;/tey g-naw //ic rfry land, the 
 durkness of desolate wastes; Vulg. rode- 
 bant in solitudine. This expresses hy- 
 perbolically the deepest misery; comp. 
 'to embrace the rock' Job 24. 8, 'to em- 
 Jbrace dunghills' Lam. 4, 5, also 'to lick 
 the dust' see in T]nb Pi. Job 30, 17 "^XTi^ 
 "i^33'i^7 xb my gnawers take no rest, i. e. 
 my gnawing pains ; Vulg. qui me come- 
 dunt. mm dormiunt. But Chald. p'^S is 
 to fee. often in Targg. for Heb. 013 and 
 nna ; and so Syr. ^p*, Arab, vut 
 
 and (V>X^ to go away, to depart through 
 
 a region. This signif most ancient intpp. 
 
 apply in Job 30, 3, viz. they fee into a 
 
 dry land, i. e. into the desert; Sept. 
 
 (fiv/ovifi uvv8()oi; Targ. i<^"iKS TV:'^^ 
 
 N^-s ; see in brx no. 2. In' Job 30, 17 
 
 they render with Sept. tm vivqa fiov, or 
 
 rather: 7ny arteries take no rest, cease 
 
 , , s > > 
 
 not to throb ; comp. iVj^jfc nerves, 
 
 veins. ;5'iS ligament. But neither of 
 these suits the context. 
 
 '?'? gentile n. Arkite, Gen. 10, 17. 
 1 Chr. 1, 15, i. e. an inhabitant of the 
 city Arka or Arke, Gr. "A^xr/, in Phenicia, 
 the ruins of which are still found to the 
 northward of Tripolis, and are called 
 U*-t and asjwC 'Arka, 'Arkeh. See 
 Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 
 162. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 
 183. 
 
 * "'^^ i. q. -iW II and Mns , to make 
 oneself hare, to be naked; in Kal once 
 imper. with He parag. nni? make thyself 
 bare, Is. 32, 1 1. Hence trop. to be desti- 
 tute, forlorn, forsaken, whence "iS'iS, 
 i-i->-i5. 
 
 Po. nnis to lay bare, e. g. the founda- 
 tion of an edifice, i. e. to demolish, to 
 ^ase. Is. 23. 13. 
 
 PiLp. "isis and Hithpalp. nsisnn 
 Jer, 5J, 58, to be laid bare, e. g. the 
 walls of a city, i. e. to be utterly de- 
 molished, rased. Comp. nns Ps. 137, 7. 
 Ilab. 3, 13. Hence "5i"iS.' 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal and Pilp. 
 
 ^!:* obsol. root, Arab. JLyS. to 
 erect a house or tent ; II to roof, to arch ; 
 
 whence J^jX- roof vault, throne with a 
 canopy ; comp. X5S . Hence 
 
 tony f. Cant. 1, 16, in pause b-] Am. 
 3, 12, c. sufT. 'bns ; plur. constr. nvj"}:? 
 Am. 6, 4; a bed or couch, (pr. with a 
 canopy, curtains, comp. Cant. 1. c.) 
 Deut. 3, 11. Ps. 132, 3; whether for 
 sleeping Prov. 7, 16 ; for sickness Ps. 
 6, 7. 41, 4. Job 7, 13; or for reclining, 
 a couch, divan, Am. 11. cc. Syriac 
 }jffj., Chald. XD-iS, XOi-iS, id. Arab. 
 
 Go 
 
 jj*< j^ ' husband ' is secondary, q. d. bed- 
 fellow, see to-iij . 
 
 * '^L'^V obsol. root, Syr. wA-ji. to make 
 fat, to fatten. Hence pr. n. rt;|'tt5-iS!;; . 
 
 ~? obsol. root, pr. to shine, to be 
 bright ; then to be green as a plant. 
 Kindred is :}X whence SiTix hyssop j 
 also by transp. anj , :na . Arab. s_>.iA 
 seems to be denom. e. g. Conj. II, IV, 
 to yield green pasture, XII to be cov- 
 ered with green herbage, sc. the earth. 
 Hence 
 
 Siriy m. c. siifF. C2b Is. 42. 15, plur. 
 constr. rirves (Dag. euph.) Prov. 27, 25, 
 green herb, plant, collect. gree)i herbs, 
 growing in the fields tTi'vart 3ir Gen. 2, 
 5. 3, 18. Ex. 9, 22. 10, 12. 15;' Y'}V.ri ' 
 Job 5, 25 ; and on mountains Is. 42, 15. 
 Prov. 27, 25; growing up and setting 
 seed Gen. 1, 11. 12. 29; and serving as 
 food for man Gen. 1, 30. 3, 18. Ps. 104, 
 14; and for beast Deut. 11. 15. Ps. 106, 
 20. Jer. 14, 6 ; comprehending therefore 
 vegetables, greens, and sometimes all 
 green herbage Am. 7, 2 comp. v. 1 ; in- 
 cluding also grain Ex. 10, 12. 15. Men 
 are said to flourish as a green herb Ps. 
 72, 16. 92, 8. Job 5, 25; also to wither 
 aiys Ps. 102, 5. 12. Hence too those 
 seized with fear and turning pale. ^Aoj(;o, 
 are compared to the herb (f the feld 
 which grows yellow and withers. 2 K. 
 19, 26. Is. 37. 27. Sept. xk*^oi, /5orjj. 
 Chald. 2irs, Syr. jnmS, id. Arab. 
 
 ^ . - 
 
 ^.jJS^kL. green fodder, ,MiJt a field 
 
 green with herbage. 
 
n? 
 
 821 
 
 nusy 
 
 ita? Chald. m. Dan. 4, 12 [15j. emph. 
 K^tos , greea herb, herbage, as tlie food of 
 cattle, Dan. 4, 22. 29. 30 [25. 32. 33]. 5, 21. 
 
 * 1. n^7 fut. ntos^ , apoc. to?;: , conv. 
 te?5 , rarely nb5] 1 K. 16. 25. ul.ntosni 
 
 1 k. 14, 9. 17, i.5. al. nisrxi Ez. 20, 14. 
 Dan. 8. 27 ; but never in Pentnt. Inf.\ 
 constr. nitos, absol. ibr Jer. 22, 4. 
 
 1. to work, to labour, to do. The pri- 
 mary idea lies prob. informing', shaping, 
 cutting; so that nrs, TOS.is perhaps 
 formed hysoflcMiiiig the letters from 2^5, 
 comp. ans and nrt'i , as;^ and ns;^ , aato 
 andnsto. Of the same origin may also 
 
 be Arab. .^***^ to be apt. convenient, pr. 
 
 to be adapted. So Lat. facere is prob. 
 djingendo; comp. Germ, machen, Engl. 
 to make, with hij(uvt Lnt. machina ma- 
 chi>iari.?rov. 31, 13 n-^E? j^Bna bSPi^, 
 and she worketh xcilh tcilling hands. Ruth 
 2, 19 n-^bs njxi cr7jrf wA^re Aa?/ than 
 wrought?^ i kV 20, 40 niij? 7,^23 -^n^l 
 '^S'!!J "'t'3 '^"'^ thy servant was busy (had 
 to do) Aere o?2(/ there. So of God Job 
 23, 9. With a of that in or on which 
 one works, Ex. 5. 9. Neh. 4, 15 ; so of a 
 material, as qosa^ an?a nti)5 Ex. 31, 4. 
 5. 2 Chr. 2, 13." " 
 
 2. /o make, to do, to produce by labour. 
 Spec. 
 
 a) to make, i. q. to form, to construct, 
 to prepare, to build, Ex. 25, 13 sq. 26, 4 
 sq. 27, 1 sq. 28, 2 sq. So of the ark of 
 Noah Gen. 6, 14. 8, 6; an altar 13, 4. 
 
 2 K. 16, 11 ; bricks Ex. 5, 16 ; garments 
 Gen. 3, 7. 21. 37, 3; idols Deut. 4, 16; arms 
 1 Sam. 8, 12 ; gardens and pools Ecc. 2, 
 5. 6. comp. fi^i'i"?n n2-i2n the made pool 
 as opp. to natural. Neh. 3. 16. So i. q. 
 to build or erect booths Gen. 33. 17 ; a 
 gibbet Esth. 5, 14. 7, 9; cities 2 Chr. 
 32, 29 ; a house for anyone, trop. 2 Sam. 
 7, 11; landmarks Prov. 22, 28, Sept. 
 xi9i]fjii. With Vs and b , to make upon 
 or unto, Ex. 25. 11. 24-26. Also nb5 
 nssb'2 to do work, to do labour, opp. to 
 rest, Ex. 20, 9. Dent. 5, 13. n^sban -fejs 
 the doers of the work, i. e. the workmen, 
 labourers, 2 K. 12. 12. 22. 5. 9. Neh. 11, 
 12. al. Where the material is indicated, 
 of which a thing is made, a double 
 accusative is employed ; Ex. 30, 25 
 tip nncB pb ink n-itosn aiid thou shall 
 
 69* 
 
 make them (the spices, i. e. of them) an 
 oil of holy unction. Is. 40, 6. Hos. 8, 4. 
 So too even where the ace. of material is 
 put last (romp, roa , is;; . Lohrg. p. 813), 
 Ex. 38, 3 ridns nrs i-^bV^? '' ^"^* **' 
 sels he made of bras.i. 25, 39. 30, 25. 36, 
 14. 37, 24. Sometimes the thing thus 
 made out of any material is put with b , 
 e. g. Is. 44, 17 nics bxb in-^iXitJ the rent 
 of it he makes into an idol, i. e. of the 
 rest he makes an idol. In the same 
 way Ex. 27, 3 nana nirrn T'ba-ba^ all 
 its vessels shall thou make of brass, v. 
 19, Here too belongs Gen. 6, 14 Q'^Sp 
 nannTx nbsn chambers shalt thou 
 make the ark, i. e. in the ark, thou shalt 
 divide it up into rooms. 
 
 b) Of God, i. q. to create, as the hea- 
 vens, earth, men, Gen. 1. 7. 16. 2, 2. 3, 
 1. 5, 1. 6, 6. Ps. 96, 5. 104, 19. Hence 
 part, nifis as subst. creator, c. suff. "^iOJ 
 my creator, Job 35. 10 ; in ia? his creator 
 4, 17. I.s. 17, 7. 27, 11. Hos. 8, 14. So 
 also r"ixb33 nibs to do wonders, wonder- 
 ful worksVPs.78, 4. 12. 98. 1. Neh. 9, 17 ; 
 Nbs 'r id. Is. 25, 1 ; nibnj 's id. Ps. 71, 
 19 ; b r"ix nbs to make i. e. show a sign 
 to any one, Judg. 6. 17. 
 
 c) to make is also put i. q. to produce 
 out of oneself, to yield ; spoken also of 
 animals, e. g. to make milk, i. e. to yield 
 milk, of a cow Is. 7, 22 ; to make fat sc. 
 upon the loins, spoken of a man grow- 
 ing fat Job 15, 27 ; comp, ' corpus facere' 
 Justin; Ital. far corpo ; Gr. ^EyuXrjV 
 {Jir/ovrlda d^ia&ui Od. 17. 225; tglxag 
 yfvrnv, sobolem facere' i. e. procreare, 
 Plin. In like manner trees are said to 
 make fruit, i. e. to bear, to yield, (comp. 
 Gr. noiiiv kuqtiov.) Gen, 1, 11. 12. 2 K. 
 19, 30. Is. 37, 31. Ez. 17. 23; branches 
 (comp. ' caulem facere' Colum.) Job 14, 
 9. Ez. 17, 8; so of fruits or grain as 
 yiehhng meal Hos. 8. 7 ; of the earth as 
 yielding fruits, a vineyard grapes, Gen. 
 41. 47, Hab. 3, 17. Is. 5, 2. 4. 10. The 
 Hebrews often express the same idea by 
 the conjug. Hiphil; see Heb. Gramm. 
 52. 2. note. 
 
 d) to make, i. e. to gel by labour, to 
 acquire; as in En^l. to make money, 
 Lat. pecnniam facere. Gr. noiiiv ^lov to 
 make a living. E. g. property, wealth, 
 Gen. 31, 1. Deut. 8, 17. 18. Jer. 17, 11; 
 wages Is. 19, 10 "i?to ''^S those making 
 
ra:? 
 
 822 
 
 rur 
 
 wages, i. e. hired labourers. So Gen. 12, 
 5 the slaves which they had got. acquired, 
 bought Ecc. 2, 8. Also to make or get 
 for oneself 3. name, renown, Gen. 11, 4 ; 
 a new heart Ez. 18, 31. 
 
 e) to make ready, to prepare, to dress 
 e. g. food (comp. Engl. ' a made dish ') 
 Gen. 18, 7. 8. 27, 17. Judg. 13. 15. 1 
 Sam. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 12, 4. 13, 10; so a 
 feast, banquet. Gen. 19, 3. 21, 8. Esth. 5, 
 12. Also to dress the beard, i. e. to trim 
 and comb it, not to shave, (comp. Lat. 
 'facere barbam' Lamprid. Fr. 'faire la 
 barbe,') 2 Sam. 19, 25 ; to dress the feet, 
 i. e. to wash and anoint them, ibid, to 
 trim and pare the nails Deut. 21, 12. 
 Trop. "ilN '!^^^'^ to prepare iniquity, spoken 
 of the heart Is. 32, 6. Also of God as 
 making ready future things Is. 37, 26. 
 
 f ) to dress or prepare a victim or 
 sacrifice to be offered to God ; hence to 
 sacrifce, to offer; Ps. 66, 15. Ex. 29, 36 
 nb;ri rx-^nn -is thou shall offer a bul- 
 lock as a sin-offering, v. 38. 39. 41. Lev. 
 9, 7. 15, 15. 16, 9. Judg. 6, 19. 1 K. 18, 
 23. Hos. 2, 10 bsab sibs ant gold which 
 they offered to Baal. So the ace. of the 
 sacrifice being omitted, nin"'b pib? to 
 offer, to sacrifice, to Jehovah. Ex. 10. 25 ; 
 comp. 2 K. 17, 32 cnb ciiis n-^nii who 
 sacrificed for them. Comp. Gr. liqa 
 "tijSiiv, IfQu ^i^Hv, and without ace. ^it,(iv 
 &iJ> II. 2. 400. ib. 8. 250. Od. 14. 251. 
 
 g) to make one any thing, i. e. to make 
 into, to cause to become any thing ; c. 
 dupl. arc. 1 Sam. 17, 25 and will make 
 his falher^s house free in Israel. With 
 ace. and b, (comp. in lett. a, fin. and '{Ti 
 no. 3.) Gen. 12, 2 bna ^isb r^qT)r^ I will 
 make thee a great nation. Ex. 32, 10. 
 
 . Jer. 10. 13. 51, 16. Hence i. q. to con- 
 stittUe. to appoint, to an office, etc. 1 Sam. 
 12, 6 Jehovah ntD/:-rs nirs nrx who ap- 
 pointed Moses. D-^rni: ncs to appoint 
 priests 1 K. 12. 31. 2 Chr.'l3. 9 ; comp. 
 
 .2K. 21. 6. 2Chr. 33, 6. With h, to 
 appoint to or over any thing, Jer. 37, 15. 
 1 Sam. 8. 16. 
 
 h) nizr^'O lios^ to make war with any 
 one, Gr. nohnov noiniTiha, Fr. ' faire la 
 guerre,' Gen. 14, 2. Deul. 20, 12. Josh. 
 11, 18. Also b nibli nis to make peace 
 with, to grant it to any one, t(>Ji'/' noi- 
 uai^al iivl, Ib. 27, 5, where Schnurrer's 
 
 mew is to be preferred ; see Comment. 
 
 on Is. in loc. So to make a covenant 
 with any one Is. 28, 15. 
 
 i) Emphat. to effect, to execute, to ac- 
 complish a thing proposed, a purpose ; 
 hence ii:jS Tvcv to execute counsel Is. 30, 
 1. Job 5, 12; D''-i'i3 nirs to accomplish 
 vows, i. e. to perform or pay them, Judg. 
 11,39; a n-'-JSa nirs to crecide judg- 
 ments (punishments) upon any one, Ez. 
 
 5, 8. 10. 11, 9. 30, 14. 19 ; -(i-in 's to exe- 
 cute anger 1 Sam. 28, 18. Ecc. 2, 2 and 
 of joy I said nttjj) n-rn^ what doth it 
 effect! i.e. whtit good. Often without 
 ace. Dan. 8. 24 n'ijSl n"'bsrii and he shall 
 prosper and accomplish his purpose. 11, 
 17. 28. 30. Is. 10, 13. So of God Ps. 22, 
 
 32. 37, 5. 52, 11. 
 
 k) i. q. to keep any stated day, to hold, 
 to celebrate, e. g. the sabbath, the pas- 
 chal festival, Ex. 12, 48. Num. 9, 10. 14. 
 Deut. 5, 15. Also to pass or spend time 
 Ecc. 6, 12 ; comp. noiilv xQovov Acts 15, 
 
 33. So with adv. aili ncs to spend one's 
 life well, fv ngdnsiv, Engl, to do well 
 Ecc. 3, 12. 
 
 1) to do i. e. to perform the laws of 
 God, his precepts, will, etc. Lev. 20, 22. 
 Deut. 15, 5. Ps. 103. 20. 21 ; also to do 
 i. e. to practise right, justice, wQ'Jo '3> 
 nfjn:?:! Gen. 18, 19. 25. Ps, 9, 17. 'is. 58, 
 2.'jer. 22, 15. 23, 5. 33, 15; (but nirS 
 'b BQUiia is to maintain one's right Ps. 9, 
 5 ;) virtue Num. 24, 18 ; good Ps. 37, 3. 
 Contra, to do or commit wrong, Orn , 
 bis. Is. 53, 9. Ez. 3, 20. 18, 26. 33, 18; 
 wickedness, nba: Gen. 34, 7. Deut. 22, 
 21 ; fraud Dan.'ll, 23; falsehood 2 Sam. 
 18, 13 ; rapine Ez. 22, 13. Also ris:n 's 
 's '^D-'SS {-t'^'rC) to do what is good {right) 
 in one''s eyes, what is pleasing to him, Is. 
 38, 3. 1 K. 11, 38 ; contra, comp. Ps. 51, 
 
 6. Absol. in a bad sense, to do or com- 
 mit any thing wrong. Gen. 40, 15. With 
 b , cs , rx , of pers. to whom one does 
 kindness or wrong ; e. g. CS "ion niCS 
 to do kindness with or to any one, see 
 in *ipn no. 1 ; rx na-j nis Jer. 33, 9 ; 
 cs, b n^'n nir Ps. 15. 3. Judg. 15. 3. So 
 Nuni. 5.' 30 rii-Tn nn-nn-ba-rx nb nbsi 
 and. shall do unto her all this law. i. e. 
 whatever this law requires. Some! imes 
 that which one Jias thus done to another 
 is omitted, and can be gathered only 
 from the context; whether evil Gen. 27, 
 45. Ex. 14. 31 ; or good Gen. 30, 30. Ex. 
 
n? 
 
 823 
 
 tVBlP 
 
 13, 8. Deut. 1 1, 7. Often it is taken only 
 in a bad sense, as Gen. 19, 8 only unto 
 these men ia"j ibJFj bx do ye nothing, do 
 them no harm. 22, 12. Ps. 56, 5. So 
 
 1^ T\^')S rxj-ms why hant thou done this 
 unto me? G.m. 12, 18. 20, 9. 26, 10. 29, 
 
 25. Ex. 14. 11. Judg. 15, 11 ; ntoJ^ ni 
 C)''Di'' riST 'Is 'J, see in Ha no. 1. Instead 
 
 ^of b is fonnd also 05 Ruth 2, 19, PK v. 
 11. and accus. Is. 42, 16. 
 
 m) a ri'^ to do with any one, to 
 deal with him, according to one's own 
 pleasure; (fully i3"is"i Dan. 8, 4, 11, 3. 
 36;) Jer. 18, 23 cna' nbs t]bx rra in 
 the time of thine anger deal thou with 
 them sc. according to thy pleasure. Dan. 
 11,7. 
 
 n) Once nsnn ni^s l Chr. 4. 10, pr. 
 to do so as to abstain from evil, i. q. to 
 abstain from evil. Others less well, <o 
 do me from evil, i. e. to keep me from 
 harm. 
 
 3. Often nbs is so put as to express 
 the simple idea of a verb of action, to do, 
 to act, rendered definite only by the con- 
 text or the circumstances. Gen. 3, 13 
 n-ib^ rxT-n^ why hust thou done this? 
 V. 14 rx' n''ias ''S because thou hast 
 done this. Gen. 6, 22 "mix bba nb bs*1 
 n"^rt5N inx n-i:j and Noah did according 
 to all that God commanded him. Ps. 
 115, 3 ^ doeth whatsoever he will. Gen. 
 8, 21. 18, 5. 17. 29. 30. 20, 5. 6. 10. 21, 
 
 26. 22, 16. 27, 19. 1 Sam. 14. 43. Ps. 7, 
 4. 50. 21. al. saep. 2 Sam. 12, 2 nnst 
 irea f^'^bs thou didst it in secret, i. e. 
 didst act secretly. Is. 46, 4 Ti'^bS "^SX 
 X'Jis "'JXj I have done it, and I will bear, 
 I. e. as I have borne, so I will bear. Comp. 
 the Attic use of noitlv, see Passow h. v. 
 no. 2. f. So of a way of acting, Prov. 
 13, 16 rsna n^S! csiis-bs every prudent 
 mail acteth with understanding. Jer. 8, 8. 
 Sometimes it is pleonastically inserted 
 before another verb, by way of emphasis. 
 Gen. 31.26 why hast thou done (this) and 
 deceived me? (Mark 11. 5 ri noiflTs Xv- 
 ovitg:) Gen. 41, 34 ^i^i^''^. ri?-is nb5^ let 
 Phai'aoh do {this, lethim followmy coun- 
 sel) and appoint, etc. 1 K. 8, 32. With 
 b of thing, to do to or with a thing, to 
 deal with it ; Lev. 4, 20 and he shall do 
 with the bullock as he did with the bul- 
 lock for a sin-offering. Deut. 31,4. Josh, 
 8, 2. Is. 5, 4. 10, 11. Dan. 11, 39; also 
 
 c. 3 id. Is. 5, 4 ; ace. Lev. 16, 15, comp. 
 v. 14. 
 
 4. to work ocer, in an immodcHt sense, 
 Ez. 23, 21 ; see in Piel. 
 
 NiPH. naJ53, f. nni33, part, ntisa, 
 fut. S^bS^, (once n'r3"'n c. matr. lecL 
 against all rule Ex. 25, 31), apoc, toJPJ 
 Esth. 5, 6. al. to be made, to be dime, Num. 
 15, 24. Esth. 4, 1 . Ecc. 1, 9. 13. 4, 3. 8, 9. 9, 
 3. 6. al. Fut. of what ought not to be done, 
 Gen. 20, 9. Lev. 4, 2. 13. 22. 27. 5, 17. 
 Impers. in the same sense, Gen. 34, 7 
 TWri stb 131 and thus it ought not to be 
 done. Also impers. it must not be so 
 done, i. e. according to custom, Gen. 29, 
 26. Spec. pass, of Kal no. 2. lett. a, to 
 be made 1 K. 10. 20 ; of lett. b, to be cre- 
 ated Ps. 33, 6 ; of lett. e, to be made ready, 
 prepared, as food Num. 6, 4. Neh. 5. 18 ; 
 of lett. f^ to be dressed and offered, as a 
 sacrifice Lev. 7, 9 ; of lett. i, to be done, 
 executed, as counsel 2 Sam. 17, 23. pun- 
 ishment Dan. 11, 36; of lett. k. to be kept, 
 celebrated, as a festival 2 K. 23. 23. Esth. 
 9. 28 ; of lett. 1, to be wrought, committed, 
 as wickedness Deut. 13. 15. 17, 4. Mai. 
 2, 11. With dat. b nbs>3 to be done to 
 any one, to happen to him ; Ex. 2, 4 to 
 see "ib n'wS|) nia what would be done unto 
 him. Lev. 24' 19. Obad. 15. Num. 15, 
 11. Deut. 25, 9. 1 Sam. 17,26. 27. Esth. 
 6, 9. Is. 3, 11. 
 
 Piel n*as to work over, i. e. to handle, 
 to squeeze the breasts of an immodest 
 woman, i. q. T(?^ , Ez. 23. 3. 8 ; and so 
 in Kal v. 21. So Gr. noinv and Lat. 
 facere, perfcere, confcere mulierem, are 
 put by euphemism for sexual intercourse, 
 Juv. 7. 240. Petron. 87. Suet. Ner. 29. 
 
 PuAL to be made, created, Ps. 139, 15. 
 
 Deriv. nbr^ . and the pr. names, 
 
 bxnc?. bs<"<rs, n^ias. 
 
 11. i'^y obsol. root, to be hairy, 
 
 rough, shaggy, Arab, j^^l hairy, Lift 
 hairiness. Hence pr. n. ibs. 
 
 iSntC^ (whom God created, consti- 
 tuted, r. ^w>) Asahel. pr. n. m. a) 2 
 Sam. 2, 18. 23, 24. IChr. 27. 7 ; and in 
 separate words 1 Chr. 2. 16. b) 2 Chr. 
 17, 8. 31, 13. c) Ezra 10, 15. For the 
 letter n quiescent in the middle of a 
 word, see Lehrg. p. 48. 
 
Ytc? 
 
 824 
 
 nte^ 
 
 itoy pr. n. (i. e. hairy, rough, Gen. 
 25. 25. r. nttJ5 II ) Esau, the son of Isaac 
 and twin-brother of Jacob ; also called 
 nnx, which name however is used 
 more of his posterity than of himself 
 On the other hand, lbs ^:a Deut. 2, 4 
 sq. nt'5 r-ia Obad. is' and 'its Jer. 49, 
 8. 10. ' bbad. 6, spoken of the Esauites 
 i. e. the Idumeans, is mostly poetic, in 
 lis? the mountain of Esau, i. e. of the 
 Idumeans, Mount Seir, Obad. 8. 9. 19. 21. 
 
 "litey m. (denom. from nias) a ten, a 
 decad, \. g. a) Of days, like SiaiB a 
 se'nnight. Gen. 24, 55. Also for the 
 last day of the ten, i. e. the tenth day sc. 
 of the month. Ex. 12, 3. Lev. 16, 29. Num. 
 29, 7. Josh. 4, 19. Jer. 52, 4. 12. al. Comp. 
 Gr. dtxag, ii'vedg, rsTgag, for the tenth, 
 ninth, fourth day of the month ; also 
 Ethiop. UttfC, i^fl, for the tenth, 
 fifth day. etc. See Ludolf's Gramm. p. 
 100. b) Of the cords or strings of an 
 instrument ; hence for a ten-stringed 
 instrumeitt, decachord, Ps. 92, 4 ; fully, 
 by appos. li'-S bSD a ten-stringed lyre 
 33, 2. 144, 9. Sept. dfxdxoQdov. 
 
 Is^ifc? (created of God) Asiel, pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 4, 35. 
 
 n*05| (whom Jehovah created, con- 
 stituted) Asaiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 K. 22, 
 12. 14. 2 Chr. 34, 20. b) 1 Chr. 4, 36. 
 c) G, 15. 15, 6. 11. d) 9, 5. 
 
 in'^TD? adj. ordinal (from lirs) the tenth 
 Gen. 8, 5. Num. 7. 66. al. ssep. Ellipt. 
 for the tenth month, i. e. Tebeth, Gen. 8, 
 5. Jer. 52. 4. al. comp. Decenther. Fem. 
 n^n-^bs Is. 6. 13 and ni-i"ib,7 the tenth 
 part, a tenth, Ex. 16, 36. Lev! 5, 11. al. 
 
 * P*?^ in Kal not used, Chald. and 
 Talmud. pDS to have to do with any per- 
 son or thing, to strive with. 
 
 HiTHP. to strive, to quarrel, once c. C? 
 Gen. 26, 20. Hence 
 
 ptD? (quarrel) Esek, pr. n. of a well 
 near Gerar, Gen. 26, 20. 
 
 * ^WV f. in pause "it;5 Josh. 21,5; 
 masc. TVWS , constr. ri")? ; ten, a Cardi- 
 ol'' ?.'T' 
 
 nal number. Arab. f-^JX- f. and Sj-wi^ 
 
 m. Syr. yai^ f. and l^xiU m. Etymolo- 
 giits agree in deriving this form from 
 
 the conjunction of the ten fingers ; comp. 
 Arab. ^.mkC- to be joined together, asso- 
 ciated ; also 1SS, -lOX, itij, and by 
 transp. ijwj-fcj ^'' which contain the 
 
 idea of conjunction. Every where 
 
 coupled only with a noun plural ; in 
 
 1 Sam. 17, 17 cnb iiTi'^ the word ni^33 
 is omitted. E. g. a) Fem. D^CJ "ib 
 
 2 Sam. 15, 16 ; ni:rx 's Gen. 45, 23 ; ^' 
 ria? Ex. 26, 16; and with the numeral 
 after, li;;? Q-ins Josh. 15, 57. 1 Chr. 6, 
 46. b) Masc. Gen, 18, 32. n-^ns? nnb^ 
 1 Sam. 25, 5 ; and so Gen. 24, 10. Neh. 
 5. 18. Deut. 4, 13 ; with the num. after, 
 nnbS t:"i-)Q Gen. 32, 16. Sometimes te7i 
 is put as a round number, Gen. 31, 7. 
 Job 19, 3. 
 
 Plur. m'ib5 tens, decads ; hence ''liU 
 ni-iirS' rulers of tens Ex. 18, 21. Deut. 1, 
 15. Sept. dixudaqxoi, Sixaqxoi. Arab. 
 
 s .^ ^ ^ 
 
 icj'yXw^ tens. Plur. B'^lwS see in "i^5. 
 
 Deriv. "lirs, nibs, "'"I'^br, ii'i'^as, 
 ibs^, the denom. verb ~b^. Other 
 forms of the cardinal itself here follow. 
 
 "li?:^ m. and !T^^? f. id. 1 . ten, Engl. 
 teen, used only in those numbers which 
 are compounded with ten ; as masc. 
 lbs nnx eleven, "ibs nsans fovrteen, 
 ->bs nbb sixteen : also as ordinals, 
 eleventh. fourteenth, sixteenth; with art. 
 ntsn c-^rb the twelve Josh. 4, 4. Fem. 
 nibs nns eleven, "ibs bb sixteen; 
 also ord. eleventh, si.rteenth, etc. 
 
 -2. Plur. Cib? (from sing. JT^bS) 
 a) Card, twenty, of both genders, used 
 with nouns sing, and plur. and either 
 before or after them, Gen. 31. 41. Lev. 
 27. 5. al. b) Ord. the twentieth. Num. 
 10, 11. IK. 15,9. 16, 10. 
 
 "ite? Chald. f. and Hntol? m. ten, Dan. 
 7, 7. 20, 24. "lbs inpi fipe/ve Dan, 4, 
 26. Ezra 6, 17. Plur. "pnrs twenty 
 Dan. 6, 2. 
 
 "(W fut. ibS^ (denom. from ib) c. 
 ace. /o take the tenth part of any thing, 
 to tithe, 1 Sam. 8, 15. "17. 
 
 PiEL to give the tenth part, to pay tithes. 
 Neh. 10, 38 and the tithes of our f elds 
 (must we bring) to the Levites C'^i':'^^ cn^ 
 Q-^ibSTan /or they, the Lerites. mu.s-t (in, 
 turn) pay tithes. With acr. of that of 
 which the tithe is paid. Deut. 14,22; 
 
^'jj:> 
 
 825 
 
 dat. of him lo whom it is paid, Gen. 2S, 
 22. 
 
 HiPH. like Piel. to give tithes, inf. with 
 pref ibsa, "lios^, Neh. 10, 39. Deut. 
 26,12. 
 
 n^toy.eee-^bs. 
 niTOy J see i9 . 
 
 yriWV 111. (denom. Irom nirr) plur. 
 cs'lbs , a tenth, tenth part, a measure 
 of things dry, spec, for grain and meal, 
 Lev. 14, 10. 21. 23, 13. 17. al. sajp. Sept. 
 Sixutoi; more fully Num. 15, 4 Sixuiov 
 ToD oi(pi, Vulg. decima pars Ephi. the 
 tenth part of an ephah, or about 3+ quarts, 
 i. q. lai? ; and this appears to be correct, 
 comp. Lev. 5, 11. 6, 13. Num. 5, 15. 28, 
 5; et ibi Sept. 
 
 I. ^ ra. a moth. Job 4, 19. 13. 23. 
 
 6 s J 
 
 Is. 50, 9. Ho8. 5, 12. al. Arab. kit. 
 R. iac5 . 
 
 II. ty m. (r. crs) Job 9, 9, and ?? 
 f Job 38, 32, the constellation which we 
 call the Great Dear, Ursa Major, the 
 Wain, from the Greeks and Romans. 
 In Job 38, 32 >7^33 its sons are the 
 three stars in the tail of the bear. The 
 word tiS does not itself signify a bear, 
 but is made by aphseresis from t'23 , Arab. 
 
 (jiju a barrow, bearer, (from r. jjiju 
 lo take up, to bear.) the Arabic name 
 of this constellation. The same three 
 stars in the tail are also called cjUj 
 (jijjj, i. e. daughters of the Bearer. 
 See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 1 14. Niebuhr 
 Arabien p. 115. Alb. Schultens ad Job. 
 1. c. regards the Heb. lis as i. q. Arab. 
 
 IU./L& night- watcher, from r. ;jLfc and 
 
 IS ^ 
 
 U**. to go about by night, and supposes 
 this constellation to be so called because 
 it never sets. But the former etymolo- 
 gy is preferable. Comp. Michaelis 
 Suppl. p. 1907. See more in Thesaur. 
 p. 895 sq. 
 
 pICy m. an oppressor Jer. 22, 3. i. q. 
 p':;-!? 21. 12. R. pt's. 
 
 D"'p1l23? ra. plur. (r. p'^'S) oppressions, 
 injuries, acts of violence. Ecc. 4. 1. Am. 
 3. 9. Job 35, 9. But in Ps. 103, 6. Jer. 
 50, 33, it is part. pass. plur. the oppressed. 
 
 t\^W m. adj. (r. n^*S) bright ; Ez. 
 27, 19 niC5 bt-ia bright iron, perh. pol- 
 ished steel ; others, wrought iron, from 
 the root no. 2. Sept. vl!it,ijoq il(yutTfU- 
 vac, \\i\g.fabref actum. 
 
 nilT? Ashvath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 33. 
 
 T'TD? m. (r. -iC5) plur. B-'n-'BS, constr. 
 '^yt'S ; rich, viz. 
 
 1. Adj. i-'ias 'X a rich man 2 Sam. 
 12,4. 
 
 2. Subst. OTie rich, a rich man ; plur. 
 O^nidr the rich; Prov. 10, 15. 14.20. 
 
 18, 11. Jer. 9, 22. Ecc. 10, 20. Ps. 49, 3. 
 45, 13 C5 ^n'^ias th^ richest of jieople. 
 Spec, a) In a good sense, honourable, 
 nohfe, Ecc, 10, 6 ; opp. b:o . b) In a 
 bad sense, proud, impious, ungo<lly. since 
 riches are the source of pride, and pride 
 to a Hebrew is synonymous with impi- 
 ety ; so Is. 53, 9 and they put with the 
 wicked (C'Sir^Tx) his sepulchre, and 
 with the ungodly ("I'^tir-rx) his tumidus; 
 here the parallelism demands that T^wS 
 and 3''5'r"i be synonymous. See also 
 ^bb"in (ill bbn no. 3), i:5 and ""VS ; comp. 
 Is. 2, 7. Mic. 7, 12. Matt. 19, 23'. 
 
 * ""*?? fut. yrs;; plur. in pause ris^ 
 Ps. 104. 32 ; to smoke, as mountains Ex. 
 
 19, 18. Ps. 104, 32. 144, 5. Arab. ^jls. 
 id. Kindr. is "JFi, whence "|inx furnace. 
 In the Indo-European tongues compare 
 Sanscr. dtman mind (pr. breath, spirit); 
 Gr. uTftos vapour, smoke, ntfii^. uTfii^ ; 
 Goth, athma. breath, Germ. Atliem. 
 Metaph. spoken of the divine wrath 
 Deut. 29, 19. Ps. 74, 1. 80, 5. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 V^y m. (r. '^5) constr. "i^? Josh. 8, 
 
 20, 21, also ir? as if from yqs Ex. 19, 
 18 ; c. suff. PTjias . 
 
 1. smoke. Gen. 15, 17. Is. 4, 5. 6, 4. 
 Nah. 2. 14. Prov. 10, 26. yrs nis3 a col- 
 umn of smoke Judg. 20, 40 ; 's r^ixa id. 
 Is. 9, 17 ; 's m'nTSTl id. Cant. 3, 6. A 
 people suddenly dispersed is compared 
 to smoke driven away Hos. 13. 3. Ps. 68, 
 3. Is. 51. 6. Poet, smoke is also put: 
 a) For vapour causedby the breathing 
 and snorting of an enraged animal, Job 
 41, 12 [20]; comp. 'fumuntem nasum 
 viri ursi' Martial 6. 64. 2S. Hence of 
 the divine vvrath, Ps. 18, 9 isxa -,Tr3 nb3 
 there went up a smoke out of his nostrils 
 
pas^ 
 
 826 
 
 r.Try 
 
 Is. 65, 5. b) For a cloud of diist, as 
 indicating the approach of a hostile ar- 
 my, Is. 14, 31 ; comp. ' fumantes pulvere 
 campos' Virg.JEn. 11.909. 
 
 2. Ashan, pr. n. of a city in Simeon, 
 Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. 6, 44. 
 Called also "iirs lis q. v. 
 
 jCy m. adj. (r. "rS) plur. C^?!?*, 
 smoking Ex. 20, 15. Is. 7, 4. 
 
 * P?? fut. "P^T. 1- ^0 oppress, to 
 treat with violence and injustice ; Arab. 
 
 ^^^^.M^Lt I, V, to urge, to press, (^-w-fc 
 
 injustice, violence. E. g. the poor and 
 needy. Ps. 119, 121. 122. Am. 4, 1. Jer. 
 7, 6. Prov. 14, 31. 22, 16. 28, 3. Ecc. 4, 
 1 ; a king his subjects 1 Sam. 12, 3. 4 ; 
 a victor the vanquished Is. 52. 4. Jer. 50, 
 33. Ps. 105, 14. Hos. 5, 11 ; God a man 
 Job 10, 3. More fiilly pirs 'e pais Ez. 
 18, 18. 22, 29. Part, act.' p'ris an op- 
 pressor Ps. 72, 4 ; pass. pTO25 oppressed 
 Deut. 28, 29. .33. Often coupled with 
 bn q. v. Metaph. Prov. 28, 17 pTOJS D-iX 
 aJB3"c"!3 a man oppressed with life's 
 blood sc. shed by him, i. e. sinking under 
 the burden of this guilt. 
 
 2. to defraud any one, to extort from 
 him by fraud and violence, with ace. of 
 pers. Lev. 19, 13. Deut. 24, 14 ; also ace. 
 of thing Mai. 3, 5 "i"^:iu n:io 'pOJs who 
 wrest h is wages from the hireling. Absol. 
 Hos. 12, 8. Both senses (no. 1 and 2) 
 occur together in Mic. 2, 2 133 IprS 
 ilT'SI they oppress a man and (wrest 
 away) his house ec. by fraud and vio- 
 lence; comp. bta, 
 
 3. to be proiul. insolent, trop. of a river 
 overflowing its banks. Job 40. 18 [23]. 
 Comp. synon. Ub *JJs ; ^si . 
 
 PcAL part. fern. n;?C5Ta violated, e. g. 
 a virgin, metaph. of a captured city Is. 
 23, 12. 
 
 Deriv. piili^ , S-^pIC?, p'^p . ^i^ias, 
 n-ipirsn , pr. n. pt? . 
 
 ptD? (oppression) Eshek, pr. n. m. 1 
 Chr. 8, 39. 
 
 pC7 m. 1. violence, injury, violent 
 act, Ip. 59, 13. Spec, oppression of the 
 poor and needy, by fraud, extortion, pil- 
 lage. Ez. 22. 7 12. Ps. 73. 8. Jer. 6, 6. 
 22, 17. With genit. of the oppressor 
 Ps. 119, 134 ; of the oppressed Ecc. 5, 7. 
 
 2. Kny thing extorted, got by fraud 
 and violence, Lev. 5, 23. Ps. 62, 11; 
 genr. unjust gain Ecc. 7, 7. 
 
 3. distress, straits, i. q. i^pias , Is. 54, 
 14. 
 
 Hj?!? f (r. pT^'S) oppression which 
 one suffers ; hence distress, sti^aits ; Is. 
 38, 14 "i^'ni^'as distress IS upon me; read 
 6shkal-li notwithstanding the Mctheg, 
 as in cn-iF)! , '?'?.'?';j , see Lehrg. p. 43. 
 
 ">T?;P fut. nais;; to be rich. Job 15, 29. 
 Hos. 12. 9. Aram, 'nns, ?L., id. The 
 primary idea seems that of being right, 
 straight, so as to be kindr. with "naJx , 
 liT'; , *nC3 ; hence the idea of happiness, 
 and then of riches. 
 
 PiEL to build, pr. to erect, from the 
 primary force of the root ; once 1 K. 22, 
 49 Clieth. ri3X lt;s liBCir.-i Jehosa- 
 phat bnilt ships; Keri HtDS , and thus 
 2 Chr. 20, 36. 37. 
 
 HiPH. ^'aisn, fut. c. suff. ^i'pp.1 1 
 Sam. 17, 25. 
 
 1. to make rich, to enrich, c. ace. pers. 
 Gen. 14. 23. Ez. 27, 33. Trop. Ps. 65, 
 10 ns-iaiyn ran thou dost abundantly 
 enrich it, the earth, i. e. with copious 
 gilts dost adorn it. With two ace. 1 
 Sam. 17, 25. Absol. 1 Sam. 2, 7. Prov. 
 
 10, 4. 22! 
 
 2. Intrans. to enrich oneself to become 
 rich, (pr. to make riches, see Heb. Gr, 
 52. 2, note,) Ps. 49, 17. Prov. 21. 17. 
 With ace. of that with which one is en- 
 riched, Dan. 11, 2. 
 
 HiTHP. to feign oneself rich, Prov. 1 3, 7. 
 Deriv. "fii;^ , also 
 
 "^5 m. riches 1 Sam. 17, 25. 1 K. 3, 
 
 11. 13. Ecc. 4, 8. Prov. 22, 1. al. sa^pe. 
 
 * "^'IiV i. q. nbs , to fall in. to fall 
 away, e. g. a) Of garments falling in 
 pieces from use or from being moth- 
 
 eaten ; comp. ttJS . aLit moth, b) Of the 
 countenance/a/Zing- away, pining, wast- 
 ing, from disease or care. Ps. 6, 8. 31, 10. 
 
 11. Arab. jjix.t to fall away, to pine. 
 
 *nry 1. to shine, to be bright, 
 smooth. Jer. 5. 28 iircjs siJiad they are 
 waxen fat, they shine, i. e. their skin 
 shines with fatness. Hence rit'y, 
 
 2. to make shining, i. e. smooth ; hence 
 
n-i? 
 
 827 
 
 ntiy 
 
 to work, to forge, to form, see deriv. nr? . 
 Coinp. pbn . Hence 
 
 3. Trop. of the mind, wluch fornvt, 
 fashions, moulds any thing by revolving 
 it, eee "("in'JS , niFi'lis ; also 
 
 HiTHP. lo bethink oneself recogilare as 
 Vulg. well ; c. b Jon. 1, 6. Chald. nlESnx 
 to excogitate. 
 
 no?, ri"'?, Chald. to think, to have 
 in mind, to purpose, c. inf. et b Dan. 6, 
 4. See Heb. nay no. 3, and Hithpa. 
 
 tl!^ n (r. n^S) something wrougJU, 
 
 artificial work, Cant. 5, 14. The fern. 
 
 gender comes prob. from regarding the 
 
 n as a mere ending; see Lehrg. p. 474. 
 
 Plur. "^nds see in its order. 
 - I - 
 
 n^nO? f. (r. nidS no. 3) thought, 
 opinion ; Job 12, 5 Ijxa niinsJsb in the 
 thought of one at ease, i. q. ^3'^?a . 
 Some Mss. and printed editions read 
 n'in'J^b plur. constr. of ncJS , which 
 however ouglit then to be nines ; but 
 the more accurate exhibit Shurek. 
 
 ^irnpy a word of doubtful origin, which 
 joined with a number denoting ten, i. e. 
 ^by ''nci? m. and nnb^ '^n"'^?? ^- signifies 
 eleven, e. g. masc. Num. 7, 72. 29, 20 ; 
 fem. with plur. Ex. 26, 7. 8. 36, 14. 15. 
 with sing. 2 K. 23, 2. Jer. 1, 3. al. Also 
 as an ordinal the eleventh, masc. Deut. 1, 3. 
 Zech. 1,7; fern. Jer. 39, 2. Ez. 26,1. 
 Simonis explains it, after Kirachi, as if 
 plur. constr. of nttJS, thus: '" cogitationes 
 ultra decern, i. e. numerus cogitalione 
 sive niente concipiendus, cum prseceden- 
 tes numeri ad digitos numerarentur." 
 This is unsatisfactory enough, though a 
 better solution is still wanting. 
 
 ni3mD5' f. plur. thoughts, counsels, Ps. 
 146, 4. Chald. id. R. nrs . 
 
 rr\r\i^ f i K. 1 1, 5. 33. 2 k. 23, 13, 
 
 Ashlnreth, elsewhere plur. nnrnCy Ash- 
 taroth. i. e. Aslarte, i] 'dcrrnfjuj, pr. n. of 
 a female divinity worshipped by the 
 Sidonians 1 and 2 K. 11. cc. by the Philis- 
 ; tines 1 Sam. 31, 10; and after their ex- 
 ample by the Hebrews in the days of 
 the Judges and Solomon. Judg. 2, 13. 
 
 10, 6. 1 Sam. 7, 3. 4. 12, 10. 1 and 2 K. 
 
 11. cc. with great observance and in con- 
 nection with Baal. Judg. 1. c. 1 Sam. 12, 
 10. The plur. niiniuyn , which is thrice 
 
 coupled with D-ibranJudg. 10, 6. 1 Sam. 
 7, 4. 12, 10, ecems to denote statues 
 of Aslarte, coinp. o'^bsa , nl-.trx , Gr. 
 'j^fiitl; and BO too in 1 Sam. 31, 10 
 ninn":J3 n'^a the temple of Astartes (since 
 there may have been several imagcB in 
 the same temple), and Judg. 2. 13 b?ab 
 nninaisbii . But some explain these pas- 
 sages as instances of the ' pluralis excel- 
 lentitB.' Sept. y/(/r^Tjj, plur. Werra^Ta* 
 and 'AatuQMd-. The extent of this wor- 
 ship among the Phenicians and Cartha- 
 ginians is shown by the frequent occur- 
 rence of this name in the pr. riames both 
 of men and women ; as nin'l33 nS5 serv- 
 ant of Astarte, Qr. 'AiiduaiaffTog, Lat. 
 Bndoslor. linslor; ninuJ? ''bT served of 
 Astarte. Delceastarlus, etc. Greek and 
 Roman writers compare this name partly 
 with their Juno, as August. Q,Uest. ad 
 Jud. 7, 16 Juno sine dubitatione a Puni- 
 cis Astarte vocatur;' more commonly 
 with Venus and Luna, as Lucian de Dea 
 Syr. 'AaTaQiijv d' iyoi doxiu) ^ikrivuiiiv tfi- 
 fitvai. Pliilo Bybl. ap. Euseb. 1. 10 if/y Si 
 'AinufjTriV iI>oivlxTjg TrjV 'AifQoSiir^v livai 
 kiyovai. Cic. Nat. 3, 23 'quarla [Venus] 
 Syria Tyroque concepta. quae Astarte vo- 
 catur.' The latter is the more correct; 
 for as bsa was sometimes held to be the 
 god of the sun (see "lan bra in bsa no. 
 5), though usually the planet Jupiter and 
 god of fortune, so Astarte also sometimes 
 represented the moon, and again Venus, 
 i. e. the planet Venus, the goddess of 
 love and fortune, who in a like respect is 
 called likewise nntux and "'IT? q. v. See 
 also Mover's Phcenizien p. 601 sq. As 
 to the figure of this idol it can only be 
 affirmed that it was horned ; since the 
 city Ashtaroth of Bashan, so named 
 from the worship of Astarte, is once 
 carted o^sn;? ninn'js Gen. 14, 5; and 
 these horns accord well both with the 
 goddess of the moon, and also with the 
 niythus respecting Astarte in PhiloBybl. 
 ap. Euseb. 1. c. and Sanchun. Fragm. 
 ed. Orelli p. 34 : 'Aittuqtt] di rj ftf/lazr] 
 xal Zfhi /lr,fiaoovi xal Adwdo; ("'^"l) 
 ^aaiXsvg &i(ap i^aaihvov riji ^Moai, 
 Kqovov yt'o'ifitj. 'JI Si 'A(JT(''QTij ini&r,xe 
 T*/ ISin xtcfixlij ^affdelag nnfjuijij^ov xfcpa- 
 A^v Tav()ov' TitQivoaxoiaa Si ir^v otxov' 
 fiirrjv^ f'vod' aioomifi uaii^a, ov xal avt- 
 loutrT] iy TiQoi rj] uyln rijao* ucpiiouat. 
 
n? 
 
 828 
 
 tiT 
 
 See also Tacit. Hist. II. 3. As to the 
 etymology of the name, so long sought 
 for in vain, it would seem that nn'nr? is 
 for "ir.DX Pers. liLu slar, xt iioxriV 
 the slar of Venus, like Syr. |.i.ias ; see 
 art. "inOX p. 76. Hence the name 'Am^o- 
 oQiCTi, by which Astarte is called. Hero- 
 dian 5. 6. 10. gives the etymology well. 
 See more in Thesaur, p. 10S2 sq. 
 
 Plur. ri-iriuir, constr. riirn'ir 1. As- 
 tartes, imagesof Astarte ; see above. 
 
 2. "iXS ri-ipuD? Astartes of the fock, 
 Venuses. prob. for females, ewes, as pro- 
 pagating the flock, Deut. 7, 13. 28. 4. 18. 
 51. Kimchi isan m^ps, Gr. Venet. 
 well oisc ewes. 
 
 3. P!ur. Ashlaroth, pr. ii. of a city of 
 Bashan. Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 9, 10. 12.' 4. 
 13. 12. 31. 1 Chr. 6. 56. Once ri^nui? 
 fi'i:'^ip Ashtei-oth-karnaim, i. e. horned, 
 Geri. 14, 5 ; so called from the horned 
 images of Astarte, with which the city 
 prob. abounded ; see in no. 1. The an- 
 cient full name seems to have been r''3 
 P"i-inys (house of Astartes), whence by 
 contraction rrnn'rra Josh. 21, 27; see 
 this art. p. 149. It was assigned first to 
 Manasseh. and then to the Levitcs. Josh. 
 13, 31. 1 Chr. 6. 56. Often coupled with 
 'S'llX Edrei, from which according to 
 Eusebius it was six Roman miles dis- 
 tant. The Kamdiv of 1 Mace. 5, 43 
 seems to be the same. [A large mound 
 or acropolis, called Tell Wshiereh. now 
 marks the site of Ashtaroth ; it is in the 
 midst of a vast plain, 1\ miles S. S. W. 
 of N6wa towards Mcz&reib, from which 
 it is 5 miles distant. It is also about 6 
 miles distant from Der'a the ancient 
 Edrei. Sec Newbold in Journ. of Lond. 
 Geogr. Soc. 1846. p. 333. Reland. Pa- 
 Isest. p. 598. R. 
 
 t^y pr. for ry>, fem. of i? (r. irya) as 
 rV for rnb, rx for nnx ; c. Makk. -ns, 
 c. suir. "^ns ; usually fem. as in XTiP] rSa, 
 but sometimes masc. Ez. 7, 7. 12. Cant. 
 2, 12, since the origin of the word ap- 
 pears to have been overlooked : see 
 Lehrg. p. 474. Plur. n-Fi5 fem. Ez. 12, 
 27. Neh. 13, 31 ; oftencr masc. 2 Chr. 
 15, 5. Dan. 11, 14. Ezra 10, 14. Neh. 
 10, 35. 
 
 1. time, in general; with genit. ns 
 ansn iJie time of evening, even-tide, Josh. 
 
 8 29; "(''^Jv! rs pruning-time Cant. 2, 
 12 ; nS"! TV lime of evil, of calamity, P.s. 
 37. 19 ; Jer. 51. 6. Hagg. 1, 2. With inf. 
 niV r^ time of bearing Job 39, 1. 2 ; Jer. 
 
 8, 7. So before a clause, Mic. 5, 2 PS 
 ^^b'' mb"',"' the time when she that tra- 
 vuilelh hringeth forth. Job 6, 17. Deut 
 32, 35. 2 Chr. 20, 22. 28, 22. Also r.?r 
 rs (is) ^K from time to time 1 Chr. 9 
 25. Ez. 4, io. 11. With prepositions: 
 
 a) rS3, c. art. r?2, in or at a time ; 
 Nwn r>2 at that time Gen. 21. 22. 38, 
 
 I. Num. 22. 4. and so always in the Pent, 
 see in xin ; in the other books ^'Trr\ rsS. 
 So "fsp nrs in the time of harvest Jer. 
 50, 16; nnnV n?3 Gen. 38, 27; r^-^ra 
 at all times, always, Ps. 10, 5. 34, 2. 62. 
 
 9. al. sap. 
 
 b) r.sb at a time, espec. of the time 
 of day. of lite, etc. sns rssb Gen. 8, 11. 
 24, 11. 2 Sam. 11, 2. al'. " CV^n xia rrb 
 Josh. 10, 27. 2 Chr. 18, 34; n:p! r'jh in 
 the time of old age 1 K. 11, 4. 15, 23, 
 ni^a ci-iTji^ , i. q. nva ni">, day by day. 
 1 Ciir. 12. 22. 
 
 c) rsa about or at a time, see in 3 B. 
 3 ; as ais nri:^ rsa at the time of the 
 evening oblation Dan. 9, 21. With the 
 art. rS3 (for ri^ns) at this time, now. 
 Num. 23, 23. Judg! 13, 23. 21, 22. Job 
 39. 18. "in73 rsa about this time to-mor- 
 row, Ex. 9/l8."l Sam. 9, 16. 20. 12. 1 K. 
 19, 2. al. more fully nsi-tn rrs in^ Josk 
 
 II, 6. nn nsa, see in ''n no. 3. p. 309. 
 
 d) Accus. ns , at or in the time ; Ps. 
 4 8 'isi 0331 r^?'2 more than in the time 
 when their corn and their wine were 
 abundant. Absol. at the time, now, i. q. 
 nns , Ez. 27, 34. Sept. vi)v, Vulg. mmc. 
 Spec. 
 
 2. time of the year, season, Gr. olpa ; 
 Cant. 2, 12. Jer. 50, 16, see above in no. 
 1. nn nS3, see above in no. 1. c. 
 Ezra' 10, 13*D'^:ct^a rsn the season of 
 rains, i.e. the rainy season; see Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. II. p. 97. 
 
 3. time or season of life, espec. yoidh, 
 spoken of a marriageable virgin, Ez. 16, 
 8 D"'"!^ ns "H^ nrm lo, thy time was the 
 lime of love." So Ps. 81, 16 their youth 
 shoidd have endured for ever. Com p. Gr. 
 dp, e. g. is yt'tftov oi^r^v unlxfadni Hdot. 
 6, 61 ; fi's (aS()oi; u'i()nv ryxoww }(6(iij Plat. 
 
 4. aft time, proper season, like Gr. 
 Kat(f6( ; often with sulf. as ina i-Jia the 
 
ny 
 
 829 
 
 nr 
 
 rain in its season, i. c. at the proper 
 time, Deut. 11, 14. 28, 13; of fruit Pa. 1, 
 3; BO Ps. 104, 27. Job 38, 32. Prov. 15, 
 a3. Ecc 7, 17. 10, 17. Ace. n? xb not 
 in time, out of time, untimely, Job 22, 
 16 ; and so r? in time, betimes, Hon. 13, 
 13 he is a foolish son 'iJi ntr^ X3 rs ^1) 
 for he standdh not betimes in the matrix, 
 i. e. doth not break forth Irom the womb 
 at the right time, while there is yet 
 strength to bear ; comp. Is. 37, 3. 
 
 5. the lime of any one, i. q. day of any 
 one, see in DT' no. 1. b; i. e. the time of 
 the end, the last and fatal day, time of 
 destruction, Is. 13, 22. Jer. 27, 9. Ez. 22, 
 3. 30, 3. Ecc. 9, 12. Absol. Ecc. 9, 11. 
 
 6. a set time, a certain period, which 
 will have an end, opp. obiS. Ecc. 3, 1 
 ^Bn'bsb r5 to ereiy thing- there is a 
 time. i. e. it endures but for a time, is not 
 permanent ; comp. 8, 6. So rj "^vfor a 
 time, i. e. a fixed period, which will come 
 to an end, Dan. 11, 24. 
 
 Plor. B'^ns, nins, see above init. 
 times ; i. e. a) As computed by those 
 learned in such matters ; e. g. n'^pisn ^r"!"! 
 Esth. 1. 13, and oTisb n'T'i 'Sn^ IChr. 
 12, 32. knowing of times, i.e. astrologers. 
 
 b) As connected with the vicissitudes of 
 men and things, 1 Chr. 29, 30. Dan. 9, 
 26. Is. 33, 6. Hence i. q. destiny, lot, 
 Ps. 31, 16. Also times of judgment, of 
 divine wrath. Job 24, 1 ; comp. in no. 5. 
 
 c) As implying repetition, Neh. 9, 28 
 man Ctw many times, repeatedly; 
 comp. Chald. '(a\ no. 2. 
 
 Denom. nn , ins , perh. pr. n. "^n? . 
 
 pS^ n? (time of the judge) with n 
 local p nns , Ittah-kazin, pr. n. of a city 
 in Zebulun. Josh. 19, 13. 
 
 * "T^l in Kal not used ; Chald. Pa. 
 ins to set, to place, to prepare ; Ithpa. 
 to set oneself^ to stand, i. q. za^nn. 
 Syr. Pe. and Pa. to set, to arrange. Arab. 
 ^ > _, 
 (XxC. to be prepared, ready ; II, IV, to 
 
 prepare, to arrange. Kindr. are fO^ , n-'iB . 
 
 PiEL to make ready, prepare, Prov. 
 24, 27. 
 
 HiTHP. to be ready, destined, for any 
 thing, c. b Job 1.5. 28. 
 
 Deriv. T^ns, lir^, 1^5. 
 
 ^1^ adv. (from TO_ time, with !i para- 
 gog. demonstr.) in pause JiPiS Mild Gen. 
 
 70 
 
 32, 5, like nnx , nnx ; pr. at the time. 
 Hence. 
 
 1. at this time, now, an opp. both to 
 time past and future, Josh. 14, 11. Hos. 
 2, 10. Is. 48, 7 ; and so Gen. 22, 12. 29, 
 32. Job 3, 13. 4, 5. Ps. 12, 6. 20, 7. al. 
 sffip. AIo now, already, Job 6, 3 ; and 
 poet. i. q. presently, shortly. Job 7, 21. 
 8, 6. cbis nsi niwo from this time even 
 for ever, Is. 9, 6. nns ns until this lime, 
 until now. Gen. 32, 5. 46, 34. MT nns 
 just now, this moment, see in rrr no. 3. 
 b. nnr ca yea now, see oa no. 3 ult. 
 nns s<b not now, no more. Is. 29. 22. 
 Freq. is nnsi and now, therefore. Gen, 
 3,22. 4, u! 21,23. 41,23. Neh. 5, 5. al. 
 
 2. Sometimes the notion of time is 
 
 dropped, and then like Gr. vvv, vvv, it is 
 
 used by way of emphasis, incitement, 
 
 now, come now, mostly with imperat. 
 
 Gen. 31, 13. Is. 30, 8. Mic. 4, 14 ; nns 
 
 r^iin 1 K. 1, 18. 2 K. 18, 21. Also with 
 
 interrog. Is. 36, 5 come now, on whom 
 
 dost thou trust ? V. 10 and now (r^ns^) 
 
 have I then come up without Jehovah 7 
 
 s ' ^ 
 ^^n? m. a he-goat ; Arab. OyXs. a 
 
 young goat, pr. well-formed, of perfect 
 
 age, robust ; comp. Jul. a horse r\dy- 
 fbr the course ; others, robust, of perfect 
 stature. Only plur. D'^'iins, o-inns, 
 Gen. 31, 10. 12. Num. 7, 17. Ps. 50, 9. 
 13. Prov. 27, 6. Is. 1, 11. al. Put for the 
 leaders of the flock Jer. 50, 8. Poet, of 
 the leader of a people, a prince. Is. 14 9. 
 Zech. 10, 3. 
 
 'I'lriy m. (r. Tns) i. q. T^rs, viz. a) 
 
 ready, prepared, Esth. 8, 13 Cheth. b) 
 
 Plur. mniins things prepared, i. e. ac- 
 quired, treasure. Is. 10, 13 Keri. 
 
 ''^ (perh. i. q. "^PiS opportune) At- 
 tai, pr. n. m. a) 1 Clir. 2, 35. 36. b) 
 12, 11. c) 2 Chr. 11, 20. 
 
 ''P^ m. adj. (from rs) timely, fit, op- 
 portune. Lev. 16, 21. 
 
 ^Tl^ m. adj. (r. ins) 1. ready, pre- 
 pared, c. b Esth. 3, U. 8, 13. Job 15, 24. 
 Syr. and Arab. id. 
 
 2. practised, skilful, c. inf Job 3, 8. 
 Comp. t\JCt Conj. V, artis peritissimus 
 fuit ; see Schult. ad 1. c. 
 
 3. Plur. nin^ns a) things prepared' 
 for any one, i. e. things impending, des- 
 
^m? 
 
 tined, Deut. 32. 35, b) things prepared 
 i. e. acquired, treasures, riches, lu vnu(j- 
 jfoJTw. Is. 10, 13 Cheth. 
 "IT? Chald. ready, Dan. 3, 15. 
 
 n^? (perh. i. q. n^b") Athaiah, pr. 
 1. m. Neh. 11, 4. 
 
 pT^ m. adj. (r. prs) splendid, spoken 
 of garments, Is. 23', 18 p^rs hb:^ , 
 Targ. p'''? '03. It is here the splen- 
 dour of the sacerdotal vestments, handed 
 down from antiquity and preserved with 
 the highest care and veneration ; see 
 in r. '^^'Ti'S no. 4. Arab. ^^J'Lc old, an- 
 tique, put for that which is superexcei- 
 lent, of ancient name and honour. 
 
 p'^R? m. adj. (r. prs) \. taken away, 
 taken off, sc. from the mother's breast, 
 weaned. Is. 28, 9. 
 
 2. ancient, old, 1 Chr. 4, 22. See the 
 root, no. 2. 
 
 p"'!?? Chald. m. adj. ancient, senex, 
 Dan. 7, 9. 13. 22. Syr. ^hL id. See 
 r. ppr no. 2. 
 
 *t]j3n;? obsol. root, Arab. vibLt to 
 turn in, to take lodging. Hence 
 
 jTC? (lodging-place) Athach, pr. n. of 
 a place in the tribe of Judah 1 Sam, 
 30, 30, 
 
 5^7 obsol. root, Arab. JJlC to treat 
 with violence. Hence the two following. 
 
 ''^^^ (for ^^^^S q. v.) Athlai, pr. n, 
 m. Ezra 10, 28,' ' 
 
 ^^?r? (whom Jehovah afflicts, r, 
 br) Athaliah, pr, n. 
 
 1. Masc. a) 1 Chr. 8, 26, b) Ezra 
 8,7. 
 
 2, Fern, a queen of Judah, the daugh- 
 ter of Ahab and Jezebel, 880-877 B. C. 
 2 K. 11. 1 ; elsewhere "n:^:^? id. 2 K.8, 
 26, 11, 2. 2 Chr. 22, 2, 23,' 21. 24, 7. 
 
 DL*; a root an. Xtyoft. in Niph. Is, 
 
 9, 18 through the anger of Jehovah CPiTJ 
 
 ynx the land is consumed, burned ; pa- 
 
 rail. the people are food for fire.' Sept. 
 
 ai'/xt'xKi'TMt. Cod. Alex, avyxui&iiaiiui. 
 
 Targ. rr'hn in burned. This Fenee is 
 
 required by the context; and is con- 
 
 9 ",- 
 firmed by Arab. j^Xr BufTocating heat, 
 
 and Eth. <P''V\'<^ angry, heated with 
 
 830 pny 
 
 anger. The Rabbins render it, the land 
 is darkened, comp. Arab. -vJiLc to be 
 darkened ; but against the context. 
 
 "^^ obsol. root, kindr, with ^rs, 
 i. q. Arab. ^^wCi to treat with violence. 
 
 s '.' , 
 Comp. i^yX. lion. Hence the two fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 i:ri:^ (for n*3PS lion of Jehovah) 
 Olhni, pr. n, m,' 1 Chr, 26, 7. 
 
 hif;^:r<y (lion of God) Oth7uel, pr. n. 
 of one of the judges of Israel, Josh, 15, 
 17. Judg. 1, 13. 3, 9, 1 Chr. 4, 13. Gr. 
 
 J'oSoyuil Judith 6, 15, R. "ns, 
 
 *P^? fut. pPi:?':] 1. to be taken 
 away, removed, Job 14, 18. 18, 4. See 
 p'^nr no 1, and Hiph. 
 
 2. to be advanced in years, to grow 
 old, Job 21, 7. Ps. 6, 8 mine eye growelh 
 
 old ; comp. Lam. 3, 4. Arab. iSJiLc to- 
 be antique, old. Syr. v_Cii^ to grow old. 
 Chald. id. See p-^ns no. 2. 
 
 3. to be set free, manumitted, from the 
 idea of taking away ; comp. Is. 28, 9. 
 
 Arab. i^ji- fut. /; i^'Lc. manumit- 
 
 ted, free, 14^ freedom. Hence Heb, 
 
 'pT^^ in a bad sense, licentious, impudent 
 
 4. From the idea of age in no. 2. come 
 the signif to be antique, and thus to be 
 venerable, noble, splendid, in the manner 
 of antique wealth, or old wine, transmit- 
 ted from one's ancestors and preserved 
 ontouched ; see Schult. ad Prov, 8, 18. 
 Hence ^"S, p"'Pi5 , 
 
 Hiph. Causat. o^ Kal no. 1, to take 
 away, to remove, Job 9, 5. Spec, a) 
 Of tents, to break irp, to remove, e. g. a 
 nomadic camp, Gtn. 12, 8. 26. 22. h)to 
 transfer, to transcribe, from one book into 
 another, hence i. q. to collect proverbs, 
 Prov. 25, 1. Sept. iif/Qufixrio, Vnlg. 
 iranstulerunt. Talmud, to copy, ta 
 translate, c) to take away from any 
 one. Job 32, 15 n''^'a cno sp-^nsn they 
 took from them words, impers. for words 
 were taken from ihem,' they could say 
 nothing. 
 
 Deri v. prv , pPS , p-'PS , p^P? , 
 
 pn^ m, adj, pr, ' free, licentious,' i. c. 
 bold, impudent, vicked, 8ee the root no 
 
PM 
 
 831 
 
 HKB 
 
 3, pM '13'n to speak imptulenthj, i. e. 
 arrogantly, wickedly, Ps. 31, 19. 75, 6. 
 94, 4. 1 Sam. 2, 3. 
 
 pn^ m. adj. (r. pri no. 4) ttplendid ; 
 Prov. 8, 18 pr'S (in , Vulg. ope auperlxe. 
 
 * I. "^^I? fut. ^P5'> 1. 1. q. laj?, to 
 6um incense lo a divinity ; Syr. i-iblk to 
 smoke with perfume, Ij-J^ fume, in- 
 cense; Arab. Jox. to breathe odours. 
 
 Hence "^nS no. 1. 
 
 2. to pray as a suppliant, to supplicate 
 God ; the prayers of the righteous 
 being likened to incense, comp. Rev. 5, 
 8, and (ivijfioijvrov li/g nQoaivxiji; Tob. 
 12, 12. Acts 10, 4. With b and bx Gen. 
 25, 21. Ex. 8, 26. 10, 18.' Judg.'lS, 8. 
 Job 33, 26. 
 
 NiPH. to let oneself he entreated by 
 any one, c. dat. i. e. to hear and answer 
 prayer; Gen. 25, 21 n^r^"^^ ib IPS'] and 
 Jehovah heard him. 2 Sam. 21, 14. Is. 
 19, 22. 2 Chr. 33, 13. 19. Ezra 8, 23. Inf. 
 absol. "liny? 1 Chr. 5, 20. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to pr-ay. to suppli- 
 cate, c. bx Ex. 8, 4. 25. 9, 28. Job 22, 
 
 27; }> Ex. 10, 17. With b and nsa to 
 entreat for, i. e, in behalf of any one, Ex. 
 8, 5. 24. 
 Deriv. nr5. 
 
 * H . "^1?^ in Kal not used, i. q. Chald. 
 "trs and Heb. 'i'&S , to be rich, abundant. 
 
 NiPH. id. Prov. 27, 6 abundant are the 
 kisses of an enemy ; opp. faithful are 
 the wounds of a friend. 
 
 HiPH. to make abundant, to multiply ; 
 Ez. 35, 13 D^'^nn'n 'bs cnnnrn'j ye mul- 
 tiply your iconh against me sc. impi- 
 ously. Comp. bina no. 2. 
 
 Deriv. n^rs and pr. n. irs, 
 
 ^^ m. (r. lr,5 I ) constr. "inS , plur. 
 c. suff. "^"ins . 
 
 1. incense, fragrant smoke. Ez. 8, 11. 
 So correctly Sept. Vulg. Syr. Others 
 render it abundance ; comp. r. nns II. 
 
 2. a suppliant, worshipper of Glod, 
 Zeph. 3, 10. 
 
 "If}? (abundance) Ether, pr. n. of a 
 place in Simeon, Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7. 
 
 f^'^'C? f. abundance, riches, Jer. 33, 6. 
 R. "IPS II. 
 
 a 
 
 ^S the seventeenth letter of the He- 
 brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
 80. The name XB probably signifies 
 mx)uth, i. q. MB . It was pronounced like 
 <p, ph ; but with Dag. lene B also as tt, 
 p; see Lehrg. p. 20, 21. It is inter- 
 changed chiefly with the other labials 
 a and "O, where see 
 
 S^B adv. here, see ria . 
 
 I (CsS a root not used in Kal, to 
 breathe, to blow; like the kindr. nss 
 (nnr), also xiB . WS , n^a . all which are 
 onomatopoetic, and imitate the sound of 
 one blowing from his lips. Hence uti. 
 
 HiPH. Deut. 32, 26 cn-'XBX / will 
 blow them away, i. e. scatter them like 
 the wind. Sept. Siuirrtf^M aiToiv. Si- 
 ft^ 
 monis compares here Arab. |Li which 
 has the eignif. of splitting, separating, 
 
 and so of wounding, dispersing ; but less 
 well. See more in Tliesaur. p. 1086. 
 
 Deriv. nxB, MB, n^B , niB"'B , and 
 words compounded with "^B . 
 
 nSS f. (from masc. nxB , HB , r. nxB) 
 constr. rxa , plur. pnb . 
 
 1. Pr. the mouth, then the face, like 
 Lat. OS. Syr. i.^1^ id. Like other femi- 
 nines it is everywhere transferred to 
 inanimate objects, i. q. side ; hence 
 
 a) Of the side or quarter of the hea- 
 vens ; as n^ pxs the west side, the west, 
 Ex. 27, 12.' Josh. 18. 14; rss pjja the 
 north side Ex. 26, 20. 27. 11 ; 253 PX3 
 the south side Ex. 27. 9. Num. 34. 3'; 
 
 C"^1k ^'^^ ^^* ^"^^ *'^^^ ^^- '*^' ^- Often 
 with n local, as na^ pxe the side west- 
 ward, to the west. Ez. 48. 16 ; PXB 
 nres Josh. 15. 5 ; nsa: psb Josh. IS, 
 15 ; M;^''r^ "?3; ^?^ f^^ south side 
 
nss 
 
 832 
 
 i9 
 
 southward Ex. 26, IS ; ruan]? rxs Num. 
 35.5; nrj'^i'a r^rf^'^ rNB the east side 
 eastward Ex. 38. 13. At or o?i the ide 
 of is r-xsb in Ex. and Joeh. 11. cc. but 
 rwssr; in Ez. 45, 7. 48, 2 sq. 
 
 b) Genr. side, quarter. parts; Lev. 13, 
 11 if any one have last his hair T'Ja rsB'O 
 from the side towards his face. i. e. from 
 his forehead, in front. Neh. 9, 22 cpbnnn 
 "txsb a??(Z diilst distribute them (the Is- 
 xaeiites) into rariojis quarters, i. e. dis- 
 trir.ts of the promised land. Jer. 48, 45 
 iSxii: rxE the parts of Moah. Parall. in 
 Num. 24, 17 is dual constr. 2i<l^ inXQ 
 q. d. the two sides of Moah. the whole 
 region; comp. n^rs"!^, o';''!^, all bor- 
 rowed from the human body and trans- 
 ferred to tracts of country. Symm. xU- 
 ftuta. Hence 
 
 2. the ea-treme part, extremity, cmmer, 
 e. g. of a field Lev. 19, 9. 23, 22; of the 
 sacred table Ex. 25, 26. 37, 13; of a 
 couch or divan, the place of honour, Am. 
 3, 12. Lev. 19, 27 cstuxn nxE iiEjsn sib 
 ye shall not round off (cut in a circle) 
 the extremity of your head of hair ; and 
 then is subjoined: nSQ rx ir-^nain sbl 
 ?j3J?'r nor shalt thou mar the extremity 
 (corner) of thy heard; and this again is 
 thu.s expressed in Lev. 21, 5 C3;?1 nxa 
 sinba*^ 5<b nor shall they shave off the 
 extremity (corner) of their heard. Here 
 the ffiX"! rxB doubtless refers to the 
 extremities of the hair or locks along 
 the forehead, temples, and behind the 
 ears, which are not to be rounded off in 
 cutting. By the same analogy 'I^Jfl rsB 
 is put for the extremities or comers of 
 the heard running up from tlie musta- 
 chios and beard towards the ears; these 
 the Hebrews were forbidden to cut off; 
 ,[and in this same respect, at the present 
 day, the Jews in the East are distin- 
 guished from the Muhammedans, who 
 trim this part of the beard. R.] To 
 the extremities of the hair or locks. rxB 
 uixn. i.s also to be referred the phrase 
 nxB ''Sisp clipped as to the locks, hav- 
 ing the locks clipped, rounded off. Jer. 
 9, 25. 25, 23. 49, 32. This is said with 
 a sort of contempt of the Arabs of the 
 desert, who are described by Herodotus 
 as wearing their hair cut in this man- 
 ner, Hdot. 3. 8. The Jewish inipp. here 
 render Hits parts, as in no. 2. 
 
 * Di?5 obsol. root. 1. to fill the 
 mouth with food, to swallow with effort. 
 
 Arab. -L id. also to satiate oneself 
 Eth. 't'-^'h<^ to have in the mouth a 
 morsel, lump, etc. 4^ii<3'^ morsel. It 
 is one of the roots ending in m which 
 express sounds made with the lips clos- 
 ed. Kindred is jv^ intellexit, pr. im- 
 butus est. Hence C^S for C^IXB mouth. 
 
 2. Arab. |VAi to be fat ; apparently 
 
 of the same family with Sanscr. ptna 
 fat, nipfXrii, nifiiXri, opimus, pinguis. 
 Hence n^-ia fat. 
 
 * I. "^i^S in Kal not used. 1. to be 
 beautifid. adorned; see "^XB, P.'iNEFI, 
 rrnttD, iT^XB. Kindr. is prob. ^^ to 
 excel in glory, to glory. 
 
 2. i, q. Arab. L mid. Waw, to boil, 
 
 to he hot, to glow ; i\yi fervid heat, 
 
 8 Jjj foam of a boiling pot ; kindr. i^S 
 to burn? Hence "i!|-iSB, nnQ. 
 
 Note. These two significations have 
 perh. no mutual connection ; that of 
 beauty belonging properly to this root 
 with mid. St, and the other being prob. 
 borrowed from a root i? . 
 
 PiEL "iSB to adorn, to beautify, to 
 honour, e. g. the sanctuary. Is. 60, 7. 13 ; 
 the people of God Is. 55, 5. Ezra 5, 27 ; 
 the poor with succour Ps. 149, 4; corap. 
 ornave beneficiis. 
 
 2. Denom. from STisiB, to hough, to go 
 over the boughs sc. in order to glean, 
 Deut. 24, 20. 
 
 HiTHP. \. to be adorned, honoured, 
 e. g. a people from Jehovah Is. 60, 21. 
 61, 3 ; of Jehovah, to glorify himself in 
 bestowing favours on his people, c. 3 
 Is. 44, 23. 49, 3. 
 
 2. to raunt oneself to glory, c. bs 
 against any one, Judg. 7, 2. Is. 10, 15. 
 
 Deriv. IXB, tr^siB, tTiNB, ItiXQ 
 
 Cnne), ir^NEn, n^XEFi. 
 
 Jj. iNs fo dig, to bore, esj>ec. in 
 
 the eartii J kindr. with "^KS. Arab. ^U to 
 dig down and hide in the earth. Hence 
 
 n^n for 'T^'<0 (Arab. SsLi) a mole or rat, 
 
*1XS 
 
 833 
 
 and pr. n. 'j'lXD . To this root also wo 
 may refer 
 
 HiTHPA. "^J^Dnn to explain or de- 
 clare oneself; coinpiiro similar tropical 
 significations under "isa no. 2, and -;?3 
 no. 2. Ex. 8, 9 [5] 'lai 'r^lj ""bs nxsnn 
 declare unto me when, etc. where the 
 particle b? by n delicate idiom implies 
 command ; Sept. well ru^ut ni^o^-fit, Vulg. 
 couslitue tnihi. qiiando, etc. The Rab- 
 bins and many moderns render : Glory 
 over vie, when shall I entreat for thee ? 
 i. e. as they explain it, thou shalt have 
 from me this honour, viz. to appoint a 
 day when, etc. But this is far-fetched 
 and arbitrary. 
 
 "1S5D m. (r. nxB I ) c. suff. :;nXB ; plur. 
 f^nxa, constr. "'nxD Ex. 39, 28, but 
 C3nSB Ez. 24, 23 ; a head-dress, tire, 
 turban ; worn by females, Is. 3, 20 ; 
 priests, nsaai: "inx!? , Ex. 39. 28. Ez. 44. 
 18; a bridegroom. Is. 61, 10; by others 
 in gala dress. Is. 61, 3. Ez. 24, 17. 23. 
 
 nnSD i: (by Syr. for n^XB , r. "XB I ) 
 only plur. ni-.sts Ez. 17,' 6, c. suff. 
 Tr-ii<Q Ez. 31, 5. 6, and by transp. 
 I'^rX'B V. 8. 12. 13, green branches, fo- 
 liage, pr. the ornament of a tree, Ez. II. 
 cc. Comp. in Syr. \j\^ fruit. 
 
 nnSB f. (by Syr. for n^SB, r. nx3 I ) 
 a bough, branch, adorned with foliage, 
 Is. 10, 33. Several Mss. read mns . 
 
 "mXB m. (ibr i^iXS, r. nxs I) heat, 
 glow, and hence a pot, see "i^ns. Then 
 glow, flush of countenance ; Joel 2, 6 
 -i^-iXS sisap D^JS-bs all faces gather a 
 glow, are flushed with anxiety. Nah. 2, 
 11. Comp. for the same thing Is. 13, 8 
 DH-'.Jp canb 'DB ; also Ps. 10. 2. 39, 4. 
 Others : all faces withdraw their ruddi- 
 ness, i. e. grow pale with fear ; comp. 
 Joel 2. 10 and 4, 15 ens; ?BDX nia:"3 
 the stars withdraw their brightne.-;s. But 
 then it should be nnnsB ; and "in-^NS 
 without suff. implies a quality not natu- 
 ral to the countenance. 
 
 1"?^? (prob. region with caverns, r. 
 iXB II) Paran. pr. n. of a desert region 
 inhabited by nomadic tribes 1 K. 11. 18 
 lying between Mount Sinai, Palestine 
 and Idumea. So inctB lanis Gen. 21 
 21. Num. 10, 12. 13' 3. 26.' Deut. 1, 1 
 1 Sam. 25, 1. In the north-eastern part 
 
 70* 
 
 next to the 'Arabah, there is a broad 
 tract of mountains, "nxB "in Hab. 3, 3, 
 Deut. 33, 2; see Bibl.Res. in Palest. I. 
 p. 275. 11. p. 508, 609. Once spec. Gen. 
 14, 6 lanan-bs itix -(nsB b-^x the oak or 
 terebinth (f Paran which is by tfie desert, 
 Sept. zi()ij}iv&og rijs fl'uQur, prob. a noted 
 tree on the borders of Edom. The de- 
 sert of Paran in its widest sense included 
 also that of Zin in tiie Gh6r and 'Ara- 
 bah south of the Dead Sea, Num. 13, 26, 
 comp. 20, 1 ; and was also not far dis- 
 tant from Carmel and Maon, I Sam. 25, 
 1. Josephus mentions a valley Pharan, 
 apparently towards Idumea. with many 
 caverns, B. J. 4. 9. 4. This Paran has of 
 course no connection with the Pharan 
 of Eusebius, three days east of ^lana, 
 Onomast. art. 'ItuQiiv ; nor with the Fa- 
 ran or Feiran in the peninsula of Sinai ; 
 though it has often been confounded with 
 them. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 
 186, 552. 
 
 ys m. plur. n^aB unripe figs, which 
 hang on the tree over winter, grossly 
 g-rossidi, .Cant. 2, 13. Sept. oXw&oi. 
 R. MB . 
 
 ^^S Arab. aS VII to be unripe, 
 
 e. g. fruit ; Syr. iia unripe, sour. The 
 primary idea seems to be that of cold, 
 transferred to late fruits ; comp. kindr. 
 
 JIB. 
 
 5^53 m. (r. bas) flth, unclea7iness, 
 abomination, i. q. y ^^'J ; so blJD nira 
 meat of pollution, unclean, Ez. 4, 14 ; 
 plur. c"'bjD pna broth of unclean meats 
 Is. 65, 4. Conor, for abominable, un- 
 clean. Lev. 7, 18. 19, 7. 
 
 '^^f' obsol. root, Talm. Pi. to make 
 stink, to render fetid; Hithp. to be fetid, 
 to stink. Arab, and Eth. (a and n being 
 interchanged) J^^ the food stinks, 
 A,ni\ to be unclean. Hence b^iae. 
 
 * ^'5? fut. 3:537 , imp. rSB . 
 
 1. to strike upon or against, to impinge, 
 Lat. pepigit from pango or pago which 
 is a root of the same" family. Comp. 
 also the kindr. pax for pacs, /jociscor, 
 Gr. ni\yvv(x}. Germ, pochen, and the 
 kindr. bocken, Bock, from striking, push- 
 ing, Engl. buck. Kindr. in termination 
 is the root S53 ; comp. -IS and 'iJaj . 
 
-:3 
 
 834 
 
 ns 
 
 With 2 to strike vpon any person or 
 thing, to fall upon, to light upon, either 
 with purpose or accidentally, either with 
 violence or gently ; e. g. a) In a hos- 
 tile sense, to fall xipoji. 1 Sam. 22. 17. 
 18. Josh. 2, 16. Judg. 18, 25 ; espec. in 
 order to kill, hence to kill, to slay. Judg. 
 8, 21. 15, 12. 2 Sam. 1, 15. 1 K. 2, 25. 
 29. 31 sq. Once with ace. of pers. and 
 2 of thing, Ex. 5, 3 -in^n II^SB""""/? lest 
 he fall upon us with pestilence, b) In a 
 kind sense, to assail with petitions, to 
 urge, to entreat any one, c. 3 Ruth 1, 16. 
 Jer. 7, 16. 27, 18. Job 21, 15; also with 
 h of him for whom one asks or inter- 
 cedes, Gen. 23, 8. c) to light upon, to 
 meet with any one. c. 3 Gen. 32, 1 [2]. 
 Num. 35, 19. 21; comp. Gen. 28, 11. 
 Also c. ace. Ex. 23, 4. 1 Sam. 10, 5. Am. 
 5, 19. d) to reach unto, to border upon, 
 c. 3 Josh. 16, 7. 17, 10. 19, 11.22. 26.27. 
 34 ; c. ^ Josh. 19, 11. 
 
 2. to strike a league with any one, to 
 make peace with him, Lat. paciscor (see 
 above), c. nx with ; pr. ' to strike hands 
 with,' in ratifying a covenant; see pSO 
 I, Hithp. So in two passages of Isaiah, 
 which have been variously explained by 
 nnterpreters, Is. 64, 4 nit5"1 bb-rs nssa 
 *,p"is thou makest peace with him who re- 
 joiceth to do justice, i. e. with the just 
 .and upright man thou art in league, thou 
 
 delightest in him. he is ^jn'^-is ttJiS . ai'^x 
 ?^T:iVJ. With rx impl. Is. 47, 3 I will 
 itake vengeance fi*ix "5EX xbl and I will 
 .not make peace with man, i. e. will make 
 jpeace with none before all are destroyed. 
 
 HiPH. s-'ssn, fut. r-^si . 
 
 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1. a, <o cau.se to 
 fall upon any one, to lay upon. Is. 53. 6 
 8i3|3 -,is rx 13 5^ sen he hath laid on 
 
 .him the iniquity nf us all. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. b, to caiise to 
 supplicate. Jer. 15, 11 "nx ... ^3 "^Pi^r.Bn 
 3|]Xn / will cause the enemy to come as a 
 
 suppliant to thee. So Chald. L. de Dieu, 
 Rosenm. 
 
 3. Intrans. a) i. q. Kal. no. 1. a, to 
 fall upon. Part. S^SB'O an assailant, 
 
 .enemy. Job 36, 32. b) i. q. Kal no. l.b, 
 4o assail with prayers, to entreat, to sup- 
 plicate, c. 3 Jer. 36. 25 ; c. b of him /or 
 whom one intercedes Is. 53, 12. Part. 
 LS'^JE^ an intercessor, defender, Is. 59, 16. 
 Deriv. '|B^ , also the two following. 
 
 ;??S m. 'what lights upon any one,' 
 incident, event, chance, Ecc. 9. 1 1 ; with 
 yn an evil occurrence 1 K. 5, 18 [4]. 
 
 ^Ifp'Sy^ (event of God) Pa^/e/,pr. n. 
 of a phylarch of the tribe of Asher, 
 Num. 1, 13. 2, 27. R. SSQ . 
 
 "'i'^ in Kal not used. Piel to he 
 faint, weak, exhausted, 1 Sam. 30, 10. 
 21. Talmud. Pi. to be languid, lazy. 
 Syr. isZ) (3 and B being interchanged) 
 to be attenuated, weak. Hence 
 
 "lI^'S m. in pause *iS ; plur. n'^'nSB, 
 constr. "^"ir-B , a corpse, carcass, of man 
 Is. 14, 19.' 34, 3. Jer. 31, 40. Ez. 6, 5. 
 43.7. 9; of beasts Gen. 15, 11. With 
 na added 2 K. 19, 35. Is. 37, 36. Comp. 
 Syr. i|-w^) also of a living body. Sing, 
 collect". 1 Sam. 17, 46. Am. 8. 3. Metaph. 
 C3''b<i^; "^753 the carcasses (ruins, frag- 
 ments) of yo7ir idols, Lev. 26, 30. 
 
 '^2^ fut. OSS'! , to strike against, to 
 light upon, kindr. with s;,B and 11355 , 
 comp. in bps . a) In a hostile sense, fo 
 fall upon, to attack any one, c. ace. Ex. 
 4, 24. Hos. 13, 8. b) By chance, to fall 
 in with, to meet, c. ace. Gen. 32. 18. 33, 
 8. Ex. 4, 27. 1 Sam. 25. 20. 2 Sam. 2, 
 13. Is. 34, 14; c. 3 Prov. 17, 12. 
 
 NiPH. recipr. to meet together, i. e. one 
 another, Ps. 85, 11. Prov. 22. 2. 29, 13. 
 
 Pi El i. q. Kal. lett. b, to light upon any 
 thing, to meet with, poet. Job 5, 14. 
 
 *"^"3 fut. rrns^ 1. Pr. to cut, to 
 
 cid in turn or in pieces ; Arab. ItXi id. 
 Hence r.iiD . Spec. ' to cut loose ;' 
 whence 
 
 2. to ransom, to redeem, Ex. 13. 13. 15. 
 34, 20. Lev. 27, 27. With 3 of price, as 
 Ex. 34. 20 nb3 n^Bn -lirn -us the first- 
 ling of an ass thou shall redeem with a 
 lamb. Poet, to redeem from death, Ps. 
 49, 8. 
 
 3. With "i^ , to let go free, to set free, 
 e. g. God his people from servitude 
 Deut. 7, 8. 13,6. Mic. 6. 4. Ps. 130,8; 
 any one from straits 2 Sam. 4. 9. 1 K. 1 
 29. Ps. 25, 22; from death Job 5, 20 
 from the hand ("!!, ClSt?) of enemies 
 thewicked. Jer. 15.21. 31.11. Job 6,23 
 from the power of Sheol Hos. 13. 14 
 |i3 c. inf Job 33, 28 ; absol. B CBS rv^^ 
 
ma 
 
 836 
 
 Ml 
 
 to preserve the life of any one Pa. 34, 23. 
 71, 23. Sometimea retaining the figure 
 of a redemption, it is put for the, deliver- 
 ance of Isruel out of Egypt, 2 Sum. 7, 
 23. 1 Chr. 17, 21 ; and from Babylon Is. 
 35, 10. 51, 11. 
 
 4. to let go, to dismiss, as the priest a 
 firstling, Num. 18, 15. 17. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of no. 2, Lev. 19. 20. 27, 
 '29; of no. 3, Is. 1,27. 
 
 HiPH. n'ncn, causat. of Kal no. 1, Ex. 
 21, 8. 
 
 HopH. pass, inf absol. n^Brt Lev. 19, 
 20. 
 
 Deriv. bsn-iD oi-na . 
 
 '^\^"jO (whom God delivers) Peda- 
 hel, pr. n. in. Num. 34, 28. R. vn'Q . 
 
 l^rriS (whom the rock i. e. God de- 
 livers) Pedahzur, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 10. 
 2, 20. R. n-iB . 
 
 ""no m. (r. nns) only in plur. W^l^tQ , 
 price of redemption, ransom, Num. 3,46 
 8q. IS. 16. Elsewhere D"'71''B as part, 
 pass. plur. the delivered, rescued, Is. 35, 
 10. 51, 11. See the root no. 3 fin. 
 
 pHB (deliverance, r. fT^S) Padon, pr. 
 n. m. Ezra 2, 44. Neh. 7, '47. 
 
 tVilTS f (r. iTia) 1. division, distinc- 
 tion, Ex. 8, 19"[23]. Sept. diuaroX^, 
 Vulg. dicisio. Aben Ezra wisn . Comp. 
 Muntinghe in Diss. Lugdd. p. 1154. 
 
 2. deliverance, Ps. Ill, 9. 130, 7. Is. 
 50, 2. 
 
 ^t"?? (whom Jehovah delivers) Pe- 
 daiah, pr. n. m. a) The father-in-law 
 of king Josiah 2 K. 23, 36. b) 1 Chr. 3, 
 18. c) Neh. 3, 25. d) 11, 7. e) 8, 4. 
 13, 13. 
 
 in^'IB (id.) Pedaiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 27,20. 
 
 Di-^nS m. Num. 3, 49, and tl^ Ex. 
 21, 30. Ps. 49, 9, price of redemption, 
 ransom, Ivtqov. R. nns . 
 
 \l^ obsol. root of uncertain prima- 
 ry signification. From it have come: 
 
 1. Arab. /j<^ '^ build high; hence 
 
 6 '-- 
 
 jmJo a high tower ; see Heb. n?!*- 
 
 2. Arab, .j! Jo and ^ttXi a yoke of 
 oxen, a plough, a measure of land, Fed- 
 
 ddn; also Syr. Jj^*) Chald. I??, id. 
 But Syr. )J|-i>a a valley, plain, depress- 
 ed region ; a signif not obviously allied 
 to the preceding. Hence 
 
 n? Gen. 48, 7, i. q. Syr. liyl* , a 
 plain, low region, fully cnx '("nB the plain 
 of Syria, Padan-Aram, i. e. MesojKttamia 
 with the desert on the west of the 
 Euphrates, opp. to the mountainous re- 
 gion along the Mediterranean ; Gen. 25, 
 20. 31, 18. 33, 18. 35, 9. 46, 15. With 
 n local o-nx ns^Q Gen. 28, 2. 5. 6. 7. In 
 Hos. 12, 13 c"^^ nnia id. whence it ap- 
 pears that 'j^s is nearly equivalent to 
 
 '^1^ i. q. STiB fo deliver; once Job 
 33, 24 nno ptnTS wsno deliver him 
 from going down to the pit ; comp. in v. 
 28 nnD in a like connection. In other 
 roots too the forms 53 and rib are kin- 
 dred and stand side by side ; comp. 51^ 
 and nj^ . SE^ and HB'^ . Five Mss. here 
 read 1'"'?iB loose or dismiss him; but 
 less adapted to the context, while the T 
 is also sustained by the parall. v. 28. 
 
 "' J^ obsol. root, prob. to nourish, to 
 
 fatten ; comp. Arab. r\ Jo to fatten an- 
 imals, r and n being interchanged ; and 
 
 more frequently ^ Jo to become fiit, 
 
 thick. jmJo fat, fatness. In the Indo- 
 European tongues comp. Germ. Fatter, 
 Engl. food, fodder, later Lat. fodrum ; 
 a\so felt. Engl, fat, Icel.feitr from the 
 root foeden to nourish. The primary 
 radical syllable is fad, which in many 
 forms takes r. comp. pita, pater ; pigeo, 
 piger, "'SB. Hence 
 
 "^7 ^- i" pause "t'lQ , c. suff. Ii'ip.ya^, 
 grease, Lev. 1, 8. 12. 8. 20. Sept." (ttsuq. 
 
 i^S ixi. (r. nsQ; for nxB, as naj for 
 nxb) constr. ''B for ''XB ; c. suff. ''D 
 
 Arab. ^ ; ?]''B , f. rpB ; r B and WD , f. 
 
 n''D ; irs ; CD-^D ; tr\'^ Deut. 21, 5, 
 poet. Ta-is Ps. 17, 10 ; plur. in signif no. 
 3 n-iB I Sam. 13, 21, and r-i'D Prov.5,4. 
 1. the 'mouth, so called from breathing 
 and blowing, see the root and Ps. 135, 
 17, comp. ^^^ ryn Ps. 33, 6 ; like Cjx nose 
 5 s, - s- 
 from ?3X. Arab. 8j, ui, sli, }sS, 
 
836 
 
 ns 
 
 constr. yi, ^^, Li, id. Spoken of the 
 mouth ot" man and beast, e. g. of the Hon 
 Ps. 22, 22 (whence poet. Job 36, 16 
 IS ^^^^c from tlie mouth i. e. jaws of the 
 enemy) ; of the crocodile Job 41, 11. 13; 
 and of the beak of birds Gen. 8, 11. Is. 
 10, 14. As the instrument of speech 
 Ex. 4, 11. 12. Num. 22, 28 (of Balaam's 
 ass). Ps. 37, 30. 115, 5. 135, 16. Is. 1, 
 20. al. saep. So oi eating or devouring 
 Is. 9, 11. Ez. 2, 8. 3, 27. 4, 14. Dan. 10, 
 3 ; of tasting Gen. 25, 28 ; of kissing 
 Cant. 1, 2; of laughter Job 8, 21 ; of 
 breathing, see above. So ne ^3^ heavy- 
 mouthed^ i. e. slow of speech Ex. 4, 10 ; 
 Pr'7 '""S smooth mouth i. e. flattering 
 Prov. 26, 28 ; niann "^B a mouth of deceit 
 Ps. 109, 2. As phrases may be noted : 
 a) To speak with any one fiB'bx ns 
 mouth to mouth, i. e. in person, without 
 mediator or interpreter, Num. 12, 8 ; 
 comp. rs cs re Jer. 32, 4 ; ?]"^B"r!< ^in-'s 
 34, 3 ; also vga 1 K. 8, 15. b) ^r^^f HB 
 with one mouth, with one voice or accord 
 Josh. 9, 2. 1 K. 22, 13. 2 Chr. 18, 12. 
 Syr. >cas ,_ ,Jjo. c) Job 19, IQ I en- 
 treat him ''B 1133 with my whole mouth, 
 i. e. with all my strength of voice ; and 
 so 'Ea Ps. 89, 2. 109, 30 ; also in ace. Ps. 
 66, 17 "^rixn;? 'b r^S fcry unto him with 
 my whole mouth; see for this ace. Heb. 
 Gr. 135. 1. n. 3. d) 'b "3 cib to put 
 in one^s mouth sc. words, to suggest what 
 one shall say, Ex. 4, 15. Num. 22, 38. 23, 
 5. 12. 2 Sam. 14, 19. Is. 59, 21 ; 'Da ",1^3 
 id. Deut. 18, 18. Ps. 40, 4. Jer. 1, 9^ 
 Also i. q. Deut. 31, 19. Further, to be 
 'b 'Ba in one's mouth, i. e. so as to be of- 
 ten spoken of as a law Ex. 13, 9; comp. 
 Ps. 5. 10. 38. 15. Diff. is 2 Sam. 17, 5 let 
 US hiar rEa'Pia what is in his mouth, i. e. 
 what he has to say. e) nE"br vpon the 
 mouth, Gr. uvu arofta, inl aioftu, where 
 we say in or into the mouth ; Nah. 3, 12 
 tfiey (the r}g8)fall b=is 'fi-bs into the 
 mouth of the eater. Mic. 3. 5. So that 
 which is spoken is said to be HE'bs upon 
 the mouth, where we say i/pon the lips. 
 Bee in fe A. 1. 2 Sam. 13, 32 ''B-bj 
 ma-'to rtr-r\ cibliax ;>ora the lips of Ab- 
 salom hath this been purjMsed, i. e. he 
 has often spoken of it, has not concealed 
 it. But fTB-b? *i; t!ib to lay the hand 
 upon the mouth, i. q. to be silent, Judg. 
 
 18. 19. Job 21, 5. 40, 4. Mic. 7, 16 ; comp. 
 nab T^ Prov. 30, 32. f ) 's "iBia ana to 
 write from the mouth of any one, at his 
 dictation, Jer. 36, 4. 27, 32. 45, 1. g) nsn 
 >; 'B the breath of the mouth of Jehovah, 
 for the wind Job 15, 30; for his power- 
 ful and creative word or command, fiat, 
 Ps. 33, 6. 
 
 Further, the mouth is also put by 
 meton. aa) For a speaker, spokesman, 
 Ex. 4, 16 nsb ^jV n'ln';" xsin, comp. 7. 1 
 where it is si^a; .' Jer. 15, 19. bb) Fof 
 voice, sound. Am. 6, 5 basn 'B~bs> to the 
 sound of the lyre, cc) For speech, dis- 
 course ; Ps. 49, 14 their followers -v|"'B3 
 IS"^'^ delight in their sayings, dd) For 
 command, precept, order ; 'b "'D'bs ac- 
 cording to the command of any one, by 
 order of, Gen. 45, 21. Ex. 17, 1. Lev. 24, 
 12. Num. 3, 16. Josh. 19, 50. Job 39, 27; 
 more rarely ^a-Ks Josh. 15, 13. 17, 4. 21, 
 3 ; 'Ea 1 Chr. 12', 23. Also 'b 'B 'lOUi 
 to keep the commandment of any one 
 Ecc. 8, 2 ; contra, "'BTX (nn?3) rvran 
 to relyel against a command, see in nno. 
 In like manner "^^ "B "i3S to transgress 
 the command of Jehovah Num. 14, 41. 
 22, 18. 24, 13. 1 Sam. 15, 24. Prov. 8, 29. 
 So perh. Ps; 17, 3 'B'tas;;; ba "^niBT, 
 see in art. nst . ee) For counsel, opi- 
 nion, decision, e. g. of a judge Deut. 21, 
 5. So in the phrase 'b "DTN bxtlj to 
 ask the opinion or counsel of any one 
 Gen. 24, 57. Josh. 9, 14. Is. 30, 2. Also 
 of testimony, as C^"}? D^sai "'B"!:? at the 
 mouth of two witnesses, i. e. by their tes- 
 timony. Deut. 17, 6. 19, 15; c^n? ''Bb 
 Num. 35, 30. 
 
 2. a mouth, i. e. an aperture, orifice, 
 entrance; e. g. of a sack Gen. 42, 27. 43, 
 12. 21. 44, 1 ; of a well Gen. 29, 2. 3. 8 ; 
 of an ephah Zech. 5, 8 ; of the laver 
 1 K. 7, 31 ; of a cavern Josh. 10, 18. 22, 
 27, and hence of Sheol Ps. 141. 7. Is. 5, 
 14 ; also of any garment which sur- 
 rounds the neck, Ex. 39. 23. Job 30, 18. 
 Ps. 133, 2 ; CK-^n -^B id. Ex. 28, 32. So 
 of a city, Lat. ostium, Prov. 8, 3. Hence 
 reb ns entrance to entrance, i. e. from 
 one end to the other, 2 K. 10.21. 21, 16; 
 rn^-bs nja^a id. Ezra 9, 11. So Arab. 
 
 |vi, Ethiop. A-4J, Gr. aTofta, id. 
 
 3. mouth of the sword, i. e. the edge, 
 as biting and devouring like the mouth, 
 
ns 
 
 niB 
 
 eomp. r. Van no. 2. Syr. U^'^m^ ^oajs , 
 Ethiop. ^4^, ed?e of the sword. So in 
 the phra.ses: a'^n ^cb nan /o smile with 
 the edge of the sword, see in n35 
 Hiph. no. 2. d, and b no. 3. e. fin. ""Eb J"in 
 ann Gen. 3t, 27 ; =-in "tb cnnn Josh. 
 6,Vl. 11, 11. 1 Sam. 15, 8; ann ^ob man 
 <o discomfit with the edge of the sword, 
 Judg. 4, 15 ; a-jn 'ob tibn id. E.\'. 17, 13; 
 also a-in ub bcj Josh. 8, 24. Judg. 4, 16. 
 Here ain ^cb nan etc. does not difler 
 from anna Tijin Josh. 11, 10, except as 
 being more vivid. Sept. naii'tixau) iv 
 tTTOfiitTi Ttj: (toft(pniug. Phir. D'^p edges 
 of cuttintT instruments I Sam. 13, 21 ; 
 ri'B id. Prov. 5, 4. 
 
 4. a portion, part, pr. a mouthful, 
 morsel, co.Tip. i^ no. 7. Deut. 21, 17 "^D 
 0^30 the portion of two, i. e. a double 
 portion. 2 K. 2, 9 ; also two parts of 
 three, two thirds, Zech. 13, 8 ; conip. T^ 
 l.c. 
 
 5. i. q. fem. nxQ , the side or extremity 
 of any thing. Is. 19, 7 -1x7 "^p-bs on the 
 sid^oflhe Nile, not ' at the mouth of the 
 Nile.' 
 
 6. With prepositions it assumes almost 
 the nature of a particle : 
 
 a) 'SS ) according to the command 
 of, 1 Chr. 12, 23. /?) according to the 
 mention or notation of i. e. in proportion 
 to. according to. Ex. 16. 21. Lev. 25, 52 
 I'^jtlj ''E3 according to his years. Num. 6, 
 81. 7, 5. 8. 35, 8. ;') i. q. 3 , "iiaa , as, like; 
 Job 33, 6 bxb tj-'sjd "^rx I am, as thou, of 
 God sc. created. d) illix "^BS Conj. 
 according as, even as, Mai. 2, 9; and 
 without I'lJx ellipt. so as, so t/iat, Zech. 
 2, 4. 
 
 b) 'Eb , i. q. IBS , see b no. 13. a) by 
 or according to the command of i. q. 
 simpl. according to; Gen. 47, 12 "'fib 
 Cizjn according to the number of the 
 children. Lev. 25, 16. 27, 16. Num. 26, 
 54. Prov. 12, 8. Hos. 10. 12 sow ye in 
 justice, "ipn ^sb ^'i'^p and reap accord- 
 ing to your piety, fi) With infin. ac- 
 cording to. Ex. 16, 16. 18. 12, 4 ; also 
 when, i. q. b c. inf Num. 9, 17. Jer. 29, 
 10 ; see in b lett. C. no. 7. 
 
 c) ''a"bs ) upon the mouth, where 
 we say in or into the mouth, see in no. 1. 
 e. /?) on the side, see no. 5. ;') at the 
 sound of see no. 1. bb ; according to the 
 command of, by order of, see no. 1. dd ; 
 
 by the testimony of, see no. 1. ee. Hence 
 d) i. q. 'Ea, "^Eb , according to, Num. 26, 
 56. Lev. 27, 18." Deut. 17, 10. Ex. 34,27. 
 Gen. 43. 7 n^xn Q-'na^n "o-hy accord- 
 ing to these things, as things were, truly. 
 iiyx 'B'bs according as, Lev. 27. 8. 
 
 sis or in, once i^D Job 38, 11, (perh. 
 contr. from inD i. q. ina in this or that 
 sc. place, like Sia Ibr ^na) Adv. of place. 
 
 1. here, in this place, Gen. 19, 12. 22, 
 5. 40, 15. Josh. 18, 6. 8. al. ea;pe. ris^ , 
 iDa, /ro//i fiere, hence, Ez. 40, 21, 26. 34. 
 37. riCQ riDTD hence hence, on this 
 side on that side, Ez. 40, 10. 12. 21. 41, 
 2. For riB"ix see in its place. 
 
 2. hither, 1 Sam. 16, 11. Ezra 4, 2. 
 
 G^ 
 
 ns^D (perh. Arab. SjCji mouth) PmoA, 
 pr. n. m. a) A son of Issachar 1 Chr. 
 7, 1; for which Gen. 46, 13 and Num. 
 26, 23 njD Puvah. b) Judg. 10, 1. 
 
 * 3^S3 fut. SIE;^, with Vav conv. MJV 
 
 1. to be cold, without vital warmth. 
 Syr. and Arab. id. The primary idea 
 is that of breathing, blowing, cooling, 
 see Heb. fli3 , the palatal and guttural 
 being interchanged. Gen. 45. 26 33^1 
 "iab but his heart was cold, did not warm 
 with joy, was not moved. Trop. to be 
 torpid, sluggish, slack, Ps. 77, 3. Hab. 
 
 1, 4: friget lex. 
 
 NiPH. fo 6e torpid, languid, Ps. 38, 9. 
 Deriv. njsisn and 
 
 n^^B f remission, pause, Lam. 2, 18. 
 
 'V\ti , see r. n^Q . 
 
 n^B see in nxsiES. 
 
 * H^S fut. nis; , i. q. nsj q. V. to 
 
 pttff, to blow, to breathe. Arab. _Li 
 
 and ^vi to breathe odours, to be fra- 
 grant. Syr. ^.ms to blow, Pa. to refresh, 
 to cool, sc. the air by a breeze. Cant. 
 
 2, nai'sn nis;;'!; ^^ until the day breathes, 
 i. e. until the breeze comes and the heat 
 remits, until evening. Cant. 4, 6. Cotnp. 
 n:n no. 2, and JiQ . 
 
 Hiph. 1. With ace. to blow upon, as 
 a wind Cant. 4, 16. 
 
 2. to breathe out words, to utter, e. g. 
 falsehood Prov. 6, 19. 14, 5. 19, 5. 9 ; 
 also in a good sense, to speak the truth. 
 12. 17. 
 
t3l5 
 
 838 
 
 a*)B 
 
 3. to pant, i. e. to hasten, Hab. 2, 3. 
 Comp. TiXO Ecc. 1, 5. 
 
 4. With a to blow into a flame, to 
 kindle up a 'fire, Ez. 21,36. Trop. c, 
 ace. Prov. 29, 8 to kindle up a city, i. e. 
 to excite sedition. 
 
 5. ^o puff at, i. q. ^o rai7 af any one, c. 
 a Pe. 10, 5 ; is Ps. 12, 6 ib n^t'^ (n<^s) 
 trAojTi f Acy puffed at, i. e. the oppressed. 
 
 Deriv. n"B . 
 
 * tJ^SH obsol. root, Syr. Aph. fo de- 
 spise, to afflict. See i>X"^asD . 
 
 tJ^B PhtU, pr. n. of a warlike African 
 people, descended from Ham, Gen. 10, 6. 
 Jer. 46, 9. Ez. 27, 10. 30, 5. 38, 5. Nah. 
 3, 9. Sept. and Vulg. usually Libya, 
 with which also Josephus agrees. Ant. 
 1. 6. 2. Phut then prob. comprised the 
 Libyans next to Egypt, while D'^Slb 
 was a more general term, Nah. 3, 9. 
 See Thesaur. p. 1093. 
 
 bS-ia^D (afflicted of God) Putiel, pr. 
 n. ra. Ex. 6, 25. 
 
 yiB ''tSIS Egyptian pr. n. Potiphera, 
 the father-in-law of Joseph, and priest 
 of Heliopolis, Gen. 41, 45. 50. 46, 20. 
 Sept. lltiBiforj, JIsvTKfQtj, i. q. neTG- 
 ApH qui Solis est. Soli proprius ; see 
 Champollion Precis du Systeme Hie- 
 roglyphique, Tableau general, p. 23. PI. 
 12. Found in various forms on Egyp- 
 tian monuments ; see Rosellini Monum. 
 Storici I. p. 117. Thesaur. p. 1094. 
 
 -iSi-piB (contr. for 5^3 "^'J-B) Poti- 
 phar, pr. n. of the chief of Pharaoh's 
 body-guard, Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. 
 
 sj^S obsol. root, uncert. but perh. 
 i. q. Talmud. Pa. n^B . to paint, to lay on 
 colours. Hence 
 
 ?I^B m. i. q. Gr. (plxoc, hnt.fitcns, i. e. 
 paint, dye, with which the Hebrew 
 women tinged their cye-lashes; prepared 
 from antimony (stibium) or minium ; see 
 in r. bns. Sept. axtftfil, Vnlg. Klibinm. 
 2 K. 9, 30. Jer. 4, 30. Comp. pr. n. 
 "I'^n *i"li^' Ib- 54, 11 with eye-paint 
 (stibium) will I lay thy stonen. i. e. I will 
 use it as cement in laying thy walls. 
 1 Chr. 29. 2 r(iB-'!< atonj-s of paint, 
 used in building the temple ; prob. a 
 more costly kind of stones, or species of 
 
 marble, used for ornamenting and as it 
 were painting the walls or pavements. 
 
 ^ifi m. (r. bbs) a bean, 2 Sam. 17, 28. 
 Ez. 4, 9. Mod. Arab. J^^ , iijyi , id. 
 The etymology is to be referred to the 
 idea of roZ/ing-; from its round form ; comp. 
 Lat. bulla, Belg. bol a bean, peul, p(zul, 
 chick-pea, bolle onion. 
 
 51B Pul, pr. n. 1. A people and re- 
 gion in Africa as. yet unknown, Is. 66, 
 19 ; where it is coupled with l^b . Vulg. 
 Africa. Bochart, Phaleg. IV. cap. 26, 
 with little probability understands PAiVcB, 
 a large island of the Nile between Egypt 
 and Ethiopia, called by the Egyptians 
 nj^^K e. border, far country, see 
 Champollion I'Egypte I. p. 158. See 
 Thesaur. p. 1094. 
 
 2. A king of Assyria who preceded 
 Tiglath-pileser, about 774-759 B. C. 
 2 K. 15, 19. 1 Chr. 5, 26. The name 
 may signify elephant, i. q. Sanscr. pil, 
 Pers. Joo; or better lord, king, i. q. 
 Sanscr. pdia, Pers. ^U , lofty, highest. 
 The same syllable is found in Nabo- 
 poZasar. 
 
 D^S and DB Chald. m. c. suff. .1233 
 Dan. 7, 5, more correctly without Da- 
 ghesh ; contracted for D^iXB , C^XB , r. CXB , 
 as CTO for C!iXT3 ; i. q. Heb. ns , mouth 
 Dan, 4, 28. 6. 23, 7, 5. 8. 20 ; an aper- 
 ture, entrance, Dan. 6, 18. Syr. pco.3 
 
 id. Arab. |vi, |vi. (vi. 
 
 I^S perh. i. q. Arab, ^jjt or Jol, 
 comp. bsx. 
 
 1. to set, spoken of the sun, to become 
 dark, see "(blB , 
 
 2. to be perplexed, distracted. Once 
 fut. Ps. 88. 16 njJiss, Sept. |)jn:o(ir^5jjv, 
 Vulg. conturbatus sum. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. ""J^B, ',b>iB. 
 
 ri21B spoken of a gate of Jerusalem 
 2 Chr. 25, 23 ; see in r. n:B B. no. 2. fin. 
 
 ''3^6 Punite, patronym. from a pr. n. 
 '|iB, a person unknown. Num. 26, 23. 
 
 J-IB (darkness, r. 'IB) Punon, pr. n. 
 of a station of the Israelites in the desert 
 after leaving Mount Hor, Num. 33, 42. 
 43. Prob. Gr. 'I'uitM, Lat. Phemm. cele- 
 brated according to Jerome for its mines 
 
yi3 
 
 839 
 
 )1B 
 
 in which convicts were sentenced to hi- 
 boar, between Petni and Zoar ; de Locis 
 Heb. See Relandi Paleestina p. 952. 
 The same is *|5^n . 
 
 0^ 
 nyiD (i. q. nxno, Amb. 1U^ mouth, 
 
 or according to Simonis for nsiB"' splen- 
 did) Puah, pr. n. f. Ex. 1, 15. 
 
 Y^S only in fut. yw^, imper. plur. 
 lUB, once part. pass. c. suff. ^S*0 Zeph. 
 3, 10, i. q. yt} q. v. 
 
 1. to break or dash in pieces. See Pii. 
 Hithp. 
 
 2. to scatter, to disperse ; Ez. 46, 18 
 that tfwij scatter not my people every man 
 from his possession, i. e. expel them. 
 Part. pass. ^1D dispersed; Zeph. 3, 10 
 "XiD ra the daughter (congregation) of 
 my dispersed. Elscwliere only intrans. 
 to be scattered, to disperse themselces, 
 e. g. a flock Ez. 31, 5. Zech. 13, 7 ; a 
 people Gen. 11. 4. Num. 10, 35. 1 Sam. 
 11, 11. 14, 34. 2 Sam. 20. 22. Ps. 68, 2. 
 
 3. to overflow, to be superabnnda.nt, of 
 fountains Prov. 5, 16 ; metaph. of pros- 
 perity, 2iBia, Zech. 1. 17. 
 
 NiPH. 'f^iB: pass, to be scattered, dis- 
 persed, e. g. an army 2 K. 25, 5. Jer. 52, 
 8; a people Ez. 11, 17. 20, 34. 41. 28, 
 25. 34, 12. So of voluntary dispersion, 
 to disperse themselces, to he scattered, as 
 a flock not watched Ez. 34, 6. 1 K. 22, 
 17 ; a people by removing to various 
 regions Gen. 10, 18. 2 Sam. 18, 8/or the 
 battle was scattered over the face of all 
 the country, extended itself. Niph. does 
 not dirter from Kal in signification; but 
 in Niph. only praet. and part, are used ; 
 in Kal only fut. and imperative ; comp. 
 Ez. 34, 5 Kal, v. 6 Niph. 
 
 PiL. I'^iS to break in pieces, a rock 
 with a hammer Jer. 23, 29. 
 
 PiLP. ys^S to break in pieces, a man 
 by dashing him upon the ground or 
 against a rock. Job 16, 12. 
 
 HiPH. 1. Trans, a) to scatter seed 
 Is. 28, 25. b) to scatter, to disperse, as 
 the wind a cloud Job 37, 11 ; inhabitants 
 Is. 24, 1 ; an army, to discomfit, to rout, 
 Hab. 3, 14. Ps. 18, 15. 144. 6. Jer. 13, 24. 
 18, 17. Oi'ten with adjunct of place 
 whither a people is scattered, Deut. 30, 
 3. Jer. 30, 11 ; c. 3 Deut. 4, 27. 28. 64. 
 Neh. 1, 8. Jer. 9, 15. al. comp. Gen. 49, 7. 
 Also to let be scattered, as a shepherd his 
 
 flock Jer. 23, 1 . 2. Part. yt'O a disperaer, 
 devastator. Nah. 2, 2 [Ij. c) to put to 
 flight a single person Job 18, 11. d) to 
 let overflow, to pour abroad, metaph. of 
 anger Job 40, 11. 
 
 2. Intrans. to disperse oneself, spread 
 oneself abroad, e. g. the east wind over 
 the earth Job 38, 24 ; a people Ex. 5, 12. 
 1 Sam. 13, S. 
 
 HiTHPAL. yatisnn to be broken in 
 pieces, to be scattered as dust, e. g. moun- 
 tains Hab. 3, 5 [6]. 
 
 Note. An example of the form Tiphel 
 (see Heb. Gramm. 54. 5. Lehrg. p. 254) 
 occurs in the common reading Jer. 25, 
 34 CS'^n'S'iBFi / will scatter you. Other 
 Mss. and editions read CD^niSicn your 
 dispersions, which is also expressed by 
 Aqu. Symm. Vulg. The former is bet- 
 ter suited to the context. 
 
 Deriv. J^'^E^ a mallet. 
 
 ! H^3 to move to and fro, to waver ^ 
 to be unsteady, Is. 28, 7. Kindr. is Arab. 
 
 ^kli to become poor, comp. in 715^. 
 
 Of the same stock perh. is Germ, wank- 
 en, with a sibilant prefixed schwanken, 
 (old Germ, wagen), diminut. racillo, 
 wac/icln, Engl, to wag. Comp. T^^a. 
 
 HiPH. id. Jer. 10, 4 piB"" xbi and it 
 vwvelh not. 
 
 Deriv. Hjria, p-'B. 
 
 * 11. p^S to go out, i. q. Chald. pB3 . 
 
 Hi PH. 1. to give out, to furnish, to 
 supply, Ps. 144, 13 ; c. dat. Is. 58, 10, see 
 in CS3 no. 2, end of 2d par. p. 685. 
 
 2. To cause to go out from any one, to 
 cause him to give, i. e. to get, to obtain^ 
 from any one, Prov. 3, 13. 12, 2. 8, 35. 
 18, 22. Sept. lafttiavb). 
 
 3. to bring out fully, to further, to let 
 succeed, Ps. 140, 9. 
 
 fl/^^D f (r. plO I) an obstacle in the 
 way, which causes one to stagger, a 
 stumbling-block, i. q. bidsia, 1 Sam. 25, 
 31. 
 
 "I ^5 i. q. -i^a, to break, to break in 
 pieces. Hence 
 
 Hiph. "I'^BH id. i. q. "iBH, trop. to frus- 
 trate, Ps. 33, 10. Ez. 17, 19. 
 
 Deriv. rrnsis wine-press. 
 
 "I1B m. a lot, die, a Persian word, i. q. 
 ^nia by which it is explained Esth. 3, 7. 
 
"1*12 
 
 840 
 
 ns) 
 
 It corresponds to Pers. SnLj pAreh part, 
 jwrtion, whence ^jk^vJ BjLj topart, and 
 x^ ^ > behre part, lot Of the same fam- 
 ily is also Lat. pars ; comp. too Heb. r. 
 n^B and tiB. Plur. cnsiB lots Esth. 9, 24. 
 Also c-'Sn 'C7 V. 31. and simply C^nsia 
 V. 29. 32, the festival of Purim, i. e. of lots, 
 celebrated by the Jews in memory of 
 the events recorded in the book of Esther, 
 on the 14th and 15th days of the month 
 
 6c'. 
 
 Adar. Arab. (? festival of Purim. 
 
 n^^B f. a wine-press. Is. 63, 3. Hagg. 
 8, 16. R. 1-D . 
 
 Srn^D Poratha, Pers. pr. n. of one of 
 the sons of Haman, Esth. 9, 8. Sept. 
 Vat. 'iHiQuSuxfu, Alex. Bn(j5u&u or fl'a^- 
 ^a&ii Hence perh. xn^lB is contr. for 
 6<rn~'!S sorte datus ; comp. n'i"inB . 
 
 * umS fut. iliflSPi 1. to he scattered, 
 dispersed, kindr. with yiB; see Niph. 
 Chaid. id. A Iso to spread oneself to over- 
 flow, as a stream ; see 'pd'^a . Hence 
 
 2. to be proud, to show off proudly, 
 from the idea of a stream proudly over- 
 flowing, comp. pTi'S no. 3. Arab. jiLi 
 mid. Ye, I, III, id. So of a horseman 
 prancing proudly Hab. 1, 8; of calves 
 leaping and sporting. 2 pers. DP'ro Mai. 
 3, 20 [4, 2]. Jer. 50, 11. Sept. ctx<(<to). 
 
 NiPH. to be scattered, dispersed, Nali. 
 3, 18. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. "liia^p . 
 
 ri"S obsol. root, Arab oLi mid. 
 Waw, 10 be apart, to he separated one 
 from another, to have an interval be- 
 tween two things. Kindr. is rns, also 
 cijbi, interval between the fingers. 
 Hence ns. 
 
 "^n^D Puihite, patronym. once 1 Chr. 
 2,53. 
 
 TB m. (r. TtB I) pr. adj. purified, pure, 
 an epithetof gold Cant. 5, 11 ; then itself 
 for pure gold, fine gold, Ps. 21, 4. Lam. 
 4,2. Is. 13. 12. al. Distinguished from 
 ordinary gold, Ps. 19, 11. 119, 127. Prov. 
 8, 19. Roscnmuller prefers to render it 
 solid or massive gold, comparing \\*\a 
 Bolid, heavy; but in a case so doubtful 
 I would not desert the authority of the 
 book of Chronicles; see in t]0 Hoph. 
 BibU Alterthumsk. IV. p. 49. 
 
 I. "i" in Kal not used, i. q. Arab. 
 
 (joi to separate, to distinguish ; comp. 
 
 tlie roots beginning with the letters :J3 
 
 under fi^iB . Spec, as it would seem, to 
 
 separate and purify metals from the 
 g 
 
 scoria by fire ; whence {jaS silver, comp. 
 
 b"'*!!? stannum, tin, from bna , and Eth. 
 'fl^C silver, 'flCT brass, from the root 
 112 to purify. Hence "Q pure gold, and 
 HoPH. part. Tela srjT l K. 10, 18, 
 which in 2 Chr. 9, 17 is expressed by 
 lina rrij pure gold. 
 
 II. mD to be hard, frm, strong; 
 Syr. {'{-''l-s hard, solid, robust, see above 
 in Ts . Once in fut. Gen. 49, 24 his bow 
 abode in strength, I'^l'^ 'Ji" TDJ] and 
 the arms of his hands were frm, strong, 
 i. e. the power of his hands. So Kimchi 
 iptnn"^ ; also Abulw. Others, as Saad. 
 the arms of his hands were actice ; com- 
 
 es-' 
 
 paring Arab, ys to leap up, as a gazelle, 
 
 to be agile, light ; also the kindr. ysf , 
 yi. , yij , Talm. tBS to leap, to dance. 
 
 So at least Heb. TTQ in 
 
 PiEL. 2 Sam. 6, 16 ^3i=^l tt*2 leaping 
 and dancing; which in 1 Chr. 15, 29 
 is expressed by pntU^", i;5i^ dancing 
 and playing. So too Sept. o(j;(ov^erog 
 xal vivnxQoi'Ofierog, Vulg. subsiliens et 
 saltans. Targ. na'i^ii Ijsiis .But Kim- 
 chi and Abulw. who explain tjq by pin, 
 render here : strengthened, i. e. girded, 
 accinctus. 
 
 'JS to scatter, to disperse, i. q. ita , 
 113 ; in Kal only part. pass. fem. MiilTD 
 jJr. 50, 17. 
 
 PiEL. i?Q, fut. ITS'J 1. i. q. Kal, to 
 scatter, to disperse, e. g. ashes, frost, Ps. 
 147, 16; enemies, Ps. 89, 11; Israel 
 among the nations, C^iaa Joel 4, 2; the 
 bones of any one Ps. 53, 6. Jer. 3, 13 
 rjisil-nx "^iTEn] and haM scattered thy 
 ways i. e. hast roved about. 
 
 2. to distribute largely, to he liberal, 
 hountifid, Ps. 112, 9. Prov. 11, 24. 
 
 NiiMi. Ps. 141, 7, and Pdal Esth. 3, 8, 
 pass, to be dispersed. 
 
 I. HD m. (r. nno) plur. D'^no Dag 
 fort. impl. like DTiK ; constr. ''n? . 
 
ni 
 
 841 
 
 inu 
 
 1. a plaie, lamina, see the ropt in 
 Kal ; plur. o-na Num. 17, 3. anjn ino 
 the plates of gold, Ex. 39, 3. 
 
 S. a net, snare, trap-nel, Sept. nayii\ 
 espec. of a tbwler Am. 3, 5, see belowr. 
 Prov. 7, 23. Ecc. 9, 12 ; tiip^ nq Hos. 
 9,8. Ps. 91, 3; n-'U^jsi-' no Ps. 121, 7. 
 Also such an one as scixee and holds 
 beasts or men by the foot ; Job 18, 9 
 na 2;?S2 rnx*' ifi^ trap sha.ll lake him by 
 the heel. Jer. 18, 22 'bs-nb J n^no . It 
 was set in the path, Prov. 7, 23. 22, 5 ; 
 and hidden on or in the ground, whence 
 h njs 1T33 Ps. 140, 6. 142, 4. Jer. 18, 22; 
 alsob ni pj id. Ps. 119, 110; na ^^1 
 b Ps. 141. 9. The Ibrra of this springe 
 or trap-net appears from two passages, 
 Am. 3, 5 and Ps. 69, 23 ; it wiis in two 
 parts, which when set were spread out 
 upon the ground and slightly fastened 
 with a stick (trap-stick) ; so that as 
 soon as a bird or beast touched the stick, 
 the parts flew up and inclosed the bird 
 in the net, or caught the foot of the ani- 
 mal. Job 18, 9. Thus Am. 3, 5 bisrn 
 -nbr^n nb -px va^iw Y'i^r" "?'-'? "'"''^^ 
 Tisb^ sb m'sbT n^nxn-jo ns doth a bird 
 fall into a net upan the ground when 
 there is no trap-stick for her ? doth the 
 net spring up from the ground and take 
 nothing at all? i. e. does any thing hap- 
 pen without a cause 1 Ps. 69, 23 Ti^ 
 nsb c-fJEb c:nba) let their table before 
 them become a net : here the ins":; is the 
 oriental cloth or leather spread upon 
 
 the ground like a net, Arab. ^-Juu ; see 
 
 in inVa and Niebuhr Reisebeschr. II. p. 
 372. Metaph. put for any cause of de- 
 struction Josh. 23, 13. Is. 8. 14. Hos. 5. 1 ; 
 corap. Ps. 69, 23. Job 22, 10. For the pa- 
 ronomasia nej nns "inBi , see in ins . 
 Here is usually referred Ps. 11.6 i:?^'] 
 'lai DTIE D'S'iT'bs upon the wicked God 
 shall rain snares, fire, and brimstone. 
 But Jarchi and Aben Ezra long ago 
 perceived that C^ns might here be re- 
 ferred to the root nna, whence cna a 
 coal, burning coal, and then lightning, 
 comp. liX "^bna Ps. 18, 13. 14. There 
 is therefore no need with Olshausen to 
 
 replace cna *^) smce D^na iva& 
 
 means the same thing ; see "^no in its 
 order. Still the signiCnte,nare5, may 
 
 71 
 
 here well be retained, as an emblem of 
 destruction to the wicked. 
 
 II. HB i. q. nna q. v. a prefect or gov- 
 ernor of a province ; once c. sulf. cna 
 Neh. 5, 14. But the suffix is here suspi- 
 cious, not being required by the context, 
 and being in fact omitted by Vulg. and 
 Syr. though expressed by Sept. Alex. 
 Perh. it should read nno. 
 
 "jS flit. inCJ to tremble, to be in 
 trepidation; Chald. id. but rare. The 
 primary idea seems to be that of leap- 
 ing, springing, comp. Tna , tan , also ttb , 
 
 yi, yil, V*^ ' ^^ ^" ^-9 ^^" Thus: 
 a) For fear, i. q. to fear, to be afraid, 
 Deut. 28, 66. Is. 33, 14. 44,8. 11 ; hence 
 irjD xb not to be afraid, i. q. to be of 
 good courage, intrepid, coupled some- 
 times with naa , is. 12, 2. Jer. 36, 24. 
 Ps. 78, 53. Prov! 3, 24. tno ins to fear 
 a fear Ps. 14, 5. 53, 6. Job 3, 25^ With 
 JTa of pers. of whom one is afraid, Ps. 27, 
 1 nnsx 'HT3 (f whom shall I be afraid? 
 Mic. 7,' 19. Job 23, 15 ; 'Sari Is. 19, 16. 
 17. Ascribed to the heart, Deut. 28, 67. 
 Ps. 119, 161. With bs to turn trembling^ 
 to any one, either as expressing fear^ 
 Jer. 36, 16 (comp. Gen. 42, 28) : or toi 
 implore help, Hos. 3, 5. b) For joy, Is^ 
 60, 5 r^22b an-il nnsi and thy, heart 
 shall tremble (leap, throb) and. be en- 
 larged. Jer. 33, 9. See also r. b"<a spo- 
 ken both of joy and terror. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal, but intensive, to fear 
 continually, to be in terror, c. "'JSia Is, 
 51, 13. Hence to be cautious, circum- 
 spect, Prov. 28, 14. 
 
 HiPH. to make tremble or shake, c. 
 ace. Job 4, 14. 
 
 Deriv. n'nna and 
 
 ^riB m. c. suff. i^rra, plur. 0"'*7nB. 
 
 \. fear, terror, Ex. 15, 16. Job 4, 14. 
 13, 11. 22, 10. al. saep. Job 25, 2 bq^an 
 las ins'^ dominion and fear are with 
 him. i. e. they proceed from him. Bl'b^ 
 inoTD secure from fear, without fear, 
 Job 21, 9 ; "sns -^ba id. 39. 10. nb-^b nna 
 terror by night, nocturnal terror, Ps. 91, 
 5, comp. Cant. 3, 8. Dxna nna sudden 
 terror, Prov. 3, 25. 33b ina fear of 
 heart, terror of mind, Deut. 28, 67. Pa- 
 ronomasia is nnsj ina Lam. 3, 47, and 
 PiBT nnej nno fear, and the pit, and at 
 
ins 
 
 842 
 
 tns 
 
 snare Is. 24, 17. Jer. 48, 43, put for any 
 kind of terror and destruction, and ap- 
 parently a proverb drawn from birds or 
 other game, which by some object of 
 fright were driven into a pit or snare. ; 
 comp. hat. fomiitlo Virg. Georg. 3. 372, 
 Vnd Heyne's note. Often with genit. 
 of pars, who inspires fear ; as ">; nnB 
 the fear of Jehovah, which he inspires, 
 1 Sam. 11, 7. 2 Chr. 14, 13. 17, 10. Is. 
 2, 10. 19; comp. inna 1 Chr. 14, 17. Job 
 13, 11 ; also c-n'px' nna Ps. 36, 2; nns 
 s-'it Ps. 64, 2; n-'ninfn nna Esth. 8, 17. 
 9,"3; r,nnB Deut. 2,'25; r^-ina 11,25; 
 and in like manner nrn "ira the fear of 
 evil, calamity, Prov. 1, 33. Pat for an 
 object of fear or terror ; Prov. 1, 26 N23 
 n^nns when your fear cometh, i. e. that 
 which you fear. v. 27 (comp. Job 3. 25). 
 Ps. 31, 12. Plence for the deity of any 
 one, as Gen. 31, 42 pn5t:i ins the fear 
 of Isaac, the God whom Isaac fears, i. e. 
 Jehovah, comp. v. 53. Plur. D'^'inB 
 fears, terrors, Job 15, 21. 
 
 2. Plur. or Dual, the thighs; Job 40, 
 17 [12] !i;"'b'^ I'^Tt]? "T? the sinews of 
 his thighs are wrapped together. Targ. 
 'iinsn !<:p, Pesh. w^aio,..Ma2) ^'^' 
 
 I ' wf * ' ' 
 
 Arab. s^Ls?' 1555-^-) ^^e same word 
 in all, but prob. in different senses. Syr, 
 ]|^a is explained in Lex. Adl. by j^, 
 
 the jugular vein in a horse ; but the Ara- 
 bic translator, who follows the Syriac, 
 
 s ^. 
 gives it by 6L^t thighs, from Jcs^ 
 
 thigh ; and this is most appropriate to 
 the context in Job 1. c. See more in 
 Bochart Hieroz. III. 716 Lips. Bat 
 Chald. T'lna is testicles Lev. 21, 20; 
 and BO Vulg. teslicull Job 1. c. In this 
 case the signif. thigh is transferred 
 to the jmdenda virilia ; comp. in T^^^ 
 and also ha.1. femur. The primary idea 
 is doubtful. If the signif thigh be the 
 original one, then it may come from the 
 idea of leaping (see in r. ins), as p'tlj 
 leg, from the signification of running. 
 Or if the meaning pudenda be first, then 
 the idea of shanie may be derived from 
 that of fear. 
 
 ^'^^ f. (r. nnD)/earof Jehovah, i.q. 
 ntj-^-' , Jer. 2, 19. ' 
 
 nrifi (for nna Dag. forte impl.) 
 constr. rna , c. suff. ^^n^ Mai. 1, 8 ; 
 plur. nina 1 K. 10, 15, constr. riing 
 Neh. 2. 7, c. suff. n"^nin3 Jer. 51, 28. 57 ; 
 a prefect or governor of a province lesg 
 than a satrapy (see in D'^lQi'nilJnN) ; e. g, 
 in the Assyrian empire 2 K. 18, 24. Is. 
 36, 9 ; the Babylonian Jer. 51, 57. Ez. 
 23, 6. 23 ; the Median Jer. 51, 28 ; espec. 
 the Persian Esth. 8, 9. 9, 3. So of the 
 Persian prefect or governor on this side 
 the Euphrates Neh. 3. 7 ; of whom seve- 
 ral are mentioned Neh. 2, 7. 9. Ezra 8, 
 36 ; also of the governor of Judea Hag. 
 1, 1. 14. 2, 2. 21. Mai. 1, 8. This office 
 was held by Zerabbabef, Hag. H. cc. 
 and then by Nehemiah, Neh. 5, 14. 18. 
 12, 26. Rarely spoken of a prefect of 
 Judea in the time of Solomon 1 K. 10, 
 15. 2 Chr. 9, 14 ; and of Syria in the 
 days of Benhadad, 1 K. 20, 24. The 
 fem. ending appears in this word in 
 common v\ath many other names of office 
 (see Lehrg. p. 468, 878) ; though nnS3 
 being of Persian origin, the ending may 
 arise from another source. Several ety- 
 mologies have been proposed ; the best 
 perh. is by Benfey (Monathsn. p. 195), 
 who compares Sanscr. paksha compa- 
 nion, frierfd, Pracrit. pakkha, old Parsee 
 prob. pakha, applied to the prefects of 
 provinces as the associates and (quasi) 
 adjutants of the king. Of the same ori- 
 gin is prob. LiU , Lilj Bdsha, Pdsha, 
 coming from the same Sanscr. form. 
 
 "nS Chald. constr. rr.&, plar. em- 
 phat. NriiriS, a prefect, governor, i. q. 
 Heb. Ezra 5, 3. 14. 6, 7. Dan. 3, 2. 3. 
 27. 6, 8. 
 
 "^^ to leap, to spring, as in ChalJ. 
 So of water boiling over, comp. Ttnsi Gen. 
 49, 4. Hence trop. 
 
 X.tobe proud, vain- glorious, like Arab, 
 ys^' ; comp. "ri. Part. plur. CMqiB, 
 spoken of false prophets Zeph. 3, 4. 
 
 2. to be light, wanton, lewd; Part. 
 D-'tnb Jodg. &, 4. So Syr. >-*, comp, 
 Gr. Cw- 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 THE m. pr. a boiling up, ebullifron, as 
 of boiling water. Gen. 49, 4 Reuben, 
 thou my first bom . . . D^B3 THB a boil" 
 ing up as of water art thou, i. e. thou 
 
rns 
 
 843 
 
 1t3B 
 
 didet boil up like water with lust and 
 passion, referring to his incest. Symra. 
 vni(i^iaag, Vulg. effusiia es. Comp. r. 
 tno no. 2. 
 
 rilTHE n vain-glory, boasling, Jcr. 23, 
 32. R. THB . 
 
 * nnS in Kal not used , pr. to strike 
 upon, to pound, to smile, onomatopoetic 
 and kindr. with sail, tt5?D, nsD, tpo, 
 pax , and others in which the syllables 
 38 , 3D . pD , also 32, pa , have the force 
 of striking upon, smiting ; comp. Gr. 
 nriyia (jiij/i'i'a)), Lat. pago (pango). paco 
 (pax, pacisc.or). Hence HO plate of me- 
 tal, from beating: also net, snare, from 
 setting, making fast by pegs, etc. 
 
 HiPH. ncn denom. from no , to snare; 
 Is. 42. 22 0^3 0'>n!in3 nan snaring one 
 snares theni all in holes, i. e. binds them 
 fast with fetters in prison-houses. 
 
 D^riB m. (r. nna) i. q. nno , a coal, col- 
 
 9 ^ 
 
 lect. coals, like Arab, f^-f^ 5 and so, ac- 
 cording to some, put for lightning Ps. 
 11, 6 ; comp. Ps. 18, 13. 14. See in PIB 
 I. 2, fin. 
 
 * DljS obsol. root, Chald. criQ and 
 
 Arab, rt "^ ) io be black, like coal ; comp. 
 Bnn. 
 Deriv. Cne and 
 
 D^E m. (for cna Dag. forte impl.) a 
 coal, collect, coals, charcoal. Pro v. 26, 
 21 ; also coal as kindled, burning coal 
 
 Is. 44, 12. 54, 16. Arab. 1^,1^, 
 id. Eth. -4^fhcP a coal, live coal. 
 
 * "1"S obsol. root, Syr. Ethp. r^^] 
 to form, to be a potter. Hence 
 
 "in? Chald. m. (for ^Hd Dag. forte 
 irapl.) a potter, Dan. 2, 41. Syr. 1 j-ia, 
 
 Arab. ^Lac , id. 
 
 * nnS obsol. root. Syr. Pa. L,m^ to 
 dig, to excavate. Hence 
 
 nna m. 2 Sam. 18, 17, plur. CTn"^ 
 f. 2 Sam. 17. 9 ; a pit. often as the em- 
 blem of destruction Lam. 3. 47. Is. 24, 
 17 n^i rnsT nno, see in nnjj no. 1. Jer. 
 48,43! 
 
 SKIttTHD (prefect of Moab, see 
 nnjj) Pahatli-Mnab, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 
 G.'s', 4. 10, 30. Neh. 3, 11. 7, II. 10, 15. 
 
 nnnD (fem. of rnij) a hollow, low 
 spot, in garments infected with leprosy. 
 Lev. 13, 55. R. nnD. 
 
 STltpD f, a species of gem Ex. 28, 17. 
 39, 10. Ez. 28, 13; found in Gush Job 
 28, 19; according to most of the ancient 
 versions the topaz, a pale yellowish gem 
 found on an island in the Red Sea. Plin. 
 H. N. 37. 8. See more in Braun de Vest. 
 Sacerd. p. 508. Bohlen (in Abhand- 
 lungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft zu 
 KOnigsberg I. p. 80) seeks the origin 
 of the word in the Sanscr. language, 
 where pita is yellowish, pale; and the 
 Greek name lonu^tov might itself seem 
 to come by transposition from m::B, 
 mB'j . 
 
 "ImISB m. (r. "i^Q) pr. something c/e/i;; 
 hence a bursting bud, opening blossom ; 
 D'^Sta ';)''-9 opening Jiower-buds, 1 K. 6, 
 18. 29. 32. 35. 
 
 I'^tpS m, adj. (r. iob) free, 1 Chr. 9, 
 33 Cheth. In Keri *ii:2Q part. pass, see 
 the root no. 3. 
 
 "ps m. (r. iJJ-JS) a hammer, Is. 41, 
 7. Jer. 23, 29. Metaph. Babylon is 
 called the hammer (desolator) of the 
 whole earth, Jer. 50, 23. Chald. id. Arab. 
 
 (j*fcjJai id. 
 
 ^rpB Chald. m. plur. c. suff. Dan. 3. 
 21 Cheth. "|in''r'':23 their tunics, under- 
 garments. So Syr. ^ai.*^ f^ from 
 \a ^.- tunic ; Heb. intpp. nisns . In 
 Keri is "|inir-J3 from t'^B id. R. rB 
 no. 2. 
 
 * "l^S , fut. VJ51 only in no. 3. 
 
 1 . to cleave, to burst open ; see "13B . 
 Arab. Jai id. and intrans. to break 
 forth, sc. a tooth. Kindred is ina q. v. 
 
 2. Transit, to cause to break forth e.g. 
 water, to let out, Prov. 17. 14. Hence 
 
 3. Trop. to let go free, to dismiss, like 
 Chald. n-J3 ; 2 Chr. '23, 8. 1 Chr. 9, 33 
 C""i':;s the dismissed, the free, i. e. ex- 
 empt from public duty, where Cheth. 
 C"":"':;5 . Intrans. to break or slip away 
 to get out of the way or place, fut. "CCS" 
 
1t2S 
 
 844 
 
 B-^B 
 
 1 Sam. 19, 10. Syr. j-^s id. Chald. Pe. 
 and Ithpe. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 1, to cleave, to burst 
 open; hence to gape. So HEiaa 'T'lssn 
 to gape icilh the lips, i. e. to open wide 
 , the mouth, to etretch the mouth, as a 
 .gesture of scorn. Ps. 22, 8 ; comp. 35, 21. 
 Job 16, 10. 
 
 Deriv. "iVJQ , T'Bg , nnaq , and 
 
 "^'9^ m. a Jissure, concr. that which 
 first breaks forth ; hence cnn "ici3 the 
 Jirst-born. firstling, which first opens the 
 womb, Ex. 13, 2. 12. 15. 34, 19. Num. 
 3, 12. al. Also without nnn Ex. 13, 12. 
 13. 34, 20. 
 
 nntpS f id. Num. 8, 16. R. nas . 
 
 'JJus 1. /o heat, to pound, to ham- 
 mer, Gr. najaaam, whence tt3"'BB ham- 
 mer. Arab. jwuJii to hammer out iron. 
 This root is onomatopoetic; kindr. are 
 tt5-J3 , tdb , t-:i'\ . ffiJia , The same idea 
 of beating lies also in the syllable i:3S 
 pat ; comp. late Lat. battuere. Fr. battre, 
 Belg. bot, Engl, /o 6ea^; and with the 
 second t changed to a sibilant, Germ. 
 patschen, Swed. batsch, blow. 
 
 2. ^0 spread out, to expand, for which 
 more usually Mi^Jlj . Hence Chald. a'^ua . 
 
 "^B constr. state of the noun iis mouth, 
 q.v. 
 
 nCn-*iB Ez. 30, 17, in some Mss. 
 rC2"'Q in one word, which is better, Pi- 
 beseth. pr. n. of a city in lower Egypt on 
 the east side of the Pelusian branch of 
 the Nile, Gr. JJov^(x<TT6g and Bov^iaang, 
 Bubastis. Hdot. 2. 59. Strabo XVII. p. 
 805. It was so called from a temple of 
 Bubastis, a goddess of the Egyptians, 
 whom Herodotus compares with Diana, 
 2. 137, 156. The name was written in 
 EgyptianrioTS^cf, which Steph. 
 Byz. erroneously affirms to be the name 
 (or cat. But the Egyptian name of 
 Diana was IlW'f ; f*"'i not improb. 
 riD5"^a was formed by prefixing the 
 masc. art. nii ^8 in ch^B . The ruins 
 of the ancient city, now called Tell lias- 
 tah, Kiim Hastah, were discovered and 
 are described by Mains in Descr. de 
 I'Egypte, Etat moderne. livr. III. p. 
 307. Comp. Quatrcmdre M^moires sur 
 
 I'Egypte I. p. 9S. Wilkinson Mod. 
 Egypt, I. p. 427 sq. Lond. 1843. 
 
 >^ obsol. root, Arab. 5Li mid. 
 Waw and Ye, to die, i. q. ic^li (kindr. 
 with n^a , toLc) IV, to destroy. Sanscr. 
 pid to make sad, to afflict. Hence 
 
 ^''S m. calamity, misfortune. Job 30, 
 24. 31, 29. Prov. 24, 22. Here also be- 
 longs Job 12, 5 T!t3 T^S^ to misfortune 
 (i. e. to the unfortunate) is contempt j 
 see in T'B^ . 
 
 n^S m. (for riND , r. riNS) mouth, i. e. 
 edge of a sword ; plur. niis "^jd Judg. 3, 
 16. Comp. iia no. 3. 
 
 nilinn-tB Pi-haMrcth, pr. n. of a 
 place near the northern end of the Gulf 
 of Suez, eastward of Baal-zephon. Ex. 
 14, 2. 9. Num. 33, 7; also without "S v. 
 
 8. According to the Hebrew it would be 
 the mouth of the caverns; but it is doubt- 
 less anEgyptian name. ni-^V'J-pCU'^ 
 place where grass or sedge grows. See 
 Jablonski Opusc. ed. Te Water I. p. 447. 
 II. p. 159. 
 
 D"'? m. (r. nia) ashes, cinders, easily 
 blown away, Ex. 9, 8, 10. 
 
 ^D'^S (mouth of all, i. e. all-command- 
 ing) Phicol, pr. n. of the commander of 
 Abimelech's troops, Gen. 21. 22. 32. 
 26, 26. 
 
 ^??''? a concubine, see in sSs^iB . 
 
 rra^l^i f (r. DXB) fat, fatness, Job 15, 
 27. 
 
 CnpS (mouth of brass, from "'B and 
 on? for cn: i. q. nirna) Phinehas, pr. n. 
 a) The son and successor of the high- 
 priest Eleazar, Ex. 6, 25. Num. 25, 7. 
 Josh. 22, 13. Judg. 20, 28. 1 Chr. 6, 35. 
 
 9, 20. Ps. 106, 30. b) A son of Eli, 1 
 Sam. 1, 3. 2, 34. 4, 4 sq. 14. 3. c) Ezra 
 8, 33. 
 
 P'^B (i. q. "jbiiQ) Pinnn, pr. n. of an 
 Idumean city. Gen. 36, 41. I Chr. 1, 53; 
 see "ibiB . R. "(IB . 
 
 ni'>fc"B f plur. (by rcdupl. from "'B , 
 M3) edges, i. e. two or more. 3^n 
 r'i''E''D a two-edged svotrl. d!inof.iog, Ps. 
 149. 6. In Is. 41, 15 oi" a threshing 
 dray. ni'>B''p ba havingedges, i. e. teeth, 
 points. 
 
p-'B 
 
 845 
 
 Kbs 
 
 P'^B m. a wavering; tottering, of the 
 knees Nah. 2. 11. R. piD . 
 
 litS'^B (overflowing, r. tilD) Piskon, 
 pr. n. of a river issuing from the garden 
 of Ellen and flowing around the hind of 
 Han'lah or India (see nbvn no. 3) Gen. 
 2, 11. comp. Sir. 24, 25. Josephus un- 
 derstands the Ganges, Ant. 1. 1. 3; but 
 with Schulthess and others I would 
 prefer the Indus, which actually flows 
 around India on the west, and was 
 nearer to the Hebrews. Others, as 
 Retand (de situ Paradisi 3), Rosen- 
 muller (Bibl. Geogr. I. p. 194). under- 
 stand the Phojiis, and tiikc i^^"'''!! for 
 Colchis ; but the Heb. name for the 
 Colchians was cnbos. The Samari- 
 tan translator and others hold Pishon to 
 mean the Nile, and employ the Heb. 
 word in this sense ; see Castell Annot. 
 Sam. ad Ex. 2, 3. See more in J. D. 
 Miciiaelis Supplcm. p. 2008. Rosen- 
 miiller 1. c. 
 
 jirT^B Pithon, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 8, 35. 
 
 9, 41. The etymology is unknown. 
 
 ^ ni. (r. i^2B) a Jlask, bottle, 1 Sam. 
 
 10. 1. 2 K. 9, l.'s. 
 
 *nDS in Kal not used, kindr. with 
 nsa , to drop, to distil. 
 
 PiEL to Jlow Old in drops, to flow, Ez. 
 47,2. 
 
 Deriv. T)Q . 
 
 "5^ obsol. root, Syr. to bind, to 
 fetter; Pa. to entangle, to hinder. Hence 
 
 D''^3Sin n"13D (snaring the roes; 
 or, according to Simonis, retarding i. e. 
 getting ahead of the roes,) Pochereth- 
 Zebaim. pr. n. of a man Ezra 2, 57. 
 Neh. 7. 59. 
 
 *^>S in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to 
 separate, to distinguish, i- q. n^a ; see 
 Pi. and Niph. no. 1. The primary bili- 
 teral root is bs . which like IB implies 
 separation ; as Chald. "'bo to cleave, to 
 cut in two, Pa. to sever, separate, remove ; 
 
 Syr. \lLs to search out; Arab. ^Vj de 
 lacte depulit. Comp. the kindr. roots 
 nbe , i\B , iVp , Sanscr. phal to separate. 
 2. to make distinguished. e.rtraordi- 
 nary, wonderfid, see Niph. Hiph. no. 2, 
 and pr, n. nix^B . 
 
 71* 
 
 Niph. xVb3, fut. xbo^ 1. to be distin- 
 guished, i. e. great, extraordinary, e. g. 
 of strong affection. 2 Sam. 1, 26. Dan. 
 11, 36 riix^BJ "^z-t"; shall speak great 
 things i. e. impious wonls, atrocious 
 blasphemy against God. Comp. in bin* 
 no. 2. 
 
 2. to be great, i. e. to be hard, difficult, 
 arduous, with ''S'^sa in the eyes of any 
 one, 2 Sam. 13, 2. Zech. 8, 6 ; with '(O 
 too hard, too difficult, Gen. 18. 14. Deut. 
 30, 11. Jer. 32, 17. 27. Also to be futrd 
 to accomplish Ps. 131, 1 ; hard to under- 
 stand Prov. 30. 18. Job 42, 3 ; hard to 
 judge Deut. 17, 8. Hence 
 
 3. to be wonderfid, marcellous, Ps. 118, 
 23. 139, 14. Part. plur. fern. nix^BJ as 
 subst. wonderful works, marvellous deedt, 
 miracle.?, of God, both in creating and 
 sustaining the world Job 5, 9. 37, 14. 
 Ps. 72, 18 ; and also in preserving and 
 aiding his people and pious worshippers 
 e. g. in Egypt, etc. Ex. 3, 20. 34, 10. 
 Josh. 3, 5. Judg. 6. 13. Neh. 9, 17. Ps. 9, 
 2. 26, 7. 106, 22. al. ssep. It also takes 
 an adjective, as n"ibn5 nixbej Ps. 136, 4. 
 Adv. nix^ca wonderfully, marvellously, 
 Job37, 5. Dan. 8. 24. 
 
 PiEL, to separate, to set apart, uvpoQi- 
 ^tiv, i. e. to consecrate, e. g. an offering 
 in fulfilment of a vow. only in the phrase 
 nin"'b "i"!3 x^B to accomplish, pay. a vow 
 to Jehovah. Lev. 22, 21. Num. 15, 3. 8. 
 
 Hiph. X^^En. twice xbsn like verbs 
 nb Deut. 28, 59. Is. 28, 29V 
 
 1. i. q. Pi. to consecrate a vow. i. e. an 
 offering vowed, Lev. 27, 2 ; and so in a 
 difierent construction Num. 6, 2 X'^bs^ iS 
 T'TJ n-t3 iHsb if one consecrate any thing 
 for vowing the vow of a Nazarile. 
 
 2. to make distinguished i. e. great, 
 e.Ttraordinary. e. g. kindness, to show 
 great kindness, with b of pers. Ps. 31, 
 22 ; calamity Deut. 28, 59. Inf. xbon 
 adv. eminently, very. 2 Chr. 2, 8. 
 
 3. to make wonderful, admirable, e. g, 
 counsel Is. 28. 29 ; with rx to do marvel- 
 lously, to deal wonderfully with any one. 
 in a sense of disfiivour Is. 29. 14 ; but 
 C5 xibsnb ri'q'S^ id. in a good sense Joel 
 2. 26. With Vc. inf -.Trnb X"bsri to be 
 wonderfully helped 2 Chr. 26, 15 ;' X"'bBn 
 niissb to do or act wondrously Judg. 13, 
 19. 
 
 Hithpa. to show oneself distinguished. 
 
i^bs 
 
 846 
 
 nbs 
 
 i. e. to show oneself stro7ig. mighty, c. 3 
 towards, against any one. in oppressing 
 him, Job 10. 16. 
 
 Deriv. K>3, "'X^S. S'^^Q , nx^E^ , and 
 the pr. names x!!^?, "r-'*^^; ^l\^- 
 
 i{bB m. in pause 1!<^.B, c. suff. ""N^S, 
 a wonder^ marvel, miracle, of God Ex. 
 15, 11. Ps. 77, 12. 15. 78, 12. 88, 11. Is. 
 25, 1. Plur. D"'i<^B adv. wonderfully 
 Lam. 1, 9 ; but plur. r"ix>B wonders 
 Dan. 12, 6. Conor, the Wonderful, spo- 
 ken of the Messiah, Is. 9, 5. 
 
 'SbS ni. adj. (sbe with adj. ending) 
 wondetful, Judg. 13, 18 Cheth. spoken 
 of something supernatural. In Keri is 
 i^B, which is only a contracted form. 
 The fern, of "^xbe is rr'xbs (n^xbc) Ps. 
 139, 6 Cheth. where Keri nK"''bB is fem. 
 of a form S<''^S. 
 
 n^SvS (whom Jehovah makes distin- 
 guished, r. s^a) Pelaiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 
 8,7. 10, 11. 
 
 -5^ in Kal not used, Aram, and 
 Arab, ^o to cleave, to divide j comp. 
 on the primary root Vs under !!<^B. 
 Hence 
 
 NiPH. to be divided, Gen. 10, 25. 1 Chr. 
 1,19. 
 
 PiEL to divide, e. g. water-courses Job 
 :38, 25. Metaph. Ps. 55, 10 divide their 
 .longtte, i. e. cause dissension among 
 :them. 
 
 Deriv. 5^3 nabs , nabfiia . 
 
 5l>B Chald. id. Part. pass. I'll:!? Dan. 
 :2, 41.' 
 
 ^^? m. 1. a brook, rivulet; Arab. 
 
 ^J, Ai. id. Ethiop. Z,A1 river, 
 
 large stream. Commonly taken as a 
 channel, canal, from the idea of divid- 
 ing; comp. the verb ib^ Job 38. 25. Not 
 improbably, however, the root jVb may 
 have also included the idea oC Jioicing, 
 flucliuiling. boiling up, comp. the words 
 Jluo,Jluc-si,Jluc-tus, qpAi'-w, pluo, Sanscr. 
 pin, fthxti) to flow, also ntluyog ; Eth. 
 Zi.Alh to boil, to boil up ; see Pott Ety- 
 mol. Forsch. I. p. 212. Ps. 65. 10 abci. 
 D^nbx the brook or collect, the brooks, 
 .streamg. of God, i. e. watering and ferti- 
 lizing the huid with God's blessings. 
 IPhir. csbi^ Ib. 30, 25, constr. "Ati , as 
 
 n^r: -jba Ps. 1, 3. Prov. 5, 16. 21, 1. Of 
 streams of tears Ps. 119, 136. Lam. 3,48; 
 
 comp. ^o id. "t'lyq '53B brooks of oil 
 Job 29. 6. For Ps. 46, 5 see in itiJ no. 2. 
 
 TT 
 
 2. Peleg, (division, part.) pr. n. of a 
 patriarch, the son of Eber, Gen. 10, 25. 
 1 Chr. 1. 19. 
 
 i^bs Chald. a half Dan. 7, 25. 
 
 5;fe or f^^bs only in plur. nisba 
 brooks, streams, Judg. 5. 15. 16. Job 20, 
 17. R. aba . 
 
 n3>l3 f a division, doss of the priests, 
 i- q- ^h/'Tl^, 2 Chr. 35, 5. R. 5^3 . 
 
 n5bs or fi^abS Chald. id. Ezra 6, 18. 
 
 TC^^S , oftener l^Sb^fi , c. suff. i w^ab^B ; 
 plur. c^l^la and n-'irsb-'e , cstr. "'^laiba. 
 
 1. Fem. a concubine, Chald. NPipb">a, 
 snpba . id. comp. Gr. niiXlu^, nnXXnxiq, 
 nukhtut], Lat. pellex. The etymology 
 is obscure ; the word seems not to be of 
 Semitic origin, but may come from Gr. 
 TTuXXa^, or perh. from the Persian. Spo- 
 ken usually of a female slave, Avho was 
 also a legal concubine, Gen. 22, 24. 35, 
 22. Judg. 19, 2 sq. al. ssepe. Fully nvS!< 
 dab^S? Judg. 19, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 16. 20, V. 
 0pp. to wives of higher rank 1 K. 11, 3. 
 Cant. 6, 8. 9. 
 
 2. Masc. i. q. o miXXn^, a paramour^ 
 SfiNC , Ez. 23, 20 comp. v. 5. 
 
 *5^ obsol. root, Arab. jJU to cut 
 up ; comp. in xba . Hence 
 
 niJ-'E f iron, steel ; Syr. f|-i5s, Arab. 
 
 ^Jli, a finer kind of iron, steel. Plur. 
 rinba irons, perh. hooks or scythes on 
 chariots of war. Nah. 2, 4 rilba ma 
 33"!^ icith the fashing of irons are the 
 chariots, i. e. with polished scythes or 
 armature. 
 
 "BJlbB Pild-ash, pr. n. m. Gen. 22, 22. 
 The etymology is unknown. 
 
 * H^D in Kal not used, i, q. xbe, to 
 separate, to distinguish. 
 
 NiPH. to be separated, disfijignished^ 
 c. "jis Ex. 33. 16. Pa. 139, 14 I will praise 
 thee 'P'^bB: nix-nia "'S /o/" lam wonder- 
 fully di.ilingiiished. 
 
 Hi PH. ]. to separate, to dii^/ingicish, 
 Ex. 8, 18 [22] ; c. "(TD to dittinguish be- 
 tween, ib. 9, 4. 11, 7. 
 
ibB 
 
 847 
 
 ^ 
 
 3. to diatinguiah^ i. e. to -make distin- 
 guished, to nuike great, Pa. 4, 4. 17, 7. 
 Deriv. "'jbo . 
 
 SI^B (distinguished, r. kVjj) PoWm, 
 pr. n. of a son of Reuben Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 
 6, 14. Patronyra. 'xio Palluiie^ Num. 
 26, 5. 
 
 ' 'i^ to cleave, eepec. to plough, to 
 furrow the ground, Ps. 141, 7. Arab. 
 
 Jo id. 2ii 
 
 a husbandman. Syr. 
 
 Ethp. to be ploughed. Pa. to grave, to 
 write. Comp. the Chald. 
 
 PiEL 1. to cleave, e. g. an arrow the 
 liver Prov. 7, 2.3. Job 16, 13 ; to ciU up, 
 to slice, e. g. wild cucumbers 2 K. 4, 39. 
 
 2. to let break forth from the wotnb, 
 to bring forth young, Job 39. 3. Comp. 
 y;?a Kal, Niph. and Pi. no. 4. 
 
 Deriv. nbp. , pr. n. xnba . 
 
 tl5B Chald. to labour, to serve, often 
 in the Targums ; spec, to serve or wor- 
 ship God. comp. ^3^ ; with ace. and b 
 Dan. 3. 12 sq. 7 14.27. 
 
 Deriv. "(Hi'D. 
 
 n^P f. Job 41, 16 (r. nba) 1. a piece, 
 slice, part cut off. e. g. of an apple, fig, 
 Cant. 4, 3. 1 Sam. 30, 12. 
 
 2. a millstone, so called from the cut 
 side which fits to the other stone, i. e. 
 the lower side of the upper stone, and 
 the upper side of the lower one. Arab. 
 
 ^^ . The upper stone is also called 
 
 in full ::3-! nbs i. e. the rider Judg. 9, 53. 
 2 Sam. 11. 21, and simpl. S::"] ; the lower 
 one is nTinn nbs Job 41, \6. 
 
 Xn5B (a slice, r. n^s) Pilha, pr. n. m. 
 Neh. io, 25. 
 
 ^nbfl Chald. m. service of God, wor- 
 ship, Ezra 7, 19. R. nbs . 
 
 ^2^ pr. to be smooth, slippery, i. q. 
 Xih'O q. V. Hence to slip away, to escape, 
 Ez. 7, 16 ; also to let escape, to deliver, 
 comp. pr. n. n^::bs . Arab. ^Xi IV, to 
 deliver; goJLi II, IV id. V, VII to be 
 delivered, to escape. Syr. t^u^ika Pe. 
 and Pa. id. 
 
 PiEL 1. i. q. Kal. but intens. to escape 
 wholly, to be fully delivered, c, "(O Job 
 23, 7. 
 
 2. to let escape, viz. a) From danger, 
 to deliver, Ps. 18, 3. 40, 18. al. sipp. With 
 ra Ps. 17, 13. 18, 49; 71, 4. b) A 
 fiEtus from the womb, i. e. to Irring forth, 
 Job 21, 10. Comp. isbia Pi. no. 2. 
 
 HiPH. to deliver from danger Mic. 6, 
 14 ; to place in safety Is. 5, 29. 
 
 Deriv. abo ^n^ubn, o^bo na-'bi 
 dbt^. ' ' ' " ' " ' 
 
 tS^B adj. escaped by flight, i. q. a-'Vo ; 
 only plur. nia^Q Jer. 44, 14. 50, 28. 51, 
 50. R. -obo. 
 
 ^>? inf Pi. as noun, deliverance, Ps. 
 32,7. 56,8. R. obD. 
 
 ^5B (deliverance, r. ebo) Pelet, pr. n. 
 m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 47. b)\2, 3. 
 
 ^^^rB, see rro-'SB. 
 
 T.I T - I 
 
 ''^f? (for HabB deliverance of Jeho- 
 vah, r. abs) Palli, pr. n. m. a) Num. 
 13, 9. b) 1 Sara. 25, 44; fuller bii^-jha 
 Paltiel, 2 Sam. 3, 15. 
 
 ''^f B (apoc. from rr^abs) PUiai, pr. n. 
 m. Neh. 12, 17. R. -jIb.' 
 
 bX'^Ljbs see in "i-jbs lett. b. 
 
 ^^P^B (whom Jehovah deliyera, r. 
 aba) Pelatiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 
 21. b) 1 Chr. 4, 42. 
 
 invjbs (id.) Pelatiah, pr. n. ra. Ez. 
 11, 1. 3. 
 
 ''?B , in pause "'bs . see in ''xba . 
 
 ^''^^, see in ""xba. 
 
 ri^^B (i. q. n^<ba, whom Jehovah 
 makes distingui.shed, r. sbg) Pelaiah, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 24. 
 
 t3''5B m. adj. verbal (r. aba), one 
 escaped by flight, espec. from battle, 
 slaughter, i. q. aba , 2 K. 9. 15. Am. 9, 
 1 ; often coupled with 'T'~ib. Josh. 8, 22. 
 Jer. 42, 17. Lam. 2, 22. With the art. 
 a-'bsn collect, the escaped Gen. 14, 13. 
 Ez. 24, 26. 33, 21. 22. With genit. 
 '^T'^BX 'a"'b3 the escaped of Ephraim 
 Judg. 12, 5 ; but n^n ^a-'ba tho.<<e escaped 
 from the sword Jer. 44, 28. Ez. 6, 8. 
 
 '^'^?B m. (r. aba) i.'q. a-^ba, only in 
 plur. 0"'aibs the escaped Num. 21, 29. 
 Is. 66, 19! 
 
 nu^B thrice nipbB Ex. 10, 5. 1 Chr. 
 4, 43. Ez. 14, 21, (r. aba) pr. escape, de- 
 
^bs 
 
 848 
 
 ;Qb& 
 
 liverance, Joel 3. 5. Obad. 17. n;n sib 
 h nB"'bB pr. ^Aerc is no deliverance to 
 any one, i. e. none shall escape or be de- 
 livered, 2 Sam. 15. 14. Jer. 50, 29 ; ^'S 
 b n-j-^bB id. 2 Chr. 20, 24. Ezra 9, 14. 
 ban.' 11, 42 nij-ibEb iTjnn xb shall not 
 be delivered, shall not escape. Meton. 
 that which escapes Ex. 10, 5. Joel 2, 3. 
 Is. 10. 20. Espec. roncr. collect, i. q. 
 C-^abB, ca'^bs, the escaped, the deliver- 
 ed from danger or destruction. Gen. 32, 
 9. 45, 7. 2 Chr. 30, 6. Ezra 9, 13. So 
 the escaped of Israel or Jacob are the 
 people of Israel diminished by repeated 
 slaughter. Is. 4, 2. 10, 20. 38, 3 ; comp. 
 Neh. 1, 2. 
 
 ^"^^B m. (r. bbs) a judge, only in plur. 
 C-^V^E Ex. 21, 22. Deut. 32, 31. Job 31, 
 11 cb^bs 'i"'^ o, crime for the judges i. e. 
 for them to punish ; comp. 2. 28. For 
 the Stat, absol. instead of the constr. see 
 Heb. Gram. 114 n. /?; but many Mss. 
 read here "'b'^ba as in v. 28. 
 
 rib'^^B f. judgment, right, i. e. justice 
 Is. I'e, 3. R. bbe . 
 
 "^b'^bs adj. (from b^^bs) pr. judicial, 
 i. e. pertaining to the judges, Job 31, 28, 
 comp. V. 11. Fem. n^b-'be judgment. 
 act of judging. Is. 28,7. 
 
 M- T obsol. root, prob. to be round, 
 globular ; Arab. t^jJU to have the 
 breasts round and plump, spoken of a 
 maiden ; II, to be round and plump, spo- 
 
 ken of the breasts ; IV, to be round ; (^SJii 
 the round part of any thing, a mound, 
 wave of the sea, celestial orb. Hence 
 
 ?|>B m. in pause "bs.c. sufT. iibs. 
 
 1. a circle, circuit, district, i. q. ">r3, 
 (Chald.-bD id.)Neh.3,9sq. n-^baj^n-^ r,bD 
 the circuit or district round Jerusalem 
 Neh. 3, 12. 14. 15. al. 
 
 2. the whirl of a spindle, and hence for 
 the spindle itself, Prov. 31, 19. See in 
 
 'iO''3. Arab. HJULi id. Talmud. -be, 
 
 Mabo, nsb'^B, id. whence TjbB to spin. 
 Hence 
 
 3. a round staff, crutch, 2 Sam. 3, 29. 
 Sept. axvJuXt]. 
 
 ^5^ in Kal not used. In Piel and 
 in the derivatives it has the signif. to 
 
 judge, which is usually referred to the 
 primary idea of cutting, separating, tak- 
 ing away, comp. xba, nbs, nbfi, and 
 
 others beginning with bs ; but Jki is i.q. 
 
 "I'^B to break. I would rather refer the 
 primary meaning of bbs to the idea of 
 rotting, revolving, comp. biB , sbfi , Ti^Jb , 
 tubs, Syr. " ^ i\q to roll in any thing, 
 to tinge, to dye ; then, to make even by 
 rolling, to level with a roller, comp. obfi 
 to roll ; whence to lay even a cause, to 
 adjust a difference, to act as umpire. So 
 in Germ, the words richten and schlichten, 
 used for judging, deciding, strictly signi- 
 fy ' to make even.' 
 
 Piel 1. to judge, 1 Sam. 2, 25. Also 
 to execute judgment, by punishing Ps. 
 106, 30 [33]. comp. Num. 25, 7. But 
 Sept. Vulg. placavit, see under Kal. 
 With b , to adjudge to any one Ez. 16, 
 52. 
 
 2. to think, to suppose, Gen. 48, 11. 
 
 HiTHPA. 1. to intercede for, to sup- 
 plicate for anyone, pr. ' to interpose as 
 umpire, mediator,' c. 1?a Gen. 20, 7. 
 Deut. 9, 20. 1 Sam. 7, 5 ; b? Job 42, 8; 
 b 1 Sam. 2, 25 id. With bx of him with 
 whom one intercedes and supplicates 
 Gen. 20, 17. Num. 11, 2. See both con- 
 structions in Jer. 29, 7. 42, 2. 20. 
 
 2. Genr. to supplicate, to pray, espec. 
 to God, c. bx Ps. 5, 3. 1 Sam. 1. 26. 
 2 Sam. 7, 27. Jer. 29, 12. al. b Dan. 9, 
 4; b? 1 Sam. 1, 10; \:Bb 1 K. 8, 28. 
 Neh. 1, 4. 6 ; absol. 1 Sam. 2, 1. 2 Chr. 
 7, 14. That/or which one prays to God 
 is put with bx 1 Sam. 1, 27. Is. 37, 21. 
 So too C"ip^~bx bbBnn to pray towards 
 a place, sanctuary, 1 K. 8, 30. 33. 35, 
 comp. V. 44. 48. 2 Chr. 6, 38. Rarely 
 to pray to idols, c. bx Is. 44, 17. 45, 20; 
 also once to supplicate men Is. 45. 14. 
 
 Deriv. from the signif of rolling bie ; 
 of judging b-^bD . nb-'bs , "'b'^bB ; of suppli- 
 cating. n|En ; also the pr. names bb^, 
 n;bbB, bbsx, 
 
 '?? (judge) Palal, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 
 25. 
 
 ^r, -'? (whom Jehovah judges i. e. 
 whose cause he protects, r. bbo) Pcla- 
 liah, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 12. 
 
 ''r^f?, see next art. no. 1, ult 
 
Dbs 
 
 849 
 
 tfbs 
 
 ''S'bD in. (r. n^D) 1. some one, a cer- 
 
 tain one, Gr. 6 dtlva, Arab. j^iLi, Syr. 
 ^^S, pr. one distinct, definite, whom 
 one points out as with the finger and not 
 by name ; prob. from an obsoi. noun "p^D 
 Q distinguishing. Every where joined 
 with the synon. "'S^^X pr. one concealed, 
 nameless. So of persons in the voc. 
 Ruth 4, 1 'Sbbx "ihiQ rio-nsttS git down 
 here, thou 8uch an one ! Gr. ci oviog, Arab. 
 
 jLi b . JJ L> , i. q. I JJC Ij . Of things, 
 1 Sam. 21,3 "'Jobx '3'^D nnpa-bx to such 
 ami such a place, i. q. to a certain place 
 which shall be nameless. 2 K. 6, 8. 
 From the junction of tliese two words 
 comes the form "'J^D Dan. 8, 13. 
 
 2. Pelonile, a gentile n. from a place 
 Ti^B , elsewhere unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 27. 
 36. 
 
 **i^ in Kal not used ; prob. to roll, 
 and then to roll smooth, to level by roll- 
 ing. Kindr. is bbe where see. 
 
 Pi EL l.to make level, even, plain, sc. 
 a way, i. e. to make or prepare a way. 
 Is. 26, 7. Prov. 4, 26. 5, 6. Ps. 78, 50 he 
 made a way for his anger, i. e. let it 
 have free course. 
 
 2. to weigh, which is done by making 
 the balance even ; to weigh out, trop. Ps. 
 58, 3. Also trop. to ponder, to consider, 
 Prov. 5, 21. 
 
 Deriv. iobBB and 
 
 05B m. a balance, so called from being 
 even, level, Prov. 16, 11. Is. 40, 12. In 
 both passages it is coupled with O^rTX^ 
 scales, and would seem therefore to be 
 
 pr. a steel-yard, Arab. (uuuJLaj. 
 
 \d^ in Kal not used, prob. of a like 
 signif with "('"^B , to break, to rend. 
 
 HiTHPA. to tremble, to be shaken, of 
 the columns of the earth Job 9, 6 ; pr. to 
 be broken, rent. comp. r;?33 1 K. 1, 40. 
 
 Deriv. rsbs'a, rsban. an 
 
 M^S^S f trembling, horror, Job 21, 6. 
 Ps. 55, 6. Is. 21, 4. Ez. 7, 18. 
 
 * ^2 ? i. q. D^D . whence to^S^ . 
 
 * ^c-?' obsol. root, pr. to roll, to 
 viake revolve, like kindr. D^a , bbo . So 
 
 Simoni* correctly in ed. 1-3, and Kimchi 
 
 babann . 
 
 HiTHPA. to roll oneself, to wallow, 
 e. g. in ashes, ibx:j , Jer. 6, 26. Ez. 27, 
 30; in the dust, iE3 , Mic. 1, 10; abrol. 
 id. Jer. 25, 34. In former editions I have 
 assigned to this root the sense of strew- 
 ing, sprinkling, after the Sept. and Vulg. 
 but the former eerjse is preferable, as 
 springing from the nature of the root. 
 
 *II.12b5 (prob. kindr. with abo, 
 nbis) Eth. i^Aft to migrate, to emi- 
 grate; 'T'^ACi. to rove about without 
 certain dwelling; /i.\fl. a rover, so- 
 journer, stranger. Hence 
 
 fl^B Is. 14, 29. 31. Ps. 60, 10, 83, 8. 
 87, 4. 108, 10 ; in pause ndbo Ex. 15, 
 14 ; Philistia, pr. n. fem. ' land of 
 strangers, sojourners,' see r. ttJbD II, 
 and "^nobB . It comprised the southern 
 portion of the coast and plain of Canaan, 
 along the Mediterranean (hence called 
 D-^PifflbD 0^ Ex. 23, 31), from Ekron to 
 the border of Egypt ; though at certain 
 times the Philistines had also in }X)sses- 
 sion large portions of the interior ; see 
 1 Sam. 31, 8. 1 K. 15, 27. 16, 15. Hence 
 the Gr. name JlotXaicnivrj, Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 
 2. ib. 2. 15. 2; which name was applied 
 by most ancient writers to the whole 
 land of the Israelite.s, as also by Josephus 
 himself. Ant. 8. 10. 3. See Reland Pa- 
 IsBst. p. 38 sq. 
 
 "ininVD gent. n. (from nrbo) a Phi- 
 listine, 1 Sara. 17, 4 sq. 23 sq. 19, 3. 21, 
 9. 22, 10. al. Plur. nTn'JJbss the Philis- 
 tines Gen. 26, 1. Judg. lo! 6.' 1 Sam. 4, 1. 
 5, 1. al. ssep. rarely D'^fn'rbsa Am. 9, 7. 
 They were of Egyptian origin, and 
 emigrated to the coast of Canaan from 
 Caphtor, see in "tns3 and Gen. 10, 14. 
 Am. 9, 7. Sept. ItvXiaruift in Pent, but 
 elsewhere usually '/^sfi/oqpi'iloi. Josephus 
 nuhuaiivoi Ant. 5. 1. 18. Comp. Reland 
 Paleest. p. 42. The Philistines were the 
 indomitable enemies of the Hebrews ; 
 and continued to harass them until after 
 the time of the Maccabees (see Ecclus. 
 50, 26) ; when by degrees they appear 
 to have amalgamated with the other 
 inhabitants of Palestine into one peo- 
 ple. 
 
nbs 
 
 850 
 
 n:3 
 
 *^5D obsol. root, Arab. v:>Ai to 
 
 Jlee, to escape, i. q. Heb. isbQ ; o^Xi 
 
 swift, i^UJli a swift horse, runner. 
 Hence the two following. 
 
 f^?? (svvi(lness) Peleth, pr. n. m. a) 
 Num.' 16, 1. b) ] Chr. 2, 33. 
 
 "riiD m. (r. nbe) a public runner, cozi- 
 rier, with art. collect, the public runners, 
 couriers, everywhere coupled with '^ri'iS 
 q. V. 2 Sam. 8. 18. 15, 18. 20, 7. 23. 2 K. 
 11, 4. 19. Some without good reason 
 hold both 'n'ns and "'n^D to be Philis- 
 tines, and regard the latter form as put 
 by paronomasia for "Ti'w^D , but against 
 the analogy of the Hebrew language; 
 60 Ewald Heb. Gram. p. 297. See in 
 
 I. ]B m. i. q. fern. MiQ which is more 
 usual, a corner, c. suff. i^2B Prov. 7, 8. 
 Plur. CiD Zech. 14, 10. R. '^'i^, 
 
 II. IB conj. (for nrs , r. n:s Pi. no. 1) 
 pr. a removing, taking away ; used only 
 
 in the constr. state with Makk. "1? ; ^^ 3- 
 Conj. of removing, prohibiting, hinder- 
 ing, i. q. nn, that not, lest. Thus : 
 
 1. Where an action precedes, that 
 serves to hinder or prohibit something 
 which one fears and wishes to remove 
 or avoid. Gen. 11, 4 let us build us a 
 city . . . ynE:"*!? lest we he scattered. 19, 
 15 arise . . . riESFi""|B lest thou perish. 3, 
 3 eat not of it. . .,sinpn""B lest ye die. 
 Then, after verbs of fearing, like Gr. 
 dtiSu firi, Lat. vereor ne. Gen. 31, 31, 
 comp. 26, 9 ; of caution, comp. Gr. idilv 
 (tri, Gen. 24, 6. 31, 24. Deut. 4, 23 ; also 
 of swearing Judg. 15, 12, comp. oftvvot p^ 
 II. 23. 585. In examples of this kind bx 
 is never used. 
 
 2. At the beginning of a sentence, 
 where it implies : a) Prohibition or dis- 
 suasion, like bx. Job 32. 13 1-icxn"',D 
 say not, i. e. beware lest ye say. Is. 36, 
 18 in;rtn csrx n''"i.",B beware lest 
 Hezekiah deceire you. b) Fear, appre- 
 hension, as Gen. 3. 22 n^ "^V-'Vi^ nny^ 
 'iai and now (I fear) lest fie put forth 
 hin lumd. etc. 44, 34 'lai yna ni<-iN",B 
 (I fear) lest I see the evil. etc.'31, 31. 38. 
 11. 42, 4. Ex. 1.3, 17. Num. 16, 34. 
 1 Sam. 13, 19. With prret. where one 
 f^Vin leat aometliing has already taken 
 
 place, 2 Sam. 20, 6 8<S-',B lest he may 
 have found. 2 K. 2, 16 nirr^. nri-i isbi-iD. 
 (we fear) lest a wind from Jehovah hath 
 taken him up. Once it approaches to 
 the power of a negative adverb, i. q. xb , 
 Prov. 5. 6 Di:Br\-',B c"'';in nym. the way of 
 life she prepareth not for herself, sc. the 
 adulteress, i. e. she walks not in the way 
 of life. But' the full sentence is : ' (see) 
 lest she walk in the way of life.' 
 
 5i3B U7T. Xiyo/j.. Ez. 27, 17, perh. a 
 kind of pastry or sweet cake. The Targ. 
 renders it X^blp , i. e. Gr. xolia, a kind 
 of sweet pastry; and in the book Zohar 
 53B cnb is pastry-work. Other opinions 
 are enumerated by Celsius in Hierobot. 
 II. p. 73. Sept. Ttaala, Vulg. balsamum. 
 The etymology is wholly uncertain. 
 
 n3s fut. n:S7 , apoc. and conv. 
 "i?."?! ')S1 , in the other persons 'EXT, 
 |En . "Ell ; imper. ri:Q ; to turn, trans, in 
 one phrase: C|"i3> n;3 to turn the back 
 Josh. 17, 12. Jer. 2V27. 30, 33. Else- 
 where always intrans. to turn, to turn 
 oneself, i. e. 
 
 1. In order to go anywhere, to go 
 away; Ex. 7, 23 n::;^ ri^ns '|E'V 10, 6. 
 32, 15. Gen. 18, 22.' Deut. 9, 15. 10, 5. 
 16, 7. al. Sometimes with a dat. pleon. 
 Deut. 1, 40. 2, 3. 1 K. 17, 3. Hence 
 
 a) to turn to or towards any place, to 
 betake oneself in any direction, c. bs 
 Gen. 24, 49 ; bi< 1 Sam. 13, 17 ; b Is. 53, 
 6. 56, 11; ace' 1 Sam. 13, 18. 14, 47 
 nrE"^ "wjx bb2 whither.^oever he turned 
 himself; with He parag. 1 K. 17, 3. Deut. 
 2,3. Cant. 6,1. Also with bx of pers. /o 
 turn unto any one, to go to him for re- 
 sponse or for aid, espec. God Is. 45, 22 ; 
 angels Job 5, 1 ; idols Lev. 19, 4. Deut. 
 31, 18. 20; wicked men Ps. 40, 5; di- 
 viners Lev. 20. 6; with bx of thing, to 
 turn unto e. g. iniquity Job 36, -21. 
 
 '''!!r!^ ^'^ '0 ^"^'^ after any one, to in- 
 cline to his side or party, Ez. 29, 16. 
 
 b) to turn away from any one. c. D? 
 Deut. 29, 17 mentally ; absol. 30. 17 if 
 thy heart turn away from God. and thou 
 do not obey, etc. c) Trop. of time,e. g. 
 m) to turn away, i. e. to pass away. Jer. 
 6.4 D'i'n n:B the day turns, declines; 
 also poet. Ps. 90, 9 all our days turn 
 away, pass away. /3) to tuiii in ap- 
 proaching, e. g. in the phrases : nis^b 
 
n33 
 
 851 
 
 n3s 
 
 sj?in at the titrning of the morning, at 
 the approach of dawn, Ex. 14, 27. Judg. 
 19, 26. Pa. 46, 6; =75 nlSBls cU the turn- 
 ing of evening, at even-tide, Gen. 24, 63. 
 Deut. 23, 12. 
 
 2. In order to look at any thing, 2 K. 
 23, 16. Ecc. 2, 12 niasn n"ix-ib ""sx ^n"':!} 
 / turned rrnj-felf to iM'Jwld wisdom. Ex. 
 2, 12 S'l'i risT ris "jt'l a^/ /i^ //hZ 
 himself (\\\s eyes) hither and thither and 
 looked. Hence i. q. to turn the eyes, to 
 look at any thing, c. bx Ex. 16, 10. 
 Num. 17, 7. Job 21, 5; a 6, 28. Ecc. 2, 
 11; ^'"^nx behind oneself inAtr. 20. 40. 
 2 Sam.' 1. 7. 2, 20 ; nbsiai upwards Is. 8, 
 21 [22]. Metaph.bs n;a <o /ooA; u/jo, 
 i. e. to regard, to have respect to any 
 person or thing. Deut. 9, 27; espec. of 
 God as hearing and regarding men with 
 favour. Ps. 25. 16 "^JSni 'bx niB . 69, 17. 
 86.16; also n^Bn-'bx'n:s Ps.' 102, 18. 
 1 K. 8, 28 ; nnj'an-bx Num. 16, 15. Mai. 
 2, 13. Of a king 2 Sam. 9, 8. Of 
 things, to turn or look towards any 
 quarter, Ez. 8, 3 n^^zs njo nsirn the 
 gate looking toward the north. 11. 1. 44, 
 1. 46, 12. 47,2; simpl. njian -iJt'n 2 
 Chr. 25, 23, comp. 2 K. 14, 13. Of a 
 boundary Josh. 15, 2. 7. 
 
 PiEL pr. to cause to turn and go away, 
 see Kal. no. 1. b ; hence to clear away 
 any thing, c. ace. Zeph. 3, 15; absol. 
 Ps. 80, 10 n-issb n-ira thou didM clear 
 away before it, i. e. didst make room and 
 prepare the ground. Also to clear out 
 sc. from things thrown hither and thither, 
 impediments, to put in order, to prepare, 
 e. g. a house Gen. 24, 31. Lev. 14, 36 ; 
 a way Is. 40, 3. 57, 14. 62, 10. Mai. 3, 1. 
 
 HiPH. fut. conv. "|B5 1. Trans, to 
 turn, Judg. 15. 4 ; espec. the back in 
 departing, flight, 1 Sam. 10, 9. Jer. 48, 
 39. Hence 
 
 2. Intrans. with C)"!S impl. to turn the 
 back, to fee, Jer. 46, 21. 49, 24; also to 
 look back, to stop in flight, Jer. 46, 5. 
 Nah. 2, 9. With bx to turn oneself to 
 any one Jer. 47, 3. 
 
 HoPH. to be turned back, i. q. to turn 
 back Jer. 49, 8 ; to be turned, i. q. to look 
 towards any quarter, comp. in Kal no. 2 
 fin. Ez. 9, 2. 
 
 Deriv. ^^("iD), nsB plur. D^?B, whence 
 na^JB, ''ia''3D, 'Jfib ; and the pr. names 
 MSB"', bX!l3B ,' bx-'SB . 
 
 n3B not used in eing. (though under 
 another form ^2D, i:p, it appears in the 
 pr. names bx-SD, bxiJII.) plur. CTiB, 
 constr. .:> , m. but fem. Ez. 21, 21. 
 
 1. the face, countenance, pr. the part 
 turned towards any one, see Ez. 21, 3, 
 
 from r. MJB ; comp, Arab. SLs^l face, 
 from K^* V, to turn oneself in any di- 
 rection. For the use of the plur. comp, 
 Gr, T TTQoifuna in Homer. Gen. 3S. 15, 
 50, 1. Ex. 3, 6. al. scepe. Also of the 
 face of animals Ez. 10, 14. Job 41, 6. 
 Constr. with a verb or adj. plur. Job 38, 
 
 30. Dan. 1, 10, and in the fem. Ez. 21, 
 21 ; rarely sing. Lam. 4, 16. Prov. 15, 14. 
 Also as a real plur. faces, e. g. nsatx 
 CJE Ez. 1, 6. 10, 21. 41, 18 ; a-':s-b3 
 all faces Joel 2. 6. Is. 13, 8. Nah. 2. 11. 
 Spec. o'^SBH crib the bread of the face, 
 presence, the shew-bread, see in cnb no. 
 2 ; also "nb D''?Bn the table of the shew- 
 bread, on which these loaves were set 
 out. Num. 4, 7. i'':B-b5 bej to fall upon 
 one's face, see bsj no. 2. a. B "'33 n^n to 
 smooth the face of any one. see in nbn 
 Piel no. 1. 
 
 Spec, to be noted are the following 
 phrases : 
 
 a) c-'jQ-bx n*':3 face to face Gen. 32, 
 
 31. Deut.' 34, 10. al. id. aLso c"'3S2 z^'.S 
 id. Ez. 5, 4; D-issb u^^ id. Prov.'27, 19* 
 
 b) To say or do any thing 'b "^.SS'bs to 
 one's face, i. e. frankly, freely, and also 
 often impudently, inssolently, in scorn and 
 defiance ; comp. French dire dans la 
 barbe. Lat. laudare in os, Ter. So Job 
 1, 11 Jp')'^) T'.:9'^? he will curse thee to 
 thy face. 21, 31. Is. 65, 3 who provoke 
 me ^3a"b to my face, i. e. in scorn and 
 defiance. In the same sense is said "bx 
 n^3Q Job 2, 5. 13, 15. Deut. 7, 10 TSB-bx 
 ib'cbi^'^ he will repay him, to his face sc. 
 Grod an enemy, i. e. openly and speedily, 
 Vulg. statim ; the other member has xb 
 "inx\ Here belongs also i''33 i^jr to 
 answer one to his face, i. e. to reiute him 
 strongly, freely, openly ; Job 16, 8 "'OH? 
 f^.^?!- ''^Sl my leanness refutes me to my 
 face i. e. testifies openly and strongly 
 against me. Hos. 5, 5. 7, 10. 
 
 c) bs CJB Dib to set the face upon 
 any one ; for good, 1 K. 2, 15 upon me 
 did all Israel set their faces, that I 
 should reign ; or for evil, to set the face 
 
i:3 
 
 852 
 
 nsa 
 
 against any one, Ez. 6, 2. 29, 2. 35. 2. 
 Also ^JJ.i'^JS csib in the same sense Ez. 
 13, 17. 21,'7. 25, 2. 38, 2; and with n 
 parag. Ez.21,2. Siraihiris bx "''^JS n"''J: 
 ifo se^ (turn) one's face towards a place 
 Num. 24, 1. Also inlTTiostile sense 
 t)X D'lrs "rn to direct the face against 
 any thing Ez. 4, 3. 7 ; i 0-^:3 ^-'in id. 
 Dan. 11, 18. 19. Absol. 2 K. S, 11 nis^l 
 ^'^.^^ ''";>? fl!f' ^e fired his countenance 
 and, set it, i. e. beheld him with a fixed 
 look. 
 
 d) T'JS n^ia c. ace. to set one^s face 
 towards any quarter, i. e. to direct one's 
 course thither, to go, Gen. 31, 21 ; with 
 inf. c. 'b to intend, to purpase doing any 
 thing, but still with special reference to 
 going or departing, Jer. 42, 15. 17. 44, 
 12. 2 K. 12, IS. Dan. 11, 17. In N. T. 
 comp. Luke 9. 53. Syr. in the same 
 sense has ^oio^j >aji? to set his face, 
 oii-ki* >oie to fix his look. 
 
 e) i"'3E "|r: to set one^s face, q. d. to 
 cast the eyes, e. g. n3"^5< upon the grmind 
 Dan. 10, 15 ; c. bx towards any one, as 
 God Dan. 9, 3. With inf. c. b to set 
 one^s face to do any thing, i. e. to pur- 
 pose, to determine, 2 Chr. 32, 2. But 
 38* 'b 'sa 'fTji to set the face of any one 
 towards, i. e. to cause him to look to- 
 wards any thing. Gen. 30, 40. Furtlier 
 
 f ) In a hostile sense, 3 "r^jS c^3 to set 
 one's face ttpon i. e. against any one in 
 anger, to behold him in anger ; so of 
 God Lev. 20. 5. Ez. 15, 7; more fully 
 naiab sbn ni'-b Jer. 21, 10, nsnb 44, 10. 
 aIso a i-'ja in: id. Lev. 17, 10V20, 3. 6. 
 26, 17.' Ki. 14, 8. 15, 7. Soo too without 
 a verb, Ps. 34, 17 rn "^ajja -^^ ijd, comp. 
 opp. V. 16. 
 
 g) T^:s Nia; to lift up orui's counte- 
 naitce, see in X'C'3 no. 1. c. But in 2 Sam. 
 2, 22 and Job 22, 26, it is rather to look 
 with confidence upon any one. So too 
 i>x era c-'-in Ezra 9, 7. 
 
 h) B 'JS TMi"^ to see the face of any 
 one, i. e. to see him in person, as present. 
 Gen. 32. 21 / will appease him (Esau) 
 vnlh the present ;... afterwards I will see 
 his face, meet him in pwrson, 46, 30. 
 48, 11. Also i. q. to l>e admitted to the 
 presence of any one of high rank, as a 
 prince, king, Gen. 4:1, 3. 5. 44, 23. 26. 
 2 Sam. 3, 13. 14, 24. 28. Ex. 10, 28, 29 ; 
 
 or to have access to the king, as his ser 
 vants and ministers 2 K. 25, 19. Jer. 52, 
 25. Esth. 1, 14. Hence to see God^sface, 
 to have access to him, to find him propi- 
 tious. Job 33. 26. Is. 1, 12 (if we read 
 1:9 n-ixib). Gen. 33, 10; also "'^ 'la nm 
 Ps. 17, 15. In other passages it is said 
 that no mortal can see God's face and 
 live, Ex. 33, 20. 23 (but comp. Gen. 16, 
 13. 32, 30. Judg. 6, 22. 13, 22. Is. 6, 5). 
 Hence the ancient intpp. in the follow- 
 ing passages: Dan. 31,11 ":b rx r'^x"ib, 
 Is. 1, 12 '33 nsnb, Ex. 23,'l5 ixti xV 
 cp-'-i "^33, 34, 1.5. Ps. 42, 3 'zn nx-x 
 D'^n'bx, have given to the verbs the pas- 
 sive punctuation(nxnb, ixn;^, nxnx) af- 
 ter the analogy of Ex. 34, 23 and 1 Sam. 
 1, 22 '^ '33TX nxni ; and the sense 
 then is : to appear before God. But 
 peril, the active construction is favoured 
 by the fact that "^33 stands thrice without 
 rx ; and also nxnb twice without n, so 
 tliat it cannot without apparent violence 
 be pointed nix^.b. Is. 63, 9 i^JS rjxba 
 the angel of his (God's) face, presence, 
 who beholds his face, is his minister. 
 
 i) As to see the face of any one, is to 
 be admitted to his presence (see lett. h) ; 
 and to seek the face of any one, is to seek 
 admittance to him (see ^f:3 Pi. no. 1, 
 comp. Prov. 7, 15) ; so B "'iS? X'rj to re 
 ceive the face (person) of any one, is to 
 grant him admittance (see xbj no, 3, b) ; 
 and opp. B 'SB a'^llin to turn away the face 
 of any one, is not to admit, to repulse 
 him (see 31125 Hiph. no. 1). So too "^""^n 
 '(^ T'JB to turn away one's face from any 
 one 2 Chr., 30, 9 ; 1^ -,133 "I'^Fiqn , see in 
 -ino Hiph. 
 
 k) The face of any one is often put for 
 one's presence, person, self Ex. 33, 14 
 isb^ "133 my presence shall go, i. e. I my- 
 self will go. V. 15. 2 Sam. 17, 11 T^^:n 
 S'ljsa n^'sbn that thy presence (thyself) 
 go to the battle. Lam. 4, 16. Ps. 21, 10 
 T|^3D rsb in the time of thy presence, 
 when thou art present to fight against 
 them. 80, 17. Also Ps. 31, 21 thou shall 
 hide them ?j"^3B "irsa in the coveii of 
 thy presence. 89, 15, So Ps. 42. 6 *Ti3 
 'iai inisx i"3B pi5itt5"j ijnix / shaU yet 
 praise him, for the deliverance of his 
 jrresence, even my God, i. e. him whose 
 presence brings deliverance. But in v. 
 12 and 43, 5 the same words are differ* 
 
nsi 
 
 853 
 
 n:3 
 
 ently divided : / shall yet praise him. 
 "^^^^2 ""T^ r'irid'j t/ie deliverance of my 
 presence and my (Jod, i. e. with De 
 Wette. ' tlie deliverer of my person.' 
 But prob. we should here divide niJiaJ'J 
 ^n^x T'jD , as in v. 5. 6 ; see Thesaur. 
 p. 1110." 
 
 1) The face, countenance, is also often 
 put for l/ie look, mien, air of a person, as 
 expressing the affections and emotions 
 of the mind. Gen. 31, 2 a7id Jacob saw 
 the countenance of Laban, and to, it was 
 not toward him as before, v. 5. Hence 
 C'^ja TS of hardened looks, impudent, 
 Deul. 28, 50, comp. Is. 50. 7 ; Q''5B nix 
 see in "nx lett. g. So n-isn D-'Je an evil 
 countenance, sad looks. Gen. 40, 7. Ecc. 
 7, 3. Neh. 2, 3; and simpl. n-<:B id. 
 1 Sam. 1, 18, comp. v. 8. Job 9,27. For 
 the same is said n^3S ibes (see bca no. 1. 
 a, and Hiph. no. 1. d) ; and of a cheerful 
 countenance, B"'2B sbj, see S"ij3 no. 1. c. 
 So too shame is expressed in the coun- 
 tenance, either by blushing or turning 
 pale, whence n-^SB nqa Ps. 44, 6. Jer. 7, 
 19 ; and so Ps. 69' 8. 83, 17. Jer. 51, 51. 
 Also loathing is expressed by averted 
 looks, Ez. 6, 9. 20, 43. 36, 31. To the 
 expression of anger in the looks we may 
 refer Gen. 32. 21 : / will appease (T^JS) 
 his countenance with the present. 
 
 m) DniJB 133 before their own face Is. 
 5, 21, i. q. c'ri'^SBb, cn^rsa, in their own 
 eyes or opinion ; see in "('; no. 1. b. 
 
 2. Trop. of things, the face, surface 
 of any thing, e. g. of the earth Gen. 1, 
 29. 2. 6. Is. 14, 21. 24, 1 ; of a field Is. 
 28, 25 ; of water Gen. 1, 2. Job 38, 30. 
 etc. Comp. "^rQ-iix no. 2. "^rB-bs no. 1, 2. 
 Less obvious is Job 41, 5 "itti^iab 'ps nb ''a 
 who shall uncover the surface of im (the 
 crocodile's) garment ? i. e. prob. for the 
 garment itself, the surfiice or upper 
 part of his body, the scales, covering the 
 rest; comp. b no. 1. a. /?. So also 
 aib 13B the surface of the veil, put for the 
 veil itself as a covering. Is. 25, 7. 
 Hence a) aspect, view. Job 26, 9. b) 
 external appearance, state, condition of 
 a thing. Ps. 104, 30. Prov. 27, 23 look 
 well to the state, appearance, of thy flock. 
 c) a way, manner, as with the Rabbins; 
 , 9 o 
 
 see below in "^Jcb D. 3. Comp. Kr^j 
 face, manner. 
 
 72 
 
 3. the forepart, front of nny tiling, 
 
 e 
 
 Arab. &^; id. Jer. 1, 13 nsisa ''SDia rsB^ 
 
 and the fi onl thereof (of the pot) is 
 before ( towards) the north. So theyronf, 
 van, of an army, Gr. n{)6auTtov, Joel 2, 
 20. Adverbially: a) D"'3B in front, 
 before, (opp. "linx ,) Ez. 2, lo'. 1 Chr. 19, 
 10. 2 Chr. 13, 14. b) u-^:th forwards 
 Jer. 7, 24 ; of time, before, of old, Deut. 
 2, 10. 12. Josh. 11, 10. 14, 15. al. c) 
 n^3Efel3 from of old, from ancient times, 
 Is. 41, 26. d) CSBO in front, before, 
 2 Sam. 10, 9. Comp. below in ':b'3 D. 
 2. The face or front of a sword is 
 its edge, Ez. 21, 21 [16] niis-O r^-^js njx 
 whither is thine edge directed ? Ecc. 10, 
 10. Further, n^3B is also used for the 
 inner wall of a house opposite the door 
 as one enters, Hom. tm ivutnia, whence 
 with He parag. n^"'3B q. v. also a''3Bi!0 
 id. 
 
 With prepositions d"'3B assumes very 
 frequently the nature of a particle : 
 
 A) "^JS'bx 1. into or in the presence 
 of, before, a) Of place whither, after 
 verbs of motion, 2 Chr. 19, 2. Lev. 9, 5- 
 Num. 17, 8 [16,43]. b) Of place ir/icre- 
 Ex. 23, 17. 
 
 2. upon the face, surface, of any thing-,, 
 e- g. !^T>an ^3B-bx Lev. 14. 53. Ez. 10, 5. 
 Another meaning of this phrase see 
 above in no. 1. b. 
 
 B) ""jQ'rx pr. with {irC) the presence of 
 any one, in his sight, before any one ;: 
 e. g. "H^in "asT^H Esih. 1, 10. "'SB-rx; 
 "^ before Jehovah Gen. 19, 13. 27.' Pe'. 
 16, 11. Also for public worship in 
 the phrase "^ ^:^"nx nxns to appear 
 before Jehovah in the sanctuary, Ex. 34, 
 23. 1 Sam. 1, 22. (In this sense we 
 find also "^^ '33-bx '3 Ex. 23, 17 ; also 
 poet. -^1 -^yQ 'i Is." 1, 12. Ps. 42, 5, see 
 above in no. 1. h.) So too before, in 
 front of, e. g. 'T'Sn "'sbtx before the 
 city Gen. 33, 18. ns'nsn "^SBTX before 
 the veil Lev. 4, 6. After verbs of mo- 
 tion, into the presence of, before any one, 
 1 Sam. 22, 4. al. "'SB nss from the pre- 
 sence of any one Gen. 27, 30 ; from be- 
 fore, from the front of any thing, 2 K. 
 16. 14. 
 
 C) "'SBa , i. q. '^Bb , in front of before, 
 more espec. in the later writers, Ez. 42, 
 12; often in the phrase "'383 is^ in 
 
854 
 
 stand before any one, i. e. to resist Iiim, 
 Deut. 7, 24. 11, 25. Josh. 10, 8. 21, 44. 
 23, 9. Esth. 9, 2. The proper force of 
 the subst. seems to be retained in Ezra 
 6, 9 cn"';E2 ^'^p^ t-hey show loathing in 
 ^heir countenances ; see above in no. 1. 1. 
 
 D) ^:sb, c. sufl'. "^SE?, ~i\^\, ''J?5, 
 C3"'_5Eb , cr!'^:Eb . 
 
 1. in the presence of any one, in his 
 sight, under his eyes, he being present 
 and beholding, before any one. Num. 
 
 8, 22 the Levites went in to do their min- 
 istiry . . . V32 "':b!:^. '|"i~f!!S ^'.th in the pre- 
 sence of Aaron and his sons, under their 
 inspection. 2K.4, 38. Zech. 3, 8. '^izh 
 t'r_C before the snn, i. e. so long as the 
 Bun (which poets compare to the eye, 
 see in C7E"S2. ~T':i) shall look upon 
 and illumine the earth. Ps. 72, 17 ; corap. 
 n-^;; -=Eb V. 5. (But Job 8, 16 ffi^.a: -^pEb 
 in the sunshine.) Often trop. i. q. ':"'i;3 
 in the eyes, sight, of any one, i. e. in his 
 mind, feelings, judgment, e. g. "lOn 
 ''pBb ConnT favour and kindness with 
 any one, Dan. 1, 9. 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106. 
 46 ; *'.:e^ e-j'; i. q. -^pra Ea;> , see n-j;; . 
 T'dSx ^;Eb bin*, great i. e. having great 
 influence with his lord, 2 K. 5. 1 ; comp. 
 Prov. 4, 3. 14, 12. 
 
 Spec, to be noted is the phrase "^iS^ 
 njn-j or cin'bx "^itib , i. e. 
 
 a) Pr. in the presence of i. e. before 
 Jehovah Gen. 18, 22. Ex. 6, 12. 30. 16, 
 
 9. Ps. 95, 6. 96, 13. 98, 9. 1 Sam. 1, 12. 
 15. Also in the sight of Jehovah, he 
 being present and a witness, Gen. 27, 7. 
 1 Sam. 23, 18. Since Jehovah was re- 
 garded as dwelling in his sanctuary, 
 hence before Jehovah is i. q. ) in the 
 tabernacle, usually not in the holy of 
 holies, Ex. 27, 21. 34, 34. 40, 25. Lev. 
 4. 6. 7. 8, 26. Once in the holy of holies, 
 Ex. 28, 35. /S) at the door of the taber- 
 nacle, where stood the altar of burnt- 
 offering, Ex. 29, 11. 42. Lev. 3, 1 comp. 
 V. 2. 14, 1 1. 12. 17, 4. al. y) in the tem- 
 ple, Is. 37, 14; in its halls or courts, 2 
 K. 10. 14. Is. 23, 18. Ez. 46, 3. 9. 8) 
 before the ark of the covenant, on which 
 the presence of Jehovah rested, Josh. 4, 
 13 ; comp. 6. 7. 
 
 b) Trop. Jehovah beholding, Jehovah 
 being judge. Deut. 24, 4 an abomina- 
 tion bffore Jehovah. Josli. 6, 26 cursed 
 before Jehovah, comp. 1 Sam. 26, 19, 
 
 Ex. 28, 3S favour before Jehovah. Deut. 
 24, 13 righteortisness before Jehovah. 
 Hence also simpl. in a good sense, Je- 
 hovah assenting and approving, i. q. well 
 pleasing to Jehovah, since we set before 
 the eyes only such things as are pleas- 
 ing ; so "'l^ "3E5 tiinrn to walk before 
 Jehovah, to live as he approves, see in 
 Ti^n Hithp, no. 2. Gen. 10, 9 a viighty 
 hunter ''^ "'IBb before Jehovah, with whom 
 God is well pleased, Ps, 19. 15. What 
 is pleasing to Jehovah he decrees; so 
 Gen. 6, 13 the end of all flesh V^Eb sa 
 is come before me, is decreed by me. 
 
 The rarer form n'PiSNIi ''lEb has the 
 like significations: a) before God, i. e. 
 in his sanctuary Ex. 18. 12. Josh. 24. 1. 
 Judg. 21, 2 ; on the throne of God's 
 appointment Ps. 61, 8. b) God being 
 judge J Gen. 6. 1 1 the earth was corrupt 
 before God. So c^n'bx ijEb E'ia good 
 before God, in his sight, well pleasing 
 to him, Ecc. 2, 26. 7, 26. 
 
 Further we may note the use of "'itb 
 in the following phrases: 
 
 aa) r|^5sn ipEb -i?:S to stand before 
 the king, to await his mandates, i. e. to 
 minister unto him, see ^^5> ; comp. tes 
 'DBP 2 Sam. 16, 19. 
 
 bb) To adore or worship before a di- 
 vinity, see n"nnirn in r. nn'j . l K. 12, 
 30 the people went to worship "instrt iJB^ 
 before the one sc. of the calves. 1 Chr. 
 21, 30. 
 
 cc) To be smitten, put to flight before 
 an enemy, see v;J3 Niph. and hence 
 after verbs of scattering, discomfiting, 
 and the like, Judg. 4, 15. 1 Sam. 14, 13. 
 20, 1. 2 Sam. 5, 20. Jer. 1, 17. 49, 37. 
 Comp. below in "'.IJB^ . 
 
 dd) 'a ""lE^ "iPJ to set before any one, 
 e. g. food 2 K. 4, 43 ; trop. for choice, to 
 propose Deut. 11, 26; a law to be ob- 
 served, to impose Deut. 4, 8. 1 K. 9, 6. 
 Jer. 26, 4. 44, 10. Ez. 23, 24. Also i. q. 
 to give into one's power, to deliver over 
 to any one (i. q. 'b i;:3), Josh. 10, 12. 
 Deut. 2, 33. 36. Judg. 1 i, 9. 1 K. 8. 46. 
 Is. 41, 2. So without the verb of giving 
 Gen. 24, 51 lo ! Rebecca "I'^Jfib before 
 tliee, i. e. is given up to thee. 34, 10 tlie 
 land is before yon, lies ready before you 
 and your flocks. 2 Chr. 14, 6. 
 
 2, before, in front of comp. CSB no. 3. 
 
 a) Of place, is-ia bnx ijcb before the 
 
!:3 
 
 855 
 
 tl5 
 
 tabernacle of the congregation I Chr. 6, 
 17 [32] ; hence eastward o/Gen. 23, 17. 
 25, 18. Deut. 32, 49. Also of a leader 
 who goes before his army, see X3i SS'J 
 DSn 'jBb under art. Kia no. 1. d ; of a 
 king who stands before, at the head of, 
 his people, Ecc. 4, 16 there itaa no end 
 to all the people on-'jBb n;n "rrx bib 
 to all whom he was over. F'urther of 
 captives, booty, etc. which, as a shep- 
 herd his flock (Gen. 32, 18), the victor 
 drives before him, Is. 8, 4. Am. 9, 4. 
 Lam. 1, 5. 6. 
 
 b) Of time before, e. g. tisnn "^SBb 
 before the earthfpcakc Am. 1, 1 ; "'JOb 
 *l^U;5 before the /larcest Is. 18, 5. Gen. 
 13, 10. 29, 26. Prov. 8, 25. Zech. 8, 10. 
 Gen. 30, 30 "'SBb btfore me, i. e. before 
 I came to thee. Jer. 28. 8 HTTS 'JBb be- 
 fore now Neh. 13, 4. With inf. before 
 that, before, Gen. 13, 10. Deut. 33, 1. 
 1 Sam. 9, 15. 
 
 c) Of worth, preference, before, above, 
 like Lat. ante, prce. Job 34, 19 he re- 
 gardeth not the rich bT "'Ssb above the 
 poor. 
 
 d) After verbs of motion, lit. to onp?s 
 front, obviam, implying motion to meet 
 any one, e. g. 'B "'Jsb nnp? Gen. 24, 12; 
 also often in a hostile sense, against, 
 Gr. uvii, pr. to one's face, front, e. g. 
 "3Bb C!ip to rise up against any one 
 Niim. 16, 2 ; ''SBb KS"; to go out against 
 1 Chr. 14, 8. 2 Chr 14, 9. Also nisS 
 'SBb (see las), ''JBb zii-^T^ri to stand 
 against any one, i. e. to stand out, resist. 
 
 3. in the manner of like, see above in 
 O'^SB no. 2. c. Job 4, 19 lit. they crush 
 them His "'lEb like the moth, impers. for: 
 they are crushed as by the moth, as if 
 moth-eaten ; Vulg. sicut a tinea. Sept. 
 (rr]iig jqotiov. Comp. Lat. ad faciem 
 Plaut. Cist. 1. 1. 73. So ''Ssb -,rD to re- 
 gard as or for any one (comp. 3 'iPj) 
 1 Sam. 1. 16. From "'Ssb comes the adj. 
 form "'SBb anterior, q. v. 
 
 Note. The following significations 
 sometimes ascribed to "^rsb are doubtful: 
 a) for, comp. "ii3 and Germ, vor and fur; 
 e. g. in the phrase ''isb "jnT to become 
 surety for any one, Prov. 17, 18 ; but the 
 surety doubtless gave his pledge before, 
 in the presence of his friend. /5) on ac- 
 count of propter, like "'?2^'2. "'iS'a ; so 
 in ''Jsb *7ED to mourn on account of any- 
 
 one 2 Sam. 3, 31 ; better pr. before Wm, 
 since in the funeral procession the 
 mourners preceded the bier ; Geier de 
 luctu Hebneorum c. 5. 15-19. 
 
 R) "^jstb^ 1. from before, from the 
 presence of any one, implying that the 
 person or thing spoken of was before the 
 other and goes away from that place. 
 E. g. to go out "; ':e^'2 Lev. 9, 24 ; 'SBirs 
 ri5-jB Gen. 41, '46; also Gen. 23, 4.' 8. 
 Hence after verbs of fleeing (comp. '^ 
 no. 3. a), and of driving out 1 Chr. 19, 
 18. 2 Chr. 20, 7 ; of fearing and causing 
 fear 1 Sam. 18, 12. Ps. 97, 5. 114, 7. Ecc. 
 8, 13. Esth. 7, 6; also of crying for help 
 (usually conjoined with flight) 1 Sam. 
 8, 18 ; of humbling oneself 1 K. 21, 29. 
 2 Chr. 33, 12. 36, 12. 
 
 2. Of time, before, i. q. "'Ssb no. 2. b. 
 Ecc. 1, 10. Comp. 1^ no. 4. b.' 
 
 3. Trop. of a cause, on account of be- 
 caiiJie of. i. q. "^3313 , "53, e. g. to shout or 
 rejoice because of, 1 Chr. 16, 33. 
 
 F) "^3013 1. from the face, presence, 
 front, of any person or thing, from be- 
 fore, e. g. Ex. 14. 19 and the column went 
 Dri"'3ST3 from before them, and'stood be- 
 hind them.. Hence very often after verbs 
 of departing, Hos. 11, 2 ; of fleeing 
 (comp. "|T3 no. 3, a. from which it differs 
 in that "^IB^ is for the most part used be- 
 fore persons, '{O before things, see rrn 
 Niph.) Gen. 7, 7. 16, 8. Is. 20, 6 comp! 
 Ps. 61, 4; of crying for help Is. 19. 20. 
 26, 17; of fearing (see xn^, rrn Niph,); 
 of reverencing, humbling oneself 2 K. 
 22, 1 9. Lev. 19, 32 ; of hiding Job 23, 17 ; 
 and other verbs of similar significations. 
 Thus the idea of flight and fear is im- 
 plied in Judg. 9. 21, and he dwelt there 
 linx Tib^-'iS "'.B^ (after he had fled) 
 from the presence of Abimelech his bro- 
 ther; Vulg. well, ob metum A. fratrit 
 sui. 1 Chr. 12, 1 see in r. iSS no. 1. 
 Is. 17, 9 as ruins .... "'33 '.3S'3 1=T3 -i;^X 
 bs'ntJ7 which the Canaanites left deserted 
 from before Israel i. e. fleeing from be- 
 fore them ; see in r. 2TS no. 2. b. 
 
 2. Of the author and efficient cause, 
 from which any thing -proceeds, i. q. '^'U 
 no. 2. c. Gen. 6, 1 3 the earth is filled with 
 violence cr}''}ti^ froin them, i. e. of which 
 they are the cause. Sept. well un uvtmv. 
 47, 'l3. Ex. 8, 20. Juig. 6, 6. Jer. 15. 17. 
 Ez. 14, 15. Also of the remoter cause 
 
nss 
 
 856 
 
 riDS 
 
 because of^ on account of ; Is. 10, 27 the 
 yoke shall break 'fc^^ 'rSTS because of the 
 fatness sc. of the ox. Deut. 28. 20. Hob. 
 10, 15. Jer. 9. 6. So where the reason 
 is given on account of which something 
 is not done, Lat. jyrce. Job 37. 19. 1 K. 8, 
 '11. With "ill" it is equivalent to a 
 Conj. because that, because, Ex. 19, 18, 
 Jer. 44, 23. 
 
 Note. Winer has needlessly added 
 the two following meanings, Lex. p. 779 : 
 .) before, citing Lev, 19, 32, where cnp 
 'JBTa to rise up in one's presence, is the 
 ^part of modesty and reverence towards 
 old age, conip. above in no. 1. /?) to- 
 wards, as if for "'.^B'^Jt, Jer. 1, 13; for 
 which see above in D'^IS no. 3. 
 
 G) ''iB"^? has various meanings ac- 
 cording to the different power both of 
 the noun and particle. 
 
 1. From the signif. face and front, no. 
 1, 3, arise the following : 
 
 a) at or before the face of any one, be- 
 fore, i. q. ^?^ no. 1 (comp. bs no. 3. b). 
 Gen. 32, 22.' Lev. 10, 3. Ps. 9, 20. 2 K. 
 13. 14. Job 4, 15 ; in the sight of any 
 
 one, under his inspection. Num. 3, 4. 
 Job 6, 28 ^itsx nx nsiss-bs it is before 
 your eyes (will be manifest), whether I 
 lie. ^53 ^?^ i. q. ""-^k^ Gen. 23, 3, 
 
 b) in front of anything, before, 2 Chr. 
 3. 17. Ps. 18, 43 as dust before the wind, 
 driven by the wind. Here belong also 
 the following : 1 K. 6, 3 the length of it 
 (of the porch) r^3f3 :ti"! "^^S?"^? before 
 
 .the breadth of the temple, i. e. along in 
 front of the breadth of the temple. 2 Chr. 
 
 3, 8. Hence : ) In a geographical 
 sense, before, i. e. to the east, eastward 
 
 of, Gen. 16. 12 and he shall dwell on the 
 east of all his brethren. 23, 19. 25, 18. 
 1 K. 11, 7 in the mount which is on the 
 eaM of Jerusalem, the mount of Olives, 
 comp. Zech. 14, 4. Deut. 32. 49 mount 
 Abarim which is on the east (f Jeri- 
 cho. 1 Sam. 15, 6. Still, as the more 
 general signif. lufore, ovur against, might 
 here be applied, the quarter of the hea- 
 vens is Kometimes added to remove the 
 ambiguity ; as Zech. 14, 4 the mount of 
 Olives, which is before JfTusalnii on the 
 east. Num. 21,11. Josh. 15. 8 the top of 
 the hill which is btfrn-e the ndhy of Ilin- 
 noni Wist ward. 18, 14 the hill which is 
 before Belh-horon southward. Where 
 
 there is no snch adjunct, the direction 
 must be determined by the circum- 
 stances, and is sometimes uncertain, aa 
 
 1 Sam. 24, 3 [2]. Josh. 13, 25. 17, 7 
 comp. 16, 6. /5) Of time, before, Gen. 
 11, 28. /) Of preference, before, rather 
 than, Deut. 21, 16. 
 
 c) to the face or front of any thing, 
 see in hy no. 4 ; hence, towards, in the 
 
 direction of. Gen. 18, 16 and the men 
 
 looked, dHo "'3S"b5 towards Sodom. 19, 
 28. Num. 21, 20. 23, 28. So Judg. 16, 
 3 towards Hebron; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 377. Perh. 1 K. 17, 3; 
 comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 288. 
 Hence in a hostile sense, against, Ps. 
 21, 13. Nah. 2, 2. 
 
 2. From the signif. surface, ''53"^? is: 
 a) upon the face i. e. surface, e. g. of the 
 earth Gen. 1, 29. 6, 1 ; of the heavens 
 Gen. 1,20; of the waters Gen. 1,2; of a 
 valley Ez. 37, 2. Hence ^3B bs^ from 
 upon the face of the earth, spoken of 
 what is destroyed, 1 Sam. 20. 15. Am. 
 9; 8. b) After verbs implying motion, 
 upon the face i. e. surface, e. g. of the 
 earth Job 5, 10. Am. 5, 8 ; of the fields 
 Lev. 14, 7. Ez. 32, 4. c) out upon or 
 over the surface, etc. Gen. 11, 8. Lev. 16, 
 14. 15. Is. 18, 2. d) Trop. of something 
 added, i. q. bs no. L b. n, above, besides, 
 inl, Ex. 20. 3 thou shall have no other 
 gods "^-B"'? over and above me, i. e. be- 
 sides me ; Sept. well nlr^v ifioii, Targ. 
 12T3 13. Job 16, 14. 
 
 n|S f (r. *:a) 1. a pinnacle, mural 
 turret, q. d. a 'branch' or 'shoot' spring- 
 ing up out of the wall; see the root. 
 
 2 Chr. 26, 15. Zeph. 1, 16. 3,6. Hence 
 
 2. a corner, angle, pr. exterior, as of a 
 house Job I, 19 ; of a street Prov. 7, 8. 
 Also interior, as of a roof Prov. 21, 9. 25, 
 24 ; of a court Ez. 43, 20 ; of a city 
 2 Chr. 28, 24. r.ro "(rx a corntj^sione Job 
 38, 6. Is. 28, 16; and so MSB simpJ. Jer. 
 51, 26. n:3 ttisin the hi.ad of the cormr, 
 i. e. the chief corner-stone, Ps. 118, 22 ; 
 see in ttJsi no. 4. nssn ->yb the cor- 
 m-r-gate, one of the gates of Jerusa- 
 lem, 2 K. 14, 13. 2 Chr. 26, 9. Jer. 
 31, 38. 
 
 3. Metaph. a prince, the chief of a 
 people, on whom as a corner-Klone the 
 burden of the state rests, comp. Ps. 118, 
 
^33 
 
 857 
 
 C3 
 
 22. la. 28, 16. So Is. 19, 13. Zech. 10, 
 4. 1 Sam. It, 38. Judg. 20, 2. 
 
 ^S^5D (face of God. from obsol. sing. 
 158 i. q. 0"'3D, comp. in plur. DT^ia) 
 P'emiel, pr. n. a) A place beyond 
 Jordan Gen. 32, 32, where its origin is 
 narrated. Judg. 8, 8. Once bx-'JB id. 
 Gen. 32, 31. b) Of men: ) 1 Chr. 
 8, 25, Keri bx-^SB . /3) 1 Chr. 4, 4. 
 
 bS^DD see the preced. art. Ictt. a, and 
 lett. b. o. 
 
 n"'^2D see in O'^J-'SB . 
 D'^IE face, see art. n:Q. 
 
 CrP in D-iSE^T? 1 K. 6, 29; see in 
 ma-^JB lett. a. 
 
 np"':D Mil6l, from o-'SB no. 3, with 
 He local (once without n 1 K. 6, 29, see 
 below in a) ; for the plur. ending retain- 
 ed comp. n^i^Q';, and n^b-'X Ex. 15, 27. 
 Num. 33, 9; pr. al or by the inner wall 
 of a house, room, court, i. e. opposite to 
 or in front of the door and of those en- 
 terin<T, if rotg ivttmiois, where the throne 
 is set in palaces. Ps. 45, 14 all glorious 
 sits the king^s daughter (the queen) 
 niQ'^Da by the wall, i. e. upon the tiirone. 
 Also on the inner walL like Gr. ivomiu, 
 1 K. 6, 18 ; within, in the house, 2 K. 7, 
 11 ; inward, into the house. 2 Chr. 29, 18. 
 
 With prefixes : a) m2-'3Bb inside, 
 within, 1 K. 6, 30 ; inward Ez. 41, 3. 
 h rna'^ssb inwardly to, inside of any- 
 thing, Ez. 40, 16 ; also d"i:b^ (without 
 n loc.) from within, i. e. on the inside, 
 1 K. 6, 29, b) nic-'rsia on the inside, 
 within, 1 K. 6, 19.' 21. 2 Chr. 3, 4. 
 Hence 
 
 "''0"'2B ni. adj. (^ being treated as radi- 
 cal and therefore retained,) fem. p'^T3':b , 
 plur. c-'niDO 1 Chr. 28. 11, f ^ia?^';Q 2 
 Chr. 4. 22 ; interior, inner, (opp. 'il'^n 
 exterior,) 1 K. 6, 27. 36. 7, 12. Ez. 40, 
 15 sq. 41, 15. al. 
 
 qi;i;B j^ fjfjiy jn plup. (sing, is the 
 pr. n. nS3Q.) Prov. 3, 15 Keri. 8. 11. 20, 
 15. 31, \o'. Lam. 4. 7. Job 28, 18. once 
 Qifl;^ Prov. 3, 15 Cheth. according to 
 many of the Rabbins pearls, Gr. niwa, 
 and so Bochart, Hieroz. II. 1. V. c. 6, 7. 
 Against this is the passage in Lam. 1. c. 
 a"'2"':sn DSS i^"!!*, which cannot be 
 rendered with Bochart : they are more 
 
 72* 
 
 shining in body than pearls, ee in r. O'lH . 
 Better there(()re is the opinion of J. D. 
 Michaelis (Supplem. p. 2022) and others, 
 who understand red corals ; which is 
 also favoured by tiie etymology, pr. 
 'branches, branching trees,' from r. "(3D 
 q. V. To this it is not an objection, 
 that corals are called by another name, 
 niTaxT ; the same is also the case in 
 respect to pearls, see nbna. Others 
 understand red gems, as the sardiua, 
 pyrops ; but this word is never enume- 
 rated among gems, comp. Ex. 39, 10 sq. 
 
 * 133 obsol. root, Arab. \i Conj. II, 
 to divide up, to separate, to distribute 
 
 into classes ; ^^ a species, class, plur. 
 
 s -^ s '^^ 
 
 branches ; ijJLs a branch ; ^o^^l a 
 
 thick branch ; iljLi a branching tree. 
 Hence '(B I, nSB, 3"'3''3B, pr. n. nS3D. 
 
 nsSD (coral, i. q. n:"'3B which is found 
 in some Mss.) Peninnah, pr. n. of the 
 wife of Elkanah, 1 Sam. 1, 2. 4. 
 
 p3S in Kal not used. Arab. {Jy^ 
 to treat and train delicately ; IV, to live 
 delicately. Syr. Ethpe. to delight oae- 
 self. Comp. p3"!3. 
 
 PiEL to bring up delicately, to spoil by 
 tenderness, e. g. a servant Prov. 29, 21. 
 
 OB m. (r. DOS) end, extremity, only 
 in the phrase Q-'SB r:h3 Gen. 37, 3. 23. 
 32. 2 Sam. 13. 18. 19, a tunic reaching 
 to the D"'S3, i. e. to the palms of the 
 hands and soles of the feet ; see the 
 root. It was therefore the long tunic 
 with sleeves, worn by young men and 
 maidens of the better class ; so Jos. Ant. 
 7.8. I. SKf:o^ovv yao lu raiv u()j(aiav nag- 
 &it'Oi j^fi(>i)8tTov.: uxtji iu)v aqpi'^ciji' noog 
 TO [ii]8h liXena&at ;^tr(u',', which is well 
 explained and defined by Hartmann, 
 Hebraerin III. 280. Aqu. ap. Sam. xp- 
 ncarog. Symm. /iifjidunog. Aqu. Gen. 
 u<jT(juyaXn()g (talaris). Others : a tunic 
 of many colours, i. e. of pieces of various 
 colours sewed together, from Chald. 03 
 palm of the hand, also a piece, etc. So 
 Sept. in Gen.^iTciV noixllog, Vulg. poly- 
 mila. 
 
 CD Chald. m. c. genit. NT^ 03 palm 
 of the hand, Dan. 5, 5. 24. See r. DOB 
 
C3 
 Qi'Q'n CB , see n'^E'^j DSN . 
 
 858 
 
 iC2 
 
 ^?3 in Kal not used, Chald. StJS fo 
 fwf w/), to divide, i. q. pc9 which is 
 more usual. 
 
 PiEL once Ps. 48, 14 n^nij^nx !i5Sa 
 divide ye vp her palaces, i. e. walk 
 through and survey them ; or perh. con- 
 sider them accurately, since verbs of di- 
 viding are thus used metaphorically ; 
 comp. r. "a. Hence 
 
 naCE (Chald. part, piece) Pisgah, pr. 
 n. of a mountain ridge in Moab, on the 
 southern border of the kingdom of Si- 
 hon, Num. 21, 20. 23, 14. Deut. 3. 27. 
 Josh. 12, 3. al. In it was Mount Nebo, 
 Deut. 34, 1. 
 
 Tic's f. (r. D03) pr. expansion, diffu- 
 sion, comp. r. ntJQ and Cliald. "|1"'0Q ; 
 then trop. abundance, once Ps. 72, 16 
 y';^N2 13 nSB TJ^ let there be abundance 
 of com in the land. Others take it as 
 fem. of CS , whence a handful, sheaf 
 Kimchi Ti? xb^ ; but not suited to the 
 context. 
 
 '"'CS 1. pr. to leap, to dance, see 
 Piel. See also Thesaur. Niph. p. 1114, 
 1115. 
 
 2. Spec, to leap over, to pass over, e. g. 
 a stream, river, whence pr. n. nOEn 
 Thapsactts, pr. passage of the Euphra- 
 tes. With bs, i. q. b? 135 ; Ex. 12, 23 
 'i3l nrsn bs "^^ PiDBI and Jehovah will 
 pass over the door, and will not suffer 
 the destroyer to come in. v. 13. 27. Sept. 
 V. 23 nn()iQxofi(ti,\xi\g. transibo. Hence 
 1. q. to spare. Is. 31, 5. 
 
 3. to halt, to limp, to be lame, from the 
 irregular and leaping gait : see Niph. 
 and ntJD. Trop. 1 K. 18, 21 how long 
 D^nCB cnx do ye halt between two opi- 
 nions'? i. e. hesitate between Jehovah 
 
 and Baal. So Arab. t_aAA. pr. to limp ; 
 
 Chryeost. ntqi t^v nitniv xutXtviiv. 
 
 Piel to leap, to dance ; so the priests 
 of Baal, 1 K. 18. 26 they danced at 
 (around) the altar which was made; 
 Sept. duTfifxov, Targ. prir^ insani- 
 ebant, which Kimchi explains, 'they 
 danced after their manner.' Dancing 
 wap customary at some Bacrifices ; see 
 2 Sam. 6, 16. 
 
 Niph. pass, of Kal no. 3, to become or 
 be made lame. 2 Sara. 4, 4. 
 Deriv. IjCa nS3 . 
 nCB (lame) Paseah, pr. n. m. a) 
 
 1 Chr. 4, 12. b) Neh. 3, 6. c) Ezra 
 2, 49. Neh. 7, 51. 
 
 nCS m. (r. riDQ) in pause nCB, plur. 
 DTIDD ; pr. a passing over, sparing, de- 
 liverance from punishment and calamity. 
 Hence 
 
 1. The sacrifice instituted on account 
 of the immunity of the Israelites, the 
 passover, , the paschal lamb described 
 Ex. 12, 27 nos icx nin-'b N^n ncs nsT 
 D';iis^3 bxiir^-'ss "^ns-b? the sacrifce 
 of sparing (pr. passing over) is this to 
 Jehovah, who passed over the hoiises of 
 the Israelites in Egypt, when he smote 
 the Egyptians, etc. Hence nDsn ana 
 to kill the pas.sover i. e. the paschal lamb 
 Ex. 12, 21. 2 Chr. 30, 15. 17. 35. 1. 6; 
 nocn nnt Deut. 16, 2 sq. nosn bsx to 
 eat the passover 2 Chr. 30. 18. nos nius 
 to prepare the passover, i. e. to keep the 
 festival, Ex. 12, 48. Num. 9, 4 sq. Josh. 
 5, 11. al. Plur. Dinoa paschal lambs 
 
 2 Chr. 30, 17. 35, 7-9.' ' 
 
 2. the festival of the passover, the pas- 
 chal day, i. e. the fourteenth day of the 
 month Nisan, Lev. 23, 5 ; which was 
 followed by the seven days' festival of 
 unleavened bread, ib. v. 6. Ez. 45, 21. 
 Fully nossn sn Ex. 34, 25. Hence 
 noan rinia the morrow of the passover, 
 i. e. the fifteenth day of Nisan, Josh. 5, 
 11. Num. 33, 3. 
 
 HBD m. adj. (r. noB) lame Lev. 21, 18. 
 Deut. 15, 21. Is. 35, 6. al. Plur. D-^TOB. 
 (without Dag.) 2 Sam. 5, 6. 8. Is. 33, 23. 
 
 QijiCE m. plur. (r. bOB) 1. carved 
 images of idols, Deut. 7, 25. Is. 42, 8. 
 Jer. 50, 38. Hos. 11, 2. al. TjBO? "^b-^OB 
 your carved images of silver Is. 30, 22. 
 Syr. U^^Ls cut, hewn, as stone. 
 
 2. Pesilim. pr. n. of a place not flir 
 from Gilgal. Judg. 3, 19. 26. Targ. 
 X*3Sn'Q quarries ; but it is safer to rest 
 in the common signif. 'images.' perh. 
 *hewn stones,' i. q. Syr. ^^ ^ S t ftf^ . 
 
 *?|CS obsol. root. Chald. Pa. to cut 
 vp or off , i. q. 5t5D and pDB . Hence 
 
 ?ICB Pasach, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 33. 
 
boB 
 
 859 
 
 b^B 
 
 ^ ? *? flit. VdB'J to cut, to carve, to form 
 by cutting ; e. g. stones, to hew, Ex. 34, 
 1. 4. Deut. 10, 1. 3. 1 K. 5, 32 [18] ; an 
 idol, Hab. 2, 18. Syr. Chald. id. Kindr. 
 i8b:tD. 
 Deriv. cb^DD and 
 
 59? f"- in pause boD , c. suff. "'bpD , a 
 carved image of an idol. Ex. 20, 4. Deut. 
 '4, 16; of wood Is. 44, 15. 17. 45, 20. 
 Spoken also of a molten image, which is 
 properly called "30^. Is. 40, 19. 44. 10. 
 Jer. 10, 14. 51, 17. For the plur. Q'^b'^pD 
 is used, q. v. 
 
 p"l?30B Dan. 3, 7, and T'^npOB Dan. 
 3, 5. 10. 15, the Greek word if/uliri^iov, 
 psallenj, lyre, (which the Sept. transla- 
 tors often put for bnj, 1123.) adopted 
 into the Chaldee, b and 3 being inter- 
 changed. It is of the singular number ; 
 since it is coupled with other names of 
 musical instruments in the singular ; 
 and does not correspond to the Greek 
 xf)aXir,Q which signifies harper, lyrist, 
 but to ipuXTi'igiov, the Greek ending iov 
 among the Orientals usually becoming 
 j*^ ; as ai'iidQiov )'^':~l'^}0, xoivo/Siov 
 ^^ ' ^T n ^^wjo^jo Kandbin. The same 
 word may be recognised in the mod. 
 Arabic -^ h * < , JiLiO, and other like 
 forms, the name of a species of psaltery 
 or harp ; see Villoteau in Descr. de 
 I'Egypte VI. p. 426. Comp. on the 
 other hand Hengstenberg Authentie 
 des Daniel p. 15. Havernick ad Dan. 
 I.e. 
 
 ^^^ to expand, to diffuse, to dis- 
 perse, kindr. with nra, Chald. noB 
 whence "(Vpa diffusion. ^ Hence Chald'. 
 Kl"^ OS expansion i. e. palm of the 
 hand; Syr. ly-)? ]Lsis id. iO? )"LcL3 
 sole of the foot ; ','3 boards ; Heb. nps 
 diffusion, abundance. Here we may 
 refer Ps. 12. 2 : tjnx "ijao a"3^^s jibs the 
 faithful disperse (are scattered) from 
 among the children of men, comp. Ps. 
 11, 1. 2 ; parall. n^a. But the ancient 
 versions, Jarchi, and many moderns, 
 give to ops in this passage the signif 
 of DBX, to cease, to fail; Kke parall. 
 
 nSDS Pispah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 38. 
 the etymology is unknown 
 
 ';sJ onomatopoet. 1. to cry out, 
 to scream, once of a woman in travail, 
 fut. 1 p. nsBX Is. 42, 14. Syr. and Chald. 
 |la, xro, to bleat, to bellow, as flocka 
 and herds ; comp. Gr. jSoi'm, whence (iovg 
 bos. Similar is nyj youto, q. v. Hence 
 pr. n. IJD . 
 
 2. to hiss, to blow, as a serpent, viper, 
 kindr. with njjD q. v. Hence nsin^ 
 viper. 
 
 IS^D (a bleating, lowing) Pan, pr. n. 
 of a place in Idumea, Gen. 36, 39; call- 
 ed also --SQ T'ai, 1 Chr. 1, 50. R. n3D. 
 
 ^"iyo (hiatus, cleft, r. 1S2) Peor, pr. 
 n. of a mountain in Moab Num. 23, 28. 
 Hence "lira b?3 Baal-Peor Num. 25, 3. 
 5, and simply -\^T^ 23. 28. 31, 16. Josh. 
 22, 17, an idol of the Moabites. in whose 
 worship females prostituted themselves. 
 Comp. Tira n-'a in art. n^a no. 12. mm. 
 
 "^B see in iira . 
 
 ^?2! fut. bss7; once bSB*; c. Makk. 
 -b5E-i Job 35, 6, i. q. n'iS, to make, to do, 
 but only in poetic style. Syr. and Talm. 
 part. xb-lB ills a workman. Arab. 
 Jjli to do, to work, but not freq. Job 
 11, 8 bSBtn-n^ what camt thou do? 
 Ps. 11, 3 bra-n'a p-'ti^ what can the 
 righleoiis do 7 Deut. 32, 27 bra r^)r\i xb 
 nxT-bp Jehovah hath not done all this. 
 Job 33, 29. Is. 43, 13. Spec. a) to 
 make, to form, e. g. an idol Is. 44, 15 ; 
 a pit, i. e. to dig. Ps. 7, 16. Absol. Is. 
 44, 12 cnaa bsa he worketh (forgeth) 
 in the coals, b) to produce, to create, 
 Ps. 74, 12; whence "^bss my Creator Job 
 36, 3. c) to prepare, Ex. 15, 17 the 
 place thou hast prepared to dwell in. 
 Hence to attempt, to undertake any 
 thing (opp. nrs to effect, to accom- 
 plish). Is. 41,4 n',^?1 bss '12 xcho hath 
 attempted and done ill (comp. 43, 7 
 i^n-'bs qx i^nnsv) Mic. 2, 1. Ps. 58, 
 3 in heart ye plot wickedness. So Tias 
 is used in the same manner, Is. 32, 6. 37, 
 26. d) to do, i. e. to practise, e. g. right- 
 eousness Ps. 15. 2 ; iniquity, crime. Job 
 34, 32. 36, 23. Prov. 30, 20. '(ix 'bsb 
 evil-doers, wicked men, Ps. 5, 6. 6, 9. 14, 
 4. al. siep. e) With ace. and b of thing, 
 Ps. 7, 14 brs'^ D"'pbnb vsn he maketh his 
 arrows burning, lit. into or for burning 
 
b?5 
 
 860 
 
 ;:S) 
 
 things, f ) With ^ of pers. to do to or 
 for any one, either good Job 22. 17. Ps. 
 31, 20 ; or evil Job 7, 20; with 3 id. 35, 6. 
 Deriv. Isrs, n'l^a , ^^^Z f^^?^^) 
 and pr. n. "'P^^^b . 
 
 ^^2 m. c. suff. ib?B , rjbss (poolcha), 
 rarely ibSE Is. 1, 31.' Jen 22, 13 ; plur. 
 C^5?a 1 Chr. 11, 22; work, i. q. "iUS^, 
 but, with few exceptions, only poetic. 
 
 1. work, i. e. labour, busi7iess, Ps. 104, 
 23; comp. Job 24, -5. 
 
 2. a work, i. a. a deed, act, f acinus; of 
 God's mighty deeds, espec. in preserv- 
 ing and defending his people, Ps. 44. 2. 
 64, 10. 77, 13. Deut. 32, 4. Also of 
 man, Ps. 28, 4. Prov. 24, 12. 29. Spec. 
 a great deed, mighty act, 2 Sam. 23, 20 ; 
 
 6 
 
 an evil deed. Job 36. 9. Arab. iUjLS id. 
 
 3. a work, i. e. something made, the 
 product of labour, etc. "'i;! br's the work 
 of my hands, i. e. Israel, Deut. 33, 11. Is. 
 45, 9. 11. Spec, of the divine judg- 
 ments, Is. 5, 12. Hab. 1, 5. 3, 2 ; comp. 
 nt;?''? no. 3. a. Of the divine aid, Ps. 
 90^16. 
 
 4. work, i. e. the fruit of one's labour, 
 acquisition Prov. 21, 6 ; wages Job 7, 2. 
 Jer. 22, 13. Comp. n^rs no. 2, and 
 i^yov Rev. 14, 13. 
 
 hjyS f (r. bra) constr. rb?Q 1, As 
 abstr. noun of action, i. q. nbsa no. 1, 
 labour, business, occupation, i. e. the 
 doing of any thing, Prov. 10, 16. 11, 18. 
 Is. 65. 7. Jer. 31. 16. Plural ni^SB of 
 the deeds or conduct of men, Ps. 17, 4 ; 
 of God's works, Ps. 28,5. 
 
 2. tca^as of labour, i. q. bss no. 4. Lev. 
 19, 13. Ps. 109, 20. Is. 40, 10. 49, 4. 61, 
 8. 62, 11. 
 
 in^^B ( for i;| n^se wages of Jeho- 
 vah) Peidlhai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 5. 
 
 C^D ] . to strike, to beat, to pound; 
 whence C"D anvil, and "|i^".B a bell. 
 Also to strike upon with the foot, to 
 tread; whence C5B step, pace, foot. 
 
 2. M>taph. to impel, to urge, to move, 
 e. g. the Spirit of God a person Judg. 
 13, 25. 
 
 NiPH. to be moved, agitated, ttvublcd, 
 Gen. 41, 8. Dan. 2, 3. Ps. 77, 5. 
 
 HiTHPA. i. q. Niph. Dan. 2, 1. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, and the two 
 foilowing. 
 
 D?E f but masc. Judg. 16. 28. 2 Sam. 
 23, 8 Cheth. Plur. ciBrs and nirSB . 
 
 1. an anvil, Is. 41, 7. 
 
 2. tread of the foot, hence : a) step, 
 footstep, Ps. 119, 133. 140, 5. Trop. 
 Judg. 5, 28 the paces of his chariots. 
 b) the foot itself, with which one treads, 
 Ps. 57, 7. 58, 11. Prov. 29, 5. Cant. 7, 2. 
 Is. 26. 6. Plur. rii3?B feet, i. e. artifi-" 
 cial, Ex. 25, 12. 1 K^l, 30. 
 
 3. Trop. rnst crs pr. one tread, i. e. 
 one time, once. Josh. 6, 3. 11. 14. 1 Sara, 
 26, 8 ; also at one time, at once. Is. 66, 8. 
 
 Comp. Arab, xaij, s^, sJa-&-, id. 
 Dual D":rr3. twice Gen. 27, 36. 41, 32. 
 43, 10. Plur. f^rra aibo three times, 
 thrice, Ex. 23, 17. al. C^a:'*? ri523 h-ow 
 many times ? how often ? 1 K. 22, 16. 
 n-isn D-^rTB many times Ecc. 7, 22 [23]. 
 Ps. 106, 43.' Also t!7na5!i CSE once and 
 again Neh. 13, 20. In phrases : a) 
 With the art. csan, this ?me, in this 
 thing, Ex. 9, 27 ; hence cssn r|X only 
 this time, only this once. Gen. 18. 32. 
 Ex. 10, 17. Judg. 6, 39. 16, 28 ; now 
 Gen. 46, 30 ; now indeed Gen. 2. 23. 30, 
 20. c5En nn? 29, 34. b) rx-Tn crea 
 at this tim/, Ex. 8, 28 [32]. 9, 14. c) 
 c>en"D?E3 one time as another, now as 
 before, Num. 24, 1. Judg. 16, 20. 1 Sam. 
 20.25. d) tra crs, now now, Prov. 
 7, 12. 
 
 'ji'a^B m. (r. csya) a bell, so called 
 from being struck, Ex. 28, 33. 39, 25. 
 26 ; comp. 28, 34. 
 
 rij?Sj see nJSQ-nJBX. 
 
 rL^ to open wide, to gape, constr. 
 only with na , once nsa Job 16, 10; 
 spoken of ravenous beasts Job 16. 10; of 
 longing desire Job 29, 23. Ps. 119, 131. 
 Poet, of Sheol, Is. 5, 14. Syr. jls, 
 Arab, ji id. Hence pr. n. ^ira , and 
 
 ''^^S Paarai, pr. n. of one of David's 
 military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 35; written 
 more correctly in 1 Chr. 11, 37 '''^53 
 Naarai. 
 
 * J^-f ^ fut. ."iSB"^ 1. pr. to tear apart, 
 to rend; comp. the kindr. verbs 5^B, 
 nsD , bsB , CSB . which all have the pri- 
 mary signification of tearing apart, 
 I breaking in pieces ; as is also the case 
 
n23 
 
 861 
 
 "ipB 
 
 with roots beginning with the eylhible 
 ya, ta. Hence to open wide the mouth, 
 Ez. 2, 8. Is. 10, U ; c. b? to gape ujmi, 
 e. g. in threat, iis ravenous beasts, Ps. 
 22, 14 ; in scorn Lam. 2, 16. 3, 46 ; as 
 uttering hasty words Job 35, 16. Ps. 66, 
 14. Judg. 11, 35. 36. Trop. tfie earth 
 also is said fo open her mouth, Gen. 4, 11. 
 Num. 16,30. Deut. 11,6. 
 
 2. to snatch away, to deliver, Ps. 144, 
 7. 10. 11. So Syr. Chald. and Arab. 
 ^^ Conj. II, IV. 
 
 *M^B fut, plur. >inSE";i 1. to break 
 in pieces; Arab, ^ai id. comp. 
 
 to break, to cleave ; see Pi. 
 
 2. np nsB , Lat. erumpere jubila, i. e. 
 to break forth into joy. rejoicing, shout- 
 ing. Is. 14, 7. 44, 23. 49, 13. 54, 1. 55, 12 ; 
 twice S-i'j nsB id. 52, 9. Ps. 98, 4. Syr. 
 t^^Z] to break forth sc. into joy, for 
 Gr. ^t'lyvvfii id. Gal. 4. 27. Comp. Lat. 
 'erumpere gaudium' Ter. Eun. 3. 5. 2 ; 
 * erumpere stomachum' Cic. Att. 16. 3. 
 
 PiEL to break in pieces, e. g. bones 
 Mic. 3, 3. 
 
 n'n'^SB m. (r. "1S3) dulne.f.'?, hluntness, 
 pr. the being notched, spoken of cutting 
 
 G ^ ' 
 
 instruments, 1 Sam. 13, 21. Arab. xUai 
 a sword notched, dull. 
 
 5^3 only in Piel ^SS , to tear or 
 strip off bark, to peel. Gen. 30, 37. 38. 
 Comp. kindr. bjta. Arab. Jcoj, Syr. 
 \^, to cut in pieces. Hence 
 
 n'l52D f i}]ar. peeled spots or streaks 
 on green rods. Gen. 30. 37. 
 
 D-i^ to rend e. g. the earth, to 
 cause to yawn, Ps. 60, 4. Arab, a-oj 
 to break, to rend. Eth. Zi.8l(^ to break 
 off, to finish. Kindr. is nsD . 
 
 ''i^ pr. to cut, to cleave, comp. 
 kindr. 5^a. Chald. id. Hence <o wownd, 
 Cant. 5, 7. 1 K. 20, 37. Deut. 23, 2. 
 ' Hence 
 
 y?B m. in pause ?2t9 , c. sufF. '5SQ, 
 plur. c^SS , constr. ^"sa , a wound, Gen. 
 4,23. Ex'. 21. 25. Is. I, 6. Prov. 20, 30. 
 Plur. Prov. 23, 29. 27, 6. Job 9. 17. ' 
 
 if "^"7 obsol. root, 1. q. ")"!B to dis- 
 perse; whence 
 
 f Sp (dispersion) Pizzez, pr. n. m. 
 
 c. art. 1 Chr. 24, 15. 
 
 , * 1 J2 S fat. 1X137 , pr- to hack, to notch ; 
 and hence to beat, to blunt, to make dull, 
 i. q. Arab. Jai see Schult. 0pp. min.p. 
 
 168. Hence nn''SD q. v. Trop. to urge, 
 to press any one, with a of pers. a) 
 With prayers, entreaties, comp. obtun- 
 dere precibus, Gen. 19,3. 33, 11. Judg. 
 
 19, 7. 2 K. 2, 17. 5, 16. b) In a hostile 
 manner Gen. 19, 9. Comp. kindr. a yne . 
 
 HiPH. obtundere animum, and hence 
 to be obtuse, dull, stubborn. Inf "iSSjn 
 as noun, stubbomess, wilfulness, 1 Sam. 
 15, 23, parall. with "'lo . 
 
 Deriv. HT'SO . 
 
 T I 
 
 'Pt fut.ipB'^,infin. and imper.^pD, 
 prob. pr. to strike upon or against any 
 person or thing, to light upon. Kindr. 
 are 55B , ttiae , q. v. Hence 
 
 1. In a kind sense, to go to any one, 
 e. g. a) to go to see, to visit; 1 Sam. 
 17, 18 and go see thy brethren cibdb how 
 they do ; comp. Gen. 37, 14. Unwillingly, 
 2 K. 9. 34. With a of the pre.sent which 
 a visitor brings with him, Judg. 15, 1. 
 b) to visit, sc. in order to examine, to 
 prove any one, Ps. 17, 3. Job 7, 18. c) 
 For the sake of inspecting, reviewing, 
 and hence to review, to muster, to number, 
 e. g. a people, army, Num. I, 44 sq. 3,39 
 sq. 1 K. 20, 15. 2 Sam. 24, 4. Job 5, 24. 
 Part. pass. D^'iipB the mustered, the 
 numbered. Num. 1, 21 sq. 2, 4 sq. Ex. 
 30, 14. 38, 26. Comp. Hothpa. and the 
 noun "ipB^ . Also to mi.'is a person or 
 thing in reviewing, numbering. 1 Sam. 
 
 20, 6. 25, 15. Is. 34, 16. Eth. A^^ to 
 review, to number, d) As caring for 
 any person or thing, to visit with kind- 
 ness, to look after, to take care of , as a. 
 shepherd his flock Jer. 23, 2 ; as God 
 men Gen. 21. 2. 50, 24. Ex. 3, 16. 4, 31. 
 1 Sam. 2, 21. Is. 23, 17. Ps. 8, 5. al. 
 Sometimes to visit again, to look after 
 anew, Is. 23. 17 ; to revisit mentally, to 
 call to mind, Ez. 23. 21. Also to look to 
 any one expecting help. Is. 26, 16. 
 
 2. In a hostile sense, to go to any one, 
 i. e. fo come or fall upon, to attack, comp. 
 5;s no. 1. a. With bs of pers. to punish, 
 to visit with punishment, Jer. 9, 24. 25. 
 44, 13 ; bx 46, 25 ; 3 9, 8 ; ace. Ps. 59, 
 
Ip3 
 
 862 
 
 *^ 
 
 6; absol. Is. 26, 14. Job 31, 14. 35, 15. 
 The sin to be punished is put in the 
 aecus. 1 Sara. 15, 2. Ps. 89, 33. Hos. 8, 
 
 13. Lam. 4, 22 ; often with bs of pers. 
 Ex. 20, 5 csa bs nizx "ji? *i;;;s visiting 
 (punishing) the iniquity of the fathers 
 upon the children. 32, 34. 34, 7. Num. 
 
 14, 18. Is. 1.3, 11. Hos. 1, 4. 2, 15. 4, 9. 
 Am. 3, 14. 
 
 3. Causat. i. q. Hiph. pr. ' to cause 
 to look after' sc. persons or things, to 
 let care for them, etc. i. e. a) to set 
 over, to give the oversight of to appoint, 
 with ace. of pers. and bs , Num. 4. 27. 
 27, 16. Jer. 51, 27. Metaph. Jer. 15, 3 / 
 will set over them four kinds, i. e. will 
 send upon them four kinds of calamities. 
 With bs Jer. 49, 19. Absol. Num. 3, 10. 
 Deut. 20, 9. Part. pass, cnsips prefects, 
 officers, Num. 31,48. 2 K. 11, 15. Comp. 
 Niph. Hiph. and n. Tips . With ns (nx) 
 to set with, to join to any one a com- 
 panion, attendant. Gen. 40, 4. b) to 
 charge with, to enjoin upon the care of 
 any one ; Aram. Pe. and Pa. to charge, 
 to command. With bs of pers. 2 Chr. 
 36, 23. Ezra 1, 2. Job 36, 23 vbs ipS -^iq 
 is"!^ who hath enjoined upon him his 
 uay ? 34, 13 nsnx rb3 nps "^-q who hath 
 charged him with the earth? i.e. com- 
 mitted the earth to his care and charge. 
 Comp. I'lpB mandate, c) to deposit 
 anywhere, to lay up, i. e. commit to the 
 care of another, 2 K. 5, 24. Comp. '|iT|>B 
 deposit, etove. 
 
 NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1. c, to be 
 mustered, Ez. 38, 8 ; to be missed, to lack. 
 Num. 31, 49. 1 Sam. 20, 18. 25. 25, 7. 
 21. al. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be visited with 
 puniehment, to be punished, Is. 24, 22. 
 29, 6. Num. 16, 29. Prov. 19, 23. 
 
 3. Pass, of Kal no. 3. a, to be set over, 
 appointed, Neh. 7, 1. 12, 44. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1. c, to muster, Is. 
 13,4. 
 
 PuAL 1. to be mustered, numbered, 
 Ex. 38, 21. 
 
 2. to be missed; Is. 38, 10 / shall be 
 missed the residue of my years, friends 
 will seek me in vain among the living. 
 
 Hiph. i. q. Kal no. 3. 1. to set over, 
 to make overseer of any thing, to appoint, 
 with ace. of pere. and b" of tiling. Gen. 
 39, 5. 41, 34. Num. 1, 50. Jer. 1, 10. 40, 
 
 11; bl K. 11,28; 3 Jer. 40, 5. 41,18; 
 absol. 2 K, 25, 23. Metaph. Lev. 26, 16; 
 comp. Jer. 15, 3, in Kal no. 3. a. 
 
 2. to charge with, to commit to the 
 care of any one. c. "r^ bs 2 Chr. 12, 10; 
 1^3 Ps. 31, 6; c. rx pr. to commit or 
 entrust with any one, q. d. to deposit with 
 him, Jer. 40, 7. 41, 10. Absol. 37, 21. 
 
 3. to deposit, to lay up anywh.ere, Is. 
 
 10, 28. Jer. 36, 20. 
 
 HopH. "ipEvJ , part. plur. ts^'ipSTa 1. to 
 be visited, i. e. punished, Jer. 6, 6. 
 
 2. to be set over, to have the oversight 
 of,2K. 12, 12. 2 Chr. 34, 10. 12. 
 
 3. to be deposited with any one, c. nx 
 Lev. 5, 23. 
 
 HiTHPA. fut. ipsn"! for ^t5en'^ , pass, 
 of Kal no. 1. c, to be mustered, numbered, 
 Judg.'20, 15. 17. 21, 9. 
 
 HoTHPA. plur. ^ipEnn for iipann, 
 id. Num. ], 47. 2, 33. 'z^. 62. 1 K. 20, 27. 
 
 Deriv. H'nps cinnpa , l-'pB , "ipEa . 
 
 t)?? f- (f- ""i^S) 1. a muster, enume- 
 ration, 1 Chr. 23' 11. 2 Chr. 17. 14. 26, 
 
 11. See the root no. 1. c. 
 
 2. care, providence, Job 10, 12 ; see 
 the root no. 1. d. Spec, custody, ward, 
 i. q. -laaj^, n-itJiro, and concr. watch, 
 2 K. 11, 18. 2 Chr.' 23, 18. Ez. 44, 11. 
 ni'nrrsn n^a the house of ward, i. e. 
 the prison, Jer. 52, 11 ; comp. Hiph. no. 2. 
 
 3. oversight, office, charge, see the 
 root no. 3 ; Num. 4, 16. 1 Chr. 24, 19. 
 26, 30. Ps. 109, 8, Concr. officers, 2 Chr. 
 24, 11. Is. 60, 17; comp. Num. 4, 32. 
 
 4. Something laid up, i. e. stores, sub- 
 stance, wealth, Is. 15, 7. 
 
 5. visitation, i. e. punishment, see the 
 root no. 2. Is. 10, 3. Jer. 10, 15. Hos. 9, 
 7. Mic. 7, 4, Plur. Ez. 9, 1. 
 
 JIIJ^B m. (r. npe no. 3. c) something 
 laid up, deposited, with any one ; a depo- 
 sit, store. Gen. 41, 36. Lev. 5, 21. 23. 
 
 tvny>^ f (r. ipD) oversight, office, Jer. 
 37. 13. 
 
 ^'^pS m. (r. "ips) \. visitation, pun- 
 ishment, put allegorically as a name for 
 Babylon, Pekod, Jer. 50. 21. 
 
 2. office, charge, see the root no. 3. a. 
 Conor, a preftct, officer, Ez. 23. 23. 
 
 D'^l^pB m. plur. (r. *ipD) mandates, 
 precepts, sc. of God, Ps. 19, 9. 103, 18. 
 Ill, 7; elsewhere only in Ps. 119, e. g. 
 V. 4. 15. 27. 40. 45. al. seep. 
 
npB 
 
 863 
 
 -f 
 
 ngB fut. n;?B7, /o open the eyes ; 
 once sj)okcn of tlie ears Is. 42. 20. A 
 wider signif, occurs in nipn;rD q. v. 
 Chald. id. Arab. ^Jii the whelp firet 
 
 opens his eyes, the rose opens itself. 
 Kind, is nPD , like nn-r and n;?"^ ; also 
 9i?B . Hence a) "fJ'S nj?B (o open 
 one's eyes 2 K. 4, 35; in order to see. 2 
 K. 19. 16. Dan. 9. 18. Job 27, 19. Also 
 to have the eyes open, to be wide awake, 
 watchful, opp. to be sleepy, slothful, 
 Prov. 20, 13. With bs to open the eyes 
 upon a pers. or thing, i. e. in order to 
 attend to, to ob.serve Jer. 32, 19 ; or to 
 look after, to care for, Zech. 12, 4 ; also 
 in a bad sense, to observe closely, to 
 watch. Job 14, 3. b) God is said to open 
 the eyes of any one, i. e. a) to give or 
 restore sight to the blind, 2 K. 6, 17. 20. 
 Is. 42, 7; ellipt. Ps. 146, 8. /5) To 
 enable one to see what he had not seen 
 of himself. Gen. 21. 19; comp. Niph. 
 
 NiPH. to be opened, sc. the eyes: a) 
 Of the blind, to be restored to sight. Is. 
 35, 5. b) So as to see what was not be- 
 fore perceived, Gen. 3, 7. Metaph. v. 5. 
 
 Deriv. njrD tiip-n;rB . 
 
 '^pB (open-eyed, or ellipt. for n^nj^B 
 q. V.) Pekah, pr. n. of a king of Samaria 
 in the time of Isaiah. B. C. 759-739. 2 K. 
 15, 25 sq. 16, 1. 5. 2 Chr. 28, 6. Is. 7, 1. 
 
 n^? m. (r. n;?B) open-eyed, seeing, 
 opp. to blind, Ex. 4, 11. Plur. trop. Ex. 
 23,8. 
 
 ^^Pt? (Jehovah has opened his eyes) 
 Pekahiah. pr. n. of a king of Samaria, 
 B. C. 761-759. 2 K. 15, 22. 23. 26. 
 
 nip"n^B^ or better with many Mss. 
 in one word '^'^pHp'?. (r. nj^D, like 
 Vpi^rB.) an opening of the prison, deli- 
 verance, Is. 61, 1 ; comp. nrD Is. 14, 17. 
 In Arabic also nj?D , kindr. with nrs , 
 is not exclusively used of the eyes and 
 ears ; see in r. nj^B . 
 
 ^"'pB m. (r. ipji) 1. a prefect, over- 
 seer, Neh. 11, 9. 14. 22. 12, 42. n^pa 
 I'^aj the chief overseer, head prefect, in 
 the temple. Jer. 20, 1. 2. 
 
 2. an officer, magistrate, Gen. 41, 34. 
 Esth. 2, 3; with genit. Judg. 9, 28. 
 2 Chr. 24. 11. Also of military officers, 
 2 K. 25. 19. Jer. 52, 25. 
 
 * ^iiS , Syr. ^-a , i. q. 5pa , to split, 
 to burst, Arab. AJii crcpitavit. Hence 
 the two following. 
 
 n^jJD t: plur. v)ild encumbers, cucw- 
 meres asinini, which are egg-shaped, bit- 
 ter, and burst on being touched and scat- 
 ter their seeds, 2 K. 4, 39. See Celsius 
 Hierob. I. p. 393 sq. Others : colocyn- 
 thides, and so Vulg. but these do not 
 thus burst. 
 
 ^"^?I?'? "! plur. (r. 5|?d) id. wild cu- 
 cumbers, as an architectural ornament, 
 1 K. 6, 18. 7, 24. 
 
 IB and "^B m. (r. l^i^ II ) the latter in 
 
 pause and with di.stinct. accents ; c. art. 
 
 ion, -^oa, lob, plur. ci-^d, a bull, buU 
 
 lock, espec. a young bullock, juve7icus, 
 
 a steer; hence often with the adjunct 
 
 i;5a-,a Ex. 29, 1. Lev. 4, 3. 14. Num. 7, 
 
 15' sq. 8. 8. Ez. 43, 19. 23. 45, 18. 46, 6. 
 
 Once a bullock seven years old, Judg. 6, 
 
 25. In appos. Ps. 69, 32 "iB liaJ q. d. a 
 
 bidlock-ox ; contra "licn "B Judg. I. c. 
 
 Coupled with another name for bulls. Is. 
 
 34, 7 c-'l-'ax C3 D-i-iB the bullocks with 
 
 the bulls. With few exceptions, as Ps. 
 
 22, 13, it is spoken only of bullocks for 
 
 sacrifice ; hence Hos. 14, 3 [2] n^^:i:!i 
 
 J|3"'rsb C^B so will we pay as bullocks 
 
 our lips, i. e. we will offer our praise as 
 
 victims, as sacrifice ; see the beginning 
 
 of the verse. Trop. of princes Jer. 50, 
 
 27. Corresp. are Germ. Farr, Fdrse, 
 
 Anglo-Sax.^ear, Gr.no^iig, perh. Arab. 
 
 s - * s ' ** * 
 
 \\yi and ^yS young of a sheep, goat, 
 
 deer. etc. It follows the analogy of TiD , 
 and might come from the idea o{^ break- 
 ing forth into ferocious anger; see "^^B 
 I. But it is better referred to r. t^B II, 
 to be borne ; the bullock being so called 
 from bearing the yoke, drawing the 
 cart, etc. Comp. hxs , Germ. Fahr and 
 fahren. 
 
 ^rr "ot used in Kal, i. q. kindr. 
 ST^B q. V. 
 
 1. to bear, spec, fruit, see Hiph. 
 
 2. to be borne swiftly, to run swiftly; 
 hence S<"!B^ Talm. s'l'S to run. Ethiop. 
 ^CU to flee in fear ; comp. Arab. Ju 
 
 and -9 to flee. 
 Hiph. to bear fruit, Hos. 13, 15. 
 
i^na 
 
 864 
 
 1^3 
 
 ^*)53, once *T}'^ Jer. 2, 24 (r. N-^s) 
 coram', gend. (m. Ps. 104, 11, f. Jer. 2, 24.) 
 a wild ass, onager, so called from his 
 Bwift running, being fleeter thun the 
 fleetest horse, Aristot. Hist. An. 6. 29 ; 
 taller and better formed than the domes- 
 tic ass, of a reddish colour, wild and un- 
 tameable. liv'ing in troops in the deserts, 
 Gen. 16, 12. Is. 32, 14. Jer. 2, 24. Hos. 8, 9. 
 Job 24, 5. 39, 5 ; comp. Dan. 5, 21. Ecclus. 
 
 13, 21 or 24. Arab. |^, i\^, id. This 
 animal was formerly found in the de- 
 serts of Syria; but is now exceedingly 
 rare in western Asia, Mesopotamia, Per- 
 sia, and Tartary ; see Pallas in Acta 
 Acad, scient. Petrop. A. D. 1777. R. K. 
 Porter's Travels I. p. 459, where also an 
 engraving is given. Hence 
 
 DSnB (q. d. 'SIB wild-ass-like, i. e. 
 indomitable) Piram, pr. n. of a Canaan- 
 itish king, Josh. 10, 3. 
 
 rS"lE f plur. branches, houghs, see in 
 ITiftis. 
 
 nans l Chr. 26, is, and ^^y^. plur. 
 0"''n;"^Q 2K. 23, 11, prob. the open porti- 
 cos surrounding the courts of the temple, 
 from which was the entrance to the cells 
 or chambers, ni^r^ q. v. The form 
 IJ'^B corresponds to Pers. ^ijjij Sst.ji j 
 
 ull signify a summer-hoiise, or rather an 
 apartment open on all sides to the light 
 and air. In the Targ. and Talm. V;'!'? 
 and 1"'^'''!*S are the subtirbs or places 
 adjacent to a city. 
 
 '_? I- to break off, to break in 
 pieces, to separate by hrcaldng ; comp. 
 Engl, to part. This is the primary force 
 of thebiliteral is, comp. "iiB, 013, bns, 
 yi^, 1 P'^S ^1'^, '> hence also tropically in 
 various senses, e. g. of dispersing, strew- 
 ing, :2")B , y:s ; of letting go, sna ; of 
 breaking or bursting forth, niD ; of ex- 
 panding 11D , u;iD . taJiD ; also of deciding, 
 judging. TiD . Comp. the similar power 
 of the syllable 13, under the verb stia. 
 
 Arab. 5ji I, IV, V, VII, to be separated, 
 alone ; II, X, to separate oneself from 
 others; Syr. ?i^ to separate, to put 
 apart; Chald. n"D to separate, to dis- 
 join. 
 
 2. to expand, to spread out, e. g. the \ 
 wings Ez. 1, 11. Hence Syr. Jjjls to fly, 
 
 to flee away. Comp. TjS 
 
 3. to strew, to scatter, i. q. ::id ; whence 
 m-ins q. V. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to separate oneself, plur. to 
 be separated, divided, parted. 2 Sam. 1, 
 23 in their death 111B3 xb they were not 
 divided. Of the river of Eden, Gen. 2, 
 10. With '{Qfrom any one, Judg. 4, 11. 
 Prov. 19, 4; i?^ id. Gen. 13, 9. 11. 14. 
 Praegn. Gen. 25, 23 two nations r)"'?'3'2 
 1T1J37 proceeding from thy bowels shall 
 separate themselves. Part, lis:: one se- 
 parating himself from others, a misan- 
 thrope, Prov. 18, 1 ; comp. Hos. 8, 9. 
 
 2. to be divided out, dispersed, to dis- 
 per-fe themsehes, Neh. 4, 13[19]; of na- 
 tions Gen. 10, 32; hyperbol. v. 5. 
 
 PiEj. intrans. to go aside with a har- 
 lot, Hos. 4, 14. Arab. Jvi to go aside 
 for devotion. 
 
 PuAL part. ^JiB^ separated, singular, 
 Esth. 3, 8: comp. Niph. Prov. 18, 1. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to separate, c. ace. Gen. 30, 
 40. Prov. 16, 28. 17, 9; c. "pa (comp. 
 ra b^^an) Ruth 1, 17. 2 K. 2, 11. Prov. 
 18, 18. 
 
 2. to disperse, Deut. 32, 8. 
 
 HiTHPA. 1. to separate oneself, to be 
 sundered. Job 41, 9 [17]. Ps. 22, 15. 
 
 2. to be dispersed, scattered, Job 4. 11. 
 Ps. 92, 10. 
 
 Deriv. "iiB niTiB , and pr. n. xniiB . 
 
 "IT'S m. (r. Tib) c. suff". ''^^B, a nnde, 
 so called from his quick pace, or from 
 bearing ; comp. the root no. 2, and see 
 above under iB. 2 Sam. 13, 29. 18. 9. 
 1 K. 10, 25. 2 K. 5, 17. Ps. 32, 9. Is. 66, 
 20. al. Comp. Lat. veredus Germ. 
 Pferd. 
 
 "^"13 f. a she-mule 1 K. 1, 33. 38. 44. 
 See tiB. 
 
 fTn'1& f. plur. (r. 1iB) grains, kernels 
 of grain scattered in the earth as seed, 
 Joel 1, 17. Syr. iz^^ kernel. Talm. 
 liB grain of a pomegranate. 
 
 '^'vl'^? m. a park, pleasure-grounds, 
 a place planted with trees, Cant. 4, 13. 
 Neh. 2, 8. Plur. Ecc. 2, 5. It corresponds 
 to the Gr. nu^uSfiaoi;, a word applied 
 to the pleasure-gardens and parks with 
 
M^i 
 
 865 
 
 TIB 
 
 wild animals around the rcBidence of 
 the Persian monarchs, comp. Xen. CEc. 
 4. 13. Cyr. I. 3. 14. Sturz Lex. Xen. 
 Bub h. V. It seems however to originate 
 neither with the Greeks nor Hebrews, 
 but in the languages of eastern Asia ; 
 corap. Sanscr. parade^a, a region of sur- 
 passing beauty ; Armen. pardes, a gar- 
 den or park around the house ; Syr. 
 
 ^auifa; Arab. |jM(>yi, see Camoos I. 
 p. 784. 
 
 * rr^D rarely S'lB q. v. fut. nnsi ; 
 part. iT^B, fern. njn'B, also n^D for nnb 
 Gen. 49, 22. 
 
 1. Lat. ferre, to bear. Besides the 
 Semitic dialects this root is also widely 
 tbund in the Indo-European tongues, 
 e. g. Sanscf. bhri to bear, Pers. Xj 
 
 burden, j'^y^ to bear, Armen. bieril, 
 
 Gr. q>igo, ^uoo?, (ia()ig, Lat. fero, porto, 
 Goth, baimn. Engl, to bear, causat. to 
 6urden, old Germ, bdren. Other forms 
 see below in b. Hence a) to bear 
 fruit, as a tree, plant, Is. 11, I. Metaph. 
 Is. 45, 8. Part. Deut. 29, 17, n-ia ttJnai, 
 ttJxn a root bearing poison. Fem. "iBa 
 n^-ie a fruitful vine Ps. 128, 3. Is. 32, 12. 
 Ez. 19, 10 ; ellipt. n^ne fruit-bearing 
 tree Is. 17, 6 ; nnb for^nnis id. Gen. 49, 
 22. h) to bear young, to bring forth ^ of 
 men and beasts, to be fruitful, Gen. 26, 
 22. Ex. 23, 30 ; often coupled with nan , 
 as Gen. 1, 22. 28. 8, 17. Ex. 1, 7. Jen 3, 
 16. Ez. 36, 11. al. Comp. Pers. Li fruit, 
 Goth. ftarVan to bring forth, barn foetus, 
 Scotch bairn. But this signif. is in 
 part expressed in the Indo-European 
 languages by peculiar forms, as Lat. 
 par'io, both of young j^nd fruit, fr-uor, 
 fruges. fructas. Germ. Borde fertile re- 
 gion. In the Semitic dialects, Syr. )[^ 
 to be fruitful, )-i^ progeny; Eth. jS^QP 
 to bear fruit, -^Zo fruit. 
 
 2. to be borne along, to run, of a car- 
 riage. Germ, fahren, Chald. S<^B to run. 
 Hence '|i"'"'ai< sedan, litter. Comp. xne , 
 
 HiPH. fut. apoc. "iB^I to make fruitful 
 in offspring, Gen. 17, 6. 20. 41, 52. 48, 4. 
 Lev. 26. 9. al. 
 
 Deriv, "^np , p'^^BX . 
 
 73 
 
 n^B fem. of "^B q. v. plur. riiB . 
 
 1. oA?//er, Gen. 41,2 sq. Num. 19.2sq. 
 Also of a hMfer or young cow in milk 
 Job 21, 10. 1 Sam. 6,7-12; as bearing 
 the yoke Hos. 4, 16. Metaph. heifera 
 of Bashan, put for the voluptuous fe- 
 males of Samaria, Am. 4, 1. 
 
 2. With the art. n-^on (heifer-town)' 
 Parah, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin, 
 Josh. 18, 23. 
 
 n^B f (for nnxB, r. ixd II) a mole or 
 rat, so called from its burrowing; Arab. 
 
 8\Li. Hence plur. rn-D moles or rata 
 
 Is. 2, 20, if the word is to be read sepa- 
 rately, as is usually done. But see ia 
 
 nnB"iBn . 
 
 nnB , see KHD . 
 
 *T}'^ (i. q. nnxB bough) Purah, pr. n. 
 ra. Judg. 7, 10.11.' 
 
 ^7^"^ (kernel, r. T^B) Peruda, pr. n. 
 m. Ezra 2, 55; for whfch X7"'~iB Perida 
 Neh. 7, 57. 
 
 ^TnnB plur. DifiBn Esth. 9, 19 Cheth. 
 i. q. Keri n'^nsn ; see in ''is . 
 
 nilB (blossoming, r. H^B) Paruah,^ 
 pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 17. 
 
 D'?!]'!'? Parvaim, pr. n. of a regibm 
 producing gold, 2 Chr. 3, 6. Bochart 
 regards itas the same with Ophir ; Can. 
 I. 46. More probably oriental regions, 
 from Sanscr. purva prior, anterior, ori- 
 ental ; so Wilford in Asiat. Res. VIII. p. 
 276. For the form, comp. B'JinBD . 
 
 "^^'IB see in na-iB . 
 
 "111S m. (for -linxB, r. "iXB I) pr. 
 heat, then a pot for boiling Num. 11, 8. 
 Judg. 6, 19. 1 Sam. 2, 14. 
 
 ' jS obsol. root, Arab. \yS to sepa- 
 rate out, to set apart; Conj. Ill, IV, id. 
 But Conj. II, to prescribe, to determine, 
 to decide. It is therefore of like origin 
 with TIB , b-ns , yna ; the idea of cutting 
 and taking away being transferred to 
 the sense of judging. To this comes 
 also the sense of expanding, spreading, 
 in ni'^^ , ins ; comp. V'-^Q . 
 Deriv. na ', -jifiB , nna , ''no , "vinB . 
 
 T'lB m. a leader, chief, commander 
 of troops, pr. i. q. BBtB , Pl^no , (see r 
 nB ,) Hab. 3, 14. ' 
 
TIS 
 
 866 
 
 n3 
 
 ^n^ ^- (r- ^"!2) only plur. nina 
 couiUry regions, open country, as opp. lo 
 
 cities; Arab, vis id. Ez. 38, 11 }"^it 
 niT^B a land of open country ; as imme- 
 diately follows : icilhout walls and having 
 neither bars nor gales. Esth. 9, 19 '^'n? 
 niT'^iBn the country-toicns. opp. to the 
 metropolis v. 18. Zech. 2, 8 [4] Jerusa- 
 lem sen niTns shall be inhabited as the 
 open country, i. e. because of the multi- 
 tude of her inhabitants no wall can be 
 built around her. 
 
 pT^E m. (r. T-ne) c. suff. iJiTna , nde, 
 dominion; Judg. 5, 11 there shall they 
 rehearse the righteousness of Jehovah, 
 bx"ib'^3 ir'T^S P'ip"!!? the righteous acts 
 of his rule in Israel. Concr. for rulers, 
 leaders, chiefs; with plur. Judg. 5, 7 
 bi<"a)"'a "pI'S ib'in the rulers ceased in 
 Israel sc. to act, remained inactive. 
 Sept. Vat. dvvuiol. 
 
 'T'lD m. (from nns) a countryman, 
 rustic, dwelling in the country; collect. 
 Deut. 3, 5 "'T'^an ^y} country-towns. I 
 Sam. 6, 18 "''"^Bn "^3 a country-village. 
 Plur. Esth. 9,'i9Keri. 
 
 ''TIB (i. q. "itna a countryman, rustic) 
 Perizzi, Perizzite. Sept. tPtgtsalog, col- 
 lect, the Perizzites, a Canaan itish tribe 
 living in the mountain regions, which 
 they afterwards yielded to the Ephraim- 
 ites and other Jews. Josh. 11, 3. 17, 15. 
 Judg. 1, 4. 5; kindred to the Canaanites 
 strictly so called, Ex. 23. 23. Judg. 1. c. 
 Sometimes Canaanites and Perizzites 
 are put for all the tribes of Canaan. 
 Gen. 13, 7. 34, 30 ; elsewhere the Periz- 
 zites are enumerated with various other 
 tribes of the same stock, Gen. 15, 20, 
 Ex. 3, 8. 17. Deut. 7, 1. al. ssep. 
 
 ^n? Chald. m. emphat. s^T-)3, i. q. 
 Hei). bna, iron, Dan. 2. 33-45.' 4, 20. 5, 
 4. 23. 7,'7.' 19. 
 
 *'"0^ fut. nnt-i 1 to break out or 
 forth, e. g. a) From the womb ; Arab. 
 ^ yi Conj. II, a bird brings forth 
 
 (hatches) young; IV, id. ^ji young 
 
 of birds, etc. b) toput forth buds, leaves, 
 blossoms, to flourish, to blonsom, as a 
 tree Hub. 3, 17 ; a vine Gen. 40, 10. 
 Cant. 6, 11.7, 13; a rod Num. 17, 20.23 j 
 
 the desert Is. 35. 2. Arab. ^ j id. 
 
 Metaph. of the flourishing and prosper- 
 ous state of a person or people, Hos. 14, 
 
 6. 8. Prov. 11, 28. Is. 66, 14. Ps. 92, 8. 
 13; and without a comparison Ps. 72, 7. 
 Is. 27. 6 ; contra. Hos. 10, 4 punishment 
 shall blossom like the poppy, comp. Ez. 
 
 7, 10. c) to break out, as an ulcer, the 
 leprosy, etc. Lev. 13, 12 sq. 14, 43. Ex- 
 9, 9. 10^ 
 
 2. ^0^?/. asinChald. so Part. fem. plur. 
 rin-iQ the flying, i. e. birds; Ez. 13, 20 
 nin";Bb like birds ; see inb no. 13, ult. 
 For the connection of this signif with 
 that of sprouting, see under the synon. 
 yS3 no. 2, 3. 
 
 Hi PH. 1. to cause to flourish, to make 
 blossom, Is. 17, 11. Ez. 17, 24. 
 
 2. Intrans. to put forth buds, leaves, 
 flowers, to flourish, to blossom, Ps. 92, 13- 
 Job 14, 9. Metaph. Prov. 14, 11. 
 
 Deriv. nns, nnns, n'-^Sit, pr. n.WiS. 
 
 fTIS m. in pause rv-iB Ex. 25, 33, a 
 flower, Mossom, Num. 17, 23. Is. 5, 24} 
 also artificial, Ex. 25, 33. 37, 17. 20. 
 Num. 8. 4. Abstr. bloom, verdure, Nah. 
 1, 4. 
 
 nn'lS m. progemj of beasts, contemp- 
 tuously for low and wicked men, broody 
 Job 30, 12. R. n:;B. 
 
 *t3jl pr. to strew, to scatter, kindr, 
 with T]B, C^B ; then to scatter words, 
 i. e. to boast, to prate; comp. Arab, jo-ji 
 to be insolent in word or deed ; also Jo 
 
 to scatter, whence -ij a garrulous per- 
 son. Am. 6, 5 batT ""3"^? D'^'ion they 
 chatter (are garrulous) to the sound 
 of the lyre, spoken contemptuously. 
 Hence 
 
 tSIB m. a scattering, concr. any thing 
 scattered, strewed. Lev. 19, 10r,T:'|!3 a'lD 
 the scattered grapes of thy vineyard, i. e. 
 those fallen off of themselves ; as Syr, 
 Cliald. Vulg. correctly. In the Talmud 
 also of the scattered grains of the pome- 
 granate. 
 
 '^"IB m. (r. rr^B) in pause ''"^B , c. ssflT. 
 '^i"iB , 'i'^"'B , but r,7"iEf , CS'^nc Hos. 14, 9. 
 Ez. 36, 8, and cn^ns, yn-^nB Am. 9, IS. 
 Jer. 29, 28. 
 
 1. fruit, both of the earth and fieftb 
 
ns 
 
 867 
 
 91V 
 
 produce, Gen. 4, 3. Is. 4, 2. Ps. 72, 10. 
 107, 34. al. hence "no ynx a fruilfid 
 land Ps. 107, 34 ; iilso of trees Gen. 1, 
 12. 29, whence ''lO y:?J'rnit-lrfe Gen. I, 
 11. A tree or fielil producing fruit is 
 said '"^iB nius , see in nas no 2. c ; itbs 
 ''^B , see in Xi^J no. 4 ; "^"^B ',Vi ; see in 
 jrs no. 1. d. Metaph. of/Ac residt,con- 
 sequences of an action or endeavour, the 
 figure being often preserved ; Is. 3, 10 
 they shall eat the fruit of their doings, 
 experience the congequences. Prov. 1, 
 31. Jer. 6, 19. 17, 10. Ps. 104, 13 with 
 the fruit of thy works (of God) is the 
 earth satisfied, i. e. is watered witli rain, 
 which is the fruit of the sities or clouds. 
 Prov. 31, 16 D":?? -^ns the fruit of the 
 hands, i. e. gain, profits. Is. 10, 12. ^*ia 
 aab i"ta the fruit if a proud heart, i. e. 
 boasting. Prov. 12, 14 the fruit of one's 
 mouth, discourse. 13, 2. 18, 21. al. 
 
 2. 'f^Z '"B fruit of the womb, see in 
 jDSl no. 2 ; and so simpl. ''"13 i. q. 5*17, 
 of men Ps. 21, 1 1 ; of beasts Is. 14. 29. 
 So "na rtw-S of persons 2 K. 19, 30. Hos. 
 9, 16. Jer. '12, 2. 
 
 X"">">S, see X-JI^B. 
 
 piE m. (r. y-^B no. 3) constr. y'^^ 
 Is. 35, 9 ; but plur. a'':?"'"iD , "^isti-iB . (with 
 Dag. imp!, for y^iB ,) one violent, rapa- 
 cious ; a?i oppressor, a tyrant. Ps. 17, 4. 
 Ez. 7, 22. 18. 10. Jer. 7. 11. Dan. 11, 14. 
 Is. 35, 9 ni'sn y'l'B q. d. a ravenous 
 beast. 
 
 j-T obsol. root. 1. to break, to 
 break down, to crush; Talm. p"iB to 
 break or crack nuts ; comp. kindr. p"iB . 
 Hence TpB . 
 
 2. to separate, like Arab. 1 Vyi* 
 Hence nana . ^ 
 
 sj"^? m. (r. ""JB) oppression, rigour, 
 from the idea of crushing, Ex. 1, 13. 14. 
 Lev. 25, 43. 53. Ez. 34, 4. 
 
 1^3"! S f (r. TpB) a vail, curtain, sc. of 
 separation, which separated the holy of 
 holies from the outer sanctuary in the 
 tabernacle, Ex. 26, 31 sq. Lev. 16. 2. 12. 
 Num. 18, 7. al. saep. 
 
 DjS fut. c'lB'^. to rend garments 
 Lev. 10, 6. 13. 45. '21, 10. Freq. in Tal- 
 mud. Syr. >cj^ to cleave. See under 
 
 i{r\Tria"lB (Sanscr. paranieshta supe- 
 rior) Pannashta, pr. n. of a son of Ha- 
 raan, Esth. 9, 9. 
 
 ^?"?? (prob. either from Chald. T^J? to 
 leap up. to run swiftly ; or from Heb. 
 piB to live delicately) Parnak. pr. n. 
 m. Num. 34, 25. 
 
 ^_S to break, in Kal only in the 
 phrase ^ DHb Otd to break bread to 
 persons, i. e. to deal out or distribute it, 
 Is. 58, 7 ; also without cn^ Jer. 16, 7, 
 comp. Ez. 24, 17. 22. Comp. bns no. 1. 
 
 HiPH. to cleave, to divide. Lev. 1 1, 4 
 O^-iBB iisrx nonai but dirideth not the 
 hoof i. e. has not the hoof wholly cloven. 
 Elsewhere noTOrt cncn pr. to cleave 
 the hoof i. e. to have a~ cloven foot, to 
 part the hoof. Lev. 11, 3. 5. 6. 7. 26. 
 Deut. 14. 7. 8. So too Ps. 69, 32 IB 
 G"~iET3!i V'?h''? c- bullock having horns 
 and cloven hoofs. 
 
 Deriv. ono, no-jB. 
 
 C^B Chald. to divide, part. act. plur. 
 ("'D"JB Dan. 5, 25. Part. pass, one v. 28. 
 
 C^S in pause 0]|JQ, pr. n. Heb. and 
 Chald. Persia, the Persians. 2 Chr. 36, 
 20. 22. Ezra 1. 1. 4. 3 sq. 6, 14. Dan. 5, 
 28. 6, 9. 13. al. Pers. (j-sL), ^Xs, 
 (jjwji, Fars. Some derive it from Zend 
 Pdrs pure, splendid ; others from CJ'^Q 
 
 \jMyS horse, since Persia abounds in 
 horses. Hence gentile n. "'Dtb Parsi, 
 a Persian, Neh. 12. 22 ; and Chald. em- 
 phat. X^D-iD Dan. 6, 29 Keri. 
 
 '3'!?S m. (r. D"^B) 1. i. q. nong, a 
 cloven foot, claw, plur. c. sufT. in-'OnB 
 Zech. 11, 16. 
 
 2. A cipecies oCeagle. Sept. y^i'ii>,Vu]g. 
 gryphus. Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14. 12. Ac- 
 cording to Bochart, Hieroz. II. 185, the 
 sea-eagle, ossifrage, Arab. _a*(IjOI the 
 breaker. 
 
 nCHB f (r. D"^3) pr. cUft. for cloven 
 foot, hoof, see the root ; Ex. 10, 26. Ez. 
 32,11. Mic.4, 13. Then also of a horse's 
 hoof, not cloven. Is. 5. 28. Jer. 47, 3. 
 In Chald. it is put also for the sole of 
 the human foot. i. q. ^5") ~3 in Deut. 28, 
 35. Josh. 3, 13. 
 
 ''?"^fe a Persian, see n. D~a. 
 
?1S 
 
 868 
 
 BIB 
 
 *3'^5 fut. y^t"] 1. o Zcf g'o loose, to 
 dismiss, pr. to let break away. Chald. 
 5'nS, Syr. '^j.s, id. Comp. the roots 
 beginning with "^t under art. TiD. 
 Hence a) to absolve the guilty, Ez. 
 ' 24, 14. b) io let go loose, unbr-idled, un- 
 checked, and part. pass. S1~B unbridled, 
 unruly ; Ex. 32, 25 bis. c) fo refuse, 
 to reject. Prov. 4, 15. 8, 33. 13, 18. 15, 
 32 ; to acojd Prov. 1, 25. 
 
 2. /o iwa/ce naked, to uncover, by loos- 
 ening the garments, etc. e. g. the head 
 Num. 5, 18 ; spec, by cutting off the 
 hair Lev. 10, 6. 21, 10. Part. pass. y^iB 
 naked, bare, Lev. 13, 45. Chald. and 
 Talm. id. 
 
 3. to begin. uQxoitai, from the idea of 
 breaking loose, opening, comp. in bbn 
 Hiph. Hence to lead on, to go before ; 
 Arab, c^s to be highest, to surpass 
 others. Judg. 5, 2 ^!<';''a7a nis-.Q s'-isa, 
 for which correctly Sept. Alex, and 
 Theod. iv tw ii{)%a(j&ai uQXVy^^'? * "^^ ^ 
 in the leading an of the leaders in Israel, 
 i. e. in that the princes of Israel took the 
 lead as leaders, put themselves at the 
 head. 0pp. t?n ^'ilS^n the people wil- 
 lingly followed, volunteered. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1. b, to be un- 
 bridled, unruly. Prov. 29, 18. 
 
 Hiph. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to dismiss 
 from labour, to let rest or cease, c. I^a 
 Ex. 5, 4. Arab, cwj V, to be free from 
 labour. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. b, to make 
 unbridled, unruly, 2 Chr. 28, 19. 
 
 y^B m. 1. hair, locks, as being 
 ^shorn, see r. y^Q no. 2. Num. 6, 5. Ez. 
 
 44, 20. Arab. c>i id. 
 
 2. a lender of an army or people, a 
 prince, see r. 5'iD no. 3. PI ur. Pirns, 
 constr. Piis-iD . Deut. 32. 42. Judg. 5, 2 ; 
 comp. for the gender of nouns of office 
 Lehrg. p. 468. 878. Arab. cyS prince, 
 head of a family. 
 
 rUTTB J Gr. 'I>a(jubt, Pharaoh, the com- 
 mon title of the ancient Egyptian kings 
 in the Old Test, and found only there 
 and in writers who have drawn from 
 this source. It often stands simply, like 
 a proper name, Gen. 12. 15. 37, 36. 40, 
 2 q, 41, 1 sq. and so genr. in the Penta- 
 
 teuch, a? also Is. 19, 11. 30, 2. Cant. 1, 
 9. al. More rarely other words are add* 
 ed, as c^-^STS r^h^, 1 K. 3, 1. 2 K. 17, 7. 
 18, 21 ; sometimes also a more specific 
 name, as iz} Hri5 2 K. 23, 33 sq. comp. 
 V. 29. s^sn rirna Jer. 44, 30. The 
 word originally signifies the king in the 
 Egyptian language, as Josephus has re- 
 marked, Ant. 8. 6. 2 ; and was written in 
 
 the dialect of Memphis OTOO, Theb. 
 ppO. eppO, Basm. pp^' epp^ 
 and with masc. art. IlOTpO. UppO^ 
 npp^, see Peyron Lex. Copt. p. 150, 
 181. Jablonski Opusc. I. p. 374. Kosegar- 
 ten de prisca yEgyptior. Lit. p. 17. The 
 idea has been started more recently, that 
 fiy^S corresponds to the Egypt. A-DH 
 the sun. which is written as a hierogly- 
 phic symbol over the titles of kings ; so 
 Rosellini Monumm. storici I. p. 117. 
 Lepsius Leltre a Rosellini p. 25. But 
 
 more prob. the Egypt. UppO was so 
 inflected by the Hebrews as to appear 
 in a Semitic form, i. q. y^D prince, and 
 then the termination ri i. q. "p was added. 
 See in Thesaur. p. 1129. 
 
 "iT^^lS obsol. quadrilit i. q. Ethiop. 
 ABACUS, to leap^ to spring. Hence 
 TUyiS m. 1. a flea, so called from its 
 
 leaping, 1 Sam. 24, 15. Arab. v:i3xo, 
 Syr. transp. p^.^as. 
 
 2. Parosh, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 3. 10, 25. 
 Neh. 3, 25. 
 
 jinynB (perh. chief, from S'lB , MS'nQ) 
 Pirathon, pr. n. of a city of Ephraim 
 ,Tudg. 12, 15. Gr. ItctQa^wv 1 Mace. 9, 
 50. Gentile n. is ''3ri5"iB Pirathonite, 
 Judg. 12, 13. 15. 
 
 "lene (prob. swift, r. "i-nB II, Arab. 
 
 -iwS to hasten, to be swift) Pharpar, 
 one of the two rivers of the territory of 
 Damascus, 2 K. 5, 12. [The other was 
 the Amanah(n3T:x)correspondingtothe 
 present el-Barada. coming from Anti- 
 Lebanon and now divided on the plain 
 into several streams to water the city 
 and fields. The Pharpar has been re- 
 ferred : a) To one of the channels of 
 the Barada. This is hardly probable j 
 
-IB 
 
 869 
 
 ff 
 
 since two distinct rivers are apparently 
 intended. b) To the fountain and 
 stream el-Fijeh fc^vi-^t, liigh upon the 
 eastern slope of Anti-Lcbaiiou. This 
 stream joins the Barada about twenty- 
 five rods from its source ; its volume of 
 water being twice as great as the other. 
 Hence it is regarded as the main source 
 of the Barada. and not as a distinct river. 
 Abulfedffi Tab. Syr. p. 15, 174. ed. Koh- 
 ler. O. V. Richter p. 157. c) To the 
 Awaj, the next largest river of the Da- 
 mii^cus territory aller the Barada. It 
 rises in Jebel esh-Sheikh (Hermon), and 
 flows S.'W. to Sa'sa'; and then north- 
 easterly through the plain to the lake 
 el-Merj. It is described as a rapid and 
 pretty stream ; and may well be regard- 
 ed as the Pharpar. It is mentioned by 
 Abulfeda ; see Tab. Syr. p. 97. Burckh. 
 Syr. p. 53, 312. Schubert's Reise III. p. 
 27. R. 
 
 *'(^^ fut. yiB";! to break, to rend, to 
 break out or forih, Gen. 38, 29. This 
 primary power lies not only in the let- 
 ters IB, see under "''^S, but also in the 
 syllable y^ , ^r,aiT(a, reissen ; comp. in r. 
 CJjrS , lacB . Analogous to this root, with 
 a syllable prefixed, are Goth, spreilan, 
 Germ, spreilzen. Engl, to spread. The 
 middle radical being softened to a semi- 
 vowel, there arises the root ys. Arab. 
 \jOyi to cut, to rend, to tear ; ijOvi 
 to cut in, trop. to define. Chald. i. q. 
 Heb. Spec. 
 
 1. to break or tear down, to demolish, 
 6. g. the house of God 2 Chr. 24, 7 ; a 
 wall, etc. Is. 5, 5. Ps. 80, 13. Mic. 2, 13. 
 Ecc. 3, 3. 10, 8. Neh. 2 13. 4, 1. 2 K. 
 14. 13mxx5 ranx^.c-^b^n-i^rpinaySs'i 
 Max and brake down in the wall of Jeru- 
 salem . . .four hundred cubits, nsiig T'S 
 a city broken down, i. e. whose walls are 
 demolished, Prov. 25, 28. 
 
 2. to break or retid asunder, i, e. to 
 dviperse, to scatter, e. g. hostile forces 
 2 Sam. 5, 20. 2 Chr. 20. 27. Ps. 60, 3. 
 Intrans. to disperse oneself, to spjead 
 abroad, as a people, flock, and hence to 
 incTPase in number, Gen. 28, 14. Is. 54, 
 3. Ex. 1, 12. Hos. 4, 10 they commit 
 whoredom, ''^"'s?"] X^'i but do not increa.se 
 in number. Gen. 30, 30. Job 1, 10. Also 
 of a person whose substance increases, 
 
 73* 
 
 Gen. 30, 43 ; of a rumour diffusing itself, 
 2 Chr. 31, 5. Metaph. to be redundant 
 with any thing, c. ncc. like other verbs 
 of abundance, Prov. 3, 10 'T'Sp?^ ibin^n 
 !IS1B7 thy wine-vats shall overflow with 
 new wine. Others less well : ' thy presses 
 shall burst with new wine ;' for neither 
 the wine-press nor wine-vat can be said 
 to burst from the quantity of wine made, 
 the figure applying only to a cask or 
 wine-skin. Adverbially, 1 Chr. 13, 2 
 nnbahj ns^BJ let us disperse and send, 
 i. e. let us send in every direction, every 
 where. 
 
 3. to break forth upon, to break in 
 upo7i, to rush upon, Mic. 2, 13 ; with a of 
 person Ex. 19, 22. 24. 2 Sam. 6, 8. 1 Chr. 
 15, 13; c. ace. Job 16, 14. Also to form 
 by breaking through or into ; Job 28, 4 
 ^'l? Vf^ he breaks a shaft through, i. e. 
 sinks a shaft or pit, by breaking through 
 the ground. Further: a) In a bad 
 sense, to break out, to act with violence, 
 Hos. 4, 2. Hence y^^ . b) In kind- 
 ness, to press upon, to urge with entrea- 
 ties, c. a 1 Sam. 28, 23. 2 Sam. 13, 25. 
 27. 2K.'5, 23. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, part. y^S? 
 spread abroad, common, 1 Sam. 3, 1. 
 
 PuAL pass, of Kal no. 1, to be broken 
 down, demolished, Neh. 1, 3. 
 
 HiTHPA. to break away from any one, 
 i. q. to run away, 1 Sam. 25, 10. 
 
 Deriv. V'^'^B , V^S^, and 
 
 f^f m. in pause yiQ Neh. 6, 1 ; plur. 
 ts-'S'iB Am. 4, 3, nis-is Ez. 13, 15, c. suff. 
 
 1. a breach, rent, in a wall 1 K. 11, 
 27. Is. 30, 13. Am. 4, 3. 9, 11. Job 30, 
 14 i"'rx';i ann 71B3, Vulg. well, ^hoa-i 
 rupta muro irruerunt, the figure being 
 taken from besiegers, who rush with 
 great force into a city through a breach 
 made in the walls. From the same 
 source comes also the phrase y'll^^ ^^^ 
 to stand in the breach sc. agninst an 
 enemy rushing in, and this is the station 
 of the bravest and most devoted troops, 
 as being most exposed to danger, Ez. 
 22, 30 (comp. 13, 5). Ps. 106, 23. 
 
 2. breach, i. e. a breaking up, disper- 
 sion, a) Of enemies, defeat. Judg. 21, 
 15. Ps. 144. 14. b) breach of waters, a 
 breaking forth, inundation, 2 Sam. 5, 20 
 
P"!3 
 
 870 
 
 Tuns 
 
 3. breach, i. e. a breaking in upon, 
 assault, impetus. Job 16, 14 he mslieth 
 upon me }'"!S"''.?0"?? y?.a breach upon 
 breach, assault upon assault. 
 
 4. Perez (Engl. Vers, sometimes 
 Pharez), pr. n. a) A son of Judah by 
 Tamar ; see Gen. 38, 29. 46, 12. Patro- 
 nym. ''S'lB Perezite (Pharezite) Num. 
 26, 20. b) Perez- Uzza (HVJ ynj? defeat 
 of Uzza). pr. n. of a place 2 Sam. 6, 8. 
 1 Chr. 13, 1 1. c) Plur. c^:?':jB nn (mount 
 of defeats) Mount Perazim Is. 28, 21. 
 
 * P^^ to break; Syr. and Chald. id. 
 Arab, ^jvi to separate, to distinguish. 
 This is an onomatopoetic root, found 
 widely also in the same signif in the 
 Indo-European languages, as Sanscr. 
 prah. lu-Ai. frango, GoXh. prik?in.pricha.xi. 
 Germ, hrechen, bracken, Engl, to break. 
 In a softer form it appears as T\^^ to 
 break i. e. bend the knee ; and with the 
 labial dropped ^'//yf/ut. Spec. 
 
 1. to break off, e. g. a yoke, c. ba 
 Gen. 27, 40. 
 
 2. to break or crush e. g. bones, limbs, 
 as a wild beast, Ps. 7, 3. 
 
 3. to let break away, i. e. to deliver, 
 iPs. 136, 24. Lam. 5, 8. Syr. 0:^.3 id. 
 
 Pi EL l.to break or tear off, Ex. 32, 2. 
 Zech. 11, 16. 
 
 2. to bi-eak or rend in pieces, e, g. 
 mountains, 1 K. 19, 11. 
 
 HiTHP. 1. to be broken in pieces, Ez. 
 19, 12. 
 
 2. to break or tear off from oneself, c. 
 ace. Ex. 32, 3. 24. Comp. Heb. Gram. 
 53. 3. a. 
 
 Deriv. p-nB, p^iB, np'^Ba. 
 
 p^l^ Chald. pr. to break off, see the 
 'Heb. hence to deliver to redeem, Dan, 
 4, 24. 
 
 P"?? "1- (r. p"^B) constr. p-.B, broth, 
 soup. Is. 65, 4 Cheth. so called from the 
 y7a^TOe/orcrm6ofbread over which 
 the broth is poured. Comp. Arab. 
 jUawRjo a dish made of crumbs of bread 
 
 with hot oil poured over them. Another 
 'form is pnia q. v. 
 
 p'^D m. (r. p'^B) 1. violence, rapine, 
 from the idea of breaking in upon, Nah. 
 3,1. 
 .2. Place where two ways separate, a 
 
 fork, Obad. 14. Comp. Arab. /Vyi to 
 
 separate, ^^^..^uLsjiaJI ijviJ' the fork of 
 the roads. 
 
 1. '_^ to break, to break in pieces, 
 comp. "I'lB I ; see the roots beginning 
 with ^B in r. T^B . In Kal once inf. 
 absol. "lis Is. 24, 19 ; although it may 
 also be referred to r. "i^3 I. 
 
 HiPH. isn, in pause "lEin Gen. 17, 
 14; inf ^sn, c. sufl". B:nsn*Lev. 26, 15; 
 fut. "lE^, conv. iB^I ; to break, a.\wa.ya 
 trop. 
 
 1. n'^'13 'n to break a covenant, to vio- 
 late, Is. 33, 8. Ez. 17, 15. 16 ; so of those 
 who break their covenant with God 
 Gen. 17, 14. Lev. 26, 15. Deut.31, 16. 20. 
 Is. 24, 5. al. So of God Lev. 26, 44. 
 Judg. 2, I. Jer. 14, 21. Also to break a 
 law, Ps. 119, 126; God's precepts Num. 
 15, 31. Ezra 9, 14. 
 
 2. to make vain, bring to nought, to 
 frustrate, as counsel 2 Sam. 15, 34. Ps. 
 33, 10; comp. Job 5, 12. Prov. 15, 22. Is. 
 44, 25 ; to declare void, e. g. a vow 
 Num. 30, 9. 13. Intrans. to be in vain, 
 to fail, Ecc. 12, 5. 
 
 3. to annul, to abolish, e. g. piety Job 
 
 15, 4 ; one's right 40, 8. Ps. 85, 5 iBrt 
 !i5ns TjDSS annul thine anger towards vs, 
 i. e. avert it, cause it to cease. 
 
 HoPH. 'Sn to be made vain, to come 
 to nought. Is.'s, 10. Jer. 33, 21. 
 
 Po. i^"B to cleave, to rend, e. g. the 
 Red Sea Ps. 74. 13. 
 
 HiTHPo. "!"]iBrn to be broken, rent, 
 by concussion, as the earth Is. 24. 19. 
 
 PiLP. fut. iS'iS';', to shake violently, Job 
 
 16, 12, comp. Is. 24, 19. Arab. '^Ij to 
 break. "^ ^ 
 
 * II. "1^5 1. q. x>^B, rr^B, to be borne 
 
 swiflly. to run. Arab. J to flee. Hence 
 
 -IB , n-nB , -IB-IB . ^ 
 
 * ^^3 fut. ttS^B-J 1. i. q. D-^B to 
 break, to break in pieces, Mic. 3, 3. 
 b cnb "^B lo break (distribute) bread to 
 persons, Lam. 4, 4. 
 
 2. to .ipj-ead out or abroad, to e.rpand, 
 pr. from the idea of breaking apart and 
 arranging, comp. yja no. 2 Chald. id. 
 Syr. ^Js-fS id. Arab, lij^ ^'^ spread 
 upon the ground. E. g. a cloth or cover- 
 
tt-lB 
 
 871 
 
 ISIS 
 
 ing Num. 4, 6. 8 ; a sail or flag Is. 33, 
 23; a tent Ex. 40, 19; a letter rolled 
 up Is. 37, 14 ; light (c. T'bs around him- 
 Bclf ) Job 36, 30 ; a cloud Pa. 105, 39 ; 
 pass. part, ionj} of tlie dawn spreading 
 itself Joel 2, 2. Spec, a) ntin bno to 
 spread a net Hos. 5, 1. Ps. 140, 6; c..\> 
 for any one Lam. 1, 13; bs ((or b, bx) 
 Prov. 29, 5. Hos. 7, 12. Ez. 12, i3. 17, 
 20. 32, 3; but in Hoa. 5, 1. Is. 19, 8, b? 
 refers to place, b) D^BJS ir")D to spread 
 the wings, as a bird, cherub, Ueut. 32. 11. 
 1 K. 8, 7. 2 Ciir. 5, 8 ; c. bs, bx, b of 
 place, ' to spread the wings in order to 
 fly to any place,' Jer. 48, 40. 49, 22. Job 
 39, 26. For Ruth 3, 9 see in rjjS no. 2. 
 c) n":7; b-iD , C7D3 bna , to spread oui 
 the hands, either in prayer and adora- 
 tion, c. bx to any one Ex. 9, 29. 33. 
 1 K. 8, 22. 38. 54. Ezra 9, 5. Job 11, 13; 
 b Ps. 44, 21 ; or for bounty, c. b Prov. 
 31, 20 ; or lor spoil, with bs of thing 
 Lam. 1. 10. Metaph. Prov. 13, 16 a fool 
 gpreadeth out his folly, lays it open, bears 
 it before him. 
 
 3. to disperse, see Pi. no. 2 ; hence 
 
 NiPH. to he dispersed, scattered, Ez. 
 17, 21. 
 
 PiEL. b-ne Is. 25, 11, fut. bns^, inf. 
 c. suff. C3.:nBa , to spread out, to expand, 
 e. g. the hands in prayer to God, Is. 1, 
 15. 25, 11. 65, 2. Ps. 143, 6. Unusual 
 is ^"'^^2 nb"iB to spread forth with the 
 hands, id. Lam. 1, 17. Corap. O^Jb pnn 
 also C"^|b3. Heb. Gr. 135. n. 3. 
 
 2. to disperse, to scatter, Ps. 68, 15. 
 Zech. 2, 10. 
 
 Deriv. bnM. 
 
 *_^ pr. to cleave, to divide, see 
 Hiph. Hence 
 
 1. to separate, to distinguish, i. q. 
 Chald. and Syr. whence bns ^^Z-fl, 
 a Pharisee, i. e. one separated. 
 
 2. to declare distinctly, to specify, Lev. 
 24, 12. Coinp. 3;;j no. 2. Syr. wa,^ 
 for Gr. o^lCa Acts 17, 26. 31. 
 
 3. to spread out, to stretch apart, spec, 
 the feet in riding, see b~B . Comp. the 
 quadrilit. ibna and Tb-iB . 
 
 Nipii. to be dispersed, scattered, Ez. 
 34, 12 ; where however several Mss. and 
 editions read mbiEJ, which is more ac- 
 cording to the usus loquendi ; see r. bna. 
 
 PoAL pass, of Kal no. 2, to be distinctly 
 declared, to he specified. Num. 15, 34. 
 Part, as adv. Neh. 8, 8 and they read 
 in the hook of the law of God OiCia dis- 
 tinctly (so Vulg. i. e. word for word, Syr. 
 faithfully), and gave the sense and ex- 
 plained what they read; comp. Ezra 4^ 
 18. Others, as also Hengstenherg Au- 
 thent. Dan. p. 299, render it here, with 
 explanation i. e. translation ac. into 
 Chaldee ; but see Thesaur. p. 1132. 
 Compare also the use of the noun nbno . 
 
 Hiph. to puncture, to sting, Prov. 23, 
 32. Syr. wA,J.s1 , Arab. ^yS id. jl^-j^ 
 goad. 
 
 Deriv. bno , b-iD , rib"iB . 
 
 ^B Chald. id. Pa. part. pass. tfi-JM , 
 as adv. distinctly, accurately, word for 
 word. Ezra 4, 18. Vulg. manifegte, Syr. 
 faithfully. See Heb. b^B Pu. 
 
 tJ'IB m. (r. b-iQ, after the form bs]?) 
 constr. bns Ez. 26, 10 before a conj. ac- 
 cent; plur. o^biD, c. suff, l^biB, with 
 Kamets retained. 
 
 1. ahorseman, rider,eques, Syr. V^pSt 
 
 9 ,' 
 
 Arab. (>)'- , pr. so called as riding upon 
 
 - 9. a ^ 
 
 a horse, and not on an ass (Arab. ^ t^ ) 
 
 or camel (^> <^U ). Jer. 4, 29. Nah. 3, 
 
 3. Plur. c-^bns Gen. 50, 9. Ex. 14. 9 sq. 
 1 Sam. 8, 11.' al, ssep. Is. 21, 7 ni3S 
 C^bns pairs of horsemen ; horsemen 
 and their steeds in pairs, v. 9. 0pp. 
 m'lin 3D"] , bo5 asn riders on asses and 
 camels. 
 
 2. a horse for riding, a steed, which 
 the Romans also called eques, according 
 toGell. 18. 5. Macrob. Sat. 6. 9. Comp. 
 equitare, of a horse running with a rider, 
 Lucil. ap. Gell. ibid. It is manifestly to 
 be distinguished from B"'piD i. e. com- 
 mon horses for chariots, etc. 1 K. 5. 6 
 [4, 26] and Solomon had forty thousand 
 pairs of horses (coiO) for his chariots, 
 and twelve thousand steeds, sc. as saddle- 
 horses. Ez. 27. li from Armenia they 
 brought to thy fairs U'^'t'^z^ c^b-^Si cpno 
 horses (common), and steeds for riding, 
 and mides. Joel 2, 4. n-'bne 'bra 2 Sam. 
 1, 6 horsemen. Once Is. 28. 28 of horses 
 treading out grain, but still with riders. 
 
 9 ^^ 
 
 Arab. (H-vi. Ethiop. A,IS^ a horse. 
 
a: -13 
 
 872 
 
 pirs 
 
 Note. It may seem strange to derive 
 the word for horse from that signifying 
 horseman ; but for this there are the fol- 
 lowing reasons : a) The authority of 
 the vowel-points, since in the signif 
 horses it is also read C'HIJ'nB not CttJ'^B . 
 b) The analogy of the Latin usus lo- 
 quendi. c) The etymology, which can 
 be probably explained only in this way; 
 i. e. ir"iS5 a rider, is readily derived from 
 ttb';)B to separate or spread out the feet, 
 which in Arabic is more fully given by 
 i)<jiiyS and ioAwwi. 
 
 ?B m. (r. ffl-^s) c. sufF. iii5-ia 
 
 1. excrement, dung,fceces, in the belly, 
 so called as being separated and thrown 
 off; Ex. 29, 14. Lev. 4. IL 8, 7. Num. 
 
 19, 5. Mai. 2, 3. Arab. yi>wi , Syr. ]Zf3 , 
 Chald. Nn-^a.id. 
 
 2. Peres'h, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16. 
 
 1?^"!^? Heb. and Chald. a transcript, 
 copy, e.g. of a letter, Ezra 4, 11. 23. 5.6. 
 7,11. In Targ. id. Syr. il^ji. The 
 etymology is obscure ; though the word 
 18 prob. to be referred to the Sanscrit or 
 old Persian ; comp. in "50 . Thesaur. p. 
 1133, 1134. Another ibrm of the same 
 noun is larrs Esth. 3, 14. 4, 8. 
 
 " r??? quadril. not used in the verb, 
 Arab. (XjMyi and ia-Cuji to separate or 
 spread out the feet, to straddle ; com- 
 pounded from C"iD (see no. 3, also dns) 
 eind i^D . Hence 
 
 jiTCnB !i,i. Xfy6fi. Judg. 3. 22, accord- 
 ing to the Targ. Vulg. Luth. Engl, dimg, 
 dirt. (comp. ttJ"!S .) hence nnqnan xs;;} 
 and the dirt (fieces) came out from the 
 wound. But the He paragog. implies 
 rather the place to which a thing comes 
 out; pcrh. therefore better to render: 
 and (the blade, sn^) came out between 
 his legs, i.e. in vulgar Engl, 'into his 
 crotch ;' comp. the root and tlDnjs . Sept. 
 Vat. xitl f^iiX9tv ( //(i)(J) T)iv n()0(TTu8a, 
 as if npa".Dn were i. q. nji-.'nDian in v. 
 23 ; but such a repetition would be fri- 
 gid, and v. 23 is manifestly a transition 
 to another topic. 
 
 nOnD f (r, ta-iD, for ni^^.D verbal of 
 Pi(^l) distinct declaration, exposition, 
 Esth. 4, 7. 10,2. 
 
 ' ^7 - quadril. to spread out, to ex- 
 pand, Job 26, 9. Compounded from liJ'nQ 
 no. 3, and Tna to spread; comp. niTis . 
 Kindr. with tmna q. v. 
 
 ^^'7?^7^ Pdrshandatha, Pers. pr. a. 
 of oneof Haman's sons, Esth. 9. 7. The 
 form savours of Chaldaism, and might 
 so denote an interpreter of the law ; but 
 the name is more prob. of Persian origin 
 inflected in the Clialdee manner. 
 
 * I^!!!S obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. to 
 
 break, i. q. ^''^.a ; but Arab, cy^i to be 
 sweet, spoken of water. Hence 
 
 ri'^B pr. n. Phrath, Euphrates, a river 
 
 of Syria, which, rising in the mountains 
 
 of Armenia and uniting below Babylon 
 
 with the Tigris, empties itself into the 
 
 Persian Gulf Gen. 2, 14. 15, 18. DeuL 
 
 1, 7. Jer. 13, 4-7 where some erroneously 
 
 understand Ephrata. 46, 2. 6. 10. al. sgep. 
 
 Comp. "^nj no. 2. Gr. Z,'iqpoT7j,' from 
 
 G .-' 
 a form r'^BS. Arab, cjl^i, which also 
 
 signifies 'sweet water;' comp. Jer. 2, 18. 
 
 rriB f. a fruit-tree, see the root irnS 
 no. 1. a. 
 
 D'^'OrilB m. plur. nobles, princes, 
 among the Persians Esth. 1, 3. 6, 9 ; 
 among the Jews Dan. 1, 3. It is of Per- 
 sian origin, i. q. ^ehWi pardom the first, 
 see Anq. du Perron Zend-Avesta IL 
 p. 468. Comp. "Len^L frathemd, Sanscr. 
 prathama, the first ; kindr. are Gr. 
 ngunoc, Lat. primus. 
 
 i"i2?S to spread, as the leprosy. Lev. 
 13, 7 sq. Arab. LwmlS V, to be propaga- 
 ted, e. g. disease. Aram. t<CD id. The 
 primary idea is that of going apart and 
 spreading out, a signification common to 
 verbs beginning with the syllables OS, 
 '^S, irsj (~b)- and often expressed in 
 Latin by the particles dis, di. 
 
 ^-^ to stride, to go ; c. 3 to rush 
 upon, Is. 27, 4. Chald. yoa id. The pri- 
 mary idea is that of" throwing apart the 
 legs, see in nca and pt'a. 
 Deriv. nycBp and 
 
 yi?E m. a stride, step, 1 Sam. 20, 3 
 
 p^2 to dispart the lips, to open 
 wide, Prov. 13, 3. Kindr. with rtoB. 
 PiEL id. of the feet, Ez. 16, 25 
 
Xiai 
 
 873 
 
 VTS 
 
 , V9 an. ktyo/t. Job 33, 15, which, in 
 entire accordance with the context, tiie 
 Sept. and Vulg. render nityiintcDfut, 
 acelua. i. e. trangresaion, as if i. q. JoJd ; 
 hence SiD is prob. put ibr TV^O , TffiD , the 
 final 5 being dropped, like "ittJ Job 15, 31 
 Cheth. Ibr xiw . Others, alter the Rab- 
 bins, muUilude sc. of transgressions; 
 but this and other explanations are 
 forced. See Thesaur. p. 1136. 
 
 n^S only in Piel fut. to tear in 
 pieces Lam. 3, 11. Aram. id. 
 
 limCD Pashur, pr. n. m. a) A priest 
 contemporary with Jeremiah, Jer. 20, 1. 
 2. 3. Allusion is made to the signif of 
 tlie name, i. e. prosperity round about, 
 compounded from ntuc Arab, mo to be 
 
 wide, ample, and "lino round about. 
 0pp. r-^aeia lisa. b) Jer. 21, 1. 38, 1. 
 c) Ezra 2, 38. 10, 22. Neh. 7, 41. 10, 4. 
 
 * O tTS fut. aaSB-i, imp. c. n parag. 
 n-jttJD Is. 32, 11. 
 
 1 . to spread out, to expand, Syr. >-^w.*kS , 
 Arab. ia-w*J ; kindr. iras no. 1, 2. 
 Everywhere intrans. to spread oneself 
 out, of hostile troops 1 Chr. 14, 9. 13 ; of 
 Bwarms of locusts Nah. 3, 16 ; with bs 
 of a land or people, to invade for the 
 purpose of carrying off booty. Job 1, 17. 
 Judg. 9, 33. 44 ; bx 1 Sam. 27, 8 ; 3 2 
 Chr. 25, 13. 28, 18 ; accus. 1 Sam. GO, 
 14; absol. 1 Sam. 27, 10. Hos. 7, 1. 
 
 2. to put off a garment, to lay off; 
 which implies the opening and unfold- 
 ing of it, a garment being wrapped toge- 
 ther in putting it on; c. ace. Lev. 6, 4. 
 16. 23. Cant. 5, 3. al. Absol. imper. 
 riBttJD put off thy garments. Is. 32, 11. 
 
 Piel to strip, to plunder, e. g. the slain 
 
 1 Sam. 31, 8. 2 Sam. 23, 10. 1 Chr. 10,8. 
 HiPH. to cause to put off one's gar- 
 ments, i. e. a) With ace. of pers. to 
 strip any one Hos. 2, 5. b) With ace. 
 of garment to strip off, 1 Sam. 31. 9. 
 Job 22, 6 ; comp. Mic. 2. 8. c) With 
 two ace. to strip one of any thing. Gen. 
 37, 23. Num. 20, 26. 28 ; or ace. of thing 
 and bst: of pers. Mic. 3, 3. Job 19, 9. 
 
 2. to fay victims Ibr sacrince Lev. 1, 6. 
 
 2 Chr. 29, 34. 35, 11 ; comp. Mic. 3, 3. 
 HiTHP. to strip oneself 1 Sam. 18, 4. 
 
 * 3^?B fut. ycB"^ 1. Pr. to break with 
 anyone, i. e. one's covenant, allegiance ; 
 hence to fall away, to remit, to rebel, c. 
 a 2 K. 1, 1. 3, 5. 7 ; c. nnn^ 2 K. 8, 20. 
 22. Comp. Arab. {JLjmS to revolt, also 
 Aram. > nffl , pojj , to break. Spec. 
 nin''a 5u;q to rebel against Jthmah, to 
 apostatize from him. Is, 1, 2. Jer. 2, 29. 
 
 3, 13. Hos. 7, 13. al. srop. Absol. id. 
 Am. 4. 4. Lam. 3, 42. Hence 
 
 2. Genr. to transgress, to sin, Prov. 28, 
 21 ; c. bs against Hos. 8, 1. Part. Sda 
 one who makes defection from God, a 
 transgressor, Is. 48, 8; plur. CStio 
 transgressors, i. e. who rebel against 
 God, Is. 1, 28. 46, 8. 66, 24. al. 
 
 NiPH. recipr. of Kal no. 1, Prov. 18, 19 
 yCBJ nx brethren breaking with one 
 another, offended, discordant. 
 
 Deriv. trSo and 
 
 3^B m. in pause riJD , c. suff. TJtSB ; 
 plur. CS'rtJ , constr. ""SwO . 
 
 1. defection, rebellion, of a people 
 Prov. 28, 2. 
 
 2. a trespass, fault. Gen. 31, 36. 50, 
 17. Ex. 22. 8. Espec. transgression, sin 
 against God Job 7, 21. 13, 23. 14, 17. 31, 
 33. Ps. 32, 5. 51, 3. al. It would seem 
 to be stronger than ns::n , Job 34, 37. 
 Plur. Prov. 10, 12. Am. \\ 3. 6. Meton. 
 a) punishment of sin Dan. 9, 24. b) i. q. 
 sin-offering, Mic. 6, 7. 
 
 * "^?p Chald. i. q. Heb. "ira , to ex- 
 plain, to interpret, e. g. visions, dreams, 
 Dan. 5, 16. In Targg. often for Heb. 
 "iPB . Syr. j.dft.a , Arab. -A*i , id. 
 
 Pa. id. Dan. 5, 12. 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 ^TCS Chald. m. emphat. X'ltt:!! and 
 H'lais , c. euff. iVy^^ , plnr. T"}^?? ; ex- 
 planation, interpretation, Dan. 2, 4 sq. 
 
 4, 3. 4. 15 sq. 5, 7. 8. 12. 15 sq. 7, 16. 
 
 ^T?? Heb. id. Ecc. 8, 1. R. I'SQ . 
 
 s ^ 
 
 * ^'^3 obsol. root ; A rab. yij II, 
 to dissolve, to separate into its parts ; 
 spec, to shake up, to card cotton, Avi- 
 cenna cited by Castell. Syr. \ a 4.n ,q 
 a carding. Chald. ^'odp to examine 
 closely, to scrutinize, from the same idea 
 of separating, etc. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
T\WB 
 
 874 
 
 nrifi 
 
 JntOB f. only c. suff. "'Fi'UQ Hos. 2, 7. 
 11, and plur. DifiOSb (f. Is.'l9, 9), /ocr, 
 linen, i. e. the material Is. 1. c. Deut. 22, 
 11. Prov, 31, 13. D'^rnrs b'^rc a Ztne q/" 
 /ax Ex. 40, 3, and so Cipica judg. 1 4, 4. 
 Also as wrought, linen, linen-cloth, Lev. 
 1 3, 48. 52 D"irny9 *i53 a Zmen garment. 
 V. 47. 59. Ez. 44, ']7. So Josh. 2, 6 "nuis 
 Y^n the tree-Jiax, i. e. the stalks offiax; 
 Vulg. stipnlce lini, Sept. hvoxaldfiT], But 
 Arab. Vers, stalks of cotton. 
 
 Note. This word is usually referred 
 to a root wre , whence is then derived a 
 form MPii;B . But there exists no trace 
 of such a root in the kindred dialects ; 
 and a Ibrm nnirs is never found. I pre- 
 fer therefore to assume, as above, a root 
 CCB , whence CB , fern, rffis and nrjuis, 
 plur. D'^ri'^r) see Lehrg. p. 575, 576. 
 The n, though servile, is then treated 
 as a radical, as in rix, ITink; rn^.i^, 
 ninfflp , etc. 
 
 nntCD f. (see rCB note) l.Jla.v, the 
 plant as growing, Ex. 9, 31. 
 
 2. a wick, as made of linen, Is. 42. 3. 
 43, 17. 
 
 ns f. Prov. 17, 1. (r. nrs) c. sufF. 
 ''BS , plur. ens , a bit, crumb, morsel, 
 e. g. of bread Gen. 18, 5. Judg. 19, 5. 
 
 1 Sam. 2. 36. 28, 22. 1 K. 17, 11. Prov. 
 28, 21 ; also without cn>. id. Ruth 2, 14. 
 
 2 Sam. 12, 3. Job 31,' 17. Prov. 23, 8. 
 Plur. O-^riD crumbs Lev. 2, 6. 6, 14. Ps. 
 147, 17 he sendelh forth his ice O'^PiES as 
 morsels, i. e. the hail. 
 
 ris m. (r. nSB) c. suff. ',nnB Is. 3, 17, 
 plur. nirb, an interstice, space between ; 
 
 9 0' 
 
 Arab, cjjj id. It follows partly the 
 analogy of verbs 5S . Spec, of the space 
 between the feet, i. e. pudenda mnliebra, 
 Itul. potta, Is. 3, 17. Trop. rir'B/emaZe 
 hinges, i. e. the eyes or parts with holes, 
 1 K. 7. 50. 
 
 D'^SrE , Rcc 'rB . 
 
 CSfB adv. (for n?rB from ?rQ mo- 
 ment with the ending C . and " changed 
 into X ,) in a moment, suddenlij Josh. 10, 
 9. 11, 7. Job 5. 3. 9, 23. Ps. 64. 5. 8. nl. 
 In the gcnit. after a noun, as =xrB "ine 
 eudden terror Prov. 3, 25; often iiiten- 
 Bively after JrC , as CStrs yr^a venj 
 mddenly Num. 6, 9 ; CxrB yncb Is. 29, 
 
 5 ; also transp. Srsb tskra 30, 13. "With 
 prefix Bsnea 2 Chr. 29,' 36. 
 
 SSflS m. constr. aaPB , delicate food, 
 dainties of the king's table, Dan. 1, 5. 8. 
 13. 15. 11, 26. Syr. t^i^ in Barhebr. 
 and Ephr. id. The word is of Persian 
 
 origin ; from 53 , Pers. sU ; sU , -^Lsi 
 
 >^ 
 food, see p. Ill ; and Sanscr. paiti domi- 
 
 nus ; q. d. lordly food, delicate ; so Ben- 
 fey, Monathsn. p. 194. 
 
 D5ri2 Chald. m. emphat. X^srs, 
 word, i. q. is'^t : whence xrsna a'^nn 
 i. q. Heb. "ia"n 3'''*ifn to return word, i. e. 
 to answer, Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3, 16. nbia 
 Nrans to send, word, i. e. a writing, letter, 
 etc. Ezra 4, 17. 5, 7 ; comp. Heb. Prov. 
 26, 6. Hence a rescript, edict, decree^ 
 of a king Ezra 6, 11 ; a decree of Jehovah 
 Dan. 4, 14 [24]. In the Targg. often 
 for Heb. -isn . Syr, lla' iws id. Prob. 
 of Persian origin, i. q. Pehlv. peddm, 
 Pers. peighdm, [LAjO, *Jbo! (t-o> 
 word, also an edict sent by letter or by 
 a messenger. The Chald. -Srs would 
 seem to come from an antique form, in 
 which both the t and g were preserved. 
 
 D3riB m. (Kamets impure, see Syr. 
 and Pers. above.) word, later Heb. i. q. 
 preced. Chald. Spec, a rescript, decreee 
 of a king Esth. 1, 20; of a judge, sen- 
 tence, Ecc. S, 11. 
 
 "*" nrS fut. npE"^ , apoc. PiE^i Job 31, 
 27. 
 
 1. Pr. to open, to expand. Kindr. are 
 J^CS ) ^CB j and in the Indo-europ. dia- 
 lects comp. Sanscr. pad to expand. Gr. 
 ntrub), 7ifTurvv/jt, Lat. pateo. Prov. 20, 
 19 i"'"2b r^r-3 who openeth his lips, 
 spoken of a garrulous person who al- 
 ways has his mouth open. Also to dilate, 
 to make bioad and large; see Hiph. 
 Chald. NPB Aph. id. Syr. ]Ls to be 
 broad ; Pa. and Aph. to make broad. 
 Sam. ^Ai3 to be broad. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be open, and trop. of the 
 mind, to be open, ingenuous, like children 
 and youth ; romp. Arab. Lxi to be inge- 
 nuous, youthful ; hence in a bad sense, 
 to let oneself be enticed, seduced. Deut. 
 11, 16 csaab npc^"*,!^ lest your heart be 
 
ins 
 
 875 
 
 nrs 
 
 enticed. Job 31, 27. Part, nno simple, 
 foolish. Job 5, 2; fem. nrb Hos. 7, 11. 
 
 NiPH. lo let oneself be persuaded Jer. 
 20. 7 ; to let oneself be enticed, seduced, 
 c. hs lo any thing, Job 31.9. 
 
 PiEL Hno 1. lo iKrsuade any one, 
 corap. nti&u, 8o Jer. 20, 7. Hos. 2, 16 
 [1 1] ; espec. to evil 1 K. 22, 20 sq. Judg. 
 14, 15. 16, 5. 2 Sam. 3, 25. Hence to 
 entice, to seduce, Ex. 22, 15. Prov. 1, 10. 
 16, 29. 
 
 2. to deceive, to delude with words, 
 Gr. (Innuibi, Ps. 78. 36. Prov. 24, 28 
 SjTiBiaa i^^PJB^I wilt thou deceice with 
 thy lips ? i. e. deceive not, see in n no. 
 1. a. 
 
 PuAL i. q. Niph. to let oneself be per- 
 tuaded Prov. 25, 15 ; to let oneself be 
 deceived, Ez. 14, 9. Jer. 20. 10. 
 
 HiPH. fat. apoc. ns^ to dilate, to make 
 broad and large, i. q. 2^n-in, comp. Kal 
 no. I ; c. dat. to enlarge for any one, 
 to give him ample room ; Gen. 9, 27 
 rB';b D''n'3X ne^ lit. may God make large 
 for Japhelh, i. e. give him wide room. 
 The paronomasia is to be noted. 
 
 Deriv. TiB, n!|*n!3 , Chald. ^PB , and 
 pr. n. rt,^. 
 
 binB (prob. for Ks^ria man of God) 
 Pethuel. pr. n. m. Joel 1, 1. 
 
 nir\B m. (r. nna Pi. no. 4) plur. 
 Cnana , constr. ^nsina , engraving, sculp- 
 ture, carved work, 2 Chr. 2, 13. Zech. 
 3, 9 ; Plur. 1 K. 6, 29. Ps. 74. 6. ^mPQ 
 firnn engravings of a ring or signet, on 
 gems, Ex. 28, 11. 21. 36. 39, 6. 14. 30. 
 Sept. ylvcpri, yXvppa. 
 
 linB (perh. i. q. Chald. X"i"ira a table) 
 Pethor, pr. n. of a place on the Euphra- 
 tes where Balaam dwelt, Num. 22, 5. 
 Deut. 23, 5. 
 
 MinD i. q. no , o bit, morsel, Ez. 13, 
 19. R^nn^. 
 
 * '^^S fut nriis"^, inf. c. suff. 'nrs. 
 1. to open, Syr. w.jya, Arab. ^^) 
 
 ,4.'t' A id. Kindred are Ti'TB^ . SrB.also 
 n|?B q. V. E. g. to open a door Judg. 3, 
 25. 2 K. 9. 3 ; a gate Is. 26. 2. Ez. 46, 
 12 ; the doors of heaven Ps. 78, 23 ; a 
 window Gen. 8, 6. 2 K. 13. 17 : a sepul- 
 chre Ez. 27, 12. 13 ; treasures Deut. 28, 
 12 ; a rock, . e. a fountain in a rock Pa. 
 105, 41 ; a sack Gen. 43. 21 ; the eyes 
 
 1 K. 8, 21. Without ace. to open at. a 
 door Is. 22, 22. Jer. 13, 19; c. dat. to 
 open to any one a door Cant. 5, 2. 5. 6. 
 Also intrans. to open, of the earth Pb. 
 106, 17. Part. paas. nirD open, not cov- 
 ered, Num. 19. 15. Spec, in phrases: 
 a) 'i^P"r^ nriD to open one's nututh, 
 either for eating Ez. 3, 2; or in son^ 
 Ps. 78, 2; or for crying out Ez. 21, 27 
 [22] ; or for speaking, mostly after a term 
 ofsilence, Job3, 1. 33,2; hence /opea/c, 
 to lUler words, Prov. 31, 8. Ps. 109,2. 
 So the opp. 710/ to open the mouth, i. e. 
 to be silent, Ps. 39, 10. Is. 53, 7. Prov. 
 24. 7. Also to open the lips. i. e. to 
 speak, Job 1 1, 5. b) In a different sense 
 God is said to open the mouth of -any one 
 i. e. to make the dumb speak Num. 22,' 
 28 ; or to make one speak fluently, Ez.3, 
 27. 33, 22. c) to open the ear of any 
 one, i. e. to reveal any thing to him, so 
 of God Is. 50, 5, comp. 48. 8. d) to open 
 the hand unto any one, c. b , i. e. to deal 
 liberally towards him, Deut. 15, 8. 11. 
 e) to open the gates of a city, spoken of 
 cities which surrender, Deut. 20, 11. 
 2 K. 15, 16. f) Praegn. to open the grain, 
 a somewhat bold figure for : 'to open 
 the granaries and expose the grain for 
 sale,' Am. 8, 5. Also lo open a sword, 
 to draw it from the sheath, Ps. 37, 14. 
 Ez. 21, 33 [28] ; to open prisoners, i. e, 
 to let them go free. Is. 14, 17. 
 
 2. to open, i. e. to"" begin, to lead off 
 e. g. a song Ps. 49, 5. Arab. id. 
 
 Niph. 1, to be opened Gen. 7, 11. Is. 
 35, 5. Ez. I, 1. al. Trop. Jer. 1, 14. 
 
 2. to be loosed, e. g. a girdle Is. 5, 27 } 
 to be set free, as a captive Job 12, 14. 
 
 PiEL 1. to open i. q. Kal, Job 41, 0. 
 Intrans. to open itself, of a flower Cant. 
 7, 13 ; of the ear, to be open, Is. 48, 85 
 of gates 60, 11. 
 
 2. to loosen, to unbind, e. g. bonds Is. 
 58. 6. Job 38, 31. 39, 5. Ps. 116, 16; a 
 rein Job 30, 11 ; sackcloth Ps. 30, 12. Is. 
 20, 2. etc. With ace. of pers. Jer. 40, 4 
 / will loose thee from the chains, etc. 
 Ps. 102, 21. 105, 20. Gen. 24, 32. Is. 45, 
 1. Part. nriB^ one who ungirds himselfj 
 spoken of a warrior putting off" his ar- 
 mour after a battle, 1 K. 20, 11. 
 
 3. to open or furrow the ground with 
 a plough. Is. 28, 24. Hence in the simi- 
 lar sense : .^^^^^ 
 
 
:n2 
 
 876 
 
 bns 
 
 4. to engrave, to carve, to sculpture, 
 e. g. wood 1 K. 7, 36. 2 Chr. 3, 7; gems 
 Ex. 28, 9. 36. 2 Chr. 2, 6. 13 ; also archi- 
 tectural ornaments in stone, Zech. 3, 9. 
 
 PuAL pass, of Pi. no. 4, to be engraved, 
 Ex. 39. 6. 
 
 HiTHPA. to loose oneself from bonds, 
 c. ace. Is. 52. 2. 
 
 Deriv. nns n^nra, nwa, nn^na, 
 jnriB^, nri2^, and the pr. names nriS"^, 
 nins3 , QTins; , 
 
 nrs Chakl. to open, i. q. Heb. Dan. 6, 
 11. Praet. pass. Dan. 7, 10. Often in 
 Targg. 
 
 HrB m. (r. nna) In pause nra , c. sufF, 
 inra . plur. c'rirs , constr. "nra . 
 
 1. an opening, entrance, door-way, or 
 in a looser sense door, e. g. of a house 
 
 1 K. 14, 27. Job 31, 24; of a tent Gen. 
 18,3; of Noah's ark Gen. 6, 16; of a 
 chamber 1 K. 6, 8. 31 ; of a city Gen. 
 38, 14. al. It differs from rb^, o-lirbn, 
 which .signify the door or valves by which 
 the nra door-way is closed. Hence 
 nnsa in the entrance Gen. 38. 14. Jer. 
 g6J 10. 43, 9. Ez. 11, 1 ; 's nrsb. nnob 
 at the entrance or door Prov. 9, 14. Gen. 
 4, 7 ; nrs-b? id. Job 31, 9. Most. freq. 
 simp), nra as ace. of place where, c. 
 genit. ^'H'*'! '^r'? cit the door of the tent 
 Gen. 18, 1. 10. Ex. 33. 8. 9 ; 'isi'S bnx 'b 
 Ex. 29. 11. 32. 42; V-_%r\ 's Gen. 19, 11. 
 
 2 K. 5. 9; "iSTSn 's at the entrance of the 
 gate, in or by the gateway, Judg. 18, 16. 
 37. 2 Sam. 8. 8 ; comp. 9, 35. 44 ; -iStnn 's 
 Num. 3, 26. 4. 26. After verbs of motion, 
 MrtJ'bx to or towards the door Lev. ] , 3. 
 4,4. Deut.22,21. Josh. 8, 29; alsonnnen 
 Gen. 19, 6. 
 
 2. Poet, for gate, i. q. -i5ll3 , Is. 3, 26. 
 13, 2. Mie. 5, 5. Ps. 24, 7. 9 C^is -^nrD 
 the everlasting gates. Metaph. r^S "^nnB 
 Mic. 7, 5. 
 
 '^C? m. (r. nra) opening, insight, in- 
 0tniction, afforded by any thing, Ps. 119, 
 130. Syr. \ittZG.a an opening, explana- 
 tion. Arab. ^^-Jii X, to explain the 
 
 11HPB m. (r. nne) constr. *"inrp , open- 
 ing of the mouth, Ez. 16, 63. 29, 21. 
 
 n^nriD (whom Jehovah sets free, r. 
 UPl^) Pethahiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 24, 
 
 16. b) Ezra 10, 23. Neh. 9, 5. c) Neh. 
 11, 24. 
 
 T^^ m. (r. i^ns) in pause "^ra, also 
 out of pause Prov. 9, 4. 16. 14, 15; plur. 
 ni-ipa Prov. 22, 3, n';'rB Prov. 1. 22. 32, 
 and C'lNra 8, 5. 9. 6. al. simplicity, folly, 
 Prov. 1, 22 ; see r. nra no. 2. Concr. 
 simple, foolish, easily enticed and se- 
 duced, Prov. 7, 7. 22, 3. 27, 12. Ps. 116, 
 6. al. So of one credulous Prov. 14, 15 ; 
 inexperienced Ps. 19, 8. 
 
 ^riB Chald. m. breadth, e. suff. n;;nB 
 Dan. 3, 1, Ezra 6, 3. Syr. t^Ls id. See 
 r. nna no. 1. 
 
 b\VnB lin. XfySfi. Is. 3, 24, a kind of 
 costly raiment, perhaps an embroidered 
 festive garment, compounded from rpTiD 
 b"'a id. comp. Syr. )-ai^ an embroidered 
 and variegated garment, sfLs to varie- 
 gate ; and b'^a exultation, rejoicing, as 
 on festivals, holidays. See Thesaur. p. 
 1137. 
 
 n^^lPB f. simplicity, folly ; concr. sim- 
 ple, foolish, of a female Prov. 9, 13. R. 
 
 nra. 
 
 nn'^ns f. plur. mnns drawn swords, 
 Ps. 55, 22. R. nra no.' 2. 
 
 JTlB m. (r. bra) a thread, line, cord, 
 Num. 19, 15. Judg. 16, 9. Ex. 28, 28. 37 ; 
 of the cord or string by which the signet- 
 ring was suspended in the bosom, Gen. 
 38, 18. 25 ; of a measuring-line Ez. 40, 3. 
 
 s 
 Arab. JytXi a cord. 
 
 * br}Q in Kal not used ; Chald. Syr. 
 Arab, and Ethiop. to twist, to twine, to 
 spin. Hence b'^ra , 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be twisted, metaph. to be 
 crooked, crafty, deceitful, part. bnE3 Prov. 
 8, 8. Job 5, 13^ 
 
 2. to wrestle, which implies a mutual 
 twisting and intertwining of the limbs 
 Gen. 30, 8. See nibWB? . 
 
 HiTHPA. to show oneself crooked, craf- 
 ty, perverse, to act thus ; fut. bnsnn Ps. 
 18, 27. The form bonPi 2 Sam. 22, 27, 
 seems to have arisen by transposing 
 bnonn into bonnn, and then contract- 
 ing into bonpi. 
 
 Deriv. b-^nD, B-'biinBJ, pr. n. ''VnD?, 
 also 
 
bns 
 
 877 
 
 -hbriB m. crooked, crafly, perverse, 
 Deut. 3-^, 5. R. bni} . 
 
 Onp Piihoin, pr. n. of a city of Goehcn 
 in lower Egypt, on the euKtern bank of 
 the Nile, Ex. 1, 11. Gr. /lujovfiog He- 
 rodot. 2. 158. Steph. Byz. Also &ov/t, 
 dropping the fiyllable pa wiiich ex- 
 presses the Egyjitian art Itin. Anton, 
 p. 1C3 Wopsel. Egyptian OOJUL) nnd 
 with art. ni-OOUL the narrow place ; 
 ee Champollion I'Egypte sous les Pha- 
 raona, I. 172. II. p. 58 sq. 
 
 1^5 obsol. root. I. i. q. *,rTa, /jJuOj 
 to be strong, to be Jinn; whence inBia 
 threshold. 
 
 II. Prob. i. q. ^HD, to twist, to twine. 
 Hence 
 
 1^? m. in pause '|rD, plur. D'^JtiB an 
 asp, adder, a poisonous serpent, Is, 11, 
 8. Ps. 58, 5. 91. 13. Deut. 32, 33. Job 20, 
 14. 16. On the deafness of the adder, 
 Ps. 58. 5, see Bochart Hieroz. III. 150, 
 161 sq. Lips. Chald. )rQ, Syr. ijis> 
 
 Arab. i^v^J , id. 
 
 'J^B obsol. root, Samar, i. q. nnB 
 to open. Hence 
 
 ^DB pr. opening of the eyes, a wink, 
 twinkling ; then a moment, like Gr. ^mii 
 ocp&dtXjjoii. Hence as adv. in a inoment, 
 suddenly, Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1. Hab. 2, 7. 
 Srcs Num. 35, 22 une.rpectedly, i. e. acci- 
 denlallij. Other examples see under 
 BKHB , which comes from this. 
 
 AJ^ fut. '"'nt^ to interpret a dream 
 Gen. 40, 8. 16. 22.' 41, 8. 12. 13.15. The 
 Chaldec, which is usually avorse to sibi- 
 lants, has in this signif. nbs q. v. Ethiop 
 AS^L,. Hence pr. n. TirD and 
 
 JlnriB nj. interpretation of a dream. 
 Gen. 40, 5. 12. 18. 41, 11. Plur. Gen! 
 40,8. 
 
 onriB Pathros, the domestic pr. n. 
 for Upper Kgypt, distinguished from 
 ilSTa, c^^XTa, which denote in their 
 more limited sense Lower Egypt ; see 
 these words. Is. 11, 11. Jer. 44, 1. 15. 
 Ez. 29, 14 where Pathros is called the 
 native land of the Egyptians. 30, 14. 
 Gentile noun plur. D^Dirs Palhrusim 
 Gen. 10, 14. The name in Egyptian ia 
 
 n-GT-pHC the region of the south; in 
 later Coptic called also Jtl<S.-pHC 
 southern region. See Jablonski Opusc. 
 ed. te Water I. p. 198. Q,uatremere 
 Mem. sur I'Egypte II, 30. De Sacy ad 
 Abdoll. p. 13, 14. See more in The- 
 saur. p. 1141. Sept. lla&ovQr^q, but Cod.. 
 Vat. in Ez. fluxi^u^ijs, both from Theb. 
 
 n^TOTpHC pr. the south wind, south 
 quarter ; Peyron Lex. p. 49. 182. 
 
 1?f r?B , see in IvrnB . J^tt 
 
 "y^ to break, to break in pieces:. 
 
 Lev. 2, 6. Arab. ^^ id, Eth. Z.'M- 
 to break bread. 
 Deriv, na , nine . 
 
 Tsade, ''t'X , the eighteenth letter of 
 the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral de- 
 noting 90. The name signifies perh. a 
 reaping-hook or scythe, from r. ma no, 
 I ; so called from the ancient figure of 
 the letter; see Thesaur, p. 1143. 
 
 In the Arabic alphabet there are two 
 letters corresponding to ac, viz. ^o Sad, 
 a sharp sibilant, and ijd Dad equiv, to 
 dor t pronounced with a slight sibilant 
 or lisping sound ', to this latter approach- 
 
 74 
 
 es also ij5 Dha i. e, t uttered from the 
 bottom of the palate near the throat, 
 which we mightcall with Sanscrit gram- 
 marians cerebral. Thus p1^ ^vJua, 
 but '(XS ^Li sheep ; also S^S > h to 
 thirst, cba aJLIs to be obscure. Hence 
 
 in several Hebrew roots there is a differ- 
 ence of signification, according as they 
 are written in Arabic with ^jp or .jO or 
 Jb., see e, g, b^X; but still roots of thi 
 
rii^s 
 
 878 
 
 ik:^ 
 
 sort often have the same etymology, 
 and are united by a very close atfiniry. 
 
 comp. "ina lo and 1^, Jisa *,o-J and 
 
 AAflJ. The LXX usually drop the den- 
 
 lal sound, and express the Tsade by the 
 simple sibilant s ; as risa^ 2',t^uo'id: 
 
 Kindred letters are : a) 13, which in 
 Aramean is often put for the Heb. S ; 
 comp. in the Hebrew language itself 
 the roots "i?: and "4}. "ins and in::, 
 yss and TZ'Ji, etc. b) More rarely 1 ; 
 comp. 22a and r?"n , 12:1 ^'^ -. etc. c) 
 The sibilants T, U. D ; comp. y\v, Tbs, 
 0^5 ; yrz , cn: ; pr\-s . pnb . d) r , for 
 which see p. 737. e) The palatals 5, 
 D, p. This is a singular affinity, but 
 it is proved by many examples, and is 
 to be explained perhaps in the same 
 way, that in Sanscrit the gutturals g. k, 
 pass over into the palatals dsh, tsh, i. e. 
 
 y 
 
 Engl.^', ch. Examples are : pns ^-tkrj 
 xajt'^s"* ; 5^?^ ^"d yJS to be depressed ; 
 '^I'S. and 133 to screak, to creak ; 1B53 
 xar&itQog cantharus. i. e. tube ; I3:i and 
 111? to heap up, to form a mound, and 
 60 to bury, etc. 
 
 n2 f. Tsere impure (for "SS'^, r. 
 KS^) constr. rsts, c. suff. ^r;s:i ; excre- 
 ment., ordure, human, Ez. 4, 12. Deut. 
 23, 14. Comp. nxs-B no. 2, Siis, nxii. 
 
 ns^'zi , see nxis . 
 
 * vi^!! obsol. root. Arab. JL*^ to he 
 
 s ^ 
 //tin. glender ; but with mid. Ye JLo 
 denotes the /o^ms silvestris. prickly lotus, 
 perh. kindr. with r. "iJS. Hence 
 
 O'lbXI m. plur. Job 40, 21. 22, rendered 
 by Abulwalid, Schultens, and others, 
 loti silvestres, lotus trees. Rhamnuji Lo- 
 tus Linn. Arab. Sidr nJum, also Nubk 
 /Sjkj. This tree is common in Egypt 
 and Syria ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 
 p. 210, 284. Others r\gard C^^XS as an 
 Aramean form for ^"^^^ shadus, i. e. 
 shady trees ; as r^ziz , Aram. T\^^o ; CDts , 
 Aram. Dxa . So Vulg. Syr. Aben Ezra. 
 See Theeaur. p. 1144. 
 
 ") ^j* obsol. root, and doubtful. Arab. 
 
 ^L*^ to be rich in sheep and goats ; 
 
 of' 
 but it ii a denominative from VK:f ^Lii 
 
 flock. Perh. i. q. "?S to wander, to mi- 
 grate, like nomados ; hence "jXa nomadic 
 flock. 
 
 jSs*^, once r'X^ Ps. 144, 13 Cheth. 
 comm. gend. see below in no, 1. c ; a 
 collective noun. 
 
 1. a Jiock, jlocks, i. e. small cattle, 
 
 sf- - 
 sheep and goats ; Arab. plur. ^o'-^' 
 * ^ 
 jmLo, woolly flock, opp. to goats ; but 
 
 still (J<A::>'t ijLoJI denotes the wild 
 goat. For sheep and goats, i. e. ">J<S, 
 
 a frequent Arabic word is *-*^' Chald. 
 ,HS, Syr. Iji., id. Gen. 29, 10. 30, 36. 
 40. 32, 6. 37, 12. Ex. 2, 16. 3, 1. al. seep. 
 Often with -l^33 herd, as i]^2!i INS 
 Jiocks and herds Gen. 12, 16. 13,5. 20, 
 
 14. 21, 27. 24, 35. 1 Sara. 14, 32. al. 
 "(Sis ns'l a keeper of flocks, shepherd, 
 Gen. 4, 2. 46, 32. 34. "^Spec. it may be 
 noted : a) That "pSS comprehended 
 both sheep and goats, usually intermin- 
 gled in the same flock, as at the present 
 day ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 169, 
 So Gen. 30, 35. 38, 17 I will send thee a 
 kid from the flock ; comp. 27, 9. Lev. 1, 
 10. 5, 6. 22, 21. 2 Chr. 35, 7. But xa/ 
 i'ioyjtv sheep alone are implied 1 Sam. 
 25, 2. b) As a collect, it titkes nume- 
 rals, which are put sometimes beibre it, 
 as -(SS 'na two sheep Is. 7, 21 ; mn 
 fits 1 Sam. 25, 18 j comp. 1 K. 5, 3. Job 
 1, 3. 42, 12 ; and sometimes after it, as 
 Num. 31, 32. 1 Sam. 25, 2. 1 K. 8, 63. 
 al. The corresponding noun of unity ia 
 ti'O a sheep or goat, one out of a flock ; 
 Ex. 21, 37 [22, 1] if a man steal.... a 
 sheep or goat (nu), he shall restore.. .. 
 ,XS ya"^(X four sheep or goats. Ez. 45, 
 
 15. So in Arabic sLcw as noun of tmity 
 
 8'.- 
 
 corresponds to aJuc^- c) As to gender, 
 'S<s is put with the masc, where rama 
 and he-goats are to be understood ; Gen. 
 30, 39 ixsn ncn;^5 and the rains and 
 bucks rutted. With the fem. where 
 ewes and she-goats are implied, ibid. 
 INSn *iVnn and thefocks brought forth. 
 V. 38." 41. 33, 13. 1 Sam. 17,28. Put 
 also for females xi' i^ox^y, as usually 
 constituting the flocks, Gen. 31, 8. 11. 12. 
 
 2. Spec, aflock. drove, i. q. n"!? (comp. 
 ,XS -^yva Gen. 29, 2. Mic. 5, 7) ; bo Ps. 
 
31^2 
 
 Ki:2 
 
 44, 18. 95, 7. Jer. 23. 1. Trop. of Israel 
 Mic. 7, 14. D'^^< ",S<S a jlock (troop) of 
 men Ex. 36, 37. 38. 
 
 JDSS (place of flocke) Zaanan, pr. n. 
 of a place in tlie tribe of Judah, Mic. 1, 
 1 1 ; perh. i. q. ! Josh. 15, 37. R. IXS. 
 
 n''Xr5||S m. plur. ( r. Ka^ ) coristr. 
 XSX3t Is. 48, 19 ; c. suff. C3''S<SXX Is. 
 6i,'9." 
 
 1. issttes, what comes out from the 
 earth, productions, produce, Job 31, 8. 
 Is. 22. 24. 34. 1. 42, 5. 
 
 2. Metaph. issue, offspring, children, 
 Is. 61, 9. 65, 23. Jpb 5, 25. 21, 8. 27, 14. 
 Fully rpT^ 'XSXS the offsirring (issue) 
 
 o^ thy bowels Is. 48, 19. Arab. _,ix*o 
 stock, family. 
 
 32 tn . ( r. aau ) I. a litter, sedan, palan- 
 quin, as being lightly and gently borne ; 
 comp. r. 33^ . also Germ. SAnfle id. 
 f>om sanft sol\ly. Plur. Dias Is. 66, 20; 
 Sept. 'AafiTtrivtj. Num. 7. 3 3a rbjs Utter- 
 wagons, i. e. covered and commodious 
 like litters; Sept. lifitxiai lafmrfVixai. 
 Chald. X2S, XS-'S, id. ^ 
 
 2. A species of lizard, Arab. v.>-o, 
 lacerla Libyca. living in deserts and so 
 called from its sluggish motion. Lev. 11, 
 29. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 1044-63. 
 
 * ^^^ fut. fctas-^ to go forth to war, 
 as a soldier, to make war, c. bs against 
 any one. Num. 31, 7. Is. 29, 7. 8. 31, 4. 
 Zech. 14, 12 ; absol. Num. 31, 42. In 
 Arabic the corresponding word has a 
 
 wider use, Lyo to go or come forth, e. g. 
 a star, a tooth, a soldier against the 
 enemy. Ethiop. ^fl^ to make war, 
 O'flX war. Comp. nsa . Trop. of 
 the temple service, a sort of ' militia sa- 
 cra.' to serce in the temple, Num. 4, 23. 
 8, 24; of females 1 Sam. 2, 22. Ex. 
 38, 8. 
 
 . HiPH. to cause to go forth to war, i. e. 
 to levy, to muster, 2 K. 25, 19. Jer. 52, 
 25. 
 
 Deriv. X3S . 
 
 i^^^ Chald. fut. saa^ to will, to 
 please, pr. to be inclined, prone, i. q. 
 Heb. nas no. 4. Dan. 4, 14. 22. 29. 32. 
 5, 19. 2l'. 7, 19. Syr. id. 
 
 Deriv. las . 
 
 KaS m. constr. ax , c. euflT. "iX2:t , plur. 
 nixax, constr. n-iM^, i-^rnsax, but 
 T'MSS Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2. Twice con- 
 strued with a verb fem. Is. 40, 2. Dan. 
 8,12. R. Kas. 
 
 1. war, warfare, military service; so 
 K32t "^sbn armed for war, see in yhn 
 no. 3 ; Kasa KJf^ to go out to war Num. 
 31, 36. De'ut. 24. 5; Kab Ks^ id. Num. 
 31, 27. 28 ; xax XX^ id. Num. V, 3 eq. So 
 of the sacred service of the Leviles 
 Num. 4, 23; xasb X3 coming into the 
 service, qualified for it, Num. 4, 3. 30. 
 35. 39. In the later writers trop. war- 
 fare for hard service, time of ailliction 
 and calamity, Job 7, 1. 14, 14, comp. 
 10, 17 ; of the Babylonish exile Is. 40. 2. 
 Dan. 10, 1 and true is the decree i<3Xi 
 bina and great the warfare, i. e. heavy 
 will be the calamity. 
 
 2. an army, host ; Sept. often OTporia, 
 dtivufiic. Ex. 6, 26. 2 Sam. 8, 16. 10, 7. 
 al. Plur. Ex. 7. 4. Ps. 44. 10. al. sssp. 
 X32 "lb the captain of a host, general, 
 Sept. aQXiaT^an,yoi;, Gen. 21, 22. 32. 
 2 Sam. 2, 8. 1 K. 16, 16. al. "'ttiJK 
 xasn the men of the host, soldiers. Num. 
 31V53. 1 Chr. 12,8; xaan as id. Num. 
 31, 32. Spec. 
 
 a) n^ai^'n xas the host of heaven, i, e. 
 ) The host of angels which stand 
 around the throne of God (ffrparai oh- 
 Qi'tvm Luke 2, 13), 1 K. 22, 19. 2 Chr. 
 18, 18. Plur. Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2. So too 
 ''^ xaa "la the captain of Jehovah's host, 
 i. e. one of the higher angels, Josh. 5, 14. 
 
 15. /5) Of the sun, moon, and stars, 
 dvm/Afig Twy ov(jai(xtv Matt. 24, 29 ; re- 
 garded as inhabited by angels and celes- 
 tial beings, comp. Job 38, 7. 25, 5, also 
 4, 18; see Ovid. Fast. 3. Ill 'Sidera, 
 constabat sed tamen esse deos.' Me- 
 tam. 1. 73. So Is. 34, 4. 40. 26. 45, 12. 
 Jer. 33, 22. Dan. 8, 10. Often where 
 the worship of the heavenly bodies is 
 spoken of, Deut. 4, 19. 17. 3. 2 K. 17, 
 
 16. 21, 3. 5. Zeph. 1.5; where some- 
 times a special mention of the sun and 
 moon precedes (Deut. 17, 3. Jer. 8. 2). 
 and also of the stars (Deut. 4. 19. Dan. 
 8, 10), and then this phrase is subjoined 
 as more general, and as if comprehend- 
 ing all the inhabitants of heaven (Dan. 
 4, 32), q. d. all the celestial divinities; 
 comp. Matt. 24, 29. In Is. 24, 21 the 
 
i^nir 
 
 880 
 
 nn:2 
 
 host of heaven (oiiBfi H2S) is put in 
 antith. with the kings of the earth. 
 Once by a bolder figure NSS in zeugma 
 is made to refer to the inhabitants of the 
 earth, or rather to all the earth contains, 
 i. q. yi^n 4<^^, including even animals 
 and plants: Gen. 2, 1 n^iaen ^i^-in 
 DS2S"b=l yiXHT , which is expressed 
 without zeugma thus in Neh. 9, 6 
 
 comp. Ex. 20 11 -P3T 'n^^) c'^^^-n 
 
 -Ca iqx . Hence 
 
 b) A very frequent epithet of Jehovah 
 fis: nixns ^n'PX nin-i Ps.89, 9. Jer. 5, 14. 
 .38, 17. '44, 7, n"';s:an in!3j< np-i Hos. 
 12, 6 [5]. Am. 3, 13, more rarely np-'^ 
 niX3S c'^n'^i? Ps. 59, 6. 80, 5, also 's cn'bx 
 Ps. 8U, 8. 15J and rix^S nin-i Is. 2, I2! 
 3, 1. Jer. 49, 7. Mic' 4, 4. Neh. 3, 5. 
 Hab. 2, 13, etc. Jehovah (God) of hosts, 
 i. e. of the celestial armies. This is a 
 very usual appellation for the Most High 
 God in some of the prophetical and 
 other books, especially in Isaiah, Jere- 
 miah, Zechariah, and Malachi ; but 
 does not occur in the Pentateuch, in the 
 books of Joshua and Judges, nor in Eze- 
 kiel, Job, and the writings of Solomon. 
 As to the grammatical construction of 
 Piistas fii'"'? , some suppose it to he by 
 ellip.sis for ':i. "^nbx i"! ; but this is not 
 necessary, and the Arabs too subjoin in 
 like manner a genitive of attribute to the 
 pr. names of persons, as wj(jj| SyJCxA 
 
 Antara equitum, q. d. Antara dux equi- 
 tum. So too in the construction CH^X 
 rpiixas, the word riixas may be taken 
 as an attribute which could be put in 
 apposition with the names of God ; 
 comp. nixrs 'Dnx Is. 10, 16, xv^iog aa- 
 jSaud- Rom. 9, 29. James 5, 4. See 
 Comm. on Is. 1, 9. The hosts thus sig- 
 nified in nixas nin'i can hardly be 
 doubtful, if we compare the expressions 
 '^ xas Josh. 5, 14. 15. plur. "^ "'Xas the 
 hosts of Jehovah Ps. 103, 2*1. 148. 2; 
 which agiiin do not differ from Stas 
 C^ia'iTi the host of heaven, embracing 
 both angels Gen. 32, 2. 3, and the sun, 
 raoon, and stars, comp. Dan. 8, 10. 11. 
 The phrase nixas "^i therefore differs 
 little from the later form C";ipc Tilsx , 
 Kja'a nbx, God of heaven; seeinciiair. 
 
 D-'K3S and niS3S , plur. of 'as roe. 
 
 D'^iiilS (i. q.tD-'Xas roes, or i. q. CSaS 
 hyenas) Hos. 11, S, also Dl'bS. D'^'l'hi 
 Gen. 10, 19. 14,2. Deut. 29, 22' Zeboim, 
 pr. n. of a city in the vale of Siddim, de- 
 stroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah, and 
 covered by the Dead Sea. 
 
 -^T^ in Kal not used; kindr. with 
 
 1. to move gently J io go slowly ; see as . 
 
 e " 
 
 2. to JiovD ; Arab. v_^ to flow, to 
 
 s " 
 trickle, of water, v_^-o to pour. To this 
 
 root I would refer 
 
 HoPH. aan after the Chaldee manner, 
 in the vexed passage Nah. 2, 8, where 
 the words may be thus joined: '?3''fD<3 
 asni 3123 the palace is dissolved and 
 made to Jloiv down, i. e. the palaces of 
 Ninevah inundated and undermined by 
 the Tigris, and so falling in ruins; see 
 Diod. Sic. 2. 26. Usually referred to 
 r. as3 Hoph. no. 2, where see. 
 
 Deriv. as , and 
 
 nans, c. art. f^2asr^ (the slow- 
 moving) Zobebah, pr. n. f 1 Chr. 4, 8". 
 
 * J^^^ 1. i. q. 3S , to go forth to 
 war, to make war ; Part. c. ace. Is. 29, 7 
 ti'^as waiTing against her. 
 
 2. i. q. Arab. Lyfi prodiit stella, to go 
 forth, to appear, as a star, and so to shine, 
 to be splendid ; hence "'as splendour. 
 
 3. to project, to be prominent ; Arab. 
 Luo Conj. I, and \juO Conj. II. immi- 
 nuit in rem. Hence tosvjell, of the belly 
 Num. 5, 27. Also 
 
 4. Trop. to be prepense, inclined, dis- 
 posed, to will ; comp. yxil and nS3 . 
 Arab. Lco id. Chald. xas q. v. Syr. 
 jl^id. * 
 
 HiPH. causal, of Kal no. 3, to cause to 
 swell, Num. 5. 22. 
 
 Deriv. nas, 'aS, fi*3S, and pr. n. 
 s''3S , n;'3S , csths . 
 
 nnS in the word nas^ Zech. 9. 8, is 
 held by some to be i. q. sas /<o,s'/^ which 
 is also read in some Mss. and in Keri. 
 But fiiSfT? is here i. q. ^~^^ q- v. 
 
 nnS m. adj. (r. nas) fem. nas , sipeU- 
 ing, swollen, Num. 5, 21. 
 
nS22 
 
 881 
 
 132 
 
 ns'S , see in nai:t . 
 
 132 Chaltl. m. (r. N3S) pr. wili pleas- 
 ttre ; then thing; mailer, affair, Syr. 
 CLOj, Dan. 6, 18. Comp. ytn no. 3. 
 
 ?^3S m. (r. 53^ 11 ) once Jer. 12, 9, 
 
 ' 
 
 a hyena, i. q. Arab, /u^- Sept. tat^'a. 
 
 Others genr. a 6f<M^ of prey, comp. 
 Talmud, opsins ravenous beasts. See 
 Bochart Hieroz'. P. I. p. 829. 
 
 * 1^?^ fut. aax"! pr. to lay hold of, 
 to grasp, to lake with the hand, liite 
 Arab. Ja^, Eth. eO/Il. Kindr. is 
 riss . Hence c. dat. to reach out to any 
 one, once Ruth 2, 14. 
 
 ''SS m. in pause ^as Dan. 8, 9 ; plur. 
 c-^a:: . o'^sas , msas , constr. mxa^ Jer. 
 3,19. R. nas no.'2. 
 
 1. splendour, beauty, glory, nearly i. q. 
 TiaS, nnSBn ; corresponding is Syr. 
 \Ls^ decus. Is. 4, 2. 23, 9. 24, 16. Ez. 7, 
 20. 26, 20 ; P'^XBn "^as Is. 28. 1, 4. "^as 
 risb"3i3 the glory of kingdoms, i. e. Ba- 
 bylon, Is. 13, 19. So 'asn y^i< the land 
 of beauty, i. e. Palestine, Dan. 11, 16. 41 ; 
 y")X -"aa the glory of the earth, id. Ez. 
 25, 9 ; nisns-bab 'as id. Ez. 20, 6. 15 ; 
 and with art. ""asn the beauty sc. of 
 lands, id. Dan. 8, 9 ; so often in the Rab- 
 bins. Plur. constr. r"ixas; Jer. 3, 19 
 fi7"ia nisas 'as rin? a possession of 
 beauty of beauties among the nations, 
 i. e. a possession most beautiful, most 
 glorious. So Targ. Kimchi. etc. 
 
 2. a roe, antelope, Gr. SoQxiiq, so called 
 from its beauty and gracefulness; Arab. 
 
 ^Ils, Chald. K^aa, Syr. jLa^- It is 
 very timid Is. 13, 14 ; and fleet 2 Sam. 
 2, 18. 1 Chr. 12, 8. Prov. 6. 5, comp. Ec- 
 clus. 27, 22 or 20 ; and the flesh was and 
 is regarded as a delicacy, Deut. 12, 15. 
 22. 14, 5. 15, 22. 1 K. 4. 23 [5. 3]. See 
 Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 895 sq. 924 sq. or 
 II. p. 304 Lips, where he shows that 
 ''as is to be referred to the whole genus 
 of the roe and antelope, and not to a par- 
 ticular species. Their fleetness is re- 
 ferred to in Cant. 2, 9 comp. v. 8. 2 Sam. 
 1, 19 h\n T^-'ni'33 bs bsnbi izsn thyan- 
 telope. O Israel, slain upon thy heights! 
 i. e. Jonathan, as being swift of foot, 
 comp. V. 25. 2. 18. The roe or antelope, 
 
 74* 
 
 and espec. the gazelle, is highly prized 
 by the orientals for its elegance, and 
 they even obteKt by it; Cant. 2, 7 I ad- 
 jure you, O dausrhters nf Jernsalem, 
 n-i'^an niVixa "ix nxasa6y/AeroeamZ 
 by the hinds of the Jhtld. 3, 5. Plur. 
 D-jas 2 Sam. 2, 18 ; D-xas 1 Chr. 12, 8; 
 fern, mxas Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. 
 
 K^iaS (roe, fr. ^3S) Zibia. pr. n. f 
 
 1 Chr. 8, 9. 
 
 n^32 (roe, fr. "'as) Zibiah, pr. n. of 
 the mother of king Josiah, 2 K. 12, 2. 
 
 2 Chr. 24, 1. Hence the Aramean 
 Kn-'aa Tabitha, Gr. Jogxug Dorcas, 
 Acts 9, 36. 
 
 ^1*32 fem. of 'as, a roe or female 
 antelope, Cant. 4, 5. 7, 4. 
 
 Q''?32, see D'^xas. 
 
 ! ^T^ obsol, root, i. q. kj^ to dip 
 
 in, to immerse; hence to tinge, to dye; 
 kindr. ?aii, where see. Hence 53S, 
 53SX . and pr. n. "("iyss . 
 
 * IT r^!2 
 
 * * "^ - T 1. q. ^*x**( to seize as prey, 
 
 to raven as a wild beast; hence S13X 
 beast of prey, hyena, and pr. n. Dis'as. 
 
 So ^ G J ^ 
 Arab. a*w , ^*aaw , lion. 
 
 ^?2 Chald. to dip in, to immerse; 
 Pa. to wet, to moisten, Dan. 4, 22. Ithpa. 
 rarisx to be wet, moistened, Dan. 4, 12. 
 20. 5, 21. In the Targums often, ' to 
 dye, to colour.' 
 
 5'^2 m. (r. sas I) a dying ; concr. 
 something dyed, dyed garments, Judg. 
 5,30. 
 
 f'S'1'1 (dyed, r. yas I ) Zibeon. pr. n. 
 of a son of Seir, phylarch or head of the 
 Horites, Gen. 36, 2. 20. 24. 29. 
 
 W^jfyi (hyenas, see 513S) Zeboim, 
 pr. n. of a valley and town in the tribe 
 of Benjamin, 1 Sam. 13, 18. Neh. 11, 34. 
 R. ras II. 
 
 T*^ fut. "i2S7 to heap up, to store 
 up as grain Gen. 41. 35 ; treasures Job 
 27, 16. Ps. 39. 7. Zech. 9, 3 ; a mound 
 Hab. 1, 10. Chald. "^as and Arab. -^^ 
 id. Kindr. is "laa q. v. Hence 
 
 D''132 m. plur. heaps of heads 2 K. 
 
 10, 8. 
 
t^21 
 
 882 
 
 n:^ 
 
 ri -^ obsol. root, prob. to grasp with 
 the hand ; hence 
 
 r^2 m. only in plur. crSi?. hand- 
 ftds, once Ruth 2, 16. Vulg. well ma7ii- 
 pidi. Talmud, id. 
 
 *!? m. (r. Tis) c. suff. "'^S ; plur. Q'^'^S , 
 constr. '''^^. c. suff. r'ns. 
 
 1. the side of any thing; 1^3 in the 
 side e. g. of the ark Gen. 6. 16 ; ot'a man 
 2 Sam. 2, 16; with the side Ez. 34, 21. 
 ISa at or by the side of a pers. Ruth 2, 
 14. 1 Sam. 20, 25. Ps. 91, 7 (opp. to the 
 right side) ; of a thing Deut. 31, 26 ; 
 spec, of a place. Josh. 12, 9 ix-n''a ^S^ . 
 1 Sam. 6, 8. 23, 26. 2 Sam. 13, 34. So 
 io carry a child "^St"'?? upon the side, 
 where we say, ' in the arms,' Is. 60, 4. 
 66, 12. With n parag. nnj 1 Sam. 20, 
 20. Plur. C^^ Ex. 26, 13.^30, 4. 37, 27. 
 
 2. Plur. D"''n5t Judg. 2. 3, adversaries, 
 enemies, comp. Schult. Opp. min. p. 150. 
 Vulg. hostes ; Targ. T^P'^S^a oppressors; 
 Sept. avroxul. But all these versions 
 seem to have expressed the sense of 
 Heb. fi*^"iS , which perh. should be read ; 
 
 .comp. Num. 33, 55 csnit nn^'i . 
 
 *!? Chald. m. i. q. Heb.no. 1, side ; 
 laia on the side or part of, in respect to, 
 Dan. 6. 5. lab at or against the part 
 fof, i. e. against, Vulg. contra, Dan. 7, 25. 
 
 ^5*7? Chald. m. (r. tTiJi II ) picrpose, 
 kdesign. Dan. 3, 14 St^sn is it on pur- 
 pose? etc. 
 
 "j*^ obsol. root ; Arab. Jufl to 
 turn oneself away; IV, to turn away, 
 
 to avert ; (Xo to turn away, to avert ; 
 TTalm. illS to turn one's side to any one. 
 But all these seem to be denominatives 
 from *1S side, pr. to turn one's side, to 
 tvirn away from any one. See Buxtorf 
 'Lex. Chald. h. v. 
 
 Deriv. is , pr. n. C^ns and Tis . 
 
 ^"72 or T}^, with n loc. iinns. pr. 
 n. Zedad, a town in the northern extre- 
 mity of Palestine, Num. 34, 8. Ez.47, 15. 
 Now a large village, still called t> JlaA 
 Sadud, in the desert east of the great 
 road from Damascus to Hums or Emesa ; 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest III. p. 461. App. 
 p. 171, 173, 17.4. 
 
 1. * ^^ 1. pr. to cut doicn, io mow 
 or reap ; whence the name of the letter 
 ""IS Tsade, reaping-hook, or scythe ; see 
 p. 877. Eth. &^Ji harvest, harvest- 
 time, sumnjer. The primary root is *iS , 
 whence l:in Chald. Syr. Sam. also 
 (X*OJS>- to harvest; 1SS q. v. tXAic, to 
 cut down branches of a tree, whence 
 1:^3;^ an axe. Comp. Lat. OBdo. Comp. 
 in xiri II. no. 1. 
 
 2. to lay waste, to desolate a region or 
 city ; comp. Is. 7. 20. Chald. xnx often 
 in Targ. for Heb. o^d ; see Buxtorf 
 Lex. col. 1887 sq. Syr. jlf, and ^L?. 
 devastation, desolation. 
 
 NiPH. to be desolated, destroyed, razed, 
 as cities Zeph. 3, 6 ; parall. >iair3 . 
 
 11. n^ 1. pr. tojix the eyes upon 
 any thing, to look at. So Syr. f?,, 
 whence }-.?, a fixing of the eyes, }-?? 
 keen-sighted, etc. The primary idea 
 is prob. that of sharpness of the eyes, 
 keenness of sight ; so that this signif. 
 coalesces with that oi' cutting in no. I. 
 Hence 
 
 2. Trop. to fix the mind, or purpose 
 upon, i. e. to search, to lie in wait, to 
 hunt after; c. ace. 1 Sam. 24. 12 nnii nnx 
 'la*. "'(lisJTX thou huntest after my life 
 to take it; Vulg. insidiaris vilce mece. 
 Absol. Ex. 21, 13 : comp. v. 14. 
 
 ^7?, see n'T'S. 
 
 pi"? (just, r. pis) Zadok, pr. n. m. 
 a) The father-in-law of king Uzziah 
 2 K. 15, 33. 2 Chr. 27, 1. b) 2 Sam. 8, 
 17. 15, 24. c) 1 Chr. 5, 38. d) Neh. 
 3, 4. 10, 22. e) Neh. 3, 29. 13, 13. f) 
 11, H. 
 
 ^^7? ^.purpose, design; hence ^**1^31 
 by design, purposely, Num. 35. 20. 22. 
 R. n-j:i II. 
 
 C'^S, c. art. D-^lsn (the sides) Zid- 
 dim. pr. n. of a town in Naphtali, Josh. 
 19, 35. 
 
 p'''7? m. adj. (r. piS) plur. D'^p'^'lS. 
 
 1. just, righteous, i. e. doing justice, 
 spoken of a judge or king who dispenses 
 justice and defends the right, 2 Sam. 
 23, 3 ; Sept. usually dlxmo^. Hence 
 very ollen of God as a righteous judge, 
 Deut. 32, 4. Job 34, 17. Jer. 12, 1. Pa. 
 
ns 
 
 883 
 
 pi:sL 
 
 11,7. 119, 137 ; now in punishing 2 Chr. 
 
 12, 6. Ezra 9, 15. Lam. 1, 18. Dun. 9, 
 14; now in rcvvardiiig Pe. 112. 6. 129, 4. 
 145, 17. Is. 24. IG, where God xni iloxt'iy 
 is called p^^Kn ; now as fuiniling his 
 promisee, Neh. 9, 8 ''3 :]''"i3n-P!< c;?ni 
 PIPX p-'^S and hast fiUfiUed thy words, 
 for thou art righteous, v. 33. Is. 45, 21 
 a righteous God and a deliverer. 
 
 2. just in one's cause, right, i. e. in 
 the right, not in the wrong. a) In a 
 forensic sense, opp. ^lan. Ex. 9, 27 
 D-'yt^nn 'cyi -^jsi p'''^liri ^^ Jehovah is 
 in tlie right, and I and my people are in 
 the wrong. 23, 8. Prov. 18, 17. b) In 
 assertion, of one who speaks what is 
 right and true, whence adv. right, truly. 
 Is. 41, 26 ; comp. 43, 9, where in the 
 same context it is nox. Hence 
 
 3. Of a private person, just toward 
 other men (Prov. 29, 7), obedient to 
 divine laws; hence righteous, upright, 
 virtuous, pious, good, all which qualities 
 Cicero also comprehends under the term 
 jusliiia, e. g. Offic. 2. 10 ' justitia, ex qua 
 una virtute boni viri appellantur.' De 
 Fin. 5. 23 'justitia. ..cui adjuncta sunt 
 pietas, bonitas, liberalitas, benignitas, 
 comitas, quaeque sunt generis ejusdem.' 
 Partit. 22 extr. 'justitia erga deos reiigio, 
 erga parentes pietas, vulgo autem boni- 
 tas, creditis in rebus fides, in moderatione 
 animadvertendi lenitas, amicitia in bene- 
 volentia nominatur.' Gen. 6, 9. 7, 1. Ps. 
 5, 13. 11, 3, 31, 19. 34, 20. 37, 25. 72,7. 
 Job 12, 4. 17, 9. Often coupled with 
 D-^an Job 12, 4; 'p: Ex. 23, 7; and as 
 often put in opposition with riU'n Prov. 
 10, 3. 6. 7. 11. 16. 30. Gen. 18, 25. al. 
 To the just and upright man the He- 
 brews, like Cicero as above quoted, at- 
 tributed also kindness and liberality Ps. 
 37, 21. Prov. 12, 10. 21. 26; temperance 
 and moderation in eating Prov. 13, 25, 
 and in speaking 15, 28 ; love of truth 
 
 13, 5 ; wisdom 9, 9. Emphat. of inno- 
 cence from faults, crime, etc. Ecc. 7, 20 
 there is not a just man on earth, that 
 doeth good and sinneth not. Just before, 
 in v. 16, the words : he not righteous over- 
 much .... lest thou destroy thyself, are 
 apparently to be understood of a self- 
 complacent admirer of his own virtue ; 
 comp. 1''3''53 p-'^S Job 32, 1. In Is. 49, 
 24, A. Schultens renders p'^'^S bellator 
 
 atrenuus, as if i. q. y^^V in v. 25 j but 
 P'^^X ''ati is here the captives of tht 
 righteous, i. e. taken from atnong them. 
 
 D^:n2, ni^nS, seein^sn^X. 
 
 *PT^ fut. p^S-^ pr. to be right, 
 straight, i. q. "it6^, as if spoken of a way, 
 comp. pnx Ps. 23, 3, also Is. 33, 15. 
 Arab. ^- Juo to be true, sincere. Syr. 
 >-o?, to be right, just. Hence 
 
 1. to be just, righteous, in dispensing 
 justice ; of God Ps. 51, 6 ; of his laws 
 Ps. 19, 10. 
 
 2. to have a just cause, to be in the 
 right, a) In a forensic sense. Gen. 38, 26 
 >Jt!^ >^'^']t she (Tamar) is more in the 
 right than I. Job 9, 15. 20. 10, 15. 13, 
 18. 34, 5. Opp. ?n to have an un- 
 just caase, to be in the wrong, b) Of 
 disputants, to be right, to speak the truth, 
 Job 33, 12. c) to gain one's cause, to 
 be just if ed, Job 11, 2. 40, 8. Is. 43. 9. 26. 
 45, 25. Ez. 16, 52. 
 
 3. to be righteous, upright, good, see in 
 p-"ns no. 3. Job 15, 14. 22. 3. 35, 7 ; wrth 
 '^i -^JEb Ps. 143, 2 ; bs D5 Job 9, 2. 25,4; 
 nibx-Q 4, 17, i. e. God being judge. 
 
 NiPH. pr. to be declare'd just, i. e. to 
 he justified, vindicated sc. from violence 
 and injury ; Dan. 8, 14 ia")'p p~aD. Vulg. 
 not unaptly mundabitur. 
 
 PiEL p"ns, inf rp-nJt Ez. 16, 52. 
 
 1. to make righteous, upright, inno- 
 cent, eccl. ha.t.j list if care, to justify. Ez. 
 16, 51 thou hast justified thy sisters 
 through thine abominations, i. e. hast 
 caused them to appear comparatively 
 innocent. So likewise Jer. 3, 11 Tip'^'t 
 'lAT p Ksn'a-i .... Pras3 Israel hath made 
 herself more righteous than Judah. i. e. 
 appears so in comparison. 
 
 2. to pronounce just, righteous, inno- 
 cent, a person Job 33, 32 ; c. iaJE? oneself 
 Job 32. 2. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to make righteous, upright, 
 piojts, by one's example, teaching, etc. 
 c. ace. Dan. 12, 3 ; b Is. 53. 11. 
 
 2. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pronounce right, 
 just, innocent, a) la a forensic sense, 
 of a judge, to absolve, to acquit, Ex. 23, 
 7. Deut. 25, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 4. Is. 5. 23. 
 Also to make one gain his cause, to do 
 justice to, Ps. 82, 3. Is. 50, 8. b) In a 
 disputation, to pronounce right, to allow 
 
pis 
 
 884 
 
 3(m 
 
 to be in the right, to assent to his opi- 
 nion, Job 27, 5. Comp. in Kal no 2. b. 
 
 HiTHPA. to justify oneself to clear 
 oneself from suspicion. Gen. 44, 16. 
 
 Deriv. p"ia in*p"]S, p-'-is, pins. 
 
 p'12 ra. in pause p'Ti Ps. 4,6; c. suff. 
 
 1. In a physical sense, righlness, 
 slraighliiess, i. q. n^a*^. Ps. 23. 3 "'bss^ 
 p'l^ straight patlis. See r. p"iS. 
 
 2. In a moral sense, rectitude, right, 
 righteousness, ' what is right and just^'> 
 such as it should be, comp. lO"' no. 2. a. 
 Ps. 15. 2 P7.S: ^?'s doing right, acting 
 rightly ; comp. p"!^ "'>V'^ ^s. 64, 4. Ps. 
 45, 8. Job 8, 3. 36,' 3 p-i^ inx ^br'sb fo 
 Twy Maker I will ascribe righteousness, 
 i. e. will vindicate his justice. Hence 
 pna lisa fo /M^/^'e the right, i. e. right- 
 eously,' Justly, Jer. 11,20; p-is usttiia 
 righteous judgment Is. 58. 2; p"iS ':]S, 
 p"iS "^r^x , a just balance, just weights. 
 Lev. 19. 36. Job 31. 6. Ez. 45, 10; TirT 
 pns rightful sacrifces, i. e. such as are 
 right, due, proper, Deut. 33, 19. Ps. 4, 
 6. 51, 21. With suff. the right of any 
 one, his just cause ; Ps. 7, 9 judge me 
 ipnss according to my right, my right- 
 eous cause. 18, 21. 25. Job 6. 29; comp. 
 Ps. 17, 1. Often joined, 'o^-^-o^ p^:i, 
 right and justice, Ps. 89, 15.' 97, 2. 
 Also of what is spoken, the right, the 
 truth, Ps. 52, 5. Is. 45, 19; comp. 48, 1. 
 
 3. justice, i. q. rij^'i^ , e. g. of a judge 
 Levi 19, 15 ; of a king Is. 11, 4. 5. 16, 5. 
 32, 1 ; of God Ps. 9, 9. 35, 24. 28. 50, 6. 
 72. 2. 96. 13. Hence righteousness, up- 
 rightness, integrity, see in p^'^St no. 3. 
 la. 1, 21. 51, 1. 7. 59, 4. Ps. 17, 15. Hos. 
 , 21. 
 
 4. delirerance from wrong or evil, 
 prosperity, happiness, as the conse- 
 quence and reward of righteousness. 
 Bee Is. 32, 17 ; or also as resulting from 
 Jehovah's retributive justice and equity. 
 So ollen where the other member has 
 yuj^, nrittJ"', Is. 41. 2. 45, 8. 51, 5. Dan. 
 9, 24. Ps. 132, 9, comp. v. 16. Of the 
 servant of Jehovah, Is. 42. 6 ^"^nX'ip 
 pnS2 / hate called thee with deliverance, 
 i. e. that thou mayest come with deli- 
 verance, mayest bring prosperity and 
 happiness; comp. Jer. 26, 15. In the 
 ame Bense of Cyrus, Is. 45, 13 ""SW 
 
 pnata in'rii^sri / have raised him up 
 that with deliverance he may come. 
 Also i. q. ns'na. Is. 61, 3 p-isri -ip-^x the 
 terebinths of blessing, benediction, on 
 which God's blessing rests, blessed or 
 happy terebinths, as we also say a 
 blessed land. Frequently also the word 
 tlp")S q. V. is used in the same manner; 
 and it is in vain to deny this significa- 
 tion ; see i^i^l^t no. 4. 
 
 n^~2 (r. pn2) constr. rp_'i', c. suff. 
 inpns, plur. f^ip";^, constr. riip^S. 
 
 1. rectitude, right, what is right and 
 just. (A trace of the phys. origin lies 
 in the phrase nipns T^Vn Is. 33, 15.) 
 2 Sam. 19. 29 what right have I more? 
 Neb. 2, 20. Joel 2, 23 nj^nsb nnian the 
 early rain according to right, i. e. in 
 right measure, according as the earth 
 requires. 
 
 2. justice, e. g. of a king Is. 9, 6. 32, 
 16. 17. 60, 17 ; so of God Is. 59, 16. 17, 
 both as exhibited in punishing the wick- 
 ed Is. 5, 16. 10, 22, and in delivering, 
 avenging, rewarding the righteous Ps^ 
 24, 5. 36, 11. Plur. acts of justice, i. e. 
 benignant or gracious deeds, Ps. 11, 7. 
 103, 6. Judg. 5, 11 isiTna nip-ist the 
 righteous acts of his rule in Israel, i. e. 
 the aid which he gave them, the triumph, 
 victory, which he bestowed on them. 
 
 3. In private persons, righteousness^ 
 integrity, virtue, piety, Is. 5, 7. 28, 17. 46, 
 12. 54, 14. 59, 14. npns nbs Ps.56, 1. 58, 
 2. Gen. 15, 6 God counted it to him for 
 righteousness, held it as a proof of his 
 upright sincerity and piety. Deut. 6, 25. 
 Plur. ripnii righteous acts Is. 64, 5. 
 rrin"^ rpns a, righteousness well pleasing 
 to God Ps. 5, 9. Sometimes espec. for 
 kindness, compassion, mercy, Prov. 11,4. 
 Ps. 24, 5 ; liberality, beneficence, Prov. 
 10, 2. Mic. 6, 5. Sept. often ihtjfioav^'rj, 
 Deut. 6, 25. 24. 13. 
 
 4. deliverance, prosperity, i. q. p'lS no. 
 4 where see ; parall. nSMd"; . nSTOPi . Is. 
 45, 8. 46. 13. 48, 18. 51. 6."8. 54. 17. 56, 
 1. 57, 12. 59, 9. 17. 61, 10. 11. Ps. 24, 5, 
 parall. f^^-ia. 
 
 n^"2 Chald. f. liberality, beneficence, 
 Dan. 4, 24. So otlen in the Talmud 
 and Rabbins. Comp. Samar. nplli of 
 
 alms. Arab, ijijjo , Syr. |^*?1 . Comp. 
 hjsns no. 3 fin. 
 
p12 
 
 885 
 
 :HU 
 
 inj'p'lS (justice of Jehovah, r. p^s) 
 Zede.kiak, pr. n. a) A king of Ju(hih, 
 r. 600-5S8 B. C. to whom this name was 
 given by Nobuchadnczzur instead of his 
 former one n^sno, 2 K. 21, 17. Jer. 1, 3. 
 c. 37-39. He was the son of Josiah, 
 and uncle of Jehoiachin his predecessor, 
 Jer. 37, 1. 2 K. 24, 17. 1 Chr. 3, 15. In 
 2 Chr. 36. 10 he is called the brother of 
 Jehoiachin^, prob, in the general sense 
 of relatire. b) A false prophet under 
 Aliab 1 K. 22, 24. 2 Chr. 18, 10. 23 ; 
 also T^ip-]' I K. 22, 11. c) Jer. 29, 21. 
 22. d) i Chr. 3, 16. e) Jer. 36. 12. 
 
 * n2 to glitter, to shine, as gold ; 
 Talm. id. Arab. ,.>^-o to glitter, also 
 to be reddish or yellowish, like the hu- 
 man hair. For the origin see in Hns. 
 
 HoPH. Part. ZTVl'O polished, glittering, 
 like gold, Ezra 8, 27. Hence 
 
 Sns m. gold-coloured, yf Woir, of hair, 
 Lev. 13, 30. 32. 36. 
 
 ^'^'^ obsol. root, to he sunny, and 
 BO to become dry, arid; kindr. with 
 nns , nns , where see. Syr. and Chald. 
 ttns to be thirsty. With the mid. rad. n 
 softened the Arabs have ^35-0 , i-o , to 
 become dry ; and the Hebrews n^^ q. v. 
 
 ^J-^ \. to shine, to he bright, see 
 Hiphil. i. q. irts , "inj ; see under nn^ . 
 
 2. Trop. of a c/ar shrill tone or voice; 
 hence to neigh, of a horse Jer. 5, 8. 50, 
 11. Arab. J (^ ^ , Syr. ''^oi? Also of 
 persons, to shout, to sing, to cry aloud for 
 joy. Is. 12, 6. 54, 1. Jer. 31, 7. Esth. 8, 
 15; c. a for i. e. on account of any 
 thing, Is. 24, 14. Once of the cry ex- 
 torted by terror: Is. 10,30 r^ip hrvi 
 cry aloud with thy voice ; where for the 
 ace. of instr. see Heb. Gr. 135. 1. n. 3. 
 
 HiPH. causat. of Kal. no. 1. to cause to 
 shine, Ps. 104, 15. 
 
 Deriv. nbns-Q. 
 
 "''J'^ ,'0 shine, to glitter, like the 
 kindr. "^nT. ina, see under r. rins . 
 Arab. (? t^ to appear, to come forth, to 
 be manifest; IV, to manifest. Hence 
 "ins light, and ins"] oil. 
 
 HiPH. denom. from "inS"^ , to make or 
 press out oil, with a press, from olives, 
 etc. Job 24. 11. Chald. id. 
 
 ^f!'* f 1. pr. li^ht, a light ; collect 
 Gen. 6, 16 nsnb n'arn inx light ahaU 
 thou make for the ark, i. e. windows. Gr. 
 qimTfi, comp. 8, 6. Like collectives it 19 
 construed with the fern, whence nax'bsj 
 nsisn of a cufnt long ahalt thou make 
 them, the windows. 
 
 2. Dual n'^'^n^ noon, pr. double light, 
 i. e. the strongest, brightest. Gen. 43, 16. 
 25. Deut. 28, 29. 2 Sam. 4. 5. 1 K. 18, 
 26.27. 29. al. Chald. in-a , nnn-J , Syr. 
 
 pouj , Arab. S^*glf> , id. J^ to do at 
 
 noon. Jer. 6, 4 c^nn-i: nbss let us go 
 up at noon sc. against the enemy, i. e. at 
 once, suddenly, unexpectedly, since an 
 attack was seldom made at that hour, 
 because of the heat. 20, 16. Comp. 
 Kor. 9, 82. Metaph. of high prosperity, 
 happiness. Job 11, 17. Ps. 37, 6. Is. 58, 10. 
 
 1? and 12 m. (r. ms, as ip, in, from 
 niJ5 , Hip,) a commandment, precept. 
 Hos. 5, 11 IS 'nnx T)bn to follow the 
 commandment, unless we prefer to read 
 liy for X1TC ; with Sept. and Syr. Is. 28, 
 10. 13 in the language of the wicked ru- 
 lers : isb IS isb IS precept upon precept, 
 precept upon precept, i. e. precept is 
 added to precept, law to law. by priests 
 and prophets, we are daily wearied with 
 new precepts. Jerome imitates the pa- 
 ronomasia : manda, remanda, nianda, 
 remanda. 
 
 i512 m. adj. filthy, of garments, Zech. 
 3, 3. 4. R. sts;i , comp. nxia . 
 
 nsiS or nS2 f (r. MS"!) excrement, 
 ordure, i. q. nxs, Is. 36. 12. 2 K. 18, 27 
 Keri. Hence genr. filth, Is. 4, 4. 28, 8 
 nxbs X">p filthy vomit, Metaph. of the 
 pollution of sin, Prov. 30, 12. Is. 4, 4. 
 Chald. Syr. Talm. id. 
 
 "IS?? m. (r. "liis II ) constr. 1S13 Jer. 
 28, 10. 12. c. suff. ')X|iS , once a'llis Neh. 
 3, 5; plur. constr. "'IX^S, c. suff. 1-7x5?, 
 once CD-innxiS Mic. 2, 3; the neck. Gr. 
 iQfi/rjXoi:. pr. the nape of the neck, the 
 back part at and above the shoulders, so 
 called from bearing, see the root. Thus 
 upon the neck are borne burdens, the 
 yoke. etc. Gen. 27. 40. Deut. 28, 43. Is. 
 10. 27. Jer. 27. 2. 8. 11. 28, 10. 11. 12. 14. 
 Hos. 10, 11 ; also garments, ornaments, 
 Judg. 5, 30 ; upon the neck (the nape) of 
 
i<i2r 
 
 886 
 
 ni2 
 
 the vanquished the victors put their foot 
 Josh. 10, 24. So of the neck of a horse 
 Job 39, 19 ; of the crocodile, as the seat 
 of his strength. Job 41, 14 [22]. Also 
 nx!isa with nape erect, stiff, i. e. proudly, 
 obstinately. Job 15, 26. Ps. 75, 6 ; comp. 
 Gr. Tfju/tjliuo} to walk with nape erect, 
 to be proud, jQa/akai; an epithet of Con- 
 stantine the Great. Elsewhere the neck 
 genr. is understood, the nape included ; 
 Cant. 1, 10 comely is thy neck icith strings 
 of pearls. 4, 4. 7, 5. Gen. 27, 16. 41, 42. 
 [So IXJ^ 15 eve7i to the neck, spoken of 
 floods of deep waters. Is. 8. 8. 30, 28 ; 
 trop. and poet, of the deep bottom, depth, 
 of the sea, as laid bare, Hab. 3, 13. R.] 
 Also "iXJS neck is perh. put for the head- 
 less tru^ii; body, Ez. 21, 34 [29]. Plur. 
 necks, pr. in a plur. signif. Josh. 10, 
 24. Judg. 8, 21. 26; oflener for the 
 sing, like Gr. t TQuyj^^a, Lat. cervices, 
 Gen. 27, 16 ; so 's 'ns^^-ii? bss to fall 
 upon one's neck, to embrace him. Gen. 
 33, 4. 45. 14 : B 's bs nsa Gen. 45, 14. 
 46, 29. 
 
 "IS^S Chald. m. nape, neck, Dan. 5, 
 
 7. 16.' 
 
 ruiS, rarely Hn'S: 2 Sam. 23. 36, XSl'S 
 10, 6, (for n3'i:i2 station, r. ss; ,) Zobah, 
 pr. n. of a Syrian kingdom, fully n'^X 
 n^is Ps. 60, 2. 2 Sam. 10. 6. 8; whose 
 king made war with Saul 1 Sam. 14, 47, 
 with David 2 Sam. 8. 3. 10,6. 1 Chr. 
 18, 5. 9, and with Solomon 2 Chr. 8, 3. 
 It was on the north of Damascus, and 
 seems to have comprehended Hamath, 
 (see rcn , hence called nzi'i rsn 2 Chr. 
 
 8, 3,) and to have extended as fiir as to 
 the Euphrates, 2 Sam. 8, 3. 1 K. 11, 23, 
 The Syriac translators understand by 
 it Nisibis in Mesopotamia, _-ja.^, and 
 they are followed by J. D. Michaelis. 
 Supplem. p. 2073. But the former opi- 
 nion is correctly maintained by Hyde ad 
 Peritsol Itin. mundi p. 60. and Rosenm. 
 Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 144, 249. 
 
 *'^'12 fut. IIS^ pr. to lie in wait; 
 kindr. with nnjt. and of the same origin; 
 comp. iB3 mac l Sam. 24, 12 and lis 
 ttStJ Prov. 6, 26. Spec, n) to hunt wild 
 ani'mak Gen. 27, 3. 5. 33. Jer. 16, 16. 
 Poet, ascribed to beastn of prey, as the 
 lion Job 38, 39; comp. 10, 16. Metaph. 
 
 Ps. 140, 12. b) to catch birds, to lay 
 snares. Lev. 17, 13. Trop. of snares laid 
 for men. Lam. 3, 52. 4, 18. Prov. 6, 26. 
 Mic. 7, 2. Arab. 4>Lo mid. Ye,, to hunt, 
 
 to fish, 4>Uuo hunter, fisher, a lion ; 
 Chald. IIS, Syr. ?,, of hunting, fowling, 
 fishing. 
 
 PiL, i. q. Kal, to lie in wait for Ez. 13, 
 18. 20. 
 
 HiTHP. I^U^rt denom. from T^S no, 3, 
 to provide oneself with food for a journey. 
 Josh. 9, 12. Aram, l^ntx id. 
 
 Deriv. t^s, *ia , nn'-'s, "i'Tq , Tiisa, 
 nmso . niisa , pr. n. *,iT'2 . 
 
 n 1^ yft Kal not used, pr. to set up, 
 to put, to place ; kindr. with nit^ ; hence 
 '|1''S cippus. Syr. (o, , e. g. }-o, fo. 
 to set up a monument Ez. 39, 15 Pesh. 
 
 Arab, 'iya cippus. The primary sylla- 
 ble IS corresponds to 3S in aS'i , ~^3 . 
 
 PiEL njs, fut. apoc. 1S7, -a"!; imp. 
 njs Ps. 44, 5, apoc. ^i. 
 
 1. to constitute, to appoint, to confirm; 
 Num. 27, 19 and set him before Eleazar 
 . . . nn-s-^sb irit nn-^^is^ and constitute 
 him in their sight. The primary force 
 of n-is i. q, "ips is found perh. in Ex. 18, 
 23 if thou shall do this thing, dnss T^^^^ 
 "its P^r^i then God will confirm (estab- 
 lish) thte, and thou shall be able to en- 
 dure ; Sept. xuTiaxviii ot o -d^tog. 
 Hence a) to set over any thing, to ap- 
 point, with ace. of pers. and bs of thing, 
 ] Sam. 13, 14. 25, 30. 2 Sam. 6, 21. 7, 
 
 11. 1 Chr. 22, 12. Neh. 5, 14. 7, 2, Is. 45, 
 11 '3|i^n in;; brB-^?') '3S-bs pr. set me 
 over my sotls and over the work of my 
 hands, i. e. ye may safely commit to 
 me the care of all that I have created, 
 b) to appoint, to institute, with ace. of 
 thing ; Ps. 7, 7 n''|is a&dT3 institute thou a 
 judgment, triaf. 68, 29.' Ill, 9. Is, 45, 12 
 all the host of heaven have I appointed, 
 I. e. constituted, created. Is, 48, 5parall. 
 nto5 . Also to ajypoini, to ordain, to de- 
 cree, P8.44, 5. 71, 3. 105,8. 
 
 2. to command, to charge ; absol. Ps. 
 33, 9 ifc?;i nj:! t<in . With ace. of pers. 
 (Lat. 'jubere aliquem,') Gen. 26, 11. 44, 
 1. Num. 36, 2. al. smp. More rarely c. 
 bs Gen. 2, 16. 28. 6. 2 Chr. 19, 9. Am. 2, 
 
 12. Nah. 1, 14 ; Vx Gen. 50, 16. Ex. 16, 34. 
 
ni2 
 
 887 
 
 :?"V2 
 
 Num. 15, 23 ; !> Ex. 1, 22. 1 Sam. 20, 29. 
 al. So with the express words of com- 
 mand after nbxb Geii. 2, 16. 26. 11. 32. 5. 
 60, 16. Ex. 5, 6. al. step. Farther, that 
 which one commands to he done is put: 
 a) In tlie ace. Qen. 47, 1 1 riy-iB nns nc'x? 
 accordins; to what (as) Pharaoh had 
 commanded. Ex. 7, 10. 20 ; with two 
 ncc. ofpers. and thing. Gen. 0.22. 7,9. 16. 
 21. 4. Ex. 7, 6. 12, 50. 1 Chr. 22, 13. Neh. 
 8, 1 . So also to commuml a thing, precept, 
 gtatiUe, law, i. q. to give a command, to 
 make a law, etc. Ex. 16, 16 iiax lann nj 
 '^ ms. :io, 4. Num. 30. 2. 1 K.'l'a 21 
 ^ r,fs I'^wN! n;san . Num. 30, 17 cpnn 
 <;; rijis nax . Josh. 1, 7 tjjis -hbx nnin 
 net). Also c. dat. pers. Deut. 33, 4. 
 Neh. 9, 14. Ps. 119, 4. b) In the inf c. b, 
 Gen. 50, 2 and Joseph commaiided . . . 
 the physicians "i^aXTX MJnb to embalm 
 his father. Ex. 35^ 1. 29. 36,5. Lev. 7, 
 36. 2 Sam. 7, 7. Jer. 26, 8. Where one 
 is commanded not to do a thing, i. e. 
 where any thing is forbidden, it is put 
 with '{0 c. infin. Is. 5, 6 nsisx c^sn bi 
 l-^a^nis ; or with "^nblb c. inf. Gen. 3, 
 11. Jer. 35, 8. c) In the fut. with iiTX 
 that ; Esth. 2. 10 far- Mordecai had 
 charged her T^Jn sib "idx that she should 
 not tell it; andso with "I'i'x impl. Lam. 
 1, 10. Oftener with Vav. us Gen. 42, 25 
 IX^a'jT 1S'>] and he commaruled and they 
 filled, i. e. he commanded them to fill. 
 Ex. 36, 6. 1 K. 5, 31. 
 
 3. With an ace. ofpers. without men- 
 tion of the thing commanded, to give 
 charge to any one, to send with com- 
 mands, to command to go. Jer. 23, 32 / 
 have not sent them B''n"'^s xbl nor given 
 them charge, i. e. have not commanded 
 them to go to you. 14, 14. The pers. 
 to whom one is thus sent is put with b? 
 Esth. 4, 5. Ezra 8, 17. 1 Chr. 22. 12. Is. 
 10, 6; b!< Jer. 27, 4. Esth. 4, 10. The 
 pers. or thing concerning which charge 
 is given is put with bs Gen. 12, 20. 
 2 Sam. 14, 8 ; bx Ex. 6, 13. 25, 22. Is. 
 23, 11. Jer. 47, 7'; b Ps. 91, 11. Not sel- 
 dom God is thus said to command or send 
 things; e.g. his blessing Lev. 25,21. 
 Peut. 28, 8. Ps. 133, 3 ; his favour Pe. 
 42, 9. 44, 5 ; the sword Am. 9, 4 ; the 
 dawn Job 38, 12. So Job 36, 32 '\'S^^ 
 5"'aE'23 iy\p, and commanded it (the 
 light, lightning) against the enemy. 
 
 The person upon whom the command 
 is laid is put with bs Gen. 2, 16. Job 
 36, 32; with b, as 'in-'ab r\Vt to give 
 charge to one's hoicsehold, i. e. to declare 
 one's last will, to set one's house in order, 
 2 K. 20, 1. Is. 38, 1 ; also inia-bx njjt 
 id. 2 Sam. 17, 23. Comp. Rabb. nsMX 
 testament. 
 
 PuAL nj5t to be commanded. Gen. 45, 
 19. Lev. 8, 35 Ti^lt 'p so I am comr 
 Tnanded. this charge is given me. Ez. 
 12, 7 ^n''.?X ^*J>'? as I was commanded. 
 24, 18. 37,' 7. ''with a of him by whom 
 the command is given, Num. 36, 2. 
 
 Deriv. 1X, "^S, 'A^X, niXO. 
 
 ' 'J*^ to cry out, to shout for joy, Is. 
 42, 11. Chald. id. The Arabs use a 
 
 contracted ibrm, mid. quiesc. ^Lo for 
 Both Heb. and Arab, are prob. 
 
 softer forms from nns 
 42. 11. 13. Hence ' 
 
 tr" 
 
 , comp. Is. 
 
 '^'^^^t f outcry, e. g. of joy, shouting^ 
 Is. 24, 11 ; of sorrow Jer. 14, 2. Ps. 144, 
 14 ; c. suflf. ~r;H?S thy cry. i. e. caused 
 by thee, Babylon, Jer. 46. 12; comp. 
 Gen. 18, 20. 
 
 ^^^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. bbx III, 
 to be sunk, immersed; hence rib"!:i^, 
 nbiis^ ," and 
 
 "^51S f. depth of the sea, abyss, Is. 
 44, 27. 
 
 *Q^^ fut. BIST, conv. BSJ15, to fast; 
 
 Arab. ..Lo and Aram. id. The primary 
 idea lies in keeping the mouth shut, comp. 
 the remarks on roots ending in n under 
 art. ma-i note. Judg. 20, 26. 1 Sam. t, 
 6. 2 Sam. 1, 12. 1 K. 21, 27. Is. 58. 3. 
 Jer. 14, 12. al. Zech. 7, 5 "'arn:* oijsn 
 did ye at all fast nnto me? where the 
 suffix is to be taken in the dative. 
 Hence 
 
 DiS m. plur. ni^'ia Esth. 9, 31 ; a fast, 
 fasting. 2 Sam. 12, 16. Is. 58, 5. 6. Zech. 
 8, 19. Esth. 4, 3. Neh. 9, 1. ois xn;? to 
 proclaim, a fast 1 K. 21, 9. 12. Ezra 8, 
 21. OiS TO'^p to consecrate a fast, insti- 
 tute it as a sacred rite, Joel 1, 14. 2, 15. 
 Ps. 69, 1 1 'iTEa niaa in fasting is my 
 soul, i. e. I fast, comp. BJB3 no. 2. 
 
?rj 
 
 888 
 
 112 
 
 * 5^S obsol. root; Arab. cLo to 
 form, to fabricate, to ply the trade of a 
 goldsmith. Hence Q'^SSrs sculptured 
 work. 
 
 ^y^S (smallness, r. 1S^) Zuar, pr. n. 
 m. Num. 1, 8. 2, 5. 
 
 n?i2 see nss . 
 
 * TjliS fo ^aw', ^0 overflow, c. 5S Lam. 
 3, 54. Chald. Ithp. to flow out, Syr. 
 \Al, Chald. Cja, to overflow, to float, to 
 
 Bwim. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to make overjiow or over- 
 tchelm, c. ace. et bs Deut. 11, 4. 
 
 2. to cause lojioal or swim, 2 K. 6, 6. 
 
 Deriv. nss , ncrfss , and 
 
 5]'^2J m. 1. co7?i6, honey-comb, so called 
 because the honey flows out from it ; 
 Prov. 16, 24 era "'n^s c?^ r|i:: pleasant 
 words are as //le honey-comb ; Sept. x/^- 
 pt'oi' fiiurog, Vulg. fatiis mcllis. Plur. 
 B-'Ena rE3 P.S. 19. 11, see in rrb. 
 
 2. Zuph, pr. n. of an ancestor of Elka- 
 nah 1 Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr. 6, 20 where Keri 
 has 7C%; also '?"a 1 Chr. 6. 11. 
 
 HSiS (a cruse, r. HES) Zophah, pr. n. 
 to. 1 Chr. 7, 35. 36. 
 
 'Bis , see in subst. 7\Vi no. 2. 
 
 *^ti2 and ^B2 (perh. i. q. lisSJ? spar- 
 row) Zophar, pr. n. of one of Job's three 
 friends and opponents Job 2, 11. 11, 1. 
 20, 1. 42, 9. 
 
 * "p!2 i, q. y^z and y^i , comp. T^IT . 
 
 1. to glitter, see Hiph. 
 
 2. iojlcncer, tojlourish. Praet. y5t Ez. 
 7, 10, metaph. 
 
 Hiph. fut. V""^")) <^o"'^- T^-' P^'"*' 
 pSl? Cant. 2, 9. ' 
 
 1. to glitter, to sparkle, pr. to emit 
 Bplendour, comp. "'"'xn. Ps. 132, 18. 
 Hence to glance forth, i. c. to look by 
 stealth ; pr. to let the eyes sparkle ; 
 Cant. 2, 9 CS^nn ',12 y'St: glancing 
 from the lattice, f aim. y'JLn id. Arab. 
 
 fjOm^cT^ and ^y>e^ to look by Btealth, 
 e. g. a female through a hole in her 
 veil. 
 
 2. to bloom, to bloaimm, pr. to produce 
 blosBoms. Num. 17. 23 [8]. P8.90,G. 103, 
 15. Metaph. Ph. 72, 16. 92, 8. Is. 27, 6. 
 
 Derir. yx,n5''X,rx-Jt. 
 
 * I. pT^liobe narrow, straitened, com- 
 pressed, Arab. ivL*^ mid. Ye. Eth. 
 m^^ to straiten, to compress ; iS.0^ 
 to be strait, narrow ; IV, to straiten. 
 Kindr. is pis, also p:S, p:n, and the 
 like. [Hence perh. to pr-ess close vpon, 
 to cleave to any one, Ps. 41, 9; but see 
 in p^l no. 1. a. R. 
 
 Hiph. p'^'^'^. 1. to straiten, to press, 
 upon, to distress any one, c. dat. Deut- 
 28, 53 sq. Jer. 19, 9 ; spec, a city by a 
 siege, c. dat. Is. 29, 2. 7. Part. p"':!T3 an 
 oppressor Is. 51, 13. 
 
 2. to press, to urge, with entreaties, 
 prayers, c. aco. Judg. 14, 17 ; c. dat. 
 16, 16. Also Job 32, 18 nn ''snp^^n 
 '3::3 the spirit within me presselh (con- 
 straineth) vie. 
 
 Deriv. p'ia , nf3!i5t , psii2 , pisio , 
 iip^rji-q. 
 
 * II. p^^ fut. p^.^^ ; kindr. pS^, r,!iO, 
 
 1. i. q. ps^ to pour out. Job 29, 6. 23, 
 2 niw: pnu^ '^z.^f.'] and stone pours out 
 brass, i. e. ore is molten into brass. Me- 
 taph. Is. 26, 16 ttJnb -,!ips they pour out 
 prayer ; where "i^pS Milra is praet. Kal 
 with Nun paragogic, for IpX . 
 
 2. i. q. p"-!?!-! (Hiph. of r. ps;;) to set 
 up, to place ; hence p^^'O column. 
 
 pis m. distress, trouble of the times 
 Dan. 9, 25. R. piS I. 
 
 npIS f (r. prs. I ) id. Prov. 1, 27. Is. 
 8, 22. 30, 6. 
 
 * J. 1^12 fut. -nils';, apoc. -i^^i (like 
 kindr. "i'!!^), to straiten, to press upon, to 
 compress; comp. "iM I. Hence 
 
 1. to hind up or together, sc. into a roll 
 or package, i. q. I'^Jt no. 1. Praet. pns 
 Deut. 14, 25; fut. %-S^T 2 K. 12, 'I'l, 
 is*i 5, 23. 
 
 2. to press, e. g. a) In a hostile 
 sense, to press upon, to beset, to assail j 
 c. ace. Ex. 23, 22. Deut. 2, 9. 19 ; c. bs 
 2 K. 16, 5 ; b 2 Chr. 28, 20. Part. plur. 
 C"}! assailants, persecutors, Esth. 8, 
 11. b) Of a city, to press with siege. 
 to besiege, with ace. of city 1 Chr. 20, 1 ; 
 often c. b? Deut. 20, 12. 2 Sam. 11, 1. 
 1 K. 15, 27. 2 K. 6, 24. Jer. 21. 4. Ez. 
 4, 3; c. bx Deut. 20, 19; absol. Is. 21, 
 2. Also with b9 of a pers. besieged in a 
 
nn 
 
 889 
 
 in 
 
 city 2 Sam. 20, 15 ; Vi< 1 Sam. 23, 8. 
 Mctaph. Ps. 139, 5 '?a")5e cn;3i mnx //io 
 beatUcst me behind and before^ so tliut I 
 cannot escape thee, c) With ace. and 
 \iS , to press one thing upoji another ; to 
 push forward upon ; Is. 29, 3 "^^^S ^P"^* 
 aso / will push forward jmsIs (of 
 troops) against thee, Jerusalem. Cant. 
 8, 9. Judg. 9, 31 fo, they urge on (excite) 
 the city against thee. 
 
 3. to cut, to carve. a) Pr. by press- 
 ing upon with a knife, comp. Tia no. 1, 
 2 ; hence "i^:t an edge, sharp rocit. b) 
 to form, to fashion, to shape, i. q. ix;j 
 
 ? ^s ^ 
 
 no. 2. Syr. > to form ; Arab, syo id. 
 
 Found only in fut. nal Ex. 32, 4. 1 K. 
 7, 15 ; Tj"?-:*.*? Jer. 1, 5 Cheth. The other 
 tenses are from i3t^ . 
 
 Deriv. nnix, nn^i, n-^s, ni^ia, pr. n. 
 lis, -s, bx-^nis, '^ly-'nia. 
 
 11. "1^^ or "* to bear, to carry ; 
 Ethiop. /i^C id. IV. to load; i^C 
 a load ; K^/j a porter. Kindr. perh. 
 with Aram. ""^O, i-saffl, to bear. 
 Hence INJS nape, '(i-JX . 
 
 "IIS m. (r. n!ix I. 3) plur. B"^"!^, once 
 ninsix Job 28, 10. 
 
 1. a rock, a) Genr. sharp and pre- 
 cipitous, see the root, comp. Virg. .^n. 
 8, 233 'stabat acuta silex, praecisis undi- 
 que saxis.' Sept. nejga. Chald. X'^113, 
 Syr. i>a4, a mountain; and so Arab. 
 syioi as Ujum \yio Mount Sinai. 
 
 Ex. 17, 6. 33, 21. 22. Judg. 6, 21. Job 
 14, 18. Ps. 78, 20. 105, 41. Is. 2, 10. 48, 
 21. al. Metaph. of a place where one 
 is secure from enemies, comp. Ps. 27, 5 
 'Spia'iT^ "liiaa he hath set me high upon 
 a rock. 61. 3. Hence a refuge, shelter; 
 espec. of God, as affording refuge and 
 protection to Israel, Deut. 32, 37 n!i:i 
 in i-'on . So 'prna 's Ps. 94. 22, Tisa 's 
 a rock of refuge Is. 17, 10. Ps. 31, 3 ; 
 ^rsiiaa-^ 's Deut. 32, 15, 'Sa-' 's 2 Sam. 
 22,'47.' Ps. 89, 27; 'Sab 's 'Ps. 73, 26 ; 
 bKnto7 'S 2 Sam. 23, 3.' Is. 30, 39 ; c. suff. 
 ';' my rock, Ps. 18, 3. 47. 19, 15. 28, 1 ; 
 c. art. nsisn Deut. 32, 4. Of any tute- 
 lary divinity, Deut 32, 31. 1 Sam. 2, 2. 
 By another metaphor, drawn from a 
 quarry, "ilJt is put lor the founder of a 
 people, Is. 51, 1. 
 
 75 
 
 b) a stone, pebble ; Is. 8, 14 birSa^ nnx 
 a stone of stumbling. Job 22, 24 "ilX 
 D^bnj pebbles of the brooks ; see Heb. 
 Gr! Hue. 3. c. 
 
 2. an edge, see the root no. 3. a. Pa. 
 89, 44 a-in -i the edge of the sword ; 
 according to which analogy Josh. 5, 2. 3 
 cniS ria"in are sharp knivts ; comp. 
 ns Ex. 4. 25, and so Targ. But Sept 
 Vulg. Syr. Arab, understand knives of 
 stone (comp. no. 1), which the ancient 
 Orientals were accustomed to use for 
 castration and circumcision, Hdot. 2. 86. 
 Plin. 35. 46 ; and this interpretation is 
 favoured by the words of the Alex, 
 translator inserted aller Josh. 24. 30, ixii 
 i&rfxav tig to pv^fia tig o i&utfiav uviov 
 (Joshua) ixil rug paxit(iug tug ntTQivag, 
 if uig Tit^iiifps tovg vioig 'j(T()ur]i. . . . xul 
 ixfl liaiv tmg t^j arfpfQov ijfiiijug. This is 
 a circumstance worthy of remark; and 
 goes to show at least, that knives of stone 
 were found in the sepulchres of Pales- 
 tine, as well as in those of north-western 
 Europe. Hence 
 
 3. form, shape, Ps. 49. 15 Keri ; pr. 
 cut, comp. Fr. taille from tailler ; see- 
 "i^S no. 3. b. 
 
 4. Zur, pr. n. m. a) A phylarch .r 
 chief of the Midianites, Num. 25, 15. 
 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. b) 1 Chr. 8, 30. 
 9; 36. 
 
 "^12 and "^2 (a rock, i. q. i^S, comp.. 
 Rochelle) pr. n. f Tyre, Gr. TvQog, from 
 an Aramean form K'^o, jia-^, the cele- 
 brated and opulent emporium of Phe"- 
 nicia, of which the most ancient and! 
 strongly fortified part, afterwards called 
 Palatyrus (^Is isaa 2 Sam. 24, 7, T'S 
 -.S nsai; Josh. 19, 29), was situated up- 
 on the continent, and the more modern 
 part upon an island over against the 
 former; see Ez. 26, 17. 27,4.25. Is. 23, 
 4. Comp. Menand. Ephes. ap. Jos. Ant. 
 9. 14. 2. ib. 8. 2. 7. For the history of 
 the city see Comment, on Is. 1. p. 707 sq. 
 Thesaur. p. 1 160. Bibl. Res. in Palest 
 III. p. 401-8. The domestic name IS is 
 found in O. T. 2 Sam. 5, 11. 1 K. 5, 15.' 
 7, 13. Ps. 45, 13. Ez. 26, 2. al. ssep. and 
 also in inscriptions on Tyrian coins 
 struck in the time of the SeleucidiE, ei- 
 ther simply "isb (isb) Tvgov, or more 
 fully cnx est -ixb (wnjt.ox nbjb). 'or 
 
)r^ 
 
 890 
 
 ^r 
 
 Tyre the metropolis of the Zitlonians ;' 
 see Monurara. Plioen. p. 79, 261. Tab. 6. 
 34. Mionnet Descr. des Medailles, T. 
 V. pi. 23, 24. At the present day its 
 ruins, called o Sur. lie upon a penin- 
 sula, Alexander the Great having join- 
 ed the island to the continent by a 
 mole ; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 394 
 sq. Gentile n. ''"iS q. v. 
 
 "1^2 see "iNJS 7ieck. 
 
 nniS f (r. -isijt I. 3) constr. nn^is , plur. 
 Pi-iiiS, /or/, Ez. 43, 11 bis. 
 
 Ti"^^? only in plur. D'^?'i?^ necks Cant. 
 4, 9, for neck. The ending )i is dimin. 
 and implies affection, Lehrg. p. 13. 
 Others a collar. 
 
 biP'^''['S (my rock is God) Zuriel, pr. 
 n. m. Num. 3, 35. 
 
 n'^tD'^n^at (my rock is the Almighty) 
 Zurishaddai, pr. n. m. Num. 1,6. 2, 12. 
 
 i^V<l^ HiPH. ri"'2in to set 071 Jire, to 
 kindle, i. q. T^''^'!'} , once Is. 27, 4. See 
 
 n? m. adj. (r. nns) 1. dazzling 
 white, bright, Cant. 5, 10. 
 
 2. Spec, sunny, bright, clear ; Is. 18, 
 4 ns nh clear heat. Jer. 4, 11 n^ ttJi-i 
 a serene wind, i. e. warm and dry. 
 
 3. Trop. clear, plain, of words Is. 32, 
 
 4. Arab. ^*ci^ to be clear, manifest. 
 
 i<n2 and i^H''^? (dry, thirsty, r. nns) 
 Ziha, pr. n. ra. Ezra 2, 43. Neh. 7, 46. 
 11, 21. 
 
 'V T obsol. root, i. q. t\Tf, to he 
 bright, sunny; then to be dry. Aram. 
 KnJt to be thirsty. Hence ntiS , pr. n. 
 Btns. 
 
 nnS adj. (r. nns , after the form h'^p) 
 dry, from thirst, Is. 5, 13. 
 
 '*'2^ 1. to be bright, to be of a 
 dazzling white, Lam. 4. 7. 
 
 2. to be sunny, i. e. exposed to the 
 light and heat of the sun ; whence nt , 
 
 3 
 
 n^nx, nmnx, pinsns. Arab. ,^oi 
 
 minny plain, also the sun ; Syr. wm , 
 
 to shine, to be serene. | * warm ; 
 Chaid. nicnx to make shine, to polish. 
 
 This idea of brightness and splendour 
 belongs very extensively to roots from 
 the biliteral stock nst. as also to those 
 beginning with the softer letters n5, 
 nt, and with the sibilant dropped nij, 
 n:: ; comp. nn^, -ina. cri2i, na: ; nns, 
 sns, nni, pnjt; nnT, :nV imt : nna, 
 
 Deriv. ns, ninans, and the three 
 here following. 
 
 XTTTS. m. adj. sunny, hence dry. parch' 
 ed, Ez. 24, 7. 8. 26, 4. 14. R. nns. 
 
 nnT}^ f. a rfrj/ and parched land, Ps. 
 
 68,7. R. nni. 
 
 ^TT'Ti'l id. plur. S^- Neh. 4, 7 Cheth. 
 
 I'J"^ obsol. root, Syr. ^^ to he 
 Jilthy, foul ; also to be impudent. 
 Chald. "jnt id. The primary idea is 
 
 that of stinking ; comp. nsj and 2 
 to stink. Hence 
 
 n:nS r. afeyzc/i Joel 2. 20. 
 
 ninsns i: plur. droughts, Is. 58, 11. 
 R. nna no. 2. 
 
 *P'J-? fot. pn:i'i ^0 Zqm^A; Arab. 
 
 A^, Syr. and Zab. v^^, Chald. also 
 
 Ty^n id. All these are onomatopoetic, 
 and correspond with Sanscr. knkh ta 
 laugh, Gr. xax('t^u}, xny;(uibi, Lat. cachin- 
 nor. Germ, gackem, kichern, Engl, to 
 giggle. With the exception of Juflg. 16, 
 25. Ez. 23, 32, this verb is found only in 
 the Pentateuch ; while the later writers 
 and the poets use instead of it the softer 
 form pnb . Comp. pSl .Gen. 17, 17. 18, 
 12, 13. 15 ; c.\ at any one Gen. 21, 6. 
 
 Pi EL to play, to spo7-t, to jest, pr. as 
 iterat. ' to laugh repeatedly ;' Gen. 19, 14. 
 Spec, a) With singing, leaping, danc- 
 ing, Ex. 32, 6. Judg. 16^25. Gen. 21, 9j 
 comp. Matt. 14, 6. b) With females^ 
 to toy, to caress, like nalytiv, hat. ludere, 
 Gen. 26, 8 ; c. a Gen. 39, 14. 17. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. pns^, and 
 
 pnS ni. laughter, scorn ; Gen. 21, 6 
 God hath prepared laughter for me, i. e. 
 against me. Ez. 23, 32. 
 
 ''Jt obsol. root, Arab. ^^P Conj. 
 XI, to be dazzling white f kindr. is 
 "int , see under nnst . Heace tlie iliree 
 following. 
 
lot- 
 
 891 
 
 vs 
 
 "^H? m. whitetieas of wool Ez. 27, 18. 
 
 ^nS adj. while, e. g. she-asses Judg. 
 5, 10 ; prob. those of a light reddisli 
 colour, since aBses entirely white are 
 mrely if ever found. A light colour 
 is highly prized by the Orientals in 
 asses, camels, and elephants. Vulg. 
 
 ' 
 
 nitens ; Syr. whitish. Arab, s^.^ pr- 
 white, but also spoken of an ass of a 
 light reddish shade. R. "inSt . 
 
 "ins (whiteness) Zohar, pr. n. m. 
 a) A son of Simeon, Gen. 46, 10. Ex. 6, 
 15; called also n-.T Num. 26, 13. b) 
 Gen. 23. 8. 25, 9. c) 1 Chr. 4, 7 Keri ; 
 in Cheth. "insv 
 
 1. "'3?, i. q. njs dryness, see in B''*3t. 
 
 II. "'S m. (for ^yt, r. njt) a ship, so 
 called as being set up, built ; comp. 
 nrEp. Is. 33, 21. Plur. n-'St Num. 24, 
 24. Ez. 30, 9 ; also D-^^X Dan. 11, 30. 
 
 Castell adduces Arab. '&^}f-o a small 
 vessel ; but this word is not found in 
 Arabic lexicographers. 
 
 i{2''2 (for na^SS statue, r. 3^3) Ziba, 
 pr. n. of a servant of Saul, 2 Sara. 9, 2. 
 16, 1. 
 
 ^?? m. (r. IIS) 1. hunting, the chase, 
 Gen. 10, 9. 23, 27. 
 
 2. game taken in hunting, venison, etc. 
 Gen. 27, 5. 7. 19. 25. 33. Prov. 12, 27. 
 A Iso prey, as of ravenous birds Job 39, 3 
 [38,41]. ' 
 
 3. food of any kind, Neh. 13, 15. Ps. 
 132, 15. Spec, provision for a journey 
 Josh. 9, 5. 14. Comp. nn-^s . 
 
 ^^? m. (r. n!!S) a hunter, Jer. 16, 16. 
 
 ny:i or nnS n (r. nsis) l q. T^S no. 
 3. food; spec, provision tor a journey 
 Gen. 42, 25. 45, 21. Ex. 12, 39. Josh. 9, 
 11. Judg. 7,8. 20, 10. 1 Sam. 22, 10. Ps. 
 
 S ^ op 
 
 78, 25. Arab. t>k, Aram. Ky^l , j?"), 
 id. 
 
 jiTS and ITS Gen. 10, 15 (fish- 
 ing, fishery, r. "lis ) Zidon, pr. n. of a 
 very ancient and opulent city of Pheni- 
 cia. fully na'n '"'""''S great Zidon, or 
 Zidon the metropolis. Josh. 11. 8. 19, 28. 
 The name is fem. where the city is 
 spoken of, Josh. 11. 8. 19, 28 ; and masc. 
 
 where the people is meant, as Gen. 10, 
 15. Often coupled with Tyre, Joel 4,4. 
 Jer. 25. ii2. 27, 3. Zech. 9, 2. al. Gen- 
 tile n. ^3'T'S Zidonian. see in its order. 
 The name Zidon, Zidonians, is often 
 applied to all the iniiabitaiits of the 
 nortliern parts of Canaan, dwelling 
 around the skirts of Mount Lebanon, 
 and called by the Greeks Phenicians, 
 comprehending also the Tyriaris ; so Is. 
 23, 2. 4. 12. Deut. 3, 9. Ez. 32, 30. Joeh. 
 13, 6; comp. 1 K. 11, 5. 33. 2 K. 23, 13. 
 Comp. 2i86vioi. Horn. II. 6. 290. ib. 23. 
 743. Od. 4. 84 ib. 17. 424, which name 
 has the same extent. Hence it is appa- 
 rent, why Ethbaal king of Tyre (see 
 Menand. ap. Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 2) is also 
 called king of the Zidonians i. e. of 
 Phenicia, 1 K. 16, 31 ; and why on 
 Tyrian coins (see lis) we read "isb 
 C3ns DX of Tyre the metropolis of the 
 Zidonians. See more in Comment, 
 on Is. 23, 2. On the coins of Zidon itself 
 the inscription is "psb . csnsb , i. e "psb , 
 onsb , of Zidon. of the Zidonians. At 
 the present day a town of importance 
 still occupies the same site, called I Juu0 
 Saida; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
 415-428. Reland Palest, p. 1010. 
 
 ''3T2 gentile n. a Zidonian. Judg. 3, 3. 
 Ez. 32, 30. Plur. cai-^s , D-'ps 1 Chr. 
 22, 4. Ezra 3. 7; "pjn^S 1 K. 11, 33. 
 Fem. plur. ni*3TS 1 K. 11, 1; in other 
 Mss. r,i':"is or nw'ns . 
 
 n^^ obsol. root, i. q. iii^S q. v. to 
 be sunny, dry. Hence n^s , "(T^s , *|i'S , 
 
 n^S n dr7jncss, drought, Job 24, 19; 
 whence ns yix a dry land, desert, Ps. 
 63,2. Is. '41, 18'. Jer. 2, 6. Hos. 2, 5. 
 Joel 2, 20. al. So with f^X impl. id. Ps. 
 78, 17. Is. 35, 1. Jer. 50. 12. Zeph. 2, 13. 
 Plur. r-i'S Ps. 105, 41. R. n'js . 
 
 "jl^S m. dryness, concr. a dry place, 
 desert. Is. 25, 5. 32, 2. R. n^s . 
 
 (".''S (sunny place, sunny mount, r. 
 r.'is) Zion, pr. n. f the southwestern- 
 most and highest of the hills on which 
 Jerusalem was built ; Sept. I^uln: It in- 
 cluded especially the most ancient part 
 of the city, with the citadel and temple, 
 (mount Moriah on which the temple 
 was built being reckoned to Zion.) and 
 
r 
 
 892 
 
 T2r 
 
 was also called the City of David. 2 
 Chr. 5. 2. By the poets and prophets it 
 is very often put for Jerusalem itselij Is. 
 8, 18. 10, 24. 33, 14. al. Also for its in- 
 habitants, iem. Is. 1, 27. 49, 14. 52, 1. 
 Ps. 97, 8. Zeph. 3, 16. The inhabitants 
 are also poetically called "ji'sa ns Is. 30, 
 19, p'S '.ra Ps. 49, 2, li'X ra the daugh- 
 ter of zioii Is. 52, 2. 62, 11. Ps. 9, 15. al. 
 :and -i-i'S racii Is. 12, 6. So ps Pa is 
 also put for the inhabitants even in exile 
 iZech. 2, 11. 14, comp. Is. 40, 9; once 
 ifor the city itself Is. 1, 8; see in na no. 
 :5. But "(i'i ni:3 the daughters of Zion 
 are the females of Jerusalem, Is. 3, 16. 
 17. 4, 3. Once c. genit. Is. 60, 14 "p'S 
 bxnb-i Clip Zion of the Holy One of 
 Israel, i. e. sacred to him. For the to- 
 pography, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 
 388 sq. comp. p. 413. Arab. a% ^,(7 -T' : 
 Syr. .Q_oi. , as if from nns. 
 
 I^^S m. (r. n^S) a pillar, cippus, a 
 short column, as being set up ; either 
 sepulchral 2 K. 23, 17. Ez. 39, 15 ; or as 
 a way-mark, guide, Plur. D''2^S Jer. 31, 
 
 21. Chald. id. Syr. }-Of , Arab, iyo , 
 id. 
 Xn'^Sj see inKHX. 
 
 D'^^2 m. plur. (from a form '^'t i. q. 
 njS dryness, with the ending ''-r) inha- 
 bitants of the desert, viz. a) Men, i. e. 
 uomades, Ps. 72, 9 ; and so according to 
 some Is. 23, 13. b) Animals, i. e. jack- 
 als, ostriches, wild beasts. Is. 13, 21. 23, 
 13. 34, 14. Jer. 50, 39. Ps. 74, 14. 
 
 p? Bee 'it . 
 
 P'rS m. (r. p35t) Jer. 29, 26, Sept. and 
 Vulg. a prison ; better stocks, as confin- 
 :ing the hands and feet ; so Symm. and 
 
 S.-y 
 
 the Heb. intpp. Comp. Arab. iVVJX 
 ;fetter. 
 
 "^''2 (smallnees, r. ITX) Zior, pr. n. 
 of a place in the tribe of Juduh, Josh. 
 15, 54. 
 
 SI""? see in art. C^nx no. 2. 
 
 ps m. (r. Y""^) 1- brightness, i. e. 
 a bumijihed plate of gold on the fore- 
 head of the high priest. Ex. 28. 30-38. 
 39, 30. Lev. 8, 9. Comp. Pa. 132. 18. 
 2. a flower, Job 14. 2. Pb. 103, 15. Ib. 
 
 28, 1. 40, 6-8. Plur, ta-'Sl for Q-^Jplt 
 
 1 K. 6, 18. 29. 32 J see Lehrg. 37. n. 1. 
 
 3. a wing; see in 'fiz no. 2, 3. Jer. 48, 
 9. Chald. y^2t wing, also a fin. 
 
 4. Ziz, pr. n. of a place or pass, once 
 
 2 Chr. 20, 16. Prob. near En-gedi, see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL p. 215. 
 
 n:2"'2 f (r. ps) a flower; Is. 28,4 
 bas ns"'5t aflouer of fading, i, e. a fading 
 flower, comp. v. 1. But prob. it should 
 read basn y^ with the same sense. 
 
 nS'^2 f. (for n-'S-'St) Tpr. flower-like, or 
 wing-like, from y't with the adj. fem. 
 ending n*'-. Hence 
 
 1. a lock of hair, forelock, Ez. 8, 3. 
 Comp. under na: no. 1. 
 
 2. fringe, tassel.worn by the Israelites 
 on the corners of their garments Num. 
 15, 38. 39. Comp. Matt. 23, 5. 
 
 ^bj^-^S 1 Chr. 12, 1. 20, elsewhere 
 ^^J?? , in pause sbpst , Ziklag, pr. n. of a 
 city of Simeon, at times subject to the 
 Philistines, Josh. 15, 31. 19, 5. 1 Sam. 
 27, 6. 30, 1. 14. 26. 2 Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr. 
 4, 30 ; comp. Neh. 11, 28. The etymo- 
 logy is obscure. Simonis derives it 
 from ViS p'^S^ outpouring of a fountain; 
 but this has little probability. 
 
 ' "^ a root doubtful in the verb it- 
 self, signifying according to the deriva- 
 tives : 
 
 1. to go in a circle, to retoLce, kindr> 
 with "irj, mn, l^-n. Hence nijt hinge, 
 writhing. 
 
 2. to go, Arab. jLo mid. Ye, to go, 
 to arrive ; comp. "i=iD . Hence "i"'! a 
 messenger. Hence also 
 
 HiTHPA. fut. fi^'^^tfi Wb^l Josh. 9, 4 
 could be : they went and betook themselves 
 to the way, they set off. But since no 
 other trace of this form or significatioa 
 exists in Hebrew or in Aramean, it is 
 better to read with six Mss. itTliS"^ they 
 provided themselves with food for the 
 journey, as in v. 12; which is also ex- 
 pressed by the ancient versions. 
 
 I. ^'2 m. (r. n-^) plur. D'^-i-:^ , constr. 
 
 1. hinge of a door Prov. 26, 14. Chald. 
 Syr. Arab, ^^jufl id. 
 
 2. Plur. D"'-i''S i. q. C'Van writhing, 
 throes, pains, of a woman in travail, Is. 
 
n^2 
 
 893 
 
 nb: 
 
 13, 8. 21, 3. 1 Sam. 4, 10. Mclaph. of 
 terror Dan. 10, 16, which is often com- 
 pared with the pains and trembling of 
 childbirth. Comp. Arab, Li V, to 
 writhe with pain. 
 
 3. a messenger, Prov. 13, 17. 25, 13. 
 Jer. 49, 14. Obad. 1. Plur. Is. 18, 2. 57, 
 9. See r. n"! no. 2. 
 
 II. 'T'S m. (r. -IIS I. 3) ]. form, 
 shape, i. e. beauty, Ps. 49, 15 Cheth. 
 2. an idol, image, Is. 45, 16. 
 
 ^? ra. (r. b^X II ) c. suff. 'is ; once 
 fem. 2 K. 20, 11. Is. 38, 8, where nin^ 
 can only refer to Vx , comp. n^ ; shade, 
 
 thadow ; Arab. J^, Syr. U^ id- So 
 
 Judg. 9, 36. Ps. 80, 11. Cant. 2. 31. Ez. 
 17, 23. 31, 6. Hos. 14, 8. al. 'la; ht a 
 lengthened shadow, i. e. lengthening 
 with the declining day. Ps. 102. 12, 
 comp. 109, 23. Jer. 6. 4. Job 17, 7 all my 
 members are as a shadow, i. e. wasted, 
 thin, so that only a shadow of me re- 
 mains. Metaph. a) Put for any thing 
 fleeting and transient. Job 8. 9. Ps. 102. 
 12. Ecc. 6, 12. 8. 13. 1 Chr. 29. 15., So 
 *i3is bjt a passing shadow Ps. 144, 4. 
 b) Concr. a shade, i. e. as affording shel- 
 ter, protection, the figure being preserv- 
 ed, as Gen. 19. 8 "^nnip b^a under the 
 shadow of my roof the protection of my 
 house. So in or under tlie shadow of thy 
 wings Ps. 17. 8. 36. 8. 57, 2. Is. 25. 4 
 thou, Jehovah, art a shadow (shelter) 
 from the heat. 16. 13. Also the figure 
 being neglected, e. g. in the shadow of 
 his hand, i. e. under his protection. Is. 
 49, 2. 51, 16 ; in the shadow of God. Ps. 
 91^ 1. Lam. 4, 20 ; of Egypt Is. 30. 2 ; 
 of Heshbon Jer. 48, 45. Ecc. 7, 12 bss 
 t!03n bxa nTaarr! in the shadoxD of wis- 
 dom we are in the sliadow of wealth, i. e. 
 wisdom protects men not less than 
 wealth. So Ps. 121. 5. Num. 14, 9. 
 Once bs may be referred to the ap- 
 proach of evening, as in Engl, the shades 
 of evening, the end of the day's labours, 
 Job 7. 2. 
 
 ^^V Chald. to incline, to decline, 
 often in Targg. for Heb. >^'^}. Spec, to 
 incline the ear, to listen. Targg. Ps. 40, 
 2. Prov. 5, 13. Syr. \f^ id. Hence in 
 O. T. 
 
 75* 
 
 Pa. to pray, to implore, pr. ' to cause 
 to listen;' Dan. 6, 11. Ezra 6, 10. Often 
 
 in Targg. Syr. JLikl , Arab. SLfl , Eth. 
 AAPid. 
 
 * nb:2 to roast, 1 Sam. 2, 15. Is. 44, 
 
 16. 19. Arab. iLo and ^J>,jiO id. Heace 
 
 -bjt. 
 
 ^f? (.shade) Zillah, pr. n. of a wife 
 of Lamech, Gen. 4, 19. 23. 
 
 bibs, in Kei-i b^bS, pr. xoXXiga, a 
 round cake ; so called from rolling, from 
 r. V>i III. Comp. 133. Once Judg. 7, 
 13 c-iiri:: cnb (bfibs) b"<bs. where Sept. 
 and Cliald. well, a cake of barley-bread. 
 
 * I. nbS and T2?.'4 Jer. 12, 1, fnt. 
 nb37, Pf- (0 cleave, to cut, to break 
 through. Chald. to cleave wood ; Syr. 
 id. Aph. to break through, whence 
 ) m\. rupture, hernia. Kindr. is nbn. 
 Hence spec. 
 
 1. to go over or through, to pass over 
 a river, to ford, c. ace. 2 Sam. 19, 18. 
 
 2. to come upon, to fall suddenly upon; 
 mostly of the Spirit of God falling upon 
 men, c. hs Judg. 14, 19. 15, U. 1 Sam. 
 10, 6. 11, 6; c. bx 16, 13. 18, 10. Of 
 fire and of God himsielf breaking forth 
 upon men. poet. c. ace. Am. 5, 6. Comp. 
 X"i3 no. 2. d. 
 
 3. to go on well, to prosper, to succeed, 
 comp. "i^Jx, T^JS ; e. g. of a business Is. 
 53. 10. 54,17. Jer. 12, 1. Ez. 17, 15; of 
 a plant, to thrive, to flourish, Ez. 17, 9. 
 10 ; of a person in any matter, business, 
 etc. Ps. 45, 5. Jer. 22, 30. With b, pr. 
 to prosper^br any thing, i. e. to be good 
 or fit for any thing, Jer. 13, 7. 10. Ez. 
 
 15. 4. 16, 13. Arab. ^>mO aptus fuit. 
 
 HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 3. a) 
 to give success, to prosper, spoken of God 
 as prospering e. g. the business of any 
 one Gen. 24, 21. 56. 39. 3. 23 ; also a 
 person, with ace. ofpers. 2Chr. 26. 5; b 
 Neh. 1, 11. 2, 20 : absol, Ps. 118. 25. b) 
 to accomplish prosperously, to finish hap- 
 pily. 2 Chr. 7, 11. Ps. 1. 3. Dan. 8. 25. 
 Is. 55. 11. Spec, with the nouns is'j'n, 
 T'sn'n . pr. to make one's way or counsel 
 prosper, i. e. to prosper in one's ways, to 
 be successful, Deut. 28, 29. Ps. 37, 7 n^bsa 
 
nb: 
 
 894 
 
 nb: 
 
 131^ who prospereth in his way, who is 
 successful in all things. Josh. 1, 8. Is. 
 46, 15. 
 
 2. Intrans. to have success, to he suc- 
 cessful, e. g. an undertaking Judg. 18. 5 ; 
 a person in any undertaking 1 K. 22. 12. 
 15. 1 Chr. 22. 13. 29, 23. 2 Chr. 18, 14. 
 Prov. 28, 13. al. Jer. 2, 37 c. \ of thing. 
 
 * II. nbS i. q. Chald. nbt, to Jiow, 
 to be poured out. Syr. .m.^') to pour out 
 into any thing, to sprinkle. Hence nn^^, 
 ninbx, rnibs, dish. 
 
 nbS Chald. i. q. Heb. nbs I, Aph. 
 nbsn after the Heb. form. 
 
 1. Trans, to cause one to go on well, to 
 promote rapidly so. to public offices and 
 honours, Dan. 3, 30 ; to accomplish any 
 thing prosperously, Ezra 6, 14. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be prospered i. e. to be 
 promoted to high honours Dan. 6, 29 ; 
 of a thing, to be prosperously accom^ 
 plished, to succeed, Ezra 5, 8. 
 
 nnbS f. (r. n\- II ) only plur. mnb^ 
 2 Chr. 35, 13, dishes, platters, into which 
 things are poured. Chald. 8tn""n!ibs , 
 
 .Syr, 1 "'^t ) id. Arab. X\ large plat- 
 fters. 
 
 rT^n"b2 f. a dish. 2 K. 2, 20. R. n^S 
 JII. 
 
 rinbS f a dish, 2 K. 21, 13. Prov. 19, 
 l24. 26, 15. R. nbx II. 
 
 "^'S m. constr. ""bss , roast, roasted, Is. 
 -.44. 16. uix-'-ss Ex.'l2, 8. 9. R. n^a. 
 
 b'^bS . see bibs . 
 
 1. ''2^ 'o^j'wWe, onomatopoetic ; as 
 'metal, comp. bsb^t no. 1 ; also of the 
 tinkling stridulous sound of insects, see 
 
 h'lh'i no. 2. Arab. ,jJo, Syr. '^^, id. 
 Comp. Germ, schallen. Schelle. and with- 
 out the sibilant, gcllen, hallen, comp. 
 
 ibn. Also I being changed to n. ^^Jo 
 i. q. Lat. tinnire. Trop. a) Of the 
 ears, to tingle with astonishment, terror, 
 fut.3per8,plur.Chald.n3bsn,2K.21,12. 
 
 Jer. 19. 3. Arab. ^ id. b) Of the 
 lips (and teeth) as rapidly striking each 
 other, to chatter, to quiver, Hab. 3, 16. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal lett. a, fut. nj-^^isn 1 
 Sam. 3, 11. 
 Deriv. b^bit , n|5a , rb^a . 
 
 II. ''2^ to be shaded, darkened, e. g. 
 by shadows, or twilight ; see Hiph. In 
 the kindred dialects also the signif. both 
 of shade and of darkness is prevalent ; 
 
 Arab. JJi) II to shade, IV to be shaded, 
 
 dark, e. g. the day ; Jl^ shade, also 
 
 morning twilight. Eth. AAA to shade, 
 IV to seek the shade ; but /f A.A dark- 
 ness. Aram. Vb:: id. Kindr. is cVj . 
 Once Neh. 13, 19 and it came to pass 
 when the gates of Jerusalem began to be 
 dark (ibbs) before the sabbath, i. e. on 
 the eve before the sabbath, when the 
 holy time began ; comp. Lev. 23, 32. 
 
 Hiph. part, bxia shading, giving shade, 
 Ez. 31, 3. 
 
 Deriv. ba, bbs. f^^^^, '^.1'=^?, and 
 pr. n. r\h:i , T^s , rs^bis ] n:ibs , "^aisbbs , 
 bxb:3." ' ^"''' "'"" 
 
 III. -^2'^ to roll or tumble down of 
 oneself to be rolled down ; kindr. with 
 bba, the letters a and S being inter- 
 changed. Once, of the Egyptians in 
 the Red Sea, Ex. 15, 10 r-;ES3 ibba 
 D^'i'inx 07^33 they rolled down like lead 
 in the mighty waters, i. e. tumbled to the 
 bottom, sank ; Sept. idvaar, Vulg. sub- 
 mersi sunt. 
 
 Deriv. bibs , b-ibs . 
 
 bbS m. (r. bbs II) c. suff. "ibbs ; plur. 
 ebbs, constr. ''bbs ; shade, shadow, 
 Can't! 2, 17. 4, 6. Job 40, 22 ; sn^ -^bbx 
 the shades of evening Jer. 6, 4 ; comp. 
 Ps. 102, 12. 109, 23. 
 
 'DicbbS (shade looking upon me) 
 Zelelponi, pr. n. m. with the art. Haze- 
 lelponi, 1 Chr. 4, 3. 
 
 * ^2^ obsol. root, kindr. with bbs II; 
 Arab. IXb I, IV, to he shady, dark, e. g. 
 thenight; jvJLb, *-Ui?; darkness. Eth. 
 jfliA^ to be obscure, dark. 
 
 Deriv. the four following. 
 
 DbS m. c. suff. inbs ; plur. c. suff. 
 1"'T2bs . constr. "'ttbs . 
 
 1. shade, shadow; metaph. of any 
 
Dbsr 
 
 895 
 
 yb2 
 
 thing empty and vain, P. 39, 7 ; an 
 illusion, Pb. 73, 20. Hence 
 
 2. image, likeness, as shadowing forth 
 any thing, comp. Gr. axia, axlaaftu, axia- 
 y(fa(fi<a. Gen. I, 26. 27. 5, 3. 9, 6. Plur. 
 t/Hflg-e* of things 1 Sntn. 6. 5. 11; of men 
 Ez. 16, 17. 23, 14 ; spec, idols Num. 33, 
 52. 2 K. 11. 18. Ez. 7, 20. Am. 5, 26. 
 Syr. and Chald. )3ia^^, xabx , id. Arab. 
 
 I^JLo image, the letters 3 and P being 
 
 interchanged. 
 
 D^S and tsbs Chald. m. emphat. 
 Vcobt, an image, idol, Dan. 2, 31 sq. 3, 
 l.'si. 3. 5. 7. 10. 18. al. 
 
 jiiabS (shady) Zalmon, Salmon, pr. n. 
 a) A mountain in Samaria near She- 
 chem, Judg. 9, 48. Many suppose this 
 to be the same as the Zalmon in Ps. 68, 
 15 : when the Almighty scattered kings 
 in il (the land), there was snow (impers.) 
 071 Zalmon, i. e. the fields were whit- 
 ened with the bones of the slain. [But 
 the only high mountains around She- 
 chem are Gerizim and Ebal. and these 
 would be first covered with snow. R.] 
 Others here take ')i^^5t as an appella- 
 tive, shade, darkness, i. e. objt , and ren- 
 der : there was snow in the darkness, 
 i. e. light arose in the darkness, cala- 
 mity ; so Targ. Theod. Kimchi. b) 
 One of David's military chiefs 2 Sam. 
 23, 28 ; called in 1 Chr. 11, 29 ^b^S. 
 
 npTabS (shady) Zalmonah, pr. n. of 
 a station of the Israelites in the desert 
 Num. 33, 41. 
 
 niT252 f only poet, death-shade, sha- 
 dow or darkness of death, i. e. such as is 
 in the place of the dead or Sheol ; com- 
 pounded of bx shadow, darkness, and n;ia 
 q. V. no. 2. Hence thickest darkness, pr. 
 thatofSheol Jobl0,21.22. 12.22. 28,3. 
 38,17;andthengenr.i.q.T)^.nbutstrong- 
 er,Job3,5. 24,17. 34,22. P8.23;4. Am. 
 5, 8. Jer. 13. 16; of a prison Ps. 107, 10. 
 14. Metaph. of great evil and calamity 
 Pe. 44, 20. Is. 9, 1 ; of great distress Job 
 16, 16. The desert, as being pathless, 
 is also called 'a y^x Jer. 2, 6. 
 
 ys^bS (perh. for SS^ia ht shelter is 
 denied him) Zalmunna, pr. n. of a prince 
 of the Midianites, Judg. 8, 5. Ps. 83, 12. 
 
 rbs 
 
 1. pr. prob. to be prominent; 
 Arab. aXio id. of a tooth. Hence y\t 
 
 ^ Of 
 rib, Arab. jJL3 rib, also a large tooth. 
 
 2. Denom. from sbs no. 2. pr. ' to lean 
 on one side ;' hence to halt, to limp, Gen. 
 32, 32. Part. fern. rt^^Tin collect, the halt, 
 the lame, pr. of a flock weary with heat 
 and travel, trop. of the Israelites Mic. 4, 
 
 Arab. >Xl9 and /Xa6 
 
 6.7. Zeph.3,19 
 id. 
 (Deriv. ?b^, rb^. 
 
 y^^ m. constr. rbs Ex. 26, 26 sq. once 
 5bs 2 Sam. 16, 13 ; c. sutf. --rba Jer. 20, 
 10; plur. n'sh^ m. 1 K. 6, 34 in signif. 
 no. 2 ; elsewhere ^15^21 fem. Ex. 25, 
 12. al. 
 
 1. a rib, Gen. 2, 21. 22. Arab. ^tLo, 
 
 Chald. S^?, Syr. li^f, id. Plur. ribs. 
 i.e. beams, joists of a building. 1 K. 6, 
 15. 16. 7, 3. Comp. in Engl, ribs of a 
 ship. 
 
 2. the side, e. g. a) Of a man Job 18, 
 12. Jer. 20. 10 ''S^S 'nisib the keepers of 
 my side, who do not leave my side, my 
 familiar companions. Comp. Arab. Xs>- 
 v_>JLi.| protector of the side; Lat. 'te- 
 gere latus,'' Hor. b) Of things, as of a 
 mountain 2 Sam. 16, 1 3 ; of the taberna- 
 cle Ex. 26, 26. 27 ; of an altar 27, 7. 38, 
 7 ; of the ark Ex. 25, 12. 37, 3. So of 
 a side or quarter of the heavens Ex. 
 26, 35. Plur. ta-^sbs m. sides or kaves 
 of a double door 1 K. 6, 34. 
 
 3. a side-chamber of the temple 1 K. 
 6, 5. Ez. 41, 6. Of these there were 
 thirty (Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 2). or thirty-three 
 according to Ez. 41, 6, surrounding the 
 temple on three sides, and divided into 
 three stories ; see SiS^ no. 2. Collect. 
 a side-story or range of these chambers 
 
 1 K. 6. 8 ; and put also, like Sj:i1 , for this 
 whole part of the edifice, Ez. 41, 5. 9. 11. 
 Also rir^st n-^a Ez. 41, 9, i. e. the space 
 between the wall of the rao? and the 
 external wall, in which these chambers 
 were erected. See espec. Josephus 1. c. 
 
 4. Zelah, pr. n. of a city in Benjamin 
 where Saul was buried, Josh. 18, 28. 
 
 2 Sam. 21, 14. 
 
 y'? m. a halting, and hence a fall 
 Ps. 35, 15. 38,18. R. S^S. 
 
r,b2 
 
 896 
 
 .'Insist 
 
 * H-*? obsol. root, Syr. io break, to 
 vxnind. Hence the two following. 
 
 vjbS (fracture, wound) Zalaph, pr. n. 
 m, Neh. 3, 30. 
 
 ^nsbS (first fracture, perh. first-born, 
 comp. las .) Zelophehad, pr. n. m. Num. 
 26, 33. 27^ 1. 36, 2. Josh.' 17, 3. R. Cj^S . 
 
 nsbS (shade from the sun, from ^S 
 
 shade and ni i. q. ^i-<o sun) Zelzah, 
 
 pr. n. of a place on the border of Benja- 
 min, 1 Sam. 10, 2. 
 
 bsbS m. (r. bbs I) in pause ^S^3 
 Deut. 28, 42, cons'tr. bsb:i Job 40, 31. 
 Is. 18, 1; plur. D^^sb:^, constr. "'^sbs, 
 see in no. 1. b. 
 
 1. Put for any tinkling, ringing, clang- 
 ing instrument, e. g. a) a Jish-spear, 
 harpoon. Job 40, 31 [41, 7] ; used by the 
 ancientEgyptiansfor hunting the hippo- 
 potamus and crocodile, see Wilkinson's 
 Mann, and Cust. ofthe Anc. Egyptians 
 III. p. 72, 73. b) Plur. c->bsb:i 2 Sam. 
 6, 5, constr. "^^sb^ Ps. 150, 5, cymbals, 
 which are struck together and produce 
 a loud clanging sound ; comp. Joseph. 
 Ant. 7. 12. 3. 
 
 2. Put for a stridulous insect, which 
 gives forth a tinkling or clanging sound ; 
 e. g. a grasshopper, cricket, Deut. 28, 42. 
 Sept. and Vulg. not well, rubigo. 
 
 3. Put for the whizzing or whirring of 
 wings ; Is. 18, 1 o"ib::3 h^h^ y^s , lit. the 
 land of the whirring of wings, i. e. 'land 
 ofthe clangour of armies,' full of armies 
 (wings) clanging their arms, viz. Ethio- 
 pia. Wings are here put for armies, see 
 rjs no. 1 ; and this double meaning of 
 C^:3 and 15SV>3 gives room for an inge- 
 nious play of words. For a review of 
 other interpretations, see Comm. on Is. 
 1. c. Thesaur. p. 1167. 
 
 p^*^ obsol, root, Chald. to cleave, to 
 8j)lit, i. q. nbs I. Hence 
 
 pbS (fissure) Zelek, pr. n. of one of 
 David's military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 37. 
 1 Chr. 11, 39. 
 
 "^ribS (rontr. for fl"; riat shadow i. e. 
 protection of Jehovah) Zillelhai, pr. n. m. 
 a) 1 Chr. 8, 20. b) 12, 20. 
 
 * Ui'Iii . prset. (without N) 1 pers. "irBS 
 Judg. 4, 19. 2 pers. f. nos Ruih 2, 9 ; futi 
 SQS7 ; to thirst, Ex. 17, 3. Judg. 15, 18. Is. 
 48* 21. 49, 10. Job 24, 11. Metaph. StTDS 
 nTi'^N^ to thirst after God, to long for 
 his worship, Ps. 42, 3. 63, 2. Comp. 
 
 f- r 
 
 difoto) Matt. 5, 6. Arab. ,ct^) Ethiop. 
 A<PA,id. 
 
 Deriv. the four following. 
 
 K"??? m. thirst, Neh. 9, 15. 20. Ps. 69, 22. 
 104, 11. al. c. h Am. 8, 11. With prep. 
 a it usually takes the art. as sas2 r^ia 
 Judg. 15, 18. Is. 50, 2 ; X^sa p-^^n Ex. 
 17, 3. Hos. 2, 5. al. but without art. 
 Deut. 28, 48. 2 Chr. 32, 11. Once riBS 
 Is. 5, 13 in some editions. 
 
 N'522 m. adj. (r. Nias) fem. HXTSS, 
 thirsty, 2 Sam. 17, 29. Is'. 21, 14. 55, l.'al. 
 Spec, a thirsty land i. e. dry, desert. Is. 
 44, 3. Fem. Deut. 29. 18 to take away 
 nxrsn-rx n'^'^f^ the full with the thirsty, 
 i. e. one and all. Comp. in r. 2TS no. l.a. 
 
 nS'CS f. thirst, trop. of sexual desire 
 Jer. 2, 25. R. X^S. 
 
 jiS^S m. (r. KISS) a thirsty land, i. e. 
 dry. parched, Deut. 8, 15. Is. 35, 7. Pa. 
 107, 33. 
 
 "^'^V in Kal not used. 1. to bind, 
 to fasten, see Pu. Hiph. Kindr. with 
 Drs ; comp. wq^ and "IS2? . Arab. iX^ 
 to bind up, e. g. a wound. Syr. ficy 
 Chald. ^2^, id. Spec. ' to bind to the 
 yoke ;' hence 
 
 2. to subject to the yoke, i. e. to rule and 
 discipline, to subdue; and in the pass, 
 conjugations to be subdued, to serve. So 
 Ethiop. ^^X to subdue to the yoke ; 
 t*8^^ to serve, spec, of divine wor- 
 ship ; O^S* and ^^^ a servant, 
 spec, of God. Hence 
 
 NiPH. b?2b ni3S3 to serve Baal to wor- 
 ship Baal, Num. 25, 3. 5. Ps. 106, 28. 
 
 PuAL to be bound, fastened, e. g. a 
 sword, 2 Sam. 20, 8. 
 
 Hiph. with nonia, trop. nectere dolos, 
 i. e. to contrive, to frame, Ps. 50, 19. 
 
 Deriv. *T'b: , and 
 
 TaS m. c. suff. ''n^S, plur. B''*iS, 
 constr. "''^^S . 
 
 1. a pair, yoke, e. g. of oxen 1 Sam. 
 11, 7. 1 K. 19, 19. 21 ; of asses Judg. 19 
 
n-J2 
 
 897 
 
 ^2-1 
 
 10. 2 K. 9, 25 fi''"icx crrs'-i riding in 
 pairs, pair-wise, two and two. Collect. 
 Is.21,7 o"^CJ"nD "iXi^^ pairs of horaeuien. v.9. 
 
 2. yo/re, iis a meusure of lund, i. e. as 
 much us a yoke of oxen can plough in a 
 day, comp. L,-Ai. jtigerum ; 1 Sam. 14, 14. 
 Is. 5, 10. So Arab. ^1 Jl9 feddAiu 
 
 mas Is. 5, ]3,^^ee in x^x fin. 
 
 H'a? f. a veil, Cant. 4, 1. 3. 6, 7. Is. 
 47, 2. R. DCS no. 2. 
 
 pITSS m. (r. pia^j) only plur. D-'psias 
 or 0''i:?tDS , dried grapes, raisins, bunches 
 of raisins, Ital. simmuki. 1 Sam. 25, 
 
 18. 30, 12. 2 Sam. 16, 1. 1 Chr. 12, 40. 
 Diff. from nd"<d!< q. v. 
 
 ]|t ^"^ M 
 
 ' ' 2"^ Put. nias^ , to sprout, to spring 
 up, as plants Gen. 2, 5. 41. 6. Ex. 10, 5; 
 hair Lev. 13, 37. Trans, once Ecc. 2, 
 6 o^SS notit "iS^ the grove shooting forth 
 trees, i. e. producing trees. Metaph. 
 a) Of men as likened to plants. Job 8, 
 
 19. Is. 44, 4. Zech. 6, 12. b) Of cala- 
 mity Job 5, 6; truth Ps. 85, 12; new 
 events Is. 42, 9. 43, 19. 58, 8. The pri- 
 mary root ns see in nns. Syr. wm^. 
 to be bright. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal, of the hair Ez. 16, 7. 
 Judg. 16, 22 ; of the beard 2 Sam. 10, 5. 
 1 Chr. 19, 5. 
 
 HiPH. to cause to sprout or spring up, 
 to make grow, e. g. God the plants Gen. 
 2, 9. Ps. 104, 14. Job 38, 27; the earth 
 plants, to bring forth, Gen. 3, 18. Is. 61, 
 
 11, and so with ace. impl. Deut. 29, 22. 
 With two ace. Ps. 147, 8 o'^-in ni^aST? 
 "I'^sn who makelh the mountains to bring 
 forth grass ; impl. Is. 55. 10. Metaph. 
 God is said : b "("ip? n^ssn to cause the 
 horn of any one to put forth, i. e. to en- 
 large his power and authority. Ez. 29, 21. 
 Ps. 132. 17. Also n^l'i n''sn to cause 
 deliverance to spring up, i. e. to appear. 
 Is. 45. 8. 61, 11. Hence 
 
 n^2 m. in pause nrs Zech. 3, 8, c. 
 Buff. 'ncs . 
 
 1. a sprouting, springing up; Ez. 17, 
 9 nnrs ""Bna . v. 10. 
 
 2. a sprout, shoot, only collect, growth, 
 increase, i. e. ' what springs from the 
 earth.' its fndts, productions. Gen. 19, 
 25. Hos. 8. 7. Ez. 16, 7. Ps. 65, 11. 
 Hence T\'\r\^_ m:s; Is. 4. 2, the increase of 
 
 Jehovah, i. e. the produce of the Holy 
 Land as consecrated to God, i. q. ''^B 
 V"I'J'7 '" tl'c other hemistich; comp. 
 Gen. 4, 3. 13, 26. Deut. 1, 25. 26, 2. 10. 
 28, 30. etc. The whole piissage I inter- 
 pret thus : The increase of Jehovah shall 
 be splendid and glorious, and llw.fiuilof 
 the earth excellent and beautiful, for 
 those esca])ed of Israel, i. e. the land 
 shall flourish in beauty and with abun- 
 dance of produce and fruits, in behalf of 
 those who shall escape the slaughter. 
 All other interpretations of this passage 
 fail to accord with the context and with 
 the parallelism of the words ; and among 
 them, that which regards "'"J msx as the 
 sprout, i. e. offspring of God. viz. the 
 Messiah, which the expression f'isjrj ''IQ 
 in the other hemistich forbids. But the 
 Messiah is undoubtedly to be understood 
 in Jer. 23, 5. 33, 15, where there is 
 promised to David p'^'156 nisjt , nj^nu nrst , 
 a sprout or branch of righteousness, a 
 righteous descendant; and Zech. 3, 8. 
 6, 12, where the Messiah is elliptically 
 called nrx the Branch, offspring, sc. of 
 David. 
 
 Ti'aS m. (r. lT35t) 1. a bracelet, Num. 
 31, 50; plur. Gen. 24, 22. 30. 47. Ez. 
 16, 11. 23, 42. 
 
 2. a lid, cover of a vessel, as ' made 
 fast' upon it. Num. 19, 15. 
 
 WEIL'S m. sing. (r. n^5t , after the form 
 p"^S) a snare, noose. Job 18, 9; comp. 
 vv. 8. 10. Metaph. destruction, Job 5, 5 
 cb'^n a^fiS "Jt'^!! and destruction panteth, 
 after their substance ; where destruction 
 is aptly represented by a snare which 
 lies in wait gaping for its prey. The 
 ancient versions here render ctss the 
 thirsty, as if i. q. O^xtds ; but against 
 the laws of the language. 
 
 rn'^iaS f (r. nrs) pr. destruction, 
 extinction; hence rn''7:sb . prr^rab , 
 until extinction, i. e. so long as a thing 
 endures, i. q. nbirb , for ever, in perpe- 
 tuity. Lev. 25, 23. 30. 
 
 "? r obsol. root. 1. to braid, to 
 bind; kindr. with CBT. Arab, j^ to 
 
 join two things, to conjoin. Hence 
 D^BS snare. 
 
 2. i. q. Chald. CT3$ , CS::^ . to cover, to 
 veil. Targ. Gen. 24, 65. Hence nsx . 
 
pm 898 
 
 P^T ''^ ^1/ "P) '^ ^^ ^n/j of the 
 
 breasts, Hos. 9, U. Arab. (^^Lo dry, 
 thirsty. Hence pi525 . 
 
 ^'^'^ obsol. root, perh. i. q. "laj and 
 
 Arab, transp. ^yC , to cut off". Hence 
 
 ^^^ m. in pause -i7:a , c. suff. ''nrs 
 Hos. 2, 7. 11, wool, perh. so called as 
 being shorn; comp. ta fleece, from tT5. 
 Lev. 13, 48. Deut. 22, 11. 2 K. 3, 4. 
 Prov. 31, 13. Is. 1. 18. 51, 8. al. ics P?a 
 ajleece of wool Judg. 6, 37, Of woollen 
 garments Ez. 34, 3. 44, 17. Eth. 0<?=C 
 wool, a fleece ; Chald. xnr? , Syr. fjlal 
 id. 
 
 'H'aS Gen. 10, 18, the Zemarite, pr. 
 n. of a Canaanitish tribe, apparently the 
 inhabitants of Sirnyra, a Phenician city 
 near the river Eleutherus; Strabo XVI. 
 p. 753 Causab. [Cellarii Not. Orbis 
 ant. II. 445. Ruins are mentioned here 
 by Maundrell (p. 31) and by Shaw (p. 
 269, 270); the latter says they are five 
 miles west of Area, and bear the name 
 of Sumta, prob. \Lf*w Semdr. But 
 neither Maundrell nor Burckhardt 
 has this name. Another (>ax&. nLmw 
 Semdr Jebeil lies near the coast north 
 of Jebeil ; and a site of ruins called 
 Zemrah exists north of Tortosa the 
 ancient Antaradus. R. 
 
 D^'TQS Zemaraim, pr. n. of a city 
 in the tribe of Benjamin Josh. 18, 22. 
 Hence would seem to be derived the 
 name D';>';)rs "n Mount Zeniaraim, in 
 the mountains of Ephraim, which ex- 
 tended to or into the territory of Benja- 
 man, 2 Chr. 13, 4. 
 
 f^"?^? f (r. "iS) c. suff. I'B'^BX, 
 foliage, q. d.JJjitce or locks of the trees, 
 Gr. i-dx^'T/, Lat. 'coma arborum,' as trans- 
 ferred from animals to plants ; comp. 
 hizi note, n^B . "l^?"''' , Gr. oloi; umiov 
 Horn. Od. 1. 443.-^Ez. 17. 3. 22. 31, 3. 
 10. 14. Others, topmost bough; comp. 
 
 *t^^? pr. 
 
 to be silent, like Arab. 
 vaA.4,o; of the same family with ens, 
 Cin. cisri . arid many others ending in o, 
 ee id M'^ note. Trans, pr. to make 
 tilent, and hence to cut of, to destroy, 
 
 So Eth. A/tcP-t* to ex- 
 
 Lam. 3, 53. 
 tirpate. 
 
 N I PH. to be cut off, to become extinct, 
 as torrents Job 6, 17 ; a person Job 23, 17. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal. Ps. 119, 139. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal. Ps. 18, 41. 54, 7. 69, 5. 
 83, 27. 94, 23. 101, 5. 8. 143, 12. 
 
 PiL. PriB5 id. Ps. 88, 17, where ^S^inntsa 
 is read for "'Sirinia^ , which no one seems 
 to have explained. Prob. Kibbutsisput 
 for the movable Sheva because of the 
 following 1 ; see Lehrg. p. 68, 69. Monum. 
 PhcED. p. 436. 
 
 Deriv. nri"DS . 
 
 "J? , see erst . 
 
 132 Zin (also V^t in some Mss.) pr. n. 
 of a desert on the south of Palestine and 
 westward from Idumea, in which was 
 situated the city ?5"i3 Ci'iJ? Kadesh-Bar- 
 nea, Num. 13, 21. "20, 1." 27, 14. With 
 He parag. njs Num. 34, 4. Josh. 15, 3. 
 It was therefore in the western part of 
 the 'Arabah, south of the Dead Sea ; 
 see in dn;^ . Talm. *(^VL a low palm- 
 tree. 
 
 ^^"^ and ''^ obsol. root, i. q. 
 
 'K5 , Arab. ULo IV, to have largefocks, 
 Hence 
 
 ^'^ comm. gend. c. suff. 02N3bl Num. 
 32, 24, also HSS Ps. 8, 8, i. q. )^:i,focks, 
 small cattle, espec. sheep. 
 
 nrS f. I. Pr. a thorn, from r. "iSS I ; 
 plur. Ti'l'S. trop. hooks, for fishing Am. 4, 
 2. Comp. in nin. 
 
 II. a shield, buckler, from "|;S II, i. e. 
 of the largest size covering the whole 
 body, Sixn6g, see 1 K. 10, 16. 17. Ps. 
 35, 2. Ez. 23. 24. 38. 4. 1 Sam. 17, 7. 41. 
 al. Melaph. Ps. 5, 13. 91, 4. 
 
 III. cold, Prov. 25, 13. R. ':)t III. 
 
 n:2, 
 
 r,3S. 
 
 see s:s . 
 
 i. q. CT'JS , Is. 62, 3 Cheth. R. 
 
 lirS m. (r. 15^) a cataract, water- 
 fall, po called from its rushing sound, 
 Ps. 42. 8 ; a neater-course 2 Sam. 5. 8. 
 Chald. id. 
 
 ^^ fut. nj^Pi to let oneself dniim, 
 to descend, c g. from an ass, to alight, 
 Judg. 1, 14. Josh. 15, 18. Once of things, 
 
899 
 
 lyt 
 
 Judg. 4, 21 she gmote the tent-pin through 
 . his temples, VJXa njsni and it went 
 '^down (pt'tictrated) into the ground. 
 
 Kindred is $3U q. v. alao aa:>- to incline 
 
 oneaelt* see in X lett. e. p. 878. 
 
 D'^SS m. plur. thonut, prickles. Prov. 
 22. 5 ; 80 of a thorn-hedge Job 5, 5. R. 
 ',3X I. 
 
 ty3*'32 m. plur. thorns, prickles, Num. 
 33, 55. Josh. 23, 13. R. l?:* I. 
 
 ?1^22 m. (r. C12t) a <iara, turban, as 
 
 'wound around' the head, e. g. of men 
 
 ' Job 29, 14 ; of women Is. 3, 23 ; of the 
 
 high priest Zech. 3, 5; of kings Is. 62, 3 
 
 Keri. 
 
 ^-^ pr- 'o be hard, as in Samari- 
 tan ; comp. Syr. l^o^, Chald. X^jiS, 
 a stone. Part. pass. ClJJt dry, barren, of 
 ears of grain Gen. 41, 23. Comp. "riTaba . 
 
 I^** I. i. q. 'J^iJ, to sharpen; Pass. 
 to be shuj-p, to be pointed, to prick. 
 Hence n356 , CJS , Q'^r?* ! thorn, thorns. 
 
 II. i. q. "jsa, to cover, to protect ; for 
 >the affinity of the letters 5 and S see 
 
 under a lett. e. Arab, ij^ "lii^- Waw, 
 to keep, to preserve. Hence T\l% II, a 
 shield, also r2S3:J . 
 
 III. to be cold, whence nss III. So 
 
 Talm. "S^^x to cool, to become cold. 
 
 Chald. xnsJ: cold. 
 1 ' 
 
 1p2, see "iJXl. 
 
 ^i^ to depress ; Part. pass. 'Syii 
 ' depressed,' then submissive, humble, 
 modest, Prov. 11, 2. Chald. r^DJt id. 
 Kindr. are 53?, nsS, aj,j>.. 
 
 HiPH. c. r'ab, to act or live humbly, 
 modestly, Mic. 6, 8. 
 
 Vji^ fut. CiSS"^, <o roZZ or tcind 
 around, to wrap around, e. g. the tiara 
 or turban. Lev. 16, 4. Is. 22, 18 Cliss 
 nsJS "(SIS';! lit. rolling he will roll thee 
 together as a roll, or with a rolling. 
 Deriv. C]"^?* , t{m , PESa^ , and 
 
 nB.:2 f. a roll, ball, Is. 22, 18 ; others, 
 a rolling. 
 
 rT22D2 f. (r. -jiS II) a rose, vessel, for 
 keeping, preserving ; spoken of the ves- 
 
 sel in which manna was laid up, Ex. 
 16, 33. 
 
 P--^ obsol. root, kindr. with pix I, 
 to be narrow, straitened } comp. pon. 
 Samar. to shut up, Arab. {^Ju^ to be 
 narrow. Hence pb^X. 
 
 y^ obsol. root, prob. onomatopoe- 
 tic and kindr. with the verb 133, (for 
 the affinity of S with the palatals, see 
 lett. a ult.) pr. to screak, Germ, schnar- 
 ren, (as "i33 to creak. Germ, knarren.) 
 or rather (o whirr, to whizz, especially 
 of the rushing sound of fall ingr water, aa 
 in cataracts, aqueducts, etc. Hence liiX. 
 '^'f^r? f plur. ninn;x , canthari, canals, 
 tubes, through which the oil passes Irom 
 the olive-branches into the reservoir 
 (nba) of the candelabra in Zechariah's 
 vision, Zech. 4, 12 ; comp. v. 2. Chald. 
 "p'iri:s id. The same word is xuv&uffog, 
 cantharus, 1 and 3 being interchanged. 
 This quadriliteral seems to come from 
 "13S and to have nearly the same power. 
 
 * "T?-J fut. nss-', inf c. suff. :]7?S3, 
 to step, to go by steps, spoken both of cw- 
 cending, as in no. 1, and of descending, 
 
 as in Hiph. Arab. JuLO to ascend by 
 steps ; II, IV, to ascend a mountain, also 
 to descend into a valley. Correspond- 
 ing is Lat. scando with n inserted ; perh. 
 Sanscr. skad, skand, to leap up and 
 down. Hence 
 
 1. to go tip, to mount ; so of a fruit-tree 
 or vine, Gen. 49, 22 iio -"bs nnrjt ri3a 
 her daughters (branches) mount upon 
 the wall, sc. by the aid of supports, trel- 
 lis-work, comp. Ps. 128, 3. Vulg. well: 
 JilixB discurrerunt sxiper murum. For 
 the verb sing, see Heb. Gr. 143. 3. 
 
 2. to step, to move slowly in a regular 
 stately manner, to march, e. g. in solemn 
 procession 2 Sam. 6, 13. Jer. 10. 5; hence 
 of Jehovah Judg. 5, 4. Ps. 68, 8 ; of the 
 sauntering gait of a youth Prov. 7, 8. 
 With ace. to pass or march through a 
 land, Hab. 3, 12. 
 
 Hiph. to cause to descend, to drive 
 down. Job 18, 14 nirribs T^bBb smn-^ssn 
 impers. one drives him down to the king 
 of terrors, i. e. death, who reigns in 
 Sheol. 
 
 Deriv. ''3ta, fTJ'SX, and the two fol- 
 lowing. 
 
1"22 
 
 900 
 
 pys 
 
 ^?S m. c. suff. 'lyS: plur. B-inss, 
 constr. *'n5"5 ; a /ep, pace. 2 Sam. 6, 13. 
 Prov. 5, 5." Job 34, 21. Ps. 18, 37. Jer. 
 10, 23. al. saep. To number one's steps. 
 to watch him closely, Job 14, 16. 31, 4; 
 to hunt one'^s steps, Lam. 4. 18. 
 
 rriyS f. 1. a going, inarching, of 
 God,' 2 Sam. 5, 24. 1 Chr. 14, 15. 
 
 2. Plur. rinrs: step-chains, Arab. 
 
 oULo^o, i. e. short chains which orien- 
 tal females wore attached to the ankle- 
 band (0=?) of each foot, so as to compel 
 them to take short and mincing steps, 
 to walk mincingly (^^), Is. 3, 30 ; 
 comp. innnssx. 
 
 * riyii 1. to turn on one side, to in- 
 cline, e. g. a vessel for pouring Jer. 48, 
 12. Arab. \juo IV, id. Eth. ^1U(D 
 to pour out. 2 and S being interchanged ; 
 Bee lett. a ult. 
 
 2. to be inclined, bent, bowed down, of 
 a captive in bonds, Is. 51, 14. Also to 
 bow oneself ad concubitum, xujuxUve- 
 u&ai, Jer. 2, 20. 
 
 3. to bend or toss back the head, i. e. 
 to be proud. Is. 63, 1. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1, Jer. 48, 12. 
 
 "iiyS for n-'rs Jer. 14, 3. 48, 4 Cheth. 
 
 51'':?:? m. (r. rrs) a veil, Gen. 24, 65. 
 38, 14. 19. 
 
 TyS m. (r. ^T'i) c. suff. 1l"'55t, plur. 
 tin-'rs; . constr. "'"i-'sst . Fem. ni-'ss . 
 
 1. Adj. small, Jer. 48, 4 Keri. Arab. 
 
 9 -- 
 
 fjJuc. a) Innumber,/eic, 1 Sam.9.21. 
 
 Mic. 5, 1. Is. 60, 22. Judg. 6, 15. b) In 
 age, younger, minor natu. Gen. 19, 31. 
 43, 33. 48. 14. Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34 ; 
 with c"'io'^b Job 30, 1. c) In estimation 
 and value, petty, ignoble, mean, Jer. 14, 3 
 opp. "T^'HS ; contemned, despised, Ps. 119, 
 141 ; worthless, of flocks Jer. 49, 20. 
 
 2. Zair, pr. n. of a place, 2 K. 8, 21 ; 
 in the parall. 2 Chr. 21, 9 is rnb cs. 
 
 n'l''^S f. (r. "iJX) minority in age, 
 yotith, Gen. 43, 33. 
 
 1?^ fut. 15X7 , pr. to load up beasts 
 of burden, i. q. '(SO II ; hence to remove, 
 to migrate, as nomades, Ib. 33, 20. Arab. 
 ^^^jJd id. 
 Deriv. pr. n. B'*|9^^ . 
 
 i;?3t pr. n. Zoan, i. e. Tarn's, an an- 
 cient city of lower Egypt, situated on 
 the eastern side of the Tanitic arm of 
 the Nile, called in Egyptian 2t<JJIH 
 and 2t^ni 'low region,' whence both 
 the Hebrew and Greek forms are 
 derived ; as also the Arabic ^mLaS 
 Sdn, by which name the site is still 
 known. See Comment, on Is. 19, 11. 
 Wilkinson Mod. Egypt, I. p. 449 sq. 
 Lond. 1843. Num. 13, 22. Is. 19, 11. 13. 
 30, 4. Ez. 30, 14. Ps. 78, 12. 43. 
 
 Q^32?:2 (removals, r. "irx) Zaanannim, 
 pr. n. of a place in Naphtali occupied 
 by the Kenites, Josh. 19, 33. Judg. 4, 11. 
 In Judg. 1. c. Cheth. O^srs Zaanaim. 
 
 * ~|^^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. t-'SS to 
 cover, to veil. Hence Cl'^JS veil. 
 
 CyS^Sb jn. plur. sculptured work, 
 Vulg. opus statuarium, 2 Chr. 3, 10. R. 
 -J q. V. 
 
 * pyi fut, pss"^ , i. q. p?t where see, 
 to cry out, Is. 42, 2 ; espec. from pain, 
 sorrow, Gen. 27, 34. 2 K. 4, 40. Is. 33, 7 ; 
 in complaint and for help Deut. 22. 24. 
 
 27. Ps. 34, 18. Job 35, 12. With bit of 
 pers. to cry to any one, to implore, as 
 God Ex. 8, 8. 14, 15. Lam. 2, 18 ; idols Is. 
 46, 7; a king, prophet. Gen. 41,55. 1 K. 
 20, 39. 2 K. 4, 1; c. b 2 Chr. 13, 14. 
 With ace. of thing of which one com- 
 plains, Job 19, 7. Trop. ascribed to the 
 heart. Lam. 2, 18 ; to blood unavenged 
 Gen. 4, 10. Arab. j3*.o to cry out for 
 
 terror; (ojuo outcry, clamour. More 
 usual are the forms with 1 , see in p5t . 
 
 PiEL to cry out, to exclaim, 2 K. 2, 12. 
 
 HiPH. to call together, to convoke, like 
 p-'rm, 1 Sam. 10, 17. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Hiph. to be called to- 
 gether, to come together, Judg. 7, 23. 24. 
 10, 17. 12, 1. 1 Sam. 13, 4. 2 K. 3, 21. 
 Hence 
 
 npys f constr. rpss , c. suff. 'n)rsx , 
 cry, outcry, from pain Gen. 27, 34 ; for 
 help Is. 5, 7. Zeph. 1, 10. With genit, 
 of the pers. crying out Ps. 9, 13. Job 34, 
 
 28. 1 Sam. 9, 16. With genit. of object, 
 i. e. of those against whom the cry is 
 raised, Gen. 18, 21. 19, 13. Also -npy 
 "13d a great and bitter cry, Jer. 48, 5 ; 
 see in '^'2'd no. I. au 
 
ir:: 
 
 901 
 
 IBS 
 
 q. V. Arab. jLifl and Jbfl id. Metuph. 
 
 to be low and despised, to be brought low, 
 opp. nas. Jcr. 30, 19. Job 14, 21. Zecli. 
 
 .- - rr 
 
 13, 7. Arab. Jua id. Syr. j.!.^ to con- 
 temn, to dishonour ; Chald. Pa. id. 
 
 Deriv. "i"?s, "fisx, n7"'5?2J , "iJSia, 
 the pr. names isi:c , "is*'s , also 
 
 ^y'S, fully ^?"i2 Gen. 19, 22. 30, 
 (smallness, comp. Qen. 19,20,) Zoar, pr. 
 n. of a place near the southern extremity 
 of tlie Dead Sea, on the eastern shore ; 
 Gen. 13, 10. 14, 2. 8. 19, 22.30. Is. 15, 
 5. Jer. 48, 34. More anciently called 
 xba , Sept. .Tr^p'oip, Zof^oga, Arab. -i\ 
 
 Zoghar. [The site was apparently dis- 
 covered by Irby and Mangles ; see Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. II. p. 480, 648. R. 
 
 "^3^ kindr. with I^S, to adhere 
 firmly, to cleave fast, Lam. 4, 8. Arab. 
 iXiuo to bind together. 
 
 ! ''^V fut. apoc. ti^,''_^, to look about, 
 to view from a distance. The primary 
 idea is that of inclining, bending for- 
 ward, in order to behold, comp. in 
 Cipti, rppttSii. Similar are axinoi, axi- 
 nrofiai, axonibt, and also by transp. Lat. 
 specio, specto, specula, etc. Part. i^Sis 
 specidator, a watchman stationed on a 
 tower, 1 Sam. 14, 16. 2 Sam. 13, 34. 18, 
 24 sq. Metaph. of prophets, who like 
 watchmen announce future things as re- 
 vealed to them in vision, Jer. 6, 17. Ez. 
 
 3, 17. 33, 7. Is. 52, 8; comp. Hab. 2, 1. 
 In a still wider sense Is. 56, 10. Once 
 of things Cant. 7, 5. Hence spec, a) 
 to look out for any thing, to await ; Hos. 
 9. 8 D'l'iEX nsis Ephraim awaitelh sc. 
 response, help; comp. Lam. 4. 17. Ps. 5, 
 
 4. h) to watch, to observe closely, c. 
 ace. Prov. 15, 3. 31, 27; a Ps. 66, 7 ; c. 
 *p2 to observe and judge between. Gen. 
 31, 49. c) to lie in wait, c. b Ps. 37, 32. 
 d) With bx to look out for. i. e. to select, 
 i. q, nxn ; Job 15, 22 ann ^bx xin sibs he 
 is selected (destined) for the sword, 
 where ^iss is for "'^IBS . 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal. to look about, to waich, 
 1 Sara. 4, 13. Jer. 48, 19. Hab. 2, 1 ; c! 
 ace. Nah. 2, 2. Part. nBS"3 specidator, 
 a watchman, Is. 21, 6; metaph. of a 
 
 76 
 
 prophet, Mic. 7, 4. With bit of that/or 
 which one looks about, which he ex- 
 pects, e. g. help Lam. 4, 17 ; a Mic. 7,7. 
 Absol. Ps. 5, 4 noas / will await bc. the 
 divine help, I will look unto God. 
 
 Deriv. n^OX , n-'BS , nos^ , and the pr. 
 names TBX , nnBS , iB:t , ""Es , ")i"'BX , 
 
 II. n32 in Kal not used, prob. to 
 be broad, e^^panded, spread ; kindr. with 
 HEX, comp. Heb. Gr. 74. init. n. 
 Hence 
 
 PiEL nos to overlay with metal, wood, 
 stones, c. dupl. ace. Ex. 25, 1 1. 13. 1 K. 
 6, 22 sq. 2 K. 18, 16. 2 Chr. 3, 4. 10. al. 
 Rarely with a of the material 1 K. 6, 
 15; c. ace. id. ibid. 
 
 PuAL pass, of Piel, to be overlaid; 
 part. Ex. 26, 32. Prov. 26, 23. 
 
 Deriv. "'IBS. rEa:. 
 
 ^22 f (r. Cjiis) inundation ; Ez. 32, 6 
 "rBS y-^^_ thy land inundated by the 
 Nile. Others, afioating, swimming. 
 
 IBS (watch-tower, r. nss I) Zepho, 
 pr. n. of a son of Eliphaz Gen. 36, 11. 
 15; called also "'Ea 1 Chr. 1, 36. 
 
 ^^BS ni. (r. ns: II ) an overlaying-,, 
 thin covering, of metal, Ex. 38, 17. 19L 
 Num. 17, 3. 4 [16, 38. 39]. Is. 30, 22L 
 
 jiS^ comra. gend. but f Is. 43, 6. Cknt;. 
 4, 16 ; with n loc. t^^iES . R. -(EX. 
 
 1, the north, the northern quarterof the 
 heavens ; pr. ' the hidden, the dark.' since 
 the ancients regarded the north as the 
 seat of gloom and darkness, in contrast to 
 the bright and sunny south ; see in niTn . 
 Ex. 26, 20. 35. 27, 1 1 . Nam. 34; 7. al saep. 
 |iES Y"::^ the land of the north, i. e. As- 
 syria Jer. 3, 18 comp. 12. Zech. 2, 10 [6] ; 
 Babylonia Jer. 6. 22. 10, 22. 31, 8. 50, 3. 
 Zech. 2, 10 comp. 11. 6, 6. 8. In the 
 book of Daniel the king of the north is 
 the king of Syria, 11, 6-15. 40; opp. the 
 king of the south i. e. Egypt. Poetically 
 also for the north wind ("rss nn) Cant. 
 4, 16 ; also for the northern heavens or 
 hemisphere, which is nearly equivalent, 
 io the heavens generally, since the south-' 
 em hemisphere is for the most part hid- 
 den to the inhabitants of Palestine. Job 
 26, 7. b pESI'3 oil the north of uny place 
 Josh.. 8; 11. 13; and without Ml, 2. 
 With' n loc. naiBS northward Gen. 13, 
 
lili 
 
 902 
 
 'SS 
 
 14 ; also of a region situated {mcardathe 
 north, ^JISS m^b^ia the kingdoms of (he 
 north Jer. 1, 15; and with prepositions, 
 njisstn-bx Ez. 8. 14, nrsab i Chr. 26, 
 17, toxpards the north, norlhwai d; njiBSp 
 on the north, on the north side. Josh. ]5, 
 10; b njiES^ on the northward of. Judg. 
 21, 19; nj-iE!! ''JC^ /row towards the 
 north Jer. 1, 13. Comp. 233. n253. 
 
 2. Znphon. pr. n. ol"a city in the tribe 
 of Gad, Josh. 13,27. 
 
 liS2 , see y.-^Z'S . also liES ^53 p. 147. 
 
 ^Ttl2 m. (fr. 'j-iss) 1. Adj. northern 
 Joel 2, 20 ; spoken of the army of locusts 
 approacliing from the north. 
 
 2. Patronym. of the name "(IBS, )i^'^^ 
 q. V. Zephonite, Num. 26, 15. 
 
 ?1B? Ez. 4, 15 Cheth. i. q. r-^SS . 
 
 *11D2 comra. gend. (r. lES I ) m. Ps. 
 102, 8; f Lev. 14, 4. Is.'si, 5; plur. 
 B^"BS. as if from a form ir^Sa, which 
 occurs in the Talmud. 
 
 1. a bird. i. e. a small bird, so called from 
 
 ha chirping, twittering, see the root ; 
 
 s .^ 
 spec, a sparrow, (Arab. ^yAj,a. with 
 
 prosthetic guttural,) Ps. 84, 4. 102, 8. 
 Prov. 26. 2. 27, 8. Job 40, 29. al. Ecc. 
 12, 6 "i"i2S bipb at the voice of the spar- 
 row, i. e. at early dawn. Also of other 
 email birds of the sparrow genus, or simi- 
 lar to the sparrow, Ps. 11, 1. 104, 17. 
 124, 7 ; as caught by the fowler Prov. 6, 
 
 s c.^ 
 5. 7, 23. Am. 3, 5. al. So Arab. sJui. , 
 
 2. a bird of any kind, sing, as collect. 
 fncl, birds Gen. 15, 10. Lev. 14, 4-53. 
 Deut. 4, 17. Ps. 8, 9. al. Also of birds 
 of prey Ez. 39, 4. With genit. C|33-b3 
 of every wing or kirid Ez. 17, 23. 39, 17. 
 Gen. 7, 14; without Vs Ps. 148, 10. 
 
 3. Zippor, pr. n. of the father of Ba- 
 lak king of Moab, Num. 22, 2. 10. Josh. 
 24, 9. al. 
 
 "?* obsol. root, kindr. with riBO . 
 AraK ^^^ I, H, io draw otU, to spread 
 out, to expand, as metal into plates, to 
 overlafy. comp. HEX II. Elh. fK^ih 
 id. fl'4^m expansion, breadth. Hence 
 n^n-ipx, pr. n. norat, and 
 
 rirt2 f. a cmse, flask, perh. of iron 
 plates ; for water 1 Sam. 26, 11 sq. 1 K. 
 19, G ; for oil 1 K. 17, 12. Chald. n^B 
 id. Syr. h*s. a dish, platter; Arab, by 
 
 tran.sp. KA<S^ id. 
 
 ''SS, see iss. 
 
 ri^ES f. (r. nss I) a watch-tower, i. q. 
 nsi:5a , Lam. 4, 17. 
 
 ']i"^S2J (a looking out, r. nss I ) Ziph- 
 ion, pr. n. m.Gen. 46, 16 ; for which "jlES 
 Ztphon Num. 26, 15. 
 
 ln"'n"'E22 f. a flat cake, so called from 
 its spreading out, conip. nXul, nXuMotiq, 
 Ex. 16, 31. R. nss. 
 
 rS2 Ps. 17, 14 Cheth. for inBa ; seo 
 *,SS no. 2. 
 
 ;?''B2 only plur. constr. ''S'^BS excre- 
 ments of animals, dung, Ez. 4. 15. Arab. 
 
 6 ^ 
 
 aAao . R. ?sa q. V. 
 
 ny'^SS f. (r. yB:i) only plur. nirES 
 shools of a tree, but only such as are 
 worthless, q.d. eaxrescences; Irop. spoken 
 of h%imbler offspring , in antith. Is. 22, 24 
 nirEsni cssKun the offshoots and the 
 excrescences, the noble and the ignoble. 
 
 "T^S2 m. a he-goat, Dan. 8, 5. 21 ; fully 
 Cifsn -i-'ES Dan. 8, 5. 8. Plur. Ezra 8, 
 35. 2 Chr.'29, 21. So called from leap- 
 ing, see the root lES no. 2. It is a word 
 of the later Heb. and Chald. lor the 
 earlier "T'Sb ; see the Chald. 
 
 n'^SS Chald. plur. TT^'^, , he-goat, 
 Ez. 6. 17. Syr. w^i^^. 
 
 rn-'sa: f (r. ^^-4 i. 3) once nnB3t ez. 
 
 7, 10 ; constr. nn-^ES . 
 
 1. Pr. a crown, diadem, Is. 28, 5. 
 
 2. a circle, cycle, put lor the ricia- 
 sitode or turn of hnman things, which 
 return in the same siwcession, as if in a 
 circle, comp. Pi^^^D IScc. 1, 6. So Ez, 
 7, 7 T^^'^x nn-'ESin nx3 the circle comes 
 to thee, thy turn has come; Abulwalid 
 aptly: i^\ ^^jJ! ^^\' Ez. 7, 10. 
 
 IT'BS f (r. HES I) a. watch, watchinfg, 
 gnard. Is. 21, 5 r"'ESn HEX they watch 
 the watch, i. e. they keep a watch upon 
 the towers. Other interpretations sec 
 inThewmr. p. 1179. 
 
1E2 
 
 903 
 
 nsx 
 
 * 1B2 fut. jbS":', kindr. with ',3 q. v. 
 
 1. to hide, to conceal, Ex. 2, 2. Ps. 31, 21. 
 Espec. in order to protect and delend any- 
 one Josh. 2, 4. 1*8. 27, 5. Part. pass. Ps. 
 83,4 nin-j 'SiCX tliose protected of Jeho- 
 vah ; also as neut. "jlBX hidden, i. e. 
 secret, private, inaccessible Ez. 7, 22. 
 Intrans. to conceal oneself, to lurk in am- 
 bush, c.) Prov. 1, 11. 18. Ps. 10, 8 ; absol. 
 56, 7 Ke'ri. 
 
 2. to lay up, to treasure up, to hoard, 
 Hos. 13, 12. Prov. 10, 14. With b to lay 
 up for any one. Cant. 7, 14. Ps. 31, 20. 
 Prov. 2, 7. 13, 22. Job 21, 19. Trop. IK 
 iaba to lay up in one's mind Ps. 119, 11. 
 Job' 10, 13, comp. 23, 12; inx -,BX id. 
 Prov. 2, 1. 7, 1. Part. pass. plur. CJIES 
 hoards, treasures^ weaitli, Job 20, 26. Ps. 
 17, 14 Keri. 
 
 3. to keep back, to liold back, to re- 
 strain, Prov. 27. 16 ; c. *)0 i. q. to deny to 
 any one, Job 17, 4. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be hidden from any one, 
 i. e. to be unknown to him, c. *)ia Job 24, 1. 
 Jer. 16, 17. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be laid up for 
 anyone, i. e. destined, appointed to hira, 
 h Job 15, 20. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 1, to hide, Ex. 2, 
 3. Job 14, 13; to hide oneself, to lurk in 
 ambush, Ps. 56, 7 Cheth. 
 
 Deriv. |'iES ("'J'iBJt), D-'3s::, thepr. n. 
 I^BS and 
 
 n^2BS (Jehovah hides, protects) pr. n. 
 Sept. 2'oq>ovlitg, Vulg. Sophonias, i. e. 
 Zephaniah, for n-jlBS . a) A prophet, 
 the ninth in order of the twelve minor 
 prophets, Zeph. 1, 1. b) A priest Jer. 
 21, 1. 29, 25. 29. 52, 24; called also 
 W^JEJt 37, 3. c) Zech. 6, 10. 14. d) 
 1 Chr." 6, 21. 
 
 'l.r?? '^^i^?) Zaphnalh-paaneah, an 
 Egyptian pr. n. given by Pharaoh to Jo- 
 seph in reference to his public oHice. Gen. 
 41, 45. The Sept. translator seems to 
 have preserved more nearly the genuine 
 Egyptian form of the word, which he 
 gives by '4'ov&o(i(pitvr,x, in which both 
 Jablonski and Rosellini (Opusc. I. p. 
 207-216. Monn. Storici I. p. 185) recog- 
 nise the Egyptian nCOUTJULqenC^ 
 the salvation or saviour of the age. from 
 H article, CCWT fff'^f"', ifwri?, au}ir,qitt, 
 
 and cl-ener <'' Jerome : sahalor 
 mundi. Better perhapu II-CCWJIT-JUL- 
 
 d[-61l6C suAleutatur s. cindex swcxdi. 
 This in Hebrew letters would be pro- 
 perly expressed by nsSB nsXB ; but the 
 letters :CB are transposed in order to 
 bring it nearer to a Hebrew etymology. 
 For the Egyptian root SNT sustenlare, 
 tueri, see Cliampollion Gramm. p. 380, 
 386. Peyron Lex. Copt. p. 207. 
 
 * I. 7SII obsol. root, pr. to thrust out, 
 to protrude, kindr. with ji<^ to thrust, 
 to push, to impel. Spec, of any thing 
 ignoble, worthless, mean, as excrements ; 
 comp. Arab. *M^ to discharge the bow- 
 els, to break wind, and D"'5'BS excre- 
 ments. Also of worthless shoots, ex- 
 crescences of a tree, see ns'^EX . 
 
 * 1 1. 'S^ obsol. root, onomatopoetic, 
 to hiss as a serpent, basilisk ; comp. the 
 kindr. CjE:: and nrs to blow, to hiss, 
 whence MSBX viper. Hence the two 
 following. 
 
 yes m. Is. 14, 29, and ""pto m. Is. 11, 
 8. 59, 5. Prov. 23, 32; plur. D-^rrES Jer. 
 8, 17; a viper, so called from its hiss- 
 ing ; perh. with Aquil. and Vulg. basi- 
 lisctis, reguliis, a small serpent of Africa 
 exceedingly venomous, which also was 
 called sibilus, Isidor. Origg. XII. 4. 
 
 "iSbSS see in 5B5t . 
 
 H?^ only in Pilp. C|:SS , an onoma- 
 topoetic verb, to peep, to chirp, as a small 
 
 bird Is. 10, 14. 38, 14 
 
 Arab. &A.<a.g.<g> 
 
 peeping of a sparrow ; vtt.<a6 v? a spar- 
 row. Gr. nmii^dtt, titiQm, rfji^io, G^rm. 
 zirpen. Like the Greek t^i'sW, it is 
 transferred to the voice of the manes or 
 ghosts, which the wizards professed to 
 imitate. Is. 8, 19. To the same the 
 Latin poets apply the epithet stridor ; 
 see the Lexicons. 
 
 nS2B2 f. (r. qJis) according to the 
 Rabbins a. willow, salix, Ez. 16. 5; so 
 called as growing in places overflowed 
 
 by water. Arab. oL^A.o id. 
 
 *j. "'S!^ \. to twitter, to chirp, as 
 small birds. Arab. jJoa id. Hence 
 -^iss. ChuKl. -3U. al..o pr. n. -is"s. 
 
nss 
 
 904 
 
 is: 
 
 2. to dance in a circle, also genr. to 
 dance, to leap, to spring ; corop. i'lj., bw 
 
 and bin^a. Arab. -Lo id. Hence 
 -."^E^ he-goat. 
 
 3. to go in a circle, to rerolve, see 
 tTT'BS . Hence, to turn oneself round, 
 to turn about ; Judg. 7, 3 whosoever is 
 timid and fcarfid, iBlt'^T siu; let him 
 turn bad: and return. 
 
 * 11. "IS ^ i. q. Ji}b to scratch, sc. 
 with nails and claws ; comp. "BO and 
 "1EU. Hence "H'ss. 
 
 IBS Chald. (f Dan. 4. 18 and 4, 9 
 Keri, but Cheth. m.) q. bird, i. q. Syr. 
 1^^; Sing. Targ. Gen. 7, 14. Deut. 4, 
 17. Plur. -p-iBS , constr. "''IBS Dan. 4, 9. 
 11. 18. 30. 
 IB'S, see iBiJt. 
 
 yn"lBS m. a frog ; sing, twice collect. 
 /rog-/f Ex. 8, 2. Ps. 78, 45, where it is 
 coupled with a fem. in the manner of 
 collectives. Plur. C"'?'773^ Ex. 7, 27-29. 
 8, 1-9. Ps. 105, 80. This quinqueliteral 
 is compounded from the verb "iBlt I. no. 
 
 2, to lefip, to spring, and ^I^>^ marsh, 
 
 q. d. marsh-leaper ; and not. as Ewald 
 suggests, from the root ">ES I. no. 1, since 
 the twittering and chirping of birds can- 
 not properly be ascribed to frogs. From 
 thiij fuller form, the Arabic and Sy- 
 riac have the contracted quadriliterals 
 
 cdJuno and i^'^c] frog, 
 
 TTJEl (little bird, see liBX) Zipporah, 
 pr. n. of the wife of Moses Ex. 2, 21. 4, 
 25. 18,2. 
 
 jnisS m. (r. -^ri II) 1. nail of the 
 finger, plur. c. suff. i^"'3.'^Bt Deut. 21, 12. 
 
 Arab. ^Ilo , Chald. iBa, Ethiop. /t^^C, 
 id. Corresponding in form are Gr. nfqovrj, 
 
 Germ. Spom, Engl. spur. 
 
 2. point of the stylus, which was 
 tipped with adamant or diamond, Jer. 
 17, 1. Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 4. 15. 
 
 rtS f. (r. ntS II) chapiter, capital of 
 a column, i. q. n?,r.3, 2 Chr. 3, 15. Syr. 
 ]&. ornament. 
 
 rtS (watch-tower, r. MBit I) Zi-phath, 
 pr. n. of u Canaatiitish city, afterwards 
 
 called no-in , Judg. 1, 17. [This ancient 
 name is perh. retained in the modern 
 SufAh, sLftxD, the name of a difficult 
 pass leading up from the 'Arabah to the 
 south of Judah ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 II. p. 592, 616. R. 
 
 nrB2 (id.) Zephaihah, pr. n. of a 
 valley at Mareshah in the tribe of Judah 
 2 Chr. 14, 9. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 II. p. 365. 
 
 D'i22, see y'Jt no. 2. 
 
 5 2-^ obsol. root, perh. i. q. bjsS, 
 JjLc, to hind together, to tie. Hence 
 
 ^bjpS, see 25p"'S. 
 
 V^'y?^ m. (r. b;7S) a sack, bag, scrip, 
 from being drawn together and tied ; once 
 2 K. 4, 42. Talmud, byrs a sack for 
 straining; comp. also Gr. -d^ii-axog sack. 
 
 *1? m. (r. "i-^^) also "^^ with distinct, 
 ace. and with art. isn, c. sufF. """iS; 
 plur. C""-!:!, constr. "'is, c. suff. mx. 
 Fem. iTis see in its order. 
 
 A) Adj. strait, narrow, pent up. Num. 
 22, 26. IS onin a seal closely pressed, 
 Job 41, 7 [15]. "IS "iiiD a stream pent 
 up, as between rocks and therefore vio- 
 lent. Is. 59, 9. Trop. Prov. 24, 10 1? 
 nzna straitened, will be thy strength, i. e. 
 limited, small. 
 
 B) Subst. 1. an adversary, cTiemy, 
 i. q. SD-ix, Gen. 14, 20. Nam. 10. 9. 
 2 Sam. 24, 13 ; elsewhere only poetic, 
 as Num. 24, 8. Ps. 3, 2. 44, 6. 89, 24. 
 Is. 1, 24. 63, 18. al. sape ; and in the 
 later books, Esth. 7, 4. 6. Neh. 4, 5. 9, 27. 
 
 2. straitness, narrowness of place ; 
 1 Sam. 2, 32 'iso "iS. Trop. straits^ 
 distres.<i, affliction, Vs. 4. 2. 44, 11, 78,42. 
 npr^isri IS distress and affliction Job 15, 
 24' Ps. 119. 143. ^-1 z.rfs bread of afflic- 
 tion Is. 30.20. *iS r? a time of distress 
 Job 38, 23. With prep, naa Is. 26, 16; 
 ns^ Ps, 32, 7. 60, 13. Also with h, as 
 b 1S3 in my distress, Ps. 18, 7. 66, 14. 
 106, 44. 102, 3 'b ns Dl'^a in the time of 
 my distress. 69, 17. 
 
 3. a stone, pebble, fint, i. q. "is and "i^X 
 
 
 no. 1, Is. 5, 28. Arab, lb id. 
 
 ^S (flint, i. q. lie) Zer. pr. n. of a 
 place in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 35. R. "i-ix. 
 
"12 
 
 905 
 
 "IX 
 
 IS see VS. 
 
 li m. (r. nnx) 1, a rock, i. q. lis 
 no. 1. Ez. 3, 9. 
 
 2. a knife, pr. of flint, Ex. 4, 25. Comp. 
 IIX no. 2. 
 
 3. i. q. "lix T)/re, q. v. 
 
 *2'TZ in Kal not used, to bum, to 
 scorch ; kindr. with ri"]0 , Ci^b , also nnd . 
 Chald. X2-X a burning. 
 
 NiPH. to be burned, scorched, Ez. 21, 
 3 [20, 47]. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 3*12 adj. (for S'ns) f !^3"^S, burning, 
 scorching, as r3-;5t irx Prov. 16, 27. 
 
 PI1")!2 f. (r. -nJt) a srar, cicatrix, as 
 Sept. Vulg. Chald. well ; whether from 
 a burn Lev. 13, 28 ; or as left by a sore, 
 V. 23. Others derive it from Arab. 
 v^^ to emite ; as Tii from 7S3. 
 
 * 'i'y-^^ obsol. and doubtful root, Arab. 
 i>.o to cool, to be cool. Hence 
 
 nn*l2 (cooling) Zeredah, pr. n. of a 
 city in Manasseh near Scythopolis, 1 K. 
 11, 26. 2 Chr. 4, 17. For the same we 
 find nn-1^ Judg. 7, 22 ; where nn-nst is to 
 be restored. The same is also prob. in- 
 tended by in-^s Josh. 3, 16. 1 K. 7, 46; 
 c. n parag. t^jn"?^ 1 K. 4, 12. 
 
 i"^^ obsol. root. 1. i. q. Syr. and 
 Chald. to cleave, to make fissures ; then 
 
 2. 1. q. Arab. (5wfl to flow, to run, as 
 a wound ; hence "'"iS and pr. n. M^liS . 
 
 nnS f. of masc. "(S , constr. nns , c. sufT. 
 Ftms . plur. rinjt . R. "ins . 
 
 A) Adj. fem. strait, narrow, e. g. a 
 well, pit, Prov. 23, 27. 
 
 B) Subst. 1. a female adversary ; 
 spec, a rival, e. g. another wife, 1 Sam. 
 1, 6. See the root no. 2. a, b. 
 
 2. straits, distress, affliction, Gen. 42. 
 
 21. Prov. 11, 8. 12, 13. 17, 17. al. saep. 
 Often, nns ci^a in time of distress Ps. 
 50, 15. Prov. 21.' 10; nns rra id. Ps. 37, 
 39 ; ""^sa Tins times when one is in 
 distress Ps. 9, 10. 10, 1. With synon. 
 njS^S^ 's Is. 30. 6. Prov. 1. 27 ; njj^i-cn s 
 Zeph. 1, 15 ; comp. Is. 8. 22. 37, 3*. With 
 suff. 'n-^Jt Oi-'a Ps. 77. 3. 86, 7 ; also c. 
 dat. comp. in "^i B. 2. Jon. 2. 3 'b nns^ . 
 Ps. 120, 1. Plur. ri->5 Job 5. 19. Ps. 25, 
 
 22. 34, 7. 18. al. 
 
 76* 
 
 3. anguish. Let angor, see the root 
 no. 2. c. /J. Jer. 6, 24 anguish hath taken 
 fiold of us. 49, 24. 50, 43 ; of a woman 
 in travail Jer. 4. 31. riti nnx anguish 
 of soul Gen. 42, 21. 
 
 n;;"nS (deft, wounded, r. rr^x) Ze- 
 ruiah, pr. n. of a daughter of Jesse, sis- 
 ter of David 1 Chr. 2, 16 ; and mother of 
 Joab, Abisliai. and Asahel, 2 Sam. 2, 18. 
 3, 39. 8, 16. 16, 9. 1. 
 
 ny^lS (leprous, r. rfyt) Zeruah, pr. 
 n. of the mother of Jeroboam, 1 K. 11,20. 
 
 ni'^S m. Prov. 26, 8 (r. "inx) plur. 
 ninhs Gen. 42. 35. 
 
 1. a bundle Cant. 1, 13. Spec, a bun- 
 dle of money, and so for a purse, bag, 
 Gen. 42, 35. Prov. 7, 20. Job 14, 17. 
 Prov. 26, 8 see in nrni?. Metaph. 
 1 Sam. 25, 20. see in "i"]S no. 1. 
 
 2. i. q. IIS no. 1. b, small stone, peb- 
 ble, 2 Sam. 17, 13. Hence apparently 
 a grain, kernel. Am. 9. 9. 
 
 3. 2^ror, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 9, 1. 
 
 *ri^-i obsol. root. 1. i. q. Arab. 
 ^*_o II, to be clear, manifest; 
 whence ks^y^ high ground, elevated 
 
 So-' 
 
 land, _, y>o high building, tower ; Heb. 
 
 n->-}5: . Kindr. are inx , inx . 
 
 2. Trop. of the voice, comp. bnx no. 2, 
 to cry aloud, i. e. with a clear and loud 
 voice, Zeph. 1, 14. Arab, ^j-o, Eth. 
 
 ACJ and itiCh id. Kindr. is nn. 
 
 HiPH. to lift up a cry, to shout, for 
 battle, Is. 42. 13. 
 
 ''"IS a Tynan, gentile n. from IS 
 Tyre, 1 K. 7, 14. 2 Chr. 2, 13. Plur. 
 D-'na Tyrians 1 Chr. 22. 41. Ezra 3, 7. 
 Neh. 13, 16. 
 
 ''12 m. (r. n-S) Gen. 43, 11. Jer. 8, 
 22. 46. 11. 51.8 ;'in pause ^ns Ez.27,17, 
 once with Vav. copul. "'isi Gen. 37.25; 
 opobalsamwn. balsam of Gilead, distil- 
 ling from a tree or shrub growing in 
 Gilead, and used foj healing wounds. 
 So the Talmudists and Rabbins well. 
 This balsam was always reckoned as 
 one of the precious gifts of Palestine, 
 Gen. 43, 11 ; comp. Strabo XVI. p. 763. 
 Tacit. Hist. 5. 6. Plin. H. N. XII. 25 or 
 
^ni: 
 
 906 
 
 1^1 
 
 51. In the times of the N. T. and Jose- 
 phus, the balsam which anciently be- 
 longed to Gilead was cultivated largely 
 in the gardens of Jericho ; Jos. Ant. 14. 4. 
 
 I. ib. 15. 4. 2. B.J. 1. 6. 6. See Bochart 
 Hieroz. T. I. p. 628. Celsii Hierobot. 
 
 II. lSO-185. 
 
 "'"IS pr. n. for "'"^S^ , see in is;; no. 3. 
 
 n''"l22 rn. a high building, which may 
 be seen far and wide, e. g. a tower or 
 castle Judg. 9, 46. 49; a watch-tower, 
 plur. 1 Sam. 13, 6. R. nns no. 1. 
 
 * ^"2'-^ obsol. root, Talmud, and Syr. 
 Ithpe. to need, to be needy, poor. Hence 
 
 ^r^l'S m. need, c. suff. 'r\3'^' thy need, 
 2 Clir. 2, 15. Chald. and Rabb. id. 
 
 * y^^ to smite heavily, to strike ; 
 Arab. CwO to strike down, to prostrate; 
 
 whence /Jr^ ^ scourge, also scourged. 
 
 Hence part. pass, rns Lev. 13, 44. 
 22, 4. al. also Pual Part. snSTS , f rsn'Sia , 
 2 K. 5, 1. 27. 15, 5. al. leprous, pr. smit- 
 ten, scourged of God, since the leprosy 
 was regarded as a special divine inflic- 
 tion ; comp. the words 55:, ^SS, ns3. 
 Deriv. rs"is, pr. n. nrns, and 
 
 '^'Syr f Ex. 23, 28. Deut. 7, 20. Josh. 
 24, 12, according to the ancient versions 
 and Rabbins, a hornet, with art. collect. 
 hornets, wasps, so called from their /r?A:- 
 ing as they sting ; comp. nza . "Ov^ 
 But these passages are not to be under- 
 stood oC hornets literally ; they are put 
 metaph. as a symbol of the terror, 
 ^panic, sent from God upon the enemy 
 (s'n'bx rnn Gen. 35. 5), by which they' 
 are agitated and put to flight as if stung 
 to madness ; see E.\. 23, 27 comp. 28 ; 
 also Deut. 7, 23, where just after the 
 mention of hornets (v. 20) it is added : 
 he shall discomfit them with a great dis- 
 confiture, until they be destroyed. In 
 antithesis to this is the promise, that 
 God would send his angel before the 
 Israelites, to aid and guard them, and 
 help them on their way ; see Ex.23, 20. 
 23. 32. 34. 33, 2. Gen. 24, 7. 40. 
 
 ny*^S (for 'a: P'^a q. d. hornet's town) 
 
 Zornh. pr. n. of a town reckoned to the 
 
 plain of Judah Josh. 15, 33, but inhabit- 
 
 ed by Danites 19, 41 ; not far from Esh- 
 taol. and celebrated as the birth-place 
 of Samson. Judg. 13, 2. 25. 18, 2. 8. 11 ; 
 comp. 2 Chr. 11, 10. Neh. 11, 29. Now 
 a^yjic SHr^ah, situated on a spur of the 
 mountains running out into the plain, 
 on the north of Beth-shemesh ; see Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. II. 339, 343, 365. III. 18. 
 Gentile n. '^S'^S Zorite 1 Chr. 2, 54 ; 
 insn'^ Zorathite' 1 Chr. 2, 53. 4, 2. 
 
 f^?"!*? f. (r. S"!S) leprosy, e. g. of per- 
 sons, i. e. the white leprosy, 1^.^.?, see 
 Ex. 4, 6. Num. 12, 10. So Lev. 13, 2 sq. 
 2 K. 5, 3. 6. 7. 27. 2 Chr. 26, 19. The 
 black leprosy is the elephantiasis, see 
 "'n'r. Also of garments, prob. mouldi- 
 ness, spots contracted from lying shut 
 up ; and likewise of houses, prob. a ni- 
 trous scab or crust on the walls ; Lev. 
 13. 47-59. 14, 34-57. 
 
 * 5^1^^ fut. ti'ns"; 1. to melt, to smelt 
 metals, spec, gold and silver ; to refine, 
 to purify with fire and thus separate 
 from scoria, Ps. 12, 7. Is. 1, 25. Zech. 
 13, 9. Metaph. Judg. 7, 4. Part. pass, 
 metaph. jnire, sincere, Ps. 18, 31. 119, 
 140. Prov. 30, 5. Part. wi";bl a smelter, 
 refiner, goldsmith, Judg. 17, 4. Is. 40, 19. 
 Prov. 25, 4. al. 
 
 2. Metaph. to try, to prove any one, 
 doxiftii^nv, Ps. 17, 3. 26, 2. 66, 10. 105, 
 19. Is. 48. 10. Dan. 11, 35. 
 
 NiPH. to be tried, purified, Dan. 12, 10. 
 
 PiEL part. Cl'^Sia a refiner, goldsmith, 
 Mai. 3, 2. 3. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 ^tr\1 (goldsmith) Zorphi, pr. n. m. 
 (c. art.) Neh. 3, 31. 
 
 nB"l!2 (perh. smelting-house, r. C]"^S) 
 Zarephath, with n parag. nrE"iS, pr. n. 
 of a Phenician town between Tyre and 
 Sidon. 1 K. 17, 9. 10. Obad. 20. Gr. 
 J^iifjinru Sarepta, Luke 4, 26. Now 
 JOLiwO Surafend ; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. III. p. 413, 414. 
 
 "'^V 'o press, to compress, kindr. 
 with t^s I. Hence 
 
 1. to bind up. to bind together ; comp. 
 
 (9 " 
 
 "lis I. Arab. -*o. With a to bind or 
 roll up in a cloth, bundle, etc. Ex. 12. 34. 
 Job 26, 8. Is. 8. 16. Prov. 30. 4. Me- 
 
112 
 
 907 
 
 np 
 
 taph. 1 Sam. 25, 29 the life of my lord 
 
 shall be bound up in the bundle of lives 
 with God, i. e. will be under Clod's pro- 
 tection. But in u different eenRe, Hos. 
 13, 12 the iniquity of Ephraim is bound 
 up, is reserved against the day of ven- 
 geance ; comp. Job 14, 17. Spec, a) 
 Hos. 4, 19 the wind hath bound her up 
 (seized her) in its wings. b) to shut 
 up, to confine, 2 Sam. 20, 3. 
 2. to press upon, i. e. a) to persecute, 
 
 to be hostile to, Arab. Za6 id. With 
 ncc. Num. 33, 55. Is. 11, 13 ; with dat. 
 Num. 25, 18. Part, ins i. q. nu, an 
 adversary, enemy, Ex. 23, 22. Ps. 6, 8. 
 7, 5. 23. 5. Is. 11, 13. al. 
 
 b) to rival, to be jealous of, spoken 
 espec. of two wives, Lev. 18, 18. Arab. 
 a - 
 
 r^' 
 
 " c) Intrans. to be pressed, straitened, 
 distressed; in which sense is chiefly 
 used the monosyll. preet. 1S (fully ins 
 Prov. 30, 4. Hos. 4, 19) Is. 49, 20. 2 K. 
 6, 1 ; f. nns Is. 28, 20. Often Impers. 
 'b "IS lit. * it is strait to me,' i. e. a) I 
 am in a strait, in trouble. Ps. 31, 10. 69, 
 18. Judg. 11. 7. /?) I am in distress, in 
 anguish, 1 Sam. 28, 15. 2 Sam. 24, 14. 
 
 y) With bs , too is me for any one, / 
 grieve for, etc. 2 Sam. 1, 26. In the 
 same connection is also used fut. ''b njt'l, 
 see r. "is; no. 1. 
 
 PuAL part. nnSTS bound up. Josh. 9, 4. 
 
 HiPH. isn, inf 'natn, fut. njci 1 K. 8y 
 37, plur. !iis^ Neh. 9,27. 
 
 1. to prr.ss upon, to straiten, Jer. 10, 
 18 ; with siege, to besiege, Deut. 28, 52. 
 
 1 K. 8, 37 ; /o distress, to harass, to vex, 
 Neh. 9, 27. 2 Chr. 28, 20. Zeph. 1, 17. 
 
 2 Chr. 28, 22 ib isn pS3 in the time (f 
 (their) distressing him. 33, 12. 
 
 2. rnsia ncx a woman in her pains:, 
 throes, i. e. pr. pressing upon the foetus, 
 or else intrans. pressed with anguish, 
 Jer. 48, 41. 49, 22. 
 
 Deriv. ns, rns, nbc, Tins, n^ia, pr.n. 
 
 "1*1? see innins. 
 
 nnnS , see nnns . 
 
 nyZ (for nnns splendour, r. if^^) 
 Zereth, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 7. 
 
 "in'en rriS (splendour of the dawn) 
 Zereth-shahar, pr. n. of a city in Reu- 
 ben, Josh. 13, 19. 
 
 Koph. the nineteenth letter of the 
 Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
 
 100. The name Ci'p, Clip, Arab, v^is, 
 signifies occiput, the back of the head. 
 Hence two letters. Koph and Resh, take 
 their names from the Jiead ; just as two 
 others, Yod and Caph. from the hand. 
 Koph corresponds to Lat. Q,. Its pro- 
 nunciation differs from 3 with or without 
 Dag. lene, in that the sound of p is pro- 
 duced from the back part of the palate 
 near the throat, and with a stronger 
 effort, in the same manner as a , where 
 see. So Arab. ^S- 
 
 Koph is interchanged with the other 
 palatals J, 3, see those letters ; and also 
 passes over into the gutturals, so that 
 
 we find as kindr. roots e. g. "itai? , Chald. 
 "1^5, to burn incense ; see in n and S. 
 Besides this, in the primary elements 
 of the language at least, the sound of k 
 appears to have passed over into that 
 of t, just as children often substitute for 
 k the sound of t. as being more easily 
 pronounced ; and in this way has arisen 
 the affinity of the roots nps and nrs X.o 
 open, n;^'j and nryo to drink, "ipB Eth. 
 12B to interpret ; comp. wnia and rv- 
 nrm, quatuor and lexiagig, quis and jig. 
 
 8*5 m. (r. K":p) vomit, Prov. 26, 11. 
 
 f^8<? f. (r. Kip) c. art. rN;5n Lev. 11, 
 18. Deut. 14, 17, constr. ri^j:>. pr. tfie 
 vomiier, a water-fowl (Lev. and Deut. 
 1. c.) inhabiting also desert places Is. 34, 
 
908 
 
 b=p 
 
 11. Zeph. 2, 14. Ps. 102, 7 ; according 
 to the ancient versions the pelican, Targ. 
 1d;3, Syr. Jjio, Arab. ^^*. Sept. 
 jitXixuv. So called from its vomiting 
 the shells and other things which it has 
 voraciously swallowed. 
 
 S^ m. (r. a3]5) pr. a hollow or concave 
 vessel. corap.Lat.C!pa, Engl. cwp. Then, 
 a measure lor things dry, cab, 2 K. 6, 
 25 ; according to the Rabbins the sixth 
 part of a seah (nxD), or nearly two 
 quarts. Comp. Gr. Ku^og i. e. ;!fotvi|. 
 
 * ^rl? kindr. with 335, ms II, to 
 curve, to make convea; or concave ; hence 
 
 1. i. q. 3(?3 , to hoUow out, and also to 
 
 arch, to vault / comp. 335 , lis i. q. njs . 
 
 e ' 
 Arab, y^^j* Conj. 11, Chald. 32;?, id. 
 
 Hence 3p, nsp. 
 
 2. Metaph. i. q. 3p3 no. 3 (q. v.) to 
 curse, pr. to pierce with words, to perfo- 
 rate. The forms found are : Prapt. 3;5 
 c. suff. Num. 23, 8. 27 ; Inf constr. 3p v. 
 11, and as absol. v. 25 ; Imper. c. n pa- 
 rag, 'fe-ns;^ Num. 22, 11. 17 ; with sutF. 
 and Nun epenth. ijsjs Num. 23, 13. 
 
 nnp f. (for n3ps, r. 3p3) f/te maw, 
 ventricle, i. e. the rough prickly stomach 
 of ruminating animals, echinus, Deut. 
 
 18, 3. Arab. 2ui and aLo id. 
 
 nsp f (for T\^'p-:, r. 3p3) c. euff. 
 Br3;5 once Num. 25, 8. genitalia mulie- 
 bra, comp. n3;?3 ; so Sept. and Vulg. 
 correctly. 
 
 nap f (r. 3313) a tent, high and round- 
 ed like a dome, a vaulted pleasure-tent, 
 devoted to the impure worship of Baal- 
 peor or Priapus, Num. 25, 8. Syr. 
 
 j> fc ' 
 
 JI-cajB, Arab, ixs, id. Hence with the 
 
 Arabic art. Span, alcova alcove ; comp. 
 later Lat. cuppa, Germ. Kuppel, Engl. 
 cupola. 
 
 T'Sp m. (r. yy^) a gathering, throng; 
 Is. 57, 13 T^^Stap thy throngs of idols. 
 Comp. V. 9. 
 
 Tliap f (r. -13;?) I. sepulture, burial, 
 Jer. 22, 19. Ecc. 6, 3. 
 
 2. a sejmlchre, i. q. isjs, Gen. 35, 20. 
 47, 30. Dcut 34, 6. 1 Sam. 10, 2. 2 K. 
 21, 26. la. 14, 20. 
 
 ^?I^ in Kal not used, pr. to be be- 
 
 ?- 
 fore, in front, over against. Arab. Ju5 
 
 front, J^' before. Hence 'to come 
 from an opposite direction,' to meet any 
 
 one, Arab. (juci. 
 
 PiEL bap , found only in the later Heb. 
 pr. ' to let come to oneself i. e. a) Of 
 persons, to receive, to admit, 1 Chr. 12, 
 18. b) Of things, to receive, to take 
 any thing offered, Ezra 8, 30. Esth.4, 4. 
 
 1 Chr. 21. 11. Job 2, 10. So to receive, 
 to admit a precept, law, i. e. to observe 
 it, Esth. 9, 23. 27 ; instruction Prov. 19, 
 20. Simpl. to take, i. q. npb, 2 Chr. 29, 
 16. 22. 
 
 HiPH. intrans. to stand over against 
 each other, to be opposite, Ex. 26, 5. 36. 
 12. Arab. Conj. Ill id. 
 
 Deriv. bsp?. , bs'p . 
 
 '?)? Chald. only in Pa. to receive, 
 Dan. '2, 6. 6, 1. 7. 18. 
 
 tI?, prep. (r. b3;5, after the form 
 G"i|r ) or according to other copies bSj^ 
 (kobai), before, i. q. Chald. bsp no. 1. a. 
 
 2 K. 15. 10 cr ^3)?^ before the people. 
 
 ^?15 and ^3)5, Chald. (r. bsp) pr. the 
 front ; hence 
 
 1. bspb Prep. c. suft". Tjb3^?b a) over 
 against Dan. 5, 5 ; before, Dan. 2, 31. .3, 
 
 3. 5, 1. b) on account of, because of, 
 propter, i. q. "'rB^ no. 2, Dan. 5, 10. Ezra 
 
 4. 16. Before "'T it becomes a conjunc- 
 tion, because, propterea quod. Ezra 6, 13. 
 
 2. Oftener, in the diffuse Chaldee 
 manner of expressing particles, more 
 fully and pleonastically "''n bsp-bs. a) 
 Pr. 'and all because that,^ forasmuch as, 
 Germ, alldieweil, for the simple because^ 
 since, Dan. 2, 8. 41. 45. 3, 29. 4, 15. 
 
 5. 12. 22. 6, 4. 5. 23. Ezra 4, 14. 7, 14. 
 With relat. /or which cause, wherefore, 
 Dan. 2, 10. b) in the manner that, i. e. 
 as, Dan. 2. 40 Sept. ov igonov. 6, 11 
 Sept. xu&o'k. 
 
 3. nj^ b3p~b2 for this cause. Dan. 2, 
 12. 24. 3, 7."8! 22. 6, 10. Ezra 7, 17. See 
 Chald. bs no. 4. 
 
 '2p m. (r. bs;?) pr. the front, what 
 
 IB over against. Arab. ^}J3 ; so Ez. 26, 
 
 9 "ibsi? rTo the stroke of what is in front 
 
 I of it, i. e. a battering-ram for batterinjf 
 
Tip 
 
 909 
 
 -lap 
 
 down wulls. Other copies rend iis]^ 
 kdbdtlo, which is also adiniBsible. see 
 jUp; but the form 'ii^ij?, Ibund in J. H, 
 Michiielis and Van der llooght, is con- 
 trary to the laws of grammar. 
 
 *2??I? fut. yarj7 1. i.q. y?>,53S,/o 
 be high ami rounded off. like a mound, 
 hump, the head ; Arab. mj3 gibbosus 
 
 fuit. Hence raip helmet, rira;? cup. 
 Comp. Gr. xv^i\. From these nouns, 
 which all designate things serving to 
 cover, comes the signification : 
 
 2. to cover, to hide, Arab. *o to hide, 
 
 e. g. the head in one's garment, or of a 
 flower hiding itself in its calyx. Hence 
 Irop. to defraud, to rob any one covertly, 
 comp. "J32 , Mai. 3, 8. 9 ; c. dupl. ace. to 
 rob one of any thing, to despoil. Pro v. 
 22, 23. 
 Deriv. see in no. 1. 
 
 f1?3^ f. (r. ?2;^) cup, calyx, pr. of a 
 
 flower, xnlvt Arab, juuj) ; then also for 
 drinking, xvkt^, goblet, whence Is. 51, 17. 
 22 Sis r02p pleonast. the goblet-cup. 
 
 Y^R fut. y'^p,1 pr. to take or gragp 
 in the hand. Arab. (jfiUiJ to take with 
 the fingers ; {jojji to grasp with the 
 hand ; ^aj3 id. Kindr. are Aram, "('an, 
 . *^ , to compress ; also Heb. Y^^ ) 
 yEJ? , Hence 
 
 1. to gather, to collect things, e. g. 
 grain Gen. 41, 35. 48; spoils Deut. 13, 
 17 (with bx of place) ; wealth Prov. 13, 
 11 ; cb/oranyone Prov. 28, 8. Metaph. 
 Ps. 41. 7 hi.<i heart i)> '(JX yap"^ gatherelh 
 iniquity for itself i. e. my adversary in 
 visiting me gathers new matter for 
 hatred and slander. 
 
 2. to gather together persons, to as- 
 semble, Judg. 12. 4. 1 Sam. 7, 5. 2 Sam. 
 2, 30. 1 K. 18, 20. al. step. With bx of 
 pers. to whom 1 K. 18, 19. 2 Sam. 3, 21 ; 
 bx of place at which Ezra 8, 15 ; also 
 ".^X 2 Chron. 32, 6. Hab. 2, 5; rbs id. 
 ik. 11, 24. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be gathered, collected, 
 e. g. corpses Elz. 29, 5. 
 
 2. to be gathered together, to be as- 
 sembled, of persons ; also to gather them- 
 selves togfther ; Gen. 49, 2. 1 Sam. 7, 
 6. 25, 1. Esth. 2. 8. 19. Is. 43. 9. al. Of 
 
 beasts Is. 34, 15. With bx ofpers. Josh. 
 
 10, 6. Ezra 10, 1 ; bs 2 Clir. 13, 7. 
 PiEL 1. to take or fold in the arm*, 
 
 as a shepherd his lambs Is. 40. 11. 
 Metaph. Jehovah his people Is. 54, 7. 
 0pp. is -TS . 
 
 2. to gather, to collect things, e. g. 
 grapes in the vintage Is. 62, 9 ; sheaves 
 to the threshing-floor Mic. 4, 12; waters 
 into a pool Is. 22, 9 ; idols, to get together 
 Mic. 1, 7. Joel 2, 6 and Nah. 2, 11, see 
 in liiixB . 
 
 3. to gatJier together, to assemble, e. g. 
 beasts Is. 34, 16; a flock, so that it may 
 not be destroyed. Is. 13, 14. Chiefly of 
 persons, a people, nations, Joel 4, 2. Is. 
 66, 18. Ez. 20, 34. 41. 36, 24. al. as dis- 
 persed Is. 11, 12. 56, 8. Very "often of 
 God, as gathering together the Israelites 
 when dispersed, with "p? of place 
 whence; e. g. from Egypt Hos. 9, 6; 
 from foreign lands, Ez. 34, 13. 39, 27. 
 Ps. 107, 3 ; out of the nations Deut. 30, 
 3. Ez. 11, 17. With bs /o any one Is. 
 56,8; against Ez. 16, 37. 
 
 PuAL part. f. riaapa gatliered, assem- 
 bled, Ez. 38, 8. 
 
 HiTHP. plur. to gather themselves to- 
 gether, to assemble. Josh. 9, 2. Judg. 9, 
 47. 1 Sam. 7, 7. 2 Sam. 2, 25. Is. 44, 
 
 11. al. 
 
 Deriv. y^^yi , and the three here fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 b:2ap, seebxsap7. 
 
 "^?^)? ^- gathering, heap, hoard, Ez. 
 22, 20.' R. -jrap . 
 
 D"!?2p (two heaps, r. yzp^) Kibzaim, 
 pr. n. of a city in Ephraim, Josh. 21, 22. 
 
 See in nscp;;, 
 
 ~?|? fut. "lapi , to bwy, e. g. one 
 person Gen. 23, 4. 19. 25, 9. 50, 14. 
 Judg. 2, 9. 1 Sam. 31, 13. al. ssep. 
 Once of several, i. q. Piel, Ez. 39, 12. 
 Arab. Aram. Eth. id. The primary 
 idea is that of heaping up a tumulus, 
 see Syr. fSi-o to heap up, for Gr. atD^f i;a> 
 Rom. 12, 20. Kindr. is las. The bili- 
 teral root is ap , comp. the verbs aap, 
 aaa. 
 
 NiPH. pass, to be buried, e. g. one per- 
 son Gen. 15. 15. 35. 8. 19. Judg. 12, 7sq. 
 Of several, Job 27, 15. Jer. 8, 2. 16, 4. 6. 
 
^np 
 
 910 
 
 1*7? 
 
 PiEL to bury^ e. g. several (comp. 
 b'4pj Num. 33, 4. 1 K. 11, 15. Jer. 14, 
 16.'Ez. 39, 14. Hos. 9, 6. 
 
 PuAL pass. Gen. 25, 10. 
 
 Deriv, nniap and 
 
 "^5^ m. in pause ^^Q , c. suff. ''"^2p ; 
 plur. n''~i2p, constr. ''tisp ; and ninap, 
 constr. nii3p ; pr. 'a burial-place,' a 
 sepulchre, grave, Gen. 23. 9. Ex. 14. 11. 
 Num. 11, 34, 35. Job 21, 32. Jer. 26, 23. 
 al. Job 17. 1 "^b B^nap the sepulchres 
 are ready ^o^ fne, i. q. Engl, the grave- 
 yard awaits me. 
 
 niSrinTlTlSp (the graves of long- 
 ing, see "i?!^) Kibroth-hattaxivah, pr. n. 
 of a place in the desert of Sinai, Num. 
 11, 34. 33, 16. Deut. 9,22. 
 
 I. ~ JjJ i- q- Arab. Jo, to divide, to 
 cleave; kindr. with Tia , TTa, and the 
 like, see Tia; comp. also xtSuoi, xiSu- 
 ^0), axt<5^(o. Hence n^p cassia, and 
 "^p^^ vertex. 
 
 1 ^ ~J 1^ /o how down, to how the knee, 
 to incline oneself in honour and reve- 
 rence ; found only in fut. of the Chaldee 
 form, I'p*^ , ip*1 , plur. inp'l . Followed 
 always by nwncn , which is stronger ; 
 Gen. 24, 26 nin-^biinn-r^i n-'sn ip'i and 
 the man bowed down and prostrated 
 himself before Jehovah. Ex. 12, 27. 
 Num. 22. i\. 1 K. 1, 16. 1 Sam. 24, 9. 
 2 Chr. 29, 30. Neh. 8, 6. al. Sept. 
 usually xvTnm. Kindr. is Syr. |.Lb to 
 incline oneself to bend the knee ; comp. 
 Arab. JuLS to sit down ; also Chald. "ipS 
 to bend the knee, Samar. ips id. This 
 eignif cannot well be conciliated with 
 that of no. I, by assuming it to be a 
 denom. from ip*iJ5 pr. ' to bow the head.' 
 
 * TTl'p obfiol. root, Syr. ^^a to pos- 
 sess. Hence pr. n. cr"ip^ (possessed 
 by the people) Jokdeam, q. v. Comp. 
 
 crrfs^, Brsp;, from r. ncp, n:p. 
 
 n^ f (r. Tip I) Ex. 30. 24. Ez. 27, 
 19, according to the Syr. Chald. Vulg. 
 cassia, a species of aromatic bark re- 
 sembling cinnamon, but less fragrant 
 and less valuable ; so called from its rolls 
 being />///. See Dioecor. 1. 12. Theo- 
 phr. Hist. Plant. 9. 5. Celsii Hierob, II. 
 186. 350 sq. Comp. n''Sp^ . 
 
 D'^'a^^ m. plur. (r. Clp) i. q, cnp no. 
 3; aforetime, ancient days ; once Judg. 
 5, 21 n'^n'np bn: a stream of ancient 
 days. Sept. Vatic. /ftfiuQ^ovg ufyxuimv, 
 Targ. 'rivus in quo facta sunt Israeli 
 eigna et fortia facta ab antiquis.' The 
 form is like B'^'^i?? , D'^sbs , which also 
 designate time. 
 
 tJilp and TZJ'I]? adj. (r. rn;r) constr. 
 Binp ; c. sufT. 'lanp ; plur. n">ttJi*ip , ci'dlp, 
 see at the end of the article ; holy, sacred, 
 sanctus, uyiog, uyvo?, pr. pure, clean, free 
 from the defilement of vice, idolatry, and 
 other impure and profane things; opp. 
 is C|3n impure, profane. In fixing the 
 primitive signification of this word, the 
 following are classical passages : Lev. 
 11, 43 sq. where after the law respect- 
 ing unclean meats, it is said: ye shall 
 not pollute yourselves with these, that ye 
 shoidd be defiled therewith, 44 . . . Dn"i";in'i 
 ^5X ttJinp 'S D"^;iip and he ye holy 
 (sanctus, pure), for I am holy. v. 45. 
 So 19, 2, and 20, 26, where the same 
 formula, be ye holy, for I am holy, is 
 placed at the beginning and end of a 
 section (c. 19. 20) containing various 
 laws against fornication, adultery, in- 
 cest, idolatry, and other like crimes. In 
 Deut. 23, 15, after the law for remov- 
 ing human filth out of the camp, it is 
 added : for Jehovah thy God. walketh in 
 the midst of thy camp .... rpinia n^m 
 Ciinp wherefore let thy camp be holy 
 (sanctus, clean), that he (God) behold no 
 unclean thing in thee, and. turn away 
 from thee. In a sense somewhat varied 
 it is applied: a) To God as abhorring 
 every kind of impurity both physical and 
 moral ; see Lev. II. cc. Also as the 
 avenger of right and justice, Ps. 22, 4 
 comp. V. 2. 3. Is. fi, 3 comp. v. 5 sq. and as 
 the object of fear and reverence to men 
 Ps. 99, 3. 9. Ill, 9 where it is coupled 
 with NVij. Sometimes God is xai 
 f^oxi,v called Oil)? Holy, the Holy One, 
 Job 6, 10. Is. 40. 25. Hab. 3, 3 ; and more 
 frequently also bxnia^ cinp the Holy 
 One of Israel, espec. by Isaiah, as Is. 1, 
 4. 5, 19. 24. 10, 17. 20. 12. 6. 17, 7. 43, 
 3. 14. 45, 11. 47, 4. 48, 17. nl. Else- 
 where rarely, as Ps. 78, 41. 89, 19. b) 
 To angels, who xr' floxi\v are called 
 holy, Dan. 8, 13 j see below in Plur. c) 
 
ni'p 
 
 911 
 
 Dip 
 
 To priests, with dat. of the divinity, as 
 Lev. 21, 6 cn-nb.xb i-^n^ o-'CJtJ let them 
 be holy (pure, clciin) unto their God, in 
 his sight, and not profane, etc. v. 7. Ps. 
 106. 16 and Aaron nin^ ttJinpS holy unto 
 Jehovah. Also with dat. of other men, 
 unto whom the priest should be holy, 
 Lev. 21, 8. Of a Nazarite Num. 6, 5. 
 d) Spoken of pious men, who are pure 
 and clean from the defilement of guilt 
 and sin, so far as is possible for erring 
 mortals, la. 4. 3 ; then of the people of 
 Israel, who were bound to abstain from 
 and avoid every kind of impurity. Lev. 
 11, 43-45. 19. 2 see above. Deut. 7. 6 
 comp. v. 5; with dat. holy to Jehovah 
 14, 2. 21. 26, 19. e) Of places conse- 
 crated, holy, E.\. 29, 31. Lev. 6, 9. 19. al. 
 Of days consecrated to God, before 
 B->n"^sb Neh. 8, 10. 11. Hence ttJn;? a 
 holy place, sanctuary, Is. 57, 15. Ps. 46, 
 5 (iibs ';3':3 C"!"!!? the holiest of the 
 dwellings of the Most High. 
 
 Plur. 0-'(dnp>, Q-^'r-ip l. As pinr. 
 raajest. for the sing, the Most Holy, for 
 Jehovah, Hos. 12, 1. Josh. 24, 19. Prov. 
 9, 10. 30, 3. 
 
 2. Pr. holy ones, i. e. a) angels, es- 
 pec. in the later books (see in aj"^!?), 
 Job 5, 1. 15, 15. Zech. 14. 5. Ps. 89, e! 
 8 ; perh. Deut. 33, 3. b) the pious wor- 
 shippers of God. saints, Ps. 16, 3. 34, 10. 
 Deut. 33, 3 ; spec, the Jewish people 
 (see ^"""^p.) Dan. 8, 24. 
 
 * f"'!!I? 1. to kindle fire, Jer. 17, 4. 
 Is. 50, 11. 64, 1. Syr. Aph. id. Arab. 
 ^ Jo to strike fire. 
 
 2. Intrans. to kindle or be kindled, to 
 bum, Deut. 32, 22. Jer. 15, 14. 
 Deriv. n'n;?x and 
 
 f^r?"!!!? f burning fever, Lev. 26, 16. 
 Deut. 28, 22. 
 
 B"'*!^ m. (r. cn{3) with n loc. nr'^'i!?. 
 
 1. the front, the part or region over 
 against any one. Hab. 1, 9 ^'O'^'ifs for- 
 wards. 
 
 2. the east, the eastern quarter of the 
 heavens, i. q. Cip ; see in "\"ins no. 2. 
 Often in EzekieC as n-inp) rxn Ez. 47, 18. 
 48, 2. 6-8. 16; in ace. eastward 43, 17. 
 44, 1. 46, 1. 12. 47, 2; and so n^-'-if; H, 
 1. Hence poet. Bi"7|5 nn, o''-i;3n nn, 
 
 the east vrind, Ex. 10, 13. 14, 21. Ps. 43, 8. 
 Ez. 17, 10; oftener ellipt. C-ij? id the 
 most vehement o( all winds in western 
 Asia and the adjacent seas, Job 27, 21. Is. 
 27, 8. Jer. 18, 17. Ez. 27,26; as scorching- 
 and withering plants and herbage, Gen. 
 41, 6. 23. Ez. 17, 10. 19, 12. Jon. 4, 8. 
 But tlie east wind is perh. put for any 
 violent wind between the cast and south j 
 [so the Arabs at the present day call the 
 violent south wind of the desert Shur- 
 kiyeh i. e. east wind ; and hence the 
 Italian Sirocco, which also is mostly em- 
 ployed of southerly winds; see Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. I. p. 305, comp. p. 287, 
 289. R.] Metaph. i. q. nrt, of any 
 thing vain and empty, Ho. 12. 2. Job 
 15,2. 
 
 ^'1^ Chald. adj. i. q. Heb. tUinf?, 
 holy, sanctus ; spoken a) Of God and 
 also of false deities ; y'tp'^p -I'nbx the holy 
 gods, Dan. 4, 5. 6. 5, 11. b) Of angels; 
 Dan. 4, 10 fflin;?') n-s a watcher (angel) 
 even a holy one. Plur. V'^*'^I5 ^"'y ^"^*> 
 i. e. angels, 4, 14 [17]. See an;;? Plur. 
 no. 2. a. c) Of the Jews, Dan. 7, 21 ; fully 
 psi-ibs ^25"'nf3 the holy ones (saints) of 
 the Most High, Dan. 7, 18. 22. 25; comp. 
 Esdr. 8, 70 TO ani^pa ro uyiov. 
 
 * ^^^ in Kal not used ; Arab. ^ J^ 
 to go before, to precede ; mid. Damm. to 
 precede in time, to be of old. The pri- 
 mary idea seems to be that oi being 
 sharp, pointed ; comp. quadril. chnp for 
 n^j3 a sharp instrument, axe ; hence pr. 
 to be or go in front, at the point, head, 
 Germ, an der Spitze stehen. 
 
 Pi EL c^p 1. to go before, to precede, 
 Ps. 68, 26 ; with ace. of pers. Ps. 89, 15. 
 
 2. to come or get before any on^ 
 to anticipate, cp&aviiv. Syr. >o,s id. 
 With ace. Ps. 17, 13 T^3S no'n;?. 119, 
 148 ni-inaJx ^j'^S ^la^p my eyes antici' 
 pale the night-watches, i. e. I wake ere 
 the night-watches are cried out. With 
 inf to do hastily, speedily, i. e. early in 
 the morning, as Syr. >o^, Eth. *.P^, 
 Chald. M5 for Heb. csrn. So Jon. 
 4, 2 therefore nn2^ Ti^^P I made haste 
 tofee. Absol. Ps. 119,147 riffl:? ''ITO?;? 
 / rise early with the dawn. 
 
 3. to go to meet any one, to meet, to 
 encounter, with ace. of pers. Ps. 88, 14. 
 
Dip 
 
 912 
 
 I2lp 
 
 Spec, a) With help, i.q.to succour, Ps. 
 59, 11. 79, 8. Job 3, 12. b) With a to 
 meet one with any thing, in order to pre- 
 sent it, q. d. to succour with, Deut. 23, 5. 
 Is. 21, 14. Neh. 13, 2; genr. Mic. 6, 6. 
 With two ace. Ps. 21, 4; 3 of thing Ps. 
 95, 2. c) In a hostile sense, q. d. to as- 
 sail ; Is. 37, 33 ',5^ "S^.^p'? X^ no shield 
 shall vome up against her, the city, i. e. 
 fihall not be raised against her. Job 30, 
 27. Ps. 18, 6. 19. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to come before, to antici- 
 pate, in doing a kindness, in bestowing 
 e favour on any one, so as to make 
 him a debtor. Job 41, 3. Arab. *jkj* 
 
 V . s - 
 
 IV, id. I* Jo a kindness, kind office ; 
 
 Bee Schult. ad Job. p. 1183. 
 
 2. i. q. Pi. no. 3. c, to meet as an ene- 
 my; to fall upon, as calamity, c. 1?a 
 Am. 9, 10. 
 
 Deriv. rnp^^z'inp_, w^i2^'\p_, C'li^, 
 
 On^ ni. in pause tr}p__ Gen. 10, 30 ; also 
 D'^p only with n paragog. n^"7J5 . Plur. 
 constr. '^'0~^p_ see in no. 3. 
 
 1. Pr. the front, what is before ; hence 
 as Adv. before, Ps. 139, 5. c-t;3B id. Is. 
 9, 11. Hence 
 
 2. the east, the eastern quarter, see in 
 "linx no. 2. Job 23, 8. c-\sxi from the 
 east, after a verb of motion Gen. 11, 2. 
 13, 11 ; also at the east, eastward, Gen. 
 2, 8. b c^jSTa Prep, at the east of, east- 
 ward of Gen. 3, 24. Num. 34, 11. Josh. 
 7, 2. Judg. 8, 11. With n paragog. 
 ^^IP. towards the east, eastward, Gen. 
 13, 14. 25, 6. 28, 14. Lev. 1, 16. al. 
 Sometimes is added pleonast. *^^^ta 
 Num. 2, 3. Josh. 19, 13; V-q^n nniia 
 Josh. 19, 12. But r^^lp is also ' what 
 is towards the east,^ and i. q. DnjS, 
 (comp. najj. n:iE3,) hence fi^'i|5 rxeb 
 on the east side Ex'. 27, 13. 38, 13 ; PXB-a 
 na'Jt' id. Ez. 45, 7. Further, cnp. \:a 
 tfie sons of the east, the inhabitants of the 
 Arabian desert, which lies eastward of 
 Palestine, and extends to the Euphrates, 
 now jLiJt ^Jo desert of Syria; Job 
 1,3. Is. 11, 14. Jer. 49, 28. Ez. 25, 4. 
 1 K. 5, 10. Judg. 6, 3. 33, 7. 12. Also 
 O^l? y>^ Gen. 25, 6, and D-if^ -3a -j^ix 
 29, 1, the Syrian desert including Meso- 
 potamia; and so C"j;3 -n-jn of the moun- 
 
 tains of Mesopotamia, Num. 23, 7. But 
 c^isn in Gen. 10, 30 is the mountain of 
 Arabia, see in art. X'^o. Is. 2, 6 ixlsp 
 c'7;3T2 they are filled full from the east, 
 i. e. with superstitions and sorceries 
 brought from the east or Babylon. But 
 perh. it should read CDjsa . 
 
 3. Of time, former times, aforetime, 
 ancient days, iioet. i. q. cbis no.l. Arab. 
 
 (Jo olden time, Uojo aforetime, of old. 
 
 So Ps. 78. 2. Job 29, 2. Also tt-rpTifrom 
 ancient times, of old, Ps. 74, 12. 77, 6. 12. 
 Is. 45. 21 ? D"!|? isbn kings of old, ancient 
 kings, Is. 19. 11; "Wip iai times of old 
 Ps. 44, 2 ; nnt? 'B-'ri Is. 23, 7. Mic. 7, 20. 
 Lam. 1, 7. Spoken also of eternity, at 
 least that which is without beginning, 
 e- g. Q"!i5 ""Dbx Deut. 33, 27 ; cn|5 aat 
 who silleth upon his throne from ever- 
 lasting Ps. 55, 20; also Deut. 33, 15. 
 Ps. 68, 34. Put also a) Adverbially 
 for afurelime, of old, Ps. 74, 2. Jer. 30, 20. 
 Lam. 5, 21, i. q. C'JS^p, CJSb. b) As 
 a prep, before, Prov. 8, 22. Plur. constr. 
 ^anf? primordia, beginnings, Prov. 8, 23. 
 
 D^JJ. Chald. prep, once 0*7)? ('fi 
 ^niTDipr!!) Dan. 7, 13 ; c. sufT. plur. Tf ^"ij^., 
 -n-^s'ipj^. PT'n'7;5. Dan. 7, 7, ,-;n"'r'7i^'", 
 before, ante, coram, i. q. Heb. "^rsb . So 
 to speak before any one, i. e. to him, 
 Dan. 2, 9. 36. 4, 5. 6, 13. 14; also aller 
 a verb signifying to answer Dan. 2, 
 10. 27 ; to pray Dan. 6, 11. 12; to read 
 Ezra 4, 18. 23. 'la'ii^. -isd it was good 
 before me, i. q. ^S'^sa aia', Dan. 3, 32 
 [4, 2]. 6, 2. After verbs of motion, 
 Dan. 2, 24. 25. 3, 13. 4, 3. 5, 13. Also 
 "7i^, *)P i. q. Heb. -:bt3, cytJ./rom, after 
 verbs of receiving Dan. 2. 6 ; of asking 
 2, 18; of commanding 6, 27 ; of sending 
 Ezra 7, 14. Dan. 5, 24; of fearing Dan. 
 5, 19. 6, 27. 
 
 '^''?'7P ^ (r. 0"^!^) oldness, antiquity. 
 Is. 23, 7 nnianp cnps la-^TS whose (Tyre's) 
 antiquity is from ancient days. Also 
 former state, Ez. 16, 55. Plur. Ez. 36, 
 11. In the construct state r^'ij?, it be- 
 comes a preposition, and with laix impl. 
 a conjunction, before, Ps. 129, 6. 
 
 HTS'lp Chald. former time; hence 
 njn po-j|5|B Dan. 6, 11, K5n-rn;Ba 
 Ezra 5, 11. in former times, aforetime 
 formerly. 
 
12ip 
 
 913 
 
 wip 
 
 Mtl'lp (eastward) Kpdemah, pr. n. of 
 a son of Islimaol, Gen. 25, 15. Another 
 niaip sec in on^ no. 1. 
 
 ITQlp i. q. c'jp no. 2, only in constr. 
 nttnp . on the east of^ eastward of a place, 
 Gen. 2, 14, conip. n^ttJX. 4, 16. 1 Sam. 
 13,5. Ez. 39, 11. 
 
 'jiTS'ip adj. (fr. on;?) fern. njiTsn;?, 
 eastern, Ez. 47, 8. 
 
 ipiaip , see "Jiang . 
 
 rTnalJ? (antiquities) Kedemoth, pr. 
 n. of a city in Reuben, Josh. 13, 18. 21, 
 37. 1 Chr. 6, 61. An adjacent desert 
 bore the same name, Deut. 2, 26. 
 
 ^^7? Chald. Jirst, plur. Xlian;? Dan. 
 7,24. Fern. st. emphat. xn-j^np 7,4; 
 plur. xn^ianp 7, 8. 
 
 ^-S'^'QIp (one before God, i. e. minis- 
 ter of God, r. cn;5) Kadmiel, pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 2, 40. 3, 9. Neh. 7, 43. 9, 4. 10, 10. 
 12, 8. 
 
 i^bnp or "^liTS^p adj. f. n^Sbnp; plur. 
 carinp , ni'sb-i;? ; comp. lianp . R. on;? . 
 
 i. eastern, Ez. 10, 19. 11, 1. tafn 
 isi^nisn the eastern sea, i. e. the Dead 
 Sea, opp. to the western sea or Mediter- 
 ranean, Ez. 47, 18. Joel 2, 20. Zech. 
 14,8. 
 
 2. foDner, ancient, Ez. 38, 17. Mai. 
 3, 4. Plur. s'^J'aniD older persons, the 
 aged, Job 18. 20. Sing, collect. 1 Sam. 
 24. 14 ""Sia-iisr! btJa the proverb of the 
 ancients. Plur. f! DV^bi'i^ former things, 
 things of old. Is. 43, 18. 
 
 4. Kadmonite, collect, pr. n. of a Ca- 
 naanitish tribe, dwelling prob. in the 
 eastern part of the country. Gen. 15, 19. 
 Bochart conjectures them to be the 
 same with the Hivites ; Canaan I. 19. 
 
 ^P7P "1- (> "^IP, I) C. suff. i*i;5_"Ti5, 
 others inp.'];' , Job 2, 7. Ps. 7, 17, rerVei, 
 top, crown of the head, so called because 
 the hair there divides itself; comp. 
 Germ. Scheitel. die Haare scheiteln. 
 Gen. 49, 26. Deut. 33, 16. 20. Is. 3, 17. 
 Jer. 2, 16. 48. 45. al. Fully "isia npn;? 
 the crown of hair (pr. the dividing of 
 
 s ^ 
 
 the hair) Ps. 68. 22. Arab. JJLo is the 
 pari of the head from the vertex to the 
 neck behind. 
 
 77 
 
 '_)? I. to be dirty, foul ; spoken 
 of a turbid torrent, Job 6, 16. Hence, to 
 go about in dirty garments, like mourn- 
 ers, i. q. to mourn, Jer. 8, 21. 14, 2. 
 Part, nnp a mourner Ps. 35, 14. 38, 7. 
 
 42, 10. 43,2. Job 5, 11. Arab. j<>i, TjJ 
 
 to be squalid, of garments; Chald. inp 
 id. comp. "'TS. 
 
 2. to he of a dirty or dusky colour, to 
 be dark coloured, e. g. the skin as 
 scorched by the sun Job 30, 28 ; to be 
 darkened, to become dark, as the day, the 
 sun, the moon, Mic. 3, 6. Jer. 4, 28. Joel 
 2, 10. 4, 15. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to cause to mxmm, Ez. 31, 15. 
 
 2. to darken, to obscure, e. g. the sun, 
 stars, Ez. 32, 7. 8. 
 
 HiTHp. to be darkened, overcast, e. g. 
 the heavens 1 K. 18, 45. 
 
 Deriv. I'lp n-ijnnjs . 
 
 "^7? (dark-skinned) Kedar, pr. n. of a 
 son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 1.3. Also of aa 
 Arabian tribe descended from him, Cant^ 
 1, 5. Is. 21, 16. 42, 11 (where it is joined 
 with a fem.) 60, 7. Jer. 2, 10. 49, 28. 
 Ez. 27. 21 ; more fully nnp "'33 Is. 21, 17. 
 Ps. 120, 5 Kedar and Meshech, put for 
 barbarous tribes. The Kedar are iha 
 Cedrei of Pliny, connected with the Na- 
 batheans. Hist. V. 11; comp. Reland 
 Palsest. p. 96 sq. The Rabbins call all 
 the Arabs by this name ; whence ywi'x 
 nip the Arabic tongue. 
 
 ^"17? (tbe turbid, r. in;? , comp. Job) 
 6, 16) Kidron, pr. n. of the brook or tor- 
 rent flowing in winter through the valleys 
 of like name between Jerusalem and the 
 Mount ofOlives, and emptying itself into- 
 the Dead Sea ; 2 Sam. 15, 23. 1 K, 2, 37. 
 15, 13. 2 K. 23, 4. Jer. 31, 40. Hence 
 XdfiaQQog loij KidQuiv John 18, 1. See 
 a lull description in Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 I. p. 39&-402. 
 
 n^ll'l)? f (r. 1*1)5) darkness, obscurity- 
 of the heavens. Is. 50, 3. 
 
 fT^S'inp adv. in mourning^ mournfully^ 
 Mai. 3, 14. R. in;? . 
 
 *^!i|$ and "2")|? Num. 17, 2, fut. 
 
 1. to be pure, clean, pr. of physical 
 purity and cleanness-; see Hithpa. no.l, 
 and adj. din;? . Kjndr. is perU..Wnj oC: 
 
trip 
 
 914 
 
 is^p 
 
 which the primary idea is ' to be bright.' 
 Hence 
 
 2. to be holy, sacred, sanctum ; so in all 
 the kindred dialects, espec. in Pi. or Pa. 
 a) Of a person who consecrates himself 
 to God, and so regards himself as holier 
 than the profane vulgar ; Is. 65. 5 ?j''rittJ"7p 
 / a7ii holy unto thee, for ~p_ ""Tp^^lV, '> or o' 
 those who are consecrated by touching 
 sacred things. Ex. 29, 37. 30, 29. Lev. 6, 
 11. 20. b) Of things destined for the sa- 
 cred worship Num. 17,2. 3. Ex. 29, 21; 
 or which are consecrated by the contact 
 of sacred things 1 Sam. 21, 6. Hag. 2, 
 
 12 ; or which are devoted to the sacred 
 treasury, Deut. 22, 9. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be regarded and treated 
 as holy, to be halloiced, sanctijied, sc. 
 God, c. a Lev. 10, 3. 22, 32. Also to 
 show oneself holy, glorious, in any one, 
 either by bestowing favours Ez. 20, 41. 
 28, 25. 36, 23. 38, 16. 39, 27 ; or by in- 
 flicting judgments Ez. 28, 22. Num. 20, 
 
 13 ; comp. Is. 5, 16. 
 
 2. to be consecrated, e. g. the sacred 
 tabernacle Ex. 29, 43. 
 
 PiEL ^^p to make holy, to sanctify, to 
 hallow, i. e. 
 
 1. to hold sacred, to regard and treat 
 as holy, as God Deut. 32, 51 ; a priest 
 Lev. 21, 8 ; the sabbath, to keep holy, 
 Ex. 20, 8. Deut. 5, 12. Neh. 13, 22. Jer. 
 17, 22. 24. 27. Ez. 20, 20. 
 
 2. to pronounce holy, to sanctify, e. g. 
 the sabbath Gen. 2. 3 ; a people Lev. 20, 
 8. 21, 8. Also to institute any holy thing, 
 to appoint, e. g. a fast Joel 1, 14. 2, 15 
 (parall. with K^;?) ; a festival 2 K. 10, 20. 
 
 3. to consecrate, e. g. a priest Ex. 28, 
 41. 29. ]. 1 Sam. 7. 1 ; an altar, the tem- 
 ple, Ex. 29, 36. Lev. 8, 15. Num. 7, 1. 1 
 K. 8, 64; the first-born, Ex. 13, 2; the 
 people of Israel, Ex. 19, 10. 14. Josh. 7, 
 13 ; a building when completed, Neh. 3, 
 1 ; a mountain, as separate and distin- 
 guished from all others, Ex. 19, 23. 
 Hence to consecrate or sanctify with 
 solemn rites, e. g. by lustrations for sa- 
 crifice 1 Sam. 16, 5. Job 1, 5 ; troops for 
 battle. Jer. 51,27, Comp. Hiph. Also 
 nonbia li^p to consecrate or inaugurate 
 a war, battle, (i. e. with sacred rites, 
 comp. Ps. 110, 3. 1 Sam. 7, 9. 10,) q. d. 
 to prejMire, to begin, Joel 4, 9. Jer. 6, 4. 
 Trop. Mic! 3, 6. 
 
 PuAL part. tt-npTS , consecrated, spoken 
 of priests and sacred things, Ez. 48, 11. 
 2 Chr.26, 18. 31, 6. Is. 13, 3 "^'pia my 
 consecrated ones, i. e. soldiers whom I 
 have consecrated to war; comp. Jer. 51, 
 27. 
 
 HiPH. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1, Is. 8, 13. 29, 
 23. Num. 20, 12. 
 
 2. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pronounce holy, to 
 sanctify, Jer. 1, 5. 
 
 3. i. q. Piel no. 3, to consecrate to God 
 Lev. 27, 14 sq. Judg. 17, 3. 2 Sam. 8, 11. 
 
 1 Chr. 26, 27. Also of God, to sanctify, 
 to hallow for himself, e. g. the first-born 
 Num. 3, 13. 8, 17 ; the temple 1 K. 9, 
 3. 7. 
 
 HiTHP. 1. to cleanse or purify oneself 
 by sacred ablutions and observances. 
 
 2 Sam. 11,4 rtrj<?2-J73 rc^pna r^'^ri^Jor 
 she hadpinified herself from h er unrlean- 
 ness. Is. 66, 17 coupled with "I'l^H 
 Often of the priests and Levites, as puri- 
 fying themselves for the holy service, 
 Ex. 19, 22. 1 Chr. 15, 12. 14. 2 Chr. 5, 
 11. 29, 15. al. Comp. Kal no. 1. 
 
 2. to show oneself holy, i. e. pure from 
 guilt, to sanctify oneself. Lev. 11, 44. 20, 
 7 ; of God, as the punisher of guilt, Ez. 
 38,23. 
 
 3. to be celebrated, kept, e. g. a festi- 
 val. Is. 30, 29. 
 
 Deriv. anp , mp , ttjn'p, la'^'np , binj?, 
 tti'^pia . 
 
 T^Ti^ m. pr. sabred, consecrated. Hence 
 
 1. Spec, a male prostitute, a catamite, 
 sodomite, xivuidog, so called as conse- 
 crated to the service ol'Astarte or Venus; 
 Deut. 23, 18. 1 K. 14, 24. 15, 12. 22, 47. 
 2. K. 23, 7. Job 36. 14. These wretched 
 beings were priests or rather tempfe- 
 servants (w()o5oi'Aoi)of Astarte atHiera- 
 polis in Syria ; and having been emascu- 
 lated and wearing a female dress, they 
 wandered about through the citie* 
 and villages begging and bearing w'tth 
 them an image of the goddess. They 
 were courted by females, and gave them- 
 selves up to unnatural lusts. See espec. 
 Lucian. Luc. 35 sq. Id. de Dea Syrsi, 
 27, 51. Jerome ad Hos. 4, 14. Spencer 
 de Legg. fit. II. 35. MoTers Phoenizier 
 I. p. 678. 
 
 2. Kadesh, pr. n. Gen. 14, 7. 16. 14. 
 20, 1. Num. 13, 27. al. also JJ-ja ttinjj 
 
isip 
 
 915 
 
 zip 
 
 Kadeah-barnea Num. 32, 8. 34, 4. Deut. 
 1, 2. 19. 2, 14. Josh. 10, 41. ul. a city in 
 the south-eastern extremity of Juduh, 
 adjacent to Idumea, whiiher the children 
 of Israel came under Moses, sent spies 
 into Palestine, and then turned back to 
 Mount Hor, etc. Gen. 20, 1. Num. 13.27. 
 20, 14. 16.22. 33, 36. 37. Judg. 11, 16. 17. 
 There was here a fountain called *p5 
 ttoaia Gen. 14, 7 ; afterwards n3inT3>a 
 Deut. 32, 51 ; the adjacent desert was 
 called also CJn;? lana Ps. 29, 8. [All 
 these notices go to fix the site of Kadesh 
 in the western part of the 'Arabah south 
 of the Dead Sea, perh. not far from the 
 fountain 'Ain el-Weibeh, the most fre- 
 quented watering-place in all that re- 
 gion. See Euseb. Onom. art. Kuddia 
 BuQrii. Jerome Q,uaest. Heb. in Gen. 
 14, 7 : " Caxles . . . significat locum apud 
 Petram, qui Fons Judicii nominatur." 
 Reland Palsest. p. 114. Bibl. Res. in Pa- 
 lest. II. p. 382, 620. R.] The term 5:na 
 Simonis regards as from 13 open coun- 
 try, desert, and 53 wandering, from r. 513 . 
 
 7P (sanctuary) in pause ti"!;? Judg. 
 4, 11. Kedesh, pr. n. a) A city in the 
 southern part of Judah. Josh. 15. 23. b) 
 Another in Naphtali, Josh. 12, 22. 19, 
 37. 21, 32. Judg. 4. 6. 1 Chr. 6, 61. 
 With He parag. nttJn;? Judg. 4, 9 ; and 
 >T^"7k 4, 10. This city, Kedesh of Naph- 
 tali, lay upon the hills west of the upper 
 ake of the Jordan, el-Huleh ; and still 
 exists under the same name, Arab. 
 iuJls Kedes ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 III. p. 355. Bibiioth. Sacr. I. p. 11 and 
 Map. c) A third in Issachar 1 Chr. 6, 
 57, also called p-'itip Josh. 19, 20. 21,28. 
 
 tJ^p m. once IV Dan. 11. 30, c. 
 euff. "^aj");? ; plur. n''ttJ75 (kodashim), with 
 art. and pref n"'!B'iI3.n , o-'tun;?? Lev. 22, 
 4, a"'ttJ"i|3^ Neh. 10, 34 ; but c. sutT. "^ain;? 
 Ez. 22'. ''s, vi^n^ 2 Chr. 15. 18 (comV. 
 Ewald's Krit. Gramm. p. 335). and "'"aJ'ii?. 
 Num. 5, 10. ' ', ' 
 
 1. holiness, sanctity ; so Arab. (j*itXiiJt 
 el-Kuds,concr. 'the holy,' pr.n. of Jeru- 
 salem, (Urf JJL't _,.s the Holy Spirit ; 
 
 Syr. \.M.ja^9 |-ci id. Most. freq. in the 
 genit. after another noun, instead of an 
 adjective, as tanp ra^S holy ground Kx. 
 3, 5 ; C-ipn oip^J the holy place Lev. 10, 
 
 17. 14. 13. So c. suflf. 'ttSnyj "in my moun- 
 tain of holint'sa, i. e. my holy mountain, 
 Ps. 2, 6 ; Tjalnp nsn thy Holy Spirit Ps. 
 51, 13; rarely with c^nbx added, aa 1 
 Chr. 22, 19 QTj'PX iJnp ^b^ the holy ves- 
 sels of God. Ascribed also to all those 
 things which in any way pertain to God 
 or to his worship, as ''tti'ip 0'^ my holy 
 name Lev. 20, 3. 22, 2 ; Tj'rip pa J thy 
 holy sabbath Neh. 9, 14 ; CJniOT i-'s the 
 Holy City. Jerusalem, Is. 48, 2. Neh. 11, 
 1 ; T]TUnp bs^n thy holy temple Ps. 1 38, 2 ; 
 TK1P cnb hallowed bread, the shew- 
 bread, 1 Sam. 21, 5 ; d-ip "insa holy vest- 
 ments Ex. 28. 2. 4 ; ^-ip ""sax th^i sacred 
 jewels, trop. for the nobles of the people, 
 Lam. 4, 1 ; 83"!p '^'VO the sacred princes, 
 i. e. the priests of higher rank. 1 Chr. 24, 
 5. Is. 43, 28 ; fflnp n? a holy people, Is- 
 rael, Dan. 12, 7 ; ttJl'p n-^na a holy cove- 
 nant Dan. 11, 28. 30, etc. etc. Rarely 
 only, and in doubtful examples, is it to be 
 rendered as abstr. holiness. Am. 4. 2. Ps. 
 60, 8. 108, 8; in which places "'Uiipa, 
 "idnpa , is usually translated : by my {his) 
 holiness ; perh. more correctly: in my 
 {his) sanctuary. Sept. in Ps. II. cc. iv 
 Toi ttyiii) nvTov. The notion of purity, 
 physical or moral, is referred to in Ex. 
 22,30. 2 Chr. 31,18. Is. 6, 13; see in 
 art. UJi-ip init. 
 
 2. Concr. a holy thing, something sa- 
 cred, consecrated to God, opp. bn pro- 
 fane : Lev. 10, 10. Ex. 29, 33. 34. Num. 
 
 18, 17. Prov. 20. 25. al. ssep. With dat. 
 added, nin-^b 'Jj-ip Lev. 27. 10. 14. 21. 
 Jer. 2, 3. Ezra 8. 28 : t2''n''X^ ^Jlp Lev. 
 21,7. 23, 20 ; -,nab sfin ilj-ip Num. 6, 20. 
 18.10; rarelyc. genit. '^en'p id. Lev. 19, 
 8. Plcr. B'^S'i;?:! the consecrated things 
 Lev. 21, 22. 22, 3. 6. 7. 12. Q''7;5n c:D3 
 the silcer dedicated to the temple 1 Chr. 
 26. 20. 26. 28, 12. With genit. of the 
 person consecrating, as 1 K. 15, 15 "''Sni? 
 T^ax. Lev. 22; 15. Num. 5, 9 ; also of 
 him to whom they are consecrated, 
 '^ 'tu'ip Lev. 5, 1.5. 
 
 3. a holy place, sanctuary, as the ta- 
 bernacle Ex. 28. 43. 29, 30. 35. 19. 39, 
 1 ; the temple Ps. 20. 3. Dan. 8, 14. al. 
 Spec, of the temple itself as distinguish- 
 ed from its courts, etc. i. e. the ba-'n, 
 o vu6i, 1 K. 8. 8. 2 Chr. 29, 7. Once of 
 the inner sanctuary, for S"*"!)? ttJ"i'p Ez. 
 41, 23. 
 
tip 
 
 916 
 
 bnp 
 
 4. Intens. C'lan^ tip holiness ofholi- 
 nesses. something most holy. e. g. a) Of 
 things, as the sacred incense Ex, 30. 36; 
 the eacred utensils v. 29 ; the altar 29. 37. 
 30, 10, 40, 10 J the part of the sacrifice& 
 which only the priesta might eat, Lev. 
 2, 3. 10. 6, 10. Num. 18,9. Ez. 48. 12. ah 
 So of things devoted with a curse Lev. 
 27, 2S. Plur. C^Ttsn "^qnf? the most holy 
 things, of ofi'erings deat i ned for the priests 
 alone, Lev. 21, 22. 2 Ohr. 31, 14. Ez. 42, 
 13. 44, 13. b) Of men, as Aaron, 1 Chr. 
 23, 13. c) Of j)\ace^ a most holy place, 
 Num. 18, 10. Spec, the inner sanctuary, 
 adytum, "1^2^, in the tabernacle Ex. 26, 
 33. 34. Num. 4. 4. 19 ; and in the temple 
 1 K. 6, 16. 8, 6. 1 Chr. 6, 34. Ez. 41, 4. al. 
 Fully c-'ttinisn dnp nia 2 Chr. 3, 8. 10, 
 
 ntO'Tj? fem. of subst. 1!Jn|5 no, 1, a fe- 
 male prostitute, harlot, pr. one conse- 
 crated like the ffl^r? to the worship of 
 Astarte, and the gains of whose prosti- 
 tution went into the treasury of the 
 temple of that goddess ; Gen. 38. 21. 22. 
 Deut. 23, 18. Hos. 4, 14. Comp. Num. 
 25, 1. Jerome 1. c. Hdot. L 199. Lucian 
 de Dea Syra 6. Id. Heta^r. 7, 1. 14, 3. 
 Tac. Hii?t. 2. 3. Similar are the Hindu 
 Bayaderes. 
 
 "t'I?) kindr, with nns, to become 
 
 dull, to be blunted, e. g. the teeth Jer. 31, 
 
 29,30. Ez. 18,2. Syr. id. Chald. N^l? id. 
 
 PiEL nng id. intrans. of iron Ecc. 10, 
 
 10. 
 
 'Ul? in Kal not used, prob. to call, 
 to convoke, kindr. with r. hip. 
 
 Hi PH. to call together, to convoke, e.g. 
 a people Num. 8, 9. 10, 7. 20, 8. Deut. 4, 
 10. al. With br against any one, Num. 
 16, 19; ace. impl. sc. a tribunal Job 11, 
 10. 
 
 NiPH. to be convoked, to assemble, e. g. 
 a people Esth. 9, 2. 15. 16. 18. 8. 11 ; c 
 bs Ex. 32, 1. Num. 16, 3. 17. 7 ; bs 1 K. 
 8, 2. Jer. 26, 9 ; also with bs of place 
 Lev. 8, 4. Judg. 20, 1 ; b 2 Chr. 20, 26 ; 
 ace. of place Josh. 18, 1. 22, 12. 
 
 Deriv. cbnjTT?, mbnpja, and the four 
 iiere following, 
 
 '01? ni- constr. bnf?, c. eufT. cbn^. 
 
 1. a coming together, an assembling, 
 the act, Deut. 9, 10 bn;jn oi-^a, 10, 4, 
 18, 16. 
 
 2. an ossemNy, congregation, convocor- 
 tion. a) Spec, of the assembly or con- 
 vocation of the people of Israel, for any 
 cause Judg. 21, 8. 1 Chr. 29-, 1. 2 Chr. 
 23, 3, comp. Job 30, 28 ; mos-tly for re- 
 ligious purposes, i. q. Tisn, fully bf\p 
 bi<7r'^ Lev. 16, 17. Deut.'sL 30 ; ^"^ bnj? 
 Num. 16, 3. Deut 23, 2 ; c-nb^in hrtpr 
 Neh. 13, 1 ; also c. art. bn^sn xmt f^oxriv 
 Ex. 16, 3. Lev. 4, 13. 14. Num. 10, 7. al. 
 sagp. So an bri;? Ps. 35, 18. 22, 26 ; bn{> 
 bina 1 K. 8. 65. b) In a wider sense, of 
 any assembly or multitude oi' men, Jer. 
 31, 8. Ez. 16, 40. 23, 46. 47. 32, 22; of 
 troops Ez. 17, 17, 38, 4, 15; of nations 
 Gen. 28, 3. 35, 11. 48, 4. Jer. 50, 9; of 
 the wicked Ps. 26, 5 comp. Gen. 49. 6 ; 
 of the righteous Ps. 149, 1 : of holy ones 
 i. e, angels Ps, 89, 6, 8 ; of the dead 
 Prov, 21, 16, 
 
 t'^P (convocation) Kehelak, pr, n. 
 of a station of the Israelites in the desert, 
 c, n parag. Num. 33, 22. 23. 
 
 '^?'7I? f (r. bnj:?) an assembly, congrC' 
 gallon, Deut. 33, 4, Neh, 5. 7. 
 
 f^^OP Koheleth, pr. n. by which Solo- 
 mon is denoted in the book thus in- 
 scribed, i. e. the book of Ecclesiastes. 
 It is usually of the masc. gend. and 
 without the article, Ecc. 1, 1. 2. 12, 9. 
 10 ; once c. art 12, S, see Lehrg. p. 656, 
 657 ; once with verb fem, Ecc. 7, 27 
 rbnp iTnT3X, where perh. it should be 
 read nbnpn iBX as in 12, 8. The fem. 
 termination is not infrequent in words 
 denoting office, station, etc, (see nnB, 
 
 P33, RaaA^ i, e. Kbah'f,) and also in 
 
 later Hebrew even in proper names of 
 men, see i^'^BD, riSB ; Lehrg. p. 468, 
 878. As to the signification, the only 
 true one seems to be that given by the 
 earliest versions, e, g, Sept. and Vulg. 
 'jLxxXtjnKtfnrif, Ecclesiastes. i. e. a preach- 
 er, one addressing a public assembly and 
 discoursing of human things, i. q. bsa 
 nsOX 12. 11; pr. 'aconvoker'; unless 
 one chooses to derive the signif of 
 preacher or orator from the primary 
 notion of calling and speaking, bnp? i. q. 
 bip. JLi*. For other explanations, see 
 Knobel Comm, p. 2, 3. Thesaur. p. 
 1199, 1200. 
 
r\np 
 
 917 
 
 ttip 
 
 * r^fjl^ a root of doubtful authority, 
 found once in Cod. Samar. Gen. 49, 10 
 D-^ns innp' ibi , for Heb. cffl? rn;37 ibj , 
 i. e. from the Chuld. to him shall the na- 
 tions be gathered tugetlier. It seems 
 therefore to have been i. q. ChaUJ. xnf^, 
 Hel). bn;? , to assemble. Hence pr. n. 
 nnpn and 
 
 rnp (assembly) Kehath. pr. n. of a 
 son of Levi, Gen. 46, 11. Ex. 6. 16. Josh. 
 21, 5. Written also nn;?^ Kohath Num. 
 4. 14. 15. Hence patronym. "Tinjsn the 
 Kohathite Num. 3, 27. 4, 18. 37. ' '' 
 
 1p and 1p m. (r. nj;^) the latter absol. 
 Is. 28, 10. 13. but coiis'tr. 2 K. 21, 13, Is. 
 34, ] 1 ; c. suff. cjp Ps. 19, 5. 
 s- > 
 
 1. a cord, line, Arab, 'iJi , Spec, a) 
 
 a mea<ntring line. Is, 34. 17. Ez. 47, 3. 
 bs ip n:23 /o stretch a line upon any 
 thing, in order to measure it; which is 
 done where any thing is to be made Is. 
 44. 13; or built Job 38,5. Zech. 1,16 
 Keri ; or also to be destroyed and made 
 even with the ground so that the line 
 may be drawn over the levelled spot, 
 2 K. 21, 13. Lam. 2, 8. Is. 34, 11. b) 
 Metaph. a line. i. e. a rule. law. norm. Is. 
 28, 17. and so vv. 10. 13 "ij^b ip ipb ip 
 line upon line, line upon line, see in art. 
 IS c) the margin, rim of a laver, resem- 
 bling a cord, 1 K. 7, 23 Keri. 2 Chr. 4. 2. 
 d) a .string of a lyre or other musical in- 
 strument ; hence sound, q. d. accord, Ps. 
 19. 5 ; Sept. 6 cp&oyyog, and so Rom. 10. 
 18, Symm. 6 Tjxoi, Vulg. sonrcs. But 
 perh. instead of C|i]5 it should here 
 read obip or nVp , as in v. 4 ; parall. 
 
 2. strength, might, Arab. 8J>, see r. 
 nj;5 no. 2. Is. 18. 8 'i5-ip 'iw a 7jafiott 
 7rw>.s< mighty. The repetition is inten- 
 sive. 
 
 ^ Ip <o spwe oMi. to vomit forth. 
 Arab. :^U mid. Ye, Eth. 4XA id. It 
 would seem to have been formed by 
 softening the final letter of the onomato- 
 poetic j'Sip . Uip , and perhaps also pri- 
 marily the form Snp; comp. under the 
 letter 5 p. 738. Metaph. Lev. 18, 28 
 that the land spue ymi not out. reject you. 
 Once Imper. plur. '"''^^ and. spue ye 
 Jer. 25, 27, as if from a root X^;^ drop- 
 ping X ; see Arab, and Eth. above. 
 
 77* 
 
 HiPH. id. Prov. 23, 8. 25. 10. Jon. 2, 11. 
 Trop. Lev. 18. 25. 28, Job 20, 15 ; where 
 comp. Cic. in Pis. 37, ' devoratum pecu- 
 niam evomere.' 
 
 Deriv. xp, nx;?,efp. 
 
 ynip (Milra) Ez. 23, 24, constr. Sai'p 
 (Milfil) 1 Sam. 17, 38, a helmet, i. q, 
 r2i. On the form and tone of this 
 word, see in SS'S, note. R. ?SJ?. 
 
 tJlip , see in ttSVp. 
 
 * n^p 1. pr. to twist a rope, cord, to 
 wind; whence nip, "IJS no. 1, n^p5Pi, 
 Hence 
 
 2. to be strong, robust, the notion of 
 binding fast, girding being tropically re- 
 ferred to strength ; see bw , pm no. 3. 
 Comp. Germ. Str&nge i. e. conk.strenge, 
 (whence Engl, strength, strong), also 
 anstrengen. all which come from the no- 
 tion of binding fast, Lat. adstringere. 
 Hence ip no. 2. Arab. ^^Ji to be 
 
 strong, robust ; II, to strengthen. iJi 
 strength. 
 
 3. to hope strongly, to trust, implying 
 firmness and constancy of mind, comp. 
 prxn. So of trust in God, Part, "^'ip 
 r\ir\'^_ Ps. 37. 9. Is. 40, 31; c. suff. ijp 
 Ps. 49, 23 ; r^-^^p 25, 3. 69, 7. lip Lam. 
 3, 25. See Piel. 
 
 PiEL n-ip i. q. Kal no. 3, to hope for ^ 
 to wait for, to expect any thing, c. ace. 
 Job 7, 2. 17, 13. 30, 26; b Jer. 8, 15. 14, 
 19; inf c. \ Is. 5. 2. Ps.'69. 21. Spec, 
 a) nin-i-rx' n^^p Ps. 25, 5. 39, 8. 40, 2, 
 nin-'b 'p Prov. 20, 22, ''3 bx Ps. 27, 14. 
 37. 34, to wait for or on Jehovah, i. e. for 
 his help, to rest one's hope on him. b) 
 to lie in wait for any one, c. dat. Ps. 119, 
 95 ; c. ace. 'rss Ps. 56. 7. 
 
 NiPH. to gather themselves together, 
 to assemble, (pr. perh. ' to be wound to- 
 gether,' see Kal no. 1.) spoken of na- 
 tions Jer. 3, 17; of waters Gen. 1, 9. 
 
 Deriv. ip , rt^p^. nip^a, nipn, and 
 
 nip or <^!lp i. q. ip , a rope, cord, in 
 Cheth. thrice 1 K. 7, 23. Zech. 1, 16; 
 constr. perh. r^^J:> Jer. 31, 39. 
 
 Hip Is. 61, 1, see nipnps p. 863. 
 
 * '^^p i. q. y^p and Bpj , to loathe, to 
 nauseate, trop. Praet. ap Ez. 16. 47, where 
 however both the reading and the inter- 
 pretation are doubtful ; all the ancient 
 
bip 
 
 91S 
 
 bip 
 
 versions omit UJ? . Others make it i. q. 
 Arab. Uv only, duntaxat ; see Thesaur. 
 p. 1202. Fut. 'Jipsj c. 2 Ps. 95, 10. 
 But '^'."pi Job 8, 14, see in r. wajs. 
 
 NiPH. 'id. c. rE3 Ez. 20, 43.' 36, 31. 
 Once ^iSpJ in some copies lor *-pJ Ez. 
 6, 9. ' 
 
 HiTHPAL. -'J'prn id. Ps. 119, 158; c. 
 3 139,21. 
 
 ^ ip obsol. root, to call, to cry out; 
 
 Arab. JLs to speaii. to say. Correspond- 
 ing roots are Sanscr. gtll to call aloud, 
 Gr. xttlim, Lat. calo, whence calendcB, 
 Eng. to call. Kindred is also appa- 
 rently hrv^ q. V. and Chald. V>af? . 
 Hence 
 
 ^ip m. also ^p Ex. 19, 16, c. suff. "^bip ; 
 plur. ribp, niVp, the voice ; Eth. 3*A. 
 
 So' 
 
 voice, word, sound. Arab. Jj' dictum, 
 saying. Syr. jLo voice ; Chuld. bp id. 
 Spoken. 
 
 a) Of the voice ofmen, e. g. as speak- 
 ing, crying out 1 Sam. 4, 6. 14 ; singing 
 Ez. 33, 32. Ex. 32, 18 ; wailing Ps. 6, 9. 
 Gen. 45, 2; groaning Ps. 102. 6; re- 
 joicing Ps. 42, 5. 118, 15. Jer. 7, 34; so 
 
 <of the voice or noise of a multitude, 1 
 jK. 1, 41. Dan. 10, 6. Of the voice of 
 'Grod as speaking, Deut. 4, 33. 5, 23. 18, 
 16. al. So Gen. 27, 22 s'pr'i bip bipn 
 .the voice is Jacobus voice. Judg. 18, 3. 
 1 K. 19, 13. ALo b-ina bipa m'lh a loud 
 voice 1 Sam. 28, 12. 1 K. 18, 27. 28. Is. 
 36, 13. Prov. 27, 14; in ace. binj bip id. 
 Deut. 5, 19. 2 Sam. 15, 23. 19,5. al. 
 on bip id. Deut. 27, 14 ; nri!< b'p with 
 one voice 2 Chr. 5, 13 ; "^blp with my full 
 voice Ps. 3, 5. 142, 2, and so "bip Is. 10, 
 30 see in bnS. Pleonast. the voice of 
 words Deut. 1, 34. 5,25. 1 Sam. 15, 1. 
 Job 33. 8 ; the voice of prayer Ps. 28, 2. 
 6. 66, 19; the voice of weeping Ps. 6, 9. 
 Ellipt. in exclamation; a voice! the 
 voice ! Cant. 2, 8 "'"lin bip the voice of 
 my beloved! so. I hear. 5, 2. Is. 13, 4. 
 52. 8. 66. 6. Jer. 50, 28 ; comp. Job 39, 
 24. Metaph. ascribed to blood una- 
 venged, Gen. 4, 10. Put also meton. for 
 gpeech, discourse, Ecc. 5, 2. 5 [3. 6] ; for 
 rumour, report, Gen. 45, 16. Jer. 3,9. 
 Ez. 26. 15. 
 
 b) Of the voice or cry of beasts, e. g. 
 
 the bleating of flocks and lowing of 
 herds 1 Sam. 15, 14. comp. Jer. 9, 9; the 
 neighing of horses Jer. 8. 16 ; the roar- 
 ing of lions Job 4, 10. Zech. 11,3. Also 
 of the voice of birds Ecc. 12, 4 ; of the 
 turtle Cant. 2, 12; of the dove Nah.2,8. 
 
 c) Of the sound and 7ioise of inanimate 
 things, as of a trumpet Ex. 19. 19. 20, 18. 
 Josh. 6, 5; a harp, pipe, Ez. 26, 13. Job 
 21, 12; a bell Ex. 28, 35; thunder Ps. 
 104, 7; rushing waters Ez. 1, 24. 43, 2, 
 Ps. 42, 8 ; rain 1 K. 18, 41 ; of chariots 
 and horses, a rattling, 2 K. 7, 6. Joel 2, 5 ; 
 of fire, ibid, of burning thorns, crackling, 
 Ecc. 7. 6; of a mill Ecc. 12, 4; of a 
 whip, cracking, Nah. 3, 2; also of the 
 soimd of steps 2 Sam. 5, 24. 1 K. 14. 6. 
 2 K. 6, 32. and prob. Gen. 3, 8 ; of wings 
 in motion Ez. 1, 24. 3, 13; of a filling 
 leaf; rustling, Lev. 26, 36. bna bip3 
 with great noise Is. 29, 6. So nini bip 
 xt' iioxr,v for thunder Ps. 29, 3 sq. Is. 
 30, 30. 31. Job 37, 2. 4. 5. 1 Sam. 7, 10. 
 Plur. r-ib-^p thunders Ex. 9, 23. 29. 33. 
 34. 1 Sam. 12, 17 ; fully c^nbi!? 'P Ex. 
 9, 28. nib'p t^tn thunder-flash, lightning, 
 Job 28, 26. 38, 25. 
 
 Spec, may be noted the following 
 phrases: 
 
 aa) bip xirs to lift up the voice, see in 
 lK'i'3 no. 1. e; also bip D^"ir] id. see in 
 csi-i Hiph. 
 
 bb) ibip *,r3 ) to give forth one^s 
 voice, of persons, e. g. in weeping Gen. 
 45, 2. Num. 14. 1 ; in outcry Lam. 2, 7; 
 in calling Prov. 1, 20. 8, 1. Jer. 22, 20; 
 c. b i. q. to call to any one Prov. 2, 3 ; 
 yisa bip '^ri to proclaim in the land 
 2 Chr. 24, 9. So of birds singing Ps. 
 104, 12; of the lion roaring Am. 3, 4; of 
 the sea Hab. 3, 10 ; of the noise of a 
 multitude Jer. 48, 34 ; of thunder-clouds 
 Ps. 77, 58. Of God as thundering Ps. 
 18, 14. Am. 1, 2. Joel 2, 11. 4, 21. Jer. 
 
 25, 30. /?) ibipa "iPS to give forth (to 
 utter) with his voice, comp. Heb. Gr. 
 135. 1. n. 3. So of a lion roaring, c. 
 bs against, Jer. 12, 8 ; of God as thun- 
 dering Ps. 46, 7. 68. 34. 
 
 cc) B bip sa'ii ) to hear the voice 
 of any one, i. e. to listen to him, Gen. 4i 
 23. Is. 28, 23. Of God as hearing and 
 answering a suppliant Num. 20. 16. Deut. 
 
 26, 7. Ps. 5, 4. 27, 7. 55, 18. 64. 2. Jon. 
 2, 3. So bip -pTxn id. Job 9, 16. Ps. 141, 1. 
 
VIP 
 
 919 
 
 Dip 
 
 /?) 'u bipa 50t6 to hearken to the voice 
 of any one, i. e. to listen and obey, Gen. 
 87,8. ] 3. 43. Ex. 18, 19. Deut. 21, 18. al. 
 Spec, to obey God Gen. 22, 18. 26, 5. 
 Deut. 8, 20. 1 Sara. 12, 15. 13, 19. 20. 22. 
 al. Of God as listening to a suppliant 
 Gen. 30, 6. Jndg. 13, 9. Ps. 130. 2. ;') 
 ' Vipb rn"j to hearken to the voice of 
 any one, to listen and obey, Gen. 3, 17. 
 16, 2. E.\. 18, 24. 1 Sam. 2, 25 ; to obey 
 God E.\. 15, 26. Judg. 2. 20. Ps. 81, 12. 
 d) 'b bip'bx sv-a to listen to the voice of 
 a suppliant, so God Gen. 21, 17. 
 
 dd) a bip i"'2Jn to cause to be pro- 
 claimed in a land, see in 135 Hiph. no. 2. 
 
 n^^ip (i. q. n^bip, voice of Jehovah) 
 Kolaiah, pr. n. m. a) Jer. 29, 21. b) 
 Nch. 11, 7. 
 
 * D^P fut. onp7, apoc. c;?^ Gen. 27, 
 31, '^3 c;^;; Job 22. 28; conv. cp*V Cjrni, 
 but 1 pers. cipsi Neh. 2, 12, CfJiJJ 1 K. 
 3, 21 ; Imper. C!ip, n|3 Josh. 7, 10, c. n 
 parag. nissip ; Praet. once nxfs Hos. 10, 
 
 14, like Arab. Aji . 
 
 1. to rise up; Arab. Aji id. also to 
 stand. Syr. to rise up, to stand. Eth. 
 ^^<^ to stand. E. g. from the ground, 
 or from a bed, Gen. 27, 31. 32, 23. Cant! 
 5, 5 ; c. ITa 1 Sam. 28, 23 ; b?T3 2 Sam. 
 11, 2. So of one who rises in the morn- 
 ing Ps. 127, 2 ; or who had fallen down 
 Prov. 2-l>, 16. Mic. 7. 8 ; or was upon his 
 knees 1 K. 8, 54 ; or was sitting, e. g. on 
 a seat c. bs^a Judg. 3, 20, or at table c. 
 DSa 1 Sam. 20, 34. So n->35no B!ip to 
 rise itp from fasting Ezra 9, 5, since in 
 fasting, as connected with mourning, 
 they sat upon the ground, comp. v. 3. 4. 
 2 Sam. 12, 16. Job 2, 13. Imper. with 
 dat. pleon. T,b '^p Cant. 2, 10. Spec. 
 
 a) to rise up to or before any one in 
 token of respect, reverence. Is. 49, 7 ; 
 c. 'iS^ Gen. 31, 35. Lev. 19, 32; rxipb 
 Gen.' 19, 1. 1 K. 2, 19. 
 
 b) Very often it stands before verbs 
 of going, departing, and the like : Gen. 
 22, 3 T)b.5? c;?^] and he rose up and went. 
 28, 2 T^'c^p. 24, 10. 25, 34. Ex. 24, 13. 
 Num. 16,25. Judg. 19,5. al.saepiss. 1 Sam. 
 21, 11 nna'] nn^ npj^i. 26, 2 ni'i op*]. 
 Gen. 21, 32 laafi . .Vcp*l . Deut. 17,'8 
 nibsi P'spl, etc. Also, these being 
 
 omitted, D^ip itself in i. q, to rise up and 
 go, to set of, Gen. 31, 17. Josh. 8, 19. 
 1 Sam. 17, 48 ; with ",13 of place whence 
 Gen. 23, 3. 46, 5. 1 S^m. 20, 41. Some- 
 times Dip marks the doing or undertak- 
 ing of any tiling with impetus ; 2 Sam. 
 23, 10 he arose and smote (TJ*] cp K^in) 
 the Philistines until his hand was weary. 
 Judg. 8, 21. 2 K. 11, 1. 2 Sam. 13, 31 
 then the king arose and tore his gar- 
 ments. Job 1, 20. 2 K. 12, 21, Jer. 1, 17. 
 Prov. 31, 28. 1 Sam. 24, 5. Sometimes 
 it implies a doing again, after an inter- 
 val ; Josh. 6. 26 that riseth up and build- 
 elh this city Jericho. Deut. 31, 16. In a 
 few cases it is pleonastic or marks a ver- 
 bose style ; Num. 11, 32 and the people 
 rose up all that day . . . and gathered the 
 quails. Ex. 2, 17. Arab. *Ls c. fut. 
 to undertake, to begin. Hence Imper. 
 cnp rise up ! arise ! as a word of incite- 
 ment ; either to go, as T)^ cip Gen. 28, 
 2; XS Cip 31, 13; nb5 cap 35, 1, etc. or 
 to do any thing, Judg. 8, 20 shpi Dip 
 cnix. V.21. IK. 21, 15. With n parag. 
 intens. espec. as addressed to Jehovah 
 that he may help, Ps. 3, 8 "^^ n^^p 
 WS^ttJin. 7, 7. 9, 20. 10, 12. 74,22. 82,8. 
 132, 8. al. 
 
 c) to rise up against any one, in a 
 hostile sense ; c. bs Judg. 9, 43. Is. 14, 
 22. Am. 7, 9. al. bx Gen. 4, 8. 1 Sam. 
 22, 13. 24, 8; 3 Mic. 7, 6; ^}zh Num. 
 16, 2; with iisnbab Ob. 1. Also as a 
 witness, to rise up'Ogainst Ps. 35, 11 ; c. 
 a Deut. 19, 15. 16. Ps. 27, 12. Job 16,8. 
 Part, "^bs C^^fs those rising up against 
 me, my adversaries, enemies, Ps. 92, 12; 
 also 'bj n^^:ipn id. 2 K. 16, 7 : oftener 
 c. suflf. ^^p id. Ps. 18. 40. 49. Lam. 3, 62, 
 iS^??P Ps. 44, 6, rp^t? Ex. 15, 7, etc. 
 Arab. J^ Jj id. Trop. Ps. 27, 3 
 
 though war should rise up against me. 
 Hos. 10, 14. Nah. 1, 9. Prov. 24, 22. 
 
 d) to arise, to come forth, to appear ; 
 e. g. a new king after his predecessor 
 Ex. 1. 8. 1 K. 3, 12. 2 K. 23. 25 ; a leader 
 Judg 5, 7 ; a prophet Deut. 13, 2. 34, 10 ; 
 a new generation Gen. 41, 30. Judg. 2, 
 10. Ps. 78, 6. With nnn in place of. 
 
 Num. 32, 14, 1 K. 8, 20. Syr. >oj. often 
 
 of a king. Arab. Juu (Ls id. 
 
 e) Trop. to rise up out of calamity 
 
nip 
 
 920 
 
 W 
 
 Jer. 51, 64. Also to rise in prosperity, 
 wealth, q. d. ' to rise in the world,' Prov. 
 
 28, 12. 
 
 f ) Of God as rising up for judgment, 
 UBCsb , Ps. 76, 10 ; to punish the wicked 
 Is! 2, 19. 21. 28, 21. Ps. 12,6. Job 31, 14. 
 
 g) to rise up, to rise again, as the 
 dead returning to life. Job 14, 12. Ps. 88, 
 11. Is. 26, 14. 19. AJso to arise out of 
 eleep Prov. 6, 9 ; to rise up from sick- 
 ness Ps. 41. 9. 
 
 h) to sit down and rise up, put for the 
 general course of life and conduct, Ps. 
 139, 2. So to lie down and rise up id. 
 Deut. 6, 7. 11, 19. 
 
 i) to rise, as the light Job 25, 3 ; the 
 noon-day light Job 11, 17. 
 
 2. to set oneself, to stand, i. q. laS ; see 
 the Arab, and Ethiop. usage above. 2 K. 
 13, 21 T'^3'n"b5 cj^^i and stood upon his 
 feet. JobTa 25. 30, 12 ; c. 3 Ps. 24, 3. 
 Of waters heaped up. Josh. 3, 16 ; with 
 neg. of idols, i. q. to be cast down. Is. 27, 
 9. Trop. a) to stand Jinn, to be esta- 
 blished, as a kingdom 1 Sam. 13, 14. 24, 
 21 ; of a king 2 Chr. 21. 4. Hence to 
 stand, i. e. to stand out, to endure, Job 15, 
 
 29. Am. 7, 2. 5. Nah. 1, 6. Ps. 1, 5 ; c. 
 "SB^ to stand out before, to witfisland any 
 one, Josh. 7, 12. 13. Of things Job 41, 18 
 [26]. b) to remain Josh. 2, 11. Is. 40, 
 S; c.h to any one. Lev. 25, 30. 27, 19. 
 With ^r , Is. 32, 8 B^p^ m"3"i'73-bs x^in^ 
 and he remaineth (persisletli) in liberal 
 things. Arab. ^J>. aLs to persist in. 
 c) With 1? of .pers. to stand up for any 
 one, in his behalf, to stand by him, Ps. 
 94, 16. Arab. ^J Aji id. d) Trop. to 
 to he confirmed, established, e. g. a pur- 
 chase Gen. 23, 17.20; counsel or pur- 
 pose Is. 8, 10. 14, 24. Prov. 19, 21 ; once 
 c. \, to be established to any one, i. e. 
 to be successful, Job 22. 28 ; of a pre- 
 diction Jer. 44, 28, opp. bcs . So to be 
 valid, to stand good, e. g. testimony 
 Deut. 19, 15; a vow Num. 30, 5 sq. 
 e) B DC;"bs Dip to stand upon (in) the 
 TUDne of any one, i.e. in the public regis- 
 ters, to be enrolled in his place, to suc- 
 ceed to the name and estate of any one, 
 Deut. 25, 6. f ) Vp? si^p 1 K. 14, 4 
 comp. 1 Sam, 4, 15, his eyes were set, 
 fixed, spoken of a person afflicted with 
 A disease of the eye, in which the pupil 
 
 becomes fixed, so as no longer to contract 
 and dilate. Arab. ,j.AJtJI cyjoLi" id. 
 3. Like Samar. osp, to live ; see Pi. 
 
 no. 2, and the nouns cip"; , Dlpbst 
 
 (-JiJt) the people. 
 
 PiEL 0p , chiefly in the later books ; 
 like Aram. n*p , >oui^ . 
 
 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, in various 
 connections : a) to confirm, to establish, 
 Ruth 4, 7. Esth. 9, 29. 31 init. Of a 
 prophecy, to confirm by the event, Ez. 
 13, 6. b) With b? to enjoin any thing 
 upon any one, pr. to cause to be imposed 
 upon any one, Esth. 9, 21. 31 mid. comp. 
 Chald. bs C^p to bind by an oath. 
 Hence T'bs n*p to take upon oneself, pr. 
 ' to enjoin upon oneself,' Esth. 9, 27. 
 31 fin. c) to make stand good, i. e. to 
 perform, to fulfil, an oath, Ps. 119, 106. 
 
 2. Trans, of Kal no. 3, to preserve 
 alive, Ps. 119, 28. Frequent in the Tar- 
 gums. 
 
 PiL. C^ip 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, 
 to raise up, to build up, e. g. ruins, Is. 
 44, 26. 58, 12. 61, 4. 
 
 2. Intrans. to rise up ; Mic. 2, 8 long 
 since hath my people B^ip^ "^"i^. risen 
 up as an enemy ; Vulg. cojisurrearit. 
 Others, long since hath my people set 
 (me) up as an enemy j but this is far- 
 letched. 
 
 HiPH. Q^n, fut. ts-ip;, apoc. cp:;, 
 conv. cp^l. 
 
 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to raise up, to 
 lift or help up, e. g, one lying down 2 
 Sam. 12, 17. 1 Sam. 2, 8 ; one fallen 
 Deut. 22, 4 ; the afflicted Job 4, 4. Ps. 
 41, 11. Spec. a) to raise up. i. e. to 
 excite a hostile people Hab. 1, 6; an 
 adversary ("^b) 1 K. 11, 14; c. b? 
 against Am. 6, 14. Mic. 5, 4. Also to 
 rouse up a wild beast Gen. 49, 9. Num. 
 24, 9. Trop. to raise up evil, calamity, 
 against (bs) any one, 2 Sam. 12, 11. 
 Ez. 34, 23. Zech. 11, 16; bx id. 1 Sam. 
 3, 12. b) to raise up, i. e. to cause to 
 arise or appear, e. g. judges Judg. 2, 18 ; 
 a prophet Jer. 29, 15; a priest 1 Sam. 
 2, 35 ; a king in place of another, c. rnn 
 2 Sam. 7, 12 ; a new generation Josh. 5, 
 7 ; a plant, to make grow up. Ez. 34, 29. 
 Spec, b D D-'pn Deut. 25. 7. Ruth 4, 5. 
 10, and b s-nt B^pn Gen. 38, 8, to raise 
 
Dip 
 
 921 
 
 V> 
 
 up to anyone a name, seed, or offspring, 
 1. e. by marrying liis widow to niisi', up 
 children timt bIiuU succued to his name 
 and inheritance, c) to set up, to rear up, 
 to erect, e. g. a tent Ex. 26, 30 ; a sta- 
 tue Dent. 16, 22; an altar 1 K. 16, 32; 
 towers Is. 23, 13. Also to set up again, 
 to restore, e. g. a tent fallen down Am. 9, 
 11; hence ynx taipn, bxnttJ^ 'asoJ 'n, 
 to restore the land, the tribes of Israel, 
 Is. 49, 6. 8. So n"^na cpn io set up 
 (make) a covenant Gen. 6, 18. 9, 1 1. 17, 
 7. al. d) to lift up a shield, Ez. 26, 8. 
 e) to raise up again, to revive, Hos. 6, 2 ; 
 comp. Jer. 30, 9. See Kal no. 1. g. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to 
 stand, Ps. 40, 3. Hence : a) to set, to 
 set up, to constit7ite, e. g. a king Deut. 
 28, 36. I K. 14, 14; a watch Judg. 7, 19. 
 Jer. 51, 12; watchmen, overseers, Jer. 6, 
 17 ; shepherds 23, 4 ; God. a people for 
 himself Deut. 28,9; a boundary Prov. 
 30, 4. h) to make stand firm, to con- 
 firm,, to establish, e. g. a throne, kingdom, 
 2 Sam. 3, 10. 1 K. 9, 5. 2 Chron. 7, 18. 
 Also of a vow Num. 30, 14. 15 ; a pro- 
 phecy, to fulfil Is. 44, 26 ; and so a pro- 
 mise, to fulfil, to perform, Deut. 9, 5. 
 1 Sam. 1, 23. 1 K. 6, 12. Jer. 29, 10. Ps. 
 109, 3S; an oath Gen. 26, 3. Jer. 11, 5; 
 a covenant Jer. 34, 18. So to perform, 
 to execute a command 1 Sam. 15, 11. 
 Jer. 35, 16 ; a purpose Jer. 23, 20 ; a 
 vow Jer. 44, 25. c) to make stand still, 
 to still, a tempest, Ps. 107, 29. 
 
 HoPH. Cl^^n, once Cjsn for Dj^n in 
 some copies 2 Sam. 23, 1. 
 
 1. to be raised up, erected, e. g. the 
 tabernacle Ex. 40, 17. 
 
 2. to be set up, constituted, 2 Sam. 
 23, 1. 
 
 3. to be established, performed, e. g. a 
 rule, command, Jer. 35, 14. 
 
 HiTHPAL. D'S'iprin. to rise up, in a 
 hostile sense Ps. 17, 7; c. b upon or 
 against any one Job 20, 27. Part. c. 
 suff. '^aiSipn'O my adversary, enemy, 
 Ps. 59. 2.' Job 27, 7. 
 
 Deriv. niaip, ni'riap, BipV wp^x, 
 tDipia . c^p , n^ip ,' nrfj , " msipn , 
 O^ipn , and the pr. names n'^p'j . yiizp . 
 
 Dip Chald. fut. =sp^, part, cx;?, 
 1. to rise up Dan. 3, 24. 6, 20 ; before 
 verbs of doing, undertaking, etc. as in 
 
 Plob. no. 1. b, Dan. 7. 5. Ezra 5, 2; to 
 ariAe, i. e. to come forth, to exist, e. g. 
 a king, kingilom, Dan. 2. 39. 7, 17. 24. 
 
 2. to ataiul, Dan. 2, 31. 3, 3. 7, 10. 16; 
 also to endure, to remain, 2, 44. 
 
 Pa. C'P to raise tip, to set up; hence 
 n^p C'p to make a decree, to give com- 
 mand, Dan. 6, 8. 
 
 Apu. n-ipn Dan. 3, 2, c. sufT. Pra-^prj 
 
 5, 11, once n^-'px 3, I ; 2 pers. na"';?!! 
 3, 18, raipn 3, ll"; fut. n-'p^ 2, 44Valso 
 cpn-i 5, 21 ;' part. ^^;?.r}r: 2, 21. 
 
 1. to set up, to erect, e. g. a statue 
 Dan. 3, 1 sq. 
 
 2. to set rip, to coTistitute, e. g. a king 
 Dan. 2, 21 ; a prefect 5, 11 ; priests 
 Ezra 6, 18 ; c. bs to set over Dan. 4, 14. 
 
 6, 2. 4. 
 
 3. to cause to arise, to set up, e. g. a 
 kingdom, Dan. 2, 44. 
 
 4. to confirm, to establish, Dan. 6, 9. 16. 
 HoPH. C"'pn, fem. ro'^pn, to be made 
 
 to stand, Dan. 7, 4. 
 Deriv. c;;j5, c;p. 
 
 raip f. (r. 0*ip) \. stature; Eth. 
 i>^ Syr. l^.i>ca_D, id. a) Of a person, 
 Cant. 7, 8. 1 Sam. 16, 7. 28, 20 siba 
 iraip his full stature. Ez. 13, 18 "bi 
 rsiaip every stature, i. e. men of every 
 stature, b) Of a tree, plant; rnaip RSa 
 tall of stature Ez. 31, 3 ; nr-p nbsa Imjy 
 of stature Ez. 17, 6; comp. 19, 6. 31, 5. 
 10. 14. Is. 10, 33. rnx niaip the sta- 
 ture (tallness) of his cedars, his tall 
 cedars, Is. 37, 24. 
 
 2. height, altitude, Gen. 6, 15. Ex. 25, 
 10. 23. 27, 1. 1 K. 6, 10. 20. 26. 2 K. 25, 
 17. al. 
 
 ni^piaip f. (r. Ddp Pil.) pr. upright- 
 ness ; as adv. upright, erect, Lev. 26, 13. 
 
 pP or j P in Kal not used ; prob. 
 
 \. to beat, to pound ; kindr. with *(53. 
 Arab. ..jLs mid. Ye. to forge iron. Syr. 
 [ ^ 1 * , Chald. '^y^P:, a worker in iron, 
 a smith. Hence T^p no. 1. 
 
 2. to strike the strings of a musical 
 instrument, to play ; also to sing, to 
 chant in accompaniment ; see Pil. and 
 ^PP- Syr. )J.i^ a ipusical sound. 
 
 Arab. &jLo a maid, also according to 
 some a female minstrel. 
 
::>ip 
 
 922 
 
 PiL. laip, fut. 3 plur. nss-ippi Ez. 32, 
 16 ; spec, to chant a moumfid song, to 
 lament, fully nj-^p ijip 2 Sam. 1, 17. 
 Ez. 32, 16 ; c. hs over or upoii any per- 
 eon or thing 2 Chr. 35, 25. Ez. 27, 32 ; 
 bx 2 Sam. 3, 33. Part. f. plur. nissip^ 
 female waiters, hired mourners, Jer. 9, 
 16. 
 
 Dcriv. -(^p , nrp , pr. n. "^s^p, ",rg . 
 
 * ?^P obsol. root, prob. 1. to dig, to 
 scrape, i. q. lip ; see in lett. "i . Hence 
 
 2. i. q. Arab. cU mid. Waw, Conj. I, 
 VIII, to motint. to carer, spoken of the 
 camel in copulation, from the idea of 
 digging, piercing; see in r. "SJ no. 1. 
 
 Deriv. Sp^P and 
 
 ^ip m. once Ez. 23, 23, pr. a he-camel, 
 stallion, then trop. prince, noble, as the 
 Vulg. and Rabbins correctly. This me- 
 taphor is common among the Hebrews 
 and Arabians, comp. *1WS , also Arab. 
 
 Iwi*, ^vi* all which denote a 
 
 he-camel for breeding, espec. of a nobler 
 race, and likewise a prince. In parono- 
 masia with r*!JJ wealthy. 
 
 rpp obsol. root, i. q. Cip3 no. 3, to 
 move in a circle ; hence nsipri circuit. 
 
 tl^p m. plur. C^B-ip, an ape 1 K. 10, 22. 
 2 Chr. 9. 21. Sanscr. and Malabar kapi, 
 ape. (pr. swift, agile.) a word of Indian 
 origin ; whence also Gr. xJ]no(:, xt,;3oc, 
 xfi^og, which are used of various species 
 of apes and monkeys. 
 
 * Y-^ ^^^ " 7"^ "^ 
 
 * I. Y^P f"t. y^P"^, conv. ')'p5. 
 
 1. to loathe, to feel disgust, to abhor 
 any thing. Corresponding are tJ^ip, 
 Eth. ^/nin to loathe; comp. Chald. 
 t;:p. The primary idea is prob. to feel 
 nausea, to vomit, as a sort of onomato- 
 poetic verb. comp. in X"ip. With 3 
 Gen. 27. 46. Lev. 20. 23. Num. 21, 5. 
 1 K. 11.25. Prov. 3, 11. 
 
 2. to fear, to be anxious, c. "rcr Ex. 
 1, 12. Num. 22. 3. Is. 7, 16. The idea 
 of loathing in several other verbs i also 
 transferred to that of fear, as Chald. asp 
 to loathe, Syr. ^jiJ-o to fear greatly ; 
 
 - ^ -r *- 
 
 SO Arab. >-^, J^ ; comp. also Germ. 
 
 ' Grauen haben vor etwas,' Engl. ' to 
 feel horror.' 
 
 HiPH. yp.^ , causat. of Kal no, 2, to 
 put in fear, e. g. a city, region, to terrify 
 it with invasion, siege. Is. 7, 6. Comp. 
 Arab. ^^P Conj. III. timorem injecit, 
 oppugnavit. 
 
 * 11. Y^P only in Hiph. J^'^pn in- 
 trans. to awake from sleep, i. q. y p^ , but 
 except 2 K. 4, 31 only poetic. Ps. 3. 6. 
 17, 15. 73, 20. 139, 18. Is. 29, 8. Prov. 
 
 6, 22; from drunken sleep Joel 1, 15. 
 Trop. a) Of God, M^-'pn awake! sc. 
 for help, Ps. 35, 23. 44.' 24.' 59, 6. Hab. 
 2, 19. b) From the sleep of death 2 K. 
 4, 31. Job 14, 12. Is. 26, 19. Dan. 12, 2. 
 c) Ez. 7, 6 ro^x yyri ypn xa the end 
 Cometh, it awaketh (riseth up) against 
 thee, where note the paronomasia. 
 
 * III. Y^P and Y_^l? l.i.q.-i^:.p.^o 
 cut, to cut up or off ; comp. risip . 
 Hence 'f^p thorn, so called from cut- 
 ting, wounding ; also y";ip pr. the cut- 
 ting off of fruits, harvest; then summer. 
 From the noun y'p then comes 
 
 2. Denom. to summer, Is. 18, 6 ; opp. 
 
 winri no. 2 to winter. Arab. ibUs mid. 
 Ye, id. 
 
 pp m. (r. Y'^P in ) plur. ^'^S.'p , D^sp 
 Ex. 22. 5. 
 
 1. a thorn, Ez. 28, 24. Collect, thorns^ 
 a thornbush, briers, Gen. 3, 18. Is. 32, 
 13. al. Plur. Jer. 4, 3. Is. 33. 12. Judg. 
 8, 7. ' ' 
 
 2. Koz, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 8. b) 
 With art. y^pr\ Ezra 2, 61. Neh. 3, 4. 21. 
 
 7, 63. 1 Chr. 24, 10. 
 
 l^'i^J'^P f plur. (r. Y^p) locks of hair, 
 forelocks, so called from being cut. shorn. 
 Cant. 5, 2. 11. Syr. fz^olo or fz^oji id. 
 
 Arab. 2uaj* forelocks. Comp. Schul- 
 tens Opp. min. p. 246. 
 
 *'^^\> to dig for water, 2 K. 19, 24. Is. 
 37, 25. Arab. L mid. Waw, excidit e 
 
 medio ; \jj5 to have one eye dug out. 
 
 The biliteral root *ip to dig occurs also 
 in -ip^, ipn, '-p3. npr; comp. "nlB, 
 rro . "i:n ; -iJis II, lan . Deriv. "i"ipT2 . 
 HiPH. 2 priBt. f. nnpn, inf i-ipn, to 
 
n^p 
 
 923 
 
 yop 
 
 lei J!ov) forlh, as a fountain its waters 
 Jer. 6. 7. 
 
 Pi LP. ip*JR 1 to dig' under, to wider- 
 mine a Willi, as in Talmud. So in paro- 
 nomasia, Is. 22, 5 !? "^P"'!?'^ (ii ^I'ly) ""- 
 derininin^ t/ie wdlU. when ail nhall be 
 overthrown. Talmud, "i^pi Hlipip de- 
 struction of the wall. Hence 
 
 2. to destroy pereons ; Num. 24, 17 
 PIT 'ja'^S "'P")*^ '^ dentmij all the 
 eom of pride ; Sept. Tifjovofiivofi, Vulg. 
 vastabit. 
 
 Deriv. "("'p , "^ip-ip , rpnp , Tipo . 
 
 Hnip m. (r. !T^p)c. sufT. Ti-^, plur. 
 tiinp ; abeam, joi^t. pr. a cross-beara, 2 
 K. 6, 2. 5 ; plur. 2 Chr. 3, 7. Cant. 1, 17. 
 By eynecd. a roof, like Gr. ^iXa&()ov, 
 Gen. 19, 8. Syr. ]^Llfj> id. 
 
 D"*^^? m. plur.^^jje threads, webs, i. e. 
 
 spiders' webs, Is. 59, 5. 6. Arab, j* 
 thread of cotton. Comp. Gr. xalfjog the 
 cross threads in weaving, whence xut^ou), 
 xalfjiaaiq. The etymology is obscure. 
 
 * ^1p 1. i. q. Arab. ^^ to be 
 
 curved, bent, as a bow, the back ; II, 
 to curve, to bend, as a bow; compare 
 
 <-i - 0-- 
 
 Gr. yavfTo? curved. Hence nd;?, iw-jJj 
 bow, mrp , and pr. n. "|i'i''P . 
 
 2. i. q. cip;^ , to lay snares ; once in fut. 
 Is. 29, 21 ]^^pi , in other Mss. '(raip-i . 
 
 Deriv. see in no. 1, also pr. n. ia"^p , 
 tttJipbx , and 
 
 'in^lDlp (bow of Jehovah, i. e. rain- 
 bow) Kushaiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 17 ; 
 called in 6, 29 [44] 'd-'p Kishi. 
 
 J^p see r. npb and Index. 
 
 I3p Ez. 16, 47, see ap . 
 
 * ^''??I$ obsol. root, Chald. and Arab. 
 \^Wi to cut ; hence to cut off, to destroy. 
 Kindred verbs are 3Sp,aan,a:;n. The 
 biliteral root Zip has this sense of cutting, 
 cutting off, like the kindred yp , yn ; see 
 
 ,the verbs bap, -jbp, C)3p, Arab. }o3, 
 *lxi; and comp. under Y^P^i T^'^i ^1?) 
 ina .Hence 3ap, aap. 
 
 3t3p m. in pause Saj? 1. a cutting 
 off, destruction ; Is. 28,a'Jp3 l?b a de- 
 ttroying storm. 
 
 2. Spec, contagion, pestilence, Deut. 
 32, 24. Ps. 91, 6. 
 
 2^P m. c. Buff. ^2^13 id. apec, conta- 
 gion, pestilence, Hos. 13, 14. R. sap . 
 
 nniisp f (r. lai? I ) incense, Deut. 33, 
 10. 
 
 nn^I3p (incense) Keturah, pr. n. of 
 the wife whom Abraham took after the 
 death of Sarah, Gen. 25, 1. 1 Chr. 1,32. 
 
 *^^l? fut. bafj-', to kill, to slay, a 
 poetic verb, Ps. 139, 19. Job 13, 15. 24, 
 14. Syr, and Chald. id. Arab. JuCi', 
 Ethiop. ^"tX. The primary idea is 
 that of cutting, see in aaf? . Comp. the 
 Gr. KThNu. Hence bap. 
 
 ^p Chald. to kill; Part. act. bap Dan. 
 
 5, 19. Part. pass. b"iap Dan. 5, 30.' 7, 11. 
 
 Pa. bap intens. to kill many, more than 
 
 one, like Syr. Pa. and Arab, (JjCi'. Dan- 
 2, 14. 3, 22. 
 
 Ithpe. and Ithpa. Dan. 2. 13, pass. 
 
 ''^p m. in pause bap .slauglUer, Oh.9. 
 
 'l^l^ , fut. 'jap'^ , to be little, small, 
 opp. bna . The primary idea seems to be 
 that o^ cutting off^ and so making short- 
 er and smaller, pr. ' to be docked ;' see 
 in aap. Syr. i-L^J), Ethiop. ^ffi.'Jj 
 fine, subtle. 2 Sam. 7, 19 and this was 
 yet small in thy sight, did not sofEce. 
 
 1 Chr. 17, 17. Trop. c. 'i^ to be un- 
 worthy of Gen. 32, 1 1. 
 
 HrPH. to make small. Am. 8, 5. 
 Deriv. "lap , *,ap , '(a'p , and pr. n. nap , 
 
 JVP and "JtSp, constr. once pp 2 Chr. 
 21. 17; but c. suff. ''Sap , plur! CSaj? 
 
 2 K. 2. 23, constr. "'Sap , and fem.nsap', 
 plur. msap Zech. 4, 10, all from "jap 
 
 1. Adj. little, small, opp. bins, a) Of 
 persons, as not grown up. bns nST lajsa 
 from small to great, i. e. all. Gen. 19, 11, 
 
 1 Sam. 5. 9. 30. 2. Jer. 8. 10. al. binan 
 y^P^'^V, id. 2 Chr. 34, 30. Esth. 1, 5. 20. 
 ;ap la'a little son 2 Sam. 9, 12 ; -jap 133 
 I'Sam. 20, 35. 1 K. 11, 17, plur. 2 K. 2, 
 23. n3a;5 n-inx a little sister Cant. 8, 8. 
 
 2 K. 5, 2.' Hence of age, c. art. "jpn , 
 'apn , young, the younger, Gen. 9, 24. 27, 
 15.' 42. 44, 2. 1 Sam. 16, 11. 17, 14. b) 
 Of beasts 2 Sara. 12, 3. Cant. 2, 15. c) 
 
jttp 
 
 924 
 
 n-'p 
 
 Of things, as ',b;5n Tixrn Gen. 1, 16; 
 nrJF? ^^5 Ecc. O/U; so'l Sam. 20,2. 
 
 22, 15. 1 K. 2, 20. Abstr. smallness, 
 whence V^i?"^ "'^^ vessels of smallness, 
 i. e. smaller vessels, Is. 22. 24. Plur. 
 nis::p oi^ fAe c/ay of small things, Zech. 
 4, lb." 
 
 2. Trop. a) Of a small number 1 Sam. 
 
 9, 21. Is. 60. 22. b) Of time Is. 54, 7. 
 c) Of might, authority, Am. 7, 2. 5; 
 comp. Is. 36, 9. 
 
 3. y.i'^ Katan, pr. n. m. c. art. Ilakka- 
 tan, Ezra 8, 12. 
 
 I^jp m. (r. "jb;?) smallness. then the 
 little fn g er ; wlience c. sufT. "^Vi^ kofni 
 'my litle finger' 1 K. 12, 10. 2 Chr. 10, 
 
 10, Other Mss. read in 2 Chr. 1. c. -^S::;? 
 kdlonni, from a form "pp with Dag. 
 impl. in '|. the moveable Sheva being 
 changed into Kamets-Hateph ; see J. H. 
 Michaelis ad h. 1. But it would seem 
 inadmissible to read with Van der 
 Hooght 'iZj^ii^ in 1 K. 1. c. Comp. hzp . 
 
 * H^)^ fut. Tpp,"^^ , to pluck off, to break 
 off", e. g. ears of grain, Ibliage. etc. Deut. 
 
 23, 26. Job 30, 4. Ez. 17, 4. 22. Arab. 
 
 \_aJ3j, Syr. wa^wc, to pluck grapes. 
 
 Kindr. are "^H; "i^^"- 
 NiPH. pass. Job 8, 12. 
 
 ! 'yp in Kal notused. i. q. "ir2J no. 
 1, to smoke, see "i"-^P . Spec, oi" fra- 
 grant smoke, perfume, incense ; Arab. 
 -109 II, to smoke with aloe-wood ; V, to 
 
 perfume oneself with smoke, as a female ; 
 0- > s ' ' 
 
 jJOJi and Jaj' odorous wood burned as 
 
 perfume, aloe-wood. 
 
 PifiL 3 phir. 11'jp , fut. "lap-j , to bum 
 incense, chiefly to idols, c. dat. e. g. ^?3b 
 2 K. 23, 5. Jer. 7, 9 ; the queen of heaven 
 Jer. 44. 17-19. 25 ; the brazen serpent 
 2 K. 18, 4; the host of heaven Jer. 19, 
 13 ; to 'other gods' Jer. 1, 16. 19, 4. 44, 
 8. 15. Absol. or with adjunct of place 
 1 K. 22. 44. 2 K. 12. 4. 14, 4. Is. 65, 7. 
 Jer. 44, 21. 23. Trop. Hab. 1, 16. Rarely 
 like Hiph. no. 2, of sacrifice offered to 
 God, c. ace. to burn the fat, the odour of 
 which went up as incenBe, 1 Sam. 2, 16 ; 
 comp. Am. 4, 5. Part. fern. plur. niiBjjia 
 altars of incense, on which incense Wfis 
 burned, pr. 'diffusing odours,' 2 Chr. 30, 
 14 
 
 PuAL part, f ri. wp52 incense Cant. 3, 6. 
 
 Hiph. 1. i. q. Piel, to bum incense to 
 idols, c. dat. 1 K. 11, 8. Jer. 48, 35. Hos. 
 2, 15; absol. 1 K. 3, 3. 13, 2. 2 Chr. 28, 
 3. Oflener 
 
 2. to bum upon the altar, c. ace. e. g. 
 incense, nvjp , Ex. 30, 7. 8. 40, 27. 2 Chr. 
 29, 7 ; the fat of victims and the victim 
 itself; Lev. 1,9.17. 3,11.16. 4,10. 8,21. 
 Ez. 29, 18. 1 Sam. 2, 15. 16; an offering 
 or memorial. Lev. 2, 2. 16. 6, 8. Jer. 33, 
 18. With dat. of the divinity, as T'L:frn 
 mbi' '^b 2 Chr. 13, 11, comp, Ex. 30, 20- 
 without ace. 2 Chr. 26, 18; with "i; "^Dsb 
 1 Chr. 23, 13. 2 Chr. 2, 3. 5; absof. 1 K. 
 13, 1. 12, 33. 1 K. 6, 34. 
 
 HopH. "itipn pass, of Hiph. no. 2, Lev. 
 6,15. Part. -i::pa iHre/ise Mai. 1, 11. 
 
 Deriv. nnrjp, 'n-ibp , -i-^p , nitt"'p, 
 "iijpa , n*iqpB , and pr. n. ir^^^p . 
 
 * II. "Itip i. q. Aram. "!wp ^-Juo and 
 Heb. icp, to bind, to tie; and hence to 
 shnt, to close. Comp. Ethiop. ^^^ to 
 bind, ^'t'Z, to shut, to watch a door. 
 Part. Pass, f Ez. 46, 22 rin-jp m'-isn 
 closed courts, i. e. surrounded by a wall 
 and closed with doors ; referring to the 
 smaller courts in the four corners of the 
 great court, which served as kitchens, v. 
 24. Hence pr. n. "jii^P and 
 
 Tajp Chald. m. only in plur. "p"iil?p , 
 knots, i. e. a) vertebrce, joints of the 
 back, Dan. 5, 6 ; see in Y')'^. Syr. 
 ^i-JuB joint of the hand, wrist, b) 
 Trop. knotty questions, hard problems, 
 Dan. 5, 12. 16. 
 
 jiltpp (knotty, i. q. Chald. "lyjp , r. 
 lap II ) Kitron, pr. n. of a town of Zebu- 
 Ion, Judg. 1, 30. Some hold it to be i. q. 
 r\Bp Josh, 19. 15; but without reasoa. 
 
 nnb)? f. (r. -ia{3 I ) c, euff. "^nyjl? , in- 
 cense Ex. 30, 35.' Lev. 10, 1. Is'. I, 13. 
 Prov. 27, 9. al. seep. Ps. 66, 15 nnb?) 
 o'^b'^X incense of rams, i. e. the fat as 
 burned in sacrifice. 
 
 fllSp (for rssp small, r. ppj Kattath, 
 pr. n. of a place in Zebulon, Josh. 19, 15. 
 
 N""? m. vomit, Is. 19, 14. 28, 8. Jer. 
 48, 26. R. Kip . 
 
 * n^p , Imper. rj^ Jer, 25, 27, see in 
 r. Kip 
 
ts^p 
 
 025 
 
 PT 
 
 O"?^ Cliald. m. i. q. Heb. yiP,, sum- 
 mer, Dan. 2, 35. 
 
 liB'^P m, (r. "lat? I ) 1. smoke, Gen. 
 19.28. Ph. 119,83.' 
 2. vapour, a clotid, Pa. 148, 8. 
 
 D"*)? m. (r. Dnp) a rising up against 
 any one, see the root no. I. c ; hence 
 coiicr. Job 22, 20 I3"'p our adversaries, 
 enemies, i. q. ^3"*c{5. 
 
 D^p Chald. m. a statute, edict, Dan. 6, 
 8. in Targ. often for Heb. pn, n'na. 
 Syr. pifila. R. csp. 
 
 D^]? Chald. adj. enduring, sure, Dan. 
 4,23. Syr.i3^id. R. osp. 
 
 n'a'p f. (r. C!ip) a rising up, Lam. 
 3,63. 
 
 tl5'n3"'p, see liisp. 
 
 p? see in r. "("p. 
 
 1?? m. (r. "I'p) 1. a Zarice, spear, c. 
 suff. -irp 2 Sam. 21, 16. 
 
 2. Cam, pr. n. a) The eldest son of 
 Adam, the murderer of his brother Abel, 
 Gen. 4.1 sq. Among bis posterity were 
 the inventors of arts and arms. The 
 name comes from r. "jip, perh. lance, as 
 a murderous weapon; though in Gen. 
 4, 1 the etymology is explained as if r. 
 ^p were i. q. n:p no. 1, viz. she bore 
 Cain and said : J have gotten (borne) a 
 man with the help of the Lord. b) 
 The tribe of the Kenites, Num. 24, 22. 
 Judg. 4, 11 ; see "'S^p. c) A town in 
 the tribe of Judah, c. art. Josh. 15, 57. 
 
 rO^ f. (r. ytp) plur. nirp , once on-'p 
 Ez. 2, 10. 
 
 1. so7ig, Syr. ] M n musical sound, 
 song. Spec, a song of mourning, lamen- 
 tation, Jer. 9, 9. Am. 5, 1. 8, 10. Ez. 2, 
 10. 19, 14. al. 
 
 2. Kinah, pr. n. of a town in Judah 
 Josh. 15, 22. 
 
 'Pp Gen. 15, 19. Judg. 4, 11. 17. 1 
 Sam. 30, 29, also "^S? 2 Sam. 27, 10 TV 
 1 Chr. 2, 55, gentile n. Kenite, collect. 
 the Kenites. a Canaanitish tribe dwell- 
 ing among the Amalekites, 1 Sam. 15, 
 6, comp. Num. 24. 20. 21. Hobab. the 
 father-in-law of Moses, was phylarch of 
 one of their tribes, Judg. 1, 16. 4, 11. 
 The family of Heber the Kenite dwelt 
 
 78 
 
 in Naphtali, Judg. 4, 11. See too Vf? 
 no. 2. b. Syr. \ >1 /n id. pr. ' a smith,' 
 and this is prob. the signif of Heb. '*3'*(>, 
 from r. *ip. 
 
 IPP (smith, perh. lancer, r. Tip) Ke- 
 nan or Cainan, pr. n. of an antediluvian 
 patriarch descended from Seth, Gen. 5, 
 0. I Chr. 1, 2. 
 
 f *)? m. (r. pp III ) c. suff. rWP., har^ 
 vest of fruits, fruit-harvest, not of grain 
 which is i^5t;5 ; pr. the cutting off of 
 fruit Is. 16, 9. Jer. 8, 20. 48, 32. Spec. 
 fg-harcest, which in Palestine takes 
 place in August; although early figs 
 (a'^nisa) ripen at the summer solstice ; 
 Is. 28. ^ as the early fig before the har- 
 vest, Mic. 7. 1. Hence 
 
 a) the harvest-time of figs, i. e. sumr- 
 mr, espec. midsummer, the hottest sea- 
 Arab. iaJu) 
 
 son : 
 
 9 
 
 Chald. B'^p, 
 
 iyi mid-summer. 
 
 Syr. I^Ukj, id. Ps. 32, 4 
 yip ^3"i:nna into the droughts cf sitm- 
 mer. Pro'v. 6, 8. 10, 5. 26, 1. 30, 35. 
 7?|5n ^''^ '/*'? summer-house Am. 3, 15. 
 Sometimes it seems to include the springy 
 as 7|"!n also includes autumn and wia- 
 ter; see in CJ^n. 
 
 h) fruit, spec, fgs, as harvested, Aim. 
 8, 1. 2 ; comp. Jer. 24. 1 sq. Jerome po~ 
 ma, which is a general word including 
 figs ; see the.lexicons. 2 Sam. IG. 1 nx^ 
 y";p, ellipt. for yip niban nv.-q, a hun- 
 dred cakes of figs. Comp. in Engl, the 
 harvest for the grain harvested. 
 
 jiSS"^!? m. adj. (r. yxp, for TiS-'p, after 
 the analogy of ^iJC^n from "f"in. Dag. 
 om. after "^-7) the last, the extreme, only 
 in f njiu^p Ex. 26, 4. 10. 36, 11. 17. 
 
 I^^p'^p m. Jon. 4. &-10, according to 
 Jerome, the Talmud, and Heb. intpp^ 
 the Hcinus, palma Christi, Arab, c ^iLl 
 
 el-kheru'a, Egyptian xixi, xovxi, Diod.. 
 Sic. 1. 34. a tall biennial plant still culti- 
 vated in gardens, of an elegant appear- 
 ance and rapid growth, with a stalk or 
 trunk full of sap. At Jericho it becomes 
 a considerable tree ; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. 11. p. 281. Bochart. Hieroz. II. 
 p. 293. 623. Celsii Hierobot II. p. 273 
 sq. Thesaur. p. 1214. According to 
 Sept. and Peshito, a gourd. 
 
py 
 
 926 
 
 nbp 
 
 1'^^P''? ni. (r. bbf?) i. q. "ji^fj , ignominy^ 
 shame, once Hab. 2, 16. Vuig. vondtus 
 ignominicB, shameful vomit, as if com- 
 pounded from 'p for X'j? vomit, and "pbj? 
 ignominy, in which sense also nine Mss. 
 write it in separate words, "bj5 "'p? . 
 Perhaps for "(i-I^^p, comp. risai:: from 
 CIBlJ. But not improb. the letters "'p 
 are not genuine, and have crept in by 
 an error of the copyists. 
 
 "^^p m. once "ij? Is. 22, 5 (where seve- 
 ral Mss. nip), pi ur. ni-.-^p, R. -i^p. 
 
 1. a wall, Sept. xn/og, e. g. of a city 
 Num. 35, 4. Is. 22, 5. "^p "^i^'nn workmen 
 in walls, masons, 1 Chr. 14, 1, comp. 
 2 Sam. 5, 11.- vp^ -^ss Hab. 2, 11. Lev. 
 14, 37. lilwj lip a leaning wall, ready 
 to fall, Ps. 62, 4; bsj n-p Ez. 13, 12. 14. 
 15. Spec, a) wall of a house, e. g. ex- 
 terior 2 K. 9, 33. Ez. 8, 8. 12, 5. Am. 5, 
 19 ; also the inside wall, often ornament- 
 ed with panels and pictures, 1 K. 6, 15. 
 Ez. 8. 10, 23, 14. 1 Sara. 19, 10. 2 K. 20, 
 2- "''pr! 2dia the wall-seat, by the wall, 
 1 Sam. 20, 25. So of the walls (sides) 
 of an altar Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9 ; trop. of 
 the heart Jer. 4, 19. b) wall of a gar- 
 den, park, etc. Num. 22, 25. 1 K. 5. 13. 
 Tp nnt a wall-storm i. e. destroying 
 walls Is. 25, 4. c) wall-side, as n^inn -|ip 
 Josh. 2, 15; and so prob. 2 K. 4, 10 'V^ib'S 
 ^jrp "'"P? little wall-chaviber, built 
 against the side of the house ; here i^l^p 
 agrees with r?^5. Prob. the primary 
 idea of n^p may have been a mound, 
 rampart, Lat. vallum, so called from 
 digging, r. n?p ; hence a wall ; just as 
 Engl, ipall comes from Lat. vallum. 
 
 2. a walled place, like Gr. Tft/o? (He- 
 rod. Xen.) a fortress, citadel; whence 
 3iB -|ip Is. 15, 1 (fortress of Moab, 
 Chald. SX'i^'] t?':!3) Kir Moab. pr. n. of 
 a fortified city in the territory of Moab, 
 now called Kerak, which name is also 
 applied in a wider sense to the whole 
 district. The same is called in Is. 16, 
 11. Jer. 48, 21. 36 ia-jn "iip (brick for- 
 tress) iia>-Are ; and in Is. 16, 7. 2 K.3, 
 25 Pbnn n-p Kir-hare-feth, id. For the 
 present Kerak, see Burckh. Travel.r in 
 Syria p. 377-390. Irby and Mangten 
 p. 361 sq. [110 sq.j Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 11. p. 569. 
 
 3. Kir, pr. n. of a people and region 
 
 subject to the Assyrian empire, Is. 22, 6. 
 2 K. 16, 9. Am. 1, 5. 9, 7. Prob. the 
 tract on the river Cyrus (Gr. Ki(^og and 
 KvQ^og) between the Euxine and Cas- 
 pian seas, called at the present day in 
 Armenian, Kur. 
 
 CT^ (Chald. a weaver's comb) Kiros, 
 pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 47 ; for which c'-ip Ke- 
 ros, Ezra 2, 44. 
 
 Jo" 
 
 T^"*!? (perh. i. q. y^y> nCf^ a l)ow) 
 Kish, pr. n. m. a) The father of king 
 Saul 1 Sam. 9, 1. 14, 51. 1 Chr. 8, 33. 
 b) 1 Chr. 8, 30. 9, 36. c) 1 Chr. 23, 21. 
 22. 24, 29. d) 2 Chr. 29, 12. e) Esth. 
 2, 5. R. tti-ip. 
 
 'jitO'^j: (curved, winding, r. ffi'^p.) Ki- 
 shon, pr. n. of a stream which in winter 
 rises near Mount Tabor and empties 
 itself into the bay of 'Akka, Judg. 4, 7. 
 5, 21. 1 K. 18, 40. Ps. 83, 10. In sum- 
 mer it is dry in the plain. See Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. III. p. 228-233. 
 
 '^V'^'p, see wi;d5p. 
 
 ^"''^''P Chald. i. q. Gr. xi&n^ig,cilhara^ 
 a lyre, harp, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10 Cheth. In 
 Syriac also the Greek ending tg is com-c 
 monly ehanged to os. 'Keri 0"tnp q. v* 
 
 ^P m. adj. (r. bbp) f n^p, plur. Qifep. 
 
 1. Ifght, Job 24' is. Hence 
 
 2. swift, with lightrress. Is. 19, 1 ; of 
 one running. Am. 2, 14. Jer. 46, 6. Lam, 
 4, 19; fully ^^V?"!? ^P- ^ ^i"- ^^ 1^. Am, 
 2, 15. Poet. spec, a feet horse Is. 30, 16-, 
 Adv. swiftly, Joel 4, 4. Is. 5, 2&. 'Aram. 
 bifep , fllN^n J light, swift. 
 
 ip Chald. m. i. q. Heb. ^"ip, voicef^ 
 Dan. 4, 28. 6, 21. 7, 11 ; sound of a trum- 
 pet, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15. 
 
 5p , see Vip, also in r. bVp no. 4. 
 
 **^2l? whence (ut. Niph. smb;;?*:) 2 
 Sam. 20, 14 Cheth. Better is the Keri 
 
 ^* tI> '0 roastyto parch, as ears 
 of grain, etc. Part. pass, ""ibp Lev. 2, 14. 
 Josh. 5, 11. Also a person, as a species of 
 
 tortore. Jer. 29, 2i2. Arab. !ikj> and ^Jji , 
 Eth. *A(D . Chald. xbp, id. Kindr. is 
 ribx . gee under S p. 878. 
 
 NrpH. Part, rtbps scorched, burned; 
 hence bnrnivg, inflammation, Ps. 38 & 
 
 Deriv. 'b^. 
 
nhp 927 
 
 * 11. ri^|5 i. q. b^^ , to he light, in 
 Kal not used. 
 
 NiPH. to be made light of^ to be con- 
 temned, Is. 16, 14; to become despised, 
 despicable, Deut. 25, 3. Part. nbl?5 de- 
 spised, ignoble, low, 1 Sam. 18, 23. Is. 3, 
 5. Prov. 12, 9. 
 
 Hi PH. to make light of, to lightly es- 
 teem, Deut. 27, IG. Hence 
 
 P'p n. 1. contempt, shame, disho- 
 nour, Prov. 3, 35. 6, 33. 13, 18. Jer. 46, 
 12. Job 10,15. Concr. 18.22, 18. Hence 
 a) shame, i. e. a shameful deed, Prov. 18, 
 3. Hos. 4, 18. b) shame, reproach, in 
 words Prov. 22, 10. c) shame, i. e. the 
 parts of shame, Nah. 3, 5. Jer. 13, 26. 
 
 ' '21? obsol. root; Talmud, to flow, 
 to flow out ; Pi. to pour out. Kindr. is 
 nb^ II, to flow, to be poured out ; whence 
 nnbx a dish. Hence 
 
 ^'^?? f verbal of Pi. a pot, kettle, from 
 pouring. 1 Sam. 2, 14. Mic. 3, 3. Comp. 
 Lat. futum (Varr.) and futile, vessel, 
 from fundo. 
 
 '^r I? 1. to contract, to draw in, to 
 ahnnk, i. q. Arab. (jiaJjj , Part. pass. 
 Bibj? contracted, shrunk; then any 
 thing of diminished stature, dwarf, 
 spoken of victims Lev. 22, 23. Arab. 
 
 isJj small stature,^k-L9, Jb^', small, 
 
 dwarf; see Camoos p. 965. Hence 
 
 pr. n. N^'^bp . 
 
 2. to take in unto oneself to receive a 
 fugitive, i. q. Chald. abp . Hence abpia 
 an asylum. 
 
 ibp 
 
 '^p m. (r. nb;5 I ), once K"^!:]? with it 
 in otio (as "'pj, x-'pj) 1 Sam. 17, 17, 
 roasted or parched grain, i. e. wheat or 
 barley roasted in the ears and then 
 rubbed out, as is still common among 
 the Bedawin Arabs; see Legh in Mac- 
 michael's Journey p. 235. Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 394. Lev. 23, 14. Ruth 2, 
 14. 1 Sam. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 17, 28 where 
 bi? is twice read, once of grain and 
 again of pulse. Comp. Lev. 2, 14. 
 
 "^^j? (perh. for Pi^^p, rt^bp. the swift 
 messenger of Jehovah) Kallai, pr. n. m. 
 Neh. 12, 20. 
 
 ^^?P Kelaiah. pr. n. of a Levite, Ezra 
 10, 23; called also 
 
 r)''b]3 (dwarf, r. ubjj) Kelita, pr. n. 
 m. Ezra 10, 23. Neh. 8,' 7. 10, 11. 
 
 *^^|5 fut. bp:, iiK Gen. 16, 4. 5. 1 
 Sam. 2. 30. 
 
 1. to be light, not heavy, see Hiph. 
 Eth. *AA id. *A.Al light. Syr. 'Co to 
 be light, swift, lightly esteemed. Hence 
 
 2. to be swift, fleet; comp. *ov^,o<; 
 light, swift, ihtqiQO!; and ila<fog, Lat. 
 ' levis cervus,' Engl, light-lboted ; also 
 adj. bp . So 2 Sam. 1, 23 lip d-'1'^? 
 they wure swifter than eagles. Hab. 1,3. 
 Jer. 4, 13. Job 7, 6. 9, 25. 
 
 3. to be or become few, small, to be 
 
 diminished ; Arab. Jo to be few. Gen. 
 8, 1 1 and Noah saw y^xn bsia ta^nn ibp ""S 
 that the waters were diminished from off" 
 the earth, v. 8. 
 
 4. Trop. of persons, to be lightly es- 
 teemed, to be insignifcant, vile ; opp. r. 
 133 no. 6. With.-'rra Gen. 16, 4. 5. Job 
 40, 4. Nah. 1, 14 rnVp ^'Sfor thou art 
 become small, thy power is broken, O 
 Assyria. Sometimes intens. to be de- 
 spised, contemned, opp. 1233 , 1 Sam^, 
 30. Comp. nbp II. Hence, according 
 to some, b'p inf. as noun, lightness, i. e. 
 shame, reproach. Jer. 3, 9 ; better i. q. 
 bip voice, rumour. 
 
 NiPH. bp: 2 K. 3, 18, bp: 1 K. 16, 31 ; 
 fut. bpv 
 
 1. to be light; Part. fern. n^pD bs 
 lightly, slightly, Jer. 6, 14. 8, 11. Also 
 to be light, easy, 2 K. 20, 10; with dat. 
 of pens, to any one Prov. 14, 6. 
 
 2. to be swift, i. q. Kal no. 2, Is. 30, 16. 
 
 3. Trop. of things, to be light, small, 
 trifling; c. ''.rsa 1 Sam. 18, 23. 2 K. 
 3, 18. Impers. 1 K. 16, 31 ; and so with 
 TO with inf Is. 49, 6 nnr "^h ^riTTis bpj it 
 is too light a thing that thou shonldst be 
 my servant ; also with dat. added Ez. 8. 
 17. But Hitzig has well remarked on 
 Is. 1. c. that this construction is not ac- 
 cordant with the laws of thought or lan- 
 guage, but we should rather expect TO 
 of person, thus "i=- "^b ~rn''n 'r'S's bpj . 
 The writer confounds the two construc- 
 tions, and puts before the infin. the '{O 
 which should have stood before the 
 person. 
 
 4. Trop. of persons ; to be lightly ?- 
 teemed, to be contemned, vile, 2 Sam. 6. 22. 
 
bbp 
 
 928 
 
 ybp 
 
 Pi EL bip to vilify, to curse, pr. io make 
 vile, contemptible ; Syr. 'VjoI to lightly 
 esteem, to vilify. Spec, a) to revile, 
 to ab^isevfllh. reproachfal words. Lev. 19. 
 14. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Sam. 16, 5. 7. 9. 10. IL 
 13. b) Intens. to curse, to utter impre- 
 cations, i. q. inx , and opp. Tj"]? . Ps- 62, 
 5. 109, 28 ; with ace. as parents Lev. 
 20. 9. Prov. 20, 20 ; God, i. q. to blas- 
 pheme, Ex. 22, 27. Lev. 24, 11; also 
 one's natal day Job 3, 1 ; c. 3 , as the 
 king and God Is. 8, 21 ; so nin-i DCa 2 
 ,K. 2, 24, rnbN2 1 Sam. 17, 43^ A curse 
 followed by immediate destruction is 
 ascribed to the prophets, 2 K. 2, 24. 
 Deut. 23, 5. Josh. 24, 9 ; espec. to God 
 Gen. 8, 21. Reflex, ib b^p to curse one- 
 self, i. e. to bring a curse upon oneself; 
 1 Sam. 3, 13 because he hiew C^bbj^TS "'S 
 V32 Ciib that his sons were bringing a 
 curse upon themselves. 
 
 PuAL fut. b^f?7 , part. b|f3i3 , to be ac- 
 cursed, Ps. 37, 22. Job 24, is ; so i. q. to 
 perish under a curse, Is. 65, 20. 
 
 HiPH. '^PJ'!i , fat. bp^, inf b^n , imper. 
 
 >p.n- ~ " 
 
 1. to make light, io lighten, a) With 
 ace. of thing and b^"^ of pers. io lighten 
 any thing from, off any one, to take it 
 away, 1 K. 12, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 5. 2 Chr. 
 10, 10. b) Ace. impl. Ex. 18, 22 bpn 
 Tj'^bst: lighten from off thee sc. the bur- 
 den, business, make thy business lighter. 
 Jon. 1, 5. c) With l^a of burden, to 
 lighten or remit something y>0OT a bur- 
 den ; 1 K. 12,4 Tj-'ns nnbiJJtJ bprn lighten 
 (something) from the service of thy fa- 
 ther, i.e. remit somethingof the service 
 which thy father imposed upon us. v. 9. 
 
 2. to make light of, to despise, 2 Sam. 
 19, 44. Ez. 22, 7 ; to mxike despised, to 
 
 'bring into contempt, Is. 8, 23. 
 
 PiLP. bpbp 1. to shake, to move 
 quickly to and fro, Irom Kal no. 2 ; 
 
 Arab. J<iL> id. Eth. A3f*A4A to be 
 moved, shaken. Ez. 21, 26 [21] bpbp 
 CXna he shakelh (waveth) the arrows, 
 a species of divination. 
 
 2. to make .smooth, to polish, and hence 
 to aharjyen Rcc. 10, 10. The notion of 
 moothncss exists also in the adj. bbj?. 
 
 HiTHPALP. to be moved, shaken. Jer. 
 4,24. 
 
 Deriv. bp , bb;?, nbbp , bpbp , -pbir-^p, 
 pr. n. '\Xl 
 
 5bj5 m. adj. smooth, polished, of brass 
 Dan. 10. 6. Ez. 1, 7. Vu!g. (ss candens. 
 See r. bb;? Pilp. no. 2. Thesaor. p. 1217. 
 
 '^^^I? ^- ( ^rJj Pi-) constr. nbbp, c. 
 suff. ~>r)bbp , plur. nibbp ; malediction^ 
 i. e. a) cursing, reviling,, 2 Sam. 16, 
 12. Prov. 27, 14. b) a curse, impreca- 
 tion. Gen. 27, 12. Deut. 11, 26. 29. 30, 1. 
 
 19. al. Gen. 27, 13 ^rjbbp thy curse, pass, 
 i. e. which lights on thee. Concr. om 
 accursed Deut. 21, 23. Jer. 24, 9. 42, 18. 
 al. Plur. rribbp^ curses Deut. 28, 15. 45. 
 
 C5JD in Kal not used, Piel to scoff 
 at, to scorn, to deride, Ez. 16, 31 thou 
 art not as a harlot, "iins O^pb who scoff- 
 eth at her hire, in order to get more. 
 Vulg. well, fastidio augens pretitim. 
 Chald. obp to praise, also to mock. 
 
 HiTHP. id. c. 3 2 K. 2, 23. Ez. 22, 5. 
 Hab. 1, 10. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 C^)? m. scorn, derision, Ps. 44, 14. Jer. 
 
 20, 8.' 
 
 '^O'lp f id. Ez. 22, 4. R. t3bp^ . 
 
 * *'2|^ to sling, to throw with a 
 sling. Part, sb'p a stinger, Judg. 20, 16. 
 Trop. to slivg out, i. e. to eject a people 
 from a land, Jer. 10, 18. Chald. and 
 Syr. id. The primary idea is perhaps 
 that of iot-/^ up and t/oir. shaking; 
 comp. Arab. itj3 id. Hence sbp no. 2. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal. 1 Sam. 17, 49. 25, 29. 
 Deriv. rbp , 5^p . 
 
 * ' ^515 to carve wood, etc. 1 K. 6, 
 29. 32. 35. Eth. A^ftU to impress, 
 mark, stamp money; ^A.^0 an image 
 on coin. Hence rsbpa. 
 
 y^l? m. (r. rbp I) in pause rb;?, c 
 suft'. irbp ; plur. a-iybp, constr. "'rbp.' 
 
 1. a sling 1 Sam' 17, 40. 50. 25* 29. 
 Zech. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 26, 14. Chald. 
 
 KSbp, Arab. c^Uw, id. 
 
 2. a curtain, hangiiig. Ex. 27. 9 sq. 
 35, 17. Num. 3, 26. al. Chald. id. Arab. 
 
 j3 sail of a ship ; JU IV, to sail, to 
 
 navigate. Eth. ^AU the sail is furled. 
 
3?bp 
 
 929 
 
 K:p 
 
 This signification perh. comes from the 
 idea of moving up and down ; see the 
 root. 
 
 3. In 1 K. 6, 34 for 0"<yVj5 . we ought 
 prob. to read o'^rbs leaves of the door, 
 whicli stands in the first clause and in 
 cod. Kennic. no. 150. 
 
 y^p a slinger 2 K. 3, 25. R. rb}3 I. 
 
 bjJ'^p adj. (r. b^p5, as is'ns from "ins) 
 light, mean, vile, of food Num. 21, 5. 
 
 * lCbj5 obsol. root. perh. i. q. dl?;? to 
 prick; then, to be sharp. Chald. ttJbjs 
 to be thin, lean. Hence 
 
 filDsp m. a sharp point, prong ; 1 
 Sam. 13, 21 "I'it'ip lybd a three-pronged 
 fork, with which hay, straw, and the 
 like are gathered up, pr. 'a triad of 
 prongs.' Spoken of a pointed instru- 
 ment Ecc. 12, 11 Targ. 
 
 *n'^i5 obsol. root, perh. i. q. Arab. 
 C45 to heap together, to collect. Hence 
 the pr. names bx^iap?, n^rp-j, cso^r'^, 
 DSior-' . 
 
 T :': T 
 
 '^'9'^ f- ( t^p) constr. r-Qi^, plur. 
 rir]? ; pr. a stalk of grain, collect. 
 stalks, put for standing grain Ex. 22, 5. 
 Deut. 16. 9. 23. 26. al. Plur. Judg. 15, 
 5. Chald. id. also a statue. 
 
 ^S^TSP (assembly of God ? r. n;?) 
 Kemud. pr. n. m. a) A son of Nahor 
 Gen. 22, 21. b) Num. 34, 24. c) 
 1 Chr. 27, 17. 
 
 "jITap (perh. full of stallts or grain, see 
 JniQp) Kamon, pr. n. of a place in Gilead 
 Judg. 10, 5. 
 
 iiap m. Is. 34, 13, Oi^T Hos. 9, 6, 
 and plur. D-aitJBp Prov. 24, 31, a prickly 
 treed, e. g. e/e, thistle ; see Celsii 
 Hierob. T. II. p. 206. Kimchi thorns. 
 R. ri:;? . 
 
 *^':^|5 obsol. root, prob. to be fat, 
 
 marrowy ; comp. Lj' to be fat, and nn^ 
 to be marrowy. Hence 
 
 '^'Q]? m. in pause nr;?, meal, fiour, 
 pr. marrow, ^iviloi avStibtv. Judg. 6, 19. 
 1 Sam. 1. 24. 28, 24. 1 K. 5, 2. al. seep. 
 
 Chald. KHisp id. Arab. ^**S grain, 
 
 wheat. Eth. $^jfh pulse from which 
 meal is made. 
 
 78* 
 
 * ^ '=1? to lay fast hfdd of Job 16, 8, 
 Chald. id. Arab. U^a to bind. 
 Kindr. are yl5. I'B)?. 
 
 PiTAL pass. Job 22, 16. 
 
 * >*ii$ Is. 33, 9, and ^'2'^^ 19, 6, to 
 pine away and die, of a tree, plant. 
 
 Kindr. is biax. Arab. Jk^* pr. to be 
 
 thick set with insects, lice, and so to 
 languish, of a plant. Syr. \ Vi o to lan- 
 guish, of persons. 
 
 \ ri\i pr. to press together, to com- 
 press, comp. kindr. 'f^T, > then to take 
 with the hand or fist, e. g. a handful Lev. 
 2, 2. 5. 12. Num. 5, 26. Hence 
 
 fop m. c. suff. I's^r?, a handful, of 
 meal etc. as an offering, Lev. 2,2. 5, 12. 
 6, 8. Also of grain, a handful, manipu- 
 lus, ns laid down by the reapers, but not 
 yet bound into sheaves ; Gen. 41, 47 
 D'^S'Spb by handfuls, i. e. abundantly. 
 
 Arab. swi. 
 
 ''^ sl$ obsol. root prob. i. q. ob;?, 
 to prick, to sting, as a nettle. Hence 
 
 CilBp (dlTD"'p). 
 
 IP m. constr. "Ip Deut. 22, 6, c. suff. 
 isp, plur. D-'Sp. R. 'i?;?. 
 
 1. a nest Is. 10, 14." Ps. 84, 4. Prov. 
 27, 8. Meton. a nest of young birds, 
 nestlings, Deut. 32, 1 1. Is. 16, 2. Syr. 
 ilx id. 
 
 2. Metaph. a dwelling, espec. one built 
 upon a lofty rock like an eagle's nest 
 (comp. Job 39, 27). Num. 24, 21. Jer. 
 49, 16. Obad. 4. Hab. 2. 9 ; or as being 
 pleasant and comfortable. Job 29, 18 ; 
 comp. 'nidum servas' Hor. Ep. I. 10. 6. 
 Plur. ^''ip cells, chambers in the ark. 
 Gen. 6, 14. 
 
 f- 
 
 * ^51$ m Kal not used, Arab. LlS 
 to become very red. Hence 
 
 PiEL NSp 1. to be jealous, from the 
 redness or flush with which the face is 
 suffused ; with ace. of one's wife Num. 
 5, 14 ; with 3 of a female rival Gen. 30. 
 1. Causat. i. q. Hiph. to excite to jea- 
 lousy, with a by or with any thing, Deut. 
 32,21. 1 K.'l4, 22. 
 
 2. to envy any one, with a of pers. 
 Gen. 37, 11. Ps. 37, 1. 73, 3. Prov 23, 
 
X3p 
 
 930 
 
 ;:p 
 
 Is. 11, 
 
 17. 24, 1. 19; ace. Gen. 26, 14 
 13. Ez. 31,9; h Ps. 106, 16. 
 
 3. to be zealous towards any person 
 or thing, to bum with zeal, ^ijkow. a) 
 With 1? to be zealous for any one, for 
 his cause, Num. 25, 11. 13. 2 Sam. 21, 2. 
 1 K. 19. 10. al. b) to emulate any one, 
 c. a Prov. 3, 31. 
 
 HiPH. causat. to provoke to jealousy, 
 see Pie! no. 1 ; c. 3 Deut. 32, 16. 21. Ps. 
 78, 58. For part. Hipa Ez. 8, 3, see in 
 r. ^;^J Hiph. 
 
 De'riv. fits;?, xSg^, nxDp. 
 
 2;? Chald. to hay, i. q. Heb. nj)? no. 
 3. Ezra 7, 17. 
 
 K^J? m. (r. V.'ipJ jealous, spoken of God 
 as permitting no rival, and the severe 
 avenger of defection from himself Ex. 
 20, 5. 34. 14. Deut. 4, 24. 5, 9. 6, 15. 
 Chald. N2;? and -jNSp id. 
 
 nspp f (r. ^<:^3) constr. nN3p, c. sufF. 
 'nssp : plur. nixjp . 
 
 \. jealousy, e. g. in a husband Prov. 
 6, 34. 27. 4 ; of God Ez. 8, 3 ; of rival 
 nations Is. 11, 13. Plur. nisjp Num. 5, 
 15. 18 25. 29. Hence envy Ecc. 9, 6 ; 
 meton. object of envy Ecc. 4, 4. 
 
 2. zeaZ. ardour towards any one. ^^jioc, 
 '6. g. of lovers Cant. 8, 6 ; of God for his 
 
 people Zech. 1, 14. Is. 9, 6 nirr; r^'ip^ 
 riitrs the zeal of Jehovah of hosts, in 
 behalf of his people. With genit. of 
 
 . object. c5-rs<3p the zeal (of God) towards 
 the people Is. 26, 11 ; so 2 K. 10, 16. Ps. 
 
 69, 10. 
 
 3. heal, anger, indignation, coupled 
 with nrn Ez. 5. 13. al. nnas Ez. 38, 
 19; rx 35. 11. To it is ascribed fire, 
 
 ;nx5p CX Ez. 36, 5, as devouring Zeph. 
 1, is. 3 8, smoking Deut. 29, 19 ; comp. 
 Ps. 79. 5. Spoken of the indignation of 
 God Num. 25, 11. Ez. 16, 42. Is. 59, 17 ; 
 
 . of men Ps. 1 19, 139. Job 5, 2. 
 
 * nj|5 lot. n:;?^, conv. "p*! . pr. to set 
 uprighl. to erect, i. q. 'ppn ; kindr. with 
 "(Sp. "jis ; see nsp, Hjp, canna. Hence 
 
 1. to found, to create, e. g. the heavens 
 and earth Gen. 14, 19. 22 ; mankind 
 ,Deut. 32, 6. Ps. 139, 13. Prov. 8, 22 
 
 where Sept. ixnai fji, Targ. and Peshito 
 iK-na. ]j^. Arab. Ui* i. q. \^^X^ God 
 
 created, eee'Camoos p. 1937 
 
 Syr. |J-o, Arab. \j3 and ^c*^i '^- E. g. 
 a woman to wife Ruth 4,9. 10 ; wisdom, 
 understanding, Prov. 4, 7. 15, 32. 16, 16. 
 17, 16. 19, 8 ; God his holy mountain by 
 conquest, Ps. 78, 54 ; the people of Is- 
 rael as his own. Ex. 15, 16. Ps. 74, 2. 
 Gen. 4, I ''^'"rx a"'X '^n"'3p / have gotten 
 a man with the help of Jehovah, have 
 borne a son ; see in ""^p no. 2. a. 
 
 3. Spec, to get by purchase, to buy, 
 Gen. 25, 10. 47, 19. 22. 50, 13. Ex. 21, 
 2. 2 Sam. 12, 3. Jer. 13, 1. 4. Is. 43, 24. 
 al. ssep. Metaph. to buy the truth Prov. 
 23, 23. Part, nsp a buyer Prov. 20, 14. 
 Ez. 7, 12 ; opp. 13b Is. 24, 2. Also to 
 buy off, to redeem from captivity, Deut. 
 28, 68. Neh. 5, 8. Is. 11, 11. Comp. 
 Lat. conciliare for einere Ten Eun. 4. 4. 
 21. Hence 
 
 4. to own, to possess. Part. ri2p an 
 owner, possessor, master, e. g. of a house 
 Lev. 25, 30 ; a flock Zech. 11. 5 ; an ox 
 Is. 1. 3. Comp. nspia .Syr, jlu id. Eth. 
 ^iP to possess, to be master ; Arab. 
 
 iJCii to possess. 
 ^NiPH. to be bought, Jer. 32, 15. 43. 
 
 HiPH. pr. ' to let buy or be bought,' 
 i. e. to sell; Zech. 13, 5 ^sspn cnx a 
 man sold me as a slave ; comp. Kal in 
 Am. 8, 6. Ecc. 2, 7. Verbs of buying 
 often take in the causative conjug. the 
 signif of selling ; comp. "(3] ^"j to buy, 
 ,3! r^\ to sell. Part. n:pT3 , Ez. 8, 3 
 n:pan nsspn h^zQ S'^iia ci'icx where 
 was the seat of the image of wrath (i. e. 
 the idol provoking God's wrath) which 
 selleth sc. Israel to his enemies, i. e. 
 which delivers Israel even as a slave 
 into the power of his enemies ; note the 
 paronomasia. Others refer nDpan to 
 r. N:p, and render: which provoketh to 
 wrath. 
 
 Deriv. MJp, *,;3p, nsjsn, nspo, and 
 pr. n. n:p,r2p." 
 
 n;j3 m. (r. n:p init.) constr. MJp), c. 
 euff. n:p ; plur. C-'Jp , constr. "'Jp, c. suff. 
 crbp ; a reed, cane, Lat. canna, Gr. 
 XM>'7j, xwiTij, yntvva, id. Chald. n;p , S^Sp , 
 
 Syr. lie. Cie id. Arab. jjUi' id. also 
 spear. Of a reed or cane growing in 
 wet or marshy ground 1 K. 14, 15. Job 
 
 2. to gel, to gain, to obtain, to acquire; \ 40, 21. In. 19, 6. 35,7. Ps.68,31 n?p rjn 
 
nap 
 
 931 
 
 W>^ 
 
 t?ie beast of the reeda, i. e. the crocodile. 
 f At the present day the banks of the 
 Jordan and ttie upper part of the lake 
 Hiileh are full of tall reeds or cane ; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 255. III. p. 
 340. II.] Spoken also of the sweet cane, 
 tweet flag, acorus calamus Linn, calamus 
 odoratus, growing in India (Plin. XII. 
 12 or 48), Is. 43. 24. Ez. 27, 19. Cant. 4, 
 14 ; fully ctba naps Ex. 30, 23, aian n?;? 
 Jer. 6, 20. Also the cultivated cane, 
 arundo sativa, arundo donax Linn, 
 growing very tall, and used as a staff 
 for walking, n:;?n nsrria Ez. 29. 6. Is. 
 36, 6, comp. yis-1 njrj Ez. 42, 3; and 
 for measuring rods. See on these spe- 
 cies of cane Celsii Hierob. II. p. 312 sq. 
 Hence 
 
 a) a measuring reed or rod, fully Ti}p 
 man Ez. 40. 3. 5. 42, 16-19 ; this was a 
 measure of six larger cubits (noaj nax, 
 see in nax), i. e. six cubits and six 
 palms, Ez. 40, 5-8. 41, 8 ; plur. Ez. 42, 
 16-19. So Gr. xalafiog was a measure 
 of 6 5 cubits. 
 
 b) a stalk of grain, Gr. xaXafio?, xu- 
 JiafiTj.Gen. 41, 5. 22. 
 
 c) the upper bone of the arm, Job 31, 
 22. Comp. Germ. Armrdhre ; Arab. 
 
 ^ ' 
 
 \,A<^''>' reed, also a marrow-bone. 
 
 d) the rod or beam of a balance ; 
 hence meton. for a balance, Is. 46, 6. 
 Gr. xavuv. 
 
 e) the hollow shaft, stem, of the sacred 
 candelabriv Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17. 
 
 f) Plur. w^p^ arm^, branches, tubes, 
 bearing the lights of the sacred cande- 
 labra, Ex. 25, 32. 33. 35. 37, 18 ; c. suff. 
 
 s ^ 
 on-ispj Ex. 25, 36. 37, 22. Arab. sUi 
 
 channel, trough. 
 
 T3^ (place of reeds) Kanah. pr. n. 
 a) A stream on the borders of Ephraim 
 and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8. 17. 9. b) 
 A city in Asher Josh. 19, 28. [Now a 
 village about three hours south of east 
 from Tyre, still called Kdna LiLi' ; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 384. R. 
 
 i^'lS^ m. (r. n:;^) i. q. NSp, jealous, 
 Apoken of God. Josh. 24, 19 ; also angry 
 against his enemies, Nah. 1, 2. 
 
 3 j^ obsol. root, perh. i. q. {jaJJi to 
 hunt. Hence 
 
 T?)5 (a hunt) Kenaz, pr. n. a) An 
 Edomite, descended from Esau ; alao 
 a tract of Arabia named from him, Gen. 
 36, 11. 15. 42. b) The father or ra- 
 ther the grandfather of Othniel the bro- 
 ther of Caleb, Josh. 15, 17. Judg. 1, 13. 
 1 Chr. 4, 13. See "'W^ . c) A grand- 
 son of Caleb 1 Chr. 4, 15. 
 
 "*??)? (hunter) Kenizite, pr. n. a) 
 A Canaanitish tribe, of which nothing 
 further is known. Gen. 15, 19. b) Pa- 
 tronym. of the name tjjs lett. b. Num. 
 32, 12. Josh. 14, 6. 
 
 r?P m. (r. n;;?) constr. '^sp. c. suff. 
 
 1. a creature, Ps. 104, 24. Sept. ytxi- 
 atg. Chald. l^sp id. 
 
 2. a getting, acquisition, purchase, 
 Prov. 4, 7. Lev. 22. 11. 
 
 3. possession, substance, wealth, Gen. 
 34, 23. 36, 6. Ps. 105, 21. Ez. 38. 12. 13. 
 
 D j5 obsol. and doubtful root ; perh. to 
 set up, to erect, like n:p , '(ip , "ijp . Hence 
 jiTSip cinnamon, after the form *)i"i3T, 
 pr. i. q. npp cane, since the rolls of cin- 
 namon resemble a cane or tube. 
 
 llttSp m. constr. "^sp Ex. 30, 23, cin- 
 namon, Prov. 7, 17. Cant. 4, 14. Gr. 
 xlt'vnfiov, xivvuficiyfiov, according to Hdot. 
 3. Ill a word of Phenician origin. For 
 the etymology see in r. C3p. 
 
 "jil^ in Kal not used, pr. to set up, 
 to build ; kindr. with njp, ",!tp, alsoOJfJ. 
 Hence ')P nest ; and from this : 
 
 PiEL *|3p denom. to nest, to build a 
 nest, as a bird Ps. 104. 17. Jer. 48, 28. 
 Ez. 31,6; a serpent Is. 34, 15. Syr. 
 r^] id. 
 
 Pu AL to have a nest built, to nestle, Part, 
 f. Tiilp^ Jer. 22. 23. 
 
 i^SSp Job 18, 2, see in yp. 
 
 riji? (possession, r. njp) Kenath, pr. 
 n. of a city beyond Jordan, situated in 
 Auranitis (Hauran) some distance north 
 from Bostra, Num. 32. 42. 1 Chr. 2, 23. 
 Gr. Kixra&tt, Kavo&a. Now called 
 ot^JLJ' Kunawdt. See Reland Palest, 
 p. 6:Jl. Burckhardt's Travels in Syria 
 p. 83. 
 
 * DD|5 fut. cbp";!, 2 pers. pi. nj^oppi 
 Ez. 13, 23, to divine, to practise divitia- 
 iion. used in the verb only of false pro- 
 
DCp 
 
 932 
 
 Itp 
 
 phets, etc. e. g. of the Hebrews Deut. 
 18. 10. 14. Mic. 3. 6. 7. 11 ; of necro- 
 mancers 1 Sam. 28, 8 ; of foreign pro- 
 phets, as of the Philistines 1 Sam. 6, 2, 
 of Balaam Josh. 13. 22. Classic for the 
 three kinds of divination common among 
 the Semitic nations, viz. arrows, en- 
 trails, and Teraphim, is Ez. 21, 26 [21]. 
 Constr. with ace. of thing, 2 K. 17, 7. 
 Ez. 13, 23. 21, 26. 28 ; dat. of pers. 1 
 Sam. 28, 8 ; ace. and dat. Ez. 21, 34. 
 22, 28. Part. CDp a diviner, one who 
 foretells, 1 Sam." 6, 2. Is. 3, 2. 44, 25. 
 Jer. 27, 9. 29, 8. Zech. 10, 2. Sept. 
 usually fidvng, fiuvrtvu. The primary 
 idea is prob. that of dividing, dividing 
 out ; comp. Arab. t^^tJi to divide out. 
 As this was often done by lot, hence 
 CC^3 pr. to divide out by lot, like Arab. 
 ^ftflft^' ; and then for any species of lot or 
 divination. Chald. BOps, Syr. >c_jj5, id. 
 Deriv. CDpia and 
 
 DD^ m. 1. lot, Ez. 21, 27 [22] ; see 
 the root. 
 
 2. divination, Num. 23, 23. 1 Sam. 
 15. 23. Jer. 14, 14. Ez. 13, 6. 23. Plur. 
 C-nop Deut. 18, 10. 2 K. 17, 17. Me- 
 ton. reward of divination Num. 22, 7. 
 Comp. nVys. 
 
 3. In a good sense, an oracle, divine 
 sentence, Prov. 16, 10. 
 
 * CC'i^ in Kal not used, to cut off, i. q. 
 
 Po. ODip to cut off Trait, Ez. 17, 9. 
 
 fl?^ f (r. nbjD) any vessel, a dish, 
 cup, BO called from its rounded form, i. q. 
 ntrp q. V. Hence lESn POfs a writer's 
 vessel, i. e. an ink-horn, inkstand, worn 
 in the girdle, Ez. 9, 2. 3. 11. Eth. 
 4'U}'^ tt water-vessel, water-pot. 
 
 rib'^y]? (prob. i. q. kiLLs arx) Keilah, 
 pr. n. of a city in Judah Josh. 15, 44. 
 1 Sam. 23, 1. 1 Chr. 4, 19. Neh. 3, 17. 
 18. See Reland Palest, p. 698. 
 
 yp?)? m. a stigma, mark, cut or burnt 
 in. Lev. 19, 28. R. Sip no. 1. Talmud. 
 S'pv^p to dig, to scratch as a fowl, also 
 to cut in a mark. 
 
 **^?i5 obeol. root, Arab, ju to he 
 deep ; pr. to dig, kindr. with lip, "ipj, 
 also '^\yn , "ip^ , Hence 
 
 *^'^?i? ^- fionstr. r^yp, plur. constr. 
 ninyp . c. suff. T^niiyp . a deep dish, bowl, 
 charger, Num. 7, 13 sq. 84. 85. Ex. 25, 
 
 S ^ " 
 
 29.37,16. Sept. Tpi;/3Aioy. Arab. ^j| Jtj 
 a deep dish. 
 
 ^ ^ 1^ /o draw in oneself, to contract. 
 Kindr. are Y^'^- "^^P^i "^^I^r ^^'^ softened 
 
 K35 ; also Arab, vjj* to be wrinkled, 
 shrunk, as cloth after washing. 
 
 1. to draw in the feet, to sit with the 
 feet drawn under, in the oriental man- 
 ner, Zeph. 1, 12 ; comp. Jer. 48. 11. 
 
 2. to concrete, to coagulate, as milk, 
 see Hiph. Poet, of the sea, Engl. Vers. 
 to congeal, Ex. 15, 8. 
 
 NiPH. ^o 6e drawn in, contracted, Zech. 
 14. 6 Cheth. "(IXEls^ ninp-i, see in np^ 
 no. 4. p. 420. 
 
 HiPH. causat. of Kal no. 2, to make 
 coagulate, to curdle milk. Job 10, 10. 
 Hence 
 
 pKBp m. congelation, ice ; Zech. 14, 
 6 Keri '|"iS5pT niip';', Sept. xal ipv^og 
 xal nixyog, Vuig. sedfrigus et gelu. Bet- 
 ter is Chethibh, see in r. Sp Niph. and 
 -ip-i no. 4. 
 
 "?I? to draw oneself together, to 
 shrink, to roll oneself up; like kindr. 
 
 TpB, 7pB, Syr. miP) also NEp, ols. 
 Hence Tisp hedgehog. 
 
 PiEL id. is. 38, J2 ':!n jnxa 'tnnap / 
 have rolled together, like a weaver, my 
 life ; or intrans. my life is rolled toge- 
 ther, as by a weaver; i. e. in either 
 case, my life is finished, like the piece 
 of cloth which the weaver, when com- 
 pleted, rolls together. The latter is 
 perh. preferable. Intrans. also in Targ. 
 and Pesh. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 "IBp m. also Tiisp Is. 34, 11 (r. lEp) a 
 hedgehog, so called from rolling himself 
 up; Is. 14, 23. 34, 11. Zeph. 2, 14. Arab. 
 
 resolving the Dag. tXiJcJ and i)J>JJs , 
 Syr. ifsLo id. Eth. 4>*'i4t'H porcu- 
 pine. 
 
 n'lfii? f. MiUl (r. *iE|5) Ez. 7, 25 n-iBp 
 xa destruction cometh, according to the 
 Targg. and Heb. intpp. Better, horror, 
 terror, from the primary signif. of the 
 
lEp 
 
 933 
 
 =2p 
 
 root i. e. ' to ahrink, to start back.' 
 Comp. Syr. ^m^ . The n is not para- 
 gogic, and the tone is retracted prob. 
 only by an error of the punctators ; see 
 Heb. Gr, 79, note 2. e. 
 
 TBJ? , see in i"d|5 . 
 
 TIDp m. (r. Ttpj) i. q. Arab. kvLft* , <?r- 
 
 pens jacvduK, q. d. arrow-snake, so called 
 from its darting, springing, in the man- 
 ner of the rattle-snake, Is. 34, 15. See 
 Bochart Hicroz. II. p. 408. 
 
 T^J^ obsol. root, pr. i. q. "lEfJ, ytp^, 
 (comp. y^P,, y^p)) to draw oneself 
 together, to contract, espec. in order to 
 make a spring, in the manner of a cat, 
 lion, deer, serpent, etc. So Arab, yij 
 and Chald. ytp to leap, to spring upon. 
 Syr. }i Vin locust, grasshopper; comp. 
 r. yefj .Hence Tiop> . 
 
 \ ri^ fut. y5|?7, to draw together, 
 to contract, to shut, kindr. with TCj? , *1B|5 , 
 
 also y^iS Chald. id. Arab. {jaJiJi con- 
 strinxit. E. g. the mouth Job 5, 16. 
 Ps. 107. 42 ; the hand, i. e. to be illiberal, 
 niggardly, Deut. 15. 7 ; trop. one's com- 
 passion, sympathy, Ps. 77, 10. 
 
 NiPH. to draw or gather oneself up, to 
 compose the body and limbs as in death, 
 i. q. to die; Job 24, 24 I'lSBls'i Vss; 
 
 comp. Gen. 49, 33. Arab, yu and ^uJMi 
 to die. 
 
 PiEL to leap, to spring, comp. TSfj, 
 Cant. 2, 8. Chald. yi&p id. 
 
 fp m. (r. y:it>) c. suff. 'Sf); plur. 
 constr. ""S:!? once Job 18, 2 see in Plur. 
 below, where also see other forms ; an 
 end, i. e. 
 
 1. Of place, end, extremity. 2 K. 19. 
 23 ristp ,'ib"a his extreme lodging-place, 
 i. e. the highest. Jer. 50, 26 yjs'a i. e. 
 'from the extremity of the earth ;' or, 
 'all from the extremity,^ i. q. najsia, see 
 in ns;^. So h yp nva to put, set, an 
 end (limit) to any thing. Josh. 28. 3. 
 
 2. Of time, end, e. g. of the year 2 Chr. 
 21. 19 ; of words Job 16. 3 ; of war Dan. 
 9, 26 ; of wonders Dan. 12, 6. So ,"'i< 
 h yp there is ?io end to a thing, i. e. it is 
 infinite, Is. 9, 6. Ecc. 4, 8 ; or innume- 
 
 rable Ecc. 4, 16. Withbom. Ecc.l2. 12 
 yp ytt nann cnoo ri-:js to the making 
 of many books t/iere is no end. Also VSJia 
 with genit. of time, at the end of (comp. 
 1 no. 4, c), i. e. after, e. g. Gen. 8, 6 
 after forty days. 4, 3. 16, 3. 41, 1. Ex. 
 12, 41. Is. 23, 15. 17. al. sajp. Later 
 writers use yp\ id. 2 Chr, 18, 2. Neh. 
 13,6. Dan. 11,6. 13. 12, 13. 
 
 Spec, a) the end of a person, i. q. 
 destruction, death, Ps. 39, 5. Dan. 9, 26. 
 14, 45. Job 6, 11 ; of nations, destruction^ 
 Jer. 51, 13. Ez. 7, 2. 3. 6. Am. 8, 2 ; of 
 mankind Gen. 6, 13. Also yp "lis ini- 
 quity of destruction, causing it, Ez. 21, 
 30. 34 [25. 29]. 35, 5. b) eveiit, fulfil- 
 ment of a prophecy, Hab. 2, 3. c) yp P5 
 the time of the end, Dan. 8, 17. 11, 35. 40. 
 12, 4, also yp nsia id. 8, 19, n-'a^n yp 
 the end of days 12, 13, and simpl. yp id. 
 11, 27, i. e. the last days, the time of 
 calamity immediately preceding the 
 coming of Jehovah and the Messiah. 
 
 Plur. once in the constr. state. Job 
 18, 2, where '^:p is for ''^p the Daghesh 
 being resolved in the Chaldee manner, 
 see Lehrg. p. 134. Thesaur. p. 1223. 
 The words are : "'Srp ,^'^iuri njjj-ns 
 y^Xih how long (i. e. when) will ye put 
 an end to words? Elsewhere for plur. 
 absol. is used the form niisp , see nxj5 ; 
 for the constr. and c. sufT. ''2^p, i^n"i:tp, 
 from is^., nisi?. Denom. is 'j"iS''E5, for 
 
 fp see y^p. 
 
 * ^^1^ fut. S'sp'^ 1. to cut, to cut of, 
 e. g. wood, a stick, 2 K, 6, 6. Arab. 
 ,..>.flj> to cut off, to cut in pieces. Kindr. 
 is3:2f>, also 3Sn, Z'jn. But all verbs 
 beginning with the letters Sp have the 
 notion of cutting, cutting off, e. g. y^p, 
 nsp, -is;?, SSfJ ; comp. tTj, y^n, also 
 Tia, which are all of the same family. 
 
 2. Spec, to shear sheep, Cant. 4, 2. 
 
 Arab. i-^*%,-n!f a shorn sheep. Hence 
 
 ^^p m. 1. cut, i. e. form, shape^ 
 comp. Fr. faille, Germ. ZuschnitI, 1 K. 
 6, 25. 7, 37. 
 
 2. Plur. constr. D'^nn 'asp Jon. 2, 7, 
 cuttings off" (i. e. e.xtremities, founda- 
 tions) of the mountains sc. in the depths 
 of the sea, Vulg. extrema. montium. 
 
riilp 934 
 
 ni^P 1. Pr.<ocfq^ spec, the end 
 or extremity, to curtail, and so differing 
 from nan to cut in the middle ; see P 
 
 Kindr. are ^'?15, 3S;5, q. v. Arab. LoJ 
 I, II. Then 
 .2. to end, to jinish ; Arab. i^oLi'j 
 
 vi^'j extremity. Hence nsf?, "^SfJ, 
 
 naps , end. 
 
 3. to cut off persons, to destroy, inf 
 Hab. 2, 10 C^S-n D-^as-map) . Arab. 
 
 iVt'"' IV to exterminate. 
 
 4. to decide, to judge, Arab, j ai>5 
 hence y^p^ judge. 
 
 PiEL i. q! Kal no. 1. Prov. 26, 6 nsr5a 
 D^^sn wAo cuileth off the feet i. e. whose 
 feet are cut off. The wliole verse is to 
 be rendered thus: he cutteth q^hisown 
 Jeet, he drinketh (suffereth) damage. 
 who sendeth a message by the hand of 
 a fool, i. e. uses a fool as his messenger. 
 2 K. 10, 32 Jehovah began mS]5b 
 ^xnb^a to cut off in Israel, i. e. to re- 
 move one part after another. 
 
 HiPH. to scrape off or away, i. q. SSi:? , 
 Lev. 14, 41. 43. 
 
 Deriv. ns|5 lap. , fSt? , nap> , 
 
 *^'^ f- (r- nai5) pr. fem. of naf5. an 
 end, e.vlremity. Sing, only in the form 
 ns;3:a at the extremity Ex. 25, 19. 26. 4. 
 36' 11. 37, 8. Elsewhere only in plur. 
 constr. n"is{? . c. suff. T'n'ia)?, i. e. 
 
 1. ends, extremities, e. g. of a vine- 
 stock Ez. 15, 4 ; of wings 1 K. 6. 24; of 
 a breastplate Ex. 28, 23 sq. 'j''";8<n ria|5 
 the ends of the earth, the remotest regions 
 and nations. Is. 40, 28. 41, 9. 29. Job 28, 
 24. D';iT:TEn piap ra^x the four ends 
 (quarters) of the heavens Jer. 49, 36 ; 
 comp. Ps. 19, 7. Metaph. Job 26, 14 
 T'sn^ T"\'Sp the ends (f his ways, i. e. the 
 extreme part, outline, sketch, of the di- 
 vine operations. 
 
 2. the ends of a thing, i. e. the whole, 
 to the very end, to the uttermost ; see 
 in naj5 no. 3 ; so the whole number, Judg. 
 18, 2 they serit of Ihiir family five me7i 
 Criai?B out of their whole number. 1 K. 
 12', 31". 13, 33. 2 K. 17, 32. 
 
 HSp m. (r. na{3) ronstr. nsfl?, c. suff. 
 *ia;i3 ; but also cn^^p^ sing. Ez.' 33, 2. 
 see in nx-jo and Ileb. Gr. 91. 9. n. an 
 end, i. e. 
 
 ISp 
 
 1. Of place, the end, extremity of a 
 thing ; e. g. in length, as of a staff Judg. 
 6, 21 ; a spear 1 Sara. 14, 27 ; the Jordan 
 as it enters the Dead Sea Josh. 15, 5. 
 Also of length and breadth, as of a cur- 
 tain Ex. 26, 5 ; a field Gen. 23, 9 ; the 
 desert Ex. 13, 20; a city 1 Sam. 9, 27 ; 
 the Dead Sea, its southern end, Num. 34, 
 3. Josh. 15, 2. etc. "inn naf? the extremity 
 of the mountain, i. e. its loot, Ex. 19, 12 ; 
 r^t^in 'p id. 1 Sam. 14, 2. trq'n nap? 
 the extremity of the water, water's edge, 
 Josh. 3, 15. i^ias nap? the extreme bor- 
 der of a land Gen. 47,' 21. Num. 20, 16. 
 22, 36. in"'"}'! nnTTO napa in the ex- 
 treme east of Jericho, i. e. on the eastern 
 border of its territory. So 7"?.Nn nap 
 the end of the earth, the remotest parts 
 and regions, Ps. 46, 10. Is. 5, 26. 42, 10. 
 48, 20. Jer. 10, 13. al. and so ^'^.'C'etr} nap> 
 the end of the heavens, i. e. the remotest 
 parts of the world ; Is. 13, 5. Deut. 4, 32. 
 Is. 7, 18 i:ry3i)2 'nk'^ napa in the uttermost 
 streams of Egypt, in its remotest parts. 
 Peculiar is Gen. 19. 4 all the people 
 na|50 even from the extremity, i. e. from 
 the remotest parts. Jer. 51, 31 his city 
 is taken nai^pyrom its extremity, at all 
 ends, wholly. So ina;;^ Is. 56, 11. Ez. 
 25, 9. Arab. Laj't ,j^ ab extremo, 
 i. e. omnes. Comp. in no. 3. 
 
 2. Of time, end; often in the con- 
 nection : D-ia;) H'rbuJ napia at the end of 
 three days. i. e. after three days Josh. 3, 
 2 ; and so Gen. 8, 3. Deut. 14, 28. 2 Sam. 
 24, 8. 1 K. 9, 10. Ez. 3, 16. al. 
 
 3. the end of a thing, i. e. the whole, 
 q. d. to the very end, to the uttermost. 
 E. g. the whole number. Gen. 47, 2 nap^a 
 I'^nxyrow, the whole number of his breth- 
 ren. Ez. 33, 2. So Num. 22. 41 he saw 
 cyn nap5 the tdtermost of the people, i. e. 
 the whole people even to the extremi- 
 ties. See in no. 1. fin. 
 
 ^^P m. (r. nap) end, only in the for- 
 mula : h nap j-'X there is no end to a 
 thing, i. e. it is infinite, innumerable, Is. 
 2, 7. Nah. 2, 10. 3, 3. 9. * 
 
 "l^p or 12|? m. (r. nap) only in plur. 
 constr. I'-ix '.;ap the ends of the earth, 
 Ps. 48, 11. 65, 6. Is. 26, 15. 
 
 f^'lSp plur. see in nap . 
 
n:ip 
 
 935 
 
 H^P 
 
 n2j5 obsol. root. Arab. -, yjl is to 
 
 prinkle onion-seed and other coiiiliments 
 
 . 
 
 upon food in a pot ;' - V* onion-seed 
 
 and other condiinenta.' The primary 
 idea seems to be : to sprinkle, to strew. 
 Hence 
 
 nsp m. Is. 28, 25. 27. according to 
 Sept. Vulg. and the Rabbins, nigella, 
 vulanthiiim, i. e. black cumin. See Cel- 
 sii Hicrobot. P. II. p. 70. 
 
 V?? m. (r. ns;5 no. 4) conatr. ,''Xf5, 
 plur. consfr. T^r5- 
 
 1. a judge, magistrate^ Is. 1, 10. 3, 6. 7. 
 
 Mic. 3, 1. 9. Arab. (joLs k&dy, a judge. 
 
 2. a leader, chief, in war Josh. 10, 24. 
 Judg. 11, 6. 11. Is. 22. 3. Dan. 11, 18. 
 Comp. aodi. 
 
 3. a prince, Prov. 6, 7. 25, 15. 
 
 ny'']SJ3j: (r. rs;^) \.cassia,Gr.xnala, 
 laurus cassia Linn, a bark resembling 
 cinnamon, but less aromatic, so called 
 from being strippfd off"; plur. m5"'a;? 
 Ps. 45, 9. See Celsii Hierob. T. II. p". 
 360. Arab. KXA.>a.'i id. Castell. 
 
 2. Keziah. pr. n. of one of Job's daugh- 
 ters, Job 42, 14. 
 
 niSp m. (r. -".Si?) constr. I'^Sp) , c. suff. 
 
 1. reaping, harvest of grain ; diff. from 
 y^|5 harvest of fruits, figs, where see. [In 
 Palestine the barley-harvest precedes 
 the wheat-harvest about two weeks. 
 At Jericho, in the depressed valley of 
 the Jordan, the former takes place in 
 the last half of April, and the latter in 
 the first half of May; comp. Josh. 3, 15. 
 On the plain along the coast, the har- 
 vest is usually a fortnight later; and on 
 the mountains at Jerusalem and Hebron 
 still later by another fortnight; seeBibl. 
 Res. in Palest. II. p. 99, 100. R.] The 
 harvest is described as beginning with 
 the barley cnsb i-spJ 2 Sam. 21, 9. 10. 
 Ruth 2, 23 ; and ending with the wheat, 
 O-ian -\isp Gen. 30. 14. Ex. 34, 22. and 
 with the festival of Pentecost, >''S;3n SO 
 Ex. 23, 16. Harvest-time is ''s;5r! ns 
 Jer. 5, 16. 'r^'S.p^ "^^7 Gen. 30, 14, i^:!;? oi-' 
 Prov. 25, 13, and simpl. nis)? Prov. 6, 8. 
 10, 6. 26, 1. Coupled -i-'si?! ynx Gen. 
 
 8, 22 ; n-'XIsi ttJ-'-in Gen. 45, 6. Es, 34, 
 21. Melon, harvest is put : a) For the 
 grain, crcip, either to be harvested Lev. 
 19, 9. Joel 1, 11. 4,13; or as already 
 harvested, Jer. 5, 17. Job 5, 5. I'x^ "i''Sfy 
 the harvest of the Nile Is. 23, 3. b) Po^t'. 
 lor n^s^ 'lijs harvest-men Is. 17, 5. 
 Metaph. for destruction, slaughter of a 
 people, Jer. 51, 33. Hos. 6, 11. 
 
 2. a bough; collect, boughs, foliage, 
 of a tree Job 14, 9. 18, 16. 29, 19. Is. 27, 
 11 ; of a vine Ps. 80. 12. So called, it is 
 usually said, from the notion of cutting 
 off. Better perh. to refer it to r. nsn 
 no. 2, to be green, verdant ; at least the 
 roots "i^ii? and isn are closely kindred. 
 
 3'?I5 in Kal not used. 1. to cut, to 
 cut off or out ; comp. y^P, . nap? , and see 
 in -:*;>. Arab. miaJi to cut off. Hence 
 ^5VJp^a chisel. ^ 
 
 2. to scrape, to strip off bark ; see 
 Hi{)h. and njisp) . 
 
 3. to break, i. q. Syr. ^wj ; see Pual. 
 PtiAL Part. plur. n?3^^ Ex. 26, 23. 
 
 36, 28, and Hoph. Part. plur. ni?3;rnt3 
 Ez. 46, 22, pr. ' parts broken in, bent,' 
 i. e. angles, comers, internal angles, i. q. 
 
 HiPH. to scrape off, i. q. nsys Hiph. 
 Lev. 14, 41. ' . ' ' 
 
 HoPH. see in Pual. 
 Deriv. ny"s}5 , ?"is|3, wsi^i!?!? . 
 
 *^i?l? fut. Sri'sp^ 1. to break, to 
 break in pieces, as wood, see r| af? no. 1, 
 
 and '^B3f)5. Arab. '_fl -o/i the wind 
 dashes in pieces a ship; mid. Kesr. to 
 be broken, as a tooth, spear,- Hence 
 
 2. Metaph. to break out or forth in 
 anger, Gr. ^i]yvvfii ; and so to be angry, 
 wroth, 2 K. 5, 11. Esth. 2, 21. Is, 57, 16. 
 64, 8 ; with b? of pers. Gen. 40. 2. 41, 10. 
 Ex. 16, 20, al bx Josh, 22, 18. Syr. 
 l-s^ rivalry, envy. 
 
 Hi PH. to provoke to anger, e. g. Jeho- 
 vah Deut. 9, 7. 8. 22. Ps. 106, 32. Zech. 
 8, 14. 
 
 HiTHP. i. q. Kal no. 2, to fret oneself, 
 Is. 8. 21. 
 
 Deriv. Cis;?, MBSp. 
 
 51?I5 Chald. i, q. Heb. no. 2, Dan. 2, 12. 
 Hence 
 
^1-^7^ 
 
 936 
 
 nsrp 
 
 5lS)? Chald. m. anger, wrath. Ezra 7, 23. 
 Sj^p m. (r. "jSps) in pause fiS^ , c. suff. 
 
 1. Collect, chips, splinters, comp. the 
 root no. 1, Hos. 10, 7. Sept. cp^v/avov. 
 Othcrs.foam. 
 
 2. anger, wrath, from the root no. 2. 
 Ecc. 5, 16. Spec, of Jehovah, Num. J, 
 53. Josh. 9, 20. Is. 34, 2. 2 Chr. 19, 10. 
 
 24, 18. 32, 26. al. Also strife, alterca- 
 tion, Esth. 1, 18. 
 
 n2Jp f. (r. CiS;?) a breaking, a broken 
 thing, spec, of tbiiage, boughs, a tree, 
 Joel 1, 7. Sept. av/xXaafiog. 
 
 '\ ^^ to cut off, e. g. the hand Deut. 
 
 25, 12; the beard Jer. 9, 25. '25, 23, 
 
 see in tiXS no. 2. Arab, [jcji to trim 
 the nails and locks. See under SStj? . 
 
 PiEL f ap and ^Sp 1. to cut off, e. g. 
 a cord Ps. 129, 4 ; the hand, the thumbs, 
 Judg. 1, 6. 2 Sam. 4, 12; a spear Ps. 46, 
 10; ornaments 2 K. 16, 17. 18, 16. 
 
 2. to cut up into threads, Ez. 39, 3; 
 into pieces, to cut in pieces, 2 K. 24, 13. 
 
 PuAL part. C^spiQ pass, of Pi. no. 1. 
 Judg. 1, 7. 
 
 Deriv. ^p , whence the denom. 'jis'^p ; 
 pr. n. "I'pa . 
 
 V?)? Chald. Pa. to cut off, Dan. 4, 11. 
 
 *'^^|? and ^-^1? 1. Mid. A, fut. 
 "lisp'^, to cut off or doitm; spec, grain, 
 whence to reap, to harvest, c. ace. Is. 17, 
 6. Lev. 19, 9. 25, 5. al. Part, "i^tip a 
 reaper, moicer, harvestman, Ruth 2, 3 
 eq. 2 K. 4, 18. Jer. 0, 21. Am. 9, 13. Ps. 
 129, 7. Part. pass. liiSp cut off, shorter, 
 of cells Ez. 42, 5. Metaph. Job 4, 8 
 they that sow trouble reap the same. 
 Prov. 22, 8. Comp. snt no. 2. a, 
 
 2. Mid. E (comp. adj. nsp), fut. iSp";", 
 once "iSp^ Prov. 10, 27, intrane. to be cut 
 off; hence to be shortened, short, Is. 28, 
 
 20. Arab. -aJ* to be short. Spec, a) 
 
 ""l^ 'T^^5 "'y luind is shortened, i. e. I 
 have no power, am weak, feeble. Num. 
 11, 23. Is. 50, 2. 59, 1. Comp. Arab. 
 iXjJt ^Ls 'short-handed,' and ^ n * 
 
 cU jJt ' short-armed,' spokenof a person 
 without strength or power ; vice versa 
 ^likJb Jo 'a long hand,' for strength, 
 
 power ; see more in Comm. on Is. 50, 2. 
 b) ir^3 (Ti!!-;) nnsg my soid, spirit, is 
 shortened, i. e. I am impatient, grieved, 
 vexed, Num. 21, 4. Judg. 16, 16. Job 21, 
 4. Mic. 2, 7 ; with 3 for, on account of, 
 any thing, Judg. 10, 16. Zech. 11, 8. 
 Comp. niBN Tj-ix under T('iX . 
 
 PiEL to cut off, to shorten, one's days 
 Ps. 102, 24. 
 
 Hi PH. \. to harvest, to reap, Job 24, 
 6 Cheth. 
 
 2. i. q. Pi. Ps. 89, 46. 
 
 Deriv. "i-illp, isp, -iip . 
 
 "^r?p m. adj. (r. ns:p) constr. ^Sp.plur. 
 constr. '''^Itp, short ; ci^; nijp short of 
 tZays, short-lived, Job 14. 1. Spec. a)"isp 
 ^'^ short-handed, i. e. weak, fetble, 2 K. 19, 
 26. Is. 37. 27. b) nn -isp Prov. 14, 29, 
 and n-SX "iStp v. 17, short of spirit, of 
 anger, i. e. impatient, prone to anger. 
 
 "iSp m. (r. "!2p) only nn ^a;p short- 
 ness of spirit, i. e. impatience, Ex. 6, 9. 
 
 ri2)? f (for pxsp , r. nsp ; like nsa 
 fr. n:^) a Chaldaizingform. 
 
 1. e7id, extremity, always with pref. 
 jia, i. e. rspT? for rsp2, af //jg ewrf o/; 
 after. Dan. 1, 15 nnbs C^^c^ r:ipi3 a< 
 ?/ie ewrZ o/" ten days. v. 5. 18 o'^o^n n:spab 
 o^ /Ae fTJc/ of the days, see ",'ab p. 585. 
 Comp. nsfpr for i^^pQ , see in Ti'S.p no. 
 2, 3. Pli;r. ni^p (for nii^p , as nis , piur. 
 rijS,) ends, extremities, Ez. 38, 5; c. 
 art. the ends sc. of the earth Ps. 65, 6 
 comp. V. 6. With suff. ini>Sp Ex. 37, 8 
 and 39.4 Cheth. where Keri has ITiiap 
 from nsp. 
 
 2. the sum, the whole number, i. q. nsp 
 no. 3. Dan. 1, 2 tTi'bxn n-'n '^s n:spiQ 
 some o/" //le whole number of the sacred 
 vessels ; here ^'^tC^ is used partitively, 
 like 1^ no. 1, Neh. 7, 70 "^ffixn ntpa 
 risxfi some of the number of the phy- 
 larchs, i. e. a part of the heads of tribes. 
 Comp. VPii< nsp^ Gen. 47, 2. Some of 
 these examples, as Dan. 1, 2. 18. Neh. 
 I. c. are referred by commentators to a 
 noun oi the form r:tpT3 , to which they 
 give the signification of part. But the 
 CImldee, which is of special authority in 
 all these examples, is clearly destitute of 
 any such form, (since the passage in the 
 Targ. Gen. 47, 2, is of the same charac- 
 ter with those above cited,) and we 
 
n^p 
 
 937 
 
 ip 
 
 cannot therefore doubt but that rtfjtt , 
 wherever it occurs, is to be explained in 
 one und the suine manner. 
 
 rSp Chald. ra. constr. nxpj 1. end., 
 Dan. 4, 31 Kjai^ r|3b at the end of the 
 days. 
 
 2. the sum, the whole. Dan. 2, 42 '{O 
 Kni2b"9 n5tp5 a part f/ the whole king- 
 dom, i. e. a part of the kingdom, Parall. 
 is nia a part of it. 
 
 1P m. adj. (r. n"n}3) plur. B-'ni? , cold, 
 cool. Prov. 25. 25. Jer. 16, 14. Trop. 
 cool, quiet. Prov. 17, 27 Cheth. nn i;5 
 /"a ^M< spirit. Keri see in ij?^ no. 1. 
 
 "Ip , see in 'T'p. 
 
 ^p m. (r. nn;?) coW, Gen. 8, 22. 
 
 * I. ^71? . 3 fern, nxn;? for nxn^ Is. 
 7, 14 ; inf. Xip) , once niKifJ Judg. 8, 1 
 like verbs rib , c. sutF. "'X-i;? ; fut. X^p^^ , 
 c. suff. IX-^P? Jer. 23, 6; imper. xnp, 
 plur. f. IX-ip Ex. 2, 20, ^ix^p Ruth 1, 20. 
 
 1. to cry oiU, to call out, xfjn^eiv. It is 
 an onomatopoetic verb comprising also 
 inarticulate sounds, see art. KIlP; like 
 Syr. li^ to call, also to sound as a trum- 
 pet, to crow as a cock. Comp. Gr. xgii^ta 
 (x^^), xriQitjau) (xij^iy) ; in the Germa- 
 nic tongues charen to cry out, charo cla- 
 mour, wailing ; often of the cry of ani- 
 mals, as Germ, ki&hen, Engl, to crow, 
 French crier, Engl, to cry ; with a sibi- 
 lant prefixed skreian, Swed. skria. Germ. 
 tchreien. Engl, to scream; and with a 
 sibilant added at the end kreischen, T'^3 
 q. V. Spoken absol. of any cry or cla- 
 mour, even inarticulate, like pss ; Gen. 
 39, 14 bi-ia bip3 x-!psi and I cried with 
 a loud voice. Sept. i(iqr,aa cpumj fifyakrj. 
 V. 15 S'^pxi '^p 'n'i"''in . Often follow- 
 ed by the words thus uttered with a loud 
 cry, i. q. either immediately, Gen. 45. 1 
 'lai siX-^Sin K"^p^] and Joseph cried, 
 Cause every one to go out. Lev. 13, 45. 
 Judg. 7, 20. 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2 K. llj 14. 
 Esth. 6. 9. 1 1 ; or also with a word inter- 
 posed, as ntXS Ez. 9, 1 ; naxai 2 Sam. 
 18,28; comp. 2 K. 18, 28 bipi xnpsi 
 ">as<T "IS*!":] n1^^^7 hiti and he cried 
 vnth a loud voice in the Jewish tongue, 
 and spake and, said. Spec. 
 
 a) With bx of pere. to cry out to any 
 one, to call to any one, Is. 6, 3. Judg.. 18, 
 
 79 
 
 23; and with the words uttered, pre- 
 ceded by itxb 1 Sam. 26, 14, n8(1 
 Judg. 9, 51. fSam. 17,8. 1 K. 17,'ll. 
 Also with b?of pers. Is. 34, 14 the satyrs 
 shall cry to each other. With "'^nx of 
 pers. to cry after any one, i. e, as he 
 departs, 1 Sam. 20, 37. 38. 24, 9. 
 
 b) Often i. q. to cry for help, to implort 
 aid, espec. from God, absol. Ps. 4, 2 
 'SSS ''K'^i^2 when I cry. hear thou me. 
 
 22, 3. 34. V. 69.4; with nin-^-bx P8.4,4. 
 28. 1. 30. 9. 55, 17, 61, 3^ Judg. 15, 18. 
 2 K. 20, 1 1. Hos. 7, 7 ; o^nbxb Ps. 57, 3 ; 
 ace. Ps. 14, 4, Is, 43, 22 ; c. sufl". Ps. 17, 
 6. 88, 10. 91, 15. Also with b? of pers. 
 on account of or against whom one cries 
 to God for help, Deut. 15, 9. 
 
 c) i. q. xfiffrnfffiv, which the LXX 
 often put for it, to cry, to proclaim,'m the 
 manner of a herald or prophet. Absol. 
 Prov. 1, 21 wisdom crieth in the public 
 places. 8, 1 ; c. ace. 20, 6. Is. 40, 6 t?ie 
 voice said. Cry. And he said. What .rhaU 
 I cry? 58, 1. Zech. 1, 14. 17 ; with br of 
 the object Jon. 1, 2. Followed also by^ 
 the words cried, Gen. 41, 43. Ex. 32, 5- 
 Jer. 2, 2. 7, 2. 19, 2. 51, 61 ; or as couple* 
 with an ace. Zech. 7, 7. Is. 44, 7, Joel 
 4, 9 t3"iaa nXT isnp proclaim ye thi 
 among the Gentiles ; or with ''S Is. 40, 2, 
 b "ii"iT S^j? to proclaim or announce lib- 
 erty to slaves, captives, Jer. 34, 8. 15. 17.. 
 Is. 61, 1. cis X^p to proclaim a fast sc. 
 to the people, Jer. 36, 9. Jon. 3, 5. 
 From the sense of proclaiming comes- 
 the signif of reading aloud, reciting, see- 
 in no. 4. 
 
 2. to call, Sept. xaXtiv, very oflen. 
 Spec. 
 
 a) to call any one to oneself, i. e. to- 
 bid him come, to call or send for, c. ace 
 Gen. 27, 1. Ex. 2, 8. 1 Sam. 3, 16. 
 Hos. 7, 11. Is. 46, 11; b Gen. 20, 9.. 
 Lev. 9, 1. Hos. 11. 1 ; bs Gen. 3. 9: 
 Ex. 3, 4. 1 Sam. 3, 4. rbs x-,p to call to- 
 oneself 2 Sam. 15, 2. Metaph. Prov. 18,6 
 his mouth callethfor blows, i. e. deserves 
 and invites them. Ruth 4. 11 OUJ Knp- 
 cnb-nina i. e. call thee (get thee) a 
 name in Bethlehem., become thou flimous.i 
 
 b) As referring to several or many, to 
 call together, to convoke, c. ace. Gen. 
 41, 8; dat. Gen. 20, 8. 39. 14. Josh. 
 
 23, 2. 24, 1 ; bx 49, 1. Josh. 10, 24. 
 Hence nixs xip to call a solemn assem^ 
 
5<-^p 
 
 938 
 
 -ip 
 
 bly, to convoke, Joel 1, 14, comp. Is. 1, 
 13; a festival or holy convocation Lev. 
 23, 2. 4. n"7?D ''>?1~|5 ^/iose called, con- 
 voked, io a assembly, Num. 1, 16. 
 
 c) to call, i. e. io invite, to bid, to a 
 repast, banquet, comp. xuXtlv fit duTivor, 
 1 Sam. 9, 13. 22. 1 K. 1, 9. 10. 41. 49. 
 Part. D^s<1">P? guests Prov. 9, 18. Trop. 
 b mbuib sn;? to invite to peace, to pro- 
 pose an alliance, Deut. 20, 10; comp. 
 Judg. 21, 13. 
 
 d) to call, to summon before a judge, 
 xaXfTi', y.ui.uv ti^Slxriv, Job 13, 22. 14. 15; 
 comp. 5, 1. Is. 59, 4 parall. we"i'3. 
 
 e) to call out or forth, as warriors 
 Is. 13,. 3; also God the generations of 
 men Is. 41. 4. 
 
 f ) to call.any one to an office, i. q. "in3 
 to choose ; c. ace. Is. 42, 6. 49, 1. 51, 2 ; 
 b 22. 20. In the same sense, but 
 stronger, is 'b Diia S<nj5 to call one by his 
 name, i. e. to the name and character 
 which he now bears. Is. 43, 1. 45, 3. 4. 
 Comp. Ex. 31, 2. Part, c^xn-ip the call- 
 ed, renowned, Ez. 23. 23. 
 
 g) 's C'^3 N'n]? to call upon the name 
 of any one. lit. 'to call with the name,' 
 i.e. pronouncing the name; hence to 
 praise, to laud, e. g. ) Men, as Ps. 
 49, 12 cninca !iifi(5 they laud their 
 names i. e. of the rich. Prov. 20, 6 
 i'HDn C'^X J<~f?7 they praise every one his 
 own goodness. A somewhat different 
 turn of this sense occurs in Is. 44, 5 HT 
 a'py^ cu;2 S'^p7 another lauds the name 
 of Jacob, i. e. follows and praises the 
 side or party of Jacob. /?) '''^ Cffla 8<~f3 
 to call upon the name of God, to invoke 
 his name, i. e. to praise, to celebrate, to 
 worship God Gen. 4, 26. 12, S. Ps. 79, 
 6. 105, 1. Is. 64. 6. Jer. 10, 25. Zeph. 3, 
 9. Comp. '^ C'ia T'S'tn, Without 3, 
 we find "^ cilj K-^I? id Deut. 32, 3. Ps. 
 99, 6. Lam. 3, 55. Sometimes to call 
 upon the name ofn divinity, is to implore 
 his i)id, 1 K. 18, 24 sq. A different sense 
 occurs in Ex. 33, 19, where God him- 
 self says: '("psb ni.-r; era 'nx'^151 and I 
 will proclaim by name before thee, Jeho- 
 vah ! 8C. as present, i. e. in order that 
 thou maycst know that God indeed is 
 here, I will myself be the herald to an- 
 nounce my coming. Comp. Gen. 41, 43. 
 
 3. to call, i. c. to name, fully3 DO Kn)? 
 to call {give) a name to any one, Or. 
 
 xidtlv Tiru Tt II. 5. 306. Od. 8. 550. So 
 Gen. 26, 18. Ruth 4, 17. Ps. 147, 4. 
 Construed : a) With ace. of name and 
 dat. of that to which the name is given, 
 Gen. 1, 5 ni-" n-sb DTibx Nnpr^i . v. 8. 10. 
 
 31, 47. 1 Sam. 4^ 21. Ruth 1, 20. 21. Is. 
 47, 1. al. ssepe. b) With two ace. Num. 
 
 32, 41. Is. 60, 18. c) Oftener as Ibllows : 
 Gen. 4, 25 no i^cir-.-X i<"^pnT and she 
 called his name Seth. v. 26. 5, 2. 3. 29. 
 11, 9. 19, 22. 27, 36. 29, 34. 
 
 4. to read aloud before an assembly, 
 etc. to recite, (pr. from the signification 
 of crying or calling out, see no. 1. fin.) 
 with ace. of thing Ex. 24, 7. Josh. 8, 34. 
 35. 2 K. 23, 2 ; also -iSOS xnj? to read in 
 a book, i. e. what is written in it, (comp. 
 2 nraj to drink what is in a vessel,) Neh. 
 8, 8.' 18. 9, 3. Jer. 36, 14 sq. Hab. 2, 2, 
 Often with the adjunct 's -3]N2 Ex. 1. c. 
 Josh. 1. c. 'b 133 Deut. 31, 11. Hence 
 genr. to read Deut. 17, 19. 2 K. 5, 7. 19, 
 
 14. 22,8. Is. 29, 11. Arab. tv9, Syr.irO, 
 to read. 
 
 NiPH. X'^ps 1. to be called, i. e. bid 
 to come, to be called together, convokedy 
 Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9. 'b na s-ij?: the name 
 of any one is celebrated, becomes fa- 
 mous, Jer. 44, 26. Ruth 4, 14. 
 
 2. to be called, i. e. named. Constrtied : 
 
 a) With dat. of pers. or thing to which 
 the name is given ; Gen. 2, 23 rxTb 
 ncix aO:^') this shall be called Woman. 
 1 Sam" 9, 9. Is. 1, 26. 32, 5. 62, 4. 12. 
 
 b) With a double nominal. Zech. 8, 3 
 r^xn -lis c^V^'''''? '^*$'^R?'! and Jerusalem 
 shall be called the city of truth. Is. 54. 5. 
 56. 7. c) With D-3 added. Gen. 17, 5 )> 
 cnnx r,^c-r!< lis X^is^ no longer shall 
 thy name be called. Abram. 35. 10. Deut. 
 25, 10. Dan. 10, 1. For this threefold 
 construction comp. in Kal no. 3. 
 
 The following phrases are also to be 
 noted: a) 'b era n{?3 to be calltd by 
 the name of any one, i. e. to be reckoned 
 to his fjimily, tribe, etc. Is. 43, 7. 48, 1 ; 
 c. a Gen. 21, 12 ; and in like manner b? 
 Dia , 48, 6 W^i^i nn^nx n'lj bs they hall 
 be called afti^r the name of their breth- 
 ren, i. e. shall be reckoned as belonging 
 to Ephraim and Manasseh, not as distinct 
 tribes, nor as sons of Jacob. Deut. 3, 14. 
 Also with "(^ , Is. 48,2 wnp? ro-^'pn niya 
 1. e. they call themselves from the holy 
 
K-lp 
 
 939 
 
 a*^? 
 
 city, inhabitants of it. fi) "oaJ xnr?? 
 b? my name is called upon any thing, 
 i. e. my name is given to it, it is called 
 mine, implying properly, relation, etc. 
 Is. 4, 1. 2 Sam. 12,23. So of the people 
 of Israel, to whom the name of Grod is 
 given, i. e. who are called tlie people of 
 God, Deut. 28, 10. Is. 63, 19. Jer. 14, 9. 
 Am. 9, 12. 2 Chr. 7, 14; of the temple 
 1 K. 8, 43. Jer. 7, 10. 1 1. 14. 30. 34, 15 ; 
 of Jerusalem Dan. 9, 18. 19 ; of prophets 
 Jer. lo, 16. Also with a id. Gen. 48, 16. 
 y) Further, to be called is often i. q. to 
 be, since men and things are called that 
 which they are, or at least seem to be ; 
 e. g. Is. 1, 26 afterwards thou shall be 
 called the city of righteousness, i. e. this 
 will be thy name because thou wilt be 
 so in reality. 9, 5. 30, 7. 35, 8. 47, 1. 5. 
 48, 8. 56, 7 ; comp. 4, 3. 19, 18. See 
 Comm. on Isaiah, HI. p. 29. So Gr. 
 xtxXlia&ai II. 4. 61. Od. 7. 313. Monk ad 
 Eurip. Hippolyt. 2. Person ad Piiceniss. 
 570. 
 
 3. to be read aloud, recited, Esth. 6, 1 ; 
 c. 2 in a book Neh. 13. 1. 
 
 Foal X"i'p, Part. c. suff. "'St'ipa. 
 
 1. Pass, of Kal no. 2. f, to be called, 
 chosen, Is. 48, 12. 
 
 2. to be called, named, Is. 65, 1 ; often 
 ^ Kip 48, 8. 58. 12. 61.3. 62, 2. Ez. 10, 
 13. But see in Niph. no. 2. ;'. 
 
 Deriv. Kip, K"*")!?, f^X"*"^!?, Xipl3. 
 
 * II. i^"^l5 fut. Xip": to encounter, to 
 meet any one, i. q. n^r. The primary 
 idea is to strike upon, lo impinge or hit 
 against, comp. 550 ; like Gr. Jvyxdvat pr. 
 to hit a mark. Its stronger sigiiif. ap- 
 pears in "^ip a hostile encounter. Kindr. 
 roots are 3ij5 , l^l? whence "(ip , Gr. *v- 
 
 * 
 ^0). Comp. Arab, f JJ and \Js. Only 
 
 trop. c. ace. to encounter, to assail any 
 one, as terror Job 4, 14 ; to befall, to 
 happen to anyb'ne, as evil. harm. Gen. 
 42, 4. 38. Lev. 10, 19. Is. 51, 19. Jer. 13, 
 22; genr.Gen.49, 1. Once without ace. 
 Ex. 1, 10. 
 
 Niph. to be encountered, to be met 
 with, to be found ; e.g. by chance, i. q. 
 to happen to be. 2 Sam. 1, 6. 20, 1. With 
 '^it'b to be found before any one. e. g. of 
 things Deut. 22. 6 ; of persons to meef^ 
 to come to meet, 2 Sam. 18, 9 ; with br 
 
 id. E.K. 5, 3. Trop. to come to pass, to 
 happen, Jer. 4, 20. 
 
 HiPH. to cause to happen or befall, 
 6. g. evil to any one, c. dupl. ace. Jer. 
 32, 23. 
 
 K'lJ? Chald. fut. K'^js'?, once rrips^ 
 Dan. 5,7 ; part. pass, -"-ig Ezra 4, 18. 23. 
 
 1. to cry, to call out, as a herald, Dan. 
 3,4. 4, U. 5,7. 
 
 2. to read aloud, to recite, Ezra 4, 18. 
 23; to read Dan. 5, 8. 16. 17. 
 
 fc^"*p see X'^i;3 . 
 
 i^"?p m. (r. fitifj I) 1. a partridge, 
 pr. 'the crier, caller;' so in German it 
 is said of the partridge, ' das Rebhuhn 
 ruft;' comp. Kra'ie from krdhen, and the 
 Arab. Uflj' KUtA, i. e. a species of part- 
 ridge so called from its cry, see Burck- 
 hardt's Travels in Syria p. 406. 1 Sam. 
 26,20. Jer. 17, 11. in which last passage 
 there is an allusion to the fable of an- 
 cient naturalists, that the partridge 
 steals the eggs of other birds and sits 
 upon them ; Epiphan. Physiol. 9. 
 
 2. Kore, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 19. 2 Chr. 
 31, 14. 
 
 ^^1? f- ( ^"^Pr n ) pr- noun of ac- 
 tion, encounter, meeting ; found only with 
 b prefixed, constr. rsipb contr. for 
 r'J^lpb . c. suff. 'PwSipb . crxnpb , also 
 cznxipb, and only as Preposition. 
 
 1 . Pr. for encountering, for meeting, 
 i. e. to meet, towards, obviam,. after verbs 
 of motion, as Ti^ri , K^^. nbs ; either in 
 a hostile sense Josh. 8. 14. Judg. 7, 24. 
 1 Sam. 4, 1. Job 39. 21. Ps. 35, 3^ al. 
 sajpe ; or genr. Gen. 14. 17. 18. 2. 29. 
 13. 46, 29. Ex. 4. 27. 18, 7. al. ssepel 
 Pra;gn. after a verb of rest, where 
 however a verb of motion is implied ; 
 Gen. 19, 1 nrx-ipb cj^^l and he rose up 
 and went to meet them. Judg. 19, 3 
 irsipb n-^'r^ he joyfully went to meet 
 hvn. ' 1 Sam. 16. 4. 21, 2. Am. 4, 12. 
 Ps. 59, 5. Is. 14.9. Jo.sh. 11,20. 
 
 2. over against, opposite to. Gen. 15, 
 10: in a hostile sense 1 Sam. 17, 21. 
 
 * I. -^1? and ^ll? Zeph. 3, 2 ; inf 
 2ip, c. suff. 0==":;^'Deut. 20, 2, fem. 
 nz-)|i5 Ex. 36, 2; fut. a-^p"^, to draw 
 near, to come near, to approach. Arab. 
 
 UJ>i> and ^yi id. Syr. ^JSJJ*, Elh. 
 
nnp 
 
 940 
 
 n^p 
 
 $Cfl id. The primary idea seems to 
 be that oi^ striking t/pon, touching, reach- 
 ing to, comp. 553 , ttJlJ ; kJiidr. therefore 
 with i<";?J II, ";{?. Conatr. with ^X of 
 pers. Gen. 37, 18.' 2 Sam. 20, 17. Jon. 1, 
 6 ; of thing and place Ex. 32, 19. Deut. 
 2, 37. Prov. 5, 8. More rarely with br 
 '2 K. 16. 12; b Job 33, 22; 3 of place 
 Judg. 19, 13. Ps. 91, 10. Also accord- 
 ing to the context, c. "i? 2 Sam. 20, 16; 
 rxnpjb 1 Sam. 17, 48 ; "'SEb Josh. 17, 4 ; 
 'b^-o Deut. 2, 19, etc. Absol. Deut. 25, 
 11. Is. 41, 5. Ez. 9, ]. Strictly only of 
 ranimated beings ; but trop. also of time 
 Gen. 27, 41. Deut. 15, 9. Ez. 12, 23. 
 Lam. 4, 18; inf. c. b Gen. 47, 29. 
 Deut. 31, 14. 1 K. 2, L Spec, a) In 
 a. hostile sense, to draw near for battle, 
 Ex. 14,20; with nnnbia-bx and iranbsb 
 Deut. 20, 2; -^""yr^'^ii Deut. 20,' 'lO. 
 Josh. 8, 5. 'b bs Ps. 27, 2 ; comp. Ps. 
 119, 150. See y}p^. b) Vice versa, in 
 kindness and good-will ; 1 K. 2, 7 "ja ''S 
 'bs ^y^^for so they came in kindness to 
 ine. So God is said to draw near to 
 ,men, in affording help to the afflicted, 
 Ps. 69, 19. Lara. 3, 57. c) to draw 
 near to God, "^^ bx ; also before God, 
 '^ ^3Bb, Ex. 16, 9; with sacrifice Lev. 
 
 16, i." 1 Sam. 14, 36. Ez. 40. 46; the 
 priests in their ministry Ez, 44, 15 ; 
 all those who come with pious hope and 
 
 confidence, Ps. 32, 9. Zeph. 3. 2; comp. 
 Pe. 119, 169. Olten of those who take 
 part in sacred rites, Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 21, 
 
 17, 18. 22, 3. Num. 17, 5. 2 K. 16, 12. 
 
 d) nt"i<"bx r"^!? to ajjproach a woman 
 in conjugal intercourse. Gen. 20, 4. Lev. 
 
 18, 14. Deut. 22, 14. Is. 8. 3. Ez. 18, 6 ; 
 absol. Lev. 18, 6. 19. But "bx na-^^ 
 nena is said of a woman lying down to 
 
 .a beast. Lev. 20, 16. Arab. k_jjj>, Eth. 
 
 '1*3* -^fl id, Gr, Ttli)(Tiu^at, also nikti^w. 
 
 e) Is, 65, 5 'T'bx 3^p> come near to thy- 
 self, sc. and not to me. i. e. stand back, 
 approach me not ; comp. Hiph. no. 2. 
 
 NiPH. 1. i. q. Kal to come near, to 
 approach, Josh. 7, 14. 
 
 2. to be brought, pass, of Hiph. Ex. 
 22, 7, 
 
 PiEL Z'^pi 1, Causal, to bring near 
 or forth, to cause to approach, Hos. 7, 6. 
 Is. 41, 21. 46. 13 ; to oneself i. e. to ad- 
 mit, to receice, Ps, 65, 5. Job 31, 37; to 
 
 bring near to one another, to join to- 
 gether, Ez. 37, 17, where ""^f? is imper. 
 for Sjf? . 
 
 2. Intrans. and intensive, to be very 
 near, c, b et infin. Ez. 36, 8. 
 
 Hiph. 1. to bring near, to cause or 
 command to approach, e. g. persons, 
 with bx to any one Ex. 28, 1. 29. 4. 
 Num. 8, 9, 10 ; times, to bring on Ex. 
 
 22, 4 ; to admit to oneself, to give ac- 
 cess, Jer. 30, 21 ; of things, to bring to- 
 gether two things, to join, Is, 5, 8, 
 Hence 
 
 2, to bring, to offer a giil Judg. 3, 18. 
 5, 25. Ps. 72, 10. Mai. 1, 8; espec a sa- 
 crifice of any kind Ex. 29, 3. 10. Lev. 1, 
 13. 14. 3, 3. 7. Num. 9, 13. al. seepiss. 
 Sometimes there is added "^^ "'rsb Lev. 
 3, 12. 12, 7 ; ninVj 2 Chr. s's, 12. Ez. 
 44, 15. Also to bring a cause before a 
 judge Deut. 1, 17. Arab. v_>vi> II, to 
 offer. ^ 
 
 3. With infin. and b to draw near to 
 doing any thing, to be near or about to 
 do, c. nibb Is. 26, 17 ; Nirb Gen. 12, 11 ; 
 absol. id. Ex, 14, 10. Arab. ^( Ovijjid. 
 
 With I'O, to bring away from one 
 place to another, to remove, 2 K. 16, 14 
 n^sn ':q rx^ anp^l and he removed 
 the brazen altar from the front of the 
 temple. Comp. Ui33 no. 3, where add 
 Sanscr. dgam to approach and recede. 
 
 Deriv. 3"^p -ia-il^, ai-j3 . 
 
 1 1 "*_1$ obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 
 
 v.^Jj' (r and I being interchanged) to 
 turn, to turn about ; mid. E, to turn in- 
 side out, to invert, e. g. as the lip ; v_>JLs 
 the interior, inner part. Hence 3"!:??. 
 
 ^"y^ Chald. plur. I3"ip> , to draw near, 
 to approach, Dan. 3, 26. 6, 13; c. bs to 
 anyone Dan. 7, 16; b 6. 21. 
 
 Pa. to bring, to offer. Ezra 7, 17. 
 
 Aph. 1. to bring near Dan. 7, 13. 
 
 2. to bring, to offer. Ezra 6, 10. 17. 
 
 ^"^p m. (r. a^{5 I) Kamets impure, 
 encounter, battle, war, i. q. nrnbi:, 
 2 Sam. 17. 11 ; elsewhere only in poetic 
 style. Ps. 55, 19. 22. 78, 9. 144, 1. Job 38, 
 
 23. Ecc. 9. 18. Zech. 14, 3. Plur. nianp) 
 Ps. 68, 31. Syr. l^^ id. 
 
 37)5 Chald. m. id. Dan. 7, 21. In 
 Targg. often for Heb, M^nbio, 
 
n^p 
 
 941 
 
 yy^ m. adj. verbal (r. Z'^p^ I ) plur. 
 Ca^pj, draxcing nigh, approaching, 
 Deut.'20, 3. 1 Sara. 17, 41. I K. 5, 7. 
 
 ^"7^ m. (r. y^p^ 11 ) in pause an{3 , c. euff. 
 Sanp, plur. c. siitf. 'S'^p) once Pb. 103, 1. 
 
 1. the midgt, middle, inner part ; hence 
 with Prep, a) a'^jTS in the midst of, 
 itself almost a prei)ositioa, like TjiJ^a ; 
 e. g. yiijfi 2"!i^jJ "* '/^^ midst of the 
 land, i. e. in the land Gen. 45. 6. Ex. 8, 
 18. Is. 7, 22. 10, 23 ; nisn anj?a tw /Ac 
 middle of the streets Is. 5. 25. a'^jSa 
 ''Syssn among the Canaanites Judg. 1, 
 32. c?n 'a Gen. 24, 3, i-tix 'a Deut. 18, 
 
 2, 'ab 'a Ps. 36. 2. etc. Also after verbs 
 of motion, as trcnban :"!;?3 into the 
 midst of the battle 1 K. 20, 39 ; to pass 
 ninsn a";p.a through the midst of the 
 camp Josh. 1, 11. Of time, cs^J a"!;ra 
 in the midst of (within) the years Hab. 
 
 3, 2. b) anjsia from the midst, after 
 verbs of taking away, removing, etc. 
 e. g. "fpr!, r'^a. ira, Ex.31. 14. Lev. 
 17, 4. 10. Dent! 13, 6. Mic. 5. 9. al. sisp. 
 
 2. Spec, tfie interior of the body : a) 
 t?ie bowels, intestines, e. g. of victims Ex. 
 29, 13. 22. Lev. 1, 13. 9, 14. al. Also the 
 belly or stomach Gen. 41, 21 ; the womb 
 Gen. 25, 22. b) the inner part of a per- 
 son, as the seat of life 1 K. 17, 21, and 
 of the mind Ps. 39,4. '^a'lpa within me 
 61, 12. 55,5. Is. 16, 11. 26,'9. al. Hence 
 for the mind, heart, as the seat of 
 thought and affection, Gen. 18, 12. 1 K. 
 3, 28. Ps. 5, 10. 62, 5. 64, 7. Jer. 31, 33. 
 
 2"^JJ. see in ai"^|5, 
 
 fTS'l)? f. (r. aifs I) constr. nanp, a 
 drawing near, approach, Ps. 73, 28. Is. 
 58,2. 
 
 "JS"!? ^- ( 2"it5 I ) c. art. in pause 
 langn Ez. 40, 43 (comp. lan-in 1 Sam. 
 13, 2 1), constr. iai;5. c.suff. isan;? ; plur. 
 c. sutf. once cn-ija-f? Lev. 7. 33 (in other 
 copies Dn"'33'^;5), an offering, oblation, 
 sacrifice, either bloody or without blood, 
 either to be wholly burned or only in 
 part ; so Ez. 20. 28. 40. 43. but elsewhere 
 only in Leviticus and Numbers; e. g. 
 Lev. 1, 2. 3. 10. 14. 2, 1. 4. 3, 1. 2. 7, 13. 
 22, 27. Num. 5, 15. 7. 17 sq. 15, 4. 31, 
 50. al. See r. a"^|3 Hiph. no. 2. Comp. 
 KoglSap Mark 7, 11. Chald. 't^-}p, l^nip, 
 
 Syr. (J^JQ-o, Arab. ^jUjJ", id. 
 
 -^ 79* 
 
 l?*?^ m. an offering, oblation, Neb. 
 10, 35.13, 31. R. aipj no. I. 
 
 DTIl? n*. an axe, c. suff. iwn'^t? 1 Sara. 
 
 13. 20. Plur. ca^'^p? v. 21. and nia^"ip 
 Ps. 74, 5. Jer. 46, 22, also man-jp with- 
 
 out Dag. Jndg. 9, 48. Arab. ft^iX^- 
 Talmud, cnnp, id. But Heb. c^np 
 prob. comes from the verbal Pi. thji , 
 
 ^Jo, (the letter "i being inserted.) 
 
 from r. cn|3 in the primary signif. to 
 sharjyen, to be sharp, comp. BTa, Cpp. 
 Another and softer form of tiie same 
 word would seem to be *iT.^a, where see, 
 and comp. the Arabic forms there quot- 
 ed. 
 
 * n^|5 fut. n-ip'i, once n-npj-^ as if xb 
 Dan. 10, 14, apoc. and conv. "ip.';'] ; i. q. 
 H-\p II. 
 
 1. to meet, to go or come to meet any 
 one, in a hostile sense, c. ace. Deut. 25, 
 18. See Niph. and 'i;;. 
 
 2. to befall, to happen to any one, as 
 good Of evil. Is. 41,22; with ace. of pers. 
 Gen. 42, 29.' 1 Sam. 28, 10. Esth. 4, 7. 
 6, 13. Ecc. 2, 14. 9, 11 ; c. b Dan. 10, 
 
 14. So Ruth 2, 3 npbri nnp;^ -ip-si 
 Tyab ni'iSn lit. a7id her hap happened 
 upon a part of the field belonging to 
 Boaz; Engl. Vers, well, her hap was to 
 light upon, etc. 
 
 Niph. 1. to meet, to fall in with, c. 
 bs , like Engl, to light upon any one, 
 Ex. 3. 1 8, comp. 5, 3 ; bx Num. 23, 4. 16 ; 
 nxnpb v. 3 ; absol. Num. 23, 15. 
 
 2. to be by chance, to happen, 2 Sam. 
 1. 6. Comp. Kn;^ II. Niph. 
 
 Pi EL nnp to lay beams or joists, con- 
 tignare. pr. to make them meet and fit 
 into each other, (comp. nnip a beam.) 
 2 Chr. 34, 11. Neh. 2, 8. 3. 3. 6. Hence 
 to frame, to build, Ps. 104, 3. 
 
 Hiph. 1. to cause to meet, to let hap- 
 pen to any one, c. "^isb Gen. 27, 20. 24, 
 12 nl'n 'SEb Nj-n-ipn let happen to me 
 this day sc. what I seek, send me good 
 speed. 
 
 2. to make convenient, ready of access. 
 e. g. cities of refuge convenient to flee 
 to. Num. 35, 11. 
 
 Deriv. rr^p, nn-ip, 'np, r\yrp^ nnp, 
 rrnpia, n-ipo, and the pr. names nn'^p, 
 ',Pi-ip, ni'-ips. 
 
n i| 
 
 -D 
 
 942 
 
 n^p 
 
 T^)5 Chald. see r. i<"np5 . 
 
 ^"^^ < (r- ^':!r5) coZrf, Ps. 147, 17. Job 
 24, 7. 37, 9. Prov. 25, 20. Nah. 3, 17. 
 
 rri^ m. (r. T^i^) ^ap, chance, acci- 
 dent. Deut. 23, 11 nb^b rT^rsTS 6y rea- 
 son of accident by night, an euphemism 
 for nocturnal pollution. So in Talmudic 
 the noun "'"ip?. 
 
 fl^P see n^ip. 
 
 ainp m. adj. also Sh^ Ex. 12, 4. al. 
 (r. zn^ I ) c. suff. "iiiip, plur. C^i-p, c. 
 sufl'. "nnp; fern. nDiip, nrnp Deut." 21, 
 3, plur. i'. r.iznp Ez. 22, 5 ; tiear, nigh, 
 spoken : 
 
 a) Of place ; with bs of pers. Gen. 45, 
 10 'bx 2i-ip n-i-^n ;Aoj< AaZ^ &e 7jear unto 
 me. Ex. 12. 4. Deut 13, 18. Josh. 9. 16 ; 
 with b^s 1 K. 21, 2. ::inp jSC a near 
 neighbour Prov. 27, 10. Trop. near in 
 dignity Esth. 1, 14; in public relations 
 2 Sam. 19, 43. Spec. God is said to be 
 near to men. when he affords them help, 
 Deut. 4, 7. Ps. 34, 19. 119, 151. 145, 18; 
 and vice versa the people of God, the 
 righteous, the priests, are said to be near 
 to God, Ps. 148, 14 (where isi-p is i. q. 
 
 =i^p). Lev. 10, 3. Ez. 42, 13.^43, 19: 
 comp. 1 K. 8, 59. Diff. is Jer. 12, 2 
 "iji cn-^ss nriN ainp near art thou in 
 itheir mouth, bid far from their heart, 
 li. e. they speak of thee always. Ps. 75, 2. 
 
 b) Of kindred, affinity; with bx Lev. 
 21, 2. 3. 25, 25. Num. 27, 11. Deut.'21. 6; 
 
 b Ruth 2, 20. Neh. 13, 4; ',0 of com- 
 parison, Ruth 3, 12 'SSB 21-ij^ nearer 
 than I. With suff. iSTip i. q. "ib ai-,p 
 
 'one near to him,' his kinsman, Ex. 32^ 
 27. Ps. 15, 3; plur. c. suff. '''Ti'^p^ my 
 kinsmen Ps. 38, 12. Job 19, 14. Also 
 friends, i. e. paramours, Ez. 23, 5. 12; 
 see r. --^ip Kal lett. d. 
 
 c) Of time. i. e. ) near to come, im- 
 pending, as the day of Jehovah Is. 13, 6. 
 Joel 1, 15. 4. 14; deliverance Is. 51, 5. 
 Ps. 85, 10; distress Ps. 22, 12. Fully 
 6fi:b ri^p Is. 13, 22. 56, 1. Jer. 48, 16. 
 Here too belongs Job 17, 12 ni-^p -lix 
 "li-'n ':c73 the Light is not far from 
 darhiens, will soon be merged in it ; 
 comp. Lat. prope absiim. Hence ainpa 
 in a near time, soon ; Ez. 11.3 -i'pa Nb 
 CPiaTisa is it not near, the building of 
 
 houses? i, e. soon we shall rebuild the 
 
 houses ruined in the siege. So -'i"^po 
 after a near time, soon, shortly, Ez. 7, 8. 
 Jer. 23. 23 (see in pinn) : also Job 20, 5 
 the triumphing of the wicked is 2i"ipT3 
 sho7-t, i. e. will shortly come to an end. 
 Arab. >^>-s ,^>jO soon, shortly. /5) Of 
 time ju^st past ; hence aii;352 in recent 
 times, neicly. lately, Deut. 32, 17. 
 
 * ^^I? fut. plur. !l^'^p^'1 , imper. f. 
 in'ip, pr. to make smooth, see irnp ice ; 
 spec, to make bald, to make a bald 
 place, Lev. 21, 5. Mic. 1, 16. Hence by 
 softening the letters, comes the root nba 
 q. V. Syr. w j-o having no horns ; Arab. 
 
 &wji baldness. 
 
 NiPH. to be made bald, c. b for any 
 one, e. g. the dead, Jer. 16, 6. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal Ez. 27, 31. 
 
 HoPH. pass, nnpp make bald, shorn, 
 Ez. 29, 18. 
 
 Deriv. H';ip PH^IP' 
 
 ^'y^ (bald-head) Kareah. pr. n. m. 
 2 K. 25, 23. Jer. 40, 8. 
 
 n";ip m. (r. rrip) a bald-head, having 
 a bald spot on the crown or hinder part 
 of the head, different from ns.^i q. v. Lev. 
 13, 40. 2 K. 2, 23. Chald. n^np id. 
 
 ^"^p m. (r. n^p) in pause rr^)^. 
 
 1. ice, so called from its smoothness, 
 Job 6, 16. 37, 10, 38, 29. Hence cold, 
 Gen. 31, 40. Jer. 36, 30. 
 
 2. crystal, like Gr. xgitnaXXoi, as re- 
 sembling ice, Ez. 1, 22. Chald. sn^^p id. 
 
 T^p m. (r. rrip) 1. i. q. nnj? no. 1, 
 ice; poet, for hail, Ps. 147, 17. 
 
 2. Korah, pr. n. a) A son of Esau 
 Gen. 36, 5. 14. b) A son of Eliphaz, 
 also an Edomitish tribe descended from 
 him, ib. v. 16. c) A Levite, cousin of 
 Moses and Aaron, who conspired against 
 Moses, Ex. 6, 21. 24. Num. 16, 1 sq. 26, 
 9-11. Of the same stock are the n-np "^32 
 the sons of Korah, the Korahites, a liimily 
 of Levites and singers in the time of 
 David (see "'n-^p), to whom ten of the 
 Psalms are ascribed, Ps. 42-49. 84. 85. 
 87. 88. d) 1 Chr. 2, 43. 
 
 nnnp f (r. n-ip) once SiHIp Ez. 27, 
 2\,baldne.<is, a bald place, a) On the 
 crown or hinder part of the head. Lev. 
 21, 5 ; as shorn in token of mourning 
 
nnp 
 
 943 
 
 ^'^p 
 
 Is. 3, 24. 15, 2. Jer. 47, 5. 48, 37. Ez. 7, 
 18. al. b) On tlie front part of the 
 head, i. q. nnaft, Deut. 14, 1. 
 
 ''n^j? KorahUe, patronym. from nn'p 
 no. 2. c. Ex. 6, 24. Num. 26, 58. 1 Clir. 
 12, 6. 26, 1. Plur. Q^n-j;5n l Chr. 9, 19. 
 
 f^H'^P f. (r. nn;5) c. 8uiT. "innnir, i. q. 
 nrn^s , IxUdiiess. bald spot on tlie crown 
 or hinder part of the head. Lev. 13, 42. 
 43. Trop. bareriesa. a thread-bare spot 
 on the wrong side of cloth. Lev. 13, 55. 
 
 ''">p m. (r. nnp) in pause "^"^l? , hostile 
 encounter Lev. 26, 28 ; and so in the 
 phrase DS "^^P T(^n to go into encounter 
 with any one, i. e. to walk contrary to 
 hin, to oppose, to resist him, Lev. 26, 21. 
 23. ^npa id. v. 24. 27. 40. 41. 
 
 X'''?? m. (r. X*;;? I ) called, chosen, se- 
 lect, Num. 16, 2 ;' also Num. 1, 1 6 Cheth. 
 
 ^^'''^p a public crying, proclamation, 
 Jon. 3, 2. R. xn;5 L 
 
 ^T^P '(' i^li^) city, town, i q. "i''S , 
 comp. nip ; so called perh. from the 
 eignif ' to frame, to build,' see the root in 
 Piel ; better perh. ' a fortified place,' as 
 resisting enemies, comp. in "^np . With 
 a few exceptions (Deut. 2, 36. 1 K. 1, 41. 
 45), found only in the poetic style, Num. 
 21, 28. Is. 1, 21. 26. 22, 2. 25, 2. 26, 5. 
 32, 13. Ps. 48, 3. Prov. 10, 15. Job 39, 7. al. 
 
 Syr. )t>o< l>-r-0) Arab. 2L)^', Juj, city, 
 also village. 
 
 Hence the following pr. names of 
 cities ; 
 
 a) ranx n^-np Gen. 23, 2. Josh. 15, 
 54.20,7; cart. 52"^5<fi ni^np Neh. 11, 
 26 ; Kirjath-Arba, i. e. the city of Arba, 
 one ofthc A nakim (see 3r3"ix), the ancient 
 name of Hebron, but still used in the 
 time of Nehemiah, Neh. 1. c. 
 
 b) ^ra r-inp (city of Baal) Kirjath- 
 Baal, the same city which is more usu- 
 ally called o-^nS"! r^np (see in lett. d), 
 Josh. 15. 60. is' 14. 
 
 c) ri:jn-n^-ip (city of streets) Kirjath- 
 huzoth, in Moab, Num. 22. 39. 
 
 d) D'l-iS'i-ri-"'!^ (city of forests) Kir- 
 iath-jearim, on the confines of Judah 
 and Benjamin Josh. 9, 17. 18, 15. Judg. 
 18, 12. 1 Sam. 6, 21 ; cart. n--)5'n-n^-ip 
 Jer. 26, 20; contracted Din^-n^ip Ezra 
 2, 25, and simpl. n;:-jp Josh.'l8, 28 ; else- 
 
 where also ^??"ri^'iR see in letL b. 
 Eusebius places it at nine Rum. miles 
 from Jerusalem towards DioM|)<)lia or 
 Lydda. Prob. tlie modern Kuryct el- 
 ^Enab, three hours west of Jerusalem ; 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 334 sq. 
 
 e)njO*n'5"ip(palm-city.comp.C'^3p30) 
 KirjaJh-sannah Josh. 15. 49, also called 
 iBDTi^ip (book-town) Kirjath-scpher, 
 in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 15. 16. 
 Judg. 1, 11. 12. The same city was 
 likewise called T'a^ q. v. Josh. 15, 15. 
 49. 
 
 f) D-^-ir n^ip , see in lett. d. 
 
 g) c^n^np (double city) Kiijathaim: 
 a) In the territory of Reuben Num. 32, 
 37. Josh. 13, 19 ; afterwards subject to 
 Moab Jer. 48, 1. 23. Ez. 25, 9. Euse- 
 bius and Jerome speak of a place Kor- 
 qiuSa [KuQiit&u) Koreiatha, ten Roman 
 miles west of Medaba. /5) In the tribe 
 of Naphtali, 1 Chr. 6, 61 [76] ; else- 
 where '[H^p 
 
 n;'7P and i<^7)? Chald. a city, Ezra 
 4, 10 sq. 
 
 riT'lJ? (cities) Kerioth, pr. n. of two 
 cities, one in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
 15, 25; the other in Moab, Jer. 48, 24. 
 41. Am. 2, 2. 
 
 Pljnp , see in n^-ip lett. d. 
 
 Q^l^ to overlay, to cover ; Syr. and 
 Chald. to overlay with metal. With 
 ^S , like other verbs of covering; Ez. 
 37, 6 -ir BD-ibr "^n^ip / will cover you 
 with skin. Intrans. to be covered, fut. 
 D-ip7 , V. 8. 
 
 )_l? 1- pr. prob. to strike, to push, 
 kindr. with xnp II, nnp , anp ; whence 
 ")"!P horn, as the instrument of striking, 
 pushing. Eth. *PZ,i to push with the 
 horn, also to assail; "^C^ horn. The 
 primary syllable is "ip ; comp. Sanscr. 
 gamis, farfigan, horn, sharp point, firis 
 sharp point, all from par to bore. 
 
 2. Denoni. from lip lett. e, to emit 
 rays, to shitie, e. g. the face of Moses 
 Ex. 34, 29. 30. 35 ; Sept. df86ia(TTni to 
 TrpofftuTTov ai'ToD. Aquil. and Vulg. ab- 
 surdly, xB^ttTO)Sr,g ijV, comuta erat. Hence 
 painters and sculptors often represent 
 Moses with horns. 
 
 Hi PH. to have horns, pr. ' to shoot out 
 horns,' Ps. 69, 32. Hence 
 
944 
 
 PP 
 
 l"^p f- in pause ""i;? , c. suff. "iS"!)? ; Du- 
 al D'^Jn;?, also C']'?-.;? (as if from ",'^15) 
 Dan. 8. 3. 6. 20, constr. ''J'^l? used also 
 for plural ; Plur. n'i'ii!? , constr. niDnj? Ps. 
 75, 11 mostly in lett. c ; a horn, as of an 
 ox, ram. see in r. '^y^ no. 1. Gen. 22, 13. 
 Deut. 33, 17. Ps. 22, '22. Dan. 8, 5. 8. 9. 
 al. sjep. Also of artificial horns 1 K. 22, 
 11. Zech. 2, 1. 2. 4 [1. 18. 19. 21]. Meton. 
 for a Jlask, vessel, made of horn, comp. 
 Engl. drinking-Aorn, powder-Aor, I 
 
 Sam. 16, 1. 13. 1 K. 1, 39. Arab, ^y 
 
 horn, also point of a sword; Eth. ^C^? 
 Syr. JJ^i, Chald. X3'^15, horn. Sanscr. 
 see in r. "|"|5 . Comp. Gr. xe(jng, also 
 iei^avtx>g thunder-bolt, Lat. comti. Goth. 
 haums, whence Germ, and Engl. horn. 
 Metaph. a horn is put as the symbol 
 of strength, might, power, the image 
 being drawn from the bull and other 
 animals which push with their horns. 
 Jer. 48, 25 the horn of Moab is broken, 
 i. e. her strength, might, is broken, 
 comp. Lam. 2, 3. Ps. 75, 11. So God is 
 eaid B "("p. D"*"!") to lift up, exalt, the horn 
 qfauy one, i. e. to strengthen him, to in- 
 crease his power and dignity, Ps. 89, 18. 
 92, 11. 148, U. 1 Sam. 2, 10. Lam. 2, 
 17. Contra, to exalt the horn ofGod, i.q. 
 to praise, to laud him, 1 Chr. 25, 5. 
 Hence '^;'^;? nrn mij horn is lifted up, 
 txalled, i. e. my strength is augmented, 
 I acquire new courage and spirit, Ps. 89, 
 25. 112, 9. 1 Sam. 2, 1. In the same 
 sense. Am. 6. 13 ^T'-P. ^-\ ''Snjrb we have 
 taken to us horns. Vice versa, in a bad 
 ense "b^j? o^"in to lift upone^s horn, i. e. 
 to be proud, Ps. 75, 5. 6. Comp. Lat. 
 comua sumere. of those who place too 
 much confidence in their own strength 
 and thus become overbearing; also Hor. 
 Od. 3. 21. 18 ''addis comua pauperi." 
 A similar metaphor is in Job 16, 15, / 
 have thrust my horn into the dust, where 
 we should naturally say ' my head.' In 
 Ps. 18, 3 David calls God ''5137 i";;? the 
 horn of my deliverance, i. e. the instru- 
 ment, means of deliverance, the image 
 being drawn from animals which use 
 their horns as a defence. Ps. 132, 17 
 there (in Zion) will I make the. horn of 
 David to sprout, i. e. will cause the 
 kingdom of David to flourish in power ; 
 
 or rather, I will raise up to the house of 
 David a powerful offspring. Ez. 29, 21. 
 Hence in prophetic vision, horns are put 
 trop. for kings, powerful princes, Dan. 
 7, 7. 24. 8, 8. 21. The same general 
 metaphor exists in Syriac and Arabic; 
 see Bar Hebrseus p. 516. Hariri Con- 
 sess. 43. p. 498 ed. De Sacy. Comp. the 
 Arabic epithet of Alexander the Great, 
 
 i^wjuJLM .3, i. e. bicornis, Kor, 18,85 
 
 sq. doubtless as the symbol of power, 
 might; so both Alexander and the Se- 
 leucidae are represented on coins with 
 horns. Curt. 4. 7. ^ 
 
 From the resemblance to a hoj-n came 
 also the following uses of ]''2p. . 
 
 a) a horn, as a wind instrument, cor- 
 net, trumpet, like Lat. comu, Josh. 6, 5. 
 See bni"' no. 1. 
 
 b) ",ia PIS'!;? horns of ivory, for ele- 
 phants' teeth, by a common error, Ex. 
 27, 15. So Plin. H. N. 18. I 'comua 
 elephanti et uri.' Eth. id. 
 
 c) naiBn niS"!!? the horns ofthe altar ^ 
 i.e. the projecting points or risings, like 
 horns, on the four corners of an altar, 
 yoyviai xigmofidng Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 6 ; 
 which were to be smeared with the blood 
 of the victims Ex. 29, 12. Lev. 4, 7 ; and 
 which malefactors laid hold of as an 
 asylum 1 K. 1, 50. 2, 28. So Ex. 27. 2. 
 30, 2. 3. 10. Lev. 4, 7. 8, 15. Ps. 118. 27. 
 Am. 3, 14. Jer. 17, 1. al. Similar orna- 
 ments are found upon the altars of the 
 Greeks and Egyptians. 
 
 d) horn for peak, summit of a hill or 
 
 mountain. Is. 5, 1. So Gr. xigag, Lat. 
 
 0- 
 comu, Arab. jMyi" as in Kiirii SurtHbeh, 
 
 Kurun Hatlun, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 II. p. 251. III. p. 238. Comp. Germ, 
 Horn in the names of Swiss mountains, 
 as Schreckhorn, Welterhom. Aarhom. 
 
 e) Dual B"??"^!? , i- q. rayi^ of light, 
 splendour, Hab. 3, 4. So Arabian poets 
 compare the first rays of the rising sun 
 to horns ; and hence call the sun itself ^/le 
 gazelle xJtykJf ; comp. in n^^x p. 12. 
 
 P^ Chald. f. emphat. XJ"^!? ; Dual 
 1\3'!n Dn. 7, 7, emph. K;'3>ih' 7, 8. 
 
 1. a horn, Dan. 7, 8. 20. 21. 
 
 2. A wind-instrument, hom, comet, 
 Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15. 7, 7. 8 
 
Dip 
 
 945 
 
 p-^p 
 
 tpsn p^ (the paint-horii)/iert;n-/trt;>- 
 piuh, pr. II. ol" one of Job'a daughters, 
 Job 42, 14. 
 
 * ^^I? /o bend, to bow down, hence to 
 rink together, to colla})se, i. q. 5^3 in ihe 
 other member. Is. 4G, 1. Sept. ai'yfri}i,3tj, 
 Vulg. contritus est. Hence 0"Jp. . iibnj; , 
 
 01^ in. plur. O^P'pf), constr. "'0^15, 
 pr. a curve, joint, comp. ^b^fs ; hence a 
 hook, lachf, to which a loop or eye is 
 fitted, Ex. 26,6. 11. 33. 35, 11. 36, 13. 18. 
 39, 33. 
 
 31)?, see DT'p. 
 
 50"!^ pr. diminut. from 0"^|3 (see in 
 lett. b p. 499 ), a joint, small joint, espec. 
 the ankle, which also the Germans ex- 
 pres.s by the diminutive KnOchel, comp. 
 Engl, knuckle. Dual c. suff. Ps. 18, 37 
 *bo"ip sinro sib my anklts do not waver, 
 i. e. my feet stand firm. 2 Sam. 22, 
 37. Vulg. tali. Comp. Targ. Ez. 47, 3. 
 Syr. )])^ax. From this word, by con- 
 tracting the quadriliteral into a triliteral 
 form, is derived the Arab. J*j> to walk 
 unsteadily, to waddle, as if with weak 
 
 ankles, comm. to limp ; Jyii a person 
 so walking, one weak in the ankles and 
 
 * ^^15 fut. 5':!P'^ 1. to rend, to rend 
 asunder; kindr. with y^i^, Arab. ijOvi* 
 to cut. E. g. the garments in grief, 
 Gen. 37, 29. 34. Num. 14, 6. 1 Sam. 4, 
 12. 2 K. 5. 8. Ezra 9. 3. Jer. 36, 24. Job 
 1, 20 ; cushions Ez. 13, 21 ; a roll or book 
 with a knife Jer. 36, 23 ; to rend in pieces, 
 as a wild beast Hos. 13, 8; of God. to 
 rend the heavens Is. 63, 19. Also r*!;? 
 CS'^p to rend in pieces IK. 11. 30; 
 cij-ipb 'p id. 2 K. 2. 12. -"E? ci3-'5 snfs 
 to rend the eyes with paint, i. e. to dis- 
 tend the eyes and make them appear 
 large by painting them thickly with sti- 
 bium ; see in bn3 , Tjiia . So Jer. 22. 14 
 "'I'hn ib y*p he rendeth himself windows 
 in the palace, i. e. he makes many and 
 large windows; the "'- in '3'i^n being a 
 plur. ending, Lehrg. p. 523. 
 
 2. to tear riff or away, to rend away, 
 c. 1^ Lev. IsioG; br^ Ez. 13,20. Trop. 
 c. bs-Q , 1 Sara. 15. 28 .Jehovah hath rent 
 the kingdom of Israel from thee. 1 K. 
 
 11, 11; "i^ia v. 12. 1 Sam. 28, 17; ip 
 
 1 K. 14, 8. Reflex, to rend oneself away 
 
 2 K. 17, 21. 
 
 3. Metaph.'t>cr6i# proscindere, as in 
 Engl, to pull in pieces, i.e. to slander, to 
 backbite, Ps. 35, 15. Arab, cwi II, in- 
 crepuit, corripuit. Comp. apj no. 3. 
 
 NiPH. pass, to be rent, torn, of gar- 
 ments Ex. 28, 32. 39, 23. 1 Sam. 15, 27 ; 
 of an altar torn down 1 K. 13, 3. 5. 
 Hence 
 
 O"*?"^!? m. plur. torn pieces of cloth 
 1 K. 11, 30. 31. 2 K. 2, 12; rags Prov. 
 23, 21. 
 
 * y!]]? fut. plur. isnp"^ 1 . to tear or cut 
 asunder, nearly i. q. kindr. ^ip ; hence 
 to ciU off, to destroy, whence y^p de- 
 struction, and Chald. y^p, piece. Arab. 
 \joJi to tear, to tear off"; (jOjJ* id. II, 
 to cut, to gnaw. 
 
 2. Spec. ' to cut with the teeth,' to bite, 
 e. g. in the phrases: a) D^'!?"'^ fli^ lo 
 bite the lips, said of one plotting mis- 
 chief; Prov. 16, 30. b) I'^S 'p Prov. 
 10, 10. Ps. 35, 19, and ny_y_^ Prov. 6, 13, 
 lit. to bite or pinch the eyes, i. e. to press 
 together the eyelids (in the manner of 
 biting the lips), to wink behind one's 
 back; also a gesture of malice and mis- 
 chief! Arab. \jOyS to pinch, to nip ofT. 
 Comp. Nazar. ,i-o to pinch together the 
 
 eyelids. 
 
 PuAL yip to be torn or broken off, to 
 be nipped. Job 33, 6 "^ix-ca Tisnp i^ha 
 / also am nipped from the clay, the 
 image being drawn from a potter, who 
 pinches off a portion of clay from the 
 mass in order to form a vessel. 
 
 f "?^ m. destruction Jer. 46, 20. R. 
 nP, no. 1. 
 
 7115 Chald. m. a piece, bit, Syr. !^r^ 
 see r. y^p no. 1. Only in the phrase 
 '} ''r?1P ^'.^. ^0 ' i^^ pieces of any one, 
 q. d. to eat him up piecemeal, metaph. for 
 to slander, to accuse falsely, to inform 
 against; as also in Lat. mordere, dente 
 carpere, dente rodere. Dan. 3. 8. 6, 25. 
 
 Syr. f^i^'Cjf id. Arab, d J^f 
 to eat one's flesh, to slander. 
 
 ^1? m. (r. "i=tp Pilp.) 1- a founda- 
 tion, bottom, i. q. Talm. "ipnp id. from 
 
p-^p 
 
 the idea of digging, see the root Pilp. 
 and for the i softened into 5 , see lett. "i . 
 
 G-.-- 
 
 Comp. Arab, ^ys level :round. Spo- 
 ken: a) Of the bottom of the sea, Am. 
 9, 3. b) Of the tabernacle and temple, 
 Jioor.'pavement, Num. 5, 17. 1 K. 6, 15. 16. 
 30. 7, Trp-ijSn isi y'^'^pTvq from floor 
 to floor, from the floor to the ceiling, i. e. 
 the walls or sides of the room from bot- 
 tom to top ; not, as De Wette, ' over the 
 whole floor.' 
 
 2. Karkaa, pr. n. of a place in the 
 south of Judah, Josh. 15, 3. 
 
 Ipnp (foundation, r. "i^p Pilp. Arab. 
 
 S-o- 
 
 Jj-j* level ground) Karkor, pr. n. of a 
 place beyond Jordan, Judg. 8, 10. 
 
 _)t obsol. root, to be cold, cool. 
 
 Trop. to be cool, quiet. Chald. and Syr. 
 
 &' , 
 
 id. Arab. _5 id. Comp. XQvog. 
 
 Deriv. ^p,, np, nn;^, nnpia. 
 
 * "^^l? obsol. root, kindr. with tt5'in, 
 to cut, to cut up or in pieces. So Arab. 
 {jt^yji according to the Camoos p. 823, 
 i. q. itiaji . Hence 
 
 IJ^p m. in pause ttJ"i;5 , c. suff". Tidi'ip 
 Ez. 27, 6 ; plur. C-ifflnp , constr. "'"^P ; 
 a board, plank, Ex. 26, 15 sq. 35, 11. 
 36, 20 sq. Num. 3, 36. 4, 31. Collect. 
 benches, banks, of a ship Ez. 27, 6. 
 
 f^"?^ f (r. nn;5, as nD3 from n03) in 
 pause r^j-? . a city, i. q. n^-np , but less 
 frequent.' Job 29, 7. Prov. a 3. 9, 3. 14. 
 11,11. Chald. xn-ip id. This word is also 
 preserved in the names of Carthaginian 
 and Syrian cities, as Cirta (xtnip), Ti- 
 granocerla, etc. and on the Phenician- 
 Sicilian coins struck at Panormus ; see 
 Monumm. Phten. p. 288, 291. Tab. 38. 
 
 ^^'!'? (city. r. nn]^) Kartah, pr. n. of 
 a place in Zebulun, Josh. 21, 34, 
 
 I^^P (double city, old dual form from 
 ^'^f^) Kartan, pr. n. of acity in Naphtali, 
 Josh. 21. 32; elsewhere D'^n^ip, see in 
 n^-ip lett. g.. 
 
 I^I^ obsol. root, perh. i. q. naJp 
 II, and Aral). LiJJ, to lake oflf the hark 
 by turning ; then to turn, and gi'.nr. to 
 round of. to bring into a round form. 
 Hence no;?, also 
 
 946 'it'-^p 
 
 nte^ and "^^'^j?, only plur. nibf5 Ex. 
 37, 16, cstr. niiap Num. 4, 7, c. suff". I'lnfop 
 Ex. 25, 29, bowls, cups, for libations; 
 Sept. anovdsia. Chald. niDp , n'&p , id. 
 
 ^W2 obsol. root, prob. to weigh, to 
 weigh out; whence the notion oi' equity, 
 justice, as inkindr.li^p . Arab. U ...V to 
 be just. pr. to weigh out justly, with even 
 
 scales ; whence V">--V a measure, a por- 
 tion measured out, a balance. Hence 
 
 nt2''ir)? f Gen. 33, 19. Josh. 24, 32. 
 Job 42, 11, pr. something weighed out; 
 hence as the name of a certain weight, 
 KesitaJi, (comp. ^p^J. njia,) espec. of 
 gold and silver, by which, as also by the 
 shekel, money was estimated in the time 
 of the patriarchs. It was heavier than 
 the shekel, and contained indeed about 
 four shekels, as appears from a compari- 
 son of the passages Gen. 33, 19 and 23, 
 16. According to Rabbi Akiba, in a 
 later age a certain coin in Africa was 
 called Kesita ; see in Rosh hash-shana 
 c. 3. fol. 26. a. Most of the ancient intpp. 
 understand by it a lamb, a sense which 
 has no support either from etymology 
 or in the kindred dialects, nor is it in 
 accordance with the patriarchal usages; 
 since in their age merchandise was no 
 longer usually exchanged, but actual 
 sales were common for money either by 
 weight or by tale, comp. Gen. 23, 16. 47, 
 16; see Bochart's triumphant remarks 
 (Hieroz. I. p. 433-37) against F. Span- 
 heim in Hist. Jobi, 0pp. III. p. 84. The 
 coin bearing the figure of a Iamb, in 
 which Mtinter thought he had found the 
 Kesita, (Progr. in Danish on the Kesita, 
 Copen. 1824.) is undoubtedly a coin of 
 Cyprus, the money of which bore that 
 image. See Thesaur. p. 1241. 
 
 nT?3j5to]5 f (r. b-rp) plur. tD^-apbp 
 1 Sam. 17,5, c. suff". Tj-'PCptp Ez.29,4'; 
 a scale. Lev. 11, 9. lo'. 12. Deut. 14,9. 
 10. 1 Sam. 17, 5 C'tapbp "p-'-i'J a har- 
 ness of scales, a scaled coat of mail, con- 
 sisting of small plates like scales. 
 
 ^"'^l^ obsol. root, prob. to strip of 
 bark, scales, etc. to scale off; like Arab. 
 LmO, comp. Heb. nt'p and niBp II. 
 
 Comp. also Arab. ^wj\ 
 bark, a scale. 
 
 whence s 
 
 iytMtJ 
 
tip 
 
 947 
 
 niDp 
 
 tJp m. (r. ti'^;5) straw, the dry halm 
 of grain, partly as left staiuliiig in tlie 
 fields, stubble, Ez. 5, 12; which then 
 wero. sometimes burnt over, Ex. 15, 7. 
 Is. 5, 24. 47, 14. Joel 2, 5. Nah. 1, 10. Ob. 
 18 ; and partly as broken up in treading 
 out the grain and so separated by venti- 
 lation, chnjf, e. g. q^? Vip, Is. 41, 2; ^p, 
 nais Jer. 13, 24; also Job 13, 25. 41, 20 
 [28J. Is. 40, 24. Ps. 83, 24. 
 
 * ^''^J^ obsol. root, to be hard, heavy, 
 difficult, like nc;? I. Hence 
 
 tXtB'p , only in plur. n-^KTSp , cucum- 
 
 hers, Num. 11, 5. Arab. xUS, xUi', 
 
 Chald. "^^p, Syr. >*^, Vt-i^', whence 
 aicumis chate Linn. By transpos. Gr. 
 fftxroc, trtxi'K. The Talmudists rightly 
 refer the orisrinof the name to its hard- 
 ness and difficulty of digestion, from r. 
 H'Cp ; comp. Plin. H. N. 19. 5. On the 
 cucumbers of Egypt, see Abdollat. ed. 
 De Sacy p. 34, 125. Forskal Flora 
 ^gypt. p. 169. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 249. 
 Denom. rivp-q II. 
 
 * ^"^i? fat. nrp7 to attend to any 
 thing, e. g. of the ear, to listen, to heark- 
 en, once in Kal, Is. 32, 3. The primary 
 idea seems to be that of sharpening, so 
 that aCfs maybe nearly i.q. a2f5 ;comp. 
 in Engl, to point or prick up the ears, a 
 figure drawn from animals ; comp. under 
 jTJJ I. p. 29. 
 
 HiPH. with "iTX, e. g. 1515$ a'^ttipn pr. 
 'to point one's ear.' i. e. to attend, to 
 hearken, Ps. 10, 17. Prov. 2, 2. Without 
 ISTX id. c. bit Ps. 142, 7. Neh. 9, 34 ; i? 
 ProV. 17, 4.' 29, 12; \> Ps. 5, 3. Is. 48, 
 18; S Ps. 66, 19; acc.'job 13, 6. Ps. 61. 
 2 ; absol. Is. 10, 30. 28, 23. al. seep. Of 
 God, i. q. to hear and answer, Ps. 5, 3. 
 17, 1. 61.2 ; of man also. i. q. to hear and 
 obey, 1 Sam. 15, 22. Is. 48. 18. Jer. 23, 18. 
 
 Deriv. the three following. 
 
 SIBp adj. only fem. nais;?, altentive,oi 
 the ear, Neh. 1, 6. 11. 
 
 3TD^ adj. id. only plur. fem. nia^';?, of 
 the ears Ps. 130, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 40. 7, 15. 
 
 3^^ m. (r. 2Cj3) in pause atij? , at- 
 terUim, heed, Is. 21, 7 "an aa5|5 a^'rpn 
 a^i? ' he hearkened heedfully with much. 
 
 heed,' i. e. with the greatest poMible aV 
 tention. 1 K. 18, 29. 2 K. 4, 31. 
 
 * I. nT]5 fiit. ra&p^i, conv. id;?'?. 
 
 1. to be hard, harsh, e. g. of words 
 2 Sam. 19, 44. Arab. L-o id. Syr. 
 ^..o to harden. 
 
 2. to' be hard, severe, vehement, of 
 punishment from God 1 Sam. 5, 7 ; of 
 wrath Gen. 49, 7. 
 
 3. to be hard, difficult, Deut. 1, 17. 
 15, 18. 
 
 NiPH. part. ntdpD, hard bestead, 
 harshly oppressed, Is. 8, 21. Comp. 
 (iuQovfifvoi, 2 Cor. 5, 4. 
 
 Pi EL fut. conv. ttJpBl . Gen. 35, 16 
 inn"i33 ^p^^ -"he had hard labour, it 
 went hard with her in the birth. In v. 
 17 Hiph. stands in the same phrase. 
 
 HiPH. nis|^n, fut. ntap;;, conv. tpj'^. 
 
 1. to harden, to make hard, e. g. a) 
 The neck, Cj^b , i. e. to be slijf-necked, 
 stubbom. Deut. 10, 16. 2 K. 17, 14. 2 Chr. 
 30, 8. Neh. 9, 29. Jer. 7, 26. Prov. 29, 1 ; 
 without Ci-iisi id. Job 9, 4. b) WitR sb , 
 to harden the heart of any one, i. e. to 
 make him obdurate, wilfid. perverse. Ex. 
 7, 3. Deut. 2, 30 ; iab 'n tu harden one's 
 own heart Ps. 95, 8. Prov. 28, 14. 
 
 2. to make lieavy, burdensome, e. g. a 
 yoke 1 K. 12, 4. 
 
 3. to make hard, difficult. 2 K. 2, 10 
 biX'rb n"^Opn thou hast made hard in 
 asking, i. e. thou hast asked a hard thing. 
 Ex. 13, 15 '^^nh-^'b risna n-cpri 'S when 
 Pharaoh made it hard to let its go, would 
 hardly dismiss us. 
 
 Deriv. nia;? , i^p , and the pr. n. "p-'Cp . 
 
 * II. rj'vD]^ i. q. Arab. Lio , to strip 
 off the bark, espec. by turning ; hence to 
 turn, to bring into a round form ; comp. 
 Tvcp. 
 
 Deriv. noSpjia, nopa, 
 
 nop m, adj. (r. map I) constr. iTCfr,. 
 plur. C"^U3|5; fem. <Tw'|3, constr. niDfJ^ 
 plur. nittJiD . 
 
 1. hard, harsh, spoken of hard bond- 
 age Ex. 1, 14. 6, 9. 1 K. 12, 4; of harsh 
 words Gen. 42, 7. 30. 1 Sam. 20, 10. 1 K. 
 12, 13. 14,6; of men, hard, churlish, 
 stern, 1 Sam. 25, 3. Is. 19, 4. Spec, 
 a) Of the neck, stiff, unyielding, obsti- 
 nate, Deut. 31, 27. Hence qni? ncf? 
 stiff-necked, i. q. stubborn, rebellious, Ex. . 
 
T::p 
 
 948 
 
 l^p 
 
 32, 9. 33, 3. 5. Deut. 9, 6. 13; sb ntrp 
 hard-hearted, stubborn, Ez. 3, 7 ; nap 
 CSE hard-faced, i. e. shameless, impu- 
 dent. Ez. 2, 4 ; simpl. ntU|5 id. stubborn, 
 obstinate, Is. 48, 4. ncf? rj-irj a stubborn 
 way, obstinate life, Judg. 2, 19. b) Of 
 a hard and adverse lot. Ps. 60, 5. Job 30, 
 25 Di"' ncip whose day is hard., i. e. his 
 life or lot. Is. 21, 2 nt^l? n!iTn a hard 
 vision, i. e. announcing adverse things. 
 r) In a good sense. ^rm, fixed, once of 
 love Cant. 8. 6. 
 
 2. hard, stern, severe, Judg. 4, 24. Is. 
 27, 1. Spec, a) nn map severe in 
 spii-it, sad, sorrowful, 1 Sam. 1. 15. b) 
 severe, vehement, strong, of a wind Is. 27, 
 8 ; a battle 2 Sam. 2, 17. c) hard, 
 i. e. strong-, in authority and power, 2 
 Sam. 3, 39. 
 
 3. hard, difficult, Ex. 18, 26. 
 
 t3ijp Chald. m. truth, i. q. Heb. -JCp, 
 Dan. 4, 34. 'Jaij^"')^ of a truth, i. e. 
 truly, Dan. 2, 47. 
 
 '^^1^ in Kal not used, Arab. >ao, 
 
 I ^ 
 
 J. q. ncp I, Lwo , ro be hard. Comp. 
 
 UBS II, i. q. ngri. 
 
 HiPH. ].o/m/rfentheheartIs. 63, 17. 
 
 2. to ^reoi harslily, as the ostrich her 
 young, Job 39, 16. 
 
 ^"*ti? obsol. root, i. q. -Jfflp, Arab. 
 V^M V , pr. to weigh out justly ; hence to 
 be just, upright, true. In Heb. this root 
 takes the sense of truth ; that of justice 
 being expressed by pns . Hence 
 
 "Otp m. truth, Prov. 22, 21. Chald. 
 t3i1rF^ q. v. xae^p , Syr. fLA.Lo id. the 
 letters a and n being interchanged. 
 
 "tSTBp m. uTiaJ Af^o^. Ps. 60, 6, a bow, 
 I. q. Chald. x-jr^ip for xncp, Heb. 
 pop; see Targ. Ps. 61, 4. Esth. 1, 3. 
 So Sept. Synim. Peshito. For this 
 change of n into a, see in nttJp. 
 [Others truth, i. q. aiJJP, and this is 
 preferable. R. 
 
 "^ m. (r. ncp I ) hardness of heart, 
 thtbbomness, Deut. 9, 27. 
 
 P^P (hardness, r. nt^f^I) Kishion, 
 pr. n. of a place in Issachar. Josh. 19, 20. 
 21, 28 ; called in 1 Chr. 6, 57 ^"^^ q. v. 
 lett. c. 
 
 * '^"^el^ fut. laip^ 1. to bind, to tie; 
 corresponding is Aram. i_Juo , ^,ap see 
 in nap^ II; Eth. ^^Z, to bind with 
 cords. Constr. with ace. and bs. to bind 
 or tie one thing upon another. Gen. 38, 
 28. Prov. 3. 3. 6, 21. 7, 3 ; ace. and 2 Job ' 
 39, 10 [13]. Josh. 2, 18. With dat. add- 
 ed, Job 40, 29 wilt thou bind him for thy 
 maidens? i. e. that they may play with 
 him. Metaph. c. 3 , Prov. 22, 5. Gen. 
 44, 30 it-B3a nnicp iu:_3 his soul is 
 bound to his (the child's) soul, i. e. the 
 father is bound to the child by the strong- 
 est love ; comp. Niph. 1 Sam. 18, 1. 
 
 2. to conxpire, pr. ' to bind oneself to- 
 gether with others,' Neh. 4, 2; with 
 bs against any one, 1 Sam. 22, 8. 1 K. 
 15, 27. 16, 9. 16. 2 K. 10, 9. al. Fully 
 "'^in: '^^.P,, see in -iffi;?. Part. plur. 
 en dp conspirators 2 Sam. 15, 31. 2 K. 
 21, 24. 
 
 3. Part, pass. "iiCp, bound, hence 
 compact and firm, strong, robust. Gen. 
 30,42. This transition from the idea of 
 binding to that of strength, see also in 
 pm no. 3, hm no. 5. 
 
 Niph. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, metaph. 
 1 Sam. 18, 1 ; comp. Gen. 44, 30. 
 
 2. to be bound or fastened together, 
 e. g. the portions of a wall, and hence 
 to be completed, Neh. 3, 38 [4, 6]. 
 
 PiEL 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to bind, Job 
 38,31. 
 
 2. to bind upon oneself, m the manner 
 of a girdle, c. ace. Is. 49, 18 D'^'iirpn 
 ni33 thou shall bind them on thee as a 
 bnde bindeth on her girdle; in the 
 other member it is: thou shall put them 
 on as an ornament. 
 
 PuAL part, nin^'i^p the strong cattle 
 Gen. 30, 41 ; see Kal no. 3. 
 
 HtTHP. i. q. Kal no. 2, c. bx 2 K. 9, 14. 
 2 Chr. 24, 25. 26. 
 
 Deriv, ^^p^, D'^'^ffip. 
 
 "I'tp m. (r. ni2j;3 no. 2) in pause niLl^, 
 c. sufF. "iiirp, a conspiracy, 2 K. 11, 14. 
 Is. 8, 12. br -idp nop to make a con- 
 spiracy against'ixny one 2 K. 12, 21. 14, 
 19. 15, 30. 
 
 Q''"lp m. plur. girdles, belts, ae a fe- 
 male ornament, espec. of a bride (comp. 
 Is. 49, 18), Jer. 2, 32. Is. 3, 20. Comp. 
 *itii? no. 2. 
 
TrC]5 1. to be dry, as a plant, 
 
 Arab, yio id. Kindr. is ctin. Hence 
 );? stubble. 
 
 2. Deiiom. Trom 3p , to gather strav) 
 or stubble, sec Po. Hence genr. to col- 
 lect, to gather, imperat. Zcph. 2, 1 ; see 
 Hitlipo. 
 
 Po. laiap to collect, to gather straw or 
 stubble, Ex. 5, 7. 12 ; wood Num. 15, 32. 
 33. 1 K. 17, 10. 12. 
 
 HiTHPO. metaph. to collect oneself, i.e. 
 to collect one's thougbts. to look into 
 one's own mind, to prove onesell"; Zeph. 
 2, 1 iiisipi iiciiaiprin collect (examine) 
 your own selves and be ye collected. Kal 
 and Hithpo. are here coupled for em- 
 phasis ; comp. Is. 29j 9. 
 
 Deriv. Og. 
 
 MtJp (r. ttSip. as PBT from 5liT, nns 
 from nij) in pause na^, c. suff. ''n^p ; 
 plur. ninirp, constr. ninisp, onirtt'p 
 Dag. euphonic ; comm. gend. pr. fern. 
 Is. 21, 15. Job 20, 24; but. the etymo- 
 logy being neglected, also masc. 2 Sam. 
 
 Go' 
 
 1, 22. Ez. 1, 28 ; a bote. Arab, (j***, 
 Eth. *fl^, Syr. fi-^, id. But the 
 origin of the n servile being by degrees 
 neglected, it was regarded as a radical 
 
 and changed to ts ; as Arab. ^UaJiJ) 
 bow ; Syr. --JwajbZ] to shoot with a bow, 
 Chald. liiap id. statr^ip bow. E. g. 
 
 a) a bow for shooting arrows Gen. 21, 
 16. Is. 13, 18. Job 20, 24. al. ssepe. -j^ 
 
 i9 
 
 "^, 
 
 ni^f? the son of a how, i. e. an arrow, Job 
 41, 20. To bend a bow is exprcHsed by 
 the verbs T^'^S'S, p-J. rnj, espec. T^'i^ 
 q. V. 7'o shoot with a bow, see the verbs 
 man, ni^ Kal and Hiph. Meton. the 
 word bow is put : a) For bowmen, 
 archers, no;? '^z-vi, Is. 21, 17. 22, .'}. Ps. 
 78, 57 where n^an rid;? arc deceitful 
 archers, who feigtj flight in order to de- 
 ceive. Comp. f's;? of reapers. (i) the 
 song of the bow 2 Sam. 1, 18, i. e. the 
 lament of David over Saul and Jona- 
 than, in which there is mention of a bow 
 in V. 22. On this mode of inscribing 
 poems and books, so common among 
 oriental writers, see Jones de Po^si 
 Asiat. p. 2G9. Comment, on Is. 22, 1. 
 Metaph. a bow is also the symbol of 
 strength and power ; hence to break the 
 bow of any one, i. q. to take away his 
 strength, to destroy his power, Hos. 1, 
 5. Jer. 49, 35 ; also vice versa. Job 29, 
 20 my bow is strengthened in my hand, 
 i. e. I wax stronger and stronger. Gen. 
 49. 24. 
 
 b) a rainbow, iris, Gr. to'^ov, Gen. 9.. 
 13. 14. 16. Ez. 1, 28. 
 
 mSp m. (denom. fr. mcp) a bowman^ 
 an archer, Gen. 21, 20. Syr. )-e>--o id. 
 
 nr)|5obsol. root ; ArB.b.\j3fo serve,. 
 to be a domestic. Hence pr. n. bxrpv 
 
 D^ri^ Chald. m. everywhere in Keri 
 for oSn^p cilhara, harp, lyre, q. v. Dan. 
 3, 5. 7. 10. This latter is the more usual 
 form in the Targums. 
 
 Resh, the twentieth letter of the He- 
 brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 
 200. The name cJ-'n i. q. Chald. dxn 
 and Heb. ttJStn . denotes head, and refers 
 to the figure of this letter in the Pheni- 
 cian alphabet {^), from which by in- 
 verting its head is derived the figure of 
 the Greek 'Pw. See Monumm. Phoen. 
 p. 44. 
 
 This letter has affinity : a) With 
 the other liquids, and as being the hard- 
 est of the hquids, it is sometimes inter- 
 
 80 
 
 changed with h and 3, see p. 499, 635; 
 b) With the guttural 5, as being partly 
 pronounced in the throat, p. 738. c) It 
 is interchanged with the sibilants, espec- 
 t, comp. p'na and pia to emit rays; Arab. 
 
 Iw^ and (j-^) also - and *yto muz- 
 zle, ^jd and 'jjd to be proud ; also Q"5n 
 
 and con . See also the paronomasia in 
 the words *,'i'"^ and ',"iTn Ez. 7, 13. 
 It is further to be noted, that, instead: 
 
nKn 
 
 950 
 
 ni 
 
 of doubling a letter, the simple letter is 
 sometimes written with i inserted be- 
 fore it, especially in Aramaean and the 
 later Hebrew. Thus S33. Chald. sons, 
 throne ; p'^js'n, in Chr. pr^nt;, Damas- 
 ,cus ; ^2^3 qnadrilit. from Pi. bas to 
 bind; also C0-;3. Diip. C'Bi'nb. In the 
 same way are to be explained : t3"'nnd 
 sceptre i. q. cirr. Chald. S"i"'^'i? cubit 
 i. q. n^a, arising from such forms as 
 wao, "T'taa, although these forms are 
 not elsewhere extant. 
 
 * ni<^, inf absol. nxn, \><n Gen. 26, 
 28; inf constr. nsn Gen. 48, 11, once 
 hjxn (like nsn^) Ez. 28, 17, usually 
 ris-i ; fut. nxn"^. apoc. xn-^, convers. 
 K"]*] , rarely nxn^i 1 Sam. 17, 42. 2 K. 
 5, 21 ; in the other persons K"!n, Xini, 
 
 *"?.'?: \^ 
 
 1. lo see, to look, generally ; Arab. ^ | s 
 
 id. It corresponds to Gr. oQaia, as sn^ 
 to Gr. ildot, Lat. video. Constr. with 
 ace. very often, rarely with dat. Ps. 64, 
 6 ; and with two ace. Gen. 7, 1 T^rx 
 pi-ns "'P'^xn thee have J seen righteou^s ; 
 with ^3 before a whole sentence, e. g. 
 Gen. 6, 5 c-iNrj rsn nan ^s nin^ sn*l . 
 28, 6. 29, 3L 38, U; al'so by antipho'ne- 
 sis [attraction] Gen. 1, 4 n-'Hsx sn;^] 
 Sia 13 Tixn-rx. 6, 2. Ex. 2, 2; with'n 
 interrogative, whether. Ex. 4, 18. Also 
 with T\ip, thus : Gen. 8. 13 'lil nsni s-i'i 
 and he looked, and behold ! 18, 2. i9, 
 28. Lev. 13, 20. 14, 3. al. With ace! 
 
 impl. Ps. 40, 13 viy punishments si^ 
 
 nixnb ""Rsi;^ / cannot see them all, i. e. 
 cannot take in the multitude of them at 
 a view. 40, 4 isn"'?i C'an ^x-17 many 
 saw {my deWvemnce) and feared ; comp. 
 the same paronomasia Ps. 52, 8. Job 6, 
 21. Often ascribed to the eye. Job 13, 
 1. 28. 10. Is. 29, 18. 33, 20. al. Spec. 
 
 n) to see the face of any one, e. g. of 
 God. see in 0^30 no. 1. h. 
 
 b) Absol. to see is put for to enjoy the 
 light, to live. Gr. (Hindv ; more fully to 
 nee the sun Ecc. 7, 11. to see light Ps. 
 49, 20 ; comp. Gr. Jwn' x o()uv ifuog 
 'l/fXioio Horn, in later writers simpl. 
 ofm: In the same sense, to see Jehovah 
 in the land of the liring Is. 38, 11. Thus 
 also is to be understood the difficult 
 passage in Gen. 16, 13, 'r"'!n tbri csn 
 
 after the vision of God, i. e. after having 
 seen God ? 
 
 c) to see in vision, i. e. lo be taught 
 of God in visions, as the prophets. Is. 30, 
 10 ; comp. 29, 10. Hence part, nsn q. v. 
 a seer, prophet, nxnia vision. Comp. 
 mr. no. 2. 
 
 2. to see. i. e. to look at, to view, to he- 
 hold, with intention, purposely, c. ace. 
 Gen. 11. 5 and Jehovah came down rxnb 
 '\-^^X\-rii . Lev. 13, 3. 5. 17. 1 K. 9, 12. 
 With a Gen. 34, 1 ^isn r^isaa r.'ix-ib 
 to see the daughters (f the land. Judg. 
 16, 27. Ez. 21, 26 [21] nasa nsn to in- 
 spect the liver. Ecc. 11,4 dara nxn he 
 that viewelh the clouds. 3, 22. Cant. 6, 
 11. But Ecc. 12, 3 nia-ixa nx-i is, 
 those looking ant at the windoics. Jer. 
 18, 17 I will look 7/pon them with the back 
 and not with the face, i. e. will turn my 
 back upon them. With 3 and inf. Is. 
 18, 3 behold ye, how he liflelh up an en- 
 sign on the mountains. Spec. 
 
 a) io look upon with delight, to gaze at, 
 to gloat upon ; comp. Engl. ' to feast the 
 eyes upon.' Prov. 23, 31 look not upon 
 the wine when it blushes. Is. 53, 2. Ecc. 
 7, 13. Usually with a, (comp. a B. 4. 
 a,) Job 3, 9. 20, 17. Is. 66, 5. Pe. 106,5, 
 very often of the joy felt at the destruc- 
 tion of one's enemies, Ps. 54, 9 "^aiSS 
 1315 t^T^^"} mine eye hath looked (with 
 delight) upon mine enemies, i. e. on their 
 destruction. 22, 18. 37, S4. 112, 8. 11 & 
 7. Obad. 12. Contrariwise 
 
 b) ^0 look upon with pain, to behold any 
 thing painful or afflictive; c. 3, Gen. 
 21, 16 "rbr: ri^a nx-is-bx let me not 
 look upon the death of the child. 44. 34. 
 E.\. 2, 11. Num. 11, 15. Esth. 8, 6. 
 
 c) to look upon with disdain, q. d. to 
 look down upon anyone, comp. xamtpQo- 
 vfb) to contemn; Job 41, 26 was-bs nx 
 nxni he looketh (down) ttpon all high 
 things, with contempt, as if he himself 
 were higher than all. Comp. Cant. 
 1, 6 nnh-inu; ^sxtu "sxiFi-bs look not 
 (disdainfully) upon me because I am 
 dark. 
 
 d) to behold, to regard, to have respect 
 to; Is. 26, 10 nini p^xa nxn^ sib he 
 regardeth not the majesty of Jehorah 
 Ei>pec. of Gwl as looking upon afflictions 
 and removing it; Ex. 4, 31 -r nsn"*^ 
 0^35 that he had looked upon their afflie- 
 
rim 
 
 951 
 
 S^HH 
 
 Hon. Ps. 9, 14. 25, IS. 31, 8. 2 K. 14, 
 26 ; also c. a G.'.ii. 29, 32. 1 Sam. 1. 11. 
 Ps. lOG, 44. FolIow!cl by a clause Ecc. 
 7, 14 in the day of adcersity nxn co)isi- 
 der this: God hath set, etc. 
 
 e) to see to any tiling, to look after, to 
 take care of i. q. S'l;' no. 1. b. 1 K. 12, 16 
 nn ?jn^a nxi see to thine own house^ 
 Dacid! Gen. 29, 23 the prefect of the 
 prison saw to nothing' that was under 
 Joseph's hand. Is. 22, 11. Ps. 37, 37 
 IC^ nx^. see to uprightness, i. e- take 
 care to practise it. 
 
 f ) ib ntjn to look out any thing for one- 
 self i. e. to provide, to choone out. Gen. 
 22, 8 God will provide for himself a lamb 
 for a burnt-offer in '^ ; v. 14 and Abraham 
 called the name of that place (Moriah), 
 nxn*;! nin"^ Jehovah will provide, i. q. 
 iTitn'O , contr. n"it q. v. comp. Niph. no. 
 3.' Deut. 33, 21 lb r,""rx"n X-i?i he chose 
 out th^ first for himself i. e. the best. 
 
 1 Sam. 16, 1. 17. Dat. omitted, Gen. 41, 
 33. Deut. 12, 13. Part, ""ixn chosen, 
 selected, Esth. 2, 9. Comp. fob. 12, 1 
 oga, rixvov, piir&ov tw tn'&ijbjnM. 
 
 g) to go to see, to visit any one. in order 
 to pay one's respects and salutations. 
 
 2 Sam. 13, 5. 2 K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22, 6. 
 More fully in the construction "rx nxn 
 'b Dibd Gen. 37. 14 ; comp. b cibffll: bxb . 
 
 h) With bx to look unto any one, as ex- 
 pecting help from him. Is. 17. 7; with 
 bs to look upon anyone, as about to con- 
 sider and judge his case, Ex. 5, 21. 
 
 i) With 3 , to look upon as, to regard 
 as any thing ; Judg. 9. 36 thou lookest 
 upon the shadow of the mountains as men. 
 
 k) With '(13 of pers. prjEgn. q. d. to see 
 and learn from ; Judg. 7. 17 ixiri "'2213 
 see and learn from me, do as ye see me do. 
 
 1) Trop. to look at any thing, i. e. to 
 have in view, to aim at; Gen. 20, 10 
 what hadst thou in view, that thou 
 shoiddst do this thing 7 
 
 3. Not unfrequently the Hebrews, like 
 the Greeks and others, employ the word 
 to see (p^l) of things which we per- 
 ceive, not b}'^ the eyes, but in some other 
 way. viz. 
 
 a) By the other senses, e. g. by the 
 hearing, Gen. 2. 19 ib-x-j^r'-n-? r-ijtnb 
 to see what he would call them. 42, 1. 
 Jer. 33,24 ; by the touch Is. 44, 16 "'n^X'n 
 !!|X / perceive the fire, feel the heat. 
 
 So Gr. ofMOJ, Ree Brunck ad Soph. (E<1. 
 Col. 138. Lat. video, Virg. JEii. 4. 49. 
 Hor. Sat. 2. 8. 77. 
 
 b) Of what we perceive, experience, 
 enjoy, tlirough the medium of the vital 
 principle, the animal spirit, life, anim/i, 
 Heb. UJBJ q. v. uo. 2. E. g. to see life 
 Ecc. 9, 9 ; to see death Ps. 89, 49, comp. " 
 I5uv &uvaioy Heb. 11, 5; and in the 
 same sense to see the pit, the grave, Ps. 16, 
 10. 49, 10. Also to see sleep, Ecc. 8, 16, 
 comp. Terent. Heautontim. 3. 1. 82 j to 
 see famine Jer. 5, 12 ; to see good, bona 
 videre (Cic. Mil. 28), i. e. to enjoy the 
 good things of life, Ps. 34, 13. Ecc. 3, 13. 
 6, 6 ; also 2iaa nxn Jer. 29, 32. Mic. 7, 
 9. Ecc. 2, 1. Vice versa to see affUction 
 Lam. 3, 1 ; to see evil Prov. 27, 12. Jer. 
 44. 17 ; also rwnn nxT Obad. 13. Comp. 
 bqitv xivdvyovg Tob. 4, 4. 
 
 c) Of what we perceive with the mind, 
 rational soul, aninuis. ais ; hence i. q. to 
 perceive, to understand, to learn, to know, 
 Gen. 3, 6. Ecc. 1, 16 niaari TMr^n nxn 'sb 
 my heart hath learned great wisdom. 
 2, 12. Jer. 2, 31. 20, 12. 1 Sam. 24, 12. 
 1 K. 10, 4. Often spoken of those things 
 which we learn by the experience of 
 life; Is. 40, 5 all fiesh shall see (under- 
 stand, know) that .Miocah hath spoken. 
 Job 4; 8 'ri'^xn nirxa as I have sten. ex- 
 perienced. Ecc. 7. 15. "fa nxn to dis- 
 cern between, to distinguish, Mai. 3, 18. 
 
 Niph. nx"i3, fut. r.xn;;, apoc. xnv 
 
 1. to be seen, Judg. s' 8. 19, 30. 1 K. 6, 
 18. Prov. 27, 25. 
 
 2. to let oneself be seen, to show oneself, 
 to appear. Gen. 1. 9. 9, 14 ; of men and 
 things Gen. 8, 5. Lev. 14. 35. 2 Sam. 
 17, 17 ; c. bx, to show oneself to any one 
 Lev. 13, 7. 19. 1 K. 18. 1. '^'J 'JB-nx nxn: 
 to appear before Jehovah, at his sanc- 
 tuary, see C^IB no. 1. h, p. 852. Often 
 of Jehovah or an angel as appearing to 
 men, Ex. 16. 10. 1 Sam. 3, 21 ; with bx 
 of pers. Gen. 12,7. 17, 1. 18, 1. al. b Jer. 
 31. 3. 2 Chr. 3, 1. 
 
 3. Pass, of Kal no. 2. f to be provided 
 for, cared for. Gen. 22, 14 nin'} ina 
 nxn;) in the mmint of the Lord it is pro- 
 vided. I. e. in mount Monah God provides 
 for men and brings them help, as formerly 
 to Abraham (v. 8) so now. This would 
 seem to be a proverbial expression, sig- 
 nifying that God will ever care for and 
 
I1 
 
 952 
 
 'n 
 
 aid those who worship in his temple ; 
 alluding at the same time to the etymo- 
 logy of the name H*"ib , q. v. 
 
 PuAL to be seen; plur. IKT Job 33, 21, 
 with Dag. forte impl. or better Mappik 
 in the letter S, see Lehrg. p. 97. 
 ^ HiPH. nx-in and nx^irt, fut. nx-iv 
 '"conv. XI*] like fut. Kal, 2 K. 11, 4. 
 
 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, lo make one 
 ^ee, to let see, Gen. 48, 11. Deut. 4. 36. 
 2 Sam. 15, 25. Hence with ace. of thing, 
 to show. Is. 30, 30 ; with two ace. of pers. 
 and thing, to show one any thing, Ex. 
 25, 9. Num. 8, 4. Is. 39, 2. 4. Nah. 3, 5. 
 al. Spec, in sleep Gen. 41, 28 ; in vision 
 2 K. 8, 13. Jer. 24, 1. Am. 7, 1. 4. 7. 8, 
 1. Zech. 2, 2. 3, 1 ; with "'3 2 K. 8, 10. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. a, to cattse to 
 look upon with pleasure, c. 3 Ps. 59, 11. 
 
 3. Causat. of Kal no. 3. b, to cause one 
 to see i. e. to experience evil, c. dupl. ace. 
 Hab. 1. 3. Ps. 60, 5. 71, 20 ; to let one see 
 i. e. enjoy good, Ecc. 2, 24. Ps. 4, 7. 85, 
 8; with ace. of pers. and 3 of thing Ps. 
 50, 23. 91, 16. 
 
 HoPH. nx-in. Part. nx-iiQ , pr. 'to be 
 made to see any thing,' i. e. to be shown 
 any thing. Ex. 25, 40 according to the 
 pattern "n3 ns-iis nnx "iirx which thou 
 wast shown in the mount. 26. 30. Deut. 
 4, 35. Lev. 13, 49, nsnT'X ^^"fi) and 
 it shftll be shown to the priest. 
 
 HiTHPA. recipr. to look at one another, 
 e. g. a) Of persons waiting in doubt 
 and hesitation what to do, Gen. 42, 1. 
 b) In a hostile sense, to look one an- 
 .other in the face, i. e. to fight hand to 
 hand in close combat, 2 K. 14, 8. 11. 
 2 Chr. 25, 17. 21 ; comp. Is. 41, 27. Com- 
 pare the old German proverb : " sich 
 die KOpfe besehn, eich das Weisse im 
 ^uge besehn." 
 
 Deriv. nxn, nK";, nxS, rix-i, 'sn, 
 ^!<7, n-'X'i ,"nsnT3 , ntj-iTa, Chald. i'^, 
 perh. 1"<K (''^s). and the pr. names 
 n^jjn, laiKn, rin, n^s?"?*?, "*"?^. 
 
 nX"! Deut. 14, 13, a species of rapa- 
 cious bird, 8o called on account of its 
 keen sight; but in the parail. passage 
 Lev. 11, 14 it is nstT vulture, which per- 
 hups should be restored in Deut. 1. c. 
 
 ^8?"^ adj. verbal, teeing; constr. Job 
 10, 15 '^SS nst'n seeing (experiencing) 
 my qfflictum. See r. nK'n no. 3. b. 
 
 ns'l pr. Part. Kal r. nxn. 1. Act. 
 seeing visions, i. e. a seer, prophet, comp. 
 r. ns"i no. 1. c y the more ancient name 
 for prophet according to 1 Sam. 9, 9 ; and 
 attributed xut iSoxr,v to Samuel, 1 Sara. 
 9, 9. 19. 1 Chr. 9, 22. 26, 28. 29, 29; to 
 another prophet 2 Chr. 16, 7. 10. Plur. 
 Dixn Is. 30, 10. 
 
 2. Abstr. i. q. ""S^ , a vision, in which 
 sense perhaps the accent is to be placed 
 upon the penult, in the manner of Sego- 
 lates. Is. 28, 7 nxSa ^iW they reel even 
 in their visions. Comp. nth no. 2. 
 
 Jli^iin (pr. see ye, a son ! but the 
 sacred writer in Gen. 29, 32 explains it 
 as for '7?53 (^'ix'n) ^ixn ' provided in my 
 affliction,' see r. nxn no. 2. e,) Reuben, 
 pr. n. of the eldest son of Jacob by Leah, 
 Gen. 29, 32. 37, 21 sq. though deprived 
 of his birth-nghtGen.49, 3.4; and head 
 of the tribe of like name. For the loca- 
 tion of this tribe beyond Jordan, see 
 Num. 32, 33 sq. Josh. 13, 15 sq. Patro- 
 nym. ''Sn^X-i (K in otio) Beubenite 1 Chr. 
 
 11, 42 ; collect. Reubenites Deut. 3, 12. 
 4, 43. Josh. 1, 12. 12, 6. 22, 1. al. 
 
 n^X'n inf fem. Kal of r. nx"!, q. v. 
 
 ''^S"} selected, chosen, see in r. MH"! 
 no. 2. f. 
 
 TTa^JST (raised, high) Reumah, pr. n. 
 f. of a concubine of Nahor, Gen. 22, 24. 
 R. Dxn. 
 
 nisn f. (r. nsn) sight, seeing, Ecc. 5, 
 10 Keri. In Cheth. n-^X"; . 
 
 ''N'7 m. a mirror, plate of metal, i. q. 
 njjnia'no. 2. Job 37, 18. R. nsjn . 
 
 "i^T m. in pause "xH . R. "xn . 
 
 1. a vision, sight. Gen. 16, 13 ; for 
 which see in r. nxn no. 1. b. 
 
 2. i. q. nsn73 . sight, view, 1 Sam. 16, 
 
 12. Job 33, 21 hisjlesli is vanished 'xna 
 from the sight. 
 
 3. a spectacle, gazing-stock, naqa- 
 diiyfia, Nah. 3, 6. 
 
 n^H"l (whom Jehovah cares for, r. 
 nx-n) Reaiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 2; 
 for which in 2, 52 nTitSn. b) 1 Chr. 5 
 5. c) Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 50. 
 
 D'^itl, see DH"i. 
 
 'jitJ'^Sn, see "jiox"?. 
 
'1 
 
 953 
 
 V}||^ 
 
 ri''7 f. sight, seeing, Ecc. 5, 10 Cheth. 
 R. nxn . 
 
 * ^^"^ obfiol. root, perh. i, q. ^J'^ ; 
 hence "'V^'?'?- 
 
 * 0^57 to be high Zech. 14, 10; i.q. 
 
 Dili, cnsj, onn. Hence pr. n. naixn, 
 niaxn, also 
 
 DXn m. Num. 23, 22. Deut. 33, 17, 
 tr7 Ps. 92, 11, D"''? Job 39, 9. 10; 
 Plur." ctJxn Ps. 29, 6. Is. 34, 7, also Q-'an 
 Ps. 22. 22 ; a wild and ferocious animal, 
 bearing a like relation to the ox as the 
 wild ass does to the domestic one, Job 
 39, 9. 10. Deut. 33. 17. Is. 34, 7. Ps. 
 29. 6 (where Vl? calf is parallel with 
 caXT*!?) ; horrted and destroying men 
 with his horns Ps. 22. 22. 92, 1 1 ; comp. 
 Deut 1. c The species of animal here 
 meant is somewhat doubtful ; but we 
 need not hesitate to understand, with A. 
 Schuitens ad Job. 1. c. and De Wette on 
 Ps. 22, 22, the bos bubalus or oriental 
 buffalo. The corresponding Arabic 
 
 word indeed, (vJ\, denotes the oryx, a 
 
 large and fierce species of antelope, 
 Oppian. Cyneget. 11. 445 ; and this sense 
 has therefore been also given to the 
 Hebrew word by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 
 948 sq. by Rosenmiiller, and others. 
 But whatever may be said, no one will 
 deny that the buffalo of the east is 
 much more aptly compared with the ox, 
 than the antelope could be. The Arabic 
 usage in this word, therefore, though 
 similar to the Hebrew, is clearly not 
 identical ; and in Arabic the larger 
 antelopes appear to have received the 
 appellation of buffaloes, just as in Greek 
 they are called ^ovfiidog, jSov^hIL:, and 
 just as in Arabic animals of the deer 
 genus are termed -A^yt jAiJ\ wild 
 oxen. Sept. has fiov6xb(ja)g. Vulg: tini- 
 corn. an animal described by Pliny H. N. 
 8. 21, which for a long time natural his- 
 torians, espec. since Buffon. have held to 
 be fabulous, but which a few years since 
 was said to have been discovered in the 
 deserts of Thibet ; see Rosenmiiller 
 Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p. 192. Q,uar- 
 terly Review No. 47, Oct. 1S20. But 
 this sense is also inadmissible ; since the 
 
 80* 
 
 unicorn, as described, resembles the 
 horse much more than it doen the ox, 
 and is in any case an extremely rare 
 animal ; while the cxn. an appears from 
 all the passages, was an animal frequent 
 and well known in Palestine and the 
 adjacent regions, just as the buffalo is 
 known there at the present day ; though 
 prob. at that time not as now domesti- 
 cated ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. HI. p. 
 305, 306. 
 
 ni'aS'l f. plur. (r. D^'n) i. q. n'ia'i. 
 
 1. high things, heights, trop. sublime 
 or difficult things, Pro v. 24, 7. 
 
 2. high-priced or precious things; ac- 
 cording to the Rabbins red corals, Job 
 28, IS. Ez. 27, 16. 
 
 3. Ramoth, pr. n. of a city: a) In Gi- 
 lead, Deut 4. 43. Josh. 20. 8. 1 Chr. 6, 
 65; called also riian, ne^-a ran, q, v. 
 b) In the tribe of Issachar, 1 Chr. 6. 58 
 [73] ; perh. i. q. nan Josh. 19, 21, and 
 ria-i^ 21, 29- 
 
 ni3 1^0X7 (southern height) Ra- 
 math-negeb, pr. n. of a city in Simeon 
 Josh. 19, 8 ; for which 22! rian 1 Sam. 
 30, 27, q. v. Others, =53 nan . 
 
 ^5t obsol. root, perh. i. q. t'Sn, to 
 be moved, shaken ; Arab. \jt*A\ , [J>*-^) j 
 
 to tremble, espec. of the head ; whence 
 iax"i heaxl of an}' thing, as of a mast or 
 tree, which is shaken. 
 
 5^7 poor, see in r. Oin. 
 
 CST rn_. i. q. ^^n , poverty, Prov. 6, 11. 
 30,8. R. csn. 
 
 tJSn Chald. i.q. Heb. t'xn, c. suff. 
 PTOjxn , plur. T^xn , "ffisn . 
 
 \.'lhe head, Dan. 2, 32. 38. 7, 9. 20. 
 T^dxn "^yw] visions of thy head, presented 
 to thy mind or imagination. Dan. 4, 2. 7. 
 10. 7, 15. 
 
 2. Trop. the sum, amount, Dan. 7, 1. 
 Plur. 'po.xn V. 6 ; c. suff. ch-jx-i Ezra 
 5, 10. 
 
 I. Sn m. (for laxn, r. ttJsn) c. suff. 
 ''ttJX-i, plur. csJsn for n-^rxn , once c. 
 suff. rcx-i Is. 15, 2. \,^ 
 
 1. the head. Arab. (ji^K- Chald. tisfi 
 q. V. Syr. |-*^, Ethiop. CJifl ; Arab. 
 
 denom. \ju\s to be head, prince, etc. 
 
*rsn 
 
 954 
 
 ^l 
 
 Pr. of men and animals, Gen. 3. 15. 28, 
 18. 40, 16. al. saepiss. So in phrases: 
 'B ttJsiiTX ri"!3, see in P-iS ; ttJJti S'?", 
 Bce in 513 ; oixi xio: , see in xb; no. 1. b ; 
 si-'. C'^'^n to lift vp the head Ps. 110, 7, 
 and with genit. to lift up the head of any 
 one. to exalt him, Ps. 3, 4. So to return 
 (fall back) upon one^s own head, i. e. 
 to be requited, recompensed, Ps. 7, 17. 
 comp. Joel 4. 4. 'b ffixia )Bi to give 
 (back) tipon one's head, i. e. to recom- 
 pense, to requite ; e. g. evil Ez. 9, 10. 
 11, 21. 16, 43. 17, 19. 22, 31. Meton. 
 
 a) Like rbJbr. q. v. it is used in enume- 
 rating espec. soldiers, for one person, 
 individual, 1 Chr. 12, 23. Judg, 5, 30 
 -.25 irs'lb to the head of a man, i. e. to 
 one man, each one. The Arabs often 
 
 employ the word \jn\\ head in like 
 manner, espec. in enumerating flocks 
 and herds, see Schult. 0pp. min. p. 206. 
 
 b) For life, Dan. 1, 10. So "^OJxna with 
 our heads, i. e. in jeopardy of our lives. 
 1 Chr. 12. 19 ; comp. ffiS3 no. 2. b. See 
 Iliad 4. 162. ib. 17. 242."' 
 
 2. Trop. head for what is highest, up- 
 jpermost, e. g. a) the top. summit, of a 
 imountain Gen. 8, 5. Ex. 17, 9. 10. 19,20. 
 Am. 1, 2 ; of a tower Gen. 11, 4; of a 
 column 1 K. 7, 19 ; of a throne 10, 19 ; 
 of a sceptre Esth. 5, 2 ; of an ear of 
 grain Job 24, 24. tiasis ttixi the sum- 
 mit of the stars, the highest heaven, Job 
 22, 12. c-:i:tt5 x-'S aixn the head of the 
 fat valley, i. e. impending over it. Is. 
 28, 1. 4. nasn irxi the head of the bed. 
 where the head lies. Gen. 47, 31. b) 
 head, i. e. chief prince of a people or 
 state. Deut. 1, 15. Judg. 10, 18. 11, 8 
 liii-b !i:b r^-^ni . l Sam. 15, 17. 2 Sam. 
 23. 8. is'. Ps. 18, 44 C'a irx-i privce of 
 the nations. Is. 7. 8. 9. al. 2:n txi see 
 in ajT . Of a fiimily. a head, chief patri- 
 arch, as r-irx P"^? aJsti Ex. 6, 14. Num. 
 7, 2. 1 Chr. 5,' 24. 7, 9. 40 ; also niax ttJii-i 
 id. Ex. 6, 25. Num. 32,28. 1 Chr. 8!6. al. 
 ttisi^b n^n to become the head, to be the 
 victor, Lam. 1, 5 ; comp. Deut. 28, 44. 
 Job 29, 25 }-! aiSX / sat as prince, held 
 the chief place. So Arab. ^m\k head, 
 prince, c) head, for the highest place 
 or rank, the chief; go tiK"^n '{rys the high- 
 priest 2 Chr. 19, 11 ; nlpo simpl. ttJsi-^n 
 Jd. 2 Chr. 24, 6. Spec, of a head city, 
 
 the metropolis, capital, Josh. 1 1, 10. Is. 
 
 7, 8. So Arab. ij*-Ut of Mecca, d) 
 
 Metaph. of that which is highest, chief, 
 best J as D"''a^'a "^'^^'J ^f*'^ chitf spices, 
 most costly, Cant" 4' 14. Ez. 27, 22 ; 
 nnob ttiX"! the chief joy, highest joy, Ps. 
 137,' 6; Cip. '''H'}^ ^^"^ the best gifts of 
 the ancient mountains Deut. 33, 15. 
 Hence 
 
 3. the sum, amount, pr. ' the whole 
 number,' which is also the highest, Lev. 
 5, 24. Ps. 119, 160. 139, 17. Hence xi^i 
 tlixi to take the sum., to number, see XiS3 
 no. 3. c. Trop. a body, band, conipaiiy, 
 espec. of soldiers Judg. 7, 16. 20. 9, 34. 
 37. 43. 1 Sam. 1 1,11. Job 1, 17. Ps. 140, 10. 
 
 4. head, for what la first, foremost, i. e. 
 the beginning, first part, front ; Deut. 
 
 20, 9 c2;n irx-i2 at the head of the peo- 
 ple, in front as leaders. Jer. 31, 7. Mic. 
 2, 13. Am. 6, 7. Is. 2, 2 the mountain 
 of the Lord^s house shall be established 
 Q"'"inri ttix^a at the head of the moun- 
 tain's, and shall be higher than the hills, 
 i. e. it shall be a prince among the moun- 
 tains. Also Tj")^ irxi the head of the 
 way, where ways branch off. Ez. 16, 25. 
 
 21, 24. msw cxn the head of the 
 streets, corner, id. Lam. 2, 19. Is. 51, 20. 
 Hence we may explain the phrase nsa'ix 
 n-tliXT four heads of rivers, i. e. four 
 streams into which the river divided 
 itself Engl, branches. Gen. 2, 10. Sept. 
 and Gr. Venet. ^^m/. Comp. Lat. ca- 
 put, Engl, head, for source, fountain. 
 Ecc. 3, 11 the works of God nri dxiTS 
 ti'^Ofrom the beginning to the end, from 
 first to last. Also Ps. 118, 22 nss ^sil 
 the head of the corner, Gr. xftfidtj rf/s 
 yoiviug Matt. 21, 42, i. e. the foremost or 
 chief corner-stone, the leader as it were 
 of all, i. q. Xi&oe uxQoyojviuiog 1 Pet. 2, 
 6 comp. Is. 28, 16. It is made a ques- 
 tion, whether this chief corner-stone is 
 the highest, forming the top or coping 
 of the corner; or the lowest, which 
 forms the foundation of the building. 
 The latter seems preferable; for ttSsil 
 here refers not to the highest })Iiice, but 
 to the head or point where two walls 
 meet. Often of time, as r^}^T\ uixi t/ie 
 beginning of the year Ez. 40, 1 ; tt:i<"i 
 C^UiTn the beginning of months, the 
 first of the year, Ex. 12, 2. Judg. 7, 19. 
 
1D-| 
 
 955 
 
 tt^n 
 
 lJ"ttt from the beginning, Is. 40, 21. 41, 
 26. 48, 16. Syr. ^hf ^ id. Prov. 8, 
 26 bsn ninBS OXi the frsl clod of the 
 earth, i. e. first created. 
 
 5. 'Sstn, once for distinction i"i"i Deut. 
 32, 32, is the name of a poisonous plant 
 Deut. 29, 17. growing quickly and luxu- 
 riantly Hos. 10, 4. of a bitter taste Ps. 69, 
 22. Lam. 3, 5, and therefore coupled with 
 wormwood Deut. 29, 17. Lam. 3, 19. 
 Hence it would seem to be, not the hem- 
 lock, ciciUa, with Celsius in Hierob. II. 
 46 sq. nor the colocynth or wild gourd 
 with CEdmann, Verm. Samml. IV. p. 63; 
 nor lolium, darnel. Michaelis Supplem. 
 p. 2220 ; but the poppy, so culled from its 
 heads, Livy 1. 54. Tiius irxi "'P. juice 
 of the poppy, poppy-juice, Jer. 8, 14. 9, 
 14. 23, 15. Hence for poison genr. Deut. 
 32, 32 ; even of serpents v. 33. Job 20, 
 16. Chald. "jITt ^'n the poison of ser- 
 pents, Targ. Ps. 69, 22. Lam. 3, 19. 
 
 Denom. ndxn r.-'ax"). "i'iir-'-i, ncxn?:, 
 nifflXl-Q , and pr. n. naxnia . 
 
 II. tDSil Bosh, pr. n. of a northern 
 nation mentioned along with Tubal and 
 Meshech, Ex. 38, 2. 3. 39, 1. Prob. i. q. 
 the Rmsians, who are described by the 
 Byzantine writers of the tenth century, 
 under the name ol 'Fm?, as inhabiting 
 the northern parts of Taurus ; and also 
 by Ibn Foszlan, an Arabian writer of 
 the same period, under the name fj^m^ 
 Bus. as dwelling upon the river Wolga. 
 See Ibn Foszlan's Bericht liber die Rus- 
 een alterer Zeit, von Frahn, Petersb. 
 1823, espec. p. 28 sq. Com p. Von Ham- 
 mer OriffinesRusses. Petersb. 1827, who 
 
 also here compares the nation ^jmx . men- 
 tioned in the Kor^n, Sur. 25, 40. 50, 12. 
 
 nOSn f (denom. from t'X-i , by Syri- 
 asm for nir"'X"j) beginning, plur. c. suff. 
 D3-'niUX-i Ez.36, 11. 
 
 ntDSin f (from )l"Xi) beginning, first 
 part, front ; hence rrajinn '^z^.r^ Zech. 
 4, 7, by appos. the stone th^ beginning, 
 i. e. the first corner-stone, i. q. HJB ttixi ; 
 see in TTii"! no. 4. 
 
 "jiCXn ra. adj. (from tt5s<-i; by Syri- 
 asm for "('i'ii''S<"i , which is found in Cheth. 
 Josh. 21, 10. Job 15, 7,) once ptJ"'"! Job 
 8, 6 j fern, nsiuxn ; plur. fSUSstn , nisttSx") . 
 
 1. Pr. head,higheat, chief; Syr. \XA^'i 
 head-men, magistrates. Yet t^li8 pri- 
 mary signif is found only in the. later 
 Hebrew in imitation of the Syriac; aa 
 n">3tl5xn O^'^i^ chief princes Dan. 10, 13. 
 1 Chr. 18, 17. Fern, nitaxn adv. tfi 
 the chief place, highest rank, Esth. 1, 
 14. 
 
 2. first, i. e. a) In place and order, 
 the first, foremost, Gen. 32, 18. Hence 
 nJttJxn adv. in the first place or rank, in 
 front, foremost, Gen. 32, 2 ; n:iiJx-)a id. 
 Is. 60, 9. b) More freq. of time, the first, 
 former, earliest; -pttix-in ttJnnn the first 
 month Ex. 40, 2. 17. Ezra 7, 9; ellipt. 
 ^iaxna in the first month Gen. 8, 13. 
 Num. 9, 5. Ez. 45, 18. 21. 'in ni- the 
 first day Ex. 12, 15. 16; tsnx "(i'lixn tJie 
 first nuin Job 15, 7 ; liffiX^n r,^3S thy 
 first father Is. 43, 27. Plur. D^siuxnn 
 the first, the former, 2 K. 1, 14. 2 Sam. 
 21, 9. In antithesis: a) With ordinals 
 following, as second, third, seventh. Gen. 
 32, 18. Ex. 12, 15. 16. Dan. 8, 21. 2 Chr. 
 29, 3. /3) With the last, )'i"insn , Ex. 4, 
 8. Ti"inN1 "("iCXi the first and the last, of 
 God Is!44, 6. 48, 12. /) With the later, 
 following, posterior; e. g. the first or 
 former husband Deut. 24, 4 ; former 
 time, at first. Is. 8, 23 [9, 1]. Plur. first 
 and Ixter acts, 2 Chr. 9, 29. 16, 11. 20, 34. 
 d) Often the first, former, earlier, as opp. 
 to tWe present time ; e. g. a former king 
 Num. 21, 26 ; the first temple Ezra 3, 12. 
 Hagor. 2, 3. 9 ; the former manner Gen. 
 40, 13, etc. Plur. D'^SitJS'nn the first ta- 
 bles Ex. 34, 1 ; tlie former governors 
 Neh. 5, 15; former kindnesses Ps. 89, 
 50, comp. Is. 65, 7 ; former days or time 
 Deut. 4, 32. 10, 10. u'^m^-j o-^ifas for- 
 mer prophets Zech. 1, 4. 7, 7. 12. Absol. 
 D'^riixn ancients, ancestors. Lev. 26, 45. 
 Deut. J 9, 14. Ps. 79, 8. Is. 61, 4 niia^OJ 
 DijilJxn the ruins of the ancients, which 
 have laindesolatefrom formerdays. Plur. 
 fem. ri:tlJx-in Ihe former things, events 
 long passed, 'is. 43, 18. 46, 9; also long 
 since predicted Is. 42, 9. 43, 9. 48, 3. e) 
 Spoken of the time which is yet first to 
 come, opp. to a more remote future 
 time. Joel 2,23 yxan-\z in the first time, 
 i. e. immediately, presently ; comp. EngL 
 'at the first moment.' See also n:iUit"i3 
 Zech. 12, 7, below in C. a. 
 
"a"l 
 
 956 
 
 a^ 
 
 Fem. nsffiS'n A) Adj. fem. Jirst, for- 
 mer, Jer.' 16, 18. Plur. niailixn fornier 
 things Is. 63. 17. 
 
 B) Adv. a) in the highest place, see 
 above in no. 1. b) in front, foremost, 
 see no. 2. a. c) Of time, first, earliest, 
 Gen. 38, 28. Num. 2, 9. 1 K. 18, 25 ; at 
 first, the first time, Dan. 11, 29. 
 
 CJ With prefixes : a) njilisna, spo- 
 ken of place and order Is. 60, 9; see 
 above in no. 2. a. Of time, frst, before 
 something else, 2 Sara. 20, 18. 1 K. 17, 
 13. Zech. 12, 7 ; and so of pers. frst, be- 
 fore others in time, Num. 10, 13. 14. 
 Deut. 13, 10. 17, 7. 1 Chr. 11,6. Neh.7, 
 
 5. Also at first, formerly, beforetime, 2 
 Sam. 7, 10. 1 Ciir. 17, 9. Is. 1, 26. Jer. 
 7, 12. Prov. 20, 21. al. So for the first 
 time, the former time, Gen. 13, 4 (comp. 
 12, 8). Josh. 8, 5. 6. Judg. 20, 32. 1 K. 
 20, 9. n:'iJxn23 as at the first, as for- 
 merly. Is. 1, 26; njitisnarb , contr. for 
 rciaxns-.Tib . 1 Chr. 15, 13.' 
 
 b) n;tr/X~i3 as at the first, as formerly, 
 Deut. 9, 18. 'Dan. 11,29. 
 
 c) njiyx'ib at first, formerly, i. q. 
 nscsna. Gen. 28, 19. Judg. 18, 29. 
 
 Plur. ri:ii;x"i , see above in no. 2, b. 8. 
 
 "'^'tDNT adj. (from li'Xi) fem. nijilJwSn, 
 first, i. q. 'pcs"^ , Jer. 25, 1. 
 
 riiUJST , see nidxno . 
 
 'rr^Xn f. once n-itjn Deut. 11, 12; 
 denom. from C6<"> ; pr. abstr. ' the being 
 head ;' hence concr. 
 
 1. the topmost, the highest; trop. the 
 chief best, most excellent ; as n"'iL"N'i 
 CJi: the most precious ointments Am. 
 
 6, 6. =7i"| n"'Cxn the chief of the na- 
 tions Am. 6. 1. Num. 24. 20. Dan. 11,41 
 the. chief of the children of Ammon, their 
 princes ; also 1 Sam. 15. 21. Jer. 49, 35. 
 Ps. Ill, 10. Prov. 1, 7. Job 40, 19 the 
 chief of the ways of God, his most won- 
 derful work, ec. the hippopotamus. 
 
 2. beginning, comp. CX"i no. 4. Syr. 
 I&LapI^ . E. g. the beginning, as opp. 
 to the end, r-'inx , Ecc. 7, 8 ; of strife 
 Prov. 17, 14; of a reign Jer. 26, 1. 28, 1. 
 49, 34; of sin for concr. the beginner, 
 author. Mic. 1.13. "iBrbtti? 'n the begin- 
 ning of his (Nimrod's) kingdom, the 
 territory of which it was at first com- 
 posed, Gen. 10, 10. Hos. 9, 10 at the 
 
 early fig in the fig-tree nr^'^'i^^^'m in its 
 beginning, i. e. when the tree first begins 
 to bear. Absol. of the beginning of all 
 things, Gen. 1, 1 ; comp. iv ufj^fi John 1, 
 1. Gr. di uQX^ig Hes. Theog. 45; Lat. a 
 principio Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. 12. 
 
 3. former time, times of old, opp. 
 niinx , Is. 46, 10. Also first state, for- 
 mer condition. Job 8, 7. 42, 12. 
 
 4. Concr. the first in its kind, first- 
 fruits, firstliiigs ; often of the first pro- 
 ducts of the harvest Lev. 23, 10. Deut. 
 18, 4 ; or of fruits 26, 10 ; of wool 18, 4 ; 
 or generally Prov. 3. 9. These were of- 
 fered to Jehovah, and hence r'^CK'i "iSTp 
 an oblation of the first fruits Lev. 2, 12. 
 But c-^n^sa r.iirxn is the first of the first- 
 fruits Ex. 23, 19. 34, 26. Ez. 44, 30. 
 '(ix r'^CXT the firstling of one's strength, 
 poet, for the first-born. Gen. 49, 3. Deut. 
 21, 17. Ps. 78, 51. 105, 36. isn^ 'n the 
 firstling of his icay, the first created of 
 God, i. e. the hypostatic wisdom, Prov. 
 8, 22 ; comp. dg;(h tJfi xilaib)? lov &iov 
 Rev. 3, 14. Of Gad, Deut. 33, 21 xn*l 
 ib ri"'OS'i he chose for himself the first- 
 fruits of the land, i. e. the first portion 
 of which the Israelites took possession. 
 
 y^ m. adj. in pause 2"n, plur. B'^2'n ; 
 fem. na'n, constr. na*!, withYod parag. 
 'ran Lam. 1,1, plur. man. R. ran. 
 
 1. vndlus, i.e. either as one continuous 
 whole. Engl, much, as an afit much gold 
 1 K. 10. 2. Ps. 19, 11. Gen. 24, 25. Deut. 
 28, 38 ; or as a collective whole which 
 contains many parts or individuals. Engl. 
 many, numerous, as an ns much or many 
 peoju/f i.e. numerous, Josh. 17, 14; an cnx 
 many men Job 36, 28 (here ol noXlol) ; 
 nan n'nay a numerous family GoXi. 26, 
 14 ; an n:pT2 numerous flocks and herds 
 much cattle, Num. 32, 1. Josh. 11, 4. 
 Hence c. plur. O'^an C'lTS^ many days, a 
 long time. Gen. 21, 34 ; Q-'an cias many 
 nations Ps. 89, 51. With genit. njiiapi an 
 a man of much (great) xinder standing 
 Prov. 14, 29 ; CSa ran a woman having 
 many children 1 Sam. 2. 5 ; with Yod 
 parag. DS ^Pan numerous in people, full 
 of people, i. e. a city, Lam. 1, 1. Often 
 as neut. an much, i. e. collect, many. Ex. 
 19,21 an !ijaB be; and there fall (perish) 
 of them much people, many. 1 Sam. 
 14, 6. Gen. 33, 9; hence adverbially, 
 
nn 
 
 957 
 
 nai 
 
 even with suhst. pliir. Ps. 18, 15 3^ n-'p'^a 
 and lightnings much, i. e. m;iiiy. in great 
 number. Ecc. 6, 3 r:;d 'tt'; rn*':J n-?^ 
 although the days of Aw year* 6e miich, 
 many. Often i. q. enough, it is enough, 
 Gen. 45, 28. Ps. 123, 3 ; chiefly in the 
 formula (comp. W'o) niw an enough 
 now! i.e. desist! 2 Sam. 24, 16. I K. 19, 
 4 ; more fully "i^Va-n Deut. 3, 2G, ca^an 
 Ez. 45, 9. Num. 16. 3, enough for thee, 
 for you, let it suffice thee, etc. With infin. 
 Deut. 1,6 na'i ca^'a"^ ye have dwelt long 
 enough. 2, 3-, before , , Ez. 44, 6 na^'an 
 Da^r"a5"in~b3ia enough for you of all 
 your aboniinalions ! i. e. desist from 
 them. 1 K. 12,28. Ex.9,28.-Also fern. 
 nan is often put adverbially for much, 
 enough, Ps. 62. 3. 89, 8 ; ollener in the 
 constr. ran id. Ps. 65, 10. 120, 6. 123, 4^ 
 129, 1. 2 Chr. 30, 18. So Syr. iJsi 
 often. 
 
 2. large, great, vast, comp. noXv? in 
 Passow no. 1. b ; spoken of a vast space 
 Gen. 7. 11. Esth. 1, 20; of a long way, 
 noXXri odog 1 K. 19, 7 ; of a great battle 
 and slaughter 2 Chr. 13, 17. Num. 11, 
 33 ; of heinous sin Ps. 19, 14 ; of the 
 multiplied goodness and mercy of God 
 Ps. 31, 20; of diligent attention (comp. 
 nolli) aiyri) Is. 21, 7. Spec, a) i. q. 
 mighty, powerful, Ps. 48, 3. Is. 63, 1. 
 Plur. o-'an the mighty Job 35, 9. Is. 53, 
 12. b) major natu, elder. Gen. 25. 23. 
 Plur. can great in age, the aged. Job 
 32. 9. c) Subst. a great man, chief a 
 leader, i. q. nb . chiefly in the later He- 
 brew, e. g. c^naa an chief of the body- 
 g-uard 2 K. 25, 8 ; n-^Dino an chief of 
 the eunuchs Dan. 1. 3. Esth. 1, 8. Neut. 
 abstr. greatness, Ps. 145, 7. Is. 63, 7. d) 
 Subst. a master, one greai or skilled in 
 any art, Prov. 26, 10; comp. the Tal- 
 
 mudic an doctor, teacher, learned man. 
 
 g ^ 
 Syr. v^i, l^i. id. Arab. kj lord, mas- 
 ter, owner. 
 
 3. In Job 16, 13 i-an is rendered by 
 nil the ancient versions his (God's) ar- 
 rows, from aan no. 2. Others, his arch- 
 ers. We may however well retain the 
 sense, his many hosts, warriors. 
 
 y^ Chald. m. emphat. xan ; fem. 
 emph. stran ; plur. redupl. T^'J^n, fem. 
 sanan. emph. xnanan. 
 
 list-. ^ T T . . 
 
 1. Adj. great, Dan. 2, 10. 31. 35. 7, 2. 
 Plur. 2, 48. 3, 33. 7, 3 sq. 'janan b}n to 
 speak great things i. e. to speak proud- 
 ly, impiously, Dan. 7, 8. 20: comp. bina 
 no. 2. 
 
 2. Subst. a chief, leader, prince, Dan. 
 2, 14. 48. 4, 6. 
 
 37) see in r. a*'*!. 
 
 ^'7, see subst. a'^n. 
 
 31 m. (r. aan) also in the later books 
 fully 2'i'> Job 35, 9. Esth. 10, 3 ; c. Makk. 
 "an . c. suff. nan ; midlitude, abundance ; 
 with plur. B"'3'J an multitude of years 
 Lev. 25, 16. Is. 1, 11 ; with sing, collect, 
 dn^ni lan an Gen. 27, 28. Ps. 49, 7. Is. 
 37, 24. Often also where in Engl, abun- 
 dance, greatness, m.uch, as n^an~an 
 much wisdom Ecc. 1, 18; cibd an Ps, 
 37, 11. 72, 7 ; ina an Is. 63. 1 ; TQ-^^ri an 
 the greatness of the way, the long journey, 
 Josh. 9, 13. Is. 57, 10. Adv. ahb in mul- 
 titude, abundantly, 1 Chr. 12, 40. 22. 3. 4. 
 Gen. 48, 16 ; often also in comparison 
 with things implying a vast multitude, .'is 
 with the stars, anb D-^^'sn "^aaiaa aasri 
 Deut. 1, 10. 10, 22. 28, 62 : so' with the 
 sand on the sea-shore Josh. 1 1. 4. 1 Sam. 
 13, 5. 2 Sam. 17, 11 ; with locusts Judg. 
 6, 5. Also arna from {for) multitude, 
 Gen. 16, 10. Z2, 13. 1 K. 8, 5. Poet. aS 
 is put for a whole multitude, and so 
 hardly diflTers from ba, as Job 4, 14 
 which made all (an) my bones to .shake. 
 33, 21 ; comp. Jer. 23, 9 and Schult. ad 
 Job 1. c Plur. constr. -"an Hos. 8, 12 Keri. 
 
 ^5^ 1. to become much or many^ 
 to midliply. Gen. 6, 1 ; to be much or 
 many, to be multiplied, manifold, 1 Sara. 
 25, 10. Ps. 3, 2. 69, 5. 104, 24. Is. 59, 12. 
 al. ssepe. Found only in prset. "an, and 
 once inf an Gen. 6, 1 ; the other forms are 
 taken from the kindred root nan . Arab. 
 
 (^j* to be great, mighty ; also to m- 
 crease, multiply. Syr. and Chald. Palp. 
 ..sjoj for ^^fSih to magnify. 
 
 2. Mid. O, prjBt. !iani Gen. 49, 23, 
 according to Kimchi and Gr. Venet. 
 prob. to shoot, i. e. they have shot ; the 
 signif being drawn from the mullitude 
 
 of arrows, comp. ca'^an ; also &jLj\ 
 
 I mullitude of arrows. Cam. Hence some 
 
nn^i 
 
 958 
 
 nil 
 
 derive i'^ no. 3, an arrow. But ^lail 
 can also be referred to the subst. 2") by 
 a slight change of vowels : they provok- 
 ed him with their multitude, etc. Some 
 refer hither also Ps. 18, 15 nn cpia he 
 shot out lightnings, but see in 3"^ no. 1. 
 
 PuAL. denom. from ""123^ , part. plur. 
 ni33'iT3 multiplied by myriads, by ten 
 tliousands. Ps. 144, 13. 
 
 Deriv. 2n , nan , an , naa"! , ia"! . nia-i , 
 ca-'a'n, and the pr. names n^an, nj^ffian, 
 csai"''. 
 
 T t TIT 
 
 ^5'?7 f. (r. 23*1) a myriad, ten thou- 
 sand. Lev. 26, 8. Deut. 32, 30. Judg. 20, 
 10 ; often for any great indefinite num- 
 ber Gen. 24, 60. Cant. 5, 10. Ps. 91, 7. 
 Ez. 16,7. Plur. rrisa'i, constr. riaa^i 
 and niaa'i , ten thousands 1 Sam. 18, 7. 
 8 J often for any great and indefinite 
 number, Ps. 3, 7. Deut. 33, 2. 17. 
 
 ^33^ Chald. f. ten thousand, whence 
 plur. "jaan Dan. 7, 10 Keri. See in Chald. 
 ian . 
 
 '1" I. i. q. *iS'n, to spread a bed, 
 stemere lectum, Prov. 7, 16. Hence 
 C!"'??!'?, Beth without Dag. 
 
 II. i. q. Arab. Joj^ to bind, whence 
 T^a-n collar. '^ 
 
 *1'^ plur. fla'l ; fut. na-i^, apoc. 
 ani and "zrri ; imp. nan, plnr. lan ; part, 
 ^an. Prait. and inf are formed from 
 aa~ q. V. 
 
 1. to become much or many, to vndti- 
 ply, to increase, Gen. 7, 17. 18. E.x. 1, 
 10. 12. 20. Deut. 8, 1. Ezra 9, 6. al. 
 Often coupled with nno, e. g. Gen. 1, 22 
 sian^ ?-.D be fruitful and multiply, v. 28. 
 8, 17. 9, 1. 7. 47, 27. Jer. 3, 16. Ez.36, 11. 
 With dat. Deut. 8, 13. Prov. 4, 10. 
 Hence t/j be multiplied, many, numerous, 
 1 Chr. 5, 9. 23. Ps. 16, 4. 139, 18. 
 
 2. to bf'come great, to increase. Deut. 
 30, 16. Hence to grow up, Job 27. 14. 
 39. 4. Ez. 16, 7. Gen. 21. 20 nah ^n-jl 
 mt;? and he grew up an archer. Also 
 to be greed Gen. 43, 34 ; of a w:iy. to be 
 long, Deut. 14, 24. 19, 6 ; comp. in an 
 and an no. 2. Trop. of God, to be pow- 
 erful, mighty, Job 33, 12; to be great, 
 abwulant, of wealth Pe. 49, 17 ; of wis- 
 dom 1 K. 5, 10 [4. 30]. Chald. id. see 
 below. Syr. Jjci to increase in number 
 and magnitude. Pa. to bring up. 
 
 PiELrtan, imp. nan i. to multiply, 
 to increase, trans, c. ace. Judg. 9, 29. 
 Absol. to make much, i. e. to get much, 
 to increase one's substance, comp. Hiph. 
 no. 1. a, and n^US no. 2. a. Ps. 44, 13 
 t=sJ''":3''r!^2 i;"'an xb thou ha.<it not made 
 much by their price, i. e. thou hast sold 
 them for a small price ; or, thoit hast not 
 increased thy wealth, comp. Prov. 22. 16. 
 
 2. to let grow up, to bring up, Ez. 19, 2. 
 
 Lam. 2, 22. Syr. Zsh, Arab. ^7, id. 
 
 Hiph. nann, fut. nan^, apoc. any, 
 imp. apoc. ann ; inf abs. nann and 
 '"'?ir! (the latter always adverbially), 
 constr. r.iaTn . 
 
 1. to make or do much, to mtdtiply, to 
 increase any thing, c. ace. Gen. 3, 16. 
 
 16, 10. Ex. 7, 3. Deut. 1, 10. Judg. 16, 
 24. Is. 9, 2. Jer. 46, 11. al. rarely c. b 
 Hos. 10, 1. Followed by b with the 
 infin. of a verb, it often expresses the 
 adverbial idea much, greatly ; e. g. 
 baxb nann i. q. to devour much 2 Sam. 
 18. 8 ; b^snnb nann to pray much 
 
 1 Sam. 1, 12'; Ps. 78, 3S. 2 K. 21, 6. 
 
 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ezra 10, 13. Is. 55, 7. 
 Also too much Ex. 36, 5 ; and so before 
 a finite verb 1 Sam. 2, 3. Ps. 51, 4. Put 
 likewise : a) With ace. of thing and 
 dat. of pers. to multiply to any one, Hos. 
 2, 10 [8] ; and so with dat. impl. Ex. 
 30, 15. But ib 'n nann reflex, to nmlti- 
 ply to oneself, i. e. to get or take much 
 or many, Deut. 17, 16. 17. Jer. 2, 22. 
 b) With ace. i. q. to have much or many, 
 see Heb. Gr. 52. 2. Lev. 11. 42 na-i^ 
 Ciibjn having many feet. Job 29. IS / 
 multiply days as the sand, i. e. my days 
 are many as the sand. Nah. 3. 16. 1 Chr. 
 7, 4. 8, 40. 23, 11 ; ace. om. 1 Chr. 4, 
 27. c) With by , to make i. e. to im- 
 pose much upon any one, for the fuller 
 br nvjb nann, Gen. 34, 12. Infin. 
 Absol. nann, rarely niann Am. 4, 9. 
 Prov. 25, 27, pr. in making or doing 
 much, always as Adv. aa) much, great- 
 ly, like aa^n well ; coupled : ) With 
 a verb, as J'i^'^T} na? to serve much, dili- 
 gently, 2 K. 10, IS; nk nann naa to 
 err very greatly 1 Sam. 26, 21. Ecc. 7, 
 
 17. /3) With a subst. plur. e. g. c'^na'n 
 '^?'7'3 ' <! tnany words Ecc. 5. 6 [7] ; 
 nann a-'-tcO many books 12, 12. 1 K. 10. 
 1 1 ; also with sing, mostly collect. 2 Sam. 
 
nhn 
 
 959 
 
 :?a*i 
 
 13, 2 'iktt na"jn ipsai iss . 8, 8. 2 Chr. 
 32. 27. li, 12.' GenV41, 49. Aa predi- 
 cate Gon. 15, I. Rarely put belbre the 
 subnt. Ecc. 1, 16 ; and bo pcparated from 
 it, Ps. 130, 7. y) Abaol. 2 Sam. 1, 4 
 crn "(-a btj nann wmcA (many) o/* the 
 people are fallen ; com p. S5^. 2 Chr. 
 25.9. Ecc. 5, II. Sona-jnb idf.'2Chr. 16, 
 8. Neh. 5, 8. bb) too mtu-h, Ecc. 7, 16. 
 2. /o make great, to enlarge. Ps. 18, 36. 
 
 1 Chr. 4, 10. Job 34, 37 he maketh large 
 his words against God, i. e. he talks 
 largely, impiously ; see in an Chald. 
 
 Deriv. naix, naio, naia, n-^aitt, 
 twain, n-^ain. 
 
 nST Chald. to become great, to grow, 
 as a tree Dan. 4, 8. 19. 
 Pa. to viake great, to exalt. Dan. 2, 48. 
 Deriv. ia-i . 
 
 ns^ 1. Adj.fem.of3i,mMcA, many; 
 Bce in 3"] . 
 
 2. Subst. pr. a great city, metropolis, 
 Syr. \hJ^S, and then pr. n. Rahbah. 
 
 a) The capital of the Ammonites, 
 
 2 Sara. 11, 1. 12 27. Josh. 13. 25. 1 Chr. 
 20, 1. Jer. 49, 3. (not Ps. 110, 6.) fully 
 *|ias ""sa nan Deut. 3, 11. Gv.'Fn^nitti- 
 fiava Polyb. 5. 7. 4 ; usually Philadel- 
 phia ; in Abulfeda and at the present 
 
 s . s^ 
 day .jLt-ft ''AmmAn. Tab. Syriap p. 91. 
 
 See an account of its ruins by Seetzen in 
 
 Zach's monatl. Corresp. XVIII. p. 429; 
 
 Burckhardl Travels in Syria, p 356 sq. 
 
 b) A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 
 15, 60. 
 
 13"! f. (for nian q. v. P being dropped, 
 Syr. osi) Jon. 4, 11. 1 Chr. 29, 7 ; also 
 Kian with X added (Heb. Gr. 23. 2. n. 
 3) Ezra 2, 64. Neh. 7. 66 ; a myriad, 
 ten thousand^ i. q. naai, but found only 
 in the later writers. Dual ^7*^*31 (from 
 rial) twice ten thousand Ps. 68, 18. 
 Plur. also nixa-i Dan. 11, 12, contr. r-nian 
 Ezra 2, 69. 
 
 ia"? Chald. fem. plur. "jjan like Syr. 
 oaf (Keri "aan) id. 'jan ian a myriad 
 of myriads, ten thousand times ten thou- 
 sand, Dan. 7, 10. 
 
 IS*!! Chald. f (r. na")) emphat. HPian , 
 greatness, majesty, Dan. 4. 19. 33 [22. 36]. 
 5, 18. 7, 27. 
 
 flTSII f. (r. Ml) a myriad, ten thau' 
 sand ; Neh. 7, 71 na-i -nd twice ten 
 thousand. Hence iai by dropping n. 
 
 D'^S'^Sn m. plur. (r. 331) rain, a shower, 
 from the multitude of drops, Deut. 32,2. 
 Ps. 65, 11. 72. 6. Jer. 3, 3. 14, 22. Mic. 
 
 '^ 
 
 5, 6. Arab. \^-i\ aqua copiosa. 
 
 Tai m. (r. 131 II ) a collar, chain, 
 for the neck, Ez. 16, 11. Gen. 41, 42. 
 
 'yi^n ord. adj. (fr. card. 531 , 531, 
 lour) plur. C''5"'3i ; fem. r^3*3l and 
 VV^Z^l; fourth, Gen. 1. 19. 2, 14. 15, 16. 
 al. sa^p. Ellipt. the fourth (day) of the 
 month I K. 27, 7 ; the fourth month Bz. 
 1, 1. Zech. 8, 19. O^S-iSi i:a children 
 of the fourth generation, i. e. the children 
 oi great-grandchildren, 2 K. 10. 30. 15, 
 12. Fem. n"'5"'3i eUipt. a fourth, the 
 fourth part, Ex. 29, 40. Lev. 23, 13. 
 Num. 15. 5. al. 
 
 i?''a"l Chald. m. emphat. i<'',5''3l . Keri 
 nj<?-'3i". id. fourth, Dan. 2.' 40. 'l, 23. 
 Fem. emphat. xn^JSi id. Dan. 7, 19.23. 
 
 Pian (multitude, r. 33i) Iiabbith,pT. 
 n. of a city in Issachar, Josh. 19, 20. 
 
 ^Zr '" mingle, to dip into a fluid, 
 e. g. bread in oil ; only Hoph. Part. C 
 r=aiT2 Lev. 6, 14. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 23, 29. 
 Arab. (^5o\ id. 
 
 ^-r obsol. root, Arab. Jos to be 
 much, fertile, abundant. Hence 
 
 nbai (fertility) Riblah, pr. n. o^ a 
 town in the northern borders of Pales- 
 tine, in the district of Haraath. through 
 which the Babylonians both in theii* 
 irruptions and departures were accus- 
 tomed to pass. Traces of it are extant 
 in the place Ribleh jJLjv situated some 
 30 or 40 miles south of Hamath on the 
 Orontes ; see Biblioth. Sac. 1847. p. 404, 
 408. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 461. 
 App. p. 176. Num. 34, 11. 2 K. 23, 33. 
 25, 6. Jer. 39, 5. 52, 10. 
 
 ^5'!' obsol. card. /owr; hence Saij? 
 with S prosthetic ; denom. ?3i II ; also 
 
 531 , ?31 , 531 , '5''31 . 
 
 * ! ^5"^ 1. q- 7?'^, to couch, to 
 lie down, 5 and S being interchanged ; 
 Bee 531 I. 
 
5>nn 
 
 960 
 
 n^i 
 
 2. to couch down to, to lie with, with 
 ace. spoken of bestiality Lev. IS, 23. 
 20, 16. Arab. *j IV, id. ofmen. Chald. 
 
 and Talm. id. otien of bestiality. 
 
 HiPH. to cause to cover, to let gender, 
 of beasts Lev. 19, 19. 
 
 II. y?"^ denom. verb from obsol. y?"! 
 i. q. ~a'i5< four ; Part. pass. ri-^ quad- 
 rated, i. e. four-square, Ex. 27, 1. 2S, 
 16. 30, 2. 37, 25. 38, 1. 1 K. 7, 5. Ez. 
 41, 21. 
 
 JPuAL Part, ranio id. 1 K. 7, 31. Ez. 40, 
 47. 45. 2. Arab." id. 
 
 I. y2"1 m. c. suff. ''53'l, a lying down, 
 Ps. 139. 3. R. 5=tl' 
 
 II. yy^ m. from ran, yanx , four. 
 
 1. a fourth part, i. q. S31, Ex. 29. 40. 
 1 Sara. 9, 8. Hence 
 
 2. a W, i. e. one of four sides, Ez. 
 43, 16. 17; comp. 1, 17. 
 
 3. Reba. pr. n. of a king of the Midi- 
 anites, Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. 
 
 y?"^ m. (from sa"i) a fourth, fourth 
 part, 2 K. 6, 25. Num. 23. 10 who can 
 number even the fourth part of Israel 7 
 Comp. TO T'rptov i^f yiig, to Xfjiiov if/g 
 
 y^?, Rev. 6, 8. 8, 7. Arab. jj id. Syr. 
 Pko9 quadrans. The Heb. intpp. ren- 
 der it cnncubitus, see 5an L 2 ; and hence 
 offspring. 
 
 yai m. (from 52"i) only in pi. cyan, 
 descendants of the fourth generation, i. e. 
 children of great-grandchildren, Ex.20, 
 6. 34, 7. Num. 14, 18. Deut. 5, 9. 
 
 y r V fut. yan"^ , <o couch, to lie down, 
 pr. of quadrupeds which lie upon the 
 breast with the limbs gathered under 
 them ; spoken of flocks and herds Gen. 
 29, 2. Is. 11, 7. 17, 2. Zeph. 2, 14. 
 Ez. 34, 14 ; of wild beasts Gen. 49, 9. 
 14. Is. 11. 6. Ps. 104, 22. Ez. 19, 2 ; of 
 the ass Ex. 23, 5. Num. 22, 27 ; also of a 
 dragon lying in the water Ez. 29, 3 ; of a 
 bird brooding upon her nest Deut. 22, 6. 
 Arab. (jidJj id. Spec, a) Of a beast of 
 prey lying in wait, to crouch, Arab. {JQ^\ 
 
 id. \jDy-3\ the lier-in-wait, lurker, poet, 
 for the lion. Gen. 4, 7 if thou doest not 
 well (but givest way to secret hate) 
 yqn rxun nnob sin couchelh (lurk- 
 
 eth) at thy aoor, i. e. sin lieth in wait 
 for ihee as a wild beast crouching at 
 thy door. Here 'J'an is put substan- 
 tively and inixoivwg, not agreeing in 
 gender with J"5<Bn, comp. Heb. Gr. 
 144. note 2. For the sense comp. Ps. 
 37, 8. 1 Pet. 5, 8. b) Trop. of men 
 dwelling in tranquil security Gen. 49, 
 14. Job 11, 19. Is. 14, 30. Zeph. 3, 13; 
 of waters reposing in the bosom of the 
 earth Gen. 49, 25. Deut. 33, 13; of a 
 curse which rests upon any one Deut. 
 29, 19. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to cause to lie down, e. g. a 
 flock Jer. 33, 12. Cant. 1, 7. Is. 13, 20; 
 persons Ps. 23, 2. Ez. 34, 15. 
 
 2. to lay stones in cement. Is. 54, 11. 
 
 Deriv. ya-iia, and 
 
 T^!? m. c. suff. "'San . \. a couching- 
 place, resting-place, of flocks, etc. Is. 35, 
 7. 65, 10. Jer. 50, 6. 
 
 2. resting-place, quiet dwelling, of 
 
 So.- 
 
 men, Pro v. 24, 15. Arab. *j* resting- 
 place, any dwelling. ^ 
 
 r-r obsol. root, Arab. (S-?) ^'' '*^ 
 firmly, to fasten, espec. an animal, cattle. 
 Hence panis , and 
 
 np3"l (a cord with a noose, not un- 
 aptly of a maiden who ensnares by her 
 beauty.) Rebekah, the wife of Isaac, 
 Gen. 22, 23. 24, 15 sq. 25, 20. al. Sept. 
 'FejSe'xxtt Rebecca. 
 
 I'^anS'l . see art. an Chald. 
 
 jannn Chald. m. onlyinplur. panan, 
 magnates, nobles, princes, Dan. 4. 33. 5, 
 1 sq. 6, 18. Freq. in Targg. R. aan . 
 
 njJTDZl'n (Aram. \Jljl, w> chief cup- 
 bearer) Rabshakeh. pr. n. of a military 
 chief under Sennacherib, 2 K. 18, 17. 19. 
 26. 28. 37. 19, 4. 8. Is. 36,' 2. 4. 12. 13. 22. 
 37, 4. 8. R. a?n and njsir . 
 
 f'^'^ see in an no. 1, fin. 
 
 ^-T obsol. root, kindr. with 05n, to 
 heap together stones, to throw stones, 
 perh. also lumps, clods, etc. Hence pr. 
 n. aanx , also 
 
 ^y^ m. plur. D'^aan , constr. "'San , a 
 clod, lump of earth. Job 21, 33 sweet 
 unto him are the clods of the valley, i. e. 
 the earth is light upon him. 38, 38 
 
T31 
 
 961 
 
 S>Tf 
 
 ipan-^ caj"^^ and (if) ^/i c/orf c/eare 
 Jaal together. 
 
 * T57 I'ut. tn^, to be moved, dulurbed, 
 to be throvm into commotion, 2 Sum. 7, 10. 
 1 Clir. 17, 9 ; with ^ of cause Is. 14, 9. 
 The same sigiiiflcation is fouiul under 
 various tropical forms in the prjmary syl- 
 lables 3^, S'\, and also m; coinp. 53^. 
 ^an . C3T ; nnn , cnn ; and see below un- 
 der yyn . It corresiwuds to the Satiscr. 
 rag to move oneself] to go, and trop. 
 rAga, Gr. ogy^ linger, grief ^'i'^Tot{oij/M), 
 Germ, regen, Engl, to rage, and with 
 another letter prefixed frangn (fregi, 
 fragor), krac/ien, etc. To the root tan , 
 of which the last letter is a sibilant, 
 approach nearest the roots an , tiJsn , 
 where see. Spec. 
 
 1. to be moved with anger, to be angry, 
 wroth. Prov. 29, 9. Is. 28,21 ; with b to- 
 wards or against any one, Ez. 16, 43. 
 Cbrap. Hithp. Syr. }-Ii id. 
 
 2. to be moved with grief to be grieved, 
 effected, 2 Sam. 18, 33 [19, 1 J. 
 
 3. to be moved with fear, to tremble, to 
 quake, Arab. d>^\ GJen. 45, 24 be ye 
 not timid by the way ; but Sept. and 
 Vulg. against the context, fi>i oQyl^ecrd-e, 
 ne irascimini. 1 Sam. 14, 15. Ps. 4, 5. 
 Is. 32, 10. 11. Joel 2, 1. Hab. 3, 16 ; with 
 'pBia before, because of any person or 
 thing, Deut. 2, 25. Is. 64, 1 [2]. Also 
 of things, Joel 2, 10. Is. 5, 25. Ps. 18, 8. 
 Mic. 7, 17 cn-'nisoaa fiTan-^ they tremble 
 front their strongholds, i. e. they come 
 out trembling from their strongholds 
 and surrender to the victors. 
 
 4. to be moved with joy, to rejoice, Jer. 
 33,9. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to more, to disquiet, c. ace. 
 1 Sam. 28, 15 ; c. b Jer. 50, 34. 
 
 2. to provoke to anger. Job 12, 6. 
 
 3. to make tremble, to shake, for fear, 
 Is. 14, 16. 23, 11; of things 13, 13; 
 praegn. Job 9, 6. 
 
 HiTHP. to rage, to rave, with b^5 against 
 any one, Is. 37, 28. 29. 2 K. 19, 27. 28. 
 Deriv. Tsn , Tan, i'^i:<'i, Ti-^x. 
 
 TSi'?' Chald. to be angry. Aph. to pro- 
 voke to anger, Ezra 5, 12. 
 
 W^ Chald. m. anger, rage, Dan. 3, 13. 
 
 W"? jn. adj. trembling, palpitating, 
 Deut. 28, 65. R. tan no. 3. 
 
 81 
 
 Tin m. (r. tan) c. auff. in pause rj|an, 
 commotion ; hence 
 
 1. restlessness, turmoil, tumult. Job 3^ 
 17 ; of a horse Job 39, 24 ; noise, of 
 thunder Job 37. 2. Arab. j:>.% and tf*^\ 
 of thunder. 
 
 2. disquiet, trouble. Job 3, 26. 14, 1. 
 Is. 14, 3. 
 
 3. anger, wrath, Hab. 3, 2. 
 
 T^Xyy f trembling, trepidation, Ez. 12, 
 18. "r. tai. 
 
 -J? to tread, to walk, to go ; kindr. 
 is ban . The idea of moving lies also in 
 Sanscr. rag to go ; see in tan . Spec. 
 
 1. to go about tattling and tale-bear- 
 ing; hence to slander, to backbite, Ps. 
 15,3. 
 
 2. to tread garments in washing, 
 cleansing; hence bah a washer, fuller. 
 See the pr. names ban "ps and cbah. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal. to go about, i. e. a) As 
 a slanderer, to slander, only 2 Sam. 19, 
 28, c. 3 pers. b) For the sake of re- 
 connoitering, to search, to spy out, c. 
 ace. Josh. 14, 7. Judg. 18, 2. 14. 17. 2 
 Sam. 10, 3. al. Part, banrs a scout, spy, 
 Gen. 42. 9 sq. Josh. 6, 22. 1 Sam. 26, 4. aL 
 
 TiPH. bann i. q. SynV^j.!., to teaclk 
 to walk, e. g. a child, to lead by ther 
 hand. Hos. 11, 3. 
 
 Deriv. ban ("^ban), nibania , ban , jw; nj. 
 t3"'bah. 
 
 ^5"!? f. in pause ban , c. suff. iban;-dbaJ! 
 (also of more than two Lev. 11, 23, 42) 
 ?^?'^ ) constr. "^ban, comm. gend. (^. 
 Prov. 1, 16. 7, 11. Jer. 13, 16) ; plur. 
 cban f in signif 2. 
 
 1. the foot of men and beasts, Ez. 1, 
 
 ? o 
 7. 29, 11. Arab. Je^, Syr. \l^, id; 
 
 So I'^ban nsi ittJxng from his head even 
 to his feet Lev. 13, 12, and n?i ban Cjsa 
 "'Pin from the sole of the foot even to the 
 crown of the head Deut. 28, 35. Is. 1, 6. 
 Job 2, 7 ; comp. Gr. ek nodag ix xf<)pai^? 
 Horn. II. 18. 353 ; ex noSutv dg xiipali^t 
 Arist. For ban saxx toe of the foot, see 
 in 52SS ; for ban -jn? see in ina ; foi 
 ^ii^l '^1^ see in OJniu ; for n"^ban nx 
 see in nsa ; for C^ban 'Q'^Ta uri7ie, see in 
 C"^:: b. So C^ban nsia the huincfthefeet^ 
 i. e. of the pudenda. Is. 7, 20 ; but D-^ban 
 is not put by eupbemism for pudenda, as 
 
!3n 
 
 962 
 
 dlil 
 
 seme suppose, in Ex. 4, 25. Is. 6. 2. For 
 the phrase c"35T ~on , see in T(=0 . 
 Also ""^ "^55") cip'S ;/ie p/ace o/" Je/'jo- 
 vah's feet, where he sets his feet, i. e. 
 *he temple Is. 60. 13, comp. Ez. 13, 7; 
 for I'^bsT c"in m a lilte sense, see in onn . 
 Often that is ascribed to the feet, 
 which strictly pertains to a person walk- 
 ing or journeying on loot ; 1 Sam. 23. 22 
 the place where his foot conieth. 2 K. 21. 
 8. Is. 23, 7. 32, 20. 52, 7 how beautiful 
 upon the mounlaiiis are the feet of him 
 that briugelh glad tidings. Nah. 2, 1. 
 Deut. 11.10 ba-in n;r-ijn to water with the 
 foot. i. e. to irrigate land by raising 
 water with a small tread-wheel, turned 
 with the feet and hands ; such as were 
 anciently and are still sometimes used in 
 Egypt for watering gardens, and also in 
 Palestine for raising water from wells; 
 in Gr. fh^. See Philo de Contiis. Ling. 
 I. p. 410 Mang. Niebuhr Reisebeschr. 
 I. p. 149 and Tab. XV. Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. T. p. 542. II. p. 351. III. p. 21. 
 
 2. Metaph. a) a step, beat, tap of the 
 foot ; only in plur. C^bj"! beats, for times, 
 these being counted by beating with the 
 foot; comp. c?Q no. 3. Num. 22. 28 
 n-Vsn ajb'r nt "'ar'^Sn thou hast beaten 
 vie these three, times, v. 32. 33. Ex. 23, 
 14. b) foot-step, step, pace ; as bip 
 -?^?"] '/*^ sound of foot-steps 1 K. 14. 6. 2 
 K. 6, 32. Gen. 33, 14 nzxb^sn b}ph ac- 
 cording to the pace of the flocks, as they 
 are able to travel, c) foot-step, track ; 
 so in 'b 'bj'na , 'e ''bj'ib , see in no. 3. 
 a, b. 
 
 3. With Prepositions: a) bins on 
 foot Ps. 66. 6 ; l''b;^2 on his feet, on foot, 
 Judg. 4, 15. 17. C^b5-i2 bp swift of foot 
 2 Sam. 2, 18. Am. 2.' 15. Also to be 
 't "^bs^a at the fett of any one, in his 
 footsteps i. e. to f Alow any one, Ex. 11, 
 8. Deut. 11, 6. Judg. 4, 10. 15. 5, 15. 2 
 Sam. 15, 17. 1 K. 20, 10. 2 K. 3, 9. al. 
 Comp. Gr. xi rtodug riroi. 
 
 b) 'b banb , to be al the foot of any one, 
 in his footsteps, i. e. to follow any one, 
 1 Sam. 25, 42. Gen. 30, 30 Jthovah halh 
 blessed thee in my footsteps, has caused 
 prosperity to follow me into thy dwell- 
 ing. So of Cyrue. Is. 41. 2 inx7;5i p-ijt 
 iba^b prosperihj encounters him (and fol- 
 Iowh) in his footsteps ; unless pcrh. we 
 render simply: at every step. Plur. 
 
 '2 ^bj^b id. Job 18, 11. Hab. 3, 5. Syr. 
 ? lLv.i^ and ? U^'A* ^t one's feet, after 
 him. See also in lett. c. /9. 
 
 c) n"b3"i b^ upon or at the feet, e. g. 
 a) T'b?"!! br n?:s to stand upon one\s feet 
 Ez. 2.1. Zech. 14, 12; also rb:n bs c^p 
 2 K. 13, 21. Comp. Dan. 7, 4.' ft] bs3 
 '2 'bS'i bs to fall at the feet of any one. 
 1 Sam. 25, 24. 2 K. 4, 37. In the same 
 sense, 'b -^bsT "^JEb Esth. 8, 3, and EH 
 7ib:nb sisn Deut. 33. 3. 
 
 d) 3 'bj'i rnn tinder one^sfeet, as an 
 emblem of subjection, 2 Sam. 22, 39. 
 Ps. 8, 7. 18, 39. 47, 4. 
 
 e) QtV?"!! T? between the feet Judg. 5, 
 27. The phrase rba-i -j-ia-o see in T^S 
 no. 4. c. Gen. 49, 10.' Deut. 28, 57. 
 
 ^')'? and '2?"1 Chald. m. the foot, opp. p(^, 
 Dan. 2, 33. Dual "I'I'bj'n the feet, spoken 
 also of quadrupeds, Dan. 7, 4. Enipliat. 
 K^ban Dan. 2, 41. 42 ; c. suff. 2, 33. 34. 
 
 7,' 7! 
 
 '?"^ m. (r. ban) a fuller ; see in Qibai^ 
 and ban -p^ in "i^? no. 2. bb, 
 
 r'?'^ m. (r. "^i-f) a foot-man, i. e. one on 
 foot, only in a military sense, foot, foot- 
 soldier, Ex. 12, 37. Num. 11,21. 1 Sam. 
 4, 10. 15, 4. 2 Sam. 10, 6. al. With 'X 
 added Judg. 20, 2. 1 Chr. 18, 4. 19, 18. 
 
 s 
 
 Plur. D-'ban Jer, 12, 5. Arab. J^C, S^\\ 
 
 id, Syr. ),t\.,>?. 
 
 tr5^n (fullers'' place, r. ban) Bogelim, 
 pr. n. of a town in Gilead, 2 Sam. 17,27. 
 19, 32. 
 
 D jT 1 . to heap or ^ife t^, to accu- 
 mulate ; Arab. *5j and ^jr") VIII to be 
 
 accumulated, heaped up : kindr. with the 
 biliteral roots ca, C3, o?. for which see 
 under D13, D"C5. Hence nsan heap, 
 crowd. 
 
 2. Spec, to heap icp stones tipon any 
 one, see n^an?? ; hence to throw stones 
 at any orfe, to stone. Arab. a^ to heap 
 up stones upon a grave ; also to cover 
 with stones, to stone. Syr. >a^. to stone. 
 Chald. D5n to cast s-tones^ arrows, etc. 
 Construed : a) With br of pers. to stone 
 to death, prob. so as to form a pile of 
 stones over the dead body ; Ez. 23, 47 
 px cn-'bs !iaani and they shall stone 
 
 'VV V-'t IiTt ^ 
 
t3S1 
 
 963 
 
 T!5:i 
 
 them with stones, b) With a of pere. 
 Lev. 24, 16 ; and with i^X adtled I K. 
 12, 18. c) With ace. of pens. Lev. 24. 
 U; often with ',ZHZ added, Lev. 20, 2. 
 27. Ez. 16, 40, D-'S^xa Num. 14, 10, or 
 jax Lev. 24, 23. Josh. 7, 25. Hence 
 
 3. to throw or lay on colours, to bedaub 
 any thintj, i. e. to colour, to paint .^ kindr. 
 with C;?";! ; pr. from the idea of throwing, 
 as we speak o^ throwing any thing upon 
 paper, into writing, etc. comp. also Germ. 
 Entwurf sVctch. Hence l^a'jx a costly 
 colour, purple. 
 
 4. From the signif. of throwing cornea 
 also Chald. quadrilit. D5")n pr. trojicere, 
 to set one ocer a river ; and hence to 
 translate from one language into an- 
 otiier, to interpret. 
 
 Deriv. oa"! , msa'i , nrana , '(lanx , cann. 
 
 9 - 
 
 t35iT (i. q. f^y friend sc. of God) /?e- 
 gem, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 47. 
 
 fb"a DJi") (friend of the king) Regem- 
 melech, pr. n. m. Zech. 7. 2. 
 
 STQ!*"! f. a /leap, then a throng, band, 
 Ps. 68, 28. R. can . 
 
 * "(^"^ /o murmur, to rebel, kindr. with 
 BS"!, cnn, see in tJ"! ; Part. Is. 29, 24. 
 The kindred dialects have not this root. 
 
 NiPH. id. with a of pers. Deut. 1, 27. 
 Ps. 106, 25. 
 
 '^r ^- P'"- ^^ "j^fre tremble, comp. 
 in ta"! , tflan , Arab, transp. ^p-^s to 
 
 tremble, see in no. ?. Hence to lerrify, 
 to make afraid, espec. by threats, up- 
 braiding, is. 51, 15 r^a ^on^^ cn ran 
 who maketh the sea afraid, and its waves 
 do roar, i. e. are agitated, thrown into 
 commotion as by fears ; Sept. well t- 
 (iuaiTbtv. Targ. chiding, upbraiding. Jer. 
 31, 35. Job 26, 12 n^ri yai inba by hi^ 
 power he makcth ihe sea afraid, -pnrAW. 
 by his wisdom he smiteth through its 
 pride. Comp. ^ra Ps. 106. 9. Nah. 1, 4. 
 2. Intrans. to be afraid, terrified, to 
 shrink together for fear ; hence to be 
 still, quiet; comp. Eth. Z,1U to con- 
 tract, to be coagulated as milk ; and for 
 the sense comp. "aa , nxs . ne;? . Job 7. 5 
 ftxa^'i "a*! '"^"is viy skin contracts i. e. 
 shrivels (and cracks), and nins with mat- 
 ter. Syr. to be contracted, of the skin. 
 
 3. i. q. Arab. ^^\ to tremble, pr. to 
 
 be terrified ; hence of the tremulous 
 motion of the eye, to wink, see Hiph. 
 no. 3, and Ja"! . 
 
 NiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be quiet, to 
 rest, of the sword Jer. 47, 6. 
 
 HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to 
 cause to rest, to give quiet to a people, 
 Jer. 31, 2. 50, 34. Also for to set, to found, 
 to establish, Ib. 51, 4 Cns nixb ^astrio 
 5->a"i5< /ic/7/e/ (establish firmly) my tetp 
 as a. light for the nations. 
 
 2. Intrans. to rest, to dwell quietly, 
 Deut. 28, 65. Is. 34, 14. 
 
 3. to wink with the eyes, to give a 
 wink, see Kal no. 3. Jer. 49, 19 ""a 
 ijs"^"ix n5"'a"^i< / will wink, I will cause 
 him to run, i. e. at my wink he shall run. 
 50, 44. Prov. 12, 19 ns-'nx-ns while 1 
 wink, i. e. for a moment ; opp. "i?^ for 
 ever. 
 
 Deriv. sa*!, sa'n, sia-ja, nya-)B. 
 
 ^P''^ m. adj. still, quiet, see r. saT Kal 
 no. 2. Plur. constr. Y'}}< "'Sa'l Ps. 35, 20. 
 
 y?") m. (r. ra^i) in pause sa^ ; plur. 
 D-'ya'n . 
 
 1. a wink of the eye ; then a moment 
 of time, comp. Germ. Augenblick. also 
 momentum for movimentum. Is. 54, 7 
 pp ra"i2 in a little moment. Ex. 33, 5. 
 With Prepositions : a) Sana in a 
 moment, suddenly, speedily. Job 21, 13. 
 b) ?a'-j '15 for a moment. Job 20, 5. c) 
 ra~'3 as in a moment, suddenly, un- 
 expectedly, Num. 16, 21. 17, 10. Ps. 73, 
 19 ; -a'1 "ina id. Lam. 4. 6. Stronger is 
 ran asra for a Utile moment Is. 26, 20. 
 Ezra 9. 8. d) Ace. ran , for a moment 
 Is. 54, 8. Ps. 30. 6; in a moment, sud- 
 denly, at once, Jer. 4. 20. Ps. 6, 11. Job 
 34, 20. e) Plur. C"'Sa-ib in all moments, 
 every moment. Job 7, 18. Is. 27, 3. Ez. 
 26, 16. 32, 10. 
 
 2. one time ; repeated, omce again, 
 like Chald. "i^T , Arab. c:J5^ Jer. 18, 7 
 
 once (?ai) / speak to a people 9 and 
 
 again ("a";^) I speak to a people. See 
 
 ^ Chald. 's^] no. 2. 
 
 * ^5t kindr. with '>lJ5'n , to rage, to 
 make a noise, tumult ; of nations Ps. 2, 1. 
 In Targg. for Heb. T\-zr\ , yn .Hence 
 (Sia-i, ni-ai. 
 
can 
 
 964 
 
 5-in 
 
 5n Chald. i. q. Heb. Haph. 8)^5'^", 
 to run together with tumult, c. i>3 Dan. 
 6, 7. 12. 16. 
 
 tJ^n m. Ps. 55. 15, and ntDin f. Ps. 64, 
 3, pr. ' a noisy crowd,' hence genr. a 
 . crowd, multitude. 
 
 * "^ J^ pr. to tread down or ? pieces, 
 to break in pieces by treading, kindr. 
 
 with }'S"^ , (jot , comp. nnn . Ps. 144, 2 
 ^rinn 'SS Ti"in w/io treadeth down the 
 nations under me ; "^TSS for n''SS which 
 is read in many Mss. Sept. languidly: 
 inotuaaorv xov Xaov fjov, and so Vulg. 
 Pesh. qui subdidit, yTiSA >. Targ. re- 
 tains 1-i'^'a. Ls. 45, i n^ij vjsb nnb io 
 frecrrf c/oirn before him the nations j "i^! 
 inf. for the usual n'"i, Hence 
 
 HiPH. to spread nut, to expand, as if by 
 treading, stamping ; then to overlay, i. q. 
 ^Ti, e.g. with gold 1 K. 6, 32. 
 
 Deriv. T'l'^, pr. n. ''n'n. 
 
 * rj'l'n fut. irri"!'^ , conv. 'nn*i ; kindr. 
 with I'l'i. Arab. (<*>> 
 
 1. to tread, to trample down or in pieces, 
 to break in pieces by treading ; Arab, 
 ^(^s I, IV, id. E. g. the wine-press, 
 i. e. the grapes in it, with ace. impl. 
 Joel 4, 13 [3. 13]; with 2, Ps. 49, 15 
 n-^nis^ C3 inn-i the upright shall tread 
 upon (over) them, i. e. walk upon their 
 graves. Is. 14, 6 C^is CiSa fTjn tramp- 
 ling down in anger the nations. 
 
 2. to tread, i. e. to walk, to go ; Syr. 
 '!> id. l^ii a going, journey. So Jer. 5 
 31 the proj)hels prophesy falsely , Z'^^iW3T\^ 
 OPi^n"^ by wi^ and tlie priests walk at 
 tfieir side, i. e. are their companions and 
 helpers, see in y\s no. 2. a. Targ. well 
 '(in-'n'j bs T'r'or they help at their side. 
 Others: they bear rule, as in no. 3. Of 
 fire, to run or puss through, c. ace. Lam. 
 1, 13 (Jml hath sent fire into my bones, 
 ni^"!'!; and it runneth through them all. 
 Syr. )? of fire. Bar. Heb. 216. 
 
 3. to have dominion, to nde, to bear 
 rule, c. 3 orer any one, Gen. 1, 26. 28. 
 Lev. 25. 43. 46. 1 K. 5, 4. 30. Is. 14. 2. 
 Ez. 29. 15. al. With ace. id. Lev 25, 53. 
 Ez. 34. 4. P. 68. 28 ; absoi. Num. 24, 
 19. P. 72. 8. 1 10, 2. Sept. xv^iivcj, tJ^p/oi, 
 etc. Chald. id. but rare. 
 
 4. From the idea of breaking comes 
 the sense to break off] to tear off, and so 
 to take out or away, as honey from a 
 hive. So in the vexed passage Judg. 14, 
 9 TiBB-bs irrnTil a7id he broke it off 
 
 (tore or took it out) in his hands but 
 
 he told them not rri'} f^2'^^^^ r'ls-o '3 
 ttj^'^n that out of the carcass of the lion 
 lie had broken (taken) the honey ; Sept. 
 i^nXfv, Vulg. sum-sit. In Talm. Ten is 
 used of bread or cakes which adhere to 
 the oven and are torn away. 
 
 Pi EL i. q. Kal, to tread or break in 
 pieces ; fut. apoc. T^^ for "'T^'? Judg. 5, 
 13 bis. So Abulwalid ; but the usual 
 and better interpretation takes T]^ a 
 imper. ofT^^, where see. 
 
 HfpH. causat. of Kal no. 1, Is. 41, 2. 
 
 Deriv. perh. nnnia , see in ti'^"i53 p. 615. 
 
 ^'Ty (treading down, r. TiT) JRaddtdy 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 14. 
 
 T"IT m. (r. I'l'n) c. suff. ^TI'J, p'ar. 
 D'^1"'"}'! ; pr. ' something expanded ;' 
 hence of a wide and thin female gar- 
 ment, a veil. Is. 3. 23. Cant. 5. 7. Chald. 
 xnin*i for Heb. C]-^ys veil Gen. 24, 65. 
 
 38, 14. Syr. fi^?>, Arab. ?|o., id. 
 
 D^ J in Kal not used, pr. to snore, 
 to be in a deep sleep, onomatopoetic. 
 Comp. Gr. dui/i^uvb), 6k(jitiu (sterto). and 
 transp. Lat. dormio. 
 
 NiPH. C^"i3 1. to lie in deep sleep, 
 pr. to be oppressed with sleep, Prov. 10, 
 5. Jon. 1, 5. 6. 
 
 2. to sink down atupifed, senseless, te 
 be stunned. Dan. 8, 18. 10, 9. Judg. 4, 21, 
 Ps. 76, 7. 
 
 Deriv. n^'n-in. 
 
 ^""TP 1 Chr. 1, 7 (also Gen. 10, 4 in 
 Samar. and Sept. where the Heb. text 
 has B^:'it) Roilanim. pr. n. of a Grecian 
 people descended from Javan. and men- 
 tioned along with the Cyprians, D'^PiS. 
 Most probably the lihodians are to be 
 understood, whom Epiphanius. himself 
 a Cyprian, describes as being of the 
 same origin with the Cyprians, and as 
 included with them under the name 
 Kiiiot, Chittim ; Epiph. adv. Hieret. 30. 
 25. But the reading D^?"i^ Dardani 
 has the greater authority; see that art. 
 p. 215. 
 
n 
 
 963 
 
 im 
 
 * ^\T^ fut. t{il1 . once q'^"i^ Ps. 7, 6 
 in some editions (a false orthograpliy 
 from the two forms qnn") and TP'^) atler 
 the analogy of T^^nn Pa. 73, 9; see 
 Lehrg. p. 402) ; pr. lo run after, to follow 
 eagerly, to jmrHtie.. Chalil. and Syr. id. 
 Arab, less strongly, to follow, to be after. 
 The primary idea is that of treading, 
 going, running, which lies in the sylla- 
 ble Ti in nT> , mn : also that of thnutt- 
 ing. urging, in the syil. qn, see wj'in, 
 Cinj , nci . comp. in r. r;?s . Judg. 3, 28 
 <*.ns !|BT1 run ye after vie, Ibllow me 
 closely. '2 K. 5, 21. Ps. 23, 6. Spec, 
 a) In a hostile sense, to pursue after, to 
 chase, c. 'nnx Gen. 3L 23. 35, 5. Judg. 
 4, 16. 1 Sairn! 23, 25. 28. 2 Sam. 17, 1. al. 
 ssep. With ace. and this oftener in poetic 
 style, Gen. 14, 15. Judg. 4, 22. Ps. 7, 6. 
 Job 13, 25. Is. 41, 3. Am. 1, II. al. 
 Rarely c. bx Judg. 7, 25, b Job 19. 28; 
 absol. Gen.^ 14, 14. Ex. 15, 9. Part. 
 D'^E'T'i pursuers, persecutors, Josh. 2, 7. 16. 
 22 ; c. suff. 'B-iH , TJ-'^nn , Ps. 7, 2. 35, 3. 
 3 Sam. 24, 13.' b) Tr'op. to follow after 
 any thing, to pursue as an object of de- 
 sire, with ace. e. g. strong drink Is. 5, 11 ; 
 bribes Is. 1, 23; the wind i. e. vain 
 things Hos. 12,2; the right Dent. 16, 
 20. Prov. 21, 21. Is. 51, 1 ; wrong Vs. 
 119, 150; peace Ps. 34, 15; c. inf et b 
 Hos. 6, 3. c) to chase away, to put to 
 flight, Lev. 26, 36. Trop. Job 30, 15. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal lett. a, Lam. 5, 5. 
 Part, ci^nj Ecc. 3, 15, pr. 'chased away, 
 put to flight,' i. e. the past. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal, but only in poetical 
 style. 
 
 1. to pursue, in a hostile sense Nah. 
 
 1, 8. Prov. 13, 21. 
 
 2. to follow, to rim after any one Hos. 
 
 2, 9. Prov. 12, 11. 28, 19. Trop. to fol- 
 lino after righteousness Prov. 15, 9; evil 
 11, 19. 19, 7 he followeth after words, 
 i. e. the poor man catches at the words 
 of friends and tru.sts in them. 
 
 FvAL lo be chased, driven away. Is. 17, 
 13. 
 Hi PH. to pursue, to chase, Judg. 20, 43. 
 Deriv. C]'n"iT3 . 
 
 * jjj'n fut. plur. ri-i'^ 1. to rage, to 
 be outrageous, violent, c. 3 against any 
 one. Is. 3, 5. Syr. ^soi) to make noise 
 and uproar. Kindr. with the verbs cnn , 
 
 81*' 
 
 csn. and otherH beginning with m, Sn, 
 an , see under U^ . Hence 
 
 2. to press upon, to urge strongly, with 
 ace. of pers. Prov. 6, 3 t^^s^ sni be 
 urgent with thy friend. Found alwo la. 
 60, 5 in some Mas. for 3n"i ; but less well. 
 
 Hi PH. 1. to make fierce, courageous, 
 to embolden, Ps. 138, 3. 
 
 2. to press greatly, to overcome, trop. 
 Cant. 6, 5. 
 
 Deriv. ann , 2n"i , n^n-jo , and 
 
 ^'*y^ m. adj. violent, proud, plurD^an*! 
 Ps. 40. 5. 
 
 2n^ m. 1. violence, insolence, pride. 
 Job 9. 13 ZT^'^ ^ys proud helpers ; comp. 
 Is. 30. 7 in no. 2. b. 
 
 2. Poet, a) a sea-mon-fter, a ferocious 
 aquatic animal, as to xt,Tog, the croco- 
 dile, and so differing little from *p3n 
 and 'n^'^b . Job 27. 12 by his power he 
 makelh the sea afraid, and by his under- 
 standing ZTV^ *("1^ he smitelh the sea- 
 monsters ; Sept. TO x^ro$. Here the sea 
 and its monsters are then in parallelism. 
 Is. 51, 9 art thou nut it, (O arm of Jeho- 
 vah.) ('sn nbbima ani nssLnan that 
 hast cut off the sea-monster, that hast 
 wounded the dragon ? i. e. Egypt, which 
 elsewhere also is represented under the 
 image of an aquatic monster, e. g. as 
 smitten in the Red Sea Ps. 74, 13. 14; 
 so Pharaoh Ez. 29, 3. 32, 3, comp. Ps. 
 68. 31 ; also Babylon under the like 
 image Is. 27. 1. Hence 
 
 b) Rahab (sea-monster), as an appel- 
 lative for Egypt, Ps. 87, 4. 89, 11. Perh. 
 Is. 51. 9. see above. Allusion is made to 
 the origin of the name in Is. 30, 7 : Egypt 
 helpeth in vain . . . therefore I call her: 
 nar nn ann violence (i. e. the violent) 
 they sit still, i. e. boasting and blustering 
 they are yet cowards ; prob. a prover- 
 bial expression. 
 
 ^V^T m. pride, meton. that of which 
 one is proud, c. sufF. D3i7"i Ps. 90, 10. 
 
 **Jt obsol. root, Arab. i^^\; lo 
 cry out ; hence v-r 
 
 ^37^ (outcry) Rohgah, pr. n. m. 1 
 Chr. '7, 34 Keri; tor which Cheth. 
 
 nani-1 . 
 
 ^"7"? 3, spurious root Is. 44, 8 ; see r. 
 
t3n"i 
 
 966 
 
 n-i 
 
 * tSjT^ obsol, root, Aram. -H"?) -i<^^t 
 i. q. I'll . lo run, to flow, as water ; comp. 
 under lett. n. Hence the two follow- 
 ing. 
 
 ISn^ m. plur. cr^rjn 1. watering- 
 troughs, Gen. 30, 38.' 41. Ex. 2, 16. 
 Chald. X^^n"!, Syr. jI^oiV, Qoi), id. 
 
 2. locks, curls, po called from their 
 flowing down, Cant. 7, 6. 
 
 tSTl"! m. (r. wnn) carved ot fretted 
 ceiling, so called from the hollows in it 
 resembling troughs or channels; comp. 
 Sept. (f,uivct)fiu from (purvrj manger. 
 Cant. 1, 17 Keri ^yj'^ifl , in a ihw Mss. 
 plur. ID'^a'^n-i , Vulg. laquearea. In 
 Cheth. Q'^iJ-'n'n , see art. J'TiT . 
 
 * 0_i'^ obsol. root, prob. to make a 
 noise, tumult, like the kindr. csn , i"}^, 
 and also nsn, n^n. Hence cnn, Arab. 
 
 jLJCj. multitude, in the pr. n. crj'nax . 
 
 From this lost form come also, as it 
 would seem, by softening the letters, 
 
 s " - 
 both the form GX? , and Arab. jvJ^J mul- 
 titude. 
 
 1"!? Chald. (for ixn , r. ntj-n) aspect.form, 
 Dan. 2, 31. 3,25. 
 
 ST^ , see art. 2'"i . 
 
 yr\ i. q. a*"! , to contend, to quarrel. 
 Traces of a root with mid. Vav are 
 found in the pr. names ^52-1"] , nican'' ; 
 also in Cheth. Slin Prov. 3.^30. 
 
 * "^"i i. q. Arab. Su , to wander about, 
 to ramble, spec, of animals which have 
 broken loose ; Conj. Ill, IV, to inquire 
 after, to seek. sc. by running up and 
 down ; to desire, lo wish. Hence trop. 
 of a people who have as it were broken 
 loose li"om God's yoke and run wildly 
 about, Jer. 2, 31. Hos. 12, 1 [11, 12j 
 bx-cs T^ T!5 IT^il.Tj Judah yet runs wild 
 tovards God. 
 
 HiPii. flit. T'-i-; . i. q. Kal. Gen. 27, 40 
 ~C.K,"^ ^"^ "'^ Pir?"?Ei T'nn "it'x? n^ni 
 and it shall be. when thou shttU rove at 
 large, that tlum shall break his yoke 
 fromoffthy neck. Of one driven liither 
 and thither by cares and anxiety, Ps. 55, 
 3 ^n^toa "'"'"^x / wander about in my 
 -complaining. 
 
 Deriv. nna , and pr. n. ij'ix . 
 
 * Hl'^ to drink to the full, to be 
 sated with drink, drenched, as Tab to 
 be sated with food; once with fatness, 
 which is sucked or drunk in rather than 
 eaten, Ps. 3t5, 9. With "|T3 of thing Ps. 36, 
 9. Jer. 46, 10; see Hiph. Poetically of 
 ihe sword as drinking up blood Jer. 
 1. c. also of persons sated with forbidden 
 
 pleasures. Prov. 7, 18. Arab. 155), Eth. 
 
 ^(D'P to be sated with drink, to be wa- 
 tered. Aram. Si'n, joi, stronger, to be 
 drunken; see Piel no. 1. b. 
 
 PiEL 1. to satiate, to drench oneself; 
 hence i. q. Kal, but intens. a) to be fully 
 sated, drenched, i. e. wet, soaked, of the 
 earth, c. "i^a Is. 34, 7. b) to be drunk, 
 poet, of the sword. Is. 34, 5 ; comp. Syr. 
 
 2. Causat. to make drink in, to water, 
 e.g. fields Ps. 65. 11; c. dupl. ace. Is. 
 16, 9 ''Pr^'7 r|.;!^li< / will water thee 
 with my tears ; tlie tbrm r)li,''^X being by 
 transpos. for Tj^^J"]!*, see Lehrg. p. 143. 
 Also to satiate any one, e. g. with fat- 
 ness, c. dupl. ace. Jer. 31, 14; spoken of 
 conjugal desire Prov. 5, 19. 
 
 Hiph. to give to drink, to water, Jer. 
 31,25; afield Jer. 55, 10; to dre7ich ham. 
 3,15. Also fosarja/e Jer. 31,25; with fat- 
 ness Is. 43, 24, comp. Ps. 36, 9. Jer. 31, 14. 
 
 Deriv. n^".'], I'l, and 
 
 n^T m. adj. fem. T^^^, sated with drink, 
 Deut. 29, 18 ; well watered, of a garden. 
 Is. 58, 11. Jer. 31, 12. R. m-l. 
 
 romi see in nsm. 
 
 HI obsol. root, prob. to hide, to con- 
 ceal ; Syr. "Il* to make secret; Aph. y\')] 
 to hide counsel. Hence Chald. tn, 
 
 *'^l\1 fut. nn-i, to breathe, kindr. 
 with nil ; to breathe freely, by which 
 the breast is enlarged, dilated, refreshed 
 (see Is. 60, 5) ; hence intrans. to be large, 
 ample, spacious. Impers. "'b nil it is 
 enlarged to me, I have room to breathe, 
 / am refreshed, 1 Sam, 16, 23. Job 32, 
 20, 0pp. ^b IS. Chald. m'l, Syr. 
 <-o), id. 
 
 PuAL part, npa aired, airy, spacious, 
 Jer. 22, 14. " ' 
 Deriv. Hni*i and 
 
 J^^"^ m. 1. enlargement, relief, bc. 
 from straits Esth. 4, 14. 
 
m-i 
 
 967 
 
 nin 
 
 2. gpace, toidthf Oen. 32, 17. Arab. 
 
 'jl'' in Kal not used, to breathe, to 
 blow, espec. through the nostrils. The 
 word is onomalopoetic, like the kindr. 
 niO to blow with the mouth, and ni3 to 
 
 breathe, to respire. Arab. _K the wind 
 
 blows; IV, to rest, to be quiet, pr. to 
 take breath. 
 
 HiPH. n-'-in. Alt. n-'n^, conv. nn5, 
 to snielt. by snuffing or breathing the air 
 in and out through the nostrils; Arab. 
 
 ' ir I, IV, X, to perceive a thing by the 
 
 Kmell ; II, to make odorous ; Syr. .4m) 
 to smell. Comp. Germ, riechen to smell, 
 also Rauch smoke. With ace. Gen. 8, 
 21. 27, 27. 1 Sam. 26, 19; absol. Ps. 
 115,6. Deut. 4, 28. Me taph. ^o/jerceire 
 by the smell, e. g. fire brought near 
 Judg. 16, 9 ; to sce)U, to snuff, as a horse 
 the coming battle, prob. owing in fact to 
 acuteness of smell, Job 39, 25. With 3 
 to smell at any thing i. e. with plea- 
 sure, to enjoy the odour of any thing, Ex. 
 30, 38. Lev. 26, 31. Hence genr. to 
 enjoy, to delight in, Am. 5, 21. Is. 11, 3 
 ';; rxn^a in"'")n his delight shall be in 
 the fear oftfie Lord. The signification 
 o^ sweet odour is often transferred to any 
 thing whirh delights, pleases ; see under 
 nisa, cir2, nn-is. 
 
 Deriv. n*''] , pr. n. irr^n"' ; and espe- 
 cially 
 
 n^n f. rarely m. Ex. 10, 13. Ps.5l, 12. 
 Job 4, 15. al. Plur. ninn, ninn Jer. 
 49, 36. 
 
 1. breath, a breathing, blowing, i. e. 
 
 a) breath of the nostrils, a snuffing, 
 snorting. Job 4, 9. Ps. 18. 16. Hence 
 anger (comp. CIX from "SX to breathe) 
 Judg. 8, 3. Is. 25. 4. 30, 28. Zech. 6, 8. 
 Prov. 16, 32. 29. 11 ; also pride Pa. 76, 13. 
 
 b) breath of the mouth, fully no nil 
 Ps. 33. 6. here spoken of the creative 
 word of God ; n"^riB"3 nn Is. 11.4. s-^uin 
 tin to draw breath, to take breath. Job 
 9, 18. Often of the vital breath, breath 
 of life, fully n'l'n nn Gen. 6. 17. 7, 15. 
 S2 ; comp. in no. 2. As an emblem of 
 any thing transient, like the synon. bnn , 
 Job 7, 7. Ps. 78, 39. 
 
 c) breath of air, air in motion, i. e. 
 ) Lat. offr, aura, a breath of air. a slight 
 breeze, Job 4, 15. 28, 25. 41, 8 [16]. qsib 
 nm to snuff up the breeze Jer. 2. 24. 14,6. 
 mn jrn the breeze of the day, i. e. the 
 evening, when the cool breeze springs 
 up. Gen. 3. 8, comp. Cant. 2, 17. 4, 6. 
 Plin. H. N. 2. 47 'sub crepusculo com- 
 motior aura spirare solet.' Sept. to dn- 
 
 Xtvov. Arab. _,K to do at evening. /?) 
 
 Oftener wind, i. e. a strong wind. Gen. 
 8, 1. Is. 7, 2. 17, 13. Ps. 1, 4. 18, 43. 35, 
 5. Job 21, 18. al. saep. Also a temjjcst, 
 hurricane, Job 1, 19. 30, 15. Is. 27, 8. 
 Jon. 1, 4. 1 K. 19, 11. The air was sup- 
 posed to be put in motion by the breath 
 of God, see Ex. 15, 8. Job 15. 30; hence 
 the wind is also called nin"^ nil the 
 breath, blast, wind of Jehovah, Is. 40, 7. 
 Hos. 13, 15. (Not Gen. 1. 2, see no. 4.) 
 Poet, the wind is said to have wings, 
 Ps. 18, 11. 104, 3. Hos. 4, 19. Comp. 
 Ovid. Met 1. 264. 
 
 Further, ni"i, wind, is also put: 
 
 aa) For a sid^ or quarter of the hea- 
 vens, e. g. D"*"!;? nit the eastern quar- 
 ter, the east, Ez. 42, 16; comp. 17. 18. 
 19. rini-i "snx the four winds or quar- 
 ters of the heavens Ez. 37, 9. 42. 20. 1 
 Chr. 9. 24. Zech. 2, 10. 
 
 bb) For anything empty, vain. Is. 26, 
 18. 41, 29. Mic. 2, 11. nii "^-^a^ vain 
 words Job 16, 3. Hli rS'n vain know- 
 ledge 15, 2. nn (nsn) ,i"'Sn vain de- 
 sire, see r5i5"i, "(i'^ST. So to sow the 
 wind Hos. 8, 7 ; to inherit the wind Prov. 
 11,29; ni^b ybr wind, for nought, in 
 vain, Ecc. 5, 15. Jer. 5, 13. Job 6. 26 mere 
 wind are the words of one desperate! 
 comp. Gr. fit uiga lahlv 1 Cor. 14. 9. 
 Trop. a wind or tempest is put for an in- 
 vading army. Jer. 4, 11. 12, comp. V. 10. 13. 
 
 2. i. q. dB5 no. 2, Vv/ij. anima, i. e. the 
 vital breath, spirit, life, the principle of 
 life as embodied and manifested in the 
 breath of the mouth and nostrils, see in 
 no. 1. b ; spoken both of men and beasts, 
 Ecc. 3, 19. 21. 8, 8. 12, 7. Job 12. 10. 
 "13 ni-i "pst th^re was no breath in him, 
 spoken of the dead, Ez. 37, 8 ; also of 
 things, as idols, Jer. 10, 14. 51, 17. Hab. 
 2, 19 ; metaph. of one overcome with 
 surprise and astonishment, IK. 10, 5 ; 
 comp. Ez. 2, 2. 3, 24. Hence is said 
 
nil 
 
 968 
 
 nil 
 
 nn i^n the life of my spirit, i. e. my 
 life, Is. 38, 16 ; "^nn nn";n Gen. 45, 27 
 and "Tin na'i my spirit, life, revives, re- 
 fa/nw, Judg.'lS, 19. 1 Sam. 30, 12, i. e. to 
 revive, to be refreshed. Job 6, 4 arrows, 
 the poison of which drinkelh up my life. 
 10, 12. 17, 1. Ps. 31, 6. Poet. ^DX nr. 
 ZA breath of our nostrils i. e. our life, 
 melon, for an object dear as life, Lam. 
 4, 20. Once the human spirit or life is 
 called also ni^X nn Job 27, 3, as being 
 breathed into man from God and again 
 returning to God, Gen. 2, 7. Ecc. 12, 7. 
 Ps, 104. 29 ; so too in Gen. 6, 3, for which 
 see in r. "jW. Twice in the description 
 of prophetic visions the term spirit, life, 
 is used of a certain divine and miracu- 
 lous power, by which things otherwise 
 inanimate are animated and moved, Ez. 
 10, 17. Zech. 5, 9. 
 
 3. i. q. ffiEJ no. 3, animus, the rational 
 soul, mind, spirit. 
 
 a) As the seat of the affections, emo- 
 tions, and passions of various kinds. Prov. 
 25, 28 one not ruling "inn his own spirit 
 i.e. his passions, affections. 29.11. Gen. 
 41, 8 his mind was agitated, troubled. 
 Job 19, 17. To it are then attributed 
 patience TO"! T\2^. Ecc. 7, 8. impatience, 
 nn ^sp q. V. pride nn n:5 q. v. quiet- 
 ness, lowliness of mind, see "i(5 and bsuj ; 
 grief of mind Gen. 26. 35. Ps. 34, 19." ' 
 
 b) In reference to the disposition, the 
 mode of feeling and acting; in which 
 ense one is said to have firmness of 
 mind, a firm spirit Ps. 51, 12 ; a manly 
 spirit Prov. 18, 14 ; a new and better 
 spirit Ez. 11, 19. 18, 31. etc. Sometimes 
 also of a spirit or disposition common to 
 many, as CSiST nil the spirit of whore- 
 dom Hos. 4. 12; n-'S^s n!in Is. 19. 14; 
 nc^-in nn-t 29. 10 ; nx:p nn Num. 5, 14, 
 etc. and such a spirit is said to be pour- 
 ed out on men from on high, to be im- 
 parted to them from God, comp. Is. 11,2. 
 32, 15. Ez. 36, 26. 27. Similar is Is. 
 28, 6 Jehovafi will be siiJi'b -jBtrJia n^i-ib 
 CD-'fin'bsybr a spirit of justice to those 
 vho sit for judgment, i. e. he will fill all 
 judges with a spirit of justice. 1 K. 22, 
 22. 
 
 c) Of mil, counsel, purpose ; Ez. 1, 12 
 tehillmr the mt;u/(purpo8e) M7aj to go.they 
 vent. Hence B nnTK "I'^yn to stir up the 
 tnind, spirit, purpose of any one to any 
 
 thing, 1 Chr. 5. 26. 2 Chr. 21, 16. 36,22. 
 Ezra 1, 1 ; and in a sense nearly similar 
 nn "ia "(nj to suggest a purpose to any 
 one, to inspire him with it, 2 K. 19, 7. Is. 
 37,7. 'iri<in!nna"73-iaNu-Aose7?(/(Z(wiIl) 
 impels him Ex. 35, 21, whence nain: nsn 
 Ps. 51, 14. So nn bs nbr i. q. ab by nbs 
 to come vp into the mind. e. g. a purpose, 
 Ez. 20, 32.-1 Chr. 28, 12 the pattern of 
 all IBS rjii-^a T^ir\ -iCX that he had in his 
 mind, which he purposed to make. 
 
 d) More rarely of the icnderstanding 
 intellect, n^:n S Ex. 28, 3. Deut. 34,9. 
 Is. 11, 2; also Is. 29, 24. 40, 13. 
 
 Absol. nil aa) spirit, courage, Num. 
 27, 18. Josh. 2, 11. 5, 1. Hab. 1, 11. bb) 
 spirit, genius, by which man is as it 
 were inspired to be wise, eloquent, etc. 
 Job 20. 3. 32, 8. 18. Is. 19, 3. 
 
 4. Q^l'bxn nn, nin-; nn, the Spirit 
 of God, of Jehovah ' poet, bx ivn Job 
 33, 4. ni'bx '-I Job 27, 3 ; rarely Cinp nn 
 the Holy Spirit of God, and then always 
 c. suff. r,itinp nsn Ps. 51, 13. Is. 63, 10. 
 1 1 ; also xax iloxriv ran Hos. 9, 7 ; the 
 divine Spirit or power, which like the 
 wind and the breath cannot be seen, but 
 whichpervadestheuniverse.PS. 139.7 sq. 
 animates and fills it with life, Gen. 1,2. 
 Job 26, 13. 27, 3. 33, 4. Ps. 104. 29. 30; 
 through which God governs and pro- 
 tects the world and also mankind. Is. 40, 
 13. 63, 14. Neh. 9, 20 ; and invites to a 
 life of virtue and holiness, Ps. 51, 13. 14. 
 143, 10. 
 
 Especially the O. T. refers to this 
 divine Spirit all extraordinary gifts and 
 powers of mind, as of the artificer Ex. 
 31. 3. 35, 31 ; of the prophet Num. 24, 2. 
 
 1 Sam. 10,6. 10. Is. 42, 1. 61, 1. Mic. 3, 
 
 8. al. whence n''"'t7 Ta"'>c the prophet Hos. 
 
 9, 7; of the interpreter of dreams Gen. 
 41, 38; of warlike valour in a chief 
 Judg. 3, 10. 6, 34. 11, 29. 13, 25 ; also of 
 royal virtues Is. 11, 2 sq. This same 
 spirit is given to some and taken away 
 from others, 1 Sam. 16, 13. 14 ; is trans- 
 ferred from one to another Num. 11, 17. 
 
 2 K. 2, 15; but in the glorious reign of 
 the Messiah will be poured out upon all 
 men, Joel 3, 1. Is. 59, 21. 
 
 Spoken also of aJi evil spirit from God, 
 which entered Saul and made him mo- 
 rose and furious, 1 Sam. 16, 14. 15. 16. 
 23. 18, 10 ; also a7i unclean spirit, false 
 
n*!^ 
 
 
 Q^l 
 
 nnd deceitful, which iiisplred fnle pro- 
 })het8, Zech. 13, 2, comp. 1 K. 22, 21 eq. 
 
 Sometimes it is put in antilh. with 
 ^to3/'A, Is. 31, 3. Zech. 4, 6. Gen. 6, 
 3 ; sec "> wS no. 2. 
 
 nil Chald. i. q. Hcb. 1. wind, Dan. 
 2, 35. Plur. constr. Dtin. 7, 2. 
 
 2. spirit, mind, animiis. Dan. 5. 20.7, 15. 
 
 3. a /j/n7 from God in man, Dan. 4, 5. 
 C. 15. 5, 12. 14. 0, 4. 
 
 nn"1"\ n (r. n;^n) a breathing, Lam. 3, 56 ; 
 a hreathing-time, respite, Ex. 8, 11 [15]. 
 
 ^tt7 ^* obundant drink, abundance, 
 Pa. 23,' 5. 66, 12. R. m-n . 
 
 *D^1 fut. 01^, apoc. o""i^, conv. 
 C-ii , once Cfl Ex. 16, 20. Part. Bi 
 
 .r- ' \- 
 
 see after Kal. 
 
 1. to lift up oneself, to ri^e, to be lifted 
 or raised up ; Chald. id. Syr. Aph. to 
 e\istain. Samar.^*^ to behigh. Kindr. 
 rcots are D^T, nnx, cnn, D"i3. A 
 trace of transitive power seems to exist 
 in the pr. n. Ciin"^ '- whom Jeliovah sus- 
 tains.' Spoken of persons and things; 
 e. g. of Noah's ark Gen. 7, 17 ; the glory 
 in the sanctuary Ez. 10, 4. Hence to 
 rise up, to arise, Is. 30, 18 see in nsn Piel 
 (where others less well : to be afar off"). 
 Trop. of prosperity, e. g. a city Pro v. 
 11, 11 ; once i. q. to grow, of worms Ex. 
 16,20. Metaph. a) 3^ C^ the heart is 
 lifted up. is elated with pride, Deut. 8, 
 14. 17, 20. al. crs i^n the eyes are 
 lifted up, lofty, from pride Prov. 30. 13. 
 Ps. 131. 1. b) to exalt oneself to show 
 oneself powerful, Ps. 21, 14. 57, G; with 
 bs to triumph over any one Ps. 13, 3. 
 c) to extol oneself, i. e. to glory, to boast, 
 in a good sense, Ps. 89. 17. 
 
 2. to be raised up, to be made high; 
 e. g. of a highway that is cast up. Is. 49, 
 11 (comp. bbo. n|pT3). Metaph. to be 
 extolled with praises Ps. 18. 47; also to 
 be exalted in power, might, dignity, to 
 become powerful. Ps. 140. 9. Num. 24. 7. 
 Is. 52. 13; ascribed to the hand Deut. 
 32, 27. Ps. 89, 14; to the head Ps. 27,6; 
 to the horn 1 Sam. 2, 1. Ps. 89, 18. 25. 
 1 12, 9 ; comp. in ""ip . 
 
 3. to be high, lofty. Job 22. 12. Me- 
 taph. of those conspicuous in })ower and 
 glory, to be high, exalted, Ps. 46, 11. 
 Mic. 5. 8. 
 
 Part. B"; , f. n'^ 1. lifted up. high, 
 . g. of the threatening hand of God Is. 
 
 26, 1 1. T\'G-\ n^a with uplifted hand, i. c. 
 openly, proudly, with defiance, Ex. 14, 
 8. Num. 33, 3; comp. 15, 30 and ?i-it 
 na-i Job 38. 15. 
 
 2. high, lofty, e. g. a mountain, tree, 
 Deut. 12, 2. Is. 2, 13. 14. Ez. 6, 13. 17, 
 22. 20. 28. 34, 6; a seat, throne Is. 6, 1 ; 
 a mountain Ez. 20, 28, etc. Of men of 
 stature, tall, Deut. 1, 28. 2, 10. 21. 9, 2; 
 comp. Is. 10, 33. Of God as dwelling 
 on high Ps. 113, 4. 138, 6. Plur. o-'an 
 the heights of heaven Job 21, 22. Ps. 78, 
 69. Metaph. a) a high i. e. loud voice 
 Deut. 27, 14. b) powerfid, mighty, 
 whence nia"! n|J mighty hand Deut. 32, 
 
 27. c) ricn n';3''5 lofty eyes, i. e. 
 proud looks Ps. 18, 28. Prov. 6, 17. d) 
 high i. e. difficult to comprehend Prov. 
 24. 7. where it is written in the Arabic 
 manner niiixn q. v. Comp. 22a . 
 
 NiPH. see under r. B?5"j . 
 
 PiL. noil to lift up, to raise, to make 
 high, Ps. 107, 25 ; hence to build a house 
 Ezra 9. 9 ; to make grow e. g. a plant 
 with water Ez. 31, 4; to bring up chil- 
 dren, Is. 1, 2. 23. 4. Metaph. a) to set 
 one on high, i. e. in a high and secure 
 place, to place in safety (see a^'Sbn) Ps. 
 27, 5; c. TO 18, 49. 9, 14. b) to lift up, 
 to exalt, e. g. in honour and prosperity, 
 1 Sam. 2, 7. Ps. 37, 34. Prov. 14, 34- 
 Job 17, 4. c) to exalt with praises, to 
 extol, to celebrate, Ps. 30, 2. 34, 4. 99, 
 5. 9. 107, 32. 145. 1. 18.25, 1. al. ' 
 
 PoLAL main to be exalted in honour, 
 power, Ps. 75, 11. Part, ciai-itt cxall<-d, 
 glorious. Neh. 9, 5. 
 
 HiPH. B-i-in . fut. C^ll , apoc. t";;;; , conv. 
 n"!*l ; inf Binn ; imp. B-nn , also Ty> B-irt 
 Mil6l 2 K. 0, 7.' 
 
 1. Causat. of Kal : a) to make high, 
 e. g. a throne Is. 14, 13 ; a nest Job 39, 
 27. Trop. of pers. to exalt any one. opp. 
 b"'BtJn. Ps. 75, 8; espec. from a low 
 condition to honour and prosperity, c. 
 ,^ 1 K. 14, 7. 16, 2. Ps. 89. 20; comp. 
 1 Sam. 2. 8. Ps. 1 13. 7. In a like sense, 
 to lift up the head of any one Ps. 3, 4 ; 
 the right hand Ps. 8^, 43 ; the horn of 
 any one. i. e. to increase his strength 
 and power. 1 Sam. 2. 10. Ps. 89 18 Cheth. 
 Ps. 92. 11. 148. 14. But is";?) n''-iri 
 to lift up one^s own horn, i. q. to be proud, 
 
DH 
 
 970 
 
 yin 
 
 insolent, Ps. 75, 6. b) to set up, to erect, 
 a monument Gen. 31, 45 ; a standard Is. 
 49, 22. 62, 10. 
 
 2. to lift up, to raise up, e. g. any thing 
 from the ground 2 K. 2, 13 ; a rod or 
 staff Ex. 14, 16. Is. 10, 15; also with 3 
 of the rod Ex. 7, 20, comp. Heb. Gr. 
 1.35. I. n. 3. Spec, a) to lift up the 
 hand or right hand, Ex. 17, 11. Num. 
 20, 11 ; in an oath, with ''^ bx Gen. 14, 
 ?2. Dan. 12. 7 ; or to do violence, c. 3 
 
 1 K. 11, 26. 27. Comp. TJ xa; in r. xbj 
 no. 1. a. h) to lift up the feet, i. e. to go, 
 Ps. 74, 3. But to lift up one^s hand or 
 foot, i. q. to move, to do any thing. Gen. 
 41 , 44. c) to lift up the face to any one, 
 i. e. to look upon him unabashed, c. bx 
 Ezra 9, 6. Also to lift up the head, 
 spoken of one who recovers strength 
 and spirit after quenching his thirst, Ps. 
 110, 7. d) ^ip ni"in to lift up the voice 
 or cry, to cry out, Gen. 39, 15. 18. Is. 40, 
 9. 58, 1 ; with ni^-l-rs added to shout 
 aloud, Ezra 3, 12. Ez. 21, 27; c. ^ to 
 any one Is. 13. 2. Job 38, 34 ; c. hv against 
 
 2 K. 19, 22. Is. 37, 23. So also of 
 a trumpet, 2 Chr. 5, 13 bip C^nns 
 ninsiins when they lifted up a voice 
 with trumpets, i. e. when they sounded 
 the trumpets; also elliptically "(1.;^; c"""}!! 
 to lift up the horn or trumpet, in the same 
 sense, 1 Chr. 25, 5. Also bipa oi-in 1 
 Chr. 15, 16 ; corap. in lett. a. e) to raise 
 a tax or tribute, to levy. Num. 31, 28. 
 
 3. to take up and put before any one, 
 e. g. food upon a table, 1 Sam. 9, 24! 
 Hence to offer, to present, e. g. gifts to 
 God, to tlip temple or the priests, Ex. 35, 
 24. Num. 15, 19 sq. 18, 29. 31, 52. Ezra 
 8, 25. Ez. 45, 1.13; distributions of flesh 
 to the people 2 Chr. 30, 24. .35, 7. 8. 9. 
 Pro v. 14, 29 one hasty in spirit sets forth 
 his folly, presents it to public notice. 
 
 4. to take up and away, e. g. a stone 
 Josh. 4, 5. Is. 57, 14 c. 1^ . With dut. 
 r<b D-)n take it up to thyself 2 K. 6. 7. 
 Trop. Prov, 3, 35 "ibj? z^-\^ cb-^pa 
 fools take up and bear shame. Hence 
 simpl. to take. Lev. 2, 9. 4, 8. 6. 8. Num. 
 17, 2. 18, 30. 32 ; of a crown, to take awai/. 
 to remote, Ez. 21, 31. Dan. 8, 11 Clietii. 
 
 HoPH. on^n pass, of Hiph. no. 3. Ex. 
 29, 27; pass, of no. 4, Lev. 4, 10, Dan. 
 8, 1 1 Keri. 
 
 HiTHPAL. to lift up oneself to rise up, 
 
 Is. 33, 10 coi-ix for nai^nx. Also to 
 lift up oneself in pride and insolence, 
 Dan. 11, 36. 
 
 Deriv. tin Who'll, nan, niBn, 
 ni>a, nrfnn, n'rsnn, and the pr. 
 names Ci , nic'i , ri'a'i, 355 niri'n, 
 ITS "^nrnsh, rp.n, n'r';'.^, oi-ia. 
 
 UT\ Chald. id. Praet. pass. C^ to he 
 lifted up, of the heart Dan. 5, 20. 
 
 Pal. can to exalt with praises, to 
 extol, to celebrate, Dan. 4, 34. Pass, to 
 lift up oneself to rise up, c. bs against 
 any one Dan, 5. 23. 
 
 Aph. to lift up, to exalt to honours 
 Dan. 5, 19. 
 
 0^"^ m. 1. height, elevation, Prov. 25, 3. 
 
 2. elation of mind, pride; D^D'^S on 
 Prov. 21, 4, Is, 10, 12; ab 'n Jer. 48,29; 
 also simpl. en Is. 2, 11. 17. 
 
 UT\ Chald. m. height, Dan. 3, 1. 4, 17. 
 Ezra 6, 3. 
 
 D1"l m. i. q, cn, height, elevation; 
 hence ace. as adv. on high Hub. 3, 10. 
 
 rra^n (lofty, r, nn) Bumah. pr. n. of 
 a place 2 K, 23, 36, Perh. i. q. nan q, v. 
 
 TV/Til f. (r, cn) elevation, adv. with 
 uplifted head, elatedly, hausrhtily. Mic. 
 2,3. 
 
 01211 m. (r. cn) exaltation, praise^ 
 Ps, 66, 17. Plur. constr. riaaii Ps. 
 149, 6. 
 
 tr\1Zm f (r. cn) pr, inf Pil, after 
 the Syriac form, a lifting up, c. suff. 
 r^niaan Is. .33, 3. 
 
 p"^ Arab. ^^K mid. Ye, to over- 
 come, to get the upper hand, c, ^J^^; 
 perhaps kindr. with cn . In Kal not 
 used, since fijt. "jn^ Prov, 29, 6 belongs 
 to "(Sn , 
 
 HiTHPAL. Ps. 78, G5 '("^^a 'inra mass 
 as a mighty man overcome with wine, 
 i, e. as Vulg, crapulatas a vino. Comp. 
 the Arabic phrase A-t^\ *^y^ v:>jl) 
 wine overcame him, i. e. he became 
 drunk. 
 
 *?'''*' i. q. ^Z"^ 1- Pr. to make a loud 
 noise, see Hiph. Arab. Lt> id. 
 
 2, to be evil, see Niph. 
 
 Note. The forme of Kal n . y'-i . y^i , 
 and of Hiph. J'^n, S^n, which are com- 
 
ni 
 
 971 
 
 11 
 
 monly referred to this root, belong to the 
 verb ssn ; see Ewald's Krit. Gr. p. 472. 
 
 NiPH. fut. ?ii;j 1. to suffer evil, to 
 come off ill, Prov. 11. 15. Here the noun 
 y^ is intensive, in the manner of un in- 
 Rn. absoi. 
 
 2. to become evil, to be marie worse, 
 (opp. to become wise.) Prov. 13, 20. 
 
 HiPH. ?^"in, plur. once Win 1 Sam. 
 17, 20. pr. to make a loxul noise ; hence 
 
 1. to cry with a loud voice, to shout. 
 Josh. 6, 20 ; c. 1>? Job 30, 5. Spec, a) 
 to shout for joy, in triumph, etc. Jud^. 
 15, 14. 1 Sam. 4, 5. 10. 24 ; in jubilee 
 Zech. 9, 9. Is. 44, 23. Zeph. 3, 14. Job 
 38, 7 ; c. b? over a vanquished enemy 
 Ps. 41, 12; with dat. in honour of any 
 one Ps. 47,2. 95,2. 98,4. 100, 1. b) Of 
 warlike shouts, outcries (nsnn), Josh. 
 6,16. 1 Sam. 17,20. 2Chr'. 13, 15. Is. 
 42, 13 ; c. bs against any one Jer. 50, 
 15. c) More rarely of a mourning cry, 
 Mic. 4, 9. Is. 15, 4. Hos. 5. 8. 
 
 2. to sound a trumpet. Num. 10, 9 
 pii^isna cni's"in sound ye with trum- 
 pets. Joel 2, 1. Spec, to sound an alarm, 
 sc. by blowing loud and long upon the 
 trumpets, as a notice for breaking up an 
 encampment. Num. 10,7, i. q. ns-i-in ~;5n 
 10, 5. 6 ; ditFerent from "i^n, which sig- 
 nifies to blow a trumpet (once) in order to 
 convoke an assembly. Comp. bsi^ no, 1. 
 
 PoLAL fut. ?s-ii to be shouted joyfully 
 Is. 16, 10. 
 
 HiTHPAL. S5irn to shout for joy Ps. 
 60, 10. 65, 14. 108, 10. The same form 
 is found from the verb SS'i q. v. 
 
 Deriv. s;i, nsiiin. 
 
 V]^ ' not used in Kal, Engl, to rub, 
 Germ, reiben, i. e. to rub or pound in 
 pieces ; hence riB''T , also noiiPi q. v. 
 
 PoLAL CIBIT to be nwved as by a stroke 
 or blow, to feel a concussion, to be shaken 
 Job 26, U. 
 
 *y^'^ fut. yvy'^. conv. 'J'nj^; also 
 nisSn Prov. 23, 26' Cheth. to ran, Eth. 
 L,(S^R , Aram, ann , v-^oii , id. see under 
 the lett. n. Fut. once c. suff. aat'nx trans. 
 Jer. 50, 44 Cheth. see in Hiph. See also 
 note at the end of the article. Spoken of 
 men Num. 11,27. 1 Sam. 20, 36. 2 Sam. 18, 
 19. 23. Prov. 4, 12. al. sap. Of horses 
 Joel 2, 4. Am. 6, 12 ; of locusts Joel 2, 
 
 9. With bs< of pcr. Gen. 18, 7. 24, 29. 
 Is. 55. 5. and of place Gen. 24, 20 ; 
 PxnjDb Gen. 18, 2. 24. 17. 33. 4. 2 K. 4, 
 26 ; '::n 2 K. 5, 20 ; b, as snb 'i to run 
 to evil Is. ,59, 7. Prov. 1, 16; PX with, 
 i. e. in a rare Jer. 12, 5. With ace. o( 
 place whither 1 Sam. 20, 6; ace. of way 
 P.S. 19. 6. Trop. Jer. 23, 21 / luive not 
 sent these prophets, yet they run. i. c. 
 with a false zeal they act as prophets. 
 Ps. 119, 32 I will run t/ie way of Ihy com- 
 mandments, will studiously walk in them. 
 Hab. 2. 2 80 that the reader may run, i. e. 
 may read curj-enlly, fluently. Spoken o^ 
 things, Ps. 147, 15. Spec. a) to run 
 or nunh upon any one, in a hostile sense, 
 with bx and bs Job 15, 26. 16, 14 ; ace. 
 Ps. 18, 30. b) With 3 to run to any 
 one, for refuge Prov. 18, 10. 
 
 Part, 'f^ a J^mner, ctmrier, Jer. 51, 
 31. Job 9, 25. Plur. O-'X'J and -fsn 2 K. 
 11, 13. runners, couriers, i. e. a) The 
 servants who ran before the chariot of 
 a prince, q. d. running foottnen, 2 Sam. 
 15. 1. 1 K. 1, 5. So Lat. cursores Suet. 
 Ner. 30. b) The body-guard and royal 
 messengers of the Hebrews in the time 
 of Saul, 1 Sam. 22, 17 ; and of the kings 
 after David 2 K. 10, 25. 11, 6 eq. 2 Chr, 
 12, 10. 11. 23, 12. 30,6. 10. Prob. the same 
 who under David are called '^nbfi q. v. 
 Comp. 1 K. 1, 5. 14, 27. 2 SamVl5, 1. 
 c) The mounted couriers of the Persians, 
 who carried the royal edicts *o the pro- 
 vinces, Esth. 3, 13. 15. 8, 14. 
 
 NiPH. yinj, see r. y^"). 
 
 PiL. ysii i. q. Kal, to run, e. g. a 
 chariot Nah. 2, 5. 
 
 Hiph. fut. y'^1 , imp. ynn , to cause 
 to run up, Jer. 49, 19 ; hence to lead up 
 hastily, to bring quickly, Gen. 41. 14. 1 
 Sam. 17, J7; to let make haste, Ps. 68, 
 32 nTjbxb i"in^ -f^i-in aiO Ethiopia shall 
 let her hands make haste unto God, i. e. 
 shall hasten to stretch them forth unto 
 him in adoration or with oblations. 
 With bs^ to cause to run away from ; 
 Jer. 50, 44 Keri / will make them flee 
 away from, her, i. e. the Babylonians 
 from Babylon. Chethib: nsinx in Kal. 
 
 Deriv, f'i-ia , nsna . 
 
 Note. Several forms of the verb}'^"i, 
 as fut. yi"!;;, Niph. I'iij, and the noun 
 nx^n^ no. 2, have their significatioa 
 from the verb yxn , q. v. 
 
pn 
 
 972 
 
 Tfl 
 
 * P^*^ in Kal not used, pr. to pour 
 iiself out, to he pojn ed out. also to be 
 emptied ; whence p"'"] and p"'"^ empty. 
 q. V. It seems to be kindred with the 
 verbs ppT . p"!!^, Gr. i^fv/o^ui, which 
 the poets use of rivers emptying tliem- 
 eelves, Lat. ructo. eructo. 
 
 HiPH. 'p'^yi, lut. 'P'^T,, conv. p-;^]. 
 
 1. to pour out, c. ace. Ps. 18. 43. Ecc. 
 11, 3. Zech. 4, 12. Mai. 3. 10. Chald. 
 and Saraar. p'^-^St , Arab. j^M , id. Trop. 
 for: a) to draw out the sword, i. e. to 
 draw and use the sword, Ex. 15. 9. Lev. 
 26, 33. Ez. 5, 2. 12. 12, 14 ; the spear 
 Ps. 35, 3. b) to draw out, to lead out, as 
 troops to war Gen. 14, 14. For the 
 Heb. p"i^T the Cod. Samar. here has 
 pT'i (PT!']) to muster, from the Aram. 
 root pi'n, and the same is expressed by 
 the Sept. and Vulg. 
 
 2. to empty, as vessels, sacks. Gen. 42. 
 35. Jer. 4S, 12. Hab. 1, 17. Abo, to 
 leave empty, trop. Is. 32, 6; comp. CE3 
 no. 2. par. 2. 
 
 HoPH. pas.s. ofHiph. no. 1. Jer. 48.11. 
 Cant. 1, 3 Tjtitt: pnin '{q-^^ ointment is 
 poured out even thy nam^, or. as oint- 
 ment is thy name poured forth, the sense 
 in both cases being the same : Thy name 
 diffuses fragrance (comp. c(U2, li-NS), 
 i. e. is grateful and acceptable to all. In 
 the former construction, "'C is here 
 coupled with a feminine ; and in the 
 latter. CtB . The latter is to be preferred. 
 
 Deriv. p-n, p^n (p-^), ofs-^n. 
 
 '^ ' to spit out, with ace. to emit 
 Boliva or any like fluid, to run with; so 
 of the privy member Lev. 15, 3. Arab. 
 jj)x saliva of infants, JK mid. Ye to 
 
 spit, to pule, as an infant. Chald. Syr. 
 i''n, fi->, saliva. 
 Deriv, n^n. 
 
 Wn poppy, see in Tiixi no. 5. 
 
 "^^i to be poor, to suffer want ; the 
 Mune as ttJnis Niph. of ttJn^ q. v. to be 
 di t pote9ed, to come to poverty. Prset. 
 once ^T Pa. 34, 11. Part tn poor, 
 needy, p'rov. 14, 20. 18, 23. 19, 1. 7. 22. 
 29. 13. Ps. 82, 3. 1 Sum. 18, 23 ; fully 
 tjfi 2 Sam. 12. 1. 4. Prov. 10. 4. PJur. 
 t^n Prov. 22, 7 ; D'^lris'i 13, 23. 
 Pol. tfuJin, see in uJb-i. 
 
 HiTHPAL. to feig-n oneself poor, part. 
 uJ^riiriT? Prov. 13, 7. 
 Deriv. ffi'^'i, d"'n, 3!<n. 
 
 nil (i. q. Piisn female friend, in Pe- 
 shito ZaJij, r. nsn) Ruth. pr. n. of a fe- 
 male among the ancestry of David, 
 whose history is given in the book which 
 bears her name. 
 
 n Chald. m. emphat. Nn , r^V^ , a se- 
 cret, Dan. 2, 18. 19.30.4'?'; pi'ur. ^n, 
 emph. s^Tn 2, 29. 47. Syr. ]-\b{ a secret. 
 R. m. ' 
 
 ^i-r P^- ^0 make thin and lean; 
 hence to make waste away, to consume, 
 
 to destroy, Zeph. 2, 11. Arab. |\ and 
 
 ^ - . . . 
 
 (^\j to diminish any thing. The pri- 
 mary idea perh. is that of abrading ; see 
 nn , -jM-i , and Niph. 
 
 NiPH. to become lean, to waste away, 
 Is. 17. 4. 
 
 Deriv. "^n , "jin I, and 
 
 nn m. adj. lean, in flesh Ez. 34, 20 ; 
 of the soil Num. 13, 20. 
 
 I. "JITT m. (r. >^y}) leanness, and then 
 consumption, pining. Is. 10, 16. Ps. 106, 
 15. Mic. 6. 10 -ii't-j-rB^x a lean ephah, 
 i. e. scanty measure, too small. 
 
 II. pn m. (r. "in) i. q. "n , a prince, 
 Prov. 14, 28 ; parall. is Tj^t:. The form 
 is like pi'iUS i. q. pTas. 
 
 jITT (prince, i. q. 'tH) Rezon, pr. n. of 
 the founder of the kingdom of Damas- 
 cus, 1 K. ] 1, 23. 
 
 * HT"^ obsol. root, to cry out with a 
 clear (loud) voice, kindr. with nns. 
 Hence nni3 q, v. 
 
 ''T'^ m. (r. nn) consumption, destruc- 
 tion ; Is. 24, 16 ^b 'n / am consumed, 
 like "^1? "IS ; parall. is ""b "'ix wo to me ! 
 
 * D T ^ lo wink with the eyes, a gesture 
 of pride and insolence, once fut. plur. 
 'y^-oxy] Job 15. 12. See in yp^ no, 2. 
 So by transp. Aram. Tan, poi, Arab. 
 ^;,id. 
 
 "(I* i. q. Arab. J^ to he heavy, 
 weighty ; hence to be reputed, honoured. 
 Part. "jT"! pr. weighty, august^ pnet. for a 
 
nni 
 
 973 
 
 ann: 
 
 prince, kins^. paniU. with "^'2, S'E'^; 
 Plur. D-'ST-i Judg. 5, 3. Pa. 2. 2. Prov. 8, 
 15, 31, 4.' Is. 40,23. Hnb. 1, 10. 
 Deriv. 'pn II, and pr. n. Vt^. 
 
 ^'!]^ <o 6c or become wide, large, 
 
 tpaciottg. Arab. v_Ai^>) ^_^^^) E^thiop. 
 
 CfllH, id. The primary root ia nn, 
 whence nin to be large, spacious, Sa- 
 mar. nan trausp. am. Spoken pr. of 
 chambers which are made wide, large, 
 E;:. 41,7; of the mouth, to open wide 
 1 Sam. 2, 1 ; metaph. of the heart, to 
 dilate, swell with joy, Is. 60, 5. 
 
 NiPH. part. an-i3 , large, spacious, e. g. 
 pastures Is. 30, 23. 
 
 HiPH. a-rnn, fut. a-'n-ii, to make 
 wide, broad, Is. 54, 2 ; a bed Is. 57, 8 ; 
 a funeral pile (opp. to make deep, i. e. 
 long) Is. 30, 33 ; one's steps Ps. 18, 37. 
 Also to make large, i. e. long and broad, 
 to enlarge, e. g. baldness Mic. 1, 16 ; the 
 borders or boundaries of a kingdom. Ex. 
 34,24. Deut. 12, 20. 19, 8. Am. 1^ 13; 
 and so with ace. of pers. Deut. 33, 20 
 *15 3''7"'^ "'/'" enlargeth Gad i. e. the 
 borders of this tribe. Spec. a) With 
 b of pers. io make wide for any one, i. e. 
 to make room for him Gen. 26, 22 ; 
 to give him entrance Prov. 18. 16; or 
 also to give him enlargement, deliver- 
 ance, from straits Ps. 4, 2. Comp. STT"' 
 and opp. nsv b) ns 3''l1">n to open 
 wide the mouth Ps. 81, 11 ; c. b? upon or 
 against any one, in scorn and mockery 
 Ps. 35, 21. Is. 57, 4. In a similar sense : 
 c) 'iJE? Vt to open wide the life, i. e. the 
 jaws, throat, comp. c:E3 no. 2. par. 2 fin. 
 Is. 5, 14. Hab. 2, 5. "d) aV 'n to open 
 wide the heart, mind, of any one, so as 
 to receive instruction, Ps. 119, 32. Comp. 
 3^ an-i .In Ps. 25, 17 instead of the 
 common '"3^ i=''n"jn 'aab niiu it is 
 better to read 'b"21 a'^nnri '\> 'u enlarge 
 the straits of my heart, and . Others 
 here render it intrans. 
 
 Deriv. ann orann, ann^. 
 
 S'^"^ m. adj. constr. 3nn; fem. ^5'^'^) 
 constr. rann . 
 
 1. wide, broad, large. Job 30, 14; of 
 the sea (opp. long) Job 11,9; of a wall, 
 referring to its thickness, Jer. 51, 58. 
 Neh. 3, 8. 12.38. A\so, long and broad, 
 large, spacious, of a land Ex. 3, 8. Neh. 
 
 82 
 
 9. 35 ; of a cup large in circumference 
 Ez. 23. 32. More fully o-jn; ari-j, fern. 
 0?17 '^?'7? ' broad-sided, i. c. widely ex- 
 tended, as of a land Gen. 34, 21. Judg. 
 
 18, 10. 1 Chr. 4. 40. Is. 22. 18 ; of a city 
 Neh. 7, 4 ; of the sea Ps. 104, 25 ; 
 streams, canals. Is. 33, 21. Neut. nanna 
 at large, unrestrained. Ps. 119. 45. Me- 
 taph. Ps. 119, 96 thy commandment is 
 exceeding broad, i. e. thy law is compre- 
 hensive and without limit ; also ab anT 
 Ps. 10], 5, CBJ ar^n Prov. 28, 25. of a tu- 
 mid, inflated heart or spirit, i. e. proud, 
 arrogant. Also ab ann as subst. pride, 
 arrogance, Prov. 21, 4. 
 
 2. ann Rahab, pr. n. of a harlot ia 
 Jericho Josh. 2, 1. 6, 17, 
 
 ^H"? m. breadth, wide place, Job 30, 
 16. Plur. constr. V"!i<""'3n'^ the breadths 
 of the earth Job 38, 18. 
 
 Sn'l m. c. suff. iann , breadth Gen. 6, 
 
 15. 13, 17. Ex. 25, 10.' Deut. 3, 11. 1 K. 
 6, 6. 7, 27. Ez. 40, 6 sq. Metaph. ani 
 ab breadth of mind, great understand- 
 ing, 1 K. 5, 9 [4, 29J. 
 
 3nn f also 3inn Dan. 9, 25 ; plur. 
 marrj m. Zech. 8, 5. R. ann, 
 
 1. a street, so called from its breadthy 
 pr. a wide street, like Gr. nXuruix, Gen,. 
 
 19, 2. Judg. 19. 20. Ez. 16, 24. 31. Cant. 
 3, 2 ; collect, streets of a city, Eslh. 6, 9. 
 11. Plur. rSann streets Prov. 1, 20. 5, 
 
 16. Jer. 5, 1. 9, 20. al, 
 
 2. a place, i. e. a) a market-place, 
 forum, a broad open place at the gate 
 of oriental cities, Deut. 13, 17 [16] ; 
 where public trials were held Is. 59, 14. 
 Ps. 55, 12 ; and where the inhabitants 
 were wont to assemble, Job 29. 7. Neh. 
 8, 1. 3. 16. 2 Sam. 21, 12. b) an area, 
 court, before the temple, 2 Chr. 29, 4, 
 Ezra 10, 9 ; before the gate of the palace 
 Esth. 4, 6. Ethiop. (PCfh-fi platea, 
 vicus. 
 
 3. Rehob, [pr. n. of two cities : a) 
 One in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 28, 
 30. 21, 31. Judg. 1, 31. b) i. q. rca 
 ahn , see in n^s no. 12. pp. R. 
 
 ninhn (wide places, see Gen. 26,22 ; 
 or, streets, comp. Plalcea in Boeotia ; r. 
 ann) Rehoboth. pr. n. 
 
 \. Of a well. Gen. 26,22. 
 
 2. "i-^s niarri Rehoboth-city, a city of 
 
nm 
 
 974 
 
 Assyria, Gen. 10, 11. of which nothing 
 definite is known. 
 
 3. "insn mrh-i Behobolh of the river, 
 a city on the Euphrates, as it would 
 seem ; prob. &x:^w)t er-Iiahabeh. on the 
 west bank between Circesium and Anah. 
 Gen. 36, 37. Thesaur. p. 1281. 
 
 n^3n*n and ''^^^HT (whom Jehovah 
 enUirges. i. e. makes free and happy, r. 
 snn) jRehobiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 23, 17. 
 24, 21. 26, 25. 
 
 H??*^"? (he enlarges the people, comp. 
 Ex. 34. 24, r. snn ; q. d. J::liJi8>j^iog) 
 JRehoboam, pr. n. of thf son and succes- 
 sor of Solomon, wlio reigned in Judah 
 B. C. 975-958. 1 K. 11, 43. 12, 1 sq. 14, 
 21. 2 Chr. 11, 5 sq. Sept. 'Po;5om^. 
 
 '^"^ obsol. root, prob. to rub, to 
 
 pound, to crush ; corap. Arab. ^ ^ to rub 
 
 or pound, to tread ; as also the syllable 
 rn in the kindred verbs nnx to tread a 
 path, nn^, -^nn. The Arab. L. to 
 
 construct a mill, to turn a mill, is a 
 secondary verb derived from the noun 
 
 l^j . Hence 
 
 ^n*!? m. a mill-stoTie, so called as rub- 
 bing and crushing the grain ; found only 
 in dual C7n"]) pr. 'the two millstones,' 
 a mill, hand-mill, Ex. 11, 5. Num. 11,8. 
 Deut. 24, 6. Is. 47, 2. Jer. 25, 10. Arab. 
 
 La.r, dual ijtj-^) id. See in n^Q , 23"^. 
 
 SilTI , see in ahn . 
 
 ff^nn m. adj. (r. cnn) merciful, com- 
 passionate, used only of God. and often 
 coupled with ',isn , Deut. 4. 31. 78, 38. 
 Ps. 86, 15. 103, 8. Ill, 4. Joel 2, 13. al. 
 
 Din^ (compassionate, r. on^) Rehum, 
 pr. n. m. a) A Persian governor in 
 Samaria, Ezra 4, 8. b) Neh. 3, 17. 
 c) Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 10, 26 ; for which 
 Neh. 7, 7 Dins, prob. by an error of the 
 transcriber, d) Neh. 12, 3, for which 
 onn V. 15. 
 
 P"inn m. adj. (r. pm) also pH"! Deut. 
 30, 11, plur. o-'pn-j ; fern, nisin-i , n;5n"j, 
 plur. ripni ; far off, distant, remote. 
 
 a) Of place ; as rountrios Deut. 29. 21. 
 Ps. 66, 6. Is. 66. 19 ; a journey Num. 9, 
 
 10 ; a people Joel 4, 8. Josh. 9, 22; nsj 
 pinn a brother living ^cir off Prov. 27, 
 10. With "i^ .far off from any one. Deut. 
 13,8. Neh. 4, 13. Trop. one is said to be 
 far from wisdom Ecc. 7. 23; from de- 
 liverance Is. 46, 12 ; vice versa, deliver- 
 ance is far from anyone Ps. 119, 155; 
 God is far off from men when he with- 
 holds his help. Ps. 22. 2. comp. Prov. 
 15, 29. So *,^ pm-^ farther off than. i.e. 
 beyond, far above, spoken of value Prov. 
 31, 10. Subst. pin-1. a distance, space, 
 Josh. 3, 4. See also pinn^ , p-inni:^, 
 below. 
 
 b) OC time, far dista7it, either future 
 or past. ) Future, as c'pinn CTiy 
 times far off .7.. 12,21. Jer. 23, 23 ami 
 
 a God of things near (niilsia) and 
 
 not a God. of things far off (p^nn^:)? 
 i. e. am I acquainted only with things at 
 hand ? so P'nniabybr a long time to come 
 2 Sam. 7, 19. 'l Chr. 17, 17. /5) Past; 
 p-in-iTS long ago Is. 22, 11. 25, 1; also 
 pin-i:ab id. Is. 37, 26. 
 
 c)far off, i.e. strange, foreign to one's 
 mind and disposition, Deut. 30, 11. 
 
 With Prepositions: aa)pTn"i-a, Syr. 
 )j-io9 ,_io, i. e. ) from afar, afar off. 
 Gen. 22, 4. 37, 18. Deut. 28, 49. Is. 43, 6. 
 al. Also pin-nis 1^5 to stand afar off 
 (comp. "^ no. 3. i ), like Gr. ioTTjxhui 
 fiux(j6^iv,' Ex. 20, 18. 21. 2 K. 2, 7. Ps. 
 
 38. 12. Is. 59, 14 ; comp. Jer. 51, 50. Of 
 time, see above in lett. b. /S) After 
 verbs of motion, far away, to a distance, 
 Prov. 7, 19. Is. 22. 3. 23, 7; comp. -, no. 
 3. k. pinn^ ns id. Is. 57, 9. Neh. 12, 43. 
 
 bb) p'in'nob a) from afar Job 36, 'i. 
 
 39, 29; of time past. yroHt long ago Is. 
 37, 26. /3) for a long time to come, 2 
 Sam. 7. 19 ; see above in lett. b. . 
 pinnTsb IS to far avay, far abroad, 2 
 Chr^26, 15. Ezra 3, 13. 
 
 cc) pinn ns to a distance, far avay, 
 Mic. 4, 3. ' 
 
 dd) pTTTna at a distance, afar off, once 
 'na -iBSPa. 10, 1. 
 
 'OT''? m. plur. B"'an'n Cant. 1, 17 Cheth. 
 i. q. aT}n in Keri, carved or fretted ceil- 
 ing, either from an error in the tran- 
 scriber, or because n in this word was 
 sometimes pronounced harder, like ri; aa 
 among the Samaritan.^, in whose Penta- 
 teuch instead of D'^cm is read D'^am . 
 
'rn 
 
 975 
 
 
 Evrald on Cant. 1. c. supposes O'^nn to 
 be put by a transpos. of letters for a^in , 
 ^,^itf, turned work; but tliis is less 
 
 probable. 
 D'^ni dual, a hand-mill, see in MHT. 
 pTJn Chald. adj. plur. TP^n-jj/arq^, 
 distant, Ezra 6, 6. R. prn . 
 
 * ^n*^ obsol. root, Arab. J^ , to mi- 
 grate, to journey, espec. with camels. 
 Hence perh. ^n^ a sheep ; comp. *)S<S. 
 A secondary and denom. verb is Arab. 
 Jl.s Conj. V, to own lambs. 
 
 bnn f plur. O'^btin 1. an ewe, a sheep, 
 Gen. 31, 39. 32. 15.' Is. 53, 7. Cant. 6, 6. 
 
 Arab. S^)- J^5> ^'""^ 
 
 2. liacliel, pr. n. of the wife of Jacob 
 Gen. 29, 16 sq. mother of Joseph and 
 Benjamin Gen. 30, 22. 35. 16 ; who died 
 near Bethlehem, where her sepulchre 
 is still shown Gen. 35. 19. 1 Sam. 10,2; 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 322. II. p. 
 157._For Jer. 31, 15 see in nan no. 2. a. 
 
 soften, to soothe, and also to be fond of 
 to cherish ; kindr. with C]nn . Arab. 
 *^ to soothe, to cherish, as a mother 
 
 her infant ; to brood, as a bird her eggs. 
 
 Hence Bnn . cnn . belly, womb. Also 
 
 2. Fut.O, nnn^ , to love, Ps. 18, 2. Syr. 
 
 ^omH id. Arab, ^^s to pity, also to love. 
 
 PiEL Dn-i , inf. cm , fut. onn-^ , to have 
 mercy, compassion, upon any one, to 
 pity ; from the ideaof fondness, cherish- 
 ing. Syr. Pa. id. Strictly of compassion 
 towards the needy and helpless, as wi- 
 dows Is. 9, 16; infants 13, 18; also of 
 parents towards their infmt children as 
 helpless Ps. 103, 13. Is. 49. 15 ; espec. of 
 God as pitying his afflicted people Deut. 
 13, 18. Is. 14. 1. 30, 18. 60, 10. Jer. 12, 
 15. Hos. 1, 6. Hab. 3, 2. al. Rarely as 
 towards things Jer. 30, 18. Constr. 
 with ace. usually; rarely with bs Ps. 
 103, 13; absol. Lam. 3. 32. 
 
 PuAL nnn to be pitied, to fnd mercy. 
 Prov. 2S, 13' Hos. 14, 4. Part. fern, rronn 
 for r^-arrrc Hos. 1, 6. 8. 2, 3. 25. 
 
 Deriv. nnn "'S'sn'^, cnnn, also the 
 pr. names cinn , nnh^ , ^x^rn'j , nrrn xb . 
 
 nrr\ m. Lev. 11, 18, and fTCH^ f. 
 (Milfel) Deut. 14, 17, a amaller species of 
 vulture, white, with black wings, feeding 
 on dead bodies, the carrion-vulture, viil- 
 tiir percnoptems Litm. The Heb. name 
 comes from its tenderness to its young, 
 
 like fTi'^on stork. Arab. f^\ and &4^\> 
 See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 207-322. 
 Russell Nat. Hist, of Aleppo II. p. 295. 
 
 on"!? f (r. cnn) in pause cnn . Plur. 
 Cann see below in its order. 
 
 1 . i. q. cn-i womb Gen. 49, 25. Is. 40, 
 3. Ez. 20, 26! Prov. 30, 16. 
 
 2. Poet, for a female, viaiden, from 
 the womb as peculiar to the sex, Judg. 
 5, 30. Comp. r\-arn . 
 
 3. Raham, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 44. 
 
 Dnn comm. gend. (m. Job 24. 20; f. 
 Jer. 20, 17) in pause cnn, c. suff. HTarrn , 
 the belly, spec, the womb, Num. 12, 12. 
 Job 10, 18. 24, 20. 31, 15. Hos. 9, 14; in 
 beasts Ex. 13. 2. 12. 15 ; trop. Job 38, 8. 
 Ps. 110, 3. To shut up the womb see in 
 !5D, "IS?; to open the womb see in nns. 
 nn-iT3 from the womb, from one's birth, 
 Ps. 22. 11. 58, 4. Jer. 1, 5; at birth Job 
 
 3, 11. Arab. L^''^, iLy, id. R. cnn. 
 
 rani f. (r. cnn) i. q' cnn no. 2, a 
 Tuaiden, damsel; Dual C^rjann Judg. 
 5, 30. 
 
 mann . gee in r. cnn Pual. 
 
 D''''2n^ pr. plur. of subst. cnn , like 
 n-^nios . crij^q ; see Lehrg. p. 576. 
 
 1. the inwards, bowels, t aJiXdyx^a, 
 Syr. V ; so called from their soft- 
 ness, see r. cnn . Spec, as the seat of 
 affection, compassion, etc. Prov. 12, 10. 
 So T anXayxva dliovg Luke 1, 78. Arab. 
 
 S u ) 
 
 f^^K pity. Samar. id. Hence 
 
 2. Trop. affection, tenderness towards 
 one's kindred, Gen. 43, 30. 1 K. 3, 26 ; 
 pity, compassion, mercy, towards the 
 needy, helpless, afflicted. Gen. 43. 14. 
 Am. 1, 11. Is. 47, 6. Zech. 7, 9 ; espec. 
 of God towards men as helpless, wretch- 
 ed, sinful, and deserving of punishment, 
 Ps. 25, 6. 40, 12. 51. 3. 69. 17. 79. 8. al. 
 ^^^n"!) "'pn Hos. 2. 21. Ps. 103. 4. ^na 
 h a"'T3nn to give or shoic mercy towards 
 any one Deut. 13, 18. Jer. 42. 12; n^SJ 
 
snn 
 
 976 
 
 pn'^ 
 
 h frn-i id. Is. 47. 6 ; see in n!) no. 6. 
 iJEb 'eb C'^Jinn "pa /o give one mercy 
 before any one, to procure hira favour, 
 Gen. 43, 14; comp. 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106, 
 46. Neh. 1, 11. Dan. 1, 9. 
 
 ^ V'"?'^'-' Chald. plar. id. mercy, cornpas- 
 '.sion, Dan. 2, 18. Freq. in the Targg. 
 
 'Sian'^ ra. adj. (r. D^'^) merciful, com- 
 passionate, fem. plur. rii'S^nn Lam. 
 
 s. ^0 ^ 
 4, 10. Arab. ^^U^=fc\ ia- 
 
 "j"^ obsol. root of doubtful signifi- 
 cation, Arab, to bend, to incline. Hence 
 pr. n. t^jn-pi . 
 
 ^I'-O Pf"' 'o ^^ ^^fi: kindr. with cn"! 
 q. V. Arab, iwfl^) id. Hence to be or 
 become faccid, lax, weak, nearly i. q. 
 riEi . Jer. 23, 9 my heart is broken, 
 "'n'i^2S5"b3 ^En-i all my bones are re- 
 laxed, from terror. The ancient ver- 
 sions have to tremble, to shake, by mere 
 conjecture. 
 
 PiEL fut. txyy) to cherish one's young, 
 to brood or hover over. (comp. in r. cnn ,) 
 as the eagle its young Deut. 32, 11. 
 Trop. of the Spirit ofGod as thus brood- 
 ing over and vivifying the chaotic mass 
 of the earth, part. fem. rEnnTa Gen. 1, 2. 
 Syr. ^js^'t is far more common, and is 
 used of birds which brood over their 
 young, Ephr. II. p. 552 ; of a mother 
 cherishing her infant ibid. p. 419 ; of 
 Elisha cherishing the dead body of the 
 child, Ephr. II. p. 529 ; also of a voice 
 descending from heaven and hovering 
 in the air. Ephr. III. p. 143 ; also to pity, 
 ;. q. Heb. cnn. 
 
 * ytj"^ flit YTl'\ ) inf- yj^"^ and nsri-i 
 Ex. 30, 18. 
 
 1. to wash, to lave, c. ace. e. g. the 
 human body or its parts. Gen. 18, 4. 43, 
 31. Lev. 14, 9. 15, 13. 16, 4; meats Ex. 
 29, 17. Lev. 1. 9. 13. Metaph. to wash 
 away the pollution of sin from man Is. 
 4, 4. To wash the hanila in innocency 
 is to declare oneself innocent Pb, 26, 6. 
 73, 13; comp. the symbolical action 
 Deut. 21, 6 sq. Matt. 27, 24. It differs 
 from D:s to wash clothes. Arab. go.^v 
 to waHli the body and also clothes. 
 
 2. to wash oneself, to bathe, Ex. 8, 5. 
 Ruth 3, 3. 2 Sam. 11, 2. 2 K. 5, 10. 13. 
 
 With 3 of that in which one bathes, 
 Cant. 5, 12. Job 29, 6 ; ace. of water 
 Ex. 30, 20 ; "i^ of vessel Ex. 40, 31. 
 
 PuAL yn"i to be washed, cleansed, 
 Prov. 30, 12.'Ez. 16,4. 
 
 HtTHP. to wash oneself, Job 9, 30. 
 
 Deriv. yn'n , n:;nn . 
 
 f nn Chald. Ithpa. to trust, c. bs on or 
 in any one, Dan. 3, 28. 
 
 f nn m. a washing Ps. 60, 10. 108, 10. 
 
 nsnn f washing of sheep, washing- 
 place. Cant. 4, 2. 6, 6. Ft. yn-i . 
 
 * P'^'^ fut. prni , inf n^^n-n Ez. 8, 6. 
 
 1. to go far away, to recede from any 
 one, c. -f-q Ecc. 3, 5. Job 30, 10. Prov. 
 19, 7. Ciiald. and Syr. id. But the 
 primary signification seems to have 
 been transitive, to thrust away, to repel, 
 i. q. pn'n . With bsia Ez. 8, 6; trop. to 
 go far away from God, nin^ bs-Q Jer. 
 2, 5. Ex. 11, 15. 44, 10 ; from the law, 
 nnirms Ps. 119, 150; from sin Ex. 23, 7. 
 Is! 54, 14. Chald. pnn id. 
 
 2. to be far off, distant, remote; in 
 place Deut. 12, 2L 14. 24. Ps. 103, 12; 
 in time Mic. 7, 11. Often of God as 
 being far from affording aid, i. e. as re- 
 fusing to help, Ps. 22, 12. 20. 35, 22. 38, 
 22. 71, 12. Of men as far from safety 
 Job 5, 4 ; and vice versa, deliverance, 
 judgment, as far from men. Is. 46, 13. 
 59, 9. 11; comp. Job 22, 18. 
 
 NiPH. to be put far away, re^noved^ 
 Ecc. 12, 6 Cheth. 
 
 PiEL pn"i to pid far away, to removCy 
 Is. 6, 12. 29, 13 ; to spread far and wide^ 
 Is. 26, 15. 
 
 Hi PH. 1. Trans, i. q. Piel, to put fur 
 away, to remove, c. ace. Job 11,14; with 
 *a of pers. or place added Ps. 88, 19. 
 Job 22, 23 ; with bria of pers. Job 13,21. 
 19, 13. Prov. 5, 8 ; of place Joel 4, 6 
 (comp. 2. 20). Jer. 27, 10; once with Si 
 of place Ez. 11, 16. Metaph. Prov. 4, 
 24. 30. 8. Ps. 103, 12 God doth remove 
 our sins from us, i, e. he forgives us our 
 sins. With inf (nH: Ps. 55, 8) or inf c. 
 b. it is taken adverbially, rsbb pTintt 
 to go far away Ex. 8, 24 [28]. Hence 
 
 2. to go far away. pr. with "sbb impl. 
 Gen. 44. 4. Josh. 8. 4. Judg. 18, 22. Inf. 
 absol. pnnh m\v. far away, far off ^ Geo. 
 21. 16. Ex. 33, 7. Josh. 3, 16. 
 
 Deriv. pinn, X>n'vo^ and 
 
i. q. Heb. pnn. 
 
 977 
 
 Hence 
 
 prr\ chaij 
 
 adj. p"^^. 
 
 pn^ m. adj. verbal, going far avxiy, 
 departing ; plur. c. suff. Ps. 73, 27 ^""prn 
 toko go far from thee. 
 
 pnn adj. f. njsrn, see in pinn. 
 
 "'^'Jt ^^ ^*' **/* '" over, as a foun- 
 tain or boiling water ; Syr. wA^i Pe. 
 and Aph. id. The primary idea seems 
 to lie in the noise of water boiling or 
 bubbling, comp. ds^ . .Melaph. c, ace. 
 Ps. 45. 2 2ia i2T ""sb ttjnn my Aear^ boiU 
 up with goodly song. 
 Deriv. rdnna. 
 
 f^n'l f. a winnowing-fork or shovel, a 
 fan. U. 30,24. R.nm, after the form rnj. 
 
 * liti'n fut. a:: "77 ?o be wet, moistened, 
 with rain Job 24. 8 ; also with sap. see 
 aisn. Arab. -Aiop and Eth. Z^/IIQ id. 
 espec. of the moisture or juiciness of 
 plants in full verdure. Hence 
 
 3^"^ m. juicy, in full green, Job 8, 16. 
 Chuld. 3io-i, 2''Ui. id. 
 
 nt3'^ a spurious root, see ^"^V 
 
 '^ _ T obpol. root i. q. rv>') to trem- 
 ble, to be terrified. Chald. id. Hence 
 
 t3^"? m. tremour, terror, Jer. 49, 24. 
 
 * *2St2^ quadril. pass. Job 33, 25. to 
 grow green again, to grow young again, 
 to revive, prob. compounded from s::"! to 
 be juicy, green, and uJsa to be thick, flU. 
 Arab, transp. yiJ Jo according to the 
 Camoos to recover, to revive after ste- 
 rility. 
 
 *^-:7 '"^ Kal not used, to smite, 
 break, dash in pieces ; kindr. with (ti^J, 
 tfiab , tflsiO ; Arab. y*Jo\ (JaJo. . 
 
 PiEL fut. aJ^'n'i to dash in pieces, spec, 
 children against the .stones. 2 K. S. 12, 
 i. q. yes in Ps. 137. 9. Comp. Pual. 
 Also to dash to the ground, with arrows 
 Is. 13, 18. 
 
 Pual Can , fut. 13 Ji'' . to be dashed in 
 pieces against stones Is. 13, 16. Hos. 10, 
 14. 14, 1. Nah. 3, 10. 
 
 ''T ra. (for ^Ti , r. nnn ; as ''S for ''IJ , 
 ''K for "^IK) a watering, rain. Job 37, 1 1 ; 
 
 Bee fully in n^a . Arab. ^% 
 
 id. 
 
 *2'''1 and ZT\. praet. 3T, nan, also 
 nia--i; inf abol. an Judg. 11,25. Job 
 40, 2; fut a-i-i^. apoc. an-; Hos. 4, 5, 
 before a monosyll. "tb an^ Judg. 6. 31. 32, 
 conv. a-)*i Gen. 31, 36. But an;ii 1 Sam. 
 15, 5 is from r. anjj . 
 
 1. to contend, to strive, to quarrel. Syr. 
 uS^M to strive. Arab, 'ou mid. Ye is 
 to doubt, to hesitate , a secondary sense 
 derived from the idea of contending and 
 quarrelling. The primary ideaof a^n is 
 ' to seize each other by the hair.' like the 
 synon. nS3 ; and this root belongs to the 
 same family with rapio, Goth, raujjjan 
 to pull or pluck, Germ, raufen. rupfen, 
 see more under the verb XBn . Spoken : 
 a) Pr. but rarely, of those who contend 
 by blows etc. Deut. 33, 7 ib an T'n^ with 
 his hands let him contend for hiniself; 
 here l"'"!^ is the instrument, see Heb. Gr. 
 135. 1. n. 3. b) Ollener of those who 
 strive in words, Ps. 103. 9 ; c. CS Gen. 
 
 26, 20. Job 9. 3. 40, 2 ; r^x with Is. 45, 9. 
 Judg. 8, 1 ; bx Judg. 21, 22. Job 33. 13; 
 a Gen. 31, 36; also with ace. of him 
 with whom one contends Job 10, 2. Is. 
 
 27. 8. With b of himjbr whom one 
 contends Judg. 6. 31. Job 13. 8 ; bs of 
 that about which one strives Gen. 26,21. 
 
 2. Spec, to contend before a judge, to 
 manage or plead a cause, with ace. of 
 the person whose cause one sustains. Is. 
 1, 17. 51, 22 ; fully 'b a-n-PX a-"! 1 Sam. 
 24, 16. Lam. 3, 58. Jer. 50. 34. 51, 36. 
 Prsegn. 1 Sam. 25. 39 blessed be Jehoixih 
 baa ij-Q 'nann a-i-i-rx an nirx who hath 
 pleaded (maintained) the cause of my 
 reproach from Nabal, i. e. who hath 
 taken vengeance for me of Nabal. Ps. 
 43, 1 T'on xb 'iaia 'a-'n na-^n maintain my 
 cause (^and deliver me) from a merciless 
 people. Ps. 119,154. Prov. 22.23. Part. 
 an a defender Is. 19. 20. God is also 
 said to plead his cause, when he rebukes 
 or punishes the wicked, Is. 3, 13. Am. 
 7. 4. Ps. 103, 9. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal. found only in part. 
 a-inia l Sam. 2, 10. Hos. 4. 4. 
 
 beriv. an;; , a-'i;; , na-'i^ , the pr. 
 names ''^^y., ''a"'n, bran"i, r'iai^, also 
 
 S"*"! m. and 3"? Job 29. 16 ; plur. 
 D'^a-'n and P'an , constr. '^a'^n . 
 
 1. contention, strife, quarrel. Gen. 13. 
 7. Deut. 25, 1. Is. 58, 4. Prov. 20, 3. al! 
 
 82* 
 
2''"1 
 
 978 
 
 V 
 
 2"'n tt)"'S mi/ adversary. Is. 41 . 1 1. Trop. 
 Job 33, 19. Plur. cS ''n'^n Ps. 18. 44. 
 
 2. a cause. swi7, before a judge. Ex.23, 
 2. Deut.21,5. Is. 1, 23. 41. 21. 3^") C%\ 
 one who has a cause or suit Judg. 12. 2. 
 2 Sam. 15, 2. 4 ; ':"'"i tti"'X my adversary, 
 opponent. Job 31, 35. Plur. ^ncb nisn 
 iAe pleadings of my lips Job 13, G. 
 
 ^'2'^'^ (i. q. "2"'"i'?, n;;'::"'!'^, for whom 
 Jehovah pleads) Ribai, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 
 23, 29. 1 Chr. 11, 31. 
 
 H'^T m. (r. nil"!) sccnf, odour, which 
 any thing exhales, emits. Cant. 1, 12. 2, 
 
 13. 7, 14. Gen. 27, 27. al. Trop. Job 
 
 14. 9, comp. Judg. 16, 9. Often in the 
 connection nrf: n"''n , see nrr^J . 
 
 ryn Chald. m. odour Dan. 3, 27 ; 
 comp. Job 14, 9. 
 
 D"^"!, see DXT buffalo. 
 
 Sy^, c. suff. 035'^^, see in art. T}. H. 
 
 riiB"""! f plur. (r. C|1t) pounded corn 
 or grain, grits, polenta, 2 Sam. 17, 19. 
 Prov. 27, 22. 
 
 riB'^'i Gen. 10, 3, Riphath, pr. n. of a 
 region and people sprung from Gomer, 
 i. e. from the Cimmerians. Most, intpp. 
 
 ^compare the Riphcean mountains, in the 
 
 remotest northern regions. 
 
 p"*"! m. (r. p^ii) 1. Adj. empty, as 
 p-'l 1^3 Jer. 51, 34. Neut. emptiness, 
 trop. a vain thing, Ps. 2, 1. 4, 3. 
 
 2. Adv. in rain, to no purpose, Ps. 73, 
 13. Is. 30. 7. More fully p-i^b id. Lev. 
 26, 16. 20. Is. 65, 23; p-^nb job 39, 16. 
 18.49, 4: p-'n ^'13 id. Hab. 2, 13. Jer. 
 '51, 58. 
 
 p"*"? m. adj. (r. pii) also p"? Gen. 38, 
 -24; fern. n;rn : plur. C-'p''"], also B'^pn 
 2 Sam. 6. 20 ; empty, Chald. p-'T , -(rsin ; 
 Syr. f "* " " So of an empty vessel 
 Judg. 7, 16. 2 K. 4, 3; a pot Ez. 24, 11 ; 
 a ciftern Gen. 37, 24 ; ears of grain with- 
 out kernels Gen. 41, 27, comp. ' vanie 
 arista?' Virg. Georg. 1.226. So of an 
 empty spirit, i. e. hungry, Is. 29, 8, comp. 
 . 32, 6 atid CB3 no. 2 ; also of empty hands, 
 i. e. iviporerislied, needy, Neh. 5, 13; 
 'Comp. in cjs^n. Metaph. a) empty, 
 iVain, of words Deut. 32, 47. b) worth- 
 
 less, wicked. Jadg. 9, 4. 11.3. 2 Sam, 6, 
 20. 2 Chr. 13, 7.>rov. 12, 11. 28, 19. 
 
 Dp'^t' fidv. (r. pii) q. d. emptily, i. e. 
 a) with empty vessels, Jerl 14. 3 ; empty- 
 handed, i. e. poor, needy, Ruth 1, 21 ; 
 also witiioLit a gift Ruth 3, 17. Hence 
 cp''-i 's n^d to send one away empty, 
 without a gift, Gen. 31, 42. Deut. 
 15. 13. Job 22, 9, comp. 1 Sam. 6, 3 ; 
 cp^"! T\^n to go away empty, id. Ex. 
 3. 21. Deut. 16. 16 they shall not appear 
 before Jehovah cp'^n empty, without an 
 offering, Ex. 23, 16. 34, 20. b) vaitdy, 
 void, to no purpose, without effect ; 
 2 Sam. 1, 22 the sword of Saul returned 
 not empty, i. e. not without slaughter and 
 victory. Jer. 50, 9; of God's word Is. 55, 
 11. So Ps. 25, 3 cp-in D-^njan ^cs;; let 
 them be ashamed that transgress in vain, 
 i. e. whose wicked counsels are frustrated, 
 c) for naught, undeservedly, without 
 ground or cause, i. q. DSn no. 3 ; Ps. 7, 5, 
 comp. Ps. 69, 5. 
 
 "\'''7 m. (r. "i^n) spittle, slaver, slime, 
 1 Sam. 21, 14. For n!",T:|n i^n Job 6, 6, 
 
 see in rTO^n. 
 
 "^T m. (r. irin) poverty, Prov. 10, 15. 
 13, 18. 24, 34. 
 
 "^"1 m. (r. ttJn) poverty. Prov. 28, 19. 
 31,7. 
 
 jWin, see in 'puJxn. 
 
 ^"^ m. adj. (r. TjS'j) plur. D'^S'n ; fem. 
 ns-n , plur. ris'n . 
 
 1. tender, e. g. foliage Ez. 17, 22; 
 children and youth of tender age. Gen. 
 33, 13. Prov. 4, 3. 1 Chr. 22, 5. 29, 1 ; 
 the young of flocks and herds and their 
 meat, Gen. 18, 7. 
 
 2. soft, not hard, e. g. the tongue Prov. 
 25. 15. Trop. soft, i. e. a) gentle, bland, 
 Prov. 15, 1. nisn soft words Job 40, 27 ; 
 comp. fiaXaxit tnt], finXnxol X< yoi, Hom. 
 b) delicate, tenderly brought up, Deut. 
 28, 54. 56. 
 
 3. weak, feeble, 2 Sam. 3, 39. WZ"^? 
 rian weak or dull eyes Gen. 29, 17, 
 which were esteemed a defect, comp. 
 1 Sam. 16, 12. Vulg. lippi. blear. Sept. 
 Kffdtiac. Trop. 33b rj-i faint-hearted, 
 timid, Deut. 20, 8. 2 Chr. 13, 7. 
 
 ^T m. (r. T|?"j) softness, dcUcateness, 
 Deut. 28, 56. 
 
nsn 
 
 979 
 
 n5-i 
 
 ^? T ^^^- -?"*? > 'o "'^) whether on 
 an anidial ur in a vehicle, Lat. rehi. 
 
 Arab. 
 
 ^y Syr. siAs) and 
 
 i, 
 
 Chald. Sam. 33*1, id. The primary 
 idea seems to be to bend the knee, so 
 that a?*! is pr. i. q. Tpa ; hence Chald. 
 
 a-; , Kan , xais^nx . iU^x , knee. 
 
 1. to ride upon a beast, as a horse, 
 ass, camel; with bs ofbeastGen. 24, 61. 
 Num. 22, 22. 30. 1 Sam. 30, 17. al. sajp. 
 a Neh. 2, 12. Jer. 17, 25. 22, 4. With 
 ncc. DID 331 a rider, horseman. 2 K. 18, 
 19. Am. 2, 15; romp. Ex. 15, 1. "^aan 
 Pijhx Judg. 5, 10. 
 
 2. to ride, to drive in a vehicle, rectus 
 est; comp. old Germ, rilan, Anglosax. 
 ridan. Engl, to ride; whence reila, reiti, 
 carriage, rheda Cses. With a of the 
 vehicle Jer. 17, 25. 22, 4 ; ace. Hagg. 2, 
 22 ; absol. 1 K. 18, 45. Ps. 45, 5. 68, 5. 
 Poet of Jehovah who is borne, rides, 
 upon the cherubim Ps. 18, 11 ; upon the 
 clouds Is. 19, 1 comp. Ps. 104. 3 ; upon 
 the heavens Deut. 33, 26. Ps. 68, 34. 
 
 HiPH. a"'3nn, fut. apoc. aan^i. 
 
 1. to catise to ride, to let ride, on an 
 animal, Esth. 6, 9. 1 K. 1, 33. Ps. 66, 12. 
 
 2. to cause to ride in a vehicle, c. ace. 
 pers. Gen. 41, 43 ; to convey 2 K. 23, 30. 
 2 Chr. 35, 24. Metaph. to cause to ride, 
 to be borne, upon the wings of the wind, 
 Job 30. 22. Here belongs the expres- 
 sion I'lx-^n'ira-bs ais-in, see in niaa 
 no. 2. Spoken of things, to set or place 
 upon a vehicle, 2 Sam. 6. 3; also simpl. 
 to place upon, to put or lay upon, e. g. 
 the hand, c. hv 2 K. 13, 16. Arab. ^.^ 
 II, to impose or insert one thing upon 
 another. Syr. Aph. id. Chald. Aph. id. 
 
 3. to fasten or yoke to a vehicle, e. g. 
 as a draught-animal, Hos. 10, 11. 
 
 Deriv.33-! naan, 3n, asn^, naDnia. 
 
 ^5"^ m. in pause 32i, c. suff. "^aa") ; 
 plur. constr. ''33'n ; constr. once with 
 plur. f. Nah. 2, 5 ; pr. 'a riding,' concr. 
 ' rider.' Hence 
 
 1. Collect, riders, troops. Is. 21,7; so 
 v. 9 ttJ'^X 331 man-riders, comp. Is. 22, 6. 
 
 Arab. \,^\j\ riding-camels. 
 
 2. a wagon, chariot, i. q. naa^i? , either 
 for war or serving for luxury and pomp, 
 
 Judg. 5. 28. 1 K. 1, 5. 22, 35. 2 K. 2, 11. 
 2 Chr. 35, 21. Often collect. vHir-charioU; 
 e. g. CCne^ aan chariots arul horsemen 
 IK. 10.26. V 22! 7. 31,1; Jer. .51, 21 331 
 iaail the chariots and t/wse thai ride 
 tfierein ; also with numerals, 2 K. 7, 14 
 aan 'Stz; . Ez. 14, 7. Jndg. 4. 2. 1 Sam. 13, 
 5. al. With a verb plur. fcm. Nah. 2, 5; 
 only once itselfplur.ri-nB "'Ssn Cant. 1,9. 
 bna 33"; chariots of iron, either covered 
 with iron plates, or armed with hooks, 
 scythes, Josh. 17, 18. Judg. 1, 19. 33-in -^nj 
 the clmriot-cities, where war-chariots 
 were stationed, 1 K. 9, 19. 10. 26. 2 Chr. 
 1, 14. 8, 6. 9, 25. asnn lyr captains 
 over chariots 1 K. 22, 31.' 33. 2 K. 8, 21. 
 Often 33"), like (/i in Homer, refers 
 chiefly to the horses, and also to the 
 warriors who sit upon the chariots, e. g. 
 2 Sam. 8, 4 and David houghed all the 
 chariots i. e. the chariot-horses. 10, 18 
 and David slew of the Syrians seven 
 hundred chariots i. e. the warriors of 
 so many chariots. 2 K. 7, 14 331 "'385 
 CO'iD two pairs of horses. Ez. 39, 20. 
 But not infreq. 33") and a"'piO are joined, 
 and so distinguished from each other, 
 Josh. 11, 8. 1 K. 20. 25. 2 K. 6, 14. Jer. 
 17, 25. Ps. 20, 8. Like the Hebrews, the 
 Canaanites also used war-chariots Josh. 
 17, 18 ; and espec. the Egyptians Ex. 14, 
 9. Is. 31, 1 : see the sculpture on Egyp- 
 tian monuments, Rosellini Monn. stor. 
 Tab. 46-49, 102 sq. Wilkinson Mann, 
 and Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians, I. p. 
 338 sq. Poet, chariots are al.so ascribed 
 to the celestial hosts, Ps. 68, 18 ; comp. 
 Hab. 3. 8. 
 
 ^S"^ m. (r. 33n) c. suff. 1331 1. a 
 rider, horseman, 2 K. 9, 17. 
 
 2. the driver of a chariot, charioteer^ 
 1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr, 18, 33.. 
 
 '^y^ (i. q. Arab, tj&j a band of riders 
 
 on camels) Rechab, pr. n. a) The 
 founder of the tribe of Rechabites, who 
 were bound by a vow ever to follow the 
 nomadic life. 2 K. 10, 15. 23. Jer. 35. 2sq. 
 1 Chr. 2. 55. Comp. Diod. Sic. 19. 94. 
 Gentile n. plur. 0''33";3 Rechabites. Jer. 
 35, 2. 3. 5. 18. b) 2 Sam. 4, 2. c) Neh. 
 3, 14. 
 
 nSD"! f (r. 33^) vectura, a riding or 
 driving, Ez. 27, 20. 
 
15-1 
 
 980 
 
 'D1 
 
 ^'^ (for nnn"! q. v.) Rechah, pr. n. of 
 a place otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 4, 12. 
 
 2^.3n 111. a chariot, Ps. 104, 3. R. 33*^ . 
 
 O^DT m. delect. tJSl Gen. 14, 11. 16. 
 21. 15, 14; c. suff. "ittJ^i-i , 'itti:'] Gen. 31, 
 18 ; pr. ' what one has.' possestiions. pro- 
 perty, substance; Sept. tu vnu(iXovitx, tj 
 V7ivi(}^ig. Thus : 
 
 a) In the most general sense, as fields, 
 gardens, vineyards, grain ; hence '^'nb 
 T\^psn mz"! overseers of the king^s sub- 
 stance ] Chr. 27, 31 ; comp. v. 25-31. 
 Flocks and herds are also mentioned as 
 part of the king's substance, 2 Chr. 21, 
 
 14. 35, 7. 
 
 b) In a sense less general, moveable 
 property, such as can be transported or 
 driven, as flocks and herds, gold and sil- 
 ver, household stuff, Gen. 12, 5 where 
 slaves are excepted. 13, 6. 14, 12. 16. 
 
 15. 14. Num. 16, 32. 2 Chr. 21, 17. Ezra 
 8, 21. Dan. 11, 13. 24. 28. Sometimes 
 flocks and herds are not included, Gen. 
 31. 18. 46. 6. Num. 35, 3. 1 Chr. 28, 1 ; 
 also grain Gen. 14, 11. 
 
 c) In the strictest sense, household 
 goods, taggoge, not including precious 
 things, nor gold and silver, Ezra 1, 4. 6. 
 
 5'^D"! m. (r. ^3*l) tale-hearing, detrac- 
 tion; hence b"'2'i "'CJX tale-bearers, slan- 
 derers, Ez. 22, 9. ^'2'j Xy^X^ to go about 
 for tale-bearing, as a tale-bearer, Lev. 
 19, 16. Prov. 11, 13. 20, 19. Jer. 6, 28. 9,3. 
 
 sji^ ) praet. Tj'^, fut. TjlD see in no. 3. 
 
 1. to be tender; see Til adj. Arab. 
 ~ fi 
 
 Vijr. Kindr. is pj^n I. 
 
 2. to be soft ; trop. to be delicate, ten- 
 derly brought up, Deut. 28, 56. Of 
 words, to be soft, gentle, bland, Ps. 55, 22. 
 
 3. to be weakened, broken, e. g. the 
 mind, S^, to become faint, timid; so 
 prait. T,"! 2 K. 22, 19; fut. Tp" (like -n?;:, 
 cn-) Deut. 20, 3. Is. 7, 4. Jer. 51, 46. " 
 
 PuAi. "3"i to be softened, mollified, as 
 a wound with ointment, Is. 1, 6. 
 Hii'H. Causat. of Kal no. 3, Job 23, 16. 
 Deriv. TO , Tp ; Tp^ 
 
 557 ' q- ^?"7 ) pr- '0 go about, i. e. 
 
 a) For trafTic, as a trader, i. q. ino, 
 
 hence to trade, to traffic. Part, bzn 
 
 a trader, merchant. Cant. 3, 6; plur. 
 
 O-ibsi Ez. 27, 13. 15. 17 8q. al. Fern. 
 
 pVs'-i a female trader, Ez. 27, 3. 20. 23. 
 Syr. lis? is spec, a perfumer, apothecary. 
 Hence n|3n, rVsna. 
 
 b) For tale-bearing, slander; whence 
 b^sn tale-bearing. 
 
 Deriv. the two following and nVsna. 
 
 5Dn (traffic) Rachal, pr. n. of a city in 
 Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 29. 
 
 rby"} I trade, traffic, Ez. 26, 12. 28, 
 5. 16.'l8. R. b=n. 
 
 C?"^ fut. plur. ^03'^.'^, to bind on or 
 to any thing, Ex. 28, 28. 39, 21. Arab. 
 {jtS\ id. e. g. cattle in stalls. Hence 
 the two following. 
 
 ^rT), only in plur. C'GD'n bound-vp 
 places, i. e. rough, rugged, difficult to 
 pass, Is. 40, 4. Jarchi : mountain ranges, 
 chains of mountains. 
 
 CD'I m. (r. DD-i) once Ps. 31, 21 ^OS-i 
 aJ"^!* , either : a) snares of men, their 
 
 plots, Arab. (ja,o a cord, noose ; or b) 
 
 bands, troops of men, as fTnSX from 
 "i5ij ; or c) leagues of men, conspira- 
 cies ; comp. "ii^.l?. from r. "it'|5 . 
 
 ''^^1 1. i. q. Arab. ijaS's pr. to 
 hit u-ilh the foot, to kick; spec, to urge 
 on a horse xoith the feet ; and hence of a 
 horse, to be urged, on, to run. like Arab. 
 
 ljc.^p\ ; also ija^ss I, VIII, to run 
 
 swiftly, to flee. Hence ttis^ . 
 
 2. to gather, to acquire, to get proper- 
 ty; pr. 'to drive or bring together;' 
 Gen. 12, 5. 31, 18. 36, 6. 46, 6. 
 
 '^^'!) m. (r. ttJs'i) in pause ^3n , a 
 horse of a nobler and fleeter race, a 
 steed, courser, Mic. 1, 13. 1 K. 5, 8 [4, 
 28] ; distinguished from 0*0^0 Esth. 8, 
 10. 14. Syr. \.^^i horse. See Bochart 
 Hieroz. I. p. 95. 
 
 ^y} , see art. UJIS'I . 
 
 Cl 1. Part, of the verb i31"i , high, see 
 r. on Kal. 
 
 2. i?awi, pr. n. a) A family or clan of 
 the Buzites Job 32, 2 ; the same, as pome 
 think, with o^ix Gen. 22, 21. b) Ruth 
 4, 19. 1 Chr. 2,9; for which l^pw'iu Matt. 
 1, 3. Luke 3, 33. c) 1 Chr. 2, 25. 27. 
 
 D"!? bujah, eee tssj-n . 
 
n-ai 
 
 981 
 
 n:2t 
 
 * TM2^ 1. to auif, to throiD, Ba into 
 the scii. Kx. 15, 1. 21. 
 
 2. / sh(M)t with a bow ; nc]5~n"in a 
 bow-shuoter, archer, Jer. 4, 29 ; pliir. "^-il 
 nvp^ Pa. 78, 9. Arab. -x, Ethiop. 
 ^^P, Syr. and Chald. \ui , id. Comp. 
 Gr. {(Intut. 
 
 PiEL nan /o deceice ; pr. ' to cast 
 down, to make fiill,' like Gr. atfuXXw, 
 whence Lat. /alio; c. ace. Prov. 26, 
 19. Gen. 29, 25. Lam. 1, 19. 1 Sam. 19, 
 27. Josh. 9, 22. Prrogn. 1 Chr. 12, 17 
 'nxb 'snia'^b to deceive (and betray) me 
 to my enemies. 
 
 Deriv. 1*^1, ^"^1^} ^^l^^ ^''^l^, 
 wo-in , and'pr! n. n-'cn , n-iBT' . 
 
 n^l, Tan, Chald. l. to cast, to 
 throxD, Dun. 3, 20. 21. 24. 6, 17. 
 
 2. ^0 e^ <o p^cc, e. g. thrones. Dan. 
 7. 9. Comp. Rev. 4, 2 ^pdvo? txtiio, and 
 nn^ no. 2. 
 
 3. fo impose tribute, Ezra 7, 24. 
 Ithpe. ^0 be cast, thrown, into a fur- 
 nace Dan. 3. 6. 15. 
 
 man f. (r. ci->) constr. nn, Kamets 
 impure ; plur. niian , 
 
 1. a high place, height, 1 Sam. 22, 6 ; 
 espec. as consecrated to the worship of 
 idols, Ez. 16, 24. 25. 39. Comp. n7:3. 
 
 2. Ramah. pr. n. of several towns situ- 
 ated on heights. Gentile n. "'I^^'^ Rama- 
 ihite, once 1 Chr. 27, 27. 
 
 a) With art. n^'^n, except Neh. 11, 
 33, and mana Jer. 31, 15, a town of 
 Benjamin Josh. IS, 25 ; in the vicinity of 
 Gibeah andGeba Judg. 19, 13. Is. 10,29. 
 Hos. 5, 8. Ezra 2, 26. Neh. 7, 30. 1 ] , 33 ; 
 on the way from Jerusalem to Bethel 
 Jutlg. 4, 5 ; and not far from the confines 
 of the two kingdoms 1 K. 15, 17. 21. 22; 
 mentioned also Jer. 31, 15. 40, 1. Je- 
 rome places it six Roman miles north of 
 Jerusalem. Now er-RAm ^\-J\ -, a small 
 
 village on a hill two hours from Jerusa- 
 lem on the east of the great northern 
 road ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 315- 
 317. Josephus calls it'Pafin&btv Ant. 8. 
 12. 3. [Jer. 31, 15 a voice was heard in 
 Ramah . . . Rachel tceepingfor her chil- 
 dren ; here the context refers to the e.x- 
 iles carried away captive by Nebuzara- 
 dan to Babylon, who passed by way of 
 Ramah which was prob. their rendez- 
 
 vous, see Jer. 40, 1. Ab Ramah was in 
 Benjamin, the prophet introduces Rachel 
 the mother of that tribe as bewailing the 
 captivity of her descendants. R. 
 
 b) y^a/?ui/tof Sunjuel, so called, where 
 that prophet lived and was buried, 1 Sam. 
 1, 19. 2, 11. 7, 17. 8, 4. 15, 34. 16, 13. 19, 
 18. 19. 22. 23. 25, 1. 28, 3; always with 
 the art. and eitiier He loc. or a pref. as 
 nana 1 Sam. 19, 19. 23. 25, 1. 28.3. 
 The same, as usually supposed, is o^nTa"^n 
 D"'BiS Ramathaiin-Zophini in the moun- 
 tains of Ephraim, 1 Sam. 1, 1 comp. 19; 
 but this is less certain, since the natice 
 town of Elkanah (1, 1) might be differ- 
 ent from the Ramah in which he resided, 
 V. 19. [But in v. 3 Elkanah is said to 
 go up from his city ("IT'S^) to worship, 
 which can only refer to the preceding 
 Ramathaira of v. 1 ; and in v. 19 he and 
 his wife return to their house in Ramah 
 (nroin cn'^3~bx), obviously the same 
 
 \ IT T r - V " .^ 
 
 place. R.] The position of this Ra- 
 mah was early lost sight of by tradition; 
 and a variety of opinions has prevailed 
 ever since Eusebius and Jerome. Its 
 site has been fixed : a) At the Ramah 
 of Benjamin (lett. a), although this was 
 less than an hour distant from Gibeah 
 where Saul resided and in full view of 
 it ; comp. 1 Sara. c. 9. 10. So Pococke, 
 Raumer, Winer. /3) Eusebius and Je- 
 rome regard it as the Arimathea of the 
 N. T. and place it near Lydda, where a 
 Ramah anciently existed. Hence some 
 have held it to be the same with the 
 present Ramleh ; which however is a 
 modern town, y) At the present Neby 
 Samvnl, a high point two hours north- 
 west of Jerusalem. But this is irre- 
 concileable with the mention of Rachel's 
 sepulchre in 1 Sam. 10, 2. d) Another 
 suggestion places Ra mathaim- Zophim 
 and Ramah at the modern Soba west 
 of Jerusalem ; where however the like 
 difficulty presses, though in a less de- 
 gree ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 
 330-334; comp. inq^::. If then we 
 allow weight to the mention of Rachel's 
 sepulchre, we can only seek (or this Ra- 
 mah near Bethlehem ; where also Euse- 
 bius speaks of a Ramah : ivi\ Sk xa 
 'Pnpa Toil Bfvutfiiv tiffil x)]V Bri&lfip. 
 Not far south-east of Bethlehem is Jebel 
 Fureidis or the Frank Mountain, the aw- 
 
n53"i 
 
 982 
 
 ni2i 
 
 cient fortress and city of Herod called 
 Herodium ; and if we fix there the site 
 of Ramah. all the circumstances men- 
 tioned in 1 Sam. c. 9. 10, are easily ex- 
 plained. But then the Ramathaim-Zo- 
 phira of 1 Sam. 1, 1, must have been a 
 different place. [This last supposition, 
 as we have seen above, is inadmissible. 
 Besides, no one who had ever stjcii the 
 Frank Mountain could suppose for a 
 moment that a city ever lay upon it. It 
 was indeed occupied by Herod's fortress, 
 but (he city Herodium lay at its foot ; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 171-173. Euse- 
 bius, as above cited, places the Ramah 
 of Benjamin near Bethlehem, obviously 
 in order to help out a wrong interpreta- 
 tion of Matt. 2, 18. A recent hypo- 
 thesis places this Ramah at a site of 
 ruins now called er-RAmeh two miles 
 north of Hebron. This also makes Ra- 
 mathaim-Zophim, the place of the pro- 
 phet's birth, to be different from the Ra- 
 mah of his residence and burial; against 
 the express testimony of Josephus, Ant. 
 6. 4. 6. ib. 13. 5. See Biblioth. Sacra, 
 1843, p. 46-51. See generally Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. II. p. 141-143. p. 330-334. In 
 this uncertainty interpreters may yet be 
 driven to the position, that the city where 
 Saul found Samuel (1 Sam. c. 9. 10) was 
 not Ramah his home. R. 
 
 c) A city of Naphtali Josh. 19, 36; 
 perh. the same mentioned v. 29 ; see Re- 
 land Palsest. p. 963. 
 
 d) A town of Gilead 2 K. 8, 29; fully 
 no^jsn r-cn Josh. 13, 26. 
 
 e) 'H^ ran , see in -"nb no. 3. 
 
 ^^1 f (r. en II) a worm, collect. 
 worms, as bred from putridity. Ex. 16. 24. 
 Job 7, 5. 17, 14. 21. 26. 24, 10. Is. 14. 11. 
 
 ^ Gg 
 
 Once trop. of man Job 25, 6. Arab. iLox 
 putridity, worms. v 
 
 T^") m. also T13T, c. suff. "'Jan ; plur. 
 c^rrn. constr. "'ro'^. 
 
 I. a pomegranate, spoken of the tree, 
 Num. 20. 5. Deut. 8, 8. 1 Sam. 14, 12. 
 Joel 1, 12. al. Of the fruit, Cant. 4, 3. 
 6, 7. 8, 2 ; also artificial, as an architec- 
 tural ornament, Ex. 28, 33. 34. 2 K. 25, 
 
 17 
 
 Arab. ^jLos id, 
 etymolojjy is uncertain : pince it is hard- 
 
 The 
 
 Syr. id. 
 pince it i 
 ly pouible, as come have supposed, that 
 
 pomegranates should have this name 
 from the worms (fiB"i) with which they 
 are infested. Better to interpret *(ian as 
 
 the marrowy, from | marrow, ^s IV 
 
 the bone is full of marrow. The pome- 
 granate tree is still found in Syria, Pa- 
 lestine, and Egypt ; see Celsius Hierob. 
 I. p. 272 sq. From their abounding in 
 pomegranates, several places received 
 the pr. name "lia"! Rimmon, viz. 
 
 a) A city of the tribe of Simeon in 
 the southern part of Palestine, Josh. 15 
 32. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. Zech. 14, 10. 
 
 b) A town on a high conical rock or 
 peak north-east of Geba and Michmash, 
 near the desert, Judg. 20, 45. 47. 21, 13. 
 
 Now Rumm6n ^j*.^) ; see Bibl. Res. in 
 
 Palest. II. p. 113, 122. Here too some 
 refer 1 Sam. 14, 2. 
 
 c) A city of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 13; 
 where "^Nhrn does not belong to the 
 proper name, see under "iNtn Pual. 
 The same is ir'a-i 1 Chr. 6, 62. 
 
 d) yTB "jis-i astationof the Israelites 
 after leaving Sinai, Num. 33, 19. 
 
 e) "jia"! rs, see in rs no. 4. 
 
 II. Rimmo7i, pr. n. m. a) A Syrian 
 idol. 2 K. 5, 18 ; comp. pr. n. "H'lS^ and 
 '('"3''71^! ; perh. tlie exalted, from r. n"?-! 
 I. Hesych. 'PjUs vfiarogitfog. b) 
 A man 2 Sam. 4, 2. 
 
 ni^t" (heights, plur. of nan) Ra- 
 moth. pr. n. a) A city in Gilead. else- 
 where riaxn, Josh. 21, 36 [3Sj. 1 K. 4, 
 13. b) :?: nian, i. q. 25:-raxn q. v. 
 
 1 Sam. 30. 27. 
 
 f^'1^'7 f (r. ail) a heap, viound, of 
 corpses Ez. 32. 5. Better, with J. D. 
 Michaelie, to write Tj^nia'^ or perhaps 
 ^nai . thy worms, from nan . 
 
 ' "2^ obsol. root, Arab. ^^-x to 
 
 pierce with a lance, to lance. Hence 
 
 JTOI ra. plur. cna'n, c. suff. CD/^na-i, 
 a lance, spear, used by heavy-armed 
 troops Num. 25. 7. Judg. 5, 8. Neh. 4, 7. 
 10. 15 ; coupled with n:s 1 Chr. 12. 8. 24. 
 
 2 Chr. 11, 12. 14, 7. 25. 5. Sometimes 
 tlie iron point, lance-head, Jer.iQ.i. Joel 
 4. 10. 1 K. 18, 28. Aram. Nnain , ^mLcob, 
 
 id. Arab. ^-\ id. 
 
TJ1 
 
 983 
 
 to-ai 
 
 '''fi'l m. plur. c. art. a-'ann 2 Chr. 22, 5, 
 i. q. n-'S-ixn . iii/rians ; comp. 2 K. 8, 2S. 
 For the upliajresis of the letter X see p. 
 1, also art, "'S'^x. 
 
 ^?^'!' (whom Jehovah hath set, comp. 
 Chahi. nisn no. 2 ) Jiamiah, pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 10, 25'. 
 
 n^n f (r. nan Pi.) 1. a letting fall 
 of the hands, i.e. remissneKS.slolh ; ldB3 
 TV^xn a slothful snul. person, Prov. 19, 15. 
 Concr. 07ie slothful Prov. 12, 24. 27. 
 nan pa nr? /o labour with a ./ocA: 
 ^anrf. slothful, 10, 4 ; see Heb. Gr. 135. 
 1. n. 3. Adv. remissly, slothfully, Jer. 
 48. 10. This notion of the root ap- 
 proaches near to the kindr. noT . Arab. 
 ^ VI, laxum, remissum fuit nego- 
 
 tium. 
 
 2. deceit, fraud, Ps. 32, 2. Mic. 6, 12. 
 Job 13. 7. n^rn "ifb a deceitful tongue 
 Ps. 120, 2. 3. n'lan rCjD a (hceilful 
 bow, which sends the arrows wide of the 
 mark, Hos. 7, 16. Poet, for treacherous 
 bowmen, who feign flight in order to 
 deceive, Ps. 78, 57. 
 
 ?fTSl f a mare., once Esth. 8, 10. Arab. 
 
 i(Joo\ id. Syr. Xsiao') herd of horses and 
 mares, also of other animals ; prob. from 
 
 Vers. XjCj flock, herd, troop. 
 
 *j'2'^ obsol. root., Arab. Juc* to deck 
 with gems, to stain with blood. Hence 
 
 in^b^T (whom Jehovah decks) Re- 
 maliah. pr. n. of the father of Pekah 
 king of Israel, 2 K. 15, 25 ; prob. a man 
 of low birth and standing, whence his 
 eon is called in contempt n^b'2"i""i3 Is. 
 7, 4. 5. 8, 6. 
 
 * I. DH"! i. q. nn, to be high, to be 
 lifted up, exalted. Prspt. sian Job 22, 12 
 where many Mss. and editions have i^'i ; 
 also "S"! Job 24, 24 where other copies 
 have lai"! . Part. fem. noBil uplifted, 
 exalted, Ps. US, 16. 
 
 NiPH. imp. plur. IB-in Num. 17, 10 
 [16, 45]. and fut. -la-i^ Ez. 10, 15. 17. 19, 
 to lift up oneself to rise up. In both the 
 forms a few Mss. omit the Dagesh. 
 
 11. D ^^ Arab. to rot, to be ca- 
 rious, of a bone ; also to be marrowy. 
 Hence nan , -jiBn . 
 
 1Ty-ri^7an (I have exalted his help, 
 r. 31") liouuiinti-ezer, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 25. 4. 31. 
 
 ]TS"1 . see TiaT . 
 
 *CO'n fiit. Ob'iv, kindr. is DB'i. 
 
 1. to tread with the feet, e. g. a potter 
 the clay, c. ace. Is. 41, 25 ; a Neh. 3, 
 14 ; also Ez. 34, 18. Hence to tread 
 upon. i. e. to walk over any thing, Ps. 
 91. 13. 
 
 2. to tread down, to trample underfoot, 
 2 K. 14, 9. Is. 26. 6. Dan. 8, 7. 10 ; also 
 persons so as to destroy life 2 K. 7, 17. 
 20. 9. 33 ; a lion his prey Mic. 5, 7. 
 Trop. Is. 63. 3. Ps. 7, 6. Part. 0^1 a 
 treader down, oppressor, Is. 16. 4. As- 
 scribed to the foot Is. 26, 6 ; comp. Ez. 
 34, 18. Further, to tread down, to trample 
 streets with horses' hools Ez. 26, 11. 
 Also Is. I, 12 "'n^n Ot"i to trample my 
 cimrts i. e. to profane them ; comp. Rev. 
 11. 2. 1 Mace. 3. 45. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of no. 2. Is. 28, 3. 
 Deriv. DOH. 
 
 ^'i'^ fut. ^"Oy) 1. to creep, to crawl, 
 the appropriate verb for the motion of 
 the smaller animals which creep along 
 the ground ; both those which have four 
 feet or more, as mice, lizards, crabs, (and 
 this is the proper signification, comp. 
 Dian .) and also those without feet, which 
 glide or drag themselves upon the 
 ground, as worms and serpents. Gen. 
 1; 26, after the mention of quadrupeds 
 both domestic and wild, of birds, and 
 fishes : 7":>!<n"^? biahn tyia-in-bs all the 
 creeping things (reptiles) that creep 
 upon the earth, v. 28. 30. 7, 8. 14. 8, 17. 
 19. Lev. 11, 44. Sometimes the earth 
 is said to creep with creeping things, c. 
 ace. (comp. T|^n no. 4,) Gen. 9, 2 bsa 
 ms^xn ia^-ipi idx upon all with which 
 the earth creeps, i. e. all reptiles which 
 creep upon the earth. 
 
 2. In a wider sense spoken of aqaatic 
 or amphibious reptiles ; Gen. 1,21 n*nn 
 D"Tan siand ic^s; rbiann the creeping 
 animals with which the waters swarm. 
 Lev. 11, 46. Ps. 69. 35. So of all land 
 animals whatever. Gen. 7, 21 init. Ps. 
 104, 20 all the beasts of the forest do creep 
 forth, sc. by night Irora their dens. 
 Hence 
 
W'2^ 
 
 984 
 
 "it^l 
 
 W?"!? m. a creeping thing; reptile, col- 
 lect, reptiles. Gen. 1, 25. 26. 6. 7. 7, 14. 
 23 ; often '"(^"iXi"] bo") whatever creeps 
 upon the earth Gen. 1, 23. 6, 20. Hos. 2. 
 20 [18] ; comp. Deut. 4, 18. Once of 
 aquatic animals Ps. 104. 23. So of all 
 Jand animals whatever, Gen. 9, 3. 
 
 riTS") (height, i. q. m:-,) Remeth, pr.n. 
 of a city in Issachar Josh. 19, 21. 
 
 HM r.'Q'l in some editions, see in 
 
 D^tiS n^nian, see in nis>i no. 2. b. 
 
 "J"! m. (pr. inf. of r. "Sn) o shouting, 
 rejoicing; Plur. constr. ::|3"'^jn shouts 
 of deliverance Ps. 32, 7. 
 
 * *~*i.^ fut. nsn-i, i. q. 'n, to give forth 
 a tremutons and stridulous sound ; once 
 of the ichizzing of the arrow as shot from 
 the bow Job 39. 23. where ns'rx quiver 
 is put poet, for arrows. Arab, ^v and 
 
 jj* I, IV, to sound, to twang, as the 
 bow when the arrow is shot. See Bo- 
 chart Hieroz. I. p. 134. Alb. Schultens 
 ad Hariri Cons. I. p. 11. 
 
 nsi f. (r. *:"n) I. shout of joy, re- 
 joicing, Ps. 30, 6. 42. 5. 47. 2. Is. 35, 
 ]0. 51, 11. al. 1 K. 22, 36 n:nn nn:'] 
 i^ "it?X5 . . . n;nr3 aiid there went the joy- 
 ful cry l/iroiighoul the camp . . . Home ! 
 
 2. a mournful cry, outcry, wailing, 
 Ps. 17, 1. 61, 2. 88, 3. 106, 44. Jer. 14, 
 12. al. 
 
 3. Rinnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20. 
 
 * ^""^ /> 1 /> 
 
 \ ; int. and imp. "p ; fut. "p^, twice 
 
 ns'in Prov. 1, 20. 8, 3. once |i'V; Prov. 
 29, 6 ; pr. to give forth a tremulous and 
 stridulous sound. Spec. 
 
 1. Of the tremulous creaking or whi- 
 ning sound mace by a mast or tall pole 
 vibrating in the wind ; hence "px, "p'n. 
 Also of the noise, roaring of a tor- 
 ts .^ 
 
 rent, see 'pS'^X . Arab, ^s to twang as 
 
 abow, to whizz. 
 
 2. to give forth tlie voice in vibrations. 
 to shake or trill the voice ; hence a) to 
 Utter cries of joy, to shout, but not with 
 an articulate voice, Lev. 9. 24 ; elsewhere 
 poetic Job 38, 7. Is. 12. 6. 42. 11. 54. 1. 
 al. Ascribed also to the human tongue 
 Is. 35, 6; to Inanimate things Is. 44, 23. 
 
 49, 13. With ace. to shout one^s praise, 
 to praise with rejoicing^ Is. 61, 7 see p^n 
 no. 2. c. With a id. Is. 24, 14; on ac- 
 count of Jer. 31, 7. b) Of mournful 
 cries, to cry aloud, to wail, Lam. 2, 19. 
 
 PiEL (S'l i. q. Kal no. 2. to shout for 
 joy, to rejoice, Ps. 98, 4. 132, 16. Is. 26. 
 19. 52, 9; with 2 in or over any person 
 or thing, Ps. 33,' 1. 89, 13. 92, 5; with 
 bs over the destruction of any one Jer. 
 51, 48. But with ace. of pers. or thing, 
 to shout aloud one^s praise, i. e. to praise 
 with rejoicing, Ps. 51, 16. 59, 17; c. bx 
 Ps. 84, 3; h 95, 1. Inf as noun "(n 
 shouting Is. 35, 2. Ascribed to things 
 Ps. 96, 12. 
 
 PuAL fut. 'ST', pass. Is. 16, 10. 
 
 HiPH. *p3nn 1. Trans, to cause to 
 shout for joy, to make rejoice, Ps. 65, 9. 
 Job 29, 13. 
 
 2. Intrans. to shout for joy, to rejoice, 
 Deut. 32. 43. Ps. 32, 11 ; c.h Ps. 81, 2. 
 
 Deriv. see Kal no. 1 ; also "p , nS"i , and 
 
 ^p2T f. constr. r:2l 1. a cry of joy, 
 shout, Ps. 100. 2. Job 3, 7. 20. 5. Plur. 
 ry^'.\-i Ps. 63, 6. 
 
 2.'Plur. C^:5'l Job 39, 13 [16] sq. /e- 
 male ostriches, poet, for the coram. ri32 
 ^J?- j so called from their wailing cry, 
 see 'i?"} Lam. 2, 19 and in njs;] . Comp. 
 Arab. jLov female ostrich, from her cry. 
 Vulg. strulhio. See Bochart Hieroz. II. 
 p. 24. 
 
 ^B"^ (a ruin, r. 00*1) Rissah, pr. n. of 
 a station of the Israelites in the desert, 
 Num. 33, 21. 22. 
 
 D'^P'^O'l m. plur. constr. "O'^P'n . 
 
 1. breaches, ruins, Am. 6, 11. R. bOT 
 no. 1. 
 
 2. drops, dew-drops. Cant. 5, 2. R. DG* 
 no. 2. 
 
 "rv obsol. root, Arab. ^JV*w^, to 
 bind, e. g. with a cord, halter, curb. 
 Hence 
 
 'jD'l m. c. suff. iSD'l 1. a curb, halter, 
 pr. which goes over a horse's nose Is. 
 30. 28 ; hence genr. n rein, bridle, Ps. 
 32. 9. Job 30, 11 in^aJ "^SDn (O-i they cast 
 off the bridle before me, i. e. they take 
 unbridled liberties ; comp. the Arabic 
 phrase jcLo\ loJLb ' he throws off his 
 bridle,' said of an unbridled person. 
 Hence 
 
con 
 
 985 
 
 yi 
 
 2. the inmith, i. e. the interior where 
 the bit is placed, the jaws, the teeth, like 
 Gr. xidu'oi. Job 41,5 [13j 1:0-) biDS. 
 i. e. the jiivvs, the double rov of teeth in 
 the crocodile. 
 
 3. Resell, pr. n. of an ancient city in 
 Assyria, Gen. 10, 12. 
 
 * con inf oHb 1. to break in pieces, 
 kindr. with Cjxn and onn q. v. Chald. 
 
 001 to pound, to crush ; Zab. wffi to 
 break bones. Hence CO^") no. 1, and 
 pr. n. nST . 
 
 2. to sprinkle, to moisten, Ez. 46, 14. 
 Hence D-'O-'pn no. 2. Chald. oqn, 
 
 Arab. jji id. This connects itselfwith 
 
 the sigiiif. no. 1, since what is broken in 
 pieces or cniJihed small, is easily scat- 
 tered, spri)ikled. 
 
 y? m. (r. S?"!) in pause and after 
 distinct, ace. S"^ ; with art. snn and 
 y\ri; with Vav copul. 5")% but with dis- 
 tinct, ace. 7";^ ; plur. 0"<S"1. 
 
 A) Adj. with (em. ns"!, plur. nisn. 
 
 1. 6ai/. evil, worthless, in quality or es- 
 sence ; opp. 3ia. E. g. merchandise 
 Pfov. 20, 14 ; water, unwholesome, 2 K. 
 2, 19 ; cattle Lev. 27, 10 ; figs Jer. 24, 2 ; 
 sterile soil Num. 13, 19, comp. Deut. 
 15, 21. 2"io IX sn nan ro *peaA; 6arf or 
 good, i. e. any thing at all. Gen. 24, 50, 
 comp. 31.24. Spec, ill-favoured, of bad 
 appearance, Gen. 41, 3. 4. 19. 21. sn i3i 
 filthy thing, excrement, Deut. 23, 10 [9]. 
 Trop. B '.5"'S3 Sn evil in the .tight of 
 any one. displeasing to him. Gen. 28, 8. 
 38, 7; absol. Ex. 33, 4. Often in the 
 phrase '';; ''Tt^ "^1^ f^^? to do evil in 
 the sight of Jehovah, what is displeasing 
 to him, spoken of idolaters and trans- 
 gressors. Num. 32, 13. Deut. 4, 25. 
 Judg. 2, 11. 1 Sara. 15, 19. 1 K. 11, 6. 
 
 2 K. 3, 2. al. step. For '3"'S3 is put also 
 'JSb in the later books, as Neh. 2, 1 ; 
 also bs Ecc. 2, 17. 
 
 2. bad, evil, i. e. causing evil, hurtful, 
 harmful, a) Physically, e. g. a raven- 
 ous beast Gen. 37, 20. 33 ; malignant dis- 
 ease Deut. 28, 59 ; S"^ VnaJ a malignant 
 ulcer V. 35 ; 3"5 "iS"! an evil thing, poi- 
 sonous, 2 K. 4, 41 ; "pS >n evil-eyed, i. e. 
 envious, miserly, Prov. 23, 6. 28, 22. 
 Is. 32, 7 n^S"^ Tibs 'bs the weapons of 
 the deceiver are hurtful, destructive to 
 
 83 
 
 others, b) Morally bad, evil, wicked; 
 of persons 1 Sam, 30, 22. Ps. 5, 5. 140, 
 2. Job 21, 30. Prov. 11,21. Esth. 7, 6 ; 
 j)kir. D"'S'J the wicked Prov. 4. 14. 14, 19. 
 So y^rj nsa, see in nra Piel no. 3. Of 
 a wicked people Jer. 13. 10; or genera- 
 tion Deut. 1, 35, Then also of things, 
 as S"n nan a wicked thing, crime, Deut. 
 17, 5 ; a way, mode of life, Prov. 2, 12. 8, 
 13. 28, 10. Jer. 23, 22 ; 5"l ab an evil 
 heart Jer. 7, 24. 11, 8. Prov. 26, 23 ; ix;? 
 5"! an evil imagination, thought, Gen. 
 6, 5. 8, 21. So ns"; nn an evil spirit 
 from God upon Saul 1 Sam. 10. 15 ; but 
 in Judg. 9, 23 Pisn TOi is an evil spirit 
 of discord. 
 
 3. ill, evil, i, e. sad, sorrowful, e. g. the 
 countenance. Gen. 40, 7. Neh. 2, 2 ; the 
 heart Prov. 25, 20. 
 
 4. ill, evil, i. e. unprosperous, unhappy, 
 Is. 3, 11 comp. V. 10. Gen. 47, 9. For 
 csb Jib see below in B. 1. b. 
 
 B) Subst. sn 1. ill, evil, i. e. a) evil 
 which one does, Ps. 97, 10. Is. 59, 7. 
 s-^ ns to do evil 1 Sam. 29, 7. 2 Chr. 
 
 33, 9. Neh. 9, 28 ; sn 'iUS evil-doers Ps. 
 
 34. 17 ; 5*1 ibrs id. Mic. 2, 1. n nrs 
 B D5 to do evil with or to any one Geo- 
 31, 29 ; c. b id. Jer. 39, 12. an b^ to> 
 recompense evil Ps. 7, 5. b) ei7i7 which 
 happens to any one, adversity, calamity, 
 Gen. 44, 34. Job 2, 10. 5, 19. 30, 26. Ps. 
 121, 7. Prov, 5, 14. Is. 31, 2. al. 5n n"i- 
 rfay of evil, of calamity, evil day, Am. 6, 
 3 ; rn "iTa-^ Ps. 49, 6. c=b snb /or evil 
 unto you, for your hurt, instead of the ful- 
 ler phrase C=b ST rrnb, Jer. 7, 6. 2.5,7. 
 Ecc. 8. 9. So to prophesy evil, calamity, 
 1 K. 22, 8. 18. Plur. csn "'Dxbia angeU 
 of evils, evil angels, bringing calamity, 
 Ps. 78, 49. 
 
 2. evil in a moral sense, wickedness, 
 depravity; S'ltJ "lO departing from evil, 
 doing right. Job 1, 1 ; comp. Prov. 8, 13. 
 Also ill-will, malice, Ps. 7, 10 ; sna with 
 malice, wickedly, Ps. 73. 8. Sometimes 
 in genit. expressing quality, as ?t ''3??H 
 wicked men Prov. 28, 5 ; S"] n wX a wicked 
 woman Prov. 6. 24 ; 5*1 r'lV wicked coicn- 
 set Ez. 11, 2 ; comp. Ecc. 4, 8. Sept. 
 norr/Qog, xaxog. 
 
 I- T) m. (r. 511) c. sufF. isi, (wtfcrj^, 
 noise, e. g. in joy, a shout, Ex. 32, 17 ; 
 in grief Mic. 4, 9. So ^^ 51 for f^ thun- 
 
n 
 
 986 
 
 der; Job 36, 33 iS': v^S -i-a;; Ajs thunder 
 shnweth concerning him. God ; see in "tJJ 
 Hiph. no. 2. 
 
 II. r? m. (for nr*]. r. n?*! no. 3) c. 
 sufl'. "^y-l, 'iS'i Jcr. 6. 21, bui fur oftener 
 sins'], oiice fully c??;-'^ Job 6, 27; Plur. 
 csn . c. suff. '?] , ^"':?'^ r '^'^V>- Job 32. 3, 
 also'^insn for W^rn Job 42, 10. I Sam. 
 30, 26. cn-'sn Ps. 28, 3. 
 
 1. a friend, companicm, acquaintance, 
 with whom one lives, has friendly inter- 
 course, Gen. 38, 12. 20. 2 Sam. 13. 3. 
 Job 2, 11. 19, 21. Prov. 19, 6. 25. 17; 
 but implying less than snx Prov. 18, 24. 
 With dat. like Gr. o ffiol (f^Uug, Job 30, 
 29 n:?^ i"i53b ?] a companion (i.e. like) 
 to ostriches. The epithet ?], friend, 
 companion, is also put for : a) a locer. 
 one beloved of a woman, Cant. 5. 16. Jer. 
 3, 1. 20. Hos. 3, 1. Comp. n;;rn. b) 
 any one, any other member of the hu- 
 man family, o nXr^aiov, neighbour, fellow, 
 Ex. 20, 17 sq. 22, 25. Lev. 19, 13. Deut. 
 5, 18. Prov. 3. 29. al. c) Preceded by 
 ti-'K, one another ; Judg. 6, 29 ^^iSwS'l 
 ^PijJn'bx "^It they said each man to his 
 fellow, i.e. one to another. Gen. 11, 3. 
 ISam. 10, 11. 2K. 3, 23. Ex. 18. 7. 
 2Chr. 20, 23. Gen. 31, 49. Also of 
 things Gen. 15, 10, see in llJ''i< no. 4. 
 Comp. nx no. 7. Rarely without C'^s 
 preceding. Is. 34, 14 K-ip7 "ns^-bs "i-ria 
 the satyr shall cry to his fellow, i. e. one 
 satyr to another. 
 
 2. thought, will, desire, i. q. Chald. 
 nn, Ti^S"!, Ps. 139, 2. 17. Chald. nsn 
 to will ; also Syr. \L^ Ethpa. to think. 
 
 yi m. (pr. inf. off. S?"^) 1. badness, 
 bad quality. Jer. 24, 2. 3. 8. 29, 17. Also 
 ugliness, deformity. Gen. 41. 19. 
 
 2. In a moral sense, evil, wickedness, 
 U. 1, 16. Jer. 4. 4. 21. 12. 23, 2. 26, 3. 
 
 3. sadness of the heart, countenance, 
 Neh. 2, 2. Ecc. 7, 3. 
 
 * Sy'l fut. 'ys_y\ to hunger, to be 
 
 hungry. Arab. w^) to be ample and 
 
 ^ 9 
 
 id. 
 
 wide-bcl- 
 
 capacious ; \,^^\ >(> ^-m/-f^) 
 
 lied. The primary idea seems to be 
 that of having a wide and empty sto- 
 mach ; comp. kindr. -H"^ and Ethiop. 
 Q'itX to hunger. Spoken of individu- 
 
 als Is. 8. 21. 49, 10. Ps. 34, 11. 50, 12; 
 of a whole country, to be famished, to 
 suffer famine, Gen. 41, 55. With b to 
 hunger for any thing, Jer. 42. 14. 
 
 Hiph. to cause to hunger Dfiut. 8, 3j 
 to let famish Prov. 10, 3. 
 
 Deriv. srn. "'^"J, and 
 
 ^^"^ m. hunger, famine, o^ single 
 persons Lam. 5, 10. Deut. 32, 24. Jer. 
 11, 22. Am. 8, 11; of whole countries 
 i. e. famine, scarcity of grain. Gen. 12, 
 10. 26, 1. 45, 11. Ruth 1, 1. Job 5, 20. al. 
 
 Syn m. adj. plur. Q"':??"), fern, r^:?"!, 
 hungry 2 Sam. 17, 29. .Tob 5, 5. Is! 29, 
 8.al. hunger-bitten. famished, Job 18, 12. 
 
 "j^Syn m. (r. 25"?) constr. 'i'iz::^, famine 
 Ps. 37. 19. Gen." 42, 19.33. 
 
 '? T ^^^- "'?'!'? '^0 tremble, to quake, 
 e. g. the earth Ps. 104, 32. Arab. J*c 
 
 Coni.IV,VIII,id. Eth.COJCid. Kindr. 
 are bsn,crn. 
 
 Hiph. intrans. to tremble, to shake, of 
 persons, part. T'5"!'a Dan. 10, 11. Ezra 
 10, 9. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 ^"^ m. a trembling, Ez. 15, 15. Ps, 
 55,6. 
 
 f^"?"! f. (r. 1?";) a trembling, Ps. 2, II. 
 48, tVis. 33, 14. 'job 4, 14. 
 
 *t'i^1 fut. nsn^, apoc. rn;; Job 20. 26. 
 
 1. Trans, to feed a flock, to pasture, 
 Lat. pascere. Arab. ^ id. and trop. 
 to tend, to guard, to govern. Ethiop. 
 Q<}? id. Syr. Chald. Samar. id. 
 Constr. with ace. of flock Gen. 4, 2. 30, 
 36. Ex. 3, 1. Is. 40, 11. Jer. 23, 4. Cant. 
 
 1, 8. al. 2 Gen. 37, 2. 1 Sam. 16, 11. 
 17, 34; absol. Gen. 29, 7. 37, 13. Nam. 
 14, 33. Cant. 1, 7. al. Part. nsS snbst, 
 a shepherd, herdsman, Gen. 46, 34. Ex. 
 
 2, 17. Is. 13,20. Jer. 43, 12; with genit. 
 of flock or herd Gen. 13, 7 ; and of the 
 owner, as pnJt^ ""Si Gen. 26, 20. Fem. 
 
 n'l Gen. 29, 9. Arab, c K id. 
 
 Trop. to feed: a) i. q. to lead, to 
 rule, to care for, the figure being often 
 preserved, e. g. ) Of a prince or kinw, 
 like Gr. noifx^v Xauiv. 2 Sam. 5, 2 thon 
 shall feed my people Israel. 7,7. Jer. 23, 
 2 sq. Mic. 5, 3. 7, 14 ; c. 3 Ps. 78, 71. 
 
IJI 
 
 987 
 
 H3n 
 
 Hence rtS"i a nhepherd, spoken ofn prince 
 orkirig.Jer.2,8. 3 15. 22,22. Ez. 34.2 sq. 
 Is. 41, 28. /J) Of God, Ps. 23, 1 Jekorah is 
 my shepherd, I shall not want. 28,9. 80. 
 2. Gen. 48, 15. 49, 24; comp.Hos. 4, 16. 
 ;') Ofu teacher of virtue and wisdom, 
 Prov. 10, 21. Hence ri5-i a master or 
 teacher Ecc. 12, 11; and so perh. of 
 prophets Zech. 11, 5. 8. 16, where others 
 understand princes, d) Ps. 49, 15 ryo 
 varp death fecdeth (paatureth) them, i. e. 
 in Sheoi, like a flock ; see the preceding 
 clause. 
 
 b) to nourish, to afford sustenance ; 
 Hos. 9, 2 the threshing-floor and wine- 
 press shall not feed them, i. e. shall be 
 cut off. fiiil. 
 
 2. Intrans. to feed, to graze, to pas- 
 ture, as does a flock, Lat. pasci, Is. 5, 17. 
 11,7. 05, 25; with bs of place added Is. 
 45, 9; a Gen. 41, 2. With ace. of the 
 pasture on which a flock feeds, Jer. 50, 
 19. Ez. 34, 14. 18. 19. Mic. 7, 14. Trop. 
 to feed down, to consume ; Mic. 5, 5 Iheij 
 shall feed down the land of Assyria with 
 the sword. Job 20, 2(5 "i^^xa t^"]^ J"!;) 
 (the fire) shall devour what is left in his 
 tent. Jer. 22, 22. 2, 16 "tpifj 7,irn'? they 
 feed off the crown of thy head ; comp. Is. 
 7,20. Job 24, 21 nnj?? n?-i who feed eth 
 down (oppresseth) the barren woman ; 
 Chald. confringens. Also trop. to feed 
 in quiet, is to live or dwell in security Is. 
 14, 30. [So Ps. 37, 3 nj^^x nsnJi and 
 feed in faith, trusting in God, i. q. 
 "'':.n'? "^"^J"^^? Hab. 2, 4; see the pre- 
 ceding clause. R. 
 
 3. Metaph. to feed upon any thing, 
 i. e. to feast upon, to delight in any per- 
 son or thing; comp. Cic. Pis. 20: 'his 
 ego rebus pascor. his delector.^ Chald. 
 nsi id. comp. Heb. nsn, nna, ytn. 
 Kinilr. is ns'n , Arab. Lfl . Construed : 
 a) With ace. of pers. to delight in any 
 one, to be his companion, Prov. 13, 20. 
 28, 7. 29, 3. b) With ace. of thing. 
 Prov. 15, 14 the mouth of fools nbiix ns"i7 
 delights in folly, feeds upon it, seeks 
 after it. ftin nrn to feed upon the wind, 
 i. e. to strive or grasp after something 
 vain, inania sectari, Hos. 12. 2 ; comp. Is. 
 44. 20. Comp. nf,-i rw-i and n!n ',i''5n. 
 
 PiEL nS"i denom. from nrT and 5n 
 a friend, to treat as a friend, to make the 
 companion of any one, Judg. 14, 20. 
 
 HiPH. All. c.raff. oy*i;5, to feed. In. 
 Kal no. ], Ps. 78, 72. 
 
 HiTHP. to make friendship, to hold 
 intercourse, c. nx with any one Prov. 
 
 22, 24. 
 Deriv. nsn , 5-1 H, nrn , 'j-i, 'S'l, 
 
 and the proper names wn, bxwn, 'jn, 
 
 n^T r (r. 55n) A) Adj. fem. eoU, had, 
 see in masc. 5^ . 
 B) Subst. ill evil, Ecc. 5, 12. 6, 1. 10, 
 
 5. nsnb _/br evil, i.e. with bad intent or 
 purpose, e. g. to set one's face upon any 
 one nai-b xbn nsnb for evil and not for 
 good Jer." 21, 10.' 39, 16. 44, 11; comp. 
 Am. 9, 4. Deut. 29, 20. Judg. 2, 15. 2 
 Sam. 18, 32. Hence 
 
 1. ill, evil, i. e. a) evil which one does 
 to others; thus b nST riias to do evil to 
 any one Ps. 15, 3. Neh. 6. 2 ; c. CS Gen. 
 26. 29. Judg. 15. 3; nx Judg. 11, 27. 
 nai:3 rnn nrn cb"J to reward evil for 
 good Gen. 44,4; also Is. 7, 6. Ps. 21, 12. 
 Piur. nisn Ps. 140, 3. With genit. nr^ 
 "ba'^sx the evil of Abimelech, which he 
 did to others. Judg. 9. 56. 57. 1 Sam. 25, 
 39. b) evil which happens to any one, 
 calamity, i. e. a) hurt, mischief destruc- 
 tion, Gen. 19, 19. Ex. 32, 12. Jer. 2. 3. 4. 
 
 6. 5, 12. 11, 11. al. T?"? '''^P?^ they 
 that seek my hurt, my destruction, Ps. 71, 
 13. 24 ; comp. Ps. 35, 4. /?) affliction, 
 trouble, adversity ; i^S'^a in or with af- 
 fliction, sorrow, Neh. 1, 3. Gen. 44, 29. 
 nsn rra in time of evil. i. e. of afflic- 
 tion, distress, Ps. 37, 19. 41, 2. Jer. 2. 28. 
 11, 12. Plur. nir"! emfe, calamities, Deut. 
 31, 21. Ps. 34, 20'. 
 
 2. evil in a moral sense, wickedness, 
 depravity ; so bxnb*^ nsn rriJaJ that 
 we may put away evil (concr. evil per- 
 sons) out of Israel Judg. 20, 13 ; see in 
 *5a Pi. no. 3. Also wicked deed, sin, 
 Gen. 39, 9. Hence of active wickedness, 
 deliberate mischief malevolence, malice. 
 Gen. 6, 5. Nah. 3, 19. Is. 47, 10. Job 22. 5. 
 Hos. 10, 15 C3n?'7 nr^ the evil of your 
 evil, your great wickedness. 
 
 *^^.l m. (r. ri7-}) constr. nsn, c. suff. 
 Ti'Sn Prov. 6. 3 (like n:j?'a, rfrp^D). a 
 friend, acquaintance, companion, i. q. ?"!) 
 which is more usual. 2 Sam. 15, 37. 16, 
 16. 1 K. 4. 5. 
 
n:?-i 
 
 988 
 
 5:3?"t 
 
 m?^ fern, of fisn , plur. m'sn female 
 companions, Ps. 45, 15. Judg. 11, 37 
 Keri. 
 
 n?1 inf of r. 5S'n , where see. 
 
 Vn (friend sc. of God) Reu, pr. n. m. 
 ; Gen. 11, 18. Gr.'Puyav Luke 3, 35. 
 ' Strictly i. q. nsn , like 'i?3 i. q. nba . R. 
 nsn. 
 
 bNi:?n (friend of God) Reml, Sept. 
 'PayovlfX, pr. n. m. a) A son of Esau 
 Gen. 36, 4. 10. b) The father of Jethro, 
 JEx.2,18. Num. 10,29. c)lChr.9,8. d) 
 In Num. 2, 14 should be read instead of 
 it bxir-i ; comp. 1, 14. 7, 42. 10, 20. 
 
 tW) pr. fem. of W-i q. v. R. nsn . 
 
 1. a female friend, companion, plur. 
 ni^Si Judff. 11. 37 Cheth. Hence a) 
 another, any other, Esth. 1, 19, comp. 
 1 Sam. 15. 28. b) Preceded by nrx 
 one another, Ex. 11, 2. Jer. 9, 19. Zech. 
 11, 9 ; of birds Is. 34, 15. 16. Comp. in 
 sn no. 1. c. 
 
 2. desire, a striving, grasping after 
 any thing. nsn r^iST a striving of 
 wind, q. d. windy striving, vain endea- 
 vour, Ecc. 1, 14. 2. 11. 17. 26. 4, 4. 6. 6, 
 9. Comp. n^-i ns'n Hos. 12, 2, and 
 Chald. msn . 
 
 tW^ Chald. f will, pleasure, Ezra 5, 
 17. 7, 18. R. nsn no. 3. 
 
 *^T} m. pasture, 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]. R. 
 
 nsn, 
 
 ''^^ (friendly, social, denom. from sn) 
 i?', pr. n. m. 1 K. 1, 8. 
 
 *'?"^ adj. denom. from nsn, of a shep- 
 herd, pastoral, Is. 38, 12. Subst. a shep- 
 herd, Zech. 11, 17. 
 
 ^^^'!? T. (r. nsn) a female friend, com- 
 panion, plur. c. suff. ^n"'S'i Judg. 11, 37 
 Cheth. Also one beloved, as a term of 
 endearment. Fr. man amie. Cant. 1, 9. 15. 
 2, 2. 10. 13. 4, 7. al. Comp. 5n no. 1. a. 
 
 T^y) m. i. q. Piyn no. 2, desire, 
 
 ttrivinfr. Ecc. 2. 22 "iS^ *i''S'i the stHv- 
 
 ving of his heart, nni i"'Sn a striving 
 
 ' of wind, windy Btriving, vain effort, Ecc. 
 
 1, 17. 4, 16. R. ns-1 no. 3. 
 
 T^Jf? Chnld. m. thought, cogitation, 
 Dnn. 4, 16. 5. 6. 10. 7, 28; spoken of 
 nocturnal viBionB Dan. 2, 29. 30. R. nsn 
 to think. 
 
 ^? J to tremble, to reel, kindr. with 
 ISn . Chald. and Syr. id. Found only in 
 
 HoPH. to be made to tremble or quiver, 
 e. g. a spear, to be brandished. Nah. 2, 4. 
 
 Deriv. ^S'l, J^^?*^^, and the pr. names 
 
 '?'^ in. 1. a reeling from intoxica- 
 tion, Zeeh. 12, 2. 
 
 2. Plur. niby-t ireiY.s;, as a female orna- 
 ment, so called from their tremulous or 
 
 pa- 
 fluttering motion, Is. 3, 19. Arab. JlCj. 
 
 ^^^?7 (whom Jehovah makes trem- 
 ble, i. e. who fears Jehovah) Reelaiahy 
 pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 2 ; for which Neh. 7, 7 
 
 ^' J fut. t?'^7 I- fo 5^ moved, agi- 
 tated, to tremble, kindr. with isn, ^r'^ ; 
 Ez. 27, .35. Spec, of the sea, to be trou- 
 bled, tossed, to rage, Ps- 96, 11. 98, 7. 
 1 Chr. 16, 32. 
 
 2. to thunder, see Hiph. and C5'n . Syr. 
 >=! id. jla^io tliunder. Chald. D?-in 
 to murmur, to roar. 
 
 3. to be angry, wroth, see Hiph. no. 2. 
 Syr. Ethp. id. Arab. *x. Ill, V, id. 
 
 Hiph. 1. to thunder, sc. Jehovah Ps 
 
 18, 14. 29, 3. Job 40, 9. 1 Sam. 2, 10. 
 7, 10. 
 
 2. ?& provoke to anger, to irritatBy 
 1 Sam. 1, 6. 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 0?"^ m. c. suff. r^i3S"l, thunder, Ps. 77, 
 
 19. 81, 8. 104, 7. Is. 2*9, 6. Hence for 
 a voice of thunder, as of warlike leaders 
 shouting their orders. Job 39. 25. Me- 
 taph. Job 26, 14 ijiari';' ""Ta "in^iJ^a csn 
 the thunder of his power who can under- 
 stand ? i. e. the whole compass of the 
 divine power, all the mighty deeds 
 which can be predicated of God. 
 
 TQyn f (r. DST) 1. a trembling, qui- 
 vering, shuddering, poetically for the 
 mune of a horse, prob. a.s erect from 
 excitement, and waving or streaming 
 in the wind. Job 39, 19 [22j aj-abnn 
 nyn 'i"'xjs hast thou clothed his neck 
 with shuddering? i.e. with a waving 
 mane ; comp. Gr. tpOf6i} mane, from tfoflog. 
 Other interpretations are reviewed by 
 Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 118 sq. and Alb 
 Schult ad. h. 1. 
 
i::?i 
 
 989 
 
 y^^. 
 
 2. jRaamah, pr. n. of a son of Cush, 
 who wilh his sons Shcba and Dcdun 
 fburulud fiuniUcs or tribes in south-east- 
 ern Arabia, which afterwards Imd com- 
 merce with the Tyrians, Gen. 10, 7. 
 1 Chr. 1, 9. Ez. 27, 22; see the arts. 
 tin , iO'i , yn . Sept. in Gen. 1. c. ren- 
 ders it 'J*i/fia, i. e. a city on the Persian 
 Gulf mentioned by Ptolemy and Steph. 
 Byz. See Bochart Plialeg IV. 5. 
 
 n^tjy'l see in n^^?"i 
 
 COayn Gen. 47, 1 1. Ex. 12, 37. Num. 
 33, 3. 5, and 0?^^ Ex. 1, 11, Barneses, 
 or /iaaises, pr. n. of an Egyptian city in 
 the land of Goshen, built or at least for- 
 tified by the labour of the Israelites. Ex. 
 1, 11. The name of this city seems some- 
 times to have been given to the whole 
 province, (see Gen. 1. c.) from which it 
 would appear to have been the chief 
 city of the district. It was prob. situated 
 near the water-shed between the Bitter 
 Lakes and the Valley oC the Seven 
 Wells, not far from HeroOpoIis but not 
 identical with that city ; see Thesaur. p. 
 1297 sq. Hengstenb. die Biicher Mose u. 
 Agypten p.48 sq. [Engl. p. 47 sq.] Comp. 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 79 sq. 547-550, 
 The name accords with that of seve- 
 ral kings of Egypt, Ramses. rHJULCC 
 i. e. son of the sun ; one of whom pro- 
 bably founded the city and gave it his 
 own name. 
 
 * *y"l in Kal not used. Syr. Jaloi 
 is the plant mallows; prob. so called 
 from its greenness. 
 
 P[L. '(DS'n to put forth leaves, to be 
 green, 3 pers. f njjsn Job 15, 32. Cant. 
 1, 16. But both these examples can be 
 referred to the following adjective. 
 Hence 
 
 I??"]! m. adj. plur. Crjrn Ps. 92, 15 ; 
 fern, nrss"] ; green, e. g. leaves, foliage. 
 Jer. 17. 8; of trees which are vigorous 
 and flourishing. Deut. 12. 2. 2 K. 16, 4. 
 al. A green tree is then the emblem of 
 prosperity e. g. in the wicked Ps. 37, 35 ; 
 in the righteous 52, 10. 92. 15. al. Also 
 green oil, i. e. fresh, new. Ps. 92, 11. 
 
 I??"? Chald. m. id. green; metaph. of 
 a person flourishing in prosperity. Dan. 
 4, 1 [4]. 
 
 83* 
 
 ^i r 1 '" break, to break in pieces, 
 i. q. ys"^ , I'Sn . Also intrans. as in Engl. 
 to break, i. e. to be broken ; Chald. Syr. 
 id. Pra?t. 1ST are broken, Jer. 11,16. 
 Inf fem. njl in breaking, pleotiast. Is. 
 24, 19 ; as subst. a breaking, e. g. n5"l *(i> 
 a broken tooth. Prov. 25, 19. Fut. sS"' 
 Jer. 15, 12. Job 34, 24 ; c. suif. osin Pal 
 2,9. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be f.vil, bad, from the idea 
 of breaking, being broken, and so made 
 worthless; opp. of Dan to be whole, 
 sound, good. Praet. sn, f nsn Deut. 15, 
 9. 2 Sam. 19, 8; inf si Ecc.Y 3; imp. 
 plur. isH be ye evil, i. e. though ye are 
 evil, angry, though ye rage. Is. 8, 9; 
 fut. Snv sometimes wrongly referred to 
 Sn\ The folio wingconstructions. mostly 
 impers. may be noted ; comp. in aia and 
 aav a) Praet. 'J"'?a sn it was evil in 
 my sight, it displeased me, Num. 22, 34. 
 Josh. 24, 15. Jer. 40. 4 ; fem. of a woman 
 Ex. 21, 8. Fut. \r52 sn->_ (5^!?) id. 
 Gen. 21, 11. 38, 10. 1 Sam. 8, 6. 2 Sam. 
 11, 25. al. Later writers for 'r?^ put 
 'h, Neh. 13. 8. 2. 10. Jon. 4, 1. Also 
 Gen. 21. 12 '5Sn-b ^rsa ^"r^? iet it 
 not be ei'il in thy sight (not grieve thee) 
 on account of the lad. 1 Chr. 21, 7; 
 comp. 2 Sam. 19. 43. b) 'b Sn: it is evil 
 to me. i. e. it goes ill with me, Ps. 106, 32. 
 c) to be sad, sorrowful, of the counte 
 nance, heart, Neh. 2, 3. 1 Sam. 1, 8 ', 
 comp. Deut. 15. 10. d) Of the eye, to 
 be evil. i. e. to be envious, c. 3 Deut. 28, 
 54 ; comp. 15, 9. 
 
 NiPH. fut. si-i^), see in r. S^n. 
 
 HiPH. ?in and snn ; inf S'^n , in pause 
 snn ; fut. 5n;, conv. sn^i ; part, s^o, 
 plur. D^5n^. 
 
 1. to break in pieces, to destroy, Ps. 
 44, 3. 74. 3. Jer. 31, 28. 
 
 2. to do ill. i. e. a) to make evil so. 
 what one does ; comp. opp. a*^^"^'"!! . Gen. 
 44. 5 or!'''*^?! "^r!*!? cri?-in ye have done 
 evil what ye have done, i. e. in so doing. 
 To do good or to do evil is sometimes 
 put genr. i. q. ' to do something or other' 
 any thing. Zeph. 1, 12. Is. 41, 23. Jer. 4, 
 22. Lev. 5, 4 if one swear unadvisedly to 
 do evil or to do good, i. e. any thing what- 
 ever, he is bound. Hence ellipt. Ps. 15, 
 4 "i"'~^ S^i r^n^ y3!i:3 if he siceareth 
 (unadvisedly to do good or) to do evil, 
 he changeth not; snnb being here put for 
 
m 
 
 990 
 
 5<S1 
 
 the fuller 3"'M''nV!> yyfs . i. e. if he swear 
 to do any thing, and it turn out evil to 
 himself or others, he yet performs his 
 oath; comp. Lev. 5, 4. Judg. 11, 31. 
 Others here render it neighbour, friend, 
 as if for rnnb from S'n ; so Sept. Symm. 
 Pesh. De Wette takes snnb for sn^, 
 and understands a wicked person. Also 
 n-iiasb r"in pr. 'to make evil in doing,' 
 to do' e'riLl K. 14. 9. Jer. 16, 12; Mic. 
 3. 4 cn-'VsSTa wnn they make evil their 
 doings, tiiey work evil. Hence 
 
 b) Ellipt. to do evil, to act wickedly, 
 Gen. 19. 7. Judg. 19, 23. 1 Sam. 12, 25. 
 Is. 1, 16. Jer. 4. 22. Ps. 37, 8. Prov. 4, 16. 
 al. Part, snt: Prov. 17, 4. in pause S;;'? 
 Is. 9, 16. plur. O'Sna , an evil-doer, evil- 
 doers, Ps. 22, 17. 26, 5. 27, 2. Is. 1, 4. 14, 
 20. 31. 2. al. 
 
 c) to do evil to any one. to deal ill with, 
 to afflict; c. b Gen. 19, 9. 43, 6. Ex. 5, 
 22. 23. Num.' 11, 11. 1 Sam. 26, 21. 
 Zech. 8, 14. Ps. 105, 15 ; c. ace. Num. 
 16. 15. Deut. 26. 6 ; b? IK. 17, 20 ; fcS 
 Gen. 31, 7; 2 1 Chr. 16, 22. Of God 
 as afflicting men, c. h Ruth 1, 21. Jer. 
 25, 6. 
 
 HiTHPO. ?5innri 1. to be broken in 
 pieces, from concussion, Is. 24. 19. Hence 
 / 2. to destroy or ruin oneself, Prov. 
 .18, 24. 
 
 Deriv. V'l, nsn, sh. 
 
 y?^ Chald. to break in pieces, fut. 
 Sin;) after the form p^7, Dan. 2, 40. 
 Pa. id. ibid. 
 
 ^ll fut. WiSn"^, to drop, to distil, 
 c. ace. Prov. 3, 20 the clouds distil the 
 dew. Ps. 65, 12. 13. Job 36, 28. Arab. 
 
 '_fl.fr ^ id. Comp. by transp, ^"15 I. 
 
 Hi PH. i. q. Kal, to drop, to distil, as 
 the heavens, c. ace. Is. 45, 8. 
 
 * V?! fut. ys-iFi, i. q. yun and rsn , 
 to bleak or dash in pieces, Ex. 15. 6. 
 Mctapli. to harass, to oppress a people, 
 Judg. in, 8. 
 
 ^i"^ fut. tJS'n^ , to tremble, to quake; 
 comp. Engl, to rustle. Arab. {j>*^\ and 
 jmX^ id. Kindr. are l?n, bsn, c?n . 
 Spec, for fear, terror, Ez. 38. 20 ; the 
 earth Judg. .5. 4. Is. 13. 13; the heavens 
 Joel 2, 10. 4, 16; mountains Jer. 4, 24. 
 Niih. 1, 5; Uliinds Ez. 26, 15; the foun- 
 
 dations of the earth Is, 24, 18 ; walls, 
 door-posts. Ez. 26, 10. Am. 9, 1. With 
 ;t2 of the cause of fear, Jer. 10, 10. 49, 
 21 ; ''i^^o Ez. 38, 20. Once of the mo- 
 tion of grain as agitated and rustling in 
 the wind, Ps. 72, 16. 
 
 NiPH. i. q. Kal, to be moved, shaken, 
 to quake, e. g. the earth Jer. 50, 46. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to cause to tremble, toshake. 
 e. g. the heavens and the earth Ps. 60, 
 4. Hagg. 2, 6. 7 ; kingdoms Is. 14, 16 j 
 the nations Ez. 31, 16. 
 
 2. Spec, to cause to leap, as a horse, a 
 locust ; verbs signiiying to tremble, to 
 move to and fro, being often transferred 
 to the idea of leaping, springing, comp. 
 -ir: Pi. snn, brnn, also"5pT. Job 39, 
 20 of the horse: na-iXD ^^"^s-inn dmt 
 thou make him leap like the locust! 
 Hence 
 
 TC;pT m. 1. a trembling, .shaking, as 
 of a spear Job 41, 21 [29] ; of persona 
 Ez. 12, 18 ; of the earth, an earthquake, 
 1 K. 19, 11. 12. Is. 29,6. Ez. 37, 7. 38, 
 19. Am. 1, 1. Zech. 14, 5. 
 
 2. a leaping, bounding, see the root 
 Hiph. no. 2 ; e. g. of a horse in running 
 Job 39, 24 comp. 20. Poet, of war- 
 chariots Nah. 3, 2. Jer. 47, 3; comp. 
 
 3. tumidt, uproar, as of battle Is. 9, 4. 
 Jer. 10, 22. Perh. thunder Ez. 3, 12. 13 ; 
 comp. l?n to tremble, cX-fr) to thunder. 
 
 * ^1"^ fut. NB-)'^ ; see also r. nan II. 
 
 1. Pr. to setc together, to mend, to re- 
 pair. Arab. Li*, Eth. L,^h, id. It 
 corresponds to the Gr. ^mtttoj. These 
 roots all have their origin in a common 
 stock, the primary and onomatopoetic 
 syllable C)"! , which has the force of Lat. 
 rapere and carpere, Gern). raffen, rup- 
 fen, comp. rj-ift, r^n, Ti"!!^. The pre- 
 sent verb imitates the sound of a person 
 sewing rapidly. See Niph. and Pi. no. 1. 
 
 2. to heal, to cure, pr. a wound, a 
 wounded person, which is often done by 
 sewing up the wound. Ps. 60, 4. Jer. 30, 
 17. Job 5, 18. Ecc. 3, 3; also one sick, 
 c. ace. Gen. 20. 17. Ps. 6, 3. 30. 3. 41, 
 5. With dat.of pers. Num. 12, 13. 2 K. 
 20, 5. 8. Lam. 2. 13; or of the disease 
 Ps. 103, 3. Part. NBH a physician Jer. 8, 
 22. 2 Chr. 16, 12. Gen. 50, 2 ; metaph. 
 of God, Ex. 15, 26. Comp. Gr. wKua&ai 
 
Bn 
 
 991 
 
 ^B-l 
 
 i. e. to mend and to cure ; also Arab. 
 JX^ id. 
 
 Metiiph. a) God is said to Aea/ a per- 
 son, a people, a land, i. e. to restore to 
 former prosperity and happiness, 2 Chr. 
 7, 14. Hos. 5, 13. 7, 1. 11,3. Is. 19, 22. 
 30, 26. 57, 18. 19. Jer. 17, 14 ; as vice 
 versa God is said to wound by inflicting 
 calamities, see Deut. 32. 39. Is. 19, 22. 
 al. b) As farther this restoration is con- 
 nected with and depends on the reipis- 
 sion of sins (see Matt. 9, 2 sq. Mark 4, 
 12, comp. 2 Chr. 7, 14. Is. 6. 10. 53, 5), 
 hence to heal is i. q. to pardoti. to forgive, 
 2 Chr. 30, 20. Jer. 3. 22. Hos. 14, 5. Is. 
 6, 10 lest .... they be converted, and God 
 heal them, i. e. forgive and restore them. 
 Comp. Ps. 103, 3. c) Also to cojnfort.to 
 console ; Job 13. 4 b-^bx "'XEl empty com- 
 forters, comp. Ps. 147, 3 ; unless we re- 
 turn to the primary meaning of the verb, 
 and render: patchers np of vanities, 
 i. q. ij^r "^'PBi: in the first hemistich. So 
 the verb solor, consolor, seems also to 
 have the primary sense of ^o heal, to make 
 "whole, from solus, oloi; ; comp. also Arab. 
 
 LwkI to cure, and to console. 
 
 3. to allay, to quiet, i. q. Arab. Li^ , q. d. 
 
 to heal a tumult. See 0''i<B-J (ssn) and 
 Kania no. 2. 
 NiPH. KB*??, see also in r. HB^ II. 
 
 1. Pass, of Kal no. I, to he repaired, 
 Jer. 19, 11. 
 
 2. to be healed, cured, either a disease 
 Lev. 13, 18. 37. 14, 3. 48 ; or a sick per- 
 son Deut. 28, 27. 1 Sam. G, 3. Jer. 17. 14. 
 51, 8. With dat. Is. 53, 5 ^2b ssn: there 
 was healing for us, i.e. God hath forgiven 
 us. So bitter and unwholesome water 
 is said to be healed, when it is rendered 
 wholesome, 2 K. 2, 22. Ez. 47, 8. 9. 
 
 PiEL XB-i ; but part, san^ Jef. 38, 4 
 is for ns"]ia , see in r. nen I, Pi. 
 
 1. to mend, to repair, e. g. an altar 
 broken down I K. 18, 30. 
 
 2. to heal, to cure, e. g. a wound Jer. 6 
 14 ; the wounded or sick Jer. 5, 9. Zech. 
 11, 16. Ez. 34. 4. Also to render whole- 
 tome e. g. bad water 2 K. 2, 21. Metaph. 
 to comfort, to console, Jer. 8, 11. 
 
 3. Trans, to cause to be healed, i. e. to 
 bear the expense of a cure, Ex. 21, 19. 
 Inf. pleon. Kisn Ex. 1. c. 
 
 HiTHP. to let oneaelf be healed, 2 K.8, 
 
 29. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 22, 6. 
 
 Deriv. KB"i , nNBi , rnxBi , HD^ia , 
 and the pr. names ""^Bn, bj<Bn,Kn, 
 
 BT m. 1. Plur. tJ-^Bn pr. ' the quiet, 
 the silent,' i. e. the shatles. manes, dwell- 
 ing in Hades, whom the Hebrews sup- 
 posed to be destitute of blood and ani- 
 mal life (t'B3), but yet not wholly with- 
 out some faculties of mind; Ps. 88, 11. 
 Prov. 2, 18. 9, 18. 21, 16. Is. 14, 9. 26 
 14. 19 ; c. art. Job 26, 5, 
 
 2. Rapha, pr. n. a) The founder oTa 
 race or family among the Philistines 
 celebrated for their tall stature, c. art. 
 SB-jn 1 Chr. 20, 4.6. 8; butnsnn 2 Sam. 
 21, 18. 20. 22. His sons or posterity, 
 HEnrj '^'^b';!) in the time of David, were 
 distinguished for their great stiUure and 
 bravery. 2 Sam. 21, 16. Perh. XBn , nan, 
 signified also to be high, tall ; from mS\ 
 
 to be high, lofty. Comp. c-ixsn in 'XS7. 
 b) 1 Chr. 4, 12. c.) ib. 8, 2. " 
 
 nSBT f: (r, stsn) only plur. niXB"! 
 medicines for wounds, medicaments, Jer. 
 
 30, 13. 46,11. Ez. 30.21. 
 
 n^XSn f a healing, health, Prov. 3, 8. 
 R. Bn. 
 
 ^KSl, only plur. CXB"}, a gentile 
 name Rephaim, Rephailes, an ancient 
 Canaanitish tribe beyond the Jordan, 
 celebrated for their gigantic stature, 
 Gen. 14, 5. 15, 20. Josh. 17. 15. In a 
 wider sense, this name appears to have 
 comprehended all the gigantic races of 
 the Canaanites, the Emim, Zamzum- 
 mim, and Anakim, see Deut. 2, 11. 20. 
 Of those beyond Jordan, Og king of 
 Bashan was the last. Deut 3. 11. Josh. 
 12, 4. 13, 12. From the Rephaim on 
 this side Jordan was named the Valley 
 of Rephaim, see in p'C? letl. e. Giants 
 of like name are mentioned in the time 
 of David among the Philistines 3 see in 
 SBn no. 2. a. 
 
 bjSn (whom God heals, r. xsn) Re- 
 phael, pr. n. 1 Chr. 26, 7. Gr. 'Fu(pa'^X 
 as the name of an angel, Tob. 9, 5. 
 
 "'^'^ fut. IB'7";' to strew, to spread, 
 Job 41, 22 [20]. kindr. nan. 
 
 \ 
 
ns-1 
 
 992 
 
 'B^. 
 
 PiEL 1. to spread a bed. stemere 
 lectiim, Job 17, 13. 
 
 2. to stay up, to support, pr. with 
 cushions, pillows ; Arab. Jkij pr. to sup- 
 port, then to help; comp. Heb. t?0. 
 Hence to refresh a weary person, Cant, 
 2,5. 
 
 Deriv. T^'^S'^ , and the geogr. names 
 
 *I. HET fut. nsn-i, conv. rjn*^ Ex. 
 4. 26', to be relaxed, slackened, to sink 
 down. Syr. Pa. and Aph. to relax, 
 to slacken ; Chald. id. Kindr. perh. is 
 ti*rn, Spec, a) Of the hands, to be 
 slack, to hang down listlessly; 2 Chr. 15, 
 7 CD'n^ !iB"i7"bx let not your hands be 
 slackened, become weak. i. e. be not 
 slothful in your work. Frequently also 
 hands hanging dottn, i. e. relaxed, feeble, 
 are ascribed to those who are discour- 
 aged, faint-hearted ; 2 Sam. 4, 1 1B"i?] 
 |">'i^ his hands were feeble, he became 
 discouraged. Is. 13. 7. Jer. 6, 24. 50, 43. 
 Ez. 1, J7. 21. 12. Zeph. 3, 16. With ",13 
 Jrom any thing, i. q. to desist from Neh. 
 6. 9. b)Of persons; Jer. 49, 24 f^^lBn 
 pba*! Damascus is slackened, waxed 
 feeble, in mind, i. e. is discouraged, 
 weakened. With '"Q of pers. to desist 
 from, to let go, Ex. 4, 26. Of anger 
 Judg. 8, 3. c) Of other things; Is. 5, 
 24 nen^ ranh tcn^ and as the flaming 
 grass sinks down, i. e. in the flame. Of 
 the day as declining Judg. 19. 9. 
 
 NiPH. to be slack, i. e. remiss, idle, Ex. 
 5,8. 17. 
 
 PiEL non, part. NB-iB Jer. 38, 4, as if 
 from vh ; to 8laA:ken, to let fall, to let 
 down, e. g. the wings Ez. 1, 24. 25 ; a 
 girdle, to relax, to loosen, Job 12, 21. 
 Spec, the hands of any one, to make 
 hang dotcn, to relax or weaken, i. e. to 
 discourage, Jer. 38, 4*. Ezra 4, 4. 
 
 Hipii. ncnn , imp. apoc. Vpf] , fut. apoc. 
 and conv. r]";i . 
 
 I. to slacken one's hand, to desist. 
 S Sam. 24, 16 Tj^^ P;nn slacken thine 
 hand, i, e. desist from smiting. With "jO, 
 i. q. to detert or forsake any one, Josh, 
 10, 6, So Syr, Without 17 , to slacken 
 the hand, i. e. to desist from any person 
 or thing, c, '{O ; Ps, 37, 8 S1X ^171 
 desist {cQdJx) from anger. Deut. 9, 14 
 "TT? ^yi desist from, me, L e. let nae 
 
 alone. Judg. 11, 37 let me alone two 
 months, i. e. give me two months. Hence 
 also with \ of pers. to let alone or allow 
 to any one 1 Sam. 11, 3. 2 K. 4, 27, Ab- 
 sol. 1 Sam. 15, 16. Ps. 46, II. 
 
 2. to let go, to dismiss a person or 
 thing (opp. to hold fast), c. ace. Cant. 3, 
 4. Job 7, 19. 27, 6. Pro v. 4, 13. 
 
 3. to let drop, to leave off", e. g. a work 
 begun Neh. 6, 3; a person, i. e. to cast 
 of, to forsake him, i. q. 3tS. Deut. 4, 31. 
 31, 6. 8. Josh. 1, 5. Ps. 138.' 8. 
 
 HiTHP. to show oneself slack, remiss, 
 i. e. a) to be slothful Josh. 18, 3. Prov. 
 18. 9. b) to be discouraged, to faint, 
 Prov. 24, 10. 
 
 Deriv. ns"i, '.iisn. 
 
 ***''7't, put sometimes for NST 
 to heal; comp. i<"ip? II, i. q. rri;?. in 
 this sense occurs imper. ns-i for KSl Ps. 
 60, 4 ; fut. nj'Bnn Job 5, isl 
 
 NiPH. nnsn: Jer. 51. 9; inf ne-^n 19, 
 11; fut. ^Bn;^2 K. 2, 22. 
 
 Deriv. n^iEn and 
 
 r.n (for NEn) Baphah, pr. n, a) 
 With art. ns-^n , a Philistine, whose sons 
 (ne-^n '^T-'^^) were giants; see in art. 
 XEn no. 2. a. b) A man 1 Chr. 8, 37 ; 
 for which in 9, 43 M^sn q. v. 
 
 ^Bn m. adj. (r. ns-i I ) fem, riEn , plur, 
 
 1. slack, remiss, espec. with C^T^ add- 
 ed, slack-handed 2 Sam. 17. 2. riEl CT^ 
 slack hands, as implying discourage- 
 ment, faint-heartedness, Job 4. 3. Is, 
 35, 3. 
 
 2. weak, feeble. Num. 13, 18, 
 
 i^'^B'^ (healed, r. Nsn) Baphu, pr. n. 
 m. Num. 13, 9. 
 
 '^-"^ obsol. root, Arab. I>r to be 
 rich ; lience Cr 
 
 HB"I (riches) Rephah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 7,25. 
 
 n'l'^B'1 f support, stay, railing, on 
 the sides of a litter or sedan, Cant. 3. 10. 
 Sept. munhiov, Vulg. reclinatorium. 
 R. ion Pi, no. 2. 
 
 D'^'^'^Bn (refreshments, r. ^t-^) Rephi- 
 dim, pr. n. of a station of the Israelites 
 before coming to Sinai, Ex. 17, 1. 19, 2. 
 Num. 33, 14. See Bibl, Res, in Palest. 
 I. p. 178. 
 
't1 
 
 993 
 
 ns-i 
 
 TV^t'y ( whom Jehovuh healed, r. nt"^ II) 
 Rephaiah. pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 21. 
 b) 4, 42. c) 7, 2. d) 9, 43, comp. ncn 
 lett. b. c) Neh. 3, 9. 
 
 "jTB"! m. (r. nc"^ I)onIy constr. Ti^B"?, 
 slackness, remhuiess, with B"^"!^ added ; 
 trop. lor discouragement, fainlneas of 
 heart, Jer. 47, 3. 
 
 * CE'1 and ^17 used without any 
 distinction ; lut. iucn-^ Ez. 34, 18. 32, 2 ; 
 ro tread with the feet, ro trample upon; 
 espec. to trouble water, to make turbid 
 by treading. Kindr. 0^7* ^Y^' '"*''*' 
 id. Arab. ;J**i^ to kick. 
 
 NiPH. part. Prov. 25, 26 bons ,; a 
 troubled foil ill a in. 
 
 HiTHP. DB"^nn pr. ' to let oneself be 
 trampled under foot,' i. e. to prostrate 
 oneself, to humble oneself, Prov. 6, 3. Ps. 
 68, 31 ~D3 "'sna OCnn^ collect, pros- 
 trating themselves with pieces of silver, 
 i. e. submissively offering them as tribute. 
 
 Deriv. JDno. 
 
 OBT Chald. to trample down, to stamp 
 vpon. Dan. 7, 7. 
 
 ni"ibSn f. plnr. floats, rafts, 2 Chr. 2, 
 15; a word of the later Hebrew, as it 
 would seem, for niin'n 1 K. 5, 23. It 
 
 s ^^ 
 is obviously kindred with Arab. vi/uCj , 
 
 Eth. l/^tl a raft ; and is perh. com- 
 pounded from DS1 i. q. s^a^n and synon. 
 Talra. X'nOS ; or, according to others, 
 from OBT to tread and ibt to strew. 
 
 W|S^ obsol. root, which prob. had 
 the primary signif to pull out or off, to 
 pluck, Lat. carpere, see in r. XB'^ no. 1 ; 
 and to this may be reduced several of 
 the many glosses so confusedly exhibit- 
 ed by Arabian lexicographers under the 
 
 word o 
 
 suxit ubera, edit olera, 
 
 assuit (comp. s^B"!), corripuit aliquem 
 
 s 
 
 febris. Hence is derived o sheep- 
 cote, flock of sheep; and to this doubt- 
 less corresponds in the Mishnah the word 
 rE-i (ren. as rb'n from hh"^. rhb from 
 Vbo) stall Baha bathra 2. 3. and 6. 4. 
 pr. a rack from which hay or straw is 
 pulled, like Germ. Raufe ; comp. n^^'nx 
 and D^-X. Hence also the biblical 
 
 DTij^n stalls, q. v. in art. PD"!. The form 
 CiBin Job 26, 11, see under r. qn. 
 
 VrT} in Kal not used ; Arab. iSJ) 
 VIII, to lean upon the elbow; Ethiop. 
 J^A/P to recline at table. 
 
 HiTPH. to lean oneself, c. bs upon any 
 one, Cant. 8, 5. 
 
 teB"^, see r. OBI. 
 
 * ^rTl obsol. root, kindr. with teST 
 and DBn, to tread with the feet, aa ren- 
 dering water turbid. Hence 
 
 TCfiT m. mud, mire, i. q. a"' a, Is. 57, 
 20. In the Talmud, id. 
 
 HDn, only in plur. o-^ran Hab. 3, 17, 
 stalls, as the Hebrew interpreters cor- 
 rectly give it. See the etymology and 
 the Talmudic usage under r. "6"^. The 
 r ofthe sing, is servile, although retained 
 in the plural, comp. rtii;?, mruip. Comp. 
 
 Arab. 0>, 'sJy. <:^y also oiv, straw, 
 
 fodder of cattle, as being pulled from the 
 rack. Sept. Vulg. prcesepia. 
 
 TT^ m. (r. "f sn) a fragment, piece, e.g. 
 of silver not coined, Ps. 68, 31. 
 
 1^ m. a runner, see in r. ]"n. 
 
 * ^-^^ I. i. q. ]"i"i to run; Inf absol. 
 K-isn Ez. 1, 14. 
 
 II. i. q. ns"! to delight in ; whence at 
 least 'nxs'i for "Tj-'sn Ez. 43, 27. 
 
 "^7 ^^ ^^^ "*- used, Arab. Jco% 
 
 to watch closely, spec, to lie in wait for. 
 
 PiEL to watch insidiously, to look 
 
 askance at, Ps. 68, 17. See Schultena 
 
 Animadv. in loc. Thesaur. p. 1305. 
 
 *~-?7) ^ut. ns-j7, apoc. yy:-, see 
 also in r. SS"! II. 
 
 1. to delight in any person or thing, to 
 
 take pleasure in. Arab, ,-^^ to like, 
 
 to choose, a) Of persons, c. ace. i.q. to 
 /ore; Prov. 3, 12 n^-^"] laTX 3X3 as a 
 father delighteth in his son, loves him. 
 With 3 1 Chr. 28, 4 : impl. Is. 42, 1. 
 With CS prsBgn. to delight in intercourse 
 with any one. to be on good terms with 
 him. Ps. 50. 18. Job 34, 9. Part. pass. 
 '"iS'n delighted iii, acceptable, c. i to 
 any one Esth. 10, 3 ; poet c. genit. ac- 
 
:2"i 
 
 994 
 
 nn 
 
 cepted of any one Deut. 33, 24. b) Of 
 things, c. ace. Ps. 102, 15 thy servants 
 take pleasure in her stones, i. e. the ruins 
 of Zion. Job 14, 6 until he shall delight, 
 as a hireling-, in his day, sc. as past, in 
 the rest and quiet of evening. Ps. 62, 5. 
 Of God as taking pleasure in things, 
 1 Chr. 29. 17. Ps. 51, 18. Prov. 16. 7. Ecc. 
 9, 7. With a Ps. 49, 14. 147, 10. 1 Chr. 
 29, 3. Mic. 6, 7. Hagg. 1,8. 
 
 2. to be kind, favourable, gracious, to- 
 wards any one ; of a king 2 Chr. 10, 7. 
 Mostly of God, with ace. of pers. Ps. 44, 
 4. 147, 11. Jer. 14, 10. Hos. 8, 13; ace. 
 of thing DeuL 33, 11 ; 3 Ps. 149, 4. Also 
 i. q. to receive into favour, a land Ps. 85, 
 2 ; c. inf Ps. 40, 14 ; absol. Ps. 77, 8. 
 Am. 5. 22. Spec, to receive graciously 
 one bringing a present. Gen. 33, 10. 
 Mai. 1, 8. Of God as receiving gra- 
 ciously those who approach him with 
 sacrifice and prayer, Job 33, 26. Ex. 20, 
 41. 43, 27. Jer. 14, 12. 2 Sam. 24, 23 ; 
 with ace. of sacrifice Am. 5, 22. Ps. 119, 
 108. 
 
 3. to satisfy a debt. i. e. to pay it qff^; 
 pr. to satisfy the creditor and render him 
 favourable, Lev. 26, 34. 41. 43. 2 Chr. 
 36,21. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be graciously received or 
 accepted, to be well pleasing, e. g. a sa- 
 crifice, gee Kal no. 2. Lev. 7, 18. ] 9, 7. 
 22, 23. 27; also Lev. 1, 4. 22, 25, in 
 which passages there is added a dat. 
 commodi ib, csb. In the same sense 
 ("is-.ij n%n Lev. 22, 20. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 3 and Hiph. to be 
 satisfed, i. e. paid of, discharged, Is. 
 40,2. 
 
 PiEL to render well pleased, i. e. to 
 seek to please anyone, to seek his f:ivour. 
 Job 20, 10 his sons shall seek the favour 
 of the poor, or what comes to the same 
 thing, shall conciliate the poor, sc. by 
 restoring the goods extorted from them ; 
 comp. Arab. L^^ II conciliavit. 
 
 Hiph. to satisfy, i. e. to pay off. i. q. 
 Kal no. 3. Lev. 26. 34 then shall tfie 
 land rest and pay off her sabbatfis, viz. 
 those which she still owes. 
 
 HiTHP. to make oneself pleasing, ac- 
 ceptable, to pet the favour of any one, 
 e. bij 1 Sam. 29, 4. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. X';:t-i , -psn , n^cnpi ; also 
 
 'jiS'l m. constr. )iS'i , c. suff. ''3'iS'i . 
 
 1. delight, acceptance, approbation, 
 Prov. 14, 35. Is. 58, 5. 'psnb n-^^ri Is. 
 56,7. Jer. 6, 20, and 'JlS'i-b^'ls.'eO, 7, 
 to be acceptable, grateful to God, to be 
 approved. Ex. 28, 38 "'SBb cnb -(iscnb 
 niiTi/or acceptance to them before Jeho- 
 vah, i. e. that they may be graciously 
 accepted of Jehovah. Ps. 19, 15. Lev. 
 22, 20. 21. With suff. Lev. 1, 3. 19, 5 
 CDS'iS'nb that ye may be accepted, i. e. 
 that your sacrifice be acceptable. 22, 
 19. 29. 23, 11. Concr. a delight, that 
 in which one delights, Prov. 11, 1. 20. 
 12, 22. 15, 8. 16, 13 ; spec, what is accept- 
 able to God, Prov. 10, 32. Mai. 2, 13. 
 
 2. good-will, favour, grace, as of a 
 king Prov. 16. 15. 19, 12; espec. of God, 
 Ps. 5, 13. 30, 8. Deut. 33, 16. Ps. 51, 20. 
 Is. 49, 8 "(IST rra r a time of gjuce, 
 when the way is open to my favour. 
 Meton. favours bestowed, benefits, Ps. 
 145, 16. Deut. 33, 23. Prov. 18, 22. 
 
 3. will, pleasure, i. q. Chald. nJisn, pr. 
 'what pleases any one.' his pleasure, Fr. 
 'tel est mon plaisir;' Ps. 40, 9. 103. 21. 
 143, 10. 145, 19. 2 Chr. 15,, 15. iJisnD nbS 
 to do according to his pleasure Esth. 1, 
 
 8. Dan. 8, 4. 11, 3. 16; with a of pers. 
 to treat a person according to one's plea- 
 sure, as one will, Neh. 9, 24. 37. Esth. 
 
 9, 5. In the sense of wicked pleasure, 
 wantonness, Gen. 49, 6. 
 
 ' '^^ fut. nsi'i" 1. to break or antsh 
 in pieces; kindr. with T'Sn. Arab. 
 /^^\ 4>^) ; i*^'- ^66 Pi. no. 1, and nsi . 
 
 2. to kill, to slay, c. ace. pers. Num. 35, 
 30. Deut. 4,42; absol. Ex. 20, 1.3. Deut. 
 5,17. IK. 21,19. Jer. 7, 9. Hos. 4, 2. 
 aJBS 'e n^n Deut. 22, 26, comp. 'b nsn 
 ttJEJ, under n=: Hiph. no. 2. d. Part. 
 n^'"i a slayer, murderer. Num. 35, 16 sq. 
 Deut. 4, 42. Josh. 20, 5. 6. Job 24, 14. al. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, Judg. 20, 4. 
 Prov. 22, 13. 
 
 PiEL to bleak or dash in pieces, Ps. 
 62, 4. ^ 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, but iterative like 
 bap, to kill many, to be a murderer, 
 Hos. 6. 9. Ps. 94, 6. Part, nsnis a mur- 
 derer 2 K. G, 32. U. \, 21. 
 
 '^?^ m. (r. ns'n) 1. a breaking in 
 pieces, crushing. Ps. 42. 1 1 with a crush- 
 
 ^tt^. 
 
*1 
 
 993 
 
 pi 
 
 ing of my bones, i. e. causing me the 
 severest (Kiiii. 
 
 2. outbreak of the voice, outcry, cla- 
 mour, coinp. r. n:iB ; Ea. 21, 27, where 
 it is couplet! with n?l"in. 
 
 S<;"21 (delight) Rizia, pr. n. ni. 1 Chr. 
 7, 39. II. nan. 
 
 '\'^2'\ Hezin, pr. n. a) The last king 
 of DiiiTiuscus, sluin by the Assyrians, 
 2 K. 15, 37. 16, 5-9. Is. 7, 1. 4. 8. 8, 6. 
 9, 10. b) A man. Ezra 2, 48. Neh. 7, 
 50. The etymology is uncertain. It 
 may come from r. njcn after the form 
 j^SjS , by Syriasra for 'j^Jl'i ; or from 
 
 G 
 
 Arab. ^^%ju^\ firm, stable ; or perh. it is 
 
 kindr. with ^iti prince, also pr. n. of the 
 founder of the kingdom of Damascus. 
 
 J''^^ to pierce, to bore, e. g. the ear 
 Ex. 21, 6. Arab. ^ I, IV, id. Chald. 
 
 rsn id. ^ 
 
 Deriv. SSITS. 
 
 - : - 
 
 ^j'^ T ^'^ range stones artificially, to 
 inlay a pavement or* other work, to 
 checker ; part. pass. CJ^sn checkered, ies- 
 
 eelated, inlaid, Cant. 3, 10. Arab. _4vj 
 id. "^ 
 
 Deriv. qan, nsan, rsanp. 
 
 ClS"^ m. 1. a sti/ne which is heated in 
 order to roast meat or bake bread upon 
 it. 1 K. 19, 6 n-'ES-i rsr a cake baked 
 
 on hot stones. Arab. 
 
 id. The 
 
 Rabbins understand a coal; comp. ri'an. 
 2. Rezeph, pr. n. of a city subdued by 
 the Assyrians, Is. 37, 12. Prob. the 'Pt)- 
 <ru(pM of Ptolemy situated in Palmyrene, 
 Arab. xiLo^ . See Ptol. Geogr. 5. 15. 
 
 HBSn f. (r. qsn) 1. i. q. Cisn, a hot 
 stone, Is. 6, 6. Vulg. calculus. Sept. and 
 the Rabbins a coal. 
 
 2. a tesselaied pavement, Esth. 1, 6. 
 2 Chr. 7, 3. Ez. 40. 17. 18. 42. 3. 2 Chr. 
 7,3. 
 
 3. Rizpah, pr. n. of a concubine of 
 Saul, 2 Sam. 3, 7. 21, 8. 10. 11. 
 
 * "f ^"^ fut. ]"ii'n for y-n;; Is. 42. 4. 'j'-iri 
 Ecc. 12. 6. But DsV.x Jer'sO, 44 Cheth. 
 also DS'i-ix ib. Keri. belong to r. yv^ . 
 
 1. to break, to crush or shatter, i. e. 
 60 as to make a flaw or crack, but not en- 
 
 tirely off. Arab. ^jd\ ; kindr. fS^ and 
 rrn .Is. 42, 3 )"ian n:;? a broken reed 
 .ihall he not break off (''3:^) ; Vulg. 
 cptasKolum. 30, 6. 2 K. 18.21. Intrans, 
 to break, to be broken, cninhed, Eicc. 12, 
 6 ; trop. Is. 42, 4. 
 
 2. Trop. to treat with violence, to op- 
 press, ollen joined with pais , Deut, 28, 
 33. 1 Sam. 12, 3. 4. Am. 4, I. Is. 58, 6, 
 Hos. 5, 11. 
 
 NiPH. ynj fut.yii;; (as if from r. pn), 
 pass, of Kal no. 1, Ez. 29, 7. Ecc. 12, 6. 
 
 PiEL yan 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, but 
 stronger, to break in pitces, Ps. 74, 14. 
 
 2. Metaph. i. q. Kal no. 2. a, Job 20, 
 19. 2 Chr. 16, 10. 
 
 Po. 7^11 , to oppress, to vex, i. q. Kal 
 no. 2 and Pi. no. 2, Judg. 10, S. But 
 ySTi Nah. 2. 5 belongs to r. y^'^, 
 
 HiPH. fut. conv. ynpii (so as to differ 
 liom '('IFii to make run), to break in 
 piecr.s, Judg. 9, 53. 
 
 HiTHPo. f'STirn to dash one another, 
 to struggle, Gen. 25, 22. 
 
 Deriv. yi, nana II. 
 
 pi) m. (r. pi^'n I) 1. Adj. fern, njsn, 
 plur. ripn, thin, lean, of kine Gen. 41, 
 19. 20. 27. 
 
 2. Adv. of limitation, restriction, only, 
 alone. Job 1. 15 '^sIj 'SX p"; only I 
 alone. Gen. 47. 22 only the land of the 
 priests bought he not. 14,24. 41, 40. -50, 
 8. E.K. 10, 17. 1 Sam. 1, 13. 5, 4. Am. 
 3, 2. al. sEppc. Also of exception, only, 
 except, provided ; Gen. 19, 8 only unto 
 these men do nothing. 24. 8. Num. 20, 19. 
 Deut. 3, 11. Josh. 1, 7. 18. Is. 4, 1 we 
 will eat our own bread. . . . only let us be 
 called by thy name. Once emphat. pT 
 TjX ordy indeed Num. 12, 2. Spec. a) 
 After a negation, only, i. e. save, besides ; 
 2 Chr. 5, 10 there was nothing in the. ark 
 r-in^n "^ya pn save or besides the two 
 tables. Josh. 11, 22 there were none of 
 the Anakim left nw^ p'l only, except, in 
 Gaza. 1 K. 15, 5. b) Put before ad- 
 jectives as an intensive, in the same 
 manner as ^^^^ no. 2. a. b, c ; thus 21:5 p"! 
 only good, nothing but good. Gren. 26, 29 ; 
 S"! p'l only evil, nothing but evil, Gem. 6, 
 5. 1 K. 14, 8 ia^ PI only right, nothing 
 but what is right. Deut. 4. 6. Also with 
 an adverb Deut. 28, 13 ; with a verb 
 Judg. 14, 16. So before *,"'X there is not. 
 
pi 
 
 996 
 
 "pn 
 
 intensively, as "ps p'^ surely there is not, 
 i. e. it is only so that there is not ; Gen. 
 20, 11 n?n n'ipaa c^rrVx rxn^ -,-'x pn 
 merely the fear of God is not in this 
 place. At the beginning of a clause, 
 pT refers sometimes not to the next 
 word, but to one more remote ; Is. 28, 19 
 nsirttJ "j-irn nrny pn it is a terror only 
 to hear tJie rumour. Ps. 32, 6 Ci^'i"? pT 
 is-'ilj Kb T^bx c^r'1 C^a in the food of 
 great waters, only to him (the righteous) 
 shall they not come near. . Prov. 13, 10. 
 Deut. 4, 6. Gen. 24, 8. 
 
 P^ empty, see p"''D . 
 
 pT m. (r. ppn II ) c. suff. ip"! , spittle, 
 Job 7, 19. 30, id Is. 50, 6. 
 
 "I^"^ , fut. -p'l'^ , to be carious, 
 tporm-eatvn, rotten, as wood, Is. 40. 20. 
 Metaph. Prov. 10, 7 ; comp. the Rab- 
 binic phrase : ' ascendit putredo in no- 
 men alicujus.' Not found in the other 
 dialects. The primary idea seems to 
 be that of hollowing out, excavating ; 
 comp. =;;?, :p;, apj, alsoinnsn. 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 3p7 !" constr. 2pT , caries, rottenness. 
 a) Of the bones Prov. 12, 4. 14, 30 ; 
 metaph. of terror striking through all 
 one's bones Hub. 3, 16. b) Of wood, 
 Job 13, 28. Hos. 5, 12. 
 
 V^]^'^ m. (r. -P'j) rottenness of wood 
 Job 41, 19. 
 
 "12 , fut. plur. 1'ip'^n , to leap, to skip, 
 e. g. tor joy. to dance Ecc. 3. 4. Poet, also 
 things are said to leap or skip from fear, 
 J. q. to start, to quake, Ps. 114, 4. 6. 
 Comp. Hiph. and "tns Pi. also dsn . Syr. 
 Pa. id. but Aph. is to wail, to beat the 
 breet. The primary idea seems to lie 
 in beating or stamping the ground, see 
 in yp-; . 
 
 Pi EL, to leap, to spring, to dance, 
 1 Chr. 15, 20. Is. 13, 21. Job 21, 11. 
 Poet, of a chariot driven rapidly and 
 bounding over rough ways, Nah. 3, 2. 
 Joel 2, 5. 
 
 Hiph. pr. to make leap or skip, e. g. 
 mountains, i. e. to cause to tremble or 
 tart, to shake, Ps. 29, 6. Comp. Kal, 
 also BSsn and nrj . 
 
 n^fl f. (r. p'^i"^ I) c. iuff. iPlJn, pr. 
 <Atnne, something thin; hence 
 
 1. the temple, temples, a part of the 
 head, Judg. 4, 21. 22. 5, 26. 
 
 2. Poet, lor the cheek, Cant. 4, 3. 6, 7. 
 Comp. tempora id. Prop. 2. 24. 3. 
 
 VP"^ (thinness, r. pp"! I ) Rakkon, pr. 
 n. of a city in Dan lying on the sea- 
 coast, Josh. 19, 46. 
 
 * nj2" fut. npy) to season, to spice, 
 e. g. oil for making ointments, to per- 
 fume, Ex. 30. 33 ; also wine, see npn ; 
 and flfcsh, see Hiph. Part, npn season- 
 ing, .spicing, 1 Chr. 9, 30 ; subst. a maker 
 of imguents, pirfumer, Ecc. 10, 1. Ex. 
 30, 35. 37, 29. The primary idea is 
 prob. that of heating, boiling, pr. i. q. 
 nr"^ , the letters p and n being inter- 
 changed; see in lett. p, 
 
 PuAL pass, of Kal, 2 Chr. 16. 14. 
 
 Hiph. to season flesh, to spice, Ez. 
 
 24, 10. 
 
 Deriv. rtpi n-^np-t, np-n3,nnpn^, 
 pnp-ia . 
 
 ^p"^ m. spice ; ^^p'^'^ 'p;; spiced wine, 
 i. q. T(0^ q. v. Cant. 8, 2. 
 
 '^P'l m. ointment, perfume, Ex. 30, 
 
 25. 35. 
 
 1^)5'!! ra. (r. npn) plur. cn;?-! . a maker 
 of ointments, perfumer, pigmentarius, 
 Neh. 3, 8. Pem. nn;?"] , plur. mn;3n id. 
 1 Sam. 8, 13. 
 
 ^f^J?"!? f. see preced. art. 
 
 C^ni!"! m. plur. (r. Hpn) ointments, 
 perfumes, c. suff. Is. 57, 9. 
 
 ?"^P7 m. (r. yplj constr. S'^p'i , pr. a 
 solid expanse ; see the root no. 2. 
 Hence 
 
 1. thefrmumentoC heaven, Gen. 1, 6. 
 7. 8. Ps. 19. 2 ; fully C^rattfn S-'pn Gen. 
 1, 14. 15. 17. 20. The Hebrews sup- 
 posed the firmament to be spread out 
 like a solid hemispheric arch over the 
 earth, shining and pellucid as sapphire 
 Ex. 24, 10, comp. Dan. 12, 3 ; in it were 
 fixed the stars. Gen. 1, 14-17 ; and above 
 it was the celestial ocean with windows 
 in the firmament through which the wa- 
 ter fell as rain upon the earth, Gen. 1, 7. 
 7, 11. Ps. 104,3. 148,4; this latter being 
 the common notion, although the true 
 state of the case was not unknown to 
 them, see Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27. 28. 
 Sept. axtgiafia, \u\g.firmamentu7n. So 
 
Horn, ol^arog noAiyfnixof II. 5. 504. Oil. 
 
 3. 2 ; oiff. iiidr,(fioi Od. 15. 328. Arab. 
 
 e ^ 
 
 Ai\ the heavens. Syr. Chald. xypi 
 
 the firmament. 
 
 2. apavenient, fool-pavement, beneath 
 a throne, i. q. ^TTlTi. 5 P"- ^ foundation, 
 from stamping, founding, see the Syriac 
 visage in r. Sj5n no. 2. So of the pave- 
 ment borne by cherubs, above which 
 was the throne of Jehovah, Ex. 1, 22. 23. 
 25. 26. 10, 1. 
 
 p'^p'^ m. (r. p'iTi I ) plur. constr. "S'^p'i , 
 a thin cuke, wafer, Ex. 29, 2. 23. Lev. 2, 
 
 4. Num. 6. 15. 19. al. 
 
 D^T ^'^ ^^^^ "'*'^ colours, to make 
 versicoloured, to variegate ; spoken of 
 the colours in the eagle's pinions, and 
 of variegated marble, see nrfsn ; but 
 chiefly of variegated cloths and gar- 
 ments. Chald. in Targ. of the spots 
 and shields of the leopard, Jer. 13, 23. 
 
 Arab. (vi\ I. II, to make striped, as cloth j 
 
 also to write J ^j*' variegated. From 
 
 the Anibic comes Span, recamare, Ital. 
 ricamar, to embroider with the needle. 
 The primary idea seems to be that of 
 laying on colours, as in kindr. oa'i no. 3, 
 where see. Spec, to variegate a gar- 
 ment, to embroider with coloured Jigures, 
 Lat opere pluniario ; which seems to 
 have been done by needle-work in 
 figures of various colours, as blue or 
 purple, upon a white ground or byssus ; 
 the -figures having the form sometimes 
 of feathers or scales, and sometimes of 
 little shields or tesselse. Hence Part. 
 t2j3"i plumarius, a worker in colours, em- 
 broiderer, Ex. 26, 36. 27, 16. 28, 39. 36, 
 37. 38, 18. 39, 29. The work of the o;5i 
 differed from the work of the 3'n, in 
 that the fbriner was stitched with the 
 needle or sewed upon the cloth, while 
 the latter was woven into it; see in 
 aidn no. 3. The LXX also understand 
 needle-work Ex. 27, 16. 38, 23 ; and so 
 the Talmudists. See more in Thesaur. 
 p. 1310 sq. 
 
 Pdal pass, to be curiously, etaborately, 
 vrought or shaped, of the formation of 
 the foetus in the womb, Psv 139, 15. 
 
 Deriv. cp-i , TiTSfjn . 
 
 84 
 
 997 
 
 p^^ 
 
 Dp") (variegation, flower-gardening, 
 
 Arab. SL^\ ) Bekem, pr. n. 
 
 1. Of a city in Benjamin Josh. 18, 27. 
 
 2. Of several men : a) A king of the 
 Midianites Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. b) 
 1 Chr. 2, 43. c) 7, 16. 
 
 ^^i?^ n (r. Bjsn) c. suff. erxj?"!, plur. 
 m'rijn, dual oinrj?*!. 
 
 1. variegation, versicolour, i. e. play 
 of colours, e. g. in the eagle's wings Ez. 
 17, 3; of stones, a pavement, 1 Chr. 29, 
 2, comp. in TpB . 
 
 2. work in colours, embroidery, also 
 cloth embroidered with colours, see in r. 
 Dpn . Ez. 16, 10. 13. 27, 16. nrpn "^laa 
 embroidered garments, decked with co- 
 lours, as worn by princes. Ez. 16, 18. 26, 
 
 16. Plur. Pi^iS-i id. Ps. 4.5, 15. Dual 
 Judg. 5, 30 n'^ni:;)'? ras dyed garments 
 of double embroidery, i. e. embroidered 
 on both sides, or so that the work and 
 figures on both sides correspond. 
 
 * ^li"^ fut. c. suff. cSjT-nx , inf c. suff. 
 
 1. to beat, to smite the earth with the; 
 feet, to stamp, either in indignation Er. 
 6, 11 ; or in exultation Ez. 25, 6. Kindr. 
 with p;^^ . Hence to tread down ene- 
 mies, 2 Sam. 22, 43. 
 
 2. to beat out. i. e. to spread out or 
 expand by beating, see Piel ; hence 
 simpl. to spread out, to expand, as God 
 the earth Ps. 136, 6. Is. 42, 5. 44, 24. 
 Syr. '^^-e? to malte firm, stable ; Aph. to 
 found, pr. by beating and stamping in 
 order to make a solid foundation. Arab. 
 
 i\ to make firm. 
 
 PiEL 1. to beat out, i. e. to spread out 
 or expand by beating, as thin plates Ex. 
 39, 3. Num. 17, 4. Hence 
 
 2. to overspread, to overlay with plates 
 of metal Is. 40. 19. 
 
 PoAL part, y;?"^^ , to be beaten or spread 
 into plates Jer. 10, 9. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to spread out the 
 heavens fut. V7>1^ Job 37. 18. 
 
 Deriv. S'^p'i , also _ ' 
 
 Q''^)?'^ ni. plur. plates, lamincR, Num, 
 
 17, 3. 
 
 J'Pl^"^ obsol. root, pr. to beat, to 
 pound, spec, to spread out by beating, (o 
 
pp-i 
 
 998 
 
 yn 
 
 beat thin. Arab, intrans. ^% to be thin. 
 Iti.sonomatopoetic. likethe uiiidred roots 
 
 Deriv. pn , njsn , p'pT , and pr. names 
 
 * li PlZ"^ i- q- P11 ?o spit, to spit out, 
 an onoraatopoetic root, like kindr. "p^"^ , 
 comp. Lat. screo, Fr. cracker. Fut. pi'J 
 c. 3 to spit upon any one Lev. 15, 8. For 
 the PriEt. 'p'y\ is used. q. v. 
 
 Deriv. pi . 
 
 f^J?"!? (pr. shore, Chald. itr;3"n , Arab. 
 
 Xi""! ) Rakkath, pr. n. of a city in the 
 tribe of Naphtali, situated according to 
 the Rabbins on the spot afterwards occu- 
 pied by Tiberias. Josh. 19, 35. See 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 266. 
 
 ^ poor, see in r. cisn . 
 
 *n'*ri obsol. root, Chald. xr-1 to fte 
 able, to have leave, r^aJn leave, permis- 
 sion. Hence 
 
 'JT^TD'1 m. leave, a permit to do any 
 thing, Ezra 3, 7. 
 
 rr^Tp"! J see in n'^irs^ . 
 ^ _ T ''^ write down, to record, part. 
 
 pass. DTOT Dan. 10. 21. Arab. 
 
 r9 
 
 id. 
 
 OTO"I Chald. fut. nti-i-' , to write. Dun. 
 5, 24. 25 ; also to subscribe, to sign an 
 edict, Dan. 6, 9 sq, 
 
 *^^'^ fut. Stdn") 1. Pr. as it would 
 neem. to make noise and tumult, to cause 
 disturbance, see the adj. sen Job 3, 17. 
 Is. 57, 20, and Hiph. Job 34, 29. Syr. 
 KZy Aph. to disturb, to agitate, pkZj 
 disturbance, commotion, also ^C^^Z) to 
 be disturbed. Comp. by transp. ttSsi 
 no. 3. Hence 
 
 2. to do evil, to be wicked, impious, opp. 
 p'lS ; since wicked men are usually noisy 
 and boieterouB in doing injury, while 
 good men are gentle and quiet. 1 K. 8, 
 47. Dan. 9, 15. Ecc. 7, 17. 
 
 3. to have an unjust cause, to be guilty, 
 opp. pns ; Job 9, 29. 10, 7. 15. With 
 OTf3*iT3 , to be held guilty of God, before 
 God, Pb. 18. 22. 
 
 HiPii. S-'lJ-jn, fut. ?"'ri";: 1. to dis- 
 turb, to stir up tumult ; sec in Kal no. 1. 
 Job 34, 29 V'^^. '' 3"^*? K""" he 
 
 (God) giveth quietness, and who shall 
 stir up tumuU 7 
 
 2. to pronounce guiUy, i. e. to condemn 
 any one, as a judge, opp. p'''=iaii ; Ex. 22, 
 
 8. Deut. 25, 1. Job 32, 3. Prov. 12, 2. 17, 
 16. Ps. 94, 21. Is. 50. 9. al. So too one 
 who gains his cause, Is. 54, 17. Hence 
 simply to gain one's cause, to be viclurious, 
 e. g. of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 47 and whilher- 
 soecer he turned himself . ?''li';^ he gained 
 his cause, i. e. was victorious; victory 
 being accounted the reward of a just 
 cause, defeat the punishment of unright- 
 eousness ; comp. P7.S no. 4, ^j^'^S no. 4; 
 so Heb. nat to be innocent, Syr. jJiT 
 to conquer. Sept. iab'i^io, Vulg. snper- 
 abat. Others here as in no. 1, he causeil 
 disquiet, Engl. Vers, he vexed them, i. e. 
 his enemies. 
 
 3. Intrans. to do evil, to act vrickedhj, 
 fully riasb S-'ili-in 2 Chr. 20, 35; ellipt. 
 id. (like n-'^-^n, vy}.) 2 Chr. 22, 3. Neh. 
 
 9, 33. Ps. 106, 6. Job 34, 12. Part. c. 
 genit. Dan. 11, 32 r-inn '?"'a"!^ who do 
 wickedly against the covenant, i. e. who 
 impiously break it. 
 
 Deriv. siun, s\i-j, nsbn, rS'riTa. 
 
 2?tDn m. adj. and subst. plur. c'^saj'^r 
 constr. 'SttJ-i. Fem. nrajn twice Ez. 3, 
 18. 19. 
 
 1. unjust, fazdty, guilty, having an un- 
 just cause, a wrong-doer, opp. p'^'=T3 inno- 
 cent. So Sirn p"'7sn to acquit the guilty 
 Ex. 23, 7. IsVs. 23 ;' an S-^ainn to con- 
 demn the guilty Deut. 25, 1. 1 K. 8, 32. 
 
 'Also Ex. 2, 13 5C-;b iCX*] and he said 
 unto the wrong-doer. Num. 35, 31 S'lj"! 
 n!!723 faulty to dying, guilty of death, 
 worthy to die. 
 
 2. wicked, ungodly, impioxis ; with 
 subst. Sdn c^jj a wicked man (opp. p''^^ 
 no. 3) Job 20,' 29. 27, 1.3. Prov. 11, 7'. 
 Ollener as sobst. a wicked person, evil- 
 doer, Job 9, 24. 15, 20. Ps. 9. 6. 17. 10,, 
 2. 3. 4. 37. 10. 12. 21. 32. 35. 55, 4. Plur- 
 C-'Sffl'i the wicketl Job 3, 17. 8, 22. 10. 3. 
 Ps. iVl. 5. 6. 3,8. 12.9. 28, 3. al. sarpiss. 
 espec. in the Proverbs. Spoken of indi- 
 viduals who plot against the good and 
 vex them, and also of public heathen 
 enemies, Is. 13, 11. 14, 5. 
 
 y^"? m. ( r. i^ ) in pause i^;t, e. 
 sufl'. 'aJ"). 
 
 1. injustice^ unrighteotisness, Job 34, 
 
St^: 
 
 999 
 
 pM 
 
 10. Mic.6, 10. 5tin ninxix treaturea got 
 by wickedness Mic. 6. 10. vi-^ "Sjxia 
 unjust balances, i. e. IuIbc, v. 11. Hence 
 spec, fraud, falsehood^ opp. nasj , Prov, 
 8,7. 
 
 2. wickedness^ ungodliness, Ps. 5, 5 ; 
 opp. pnx Ps. 45, 8. srn nbs /o t/o ir/cA:- 
 crf;jes Prov. 16, 12. sil?-) "'ttSS!* wicked 
 men Job 34, 8 ; comp. Ps. 84, 1 1. Plur. 
 D-'Sirn wicked deeds Job 34, 26. 
 
 rC^TDT <em. of Suin q. v. 
 
 nytDT f. (r. sd-j) constr. rsain, c. suff. 
 
 1. injustice, anil hence fraud, false- 
 hood, Prov. 13, 6 ; spec, of the fraud of 
 those who give scant meaBure Zech. 5, 
 8, comp. Mic. 6, 11. 
 
 2. wickedness, ungodliness. Is. 9, 17. 
 Mai. 3, 15 ; a wicked deed Deut. 25. 2. 
 
 Q7n:?1D"\, see c^nscin "i^is. 
 
 V|?^ obsol. root, to inflanie, to kiti- 
 dle; kindr. S)"], a^O. Samar. id. trop. 
 Hence 
 
 51"^ m. plur. n"'Bi:Jn , constr. "^Bdn and 
 
 1. Jlame, Cant. 8, 6. Comp. Chald. 
 Ps. 78, 48 Targ. 
 
 . 2. lightning, Ps. 78, 48. Poet, a) Ps. 
 76. 4 nop 'SCn /^ lightnings of the bow 
 i. e. the arrows. b) Job 5, 7 qiU"] ">3a 
 f/ie S0W5 q/" lightning, i. e. birds of prey 
 which fly swift as the lightning. Others, 
 arrows ; others, sparks. 
 
 Z. fever, burning plague, with which 
 the body is infamed, comp. n^n heat 
 and poison. Deut. 32. 24 "'^i'l '''oph con- 
 sum^'d with burning pestilence. Hab. 3, 
 5, parall. "isn plague. 
 
 4. Resheph, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 25. 
 
 "^'*? T ^^ break down or in pieces, to 
 destroy, in Kal not used, kindr. with 
 
 PoEL fut. ba-.'^ , id. Jer. 5, 17. 
 PuAL plur. 1 pers. ^3CT?^ , pass, of Kal, 
 Mai. 1,4. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. 0"'c}'in. 
 
 ri^"^ f. (r. cn^) in pause rcn, c. suff. 
 'Bt'i; a net. Ps. 57. 7. 9. 16. 31, 5. 
 Lam. 1. 13. bs rc") b^B to spread or 
 cast a net over any one. Ez. 12. 13. 17. 
 20. 19, 8. 32, 3. nisn nrro net-work 
 Ex. 27, 4, and so simpl. ron v. 5. 
 
 P'iR'? m. (r. pnn) a chain, Ez. 7, 23. 
 Plur. n-ipwi 1 K. 6. 21 KTi. where in 
 Cheth. rip-'nn id. Plur. nipnn see in 
 its order. 
 
 *rr'^ to boil, to be hoi, in Kal not 
 used. Syr. and Chald. id. 
 
 PiEL to make boil e. g. a pot, imp. nn'i 
 Ez. 24, 5. 
 
 PuAL to be made to boil, i. q. to boil, 
 spoken of the bowels, metaph. for com- 
 motion of mind Job 30, 27. Comp. ^i(ov 
 in nvfvpuTi Rom. 12, 11. 
 
 HiPH. like Pi. Job 41, 23. Hence 
 
 '^C'^ tn. a boiling, only plur. c. suff. 
 n^nrn Ez. 24. 5. 
 
 p"'r\n 1 K. 6, 21 Cheth. see in art. 
 
 pin"). 
 
 D*5^ to bind on, to make fast, e. g. 
 horses to a chariot, imper. oh"i Mic. 1, 
 13. Comp. 1DX no. 4. Arab. *j\ IV, 
 
 to bind a thread upon the finger. Hence 
 the two following. 
 
 Dn'-I m. 1 K. 19, 4 (but fem. in Cheth.) 
 plur. dan-i 1 K. 19, 4. 5. Job 30, 4. Ps. 
 
 120. 4, i. q. Arab. IL^y, collect. *j\, ge- 
 nista, broom, spartium junceum Linn, a 
 shrub growing in the deserts of Arabia, 
 with whitish flowers and bitter roots, 
 which the Arabs regard as yielding the 
 best charcoal ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest, 
 I. p. 299. Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 483. 
 This illustrates Job 30. 4 and Ps. 120, 4. 
 Prob. GO called from the notion of 
 binding, as juncus a jungendo. Germ. 
 Dinsen from the verb binden. See Cel- 
 sius Hierobot. T. I p. 246 sq. Oedmann 
 Verm. Sammiungen Fasc. 2. c. 8. The 
 Heb. intpp. and Jerome understand the 
 juniper, but on no good grounds ; see 
 Celsius 1. c. 
 
 rrcnn (genista) Rithmah, pr. n. of a 
 station of the Israelites in the desert, 
 Num. 33, 18. 19. R. cnn . 
 
 * P^"^ in Kal not used, to bind, to 
 put in fetters. Arab. j^\ clausit, con- 
 suit 
 
 NiPH. Ecc. 12. 6 Keri : before the sil- 
 ver cord T"^-}"^. be loosed, unbound ; in a 
 signif directly contrary to Kal. Prob. 
 it should read prs? to be broken, from r. 
 
pnn 
 
 1000 
 
 snia 
 
 pri q. V. in Niph. no. 1. Frigid is 
 
 Cheth. pn'J2 io be removed. 
 
 PuAL pnn to be bound, Nah. 3, 10. 
 
 Deriv. p'Tin and 
 
 riipnn f. plur. chains Is. 40, 19. 
 
 ^Tll obsol. root, i. q. aan and Aram. 
 rn'n , Zi , /o terrify ; hence 
 
 nnn m, terror Hos. 13, 1. ChalA 
 
 stn'^m id. 
 
 W 
 
 The letter 12 originally, and before the 
 invention of diacritical signs, served to 
 express both the simple sound of s. and 
 also the thicker sound sh. In like man- 
 ner the Irish language has only one 
 sign, s, for these two sounds, e. g. sold 
 solace, and se (she) he, si (shi') she. At 
 a later period a distinction was made by 
 the Grammarians, so that the simple 
 sound of s came to be indicated by a 
 point over the left horn, and the thicker 
 sound sh by one over the right. 
 
 For the Heb. ia the Chaldee often 
 and the Syriac always (as being desti- 
 tute of the letter Sin) -substitute D ; see 
 in lett. O, p. 707. The Arabic, from a 
 peculiarity of the langviage, in almost all 
 
 these words has ^i ; as etS''^ vjui, i?'^ 
 JCcw, ^?"J JXaw. etc. much as the 
 people of Wirtemberg give a thicker 
 sound to the German *, pronouncing ist 
 like isht. Very rarely does the Arabic 
 Tetain jj*,, as nbia i^JLv quail. 
 
 In the Hebrew itself, kindred letters 
 :are: a) The other sibilants, as Oi, D, 
 S , T , see p. 707 ; comp. also "(SS , ;tb , 
 jtD; pns, pnb; ppb, ppi to strain; 
 "H^ and -iX'a to ferment. b) Some- 
 times the aspirates, almost like Gr. vi 
 Lat. sus. vIt] sylva ; comp. nnb i. q. rrin 
 to extend ; "50 (ijJL** i. q. Tj^ti to go ; 
 yva i. q. -"ix to plait, to weave. Some- 
 times alw), in the formation of roots, a 
 sibilant is prefixed to the primary bilite- 
 nil syllable, as 35to i. q. 23J to be high, 
 KSto i. q. nsjj. etc. Comp. y(>qpw scribo, 
 yXrqitt sailpo. if/li^oj atrideo. tego atiyu>, 
 fallo aqiiXXa, and many others. 
 
 ntj^ obsol. root, see in rra. 
 
 "sSlD obsol. root, kindr. with the 
 verbs "iJ*'^, "i"0 q. v. to become hot, to 
 ferment ; comp. Arab. jLj to boil up, to 
 break out, as an ulcer. In the western 
 languages we find from the same stock, 
 Germ, in Ottfr. suar, Anglosax. sur, 
 Germ, sauer, Engl. sour. Hence 
 
 ^Sto m. leaven, Ex. 12, 15. 19. 13, 7. 
 Lev. 2, 11. Deut. 16, 4. Chald. nxD id. 
 
 ns^to pr. inf fem. of the verb Xbj (for 
 PXb), c. suff. ""nsb, once contr. inb Job 
 41, 17, where other Mss. have tnxJ. 
 
 1. a lifting up, Job 41, 17 [25] ; so of 
 the countenance, elation, cheerfulness, 
 Gen. 4, 7. See the root xb: no. 1. c. 
 
 2. elevation, a rising in the skin, hence 
 genr. a spot, Lev. 13. 2. 10. 19. 28. 43. 
 14, 56 ; so too where more than skin 
 deep, comp. Lev. 13, 2 with v. 3. 4. 
 
 3. e.mltation, dignity, majesty. Gen. 
 49, 3. Ps. 62, 5; of God Job 13, 11. 31, 
 23. Here too we may refer Hab. 1, 7 
 from himself go forth his law and his 
 dignity, i. e. he acknowledges no law 
 and no dignity but his own. 
 
 ^'tt? an old man, see in r. -"'b . 
 
 m5^ ^0 interweave, to braid, i. q. 
 t;=o. Hence Ti^b, ri^^'yq, ri9"it:. 
 
 1\yO m. only plur. C'asb lattices, ba- 
 lusters, around the capitals of columns, 
 IK. 7, 17. See in n32b. 
 
 SOSTD sambuca, see xrso . 
 
 nsniC r. (r. r^Z'a) l. a net Job 18, 8. 
 
 2. lattice, lattice-work, baluMrade, es- 
 pec. upon or around the capitals of col- 
 umns. 1 K. 7. 18. 20. 42. 2 K. 25. 17. Jer. 
 52. 22. 23; plur. risrb 1 K. 7. 41. 42. 
 2 C'hr. 4, 12. 13. Also before a window 
 or balcony, 2 K. 1, 2. 
 
cniD 
 
 1001 
 
 ((3^ 
 
 * DIV obsol. root ; Arab, j^a^ to be 
 cokl. Simoniri asBigiis to it tlie Hignif. of 
 the verb Cba to be fragrant. Hence 
 
 D31D (coolness, or fragrance) Sebam 
 Num. 32, 3, and nijate (id.) Num. 32, 38, 
 Sibniah, pr. n. tC <i city in the tribe of 
 Reuben abounding in vineyards, Josh. 
 13, 19. Is. 16, 8. 9. Jer. 48, 32. Jerome 
 places it near Heshbon. 
 
 * yya , also ?=i^ oeut. u, 29. 26, 
 
 12. Is. 9, 19 ; fut. ?ab-; . 
 
 1. to be or become satisfied, satiated, 
 
 filled; Arab. 1*^ id. Chald. 530, Syr. 
 
 ''i-aifl, id. The primary idea is that of 
 abundance.superabundance ; comp. Pro v. 
 25. 16. Kindr. is SCaJ .Of one sated 
 with food, Deut. 31, 20. Ruth. 2. 14. Is. 
 44, 16. al. More rarely with drink, i. q. 
 njn. Am. 4, 8. Jer. 46. 10; hence also 
 of the earth as watered Prov. 30, 16. 
 Ps. 104, 16. Absol. Ps. 37. 19. Hos. 4, 
 10 ; hence sari bsx to eat and be filled, 
 satisfied, i. e. to eat one's fill, Deut. 6, 1 1. 
 8, 10. 12. 14, 29. Ruth 2, 14. Joel 2, 26. 
 Ps. 22. 27; so sr^l p:^ Is. 66, 11 ; also 
 52b sib to be insatiable Ez. 16, 28. 29. 
 Prov. 27, 20. Ascribed to the belly Prov. 
 18, 20; to the spirit (see ITE.: no. 2) 
 Ecc. 6, 3 ; and raetaph. to the eye as 
 not satisfied with seeing, Ecc. 1, 8. 4, 8, 
 comp. Is. 53, 11. Ps. 17. 15 ; to the sword 
 Jer. 46. 10. Constr. with ace. of thing, 
 as cnb snb to be filled with bread Ex. 
 16. 12. Job 27. 14. Prov. 12. 11 ; with -,13 
 Prov. 14. 14. 18,20. Job 31, 31; 3 Ps. 
 65,5. 88.4; b c. inf Ecc 1, 8. Metaph. 
 to be satisfied with wealth, Ecc. 5, 9 ; 
 to be filled with reproach. Lam. 3, 30. 
 Hab. 2, 16 ; with contempt Ps. 123. 3 ; 
 with calamity Ps. 88, 4; with poverty 
 Prov. 28, 19; with one's own devices, 
 i. e. to reap the full reward of them, 
 Prov. 1, 31. 18, 20. 
 
 2. to be sated, glutted, tired of any 
 thing Prov. 25, 16. Is. 1, 11. Job 7. 4. 
 O'^TS'; ?3b to be sated with life 1 Chr. 23, 
 1. 2 Chr. 24, 15. Also it comes from a 
 feeling of satiety and fulness, that the 
 heart is proud and estranged from God ; 
 Prov. 30, 9 lest I be full and deny God. 
 Hos. 13, 6. 
 
 PiEL to satisfy, to satiate, Ez. 7, 19; 
 
 84* 
 
 with two Rcc. of pers. and thing P. 90, 
 14. 
 
 HiPH. to satisfy, to satiate, with ace. 
 of pers. Ps. 107, 9. Is. o8, 11. Job 38, 27; 
 with two ace. of pers. and thing Ps. 132, 
 
 15. 147, 14; with '^q of thing Ez. 32, 4. 
 Ps. 81, 17; a of thing Ps. 103, 5. Lam. 
 3, 15. Once with h of pers. and ace. of 
 thing, Ps. 145, 16 l"*:*"] "'"^2^ ?"'aiOBl 
 and satisfiest every living thing with 
 bemfits. Metaph. Ps. 91, 16. 
 
 Deriv. the five following. 
 
 3?3tD m. satiety ; hence abundance, 
 plenty, e. g. of food Gen. 41, 29 sq. Prov. 
 3, 10. 
 
 ynto m. adj. (r. 53"r) constr. 53i0. 
 plur. 0"'S3b, satisfied, satiated, full^ 
 Prov. 27. 7. 1 Sam. 2. 5. Metaph. a) 
 In a good sense, abundant, rich in any 
 thing, e. g. "("isn r3i:J rich in favour sc. 
 with God Deut. 33, 23. b) In an ill 
 sen&c.saled with sorrows, i. e. abounding 
 in them Job 14, 1. 10, 15. Hence with 
 the notion of weariness superadded, 
 O"'^^ ?3b sated with life Gen. 35, 29. 
 Job 42. 17 ; and simpl. S3b id. Gen. 25, 8. 
 
 y?to m. 1. satiety, fulness ; sacb to 
 tliefull Ex. 16, 3; hence 53bb ^dx Ex. 
 
 16, 3. Lev. 25, 19. Prov. 13, 25. 
 2. abundance, Ps. 16, 11. 
 
 nyn r (r. S3!a) c. euff. "nris^as, a- 
 
 tiety. fulness, Is. 56, 11; nssirb to the 
 full Is. 23, 18. Ez. 39, 19. 
 
 n:?nte f. (r. 53(0) constr. n?3b, satiety, 
 fulness, Ezra 16. 49. 
 
 -r 'o ^ook ; with 3 to look upon, 
 to inspect, to view, Neh. 2. 13. Some 
 editions have here ^Siii for "i3"i) , but less 
 well. Chald. "^30. where see in full. 
 Arab, -j^ to examine a wound. 
 
 Pi EL I. to look for, i.e. to expect, to 
 wait for ; comp. nsij Pi. no. 2. Ruth 1, 
 13. 
 
 2. to hope. c. bx Ps. 104. 27. 145. 15; 
 b Ps. 119, 166. Is.'38, 18 ; b c. inf Esth. 
 9, 1. Aram. Pe. and Pa. id. comp. Lat. 
 spero. Hence 
 
 *13 m. c. suff. '''?3i0, expectation, 
 hope, Ps. 119, 116. 146, 5. 
 
 * ^^^ not found in Kal (the form 
 naia being used), to be or become great. 
 
5^:^13 
 
 1002 
 
 1^ 
 
 to grow. Chald. X50 , "50 , to be multi- 
 plied, many ; Syr. ]1^ id. also to grow, 
 to be increased. Kindr. with nS5, the 
 sibilant being prefixed, see under iU, 
 p. 1000. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to make great, c.hJohl2, 23. 
 
 2. to magnify, to laud, Job 36, 24. 
 Deriv. x-'a::. 
 
 S^tD Chald. id. to be or become great, 
 Ezra 4, 22. Fut. Dan. 3, 31 xsb": f2^J 
 may your peace be great, i. e. be multi- 
 plied unto you ; a form of salutation. 
 6, 26. In Turgg. always XJD . 
 
 * 2312 1. to be high, e. g. of a city, 
 to be inaccessible, strong, Deut. 2, 36; 
 elsewhere only in poetry. Not found 
 in the other dialects. Kindr. perh. with 
 325, tiie sibilant being prefixed; see 
 under lett. itJ. 
 
 2. to be exalted, to be raised up, e. g. 
 to safety as in a high place, Job 5, 11. 
 Comp. -Jp'?. 
 
 NiPH. to be high, as a city, a wall, Is. 
 26, 5. 30, 13. Prov. 18, 11. Trop. a) to 
 be exalted, supreme, of God Ps. 148, 13. 
 is. 2, 11. 17. b) to be set in a high and 
 secure place ; hence to be safe, to be 
 protected, Prov. 18, 10, comp. -J^^. 
 c) to be high, i. e. difficult to compre- 
 ihend, Ps. 139, 6. 
 
 PiEL to set up on high, to exalt any 
 'one ; only metaph. a) to make power- 
 ful, to strengthen, Is. 9, 10. b) to set 
 (orr high i. e. in safety, to protect, to 
 .defend, Ps. 20, 2. 69, 30. 91, 14; c. l^ 
 from an enemy (comp. '{Ci no, 3. a) Ps. 
 ^59, 2. 107,41. 
 
 Pdal pass, of Piel lett. b, Prov. 29, 25. 
 
 HiPH. to exalt oneself, to show oneself 
 .exalted. Job 36, 22. 
 
 Deriv. aaioiQ, and pr. n. 215b. 
 
 WTD a spurious root, see Wb II. 
 
 * n J^ flit, nsb^ , i. q. X5(U . to become 
 .great, to grow. Job 8, 7. 11.' Ps. 92, 13. 
 
 Hi PH. to cause to grow, to increase, 
 Ps. 73. 12. 
 
 TOiW (elevated, r. aab) Segub, pr. n. 
 m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 21.22. b) 1 K. 16, 
 34 Cheih. for which Keri a-'Sb Segib. 
 
 i^'^itO m. adj. (r. yo) great, of God 
 Job 36, 26. 37, 23. 
 
 S'^ate Chald. m. (r. xab) 1. Adj. great, 
 Dan. 2. 31. 4. 7. Also much, many, 
 Dan. 4, 9. 18. Plur. f. lS"'aiB many Dan. 
 2. 48. Ezra 5, 11. 
 
 2. Adv. much, greatly, very, Dan. 2, 
 12. 5, 9. 6, 15. 24. 7, 28. 
 
 y^ytS see in Slab lett. b. 
 
 c 
 
 * 1TT2 in Kal not used. Arab. tX^ 
 has two different significations, traces of 
 which remain in Hebrew, viz. 
 
 1. to be straight, eoen, level, comp. 
 "lb"" no. 1, 2; conj. II, to make straight ; 
 VIII. to be straight, made straight. See 
 Piel. 
 
 2. to stop, to shut up a way, door, etc. 
 comp. TJD ; and this seems to come 
 from the idea of binding, comp. TiiU 
 
 a ^ S ^ S , 
 
 Jui. Hence tX* and Ju*/ something 
 intervening between two points and 
 stopping the passage, spec, a mountain ; 
 
 plur. Si> Jum a valley full of rocks and 
 
 stones, where the rain-water stands. 
 Hence pr. n. C^nit) . 
 
 Piel to harrow, i. e. to level a field, Is. 
 28,24. Job 39, 10. Hos. 10, 11. 
 
 * rri^ obsol. root; Arab, tju** to 
 extend the hand (comp. I'^IJ^ , nn^), to 
 tend towards any thing, to go with large 
 and free steps ; IV, to be let go free. 
 The primary idea therefore is that of 
 wide, free, ample space. Hence 
 
 TVitD m. constr. nib; c. suff. 'Tb , 
 T^nb, ^^y^^', plur. ninb, constr. '^'yq 
 Ruth 1, l.V also niTi) 'Neh, 12. 29, c. 
 suff, cn-'niib , crinb ; a field, the open 
 felds, the country, lying unenclosed and 
 without fences or hedges, as is still the 
 case throughout the East. Not found in 
 the kindr. dialects, except in the Punic; 
 see Monumm. Phoen. p. 394. Often opp. 
 to cities, villages, camps. Gen. 4, 8. 24, 63. 
 65. 29, 2. 34, 7. 37, 15. 1 Sam. 20. 5. 11 ; 
 also to vineyards, these being enclosed 
 by a wall (romp. Is. 5. 2. 5. Nnm. 22, 
 24), Ex. 22, 5. Lev. 25, 3, 4, Num. 16, 14, 
 20, 17. It embraces both tilled fields 
 and pastures Gen. 31, 4. 37, 7. Ex. 9, 3. 
 Ruth 2. 2. 3 ; also mountainous land and 
 fields planted with trees Judg. 9, 32 
 comp. V. 36. 1 Sam. 14, 25. 2 Sam. 1,21 ; 
 likewise the houses of the peasants not 
 
no 
 
 1003 
 
 nvj 
 
 surrounded by a wall were reckoned to 
 the open field. Lev. 25, 31. Hence ""X 
 rina a man nf the field, i. e. Esau as a 
 hunter and living in the open air, Gen. 
 25, 21 ; n-i\Bn rn collect, the beasts of 
 thefidd, wi'ld beasts, Gen. 2, 20. 3, 14. 
 Wy^'r\ 3'^5 the herbs or plants of the field, 
 wild plants, Gen. 2, 5. 3, 18. 
 
 Spec, a) a field as ploughed and 
 tilled but not enclosed, Gen. 47, 24. Lev. 
 19, 19. Ofien for nn'a np^n part of a 
 field, i. e. a portion of the open field be- 
 longing to one owner and tilled by him 
 (cornp. Gen. 33, 19. Ruth 2. 3. 4, 3), 
 Gen. 23, 13. 17. 49, 30. 32. Ruth 4, 5. 
 Jer. 32, 9. 25. Is. 5, 8. [Melon, for the 
 produce of the fields, parall. y")X I'l'T''?) 
 Ecc. 5, 8. R.] Once xt i^o/riV for wild 
 plants, pasturage. Ex. 32, 5. 
 
 b) T'rn ni-i) the field of a city, i. e. its 
 iern'lonj. the open country round about, 
 Gen. 41,48. Neh. 12,29. Ps. 78, 12.43. 
 f^"!'>^'r! ^"^^ the country-towns, opp. the 
 metropolis, 1 Sam. 27, 5. 
 
 c) So the field or country of a people is 
 their territory, Gen. 14, 7. 32, 4." 1 Sam. 
 6, 1. 27, 7. 11. Ruth 1, 6. 4, 3. Plur. as 
 in Engl, territories; Ruth 1, 1 3S113 "inio . 
 V. 2. 22. 2. 6. Spec, of a level country, 
 as cnx nyj Hos. 12, 13, for c-^ix -(Tia ; 
 see in '(^^ . 
 
 d) As opp. to the sea, i. q. the land, 
 terra firma, Ez. 26, 6. 8. 
 
 'ItD m. i. q. Tty.:: , field, country, but 
 only poetic, Ps. 8,8! 50, 11. 80, 14. Deut. 
 32, 13. al. That "' is the proper and 
 primitive sing, form, and common in 
 Arabic for the Hebrew n-, from verbs 
 rib. is shown Lehrg. p. 158. Simonis 
 and others incorrectly hold ''"liy as plur. 
 i. q. n-'-iia ; but see Ps. 96, 12. 
 
 D^^t? m. plur. pr. n. Siddim, whence 
 fTvan pr5 the Valley or Plain of Siddim, 
 the plain of the cities Sodom and Go- 
 morrah, now occupied by the Dead Sea, 
 Gen. 14. 3. 8, 10. Aqu. Onk. Saad. trans- 
 late ' Valley of the fields ' (a-^-iia). But 
 
 B'^'nb is prob. i. q. Arab. Ju*/, plur. 
 
 5;>Ju*<, 'a depression (Wady) full of 
 
 rocks and stones,' and therefore difficult 
 to pass, see in T^b no. 2; hence 'a plain 
 cut up by stony channels.' 
 
 rnntD r. (r. nno, with to for 0) a row, 
 rank of soldiers 2 K. 1 1, 8. 15 j of stories, 
 chambers, 1 K. 6, 9. 
 
 ntD, constr. nb Deut. 14, 4, c. eufll 
 i^b Deut. 22, 1 and in;:b 1 Sam. 14, 34, 
 comm. gend. (m. Ex. 12, 5; f. Jer. 50, 17. 
 Ez. 34, 20.) one of a fiock. i. e. a sheep 
 or goat, a noun of unity corresponding 
 to the collect. ")XS q. v. a flock of sheep 
 or goats ; Gen. 22. 7. 8. 30. 32. Ex. 12, 5. 
 Deut. 14, 4 cw nian C'S'^a nb one of 
 the sheep and one (f the goats, i. e. a 
 sheep and a goat. Lev. 5, 7. 27, 26w 
 1 Sam. 15, 3. 22, 19. Judg. 6, 4; comp. 
 lib and 'Ija . It admits of no plural; 
 but is put as collect. Jer. 7, 25. 43, 23. 
 
 9 ^ ^ 
 
 Arab. SLA. plur. xLi . id. The etymo- 
 logy is doubtful ; though the word seems 
 derived from a verb nxb , as na from 
 nsQ ; and this prob. had the same signi- 
 fication with Arab. LuoLcu to drive sheep 
 by tittering the sound Li Lcw repeat- 
 edly ; comp. in Engl, the sound sh, 
 sh. Nor is it strange that a sheep 
 should be so named from this call or 
 sound of the shepherd ; just as in the 
 language of German children a horse is 
 called Hotlo from the word holt ! used 
 by coachmen. 
 
 * nnir obsol. root, i. q. Aram. JoUff, 
 
 ino, Arab. (Xg-Cu, to testify, pr. to be 
 
 an eye-witness; Conj. Ill, coram spec- 
 tavit. Hence the two following. 
 
 *inTD m. c. suff. '^'inb Kamets impure, 
 like part. Peal in the Aramaean dialects; 
 a witness, once Job 16, 19. 
 
 XM^^iB f (r. nnb) an Aramsean 
 word in stat. emphat. used by Laban the 
 Syrian, testimony, a testimonial. Gen. 
 31. 47. Targ. xnnno Ex. 20, 6. Syr. 
 
 .'> . 
 
 Q"'?"'r|i? m. plur. (r. ''rn , with b for D) 
 dimin. crescents, little moons, worn as an 
 ornament on the necks of men, women, 
 and camels, Judg. 8, 21. 26.' Is, 3, 18. 
 Sept. pTjvuTxoi, Vulg. lunuloR. 
 
 SW to be gray-haired, see r. S"ib . 
 
 tflilD i. q. "SO, thick branches, thick- 
 et, 2 Sixm. 18, 9. R.r,3b. 
 
51C 
 
 1004 
 
 Ql^ 
 
 * I. J Vu3 to go off from, to draw back. 
 i. q. 5^0 I, where see. So Niph. SIO; 2 
 Sam. I. 22, where however many Mss. 
 and editions have B. Hjph. 15"'*J3^ Job 
 24. 2. see in r. 510 Hiph. 
 
 * 11. S^ID i. q. J50 II, to hedge aboui, 
 to enclose, in Kal not used. 
 
 PiLP. 5iB5ic lo hedge about, e. g. a vine- 
 yard. Is. 17, 11 ^scstPi Ti?-^? cT^a m 
 Me day thou plantedM it. //tow didst also 
 hedge it i??. Kinichi and Aben Ezra 
 render it by ''<'^?n thou didst cause it to 
 grow, as ir from 55'S i. q. X3 , nsb ; but 
 the former is to be preferred. 
 
 *VV3 to plaster with lime, see r. T'b . 
 
 rib, once Gen. 24, 63 /saac had 
 gone out nn'i*2 nrrb , Vulg. ad! meditan- 
 dum in agro, i. e. ?o meditate, so that 
 nia would be i. q. nib I. lett. c. So too 
 most of the ancient versions ; for both 
 Sept. uSoXiaxf,(Tai, and Aqu. ofiilf,am, 
 are to be understood of pious meditation 
 and discourse. The Syriac alone has it : 
 ad deambulandum, to take a walk ; and 
 this is almost demanded by the nature 
 of the context. But not improb. it 
 should read n"i'^a ::!ittib to go to and fro 
 in the f eld, in order to muster his flocks 
 and shepherds. This is the sense of the 
 phrase 71X3 liTO Job 1, 7. 2 Sam. 21, 
 2. 8 ; comp.' Zech. 4, 10. 2 Chr. 16, 9. 
 Jer. 5, 1. 
 
 u*1C i, q. nab, to go or turn away, 
 to turn aside to any thing, part. plur. 
 -T3 ::':: Ps. 40, 5. 
 Deriv. ciab,n''2D. 
 
 ^1^/0 hedge, to hedge in or about. 
 Arab. cJLii mid. Waw, to hedge with 
 
 thorns, ^^Xi , M v^ thorn 
 
 See the 
 
 kindred verbs Jib II. 510 II, "SO and 
 T|Sb. jiJKo ~3b and ~?0 , which seem 
 to have come from Ty^S , ~"0 , by strength- 
 ening the middle radical. Compare also 
 Sanscr. sdkhd, Pers. -^Um , a leal^ bough. 
 
 Metaph. Job 1, 10 inya nab thou hast 
 made a fiedge about him, i. e. dost pro- 
 tect him. But the same phrase is also 
 ued in a sense of disfavour, for to shut 
 tip one^t way, i. e. to shut in, to straiten, 
 Hos. 2, 8 ; comp. Job 3, 83. 
 
 Pol. T^siiO to iniertwine. to weave ; 
 trop. Job 10, 11 '?==iJ5n ^""TT: J^"^?a 
 with bones and sinews hast thou woven 
 me; comp. Ps. 139, 13. 
 
 Deriv. nsiba and n2lDT3 . afso the 
 three following. 
 
 ?fito m. Judg. 9, 49, and TOite f; y. 
 48, a bough. Chald. Tjio and T|ib, Syr. 
 \^ija , id. 
 
 isittJ (for "iisito branches, see rpti)) 
 Josh. 15, 48 Keri, also T\y\^ ib. Cheth. 
 Josh. 15. 35. 1 Sam. 17, 1, Socho, lSocho\ 
 pr. n. of two towns of Judah : a) One 
 in the mountains near Anab and Eshta- 
 moa, Josh. 15, 48; see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 195. b) The other in the 
 plain. Josh. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17, 1 ; see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest, ibid. p. 349. The 
 modern Arabic name of both is Slmwei- 
 keh sjC^yuy , dimin. from Shaukeh nSyii ; 
 comp. the ^orpftad' of Euseb. 
 
 "'riD^'C Sucathite, patronym. from a pr. 
 n. nsib elsewhere unknown, 1 Chr. 2, 
 55. 
 
 *D1T23 and Q"'*^, fut. O^bi, apoc. 
 Cfci , conv. Cb^l , once Olb^ Ex. 4, 11 ; 
 imp. D^b , no^b ; inf absol. Dib , constr. 
 clb . rarely D-'b Job 20, 4 ; part. pass. f. 
 rittlb 2 Sam. 13, 2 Keri, nia-'b Cheth. 
 genr. to ptd, to set, to place ; Syr. >cjb, 
 Ethiop. \JJ^(P, Ul<P, id. Less fre- 
 quent is Arab. |*Lww mid. Ye. to set, to 
 
 constitute, e. g. a price. Kindr. are 
 CD , cbi .Hence 
 
 1. to put, to set, to place where the 
 person or thing thus piU stands erect, or 
 IS regarded as standing rather than as 
 lying down, Gr. t'ffTjjm. So of persons, 
 to set, to station ; 2 K. 10, 24 Jehu sta- 
 tioned (lb cb) in the street fourscore 
 men. Ex. 33, 22. 1 Sam. 8, 1 1 ; troops 
 in garrison 2 Sam. 8, 6. 14. or in ambush 
 Josh. 8, 2. 12. Judg. 20, .36 ; hence also 
 to .let or ptU the loot upon the neck of 
 any one Josh. 10,24. Of things, which 
 stand or seem to stand ; as an idol, to set 
 up, Deut. 27, 15 ; a monument, cippus, 
 Gen. 28, 22. 1 Sam. 7, 12 ; a table Ex. 
 26, 35 ; an altar Ex. 40, 26. 29 ; the ark 
 Ex. 40, 3 ; a throne Jer. 43, 10. 49, 38 ; 
 a door, to set or put in, Gen. 6, 16, comp. 
 
DVr 
 
 1005 
 
 mw 
 
 Job 38, 10 ; n tent P. 19, 5. So too the 
 
 boards of the sacroil tabenmcle. wliich 
 Blood u\x)i\ bitsea, Ex. 40, 18*, the court 
 before the same, by Kcttiiig up the co- 
 lumns from wliich llie curtains were sus- 
 pended, Ex. 40, 8 ; also to pui up the 
 curtains, i. q. to hang them upon the co- 
 lunuis, Ex. 40, 5. Spec. 
 
 a) to set troops, i. e. to draw up, to 
 array, c. ace. I Sam. 11, 11 Said set 
 (or^) the people in three companies. 
 Job'l, 17. Ace. impl. 1 K. 20, 12. Ez. 
 23, 24. So 1 Sam. 15, 2 T^-!-^.? ib DO he 
 set himself for him in the way, i. e. 
 against him. 
 
 h) to set, i. e. to constitute, to appoint, 
 (Tt&ivai Acts 20, 18.) e. g. a king Deut. 
 
 17, 15 ; u prince Hos. 2. 2 ; judges 1 Sam. 
 8, 1 ; c. dupl. ace. 1 Sam. 1. c. Ps. 105, 
 21 ; ace. and h Gen. 45, 9. Ex. 2, 14 ; 
 ace. and bs , to set over, i. e. a person 
 over others Ex. 1, 11. 5, 14. 1 Sam. 18, 
 5. So UJX-12 DfliU to put at the head of, 
 to set over, Deut. 1, 13 ; comp. in C6tn 
 no. 4. 
 
 c) to set a plant, i. e. to plant, Is. 28, 
 25. Ez. 17, 4. 5. Is. 41, 19. So Lat, -po- 
 nere arborem ' ; Arab. _ ^ '< . 
 
 d) to set up. to erect, to build, e. g. a 
 sepulchral monument Nah. 1, 14; a nest 
 in a rock Num. 24, 21 ; a mound against 
 a city Mic. 4, 14. Mctaph. to establish a 
 covenant, i. q. n'^'^a cpsn , c. b 2 Sam. 
 23, 5. 
 
 e) rriin c^v , Gr. vofiov ti&svai, to set 
 a law, i. e. to establish, to appoint, to 
 make a law, Ps. 78, 5. 81, 6. Gen. 47, 26. 
 Ex. 15, 25. Josh. 24, 25. 1 Sam. 30. 25. 
 Of the laws of the heavens Job 38, 33. 
 Jer. 33, 25. So to set or appoint a term, 
 limit. Ps. 104. 9. Prov. 8, 29 ; a place Ex. 
 21, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 10. 
 
 2. to set, to put, to place, pr. a person, 
 BO that he may sit (be seated), dwell, or 
 in any way exist in a place ; Gr. Tii^svai, 
 which also i used in several of the 
 senses under no. I. 2 K. 10, 3 cririai 
 I'^as XSS'bs and set him (cause him to 
 sit) upon the throne of his father, csi'i) 
 ttbs r."'5 B to put one in prison 2 Chr. 
 
 18, 26. Gen. 40. 15. Gen. 2. 8 and there 
 (in the garden) he put the man. caused 
 him to dwell there. Job 20, 4. Withb 
 of place Jo!) 5. 11; ace. Cant. 6, 12. 
 Also of things: 
 
 a) With bs , to put ufwn any thing, aa 
 upon the ht:ad Ex. 29, 6. Also to fasten 
 or fi.c upon, Ex. 28, 12. 20. 37, 38. 39, 7; 
 a sword upon one's thigh Ex, 32, 27. 
 
 b) With a, to put in, to insert, e. g. a 
 hook or ring in the nose, Is. 37, 29. Job 
 40, 26 [34]. Gen. 24, 47. C-'na wtD to 
 put in the staves into the rings Num. 4, 
 6.8. 11,14. 
 
 c) With "pa , to put between, Judg. 15, 4. 
 
 d) i. q. to found, to establish, e. g. the 
 world Job 34, 13; metaph. a people Is. 
 44, 7 ; the divine law 42. 4. Here be- 
 longs the expression, where God is said 
 to set his name anywhere, i. e. to estab- 
 lish the seat of his worship, Deut. 12.5. 
 21. 14, 24, 1 K. 9, 3. 11, 36. 2 K. 21,4; 
 i. q. iaiti |3'a Deut. 12, 11. 26, 2. 
 
 3. to put, to place, to lay things (rarely 
 persons), so that they may remain in a 
 recumbent posture. Gen. 22, 9 and laid 
 him (Isaac) upon the altar. 24, 2, 9. 28, 
 21. 31, 37. 48, 18. al. With bs of pers. 
 to put or lay upon any one for bearing, 
 Gen. 21, 14. 22, 6 Ex. 3. 22; bs of thing 
 Lev. 24, 6. Gen. 9, 23. Ex. 29, 29. cso 
 ^3 ^? "^7 io Icty '^e hand upon the mouth, 
 as imposing silence on oneself, Judg. 18, 
 19. Job 21, 5; ns-bx 'a id, 1 Sam. 19, 
 13; n?.b Job 29, 9; ."s-iab 40, 4. With 
 a to put or lay in any place. Gen. 30. 41. 
 31, 34. 44. 1. 50, 26, Ex. 2, 3. Job 13. 27 ; 
 rarely to lay upon, i. q. bs cTiU , Ps. 66, 
 11. With 'JEb , to set before anyone, 
 e. g, food 1 S"am. 9, 24, 2 K. 6, 22 (also 
 b cnb nrj 2 Sam. 12, 20 ; comp. Gen. 
 43. 31); a law, to set before, to propose, 
 Ex. 21, 1. Deut. 4, 44. With ace, of 
 place ; Gen, 28, 11 and he took a stone 
 -.in-itusn?: ciu] and put it at (under) his 
 head. ' v! ]8"l Sam. 19, 13. Spec. 
 
 a) to put or set to any thing, to apply s 
 e. g. tt5x era to put f re to or under. 1 K. 
 18, 23, 25; D-'ia nvj to apply batter- 
 ing-rams, c. br Ez. 4, 2. 21.27. Also 
 to put a knife to one's throat Prov. 23, 2; 
 to apply a measure to a building Job 38, 
 5, So 3 n^ CTiJ to lay hand upon any 
 pers. or thing; e.g. in a hostile sense, in 
 order to afflict or punish, Ez. 39. 21, 
 comp. Job 40, 32. But in Ps. 89, 26 / 
 will put his hand upon the sea. i. e. I, Je- 
 hovah, will cause his dominion to extend 
 to the sea. 
 
 b) to put on a garment, ornamenta 
 
DltD 
 
 1006 
 
 D1IS 
 
 etc. c. ^? Ruth 3, 3. Ez. 16, 14. Gen. 
 41, 42. Lev. 8, 8. 1 K. 20, 31. 21, 27. 
 So to put on or apply a bandage Ez. 30, 
 21 ; a girdle upon the loins Jer. 13, 1. 
 With 2 Gen. 37, 34. Ez. 24, 17. 
 
 c) 'b n^a niU5 to put into one's hand, 
 e. g. a cup Is. 51, 23. Contra ii^S C!lb 
 to put into one's own hand, i. e. to take in 
 one^s hand ; e. g. a hammer Judg.4,21 ; 
 goods, 1 K. 20, 6. "1023 iCS2 Olb topid 
 or take one's life in one's hand, see in C]? 
 lett. c. 1 Sam. 19, 5. 28, 21. See also in 
 lett. d. here fbilovving. 
 
 d) 'b 'Sa cna'^ wb to put words in 
 the mouth of any one, to suggest them to 
 him, Ex. 4, 15. Num. 22, 38. 23, 5. 16. 
 2 Sara. 14, 3. Is. 51, IG. al. So to put 
 wonders in the hands of s^ny one, to give 
 him the power of working miracles, Ex. 
 
 4, 21 ; to put any thing in the ears of any 
 one, to rehearse it to him, Ex. 17, 14. 
 
 e) to put or latj upon any one, to im- 
 pose, e. g. any thing to be done, with i? 
 of pers. Ex. 5, 8. 14. 22, 24 ; or to be suf- 
 fered, c. a Ex. 15, 26. Deut. 7, 15; also 
 to impute to any one sc. guilt, with 
 Judg. 9. 24; b Deut. 22, 8. 14 [17] ; 
 2 1 Sam. 22, 15.' Job 4. 18. 
 
 f ) b DC c-iic to put i. e. gixe a name 
 to any one. (fivojin &iivttl xivt, Od. 19. 
 403, Zvofta ^t<Tai 19. 406,) Dan. 1, 7; 
 and with a somewhat different construc- 
 tion, Judg. 8, 31 r(l3"0"'2X iiattJTwH cb^ 
 and he set i. e. called his name Ahimelech. 
 2 K. 17, 34. Neh. 9, 7, and Chald. Dan. 
 
 5, 12; comp. Num. 6, 27. 
 
 g) "i^3:b CT3 to set before oneself be- 
 fore one's eyes, spoken of that for which 
 one has high regard, Ps. 54, 5. 86, 14. 
 
 h) Absol. to put, to lay down, sc. a 
 pledge. Job 17, 3. Comp. Arab. /t-*d* 
 
 Conj. Ill, i. q. ^mLj> /^ ; Gr. tI&hj&iu 
 
 PasRow. A. no. 8. 
 
 i) With bx to lay before any one, i. e. 
 to projmund. to explain. Job 5. 8. Also 
 absol. bro ci^ to ej^)Uiin the sense Neh. 
 8, 8. 
 
 k) to lay up, as if in storA ; Job 36, 13 
 the wicked "X IB^'i*^ lay up wrath sc. in 
 their heart i.e. they treasure up their 
 wrath, indulge in anger and hatred 
 af^ainHt God. and do not humbly turn to 
 him ; no Umbreit correctly. Usually 
 they lay up i. e, heap up divine terath 
 
 against themselves, i. q. ^ijuoevQl^ovai 
 kavTolg Svfiov Rom. 2, 5. 
 
 1) Similar is ab"b5 D>lb to lay to heart, 
 Gr. ^ia&ai ivl cp^eai, Is. 47, 7. 57, 1. 11. 
 Jer. 12, 11. Also ab-bx t:W 2 Sam. 19, 
 20. aba 'b l Sam. 21, 13. Job 22, 22. 
 With inf and b Mai. 2, 2, also xb nbx 
 (that not) Dan. 1, 8, to care, to take care 
 sc. to do or not to do any thing. Ellipt. 
 Ps. 50. 23 "^-n cb who layeih to heart 
 his way i. e. his walk, life, who takes 
 care to live aright. 
 
 m) i. q. to throw, to cast, e. g. stones 
 and timber into the water, Ez. 26, 12. 
 
 n) Spoken of liquids, to poxr, to pour 
 out, e. g. blood in war, to shed, 1 K. 2, 5. 
 With 2 to pour into Judg. 6, 19. 1 Sam. 
 17, 54. Ps. 56, 9. With bs to pour upon, 
 as blood Ez. 24. 7 ; oil Lev. 5, 1 1. Trop. 
 to put (pour out) the Spirit upon any 
 one. Num. 11, 17; 'i2"ijra Is. 63, 11. 
 
 4. to put, to set, \. e. to direct, to turn 
 in any direction ; Judg. 7, 22 and Jehovah 
 set (turned) every man's sword against 
 his fellow Spec, a) bl? )y_ c^ib to set 
 eyes upon, see in 'i*^? no. 1. e. b) Q^b 
 T'JS to set one's face upon or towards, in 
 various senses, see in n:Q no. 1. c, d, f. 
 c) iab nib to set one's mind, upon, animum 
 advertere, to attend to, to consider. Is. 41, 
 22. Hagg. 2, 15. 18 ; and without ab id. 
 Is. 41, 20. Job 34, 23. 37, 15. Judg. 19, 
 30. Comp. ab -psn and -prn id. With 
 b? upon or towards any thing Job I, 8 ; 
 bx Ex. 9, 21 ; b Deut. 32, 46. Ez. 40. 4 ; 
 with a (c. ab' impl.) Job 23, 6. But 
 
 1 Sam'. 9, 20 b ab cw is to set the heart 
 upon, i. e. to care for, to hold dear. 
 
 5. to set as any thing, to put into any 
 state or condition, i. q. to make, to ren- 
 der ; comp. Gr. rt&irui i. q. notna&m, 
 see Passovv in ri&rifii B. Ex. 4, 11 "'13 
 B^X c*ib] who maketh the dumb? Ez. 
 11,7. 19,^5. With two ace. Ps. 39, 9 
 make me not (set me not as) the reproach 
 of the wicked, i. e. the object of their re- 
 proach. 40.5. 91,9. 105.21. Job 31, 24; 
 ace. and b Gen. 21. 13. 18. Job 24, 25. 
 Is. 5, 20. 23, 13; to turn into Hos. 2, 14 
 [12]. With ace. and 2, to make one 
 as or like any thing. Gen. 32. 12 [13] 
 f will make thy seed as the sand of the 
 sea. 48. 20. 1 K. 19, 2. Is. 14, 17. The 
 two constructions are mingled in Is. 25, 
 
 2 bjb i''5ia rvda thou hast mude of a city 
 
Diffl 
 
 1007 
 
 ^S^^S 
 
 ruins, lit. ' thou hast turned from n city 
 into ruins ;' ll)r bfb T'S or ba "^^52. 
 
 6. to set or put, i. q. /o vuike, to prepare, 
 to produce, to do; Gr. iiOivui. So 013) 
 Mnij5 /o make baldness i. e. a baiil sjxjt 
 I)eut. 14, I. "lafaa 7^')'^ oiia <o ma/i^ a 
 way in the desert In. 43. 19; and so Job 
 19, 8. Ps. 46, 9. niPX oia: to do signs 
 or wonders, to work miracles, c. a in or 
 a/no/ii'. Ex. 10, 2. Ps. 78, 43. 105, 27. 
 Is. 66, 19; comp. Num. 24. 23; but OW 
 i nix to set (give) a sign to any one 
 Gen. 4, 15. CJa n^il) ;o /^/'^'e/ children 
 Ezra 10, 44, comp. &i(r&ut naldu vn'o 
 ^mji Hymn. Ven. 256, 283. b nrn ow 
 io f/o ecj7 /o any one Ps. 109, 5. Often 
 with dat. of pers. ' to do this or that to 
 or for any one.' 1 K. 20, 34 make thou 
 streets for thyself in Damascus, as my 
 father made in Samaria. E.x. 8, 8 [12] 
 the frogs 'th ciy niUX which he had 
 brought upon Pharaoh. So b y^ CIIB to 
 put ail end to, to make an end of any 
 thing, Job 28. 3 ; comp. 18. 2. With "ib, 
 as "ib oaj niit) to make oneself a name, to 
 get renown. 2 Sam. 7, 23. I Chr. 17, 21. 
 Sometimes to set or make for any one is 
 i. q. to give, to grant ; e. g. b snT oiii) to 
 give seed (offspring) to any one 1 Sam. 
 2, 20 ; h onxil) cW to waA'c survivors to 
 any one, i. e. to give or preserve a pos- 
 terity. Gen. 45, 7. 2 Sam. 14, 7. cittJ 
 >? 0")"i^ /o ^t fe place to any one, to make 
 roora,'2 K. 11, 16. 2 Chr. 23. 15; see in 
 n^ no. 6. So oiiub i. q. nrb Is. 61, 3. 
 Also b Bibaj Cilia /o give peace (prosper- 
 ity) to any one Num. 6. 26; b Ti-3 c^is) 
 <o gipe honour (glory) to, Josh. 7, 19. 
 Is. 42, 12, comp. Ps. 66, 2 ; b B-Tann niic 
 to ^j'ee or show mercy to, Is. 47, 6. Comp. 
 Gr. &iivni Tivl uXyta, ii&v&oi, see Passow 
 in ri&r,jni B. no. 2. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal. Imper. "'^'^'vCri either 
 attend, see Kal no. 4. c ; or set in array 
 8c. the battle, see Kal no. 1. a ; Ez. 21, 
 21 [16]. Part. o^iBia attending, regard- 
 ing. Job 4, 20. 
 
 Horn. fut. cttJl'si , to be pnt, set, once 
 Gen. 24, 33 Keri. See ca?^ . 
 
 Deriv. nwicn, and pr. n. bxia^iSV 
 
 Wto Chald. praet. Bto ; prset. pass. WfO , 
 f. PBlia Dan. 6, 18, also n'^'V 3. 29 ; imper. 
 plur. ' Ezra 4, 21 ; i. q. Heb. to put, 
 to place, to set. Spec. 
 
 1. to set over, i. e. to constitute, to op- 
 point, Ezra 5, 14. 
 
 2. rrodj cnb to make one^s name any 
 thing, to name. Dan. 5, 12. 
 
 3. b ba B'b to set the heart on any 
 thing, i. e. to make a point of, to en- 
 deavour, Dan. 6, 15. 
 
 4. ESa Bib to set forth an edict, i. e. 
 to give, make, publish it, Ezra 5, 13. 
 6, I. 3. 12. Dan. 3, 10; c. dat- Ezra 5, a 
 9. Impers. ESa B^b "'S'O from m^ is set 
 forth the decree, i. e. I have made a de- 
 cree, Dan. 3, 29. 4, 3. Ezra 4. 19. 6, 8. 
 11 ; ''57k', "i^ '^'- Dan. 6, 27 [26]. 
 
 5. bs era Bib to make account of to 
 regard, Dan. 3. 12. 
 
 Ithhe. fut. Bbn^ 1. in be put, c. 3 to 
 he put in, inserted, Ezra 5. 8. 
 
 2. to be made, c. dupl. ace. Dan. 2, 5. 
 
 3. to be given, as a decree Ezra 4, 21. 
 
 * I."1^^ fut. ib*i, i. q. n-^b, nnb, 
 where see. 
 
 1. to contend, to strive, c. bx m7i7A or 
 against Hos. 12, 5. 
 
 2. to &e prince, to have dominion, to 
 reign, Judg. 9, 22. 
 
 HiPH. "^^'on to make princes, Hos. 8, 4. 
 
 II. 1*2 onomatopoetic. i. q. ifes 
 to saw, fut. ^b*l 1 Chr. 20, 3. 
 
 III. "113 once for "iiD , to g-o away, 
 to depart, inf. c. suff. -iniba Hos. 9, 12; 
 see r. i10. 
 
 T^'TW f. (r. n-ito) a row, range ; Arab. 
 
 ^\y** row of stones. Is. 28, 25 rx-.^r) abl 
 nnib and seU (plants) the wheal in rows; 
 the accus. ny'a being put adverbially ; 
 Jerome per ordinem. In the east wheat 
 is often thus sown or dropped in rows J 
 see Niebuhr Arabian p. 157. 
 p'nitEJ, see p"ib. 
 
 *1S'^'W and 'W'lD, fut. b^b^, once 
 bib; Is. 35, 1 ; imp. ^""'JJ ; inf. absol. 
 bib , constr. W'O ; to e.-ndt. to be glad, 
 to rejoice. The primary idea is that of 
 leaping, springing, comp. Oio. Kindr. 
 is ijfiLi to leap, as the foetus in the 
 
 womb, comp. Luke 1, 41. 44; 2Loa.M> 
 pulsation of an artery. Sanscr. sas to 
 leap, sasa a hare. With bs of that at 
 which one rejoices Deut. 28, 63. Zeph. 
 
r,T2 
 
 1008 
 
 It: 125 
 
 3. IT. Jer. 32, 41. Is. 62. 5. Ps. 119. 162 ; 
 with 3 Job 39, 21. Ps. 35, 9. Is. 65, 19 ; 
 epec. nin^s Wti Ps. 40, 17. 70, 5. Is. , 
 01, 10 ; ace. once Is. 35, 1 ; b c. inf Ps. 
 19, 6 : "^3 Job 3. 22. Lam. 1, 21 ; also 
 Vav Is. 64, 4. In the vexed and prob. 
 corrupted passage : Ez. 21, 15 [10] (hat 
 to it (the sword) there may be Ughliting. 
 it is sharpened rosb "'Sa aacj ttJ-^iaa ix 
 yr-bs , where it .should prob. read bx 
 K'ilJ: against the prince of the tribe of 
 my son ( Judah), which despiseth all wood, 
 i. e. since the king and people of Judah 
 contemn all the wooden rods with which 
 I have hitherto scourged them, there- 
 lore I will now briiig against them a 
 sharp sword. In this way ann and ys 
 are in antithesis; the LXX express 
 bn for ix ; and X"'ii:J is usual in this con- 
 nection. 
 
 Deriv. TiWiO, toiiCO. 
 
 nto m. (r. ri"'iu) meditation, thought. 
 Am. 4, 13. 
 
 * i^"^ tosicim. inf. niniu , part, nnja, 
 both Is. 25, 11. Chaid. sno, Syr. ^, 
 to wash, also to swim. 
 
 HiPH. to make swim, i. e. to inundate, 
 Ps. 6. 7. Hence 
 
 vHTD f. (Milel, for 'niu) a swimming 
 Ezra 47, 5. 
 pinte, see pnia. 
 
 t2'j1fl to press, to press out, e. g. 
 I> grapes, fut. Bnbx Gen. 40, 11. Chald. 
 ttno id. 
 
 * P"^ fut. pnb';' to laugh, i. q. pn:^ 
 q. V. but more usual in the later Hebrew; 
 Eth. UJlh*,\"fh*, to laugh; Zab. 
 nulti to rejoice. Abeol. Pro v. 29, 9. 
 Ecc. 3, 4. With bx to laugh or smile 
 upon Job 29, 24 ; c. bs to laugh at, to de- 
 ride, Pe. 52, 8. Job 30. 1. With \ id. 
 but eepec. in contempt, to laugh at in 
 Kom, to Bcorn, espec. powerleBs threats, 
 Job 5, 22. 39, 7. 18. 22. 41, 21. Prov. 31, 
 25 ; abpol. id. Ps. 2. 4. With a to mock, 
 to rejoice in others' calamities, Prov. 1, 
 26; c.bs id. Lam. 1, 7. 
 
 PiEL pnto, fut. pn'Q'; 1. to jest, to 
 tport, pr. to laugh repeatedly, Pi. being 
 Iterative, Prov. 26, 19. Jer. 15, 17, Also 
 to refoice Prov. 8, 30. 31. 
 
 2. to sporty to play, e. g. children Zech. 
 8, 5 ; sea animals Ps. 104. 26, comp. Job 
 40, 20. 29 ; also of the play or mock-figlit 
 of armies or armed men, to skirmish, 
 2 Sam. 2. 14. 
 
 3. to dance, always as accompanied 
 with song and instrumental music, comp, 
 Engl, to play on an instrument ; Judg. 
 16, 25. 1 Sam. 18, 7. 2 Sam. 6, 5. 21. 
 1 Chr. 13, 8. 15, 29. Jer. 30, 19 bip 
 Cpnbis the voice (song) of dancers 
 and singers. 31, 4 cprib?: binra in 
 the choriis of dancers. 
 
 Hi PH. to laugh at in scorn, to deride., 
 c. bs 2 Chr. 30, 10. 
 
 Deriv. pniuia, pr. n. pnb"^ i. q. pn:t7, 
 also 
 
 pnto and pinto m. 1. laughter Ecc. 
 
 2, 2. 7", 3. 6. 7. Joij 8, 21. Ps. 126, 2. 
 
 2. derision, sco7ii, meton. for the object 
 of it. Job 12, 4. Jer. 20, 7. 48, 39. Lam, 
 
 3, 14. 
 
 3. jest, sport, Prov. 10, 23; dancing 
 to music, Judg. 16, 27, 
 
 tito see n-'::^ . 
 
 * nt21C fut. naitJi, apoc. lib^, to turn 
 aside from a way, to deviate j kindr. with 
 Bsiia. Aram. K'JD, )4a9, id. With bsn 
 T\y}.from the way Prov. 4, 15 ; 'b 13'i'n-bK 
 7, 25. Spec, of adulterous females Num. 
 5, 12; with cJ-<s<n rnn (i. q. rnrin) 5, 
 19, 20. 29. Comp. njT no. 1, in Hos. 4, 
 12 and Ez. 23, 5. 
 
 Deriv. "^aio for "^-qib . 
 
 ff^uT? m. plur. (r. Xi'.b) deviations Trora 
 right, transgressions, Hos. 5, 2. Also 
 C-^'JO q. V. id. Ps. 101, 3. The form is 
 like xp from r. Xl'p, iin or b^n from r. 
 bin . Others concr. apostates, revolters. 
 
 * Dti^ fut. Cbto"^ to lie in wait for 
 any one, to jjcrsecide him, c. ace. Gen. 
 27, 41, 49, 23. 50, 15. Job 16. 9. 30, 21. 
 Ps. 55, 4. The primary signif. is to set 
 a trap, comp. Syr. yo4^ ; whence the 
 deriv. naisii;??. 
 
 * "1^^ i. q. oaiB 1. to lie in wait, to 
 be an adversary, to persecute, c. ace, Ps. 
 71,13 'ttiBS 'sattj i.q. ""irBS ""cpa^. 38, 
 21. 109. 4. 'St: my adversaries, perse- 
 cutors, Ps, 109,' 20, 29, 
 
 I 2. to oppose, to resist, in the forum, 
 

 1009 rr'xD 
 
 inf. c. sufif. "isaiub Zech. 3, 1. Cliiild. 
 ^D c. b id. Arab, v \r " to resist. 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 Tl^tD m. I. a/i adptrsary, e. g. in war, 
 an enemy, I K. 5, 18. 11, 14. 23. 25. 
 1 Sam. 29, 4; in the forum Pb. 109, 6, 
 corap. Zech. 3, 1. 2 ; also of one who in 
 any way opposes another, 2 Sam. 19. 23. 
 Num. 22, 22 fhe angel of Jehorah stood 
 in the way ib ysiib to oppose hint. v. 32. 
 Chald. -(aii:, "JO, Njao, id. 
 
 2. With the an. '(^'Sn the adversary 
 uai iio;(>,v. it as-sumes the nature of a 
 proper name (Heh. Gramm. 107. 2), 
 i. e. Solan, b du't^oXog, the Devil, the 
 evil spirit in tiie theology of the Jews, 
 who seduces men to evil 1 Chr. 21, 1 
 (where alone the article is wanting, 
 comp. 2 Sara. 24. 1 ), and accuses and 
 calumniates them before God, Zech. 3, 
 1. 2. Job 1. 6-9. 2. 1 sq. Comp. Rev. 12, 
 10 6 xutiyoiQ Ttuf udiX(puiy ijf^div, o xrij- 
 yoQuiv avTbiv evbimiov xov &fov Tjfidiy 
 r^fiegag x* vvxTog. Syr. P-^JB, Arab. 
 ^jUax-iJf, Eth. A^"lLi, id. The 
 hypothesis of A. Schultens, Herder, 
 Eichhorn, and others, i.3 now univer- 
 sally exploded : these writers held the 
 Satan of the book of Job to be differ- 
 ent from the Satan of the other books, 
 regarding him as a good angel appoint- 
 ed to try the characters of men ; and 
 hence they proposed in the prologue of 
 this book everywhere to read 'i^^^n i. e. 
 nigiodnir/g, from the root oiffi. 
 
 nsip f. (r. y^ii) 1. accusation, let- 
 ter of accusation, Ezra 4, 6. 
 
 2. Sitnah. pr. n. of a well, so called 
 from the opposition and strife of the 
 Philistines against Isaac, Gen. 26, 21. 
 
 "lt:te Chald. see in na^fi . 
 
 i^'^V m. (for "'(B?, r. 03) elevation, 
 eminency, i. q. nxb , Job 20, 6. 
 
 '}iS''TB (for *|iX"^iH3 elevated) Sion, pr. 
 n. of the mountain usually called Her- 
 mon, prob. nothing more than an epi- 
 thet, ' the lofty,' Deut. 4. 4S. R. x:. 
 
 i"'^ to be gray, hoary, i. e. gray- 
 headed, to have gray hair, 1 Sam. 12. 2. 
 Part. 2b gray-headed, an old man, se- 
 nex, Job 15, 10. Chald. aiq, Syr. wcjij, 
 
 85 
 
 Arab. (^jLi mid. Ye, id. Hence a^lQ, 
 
 n3"tt) . 
 
 n"" Chald. id. Part. plur. emphat. 
 i<J3iD, constr. "^ZJO , old men, elders, Ezra 
 5, 5. '9. 
 
 S"*!? m. sc. suff. i-'', grayness of the 
 hair, meton. old age, 1 K. 14, 4. 
 
 n^'^to f. (r. l^b) constr. rn-'B, c. euff. 
 ina'^ia , grayness of hair, hoariness, Hos. 
 7, 9. Job 41, 24. Meton. a) Of a per- 
 son who has gray haira, one gray-head- 
 ed. Gen. 42, 38. 44, 29. 31. Ruth 4, 15. 
 1 K. 2, 6. 9 ; espec. Lev. 19, 32 ; fully 
 na-'ffl UJ-'X Deut. 32, 25. b) For old age, 
 Ps. 71, 18. 92, 15. nai-j na-'b a good 
 old age, i. e. far advanced. Gen. 15, 15. 
 25, 8. Judg. 8, 32. 1 Chr. 29, 28. 
 
 y^lD m. (r. aio or a^ib I ) a withdraw- 
 ing ; 1 K. 18, 27 lb a-^b he has with- 
 drawn himself, sc. into his private apart- 
 ments. 
 
 *^"*? to cover with lime, to plaster, 
 Deut. 27, 2. 4. Arab. jLi mid. Ye, 
 Chald. TiD, id. But this is prob. rather 
 a denom. signif from n. T* liine ; which 
 itself may come from the idea of boiling^,, 
 r. T'b i. q. T'T . 
 
 T^TO m. lim, see in r. I^to uft. Deut. 
 27, 2. 4. Is. 33, 12. Am. 2, 'l. Arab. 
 
 Juui, Syr. 1,-iJB, Chald. it'i-'O, id. 
 
 '*^']V. 5 see the suff. forms in nb . 
 
 * Jj"^ fut. n^b^ to speak, to talk, to 
 converse; Talm. niD id. but not found 
 in the kindr. dialects. With b , Job 12, 8 
 77'^^ n"*^ speak to the earth, i. e. to the 
 reptiles. With a to talk of any one Ps. 
 69, 13; c. ace. to talk with, to converse 
 with, Prov. 6, 22. Hence a) to speak 
 or utter a song, to sing, i. q. ^2*1 no. 1 . 
 c. p. 211 ; absol. Judg. 5, 10 ; c. ace. to 
 sing of. to celebrate in song, Ps. 145, 5 ; 
 c. a id. Ps. 105. 2. b) to utter complaints, 
 to complain. Ps. 55, 18. Job 7. 11. Comp. 
 subst. nib I. 3. c) i. q. iai>3 -la^ to 
 talk with oneself, i. e. to meditate, espec 
 on divine things, Ps. 77, 4. 7 ^aab-CS 
 nrj^bij. With a of thing v. 13. 119, 15. 
 23' 27! etc. 
 
 Pol. fut. nnib";, i. q. Kal lett. c, to 
 meditate, c. a Ps. 143. 5. Also to think,. 
 
-^JJ 
 
 1010 
 
 bsis 
 
 to consider. Is. 53, S ; see Comment, on 
 Is. 1. c. Thesviur. p. i:-i2S. 
 Deriv. nt , n^b I, rn-'q . 
 
 I. rfip m. (r. n-ia) c. siifT. """O . 
 
 1. speech, discourse. IK. 9. 11. So 
 perh. in irony of Baal, 1 K. 18, 27 "ib n-ia 
 Ae js talking with some one ; or perh. 
 he is meditating, is in a brown study, so 
 that he does not hear; see the root lett. 
 c. The first is more certain. 
 
 2. sung. Ps. 104, 34 ; see the root lett. a. 
 
 3. complaint, com plaining, I Sam. 1, 16. 
 Job 7, 13. 9, 27. 23, 2. Ps. 55, 3. 64, 2. 
 102. 1. Prov. 23, 29. 
 
 II. n^to m. plur. CT!"^ , a shnih. bush; 
 collect, shrubs, bushes, Gen. 2, 5. Job 
 30, 4. Plur. Gen. 21, 15. Job 30, 7. 
 Comp. ^ia-fc. sArw6, from >--ajk, /o sj[>ro?//, 
 to grow. Perh. of the same origin with 
 rjsia, TjDb. 
 
 nn"* f. (r. H'to) meditation, espec. 
 pious, in respect to divine things. Ps. 
 119. 97. 99. Job 15. 4 bx i:sb nn-'tt) we- 
 ditation before God, i. e. devotion. Germ. 
 Andacht. 
 
 TTtO to pui, to place^ see filtt) . 
 
 ?pD m. (r. r\'zb) plur. C^siU, thorns, 
 
 prickles, Num. 33, 55. Arab, ij 
 
 thorn. 
 
 /mW 
 
 s^TD m. (r. 'n=tt3 i. q. r|?o) c. suff. 1203, 
 a booth,hut, also a tabernacle, dwelling ; 
 Lam. 2, 6 isia ",5? tjtw God /la/A <om 
 ctira^ Ais dwelling as the hut of a g-or- 
 den, i. e. the temple, comp. nso. Others 
 less well, a hedge, enclosure. 
 
 *r!2^ obsol. root,!, q. Chald. sro 
 to look at, to vieic, Syr. v^^a . Samar. ri2D , 
 to look for, to long for, Samar. 'iro 
 eye. Kindred is nsiu . The primary 
 idea seems to have been that of cutting, 
 separating, discerning, comp. in "pa; 
 whence "psi? knife. 
 
 Deriv. !i:b "psto , nntoi? . 
 
 nsto f (r. T^SW i. q. TJIOJ) a pohited 
 weapon, dart, pr. a thorn, Job 40, 31. 
 
 Arab. 
 
 syii a thorn, sharp weapon. 
 
 "DTD (watch-tower, r. 5^^) Sechu, pr. 
 n. of n region near Ramah, 1 Sum. 19, 
 22. 
 
 ''"DTO m. (r. i^^ii^) intelligence, comp. 
 n-iri)^ and r. bsb no. 2 ; meton. the 
 seat of it, the mind, heart, Job 38, 36 ; 
 for this passage see in art. Pina . 
 Others, phenomenon, meteor, but against 
 the context. 
 
 n^DTEi f (r. n=b) the flag o? a ship, 
 a standard, seen as a signal from afar ; 
 Samar. fH^P signal, standard. Plur. 
 Is. 2. 16 upon all Iht- ships ofTurshish by 7 
 n^^nn n'^b'bs aitd npun all their gay 
 flags } comp. the paralleh'sra v. 13-16. 
 Sept. correctly as to sense, inl nuauv 
 diitv nlolbiv xixXlovg. The Phenician 
 and Egyptian vessels had their flags 
 and sails of purple and other splendid 
 colours ; see Ez. 27, 7. Diod. Sic. 1. 57. 
 Wilkinson's Mann, and Cust. of Anc. 
 Egypt. III. p. 211. 
 
 V?^ ni. (r. nsb) a knife, Prov. 23, 2. 
 
 Chald. -pSO, Arab. ,j.aX*w, id, 
 
 T'StS m. (r. i^iij) one hired, a hire- 
 ling, hired labourer. Ex.22, 14. Lev. 19, 
 13. 22, 10. Deut. 15, IS. Job 7, 1. al. Is. 
 16. 14 in three years "i"'=ia ''.r^'S accord- 
 ing to the years of a hireling, i. e. it will 
 happen at this exact time, will not be de- 
 ferred longer, just as the hired labourer 
 does not continue his work beyond the 
 stated hour. 
 
 rn'^Dto f (r. -isaa) a hiring; Is. 7, 20 
 iTi"':*v2Jn "isn the hired razor. 
 
 '\-T 1- J- q- ~2D, ?o mferweave ; 
 also to cover, Ez. 33. 22. Hence Ti5 . 
 2. i. q. T\''to, to hedge, spec, to hedge 
 
 Tcith thorns; hence ij^^w thorn, pointed 
 
 weapon, viJLcw to be armed. 
 
 Deriv. r>^,r|W, nsiu and nssibB. 
 
 * 55^ 1. Pr. fo look at, to behold, to 
 view ; Chald. and Samar. b:o Ithpa. id. 
 See Hiph. no. 1. Oflener 
 
 2. Trop. to he prudent, circumspect, to 
 act prudently, wisely, pr. ' to look well 
 to any thing', 1 Sam. 18, 30. 
 
 PiELcausKit. of Kal no. 2. Gen. 48, 14 
 1'^'i7"f*'< bjJia he laid his hands cirnnn- 
 sjiectly. i. e. placed them purposely thus. 
 Bnt all the ancient versions give the 
 sense, he laid his hands cross-trine, Sept 
 
bsto 
 
 1011 
 
 Sb}5 
 
 iraXlal to? /it^-xf, Ytt\g. commiUans ina- 
 rms. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to look at, to behold ; Gen, 
 3,6 btBbnb y^n Tons^ and pleasant was 
 the tree to behold ; Vu\g. aspect udelec- 
 tabile, and so tlie other ancient versions. 
 Others refer it to no. 5. 
 
 2. Trop. to look at with the mind, to 
 consider, to attend to, absol. Dun. 9, 25 ; 
 c. ace. Deut. 32, 29. Ps. 04, 10; b? 
 Prov. 16, 20; bx Neh. 8, 13. Ps. 41, 2 
 b^~bj< b'^SiU^ icho considereth the poor, 
 i. e. careth for him; c. b Prov. 21, 12; 
 a Dan. 9, 13; ''S 18.41,20. 
 
 3. to be or become intelligent, prudent, 
 wise, Ps. 2, 10. 94, 8 ; c. 2 Dan. 1, 4, 
 comp. V. 17 ; to act prudentli/, wisely, 
 Jer. 20, ] 1. 23, 5. Part. b-'SiOi? one in- 
 telligent, priulent, wise, Job 22, 2. Prov. 
 10.5. 14,35. Am. 5, 13; also upright, 
 righteous, godly, Ps. 14, 2. Dan. 11, 33. 
 35. 12, 3; comp. can, nrsn . But 
 subst. b'^SiC'a a poem, see in its order, p. 
 621. Inf Vsicn Jer. 3, 15 and bsiun 
 Prov. 1, 3. 21. 16, subst. intelligence, un- 
 dernlanding, wisdom. 
 
 4. i. q. ri"^bai7 to have success, to pros- 
 per, in any undertaking or business, 
 Josh. 1, 7. 8. 2 K. 18, 7. Is. 52, 13. Jer. 
 10, 21. Prov. 17, 8. Also 
 
 5. Causat. to make wise, i. e. to teach, 
 to instruct, c. ace. Ps. 32, 8. Prov. 16, 
 23 ; c. dupl. ace. Dan. 9, 22 ; c. b pers, 
 Prov. 21, 11. 
 
 6. to give success, to cause to prosper, 
 1 K. 2, 3. Deut. 29, 8. 
 
 Deriv. bsiB and bsia, also b'^syJo . 
 
 bsto Chald. Ithpa. c. a to attend to 
 any thing, to consider, Dan. 7, 8. Hence 
 
 !i3pb2-i> . 
 
 ^?i? m. 1 Chr. 22, 12, also -30, in 
 pause bziO , c. suff. ibsiB . R. bDiU . 
 
 1. intelligence, imderstanding, wisdom, 
 1 Chr. 22, 12. 26. 14. Prov. 12^ 8. b=a) 
 aia good understanding Prov. 13. 15. Ps. 
 Ill, 10. 2 Chr. 30, 22. briJ crj) to give 
 the understanding of any thing, i. e. to 
 cause to understand it, Neh. 8. 8. In a 
 bad sense, craft, cunning, Dan. 8, 25. 
 
 2. prosperous success. prosperity, Prov. 
 3,4. 
 
 mbDC f. Ecc. 1, n folly, i. q. r^bro 
 which is found in many Mss. and edi- 
 tions. 
 
 'iSnbDb Ciiald. f. (r.bsto) intelligence, 
 understanding, Dan. 5, 11. 12. 
 
 *"I5^ fut. I'siD-^, to hire; Arab. 
 ^.Xxw to reward, to thank. Talm. i. q. 
 
 Heb. With ace. of pers. Gen. 30, 16. 
 Prov. 26, 10. So to hire workmen 2 
 Chr. 24, 12. Is. 46, 6 ; troops 2 Sam. 10, 
 6. 2 K. 7, 6. 1 Chr. 19, 6. 2 Chr. 25, 6; 
 a priest Judg. 18, 4. In a bad sense 
 i. q. to bribe Judg. 9, 4. Deut. 23, 5. Neh. 
 13,2. 
 
 NiPH. to hire oneself out, to be hired, 
 1 Sam. 2, 5. 
 
 HiTHP. to hire oneself out, to earn wa- 
 ges. Hag. 1, 6. 
 
 Deriv. "iso , ^sto , -|i3iD , nn''2tt: , 
 ni's^iag, pr. n. "sffita^. 
 
 "IStD rn. constr. nriOjC. sufT. 'insis. R. 
 "isto. 
 
 1. hire, wages, of a labourer Gen. 30, 
 28. 32. Deut. 15, 18. 1 K. 5, 20. Zech. 
 8, 10. Mai. 3, 5 ; of a nurse Ex. 2. 9 ; 
 fare, passage-money, Jon. 1, 3 ; also 
 hire of a thing Ex. 22, 14 ; stipend of the 
 priests Num. 18, 31. 
 
 2. reward, espec. from God, either for 
 virtue Gen. 15, 1. 2 Chr. 15, 7. Jer. 31, 
 16. Ps. 127, 3 ; or for labours and suffer- 
 ings Is. 40, 10. 62, 11. Ez. 29, 18. 19. 
 
 3. Sacar. pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26. 4. 
 b) 1 Chr. 11. 35. for Avhich in the parall. 
 passage 2 Sam. 23, 33 ">ncj. 
 
 "^?^ m. (r. '3) hire, wages, Prov. 11. 
 18. is. 19, 10 13b lirJs those making wa- 
 ges, hired labourers; comp.Ji'iSS no. 2. d. 
 
 *^^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. J<*w, 
 pr. to be quiet, i. q. nbd ; then to be fat, 
 i. q. Arab. (^^ VIII. Hence 
 
 l^iO m. (Keri rbto) a quail, so called 
 
 from its fatness, comp. Arab. sL ^w ; 
 thrice collect, quails, Ex. 16, 13 where 
 it is joined with a fem. in the manner of 
 collectives. Num. 11, 32. Ps. 105, 40. 
 Plur. cnbaa Num. 1 1, 31, as from a sing. 
 
 '"'*V'?i corresponding to Arab. (tfjJLww, 
 and Samar. "^ibD, whrch the Cod. He- 
 brseo-Sam. also has. Sept. oQTvyofiriTqu, 
 Vulg. coturni.v. See Bochart Hieroz. 
 II. p. 92. Not the bird now called kiild 
 sXiaJs, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 
 G20. 
 
il^ 
 
 1012 
 
 ni2TS 
 
 T)^ Keri, see iljifl . 
 
 STObiD (garment, see n^Vi) -S'aZmct, 
 pr. n. m. "a) A son of Caleb 1 Chr. 2, 
 51. 54. b) See in nabto no. 2. 
 
 TVqbiO f. by transpos. for n^^aiB q. v. 
 
 1. a t-arxe/ Ex. 22, 8. Mic.' 2, 8. 
 
 2. Salmah, pr. n. of the father of 
 Boaz, Ruth 4, 20 ; for which K^^^ 1 
 Chr. 2, 11, and -(TO^iB Ruth 4, 21. 
 
 jiTabiS (clothed) Salmon, pr. n. m. 
 .see T^-chiO no. 2. 
 
 i'cVtD Salmal pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 48 ; 
 for vvhi'ch Ezra 2, 46 Keri ^^)^ 
 
 bS'at? a quadrilit. root not used in 
 Kal. denom. from bs^to . 
 
 HiPH. ^^x^'iv", fut- b-'.^^to: Gen. 13, 
 9; inf and imp. i'-'^'i^n 2 Sam. 14, 19, 
 ^b-r:i:^ Ez. 21, 21; part. plur. C^bSBttJa 
 1 Chr. 12,2. 
 
 1. to turn to the left, Gen. 13. 9. Is. 30, 
 21. Ez. 21. 21. 2 Sam. 14, 19 see in "iTa^ . 
 
 2. to iise the left hand, to be left-hand- 
 ed, 1 Chr. 12,2. 
 
 *bK"^i?, more fully ^"l^^-OiS which 
 oucrht perh. to be pronounced ^"ix^to , 
 
 Arab. JILi-w- 
 
 1. the left hand, opp. V"^ the right 
 hand. Gefi. 48, 14. Judg. 16, 29. Jon. 4, 
 11. Cant. 2, 6. 8, 3. Accus. bxiaia and 
 bxi:'a}n (Gen. 13. 9) to the left hand, 
 towards the left; often in the phrase 
 'bsTSwl "f ^"^ "iD h'' not to turn to the right 
 hand or to the left Deut. 2, 27 (conip. 
 Num. 20. 17). 5, 29. Josh. 1. 7. 23, 6. 
 1 Sam. 6, 12. 2 K. 22, 2. blk^'^-q on or 
 
 .at the Ifft hand 1 K. 7. 49 : c. genit. (f 
 any one Gen. 48. 13. 2 Sam. 16, 6. 1 K. 
 ,22, 19. 2 Chr. 4, 8. bxrb-bs on the left 
 hand 2 K. 23. 8 ; to the left hand, towards 
 Ahe left, Gen. 24, 49. Is. 9, 19. 
 
 2. the left, i. e. the left side, quarter, 
 part ; hence bjiisto-n^ the left hand, Judg. 
 
 3. 21. Ez. 39, 3. 
 
 3. the north, the northern quarter, see 
 in i"inx no. 2. Job 23, 9. Gen. 14, 15 
 rteaib bji^iSia on the north of Damas- 
 
 cng. Corresponding in Arabic is JLiAu 
 the led hand, the left, the north. 
 Note. As to the origin of this quadri- 
 
 literal, some regard it ns from CXtJ ^\mM!i 
 
 and h, the latter either as added, or as 
 borrowed from b^a, i. e. hi^r^'a from DSia 
 and bia. Others, as Simonis, make it 
 from a root bnu3 jLt-w to wrap oneself 
 in a garment ; as if b^^yci the left hand 
 were so called asbeing usually enveloped 
 in the mantle or outer garment. 
 Deriv. denom. bx^'J Hiph. and 
 
 ''bS'nto adj. left, on the left, opp. '2-Q1 
 right;' 1 K. 7, 21. Ez. 4, 4. Fer^l 
 n'bx^to Lev. 14, 15. 16. 26 sq. 2 K. 
 
 11, iiV 
 
 * M/jir and ^^'"^ Neh. 12, 43. Zech. 
 10, 7 ; imp. r,72U, fut. nTsb"^ ; to rejoice, 
 to be joyfid, to be glad. The primary 
 idea seems to be that of a smiling, cheer- 
 ful, merry countenance, comp. nniaia 
 lett. a, b ; and hence Arab. ^p-tJ^ to be 
 
 cheerful, gentle, liberal. Judg. 9, 19. 
 1 Sam. 11, 15. 1 K. 5, 21. Ecc. 3, 22. al. 
 Sometimes of a louder joy, to be or make 
 mein^y. spoken of persons feasting and 
 indulging themselves, 1 K. 4, 20. Ecc. 
 8, 15 ; comp. Zech. 10, 7. Hence r\-qa 
 ^'1 'Ssb to rejoice before Jehovah, spoken 
 of the sacred festivities held in the courts 
 of the sanctuary. Lev. 23, 40. Deut. 12, 
 7. 12. 18. 14, 26. 16, 11. Neh. 12,43; 
 comp. Is. 9, 2. Also of those singing 
 and dancing. Job 21, 12. So too nrb 
 iaba Ex. 4, 14 ; elsewhere ascribed to 
 the 'heart itself Ps. 16, 9. 33, 21. Prov. 
 23, 15 ; and to inanimate things, as the 
 heavens Ps. 96, 11. 1 Chr. 16, 31; 
 Mount Zion Ps. 48, 12; once to a light, 
 Prov. 13. 9 the candle of the righteous 
 mcb";! rejoicelh, i. e. shines with a cheer- 
 ful light. With 3 of that in or at which 
 one rejoices, 1 Sam. 2, 1. Ps. 21, 2. 104, 
 31. 122, 1. Prov. 23, 24; often na 
 nS.T'a to rejoice in Jehovah i. e. in his 
 favour and protection Ps. 9, 3. 32, 11. 85, 
 7. 97, 12. Joel 2, 23. With b? id. Is. 9, 
 16. 39, 2. Jon. 4, 6. 1 Clir. 29, 9 ; rarely 
 c. "i^ Prov. 5, 18 (where many Mss. have 
 a). Ecc. 2, 10 ; c. b et ini". as piwSnb n^tt 
 i Sam. 6. 13, comp. Judg. 19, 3 ; 'S Ps. 
 58. 11. Job 31. 25. For the idea of re- 
 joicing over the calamities or destruc- 
 tion of any one is put b nso Ps. 35, 19. 
 24. 38. 17. Is. 14, 8. Mic. 7. 8. Ob. 12; 
 rarely 3 n^b Prov. 24, 17. Job 31, 29. 
 PiELnrb, fut. HE',;;";, to make rejoice^ 
 
n"j 
 
 1013 
 
 iCW 
 
 to gladden, to cheer, c. ace. Deut. 24, 5. 
 Prov. 10, 1. 15, 20. 30. Ps. 45, 9. 104, 
 15. al. Of a rejoicing over the cala- 
 mities of others, c. h Ps. 30, 2 ; b? Lam. 
 2, 17; ,2Chr. 20.'27. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Piel, Ps. 89, 43. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 T}iyO m. adj. verbal, fern, nn^to, joy- 
 ful, glad, rejoicing; Deut. 16, 15 ; c. ",13 
 because of or in any thing Ecc. 2, 10; 
 plur.c.b et inf. Prov. 2, 14 mb5^ C^n^b 
 ST xcho rejoice to do evil. Plur. constr. 
 once 'nca Ps. 35, 26, once .''ni3 Is. 
 24, 7. " " ' 
 
 nniaiB r (r. nob) constr. rn^b, c. 
 suff. ">nn^b. plur. nimsb ; joy, gladness, 
 rejoicing', Ps. 4, 8. 45,' 16. nniab rnsb 
 nbina to rejoice with great joy, i. e. ex- 
 ceedingly, 1 K. 1. 40. Jon. 4, 6. Spec, 
 a) The loud expression of joy, as songs 
 of joy, shouts of rejoicing, Gen. 31, 27. 
 Neh. 12, 43. 2 Chr. 23, 18. 29, 30. b) 
 festicity, i. e. festive banquets, plea- 
 sures, Judg. 16. 23. Prov. 21. 17 rnx 
 inniib loving pleasures, nn'sb Tvav 
 Neh. 8, 12. 12,27. 2 Chr. 30/23. n"^a 
 nniab Ecc. 7, 4. 
 
 ro'^^to f. (r. T(^0 , b for D) a carpet, 
 quilt, mattrass, Judg. 4, 18 ; where some 
 Mss. read nD-iro. Comp. )iVib? bed, 
 couch. 
 
 *b*JID obsol. root; Arab. Jw^-ii to 
 
 cover with a garment ; Conj. IV, to 
 
 wrap oneself. Hence nbiS'iJ, KJLtMf 
 garment. 
 
 HiPH. b""Qbn , see r. ^x^b . 
 
 nb-aiS r (r. b^Db) constr. rbi2b . c. suff. 
 inbiab ; plar. n-ibrb . c. suff. C3"'nibTDb ; 
 a garment, both of men and women 
 Deut. 22, 5 ; espec. the wide outer gar- 
 ment or mantle Gen. 9, 23. Judg. 8, 25. 
 Prov. 30. 4 ; in which a person wrapped 
 himself at night. Deut. 22. 17 ; the sol- 
 diers' cloak. Is. 9. 4. Also genr. rai- 
 ment, as nbiabi cnb food and raiment 
 Deut. 10. 18.' Is. 3, 7. 4. 1. Plur. ribiab 
 garments Gen. 45, 22. Ex. 3, 22. al. 
 From tliis primary form comes by trans- 
 pos. niabb q. v, 
 
 ^b''?^ (garment) SamJah. pr. n. of a 
 kingof Edom, Gen. 36, 36. 1 Chr. 1. 47. 
 
 85* 
 
 Du^ obsol. root, Arab. |m> to poi- 
 son ; whence (^-mm Samitm (Simoom) 
 a jK)isonou8 wind. 
 
 tT'TaiaiD (in some Mss. n-'aist}) a spe- 
 cies of poisonous lizard, Prov. 30. 28 ; 
 Sept. xAM,?oirj?, Vulg. stellio. Arab. 
 
 S - 
 
 Luw is a poisonous lizard spotted like a 
 
 leopard. See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 1084. 
 
 *1*J^ i. q. r. 1120 ; hence nimabiQ 
 naih ; comp. in "i^Oia . 
 
 *^.5'^. fut :b''. inf. abs. J<:b, con- 
 str. K3b and PX3b Prov. 8, 13, to hate. 
 
 Syr. \JJ0, Arab. Liui. id. but Arab, also 
 
 intrane. to be ugly, deformed, i. q. >ui . 
 
 In this idea o\' ugliness, deformity, seems 
 to lie the primary meaning of the root ; 
 comp. Engl, ugly pr. in a phy.ical sense, 
 but also provincially of temper and dis- 
 position. Constr. with ace. of pers. Gen. 
 26, 27. Deut. 22, 13. Judg. 14, 16. Ps. 5, 
 6. 31, 7. 139, 22; with ace. of thingj 
 e.g. Hilsehood Ps. 119, 104. 128.163; 
 wickedness Ps. 45, 8 ; also 50, 17. Prov. 
 5, 12. Ecc. 2, 17. Ps. 120, 6. al. Rarely 
 with b of pers. Deut. 19, 11. Ascribed 
 to the soul (bs:) Is. 1, 14. Ps. 11, 5. 
 0pp. SHwS Deutr2l, 15. 2 Sam. 19, 7. 
 Part. x:".a. X3ib, subst. a hater, an ene- 
 my, either personal Ex. 23, 5. Job 8, 22. 
 Prov. 25, 21. Ps. 35, 19 ; or public Gen. 
 24, 60. Ex. 1, 10. Ps. 21, 9. With suff. 
 is3b Deut. 7. 10 ; but also ib s:b id. 
 Deut. 4 42. 19, 4. 6. 11. Josh. 20. 5; 
 comp. Gr. f';(9o6g jivi. Heb. Gr. 113. 2. 
 Fern. plur. msrc Ez. 16. 27. Part. pass. 
 hattful. odious, fern. Prov. 30, 23. 
 
 NiPH. pas.s. of Kal, Prov. 14, 17. 20. 
 
 Piel only in Part. NSbia a hater, an 
 enemy, either personal Job 31, 29 ; or 
 public Deut. 33, 11. Ps. 18, 41. 44, 11. 
 68, 2. 89. 24. Only in poetic style. 
 
 Deriv. N-^rj, tinz'::. 
 
 J*.?i!? Chald. i. q. Heb. Part. 3b a 
 hater, enemy, Dan. 4, 16 [19]. 
 
 nx;te f. (r, sjb) constr. nxsb, c. suff. 
 ^pxsb . 
 
 iV Pr. inf of the verb X3b Deut. 1.27. 
 
 2. hatred, 2 Sam. 13, 15. Ps. 109, 5. 
 Ecc. 9. 1 . njj3ba in hatred Num. 35, 20. 
 
':iD 
 
 1014 
 
 nyjj 
 
 ns-iiS nsi'C s:b to hate with greof ha- 
 tred, i. e. exceedingly, 2 Sam. 13, 15. 
 
 <: m. (r. K:b) adj. verbal, only 
 fem. nx-:b. /*a/fc/, Deut. 21, 15. 
 
 T:tD (r. i:i3, coat of mail, i. q. jl-'-jq 
 q. V. no. 2 ; or, cataract, i. q. "liss, from 
 the noise of waters) Senir, pr. n. of 
 Mount Hermon among the Amorites 
 Deut. 3, 9. Ez. 27, 5 ; in a narrower 
 sense for a part of Hermon. Cant. 4. 8. 
 1 Chr. 5. 23. According to Abulfeda 
 the part of Anti-Lebanon north of Da- 
 mascus is called ^.aJLim Senir ; Abulfed. 
 
 ed. Kohler p. 1(54 ; ed. Paris p. 68. 
 Written also i"^?-* in some copies Deut. 
 3, 9. Cant. 4, 8. 
 
 ^'i'^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. "i:s to 
 make a noLte, to clatter, e. g. as arms, 
 
 whence >y*Mt armature, coat of mail. 
 Hence see pr. n. "r:b. 
 
 nniyto. piur. n-^nirb, see in n-ij?to. 
 
 y^yO m. (r. -yb) constr. "i^Jb ; plur. 
 n''i"<r'r , constr. "'yy^ . 
 
 1. hairy, shaggy, rough, Gen. 27, 11. 
 23. Dan. 8, 21. Chald. -(nro, Syr. 
 
 ,P ^ r G ' 
 
 .Ujijs. Arab. Jtjuj, id. 
 
 2. a he-goat, buck, (Lat. hircua i. q. 
 Ihirtus. hirsutus, hairy.) Lev. 4. 24. 16, 9 
 
 f^q. Fully n"*S "'5ia a buck of the goats, 
 ^out-buck, Gen. 37, 31. Lev. 4, 23. 16, 5. 
 Num. 7. 16 sq. 28, 30. 29, 11. al. i-'JU 
 rxanr] the goat of the sin-ojfering Lev. 
 9, 3. 15. 10, 16. 16, 15. 27. For the wor- 
 ship of the he-goat among the Hebrews, 
 after the example of the Egyptians, see 
 Lev. 17, 7. 2 Chr. 11, 15. Fem. nn^siu 
 a $he-goai, see in its order. Plur. 
 C^T'^ri!;; he-goala for satyrs, wood-demons, 
 supposed to resemble he-goals, and to 
 live in diifierts Is. 13, 21. 34, 14. Sept. 
 dftifioria. See on these popular supersti- 
 tions Comment, on leu. 11. cc. Bochart. 
 Hieroz. II. p. 844. 
 
 3. Plur. cr-i-'Sb, showers, Deut. 32, 2 ; 
 comp. r. i?to to shudder. 
 
 ^"'Tt? (hairy, shaggy, r. I5b) Seir, 
 pr. n. 
 
 a) A phylarch or chiefof thcHorites, 
 Gen, 36. 20-30, 
 
 b) The mountainous country of the 
 
 Edomites. extending from the Dead Sea 
 to the Elanitic GultJ the northern part of 
 which is now called Jebdl (see brr.). and 
 the southern esh-Sherah, slj-tiJt ; see 
 Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, p. 401, 
 410. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 552. 
 This region (i''?b -n Gen. 14, 6. Deut. 
 1, 2. 2, 1) was first inhabited by the 
 Horites, C-^nin Gen. 14, 6. Deut. 2, 12 ; 
 then by Esau Gen. 32, 4. 33. 14. 16J and 
 his posterity the Edomites Deut. 2.4 sq. 
 2 Chr. 20, 10. al. This mountainous 
 country may possibly have derived its 
 name from the Horite Seir, see above 
 in lett. a ; but it is better to render ~i"irb 
 as an appellative, the shaggy mmintains, 
 i. e. clothed and as it were bristling with 
 trees and forests ; comp. Gr. Xuaiog, and 
 Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 3. 
 
 c) A mountain on the northern border 
 of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10. 
 
 nn'^S'to f (r. -irb) constr. r'n'^rb 
 
 1 . a she-goat, comp. in l"irb , Lev. 4, 
 28. 5, 6. 
 
 2. Seirah, pr. n. of a place or tract in 
 the mountains of Ephraim, c. n loc. 
 nnn-^r'tan Judg. 3, 26 comp. 27. 
 
 QiB^to m, plur. (r. SSO, b for G) 
 thoughts, cogitations, which divide and 
 distract the mind ; Job 20, 2. 4, 13 in 
 thoughts from the visions of the night, 
 i. e. nocturnal dreams which distract 
 and agitate the mind ; comp. Dan. 2, 1, 
 
 ^ fut. "ilfb"^ to shudder, to shiver ; 
 Germ, schauern. schaudern. 
 
 1. Like "i?0, spoken of the sudden 
 conmootion and raging of a storm or 
 tempest, to storm ; see Pi. Hithp. Niph. 
 Comp. Lat. 'dies horruit imbre' Val. 
 Flacc. ' tempestas horrescit nimbis' Sil. 
 1. 133; Germ. "Regenschauer, Engl. 
 shower. With ace, to sweep army in 
 storm., Ps. 58, 10. Hence "i?b no. 1, 
 ri'^y-q. v^y-s}:: ("'"'yiy no. 3). 
 
 2. Of the convulsive motion and shrink- 
 ing of the skin in sudden terror, to shud- 
 der, to shiver, Gr. qr^j/tK/w, giijinm. Ez. 
 27, 35 "i?b !iirb cn^abo their kings 
 shall greatly shudder, i. e. be seized 
 with great and sudden terror. Jcr. 2, 12; 
 with bs of the cause Ez. 32, 10. With 
 ace. like Gr. (pglaao) iivu, to shudder at, 
 i. e. to feel a sacred awe before a divi- 
 
1y 
 
 1016 
 
 nsffl 
 
 nity, to fear, Deut 32, 17. Hence i?to 
 no. 2. 
 
 3. Of the hiiir, to stand on emL to bris- 
 tie, as the eflect of tlie eudjen shudder 
 of the skill ; comp. q{>iaaw Sept. Job 4, 
 15 ; (piflfjaovm Tp//?? Hesiod Op. 540 ; 
 Lat. 'capilli horrent' Tib. 2. 3. 23. 
 Hence in the derivatives is found the 
 fiignif. of standing on end. bristling, 
 ^aggy, hiiiry ; as "iSb. nnrb, a hair, 
 collect, hair. comp. Germ. Hoar. Lat. 
 Airtu.s. Ai/siitus. A/rcus; x^iQ^ he^^ hcres 
 (eres) i. e. hedgehog ; also nnbir hnr- 
 ^eura, barley, so called from its bristling 
 ears ; and "i^Jto /ttrsutus, shaggy, a goat ; 
 Arab. JLiii to be shaggy, hairy. 
 
 NiPH. iinpers. it storms, is tempestuous, 
 a tempest rages, Ps. 50, 3. 
 
 PiEL to sweep away in storm, c. '"O 
 Job 27, 21. 
 
 HiTHP. to rtish on like a tempest, c. b? 
 Dan. 11, 40; comp. isa Hab. 3, 14. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 3. 
 
 W? m. (r. isffl) 1. i. q. nTO, a tem- 
 pest, slorni. Is. 28, 2. 
 
 2. a shuddering, horror, Job 18, 20. 
 Ez. 27, 35. 32, 10. 
 
 3. Once as constr. of "isb q. v. 
 
 "T^to m. (r. isis) constr. I5b, once 
 "iJb Is. 7. 20. c. suff. i-*SU) , hair, so called 
 from standing out or erect, bristling; 
 
 So " 
 
 see r. I5ia no. 3. Arab. Jt-ti, Syr. 
 
 ijii:, lij.llffl, id. Spoken: a) Of 
 
 the hair of the head, with ttJXl added 
 Judg. 16, 22. 2 Sam. 14, 26. Ezra 9, 
 3; without iDXi Cant. 4, 1. Ps. 68, 22. 
 b) Of hair on other parts of the body. 
 Lev. 13. 3 sq. c^ban -\s)l) the hair of 
 the feet, i. e. of the pudenda Is. 7, 20; 
 and so xt iioxTi^ of the hair of puberty, 
 
 Ez. 16, 7. Arab, jj JLi id. c) Perh. 
 
 the shag of coarse woollen cloth ; so 
 isia P'l'nx a hairy mantle, i. e. made 
 
 either of hair or fur (Arab. I^jlw), or of 
 
 shaggy woollen cloth. Gen. 25. 25. Zech. 
 14, 4. Hence i^b bsa tU"'St a man clad 
 in such a mantle 2 K. 1, 8. 
 
 "lyip Chald. m. hair, with 03 xn added 
 Dan. 3, 27. 7, 9. In Targg. id. " 
 
 n^TO f. i. q. nnro a tempest, storm, 
 Job 9. 17. Nah. 1, 3! ' R. ns . 
 
 ni^O f (r. -IS) constr. n^yto, c. Buff. 
 ip'ny, plur. constr. mirto , n. unit, of 
 
 nyig, a hair. Arab, jjjui id. Judg. 20, 
 16 nns'JSn-bs to a hair, proverbially of 
 slingefs who could hit a mark without 
 varying a hair's brefidlh. Elsewhere 
 collect, hair, e.g. of the head 1 Sam. 14, 
 45. 2 Sam. 14, 11. IK. 1, 52 ; or genr. 
 of the body Job 4, 15. Plur. "aixi rinsto 
 the hairs of my head Ps. 40, 13. 69, 5. 
 
 TTpXD f. also nniTTD Joel 1, 11 (r. -i?tO 
 no. 3) plur. Bi-iytO, n-^-iiiCJ ; bar-ley, so 
 called from the bearded and bristling 
 ears of this grain ; like Lat. hnrdeum a 
 horrendo, and vice versa rrD3 spelt 
 (q. V.) from its smooth and shorn ears. 
 Syr. l^^iJB, Chald. Nnnro , f-i'irip, 
 
 T^nrto ; Arab. ^juLm barley, 8*a*^ a 
 
 barley-corn. Sing, only of barley in 
 growth. Job 31, 40. Joel 1, 11. Ex. 9, 31. 
 Deut. 8, 8. Is. 28, 25. Plur. Q-i-jria of 
 the grain after threshing (comp. nan, 
 o^-jn) 2 Sam. 17, 28. 1 K. 5. 18. Jer. 41, 
 8. Ez. 4, 9. al. c-'-iria -iish a homer of 
 barley Lev. 27, 16. O-'-iSffl nn;^ barley- 
 meal Num. 5, 15 ; 'ttJ onb barley-bread 
 Judg. 7, 13. comp. Ez. 4, 12. So too 
 D^nsiO T^^i^ barley-harcest, the gather- 
 ing in of the grain, Ruth 1, 22. 2, 23. 
 2 Sam. 21, 9. 
 
 Qi">^ (barley) Seorim. pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 24, 8. 
 
 ' *^~ obsol. root, which seems to 
 have had the signif. to suck or lick up 
 greedily, to absorb, like kindr. x:d q. v. 
 The same idea is expressed in other 
 families of languages (inserting the let- 
 ters I or r) by the roots slab, smb. comp. 
 ^Jww to drink, ^sjjo to absorb, Lat. sor- 
 
 berc, Grerm. vulg. schlappen. Dropping 
 / there arises Lat. sapio to taste ; or cast- 
 ing off the sibilant, Pers. s_>i, Lat. la- 
 bium. Engl, to lap. 
 
 Deriv. nsia, zzw. 
 
 ^'SIO r. dual D^PEiU , constr. "'rBiO , c. 
 suff. iT^sb ; plur. constr. rirstt) as from 
 a form rs";? . R. nsb . 
 
 1. a lip, dual the lips. Chald. XBO, 
 
ISffl 
 
 1016 
 
 ipir 
 
 SBEO . xrEb , Syr. ]Lsa , Arab. iUxi , id- 
 Is. 37, 29. Cant. 4, 'S. 11. 5, 13. Prov. 
 24. 28. nstoa T^asn Ps. 22, 8, see in 
 -.KB Hiph.' Often put : a) As an organ 
 of speech ; e. g. to open the lips, to begin 
 to speak, Job 11, 5. 32, 20; also to open 
 the lips of any one, to cause him to 
 speak. Ps. 51, 17; to refrain the lips, to 
 keep silence, Ps. 40, 10. Prov. 10, 19. So 
 speech or discourse is said to be upon 
 the tips Prov. 16, 10. Ps. 16, 4; once un- 
 <kr the lips Ps. 140, 4; comp. Ez. 36, 3, 
 for which see in '{\th no. 1. p. 528. Job 
 2, 10 Ae did not sin with his lips. 12, 20. 
 Ps. 45. 3. CT^Eiu b'ns of uncircumcised 
 lips, i. e. not of ready speech, Ex. 6, 12. 
 Hence b) Of the manner of speech, 
 e. g. ) In nations, i. q. speech, dialect, 
 Gen. 11, 1. 6. 7. 9. Is. 19, 18 1??3 rEb the 
 dialect of Caiumn. 33, 19. Ez. 3, 5. 6. 
 ) In individuals whose manner of 
 speech varies according to their disposi- 
 tion and habits ; e. g. 'y^ TEB lip of 
 deceit, lying lips, falsehood, Prov. 10, 18, 
 comp. 17, 4. 7. Ps. 120, 2 ; -^X nsb id. 
 Prov. 17. 4. nrs HEJU tip oftnith, vera- 
 city, Prov. 12, 19. C'^pb'n c'^iTEa burn- 
 ing lips, ardent professions, Prov. 26. 23. 
 cirsb pn^. sweetness of the lips, plea- 
 sant discourse, Prov. 16, 22 ; so Zeph. 3, 
 9. Is. 6, 5. Ps. 12, 3. 4. Also the word of 
 one's lips, e. g. of Jehovah, a divine pre- 
 cept, Ps. 17, 4 ; comp. Prov. 23, 16. Else- 
 where in a bad sense, of what one utters 
 with his lips, but without consideration 
 and without meaning what he says 
 (comp. Is. 29, 13) ; hence lip-talk, i. e. 
 empty words, vain and foolish discourse. 
 Is. 36, 5. Prov. 14, 23 ; and so C^nsiD tlJ-'S 
 a man of talk, an empty talker. Job 11, 
 2 ; B^nEO) b^X a prating fool Prov. 10, 
 8 ; comp.' Lev? 5, 4. Ps. 106. 33. Ps. 81, 
 6 yiarx TIS'i"' tih rBiS / heard a lan- 
 guage (manner of speech) that / had 
 7iot known, i. e. the divine communica- 
 tions. Arab. ^iJUj*i\ ^- S-ft-iJt vi^i-J, 
 the Bon or daughter of the lip, i. e. speech. 
 2, a lip, i. e. the edge, border, margin, 
 as of a cup 1 K. 7, 26 ; of a garment 
 Ex. 28, 32 ; of a curtain 26, 4. 36, 11 ; 
 of the ea. the shore Gen. 22. 17. Rx. 14, 
 80. Joh. 11, 4 ; of a river, the bank Gen. 
 41, 3. 17. Ex. 2, 3. 2 K. 2, 13. rrto 
 VTi"^ the bank of the Jordan; and so 
 
 Judo-. 7, 22 ribin-a bsx rEto the bank of 
 (the stream at) Abel-meholah. 
 
 * n ETC. whence Pi. noia and n.neba, 
 see in r. nsD . 
 
 OS'S m. (i'rom MSia lip, and a-, comp. 
 c^p, cbiis) c. suff. i^E'if, pr. lip-beard, 
 ihemustachios ; e. g. Ct'SSn nbs to trim 
 the musiachios or beard 2 Sara. 19, 25, 
 Sept. Tioiiiv fivaraxa. Also CS'^art'^S n:::S 
 to cover the mustachios, i. e. the mouth 
 and the beard over it. in token of leprosy 
 or falsehood, Lev. 13, 45. Mic. 3, 7. Ez. 
 24, 17. 22. Sept. axofia, xiibj. Graec, 
 Venet. in Liv. fivara^. 
 
 "jSIB, see in r. "iBO . 
 
 pBTS. see in r. pEO. 
 
 pBTD m. (r. pEp I, iu for G) a smiting, 
 chastisement, from God, Job 36, 18. 
 Comp. pEp Job 34, 26. 
 
 pi? m. (r. ppb) c. suff. ipb; plur. 
 D-'piD , c. suff. cn-'piD . 
 
 1. sacking, sackcloth, a coarse cloth, 
 espec. as made of hair, used for sieves 
 and strainers (see the root) ; also for 
 sacks to hold grain and for mourning 
 garments. Comp. Eth. ID^ sackcloth, 
 also the garments of monks and pilgrims ; 
 lU^lU^ lattice; Gr. atixog, uaxxoc, 
 sackcloth, Lat. sacciis, which Jerome 
 uses likewise for the garment of pilgrims; 
 also onyog, sagum, i. e. the coarse mantle 
 or blanket of soldiers. Chald. ^ti , x;3p , 
 Copt. COK , COJK , id. Is. 3, 24 tTjinia 
 pb a girdle of sackcloth. Then 
 
 2. a sack for grain Gen. 42, 25. 27. 35. 
 Lev. 11, 32. Josh. 9, 4. 
 
 3. sackcloth, as used for a mourning- 
 garment, fully pb tf,zh Esth. 4, 2 ; pr. 
 a close and rough garment of sackcloth 
 (Is. 3, 24. Job 16, 15, comp. Rev. 6, 12) 
 worn upon the naked body 1 K. 21, 27. 
 2 K. 6, 30. Job 16, 15; and not laid aside 
 at night 1 K. 21, 27. Joel 1, 13. Also 
 iBXi p'^ bsb to put on sackcloth and 
 ashes, as a mourner Esth. 4, 1 ; comp. 
 Is. 58, 5. Spoken of the garment of 
 ascetics and prophets ; Is. 20, 2 loose the 
 sackcloth fro in off thy loins. 
 
 "^W^, once in Niph. Lam. 1, 14, ac- 
 cording to Kimchi to be bound, made 
 fast, 80. a yoke. It would seem to stand 
 
PPXD 
 
 1017 
 
 l"ia 
 
 in affinity wifh ip5 , 1345, 'ijx, the as- 
 piratesuiul sibilants beingoften kindred; 
 see under iS3 p. 1000. Targ. a<^g-ravatiivi 
 est. Several Mss. have ip'i?, which is 
 also expressed by Sept. Vulg. Syr. but 
 against the sense of the context. 
 
 Pc^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. pjTt 
 q. V. to strain ; Gr. aaxxilot, Lat. sacca- 
 vit. Hence pb . 
 
 * ^^^^ in Kal not used, i. q. Chald. 
 IpO , to look, to behold. 
 
 PiEL pr. to let (the eyes) look about, 
 i. e. to look about, to ogle, in the manner 
 of wanton and shameless females, Is. 
 3, 16. Sept. iv vtvfiuaty iiifdulfiMV. 
 Others fucantes oculon, comp. "ipO to 
 stain, to paint; but against the context. 
 
 "It? m. (r. n-ib) c. suff. na-itb; plur. 
 D'^'ib, c. suff. 'lb, constr. "'ib.' 
 
 1. a prefect, leader, master, chief; 
 not found in the kindred dialects. 1 
 Sam. 22, 2. 2 Sam. 23, 19. With genit. 
 C^p'wBn nb the chief of the cup-bearers 
 Gen. 40, 2 sq. 41, 9. C^sLxn -ib the chief 
 of the bakers ibid. D''Oi-iSn nb the 
 chief of the eunuchs Dan. 1, 7. T'sn "ib 
 Z^e prf^jc/ o/" tfie city Judg. 9, 30. I K. 
 22. 26. T,b2n -ib //te c^ie/ 0/ /Ae dis- 
 trict Neh. 3. 14 sq. c'^S'a inb masters 
 overtlie tribute-service, task-masters, Ex. 
 
 1. II. >nD|3'!3 "inb masters over the cattle, 
 chief herdsmen, head-shepherds. Gen. 
 47, 6. Espec. of mihtary chiefs and 
 leaders, a commander, captain, Ex. 18, 
 
 21. 2 K. 1. 9 sq. Is. 3. 3. Deut. 1, 15. 1 
 Sam. IS. 3; plur. 1 Chr. 15, 25. Gen. 21, 
 
 22. 2 Sam. 12. 9 C'naijn -ib the captain 
 of the body-guard Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. 41, 
 10. Jer. 40, 1 sq. ALso absol. of a mili- 
 tary commander. 2 K. 19, 9; plur. Num. 
 21, IS. Job 39, 25. Is. 21, 5. 31, 9. 2 Chr. 
 32, 21. 
 
 2. a prince, noble, chief e. g. a) Of 
 one who holds the power over a whole 
 people, although less than a king, i. q. 
 T'j; no. 2 ; so o-^nrba 'nb the princes of 
 the Philistines 1 Sam. 29, 3 ; perh. Job 3, 
 14. Is. 49, 7. al. b) Of the chief men in a 
 state. Job 29. 9. 34. 19; on whom rest 
 authority and power, chief officers, min- 
 isters, the companions and friends of 
 the king, plur. c-ib 2 Sam. 18. 5. 1 K. 4, 
 
 2. Is. 30, 4. Jer. 26, 11 sq. 37, 14 sq. id. 
 
 riyiD '"Dto Gen. 12, 15; 1?!X ''^b Is. 19, 
 11. 'l3. o-i-ibi r\\-q Hos. 13, 10. Is. 49, 
 3S ; con) p. Hos. 7.' 3. 8, 10. Is. 23,8 Tyre 
 . . . O'lnb rj'^^rjO ""^^t whose merchants 
 are princes, i. e. like princes in wealth 
 and power. So in sacred things : o) 
 b"!p "'nb sacred princes, i. e. the priests. 
 Is." 43, 27. (3) In the book of Daniel, 
 the princes of the angels, i. e. tlie seven 
 archangels (o hitiU iiyyiloi oi tfumiov 
 tov Oioii iatfjxaai Rev. 8, 2 ) who act as 
 the patrons and advocates of particular 
 nations before God ; Dan. 10, 13. 20. 21. 
 12, 1. Hence y) E'^i'^sn -ib the prince 
 of princes, i. e. Grod, Dan. 8. 25. 
 
 - J^ in Kal not used, to interweave, 
 to braid. Chald. and Syr. 5^0 , "^i-o* 
 id. Kindr. are the roots T\Tii , p~\^ , 
 prob. J'lX to weave, comp. under letter 
 b ; also Ty^^ , 3*0 , the mid. radical being 
 softened. 
 
 PoAL fut. plur. W^^b";! to be woven toge- 
 ther, inlencoven. Job 40, 17. 
 
 HiTHP. fut. plur. "S'^nb"^ to interweave 
 themselves, to be woven together, trop. of 
 transgressions Lam. 1, 14. 
 
 Deriv. n^S^'ib , and pr. n. aiib . 
 
 ! "j7 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. t>w 
 to pierce, to perforate, kindr. with a^b ; 
 
 whence Jo-w; an awl, Heb. T^b stylus. 
 
 Then, to sew together, espec. things hard, 
 as leather with wire and an awl ; also to 
 interweave, to net, in the manner of net- 
 
 So - 
 work, as a coat of mail, whence OyM 
 
 a coat of mail woven from iron wire or 
 rings ; see T^b . 
 
 II. I J^ to fee, to escape. Josh. 10, 
 20. Arab. 5*-w id. Syr. jjjs to trem- 
 ble, to flee in trepidation. Kindr. is 
 TiS.perh. irn . 
 Deriv. T^'^b'. 
 
 "^7^ ni. (r. T^b I ) pr. a coat of mail ; 
 then a species of cloth or/?{^ resembling 
 mail or network, wrought of threads by 
 means of needles, of which the curtains 
 of the tabernacle were made ; comp. 
 y20; hence 17b ''naa Ex. 31. 10. 35, 
 19. 39, 1. 41. Comp. Chald. rn^D cur- 
 tains, hangings, so called from the kind 
 
1"ltD 
 
 1018 
 
 ^<yO 
 
 of stuff from which they were made, 
 xn-iD sieve. Sept. incorrectly, aiokitl 
 liiTov^/ixui, as if for nnu: iijn , which 
 the Samar. actually exhibits; but the 
 sense requires curtains, tapestry, and 
 not garments. 
 
 G ^ 
 
 TW m. Is. 44, 13, i. q. Arab. tX-N 
 
 an awl, or rather a stylus, graver, with 
 which the artist sketches the outlines 
 of the figure to be sculptured. 
 
 *n*^S ]. toset in a row, to range 
 in order, i. q. Arab. Xjm mid. Waw. 
 Hence nyio a row, range, q. v, 
 
 2. to be a leader, prince, chief, i. q. 
 "Uto I. no. 2. and I'^ia; from the notion 
 of arranging and drawing up troops. 
 
 Arab. iCv** and ^wu< to be noble, liberal, 
 
 /<dMw a prince, noble. 
 
 3. to contend, to strive with any one, 
 c. ns Gen. 32. 29; rx Hos. 12, 4. Arab. 
 
 (CwM Conj. Ill, id. Fut. "ii'iJ^ comes 
 
 from "iw I. 
 
 Deriv. n-iiic ; nnisia , and the pr. 
 names "^nb, xrryq , ^-ifflV 
 
 "O^ fra- of subst. "1-^ (r. inffl) 1. a 
 princess, noble lady, Judg. 5, 29. Eslh. 
 1. 18. Spec.of the king's wives of noble 
 birth Is. 49, 23. 1 K. 11, 3; different 
 from his concubines, comp. Cant. 6, 8. 
 Metaph. Lam. 1. 1 n'i3''")a3 "^r"^^ princess 
 among the jtrovinces. 
 
 2. SaraJi, pr. n. a) The wife of Abra- 
 ham, at first called "'niU q. v. Gen. 18. 6 
 Bq. 20, 2 sq. 21, 1 sq. 23, 1. 19. Is. 51, 2. 
 al. b) A daughter of Asher, Num. 2C, 
 46. 
 
 yrW (shoot, branch) Serug,^r. n. m. 
 Gen. 11, 20, R. snb. 
 
 ^"nte m. (r. ':\'^b) a latchet, thong, 
 
 which fiiHtens a shoe or sandal, so call- 
 
 ed from lacing and binding together, 
 
 !. 5. 27. Proverbially for any thing 
 
 of little value Gen. 14, 23 ; see in a!tn 
 
 r, 
 
 p. 299. Arab. JII4 id. 
 
 D'^)?1"liD , see in pnto no. 2. 
 
 ^yO (abundance, i. q. nnp) Serah, 
 pr. n. i; Gen. 46, 17. 1 Clir. 7J 30. 
 
 u j'vS to cut, to gash oneself to 
 make incisions in the flesh, as was cus- 
 tomary in mourning, fut. plur. luitC'J 
 Lev. 21, 5. Arab. isw<i id. 
 
 NiPH. to be lacerated, i. e. to be hurt, 
 crushed, in lifting too great a burden, 
 Zech. 12, 3. Hence 
 
 t3"lte m. Lev. 19, 28, ri'jnte f. Lev. 
 21, 5, an incision, gash. 
 
 '^'y^ Sarai, pr. n. of the wife of Abra- 
 ham, Gen. 11, 29 sq. 12, 5. 11 sq. 16, 1 sq. 
 afterwards called irnb q. v. Gen. 17, 25 
 sq. The LXX write the first name 
 2"uQa, pronouncing '^ like a, in the Ara- 
 bic manner, comp. '^S'^p Zivix ; the latter 
 they write 2a(^^a, because nnO is in 
 reality for the form T^"^V The etymo- 
 logy of "'"lb is obscure. Some compare 
 
 60- 
 (^wii colocynth, Michael. Orient. Bib- 
 
 lioth. IX. 188 ; others i^yM noble, gene- 
 rous, Iken. Diss. Theol. p. 17 sq. Ewald 
 explains it, ' contentious, quarrelsome,' 
 from r. nnb no. 3 ; Gram. 324. This 
 is prob. best. 
 
 D^S'^'^'C m. plur. (r. 5"^b, Kamets im- 
 pure) c. suff. ri"'5"'na3, shoots, branches, 
 of a vine, Gen. 40,' 10. 12. Joel 1, 7. 
 Kindr. are Chald. "pS"!! , "j^rnT , a shoot, 
 
 vine; Arab. kjLAS-\v ivjVr^))? 'J- 
 
 T^ySD m. (r. nyj II) plur. tai-jinb, 
 constr. ^T"'~ib. 
 
 1. one left, one escaped from a slaugh- 
 ter, a surcipor, i. q. ^"Vs, whence i""iiO 
 U^bs!) Jer. 42, 17. 44, 14. Lam. 2, 22'. 
 Often in the phrase b "i^^ii ">^^cn xb 
 there was not left to him a surviror, one 
 remaining, i. e. there was none left alive. 
 Num. 21, 35. Deut. 3,3. Josh. 10,28. 37. 
 11, 8 ; also Num. 24, 19. Deut. 2, 34. al. 
 Collect, the snrvirors, those who remain 
 alive, Judg. 5, 13. Is. 1, 9. Of things 
 left, remaining, Job 20, 21. 26. Plur. 
 Josh. 10, 20. Joel 3, 5. zr\n '^n-'nb those 
 Iff I of the sword, who esciiped it, Jer. 
 31,2. 
 
 2. Sarid, pr. n. of a town in Zebulun, 
 Josh. 19, 10. 12. 
 
 n^nte and '^^^'^'B? (warrior of Jeho- 
 vah) Scrnidh. pr. n. m. n) The scribe 
 or secretary of David, 2 Sam. 8. 17 ; ia 
 
no 
 
 1019 
 
 C)- 
 
 other places corrupted, e. g. into K^d 
 2 Sam. 20, 25, xuJ'aJ i K. 4, 3, tiVrs 
 1 Chr. 18, 16. b)' The liithcr of Ezra 
 the priest, Ezra 7, 1. c) Of Bevcriil 
 other persona, see 2 K. 2.5, 18. 23. Jer. 
 36,26. 40,8. 51,59.61. 1 Chr. 4, 13. 14. 
 35. 5, 40. Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 10, 3. 11, 11. 
 12, 1. 12. 
 
 jTnip , see iii"ja5 . 
 
 p'^yO iKlj. (r. p-ib I) plur. f nip-'-ito, 
 hackled, hatcheled. as flax Is. 19, 9. An- 
 cient combs, for this purpose, see in Wil- 
 kinson's Anc. Esryptians, III. p. 140. 
 
 * ^^^ i. q. "^i?, in Kal not used, to 
 interweave, to lay crosswise, to entangle. 
 Chald. rj"]0 id. spec, to entangle one's 
 
 path ; Arab. ^lw i. q. Heb. 
 
 Pi EL, Jer. 2. 23 the swift camel na^lb^ 
 h^s^'n entangling her ways, i. e. running 
 about wild in her season of heat. 
 
 Deriv. T("i"i'^. 
 
 O'^^O'?^ Sarsechim, pr. n. of a chief 
 of the eunuchs in the army of Nebu- 
 chadnezzar, Jer. 39,3. Perh. ^so (plur. 
 fi^ap) is sectus, e.Tsccttu, i. q. D"'^0, from 
 r. nai. whence also "psia knife. 
 
 ^-T io stretch out, to make long or 
 
 large ; Arab. 
 
 tr' 
 
 id. Part. pass, snta 
 
 stretched, prolonged, i. e. having any 
 member too long or large, and so being 
 deformed, e. g. of persons Lev. 21, 18 ; 
 of cattle Lev. 22, 23. 
 HiPH. to stretch oneself out, Is. 28, 20. 
 
 CEynte m. ^lur. thoughts Ps 94, 19. 
 139, 23, i. q. csria q. v. with the letter 
 i inserted ; see under 1 , p. 949, 950. 
 
 * ! ^D^, fut. qhb") 1. to bum up, 
 to consume with fire. Syr. id. but rarely. 
 Zab. ws)^ id. Syr. s^ m also ' to suck 
 up, to absorb,' see Middledorpf Curse 
 hexapl. in Job p. 15. Comp. also sn heat. 
 Construed : a) With ace. to bum, 
 e. g. wood Is. 44. 16 ; garments Lev. 13, 
 52; stubble Is. 47, 14; a sacrifice Lev. 
 4. f2. 21. 8. 7. 16, 27 ; a city Judg. 18, 
 27. Is. 1, 7 ; sanctuaries Ps. 74, 8 ; 
 wooden idols Deut. 12, 3. 1 K. 15, 13; 
 reeds forming stockades Jer. 51,32, see in 
 DIX ; also children in honour of an idol, 
 2 k. 17, 31. Jer. 7, 31. 19, 5. Deut. 12, 
 
 31. In many of thefie examples tixs 
 with fire is added, b) b >^fys Ti'^b to 
 burn a burning fur any one, to niaJce a 
 burning, i. e. to institute a Holemn pub- 
 lic funeral for any one, during which 
 precious spices were burned, 2 Chr. 16, 
 14. 21, 19. Jer. 34, 5. Comp. Jos. B. J. 
 1. 33. 9, where, in the funeral of Herod, 
 it is said there followed niviuxoxjiot. liuv 
 oix(TU)v xitl unektvittQotv u(^ofiittvif6(fOi. 
 Geier de Luctu Hebncor. 6. 2. But 
 this custom had no connection with the 
 burning of the body, c) to bum or bake 
 bricks, Gen. 11. 3. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal, io he burned, e. g. 
 in punishment Gen. 38. 24 ; genr. Lev. 
 4, 12. 6, 23. Josh. 7, 15. Jer. 38, 17. Mic. 
 1, 7. Prov. 6, 27. al. 
 
 Pi EL see in q^o. 
 
 PuAL i. q. Niph. Lev. 10, 16. 
 
 Deriv. q-nb, ntyjl, nfiya::. 
 
 * II. vJC, Arab, oli, Owi, 
 
 i.tobe high, lofty, prominent ; whence 
 
 ^jjii elevation, loftiness, Owij high, 
 prom i ne nt. Hence 
 
 2. to be emineTit, noble, to excel in no- 
 
 bility and glory ; whence Ov-ti noble-' 
 
 6 ^ / 
 
 ness. glory, vj-ti noble in rank, a 
 prince. Hence C^BI!'*!? q. v. 
 
 vl"^te m. (r. C]"] I ) plur. n"'BTJ3 ; 
 see also the next article. 
 
 1. Pr. Adj. burning, Jiery ; then poi-' 
 sonous, venomous, deadly, as an attribute 
 of a serpent, from the burning inflam- 
 mation caused by its bite ; comp. nisn 
 I, heat and poison ; also Gr. TXQrjiTiriQ, 
 xtxiKTog. ^o Num. 21, 6 a7id Jehovah 
 sent wtyjsn n"iun|n-nx j?ery (poison- 
 ous) serpents among the people ; Sept. 
 Tovg oifttg Tovg ^avurovvTac, Vulg. ig- 
 nitos serpenles. Deut. 8, 15 T.'niB ttins 
 S'^pS'i poisonous serpents and scorpions/ 
 Sept. o(pig d('txvon>, Vulg. serpens Jlatu 
 adurens. Also as Subst. without "fins 
 id. Num. 21, 8 q"Jffl ^^ n^^^. Is'. 
 14, 29 CjE'iSia Ti'^tU a venomous flying 
 serpent; ascribed also to the Arabian 
 desert, Is. 30, 6 ClBisa Ci-iOl nrss the 
 viper and the venomous flying serpent. 
 
Sllfl 
 
 1020 
 
 imuj 
 
 It is now known that no species of fly- 
 ing serpent exists; but this ancient opi- 
 nion probably rested upon a species of 
 flying lizard, draco volans Linn, found 
 in Africa and Asia, which in its general 
 appearance resembles a serpent but is 
 not venomous. See Comm.on Is. 14, 29. 
 ^Corresponding in sound is Sanscr. 
 earpa serpent from srip. serpere, fijnftv, 
 to creep; but this seems to have no 
 relation to ""^b, which signifus not ser- 
 petit, but venomous. 
 
 2. Saraph, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22. 
 
 CSniS m. plur. (r. *Q^ II) Seraphim, 
 Seraphs, Is. 6, 2. 6 ; an order of angels 
 and ministers of God, who stand around 
 his throne, each having six wings, also 
 hands and feet (v. 2), and praising God 
 with their voice. They were therefore 
 of human form, and furnished with wings 
 as the swift messengers of God, like the 
 Cherubim (see 31*^3) ; though by no 
 means identical with these, as some 
 have supposed. They are so called as 
 being of elevated rank, princes ; as in 
 Daniel the archangels are also called 
 C-inttJ princes, Dan. 10, 13 comp. 8, 25. 
 Other proposed etymologies, see in 
 Thesaur. p. 1341 sq. 
 
 nsnto f. (r. r;-iit; I, Tsere impure) 
 constr. nE~iB, a burning with fire Gen. 
 11, 3 ; a burning, afire. Lev. 10, 6. Num. 
 19, 6. 17 ; espec. a burning of spices at a 
 funeral (see in r. qnin I), 2 Chr. 16, 14. 21, 
 19;covfiagrali(m beut.29, 22[23]. Am. 
 4, 1 1. nE~iu ~n a mount of burning, i. e. 
 tobeburnedup.Jer. 51.25. neniub n;n 
 to be for burning, i. e. destined to be 
 burned up. Is. 9, 4. 64, 10 [11]. 
 
 ! P!D"9 to comb e. g. flax, to hackle. 
 Zab. 'Jiftt id. Talm. pno id. also to 
 curry a horue. etc. Hence adj. p'l'ito 
 q. v. 
 
 *II.p!}'^ or p^'^ to be reddish, 
 fox-coloured; spoken of a horse, see 
 adj. pi ; also of cerulean purple grapes, 
 
 yielding red wine. Arab. ^Aw id. of 
 
 homes and camels, the Imir, etc. 
 
 Deriv. the two following, and pr. n. 
 
 p'lto m. (r. p-iiU U ) 1. reddish, bay, 
 fox-coloured, of horses, plur. C^iSnib 
 
 , ,- o t ' 
 Zech. 1, 8. Arab, by transp. Juii a 
 reddish horse, with the mane and tail 
 also red. Germ. Fuchs, fox-coloured. 
 
 2. a vine bearing cerulean or purple 
 grapes, phir. D'^js^ib Is. 16, 8. See 
 more in pib . 
 
 pnto m. Is. 5, 2, pT^ Jer. 2, 21, also 
 np-^to f Gen. 49, 11. R. py:: II. 
 
 1. a vine of a finer and nobler kind, 
 prob. so called from its cerulean or pur- 
 ple grapes. According to Abulwalid it 
 grows in Syria; it is called in Arab, 
 (oj^-ww and ia_>xj-ww. as also at the 
 present day in Morocco Serki, i. q. Pers. 
 (wX*,*L^3 Kishmish, and is still cele- 
 brated in Arabia and Persia ; the grapes 
 are small, partially round, dark-coloured, 
 with the stones soft and scarcely percep- 
 tible. See Niebuhr's Arabien p. 147. 
 Oedmann's Verm. Sammlungen aus der 
 Naturkunde VI. p. 98 sq. 
 
 2. Sorek, pr. n. of a valley, prob. so 
 called from its vineyards, Judg. 16, 4. 
 [Eusebius and Jerome place it north of 
 Eleutheropolis and near to Zorah. Ono- 
 mast. art. Sorech. R. 
 
 *"'!]^ i. q. nnb no. 2, and lib I, <o 
 have dominion, to rule, to be a prince. 
 Part, n-iiu Esth. 1, 22. Put. nu)-; Is. 32, 
 1. Prov. 8, 16. 
 
 HiTHP. "iiR^n , to make oneself a 
 prince, c. ^? Num. 16, 13. 
 
 Deriv. lb, ri^O. 
 
 jitoiS m. (r.b!lb)conBtr. 11 bb Kamets 
 being dropped, as if from a root T\Wi ; 
 j(yy. gladness, Joel 1, 12. Is. 12. 3. Jer. 31, 
 13. 51, 14. 119, 111 ; often coupled with 
 nn?3ia Is. 22, 13. 35, 10. 51, 3. 11. yoio 
 '(ibb oil of joy, i. e. oil used in anoint- 
 ing the guests at festive banquets, etc. 
 Ps. 45, 8. Is. 61, 3. 
 
 nilJ , see nxb . 
 *Dnia,6ee incno. 
 
 * n^\C /o split, to hurst, Arab. JL&. 
 
 NiPH. to be bitrst forth, protruded,to 
 break forth, of hemorrhoids, fut. plur. 
 !iin'^7 1 Sam. 5, 0. Comp. Spa Niuh. 
 no.' 3. 
 
133 
 
 1021 
 
 w 
 
 Shin, forming together with Hin the 
 twenty-flrst letter of the Hebrew alpha- 
 bet, us a numeral denoting 300. The 
 name of this letter, *ptt5 i. q, yo . signifies 
 a tunlh, in allusion to its figure, which is 
 nearly the same in all the Semitic alpha- 
 bets. It is pronounced like the Engl, sh, 
 Germ. sch. a sound which was wanting 
 to the Greeks, unless perhaps the Doric 
 2^ay, Hdot. 1. 139, is to be so pronounced. 
 Hence the LXX, in order to give some 
 approximation to its sound, fiir UJ"'") , j'^tt) , 
 write 'f/i/c, Xtriv, see Lam. c. 2. 3. 4. 
 
 To the letter O, which is fiir more 
 frequent than (O . there are in Arabic 
 three corresponding letters, viz. a) In 
 much the greater number of cases, ,ju j 
 
 as cVa |JLw, bx'r JL. etc. b) Far 
 
 So' 
 
 less oken yU*. as -130 /u*.4w the sun, 
 D'*?"^ *-wj to write down. In roots of 
 both these kinds, the Aramasan pre- 
 serves \.A/ . c) Sometimes vi>. in words 
 where the Aramaean has n , as rtjisTO 
 
 jjUj jiifiZ ^3an eight ; aVo po 
 
 tJ^kZ Jbw snow ; WD 1^* and ^ "'^^n, 
 *|Bn . Rarely in such examples has the 
 Arabic v;^ for C , as "1313 _aj' "i^Pi to 
 break, Sid u^lj sin to return, to turn 
 about. d) Tlie Arabic sometimes also 
 admits different ways of writing the same 
 word, and thus apparently divides one 
 Hebrew root into two Arabic ones, as 
 'dS'n (j*-C\ and ji^) ; f^^Jv ^-^ ^"d 
 
 Li^' ; ^I?''^ JJuif and Jju ; Cttia *-<*:>> j 
 
 j^U-**fc3 and ^mL.x,'>. body. 
 
 In the Heb. itself itJ is interchanged: 
 
 a) With b , see p. 1000. b) With n . as 
 
 ffl^n and ri'nn, like X'^Qaaao), xitot'txTm ; 
 
 ;ST13 and ni"i3 pine ; comp. 3!ld , Aram. 
 
 ain, Arab. v^jLj; i3id , Aram. i3n , 
 
 Arab, -xj' . c) With other sibilants in 
 
 , . ?cr 
 the dialects, as t, S, e. g. iVCJ JoO 
 
 train ; Ozn ijd5C to gallop ; c^h . Rab- 
 bin. KSain the groin ; tt5;5 , ^J^JOA and 
 '86 
 
 (jAftfe- d) With dentals, as nt^j?, Aram, 
 i^ Tjp ; tJns and ins to lie. 
 
 In those Semitic roots which have 
 been adopted into the occidental lan- 
 guages, chiefly the Greek, IS is ex- 
 pressed sometimes by a simple a, , as 
 rrilO afi()a. axrjn'i from "|3ai ; bbd ffvXuat; 
 sometimes by ax and <tx> 'is ^V'^ (rxDAMw, 
 bT^^ (/xi'TfUi/, I33'iJ axfjmov, axJjiiT{fov, 
 oXoXi] from nbid . Sometimes it passes 
 into t (</); as nrr, Aram. lJo.<i, Gr. 
 iiJ(o,'; "(iU3 Bttxavniu, C^d"?) Tartessus ; 
 jtB oJoiv dens; though in these the 
 Aramifian form seems often to have in- 
 tervened. 
 
 ^, rarely *'? Judg. 5, 7. Cant. 1, 7. 
 Job 19, 29, before gutt. TD Judg. 6, 17, 
 and tD Ecc. 2, 22. 3. 18, i. e. the prefix 
 Shin, i. q "idx ; the S being dropped by 
 aphseresis. and the i either assimilated 
 and inserted as Daghesh in the next 
 letter, or (in the form llJ) also dropped.. 
 Except in the book of Judges (5, 7. 6. 17. 
 7. 12. 8, 26), this prefix is usual only in 
 the later Hebrew. 
 
 A) Relat. Pron. who, which, what ^ 
 that. Judg. 7, 12. 8, 26. 1 Chr. 5, 20. Psi. 
 122, 3. 124, 8. 129, 6. 7. Lam. 2, 15. 16. 
 Cant. 4, 1. 2. 6, 5. Ecc. 1,3. 9. 14. 2, 9. 
 11. 21. 22. al. saep. Without a demonstr. 
 i. q. he who. Ecc. 1, 11. Cant. 1, 17. 3, 3.. 
 Besides in the Heb. O. T. this f^rm of 
 pronoun is found widely in the Phenic ian 
 dialect, where it was pronounced si^ 
 sy, se ; sometimes followed by a Ifetter 
 doubled; see Monumm. Phcen. p. 356, 
 438. Perhaps also in the same dialect 
 the fuller form 'OX is found ; see The- 
 saur. p. 1345. In the other dialects 
 comp. Amhar. fl wheyi, prefixed to a 
 verb. Spec, like "laix a) As a mere 
 sign of relation, e. g-Q^ "J? whither 
 Ecc. 1, 7; D'i-a Ps. 122, 4. b) With b,' 
 i. e. ^SJ so frequent among the Rabbins, 
 used like b ids to express the genitive 
 of a possessor ; Cant. 3, 7 Pi^'se^d inao 
 the litter of him, Solomon, pr. which is 
 to Solomon. Cant. 1, 6 emphat. ""Via ^ni}) 
 
ns" 
 
 1022 
 
 ISa 
 
 my vineyard, even mine; for the pleo- 
 nastic suffix, see Heb. Gram. 119.3. 
 note. 
 
 B) Relat. Conjunct, i. q. I'lix. -^3. 
 
 1. Ihol after verbs of seeing. Ecc. 2, 
 ,13. 3, 18; of knowing Ecc. 1, 17. 2, 14. 
 
 9, 5; of thinking Ecc. 2, 15; of giving 
 a sign Judg. 6, 17. Also: a) what 
 is thai,'' 'this is that,' Ecc. 2, 12. 5, 
 15. 7, 10. Cant. 5, 9. b) Ecc. 12, 9 
 n^nc nr'i'' besides that he was, etc. 6, 3 
 I'ljd "^^i itin'B IT so that 7>iany be the 
 days of h is years. U wS^ 3 scarcely that 
 Cant. 3. 4. ns aV/ </if/^, nnlil, Judg. 
 5. 7. Cant. 2,'l7. c) UJ nbr i!o make 
 or caMse /Aa/ Ecc. 3, 14. 
 
 2. because that, because., Cant. 1. 6 bis. 
 
 5. 2. Ecc. 2, 18 ; fully e rrirn-br Ecc. 7, 
 14. Alsoybr; Cant. 1, 7 n^^r/or 7cAy ? 
 
 3. w-Aen, Ecc. 5, 10. Comp. -mix B. 5. 
 
 4. With Prefixes: a) -UJs i. q. ""US3 
 lett. c, because that, Ecc. 2, 16. b) x;3 
 i- q- ""^.^i!? ! P''- according to what, i. e. as^ 
 Ecc. 5, 14. 12, 7. Also, as, when, Ecc. 
 
 9, 12. 10,3. 
 
 -^'^ fut. SX'::^ <o draw water. 
 Chald. id. Arab. IwjLww and ._>aa* to 
 
 slake one's thirst by drawing water. 
 Comp. Goth, skephan. Germ. schOpfev. 
 Construed either with ace. cits Gen. 24, 
 13. Deut. 29, 10. Josh. 9, 21. 23. 1 Sam! 
 7, 6. 9. 11 ; or absol. Gen. 24, 11. 19. 20. 
 With dat. of instr. Gen. 1. c. Nah. 3, 14 ; 
 jT? of fountain 2 Sara. 23, 16. 
 Deriv. caster , 
 
 * ^^ '^ fut. 5Xt': to roar; Arab. ' ij 
 
 to bellow, to bleat, also to roar. Spoken 
 pr. of the lion. Judg. 14.5. Ps. 22. 14. Hos. 
 
 10, 11 ; c. b Ps. 104, 21. Trop. of thun- 
 der Job 37, 4, comp. Am. 1, 2. Joel 4, 
 10; of raging warriors Ps. 74, 4; also 
 of persons in extreme pain, to cry out, to 
 groan, Ps. 38, 9. Hence 
 
 TOS f constr. rax'i , c. suff. "'njxifi , 
 plur, c. Hufl'. 'J?'?^ ; roaring of a lion Is. 
 
 6, 29. Job 4. 10. Zech. 11,3. Trop. out- 
 cry, groaning, of a person in great pain 
 Job 3, 24. P. 22, 2. 32, 3. 
 
 * I. nfi<'^ i. q. K-ioJ 1. to make a 
 noi$e, to rage, to roar, of floods, a tumult 
 of people, eec T'Kti, n^ II. 
 
 2. to crash, to full with a crash, e. g. 
 a liouse, etc. hence to be laid waste, Is. 
 6, 11 init. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to make a noise, to rush, to 
 roar. e. g. of floods and nations, Is. 17, 
 12. 13. 
 
 2. to be laid waste, of a land Is. 6, 11. 
 
 HiPH. to lay waste, inf rlxttinb Is. 37 
 26 ; and so X being dropped rittinb 2 K. 
 19,25. 
 
 Deriv. n'sd, ";ixtD, n^N'r, rxa.ro. 
 
 * 1 1 . njj"^' not used in Kal. i. q. nj , 
 to look at, to behold with attention. 
 
 HiTHP. HKntiin id. Gen. 24, 21, c. V, 
 Sept. xixiufiuvi^dvb), Vulg. contemplor. 
 
 nSTDj see nxiTT. 
 
 ^"^^P. Prov. 1, 27 Cheth. see in nxic. 
 
 51N1D and 5i5tD comm. gend. (m. Job 
 26, 6 ; i: Is. 5, U. 19. 9 ;) Sheol. Hades, 
 Orciis, the under world, Sept. usually 
 lidtis, once i)avmog 2 Sam. 22, 6 ; a vast 
 subterranean place Job II. 8. Deut. 32, 
 22; full of thickest darkness .Job 10, 21. 
 22 (but see Is. 14, 9 sq.) where dwell the 
 shades of the dead (-"'XSn q. v.) Ps. 30, 
 4. 86, 13. 89,49. Prov. 23, 14 ; to w^hich 
 are poetically ascribed valleys Prov. 9, 
 18, and also gates and bars Is. 38, 10. 
 Job 17, 16. The dying are said to go 
 down to Sheol, nbisd Tn^ Num. 16, 30. 
 Ez. 31, 15. 17 : poet, bxtlj' T^;; Job 7, 9. 
 Ps. 55, 16; comp. nb-ixia "Jinin to h-ing 
 down to Sheol Gen. 42, 38. 1 Sam. 2, 6. 
 1 K. 2, 9. Those who save the life of 
 anyone are said to deliver him bisuj n*a 
 from the hand (power) of Sheol Hos. 13, 
 
 14. Ps. 49, 16. Elsewhere Sheol is said 
 to devour all Prov. 1, 12 ; to be in.satiable 
 Prov. 30, 16. Is. 5, 14; to be stern and 
 cruel Cant. 8, 7. To it by prosopopoeia 
 are ascribed snares, with which it lies 
 in wait for men, Ps. 18, 6. 2 Sam. 22, 6 ; 
 and those who escape death are said to 
 have made a covenant with Sheol. Is. 28, 
 
 15. 18. Poet, and by melon. Sheol is 
 put for its inhabitants, or rather is per- 
 sonified. Is. 14, 9. 38. 18, comp. Ps. 6. 6. 
 See eepec. Num. 16. 30 sq. Is. 14, 9 sq. 
 Ez. 31, 16 sq. 32, 21 eq. Chald. and 
 Talmud, bi-itfi id. Syr.^.o-J*-. Ethiop, 
 fl.hA.. As to the etymology, b-ixw 
 comes from r. bsiZJ I. and is i. q. bisd a 
 cavity, a hollow aubtetranean place ; just 
 
MK^S 
 
 1023 
 
 b123 
 
 ai the Germ. Hdlle hell, is originnlly the 
 Hame with Ilohle a hollow, cavern, and 
 Lat. cinlum is from Gr. xoUoj hollow. 
 The usual derivation has been from the 
 notion of asking, demanding, r. bjtai no. 
 II ; since Orcus lays claim unsparingly 
 to all alike, whence the epithet orcus 
 rapax Catull. 2, 28. 29. 
 
 blXO (asked for, desired, r. bx\^ II ) 
 Shaid, Saul, pr. n. a) The first king 
 of tlie Israelites, from the tribe of Ben- 
 jamin, 1 Sam. 8, 4. 9, 2 sq. c. 15. b) A 
 king of the Edomites, Gen. 3*3, 37, c) A 
 son of Simeon, Gen. 46, 10. d) 1 Chr. 
 6. 9, see in bxi^ lett. c. From lett. c. 
 comes the patronymic 'bixi^ Shaulite 
 Num. 26, 13. 
 
 ]iXTD m. (r. nxid I) constr. -jixir, c. 
 suff. R5"ixr . 
 
 1. Jioise, ragging, tumult, e. g. of wa- 
 ters Ps. 65, 8. Is. 17, 12. 13; of a crowd 
 or multitude of men. Is. 5, 14. 13, 4. 24, 
 8. 25, 5. 66, 6 ; of war Am. 2, 2. Hos. 
 10, 14; of outcry, clamour, Ps. 74, 23. 
 Jer. 25, 31. 48, 45 "iixttj "'Ja sons of up- 
 roar, i. e. tumultuous warriors. 
 
 2. desolation, destruction ; Ps. 40. 3 113 
 "ix'JJ the pit of destruction, Jer. 46, 17. 
 
 * t3><"iD obsol. root. i. q. a:iaS II, to con- 
 temn, to despise. The primary idea is 
 
 prob. to stink; comp. ^LS" and .ioju 
 
 to stink, iLbLj stinking mud. Hence 
 
 W5J m. (Kamets impure) c. suff. 
 t^lsx'vB Ez. 25, 6 ; contempt, i. e. pride, 
 arrogance, Ez. 25, 15. 36, 5. 
 
 n^SO f. ruins, Is. 24, 12. R. ns'fl I. 
 
 * 55<'>3 fuLbx-a-^ I. i.q. bstii, to dig, 
 to excavate, to hollow out ; hence btxd 
 Hades, pr. a hollow place under ground. 
 From the idea of digging comes rea- 
 dily that of searching out, inquiring, 
 comp. ipn, ^jr2 no. 3, isn no. 2; also 
 percontari, to search, to explore with a 
 xovTo; stick, probe, etc. Engl. ' to dig, 
 to grub.' Hence 
 
 II. to ask, to inquire, to ask for, either 
 by way of demand or entreaty. 
 
 I. to ask, to inquire of to interrogate ; 
 Chald. id. Syr. '\|-a, to interrogate, to 
 
 ask for. Arab. JLm* to interrogate, to 
 
 ask ; V, to beg. Eth. ATiA and ftAA io 
 
 demand, to ask, to beg. Constr. absol. 
 Ueut. 13, 15 : with ace. of pers. Gen. 24, 
 
 47. 32, 18. 44, 19 ibxb 'nss-rs bxd ''p^^ 
 my lord asked his serninls, saijing. Deut. 
 32, 7. Judg. 4, 20. Job 40, 7 ; rarely with 
 b of pers. 2 K. 8, 6. Job 8, 6. Tiiat of or 
 about which one asks is put with b. Gen. 
 32,30. 43.7. Judg. 13, 18. Jer.6,'l6; bs 
 Neh. 1 , 2. Ecc. 7, 10 ; ace. Jer. 50, 5 ; hence 
 with two ace. of pers. and thing Jer. 38, 
 14. Is. 45, 11. 58,2. Hagg.2, 11. Ps. 35, 
 11. Spec. a) to considt an oracle, to 
 inquire of e. g. Six bj<-r Deut. 18, 1 1 ; 
 oftener c. a, as nin-ia bxuS to impure 
 of (at) Jehovah Judg. 1, l.'l8, 5. 20, 8. 
 1 Sam. 28, 6; also 2 Sam. 16, 23. Ez. 
 21, 26. With b for any one 1 Sam. 22, 
 10. 13. 15. Num. 27, 21. b) 'eb bxd 
 nibtub to ask one as to his health, wel- 
 fare, etc. to ask how one does ; hence 
 to salute, to greet. Gen. 43, 27. Ex. 18, 7. 
 Judg. 18, 15. 1 Sam. 10, 14. 17. 22. 2 Sam. 
 8. 10; and so Jer. 15. 5 Ty; D'bob bxaib. 
 Poet. Ps. 122, 6 C7brn-i7 cibiu nbxd wish, 
 prosperity to Jerusalem, i. e. salute her. 
 [Others, perhaps better, pray for the 
 welfare of Jerusalem, as in no. 2. R.] 
 Without the idea of salutation, 2 Sam, 
 11,7 Band inquired after the welfare 
 ofJoab and of the army, etc. Syr. '\j^ 
 9 ]\n\k n id. to salute. 
 
 2. to ask for, i. e. a) to require, to 
 demand, absol. 1 K. 3, 5. 2 K. 2, 9. Is. 
 7, 11. 12. Mic. 7, 3; with ace. of thing 
 1 Sam. 12, 13. Lam. 4, 4 >tbx;i5 a-'bbi? 
 cnb . Ps. 40, 7 ; c. ",13 Ps. 2,' 8 ; rXTD 
 1 Sam. 8. to. With two ace. nlTiin 
 Ttm 71, Deut. 14. 26. Is. 58. 2. Ps. 137. 3. 
 With dat. ib bxta to ask (demand) for 
 oneself 1 Sam. 12, 17. 19. Ascribed to 
 the mind, 1353. Deut. 14.26; to the eyes 
 Ecc. 2, 10. Spec. Jon. 4, 8 TX bxd'1 
 nsi^b lilJE: he required of his soid to die, 
 i. e. he prayed that he might die. 1 K. 
 19, 4. Job 31, 31 ira? nbxa bxtib by 
 requiring his life with curses, i. e. pray- 
 ing for his (my enemy's) death. So 
 itavrdhbjg Is. 7, 11, comp. 2 K. 2, 10. 
 
 b) to ask, i. e. to entreat, to beseech, io 
 beg, with ace. of thing Jndg. 5, 25. 1 K. 
 3. 10 sq. 10, 13; also with '13 of pers. 
 from. whom. Judg. 8. 21. 1 Sam. 1. 20. 
 Ps. 21, 5 ; nx-a 2 Sara. 3, 13. 1 K. 2 
 
:"J3 
 
 1024 
 
 hKts 
 
 20. Ps. 27, 4 ; tsia Deut. 10, 12. 18, 16. 
 With dat. of pers. for whom 1 K. 2, 22. 
 ib bxttJ /o ask for oneself 2 Chr. 1, 11. 
 Spec, u) to ask ns a loan, to borrow 
 from any one Ex. 3, 22. 11, 2. 12, 35. 
 Part. pass. i^xiU borrowed 1 Sam. 1, 28. 
 ' 2 K. 6, 5. With h prob. /o /e?jd i. q. 
 Hiph. 1 Sara. 2, 20! Syr. Aph. to lend ; 
 Ettaph. to be lent. So in Rabbinic often. 
 
 /3) to ask aims, to beg; i. q. Pi. no. 2, 
 
 s *^ 
 Prov. 20, 4. Arab. Conj. V, id. J-jUw 
 
 a beggar. Ethiop. id. 
 
 NiPH. to ask for oneself, to ask leave, 
 like Gr. aiiovftal as toSto, see Heb. Gr. 
 
 50. 2. With ',13 of pers. and \> with 
 inf of that which one asks leave to do, 
 1 Sam. 20, 6. v. 28. where the inf. is omit- 
 ted. So with a finite verb Neh. 13, 6. 
 Others, ' to obtain liberty or leave from 
 a master by entreaty.' 
 
 PiEL bxttj , fut. Isyc-; . 1. to ask, to 
 interrogate, 2 Sam. 20, 18. 
 
 2. to beg, i. q. Kal 2. b. /3. Ps. 109, 10. 
 
 HiPH. to loan, to lend, Ex. 12, 36. 
 1 Sam. 1, 28 ; comp. Kal no. 2. b. a. 
 
 Deriv. from no. I, bixtti ; from no. II, 
 nVsai, nbtU, nbxcn, and the pr. names 
 ixttJ, b^xd, bx-iFiVKia, bistrrajs. 
 
 5STD Chald. 1. to ask, to interrogate, 
 with b of pers. Ezra 5, 9 ; also witli ace. 
 of that abotit which one inquires, v. 10. 
 Dan. 2, 10. 27. 
 
 2. to ask, to demand, c. dupl. ace. 
 Ezra 7, 21. Hence nbstia Chald. and 
 
 51<1D (an asking) Sheal, pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 10,29. 
 
 ^, see b-iKto. 
 
 nbSTD f. (r.bxc) c. suff. T^xaJ , dnbxifl 
 Ps. 106, 15, and contr. T^nboi 1 Sam. 1,' 17'. 
 
 1. an asking, request, petition. So 
 nbxttJ bxttJ to ask a petition, i. e. to ask 
 a thing of any one, to make a request, 
 Judg.a24. IK. 2, 16.20. 't '^r^} to grant 
 a petition Esih. 5. 6. 8. 7, 3. 9, 12. ns<a 
 nbKtti the petition is gravled Job 6, 8. 
 
 2. a loan, thing loaned, 1 Sam. 2, 20. 
 Comp. tile root bxtti no. 2. b. a. 
 
 nbKTC Chald. f. emphat. xnbxuJ, pr. 
 a qiteafion. i. e. a subject of inquiry, a 
 cause in law. nnd hence a decree; Dan. 
 4, 14 KnbsreJ "pai''?;? "^'S'*'? the mandate 
 
 of the Holy ones is this decree. Arab. 
 sJUmjo question, cause in law, matter. 
 
 bx-'n^SS? (I have asked him of God) 
 Shealtiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 17. Ezra 3, 
 2. Neh. 12, 1 J i. q. bitTibq Hagg. 1, 12. 
 14. 2, 2. 
 
 '^'^ to rest, to be quiet, in Kal not 
 used ; kindr. with *)St^ to rest or lean 
 upon any thing, for repose and quiet. 
 Syr. Pa. t-*^ placavit. 
 
 PiL. (5?>'2 to be quiet, tranquil, to live 
 in quiet, Jer. 30, 10. 46, 27. Job 3, 18. 
 Prov. 1, 33. Hence 
 
 )}i^V m. adj. plur. C'^SiSt'S 1. quiet, 
 tranquil, ofa dwelling Is. 33, 20; of one 
 dwelling in quiet Zech. I, 15. Job 12, 5 ; 
 comp. ISNb^B Job 21, 23. 
 
 2. In a bad sense, living at ease, care- 
 less, proud (secundis rebus ferox, Sal- 
 lust. Jug. 94,) Ps. 123, 4. Am. 6, 1. Is. 
 32.9.11.18. Comp. n:?S no. 2. b. ibt^ , 
 nib^, and Schultens Animadv. ad Job. 
 26, 5. Subst. pride, arrogance, Is. 37, 
 29. 2 K. 19, 28. 
 
 CSiS, see r. DOOi. 
 
 * Wi^"^ fut. qxffi-^ 1. to breathe hard, 
 to pant, to blow, e. g. of an angry per- 
 son, to snort, Is. 42, 14 ; of one in haste, 
 hence to hasten Ecc. 1. 5. Comp. niD 
 Hiph. no. 3. Of the same stock are the 
 roots r)!ittJ, ttaj, 3ffi3, 3r I; and kindr. 
 to these is the syllable Sfi, ''St. which 
 has the signif. of breathing and desir- 
 ing. In the Indo-european tongues we 
 have, with a sibilant, schnu^lbcn, schnap- 
 pen, to snuff. 
 
 2. to pant after, sc. with open nostrils, 
 mouth, etc. e. g. the air, wind, to snuff 
 up Jer. 2, 24. 14, 6; nightfall Job 7, 2; 
 night i. e. death Job 36. 20 ; absol. Ps. 
 119, 131. Poetically ascribed to a snare 
 or trap laid for any one. Job 5, 5 ; see 
 CBS . W^ith by , Am. 2, 7 they pant for 
 the dust (fthe earth on the head of the 
 poor, hyperb. expressing the sordid 
 avarice of the rich, as envying the poor 
 even the slightest possession and striv- 
 ing to deprive thorn of it. Elsewhere 
 to pant after any one. is to Ihirst lor his 
 blood, the metaphor being taken Irom 
 wild beasts, Ps. 56, 2. 3. 57, 4. Am. 8,4. 
 Ez. 36. 3. 
 
 n 
 
"li^lD 
 
 1025 
 
 IKTiJ 
 
 '^"9 1. to become full and turgid, 
 to swell up or wit ; spoken of fuliiefis or 
 roundness q\' flosli in the luitniin body, 
 espec. in youth, wliencc "ixaJ flesli ; also 
 of the rising or swelling of fermentation, 
 whence nnxtli'O kneading-trough. Kin- 
 dred roots are nxio wlienre ixio leaven; 
 also "I""!? to swell, to boil ; Arab. L* id. 
 %Lj id. also of swellings on the body. 
 
 2. to be abundant, redundant ; hence 
 to be left, to remain. Chald. and Sara. 
 
 id. Arab. ASm to let remain ; _jum to 
 
 be left. In Kal once 1 Sam. 16, U. 
 
 NiFH. pass, of Hiph. 1. to be left over, 
 to remain ; Gen. 7, 2;i nb T^X >!<',S^ and 
 Noah only was left. 42, 3S. 47. 18. Ruth 
 1, 3. 6. al. sffip. Ex. 8, 27 [31] iSttSa ki 
 ins there remained not one; so 14, 28. 
 Judg.4. 16. Josh.8. 17. 2K. 10.21. With 
 dat. to remain for any one Zech. 9, 7; 
 c. 3 in any place Is. 17, 6. Dan. 10, 8 ; 
 c. "(^ Neh. 1. 2. Part. "ixaJ: one left, a 
 survivor. Gen. 32, 9. Is. 4, 3 ; plur. Gen. 
 14, 10. Fem. Is. 37, 31. 
 
 2. to remain any where, to remain be- 
 hind. Ex. 8, 5. 7. Num. 11, 26. Job 21, 
 34 bs^-- 1X453 cs-'nb^ilSn your answers 
 remain treachery, i. e. being examined 
 there remains of them only treachery. 
 
 Note. In Ez. 9, 8 in some editions is 
 found the anomalous form "^SX -ixiCXST ; 
 which has doubtless arisen from the 
 mingling of two readings, iXttJD part, and 
 IX^x . Some Mss. also are without the 
 X , and others without the 3 ; see De 
 Rossi. 
 
 Hiph. 1. to leave, to let remain, e. g. 
 after eating Deut. 28. 51 ; after the har- 
 vest Ob. 5 ; espec. after a slaughter, xb 
 T^-ita "I'^XttJn he left none remaining; no 
 survivor, Josh. 10, 28. 37. 39. 40 ; c. dat. 
 to any one Josh. 8, 22. 10, 33. 11, 8. 
 
 1 K. 16, 11 ; and so after a public de- 
 portation 2 K. 25. 12. 22. Jer. 39, 10. 
 So to leave behind, spoken of one depart- 
 ing, Joel 2. 14. 
 
 2. Intrans. ib "i^xt;n to be left to any 
 'one. there remains to him ; Josh. 8, 22 
 and they smote them cn^ "I'xrii ""nba ns 
 T^nit; until there was not left to them one 
 remaining. Num. 21, 35. Deut. 3, 3. 
 
 2 K. 13, 7. Without dat. to have left, to 
 retain ; Am. 5. 3 the city that went out 
 
 86* 
 
 a thousand nxa ^'XttSn hath a hundred 
 left. etc. 
 
 Deriv. nxd, nxd (nnxaJ), n-'-ixtJ, 
 rixdia , and pr. names n'lH'^ , aw)*' nxai. 
 
 "liJO m. (Kamets impure) remainder, 
 remnant, residue, th jest, a word of the 
 later Hebrew for the earlier n^"ixa3 . 
 Is. 10, 20. 14, 22. al. With genit. n'xlo 
 IB? the remnant of his people Is. 11, 11; 
 so 10, 21. Zeph. 1, 4; Aho tlie remaining 
 part, t/ie rest, as opp. to something pre- 
 ceding, Is. 17, 3 Damascus nix -ixq 
 and the rest of Syria. 2 Ciir. 9, 29. 
 
 IS Chald. m. constr. "iXttJ , once 
 iXtti Ezra 7, 18 ; remainder, residue, 
 Dan. 7, 7. 19; the rest, as opp. to sorae- 
 tliiiig preceding, Ezra 4, 9. 10. 17. 6, 16. 
 
 7, 18. 20. 
 
 3^TD^ '^^TD (the remnant shall return, 
 be converted) Sliear-jashub, symbolical 
 pr. n. of a son oi Isaiah, Is. 7, 3 ; comp. 
 10, 21. 22. 
 
 "IS m. constr. nxttJ Lev. 18. 12. 13, 
 c. suff. "iiXttJ , Jlesh, so called as swelling 
 out in fulness and roundness in the well 
 fed body, see in r. -XtlJ no. 1. Ps. 73. 26 
 ^aabi '-ixtt) nbs. Prov. 5, 11 nibra 
 Tj-ixilJi Tj'nca when thy flesh and thyful- 
 iiess (fat) are consumed. Prov. 11, 17. 
 Trop. to eat the flesh of a people is to op- 
 press and exhaust them, Mic. 3, 3 ; see 
 in b3X no. 1. g. Also Jer. 51, 35 "'DTsn 
 baa~b3 '^'ixaSi my injury and my flesh 
 (devoured by the Chaldeans) be npon 
 Babylon. Hence 
 
 a) the flesh of beasts as eaten, Ps. 78, 
 20. 27 ; also genr. meat, food, of any 
 kind, Ex. 21, 10. 
 
 b) the flesh of any one, put for his 
 blood-kindred, blood- relatives, comp. "itC3 
 no. 4; Lev. IS, 12. 13. 17. 21. 2. Num. 
 27, 11 ; more fully iiba nxiU (where the 
 primary idea of "ixttj is already lost) 
 
 Lev. 18, 6. 25, 49. Comp. Arab. -jD* 
 
 avenger of blood, which signif. seems to 
 have come from Heb. ^xd. 
 
 nnjjtlD f. (denom. from "ixd) blood- 
 relationship, blood-kindred ; concr. kins- 
 woman. Lev. IS, 17. 
 
 ^'}^^. (id.) Sherah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 
 7, 24. ' 
 
^JJ5D 
 
 1026 
 
 in-c 
 
 tt>n f. (r. -X'r) once contr. fT''} 
 1 Chr. 12, 38, port remaining^ remain- 
 der, residue, the rest, Is. 44, 7. Jer. 39, 3. 
 Neh. 7. 72 ; espec. the remnant, the sur- 
 rifors, after great slaugliter, as r'^'isd 
 riling the remnant of Judah Jer. 40, 15. 
 42". 15. 44. 28 ; and so Jer. 24, 8. Ez. 9, 
 8. 11, 13. Am. 1, 8. al. Of a total de- 
 struction it is said, h n-'nxo r^-;ri xb 
 there is no remnant to any one, none 
 (nothing) is left, Jer. 11, 23. 50, 26; 
 contra b 'ttj "in: to grant a remnant to 
 any one, to leave a remnant, Jer. 40. 11 ; 
 b 'aJ i-'rin id. Jer. 44, 7 ; V^ ^''^ Gen. 
 45, 7, comp. 2 Sam. 14, 7. Ps. 76, 11 
 for the wrath of man doth praise thee, 
 nann risn n'^nsaj the remainder of thy 
 wrath thou dost gird on, i. e. dost exert 
 thine extreme wrath, comp. Deut. 32, 
 23. The remainder of wrath is here 
 God's extreme wrath, reserved for ex- 
 treme cases, opp. to the less degree of 
 wrath manifested on less aggravated 
 occasions. 
 
 T'SitD f (for ns , r. nsBi) desolation, 
 devastation, Lam. 3, 47. 
 
 NSTO Sheba, pr. n. m. comp. Ethiop. 
 'A'flzi man. 
 
 1. Three men in the genealogical ta- 
 bles in Genesis and 1 Chron. founders 
 of families or tribes in Arabia, a) A son 
 
 >of Raamuh and grandson of Gush, also 
 'brother of Dedun, Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 
 SL b) A son of Joktan, and brother of 
 Uzal; Ophir, etc. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 
 22. Comp. Abulfeda p. 98 Paris, c) A 
 son of Jokshan and grandson of Abra- 
 ham and Keturah, also brother of a 
 Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. 1 Chr. 1, 32. Comp. 
 in no. 2 6n. 
 
 2. Sheba, the Sabaans, a region and 
 people in Arabia Felix, abounding in 
 frankincense, spices, gold, and precious 
 
 .stones, 1 K. iO, ] sq. Is. GO. G. Jer. 6. 20. 
 .Ez. 27, 22. Ps. 72, 15; celebrated also 
 'for their great traffic Ez. 1. c. Ps. 72, 10. 
 Joel 4. 8. Job 6, 19; but in Job 1, 15 
 driving off plunder in the vicinity of Uz 
 or Ansiiis. With all this accords what 
 Greek ariJ Arab writers say of the Sa- 
 baavH (2'(5Htoi), whose chief city thoy 
 call Saba and Mariaba (Mititiiiiiu, now 
 ^yjo MArcb), three or four days' jour- 
 tney distant Irom Sana'a; see Strabo 
 
 XVI. p. 768, 777, 780. Agatharch. p. 
 64. Diod. Sic. 3. 38, 46. Plin. VI. 32. 
 Abulfeda p. 96 Par. Edrisi I. p. 53. 147, 
 ed. Jaubert. See Thesaur. p. 1351. 
 Comparing now the three names in 
 Genesis (no. 1. a. b, c), it appears that 
 the Sabffians of Arabia Felix adjacent to 
 Sana'a are descendants of Joktan, Gen. 
 10. 28 (lett. b). Nor is it less evident 
 that the other two passages, Gen. 10, 7 
 and 25, 3 (lett. a, c), refer to one and the 
 same people, although a different origin 
 is assigned ; since in both, Sheba is 
 coupled with Dedan and Raamah. We 
 may therefore assume two tribes of Sa- 
 bajans ; one of which (b), the more 
 powerful and noble, was in Arabia Felix ; 
 while the other (a. c) dwelt towards the 
 Persian Gulf not far from the mouths of 
 the Euphrates. This latter tribe is not 
 mentioned except in Genesis I. c. 
 
 l'-*^^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 
 
 v_^ to kindle kindr. is Syr. \.a^ to 
 inflame. The primary idea is perh. 
 ' to blow into a flame,' to kindle by 
 blowing, comp. 3^'3 , pjttJ: . Hence S'^attJ 
 flame. 
 
 * II. 31'^ i. q. Chald. 3a(^ to break, 
 whence xaiJ fragment. Hence 
 D'^ISTC m. p\\ir. fragme7its, Hos. 8, 6. 
 
 l^'^ fut. conv. acifi , to make pri- 
 soner, to take or lead captive, to carry 
 of; Arab. La*w , Chald. S<r:J , Syr. )n^., 
 id. E. g. either persons Gen. 34, 29. 
 
 1 K. 8, 48. Is. 14, 2. Jer. 41, 10. 14. 43, 
 12. al. or cattle, flocks. 1 Chr. 5, 21. 
 
 2 Chr. 14, 14; or wealth, substance, 
 Obad. 11. 2 Chr. 21, 17. So of a con- 
 queror leading his captives in triumph, 
 Judg. 5, 12. Ps. 68, 19 ; also to hold cap- 
 tive Ps. 137, 3. Part. pass. D-^^n^^ cap- 
 tives Is. 61, 1 ; fem. Gen. 31, 26 ni'^iisttj 
 S'^n captives of the sword i. e. taken in 
 war. like Gr. ulxfirdwrtxi, dof^viiXtoiui, 
 comp. 2 K. 6, 22. Is. 22, 3. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal, Gen. 14, 14. Ex. 
 22. 9. 1 Sam. 30. 3. 5. Jer. 1 3. 17. Ez. 6, 9. 
 
 Deriv. nima . ad . n^ad , r^zt , and 
 pr. names hv.*.Z'V , "^aUJ, "'iii: , ""Sen . 
 
 i2To m. a species of precious stone, 
 Sept. Vulg. uxtirijc, agate, Ex. 28. 19. 
 39, 18. See Braun de Vest. sac. U. 15 
 
IITD 
 
 1027 
 
 12212) 
 
 bS'^rnC (captive of God) Shebuel, pr. 
 n. m. a) I Olir. 23, 16. 26, 24 ; culled in 
 24, 20 ix2^e Sknhad. b) I Chr. 25, 4; 
 called in v. 20 bKaia) . 
 
 b^a Jer. 18, 15 Clieth. for b"2^ q. v. 
 
 yiaiD m. (denom. from S3l^. seven) 
 conslr. ?a':J Gen. 29. 27. 28 ; duiil n-iysnJ 
 Lev. 12, 5; pliir. o''53'd m. JJiin. 9. 25. 
 10,2. 3, and nirs'd, constr. nwao, c. 
 suff. cs^rsroS Num. 28, 26; a seven, a 
 sennight, i^jiSofn'tg, i. e. a week. In the 
 phrase nXT STJ Gen. 29, 27, 53ttJ is not 
 fem. but is st. constr. belbre nXT , i. e. the 
 week of this daughter. 
 
 1. Pr. a week of days, seven days, 
 Gen. 29, 27. 28. Dan. 10, 2 c-'Sra nujba 
 V^Xi'^/or three weeks, where 0"'a'i is not a 
 jfenitive, see under DT^ Piur. no. 2. b. 
 nirati an the festival of (seven) weeks, 
 Pentecost, so called from the seven 
 weeks which were reckoned from the 
 paspover to this festival. Ex. 34, 22. 
 Deut. 16, 10 comp. 9; fully Tob. 2, 1 
 uyia BTiru ifidofiitSuiv. But in Ez. 45, 21 
 D^13^ n"isa-; ;n the festival of sevens of 
 days, is the passover, as being celebrated 
 each time during seven whole days. 
 
 2. a week of years, seven years, Dan. 
 9, 24 sq. Comp. hebdomas annorum 
 Gell. N. A. 3. 10. Censorin. c. 14. Aris- 
 tot. Polit. 7. 16. 
 
 n^^yO and ^ya f (r. ra^r) constr. 
 nsao , c. suff. TS3d ; plur. niyn'r : a 
 twearing, an oath, Lev. 5. 4. Judg. 21.5. 
 ] Sam. 14. 26. Ecc.9,2.al. ns^nd rsttJs 
 to swear an oath Gen. 26, 3. Josh. 9.20. 
 "(jSTa n73"J a fiilse oath, perjury, Zech. 
 8, 17. nin-i n^aia an oath by Jehovah 
 Ex.22, 10. Ecc.8.'2; also with gen. of 
 the person swearing Ps. 105, 9, and of 
 him to whom one swears, as ^rsrj the 
 oath to me. sworn to me, Gen. 24, 8. 
 For Hab. 3. 9 rial? nisaaJ , see in n::^ 
 no. 3. p. 559. Spec, a) An oath sworn 
 in making a covenant, i. e. a covenant 
 confirmed by an oath, 2 Sam. 21. 7. 
 b njiiTJ "'bsa joined in a sworn league 
 with any one. Sept. ivofjxoi, Neh. 6, 18. 
 b) An oath of cursing, an imprecation, 
 curse, Dan. 9, 11. Is. 65, 15 ; fully r?iac 
 nbxn Num. 5, 21. 
 
 m^lTS and rii3 f (r. nai^) the first 
 form being sometimes in Cheth. where 
 
 Keri has rf^ai^ , as Pa. S5, 2. 126, 4 ; bat 
 oftener in Keri where Cheth. has PCaaJ, 
 as Job 42, 10. Jer. 29, 14. al. captivity, 
 Num. 21. 29 ; alwo concr. fJ)r captives, as 
 'b niad aili to bring back the captives of 
 a people. Deut. 30. 3. Jer. 29, 14. Ez.29, 
 14. Am. 9, 14. Zeph. 3, 20. Ps. 14, 7. 
 53, 7. al. 'b niiatB a-'irn id. Jer. 33, 7. 
 11. 49, 6. Ez. 39, 25. Trop. to restore to 
 one's former state and prosperity ; Job 
 42, 10 ai'X riad-rx a-r r^iro-^ and Jeho- 
 vah restored Job to his former prosperity. 
 Ez. 16. 53, comp. v. 55. Hos. 6, 11. 
 
 ' '?:"9 in Kal not used, to stroke, to 
 soothe; Arab, aa^, to swim, pr. to 
 
 stroke the water. Hence 
 
 Pi EL \. to soothe, to still, to restrain, 
 e. g. billows Ps. 89, 10 (comp. mulcere 
 fliiclits Virg. JEn. 1. 70); anger Prov. 
 29, 11. Comp. nbn Piel. 
 
 2. to praise, to laud. pr. to soothe with 
 praises, mulcere laudibus Pacuv. (Arab. 
 
 ^>-*-w- , Ethiop. fl-fl A , id.) Ecc. 8, 15 ; 
 
 espec. to praise God Ps. 63, 4. 117, 1. 
 147, 12; c.dat. 145,4. 
 
 3. to pronounce happy Ecc. 4, 2 ; 
 where naia is for part. naSJia. Comp. 
 Chald. *"" 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Pi. no. 1, fo still, to restrain, 
 e. g. billows Ps. 65, 8. 
 
 HiTHP. c. 3 to laud oneself, to glory 
 in any thing, Ps. 106, 47. 1 Chr. 16, 35. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. nattJ^ . 
 
 nnW Chald. Pa. na^r to praise, to 
 laud, as God Dan. 2, 23. 4, 31. 34 ; idols 
 5, 4. 23. 
 
 "r'^obsol. root, which with its kin- 
 dred forms seems to have had the signif. 
 to stand, to make stand, and then to be 
 stable, fixed, firm. Kindred are the fol- 
 lowing three classes : a) :;Eia to set up, 
 to decree, to judge ; nsd q. v. to set up, 
 to fix in the ground, b) isao whence 
 aa-i; nattJ to rest, to stand still; Arab. 
 o-AJ to be stable, firm, c) -fj to lash, 
 to row ; nvr or rT^tt) to set. to place. 
 
 I3nTS and t2n m. once fem. Ez. 21, 
 15; in pause isax. c. suff. "'^aui ; plur. 
 D'^-ja-iJ , constr. "'jad . R. aaai . 
 
 1. a stick, rod, staff. Chald. XaStti 
 id. Syr. J-^^a^ a stafi", rod, tribe. Not 
 
t:n"jj 
 
 1028 
 
 OTS 
 
 improb. the primary signif. of MSI^ may 
 have been a shoot, sprout of a tree, a rod 
 growing up from the root, see naT2 no. 
 
 I, also no. 2 below. Corresponding 
 forms are Gr. axr^Trrwi', axijjiTQov, axr,niwv, 
 oxifiTibtv, Lat. scipio, scapus ; Sanscr. 
 skabh, to make firm ; Germ. Scha/i, 
 Engl, shaft. Spec. 
 
 a) a rod or s/q/f lor chastising, Ex. 21, 
 10. 2 Sam. 7, 14. Is. 10, 15. 24. Mic. 4, 
 14. Prov. 10, 13. al. sajp. Hence a=!B 
 ">.D113 the rod (if collection Prov. 22. 15. 
 C^n'^ c:;c the rod of God, with which 
 he corrects men Job 9, 34. 21. 9. 37. 13. 
 Is. 10, 5 "^BX wStt; the rod of my anger. 
 
 II. 4 he doth smite the earth ^^^ BSD 
 with tite rod of his nundh. i. e. his severe 
 sentence, stern decree. Also for beat- 
 ing out pulse. Is. 28, 27. 
 
 b) a staff on which one leans. Ps. 
 23, 4. 
 
 c) the crook oi a. shepherd. Lev. 27. 32 ; 
 see in nns no. 3. Trop. Ez. 20, 37. 
 Mic. 7, 14.' 
 
 d) the staff of office, e. g. of a leader, 
 chief, Judg. 5. 14. Hence the sceptre of 
 a king Gen. 49, 10. Num. 24. 17. Zech. 
 10, 11. Am. 1, 5. 8 aad T(^h, axijUTov/og, 
 q. d. a sceptre-bearer, a king. Trop. 
 for Tide, administration ; Ps. 45, 7 a 
 sceptre of equity is the sceptre of thy 
 kingdom. Also of unjust rule, liSlC 
 Tffinn Ps. 125, 3; but bna t=d an iron 
 sceptre, a stern and inflexible authority, 
 Ps. 2. 9. 
 
 e) a spear, lance, as composed of a 
 staflf or rod with an iron point, 2 Sam. 8. 
 14. Comp. riBT? no. 2. b. 
 
 2. a tribe, espec. of the children of Is- 
 
 rael ; Arab. n* id. The expression 
 
 is metaphorical, and is derived from a 
 plant, from whose root there spring up 
 several sprouts, shoots, steins j thus the 
 founder of a whole race is compared to 
 a root (Is. 11. 1). wiiile the ancestors of 
 the several subdivisions or tribes are 
 called stems (Gen. 49, 28). as also the 
 tribes themselves, comp. naia no. 3. So 
 1 K. 11, 13. 36. nnnn^ asa)' the trilye of 
 Judah Josh. 7, 16; "'"ib 'aJ Ueut. 18, 1. 
 B3ti nfcs -ijtiS the twelve tril>ps Ex. 28, 21. 
 bxnJBi "uaw 'the tiibea of Israel Ex. 24, 4. 
 Deut. 29, 20. Judg. 18, 1 . al. Called also 
 ; -"BS* the tribes of Jehovah Ps. 122, 4. 
 
 It differs from 'inB'iJTa family, which 
 is strictly part of a iribe (Deut. 29, 17. 
 Judg. 18, 19. 21, 24) ; yet -J^UJ is some- 
 tin)es used in a narrower sense for the 
 families of a tribe, e. g. of the Kohath- 
 ites Num. 4, 18; of Dan, Judg. 18, 1 
 comp. 2 ; of Benjamin, Judg. 20, 12. 
 1 Sam. 9, 21. Vice versa it is also put 
 for the whole people of Israel, called 
 "'r f^^n? ^5*^ Iribe (race) the possession 
 of Jehovah, his own peculiar people, 
 Jer. 10, 16. 51, 19. Ps. 74. 2 ; comp. plur. 
 Is. 63, 17, Once of the Egyptian tribes 
 Is. 19, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 7 spake I a word 
 with one of the tribes of Israel (nnx 
 'iC7 "^^saj), tchom I commanded to feed 
 my people? Here for "yJ2'J should doubt- 
 less be read "'asiU judges, as in the parall. 
 1 Chr. 17. 6. 
 
 IjD Chald. m. a tribe, plur. constr. 
 ^Mffi Ezra 6, 17. 
 
 IDntO Shebal, the eleventh month of 
 the Hebrew year, from the new moon of 
 February to the new moon of March, 
 
 Zech. 1, 7. Syr. v_Jlia., Arab. ^Uu* 
 
 and ioLLi) id. See Thesaur. p. 1353. 
 
 "'^tO tn. (r. nao) 1. Adj. captive, 
 i. q. "i^StU , Ex. 12,' 29. Fem. n*atlJ id. 
 Is. 52. 2.' 
 
 2. Subst. abstr. in pause "^31^, c. suff. 
 i-^am, Vi^atJi, cq-^^^',captirity^bent. 21, 
 13'. 2 Chr. 29, 9'. Ezra 3, 8. 9,7. Neh. 8, 
 17. D;;'aaj y-ix the land (f their captivity 
 Jer. 30. "lb. 40, 27. ^"Z^Z r\>^ to go into 
 captivity Jer. 20, 6. 22, 22. 30, 16. 46, 2. 
 Ez. 12, 11, Am. 9, 4; once ''2fiO 'l^^n id. 
 Lam. 1, 5 ; also ""a^'a nj^b to take away 
 into captivity Jer. 48, 46; ^a^"b 'rs to 
 deliver into captivity Ps. 78. 61. ''aai 
 nbijn the captivity of the e.riles Ezra 2, 
 1. Neh. 7, 6. Spec, a) Coucr. captives, 
 ^attj naiiU to take captive captives, i. e. to 
 lead away captives. Num. 21, 1, Judg. 
 5. ] 2. Ps, 68, 1 9, ia C'DX to gather cap- 
 tives Hab, 1, 9. Ci';<"i^T2 'ai) the captives 
 of Egypt Is, 20, 4. Jer. 52, 2. nipbia 
 ^aisn the prey of captives Num, 31, 26. 
 b) Putfor6oo/j/ofcattle,etc, Am.6. 10. Is. 
 49, 24 p-'^S 'attJ lawfid booty, v. 25 -^ati 
 "lis J the booty of the warrior, comp. v. 24. 
 
 "^^iS (i. q. naili taking captive) Shobai, 
 pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. 
 
'nuj 
 
 1029 
 
 tetf 
 
 latD (id.) Shobi, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 17, 
 27. 
 
 3''aT m. flame, constr. S-'Sti Job 18, 
 6 ; Sept yioj. R. arid I. 
 
 S'laO Chiild, emphut. xa''3tt) , /awM 
 D;ui. 3. 22. Plur. Uan. 7, 9.' 
 
 n;'n f (r. n=id) captivity, Neh. 3, 36. 
 Jer. 48. 46. Meton. captives. Deut. 21, 
 11. 32, 42. 2 Chr. 28, 5. 11. 13. 14. 15. 
 
 n-aO f. see ill "'attJ 
 
 T : .J 
 
 b'^a m. (r. bai^) only plur. constr. 
 '^'3 , c. sntV. :;''b"'r, a ux/y. patk, Ps. 
 77,20. Jer. 18. 15; where Cheth. b^=0 id. 
 
 Chald. K^^*^) Syr. |1 /n h< , Arab. 
 G ^ 
 JuUb*M way. 
 
 D'^C'^aO m. plur. (r. D2tJi) nettings, 
 cauls, caps of net-work, rcticida Varro 
 de Ling. Lat. IV. 19, a female orna- 
 ment for the head among the Hebrews, 
 Is. 3, 18. Sept. i fpnkoxin. So the 
 Talmudists and Rabbins. Schroeder, 
 de Vest. mul. Hebr. c. 2, compares Arab. 
 aLwguL-i (diminvit. from ^jt*.^ sun), and 
 understands liltle suiis, or studs resem- 
 bling suns worn upon the neck ; this 
 would also seem to be supported by the 
 mention of c^D"in(tJ little moons, imme- 
 diately after. 
 
 '^^'^aiC ordin. adj. the. seventh, Ge.n. 2, 2. 
 3. 8. 4. Ex. 12, 15. 16. al. Fem. n^S-aili , 
 Ex. 21. 2. 23, 11. al. Denora. from yrilj 
 seven. 
 
 n^atp, see niatd. 
 
 M -V obsol. root, Arab. oLum to pour, 
 i. q. T)BiiJ . Hence pr. n. T\'y^^ . 
 
 ^?'*? nearly 1. q. ba^, a root not 
 used in the verb. 
 
 1. to go, whence b'^sai way. Arab. 
 
 JuUbAM way ; J^xam IV, to be travelled, 
 as a way ; Syr. ViiA. to show the way. 
 
 2. to go up, to rise, to grow. Arab. 
 
 jLfc**/ Conj. IV, and quadril. JJj-w. to 
 produce ears. See rbaaj. rbiauJ no. 1. 
 
 3. to Jlow. espec. largely, copiously. 
 Arab. Conj. IV. the heavens pour down 
 
 rain ; hence JJLw rain. Deriv. baic, 
 nbaui no. 2 ; perh. pr. n. bai . 
 
 '^"O m. the skirt or train of a robe, 
 Is. 47, 2. Comp. kindr. bid. Arab. 
 
 sJLlww id. R. ba) no. 3. 
 
 515atD or 51'a m. a snail, espec. 
 without the Bhell, so called from its 
 slime and moisture, (like Gr. Xilftu^ from 
 Xii^u),) from conj. Shaphal of the verb 
 bba. Ps. 58, 9 spoken of the wicked: let 
 them melt away.. . . T^bti"; orjF) bnba'J 1^3 
 as the snail which melteth as it goeth, 
 i. e. which leaves a slimy trail as it goes, 
 and thus wastes away more and more 
 the further it advances. See Bochart. 
 Hieroz. II. 646. 
 
 nbatj f. (r. ba no. 2) a twig, branch, 
 with fruit on it, as resembling an ear of 
 grain ; plur. constr. Zech.4, 12 ^batt) ^Bttb 
 C^''?'! the two olive-branches. It is 
 sometimes written "'bad (from nbaoJ), 
 but against the Masora. 
 
 nbatj f. (r. bao no. 2) plur. c-ibaoS. 
 R. baaJ no. 2. ' 
 
 1. an ear of grain, Job 24, 24 ; plur. 
 Gen. 41, 5 sq. Ruth 2. 2. Is. 17, 5. 
 
 Chald. s<bi3tt5, Syr. jlaX, U\nZ, id. 
 Arab. JJLw , &JLLm , iJyi^jM , and with 
 
 Daghesh resolved isj^jJum ; Ethiop. 
 AflA id. 
 
 2. a stream, jlood. see the root no. 3, 
 Judg. 12, 6. Ps. 69, 3. 16. Is. 27, 12. Syr. 
 )l>\n^ channel of a river. 
 
 |^~ obsol. root. perh. to increase, 
 to grow up, i. q. ba no. 2, and Arab. 
 
 O^-kMt ; comp. Arab, ^iyjyit to be tender, 
 
 delicate, as a youth. Hence the two 
 following. 
 
 KSaC and npaiD (perh. youth) Sheh- 
 na, pr. n. of the prefect of the palace, 
 Is. 22. 15. After this office was given 
 to Eliakim (Is. 22, 15), he became scribe 
 or secretary to the reigning king Heze- 
 kiah, Is. 36, 3. 2 K. 18^ 18. 26. 37. 19, 2. 
 
 n^Saip (whom Jehovah has made 
 grow up ?) Shebaniah. pr. n. m. a) 
 1 Chr. 15, 24. b) Neh. 9, 4. 5. c) Neh. 
 10, 11. 1.3. d) Neh. 10, 5. 12, 14; for 
 which 12, 3 n^saaj, and 1 Chr. 24, 11 
 
tniB 
 
 1030 
 
 y^XB 
 
 * DS'iD obsol. root, i. q. y^t^^ , to mingle, 
 to interweave; Chald. \1J3U: id. Hence 
 
 y^lD to swear, denom. from sa(^ seven, 
 since seven was a sacred number, and 
 oaths were confirmed either by seven 
 victims offered in sacrifice Gen. 21, 2S 
 sq. or by seven witnesses and pledges, 
 see Hdot. 3. 8. Hom. II. 19. 243. In Eth. 
 ^fl'flOJP'J are enchanters, Lib. Hen. 
 ms. c. 8, 3 (eomp. 7, 10 ed. Oxon.) because 
 the sacred number seven was also em- 
 ployed in magic rites. In Kalonly Part, 
 pass. Ez. 21, 28 nwsa) ^yatu lit. those 
 sworn with oaths, i. e. who have sworn 
 oaths. For Hab. 3, 9 nviii? nisntiJ , see 
 in HE'S no. 3. p. 559. 
 
 NiPH. 531^3 to swear, [lit. ' to seven 
 oneseUj' i. e. to take an oath confirmed 
 by seven victims or before seven wit- 
 nesses. R.] Construed : a) Absol. 
 Gen. 21, 24. Ps. 110, 4. "^^yf? S2ttJD 
 to swear to a falsehood i. e. falsely. 
 Lev. 5, 24 [6, 5]. 19, 12. Jer. 5, 2. Mai! 
 
 3, 5. al. Htt-iTsb '3 id. Ps. 24, 4. b) Fol- 
 lowed by the words of the oath, after 
 -iK] 1 Sam. 20, 3 ; "ntsb Num. 32. 10. 
 Deut. 1. 34. Josh. 14, 9; without an in- 
 tervening verb 1 Sam. 19. 6. Ps. 110, 4. 
 Hos. 4, 15. c) That which one swears 
 to do is put with "'3 Gen. 22, 16. 2 Sam. 
 19, 8. Jer. 22, 5. 49, 13 ; or with infin. Lev. 
 
 4, 4. Deut. 1. 35. What one swears not 
 to do is put with "B Judg. 15, 12; '(O c. 
 inf. Is. 54, 9; 'PbaV c. inf Deut. 4, 21. 
 Judg. 21, 7. d) With a of that by which 
 one swears, e. g. by Jehovah Gen. 21. 23. 
 31, 53. Josh. 2, 12. 1 Sam. 28, 10. al. by 
 an idol Jer. 12, 16; also "'^ era Taais 
 Lev. 19. 12. Jer. 12, 16. God also is 
 said to swear by himself Gen. 22, 16. Is. 
 45.23. Am. 6. 8. 8.7; by his right hand 
 Is. 42. 8 ; but in "^tJnira rars the a seems 
 to refer to place, see in Onp no. 1 fin. 
 Further, to swear by Jehovah is some- 
 timee i. q. to worship him, since one 
 Bwears by the divinity he worships, 
 Deut, 6, 13. 10, 20. Is. 19, 18. 48, 1. Pa. 
 63,7; to swear by idols id. Am. 8, 14. 
 But to swear by one afflicted, wretched, ia 
 to imprecate upon myself the ennw evils 
 if I prove fulje. Ps. 102, 9; conip. Is. 63, 
 15. Jer. 29, 22. e) With h of pers. to 
 wear to any one Gen. 21, 23. 24, 7. nl. 
 
 Also with ace. of thing, to promise with 
 an oath, to swear a thing to any one, 
 Gen. 50, 24. Ex. 13, 5. 33, 1. al. JJafflS 
 C^ii'^xb to swear allegiance unto God, 
 2 Chr. 15, 14; comp. Is. 19, 18. Zeph. 1, 
 5, where it is once c. a . f ) With hs 
 of that about which one swears. Lev. 5, 
 24 [6, 5]. Sometimes sad is taken in a 
 bad sense, i. q. to swear rashly, falsely, 
 Ecc. 9, 2. Zech. 5, 3 comp. v. 4. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to cause to swear, to bind 
 with an oath, Num. 5, 19. 2 Chr. 36, 13. 
 Followed by the words of him who im- 
 poses the oath, with '^'2xb Gen. 50, 5. 
 Ex. 13, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 28; also with 
 b and inf Neh. 5, 12; nrx Gen. 24, 3. 
 i K. 22, 16. 
 
 2. to adjure, to charge solemnly, c. ace. 
 Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. 1 Sam. 20, 17. Jer. o, 7. 
 
 Deriv. nn-0 , sad II, 
 
 * I. yriT f constr. ra'r, and M^'D'^J 
 m. constr. n^ad , sexen, a cardinal nume- 
 ral. Syr. 'VsIa. , Samar. V3p , Arab. 
 
 So -. 
 
 *A*w, Elhlop. A'flO and fl-flO, Si- 
 milar is ancient Egypt. CCltU , Theb. 
 C^tycT ; and in the Indo-European 
 tongues Sanscr. saptan. Zend, hapta, 
 Pers. cy^fije , Gr. smd, Lat. septem, all 
 with the letter t, which both in the Se- 
 mitic and Teutonic languages is drop- 
 ped, as Goth, sibiin, Germ, siehen, Engl. 
 seven. The absol. form usually precedes 
 a noun, as c-'iOj "rd Gen. 5, 7, ni-Ss ~ata 
 41, IS, D-^-13 nsaaJ Num. 23, 1, 29 ; more 
 rarely it follows, espec. in the later He- 
 brew, as raic ni^;;^ Ez. 40, 22, D^b-^x 
 TOaC 2 Chr.' 13. 9. 29, 21. (Num. 29, 32.) 
 If tlie preceding noun be in the construct 
 state, "aiS e.xpresses the ordinal, as nS'J 
 sad the seventh year 2 K. 12, 1. The 
 construct form always precedes a noun, 
 but is found only in certain formulas, 
 as D'^n'^ rsaia a seven of days, a week, 
 Gen. 8! 10. 12! 31. 23.al. sff>p. nix^ raaJ 
 seren hundred Gen. 5. 26. Also ri:J3"J 
 nrad seven seven, i. e. by sevens, Gen. 
 7, 2. With Buff. DPSaiU those .sv-rcn 
 2 Sam. 21, 9.Seven)ee7i'\s -lias n?aai 
 m. and n-;il5 yad f Gen. 37, 2. 1 Chr. 
 7, 11. The number seven among the 
 Hebrews, as in other oriental nations, 
 was also used: a) Asa sacred number 
 
y2iD 
 
 1031 
 
 n^'jj 
 
 very common in Bac.rcil things; the 
 origin of which may be reterred to tle 
 8evt>n phmets and the early worship of 
 them among the Egyptians and Semitic 
 lations; see Von Hammer Encyclop. 
 (Jebersicht der Wissensciiallen dea Or. 
 ). 322. Jabloneki Pantheon ^Egypt. Pro- 
 ig. 24. 25. Winer Realw. 11. art. 
 Zahten; comp. in ^W. So Gen. 21,28. 
 50, 10. Ex. 12, 15. 13, 6. Lev. 4, 6. 17. 
 Num. 12, 14. Josh. 6.4.8. 1 Sam. 31, 13. 
 Job 42, 8. Zech. 3, 9. a), sap. Hence 
 b) As a lesser round number ; comp. 
 ^sanx in ra"jx no. 1, also Engl, 'a 
 dozen;' Gen. 4, 24. 31, 23. Judg. 16, 7. 
 
 1 Sara. 11, 3. 2 K. 8, 1. Prov. 9, 1. Is. 
 11, 15. al. saep. 
 
 The formS2'i5 is also: aa) Adv. seven 
 times. Lev. 26, 18.21. Ps. 119, 164. Prov. 
 24, 16. 
 
 bb) Shclta. pr. n. m. o) 2 Sam. 20, 1. 
 P) 1 Chr. 5, 13. 
 
 cc) Sheba, pr. n. as some suppose, of 
 a town of Simeon, Josh. 19, 2 Sa'iJ -iX3 
 S3'i^ Beer-sheha and Sheha; but prob. 
 sad is here the name of the well (like 
 Oyaiy Gen. 26, 33) and we may render: 
 B-ier-sheha with the well Sheba. Other- 
 wise the number of cities is fourteen 
 instead of thirteen ; comp. v. 6, 
 
 dd) Fem. nsaia Shebah, pr. n. of a 
 well, Gen. 26, 33. 
 
 Dual o'^nsaaj seven-fold Gen. 4, 15. 
 24. Ps. 12,' 7.' 2 Sam. 21. 9 Cheth. 
 
 Plur. O'lyad seventy, often as a larger 
 round number, Gen. 50, 3. Ex. 15. 27. 
 24, 1. Num. 11, 16. Judg. 1, 7. 9, 2. 5. 
 
 2 K. 10, 1. 6. 7. Comp. Kor. Sur. 9, 8. 
 Hence seventy years, often in predictions 
 Is. 23. 15. 17. Jer. 25, 11. 12. 29. 10. Dan. 
 9, 2. 24. Zech. 1, 12. 7, 5. nsaiiji csaiij 
 seventy and seven-fold Gen. 4, 24 ; comp. 
 Matt. 18, 22. 
 
 Deriv. rao (nssiair), swir, 'S'^aiiJ, 
 nwaia. 
 
 II. y^i? m. an oath, i. q. ns^acj, ac- 
 cording to Gen. 21, 31. 26, 33; see in 
 sail) ixa . Hence also the pr. names 
 
 sa'i"'bx,'saTr-ra. 
 
 SyO see in S^iaa . 
 
 nyn Chald. m. id. seven, Dan. 4, 13. 
 20. 22. 29 ; constr. nsaUJ Ezra 7, 4. For 
 the phrase n?ai3 *Tn Dan. 3, 19, see in 
 1i p. 296. 
 
 n7:2ID , Bee in njsia^ . 
 
 n;y20 m. i. q. nsauJ , eren, lin. Iryofi. 
 Job 42. 13; comp. 1, 2. For the ending 
 nj- see Lehrg. p. 612. 
 
 jf ? 7 in Kal not used, i. q. Oati , to 
 mingle, to intet-weace. Syr. n^. to 
 
 mingle; Arab, {joj^^i Conj. V, to be 
 interwoven, entangled, of a tree. Chald. 
 Xbsv to entangle ; Part. Pu. confused. 
 
 PiEL to weave in checker-work, Ex.28, 
 39, i.e. so that the stuff (byssus) maybe 
 figured, tesselated, woven in squares or 
 bezels; comp. Pnul. For this kind of 
 texture, see Braun de Vest. Sacerd. p. 
 293 sq. ibique Maimonides. Salmas. ad 
 Scriptt. Hist. August, p. 507, 512. The- 
 saur. p. 1356. 
 
 PuAL to be set, enchased, q. d. in- 
 woven, as gems in gold. Ex. 28, 20. 
 
 Deriv. r-iS3iai3 , yS'rri, and 
 
 1^3 m. once c. art. 2 Sam. 1, 9, pr. 
 perplexity, confusion of mind.' i. e. ver- 
 tigo, giddiness. 
 
 * P?^ Chald. to leave, Dan. 4, 12. 20. 
 23. Syr", id. 
 
 Ithpe. to be left. Dan. 2. 44. 
 Deriv. pr. n. Heb. paiuj , pau^ . 
 
 * "?'*? fut.-a':|7 I. tobreak.to break 
 in pieces. Ethiop. and Amhar. fldl, 
 id. Arab. _aj* to break, -o to destroy, 
 
 see below in lett. c. Chald. "lan, Syr. 
 fS)A, Samar. 'i^A , id. E. g. a staff 
 Is. 14, 5. comp. cnb-n-ji-q nad in nag 
 no. 1 ; bars Am. 1.5; a door Gen. 19,9; 
 a yoke Jer. 2. 20. 28, 2. 13; the arm of 
 any one, i.q. to break his power. Ps. 50, 
 15. Ez. 30. 21. 22. 24, comp. in Sfa no. 
 2 ; the bow of any one, id. see in ndgj 
 an earthen vessel Judg. 7, 20. Is. 30, 14. 
 Jer. 19. 10; bones Ex. 12, 46. Prov. 25, 
 15. Diff. from y^") , see in Is. 42. 3. Of 
 a tempest as breaking trees and ships 
 Ps. 29, 4. Ez. 27. 26. Praegn. Hos. 2, 20 
 the bow and the sword and the armour of 
 battle will I break and cast out from th 
 land. 
 
 Spec, a) to break in pieces, to rend, 
 as a wild beast, 1 K. 13, 26. 23. Lat. 
 frangere of a lion Hor. Carm. 1. 23. 10. 
 
 b) Part. pass, i^iad broken, spec, of 
 oae having a limb or member broke^ 
 
"ir-vD 
 
 1032 
 
 ^n'JD 
 
 Lev. 22, 22. Ethiop. Afl^ to break 
 aiiy one, spec, his leg; rtft*C one 
 whose leg is broken. Comp. Niph. 
 lett. a. 
 
 c) to break a people " as a potter's 
 vessel," i. e. to break down, to destroy, 
 Lev. 19, 11. 48, 38; and so without the 
 comparison Is. 14, 25. Lam. 1, 15. Also 
 of single persons, fo destroy, Dan. 11,26. 
 Jer. 17, 18. Arab. ^x^ to destroy; in- 
 trans. to perish. 
 
 d) to break one's thirst, i. q. to quench, 
 Ps. 104, 11. Comp. Lat. 'frangit se 
 calor,' Cic. Varr. 
 
 e) to break the pride of anyone. Lev. 
 26, 19. Also to break the heart {zh) of 
 any one, i. e. to afflict him sorely, Ps. 69, 
 21 ; 2b ^'n'!3"a the broken-hearted Ps. 
 147, 3. Comp. Niph. lett. c, and Hoph. 
 So Syr. ^^ J^Z A. Gr. xwte- 
 ulaaitil fiot (fiXov 7]to(j Horn, animofran- 
 gi Cic. Att. 7. 12. 
 
 f) to break off sc. a portion, an allow- 
 ance ; hence trop. to apportion, to ap- 
 point ; comp. in iTa. Job 38, 10 ^2"J)XT 
 ijsn l"'b^ ichen I appointed for it (the 
 sea) 7)ry limit. Cocceius well supposes, 
 that the expression pn iniD is borrowed 
 from the breaking off of a daily allow- 
 ance of bread, etc. and this is here poet- 
 ically transferred to the space assigned 
 to the sea, pn signifying both an allow- 
 ance and a limit; comp. in pn. 
 
 II. Uenom. from latl) no. II, grain, 
 i. e. a) to buy grain, with i^U) added 
 Gen. 47, 14 ; b:> Gen. 42, 7. lO. 43. 4. 
 20. 22. Deut. 2, 6 ; "la Gen. 42, 3 ; absol. 
 Gen. 41, 57. 42, 2. 5. Is. 55, 1. b) to sell 
 grain Gen. 41, 56 ; comp. Hiph. II. 
 
 So 
 
 Comp. Arab. ^^vaJ straw, ^\jLi to sell 
 Btraw. 
 
 Niph. pass, of Kal no. I, to be broken, 
 as a BtafT. wood, vessel, bone. Lev. 6, 15. 
 81. Is. 14, 29. Jer. 2, 13. 48. 17. Ez. 6, 6. 
 Dan. 8, 8. Ps. 34. 21. Job 24. 20. al. Of 
 a springe or snare, no. Ps. 124. 7; to 
 be wrecked, of ships, 2 Chr. 20, 37. 
 Ez. 27, 34. Jon. 1, 4. Spec a) fo 
 be broken, i. q. to break one's own limbs, 
 U. 8, 15. 28, 13; of animnlH Ex. 22, 9. 
 13 [10. 14]. Part. fem. r-jatin the bro- 
 Jcen, the hurt, i. e. an animal having its 
 limba broken, Ez. 34, 4. 15. Zech. 11, 16. 
 
 See Kal no. I. b. b) Of an army, to be 
 broken down, i. e. to be overthrown, de- 
 stroyed, 2 Chr. 14, 12. Ez. 30, 8. 32, 28. 
 Dan. 11,22; so of a people, kingdom, 
 Jer. 48, 4. 51, 8. Dan. 11, 4; a city Is. 
 
 24, 1 1. Of persons, i. q. to perish, Dan. 8, 
 
 25. Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1. Comp. Kal no. 
 I. c. c) Of the heart; to be broke?!, spo- 
 ken of a penitent and contrite mind, Ps. 
 51, 19 [17]. Hence sb "^nattJ: the broken- 
 hearted Is. 61, 1. Jer. 23,9. Ps. 34, 19. 
 d) In Ez. 6, 9, nii^rn nab-rx "Finar: naix 
 is manifestly i. q. 'ii1 Ti'^attJ "tiJx, when 
 I shall break their whorish heart; comp. 
 Ps. 51, 19 [17]. Here -aaJ? is i. q. to 
 break for owee//l like bx,:;: to ask for 
 oneself, comp. Heb. Gr. 50. 2. c ; i. e. 
 God will so break and change the heart 
 of the people, that they will turn again 
 unto him. 
 
 PiEL "lattj i. q. Kal, but xniens. to break 
 in pieces, to shiver, e. g. tables of stone 
 Ex. 34, 1 ; teeth Ps. 3, 8 ; bones Is. 38, 
 13 ; ships, as the wind Ps. 48. 8; trees, 
 as the hail Ex. 9, 25 ; rocks, as a tem- 
 pest 1 K. 19, 11 ; idols and their altars 
 Ex. 23. 24. Deut. 7, 5. 2 K. 18, 4. 2 Chr. 
 14. 2. Is. 21, 9. al. 
 
 Hiph. I. to cause to break, to burst 
 the womb, as the foetus at birth. Is. 66, 
 9 T'bix xbT niattix 'sxn shall I cause to 
 break (the womb), a7id not cause to 
 bring forth 7 Comp. subst. t3*IJ52 . Syr. 
 ]fja^ a boy, infant, who has just broken 
 the womb. 
 
 II. Denom. from "latli no. II, grain, 
 i. q. Kal no. II. b, to sell grain, Gen. 42, 
 6. Deut. 2, 28. Prov. 11, 26. Am. 8, 5. 6. 
 
 Hoph. to be broken, e. g. the heart Jer. 
 8, 21 ; see Kal no. I. e. Niph. lett. a. 
 'Deriv. "^^'P,, Tiia^a , i?tt5T3, lauJa , 
 and pr. n. O'^iatl) . 
 
 "13 TD m. Is. 30, 14, oftener "I^O, in 
 pause i3t$, c. suff. "^nair ; plur. tji-iatt), 
 c. sutr. '^''Tl^'li ; also piur. as pr. n. see 
 in its order. 
 
 1. a breaking, breach, fracture ; e. g. 
 of a wall. i. q. I'uin. destruction, Is. 30, 
 30. 14 ; so metaph. Prov. 16. 18 natti 'Jcb 
 "(ixa pride goeth before destruction. 18, 
 21.' Of a limb, member, Lev. 21, 19. 24, 
 20. T rop. a) a breaking dov>n, breach^ 
 preserving the figure of a wound, hurtj 
 Lam. 2, 13 '7^'^^. OJ? biia thy breach 
 
 ^ 
 
ISTD 
 
 1033 
 
 mnis 
 
 (hurt) is great like the sea. bi'ift ^aaJ 
 Jer. 4, 6. 6, 1. 48, 3. Nuh. 3, 19 nns VK 
 ;]ia'rb no healing for thy breach, liurt. 
 Jer! 30, 12. Pa. 60, 4 n-^-^nd nB") heal 
 thou its wounds, Tlic figure being ne- 
 glected, i. q. destruction, ruin, e. g. of a 
 people, nations, Is. 30, 26. Jer. 6, 14. 8, 
 11. 21. Lam. 2, 11. Ez. 32, 9 ; of the 
 wicked Is. 1, 28. ns'rj ^^s is intens. Is. 
 59, 7. 60, 18. Jer. 5lj'l9. nad nprt a 
 cry as o/* destruction, a loud and bitter 
 cry. Is. 15, 5 ; comp. Jer. 30, 15. b) 
 ran n^'r a breaking of the spirit, i. e. 
 bitterness, anguish of mind, Is. 65, 14 ; 
 also nna na'r id. Prov. 15, 4. c) a 
 breaking of the mind from fear, etc. 
 comp. r. rnn no. 2 ; hence terror, plur. 
 n-inaa (errors Job 41, 17 [25]. Comp. 
 Cha'ld. xn^an for ina Ex. 15, 16 Targ. 
 Jon. d) a breaking, i. e. solution, inter- 
 pretation of a dream, Judg. 7, 15. 
 
 II. grain, com, commonly said to be 
 so called as being broken or ground in 
 the mill, or because it breaks hunger. 
 But r. "ad is never used of a mill, nor of 
 hunger ; and the signif of graiVi must be 
 sought elsewhere. I do not hesitate to 
 compare Arab, -^j ' the tree bears fruit,' 
 
 whence _J fruit, 8_j' tree ; and what 
 
 the Arabs thus put for the fruit of a 
 tree, the Hebrews employ for the fruits, 
 produce of the field. A vestige of the 
 
 same remains also in Arab. J{>-o- 
 Gen. 42. 1. 2. 19. 26. 43, 2. 44, 2.^7, 14. 
 Neh. 10, 32. Am. 8, 5. Hence denom. 
 12C in Kal no. II, Hiph. no. II. 
 
 jiia m. (r. "12) constr. liiSttJ. 
 
 1. a breaking, fracture ; Ez. 21, 11 
 d'^sna '|i^3iy a breaking of the loins, 
 broken loins, put for the sharpest pains, 
 as of a woman in travail ; comp. Is. 21, 
 3. Nah. 2, 11. 
 
 2. destruction, Jer. 17, 18. 
 
 O"^*?-?^ (breaches, ruins, as of walls, 
 Is. 30, 13. 14, plur. of lair) ShebaHm, 
 pr. n. of a place, between Ai and Jeri- 
 cho ; c. art. Josh. 7, 5 they chased them 
 before the gate even unto Shebarim ; so 
 Vulg. Arabs, Kimchi. Peril, even unto 
 the ruins. 
 
 ''r'9 Chald. a verb not used in 
 Kal; kindr. with y?0, oaiD. 
 
 87 
 
 Fa. to perplex, to disturb, to trouble ; 
 hence 
 Ithpa. pass. Dan. 5, 9. 
 
 *n5^ fut. piaoi, also rattJ'' Lev. 
 26, 34. 
 
 1. to rest from labour, to lie by, to 
 keep holyday. Arab, o^*^ IV to take 
 rest. The primary idea seems to be 
 that of standing or sitting still, kindred 
 on the one hand with auj"^, inJ! rauJ. 
 and on the other with nsitt) and rxia ; see 
 in tiSttJ. Spoken of persons, in opp. to 
 labour. Ex. 23, 12. 34, 21 ; of land not 
 tilled Lev. 26, 34. 35, comp. 25, 2. With 
 '"Q to rest from labour, Gen. 2, 2. 3. Ex. 
 
 31, 17. Is. 33, 8 n-ix laj? ra'j the way- 
 farer resteth, lies by, abstains from jour- 
 neying. 14, 4. Lam. 5, 14 the elders rest 
 from the gate, do not go to the public 
 place or forum. 
 
 2. to cease, to desist, with 'j^ c. inf 
 (pr. to rest from doing any thing,) Job 
 
 32, 1. Hos. 7, 4. Absol. to cease to be, 
 to have an end. Gen. 8, 22. Is. 24, 8. 
 Lam. 5, 15. 
 
 3. With ace. riad, to keep or celebrate 
 the Sabbath, Lev.' 23, 32. 
 
 NiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, pr. pass, of Hiph. 
 to cease, to have an end, Is. 17, 3. Ez. 6, 
 6. 30, 18. 33, 28. 
 
 Hiph. 1. to make rest, with '{q from 
 labour, Ex. 5, 5 ; or of a work, to let 
 rest, to intermit, 2 Chr. 16, 5 ; of an ene- 
 my, to make rest, i. e. to restrain, to still, 
 Ps. 8, 3. 
 
 2. to cause to cease, to make desist. 
 a) A person, with )-q c. infin. Ez. 34, 10 ; 
 ^ribab Josh. 22, 25. b) A thing, i. e. 
 to put an end to, e. g. war Ps. 46. 10; 
 contention Prov, 18, 18 ; exultation Is. 
 16, 10. With h Jen 48, 35. Ruth 4, 14 
 bxa r)b n-iaan i<b -irx who hath not let 
 a ransomer be wanting to thee. Lev. 2, 
 13. Also i. q. to destroy, c. b Am. 8, 4. 
 
 3. to put or take away, to remove, with 
 yafrom any person or place, i. q. T'pri. 
 Ex. 12, 15. Lev. 26. 6. Ez. 34, 25. Is. 30, 
 11. Jer. 7, 34. Ps. 119, 119. al. 
 
 Deriv. naiy I, na, lirao, inad 
 naiya. 
 
 I. Tilta f. (r. na^) c. suff. 'Fiaia. 
 
 1. a silting still, a doing nothing, in- 
 activity, Is. 30, 7. Hence interruption 
 of labour, loss of time, Ex. 21, 19. 
 
nTfi 
 
 1034 
 
 bjiij 
 
 2. a ceasing, cessation, Prov. 20, 3 ; 
 comp. 18, J8. 22, 10. 
 
 II. nn f. pr. inf. of rna^, to s?7, to 
 dwell, q. V. As subst. a sitting, seat, 
 1 K. 10, 19. Am. 6, 3 ; also place, 2 Sam. 
 23,7. 
 
 natD m. (r. nno) constr. naiT, c. suff. 
 inaiy. plur. rina'O, constr. r.inaia; of 
 both genders, Ex. 31, 14 comp. Lev. 
 25, 4. 
 
 1. /^e Sa&6a?/i; day ofrest, the seventh 
 day of the week.' Ex. 16, 25 ni^n nst? 
 nirr^b this day is /Ae Sabbath cf Jeho- 
 vah. r3 rad Sabbath by Sabbath, 
 every Sabbath, 1 Chr. 9, 32. D^SirJ nau: 
 the Sabbath-year, every seventh year, 
 in which the land was not tilled, Lev. 
 25, 4. 8. 
 
 2. Perh. a week, as in Syr. and Greek 
 (Matt. 28. 1), Lev. 23, 15 ; comp. Deut. 
 16, 9. 
 
 JinaiD m. id. but intensive, a great 
 Sabbath, holy, solemn, Ex. 16, 23. Lev. 
 23, 24. Espec. in the connection natlJ 
 -,lP2tB Ex. 31, 15. 35, 2. Lev. 16, 31. 
 
 '^riS'O (sabbath-born, comp. Paschal 
 i. e. passover-born) Shabbethai, pr. n. m. 
 Ezra 10, 15. Neh. 8, 7. 11, 16. 
 
 * SijTD i. q. m(^ ; hence f^i^'^SttS and 
 
 SytD (erring) Shage, pr. n, m. 1 Chr. 
 11, 34. 
 
 * ^5^ i. q. kindr. Wtd and SiittS , i. e. 
 
 1. to winder, to go astray ; hence 
 
 2. to err, to do wrong, through igno- 
 rance or inadvQrtence, to transgress, Ps. 
 119, 67. Num. 15, 28. niSttJ aair Lev. 5, 
 18. Here belongs also Gen. 6, 3 DJttJa 
 because of their transgression, where 5ia 
 is infin. after the form T\'0 Jer. 5, 26. 
 nyaiw aaia Job 12, 16 the erring and the 
 causing to err, the seduced and the se- 
 ducer, i. 6. a proverbial expression for 
 men of every kind ; comp. similar ex- 
 pressionfi in Mai. 2, 13. Deut. 32, 36. 
 Hence 
 
 n350 f, c. BufT. "inM^, an error, mis- 
 take, transgression through ignorance 
 or inadvertence, Ecc. 5, 5. f^5?^3 Kn 
 Lev, 4, 2. 27. Num. 15, 27. 
 
 *I. nSTC, fut.n|J', i. q. kindr. asti 
 andan). 
 
 1. to wander, to go astray, Ez. 34. 6- 
 Syr. i-.s-A' id. Trop. to err, to trans- 
 gress, through ignorance or inadver- 
 tence, 1 Sam. 26,21. So with "j^, to 
 wander from a way, and trop. from the 
 divine precepts, Prov. 19, 27. Ps. 119, 
 21. 118. Also to be led astray by wine 
 (comp. nsrn) Is. 28, 7. Prov. 20, 1. Of a 
 person led away, ravished with love, 
 Prov. 5, 19. 20. 
 
 2. to perish, Prov. 5, 23. Comp. 13X 
 no. 2. 
 
 HiPH. to maice wander, e. g. a blind 
 person from the way, Deut. 27, 18. 
 Trop. to cause to err, e. g. from the di- 
 vine precepts, ic. "j^ Ps. 119, 10; to se- 
 duce Job 12, 16. 
 
 Deriv. ^y^.'O ; comp. also njniyia, 
 
 *II. i^^tS, perh. i. q. Xib, nab, to 
 be great, the letters ^ and b being inter- 
 changed, comp. ixb and "iXb. Hence 
 
 PiEL, not used, to magnify, to extol 
 
 X y 
 
 with praises, i. q. Syr. '-^-^io to praise, to 
 celebrate in song, |^,-v.ais song, hymn. 
 Hence the Piel subst. ')i"'5b hymn, q. v. 
 
 '^i^ in Kal not used, to look, to 
 gaze, poetic; kindr. with nab, nsb. 
 On the affinity of verbs rib and nb , as 
 nnQ and nne, nb;:? and nbf5, see Heb. 
 Gr. 74, third paragr. 
 
 HiPH. ti-iabn, fut. n'^sb^', to look, to 
 view, with bx at any thing Is. 14, 16 ; 
 with '{ofrom any place Ps. 33, 14. But 
 Cant. 2, 9 nij'^nn -{q n'^sb^ looking in 
 from (at) the windows. Chald. metaph. 
 to provide, nnabn providence. 
 
 riN'^^TD f. (r. Kib) error, transgression 
 through ignorance or inadvertence, Ps. 
 19, 13. 
 
 pattJ m. Ps. 7, 1, and plur. m'a^ab Hab. 
 3, 1, a song, psalm, hymn, i. q. M^np? 
 For the etymology see in nab II. 
 
 * ^y^ fut. bab-^, to lie with a woman, 
 c. ace. Deut. 28, 30. Arab. J^ pr. to 
 pour out water, to draw water with a 
 bucket, trop. of sexual intercourse ; see 
 Diss. Lugd. p. 168. The Masorites re- 
 gard this word as obscene, and substi- 
 tute for it every where in Keri a?*^ . 
 
bsffl 
 
 1035 
 
 
 NiPH. to be lain with, ravished, as a 
 woman Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2. 
 PiiAL id. Jer. 3, 2. Hence 
 
 '? il a king's consort^ queen, Ps. 45, 
 10. Neh. 2, 6. 
 
 bj Chald. f. id. Piur. the king's 
 wives Dan. 5, 2, 3. 23 ; from whom are 
 distinguished the "jjnb concubines. 
 
 * ^5'9 in Kal not used, Arab, mjtf 
 
 to be vigorous, brave ; ^ one vigorous, 
 brave, also fierce, of u camel ; so the 
 Camoos. The primary idea seems to 
 be that of any impetuous excitement. 
 
 PuAL Part. SW'O l.one raving, fren- 
 zied, furious, as if inspired, spoken of 
 false prophets Jer. 29, 26. Hos. 9, 7 ; also 
 of true prophets in contempt 2 K. 9, 11. 
 
 2. a madman, one insane, 1 Sam. 21, 
 16. Deut. 28, 34. 
 
 HiTHP. to be insane, to play the mad- 
 man, 1 Sam. 21, 15. 16. Hence 
 
 jiyaO ra. madness Deut. 28, 28. 2 K. 
 9,20.' 
 
 * ^I^IS obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to cast 
 forth, to eject. Hence 
 
 *^5ttD m. Ex. 13, 12, constr. "iSaS Deut. 
 7, 13. 28, 4, a foetus, which is cast forth 
 at birth (comp. ^EJ no. 1. b), i. e. young, 
 offspring. 
 
 ^T? m. Lam. 4, 3, Dual n^nilj , constr. 
 
 "^ya Hos. 9, 14. Cant. 4, 5, the breast, 
 
 pap, both in woman Cant. 4, 5. 8, 1 ; 
 
 and in animals Gen. 49, 25. Comp. 
 
 j> s " -: 
 
 IB. Aram, nn, I?.*:, Arab. ^^Jo, Gr. 
 
 xij&i], tiiS-ri, Engl, teat, id. R. perh. 
 
 "JT? only in plur. O^'i'^, idols, pr. lords 
 (comp. n^Vsa), Deut. 32, 17. Ps. 106, 37. 
 
 R. IW to rule, whence JuLu*;, JJU*, 
 
 dominus, lord. Syr. pjL*/ demon. Sept. 
 Vulg. daifiovia, dcemonia, demons, since 
 the Jews regarded idols as demons 
 which let themselves be worshipped of 
 men. 
 
 1. ^O m. i. q. ic3, the breast, pap, Job 
 24, 9. Is. 60, 16. 66, 11. R. perh. rrntti. 
 
 If. ^T m. once fully Titti Job 5, 21. 
 R. Titti . 
 
 1. violence, oppression, act, Prov, 21, 
 7. 24, 2 ; pass. Ps. 12, 6 B"'*?? 1(6 op- 
 pression of the poor. Melon, -wealth 
 gotten by violence. Am. 3, 10. 
 
 2. devastation, desolation, destruction, 
 Job 5, 22. 18.51,19. 59,7. Jer. 48, 3. 
 Hab. 2, 17 niana Iti5 the ravage of wild 
 beasts. Spec, a desolating tempest. Is. 
 13, 6 Kis;' 'niSB 'ittJs like a whirlwind 
 shall it suddenly come from the Almighty. 
 Joel 1, 15. In an imprecation, Hos. 7, 
 13 cnb lil5 destruction unto them ! 
 
 "j^, kindnwith^^ttS, pr.fo6efrong-, 
 powerful; Arab. JoJum strong, vehe- 
 ment, hardened. Hence Heb. '^'nttJ , n^lli . 
 In the verb itself only in a bad sense: 
 
 1. to practice violence, to treat with 
 violence, and hence to oppress, to destroy 
 any one, Ps. 17, 9. Prov. 11, 3. Is. 33, 1 ; 
 e. g. a people Jer. 5, 6. 47, 4. 48, 1. 49, 
 28 ; espec. through hostile invasion Is. 
 15, 1. 33, 1. Part, nb-'b ''iniu night- 
 robbers Obad. 5. Part. pass. nsiTttj de- 
 
 cs ^ 
 
 stroyed, dead, Judg. 5, 27. Arab. Jui 
 to bind, to strengthen, also to rush upon 
 an enemy ; V, to be strengthened, to 
 grow strong. 
 
 2. to lay waste, to desolate, as a land, 
 cities, Ps, 137, 8. Jer. 25, 36. 48, 8. 18. 
 51, 55. 56. 
 
 Note. The forms of I'ltXi are some- 
 times contracted and sometimes not, as 
 preet. ITit^ , c. sufF. '3>i'nllJ ; fut. i^OJ;; (as 
 if from l^ilS) Ps. 91, 6 ; c. suff. cnii^^Jer. 
 5, 6, and D-nir^ Prov. 11, 3. 
 
 NiPH. to be laid waste, devastated, 
 Mic. 2, 4. 
 
 PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1, Prov. 19, 26. 24, 
 15. 
 
 PuAL IllU and T'ntlJ Nah. 3, 7, to be 
 laid waste. Is. 15, 1. 23, 1. Jer. 4, 13. 
 
 Po. i. q. Pi. Hos. 10, 2. 
 
 Ho PH. nffliin pass, of Kal no, 1, Is. 33, 
 1. Hos. 10, 14. 
 
 Deriv. niu 11, nntti, "^ntu, and pr, n, 
 
 * JlTiC obsol. root, Chald. K^tti to 
 cast, to .shoot, to pour out ; Arab, (j^ 
 and I Jo to moisten, to irrigate ; hence 
 many derive itt5 and ^xb I, breast. Also 
 
 TlTD f pr. domina, mistress, and 
 thence wife, fern, of the noun Itfi lord. 
 
nu: 
 
 1036 
 
 dnia 
 
 but formed as if from a root 55 , since 
 the verb Ti'fl f^^'so has the notion 
 of power, dominion, see Ti'i^ init. and 
 the subst. 'T^' Corresponding is 
 
 Arab. S Juuw mistress ; comp. the root 
 
 t>Lw* Conj. V. to marry. Nor need we 
 regard those who consider the appella- 
 tion domina, mistress, as inappropriate 
 to oriental marriages ; since the Arabs 
 themselves give to a wife the name of 
 
 jjuu i. e. mistress. Found only once, 
 
 Ecc. 2, 8 I got vie the delights 
 
 (niajrn) of the sons of men, nifltiJi n^tu 
 a wife and wives, where the sing, may 
 be referred to the queen, and the plur. 
 to the king's other wives and concu- 
 bines. In the Talmud nnilj , rTj-^OJ , de- 
 notes a woman's camel-saddle, pilen- 
 tum ; comp. in Germ. Frauenzimmer, 
 pr. ' woman's apartment,' gynseceum, 
 but also woman; and in Arabian poets 
 pilenia (pr. camel-saddles) are likewise 
 women, see Hamasa ed. Schultens, p. 
 232. Other conjectures and fancies of 
 interpreters, as Syr. and Sept. oivo;(6og 
 xal oivoxoai, Targ, thermos, et balnea, 
 Vulg. scyphi et urcei, have no support 
 either in the etymology or in the con- 
 text. Better than the rest, perhaps, is 
 that of Aben Ezra, who suggests that 
 rrniB woman may be derived from ia3 
 breast. Comp. cn^ Judg. 5, 30. 
 
 ^"7^ m. (r. "''itli) Almighty, Omnipo- 
 tent,a an epithetof Jehovah, sometimes 
 preceded by bx Gen. 17, 1. 28, 3. Ex. 6, 
 3 ; or also absol. Job 5, 17. 6, 4. 8, 3. 13, 
 and often in this book. Gen. 49, 25. Ruth 
 1, 20. 21. al. It is strictly a pluralis ex- 
 cellcntise, from a sing, lui mighty, pow- 
 
 G 
 
 erful, (comp. Arab. JuJum powerful, 
 
 strong, under r. '^'i'^,) with the plural 
 ending '' , Lehrg. p. 523. Sept. often 
 nuvToxQUTO)<j. Vulg. in Pentat. Omni- 
 potent. 
 
 IIK'^nO (darting of fire, r. rrii^) She- 
 fleur, \)t. n. m. Num. I, 5. 2, 10. 
 
 T^. Job 19, 29, prob, not a simple 
 won), but compounded of the prefix 'OJ 
 (^tij<) and V"?, q. that [there is] a 
 judgment. Keri ,iinb, id. 
 
 UJ^ obsol. root of uncertain signi- 
 fication, whence 
 
 n^lUJ f I. a blasting, blight, Is. 37, 
 27, i.q. nsntl) 2K. 19, 26, the letters a 
 and S being interchanged ; see under 3 . 
 
 II. Plur. nianai, constr. nia'iaj ,^eZ<is 
 Jer. 31, 40. 2 K. 23, 4 ; espec. 'fields of 
 grain Hab. 3, 17 ; or of vines, vineyards, 
 Deut. 32, 32. Twice, Is. 16, 8. Hab. 3, 
 17, it is joined with a verb singular. 
 This signification of the word, although 
 no vestige of it exists in the kindred dia- 
 lects, is sufficiently established by the 
 context and by the authority of ancient 
 versions. It is sometimes unaptly ren- 
 dered vines. 
 
 ^|_' T to scorch, to blast, as the east 
 
 wind grain, Gen. 41, 23. 27. Chald. Ci^aS 
 
 - of . ' 
 
 to burn, Arab. oJu*<! black, i^Ju*< 
 
 Conj. IV, to grow dark. Hence 
 
 nB^l f. 2 K. 19, 26, also 
 
 'JIB'lTD m. a blasting, blight, e. g. of 
 grain by the east wind (Gen. 41, 6 sq.) 
 1 K. 8, 37. Am. 4, 9. Deut. 28, 22. R. 
 
 '"^ Chald. Ithpa. to exert oneself 
 to strive to do any thing, c. ^ Dan. 6, 15. 
 Elsewhere, both in Chaldee and Rab- 
 binic, it is written ^"itti, the *i being 
 softened ; see in b lett. b. 
 
 ^'I'lTS Chald. Shadrach, pr. n. given 
 to Hananiah, one of Daniel's companions 
 at the court of Babylon, Dan. 1,7. 2, 49. 
 3, 12. According to Bohlen, i. q. Pers. 
 8Kt>Lw rejoicing in the way ; accord- 
 ing to Benfey, royal, from Zend khasa- 
 thra and sufT. ka ; Monathsnaraen p. 201. 
 
 cn^ obsol. root, Arab, a ^-f to 
 
 G o ^ 
 
 be pule; ^ ff-Y nrrnw Heucc 
 
 Q<^T23 m. 1. A species of gem, ac- 
 cording to many sardonyx or ony.v, so 
 called from its resemblance to the human 
 nail; Gen. 2, 12. Ex. 28, 9.20. 35,9.27. 
 Job 28, 16. Ez. 28, 13. See Braun de 
 Vestitu sacerd. Hebr. 2. 18. J. D. Mi- 
 chael is supposes it to be the onyx with 
 
 S S5 - 
 
 whitish stripes, comp. Arab, a g m> < a 
 striped garment ; Supplem. p. 2289. 
 2. Shoha7n, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 27. 
 
1j 
 
 1037 
 
 niTD 
 
 1^ Job 15, 31 Cheth. i. q. K^ti . 
 
 ^"I'^S 1. i. q. nsttJ , to make a noise, 
 to crash ; also to Ik laid waste, destroy- 
 ed; hence Kitti, nx-itti, nxittSa, nixt^n. 
 
 2. i. q. Arab. ^L2 mid. Waw, to be 
 evil, bad; hence S<1<^ . The Bame sig- 
 nifications are found united in the verbs 
 ??) 5i^'3, q. V. 
 
 feillD m. plur. c. sutf. Dii'^KUi, destruc- 
 tion, ruin, Ps. 35, 17. See fem. hjcitt). 
 R. KittJ no. I. 
 
 ^^^ m. (pron. /ja') pr. a eubet. of 
 the segolate form, but without the fur- 
 tive Segol, like attSp. R. Kit; no. 2. 
 
 Arab. %yM, Smw . 
 
 1. evil, i. e. a) evil done, iniquity, 
 ^cickedness ; K"^^ ''no wicked men Job 
 
 11, 11. Is. 5, ISKiirn'-'ban the cords of 
 iniquity. b) evil suffered, calamity, de- 
 struction. Job 7. 3. Is. 30, 28 NVi^ ncs Me 
 yhn of destruction. Both tliese signifi- 
 cations (.1. b) are found together in Job 
 15. 31, let him not trust in evil (i. e. men 
 of evil), he is deceived ; for evil (cala- 
 mity) shall be his recompense. 
 
 2. Spec, falsehood, a lie, (as on the 
 other hand p'^'^JS denotes also truth.) Ps. 
 
 12, 3. 41. 7. Job 31,5. Xittj 5ll5 a false 
 report Ex. 23, 1. N'laJ 15 false witness 
 Deut. 5, 17. Ex. 20,' 7 D(^-nx X'^an &i^ 
 ^)^^ '^j'^7 ^^^^ shah not utter the name 
 of Jehocah unto a falsehood, i. e. thou 
 shalt not swear falsely, comp. Ps. 24, 4. 
 Is. 1, 13 syj nniia a lying sacrifice, 
 false oblation, i. e. offered by a hypocrite 
 without any pious feeling. Hence 
 
 3. emptiness, vanity, nothingness, spo- 
 ken of that which deceives the hopes. 
 Job 15. 31. StltO iban vain idols Ps. 31, 
 7. Mai. 3, 14 n-'n^ij ihs jfiu) it is vain, 
 useless, to serve God. Hence KiTSb in 
 vain Jer. 2, 30. 4, 30. 6, 29. 
 
 i^'J'l^ Sheva, pr. n, m. 2 Sam. 20, 25 
 Keri, for X^jttJ Cheth. See in n^noj . 
 
 SlSitD f, (r. KiaS) constr. nxttj Prov. 
 3, 25. 
 
 1. a storm, tempest, so called from its 
 noise, roaring, crashing, Prov. 1, 27 
 where Cheth. njsttS . Ez. 38, 9. 
 
 2. desolation, often coupled in parono- 
 masia with the synon. nxit^a , Zeph. 1, 
 
 87* 
 
 15. Hence desolate places, ruins, Job 
 30, 3. 14. 38, 27. 
 
 3. destruction, ruin, espec. sudden and 
 unexpected ; Ps. 63, 10 Itt^isa^ njjntib 
 'ttJc? they lie in wait for my life to de- 
 stroy it. Is. 10, 3. 47, 11. Pb. 35, 8. 
 
 * l^W infin. absol. 31(6, fut. 3!ittJ^, 
 apoc. and convers. sai"', auS'l. 
 
 1. to tuni about, to turn back, to re- 
 turn. Syr. and Chald. ^soZ, z^F\, id. 
 
 Arab. oLi' metaph. to turn oneself, be 
 converted, e.g. a sinner. AbKoI. Judg. 
 14, 8. 19, 7. 2 Sam. 6, 20 ; with ',10 from, 
 out of any place Ruth 1.22; with "'"linxo 
 from after a person whom one has fol- 
 lowed or pursued, Ruth 1, 16. 2 Sam. 2, 
 26. 30 ; with hit to a person Gen. 8, 12. 
 22, 19. 37,30, or' to a place 37, 29. Ecc. 1, 
 7 ; though the place is oftener put with 
 b Gen. 18, 33. 32, 1. 33, 16. Num. 24, 25; 
 also with ace. of place, either with n-^ 
 added Gen. 50, 14. Ex. 4, 20, or simply 
 Is. 52, 8 "i-i'S "ij a-liua when Jehovah shall 
 return to Zion; others, 'when Jehovah 
 shall bring again Zion.' mil "iri? pass- 
 ing on and returning, i. e. going and 
 coming, passing hither and thither, Ez. 
 35, 7. Zech. 7, 14. 9, 8. Part. pass. ^SlttS 
 n^anbo those relumedfrom war Mic. 2. 8. 
 
 Followed by another verb, e. g. to 
 return and do, or. to return to the doing 
 of any thing, it is i. q. to do again, to do 
 a second time. The latter verb is then 
 put : ) In a finite tense with the copu- 
 lative ^, as 2 K. 1, 11. 13 nbttj'i zai5 
 and he sent again. 20, 5. Gen. 20 18. 
 Somewhat different is Ho.s. 2, 11 -ittix 
 "'r"?!?^' Iv:ill return and take away. i.e. 
 what I have given I will take back again. 
 /5) Without 1, Gen. 30, 31 ns"ix n^sioiK 
 I will again feed, etc. /) With inf. c. 
 V , Job 7, 7. 
 
 Trop. a) ^o turn, to return to any 
 person or thing, i. e. to convert, be con- 
 verted, e. g. to Jehovah, with bx and \, 
 
 1 K. 8, 33. Ps. 22, 28 ; with bs 2Chr. 30, 
 9; 1? Is. 19, 22. Joel 2, 12. Am. 4, 6 sq. 
 a Hos. 12, 7. Absol. Jer. 3, 12. 14. 22. 
 
 2 Chr. 6, 24. Is. 1, 27 n-'2t^ her cm- 
 verts, i. e. of Zion. a?tt5^ ixaj a remnant 
 shall return, be converted. Is. 10, 21. 
 b) With '{Q, to turn from, i. e. to cease 
 from, to leave off, e. g. an evil way 1 K. 
 13, 33. Zech. 1, 4 ; sin, evil, Ez. 3, 19. 
 
nvj: 
 
 1038 
 
 avij 
 
 14, 6. 33, 14. Job 36, 10 ; anger Ex. 32, 
 12 ; justice Ez. 18,24. c) With bsa and 
 ^-inxia to iiiniaicay from any one, espec. 
 from Jehovah Josh. 22, 16. 23. 29. 1 Sam. 
 15, 11 : absol. Josh. 23, 12. D-'b^fean bs^ 
 from idols, idolatry, Ez. 14, 6. d) to re- 
 turn into the possession of any thing, 
 i. e. to recover it, c. ^S< Ez. 7, 13. Lev, 
 25, 10 ; h Is. 23, 17. e) Genr. to turn 
 oneself any whither, even where one 
 has not been before, Ps. 13. 10. 
 
 2. Often of things : a) to return to 
 a former owner, i. e. to be returned, 
 restored, c. h Lev. 27, 24. Deut. 28, 31. 
 1 Sam. 7, 14. 1 K. 12, 26. b) to return 
 to a former state, to be restored, renewed, 
 Hos. 14, 8; of cities Ez. 35, 9 Keri. 
 
 1 Sam. 7, 14, comp. Ez. 16, 55; of a 
 diseased member of the body 1 K. 13, 6. 
 
 2 K. 5, 10. 14. Ex. 4, 7. c) In the con- 
 trary sense "iSS'bx S>ill5 to return to dust, 
 be changed to dust again, Gen. 3, 29. 
 Ecc. 3, 10 ; comp. Is. 29, 17. d) to be 
 recalled, revoked, to be made void, as a 
 decree, prophecy, (opp. S<i3,) Is. 45, 23. 
 55, 11. Ez. 7, 13. e) So anger is said ^0 
 return, to turn back, when it is calmed. 
 Gen. 27, 44. Is. 5, 25 ; also c. "j^ to turn 
 back from any one, i. e. to cease as 
 against him. Gen. 27, 45. 2 Chr. 12, 12. 
 
 3. Causat. i. q. Hiph. a) to cause to 
 return, i. e. to lead or bring back, Num. 
 10, 36. Ps. 85, 5 ; espec. in the phrase 
 P.!13U) iltu to bring back captives, see 
 niaaJ . b) to restore to a former state, 
 Nah. 2, 3. Not unfrequently in Che- 
 thibh Sitti is to be taken as causative, 
 where the Masorites without necessity 
 have substituted Hiphil, as Job 39, 12. 
 Ps. 54, 7. Prov. 12, 14. Jer. 33, 26. 49, 
 39. Joel 4, I. 
 
 PiL. aaiOJ causat. of Kal. I. to cause 
 to return, to bring back, Jer. 50, 19 ; 
 metaph. to God, to convert. Is. 49, 5. 
 See Kal no. 1. a. 
 
 2. to restore, to renew. Is. 58, 12 ; c. b 
 Ps. 60, 3. With C?: to refresh Ps. 23*, 
 
 3 ; comp. ^''Cn , 
 
 3. to turn atcay, i. e. to take away, 
 Mic. 2, 4. Metaph. to turn one away 
 from Jehorah. Ib. 47, 10 ; sec Kal no. 
 I.e. 
 
 Pri,. ar-iti, part. f. naaida brought 
 back, i. e. rescued from the power of the 
 enemy, Ez. 38, 8. 
 
 Hiph. a^dn, fut. a-iii:^, apoc. aiu'j, 
 conv. ac*1. 
 
 1. to cause to return, to lead or bring 
 back, e. g. captives Jer. 32, 44. 33, 11. 
 49. 6. 39 ; to draw back, to withdraw the 
 hand, Ps. 74, 11. Lam. 2, 3 ; also to turn 
 back, to repulse, Is. 28, 6 r^^OTf?^ ''a-'Ca 
 who turn back the battle, i. e. repulse 
 the enemy. 36, 9. 14, 27 133'^^'': "^n who 
 shall turn him back? i. e. hinder. 43, 13. 
 Job 9, 12. 11, 10. 23, 13. Spec. a) 
 'a ''JB a''i2Jr| to turn away the face of any 
 one, i. e. to repulse him, deny him ac- 
 cess, not grant his petition, (opp. K'JUJ 
 t2^:s,) 1 K. 2, 16. 17. 20. 2 Chr. 6, 42. 
 b) UJsa aidfi to restore life to any one, to 
 revive, to refresh. Ruth 4, 15. Lam. 1, 11. 
 16, 19. Trop. Ps. 19, 8. To the weary 
 and faint, life has vanished as it were ; 
 refreshmentbringsitback; comp. 1 Sam. 
 30, 12. Judg. 15, 19. But iran aii^n is 
 to draw in the breath Job 9, 18. c) a"'\l5in 
 n^n . vjX a"'dn , to withdraw i. e. to ap- 
 pease anger, to calm it, Job 9, 13. Ps. 78, 
 38. 106, 23 ; with )'q from anyone Prov. 
 24, 18. Also ('a nin^ nan a-^ on to turn 
 away (avert) the anger of Jehovah from 
 any one, Num. 25, 11. Ezra 10, 14. But 
 in Is. 66, 15 it is spoken of anger which 
 is allayed by being wholly poured out. 
 
 2. to return a thing to any one, to 
 render back, to restore, see Kal no. 2. a. 
 With ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Ex. 
 22, 25. Deut. 22,2; soof any tiling pur- 
 loined Lev. 5, 23. Num. 5, 7. Hence 
 a) to reward, to recompense, Prov. 17, 13; 
 c. dat. of pers. Ps. 18, 21. 116, 12 ; is 
 of pers. Ps. 94,23; ace. of thing and dat. 
 of pers. Gen. 50, 15. b) ia^ a-^uin to 
 return word, i. e. to answer, c. ace. of 
 pers. (like ns5) 1 K. 12, 6. 9. 16; also to 
 bring back word, as a messenger, Num. 
 22, 8. 13, 26. 2 Sam. 24, 13. In this sense 
 of answering is also said : D'^iisx 'n 
 Prov. 22, 21, V^'? '" Job 35, 4 ; and 
 simpl. a^UJn 2 Chr. 10, 16. Job 35, 5. 20, 
 2 ''3!ia'^tt5'^ ^BSiy wy oxon thoughts answer 
 me, i. e. suggest what I shall answer. 
 
 3. to restore to a former state, to re- 
 new, Pe. 80, 4. 8. 20. Is. 1, 26. Dan. 9, 25. 
 Comp. Kal no. 2. b. With IS , to turn 
 again into, Ps. 90. 3. 
 
 4. to recall, to revoke, as an edict Esth. 
 8, 5. 8; a decree, sentence, Am. 1, 3 for 
 the many tranagresaiona of Damascus 
 
miD' 
 
 1039 
 
 miD 
 
 ilia'^lOK xb / will not recall that which I 
 have decreed against her ; comp. v. 4. 5, 
 and Num. 23, 30. So of a benediction 
 Num. 23, 20. 
 
 5. to return a thing, in the sense to 
 bring again and again, to offer repeat- 
 edly, to render as tribute, 2 K. 3, 4. 17, 3. 
 2 Chr. 27, 5. Ps. 72, 10 ; sacrifice Num. 
 18, 9. Comp. Lat. sacra referre Virg. 
 Georg. I. 339. Mn. 5. 598, 603. 
 
 6. With p and Vsa , to turn away, to 
 avert from any thing, e. g. bsa T^JB 'n 
 C^^Ji^a to turn away one^s face from idols 
 Ez. 14, 6 ; also without D'':d ibid, and 
 Ez. 18, 30. 32. 
 
 7. With bx, V?, to turn to, towards, 
 upon any one, e. g. a) b? in;j s^irn to 
 turn one's hand upon or against any one, 
 Is. 1, 25. Am. 1, 8. Ps. 81, 15 ; with a id. 
 2 Sam. 8, 3. b) b rjs ::->irn to turn 
 one's face to or upon any one, Dan. 11, 
 18. 19. c) ab-bx n-^dn fo recaW /o 
 mind, to lay to heart, Deut. 4. 39. 30, 1 ; 
 dh b? Is. 46, 8. Hence to repent 1 K. 8, 
 47. 
 
 HoPH. main 1. to he hroxight hack 
 Ex. 10, 8. 
 
 2. to he returned, restored, Gen. 42, 28. 
 43, 12. Num. 5, 8. 
 
 Deriv. a^iiu, saittj, naiiij, na"', 
 nai^ra, na^irn, and pr. names ania;;, 
 csa^::;;, ion avBii, aaida. 
 
 bxnw see bxiair . 
 
 7 . " ' 
 
 aaitJ m. (r. aiia) l. Adj. turning 
 away, apostate, rebellious, Jer. 3, 14. 22. 
 Is. 57, 17. 
 
 2. Shobab, pr. n. m. a) A son of 
 David, 2 Sam. 5, 14. 1 Chr. 3, 5. 14, 4. 
 b) 1 Chr. 2, 18. 
 
 SniTD ni. adj. (r. aiTO) apostate, rebel- 
 lious, Jer. 31, 22. 49, 4. 
 
 nS'lC? f. (r. aw) return ; metaph. co?i- 
 version, Is. 30, 15. 
 
 fai (r. -qa^") Shobach, pr. n. of a 
 general of Hadarezer king of Zobah, 
 2 Sam. 10, 16. 18 ; for which 1 Chr. 19, 
 16. IS ^tra Shophach. 
 
 ^210 (perh. flowing, or a shoot, r. 
 bad) Shohal, pr. n. ra. a) A son of 
 s'eiV, Gen. 36, 20. 23. 29. b) 1 Chr. 2, 
 50. 4, 1. 
 
 "pyVO (forsaking) Shohek, pr. n. m. 
 Neh. 10, 25. R. patu. 
 
 * 5^123 i. q. aati and nad ; hence 
 
 njiittjo . 
 
 TlTOj see *itt5 desolation. 
 
 '^^ pr. i. q. Tid to be strong, pow- 
 erful ; hence 
 
 1. to treat with violence, to lay waste ; 
 fut. I!itt5;> Ps. 91, 6. 
 
 2. i. q. Arab, 4>L*, to rule ; hence ntb 
 dominus, lord. 
 
 *I. t^^^ fut. njaJpi, pr. kindr. with 
 n;s to set, to place ; see Piel no. 2. 
 Theli 
 
 1. to be or be made even, level, see 
 Piel. Hence 
 
 2. /o be equal, like in value, to equal 
 any thing, c. a Prov. 3, 15. 8, 11 ; also 
 to countervail, to be equivalent, as Esth. 
 7, 4 T^ban ptsa niit) -isn I-ik ^/te enemy 
 cannot countervail the king^s damage, 
 i. e. cannot make it good. Esth. 5, 13 
 'b nw !is.3"'S nrba all this is not an 
 equivalent to me, i. e. does not suffice me, 
 is not enough. Impers. ''b nittJ it is made 
 even to me. i. e. made good, Jfob 33. 27. 
 
 3. to be ft, proper, suitable, c. b to any 
 one, Esth. 3, 8. 
 
 4. to be like, to resemble, c. b Prov. 26, 
 4. Is. 40, 25. 
 
 Piel 1. to make even or level, e. g. a 
 field, Is. 28, 25. Metaph. of the mind, to 
 compose or calm the mind Ps. 131, 2 ; 
 ellipt. Is. 38, 13 ipa 15 '^n'^ra / quieted 
 [my mind, myself] until the morning ; 
 Vulg. and Jerome sperabam usque ad 
 mane. In this rendering the word "'^xa 
 is referred to the following clause. But 
 others make it causat. of Kal no. 4, / 
 have made me like the lion sc. in roar- 
 ing ; Targ. ' rugiebam, ut leo.' 
 
 2. to put, to set, to place, i. q. Olia. n">1D, 
 often in the Targums ; Ps. 16, S. 119, 30. 
 ins nju: to put forth fruit, to yield, Hos. 
 10. 1. With bs to put, lay, bestow, upon 
 any one, e. g. honour, help, Ps. 21, 6. 89, 
 20. With ace. and 3, to place or make 
 one like any thing, Ps. 18, 34. 
 
 Hi PH. to liken, ta compare, Lam. 2, 13. 
 
 Deriv. nid, rr^q";, vdv 
 
 * II. ni^ to fear, as in Chald. Ithp. 
 Here seem to belong the two following 
 examples in the O. T. 
 
 Piel Job 30, 22 Cheth. mujn "'SaaiBri 
 (read njdP)) thou makest me to melt (be 
 
niiij 
 
 1040 
 
 bl3 
 
 faint-hearted), thou terrifiest me. Keri 
 
 NiTHP. frequent among the Rabbins, 
 see Lehrg. p. 249. Heb. Gr. 54. 9. Prov. 
 27, 15 a dropping of the eaves in a rainy 
 day mnr: D"'?J'7a '^'^^) and a conten- 
 tious woman are to he feared. Others 
 compare njiT I. 4, and render njrniJ3 are 
 alike ; so Vulg. comparantur, Gr. Venet. 
 laoiiai. But in proverbs, things to be 
 compared are never connected by so fri- 
 gid a word of comparison. Targ. 'a 
 contentious woman, who quarrels,^ and 
 this might be supported by comparing 
 ino winter, and the Gr. jjff/^aai&jjj'at 
 ujiiiXuii, xf/fi'/xavTui (fqivi?, pr. there- 
 fore, to be wintry, stormy. But the first 
 solution is to be preferred. 
 
 niO or X^ Chald. i. q. Heb. no. I. 
 
 Pa. i. q. Heb. Pi. no. 2. to put, to set, 
 to make ; c. 05 , to set with, i. e. to make 
 like any thing, Dan. 5, 21. Comp. D5 
 no. 1. f 
 
 Ithpa. to be made, rendered into any 
 thing. Dan. 3, 29. 
 
 tVtXD (plain) Shaveh, pr. n. of a valley 
 near Jerusalem, called also ' the king's 
 dale,' Gen. 14, 17 ; comp. 2 Sam. 18, 18. 
 But n-n;"ip nya Shaveh-Kirjathoim 
 Gen. 14. 5, is a plain near the city Kir- 
 jathaim in the tribe of Reuben ; see art. 
 n;"ip lett. g. 
 
 M^ir fut. niiiiri 1. to sink down, 
 to settle down. Arab. ^Lww mid. Waw, 
 
 to sink in the mud. Kindr. with ntl'j, 
 nna. Prov. 2, 18 nn-'a ritt-bs nn'a 
 her house sinks down into death, i. e. into 
 Sheol, Hades ; so Vulg. But as iT^a 
 is elsewhere always masc. Aben Ezra 
 refers nnis to the woman herself: she 
 sinks down into death (Sheol), her future 
 house. 
 
 2. Metaph. to be bowed down, depress- 
 ed, e. g. the mind, soul. Ps. 44. 26 nniy 
 ^B3 "'Bsb our sold is bowed down to the 
 dust. Lam. 3. 20 Keri. 
 
 HiPH. i.q. KnI no. 2. Lam.3.20Cheth. 
 
 Deriv, r\md . nn-'ti, nntd, and pr. 
 names nntb , oniti , n^nittS'j . 
 
 nit) (pit) Shuah. pr. n. of a son of 
 Abruham and Keturah, and also of an 
 Arabian tribe descended from him, Gen. 
 
 25, 2. Hence the patronymic and gen- 
 tile n. '^n^iri Shuhite Job 2, 11. 8, 1. 25, 1. 
 The country of the Shuhites was not 
 improbably the same with the 2"tty.xttia 
 of Ptolemy 5. 15, eastward of Batanea. 
 
 tynW f (r. n^aS) l. a pit Jer. 2, 6. 
 18, 20. Prov. 22, 14. 
 
 2. Shuhah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 11 ; for 
 which V. 4 ni^W . 
 
 UT\W (perh. pit-digger, r. rm) i^hu- 
 ham, pr. n. of a son of Dan, Num. 26, 42 ; 
 called in Gen. 46, 23 Q-'iDn . 
 
 * I. ti^lij fut. pi. VJtfi^ 1. Pr. to whip 
 to scourge, to lash, i. q. Arab. ioLww. 
 Kindr. is unoS q. v. Hence aiui, li'uJiy, 
 B^UJ . a whip, scourge. 
 
 2. to row, q. d. to lash the sea with 
 oars. Part. C^DOJ rowers Ez. 27, 8. 26. 
 Deriv. '0''P_ no. 2, isiffia. 
 
 3. to run up and down, to go to and 
 fro, hither and thither, in haste ; pr. so 
 as to lash the air with one's arms as 
 with oars ; comp. Lat. remi used of the 
 arms and feet of a person, Ovid. Heroid. 
 18 fin. and also more frequently of the 
 wings of birds. Num. 11. 8. y-iija '^^^ 
 to go over the earth or a land, to travel 
 through it, espec. in order to visit and 
 inspect it. Job 1, 7. 2, 2. 2 Sam. 24, 2. 8. 
 
 PiL. a-jittj i. q. Kal no. 3, Jer. 5, 1. 
 Am. 8, 12. Zech. 4, 10 the eyes of Jehovah 
 j'lxn-bra n-^uaittJa run to and fro in 
 the whole earth. 2 Chr. 16, 9. Metaph. 
 to run through or over a book, i. e. to 
 examine it thoroughly, Dan. 12, 4. 
 
 HiTHPAL. i. q. Pil. Jer. 49, 3. 
 
 * II. ti^lD, Aram. wj1a i. q. DX(^, to 
 contemn, to despise. Part. wSlU Ez. 16, 
 57. 28, 24. 26. See ostti . 
 
 131 m. Arab. JCjMt, a whip, scourge, 
 Prov. 26, 3. ] K. 12, 11. "jir^ aioJ the 
 scourge of the (slanderous) tongue Job 5, 
 21. Trop. the scourge of God. i. e. cala- 
 mities, plagues, which God sends upon 
 men. Is. 10, 26. Job 9, 23. t^b aioS 
 an overwhelming scourge, i. e. calamity 
 rushing upon one, spec, a ho.*tiIe army, 
 Is. 28, 15. 18. Comp. Kor. Sur. 88. 12. 
 ib. 89. 33. 
 
 5*TC obsol. root, Arab. JLww mid. 
 Waw, to be loose, pendulous, e. g. the 
 
blTD 
 
 1041 
 
 y^iD 
 
 belly; kindr. with Jf6 to drag the train 
 of one's robe, also with istli by soften- 
 ing a. Hence 
 
 5W m. plur. conatr. '^h^^ 1. a train, 
 the flowing Rkirts of a robe, i. q. bsu), Is. 
 6, 1. cbittS n|a to uncover the skirts or 
 traiti, i. e. to expose to the deepest dis- 
 grace, Jer. 13, 22. 26. Nah. 3, 5. 
 
 2. <A(e hem of a garment, Ex. 28, 33. 34. 
 
 ^^iTJJ m. (r. b\t) 1. stripped, either 
 of clothes i. e. naked, or of shoes i. e. 
 barefoot, as Sept. Syr. Mic. 1, 8 Keri. 
 Corap. b'sii no. 1, to put off a shoe. 
 
 2. a captive, prisoner. Job 12, 17. 18. 19. 
 
 IT^IS^^t!? Shnlammith, pr. n. of a maid- 
 en celebrated in the book of Canticles, 
 Cant. 7, 1 ; Vulg. pacijica. But the form 
 n^abiittin may also be taken as a gentile 
 name, the Shtdamite, i. q. n''H3!itt5 Shu- 
 namite ; since according to Eusebius 
 the place Shunein was also called Su- 
 lem; and this seems preferable, on ac- 
 count of the article. 
 
 UW m. garlic, only plur. D'i1!i5 Num. 
 11. 5; comp. Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 53. 
 
 Arab. Iji, Syr. ^oZ, Eth. i^<^^,id. 
 It would seem to have its name from the 
 strong odour which it exhales ; comp. 
 
 c5 ; 9 > 
 
 A^ to smell. 
 
 era 
 
 rr^ 
 
 res odorata ; also 
 
 1^^ obsol. root. perh. i. q. "Ji^td to be 
 quiet. Hence the two following. 
 
 ''p^TD (quiet) Shuni, pr. n. of a son of 
 Gad, Gen. 46, 16. Also as patronym. 
 Shunile (for >'i^^) Num.26, 15. R. 'iW. 
 
 DilTD (perh. two resting-places, for 
 D'^SIOJ, r. )^'<!0; comp. 035 for 07515) 
 Shtmem, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of 
 Issachar Josh. 19, 18. 1 Sam. 28, 4. 2 K. 
 4, 8 ; prob. tlie Sulem of Eusebius (s. v. 
 ^ov^r^n) five Roman miles south of 
 
 Mount Tabor. Now Sdlam (Jy**/ , see 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 169, 170. 
 Gentile n. "^"Bi^^, i'. T\i-, a Shunamite, 
 1 K. 1, 3. 2, 17. 2 K. 4, 12. 
 
 * S'V^S and ?^^ in Kal not used. 
 
 1. i. q. Siai , to be broad, ample ; hence 
 
 2. to be rich, opulent, powerful; see 
 SitS, rittj no. 1. 
 
 3. to he set free, delivered out of straits 
 and danger; comp. in 'S'&l. 
 
 PiEi- 55^5 to cry for help, to implore 
 aid, Ps. 18, 42. Job 35. 9. 36, 13 ; c. bx 
 Ps. 30, 3. 72, 12. 88, 14. 
 
 Deriv. sniti nritS. 
 
 JP^tD m. a cry for help, supplicatioUy 
 Ps. 5, 3. 
 
 T^tO adj. (r. ritb) 1, rich, opulent, 
 Job 34, 19. Ez. 23,^23. 
 
 2. liberal, noble. Is. 32, 5. Comp. 
 Ai^b. aams Conj. VIII, X, liberalis, no- 
 
 bilis fuit. 
 
 3. Subst. i. q. S5<^., a cry for help, 
 supplication. Is. 22, 5. 
 
 1. 51 m. (r. S^Qi) 1. riches, wealth, 
 Job 36, 19. 
 
 2. cry for help, supplication. Job 30, 24. 
 
 3. Skua, pr. n. m. Gen. 38, 2. 12. 
 
 II. T\1D an oath, i. q. S2^ (3 being 
 softened into ".. see in 3 lett. b, p. 105), 
 whence pr. n. S^ittJ ra Dath-shua 1 Chr. 
 3, 5, i. q. sao) pa q. v. p. 167. b. 
 
 ^TilS (riches, r. 51^ ) Shua, pr. n. f. 
 1 Chr. 7, 32. 
 
 T^VytD f a cry for help, i. q. JliS , Ps. 
 18, 7V 39, 13. 102,2. R. ysiaS. 
 
 ^?^T2J m. plur. CiiV5!i1l3, ti'^bsai. 1. a 
 fox, Cant. 2, 15. Lam. 5, 18. Ez. 13, 4. 
 
 Neh. 3, 35. Arab. aJuiJ, but oftener 
 
 s -r -: 
 v_Juu5 with t J added; comp. pr. n. 
 
 ciabrffl , also fiibrai . As to the origin 
 
 of the word, Bochart supposes the fox 
 
 to be so called from a word signifying to 
 
 cough, which he refers to its yelp, comp. 
 
 JjUw to cough. But more probably the 
 animal has this name from its burrowing 
 under ground, from r. bs'OJ , so that bs^C 
 denotes pr. a digger, burrower, corap. 
 bSiU II. But under the general name 
 of fo.ves the Hebrews and other Ori- 
 entals appear in common usage to have 
 comprehended ahofackals, Pers. JJLCw 
 Shaghal; see Niebuhr's Arabia p. 166. 
 Germ. Thus jackals seem to be meant 
 in Judg. 15, 4, since the fox is with great 
 difficulty taken alive; and also in Ps. 
 63, 11, inasmuch as foxes do not feed on 
 dead bodies, which are a favourite repast 
 for the jackal. See Bochart Hieroz. T. 
 
yiis 
 
 1042 
 
 "llltf 
 
 II. p. IQOsq. ed. Lips. Faber's Archseol. 
 I. p. 140. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. 
 p, 154. 
 
 2. Shual, pr. n. a) bs^SJ yi^ j a dis- 
 trict in the tribe of Benjamin, 1 Sam. 13, 
 17. b) m. 1 Chr. 7, 36. 
 
 nyitJ m. (denom. from 'isjo ) gate- 
 keeper, porter, 2 K. 7, 10, 11. 2 Chr. 31, 
 14. 
 
 * H^^ 1. Pr. i. q. C1X(^, to pant af- 
 ter; hence 
 
 2. to attack, to fall upon suddenly, un- 
 expectedly. Job 9, 17 who assaileth me 
 in tempest. Gen. 3, 15 c:!!<-i T^'SVii'i XW 
 a|5S siJEilirn nnxv /le shall attack thy 
 head, and thou shall attack his heel, 
 i. e. he shall crush thy head and thou 
 shalt bite his heel. Metaph. Ps. 139, 1 1 
 '3B1ttS'^ T]an darkness shall fall upon me, 
 overwhelm me. 
 
 JSi, see T^aitfi. 
 
 ''lOB^lD Shuphamite, patronym. from 
 DBIBttJ q. V. Num. 26, 39. 
 
 "jBitJ Num. 32, 35 J see in ni-irj5 lett.d. 
 
 nSiO m. (r. ^Ba5 no. 2) plur. mnBittJ, 
 constr. irinsioi, a trumpet, horn, cornet, 
 
 G iS ^ 
 K/Mt, Arab. ^^--ww, (diff, from Tiri'isn,) 
 
 so called from its clear and shrill sound, 
 comp. Engl, clarion; either made of a 
 horn or similar to a horn, i. q. ')'nf3 (Josh. 
 6, 5, comp. 4. 6. 8. 13), Ex. 19, ie. Lev. 
 25, 9. Job 39, 25. Jerome says, on Hos. 
 5,8, "buccina pastoralis est et cornu re- 
 curvo efficitur, unde et proprie Hebraice 
 Sophar, Greece xEfjujlvt], appellatur." 
 Sept. adXniy^, xfgauptj.To blow the 
 trumpet is "iBitlJ Sgn q. v. 
 
 * P^^ in Kal not used 1, to run, 
 like kindr. ppti . Hence pitti leg, and 
 plld street. 
 
 2. to run after any thing, to desire, to 
 long for; hence njSiiuJn desire. Arab. 
 ^^LA to excite desire ; V, to manifest 
 
 J . 06 - 
 
 desire ; ijiy^i desire, 
 
 HiPH. to let run over, to pour over, to 
 ocerflovD, c. ace. of thing with which ; 
 Joel 2, 24 tiin-'Pi D-^ayj-jn Mp'^tn the vats 
 oterflov) with wine. Absol. Joel 4, 13. 
 
 Ph.. pp'i;^ causat. to cause to overflow 
 with plenty, e. g. the earth Ps. 65, 10, 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 
 
 plTD f (r. piittJ no. 1.) dual Q'^irili Prov. 
 26, 7, constr. ''15ittJ ; the leg, from the 
 knee to the foot, as that with which one 
 
 walks or runs. Arab. iVLwu, Chald. 
 paj, id. Spoken of persons Is. 47, 2. 
 Cant. 5, 15 ; of animals, where perhaps 
 the thigh is included, Ex. 29, 22. 27. 
 Lev. 7, 32. 33. Num. 6, 20. 1 Sam. 9, 
 24. Poet, of foot-soldiers, infantry, as 
 opp. to cavalry; Ps. 147, 10 "^piirn-xb 
 t^'S.y] ttJ'^Xii he taketh no pleasure in the 
 legs of men, 1. e. infantry. A proverbial 
 phrase occurs in Judg. 15. 8 cnx 'r\'^'] 
 m"]';"^? pi'ti and he (Samson) smote 
 them leg upon thigh, Engl. Vers, hip and 
 thigh, i. e. he cut them in pieces, so that 
 their limbs, their legs and thighs, were 
 scattered one upon another, q. d. he to- 
 tall}'^ destroyed them ; see in bv no. 1. b. 
 a. Comp. the Germ, hyperbole : er hieb 
 den Feind in die Pfanne ; also : er hieb 
 ihn in Kochsliicken ; Engl, 'he made 
 mince-meat of his enemies.' 
 
 p'lTiJ m. a street Prov. 7, S. Ecc. 12, 
 4. 5. Plur. B-^piaJ Cant. 3, 2; comp. 
 DiTi'n from "11^. ' R. prj. 
 
 * ^y^ obsol. root, Chald. and Syr. 
 Pe. and Pa. to leap or spring upon any 
 one ; also to be strong, robust. Arab. 
 
 L<i to leap upon, to assault. Hence 
 
 "lilJJ m. plur. Q'^njll) Hos. 12, 12. an o.r, 
 bullock, so called from its strength and 
 
 boldness; comp. ^B. Arab, xyj bull, 
 Chald. fi<'^iFl, Syr. ]io^, id. whence Gr. 
 and Lat. TuvQog, taunts. Germ. Stier, 
 see Grimm's Gramm. III. p. 325. It is a 
 general word, denoting an animal of the 
 ox kind, without respect to sex or age ; 
 comp. Lev. 22, 27 wrhere a calf is to be 
 understood ; and Job 21, 10 where it is a 
 cow, although joined inixolvoig with a 
 verb masc Ex. 21, 37. Lev. 22, 23. 28. 
 27, 26. Num. 18, 17. Deut. 14, 4. Its 
 kindred collective is "ij^a oxen, cattle, a 
 herd q. v. Once, Gen.'3'2, 6. nia5 itself 
 is put as a collective, like the other 
 nouns of unity in the same verse, viz. 
 *ins, nnBU5, liian, the noun "iXS being 
 an exception ; prob. also Gen. 49, 6. 
 
 * I. ^^1D fut. 1!|ia^ 1. i. q. IW, to go 
 round or about, to travel about, espec. as 
 
^IID 
 
 1043 
 
 UJIUJ 
 
 a merchant, for traffic, Ez. 27, 25 ; comp. 
 Ghald. Once c. a to go with any thing, 
 i. e. to ofler it in traffic. Is. 57, 9. Arab. 
 \L* mid. Ye, to go, to journey ; Chald. 
 K'l^lJ a company of travellers or mer- 
 chants, a curavan ; also in Palmyrene 
 Inscr. see Tychsen Element. Syr. p. 76. 
 
 2. to look around or about ; the idea 
 o^ looking and of going in any direction 
 being oilen expressed by the same verb, 
 see nssn . ci-ipiiin . a) Of one looking 
 around from a height, c. 'i^ Cant. 4, 8. 
 b) Of one lying in wait, to look after, to 
 watcf^for, Jer. 5, 26. Hos. 13, 7 ; c. ace. 
 Num. 23. 9. c) In the sense to consi- 
 der, to regard, i. e. to look u{X)n or after, 
 c. ace. Job 24, 15 T^? ''sn^ttin xb no eye 
 lookelh after me, observes me. 35, 5 ilttJ 
 CpntlJ look upon the clouds, consider 
 them.' 35, 13 ns-n/ttJ^ i<b I'nai the Al- 
 mighty doth not regard it. d) Simpl, 
 to look upon, to behold, Job 7, 8. 
 
 PiL. "I'^'itiJ, see nioJ. 
 
 Deriv. n^ii) I, nnfitijn. 
 
 * II. ^^l^D i. q. ^"^tli to sing, q. v. 
 
 * III. 1^1123 i. q. n'lio and sr^io, to 
 place in a row, to lay in order, e. g. 
 stones ; whence "ilttS a wall, also "i<^ . 
 Comp. triia) . 
 
 1. I^TU a lier-in-wait, enemy, Ps. 92, 
 12. Comp. nnitS, and the root "isia3 I. 2. b. 
 
 II. ni m. (r. ilttS III) 1. i. q. Arab. 
 
 s^, a wall, Gen. 49, 22. Ps. 18, 30. 
 Plur. ninsittj, Job 24, 11 orn-isiti) i-ia be- 
 tween (within) their walls, i. e. the rich 
 in their own houses. 
 
 2. Shur, pr. n. of a city on the confines 
 of Egypt and Palestine, Gen. 16, 7. 20, 
 1. 25, 18. 1 Sam. 15, 7. 27, 8. Josephus 
 understands by it Pelusium, Ant. 6. 7. 3, 
 comp. 1 Sam. 15, 7 ; but this city was 
 called in Hebrew, 'J''D . More prob. Iia3 
 was somewhere in the vicinity of the 
 modern Suez. The desert extending 
 from the borders of Palestine to Shur. is 
 called in Ex. 15, 22 "iW nana the desert 
 of Shur; but in Num. 33, 8 it is called 
 Dn-^X nana the desert of Etham. 
 
 'y^'O Chald. m. a wall Ezra 4, 13. 16. 
 
 * 123^^ obsol. root, prob. to be white. 
 Hence ^^^ white marble, ttJ<^ id. and 
 
 bysBUB, l^sittJ, itiiaJ , njtii* , lily. Kindr. 
 is tl>lti^ to be gray. 
 
 Stf'ltO, 8een;;nb lett. a. 
 
 jtD^ m. (r. oSitttJ) 1. a lily, espec. 
 white, see the root. "jt^sittJ ntora lily- 
 work, i. e. ornamental work imitating 
 lilies, 1 K. 7, 19. Arab, and Syr. 
 
 i^tuM/sduw, ^^.w^w/ ) liM A-n A', id. Comp. 
 Gr. aovaov Diosc. 3. 106 or 116. Athen. 
 12. 1. See Celsii Hierobot. I. p. 383 sq. 
 
 2. r^^T )^W Ps. 60, 1, a musical in- 
 strument, prob. so called from its resem- 
 blance 10 a lily. To the common lily 
 several kinds of trumpets may be said 
 to have a resemblance ; but to the mar- 
 tagon lily, or Turk's cap, the cymbal 
 approaches nearest, and indeed the name 
 of cymbal was at a later period some- 
 times given to this flower ; comp. "illJidS 
 no. 2. Hence rmns i^fl^ltt5 I would ren- 
 der cymbal or trumpet of song; see ninj 
 no. 3. 
 
 3. Shushan, pr. name, i. e. Susa. the 
 capital of Susiana (and of all Persia), in 
 which the Persian monarchs held their 
 winter residence, Dan. 8, 2. Neh. 1. 1. 
 Esth. 1, 2. 5. It was situated on the 
 Eulseus or Choaspes, prob. on the spot 
 now occupied by the village Shush ; see 
 Kinneir's Memoir p. 99. Ker Porter's 
 Travels II. p. 411. Ritter's Erdkunde, 
 Asien, IX. p. 294. Berl. 1840. According 
 to others its site is now occupied by the 
 village Suster; see Von Hammer in the 
 Trans, of the Geogr. Soc. of Paris, Vol. 
 II. p. 320 sq. 333 sq, [According to 
 Lassen, the name 'jt^lttj has an etymolo- 
 gical affinity or identity with the mod. 
 (jULuA^^ Khuzistdn; Zeitschr. f. d. 
 Morgenl. VI. p. 47. R. 
 
 lOi m. (r.aj.1ttj) 1. a lily; only plur. 
 Ci^St^iiiJ Cant. 2, 16. 4, 5. 5, 13. 6, 2.3. 7,3. 
 Of artificial lilies 1 K. 7, 22. 26. 
 
 2. An instrument of music resembling 
 the lily, see -(l^^aj no. 2. Plur. n'^2tt)ilb 
 Ps. 45, 1. 69, 1. 80, 1. 
 
 nsci C (r. aJiittS) a lily, 2 Chr. 4, 5. 
 Hos. 14, 6. Cant. 2, 1. 2. 
 
 J5n33T^?nn Chald. gentile n. plur. Shu- 
 shanchites, Susians, the inhabitants of 
 the city Susa, Ezra 4, 9. See IttJIttJ no. 3. 
 
tiW 
 
 1044 
 
 nni) 
 
 ptC^tJ 1 K. 14, 25 Cheth. where Keri 
 pC-<CJ q. V. 
 
 ViMO to put, to place, see n''a3 . 
 
 n^ri^TD (for nbp^StilS 'noise of break- 
 ing.^ see ns'r and nbtn) Shuthelah, pr. n. 
 m. ' a) Ason of Ephraim Num. 26, 35. 
 36. b) 1 Chr. 7, 21. From the former 
 comes the patronym. ^nl:n^4J Shuthal- 
 hite Num. 26, 35. 
 
 * irO? Chald. found only in the rare 
 Conj. of 
 
 Peil. sr*^ ) ^"'T'^ 5 ^'^ set free, to deliver. 
 Fut. aT^P."? J in^- '^?r'^ ^^^- ^' ^^- ^^" 
 28. 6, 17. 28. Frequent in the Targums. 
 
 Syr. ^lo^ id. 
 Deriv. pr. n. ^Wpffi^. 
 
 *ril^ pr. i. q. Cliaj, Chald. CliaJ , to 
 scorch, to bum; espec. of the sun. Cant. 
 1. 6 t^j4.ri '^jnsjiaia /or the sun hath 
 scorched me, made me swarthy. Poet- 
 ically of the eye, (which is often com- 
 pared to the sun, and vice versa, see 
 C^BSSS.) as casting its glances upon 
 any tiling, i. e. to look upon, to scan, Job 
 20, 9. 28, 7. 
 
 * 1 T tD i. q. Arab, ywti , to twist a thread 
 from right to left, or back-handed, to 
 twine several threads together. Hence 
 
 HoPH. Part. "iJ'U'a ttiui twined byssm, 
 i. e. of several threads twisted together, 
 double or three-threaded, etc. Ex. 26, 1. 
 31.36. 27,9. 18. 28, 6.8. 15 sq. 
 
 HID m. adj. (r. HHl^) depressed, cast 
 down. Job 22, 29 c:?"^? nt with down- 
 cast eyes, one depressed. 
 
 * ITjTD fut. 2 fem. "''inilJn, to give, to 
 make a present, espec. in order to be 
 free from punishment, Job 6, 22. With 
 ace. of pers. Ez. 16, 33. Syr. ^JL^, to 
 give once, Pa. to give often, both in a 
 good and bad sense. Hence 
 
 'TniOS m. a gift, present, 1 K. 15, 19 ; 
 eapec. in order to be freed from punish- 
 ment, 2 K. 16, 8. Prov. 6, 35 ; comp. Job 
 6, 22. Also in order to corrupt a judge, 
 a bribe, Ex. 23, 8. Dcut. 10, 17. npb 
 into to take a reward, bribe. Ph. 15, 5. 
 26, 10. 1 Sum. 8, 3. Prov. 17, 8 \n -jax 
 V*)n ''3''?a in'in like a precious atone 
 
 is a gift in the eyes of its possessor, i. e. 
 of him who receives it ; comp. bS3 no. 4. 
 
 * niniD , comp. n^iaS and nnso . 
 
 1. to bow down, to incline oneself. Is. 
 51, 23. Chald. id. and more frequent. 
 
 2. to sink down, to be depressed ; comp. 
 the deriv. nwttJ , niniU . 
 
 HiPH. nnaJtn to make bow down, to de- 
 press, metaph. the mind Prov. 12, 25. 
 
 HiTHPAL. Hinriajn , the third radical 
 being doubled\'like WND, n']S<3,from r. 
 nx3), fut. nintntti';!, apoc. 'inpiHJ^, in pause 
 
 1. to bow down, to prostrate oneself 
 before any one in order to do him honour 
 and reverence, i. q. Trgodxwuv, with b of 
 pers. Gen. 23, 7. 37, 7. 9. 10 ; less often 
 "i^sb 23, 12 ; b? Lev. 26, 1. This mode 
 of salutation consisted in falling upon 
 the knees and then touching the fore- 
 head to the ground ; hence there is often 
 added nrinx D-^QX Gen. 19, 1. 42. 6. 48, 
 12. This honour was paid not only to 
 superiors, as to kings and princes 2 Sam. 
 9, 8 ; but also to equals Gen. 23, 7. 33, 
 3. 6. 37, 7. 9. 10. Hence 
 
 2. Spec, to bow down before God, to 
 worship, to pay adoration. Gen. 22, 5. 
 1 Sam. 1, 3 ; even without prostration. 
 Gen. 47, 31. 1 K. 1, 47. 
 
 3. to do homage, to yield allegiance, 
 Ps. 45, 12 he (the king) is thy lord, 
 ib '^inPiaJn do thou homage unto him. 
 Inf. Chald. rrjjrilndjr! 2 K. 5, 18. For 
 nn'i'inn^lJa see Index. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 2. 
 
 'linia , see in ^rnu . 
 
 ^iniS, see -iin"'tt5. 
 
 nin^ m. (r. ".nui) blackness, Lam. 4, 8. 
 
 "nTiia f (r. nntlJ no. 2) a pit Prov. 28, 
 10. Comp. n^aj'. 
 
 * tltll^ i.q. n!nii and nnd, kindr.with 
 T^aia ; prset. inin)^ , plur. iniiJ and T^rva ; 
 fut.^niiSv 
 
 1. to bow down, to incline oneself; as 
 animals lurking for prey, to crouch, Job 
 
 38, 40 [39, 2j. 
 
 2. to be bowed down, to sink down, 
 e. g. the hills Hab. 3, 6. Trop. to be 
 brought low, depressed, Ps. 10, 10. 107, 
 
 39. Is. 2. 11. 17; spec, with grief^ sor- 
 row, Ps. 35, 14. 38, 7. Lam. 3, 20 Keri. 
 
tintD 
 
 1045 
 
 CiniD 
 
 Also to submit, to humble oneself; Is. 60, 
 
 14 ninid t^?^!* ^^^''21 *'"'''^ '^"'"* '^ *"^ 
 miY themselves to thee. Job 9, 13. Prov. 
 14, 19. 
 
 NiPH. to be boxced dovm, brought low, 
 Is. 2, 9. 5, 15. or a low and nuiflled 
 voice or sound, Ecc. 12, 4. Prcegn. Is. 
 29, 4 'inn^i* nF) ifisa^ a7id thy voice 
 shall be low and out of the dust, i. e. low 
 and feeble as heard from the dust. 
 
 HiPH. to bring low, to cast dawn. Is. 
 25, 12. 26, 5. 
 
 HiTHPO. to be brought low, cast down, 
 trop. of the soul, Ps. 42. 7. J 2. 43, 5. 
 
 Deriv. nuJ. 
 
 *t3nm fut. on'a^ inf. nanyi. 
 
 1. to kill animals, to slaughter. Arab. 
 ia^. Gen. 37, 31. Is. 22, 13; espec." 
 victims for sacrifice Lev. 1, 5. 11. Hos. 
 5, 2 ip'^arn caii? nontu in the slaugh- 
 tering (of victims) they make deep their 
 transgressions. Also a human victim 
 Gen. 22. 10. Is. 57, 5. 
 
 2. to kill persons, to slay. 2 K. 25, 7. 
 Jer. 39, 6. uniuJ yn a deadly arrow 
 Jer. 9, 7. where Keri has Kiinffi in a si- 
 milar sense, pr. made to kill. 
 
 3. uWtD nnt 1 K. 10, 16. 17. 2 Chr. 9, 
 15. 16, prob. mixed gold, alloyed with 
 some other metal ; comp. Arab, t^*^ 
 to dilute wine with water, and see more 
 in Comment, on Is. 1, 22. Sept. beaten 
 gold, i. e. drawn out into plates; comp. 
 naiD to spread out, to expand, the letters 
 being transposed. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1, Lev. 6, 25. 
 Num. 11, 22. Hence 
 
 n'O'inO f a killing, slaughter of vic- 
 tims, 2 Chr. 30, 17. R. DPyJ . 
 
 ll^TW m. (r. "jntd ) a burning sore, in- 
 flamed tdcer, a boil, botch, Ex. 9, 9. 11. 
 Lev. 13, 18-20. c^nita pniu the botch of 
 Egypt Deut. 28, 27. 35, and' 5") 'pnttJ a 
 sore botch Job 2, 7, a species of the black 
 leprosy endemic in Egypt, called by 
 physicians elephantiasis, from the dark 
 scales with which the skin is covered, 
 and the swelling of the legs. Comp. Plin. 
 H. N. 26. 5. Schilling de lepra p. 184. 
 
 0''TO m. (r. onai) i. q. xa'^no, that 
 xchich groxDS of itself the third year after 
 sowing, Is. 37, 30. This would seem to 
 
 be the primitive form, and to signify pr. 
 sprout, shoot ; see the root. 
 
 Cj'^n m. (r. Cinr^ ) only constr. qTlttS . 
 a board, as made thin by hewing, plan- 
 ing, etc. Ez. 41, 16. 
 
 ninO f. (r. nnai no. 2) a pit, plur. 
 rin-^nitl Ps. 107, 20.' Lam. 4, 20. The n 
 is not radical, but is nevertheless pre- 
 served in flexion ; see Lehrg. p. 527. 
 
 HPl'^ntD Chald. part. f. see r. rrnti . 
 
 * I. ^t!]^ obsol. root, Arab. J^ to 
 peel, to shell, to scale; hence nbnttS. 
 Comp. in the Indo-European tongues, 
 Gr. attijXov, Germ. Schale, schalen, Engl. 
 to shell, scale, to scale. 
 
 11. ^n*2 prob. to roar, as a lion; 
 comp. Arab. Jk^ to bray, as an ass. 
 
 jL=f 'vox in pectore reciprocata,' the 
 braying of an ass, Jauh. and Camoos. 
 Kindr. with the roots bbn, bbs. Germ. 
 hallen, gellen, schallen, skellen. Hence 
 
 jVytD m. a lion, (pr. a roaring, the 
 roarer,) as a poetic epithet, Job 4, 10. 
 10, 16.. 28, 8. Ps. 91, 13. Prov. 26, 13. 
 Hos. 5, 14. 13, 7. Bochart in Hieroz. 
 
 1. 717, understands the swarthy lion of 
 Syria; Plin. H. N. 8. 17. Comp. nhtfi 
 black ; the letters \> and "i being inter- 
 changed. 
 
 ^^fy^_ f (r. \>m I) pr. a shell, or ac- 
 cording to the Heb. intpp. owl, unguis 
 odoratus, the blatta Byzaniina of the 
 shops. Germ. Teufelsklaue ; Ex. 30, 34. 
 It consists of the shell or cover of a spe- 
 cies of muscle, found in the lakes of In- 
 dia where the nard grows ; when burned 
 it emits a musky odour. See Dioscorid. 
 
 2. 10, and the Arabian writers cited by 
 Bochart, Hieroz. II. p. S03 sq. Comp. 
 Rabb. xbn-iOJ the shell or pod of dates. 
 
 I'J*^ obsol. root, Arab. ^^^ to be 
 hot,inflamed ; Syr. .^-t^^ Pa. to ulcerate. 
 Hence VH*^- 
 
 C'JiS obsol. root, perh. to sprout, 
 to grow; comp. Arab, (jioitx^ to lift or 
 raise oneself up ; also vnttj . Hence 
 
 * rp^ 1. i. q. tino, and by transp. 
 5)^0) ^^'0) which see; to bark, to hew, 
 
intD 
 
 1046 
 
 nnw 
 
 to chip off. i. e. by hewing, planing, etc. 
 See q'^nffl. 
 
 2. to become thin, lean, to consume 
 away, i. q. Arab, ui^- Hence r?na: 
 and 
 
 qn m. Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15, ac- 
 cording to Sept. and Vulg. the sea-mew, 
 sea-gull, Vulg. larus, an aquatic bird, so 
 called from its leanness. See Bochart 
 Hieroz. II. lib. 2. c. 18. R. r,n(U . 
 
 rsn f. (r. tinfii) consumption, l^ev. 
 26, 10.' Deut. 28, 22. 
 
 * yijTr obsol. root, Arab. ijQ.r=^iii to 
 lift up or raise oneself, to rise ; comp. 
 onui .Hence the two following. 
 
 fTW m. elation of mind, pride; Arab. 
 
 (j^ -bv A _ Talmud, yniy, id. Job 28, 8. 
 41, 26 ynuj' "i^^, Vulg. //u superbice, 
 the sons of pride, i. e. the larger beasts 
 of prey, as the lion, so called from their 
 proud gait. The Chaldee renders it 
 lions, in c. 28, 8 ; but the other passage 
 requires it to be taken in a wider sense. 
 Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 718. 
 
 D'^SniD (heights) Shahazim., pr. n. of 
 a place in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 19, 
 22 Keri. In Cheth. nisatc . R. -j^rn^ . 
 
 * Ptj^ fut. pntJi"^ 1. to rub or beat in 
 pieces, to pound fine, i. q. Arab. \J^^ 
 Ex. 30, 36. Trop. of enemies, Ps. 18, 43. 
 
 2. to rub or wear away ; Job 14, 19 
 D^a ^pna D''32X waters wear away the 
 stones. So Arab, la^ to wear out, as 
 a garmeiit. Hence 
 
 pntD m. 1. dust, fine dust, Is. 40, 15. 
 
 2, a cloud, Arab. iS^ a thin cloud, pr. 
 as it would seem, a cloud of dust, or the 
 like. Mostly in plur. D^pTOb clouds Job 
 38, 37 ; to which \a ascribed rain Job 36, 
 28. Pa. 78, 23. Prov. 3, 20, and thunder 
 Ps. 77, 18. Melon, for the firm,ament, 
 the heavens, the sky, i. q. 0']'Oxb and S^^pn , 
 comp. in Engl, the clouds. Job 37, 18 
 hast thou like him spread out the sky 
 (Cprro), which is firm like a molten 
 looking-glass? Ps. 18, 12 D''RnilS "^as 
 darknrss (f clouds. Prov. 8, 28. Job 37, 
 21. Often as the dwelling of Jehovah, 
 parall. with D'^5), Deut. 32, 26. Job 35, 
 5. P. 68, 35. So too the Sing. Ps. 89, 
 
 7. 38. Comp. Samar. fT^pmU for C^^tlJ 
 Gen. 7, 19. 
 
 * I. "'tj''? lo be or become black; 
 Aram. \"-^ , '^H'^) id. Prsegn. Job 30, 
 
 30 "^bsa "lOQJ '"112? my skin is black from 
 off me, i.e. turns black and peels off. 
 Deriv. ^haj , lintti , -itrnnoj , and pr. n. 
 
 * II. ^n^ 1- Pr. as it would seem 
 to break, to break forth, as the light, 
 dawn ; hence "inl^ aurora. 
 
 2. to break in, to pry into, and hence 
 to seek, comp. "ipla no. 2, 3. In Kal only 
 once Prov. 11, 27. See Piel. 
 
 PiEL "inai to seek, only poetic, c. ace. 
 Job 7, 21. Prov. 7, 15. 8, 17 ; also h c. inf 
 'Job 24, 5. Prov. 13, 24 now inn*^ ianx 
 he that loveih him (his son) seeketh for 
 him chastisement, q. d. prepares it for 
 him, does not let him go without it. The 
 suffix is to be taken as a dative. To 
 seek God is: a) to long after him Is. 26, 
 9. Ps. 63, 2. b) to turn unto him, Hos. 
 5, 15. Ps. 78, 34 ; c. bs Job 8, 5. 
 
 Deriv, M-in, nnd^, pr. n. !^^"J>j'^ ; 
 D'^intlJ, and 
 
 Tn rn. aurora, the dawn, morning ; 
 
 Arab. 'iJSi id. Gen. 19, 15. Josh. 6, 15. 
 
 Poetically there are ascribed to it eye- 
 lashes, see c^Bi'SS ; and wings Ps. 139, 9. 
 inTZi~'j3 the son of the morning, i. e. the 
 morning star, Lucifer, Is. 14, 12 ; see in 
 bbin. Hos. 6, 3 "ix^b 'jisj nnias his 
 going forth is sure as the dawn, i. e. the 
 coming of Jehovah ; but 10. 15 like the 
 morning dawn lie perishes, i. e. suddenly. 
 Adv. at dawn, early, soon, Ps. 57, 9. 108, 
 3; so "ilniaa Hos. 10, 15. Metaph. of 
 prosperity, as again dawning upon the 
 afflicted, Is. 8, 20 (see in iirx B. no. 8), 
 47,11, 58,8. The same metaph. occurs 
 in the use of the words ip3 Job 11, 17, 
 
 tlliJ Jer. 13, 16, and Arab. J>Lo . An- 
 
 wari Soheili : ' in calamitate est spes, 
 nam finis noctis opacse est aurora.' 
 
 "IHTD and "^iHlS m. adj. black, e, g. 
 hair Lev. 13, 31. 37 ; a horse Zech. 6, 2. 
 6 ; of a dark or swarthy countenance 
 Cant. 1, 5. R, nntii I. 
 
 "intj see fimttJ, 
 
in 
 
 1047 
 
 nnio 
 
 tTTiriTD f. (r. inttJ II) dawn; trop. 
 youth, Ecc. 11, 10. 
 
 nnnni6 m. adj. (r. nntd I ) f. n-nhnnui , 
 dark, swarthy, Bpoken of complexion 
 Cant. 1, 6. For diminutive adjectives 
 of colour after the form Mtt'iK. p'1^?yl^ 
 see Lehrg. p. 497. Heb. Gram. 54. 3. 
 83. no. 23. 
 
 n^nniD (Jehovah seeks him, r. "int^ 
 II) hhehariah, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 8, 26. 
 
 0?"^^!^ (the two dawns, comp. t37a*i?, 
 n-^nns) Shaharaim, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 8. 
 
 * T\TVD in Kal not used, Arab, oc^ 
 to destroy. 
 
 PiEL nnilJ 1. Trans, to destroy, to 
 ruin, to lay in ruins j either by laying 
 waste, as a land, district, field. Gen. 9, 
 11. 19, 13. Josh. 22, 33. 2 Sam. 24, 16. 
 Jer. 12, 10 ; or by breaking down, over- 
 throwing, as walls, a city, Gen. 13, 10. 
 Ez. 26, 4; or by wounding Ex. 21, 26; 
 or by killing, putting to death, e. g. sin- 
 gle persons 2 Sam. 1. 14, and also whole 
 nations Gen. 6, 17. 9, 15. Num. 32, 15. 
 
 Ira. 1*, 90. Mctuph. Am. 1, 11 rmJ 
 
 T^onn he destroyed (i. e. suppressed) his 
 pity. Ez. 28, 17 ^inrEj^-br T^n^sn Pintt) 
 thou hast destroyed thy wisdom in be- 
 half of thy beauty, i. e. thou art so taken 
 with the latter, as to neglect the former. 
 Also to waste, to lose, Prov. 28, 8. 
 
 2. Intrans. to act wickedly, for the 
 fuller rDn'n nnit), Ex. 32, 7. Deut. 9, 12. 
 32, 5. Comp. Hiph. no. 2. 
 
 HiPH. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1, to destroy, to 
 ruin, either by laying waste and break- 
 ing down, as a land, kingdom, Jer. 36, 
 29. 51, 20 ; a city Gen. 19, 14. 2 K. 18, 
 25 ; or by killing, as a single person 
 1 Sam. 26, 15, enemies 2 Sara. 11, 1 ; or 
 by injuring in whatever way Prov. 11, 
 9. So n-indari r^i^h^n the destroying 
 angel 2 Sam. 24, 16, and simpl. nTiufsn 
 the destroyer Ex. 12, 23, i. e. the angel 
 of God who inflicts calamities and death 
 upon men. The phrase nnrn-bx (de- 
 stroy not) in the titles of Pss. 57. 58. 59. 
 75, seems to be the first words or name 
 of a song, to the melody of which these 
 Psalms were to be sung. 
 
 2. is-in nTi'l'n Gen. 6. 12, l-n-;bi^ 'n 
 Zeph. 3. 7, to destroy one's way, i. e. to 
 corrupt or pervert it, and hence to act 
 
 wickedly. With the ace. suppressed, id. 
 Deut. 4, 16. 31, 29. Judg. 2, 19. Is. 1, 4. 
 Comp. S^ti . But in the expressions 
 HTida Ki-^x Prov. 28. 24, and n-^nda bsa 
 18, 9, the form nTiirJn appears to be a 
 substantive (see n'^nda no. 1), i. q. man 
 of destruction, i. e. in c. 28, 24 act. a 
 destroyer, desolator, but in c. 18, 9 pass, 
 one who brings destruction on himself, 
 a waster, prodigal. 
 
 HopH. nnt'n , to be destroyed, i.e. to be 
 corrupted, spoiled, Prov. 25, 26. Mai. 1, 14. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be destroyed, corrupted, 
 e. g. by putridity Jer. 13, 7 ; morally 
 Gen. 6, 11. 12. 
 
 2. to be laid waste, Ex. 8, 20. 
 
 Deriv. HTiioo , prjTTo , nniaa , ^T}^,''^ 
 
 nniD Chald. to destroy, to corrupt; 
 Part. pass, f Dan. 2, 9 nn-^ntan na'is n^a 
 lyitig and corrupt words. Neut. HnTjti 
 a corrupt deed, crime, Dan. 6, 5. 
 
 tinit f (r. nva, as nns from nij) c. 
 suff. cFinoJ Ez. 19, 4. 8, a pit, e. g. a) 
 In which traps are laid for wild beasts, 
 a pit-fall ; trop. for plots, treachery, Ps. 
 7, 16. 9, 16. 35, 7. 94, 13. Prov. 26, 27. 
 Ez. 1. c. b) a cistern, having mire at 
 the bottom. Job 9, 31. c) a subterra- 
 nean prison Is. 51, 14. d) Spec, a 
 sepulchre, the grave, Ps. 30, 10. Job 17, 
 14. 33, 18. 30. rniij t^; to go down to 
 the pit or grave Job 33, 24. Ps. 55, 24. 
 rn)sa 125 to perish in the grave, sepul- 
 chre, Job" 33, 28. rn!i5 nxn to see the 
 grave, i. e. to die and be buried, Ps, 16, 
 10. 49, 10. The LXX often render 
 nnaj by diacp&oQa, as if from r. rinttj dca- 
 (p&tiQb) to corrupt ; not however in the 
 sense of corruption, putridity, but of de- 
 struction; see the examples in the Con- 
 cord, of Kircher or Trommius. The 
 Greek word is indeed taken by Luke 
 in the sense of corruption in Acts 2, 27. 
 13, 35 sq, but il would be difficult to 
 show that the Heb. rniD has this sense 
 even in a single passage, as derived from 
 r. nnto . The appeal is indeed made to 
 Job 17, 14, where the other hemistich 
 has i^^an, and nni^ is called /a/Aer, 
 which seems to accord only with a 
 masculine noun ; but in such cases the 
 sacred writers often neglect both the 
 etymology and gender of words ; comp. 
 'fy na "liis-'x Ps. 17, 8. 
 
note 
 
 1048 
 
 ^t:i2 
 
 niStB f. (for na3(^ , Arab. iaH Su7it) 
 acacia, the s;)?72a jEgyptiaca of the 
 ancients, Mimosa Nilotica Linn. Is. 41, 
 19. It is a large tree growing in Egypt 
 and Arabia, from which the Gum Ara- 
 bic is obtained ; its bark is covered with 
 large black thorns ; the wood is exceed- 
 ingly hard, and when old resembles 
 ebony. See Celsii Hierobot. T. I. p. 
 499. Jablonsky Opusc. ed. te Water I. 
 p. 260. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 349. 
 
 Plur. QiatO 1 . acacias, whence ""SS 
 V^'^t acacia-wood Ex. 25, 5. 10. 13. 26, 
 26. 27, 1. 6. 
 
 2. Shittim, pr. n. of a valley in Moab 
 on the borders of Palestine, Num. 25, 1. 
 Josh. 2. 1. 3, 1. Mic. 6, 5 ; fully bra 
 n^arn (the valley of acacias) Joel 4, 18 
 [3,'lS]. 
 
 * JTD1II fut. nti'rn, to spread out, to 
 
 
 expand ; Syr. \ u,l li, Arab, ^^.kuu , 
 
 Eth. A^A, id. Job 12, 23 O^iab n-jil3 
 he spreadeth out the nations, i. e. gives 
 them ample territories. Kspec. to spread 
 any thing upon the ground, e. g. bones 
 Jer. 8, 2; quails Num. 11, 32 j ground 
 corn, coarse meal, 2 Sam. 17, 19. 
 
 PiEL to spread out, to stretch out, e. g. 
 the arms, hands, Ps. 88, 10. 
 
 Deriv. nottja, niaipiQ. 
 
 "CntO m. (r. ::ltl5 Pil.) a scourge, Josh. 
 23, 13; i. q. aiuJ q. v. 
 
 * Cits TO fut. CjiJO^ 1. to gush or pour 
 out, tojlow abundantly, Ps. 78, 20. niaa 
 Ciati a pouring rain, Ez. 13, 13. 38, 22. 
 
 2. to overflow, to overwhelm, as a stream 
 l8. 30, 28. 66, 12 ; metaph. of an army 
 Dan. 11, 10.26.40. So with ace. a) to 
 overflow or inundate any thing Jer. 47, 
 2 ; also stronger, to overwhelm, and swal- 
 low up, Ps. 69, 3 '?r^B-Jtti nbisiu the floods 
 overwhelm me, swallow me up. v. 16. 
 124, 4. Is, 43, 2. Cant. 8, 7. b) to sweep 
 away as with a flood, to wash away. Is. 
 28, 17. Job 14, 19 the flood aweepeth 
 away the dust of the earth. Ez. 16, 19. 
 Vice versa c) to bring in as with a 
 flood; Is. 10, 22 Hjjnx riMtiJ yiin p-^is 
 dentnictiim is decreed, bringing in jus- 
 tire like a flood, i. e. overwhelming the 
 wicked with merited punishment, nj^-is 
 being an accui. governed by tiXip. d) to 
 
 wash, to rinse, i. e. copiously, Lev. 15, 11. 
 
 1 K. 22, 38. 
 
 3. Metaph. to run swiftly, to rush, as 
 a horse, Jer. 8, 6. Comp. no. 1. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be overflowed, overwhelm- 
 ed, trop. of a hostile army Dan. 11, 22. 
 
 2. to be washed, rinsed. Lev. 15, 12. 
 
 PuAL i. q. Niph. no. 2, Lev. 6, 21. 
 Hence 
 
 v|t3Tp and Clt^lB m. 1. a gushing, out- 
 pouring, e. g. of rain Job 38, 25; of a 
 torrent, whence metaph. Prov. 27, 4 
 S]X ^Btlj anger is an outpouring, i. e. is 
 outrageous. 
 
 2. an overflowing, inundation, flood, 
 Ps. 32, 6. Nah. 1, 8. Dan. 9, 26 Ci'JTi;? iSJ? 
 his end cometh as a flood, i. e. suddenly ; 
 comp. in^2 Hos. 10, 15, and see 3 lett. 
 C. Metaph. of an army, Dan. 11, 22. 
 
 *^^^, Arab. Jtww, to write; 
 whence Part. iiaiiJ pr. a writer, scribe, 
 Sept. ygcfifiaxsig, ygoifificinotiauyaysvg, 
 Peshito Yfaso . Then, as writing was 
 anciently employed chiefly in the admi- 
 nistration of justice (comp. Sns no. 5, 6, 
 Arab. v_/j'L5' scribe and judge, Gf. yqa- 
 cpeiv, yq'dtpta&ai,), a magistrate, prefect, 
 
 leader of the people ; comp. Arab. >.la^*< 
 
 to be over any thing, c. ,Js^ ; > h * m A 
 
 a prefect. Targ. '?\^D , laiD , Vulg. ma- 
 gister, dux, exactor. Spec, the d'^'ittOi 
 were : a) the leaders, oflicers of the 
 Israelites in Egypt, Ex. 5, 6-19 ; and in 
 the desert, i. q. the seventy elders. Num. 
 11,16. Deut.20,9. 29,9. 31,28. Josh.l, 
 10. 3, 2. 8, 33. 23, 2. 24, 1. b) magis- 
 trates in the cities and towns of Pales- 
 tine, Deut. 16, 18. 1 Chr. 23, 4. 26, 29. 
 
 2 Chr. 19, 11. 34, 13. Spoken of supe- 
 rior magistrates or oflicers Prov. 6, 7 ; 
 also 2 Chr. 26, 11, where it is not neces- 
 sary to understand a military officer, 
 since the census of the troops could be 
 taken by a civil magistrate. Ecc. 6, 7. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. '''^^tt? . 
 
 "TU Chald. m. (or rather 'laio , as is 
 read in 26 Mss. and editions, and this 
 is also supported by 11 others which 
 have i0) the side, Dan. 7, 5. In the 
 Targums "ao, 6<"3D, Syr. lr^, Arab. 
 
 id. 
 
lti;c 
 
 1049 
 
 b^w 
 
 '^'yOtO (yQafifiaiixoi, r. "iB\3) Shilrai, 
 pr. n.'m. 1 Chr. 27, 29 Chetli. Iti Keri 
 
 - I 
 
 "C m. (r. X^irJ , for K'^^J, as "'ft for H"^^, 
 IW for KVCJ) a gift, present, as being 
 brought ; eo in the phrase ''lO b'^ain to 
 bring presents Ps. 68, 30. 76, 12. Is. 18,7. 
 
 *K;^ or K^ obsol. root, Arab. 
 
 * T 
 
 ^jUm to will, to desire ; Conj. II, to lead 
 
 or"^ bring to any one, to impel. Hence 
 
 > for N-'ttJ . 
 
 i^'^tO pr. n. 2 Sam. 20, 25 Cheth. see 
 
 in "^"^ia. 
 
 ]iM'' (destruction, r. JtiTI!) <S/n'ow, pr. 
 n. of a city in the tribe of Iseachar, Josh. 
 19, 19. 
 
 I. riD"^ f. (r. nittJ) return^ and concr. 
 fAose returning Ps. 126, 1. 
 
 II. nn'^O f. (for na'^O'^ , r. a?^) cZtreZ/- 
 ing, stay, 2 Sam. 19, ^^33 [32]. 
 
 I^^ a doubtful root, to which is 
 apparently to be referred fut. apoc. "^UJn, 
 after the form ^n^^, Deut. 32, 18 ; Sept. 
 fyxaiiXmsg, Vulg. dereliquisti, i. e. thou 
 hast forsaken ; the other hemistich has 
 nsffini thou hast forgotten. The root 
 M^iy then would seem to have signified 
 the same as riHia , Lo^ww , to forget, to 
 
 neglect, whence % g vr negligence ; the 
 letter n when interposed between two 
 vowels being changed into "^ . as is often 
 done; comp. nrj:! and fi^S, nna and 
 
 n^Q, nsit and _j to deck, L&j and Lo 
 to be raw, e. g. flesh, also 3'^I3|^'^ lor 
 S'^a'^n^ ; and comp. the like change of 
 K in nx'n, n*'n, vulture, '>o\jd, jIq^. 
 Or 'Cn may be derived from the root 
 riHia itself^ regardingr it as contracted 
 from ''^t7\ (for 7\T\^_T\ , comp. ""n^n Jer. 
 18, 23 for nnian), like it for IW. 
 
 ' ^ obsol. root, Arab, to love impa- 
 tiently. Hence 
 
 i^r^ Shiza, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 42. 
 
 ^.T''^ to deliver, see in r. Staj. 
 
 T\Tpt3 f (r. n!iCJ) i. q. nnsiuj, a j>i/, Ps. 
 119, 85. 57, 7 Cheth. 
 
 niniW, ^iniD, in, pr. black, tur- 
 bid, from r. "inia ; hence Shihor as the 
 
 88* 
 
 Heb. pr. name for the Nile, iK'j being 
 the Egyptian name, so called from its 
 muddy and turbid waters ; (whence also 
 Lat. Mdo i. q. nilag, according to Festus 
 and Serv. ad Virg. Georg. 4. 291. iEn. 
 1. 745. ib. 4. 246;) Is. 23, 3 ihnJ snj 
 nsfj I'^^tlD the produce of Shihor, the har- 
 vest of the Nile, Vulg. Nili. Jer. 2, 18. 
 In two passages. Josh. 13, 3. 1 Chr. 13, 5, 
 Shihor is put as the south-western limit 
 of Palestine, where one might expect the 
 torrent of Egypt, D^nsa bns , see bna ; 
 but in the similar passage Gen. 15, 18, 
 the Nile, c^tl^'^ nna, is alo mentioned. 
 
 n:nb nir^lS Shihor-Hbnath Josh. 19, 
 26, pr. n. of a small stream or river, 
 which empties itself into the sea, in the 
 territory of Asher; according to J. D. 
 Michaelis G'/aas river (comp. i^jsb no. 1), 
 i. e. the Belus, from the sands of which 
 the first glass was made by the Pheni- 
 cians. 
 
 t3^1? m. (r. t3v:j) 1. i. q. uinJ, a 
 scourge. Is. 28, 15 Cheth. 
 
 2. an oar, i. q. aio^. Is. 33, 21. 
 
 Tib^tO m. (r. ri^d) after the form 
 -iti-'p, ntt3"i3, or also like nba from nba. 
 
 1. rest, quiet, tranquillity J such seems 
 to be the meaning of the word in the 
 difficult passage Gen. 49, 10, the sceptre 
 shall not depart from Judah . . . ""'S IS 
 D-53S rnp-^ "ibi n'^-'ia xia;; until rest shall 
 come and the nations obey him (Judah) ; 
 then shall he bind, etc. etc. That is, 
 Judah shall not lay aside the sceptre of 
 a leader, until he shall have subdued 
 his enemies and obtained dominion over 
 many nations ; referring to the expected 
 kingdom of the Messiah, who was to 
 spring from the tribe of Judah. Others, 
 whom I formerly followed, take nb^TO 
 here as concrete, i. e. pacificator, prince 
 of peace, understanding either the Mes- 
 siah, comp. Diba "lb Is. 9, 5 ; or Solo- 
 mon, comp. niab'iij 1 Chr. 22, 9 ; so the 
 Samaritan, see Repert. f bibl. und mor- 
 genland. Litt. XVI. 168. The ancient 
 versions take nba ('iVi) as compounded 
 of -la i. q. -MBX, and rih i. q. ib to him, in 
 this sense : until he shall come to whom 
 it belongs, sc. the sceptre, dominion, i. e. 
 the Messiah ; comp. Ez. 21, 32 xa-ns 
 aadan ib-nirx, Sept. w Ha&>lxH. Sept, 
 in several Mss. ju anoxsipeva alru which 
 
b^TD 
 
 1050 
 
 "I'^iB 
 
 are laid up for him ; in others (c. Symm.) 
 w itnoxiixaifor whom it is laid up. Syr. 
 Saad. is cvjus est. Targ. Onk. Messias, 
 cujus est regnum. The variety of the 
 readings here, viz. rfb'^izi in most Mss. 
 and editions, n'V^ in 28 Jewish Mss. and 
 all the Samaritan, ib^'ttJ or ibttJ in a few 
 Mss. is of little moment, since the same 
 threefold orthography is found also in 
 the proper name, no. 2. This only fol- 
 lows from it, that Hebrew critics and 
 copyists regarded iTbitiJ as a simple 
 word and not a compound, as in the 
 ancient versions. The views of theolo- 
 gians on this passage have been col- 
 lected by Hengstenberg, Christologie 
 d. A. T. I. p. 59 sq. 
 
 2. Shiloh (place of rest), pr. n. of a 
 city in the tribe of Ephraim, situated 
 among the hills to the north of Bethel, 
 eastward of the great northern road ; 
 where the sacred tabernacle remained 
 for a long (ime, Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. 4, 3 ; 
 comp. Ps. 78, 60. It is written various- 
 ly : lb"' Judg. 21, 21. Jer. 7, 12 ; -ibttS 
 Judg. 21, 19. 1 Sam. 1, 24. 3, 21 ; nbdj 
 Josh. 18, 1. 8. 1 Sam. 1, 3. 9. 1 K.2,27. 
 The full form would be pr. ')'ib"'!l5 , whence 
 the gentile noun ''Sb"'tt5 q. v. and also 
 the present Arabic name ^^yXju^ Sei- 
 lun, Joseph, SiXovv. See Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. III. p. 86-9. [Comp. the forms 
 of the pr. n. nabb, 'linbio, Ruth 4, 20. 
 21. R, 
 
 bb->0 Mic. ], 8 Cheth. i. q. bbittS no. 1, 
 where see. , 
 
 ''3^ gentile n. Shilonite: a) From 
 n'b-'ttS no. 2, where see ; IK. 11, 29. 12, 
 15. Neh. 11, 5. Comp. nba and '^sb-'a. 
 b) For "Sbl^ from nbi^ , 1 Chr. 9, 5. ' 
 
 ^itt"^ (for lio^ti^ desert) Shimon, pr. 
 n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20. 
 
 * y^ obsol. root, i. q. Ethiop. TU^i 
 and Syr. .cii mingere ; comp. "jntiJ . 
 Henoe 
 
 V.V or V^ m. only plur. crifl , nn'rifi, 
 in Cheth. Is. 36, 12. 2 K. 18, 27." 
 
 *?^ Chald. to finigh, see in r. KS'' 
 Chald. 
 
 l-^ID, rarely IJlTD Cheth. 1 Sam. 
 18, 6; fut "i***^, apoc. once ntt'' Job 23, 
 
 37, conv. IQi^l Judg. 5, 1 ; to sing. 
 (Part, plur, ninttj Ez. 27, 25. see in I^OJ 
 I.) Not found in the other Semitic dia- 
 lects, but in Sanscr. comp. shiir to sing. 
 Judg. 5, 1. Ps. 65, 14. Constr. a) 
 With ace. of the song Ps. 7, 1. 137, 4 ; 
 also with ace. of the pers. or thing cele- 
 brated, Ps. 21, 14. 59, 17. 89, 2. b) With 
 h to sing unto any one in his honour, to 
 celebrate in song, Ps. 13, 6. 27, 6. 33, 3 ; 
 also to sing of or concerning any thing 
 Is. 5, 1. c) With 3 to sing of Ps, 138, 
 5 : comp, 3 -i2^ . d) With br of him 
 whom one addresses in song, before 
 whom one sings; Job 33, 27 b? "i(l3^ 
 Dittjjx he singeth before men, chants 
 unto them. Prov. 25, 20 b? D^*iV!;3 nttJ 
 2''n"3b he who singeth songs to a. heavy 
 heart., i. e. to one afflicted. But to sing 
 . is also sometimes put for to declaim, to 
 recite with a loud voice, comp. njs no. 
 1 ; see the examples above cited. Is. 5. 
 1. Job 33, 27. 
 
 PiL. ^nia3 to sing habitually, Zeph. 2, 
 14. .Job 36, 24 C'laisx sniitj nbjt which men 
 do sing, celebrate. Part, 'r^tti^ a singer 
 1 Chr. 9, 33, 15, 16, Neh. 12.28 sq. 13, 5. 
 
 HopH. pass, to be sung, as a song Is, 
 26, 1. 
 
 Deriv. nittJ , n'l^iij . 
 
 *1''T2J m. plur. ni"iiaj and Di"ittJ , c. suff. 
 ^^^-laj Am. 5, 23. " " 
 
 1. song, singing ; 2 Chr, 29, 28 "I'^^rt 
 D'l'njibjno m'-isianni i-nimn the song 
 sang and the trumpets sounded, i. e, the 
 song struck up and the trumpets began 
 to sound ; which is expressed in v. 27 by 
 fiirr^ 1*^(1) bnn the song of Jehovah began, 
 i. e, in his praise, Kimchi here need- 
 lessly explains n^ai as if for "i"HlJ bra 
 singer ; better would be "T^ttJ "'bra choir 
 of singers. Also singing i, e, music of 
 instruments, e, g. "I'^tti "'ba musical in- 
 struments 1 Chr, 16, 42" '2 Chr, 7, 66. 
 34, 12. Am. 6, 5. Neh. 12, 27 D^nba^ "I'^ttia 
 with music of cymbals. 
 
 2. a song, hymn, e. g. sacred, a psalm, 
 Ps, 33, 3, 40, 4, al, ssepiss. Also not sa- 
 cred Is. 23, 16, 24, 9. Ecc. 7, 5. Ez. 33, 
 32 ; espce. a song of joy Am. 8, 3. 10, 
 opp. nj-'p. So D"i'n"'\an i-tt5 Cant. 1, 1, 
 Vulg. canticum canticorum. the song of 
 songs, i, e. the most beautiful of songs ; 
 comp. the phrases C'l-^'tS "'"is 'the most 
 beautiful ornament' Ez, 16, 7, "'afti 
 
VlD' 
 
 1051 
 
 n'"iD 
 
 D'jttisn 'the highest heaven' 1 K. 8, 27. 
 As the title of a book, (which however 
 could hardly proceed from tlie author,) 
 this epithet contains an encomium simi- 
 lar to niT'-i'; n-'^i) Ps. 45, 1. 
 
 n'!"' f. constr. nn-'Ol, i. q. vt^, a 
 song Deut. 31, 19 sq. Pb. 18. 1. Is. 23, 
 15 ; also of a parable written in rhythm, 
 Is. 5, 1. Plur. niT>tli Am. 8, 3. 
 
 tJ'^TD m. Syr. ^4 > ^, w/tiVe niarble, 
 alabaster, 1 Chr. 29, 2. Comp. U5\d no. 
 
 I. R. tw. 
 
 itTD'^TD, see n;;nto . 
 
 pT^i Shishak, pr. n. of a king of 
 Egypt coteniporary with Jeroboam, 1 K. 
 
 II, 40. 14, 25 (Clieth. pUJilD). 2 Chr. 12, 
 5. He is prob. the same with Sesonchis, 
 the first king in the 22d dynasty of Ma- 
 netho. 
 
 *r\''^^ fat. rr^iy';, apoc. nc;), man 
 Ex. 23, 1, conv. na5 ; inf absoi.^niij is' 
 22. 7 ; to set, to put, to place, i. q. CliU, 
 Ti&ivat, but less frequent. Kindred He- 
 brew roots see in U3tt5 . The other Se- 
 mitic dialects do not contain this verb; 
 but it is widely diffused in the Indo- 
 European tongues, both in the signif! to 
 set, and also to seat, e. g. Sanscr. sad to 
 sit, Gr. i'QofiaL fut. kdoi/fiui, (root id). Lat. 
 sedere, Goth, satjan to set, to constitute, 
 Anglosax. sattan, Engl, to seat, to set, 
 Germ, setzen, comp. the Greek. Trans- 
 posing the vowel, there arises the kin- 
 dred root sld. in ffia-w, laiTjfit, sta-re. 
 
 1. to set, to place, to put, where it re- 
 fers to persons or things which stand 
 erect (or at least sit, Ps. 132, 11), or 
 are regarded as erect rather than as 
 lying down, e. g. to set a watch, guards, 
 Ps. 141. 3 ; any one upon a throne. S<03^ , 
 'Ps. 132, 11 ; ttJxib n-ii55 ni(i5 to set a 
 crown upon the head Ps. 21, 4. Metaph. 
 Gen. 3, 15 / 7cill put enmity between thee 
 and the woman. Ps. 73, 28 "^nxa "^n!!) 
 "'Orna in the Lord have I put my trust. 
 Spec. a) to set in array as an army, 
 the ace. nana being everywhere implied 
 (comp. Josh. 8. 2. 13), i. e. to set oneself 
 in array. Is. 22, 7. Ps. 3, 7 WtU 3'^aD iCX 
 '^\s who set themselves in array against 
 me round about, b) to set, i. e. to consti- 
 tute, to appoint, e. g. any one as prince. 
 
 with two ace. 1 K. 11, 34 ; ace. and ^ 
 Ps. 45, 17 ; b? of thing, to set one oner 
 any thing, Gen. 41, 33. c) to set i. q. 
 to found ; 1 Sum. 2, 8 and he hath set, 
 founded, the world upon them i. e. the 
 columns. d) D"^t'pil3 n*'!!) to set or lay 
 snares, springes, i. e. to lay plots, to plot 
 against, Ps. 140, 6. e) to set a bound 
 Ex. 23, 21 ; of a term of time, p'Pl, to set, 
 to appoint, Job 14, 13. Ellipt. and im- 
 pers. Job 38, 11 :;-|a lixia n-'d;; riuii 
 and here let one set (bounds) to thy proud 
 waves, i. e. here let thy proud waves be 
 stayed. f ) With ace. of pers. and a 
 of place, to set or put one in any place ; 
 Ps. 88, 7 ni'sFinn "liaa -^vfxo thou hast 
 put me in the lowest pit, i. e. hast cast 
 me into it. Once with h of pers. and a of 
 place, Ps. 73, 18 inb ir^cn P'ipbna thou 
 hast set them in slippery places ; comp. 
 Ps. 12, 6 ib n^E^ 5ir;;a niirx I will place 
 in safety him at whom one puffs, i. e. the 
 oppressed. Nearly similar is a 'o IT^ttJ 
 to set or pjU one in a certain class or 
 number, to reckon him to that number ; 
 2 Sam. 19, 29 thou didst set me among 
 them that eat at thy table, and Jer. 3, 19 
 D"i23a riri-'CJN r^'^x how have I set thee 
 among my children ! i.e. in what hon- 
 our. g)'With b? to put to any thing, 
 to add to, Gen. 30, 40. h) cs 'b VT't 
 to set with another person or thing, i. e. 
 to compare, to make eqrial, Job 30, 1. 
 
 2. to pid, to place, to lay any person or 
 thing, so that they may remain in a re- 
 cumbent posture. Ps. 8, 7 nnn nnifi b'a 
 l^ban thou hast put all things under his 
 feet, hast subjected them to him. Ruth 
 4, 16 and Naomi took the child, i~n"'i^n] 
 PiiDTia and laid, it in her bosom. Ps. 84, 
 4 a nest where she (the sparrow) may lay 
 her young. Spec, a) bs in^ niffi to lay 
 one's hand upon anyone Gen. 48, 17 ; in 
 protection Ps. 139, 5; or as an arbiter, 
 mediacor, who lays a hand upon each of 
 the disputants. Job 9, 33. Also to lay the 
 hand upon the eyes, of a dead person, 
 i. e. to close his eyes, the last act of filial 
 affection, Gen. 46, 4. On the contrary, 
 DS in^ n"'^, to put or lay one's hand with 
 anyone, i. e. to join hands with him in do- 
 ing any thing, Ex. 23, 1. Ellipt. Job 10, 20 
 iSB?2 n-^ai, sc. T]*!^ , put from me thy hand, 
 let me alone, b) With a , to put or lay 
 in any place; Job 38, 36 who hath put 
 
n^izj 
 
 1052 
 
 lilD" 
 
 wisdom in thy reins? Ps. 13, 3 how long 
 shall I put (have) cares in my .soul? 
 Prov. 26, 24 nana rr^u:; "ia'^pa Ae puiteth 
 deceit within him, i. e. has it. cherishes it 
 within him. c) "'"'S T^^S n-^ttJ to put on 
 one's ornaments Ex. 33, 4. Conip. the 
 subst. r"^UJ . d) With ace. of thing and 
 by of pers. to lay upon any one, either 
 something to be endured Is. 15. 9, with 
 h of pers. Ps. 9. 21 ; or to be performed, 
 paid, Ex. 21, 22; also to impute to any 
 one a fault, sin, Num. 12, 11. e) n-'O) 
 i^asb to set or lay before oneself, before 
 one's eyes, so. that for which one cares, 
 either to punish Ps. 90, 8 ; or to cherish 
 101, 3. f) Sometimes from the nature 
 of the case it is i. q. to pour, e. g. grain 
 into the bosom of one's garment Ruth 3, 
 15 ; to cast, Job 22, 24 1S3 ^SS-b? n^tti 
 cast upon the earth the precious ore. 
 
 3. to set, to put, i. e. to direct, to turn in 
 any definite position or direction, e. g. 
 a) hi< l"':s n''tt3 to set or turn one's face 
 any whither. Num. 24, 1. b) rrs 'tU 
 with inf c.}> ,to set one's eyes upon doing 
 any thing, to attempt something, Ps. 17, 
 11. c) 23 n''tt5 animum adverlere, to 
 turn the mind, i. e. to regard, 1 Sam. 4, 
 20. Ps. 62, 11 . Prov. 24, 32. With bx to 
 any thing, to set the heart upon, to attend 
 to, Job 7, 17 ; b Ex. 7, 23. 2 Sam. 13, 20. 
 Ps. 48, 14. Prov. 22, 17. 27, 23. Jer. 31, 21. 
 
 4. to set as any thing, i. e. to make, to 
 render, comp. the sense to constitute in 
 no. 1. b. With two ace. Is. 5. 6. 26, 1. 
 Jer. 22, 6. Ps. 21, 7. 84, 7. 88, 9. 110, 1 ; 
 ace. and b Jer. 2, 15. 13, 16; ace. and 
 3 to make as any thing, Is. 16, 3. Hos. 
 2, 5. Ps. 21, 10. 83, 12. 14. Rarely 
 Bimpl. to muke, to do, i. q. nias. as n"'llJ 
 nink to do signs, wonders, Ex. 1, 10. 
 Hence 
 
 5. With dat. to make or prepare for 
 any one, i. q. to give, Gen. 4, 25. Im- 
 pers. Hos. 6, 11 "^^ "i-'s;? nui rri^rr^ cs 
 also for thee, Judah, a harvest of evils 
 ia prepared. 
 
 Hoi'ii. pass. c. b?, to he laid upon, 
 imjmed, Ex. 21, 30. 
 Deriv. nuj, Pi-'ttS, pr. n. r>t. 
 
 n^tb m. c. suff. in-itti, a thorn, collect. 
 thoma, U. 5, 6. 7, 23-25, 9, 17. 10, 17. 
 27, 4. The etymology is doubtful ; but 
 prob, n^^ i for nsib, the middle radical 
 9 being aoflened, (as n^^ for r\^^ , ils for 
 
 tVc, slg for ivg,) from r. )y^ , whence 'jttj 
 fem. r:!a ; comp. r^'n from bh"^ , nsn 
 from Cisn . Others understand a thorn- 
 hedge, as being set around gardens and 
 vineyards, from H'^aj ; but the word does 
 not signify a hedge of thorns, but thorns 
 as growing spontaneously in the fields 
 and among ruins. 
 
 fT^TO m. (r. fT'ttJ ) something put on, 
 i. e. attire, dress, Prov. 7, 10. Ps. 73, 6. 
 Comp. r. riiOJ no. 2. c. 
 
 ^^, see -3tU. 
 
 *^5^, fut. ^SUi":; inf. nstti, c. suff: 
 Pi32'd3 Gen. 19, 33. v^iatu (from niiu) Deut. 
 6, 7 ; imperat. DDttJ , c. He parag. nz3ttj ; 
 to lie down, to lie; Syr. Chald. and Eth. 
 jftllfl, id. but Arab. y^^jCyw to pour out, 
 by inclining a vessel. The primary root 
 is -3, rp, which has the signification 
 of curving, inclining oneself see in tJES, 
 Gr. and Lat. xvmai, cubo, cumbo. For 
 the sibilant prefixed to biliteral roots in 
 order to make them triliteral, see under 
 ia, p. 1000. Ps. 68, 14 when ye shall lie 
 among the stalls, i. e. the shepherds in 
 order to take rest. Is. 50, Wye shall lie 
 down in sorrow. IK. 3, 19 she (the 
 woman) had lain upon it, the child, and 
 so had smothered it. Also to lay oneself 
 in a particular posture ; Ez. 4, 6 lay thy- 
 self upon thy right side. Spec. a) Of 
 persons lying down to sleep, Gen. 19, 4. 
 28, 11. 1 Sam. 3, 5. 6. 9. Ps. 3, 6. 4, 9. 
 
 1 K. 19, 5. Job 7, 4. Prov. 3, 24 ; and as 
 lying in bed, sleeping, 1 Sam. 3, 2. 
 
 2 Sam. 11, 9. 26,7. 1 K. 21, 27. Also 
 to lie down for rest, comp. Ps. 68, 14 ; 
 hence, to rest, to take rest, Ecc. 2, 23 
 even at night his heart taketh no rest. 
 Job 11, 18 see in isn II. p. 335. Job 30, 
 17 my gnawing (pains) take no rest, b) 
 Of sick persons 2 Sam. 13, 6. 2 K. 9, 16. 
 c) Of mourners as lying upon the ground 
 2 Sam. 12, 16. d) Of persons dying, to 
 lay oneself down, very oilen in the phrase 
 respecting the death of kings, OS 23U:*1 
 i-^niax 1 K. 2, 10. 11, 43. 14, 20. 31. 15, 
 8. 24. 16, 6. 28 ; also of the dead. Is. 14 
 8 Pi23Ui IH'O since thou art lain down, 
 liest dead.'v. 18. 43, 17. Job 3, 13. 20, 11. 
 21, 26. "la;? ^asttJ those lying in the 
 grave Ps. 8J3, 6. e) With DS , to lie with 
 a woman, Gen. 26, 10. 30, 15. 16. 34,2. 
 
n5j 
 
 1053 
 
 blDlD 
 
 39, 7. 12. Ex. 22, 18. Deut. 22, 23 eq. 
 2 Sam. 12, 11; also rx Gen. 35, 22. 
 1 Sam. 2, 22 ; c. sufl'. "'rx , Pinx , Gen. 
 34, 2. Lev. 15, 18. 24; also c. ace. Deut. 
 28, 30 in Keri, where Cheth. baoi .' Usu- 
 ally spoken of men; once of a woman 
 Gen. 19. 32. 
 
 NiPH. to be lain with, ravished, of a 
 woman, Is. 13, 16. Zcch. 14, 2. 
 
 PuAL id. Jcr. 3, 2 Keri. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to make lie down, to pros- 
 trate any one, 2 Sam. 8, 2 ; to lay down 
 1 K. 17, 19 ; to cause to rest Hos. 2, 20. 
 
 2. to lay down or incline a vessel ; and 
 hence to pour out, to empty a vessel, Job 
 38, 37. So Arab. y_>jCww to pour out. 
 For the connection of this meaning, see 
 above in Kal in it. 
 
 HoPH. S3t^n , part. 32Ca , to be laid, 
 to lie, 2 K. 4, '32. Ez. 32^ 19'. 32. 
 
 Deriv. nssaj, rabtt), 23tt;a. 
 
 nnsO f. (r. aaai) constr. nasttJ, efu- 
 sion ; see r. asai Hiph. no. 2, and comp. 
 in Kal init. E.g. a) Of dew Ex. 16, 
 13. 14. b) Of seed in concubitu, emis- 
 xitm, T.p.v. 15, 16. 17. 18. 32. 19,20. 22, 4, 
 Num. 5, 13. 
 
 nnb f. i. q, naSD lett. b; hence "jn; 
 ni^xa in3Dtt)-nx i. q. to lie with a wo- 
 man,'Lev.' IS, 23.' 20. 15. Num. 5, 20 ; also 
 msx-bs s-iTb iBasoJ-rx ',nj Lev. 18, 20. 
 
 *^*~ a doubtful root, according to 
 some i. q. nsi^ , Eth. fl^P, to wander, 
 to roam. Hence. 
 
 Hiph. part. Jer. 5, 8 like fed horses (in 
 lust) ^"'t^ B"'3'aT3 do they roam about ; 
 corap. Jer. 2. 23. Prov. 7, 11, and nsoJ 
 no. 1. But it is perhaps better, with the 
 Hebrew interpreters, to take C'raTS here 
 as part. Hiph. of the verb DDttj , put ad- 
 verbially in the sing, instead of ni^">30^ ; 
 the sense then would be, they are like 
 fed horses in the morning, i. e. early in- 
 flamed with lust; comp. Is. 5, 11. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. fi^Sffl ; see also T^il|s . 
 
 ^"1313 m. (r. bbti) 1. bereavement, 
 loss of children, metaph. Is. 47, 8. 9. 
 
 2. the being forsaken, abandoned by 
 all, Ps. 35. 12. 
 
 b^3 ni. (r. hb^^ ) f nbsti , plur. nibsti . 
 
 1. bereaved of children Jer. 18. 21 ; 
 robbed of whelps, as a bear, 2 Sam. 17, 8. 
 Hos. 13. 8. 
 
 2. without young, barren, Cant. 4, 2. 
 6, 6. 
 
 *li3TS , 13 , m. (r. nsti ) drunk, in- 
 tojricated, 1 Sam. 25, 36. 1 K. 16, 9. 20, 
 16. Fem. n'j'ziii^ 1 Sara. 1, 13. 
 
 5^5^ and tjD"0 Is. 49^ 14, Prov. 2, 
 17 ; fut. nsis^ ; to forget, perh. kindr. 
 with ."12113, Gen. 27, 45; c. ace. Gen. 
 40, 23. Ps. 9, 13 ; ya c. inf Ps. 102, 5. 
 Also to leave a thing from forgetfulness, 
 Deut. 24, 19. Often men are said to 
 forget God, Deut. 6, 12. 32, 18. Judg. 3, 
 7 ; or the divine law, Hos. 4, 6. Vice 
 versa, God is said to forget men, i. e. not 
 to care for them, Ps. 10, 12. Is. 49, 14 ; 
 or to forget his kindness, i. e. not to con- 
 tinue it, Ps. 77, 10. 
 
 NiPH. to be forgotten, to fall into ob- 
 livion. Gen. 41, 30. Ps. 31, 13. Job 28, 4 
 bs-i 'S^ DTisira forgotten of the foot, i. e. 
 not supported by the feet. Prsegn. Deut. 
 31, 21 is'jT lira nsTSn xb the song shall 
 not be forgotten out of the mouth of their 
 seed, i. e. shall not be forgotten and cease. 
 
 PiEL to cause to forget Lam. 2, 6. 
 
 HiPn. id. Jop. 03, 37. 
 
 HiTHP. i. q. Niph. Ecc. 8, 10. Hence 
 
 n? m. forgetting, forgetful, Is. 65, 
 11. Plur. constr. ''nsaJ Ps. 9, 18. 
 
 nSTJJ Chald. tofnd. Hithpe. nSPitirt 
 to be found Dan. 2, 35. Ezra 6, 2. 
 
 Haph. nsirn 1. tofnd Dan. 2, 25. 
 6, 6. 12. 
 
 2. to get, to obtain, Ezra 7, 16. 
 
 il^DTC (perh. roaming, r. nsti ) Sha- 
 chiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10. Most edi- 
 tions have fi^aiS in Cheth. 
 
 * ^5^, fut. r<aJ^ imper. r\^^, inf. 1]*; 
 kindr. with HfTO. 
 
 1. to incline oneself, to sloop, as one 
 who sets snares Jer. 5, 26. 
 
 2. to subside, as water Gen. 8, 1 ; of 
 anger, to be appeased Esth. 2, 1. 7, 10. 
 
 Hiph. to cause to subside, to still a 
 sedition, Num. 17, 20 [5]. 
 
 *y'^^, fut. bstfi?, to be bereaved of 
 
 children, to become childless, Arab. J^G, 
 
 Aram. brn. '^.i. With ace. Gen. 27, 
 45 c=-^:ttJ ca bscx nrb why shotdd I be 
 bereaved of you both? 43, 14 irXD '3X1 
 ''Fib 30) "iPlbilC and if I be bereaved. I 
 
bsffl 
 
 1054 
 
 0513 
 
 am bereaved, the expression of a person 
 who calmly bears up under what ap- 
 pears inevitable, corap. Esth. 4, 16. 
 
 1 Sam. 15, 33. Part. pass. nblsaJ be- 
 reaved of children, childless, Is. 49, 21. 
 
 Pi E L bSttJ 1 . (o bereave, to make, child- 
 less. Gen. 42, 36. 1 Sam. 15, 33. Spoken 
 
 a) Of wild beasts which devour chil- 
 dren ; Lev. 26, 22 / will send wild beasts 
 among you, which shall make you child- 
 less. Ez. 5, 17. 14, 15; comp. Hos. 9, 12. 
 
 b) Of the sword as destroying young 
 men ; Deut. 32, 25 ann-iisirn ynna 
 abroad (in battle) the sword shall make 
 childless, i. e. destroy your sons. Lam. 
 1, 20. Jer. 15, 7. Ez. 36, 13-15. 
 
 2. to cause abortion in women, flocks, 
 etc. spoken of an unhealthy soil 2 K. 2, 
 19. Intrans. to make i. e. to suffer abor- 
 tion, to miscarry, e. g. of a woman Ex. 
 23, 26; sheep and goats Gen. 31, 38. 
 Hence of a vine, to be barren,uvfruitfid, 
 Mai. 3, 11. Part, rb.'ziyq barren, of land 
 
 2 K. 2, 19. 21. 
 
 HiPH. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1. b, to destroy 
 young men in war Jer. 50, 9, where 
 
 Sl^tJJTa ie to be readj Vulg inierfectnr 
 
 not ^'Sba with Sept. Syr. and some 
 editions. 
 
 2. to miscarry Hos. 9, 14. See Pi. no. 2. 
 
 Deriv. bisOJ , bm, and 
 
 0^312? m. plur. bereavement, childless 
 slate, Is. 49, 20. 
 
 ^^3?, seeChald. r. i>b3. 
 
 DDTD denom. in Kal. not used; only in 
 HiPH. cson, fut. apoc. DSdv 
 
 1. to rise early in the morning, either 
 c. "i|5i2 Gen. 19, 27. 20, 8. 28, 18. 32, 1 ; 
 or eimpl. Gen. 19, 2. Ex. 32, 6. Josh. 8. 
 14. The primary eignif is prob. to load 
 up camels and other beasts of burden, 
 which among the nomades is done very 
 early in the morning, i. e. denom. from 
 30 shoulder ; like Eth. f\^<P to lay 
 a burden on one's shoulders Matt. 23, 4 ; 
 comp. Chald. K^ttJ, xuraAiw. With b to 
 get up early to any place, to go early, 
 Cant. 7, 13. Coupled with another verb 
 it is equivalent to an adverb, early; 
 Hob. 6, 4 r^n O-'JCJ^ ba the dew early 
 vani thing. J 3, 3. ' Hence inf absol. 
 cxrn adv. eaily, Prov. 27, 14. 
 
 2. Trop. to do with earnestness, to 
 urge eamettly. Jer. 7, 13 CS-'bx lanxi 
 
 "13'ni C?'ii-^? / have spoken unto you 
 wilh earnest zeal. 11, 7 "^nnijn ^>^'^ "^s 
 lyrfi . . . csrri for I have . . . most ear- 
 nestly admonished, etc. 7, 25. 25. 3. 26, 
 5. 32, 33. 35, 14. 15. 44, 4. 2 Chr. 36, 15. 
 Zeph. 3, 7 cnitjibs -in-inrn ^aistri but 
 they were in earnest to act wickedly. 
 Once infin. of the Chaldee form C^suis 
 for o-'3'din Jer. 25, 3. For Jer. 5, 8 see 
 in nsffl . ' 
 
 * Q5"9 "1- in pause QSiii. Ps. 21, 13, 
 c. sufF. iaaaj . 
 
 1. the shoulder, or, as Simonis has 
 well remarked, the shoulder-blades, i. e. 
 the part where these approach each 
 other behind, the upper part of the back 
 next beneath the neck, called in Engl, 
 indifferently the shoulders or the back. 
 Hence found only in the singular, and 
 different from rin3 ; as Job 31, 22 "lanSi 
 bisn n-o'zysi2 let 7ny shoulder fall from 
 its shoulder-blade, i. e. from the back to 
 which it is joined. Here the ending 
 1, although without Mappik, is to be 
 taken as in the printed Masora for a 
 suffix (comp. Num. 15, 28), so that it is 
 not necessary to assume a new fem. 
 niSDUJ i. q. nauj .The word B:aj seems 
 to be primitive, like the names of seve- 
 ral other members of the body; and the 
 verb Q-isaJn is derived from it. 
 
 Spec, a) As the part on which bur- 
 dens are carried. Job 31, 36. Is. 5, 9 the 
 dominion shall be upon his shoulder, like 
 a burden laid upon him and borne by 
 him. 22, 22 the key of the house of David, 
 will Hay upon his shoidder, i. e. commit 
 to his charge ; comp. the formula 'n,') bs, 
 in art. ^; . Zeph. 3, 9 to serve the Lord 
 *inx C3U5 with one shoulder, i. e. with one 
 mind, o(io&vfta86v, the metfiphor being 
 taken from those that bear a burden or 
 yoke together ; comp. Syr. ]^Ls fjt 
 jointly, 
 
 b) As the part on which blows are 
 inflicted. Is. 9, 3 insttJ na^ the staff of 
 his shoulder, i. e. with which he was 
 beaten. 
 
 c) In the phrase D=tt5 nsBn to turn 
 (he shoulder, i. e. to turn the back, said of 
 one going away, 1 Sam. 10, 9 ; comp. 
 tins njD Josh. 7, 12 and Jer. 48, 39. 
 Hence may be explained Ps. 21, 13 "'B 
 031^ ion'^iijn, Vulg. quoniam pones eos 
 
D5t 
 
 1055 
 
 DSU3 
 
 dorsian, i. e. thou wilt make them turn 
 their backs; comp. Cjlb "(PJ Ps. 18,41. 
 Sept. on &7)ati{ uvtov^ voijov. 
 
 2. Metaph. a trad or jwrtion of land, 
 Gen. 48, 22 ; pr. a ridge or hill, as Arab. 
 
 y^^jjOuO shoulder, also tract of land. 
 
 3. Shechem, Sichem, pr. n. a) A 
 city among the mountains of Ephraim, 
 situated in the narrow valley between 
 Mount Ebal and Mount Geiizim, after- 
 wards called by the Romans Flavia 
 Neapolis, whence the modern lujulj 
 Ndbnlus; Gen. 12,6. 33,18. 34,2. Josh. 
 20, 7. 21, 20. 21. Ps. 60, 8. 1 K. 12, 25. 
 Sept. -r^t'/i, comp. Act. 7, 16. Vulg. 
 Sichern. With He local "'33^ to She- 
 chem Hos. 6. 9. See Relandi Palaestina 
 p. 1004 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
 96 sq. 119sq. b) A Canaanite, Gen. 
 23, 19. 34, 2 sq. 
 
 Deriv. Hiph. O-'Stln (see D?), and 
 
 tDTD (shoulder) Shechem, pr. n. m, 
 a) A son of Gilead, Num. 26, 31. Josh. 
 17, 2. b) 1 Chr. 7, 19. Patronym. of 
 lett. a, is ^'32Ta a Shechemite, Num. 1. c. 
 
 STDpiC according to some i. q. D3ttJ Job 
 31, 22 ; but see above in C3a no. 1. 
 
 *']5"d, "5^, fut. -p'^JV 1. to let 
 oneself down, to settle down. e. g. the 
 column of fire and cloud, Num. 9, 17. 22. 
 10, 12. Ex. 24, 16. 
 
 2. to lay oneself down, to lie down, e. g. 
 for rest, as the lion Deut. 33, 20 ; of a 
 people lying in tents, to encamp, Num. 
 24, 2 ; of clouds resting heavily upon the 
 day. c. h'S Job 3, 5. Hence to rest, to take 
 rest, Judg. 5, 17. Prov. 7, 11 xb nn'^aa 
 H'^ban ^:3ia'^ her feet rest not in her house. 
 
 3. to abide, to dwell, Arab. j^OCw id. 
 With a of place Gen. 9, 27. 14, 13. 26,2. 
 Judg. 8, 11 ; ace. of place Deut. 22, 5. Is. 
 33, 16. Ps. 68, 7. A frequent formula is 
 ynx "(Sr to dicell in or inhabit the land, 
 to possess it quietly, Prov. 2, 21. 10, 30. 
 Ps. 37, 29 ; and so without ynx Ps. 102, 
 29, to dwell, i. q. to abide, like nffl^ in v. 
 13. (Comp. the similar ellipsis Is. 57, 
 15 God "IS "iSiu who abideth for ever.) 
 2 Sam. 7, 10 rnnn "(STri that they (the 
 people) way dwell in a place of their 
 own. Deut. 33, 16 tisb "lasaj the dweller 
 in the hush i. e. Jehovah, comp. Ex. 3, 2. 
 
 With a pleonastic dat. Pb. 120. 6 nssttS 
 nb hath dwelt for itself. Part. pass. 
 *|!1313 as act. dwelling, like the Fr. logi, 
 Judg. 8, 11. Once metaph. to dwell in 
 any thing, i. e. to he familiar, intimate 
 with it; see "jSO no. 2, and Arab. ^^>X/ 
 to be familiar. Prov. 8, 12 / wisdom 
 rns"!? ''Fi:3iy dwell in prudence, am inti- 
 mately united with her. 
 
 4. Pass, to he dwelt in, inhabited, e. g. 
 a place, i. q. I'd") no. 4. Jer. 50, 39. 33, 
 16. 46, 26. Is. 13*, 20 ; of a tent, to he 
 pitched, set up. Josh. 22, 19. 
 
 PiEL to cause to dwell Jer. 7, 7. Num. 
 14. 30. Of Jehovah it is sometimes said, 
 ii-'j "Sd to make his name dwell any- 
 where, i. e. to fix his abode there, Deut. 
 12, 11. 14, 23. 16, 6. 11. 26, 2 ; i. q. Oio 
 iiyia , see in wa no. 2. d. From this ex- 
 pression is derived the Talmudic word 
 n3"^3Ta the divine presence, Shechinah. 
 Also to pitch a tent, Ps. 78, 60 -(SttJ bnx 
 Cijja the tent (which) he pitched among 
 men ; comp. in Kal no. 4, and Hiph. 
 Comp. also in 3123^ no. 1. i, and Piel. 
 
 Hiph. 1. to cause to dwell, of a person 
 Gen. 3, 24. Job 11, 14 ; to set up or pitch 
 a tent Josh. 18, 1 ; comp. Kal Josh. 22, 19. 
 
 2. Causat. of Kal no. 2 ; Ps. 7, 6 '"liaS 
 "i3's;j *^ssb let him lay mine honour in 
 the dust, I. e. let him prostrate me in 
 the dust ; see in ii33 no. 2. cc. 
 
 Deriv. '{y6 ^n^ssci, "jSiaB. 
 
 1?^ Chald. fut. fem. plur. "iJS^"?, to 
 d;e Dan. 4, 18. 
 
 Pa. IS'^ to cause to dwell, Ezra 6, 12. 
 
 1?T^ m. constr. I? Hos. 10, 5 ; fem. 
 c. suff. nnssio Ex. 3, 22, plur. nisso 
 Ruth 4, 17V " ' 
 
 1. a dweller, inhabitant. Is. 33, 24. 
 Hos. 1. c. 
 
 2. one who dwells near, a neighbour, 
 Prov.- 27, 10 ; spoken of nations Ps. 44, 
 14. 79, 12. Jer. 49, 18 ; of places Deut. 
 1, 7. Fem. a female neighbour, Ex. 3. 
 22. Ruth 4, 17. 
 
 ]9^ m. c. suff. 1330, a dwelling, once 
 Deut. 12, 5. R. ")3^. 
 
 n^pD (familiar with Jehovah, r. 'SO 
 no. 3 fin. ) Shecaniah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 
 3, 21. b) Neh. 3, 29. c) 6, 18. d) 
 Ezra 10, 2. e) 8,3. f)8,5. g) Neh. 
 12, 3, seen;350. 
 
55^ 
 
 1056 
 
 3blS 
 
 5in^2DtJ (id.) Shecaniah, pr. n. m. 
 2 ChV. 31, 15 ; also 1 Chr. 24, 11, see in 
 
 * 1. ^5''?' fut. "i?^"!, Arab. jCi- 
 
 1. io drink to the full, i. q. nin, Hag. 
 1, 6 ; ^0 drink to hilarity, to be merry, 
 Cant. 5, 1. Gen. 43, 34. Oftener 
 
 2. /o JrinA: deeply, to be drunken, in- 
 toxicated. Gen. 9, 21 ; with ace. of the 
 drink, Is.' 29, 4. 49, 26 ; 1^3 Is. 51, 21. 
 Metaph. in the prophets the wicked are 
 said to be drunken, since they rush by a 
 sort of madness into their own destruc- 
 tion. Is. 29, 9. 51, 21. Lam. 4, 21. Nah. 
 3, 11 : see in 0'3, nb^^nn. Part. pass. 
 m!i3d drunken, intoxicated. Is. 51, 21. 
 
 PiEL to make drunk 2 Sara. 11, 13. 
 Metaph. Jer. 51, 7. Is. 63, 6 ; see in Kal 
 no. 2. 
 
 HiPH. id. to make drunk trop. e. g. 
 arrows with blood Deut. 32. 42 ; nations, 
 see Kal no. 2, and Pi. Jer. 51, 57. 
 
 HiTHP. nsnirn to make oneself drunk, 
 to get drunk, 1 Sam. 1, 14. 
 
 Deriv. 13"^, listtj. '|i"i3ia, pr. n. '|ii3T2J. 
 
 * II. 15^ kindr. with *.3b, to hire, to 
 reward ; whence '3^X . 
 
 ID m. (r. "latJ I) temetum, strong 
 drink, any intoxicating liquor, whether 
 wine Num. 28, 7 ; or an intoxicating 
 drink resembling wine prepared or dis- 
 tilled from barley (Herod. 2. 77. Diod. 
 1. 20, 34), from honey, or from dates ; 
 see Hieron. 0pp. ed. Martian. T. IV. p. 
 
 364. Arab. a.am wine prepared from 
 
 dried grapes and dates. It is then often 
 distinguished from wine, as Lev. 10, 9. 
 Num. 6, 3. Judg. 13, 4. 7 ; and the poets 
 often use in one member "iSTJJ and in the 
 other y)1, as Is. 5, 11. 24, 9'. 28, 7. 29, 9. 
 56, 12. Prov. 20, 1. 31, 6. Mic. 2, 11. In 
 Is. 5, 22 a wine mingled with spices 
 seems to be intended, i. q. T^'O , ^ts . 
 
 ^StJ , see n-isttj . 
 
 nnaiD C (r. nsttJ I) fullness of drink, 
 satiety, Hag. 1, 6. Others take it as inf. 
 constr. c. n- parag. II. 
 
 P^^ m. drunkenness Ez. 23, 33. 39, 
 19, R. nstil. 
 
 JTO^ (drunkenness, r. i?ti I) Shic- 
 
 ron, pr. n. of a place on the northern 
 border of Judah, Josh. 15, 11. 
 
 ^T? m. error, fault, 2 Sam. 6, 7, R. 
 nVJ 11. 
 
 51? a particle of the later Hebrew, 
 made up of the prefix *ia i. q. "iu3>{ , and 
 b , hence i. q. ^ ""iJi* , which see in art. "itJX 
 A. no. 3. So Cant. 3, 7 ri^s'^'T^o iraa ." 
 Cant. 1; 6 ; comp. 1, 1. It occurs most 
 frequently with a prefix. 
 
 1. bra on account of, because of, i. q. 
 h ndxa p. 99. Jon. 1, 7 "^'^^'^a because 
 of whom, on whose account, for which v. 
 8 has ''ab ittJxa . v. 12 ''|a53 on my ac- 
 count. It corresponds to the Aram, b'^na , 
 compounded of 3 , "'H i. q. "lUJX , and h . 
 
 2. ittilS; baJa , pr. eo ipso quod, in uhat- 
 soever ; Ecc.'s, 17 ri^i<ri htv-^ 'nfflN bffla 
 XS^7 ikh) in whatsoever a man labours, 
 yet shall he not find it. It is emphat. 
 for "I'iJNa eo quod, in what, (comp. Syr. 
 J 01.^? ejus ipsius, see Agrell Synt. 
 Syr. p. 195.) and so is equivalent to "^33 
 "i;dn in all whatsoever, i. e. how much 
 soever. The text needs no correction. 
 
 3. IJjJlsa la who of those to us ? i. e. 
 who of ours, who of us, 2 K. 6, 11. 
 
 jlXb rn. adj. tranquil, dwelling at 
 ease, Job 21, 23. It is either made up 
 from two synonymes iibid and 'jsaj ; or 
 comes from the latter alone by inserting 
 b, as CjsbT i. q. CiSt to be hot. 
 
 * nblZ: in Kal not used ; Arab. v._JLj 
 is i. q. ivJLS' to break notches e. g. in the 
 edge of a vessel, sword, etc. Chald. 
 sbir Pa. to join together, to connect ; 
 whence 'i"'2bo, |"'3">ba, steps or rounds 
 of a ladder, so called as joining together 
 the two sides. In Hebrew this word 
 seems to have signified to notch into 
 each other, iojoin by tenon and mortise. 
 
 Pdal part. Ex. 26, 17 two tenons to 
 each board, jnninH-bK nisJsi nirfeujn 
 joined one to another, perhaps by trans- 
 verse pieces of wood under the sockets, 
 V. 19; or fitted (corresponding) one to 
 another. But Sept. uviinimoviaq m- 
 Qov Tw ixsQ^, opposite one to another. 
 Hence 
 
 D'^SblB m. plur. pr. joinings, joints, 
 e. g. at the corners of a base or pedestal j 
 
able 
 
 1057 
 
 ib^D 
 
 then ledges or borders covering these 
 jointB, 1 K. 7, 28. 29. 
 
 * -^2^, to be white, bright; Arab. 
 
 ^JLS . Hence si's enow, and 
 ^HiPM. J"^^tin, denom. from subst. sbtfi, 
 to snoxD, i.e. to be white as snow, to be 
 of a snow-white colour; so Syr. Arab. 
 Comp. for the use of Hiph. in desig- 
 nating colours, under n^ij, l?^. Ps. 68, 
 15 when the Almighty scattered kings in 
 it (the hind), Ti^:?3 a^on it was snow- 
 white (like snow) on Mount Zalmon, sc. 
 with the bones of the slain ; comp. Virg. 
 JEn. 5. 805. ib. 12. 36, campi ossibus al- 
 bent. Others differently, as Kimchi : 
 nivis instar Izicet in tenebris; Schnurrer: 
 recreabitur in umbra, comp. ^^JLj IV 
 
 to enliven, pr. to make white, bright. 
 
 ^)10 m. snoiD Job 24, 19. Ps. 147, 16. 
 
 Arab. ,^JLj, Aram. W^l^. 
 
 I. nD'iC and ^2^ to be secure, tran- 
 quil, at rest, espec. of one who enjoys 
 quiet prosperity, Job 3, 26. 12, 6. Ps. 122, 
 6. Preet. "^nibto Job 1. c. Fut. ^'OV'} 
 
 Ps. 1. c. Arab. ^Lww to be tranquil and 
 serene in mind. Kindred roots are nbo 
 and nVa ; and from the same stock there 
 are also branches in the Indo-European 
 languages expressing the idea of quiet 
 and silence, and also of security, as 
 o/oAjj rest, leisure, Lat. sileo i. q. nbo, 
 and salv-Ms, salu-s. 
 Deriv. nbiB or Tiboi, ibifi, nn^fii, n))i!ij. 
 
 I I . ) y< i. q. Chald. to go astray, 
 to sin from ignorance or inadvertence. 
 
 NiPH. id. 2Chr. 29, 11. 
 Hiph. to lead astray, to deceive, 2 K. 
 4, 28. 
 Deriv. baj, -^bttj, !ibtt5 ( m^ttj ), nbid . 
 
 "' *!' T^ t/? TT 
 
 * III. tibrn i. q. i,^^^ b^3^ to draw 
 out. Hence is commonly derived fut. 
 apoc. hvb^ for n^ia-i ; Job 27, 8 bia;; 'S 
 jlTB? i^ilsx when God shall draw otd his 
 spirit EC. from his body as a sheath 
 (comp. HS'iJ), i. e. shall take away his 
 soul. So Chald. and Syr. and in this 
 sense we may acquiesce. Still, the con- 
 jecture of Schnurrer is not to be slighted, 
 who supposes biD'' to be contracted for 
 
 89 
 
 bxtti'^ shall demand, comp. Arab. J^^mJ 
 
 for JLmO ; though it would then seem 
 necessary to read hid2 - 
 Deriv, n^^ttJ . 
 
 ^? Chald. to be secure, to be at rest, 
 Dan. 4, 1. 
 
 nb) Chald. f (r. nbt6 II) error, wrong, 
 any thing amies, i. q. ^bi^, wbi^, Dan. 3, 
 29 Cheth. 
 
 nbtD f. Li, q. nbxtt) , petiti<m, c. suff. 
 t^nbt^ 1 Sam. 1, 17.' See in nbxoS . 
 
 2. Shelah, pr. n. of a son of Judah, 
 Gen. 38, 5. 46, 12. Patronym. ''abti 
 Shelanite, Num. 26, 20. 
 
 I'^tp, see iT?'^tli . 
 
 nnnbW f. (r. nnb, whence Chald. and 
 Syr. Shaph. -tnbti, ^^ctSa. ) Jlame, 
 nsrib'^ T)Z'nh intens. a Jlame of Jlame, 
 Ez.'20, 47 [21, 3] ; of a burning wind 
 Job 15, 30. Cant. 8, 6 S^-nanbttJ the 
 Jlame of Jehovah, i. e. lightning; where 
 others read tn^nsnbaJ in one word, or 
 without Mappik n^nsnbl^, but in the 
 same sense. 
 
 1^T m. once T'^W Job 21, 23, also 
 "I'^^O Jer. 49, 31 ; fern. nibttJ ; plur. 
 constr. i.'ibiu . R. nboi no. I.' 
 
 1. secure, tranquil, at rest, 1 Chr. 4, 
 40 ; espec. of one living in tranquil secu- 
 rity, enjoying quiet prosperity, Job 16, 
 12. 21, 23. Ps. 73, 12. Jer. 49, 31. Neut. 
 security, quiet. Job 20, 20. 
 
 2. In a bad sense, at ease, careless ; 
 hence for wicked, Ez. 23, 42. Comp. 
 )3i<t^ no. 2. 
 
 I^TS m. tranquillity, security, Ps. 30, 7. 
 R. nbaj no. I. 
 
 ^^tD, see Mboj. 
 
 "i^TO pr. n. see nb-iti . 
 
 niblD f, (r. nb!^ I) eonstr. Plbi^, 
 tranquillity, security, Pro v. 17, 1. Ps. 
 122, 7. Ez. 16, 49. Plur. Tpn^boa in 
 thy living at ease, while thou wast in 
 prosperity, Jer. 22, 21. S^^bira in the 
 midst of security Dan. 8, 25. 11, 21, 
 (comp. Job 15, 21.) i. e. unexpectedly, 
 suddenly, like Chald. and Syr. n^jbtia, 
 
 24.' 
 
 Comp. Dan. 11, 
 
ibir 
 
 1058 
 
 nbiD 
 
 2. In a bad sense, careless security, 
 tcickedness, Prov. J , 32. See nbffl . 
 
 n^,5tD Chald. f. security, safety, quiet, 
 Dan. 4," 24. 
 
 Qin^i^Tjj nj_ piur. (r. nstd ) a sending 
 away. e. g. a) Of a wife, divorce Ex. 
 18, 2 ; then 6i7Z of divorce, metaph. Mic. 
 1.14. b) or a daughter, dotation, mar- 
 riage-present, 1 K. 9, 16. Comp n^OJ 
 Judg. 12, 9. 
 
 nibO , tfbiS, m. (r. D^tii) constr. cibttJ . 
 
 A) Adj. whole, sound, safe, e. g. 
 
 1. Of the body, sound, well, in health, 
 Gen. 43. 27 n2''3X cibirn is your father 
 well? 1 Sam. 25,6. 2 Sam. 17, 3. 20,9. 
 Job 5, 24. Ps. 38, 4 "^lassa cib^ 'px 
 fAez-e IS nothing sound (no health) tra 
 my bones. Is. 26, 3. 
 
 2. Of number, whole, in fidl number, 
 Jer. 13^ 19. 
 
 3. secure, tranquil, Job 21, 9. Plur. 
 the careless, i. e. the wicked, Ps. 69, 23. 
 Hence 
 
 4. friendly, allied, Ps. 55, 21. 
 
 B) Subst. 1. wholeness, soundness, 
 i. e. health, weal, welfare, prosperity, 
 
 good of every kind, Arab. * jLu ; Deut. 
 29, 18. 1 Sam. 16, 4 riXia D'^a comest 
 thou for good? and the answer is DibtB. 
 
 1 K. 2, 13. 2 K. 5, 21. 9, 11. 17. 22. Ps. 
 37. 11. Particularly in the following 
 constructions and phrases : 
 
 a) h cibcn. once without He h oibtfi 
 
 2 Sam. 18, 29, lit. is health to him? i. e. 
 is he well? is it well with him? in ask- 
 ing after the welfare of an absent per- 
 Bon, Gen. 29, 6. 2 K. 4, 26. The answer is 
 oibo, Gen. 1. c. comp. 43, 28. Hence 
 
 b) C'brb 'th bxo) to ask one after his 
 welfare, i. e. to salute any one, see in 
 bxto no. 1. b ; comp. 2 Sam. 11, 7 bxttj'^ 
 nnnVan nibcb iin and David asked, 
 how the war prospered. Also "nx nxn 
 'b BibuJ to see after the health, welfare, of 
 any one, to see how he does. Gen. 37, 14 ; 
 with 5-1^ Esth. 2, 11 ; with ^|^0 1 Sam. 
 17, 18. Ellipt. 2 K, 10. 13 we go down 
 (to see) after the welfare of the king^s 
 children, i. e. to salute and visit them. 
 
 c) Bib^b (^3b) r|b 1 Sam. 1, 17. 20, 
 42, and Dibtia 'r^_ 2 Sara. 15, 9, a form 
 ofwiihing well to one departing, go in 
 peace, i. e. may every good befall you t 
 
 Gr. vJTays tig uQrivriv Mark 5. 34, and 
 noQsiov tig siqt'ivtjv Luke 7, 50. 
 
 d) On the other hand. Dab, r,b Dibaj, 
 welfare to thee, may it be well with thee, 
 Judg. 6, 23. 19, 20. Dan. 10, 19. Gen. 43, 
 23, a form of address when one would en- 
 courage a timid person and assure him of 
 safety, i. q. ' thou hast [ye have] nothing 
 to fear, thou art in safety;' hence we 
 thrice find added xn-^Fi-bx, six-i-'Pi-bx , 
 comp. 1 Sam. 20, 21 r[b mb^D ^3 for then 
 all is well with thee, thou art in safety, thy 
 matter is prosperous, v. 7. Comp. also 
 2 Sam. 18, 28, where a messenger of 
 good tidings exclaims cibttS , q. d. all is 
 well ! comp. 1 Chr. 12, 18. Among the 
 Arabs viJlAJLft *^LwwJt , es-salAm 'aleika, 
 and among the Syrians .anVi^ ) VNa<, 
 are forms of salutation to persons ap- 
 proaching or passing by; but in this 
 sense the above Heb. phrase is not 
 found in the O. Test. 
 
 2. peace, opp. to war, since in a time 
 of peace one's affairs are in safety and 
 prosperity, Lev. 26, 6. 1 K. 2, 5. Judg. 
 4, 17. b nibffib x'nj^ to invite any one to 
 peace, i. e. to offer peace, Deut. 20, 10. 
 Judg. 21, 13 ; nx niboJ njs to answer 
 peace, i. e. to accept offered peace, Deut. 
 20, 1 1. b nibai nbs to make or gra:nt 
 peace to any one Josh. 9, 15. Is. 27, 5. 
 nibtti "^x a man of peace, peaceful, Ps. 
 
 37, 37. niboj '^T2'n words of peace, paci- 
 fic, Deut. 22,'26.-^Hence 
 
 3. concord, friendship, ^aibaj '1J"'S< my 
 friend, my ally, Ps. 41, 10. Jer. 20, 10. 
 
 38, 22. Obad. 7. Dibaj in2^ speaking 
 friendship Ps. 28, 3 ; comp.' Esth. 9, 30. 
 
 D1?1D, see D^tti . 
 U^51D retribution, see DjJttJ . 
 J^b (prob. corrupted for D^^) ShaJ- 
 lun, Shallum, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 15. 
 
 Tdib three, see ttJboi. 
 
 n^btD or ^b Chald. f. error, wrong. 
 something amiss, Dan. 6, 5. Ezra 4, 22. 
 R. nbi^ II. 
 
 *nb^ fut. nbT!;-:, inf. absol. nbttJ . 
 coDstr. rAil5, once nbttS Is. 58. 9 ; imper. 
 nbflb. Fut. 2 p. plur. njnbttJn for sing. 
 Ob.'l3. Judg. 5, 26 ; see Lehrg. p. 800, 801. 
 
 1. to send, Sept. unoajiXXa), ilano- 
 milXta. Conatr. a) Absol. Gen. 38, 17. 
 
nbTD 
 
 1059 
 
 nbxD 
 
 b) With ace. of pers. Geo. 43. 8. 45, 5. 
 
 Ib. 6, 8 ; with a dat. pleonast. added, nbttJ 
 ?]b send for thyself Num. 13, 2 ; once in 
 later Hebrew c. b of pers. 2 Chr. 17, 7. 
 
 c) With bx of him to whom one sends 
 Gen. 37, 13.' Ex. 3, 10. 7, 16 ; rarely as 
 in Chald. c. b? Neh. 6. 3. Jer. 29, 31 ; 
 also with h c. inf to send to do any thing 
 Num. 14, 36. Is. 61, 1. d) With ace. 
 of thing and bx of pers. to send any thing 
 to a person, as letters Jer. 29, 25. Esth. 
 9, 20. 30 ; c. b of pers. Gen. 32, 19. 45, 
 23. e) Often the accus. of the person 
 sent is suppressed ; Gen. 31, 4 and he 
 sent and called RacheL i. e. he sent a per- 
 son to call her. 41, 8. 14. Or the person 
 sent is construed with ^;;a, 1 K. 2, 25 
 !in^32 1^3 "r^ban nb"r*i and the king sent 
 by the hand of Benaiah, i. e. he deputed 
 Benaiah. Ex. 4, 13 nbirri-l^n X5-nbt3 
 send now by whomsoever thou wilt send. 
 f) Pra?gn. 2 Sam. 15, 12 nibC3X nht^^ 
 nb"iaa ii'^ya bshTix-nx and Absalom 
 sent [and called, i. e. sent for] Ahilhophel 
 from his city, from Giloh. g) Zech.2. 
 12 [8] 'snbd 1133 nnx after glory doth, 
 he send me. i. e. to show forth his glory. 
 
 Spec, of things : aa) to send to any 
 one, i. e. to send word, to send a messen- 
 ger to him. Prov. 26, 6 i::3 0"'i2'n nbiti 
 b'^pS whoso sendeth a message by the 
 hand of a fool, i. e. whoever makes use 
 of a fool as his messenger. Gen. 38, 25 
 -ibsb nirin-bx nnb\a she sent to her fa- 
 ther-in-law, saxjing, i. e. she sent him 
 this word. 1 K. 20, 5. 2 K. 5, 8 ; without 
 nbxb 1 Sam. 20, 21. With ace. of the 
 thing thus sent by a messenger, 1 K. 5, 
 23 'bx nbaSn-nmx D-ipsn-is urito the 
 place which thou shall send word to me, 
 i. e. shall point out. 20, 9. 21, 11. Jer. 
 42, 5. 21. 43, 1 ; c. dupl. ace. to send one 
 with or for any thing, 2 Sam. 11, 22 and 
 he told David 3Xii inbttj ntiis-bs-nx all 
 that for which Joab had sent him. 1 K. 
 14, 6. Is. 55, 11. bb) God is said to send 
 calamities, plagues, Josh. 24, 12 ; or help 
 Ps. 20, 3 ; his word, oracles. Is. 9, 7. Ps. 
 107, 20. But see Piel. 
 
 2. to send away, i. e. to let go, i. q. Pi. 
 no. 2. Ps. 50, 19 nsna tjnb r,iB thou 
 letlest go thy mouth to evil, as if unbri- 
 dled. Praegn. ^^ ii^ nbttj to let go one's 
 hand from any thing, i. e. to withdraw 
 it, 1 K. 13, 4. Cant. 5, 4. 
 
 3. to send out or forth, j. c. to put forth, 
 to stretch out, to extend, e. g. the finger, 
 as in scorn. Is. 58, 9 ; a rod. stafT, Ps. 
 110, 2. 1 Sam. 14. 27 ; a sickle into the 
 harvest Joel 4, 13, comp. Rev. 14. 15. 18. 
 Espee. to send out or put forth the 
 hand, (Hom.;if7^a? luXXta Od. 9. 388. ib. 
 10. 376,) Gen. 3. 22. 8, 9. 19, 10. 48, 14. 
 Job 1, 11. a) With b? upon any thing 
 1 Chr. 13, 10 ; in a hostile sense, against, 
 1 K. 13, 4. b) With 3 to or upon any 
 thing Job 28, 9 ; also to put forth or 
 stretch out the hand upon or against any 
 one. to lay hands on him. Gen. 37, 22. 
 1 Sam. 26, 9. Esth. 8, 7 ; and to put 
 forth the hand to any thing, i. q. to pur- 
 loin it, Ex. 22, 7. Esth. 9, 10. Ps. 125, 3. 
 Dan. 11,42. c) bi< in^ nbtiS to put forth 
 one^s hand upon, to lay hands upon, Gen. 
 22, 12. Ex. 24, 11. Occasionally in^ 
 is omitted, Ps. 18. 17 ci-.a^ nb7 he 
 stretched forth (his hand)yro/n on high ; 
 e. bx 2 Sam. 6, 6 ; 3 Obad. 13. Part, 
 pass. n!|buj stretched out, i. e. slender in 
 growth, of a hind Gen. 49, 21 ; comp. 
 Pi. no. 4. 
 
 NiPH. to be sent, inf. absol. nibti? 
 Esth. 3, 13. 
 
 PiEL nbttJ 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to send, 
 e. g. to a place Is. 43, 14 ; with ace. of 
 pers. Gen. 19, 13. 28, 6. Is. 10, 6, and of 
 the thing sent 1 Sam. 6. 3 ; with bs of 
 him to whom one sends 2 Chr. .32, 31. 
 But in this signif Kal is far more fre- 
 quent ; while Piel is more usual in the 
 sense to send upon any one, as God 
 sends calamities, plagues, see Kal no. 1. 
 bb ; c. 2 Deut. 7, 20. 32, 24. 2 K. 17, 
 25. Ps. 78, 45 ; bx Ez. 14, 19 ; by 5, 17. 
 jina n|(U to send strife, i. e. to excite or 
 occasion it, Prov. 6, 14. 19. 16, 28. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to send away, to let 
 go. to dismiss, e. g. one about to depart, 
 Gen. 32, 27. Ex. 8, 28. Lev. 14, 7 ; a 
 captive Zech. 9, 11. 1 K. 20, 42 ; comp. 
 1 Sam. 20. 22 ; to set free a slave, see 
 ^ttJBii ; to set out a daughter, to give her 
 in marriage, more fully nsin n^tt5 Judg. 
 12, 19. Also to accompany one depart- 
 ing, to send him on his way, ixqoittfintiv, 
 Gen. 18, 16. 31, 27. Judg. 3, 18 comp. 
 19 ; with a and T^3 to deliver up to the 
 power of any one, to leave in his power. 
 Job 8. 4. Ps. 81, 13. Further, to let dovm 
 any one into a subterranean prison Jer. 
 
nb'j? 
 
 38, 6. 11 ; to let hang down or grow long, 
 e. g. the hair Ez. 44, 20. 
 
 3. to send forth, in a stronger sense, 
 i. e. to cast, to throw, to shoot, e. g. a) 
 Things, as arrows 1 Sam. 20. 20 ; fire 
 into a city Am. 1. 4 sq. Hos. 8, 14 ; 
 which is also expressed by (13X3 't nbtt) 
 to give to the fire, to set on fire, Fr. met- 
 tre a feu, Judg. 1, 8. 20, 48. 2 K. 8, 12. 
 Ps. 74. 7. b) to cist forth, to cast down, 
 Ecc. 11, 1. Job 30, 11 they cast off before 
 me the bridle, i. e. act in an unbridled 
 manner. 39, 3 they cast forth their fains, 
 i. e. they bring forth the foetus with pain. 
 c) to cast out, to eject, to expel any one, 
 Gen. 3, 23. 1 K. 9, 7. Is. 50, 1 ; spec, to 
 send away a wife, to divorce, Deut. 21, 
 14. 22, 19. 29. Jer. 3, 8, comp. C^n^^tlS . 
 Job 30. 12 wbtlJ 'bJi'i they thrust away 
 my feet. Also to send forth or spread 
 strife, Prov. 16, 28. 
 
 4. i. q. Kal no. 3, to put forth or stretch 
 out, to extend, e. g. the hand Prov. 31, 
 19. 20. So a tree its branches Jer. 17, 
 8. Ez. 17, 6. 7. 31, 5. Ps. 80, 12 ; God a 
 people Ps. 44. 3. 
 
 PuAL 1. Pass, of Piel no. 1, and of 
 Kal no. 1, to be sent, Prov. 17, 11. 
 
 2. to be sent away, to be let go, dis- 
 missed. Gen. 44, 3. Is. 50, 1 ; hence to be 
 left, forsaken, Is. 27, 10. Prov. 29, 15 
 Viht-3 "153 a neglected child. 
 
 3. to be cast out, e.vpelled ; Is. 1 6, 2 
 nilfia "((D nestlings driven out, see in '(g . 
 So to be cast anywhere, to fall into any 
 place, c. 3 Job 18, 8. 
 
 4. Reflex, to send or throto oneself, to 
 rush, as troops Judg. 5, 15. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Pi. no. 1, to send plagues, 
 calamities, upon any one, c. a Lev. 26, 
 22. Am. 8, 11. 
 
 Deriv. nbti inbob, DTiiiittJ, nbaitj, 
 n-ibttbo, nnbttJa. 
 
 nbl^ Chald. fut. nbta-^ 1. to send 
 Dan. 3, 2 ; c. ace. of thing Ezra 4, 17 ; 
 with bs of him to whom one sends, Ezra 
 4, 1 1, 18. 5, 7. 17. 
 
 2. With K'i'J, to put forth or stretch out 
 the hand, Dan. 5, 24 ; c.h to attempt any 
 thing, Ezra 6, 12. 
 
 ^iV. ro. in pause ribti, c. sutf. 
 
 1. a missile weapon, as sent against an 
 eoemy, u. g. a dart, javelin^ spear, etc. 
 
 1060 nbTS 
 
 Arab. i^>jm and ,m^'j<*M collect, arms, 
 spec, a sword ; XLy an armed man ; 
 ^Su Conj. V, to arm oneself. 2 Chr. 
 
 32. 5. 23, 10. nb^aa -ins to perish by 
 the weapon sc. of death. Job 33, 18. 36, 
 12 ; for Joel 2, 8 see in 1?a no. 1. b. 
 Here belongs prob. the difficult passage, 
 Neh. 4, 17 [23] D^an inbuJ uj^x every 
 man his weapon for water, i. e. every 
 man went for water with his weapon in 
 his hand ; comp. 2 Chr. 23, 10. See 
 Maurer. 
 
 2. a shoot, sprout. Cant. 4, 13. Comp. 
 r. nboj Pi. no. 4. 
 
 3. Shelah, Salah, pr. n. a) A son of 
 Arphaxad Gen. 10, 24. 11, 12. b) An 
 aqueduct and pool near Jerusalem, ap- 
 parently the same with ribuj q. v. Neh. 
 3, 15. Vulg. Siloe. 
 
 n'b m. (r. nbu3) for nib'^O) as in 
 Chaldee, after the form "lia""!?, littJ'^S ; 
 pr. a sending of water, i. e. a conduit, 
 aqueduct, comp. r. nbtli Ps. 104, 10, and 
 Gr. iivai ^oov 11. 12. 25. With the art. 
 n'blSrt Shiloah, ^iloah. Siloam, pr. n. of 
 an aqueduct at the foot of Zion on the 
 south-eastern part of Jerusalem, Is. 8, 6. 
 See Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 2. ib. 5. 12. 2. ib. 6. 
 7. 2. ib. 6. 8. 5. It is apparently the 
 same with that called nbl^ in Neh. 3, 15. 
 The LXX. and Josephus (I. c.) write 
 the name 2:dwdfi, and so John 9, 7, 
 where it is explained by o amaTaliiivoq, 
 abstr. for concr. [This refers probably 
 to the long subterranean passage or 
 aqueduct with which it is connected. 
 For a full description of this ancient 
 fountain, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 
 493-498, 500 sq. By a misapprehension 
 of the language of Josephus, several 
 writers have formerly sought for Siloam 
 on the south-west of Zion ; Reland 
 Palsest. p. 858. Gesen. Comm. on Is. 7, 
 3. R. 
 
 ninbtD f plur. (r. nbt^) shoots, sprouts, 
 is. 16, 8.' 
 
 'nbtp (perh. armed) Shilhi, pr. n. m. 
 1 K. 22, 42. 2 Chr. 20, 31. R. nba) . 
 
 D'^nbO (armed men, r. nbll)) Shilhim, 
 pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Judah, 
 Josh. 15, 32. 
 
nbffl 
 
 1061 
 
 5 ID 
 
 JTI^TS m. (r. nbtd ) conetr. Y^ht ; plur. 
 hlsnbtt) , constr. nijniii) : a table, bo called 
 From its being extended, spread out, see 
 the root no. 3, and lavlnv r()unf^uy Od. 
 10. 370. Ex. 25, 23 sq. "(nbaJ r^S to 
 spread or prepare a table Ps. 23, 5. Prov. 
 9, 2. cson "(nbt^ Num. 4. 7, and in the 
 later Hebrew naisan '{nhvi 1 Chr. 28, 
 16. 2 Chr. 29, 18, the table of shew-bread ; 
 Bee Lev. 24, 6 and onb no. 2 ; also Joe. 
 Ant. 3. 6. 6. r^p1 -(Hbtb' the table of Jeho- 
 vah, i.e. his altar, Mai. 1,7. ^anb;;? 'bsk 
 Ma9e wAo ea/ at thy table 2 Sam. 19. 29. 
 1 K. 2. 7, i. q. 'snbtiJ-bs D-'bak 2 Sam. 9, 11. 
 
 * ^5'*?, fut. ubd": , a verb of the later 
 Hebrew : a) to rule, to have dominion 
 over any one, c. a Ecc. 8, 9 ; b? Neh. 
 5, 15. b) fo o6/atn power over any one, 
 to get the mastery, c. a Esth. 9, 1. Ecc. 
 
 2, 19. Arab, [i^-- to be hard, vehe- 
 ment, imperious; whence i:"^l5Ui no. 1, 
 '^\'^. The sense of dominion appears 
 
 only in the derivatives, as ,' Ul... sul- 
 iAn, power, whence concr. the Sidldn. 
 It corresponds to Germ, schallen. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to let have dominion over 
 any one Ps. 119, 133. 
 
 2. to give power to do any thing, to 
 permit, Ecc. 5, 18. 6, 2. Comp. bttJa 
 Ex. 21, 8. 
 
 Deriv. ttbjfi, "jiabo), B-^kud. 
 
 ^^1^ Chald. fut. ttbo'? 1. to rule, to 
 have dominion, c a in or over anything 
 Dan. 2, 39. 5, 7. 16 ; to /tare power over 
 any thing, so as to affect it, Dan. 3, 27. 
 
 2. With a , to get the mastery of, i. e. 
 to rush or fall upon, Dan. 6, 25. 
 
 Aph. to let bear ride, to make ruler or 
 lord over ahy one. c. a Dan. 2, 38, 48. 
 
 Deriv. Chald. "jiMbti) ', i-jb , lii^ta . 
 
 13^0 m. (r. ablfi ) a sAieW, only plur. 
 0"'abltJ , constr/ "'abttS shields, apparently 
 so called from being hard or perh. tough; 
 see the signif of the Arabic root under 
 obtth , and comp. the adj. a^feid . 2 Sam. 
 8, 7 anjn "labtd fAe shields of gold. 2 K. 
 11, 10. 2 Chr. 23, 9. Cant. 4, 4. Ez. 27, 
 11, in which passages shields are spoken 
 of as suspended for ornament upon the 
 walls. Jer. 51, 11 sharpen the arrows, 
 D-iabcn ^nhrifill out the shields, i. e. put 
 them on, see in r. xbo no. 1. a. Interpre- 
 
 89* 
 
 ters have long hesitated as to the signi- 
 fication of this word ; and some have even 
 rendered it by quivers, as (after Jarchi) 
 
 Jahn A rchseol. II. ii. p. 428 ; or also darts, 
 
 ^ 
 comp. h, Jl tM arrow. The signification 
 here given has been adopted by most 
 commentators from Kimchi onwards, 
 and is supported by probable etymology, 
 by the context of all the passages, and 
 by the authority of the ancient versions. 
 Thus the Targums and Syriac version 
 often retain the sanie word, as being 
 common in Aramaean ; but the Clialdee 
 translator of the Chronicles gives it in 
 two places by shields, 1 Chr. 18, 7. 
 2 Chr. 23, 9; and the translator of Jere- 
 miah, c. 13, 23, uses the words "^abtti 
 Pfnrps'n to denote the spots of the leo- 
 pard, as resembling the figure of a 
 shield. Among the later Syrians this 
 word appears to have become obsolete; 
 for Bar Bahlul, in Lex. Oxon. Ms. under 
 |-j > N ^', himself fluctuates between the 
 various opinions of Syrian interpreters, 
 the most of whom however understand 
 by it quivers. 
 
 JltSilD m. (r. abt^ ) powerfid, potent, 
 Ecc. 8, 4; with a having power over 
 any thing, v. 8. 
 
 jiab Chald. (r. obci ) one in power, 
 a rzder, magistrate, Dan. 3, 2. 
 
 1t35T Chald. m. constr. ',l?bttj, domin- 
 ion, power, empire, Dan. 3. 33^ 4, 19. 7, 6. 
 14. 6, 27 'Piiiaba jabt^'i'sa in every do- 
 minion of my kingdom, i. e. throughout 
 my whole empire. Plur. empires, king- 
 doms, Dan. 7, 27. Arab. ^\JajJL do- 
 minion, and concr. dominus, rex, Sultftn. 
 
 ^"^^10 f. gee o-'^i^ no. 1. 
 
 ^lV, m. (r. nbaj I) in pause -ibir. 
 quiet, stillness; 2 Sam. 37, 27 "ibt-a in 
 quiet, i. e. privately. 
 
 ^i^^ f (r. nbaJ III) the afler-birth, 
 the membrane which envelopes the foe- 
 tus and follows the birth, Deut. 28, 57. 
 
 Arab. iLu; membrane enveloping the 
 
 foetus, ,^M*/ Conj. II, to extract this 
 membrane; Talmud, xn'^bo , K^bttJ, af- 
 ter-birth. 
 
 1''^'? and T'^C, see in ibc. 
 
^bT2J 
 
 1062 
 
 ^bt 
 
 C^TD m. adj. (r. i:V^ ), fem. nB^l^ for 
 ne^tJ, the ""^ being dropped in the femi- 
 nine flexion. 
 
 1. hard, vehement, imperious, fem. of 
 an imperious woman, impudent, Ez. 16, 
 
 30. Arab. JojJom, xIajlLm. 
 
 2. powerftd, mighty, i. e. having power 
 over any thing, c. a Ecc. 8, 8. Snbst. 
 one having power, a rider, magistrate, 
 Ecc. 7, 19. 10, 5. Gen. 42, 6. 
 
 ta'^blD Chald. (r. ob ) 1. powerful, 
 mighty, Dan. 2, 10. 4,23; having power 
 in or orer any thing, bearing rule over, 
 c. a, Dan. 4. 14. 22. 29. 5, 21. Subst. 
 a ruler, prince, Dan. 2, 15. 5, 29. Ezra 
 4,20. 
 
 2. With ^ c. inf. there is poicer to do 
 any thing, i. e. it is permitted, licet, 
 Ezra 7, 24. 
 
 ID'htO and b m. (from vihti ), plur. 
 n"'tt;bd, Kamets impure. 
 
 1. a third. Is. 40, 12 ; i. e. a measure 
 for grain, prob. the third part of an ephah 
 (see HE^X) i. q. nsD, (aei^ov. since Sept. 
 often renders ns"^!:* hy r^lu (iiiQa. Comp. 
 Gr. i) TtT^Tjj, Engl, quart. Genr. for 
 any measure ; ace. as adv. Ps. 80, 6 
 a'^ht nirona iBj^ttirii thou givest them 
 tears to drink by measure, i. e. in great 
 quantity, abundantly. Sept. fv (xtT^oj, 
 Vulg. in mensura. 
 
 2. a triangle, i. e. an instrument of 
 music struck in concert with drums, as 
 in modern military music. Plur. 1 Sam. 
 18,6. 
 
 3. Prob. a third man, i. e. one of three, 
 Gr. T()iatuiTig, a higher class of soldiers, 
 who fought from chariots, chariot-war- 
 riors, um^uxai, naQu^ujai. Ex. 14, 7 he 
 took all the chariots of Egypt, n-^ttj^tn 
 iil"b? and three warriors ripon each of 
 them. 15, 4. 1 K. 9, 22, comp. 2 K. 9, 25. 
 They served also as tlie body-guard of 
 kings 1 K, 9, 22. 2 K. 10, 25. 1 Chr. 11, 
 11. 12, 18. Sept. T()iajuxai, i. e. accord- 
 ing to Origen in Catenis, (although 
 the Grcrk Glossarista decide otherwise, 
 ee Schleusner Thee, in voc.) 'soldiers 
 fighting from chariots,' and so called 
 because each rlinriot contained three 
 otdiera, one of whom managed the 
 horae while the other two fought ; 
 comp. mioaiuTr^f, one of the three per- 
 
 sons who constituted a row or subdivi- 
 sion in the Greek tragic chorus. The 
 leader or chief of these troops is called 
 ifflbl^'n Tlixn 2 Sam. 23, 8, and with the 
 fuller form ciC-^^^'n cisi-i 1 Chr. 12, 18; 
 and the same person seems to be de- 
 noted by C:"^b\:^"n, xar iioxr,v, as applied 
 to one of the nearest attendants of the 
 king. 2 K. 7, 2. 17. 19. 9, 25. 15, 25. 
 Hence plur. Diiabaj Prov. 22. 20 Keri, 
 perh. principalia, i. e. things honoura- 
 ble, princely ; comp. 8, 6. 
 
 "^tp'^b m. ord. adj. (from dsaj ) f. 
 jTaiailpa: , r,'iq">^tt3 ; plur. n'^iybttJ ; third, 
 the third, Gen.' 2, 14. Num. 2,' 24. Is. 19, 
 24. Job 42, 14. al. saepe. Plur. Ciffibttj 
 subst. cell^ or chambers of the third 
 story Gen. 6, 16. Fem. spec, as subst. 
 a) a third, the third part, Num. 15, 6. 
 7. 2 Sam. 18, 2. b) With He parag. 
 nnlli-i^ttS adv. the third time, Ez. 21, 19. 
 c) the third day, the day after to-mor- 
 row; 1 Sam. 20, 12 n-^aJbTEr! ^n^ f^53 
 about this time to-morrow or the day 
 after. d) the third year. Is. 15, 5. Jer. 
 48, 34, see in nbas no. 2. Comp. in 
 Engl, 'the third of queen Victoria.' 
 
 * "^c^ in Kal not used, kindr. with 
 
 HiPH. 'n'^ba3n, fut. T|"'ba3': 1. to cast, 
 to throw, Gen. 21, 15. Num. 35, 20. 22; 
 to cast off or away 2 K. 7, 15. Ez. 20, 8. 
 Ecc. 3. 6 opp. "i^aJ to retain ; to scatter 
 by casting, as stones Ecc. 3. 5, opp. 033 
 to gather. Constr. with bx of the place 
 into which any thing is cast, as into a 
 pit, water, the fire. Gen. 37, 22. Num. 19, 
 6. Deut. 9, 21. ier. 36, 23; also c. a 
 Gea. 37, 20. Ex. 32, 24. Mic. 7, 19; 
 with bs of him at or upoT^ whom any 
 thing is cast, Judg. 9, 53. Job 27, 22 
 libs T)btt)^ he casteth upon him sc. ar- 
 rows, he shooteth at him ; with b to cast 
 a thing to the dogs Ex. 22, 30 ; c. 1^ of 
 place, to cast out a person or thing/roTW. 
 a place, Neh. 13, 8. Deut. 29, 27. Job 29, 
 17 Cina T^"'bttii< rsisa /roni his very teeth 
 I cast (plucked) out the spoil; with 
 ^laa, T'bst;, to cast away from oneself 
 to throw off, to lay aside, Ps. 2, 3. Ez. 
 18, 31. Also, to cast oneself, Am. 4, 3; 
 others here read Hophal. Trop. in the 
 following phrases : a) it^B? ?^''bt6n 
 *! he cast his life from him, i. e. ex- 
 
i> 
 
 ID 
 
 1063 
 
 099 
 
 posed it to great danger, Jiidg. 9, 17 ; 
 
 see in laj no 3. c. a, and coinp. Gr. na- 
 
 qa^aXXiaOm tT)t> itivxriv U. 9. 322, wiience 
 
 Lat. parabolanua. b) T^nrjK r^^ttin Pa. 
 
 50, 17, and i "^nnx 'n, to cast Miind 
 
 one, behind one''s back, i. e. to neglect, to 
 
 contemn, 1 K. 14, 9. Neh.9, 26. Is. 38, 17. 
 
 Ez. 23, 35. Tiie Arabs have tiie same 
 
 expression, see Comment. on Is. I.e. c) 
 
 "'^ bs Tp^lJn to cast upon Jehovah one's 
 
 burden, i. e. to commit any thing to his 
 
 care, Ps. 55, 23 ; corap. Ps. 37, 5. d) "'^ 
 
 rjD bsia 'c Tl'^^ttin Jehovah casts one 
 - - "I I 
 
 from his presence, i. e. rejects him from 
 his favour, 2 K. 13, 23. 17, 20. 24, 20. 
 2 Chr. 7, 20. Jer. 7, 15. 
 
 2. to cast down^ to overthrow, as a 
 house Jer. 9, 18; to destroy, as a locust 
 the vine Joel 1, 7. Metaph. Job 18, 7 
 jr:!? sins'^bttJn'i and his own counsel shall 
 cast him down. 
 
 HoPH. "T^^ian and Ti^ttJn 1. to be cast 
 Old or forth, to be thrown, Is. 14, 19, 
 where it is not to be rendered : thou art 
 cast out of thy sepulchre, but thou art cast 
 forth without thy sepulchre, i. e. without 
 the burial due to thee. With 3 and bx 
 of place 2 Sam. 20, 21. Jer. 14,' 16. Ez. 
 16, 5 ; c. b to be ca^t forth to any one, to 
 be given up to him, Jer. 36. 30. Metaph. 
 Ps. 22, 1 1 on-iri '^riDbtlJrj 7,1^5 / was cast 
 upon thee from the womb, i. e. I have 
 committed myself to thee. 
 
 2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2. Dan. 8, 11. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 ^^TO m. Lev. 11, 17. Deut. 14. 17, a 
 sea-fowl, Sept. xaTagdxjtjg or xajag^u- 
 xxrjg, i. e. a species of pelican which casts 
 itself from high rocks into the water after 
 fish, prob. the gannet, Pelicanus Bassa- 
 nus Linn. Vulg. mergulus. Syr. and 
 Chald. ' fish-catcher.' Comp. Bochart 
 Hieroz. P. II. lib. 2. c. 21. Oedmann 
 Verm. Sammiungen aus der Natur- 
 kunde, III. p. 68. 
 
 riDb f (r. r^^) 1. a casting dovm 
 or felling of a tree, Is. 6, 13. 
 
 2. Shallechelh, pr. n. of a gate of the 
 temple 1 Chr. 26, 16. 
 
 ^2*7 sometimes with the regular 
 form, and sometimes with that of verbs 
 
 ss,asbb;6, sibbtb, 'nibuj; inf bbic and 
 be ; fut. bo^, c'sufi". r^ibaj'; Hab. 2, 8. 
 
 ^ 
 
 1. i. q. Arab. Juw, to draw or pull 
 out, Ruth 2, 16; comp. bttJJ and nbl^ 
 III. 
 
 2. to atrip off, to plunder, to spoil; 
 comp. Gr. aiikov, axijlov, axvlov, spoli- 
 um, spoil, and avluu, avhiio, axvlivfo, 
 spolior, to spoil, also axvlku) to strip off 
 the skin, ailloy in Hesych. a cord. 
 Constr. c. ace. of thing, Ez. 26, 12; or 
 of the person plundered 39, 10. Hab. 2, 
 8. Zech. 2, 12. bbti hbxb to spoil the 
 spoil, to seize the spoil, Is. 10, 6. Ez. 
 29, 19. 
 
 HiTHPo. bbinttJx Aram, for bbincn to 
 be spoiled, plundered, Ps. 70, 6. Is. 59, 15. 
 Deriv. bbittJ and 
 
 T 
 
 ^50 m. constr. bbtt3 , spoil, plunder, 
 booty, Gen. 49, 27. Ex.' 15, 19. al. saepe. 
 Of flocks and herds driven off; 1 Sara. 
 15, 19 11'n bbttJ David's booty, i. e, driven 
 off by him. ib. 30, 20. bbaj p^n to divide 
 the spoil, to distribute the booty, Gen. 
 49, 27. Ps. 68, 13. Jer. 21, 9 ib nn-jn 
 bbirb ittSsa his life shall be to him for 
 booty, i. e. he shall be preserved alive. 
 Prov. 31, 11. Jer. 38, 2. 39, 18. Once for 
 bbttj TT'^x a spoiler, warrior, Judg. 5, 30. 
 
 *^^t fut. cbtli-i 1. to be whole, 
 sound, safe ; Arab. ivLkM id. Kindr. are 
 
 ib^ , nbffi .Job 9, 4 who hath set him- 
 self against him Bbtt5*5 and remained in 
 safety? 22,21. 
 
 2. to be completed, finished, ended, 
 e. g. a building 1 K. 7, 51. Neh. 6, 15; 
 of time Is. 60, 20. 
 
 3. Denom. from Cibd , to be at peace, 
 in friendship with any one. Part. "''sbiS 
 Ps. 7, 5 my friend, ally. i. q. i^lbo c'-'X 
 Ps. 41, 10. Part. pass, n^bd 1 Satii. 20, 
 19. See Pu. no. 3. 
 
 PiEL c^ttj and cb!tj 1. to make secure, 
 to preserve in safety i.e. safe and sound, 
 Job 8, 6. 
 
 2. to complete, to finish, e. g. a build- 
 ing 1 K. 9. 25. 
 
 3. to make whole, to make good, e. g. 
 to restore any thing stolen Ex. 21, 36 ; to 
 repay a debt Ps. 37, 21. 2 K. 4, 7. Also 
 to pay or perform one's vows Ps. 50, 14 ; 
 sacrifices Hos. 14, 3. Trop. to restore or 
 impart comfort Is. 57, 18. 
 
 4. to requite, to recompense, with dat. 
 of pers. Judg. 1, 7. 2 K. 9, 26. Ps. 62, 13 ; 
 
Db-jj 
 
 1064 
 
 nbxD 
 
 with ace. offhing Jor. 16, 18. 32. 18 ; with 
 ace. and dat. as h ibira c^^ , see bl^a no. 
 1 ; also 1"'tt3S^3 Eb ch'q to requite any 
 one according to his deeds, Ps. 62, 13. Jer. 
 50, 29. Rarely also c. ace. of pers. to 
 whom any thing is requited, Ps. 31, 24. 
 Prov. 13, 21 sia-clttJ") D'lpi'riS-rNn but 
 good requiteth the upright, i. e. happi- 
 ness is the reward of the righteous, Ps. 
 35, 12.' 
 
 PuAL 1. Pass, of Pi. no. 3. to be paid, 
 performed, as a vow, Ps. 65, 2. 
 
 2. to be requited, recompensed, Jer. 18, 
 20. Prov. 11, 31 c^^ V^xa p^l% V. io, 
 the righteous is recompensed upon earth, 
 much more the wicked and the sinner. 
 13. 13. 
 
 3 to be at peace with any one, to live 
 in friendship, i. q. Kal. no 3. Part. cVi^ 
 a friend, ally, sc. of God, i. e. Israel, Is. 
 42, 19; parali. with m.T; 1=:^. Comp. 
 Hiph. no 2. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to complete, to perform, to 
 execute, Job 23, 14. Is. 44, 26. 23; to 
 make an end of any thing, Is. 38, 12. 13. 
 
 2. to make peace with any one, to seek 
 
 and cherish peace; Arab. LILww id. With 
 
 nx Josh. 10, ]. 4; 05 Deut. 20, 12. 1 K. 
 22, 45. But with bx , to submit oneself 
 in peace to any one, i. e. by a treaty of 
 peace. Josh. 11, 19. Comp. Arab. aJLww 
 
 Conj. IV, to submit oneself to the domi- 
 nion of any one, spec, to commit one's 
 
 affairs to God, c. c. lif . whence ^^Luwt 
 
 1 g> 
 
 Isldm, i.e. obedience to God and Muham- 
 
 med, the true religion, Muhammedanism. 
 
 3. Causat. to make a friend of any 
 one Prov. 16, 7. 
 
 Hoph. to become the friend of any 
 one, c. b Job 5. 23. 
 
 Deriv. cbtti r"ia*)':5 , csb^oJ, dib(t3, 
 oxiiu . iuid pr. n. ''abaJ , n"sbiu; , oiujo , 
 
 1 V V I 
 
 DfC CImld. to complete, to finish a 
 work. Part. pass. D'^bo) finished Ezra 
 5, 16. 
 
 A PH. 1. to finish, to make an end of, 
 Dan. 5, 26. 
 
 2. to restore Ezra 7, 19. 
 
 ObtJ Chnld. ni. i. q. Heb. dibti , pros- 
 perity, peace, Ezra 5, 7. Dan. 3, 31. 6, 26. 
 
 D^TD m. adj. (r. D^(d) f. n^^tt) ; plur. 
 
 1. whole, sound, perfect, i. e. a) Of 
 full and just weight and measure, as 
 t-i'oh'd "j^X a fall weight, perfect, Deut. 25, 
 15 ; comp. Gen. 15, 16 where it is spoken 
 of the full measure of one's sins, n^ba 
 niabiy the whole number of the captives 
 Am. 1, 6. 9. b) whole, safe, unharmed, 
 Gen. 33, IS; of an army Nah. 1, 12. 
 niobd c"'3::n whole stones, i. e. not hewn, 
 DeuV27, 6. ] K. 6,7. 
 
 2. completed, finished, 2 Chr. 8, 16. 
 
 3. living in peace and friendship, 
 peacefid. friendly, see the root in Pu. 
 Hiph. Hoph. Gen. 34, 21 en D'^abuJ 
 iisnx they live in peace with us. Spec. 
 niiTi DS 'UJ at peace with God, devoted 
 to him, 1 K. 8, 61. 11, 4. 15, 3. 14; and 
 so by implic. 2 K. 20, 3. 1 Chr. 28, 9. 
 2 Chr. 15, 17. Comp. Hiph. no. 2 ; also 
 
 G I o > 
 
 *A*mjo Muslim, devoted to God and 
 
 Muhammed, a Muhammedan. 
 
 4. Salem, pr. n. i. q. Dbttjl-^ Jerusa- 
 lem, for the etymology of which, see in 
 its place ; Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, 3. Jos. 
 Ant. 1. 10. 2 trjV pfvxoi, Solvpa v(jt(qov 
 ixaksaav '^liQoaoXvua. See Relandi Pa- 
 
 lapstina p. 976. Arab. (JLi, *-Ll, id. 
 D^tO m, (r. nbui) plur. n-^abta , constr. 
 
 1. Pr. requital, see the root Pi. no. 4 ; 
 hence thanks, thanksgiving. Plur. nat 
 cobd a thank-off ering.di sacrifice otfered 
 in thanksgiving, Lev. 3, 1 sq. 7, 1 1 sq. 
 Num. 7, 17 sq. liabttS nnin nat Lev. 
 7, 13. 15, a sacrifice offered to God with 
 praise and thanksgiving. Hence 
 
 2. a thank-offering Am. 5, 22 ; plur. 
 Q^'obuj id. Lev. 7, 20. 9, 4. Also in a 
 wider sense, for sacrifices offered in a 
 lime of distress, Judg. 20, 6. 21, 4. 
 
 Q? m. (r. nbt^) 1. requital, recom- 
 pense, retribution, Deut. 32, 25. 
 
 2. Shilleni, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali 
 Gen. 46, 24. Num. 26, 49; for which 
 1 Chr. 7, 13 Diiia .Patron. "'a^oS a Shil- 
 lemite Num. 1. c. 
 
 D'bj see nibtfi. 
 
 DbO and Dli" m. (r. obl^) requital, 
 relrilmtion, Hos. 9, 7. Mic. 7, 3; plur. Is. 
 34,8. 
 
D^tD (retribution, r. oboJ) Shnllum, 
 pr. n. a) A king of Israel, 773, 772 
 B. C. 2 K. 15, 10 gq. b) A king of 
 Judali, son of Josiah and younger bro- 
 ther of Jehoiakim and Zedekiah, prob. 
 the same with tnjjin"' no. 2. Jer. 22, 11. 
 Sec RoBcnm. ad h. I. c) The husband 
 of Huldah the prophetess 2 K. 22, 14. 
 d) Of several other men, Ezra 2, 42. 7, 
 2. 10, 24. 42. Neh. 3, 12. 7, 45. 1 Chr. 
 2, 40. etc. 
 
 rittStp f. i. q. c^uJ , retribution, pwiish- 
 mcn/, Vs. 91, 8. R. tJ^ti. 
 
 ri'a'blS (pacific, from tiiblJi with the 
 syll. ri i. q. "i, V, comp. 1 Chr. 22, 9) 
 
 pr. n. Solomon, the tenth feon of David, 
 1 Chr. 3, 5, comp. 2 Sam. 3, 5 ; born of 
 Bathsheba ; the successor of his father, 
 and the third king of the Hebrew na- 
 tion, r. 1005-975 B. C. and celebrated 
 throughout the world for his wealth, 
 splendour, and wisdom, see 1 K. c. 2-11. 
 
 1 Chr. c. 23. 2 Chr. c. 1-9. Prov. 1, 1. 
 Cant. 1, 1. Sept. 2aXmfiu)V, in N. T. 
 Soldfidiv, and so Josephus. 
 
 "^ttb (my thanks, r. cboS) Shalmai, 
 pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 46 Keri. 
 
 ipbtp (pacific) Shelomi, pr. n. m. 
 Num. 34, 27. 
 
 bS'^tjb (friend of God) Shelumiel, 
 pr. n. m. Num. 1,6. 2, 12. 
 
 in^'ab (i. q. n^:a^.a5a) Shelemiah, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 14.' ' 
 
 fT^'D'5 (pacific, abstr. 'love of peace') 
 ShelomitK pr. n. R. Q^ttJ . 
 
 1. Fem. a) Lev. 24, 11. b) 1 Chr. 
 3, 19. 
 
 2. Masc. a) A son of Rehoboam 
 
 2 Chr. 11,20. b) Ezra 8, 10. c,d,e) 
 
 1 Chr. 23, 9. 18. 26, 25. 
 
 pa^TS Hos. 10, 14; fully "iCXSlsbl? 
 
 2 K. 17, 3. 18, 8, Shalman, Shalmane- 
 ser, pr. n. of a powerful king of Assyria, 
 733-716 B. C. by whom the ten tribes 
 were carried into exile, B. C. 722. Vulg. 
 Salmanassar. Comp. Pers. jmLowCm 
 
 3t verecundus erga ignem. 
 
 D'^SbbO m. plur. (r. e^>s3) rewards^ 
 gifts, by which any one is corrupted. Is. 
 1,23. 
 
 1065 HJbtf 
 
 * H5'>? fut. Ci'bai'^ 1, to draw out, to 
 pluck out ; Chald. id. Eth. rt Afl to strip, 
 to spoil ; kindr. with hhti, nbtt) II. IJl^J. 
 E. g. a weapon from a wound Job 20, 
 25 ; a sword from its sheath, to draw the 
 sword Num. 22, 23. 31. Josh. 5, 13. P^ 
 3"!H ^1?^ rt thousand drawing the sword, 
 i. e. armed warriors, Judg. 8, 10. 20, 2. 
 15. 17. 46. 2 Sam. 24, 9. 
 
 2. to draw or pull off one's shoe, Ruth 
 4, 7. 8. 
 
 3. to pull or pluck up, e. g. grass Pe. 
 129, 6. 
 
 S]?"!? Sheleph, pr. n. of a tribe in Ara- 
 bia Felix, Gen. 10,26. 1 Chr. 1,20; perh. 
 the 2'alaTirivol, whom Ptolemy (VI. 7) 
 reckons among the tribes of the interior. 
 
 *'^bXD and TSib'^D f constr. aJbui , c. 
 Makk. -ttSbiD Ex. 21, 11 ; also nTCb 
 m. constr. ruibtl) . _ 
 
 1. three, Arab. viJu f iJJJi m. 
 Aram. r^Fi, ^nbtn. In the Indo-Euro- 
 pean tongues the primary form seems to 
 have been preserved in the Zend teshro, 
 whence by transp. Aram, teldt, Gr. and 
 Lat. T^flg, tres. The Sanscrit has the 
 abridged form tri. E. g. D-^i'O vohvo 
 three years Gen. 11, 13 ; rarely after the 
 noun, as ttibttj f "i5 three cities Josh. 21, 
 32. B'^33 nrubtli three sons Gen. 6, 10 ; 
 f'ttjin rtubti three months ; whence 
 n-iffinn tulsUJ^S about three months after 
 Gen. 38, 24, where O is prefix for 'iJ't'a, 
 
 not formative, see "i^ no. 4. c. "HS'^a 
 ttSibaS in the third year, pr. in the year 
 three, 2 K. 18, 1. So nnirr ttSbttJ f. thir- 
 teen Josh. 19, 6. 21, 4, and'"iias niabttJ m. 
 id. Num. 29,' 13. With suff.'orn'Jibii ye 
 three, otnttSbll) they three, Num. 12, 4. 
 
 2. thrice, Job 33, 29. 
 
 Plur. C^iubtti comm. gend. thirty Gen. 
 5, 16 ; also, the thirtieth 1 K. 16, 23. 29. 
 
 Deriv. ttSbiu aioibttJ , 'bti , ''ttj-'bifi . 
 
 ^T? (triad) Shelesh. pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 7,35. 
 
 TSb , see tti'^bai . 
 
 Obt? PiEL denom. from tiblU. 
 
 1. to divide into three parts Deut. 
 19,3. 
 
 2. to do the third time, 1 K. 18, 34. 
 
 3. to do on the third day ; 1 Sam. 20, 
 
TCb'JD 
 
 1066 
 
 DID 
 
 19 Tnn Ptu^l^l and on the third day thou 
 shall go down. 
 
 Pdal part. ttJbttJo 1. threefold., triple. 
 Ecc. 4, 12. Ez. 42,'6. 
 
 2. three years old Gen. 15. 9. 
 
 0"^!^ m. plur. (from OJbsij) descend- 
 ants of the third generation, great-grand- 
 children, Ex. 20, 5. 34, 7. D-'ffilttJ ^33 
 Gen. 50, 23 children of great grand- 
 children, i. q. B''52"i the fourth genera- 
 tion. Some have wrongly taken dUJ^aJ 
 for the grand-children themselves ; but 
 their name is csa "'JS . and in Ex. 34, 7 
 they are expressly distinguished from 
 the B"'ffl^tt5. In Ex. 20, 5 the grand- 
 children, i. e. D''33 ''za , seem to be omit- 
 ted. 
 
 HiTbTD Shalishah, pr. n. of a district in 
 the vicinity of the mountains of Ephraim, 
 1 Sam. 9, 4 ; in which appears to have 
 been situated the city najSaJ-b?2 Baal- 
 shalishah, 2 K. 4, 42. This'^ city Euse- 
 bius calls Beth-shalishah, and says it 
 was 15 Roman miles distant from Dios- 
 polis. towards the north. 
 
 ntCbtO (triad) Shilshah, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr.' 7, 37. R. ttSblli . , 
 
 DitJbO and Ut^lS adv. (comp. from 
 tibffi i. q. lljbta and Di"') three days ago, 
 the day before yesterday, i. e. before^ 
 Prov. 22, 20 Cheth. opp. fii'n v. 19. 
 Elsewhere always coupled with biatl, 
 as ct^bttJ biTStn yesterday and the day be- 
 fore Ex. 5, 8 also ctdJbii5 oa bi^sns oa 
 id. 2 Sam. 5, 2 ; i- e. heretofore, former- 
 ly. DilSbis b"ion3 as before, as formerly. 
 Gen. 31,' 2. 2 K. 13, 5. isiiabiZJ bl^nia 
 before.^ in time past, Deut. 19, 6. Josh. 
 20,5. 
 
 bX'nbtD, see bxTibxc: . 
 
 uTD adv. there, then; Arab. Iji 
 
 there, aJ then ; Chald. en, Syr. _^z. 
 There is a vestige of another form ciu 
 
 a* 
 i- q. |vJ extant in the pr. n. Dib'is Ez. 2, 
 
 22, (or which see in its place. In the 
 Indo-European languages kindred forms 
 arc Or. i'/iop then, Lat. turn, (tunc, comp. 
 num, nunc,) Anglosax. thcenne, whence 
 Engl, then, Germ, dann, all of which 
 have been transferred to time ; see no. 
 2. Spoken 
 
 1. Of place, there, i. e. a) in that 
 place, wt, Gen. 2, 8. 12. 11, 2. 31. 12, 
 7. 8. 10. 13. 4. 18. al. ssepiss. With the 
 sign of relation prefixed. CO liax where 
 Ex. 20, 18 ; often with one or more words 
 interposed, offi . , . n^iJN Gen. 13, 3. 2 Sam. 
 15, 21. cd . . . diy here . . . there Is. 28, 10. 
 
 b) After verbs of motion i. q. n^aia thither, 
 as iysl for sxilcrs. Gen. 2, 8. 1 Sam. 2, 14. 
 2 K. 19, 32 ; whence cir . . . I'ajt whither 
 1 K. 18, 10. Jer. 19, 14.' 
 
 2. Of time, then, at that time, like Gr. 
 exfl, Lat. ibi, illico, Ps. 14, 5. 132, 17. 
 Judg. 5, 11. Comp. the remarks above 
 on the affinity of other languages. 
 
 3. therein, in that thing ; Hos. 6, 7 
 they have transgres.^ed the covenant ; 
 therein (i. e. in doing this) they have been 
 treacherous towards me. 
 
 4. With He parag. HH'J, pron. shum- 
 mah. a) thither Gen.' 19, 20. 23, 13. 
 Is. 34, 15 where render : thither shall she 
 place her nest ; comp. Ps. 122, 5. Ex. 29, 
 42, b) i. q. WSi , there, so that ti-^ has a 
 merely demonstrative power, Jer. 18, 2. 
 Ecc. 3, 16. With the relative, nizt lirsc 
 whither Gen. 20, 13. Deut. 11, 10. Jer.' 
 29, 7 ; rarely where 2 K. 23, 8. 
 
 5. With pref "j^, i. e. CTSa/rom there, 
 i. e. thence. a) Of place Gen. 2, 10. 
 1 1, 8. 9. 1 Sam. 4, 4. Bisa . . . nirx whence 
 Deut. 9, 28. b) Of time Hos. 2, 17. 
 
 c) i. q. from that thing, thereof thence; 
 Gen.3,23totillthegrounda^T2 njsb -I'ix 
 whence (from which) he was taken. Mic. 
 2, 3. IK 17, 13 nsr at-73 --b "^ias make 
 me thence (therefrom) a cake. Ez. 5, 3. 
 Pleonastically Gen. 49, 24 13i< nyn B^a 
 hit.n'q'; from thence, from the shepherd, 
 the rock of Israel, come, etc. 
 
 * ^'i? m. constr. niU, c. Makk. "OlU ; 
 c. suff'. i53iy, r|T2TU, D?^o ; plur. ri^ii, 
 constr. mai!J ; once fern. Cant. 1, 3. see 
 in pn Hoph. ^ 
 
 1. name, Arab. *->**!, less freq. j^^, 
 
 Eth. tl<P, but Chald. ct:5 , id. It would 
 
 seem to be primitive, and to signify pr. 
 
 (ri\fia, signum.sign; although a kindr. root 
 
 exists in Arab. |VM/a to set a niark upon ; 
 
 ^ . 
 
 I^AwI a sign, name, k^jM a sign, mark, 
 
 which one receives. From this noun 
 are then derived 
 
 ^S^ 
 
 Conj. II, oi-iaA., 
 
DID 
 
 1067 
 
 313 ID 
 
 M to nnmc. Some hold Difi to be 
 an abridged form for 5^ii5, the 5 being 
 dropped ; comp. the Sept. tranelator, who 
 not unfrequently renders sntti by Zvofitt. 
 E. g. 'b ciaa in the name of any one, 
 by his authority, Ex. 5, 23. Esth. 3, 12 ; 
 i^ 0.32 in the name of Jehovah, by divine 
 authority, Jcr. 11, 21. 26, 9. cca by 
 name Ex. 33, 12 ; niottJa by their 7iames, 
 by name, 1 Chr. 12, 31. Ezra 10, 16. 
 For the formulas Dl^ X-^JD, DC3a 7p3, 
 etc. see xnps no. 2. f, g, and Niph. no. 2. 
 Spec, c^ is : a) a grea/ name, fame, 
 renown, like oo^a and nomen, 1 K. 5, 
 11. rtl) lb n-X'S Gen. 11, 4. Jer. 32, 20, 
 and cit) r> C!ib 2 Sam. 7, 23, to make 
 oneself a name, to gain renown. So 
 ctsn "'CSX the men of renown Gen. 6, 4 ; 
 also men of standing, nobles, Num. 16, 2; 
 niaiu 'l^sx id. 1 Chr. 5, 24 ; and vice 
 versa CUJ "^ba "^ja os of no name, of low 
 parentage, i. e. themselves ignoble, base- 
 born, Job 30, 8. Gen. 9, 27 otu "'bnxa in 
 tents of renown, fame. Zeph. 3, 19 
 umb^ n|ririb o-^riTaiUT and I will set them 
 for a praise and fame, i. e. will make 
 them celebrated, renowned, v. 20. Deut. 
 26, 19. b) a good name, good reputation, 
 Ecc. 7, 1. Prov. 22, 1. Where it stands 
 for a bad name, bad reputation, 5"] is 
 always added, as Deut. 22. 14. 19. Neh. 
 6, 13. c) name after death, memory, as 
 in the phrases to destroy or blot out one^s 
 name, i. e. utterly to destroy a people 
 or city, so that their name and memory 
 shall perish, Deut. 9, 14. 1 Sam. 24, 22. 
 2 K. 14, 27. Ps. 9, 6. Zech. 13, 2 ; also 
 Ecc. 6, 4 its name is covered with dark- 
 ness, spoken of an abortion. Hence d) 
 a monument, in memory of any person 
 or event, 2 Sam. 8. 13. Is. 55. 13. 
 
 2. nln^ cto the name of Jehovah, i. e. 
 a) the honour or good name of God, his 
 estimation among mankind, the sum 
 total of his attributes ; as in the phrase 
 iatt; ly^hfor Ids name's sake, i. e. as vin- 
 dicating his good name, in accordance 
 with his name and character, or with 
 all that is known of him ; see in "jSia A. 2. 
 Hence also put ^or the glory of God, "jSiob 
 'nti for my name's sake, i. e. that the 
 glory and honour of the divine name 
 be not obscured. Is. 48. 9. 1 K. 8, 41. 
 Ps. 79, 9. 106, 8. Ez. 20, 44. Ps. 138, 2 
 Tjottj-bs'b? above all thy name, i. e. above 
 
 all the glory and praise which can bo 
 rendered unto thee, b) As pronounced 
 in rendering invocation, adoration,prai8e. 
 to Jehovah ; e. g. nin'' BtiSa xip to call 
 upon the name of Jehovah, i. e. to wor- 
 ship him, see in xn;? no. 2. g. Ps. 5, 12 
 T|i3tb ''anx those who lore thy name, i. e. 
 who delight in thy praise. Ps. 9, 11. 
 c) For the deity. Godhead, as present 
 to mortals, nearly i. q. nin^ '3B. Ex. 23. 
 21 iS'^pS ''SttS "^^for my name (divinity) 
 is in him, in the angel. 1 K. 8, 29 f^^n^, 
 Dt^ "^OttJ my name (divinity) shall be there 
 sc. in the temple. 2 K. 23. 27. 1 K. 3. 2 
 there was yet no house built unto the 
 name of the Lord. 8, 17. 20. So DTO 
 iatti ("iSi?), said of Jehovah, to place or 
 cause his name to dwell any where, i. e. 
 to fix his abode there, see in csiio and 
 )3t^ . Often spoken of the aid which the 
 present deity vouchsafes to men ; Ps. 
 54, 3 O God, '';S''tt5in TjOttJa save me by 
 thy name, by thy presence and aid. 44. 6. 
 124, 8. 89, 25. 20, 2. Is. 30, 27. Also 
 DOi, Disn, absol. for nin-j ctt). Lev. 24, 
 11. 16. Deut. 28, 58. ' ' " 
 
 3. Shem, Sem, pr. n. of the eldest son 
 of Noah, Gen. 5, 32 ; from whom (Gen. 
 10, 22-30) are derived the Semitic na- 
 tions, i. e. the nations of Western Asia, 
 the Persians, Assyrians, Aramaeans, He- 
 brews, and part of the Arabs. Comp. 
 Gesch der Heb. Spr. u. Schr. p. 5, 6. 
 
 Compound pr. names with ct^ are : 
 
 QT^ Chald. m. c. suff. ntti (from offi). 
 constr. plur. nnattJ , a name. Dan. 2, 
 20. 26. 4, 5. 5, 12.' Ezra 5, 1. 14 la-^n-'T 
 WTSttJ "laacirb and they were delivered 
 to Sheshbazzar by his name, i. e. to one 
 whose name was Sheshbazzar. Plur. 
 constr. Ezra 5, 4. 10. 
 
 XILT? (desolation, r. Dig^ ) Shamma. 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 37. 
 
 nnS^tD (for 13X530 lofty flight, from 
 nvj i. q. n^tu height, and tax) Shemeber, 
 pr. n. of a king of Zeboim, Gen. 14, 2. 
 
 nti (perh. i. q. nsOD fame) Shi- 
 meah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8. 32; for which 
 
 in 9, 38 BXSttJ Shimeam. 
 
 latiO Shamgar, pr. n. of one of the 
 'judges of Israel, Judg. 3, 31. 5, 6. The 
 etymology is unknown. Comp. ")|aO . 
 
ni2ir 
 
 1068 
 
 '12X0 
 
 * T^'*3 in Kal not used, prob. io 
 smite; kindr. with "Jatu , ISO, astu (anl^) 
 where see. 
 
 HiPH. T'nffln to destroy, i. e. a) to 
 lay waste, e. g. cities, altars, Lev. 26, 30. 
 Num. 33, 52. b) Oftener to cut of 
 persons and nations, Deut. 1, 27. 2, 12. 
 21. 22. 23. Ez. 25. 7. Esth. 3, 6. Inf. 
 nn'rn subst. destruction Is. 14, 23. 
 
 NiPH. pass. ^o6e c/es/ro?/erf, i. e. a) to 
 be laid waste, as fields Jer. 48, 8 ; high- 
 places Hos. 10, 8. b) to be cut of, to 
 perish, of nations Deut. 4. 26. 28, 20 ; of 
 single persons Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 37, 38. 
 
 TDtJ Chald. A ph. to destroy, Dan. 
 7, 26. " 
 
 * Tl'^'iS obsoi. root, Arab. L-w to be 
 high; hence O'^izW the heavens. 
 
 JTQ . see in CtlJ . 
 
 T T y T 
 
 TTBtD f (r. 0tb ) 1. a laying waste, 
 desolation, Is. 5, 9. Jer. 2, 15. Ps. 73, 19. 
 
 2. astonishment, Jer. 8, 21. Meton. 
 object of astonishment, Deut. 28, 37. 
 Jer. 19, 8. 25, 9. 18. 51, 37. 
 
 3. Shammah, pr. n. m. a) A son of 
 Reuel Gen. 36, 13. 17. b) A son of 
 Jesse, brother of David, 1 Sam. 10, 9. 
 17, 13; elsewhere written nsnd) Shi- 
 meah 2 Sara. 13. 3. 32, and XS^'ttJ i Chr. 
 2,13. c)2Sam.23, 11. d)'2Sam.23, 
 33. e) ib. v. 25 ; for which niai^ Sham- 
 moth 1 Chr. 11, 27, and nsinaai Sham- 
 huth 1 Chr. 27. 8. 
 
 n^rTDO . see na no. 3. e. 
 
 f'T'?^ Chald. plur. constr. names; 
 see DV . 
 
 JKIttTD Samuel, pr. n. m. according to 
 1 Sam. 1, 20, i. q. bxsiisaj a Deo exaudi- 
 tu8; unless perhaps it may be nomen 
 Dei, 60 that toe may be sing, constr. 
 i.q. Oti ; comp. ?"i and 15^ , na and ina ; 
 D, ''3D, i. q. nJD face, a) The great 
 judge and prophet of the Hebrews, the 
 son of Elkanah; of the tribe of Ephraim, 
 1 Sam. 1, 1 Bq. b) Another person, also 
 the Hon of an Elkanah, and grandfather 
 of Hcman the singer, 1 Chr. G, 13. 18, 
 where he is mentioned among the Lc- 
 vitea and singers, c) Num. 34, 24. d) 
 1 Chr. 7, 2. 
 
 T^t vee KSsti ietua. 
 
 n:?^l3TD and ^^'KH^ f (r. 3J52(tJ ) constr. 
 nynttJ , pr. ' what is heard ;' hence 
 
 1. tidings, a message, news, 1 Sara. 4, 
 19 ; whether of good Prov. 15, 30. 25. 
 25, or of evil Jer. 49, 2.3. Ps. 112, 7. Jen 
 10, 22. Espec. a message sent from God. 
 Is. 53, 1. Jer. 49, 14. Hence 
 
 2. i. q. instruction, teaching. Is. 28, 9. 
 
 3. report, rumour, 2 Chr. 9, 6. 
 
 1*13, see -i-inaj. 
 
 flilSffi, see in nia(^ no. 3. e. 
 
 * X2'2'X fut. pi. ii-jaTS-; 1. Pr. i. q. 
 yai^, to smite, to strike; also to thrust, 
 to cast, to throw down; corap. Arab. 
 [j^ t " to strike, to smite, also to urge 
 on a beast violently. Corresponding to 
 it are the Germ. vulg. schmeissen to 
 strike and to cast, Anglosax. smitan. 
 Engl, to smite, and dropping the sibilant 
 Lat. miltere. Hence a) 2 Sam. 6, 6 
 nj^an !i::i2ia "13 for the oxen kicked, were 
 restive ; Vulg. calcitrabant. Other in- 
 terpretations of this passage see review- 
 ed in Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 372. b) 
 to cast or throw down, e. g. a person 
 from a window into the street, 2 K. 9. 33. 
 
 2. to let fall, to let lie, e. g. a field 
 untilled Ex. 23, 11 ; a debt, to remit, to 
 release, Deut. 15, 2. With 'fn, to desist 
 from any thing, to discontinue, Jer. 17, 4. 
 
 NiPH. pas!s. of Kal. no. 1. b, to be cast 
 down, e. g. from a rock Ps. 141, 6. 
 
 NiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to remit, to re- 
 lease, Deut. 15, 3. Hence 
 
 nj^tt f. remission, release, Deut. 15. 
 1. 2. na^t'H r:aj the year of release. 
 i. e. the year of jubilee, in which all debts 
 were to be remitted, Deut. 15, 9. 31, 10. 
 
 '^12'D (desolated, r. DattJ ) Shammai, 
 pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2. 28. ' b) ibid. v. 44. 
 c) 4, 17. 
 
 3?1'^'DTJJ (fame of wisdom) Shemida, 
 pr. n. of a son of Gilead, Num. 26, 32. 
 Josh. 17, 2. 1 Chr. 7, 19. Patronym. 
 ^ST^ntt) a Shemidaite, Num. 1. c. 
 
 D^ttTD m. plur. (r. PiailS ) constr. "^Tyo, 
 the skies, the heavens, heaven, from an 
 
 obsol. sing, ^ati, Arab. ?l_wj Ethiop. 
 
 AC^LK, the high; i.e. the firmament, 
 
 S'^pn, which seems spread out like an 
 
 I arch above the earth, and is represented 
 
''j2W 
 
 1069 
 
 niZXD 
 
 as supported on foundations and columns, 
 2 Sam. 22, 8. Job 26, 1 1 ; hence the rain 
 is said to descend through its gates or 
 windows, Ps. 78, 23, conip. Gen. 28, 17 
 and n'aix ; and above is supposed to be 
 the abode of God and the angels, Ps. 2, 
 4. Gen. 28, 17. Deut. 33, 26. I^risn qir 
 the/owl of the heavens, of the air, Gen. 1, 
 26. 28. 30. With He loc. na-'ttirn lo- 
 
 T : - T - 
 
 wards heaven, heavenward, Gen. 15, 5. 
 28, 12; so the accus. in the same sense 
 O'lad, c-ia^l-n, l Sam. 5, 12. Ps .139, 8, 
 also c-^a^^n-bs Ex. 9, 22. 23. 10, 21. 22. 
 C^r'i'n rnn wider the heavens, i. e. on 
 earth, Ecc. 1, 13. 2, 3. 3, 1 ; comp. rnn 
 n^r'i'n'bs under the whole heaven, i. e. 
 in the wlioie earth, Gen. 7, 19. Deut. 2, 
 25. .Tob 28, 24. 37, 3. 41, 3. Dan. 9, 12. 
 n-^auj "icttj^ n?li'r! the heavens and hea- 
 ven of heavens, i. e. all the extent and 
 regions of heaven, however vast and 
 infinite, Deut. 10, 14. 1 K.S, 27. C^ail-n 
 I'nxriT the heavens and the earth, i. e. 
 the universe, Gen. 1, 1. 2, 1. 14, 19. 22. 
 In the later books Jehovah is often called 
 '2'?^">^"r! "^n'^?* the God of heaven, (see the 
 Chald.) 2 Chr. 36, 23. Ezra 1, 2. Neh. 
 1, 4. 5. 2, 4. 20. Ps. 136, 26. Jon. 1, 9 ; 
 comp. D'^at'n inKN| nln-i Gen. 24, 7. 
 Meton. for the inhabitants of heaven, 
 Job 15, 15 ; parall. the saints. 
 
 Vy?^. Chald. m. emphat. St^^iQaS , the hea- 
 vens, heaven, Dan. 4, 8. 10. 7, 2. Some- 
 times for the inhabitants of heaven, i. e. 
 God with the angels, who govern the 
 world, Dan. 4, 23 ; comp. on this usage 
 in the Jewish writings and also in the 
 classic authors, Fesselii Advers. Sac. p. 
 349. Wetstein ad Matt. 21, 25. nbx 
 x^aaj the God of heaven, see Heb. above, 
 Dan.' 2, 18. 37. Ezra 5, 11. 12. 6, 9. lo! 
 Comp. Tob. 10, 12. Rev. 11, 13. 
 
 'P'^ID m. adj. ordin. fem. fT'p'^iaTJJ 
 (from nibaj) the eighth, Ex. 22, 29. Lev. 
 9, 1. al. Fem. n-'poai an octave in 
 music, a word denoting the lowest and 
 gravest notes of the scale, sung by men, 
 the modern bass, basso, opp. to niabs 
 (q. v.) 1 Chr. 15, 21 ; also Ps. 6, 1. 12" 
 1. where some wrongly understand a 
 musical instrument. 
 
 T^TD m. (r. na(^ II) c. suff. iT'siiS . 
 
 1. a sharp point ; hence thorn, collect. 
 
 thorns, Is. 5, 6. 7, 23. 24. 25. 9, 17. 32, 13. 
 
 90 
 
 Metaph. of enemies Is. 10, 17. 27, 4. 
 
 0^-. 0,-. 
 
 Arab. 8.t-M collect. -4^ is the Egyp- 
 tian thorn, a thorn-tree. 
 
 2. a diamond, so called from its per- 
 forating and cutting other Bubstancea; 
 e. g.^ the point of the stylus was of dia- 
 mond, Jer. 17, 1. In poetical compari- 
 sons, adamant, Ez. 3, 9. Zech. 7, 12. 
 
 t- *i - 
 Arab. ^kxLw id. Perhaps we may com- 
 pare Gr. afilqiq, (Tfivgog, i. e. diamond- 
 dust used for polishing. Bohlen sug- 
 gests an Indian origin of the word, and 
 compares asmira, stone which eats, lapis 
 rodens, spoken of gems, iron, etc. 
 
 3. Shamir, pr. n. a) A city in Judah 
 Josh. 15, 48. b) A city in the moun- 
 tains of Ephraim, Judg. 10, 1. 2. c) A 
 man 1 Chr. 24, 24 Keri, where Cheth. 
 
 mia'l'^'aO (name most high, or hea- 
 ven most high, Semiramis?) Shemira- 
 moth, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 16, 5. 
 2 Chr. 17, 8. 
 
 ''5''?^ Shamlai, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 46 
 Cheth. see ''cbid . 
 
 * ^"^^, fut. tais'i, plur. iBfe;); fut. A 
 BQ3|^ see under the root n(^". . 
 
 1. to be astonished, amazed, pr. to be 
 struck dumb, since the primary idea is 
 that of silence ; comp. the kindr. roots 
 DO'n and Dl'n, and see the note under 
 B^^. IK. 9, 8. Jer. 18, 16; c. bs at 
 at any one Is. 52. 14. Jer. 2, 12. So 2 Chr. 
 7, 21, see under b A. 6. b. Hence to be 
 confounded. Ps. 40, 16. 
 
 2. to be laid waste, to be made desolate, 
 since desolate places are silent and quiet, 
 in contrast to the noise and turmoil of 
 inhabitants ; Ez. 33, 28. 35, 12. 15. Part. 
 tDBitlJ desolate. Lam. 1, 4. 3, 1 1 ; of per- 
 sons, wasted, perishing, Lara. 1, 13. 16, 
 also solitary 2 Sam. 13, 20. Is. 54, 1. 
 Plur. f maT2ilJ desolate places, ruins, Is, 
 61, 4. Dan. 9, 18. 26. 
 
 3. Trans, to lay waste, to make deso- 
 late; Ez. 36, 3 Dsnx :]i<aji niaai -,5^3 "(Sij 
 because they make you desolate and pant 
 after you, where niauJ ispr. a verbal noun 
 plur. put here lor the infin. Is. 42, XA^long 
 time have I heUl my peace, I hare been 
 still and refrained myself; nrsx mbi'S 
 in^ CjKilJijJ Dis now aa a woman in ira- 
 
n:j^ 
 
 1070 
 
 513TS 
 
 raj7 iffill I cry- 1 will destroy and snort 
 together, i. e. my wrath, long restrained, 
 I will now let break forth. Part. npiaJ 
 a desolator, prob. Antiochus Epiphanes, 
 Dan. 9. 27. c^iffl ^^.^'^ for '^"n St'S 
 Dan. 8, 13 the transgression of the desola- 
 tor, and Ca^ ripui /A^ abomination of the 
 desolator 12, 11, i. q. ^Sekvyfia sQTifiwaemg 
 1 Mace. 1. 54. 6, 7, (comp.Matt. 24, 15.) 
 i. e. either an altar, or an idol which An- 
 tiochus caused to be erected over the 
 altar in the temple of Jerusalem. 
 
 NiPH. Ci^3 1. i. q- Kal no. 1, to be as- 
 tonished, Jer. 4, 9 ; c. by Job 18, 20. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be laid waste, 
 made desolate, Jer. 12, 11. Ps. 69, 26; to 
 be wasted, to perish, of persons Lara. 4, 
 5; to be desolate, solitary, of a way- 
 Lev. 26, 22. Is. 33, 8. 
 
 Po, 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to be astonish- 
 ed Ezra 9, 3. 
 
 2 Part, c^iii^ a desolator Dan. 9, 27. 
 11, 31. 
 
 HiPH. c^cn, fut. n-'rsj'n, inf. onttin, 
 part. QirfflT? . 
 
 1, Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make asto- 
 nished Ez. 32. 10. Intrans. to be asto- 
 nished Ez. 3, 15 ; c. br Mic. 6, 13. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. 3. to lay icaste, to make 
 desolate, e. g. a land Lev. 26, 31. 32. Ez. 
 30, 12. 14. 
 
 HoPH. cttJn (pron. hosham) for DTSn 
 which is found in some copies, plur. lasBfi , 
 
 1. to be astonished, Job 21, 5. 
 
 2. to be laid waste, made desolate, 
 Lev. 26, 34. 35. 43. 
 
 HiTHPo. coin'i'n; fut. once uw^i 
 Ecc. 7, 16. 
 
 1. to be astonished Is. 59, 16. 63, 5 ; to 
 be confounded, Dan. 8, 27 ; of a person, to 
 be wasted, faint, discouraged, Ps. 143, 4. 
 
 2. to desolate or destroy oneself, Ecc. 
 7,16. 
 
 Deriv, ciouJ "littBOS , nail5 . ni2tl3n, 
 and the pr. names KBUJ , "^BC . 
 
 DQTD Chald. Hithpo. oninobK to be 
 astonished, Dan. 4, 16. 
 
 MI9 "> ^tlj. /ai'c/ iww/c, desolate, Dan. 
 9,17. Fcm. naairi Jer. 12, 11. 
 
 rrnaC r (r. oisti) plur. constr. niacti , 
 
 1. astonishment, Ez. 7, 27. 
 
 2. a desolation, waste, desert, Is. 1, 7. 
 noTJ* -^^no a desolate waste, Jer. 12, 10. 
 nmis^ f^'O'ov a desert and de<^ation, a 
 
 complete desert, an utter waste. Ez. 33, 
 28. 29. 35, 3. 
 
 n'atJtp f. (for n^aBtU, r. Qi:aJ) plur. 
 constr. ni^aayj , a desolation, -waste, Ez. 
 35, 7. 9. 
 
 'ji'a'ETS, m, (r. D^^) astonishment, 
 amazement, Ez. 4, 16. 12, 19. 
 
 n'l'a'G'fi? , see in n^^s^^ . 
 
 *]'2W or p^^, fut. ',5auii., to be or 
 become fat, Deut. 32, 15. Jer. 5, 28. Arab. 
 
 ^j-4^ id. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to make fat, to cover over 
 withfat, metaph. the heart, as enveloped 
 in fat, and thus made dull and callous to 
 the words of the prophet. Is. 6, 10. 
 
 2. to become fat, pr. to make or pro- 
 duce fat from oneself, Neh. 9, 25. 
 
 Deriv. "(^o ni353ia, n^STattix, 'I'slip. 
 D'^snuJa, and pr. n. nSTS'^o. 
 
 JCit m. adj. (r. yq^) f. nSTsaJ, /a<. Is. 
 30, 23 ; of a strong, lusty, robust man, 
 Judg. 3, 29, see 'I'S'iJ^ ; of a land./eri7e, 
 Num. 13, 20; of bread Gen. 9, 20. 
 
 yatt m. (r. "(qt) c. suff. ''Sa^lJ, plur. 
 
 V. fatness, Ps. 109,24. c-^3T:ttJ nFiC?a 
 a banquet of fatness, i. e, sumptuous, 
 splendid. Is. 25, 6. 10, 27 -liB?? bi? bani 
 "jTSQi and the yoke (of Israel) is broken 
 fromfatness, the figure being taken from 
 a fat ox which breaks and casts ofl" his 
 yoke; comp. Deut. 32, 15. Hos. 4, 16. 
 Also/er<t77yof the earth, e. g. D^3^ttJ i^''? 
 valley cf fatness, i. e. most fertile, Is. 28, 1. 
 
 2. 077, Gen. 28, 18. 'tc^, 7? oil-tree, i. e. 
 oleaster, wild olive, (different from n")! 
 the olive,) Neh. 8, 15. 1 K. 6, 23. 
 
 3. spiced oil, i. e. ointment, unguent, 
 Ps. 133, 2. Prov. 21, 17. Is. 1, 6. 
 
 D'^S'aTJJ m. plur. (r. ',attJ) fatness of 
 the earth, i. c. fat fields, fertile regions. 
 Gen. 27, 28 God gave thee insn ''2^aJ 
 fertile fields, pr. of fertile fields, as the 
 other hemistich has 'ti bija o/"the dew of 
 heaven. But v. 39 ri'^p^^ ^nxn ^3^^t5a 
 ?]3\s3ia without the fatness of the earth 
 shall be thy dwelling, parall. n baia . In 
 both places D-'SiaaiB is for D-'S^TSa ; but 
 there is a play of words arising from the 
 twofold use of "1^ , which in v. 28 is taken 
 in the partitive sense, see ^a no. 1 ; and 
 in v. 39 in its privative sense, see "Jo 
 no. 3. f. 
 
3^3125 
 
 1071 
 
 y^T23 
 
 njbTfl f. and nSb^ rn. conetr. 
 
 nsbti) , tight ; Arab. ^jUj , iujLS , 
 
 * 
 Eth. Ai'^i, id. Judg. 3, 3. Num.29, 
 29. 2, 24. Plur. B-^stttJ comm. tighty^ 
 Gen. 5, 25. 26. 28. al. 
 Deriv. T^"^ 
 
 * 3?5J1D and ?"-a^ fut. SnttJ^, imper. 
 
 - I ' T I 
 
 1. lo hear; Syr. Chald. id, Arab. 
 
 ^ 
 
 , Eth. A<?^U, to hear, to obey. 
 
 Gen. 18, 10. Is. 6, 9; c. ace. of thing 
 Gen. 3, 10. 24, 52. Ex. 2, 15 j c. ace. of 
 pers. speaking Gen. 37. 17. 1 Sam. 17, 
 28; with "'S before a clause or sentence 
 Gen. 42, 2. 2 Sam. 11, 26. Spec. a) 
 to hearken, to listen to any one, to give 
 attention, c. ace. Gen. 23. 8. 11. 15. Ecc. 
 7, 5; ^X Gen. 49, 2. 1 K. 12. 15. Is. 46, 
 3. 12; ^ Job 31, 35. Ps. 58. 6; c. 2 Job 
 37, 2. Deut. 1, 45. But 3 5iQ<lJ is 'like- 
 wise often lo hear any thing, to be an 
 ear-witness, testis aurifus fiiit Plant. 
 Gen. 27, 5. Job 15, 8. 26, 14; also to 
 hear tcith pleasure 2 Sam. 19. 36. Ps. 
 92, 12. b) Of God, to hear and accept 
 prayer, to hear and answer, c. ace. Gen. 
 
 17, 20. Ps. 10, 17. 54, 4; c. bx Gen. 16, 
 11. 30, 22 ; 'b b-ip Deut. 33, 7. Ps. 5, 4. 
 
 18, 7. 27, 7. 28, 2. 64, 2. Lam. 3, 56 ; 
 'a bipa Gen. 30, 6. Deut. 1, 45 ; ^"ip-bx 
 Gen. 21, 17. Sometimes also with b of 
 the object Gen. 17. 20. c) to hearken 
 to. to hear and obey . Ex. 24,7. Is. 1, 19; c. 
 ^X Gen. 28, 7. 39, 10. Deut. 18, 19. Josh. 
 1,17; h Num. 14, 27; 'd bipa Gen. 27, 
 13. Ex.' 18, 19. Deut. 26, 14. 2 Sam. 12, 
 18 ; 'b bipi? Gen. 3. 17. Judg. 2, 20. Ps. 
 58, 6. 
 
 2. to hear distinctly, to understand, 
 Gen. 11, 7. 42, 23. ?rtt5 2b an under- 
 standing heart I K. 3, 9. But :rcp (I3"'5t 
 Prov. 21, 28, the man that hath heard sc. 
 the thing to be established by testimo- 
 ny, i. e. a true witness, in opp. to a false 
 witness. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be heard I Sam. 1, 13; 
 c. b by any one Neh. 6, 1. 7. Also i. q. 
 to be regarded, Ecc. 9, 16; to be heard 
 and accepted Dan. 10. 12, comp. 2 Chr. 
 30, 27. 
 
 2. to show oneself obedient, to obey, Ps. 
 18, 45. 
 
 3. to be understood Pa. 19, 4. 
 
 PiEL pr. ' to make hear,' i. e. to call, 
 to summon, i. q. Hiph. no. 3; c. ace. of 
 pers. and b of the thing to which one 
 is called, I Sam. 15, 4. 23, 8 and iSatU 
 called all the people to war. 
 
 Hiph. 1. to cause to hear, to let hear, 
 e. g. one's voice Judg. 18, 25. Cant. 2, 
 14 ; (to cause to hear with acceptance 
 Is. 58, 4 ;) a cry Jer. 48. 4 ; c. dupl. ace. 
 of pers. and thing, to cause one to hear 
 any thing 2 K. 7, 6. Ps. 143. 8 ; c. bx of 
 pers. Ez. 36, 15. Without hip absol. to 
 let oneself be heard, to utter aloud, and 
 so with -ibipa Ps. 26, 7. Ez. 27, 30, comp. 
 ibipa *,P3 in bip bb. Spec, to sing 
 with the voice Neh. 12. 42 ; also to sound 
 with instruments 1 Chr. 15, 28. 16, 5; 
 espec. of loud music 1 Chr. 15, 19, comp. 
 
 nsa. Comp. Arab. XJU^fcX songstress, 
 cL^ music. 
 
 2. to announce, to declare, c. ace. of 
 thing Is. 45, 21 ; ace. of pers. Is. 44, 8. 
 48, 5 ; c. dupl. ace. of pers. and thing 
 Is. 48, 6. 
 
 3. to call, to summon, i. q. Pi. 1 K. 15, 
 22. Jer. 50, 29. 51, 27. 
 
 Deriv. saiJi njrtti, also nyiiatfl, 
 nwBifin, :s-c^v, rsra3o, and the p'r. 
 names ?bFi^x , bxS52(U'i , n^siiaJ'^ . 
 
 2^123 Chald. to hear, c. b? of or con- 
 cerning any one, Dan. 5, 14. 16. 
 
 Ithpe. to show oneself obedient, to obey, 
 Dan. 7, 27. 
 
 yaO (hearing, obedient) Shama, pr. 
 n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 44. 
 
 yQV m. (r. SB) c. suff. "'5100). 
 
 1. the hearing, as opp. to the sight, 
 Job 42, 45. Ps. 18, 45 ''b ^siyd'] iTX rat^b 
 at the hearing of the ear they obey me, 
 i. e. my mandate is obeyed as soon as 
 heard. 
 
 2. Something heard, report, rumour, 
 fame, sn raic an evil report Ex. 23, 1. 
 With gen. of pers. of whom the report 
 is spread, as nisbuj 5CtU the fame of So- 
 lomon 1 K. 10, 1; IS raj the report 
 concerning Tyre, as destroyed, Is. 23, 5; 
 -p?.!) ^'?'^ ^^^ report of the coming of 
 Jacob Gen. 29, 13. Is. 66. 19. Hos. 7, 12 
 cnnrb s^iis as the report (hath come) 
 to their congregation. 
 
y53"C 
 
 1072 
 
 ^12W 
 
 3. so7md,music. Ps. 150,"5 sat^ ^b^rbs 
 /oud cymlmls. 
 
 ynaO (rumour) Shema, pr. n. m. a) 
 1 Chr.' 2, 43. 44. b) 5, 8. c) Neh. 8, 4. 
 d) 1 Chr. 8, 13. 
 
 ynV (id.) Shema, pr. n. of a city in 
 the south of Judah, Josh. 15. 26. 
 
 yat m. (r. ?ia\;5) c. suff. isa^ , /awe, 
 rumour. Josh. 6, 27. 9, 9. 
 
 Sy'Q (rumour, r. 5r(^) Shimea, pr. 
 n. m. a) A son of David 1 Chr. 3, 5, 
 for which is read rsiEOJ Shammua 2 Sam. 
 5, 15. 1 Chr. U", 4. b) 1 Chr. 6, 15. 
 c) ib. V. 24. d) A eon of Jesse, else- 
 where nsui q. V. no. 3. b. 
 
 n5T2p (id.) Shiineah,2 ^am. 13, 3. 22: 
 see na'JJ no. 3. b. Patronym. is TiS'QaJ 
 a Shimealhile 1 Chr. 2, 55, 
 
 nyatj Skemaah, pr. n. m. c. art. 
 1 Chr.' 12, 3. 
 
 nyiaTD. see ny^BttJ . 
 
 'J'lya (a hearkening, r. 5B) pr. n. m. 
 Simeon, Gr. 2v^mv. a) The second 
 son of Jacob, born of Leah Gen. 29, 33, 
 the progenitor of the tribe of the same 
 name. The cities of this tribe were 
 within the territory of Judah, and are 
 enumerated Josh. 19, 1-9. b) Ezra 2, 
 31. Patronym. is "^SSa^ a Simeonite, 
 Num. 25, 14. 
 
 ^yatl (renowned, r. SBlj) Shimei, 
 Shiini, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 17. Num. .3, 
 18. b) 2 Sam. 16, 5. c) 1 K. 1, 8. i, 
 18. d) Esth. 2, 5. Also of several 
 other persons of less note. Patronym. 
 yod a Shimite for "^'SattJ Num. 3, 21. 
 
 n^iyatj and '^n^yTaC (Jehovah hear- 
 eth him) Sheinaiah, pr. n. m. a) A 
 prophet in the time of Rehoboam 1 K. 
 12, 22. b) Another in the time of Jere- 
 miah, Jer. 29, 31. c) Of several other 
 persons of less note, see Simonis Onom. 
 p. 546. 
 
 riTQC (i. q, airi, nsartJ) Shimealh, 
 pr. n. f. 2 K. 12, 2*2.' 2 Chr. 24, 26. 
 
 * Y^ obsol. root, kindr. with aad 
 
 q. V. Arab, {jn t " to thrust forward, 
 to puxh. to strike. 
 
 1. to thrust , to cast, to throw, espec. in 
 fugam conjiccre, Enjfl. to put to Jlight 
 an enemy. Hence n:tatt) . 
 
 2. to hasten, pr. to urge on, espec. 
 in speaking, to speak rapidly, comp. 
 
 G > Q ^ " 
 
 (joLiXw haste, y^,^; rapid speaking. 
 Hence 
 
 m. a transient sound, a whisper, 
 rapidly uttered and swiftly dying away, 
 Job 4, 12. 26, 14. Symm. ipi&vgicrfiog, 
 Vulg. susurrus. In the Talmud ya'J 
 is a little, which the Targum and Syr. 
 have expressed in the above passages ; 
 but this use of the word not improbably 
 sprang at first from these passages of 
 Job. 
 
 nS'JptD f (r. Y^^) a rout, overthrow oi" 
 enemies, Ex. 32, 25. The Hebrew and 
 other ancient interpreters render ill 
 fame, reproach, comp. S"?':o ; the letters 
 S and S being interchanged. But the 
 former sense is the only correct one. 
 
 * I. I/Jia fut. -ibai-i, 2 m. c. suff. 
 dnaajpi. 3 f c. suff. t!"n!i'7:ti:ri Prov. 14, 3; 
 inh'c. suff. inaiab , Tjnaoj^ . 
 
 1. to keep, to watch, to guard, e. g. 
 
 a) In the narrower sense, as a garden 
 Gen. 2, 15. 3, 24 ; a flock 30, 31 ; a house 
 Ecc. 12, 3. Part, ^ailj subst. a keeper, 
 watchman. Cant. 3. 3 ; of a flock i. e. a 
 shepherd 1 Sam. 17, 20. Trop. of pro- 
 phets Is. 21, 11. 62, 6; comp. B'^Sbs. 
 
 b) In a wider sense, to keep safe, to pro- 
 tect, to preserve, c. ace. Job 2, 6. Prov. 
 13, 3; 2 2 Sam. 18, 12; bx 1 Sam. 26. 
 15 ; b? v. 16. Prov. 6, 22. Often of God 
 as keeping and protecting men, c. ace. 
 Gen. 28, 15. 20. Ps. 12, 8.^6, 1. 25, 20; 
 c. la to protect/ro?/^i any thing, Ps. 121, 
 7. 140, 5. 141, 9. 
 
 2. to keep, to retain, to reserve, Ex. 
 22, 6 ; also trop. e. g. kindness Dan. 9, 4. 
 Neh. 9, 30; anger, Am. 1, 11 in-ias 
 ns3 nnTD and he (Edom) keeps his 
 wrath for ever, does not cease from it ; 
 where Hniaii: with these vowels and the 
 accent on the penult is masc. c. r! parag. 
 or sufi". So with nnnS or qx impl. (like 
 no; no. 2), Jer. 3, 5 nssb nad'^-cx u-ill he 
 keep his anger/or ever? Spec, to keep in 
 mind or memory, Gr. cpvlaTJia&ai it, 
 Gen. 37, 11. Ps. 130, 3. With arc. impl. 
 and with suff of pers. Job 10, 14 ^3n"jT3tt}!i 
 theii thmi dost reserve for me sc. punish- 
 ment, thou keepest it in mind for nie. 
 
 3. to keep in view, i. e. to ot)serve, to 
 
i:3TD 
 
 1073 
 
 152113 
 
 mark, c, ace. 1 Sam. 1, 12. Ps. 17, 4 / 
 have marked the ways of the violent, sc. 
 in order to avoid ihetn ; (but in another 
 sense Prov. 2, 20;) c. ace. impl. Is. 42, 
 20; c. bs Job 14, 16; bit Ps. 59, 10. 
 Sometimes in a bad sense, to watch nar- 
 rowly, to spy out, c. ace. Job lU. 27. 33, 
 11. Ps. 56, 7. 71, 10. vy itii to watch 
 a city, i. e. to besiege it, 2 Sara. 11. 16 ; 
 comp. 1S3 no. I. 1. b. Also to watch at 
 a door, Prov. 8, 34. 
 
 4. to kef p. to observe, i. c. not to break, 
 e. g. a covenant Gen. 17, 9, 10 ; the pre- 
 cepts of God 1 K. 11, 10; the sabbath Is. 
 56, 2. 6 ; a promise 1 K. 3, 6. 8, 24. With 
 ini; c.h , to observe to do any thing, to take 
 heed to do it. Num. 23, 12. 2 K. 10, 31. 
 
 5. to regard, to honour one's master 
 Prov. 27, 18; to worship God Hos. 4, 10 ; 
 idols Ps. 31, 7. Comp. Virg. Georg. 4.212 
 'observant regem non sic ^gyptus,' ete. 
 
 6. Reflex, i. q. Niph. no. 2, and nrui 
 iCE? Dent. 4, 9, to keep oneself from any 
 thing, c. *|T3 Josh. 6, 18. 
 
 Niph. 1. Pass, to be kept, preserved, 
 Ps. 37, 28. 
 
 2. Reflex, to keep oneself from any 
 thing, c. "153 Ueut. 23, 10. Judg. 13, 13. 
 1 Sam. 21, 5. Comp. Kal no. 6. 
 
 3. to take heed to oneself to beware 
 of any thing, Is. 7, 4 ; c. '(O Jer. 9, 3 ; 
 'Saia Ex. 23, 21; a 2 Sam. 20, 10; c. inf. 
 Ex. 19, 12 take heed to yourselves not to 
 go up into the mount ; also with "|Q lest, 
 before a clause, Gen. 24, 6. 31, 24. 29. 
 Deut. 4, 15. 16; the 'pleonastic pron. Tjb 
 being sometimes added after an impera- 
 tive, as Gen. Ex. 11. cc. Occasionally in 
 a strong prohibition, there is added to 
 the verb of caution the formula T]ttJB53, 
 ?|U;E3b , by thy life, as thou lovest thy 
 life, which however is not dependent on 
 the verb -ar? . Deut. 4, 15. 16 cnnairj) 
 ,!irndr}"Q . .' . cs'^naJBJb '^\f,o take good 
 heed therefore, as ye value your lives . . . 
 lest ye act wickedly, etc. Jer. 17, 21 
 ix'^a isbn-bx'i CD"iniisiB3a 'n'stSn take 
 heed to you.rselves.for your lives, and bear 
 no burden, etc. Josh. 23, 11. Once with 
 inf. c. \, to take heed to do any thing, 
 not to omit it ; Deut. 24, 8 nn'rb . . . icisn 
 nibrbi ni<Ta take heed ...to observe dili- 
 gently and do, etc. 
 
 PiBL i. q. Kal no. 5, to worship idols 
 Jon. 2, 9. 
 
 90* 
 
 HiTHPA. 1. i. q. Kal no. 4, to keep, to 
 observe, pr. for oneselij Mie. 6, 16. 
 
 2. to take heed to oneself c. 'p Pa. 18, 
 24. 
 
 Deriv. naia mattj, nnaiCK, itsioa, 
 nnafa , and pr. n. "nad"' . 
 
 * II. 17J"r i. q. nao, -nsttJ , Chald.Pa. 
 <B0, to fix or fasten with nails ; whence 
 T'lSUi a sharp point. Is it perhaps the 
 point of accord between the two signifi- 
 cations, no. I, II, that the sense of keep- 
 ing, guarding, is derived from that of 
 shutting up. making fast with nails? 
 
 ^JSTO m. (r. "iraj I) only plur. n"i*^att5 , 
 lees of wine, so called becau.se wine is 
 kept, preserved, in strength and colour 
 by letting it stand upon the lees. S3|3tt5 
 rnattj-br (xe;^) Jer. 48, 11. Zeph. 1, iV, 
 to rest upon one''s lees, i. e. to live a life 
 of quiet indiff"erence, the figure being 
 drawn from wine. Is. 26. 6 Cpista C"!?: 
 lees racked off or fined, i. e. generous old 
 wine purified from the lees. 
 
 2. Shemer, pr. n. m. a) 1 K. 16, 24. 
 b) 1 Chr. 6, 31. e) 8, 12. d) 7, 34, 
 for which v. 32 "niofe q. v. 
 
 'T'STD (keeper, r. nroj ) Shomer, pr. n. 
 a) Masc. 1 Chr. 7, 32 ; comp. irtt) no. 
 2. d. b) Fern. 2 K. 12, 22, for Which 
 2 Chr. 24, 26 n-^nrtl) Shimrith. 
 
 "\T2 m. (r. nicaj ) only plur. ni-iHttJ, 
 observance, celebration ol'a festival, Ex. 
 12, 42. 
 
 nnUTS f. (r. -lot^) plur. rinnib, eye- 
 lids, Ps. 77, 5. Others, watching, wake- 
 ful 
 
 TVyOiW f. (r. -io)U ) watch, guard. Ps. 
 141, 3.' 
 
 JTltl (watch, guard, r. inffl ) Shim- 
 ron, pr. n. of a son of Iseachar, Gen. 
 46, 13. Patronym. ''SiattS a Shimronite 
 Num. 26, 24. 
 
 "JII^IC f. (watch-post, watch-height) 
 Shomeron, Samaria, pr. n. 
 
 a) A hill and city built upon it by 
 Omri, in the territory of Manasseh, and 
 named by him after Shemer the former 
 owner of the soil ; afterwards the capi- 
 tal of the kingdom of Israel, 1 K. 16, 24. 
 Am. 4, 1. 6, I. 2K. 3, 1. 13, 1. 18. 9. 10. 
 Is. 7, 9. Ez. 16, 46. Chald. T.^toVO, 
 whence Gr. ^afid^sia, Lat. Samaria, 
 
-15312 
 
 1074 
 
 lie 
 
 called also by Herod the Great ^f/5aoTj/ 
 in honour of Augustus, Jos. Ant. 15.7.7. 
 It is now a small village called Sebics- 
 lieh ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
 138 sq. 
 
 b) In a wider sense, the kingdom, of 
 Samaria, i.e. of the ten tribes, of which 
 Samaria was the metropolis. *|i"^ii: "^"15 
 the cities of Samaria, i. e. of the king- 
 dom, 2 K. 17, 26. 23, 19. So said also 
 by prolepsis even under Jeroboam, 1 K. 
 13, 32. y\'\-Cf6 "inn Jer. 31, 5; 'iu bss the 
 caif of Samaria, i. e. the calf at Bethel 
 Hos. 8, 5. 6. Gentile n. is 'sHoilJ a Sho- 
 vieronile, Saviaritan, 2 K. 17, 29. 
 
 in-a (watchful, r. n^l^ I) Shimri, 
 pr. n. ra. a) 1 Chr. 4, 37.' b) 11, 45. 
 c) 26. 10. d) 2 Chr. 29, 13. 
 
 n^lDTp (whom Jehovah keeps) She- 
 mariah. pr. n. m. a) A son of Reho- 
 boam, 2 Chr. 11, 19. b) Ezra 10, 32. 
 c) ib. v. 41. 
 
 '"C"^^^ (id.) Shemariah, pr. n. m- 
 1 Chr.' 12,' 5. 
 
 'jl'^'OtD Chald. Samaria, the city, 
 Ezra i\o. 17, i. q. Hebr. "linjsiy. 
 
 niniaiC f. (watchful, r. n^ai) Shim- 
 rilh, 2 Chr. 24, 26 : see in naia b. 
 
 tyyalD (watch, guard, r. iBQi) Shim- 
 rath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21. 
 
 * 12^^ Chald. Pa. tt5i3<^, to minister, 
 to wait upon, Dan. 7, 10. Syr. id. 
 
 TD'J^ comm. (m. Ps. 104, 19, f Gen. 
 15, 17,) c. suff. ''^.^^^.. 
 
 Go" . 
 
 1. the sun, Arab. ^jt*4jii, Syr. M^aA>, 
 a primitive word, found with the radi- 
 cal letters sm, sr, sn, si, in very many 
 languages ; corap. old German Summi 
 (whence Summer, Somnier), Sanscr. 
 sura, surya, Germ. Sunne, Sonne, Engl. 
 sun, Lat. sol; and with a breathing in- 
 stead of the sibilant, Pehlv. hur, Pers. 
 ,,^ Gr. rjliog, see Merian Etude com- 
 parative des Langues, p. 66, 67. rnn 
 tiTSSn undfr the sun, i. e. on earth, an 
 exprsHHion frequent in the book of Ec- 
 clcsiuHtes, art I, 3.9. 14. 2, 11. 18. 19. 22. 
 4, 1. 3. 7. 15. al. BJeti ^.th befrre Vie 
 nm. i. R. in ttie sunshine, Job 8, 16 ; but 
 for I. 78, 17 lee ^tb no, 1. p. 854. ''rjis 
 
 ttJ^QU'ri in the sight of the sun, i. e. the sun 
 being as it were present and looking on, 
 2 Sam. 12, 11. The rising of the sun 
 is expressed by the verbs XS";, PinT ; its 
 setting by the verb xia. Metaph. God 
 is called the sun of any one. the emblem 
 of prosperity and blessings, Ps. 84, 12. 
 
 2. Plur. niOTillJ notched battlements, 
 q. d. suns, rays of the sun. Is. 54, 12. 
 Sept. indk^ug. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 f.tX^t} (sun-like, denom. from ttJBtli ) 
 Shimshon, Samson, pr. n. of a judge of 
 Israel celebrated for his strength, Judg. 
 13, 24 sq. Sept. 2afnp(uv, which Jose- 
 phus (Ant. 5. 8. 4) explains by Iitxvqoi;, 
 but against the etymology ; see Gesch. 
 der Heb. Spr. p. 81, 82. 
 
 '^'52 (sunny, from viT2ya),Shi7nshai, 
 pr. n. m. Ezra 4, 8. 17. 
 
 I'lTD'aiS Shamsherai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 8,26 It seems to have sprung from a 
 double orthography, inattj and "'VOTiaJ , 
 
 "ipTatD Shumathite, patronym. from 
 nrl^ (garlic ?) 1 Chr. 2. 53 ; elsewhere 
 unknown. 
 
 * 1^, with Makk. -",QJ, c. suff. isa?, 
 comm. gender ; raasc. in signif. no. 2, 
 ] Sam. 14, 5 ; fern. Prov. 25, 19. Dual 
 t;';isia, constr. "^s^u. g 
 
 1. a tooth, Arab, ^^y^ id. This word 
 
 in Hebrew may indeed be referred to 
 the root "(50 ; but still I would prefer to 
 regard it as primitive, since tooth in very 
 many languages is expressed by the syl- 
 lable de7i (dent), zen, as Sanscr. danta, 
 Zend, rfen/^no, Pers. ^jf J6t>, Gr. v8ovg, 
 for o5ovc, Lilt, dens, Goth, tunlhus, Fris. 
 tan. Ex. 21, 24. 27. Spec. ehphanVs 
 tooth, i. e. ivory, (fully C^aniai q. v.) 
 1 K. 10. 18. Cant. 5, 14. "ti: "^na ivory 
 palaces, i.e. with walls inlaid or covered 
 with ivory. Am. 3, 15; and so '|ttJ '^^3'^'!! 
 Ps. 45, 9. Dual c^S^lJ teelh, pr. two rows 
 of teeth, Gen. 49, 12. Am. 4, 6; also for 
 plur. c-^riU ttiblli three teeth 1 Sam. 2, 13. 
 Job 1 3, 1 4 '3C3 '-itoa X^X / take my 
 jlesh (life) in my teeth, i. e. expose my- 
 self to danger ; inasmuch as what one 
 carries in his teeth is apt to be dropped. 
 Comp. the similar proverbial expression 
 in Judg. 12, 3, explained under C]? no. 
 1. c. 
 
HZW 
 
 1075 
 
 HDC 
 
 2. a peak or hill, ao called as resem- 
 bling a tooth, 1 Sam. 14, 4. Job 39, 28. 
 Comp. )1\s lett. d. Syr. ]LjL1> clifl's, 
 crags. 
 
 2. iSAcn, pr. n. of a place, prob. a ror k 
 or peak, 1 Sam. 7, 12. 
 
 i55TD , see n: . 
 
 K3TD Ciiald. fut. wd-;! 1. Intrans. 'to 
 change, to be changed, Dan. 6, 18. 3, 27. 
 Espec. for the worse, to be altered, as 
 the countenance, Dan. 5, 6. 9. 
 
 2. to be different, diverse, c. ya Dan. 
 7, 3. 19. 23. 24. 
 
 Pa. '3123 1. Trans, to change, to alter ; 
 Dan. 4, 13 let them change his heart, im- 
 pers. for let it be changed. Part. pass. 
 different, diverse, Dan. 7, 7. 
 
 2. to transgress a law, royal mandate, 
 decree, Dan. 3, 28. Syr. id. 
 
 Ithpa. 'Sn'lJX, to be changed Dan. 2, 
 9 ; espec. for the worse, to be altered, 
 disfigured, Dan. 3, 19. 7, 28. 
 
 Aph. '':m, fut. xson-^ l. to change, 
 to alter, Dan. 2, 21 ; a royal mandate, 
 Dan. 6, 9. 16. 
 
 2. to transgress a statute, ordinance, 
 Ezra 6, 11. 12. 
 
 ^52 Chald. f c. suff. WWO, see in 
 naia li. 
 
 fi^?!?, see in nairj. 
 
 n30 (father's tooth) S/itna6, pr. n. of 
 a Canaanitish king, Gen. 14, 2. 
 
 JS: m. (for ',^3a, r. njia) repetition; 
 Ps. 68, 18 ,X3a iBbst thousands of repeti- 
 tion, i. e. thousands upon thousands. 
 
 "^^J^?^ Shenazzar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 
 3, 18. 
 
 ^i*5 obsol. root, Arab. v_>Jui /o 6e 
 cooZ, spoken of the day ; see Schult. ad 
 Prov. 7, 6. Hence Si'-r'X q. v. 
 
 *I. HD^ fut. nr^-i, once J<;C';i Lam. 
 
 4, 1. Denom. from c"^:":: two. 
 
 1. fo do the second time or again, to 
 repeat, Arab, j^aj, Syr. \^Z. Neh. 13, 
 21 cn ex ?/ ye rfo it again. 1 K. 18, 
 34. With b . 1 Sam. 25. 8 ojice wj7/ / 
 S7nite him ib nj^x xbi anrf ict'// 7?o^ re- 
 pea/ it to him. i. e. there shall be no need 
 of smiting him twice. 2 Sam. 20, 12. 
 With 3 Prov. 26. 11 a fool inbiixa nsuj 
 who repeatdh (persists in) his folly. 17, 
 
 9 3"73 ^\^ vho repeateth a matter, i. e. 
 rakes up anew unpleasant things which 
 sliould be lijrgotten. 
 
 2. liitrans. to be different, diverse from 
 any thing, c. 1^2 Esth. 1, 7. 3, 8. ' 
 
 3. to be changed, altered, espec. for 
 the worse, Lam. 4, 1. Pe. 77, 11 ; of the 
 mind, Mai. 3. 6 / Jehovah change not. 
 Part. plur. O'^JitS changing sc. the mind, 
 changeable, fickle, spoken of discontent- 
 ed pertjons, turncoats, who change from 
 party to party, Prov. 14, 21 ; comp. Jer. 
 2, 36. 
 
 Niph. to be repeated, e. g. a dream 
 Gen. 41. 32. 
 
 PiEL nsd, once XittJ by Chaldaism 
 2 K. 25, 29. 
 
 1. to change, to alter, e. g. garments 
 2 K. 25, 29. Jer. 52, 33 ; a promise Ps. 
 89, 35 ; right, justice, i. e. to pervert, 
 Prov. 31, 5. Also to change often, to 
 vary, e. g. a way Jer. 2, 36 ; to change 
 the countenance of any one, i. e. to cause 
 it to change to sadness, Job 14, 20. 
 
 2. to tran.<fer to another place Esth. 
 2,9. 
 
 3. i^ra'nx ns'r, to change i. e. disfi- 
 gure one's understanding, to feign one- 
 self mad, play the madman, 1 Sam. 21, 
 14. Ps. 34, 1. Syr. |ViS^ ^.JjL, and 
 ellipt. yl^, to be mad. 
 
 Pdal to be changed for the better, Ecc. 
 8, 1, where XiC-" is for nri"'. 
 
 HiTUP. to change oneself i. e. one's 
 garments, to disguise oneself, IK. 14. 2. 
 
 Deriv. "|X:":J, njia, iijirr . 
 
 II. l-'*r i. q. Arab. -a*w to shine, 
 to he bright ; hence "^at^ 
 
 ^V^ f (r. n:d I) constr. n:d ; plur. 
 c':;^, constr. 'S'r ; poet. plur. niaa, 
 constr. riJ'iJ ; a year, pr. repetition sc. 
 of the course of the sun. or of the sea- 
 sons, ns spring, harvest, winter, etc. 
 comp. Lat. annus, pr. i. q. annul us, a 
 
 rin^. circle, Gr. iriavTog, Arab. JyA. 
 orbit, year. njd nra DeuL 14, 22, nso 
 n:ra 15, 20, nsra njo itj^ i Sam. 7, 
 16, i. e. ercT-y year, from year to year. 
 Bind r:T^' the second year 2 K. 14, 1. 
 ssnxb ::2"^x rrd the fourth yearofAhab 
 1 K. 22. 41. Sometimes T\y^^ is pleon. 
 repeated, as r^i'O nista ;ad nsda in the 
 
nrj: 
 
 1076 
 
 ^3 ID 
 
 sLr hundredth year Gen. 7, 11, pr. in the 
 (last) year of six hundred years. Plur. 
 D''3'J indef. some years, 2 Chr. 18, 2 ; 
 comp. C^^ some days. Trop. year for 
 the produce of the year Joel 2, 25. 
 
 Dual O'nS'r two years, biemiiutn.. Gen. 
 11, 10; also C">7:^ c^njia pr. two years 
 of time, see 0"'n;j no. 1. b, under art. Dii 
 Plur. 
 
 n:tD f. (for n3d7, r. l^^) once i*?T? 
 by Chaldaism Ps. 127, 2, constr. nsd, 
 c. suff. T'?^) P'ur. ni30; /ee/), Arab. 
 
 iL, Gen. 31, 40. Pro v. 3, 24. 6^ 4. 9. 
 20,'l3. al. Plur. Prov. 6, 10 ni:q 'JSia ' 
 a little sleep. 24, 33. Spoken of any 
 thing transient, Ps. 90, 5 'I'TJ^ nra /Aey 
 are (as) a s/eep / others here a dream, 
 but without good reason. 
 
 n:T Chald. f I. i. q. Heb. njiy a 
 yeor, plur. "psia Dan. 6, 1. 
 
 II. i. q. njCJ sleep, c. suff. HM^' Dan. 
 6, 19. 
 
 a"'2n;iC m. plur. ivory 1 K. 10, 22. 
 2 Chr. 9. 21. Sept. oSuvisg iXfcpurTivoi, 
 Targ. b-'E'n ^V elephant's tooth. It is 
 compounded from "jd tooth, and (as was 
 first shown by A. Denary in the Berliner 
 litt. Jahrbucher 1831, no. 96) C-^SSfi 
 contr. C^sn, from Sanscr. ibha-s ele- 
 phant, (whence with the Arabic article 
 Or. ili(fng.) because the Hebrews were 
 unable distinctly to pronounce nas< or 
 S2X (plur. c^ait) with the article. Egypt. 
 
 also eSO), eSOV, elephant. 
 
 '^t'^, see nad. 
 
 "SID m. (r. nad II) crimson, rose col- 
 our, the colour obtained from a certain 
 inficct. Arab. fj^xJi Kernies, Coccus 
 Ilicis Linn, which adheres with its eggs 
 to the twigs of a species of oak, and is 
 related to the cochineal or coccus cadi, 
 Bee Comm. on la. 1, 18. Rosenm. Alter- 
 thumsk. IV. ii. p. 447. From Arab. 
 Kermes comes Ital. cremesino, Engl. 
 crimaon. Gi-n. 38, 28. 30. Jer. 4, 30; 
 fully ^JO nrbnn pr. crimson-worm Ex. 
 25. 4, and n?bin "3d worm-crimson Lev. 
 14, 4. Plur. CSd crimson cloths, gar- 
 ments, Is. 1. 18. Prov. 31, 21. It signi- 
 ficii. pr, ' a bright colour,' from r. hsti II ; 
 ">mp. Aram, ^'^'int, fbSha^], coccus, 
 from ^nl to bo bright ; also yw no. 2. 
 
 Others suppose "'Sd to be pr. i. q. 8i^a- 
 (pov, twice dyed, from r. njd I ; but only 
 purple cloths or garments were dyed 
 twice, never those dyed with coccus. 
 See Braun de vestitu Sacerd. p. 237 sq. 
 Boch. Hieroz. III. p. 527 sq. ed. Lips. 
 
 ^rl?? m. (r. n:d I) r-^sd f. adj. ordi- 
 nal, the second, Gen. 1, 8, Ex. 1, 15. al. 
 
 Arab. ^U, f. atAJLS', Chald. "i^:?}, Syr. 
 
 p_?Z. Feni. n''3lU also as adv. a se- 
 cond time, again, Gen. 22, 15. 41, 5. 
 Plur. C'sjd the second Num. 2, 16 ; also 
 for 'cells or chambers of the second sto- 
 ry, Gen. 6, 16. 
 
 ^.2 7 m. dual, constr. "^Sd , two. 
 
 Arab. ^^ Lot, Aram. ,^.*j^, "P'^n, which 
 
 two latter vary more from the primary 
 form. Kindred with this numeral is 
 the verb njd I, to do a second time , 
 but the verb is probably derived from 
 the noun, which, like most of the nume- 
 rals, corresponds v/ith those of the Indo- 
 European tongues ; although the varie- 
 ties of form are here particularly great. 
 The primary form of this numeral seems 
 to have been ''3nj from which softened 
 come Sanscr. dwi, dual dwdu, comp. 
 twa other, different, Goth, twa, twa, 
 twai, whence Engl, and Germ, tico, zwo, 
 zwey, Gr. and Lat. 8vo, duo. Tiie high 
 German, like the Hebrew, has a sibi- 
 lant, zwo, zwey. 0';i:d n^jd two and two 
 Gen. 7. 9. 15 ; c. suff. cn^jd they two, 
 both of them, Gen. 2, 25. Ecc. 4, 3. In 
 1 K. 17, 12 two, and Is. 17, 6 two or three, 
 for a few. 
 
 Fem. W^T^lt by sync, for D^nsd ."(Arab. 
 
 ^UuJI ,) Dag. lene being put irregu- 
 larly after a movable Sheva, as if Aleph 
 were prefixed (C^rndx), constr. "^nd ; c. 
 pref "^nda Gen. 31, i\. "'ndb Ex. 26^ 19 ; 
 but ""rdp Judg. 16, 28, contra n-^Fidia 
 rrnds Jon. 4, 11. 
 
 1. two, c. Buff. 'ifj''F)d they two, both of 
 them, Ex. 23, 13. 
 
 2. of two kinds, two-fold, Is. 51, 19 ; 
 comp. Va of all kinds. 
 
 3. a second time, again, Neh. 13, 20. 
 n^ndsi id. Job 33, 14. 
 
 Note. The form for ttoelve and twelfth 
 
'3TD 
 
 1077 
 
 T\:?w 
 
 is mnsc. itos cattS Ex. 24, 4. 1 K. 19, 
 19 ; fem. tT;;bS n'ntt) Gen. 14, 4. Lev. 
 24, 5. 
 
 nS'^pTD f. (r. '|3ll) ) a s/jarp or pointed 
 saying, and hence mockery ^ derision. 
 nj^job n;jri <o ie for mockery, an object 
 of scorn, Deut. 28, 37. 1 K. 9, 7. 
 
 ^^110, see n"jto. 
 
 "JJ^ <o sharpen; Chald. id. Arab. 
 
 s ^ 
 ^^.*. E. g. a sword Deut. 32, 41 ; me- 
 
 taph. the tongue, i. e. to utter sharp or 
 pointed sayings against any one, Ps. 64, 
 4. 140, 4. Part. pass. *f13:^ sharp, of a 
 weapon Ps. 45, 6. Is. 5, 28. 
 
 PiEL, to sharpen in, Germ, einschdr- 
 fen, i.e. to inculcate, c. ace. of thing and 
 dat. of pers. Deut. 6, 7. 
 
 HiTHPO. to be pricked, pierced, e. g. 
 with pain Ps. 73, 21. 
 
 Deriv. Pi*:!:) for nsu), n:''3!U ; corap. 
 also ) w' . 
 
 *2i^ in Kal not used, perh. to force 
 or hind together, to compress, kindred 
 with D3X, the breathing and sibilant 
 being interchanged. Chald. j'StB , yjaS, 
 sandal-thong, shoe-latchet. Different is 
 Arab. yiaJui implexus est. adhaesit. 
 
 Pi EL OSai to gird up the loins 1 K. 18, 
 46. So all the ancient versions, and the 
 context demands it. 
 
 ^'^'i^ Shinar, pr. n. of the country 
 around Babylon, Gen. 11,2. 14.1. Is.ll, 
 11. Zech. 5, 11. Dan. 1. 2. For its ex- 
 tent see Gen. 10, 10. Comp. Bochart 
 Phaleg 1. 5. J. D. Michselis Spicileg. 
 Geogr. I. p. 231. Syr. j-l^lm of the coun- 
 try around Bagdad ; see Barhebr. p. 
 256. The derivation is unknown. ' 
 
 n2 f. (r. -jC^) i. q. n:a). sleep, Ps. 
 132, 4. 
 
 * l!y"9 fut. ilDC^, kindr. with ODtlJ , 
 "08J, to plunder, to spoil, Ps. 44, 11 ; c. 
 ace. of pers. 1 Sam. 14,48; and of thing 
 plur. Hos. 13, 15. Part. C^cai spoilers, 
 plunderers, Judg. 2, 14. 1 Sam. 23. 1. 
 
 Po. nir-iaS, for ntjitti which is read in 
 some Mss. to plunder, to spoil, c. ace. of 
 thing Is. 10, 13. 
 
 * CCTT fut. Gi:;;. to plunder, to spoil- 
 i. q. nottj , c. ace. of thing Judg. 2, 14. 
 
 1 Sam. 17, 53. Ps. 89. 42. Part. plur. c. 
 suff. Ti^oxiii by Syriasm for Tj^DDta Jer. 
 30, 16 Cheth. comp. -*> part. <^]j . 
 
 Nipn. to be plundered, spoiled, Is. 13. 
 16. Zech. 14, 2. 
 
 Deriv. hSfljo . 
 
 "C^ to cleave, to split, to divide. 
 Kindred roots are ?T5, 5ia, SSfs ; com- 
 pare also Saner, chid to cleave, Or. 
 ff^f/fo), Lat. scindere. Germ, scheiden. 
 no-ID rou3 sotij Lev. 11, 7, and ' 'o 
 niOHQ V. 3. Deut. 14, 16, to cleave the 
 cleft of the hoof or hoofs, i. e. to have the 
 hoof entirely parted. Comp. D'^'iBn, 
 PiEL r&tt) 1. to cleave, Lev. 1, 17. 
 
 2. to rend, to tear in pieces a lion 
 Judg. 14, 16. 
 
 3. Metaph. verbis dilacerare, i. e. to 
 chide, to upbraid, 1 Sam. 24, 8. Hence 
 
 ^'QV. cleft, fissure, see r. TUO in Kal. 
 
 *^9^ i" K^' "0^ used, to cut in 
 pieces ; kindr. with C]S|5, C]"ia, corap. in 
 yoai . 
 Pi EL fut. PSIC'^ , to cut or hew in pieces 
 
 1 Sam. 15, 33. Sept. taq>a^B, Vulg. in 
 frustra concidit. 
 
 * J. ri5tU fut. Ti'St;), apoc. S1?5, to 
 look, kindr. with fi3\a, nsttj. where see : 
 hence absol. to look around for help, 
 
 2 Sam. 22. 42. Spec. a) With bx to 
 look upon with I'avour, to. have respect 
 to the prayers of any one, Gen. 4. 4. 5. 
 
 b) to look to anyone, expecting help, c. 
 bx Is. 17, 8 ; br 17, 7. 31, 1 ; 3 Ex. 5, 9. 
 
 c) With '{>2 and bja to look away from, 
 to turn away the eyes from any person 
 or thing to let alone, Job 7, 19. 14, 6. 
 Is. 22, 4. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal lett. c, with )Ti Ps. 39, 
 14 ''I'B'Q sen look awuyfrotn me, spare 
 me. The form rUJfi is here imper. apoc. 
 for njrrr;, whence Jiiin. and. the first 
 syllable being made long. St^n, like 
 na";7, n-)^, ; rin'si , n^v There is then 
 no need of deriving this form from a 
 root 53? , nor of changing the vowels. 
 Another rcin see in rJO Hiph. 
 
 HiTHP. nrnrn , fut. apoc. snii;^ . l. to 
 look around for help. Is. 41, 10. 
 
 2. to look upon each other, sc. with 
 astonishment, to he amazed. Is. 41, 23. 
 
 Deriv. Chald. ns!0, perh. "'sqa. 
 
ilTI) 
 
 1078 
 
 3>3J1I3 
 
 * 1 1 . n3>^ i. q. Syr. fi^ . Heb. r?ia , 
 to be smeared together with viscous mat- 
 ter, spoken of the eyes, to be blinded, 
 Is. 32, 3. 
 
 T\S1D Chald. f emphat. xnsiB , SPSUJ , 
 a moment of time. pr. a look, glance of 
 the eye, Germ. Augenblick. Syr. li^lj-A' 
 
 and Arab. JLcLw moment, also hour ; 
 comp. Dutch Standi, which signifies 
 both. xn"<^"na in that vwment. i. e. 
 instantly, immediately, Dan. 3, 6. 15. 4, 
 30. 5, 5 ; but 4, 16 X'ln nsrsi /or a mo- 
 ment, i. e. for a short time. 
 
 * t3?Tr obsol. verb, prob. to beat, to 
 ]X)U7id, to stamp. Arab. ioAJ H, to 
 
 stamp, to pound in pieces. Hence 
 
 TCiyO f, constr. HMyt^, a stamping, 
 e. g. of horses advancing in warlike ar- 
 ray, Jer. 47, 3. 
 
 TSpyiD a kind of cloth or garment 
 made of different threads, linen and 
 woollen, woven together. Lev. 19, 19, 
 where it is coupled with D'i'xbs. Deut. 
 22, 1 1 thou shall not wear Shaatnez, wool- 
 len and linen together, Sept. xl^dtjlov, 
 i. e. adulterated, not genuine. The 
 etymology is very obscure. That pro- 
 posed by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 406, and 
 that of Buxtorf, Lex. Chald. 2483, both 
 of whom seek its origin in the Semitic 
 languages, have little probability. Nor 
 js that entirely satisfactory which is 
 suggested by Jablonsky, Opusc. ed. te 
 Water I. p. 294, and by Forsler, de 
 Bysso Antiquorum p. 92, who refer it 
 back to the Coptic word cyOilTJteC 
 Shonines, i. e. byssusjimbriulus. 
 
 ^?^ obsol. root, prob. to be hollow, 
 as appears from the derivatives, bsiu 
 hollow of the hand, b5ttJ hollow way, 
 bs^lB tiie fox, i. e. the burrower. Kin- 
 dred is W'J II, whence bixo Sheol, 
 Orcus ; atid comp. in the Indo-European 
 tongues xoUo(, cmluin, Germ. hohl. 
 
 ^^ m. c. suff. iVsttJ, plur, D'^Vsti, 
 constr. ^bSB . Syr. UlikO^ id. 
 
 1. the hollow of the hand, the palm, 
 Ii. 40, 12. 
 
 2. a handful I K. 20, 10. Ez. 13, 19. 
 
 ^^, ee bs^t). 
 
 'D^:ibW Judg. 1, 35. 1 K. 4, 9, and 
 liab^TD Josh. 19, 42, (city of foxes, for 
 
 ^ S -r o -r 
 
 the fuller tt) n^a, comp. Arab. ^_>AJtJ' 
 
 i. q. bsVlJ fox,) Shaalbim, Shaalabbin, 
 
 pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Dan, see 
 
 Reland Paltest. p. 988. Gentile noun 
 
 -'Sbbsaj (asiffrom '"izh^i^) a Shaalbonite, 
 
 2 Sam". 23, 32. 1 Chr. 11,33. 
 
 D''??^ (foxes' region) Shaalim, pr. n. 
 of a district 1 Sam. 9, 4 ; prob. in the 
 territory of the city D''3^?d q. v. 
 
 * 1?^ in Kal not used ; found only in 
 NiPH. 1. to lean upon, to rest upon, 
 
 e. g. a spear, c. bs 2 Sam. 1, 6. "SOS 
 's 1"^ hv to lean upon the hand of any 
 one, said of kings who lean upon their 
 high officers and attendants in public, 
 2 K. 5, 18. 7, 2. 17. Metaph. to rely 
 upon, to trust in any person or thing, c. 
 bv Is. 10, 20. 31, 1. Job 8, 15. 2 Chr. 13, 
 18. 14, 10. 16, 7. Mic. 3, 11 ; hi< Prov. 3, 
 5 ; a Is. 50, 10 ; absol. Job 24, 23. 
 
 2. to lean against e. g. a column, c. bs 
 Judg. 16, 26; of a country, to be adja- 
 cent, to adjoin, c. h Num. 21. 15. 
 
 3. to recline, pr. to be leaning upon 
 the elbow, Gen. 18, 4. 
 
 Deriv. ')SUJ^, nDS/ris, "jSO^, and pr. 
 n. ISTlJx. 
 
 * yy"^, imper. plur. ^riti, pr. to stroke. 
 also to overspread, to smear. Chald. 
 and Syr. S?J and SIUJ ; comp. nro II. 
 In Kal once intrans. to be smeared toge- 
 ther, e. g. the eyes, to be blinded. Is. 
 29, 9 ; see in Hithp. 
 
 HiPH. Imp. rcn to smear, i. e. to blind 
 the eyes, Is. 6, 10. 
 
 PiLP. SttiStt? 1. Trans, to delight, to 
 rejoice, pr. to stroke, to soothe. Ps. 94, 19. 
 
 2. Intrans. to delight oneself, to be de- 
 lighted. Is. 11, 8; c. aec. in or with any 
 thing, Ps. 119, 70. 
 
 PoLP. sVTp to be soothed, to be ca- 
 ressed, dandled on the knees. Is. 66, 12. 
 
 HiTHPALP. rdsri'lin to delight oneself 
 to take one's pleasure ; Is. 29. 9 iiSUJypiUJn 
 !i5ttbl delight yourselves and be ye blind- 
 ed, i. e. indulge, if ye will, in your de- 
 lights and pleasures; but soon ye shall 
 be blinded with astonishment at the 
 things which shall happen. For this 
 use of two imperatives, of which the 
 I first is permissive while the second as- 
 
t\st 
 
 1079 
 
 12?1jj 
 
 gerts and threatens, see Heb. Gram. 
 
 127. 2. With a in or ivilh any thing 
 
 Pa. 119, 16. 47. 
 
 Deriv. crdso. 
 \ -1 - 
 
 H?*T obsol. root, prob. i. q. t|SO, to 
 divide. Hence 
 
 51? (division) Shaaph, pr. n. m. 
 a) 1 Chr. 2, 47. b) ib. v. 49. 
 
 1. "15 *S I. to cleave, to split, to di- 
 vide. Arab, intrans. ju to be cleft, to 
 
 . ^ OcT 
 
 open in fissures, Ju cleft, aperture ; 
 
 Eth. llU^ to let go, to set free, from 
 the idea of opening ; see L. de Dieu ad 
 Gen. 23, 10. Hence -i5l^ gate. 
 
 2. to estimate, to fix the value of any 
 thing, Prov. 23, 7. Verbs of cleaving, 
 dividing, readily pass over to the idea 
 
 of deciding, judging. Arab. JLww II, to 
 
 fix a price, -jlu price of grain, Chald. 
 
 <?tt5 id. Hence I5tc no. 2, and pr. n. 
 
 * II. *l?^ i. q. ^5ia q. V. to shudder, 
 not in use in the verb ; but hence the 
 deriv. "lyiu, nnnsd, ''"ninrffl. 
 
 "^^I? comm. gend. but f. Is. 14, 31. comp. 
 Neh. 13, 16 ; plur. C'lSOJ , constr. ''nrttJ . 
 
 1. a gate, Syr. and Chald. by trans- 
 pos. rnpi, iL^Z. E. g. of a camp. Ex. 
 32, 26. 27 ; of a city Gen. 23, 18. Josh. 
 2, 7; of the temple Ez. 8. 5. 10, 19; of 
 a palace Esth. 2, 19. 21, whence "iSb for 
 the palace itself (comp. the Porte) Esth. 
 4, 2. 6-, comp. nFi. Nah. 2, 7 -instli 
 m-insn the river-gates, those next the 
 river. So yisn ''nsti the gates of the land 
 are the passes into a country, where the 
 enemy can have entrance, Jer. 15, 7. 
 Nah. 3, 13. ?;'''i5a3 within thy gates, i. e. 
 in thy cities, Deut. 12, 12. 14,27; and so 
 ?j--;raJ -inxa in one of thij cities 17, 2, 
 comp.' 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Hence 
 I'^n'^X -iSttJ rx u"!^ to possess the country 
 or cities of one's enemies, Gen. 22, 17. 
 At the gates of cities was the market- 
 place, fotnm, ann, (comp. espec. Neh. 8, 
 16,) where trials were held, and where 
 the inhabitants came together either for 
 business, or to sit and converse with 
 each other. Gen. 19, 1. Ruth 4, 11. Prov. 
 31, 23. Lam. 1, 4. Hence is\sa in the 
 
 gate, often Cor in court, before the tribu- 
 nal, Dent. 25, 7. Job 5, 4. 31, 21. Prov. 
 22, 22. Is. 29, 21. Amos 5, 10. 12. 15; 
 nyid 'acj'^ those sitting in the gate, i. e. 
 idlers, Pe. 69, 13 ; Ps. 127, 5 see in na^ 
 note, p. 212. Ruth 3, 11 ''B5 "i?l^-ba all 
 the gate (i. e. concourse, assembly) of 
 my people. 
 
 The gates in the walls of Jerusalem 
 bore the following names : a) 'j'^sn "isti 
 the fountain- gate, so called from the foun- 
 tain of Siloam, on the southeastern part 
 ofthecity, Neh. 2, 14. 3,15. 12,37. See 
 Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 473. On the 
 southern and western sides of the city 
 there followed : b) rbaJxn nsttJ the dung- 
 gale Neh. 2, 13. 3,14. 12.31; contracted 
 n-iBUin 'aJ 3, 13. Josephus calls it the 
 gate of the Essenes, B. J. 5. 4. 2. Bibl. 
 Res. 1. c. c) K'^an "isaS the valley-gate 
 Neh. 2, 13. 15. 3,' 13. 2 Chr. 33, 14. This 
 was prob. on the western side, near the 
 valley of Gihon, the upper part of Hin- 
 nom; Bibl. Res. I.e. On the north side 
 of the city there followed: d) HiSri "iSC 
 Jer. 31, 38. 2 Chr. 26, 9, and D^SQfi nstti 
 Zech. 14, 10, the comer-gate. This was 
 prob. near the northwest corner of the 
 city, e) O'l'lBX 'UJ the gale of Ephraim 
 Neh. 8, 16, which is also called T'5:^33 'iIJ 
 the gate of Benjamin Jer. 37, 13. 38, 7. 
 Zech. 14, 10, as leading out to the ter- 
 ritory of both these tribes ; here was 
 also a market-place or forum, Neh. 8, 
 16. Other gates mentioned are: f) 
 n:iij^n ' the old gate Neh. 3. 6. 12, 39. 
 prob. the same called '|iJX-n nrti Zech. 
 14, 10. g) D-'S'rir! 'b the fish-gate, prob. 
 as being the place where fish were sold, 
 Neh. 3, 3. 12, 39. Zeph. 1, 10. h) 'o 
 jsan the sheep-gale Neh. 3, 1. 12, 39, 
 near the temple, so called from the sheep 
 which were here sold for the sacrifices of 
 the temple, i) irrsan 'd, Vulg. p(rrta 
 judicialis, Neh. 3, 31 ; this gate others 
 refer to the temple, k) the horse-gate 
 Neh. 3, 28. Jer. 31, 40. 1) the water- 
 gate Neh. 3, 26. 12, 37; this some sup- 
 pose to be the same with the following : 
 m)n^Dnnn "Siu the pottery-gate Jer. 19, 
 2, which led to the valley of Hinnom, and 
 is doubtless to be sought on the south- 
 east part of the city ; comp. ayqog tow 
 xfgapscit; the potter's field Matt. 27, 10. 
 n) the inner or middle gate, t^lPlO '^ Jer. 
 
-13? t 
 
 1080 
 
 t:SD3 
 
 39, 3, which seems to have led from the 
 upper to the lowerjcity. See on the whole 
 :<ubject, Bachiene Beschr. von Paieslina 
 II. 94-107. J. E. Faber Archaologie 
 der Hebraer I. p. 336 sq. Rosenm. Al- 
 terthuraskunde II. ii. p. 216 sq. Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. I. p. 471 sq. Some of 
 these gates, as well as others mentioned, 
 were perhaps not in the walls of the 
 city, but in the external wall of the 
 temple, or in the wall between Zion and 
 the lower city ; see "10, n^^'^ 
 
 2. a measure, see r. isttj no. I. 2. Gen. 
 26. 12 =""i5'>^ nXT3 a hundred measures, 
 i. e. ixaiov TrXaalojg, a hundred fold. 
 
 'WO adj. horrid, i. e. bad, foul, loath- 
 sorae, of figs, Jer. 29, 17. R. ^?a II. 
 
 11"1?0 adj. (r. I5tt3 II) horrible; fern. 
 something horrible, Jer. 5, 30. 34, 14. 
 
 '^ynSW id. Jer. 18, 13; fern. n^n^nS'JJ 
 Hos. 6, 10. 
 
 n^li^TD (whom Jehovah estimates, r. 
 ^yo I) Sheariah, pr. n. m, 1 Chr. 8, 38. 
 9,44. 
 
 3'?'!'?''? (two gates) Skaaraim, pr. n. 
 of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 
 36. 1 Sam. 17, 52. 1 Chr. 4, 31. 
 
 TSCyO Shaashgaz, pr. n. of a Persian 
 eunuch, the keeper of the women in the 
 court of Xerxes, Esth. 2, 14. Pers. 
 pAwLfuv beauty's servant. 
 
 D''y05TD plur. delight, pleasure, Prov. 
 8. 30. Ps 119. 24. Jer. 31. 20. R. 55515 
 Pilp. 
 
 * ^1"? in Kal. not used. 1. Pr. to 
 scratch, to scrape, then to scrape or 
 pare off. Aram. Xs^ to file, pr. to make 
 
 smooth, bald; lllffin^ file, |vIia a 
 filing, paring. 
 
 2. i. q. Syr. Pa. to cleannefrom dregs, 
 to purify ; comp. Talmud. nctlJ to filter. 
 Hence neri . 
 
 NiPH, Part. noaJS, hare, hold, naked, 
 of a mountain Is. 13, 2. Sept. opoj 
 
 Plau Job 33. 21 Keri mbX5 Bil5 his 
 
 T 1 - \ 
 
 fiones are made bare, are stripped of 
 flesh. 
 Dcriv. PiBti, 'Bal, and pr. n. iBtb, 
 
 nSiC or "^5^, (r. i^S'oi) only in plur. 
 2 Sam. 17, 29 "i;?3 niS'J, according to 
 Targ. Syr. and the Heb. intpp. cheeses 
 ofkine, so called as filtered from the 
 whey, dregs, etc. see r. nsttj no. 2. Abul- 
 walid renders it by 3^n "^Siinn 'slices of 
 curd.' 
 
 IStC (nakedness, r. fiSttj) Shepho, pr. 
 n. m. Gen. 36, 23 ; for which ^tit Shephi 
 iChr. 1, 40.' 
 
 tSIBTB m. (r. MSaJ) judgment, punish- 
 ment, 2 Chr. 20, 9. Plur. nia^stJj ('; 
 shortened to ^) Ez. 23, 10. 
 
 DB^B'O (i. q. ',is^sa5 serpent?) She- 
 phupham, Engl. Vers. Shupham, pr. 
 n. of a son of Benjamin, Num. 26, 39. 
 In Gen. 46, 21 written C^aia . 
 
 "JB^BTS (id.) Shephuphau, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 8, 5. 
 m'BTD Neh. 3, 13, see in rS'JJx. 
 
 ' 'ri^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. nss. 
 Eth. fl-^^ih to spread out; comp. nsttj , 
 S3ia. Hence nnattia family, and also 
 
 nnsc f. constr. nns^ , plur. m'nsaS , 
 famula, 'one of the family,' a family ser- 
 vant, i. e. maid-servant, handmaid. Gen. 
 16. 1. 29, 24. For the difference be- 
 tween it and '^^X, see 1 Sam. 25,41 
 nnSttJii Tjnrx iiiri lo thy handmaid is 
 as a servant, slave, housemaid. 
 
 uaiO fut. libttJ'^ , imper. parag. 
 
 r.uBti: . 
 
 r I T 
 
 1. to judge ; not found in the other 
 Semitic dialects. The primary idea 
 seems to be to set upright, to erect, like 
 the Germ, richten ; comp. the kindr. 
 rs'a, and see espec. in wnaj. Traces 
 of this root are perhaps found in the 
 Indo-European languages, as Germ. 
 scheffen to judge, in Gloss. Mons. ge- 
 schefft testament, SchOppe judge. Ab- 
 sol. Job 22, 13. Ez. 44, 24 ; c, ace. of pers. 
 whose cause is judged, Ex. IS, 22. 26. 
 Deut. 16. 18. Is. 11, 4. p"is -JBd Prov. 
 31, 9, and Q'^i'^j'^a '15 Ps. 75J 3, to judge 
 justly, uprightly, to do justice, equity. Ez. 
 16, 38mBi<b "^'JStiiia :]-ni3Bffi!| I will judge 
 thee (according to) the judgments of 
 adulteresses. 'p2>i '("'a 'ttJ to judge be- 
 tween i. e. to be arbiter, umpire. Gen. 
 16, 5. 31, 53. Part. aBiOS subst. a judge 
 Deut. 16, 18. 
 
135^: 
 
 1081 
 
 ^STD 
 
 Spec, to judge any one, like r. j'^'i no. 
 
 2, is : a) i. q. to condemn, to punish 
 the guilty, xaiaxQiyu), 1 Sam. 3, 13. Obad. 
 21. Ps. 109, 31. Comp. uiBir . b) to do 
 justice to any one, to defend or vindicate 
 his cause, espec. the poor and oppress- 
 ed ; Is. 1, 17 nin^ iiacaj defend the cause 
 of the fatherless. \s. 10, 18. 26, 1. 82, 3. 
 'b aoiija d Jer. 5, 28. Lam. 3, 59. With 
 l^ and 1553 prcegn. to defend one's cause 
 and deliver him from his enemies, 1 Sam. 
 24, 16. 2 Sam. 18, 19. 31. Ps. 43, 1. 
 
 2. to goce7-n, to rule, as connected with 
 the power of judging, since to dispense 
 justice was the part of kings and chief 
 magistrates; comp. 1 Sam. 8, 20. 2Chr. 
 1, 10, and see "p? no. 1. 2. So Judg. 16, 
 31. Hence Part. asiizS, asiiJ, a judge, 
 for a ruler, piince, chief, Ps. 2, 10. Am. 2, 
 
 3. Spec, of the leaders and chief magis- 
 trates of the Israelites from Joshua to 
 Samuel, who led out the people to war 
 against their enemies, and. after having 
 delivered them from the oppression of 
 the neighbouring nations, exercised dur- 
 ing peace the office of chief ruler and 
 judge, (comp. Judg. 4, 5.) Judg. 2, 16. 
 ] 8. Ruth 1,1. 2 K. 23, 22. al. The same 
 name, suffes, plur. suffetes, was borne by 
 the chief magistrates of the Carthagi- 
 nians. 
 
 NiPH. I. to be judged Ps. 37, 33. 
 
 2. Recipr. to go to law, to plead, to 
 contend before a judge, with any one, 
 Prov. 29, 9. Is. 43, 26 ; with M of pers. 
 Joel 4, 2 [3, 2] ; nx (Fix) Ez. 17, 20. 20, 
 35. 36 ; b Jer. 25, 31 see below ; ace. and 
 bs of thing Jer. 2, 35 ; also ace. of thing 
 about which one contends 1 Sam. 12, 7. 
 Ez. 17, 20; c. 3 with truth Is. 59, 4. 
 Where Jehovah is thus said to plead 
 or contend with men, it has sometimes 
 the sense to punish, see Ez. 38, 22. Is. 
 66, 16 ; comp. 2 Chr. 22, 8. 
 
 Po. part. BBiua i. q. liSra. Job 9, 15. 
 
 Deriv. asia 'i^Bd, oiB":?, ao'iia. 
 
 12BTD Chald. part. aSW a judge, Ezra 
 7, 25. This is a Hebraisrj, since the 
 verb itself is wanting in Chaldee. 
 
 t3BT& (judge) Shaphat, pr. n. m. a) 
 Num. 13, 5. b) 1 Chr. 3, 22. c) 1 K. 
 19, 16. d) iChr. 27, 29. e) 5. 12. 
 
 "OtlD m. only plur. ^''Xit^ , judgments, 
 punishments, Ex. 6, 6. s ciasaJ niss to 
 
 91 
 
 do judgment upon, to inflict punishment, 
 Ex. 12, 12. Num. 33, 4. R. UBO. 
 
 ^^'9?'? (whom Jehovah defends i. e. 
 jiis cause) Shephatiah, pr. n. m. a) A 
 son ofDavid, 2 Sam. 3, 4. b) Jer. 38, 1. 
 c) Neh. 11, 4. d) Ezra 2, 4. 57. e) 
 Ezra 8, 8. Neh. 7, 9. 59. 
 
 in;<I2BT0 (id.) Shephatiah, pr. n. m. 
 
 a) A son of Jehoshaphat, 2 Chr. 21, 2. 
 
 b) 1 Chr. 12, 5. c) 27, 16. 
 
 JCfiO (judicial, r. OBO) Shiphtan, pr. 
 n. m. Num. 34, 24. 
 
 ^t^lt m. (r. PiBIS) plur. O'l'^B and n-^DTb . 
 
 1. bareness, nakedness, Job 33, 21 
 Cheth. where the subst. is poetically 
 put for the finite verb. Keri has in the 
 same sense IBIIJ ; see the root in Pual. 
 
 2. a naked hill, i. e. bare, destitute of 
 trees, (comp. nac;? -in Is. 13, 2,) Jer. 12, 
 12 13'iaa tri^"^ hills in the desert. 3, 2. 
 21. 4,'lL 7, 29. 14. 6. Is. 41, 18. 49, 9. 
 Num. 23, 3 *'B'^ T|^55 Ae went upon a 
 hill. 
 
 3. Shephi, pr. n. m. see 'iBlO. 
 
 QiB (serpents ? r. C|B^) Shuppim, 
 pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 12. Is". b) 26, 16. 
 
 'jiS"'BtD only Gen. 49, 17, a species of 
 sei'pent, from r. 5)810 , Syr. to creep, to 
 
 s 
 
 glide. Arab, ua-^ a kind of speckled 
 
 serpent with black and white spots; 
 see Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 416 sq. 
 
 f'STO (fair, r. IBU:) Shaphir, pr. n. of 
 a place in Judea, Mic. 1, 11. [Accord- 
 ing lo Eusebius, it lay between Eleu- 
 theropolis and Askelon ; prob. the mo- 
 dern Sawdfir, wtsl-ww; see Bibl. Res. 
 in Palest. II. p.''370. R. 
 
 TSffi Chald. adj./aiV, beautiful, Dan. 
 4, 9. 18. R. iBd . 
 
 * t|3TII fut. T^^^ 1. to pour out, to 
 shed; Arab. t5^ft*w id. Ethiop. UJfl^ 
 to pour out metals; kindr. with nsb, 
 /^Am . E. g. a libation Is. 57, 6. en r^stt: 
 
 to shed blood, i. e. to kill any one, Gen. 
 9, 6. 37, 22. Ez. 14, 19. Metaph. -^Br 
 iir^a Ps. 42. 5, and 'iab 'd Lam. 2, 19,~^o 
 pour out one's soul sc. in tears and com- 
 plaints ; with '^ ^JB^J 1 Sam. 1, 15. Ps. 
 62, 9 ; comp. Lam. 1. c b? innn "^ttj t& 
 
^STC 
 
 1082 
 
 ISIS 
 
 pour out one's anger, wrath, upon any- 
 one, Ez. 14, 19. 22, 22. Lam. 2, 4. 
 
 2. Of dry things, to throw up, to heap 
 up, e. g. a mound Ez. 26, 8. 
 
 NiPH. 1. to be poured out 1 K. 13, 5. 
 Metaph. Ps. 22, 15 I am poured out like 
 water, describing a person unable to rise 
 from weakness. 
 
 2. to he poured out, i. e. profusely ex- 
 pended, of money Ez. 16, 36. Comp. 
 inX^a Tob. 4, 18. 
 
 PuAL to he poured out, e. g. one's 
 steps, i. e. to slip, to fall, Ps. 73, 2 Keri. 
 Comp. hat. fundi for prosterni. 
 
 HiTHPA. lit. to pour itself out, i. e. to he 
 poured out. Lam. 4, 1. The phrase his 
 soul (life) pours itself out signifies : a) 
 he pours himself out in complaints. Job 
 30 16. b) his hlood is shed, he dies, 
 Lara. 2, 12. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 ?fSTlJ m. a place of pouring out. Lev. 4, 
 
 12. ' R. r|S^ . 
 
 nDBTD f. (r. T|S'^) the privy memher, 
 pr. urethra, through which the urine is 
 poured off, Deut. 23, 2. Vulg. veretrum. 
 Others falsely, testicle, see T)'^.S< . 
 
 *b^, fut. ^B'lj^ inf. ^a<l3, Arab. 
 
 ^ ^ ^ ^ > ^ 
 
 AjhL , J j . w , <o he made low, to be de- 
 pressed, cast doxm, opp. c!n Job 5, 11. 
 E. g. a mountain Is. 40, 4 ; lofty trees 
 Is. 10, 33 ; a city 32, 19. Metaph. to be 
 made low, depressed, e. g. a) Of per- 
 sons who fall from a high state of digni- 
 ty, to be humbled, abased. Is. 2, 9. 11. 12. 
 17. 5, 15. 10, 33. b) Of the voice or a 
 sound as depressed, low. Is. 29, 4. Ecc. 
 12 4. c) Inf. n*in IsEttS to he humbled in 
 spirit Prov. 16, 19. Comp. ^B(^. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to bring low, to make hum- 
 ble, to abase, (opp. 0^")^,) Pa. 18, 28. 
 75, 8. Intrans. to he brought low, pr. to 
 humble oneself, Job 22, 29. When fol- 
 lowed by another verb, it assumes the 
 nature of an adverb ; Jer. 13, 18 sib-^Bttin 
 !|3I1J make low, sit down, i. e. sit ye down 
 in a low place. Ps. 113, 6. 
 
 2. to lay low, to cast down, as walls 
 
 Is. 25, 12. 
 
 Deriv. ^t^ W^BttJ. 
 
 bttD Chald. A PH. to make low, to hum- 
 ble, to abase, e. g. kings, powerful per- 
 sons, Dan. 5, 19. 7, 24. Also with R?a> , 
 
 to humble one's heart, to become humble, 
 Dan. 5, 22. 
 
 bStD ni. adj. (r. bsai) constr, ^BBi ; 
 fern. nbSttJ , constr. tn^SttS ; low, depress- 
 ed, of a tree Ez. 17, 24 ; of a spot in the 
 skin Lev. 13, 20. 21. Metaph. a) low, 
 humble, base, 2 Sam. 6, 22. Job 5, 11. 
 Mai. 2, 9. b) nn bsOJ humble in spi- 
 rit, lowly. Prov. 29, 23. Is. 57, 15; so 
 without nsn id. Is. 1. c. Masc. c. He 
 parag. <i^S^"<3 the humble, what is hum- 
 ble, Ez. 21, 31 [26]. 
 
 ^StJ Chald. m. low, humble, Dan. 4, 14. 
 
 bSiTO m. (r. bsiu) c. suff. ^iS^SttJ, low- 
 ness, i. e. low condition, low place, Ecc. 
 10, 6. Ps. 136, 23. 
 
 nbBlS f. (r. ^Stij) lowness, a low place. 
 Is. 32,' 19. ' 
 
 ^'^^P f. (r. ^S'ij) low country, as opp. 
 to mountains. Josh. 11, 16 fin. With 
 art. nbs^'ii the low country, plain, along 
 the Mediterranean from Joppa to Gaza, 
 Josh. 11, 16. Jer. 32, 44. 33, 13. Gr. t) 
 2i(friXa 1 Mace. 12, 58. 
 
 Jl^bS! f. (r. bsai) a letting down, e. g. 
 t3'!'1^ 'll5 a letting down of the hands, re- 
 missness, slothfulness, Ecc. 10, 18. 
 
 DST^ (perh. bald, shaven, r. nst^ ) 
 Shapham, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 12. Of a 
 root CEttj there is no certain trace. 
 
 DSTO (bareness, place of naked trees, 
 r. iiB^) Shepham, pr. n. of a place on 
 the northeastern border of Palestine, 
 north of Riblah. Num. 34, 10. 11. 
 
 ni'53BtD (bare places, plur. of CfiOS) 
 Shiphmoth, pr. n. of a place in the south 
 of Judah, mentioned with Aroer and 
 Eshtemoa, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Others read 
 ni^B^U, Siphmoth. Gentile n. "^SB'iS a 
 Shiphmite 1 Chr. 27, 27. R. 
 
 * "JSID obsol. root, prob. i. q. "jBS, iBb, 
 to cover, to hide, espec. under ground, 
 
 s ' 
 
 whence "jBtfl , Hence trop. Arab, j.i-ii 
 cunning. 
 
 jBTB m. plur. O-^rBtt) 1. A quadruped, 
 chewing the cud in the manner of the 
 hare, Lev. 11, 5. Deut, 14, 7 ; living in 
 flocks among the rocks, and distinguished 
 for its cunning, Ps. 104, 18. Prov. 30, 26. 
 The Rabbins render it the coney or rabbit. 
 
5S 
 
 loas 
 
 TiZTL 
 
 The LXX in these phices have xo'QO- 
 ygvlXiog, fiedgehng^, [which is indefinite. 
 Some refer it to the mua v. dipm jacic- 
 lus of Linn. Arab, py^y?, jerboa. The 
 animal is doubtless correctly specified 
 by Saadias, who renders *|Btl5 by -j 
 
 wabr, i. e. the hyrax Syriacus, a small 
 animal liite a marmot, found in Pales- 
 tine and Arabia, and still called in the 
 
 Himyaritic dialect of Hadramaut ^^yJu 
 thnfuu, kindr, with "(Btli . It is scarcely 
 larger than a rabbit; has no tail; and 
 in its ears, feet, and snout, resembles 
 the hedgehog. It lives in families 
 among the rocks, making its bed in the 
 clefts ; but does not burrow. It is lively 
 and quick to retreat on the approach of 
 danger ; and is difficult to capture. The 
 name might come either from its hiding 
 itself, or from its cunning. See Seetzen 
 in Ritter's Erdkunde XV. p. 596. Wil- 
 son Lands of the Bible II. p. 28 sq. 
 Fresnel in Journ. Asiat. Ser. III. T. V. p. 
 514. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 1001 sq. R. 
 2. Shaphan, pr. n. m. a) The scribe 
 or secretary of king Josiah, 2 K. 22. 3. 
 12. Jer. 36,10; comp. Ez. 8, 11. b) 
 2 K. 22, 12. 25, 22. Jer. 26, 24. 39, 14 ; 
 perh. Jer. 39, 3. 
 
 *S"9 obsol. root, to overflow, to he 
 superabundant, as in Chald. and Syr. 
 '^^^.a^'. Hence the three following. 
 
 J^T m. abundance. Deut. 33, 19 
 abundance of the sea, i. e. wealth ob- 
 tained from the sea. 
 
 n^SlO f. (r. SBtti) constr. ^?t^fi, abun- 
 dance, i. e. multitude, as of waters Job 
 22, 11. 38, 34; of men 2 K. 9, 17; of 
 camels Is. 60, 6. Ez. 26, 10. 
 
 "^^BC (abundant, r. SESJ) Shiphi, pr. 
 n. m.'l Chr. 4, 37. 
 
 ^l-"^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. Syr. 
 
 y 
 
 <^.^, to creep, to glide. Hence 'jis'^aiii 
 serpent, and pr. n. DE^Bt^ , ^BJiBlO , D-^Dlti. 
 
 "^^"^ 1. i. q. Arab. Jiji, to scratch, 
 
 to scrape, kindr. with "BS, "iSD ; hence 
 to polish. 
 
 2. Intrans. to be polished, i. e. to be 
 bright, shining, comp. Arab. Juu I, IV, 
 
 illuxit aurora, and X'^onBaJ ; hence to 
 be fair, beautiful, i. q. Chald. and Syr. 
 With bs, to be pleasant, acceptable, to 
 any one, Ps. 16, 6; comp. Dan. 4, 24. 
 The notion of brightness is also trans- 
 ferred to sound, as in Engl, a brilliant 
 tone, i. e. clear and sonorous (comp. 
 bbn) ; whence "iBittJ trumpet. 
 
 3. i. q. Ethiop. i\li,L,, to measure, 
 whence iB'^J* measure q. v. Kindr. is 
 "iBD no, 3, to number. For the passage 
 Job 26, 13, seennBtt). 
 
 Deriv. "iBOS XiBiBOJ , "ifiiti, IBttiX. 
 
 IB Chald. fut, "iDttf': , to be fair, 
 beautiful; c, b? Dan. 4, 24, and D^;?^ 3, 
 32. 6, 2, to please, to be acceptable to any 
 one. Syr. id. 
 
 "IBTD m. (r. iBtfi) 1. brightness, i. e. 
 beauty, pleasantness, e. g. of words Gen. 
 49, 21. 
 
 2. Shepher, pr. n. m. of a mountain in 
 the Arabian desert, Num. 33, 23. 24. 
 
 "iBtJ, see iBiaS. 
 
 rriBtJ f. (r. lEti) 1. brightness, beau- 
 ty; here seems to belong (as suggested 
 by Simonis) Job 26, 13 nnB<l5 D-^atS Insina 
 by his (Grod'e) spirit the heavens are 
 brightness, i. e. are bright, splendid, 
 beautiful. But most intpp. lake nnSttJ 
 for nnaai (Piel of nsiC) to make bright, 
 beautiful, to garnish so. with stars and 
 constellations; and suppose there is a 
 mingling of two constructions, 'ttJ "inn 
 fTnoaJ and iDOi c^rtu ini-iS , Vulg. spi- 
 rilus ejus ornavit coelos. But Dag. forte 
 characteristic is very rarely if ever 
 dropped from the letters PiBsian . 
 
 2. Shiphrah, pr. n. f Ex. 1, 15. 
 
 T'*\BTD m. (r. iB(fi) throne-ornament, 
 tapestry, with which a throne is hung, 
 Jer. 43, 10 Keri ; for which Cheth. l^iEtU . 
 
 K'nB'iBtp Chald. m. the dawn, aurora. 
 Dan. 6, 20. Syr. ffsl id. 
 
 * T\Z1L fut. rit'Si'; 1. to set, to put, to 
 place, i. q. kindr. rliS, see fully in r. 
 aailj .2 K. 4, 38. Ez. 24, 3. Ps. 22, IG 
 ''SnBaJFi n';^ "^Erb thou dost set me in 
 the dust of death, i. e. dost bring me down 
 to the grave. 
 
 3. With dat. of pers, i, q. to give. Is. 
 26, 12. 
 
 Deriv. nocx, n^neien, and 
 
ns'^r 
 
 1084 
 
 tip^i 
 
 D^nSTD m. dual, slalls. folds for cattle, 
 Ps. 68, 14 ; comp. C^nSttJa . Also Ez. 
 40, 43, where it denotes places (Eng. 
 Vers, hooks) in the court of the temple, 
 to which the victims were fastened. 
 
 * fj^lC obsol. root, i. q, tji:'^ to pour 
 wit, to overflow. Hence 
 
 51^10 m. once Is. 54, 8 t)S!5 tjSUJ oitl- 
 pouring of anger, effusion of wrath ; i. q. 
 S]X riaiD Prov. 27, 4. The form t]:iUJ 
 seems to have been chosen instead of 
 ?)t3tl5 for the sake of the paronomasia. 
 
 p Chald. i. q. pilJ, the leg, from 
 the knee to the ankle, plur. Dan. 2, 33. 
 Theod. well xvrjfiai. 
 
 *1j2ir. fut. IpTlJ':, to wake, to be 
 vjakeful, sleepless, Arab. tXft^, Ps. 102. 
 
 8 ; hence to watch Ps. 127, 1. Ezra 8, 29. 
 Hence *i|5iB . Trop. with bs , e. g. a) 
 to watch over any thing, to give attention 
 to it, Jer. 1, 12. 31. 28. 44, 27. Dan. 9, 14. 
 Job 21, 32. Is. 29, 20 ))ii "'niDto theij who 
 watch over iniquity, i. e. who sedulously 
 take care that wrong and not right shall 
 be done, b) to watch or wait at a door, 
 Prov. 8, 34 ; to lie in wait by or against, 
 e. g. as the leopard, Jer. 5, 6. 
 
 PuAL part, "ijs'iij^, denom. from 'ip'^, 
 made like almonds, i. e. having the form 
 of almond-flowers, Ex. 25, 33. 34. 
 
 H^'^ ra. plur. fi''*7i5t3 1. an almond- 
 tree, pr. ' the waker,' so called as being 
 the earliest of all trees to awake from 
 the sleep of winter, Jer. 1, 11. There 
 is also here an allusion to the haste and 
 ardour thus implied, comp. v. 12. See 
 Celsius Hierobot. I. p. 297. 
 
 2. an almond, alnutnd-nut. Gen. 43, 11. 
 Num. 17, 23. Ecc. 12, 5 ip'r ^xri and 
 the almond is spurned, rejected, sc. by 
 the old and toothless man, although 
 in itself a delicate and delicious fruit. 
 Others less well, the almond-tree shall 
 flourish, which they refer to white hairs ; 
 though the flower of the almond tree is 
 not white, but rose-coloured. 
 
 *n|?^ in Kal not used, i. q. nni^ , 
 to drink ; for the interchange of the let- 
 ters k and /, see under p, p. 907. Arab, 
 (^iuw , Eth. ft*PP , to let drink, to water. 
 
 HiPH. n;5irn, fut. n^y&i, apoc. ;3tt|;i. 
 
 1. to give to drink, to let drink, c. 
 dupl. ace. of pers. and thing, Gen. 19,32. 
 24, 43. Judg. 4, 19. Num. 5, 24. Ps. 60, 5. 
 Job 22, 7. Jer. 9, 14. 35, 2 ; c. a of thing 
 Ps. 80, Q; )^ of any thing Cant. 8, 2. 
 Part. Mpiy'? subst. a cup-bearer, butler. 
 Gen. 40," i.' 41, 9. But in Gen. 40, 21 
 njD'ao denotes dri7ik (see ^p.'-''? no. 2) ; 
 and the words are to be understood thus : 
 and he again gave the chief cup-bearer 
 charge 1f^P^'^ b? over his drink, i. e. re- 
 stored to him his charge and office as 
 chief of the cup-bearers. 
 
 2. to water cattle, Gen. 24, 46. 29, 2. 
 Ex. 2, 16. 17. 19. 
 
 3. to water the ground, to irrigate. 
 Gen. 2, 6. 10. Ps. 104, 13. 
 
 Note. Kal and Niph. are borrowed 
 from the synom. "^rjlii, which again has 
 no Hiph. 
 
 Niph. see 3rp'>l3 Niph. 
 
 PuAL to be moistened, irrigated. Job 
 21, 24 the marrow of his bones is moist, 
 i. e. fresh, vigorous ; comp. Prov. 3, 8. 
 15, 30. 17, 22. 
 
 Deriv. rpjH , ri^V-q, and the two fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 '^ptD m. (r. n^t , for l^ip^ , after the 
 form l"i^P) drink, only in plur. D'l'ipttJ 
 Ps. 102, 10. 
 
 *i^j? m. (r. ni5^) plur. c. suff. '':*lp!l3 
 Hos. 2, 7. ' ' 
 
 1. drink Hos. 1. c. where not water, 
 but some more delicate drink, as wine, 
 is to be understood ; Sept. ed. Aid. 
 6 ohog fiov. Comp. Gen. 40, 21. 
 
 2. a watering, moistening of the bones, 
 i. e. refreshment, Prov. 3, 8. See r. Mfjto 
 in Pual. 
 
 ppTl? and 7)?15 m. (r. f'paJ) plur. 
 Q''Spll3 , an abomination, abominable 
 thing, spoken of things unclean, e. g. 
 filthy garments Nah. 3, 6; of meats 
 offered to idols, iiSmXo&vxa, Zech. 9, 7 ; 
 espec. of idols, 1 K. 1 1, 5 Milcom Q-isias 'ttj 
 the abomination (idol) q/"/Ae Ammonites. 
 2K. 23, 13. Dan. 9, 27; comp. 11, 31. 
 12, 11. Plur.* of idols 2 K. 23, 24. Ez. 
 20, 7. 8. 
 
 * '^12"'? fut. u'pttJ'?, to rest, to have or 
 keep quiet, to be still ; pr. to lie down, to 
 recline; comp. Arab. l->o to fall, kindr. 
 with nao , v^JCw , to be silent. Spoken : 
 
tspnJ 
 
 1085 
 
 53pTD 
 
 a) Of one who is never infested, har- 
 assed, troubled, Judg. 3, 11. 5, 31. 8, 28. 
 Jer. 30, 10. 46, 27; whence n-onba^ apttJ 
 Josh. 11, 23. 14, 15; also of one who 
 troubles or harasses no one, Judg. 18, 7. 
 27; which sometimes arises from fear, 
 Ps. 76, 9. b) Of one who does nothing, 
 remains inactive, idle, Is. 62, 1. Jer. 47, 
 6; hence of God, as not affording aid, 
 Pa. 83, 2. 
 
 HiPH. 1. to cause to rest, to quiet, i. e. 
 to appease strife Prov. 15, 18. Also to 
 give quiet, to render tranquil and secure, 
 Job 34, 29 ; c. b of pers. and )'Q of thing, 
 i. e.from danger, Ps. 94, 13. 
 
 2. Intrans. to find rest, to be quiet, pr. 
 to quiet oneselt! Is. 7. 4. 57, 20. Inf 
 4i]5u:n subst. rest, quiet, Is. 30, 15. 32, 17. 
 Trop. the earth is said to be quiet, tran- 
 quil, when the air is still and sultry. Job 
 37, 17. Hence 
 
 ^)5T? m. rest, quiet, 1 Chr. 22, 9, 
 
 * ^E" fut. bpcj^ , once n^ECK (as if 
 from ^Pci^7) Jer. 32, 9. to poise, to weigh. 
 Arab. JjLti, oftener Jju. Syr. 'Voa. 
 and ''^i-oZ id. but alsp to depart, to mi- 
 grate ; whence pr. n. j'i^t?ttJi< . The pri- 
 mary idea is to suspend the balance ; 
 comp. Eth. fl^A to suspend, as upon a 
 cross; comp. also i<\^, "'^0, and Lat. 
 pendo, pendeo. Ex. 22, 16. 2 Sam. 14, 
 26. Is. 40, 12. With h to weigh out to 
 any one, e. g. metals, money, Gen. 23, 
 16. Jer. 32, 9. Ezra 8, 25 ; with 'b '^'r]-hs 
 into the hands of any one, Ezra 8, 26. 
 Esth 3, 9 ; with bs over to or into the 
 king's treasury, Esth. 4, 7 ; with ^/or a 
 thing, Is. 55, 2.-2 Sam. 18, 12 though I 
 might weigh a thousand shekels into 
 my hands, i. e. though they should be 
 weighed out to me. Trop. to examine, 
 to try a person Job 31.6; a thing 6, 2. 
 
 NiPH. to be weighed, trop. Job 6, 2 ; to 
 be weighed out Job 28, 15. Ezra 8, 33. 
 
 Deriv. i>^ttjn, bipoo, r^i^ida, pr. n. 
 TiVptOK , and ' 
 
 b^ m. plur. D-'VijitB , constr. '>\pt> , 
 a shekel, siclus, a definite weight of gold 
 and silver, containing twenty gerahs 
 (nna) i. e. grains, pr. kernels, beans, Ex. 
 30, 13 ; and this being weighed out 
 passed as current money among the 
 Hebrews (see in iSij no. 2), Gen. 23, 15. 
 
 91* 
 
 16. Ex. 21, 32. Lev. 5, 15. 27, 3. 6. Josh. 
 7,21. ISam. 17,5. Two kinds of shekel 
 are distinguished, the shekel of the sanc- 
 tuary Ex. 30. 13, and the king^s shekel 
 2 Sam. 14, 26; but which of these was 
 the heaviest, cannot be known. In the 
 time of the Maccabees (1 Mace. 15, 6) 
 silver coins were struck, each weighing 
 one shekel, and stamped with the words 
 iX'ttJ"^ bp2J ; see Bayer de Numrais 
 Hebrteo-Samaritanis, Valent. 1781. 4to. 
 p. 171 sq. These were equal to four 
 Attic drachma}, i. e. to one stater, ac- 
 cording to Josephus, Ant. 3. 8. 2 ; nor 
 do the specimens still extant differ much 
 from this, since even now when worn 
 away by age they still contain 215-229 
 grains troy weight, of which 60 make 
 one drachm ; see Eckhel Doctr. Numm. 
 vett. III. p. 464. FrOhlich Annal. regum 
 Syrias, Prolegg. p. 84. Rasche Lex. rei 
 nummariffi IV. 2. p. 904. The LXX 
 have often rendered Vp.'4 by Sidqaxnov, 
 which can be reconciled with the words 
 of Josephus and with the weight of the 
 specimens still extant, by supposing 
 that the shekel, before the Babylonish 
 exile and before the use of coined mo- 
 ney, was of less weight than afterwards. 
 Of less weight and value was also the 
 aixkog, aiyXog, used by the Persians, and 
 containing 7^ oboli (six oboli make one 
 drachma) Xen. Anab. 1. 5. 6. At Ephe- 
 sus a shekel of gold was in use, accord- 
 ing to Alexander .^tolus ap. Macrob. 
 Sat. 5, 22. 
 
 * I3j2^ obsol. root, Arab. jvJLww to be 
 ill, sick. Hence 
 
 ntti?, only plur. O'^ppttS 1 K. 10, 27. 
 Is. 9, 9. Am. 7, 14, and riopw Ps.' 78, 
 47, (the sing, occurs in the Mishna,) a 
 sycamore-tree, Gr. avxofiOQog, avxdfiivog, 
 very frequent in the level parts of Pa- 
 lestine, resembling the mulberry-tree in 
 its leaves and general appearance, with 
 fruit similar to the fig growing directly 
 from the stem and larger boughs, and 
 very difficult of digestion; Dioscorid. I. 
 182 ; comp. the root cp(^ . The fruit is 
 used only by the poorest classes, comp. 
 ts^a. See Celsii Hierob. L p. 310. 
 Warnekros Hist, naturalis Sycomori, in 
 Repertorium f. morgenl. Literatur, St. 
 11, 12. 
 
yp"i2J 
 
 1086 
 
 "Iptt 
 
 *3?I2"'5 fut. yp.^_1, to sink down, to 
 subside, as fire Num. 11, 2; of a land, to 
 be submerged, overflowed, drowned, Jer. 
 51, 64. Am. 9, 5 c^nSTD -x^s nspaj it is 
 overflowed as with the river of Egypt, 
 where it is coupled with an ace. of 
 abundance. 
 
 Nipn. to be submerged, overflowed, as 
 a land, Am. 8, 8 Keri. In Cheth. for 
 nSpjQJD stands rij^ai?, the S being elided; 
 see in 5, p. 737, col. 2. 
 
 Hi PH. \. to catise to subside, as water 
 Ez. 32, 14. 
 
 2. to sink, i. e. to press down; Job 40, 
 25 isitjb ?"'p^ri bans cansf ^Aow press 
 down his tongue with a cord? i. e. canst 
 thou tame him (the crocodile) by a 
 thong or bit thrust into his mouth? 
 
 Deriv. Sj^ttJo. 
 
 rrn^^l^i?^ f. plur. sunken places, hol- 
 lows, in a wall Lev. 14, 37. Sept. xoi- 
 XuSig, Vulg. valliculcB. This quadrilit. 
 comes from Sj5tt3 to sink, and jus to be 
 deep. 
 
 * Tli^''? in Kal not used. prob. to lay 
 upon or over, to lay or cover with beams, 
 joists, etc. i. q. Arab. \,Jia>m , Gr. axEndo), 
 axsTXtt^o). Hence tlfJaJ , fi'^Sl^OJ , Cl'pli3B . 
 
 NiPH. to lie out over any thing, to pro- 
 ject ; hence to bend forward, Gr. naga- 
 xvmtiv, eepec. in order to see, and thus 
 i. q. to look forth or abroad, comp. in 
 HBS ; e. g. from a window, '|i^nn 153 
 Judg. 5, 28. 2 Sam. 6, 16; from heaven 
 Ps. 85, 12. Also of a mountain, to over- 
 hang, to look towards. Num. 21, 20. 23, 
 28. Metaph. Jer. 6, 1 evil impendelh 
 (appfoacheth) from the north. Arab. 
 
 ^oo... i long and bending from length, 
 as the neck of the ostrich, or a tall man 
 who stoops. 
 
 HiPH. id. D'^ioT^'o n'^pirn to look down 
 from heaven, so of God, Ps. 14, 2. 53, 3 ; 
 c. bit Ex. 14, 24 ; to look out at a win- 
 dow' c. isa Gen. 26, 8. 2 K. 9, 30. 
 
 Deriv, see under Kal. 
 
 V^tl m. (r. tpt) in pause tijsl^, a 
 layer of beams or joists, etc. 1 K. 7, 5 
 all Uie doors and the posts were csai 
 Ciirai made square with layers of beams, 
 i. e. were not arched, but covered^above 
 with beams, and therefore square. 
 
 D''&^tt' m. plur. (r. fl{?>^) beam^ or 
 bars laid over, frame- work, 1 K. 7, 4. 6, 
 
 4 C^nZJX D"iH3pa) iJiisn windows with 
 closed (fixed) bars, lattice-work. See 
 under CMX. 
 
 * Y 12^ in Kal not used, to be filthy, 
 loathsome, abominable. 
 
 PiEL YW^. 1- io make filthy, to conta- 
 minate, to pollute, iaJBS oneself Lev. 11, 
 43. 20, 25. 
 
 2. to loathe, to abominate, to abhor, 
 Ps. 22, 25; espec. any thing unclean, 
 polluted. Lev. 11, 11. Deut 7, 26. 
 
 Deriv. y^'^t , and 
 
 T^^ m. an abominable thing, spoken 
 of things (and persons) unclean, pol- 
 luted ; espec. of things relating to idol- 
 atry, Lev. 11, 10. 12. 13. 20. 23. 41. 42. 
 Peril, vermin Is. 66, 17. 
 
 V I? 12? , see I'^ptlJ . 
 
 * PI2^ fut. paj;j, kindr. with p^iiu . 
 
 1. to run up and down, to and fro, 
 spoken of those who eagerly seek any 
 thing, e. g. of locusts Joel 2, 9. Is. 33, 
 4 c. 2 of the prey. Hence 
 
 2. to roam about, to range in search of 
 prey, as a bear Prov. 28, 15. Trop. to 
 be eager, to long, of a person thirsty. Is. 
 29, 8. Ps. 107, 9. 
 
 HiTHPALP. pajpnilin i. q. Kal. no. 1, 
 Nah. 2, 5. 
 Deriv. p^"^ . 
 
 * "^^^j fut. I'pOJ^ to lie. to tdl lies; 
 c. dat. to lie to any one, to deceive him. 
 Gen. 21, 23. The primary idea is per- 
 haps that of colouring, painting ; comp. 
 
 JLiM to be red, ruddy, 'iJLiii red colour, 
 paint, falsehood ; see Tsepregi in Diss. 
 Lugdd. p. 115. Comp. kindr. pittj- 
 
 PiEL ip.i2J to lie, 1 Sam. 15, 29 ; c. 3 of 
 pers. to lie to any one, to deceive. Lev. 
 19, 1 1. Also c. a of thing, as n^-iaa n;?tt5 
 to be false to a covenant, i. e. treacher- 
 ously to break it, Ps. 44, 18. fij'iaxa 't 
 to be false to one^s faith, fidelity, Ps. 89, 
 34 ; absol. id. Is. 63, S. Hence 
 
 1^10 m. plur. B-^ij^ttJ, c. sufT. tsn-^lFjIfi 
 Jer. 23, 32. 
 
 1. a lie, falsehood; ipi^ ''lai false 
 words Ex. 5, 9. li?tti ns a false witness 
 Deut. 19, 18. 'il5isi saoi? to swear to a 
 
t\pm 
 
 1087 
 
 triw 
 
 falsehood, i. c. faleely, Lev. 5, 24. 19, 12. 
 ijjisa Kas ^o prophesy false things, i. e. 
 not received from God, Jer. 5, 31. 20, 6. 
 29, 9. Absol. and as an adv. a lie ! it is 
 false! 2 K. 9, 12. Jer. 37, 14. Plur. lies, 
 falsehoods, Ps. 101, 7. Once for concr. 
 a liar, man of falsehood, for "i^tli tt5''K, 
 Prov. 17, 4. 
 
 2. deception, a vain thing, any thing 
 which deceives or disappoints one's 
 hopes ; Ps. 33, 17 nyJiOnl? DiBn -ij5t^. i. e. 
 they are deceived, disappointed, who 
 trust in cavalry for victory. Hence 
 *^J?^J^ in vain 1 Sam. 25, 21. Jer. 3, 23; 
 and "ijruJ without cause, wrongfully, Ps. 
 38, 20.^69, 5. 119,78.86. 
 
 fl^tj f (r. n;?ttj), plur. constr nirj^iii 
 (as if from rij^U)), a watering-trough, 
 made of wood or stone for watering cat- 
 tle, Gen. 24, 20. 30, 38. 
 
 ItD or TVitO , plur. mnt^ , walls Jer. 5, 
 10, i. q. ni-isiuJ. So Sept.' Vulg. Chald. 
 and so the context demands. R. "i1tt5 
 III. 
 
 "ITS, see "i''t6. 
 
 'ytS m. (r. nnuJ) c. sufF. r^'^^ . 1. sinew, 
 muscle, collect.' Prov. 3, 8 "^nn wxcn 
 ?]'ncb it shall be health (refreshment) 
 to thy muscles, in which is the seat of 
 strength. The other hemistich has, to 
 thy bones. 
 
 2. the navel, pr. the navel-cord, Arab. 
 
 r' 
 
 . Ez. 16, 4. Comp. inttS. 
 
 SnC Chald. also S"? Dan. 2, 22. 
 
 1. to loose, to unbind, to solve, e. g. 
 knots, trop. knotty questions, Dan. 5, 16. 
 Part. plur. "i^";!!) loosed, unbound, i. e. 
 from bonds. Dan. 3, 25. Spec, of travel- 
 lers who stop and put up for the night, 
 
 and so unbind the loads of their beasts 
 
 a __ 
 of burden, Arab. Jk^, Gr. xuTalvot, 
 whence xajotlvfiu. Hence 
 
 2. to put up for the night, and in gene- 
 ral to lodge, to dwell, Dan. 2, 22. Syr. 
 li-fc. to put up, to dwell. Comp. D^Stfirt. 
 
 Pa. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to solve Dan. 
 5, 12. 
 
 2. to begin, pr. to open, comp. bnti 
 from bbn, Ezra 5, 2. 
 
 Ithpa. to be loosened, to become weak, 
 Dan. 5, 6. 
 
 ISSt^C tSharezer, Persian pr. n. a) 
 A son of Sennacherib, a parricide. Is. 
 37, 38. 2 K. 19, 37. b) Zech. 7, 2. 
 
 Pere. 6t ^jm prince of fire ; comp. 
 Sanscr. Athar-s fire. See i^X'J'Ji b?^5. 
 
 * S!!!'? obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. 
 to be hot, dry ; kindr. S'^X. Hence the 
 two following. 
 
 y^tO m. 1. heat of the sun, Ib. 49, 10. 
 Then 
 
 2. Spec. Sharab, Is. 35, 7, of a pheno- 
 menon frequent in the deserts of Arabia 
 and Egypt, and also occasionally seen 
 in the southern parts of Russia and 
 France, Arab. v->tv* SerAb Kor.24. 39, 
 Fr. le mirage, by which name it is also 
 commonly known in English. It consists 
 in this, that the desert, either wholly or 
 in parts, presents the appearance of the 
 sea or of a lake, so that the most expe- 
 rienced travellers are sometimes deceiv- 
 ed. See Erdmann and Frahn in Gilbert's 
 Annates Phys. T. XXVIII. p. 1, and 
 Comment, on Is. 35, 7. Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. I. p. 61. Hence we are enabled 
 to understand Is. 1. c. caxb nniirj n;'nn 
 the mirage shall become a pool, i. e. the 
 desert which presents the appearance of 
 a lake, shall be changed into real water. 
 
 n^inntJ (heat of Jehovah, r. ani6) 
 Sherebiah, pr. n. m. Ezra 8, 18. 24. Neh. 
 8, 7. 9, 4. 10, 13. 12, 8. 24. 
 
 ta'^n']', m. (for ::3aJ with n inserted, 
 see under "i . p. 950) a sceptre, a form of 
 the later Hebrew, Esth. 4, 1 1. 5. 2. 8, 
 4. The 2 is without Dag. after i ; 
 comp. D'^'nana . 
 
 * I. H'Hlj in Kal not used, i. q. Chald. 
 NTOi to loose, to solve. 
 
 PiEL nn'iU to loose, to let go free. Jer. 
 15, 11 Keri aiab rpn-^-iaJ I will loose thee 
 for good, i. e. will set thee free. The 
 Hebrews would seem to have used this 
 word also in a bad sense ("'^^) for de- 
 serting any one ; whence here the ad- 
 junct "zidhi is added; For Cheth. see 
 
 Deriv. nni^, !T;!tt?. 
 
 11. nn(D perh. i. q. Arab, (^wi to 
 
 gleam, to glitter, e. g. lightning; whence 
 n^nuj, 's^^fo, -j^ntt), coat of mail, armour. 
 
nnic 
 
 1088 
 
 p'^ni 
 
 'T^P. f. (r. '-^'a^J plur. ni-HU chains, 
 bracelets, Is. 3, 19 ; so called as being 
 twisted together, intertwined. Chald. 
 "1"';^ id. comp. also Gr. aei^a, and Heb. 
 fT?iriUi q. V. in its place. 
 
 jn^ntD (for "jn nntt) pleasant lodging) 
 Sharuhen, pr. n. of a place in the tribe 
 of Simeon. Josh. 19, 6. 
 
 yniD (for 'jiiia'^ plain, r. ittJ^) always 
 with art. TiiTSn , Sharon, pr. n. of the 
 level tract along the Mediterranean be- 
 tween Mount Carmel and Joppa, cele- 
 brated for its rich fields and pastures. 
 Josh. 12, 18. Cant. 2, 1. Is. 33, 9. 35, 2. 
 65, 10. I Chr. 5, 16. 27, 29. Some sup- 
 pose another plain of the same name to 
 be meant in 1 Chr. 5, 16; but this is not 
 necessary. See Reland Palaest. p. 188, 
 370. Hence gentile n. '3'iiuJ Sharonite 
 1 Chr. 27, 29. 
 
 nip^"lO Jer. 18, 16 Cheth. i. q. nip^nttj 
 q. V. 
 
 t^Vitl f. beginning, Jer. 15, 11 Cheth. 
 Chald. n(U id. R. frilS I, comp. Chald. 
 xn'JJ Pa. no. 2. 
 
 ""Kiti, see "^ntslJ. 
 
 '''ITB (beginning'? r. if^^) Sharai, pr. 
 n. m. Ezra 10. 40. 
 
 n;nTS f a coat of mail Job 41, 18 ; 
 prob. so called from its glittering, see 
 r. nnuj II. 
 
 ^V-ytO m. (r. STit^ II) 1. a coat of 
 inail 1 Sam. 17, 5." 38. Plur. o^s'^na 
 Neh. 4, 10 ; nis^nai 2 Chr. 26, 14. Syr. 
 ]HfS> id. The same is also I'l'^'ip q. v. 
 
 2. Shiricm, pr. n. by which Mount Her- 
 mon was known among the Sidonians, 
 Deut. 3, 9. Ps. 29, 6. Comp. -i^:b . This 
 name would seem to be derived from 
 some fancied resemblance to a breast- 
 plate ; as also Gr. Ou^u^ is the name of 
 the mountain near Magnesia. Some 
 editions in Deut. 1. c. read "li'^na Sirion. 
 
 Vy^ m. (r. rrni^ II) a coal of mail, 
 1 K. 22, 34. Is. 59' 17. 
 
 nip"^"! f plur. (r. p-^nj 1. whist- 
 lings, or ^rather pijmigs ; Judg. 5, 16 
 D'^ms nip'^'^ttS pipings of the flocks, i. e. 
 of the shepherds who play on the pipe 
 while guarding their flocks. 
 
 2. hixsings, i. q. scorn, derision, Jer. 
 18, 16 Keri. In Cheth. nipiinttJ . 
 
 T^'lTD adj. (r. "\-]ll5) firm, hard, tough. 
 Chald. "i'''7'y id. Only in plur. constr. 
 '1^3 "'l^'^'ili^ the firm parts of the belly, the 
 sinews, brawn, e. g. of the hippopota- 
 mus, Job 40, 16. Comp. "lilJ no. 1. 
 
 nnnintj and T\Tr\1D f. (r. -^yt) hard, 
 ness, firmness, and coupled with sb and 
 sn nb , hardness of heart, stubbornness, 
 Ueut' 29, 18. Ps. 81, 13. Jer. 3, 17. 7,24. 
 9, 13. 11, 8. Aram. jZei-i-A< m a good 
 sense, firmness, truth. 
 
 rTilT?, see in rr^nxui. 
 
 ni^n Jer. 31, 40 Cheth. most prob. 
 an error of the copyists for Vi'i'O'iti fields. 
 which is read in the parallel pa.ssage 
 2 K. 23, 4, and also in Jer. 1. c. in Keri, 
 in six Mss. and in several printed edi- 
 tions. That the common reading (which 
 the LXX also have followed, giving it 
 hy 'AauQr,ij.aid-), in the sense of fields cut 
 up or overflowed, may be justified in 
 the Hebrew, has been attempted to be 
 shown by Kuypers in Dissert. Lugdd. I. 
 p. 537, comparing Arab. ^yM, ^y^ , 
 to cleave, to cut ; but with no semblance 
 of truth. 
 
 *Y^^, fut. ptl"^ 1. to creep, to 
 crawZ, spoken of reptiles and the smaller 
 aquatic animals, Gen. 7, 21. Lev. 11, 29. 
 41. 42. 43. Sometimes a place, as the 
 earth or the sea, is said to creep with 
 creeping things, reptiles, i. e. to teem, or 
 swarm with them, c. ace. comp. in T|^n 
 no. 3; e. g. the sea with aquatic ani- 
 mals Gen. 1, 20. 21 ; Egypt with frogs, 
 Ex. 7, 28. Ps. 105, 30. Hence^ 
 
 2. to breed abundantly, to swarm, to 
 mulliply, of animals Gen. 8, 17. 9, 7 ; of 
 mankind Ex. 1, 7. Eth. IU^& pullu- 
 lavit. Hence 
 
 "f^T? m. collect. 1. reptiles, creeping 
 things, Gen.l,2\. Lev. 5, 2. 11,29. v. 20 
 sa'^K-b? Ti^Hn tiiyn yn^j winged rep- 
 tiles going upon all fours, i.e. bats, not 
 crickets, which latter have six legs, 
 though they are said to use only four 
 in going, v. 21. 23. Deut. 14, 19. 
 
 3. the smaller aquatic animals Gen. 1, 
 20 ; fully o^an Y'\t Lev. 11, 10. 
 
 * V'y^ fut. piia": 1. to hiss, to whistle, 
 an onomatopoBetic verb, like Gr. avql^w, 
 avqlaaot, av^ltTu, from the root ffuft/, 
 
pni23 
 
 1089 
 
 niTD 
 
 comp. ffi'p'/'f a^Qtyfi", (n'Qiyyiov. a) 
 With ^, to hiss or whistle for any one, 
 /o co// 6y a hiss or whistle, e. g. bees, flies, 
 in the manner of bee-keepers, Is. 5, 26. 
 7, 18; trop. nations Is. 11. cc. Zech. 10, 8. 
 b) to hiss in scorn and derision, 1 K. 9, 8. 
 Lam. 2, 15. IG ; c. b? of pere. or thing 
 Jer. 19, 8. 49, 17 ; praign. Job 27, 23 
 iapa i^bs p^O"^ tlcey shall hiss him out 
 of his place. Hence nirntlJ , 
 
 2. to pipe, i. e. to whistle, not with the 
 mouth, but with an instrument; hence 
 nip'^-ioi, xnip'-iitS^a. 
 
 Hp"! f. (r. p'^lJ) a hissing, derision ; 
 njsnttib n^n to become a hissing, i. e. an 
 object of 'scorn, Jer. 19. 8. 25, 9. 29, 18. 
 
 * ^'y^ 1- to twist, to twist together, 
 in the manner of a cord, kindr. with the 
 roots IVB, "liia, "ID, "lit, nsfl, all of 
 which contain the primary idea oUurn- 
 ing, turning about, going in a circle, in 
 various modifications. Hence "lio and 
 *i")a5 the navel, pr. the navel-corcZ, 
 c-i-i-^naj nerves, sinews, STitB, nnianaJ, 
 ni3i"itB , chain, q. d. cord made of metal. 
 Hence 
 
 2. to be firm, hard, tough, (Syr. Pa. to 
 make firm, to strengthen,) espec. in a bad 
 sense; whence WT'nttJ hardness of heart. 
 
 3. to press together, and hence to op- 
 press, to treat as an enemy, i. q. "1"^^ no. 
 2. a. Part. 1"^ an adversary, enemy, 
 Ps. 27, 11. 54,7. 56, 3. 59, 11. 
 
 Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. Also 
 
 T^T? Sharar, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 33 ; 
 for ^32) 1 Chr. 11, 35. 
 
 "T^lilJ m. (r. -int^) c. suff. r\T^<^^, the 
 navel, pr. nuvel-cord, i. q. "liU , Cant. 7, 
 3 ; here it seems to stand for the region 
 around the navel, the belly, which is 
 compared to a bowl or goblet. Comp. 
 vice versa ni2l3 high place, also navel. 
 
 riin"ltJ , see m"-itu . 
 
 tO'yO denom. from ttSniiS root ; found in 
 
 PiEL 13";)!^ , to root out, to extirpate, 
 Ps. 52, 7, Job 31, 12. 
 
 PuAL nil) pass. Job 31. 8. 
 
 Po. ttJ-iiU , lo root, to take root, Is. 40, 24. 
 
 PoAL id. Jer. 12, 2. 
 
 HiPH. to strike root, to take root, i. q. 
 Poel, spoken metaph. of one flourishing 
 in prosperity, Ps. 27, 6. With C-'tfi-ia 
 added, Ps. SO, 10. 
 
 '^'y^. (root, i. q. C'^tb, comp. Syr. 
 U^'r^) Sheresh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16. 
 
 * TDniZJ m. c. suff". 'tti-jti ; plur. D-'ttJn^ , 
 c. suff. '''Qi'^ttJ , constr. ''C'^'^ . 
 
 1. a root, Syr. l^^^, comp. ointb. 
 Job 30j 4. Jer. 17, 8. al. scepe. Maurer 
 derives it from the idea of creeping ; 
 comp. yyii of reptiles. Trop. a) For 
 the bottom, the lowest part of any thing, 
 e. g. bottom or sole of the foot (comp. 
 Lat. planta pedis) Job 1 3, 27 ; of a moun- 
 tain, like Engl, root, Lat. radix. Job 28, 
 9 ; of the sea Job 36, 30. Hence b) 
 root of controversy, i.e. the cause, ground 
 of strife. Job 19, 28. c) root, poet, for 
 fixed dwelling, abode, Judg. 5, 14 ; just 
 
 as nations teJcing up their abode in a 
 land are said to be planted in it, to take 
 root in it, see in 5133 . 
 
 2. a shoot, sprout, springing from the 
 root. Is. 53, 2. Metaph. ""CJ? tt5"ntu the 
 sprout of Jesse, i. e. the Messiah. Is. 11, 
 10; comp. ql^a Ja^id Rev. 5, 5. But 
 in Ls. 14, 30 the root itself is meant, the 
 metaphor being transferred from plants 
 to a people. 
 
 Deriv. WittJ, tinai, and the denom. 
 verb UJn^U . 
 
 tOya Chald. m. i. q. Hebr. root Dan. 
 4, 12. 
 
 men n for quadril. frnttinti, plur. 
 constr. riunts), chains, small chains, Ex. 
 28, 22. R.' nno . 
 
 ion (pron. sh^roshu), Keri "^TCn 
 Chald. f. a rooting out, i. e. expulsion, 
 banishment, Ezra 7, 26; comp. 10, 8. 
 See cJnia no. 1. c. 
 
 rrytnyb r (r. -i-^oi) only piur. rinwn* 
 
 chains, small chains, Ex. 28. 14. 39, 
 15. Arab, with the letter r softened 
 
 , ; Chald. n^c^oJ , rb;^^(U . Hence 
 by contraction rt\S"^tU q. v. 
 
 * m^lC in Kal not used ; only in 
 PiEL r'liij. inf. rinaJ and with the tone 
 drawn bnck n-itu Deut. 17, 12. fut. con- 
 vers. nnC'^l, to wait upon, to serve, to 
 minister unto, c. ace. of pers. Gen. 39, 4. 
 40, 4. Num. 3, 6. 1 K. 1, 15; c. ^ Num. 
 4, 9. Often in the phrase '^"nx r^ya 
 to minister unto Jehovah, spoken of the 
 priests as performing the sacred rites of 
 
nn-fl 
 
 1090 
 
 ^tt 
 
 worship, Num. 18, 2. 1 Sam. 2, 11. 3, 1 ; 
 and so c. ace. impl. Num. 3, 31. Difterent 
 from this is "'^ C\U3 nniU to minister in the 
 name of Jehovah, Deut. 18, 5. 7, i. e. to 
 worship Jehovah with invocation, after 
 the analogy of the phrases ''^ Diua Tit)? , 
 1^ Dira H'^fs . By a bold figure it is said 
 Is. 60,' 7 the rams of Nebaioth TiSWiaj'; 
 shall minister unto thee, i. e. shall serve 
 as victims for the sacrifices. Part. rinuJTD 
 subst. a minister, attendant, Josh. 1, 1 ; 
 spec, in the sacred rites, Ezra 8, 17. 
 Fem. nnuia for nn-^^jo , 1 K. 1, 15. 
 
 tTlTD m. (r. P'^lS) service, ministry, 
 c. art. n-)ian Num. 4, 12. 2 Chr. 24, 14. 
 
 n, see noilj Po. 
 
 * I. T2U3 f and t-iW m. constr. 
 ndia, ?:.r, Gen. 7, 6. 30, 20. Ex. 21, 2. 
 2 k. 15, 8. al. seep. Plur. D^lBaJ st.r;y, 
 Gen. 25, 26. Num. 7, 88. al. This nu- 
 
 g 
 
 meral is widely spread : Arab, sc^kim , 
 
 'xJJ^, Aram, ii^, Jntu q. v. Eth. iiS'ft 
 
 contr. flfr, Sanscr, shash, TienA-qswas, 
 Slav, s^es^, Gr. I'S, Lat. sex, Engl. si>, 
 etc. But see Rodiger Heb. Gr. 95, 
 marg. note. 
 Deriv, nia, "iffittJ ; see too "'ttittS . 
 
 II. tJ m.. (r. tti^id) pr. something 
 white, whiteness. 
 
 1. white marhU, i. q. t^^ai, Esth. 1, 6. 
 Cant. 5, 13. 
 
 2. byssus, i. e. fine linen, so called 
 from its whiteness. E. g. that of the 
 Egyptians, Gen. 41, 42. Prov. 31, 22; 
 and of the Hebrew priests Ex. 26, 1. 27, 
 9. 18. 28, 39. The later name was y^a 
 byssus; where see espec. the notice of 
 recent experiments with the microscope. 
 [Comp. Uvov (3vaaog Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1. It 
 may be still a question, whether ttJlJJ, 
 ^vaaoq, was not also used more widely 
 to include cotton fabrics; comp. Arab. 
 XjuuiLw , muslin, a fine fabric of cotton. 
 See Wilkinson Mann, and Cust. of the 
 Anc. Egyptians, III. p. 115, 116. R.] 
 We have assigned to this word a He- 
 brew origin ; but it nevertheless ap- 
 proaches very near to the Egyptian 
 CyeUCy shensh, and perh. the Hebrews 
 HO imitated the Egyptian word as to 
 give it the appearance of being derived 
 
 from a Hebrew root. See Celsii Hierob. 
 II. p. 259. Hartmann Hebraerin III. p. 
 34 sq. 
 
 * 5^'0'iD a doubtful root ; only in 
 PiELXTi-ii), Ez. 39, 2 T^-TiNn^xi rpnaaii: 
 ^"^nibsfil I will turn again, and will lead 
 thee, and will bring thee up, etc. Sept. 
 xa&odtjyrjab) as, but Compl. xmt|oj af. 
 Targ. 'errare te faciam.' Vulg. sedu- 
 cam te. The signification of leading is 
 quite clear from the context; as to the 
 etymology, comp. Eth. ilQ)"!^ contr. 
 fifl, whence A?fi10 to walk or 
 go about, to traverse countries, and 
 jft(D'/l(D' a ladder, as aiding to go up. 
 The ancient interpretation which refers 
 it to Pi. iivixsi to make six, i. e. to divide 
 into six parts, does not suit the context. 
 
 nsatDTS Sheshbazzar, Pers. pr. n. 
 borne apparently in Persia by Zerubba- 
 bel, Ezra 1, 8. 5, 14. Perh. contr. from 
 \ jljUaA*.s>. fire- worshipper. 
 
 tW'03 PiEL denom. from ttittj I, pr. to 
 make six, to divide into six parts ; hence 
 to give the sixth, Ez. 45, 13. 
 
 ^idlD (whitish? r. (iJ^aJ) Shashai,pr. 
 n. m. Ezra 10, 40. 
 
 *>tD (id.) Sheshai, pr. n. of an Anak- 
 ite, Num. 13, 22. Josh. 15. 14. Judg. 1, 10. 
 
 "i Ez. 16, 13 Cheth. for t^_, byssvs. 
 The writer seems to have chosen this 
 unusual form for the sake of a parono- 
 masia with the word "^CJo . 
 
 ""tJ m, (from ttJC I) f. n'^^Sll), ord. 
 adj. the sixth. Gen. 1, 31. al. Fem. also 
 the sixth part, a sixth, Ez. 4. 11. 45, 13. 
 
 ^ Sheshach, a name of Babylon, 
 Jer. 25, 26. 51, 41. Its etymology and 
 proper signification are doubtful. The 
 Hebrew intpp. as also Jerome, suppose 
 yHTiJ to stand for baa, according to the 
 secret or cabbalistic mode of writing 
 called ttJanx, i. e. in which the alphabet 
 is inverted, so that n is put for X , O for 
 a, etc. and this they think was done by 
 the prophet through fear of the Chalde- 
 ans. But even supposing (what how- 
 ever we by no means admit) that these 
 cabbalistic mysteries and trifling were 
 already current in the age of Jeremiaii. 
 how can it be explained that in c. 51,41. 
 in the very same verse, baa is likewise 
 
-^tl 
 
 1091 
 
 "nti 
 
 mentioned under its own proper name? 
 C. B. Michaelis not unaptly supposes 
 r^tilb 10 be contracted from T^ilSsii comp. 
 
 viLX, 'to .overlay a gate with iron or 
 other plates,' so that Tfi'O would desig- 
 nate Babylon as j^aAxoTiuAos. Bohlen 
 compares Pers. sLm IL& house of the 
 prince. 
 
 )1Dl6 (perh. i. q. |ttiitt) lily) Sfieshan, 
 pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 31. 34. 35. 
 
 jIDiD, see yiii^. 
 
 "pWIC (for ptl5p2J eagerness, longing, 
 according to Simotiis,) Shashak, pr. n. m. 
 1 Chr. 8, 14. 25. R.ppai. 
 
 ' _ T obsol. root, to be red, ruddy ; 
 
 Arab. j-iif ruddy, rubicund. Hence 
 
 yOSID m. in pause ^^^, red colour, 
 red ochre, rubrica, Jer. 22, 14. Ez. 23, 
 14. Vulg. sinopis, i. e. rubrica Sino- 
 peiisis, which was the most celebrated, 
 see Plin. H. N. 35. 5 or 13. Sept. nlXrog, 
 which in Horn, is i. q. rubrica. The 
 Heb. intpp. understand by it cinnabar^ 
 vermilion. 
 
 ntD m. (r. n^tfi) only plur. ninlS , co- 
 lumns, pillars, and metaph. princes, no- 
 bles, i. e. pillars of a state. Ps. 11,3 when 
 the pillars are overthrown, i. e. when the 
 noblest, the firm supporters of what is 
 right and good, have perished. Is. 19, 
 10 and her (Egypt's) pillars are broken 
 down, i. e. the nobles of her state ; opp. 
 hired labourers, i. e. the vulgar. So 
 
 s 
 Arab. Jul^X pillar, for a nobleman, 
 prince. 
 
 1. nW m. (r. n-^tti) 1. the buttock Is. 
 28, 4 ; plur. c. suff. nn'^p-intt) 2 Sam. 10, 4. 
 
 Arab. v:i^*f, Syr. pi. ^A-i*.], id. Its 
 
 origin must be referred to the root ri'^ti , 
 (comp. Engl, sitting-part, seat, Germ. 
 Gesdss,) although ninttJ follows the ana- 
 logy of verbs rib, as do also the Arab, 
 and Syr. forms. - 
 
 2. Seth, pr. n. of the third son of 
 Adam, Gen. 4, 25. 26. 5. 3 sq. In the 
 first of these passages, it is derived 
 from r'^ttj to set, to place, to replace, 
 q. d. ' compensation.' 
 
 II. mo C (r. nxttb, contr. for naS 
 Lam. 3, 47) noise, tumult ; Num. 24, 17 
 ra5 'sa the sons o/" (warlike) tumult, i.e. 
 the tumultuous enemies of Israel. In 
 Jer. 48, 45, which is imitated from Num. 
 1. c. it stands "jisid '3a. 
 
 no and fITO Chald. i. q. Heb. Ifiti fix, 
 Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6, 15. Plur. Y^X^. 'i^ty 
 Dan. 3, 1. 
 
 *I. nri^, fnt. nriti-;', conv. Piifil. 
 
 1. to drink, Syr. Chald. Ethiop. id. 
 Synon. is S^l^'Ji, whence Hiph. Mp'^H 
 q. v. With ace. of the drink. Ex. 34, 28 ; 
 c. ^Xi Job 21, 20 where comp. Gia ; c. a 
 of any thing, with the notion of enjoy- 
 ment, Prov. 9, 5 ; also with 3 of the ves- 
 sel, comp. 3 A. 1. b, Am. 6, 6. Metaph. 
 Job 15, 16 nbl? ^"^TZO nrtU drinking in 
 iniquity like water, i. e. wholly filled and 
 overflowing with iniquity ; comp. 34, 7. 
 But in Prov. 26, 6 the same phrase is to 
 be taken in a passive sense, the lame 
 man drinketh in injury, i. e. must suffer 
 it, cannot avenge it. 
 
 2. to drink together, to banquet, Esth. 
 7,1. Comp. nntiSa . 
 
 NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1, Lev. 11, 34. 
 
 Hiph. see J^l?'^. 
 
 Deriv. "^noj i' nvtt) ^ niniaa . 
 
 * 11. nr) iS obsol. root. Arab. ^C* 
 
 IV, i. q. ^^tX^I, to fix the tcarp to 
 the loom, Syr. ^^L^] to weave. Hence 
 'ntd II. 
 
 ^^tO and NCtJ Chald. to drink, Dan. 
 5, 1. 2. 23. Praet. c. Aleph. prosthet. 
 l"'Pia36t they drank Dan. 5, 3. 4 ; comp. 
 Syr. ^Lm.] to drink. With a of the 
 vessel, V. 3. Comp. the Heb. no. I. 1. 
 
 Deriv. nniaa Chald. 
 
 nirro, see nt^. 
 
 I. ''tliD m. (r. nntlJ I) a drinking, ca- 
 rousing, Ecc. 10, 17. 
 
 II. ""tW m. (r. nn^ II) the warp in 
 weaving. Lev. 13, 48 sq. 
 
 n*rn f. (r. nnia I) a drinking, i. q. 
 
 ^r\ya I, Esth. 1, 8.' ' 
 
 bin m. (r. i>ns$) plur. constr. ""^nti, 
 a plant, shoot, Ps. 128, 3. 
 
 n;>F|tD f. two, see in D'?3ti. 
 
br\t 
 
 1092 
 
 i^n 
 
 bT\-^ 
 
 fut. Ij'pittJ^ io plant, a poetic 
 verb, Ps.' 1, 3. 92, ii Hos. 9, 13. Jer. 17, 
 8. Ez. 17, 8. 19, 10. 13. Hence b^naj. 
 
 uV,w prob. to unclose, to open, kindr. 
 with Dno , cnb , to close. Chald. to per- 
 forate. Found only once of a prophet, 
 Num. 24, 3. 15 "I'l'sn nntlS unclosed of eye, 
 i. e. with the (mental) eye opened, i. q. 
 ^'?5'^? "''1^? in V. 4. For the sense comp. 
 Ps. 40, 7.' 
 
 * 1^^ only HiPH. part. )^'Pii>'q mail- 
 ing water, mingens. The Talmudists 
 use also the inf! 'pnajn, fut. ")Ti^"i, but 
 there is extant no other vestige of a 
 root '|na ; on the contrary, to express the 
 voiding of urine the usual word is 'j'^aj , 
 whence '\1'<0 . Simonis therefore (ed. 2) 
 has not unaptly regarded 'pPidri as a 
 contracted form for |*l!)'^n Hithpa. of 
 the root )'^ti . Found only in the phrase 
 'T'pa "r^'lj'? mingens ad parietem. i. e. 
 against the wall, a sort of contemptuous 
 expression to denote a small boy, espec. 
 where mention is made of exterminat- 
 ing a whole tribe or family. 1 K. 16, 11 
 he slew all the house of Baasha j Tie left 
 him not one pissing against the wall (not 
 even a boy), nor kindred, nor friends. 
 14, 10. 21, 21. 1 Sam. 25, 22. 34. 2 K. 9, 
 8. Comp. the same phrase in Syriac, 
 e. g. Assem. Bib). Orient. II. p. 260, an 
 diacesis -sacra Gumce (me teneat) in qua 
 nan remansit qui mingat ad parietem ? 
 i. e. which is wholly devastated. The 
 phrase seems thus contemptuously to 
 denote a boy, because in the East it is 
 
 customary for men to perform this office 
 of nature in a sitting posture, beneath 
 their flowing garments, nor does decency 
 permit it to be done in the presence of 
 others ; see Hdot 2. 35. Xen.'Cyr. 1. 2. 
 16. Ammian. Marcell. 23. 6. Some 
 understand by this phrase a slave or 
 a person of the lowest class, see Jahn 
 Arch. I. 2. p. 77. Hermeneut. Sacrse p. 
 31 ; others, a dog, Ephr. Syr. 0pp. I. 
 542, Abulwalid, Judah ben Karish (Mss.), 
 Kimchi, Jarchi ; but neither of these 
 accords with the context. See L. de 
 Dieu ad 1 Sam. 25, 34. Bochart Hieroz. 
 I. p. 675. 
 
 * p^^ fut. pFiaJ':, to subside, to settle 
 down ; hence io be still, to be hushed ; 
 kindr. with Mpttj, ri?0, Syr. wd^^ ; of 
 waves Ps. 107, 30. Jon. 1, 11. 12 ; of strife 
 Prov. 26, 20. 
 
 iritD (i. q. XXmj Pers. a star) Shethar. 
 pr. n. of a Persian prince. Esth. 1, 14. 
 
 "laria ^tyx (i. q. Pers. ^U^L? sU*w 
 
 shining star) Shethar-bozenai, pr. n. of 
 a Persian governor, Ezra 5. 3. 6, 6. 
 
 *Jnlni23 i. q. TTT'ti, to set, to place; 
 hence twice pra>t. plur. ^Sn'iJ . Ps. 49, 15 
 impers. W^ bisaj^ "ixas like sheep they 
 put them in Sheol, i. e. they are driven 
 or thrust down thither ; comp. Ps. 88, 5. 
 Ps. 73, 9 cn-'Q D'^^v^h iinaj they set their 
 mouths against the heavens, i. e. they 
 assail the heavens, and as it were pro- 
 voke them, with proud and impious lan- 
 guage. 
 
 Tav or Tau, the twenty-third and 
 last letter of the Hebrew alphabet, as a 
 numeral denoting 400. For the signifi- 
 cation of the name, see under art. "ipi. 
 
 As to the pronunciation, n without 
 Dag. lene is an aspirate and seems to 
 have had a lisping sound, like Gr. ^, 
 Engl. th. With Dag. lene (n) it is a 
 slender t, difTering from O ; for which 
 difference see under a. In Arabic the 
 corresponding letter is i>, rsyely vi), 
 as in flpn, v-aJO. It is sometimes in- 
 terchanged with ci p. 1021, and tt p. 
 
 ! 358. It even has some affinity with the 
 I breathings X, n ; comp. nix, n^d, 2!in. 
 ! to return ; iTiX and iTiR to dwell, also 
 
 ' T T FT 
 
 I to mark : "I53X and "il^, etc. So also in 
 
 I Arabic often. 
 
 I 
 
 i5P\ m. (r. nw III) a chamber, 1 K. 
 14, 28. Ez. 40, 7sq. Plur. B-'NFi, once 
 nixn Ez. 40, 12. ChalJ. V.yi, 1^, Syr. 
 PoZ, )JooZ* The form sn comes from 
 in for nin, the letter 1 being changed 
 to X on account of the preced. Kamets, 
 as in D5;5, DXj5, B|5. 
 
nn 
 
 1093 
 
 nn 
 
 * I. HKn only 1 p. ^naxn, to desire, 
 to long after, c. \ Ps. 119, 40. 174. In 
 Chaldee frequent It is kindr. with nssj , 
 nix, and might peem a secondary verb 
 derived from Hithpa. of these roots. 
 
 Deriv. naxn, 
 
 * II. n5<ri only in Piel part. as||nn, 
 i. q. a5ri''3, abominating, abhorring. Am. 
 6, 8; the letters 5 and S< being inter- 
 changed in the Aram, manner, see p. 1. 
 
 n3i<n f. desire, longing, Ps. 119,20. 
 R. =sn I. 
 
 * I. Mi<ri i. q. niPj I, to mark out, to 
 describe ; only in 
 
 Piel fut. sixrn id. Num. 34. 7. S. 
 Sept. xKTa^frpij'fftif, Syr. determinabi- 
 tis. Comp, ni III. 
 
 11. nijri i. q. Arab. ^^\3 to outi-un, 
 to get before. Hence 
 
 ifctn Deut. 14, 5, and contr. i^iP Is. 
 51, 20, a species o^ antelope or mountain- 
 goat, so called from its swiftness; comp. 
 Engl, doe. In Deut. 1. c. Sept. Vulg. 
 and in Is. 1. c. Aqu. Symm. Theod. 
 Vulg. render it o()v^, oryx, Targg. bos 
 sylvestris, wild ox, which is a kindred 
 signif. comp. DX'n . See Boch. Hieroz. 
 T^ I. p. 973. 
 
 ^')^^ f. (r. nii< I) constr. nixn , c. suff. 
 nnxtn. 
 
 1. desire, longing, wish, whether right 
 and good Ps. 10, 17. 21, 3. Is. 26, 8; or 
 wicked Ps. 10, 3. 112. 10. 
 
 2. desire, appetite, longing for flesh ; 
 Num. 11, 4 nii<n siiixnn thej/ longed a 
 longing, i. e. fell a longing. Ps. 78, 29. 
 30. Hence pr. n. WXPin m"-i3p ' the 
 sepulchres of longing,' see on p. 910. 
 
 3. a desire, delight, something desir- 
 able, Gen. 3, 6 ; also nixn baxa food of 
 desire, i. e. delicate, dainty, Job 33. 20. 
 Hence, desirableness, charm.. Gen. 49, 
 26. Prov. 19, 22. 
 
 Dli^n m. (r. exri) a twin, only plur. 
 c^okri twins Gen. '38, 27 ; by Syriaem 
 contr. C-ai'n Gen. 25, 24 ; constr. in-ixPi 
 Cant. 4, 5. 
 
 Hbsri c (r. nist) c. suff. Tin^xn, a 
 curse Lam. 3, 65. 
 
 Q^V '0 be double, twain ; Part. 
 B"'OX'n doubled, twain, coupled, of boards 
 
 92 
 
 Ex. 26, 24. 36, 29. Syr. and Arab, to 
 be twin. 
 
 Hi PH. to bear twins, Cant. 4, 2. 6, 6. 
 
 Deriv. cisn, c^an, and 
 
 Dfctr^ or D^Ji^, whence plur. constr. 
 'iQXn twins Cant. 7, 4. It is pr. a mono- 
 syllabic abstract noun, of the form bHi. 
 b"ia, here put as concrete. 
 
 nasn r (r. njx II) c. suff. PinjNn, pr. 
 a coming together, and then of the copu- 
 lation of animals. Once of the wild ass 
 in her heat, Jer. 2, 24. Not less aptly 
 N. G. Schrceder, in his Observatt. ad 
 Origg. Hebr. p. 10, derives the signifi- 
 cation of heat, lust, from the root ^| to 
 be hot, to boil, comp. tnB . 
 
 '^f^^ f plur. C^SSPi , constr. "'SXn , a 
 fig-tree. Gen. 3, 7, where the feus Jn- 
 dica or Musa paradisiaca, Engl, plan- 
 tain-tree, with very large leaves, seemp 
 to be meant. Num. 12, 23. 20, 5. Deut. 
 8, 8. al. Also the fruit, a fig, 2 K. 20, 7. 
 To sit under one^s own vine and fig- 
 tree, is to lead a quiet and happy life. 
 1 K. 5, 5. Zech. 3, 10. Mic. 4, 4. Sei 
 Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 368 sq. The ety- 
 mology is obscure, since it cannot well 
 be derived either from the root px, oi 
 from 'iSPi, Arab, ^jb" Conj. III. 
 
 nSS/n f, (for nsxn, r. njx II) occa- 
 sion, Judg. 14, 4. 
 
 '^r?^'^ f sorrow, mourning. Is. 29, 2. 
 Lam. 2, 5. R. njx L 
 
 D'^IXn m. plur. (r. -,!1X no. 3) hard 
 labours, travail; Ez.24, 12 nxbn C-'JSP 
 it (the pot) doth weary itself with toils. 
 Vulg. multo labore sudat^im est. 
 
 n'bO ln;xr\ (approach to Shiloh, r. 
 n;j$ II) Taanath- Shiloh, pr. n. of a' 
 place in the confines of Ephraim, Josh. 
 16,6. 
 
 5v to be marked out or off,tobi 
 described, e. g. a border, boundary, to 
 extend, to stretch; c. "ip from and bx or 
 07 to, i. e. from... even to, Josh. 15, 9. 
 11. 18, 14. 17. Others Act. to mark off, 
 etc. 
 
 PiEL to markout, todelineate, Is. 44. 13. 
 
 PuAL Part. iKn^. Josh. 19, 13 Bim- 
 nwn nssri njjhan which was marked off 
 (pertains) to Neah. Hence 
 
li^n 
 
 1094 
 
 bnn 
 
 liSn m. c. suffi i-ixh for iiNn , d'^xP!, 
 form, figure of the body, 1 Sam. 28, 14. 
 Lam. 4, 8. "ixh ns^, nxFi ns-j, of a 
 beautiful form or figure, often said of 
 men Gen. 29, 17. 39, 6 ; also of beasts 
 Gen. 41, 18. 19. Spec, good figure, 
 comely form, Is. 53, 2. 1 Sam. 16. 18 
 "iNFi ^"'X a man of figure, i. e. handsome. 
 
 Ty^r^ Tarea, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35 ; 
 for 5'nnn 1 Chr. 9, 41. where see. 
 
 n^1Bfi?r\ m. (r. -srx no. 1) Is. 41, 19. 
 60, 13, pr. ' erectness, tallness ;' hence a 
 tall tree, and as pr. n. for a species of 
 cedar growing on Lebanon. Vulg. and 
 Chald. render it huxus, the box-tree; 
 Syr. and the Hebrew intpp. Sherbin, 
 (jjjOwCi, l^'or^,) i.e. a species of 
 cedar distinguished by the smallness of 
 its cones and the upward direction of its 
 branches. See Rosenm. Alterthumsk. 
 IV. i. p. 292. Niebuhr Arabien p. 149. 
 Celsii Hierob. II. p. 153. 
 
 n3Fl f. constr. ri2n . a box, chest, coffer, 
 
 Chald. Nn!i2''n, Arab. ^U, i:y^U, 
 chest, coffer ; comp. also Gr. S^ifiT], -^r/lSr], 
 in Sept. after the oriental usage. Spoken 
 of the ark of Noah as built in the form 
 of a chest or coffer Gen. 6, 14 sq. also 
 of the ark in which Moses was exposed 
 Ex. 2, 5. Sept. xi^oDioc, Vulg. area. 
 Luther and the Engl, version have 
 properly retained the word Arche, ark, 
 as denoting both a chest and a vessel of 
 the like form. The etymology is ob- 
 scure. 
 
 nSISri f (r. X"a) constr. nxsisn, piur. 
 rristwin. 
 
 1. produce, increase, e. g. of the earth 
 ^Josh. 5, 12. Is. 30. 23; of the threshing- 
 floor and wine-press Num. 18. 30 ; of the 
 vineyard Deut. 22, 9. Trop. Jer. 2, 3. 
 
 2. gam, profit, Is. 23. 3. Ecc. 5, 9. 
 SCJnn nxisn the gain of the unjust Pro v. 
 10* 16. 15, 6. i^=n nx^sn the profit of 
 wisdom, resulting from it. 3, 14. 8, 19. 
 
 3. Trop. residt, consequence; nxiSFi 
 rrcla the result of his uords, Prov. 18, 
 20. ' Comp. "^"iD no. 1. 
 
 jian m. (r. T^a) insight, understand- 
 ing. Hos. 13, 2 they have made idols 
 according to their own understandings, 
 L e. as they pleased. 
 
 Jly^DP f. (r. 'pa ) id. insight, under- 
 standing, spoken of God and men, Prov. 
 2, 6. 3, 19. 21, 30. Deut. 32, 28. Plur. 
 id. Prov. 11, 12. 28, 16. Is. 40, 14 ; also 
 intelligent words, reasons, Job 32, 11. 
 Spec, of skill in arts, Ex. 36. 1 ; comp. 
 nra no. 2. 
 
 riD^ari f. (r. D^3 ) a treading down, 
 destruction, 2 Chr. 22, 7. 
 
 Tl^n (quarry, r. "latn i. q. laiJJ ; or 
 height, mount, umbilicus, i. q. isiaa q. v.) 
 Tabor, pr. n. a) A mountain on the 
 confines of Zebulun and Naphtali, stand- 
 ing out in the border of the plain; called 
 by Josephus 'IxuSvqiov, 'Atu^vqiov, Re- 
 land Palsestina p. 331 sq. now \^ J^<<^ 
 Jebel Tur ; see Burckhardt's Travel> 
 in Syria 332 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. 
 III. p. 211 sq. Josh. 19, 22. Judg. 4, 6. 
 8, 18. Ps. 89, 13. Jer. 46, 18. Hos. 5, 1. 
 b) A grove of oaks in the territory of 
 Benjamin 1 Sam. 10, 3. c) A Levi- 
 tical city in Zebulun, situated upon 
 mount Tabor, 1 Chr. 6, 62 [77]. 
 
 '?^ f. (for ^a'^n, each Tsere impure) 
 a poetic word. R. ba^ Hiph. see in b^a^ . 
 
 1. the earth, as fertile and inhabited. 
 the habitable globe, world, olxovfit>T]. Syr. 
 \l>]l,^T^2,\^2,id. Is. 14, 17 opp. 
 na'ic. Job 18, 18. Twice 'iit'^J* i>ati tht 
 7corld {the habitable parts) of Tiis earth . 
 i.e. God's, Prov. 8, 31. Job 37. 12. Comp. 
 bani y-jX Ps. 90, 2. Also often 
 
 2. the whole earth, the world in gene- 
 ral. Is. 14. 21. 27, 6. Ps. 77, 19. Prov. 8. 
 26 ; espec. where the founding of it i.^ 
 mentioned, 1 Sam. 2, 8. Ps. 18, 16. 93, 1. 
 Meton. for the inhabitants of the earth. 
 Ps. 9, 9. 96, 13. 98, 9. Hyperb. spoken 
 of the kingdom of Babylon Is. 13, 11 : 
 and of Israel 24, 4 ; comp. orbis Ro- 
 manus. 
 
 bSri m. foul pollution, profanation. 
 Lev. 18,23 afler the law against bestial- 
 ity, B<>!ri bar) that \sfoul pollution. 20, 12. 
 R. bba no. 3, as Gcn from r. DD : 
 comp. Chald. baba to profane sc. by in- 
 cest Gen. 49, 4 Targ. Jon. Arab. Jo 
 to be profane, to commit adultery. 
 
 ^3r, see baw. 
 
 tr^SSR f, (r, nba) constiniption, de- 
 struction, c. sufT. DH'^bacj Is. 10, 25. 
 
bnn 
 
 1095 
 
 nn 
 
 Some Mss. and editions read here 
 nn"^b2n, which would also have the 
 sense of consumption, from r. 0^3 Pi. 
 But this reading seems owing rather 
 to the copyists, to whom the word 
 iT^bsn was more familiar; comp. the 
 similar variety of orthography in Job 
 21, 13. 36, 11. 
 
 552r\ m. adj. (r. bVs no. 3) stained. 
 i. e. having stains, spots ; only Lev. 21, 
 20 iS'^sa b^2n having a (white) spot on 
 his eye. Vers. anon, in Hexapl. Xtvxtafia, 
 comp. Tob. 2, 9. 3, 17. 6, 8. where the 
 Heb. translator renders the Gr. hvxojfxa 
 by this word, biban . Targg. f^bin, 
 "litin , here for blear-eyed, lippus ; comp. 
 r. bba no. 1, and Talra. nn-'baba . 
 
 "jSn m. straw as broken up by thresh- 
 
 9 o 
 
 ing, short straw, chaff. Arab, i^^-o id. 
 
 whence denora. i^wo to fodder with 
 straw, to sell straw. The etymology is 
 doubtful ; but not improb. '^'SP. is so writ- 
 ten for M52n from r. n:a, and denotes 
 material for building ; see Ex. 5, 7 sq. 
 corap. also ',ax and "^sqn. Job 21, 18. 
 Gen. 24, 25. Is.' 11, 7. 65,25. 
 Deriv. denom. 'iSnn , and 
 
 'jSR (prob. for i^*^aP^ building of Je- 
 hovah, r. .153) T\bni, pr. n. m. 1 K. 16, 
 21. 22. 
 
 fT'DIin f. (r. nsa) 1. structure, mode 
 of building, Ps. 144, 12. 
 
 2. a model, pattern, after which any 
 thing is buiit, Ex. 25, 9. 40. 2 K. 16, 
 10. al. 
 
 3. image, form, likeness of any thing, 
 Deut. 4, 16. 17. 18. Ez. 8, 10. Hence Ez. 
 8. 3 n; n-^sap nbia*ii and he put forth the 
 
 form, of a hand, something like a hand, 
 10, 8. Comp. niiotj no. 3. 
 
 nnyan (a burning, r. "ira) Taberah, 
 pr. n. of a place in the desert, Num. 11, 
 3. Deut. 9, 22. 
 
 fan (brightness, r. ya^) Thebez, 
 pr. n. of a place near Shechem, Judg. 9, 
 50. 2 Sam. 11, 21. Prob. mod. Tubds 
 lyX^yio, Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 
 158. 
 
 * 111^ Chald. i. q. Heb. -lato; to break. 
 Part. pass. "T^an fragile, frail, Dan. 2, 
 42. Comp. -lian , 
 
 nOSbfi nban pr. n. m. ISglath-pile- 
 ser, king of Assyria B. C. 753-734. 2 K. 
 15, 29. 16, 10. Written also lobo rbsn 
 2 K. 16, 7 ; "^DXibD nabn 1 Chr. 5, 6. 
 2 Chr. 28,20 ; and'-iojbe r:bn 1 Chr. 5, 
 26. The first part of the name seems 
 to be equivalent to Diglath, the river 
 Tigris, see bj^'nn , pr. acer, swift. The 
 latter part, which appears also in the 
 name Nabo-polassar, is prob. i. q. Pers. 
 ^HkM^L) magnus rex, comp. Sanscr. p4/a 
 
 lord, king, from r. pAl to guard, to rule ; 
 unless peril. Pileser and Polasar may 
 be i. q. Sanscr. pura sara, preceding, a 
 leader ; see Bopp's Glossar. p. 220. ed. 2. 
 The whole name may be translated : 
 lord of the Tigris. 
 
 blia^n m. (r. b5?a) a benefit, i. q. b^oa , 
 Ps. 116, 12. 
 
 JTlSn f. (r. n"i5) strife, contention; 
 Ps. 39, 11 ''n''bD^'''3X '7\-]i Toypm from, 
 the contention of thy hand (thy strokes, 
 judgments) I am consumed. Chald. id. 
 
 man?r\ Gen. lO, 3, and nWiin l Chr. 
 1, 6.'ez. 27, 14. 38, 6, Togarmah, pr. n. 
 of a northern region and people sprung 
 from Goraer, i. e. the Cimmerians, and 
 abounding in horses and mules. Most 
 prob. Armenia, which was noted for its 
 horses, inno^oiog atpodQu Strab. 11. 13. 
 9 ; or at least a part of it. Such too is 
 the tradition or opinion of the Arme- 
 nians themselves, who claim Torgom 
 the son of Gomer as the founder of their 
 nation, and call themselves the house of 
 Torgom; comp. Sept. 11. cc. where by 
 transpos. of the letters we find also Ooq- 
 yafia, OfQ/afid, Ovgyafia, as likewise 
 some Heb. Mss. have n^ann. See J. D. 
 Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. I. p. 67-78. 
 
 'in'in m. name of a tree growing 
 in Mount Lebanon. Is. 41, 19. 60, 13. 
 Vulg. tdmus, elm ; Chald. 'i^na i. e. a 
 species of^ plane-tree called by the Arabs 
 _,Lu . Better, hard oak, holm, ilex, pr. 
 
 lasting, firm, from r. ""H^ no- 2. Comp. 
 xn-^nn. See Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 
 271. Comment, on Is. 41, 19. 
 
 i<y"lPi Chald. f (r. "iW) circuit, hence 
 continuity, perpetuity, i. q. T^^Pi . Adv. 
 K*Ti*7ra pr. in a circuit, continually, 
 Dan. 6, 17. 21. Freq. in Targg. 
 
121T\ 
 
 1096 
 
 bnin 
 
 "ib'in 1 K. 9, 18 Keri, and 2 Chr. 8, 4. 
 Tadmor. pr. n. of a city in a fertile spot 
 of the Syrian desert between Damascus 
 and the Euphrates, founded by Solomon, 
 
 , c, > 
 and still called by the Arabs -xjo Tud- 
 
 mur. Prob. for '^nPn ' city of palms,' from 
 "lan ; hence Gr. naX(xvQa, IlaXfiiqa, Pal- 
 myra ; see Schultens Ind. ad Vit. Salad. 
 So vice versa the Arabs called Palma 
 a city of Spain -jyo Jo Tadmir. The 
 
 same city is called i^an (palm) 1 K. 1. c. 
 Cheth. which seems to have been less 
 usual. In the numerous Acamaean and 
 Greek inscriptions which are still found 
 among the ruins of Palmyra, the name is 
 written both "itnn and "iialn ; see Swin- 
 ton in Philos. Transactions, Vol. XLVIII. 
 Rosenmiiller Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 274 sq. 
 
 5^^n (fear, veneration, r. bS'n) THdal, 
 pr. n. of a king. Gen. 14, 1. 
 
 * riiiri obsol. root, Chald. Knn to be 
 waste, desert, desolate, kindr. with nijtsj ; 
 whence Chald. ^tycx , Xlrtsn , waste, desert, 
 
 Arab. _^* empty. Hence 
 
 'inn subst. for IrtCl a Segolate form, 
 
 likettS'ip. R. nnn! 
 
 1. wasteness, desolateness ; concr. waste, 
 desolate, Gen. 1, 2. Job 26, 7. Hence a) 
 a desert Deut. 32, 10. Job 6, 18. 12, 24. 
 b) desolation; Is. 24. lOinh n;;'np a city 
 of desolation, i. e. laid waste. 34, 11. 
 
 2. Trop. nothingness, emptiness, vani- 
 ty, and concr. a vain, worthless thing, 
 (synon. b=n,) Is. 41, 29. 44, 9. 49, 4. 59, 
 4. 1 Sam. 12, 21 ; nothing, parall. with 
 -(iK, Is. 40, 17. 23. 
 
 3. Adv. in vain ; so irirt Is. 49, 4, and 
 ace. nnh Is. 45, 19. 
 
 Dinn comm. gend. (r. D^in) plur. 
 niahsn; masc. Job 28, 14, oftener fern. 
 Gen. 7, 11. Ez. 31, 4; a poetic word, 
 pr. ' a mass of raging waters,' so called 
 from their noise and roaring; spec, the 
 sea, ocean, the deep. Gen. 8, 2. Job 28, 
 14. 38, 6. 30. Ez. 26, 19. 31, 15. Jon. 2, 6. 
 Hab. 3, 4; more fully na-i tsinrj the 
 great deep, Gen. 7, 11. Ps. 36, 7. Am. 7, 
 4. Is. 51, 10. Less often of any other 
 niass of waters, as those covering the 
 liarth at the creation, Gen. 1, 2. Ps. 104, 
 6 ; or the subterranean waters, the deep, 
 
 the abyss, whence spring fountains and 
 streams, Gen. 49, 25. Deut. 33, 13; also 
 in the description of roaring waters or 
 floods, Ps. 42, 8 Jiood calleth unto jlood. 
 Ez. 31,4. Job 41, 24 [32]. 
 
 Plur. ni^hp) 1. waves of the sea, 
 billows, Ex. 15, 5. 8. Ps. 33, 7. 77, 17. 
 78, 25.' 106, 9. Prov. 3, 2. Is. 63, 13. 
 
 2. abysses, depths of the sea, Ps. 107, 
 26. 135, 6. 148, 7. But fns^ niahri Ps. 
 71, 20 are the depths of the earth full of 
 water ; also Deut. 8, 7 D'^a i^riD ynx 
 'in ni^hriii nii'^S a land of water-brooks, 
 of fountains, and of deeps, etc. Sept. 
 ri u^vffdog, plur. al uvaaoi. 
 
 nii>nn f (r. ^bn Pl.) constr. n^nn, 
 c. suff. 'in^nPi ; plur. ni^nn . 
 
 1. praise, i. e. the singing of praise, 
 2 Chr. 20, 22. Ps. 100, 4. Also song of 
 praise, a psalm, hymn, Ps. 147, 1 ; c. ^ 
 to any one, in his honour, Ps. 40, 4. 65, 
 2; h of the author, Ps. 145, 1 "^Tih n^ntn 
 a hymn of David. With suff. Ps. 22, 
 26. 71. 6. Plur. ni^rttn psalms, hymns, Ps. 
 22, 4 ; also C^nPi as the later name of the 
 Psalter. Hence praise, laud, espec. as 
 sung ; Ps: 106, 12 irkl1T\ ^n-'Oi;! they sing 
 his praise. Ps. 34, 2. '66, 2.' 8. Plur. 
 praises, Ps. 78, 4. Is. 60, 6. 63, 7. Meton. 
 a praise, i. e. object of praise, he who is 
 lauded, Deut. 26, 19; comp. Jer. 13, 11. 
 33, 9. Zeph. 3, 19. 20. Jer. 51, 41 n^ntn 
 ynxn-ss the praise of the whole earth, 
 i. e. Babylon ; and so Jerusalem Is. 62, 
 7. Jer. 49, 25. 
 
 2. praise in which one stands in re- 
 spect to others, glory, renown, Ps. 48, 11. 
 51, 17. Is. 42, 8. 48, 9. 61, 3. Jer. 48, 2. al. 
 Hence of a person or thing as the object 
 of one's glory, that in which one glories ; 
 Jer. 17, 14 nnx '^n^n'^ ihou (Jehovah) 
 art my glory. Deut. 10, 21. For the 
 form vpn^nn Ps. 9, 15, see Lehrg. p. 
 215, 527. The Yod is superfluous. 
 
 '^^0'? ^ "'' ^f/'^l^- folly, and then sin, 
 Job 4, 18; Sept. axoXiov xt, Vulg. pra- 
 vum quid, Targ. iniquitas. The opi- 
 nions of interpreters as to the etymology, 
 have been various; but the Hebrews, 
 and among them Kimchi, have long ago 
 suggested the true one, to wit, that nbnn 
 is fern, of Isrin or bn'n , from the root sbri 
 no. 4 ; as oan , ban , T?.'n , from odid . bba . 
 'jS'i . Nor is it an objection that the b is 
 
bnn 
 
 1097 
 
 mn 
 
 without Dagesh forte, comp. 03 from 
 Dps, fern, riosa, see Lehrgb. p. 503. 
 Others, as Srhnurrer, refer it to the root 
 
 Jje, to wander, to err. whence (JJbl 
 error ; anil from this they derive the 
 noun n^nin, nbn'n, and thence "^^viPi ; 
 as vice versa nbrh for nbsn Judg. 6, 28, 
 HOST for nast Num. 23, 7. 
 
 n3lbr\ri f. (r. T^bn) a procession, plur. 
 Neh. 12, 31. 
 
 niDDtin f plur. (r. Tjcn) I. perverse- 
 ness, folly, Deut. 32, 20. ' 
 
 2. deceit, falsehood, fraud, Prov. 2, 12. 
 14. 6. 14. 8. 13. 23. 33. al. nisonn "iith 
 a deceitful tongue 10, 31. 
 
 1R m. (r. nin I) for mn ; c. suff. 'TO. 
 
 1. a mark, sign, Ez. 9, 4. Arab. 
 
 j<1j, t\yS, a mark, i. e. a cross burnt 
 
 in upon the neck or thighs of horses and 
 camels ; whence the name of the letter 
 n, which has the form of a cross in the 
 Phenician alphabet and on the coins of 
 the Maccabees. From the Phenicians 
 the Greeks and Romans derived both 
 the figure and name of the letter T. 
 
 2. a mark or cross as subscribed to a 
 bill of complaint ; hence subscription, or 
 meton. the bill itself^ charge, Job 31, 35 
 to here is my mark, i. e. my bill of com- 
 plaint. It is related of the synod of 
 Chalcedon and other oriental synods, 
 that the bishops who could not write 
 their names affixed the mark of the cross 
 instead of them ; and this is common at 
 the present day in the case of persons 
 who cannot write. Much more must we 
 suppose it to have been so in the infancy 
 of writing ; and thus to have passed into 
 the common usage of language. 
 
 Kin, see iXFi. 
 
 * n^n Chald. fut. aiin-; , i. q. Hebr. 
 a^O, to turn back, to return, Dan. 4, 31. 33. 
 
 Aph. -^rn (with Heb. form) to re- 
 turn, to restore, Ezra 6, 5. DSrB 2'^r^'!| 
 i. q. Hebr. 13^ ^'^^'fl , c. ace. of pers. 
 Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3, 16. (For Dan. 2, 14, 
 see JKUS .) XiJPiirj 'n to return a letter, 
 i. e. to answer by letter, Ezra 5, 5. 
 
 bn W Ez. 27, 13. 38, 2. 3. Is. 66, 19, and 
 ban Gen. 10, 2. Ez. 32, 26. 39, 1, pr. n. 
 T\d>al, i. e. the THbareni, a people of 
 
 92* 
 
 Asia Minor dwelling near the Euxine, on 
 the west of the Moschi ; see T^i^a no. 3. 
 y^"^ ba^n 'i\ibal-cain, pr. n, of a son 
 of Lamech. the first who wrought in 
 iron and brass, Gen. 4, 22. Peril, sco- 
 riarum faber, compounded from Arab. 
 
 fcjjj) faber, and Pers. JoaJ) metal li sco- 
 riie, the genitive being put first, which 
 savours of an Assyrian or Persian origin. 
 
 nsnin job 26, 12 Cheth. for ns^n 
 insight. 
 
 njiin f (r. na^) grief sorrow, vexa- 
 tion, Prov. 14, Vs. 17, 21. Ps. 119.28. 
 Meton. cause of grief Prov. 10, 1. 
 
 rro'ia'in see nonsh . 
 
 rriip f (r. nn;; Hiph.) constr. P"iin, 
 plur. rinin. 
 
 1. confession Josh. 7, 19. Ezra 10, 11. 
 Syr. id. 
 
 2. thanksgiving, praise, Ps. 20, 7. 42. 5. 
 Is. 51, 3. rrnTO D^nbxb n::] to offer thanks 
 to God as sacrifice Ps. 50,'l4. 23. 107, 22. 
 16, 17 ; but this formula is not to be un- 
 derstood of actual thank-offerings. nST 
 rriin Lev. 22, 29 ; n-i^abTi-n n-iin nat 7, 
 is'. 15, comp. 12 ; and ellipt. rrn-in Ps. 56, 
 13. 2 Chr. 29, 31. Jer. 17, 26 ; all imply- 
 ing thank-offering, sacrifice of thanks- 
 giving. Syr. id. 
 
 3. a choir of singers, celebrating God 
 in songs of thanksgiving, Neh. 12, 31. 
 38. 40. 
 
 ^y^ Chald. kindr. with niQPi, to be 
 astonished, Dan. 3, 24. 
 
 * I. ^^'^ in Kal not used, i. q. nxn I. 
 to mark, to delineate ; comp. niX III. 
 
 PiEL fat. conv. ir^^ , to mark, to make 
 marks ; 1 Sam. 21, 14 of David feigning 
 madness, iST^'in ninb'n~b5 in^i he made 
 marks, scrawled, on the doors ofi/ie gate, 
 in the manner of mischievous boys. 
 
 Hiph. in l^1^^ to make a mark, c. bs 
 to set a mark upon any one, Ez. 9, 4. 
 
 Deriv. in . 
 
 11. nir) (o repent, to be grieved. 
 Syr. id. 
 
 Hiph. causat. to grieve, to afflict, e. g. 
 as a people God, Ps, 78, 41. 
 
 * III. n^ri obsol. root. i. q. nix I, and 
 
 Arab. (^5-5 io abide, to dwell ; whence 
 Kn chamber, for IP). 
 
nin 
 
 1098 
 
 bin 
 
 nin ToaJi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 19 [34] ; 
 tor which in v. 11 [26] nn: Nahath; and 
 1 Sara. 1, 1 Wpi Tohu. 
 
 nbnin f. (r. hn-^) c. suff. "^Pibnirn, ex- 
 pectation, hope, Prov. 10, 28. 11, 7. 13, 
 12. Lana.'s, 18. Job 41, 1. With h , hope 
 in any one Ps. 39, 8. 
 
 * Tj^n obsol. root, perh. i. q. viXi*, to 
 cut up, to divide. Hence 
 
 5T!)P) m. constr. T^in. c. suff. ''3iFi, the 
 midst, middle of a thing, so called from 
 dividing, corap. "isn . So iT^Sfi T^i'Pl the 
 midst of the house, the interior court, 
 3 Sam. 4, 6. It is also put in the genit. 
 after a noun, Judg. 16, 29 T^wn ''1>IBS 
 the middle pillars. 
 
 With Prefixes. 1. Tpria a) in the 
 midst or middle of any thing, as T|'iri3 
 ri'^sn in the midst of the house 1 K. 11, 
 20. "iwrt 7(1^3 in the middle of the gar- 
 den Gen. 3, 3. D'^^wr.'? rpna Zech. 8, 
 S. Also after verbs of motion, D^fi t^ina 
 in the midst of the sea Ex. 14, 27, Some- 
 times it does not differ from 3 A. no. 1, 
 in a place, Gen. 9, 21. 2 Sara. 23, 20, 
 A.m. 3, 9 ; also as in a A. no. 7, into a 
 place, Ps. 57, 7. Further. t]ina 13? 
 to pass through the midst of any thing 
 Ez. 9, 4. Ex. 14, 29. b) As referring 
 to several, among, pr. in the midst of; 
 233 ina in the midst of you, among you, 
 Gen. 35, 2. Prov. 17, 2. Ez. 2, 5. Also 
 ibr "i""? to express distinction, separa- 
 tion, Gen. 1, 6 d'^bh Tiina between the 
 waters sc. which are above and below 
 the firmament. 
 
 2. Tpma o^ q/'/^e jwirfsf of any thing ; 
 hence simpl. out of from, Jer. 51, 6. Ex. 
 33, 11. 
 
 3. Tjin~bx into the midst of any thing. 
 Num. 17, 12. 19, 6. Corap. synon. a-ij?. 
 
 Deriv. "jis'^n . 
 
 ^11^ i. q. TjFi oppression, q. v. 
 
 nHDiR f. (r. ns'^) chastisement, pu- 
 nishment, i. q. nnsin no. 3. 2 K. 19, 3. 
 Ib. 37, 3. Hos. 5, 9. Plur. nlns-in Ps. 
 149, 7. 
 
 nrJDin f. (r. ns;>) c. Buff. "nnsin; 
 plur. ninsitn, constr. rins'tn. 
 
 1. Act of proving, proof, demonstra- 
 tion that one is in the right, Job 13, 6. 
 Plur. proofs, arguments, Job 23, 4. Pa. 
 
 38, 15. Hence Prov. 29, 1 ninDitn tJ-^X 
 a man of arguments, i. e. who when 
 censured defends himself Others : ' one 
 often reproved,' from signif no. 2. 
 
 2. reproof admonition, correction by 
 words, Prov. 1, 23. 25. 30. 3, 11. 5, 12. 
 27, 5. 29, 15. D-'^n nnsin reproof of life, 
 life-giving, Prov. 15, 31. Plur. rinain 
 no^a reproofs of instruction, instructive, 
 Prov. 6j 23 ; comp. in "iOV3 no. 3. 
 
 3. correction, chastisement, punish- 
 ment, Ps. 73, 14. Hab. 2, 1. Plur. Ps. 
 
 39, 12. Ez. 5, 15 MTin ninsin. 25, 17. 
 
 Qi!(3!lp\ 2 Chr. 9, 21, see D'^l'SFi . 
 
 "l^iri (birth, r. lb^) Tolad, pr. n. of a 
 place in Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 29 ; called 
 also ^^inbx Eltolad Josh. 15, 30. 19, 4. 
 
 nhbin and rii^bh f piur. r. ^Y^ . 
 
 1. generatiovs.familieSjdescents.Num. 
 1, 20 sq. nrnbinb according to their ge- 
 nerations, families, descents, Gen. 10, 32. 
 25, 13. Ex. 6, 16. al. Hence nSbiPi nsD 
 a book of genealogy, a genealogical re- 
 gister or tree, Gen. 5, 1. Hence 
 
 2. history, esipec. family history, since 
 the earliest history among Oriental na- 
 tions is mostly drawn from the genea- 
 logical registers of families. Gen. 6, 9 
 nb nnbiti nks this is the family- history 
 of Noah. 25, 19. 37, 2. Then also for 
 the origin of any thing, i. e. the history 
 of its origin ; Gen. 2, 4 this is the origin 
 of the heavens and the earth, i. e. the 
 story of their origin. Comp. uJn" and 
 Syr. ]^fJf family, genealogical tree, 
 history. 
 
 jibm , see in jib-'Pi . 
 
 bb*ir\ m. (r. bb"') a ve.rer, tormentor, 
 pr. abstr. ' vexation,' the acts of one who 
 extorts lamentation from others, verbal 
 
 of Pil. after the form Vjpn, u w> 
 nnxsn . Once in Plur. Ps. 137, 3 ^irbb^n 
 our tormentors, oj)pressors. Sept. una- 
 ynyovrsg ijfiuc, Vulg. abducentes nos ; 
 Targ. 'prffidatores nostri,' bb'in being 
 taken for bbillj (by interchanging the 
 letters vi and r), which however has a 
 passive sense. 
 
 ybin m. fi:?l?iPi and n?bin f c. suff. 
 
 Dnrbin , plur, csbin . R. sbn . 
 
 1. a worm, espec. such as are gene- 
 
Din 
 
 1099 
 
 tm 
 
 rated in putrid substances, Ex. 16, 20. 
 Is. 14, 11. 66, 24 ; or dcHtroy plants, Jon. 
 4, 7. Deut. 28, 39. Metapli. ofu person 
 feeble and despised, Ps. 22, 7. Job 25, 6. 
 
 2. Spec, th^i coccus worm or insect, 
 coccus ilicis, Linn, and hence meton. 
 crimson colour, more fully "'Jtu risbin, see 
 in ""Sttj . Also crimson cloths or garments 
 Lam. 4, 5. Is. 1, 18. Comp. r. ybn Pu. 
 
 3. Tola, pr. n. m. a) The eldest son 
 of Issachar, Gen. 46, 13. 1 Chr. 7, 1. b) 
 A judge of Israel Judg. 10, 1. Patronym. 
 of lett. a, ""rbin a Tolaite Num. 26, 23. 
 
 Q'ln, a root to which some refer seve- 
 ral forms belonging to r. ccn. 
 
 D'ir\", see ni?i . 
 
 D'^ttin twins, see oktn . 
 
 JTSin C^ain) Gen. 36, 15 Cheth. for 
 *,T3''Pi q. V. 
 
 nnyin f (r. arn) constr. nasin ; plur. 
 niasin, constr. nissin; an abomination, 
 an abominable tiling, Prov. 21,27. 28, 9. 
 ninii nnsin an abomination to Jehovah, 
 what he abhors, Prov. 3, 32. 11, 1. 20. 
 Often of things declared by the precepts 
 of one's religion to be unclean and un- 
 lawful, e. g. Gen. 43, 32 for that is an 
 abomination to the Egyptians, sc. to eat 
 with the Hebrews. 46, 34. Deut. 14, 3. 
 Spec, of every thing connected with the 
 worship of idols, 1 K. 14, 24. 2 K. 16, 3. 
 21, 2. Ezra 9, 1. Ez. 16, 2, and of the 
 idols themselves 2 K. 23, 13. See ypja , 
 
 nyin f (r. risn) 1. error in respect 
 to things of religion, impiety, wickedness, 
 Is. 32, 6. See the root no. 3. 
 
 2. damage, injury, Neh. 4, 2 [8]. 
 
 risyin n plur. (r. ri?^) constr. nlBSin , 
 pr. ' fatigues, wearinesses ;' hence 
 
 1. labours, toils. Job 22, 25 msrin ClD3 
 the silver of labours, i. e. got with toil. 
 Then, product of labours, treasures, 
 wealth, i. q. ?"'a7 no. 2 ; Ps. 95, 4 niBSin 
 C'lti the labours of the mountains, i. e. 
 treasures of the mountains obtained with 
 toil. 
 
 2. swiftness, speed in running, as 
 Dxn Pierin the swiftness of the buffalo, 
 Num. 23^ 22. 24, 8. Sept. d6iav, Vulg. 
 Onk. Syr. Arabs Erp. Kimchi strength, 
 which does not accord with the etymo- 
 logy. 
 
 Note. Some interpreters compare 
 this word with the Arab, root mJo to go 
 
 up, to grow up; IV, to be tall. Hence 
 in Num. 1. c. 'the tallness of the buffalo.' 
 Ps. 95, 4 the heights of the mountains. 
 Job 22, 25 silver oi' heights, heaps of sil- 
 ver. But the etymology above given 
 is to be preferred, as resting on the cer- 
 tain and demonstrable usage of the He- 
 brew language ; comp. in r. ti'S'^ . 
 
 * Cj^S^ obsol. verb, Chald. to spit out. 
 
 Arab. '_flo^' onomatopceet. to spit out 
 with contempt. 
 Deriv. nch. 
 
 nissin f. piur. (r. ks;;) constr. piiKSin , 
 
 1. a going forth ; metaph. from dan- 
 ger, i. e. escape, deliverance Ps. 68, 21. 
 Comp. r. xs; Ecc. 7. 18. 
 
 2. place of going forth or exit, e. g. 
 a gate Ez. 48, 30 ; a fountain, Prov. 
 4, 23 nin nixs-in the fountain of life, of 
 happiness. Also of the exit or termina- 
 tion of any thing, i. e. extremity, end, 
 Num. 34, 4. 5. 8. 9. Josh. 15, 4. 7. 17, 9. 
 18. al. 
 
 nnpin, see in rrypT\. 
 
 "InIH fut. "i^n|j 1. to go or travel 
 about, Arab. \U> id. Comp. the kindr. 
 roots under "i!|'n . E. g. a) For the 
 sake of traffic, as a merchant, 1 K. 10, 
 15; comp. ban, ino. b) For the sake 
 of inquiry, e. g. 4is a scout, spy, to spy 
 out, to reconnoitre a land, c. ace. Num. 
 13, 16. 17. 21. 14, 6 sq. Also to search 
 out, to find Old any thing, Deut. 1. 33. 
 Ex. 20, 6. Trop. to investigate, to exa- 
 mine, c. ace. Ecc. 7, 25 ; also c. b? Ecc. 1, 
 13 ; with inf. c.^ , to turn in one's mind. 
 to think to do something, to think how 
 one shall do it, Ecc. 2. 3. 
 
 2. With ''^nx to go about after, i. e. 
 to follow, metaph. Num. 15, 39. 
 
 HiPH. fut. "in^, and with Rabbinic 
 form ^Fi'2 2 Sam' 22, 33. 
 
 1. to lead one about, espec. in order to 
 show him tiie way in places where he is 
 unacquainted ; hence to show the way ; 
 comp. Chald. i^n a guide. With ace. 
 Prov. 12, 26 p'^'ns >r\Trq -in"; the right- 
 eous showeth his friend the way. With 
 two ace. of pers. and way. 2 Sam. I. c. 
 
nin 
 
 1100 
 
 nntn 
 
 'Isn'n n-T3Fi nmn and (God) showeth the 
 upright his way, i. e. the way in which 
 he should walk. So at least this passage 
 may be aptly explained; although it 
 seems to have been given up in despair 
 by interpreters on Ps. 18, 33. 
 
 2. i. q. Kal no. \.h. to spy out, to re- 
 connoitre, Judg. 1, 23. 
 
 Deriv. i-in-^ , nin II, 
 
 * I. "^ijH m. "^Pl Gen. 15, 9, a turtle- 
 dove, an onomatopoeetic and primitive 
 word; Gen. 15, 9. Lev. 12, 6. Cant. 2, 12. 
 As a name of endearment for the people 
 of Israel. Ps. 74, 19 ^"^in thy turtle-dove, 
 i. e. the people dear to thee and iiovv 
 afflicted and affrighted. 
 
 II. "^in and l'r\ ni. (r. "i^in) 1. a row, 
 order, turn, espec. of what goes round 
 in a circle, Esth. 2, 12. 15. 
 
 2. a row or string of pearls, or of gold 
 and silver beads, as an ornament for the 
 head, Cant. 1, 10. 11. 
 
 III. "lin 1 Chr. 17, 17, i. q. r.-jin in 
 the parall. passage 2 Sam. 7, 19, mode, 
 manner. If the reading is genuine, the 
 form would seem to be apoc. from n';)in 
 i. q. nnin. 
 
 "1in Chald. m. an ox, i. q. Heb. "iaj . 
 Plur. -pnn oxen, cattle, Dan. 4, 22. 29. 
 30. 5, 21. Ezra 6, 9. 17. 
 
 nnin f (r. rrn-j Hiph.) constr. nnin, 
 c, suff". Tinin; plur. ni-i-n . 
 
 1. instrniction, precept, Job 22, 22. a) 
 Human, as of parents, ^Pro v. 1, 8. 3, 1. 
 4, 2. 7, 2. Ps. 18, 1. b) Divine, through 
 the prophets, Is. 1, 10. 42, 4. 21 ; hence 
 an oracle Is. 8, 16. 
 
 2. law. a law; the same Heb. word 
 is retained for the Mosaic law m Arab. 
 
 sKy Kor. 5. 47; Chald. KPi"jnix, Syr. 
 
 il^lo] , Eth. hLrt . E. g. a) Of sin- 
 gle laws and precepts. Ex. 12, 49. Lev. 
 7, 7. 37. 14, 54. Num. 5, 30. 15, 16. 29 ; 
 with genit. of object, as Lev. 6, 2 nn-in 
 nbirn the law of the burnt-offering. 12, 
 7.' U, 2. Ez. 43, n. 12 the law of the 
 house, i. e. the plan which the builder 
 is to CjIIow. Plur. mnin laws Ex. 18, 
 20. Lev. 26, 46. b) Of the whole law 
 of Moses ; fully niara nnin 1 K. 2, 3. 
 2 K. 23, 25; also nin-i nnin Ps. 19.8. 
 37, 31. Is. 5, 24; c. sufl! id. Is. 51. 7. Ps. 
 
 40, 9. 78, 10; also xot i^oxi^v irnipn 
 Deut. 1, 5. 4, 8. 17, 18. 19. Josh. 1, 7 
 poet, without art. Deut. 33, 4. Is. 2, 3. 
 
 8, 20. The book of the law of Moses is 
 called niu:a n-^in nso 2 K. 14, 6. Josh. 8. 
 31 ; n^f7'% 'n 'o Josii. 24, 26 ; r\in'^, 'n 'o 
 2 Chr. 17,9. 34, 14; fTiinn nap Deut. 
 -28,61. 29,21. 2 K. 22, 8. 11. ah 
 
 3. a custom, maimer, comp. UBUia in 
 2 K. 11, 14; so 2 Sam. 7, 19 nni'n nxT 
 D'lxri this i^ the manner of man. not of 
 God, i. e. to deal with me thus, so fami- 
 liarly, as man with man; comp. v. 14. 
 
 3in ra. (r. 3UJ^) c. suff". ^i^ttjin , plur. 
 n"'2<U'in, constr. "'aijn, Kamets impure; 
 pr. ' habitation,' concr. an inhabitant, 
 dweller, usually a sojourner, stranger. 
 from another country without the rights 
 of a citizen. Lev. 22, 10. 25, 47. Ps. 39. 
 13. Plur. constr. 1 K. 17, 1. 
 
 n^TD^n f. (r. ntb^) a poetical word, pr. 
 ' a setting upright, uprightness ;' hence 
 
 1. help, succour; see the root. Job 
 6, 13 '31372 r.ms n^oJwi and succour, is 
 it driven from me? parall. with nn'tS in 
 the other member; Sept. ^oij&siu. Prov. 
 2, 7, Sept. awjtjQia. Mic. 6, 9 n^tliw^ 
 T|^a) ''ik'^\ as in several Mss. and in the 
 versions, comp. in no. 3. Job 30. 22 !TtaPi 
 Keri. 
 
 2. purpose, undertaking, enterprise, 
 pr. what one wishes to set up or esta- 
 blish. Job 5, 12 n^^tJm un'^']'^ i^jttjrn jtb 
 their hands perform not their enterprise ; 
 Vulg. quod cce-perant. 
 
 3. counsel, wisdom, understanding. 
 Job 11, 6 n^airb c^besi, see in VfiS. 
 12, 16 iTsiaW) is .strength and counsel. 
 26, 3. Prov. 3,' 21. S. 14. 18, 1. Is. 28, 29 
 n*ffi!itn b-'nin n^s nbtn lit. who maketh 
 wonderful his counsel, and vast his un- 
 derstanding. Mic. 6, 9 in the common 
 reading; see in no. 1. 
 
 nrilR m. (r. nn'j) a club, bludgeon. 
 Job 41, 21. Sept. atpvga, Vulg. malleus. 
 
 TTr\, see fn. 
 
 niSTri f. (r. njT) fornication, whore- 
 dom; mctaph. for idol-worship, Ez. 16, 
 26. 29. 23, 8. 17. Plur. c. eufi'. Ti':ni3TP; 
 etc. Ez. 16, 15. 20. 22. 23, 7 sq. 
 
 nib^ann and nibann f. piur. from 
 
 r. ban no. 1 ; strictly denom. from the 
 nouns ban rope, bah sailor, pilot. 
 
inn 
 
 1101 
 
 ujnn 
 
 1. a steering, guidance, management, 
 Job 37, 12. 
 
 2, the art of steering or guiding ; 
 hence wise counsel, prudent measures, 
 in a good sense Prov. 1. 5. 11, 14. 20, 
 IS. 24. 6; in a bad sense, cunning de- 
 rices. Prov. 12, 5. 
 
 ^nr\j see in Pfin. 
 
 ninr\ Chald. preposit. under, i. q- 
 Heb. nnn , Dan. 7, 27. It is pr. a noun 
 plur. and hence c. suft'. "^ninnn under it 
 Dan. 4, 9. 18. 
 
 ''pttSHn Tachmonile, patronyra. 2 
 Sam. 23, 8; in the parall. 1 Chr. 11, 11 
 litsn q. V. 
 
 n^nn f. (r. \>\n Hlph.) constr. n|nri, 
 a beginning Am. 7, 1. Ruth 1, 22. Ecc. 
 10, 13. Hos. 1, 2. Prov. 9, 10. al. n^npia 
 in the beginning, i. e. before, formerly. 
 Gen. 13, 3. 41, 21. Is. 1, 26 ; the first 
 time Gen. 43, 18. 20 ; first, as making a 
 beginning, Judg. 1, 1. 20, 18. 
 
 S^bnpl m. (r. Kbn) only plur. D-'X^nri, 
 constr. ^X'l^nri ; sicknesses, diseases, 
 Deut. 29, 21."2 Chr. 21, 19. Ps. 103, 3. 
 Jer. 16, 4 sinni B\sbnn 'nitna deaths 
 of diseases they shall die. Conor. Jer. 
 14. 18 2sn-''X*ibnn the sick (pining) with 
 famine. 
 
 Canr) m. (r. O^n) an unclean bird, 
 so cHlled from its violence and cruelty; 
 Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15. According 
 to Bochart, Hieroz. II. p. 232. the male 
 ostrich, which is called also by the Arabs 
 AjiXid violentus, iniquus, from its cruelty 
 towards its young ; comp. Job 39, 14 sq. 
 Lara. 4, 3, The name MDs;} ra which 
 precedes it 11. cc. seems then to be un- 
 derstood in the narrower sense of the 
 female ostrich. Sept. and Vulg. render 
 it noctucL^ night-hawk, Jonath. the swal- 
 low. 
 
 jnn (for nSHF) station, camp, r. i^jn) 
 Tahan, pr. n. m. a) Num. 26. 35. b) 
 1 Chr. 7, 25. Patronym. from lett. a, 
 'JHT! Tahanite, Num. 26, 35. 
 
 narin f. (r. isn) constr. nsnin, plur. 
 nisnn. 
 
 1. favour, mercy, Josh. 11, 20. Ezra 
 9, 8. 
 
 2. prayer, supplication, pr. ' cry for 
 mercy,' from r. "(Sn Hithp. Ps. 6, 10. 
 
 55, 2. 119, 170. 1 K. 8, 30. 45. 52. al. 
 Pkir. niinpi 2 Chr. 6, 39. 
 3. Tehinnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 12. 
 
 I^Snn m. (r. "jsn) only plur. B-^SWnP 
 Ps. 28, 2. 6. 31, 23.' 116, 1. al. and once 
 nis'snn Ps. 86, 6, i. q. ninn no. 2, prayer, 
 supplication. 
 
 MISnri m, plur. (r. njn) camps, en- 
 campment, i. e. place of encampment, 
 2 K. 6, 8. Comp. Lat. castra in plur. 
 
 omsnn ez. 30, is, and oniBnn jer. 
 
 43, 7.' 8. 9.' 44, 1. 46, 14, also 2, 16 Keri 
 (where Cheth. Osenn), Tehaphnehes, 
 Tahpanhes, pr. n. of a city in Egypt, 
 which the LXX render by Tticpvi], Ta- 
 cpvai, the name of a goddess, Tphnet, 
 Champoll. 121, 123. It was doubtless 
 i. q. Daphne, a strong city near Pelusium. 
 Jablonski. in his Opuscc. I. p. 343, sup- 
 poses the Egyptian name of this city to 
 
 have been written thus, T^^G-eiie^ 
 i. e. capitt V. principium seculi, or as we 
 would say, ' the beginning of the world, 
 or earth,' i. e. the Egyptian world, in 
 reference to its position at the northern 
 extremity of Egypt. 
 
 C'SBHn (caput seculi, see the pre- 
 ceding art.) Tahpenes, pr. n. of an Egyp- 
 tian queen, 1 K. 11, 19. 20. 
 
 Xinri m. (r. !T^n) a coat of mail, 
 breastplate, &(u(jri^, made of linen, Ex. 
 28, 32. 39, 23, a military garment, pr. of 
 linen strong and thickly woven, and 
 furnished around the neck and breast 
 with a breastplate or coat of mail ; see 
 Hdot. 3. 47 ; comp. Xivo&aigr/^ Horn. U. 2. 
 529. Syr. jj-i. Ethpe. to fight, to make 
 war, Aph. to prepare for battle ; comp. 
 r. n-jn Tiph. 
 
 ^'^ni?, see r. nnn Tiph. 
 
 ^^^P^ (cunning, r. snn) Tahiea, pr. n. 
 m. 1 Chr. 9, 41 ; written in 8, 35 ?":Htn. 
 
 TCnin m. an obscure word, found only 
 in the connection : irnn lis skin of Ta- 
 hash Num. 4, 6 sq. Plur. n-^trnpi riTiS 
 Tahash-skins Ex. 25, 5. 26, U. 35, 23. 
 39. 34; also in the same sense simpl. 
 lanin Num. 4, 25. Ez. 16, 10 where the 
 shoes of females are said to be made of 
 it. The ancient interpreters understand 
 by it a colour given to the leather, e. g. 
 
irnn 
 
 1102 
 
 jnnn 
 
 Sept. vaxlv&Lva, Aqu. Symm. luv&iva, 
 Chald. and Syr. rubra ; and these are 
 followed by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 989 sq. 
 But this is mere conjecture, having no 
 support either in the etymology or in 
 the kindred dialects. On the other hand 
 the Talmudistsand Hebrew interpreters 
 almost unanimously hold the 'Jintn to be 
 an animal, the skins of which were used 
 for covering the sacred tabernacle and 
 also for shoes or sandals. To this view 
 I do not hesitate to accede, and follow- 
 ing the opinion of R. Solomon ad Ez. 
 1. c. with Luther [and the Engl. Ver- 
 sion] to understand here either the seal, 
 pJwca, or the badger, taxiis v. taxo, the 
 metes of Varro and Pliny. Besides the 
 context, which seems to demand an ani- 
 mal, this view is sustained: 1) By 
 the authority of the Talmudists, Tract. 
 Sabb. cap. 2. fol. 28, where in treating 
 of this animal they say it resembles the 
 viverra or marten, "jb^X IKbn , which ac- 
 cords well with the badger. 2) The 
 agreement of languages, which in the 
 names of animals and plants is of great 
 
 s ^ 
 
 weight. The Arabic yAjLiDo tuhas, and 
 
 s - > 
 ^jkhbt.1^ duhas, are indeed translated dol- 
 phin by the Lexicographers; but this 
 name has a wider extent and embraces 
 also seals, which in many respects resem- 
 ble the badger, and were frequent on the 
 shores of the peninsula of Sinai, Strabo 
 X Vr. p. 776. See Beckm. ad Antig. Ca- 
 ryst. c. 60. The Lat. name taurus or taxo, 
 whence in modern languages Ital. taxo, 
 Fr. taisson, Germ. Dachs, is indeed not 
 found in Latin writers before Augus- 
 tine ; but it must not on that account be 
 regarded as a word newly coined, but 
 only adopted from the vulgar tongue 
 and of foreign origin. 3) The etymo- 
 logy which the Hebrew itself presents, 
 and which is satisfactory, viz. that ttinn 
 may be regarded as put for ni^nn , from 
 the root n^n to be silent, to rest, which 
 would apply well to the badger in re- 
 spect to his six months' sleep ; nor is 
 the seal less somnolent. 4) The skins 
 either of badgers or of seals might 
 doubtless have been used both for co- 
 vering the tabernacle and for shoes ; 
 those of seals are made into shoes at 
 the present day. But not improbably 
 
 the Hebrews designated under this one 
 name both the seal, the badger, and 
 also other like animals which they did 
 not know nor distinguish accurately ; 
 while at a later period the same name 
 was applied by the Arabs and western 
 nations only to certain species of these 
 animals. [At the present day the 
 Arabs of Sinai wear sandals made of 
 the thick and clumsy skin of a fish, 
 named by Ehrenberg Halicora Hempri- 
 chii; but this would seem hardly suita- 
 ble for the female shoes spoken of in 
 Ez. 16, 10. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. L 
 p. 171. R. 
 
 *" U Ij 1 . Subst. ^Ae lower part, what 
 
 So' 
 
 is underneath. Arab. c:;w^Vo id. comp. 
 Eth. A^/h"!" to let down, to lower, 
 't'^ifl't* to be lowered, depressed. 
 ^ih-^ low, d'ih't* under. Still, it 
 may be doubted whether the final n is 
 a radical belonging to the primary root, 
 or is perhaps only secondary; and this 
 latter is countenanced by the Arab. 
 ^U> descendit et demersus est digitus, 
 
 whence nliPi can be derived, as nna 
 from n^S. Hence 
 
 a) Accus. as adv. below, beneath, Gen. 
 49, 25. Deut. 33, 13 ; nnn73 id. (see 'i^ 
 no. 3. h,) Ex. 20, 4. Josh. 2, 11. 
 
 b) In Stat, constr. as Preposition, (for 
 which once h nnn Cant. 2, 6,) and c. 
 sufF. chiefly in the plural form, "^nnp, 
 :]'^r)nri, i"'nnr!, n^^ririn, irnnn, cs'^nnn. 
 cri"'r)npi; rarely in the sing, form, as 
 ^snnn' 2 Sam. 22, 37. 40. 48, cnnn , see 
 Heb. Gramm. 101. n. 3 ; below, beneath, 
 
 under, vno, Arab. i^>,^Nj) ; e. g. nnn 
 n'l^^n under the heavens Dan. 9, 12. 
 tsSattn nnn under the sun, see ttia^. 
 inn nnpi under the mountain, at its 
 foot' Ex. 24, 4. l"itti^n nnn under the 
 tongue Ps. 10, 7. 66, iV, and OMncilJ nnn 
 under the lips 140, 4, i. e. in the mouth. 
 'b *i^ nnn under one's hand, i. e. in his 
 power or keeping, 1 Sam. 21, 9. Of a 
 woman who commits whoredom or adul- 
 tery under a husband, i. e. while married 
 and owing fidelity to her husband, Num. 
 5, 19. Ez. 23, 5 ; comp. in nst and below 
 in aa. But in Hab. 3, 16 we may ren- 
 der tft"i ''nnn / tremble in my lower 
 
nnn 
 
 partg, \. e. my knees and lirobs. So 
 with verbs of motion : ) beneath, under 
 any thing, 2 Sum. 22, 37. 40. 48. Gen. 
 18, 4. Judg. 3, 30. /?) under, i. e. down, 
 downwards, xotm, i. q. PittTS ; Am. 2, 13 
 na'^nnn P''?'? ''335J pr. I press you down- 
 jrards. Job 40, 12. Hence 
 
 With Prefixes : aa) nnn adv. be- 
 low, beneath, sec above in a. As Prep. 
 u;i' in, from binder, from beneath, spoken 
 of persons or things which come out 
 from under any thing. Ez. 47, 1 waters 
 came out *|PiEBf] nnt^^ from under the 
 threshold. Pro v. 22, 27 why should one 
 lake axcay thy bed ^T^ontnia from under 
 thee 7 i. e. on which thou liest. Ex. 6, 6. 
 Deut. 7, 24. Hence 'b rryppi n:T, see 
 above in lett. b, and nJJ. Rarely for 
 5 nntnis below, under any thing. Job 26, 
 5. Ex. 42. 9. Another PnOB e loco, see 
 in no. 2. init. 
 
 bb) b rHP)B(opp.^ byB)6eZow, ?m(/er 
 any thing ; as T^p^^, ^f^P!^ under the 
 firmament Gen. 1, 7. Ex. 30, 4. nnn^ 
 bx rT'sb utider or 6eZow Bethel, i. e. be- 
 low the hill on which Bethel stood. Gen. 
 35, 8 ; comp. 1 Sam. 7, 11. 
 
 cc) h nntniab i. q. the preceding, after 
 a verb of motion, 1 K. 7*, 32. 
 
 dd) nnPi'bx under, pr. 'to under,' of 
 place whither Jer. 3, 6. Zech. 3. 10 ; 
 h nrn-bi* Ez. lO, 2. Of place where, 
 i Sam. 2i, 4. 
 
 2. What is under any one. i. e. place, 
 stead, in or on which one .stands or is ; 
 Zech. 6, 12 nos'^ ^'^T\T^V\'0 from his place 
 he shall spring up, i. e. in his own na- 
 tive land; comp. Ex. 10, 23. Hence a) 
 Ace. in one's place, in loco. Ex. 16, 29 
 T'FinB TU'^X 12TIJ abide ye every one in his 
 place. Judg. 7,21. 1 Sam. 14, 9. 2 Sam. 
 2, 23. 7, 10. 1 Chr. 17, 9. Job 36, 16 =nn 
 n^Pinpi p^ia xb a broad place, where 
 (in which) there is no straitne.ss. b) in 
 place of instead of spoken of a person 
 succeeding in the place of another. Lev. 
 16, 32. Esth. 2, 17. Ps. 45, 17 ?l"'ni3s< nnn 
 Tj'^sn "Ti"^ in the place of thy fathers 
 shall be thy children. Hence of things 
 exchanged for others, e. g. of price, in- 
 stead of for, Gen. 30. 15. 1 Sam. 2, 20. 
 1 K. 21, 2 ; also after verbs of requiting, 
 1 Sam. 25, 21. no nnn/ortcAaf? why? 
 Jer. 5, 19. 
 
 With a relat. conjunct, e. g. iCJst nntn 
 
 o) instead of thai, whereas, Deut. 28, 
 62. /S) instead of in return for, because, 
 Deut. 21, 14. 2 K. 22, 17. Also "^S nnp) 
 id. Deut. 4, 37. The same is likewise 
 nnn c. inf Is. 60, 15. Ps. 38, 21 ; comp. 
 Job 34, 26 D-^sdi nnn for the fuller nnn 
 Q^STrn cnvn because they are wicked. 
 
 3. Tahath, (place, station,) pr. n. a) 
 A station of the Israelites in the desert, 
 Num. 33, 26. b) A man a) 1 Chr. 6, 
 9. 22. (i, y) 7, 20. 
 
 rinr\ Chald. prep, under, Dan. 4, 11 
 ^ninptn ,?? i. q. Heb. i"'nnni3. The 
 more usual form is ninn . 
 
 ppnn m. adj. (from nnpi) f nainnn 
 lower, lowest, i. q. "'Finn, Josh. 18; 13. 
 1 K. 6, 6. 
 
 innn m. adj. (from nnn) f. n^nnn 
 and n-^pinn ; plur. B'nnn, ri''nnn ; /oip- 
 er, loxces't, Ps. 86, 13. Job 41, 16. Subst. 
 Gen. 6. 16. ynx-ni'FiPin the lower parts 
 of the earth, Sheol, Hades, Is. 44, 23 ; 
 poet, for any hidden place, e. g. of the 
 mother's womb Ps. 139, 15. The same 
 is ni'nnn-y-^x Ez. 26, 20. 32, 18. 24 ; 
 comp. nis'tnnn "lia the lowest (deepest) 
 pit, Ps. 88, 7. Lam. 3, 55. 
 
 * T'^ri, Arab. U> for yju pr. to cut 
 off or away ; intrans. to be cid off, to 
 
 S. o^ 
 
 die ; \Lo dwarf pr. cut off, shortened ; 
 Hence in Heb. 
 
 HiPH. inn (as if from ttn). in pause 
 ^nr? ; io cut off the tendrils or shoots of 
 a vine, Is. 18, 5. W^ith the Talmudists 
 rnn and TTnn is. ' to cut off the head.' 
 
 XCnP^ m. adj. (from rp^n) f. njaTl, 
 middle, mid, Ex. 26, 28. eV. 42, 6.' 
 
 jib'^n (for '|ibT)3 gift, according to 
 Simonis,) Tilon, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20 
 Keri, where Cheth. -libsin. R. bnj. 
 
 i^^'^I? Is. 21, 14. Jer. 25, 23, and SttP 
 Job 6, 19, (r. '1?;', -pa^) Tema, pr. n. 
 a) A son of Ishmael. Gen. 25, 15. b) 
 A tract and people in the Arabian de- 
 sert, so called from Tema (lett. a) ; and 
 still called by the Arabs LjO Teima, 
 corresponding to the Oulfia of Ptol. 6. p. 
 179. But the Arabian Teima is only 
 about three days' journey northwest of 
 Medina. Prob. therefore Heb. xa^n is 
 i. q. "jO'^n no.2.b ; and so the LXX always 
 write it Oaifidv. See Thesaur. p. 600. 
 
/3^ 
 
 1104 
 
 V^ 
 
 ')'a''ri , once "i'^JJ? Job 9, 9, comra. gend. 
 (masc. in signif. 2, Obad. 9 ; tem. in 
 signif 1, Is. 43, 6. Cant. 4, 16.) pr. " what 
 is on the right hand,' denora. from "po^ . 
 Hence 
 
 1. the south, the southern quarter, see 
 pa^ no. 3 ; Josh. 12, 3. 13, 4. Job 9, 9. 
 Is. 43, 6. Hab. 3, 8. Zech. 6, 6. al. With 
 n loc. H:^"^ri southward, to the south, 
 Ex. 26, 18. 35. 27, 9. Num. 3, 29. Ez. 
 47, 19. nj-a-'in rr^^ Ez. 21, 2. h njnip. 
 southwards of, on the south of. Num. 2, 
 10. Poet. 'lO'^n for 'i^"'Fi nt-i, the south 
 wind, Ps. 78, 26. Cant. 4, 16. Comp. 
 
 2. Teman. pr. n. a) A grandson of 
 Esau, Gen. 36, 11. 15. b) A city, re- 
 gion, and people on the east of Idumea. 
 sprung fi-om Teman (lett. a), Gen. 36, 
 4&. Jer. 49, 7. 20. Ez. 25, 13. Am. 1, 11. 
 
 12. Ob. 9. Like other Arabs (1 K. 5. 11) 
 the Temanites were celebrated for wis- 
 dom, Jer. 49, 7. Baruch 3, 22. 23 ; comp. 
 Job 2, 11. 22, 1. Patronym. ''3i3''ln Te- 
 manite. Job 1. c. Gen. 36, 34. 1 Chr. 1, 45. 
 
 "'P''?''^ (comp. patronym. ''2'9'"'t|3 in 
 (^^ri) Temeni, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 6. 
 
 rr^'JO'^ri f (r. "^sfi) a column, pillar ; 
 twice in the phrase "|\^3~nina"^Pi (other 
 Mss. niiisn) pillars of smoke Cant. 3, 6. 
 Joel 3, 3 ; poet, for the common "Tiis l^iB? 
 Judg. 20, 40. Comp. Talmud. '-naFl to 
 rise in a column, as smoke ; "i>iapi col- 
 umn, sc. of the rising sun or moon. 
 
 TCiT'ri and T'P m. (r. '^"y^) new 
 wine, so called because it gets posses- 
 sion of the brain, and inebriates ; comp. 
 Syr. fI^ilfi, Chald. nn-a, id. Hos. 4, 
 n 3b n;?^ ujii'^n^ y)'^) r^T whoredom 
 and wine and new wine take away the 
 heart, i. c. the understanding. Judg. 9. 
 
 1 3. Mic. 6, 1 5. al. Often coupled : Vl '(Sti 
 com and new wine Gen. 27, 28 ; "j^nx 
 on'^ni 'iS"! a land of com and new wine, 
 i. e. abounding in them, Deut. 33, 28. 
 Is. 36. 17 ; also more fully, com, wine, and 
 oil, Deut. 28, 51. 2 Chr. 32, 28. Joel 2, 
 19, al. Of the juice of the grape, Is. 65. 
 8. [AH the passages go to show, that 
 OinTl is new wine of the first year, the 
 xcine-crop or vintage of the season ; and 
 hence it is mostly coupled with wine and 
 oil as a prodrict of the land. That it 
 
 was regarded as intoxicating is shown 
 by Hos. 4. 11 ; see above. R. 
 
 ^^Tr\ (fear, r. N^^) Tiria. pr. n. m. 
 
 1 Chr. 4, 16. 
 
 On'iJ? m. T^ras, Gen. 10, 2. pr. n. of a 
 northern people sprung from Japhet : 
 according to Josephus, Jerome, Jonath. 
 and Targ. of Jerusalem, Thrace. See 
 Bochart Phaleg. II. 2. 
 
 *"*i'*P3 m. plur. t3ic;;ri, a he-goat, 
 buck, Prov. 30, 31. Gen." 30, 35. 32, 15. 
 
 S o- 
 
 Arab. ijuj3 caper, capreolus. 
 
 ^r^ m. (r. T(?Pi) oppression, violence. 
 Ps. 10, 7. 55, 12 ;' fully Tpn Ps. 72, 14. 
 
 ^V in Kal not used, according to 
 the Heb. intpp. ' to be fitted, joined :" 
 better, to lean upon, to lie down, comp. 
 Arab. ^Uo Conj. VIII. 
 
 PuAL Deut. 33, 3 ~|3?'^3 "sn cni ami 
 they (the Israelites) are laid down (en- 
 camped) at thy feet, i. e. at the foot of 
 Mount Sinai. Some prefer to read ^z'r 
 they abide, from r. T|''tn Syr. to abide. 
 
 ' I. nS^DH f (r. ',!|3) place, dwelling. 
 Job 23, 3. ' 
 
 II. nS^DIj^ f (r. "lapi) 1. arrange- 
 ment, fashi 0)1, Ez. 43, 11, i. q. n'^ssPi in 
 V. 10. 
 
 2. costly furniture, splendid equipage. 
 Nah. 2. 10. Comp. r.-^i^T\ no. 2. 
 
 Oi^Sn m. plur. 1 K. 10, 22, and D^^S^n 
 
 2 Chr. 9. 21, peacocks, according to tlie 
 Targ. Syr. Arabs, Jerome, and the Heb. 
 intpp. Corresponding are Malabar to- 
 gei, Sanscr. sikhi. This would seem to 
 have been the domestic name of thit; 
 bird in India ; and hence comes also Gr. 
 laws, Twwc, pr. Taiw,', Athen. IX. p. 397, 
 (whence Arab. jw.lJo, Chald. C^a,) 
 and also Lat. paco, the letters t and p 
 being interchanged ; comp. kaixg, lapis, 
 U&og. See Bochart Hieroz. T. II. p. 
 135 sq. A. Benary in Berliner litt. Jahr- 
 bucher 1831. no. 96. 
 
 IS ^ 
 
 * "^5^^ obsol. root. Arab, db* to cut. 
 to cut off; and hence to tear off, to spoil, 
 i. q. bra, prjs, comp. sia. Kindr. is 
 "TjiR. Chald. damno affecit, raultavit. 
 Syr. '^lii. q. Hcbr. bu. 
 
 Deriv. ^R, and 
 
bsn 
 
 1105 
 
 bn 
 
 D'^pDH ra. plur. gpoilingtt, oppressions, 
 enpec. of the poor; Prov. 29, 13 ir"'S< 
 casp) an oppressor of the poor, Sept. 
 davei<TTr,g, Vulg. creditor. In the Bimilar 
 passage Prov. 22, 2, it is n-'ttJs the ricli 
 man. 
 
 * ^5^ obsol. root, prob. to shell, to 
 peel, i. q. ^Htt5, whence rbnui a shell- 
 fish, muscle. Hence rbspi. 
 
 nban n (r. nbs) completion, perfec- 
 tion, Ps. 119, 96. Others Aope, conf- 
 dence, from r. isPi, '*^Z, to hope. 
 
 rV'bDn f. (r. Hb) 1. perfection, com- 
 pleteness. Job if,?. Ps. 139, 22 n-'bDn 
 nxsia pe//ec hatred. For Is. 10, 25, see 
 in'n''bap). 
 
 2. enJ, extremity, Neh. 3, 21. Job 26, 
 10 '^n-os nix n^bsn-is lit. unto the 
 end of light with darkness, i. e. where 
 the light terminates in darkness. 28. 3 
 n^^n Kin n'^bstn'^Db he searchelh even to 
 all ends, i. e. into the deepest recesses 
 of the earth. 
 
 f^??r^ f. (r. ban) a shell-fish, muscle, 
 helix ianlhina Linn. i. e. a species of 
 muscle found in the Mediterranean, with 
 a cerulean shell, from which is procured 
 the bluish or cerulean purple, Rabbin. 
 *(iTbri . Hence for cerulean purple, and 
 also for stuffs (wool, thread) dyed with 
 this purple, Ex. 26, 4. 31. Num. 4, 6 sq. 
 Ez. 23, 6. 27, 7. 24. Sept. and Vulg. 
 well vdxiv&og, vaxiv&ivog, hyacinthina. 
 Falsely Aben Ezra, R. Solomon, and 
 Luther, yellow silk. See Bochart Hie- 
 roz. II. 720-742. T. III. 655-686 Lips. 
 Braun de Vestitu sacerdot. p. 187-200. 
 
 ]r.\ 1. Pr. to make even, to level, 
 see Niph. Kindr. is "jl^n. 
 
 2. to poise, to weigh, by the equilibri- 
 um of the balance ; metaph. to weigh, 
 i. e, to prove, to try, Prov. 16, 2 ish 
 fi'vn'} ninin Jehovah proveth the minds. 
 21, 2. 24, 12. 
 
 Niph. pr. to be made even, to be equal, 
 level, as a way ; trop. of a way of con- 
 duct, to be equal, right, comp. r. *id'^. 
 Ez. 18, 25. 29. 33, 17. 20. 1 Sara. 2," 3. 
 Comp. in Kal. 
 
 PiEL "jSn 1. to weigh, e. g. the wa- 
 ters Job 28, 25 ; metaph. to prove, to try. 
 Is. 40, 13. 
 
 93 
 
 2. to measure; Is. 40, 12 who hath 
 measured the heavens with a span 7 in' 
 the other clause i1o, ^RlJ. 
 
 3. to set up, to fix, to adjust^ e. g. by a 
 level or plumb. Ps. 75, 4. 
 
 PuAL part. '(Sna, weighed out, e. g. 
 money 2 K. 12, 12. 
 
 Deriv. *ph, nsiain II, n"'33n, rasna. 
 
 JSri m. (r. ISFi) 1. a task, as weighed 
 or measured out, Ex. 5, 18. 
 
 2. a measure Ez. 45, ll.' 
 
 3. Tochen, pr. n. of a place in the 
 tribe of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 32. 
 
 n*3Dr\ f. (r. "jsn) 1. arrangement, 
 pattern, Ez. 43, 10. 
 
 2. completeness, perfection, sum, Ez. 
 28, 12. 
 
 X^^yyp^ m. (r. Ti*?3) a wide robe, man- 
 tle, pallium, the long and flowing robe 
 of an oriental monarch, Esth. 8, 15. 
 Chald. id. 
 
 bri m. (r. b^n no. 1) c. suff. ?n^n, a hill, 
 Josh. 11, 13 ; espec. a mound, a heap of 
 rubbish, Deut. 13, 17. Josh. 8,28. Jer.49, 
 
 2. Arab. Jo Tell. id. Hence come the 
 following names of Babylonian cities, 
 called after hills or mounds in their 
 vicinity, see Assemani Bibl. Orient, ind. 
 geogr. T. III. 2. p. 784. Burckhardt's 
 Travels in Syria, etc. p. 69 sq. 142. 
 
 a) a"'2S< bn Tel-abib, i. e. corn-hill. 
 Ez. 3, 15, in Mesopotamia on the river 
 Chaboras, perh. the Thal-labba on 
 D'Anville's map, 'I'Euphrate et le 
 Tigre.' 
 
 b) Kirnn bn Tel-harsha, i. e forest- 
 hill (see cnn), in Babylonia. Ezra 2, 59. 
 Neh. 7, 61.' ' 
 
 c) rh-a bn Tel-melah, i. e. salt-hill, 
 also in Babylonia, Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61. 
 
 ^pV i. q. tibpi 1. to hang up, to 
 suspend, once in part. pass. Deut. 28, 66 
 thy life will hang (be suspended) before 
 thee, i. e. will ever be in present and 
 pressing danger. 
 
 2. With b , once in pass. part, to hang 
 after, to be bent, inclined. Hos. 11, 7 ^B5 
 ^n2!iirab Dixsibn my people are bent (in- 
 clined) to defection from vie. 
 
 nxbn f (r. nxb, as Mbrn from r. 
 nb5; for i^Jijbrj, ViijNbn, see Lgb. p. 
 509) travail, trouble, distress, Ex. 18, 8. 
 Num. 20, 14. Neh. 9, 32. Lam. 3, 5. 
 
xbm 
 
 1106 
 
 nbm 
 
 nn'iSbn f. (r. 2xb) thirst; once Hos. 
 13. 5 niriNbri ynx a thirsty land, i. e. dry. 
 
 nifsbn 2 K. i9, 12, and *ite^ri is. 37, 
 
 12, Telassar, pr. n. of a region in Assy- 
 ria or Mesopotamia, which also further 
 occurs in Targ. Hieros. Gen. 14, 1. 9, for 
 Heb. lO^x, and likewise in the same 
 Targ. and in Jonath. Gen.lO, 12 for Heb. 
 jDl . Prob. for '^'n^i( bn Assyrian Tel. 
 
 mcabri f (r. n?) a garment, Is. 59, 
 17. 
 
 5i^P Chald. m. snow, i. q. Heb. a^.tO, 
 Dan. V, 9. 
 
 "IpsbB Wbn, see 's n^an. 
 nilVp, see nnbin. 
 
 * n^ri fut. plur. ^bri"^, to j^ang- up, to 
 suspend, Chald. and Syr. id. Comp. Gr. 
 tAm to suspend in a balance, whence 
 TakavTov. 2 Sam. 18, 10. Job 26, 7. nVri 
 ysf^ by 'a to hang upon the slake or cross, 
 to crucify, a species of punishment com- 
 mon to the Hebrews Deut. 21, 22 ; to 
 the Egyptians Gen. 40, 19 ; and to the 
 Persians Esth. 7, 10. 5, 14. Absol. id. 
 2 Sam. 4, 12. 
 
 NiPH. pass. Lam. 5, 12. 
 
 PiEL i. q. KalEz. 27, 10. 11. 
 
 Deriv. ""^Fi. 
 
 HS^bn f. (r. i^b Niph.) a murmuring, 
 complaining, e. g. of a people, only plur. 
 nisbn (others less well nisbB) Ex. 16,7. 
 9. 12! Num. 14, 27. 17, 25. ' ' 
 
 ' '5v obsol. root, Aram, to break or 
 tear in pieces ; hence 
 
 J^bri (breach) Telah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 
 
 7, 25. ' 
 
 ''bn m. MTT. At^O(U. Gen. 27, 3, a quiver, 
 according to most of the ancient intpp. so 
 called as being suspended; from r. nbn . 
 But Onk. and Syr. render it a sword. 
 
 'ri'^br^ Chald. ord. num. the third, Dan. 
 2, 39. R. nbn three. 
 
 "^^v ^' I* ^^^ ! ' heap up, to 
 make high. Part. pass, bibn pr. heaped 
 up, i. e. elevated, lofty, Ez. 17, 22. 
 
 2. to vibrate, to wave, Arab. JoJu, 
 see in bbo no, 2. Hence D'^inbn . 
 
 Note. For the form PHTj see under 
 
 Deriv. of no. 1 bn, of no. 2 D'^ipbri. 
 
 D2%) obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 
 jvXj to break, to cut in. Hence the two 
 following. 
 
 Q^Pl m. plur. constr. "''sbn, c. suff. 
 n-'TDbri , a furrow. Job 31, 38.' 39, 10. Ps. 
 
 65, 11. Arab. *JU> id. R. nbn. 
 
 iiabri (full of furrows, r. obn) Talmai, 
 pr. n. a) A king of Geshur, father- 
 in-law of David, 2 Sam. 3, 3. 13, 37. 
 b) An Anakite, Num. 13, 22. Josh. 15, 14. 
 Judg. 1, 10. 
 
 ^T^labr) m. (r. "i^b) a disciple, scholar, 
 
 1 Chr. 25,8. Syr. ffJ^Z, Arab. 
 
 60- 
 
 tXA^J-J, id. 
 
 nisbp, see in njiibtn. 
 
 * 2?5r) in Kal not used, Arab. .Jj 
 
 to be long-necked, to be stretched out lung. 
 Hence sbin a worm. 
 
 PoAL part. "shVi^ , denom. from sbin , 
 clothed in crimson, Nah. 2, 4. For 
 lr\i::!^nja teeth, see in its order. 
 
 H- T obsol. root, Arab. (_iAj' 
 
 to 
 
 perish; IV to destroy; i^iXj* destruc- 
 tion. Hence perhaps 
 
 '^B-'Pl adj. destructive ; only plur. 
 ni'Dbn the destructive, the deadly ; po- 
 etic for weapons, arms. Cant. 4, 4 as 
 the tower of David ri'i''Sbnb i>i53 built for 
 the weapons, i. e. on or in which the 
 weapons are suspended ; comp. Ez. 27, 
 10. 11. Others, in nearly the same 
 sense, take ni'Dbn as compounded from 
 bin (r. ribp) to hang) and ni'Q edges sc. 
 of swords, comp. Prov. 5, 4 ; i. e. suspend- 
 ed weapons, and hence an arsenal. 
 The form ni'fibp) might also be referred 
 to the root ntb, which however gives 
 no apt etymology. 
 
 ^itebn, see I'^xbn. 
 
 T - ; 7 T - 
 
 *nbri Chald. f also ^bri, ^^)^ 
 m. three, i. q. Heb. ttJbia ; so nnbn oi'' 
 the third day, Ezra 6, 15. Plur.'f-'nbt) 
 thirty Dan. 6, 8. 13. 
 
 Deriv. the two following. 
 
 flbr\ Chald. cmphat. snbn abstr. the 
 third order or rank. Dan. 5, 29 O'^iti 
 Nnbn a ruler or noble of the third order ; 
 comp. nsuSn . In v. 16 cllipt. Nnbn id. 
 
nbn 
 
 1107 
 
 M2T\ 
 
 TJ^n Chald. m. (from n^n) the third, 
 Dan. 5, 7. Synon. is "'ri'^^Pi. 
 
 Qilpribr) m. plur. (r. bbn no. 2.) wav- 
 ing branches, i. e. the pendulous flexible 
 boughs, with which flowing locks are 
 compared, Cant. 5, 11. LXX iXbtai, 
 
 Vulg. elath(B patmarum. Comp. bio 
 
 .- - o - 
 no. 2. Arab. 'iXxJu wicker basket, pr. 
 pendulous bough, as Schultens justly 
 remarks, 0pp. min. p. 246. 
 
 Dri ra. adj. (r. D^Pi) f. nnn, Lat. inte- 
 geY, i. e. whole, perfect, upright, in a mo- 
 ral sense, nearly i. q. "itfi^ , Job 1, 1. 8, 20. 
 9, 20. 21. 22. Ps. 64, 5. Hence simple, 
 plain, innocent; Gen. 25, 27 tt5\^ ^PIVl 
 D'^bnx 2ii5^ en Jacob was a plain man, 
 dwelling in tents, where cn seems to im- 
 ply the milder and placid disposition of 
 Jacob, in opposition to the wilder and fe- 
 rocious character of Esau. Fern. c. suff. 
 ^nsn my innocent one. Cant. 6, 9. Neut. 
 abstr. i7itegnty, Ps. 37, 37. 
 
 DR Chald. adv. i. q. Heb. QttJ, there; 
 always with n local, nan, Ezra 5. 17. 
 6, 6. 12. 
 
 Dh m. (r. myp\) once D'iin Prov. 10, 9 ; 
 c. Makk. "Dn , c. sufF. "'BFi ; wholeness, 
 entireness. 
 
 1. Of number and measure, fullness; 
 Is. 47, 9 oars in ilieir fullness. 
 
 2. Of condition or fortune, welfare, 
 prosperity, i. q. Oibo. Job 21, 23 cssa 
 ion in his full prosperity. Ps. 41, 13. 
 
 3. In a moral sense, integrity of mind, 
 uprightness, innocence ; Z'zh'V,:^ integrity 
 of heart Gen. 20, 5. 6. Ps. lo'l, 2 ; t^bn 
 Dha Prov. 10, 9, and isina Ps. 26, I, to 
 walk in integrity, to live uprightly. 
 Prov. 13, 6. Put for that simplicity of 
 mind which is remote from mischief or 
 ill design ; 1 K. 22, 34 one drew a bow 
 "ianb in his simplicity, i. e. without any 
 evilintent. 2 Sam. 15. 11 canb D'^abh 
 who went (with him) in their simplicity, 
 not conscious of any evil design. 
 
 4. Plur. o^an Thummim, i. e. truth, 
 Sept. uh]d-tia; see in -IX no. 1. b. 
 
 fif^l? , see xa'^n . 
 
 *^~V ^11 1- '^^f?'?! 'o ^6 astonished, to 
 wonder ; Syr. oi^Z, Chald. n;;ri id. the 
 Labial letters being interchanged. For 
 its origin see in Don note. Absol. Is. 
 
 29, 9 ; c. bs ofcause Ecc. 6, 7. Pnegn. Is. 
 
 13, 8 insn7 in5")-bK hS'^k they looked 
 with astonishment at one another ; comp. 
 Gen. 43, 33. Sometimes in a stronger 
 sense, to be struck with fear and amaze- 
 ment, to be in consternation, Ps. 48, 6. 
 Jer. 4, 9. Ecc. 5, 7. Job 26, U. 
 
 HiTHP. nsnn id. Hab. 1, 5. 
 
 Deriv. "linan, and 
 
 ^^P Chald. m. a wonder, miracle, 
 plur. 'pnoPi Dan. 3, 32. 33. 6, 28. 
 
 man f. (r. Don) i. q. masc. en, integ- 
 rity, innocence, Job 2, 3. 9. 27. 5. 31, 6. 
 
 jiman m. (r. Rn) constr. linon, 
 astonishment, consternation. Deut. 28, 28 
 withaab. Zcch. 12, 4. 
 
 T^'Sri Tammuz, pr. n. of a Syrian 
 deity, the Adonis ('li^X) of the Greeks; 
 for whom the Hebrew^ women also were 
 accustomed to hold an annual lamenta- 
 tion in the fourth month, called Tiian, 
 beginning with .the new moon of July. 
 Ez. 8, 14. For this Syrian solemnity, 
 see Lucian de Dea Syra 7 sq. Comp. 
 Selden de Diis Syris 2. 31. Creuzer 
 Symbolik des Alterthums, T. II. p. 91 sq. 
 ed. 2. The etymology is obscure. 
 
 iTQR and 5Wr\ adv. yesterday, i. q. 
 bi^Dnx , b!ianx , q. v. Often coupled with 
 oittJbttJ ' day before yesterday,' where 
 see more. Job 8, 9 isnss bian we are 
 of yesterday, for bian ""iBSS*. The ety- 
 mology is obscure. Most, intpp. hold 
 bian to be the primary form, whence 
 with S prosthetic comes biarx , b^ianx ; 
 but the root ban and its significations 
 in the kindred dialects afford here no 
 light, unless perhaps we assign to it the 
 sense to veil, to cover over. (comp. bato .) 
 so that time past may be regarded as 
 veiled, hidden; comp. cbi5 from the root 
 obs. But I wovild nevertheless prefer 
 to consider biaps (1 Sam. 10. 11) as the 
 primary form, for biaTit before, former- 
 ly ; whence by aphaeresis bian. 
 
 nD^lan f (r. pa) constr. njsian . once 
 nsan Num. 12, 8. 
 
 1. appearance, form, shape. Num. 12, 
 8. Ps. 17. 15. Job 4, 16 "'J-'S i5Db njiian 
 a shape was before my eyes. Deut. 4, 
 12. 15. 
 
 2. an image, likeness, Ex. 20, 4. Deut. 
 4, 16. 23. 25. 5, 8, 
 
i53n 
 
 1108 
 
 D5an 
 
 iTnitir^ f! (r. "isixi) 1. exchange, bar- 
 ter, espec. in buying and selling, Ruth 4, 
 7. Hence exchange, i. q. that for which 
 any thing is exchanged ; Job 28, 17 
 TB "^bs nn'nion!! and the exchange of it 
 is [not] vessels of gold, i. e. wisdom is 
 not to be acquired for gold. Lev. 27, 
 10. 33. 
 
 2. compensation, retribution, Job 15, 
 31. 20, 18 th'S'^_ xbi in'nsirr] b^ns as a 
 possession of restitution [to be restored], 
 in which one rejoices not. 
 
 nri^an f. (r. tniia) death, only in the 
 phrase nn!ian"\33 sons of death, persons 
 condemned to death, i. q. P1^""'52, Ps. 
 79, 11. 102, 21. 
 
 TOP* (in Samar. laughter) Temah, 
 pr. n. Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55. 
 
 TTan m. (r. n^n) 1. Subst. continu- 
 ance, perpetuity, i. e. perpetual time, as 
 moving on continually without interrup- 
 tion. Only in the genit. after other 
 nouns, in place of an adjective; e. g. 
 Tian "^t^JX men of continuance, i. e. hired 
 constantly, and not for a short period, 
 Ez. 39, 14; *T^^Pi ribis a continual burnt- 
 offering, i. e. continued daily, both morn- 
 ing and evening, Num. 28, 6. 10. 15. 23. 
 24 ; T^Jarir} OD^ ^^^ continual bread, i. q. 
 D'^aa nnb Num. 4, 7. Rarely in apposit. 
 as nipn hb-is Num. 28, 3. 
 
 2. Ellipt. for T^ann pbi5 fAe daily 
 sacrifice Dan. 8, 11. 12. 13. 11, 31. 
 
 3. Adv. continually, ever, always, Ps. 
 16, 8. 25, 15. 34, 2. Is. 21, 8. 49, 16. al. 
 
 D'''ar\ m. adj. (r. Ban) constr. nian , 
 plur. ca-irn , constr. "'n'^^r} ; fem. na'^an , 
 plur. niBicpj . 
 
 1. complete, perfect, Ps. 19, 8. Job 36, 
 4. 37, 16. 
 
 2. whole, entire, Lev. 3, 9. 25, 30. Josh. 
 10, 13. 
 
 3. whole, sound, i. e. a) without blem- 
 ish, as victims Ex. 12, 5. Lev. 1,3. b) 
 safe, secure, of men Prov. ], 12. Hence 
 
 4. Trop. in a moral sense, Lat. integer, 
 i. e. whole-minded, upright, blameless, 
 good, Gen. 6, 9. 17, 1 ; Di^sn T^n^T an up- 
 riffhl way Ps. 101, 2 ; 7p'!~"'0"'^n upright 
 of life Ps. 119, 1 ; niiTi cs w^-qV} blameless 
 with Jehovah, i. e. wholly devoted to him. 
 Deut. 18, 13. Ps. 18, 24. 2 Sam, 22, 24 
 (c. b). Comp. obuJ no. 3. Subst. in- 
 
 tegrity. Josh. 24, 14. Judg. 9, 16. 19. 
 Hence Q''ri2 r(bn Ps. 84, 12, and "T^bn 
 D'^sn Ps. 15, 2, to walk (live) uprightly. 
 1 Sam. 14, 41 D-isn nan g-ive //te truth! 
 
 Q'^'Bri m. plur. (r. B^l^) contr. for 
 CHSn, /i/;ain, coupled, Ex. 26, 24. 36, 
 
 29. See BNFi . 
 
 * t|/jri fut. TipT}"} 1. to take hold of 
 c. ace. Gen. 48. 17 ; c. 3 Prov. 5, 5. 28, 
 17. Part. "^laiR Ps. 16, 5; see Heb. 
 Gr. 49. n. 1. 
 
 2. /o obtain, to acquire, e. g. honour 
 Prov. 11, 16. 29, 23. 
 
 3. to hold fast, c. ace. Am. 1, 5. 8. 
 Metaph. Prov. 4, 4. 
 
 4. to /io/ri ?ip, to support; c. 3 Ex. 17. 
 12 they supported his hands. Often of 
 God who is said to uphold a person or 
 thing, c. a Ps. 41, 13. 63, 9. Is. 42, 1; 
 c. ace. Ps."l6. 5, 17, 5. 
 
 5. Recipr. to take hold of each other, 
 i. e. to hold together, to follow each other. 
 Job 36, 17 bri'^ aaajia^ -p^ . see in y^"^ 
 no. 1. c. Comp. tnx and isb Hithp. 
 
 NiPH. pass, of no. 3, Prov. 5, 22. 
 
 blari a supposed root, see under bian . 
 
 bbn, see bian. 
 
 *D/jri^ 1 pers. pi. ttn for IJlBn 
 Num. 17, 28; fut. tah^, rarely Din'i Ez. 
 47, 12, cnn 24, 11, also 1 pers. once 
 nn'^X for nnx Ps. 19, 14 ; plur. Iian* 
 Deui. 34, 8, in pause 'ran'i Ps. 102, 28. 
 
 1 . to complete, to perfect, to finish, Ps. 
 64, 7 ; with b c. inf to make an end of 
 doing any thing, to finish doing, Josh. 3, 
 17. 4, 1. 11. 5, 8. Often intrans. to be 
 completed, finished, 1 K. 6, 22. 7, 22. 
 dan IS even unto their being finished, 
 i. 'e! in full, wholly, Deut. 31, 24. 30. 
 
 Arab, ^j' id. The primary idea seems 
 to be that o^ closing, shutting up or off; 
 comp. the kindred roots Bnn, oasj, and 
 the same primary signif. in the eynon. 
 nbs. 
 
 2. to be finished, ended, to have an end, 
 mostly of time, Gen. 47, 18 init. Ps. 102, 
 28 snani sib T^-'nijaJii and thy years have 
 no end, Ez. 47, 12 i-^nD d'in'i sibi whose 
 fruit shall never fail. 
 
 3. to be consumed, exhausted, spent, 
 i. q. nbs no. 3, Gen. 47, 18. Num. 32, 13 
 linn-bs on-n? until all that generation 
 
]12T\ 
 
 1109 
 
 ii2n 
 
 rpua consumed. Josh. 5. 6. Jer. 27, 8. So 
 ian-is 1 K. 14, 10, and nan is Deut. 2, 
 15. Josh. 8, 24, Mn//7 /AeiV being con- 
 sumed, until they were destroyed, i. q. 
 Dntfes-ns , see nbs Pi. no. 3. 
 
 4. to be complete, whole, e. fr. a) In 
 number, 1 Sam. 16, 1 1 Q''13n ^lann are 
 these all thy sons? Num. 17, 18. b) In 
 mind, to be whole-minded, upright, blame- 
 /es.?, Ps. 19, 14. Comp. en , D-'on 
 
 NiPH. only in fut. plur. tBFi^ to he con- 
 sumed, i. q. Kill no. 3. Num. 14, 35. Ps. 
 104, 35. Jer. 14, 15. 
 
 HiPH. orn ; inf. arH. once t^tstjiI for 
 ?]T2rn Is. 33, 1; fut. cn^ 
 
 1. Causat. i. q. Kal no. 1, to complete, 
 to perfect ; e. g. flesh in cooking, to make 
 ready, to prepare, Ez. 24. 10 ; counsel, 
 to execute 2 Sam. 20, 18. 
 
 2. to finish, to cease. ; Is. 33, 1 riiaT^ns 
 Tiid when thou shalt cease to spoil. 
 Causat. to cause to cease, and c. yo to 
 remove from any one, Ez. 22, 15. 
 
 3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to make whole, 
 to complete, e. g. a) Of a number ; 
 Dan. 8. 23 DiyoJen nnns when the trans- 
 gressors shall have completed sc. the 
 number of their sins. Dan. 9, 24 Keri. 
 Hence to pay over in full, as money, i. q. 
 C^-J, 2 K. 22, 4. b) Of a way of life, to 
 make upright; Job 22, 3 ^"'a^? CF}n ''S 
 if thou livest uprightly. 
 
 HiTHP. cant! to show oneself upright, 
 to deal uprightly with any one, c. nS Ps. 
 18, 26. 
 
 Deriv. cn, Dn, c^rtn, nhia. 
 
 I'Ol?, seelTa'^n. 
 
 '^?''2P (portion assigned, r. f^i'o) Gen. 
 38, 12. Josh. 15. 10. 57. 2 Chr.' 28, 18; 
 with n local tirs^iPi Judg. 14, 1. 5, and 
 with n parag. Josh. 19, 43. Judg 14, 5 ult. 
 Timnah, THmnath, {Oafiva&n 1 Mace. 
 9, 50.) pr. n. of an ancient Canaanitish 
 city. Gen. 38, 12; first assigned to the 
 tribe of Judah Josh. 15, 10. 57, and after- 
 wards to Dan Josh. 19. 43. It remained 
 long in possession ofthe Philistines.Judg. 
 14. 1. 2 Chr. 28, 18. Comp. Jos. Ant. 5. 8. 
 5. Now &JLo THbneh, see Bibl. Res. in 
 Palest. II. p. 343. Gentile n. '^V2y\ THm- 
 nite Judg. 15. 6. [Josephus speaks of a 
 Timnah or Oa/jva, in connection with 
 Gophna and Lydda, as giving name to 
 a toparchy. Ant. 14. 11. 2. B. J. 3. 3. 5. 
 
 93* 
 
 Now called Tibneh, lying northwest df 
 Gophna on the Roman road to Antipft- 
 tris ; see Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 484. R. 
 
 nS'on see in nsiian . 
 
 ^DTSn, see ycrr^. 
 
 ''j'QR, gentile noun, see riDan. 
 
 yp^n (one withheld, inaccessible, r. 
 5313) Timna, pr. n. of a concubine of 
 Eliphaz the son of Esau, Gen. 36, 12. 22. 
 1 Chr. 1, 39. From her the name passed 
 over to an Edomitish tribe, Gen. 36, 40. 
 1 Chr. 1, 51. 
 
 nribiari, see in Hjrn. 
 
 D'nn"n;ttn, see the next article. 
 
 rriDTlS^n (portion of abundance, 
 i. e. remaining portion, see t^J^n) 7*im- 
 nath-serah, pr. n. of a town in the moun- 
 tains of Ephraim, assigned to Joshua, 
 and the place of his burial. Josh. 19, 50. 
 24, 30. The same is called in Judg. 2, 9 
 Dnn-rsrFi (portion of the sun) Timnath- 
 heres. The former is prob. the correct 
 reading ; since a posses.ion thus given 
 to Joshua after the rest of the land was 
 distributed (Josh. 19, 49) would strictly 
 be a portion remaining ; see Studer in 
 loc. [Prob. i. q. Oafivii TYmnaA of Jose- 
 phus, the head of a toparchy lying be- 
 tween those of Gophna and Lydda; see 
 above in HSisri . R. 
 
 DTSn m. (r. Dp^) a melting away, Ps. 
 58, 9. ' See in bsiba*^ . 
 
 ''^k) obsol. root, which prob. signi- 
 fied to be or stand erect; perh. kindr. 
 with "i^sj, since verbs XB and ns often 
 have the same power, espec. in Ara- 
 bic. Arab. _4Jf Conj. XI. riguit hasta, 
 
 membrum virile ; -p palm-tree, }^i>J 
 
 and SvjjoLj* tower. For the Talmudic 
 
 use see in nniSTI. 
 
 Deriv. irrj nnan, STiaT), d'^'isinotj 
 II; comp. "a'lri. 
 
 Tan m. (r. -rn) plur. Q"'"i^n. 
 
 1. a palm-tree. Phoenix dactylifera ; 
 
 Arab. -j id. Joel 1, 12. Cant. 7, 9. 
 Plur. Ex. 15, 27. Q-^nrnn -i^s the city of 
 palms, see under "''S. 
 
 2. Tamar. pr. n. a) A place on the 
 southern borders of Palestine, Ez. 47, 19. 
 
^)2ir\ 
 
 1110 
 
 i5n 
 
 48, 2S, See Bib). Res. in Palest. 11. p. 
 616, 622. b) i. q. -i53-in Palmyru q. v. 
 1 K. 9, 18 Cheth. c) Fern. ) The 
 daughter-in-law of Judah, Gen. 38, 6. 
 /5) A daughter of David, 2 Sam. 13, 1. 
 Y) a daughter of Absalom, 2 Sara. 14, 
 27. 
 
 Tah a palm-tree, Jer. 10, 5. R. "isn . 
 
 JTITClRj see inn'nT2''F). 
 
 TXrC^T) f (r. -inn) plur. C'liaPi Ez. 40. 
 16; and niniaPi 1 K. 6, 29. 32. 35. Ez. 41^ 
 18. 19, palm-trees, i. e. artificial, as an 
 architectural ornament. 
 
 p^Tan m. (r. p'^-o) plur. constr. 
 'l?5inan, c. suff. n-'i^msF), 'in'^rjiicn ; 
 purifications, e. g. of the virgins admit- 
 ted into the harem of the Persian king, 
 Esth. 2, 12. Meton. precious ointments, 
 perfumes, for these purifications, Esth. 
 2, 3. 9. Metaph. a cleansing, remedy. 
 by which one is corrected and amended, 
 Sing. Prov. 20, 30 Keri. 
 
 I. D'l'l^'Tari m. plur. (r. "Tn^Q) bitter- 
 nesses; e. g. Di"i!|-iBn "^Da bitter weep- 
 ing Jer. 31, 15. 6, 26.' Adv. bitterly Hos. 
 12, 15. 
 
 IT. D'l'l^^l'an m. plur. (r. IttS) upright 
 columns, pillars, prob. as way-marks, 
 Jer. 31, 21. 
 
 piniari i. q. pii-iatn q. V. Prov. 20, 30 
 Cheth." 
 
 1^1 m. (r. lap) I. 2) only plur. CSP), 
 T^Sn, (perh.Pisn, see in nsn fin.) jack- 
 als, an animal dwelling in deserts Is. 13, 
 22. 43, 20. 34, 13, (whence Q-'3n mp^ Ps. 
 44, 20, and 0^30 "jisa Jer. 9, 10. 10, 22'. 49, 
 33, for the desert.) suckling its young 
 Lam. 4, 3, and uttering a wailing cry 
 Job 30, 29. Mic. 1, 8. Bochart, Hieroz. 
 II. p. 429, understands huge serpents, as 
 if i. q. 'J"'itn; but R. Tanchum Hieros. 
 correctly interprets the word by the 
 Arab. (<! ^^o! jackal, wild dog, so 
 called in Arabic from its howl (also in 
 Heb. 'X, plur. o^'X); comp. Arab. 
 
 ^uJ* wolf. ' ' 
 
 ^fl?, see in nSPi. 
 
 ntrifut. plur. sun"! l.togivepre- 
 tenla, to distribute gifts, espec. in order 
 U> hire any one. Kindred are l?n q. v. 
 
 jna, ')P!^. Hos. 8, 10 c^ian isn'^-'is Qa 
 although they give presents (hire) among 
 the nations, where others read >'iT\') from 
 r. 'ina . 
 
 2. Trop. as in Piel, to give forth, to re- 
 hearse, i. e. to praise, to celebrate ; so 
 perh. Prov. 31, 31 Mb ^DFi celebrate her, 
 to which corresponds f^l'?^n"''l in the 
 other clause. 
 
 PiEL, to give forth, to rehearse, i. e. to 
 praise, to celebrate, c. ace. Judg. 5, 11 ; 
 c. h Judg. 11, 40. Aram, "^rn, JJZ, i. q. 
 "iBD to recount. Arab. Jij IV, to cele- 
 brate with praise, pr. to utter. 
 
 HiPH. i. q. Kal. Hos. 8, 9 sisnlf ts'^'iSX 
 D'^SiiX Ephraim hireth lovers. 
 
 Deriv. !^3ri!<, IjriN, and pr. names 
 Ijn'i , bx-'3n'i .' 
 
 nDr\ Chald. i. q. Heb. MS^ to repeat, 
 whence ")^?Pi, n^iD^Dn. 
 
 nsn f. only plur. niSPl Mai. 1, 3, dwell- 
 ings, according to Sept. and Syr. The 
 
 same is Arab. 'isXjJ, from r. LxJ", XJP), 
 to abide, to dwell ; the third radical 
 
 sometimes falls away, whence ijU> 
 
 dweller, for E^LJ*. So risn can be 
 
 for niWF) with Dag. forte euphonic, i. q. 
 nixrn; comp. 'rh^Xi for nsbsTa, and 
 nupjia for nxuipa ; unless we prefer to 
 assign also to the root "jSPi the signif of 
 r. stjR. [Easier and better is it to re- 
 gard nisn as a plur. of *|Pi, i. q. n*i2n, 
 jackals. R. 
 
 nXIDn f (r. X!i3) c. suff. ''n5<!i3ri, plur. 
 nis<!i3n . 
 
 1. a holding back of oneself wilh- 
 drawal, alienation, of God from men, 
 Num. 14, 34. Hence 
 
 2. enmity, Job 33, 10 ''\'3 riNiiSFi yn 
 KSTS'^ to ! he seeketh enmity against me. 
 
 Comp. Arab. f\j mid. Waw, Conj. Ill, 
 to rise up against any one in a hostile 
 manner. 
 
 nn^;ri f. (r. 3^3) constr. naisn, plnr. 
 ni3i3tn, produce, increase, Deut. 32, 13. 
 Judg. 9, 11. Is. 27, 6. Ez. 36, 30; plur. 
 Lam. 4, 9. 
 
 ^^5n m. (r. T)3n) end, extremity, and 
 with (.li< added, tip of the ear Ex. 29, 
 20. Lev. 8, 23. 24. 14, J 4. 
 
lan 
 
 1111 
 
 TE3n 
 
 naiSn f. (r, DW) slumber, plur. Job 
 33, 15 ; espec. from indolence, aloth, 
 Prov. 6, 10. 24, 33. Ps. 132, 4. al. 
 
 TTt'lSn f, (r. C]!13) constr. ncirn, a 
 waving, a mooing to and fro, e. g. a) 
 Of the hands, as a gesture of threaten- 
 ing, Is. 19, 16. b) Of a pacrifice before 
 Jehovah, a certain ceremony or rite, 
 for which see in Cjli Hiph. no. 2. Hence 
 PiB^SFin mn the wave-breast, i. e. offered 
 or to be otfered with waving to and fro, 
 Ex. 29, 27. Lev. 7, 34; HBiSPin las the 
 wave-sheaf Lev. 23, 15 ; and so v. 17. 
 Ex. 38, 24. 29. ncsisnn SHT Ex. 38, 24. 
 c) i. q. tumult ; Is. 30, 32 noirn nianbo 
 wars of shaking, i. e. of tumult, tumul- 
 tuous. 
 
 Iisn m. (fem. perh. Hos. 7, 4,) afire- 
 
 i" 
 
 oven, oven, furnace, Arab. )Jo, com- 
 pounded from obsol. *)r) oven (r. "|5R II) 
 and -i!l3 fire. Ex. 8, 3. Lev. 2, 4. 7, 9. 
 11, 35. Hos. 1. c. The oriental ovens 
 oflen have the form of a large pot drawn 
 in above ; see Jahn Bibl. Archajol. T. I. 
 i. p. 213, and ii. p. 182. Beckmann Bei- 
 Irage zur Geschichte der Erfindungen 
 T.II. p. 419. So prob. Gr. xXl(iavog, see 
 Schneider and Passow Lex. 
 
 D'l^inpn m. plur. (r. DHJ) 1. pitrj, 
 compassion. Ps. 94, 19. 
 
 2. consolations, conforl, Is.66, II. Jer. 
 16,7. 
 
 nitt^nsn f plur. (r. onj) consolations, 
 Job 15, li. 21, 2. 
 
 rrtsnsn (comfort, r. onj) Tanhumelh, 
 pr. n. m. 2 K. 25, 23. Jer.'40, 8. 
 
 D"'3n sing. Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2, a great 
 serpent, dragon, i. e. here the crocodile, 
 as the emblem of Pharaoh and Egypt: 
 i. q. "piH , which latter is read in several 
 Mss. [Perh. plur. of a sing, "jp) (i. q. 
 yiT\) from r. "irn I. 1 ; and used as a 
 pluralis excellentiee; comp. niana. R. 
 
 r?!? m. (r. "(lU I) plur. D-irrn, Arab. 
 
 S w 
 
 ^^waaj ; [a great serpent, dragon. Spec. 
 
 1. a water-serpent, dragon, sea-mon- 
 ster (conip. Am. 9, 3), Gen. 1, 21 where 
 Sept. xi]io?. Job 7, 12. Ps. 74, 13. 148. 7. 
 Jer. 51. 34. Put for the crocodile, as the 
 emblem of Egypt and her king. Is. 27, 1. 
 51,9; comp. Ez. 29, 3. 32,2. 
 
 2. a lamShadffmU, dragon, Ex. 7, 9 sq. 
 Deut. 32, 33. Pe. 91, 13. Neh. 2, 13. 
 R. 
 
 y^'^T\ Chald. the second, Dan. 7, 5. R. 
 n:n to repeat. Comp. la'^SttJ . Hence 
 
 ri13^2n Chald. adv. a second time, 
 again, Dan. 2, 7. 
 
 * "jIm obsol. verb, Syr. Ethpe. to 
 come to an end, to cease. Hence TjliFi . 
 
 * (iV obsol. root, the native force 
 of which may be gathered from its de- 
 rivatives and from the kindred roots, 
 which extend also into the Indo-Euro- 
 pean languages. Thus 
 
 1. Pr. to stretch out, to extend ; comp. 
 in the Semitic tongues Eth. "t^ length, 
 PJ and njn to give, pr. to extend the 
 hand (comp. 1^, nn;), -in;; to extend it- 
 self' e. g. time, to endure, to be perpetual; 
 and in the Indo-Europ. tongues, Sanscr. 
 tan, Gr. nivu), juvvbi, jnuivw, Lat. tendo 
 (comp. Diss. Lugdd. II. 852), whence 
 tenuis, (Sanscr. tanu.) Goth, thanjan. 
 Germ, dehnen, with many others, as old 
 High. Germ. Tanna fir-tree. Hence 
 r?P) a great serpent, sea-monster, so 
 called from its length ; comp. luivla 
 (from jHvoj) a long fish, also tcenia. 
 
 2. Trop. to run swiftly, i. e. with 
 outstretched neck and limbs extended, 
 like Gr. rdvvfii. Hence "jn jackal, so 
 called from its swift running. 
 
 * II' ]^V) Syr. and Chald. to smoke. 
 Hence 'i^nx for -(iianx oven, furnace, and 
 the compound ntiSn from *|n and "iW. 
 
 f^^^fn t: (r. ora to breathe) 1. Lev. 
 11. 30, an unclean animal, classed with 
 other species of lizards ; according to 
 Bochart (Hieroz. T. I. p. 1083) the cha- 
 meleon, so called as living upon air ac- 
 cording to the opinion of the ancients, 
 Plin. H. N. VIII. 33. Hasselquist Reise 
 p. 350. Sept. and Vulg. talpa, mole. 
 Saad. lizard. 
 
 2. Lev. 11, 18. Deut. 14, 16, an unclean 
 aquatic bird, prob. the pelican, pelecanus 
 onocrolalus, so called from its pouch, 
 which it can extend by inflation, see 
 Oedm. Verm. Samml. III. 50. Sept. 
 (foQffVQiwv, i.e. the crested purple heron, 
 ardea purpurea Linn. Vulg. cygnus, 
 swan. 
 
n>T, 
 
 1112 
 
 33>n 
 
 "1^ V in K^' "ot used, <o abominate j 
 corap. ssn II. 
 
 PiEL 3?Pi, fut. 3SnPi 1. to abominate, 
 to abhor, Deut. 7, 26.' Job 9, 31. 19, 19. 
 Ps. 5. 7. Is. 49, 7. 
 
 2. Causat. ^o cause to abhor, toJilL one 
 wi7A abhorrence. Is. 49, 7 "'ia '^'^XP. t^ho 
 causeth abhorrence to the people, who is 
 an abomination to the people. 
 
 3. to make abominable, to cause to be 
 abhorred, Ez. 16, 25. See Hiph. 
 
 HiPH. to make abominable, shameful. 
 Ps. 14, 1 nb-^bs sia'^Stin they make abomi- 
 nable their doings, i. e. they do abomi- 
 nable deeds, act abominably. So with 
 nb^b? implied, id. 1 K. 21, 26. Ez. 16, 52. 
 Comp. niniin , s'ln . 
 
 NiPH. pass, to be an abomination, to 
 be abhorred, detestable, 1 Chr. 21, 6. Job 
 
 15, 16. 
 
 Deriv. ii2Siin. 
 
 ^nyri fut. nsn-i, apoc. rnri. 
 
 1. to go astray, to wander, to err; 
 
 Aram, jl^, Arab. ib, id. Ex. 23, 4. 
 
 Job 38, 41 ; with 2 of place Gen. 21, 14. 
 37, 15. With ace. to wander through 
 or over, metaph. of boughs, branches. Is. 
 
 16, 8. Also : a) Of drunken persons, 
 who go reeling about ; Is. 28, 7 ^SP 
 "I3ian""(i3 they go astray (reel) from 
 strong drink ; and hence trop. of the 
 mind, Is. 21. 4 "'anb nytn my heart reeleih, 
 is seized with giddiness. b) Trop. of 
 the mind as erring from the paths of 
 virtue and piety, Ps. 58, 4. Ez. 48, 11 ; 
 comp. anb irn Ps. 95, 10, rv\'^ isn Is. 29, 
 14. With "jia, e. g. from God's precepts 
 Ps. 119, 110, comp. Prov. 21, 16; with 
 t^j'"''? "^V-i Ez. 44, 10. 15 ; with "'^nxo 
 rriri^ from following God, from his wor- 
 ship, Ez. 14, 11. Comp. Chald. ns-j 
 spec. ' to be given to idolatry,' Syr. to 
 be a heretic. 
 
 2. i. q. 13J< to perish, Prov. 14, 22. 
 Comp. Arab. Ju to pass away, to 
 perish. 
 
 NiPH. to wander, pr. to be made to 
 wander, to stagger about. Is. 19, 14. 
 Metaph. to be deceived, to err, in a mo- 
 ral sense, Job 15, 31. 
 
 Hiph. nsnn, f. nsn;:, f. conv. 5n;i 
 2 Chr. 33, 9.' 
 
 1. to cause to wander Job 12, 24. Ps. 
 107, 40. Jer. 50, 6 ; e, g. a drunken man 
 
 Job 12, 25. Metaph. to cause to wander 
 or err from the paths of virtue and piety, 
 e.g. a nation into impiety, ungodliness, 
 Is. 3, 12. 9, 15; into idolatry 2 K. 21, 9; 
 c. )Xi Is. 63, 17. 
 
 2. Intrans. to err, pr. to let oneself 
 wander, Jer. 42, 20 Keri. Prov. 10, 17. 
 
 Deriv. nsiP., and 
 
 Wr\ (error) Tou, pr. n. of a king of 
 HamaJh or Epiphania, 1 Chr. 18. 9. 10; 
 written iJ'Sn Toi 2 Sam. 8, 9. 10. 
 
 n'7^5)'r\ f (r. 1^3J Hiph.) a divine pre- 
 cept; hence an oracle Is. 8, 16; law. v. 
 20 ; in both cases parall. with IT^'iPi . 
 Also custom, as having the force of law, 
 Ruth 4, 7. 
 
 nS^yn f. (r. Ci^iS) darkness, Job 11, 
 17 in 3 Mss. See in r. Cj^S no. 3. 
 
 '^S'in, see *irn. 
 
 nbyn r (r. nbs) constr. ribsn, plur. c. 
 suff. riT'brn ; comp. nxbn from r. nxb. 
 
 1. a channel, trench, in which water 
 is raised from a stream to water or in- 
 undate the fields, 1 K. 18, 32. 35, 38. 
 2 K. 18, 17. 20, 20 ; a conduit, aqueduct, 
 Is. 7, 3. 36, 2. Ez. 31, 4. Poet. Job 38, 
 25 nbyn ti^^b sbs-ia who hath divided 
 channels for the rain ? i. e. distributed 
 the rain-water to all parts of the heavens. 
 
 2. a plaster, bandage, something put 
 over a wound, Jer. 30, 13. 46, 11. Comp. 
 ns-ix sibsn. 
 
 D'^b^b??!? m. plur. (r. bbs I) 1. vexa- 
 tions, adverse destiny, Is. 66,4. See the 
 root Po. no. 3. 
 
 2. boyishness, for concr. fi'^bbis, boys, 
 babes, Is. 3, 4. 
 
 nrib^n f. (r. cbs) a hidden thing, 
 secret^ Job 28. 11. Plur. ni- Job II, 6. 
 Ps. 44, 22. 
 
 ^^3?r\ m. (r. 525) Prov. 19, 10 ; plur. 
 n-^sprr! Cant. 7, 7, and ni-Ecc. 2, 8, deli- 
 cate living, delights, Mic. 2. 9. Prov. 1. c. 
 Mic. 1, 16 'r)'?5JSn "'sa children in whom 
 thou delightest. Espec. pleasure, enjoy- 
 ment, i. e. sensual Cant. 7, 7. Ecc. 2, 8. 
 
 fT'??^? f (r. nss II) pr. 'self-affliction,' 
 i. e. fasting, Ezra 9, 5. See the root- Pi. 
 lett. b. 
 
 ?yi?r\ and ^3^n (sandy soil, r. T;35) 
 Taanach, Tanach, pr. n. of a royal Ca- 
 naanitish city Josh. 12, 21, in the territory 
 
y:fir\ 
 
 1113 
 
 "Bn 
 
 of lesachar, but assigned to Manasseh. 
 Judg. 1,27. 5,19. IK. 4, 42. Josh. 17, 11. 
 
 21, 25. Now dllxJ Ta'annuk, see Bibl. 
 Res. in Palest. III. p. 156. Biblioth. Sacr. 
 1843, p. 76. Comp. in n35 Ictt. b. 
 
 *y?Pl in Kal not used; Pil. SRSPi 
 to mock, to scoff, Gen. 27, 12, pr. to stam- 
 
 mer, see in 55b no. 2. Comp. Arab. iXAJ' 
 
 I, II, to stammer, stutter, iUUJu a stam- 
 mering. 
 
 HtTHPAL. io mock, to scoff at, c. a 
 2 Chr. 36, 16. 
 
 Deriv. c-iJnSFi . 
 
 ni'aS?ri f. plur. (r. DS) strength, 
 powers, Ps. 68, 36. 
 
 *")?r) obsol. root, i. q. Arab. *ij, 
 
 Hcb. "15 I, to cleave, to split. Hence 
 
 ^sri II. 
 
 I. "lyP m. (r. irns) a razor, sharp 
 knife, so called as making naked or bald ; 
 Num. 6, 5. 8, 7. Pe. 52, 4. Is. 7, 20. Ez. 
 5, 1. "ifiisil "^Sn a xcriter's knife, with 
 which he sharpens his reed pen, q. d. 
 pen-knife, Jer. 36, 23. 
 
 II. "I?!? m. (r. -i5n) c. suff. tn-isri, the 
 sheath of a sword, (pr. cleft.) 1 Sara. 17, 
 51. Ez. 21, 8. 10. 35 [21, 3. 5. 30]. Jer. 
 47,6. 
 
 nn^'^jn r. (r. a-iS I. 3 ) suretyship ; 
 plur. 2 K. 14, 14 ninnrn "ija hostages, 
 given as surety. 
 
 D''^I^r) m. plur. (r. SSn) mockery, de- 
 lusions. Jer. 10, 15. 51, 18 a''5nsn nbso 
 i. e. idols, Jerome opus risu clignum ; 
 better, work of delusions. 
 
 5]^ m. (r. ClSn) plur. C^QPi, c. sufF. 
 
 1. a drum, tabret, timbrel, Arab. Ot>, 
 whence Spanish adduffa. In the East 
 it consists of a thin wooden rim covered 
 with a membrane, and hung around with 
 brass bells or rattles ; it is used chiefly 
 by dancing females. Ex. 15, 20. Judg. 
 11,34. Jer. 31,4; comp. Ps. 68, 26. See 
 Niebuhr's Reisbeschr. I. p. 181. 
 
 2. Ez. 28, 13 the drum or hollow in 
 which a gem is set, bezel ; comp. 3J?3 . 
 
 nnSSn r. is, 28, 5. Jer. 48, 17, else- 
 where triXBn f! absol. and constr. in 
 pause nnxEFi , c. suff. "^PinxEFi . R. nxD I. 
 
 1. ornament, beauty, Ex. 28, 2.^0. Is. 
 3, 18. nTlKCn inaa beautiful garments 
 Is. 52, 1. n"!Bn 'bs beautiful trap- 
 pings, jewels, Ez. 16, 17. 39. 23, 26. 
 'n n")S5S a crown of beauty^ an orna- 
 mented crown, Prov. 4, 9. Is. 28. 5. 62. 
 
 3. Ez. 16, 12. 23, 42. 'n 'as beautiful 
 ornament Is. 28, 1. 4. The proud beauty 
 of the Chaldees, i. e. Babylon, Is. 13. 19; 
 the beauty of Israel, i. e. Jerusalem. Lam. 
 2, 1 ; the ornament of children are their 
 parents, Prov. 17, 6; comp. Ez. 24, 25. 
 So Is. 4, 2. Jer. 13, 11. 33, 9; comp. 
 Deut. 26, 19. 1 Chr. 22, 5. Also nnxBn 
 nnx the beauty of man^ i. e. the human 
 form in its beauty. Is. 44, 13. 
 
 2. splendour, magnificence, glory. YiSiYi. 
 1, 4. Is. 60, 19. 'rinttBPi n-'a my glorious 
 house Is. 60, 7 ; 'n'sint 63, 12 ; 'n oa v. 
 14 ; often of the divine glory, the light 
 and splendour of the divine presence. 
 Is. 46, 13. 1 Chr. 29, 11. Poet, of the 
 ark of the covenant, as the seat of the 
 divine glory, Ps. 78, 61 ; see in is. 
 
 3. honour, glory, in a moral sense, Judg. 
 
 4, 9. Prov. 19, 1 1 . Also a glorying, boast- 
 ing, Is. 10, 12. Zech. 12, 7 ; concr. the 
 object of it. Is. 20, 5. Ps. 89, 18. 
 
 niBn m. (r.nBJ) plur. ninsiBR, constr. 
 
 1. an apple, so called from the fra- 
 grance which it exhales ; Cant. 2, 5. 7, 
 9. Prov. 25, 11. Also an apple-tree Joel 
 
 1, 12. Cant. 2, 3. 8, 5. Arab. -,Uj pr. 
 
 apple, but also said of the lemou, peach, 
 apricot, etc. 
 
 2. Tappuah (apple-region), pr. n. 
 
 a) A city in Judah, Josh. 12, 17. 15, 34. 
 Now ff^yJLi Teffuh, northwest of He- 
 bron ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 428. 
 
 b) A city on the confines of Ephraim 
 and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8. c) Of a 
 man, 1 Chr. 2, 43. 
 
 nsisn n (r. ynn) pi. c. suff. oaipnsiBP) 
 your dispersions, Jer. 25, 34. But other 
 copies read Tiph. ED/'nisiBPi, which is 
 better ; see in r. y^Q note, p. 839. 
 
 D''3'^Sr\ m. plur. (r. HEX) cookings, 
 cooked pieces ; after the form nwn , 
 n^iasin, with Nun formative, as T'SJS 
 from n^l^. Once in the difficult pas- 
 sage Lev. 6, 14 [21] of a cake for sacri- 
 fice, fried (in oil) shall thou offer it, 
 
ban 
 
 1114 
 
 tesn 
 
 D'>PiQ Pini'a ''3'iStn lit. as //le cookings jf 
 the meat-offering in pieces, i. e. cooked 
 or prepared like the meat-offering, and 
 broken up into pieces, comp. Lev. 2, 4 sq. 
 7, 9. The construction is a common one 
 in Hebrew ; see Lehrg. p. 810. 
 
 * 53ri obsol. root. 1. i. q. Arab. JsAJ* 
 to spit out; mid. E, to be insipid, not 
 seasoned, comp. n^na^n ni'i Job 6, 6 ; 
 Chald. 'to be unsalted.' Hence bsn, 
 
 2. to glue or stick on, (pr. with spit- 
 tle ?) like Chald. baa , comp. Heb. bsia . 
 Hence ^BFi no. 2, lime, cement. 
 
 .5BF\ m. (r. bsn) 1. any thing un- 
 seasoned, unsavoury, Job 6, 6 ; metaph. 
 insipid, foolish, vain, Lam. 2, 14. See 
 
 2. lime, plaster, as spread upon walls, 
 cement, Ez. 13, 10 sq. 22, 28. In both 
 
 passages contemptuously ; see ^BIi no. 
 
 G ^^ 6 ^> 
 
 2. Arab. JLaJb and JUio, Chald. 
 ?>"'Bts,id. 
 
 'Sn (lime, cement) Tophel, pr. n. of a 
 place in Edom, on the east of the 'Ara- 
 bah, Deut. 1, 1. Now aJLtib Tufileh ; 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest, il. p. 570, 600. 
 
 il5SF\ f. ( r. ^Btn ) pr. insipidness ; 
 hence folly, i. q. impiety. Job 1, 22. 24, 
 12. Jer. 23, 13. Comp. in iin: . 
 
 n^BP f (r. i>^QHithp.)constr. n^BPi, 
 plur. niiiEFl. 
 
 1. intercession, supplication for any 
 one, 2 K. 19, 4. Is. 37, 4. Jer. 7, 16. 11, 
 14. 
 
 2. Genr. supplication, prayer, to God, 
 Ps. 63, 5. 80, 5. Is. 1, 15. Job 16, 17. al. 
 With h of pars. Ps. 42, 9. 69. 14 ; bx 
 2 Chr. 33, 18. Ps. ]09, 4 n^Dn -isxi but I 
 am ail prayer, poet, for 'I give myself to 
 prayer.' n^Bnri T\'^^_ the house of prayer, 
 the temple. Is. 56, 7. 7'o o/fer prayer 
 is 'n Ntaj Is. 37, 4 ; 'n b^Qnti Neh. ], 6. 
 Of God as hearing and answering prayer 
 is said : 'n n;?b Ps. 6, 10 ; 'n bi< nsQ Ps. 
 102, 18 ; 'n ymi Ps. 4, 2 ; 'n f-^txK Pk. 
 17, I. Prayer is also said to come (X'ia) 
 before God, Ps. 88, 3. Jon. 2, 8. So 
 nkBD has the sense of prayer in the ti- 
 tles of Psalms 17. 86. 90. 102. 142. In a 
 wider sense 
 
 3. a hymn, sacred song, Hab. 3, 1 . So 
 Ps. 72, 20, where the whole preceding 
 book of Psalms, 1-72, is called ni^BPi 
 Til. A similar usage is found in the 
 verb b^ann 1 Sam. 2, 1. 
 
 naibBn f (r. ybs) terror, c. suff. 
 tjPisbBn thy terribleness, Jer. 49, 16. 
 
 nDBr\ (passage, ford, r. nas) Tiphsah, 
 Thapsacus, pr. n. 
 
 a) A large and opulent city on the 
 western bank of the Euphrates, situ- 
 ated at the usual point of passing that 
 river, 1 K. 5, 4 [4, 24]. See Xen. 
 Anab. 1. 4. 11. Arrian. Exp. Alex. 2. 
 13. ib. 3. 7. Strabo XVI. p. 1082. Q,. 
 Curt. 10. 1. 9. 
 
 b) A place in Palestine, 2 K. 15, 16. 
 R. 
 
 * rjSSp to strike, to beat, e. g. the ta- 
 
 bret, Ps. 68, 26. Arab. o5. From 
 the same stock are Gr. tvjitu) (tvji-o)), 
 Sanscr. tup to smite, to kill ; whence 
 TVfinavov i. q. 5]ri ; Engl, to tap. 
 
 Po. to beat, to smite, pr. to drum, e. g. 
 upon the breast, c. hv Nah. 2. 8. 
 
 Deriv. tfn. 
 
 * *l2r) to sew together Gen. 3, 7. Ecc. 
 3, 7. Job 16, 15. 
 
 PiEL id. Ez. 13, 18. 
 
 * W^T) fut. ifiBn"^ 1. to lay hold of 
 any one, to seize, c. ace. Gen. 39, 12 
 (with 11533 by his garment). 1 K. 18, 
 40 ; c. a is.' 3, 6 ; of things, c. 3 Deut. 9, 
 17. Hence to take in war. to capture, 
 e. g. men 2 K. 7, 12 ; cities Josh. 8, 8. 
 Deut. 20, 19. Trop. ''^ nttJ bfiPi Prov. 
 30, 9 to lay hold upon the name of Jeho- 
 vah sc. unlawfully and unwarrantably, 
 to do violence to the name of God by 
 falsehood and perjury ; comp. lans in 
 the preceding member. 
 
 2. to hold, to have in possession, as a 
 city Jer. 40, 10 ; then to handle, to wield, 
 as a sickle Jer. 50, 16 ; the bow Amos 2, 
 15. Jer. 46, 9 ; the oar Ez. 27, 29 ; the 
 harp Gen. 4, 21. Trop. to handle the 
 law, spoken of a priest, Jer. 2, 8 ; to 
 practise war. Num. 31, 27. 
 
 3. to make fast in gold and silver, for 
 to overlay ; Part. pass. 3nt ttJlBn over- 
 laid with gold Hab. 2, 19." Comp. tns 
 no. 5, 6, 
 
nen 
 
 1115 
 
 bpn 
 
 NiPH. pasB. of Kal no. 1, to be taken, 
 seized, Num. 5, 13 ; to be captured, e. g. 
 men Pa. 10, 2 ; cities Ez. 19, 4. 8. Jer. 
 50, 46. 
 
 PiEL, i. q. Kal no. 1, to take hold, to 
 lay hold, Prov. 30, 28. 
 
 I. T\tr\ n (r. riW) spittle ; melon, one 
 spit upon. Job 17, 6 n;)ni< n-^jeb nBJn 
 / am become as one in whose face men 
 spit, i. e. the vilest and most contemned 
 of mortals ; comp. ^axd Matt. 5, 22, i.e. 
 Kjs'i from r. ppn to spit out. 
 
 II. f^Bn, always with the art. riBnfi, 
 Tophet, pr. n. of a place in the valley of 
 the sons of Hinnom (see in X"^? lett. a), 
 near Jerusalem, noted for the human 
 sacrifices there offered to Moloch and 
 finally abolished by Josiah, 2 K. 23, 10. 
 Jer. 7, 32. 19, 6. 13. 14. nBFiri niaa 
 Jer. 7, 31 the high places of Tophet, i. e. 
 the artificial mounds, tumuli, on which 
 those sacrifices were offered. As to the 
 etymology of the name nsh , it is com- 
 monly referred to r. CjiR to spit, and 
 rendered ' place to be spit upon,' to be 
 abhorred ; but it seems to have borne 
 this name with all, even among the 
 idolaters themselves. It is better, there- 
 fore, with Noldius in Vind. p. 948, with 
 Lorsbach, and others, to regard ns'ln as 
 i. q. nnsn q. v. denoting the place of 
 burning dead bodies in the funeral rites. 
 
 nnSn is. 30, 33 a place of burning, 
 i. e. where dead bodies were burned for 
 sepulture, a word of Assyro-Persian ori- 
 gin ; comp. jjJCibf tdften, ,^^JCaj , to set 
 on fire, to burn, and Gr. -d^amtiv, fully 
 nvql &anxuv to burn (a corpse) with 
 fire, then to bury. The form itself of 
 the Heb. word betrays a foreign origin. 
 
 ^!?j^^^ Chald. m. pi. emphat. persons 
 learned in the law, lawyers, Dan. 3, 2. 3. 
 Arab. Conj. IV j-xit to give a response 
 
 Of 
 
 concerning the law ; whence .^-XA4j\ 
 
 the Mufti, pr. a wise man, one whose 
 response is equivalent to law. Theod. 
 oi in i^ovaiuv, Vulg. prczfecti. 
 
 tyy&'lT\^ see in nixs-in. 
 * Kj^ri obsol. root, Arab. _iu to fear, 
 to beware ; hence pr. n. R^n^X . 
 
 nn)3n ( r. nn;? ) Tokhath, pr. n. m. 
 2 Chr. 34. 22 Keri'; where Cheth. nnjsin 
 Tokahath, from r. npv The parall, 
 passage in 2 K. 22, 14 has Mifsn q. v. 
 
 n^J?n f. (r. nj;3) constr. nifrrj, c. suff. 
 
 1. i. q. i;? , a cord, line, Josh. 2, 18. 21. 
 
 2. expectation, hope, Job 11,20. 19, 10. 
 Prob. 23, 18. al. ''b nipn uj;; there is hope 
 to me, I have hope, Ruth 1, 12. Job 5, 16, 
 Zech. 9, 12 nip;nn '^y'O'i^ the prisoners 
 of hope, i. e. who cherish hope of deliver- 
 ance. For Job 4, 6, see under i no. 1. 
 bb. /?. ; 267. Melon, for what one hopes, 
 Job 6, 8 ; for the person (God) from 
 whom one hopes any thing Ps. 71, 5. 
 
 3. Tikvah, pr. n. m. 2 K. 22, 14, for 
 which in the parall. 2 Chr. 34, 22 rnprn 
 q. V. Cheth. nnp-itn. 
 
 HTS'lpri f (r. n!ip) power of standing, 
 i. e. of resisting. Lev. 26, 37. 
 
 Dttipn m. (r. C!ip) i. q. oaipna , one 
 who rises up against, an adversary, plur. 
 c. suff. Ps. 139, 21. 
 
 yipn (a fixing or pitching of tents, r. 
 SpPi) Tekoa, pr. n. of a fortified city south 
 of Bethlehem, on the borders of the 
 eastern desert (Sipin nana 2 Chr. 20, 20, 
 comp. 1 Mace. 9, 33),' 2 Sam. 14, 2. 1 Chr. 
 2, 24. Jer. 6, 1. Am. 1, 1. Gr. Ofxae 
 
 1 Mace. 9, 33. Relandi Palsest. p. 1028. 
 Its ruins are still called c yJLi TekiCa. 
 see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 182-184. 
 Gentile n. fem. n'^sippi a Tekoite 
 
 2 Sam. 14, 4. 9. 
 
 nSlpn f. (r. d^ip) constr. nS!ipn, plur. 
 rrispPi ; a circuit, as of the sun Ps. 19,7. 
 Hence the coming about or return of 
 the seasons, lapse of time, 1 Sam. 1, 20. 
 nsTsn PBipnb at the return of the year, 
 i. e. after a year, 2 Chr. 24, 23 ; comp. 
 Ex. 34, 22, where i is omitted. 
 
 '^''p^ m. adj. strong, mighty, Ecc. 6, 
 
 10. R. ClpPi. 
 
 Sl'^pn Chald. m. (r. ClpJn) 1. strong, 
 hard, Dan. 2, 40. 42. 
 2. mighty, powerful, Dan. 3, 33. 
 
 *gri Chald. to poise, to weigh, i. q. 
 Hebr. i>pir. Part. pass, bgn for ii'pn 
 weighed Dan. 5, 25. 
 PiEL pass, to be weighed, Dan. 5, 27. 
 
ipn 1 
 
 Ihv ifi^ lP*?i to he or 6e made 
 straight, kindr. with ")3ln ; a word of the 
 later Hebrew, and usual in Chaldee and 
 the Talmud. Ecc. 1, 15. 
 
 PiEL "iisfi , to make straight, Ecc. 7, 13. 
 Hence to set in right order, to compose, 
 e. g. proverbs, parables, Ecc. 12, 9. 
 
 Ipn Chald. id. only Hoph. "l^nn , with 
 Heb. flexion, to be set upright, establish- 
 ed, Dan. 4, 33 [36]. 
 
 "^^125 fut. 5j5n7 1. to strike, to 
 smite, spec, with ace. C)3 ; i. e. a) to 
 cZa^ f/te hands, as a token of rejoicing, 
 Ps. 47. 2 ; also at the calamities of 
 others, c. b? Nah. 3, 19. b) to strike 
 hands as a pledge of suretyship, Prov. 
 17, 18. 22, 26 ; c. h/or ^ny one, Prov. 6, 
 1. Without Jri? id. Prov. 11, 15. 
 
 2. to strike or drive a thing itito ano- 
 ther, i. e. to ^.r or fasten by driving, 
 e. g. a nail Judg. 4, 21. Is. 22, 23. 25 ; to 
 /oston with nails 1 Sam. 31, 10. 1 Chr. 
 10, 10, Judg. 16, 14 ; hence hr>k Sjstn to 
 pitch a tent, by fastening it with pins 
 driven into the earth. Gen. 31, 25. Jer. 
 6, 3 ; to thrust, e. g. a spear, sword, dart, 
 Judg. 3, 21. 2 Sam. 18, 14; also to cast 
 into the sea, Ex. 10, 19. 
 
 3. 'nsittja Sj^n Num. 1, 3. 4. 8, and 
 iBid 'n Ps. 81,'4. Jer. 4, 5. 6, 1. 51, 27. 
 Num. 10, 6. 7, to strike up the trumpet, 
 i. e. to give one blast, to blow the trumpet 
 once, as a signal, Arab. , -{Jt UJ^-o . 
 It differs from J'^'in and nSiiiF} Vpy\ to 
 sound an alarm ; see in 5">"in no. 2. p. 
 971. 
 
 NiPH. 1. Reflex, of Kal no. 1. b. Job 
 17, 3 S15PI7 "in^b X!in-ia wj/io is Tie that 
 will strike with my hand 1 i. e. that will 
 strike hands or pledge himself/or me. 
 
 2. Pass, of Kal no. 3. Is. 27, 13. Am. 
 3,6. 
 
 Deriv. pr. n. SipPi and 
 
 ^i?'? m. Ps. 150, 3, a blast, clangour, 
 of the trumpet. 
 
 * 5)12^ fut. c. suff. WB)5riPi, to over- 
 power, to oppress wholly, c. ace. Job 14, 
 20. 15, 24 ; to prevail against, to assail, 
 Ecc. 4, 12. Comp. Chald. Arab, oiiij id. 
 
 Deriv. Cl'^pP], Clp/ti. 
 
 f|pP^ Chald. to be or become great, 
 strong, powerful, Dan. 4, 8. 19. In a bad 
 
 116 
 
 i^n 
 
 sense, of the mind, to become firm, hard- 
 ened, obstinate, Dan. 5, 20. 
 
 Pa. inf to make strong, to confirm, 
 Dan. 6, 8. 
 
 Deriv. Chald. 5li|3n, t]pPi. 
 
 5])^n m. (r. Cipri) c. suff". isppi, w,f>A.<, 
 power, authority, Esth. 9, 29. io, 2. Dan. 
 11, 17. 
 
 ^Ipri Chald. m. emphat. NBprj id. 
 might, power, Dan. 2, 37. 4,27. R. Sign. 
 
 SlBpn , see nssipn . 
 
 "I'ri , see nin . 
 
 ^^^7^ (perh. i. q. ^J^S'^F] a reeling) 
 Taralah, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin, 
 Josh. 18, 27. 
 
 in^S'iri f (r. nia'n) a brood, progeny. 
 in contempt. Num. 32, 14. 
 
 tT'3'|ir| f (r. fl^'^) increase, interest. 
 i. q. n-'S'ia q. v. LeV. 25, 36. Prov. 28, 8. 
 Ez. 18, 8. 13. 17. 22, 12. 
 
 bSnri Tiph. denom. from hn, r. isS-n, 
 where see, p. 961. 
 
 0^"!*^ Chald. quadrilit. to translate 
 from one language into another, to z'ntor- 
 pret. Arab, and Ethiop. id. For the 
 origin of this word, see ci'n no. 4. Pual 
 part. pass. Da'nna translated Ezra 4, 7. 
 
 nmnn f. (r. Trr\, Tsere impure) 
 constr. riTo'irnn, deep sleep, Gen. 2, 21. 
 15, 12. 1 Sam. 26, 12. Put for deep 
 lethargy, sluggishness. Is. 29, 10. Prov. 
 19, 15. 
 
 ^^ri'l'P^ Tirhakah, pr. n. of a king oi" 
 Ethiopia and Thebais, Is. 37, 9. 2 K. 19. 
 9 ; the TtocQxojv of Strabo 15. 1. 6, 7'ap- 
 xog or Tagaxog of Manetho ap. Syncel- 
 lum, see Routh Rel. Sacrse II, p. 46 ; 
 comp. Comment, on Is. 18, 1. This name, 
 written in the hieroglyphic-phonetic 
 characters, is found on one of the tem- 
 ples of Egypt ; see Wilkinson's Mann, 
 and Cust. of the anc. Egyptians, I. p. 140 
 sq. Rosellini Mon. Stor. II. p. 109 sq. 
 
 nttnnn f. (r. tssi-i Hiph. no. 3) constr. 
 Pi5a!iir), plur. niaiin. 
 
 1. an offering, a present ; e. g. Prov. 
 29, 4 Piiaiin Ta"^X a man of presents, i. e. 
 a judge loving presents. Hence 
 
 2. an oblation, an offering to God or to 
 idols Is. 40, 20 ; spoken : a) Of tke ofler- 
 
1-in 
 
 1117 
 
 "in 
 
 ings of the Israelites for erecting and or- 
 namenting the pacrcd tabernacle, Ex.25, 
 2. 3. 35, 5. 21. 24. 36, 3. 6; also of other 
 offerings to the temple 2 Chr. 31, 10. 12. 
 
 14. Ezra 8, 25. b) Of the annual offer- 
 ing of a half-shekel, Ex. 30, 13-15. c) 
 Of an offering made to Jehovah after a 
 victory. Num. 31, 52 ; comp. vv. 29. 41. 
 d) Of the offering of the first-fruits, Num. 
 
 15, 19. 20. 21. e) Of the tenth of the 
 tithes, which was to be paid over by the 
 Levites to the priests, Num. 18, 26. 28. 
 29. f ) Of the portions of the sacrifices 
 which belonged to the priests, and which 
 it was unlawful for others to eat (Lev. 
 22, 12), Lev. 7, 14; eepec. nannn pid 
 the oblation-shoulder, which together 
 with the wave-breaat (nB^lDnrt S^in) 
 in sacrifices ol" thank-offering was the 
 portion (riro) of the priests, Ex. 29, 27. 
 Lev. 7. 32-34. 10, 14. 15. Num. 6, 20 ; 
 see also Num. 5, 9. Neh. 10, 38. 12, 44. 
 13, 5. g) Of the territory reserved for 
 the priests, Ez. 45, 1. 48, 8-10. 12. 20. 
 21. Coupled with a genit. of him to 
 whom the oblation is made, '''^ raiiPl 
 Ex. 30, 14. 15. 35, 5. 21 ; o-^snisn 'n Neh'. 
 13, 5 ; with genit. of thing offered Neh. 
 10. 40. Ex. 35, 24. Ez. 48, 12. So too 
 'rnp 'n a holy offering Ex. 36, 6 ; 1^ 'n 
 an offering of the hand, as that with 
 which the offering is brought and pre- 
 sented, Deut. 12, 11. 17 ; comp. i;; MFiTS 
 Deut. 16, 17. Also niiann '^rq fields 
 of offerings, i. e. fertile fields, yielding 
 rich fruits, suitable for oblations to God 
 as first-fruits or tithes, 2 Sam. 1, 21. 
 
 2. a present exacted by a prince, i. e. 
 tribute, i. q. nnsa no. 2. Ez. 45, 3. 16. 
 
 Note. The origin of this word, as 
 stated above, is from the idea o^ offering 
 in Dinn no. 3. just as vi'ii'q and nxba are 
 from Xir; ; not from the idea of taking 
 away in tJ'^'irt no. 4, although there is 
 once an allusion to this power in Pual, 
 Ex. 29, 27; comp. Num. 18, 26. Many 
 of the Rabbins, though not all, assign to 
 no^inrj the signif. elevation, and refer it 
 to a certain rite in sacrifice, the heave- 
 offering so called, consisting in present- 
 ing the offering with a motion up and 
 down ; comp. nsiiari wave-offering, and 
 see in Ciia Hiph. no. 2. p. 659. But this 
 signification is supported by no certain 
 example. See Thesaur. p. 1276 sq. 
 
 94 
 
 n^pinn f i, q. nainn no. 1. g, Ez. 
 48, 12. 
 
 TVT\n r. (r. ?n) constr. ny^i-in. 
 
 1. loud noise, tumult. Spec, a) shouts 
 of joy, rejoicing. Job 8, 21. 33, 26. S-'-in 
 nmn 1 Sam. 4, 5. Ezra 3, 11. 13. 
 "r^^p nsnnn the shouting for a king, i. e. 
 joyful acclamations with which a king 
 is welcomed, Num. 23, 21. b) a shout 
 for battle, war-cry, Am. 1, 14. Job 39, 25. 
 Jer. 4, 19. 49, 2. nsinn S-i-in to raise 
 the shout of battle. Josh. 6, 5. 20. 
 
 2. sound, clangour, of trumpets Lev. 
 25, 9. Zeph. 1, 16. Also a signal, alarm, 
 as sounded, e. g. nsiTi ~pn to sound 
 the alarm, to give the signal with sound 
 of trumpet. Num. 10. 5. 6. nsnn -iBi 
 a signal-tnimpet Lev. 25, 9 ; and so 
 Num. 31, 6. 2 Chr. 13, 12. Also 'n ''bsbs 
 clanging cymbals Ps. 150, 5. nrnn ci^ 
 i. e. the first day of the seventh (after- 
 wards the first) month, which was an- 
 nounced by the sound of trumpets. Lev. 
 23, 24. Num. 29, 1-6. ns^in "insT sa- 
 crifices offered with the sound of trum- 
 pets, Ps. 27, 6 ; comp. Num. 10, 10. 
 
 nS^nn f. medicine, Ez. 47, 12. Vulg. 
 medicina, Sept. vyUta, comp. Rev. 22, 2 
 &(qaniia. Prob. pr. medical powder, 
 from r. Ti^n to crush. Others assign to 
 this root the signif. ' to heal,' i. q. KB'J . 
 
 * "^ID^ obsol. root, Arab. \Ji to be 
 
 hard, dry ; \Ji firmness, hardness. 
 Hence 
 
 ^pP) f. Is. 44, 14, a species of tree so 
 called from its hardness and strength, 
 perh. an oak, like Lat. robur. Aqu. 
 Theod. otyqio^alavog, Vulg. ilex. See 
 Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 270. 
 
 * n^ri obsol. root, Chald. to delay. 
 Hence 
 
 'T^S? Terah. pr. n. a) A station of 
 the Israelites in the desert. Num. 33, 27. 
 b) The father of Abraham, Gen. 11,24. 
 Josh. 24, 2. 
 
 n5n"in Tirhanah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 
 48. 'r. inn. 
 
 '{''DP^ Chald. constr.'^tJPj, fem. "pnnr), 
 two, Dan. 6, 1. Ezra 4, 24. For the ac- 
 cordance of other languages, see Heb. 
 
5a^n 
 
 1118 
 
 is"iln 
 
 rra'nn f. fraud, deceit, Judg. 9, 31. 
 R. n?3n Pi. 
 
 n^'Qirij see in n'^ann. 
 
 n'^'5a"iri f. (r. n^-i Pi.) fraud, deceit, 
 Zeph. 3, 13. Ps. lia 118. Jer. 8, 5. 23, 26 ; 
 also 14. 14 where Cheth. has TWoy^ id. 
 
 yyP^ m. c. sufF. 03-in, prob. i. q. T^.'^, a 
 pme, Chald. Nrii5"i!ili . Hence : a) the 
 mast of a ship/ls.'33,. 23. Ez. 27, 5. b) 
 a signal-pole, set up on mountains. Is. 
 30, 17. The root is "|3'i, whence T^n 
 after the analogy of Ti'^a from r. Tp.'^ , 
 D^QF] from r. DO^ . See in 'i^X . 
 
 y"!)n Chald. m. i. q. Heb. 1?^5 1. a 
 gate, door, e. g. of a furnace or oven 
 Dan. 3, 26. 
 
 2. the gate of the king, i. e. of the 
 royal palace, put for the palace itself, 
 or rather lor the court of the palace, into 
 which there was only one entrance, Dan. 
 2, 49 ; comp. "?^ Esth. 2, 19. Comp. also 
 Arab. UjU , Turkish yjJi Kapii, for the 
 court of the Khalifs and Turkish sove- 
 reigns ; Engl, the Porte. Gr. al &vQai 
 for the Persian court, Xen. Cyr. I. 3. 2. 
 ib. 8. 3. 2, 11. ib. 8. 6. 7. Syr. |lj2 
 
 Arab. JLco an opening, a door. Comp. 
 also Sanscr. rfrara, whence both Gr. d^iqa 
 and Lat. /ores; Pers. jt>, Engl. door. 
 
 3^'^n Chald. (each Kamets impure, 
 for 5'nn, after the form n\Q, rxt-p^,) 
 plur. emphat. N^?^^), the door-keepers, 
 porters, Ezra 7, 24. 
 
 ^^?"^'^ f- (r. ^S"^) reeling, drunken- 
 ness ; whence i^^?"!!:! "i';';!! wine of reel- 
 ing, pr. Vjine even reeling, i. e. which 
 causes it, Ps. 60, 5. n^?"jnn 013 the 
 cup of reeling Is. 51, 17. 22. See for the 
 metaphor under Ois. 
 
 '>ril?'ir\ Tirathite. gentile n. from a 
 place nsnpi (gate) otherwise unknown, 
 1 Chr. 2, 55. 
 
 H- T o^sol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. 
 
 O5J' to live in comfort; whence KiJi 
 
 prosperous and comfortable life. With 
 this accords Sanscr. trip to delight, Gr. 
 rignofiai. Hence 
 
 Q'^B'in m. plur. Iiousehold g'oc/s, domes- 
 tic idolS; q.d. the Petiates o{^ the Hebrews, 
 
 (according to Schultens, ad Harir. Cons. 
 III. p. 155, i.q. Tiin "^bs's guardians and 
 givers of prosperous life.) Gen. 31, 19. 
 34. 1 Sam. 19, 13. 16. They seem to 
 have had the human form and stature, 
 
 1 Sam. 1. c. and to have been consulted 
 as oracles, Ez. 21, 26. Zech. 10, 2. Also 
 Judg. 17,5. 18, 14sq. 1 Sam. 15, 23. 2 K. 
 23, 24. Hos. 3, 4. Constr. c. plur. Gen. 
 1. c. but in 1 Sam. 19, 13 under the plural 
 form n"'Bin (pluralis excellentise?) only 
 one image seems to be understood. 
 
 niann (delight, r. nii-n) Tirzah, pr. n. 
 a) A city of Israel situated in a pleasant 
 region, Cant. 6, 4 ; and from Jeroboam 
 to Omri the capital of the kingdom of 
 Israel, Josh. 12, 24. 1 K. 14, 17. 15, 21. 
 
 2 K. 15, 14. al. b) One of the daugh- 
 ters of Zelophehad, Num. 26, 33. 27, 1. 
 36, 11. Josh. 17, 3. 
 
 1^'!)D Teresh, (Pers. livi* severe, au- 
 stere,) pr. n. of a eunuch at the court of 
 Xerxes, Esth. 2, 21. 6, 2. 
 
 ffiilC'iri (perh. a breaking, subjection, 
 i. e. a subdued country, r. ViV"^) pr. n. 
 Tarshish. 
 
 1. Tartessus, Gr. TixQTrjaaog, less freq. 
 Tagajfi'ov Polyb. and Steph. Byz. a city 
 of Spain with the adjacent country, 
 situated between the two mouths of the 
 river Bsetis or Guadalquivir, a flourish- 
 ing colony and mart of the Phenicians, 
 Gen. 10, 4. Is. 23, 1. 6. 10. 66, 19. Jon, 
 1, 3. 4. 2. Ez. 38, 13. Kings of Tar- 
 shish are spoken of^ Ps. 72, 10. From 
 hence silver (comp. Diod. Sic. 5. 35-38. 
 Strab. III. p. 148 Casaub.) iron, tin, and 
 lead, were brought to Tyre. Jer. 10, 9. 
 Ez. 27, 12. 25. See Bochart Geogr. 
 Sacra lib. III. cap. VII. p. 165 sq. J. D. 
 Michaelis Spicileg. geogr. Hebr. exterse 
 P. I. p. 82-103. Comp. Comm. on Is. 
 23, 1. Hence a'>^-in ni*3X ships of 
 Tarshish, Tarshish-ships, spoken pr. 
 of ships employed by the Tyrians in 
 voyages to and from Tarshish, Is. 23, 1. 
 14. 60, 9; but also genr. for all large 
 merchant vessels, although sailing to 
 other and different countries, Is. 2, 16. 
 Ps. 48, 8 ; comp. the Engl. East-India- 
 men. So in 1 K. 10, 22. 22, 49, of ships 
 sailing from Ezion-geber on the Red 
 Sea to Ophir ; although the writer of 
 the Chronicles seems either not to have 
 
win 
 
 1119 
 
 :nn 
 
 known or not to have approved of this 
 usage, see 2 Chr. 9, 21. 20, 36. 37. 
 See more in Thesaur. p. 1315. 
 
 2. A precious stone, so called as 
 brought from Tarshish, just as Opliir also 
 is put (Job 22, 24) for the gold brought 
 from thence, Ex. 28, 20. 39, 13. Ez. 1, 
 16. 10,9. 28,13. Cant. 5, 14. Dan. 10.6. 
 According to the Sept. and Joeephus, 
 (he chrysolite^ i. e. the topaz of the mo- 
 derns, which is still Ibund in Spain ; so 
 Braun de Vestitu Sacerd. II. 17. Others 
 understand amber, but contrary to Ex. 
 28, 20. 39, 13. 
 
 3. Tarshish, pr. n. of persons : a) A 
 Persian prince, Esth. 1, 14. b) 1 Chr. 
 7, 10. 
 
 nir\, always with art. KTOnnn, 
 (comp. Pers. jiofors/i, severe, austere.) 
 the Tirshatha, the title of the Persian 
 governor of Judea, q. d. your Severity ; 
 comp. Germ, geslrenger Herr, a title for- 
 merly given to the magistrates of the 
 free and imperial German cities ; so of 
 Zerubbabel, Ezra 2, 63. Neh. 7, 65. 70. 
 Also of Nehemiah, and put ai\er his 
 name, Neh. 8, 9. 10, 2 ; comp. 12, 26, 
 where for it is nncri the governor. 
 
 jriir) Tartan, pr. n. of a general 
 under Sargon and Sennacherib kings of 
 Assyria, Is. 20, 1. 2 K. 18, 17. 
 
 pr\ir) Tartak, pr. n. of an idol of the 
 Avvites (n-^^r) 2 K. 17, 31. In Pehlvi, 
 tar-ihakh might be ' deep darkness,' or 
 ' hero of darkness.' 
 
 n^nton f (r. WC) with gen. "i; added, 
 ' something put into one's hand,' i. e. a 
 deposit, trust, Lev. 5, 21. 
 
 niSTCn f. plur. (r. Xid) noise, e. g. 
 tumuli of a multitude Is. 22. 2 ; shouting, 
 
 shouts, Zech. 4. 7 ; clamour Job 39, 7 ; 
 a crashing Job 36, 29. 
 
 ^atnn m. TishhUe, 1 K. 17, 1. 21, 17, 
 gentile n. of the prophet Elijah, from a 
 city of Naphtuli called nacn or nairn, 
 Gr. Ota^i'i Tob. 1, 2. See Reland' Pa- 
 lajst. p. 1035. Thesaur. p. 1352. R. natJ . 
 
 pSTDn m. (r. ynt) tesselated stuff, i. e. 
 cloth (byssus) woven in checker-work, 
 see the root ; hence 72'itn nshs a tunic 
 cf checker-work, Ex. 28, 4. 
 
 nn'lOn r (r. aid) l. a return, 1 Sara. 
 7, 17. 2 Sam. 11, 1. 1 K. 20, 22. 26. 
 
 2. an answer Job 21, 34. 34, 36. 
 Comp. a-idn no, 2. b. 
 
 ni^'lCn f. ( r. 5id no. 3) 1. deliver- 
 ance, salvation, Ps. 37, 39. 40, 11. 71, 15. 
 
 2. victory, 2 Sam. 19, 3. 2 K. 5, 1. Ps. 
 33, 17. Comp. nsrrv 
 
 n^lTCn f (r. pvj no. 2) desire, long- 
 ing, Gen. 3, 16. 4, 7. Cant. 7, 11. 
 
 ni^iCn f (r. "inttj I ) a gift, present, 
 1 Sam. 9,7. So too in the Heb. version 
 of Daniel, Dan. 2, 6. 5, 17, for Chald. 
 nstn? . See r. "iid I. 1. c. 3 ; comp. 
 espec. Is. 57, 9. 
 
 T\'^'WT\ , see in n^dm . 
 
 *^'^^tD'r\ m. (from Sdn) f. nisidpi, ord. 
 adj. t?ie ninth. Num. 7, 60. Lev. 25, 22. 
 
 *3?12in f constr. sen, and HJ'^n 
 m. constr. risdn, nine, Gen. 11, 19. 2 
 Sam. 24, 8. al. Also the ninth in enume- 
 rating days, as tti'i'nb nscna on the ninth 
 of the month Lev. 23, 32. Plur. d-'Sdn 
 comm. ninety. Gen. 5, 17. 30. 
 
 ''2r\r\ Tatnai, pr. n. of a Persian 
 governor, Ezra 5, 3. 6, 6. Perh. i. q. 
 ^*^b gift. 
 
ADDENDA 
 
 The student is requested to mark the following Addenda in the proper places. 
 
 Page 27, col. 1, before Art. ir^s add this article : 
 
 nS'liX, see nsi-iN. 
 " 32. " 2, 1. 3 from bott. for ' q. d. etc' read : lit. soothes, keeps it within 
 
 himself. 
 " 38. " 1, 1. 25 sq. read : ksatrapa, pr. protector (representative) of the regal 
 
 power, viceroy ; Lassen in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI, p, 18, 
 " 38. " 1, 1, 6 from bott. read : khysydrsA, rex pius, Lassen in Zeitschr, f. d. 
 
 Morgenl, VL p, 124, It is certain, etc, 
 " 66, " 2. 1. 3 from bott. after to say; add : but see in lat II. Note. Comp. 
 " 69, " 2, 1, 3, add at the end: See more in r, p-iy, 
 '' 84. " 1, 1. 15. after 166, add : Irby and Mangles p, 478, 
 " 104, , " 2, bott, after [41], add : In v, 6 [21] written "^"^S^X'? q. v. 
 " 144. " 1.1. 22, for come among us, read : fall upon us round about. 
 " 150. " 1, 1. 20, for wounded, read : hurt, broken; 
 " 151, " 1, 1, 2,'for Keri,read: Chethibh; 
 "' 170. " 1, 1. 16 from bott, dele : Nah, 2, 3. 
 " 191. '' 2, after Art, '^ib'^^ add this article : 
 
 nS'ia (garden, r, "|3a) Ginath, pr, n, m, 1 K. 16, 21. 22. 
 " 211, ' 1, 1, 12, read : to speak ; see more in r, "iJgt II, Note. 
 " 216. " 2, before Art. .Tni'n add this article : 
 
 D'^S'l^'^, .see in "^nii^. 
 285. " 2, 1. 11 from bott. add : See Biblioth. Sac. 1848, p. 684. 
 " 333. " 1, 1. 7 trom bott. after m. add : emphat. KBOn, 
 ^' 371. " L 1. 15 from bott. dele : Zech. 10, 11. 
 
 " " " 1, 1. 13 from bott. read: In two places only it is spoken of the Eu- 
 phrates, Zech. 10, 11. Dan. 12, 5. 6. 7. 
 " 484. " 1, 1. 20, before 1. add : also 1S3 Job 38, 29. 
 " 486. " 1. before art, n-^-iBS add this article : 
 
 "1S3, see lies. 
 " 549, " 2, 1. 3, end of the line, add : Russell's Aleppo I. p. 76. Biblioth. Sac. 
 
 1848. p. 473. 
 " 664. " 1, 1. 16 from bott. before d) add : Also of the Holy Land, Jer. 2, 7. 
 
 16, 18, Ps. 79, 1, Ex, 15, 7. 
 *' 773, " 2, before art. D^r?, add this article : 
 
 yjV Chald. m, constr. ')''? ; Plur. I''?'^? , constr. ''_3'^5 ; an eye, i. q. 
 Heb. Ezra 5, 5, Dan, 4, 31. 7, 8. 20, 
 " 1016, " 2, after art. CBiU. add this article : 
 
 ni'aSiO, see nioeo. 
 
INDEX 
 
 GRAMMATICAL AND ANALYTICAL. 
 
 The references to Sectiont (^) in this Index are to the Hebrew Grammar of Gesenius as revised 
 by Roediger, fourteenth edition, Halle 1845 ; English, with the same divisions, by M. Stuart, 
 Andover, 1847 ; also by T. J. Conant, New- York, 1847. In all the examples of verbs and 
 nouns, Prefixes with Sheva only, Vav conversive {.^), and the Article, are omitted. 
 
 M 
 
 ;]nas5 Ez. 28, 16 for ^l^^^, 1 Tut. Plel 
 
 from r. 13X, the first radical X being 
 
 dropped by Syriasm, Lgb. p. 378. 
 ',nax Cliald. fathers, plur. of 2S . 
 K^X Is. 28, 12 for ^3X they will, by Arab- 
 ism, 44. note 4. Lgb. 265. R. nax . 
 ffliax , see ttJ1a;i . 
 'ax for x-^ax l "fut. Hiph. from r. xia 1 K. 
 
 21, 29. Mic. 1, 15. 75. 2. f Lgb. 436. 
 iTi-^ax 1 fut. Hiph. from. r. *12X , for 
 
 nyaxXjH'i'iaxx. 67.notel. Lgb. 377. 
 "ipibxax 1 praet. Hiph. for "'fibxin from 
 
 ^xa il. 52. note 6. Lgb. 319." 
 f^"^/!^ 1 fut. Hithp. from nn^ . Also with 
 
 suk D'n^X . See p. 215V 
 DS-inx 2 Sam. 22, 43 for cjs'iX 1 fut. Hiph. 
 
 c. suff. B-, from r. pj^'n. the Dag. of a 
 
 short syllable being resolved into a 
 
 long vowel, Lgb. 145, 369. 
 na-nx 1 fut. Hithp. from n^a^ I, 
 isninsc 1 fut. Hiph. c. suff. ^i- for i-nix , 
 
 a form not contracted, from nn'i Hiph. 
 
 to praise Ps. 28, 7. Comp. nnin^ 52. 
 
 note 7. 
 'n? 1 fut. apoc. from n;n to be, for t^y^iK . 
 n;;orix 1 fut. c. n parag. for manx from 
 
 nan to sigh, to complain, Ps. 77, 4. 
 
 74. note 4. 
 n^^nix Jer. 4, 19 Cheth. see in r. bn^ 
 
 Hiph. no. 2. p. 395. 
 b-^aix Hos. 11, 4, 1 fut. Hiph. for b^3XX , 
 
 i-irxx , from r. b2X . 67. note ]. 
 n-nsix l fut. Hiph. c. n parag. by Chal- 
 
 daism for nysix, nni^XX, from r. 
 
 nsx : 67. note 1. 
 Vti} 1 fut. Hiph. for V!l!<'< from r. ',TX no. 
 
 I.' 67. note 1. Lgb. 378. 
 i|X Chald. Ezra 5, 15, imp. Pe. from r. 
 
 btx , by Syriasm bjx , c. Makk. "btx. 
 
 94* 
 
 tnx. see in r. n:n init. p. 303. 
 
 nrjnx 1 fut. Piel, c. suff. for "sxanx 
 Vroni r. xan , Gen. 31, 39. 
 
 ni'^nx f plur. sisters, see sing, mnx p. 33. 
 
 bnx'l fut. Hiph. from r. h\n , I will pro- 
 fane Ez. 39, 7, (pr. with Dag. forte 
 impl. 22. 1,) differing from hni< 
 I will begin Deut. 2, 25. Josh. 3, 7 ; just 
 as bn;;' Num. 30, 3 he breaks (his word) 
 differs from bn;; he begins Judg. 10, 18. 
 13,5. 66. 5. Lgb. 370, 371. 
 
 !l"inx 3 plur. prset. Piel for ^linx from r. 
 nnx , Judg. 5, 28 ; corap. "^sn^n^ and 
 Lgb. 170. 
 
 nnx Chald. imp. Aph. from r. nri3 to 
 descend. 
 
 nnnx l fut. Kal from r. nnn , c. n parag. 
 Jer. 17, 18. 
 
 ax 1 fut. Hiph. apoc. for nax from r. 
 na; Hos. 11. 4. Job 23, 11. Comp. 
 a^ , ap), imp. an. 
 
 na'sx where art thou ? from ""X and suff. 
 
 nab-^X , see in r. T\bn init. p. 253. 
 
 DP'^x Ps. 19, 14, i. q. cnx . which is read 
 
 in several Mss. 1 fut. (A) Kal from r. 
 
 C^Pi /shall be upright. Lgb. 52, 366. 
 brx 1 fut. apoc. Piel from r. nba Ez. 
 
 "43, 8. 
 ^jbSwNt Ex. 33, 3 for r,b2X 1 fut. Piel c. suff. 
 
 tile Dag. being dropped and Pattahh 
 
 passing over into Segol, comp. 27. 
 
 note 2. b. Sept. i^vulwaa at, Vulg. 
 
 disperdani te. Lgb. 164, 433. 
 visx for TjSX 1 fut. Niph. from ?jB3 , Mic. 
 
 i 6. " 
 ni3X for fi"i3X 1 fut. Kal. c. suff. from 
 
 r. JT^S, c. Dag. forte euphon. Hos. 3, 
 
 2. Lgb. 87. 
 
2^ 
 
 1122 
 
 rbx Deut. 9, 21. 1 fat. Kal from rns, 
 66. note 5. Lgb. 370, 371. 
 
 r,SDN-!:x Hos. 4, 6, 1 fut. Kal (r. DX^) c. 
 He paraff. and sufF. ^ . perh. correctly 
 pronounced r,i<DXT:5<. The ti parag. 
 before the suffix seems to have passed 
 over into X , as elsewhere into n, see 
 ?]nxi2F}. The Arabs also retain the 
 sound a in the fut. antithet. before a 
 
 suffix, k*5wljLJb . 
 niHTSX f plur. from ni2^ maid, q. v. 
 R32it Chald. for nax its fruit, the Dag. 
 
 being resolved, from the noun 2X, 
 
 Dan. 4, 9. 11. 18. Lgb. p. 133. 
 5^3x, see r'ljr. 
 Cnrox by Syriasm for Ci'^"G!!t 1 fut. Pi. 
 
 from r. ISO. 23. note 2. Lgb. 152. 
 irjBbk 1 Sam.'l5, 6, 1 fut. Kal from r. ^lOX ; 
 
 "but 2 K. 22, 20 the same form is Part. 
 
 Kal. 
 nnsx fut. Kal from r. "^'^ . 70. Lgb. 390. 
 nn-'XSN 1 fut. Hiph. from r. nXQ, c. suff. 
 
 en.' 
 ^5X imp. Kal for !iSS cook ye Ex. 16, 23, 
 
 from r. iiBS , by Syriasm. 23. note 2. 
 TiEX , and with 1 conv. nSKI , 1 fut. Niph. 
 
 apoc. for nnax , from r. rinB . 
 ns-^SX 1 fut. Hiph. from Ssf'/ 70. 
 p'sx' 1 fut. Kal from pS;. 70. 
 -ikx 1 fut. Kal from ns^ . 70. 
 npk 1 fut. Kal from np5 . 
 nn-X Is. 56, 12 in some Mss. i. q. ^iHpX 
 
 1 fut. Kal from r. npb ; see the follow- 
 ing form. 
 nx-jpx 1 Sam. 28, 15, for xnpx with n- 
 
 (Ibr n-) parag. Lgb. 286. 
 ri'ix Num. 22, 6, imp. Kal from r. "I'lX . 
 OBi'-iX 1 fut. Hithpal. for tai:i-irix from 
 
 r. Din . 
 Ti!!^'!!X transpos. for T('?.3"!!X 1 fut. Pi. from 
 
 nin . Others suppose a Piel n^n in- 
 stead of n-i"i . 
 CBttiX inf absol. Hiph. from t^'DjO . 
 -ittJX Ez. 3. 15 Cheth. "iirxi , read it^xj 
 
 and I beheld, from r. "i1^ L no. 2. 
 l-'niyx Chald. 3 plur. prset. Kal for rna ; 
 
 see nntij . 
 5ninx 1 fut. Hiph. from r. Sn^ . 
 I'^nx imp. Kal from r. nni< to come, for 
 
 ^^nx . by Syriasm. 23. note 2. Lgb. 
 
 152r 
 ninx I plur. praet. for the usual Wnx we 
 
 are come, from r. Hnx . It imitates 
 
 the (brms of verbs xb. 
 
 ?i3plnx 1 fut. Kal from pl^j to tear off, 
 with Nun epenthet. and suff. 
 
 .12X3 Ruth 1, 19. Jer. 8, 7, inf. from r. 
 
 Xia, c. suff. of 3 pers. plur. fem. with 
 
 He parag. Lgb. 213. 
 j'^sna 2 Chr. 1, 4 for -panna, from 'p^n 
 
 (Hiph. of "|ia), fi art. for relat. and a ; 
 
 comp. y^t}r\ 2 Chr. 29, 36. 
 snna Ez. 26, 15 for s^nna inf Niph. 
 
 from r. Snrj (Dag. fort, impl.) for 
 
 5-inna. Lgb. 331. 
 naaina'Lev. 26, 43, for rifi^una inf. 
 
 Hoph. from C^'iU to lay waste. 
 napiyia inf Po. from GtlJa , q. v. Others 
 
 take it for inf Kal for DSGiaa (comp. 
 
 B3X:ib), but in forms of this kind 
 
 Hholem is always defectively written. 
 Ta Zech. 4, 10 i. q. ta , from tna . 
 ?i-^n"npia Ps. 45, 10, see in "ip^ no. 3. p. 
 
 420.' 
 ifira plur. constr. from MTsa or rather 
 
 nra , see n^a p. 139 note. 
 13a for 13X3 we are come, from Xia, 
 
 1 Sam. 25^, 8. 
 "|';ini33 thy building for 'Tirii3a inf constr. 
 
 c. suff. Ez. 16, 31 ; an irregular form, 
 
 which seems to have come from taking 
 
 the termination rii as a plural fem. 
 
 which it is not. Lgb. p. 463. 
 iinxsia for I'^nisia , see nsa . 
 n-is, nnab Ecc. 3, 18, inf Kal from i-ia, 
 
 c. suff. c-^. 
 ^iJOJa , see under btu . 
 
 ba imp. for h\ from r. bba to roll Ps. 119, 
 12, comp. Josh. 5, 9 ; but in v. 18 the 
 same form is forM^jj imp. Pi. from nba. 
 
 nsa inf constr. Kal, li'om 2?a3 to touch. 
 
 laa , "ca , tira , imp. from t::a3 . But Josh. 
 3, 9 in plur. we have l^a goshu, and 
 Ruth 12, 14 fem. "^ca goshi. 
 
 ri\ua inf Kal, from ttJaj io approach. 
 
 1'^b'n for 1^'n from r. bb'n , where see. 
 
 5^ imp. from r. "sy^. 
 
 f^?.^ or ns'n Prov. 24, 14, i. q. 5'n c. n pa- 
 rag. Hence T]'rB?^ '^^='7 ^'^/\ 1? * 
 learn {get) wisdom for thy sotd. Sept. 
 aiadrfit]. Lgb. 286. R. S'lV 
 
n 
 
 1123 
 
 n 
 
 WStsn Is. ]9, G for in-^J^n ; see nsj 
 HJph. 
 
 an. nan, imp. from "Zin^. 
 
 a'^xan a corrupted form Is. 30, 5, where 
 the context demands "'ain from r. 
 ttJa^, which also 12 Mss. read. 
 
 !ian , Hos. 4, 18 n-'Mia 'pb;? tan iianx ; 
 here the Heh. intpp. take lan for laf]^ 
 (r. an^, comp. *Ti for "J"i^, nnn for 
 rtFinj), and render: Tier princes love to 
 give reproach ; Jerome : dilexerunt 
 afferre. But this is languid ; and the 
 context requires: they love reproach. 
 Hence the letters lan are prob. spuri- 
 ous, and arose from an error of a copy- 
 ist, who let them remain rather than 
 mar the beauty of his manuscript. 
 
 pian Inf. Niph. from r. ppa. 
 
 lari Inf. Hiph. from r. -nna' 
 
 iah'inf Po. from r. r^^n I.' 
 
 nbsn for nnbsn 3 f praet. Hoph. from r. 
 nba, by Aramaism. 
 
 r\'iO'r\T} Hothp. from |C'n to he fat. 
 
 nnain Chald. inf. Aph. from r. last to 
 perish. 
 
 *ia!in Chald. Hoph. from r. las. 
 
 Piiin Hiph. c. sutf. from r. ns'^ , Lam. 1, 5. 
 
 n^i^ Hiph. r. n^v 
 
 nn^in inf. Hoph.' from r. ^b'J, for tTibiin. 
 
 ilblsin Ps. 78, 63, see bbn Pu. 
 
 NSiri Gen. 8, 17, imper. Hiph. of r. Nri^. 
 Thepointing belongs to the KeriSSf^n; 
 the Cheth. would be read xsin . 
 
 D'^niattiin Zech. 10, 6, Hiph. from r. a^^, 
 for cnairin , which also some Mss. 
 exhibit. This form imitates the ana- 
 logy of verbs "3 . and the poet or copy- 
 ist would seem to have had in mind 
 the similar form B'^nia'^irin from r. 
 aiiOJ . Lgb. 46 1. 
 
 bnsin from r. bnn q. v. 
 
 nntn Chald. inf. Aph. from liT Dan. 
 '5, '20. 
 
 '(TOSB'n'rn Chald. prset. Ithpa. from '{q\ , 
 q. V.' 
 
 lb"^n proet. Hiph. from r. bbt, with 
 Chald. flexion. 71. note 9. 
 
 !|2?n for !i3!nn imp. Hithp. from nat. 
 
 M"ini-ijn Ez". 6, 8, inf. Niph. from r. nnj , 
 for Daninjn ; with suff. as attached to 
 the plur. contrary to grammatical rule ; 
 see T|'?ni33. 
 
 npS{ann fi)r nx-^ann 3 f pra^t. Hiph. 
 she hid. from r. Kan, c, n parag. Josh. 
 6, 17. Lgb. 266. 
 
 "'Pi^'^nrj thrice, Judg. 9, 9. 11. 13, with 
 n interrog. should I cease from ? etc. 
 corrupted, as it would seem, for Tib'inn 
 in Kal ; or else for Hiph. '^V}^^'^^'!^. omit- 
 ting He interrog. which some Mss. 
 exhibit, see J. H. Michaelis ; although 
 there are no other vestiges extant of 
 a conj. Hiphil in this verb. A similar 
 example seems to be nia'nnn (wastes, 
 deserts) Ez. 36, 35. 38, where we 
 should expect naiinn ; also Segol be- 
 fore - in c^cinn. o-^dnnb, (the new 
 moons, in the new moons,) on which 
 form see Ewald's smaller Grammar 
 127. 2. But the sound 6 in Tib-in, 
 niann, remains unaccounted for. 
 
 "^'^nri arid "^^snn, for "'^nn and Bf^'J^r!, 
 praet. and inf Hiph. from K^n, Jer. 
 32, 35. 
 
 bnn inf Niph. r. bbn , Ez. 20, 9. 
 
 '^1} imp. Hiph. apoc. from r. fraj, for 
 n-jn,Ps. 17, 6. 119, 36. 
 
 xaan Hothpaal from r. stao . 
 
 ^inisn 3 fern, praet. Hiph. from naj , c. sufT. 
 3 pers. Prov. 7, 21. 
 
 'i^'^n Chald. prost. Aph. from l^St. 
 
 ^n^n Chald. praet. Aph. from nrx Dan 
 5, 3. Pass, is ''n'^n . 
 
 TiH imp. apoc. Hiph. r. naj. 
 
 b^an Ez. 21, 33 inf. Hiph. for b'^ann. 
 The same form is also Hiph. from bl3, 
 Jer. 6, 11. 
 
 tjSn praet. Hiph. from fias , c. suff. ?] . 
 
 can praet. Hiph. from naj , c. sufF. c-^. 
 
 isan 1 plur. praet. Hiph. from r. "iia. 
 
 "^san praet. Hiph. from naj, c. suff. "'3. 
 
 rsbn 3 fem. praet. Hiph! from r. nsb, 
 Aramaean for i^nsbn . 
 
 i^n Job 29, 3, see bbn Kal no. 2. 
 
 cn^O J see art. en p. 257. 
 
 yvn i. q, 'pa'^n , see r. ',;; . 
 
 ^aan for ^lac^n Job 24. 24, Hoph. from 
 r.Ti=T3. 66.5. Lgb. 371. 
 
 Oan inf Niph. r. 00^ , for Dsn . 
 
 liDcn by Chaldaism for lO^n? Hiph. 
 from r. no^ , Josh. 14, 8. Lgb. 433. 
 
 dni-iBn Job 17.2. inf Hiph. fromr. nna, 
 c. Dag. fort, euphon. 
 
 nsn imp. Hiph. from r. ras , where see 
 iiiph. B. 71. note 9. 
 
 n'^rn praet. Hiph. from r. n^3 , where see 
 
 ' Hiph. B. 
 
n 
 
 1124 
 
 nrr^sn prset. Hoph. B, from r. ri>i3 . 
 b'J-,r\ Chald. prset. Aph. r. hhv q. v. 
 ns:n inf. Hiph. by Chaldaism for q-'rn, 
 
 fromr. q, Is. 30^ 28. 
 nisn Hiph. from mo, Chald. form, 71. 
 
 note 9. 
 ntsn for n.u;n prset. Hiph. from r. tTS, 
 
 'Dag. being dropped. 66. note 11. 
 brrs imp. apoc. for nbsn , Hiph. from r. 
 
 nbrn'for nlsrri Hiph. from r. n^^ . 57. 
 
 Vote 4. Lgb. 170. 
 nhsh for n^sn Hoph. from r. nVJ , ibid. 
 c=-iEn Lev. 26, 15, for ca-isn inf. Hiph. 
 
 v. siiff. fromr. nns I, q. v. 
 n'-j^n Hitlip. denom. from ti";"^:^, q. v. 
 irssn ibr "irssn c. Dag. forte euphon. 
 
 Lgb. 88. R. IS^. 
 ni:jpn inf Hiph. for nis;rn, Lgb. 320. 
 n;rh' Prov. 25, 17, imper. Hiph. of r. 
 
 rnn imp. apoc. Hiph. for nann . R. inn'n 
 
 fo 6e many. 
 n^'^>n , nann , nis-in , infin. Hiph. forms 
 
 from nnn q. v. 
 iia'-in imp. Niph. from r. ti^n ^o 6e 
 
 high. 
 Ti^Ti imp. Hiph. apoc. from r. ns'n . 
 n^-in by Chaldaism for nn^J-nn 3 fem. 
 
 prat. Hiph. from r. nsn . Lev. 26, 34. 
 arn imp. Hiph. in pause for airn , from 
 
 r.'aTJJ. Is. 42, 22. 
 ='rn (hosham) Hoph. from r. DTStd q. v. 
 
 But wherever it occurs, some Mss. 
 
 and editions have cirn, others Dlin, 
 
 the latter after the analogy of ^laan 
 
 for !i373!!n . 
 3'rn Ps. 39, 14, imp. apoc. Hiph. from 
 
 r.' n?ai, where see; but the same 
 
 form' in Is. 6, 10 is imp. Hiph. from 
 
 rs'OJ to besmear. 
 ninnrn Hiph. from r. innui . 
 yirnin Hithp. from r. rsui , q. v. 
 T,n!iann, Chald. inf. Aph. c. suff. from 
 
 nin to return. 
 n^lirn Hithp. from r. tinv 
 bnnn imp. apoc. Hithp. from r. n^n to 
 
 be sick. 
 Ji-'nn imp. Hiph. from nnx to come, for 
 
 r,tt^nn 'is. 33, 1, for ^ann inf. Hiph. 
 
 from man . c. sulf. 
 bnn , see r. ?rin Piel. 
 niasnn inf Hi\hp. for K23nn from r. 
 
 X33 , like verbs rib . 
 
 ns^n for nst Pual, from r. tijt . 
 
 iniHT for "^niHT . see nst . 
 
 !i^"in Judg. 5, 7 (in many Mss. and edi- 
 tions) lor nb^n they cease, c. Dag. forte 
 euphon. Lgb. 85. 
 
 'P'^'^n' ^'^^ 'inb'inn above. 
 
 ip-n'Prov. 8, 29 for ipn inf of r. pi^n, 
 with suff. 66. not. 11. 
 
 r^r: and nN'jn inf Kal from r. Nun . 
 
 n;^ri Piel from r. '3.TI. 
 
 ni;n Ex. 1, 16 let her live, in pause for 
 'n^n, 3 prset. fem. from i^n, Daghesh 
 being dropped because the syllable is 
 prolonged by the pause, 66. note 11. 
 Comp. W;}-] for ^iz^. 1 Sam. 2, 9 (r. 
 Q-a-!\), iipm for fipn;; (r. ppn) Job 19, 
 237n;5sn"Ruth 1, 13 for ns?sn. 
 
 inin con'str. form with i parag. from 
 n^n a beast, for r*n. 88. 3. b. Lgb. 
 548, 549. 
 
 isn for nan inf Piel from nyn to expect. 
 
 "ni'^n Ps. 77, 11, inf Piel from r. nbn I. 
 
 "ip^n c. Dag. euphon. for "P^n plur. 
 
 constr. of p^>j- 
 crr^nn 2 K. 18,'27, see art. n^st'^n p. 341. 
 
 t) 
 
 ns-J inf Kal from r. 2."J3 to plant. 
 
 ^'^. ^i<';!) fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. n^X 
 
 ^0 sicear. 
 nxi, rix'i;^, fut. apoc. Kal from nnx to 
 
 come, ibr nrx';;, nnx^ 
 !irx;; 3 plur. fut. Niph. from r. niX to 
 
 assent, q. v. 
 ia'i , izv\ 2 K. 12, 12 for K3^?, fut. Kal 
 
 iromVia. The same is read 2 K. 3, 
 
 24 Cheth. where, if the reading be 
 
 genuine, it is ibr plur. si!!<a;'l. But 
 
 Keri has ^IS^T and they svwte. 
 laia;] fut. Kal from aia, a form peculiar 
 
 to this one verb. Lgb. 403. 
 iin^a'i, !iniya5 for WiJa^'ji, Nah. 1,4, 
 
 fut.' Pi. from Uia"; to be dry. h 68. 
 
 note 6. 
 ns^ , nj^n , fut. Pi. for nr.';5 from r. nj^ 
 
 i. (58. note 6. 
 
1125 
 
 ^5"' ^?"5, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. nba. 
 
 na*; fut. Niph. r. ">na . 
 
 KID , i*"!!!] , fut. apoc. Kal from r. nsj'n to 
 
 cast. 68. nolR 6. 
 KS-n^ lut. Hithp. from r. KS'n. 
 nan;! and "s"!;;, for osn^ and 'ja']?, your 
 
 hand, Gen. 9, 2. 
 d'^") plur. I'di'i by Chaldaistn, fut. Kal 
 
 from r. ca^ . 66. 5. n. 
 Hm") fut. Niph. in pause, for IB'!!'! (r- 
 
 BO'n) ; see the form JTjn above. 
 Kiin"; Ecc. 11, 3, for sin-j, fut. apoc. Kal 
 
 from r. nnfi to be, fut. n'ln'^, . 
 'lain'^ Chald.'fut. Aph. from r.lSX. 
 rnirn fut. Hiph. from r. til'l , by Chal- 
 
 daism for (Tii"' . 52. note 7. 
 irji , '^n'11 , fut. apoc. Kal from r. !T;n to be. 
 sib^'^n'i'ls. 52, 5, Hiph. from r. bb^ , for 
 
 the comm. contracted ib'^b'^!} . 
 T\T}'! Chald. fut. A, Pe. from r. T(1!^ to go. 
 bT}2 Is. 13, 20 contr. for bnx'; fut. Pi. 
 
 from r. bns . 
 siiSHn"! , see under r. bnfi . 
 sibsi"' Ez. 42, 5 for iibait";' fut. Hoph. from 
 
 r. b2!< q. V. 
 tn'iVS"' part. fem. for the usuni J^'^^'i"' , 
 ' Gen. 16, 11. Lgb. 591. 
 li'' , m1^ , fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. <Ti^ . 
 St'ii"' Prov. 11. 25 (al. nnii) is sprinkled, 
 
 watered, prob. fut. Hoph. from tri^ 
 
 for rril'^ , comp. ynitn for 5'i>in Lev. 4, 
 
 23. 29. 
 ''^ ) ^?^ fut. apoc. Hiph. from nn . 
 t*! and 1"^, , with l conv. f'^'^ , Tjl , fut. apoc. 
 
 Kal from njj . 
 si^T'i fut. Kal for ran , from r. Cat . 
 '=?r!"^ , ^n?!) ; fut. apoc. Kal from nnn to 
 
 rejoice. 
 in^, fut. Hiph. see r. ^^_n p. 296. 
 ''H'? ) T"?!! ) f^^t. apoc. Kal from r. iT^n . 
 jn-i'n^ Hab. 2, 17 for -,0^ fut. Hiph. 
 
 from rnn, c. suflf. 1 in pause for "j . 
 
 Lgb. 145' 177. 
 bli^, see btix above. 
 I^n^ in pause for ibn"! , c. Dag. forte 
 
 euphon. Lgb. 85. 
 '"^O" f^*" '"^'n^ praet. Pi. from cr.i. Lgb. 
 
 170. 
 naam 3 plur. fem. fut. Kal, for the usual 
 
 njann from r. cn'n or aari , Gen. 30, 
 
 38.' 47. note 3. Lgb. 276.' 
 
 'sri^O?- Ps- 51; "'' ^or ''?r"?'!)'? prJEt. Pi. with 
 sufF. from r. tn^ . Comp. 1~ns< . 
 
 "1^? , 'in'5 , fut. apoc. Kal from r. njn . 
 T^sn"! for '^sn'j fut. Kal from r. "jSn . Lgb. 
 
 ' 171, 366!" 
 ipn^ in pause for fipn** , fut. Hoph. from 
 
 r- Pl^n 5 ^^^ above under the form 
 
 "^H"? '^'^*1! ) fut. apoc. Kal from r. nnn . 
 nn;; fut. Kal from r. nna , and fut. Niph. 
 
 from r. rinn . 
 V2 , fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. naJ . 
 IS7 , 051 , fut. apoc. Kal from r. Piaj , for 
 
 b-j';< fut. Hoph. from r. brj, Job 40, 1. 
 
 S'l;?^ Ps. 138, 6 for ^^2 fut. Kal from r. 
 sni . Comp. on these and the fol- 
 lowing forms, Lgb. p. 388. 389. 69. 
 note. 
 
 '2'^'^y, for 2'1'O'^r!'? , ^3"'^'';; , fut. Hiph. from 
 aa'^ . See as before. 
 
 h'>^2'i for b-ib-^n'i , b-'b-';; , fut. Hiph. from 
 bb"! to lament. See as before. 
 
 S^"^? , q"'*] , fut. apoc. Kal from r. riB;; . 
 
 Tj!! , T\:) , fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. nsJ . 
 
 'i33n33'! Ps. 50, 23 he will honour ine, 
 fut. Piel from r. 123 c. suft". et Nun 
 epenthet. 
 
 133137 he fashioned ns Job 31, 15, for 
 'issiisi fut. Pil. from r. ".IS, c. stiff. 
 1 plur. The two Nuns coalesce into a 
 double one, and i is shortened into 1 . 
 
 b37 Chald. fut. Peal from r. bz^ . 
 
 la^pD^ for 'ia'^03'? or iaiBS"! Ex. 15, 5, 
 fut. Pi. from r. nos . Here la is writ- 
 ten for ia on account of the preceding 
 vowel u. 
 
 rs^, ins-J, fut. Hoph. by thaldaism 
 from nns , for nsi-^ , 1Pi=1i . 66. 5. 
 
 ins^ for I'n?^, and this for ins;; fut. 
 Hiph. from rns to pound. 66. 5. n. 
 
 ir^: for iT-'b'; fut. Hiph. from r. Tib. 
 71. note 9.' 
 
 I3i^'i , 13"i^51 , fut. Hiph. from r. "jib ; see 
 in *|lb Hiph. no. 2. 
 
 n'??, "^!5 Gen. 7, 23, fut. apoc. Kal 
 from r. nna . But other very respect- 
 able copies, both Mss. and editions, 
 e. g. the edition of Van der Hooght, 
 read na*] fut. Niph. of the same verb. 
 
 n^a-^ fut. Pi. from r. xba , for x^a^ . 
 
 -ia;i fat. A. from r. n^a to be bitter, for 
 ^-na-i . 66. note 3. Lgb. 366. 
 
 ?ji-iaV for :;nax'> fut. Kal from r. "lai^ , 
 Ps. 139, 20. 
 
 yxs-i fut. Hiph. by Syriasm for yss^ 
 fromr. yX3. Lgb. 411. 
 
1126 
 
 S^?": Chald. fut. Pe. from S'l': lo know^ 
 for S^l" , the Dag. forte being resolved 
 into Nun. Comp. S^3^ for "'n^ . 
 
 ';; fut. Hiph. from r. X>lD . for Uf^?^ . Ps, 
 Ml, S. 
 
 n^?: fut. Hiph. B, from r. raa . 
 
 ab"! fut. Kal by Chaldaism for abv from 
 r. =2G . 
 
 S&: fut! Hiph. from r. 'Z'^'o by Chalda- 
 ism, for 30'^ . 
 
 "^Tl , "^tll , fut. Hiph. from r. i^S . 
 
 ^?^ , ^??5 and (c. Dag. forte imp!.) DS^il 
 1 Sarn. 15, 19, and U, 32 Keri, fut. 
 apoc. Kal from r. 12*^35 . 
 
 ^?!3 ) ^^^l ) fut. apoc. Kal and Hiph. from 
 r. nbs . 
 
 !^n^?^'3 fut. fern. plur. for f^^'^^SP) . 
 ' 47. note 3. Lgb. 276. 
 
 !!l^i'7 Is. 15, 5 for l"!?"]?"^, see r. n>i2 I. 
 Pilp. p. 762. 
 
 i^C , "i?^!! : fut. Hiph. from r. "i?,? . 
 
 is;; fut. Hiph. apoc. from r. irnS, for 
 
 PIS'] fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. nriQ . 
 
 as'i fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. n::5 , Deut. 
 
 32, 8. 
 sa-j:J7 Chald. fut, Ithpa. from r. sns . 
 !n*l32'^ , see r. "i-'S Hithp. p. 892. 
 p^:: , pk^ , fut. Kal from r. pIs;; q. v. 
 "i^j-i (is*l) and "iSi'i , fut. Kal from r. ^2i 
 
 no. 2. 
 is;; , nsl , fut. apoc. Kal from r, "i>iS ; 
 
 also fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. "Tia:. 
 ns'i , na;"] , lut. Kal from ^s-; no. 1. 
 inS'^ fut. Kalll-om ns^ to ki7idle, in pause 
 
 c. Dag. euphon. 
 nj37 plur. ^-i;?: , fut. Kal. from r. Ti;?, by 
 
 Chalduism. 
 n'is'! fut. Kal, and np^ fut. Hoph. from 
 
 r. np^ , for ripb-i , npb'i . 
 yp"^ 1 K. 3, 15 in some Mss. and edi- 
 tions, for j'p'^'^ , from r. yp^ . 
 Tl'np': 1 Sam. 28, 10 for rpp': (c. Dag. 
 
 euphon.) fut. Kal from frnp, c. sufF. 
 
 ^P^ , '^P/!^ , fut. apoc. Kal, r. n\i:p . 
 
 ttJp;; fut. apoc. Hiph. r.. ntljp . 
 
 ^i":. , i^l''.'^ , fut. apoc. Kal from r. nxn . 
 
 iixil" for the comm. IX"!"! imp. from X'^^ 
 to fear, Ps. 34, 10 ; inflected after the 
 manner of verbs tib , so that K be- 
 comes in otio, comp. 1X0*13 Ez. 47, 8. 
 Lgb. 417. 
 
 sxn^ they fear for txn*!^, difl'erent from 
 nxn"^ they see, with short Hirek. 
 
 nni , 3"!*] for Snx*] , fut. Hiph. from r. 
 'nnx . 
 
 t{n-:''- Fs. 7, 6, see Cj'in . 
 
 x-h-i'for in": 2 Chr. 26,'l5, inf constr. Kal 
 from r. nn^ with X appended. 
 
 i^"; for 'PI fut. Kal from r. "S'l , Lgb. 369. 
 
 yn-i^ for f n^ fut. Kal from r. I^ri-^ , but 
 intrans. Lgb. 369. 
 
 Tit!l] fut. Kal from r. T\^_'y , where see. 
 
 sn^ fut. Kal from r. 2"Sn no. 2, where see. 
 But S'^i^ Job 20, 26 is fut. apoc. from 
 ny'n to eat up. 
 
 ^n^d^ Jer. 22, 23 Cheth. for rnai sit- 
 ting, c. Yod parag. 88. 3. 
 
 nw-i for liti'i fut. Kal from iiaJ . Lgb. 
 369. 
 
 sima"! fut. Niph. from r. nnttj . 
 
 ^va] for X"!^] fut. Hiph. from XC3 fo (fe- 
 ceive. 
 
 Diir;^ fut. Hiph. from r. nTSttJ ; by Chal- 
 daism. 
 
 btti;; fut. apoc. see in r. nbuJ III. 
 
 ci^-i fut. Kal by Chaldaism' from r. Q^a3 . 
 
 amis'} for xjaJn'^ fut. Hithpo. from r. DTqttj . 
 
 isu;^ made up from ^ i^ere is, and suff. 
 3 sing. masc. with Nun inserted. 
 
 S'^'? , 35^!5 , fut. apoc. Kal from nstS . 
 
 r>:-'.^'} 1 Sam. 6, 12, 3 fern. plur. fut. Kal 
 "for nj'il^n from r. iir^ . 47. note 3. 
 
 Wlnia'i ^ iinn^'sl , fut. apoc. sing. Hithp. 
 from fut. n^nriTii . R. nrj'a . 
 
 JipdpRdi fut.' Hit'hpal. from ppu3 . 
 
 xn;; , xn;^;; . fut. Kal from r. nnx to come, 
 for ''^^x:l and nnx;; . 
 
 nsin': fut. Hithpa. from r. n3^ . 
 
 ptPi';! Chald. fut. Ithpe. from ',1T to nou- 
 rish, Dan. 4, 9. 
 
 DSn'^ fut. apoc. Hithp. from r. t^03. 
 
 crri' plur. >iri'^ , in pause Wn"] , fut. Kal 
 from r. CSPi . 
 
 sirr)-^ fut. Niph. from r. tsrtn . 
 
 Dirn-i Chald. fut. Ithpe. from r. Qi'^ . 
 
 'I'nxs Ps. 22, 17, see under 113 I. 
 
 ,'iin"'3 for *)iin']3 with the vowels after 
 the Aramaean manner, Ecc. 2, 13. 
 Lgb. 151. 
 
 Dnibs all of them, from bb with the unu- 
 sual suff. Cii for D-. 
 
 ri:nb2 id. but fern. 
 
 iinVs, 3 sing. fern, preet. Piel, r. nS3, c. 
 80 0". for innis. 
 
 r.nibrs Is. 33, 1, see under r. hbs. 
 
1127 
 
 3 
 
 rf'rrJS Is. 23, 8 her merchanta, plnr. with 
 ' light, suir. from ISSS no. 3, iiillected in 
 the manner of"!??. 
 
 a'^nxb inf. Hiph. contr. for S'^'iKnb, from 
 
 r. anx . 
 nix^ for "lixnb inf. Niph. from r. nix , 
 TTJ^, l^'jn^ ) see in Chald. nin note p. 
 
 247. " ' 
 mcjnb 2 K. 19, 25, contr. for nixdnb Is. 
 
 37," 26, inf. Hiph. from nxttJ . 
 Drnb Is. 47, 14. inf. in pause from r. DfJ , 
 
 after the form bap ; comp. D33:nb Is. 
 
 30, IS. 
 liB^^ 2 Chr. 31, 7, inf Kal from r. no;, 
 
 for the usual lio'^l? Is. 51, 16. 
 nn;3"'b for rnp^b by Syriasm, from the 
 
 noun nnp-; , " Prov. 30, 17. Lgb. 151. 
 Tjb imp. from "^^ to go, see Tj^fi. 
 i"i3b . Tjb , see in T\^i} init. and no. 7, p. 
 
 253, 255. 
 r2^_ inf fern. Kal from T|^^ , see T\?>} . 
 npb for njb i7 lodgelh, 3 fern, praet. from 
 
 jiib Zech. 5, 4. 
 niasb contr. for r^issnb inf Hiph. from 
 
 r. nizs . 
 Nib for Xiib inf Kal from xn;; to fear. 
 rib, c. h pref nbb, inf Kal contr. for 
 
 mis, from ib"^ fo bear. Lgb. 133. 
 
 'S^ part. Hiph. for X'^a^ from r. xia. 
 ?|n?3'q for r,Pinsaa part. Pi. fem. from 
 
 r. nra Pi. to terrify, 1 Sam. 16, 15. 
 nj-icxnaia l Chr. 15, 13, compounded 
 
 from ni: , a , njiirxnn the former. See 
 
 n^ note, lett. c. p. 541. 
 ('''nTa Judg. 5, 10, plur. of n^ garment, 
 
 after the Chaldee form. 
 T'^"!!^!'^ Chald. part. Aph. from nns to 
 
 descend. 
 jTa-^n^a Chald. part. pass. Aph. r. '|rx . 
 r(fi^ Chald. inf Pe. r. r^^n to go. 
 r\TD!|^ part. Hoph. from r. rfl^ to die. 
 aOlTS part. Hoph. from r. asD . 
 ms^ia part. Kal for rnsia, r. isa to 
 
 waver, p. 594. 
 Xl^na part. Hoph. from r. X2^ . 
 D'^S^'iia plur. of ania threshing-sledge, 
 
 for D'^a'i'ia . Lgb. 145. 
 XtT5 , c. sufF. P\2]^ , Chald. inf Pe. from r. 
 
 riTX to kijidl'e. 
 
 na what is //ii ? for f^ff^o . sec fiB 
 note, Ictt. c. p. 541. 
 
 VTO for T'TXO part. Hiph. from r. ',TX 1. 
 
 xna Chald. part. Aph. from r. X^n to 
 live. 
 
 ,nip Chald. inf Pe. from r. isn, 
 
 c-isisnia , see issn p. 338. 
 
 nnaa part. Hithp. from r. ina, for 
 "inaro . 
 
 d-^axbia 2 Sam. 11, 1, i. q. n-'sbo (which 
 also 31 Mss. and 7 early editions ex- 
 hibit) kings, the X being redundant, 
 as a ' mater lectionis.' 
 
 iibia for ixba prajt. Kal from r. xb^ . 
 
 C"'3"'^o part. Hiph. from r. 'pb no. 2. 
 inflected in the Rabbinic manner, 
 Lgb. 407. 
 
 C]|^ for S^xa part, from r. Clbx <o learn, 
 after the Syriac. 
 
 ''nb^s for 'nxb^ prajt. Kal from xba . 
 
 ?]ETS m. "? f.from thee, from *,^ q. v. 
 
 rpnTJo Nah. 3, 17, see o-i-iits^ p. 588. 
 
 nj^ part. Hoph. from Hiph. 13, from r. niJ. 
 
 n-^sa part, of Hiph. B, from. r. nis. 
 
 n-^JtSia for n-'f?^ Is. 23, 11, from Tisn q. v. 
 
 b5^', see b? p." 782. 
 
 era , see C5 p. 792. 
 
 c=xsb Gen. 32, 20, for Ciaxsa , inf Kal 
 from x:^a . Comp. nbyh for' nbrrj , 
 
 ''a'ibbpa Jer. 15, 10, a form made up, as 
 it would seem, from two readings, 
 ijbbpa and "'Slbbp, and attributable 
 to copyists rather than to the writer. 
 
 'PiJSira Jer. 22, 23 Cheth. part. Pu. f. 
 from r. ').?P?i with Yod parag. which is 
 omitted in Keri. 88. 3. 
 
 ipn;?^ part. Pil. from. r. "i-ip. 
 
 ^t^'^iriH!'*^^ Ez. 8. 16, prob. an oversight 
 of copyists, for Cinnir^ worshippers. 
 Some have supposed that the ending 
 cn is for cnx you, so that the whole 
 form may be a contraction from this 
 word and from the particip. by Syri- 
 asm ; but we could here hardly expect 
 the second person, on account of the 
 preceding nari . 
 
 xn^ Chald. int' Pe. from r. nrix . 
 
 nno . "^FiB , 2 and 1 pers. praet. Kal from 
 r. n^na, q. v. 
 
 m'x:, see wx;;. 
 
 sibxb Niph. ofr. bx;i, Jer. 50, 36. 
 
 ix'rxa Ez. 9, 8, see in nxaj note, p. 1025. 
 
3 
 
 1128 
 
 ntba 1 Sam. 14, 36, for nihs fut. Kal from 
 
 TT3 , Dag. being dropped. 66. note 11. 
 'ri'133 for ^^l^<3^ prset. Niph. from t^as to 
 
 prophesy. 
 hzi , basi , we fade, wither, Is. 64, 5, has 
 
 its form from bba Hiph. fut. but its 
 
 signif from ^33 ; prob. for baSl 1 fut. 
 
 Hiph. ofbns. 
 nbn: for n^nj fut. Kal from r. bba. 
 
 ^66. 5, and note 11. Lgb. 372. 
 n|?23 for nj323 prset. Niph. from r. p|53. 
 
 Lgb. 372.' 
 !ibx53 Is. 59, 3. Lara. 4, 14, see Niph. 
 
 bi<i II. 
 no'ns'jer. 8, 14 for n^3 fut. Niph. from 
 
 E?2'n II. Comp. 66. 5, and note 11. 
 "^iii , iriJI , 1 plur. fut. apoc. Kal from n^rj . 
 Dia!l3 , constr. ^5^3 , fem. nia , part. Niph. 
 
 from r. ns;; , for D^ai3 etc. 
 !l1^!i3 preet. Niph. from r. lb^, for >ltbi3 
 
 c. Dag. euphon. 
 !ilS|!3 Ez. 23, 48, see in r. lo;; Nithp. p. 
 
 407. 
 bns prset. Niph. from r. bbn, also preet. 
 
 Pi. from r. bns . 
 dre prsBt. Nipli. and Pi. from r. Gns . 
 O'lTsriD part. Niph. plur. from r. Cn , for 
 
 D-ifflnp. 66. not. 11. 
 Fisns 2 praet. Niph. from r. "jsn . 
 *in3 prset. Niph. from r. ^tirj- 
 nns praet. Niph. from r. rinn. 
 0313 1 plur. fut. Kill from r. tir , c. suff. d . 
 onij, nn-iSi , 1 plur. fut. Kal from r. nn; , 
 
 c. suff. C . 
 t^s, T\S!!, 1 plur. fut. Hiph. apoc. from 
 
 r. n33. 
 n3i33 part. fem. Niph. from r. "i^iS. 
 nn33 part. fem. Niph. from nr;j to con- 
 vince. 
 1E33 Deut. 21, 8, Nithpa. from r. -iB3. 
 
 Lgb. 249. 
 "laa prcet. Niph. from ^la, the form 
 
 being derived from "I'^'a . 
 nnpj lor n3t?3 preet. Niph. from 230. 
 
 Vee. 5, and not. 11. Lgb. 372. 
 n03 Ps. 4, 7 for S\a3 imp. from KiUS , a 
 
 negligent orthography. 
 liS3 prset. Niph. from r. "iW q. v. 
 nnxbc? for "^xbe? c. M parag. 2 Sam. 
 
 'l, 26. Lgb. 266. R. xbo . 
 bbB3 Pil. from bss. 
 p'no:t3 1 plur. fut. Hithpa. from r. p'lS, 
 
 for ""nnss , p'nsns . 
 ITiS? for nns3 imp. Kal, c. n parag. 
 
 from r. 1^3 , c. Dag. euphon. Ps. 14 J, 3. 
 
 bp3 praet. Niph. from bbf?. 
 
 niaj Ez. 39, 26, and X>ib3 (Aleph ap- 
 pended, comp. Arab. t^JjCs) Ps. 139, 
 20, for !15<\!J_3 they bear. 
 
 lilb; Ps. 32, 1. for xra; part. pass. Kal 
 from !!<^55 inflected like verbs tib, so 
 as to be assonant with "^^03, which 
 stands near. 
 
 ti^^l 1 plur. fut. Hiph. from r. DaUJ, by 
 Chaldaism, for c^ia; or nfflj . 
 
 nwds Nithpa. from r.' n;tD IL 
 
 siyps'job 4, 10. 3 plur. praet. Niph. of r. 
 srs ; comp. in r. ynb . 
 
 W!i3j5n3 for ^nii3pn3 , Dag. euphon. 
 
 irir3 for "'Wns praet. Kal from r. "jDJ. 
 
 -^T'zp 2 K. 8, 21 for 230, the Yod being 
 
 a ' mater lectionis.' 
 "IssCi for i33t5 from T^3b c. suff. et Dag. 
 
 euph. 
 ibso from bjb q. v. c. suff'. 
 
 nj^> for iiJS imp. Kal from r. TTS . 
 
 13225 for i33S> c. Dag. forte euphon. from 
 
 333? cluster of grapes. 
 nbS for fi^'O'J she made, 3 fem. prtst, 
 
 from r. nluj Lev. 25, 2L 
 
 S 
 
 nns Neh. 5, 14, i. e. nns c. suff". 
 rnQ inf. Kal from r. nsa to breathe. 
 ibyb for ibys his work, from bSQ. Lgb. 
 170,571."' 
 
 XS imp. Kal from r. XS^ . 
 nxs inf Kal of the same verb. 
 1\r!^^^ Ez. 16, 52, inf Pi. fem. c. suff. 
 
 from r. pl^ . 
 isinnas, see in r. nas Pilp. p. 898. 
 p'^i imp. Kal from r. p^i to pour. 
 rps inf. Kal of the same verb. 
 
 6X13 preet. Kal for 0)3, from r. Olp, in 
 the Arabic manner. 71. not. 1. Lgb. 
 401. 
 
1129 
 
 0X15 Chald. part. Pe. from r. oip . 
 
 najs Lev. 22, 1 1 (read kObah) imp. from 
 3J33 , c. n parag. 
 
 ijais curse him ! imp. from r. SpJ , with 
 Nun cpenthet. and suff. 
 
 n|5 imp. Kal from r. npb . 
 
 n|3 Ez. 17, 5 for npb to take. The b is 
 jdropped from the beginning, and be- 
 longs to the characteristic neglect of 
 grammatical forms in Ezekiel. Comp. 
 nnn for nnna, in for Til- 
 
 onj? Hos. 11,3 inf Kal masc. from r. np^ , 
 c. siilf. i. e. by taking or holding them. 
 
 r.np, once rnj3 2 K. 12, 9, inf. Kal fern, 
 from r. n;?^ to take. 
 
 n^x-n inf Kal fem. from r. nsj-n Ez. 28, 17. 
 
 Ti inf from T^'i to subdue, where see. 
 But in Judg. 19, 11 the same form is 
 put for Ti^ to go down, the first radi- 
 cal being dropped ; comp. MlJR, iilZJ. 
 Lgb. 139. 
 
 Ti , n'ln , imp. (the latter once inf Gen. 
 46, 3.) from r. "in^ . 
 
 Ci'i part. Kal from WT^ , c. suff. D-. 
 
 23"^ and tin , imp. from r. tZJ'i'' to possess. 
 
 ria"! inf of the same verb. 
 
 t) 
 
 Kto imp. Kal from r. XbJ . 
 nx\a , ns\y^ , inf and c.'^ , from r. xbj . 
 Xiia also inf from r. itbs, for Kba . 
 Tl-inwb fully written (br.?]nS3b'Ez. 35, 
 11. Lgb. 527. 
 
 tJ 
 
 axia part. Kal from aiir IL 
 
 "inab (Milra) Ps. 23, 6, usually rendered 
 my dwelling, for ""Piab inf c. sufF. from 
 attJ^. But the authors of the points 
 seem to have regarded it as for "^nsb^ 
 by aphseresis. Comp. Ti , 3ib . 
 
 Dao, see in Wiy no. 2. 
 
 2ltJ for aiir;j inf pleonast. from 2b'' Jer. 
 42, 10. Comp. in, nnrn. 
 
 'nbid prset. Po. from r>'\::^ 1. q. nob, 
 q. v. 
 
 Vib imp. Kal from r. bbs . 
 
 m'Bb inf pl"Ur. from Oiab fo /ay iccwfe, 
 Ez. 36, 3. Lgb. 365" ' 
 
 95 
 
 D'^nsb dual of njb year, 
 
 nb, nnb, 'Pib . pnet. from r\"'b fo set. 
 
 !inb. sec in r. rnb. 
 
 wnxn Prov. 1, 22, fut. Kal for isnxn, 
 
 the vowels being contracted in the 
 Aram, manner ; comp. 'H^'?, T(^^- 
 
 rnbaxn Job 20. 25, fut. Pi. for sin^ssn, 
 Irom ?::x. 
 
 i-ixh for iixn , from nxh . Comp. '^'':>t'g . 
 
 K5'n Prov. 1, 10, by Chaldaism for nsn, 
 riixn , fut. Kal from nnx to will. 
 
 ns'^xbn 3 plur. flit. fem. Kal from r. etia, 
 Vs. 45, 16. 
 
 nnxnn Deut. 33, 16, for Six'sn, He pa- 
 rag, being added twice, as it would 
 seem. So also in 
 
 t^nxisPi Job 22, 21 for ^ixiaP! ; and ''ni<2P| , 
 Keri'ns<2tn, for "^xisn 1 Sam. 25, 34.-^ 
 Others, as Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 488, 
 suppose the afformatives of the prseter 
 to be appended to the future, so that 
 nnxarn is from xsn and nrxa (but the 
 sense requires f^5$2), ~)f?5J2ri from 
 VjshFi and ?irij<2, Vrxstn 'ironi "'xbtn 
 and nxa or "^rxa . Comp. Lgb. 464. 
 
 "Sn, Ti^PiT, fut. apoc. Kal from r. ns3 to 
 weep. 
 
 nrna^Fi for nsnaan Ez. 16, 50, the syl- 
 lable ''- being inserted in the manner 
 of verbs tV? and SS , for the sake of 
 assonance with the word ni"<bSJn . 
 
 jii-'Sh fut Hiph. from r. ns; . 
 
 b^T\ 2 fut. apoc. Niph. from r. nba. 
 
 '^iVa'iPi fut. Pi. from r. HTa'n, for ''JiaiR, 
 the third radical "^ being retained. 
 
 "'fiia, ^i^T}^, in pause '^^'^!! ^^^- apoc. Kal 
 from r. fl^H . 
 
 nsoinpi for\-irx5"'nn Mic. 2, 12. Lgb. 
 '405. ' R. D^-i Hiph. 
 
 ?]"ir)^r)tn for ?|r|r7ri thy praise, the '' ^ 
 'mater lectionis' being redundant. 
 See above in rpnxDb. 
 
 l^Piin fut. from r. ^Trtj where see. 
 
 Tj'^'sirn Ps. 16, 5, a less freq. form of the 
 part. Kal, for Tj^in holding. Lgb. 308. 
 R. T^rn. 
 
 'Mn for'-^MxPi fut. Kal from r. Mij to 
 depart. Lgb. 377. 
 
 'snTn 2 Sam. 22, 40, i. q. ''Jntxrn (Ps. 18, 
 40) fut. Pi. from r. ^TX to gird. 
 
 Tnn for Tnxn 2 fut. Kal from r. Tnx to 
 hold. 
 
' 1130 
 
 ""flPi fut. apoc. Kal from r. M^n . 
 
 bnn fut. Niph. from r. hhn to profane, to 
 
 pollute. Lev. 21, 9. 
 ujnn , uinni for "anr;5 , 3 pers. fut. Kal 
 
 from r. TJJin ; for an analogous instance 
 
 see under r. a^S p. 770. Job 31, 5. 
 pnri Prov. 17, 10; fut. Kal of r. nnj q. v. 
 t3P) fut. apoc. Kal from r. Maj , for nan . 
 nia^s'^ri Ex. 25, 31 in many editions, with 
 
 Yod as ' mater lectionis,' for Mbrn ; 
 
 but contrary to rule and almost cer- 
 tainly a corruption. Lgb. 52, 331. 
 ^V^.; '^?'!)!1) fut. apoc. Kal for nnsn, 
 
 from r. nns. 
 DSln fut. apoc. Pi. for nsSFl , from r. n03. 
 n^pi, nbpil, fut. apoc. Kal from r. nn^ 
 
 q.v. 
 ")bn lut. Kal shortened from "p^Pi, from 
 
 r. 'y^ or '(""^ . 
 TiaFi for nnatn 2 masc. (the Yod be- 
 
 longs to the root) of fut. Hiph. from 
 
 nn?a to wipe away. Jer. 18. 23. 
 DBF) , Dani , fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. noa 
 
 tojlow down. 
 -lari Ex. 23, 21, fut. Hiph. see n-na Hiph. 
 
 note, p. 620. 
 !inari for snaxn fut. Kal from r. nax . 
 ",Pi, nspi, imp. Kal from r. )t^i q.v. 
 sttsn, see s^sv 
 !i:n fut. Hiph'. of r. ns^ q. v. 
 Cl&'n for t^Osn fut. Kal from r. CjOX . 
 njaisn for nsssn 2 plur. fut. Niph. from 
 
 r. *)5S , Dag. forte being omitted ; see 
 
 above in n^n. 66. note 11. 
 n2r;rri Ez. 4,'i2, fut. Kal c. suff. from r. 
 
 ins q. V. Dag. forte euphon. in a. 
 ntV), 'nsni, fut. Kal from r. nsx ?o 
 
 6aAre, for -"iinExn . 
 D3''ri:iiiBPi Jer. 25, 34, see under the root 
 
 y^B, note. 
 
 njb^in Jer. 19, 3, fut. Kal from r. bbs, 
 Vor the comm. nj-'lspi . See b^:i I. ' 
 
 nssnn l Sam. 14, 27 Cheth. (by a cor- 
 ruption) for n5"ii<r|i. The copyist 
 seems to have had in mind the word 
 nj-'N'ntn . 
 
 nnn , d-i'ni , fut. apoc. Kal from r, nn-n . 
 
 I^iin fut. Niph. from r. y^'-) to break, 
 the form being borrowed from yil. 
 
 nss'iri Prov. 23, 26, i. e. lor Keri njisia 
 'fut. Kal of r. ns5. The Cheth! is 
 fut. Kal of r. I^in, and aliould be read 
 n2:inn. 
 
 njtaW Jer. 9, 17 for rtin^m fut. Kal from 
 'r. <ia3 . 
 
 ^^iJin Deut. 32, IS, see r. rrjia p. 1049. 
 
 tndn fut. apoc. Kal from r. nn;a to 
 drink. 
 
 WnuiPi fut. apoc. sing. Hithp.for PTinnain, 
 from r. nno to bote down. 
 
 SP)Vt\ Is. 41, 10, fut. apoc. Hithp. from 
 r. n5^ . 
 
 ntn inf! Kal from r. ^'ni to give, contracted 
 for ri:n . With suff. "ipiPi . 
 
 -innn 2 Sam. 22, 27, for Tnsnn fut. 
 Hithp. from r. ^"la. Lgb. p. 374. 
 
 njntn by aphseresis for ninns, which is 
 read Ps. 18, 41. Comp.Nn for 'I'TC 
 
 ippi, see in inPi above. 
 
 cinri, citirn, fut. Kal from dan, q. v. 
 
 'nn 1 K. 17, 14 Cheth. commonly taken 
 for nn to give, with Nun parag. as in 
 1 K. 6, 19, where however '|nn is fu- 
 ture. Here the Keri, Pn , is to be pre- 
 ferred. 
 
 ypn , yPPi] , fut. apoc. Kal from r. Pirn . 
 
 benn 2 Sam. 22, 27, see in bpQ Hithp. 
 p. 876. 
 
 astPn Ex. 2. 4, for SS'^nn Hithp. from 
 r. as"" . Lgb. 386. 
 
Tvr^o 
 
m^w 
 
 r 
 
 13^3